BS 1965 1894 
Bible. 


The interlinear literal 
translation of the Greek 





aan ; 

ο ον 
Ν πὸ 
ή 














THE INTERLINEAR LITERAL TRANSLATION 


᾿ ne 
hh υΌς ΓΗ” 


- 


OF THE 


Greek New Testament 


WITH 


THE AUTHORIZED VERSION 


CONVENIENTLY PRESENTED IN THE MARGINS FOR READY REFERENCE 
AND WITH 


THE VARIOUS READINGS OF THE EDITIONS OF ELZEVIR 1624, 
GRIESBACH, LACHMANN, TISCHENDORF, TREGELLES, 
ALFORD AND WORDSWORTH 


SEI sD ) 
2 ο 


ARTHUR HINDS AND COMPANY - 
4 COOPER INSTITUTE 


NEW YORK CITY 


ε 
ο 
5 
© 
© 


ο ο ον” 


ano0e 


me ο 
Μα 


. all 





νο οσους τος, 


THERE are many ways scarcely needing mention in which the Interlinear 
New Testament may prove its value, not the least of which is the facility with 
which it enables one, even if rusty in his Greek, to put his finger on the orig- 
inal Greek word or phrase, and at the same instant upon a literal rendering. 
To many it will repay its cost in the time saved from turning to a Greek diction- 
ary. Of course it becomes a necessary adjunct to every complete working 
library. 

The ever-growing interest in New Testament study makes it desirable that the 
general reader, who would be well informed on current topics, should have some 
acquaintance with the relation of the standard English version to the original 
text, while a still more intimate knowledge on the part of the clergyman and 
the Bible Class teacher would seem almost imperative. ‘Toward this end no aid 
is likely to be more helpful than the Interlinear New Testament. 

This work is intended therefore to help the English reader of the New 
Testament, who may desire to refer to the actual words used in the Greek text. 
It has not been framed to teach people Greek, though it may be wie good 
advantage for that purpose. & 

The {nte.linear Translation brings to view certain points of ωθεί that no 
other translation has ever pretended to give. ἜΤακο for instance the word 
‘master.’ This word ‘master’ is used in the Authorized Version to translate 
six different Greek words, all bearing different shades of meaning. The word 
‘judgment’ in the Authorized -Version stands for eight different Greek 
words in the original ; and so of many others. Of particles, * but’ represents 
twelve different words; ‘by,’ eleven; ‘for,’ eighteen; ‘in,’ fifteen; οἱ ᾿ 
thirteen ; and ‘on,’ nine. 

-We do not intend to imply that a given Greek word can be, or that it is 
desirable that it should be, translated in all places by the same English word. 
On the other hand, one should be able to ascertain, on occasion, just what the 
facts are ; and it is an interesting feature of the Interlinear New Testament.that 
in the margin appears the English word of the Authorized Version ; in the text 
appears the Greek original of that particular word ; and λος τή under it, 
the English word that is its nearest literal σα... 

We give the Greek Text, with an interlinear translation as literal as may be to 
be useful ; and in the margin the Authorized Version, divided into paragraphs 
rt) ο spond to the Greek text. 

This work also gives in its notes not only the various readings οἵ six different 

i 


NOV -11804 _$ 86005. | ὰ 


INTRODUCTION. 


editors of the Greek Testament, but also these variations wx English whenever 
the sense is affected thereby, but without attempting to present in every case all 
the minute shades of meaning which a Greek scholar will attach to them. 
Many of these yariations may be thought to be of no great importance, descend- 
ing even to the different spelling of the same word ; but from this they rise to 
variations of the greatest importance. All are of interest, because they concern 
the word of God, and are here made available to the English reader, to whom 
we furnish in this volume all he may require both as to the text of the New 
Testament, and for its word-for-word translation. 


THE GREEK TEXT. 


The Greek Text is that of Stephens, 1550, which has long been in common 
use ; but as the edition of Elzevir, 1624, is the one often called the Received Text, 
or Textus Receptus, because of the words, ‘*Textum. . . . ab omnibus recep- 
tum,’ occurring in the preface, we give the readings of this Elzevir edition in 
the notes, and mark them EK. It is the text commonly reprinted on the Con- 
tinent. In the main they are one and the same; and either of them may be 
referred to as the T'extus Receptus. 

There are a number of minute variations between the editors which we do not 
attempt to present. In all these cases we have followed the majority of modern 
editors, With them we have also added the final ν to the third person singular 
and plural in σι; third singular in ¢; in datives plural in σι, &. Yor οὕτω we 
have given οὕτως, and αὐτοῦ where some have αὑτοῦ. 

As to the form of the Greek text a few words are needed. 

1. PARAGRAPHS.—We were disappointed in finding nothing lke authority 
for where a paragraph ought to be. Ancient manuscripts were no help: they 
have few or no paragraphs. The editors all differed, each making paragraphs 
according to his own judgment. We were therefore obliged, after referring to 
the best examples, to form paragraphs for ourselves. We are anxious that our 
readers should remember that the paragraphs have no authority, which they 
might have had if the ancient manuscripts had agreed in the placing of them. 


2. PARENTHESES.—Most of the editors have placed here and there pa- 
rentheses in their Greek texts. These we have disregarded, seeing that there 
are no such things in the early Greek copies. We have placed them in the 
English where we deemed them necessary to preserve the sense, but not being 
in the Greek they also have no authority. 

3. INVERTED Commas.—Some editors mark with inverted commas the words 
that are spoken, and others ina similar way mark the quotations from the Old 
Testament. But in some places it is doubtful where these quotations close, and 
it was thought best to omit them. ‘These also, being absent from the ancient 
Greek copies, have no authority. 

4. Points.—There is no authority anywhere for the punctuation. There are 
few or no points in the ancient copies, and editors naturally differ in their system 
of pointing. We have been obliged to punctuate for ourselves as we judged 

11 


INTRODUCTION. 


best. We have not attempted to note the difference in the punctuation of the 
various editors, except in places where it materially alters the sense. 


5. CapiTats.—The only remark needed here is in reference to the names of God, 
of Christ, and of the Holy Spirit. The greatest difficulty is touching the word 
‘Spirit.’ In some places it is very difficult to say whether the Holy Spirit 
as a person or the spirit of the Christian is referred to (see Rom. viii. 9); and if 
sometimes a small letter and sometimes a capital had been placed to the word 
πνεῦμα, in the Greek, persons would naturally have concluded that the question 
was thus indisputably settled. It was therefore judged best to put a small π 
everywhere. In the English we have been obliged to put a capital S when the 
Holy Spirit was referred to and so have retained it wherever we thought this 
was the case ; but in some places it is really doubtful, and becomes a question for 
the spiritual judgment of the reader. The Greek will not help in the difficulty, 
because in the earliest copies every letter was a capital. In the other names we 
have followed the usage of modern editors ; putting in the Greek a capital to 
Jesus but a small letter for Christ, and a small letter for Lord and for God. 


6. VeERSES.—In a few places it is doubtful where the verses should com- 
mence. In these cases we have followed Bruder’s ‘‘ Greek Concordance,” 
though that work does not in all cases agree with itself. 


THE INTERLINEAR TRANSLATION. 


1. The plan. The Greek words have always been kept in their right order, 
and where the interlinear English would not make sense in the same order, the 
words have been numbered to show how they must be read. Thus, ‘‘ And 
‘related *to °them ’also 'those *who ‘had ὅββοη [*it]’’ Cuuke viii. 36) are numbered 
so as to read ‘‘And those also who had seen [it] related to them.”’ 

To prevent this numbering, and transposition in reading, being increased 
unnecessarily, a few words are often made intoa phrase. This has been done at 
the commencement of each sentence, where needed, two or more words being 
joined with a low hyphen. Thus, instead of 


’"Eyéveto δὲ . ᾿Εγένετο-δὲ, 

21ὑ 3came 4to 5pass land we have printed And it came to pass. 

The words in brackets [ ] are what have been added in the English to com- 
- plete the sense where there is no word in the Greek to correspond to the words 
added. 

Where a Greek word occurs which the English idiom requires should not be 
translated, the word stands alone with no English word under it: as ὅτι, ‘ that,’ 
in Mark xii. 7 ; and οὗ in verse 14, where there are two negatives, which, if both 
were translated, would in English destroy one another; and so of μή, where it 
simply marks the sentence as a question. 

In a few places we have been obliged to put a double translation, mostly be- 
cause of the double negatives used in the Greek, where they do not immediately 
follow one another, and so could not be translated by such strengthened expres- 

111 


INTRODUCTION. 


sions as ‘not at all,’ ‘in no wise,’ &c. In such cases we have placed a literal 
translation below the one required in English. Thus— 
οὐδέν, 
anything. 
(lit. nothing.) 


2. Points of grammar. The Aorist. This tense of the Greek verb has been 
at all times the most difficult to deal with, being translated, in the Authorized 
version (and by others), sometimes by the present, sometimes by the past, some- 
times by the futwre, and sometimes by the perfect. Grammarians say that, in 
the main, it is the indefinite past, and we have endeavored, as far as may be, 
to keep it to this, avoiding, except in a few places, the translation of it as a per- 
fect. We all know what stress is often laid—and rightly so—upon the word 
‘have.’ If I say, ‘he has cleansed me,’ it is more than saying ‘he cleansed 
me.’ The former expression indicates the perfect, and implies a continuance of 
the act, or its effects, to the present time; whereas the latter speaks of an act. 
at some time in the past, without anything being implied as to its continuance. 

For this reason it appeared unadvisable to translate the aorist as the perfect, 
except in a few places where the true sense would otherwise have been de- 
stroyed. It is true that the English idiom requires it elsewhere, but it was 
thought best to preserve the above distinction. An extreme case will illustrate 
this point. In 1 Corinthians v. 9 occurs the word ἔγραψα, 1 wrote ;’ and in 
verse 11 the same word precisely—‘ I wrote ;’ but the Authorized Version (and 
others) put for the Jatter ‘I have written.’ It is there accompanied with the 
word ‘now’—‘ now I have written.’ This is needed for good English; we 
have put ‘I wrote’ in both places, but have placed a comma after the word 
‘now’ to make it read more smoothly. We preserve this uniformity for the 
sake of literalness, always remembering the fact of the Authorized Version 
being in proximity, which will make all plain in such instances. 

In a few places we have translated the aorist as a present where the sense 
demanded it. As, for instance, ἔγνω, in 2 Timothy 11. 19: ‘‘ The Lord knows 
those that are his,’’ instead of ‘‘ the Lord knew,’’ ὧο. 

The Imperfect. This is mostly translated as ‘I was writing,’ or ‘I wrote.’ 
But there are a few places where this tense is said to have a different meaning. 
This will be best illustrated by the much-disputed passage in Romans ix. 3: 
‘Ror J could wish that myself were accursed from Christ for my brethren.”’ 
Here the word for ‘I could wish’ is in the imperfect. If the learned were 
agreed as to a translation we should have kept to the same, but while some 
translate ‘I could wish,’ as a conditional present, others give ‘I could have 
_wished’ as a conditional past. We have thought it best to keep the sense of 
the simple imperfect as referred by Winer to this passage. ‘‘J felt a wish, and 
should do so still, could it be gratified. . . . (a conditional clause being under- 
stood).’’ We have put “1 was wishing.”’ 

The Perfect. This we have kept as uniform as we could, implying an act 
perfected, but continuing to the present in itself or its consequences. In a few 

iv 


INTRODUCTION: 


places we have translated it as a present: as in Matthew xii. 47, in the sense of 
“they have stood and still are standing.’ 

The Subjunctive. In this mood perhaps we have deviated further from 
ordinary practice than in any other, but we have endeavored, as far as 
practicable, to keep it distinct from both the English imperative and the Greek 
future. Thus in Romans xiii. 9 for οὐ φονεύσεις (future indicative) we have, 
‘thou shalt not commit murder ;’ but in James ii. 11, for μὴ φονεύσῃς (aorist 
subjunctive) ‘thou mayest not commit murder.’ 


THE Pronouns. At times it is important to know whether the pronouns 
are emphatic or not. ἐγὼ γράόω and γράφω are both ‘I write ;’ but where the 
ἐγώ is put in the Greek, it makes the pronoun emphatic. This however is 
somewhat due to the writer’s style, and in John’s Gospel and Epistles, it has 
been judged that, from his peculiar style of composition, he puts in the pro- 
nouns where emphasis is not always intended. John ix. 27 gives a good ex- 
ample of the same verb with and without the pronoun in the Greek : ‘‘ Why 
again do ye wish to hear? do ye aiso wish to become his disciples? ”’ 


CompounD Worps. It was found impracticable to translate these uniformly 
throughout. For instance, if γνῶσις be translated ‘knowledge,’ it might be 
thought that ἐπίγνωσις should be ‘full knowledge,’ &c. : but on referring to a 
Concordance it will be seen that the latter word cannot be intensified in all 
places, and then to translate it by ‘knowledge’ in some places, and ‘ full 
knowledge’ in others looks too much like interpretation. We have therefore 
translated both words by ‘knowledge.’ In the few places however where one 
of each of such words occurs in the same sentence, some distinction was impera- 
tive. 


ΤΗΕ NoTEs. 


The references to the notes are marked thus in the text "αὐτοῦ" : the mark" 
showing how far the variation extends. In a few places a note occurs within a 
note. If words are to be omitted or transposed by some editors but not by 
others, these latter may want to alter a word in the sentence. In such eases one 
tick shows the termination of the znner note. Thus*....°...'....” 
See notes °and * Matthew v. 44. 

This mark —stands for omit; and + for add; but in some places all the 
editors do not actually omit, some putting the word in brackets as doubtful. 
In that case it is put thus, ‘‘—atrov [11] TTr’’; which means that Lachmann 
marks the word as doubtful, and Tischendorf and Tregelles omit it. In some 
cases, all mark a word as doubtful, and then it could be put either thus, δὲ 
[LTTr], or [δὲ] LTTr; we have adopted the latter plan. In some places the 
editors mark part of a word as doubtful, mostly in compound words. See for 
instance [ἐκ]διώξουσιν read by TrA in Luke xi. 49. 

It will be seen by this that the marks [ ] applied to the Greek or the editors 
in the notes always refer to readings which the editors point out as doubtful. 
They must not be confounded with the same marks im the English text and 
notes, which always point out that there is no corresponding word in the Greek. 

ν 


INTRODUCTION. 


In some places where a word is added by the editors, another English word is 
added in the note to show the connection of the new word. Thus in Luke xv. 2, 
the word ‘both’ is added; but it falls between the words ‘the’ and 
‘Pharisees,’ therefore it is put thus in the note ““- τε both (the) LTTrA”’ to 
show that it must be read ‘ both the Pharisees.’ Slight variations in the use of 
the parenthesis occur in the course of the work, but we trust the meaning 
intended will in all cases be plain to the student. 

Where long pieces are to be omitted they are marked in the text where they 
commence and where they end, but in the notes the first word or two only and - 
the last are named with. . . between. Thus in Luke ix. 55, note *stands, *— 
καὶ εἶπεν (verse 55)... « σῶσαι (verse 56) LTTrA;—é γὰρ. .. . σῶσαι G. 
The four editors omit the whole twenty words; but G omits only the last 
twelve. In Luke xxiv. 10, note "15 thus,'+ 7 the[. . .], implying that some 
word must be added. 

We have endeavored to make the notes as plain as possible for the English 
reader. One point still needs to be explained. For instance, in Luke vii. 22 
occur the words ‘‘and ?answering ? Jesus said;’’ but a note omits the word 
‘Jesus,’ and then it must be read (as stated in the note) ‘‘and answering he 
said.’’ This is because the word εἶπεν (as already explained) stands for both ‘he 
said,’ and ‘said.’ Also in verse 27 occur the words ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω, * I send,’ 
but a note omits the word ἐγὼ, ‘I,’ and then ἀποστέλλω is to be read ‘I send,’ 
but without emphasis on the ‘ I.’ 


Toe Monty AND MEASURES OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 


1. Monty. It was deemed better not to attempt to translate the sums of 
money named in the New Testament, as we have no corresponding pieces to those 
then in use. We have therefore used the Greek words untranslated, and givea 
list of them here. It is not without interest and instruction to know the ap- 
proximate value of money and the extent of the measures used. For instance, 
in Revelation vi. 6 we read of “a measure of wheat for a penny’’ in the 
Authorized Version ; but this leaves the reader in doubt as to how far it speaks 
of scarcity and dearness. We want at least to know the value of the ‘penny,’ 
and the capacity of the ‘measure.’ 

The following lists, it is hoped, will be useful ; but approximate values only 
can now be arrived at. 


APPROXIMATE 

GREEK. AUTHORIZED VERSION. IN THIS WORK. VALUE. 
$ 

λεπτόν mite lepton 0.001875 
κοδράντης farthing kodrantes 0.00375 
ἀσσάριον farthing assarion 0.015 
δηνάριον penny denarius 0.16 
δραχμή piece of silver — drachma 0.16 
ῥίδραχμον tribute money didrachma 0.32 


GREEK. 


στατήρ 
μνάα 
τάλαντον 
ἀργύριον 


money, as l’argent in French. In different places it would represent wholly 


different coins. 


INTRODU 


AUTHORIZED VERSION. 


piece of money 
pound 
talent 


piece of silver. This is the common word for silver and 


2. MEASURES OF CAPACITY. 


ο ος. 
IN THIS WORK. ae 
$ 
stater 00.64 
mina 15.75 
talent 943.66 


GREEK. AUTHORIZED VERSION. IN THIS WORK. APPROXIMATE. 
Gallon. Pint. 
ξέστης pot (liquid measure) vessels* 0 1 
χοῖνιξ measure (dry  ) cheenix 0 2 
μόδιος bushel (dry ‘* ) corn measure* 2 0 
-σάτον. measure (αν ‘* ) 568ἢ 2 1 
βάτος measure (liquid ‘* ) bath 7 4 
μετρητής firkin (liquid ‘* ) metretes 8 4 
κόρος measure (dry ‘* ) cor 64 ΤΩ 


It is judged that those marked * are referred to as measures independent of 
their capacity : such as ‘** washing of vessels,’’ Xe. 


3. Lona MEASURE. 


retained. 


πήχυς 
ὀργυιά 
Ys 
στάδιον 
μίλιον 
ὁδὸς σαββάτον 


eubit 

fathom 

furlong 

mile 

sabbath day’s journey 
Vii 


Feet. 
eubit 1 
fathom 6 
furlong 606 
mile 4854 


6 furlongs 


Here the names already in use were near enough to be 


Inches. 


6 to 9 
0 
9 
0 


’ 


LIST OF SIGNS AND EDITIONS USED. 


EK Elzevir, 1624. 

G Griesbach, 1805. 

L Lachmann, 1842-1850. 

T Tischendorf, Kighth Edition, 1865-1872. 

Tr Tregelles, 1857-1872. 

A Alford, vol. 1. 1868; vol. ii. 1871; vol. ili. 1865; vol. iv. 1862, 1870 
W Wordsworth, 1870. 

+ signifies an addition. 

— an omission. 


a0 


[] ,, im the interlinear translation, that there is no Greek word corre- 
sponding to the English. 
L ] signifies in the notes that an editor marks the reading as doubtful. 
5, how far the variation in the Greek text extends. 
Text. Rec. refers to both Stephens 1550 and E. 


ΤΟ KATA 


THE *ACCORDING *TO “MATTHEW *HOLY 





ΒΙΒΛΟΣ γενέσεως 
BOOK of [the] generation 
᾿Αβραάμ. 
of Abraham, 
9 ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ' ᾿Ισαὰκ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν 


Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαβίδ," υἱοῦ 
of Jesus Christ; son of David, son 


Abraham begat Isaac ; and Isaac begat 
Ἰακώβ' ᾿Ιακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰούδαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 
Jacob; ᾿διηᾷᾶ Jacob begat Judas and 2brethren 
αὐτοῦ. 3 Ἰούδας.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Φαρὲς καὶ τὸν Ζαρὰ ἐκ 
this; and Judas begat Phares and Zara of 
τῆς Θαμάρ' Φαρὶὲς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ἐσρώμ' ᾿Εσρὼμ.δὲ 

Thamar; and Phares begat Esrom ; and Esrom 


ἐγέννησεν τὸν Αράμ" 4 Αρὰμ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν "Αμιναδάβ'' 
begat am; and Aram begat Aminadab ; 
“Αμιναδαβ! δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ναασσών' Ναασσὼν. δὲ ἐγέννη- 
and Aminadab begat Naasson ; and Naasson be- 
σεν τὸν Σαλμών' 5 Σαλμὼν.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βοὸζ! ἐκ τῆς 
ἘΠ Salmon ; and Salmon begat Booz of 


Ῥαχάβ' “Βοὺζ! δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν © O36" ἐκ τῆς 'Ῥούθ' ΞΩβὴδὶ 


Rachab ; and Booz begat Obed of Ruth ; Obed 
δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ιεσσαί" 6 ᾿Ιεσσαὶ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν δΔαβὶδι 
‘and begat Jesse ; and Jesse begat David 


τὸν βασιλέα. PAaBid'd& [ὁ βασιλεὺς" ἐγέννησεν τὸν ἔΣολο- 
the king. And David the king begat Solo- 
μῶντα! ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου" 7 Σολομὼν δὲ ἐγέν- 
mon of the (onewhohad been wife] of Urias; and Solomon be- 
νησεν τὸν Ῥοβοάμ' ἹῬοβοὰμ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αβιά' ᾿Αβιὰ 


gat Roboam ; and Roboam begat Abia; 7 Abia 
δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Acad" 8 9) λσὰ! δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσαφάτ' 
tand begat Asa; and Asa begat ‘Josaphat ; 
᾽ " ’ \ Ὧν , \ 
Iwoagar.oé ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωράμ' ᾿Ιωρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν 
and Josaphat begat Joram ; and Joram begat 
Μοζίαν' 9 ῬΟζίας". δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωάθαμ' ᾿Ιωάθαμ δὲ 
Ozias ; _ and Ozias begat Joatham ; and Joatham 
ἐγέννησεν τὸν “Ayal: "Αχαζ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν * Εζεκίαν"' 
begat _Achaz; and Achaz begat Ezekias ; 


10 "Εζεκίας! δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Μανασσῆ Μανασσῆς δὲ ἐγέν- 
and Ezekias begat Manasses ; and Manasses be- 
νησεν τὸν ""Αμών'' ""Αμωών' δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν "᾽Γωσίαν"" 
gat Amon ; and Amon begat Josias ; 
11 Ο]ωσίας" δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ιεχονίαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 
and Josias begat Jechonias and *brethren 
αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος. 12 Μετὰ. δὲ 
‘his, at(thetime] of the carrying away οὗ Babylon. And after 


MATOAION ATION EYATTEAION, II 


7GLAD *TIDINGS 


THE book of the gen- 
eration of Jesus Christ, 
the son of David, the 
son of Abraham. 


2Abraham begat 
Isaac; and Isaac be- 
gat Jacob ;:and Jacob 
begat Judaszand his 
brethren ; 3 and Judas 
begat Phares and Zara 
of Thamar; and Pha- 
res begat Esrom; and 
Esrom begat Aram; 
4and Aram begat A- 
Minadab; and Ami- 
nadab begat Naasson ; 
and Naasson begat 
Salmon ; 5and Salmon 
begat Booz of Rachab; 
and Booz begat Obed 
of Ruth; and Obed 
begat Jesse; 6 and 
Jesse begat David the 
king; and David the 
king begat Solomon 
of her that had been 
the wife of Urias; 
7 and Solomon begat 
Roboam ; and Roboam 
begat Abia; and Abia 
begat Asa; 8and Asa 
begat Josaphat; and 
Josaphat begat Jo- 
ram ; and Joram begat 


Ozias; 9 and Ozias 
begat Joatham; ana 
Joatham begat A- 


chaz; and Achaz be- 
gat HEzekias; 10 and 
Ezekias begat Manas- 
ses; and Manasses be- 
gat Amon; and Amon 
begat Josias; 11 and 
Josias begat Jechonias 
and his brethren,about 
the time they were 
carried away to Be 
bylon: 12 and after 





a Εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Μαθθαῖον (Ματθ. ανν) ατὐτενν ; [Εὐαγ.] κατὰ Μαθθ. Α; κατὰ Μαθθ. Τ. 


b Δαυὶδ Gw; Δανεὶδ LTTrA. 
f ὃ βασιλεὺς LETrA. 
i’Oeias LTTrA. κ ᾿Ἐδεκείαν L. 
ο)]ωσείας LTTrA, 


οΑμειναδάβ A. 
Β Σολομῶνα GTTrAW. 
Ι᾿ Ἐδεκείας Le 


h’Agad ΙΤΤΤΑ. 
τὰ Αμώς LTTrA, 


ἆ Boos Ltr; Boés ΤΑ. 


ε ]ωβὴὸ ΤΤΊ:Α. 
1 ᾿Οζείαν LTTrA, 
3 ᾿]ωσείαν ΙΤΊΤΑ- 


8 


2 


they were breught to 
Babylon, Jechonias 
begat Salathiel; and 
Salathiel begat Zoro- 
babel ; 13 and Zoroba- 
bel begat Abiud ; and 
Abiud begat Eliakim ; 
and Eliakim begat A- 
που: 14 and Azor begat 
Sa‘loc; and Sadoc begat 
Achim; and Achim hbe- 
gat Eliud; 15 απᾶ Eliud 


begat Hleazar; and 
Eleazar begat Mat- 
than; and Matthan 


begat Jacob; 16 and 
J:cob begat Joseph 
the husband of Mary, 
of whom was born 
Jesus, who is called 
Christ, 


17 So all the gene- 
ratious from Abraham 
to David are fourteen 
gencrations ; and from 
David until the carry- 
ing away into Babylon 
are fourteen genera- 
tions; and from the 
carrying away -into 
Babylon unto Christ 
are fourteen genera- 
tions, 


18 Now the birth of 
Jesus Christ was on 
this wise: When as his 
mother Mary was es- 
poused to Joseph, be- 
fore they came to- 
gether, she was found 
with child of the Holy 
Ghost. 19 Then Joseph 
her hushand, being a 
just man, and noi wil- 
ling to make her a 
public example, was 
minded to put her 
away privily. 20 But 
while he thought on 
these things, behold, 
the angel of the Lord 
appeared unto him in 
a dream, saying, Jo- 
seph, thou son of 
David, fear not to 
take unto thee Mary 
thy wife: for that 
which is conceived in 
her is of the Holy 
Ghost. 21 And she 
shall bring forth a 
son, and thou shalt 
call his name JESUS: 
for he shall save his 
people from their sins, 
22 Now all this was 
done, that it might be 
fulfilled which was 
spoken of the Lord by 
the prophet, saying, 
23 Behold, a virgin 
shall be with child, 
wad shall bring forth 
@ son, and they shall 





-Zar; 


MA TOALS 2. 1. 


΄ ~ Ae 5 - 
την μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος, Ιεχονίας 3ἐγεννησεν! τὸν Lada- 
the carrying away of Babylon, Jechonias begat Sala- 
θιήλ: Σαλαθιὴλ.δὲ «ἐγέννησεν! τὸν Ζοροβάβελ" 13 Ζοροβά- 
thiel ; and Salathiel begat Zorobabel ; *Zoroba~ 
Ber δὲ “ἐγέννησεν! τὸν ᾿Αβιούδ' ᾿Αβιοὺδ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν 

bel ‘and begat Abiud ; and Abiud begat 

᾿Ἐλιακείμ' ᾿Ἐλιακεὶμ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αζώρ' 14 ᾿Αζὼρ.δὲ 
Eliakim ; and Eliakim begat Azor ; and Azor 
ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαδώκ' Σαδὼκ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αχείμ' ᾿Αχεὶμ. 
begat Sadoc ; and Sadoc begat Achim; 7Achim 
δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλιούδ: 15 Ελιοὺδ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλεά- 
land begat Eliud; and Eliud begat Elea- 
ζαρ' ᾿Ελεάζαρ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ΓΜατθάν"" τΜατθὰν' δὲ ἐγέν- 
and Hleazar begat , Maithan ; and Matthan be- 
νησεν τὸν Ιακώβ: 16 ᾿Ιακὼβ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ιωσὴφ τὸν 
ραῦ Jacob ; and Jacob begat Joseph the 

»Ἤ} ’, ? ιοί ? , ? ~ ε κ , 
ἄνδρα Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη ᾿Ιησοῦς ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός. 

husband of Mary, of whom was born Jesus, who [5 called Christ. 
17 Πᾶσαι οὖν αἱ γενεαὶ ἀπὸ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἕως *AaBid" 

So all the generations from Abraham to David 
γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες" καὶ ἀπὸ “Δαβὶδ! ἕως τῆς μετοικεσίας 
*generations ‘fourteen; and from David until the carrying away 


Βαβυλῶνος, γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες" καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς μετοικεσίας 
of Babylon, generations ‘fourteen ; and from the carrying away 


Βαβυλῶνος ἕως τοῦ χριστοῦ, γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες. 
of Babylon to the Christ, *generations *fourteen. 
18 Tov.dé"Inood" χριστοῦ ἡ γέννησις! οὕτως ἦν. Μνη- 
Now of Jesus Christ the birth thus was. “Having 
[ή τ 4 {| ind A ? “ , ~? , 4 a 
στευθείσης ap" τῆς.μητρὸς αὑτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ιωσηφ, πρὶν.ἢ 
Sheen 7betrothed ‘for *his *mother *Mary to Joseph, before 
συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εὑρέθη ἐν.γαστρὶ.ἔχουσα ἐκ πνεύματος 
2came together ‘they she wasfound to be with child of [the] *Spirit 
ε 9 ? \ κ σε ας \ 3. δὰ / » Δ 1 , 
ἁγίου. 19 Ἰωσὴφ.δὲ ὁ.ἀνὴρ.αὐτῆς, δίκαιος wy, καὶ μὴ θέλων 
*Holy. But Joseph her husband, ?righteous *being,and not witling 
αὐτὴν Ὑπαραδειγματίσαι,! ἐβουλήθη λάθρα" ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν. 
ther. 


[were] 


her to expose publicly, purposed secretly to put “away 
0 ταῦτα.δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου 
Απᾷέποβξο δι ΐπρε 'when*he*had*pondered, behold, anangel of [the] Lord 


κατ᾽ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ, λέγων, Ιωσήφ, υἱὸς "Δαβίδ," μὴ 
in adream appeared tohim, saying, Joseph, son of David, “not 
~ ~ [ A A ~ , . ‘ A . . 
φοβηθῇς παραλαβεῖν Μαριὰμ τ.]ν-γυναϊκα.σου᾽ τὸ γὰρ ἐν 
‘fear totaketo[thee] Mary - thy wife, for that which in 
> ~ \ ? , ld ? ε , [ή A εκ 
αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ πνεύματός ἐστιν ἁγίου. 21 τεξεται δὲ υἱόν, 
her is begotten “of [*the]*Spirit 115 *Holy. Andsheshallbring fortha son, 
καὶ καλέσεις τὺ.ὄνομα.αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν' αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν 
and thou shalt call his name Jesus ; for he shall save 
λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν.ἁμαρτιῶν. αὐτῶν. 22 Tovro.dé ὅλον 
people ‘his from their sins. Now, this all 
γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ" κυρίου 
came to pass, that might be fulfilled that which wasspoken by the Lord 
διὰ τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, 23 ᾿Ιδοὸ ἡ παρθένος ἐν 
through the prophet, saying, Behold, the virgin *with 
αστρὶ ἕξει καὶ τέξεται υἱόν, καὶ καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄνομα 
*child 'shall“be, απᾶ shall bring forth α 50ἨΠ, and they shall call “name 


--- - 








4 γεννᾷ begets A. τ Ἀ]αθθάν ΙΤτιΑ. 5 Δανὶδ GW; Δανεὶδ LTIrA. ἵ - Ἰησοῦ Tr. 3" γένεσις 


GLTTrAwW,. 
LITrAW. 


¥— γὰρ for 114} 


α δειγµατίσαι Liiva, ἡ λάθρᾳ τ, 3 — τοῦ (read [τις |) 


ἘΠῚ MATTHEW. 


? ~? , e 4 ρα . Ν θ᾽ ἐ ~ 
αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ,. Ὁ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, MeO ἡμῶν 
*his Emmanuel, which is, being interpreted, *With sus 
"6" θεός. 24 ὈΔιεγερθεὶς'.δὲ Co" ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου, ἐποί- 

*God. And*having“been*aroused ‘Joseph from the sleep, did 
noev ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῳ ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου καὶ παρέλαβεν 
as had ordered him the angel of [the] Lord, and took to[him) 


~ “« οι ? ‘ ε/ ce 

τὴν.γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ, 25 καὶ οὖὐκ.ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν ἕως οὗ 
his wife, and knew not her until 

ἔτεκεν “τὸν! υἱὸν “αὐτῆς τὸν πρωτότοκον’' καὶ ἐκάλεσεν 


she brow; ht forth “son ther” ‘the firstborn; and hecalled 


τὸ ὄμομα.αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦν. 
his name Jesus, 
~ ~ μ A ~ 
ϱ Τοῦ.δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλεὲμ τῆς Ιουδαίας, 
Now Jesus having been born in Bethlehem of Judea, 
3 ε , « , ~ , ? , ΄ 2 A > ~ 
ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρώδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδού, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 
ἀπ [τ|.68] ἄαγβ of Herod the king, behold, magi from [the] east 
παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, 2 λέγοντες, Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχ- 
arrived at erusalem, saying, Where is he who has 
θεὶ ασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων; εἴδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα 
ς ; 
becn born King ofthe Jews? for we 5: his star 
ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ, Kai ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ. 3 ᾿Ακούσας 
in the east, and arecome todohomage’ tohim. ‘Having Sheard 
δὲ 1 Ἡρώδης ὁ βασιλεὺς! ἐταράχθη, καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 
“but "Herod “the *king hewastroubled,and all Jerusalem 
per αὐτοῦ" 4 καὶ συναγαγὼν πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ 
να him. And having gatheredtogether all the chief priests and 
γραμματεῖς τοῦ λαοῦ, ἐπυνθάνετο παρ᾽ αὐτῶν, ποῦ ὁ χριστὸς 
scribes of the people, he inquired οἵ them wherethe Christ 
γεννᾶται. 5 Οἱ δὲ Selzov" αὐτῷ, Ἐν Ῥηθλεὲμ τῆς Ιουδαίας. 
shouldbeborn. Andthey said tohim, In Bethlehem of Judza: 
ε/ A , a 4 ~ ᾽ὔ ‘ 3 , 
οὕτως. γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου, 6 Καὶ σὺ Βηθλεέμ, 
Τοτ thus it has been written by the prophet, And thou, Bethlehem, 
γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη el ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ιούδα" ἐκ 
land of Juda, in no wise least avtamong the governors of Juda, 70ut 
σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν.λαόν.µου 
Sof*thee'for 5Π4]1} ρὸ ἕου ἢ a leader, who shallshepherd my people 
τὸν Ἱσραήλ. 7 Τότε Ἡρώδης "λάθρα! καλέσας τοὺς μάγους, 
Israel. Then Herod, “secretly *having called the magi, 
ἠκρίβωσεν Tap αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος" 
inquiredaccurately of them the time ofthe “appearing 'star. 
8 καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλεὲμ εἶπεν, ΠἩορευθέντες Ἰάκρι- 
Απᾶ Πανίηςσ sent them to Bethlehem, hesaid, Having gone, accu- 
βῶς ἐξετάσατε! περὶ τοῦ παιδίου" ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, 
rately inquire for the littlechild; and when ye shall have found [him] 
ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι, ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ. 
bring word back tome, that Ialso havingcome may dohomage to him. 
9 Οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπορεύθησαν" καὶ ἰδού, ὁ 
Andthey having heard the king, went away ; and behold, the 
ἀστήρ, ὃν εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῃ, προῆγεν αὐτοὺς ἕως ἐλθὼν 
star, which they sawin the east, went before them, untilhavingcome 
κέστη! ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον. 10 ἰδόντες δὲ τὸν ἀστέρα, 
it stood over where wasthe littlechild. Andhavingseen the star, 
ἐχάρησαν χαρὰν μεγάλην σφόδρα" 11 καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς 


they rejoiced [with] joy Ξργοαῦ ‘excecdingly. And having come into 


3 


eall his name Emma- 
nuel, which being in- 
terpreted is, God with 
us. 24 Then Joseph be- 
ing raised fromm sleep 
did as the angel of the 
Lord had bidden him, 
and took unto him his 
wife: 25 and knew 
her not till she had 
brought forth her 
firstborn son: and he 
ealled his name JE- 
SUS, 


IT. Now when Jesus 
was bornin Bethlehem 
of Judzeainu the days of 
Herod the king, be- 
hold, there came wise 
men from the east to 
Jerusalem, 2 saying, 
Whereis hethatis born 
King of the Jews? for 
we have seen his star 
in the east, and are 
come to worship him, 
3 When Herod theking 
had heard these things 
he was troubled, and 
all Jerusalem with 
him. 4 And when he 
had gathered all the 
chief priests and 
scribes of the people 
together, he demanded 
of tnem where Christ 
should be born. 5 And 
they said unto him, In 
Bethlehem of Judzxa: 
for thus it is written 
by the prophet, 6 And 
thou Bethlehem, iz the 
land of Juda, art not 
the least among the 
princes of Juda: for 
out of thee shall come 
a Governor, that shall 
rule my people Israel, 
7 Then Herod, when he 
had privily called the 
wise men, inquired of 
them diligently what 
time the star appeared. 
8 And he sent them to 
Bethlehem, and said, 
Go and search dili- 
gently for the young 
child; and when ye 
have found him, bring 
me word again, that [ 
may come and worship 
him also. 9 When they 
had heard the king, 
they departed; and, 
lo, the star, which they 
saw in-the east, went 
before them, till it 
came and stood over 
where the young child 
was. 10 When they saw 
the star, they rejoiced 
with exceeding great 
joy. 11 And when they 





a—oL, > ἐγερθεὶς having visen LTTrA. ς -- ὃ Τ. 
ε--- αὐτῆς τὸν πρωτότοκον LTTra. f 6 βασιλεὺς Ηρώδης LITra, 
‘egeragare ἀκριβῶς LTEA. ΚΕ ἐστάθη LT Tra, 


4 — τὸν (read a son) LTrra. 
ειπαν Τ, 


᾿ λάθρᾳ 1. 


4 


were come into the 
house, they saw the 
young child with Mary 
his mother, and fell 
down, and worshipped 
him: and when they 
had opened their trea- 
sures, they presented 
anto him gifts; gold, 
aud frankincense, and 
myrrh, 12 And being 
warned of God ina 
dream that they 
should not return to 
Herod, they departed 
into their own coun- 
try another way. 


13 And when they 
were departed, behold, 
the angel of the Lord 
appearcth: to Joseph in 
a dream, saying, Arise, 
and take the young 
child and his mother, 
and flee into Egypt, 
and be thou there until 
I bring thee word: for 
Herod will seek the 
young child to destroy 
him. 14 When hearose, 
he took the young 
child and his mother 
by night, and departed 
into Egypt: 15 απᾶ was 
there until the death 
of Herod: that it might 
be fulfilled which was 
spoken of the Lord by τα 
the prophet, saying, 
Out of Egypt have I 
called my son, 16 Then 
Herod, when he saw 
that he was mocked of 
the wise men, was ex- 
ceeding wroth, and 
sent forth. and slew 
all the children that 
were in Bethlehem, 
and in all the coasts 
thereof, from two 
years old and under, 
according to the time 
which he had diligent- 
ly inquired of the wise 
men. 17 Then was ful- 
filled that which was 
spoken by Jeremy the 
Pepi, saying, 18In 

ama was there a voice 
heard, lamentation, 
and weeping, and great 
mourning, Rachel 
weeping for her chil- 
dren, and would not 
be comforted, because 
they are not. 


19 But when Herod 
was dead, behold, an 
angel of the Lord ap- 
peareth in a dream 
to Joseph in Egypt, 
20 saying, Arise, and 
take the young child 
and his mother, and go 





leidov they saw GLTTrAW. 
2 — τοῦ (read [the]) LTTrAW. 
Σ φαίνεται κατ᾽ ὄναρ LTTra, 


φαίνεται ττ. 
ᾳ ἠθέλησεν L, 


Μα ΘΙ 0 &. Il. 
τὴν οἰκίαν, Ἱεῦρον" τὸ παιδίον μετὰ Μαρίας τῆς μητρὸς.αὐτοῦ, 


the house, they Τοαπᾷ ἴμο littlechild with Mary his mother, 
καὶ πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀνοίξαντες τοὺς 


and haying fallen down” did homage to him: and having opened 


θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα, χρυσὸν Kae 


*treasures their they ofiered to him gifts ; gold and 
λίβανον καὶ σμύρναν. 12 καὶ χρηµατισθεντες κατ᾽ 
frankincense and myrrh. And having been divinely instructed in 
” 5 \ 2 , ” εν ~ 
ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι προς Ἡρώδην, δι ἄλλης ὁδοῦ 
adream ποῦ to return Herod, by another way 


ἀνεχώρησαν εἰς Ὃ όρος ην, 
they withdrew into their own country. 
19 ᾿᾽Αναχωρησάντων.δὲ αὐτῶν, ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου 
Now “having μοι. tthey, behold, anangel of[the] Lord 


[ή ο ὁ 
πφαίνεται kar ὄναρ' τῳ Ιωσήφ, λέγων, Ἐγερθεὶς παράλαβε 
appears in adream to Joseph, saying, Having risen take with [thee] 


τὸ παιδίον Kai τὴν.μητέρα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον, 


the little child and lis mother, and flee into Egypt, 
καὶ ἴσθι ἐκεῖ ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοί" μέλλει γὰρ Ἡρώδης ζητεῖν τὸ 
and be there until I shalltell thee; *is*about ‘for *Herod ἴο ςθοῖ]ς the 


παιδίον, τοῦ ἀπολέσαι αὐτό. 14 Ὁ δὲ ἐγερθεὶς παρέλαβεν 
little child, todestroy him. Ὁ Andhe having risen took with Ching] 


τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν.μητέρα.αὐτοῦ νυκτός, καὶ ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς 
the littlechild and his mother by night, and withdrew into 


Αἴγυπτον, 15 καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρώδου" ἵνα 
Egypt, and was there until the death of Herod: that 
πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ "τοῦ! κυρίου διὰ τοῦ 
πώ thatwhich wasspoken by the Lord through the 

προφήτου, λέγοντος, EE Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν.υἱόν.µου. 
prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son. 

16 Τότε Ἡρώδης, ἰδὼν or ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων, 

Then Herod, having seen that he wasmocked by the magi, 
ἐθυμώθη λίαν, καὶ ἀποστείλας ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς 
was enraged greatly, and having sent he put to death all the 
παῖδας τοὺς ἐν Βηθλεὲμ καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς.ὁρίοις.αὐτῆς, ἀπὸ 

boys ὑμαῦ [were]in Bethlehem and in all its borders, from 

διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω, κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ὃν ἠκρίβω 
two years old and ρε according to the time which hehadaccurately 
σεν παρὰ τῶν μάγων. 17 Τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν 
inquired from the magi. Then was fulfilled that which was spoken 
οὑπὸϊ Ἱερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, 18 Φωνὴ ἐν “Papa 

by Jeremias the prophet, saying, Avoice in Rama 


ἠκούσθη. Ῥθρῆνος καὶ" κλαυθμὸς καὶ ἐδυρμὸς πολύς, Ῥαχὴλ 


was heard, damentanon and weeping and ?mourning ‘great, Rachel 


κλαίουσα τνὰ.τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ “ἤθελεν! παρακληθῆναι, 
weeping [for] her children, and *not ‘would be comforted, - 


OTL οὐκ.ισίν. 
because they are not. 


19 Τελευτήσαντος δὲ τοῦ Ἡρώδου, ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου 
But “having *died 1Herod, behold, anangel of [2861 Lord 


Thar’ ὄναρ φαίνεται" τῷ ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἐν pial eh 20 λέγων, Ἔγερ- 
Egypt, 


in adream appear to Joseph in πασά Hone 


θεὶς παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν.μητέρα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ πορεύου 
risen take with [thee] the 11{{16 child and his mother, and go 


—— 


τὰ κατ᾽ ὄναρ ἐφάνη in a dream appeared L; κατ᾽ ὄναρ 
ο διὰ through 1ΤΊΤΑΥΥ. . P— θρῆνος καὶ LITrA. 


II, III. MATTHEW. 


εἰς γῆν Ἰσραήλ' τεθνήκασιν.γὰρ ot ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν 
into[theJland οἳ Israel: for they have died who wereseeking the 
τοῦ παιδίου. 21 Ο.δὲ ἐγερθεὶς παρέλαβεν τὸ pasion Kai 
of the little child. And he hayingrisen took with [him]the little child and 
τὴν. μητέρα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ “ἦλθεν! εἰς γῆν Ἱσραήλ. 22 ἀκούσας 
his mother, and came into(thejland of mi *Having “heard 
δὲ ὅτι Αρχέλαος βασιλεύει ἴἐπὶ' τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀντὶ “Ἡρώδου 
‘butthat Archelaus reigns over Juda insteadof Herod 
τοῦ.πατρὸς. αὐτοῦ," ἐφοβήθη ἐκεῖ ἀπελθεῖν' χρηματισ- 
his father, he was afraid there togo; *having “been “divinely 
θεὶς δὲ κατ ὄναρ, ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὰ µέρη τῆς Γαλιλαίας, 
Sinstructed ‘and in adream, he withdrew Ίηπτο πο parts of Galilee: 


23 καὶ ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς πόλιν λεγομένην “Ναζαρέτ'"" 
and Ἡατίηςσοοπθ he dwelt in acity called Nazarcth ; 
ὕπως πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν, ὅτι 


so that should be fulfilled that which was spoken by the that 


Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται. 
a Nazarzan 5Ώα]] he be called. 
? = ῃ ~ ε ν , ; > 
9 Ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις.ἐκείναις παραγίνεται Ἰωάννης ὃ 
Now in those days comes John the 
βαπτιστής, κηρύσσων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ὁ καὶ! λέγων, 
Baptist, ορια in the wilder ness of Judea, and saying, 
Μετανοεῖτε" ἤγγικεν.γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 3 Οὗτος.γάρ 


prophets, 


Repent, forhasdrawnnearthe kingdom of the heavens. For this 
ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς ὅσὺπὸϊ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, 
is hewho wasspokenof by Esaias {88 prophet, saying, 


Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, Ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυ- 
fThe] voice of οπθ οὐγίῃρ in the wilderness, Prepare the way of [the, 


piou’ εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς-τρίβους.αὐτοῦ. 4 Αὐτὸς.δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης 
Lord, straight make his paths. And *himself 1 John 


εἶχεν τὸ .ἔνδυμα.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερ- 
had his raiment OE hair ofacamel, and agirdle of 


µατίνην περὶ τὴν.ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ" ἡ.δὲ τροφὴ αὐτοῦ ἣν" ἀκρίδες 


leather about his loins, andthe food ofhim was locusts 
καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. 
and “honey ‘wild. 
5 Τότε ἐξεπορεύετο πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἱεροσόλυμα καὶ πᾶσα ἡ 
Then went out to him Jerusalem, and all 


Ιουδαία καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου" ϐ καὶ ἐβαπτί- 
!Judea, and all the one around the Jordan, and were bap- 


ζοντο" ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ" ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρ- 
‘tized in the Jordan by him, confessing “sins 


τίας αὐτῶν. ἢ ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ πολλοὺς τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Lacdov- 


‘their But πας seen many ofthe Pharisees and Saddu- 
καίων ἐρχομένους ἐπὶ τὸ. βάπτισμα. αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, 
cees conling to his ig toa he said to*them, 


Γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς µελ- 
BSSUEInE of vipers, who forewarned you  toflee from the com- 


λούσης ὀργῆς; 8 ποιήσατε οὖν “καρποὺς ἀξίους" τῆς µετα- 
ing wrath ? Produce therefore fruits worthy of repent- 


” 
voiacg’ 9 καὶ μὴ.δόξητε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, Πατέρα ἔχομεν 
ance: and think not tosay within yourselves [*For]*father ‘we *have 


5 


into the land of Israel: 
for they are dead which 
sought the young 
child’s life. 21 And he 
arose, and took the 
young child and his 
mother, and came in- 
to the land of Israel. 
22 But when he heard 
that Archelaus did 
reign in Juda in the 
room of his father He- 
rod, he was afraid to 
go thither: notwith- 
standing, being warn- 
ed of Ged in a dream, 
he turned aside into 
the parts of Galilee: 
23 and he came and 
dwelt ina city called 
Nazareth: » that it 
might be fulfilled 
which was spoken by 
the prophets, He shall 
be called a Nazarcne, ] 


III, In those days 
came John the Baptist, 
preaching in the wil- 
derness of Judwa,2and 
saying, Repent ye: for 
the kingdom of heaven 
is at hand. 3 For this 
is he that was spokcn 
of by the prophet K- 
saias, saying, The voice 
of one crying in the 
wilderness, Prepare 
ye the way of the 
Lord, make his paths 
straight. 4And the 
same John had his rai- 
ment of camel’s hair, 
and a leathern girdle 
about his loins; and 
his meat was locusts 
and wild honey. 


5 Then went out to 
him Jerusalem, and 
all Judza, and all the 
region round about 
Jordan, 6 and were 
baptized of himin Jor- 
dan, confessing their 
sins. 7 But when he 
saw many of the Pha- 
risees and Sadducces 
come to his baptism, 
he said unto them, O 
generation of vipers, 
who hath warned you 
to flee from the wrath 
to come? 8 Bring forth 
therefore fruits meet 
for repentance: 9 and 
think not to say within 
yourselves, We have 
Abraham to our fa- 





5 εἰσῆλθεν entered LTTrA. E 
αὐτοῦ Ἡρώδου LTTrA. w Καδζαρέθ LIT W. *—xat Li[T Ja. 
2 ἣν αὐτοῦ LTTrA. a4 [πάντες | all ἘΣ b 4+ ποταμῷ Viver LTTrA, 
baptism) La[Tra]. ἃ καρπὸν ἄξιον fruit worthy GLTT. aw, 


t — ἐπὶ (xead τῆς ‘lov. over Judea) L1[ Tra]. 


7 τοῦ πατρὸς 


Υ διὰ through ETT aw. 


9 — αὐτοῦ (read the 


θ ΜΑΤΟΑΤΟΣ, jit; 


ο a ie ah γὸν ABoad λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν. ὅτι δύναται! ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων 
you, at Οὐ 15 ἃ Σ κι. Ξ ΤΟΙΣ : Β 1 ° 2 # 
Let idats εοαόν LO THIEG : μας for ς say to ΡΤ that ; able is τῷ Βρὲ αι νο κας 
upehildrenuntoAbra- τούτων ἐεγείραι TEKVA τῷ Αβραάμ. 10 ἤδη.δὲ ἐκαὶ! 7) ἀξίνη 
ham, 10And now also iihese τὸ raise πρ children τὸ Abraham. Butalready also the axe 
the axe is Jaid unto Η σι FS Fee. _ ES ἊΣ Pe 9 
the root of the trees: πρὸς τὴν ῥιζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται' πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ 
ων η αν te to the root ofthe trees isapplied:*every therefore tree ποῖ 
which bringe τ Σ > Ξ 

forth good fruit is ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται. 
hewn down, and cast producing “fruit ασοοᾶ iscutdown and into'[the] fire is cast. 
into the fire. li τ 1n- ῃ ᾿ Ε f , € ~ 3 er ’ , ε 4 
deed baptize you 11 ᾿Εγὼ μὲν ἰβαπτίζω ὑμᾶς" ἐν ὕδατι εἰς μετάνοιαν" ὁ. δὲ 
witer unto repent- 1 indeed baptize you with water to repentance; but he who 
ance: but he that , , ’ , , , ) , : pie 
cometh after me is ὀπισω µου ερχοµεγνος ισχυροτερος µου εστιν; οὗ ουκ-ειμί 
mightierthanI,whose after me [is] coming nightier thanI is, ofwkom Iam not! 


shoes [am not worthy « ι wee α΄ , νο ᾿ : 
to boar: he shall bap- ἱκανὺς τὰ ὑποέήματα βαστάσαι" αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν 


tize you with aa Holy fit the sandals to bear: he “you will *baptize with [the] 

host, d with fire: / ene ἢ / ᾿ ~ < 
To ος fan is in πνεύµατι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί. 19 οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ 
his hand, and he will 7Spirit ‘Holy and withfire. Of whom the winnowing fan [is] in *hand 
eee παν his αὐτοῦ, καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν.ἅλωνα. αὐτοῦ, καὶ συνάξει 
wheat intothe garner; ‘his, and he will thoroughly purge his floor, and will gather 


tt oe eth πρ τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς THY ἀποθήκηνιξ τὸ.δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει 
quenchable fire. his wheat into the granary, buithe chaff he will burn up 


πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ. 
with fire unquenchable. 


13 Τότε παραγίνεται ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐπὶ τὸν 
Then comes Jesus from Galilee {ο the 


Se an comes Je. Ἰορδάνην πρὸς τὸν Iwavyny, τοῦ βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 
5 . . 
Jord:.a unto John, to donne ο veka, Ly to Re baphieed : by μεν 
be baptized of him. 14 ὁ δὲ ᾿Τωάννης" διεκώλυεν αὐτόν, λέγων, το χρείαν ἔχω 
ο αν ἘΣ But John was hindering him, saying, “need *have 
? . ; 9 ” ~ \ ” 4 
need to be baptized of ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός µε; 16 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς 
να ee by thee tobebaptized, and*thou'coinest to, me? *Answering 
answering said unto δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν Ἱπρὺς αὐτόν, “Agec ἄρτι οὕτως.γὰ 
μπουν pag Praag ‘but ?Jesus said to him, Suffer [it] now; for thus 
ow: fo s it be- is τ 
cometh us to fulfil all πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην. Tore 
righteousness. Then becoming itis to us to fulfil all righteousness. Ther 
hesuffteredhim.16And , , δὲν ή vot >? ἐξ k2..? 
Jesus, when he was ἀφίησιν αὐτόν. 16 ἡΚαὶ ᾖβαπτισθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς *aveBn 
baptized, went up hesuffers him. And having been baptized Jesus went up 
straightway out of the are te Γον ~ «/ νεα ΤΡ ο] πω. οὗ 
water: and, lo, the εὐθὺοὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ ἰδού, ᾿ἀνεῴχθησαν" "αὐτῷ" οἱ 
heavens were opened immediately from the water: and behold, were opened tohim the 
unto him,and he saw > , κ απ η, - 59} ~ ῳ δα 
the Spirit of God de- οὐρανοί, καὶ εἶζεν "τὸ! πνεῦμα τοῦ! θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ 
seending like a dove, heavens, and hesaw_ the Spirit of God descending as 


and lighting upon him: 3 , , , , ee: 
I7and lo avoice from περιστεράν, Peal! ἐρχόμενον ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 17 καὶ ἰδού, φωνὴ 


heaven, saying, This a dove, and coming upon him: and lo, a voice 
is miy beloved Son, in ix τῶν οὐρανῶν, λέγουσα, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ. υἱός.μου ὁ ἀγα- 
pleased, out ofthe heavens, saying, This is my Son the be- 


πητός, ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα". 
loved, in whom Ihave found delight, 


, « ~ > ’ > ~ / 
IV. Then was Jems 4 Τότε τὸ" Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύ- 
led up of the Spirit in- Then Jesus wasledup into the wilderness by the Spi- 


to the wilderness to be 53 ο τὶ , \ , 
tempted of the devil, ματος; πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου. 2 καὶ νηστευσας 


2 Απᾶ ‘when he had rit to be tempted by the devil. And having fasted 


fasted forty days : nde , > , aa 
forty nights,hewasat. ἡμέρας "τεσσαράκοντα" καὶ "νύκτας τεσσαράκοντα," ὕστερον 


terward an hungred. *days lforty and ?nights lforty, afterwards 





ε--- καὶ LTTrAW. { ὑμᾶς βαπτίζω LITrW. 8 + αὐτοῦ (read his granary) LT: W. h—'Iwavyys 
(read he was hindering) t1{[tra]w. 1 αὐτῷ L. 1 βαπτισθεὶς δὲ LIT:AW. εὐθὺς ἀνέβη LITrW. 
l ἠνεῴχθησαν 1. τὰ — αὐτῷ [1]. ® — τὸ (read[the]) τ[4]. °— τοῦ τ[Α]. 5 --- καὶ LT [rra} 
4 ἠὐδόκησα Ί, '—OA, 5 τεσσεράκοντα TIA, " τεσσεράκοντα νύκτας T; νύκτας Τεσσερ. Tray 


Μα. 


αν. Ρα ΤτΕ. Ws 


; ~ , ’ 
ἐπείνασεν. 3 καὶ προσελθὼν ταὐτῷ" ὁ πειράζων εἶπεν", Ei 
he hungered, And havingcome tohim the tempter said, If 
υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται. 
Son που τὸ of God, speak that thesestones “loaves 'may *become, 

‘ Ν ’ > ? ? ” , 

4 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, Γέγραπται, Οὐκ ix’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ 
Buthe answering said, Ithasbeenwritten, Not by bread alone 

” ‘ a 6 oe 3 4 A 

ζήσεται "ἄνθρωπος, adn γἐπὶ! παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ 
shull “live man, but by every word going out through 
στόματος θεοῦ. 5 Τότε παραλαμβάνει αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος εἰς 
{the}mouth of God. Then 7takes *him ‘the . ?devil to 
Δ τ ‘ x A / ~ 

τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν, Kai *iornow" αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ 


the holy city, and sets him upon the edge of the 
, ~ Oe ~ ~ Ψ. 

ἱεροῦ, Θ καὶ Άλεγει! αὐτῷ, Ei υἱὸς el τοῦ θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυ- 

teinple, and says tohim, If *Son'thou’art of God, cast thy-* 


’ / - / ᾽ “- ? 
γεγραπται.γάρ, Ὅτι τοῖς. ἀγγελοις.αὐτοῦ ἐν- 
self down: for it has been written, To his angels he 

~ 4s ~ ? ~~ / 

τελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, 
wiil give charge coucerning thee, and in([their] hands shall they bear thee, 
, / f A ’ » ᾽ ~ 

μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν.πόδα-σου. 7 Έφη αὐτῷ 
lest thou strike against astone thy foot. Said *to*him 

’ ; Ἁ 
ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πάλιν γέγραπται, Οὐκ.ἐκπειράσεις κύριον τὸν 

‘Jesus, Again ithas been written, Thou shalt not tempt([the] Lord 

’ 2.9 c ’ ΡΞ 9 
θεόν σον. ὃ Πάλιν παραλαμβάνει αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος εἰς 
θά ‘thy. Again stakes him ‘the “devil to 
ὄρος ὑψηλὸν λίαν, καὶ δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ πάσας τὰς βασι- 
@mountain “high ‘exceedingly, and shews tohim all the king- 
~ Ἢ ; ᾽ ζῶ 
λείας τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τὴν.δόξαν αὐτῶν, 9 καὶ λέγει! αὐτῷ, 


τὸν κάτω" 


doms ofthe world and their glory, and says tohim, 
/ ’ 4 ‘ , 

Ταῦτα πάντα σοι δώσω, ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς 

?These*things ‘all tothee π]]]1σίνο if fallingdown thou wilt worship 

- 7 ~ € 2 ~ ev d ~. 
μοι. 10 Τότε λέγει αὑτῷ 0 1 ησους, ὙΥπαγε", eer ane 
me. Then says ‘to*him Jesus, Get thee away, aH 

: 1 ; i ή «υνήσεις, καὶ 

αι.γά Κύριον τὸν.θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις; 
Bae bon tee shalt thou worship, and 


for it has been written, [The]: Lord thy God 

’ 3 \ ς ’ = 
αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. 11 Τότε ἀφίησιν αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος 
him alone shalt thouserve. Then “leaves *him ‘the devil, 

~ ‘ ’ ρε “ 
καὶ ἰδού, ἄγγελοι προσῆλθον καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. 
and behold, angels came and ministered tohim. : 
~ er ” ’ , a 
12 ᾿Ακσύσας.δὲ “ὁ Ἰησοῦς" ὅτι ᾿Ιωάννης παρεδόθη, av 
But “having *heard 1 Jesus that John was delivered up, he 
\ / ‘ ι A f ον Il 
εχώρησεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 19 καὶ καταλιπὼν τὴν Ναζαρέτ, 
withdrew into” Galilee: and having left Nazareth, 
ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς Καπερναοὺμ" τὴν παραθαλασσίαν, 
havingcome he dwelt at Capernaum, which [is] on the sea-side, 

, ev ~ 
ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ, 14 wa πληρωθῇ : 
in({the}borders of Zabulon and Nephthalim, ee might be fulfil a 

TO ῥηθὲν διὰ ‘Hoaiov τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, 15 τη 
that which was spoken by Esaias the _ prophet, ΒΑ ΊΠΕῚ — 
Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης πέραν ταῦ! 
of Zabulon, and land of Nephthalim, way of([the]sea, beyond the 

a ~ ? ~ € ‘ 5 « / 
Ἰορδάνου, Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν, 16 ὁ: λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος 
Jordan, Galilee of the nations,» the people which~ was sitting 


7 


3 And when thetempt- 
er came to him. he 
said, If thou be the 
Son of God, command 
that these stones be 
made bread. 4 But he 
answered and said, It 
is written, Man shall 
not live by bread alone, 
but by every word that 
proceedeth out of the 
mouth of God. 5 Then 
the devil taketh him 
up into the holy city, 
and setteth him on a 
pinnacle of the temple, 
6 and saith unto him, 


«ΤΕ thou be the Son 


of God, cast thyself 
down: for it is written, 
He shall give his 
angels charge con- 
cerning thee: and in 
their hands they shall 
bear thee up, lest at 
any time thou dash 
thy foot against a 
stone. 7 Jesus said 
unto him, It is written 
again, Thou shalt not 
tempt the Lord thy 
God. 8 Again, the devil 
taketh him up into an 
exceeding high moun- 
tain, and sheweth him 
all the kingdoms of 
the world, and the 
glory of them: 9 απᾶ 
saith unto him, All 
these things willI give 
thee, if thou wilt fall 
down and worship me, 
10 Then saith Jesus 
unto him, Get thee 
hence, Satan: for it is 
written, Thou shalt 
worship the Lord thy 
God, and him only 
shalt thou serve, 
11 Then the devil 
leaveth him, and, be- 
hold, angels came and 
ministered unto him. 


12 Now when Jesus 
had heard that John 
was cast into prison, 
he departed into Gali- 
lee; 13 and leaving 
Nazareth, he came and 
dwelt in Capernaum, 
which is upon the sea 
coast, in the borders 
of Zabulon and Neph- 
thalim: 14 that it 
might -be fulfilled 
which was spoken by 
Esaias the prophet, 
saying, 15 The land of 
Zabulon, and the land 
of Nephihalim. 67 the 
way ot the sea, beyond 
Jordan, Galilee of the 
Gentiles; 16 the peo- 
ple which sat in dark- 





ἣν - « » Zz » ἊΣ 
ν-- αὐτῷ TIrA. στ + αὐτῷ [ο Εΐτη ΠΤΎΓΑΥ. * Ἔ ὁ LTTrAW. ἐν ΗΤΤΑ. 5 ἔστησεν set LTTr 


3 εἶπεν Silid L. Ὁ εἶπεν Said LTTrA. © ταῦτα σοι παντα TTra. 


ἆ + ὀπίσω µου behind 


me c[L]w. ---- ὁ Ἰησοῦς ΤΤΓΑΥ { Nagapad NazarathL; Ναζαρὲθ γῇ; Ναζαρὰ Nazara Tira, 


Β Καφαρναοὺμ LITrAW, 


8 


ness saw great light; 
and to them which sat 
in the region and 
shadow of death, light 
is sprung up. 17 From 
that time Jesus began 
to preach, and to say, 
Repent: for the king- 
dom of heaven is at 
hand 


18 And Jesus, walk- 
ing by the sea of Gali- 
lee, saw two brethren, 
Simon called Peter, 
and Andrew his bro- 
ther, casting a net 
into the sea: for they 
were fishers. 19 And 
he saith unto them, 
Follow me, and I will 
make you fishers of 
men. 20 And they 
straightway left their 
nets, and followed 
him, 2] And going on 
from thence, he saw 
other two brethren, 
James the son of Zebe- 
dee, and John his 
brother, in aship with. 
Zebedee their father, 
mending their nets; 
and. he called them, 
22 And they immedi- 
ately left the ship and 
their father, and fol- 
lowed him, 


23 And Jesus went 
about 411 Galilee, 
teaching in their syn- 
agogues, and preach- 
ing the gospel of the 
kingdom, and healing 
all manner of sickness 
and all manner of 
disease among the peo- 
ple. 24 And his fame 
went throughout all 
Syria : and they 
brought unto him all 
sick people that were 
taken with divers 
diseases and torments, 
and those which were 
possessed with devils, 
and those which were 
lunatic, and _ those 
that had the palsy; 
and he healed them. 
25 And there followed 
him great multitudes 
of people from Galilee, 
and Hom Decapolis, 
and from Jerusalem, 
and from Judza, and 
from beyond Jordan. 

Vv. And secing the 
multitudes, he went 
up into a mountain: 
and when he was set, 
his disciples came un- 
to him: 2 and he 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. IV, Τ. 
~ , ~ , 
ἐν Ἀσκότει εἶδε φῶς! μέγα, καὶ τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν 
in darkness hasseen a*light ‘great, and tothose which weresitting in [the] 
χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς. 17 ᾿Απὸ 
country and shadow of death, light has sprung up tothem. From 
τότε ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησόῦς κηρύσσειν καὶ λέγειν, Μετανοεῖτε" 
that time began Jesus’ to proclaim and _ to say; Repent ; 
ἤγγικεν. γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 
for has drawnnearthe kingdom ofthe heavens. 
18 Περιπατῶν.δὲ Ἰὸ ᾿Ιησοῦς! παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλι- 
And ?walking 1 Jesus by the sea Αἱ of Gali- 
λαίας εἶδεν δύο ἀδελφούς, Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον Πέτρον, καὶ 
168 hesaw two brothers, Simon who is called ‘Peter, and 
᾿Ανδρέαν rov.adedpov.avTov, βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς 
Andrew his brother, casting a large net into 
τὴν θάλασσαν’ ἦσαν.γὰρ ἁλιεῖς. 19 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς," Δεῦτε 
the sea, for they were fishers: and hesays tothem, Come 
ὀπίσω µου, καὶ ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων. 20 Oi.dé 
fishers of men. And they 


after me, andIwillmake you 
εὐθέως ἀφέντες τὰ δίκτυα ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. 21-Kai 
immediately having left the nets, followed him. And 


προβὰς ἐκεῖθεν, εἶδεν ἄλλους δύο ἀδελφούς, Ἰάκωβον τὸν 
having gone on thence, hesaw other two _ brothers, James the[son} 
© $i σε t~ 1? , A ? A ᾽ ώμο ~ ΄ 
τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου» καὶ ᾿Ιωάννην τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ 
of Zebedee, and John his brother, in 6 ship 
μετὰ Ζεβεδαίου τοῦ.πατρὸς.αὐτῶν, καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα 
with Zebedee their father, mending “nets 
2 ~ τ, αν, ᾽ / ε ᾿ ως a ἧς ἈΦΡῸ. " 
αὐτῶν" καὶ ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς. 22 οἱ δὲ εὐθέως ἀφέντες τὸ 
‘their, and hecalled them ; and they immediately having left the 
πλοῖον καὶ τὸν.πατέρα.αὐτῶν ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. 
ship and their father followed him, 
23 Καὶ περιῆγεν ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ὁ Ἰησοῦς," διδάσκων 
And Σγψεπῦ αθοαυῦ “all 5Galilee 1 Jesus, teaching 
ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς 
in their synagogues, and proclaiming the glad tidings of the 


βασιλείας, καὶ θεραπεύων πᾶσαν γόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 
kingdom, and healing every disease and every bodily weakness 


1 ~ ~ ‘ 7 ~ x 2 \ ᾽ ~ ᾽ ε A 
ἐν τῷ aw. 24 καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὕλην τὴν Συ- 
among the people, And went out the fame of him into all Sy- 
piav’ καὶ προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς. κακῶς ἔχοντας, 

ria. And theybrought tohim all who were ill, 
ποικίλαις νόσοις καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους, καὶ! δαιµονιζο- 
by various diseases and torments oppressed, and - possessed by 
μένους, καὶ σεληνιαζοµένους, καὶ παραλυτικούς' καὶ ἐθερά- 
demons, and lunatics, and paralyties ; and he 
? Ψ ~ ‘ > 2 > ~ A ? a 
πευσεν αὐτοὺς. 25 καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ 


healed them. And %followed *him “crowds ‘great from 
τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ Δεκαπύλεως καὶ Ἱεροσολύμων καὶ Ιουδαίας 
Galilee and Decapoliz and Jerusalem and Judea 


καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου. 
and beyond the Jordan, 


5 ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους, ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος" καὶ καθίσαν- 


But seeing the crowds, he went up into the mountain; and “having 5588 
τος αὐτοῦ, "προσῆλθον" δαὐτῳ' οἱ μαθηταὶ.αὐτοῦ. 2 Kai ἀνοί- 
“down ‘he, came to him his disciples, And having 





h σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν LTrA 3 σκότει φῶς εἶδεν TW. 
__ Τὸ Ἰησοῦς ὅλῃ τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ L; [ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς] tr (— ὁ Ἰησοῦς ΤΑ) ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ 
ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν W, 3 --- καὶ Lia, 2 προσήλθαν ΤΊτ, 9 -- αὐτῷ Ly, 


Jesus L. 
TTA, 


τσ ὁ Ἰησοῦς GLTTrAW. * + [ὃ Ἰησοῦς] 


Ns MATTHEW. 


v Ν ’ > ~ I ᾽ , , , ε 
ἔας τὸ.στόµα αὐτοῦ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς, λέγων, 8 Μακάριοι οἱ 
opened his mouth he taught them, saying, Blessed [are] the 
πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι" ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 

poor in spirit ; for theirs is the kingdom ofthe heavens.’ 
4 Ῥμακάριοι ot πενθοῦντες" ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται. 

Blessed they who mourn; for they shall be comforted. 
δ, μακάριοι οἱ πραεῖς" ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσιν τὴν γῆν." 
Blessed :the meek; for they shall inherit the earth. 
Θ᾽ μακάριοι ot πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην" ὅτι 
™ Blessed theywho hunger and thirst after righteousness ; for 
αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται. 7 μακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήμονες" ὅτι αὐτοὶ 
they shall be filled. Blessed the merciful; for they 
? 7 Ἀ ’ ε A ~ / ea ? ‘ A 
ἐλεηθήσονται. 8 μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ" ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν 
shall find mercy. ‘Blessed the’ pure in heart; for they 


θεὸν ὄψονται. 9 µακάριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί" ὅτι “αὐτοὶ! υἱοὶ θεοῦ 
ϑΞᾳαοᾶ ‘shall 2506. Blessed the peacemakers; for they sons of God 


κληθήσονται. 10 μακάριοι ot  δεδιωγµένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιο- 
shall be called, Blessed they who have bcen persecuted on account of right- 
σύνης" ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 11 μακάριοί 
eousness; for theirs is the kingdom ofthe heavens, Blessed 
ἐστε, ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ διώξωσιν, καὶ εἴπωσιν πᾶν 
are ye when theyshallreproach you, and shall persecute, and shallsay every 
πονηρὸν ῥῆμα! καθ ὑμῶν "ψευδόμενοι," ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ. 12 χαί- 
wicked word against you, lying, on account of me, Re- 
ρετε Kai ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ μισθὸς. ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς" 
joice and exult, for yourreward [15] great in the heavens; 
οὕτως.γὰρ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς: πρὸ ὑμῶν. 
Τοῦ thus theypersecuted the prophets who[were] before you. 
19 Ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς" ἐὰν.δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, 
Ye are the salt of thé earth: butif the salt become tasteless, 
ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται; εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ ἵβλη- 
with what shallit besalted? for nothing hasitstrength anylonger, but to be 
θῆναι! ἔξω, ‘cai! καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 14 Ὑμεῖς 
cast out, and tobetrampledupon by men, Ye 
ἐστε TO φῶς τοῦ κόσμου’ οὐ.δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω 
are the lightofthe world, 3cannot ta “οὖν be hid on 
ὄρους κειμένη" 15 οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον καὶ τιθέασιν αὐτὸν 
δ mountain situated, Nor dothey light alamp and put it 
« A ‘ / 7 δα Δ \ / 4 / - ~ 
ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, καὶ λάμπει πᾶσιν τοῖς 
under thecorn measure, but upon the lampstand; and it shines forall who 
ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. 16 οὕτως λαμψάτω τὸ.φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν 
{are] in the house, Thus  []Ἰοὺ shine: your light before 
τῶν ἀνθρώπων. ὕπως ἴδωσιν ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργα, καὶ δοξά- 
men, so that they may see your good works, and may 
σωσιν TOY_TAaTipa.UUwY τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 
glorify your Father who(is]in the heavens. 
/ wh 2 ~ A 
17 Μἠ νοµίσητε ὅτι ἦλθον καταλῦσαι τὸν νόμον ἢ τοὺς προ- 
Think not that Icame toabolish the law or the pro- 
φήτας οὐκ. ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι. 18 ἀμὴν.γὰρ 
phets ; Icame not to abolish, but to fulfil. For verily 
λέγω ὑμῖν, ἕως.ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ, ἰῶτα ἕν ἢ 
Isay toyou, Until shallpassawaythe heaven andthe earth, “iota ‘one or 
, ’ ΚΝ , ? A ~ , { n , 
µία κεραία οὐ.μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόµου, ἕως. ἂν πάντα 
one tittie innowiseshallpassawayfrom the law until all 





P Verses 4, 5, transposed LTTr. 
τ ---ῥῆμα (read [thing ]) ΕΤΤΤΑ. 


8 — ψευδόμενοι Τι, 
5 — καὶ LTIrA, 


9 


opened his mouth, and 
taught them, saying, 
3 Blessed αἲθ the poor 
in spirit: for theirs is 
the kingdom of hea- 
ven, 4 Blessed are 
they that mourn: for 
they shall be comfort- 
ed. 5 Blessed ave the 
meek: for they shall 
inherit the earth. 
6 Blessed are they 
which do hunger and 
thirst after righteous- 
ness: for they shall 
be filled. 7 Blessed ure 
the merciful : for they 
shall obtain mercy,, 
8 Blessed are the pure 
in heart: for they 
shall see God. 9 Bless- 
ed ave the peace- 
makers : for they shall, 
be called the children 
of God. 10 Blessed ave 
they which are per- 
secuted for righteous- 
ness’ sake: for theirs 
is the kingdom of 
heaven. 11 Blessed are 
ye, when men shall 
revile you, and pcrse- 
cute you, and shall say 
all manner of evil 
against you falsely, 
for my sake, 12 Β6- 
joice, and be exceeding 
glad: for great is your 
reward in heaven: for 
so persecuted they the 
prophets which Were 
before you, 

13 Ye are the salt of 
the earth: but if the 
salt have lost his sa- 
voury wherewith shall 
it be salted? it is 
thenceforth good for 
nothing, but to be cast 
out, and to be trodden 
under foot of men, 
14 Ye are the light of 
the world, Acity that 
is set on an hill cannot 
be hid. 15 Neither do 
men light a candle, 
and put it under a 
bushel, but on a can- 
dlestick; and it giveth 
light unto all that are 
in the house. 16 Let 
your light so shine be- 
fore men, that they 
may see your good 
works, and_ glorify 
your Father_which is 
in heaven, 

17 ‘Think not that I 
am come to destroy 
the law, or the pro- 
phets: I am not come 
to destroy, but to ful- 
fil, 18 For verily Isay 
unto you, Till heaven 
and earth pass, one jot 
or one tittle shall in 
no wise pass from the 
law. tillall be fulfilled: 
19 Whosoever there- 


4 — αὐτοὶ (read κληθή. they shall be called) [τι] τα]. 
+ βληθὲν having been cast LTTra, 


10 


fore shall break one 
of these least com- 
mandments, and shall 
teach men so, he shall 
be called the least in 
the kingdom of hea- 
ven: but whosoever 
shall do and teach 
them, the same shall 
be called great in the 
kingdom of heaven. 
20 For I say unto you, 
That except your 
righteousness shall 
exceed the righteous- 
ness of the scribes and 
Pharisees, ye shall in 
no case enter into the 
kingdom of heaven. 

21 Ye have heard 
that it was said by 
them of old time, 
Thou shalt not kill; 
and whosoever shall 
kill shall be in dan- 
ger of the judgment: 
22 but I say unto you, 
That whosoever is 
angry with his brother 
without a cause shall 
be in danger of the 
judgment: and who- 
soever shall say to his 
brotiaer, Raca, shall be 
in danger of the coun- 
ceil: but whosoever 


shall say, Thou fool, . 


shall be in danger of 
hell fire. 23 Therefore 
if thou bring thy gift 
to the altar, and there 
rememberest that thy 
brother hath ought 
against thee; 24 leave 
there thy gift before 
the altar, and go thy 
way; first be recon- 
ciled to thy brother, 
and then come and 
offer thy gift, 25 Agree 
with thine adversary 
quickly, whiles thou 
art in the way with 
bim ; lest at any time 
the adversary deliver 
thee to the judge, and 
the judge deliver thee 
to the officer, and thou 
be cast into prison. 
26 Verily I say unto 
thee, Thou shalt by 
no means come out 
thence, till thou hast 
paid the uttermost 
farthing. ; 

27 Ye have heard 
that it was said by 
them of old time, Thou 
shalt not commit adul- 
tery: 28 but I say 
unto you, That whoso- 
ever looketh on 2 
woman to lust after 
her hath committed 
adultery with her al- 
teady in his heart, 
59 And if thy right eye 
sifend thee, pluck it 
gut, and cast it from 


ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη ΤΑ. 
αυτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ LTTrAW, 


LIrAW ; == αὐτῆς Τ. 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. we 


γένηται. 19 ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν 
come to pass. Whoever thenshallbreak one of these commandments the 


ἐλαχίστων, καὶ διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἐλάχιστος κλη- 


least, and shallteach *so imen, least shall 
θήσεται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν" ὃς.ὃ ἂν. ποιήσῃ καὶ 


becalled in the kingdom of the 
@Lrie στ , , Ἴ ~ , ~ 
διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν 
shall teach [them], this([one] gréat shall becalled in the kingdom ofthe 
οὐρανῶν. 20 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐὰν. μὴ περισσεύσῃ “7 δικαιο- 
heavens. ForI say toyou, That unless shall abound “right- 
σύνη ὑμῶν" πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐ.μὴ 
eousness ‘your above(that]ofthe scribes and Pharisees, in ne wise 
εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. 
shall το enter into the kingdom ofthe heavens. 
21 Ἠκούσατε ὑτιΣἐῤῥέθη! τοῖς ἀρχαίοις.  Οὐ.φονεύσεις' 
Ye have heard that it wassaid tothe ancients, Thoushalt not commit murder; 
ὃς ὃ-ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται TH κρίσει. 22 ἐγω.δὲ 
but whoever shallcommit murder, liable shall be tothe judgment, But I 
λέγω ὑμῖν, OTL πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος τῷ.ἀδελφῳ.αὐτοῦ γεἰκην 


heavens; but whoever shall practise and 


say to you, Thatevery one who is angry with his brother _ lightly, 
ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει: ὃς.δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ .ἀδελφῷ.αὐτοῦ, 
liable shallbe tothe judgment: but whoever shallsay to his brother, 


*“Paxa,' ἔνοχος ἔσται τῷ συνεδρίῳ: ὃς. δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ, Μωρέ, 
Raca, liable shallbe tothe Sanhedrim: but whoever shallsay, Fool, 
ἔνοχος ἔσται εἰς τὴν γέενναν τοῦ πυρός. 299 Εὰν οὖν προσ- 


liable -shallbe to the Gehenna of fire. If therefore thou 
φέρῃς µτὸ.δῶρόν.σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς 
shalt offer thy gift at the altar, and there shalt remember 
ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός.σου ἔχει Ti κατὰ σοῦ, 24 ἄφες ἐκεῖ τὸ δῶρόν 


that thy brother ‘has something against thee, leave there “gift 


σου ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, καὶ ὕπαγε, πρῶτον διαλ- 
ΤΗΥ before the altar, and go away, first be 
λάγηθι τῷ.ἀδελφῷ.σου, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν 
reconciled tothy brother, and then havingcome offer Ξε τεῦ 
σου. 26 Ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ.ἀντιδίκῳ.σου ταχύ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ 
thy. Be agreeing withthine adverse party quickly, whilst thou art 
δὲν τῇ ὁδῷ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ," μήποτε σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ 
in the way with him, lest ‘thee “deliver *the adverse “party to the 
κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτής ce παραδῷ"! τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν 
judge, andthe judge thee deliver tothe officer, and into prison 
βληθήση. 26 ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, οὐ.μὴ ἐξέλθῃς ἐκεῖθεν, 
thou be cast. Verily 1 αγ to thee, Inno wise shalt thoucome out thence, 
ἕως.ᾶἂν ἀποδῷς τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην. 
until thoupay the last kodrantes. 
27 Hrovoare ὅτι Σἐῤῥέθηϊ “τοῖς ἀρχαίοις." 
Ye have heurd that itwassaid tothe ancients, 

5 ? VOSA , € ~ er ~ ε , ~ 4 
σεις" 25 ἐγω.δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναϊκα πρὸς 
adultery: butI say toyou, thatevery one that looksupon awoman ἴο 
τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι “abrijc," ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ 

lust after her, alreadyhascommittedadulterywith her in ~ 
καρδίᾳ Ααὐτοῦ.' 29 εἰ δὲ ὁ.ὀφθαλμός.σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει 

Zheart | *his. But if thineeye, the right, cause “to “offend 
” ? 4 ᾿ Uys toe 7 . ο ͵ , ev 

σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ" συμφέρειγάρ σοι ἵνα 

*thee, pluckout it and cast(it]from thee: foritis profitable for thee that 


Οὐ.μοιχεύ- 
Thou shalt not commit 


τ ἐῤῥήθη LT-AW. 
, ἢ τ σε παραδῷ UT[tr]. 
© ἑαυτοῦ 1. 


a μετ) 


 --- εἰκῆ uT[ Tra]. “2 ῥαχά τ. 
4 αὐτὴν 


9 — τοῖς ἀρχαίοις GLTTrAW. 


Vv. MAT μμ. We 


ey 2 a ~ ~ ‘ . ef \ ~ , ~ 
ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου. καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ. σῶμά.σου βληθῇ 
Bhould perish one of thy members, and not *whoie ‘thy “body be cast 
? , \ ας - ,ὔ ‘ Φ es » 
Fic γεενναν. 30 καὶ εἰ ἡ.δεξιά.σου χειρ σκανδαλίζει σε. ἔκκοψον 
into Gehenna, Andif thyright hand cause?to“offend'thee, cut off 
αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ' συμφἑρει.γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται 
1 and cast{it]from thee: foritisprofitable for thee that should perish 
ἐν τῶν.μελῶν.σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὺ.σῶμά.σου Ἰβληθῇ εἰς γέενναν." 
one of thy members, and not “whole 1thy *body becast into Gehenna. 
᾽ cy ' [7 Π n n ? ‘ σοὶ 
91 ε᾽ Ἐῤῥέθη" δὲ. Ore! ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν.γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ, 
It was said also that whoever shall put away his wife, 
Ὁ» ? ~ ᾽ / 9 5] \ κ᾿ , « - e i: n 
COTW αὑτῇ ἀποστᾶσιον. 32 ἐγὼ. δὲ λέγω υμίν, οτι 'ὁς ἂν 
let him give toher a letter of divorce: but I say toyou. that whoever 
ἀπολύσῃ! τὴν.γυναϊκα. αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὺς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ 
Bhali put aivay his wife, except onaccount of fornication, causes 
αὐτὴν Κμοιχᾶσθαι " καὶ ἰὸς. ἐὰν! ἀπολελυμένην ™yapnon,' 
her το οοπιη]ῦ adultery; πα whoever her who has been put away shallmarry, 
μοιχᾶται. 
conimits adultery. 
33 Πάλιν ἠκούσατε, ὅτι Ξἐῤῥεθηϊ τοῖς ἀρχαίοις, Οὐκ .ἔπιορ: 
Again, ye have heard that it was saidtothe ancients, Thoushalt not 


κήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ κυρίῳ τοὺς.ὕρκους.σου 94 ἐγὼ 
forswear thyself, but thoushalt render tothe Lord thine oaths. = 
δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ὀμόσαι ὕλως, μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος 


heaven, because [the] throne 


ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν 
it is 


οτί say to you not toswear at all, neither by the 
ἐστὶν τοῦ θεοῦ" 85 pyre ἐν τῇ γῇ. ὅτι 


it is of God; nor by theearth, because [the] footstool 
ποδῶν. αὐτοῦ" μήτε εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ore πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ 
of his feet : nor by Jerusalem, because[the] city itis ofthe 


μεγάλου βασιλέως" 36 μήτε ἐν τῇ.κεφαλῇ.σου ὀμύσῃς, ὅτι 
great King. Neither by thy head shalt thou swear, because 
οὐ.δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν "ἢ μέλαιναν ποιῆσαι." 37 ϑἔστω" 
thouartnotable one hair white ΟΥ̓ black to make. “Let “be 
δὲ ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν, ναὶ Vai, ov οὔ" “τὸ. δὲ περισσὸν τούτων ἐκ 
4but ὅτοιν *word, Yea, yea; Nay, nay: but what([is] more than thesefrom 
τοῦ πονηροῦ ἐστι». 
evil is. 
38 Ἠκούσατε ὅτι Σἐῤῥέθη,ϊ Οφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ, καὶ 
Yehave heard that it was said, Eye for eye, and 
ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος" 99 ἐγὼ.δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ἀντιστῆναι τῷ 
tooth for tooth ; but 1 say toyou not to resist 
γ΄ ὡς ὑλλ᾽ « pi / 3 || Δ ὸ ἕ / doo a 6 a ή 
ονγηρῳ α οστις σε ραπισει ETL" THV.OECLAY. νσι ή va, 
evil; but whosoever thee shallstrike on thy right cheek, 
r ? ~ ‘ A » . να ~ / / 
στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην" 40 καὶ τῷ θελοντί σοι κρι- 
turn tohim also the other; and tohim who would with thee go 
~ > ‘ ~ ~ » ο» ‘ Ay 4 ΄ ο 
θῆναι καὶ τὸν.χιτῶνά.σου λαβεῖν, ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱματιον 
tolaw and thy tunic take, yield tohim also[thy] cloak; 
Φε” ͵ / ? ~ , 
4] καὶ boric σε ἀγγαρεύσει μίλιον ἕν, ὕπαγε μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ δύο. 
and whosoever thee ὙΥ1}} οοπαρο] {οσο “mile ‘one, go with Ἠϊπα two. 
42 τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε Tidov'! καὶ τὸν-θέλοντα ἀπὸ σοῦ "δανεί - 
Tohimwho asksof thee give; and Πΐπι ὑμαῦ wishes from thee to bor- 
σασθαι! ἡ.ἀποστραφῆς. 
row thou shalt not turn away from. 


1] 


thee: for it is profit- 
able for thee that one 
of thy members should 
perish, and not that 
thy whole body should 
be cast into hell 
30 And if thy right 
hand offend thee, cut 
it off, and cast ἐξ from 
thee: for it is profit- 
able for thee that one 
of thy members should 
perish, and not thatthy 
whole body should be 
cast into hell. 

91 It hath been said, 
Whosoever shall put 
away his wife, let him 
give her a writing of 
divorcement: 32 but I 
say unto you, That 
whosoever shall put 
away his wife, saving 
for the cause of forni- 
cation, causeth her to 
commit adultery: and 
whosoever shall marry 
her that is divorced 
comunitteth adultery. 

33 Again, ye have 
heard that it hath 
been said by them of 
old time, Thou shalt 
not forswear thyxclf, 
but shalt perform unto 
the Lord thine oaths: 
34 but I say unto you, 
Swear not at all; nei- 
ther by heaven; for it 
is God’s throne: 35 nor 
by the earth; for it is 
his footstool: neither 
by Jerusalem; for it is 
the city of the great 
King. 36 Neither shalt 
thou swear by thy 
head, beeautse thou 
canst not make one 
hair white or black, 
37 But let yourcommini- 
nication be, Yea, yea; 
Nay, nay: for what- 
soever is more than 
these cometh of evil. 

38 Ye have heard 
that it hath been said, 
An eye for an eye, and 
a tooth for a tooth: 
39 but I say unto you, 
That ye resist not 
evil: but whosvever 
shall smite thee on 
thy right cheek, turn 
to him the other also, 
40 And if any man will 
sue thee at the law, 
and take away thy 
coat, let him have thy 
cloke also. 41 And 
whosoever shall com- 
pel thee to go a mile, 
go with him twain. 
42 Give to him that 
asketh thee, and from 
him that would bor- 


aN eee 


f εἰς γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ into Gehenna go aw.ty LTTra, 
1 πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων every one that puts away LTTrA. 
τὸ γαμήσας has married L. ἃ ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν ΤΤΤΤΑ. 
strikes UpONLTTrA, σιαγόνα σου Lira; 
5 δανίσασθαι T. 


& ἐῤῥήθη LTrAW. 
k µοιχευθῆναι LTTrA. 
οξσται Shall be LA, 
— σου (read the right cheek) τ᾿ 


h — ὅτι LTTrA. 
16he whol, 
P ῥαπίζει εἰς 
τ δός LITrA, 


12 


row of thee turn not 
thou away. 

43 Ye have heard 
that it hath been said, 
Thou shalt love thy 
neighbour, and hate 
thine enemy. 44 But 
I say unto you, Love 
your enemies, bless 
them that curse you, 
do good to them that 
hate you, and pray for 
them which despite- 
fully use you, and per- 
secute you; 45 that ye 
may be the children of 
your Father which is 
in heaven : forhe mak- 
eth his sun to rise on 
the evil and on the 
good, and sendeth rain 
on the just and on the 
unjust. 46For if ye 


love them which love - 


you, what reward have 
ye? do not even the 
publicans the same? 
47 And if ye salute 
your brethren only, 
what do ye more than 
others? donoteventhe 
publicansso? 48 Be ye 
therefore perfect, even 
as your Father which 
is in heaven is perfect. 


VI. Take heed that 
ye do not your alms be- 
fore men, to be seen of 
them: otherwise ye 
have no reward of your 
Father which is in hea- 
ven, 2 Therefore when 
thou doest thine alms, 
do not sound a trum- 
pet before thee, as the 
hypocrites do in the 
synagogues and in the 
streets, that they may 
have glory of men. 
Verily I say unto you, 
They have their re- 
ward. 3 But when 
thou doest alms, let 
not thy left hand know 
what thy right hand 
doeth: 4 that thine 
alms may be insecret: 
and thy Father which 
seeth in secret him- 
self shall reward thee 
openly. 


5 And when thou 
πες thou shalt not 
as the hypocrites 
are: for they love to 
pray standing in the 
synagogues and in the 
corners of the streets, 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. V, VE 


43 Ἡκούσατε ὅτι ᾿ἐῤῥέθη," ᾽Αγαπήσεις τὸν.πλησίον.σου καὶ 
Ye have heard that it was said, Thou shalt love thy neighbour and 


μισήσεις TOv.ixOpdv.cov’ 44 ἐγὼ.δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, Αγαπᾶτε τοὺς 


hate thine enemy. ButI say to you, Love 
ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, "εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς, καλῶς 
enemies τοις, bless. those who curse you, “well 


ποιεῖτε Ἱτοὺς μισοῦντας ὑμᾶς," καὶ προσεύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν 
14ο tothose who hate you, and pray fer those who 
Σἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς καὶ" διωκόντων ὑμᾶς" 45 ὅπως γένησθε 
despitefully use you απᾶ persecute you; so that ye may be 
υἱοὶ τοῦ.πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς" ὅτι τὸν .ἥλιον.αὐτοῦ 
sons of your Father whol[is]in[{theJheavens: for his sun 
? , ? \ ‘ eer. , " μ ? ‘ , 
ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθούς, καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους 
he causes torise on evil and good, and sends rain on just 
καὶ ἀδίκους. 46 ἐὰν.γὰρ ἀγαπήσητε τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας ὑμᾶς, 
and unjust. For if ye love those who love - you, 
τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε; οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι Yrd αὐτὸ! ποιοῦσιν ; 
what reward haveye? “ποῦ %also*the *tax ®°gatherers’the “same 'do? 
47 καὶ ἐὰν ἀσπάσησθε τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς. ὑμῶν µόνον, τί περισ- 
and if ye salute your brethren only, what extraoriii- 
σὸν ποιεῖτε; οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι" "οὕτως! ποιοῦσιν; 48 ἔσεσθε 
nary doye? ἽΝοὺ “also*the *tax%gatherers 750 *do? “shail *be 
οὖν ὑμεῖς τέλειοι, ὥσπερ" ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν “ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς" 


Σ/Πετοξογαῖγθ perfect,  ΕΤεη 88 your Father who([is]in the heavens 
τέλειός ἐστιν. 
perfect is. 
ϐ Προσέχετε τὴν. "ἐλεημοσύνην" ὑμῶν μὴ ποιεῖν ἔμπροσθεν 
Beware your alms not todo before 


τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὺς.τὸ.θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς" εἰ. δὲ. μήγε, 'μισθὸν 
men, in order to be seen by them: otherwise reward 
οὐκ.ἔχετε παρὰ τῷ.πατρὶ ὑμῶν τῷ ἐν froic' οὐρανοῖς. 2 ὅταν 
ye have not with your Father who[isJin the heavens. When 
~ , ” / οἱ 
οὖν ποιῇς ἐλεημοσύνην, μὴ.σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου, 
therefore thou doest alms, do not sound a trumpet before thee, 
ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς 
as the hypocrites do in the syhagogues and in the 
ῥύμαις, ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀμὴν λέγω 
streets, that they may have glory from men, Verily [say 
ὑμῖν, ἀπέχουσιν τὸν.μισθὸν.αὐτῶν. 8 σοῦ.δὲ ποιοῦντος ἔλεη- 
toyou, they have their reward, But thou doing ‘ 

‘ , « ΄ - « » 
μοσύνην, μὴ.γνώτω ἡ.ἀριστερά.σου "τί ποιεῖ ἡ.δεξιά σου, 
alms, let not *know ‘thy “left “hand what does thy right hand, 
4 ὅπως Εῇ σου ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη" ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ" καὶ ὁ πατήρ.σου 

so that *may *be ‘thine “alms in secret: διὰ thy Father 
ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ "αὐτὸς" ἀποδώσει σοι ᾿ἐν.τῷ φανερῷ." 
who sees in secret himself shall render to thee openly. 


Ν ; » / . . , 
5 Καὶ ὅταν Ἐπροσεύχῃ, οὐκιἔσῃ ὥσπερ' οἱ ὑποκριταί, 


And when thou prayest, thou shalt not be as the - hypocrites, 
ὅτι φιλοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν 
for they love 1 the synagogues and in the corners of the 





ἢ ἐῤῥήθη LT AW. 


5 — ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς Kat LITIA, 


the same LITraw. 


© δικαιοσύνην righteousness GLTT.aWw, 
1— ev τῷ φανερῷ LITrAW. 


LTTra. 
be as LTTra, 


v¥— εὐλογεῖτε. . . μισοῦντας ὑμᾶς LTTrA. δ᾽ τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς “Ν. 
Υ οὕτως SOLTrA. 3 ἐθνικοὶ heathen GLTTrAW 3 τὸ αὐτὸ, 
ο ὃ οὐράνιος the heavenly ΙΤΤΤΑ. d+ δὲ ουν τί J. 
ε-- τοῖς τ. ξὴ σοῦ ἐλεημοσυνη ἢ τ. 4 - αὐτὸς 

k προσεύχησθε, οὐκ ἔσεσθε ὡς ye pray, ye shall nut 


b ὡς AS LTT A, 


γ]. MATTHEW. 


~ ε ~ « n - - 
πλατειῶν ἑστῶτες προσεύχεσθαι, ὅπως 'ἂν" φανῶσιν τοῖς 
streets standing to pray, sothat they may appear 
ἀνθρώποις" ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, Ori ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν 
to mien, Verily Isay toyou, that they have ?reward 
αὐτῶν. Θ σὺ.δέ, bray προσεύχη, εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ "ταμιεϊόν" σου, 
‘their. Butthon, when thou prayest, . enter into thy chamber, 
καὶ κλείσας τὴν.θύραν.σου, πρόσευξαι τῷ.πατρί.-σου τῷ ἐν 
and having shut thy door, pray to thy Father who [is] in 
τῷ κρυπτῷ" καὶ ὁ πατήρισου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ ἀπο- 
secret ; and thy Father who 5685 in secret will 
δώσει σοι “ἐν.τῷ φανερῷ". 7 Προσευχόμενοι-δὲ py.PBarrodro- 
render to thee openly. But when ye pray do not use vain 
γήσητε,' ὥσπερ οἱ ἐθνικοί' δοκοῦσιν.γὰρ ὅτι ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ 
repetitions, as the heathens: for they think that in. *much *speaking 
8 μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς" 
‘their they shall be heard. 2Not “°therefore ‘be Tike to them : 
οἶδεν.γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν ὧν - Χχρείαν ἔχετε πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς 
for “knows tyour “Father of what things “need *ye *have before ye 
αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν. 9 οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς" Πάτερἡμῶν 
ask him, Thus therefore pray ye: Our Father 
ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ἁγιασθήτω Td.dvopa.cov" 10 “ἐλθέτω! 
whofartjin the heavens, sanctified be thy name ; let come 
9-Baorsia.cov® γενηθήτω τὸ θἐληµά.σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ 
thy kingdom; let be done thy will as in heaven, [sojalso 
ἐπὶ ττῆς" γῆς" 11 τὸν. ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δὸς ἡμῖν σή- 
upon the earth; our bread the. needed give us to- 


pepov’ 12 καὶ ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰ. ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν, ὡς Kai ἡμεῖς 


αὐτῶν εἰσακουσθήσονται. 


day ; and forgive us our debts, as also we 

3, / {| ~ ? / « rg 4 ‘ ? / ε ~ » 
ἀφίεμεν τοῖς.ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν" 19 και μη-εἰσενεγκης ἡμὰς εἰς 
forgive our debtors ; And lead not us into 


πειρασμόν, ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ. "ὅτι σοῦ ἐστιν 
temptation, but deliver us from evil. For thine is 
{ 9 / Ν ς / \ ς δόξ 7 4 2» 7 , u 
ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ 1) δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμὴν. 
the kingdom andthe power andthe glory to the ages. Amen, 
14’Edy.yap ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν, 
Forif ye forgive men their offences, 

ἀφήσει καὶ ὑμῖν ὁ πατὴρ-ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος" 15 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ 
5wili°forgive °also “you tyour “Father “the *heavenly. but if ὅπου 

᾿ ~ - ~ A ΄ ~ ς 

ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις "τὰ.παραπτώµατα.αὐτῶν,' οὐδὲ ὁ 
‘ye "forgive men their offences, neither 

~ / Ag ~ 

πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἀφήσει τὰ.παραπτώµατα-υμῶν. 
ΒΕΛΊΠΟΥ “your ‘will forgive your offences. 

16 Ὅταν. δὲ νηστεύητε, μὴ.γίνεσθε Ἰὥσπερ" οἱ ὑποκριταὶ 

a 


And when ye fast, be not 5 _ the hypocrites, 
σκυθρωποί" ἀφανίζουσιν.γὰρ τὰ.πρόσωπα-“ αὐτῶν," 
downeast in countenance; for they disfigure their faces, 
͵ ~ ~ ’, ὔ ᾿ [ή 
ὕπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες ἀμὴν λέγω 


5ο that they may appear. to men fasting. Verily Isay 


ὑμῖν, Σὔτι' ἀπέχουσιν τὸν. μισθὸν. αὐτῶν. 17 σὺ.δὲ νηστεύων 


toyou, that they have their reward. But thou, fasting, 

” ’ 4 ¥ £ εἶ A ιά , δ᾽ Ξ er 

ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλήν, καὶ τὸ.πρὀσωπὀν.σου νίψαι' 18 ὅπως 
aneint thy ad, ~« and “thy *face 1wash, so that 


Yroic ἀνθρώποις νηστεύων," ἀλλὰ τῷ πατρί 
to men fasting, but to ?Father 


μὴ φανῇς, 


thou mayest not appear 


18 
that they may be seen 
of men. Yerily I say 


unto you, They have 
their reward. 6 But 
thou, when thou pray- 
est, enter into thy 
closet, and when thou 
hast shut thy door, 
pray to thy Father 
which is in secret ; and 
thy Father which seeth 
in secret shall reward 
thee openly. 7 But 
when ye pray, use 
not vain repetitions, 
as the heathen do: 
for they think that 
they shall be heard for 
their much speaking. 
8 Be not ye therefore 
like unto them: for 
your Father knoweth 
what things ye have 
need of, before ye ask 
him, -9 After this man- 
ner therefore pray ye: 
Cur Father which art 
in heaven, Hallowed 
be thy name. 10 Thy 
kingdom come. Thy 
will be done in earth, 
as if is in heaven. 
11 Give us this day our 
daily bread. 12 And 
forgive us our debts, 
as we forgive our debt- 
ors. 13 And lead us 
not into temptation, 
but deliver us from 
evil: For thine: is the 
kingdom, and the pow- 
er, and the glory, for 
ever. Amen. 14 For 
if ye forgive men their 
trespisses, your hea- 
τοΏΙγ Father will also 
forgive you: 15 but if 
ye forgive not men 
their trespasses, nei- 
ther will your Father 
forgive your tres- 
passes. 


16 Moreover when ye 
fast, be ποῦ, asthe hy- 
pocrites, of asad coun, 
tenance: for they dis-~ 
figure their faces, that 
they may appear unto 
men to fast. Verily I 
say unto you, They 
have their reward. 
17 Butthou, when thou 
fastest, anoint thine 
head, and wash thy 
facé; 18 that thou ap- 
pear not unto men to 
fast, but unto thy Fa- 


1 ἀντ ΤΑΥ͂. ™— ὅτε LTTrA. Ἀταμεῖόν ΤΑ.: 9 -- ἐν τῷ φανερῷ LTTrA, P βατταλογήσητε ΤΑ. 


“ἢ ἐλθάτω TL τ --- τῆς LTIAW., 5 ἀφήκαμεν have forgiven LrTra. ἢ 


— ὅτι cov to end of verse 


GLITrAW, ἃ = τὰ raoaT: αὐτῶν τῷ, Y ὡς LITA, Υ̓ ἑαυτῶν Ky 2 — ὅτι ΜΠΤΑ, ¥ νησ. τοῖς ἀνθρώ. τω 


14 


ther which isin secret: 
andthy Father, which 
seeth in secret, shall 
reward thee openly. 


19 Lay not up for 
yourselyes treusures 
upon earth, where 
moth and rust doth 
corrupt, and where 
thieves break through 
and steal: 20 but lay 
up for yourselves trea- 
sures in heaven, where 
neither moth nor rust 
doth corrupt, and 
where thieves do not 
break through nor 
steal: 21 for where 
your treasure is, there 
will your heart be al- 
so. 22 Thelight ofthe 
body is the eye: if 
therefore thine eye be 
single, thy whole body 
shall be full of light. 
23 But if thine eye be 
evil, thy whole body 
shall be full of dark- 
ness. If therefore the 
light that is in thee be 
darkness, how great is 
that darkness! 


24 No man can serve 
two masters: for ei- 
ther he will hate the 
one, and love the other; 
or else he will hold to 
the one, and despise 
the other. Ye cannot 
serve God and mam- 
mon. 25 Therefore I 
say unto you, Take no 
thought for your life, 
what ye shall eat, or 
what ye shall drink; 
nor yet for your body, 
what ye shall put on. 
Is not the life more 
than meat, and the 
body than raiment ἢ 
26 Behold the fowls of 
the air: for they sow 
not, neither do they 
reap, nor gather into 
barns; yet your hea- 
venly Father feedeth 
them. Areyenot much 
better than they? 
27 Which of you by tak- 
ing thought can add 
one cubit unto his sta- 
ture? 28 And why take 
ye thought for rai- 
ment? Consider the 
lilies of the field, how 
they grow; they toil 
not, neither do they 
spin: 29 and yet I say 
unto you, That even 
Solomon in all his 
glory was not arrayed 
like one of _ these. 
30 Wherefore, if God 
so clothe the grass of 
the field, which to day 


MAT Oe Oss: VI. 
σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷἹ καὶ ὁ. πατήρισου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ 
‘thy who [is] in secret ; and thy Father who sets in 
*KOUTT@ ἀποδώσει, σοι "ἐν τῷ.φανερφ.! 

secret wilirender tothee openly. 
19 Μἠ θησαυρίζετε ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅπου 
Treasure ποῦ πρ for yourselves treasures upon the carth, where 
σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει, καὶ ὅπου κλέπται διορήσσουσιν καὶ 


moth and rust spoil, and where thieves dig through and 
/ 5 ’ a1 ε ~ A ᾽ > oe 
κλέπτουσιν". 20 Onoaupizere.cé ὑμῖν. θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ, 
steal: but treasure up foryourselves treasures in heaven, 


er ” 1 » ~ ? / δ. ἘΝ μ ᾽ 
Όπου οὔτε σὴς οὔτε βρῶσις ἀφανίζει, καὶ ὅπου κλέπται οὐ.δι- 


where neither moth nor rust spoils and where thieves do not 
ορύσσουσιν οὐδὲ κλέπτουσιν. 91 ὕπου.γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς 
dig through nor steal; for where sis “treasure 


« ~ ~ »” \ « n ~ , ἊΨ 
ὑμῶν," ἐκεῖ ἔσται "καὶ! ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν." 99 Ὁ λύχνος τοῦ 


"your, there willbe also “heart ‘your. The limp of the 
σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός" ἐὰν “οὖν! [ὁ ὀφθαλμόςσου 
body is the eye; if therefore thine cye 
ς λ ~ τ I Or ‘ ~ , ‘ ” . 99 . 4 = be « 
απλους 1) OAOV το σωµα.σου φωτεινὸν έσται ϱκ(ωοεέἑκανήύεο 
single be, *whole ~* ‘thy body light will be. But if 


ὀφθαλμός.σου πονηρὸς ἢ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά.-σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. 
thine eye evil be, “whole ‘thy body dark willbe, 

εἰ οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν, τὸ σκότος πόσον ; 
If therefore the light that[is]in thee darkness ἴδ, the darkness how great 
24 Οὐδεὶς δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν. ἢ.γὰρ τὸν ἕνα 
Noone ἴδ able two lords toserve; foreither the one 
μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει: ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ 
hewillhate, and the other he willlove; or[the} one he wiil Ποιά το, and 


τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει. οὐ.δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ ἔμαμ- 
the other he will despise. Yearenotable “God ‘to7?serve and mame- 


Hove. ὁοια τουτο εγω υμιγ, μ)-μεριμνγατε Τ1)- UXY-ULWVs, 


mon. Becauseof this Isay toyou, be not careful Aas to your life, 
τί φάγητε kai! Ἱτί πίητε! μηδὲ τῷ.σώματι ὑμῶν, 
what yeshouldeat and what yeshoulddrink; nor as to your body 
τί ἐνδύσησθε. οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς καὶ 


than the and 
TO σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος; 26 ἐμβλέψατε εἰς τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ 
the body thanthe raiment? Look at the birds of tha 
οὐρανοῦ, ὅτι οὐ.σπείρουσιν, οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν, οὐξὲ συνάγουσιν 
heaven, that theysownot, nor dotheyreap, mor dothey gather 
> , Ne ~ , , 
εἰς ἀποθήκας, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν ὃ οὐράνιος τρέφει αὐτά" οὐχ 
into granaries, and your Father the heavenly feeds them: ὁποῦ 
« ~ ~ a , ? ~~ ΄ " ο « ~ 
ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν; 27 τίς.δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν µερι- 
3γο “much tare better than they? But which outof you by being 
μνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν.ἠλικίαν.αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα; 
careful [15 4018 to add to his stature “cubit ‘one? 
28 καὶ περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε; καταµάθετε τὰ κρινα 


what yeshould puton. 7Not *the *life more tis Tood 


and about raiment why areyecareful? observe the lilies 
τοῦ ἀγροῦ, πῶς ΧαὐξάνειἹ οὐ. ἱκοπιᾷ!ὶ οὐδὲ πινήθει"" 29 λέ- 
of the field, how theygrow: theylabournot nor cotheyspin: | =I 


γω δὲ ὑμῖν. ὅτι οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ.δόξῃ. αὐτοῦ περιε- 
“say *butto youthat noteven Solomon in all his glory ο was 
, e εν ᾽ " ~ ~ ᾽ὔ 
βάλετο ὡς ἕν τούτων. 80 εἰ δὲ τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ, σήμερον 
clothed as one of these. Butif the grass ofthe field, to ‘day 


ον ? a a x 
Σκρυφαίῳ LITrA, 8 -- ἐν τῷ φανερῷ GrTTraw. ὕ σου thy LTTraA. ¢—KaiL, 1+ govthyn 


© — οὖν τι 


ἢ ὃ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς LTA. 


5. μαμωνᾷ GLTTrAW, \ 
1 κοπιῶσιν LT; κοπιοῦσιν Tra. 


hy or LTr; — καὶ τε. 


, ᾽ ἳ ΄ 
“Te πίητε τ. τὸ νήθονσιν LITA, 


καὐξάνουσιν LITra. 


VI, VII. MATTHEW. 


ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ θεὸς οὕτως 
6 


' . 
‘which is and to-morrow into an oven is cast, od thus 


> , ’ ~ ~ ges ? , ‘ 
ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι: 31 μὴ 
arrays, ,[will he] not much rather you, O[ye]of little faith? “not 
οὖν μεριμνήσητε, λέγοντες, Ti φάγωμεν. 7] τί πίωμεν, 
‘therefore ‘be careful, saying, What shall weeat? or what shall wedrink? 
ἢ τί περιβαλώμεθα; 82 πάντα.γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη "ἐπι- 
or with what shall we be clothed? For all thesethingsthe nations seek 
ζητεῖ"" οἶδεν γὰρ ὁ.πατὴρ-ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος drt χρῴύζετε 
efter. For knows your lather the heavenly 
? ε , = ‘~ δὲ ~ ο ᾿ λ ΄ 5 ~ 
τούτων ἁπάντων" 88 ζητεῖτε.δὲ πρῶτον “τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ 
. of *these*things ali. But seck-ye ᾿ first the kingdom 
θεοῦ καὶ τὴν.δικαιοσύνην! αὐτοῦ, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προσ- 
οἑ God and his righteousness, and *these *things ‘all shail 
τεθήσεται ὑμῖν. 34 μὴ οὖν Ὑμεριμνήσητεϊ εἰς τὴν αὔριον" 
be added to you. “Not *therefore be careful for the morrow : 
ἡ γὰρ αὔριον μεριμνήσει “τὰ" τἑαυτῆς." ἀρκετὸν τῇ 
for the morrow shallbecarefulabout the [things] of itself, 
ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς. 
day [15] πο evil of it. 
7 Μὴ κρίνετε, ἵνα μὴ.κριθῆτε' 2 ἐν 


ᾧ γὰρ κρίματι κρίνετε, 
Judge not, 


that ye benot judged: *with *what ‘for judgment yejudge, 
κριθήσεσθε' καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, "ἀντιμετρηθήσεται" 
ye 5881] be judged; and with what measure yemete, itshall be measured again 
ὑμῖν. ὃ Τί.δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ -ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ 
ίογοα. Butwhy lookestthouonthe mote that[is]in the eye 
ἀδελφοῦ.σου, τὴν: δὲ ἐν τῷ.σῷ - ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν ov-KaTayvoEte 5 
of thy brother, Ῥαῦ [89 “'π *thine (town) ‘eye “beam  perceivest not? 
4 ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ. ἀδελφῷ.σου, “Adgec ἐκβάλω τὸ 
Or how wilt thousay tothy brother, Suffer {that]I may cast out the 
΄ t ? ‘ Ιὶ ~ 7 θ λ τῆς ο A ὃ , ς ὃ ca Ἵ ~ 
καρφος "απο του.ὀφσαλµμου-σου᾽ και LOOU, ἢ ὀρχος εν TY 
mote from thine eye: and behold, the beam [is]in 
ὀφθαλμῷ.-σου; 5 ὑποκριτά, ἔκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν δοκὸν ἐκ' 
thine fjown] eye! hypocrite, cast out first the beam out of 
τοῦ.ὀφθαλμοῦ.σου,! καὶ τότε διαβλέψεις ἐκβαλεῖν τὸ κάρφος 
thine [own] eye, and then thouwiltseeclearly tocastout the mote 
ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ.σου. 


out of the eye of thy brother. ὶ 
ϐ Μὴ.δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν" μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς. 


Give not that which [15] holy nor cast 


μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε “KaTa~ 
2pearls *your before the swine, lest they should 


͵᾿πατήσωσιν" αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς.ποσὶν.αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες 


tothe dogs, 


trample upon them with their feet, and. having turned 
ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς. 
they του ἃ you. 
7 Αἰτεῖτε, καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν" ζητεῖτε, καὶ εὑρήσετε" 
Ask, and it shall be given to you: seek, and ye shall find: 


ερούετε, καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν. 8 πᾶς.γὰρ ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει, 
knock, and itshallbeopened toyou. Foreveryone that asks receives, 

καὶ ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει, καὶ τῷ κρούοντι Σἀνοιγήσεται." 

and hethat seeks finds, and tohimthat knocks it shall be opened. 


π ἐπιζητοῦσιν LTTrA, 


that ye have need’ 


Sufficient to the. 


18 


is, and to morrow is 
cast into the oven, shall 
he not much more 
clothe you, O ye of lit- 
tle faith? 31 Therefore 
take no thought, say- 
ing, What shall we 
eat ? or, What shall we 


_ drink ? or, Wherewith- 


al shall we be clothed? 
32 (For after all these 
things do the Gentiles 
seek:) for your hea- 
venly Father knoweth 
that ye have need 
of all these things. 
33 But seek ye first the 
kingdom of God, and 
his righteousness ;.and 
all these things shall 
be added unto you. 
34 Take therefore no 
thought for the mor- 
row: for the morrow 
shall take thought for 
the things of itself, 
Sufficient unto the day 
ts the evil thereof. Ἵ 


VII. Judge not, that 
ye be not judged. 
2 For with what. judg- 
ment ye judge, yeshall 
be judged: and with 
what measure ye mete, 
it shall be measured to 

ou again. 3 And why 

oldest thou the 
mote that is in thy 


‘brother’s eye, but con- 


siderest not the beam 
that is in thine own 
eye? 4 Or how wilt 
thou say to thy bro- 
ther, Let me pul] out 
the mote out of thine 
eye; and, behold, a 
beam is in thine own 
eye? 5 Thou hypocrite, 
first cast. out the beam 
out of thine own eye; 
and then shalt thou 
see clearly to cast out 
the mote out of thy 
brother’s eye. 


6 Give not that which 
is holy unto the dogs, 
neither cast ye your 
pearls before - swine, 
lest they trample them 
under their feet, and 
turn again and rend 
you. 


7 Ask, and it shall be 
given you; seck, and 
ye shall find; knock, 
and it shall be opened 
unto you: :8 for every 
one that asketh receiv- 
eth; and he that seek- 
eth findeth; and to 
him that knocketh it 


shall be opened, 9 Or 





: - 
ο τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν βασιλειαν Τι ; --- τοῦ θεοῦ (read its right- 


eousness) LT[a] Ρ μεριμνήσετε Ε. 4 --- τὰ (omit the [things] Οἵ τατνανν. τ αὐτῆς a. " μετρηθή- 


σεται Ἱΐ shall-be measured GutTraw. οὖ ἐκ out of LTT’. 


ν ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου THY δοκόν 


LYTra. Ὗ καταπατήσουσιν they shall traniple upon urtra. * ἀνοίγεται 10 is opened Ltr. 


16 


what man is there of 
you, whom if his son 
ask bread, will he give 
himastone? 10Orif 
he ask a fish, will he 

ive him a serpent? 
1If£ ye then, being 
evil, know how to give 
good gifts unto your 
children, how much 
more shall your Father 
whichisin heaven give 
good things to them 
that ask him? 


12 Therefore all 
things whatsoever ye 
would that men should 
do to you, do ye even 
so to them: for this 
is the law aud the pro- 
phets, 


13 Enter ye in at 
the strait gate: for 
wide is the gate, and 
broad zs the way, that 
leadeth to destruction, 
and many there be 
which go in thereat: 
14 because strait zs the 
gate, and narrow ts the 
way, which leadeth un- 
to life, and few there 
be that find it. 

15 Beware of false 
prophets, which come 
to you in sheep’s cloth- 
ing, but inwardly they 
are ravening wolves. 
{6 Yeshall know them 
by their fruits. Do 
men gather grapes of 
thorns, or figs of 
thistles? 17 Even so 
every good tree bring- 
eth forth good fruit; 
but a corrupt tree 
bringeth forth evil 
fruit. 18 A good tree 
cannot bring forth evil 
fruit, neither canacor- 
rupt tree bring torth 
good fruit. 19 Every 
tree that bringeth not 
forth good fruit is 
uewn down, and cast 
into the fire. 20 Where- 
fore by their fruits ye 
shall know them, 


21 Not every one 
that saith unto me, 
Lord, Lord, shall enter 
into the .kkingdom of 
heaven; ‘but he that 
Goeth the will of my 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. VII 
9 ἢ τίς Yéorw" ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν 3ἐάνὶ *airnoy" ὁ υἱὸς 
Or what “is*there *of ὅτοι ‘pan who if should‘ask *son 
αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; 10 Kai ἐὰν ἰχθὺν 
this bread, astone willhegive him? and if a fish 
Led Π αἲ 4 Ἵ ὲ , ? ιδ > € ~ ‘ 
αἰτήσῃ," μη ὄφιν ἐπιδωσει αὐτῷ; 11 εἰ οὖν ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ 
heshouldask, aserpent willhegive him? lf therefore ye, “evil 
ὄντες οἴδατε δόματα ἀγαθὰ διδόναιτοῖς .τέκνοις ὑμῶν, πόσῳ 


‘being, know [how] “gifts good = to give to your children, how much 
μᾶλλον ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ 
more your Father who[isJin the heavens will give goodthings 
τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν: 
to them that ask him? 
12 Πάντα ουὖν ὕσα- ἂνὶ θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ 


All things therefore whatever yedesire that *should*do *to®you 

ἄνθρωποι, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς' οὗτος.γάρ ἐστιν ὁ 

111Θ1, 4 s0 also “ye 1do to them: for this is the 
νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται. 

law andthe prophets. 

19 ὁΕἰσελθετε" διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης" ὅτι πλατεῖα “ἡ πύλη" 

Enterin through the narrow’ gate; for wide the gate 

καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ 


and broad the way that leads to destruction, and 
πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι ὃι αὐτῆς" 14 fore! στενὴ δὴ 
many are they who’ enter through it: for narrow the 


πύλη! καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν, καὶ 


gate and straitened the way that leads to life, and 
ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν. 
few are they who find it. 
15 Προσέχετε." δὲ"! ἀπὸ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν, οἵτινες ἔρχονται 
But beware of the false prophets, who come 
a ς ~ ? 3 , , » ; > , tr 
πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασιν προβάτων, ἔσωθεν.δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρ- 
το you in raiment of sheep, but within are wolves ‘ra- 


παγες. 16 ἀπὸ τῶν.καρπῶν. αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς" μήτι 
pacious, By their fruits yeshallknow them. 
συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν Ἱσταφυλὴν " ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα; 
Do.they gather from thorns abunchofgrapes, or from  thistles figs? 
17 οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ" τὺ.δὲ 
So. every “tree αβοοά *truits *sood produces, but the 
σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ. 18 οὐ-δύναται 
corrupt tree “fruits "had produces. *Cannot 
δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς πονηροὺς ἠποιεῖν,' οὐδὲ δένδρον σα- 
2a Stree “good “fruits Sevil produce, nor a*tree ‘cor 
ὃ ὺο καλοὺς J Ty, ll ( ἅ κ δενὲ Ὶ y 
πρὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ὑποιεῖν.ὶ 19 πᾶν" devcpov μὴ πυιουν 
rupt *iruits *z00d “produce. Every tree not producing 
᾿ λ A ? , \ > ~ ΄ Te 1} 
καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται. 20 ᾿ἀραγε 
*fruit ‘good iscutdown and into fire is cast. Then surely 
Marl τῶν καρπῶν.αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς. 
by their fruits ye shall know thei. 
210i πᾶς ὁ λέγων pot, Κύριε, κύριε, εἰσελεύσεται είς 
Not every one who says tome, Lord, Lord, shalienter into 
s / ~ ? ~ Ἐ ᾽ , c ~ ‘A , ΑΘ 
τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν" ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ 
the kingdom ofthe heavens, but hewhodoes the will 





Σ — ἐστιν utr [A]. 
also a fish shall ask 


& [ἡ πύλη] LT. 


h — δὲ but ut [tra]. 





2— ἐὰν LTTrA. 


8 αἰτήσει Shallask urtrA. » ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει or 
LITra, © ἐὰν τ. 


d εἰσέλθατε LTTTA. 8 --- ἡ πύλη LT]. {7c how Gurr. 
; aA = 
i σταφυλὰς grapes LTTrA. ἐνεγκεῖν bear Τε 


- + [oty]nown, 1 ἄρα γε ὕπτια. πὸ ἐκ 1, 


MATTHEW. 


ἐν ™ οὐρανοῖς. 22 πολλοὶ ἐροῦσίν μοι ἐν 


VII, VIN. 


πατρόυ.µου τοῦ 


of my Father who[is] in [the] leavens. Many willsay tome in 
ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, Κύριε, κύριε, οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι “προεφη- 
that μην Lord, Lord, *not *through*thy 816 did “we 
τεύσαμεν,! καὶ τῷ-σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ 
*prophesy, and through thy name denions cast out, and 
~ ~ Ν 8 , Δ 

τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάβεις . πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν; 29 καὶ 
through thy name “7works*of*power ‘many perform ? And 


τότε ὁμολογήσω αὐτοῖς, ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς" ἀποχωρεῖτε 
then willI confess {ο them, Never knewI you: depart ye 
ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν. 
from me, who work lawlessness, 
24 Πᾶς οὖν bore ἀκούει µου τοὺς λόγους Provrove," 
Every one therefore whosoever hears *my 3words ithese, 
καὶ ποιεῖ αὐτούς, ὁμοιώσω αὐτὸν" ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὕστις ᾠκοδό- 
and does them, Iwillliken him toa“man ‘prudent, who built 
µησεν 'τὴν.οἰκίαν.αὐτοῦ! ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν" 26 καὶ κατέβη ἡ 
his house’ upon the rock: aud camedown the 
βροχὴ καὶ "ἠλθονί ot ποταμοὶ καὶ ἔπνευσαν οἱ ἄνεμοι, καὶ 


rain, and - came _ the streams, and blew the winds, ᾽ and 
ἱπροσέπεσον! τῇ.οἰκίᾳ. ἐκείνῃ, καὶ οὐκ.ἔπεσεν' τεθεμελίωτο.γὰρ 
fell upon that house, and itfellnot; forithadbeen founded 
ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν. 96 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀκούων βου τοὺς λόγους 
upon the rock, and everyone who hears “my swords 
τούτους Kai μὴ ποιῶν αὐτούς, ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, 
ἀξῆθξθ and doesnotdo them, heshallbelikened toa*man ‘foolish, 


e ? , ve} α. 8 ? ~ || \ ‘ » “I ‘ 
ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν ὑτὴν.οἰκίαν. αὐτοῦ) ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον" 27 Kai 
who built his house upon the sand: and 
sage ς 1 \ σ ε \ . εὐ ον ς 
κατέβη -ἡ βροχὴ καὶ ἦλθον ot ποταμοὶ καὶ ἔπνευσαν οἱ 
came οι ἴπθ rain, and came the streams, and ὁ blew the 
ἄνεμοι, καὶ προσέκοψαν τῷ.οἰκίᾳ.ἐκείνη, καὶ ἔπεσεν, καὶ ἦν 
winds, and beat upon that house, and itfell, and ‘was 
᾿ἡ πτῶσις αὑτῆς μεγάλη. 
‘the “fall 905 0 great. 
28 Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε συνετέλεσεν" ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τοὺς λόγους 
Anditcamectopasswhen “had “finished tJesus Swords 
, ? , δ ow, δι... ἃ ~ ὃ δ ~ ? ~. ο - 
τούτους ἐξεπλήσσοντο οἱ ὄχλοι ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῇ.αὐτοῦ" 29 ἣν 


*these astonished were the crowds at his teaching: *he 2was 
γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ 
for teaching them as “authority ‘having, and not as the 
γραμματεῖς". 

scribes, 


y Zot , = δὲ = = > A ~ ») > λ 6 » 3 ~ 
8. Καταβάντι δὲ αὐτῷ! ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 
And when”had*come*down *he from the mountain, 5followed *him 
ὄχλοι πολλοί 2 καὶ ἰδού. λεπρὸς Ζἐλθωνὶ προσεκύνει αὐτῷ, 
2crowds ‘great. And behold, aleper havingcome didhomege to him, 


λέγων, Κύριε, ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί µε καθαρίσαι. 3 Καὶ 
saying, Lord, if thouwilt thouartabie me _ tocleanse. _ And 
ἐκτείνας τὴν. χεῖρα ἥψατο αὐτοῦ Σὸ ᾿Ιησοῦς λέγων, 


having stretched out fhis]hand touched “him 


Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι. Καὶ εὐθέως Ῥἐκαθαρίσθη! αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα. 
I will, bethoucleansed. Andimmediately .was cleansed his lepro y. 


i Jesus sayin, 
? ? 


- ings 


17 


Father which is in 
heaven. 22 Many will 
say to me in that day, 
Lord, Lord, have we 
not prophesied in thy 
name? and in thy 
mame have cast out 
devils? and in thy 
mame done many won- 
derful works? 23 And 
then will I profess un- 
to them, I never knew 
you: depart from me, 
ye that work iniquity. 


24 Theréfore whoso- 
ever hearcth these say- 
cf mine, and 
doeth *hem, I will 
liken him unto a wise 
mar, which built his 
house upon a rock: 
25 and the rain dexcen- 


.ded, and the floods 


came, and the winds 
blew, and beat upon 
that house; and it fell 
not: for it was founded 
upon 83. rock. 26 And 
eve*y one that heareth 
these sayings of mine, 
and doeth them not, 
shall be likened unto 
a foolish man, which 
built his house upon 
the sand: 27 and the 
rain descended, and 
the floods came, and 
the winds blew, and 
beat upon that house; 
and it fell: and great 
was the fall of it. 


28 And it came to 
pass, when Jesus had 
ended these sayings, 
the people were aston- 
ished at his doctrine: 
29 for he taught them 
as one having au- 
thority, and not as the 
scribes. 


VIII. When he was 
come down from the 
mountain, great mul- 
titudes followed him. 
2 And, behold, there 
came 2 leper and wor- 
shipped him, saying, 
Lord, ifthou wilt, theu 
canst make me clean, 
3 And Jesus put forth 
his hand, and touched 
him, saying, I will; be 
thou cican. And im- 
mediately his leprosy 
was eleinsed, 4 And 


24+ τοῖς the LTTrA. 9 ἐπροφητεύσαμεν LTTra. Ρ [τούτους] LTr. 4 ὁμοιωθήσεται he shal! ve 


likened Lrtr. * αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν LTTrA. 5 ἦλθαν Tr. 


τ προσέπαισαν struck against L; προσ- 


έπεσαν TIrA. Y αὐτοῦ THY οἰκίαν LTTrA. W ἐτέλεσεν LTTrA. * + αὐτῶν (read their scribes}. 

LITrA; + καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι and the Pharisees tL. Y καὶ καταβάντος αὐτοῦ τι; καταβάντος δὲ αι 
αὐτοῦ τι. Ξπροσελθὼν having come to [him] στῶν. 5.-- ὁ Ἰησοῦς (vead he touched) ι 
ITTra, ὃ ἐκαθερίσθη 1. = 


ο 


δν - 


18 


Jesus saith unto him, 
See thon tell no man; 
but go thy way, shew 
thyself to the priest, 
an‘l offer the gift that 
Moses commanded, for 
atestimonyuntothem. 


5 And when Jesus 
was entered into Ca- 
pernaum, there came 
unto him a centurion, 
beseeching him, 6 and 
saying, Lord, my ser- 
vant lieth at home sick 
of the palsy,gricvously 
tormented. 7And Jesus 
saith unto him, I will 
come and heal him. 
8 The centurion an- 
swored and said, Lord, 
IT am not worthy that 
thou shoulecst come 
unier my roof: but 
speak the word only, 
and my servant shall 
he healed. 9 For Iam 
aman under authority, 
having soldiers under 
me: and I say to this 
man, Go, and he goeth; 
and to another, Comie, 
and he cometh; and 
to my servant, Do 
this, and he doeth τέ. 
10 When Jesus heard 
it, he marvelled, and 
said to them that fol- 
lowed, Verily I say 
unto you, I have not 
found so great faith, 
no, not in Israel. 
11 And Τ say unto you, 
That many shall come 
from the east. and west, 
and shall sit down with 
Abraham, and Isaac, 
and Jacob, in the king- 
dom of heaven. 12 But 
the children of the 
kingdom shall be cast 
out into outer dark- 
ness: there shall be 
weeping and gna-hing 
of teeth. 13 And Jesus 
said unto the centu- 
rion, Go thy way; and 
as thou hast belicved, 
so be it done unto thee. 
And his servant was 
healed in the selfsame 
hour. 


14 And when Jesus 
was come into Peter’s 
house. he saw his wife’s 
mother laid, and sick 
of a fever... 15 And he 


5 ἀλλὰ EGLTTrA. ἃ προσένεγκον LTTrTAW. 6 Μωῦσῆς LTTrAW. ἴ εἰσελθόντος LTTrA. 8 αὐτῷ 
he GW; αὐτοῦ he ΤΠΤΤΑ. 
1— ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he says) tt[tr]a. 
ο + τασσόμενος placed τι. 
with no one so great faith in Israel Ltva. 
© — καὶ Lt[tr]aA: ἢ — αὐτοῦ (read the servait) Lrr.|a]. 


GLTTrAW, 
from that hour 1,, 


‘ 


MATOATIO &. VIIl. 

4 Καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς" “ἀλλ᾽ ὕπαγε, 

And *says “to*him ‘Jesus, See _noone thoutell; but go ΄ 
σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ “xpoctveyKe! τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσ- 
thyself shew to the priest, and offer the gift which or- 
/ 5 2 - “ ~ 
érazevy “Mwojje,' εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. 
dered _* Moses for atestimony to them, 

5 ΓΕἰσελθόντι".δὲ ἔτῷ Τησοῦϊ εἰς "Καπερναούμ," προσῆλθεν 

And "having *entered 1Jesus into Capernaum, scame. 

? δι: Ὁ ll Az 3. «ἃ 4 , / 
αὐτῷ ἑκατόνταρχος" παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 6 καὶ λέγων, Κύριε, 
*to®him ‘a *centurion, beseeching him and saying, Lord, 
« ἵν / ? ~ ae , - 
ὁ παῖς. μου βέβληται ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ παραλυτικός, δεινῶς βασα- 
my servant is laid in the kouse aralytic, . grievously tor- 


νιζόµενος. 7 *Kai! λέγει αὐτῷ Ιὁ Ἰησοῦς," Eyw ἐλθὼν θεριι: 


mented. And “says *to*him 1Jesus, 1 having come will 
πεύσω αὐτόν. 8 "Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς" ὁ 'éxarovrapyog" ἔφη, Κύριε, 
heal _ him, And “answering ‘the centurion said, . Ποτά, 


οὐκ. εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς ἵνα µου πὸ τὴν στέγην εἰσέλθῃς" ἀλλὰ µόνον 
ITamnot worthy that "my ‘under roof thou shouldest come, but only 
εἰπὲ "λόγον," καὶ ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου. 9 καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ ἄν- 
speak a word, and shallbehealed my servant. Foralso ἡ a 
θρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν»,. ἔχων. um ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας" 
man am under authority, having under myself soldiers ; 

A , ’ , ‘ / ~ ‘ » Ay . 
καὶ λέγω τούτῳ, Πορεύθητι, καὶ πορεύεται’ καὶ ἄλλῳ, "ἔρχου, 
and Isay tothis [one], Go, and he goes; and toanother, Come, 
καὶ ἔρχεται" καὶ τῷ-δούλῳ.µου, Ποίησον τοῦτο, Kai ποιεῖ. 
and hecomes; and tomy bondman, Do this, and he does [it]. 
10 ᾿Ακούσας δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐθαύμασεν, καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς ἀκολου- 
And *having *heard 1 Jesus wondered, and said tathose follow- 
θοῦσινδ, ᾽Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, “οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ. τοσαύτην 
ing, Verily Isay toyou, Noteven in Israel so great 
πίστιν! εὗρον. 11 λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 
faith have I found. ButIsay toyou,that many from east 

\ ~ e Δ ? / ΔΆ ΟΝ 4 a 
καὶ δυσμῶν ἥξουσιν, καὶ ἀνακλιθήσονται μετὰ ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ 
and west shallcome, and shallrecline[at table] with Abraham and 
Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ᾿Τακὼβ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν" 12 οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ 
Isaac and Jacob in the kingdom ofthe heavens; but the sons 

~ λεί τἐκβληθί ee \ , Ἂν Dee ο ο 
τῆς βασιλείας Σἐκρληθήσονταιὶ εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον᾽" ἐκεῖ 
ofthe Ἐιτπςᾶῦτι shall be cast out into the darkness the outer: there 
ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. 19 Καὶ εἶπεν 
shallbe the weeping andthe gnashing ofthe teeth. And *said 
ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ δἐκατοντάρχῳ,! Ὕπαγε, kai" we ἐπίστευσας 


‘Jesus tothe ς centurion, . Go, and as thou hast believed 
γενηθήτω. σοι. Kai ἰάθη ὃ.παῖς. "αὐτοῦ! πσἐν' τῇ ὥρᾳ 
be it to thee. And washealed his servant in *hour 
ἐκείνῃ." 
1that. 
14 Καὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Πέτρου, εἶδεν 


And “having 3ο0π1θ 1Jesus to the house of Peter, saw 

A 6 A 2 ~ [4 SY ees . Μ ‘ 
τὴν .πενθερὰν.αὐτοῦ βεβλημένην Kai πυρέσσουσαν, 15 καὶ 
his wife’s mother laid and in a fever; and 


h Καφαρναοὺμ LTTrAW. ἷ ἑκατοντάρχης Tt. * — καὶ τα τὰ. 
πι ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ LTTr. ἃ λόγῳ by a word GrTtraw. 
Ρ - αὐτῷ himL 4% παρ᾽ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ ᾿Ισραὴλ 
τ ἐξελεύσονται shall go forth τ. 5 ἑκατοντάρχη 
W ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 


Vill. MATTHEW. 
ἥψατο τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀφῆκεν 
he touched her hand, and = “left 
2 / ‘4 / x ᾽ ~ HT 
ἠγέρθη καὶ διηκόνει Σαὐτοῖς. 
she arose and ministered to them. 
16Οψέας.δὲ γενομένης προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δαιμονιζομένους 
Andevening being come, they brought. tohim “possessed*with*demons 
πολλούς" καὶ ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγμ καὶ πάντας τοὺς 
‘many, aad hecast out the spirits byaword, and all who 
κακῶς ἔχοντας ἐθεράπευσεν' 17 ὅπως πληρωθῇ τὸ” 
111 were he healed :. So that might be fulfilled that which 
ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, Αὐτὸς τὰς 
Wwasspoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, Himself — the 
'ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν, καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν. 
infirmities οὗ us took, and the diseases bore. 
18 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς πολλοὺς ὄχλους" περὶ αὐτόν, 
And *secing 1 Jesus great crowds 
λευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν. 
manded to depart to the other side. 
γραμματεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, ἀκολουθήσωσοι ὅπου ἐὰν 
ascribe ~ said tohim, ‘Teacher, I will follow thee whithersoever 
ἀπέρχῃ. 20 Καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς 
thoumayestgo. And “says “*to*him *Jesus, The foxes “holes 
ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις, ὁ δὲ υἱὸς 
have, andthe birds ofthe heaven nests, but the Son 
~ Δ > ” ~ A ‘ ef 
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ.έχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνη. 21 “Ἕτερος 
of man has uot where the head he may lay. * Another 
δὲ τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ! εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 


αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός καὶ 
*her ‘the “fever; and 


ἐκέ- 
around him, ᾿ he com- 
19 καὶ προσελθὼν εἷς 

And having come to [him] one 


‘and of his“disciples said tohim, Lord, allow me 
πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν.πατέρα.µου. 22 Ὁ δὲ 5 Ἰησοῦς" 
first togo and bury my father. But Jesus 
“izev' αὐτῷ, Ακολούθει μοι, Kai ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι 

said to him, Follow me, and leave the dead to bury 
τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς. 

their own dead. 

23 Καὶ ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς “τὸϊ πλοῖον, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 


And "μανίην οηίαγαά ‘he into the 3followed *him 
‘ ~ A > A [ή | [ή ? = ~ 

οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. 24 καὶ ἰδού, σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ 
this *disciples. And lo, a7tempest ‘great arose _in the 


θαλάσσῃ. ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων" 


ship, 


sea, sothat the — ship Was covered by the WAVES; 
αὐτὸς δὲ ἐκάθευδεν. 25 καὶ προσελθόντες “οἱ μαθηται" ἑαὐτοῦὶ 
buthe was ε]οορίης, And having cometo[him]the disciples of him 
, ~ ¢ ~ , 
ἤγειραν αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον ἡμᾶς," ἀπολλύμεθα. 
awoke him, saying, Lord, save us; we perish, 
26 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ti δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι; ‘Tore 
And hesays to them, Why fearful areye, O [ye] of little faith? Then, 


= t ~ ~ ΄ = sa [ή εἰ 
ἐγερθεὶς ἐπετίμησεν τοῖς ἀνέμοις καὶ τῇ θαλάσσῃ, καὶ ἐγένετο: 
havingarisen he rebuked the winds and the sea, and there was 


γαλήνη µεγάλη. 97 «οἱ δὲ ἄνθρωποι ἐθαύμασαν, λέγοντες, 


a *calm Jgreat. And the men wondered, saying, 
a ‘ ” A € / 
Ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι Εκαὶ! οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα 


What kind{ofman] is this, that even the winds and the sea 


ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ 3" 
obey him? 








19 


touched her hand, and 
the feverjeft her: and 
she arose, and min- 
istered unto them. 


16 When the even was 
come, they brought un- 
to him many that were 
po-sessed with deviis: 
and he cast out the 
spirits with his word, 
and healed all that 
were sick: 17 that it 
might be fulfilled 
which was ~poken by 
Hsaias the prophct, 
saying, Him-elf took 
our infirmities, and 
bare Guz" sicknesses, 


18 Now when Jesus 
saw great multitudes 
about him, he gave 
commandment to de- 
part unto the other 
side. 19 And a certain 
scribe came, and said 
unto him, Master, I 
will follow thee whi- 
thersoeyer thou goest, 
20 And Jesus saith un- 
to him, The foxes have 
holes, and the birds of 
the air have nests; but 
the Son of man hath 
not where to lay his 
head. 21 And another 
of his disciples said 
unto him, Lord, suffer 
me first togoand bury 
my father, 22 But Je- 
sus said unto him, 
Follow me; and let the 
dead bury their dead, 


23 And when he was 
entered into a ship, his 
disciples followed him, 
24 And, beheld, there 
arose a great tempest 
in the sea, insomuch 
tnat the ship was co- 
vered with the waves: 
but he was asleep. 
25 And his disciples 
came to him, and 
awoke him, saying, 


‘Lord, save us: we per- 


ish. 26 And he saith 
unto them, Why are 
ye fearful, O ye of 
little faith? Then he 
aro-e, and rebuked the 
winds and thesea; and 
there was a great calm, 
27 But the men mar- 
velled, saying, What 
manner of man 15 this, 
that even the winds 
and the sea obey him { 


Xai7otohimirtraw. } 6xyAovacrowdL. 5 --- αὐτοῦ (read the disciples)urtr. 5 --- Τησοῦς 


ο... τὸ (vead a ship) LTra. 


(read he said) τ. ὃ λέγει Says LTTraAW. ; 
Rw κα L, 


@ —~ αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. f ---ἡμᾶς LTTrAW. 


4d — οἱ μαθηταὶ [1 ]τττ. 
ἃ αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν Ξιρατὰς 


90 ΜΑΤΘΑΓΟΣ. VIII, IX. 


28 And whenhewas 98 Kai Ἱέλθόντι αὐτῷ" εἰς τὸ πέραν εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν 


τος ας Bet And when*nad*come “he ,to the otherside to the country ofthe 


ΠΈΡΑ ΞΕ ας σΕ ἘΓεργεσηνῶν" ὑπήντησαμ αὐτῷ δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι ἐκ τῶν 

noe ee Gas Gergesenes, >met Shim ‘two possessed *by *demons out of the 
Ee! a , . / ’ ‘ 

the tombs, exceeding yynpeiwy ἐξερχόμενοι, χαλεποὶ λίαν, ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ 

Ὃ οι ο ο, ἘΠῚ tombs coming, “violent very, so that not *was*able?any one 

way, 29 And, behold, παρελθεῖν διὰ τῆς.ὑδοῦ.ἐκείνης' 29 καὶ ἰδού, ἔκραξαν λέγοντες, 


ὙΠΟ, ο ος to pass by that way. And lo, theycriedout, saying, 


with thee, Jesus, thou Τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, "Inoov," υἱὲ τοῦ θεοῦ; ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ 

Son of God? art thou What έοιβ and tothee, Jesus, Son of God? artthoucome here before [the] 

come hither to torment + ΕΣ , εν τ : wo ae Ot Εμ” 

us hefore the time? καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς; 90 Ἡν δὲ μακρὰν am αὐτῶν ἀγέλη 

30 And’ there was & time totorment us? Nowtherewas faroff from them  aherd 

good way off from rele SS ἢ em , ; 

them an herd of many χοίρων πολλῶν “βοσκομένη. 31 οἱ. δὲ δαίμονες παρεκάλουν 

swine αν 31 χὴ of’swine ‘many. feeding ; And the demons besought 

the devils :besought , i ~ , - ᾧ 

him, saying, If thou αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς, "ἐπίτρεψον ἡμῖν ἀπελθεῖν" 

cast us out, suffer ue him, saying, If thoucastout us, allow us to goaway 
i t ~ ~ 

το πο away ie Ana εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοίρων. 82 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς", Ὑπάγετε. 

he said untothem,Go, into the herd ofthe swine. And hesaid to them, Go. 

a aa Ped were Οἱ δὲ ἐξελθόντες “ἀπῆλθον! εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοίοων"" 

into the herd of swine; And they having gone out wenhtaway into the herd ofthe swine: 


and, behold, the whole καὶ ἰδού, ὥρμησεν πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη «Τῶν χοίρων" κατὰ τοῦ 
violently down asteep and behold, ‘rushed ‘all the “herd ‘of*the ‘swine down the 


Be HL is the ones κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ ἀπέθανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν. 
33 And they that kept. Steep a the πᾶν, ἜΝ ; died ; in ἘΠῸ ν ve 
them fied, and went 99 οἱ δὲ βύσκοντες ἔφυγον, καὶ ἀπελθόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν 


red αν er aie Buithosewho fed [them] fled, and having.goneaway into the city 


thing, and what was ἀπήγγειλαν maura, καὶ τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζοµένων. 


ci ee ο το related everything, and the [events] concerning those possessed by demons. 


34 And, behold, the 34 καὶ ἰδού, πᾶσα ἡ πόλις ἐξῆλθεν εἰς συνάντησιν" "τῷ" 1ησοῦ" 


whole city came out And behold, all the city went out to meet Jesus; . 
to meet Jesus: and σας Απ : τ i stn 
when they saw him, καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτόν, παρεκάλεσαν "Όπως μεταβῇ ἀπὸ 
they besoughthimthat and seeing him, they besought [him] that he woulddepart from 
he would departoutof , ,. , A be 

their coasis, τωγ-οριωγ-αυτῶώγ.. 


their borders, : : 

| 9 Καὶ ἐμβὰς' εἰς “τὸ! πλοῖον διεπέρασεν καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς 
idee ΤῊΝ μαι And having entered into the ship he passed over and came Το 
over; andcameintohis σὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν. 2 καὶ ἰδού, ᾿ προσέφερον" αὐτῷ παραλυτικὸν 


own eity. 2 And, be- τε . β { : 
hold, they brought to his own city. And behold, they brought to him a paralytic 


him a mah sick of the ἐπὶ κλίνης βεβλημένον" καὶ ἰδὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν.πίστιν.αὐτῶν 


palsy, lying on abed: on 4 ped lying; and “seeing ἌΓΕΝ their faith 
and Jesus seeing their | τς Ἢ , , = “ἢ 
faith said unto the εἶπεν τῷ παραλυτικῷ,ρ θάρσει, τέκνον, Σάφεωνταί 


sick of the palsy, Son, said tothe paralytic, Beofgoodcourage, child; *have*been ‘forgiven 
be of good cheer; thy y aide , κα) Ἰδοῦ 5 ~ ͵ mee Ι 
sins be forgiven thee. σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου. αἱ ἰδού, τινὲς τῶν γραμματέων Τεἶπον 
τ ποτὰ PEROT με] Sthee ° ‘thy~sins. And lo, some ofthe scribes said 
ο 6 scribes sal ~ = ~ - A ‘ ? ~ 
within themselves, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, Οὗτος. βλασφημεῖ. 4 Καὶ "ἰδὼν" ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς 
δρα ng cpl in themselves, This [man] blasphemes, And*perceiving ‘Jesus 
eth, 4 And Jesus know- he ; ο, «ο 
ing their thoughts ἐνθυμήσεις. αὐτῶν, εἶπεν, >“Iva.ri! “ὑμεῖς! ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ 
said, ee aor think their thoughts, said, Why *ye *think evil 

e evil in your hearts? ns , - -“ , Pinna ses 
3 For whether iseasier, ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις. ὑμῶν; 5 τἰγάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, 
to say, Zhysins befor- in your hearts ? For which is easier, to say, 





¥ 
1 ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr. * Ῥερασηνών τι; Γαδαρηνῶν Gadarenes τττΑ. ἰ — Ἰησοῦ GLTtra. 
σι ἀπόστειλον ἡμᾶς Send US GLTTrA. n + [ὃ Ingots]Jesush. 5 ἀπῆλθαν LTr. P τοὺς 
χοίρους the swine Gurr. ᾳ — τῶν χοίρων GuTT:[a]. τὑπάντησιν LITr. 5 τοῦ T. 
Siva L. ν --- τὸ (read a Ship) tt]. * προσφέρουσιν they bring 4. Σ ἀφίενταί are 
forgiven LTTr. σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι LTTraA. 3 εἶπαν 11” 3 εἰδὼς Knowing αττ. » Ἱνατί caw, 
9 --- ὑμεῖς LITA. 


IX. MATTHEW. 
VAgéiwyrat" cor αἱ ἁμαρτίαι". ἢ εἰπεῖν, τ Ἐγειραι" καὶ 
3Have *been *forgiven ‘thee[*thy] sins, or tosay, Arise and 
7 ev A ? ~ ε/ 3 > / » ε ει ο” 2 
περιπάτει; 6 (να δὲ εἰδῆτε ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀν- 
walk? But that yemay know that authority has the Son ἢ of 
θρώπου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας" τότε λέγει τῷ παρα-- 
man on tbe earth to forgive sins: then hesaystothe para- 
λυτικῷ, ΞἘγερθεὶςὶ ἄρόν σου τὴν κλίνην, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν 
lytic, Having arisen, takeup thy bed, and go ἴο 
Cc ee ie κ ? 3 > tw ᾽ 4 ? ~ 
οἶκόν σου 7 Kai ἐγερθεὶς ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν.οἶκον.αὐτοῦ. 
“house ?thy. And having arisen he went away’ to his house. 
8 ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι Ῥἐθαύμασαν,! καὶ ἐδόξασαν τὸν θεόν, 
And*having ‘seen ‘the *crowds wondered, διὰ glorified God, 


τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. 
vho gave authority’ ‘such to men. 


9 Καὶ παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον καθήμενον" 


And “passing + Jesus thence saw sitting 


3 ‘ A λ , i θ ~ Il , ‘ / 9 ~ 2 

ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον, ᾿Ματθαῖον" λεγόμενον, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, AKo- 
at the tax-office, “Matthew Tealled, and says tohim, Fol- 
λούθει μοι. Kai ἀναστὰς Νἠκολούθησεν! αὐτῷ. 10 Καὶ ἐγένετο 
low me, And having arisen he followed him. And it came to pass 
Ιαὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένουϊ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, ™cai" ἰδού, πολλοὶ τελῶναι. 
athis reclining [attable]in the house, that behold, many tax-gatherers 
καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἐλθόντες συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ 


amar 


and sinners having come were reclining [at table] with Jesus and 
τοῖς.μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ. 11 καὶ ἰδόντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι "εϊπον" 
his disciples. Andhavingseen[it]the Phari-ees said 


τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, °Arari' μετὰ τῶν. τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρ- 
to his disciples, Why with the tax-gatherers and sil- 
τωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ.διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν; 12 ὋὉ.δὲ.» Ἰησοῦς"! ἀκούσας 
ners eats your teacher 2 But Jesus having heard 
εἶπεν αὐτοῖς." Οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, 
hesaid tothem, SNot ‘need "have ‘they who “are *strong of aphysician, 
γάἀλλ᾽ « ν » Ἃ 19 θε δὲ 10 ας ΄ γ 
a OL κακως ἔχοντες. πορευ EVTEC OE pa ETE τι ἐστιν, 
but they who ! ill are. But having gone learn what is, 
"Ἔλεον" θέλω, καὶ οὐ θυσίαν" ob γὰρ Ίλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, 


Mercy 1 desire, and not sacrifice: *not ‘for *I°came to call righteous 
᾿ ξ +X’! «ς λ 4 τ ᾽ / ul 
a ἁμαρτωλοὺς "είς µετάνοιαν. 
{οπος], but sinners to repentance. 


~ ᾽ ΄ 
14 Τότε προσέρχονται αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου, λέγοντές, 
Then come near to him the disciples of John, saying, 
Atari ἡμεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύομεν πολλά»! οἱ δὲ.µαθη- 
Why “we ὁαπά Πο *Pharisces *do fast much, but “disci- 
/ ? / \ δ ? ~ ε 2 ~ \ 
ταί.σου οὐ.νηστεύουσιν; 15 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Μὴ 
_ples ‘thy fast not? And “said *to*them Jesus, 
δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν ἐφ᾽ ὅσον per αὐτῶν 
Can the sons of the bridechamber mourn while with them 
ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος; ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν ἀπαρθῇ 
is the bridegroom? *will*come *but *days when willhavebecntakenaway 
ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τότε νηστεύσουσιν.. 16 οὐδεὶς δὲ 
from them ἴπο Ῥτίάρστοοπι, and then they will fast. 
ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ-παλαιφ' 
puts a piece of *cloth ‘untfulled on an old garment: 


4 ἀφίενταί are forgiven 111. 
arise LTr. -- Β ἐφοβήθησαν were afraid Lrtra 








i Ma@@atov LTTrA. 


τ ἀλλὰ Liv. ΄ 5 Ἔλεος LTTra. 
xz πολλά LT. ά 


ΗΤΤΑ, 
τι LTrA. 


But no one- 





21 


given thee; or to say; 
Arise, and walk? 6 Bu 

that yemay know that 
the Son of man hath 
power on.earth to for- 
give sins, (then saith 
he to the sick of the 
palsy,), Arise, take up 
thy bed, and go unto 
thine house. 7 And he 
arose, and departed to 
his house, 8 But when 
the multitudes saw it, 
they marvelled, and 
glorified God, whidh 
had given such power 
“unto Men, 


9 And as Jesus passed 
forth from thence, he 
saw 2 man, named 
Matthew, sitting at 
the receipt of custom: 
and he saith untohim, 
Follow me. And he, 
arose, and followed 
him. 10 And it came 
to pass, as Jesus sat at 
meat in the house, be- 
hold, many publicans 
and sinners came and 
sat down with him and 
his disciples. 11 And 
when the Pharisees 
saw it, they said unto 
his disciples, Why eat- 
‘eth your Master with 
publicans and sinners? 
12 But when Jesus 
heard that, he saidun- 
to them, They that be 
whole need not a phy- 
sician, but they that 
are sick, 13 But go ye 
and learn what that 
meaneth, I will have 
mercy, and not sacri- 
fice: for Iam not come 
to call the righteons, 
but sinners to repeut- 
ance. 


14 Then came to him 
the disciples of John, 
saying, Why do weand 
the Pharisces fast oft, 
but thy disciples fast 
not? 15 And Jesus said 
unto them, Can the 
children of -the bride- 
chamber mourn, 35 
long as the bridegroojn 
is with them? but the 
days will come, when 
the bridegroom shall 
be taken from them, 
and then shall they 
fast. 16 No man put- 
teth a piece of new 
cloth unto an old gar- 
ment, for that which 


/ 
/ 


e σου (read thy sins) GLrtraw. ἴ ἔγειρε LTTrAW. ΚΕ ἔγειρε 
k ηκολούθει τ. 
μένου αὐτοῦ τι. Ἡ --- καὶ τ. Ἡ ἔλεγον Η1Τ:. ὃ διὰ τί LTra: P — Ἰησοῦς ut[irJa. 4- 
τ ἀλλὰ ΊΤτΑΝ, Y — εἰς μετάνοιαν αΡΤΊ:ΑΥ. 


γάνακει- 
ᾱ--- αὐτοῖς 
Ὺ 


ο 


22: 


is put into fillit up 
teketh from the gar- 
mont, and the rent is 
male worse. 17 Neither 
do men put new wine 
into old bottles: else 


Phe bottles break, and 


the wine runneth out, 
and the botttes perish: 
but they put new wine 
into new bottles, and 
both are preserved. 


18 While he spake 
these things unto 
them, bchold, there 
ename a certain ruler, 
and worshipped him, 
saying, My daughter 
is even now dead: but 
come and lay thy hand 
upomt her, and she shall 
live. 19 And Jesus a- 
rose, ,aud followed 
him, and so did his 
disciples. 

20.And, behold, a 
woman, which was 
di eased with an issue 
of blood twelve years, 
came behind him, and 
touched the hem of his 
garment: 21 for she 
said within herself, If 
I may but touch his 
gurment, I shall be 
whole. 22 But Jesus 
turned him about, and 
when he saw her, he 
said, Daughter, be of 
5ουᾶ comtort; thy 
muith hath made thee 
whole. And the wo- 
bian was made whole 
from that hour, 


23 And when Jesus 
eame into the ruler’s 
house, and saw the 
minstrels and the peo- 
ple making a noise, 
24 he said unto them, 
Give place: for the 
maid is not dead, but 
sleepeth. And they 
hkaneghed him to scorn. 
25 But when the people 
were put forth, he 
went in, and took her 
by the hand, and the 
maid arose. 26 And 
the fame hereof went 
abroad into all that 
land, 


27 And when Jesus 
departed thence, two 
h'ind men followed 


NATO AT. ο, YX. 


A Η͂ , ~ ~ ¢ , 9 ~ 
αἴρει γὰρ τὺ.πλήρωμα.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, καὶ χεῖρυν 


Stakes “away ‘for “its “filling "αρ from the garment, and a worse 
͵ ’ > \ / oe / ? η] ο 
σχίσμα γίνεται. 17 οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον» εἰς ἀσκοὺς 
rent takes place, Nor put they “wine ‘new into “skins 
παλαιούς" εἰ.δὲ μήγε ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται, 

old, otherwise Sare*burst ‘the “skins, and the wine is pouved out, 
καὶ ot ἀσκοὶ ἡἀπολχοῦνται"" ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς 
and the skjns will bedestroyed; but they put “wine ‘new into 
ἀσκοὺς" καινούς, καὶ δἀμφότερα! συντηροῦνται. 
*skins new, and both are preserved together. 


γ:: ~ ~ ~ πολ » 
18”Γαῦτα αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς, ἰδού, ἄρχων" «ἐλθὼνὶ 
5These *things ᾽85 ΠΟ “15 ρθακίπρ tothem, behold, aruler havingcome 


’ ᾽ ~ λέ dO ll « θ ά ἂν » ? i; Fas 
προσεκύνει αὐτῷ, λέγων, τι" η-θυγάτηροιμου ἄρτι ἑτελεὺ 


- didhomage tohim, saying, My daughter just now has 
? \ ? \ ἘΔ ἐν \ zach yas 8η; ῃ 
τησεν ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν.χεῖρά.σου ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν, καὶ 
died; but havingcome lay thy hand upon her, and 
, \ ? θ ‘ ες 2 : ~ e >? “θ Il ? ~ 
ζήσεται. 19 καὶ ἐγερθεὶς ὁ Ιησοῦς “ἠκολούθησεν! αὐτῷ 
she shall live. And haying arisen Jesus followed him, 
καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. 
and his disciples, 


20 Kai ἰδού, γυνὴ αἱμοῤῥοοῦσα δώδεκα ἔτη, προσελ- 
And behold, ἃ woman having hada fluxof blood twelve years, haying 


θοῦσα ὄπισθεν ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ.ἱματίου.αὐτοῦ. 
come behind touched’ the border of his garment, 


4 ? « ~ ? ‘ , Ε a = ~ ¢ , 
21 ἔλεγεν.γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, Edy µόνον. ἄψωμαι «τοῦ ἱματίου 
For ~he said within herself, [f only I shall touch *garment 
αὐτοῦ σωθήσομαι. 22 Ὁ δὲ. ᾿]ησοῦς" Βἐπιστραφεὶς καὶ ᾿ ἴδων 
"his 1 shall be cured. But Jesus having turued and having seen 
αὐτὴν εἶπεν, Θάρσει, θύὐγατερ' ἡ.πίστις.σου σἐσωκέν σε. 
her he said, Be of good courage, daughter; thy faith hathcured thee, 
‘ , τ Ἢ Η͂ - ε ’ 
καὶ ἐσώθη Ἢ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς.ὥρας.έκείνης. 
And *was*cured ‘the *woman from that hour. 
23 Καὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ Ιησοῦς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἄρχοντος, 
And “having *come Jesus into the house of the ruler, 
‘4 ” ‘ 4 ? ‘ ‘ A » ΄ 
καὶ ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον, 
and havingseen the flute-players and the crowd makinga tumult, 
24 Ἀλέγει αὐτοῖς," Avaywoetre’ οὐ γὰρ ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, 
says tothem, Withdraw, ‘not ‘for *is*dead the “damsel, 
ἀλλὰ καθεύδει. καὶ κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ. 25 ὅτεδὲ ἐξεβλήθη 
but sleeps. And they laughedat him, But when *had *been “put Sout 
ὁ ὄχλος, εἰσελθὼν ἐκράτησεν τῆς.χειρὸς.αὐτῆς, καὶ ἠγέρθη 
1{Πο “crowd, having entered he took hold of her hand, and “arose 
‘ 7 ΔΝ ? ~ « 7 er > er ‘ 
τὸ κοράσιον. 26 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ.φήμη.αὕτη εἰς ὕλην τὴν 
‘the “damsel, And #went *out {this “report into all 
γῆν ἐκείνην. 
“land ‘that. 
27 Καὶ παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἠκολούθησαν Ἰαὐτῷν 





him, crying, and say- And “passing on thence 1 Jesus, Sfollowed *him 
ing, J’hou Son of Da- ,, , ρα Το ᾿ , ες το dob 4 
vid, have mercy onu.:. OVO τυφλοί, κράζοντες Kai λέγοντες, ᾿Ελέησον ἡμᾶς, *vié 
23 And when he’was *two ‘blind{’men], crying and saying, Havepity on 8, Son 
cone into the house, ΝΠ ? , ‘ > A Se 1 ~ Π 3 ~ ε 
the blind men came to Δαβίδ." 28 ἐλθόντι.δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, προσῆλθον" αὐτῷ οἱ 
him: and Jesus saith of David. Andhayvingcome iitto the house, came to him the 
7 ἀπόλλυνται are destroyed Ltr. 2 οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς βάλλουαιν L. 4 ἀμφότεροι 


GLTTraW, > + εἷς (read acertain ruler) Gtr. ὁ προσελθὼν having come to [him] 1; εἰσελθὼν 
having entered Taw, 4— ὅτι τ. ὁ ἠκολούθει ΗΤΤΑ, ἴ-- Ἰησοῦς τ. κε στραφεὶς LTT*A. 


ἃ ἔλεγεν said LTTra. 


ἆ ντ αὐτῷ t[tr]. * νἱὸς Δανείδ nrtra; νἱὲ Aavid @w. 1 προσῆλθαν LTr. 


ΕΣ. MATTHEW. 


τυφλοί, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πιστεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι 
blind [men],and “says “to*them 1Jesus, Believe ye that Iam able 


πιτοῦτο ποιῆσαι" Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Ναί, κύριε. 29 Tore ἥψατο 
this to do? They say tohim, Yea, _Lord. Then he touched 


τών.ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν, λέγων, Kara τὴν.πίστιν.ὑμῶν γενη- 


their eyes, saying, According tc isa faith be 
θήτω ὑμῖν. 90 Kai πἀνεῴχθησαν" αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί: καὶ 
it to you. And were opened their eyes; and 


οἐνεβριμήσατοϊ αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, λέγων, Ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς ος 


23 


unto them, Believe ye 
that I am abls to do 
this? They said un- 
to him, Yea, Lord. 
29 Then touched he 
their eyes, saying, Ac- 
cording to your faith 
be it unto you. 30 And 
their eyes were opened; 
and Jesus straitly 
charged them, saying, 
See that no man know 
it. 31 But they, when 


satrlotly 3charged “them 1Jesus, saying, See πο %one let they were departed, 
spread abroad his 
σκέτω, 31 Οἱ δὲ ἐξελθόντες διεφήμισαν αὐτὸν ἐν δω ΤῊ fame in all that coun- 
oy [1]. Butthey having gone out made’known ‘him in try. 
"ἐκείνῃ. 
Σ]αμά ‘that. 


32 Αὐτῶν. δὲ ἐξερχομένων, ἰδού, προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ Ῥάν- 
Andasthey were going out, behold, they brought to him 8 


θρωπον" κωφὸν δαιμονιζόµενον. 88 καὶ ἐκβληθέντος 
man dumb, possessed by a demon. And “having “been ‘cast Sout 


τοῦ δαιμονίου, ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός" καὶ ἐθαύμασαν οἱ ὄχλοι, 
"the demon, *spake ‘the °dumb. And “wondered ‘the 2crowds, 


λέγοντες, 1 Οτι! οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως ἐν τῷ Ἱσραήλ. 94 Οἱ δὲ 
saying, Never wasitseen thus in Israel, But the 


Φαρισαῖοι ἔλεγον, Ev τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει 


Pharisees said, By the prince of the demons he casts out 
τὰ δαιμόνια. 
the demons, 


35 Kai περιῆγεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς πόλεις πάσας καὶ τὰς κώμας, 
And .?went °about 1Jesus ‘the ‘cities “all and the villages, 


διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς .συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ κηρύσσων τὸ Evay- 
teaching in their synagogues, and proclaiming the glad 


γέλιον τῆς βασιλείας, καὶ θεραπεύων πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν 


tidings ofthe Ἐϊπρίοπι, and healing every disease απᾶ every 
μαλακίαν τὲν τῷ λαῷ." 86 ἰδὼν.δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους. ἐ- 
bodily weakness among the people. And having seen the crowds he was 


᾿σπλαγχνίσθη περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἦσαν Σἐκλελυμένοι! καὶ 
moved with compassion for them, because they were wearied and 
t2 7 © | ῤ ή Vv ε 1 ΄ 8 a / ϑ' ᾿ 
ἐῤῥιμμένοι! ᾿ὡσεὶ" πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα. 87 τότε λέγει 
cast away as sheep not having ashepherd. Then he pau 
τοῖς μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ, Ὃ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται 


to his disciples, The *indeed ‘harvest [is] great, but the workmen 
ὀλίγοι 88 δεήθητε οὖν τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ὅπως 
[το] few; supplicate therefore the Lord ofthe harvest, that 
ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν.θερισμὸν. αὐτοῦ. 


he may send out workmen into his harvest. 


‘ 10 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθηπὰθ αὐτοῦ, 


And having called to [him] ἡ “twelve disciples *his 
ἔδωκεν - αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, ὥστε 
he gave tothem authority over “spirits ‘unclean, 80 as 


? , 3 ΔΝ , ‘ ~ 
ἐκβάλλειν αὐτά, καὶ θεραπεύειν πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν 


το cast out them, and to heal every disease and every 
μαλακίαν. 
bodily weakness, 
2 Τῶν δὲ δώδεκα ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα" 
Now of the ᾖἴπε]να apostles the names are these: 


πι πριῆσαι τοῦτο δα Ὁ ἠνεῴχθησαν ΗΤΤΑ. 
Lftra]. = -- ὅτι GLTTraw. 
© ρεριμμένοι 1; ἐριμμένοι TIrA, 


ο ἐνεβριμήθη LTTra. 
r— ἐν τῷ λαῷ ΕΠΤΤ:ΑΥΥ, 
Υ ὡς Tr, 


32 As they went out, 
behold, they brought 
to him a dumb man 
possessed with a devil. 
33 And when the devil 
was cast out, the dumb 
spake: and the multi- 
tudes marvelled, say- 
ing, It was never so 
seen in Israel. 34 But 
the Pharisees said, He 
easteth out devils 
through the prince of 
the devils. 


35 And Jesus went 
about all the cities and 
villages, teaching in 
their synagogues, and 
ης the gospel of 
the kingdom, and 
healing every sickne-s 
and every  diseuse 
among the _ people. 
36 But when he saw 
the multitudes, he was 
moved with compas- 
sion on them, because 
they fainted, and were 
scattered abroad, as 
sheep having no shep- - 
herd. 37 Then saith he 
unto his disciples, The 
harvest truly is plen- 
teous, but the labour- 
ers are few: 38 pray 
ye therefore the Lord 
of the harvest, that he 
willsend forth labour- 
ers into his harvest, 


X. And when he had 
called unto him his 
twelve disciples, he 
gave ‘them power a- 
gainst unclean spirits, 
to cast them out, and 
to heal all manner of 
sickness and all man- 
ner of disease. 2 Now 
the names of the twelve 
apostles are these; The 


P — ἄνθρωπον (read [one]) 
5 ἐσκυλμένοι harassed ΕΙΗΤΤΙ ΑΥ̓ΤΟ. 


94 


first, Simon, who is 
called’ Peter, and 


Andrew his brother; 
James the son of Zeb- 
edee, and John his 
brother ; 3 Philip, and 
Bartltolomew; Tho- 
mas, ard Matthew the 
publican;* James the 
son of πας, and 
Lebbeeus; whose -sur- 
mame was ‘Thaddeus; 
4 Simon the Canaanite, 


and Judas Iscariot, 
who also betrayed 
him, 


5 These twelve Jesus 
sent forth, and com- 
manded them, saying, 
Go not into the way of 
the Gentiles, and into 
any city of the Sama- 
ritans enter ye not: 
6 but go rather to the 
lost sheep of the house 
of Israel. 7 And as ye 
go, preach, saying, The 
kingdom of heaven is 
at hand. 8 Heal the 
sick, cleanse the lepers, 
Faise the dead, cast out 
devils: freely ye have 
received, freely give. 
9 Provide neither gold, 
nor silver, nor brassin 
your purses, 10 nor 
scrip for your jour- 
ney, neither two coats, 
neither shoes, nor yet 
staves: for the work- 
man is worthy of his 
meat. 11 And into 
whatsoever city or 
town ye shall enter, 
inquire who in it is 
worthy; and there a- 
bide till ye go thence. 
12 And when ye come 
into an house, salute 
it. 13 And if the house 
be worthy, let your 
peace come upon it: 
butif it be not worthy, 
let your peace return 
toyou. 14 And whoso- 
ever shall not receive 
you, nor hear your 
words, when ye depart 
out of that house or 
city, shake off the dust 
of your fect. 15 Verily 
I say unto you, It 
.8hall be more tolerable 
for the land of Sodom 
and Gomorrha in the 
day of judgment, than 
for that city. 16 Be- 
hold, I send you forth 





w+ καὶ and τη. 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. Xx, 
πρῶτος Σίμων ὁ λεγόμενος Πέτρος, καὶ ᾿Ανδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς 
first Simon who is called Peter, and Andrew “brother 
αὐτοῦ: “IdkwBoce 6 τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ Ἰωάννης ὁ ἀδελφὸς 
This ; James  the[son] of Zebedee, and John *brother 
αὐτοῦ" ὃ Φίλιππος, καὶ Βαρθολομαῖος" Θωμᾶς, καὶ Ματθαῖος" 
this; Philip, and Bartholomew; Thomas, and Matthew 
ὁ τελώνης' Ιάκωβος 6 Tov’ Αλφαίου, καὶ YAeBBatog ὁ 
the tax-gatherer; James the [son] of Alpheus, and Lebbeus who 
ἐπικληθεὶς Θαδδαῖος" 4 Σίμων ὁ *Kavavirne," καὶ Ιούδας 
wassurnamed Thaddeus; Simon the Canauite, and Judas 
ἃ Ῥ᾿Ισκαριώτης," 0 Kai παραδοὺς αὐτόν. 
Iscariote, who also delivered up him. 
5 Τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, παραγγείλας 


ell 


These twelve sent “forth 1 Jesus, having charged 

? ~ ; 2 COL mo ~ hd / ᾿ ? 
αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Bic ὁδὸν ᾿ἐθνῶν μὴ.ἀπέλθητε, καὶ εἰς 
them, saying, Into([the] way of the Gentiles go not off, and into 


(πόλιν «Σαμαρειτῶνὶ μὴ. εἰσέλθητε 6 πορεύεσθε.δὲ μᾶλλον 


‘acity of [the] Samaritans enter not; but go rather 
; 4 A) / \ > ’ » 2 / 
πρὸς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἱσραήλ. 7 πο- 
to the sheep the lost of [the] house οἱ Israel, 2Goe 


ρευόµενοι δὲ κἠρύσσετε, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ βασιλεία 


ing land proclaim, saying, Has drawn near the kingdom 
τῶν οὐρανῶν. 8 ἀσθενοῦντας θεραπεύετε, Ἱλεπροὺς καθαρί- - 
ofthe heavens. Sick heal, lepers ‘cleanse, 


ζετε, νεκροὺς ἐγείρετει! δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλετε. δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, 
dead raise, demons cast out: gratuitously ye received, 
δωρεὰν δότε. 9 Μὴ-κτήσησθε χρυσόν, μηδὲ ἄρ 
gratuitously impart. Provide not gold, nor silver, 
A 3 4 ” ς ~ A 7 2 © ’ὔ 
χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς. ζώνας. ὑμῶν, 10 μὴ πήραν εἰς ὁδόν, μηδὲ 
money in your belts, nor provision-bag for [πε] αγ, nor 
δύο χιτῶνας, μηδὲ ὑποδήματα, μηδὲ “ῥάβδον"" ἄξιος.γὰρ ὁ 
two tunics, nor sandals, nor a staff; for worthy the 
ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς.αὐτοῦ fori." 11 Εὶς ἣν.δ ἂν πόλιν ἢ 
workman of his food is. And into whatever city or 
7, κ ο ᾽ , / 3 3 ~ » ἊΝ ? ? ~ 
κώμην εἰσέλθητε, ἐξετάσατε τίς ἐν αὐτῇ ἄξιός ἐστιν' κἀκεῖ 
village ye enter, inquire who in it worthy is, and there 
/ e n aryl ζ ᾽ / \ ᾽ 1 ΝΤ 

μείνατε, ἕως.ἂν ἐξέλθητε. 12 εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, 
remain until ye go forth. But entering into the house, 
ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν. 19 καὶ ἐὰν μὲν 1 ἡ οἰκία ἀξία, ξἐλθέτωϊ 


μηδὲ 


υρογν 
il nor 


salute it: and if indeed *be “the *house worthy, let come 
- pe ε ~ Φα ϕ ? οὖν, 8 \ κ ot γφῳ" « ΓΝ, « ~ 
η.εἰρηνη-υμων επ αὑτὴν ἐὰν.δὲ μὴ. ἀξία, ἡ.εἰρήνη.ὑμῶν 

your peace upon it; but if it be not worthy, “your “peace 


πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω. 14 καὶ ὃς "ἐὰν! μὴ .δέξηται ὑμᾶς, 
“to ®you Met *return. And whoever willnotreceive you, 


μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν, ἐξερχόμενοι τῆς οἰκίας ἢ τῆς 


nor will hear your words, going forth of([that] house or 

πόλεως ἐκείνης, ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν ἔτῶν. ποδῶν ὑμῶν. 
“city ‘that, ° shake off the dust ' of your feet. 

15 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται Σοδόμων 


Verily Isay toyou, Moretolerable it shall be for(the]land. of Sodom 
4 ] ΣᾺ 2 ς , ΄ n ~ , ? ΄ ? , 
καὶ Γομόῤῥων! ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως, ἢ τῇ-πόλει.ἐκείνῃ. 16 1δού, 
and οὗ Gomorrha in day ofjudgment,than for that city. Lo, 





κ Μαθθαῖος ΠΙΣΤΑ. Y — Δεββάῖος ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς LTr; — ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς Θαδ- 


δαῖος ΤΑ. 2 Καναναῖος Cananzean LTTrA. 3 + 6 the EGLTAW. © Ἰσκαριὼθ L. © Σαμαριτῶν T. 


4 νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε, λεπροὺς καθαρίζετε GLTTrAW. 
& ἐλθάτω TTr. - Ἀ ἂν LTTrA. 


LTT: A. 
1 Τομόῤῥας tra. 


ε ῥάβδους staves Ww. £ — ἐστιν (read [is]) 
i + ἔξω out Ἡπτ.Α.. * + ἐκ (read from your feet) Lt, 


MATTHEW. 


ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς πρόβατα ἐν 


μέσῳ λύκων" γίνεσθε 
send forth you. as sheep 


in [the] midst of wolves: beye 
οὖν φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις, καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί. 
therefore prudent asthe serpents, and harmless ας {πο doves. 
17 προσεχετε.δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων" παραδώσουσιν.γὰρ ὑμᾶς 
But beware of men; for they will deliver you 
? ms . ‘ ~ ~ ~ , ῳ 
εἰς συνεῦρια, καὶ ἐν ταῖς.συναγωγαῖς. αὐτῶν μαστιγωσουσιν 
to sanhedrims, and in their synagogues they will scourge 


ὑμᾶς" 18 καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας δὲ καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε 


ol 8 
yw 
tf 


you: and before governors also and kings yeshall be brought 
’ ? ~ Ἂν 5 ~ ‘ ~ 2 
ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. 
onaccountof me, for atestimony tothem and tothe nations, 


19 ὅταν. δὲ Ἱπαραδιδῶσινὶ ὑμᾶς, μὴ.µεριμνήσητε πῶς ἢ τί 
But when they deliver up you, be not careful how or what 
λαλήσητε΄ ™OoOHcEratyap ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί Ἀλαλή- 
yeshouldspeak: foritshall be given you in that hour what yeshall 
AO aT , ‘ ε ~ ? « ~ > i A ~ 
σετε”' 20 οὐ.γὰρ ὑμεῖς ἔστε οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα 


speak: for“not ‘ye “are they who speak, but the Spirit 
τοῦ.πατρὸς.ὑμῶν τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ὑμῖν. 21 Παραδώσει.δὲ 
of your Father which speaks ἴπ you. But “will ‘deliver *up 


3 Ἃ κ νο . ? ve “r7y \ [ή ὃ ὌΝ 
ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὺν εἰς θάνατον, Kai πατὴρ τέκνον" καὶ ἐπανα- 
‘brother brother to death; and father child: and 2will 
στήσονται. τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς, καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς. 
Srise *up ‘children against parents, and _ will put to death them, 
22 καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ µτὸ.ὄνομά.μου' 
And yewiiibe hated by all on account of my name; 
« A e , > [ή os ’ er ‘ 
ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται. 23 ὅταν δὲ 
buthethat endures to [the] end, he shall be saved. But when 
, « ~ ᾽ ~ , / , ᾽ ο A ” ell p 
διώκωσιν ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ.πόλει.ταύτῃ, φεύγετε εἰς τὴν. ἄλλην 
they persecute you in this city; flee to another: 
7 ‘ A , « » > A [ή A , 
ἀμὴν.γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ-μὴ τελεσητε τὰς πὀλεις 
for verily Isay toyou, Inno wise willye havecompleted the cities 
Gov" Ἰσραὴλ ἕωςαὰνὶ ἔλθῃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 24 Οὐκ 
οἵ Israel until be come the Sou of man. *Not 
η 9 ’ ‘ ~ e A 
ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ 
sis 1a “disciple above the teacher, nor abondman above 
» - ~ ~ ~ [4 / ΄ 
τὸν. κύριον.αὐτοῦ. 25 ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς 
his lord. Sufficient forthe disciple that he become as 
ες / > ~ ‘ t ~ « ς , 2 ~ ? 5 A 
ὁ διδάσκαλος.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος.αὐτοῦ. εἰ "τὸν 


his teacher, and the bondman as his lord. If “the 
οἰκοδεσπότην! Βεελζεβοὺλ “ἐκάλεσαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον 
“master 308 °the “house *Beeizebul 1they?called, how much more 


26 Μὴ οὖν 
ΞΝοῦ *therefore ‘ye *shoul i fear 
οὐκ. ἀποκαλυφθήσεται" 


φοβηθῆτε᾽ αὐτούς 
them ; 


στοὺς οἰκιακοὺς! αὐτοῦ; 
those of his household? PF 

’ " ’ > , τὰ 
οὐδὲν. γάρ ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ 
ior nothing is covered which shall not be uncovered, 

\ ‘ τι > Wa τι , ς ~ ? ~ 
καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ.γνωσθήσεναι. 27.0 λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ 
and hidden which shall not be known, What 1 ΕΙ you in the 
σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε κὴ- 
darkness speak in the Hght; and what in the ear ye hear pro- 
ρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων. 28 καὶ “μὴ φοβηθῆτε! ἀπὸ 
claim upon the housctops. And yeshould not fear because of 








4 
25 


as sheep in the midst 
of wolves: be ye there- 
fore wise as serpents, 
and harmless as doves, 
17 But beware of men: 
for they will deliver 
you up to the corncils, 
and they will scourge 
you in their syna- 
gogues; 18and yeshall 
be brought before go- 
vernors and kings tor 
my -ake, for a testi- 
mony against them 
and the Gontiles. 
19 But when they de- 
liver you up, take no 
thought how or what 
ye shall speak: for it 
shall be given you in 
that same hour what 
ye shall spoak. 20 For 
it is not yc that speak, 
but the Spirit of your 
Father which speaketh 
in you. 21 And the 
brother shall deliver 
up the brother todeath, 
and the father the 
child: and the chil- 
dren shall rise up a- 
gainst their’ parents, 
and cause them to be 
put to death. 22 And 
ye shall behated of all 
men for my name’s 
sake: but he that en- 
dureth to the end shall 
be saved. 23 But when 
they persecute you in 
this city, fice ye inte 
another: for verily I 
say unto you, Ye shall 
not have goue over the 
cities of Israel, till the 


Son of man be cone. - 


24 The disciple is not 
above Ais master, nor 
the servant above his 
lord. 25 It is enough 
for the disciple that he 
be as his master, aud 
the servant as his lord, 
If they have called the 
master of the house 
Beelzebub, how much 
more shall they call 
them of his household ? 
26 Fear thei not theres 
fore: for there is no- 
thing covered, that 
shall not be revealed; 
and hid, that shall not 
be known. 27 What I 
tell you in darkness, 
that sperk ye in light: 
and what ye hear in 
the ear, that preach 
ye upon the housetops, 
28 And fear not them 


| παραδῶσιν they shall have delivered trtr. πὶ [δοθή. γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλή.] τι. 


Ὁ λαλήσητε ye should speak TT-A. © τὴν ἑτέραν the next GLTTr. 


δ ΄ ” 
Ὁ + Kay ἐν τῇ ἑτέρᾳ (κἂν 


ἐκ ταύτης 6) διώκωσιν ὑμᾶς, φεύγετε εἰς την ἄλλην and if in the next (and if from this) they 


persecute you, flee toanotherG[L]. «Ἃ --- τοῦ ττὰ. '— ἂν ΤΑ. 


5τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ L. 


t2 7 
επεκα- 


λεσαν they have surnamed GLTTraw. ¥ τοῖς οἰκιακοῖς 1. 3" μὴ φοβεῖσθε fear ye not GLITrW, 


26 


which kill the body, 
but are not able to kill 
the soui: but rather 
fear him which is able 
to destroy both soul 
and body in bell. 
29 Are not two 5Ρ:ΙΓ- 
rows sold for a farth- 
ing? and one of them 
shall not fall on the 
ground without your 
Father. 30 But the 
very hairs of your 
head are all numbered. 
31 Fear ye not there- 
fore, ye are of more 
value than many spar- 
rows. 32 Whosoever 
therefore shall con- 
fess me before men, 
him will I confess also 
before my Father 
which is in heaven. 
33 But whosoever shall 
deny me before men, 
him will I also deny 
before my Father 
which is in heaven. 
34 Think not that [am 
come to send peace on 
earth: I came not to 
send peace, but a 
sword. 35 For I am 
come to set aman af 
variance against his 
father, and the daugh- 
ter against her mother, 
and the daughter in 
law against her mother 
inlaw. 36 Anda man’s 
foes shall be they of 
his own _  houschold. 
37 He that loveth fa- 
ther or mother more 
than me is not worthy 
‘of me: and he that 
loveth son or daughter 
more than me 18 ποῦ 
worthy of me. 38 And 
he that taketh not his 
cross, and followeth 
after me, is not worthy 
of me. 39 He that find- 
eth his life shall lose it: 
and he that loseth his 
life for my sake shall 
find it. 40 He that re- 
eeiveth you receiveth 
me, and he that re- 
ceiveth me recciveth 
him that sent me. 
4] He that receiveth a 
prophet in the name 
of a prophet shall re- 
ceive a prophet’s re- 
ward; and he that 
receiveth a righteous 
man in the name 
of a righteous man 
shall receive a right- 
eous man’s reward. 


42 And who-oever ϕ 


shall give to drink un- 
to one of these little 
ones a cup of cold 


κ ἀποκτενόντων α; ἀποκτεννόντων LTTrA. 
fear ye LTTrA,, » + τοῖς [Π6 1/Τε]Α, 
δ av Ltr, 


Σ λήμψεται LTTra, 


. πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς. 82 Πᾶς. 


-{man] shall receive, 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. ΣΧ. 


τῶν Χάποκτεινόντων! τὸ σῶμα, τὴν-δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ .δυναµένων 


those who kill the body, butthe soul are not able 
ἀποκτεῖναι" Σφοβήθητε.δὲ μᾶλλον Tov, δυνάμενον καὶ" 
to kill; but ye should fear rather him who _is able both 


ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἀπολέσαι ἐν γεέννῃ. 29. οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία 
soul and body todestroy in Gchenna. 2Not “two “sparrows 
ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται; καὶ ἕν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν 
®for 7an *assarion ‘are ὅ5ο] 4) and one of them _ shallnotfall to thé 
γῆν ἄνευ τοῦ.πατρὺς ὑμῶν" 90 ὑμῶν δὲ καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς 
ground without your Father. But of youeventhe hairs of the 
κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν. 8] μὴ οὖν Ἀφοβηθῆτε"! 
head all numbered are. 3Νοῦ *therefore ‘ye *should *fear; 
οὖν ὕσ- 


than many sparrows better are very one therefore whoso- 


ye. 
τις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὁμολογήσω 
ever shall confess me before men, “will *confess 
κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.πατρός.μου τοῦ ἐν ὃ οὐρανοῖς 
2,150 11 him before my Father wholis]in{the] heavens. 
33 ὕστις. “δ᾽ ἂν" ἀρνήσηταί µε ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, 
But whosoever shall deny me before ‘men, 
ἀρνήσομαι Sabroyv κἀγὼ" ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.πατρός.µου τοῦ ἐν 
Swill *deny Shim also 11 before my Father who [15] in 
© οὐρανοῖς. 84 Μἡ.νοµίσητε: ὅτι ἦλθον βαλεῖν εἰρήνην ἐπὶ 
[the] heavens. Think not that Icame toplace peace on 


ιτὴν γῆν" οὐκ.ἦλθον βαλεῖν εἰρήνην, ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν. 35 ἦλθον 


the earth: Icamenot toplace peace, but a sword. 31 *came 
yap  διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ.πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ θυγα- 
1{0χ toset at variance aman against his father, and a daugh- 
τέρα κατὰ τῆς. μητρὸς. αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πεν- 
ter against her mother, and a daughter-in-law against “mother- 
θερᾶς αὐτῆς 36 καὶ ἐχθῤῥοὶ Τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου οἱ οἰκιακοὶ 
in-law ‘ther. And enemies ofthe man ([shallbe] “household 


αὐτοῦ. 87 Ὁ φιλῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐκ.έστιν 


this, Hethat loves father or mother above me is not 

; ” Φ 4 « ~ ελ nA. [ή ε . , A > 
µου ἄξιος" Kai ὁ φιλῶν υἱὸν ἢ θυγατέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐκ 
of me worthy; and hethat loves son or daughter above mé “ποῦ 


ἔστιν µου ἄξιος" 98 καὶ ὃς οὐ.λαμβάνει τὸν.σταυρὺν.αὐτοῦ 
tis of me worthy. Andhethat takes not his cross 
καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω µου οὐκ ἔστιν µου ἄξιος. 99 ὁ εὑρὼν, 
and follows after me “not is ofmeworthy. He that hasfound 
τὴν ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν' Kai ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν 
his life shall lose it ; and hethat has lost 
‘ > ~ er > ~ c , ? / « le , 
ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν. 40 Ὁ δεχόμενος 
"life *his onaccountof πιο shall find PO aby Hethat receives 
ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται’ καὶ ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀπο- 


you me receives; andhethatmé receives receives him who sent 
στείλαντά µε. 41 ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰ ὄνομα προ- 
me. ‘ Hethat τεοβῖτες aprophet in{[the] name of a 
, θ A 7, fr. , ll ‘ « , 
ήτου μισθὸν προφήτου ἰλήψεται" καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος 
prophet [the] reward οἱ aprophet shallreceive; ϑδπᾶ Πε ὑπαῦ sxeceives 
δίκαιον εἰ ὄνομα δικαίου μισθὸν δικαίου 


arighteous[man]in {the} name ΟΕ ἃ righteous [man] the reward of ἃ righteous 


λήψεται." 42 καὶ ὃς Εἐἀνι ποτίσ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν 
And whoever shall givetodrinkto one little Jones 


Υ φοβεῖσθε fear ye ΤΑ. ᾖ3[καὶ]1. 5 φοβεῖσθε 


οδὲ LTraA, ἆ κἀγὼ αὐτὸν LITrA, © + τοῖς the 1{TrJa, 


υπ]. 


τούτων ποτήριον Wuyaov 
20711056. ἃ cup ot coid [water] 
3 ‘ (ip ο ὦ "7 A ? , 4 ‘ δ να ~ 
ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ-μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν.μισθὸν.αὐτοῦ. 
verily Isay to you, in nowise shall he lose his reward. 
11 Kai ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς διατάσσων τοῖς 
And it came {ο pass when *had*finished ‘Jesus’ commanding 
δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, μετέβη ἐκεῖθεν τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ 
“twelve “disciples *his, he departed thence to teach and 
κηρύσσειν ἐν ταῖς.πόλεσιν αὐτῶν. 
to preach in their cities. 
2 Ὁ.δὲ Ἰωάννης ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ τὰ έργα τοῦ 
Now John having heard in the prison the works of the 
χριστοῦ, πέμψας "δύο" τῶν μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, 3 εἶπεν αὐτῷ, 


MATTHEW. 


µόνον εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ, 
only in {the] name ofa disciple, 


Christ, having sent two of his disciples, said tohim, 
Σὺ εἶ a ἐρχόμενος, ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν; 4 Kai ἀποκρι- 
Artthouthe coming [one], or another are weto look for? And 7?answer- 


θεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πορευθέντες ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰωάννῃ 
ing 1Jesus said tothem, Having gone relate to John 


ἃ ἀκούετε καὶ βλέπετε" 


what yehear and see: bind receive sight, and 
χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν᾽ λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, cai κωφοὶ 
lame walk ; lepers are cleansed, and deaf 
ἀκούουσιν" Ἰνεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, ‘kai πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται" 
hear ; dead are raised, and poor are evangelized, 


\ , , Αι ? εν US | ! \ a ~ ) ? ΄ 
6 καὶ μακάριός ἐστιν, ὃς. "ἐὰν" μὴ. σκανδαλισθῷ ἐν ἐμοί. 
Αιιά blessed is, whoever shall not be offended in me. 
7 Τούτων.δὲ πορευομένων ἠρξατό ὁ᾿Ιησοῦς λέγειν τοῖς 
But as these were going "began 1} 6588 tosay tothe 
” λ \ ss / ΠῚ πεξήλθ Π ᾽ Α » 
οχλοις περι ὠωαννοῦυ, t ες ETE εις THY Een Lov 
crowds concerning John, What wentyeout into the wilderness 


θεάσασθαι; κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον ; 8 ἀλλὰ 
to look at?- a reed by [the] wind ἡ shaken ? But 


τί "ἐξήλθετε! ἰδεῖν ; ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς οἱματίοις' ἦμφιεσ- 
what went ye out {ο 566 ὃ aman“ in soft _ garments ar- 
μένον; ἰδού, οἱ τὰ μαλακὰ 
rayed? Behold, those who the soft [garments] in the 
τῶν βασιλέων ΡεϊσίνἹ 9 ἀλλὰ τί πἐξήλθετε! “ἰδεῖν; προ- 
of kings are.’ But what went ye out tosee? a pro- 
φήτην ;" vat, λέγω ὑμῖν, καὶ περισσότερον προφήτου" 


wear houses 


phet ? Yea, %Isay toyou, andfone] moreexcellent thana prophet. 
10 οὗτος "γάρ" ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται, Ιδού, "ἐγὼ" 
For this is [he] concerning whom it has been written‘Behuld, L 


ἀποστέλλω τὸν. ἄγγελόν.μου πρὸ προσώπου.σου, ὃς"! κατα- 
send my messenger betore thy face, who shall 

, η ene ΕΑΝ δ τὸ Η 2 ᾿ epee τε ο 
σκευάσει τὴν.ὑδόν.σου ἔμπροσθεν σου 11 ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, 
prepare thy. way before thee. Verily Isay toyou, 
οὐκ. ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου 
there has noi risen among [[Π 056} born of women agreater than John 
τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ 0.0 μικρότερος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν 
the Baptist. But he that [15] less ~ in the kingdom ofthe 
οὐρανῶν μείζων "άὐτοῦ ἐστιν." 12 ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου 
heavens greater thanhe is. Butfrom the days of John 





Β διὰ by (his disciples) Lrtraw. K [καὶ] τι. 


Dir: η ἐξήλθατε LTT: A. 
[are]) τα |. 


F— γάρ fur 1[LT-A]. 


1[kat] LTr. 


ὁ [ἐγὼ] 5, 


5 τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, ixai'- 


‘hear, 


φοροῦντες έν τοῖς οἴκοις. 


ο... ἱματίοις (read [σατηιθηί5]) [τ.]ττιΑ. 
ᾳ προφήτην ἰδεῖν; (γειά But why went ye out? to see a prophet? Ta. 
τ καὶ (read and he shall prepare) L, 


27 


water only in the name 
of a disciple, verily I 
say unto you, he shall 


_in nae e lose his re- 


war 


XI. And it came to 
pass, when Jesus’ had 
made an end of com- 
Imanding his twelve 
disciples, he departed 
thence to teach and to 
preach in their cities. 


2 Now when John had 
heard in the prison the 
works of Christ, he 
sent two of his disci- 
ples, 3 and said unto 
him, Art thou he that 
should come, or do we 
look for another 24 Je- 
sus answered and said 
unto them, Go and 
shew John again those 
things which ye do 
hear and see: 5 the 
blind receive their 
sight, and the lame 
walk, the lepers are 
cleansed, and the deaf 
the dead are 
raised up, and the poor 
have the gospel preach- 
ed to them. 6 And 
blessed is he, whosoever 
shall not be offended 
in me. , 


7 And- as they de- 
parted, Jesus hegan ta 
say unto the multi- 
tudes concerning John, 
What went ye out into 
the wilderness to sce? 
A reed shaken with 
the wind? 8 But what 
went ye out for to see? 
A man clothed in soft 
raiment ? behold, they 
that wear soft clothing 
are in kings’ houses. 
9 But what went ye 
out for to see? A pro- 
phet? yea, I say unto 
you, and more thana 
prophet. 10 For this is 
he, of whom it is writ- 
ten, Behold, I send my 
messenger before thy 
face, which shall pre- 
pare thy way beiore 
thee. 11 Verily I say 
unto you, Among them 
that are born of wo- 
men there hath ποῦ 
risen a greater than 
John the Baptist : not- 
withstanding he that 
is least in the kingdom 
of heaven is greater 
than he. 12 And from 
the days of John the 


ο ς«ἹἹ«-----φθθθθ 


1+ καὶ and [L]TTrA. 


πι ἂν 
P — εἰσίν (v'ead 


5 ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ Ay 


28 


Baptist until now the 
kingdom of heaven 
suffereth violence, and 
the violent take it by 
force. 13 For all the 
prophets and the law 
prophesied until John. 
14 And if ye will re- 
ceive zt, this is Elias, 
which was for to come. 
15 He that hath earsto 
hear, let him hear. 
16 But whereuntoshall 
Lliken this generation? 
It is like unto children 
sitting in the markets, 
and calling unto their 
fellows, 17 and saying, 
We have piped unto 
you, and ye have not 
danced; we have 
mourned unto you, 
and ye have not la- 
mented. 18 For John 
came neither eating 
nor drinking, and they 
say, He hath a devil. 
19 The 
came eating and drink- 
ing, and they say, Be- 
hold Ἢ man glutton- 
ous, and a winecbibber, 
a friend of publicans 
and sinners. But wis- 
dom is justified of her 
children. 


20 Then began he to 
upbraid the _ cities 
wherein most of his 
mighty works were 
done, because they re- 
pented not: 21 Woe 
unto thee, Chorazin! 
woe unto thee, Beth- 
Βα δ forif the mighty 
works, which were 
doue in you, had been 
done in Tyre and Si- 
don, they would have 
repented long ago in 
sackcloth and ashes. 
22 But I say unto you, 
it shall be more toler- 
ablefor Tyreand Sidon 
at the day of judg- 
ment, than for you. 
23 And thou, Caper- 
naum, which art ex- 
alted unto heaven, 
shalt be brought down 
to hell: for if the 
mighty works, which 
have been done in 
thea, had been done in 
Sodom, it would have 
remained until this 
day. 24 But I say unto 
you, That it shall be 
more tolerable for the 
land of Sodom in the 
day of judgment, than 
for thee. 





Ν 


5 ἐπροφήτευσαν LITrA. 
΄ > . ~ . , ΕἸ “ΦΧ - 
5 καθημένοις ἐν ἀγορᾷ (market) L; καθημένοις ἐν ταῖς ἆγοραις TTA. 


Son of man- 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, ΧΙ: 


τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ ἕως ἄρτι, ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν βιά- 
the Baptist until now, the kingdom ofthe heavens [185 taken by 
ζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν. 13 πάντες.γὰρ οἱ 
violence, and[the] violent seize it. For all the 
~ Ἄνα ς , ὺ ε > , w 7 πι ᾿ ‘ 
προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου “προεφήτευσαν!'' 14 καὶ 
prophets andthe law "απ] *John prophesied. And 
εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν *HXiac! ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι. 
if ye are willing toreceive [it], he is Elias who is about to cole, 
15 ὁ ἔχων ὦτα Yaxovey," ἀκουέτω. 16 Τίνι.δὲ ὁμοιώσω' 
Hethat has ears tohear, let him hear, But to what shallI liken 
τὴν.γενεὰν.ταύτην; ὁμοία ἐστὶν Ἐπαιδαρίοιο! δὲν ἀγοραῖς 
this generation ? Yike itis tolittle children in[the] markets 


καθημένοις," "cai προσφωνοῦσιντοῖς-ἑταίροις.αὐτῶν, 17 καὶ 
sitting, and calling to their companions, and 
λέγουσιν," Ἠὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐκ.ὠρχήσασθε' ἐθρηνήσαμεν 
saying, Wepiped toyou, and yedid not dance; we mourned 
εὐμῖν,' καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε. 18 Ἦλθεν. γὰρ Ἰωάννης μήτε ἐσθίων 
toyou, and το didnot wail. For *came John neither eating 


NTE πίνων, καὶ λέγουσιν. Δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 19 ἦλθεν ὁ υἱὸ 
ἢ v ἢ 


nor drinking, and _ they say, Ademon he has. >Came 1119 7Son 

τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων, καὶ λέγουσιν, ἸἼδού, 

Sof *man eating and drinking, and they say, Behold, 

ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότι τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ 
( ς γος ἷ 16; ς 


aman 8, wine bibber, of tax-gatherers afriend and 


ἀτέκνωνῖ αὐτῆς." 


a giutton and 
e ~ ‘ ? ’ «ς / > Ν ~ 
ἁμαρτωλῶν. καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν. 


of sinners. And *was*justified ‘wisdom hy *children "her. ° 
20 Τότε ἤρξατο ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο 
Then hebegan toreproach the cities in which had taken place 
ε ~ > , Υ 2 ~ ε/ ? , πο, 
αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάµεις-αὐτοῦ. ὅτι οὐ-μετενόησαν. 21 Οὐαί 
the most ΟΕ his works of power, because they repented not. Woe 


σοι, “Χοραζίν"" οὐαί σοι, 'Βηθσᾳϊδάν Ἡ ὅτι εἰ. ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ 
tothee, Chorazin! woe tothee,  SBethsaida! for if in. Tyre’ and 
Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο at δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, 
Sidon had taken place the works of power which have taken place in you, 
πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν. 22 πλὴν λέγω; 
long ago in sackcloth and ashes they had repented. But Isay 
ὑμῖν, Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως 
toyou, For‘lyre and Sidon. -moretolerable shallitbein day of judgment 
n « ~ A / , ll h 41} « 1 “ἢ > ~ 
η ὑμῖν. 23 Καὶ ov, ΞΚαπερναουμ," “Ἢ" ἕως "του" ovpavou 
than for you. And thou, Capernaum, who ο the heaven 
Κὑψωθεῖσα,ὶ ἕως gov Ἱκαταβιβασθήσῃ" ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδό- 
hast been lifted up, to hades βῃά]ὺ be brought down: for if in Sod- 
µοις "ἐγένοντοὶ at δυνάμεις αἱ "γενόμεναι ἐν σοί,! 
om had taken place the works of powér which have taken place ἵπ thee, 
οἔμειναν! ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον. 24 πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι 
it hadremained uniil to-day. But Isay toyou, that 
γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἔν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως 
ior [{Π0] land of Sodom moretolerable . shallit be in day of judgment 
ol. 
than for thee, 


~ 





2 παιδίοις GLTT:AW. 
> ἃ προσφωνοῦντα τοῖς 


x Ἠλείας Τ. ¥ — ἀκούειν T['Tr JA. 


ἑτάίροις who calling to the companions (ἑτέροις read calling to the others της) ( + [αὐτῶν] 
their A) λέγουσιν say LITA. ©—vpivLTTra. 4 ἔργων works Την. 5 Χοραθεύν Tira. | Βηθ- 


σαϊδά LTr. 


8 Kadapvaovp LTTrAW. | 
shalt thou be lifted up? LiTra; ὑψώθης w. 
Ὁ ἐγενήθησαν LIT:A, 


i-— τοῦ LITrA. Κὐψωθήσῃ; 
.} καταβήσῃ thou shalt descend Lira, 
5. εμειγεν LTTra, 


bh μὴ LITrA, Ἢ ΥΥ. 


3 ἐν σοὶ γενόμεναι Ly, 


XI, ΧΙΙ. MATTHEW. 


25 Εν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν, Έξομοτ 
At that time ~- answering ‘Jesus _ said, 1 
λογοῦμαί σοι, πάτερ, κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς, OTL 
praise thee, OFather, Lord ofthe -heayen and the earth, that 
Ρἀπέκρυψας"! ταῦτα ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν, καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας 
thou didst hide thesethings from wise . and prudent, and  didst reveal 
αὐτὰ νηπίοις. 26 vai, ὁ πατήρ, ὅτι οὕτως “ἐγένετο εὐδοκία" 
them to babes. Yea, Father, for thus - σπα well-pleasing 
” / / ; , « η ~ , 
ἔμπροσθεν σου. 27 Havra μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ.πατρός.µου᾽ 
_before thee. ‘ All things tome were delivered by my Father. 
καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν υἱὸν εἰμὴ ὁ πατηρ' οὐδὲ τὸν 
And noone knows the Son except the Father; nor the 
πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν. 
Father "any “one ‘doesknow except, the Son, and he td whomsoever 
/ ἐξ ς ελ > / , ν 
ούληται ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι. .28 Δεῦτε πρὸς µε, πάντες 


may *will ‘the *Son toreveal [him]. Come to me, all 
οἱ Κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς. 
ye that labour and are burdened, andI will give *rest you. 


29 ἄρατε τὺν ζυγόν-µου ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, καὶ μάθετε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὕτι 


Take my yoke ὍΡΟΙΣ you,- and learn from me, 
σπρᾷός! εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ' καὶ εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν 
meek Ταν απᾶ lowly inheart; and το shall find rest 


ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν. 80 ὁ.γὰρ.ζυγός.µου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον 
Ε 


to your souls. or my yoke easy and “purden 
μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν. 
my light 18.) 2 
12 Ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἐπορεύθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοῖς "σάββασιν" 
At that time went Jesus onthe Sabbath . 
διὰ τῶν σπορίµων' οἱ δὲ.ιαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ“ ἐπείνασαν, καὶ 
through the  corn-ficlds; and his disciples were hungry, ‘and 


ἠρέαντο τίλλειν 


7, ΟΥ̓ > / ε Ms πῳ 
στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν. 3 οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι 
began to piuck [the] 


ears and to eat. But the Pharisees 
100 tac Ι ΣΑ. 2 ὃ / ε β ῃ ~ εν 
LOOVTEC ELT OV AUT, I ου. OL. Ma ηται.σου ποιουσιν ο 
having seen said tohim, SBchold, thy disciples are doing whad 
οὐκ.ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν σαββάτῳ. 8. Ο.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ove 
it is not lawful todo on sabbath, Buthe said tothem, *Not 


ie) 5 / vA ὃ Γι. 2 ΤῊΣ η] \ 
ανεγγωτὲ τι εποισεν αβί ἃ ΤῈ ἐπεινασεν "αυτος και 
*ye ‘have read what “did ‘David, when hehungered himself and 
οἱ per αὐτοῦ; 4 πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ 


he entered inte the house 


τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως ἔφαγεν," Yodo! οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν 
the loaves ofthe presentation he ate, which “not *lawful*it*was 
αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις ; 
forhim toeat, or forthose with him, but forthe priests only ? 
6 Ἢ οὐκ.ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς 
Or haveyenotredd .in the law, that onthe sabbaths the priests 
7 ~ « ne a / A, κ ~ ‘ 3 , / 2 4 
ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν ; 
in the temple the sabbath profane, and guiltless are ὃ 
6 λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι τοῦ ἱεροῦ μείζων! ἐστὶν ὧδε. 7 εἰ δὲ 
But Isay to you, that *than “the “temple Ya2greater is here. But if 
ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, "Ἐλεονὶ θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν 
yehad known what is, Mercy Idesire and not sacrifice, *not 


those with him? How of God, and 





FR ἔκρυψας LTTrA. εὐδοκία ἐγένετο LT. * πραύς LTTrA. 
Υ Δαυείδ LTTrA; Δαῦιδ GW. Υ — αὐτὸς GLTTrAW, 


ν᾿ : ἔφαγον LT, 
LTTraw 8” EAeos LTTra. 


® σαββάτοις L. 
ὅ OLTTrA. 


29 


25 At that time Je- 
sus answertd and said, 
I thank thee, O Fa- 
ther, Lord of heaven 
and earth, because 
thou hast hid these 
things from the wise 
and prudent, and hast 
revealed thém unto 
babes. 26 Even so, Fa- 
ther: for so it seemed 
good- in thy sight. 
27 All thihgs are de- 
livered unto me of my 
Father: and nd man 
knoweth the Son, but 
the Father; neither 
knoweth any man the 
Father, save the Son, 
and he to whomsoever 
the Son will reveal 
him. 28 Come unto. 
me, all ye that labour 
and are heavy laden, 


and I will give you 


rest. 29 Take my yoke 
upon you, and Jearn of 
me; for 1 am meek and 


for'/lowly in heart: and ye 


shall, find rest unto 
your souls. 30 For my 
yoke ig easy, und my 
burden is light. 


XII, At that time 
Jesus went on the 
sabbath day through 
the corn; and his disci- 
ples were an hungred, 
and began to pluck the 
ears of corn, and to 
eat. 2 But when the 
Pharisees saw it, the 
said unto him, Behold, 
thy disciples do that 
“which is not lawful to 
do upon the sabbath 
day. ὃ But he said un- 
to them, Have ye' not 
read what David did, 
when he was an hun- 
gred, and they that 
were with him; 4 how 
he entered into the 
house of God, and did 
eat the shewbread, 
which was not lawful 
for him to eat, neither 
for ‘them which were 
with him, but only for 
the priests? 5 Or have 
ye not read in the law, 
how that on the sab- 
bath days the priests 
in the temple profane 
the sabbath, and are 
blameless? 6 But I say 
unto you, That in this 
place is one greater 
than the temple. 7 But 
if ye had known what 
this meaneth, I will 
have mercy, and not 
sacrifice, ye would not 


...'-«-Ὃὺύὺὓἲὲὸ4ἧἥὔἶ Ἱυἃἧἃἃςθφφφθθθ--------------------------- 


t εἶπαν LTTrA. 
Σ μεῖζον. 


90 
have condemned the 
guiltless. 8. For the 


Son of man is Lord 
even of the sabbath 
day. 


9 And when he was 
departed thence, he 
Wens into their syna- 
gogue: 10 and, behold, 
there was a man which 
had his hand withi red. 
And they asked him, 
saying, 15 it lawful to 
heal on the sabbath 
days? that they might 
accuse him. 11 And he 
said unto them, What 
man shall there be 
among you, that shall 
have one sheep, and if 
it fall into a pit on 
the sabbath day, will 
he not lay hold on it, 
and lift ἐξ out? 12 How 
much then is a man 
better than a sheep? 
Wherefore it is lawful 
to do well on the sab- 
bath days. 13 Then 
saith he to the man, 
Stretch forth thine 
hand. And he stretch- 
edit forth; and it was 
restored whole, like as 
the other, 


14 Then the Pharisces 
went out; and held a 
council against him, 
how they might de- 
stroy him. 15 But 
when Jesus knew 1, 
he withdrew him:elf 
from thence: and 
great multitudes fol- 
lowed him, and he 
healed them all; 16 and 
charged them that 
they should not make 
him known: 17 that 
it might be fulfilled 
which was spoken by 
Esaias the prophet, 
saying, 18 Behold my 
servant, whom I have 
chosen; my beloved, in 
whom my soul is well 
pleased: I will put my 
spirit upon him, and 
he shall shew judg- 
mené to the Geutiles. 
19 He shall not strive, 
nor cry; neither shall 
any man hear his voice 
in the strects. 20 A 
bruised reed shall he 
not break, and smok- 
ing flax shall he not 
quench, till he send 
forth judgment unto 
victory. 21 And in his 
mame shall the Gen- 
tiles trust. 





Ῥ — καὶ GLTTrAW. 


raises [it] up L. 


κ ἐξελθόντες δὲ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ LTTrW. 
™ ἵνα that ΤΤΤτΑ. 
4 --- ἐν (read [on]) GLITraW. 


Many) LT[Tra ]. 
σεν Τττ. 


> A , ? \ ? , 
οὐδὲ κραυγάσει, οὐδὲ ἀκούσει 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, ΧΙ]. 


‘ . ΄ Ξ : 1 ῤ 4 4 ~ 
κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους ὃ κύριος. γάρ ἐστιν Ὀκαὶϊ τοῦ 
τ “had condemned the guiltless. For Lord 515 also 308 3the 

ο « ει ~ > , η 
σαββάτου ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου. 
‘sabbath the son of man, 
9 Καὶ μεταβὰς ᾿ ἐκεῖθεν, ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν.συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν. 
And having departed thence, hewent into their synagogue. 
10 καὶ ἰδού, ἄνθρωπος “ἦν τὴν" χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν' καὶ 
And bchold, aman therewas *the “hand -*having withered. And 
᾽ ’ ᾽ ’ , 37° ~ ld 
ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Ἐίέξεστιν τοῖς σάββασιν 
they asked him, saying, Isitlawful οὐ 6 sabbaths 
Weparevevs" ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ. 11 Ὁ. δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. 


{ο heal? that they might accuse him. But he said to theth, 
Τίς ‘tora ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, 
What *shall “there *be°of “γοα -*man, whoshallhave “sheep ‘one, 


καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς «σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, αὐχὶ 
and if *fall ‘this onthe sabbaths into apit, willnot 
2 ᾽ ᾿ ‘ f? al 12 , Ύ ὃ / ” 
κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ [ἐγερεῖ ; πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄν- 
lay hold of it and will raise [it] up? How much then is “better 1a 
θρώπος προβάτου; wore ἔξεστιν τοὸϊς.Ξσάββασιν! καλῶς 
πε τ}. thanasheep? Sothat itisluwful on the sabbaths swell 
ποιεῖν. 13 Tore λέγει τῷ. ἀνθρώπῳ, [Ἔκτεινον "τὴν χεῖρά 


1to “do. Then hesays to the man, Stretch out *hand 

σου. Καὶ ἐξέτεινεν, καὶ Ιἀποκατεστάθηὶ ὑγιὴς ὡς ἡ 

thy. And he stretched [it] out, and it was restored sound as the 
ἄλλη. 

other. 


14 ΚΟἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐξελ- 
But the Pharisees Sa Scouncil ‘*held: "against *him “having 
θόντες." ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν. 15 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς 
*gone*out how him they might destroy, But Jesus having known 
2 ΄ ? ~ ᾿ 3 ? / > ~ 1” Π λ , 
ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν" καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ Ἰὄχλοι" πολλοί, 
withdrew thence, and followed him crowds great, 
καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας" 16 καὶ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς 
and he healed them all, and strictlycharged them 
ε/ \ " ee. = φ . ηλ. I 
ινα μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποι]σωσιν 17 δπως" πλη- 
that*not Spublicly‘known *him ‘they ?should *make. Sothat might 
~ ΔΝ e \ vee whe ~ , / 
ωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου. λέγοντος, 
be fuitilled that which wasspoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, 
18 “dod ὁ.παῖςμου ὃν "ἠρέτισαι ὁ ἀγαπητός.μου "εἰς 
Behold myservant whom I have chosen, iay beloved ip, 
ὃν! Ρεὐδόκησεν! ἡ.ψυχή.μου" θήσω τὺ πνεὔμά.μου ἐπ᾽ 
whom “has *found “delight Xmy--soul. I will put my Spirit ‘upon 
αὐτόν, καὶ κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ" 19 οὐκ.ρίσει 
him, and judgment tothe nations heshalldeclare. He shall not strive 
τι; ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις τὴν 
nor shall*hear 7any “one in’ the streets 
φωνὴν. αὐτοῦ. 20 κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ.κατεάξει, καὶ 
his voice. A *reed ‘bruised he shall not break, and 
λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ.σβέσει, ἕως.ᾶν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν 
"flax *smoking heshallnot quench, until he bring forth *unto ‘victory ‘the 
κρίσιν. 21 καὶ “ἐνὶ τῷ.ὀνόματι. αὐτοῦ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν. 
2judgment. And in hisname [the] nations , shail hope. 


cry out, nor 





— 


ε-- ἔσται ττα. - f ἐγείρει he 
i ἀπεκατεσταθὴ LTTrAW. 

Y—SyAoe (read πολλοί 
Ρ ηὐδοκη- 


© — Fv τὴν LTTrA. 
& σαββάτοις τι. 


ἃ θεραπεῦσαι: 1. 
Ἀ σου τὴν χεῖρα ΙΣΤΤΑ. 


Ὁ ἡρέτισα Tr. 9 ἐν ᾧ Τε; — εἰς LA. 


κο]. MATTHEW. 


/ ~ ΄ 
22 Τότε Σπρυσηνεχθηϊ αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς 
Then was brought tohim one possessed by a demon, blind 


καὶ κωφός" καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτόν, ὥστε τὸν ἴἵτυφλὸν Kai! 
’ 
and dumb, and he healed him, so that the blind and 
κωφὸν καὶ! λαλεῖν καὶ βλέπειν. 23 καὶ ἐξίσταντο πάντες 
duinb both spake and Saw. And *were “amazed all 
ot ὄχλοι καὶ ἔλεγον, Myre οὗτός ἐστιν ὃ υἱὸς YAapid;" 
2the*crowds and said, “This 115 ° the son’ - of David? 
24 Οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσανττς εἶπον, Οὗτο οὐκ. ἐκβάλλει 
. 2 . 
But the Pharisees having heard said, This [man] casts not out 


A ὃ , 2 \ ? » vA Ὁ 4 » ~ , 
τὰ δαιμόνια εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων. 
the demons except by Beelzebul prince ofthe _ demons. 
25 Εἰδὼς.δὲ τὸ ᾿Ιησοῦς" τὰς.ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, 


But *knowing 1Jesus their thoughts hesaid to them, 


Πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται" καὶ 
Every kingdom divided against itself is brought to desolation, and 
πᾶσα πόλις ἢ. οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ ἑαυτῆς οὐ.σταθῆσεται: 
every city or house divided against itself will not stand. 
26 καὶ εἰ ὁ σατανᾶς τὸν σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει, ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐμε- 
And if Satan Satan 1east; “out, against himself he was 
, 5 ~ - , € ΄ ? Ὁ A Ἄν τ Ν 
ρίσθη' πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ-βασιλεία.αὐτοῦς 27 καὶ εἰ ἐγὼ 
divided. How then  willstand his kingdom? And. 1 ἋΣ 
ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι 


by Beelzenul cast out the demons, your sons by whom 
pm , A ~ > Δ € ~ Ἢ - an || 
ἐκβάλλουσιν; διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὶ Σὺμῶν ἔσονται κριταί. 
do they cast out? onaccountof this they ofyou shall be judges. 


28 εἰ δὲ Ἰἐγὼ ἐν πνεύματι θεοῦ" ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, doa 
Butif I by([the) Spirit of God castout the *demons, then 


ἔφθασεν id’ ὑμᾶς ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 29 ἢ πῶς δύναταί 


kascome upon you the kingdom of God. .Or how  isable 
τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη 
anyone tocnter into the house ofthe strong [man] and Ξσοοᾶς 


αὐτοῦ "διαρπάσαι," ἐὰν.μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν ; 

‘his to plunder, unless first he bind ἴπο strong [man]? 
καὶ τότε τὴν. οἰκίαν. αὐτοῦ Ὀδιαρπάσει.ϊ 80 ὁ μὴ.ὢν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ 
and then his house he will plunder. Hewho isnot with me 
Kar ἐμοῦ ἐστιν' καὶ ὁ ᾽᾿μὴ συνάγων per ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει. 


against me is; and he who gathers not with me scatters. 
9] Διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν, Πᾶσα. ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία 
Because of this. Isay toyou, Every sin and blasphemy 


? , ~ > , ε η - , : 
ἀφεθήσεται" τοῖς ἀνθρώποις" ᾖ-δὲ τοῦ-πνεύματος Όλασ- 
shall be forgiven to men ; but the ?euncerning “the*Spirit ‘*blas- 


φημία οὐκ. ἀφ΄ θήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις." 32 καὶ ὃς ἂν" εἴπῃ 


phemy 5811}}} ποῦ be torgiven to men. And whoever speaks 
λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἀφεθήσεται αὐτφ' 
aword against the Son of man, itshall beforgiven him;, 


τ' ἡ ~~ ~ > > 
ὃς δ᾽, ἂν εἴπῃ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου, fodK.apEe- 
but whoever speaks against the Spirit the Hoiy, it shall not 
- » ~ ~ » ~ [ή 
θήσεται! αὐτῷ, οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέξλλον- 


beforgiven him, neitherin this sage nor in the coming 
τι. 33 Ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν 
{one]. Hither make the tres good and “fruit 








¥ προσήνεγκαν they brought L. 
LTTra. v — καὶ LTTrA. ἡ Δανϊὸ ΟὟ ; Aaveié LTT:A. 
ἔσονται ὑμῶν LITcA. δ ἐν πνεύματι θέοῦ ἐγὼ GLITrAW. 
Ὁ ἁρπάσει he will seize upon L; διαρπάσῃ he might plunder Τ. 


‘unto you. 


5 δαιμονιζόµμενον τυφλὸν καὶ κωφόν L. 
χα — ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1ττὰ. 
8 ἁρπάσαι to seize UPON LTT. A. 
ο + [ὑμῖν] to you a. 


31 


22 Then was brought 
unto him one possessed 
with a devil, blind, 
and dumb: and he 
healed hun, insomuch 
that tho blind and 
dumb both spake and 
saw. 23 And all the 
people were amazed, 
and said, Is not this 
the son of David? 
24 But when the Phari- 
sees heard it, they said, 
This fellow ον not 
cast out devils, but by 
Beelzebib the prince 
of tho devil. 25 And 
Jesu» knew © their 
thoughts, απᾶ said 
unto them, Every 
kitgdom divided a- 
gainst itself is brought 
to desolation; and 
every «ty or house 
divided against itsclf 
shall not stand: 26and 
if Satan ca-t outSatan, 
he is divided against 
himself; how shall 
then his kingdom 
stand? 27 And it I by 
Beelzebub vast out 
devils, by whom do 
your children’ cast 
them out? therefore 
they shall be your 
judges, 23 But if 1 cast 
out devils by the Spirit 
οὗ God, then the king- 
dom of God is come 
29 Or else 
how can one enter into 
a strong man’s house 
and spoil his ,goods, 
except he fir-t bind the 
strong man? and then 
he will spoil his house, 
30 He that is not with 
me is rgainst me; and 
he that gathereth not 
with me _ svcattereth 
abroad. 31 Wherefore 
I say unto you, All 


Manner of sin and 


blasphemy shall be 
forgiven unto men: 
but the blasphemy 
against the Holy Gho t 
shail not be forgiven 
unto men. 22 And 
whosoever speaketh 
a word against the 
Son of man, it shall 
be forgiven him: but 
whosoever speaketh a- 
gainst the Holy Ghost, 
it shall not he fors- 
given him, neither in 
this world, neither in 
the world to come, 
33 Hither make the 
tree good, and his fruit 





:--- τυφλὸν καὶ 
Y κριται 


d— τοῖς ἀνθρώποις LETr[A]. δ ἐὰν LTTraAW. {οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ in nowise shall it be forgiven 1, 


good; or elsé make 
the tree corrupt, and 


his fruit corrupt: for 
the tree is known by 


his fruit. 34 O gene-° 


ration of vipers, how 
can ye, being evil, 
speak good things? 
for out of the abun- 


dance of the heart the © 


mouth speaketh. 35 A 
good man out of the 
good treasure of the 
heart bringeth forth 
good things: and an 
evil man out of the 
evil treasure bringeth 
forth evil things. 
36 But I say unto you, 
That every idle word 
that men shall speak, 
they shall give account 
thereof in the day of 
judgment. 37 For by 
thy words thou shalt 
be justified, and by 
thy words thou shalt 
be condemned, 


38 Then certain of 
the scribes and of the 
Pharisees answered, 
Baying, Master, we 
would see a sign from 
thee. 39 But he an- 
swered and said unto 
them, An eviland a- 
dulterous generation 
seeketh after a sign; 
and there shall nosign 
be given to it, but the 
sign of the prophet 
Jonas: 40 for as Jonas 
was three days and 
three nights in the 
whale’s belly ; so shall 
the Son of man be 
three days and three 
nights in the heart of 
the earth, 41 The men 
of Nineveh shall rise 
in judgment with this 
generation, and shall 
condemn it: because 
they repented at the 
preaching of Jonas; 
and, behold, a greater 
than Jonas is here, 
42 The queen of the 
south shall rise up in 
the judgment with 
this generation, and 
shall condemn it: for 
she came from the ut- 
termost parts of the 
earth to hear the 
wisdom of Solomon; 
and, behold, a greater 
than Solomon is here. 
43 When the unclean 
spirit is gone out of 
@ man, he walketh 
through dry places, 
secking rest, and find- 
eth none. 44 Then he 
saith, I will return 


& — τῆς καρδίας GLTTrAW. 


shall speak TTra. 


© Σολομῶνος GLITrAW. 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. ΧΙΙ. 
αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρον καὶ τὸν καρπὸν 


tits good, or make the _ tree corrupt and *fruit 
αὐτοῦ σαπρόν" ἐκ.γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ τὸ, δενδρον γινώσκεται. 
‘its corrupt: forfrom the fruit the tree is known. 


94 Γεννήµατα ἐχιδνῶν, πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ 


Offspring of vipers, ΒΟΥ areyeablegood thingstospeak, *wicked 
ὄντες; ἐκ.γὰρ τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας τὸ στόμα 
*being? foroutof the abundance ofthe heart the - mouth 


λαλεῖ. 85 ὁ. ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ 
speaks, .The good man out of the good treasure 
δτῆς. καρδίας! ἐκβάλλει "τὰ! ἀγαθά" καὶ ὁ πονηρὺς ἄνθρω- 
ofthe heart puts forth the goodthings; andthe wicked man 
πος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά. 36 λέγω. δὲ 
outof the wicked treasure puts forth wicked things. But I say 
ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν Oday" Κλαλήσωσιν! οἱ ἄνθρωποι, 
toyou, that every *word idle whatsoever *may “speak 1men, 
ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως. 87 ἐκ 


they shallrender of it. anaccount in day of judgment. *By 
γὰρ τῶν.λόγων.σου  δικαιω θήσῃ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν.λόγων.-σου 
for thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy worls 


καταδικασθήση. 
thou shalt be condemned. 
88 Τότε ἀπεκρίθησάν! τινες τῶν γραμματέων πκαὶ Φαρι- 
Then answered, some of the scribes and  Phari- 
σαίων li λέ vy A ὃ , x θέλ Απ αν as is ~ 
| λέγοντες, Διδάσκαλε, θελομὲν ἀπὸ σου σημεῖον LOELY. 
sees, saying, Teacher, wewish from thee asign tosee, 


39 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ µοι- 


Buthe answering said tothem,Ageneration πη]οκοά and adul- 
χαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ; καὶ σημεῖον οὐ.δοθήσεται αὐτῷ, 
terous asign seeks for, and a sign shall not be given  toit, 


εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου. 40 ὥσπερ.γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς 
except the sign of Jonas the prophet. For even as was Jonas 
ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως 
in the belly ofthe great fish three days and three nights, thus 
ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς τρεῖς 
shallbe the Son of man in the heart ofthe earth three 
Rbk ‘ ‘ ~ ’ ” κ n ~ 2 , 
ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας. 41 Ανδρες "Nivevirat" ἀναστήσονται 
days and three nights. Men Ninevites shall stand up 
ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς.γενεᾶς. ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὴν" 
in thejudgment with this generation, απᾶ shall condemn it ; 
OTL µετενόήσαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα ᾿Ιωνᾷ"' καὶ ἰδού, πλεῖον 
for theyrepented at the proclamation of Jonas; and behold, more 
? ~ = ¢ ΄ , ? ’ ? ~ ’ 
Ιωνᾶ ὧδε. 42 βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει 
than Jonas here. Aqueen of[the]south shallriseup in the judgment 
μετὰ τῆς.γενεᾶς. ταύτης, Kai κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν" ὅτι ἦλθεν 
with this generation, and shallcondemn it; for she came 
ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν 9Σολομῶντος"ἳ 
from the ends ofthe earth tohear the wisdom of Solomon ; 
καὶ ἰδού, πλεῖον Σολομῶντος" ὧδε. 49 Ὅταν.δὲ τὸ ἀκάθαρτον 
and behold, more than Solomon here, But when the unclean 
τὸ τ yt ? \ ~ ? , / : > 2 / 
πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται δὺ ἀνύδρων 
spirit is gone out from the man, he goes through waterless 
, ~ , , ο ; 
τόπων, ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν, καὶ οὐχ.εὑρίσκει. 44 τότε λέγει, 
places, secking rest, and finds not {it}. Then he says, 
i— ἐὰν (read which) LTtTra. 
m— καὶ Φαρισαίων L. 


h “Ὄπ τὰ 1ΤΥΥΓ. 


τοῖς Κ λαλήσουσιν 
1+ αὐτῷ bim ΕΤΤΤΑ. 


«5 Νινευεῖται TTra. 


XII, XITT. MATTHEW. 


«Ἠπιστρέψω εἰς τὸν.οἶκόν.μου,' ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον" καὶ ἐλθὸν 
Iwillreturn to my house, whence Icame out. And having come 


εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα," σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον. 45 τότε 
he finds [it] uwnoccupied,. swept and adorned, Then 


πορεύεται καὶ παραλαμβάνει μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ ἑπτὰ ἕτερα πνεύματα 
he gees and - takes with himself seven other οτι 


πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ" καὶ γίνεται 
mote wicked than himself and enteringin they dwellthere; and *becomes 


Ta ἔσχατα τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. οὕτως 
‘the “last Sof *that *man worse thanthe _ first. Thus 


ἔσται καὶ τῇ-γενεᾷ.ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ. 
itshallbe also ἰο this generation the wicked. 


46 “Ervsdé' αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος τοῖς ὄχλοις, ἰδού, ἡ μήτηρ 
But while yet he was ΒΕΘΆΙΕΙΗΕ: tothe crowds, behold, [815] mother 


Kat οἱ ἀδελφοὶ. ἰαὐτοῦ εἱστήκεισαν ἔξω, ζητοῦντες αὐτῷ λα- 
and his brethren were standing without, seeking ‘to*him to 


λῆσαι. "47 εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, Ιδού, ἡ-μήτηρ.σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί 
4speuk., Then said one tohim, Behold, thy mother and “brethren 


gov ἔξω ἑστήκασιν; ζητοῦντές΄ σοι. λαλῆσαι." 48 Ὁ δὲ ἀπο- 
‘thy without arestanding, seeking *to“*thee ‘to ama But he an- 


κριθεὶς Ἐἶπεν τῷ "εἰπόντι! αὐτῷ, Τίς ἐστιν ἡ-μήτηρ.-μου; 
peering said to him who “ spoke tohim, Who is my mother? 


καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ. ἀδελφοί μου; 49 Καὶ ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα 


and who are my brethren? And ρθε ἀρ out "hand 
Χαὐτοῦ" ἐπὶ aos se «αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, Ιδού, ἡ .µήτηρ.µου καὶ 
*his to 8 peeeiples hesaid, Behold, my mother and 
οἱ ἀδελφοί.μου. 50 ὅστις γὰρ ἂν Yrouoyg" τὸ θέλημα τοῦ 
my brethren. For a ai shalldo the will 
πατρός. μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, αὐτός µου ἀδελφὸς καὶ 
of my Father who [15] in (the) heavens, he my brother and. 


ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν. 
sister and mother is. 
13 Ἔν “δὲ! τῇ ἡμέρᾳ.ἐκείνη ἐξελθὼν 
And in that day "having “gone “forth 
τῆς οἰκίας ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 2 καὶ 
the house satdown by the sea. 


πρὸς αὐτὺν ὄχλοι πολλοί, ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς >rd! πλοῖον 
το him στοπάς “great, sothat he into the ship 


Bavra καθῆσθαι, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν εἱστήκει. 
entered sat down, and all the crowd on: the shore stood. 


3 καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς, λέγων, Ιδού, 
And he BperS to them many τιμη in parables, saying, Behold, 


ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν. 4 καὶ ἐν. τῷ. σπείρειν. αὐτὸν 
Σπενῖ "οαῦ *the *sower to sow. And as he sowed 


ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, καὶ “ἦλθεν! τὰ πετεινὰ “καὶ 
some fell by the way, and ‘came ‘the “birds and 


κατέφαγεν αὐτά. ὅ ἄλλα δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη, ὅπου 
deyoured them, Andsome fell upon the rocky places, where 


οὐκ. εἶχεν γῆν πολλήν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτείλεν διὰ τὸ μὴ 


ε "I ~ a ? 4 iH] 
0 Ίησους *azro 
4Jesus from 
συνήχθησαν 
And were gathered bogenliog 
é po 


having 


ony hadnot “earth *much, andimmediately sprangup because of not 
ἔχειν βάθος 5 γῆς 6 ἡλίου.δὲ ἀνατείλαντος ἐἑκαύματίσθη, 
having depth ofearth; and([the]sun havingrisen .they were scorched, 


33 


into my house from 
whence I:came out; 
and when he is come, 
he findeth ἐξ empty, 
swept, and garnished. 
45 Then gocth he, and 
taketh with himself 
seven other _ spirits 
more wicked than him- 
self, and they enter in 
and dwell there: and 
the last state of that 
man is worse than the 
first. Even so shall it 
be also unto this wick- 
ed generation. 


46 While he yet 
talked to the people, 
behold, his mother and 


his brethren stood 
without, desiring to 
speak with him. 


47 Then one said un- 
to him, Behold, thy 
mother and thy bre- 
thren stand without, 
desiring to speak with 
thee. 48 But he an- 
swered and said unto 
him that toldhim, Who 
is my mother? and 
who are my brethren ? 
49 And he stretched 
forth his hand toward 
his disciples, and said, 
Behold my mother and 
my brethren! 50 For 
whosoever shall do the 
will of my Father 
‘which is in heaven, the 
same is my brother, 
and sister, and mo- 
ther. 


XIII, The same day 
went Jesus out of the 
house, and sat by the 
sea side, 2 And great 
multitudes were gath- 
ered together unto 
him, so that he went 
into a ship, and. sat; 
and the whole multi- 
tude stood on the shore. 
3 And he spake many 
things unto them in 
parables, saying, Be- 
hold, a sower went 
forth to sow; 4 and 
when he sowed, some 
seeds fell by the way 
side, and the fowls 


came and devoured: 


them up: 5some fell 
aapon stony places, 
where they had not 
much earth: and forth- 
with they sprung up, 
because they had no 
deepness of earth: 
6 and when the sun 
Was up, they were 
scorched ; and bevuu:e 





4 εἰς τὸν οἶκόν µου ἐπιστρέψω LTTrA, * + καὶ and [1τ. 
"γουδο i7in[ 11. Adyovre Lrtra. 
and ΤΤΤΤΑ. 


ebip) ΤΑ, d— καὶ A. 


5 ἦλθον LTr; ἐλθόντα having come Α. 


s*— δὲ but τΤΤτΑ. 
x — αὐτοῦ (read [his] hand) τ. 

5 ἐκ out of Lt; — ἀπὸ (read ἐξελ. having gone out of) Tr. 
9. + τῆς 1. 


t [αὐτοῦ] L. 
Yroma. ᾖ --- δὲ 
Ὁ — τὸ (read @ 


D 


34 


they had no root, they 
withered away. 7 And 
some fell among 
thorns ; and thethorns 
sprung up, and choked 
them : 8 but other fell 
into good ground, and 
brought forth fruit, 
some an hundredfold, 
some sixtyfold, some 
thirtyfold. 9 Who hath 
ears to hear, let him 
hear. 


10 And the disciples 
came, and said unto 
him, Why  speakest 
thou unto them in pa- 
rables? 11 Heanswered ΄ 
andsaid unto them, Be- 
cause it is given unto 
you to know the myste- 
ries of the kingdom of 
heaven, but to them 
it is not given. 12 For 
whosoever hath, to him 
shall be given, and he 
shall have more abun- 
dance: but whosoever 
hath not, from him 
shall be taken away 
even that he hath. 
13 Therefore speak I 
to them in parables: 
because they seeing 
see not; and hearing 
they hear not, neither 
do they understand. 
14 And in them is ful- 
filled the prophecy of 
Esaias, which saith, By 
hearing. ye shall hear, 
and shall not“ under- 
stand ; and seeing ye 
shall see, andshall not 
perceive: 15 for this 
people’s heart is waxed! 
gross, and their ears 
are dull of hearing, 
and their eyes they 
have closed; lest at any 
time they should see 
with their eyes, and 
hear with their. ears, 
and should understand 
with their heart, and 
should be converted, 
and Ishouldhealthem. 
16 But blessed are your 
eyes, for they see: and 

our ears, for they 

ear. 17 For verily I 
say unto you, That 
Iaany. prophets and 
righteous men have de- 
sired to see those things 
which yesee, and have 
not seen them; and to 
hear those things which 

e hear, and have not 

eard them. 


18 Hear ye therefore 
the parable of the 
sower. 19 When any 
one heareth the word 
of the kingdom, and 


MATOAIOS. ΣΠ, 


καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ.ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη. 7 ἄλλα.δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ 
and becauseof not having root were driedup, Andsome fell’ upon 
4 ? / θ Way. , ταν θ ay f ? ’ {| ᾽ ΄ 
τὰς ἀκάνθας, καὶ ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ᾿ἀπεπνιξαν" αὐτά. 
the thorns, and “grew*up “the “thorns and choked them, 
8 ἄλλα.δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν THY καλήν, καὶ ἐδίδου καρπόν, 
Andsome fell upon the ground the good, and yielded fruit, 
Ὁ μὲν ἑκατόν, 6.08 ἑξήκοντα, 6.0& τριάκοντα. 9 ὃ ἔχων 
one ahundred, another sixty, another thirty. Hethat has 
ὦτα Saxove' ἀκουέτω. 
ears tohear let him hear. 
10 Kai προσελθόντες οἱ paOnrai®'efzrov" αὐτῷ, ἘΔιατί! 
And *having *come *to [Shim] *the “disciples said tohim, Why 
3 ͵ - ~ ν᾽ ~ « κ > 4 ” 
ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖς αὐτοῖς; 11 ὋὉ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 
in parables speakest thou to them? Andhe, answering said 
Ιαὐτοῖς, “Ore ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς 
tothem, Becausetoyou ithas been given to know the mysteries of the 
βασιλείας τῶν.οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις. δὲ  οὐ.δέδσται. 12 ὅστις 
kingdom of the heavens, but to them ithas not been given. 7Whosoéyer 
γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ, καὶ περισσευθήσεται' ὅστις δὲ 
1{οτ has, ὅ88811 *be *given ‘to*him, and he shall bein abundance; but whosoever 
οὐκ.ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται am αὐτοῦ. 13 διὰ τοῦτο 
has not, even whathehasshallbetakenawayfrom him. Becauseof this 
ἐν παραβολαῖς αὐτοῖς λαλῶ, ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ. βλέπουσιν, 
in parables tothem I speak, because seeing they see not, 
καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ.ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνιοῦσιν. 14 καὶ ava- 
and hearing they hear not, nor do they understand. And ig 
~ m2 2 > ~ ε / « = ο « “ 4 
πληροῦται επ QUTOLC ἢ προφητεία Hoatov, 7) λέγουσα; 
*filled *up lin 2them the prophecy of Hsaias, which says, 
2 ~~ > , A ? \ ~ e Ἁ ᾿, , 
Axoy ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε' καὶ βλέποντες βλε- 
Inhearing yeshallhear, and in no wise understand; and seeing ye shall 
Were, καὶ ov-pyidnre. 15 ἐπαχύνθη.γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ 
see, sand in no wise perceive: for Shas "grown *fat the heart 
λαοῦ.τούτου, καὶ τοῖς woiv™ βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς 
308 *this 3ροοΡρίθ, and withthe ears heavily they have heard, and 
ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν' μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφ- 
their eyes they haveclosed; lest they shouldsee with the 
θαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῷ καρδίᾳ συν- 
eyes, and with the ears they should hear,and with the. heart they should 
~ Fie [ή ‘ O72 Π ᾽ Ψ « ~ δὲ 
ow, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ δἰάσωμαι' αὐτούς. 16 Ὑμῶν. δὲ 
understand, and should Ὅ6 οοτπιγοσύθα and I should heal them. Bui of you 
ακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοί, ‘ore βλέπουσιν" καὶ τὰ ὦτα ρμῶν,! 
blessed [are] the eyes, because they see; , andthe ears of you, 
ὅτι αάκούει.ϊ 17 ἀμὴν. ορ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πολλοὶ προφῆται 
because they hear. orverily Isay toyou,that many prophets 
καὶ δίκαιο ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν ἃ βλέπετε, καὶ οὐκ "εἶδον" 
and righteous[men] desired tosee what ye see, and *not ‘saw; 
καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ ἀκούετε, καὶ οὐκ-.ἤκουσαν. 
and tohear what yehear, and heard not. 
18 Ὑμεῖς οὖν ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ 'σπείροντος" 
ο ‘therefore ‘hear the parable of the sower- 
19 Παντὸς.ἀκούοντος τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας καὶ μὴ 
When any one hears the word ofthe kingdom. and not [it] 





{ ἔπνιξαν τ.  & — ἀκούειν τ[τε]Α. 4b + αὐτοῦ (read his disciples) 1. i εἶπαν TTrA. 
Edd τέ 11τΑ. 1 -- αὐτοῖς τ. ™ — ἐπ᾽ (réud αὐτοῖς in them) ΑἸΤΊΑ. Ἡ [αὐτῶν] (read 
their ears) 1.* ο ἰάσομαι 1 shall heal yrtra. Ρ — ὑμῶν L[Tra]. ᾳ ἀκούουσιν LTTrA, 


t— γὰρ for 1. 


8 εἶδαν LTr ; ay Ty νσηπείραντος ΗΤΤΑ. 


"» 


XIII. MATTHEW. 


συνιέντος, ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον 


understands, “comes *the *wicked “one and catches ολα thatwhich was sown 
ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ.αὐτοῦ' οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ᾿ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς. 
in his heart. This is he who BY the way was sown, 


20 Ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον 
And he whouponthe rocky places was sown, this is -hewhothe ' word 


ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν" 21 οὐκ 
hears and SU CS with joy receives it ; *no 


ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν" γενομένης. δὲ 


7has*but root in himself, but κά is; but *having *risen ha 
θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον, εὐθὺς σκαν- 
4tribulation *or *persecution on account of the word, ο σατο >. Heas 


δαλίζεται. 22 Ὁ.δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστὶν 


offended. And he who Lome Ser the thorns was sown, this is 
ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων, καὶ ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ.αἰῶνος." τούτου" 
he whothe word hears, and the care of this life 


καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου πσυμπνίγειϊ τὸν λόγον, καὶ ἄκαρπος 
and the deceit of riches choke the . word, and unfruitful 


γίνεται. 23 ‘O.6& ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν" σπαρείς, οὗτός 


it becomes, But he who on the ground the good was sown, _ this 


ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ Youvwwy'" ὃς δὴ καρ- 
is hewho the word hears and understands ; who indeed brings 


ποφορεῖ, καὶ ποιεῖ τὸϊ μὲν ἑκατόν, *0".dé ἑξήκοντα, ὁ". δὲ 
forth fruit, and produces one ahundred, another sixty, another 


τριάκοντα. : 
thirty. 
24 “ANAny παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων,. 'Ὡμοιώ- 
Another parable puthe before them, saying, Shas “become 


θη ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ "σπείροντι' καλὸν 
Slike tthe “Είησᾶοτα “of “the Sheavens to a man eA incl good 


og ἐν τῷ.ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ: 256 ἐν.δὲ.τῷ.καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώ- 
seed in his field ; but while *slept *the “men 


πόυς ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς. καὶ Ῥἔσπειρεν' ζιζάνια ava μέσον 
came enemy and sowed darnel ss μα 


τοῦ σίτου, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν. 26 ὅτε δὲ ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος, 
ofthe wheat, and went iki Andwhen “sprouted ‘the blade, 


καὶ καρπὺν ἐποίησεν; τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια. 27 προσελ- 
and fruit produced, then appeared alsothe darnel. nas come 


θόντες δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου εἶπον αὐτῷ, Κύριε, 
*to(Shim] ‘and the bondmen of the master of the house- said tohim, _ Sir, 


οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα “ἔσπειρας! ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ; πόθεν οὖν 


Snot ae Sseed ‘didst *thou *sow in thy field? whenve then 
ἔχει "ra! ζιζάνια; 28 ‘Ode ἔφη αὐτοῖς, ᾿Ἐχθρὸς ἄνθρωπος 
hasit the darnel? Andhesaid tothem, *an* ο... la 2man 
τοῦτο ἐποίησεν. οἱ δὲ “δοῦλοι! felzrov αὐτῷ," Θέλεις οὖν 
ο °. ‘did. Andthe bondmen said tohim, Wilt thou then 

ἀπελθόντες συλλέξωμεν αὐτά; 29 Ὁ δὲ δἔφη," Ov 


(that] having gone forth we should gather them? Buthe said, No; 


μήποτε συλλέγοντες τὰ ζιζάνια, ἐκριζώσητε ἅμα αὐτοῖς τὸν 
lest gathering the darnel, ye ο κ. them the 


σῖτον. 90 ἄφετε συναυξάνεσθαι κ, "μέχρι" τοῦ θερισμοῦ" 
wheat. Suffer to grow together until the paces ὃ 


35 
understandeth ἐξ not, 
then cometh the wick- 
ed one, and- catcheth 
away that which was 
sown in his heart. 
This is he.whioh re- 
ceived seed by the way 
side. 20 But he that 


received the seed into 


stony places, the same 
is he that heareth the 
word, and anon with 
joy receiveth it ; 21 yet 
th he not root in 
himself, but dureth for 
a while: for when 
tribulation or perse- 
cution ariseth because 
of the word, by and by 
he is offended. 22 He 
also that received seed 
among the thorns is 
he that heareth the 
word ; and the care of 
this world, and the 
deceitfulness of riches, 
choke the word, and 
he becometh unfruit- 
ful. 23 But he that 
received seed into the 
good ground is he that 
heareth the word, 
and understandeth 'tt ; 
which also beareth 
fruit, and.- bringeth 
forth, some an hun- 
dredfold, some sixty, 
some thirty. 


24 Another parable 
put he forth unto 
them, saying, The 
kingdom of heaven is 
likened unto a man 
which sowed good seed 
in his field: 25 but 
while men ‘slept, his 
enemy came and sowed 
tares among the wheat, 


_ and went his way. 


26 But when the blade 
was sprung up, and 
brought forth fruit, 

then appeared the 
tares also. 27 So the 
servants of the house- 
holder came end said 
unto him didst 
not thousow pa seed 
in thy field? from 
whence then hath it 
tares? 28 Hesaid unto 
them, An enemy hath 
done this. The ser- 
vants said unto him, 

Wilt thou then that we. 
go and gather them 
up? 29 But he said, 

Nay; lest while ye ga- 
ther up the tares, ye 
root up also the wheat 
withthem. 30 Let both 
grow together . until 
the harvest: and in 





¥ — τοῦτον (vead of lite, LrTra. * συνπνίγει ΤΑ. 
LTTr. 26 LT. 5 σπείραντι [Who] sowed LTTra. 
© ἔσπειρες ‘Tr. ἃ — τὰ GLTTrAW. 


ow say to him Lira ; λέγονυσιν αὐτῷ Τ. & φησιν says LITrA, 


Ἂς καλὴν γῆν LTTrA. 
Ὁ ἐπέσπειρεν SOWed ΟΥ̓́Θ᾽ LTTrA, 
ε --- δοῦλοι (read οἱ δὲ and they) A. 
Ἀ ἕως until LTrA,’ 


Σ συνιείς 


{ αὐτῷ λέγου- 


36 


the time of harvest I 
will sev tothe reapers, 
Gather ye together 
first thetares, and bind 
them in bundles to 
burnthem: but gather 
the wheat into my 
barn. ἴ 


31 Another parable 
put he forth unto 
them, saying, The 
kingdom of heaven is 
like to a grain of 
mustard seed, which 
aman took, and sowed 
in his field: 32 which 
indeed is the least of 
all seeds: but when it 
is grown, it is the 
greatest among herbs, 


and becometh a tree, 


so that the birds of 
the air come and lodge 
ae the branches there- 
of. ‘ 


33 Another parable 
spake he unto them ; 
The kingdom of hea- 
ven is like unto leaven, 
which a woman took, 
and hid in three mea- 
sures of meal, till the 
wholé was leavened. 


34 All these things 
spake Jesus unto the 
multitude in parables ; 
and without a parable 
spake he not unto 
them: 35 thatit might 
be fulfilled which was 
spoken by the prophet, 
saying, I will open my 
mouth in parables; I 
willutter things which 
have been kept secret 
from the foundation 
of the world, 


36 Then Jesus sent 
the multitude away, 
and went into the 
house: and his dis- 
ciples came unto him, 
saying, Declare unto 
us the parable of the 
tares of the field. 
37 He answered and 
said unto them, He 
that soweth the good 
seed is the Son of man ; 
38 the fieldis the world; 
the good seed are the 
children of the king- 
dom ; but the tares are 
the children of the 
wicked one; 39 the 
enemy that sowed 
them is the devil; the 


harve-t is the end of 


1— τῷ GLTTrAW. 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. XIII, 


καὶ ἐν irq@' καιρῶ τοῦ΄ θερισμοῦ ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, Συλ- 
and in the time ofthe harvest Iwillsay tothe harvestmen, 8. 
λέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια, καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ δείς! δέσμας 
ther first the darnel, and bind them into bundles 
ποὺς.τὸ.κατακαῦσαι αὐτά' τὸν.δὲ σῖτον "συναγάγετε' εἰς τὴν 
το burn them; butithe wheat bring together into 
ἀποθήκην.μου. . 
my granary. 
31 "Αλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, ‘Opoia 
~ Another parable put he before them, saying, Like 
ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως, ὃν λα- 
is the kingdom ofthe heavens toa grain of mustard, whichhaving 
βὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔσπειρεν ἐν τῷ.ἀγρῳῷ-αὐτοῦ' 320 µικΓότερον 
taken, a man sowed in his field ; which _less 
μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων, ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ 
indeed is than all ᾧμ6 seeds, but when it be grown, 
εἶζον «τῶν λαχάνων ἐστίν.“ καὶ γίνεται δένδρον, ὥστε 
greater than the; herbs is, and becomes a tree, so that 
ἐλθεῖν τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ Ἱκατασκηνοῦν! ἐν τοῖς 
come the. birds ofthe heaven and roost in the 
κλάδοις αὐτοῦ.. 
branches of it. 
33 Ἄλλην παραβολὴν ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς, Ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ 
Another parable spoke he tothem, Like is the 
βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν 
kingdom ofthe heavens tc leaven, which having taken, ἃ woman hid: 
εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως.οῦ ἐζυμώθη odor. 
in *%of*meal 35ροις ‘three, until *was “leavened ‘all. 
34 Tatra πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς 
*These “things ‘all spoke Jesus in parables to the 
ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς Movx" ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς" 35 ὅπως 
crowds, and without a parable Snot *he "spoke to them; so that 
πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου", λέγοπτος» 
might be fulfilled that which wasspoken by the prophet, suying, 
᾽Ανοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ.στόμα.μου" ἐρεύξομαι κεκρυμμένα 
1 willopen in parables my mouth: 1 willutter things hidden 
ἀπὸ καταβολῆς °Kospou." 
from [Πε] foundation of [the] world. 
, Hippos ein ” τ ῃ ἢ he 
36 Τότε ἀφεὶς τοὺς ὄχλους, ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 
Then having dismissed the crowds, “went “into *the ‘house 
P6 Ἰησοῦς" καὶ Ἱπροσῆλθον! αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες, 
176815: and came to him his disciples,' Ὁ saying, 
τῷράσον! ἡμῖν τὴν παραβολὴν τῶν ζιζανίων «τοῦ ἀγροῦ. 
Expound ἴουῦβ the parable ofthe. darnel, ofthe field. 
37 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν Sadbroic," Ὃ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν 
Andhe answering said tothem, Hewho sows the’. good 
σπέρμα ἐστὶν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου' 88 ὁ.δὲ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ 
seed is the Son ; of man ; and the field is the 
κόσµος' τὸ.δὲ καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας" 
world; andthe good seed, these are the sons ofthe kingdom; 
4. NS / ’ ? € € ‘ ~ ως 9 ς δὲ 1 v0 9 
τὰ δὲ ζιζάνιά εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηρου 99 0.0& ἐχθρὸς 
butthe darnel are the sons ofthe evil [016]; andthe enemy 
ts «σπείρας αὐτά ἐστινὶ ὁ διάβολος" ὁ.δὲ θερισμὸς συν- 
who sowed them is the devil ; and the harvest [the] com- 


k 





j— εἰς (read[in]) [tr]a. Ε συνάγετε LTr. | κατασκηνοϊν ΙΤΤ:Α. τῇ οὐδὲν 


pothiny τττιὰ. ® + Ἡσαίου Isaiah τ. ὃ --- κόσμου LTTrA. Ρ -- ὃ Ἰησοῦς (vead he went) LTTra. 
4 προσήλθαν Lir., τ διασάφησον expiain LTr,*—- αὑτοῖς LTTrA, εστιν ο'σπειρας αὐτά be 


XII MATTHEW. 
~ ~ ” ο [ή > 

Τέλεια Yrov" αἰῶνός ἐστιν' οἱ. δὲ θερισταὶ ayysdot εἰσιν. 
pletion ofthe age is, andthe harvest men seeks are. 
40 ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια, Kai πυρὶ "κατα- 

As therefore isgathered the  darnel, and in fire is con- 
καίεται," οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ.αἰῶνος.Στούτου.! 
sumed, thus ifshallbe in the completion of this age. 


~ « τν ~ ’ / ~ 
41 ἀποστελε ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους.αὐτοῦ, 
5ᾳΠα]] ®send 7forth ‘the 7Son Sof πας his angels, 
καὶ συλλέξουσιν ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας.αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα 
and they shall gather out of his Kingdom all the offences 


καὶ τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν, 42 καὶ βαλοῦσιν "αὐτοὺς 
and those who practise lawlessness, and theyshalleast them 


εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός" ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς Kai ὁ 
into the furnace ofthe Έτος there shall be the weeping and the 
βρυγμὸς τῶν’ ὀδόντων. 48 τότε οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς 


ppashing ofthe teeth. Then therighteous shallshineforth as 
ὁ ἥλιος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ-πατρὸς αὐτῶν. Ὁ ἔχων ὦτα 
the sun in the kingdom of their Father. Hethat has. ears 


Yaxou:ty" ἀκουέτω. 
tohear let him hear. J 
44 Πάλιν" ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ 
Ὁ τως like is the kingdom ofthe heavens to treasure 
8 A 
ο οφ. ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, ὃν εύρων ἄνθρωπος ἔκρυψεν, 
in the field, »which ae *found ‘+a *man hid, 


{ 
καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ ὑπάγει καὶ “πάντα boa ἔχει 
‘and for the joy of it gocs and all things asmany as he has 


πωλεῖ," καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν. ἀγρὸν.ἐκεῖνον. 
he sells, and buys that field. 

45 Πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ 

Again like is the kingdom ofthe heavens toa man 

᾽ , ~ ι eee bts Cm νι ἢ. ies 
ἐμπόρῳ, ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας" 46 δὺς εὑρὼν" ἕνα 
amerchant, seeking beautiful pearls ; who having found one 
πολύτιμον μαργαρίτην, ἀπελθὼν πέπρακεν πάντα ὅσα 


very precious pearl, eng gone away hassold all things asmanyas 
εἶχεν, καὶ ἠγόρασεν αὐτόν. 
he had, απᾶά = bought it, 


47 Πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ 
Again like is the kingdom ofthe heavens toa dragnet 
βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγα- 
east into -the sea, and of every kind gathering 
γούσῃ 48 ἣν ὅτε ἐπληρώθη ἀναβιβάσαντες" “ἐπὶ τὸν 
together ; which when it was filled having drawn up on the 


αἰγιαλόν, καὶ! καθίσαντες συνέλεξαν τὰ καλὰ εἰς ayyeta," 
shore, and having sat down theycollected the geod into vessels, 


τὰ δὲ σαπρὰ ἔξω ἔβαλον. 49 οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ 
andthe corrupt “out ‘they “cast. Thus shallit be in the completion 


τοῦ αἰῶνος" ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι, καὶ ἀφοριοῦσιν. τοὺς 
ofthe age: ’shall*go*out ‘the “angels, and shallseparate the 


πονηροὺς ἐκ éoov τῶν δικαίων, 50 Kai βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς 
wicked Ίτοτα ([the]midst ofthe righteous, and = shall cast them 

εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός" ἐκεῖ ἔσται 

into the furnace ofthe fire: there shall be the 

βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. 

gnashing of the teeth. 


ὁ κλαυθμὸς Kai ὁ 
wailing and the 








37 


the world; and the 
reapers are the angels. 
40 As therefore the 
tares are gathered and 
burned in the fire ; so 
shall it be in the end 
of this world: 41 The 
Son of man shall send 
forth his angels, and 
they shall gather out 
of his kingdom. all 
things that offend, and 
them which do in- 
iquity ; 42 and shall 
cast them inio a fur- 
nace of fire : thereshall 
be wailing and gnash-. 
ing of teeth. 43 Then 
shall the righteous | 
shine forth as the sun 
in the kingdom: of | 
their Father. Who! 
hath eurs to hear, let 
him hear, 


44 Again, the king- 
dom of heaven is like 
unto treasare hid ina 
field; the which when 
aman hath found, he 
hideth, and for joy 
thereof goeth and 
selleth all that he 
hath, and buyeth that 
fiela, 


45 Again, the*king- 
dom of heaven is like 
unto a merchant man, 
seeking goodly pearls: 
46 who, when he had 
found one pearl of 
great price, went and 
sold all that he had, 
and bought it. 


47 Again, the king- 
dom of heaven is like 
unto a net, that was 
cast into the sea, and 
gathered of every kind: 
48 which, when it was 
full, they drew to 
shore, and sat down, 
and gathered the good 
into vessels, but cast 
the bad away. 49 +o 
shall it be at the end 
of the world: the an- 
gels shall come forth, 
and sever the wicked 
from amoug the just, 
50 and shall cast them 
into the furnace of 
fire: there shall be 
wailing and gnashing 
of teeth. 


¥ — τοῦ (read of [the]) Lrtra. © καίεται ἱ5 burned αὐτὰ. *— τούτου (read the age) LTTr [a]. 


¥—axovew [u]t{trja. *— πάλιν [{|ΤΤΤᾺ. 
S+avrpvitL[a]. ἃ καὶ ἐπὶ rovaiyadovL; ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν [Kat] a, 


‘ πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει LTTrA. ἢ εὑρὼν δὲ GLTTrA, 
: ἄγγη TTra, 


98 


51 Jesus saith unto 
them, Have: ye under- 
stood all these things? 
They say unto him, 
Yea, Lord. 52 Then 
said he unto them, 
Therefore every scribe 
which is instructed un- 


to the kingdom of, 


heayen is like unto a 
man that is an house- 
holder, which bringeth 
forth out of his trea- 
sure things new and 
old. 


53 And it came to 
pass, that when Jesus 
had finished these 
parables, he departed 
thence. 54 And when 
he was come into his 
own country ,he taught 
them in their syna- 
gogue, insomuch that 
they were astonished, 


and said, Whence hath“ 


this man this wisdom, 
and these mighty 
works? 55 15 not this 
the carpenter’s son? 
is not his mother 
called Mary? and his 
brethren, James, and 
Joses, and Simon, and 
Judas? 56 and his sis- 
ters, are they not all 
with us? Whence then 
hath this man all these 
things? 57 And they 
were offended in him. 
But Jesus said unto 


them, A prophet is ποῦ 


without, honour, save 
in his own country, 
and in his own house. 
58 And he didnot many 
mighty works there 
because of their un- 
belief. 


XIV. At that time 
Herod the tetrarch 
heard of the fame of 
Jesus, 2 and said unto 
his servants, This is 
John the Baptist; he 
is risen from the dead; 
and therefore mighty 
works do shew ‘forth 
themselves in him. 
3 For Herod had laid 
hold, on John, and 
bound: him, and put 
him in -prison for 
Herodias’- sake, . his 
brother Philip’s wife. 
4 For John said anto 
him, It is not lawful 
for thee to.have her. 
5 And when he would 
have put him to death, 





6 -- Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTrA. 
βασιλείᾳ in the kingdom ΤΗΣ 


LTTrAw. 
(read [his]) titra. 


ἀπέθετο in the prison put [him] aside ττττΑ, 


Ἰωάννης αὐτῷ LT. 


™ οὐχ LTTrA. 


πα του ος, 


51 βλέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Insovc," Συνήκατε 
2Says 3το *them has αν Have ye understood ο i: tall? 


Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Nai, Ῥκύριε." 52 Ὁ.δὲ 'εῖπεν" αὐτοῖς, Διὰ 
They sey to him, Yea, Lord. Andhe said to them, Because of 


τοῦτο πᾶς γραμματεὺς μαθητευθεὶς Σεἰς τὴν βασιλείαν" τῶν 
this- Bry scribe discipied into the em of the 


οὐρανῶν Ὁμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει 
heavens “like tis .toaman amasterofahouse, who puts forth 


ἐκ τοῦ.θησαυροῦ. αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά. 
out of his tredsure {things] new and old. 


53 Kai ἐγένετο Ore ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς 
And it cameto pass when *had *finished 1 Jesus “parables 


ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν' 54 καὶ ᾿ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα 
1these, he withdrew eee and having come into Scountry 


αὐτοῦ, ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ.συναγωγῃ. αὐτῶν, ὥστε]ἐκπλήτ- 
this[7own], he taught them in their synagogue, so that *were 


τεσθαι! αὐτοὺς καὶ λέγειν, Πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία.αὕπη καὶ 
Ἀαε{οπ]ςηεᾶ ‘they απᾶ said, Whence tothis [man] this wisdom and 


αἱ δυνάμεις: 55 οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός; 
the works of power? not “this lis “*the®of7’the “carpenter *son? [15] 
πρὐχὶ! ἡ μή ὑτοῦ λέ Μαριά i οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 
χι ἢ-μητΤηρ-αυτοῦυ ἔγεται αριαμ; και οι. αοε φοι. αύτου 

ποῦ his mother called Mary, and his brethren 


Ἰάκωβος καὶ "Ἰωσῆς" καὶ Σίμων καὶ ᾿Ιούδας; 56 καὶ αἱ 
James and Joses and Simon and Judas? and 


ἀδελφαὶ. αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν; πόθεν οὖν τούτ 
3815 *sisters ξηροῦ 5411 Swith 7.5 Tare? κο then to this 


ταῦτα πάντα; 57 Kai ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ. Ὁ δὲ 
(man) *these*things ‘all? And they were offended in him. But 


Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος εἰ μὴ 
‘Jesus said .tothem, “ποῦ 518 la te age without honour oe 


ἐν τῇῷ;.πατρίδιΡαὐτοῦ" καὶ ἐν τῇ. «οἰκίᾳ.αὐτοῦ. 58 Καὶ οὐκ 
in his [own] country and in is [own] house, And *not 


ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς διὰ τὴν.ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν. 
*he-*did =‘ there works “of Ῥ ower Rig because of their unbelief, 


14 Ἐν τοῦ τῷ καιρῷ ἤκουσεν Ἡρώδης ὁ “τετράρχης" 
tha time heard Herod the tetrarch 


THY ἀκοὴν ρσοῦ, 2 καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς. παισὶν αὐτοῦ, Οὗτός ἐστιν 
the fame of Jesus, and said to his πλὴν ἀρο This is 


Ἰωάννής 6 βαπτιστής' αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ 
John the oe he isrisen from the dead, and 


διὰ τοῦτο at δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ. 3 Ὁ γὰρ 
because of this the works of power operate in im. For 


Ἡρώδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην ἔδησεν ταὐτὸν!" καὶ 5ἔθετο 
Herod having seized John bound him and put 


ἐν φυλακῇ," διὰ Ἡρωδιάδα τὴν γυναῖκα ᾿Φιλίππου! 


XII, XIV. 


ταῦτα πάντα, 


{him]in prison, onaccountof Herodias the wife *Philip 
τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ. 4 ἔλεγεν.γ ap αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, Οὐκ 
of *his “brother. For Ssaid 880 *him 1John, ΝΟΣ 


we , 
ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. ὃ Καὶ θέλων αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, 





510 515 lawful for thee to have her. ‘And wishing , *him to ? kill, 
4 
h — κύριε LTTrA. Σλέγει Says L. κ ἐν τῇ 
τῇ βασιλεία to the kingdom ertra. ] ἐκπλήσσεσθαι 
2 Ἰωσὴφ J oseph LTTrA. ο +4 ἰδίᾳ. own T. Ρ — αὐτοῦ 
4 τετραάρχης T. ... ο ές 5 ἐν τῇ (--- τῇ τ) φυλακῇ 
--Φιλίππου [r]a, νὁ (--- ὁ 1) 


ΓΝ M A ΠῚ ἡ ἢ; Η E W. 
ἐφοβήθη τὸν ὄχλον, Ore ὡς προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον. 
he feared the multitude, because as a prophet him they held, 


6 "Ὑενεσίων δὲ ἀγομένων" τοῦ Ἡρώδου, ὠρχήσατο ἡ θυγάτηρ 
, Butabirthday being celebrated of Herod, danced ‘the “daughter 
~ c 7 ? ~ ᾿ ‘ » ---ς ’ ο e 
τῆς Ἡρωδιάδος ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, καὶ ἤρεσεν τῷ Howdy’ 7 ὅθεν 
Sof *Herodias in the midst, and pleased Herod; Whereupon 
: θ᾽ ε e , > ~ ~ τι x2 ‘ Il 3 / c δὲ 
μεθ᾽ ὅρκου ὡμολόγησεν αὐτῇ δοῦναι ὃ. ἐὰν" αἰτήσηται. 8 Η δὲ 
with oath hepromised toher togive whatever sheshouldask. Butshe 
προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὺς.αὐτῆς, Δός pot, φησίν, ὧδε 
being urged on by _ her mother, i me, shesays, here 


Give 
ἐπὶ πίνακι τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. 8 Kai 
upon adish the head of John the Baptist.” And 


, A " ε ‘ 
σἐλυπήθη" ὁ βασιλεύς: δια δὲ τοὺς ὕρκους καὶ τοὺς 
Άννας "σγ]ονοᾶ ‘the king; but onaccountof the oaths and those who 


συνανακειµένους ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι: 10 καὶ πέμψας 
reclined with [him αὖ table] he commanded [it] to be given. And having sent 
? tr a> Ἱ 7 , 3 ~ oN ~ 11 a 7 / θ 
ἀπεκεφᾶλισεν τόν" Ιωαννην εν τῇ φυλακῇ. και Ἠνεχση 
the beheaded John in the prison. And was *brought 
ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ' καὶ ἤν- 
his “head on adish, and was giventothe damsel, and 5886 
εγκεν τῇ-μητρὶ αὐτῆς. 12 καὶ προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 
brought [it] to her mother, And having come his disciples 
ἦραν τὸ σῶμα," καὶ ἔθαψαν “αὐτό"" καὶ’ ἐλθόντες ἀπήγγειλαν 
took the body, and buried it; and having come told 
“2 ~ d \ 2 / τ 4) 9 - 2 ’ 2S 76 
τῷ Ἰησοῦ. 13 «και ἀκούσας" ο Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχωρησεν εκεισεν 


. Cit] to Jesus. And *having *heard 1 Jesus withdrew thence 
ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ’ ἰδίαν. 
by ship to adesert place apart. 
Καὶ ἀκούσαντες οἱ ὄχλοι ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ “πεζῃ" 
And having heard [ofit] the crowds followed him on foot 
ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων. 14 Καὶ ἐξελθὼν £6 ᾿Τησοῦς" εἶδεν πολὺν 
from the cities. And having gone out Jesus saw great 
ὄχλον, καὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ᾽ Sabrove," καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν 


ἴδ ογονγᾶ, and was moved with compassion towards them, and healed 


‘ 2727 ¢t 7 2 ~ ~? , Ὧι Ψ bh ~ θ ll 
τοὺς.ἀῤῥώστους αὐτῶν. 15 ᾿Οψίας δὲ γενομένης "προσῆλθον 
« their infirm, Andevening having come came 
αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ," λέγοντες, Ἐρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος, 
to him his disciples, saying, Desert is the place, 

pan} .ς ε χμ” ~ ell > , ] 4 » ev 
καὶ ἢ ὥρα dn παρῆλθεν" ἀπόλυσον ' τοὺς ὄχλους, (να 
and the time already is gone by: dismiss the crowds, that 
ἀπελθόντες εἰς τὰς κώμας ἀγυράσωσιν ἑαυτοῖς βρώματα. 
having gone into the villages theymay buy for themselves meat. 
16 Ὁ δὲ π᾿ Τησοῦς! εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ob χρείαν ἔχουσιν ἀπελθεῖν" 
But. Jesus said tothem, Χο “need ‘they “have to go away: 
ye 3 ~ ε ~ ~ € ‘ , 9 ~ ? ” 
δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν. 17 Οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Οὐκ.ἔχομεν 
give *to*them ‘ye to eat. Butthey say tohim, We have not 
-” Ὁ 2 \ , ” Απ πμ ᾽ / { δι ey , , 
ὧδε εἰ μὴ πέντε ἄρτους καὶ δύο ἰχθύας. 18 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν, Φερετε 
here except τε loaves and two fishes, Andhe said, Bring 
μοι "αὐτοὺς ὧδε." 19 Καὶ κελεύσας τοὺς ὄχλους ava- 
Ξῖο 8 ‘them here. And havingcommanded the crowds  tore- 
~ ‘ td ‘ , ad 
κλιθῆναι ἐπὶ στοὺς χόρτους,! Ρκαὶ! λαβὼν τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους 
cline on the grass, and having taken the five loaves 
9 


W γεγεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις LTTrA. * ἂν LTrA. 
LTT A. a— τὸν LTtrA. 9 πτῶμα Corpse LTTr. 
© πεζοὶ T. £ — 6 Inaevs (read he saw) LTTra. y 
3 — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) LTTra. Κ παρῆλθεν ἤδη τ. 


ο αὐτόν him ΤΤΤΑ. 
5 αὐτοῖς GLTTrAW. 


δὲ — Ἰησοῦς (read he said) t, 5 ὧδε αὐτούς LITrA, © τοῦ χόρτον LTT | 


Υ λυπηθεὶς being grieved ττττλ. 


39 


he feared the multi- 


tude, because they 
counted him as a pro- 
phet. 6 But when 


Herod’s birthday was 
kept, the daughter of 
Herodias danced be- 
fore them, and pleased 
Herod. 7 Whereupon he 
promise | withan oath 
to give her whatsoever 
she wonld ask. 8 And 
she, being before in- 
structed of her mother, 
said, Give me here 
John Baptist’s head 
inacharger. 9 Andthe 
king was sorry: never- 
theless for the oath’s 
sake, and them whick 
sat with him at meat, 
he commanded it tobe 
given her. 10 And he 
sent, and beheaded 
John in the prison. 
41 And his head was 
brought in a gharger, 
and given to the dam- 
sel: and she brought 
τὲ to her mother. 
12 And his disciples 
came, and took up the 
body, and buried it, 
and went and told 
Jesus. 13 When Jesus 
heard of tt, he departed 
thence by ship into a 
desert place apart. 


And when the people 
had heard thereq/, they 
followed him on foot 
out of the cities. 14 And 
Jesus went forth. and 
saw agreat multitude, 
and was moved with 
compassion toward 
them, and he healed 
their sick, 15 And 
when it was evening, 
his disciples came to 
him, saying, This is a 
desert place, and the 
time is now past; send 
the multitude away, 
that they may go into 
the villages, and buy 
themselres victuals, 
16 isut Jesus said unto 
them, They need not 
depart; give ye them 
to eat. 17 And they 
say unto him, We 
have here but five 
loaves, and two fishes. 
13 He said, Bring them 
hither to me. 19 And 
he commanded the 
multitude to sit down 
on the grass, and took 
the five loaves, and the 


z— δὲ but 


4 ἀκούσας δὲ LTTrA. 
b προσῆλθαν LTr. 


1+ οὖν therefore [A]. 


P — καὶ GLTTTAW, 


40 


two fishes, and looking 
up to heaven, he bles.- 
ed, and brake, and gave 
the loaves to his dis- 
ciples, and the disci- 
ples to the multitude. 
20 And they did all 
eat, and were filled: 
and they tock up of 
the fragments that re- 
mained tweive baskets 
full. 21 And they that 
had eaten were about 
five thousand -men, 
beside women and 
children 


22 And straightway 
Jesus constrainea his 
disciples to get into a 
ship, and to go before 
him unto- the other 
side, while he sent 
the multitudes away. 
23 And when he had 
sent the multitudes 
away, he went uj) into 
Α mountain apart to 
pray: and when the 
evening was come, he 
was there alone, 24 But 
the ship was now in 
the midst of the sea, 
tossed with waves: 
for the wind was con- 
trary. 25 And in the 
fourth watch of the 
night Jesus went unto 
them, walking on the 
sea, 26 And when the 
disciples saw him 
walking on the sea, 
they were troubled, 
saying, It is a spirit; 
and they cried out for 
fear. 27 But straight- 
way Jesus spake unto 
them, saying, Be of 
good cheer; it is [; 
be not afraid. 28 And 
Peter answered him 
and said, Lord, if it be 
thou, bid me came un- 
to thee on the water. 
29 And he said, Come, 
And when Peter was 
come down out of the 
ship, he walked on the 
water, to go to Jesus, 
30 But when he saw 
the wind boisterous, 
he was afraid; and 
beginning to sink, he 


cried, saying, Lord, 
save me. 31 And 
immediately Jesus 


stretched forth his 
hand, and caught him, 
and said unto him, C 


9 ηὐλόγησεν LTrA,. 


he compelled) Grrtraw. 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, ΧΙΥ. 


καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας, ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀεὐλόγησ:ν Ἱ 


and the two fishes, ἹΠπτίης ]οοκοᾶ προ the heaven he blessed ; 
καὶ κλάσας ἔδωκεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς τοὺς ἄρτους, οἱ δὲ µα- 
and having broken hegave tothe disciples the loaves, andthe dis- 


θηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις. 20 καὶ ἔφαγον πάντες Kai ἐχορτάσθησαν" 


ciples tothe crowds. And ‘ate 1411 and were satisfied ; 
καὶ ἦραν τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων, δώδεκα 
and they took up that which wasoverandabove of the fragments, twelve 
κοφίνους πλήρεις. 21 οἱ. δὲ ἐσθίοντες ἦσαν ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ 
hand-baskets full And those who ate were men about 


πεντακισχίλιοι, χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων." 

five thousand, besides women and children, 

22 Kai "εὐθέως" ἠνάγκασεν 6 Ἰησοῦς! τοὺς μαθητὰς. "αὐτοῦ" 

Andimmediately *compelled 1 Jesus his disciples 
~ bY ~ 4 , 

ἐμβῆναι εἰς στὸ! πλοῖον καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, 
toenter into the ship and to go before him to the.other-side, 
wv. - 
ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους.. 20 καὶ ἀπολύσας τοὺς 
until heshould have dismissed the crowds. And having dismissed the 
a” > / 2 4 Ν 2 3 Ὁ) ”, ’ 
ὄχλους ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος κατ᾽ ἰδίαν προσεύξασθαι. ᾿Οψί- 
erowds he wentupintothe mountain apart to pray. ?Even- 
ac δὲ γενομένης μόνος ἦν ἐκεῖ. 24 τὺ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον 
ing ‘and being come alone he wasthere. Butthe ship nowin[the)midst 


τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν," βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων" ἦν yap 


of the sea was, tossed by the waves, “was ‘for 
ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος. 25 Τετάρτῃ. δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς 
Scontrary πο “wind. But in [the] fourth watch ofthe nighi, 


γἀπῆλθεν! πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸ ᾿Ιησοῦς,! περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσ- 
2went Sto *theim ‘Jesus, walking on the sea. 
σης." 26 Ὀκαὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ" ἐπὶ “τὴν θάλασσαν! 
And “seeing '- *him ‘thé *disciples on the sea, 
πἐριπατοῦντα ἐταράχθησαν, λέγοντες, Ότι φάντασμά ἐστιν" 
walking were troubled, saying, An apparition Jtis: 
καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου ἔκραξαν. 327 εὐθέως! δὲ ἐλάλησεν “αὐ- 


and through fear they cried out, But immediately *spoke 51ο 
~ Ξ ~ Ἱ “ : ~ ? ΄ 7 A ~ 

τοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς," λέγων, Θαρσεῖτε, ἐγώ.εἰμι, μὴ.φοβεῖσθε. 

“them 1 Jesus, saying, Beoigoodcourage, Iam [he], fear not. 


28, ᾿᾽Αποκριθεὶς δὲ: (αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν," Κύριε, εἰ σὺ εἴ, 
And answering him Peter said, Lord, if itbethonu, 


κἐλευσόν µε Επρός σε ἐλθεῖν! ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα. 29 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν, 


bid me “to ‘thee *to*come uponthe waters. And he said, 
Ἔλθε. Καὶ καταβὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου "ὸ' Πέτρος περιεπά- 
Come. And having descendedfrom the ship Peter walk> 


τησεν ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα, Ἰἐλθεῖν! πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 80 βλέπων. δὲ 
Jesus. 


ed upon the waters, to go to But seeing 
A » k ? ‘ ii ? / θ Ν 7 , ἃ 

τὸν ἄνεμον “ἰσχυρὸν ἐφοβήθη, καὶ ἀρξάμενος κἄταπον- 

the wind strong he was afftrighted, and beginning νο 

τίζεσθαι ἔκραξεν, λέγων, Κύριε, σῶσόν µε. 81 Εὐθέως.δὲ 

sink he cried out, saying, Lord, save me, "Απ immediately 

ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ, καὶ λέγει 
Jesus havingstretchedout the hand took hold ofhim, and says 


t— ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read 


τ᾿ παιδίων καὶ γυναικῶν 1.. .--- εὐθέως τ, 
5 -- τὸ (γεαᾶ 8 


ν -- αὐτοῦ (i'ead the disciples) eTTraw. 


ship) tr. * σταδίους πολλοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἀπεῖχεν Many st&dia from the land was dis- 
tant Tr. Υ ἦλθεν LTITr. :. --- ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he went) GLTTraw. 8 τὴν θάλασσαν 
LITrA. Ὁ οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν L; ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸν τ΄ © τῆς θαλάσσης LTTra. 
ἃ εὐθὺς LTTr. © ὁ Ἰησοῦς αὐτοῖς !:,, --- ὁ ᾿Ιησοὺς τ; αὐτοῖς [ὁ Ἰησοῦς] a. {ο ἹΙέτρος 


εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1,, 


ἃ -α ἰσχυρὸν τ, 


Ε ἐλθεῖν πρός σε LTTrAs, 


b—OLYTrA, ᾿ καὶ ἦλθεν and he went 7, 


XIV, XV. MATTHEW. 


~ 2 , , ‘4 y 
αὐτῷ, Odvyomore, εἰς.τί ἐδίστασας; 99 Καὶ Ἰἐμβάντωνϊ 
to him, O [thou] of little faith, why didst thou doubt? And “having “entered 
αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐκόπασεν ὁ ἄνεμος" 99 οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ 

ΒΟΥ into the ship Sceased ‘the ὅπ πᾶ, And those in the 
πλοίῳ Ἀἐλθόντες' προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ, λέγοντες, ᾽Αληθῶς 
ship having .come worshipped him, saying, Truly 

θεοῦ υἱὸς εἶ. 
30 ΟΠ οα 1891 thou art! 
94 Καὶ διαπεράσαντες ἦλθον "εἰς"! τὴν γῆν" ῬΓεννησαρέτ.! 
And having passed over theycame to the land of Gennesaret. 
9ὅ καὶ ἐπιγνόντες αὐτὸν οἱ ἄνδρες τοῦ.τόπου.ἐκείνου ἀπέ- 
And having recognized , him the men Ὁ that place sent 
στειλαν εἰς ὕλην τὴν.περίχωρον.ἐκείνην, καὶ προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ 
to all that country round, and brought to him 
πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας" 86 καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν ἵνα 


all those who were ill; and besought him = that 
µόνον ἅψωνται ᾿ τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου.αὐτοῦ" καὶ 
only they might touch the border of his garment ; and 


ὅσοι ἥψαντο διεσώθησαν. 
85 many 88 touched were cured, 

15 Τότε προσέρχονται τῷ Ἰησοῦ ot" ἀπὸ “Ἱεροσολύμων 

Then come to Jesus the *from > Jerusalem 

«γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι," λέγοντες, 2 "Διατί! οἱ μαθηταί 

scribes ?and Pharisees, saying, Why $disciples 
σου παρἀβαίνουσιν. τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων; οὐ 
*thy 1transgress the tradition of the elders? . ποῦ 
γὰρ νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας. αὐτῶν! ὅταν ἄρτον ἐσθίωσιν. 8 Ὁ. δὲ 
for *they *wash their hands when bread they eat. But he 
ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, "Διατί! καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν 
answering said tothem, Why also “ye 1transgress the 
ee λ \ ~ ~ 4 |) ᾽’ ε ~ ε Π 
ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τὴν.-παράδοσιν.ὑμῶν ; 4 O γὰρ 
commandment of Godon account of your tradition ? For 
θεὸς Τἐνετείλατο, éywy," Τίμα τὸν.πατέρα. “σου! καὶ τὴν 
God commanded, saying, Honour thy father and 
pntéopa® καὶ Ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τε- 
mother; and, Ἡοθ πΠο speaksevilof father or mother, bydeath let 

~ 4 κι Ἂ ~ A Airs ~ 

λευτάτω. 5 ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, Ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ 


him die, But ye say, Whoever’ shalisay to father or 
μητρί, Δῶρον, δ. ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς, χ καὶ" 
mother, [It 15] agift whatever by me thou mightestbe profited—: and 


ag Y ~ A , κω H 
οὐ μὴ Στιμήσῃ! τὸν .πατέρα.αὐτοῦ τὴ τὴν.μητέρα.αὐτοῦ"' 
in no wise honour his father or his mother : 
- κ᾿ ~ ~ A / 
6 καὶ ἠκυρώσατε τὴν ἐντολὴν" τοῦθεοῦ διὰ τὴν παρά- 
and yemade τοὶῖᾶ the commandment of God on account of *tra- 
« ~ A ~ , ‘ «ε ~ 
δοσιν ὑμῶν. 7 Ὑποκριταί, καλῶς ὑπροεφήτευσενὶ περὶ ὑμῶν 
dition *your. Hypocrites! well prophesied concerning you 
Ἡσαΐας, λέγων, 8 "Ἐγγίζει μοι! ὁλαὸς.οὗτος “τῷ στόματι 
with *mouth 


Esaias, saying, Draws near tome this people 
~ \ ~ δ, πω ~ "δὲ 11 
αὐτῶν, καὶ" τοῖς χείλεσιν µε τιμᾷ ἡ-δὲκαρδία.αὐτῶν πόῤῥω 
their, and with ἴμο 1ρ5 *me ‘it*honours; but their heart far 





! ἀναβάντων having gone up LTTrA. πὸ --- ἐλθόντες T[A]. 
Gennesaret) τττ. P Γεννησαρέθ LW. 4 — οἱ LTTr. 
5 διὰ τί LTra. t — αὐτῶν (read the hands) t[tr]. 
{thy ]) curtraw.  — καὶ LTTr A]. 
μητέρα αὐτοῦ tial. 
Lttra. 5 --᾿Εγγίδειµοι GLTTra. 


Ἢ ἐπὶ τῦ-. 
τ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ γραμματεῖς TTr. 
Υ εἶπεν said Ltr. 
Υ τιμήσει Will he honour trtra. 
ἃ τὸν λόγον the word LTc; τὸν νόμον the law TA. 
d— τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν καὶ GLTTra. 


41 


thou of little faith, 
wherefore didst thou 
doubt? 32 And when 
they were come into 
the ship, the wind 
ceased, 33 Then they 
that were in the ship 
came and worshipped 
him, saying, Of a truth 
thou art the Son of 
God. 


34 And when they 
were gone over, they 
came into the land of 
Gennesaret. 35 And 
when the men of that 
place had knowledge 
of him, they sent out 
into all that country 
round about, and 
brought unto him all 
that were diseased; 
36 and besought him 
that they might only 
touch the hem of his 
garnient : and as many 
as touched were made 
perfectly whole. 


XV. Then came to 
Jesus scribes and 
Pharisees, which were 
of Jerusalem, saying, 
2 Why do thy disciples 
transgress the tradi- 
tion of the elders? for 
they wash not their 
hands when they eat 
bread. 3 But he an- 
swered and said unto 
them, Why do ye also 
transgress the com- 
mandiment of God by 
your tradition? 4 For 
God commanded, say- 
ing, Honour thy father 
and mother: and, He 
that curseth father or 
mother, let him die 
the death. 5 But ye 
say, Whosoever shall 
say to his father or his 
mother, /t is a gift, 
by whatsoever thou 
mightest be profited 
by me; 6and honour 


‘not his father or his 


mother, he shall be 
free. ° Thus have ye 
made the command- 
nicnt of God of none 
effect by your tradi- 
tion. 7 Ye hypocrites, 
well did Esaias pro- 
phesy of you, saying, 
8 This people draweth 
nigh unto me with 
their mouth, ἢ and 
honoureth me . with 
their lips; but their 
heart is far from me. - 





ο + eis (read at 


π — gov (read 
το ος 
ἐπροφήτευσεν, 


49 


9 But in vain they do 
worship me, teaching 
for doctrines the com- 
mandments of men. 
10 And he called the 
multitude, and said 
unto them, Hear, and 
understand: 1) not 
that which goeth into 
the mouth '‘defileth a 
man; but that which 
cometh out of the 
mouth, this defileth a 
man, 


12 Then came his dis- 
ciples, and said unto 
him, Knowest thou 
that the Pharisces were 
offended, after they 
heard this saying? 
13 But he answered 
and said, Every plant, 
which my heavenly 
Father hath not plant- 
ed, shall be rooted up. 
14 Let them alone: 
they be blind leaders 
of the blind. And if 
the blind lead the 
blind, both shall fall 
fatothe ditch. 15 Then 
answered Peter and 
said unto him, Declare 
unto us this parable. 
16 And Jesus said, Are 
ye also yet without 
understanding? 17 Do 
not ye yct understand, 
that whatsoever enter- 
eth in at the mouth 
goeth into the belly, 
and is cast out into 
the draught? 18 But 
those things which 
proceed out of the 
mouth come forth 
from the heart; and 
they defile the man, 
19 For out of the heart 
proceed evil thoughts, 
murders, adulterics, 
fornications, thefts, 
false witness, blasphe- 
mies: 20 these are the 
things which defile a 
man: but to eat with 
unwashen hands de- 
fileth not a man. 


21 Then Jesus went 
thence, and departed 
into the coasts of Tyre 
and Sidon, 22 And, 
behold, a woman of 
Canaan came out of 
the same coasts, and 
cried unto him, say- 
ing, Have mercy on 
me, O Lord, thou son 
of David; my daugh- 
ter is grievously vexed 
with a devil. 23 But 
he answered her not a 
word, And his disci- 








ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, XV. 


~ , 4 4 i? , 
ἀπέχει ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ. 9 μάτην.δὲ σέβονταί µε, διδάσκοντες 
isaway from me: But in vain they worship me, teaching 


[15] 


διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ος 10 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος 
teachings injunctions of men. And having calied to [him] 


τὸν ὄχλον εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Ακούετε καὶ συνίετε. 11 ov 
the crowd he said to them, Hear and understand! not 
τὸ ΄ ᾿εἰσερχόμενον εἰς TO στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον" 
that which enters into the mouth defiles the man ; 
ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο κοινοὶ 
but that which goes forth out of the mouth, this defiles 
τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 
the man. 


19 Τότε προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ "αὐτοῦ! εἶπον" αὐτῷ, 


Then having come to [him] his disciples said to hin, 
Οἶδας ὅτι ot Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλί- 
Knowestthouthat the Pharisees having heard the saying were of- 
σθησαν; 13 ὁ δὲ :ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, Πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ 
fended 2 Buthe answering said, Every plant which Snot 
? / « / ε 7 / ᾽ , » 
ἐφύτευσεν ὁ.πατήρ-µου ὁ.οὐράνιος, ἐκριζωθήσεται. 14 ἄφετε 
Shas "planted *my7?Father “the*heavenly, shall be rootedup. Leave 
ἢ eta se , 2 or ‘II male ae κ᾿ ᾿ 4 
αὐτούς" Σὐδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοὶ! τυφλῶν" τυφλὸς -δὲ τυφλὸν 
them ; *leaders ‘they *are “blind ofblind; *blind Vand *blind 
ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται. 16 ᾿ Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ 
aif ead, both into apit will fall. And answering 
ε ; 3 2 ~ / eo \ ᾿ h ΄ t 
ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Φράσον ἡμῖν τὴν.παραβολὴν. ταύτην. 
Peter said tohim, Expound tous this parable. 
16 ‘0.68? Τησοῦς" εἶπεν, Ακμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε: 
But Jesus said, “Still “also “ye Swithout Sunderstanding ‘are? 
17 Κοὔπωϊ νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ 
3ποῦ 1γοῦ ‘perceive ὅγε that everything which enters - into the 
; 2 ‘ / VAR ? . 3 , 4 
στόμα εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς αφεδῥῶνα ἐκβάλλεται; 
mouth into the belly goes, and into([the] draught is cast forth? 
18 τὰ δὲ ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ἐκ τῆς 
But the things which, go forth out of the mouth  outof the 
καρδίας ἐξέρχεται, κἀκεῖνα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 19 ἐκ.γὰρ 
heart come forth, andthese defile the man. For out of 
τῆς καρδίας ἐξέρχονται διαλογισμοὶ πονηροί, .φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι, 
the heart come forth 7reasonings evil, murders, adulteries, 
πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, ψευδοµαρτυρίαι, βλασφημίαι. 20 ταῦτά 


fornications, thefts, false-witnessings, blasphemies. These things 
ἐστιν τὰ κοινοῦντα τὸν. ἄνθρωπον' τὸ.δὲ ἀνίπτοις 
are they which defile the man; but the with *unwashed 


χερσὶν φαγεῖν οὐ.κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 
“hands ᾿θαϊϊηρ defilesnot the man. 


21 Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐκεῖθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὰ μέρη 


And going forth thence Jesus withdrew to the parts 
Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος. 22 καὶ ἰδιύ, γυνὴ Xavavaia ἀπὸ 
of Tyre and Sidon ; and behold, a?woman “*Cananewan from 


~ « / >] νὰ / 7, λθ ~ 1; ’ὔ ll m ᾽ ~ ll , 
τῶν.ὁρίων.ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα ᾿ἐκραύγασενὶ αὐτῷ," λέγουσα, 
those borders having come out cried to him, saying, 
Ἐλέησόν µε, κύριε, πυὶὲ Δαβίδ" ἡ.θυγάτηρ.µου κακῶς δαι- 
Have pity on me, Lord, Son of David; my daughter miserably is pos- 
΄ ε \ ? ? , ? ~ / ‘ 
μονίζεται. 23 Ο.δὲ οὐκ.απεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον. καὶ προσ- 
sessed by a demon. But he anewered?not ‘her aword. And having 


8 — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) τᾶ. 


bh — ταύτην (read the parable) urm[a]. 
} ἔκραξεν Liv; ἔκραξεν T, ρ 


Γλέγουσιν Say LTTra. & τυφλοί εἰσιν ὁδηγοὶ LTr. 
ἱ-- Ἰησοῦς (read he said) uttra. * ov not urtr, 
τ --- αὐτῷ LTtra, 8 υἱὲ Aavid eW; υἱὸς Δανείὰ LTTra, 


ἊΝ: ΜΑΤΤΗΕ W. 
ελθόντε  οἱ,μαθηταὶ.αὐτοῦ οἠρώτων! αὐτόν, λέγοντες, 
come to [him] . his disciples asked him, saying, 


᾿Απόλυσον αὐτήν, ὅτι κράζει ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν" 24 Ὁ.δὲ ἄποκρι- 
Dismiss her, for she cries after us. But he ΄ answer- 
θεὶς εἶπεν, Οὐκ.απεστάλην εἰ: μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα 
ing ‘said, Iwas not sent except to the sheep the lost 
. οἴκου Ἰσραήλ. 25 ‘H.dé ἐλθοῦσα προσεκύνει αὐτῷ, 
ος [the] house of Israel. Bui she havingcome didhomage  tohim, 
λέγουσα, Κύριε, βοήθει μοι. 26 Ὁ δὲ αποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, Οὐκ 
sdying, ' Lord, help me! But he answering said, *Not 
Ῥέστιν καλὸν! λαβεῖν τὸν. ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ βαλεῖν 
1915 good totake the bread -ofthe children, and tocast [it] 
τοῖς κυναρίοις. 27 ‘H.dé εἶπεν, Ναί, κύριε’ καὶ.γὰρ τὰ κυνάρια 
tothe little dogs. But she said, Yea, Lord: foreven the little dogs 
ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης 
eat of the crumbs which fall from the table . 
τῶν.κυρίων.αὐτῶν. 28 Τότε ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν" αὐτῷ, 
of their masters. -Then answering Jesus said to her, 
ο Φ. / aN 9 ¢ / " a θη e θελ 5 
γυναι, μέγα η σου 1 πιστις γένη TW σοι ως : EAELC. 
O woman, great [is] thy faith : be it to thee as thou desirest, 
\ 27 « ,Ἱ > 9 ’ ‘ τω ε/ 3 ͵ 
Καὶ ἰάθη ἡ.θυγάτηρ.αὐτῆς απὸ τῆς. ὥρας ἐκείνης. 
And was healed her daughter from that hour, 
29 Kai μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν ὁ Ιησοῦς ἦλθεν παρὰ τὴν θἀλασ- 


And having departed thence Jesus came towards the 868, 
σαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας" καὶ ἀναβὰς εἰς τὸ ὄρος ἐκάθητο 


of Galilee ; 
ἐκεῖ. 90 καὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί, ἔχοντες μεθ᾽ 


and having gone up into the mountain he was sitting 


there, And came tohim "crowds ‘great, having with 
« ~ 7, 7, / Ld ὌΝ la 

ἑαυτῶν χωλούς, τυφλούς, κωφούς, κυλλούς, καὶ ἑτέρους πολ- 
them lame, blind, dumb, maimed, and “others ‘many, 


hove, καὶ “ἔῤῥιψαν" αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας "τοῦ Ἰησοῦ." 
and they οαδὺ ἄοππ them at the feet of Jesus, 


καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτούς" 31 ὥστε “τοὺς ὄχλους" θαυμάσαι, 


and he healed them ; sothat the crowds wondered, 
βλέποντας κωφοὺς λαλοῦντας, κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς, ' χωλοὺς περι- 
seeing dumb speaking, maimed sound, lame walk- 


πατοῦντας, καὶ τυφλοὺς βλέποντας καὶ "ἐδόξασαν" τὸν θεὸν 
ing, and - blind seeing ; and they glorified the. God 
Ἰσραήλ. 32 Ὁ. δὲ. Ἰησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς μαθητὰς 
of Israel. But Jesus having calledto [Παπ] “disciples 
αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, Σπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον, ὅτι Ίδη 
his said, Iam moved with compassion towardsthe crowd, because already 
πὴἡμέρας" τρεῖς προσμἐνουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ.ἔχουσιν TL φάγω- 
“days lihree they continue withme,and havenot what they may 
σιν" καὶ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτοὺς νήστεις οὐ-θέλω, μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν 
eat; and tosendaway them fasting [amnotwilling, lest they faint 
ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. 33 Kai λέγουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ," 11όθεν 
in the way. And “say. 39ο him this “disciples, Whence 
ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον; 
tous in adesert loaves so many as: tosatisfy acrowd so great? 
34 Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πόσους ἄρτους ἔχετε; Οἱ. δὲ 
And 3ραγ5 *to *them 1Jesus, Howmany loaves haveye? Andthey 
εἶπον, Ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια. 35 Καὶ Υἐκέλευσεν τοῖς 
said, Seven, and afew small fishes. And hecgmmanded the 


P ἔξεστιν it is allowed LTA.. 4 ἔριψαν τ. 


ο ἠρώτουν LTTrA. ΝΕ 
τ Ὁ καὶ θη ττττὰ. ὑ ἐδόξαζον Tt. 


ὄχλον the crowd ΤΑ. 


τι αὐτοῦ of him LTtra. 
W ἡμέραι GLTTraW. 


43 


ples came and be- 
sought him, saying, 
Send her away; for she 
criethafter us, 24 But 
he answered and said, 
I am not sent but unte 
the lost sheep of the 
house of Israel. 25 Then 
came she and worship- 
ped him, saying, Lord, 
help me. 26. But he 
auswered and said, lt 
is not meet to take the 
children’s bread, and 
to cast 7% to dogs. 
27 And she said, Truth, 
Lord : yet the dogs eat 
of the crumbs which 
fall from their mas- 
ters’ table. 28 Then 
Jesus answered and 
said unto her, O wo- 
man, great 18 thy faith: 
be it unto thee even as 
thou wilt. And her 
daughter was made 
whote from that very 
hour. 


29 And Jesus depart- 
ed from thence, and 
came nigh unto the sea 
of Galilee; and went 
up into a mountain, 
and sat down there. 
30 And great multi- 
tudes came unto him, 
having with them those 
that were lame, blind, 
dumb, maimed, and 
many others, and cast 
them down at Jesus’ 
feet; and he healed 
them:31 insomuch that 
the multitude wonder- 
ed, when they saw the 
dumb to speak, the 
maimed to be whole, 
the lame to walk, and 
the blind to see: and 
they glorified the God 
of Israel, 32 Then 
Jesus called his disci- 
ples unto him, andsaid, 
I have compassion on 
the multitude, because 
they continue with me 
now three days, and 
have nothing to eat: 
and I will -not send 
them away fasting, 
lest they faint in the 
way. 33 And his dis- 
ciples say unto him, 
Whence should we 
have so much bread in 
the wilderness, as to 
fill so great a multi- 
tude? 34 And Jesus 
saith unto them, How 
many loaves have ye? 
And they said, Seven, 
and a few little fishes. 
35 And he commanded 
the multitude to sit 


8 τὸν 
᾿ -~ 
xX — αυτου 


(read the disciples) [n]t[tr]a. ¥ παραγγείλας τῷ ὄχλῳ having commanded the crowd Lrtr, 


44 


down on the ground. 
36 And.he took the 
seven loaves and the 
fishes,and gave thanks, 
and brake them, and 
gave to his disciples, 
and the disciples to the 
multitude. 37 And 
they did all eat, and 
were filled: and they 
took up of the broken 
meat that was left 
feven baskets full, 
38 And they that did 
eat were four thousand 
men, beside women 
and children, 39 And 
he sent away the mul- 
titude, and took ship, 
and came into the 
coasts of Magdala. 


XVI. The Pharisees 
also with the Saddu- 
cees came, and tempt- 
ing desired him that 
he would shew them a 
sign from heaven. 
2 He answered and 
said unto them, When 
it is evening, ye say, 
it will be fair weather; 
for the sky is red. 
3 And inthe morning, 
Zt will be toul weather 
to day: for the sky is 
red and lowring. Oye 
hypocrites, ye can dis- 
cern the face of the 
sky ; but can ye not 
discernihe signs of the 
times? 4 A wicked and 
adulterous generation 
seeketh after a sign; 
and there shall nosign 
be given unto it, but 
thesign of the prophet 
Jonas, And he left 
them, and departed. 


5 And when his dis- 
ciples were come to the 
other side, they had 
forgotten to take 
bread, 6 Then Jesus 
said unto them, Take 
heed and beware of 
the leaven of the Pha- 
risees and of the Sad- 
ducees. 7 And they 
reasoned among them- 
selves, saying, Ἶι ὦ be- 
cause we have taken 
no bread. 8 Which 
when Jesus perceived, 
be said unto them, 0 
ye of little faith, why 
reason ye among your- 
selves use ye have 
brought no bread? 
9 Do ἐν not yet under- 
stand, neither remem- 

‘ber the five loaves of 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. XV, XVI. 
ὄχλοις! ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν' 856 "καὶ λαβὼν! τοὺς ἑπτὰ 
crowds to recline on the ground; and havingtaken the seven 
ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας." εὐχαριστήσας ἔκλασεν καὶ δέδωκενὶ 
loaves and the fishes, having given thanks he broke and gave 
τοῖς μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ,! οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἀτῷ ὄχλῳ." 97 Kai 

to his disciples, andthe disciples tothe crowd, And 
ἔφαγον πάντες, καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν καὶ “ἦραν τὸ περισ- 
Zate ου. and weresatisfied; andthey tookup that which was ότοσ 
σεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων! ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας πλήρεις. 98 οἱ δὲ 
andabove ofthe fragments seven baskets full; and they who 
ἐσθίοντες ἦσαν τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες, χωρὶς 'γυναικῶν καὶ 


ate were four thousand men, besides women and 
παιδίων." 39 Kai αἀπολύσας. τοὺς ὄχλους Σἐνέβη! εἰς το 
children, And having dismissed the crowds he entered into the 


πλοῖον, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ ὅρια ἘΜαγδαλά." : 
ship, and came to theborders of Magdala. 
16 Kai προσελθόντες “οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ 
And having cometo[him]the Pharisees and 
πειράζοντες Ιεπηρώτησαν! αὐτὸν σημεῖον ἐκ 
tempting .[him} asked him asign outof the 
ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτοῖς 2 ὁ. δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖο. * Οψίας 
to shew them. But he - answering said tothem, Evening 
, / ᾽ ΄ “εἰ 4 « ᾽ , . x 
γενομένης λέγετε, Ἐὐδία' πυῤῥάζει.γὰρ 0 οὐρανός. ὃ καὶ 
having come yesay, Fine weather; for*is*red ‘the *heaven. And 


πρωΐ, Σήμτρον χειµών' πυῤῥάζει γὰρ στυγνάζων ὁ οὐρανός. 


Σαδδουκαῖοι 
Sadducees 
τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 

heaven 


atmorning, To-day astorm; for *is *red Slowering ‘the *heaven. , 
Ιὑποκριταί. τὸ piv πρόσωπον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γινώσκετε 
Hypocrites! the *indeed face 20Ε “the *heaven ye know [how] 


διακρίνειν, τὰ.δὲ σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν οὐ.δύνασθειὶ 4 γενεὰ 
todiscern, butthe signs ofthe times ye cannot ! A generation 
‘4 2 ~ ~ 

πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ" καὶ σημεῖον οὐ.δοθή- 
wicksd and aduterous asign secks, and asign shall not be 
σεται αὐτῇ. εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ πτοῦ προφήτου." Καὶ 
given toit, except the sign of Jonas’ the prophet. And 
καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς ἀπῆλθεν. 

leaving them he went away. 

5 Καὶ ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ. "αὐτοῦ" εἰς τὸ πέραν ἐπελάθοντο 

And*having‘ecume this 34ἱδοίρ]θ to the otherside they forgot 

” ~ « . τ - > ~ « ~ ‘ 
ἄρτους λαβεῖν. 6 ὁ.δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ορᾶτε καὶ προσ- 
[loaves 'to.*take. And Jesus said to them, See διά ¥ be= 


’ ᾽ 4 ~ 4 ~ ΄ ‘ ο ών e Δι 
ἔχετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. 7 Οἱ.δὲ 
ware of the leaven οὗ the _ Pharisees and Sadducees, And they 


διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἐλά- 


reasoned among themselves, saying, Because loaves “not lwe 
οµεν. 8 Γνοὺς.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν “αὐτοῖς," Τί. δια- 
took, Απᾶ Πανίηρ known [this] Ὁ Jesus said tothem, Why  rea- 
λογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅὕτι ἄρτους οὐκ 
.80n ye among yourselves, Ο [γε]οξ little faith, because loaves not 
? , ~ \ » 
PehaBere;" 9 οὕπω.νοεῖε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς) πέντε 
ye *took? Do ye not yet perceive, nor remember the five . 





5 ἔλαβεν he took urtr. 


L}t[tr ja. 


i ἐπηρώτων τ. 
and 1. 
GLITra. 


. 


Ἡ _ 2 τοῖς ὄχλοις to the crowds Tira. 

Ἐπαιδίων καὶ γυναικῶν τ. 

oe ᾿Οψίας ees. ἴο ἐπα ο verse ὃ [τα]. 

m > του προφήτου LTTrA, 
P ἔχετε ye have L, 


«5 -Ῥ καὶ δΔῃᾶ τ, ὃ ἐδίδου την. © -- αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) 

ετὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων ἦραν LTTra. 
κ ἀνέβη he went up GTraw. 4 Μαγαδάν ν agadan LTTra, 
1 — ὑποκριταί LTTrA; + καὶ 
Ὁ — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) pttra. 0 — αὐτοῖς 


— 


XVI. MATTHEW. 


ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε, 
loaves of the five thousand, and how many hand-baskets ye took [up]? 
10 οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας 
nor the seven loaves of the four thousand, and how many 
ασπυρίδαςὶ ἐλάβετε, 11 πῶς οὐ.νοετε ὅτι οὐ περὶ 
baskets yetook [up]? How perceive ye not that not concerning 
τἄρτου" εἶπον ὑμῖν "προσέχειν" ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων 
bread Ispoke ἴογοαι to beware of the leaven of the Pharisees 
καὶ Σαδδουκαίων; 12 Τότε συνῆκαν ὅτι οὐκ.εῖπεν προσέχειν 
and Sadducees ? Then they understood that hesaidnot to beware 
rhe Σὐ εου τ σαι ern τής Δ UF 
απο TNC ξυμης ‘Tov apTov, ‘a απὸ τῆς ὁιδαχῆς τῶν 


of the leaven of bread, but of the teaching of the 
Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. 
Pharisees and Sadducees, 
19 Ἐλθὼν. δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὰ µέρη: Καισαρείας τῆς 
And *having *come 1 Jesus into the parts of Cxsarea* 


Φιλίππου 


ἠρώτα τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ, λέγων, Τίνα Ὑμεὶ 
Philippi 


he questioned his‘ disciples, saying, Whom ‘*me 
λέγουσιν οἱ. ἄνθρωποι εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου; 14 Οἱ δὲ 
1ᾳο “pronounce 2men ®to ?°be Sthe ®Son 7of "πιαη 2 And they 
αεῖπον,' Οἱ μὲν Ιωάννην τὸν βαπτιστήν' Σᾶλλοι" δὲ Ἡλίαν | 
said, Some John the Baptist ; and others Elias ; 

« ΔῊ 8 / n e ~ ~ , > ~ a 
ἕτεροι.δὲ Ἱερεμίαν, ἢ ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν. 15 Λέγει αὐτοῖς, 
and others ' Jeremias, or one ofthe prophets. He says to them, 
Ὑμεῖς.δὲ τίνα µε λέγετε εἶναι: 16 Ὀ Αποκριθεὶς.δὲῖ Σί- 

αὖ γὸ whom *me ‘do *ye *pronounce to be? And answering Si- 
μων Πέτρος εἶπεν, Σὺ ef ὁ Χριστός, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ 
mon Peter said, Thouart the Christ, the Son of God the 
ζῶντος. 17 “Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς"! ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Μακάριος 


living. And answering Jesus said tohim, Blessed 
el, Σίμων “Bap Ἰωνᾶ," ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ.ἀπεκάλυψέν 


art thou, Simon Bar-Jonas, for fiecsh and blood revealed [it] not 


σοι, ἄλλ᾽ ὁπατήρ-μου ὁ ἐν “τοῖς! οὐρανοῖς. 18 Κἀγὼ. δέ 
to thee, but my Father who[is]in the heavens. And I also 
σοι λέγω, ὅτι σὺ ef Πέτρος, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἴκοδο- 
tothee say, Thatthouart- Peter, and on this rock Iwill 
ioe µου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ πύλαι ἅδου οὐ.κατισχύσουσιν 
uild my assembly, and gates wot hades shall not prevail against 
αὐτῆς. 19 fkai! δώσω σοὶ τὰς Σκλεῖοὶ τῆς βασιλείας τῶν 
it. And I will give to thee the keys ofthe kingdom of the 
οὐρανῶν' καὶ ὃ. "ἐὰν! δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον 
neavens: and whatever thoumayest bindon the earth,shallbe bound 

ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς" καὶ ὃ ἐὰν" λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται 
in the heavens; απᾶ whatever thoumayestloose on the earth, shallbe 
λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 20 Τότε Ἐδιεστείλατο! τοῖς µαθη- 


loosed in the heavens. Then _ charged he *dis- 
ταῖς Ἰαὐτοῦ! ἵνα μηδενὶ εἴπωσιν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν '']ησοῦς" 
ciples ‘*his that tonoone they should say that he is Jesus 
ε la 
0 χριστὸς. 
the Christ. 





ᾳ σφυρίδας 1. Τὸ ἄρτων loaves LTTraw. 
beware LTTrA, 
Pharisees and Sadducees 1. 
: Ἠλείαν τ. 
ἃ Bapwwva LTA. 
‘dy tr. κ ἐπετίμησεν he earnestly charged L, 
πα Ἰησοῦς GLITrAW, 


YaAAa TTrAW. %,— µε [L]TTrA. 
a + [ὃ Ἰησοῦς] Jesus (says) L. ὃ καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς W. 
e — τοῖς (read [the]) [tr]. £—«at [a]. 


-prophets. 


45 


the five thousand, and 
how many baskets ye 
took up? -10 Neither 
the seven loaves of the 
four thousand, and 
how many baskets ye 
took up? 11 How is 
it that ye do not un- 
derstand that I spake 
τὲ not to you concern- 
ing bread, that ye 
should beware of the 
leaven of the Pharisces 
and of the Saddicees 2 
12 Then understood 
they how that he bade 
them not beware of 
the leaven of bread, 
but of the doctrine of 
the Pharisees and of 
the Sadducees. 


13 When Jesus came 
into thecoasts of (α- 
sarea Philippi,heasked 
his disciples, saying, 
Whom do men say that 
J the Son of man am? 
14 And they said, Some 
say that thouart John 
the Baptist: some, E- 
lias ; and others. Jere- 
mias, or one of the 
15 He saith 
unto them, But whom 
say ye that I am? 
16 And Simon Peter 
answered and said, 
Thou art the Christ, 
the Son of the living 
God. 17 And Jesus 
answered and said un- 
to him, Blessed art 
thou, Simon Bar-jona: 
for flesh and blood 
hath not revealed it 
unto thee, but my 
Father which is in 
heaven. 18 And I say 
also unto thee, That 
thou art Peter, and 
upon this ‘rock I will 
build my church; and 
the gates of hell shall 
not prevail against it. 
19 And I will give un- 
to thee the keys of the 
kingdom of heaven: 
and whatsoever thou 
shalt bind on earth 
shall be bound in hea- 
ven: and whatsoever 
thou ‘shalt loose on 
earth shall be loosed. 
in heaven. 20 Then 
charged he his disci- 
ples that they should 
tell no man that he 
was Jesus the Christ. 





8 ; (the question ends at you) προσέχετε δὲ but 
τ τῶν ἄρτων of the loaves Ltra ; τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων of the 
* ειπαν LTTr. 

ο ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ LTTrA, 
6 κλεῖδας ΕΤΊΤΑ. 
1— αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) tTTra. 


You Le 


h ἂν ΗΤΤΑ, 


Μο. 


46 


21 From that time 
forth began Jesus to 
shew unto his disciples, 
how that he must go 
unto Jerusalem, and 
suffer many things of 
the elders and chief. 
priests andscribes, and 
be killed, and be raised 
again the third day. 
22 Then Peter took 
him, and began to re- 
buke him, saying, Be 
it far from thee, Lord: 
this shall not be unto 
thee. 23 Butheturned, 
and said unto Peter, 
Get thee behind me, 
Satan: thou art an 
offence unto me: for 
thou savourest not the 
things that be of God, 
but those that be of 
men. 24 Then said 
Jesus unto his disci- 
ples, If any man will 
come after me, let him 
deny himself, and take 
uphiscross, and follow 
me. 25 For whosoever 
will save his life shall 
lose it : and.whosoever 
will lose his life for 
my sake shall find it. 
26 For what is a man 
profited, if he shall 
gain the whole world, 
and lose his own soul ? 
or what shall a man 
give in exchange for 
his soul? 27 For the 
Son of man shall come 
in the glory of his 
Father with his angels; 
and then he shall re- 
ward every man ac- 
eording to his works. 
28 Verily I say, unto 
you, There be some 
standing here, which 
shall not taste of 
death, till they see the 
Son of man coming in 
his kingdom, 


XVI. And after six 
days Jesus taketh 
Peter,James, and John 
his brother, and bring- 
eth them up into an 
high mountain apart, 
2 and was transfigured 
before them: and his 
face did shine as the 
sun, and his raiment 


‘him follow me, 


MATOATOS. XVI, ΧΥΠ. 


21 ᾿Απὸ τότε ἤρξατο "6" Ἰησοῦς δεικνύειν τοῖς μαθηταῖς 
From that time began Jesus to shew _to ἂν... 


Cate ~ e κο αν. κ v2 ~ ? α 

αὐτοῦ, ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν "ἀπελθεῖν εἰς Ιεροσόλυμα," καὶ 
this that itisnecessaryfor him togoaway ἴο Jerusalem, and 
πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ ἀρχιερέων καὶ 

many things tosuffer from the elders and chief priests and 


γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ τῷ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι. 
scribes, and to be ος and the third day tobe raised. 


22 καὶ προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ὁ Πέτρος Ῥήρξατοὶ “ἐπιτιμᾷν 
And *having *taken *to [Shim] *him *Peter began to rebuke 


αὐτῷ, λέγων," Ἵλεώς σοι, κύριε οὐ μὴ ἔσται σοι 
him, saying, [God be] favourable to thee, Lord: in no wise shallbe to thee 


τοῦτο. 29 Ὁ.δὲ στραφεὶς εἶπεν τῷ Πέτρῳ, Ὕπαγε ὀπίσω pov, 
this, But he having turned said to Peter, Get behind me, 


σατανᾶ, σκάνδαλόν τν ec! ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ 
Satan: an offence to me thouart, for thy thoughts arenot of the things 


τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 94 Τότε ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 
6f God, Ὀαὺ the things of men. Then Jesus said 


τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, Ei τις θέλει ὀπίσω µου ἐλθεῖν, ἆπαρ- 


to his disciples, ‘If any one desires aftér me tocome, let 
νησάσθω ἑαυτόν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν.σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκο- 
himdeny himself, and lethimtakeup his cross, and let 


λουθείτω μοι. 25 ὃς γὰρ. ἀνὶ θέλῃ πρ os αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, 


For whoever may desire to save, 


ἀπολέσει αὐτήν" ὃς.δ᾽ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν 
shall lose it ; but whoever may lose his life on account of 


ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν" 26 τί.γὰρ ἐὠφελεῖται! η. ἐὰν 
me, shall find it. For what is profited Ἔ if 


τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν.δὲ. Ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ ξημιωθῦν ἢ 


the world ‘whole he gain, and his soul " 
τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς. ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ; Ὃ7 μέλ- 
what ears 1a *man [as]an exchange for his soul? For 318 
λει.γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς 
Sabout ‘the *Son 303 *man tocome in Me glory *Father 


αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν.ἀγγέλων. αὐτοῦ" καὶ τότε ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ 


of *his with his angels; and then hewillrender Το each 
κατὰ τὴν.πρᾶξιν. αὐτοῦ. 28 ᾽Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, εἰσίν 
according to his doing. Verily Isay toyou, Thereare 


τινες “ray ὧδε ἑστηκότων," οἵτινες οὐ.μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 
some of those here standing who inuowise shalltaste of death 
ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῷ 
until they haveseen the Son of man coming in 
βασιλείᾳ.αὐτοῦ. 

his kingdom, 

17 Kai μεθ᾽ ἡ ἡμέρας ἓξ παραλαμβάνει δ᾽ Ιησοῦς τὸν Πέτρον 

And after pars six *takes*with [*him] ὃ Jesus Peter 


καὶ Ἰάκωβον καὶ ei τὸν ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, Kai ἀναφέρει 
and James and his brother, and brings up 


αὐτοὺς εἰς ip κατ᾽ ἰδίαν.. 2 καὶ μετεμορφώθη 
them high apart. And he was ποσα 


ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔλαμψεν τὸ. πρήσωπον ισα ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, 
before them, and “shone *his *fac asthe sun, 


ἄρος 
into Ὃ ον. 





n—o6 u[tr]a. 
λέγων τι; λέγει αὐτῷ 
LTTra. 


ο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπεχβεῖν LTTrA, 


t ὠφεληθήσεται shall be profited trtra. 


Ρ ---- ἤρξατο A. α αὐτῷ ἐπιτιμᾶν 
ἐπιτιμῶν says to him rebuking [him] a. F εἶ ἐμοῦ LYTra. 5. ἐὰν 


ν + ὅτι that xT. ® τῶν ὧδε ἑστώτων 


GLITra ; ὧδε ἑστῶτες We 


XVII. MATTHEW. 
τὰ δὲ. μάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς. 3 Kai ἰδού, *Hd- 
and his garments became white as the light; and behold, "αρ- 
θησαν" αὐτοῖς ΣΜωσῆς! καὶ Ηλίας, "μετ αὐτοῦ συλλαλοῦντες.! 
peared ‘to°them ‘Moses and “Elias ‘with *°him "talking. 
4 ἀποκοιθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ, Κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν 
And answering Peter said to Jesus, Lord, good .it is 
ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι εἰ θέλεις, ποιήσωμεν! ὧδε τρεῖς σκηνάς, 
forus here tobe. If thouwilt, let us make here three tabernacles: 
‘ , A ~ , ‘ , , ” ? ~ 
σοὶ μίαν, καὶ “Μωσῃ! μίαν, καὶ ἁμίαν Ἡλίᾳ." ὃ Ἔτι αὐτοῦ 
forthee one, and for Moses one, and one forElias. Whileyet he 
λαλοῦντος, ἰδού, νεφέλη “φωτεινὴ ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς" καὶ 
Was speaking, bchold, a*cloud "bright overshadowed them: and 
ἰδού, φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης, λέγουσα, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ.υἱός.µου 
lo, avoice out of the cloud, saying, THis is my Son 
ὁ ἀγαπητος, ἐν ᾧ  ῄ[εὐδύκησα Ἱ Εαὐτοῦ ἀκούετε." 6 Kai 
γαπητος, ἕν ᾧ εὐδόκησα αὐτοῦ AKOUETE.". αἱ 
the _ beloved, in whom I havefounddelight: “him ‘hear *ye. Acd 
ἀκούσαντες οἱ μαθηταὶ *execoy' ἐπὶ πρόσωπον. αὐτῶν, καὶ 


hearing [it] the ‘disciples fell upon their face, and 
ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα. 7 καὶ Ιπροσελθὠνὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ξἡψατοἱ! 
were terrified greatly. And having come to [them] Jesus touched 
? ~ 1 XII “=< ? , ‘ a, ΄ - θ ? , 
αὐτῶν, ‘kai! εἶπεν, Ἐγέρθητε, καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε. 8 Ἐπάραντες 
them, and said, Hise up, and be not terrified. *Having *lifted*up 
δὲ τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς. αὐτῶν οὐδένα εἶδον εἰμὴ τὸν Ἰησοῦν 
tand their eyes no *one ‘they “saw except Jesus 
μόνον. 
alone. 


9 Kai καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν ™aro" τοῦ ὄρους ἐνετείλατο 
And as*were*desceniing ‘they from the mountain “charged 


) - ay) ~ , Δ ν δοὺς ον e ΝΣ ε 
αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, λέγων, Μηδενὶ εἴπητε τὸ ὅραμα, ξως.οὗ ὁ 


them Jesus, saying, Tonoone tell the vision, until the 
υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθυώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν "ἀναστῃ." 10 Καὶ ἐπη- 
Son of man from among [the] dead be risen. And “ask- 


ρώτησαν αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ,! λέγοντες, Τί οὖν οἱ γραμ- 


ed *him this “disciples, saying, Why then “the~scribes 
ματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι ΡἩλίανὶ δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον; 11 Ὁ δὲ 

‘say that Elias must cone first? And 

«Ἰησοῦς! ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν Tadroic," “Hac! μὲν ἔρχεται 
Jesus . answering said to them, Elias indeed comes 


πρῶτον" καὶ ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα" 12 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ὅτι 
first and shall restore ail things. But Isay to you that 
*Hriac! ἤδη ἦλθεν, καὶ οὐκ. ἐπέγνωσαν αὐτόν, ᾿ἀλλ᾽" ἐποίη- 
Elias already iscome, and they knew not him, but did 
σαν ἐν αὐτῷ ὕσα ἠθέλησαν" οὕτως καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 
to him whatever they desired. Thus alsothe Son of man 
΄ e > ? ~ , ~ soe 
μέλλει πάσχειν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν. 13 Tore συνῆκαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ore 
isabout tosutier from them. Then umderstood the disciples that 
περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. 
concerning John the Baptist he spoke to them. 
14 Kai ἐλθόντων ταὐτῶν! πρὸς τὸν ὄχλον προσῆλθεν 
And *having *come 1they to the crowd Scame 





: Ἠλείας τ. 


ἐπα ὥφθη LTTrA. Υ Μωῦσῆς LTTraw. ς JAAC 
ο Μωυσεῖ LITrA; Mwvoy W. 


αὐτοῦ LTTr. ὃ ποιήσω 1 will make bra. | 
μίαν LTTrA. ε φωτὸς Of light α. {ηὐδόκησα Ltr. 


LTTra. i προσῆλθεν came {0 LTTr. 
1— KalLtT. ὯΔ ἐκ GLTTrAW. 3 ἐγερθῇ be raised LTTrA. - αὖ 
Ἱπττ. Ρ» Ἡλείαν τ. 8 -- Ἰησοῦς (read he said) εὐττὰ. ἢ — αὐτοῖς LTTr[A]. 


t— πρῶτον LTTr4. 7 ἀλλὰ ττὰ. ἢ -- αὐτῶν LITrA, 


8 ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 
k καὶ ἁψάμενος and touching LT; καὶ ἥψατο Tr. 
ο — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) 


47 


was whiteas the light. 
3 And, behold, there 
appeared unto them 
Moses and Elias talk- 
ing with him, 4 Then 
auswered Peter, and 
said unto Jesus, Lord, 
it is good for us to be 
here: if thou wilt, let 
us make here three 
tabernucles; one for 
thee, and one for Mo- 
ses, and one for Elias. 
9 While he yet spake, 
behold, a bright cloud 
overshadowed them: 
and behoid a voice out 
of the cloud, which 
said, This is my be- 
loved Son, in whom I 
am well pleased ; hear 
ye him. 6 And when 
the disciples heard it, 
they fell on their face, 
and were sore afraid. 
7 And Jesus came and 
touched them, and 
said, Arise, and be not 
afraid. 8 And when 
they had lifted up 
their eyes, they saw no 
man, save Jesus only. 


9 And as they came 
down from the moun- 


- tain, Jesus charged 


them, saying, Tell the 
vision tono man, until 
the Son of man be 
risen again from the 
dead. 10 And his dis- 
ciples asked him, say- 
ing. Why then say the 
scribes that Elias must 
first come? 11 And Je- 
sus answered and said 
unto them, Elias truly 
shall first come, and 
restore αἱ things. 
12 But I say unto you, 
That Elias is come al- 
ready, and they knew 
him not, but have done 
unto him whatsoever 
they listed. Likewise 
shall also the Son of 
man suffer of them. 
13 Then the disciples 
understood that he 
spake unto them of 
John the Baptist. 


14 And when they 
were come tothe mul- 
titude, there came to 





ἃ συλλαλοῦντες (συνλαλ. T) μετ᾽ 


4 “HAta (Ἠλεία τ) 
h ἔπεσαν 


5 Ἡλείας Τ. 


- 


48 


him a certain man, 
kneeling down to him, 
and saying, 15 Lord, 
have mercy on my sol: 
for he is lunatick, and 
sore vexcd: for oft- 
times he falleth into 
the fire, and oft into 
the water. 16 And 1 
brought him to thy 
disciples, and they 
could not cure him. 
17 Then Jesus answer- 
ed and said, O faith- 
less and perverse ς 
generation, how long 
shall I be with του ? 
how long shall I suffer 
you? bring him hither 
to me. 18 And Jesus 
rebuked the devil; and 
he departed out of 
him: and the child 
was cured from that 
very hour. 19 Then 
catoe the disciples to 
Jesus apart, and said, 
Why could not we east 
him out? 20 And Jesus 
said unto them, Be- 
cause of your unbelief : 
for verily I say unto 
you, If ye have faith 
as a grain of mustard 
seed, ye shall say unto 
this mountain, Re- 
move hence to yonder 


place; and it shall 
remove; and nothing 
shall be impossible 


unto you. 21 Howbeit 
this kind goeth not 
out but by prayer and 
fasting, 


22 And while they 
abode in Galilee, Jesus 
said unto them, The 
Son of man shall be 
‘betrayed into the 
hands of men: 23 and 
they shall kill him, 
and the third day he 
shall be raised again. 
And they were exceed- 
ing sorry. 


24 And when they 
were come to Caper- 
naum, they that re- 
ceived tribute money Yy 
came to Petcr, and 
said, Doth not your 
master pay tribute? 
25 He saith, Yes. And 
when he was come into 
the house, Jesus pre- 
vented him, saying 
What thinkest thou, 
Simon? of whom do 
the kings of the earth 
take custom or tribute? 
of their own children, 
or of strangers? 26 Pe- 


------- 


χ αὐτόν GLTTrAW. 
b— augers LTTrA. 
ἔνθεν 3 





f — verse 21 [Tra]. 
bh ee he shall rise again L. 
™ εἰσελθόντα eutering LT; ἐλθόντα having come tra, 


MATOATO®. XVII. 


αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπος γονυπετῶν adr," 16 καὶ λέγων, Κύριε, 
*to*him τα δ  kneclingdownto him, and saying, Lord, 


ἐλέησόν µου τὸν υἱόν, ὅτι σεληνιάζεται καὶ κακῶς πάσχει"" 
have pity on my son, for heislunatic and miserably suftcrs: 


πολλάκις.γὰρ πίπτει εἰς TO πῦρ, καὶ πολλάκις εἰς TO ὕδωρ, 
for often he falls into the fire, and often into the water. 


16 καὶ προσήνεγκα αὐτὸν τοῖς.μαθηταῖς. σου, καὶ οὐκ.ἠδυνή- 


Απᾶ 1 brought him to thy disciples, .and they were not 
θησαν αὐτὸν θεραπεῦσαι. 17 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, 
able him ~ to heal. And answering Jesus said, 

Ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε Τέσομαι 


O generation μον and πι until when shail I be 


μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν" ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν; φέρετέ μοι αὐτὸν ὦδε. 
with you? until whenshalllbearwith you? Bring tome him here, 


18 Kai ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸ 


And “rebuked shim ο and wentout from him the 
δαιμόνιον, καὶ ἐθεραπεύθη ὃ παῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρα:.ἐκείνης. 
demon, and was healed the boy from that hour, 


19 Tore προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ τῷ Ἰησοῦ κατ ἰδίαν εἶπον, 
Then *having*come ‘the “disciples to Jesus apart said, 


2Arari' ἡ ἡμεῖς οὐκ. ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό; 20 Ὁ δὲ Τι σοῦς" 


Why “we ‘ +were "notable ἴο cast out Te And Jesus 


Csizey' αὐτοῖς, Διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν" ὑμῶν. ἀμὴν.γὰρ λέγω 
said to them, Because of “unbelief your. For bans I say 


ὑμῖν, ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐρεῖτε τῷ ὄρει 
toyou, If yehave faith as agrain of mustard, ye shall say Smountair 


τούτῳ, “Μετάβηθι ἐντεῦθεν" ἐκεῖ, καὶ µεταβήσεται’ καὶ οὐδὲν 
1to *this, Remove hence thither, and it shallremove; and nothing 
, ~ ~ A A ͵ 
ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν. 21 ἰτοῦτο.δὲ.τὸ. γένος οὐκ. ἐκπορεύεται 
shall be impossible to you. But this kind goes not out 
εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ." 
except by prayer and fasting. 


22 8 ᾿Αναστρεφομένωγν!. δὲ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 
And while “were ἌΡΗΙ ‘they in Galilee, "said *to*them 


ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Μέλλει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς 
4Jesus, 915 }°about *the ἤβϑοι of *man to be delivered up into 


χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, 23 καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ 
[the] hands of men, and they will kill him; and the third 
ἡμέρῳ μἐγερθήσεται." Καὶ ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα. 
day he shall be raised up. And they were grieved greatly. 


24 ᾿Ἑλθόντων δὲ αὐτῶν εἰς Καπερναοὺμ" προσῆλθον οἱ 
And*having*come *they to Capernaum came those “who 


τὰ δίδραχμα λαμβάνοντες τῷ Πέτρῳ καὶ Ἐεΐπον," Ὁ διδάσ- 
*the Σ4ἱάσαςηπιας “received to Peter and said, *Teach- 


καλος ὑμῶν οὐ.τελεῖ ἱτὰ! δίδραχμα; 25 Λέγει, Nai. Καὶ 
er tyour does he not pay the didrachmas? He ολλ, Yes. And 


More εἰσῆλθεν! εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν προέφθασεν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, 
when heentered into the house “anticipated shim "ημας 


λέγων, Τί σοι.δοκεῖ, Σίμων ; οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς ἀπὸ τίνων 
saying, What thinkestthou, Simon? The kings ofthe earth from whom 


λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον; ἀπὸ τῶν.υἱῶν αὐτῶν, ἢ ἀπὸ 
4ο they receive customor tribute? from their sons, or from 





5. μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι ΙΤΊΤΑ. 5 διὰ τί LTTrAW. 

4 ὀλιγοπιστίαν little faith LTT:A. ο Μετάβα 

& Συστρεφομένων Were > abiding together 1Τ15. 
i Κάφαρναοὺμ ταὐτιὰ, κ εἶπαν LTTrA. ... τὰ τ. 


Σ κακῶς ἔχει is ill Ltr. 
ο λέγει he says LTTrA, 


σης. 7 Οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 


| δαλίζωµεν τ. 





XVII, XVIII. MATTHEW. 


τῶν ἀλλοτρίων; 98 "λέγει αὐτῷ" οὐ Πέτρος! ᾿Απὸ τῶν ἀλ- 


the strangers? ?says “to *him Peter, From the stran- 
λοτρίων. “Edn αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, P”’Apaye! ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν οἱ 
gers. 2said “to*him 1 Jesus, Then indeed free are the 


viol. 27 ἵνα.δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμενὶ αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς. εἰς 
sons, But that we may not offend them, haying gone το 
r } ll θ aN tr » < A ? Lg ~ 
τὴν! θάλασσαν βάλε ἄγκιστρον, καὶ τὸν ἀναβάντα πρῶτον 
the sea, cast a hook, and the *coming *up “first 
ἰχθὺν ἆρον' καὶ ἀνοίξας τὸ.στόμα αὐτοῦ εὑρήσεις στα- 
fish take, and having opened its mouth thou shalt find a sta- 
τῆρα"' ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν δὸς αὐτοῖς ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ. 
ter ; that having taken.give-tothem for me and thee, 
18 Ἐν é / νεο | AAO ε θ᾽ A ~ ἡ | ~ 
u Κεινῇ ΤΏ ωρᾳ προσ ον Οἱ μα Tat Tw σοῦ, 
In that hour came the disciples to Jesus, 
λέγοντες, Tic doa είζων ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐ- 
saying, Whothen([*the]*greater ‘is in the kingdom ofthe hea- 
ρανῶν; 2 Kai προσκαλεσάμενος ἵὁ Ἰησοῦς! παιδίον, ἔστησεν 
vens ?. And *having *called *to (°-him]) 116515 alitile child, he set 
αὐτὸ ἐν μέσῳ.αὐτῶν, ὃ καὶ εἶπεν, ᾽Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν. μὴ 
it in‘ their midst, and said, Verily Isay toyou, Unless 
στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθεὡςτὰ παιδία, οὐ-μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς 
yéareconvertedand become as thelittlechildren, inno wise shallyeenter into 
τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. 4 ὕστις οὖν Ἱταπεινώσῃ!ὴ 
the kingdom ofthe heavens. Whosoever therefore will humble 
ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ.παιδίον.τοῦτο, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μείζων ἔν τῇ βασι- 
himself as this little child, he is the greater in the king- 
λείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. 5 καὶ ὃς ἐὰν"! δέξηται “παιδίον τοιοῦτον 
dom ofthe heavens; and whoever willreceive *little*child such 
ἕν!" ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί. μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται" ϐ ὃς ὃ ἂν σκανδαλίσῃ 
Jone in my name, 2me treceives. But whoever shall cause Sto offend 
ἕνα τῶν.μικρῶν τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων. εἰς ἐμέ, συμφέρει 


tone of ‘these *little °ones | who believe in me, itis profitable 
αὐτῷ ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς γέπὶ! τὸν 
for him that should be hung ‘a *milistone ‘turned "by °an °ass *upon 


/ ? ζω \ ~ ? ~ / ~ , 
τράχηλον. αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσ- 


“his *neck, he be sunk 
ἀπὸ 
Woe tothe world because of the 
Zor! ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα, πλὴν οὐαὶ τῷ.ἀνθρώπῳ."ἐκείνῳϊ 
itis “to*come'the offences, yet woe to that man 
& οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται. 8 Εἰ δὲ ἡ.χείρισου ἢ ὁ.πούς.σου 
by whom the offence cones ! Andif - thy hand or thy foot 
σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον abra" καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ" καλόν 
cause 7050 %offend?thee, cut off them and cast [them]from thee; good 
? ‘ 2 ~ > Α od A 5 \ Ά , n 
σοι ἐστὶν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν “χωλὸν ἢ κυλλόν,ὶ ἢ 
for thee itis toecnter into life lame or maimed, [rather]than 
os ~ n ῤ ta 3 ~ 2 A ~ A Puf 
δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ TO αἰώνιον. 
two hands ortwo feet having tobecast intothe fire the eternal. 
9 καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός.σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε 
And it thine eye cause*to*%offend thee, pluckout it and cast 
ἀπὸ σοῦ" καλόν σοι ἐστὶν μονόφθαλμον εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 
[15] ἔτοτα thee; good forthee itis one-eyed into life 


in the depth ofthe 


τῶν σκανδάλων" ἀνάγκη.γάρ 
offences ! For necessary 


and sea. 





2 εἰπόντος δέ and having said Lrtr. ο — ὃ Πέτρος LTTrA. 
t — τὴν (read [the ]} LTTrAw. 8 ἡμέρᾳ day τ΄. 

5 ταπεινώσει LITrTAW. ΡΥ ἂν Τῶν. Σ ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτον (—v τ) LTTrA. 
εἰςίοΑ. 58 --πστιν (read [Πέ 157) LTra. 
at (and cast [it]) ΤΤΤΙΔΑ. 


EH 


“ κυλλὸν ἢ χωλόάν LE 


P”Apa ye TrA. 


8 --- ἐκείνῳ (read to the man) Τη 


49 


ter saith unto him, Of 
strangers. Jesus saith 
unto him, Then are the 
children free. 27 Not- 
withstanding, lest we 
should offend them, 
go thou to the sea, and 
cast an hook, and take 
up the fish that first 
cometh up; and when 
thou hast opened his 
mouth, thou shalt tind 
a piece of money: that 
take, and give unto 
them for me and thee\ 


XVIII. At the same 
time came the disci- 
ples unto Jesus, say- 
ing, Whois thegreatest 
in the kingdom of 
heaven? 2 And Jesus 
called a littl child 
unto him,-and set him 
in the midst of them, 
3 and said, Verily Isay 
unto yqu, Except ye 
be converted, and be- 
come as little children, 
ye shall not enter into 
the kingdom of hea- 
ven. 4 Whosoever 
therefore shallhumble 
himself as this little 
child, the same is 
greatest in the king~ 
dom of heaven. 5 And 
whoso shall receive 
one such little child in 
my namereceivethme, 
6 But whoso shall of- 
fend one of these little 
ones which believe in 
me, it were better for 
him that a millstone 
were hanged about his 
neck, and that he were 
drowned in the depth 
of the sea, 7 Woe unto 
the world because of 
offences! for it must 
needs be that offences 
come; but woe. to 
that man by whom 
the offence cometh! 
8 Wherefore if thy 
hand or thy foot of- 
fend thee, cut them 
off, and east them from 
thee: it is better for 
thee to enter into life 
halt or maimed, rather 
than having two handg 
or two feet to be cast 
into everlasting fire. 
9 And if thine eye οἳ- 
fend thee, pluck it 
out, and cast ἐξ from 
thee: it is better for 
thee to enter into life 
with one eye, rather 





q σκαν- 
t— ὁ Ἰησοῦς ΤΤιΑ. 
Υ περὶ about LTTr} 
Ὁ αὐτὸν 


50 


than having two eyes 
to be cast into hell 
fire. 10 Take heed that 
ye despise not one of 
these little ones; for 
1. say unto you, That 
in heayen their angels 
do always behold the 
face of my Father 
which is in heaven. 
11, For the Son of man 
is come to save that 
whichwas lost. 12 How 
think ye? if a man 
have an ᾿ hundred 
sheep, and one of them 
be gone astray, doth 
he not Jeave the ninety 
and nine, and goeth 
into the mountains, 
apndseeketh that.which 
is gone astray? 13 And 
if so be that he find it, 
verily I say unto you, 
he rejoiceth more ο 
that sheep, than of the 
ninety and nine which 
went not astray. 
14 Even so it is not 
the will of your Fa- 
ther which is in hea- 
ven, that one of these 
little ones should 
per ish, 


15 Moreover if thy 
brother’ shall trespass 
against thee, go and 
tell him his fault be- 
tween thee and him 
alone: if he shall hear 
thee, thou hast gained 
thy brother. 16 But if 
he will not hear .thee, 
then take with thee one 
or two more, that in 
the mouth of two or 


three witnesses every’ 


word may, be estab- 
lished. 17 And if he 
shall neglect to hear 
them, tell 7@ unto the 
ehurch: but if he neg- 
lect to hear the church, 
let him be unto ‘thea 
asan heathen man and 
a publican, 18-Verily 
I say unto you, What- 
soever yeshall bind on 
earth shall be bound 
in heaven: and what- 
Boever ye shall loose 
onearth shall be loosed 
in heaven. 19 Again I 
Bay unto you, That if 
two of you shall agree 
on, earth as touching 
any thing that they 
shall ask, it shall be 
done for them of my 
Father which is in 


2 ἢ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. XVIII. 
εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι ‘sic τὴν 


to enter, [rather] than two eyes having tabecast into the 
γέενναν τοῦ πυρός. 10 Ὁρᾶτε μὴ.καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν 
Gehenna ofthe fire. See . ye despise not one 
ικρῶν.τούτων" λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οἱ .ἄγγελοι.αὐτῶν. ἐν 
of these little ones, ΣΟΥ Τ say toyou, that their angels in [the] 
οὐρανοῖς"! διὰ.παντὸς βλέπουσιν Τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ.πατρός.µου 
heavens continually behold; the face of my Father 
~ ~ 5 ο 4 ΄ ba κι ᾽, 
τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. 11 “ἤλθεν.Ζὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 
who [15] 1τπ [the] heavens. For iscome the Son of man 
~ A 7 λι Ν ΄ i} = Ἢ ω ὃ ο A ἣ / . ΄ 
σῶσαι τὸ «ἀπολωλος.ὶ 12 Ti opiv.coxet; εαν γενηται 
to save,that which has peen lost. What think ye? If there should be 
τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα, καὶ πλανηθῇ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν, 
to any man ahundred  sheep,. and be goneastrayone of them, 
fageic! τὰ ξἐννενηκονταεννέα"! ἐπὶ τὰ oon 
having left the . ninety-nine on: the mountains, 
τὸ πλανώμενον; 13 καὶ ἐὰν γένηται 
seek that which is gone astray? and if it should be 
ς ~ ? , > A , c ~ ε/ / ? > ? ~ ~ 
εὑρεῖν αὐτό, ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι χαίρει ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ μᾶλλον 
that he find it, verily Isay toyou, that herejoicesover it more 
ἢ ἐπὶ τοῖς ξἐννενηκονταεννέαϊ τοῖς μὴ. πεπλανημἐνοις. 14 ov- 
thanover the ninety-nine which have not gone astray. So 
τὼς οὐκ.ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν' τοῦ 
itisnot [the] “wilt before “Father +*your who [is] 
ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ‘sic! τῶν. μικρῶν. τούτων. 
in [the] heavens, that shouldperish one of these little ones. 
16 ᾿Εὰν.δὲ ἁμαρτήσῃ ‘sic σὲ! ὁ. ἀδελφός.σου, ὕπαγε "καὶ" 
But if 3sin *against thee 1thy “brother, go and 
ἔχεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου. ἐάν cov ἀκούσῃ, 
reprove him between thee and him alone. Τῇ. thee hewillhear, 
᾿ἐκερδησαρ τὸν. ἀδελφόν. σου" 16 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε 
thouhastgained thy brother. But if he will not hear, take 
n ἢ “ἢ Χ ev A νο 5 λος , ΧῸΡΝ μι 
μετὰ σοῦ! ἔτι ἕνα ἢ δύο», wa ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων 
with 0μόθ besides one or two, thatupon[the] mouth oftwo witnesses 
ἢ τριῶν σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα. 17 ἐὰν. δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν, 
or of three may stand every word. ‘Butif he failtolistento them, 
ΡῬεἰπὲι τῇ ἐκκλήσίᾳ' ἐὰν.δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, 
tell [it] to the assembly. Andif also the assembly he fail to listen to, 
ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης. 18 ᾽Αμὴν λέγω 
lethimbetothee as. tho heathen and the taxgatherer. Verily 1587 
ὑμῖν, dcatéay" δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεµένα ἐν ττῷ" 
to you, Whatsoever yeshall bind on the earth, shallbe bound in the 
οὐρανῷ" καὶ ὅσα. ἐὰν Δλύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα 
heaven; and whatsoever yeshaliloose on the earth, shallbe loosed 


΄ 


4 ~ ~ ~ ~ 
ἐν τῷ" οὐρανῷ. 19 "Πάλιν" λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐὰν δύο' ἵὑμῶν 


οὐχὶ 
{does he] not, 


having gone 


in the heaven. Again Isay toyou, that if two ofyou 
’ Bee ~ ~ . A 2 - ‘ 

συμφωγήσωσι»! ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς περὶ . παντὸς πράγματος οὗ-ἐὰν 

may agrees on the earthconcerning any matter whatever 


αἰτήσωνται γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ.πατρός.µου τοῦ 
they shall ask, It shall be done tothem from my Father who [15] 





4 ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ in the heaven [τ|7Ἁ. 


he not leave) Ltr. 
i µου my Ltr. 


F— τῷ LI[Tr]A.: 


συμφωνήσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν of you shall agree Trra.. 


=< 


κ ἕν LTTr. 
σου L; μετὰ σεαυτοῦ With thyself πὶ 


9 — verse 11 Lrr[ a]. 

6 ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα LITr; ἐνενηκονταεννέα W. 
1 — εἰς σὲ Loa]. 

1 th ο + μετὰ σοῦ L. 
5αμὴν verily L; πάλιν ἀμὴν Tra. 


{ ἀφήσει (read will 
h + καὶ θὰ 115. 

m — καὶ GLTTrA. n— μετὰ 
P εἰπὸν Τ. ᾳ ἂν LTrA, 


t συµφωνήσωσιν ἐξ ὑμῷν L; 


XVIII. MATTHE W. δι 


ἐν οὐρανοῖς. 20 οὔ.γάρ εἰσιν δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς heaven. 90 For where 


in [the] ‘heavens, For where are two or three gathered together unto od fae ae 
τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμὶ ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν. nary, Πιο πο δν τα 
my nameY there amI ἴῃ [μα] midst of them. the midst of them, 
21 Τότε προσελθὼν "αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν," Κύριε. ποσάκις 
Then havingcome, to him Peter said, Lord, how often 
« , ᾽ a A ee ns “We Ve ΈΝΤΑ a ins a 
αµαρτησει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός-μου καὶ, ἀφήσω αὐτῷ; ἕως ο ας 
5841] 583:) *against Sme γὴν “brother and Iforgive him? until’; 21 Then came Peter 


κ. κ f ς ή tohim, and said, Lord 
ἑπτάκις: 22 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὀὐ.λέγω σοι ἕως ἑπτάκις, how oft shall my bro- 


seven times? Says *to*him ‘Jesus, I say not tothee untilseven times, aoe sin against me, 
v2 σι. € , ε / 4 = e - and forgive him? till 
ἀλλ ἕως ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά. 23 Διὰ τοῦτο ὡμοιώθη seven times? 22 Jesus 
but until seventy times seven. Because of this has "become like 54108 unto him, I say 


᾿ 2 ἃς εινα 5 ΤῊΣ τα 5 not unto ἔπερθ, Until 
ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ βασιλεῖ, ὃς ἠθέλησεν seven times: but, 
‘the *kingdom “of*the «Ἠθατοπς to a man aking, who would Until seventy times 
~ , ΠΑ es , 2 ἐξ . 5 4 A ~ seven, 23 Therefore is 
συνᾶσαι.λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ. 24 ἀρξαμένου δὲ αὐτοῦ the kingdom of hea- 
takéaccount “with his bondmen. And “having *begun "he veh likened’ unto a 

i w D xe ee ης os ἢ ᾿ eertain king, which 
σοναίρειν, “προσηνέχθη! ταὐτῷ εἷς! ὀφειλέτης μυρίων would take account of 


tgyreckon, there wasbrought tohim cone debtor of ten thousand his servants. 24 And 
ας » δι πρ, when he had begun 
γαλάντων. 25 μὴ ἔχοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ , ἀστοδοῦ αν, Wie. to. reckon, one lea 
talents. ut “ποὺ *having "he [wherewith] to pay, Scom- brought unto him, 


ἢ ~ Ω” \ ~ which d him ten 
κέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ.κύριος αὐτοῦ! πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα thousand talents. 25 
manded *him *his *lord to be sold, and ' " 2wife ἢ But forasmuch as he 
Σεαὐτοῦ! καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα boa εἶχεν,'. καὶ ἀποδο- Red not to pay, his 
*his and the children, and all asmuchas hehad, and payment to to be sold, and his 


~ : ι x εαν b , ο πε, απᾶ children, and 
θῆναι. 26 πεσὼν. οὖν ὁ δοῦλος" προσεκύνει αὐτῷ, τι ΤῊΣ he haa’ and 


be made, Having fallen down thereforethe bondman didhomage tohim, .payment to be made. 


ᾷ στα I 7 ή ο τς ΠῚ 1 2 ε 26 The servant there- 
λέγων, “Κύριε; μακροθύμησον ἐπ᾽ Ἀἐμοί,ὶ καὶ πάντα ὅσοι Fdretell downland 


saying, Lord, have patience with me, and “all *to *thee shipped him, saying, 
ἀποδώσω." 27 σπλαγχνισθεὶς. δὲ ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου Lord, have | patience 
Ἢ *will Spay. And having been moved with compassion the lord %pondman ως ο. 7 ee 27 Then 
ἐἐκείνου" ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν, καὶ τὸ δάνειον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ. the lord of that ser- 

vant was moved with 


4 2 Ξ Π 3 « 1 . 21η 
ο ἜΣ, χῇ ἊΣ το ὴ τ Ὁ ΞΕ "ἢ f joan ἘΟΣΕΆΝΕ : ce compassion, and loosed 
EAGwy.d&é o.dovAoc®éxEtvoc εὗρεν ενα τῶν συνδοῦλων him, and forgave him 
: η στα the debt. 28 But the 


i 8 4 

oe Raving pone out ο ος sound eh τισ ος σσ πλ, 
αὐτοῦ, ὃς ὤφειλεν αὐτῷ ἑκατὸν δηνάρια, καὶ κρατήτας αὐτὸν out, and found one of 
‘of “his, who owed him ahundred denarii, and havingseized him oe pea ase 
2. πε / 

ἔπνιγεν, λέγων, ᾿Απόδος:Ά μοι! 46 τι! ὀφείλεις. «99 πε- hundred pence: and 
hethrottled [him], saying, Pay me what thou owest. "Having ‘fallen bee See 
σὼν οὖν ὁ.σύνδουλος.αὐτοῦ *eic τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ"! παρε- throat, saying, Pay 
Tdown *therefore “his "fellow *bondman 1: at his feet be- me that thou’ owest. 


7 ΕΝ ; : ee ο A δ 29 And his fellowser- 
κάλει αὐτόν, λέγων, Μακροθύμησον ἐπ᾿ :'ἐμοί,' καὶ πάντα! vant fell down at his 
sought him, saying, Have patience with me, and all BES, and λιν ἐν 

» im, sayin 
ἀποδώσω σοι. 90 Ὁ.δὲ οὐκ.ῆθελεν, πάλλάϊ ἀπελθὼν ἔβαλεν patience with me, and 


I,will pay thee. But he would not, but havinggone hecast 1 will pay thee all, 
? A ? ’ e ο. τή ? n~ 4 3 ΄ 30 And he would not: 
αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακήν, ἕως.-οῦὶ ἀποδῷ τὸ ὀφειλόμενον. but went and cast him 
him into prison, until heshould pay thatwhich wasowing. into prison, till he 
ἰδ , ps3 « ’ 7 ~ II 4 ᾳ ; li should pay the debt. 

91 δόντες δὲ οἱ σύνδουλοι. αὐτοῦ τα γενόμενα 31 So when his fellow- 


‘Having seen ‘but “his “fellow *bondmen what things had taken place, servants saw what was 

ὲ ΄ / bs νο , Yaya ‘os By. 5, Nie νι ei] done, they were very 
λυπήθησαν σφόδρα" καὶ ἐλθόντες διεσάφησαν τῷ.κυρίῳ. αὐτῶν! sorry, and came and 

were grieved greatly, andhavinggone narrated to their lord told unto their lord all 





ἃ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ LTTrA. 7 ἀλλὰ LTrA. ¥ προσήχθη was conducted Ltra, * els αὐτῷ T. 
7 — αὐτοῦ (read [his] lord) TtraA. 55 --- αὐτοῦ (read [his] wife) ΓΑ]. 3 ἔχει he has tra. 
Ὁ +. ἐκεῖνος (read that bondman)T. ¢— Κύριε 1ΤΊνΑ. ἃ ἐμέ Tr. 8 ἀποδῶσω σοι ([σοὶ] a) 
LTTrA. f£— ἐκείνου (vead of the bondman) L. Ε — ἐκεῖνος (read the bondman) tr. 
h— μοι LTTrAW. ἰ εἴ τι 1{ anything currraw. * — εἰς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ GLTTr[A]. ! ἐμέ 
στιὰ. ™— πάντα [τ]ττιαν. κα ἀλλ EG. ©—ovLTTrA. Ρ οὖν (therefore) αὐτοῦ οἱ σύν- 
δουλοι L; οὖν οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ ΊτιΑ. 4 γινόμενα Were taking place T. τ ἑαυτῶν LTTrA. 


52 


that was done, 32 Then 
his lord, after that he 
had called him, said 
unto him, Othou wick- 
ed servant, I forgave 
thee cli that debt, be- 
cause thou desiredst 
me: 33 shouldest not 
thou also have had 
compassion on thy fel- 
lowservant, even as I 
had pity on thee? 
34 And his lord was 
wroth, and delivered 
him to the tormentors, 
till he should pay all 
that was due unto 
‘him, 35 So likewise 
shall my heavenly 
Father do also unto 
you, if ye from your 
hearts forgive not 
every one his brother 
their trespasses, 


ΧΙΣ, 
to pass, 


And it came 
that when 


Jesus had  finished- 


these sayings, he de- 
parted from Galilee, 
and came into the 
coasts of Judza be- 
yond Jordan; 2 and 
great multitudes fol- 
lowed him; and he 
healed them there, 


3 The Pharisees also 
came unto him, tempt- 
ing him, and saying 
unto him, Is it lawful 
for a man to put away 
his wife for every 
cause? 4 And he an- 
swered and said unto 
them, Havé ye not 
read, that he which 
made them at the be- 
ginning made them 
male and female, 5and 
said, For this cause 
shall a man leave fa- 
ther: and mother, and 
shall cleave to his wife; 
and they twain shall 
be one flesh? 6 Where- 
fore they are no more 
twain, but one flesh. 
What therefore God 
hath joined together, 
let not man put asun- 
der. 7 They say unto 
him, Why did Moses 
then command to give 
8. writing of divorce- 
ment, and to put her 
away? 8 Hesaithunto 





ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, XVIII, XIX. 


πάντα τὰ γενόμενα. 82 Τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὃ 
all that had taken place, Then “having *called ®to [“him] *him 


κύριος.αὐτοῦ λέγει αὐτῷ, ,Δοῦλε πογνηρέ, πᾶσαν τὴν ὀφειλὴν 


this *lord says tohim, 7Bondman ‘+*wicked, all 2debt 
μη, ΜΜ αν δ 2 . ΄ , > » ‘ 
ἐκείνην ἀφῆκά σοι, ἐπεὶ παρεκάλεσάς με 33 οὖκέδει καὶ 
that I forgave thee, since thou besoughtest me; did it not behove 7also 


σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν.σὐνδουλόν.σου, ὡς "καὶ ἐγώ! σε ἠλέησα; 
lthee tohave pitied thy fellow bondman, as also 1 thee had pitied? 
34 καὶ ὀργισθεὶς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν τοῖς βασανι- 
And being angry his lord deliveredup him tothe  tormen- 
σταῖς, ἕως" οὗ" ἀποδῷ πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον ταὐτῷ " 35 Οὕτως 
tors, until heshouldpay all that was owing to him, Thus 
καὶ ὁ-πατήριμου ὁ "ἐπουράνιοςὶ ποιήσει ὑμῖν ἐὰν.μὴ ἀφῆτε 


also my Father the heavenly willdo toyou unless ye forgive 
ἕκαστος τῷ. ἀδελφῷ-αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν.ὑμῶν Στὰ παρα- 
each his brother from your hearts *of- 
πτώματα "αὐτῶν." 
fences their. 
19 Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους 


And it came to pass when “had finished 5 words 

4 ~ 3 2 4 y ~ "} λ λ 7 ἂν ο θ > A er 
τούτους, μετῆρεν' ἀπὸ THC" Γαλιλαίας, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ ὅρια 
“these, he withdrew from - Galilee, * and came to the borders 
τῆς Ἰουδαίας πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου. 2 καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 
of Judea beyond the Jordan: and *followed *pim 


ἮΝ / 2 Ee J ΄ ᾽ 4 ? ~ 
ὄχλοι πολλοί, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ. 
“crowds ‘great, and 9 healed them there. 


3 Καὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ' οἱ" Φαρισαῖοι πειράζοντες αὐτόν, 


ΘΗ equs 


And came *to®him ‘the Pharisees ‘tempting him, 
καὶ λέγοντες "αὐτῷ," Είἔξεστιν Ῥἀνθρώπῳ" ἀπολῦσαι τὴν 
and saying tohim, Is it lawful for aman to put away 
γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ κατὰ πᾶσαν airiav; 4 Ὁ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 

his wife for every cause 2. But he answering said 
Cae, ~ Ἱ | ee A e « d U ll ? ᾽ 2 
αὑτοῖς," Οὐκ άνεγνωτε Οτι ὁ “ποιήσας απ ao- 


to them, Have ye not read that he who’ made  [them]from [the] begin- 
χῆς ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς, 5 καὶ εἶπεν, *Evexey! 
ning male and female made.” ~ them, and said, On account of 
τούτου καγαλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ 
this 5shall *leave ta *man father and mother; and 
Ε ἊΣ Ἱ ~ ‘ ? ~ aA εν, , ? 
προσκολληθήσεται" τῇ.γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς 
shall be joined to his wife, and *shall*be *the “ὕπο °for 
, / iA 3 , ΔΑ 4 / > 4 4 ’ ὃ 
σάρκα μίαν; 6 ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία" ὃ 
7flesh one?” Sothatnolonger arethey two, but “flesh ‘one. What 
3 ε 4 / ” 4 , , 
οὖν ὁθεὸὺς συνέζευξεν,. ἄνθρωπος μὴ. ωριξετω. 7 Λεγουσιν 
therefore God unitedtogether, 3man let “not separate. They say 
αὐτῷ, Ti οὖν SMwone' ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀἄπο- 
tohim, Why then 7?Moses 1didcommand to give a bill of di- 
στασίου, καὶ ἀπολῦσαι λαὐτήν,, 8 Λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι ΞΜωσῆς" 





vorce, and toputaway her? ~ He says to them, Moses 
them, Moses because of ὥ ἢ ; ΑΗ ΤΙ ια > ~ 
the hardness of your πρὸς τὴν.σκληροκαρδίαν.ὑμῶν ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν ἀπολῦσαι 
hearts suffered you {ο in view of your hardsheartedness allowed you toput away 
be away yout wives: 1 ‘Ss ο ey es ᾽ ~ \ ae “ 
ut from’ the begin- τας. γυναῖκας. ὑμῶν" ἀπ ἀρχῆς δὲ οὐ.γέγονεν οὕτως. 
ning it was not so, your wives; from[the] beginning however it wasnot thus. 
® κἀγώ LTTrA. t—oidL. ¥ — αὐτῷ LTrA. _¥* οὐράνιος LT Tr ; [ἐπ]ουράνιος Α. 
X — τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν GLTTrA. Σ --- τῆς Ε. 2 — οἱ LTrA. &®— αὐτῷ LTTrA. 
b — ἀνθρώπῳ (read one’s wife) LTA. ©—ayrots LTTrA. ‘4 κτίσας created Tr. 9 Ἕνεκα 


LTTraA. 


£ KoAAnOngETAL LTTrAW- 


& Mwvons LTTraw, bh — αὐτήν LITr, 


XIX. MATTHEW. 
9 λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν, ἰδτιϊι ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν. γυναῖκα. αὐτοῦ 
AndIsay toyou, that whoever shall put away his wife 


καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται: "καὶ 
and shall marry another, commits adultery; and 


10 Λέγουσιν 


“Say 


kei Yun ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ," 

ΤᾺ 

if not for fornication, 
{ 


ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαµήσας μοιχᾶται. 
he who “her [“that*is] Ῥαὺ away ‘marries commits adultery. 
~ ‘ ~ ’ ? ’ ~ , 
αὐτῷ οἱ. μαθηταὶ "αὐτοῦ," Et οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ αἰτία τοῦ ἀνθρώ- 
*to "Βῖτα this “disciples, Ti thus is the case ofthe man 


που μετὰ τῆς γυναικός, οὐ-συμφέρει γαμῆσαι. 11 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν 


with the wife, it is not profitable to marry. But he said 
? ν ? 4 ~ A [ή ΟΣ ~ " Ν᾽ 
αὐτοῖς, Οὐ πάντες χωροῦσιν τὸν.λόγον.“τοῦτον," αλ᾽ 
tothem, Not all receive this word, but [those] 
π , ο) τα 4 > ~ v 3 , 
ος δέδοται. 12 εἰσὶν.γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι οιτινες EK κοιλίας 


towhomithasbeen given; ΦῸΥ there are eunuchs who from([the] womb 


ητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως, καί 
of [their] mother were born thus, and thereare eunuchs 
εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καί εἰσιν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες 
were made eunuchs by men, and thereare eunuchs who 
εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς διὰ τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. 
made eunuchs of themselves forthesakeofthe kingdom ofthe heavens, 
ὁ δυνάμενος χωρεῖν χωρείτω. 
Hewho is able , ο receive(it] let him receive [it]. 


19 Τότε Ῥπροσηνέχθηϊ αὐτῷ παιδία, 


~ i 
εἰσιν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες 
who 


ἵνα τὰς χεῖρας 


Then were brought tohim little children, that [815] hands 
ἐπιθῇ αὐτοῖς, καὶ προσεὔξηται' οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπετίμησαν 
hemight lay onthem, and ταϊρῦ pray; butthe disciples rebuked 


αὐτοῖς 14 ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς eimert,”Adere τὰ παιδία, Kai μὴ 
them. But Jesus said, Suffer the little children, and *not 
κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός Tye" τῶν.γὰρ.τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ 
‘do ΕοτῬιᾶ them 37ο come to me ; for of such is the 
βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 15 Kai ἐπιθεὶς "αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας! 
Kingdom ofthe heavens, And having laid uponthem [815] hands 
ἐπορεύθη ἐκεῖθεν. 
he departed thence. 
16 Kai ἰδού, εἷς προσελθὼν 
And behold, one having come to [him] said 
Yayabé," τί ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω ἵνα ἔχω" “ζωὴν αἰώνιον ; 
‘good, what good [Πϊπα] shallI do thatI may have life eternal? 
17 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν.αὐτῷ, «Τί µε λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς 


εἶπεν αὐτῷ," Διδάσκαλε 
to him, Teacher 


Andhe said tohim, Why me callestthou good? no one [15] good 
εἰ μὴ εἷς, ὁ θεός." εἰδὲ θέλεις Τεἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωήν! 
except one, God. Butif thou desirest toenter into life, 


"τήρησον" τὰς ἐντολάς. 18 "λέγει αὐτῷ." Ποίας; ὃ Ὁ. δὲ. Τη- 


eep the commandments, He says tohim, Which? And Je- 
σοῦς εἶπεν, Τό, οὐ. φονεύσεις" . οὐ.μοιχεύσεις' 
sus said, Thou shalt not commit murder; Thou shalt not commit adultery; 


οὐ.-κλέψεις" οὐ. ψευδοµαρτυρήσεις 19 τίμα τὸν πατέρα 
Thou shalt not steal; Thou shalt not bear false witness; Honcur *father 
σου! καὶ τὴν μητέρα" καὶ ἀγαπήσεις τὸν-πλησίον-σου ὡς 
‘thy and mother; and Thou shalt love thy neighbour as 


i — ὅτι LTrA. k — εἰ GLTTraw. 
nication L. τὰ — καὶ ὃ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται τ[τ.]. 
disciples) T[A]. ο [τοῦτον]1. Ρ προσηνέχθησαν LTTrA. 
5 τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς LTTrA. ἵ αὐτῷ εἶπεν ΙΤτιΑ. ὗ - ἀγαθέ LIT A. 


58 


9 And I say unto you, 
Whosoever shall put 
away his wife, except 
it be for fornication, 
and shall marry an- 
other, committeth a- 
dultery: and whoso 
marrieth her which is 
put away doth commit 
adultery. 10 His dis- 
ciples say unto him, If 
the case of the man be 
so with Ais wife, it is 
not good to marry. 
11 But he said unto 
them, All men cannot 
receive this saying, 
save they to whom it 
is given. 12 For there 
are some  eunuchs, 
which were so born 
from their mother’s 
womb: and there are 
some eunuchs, which 
were made eunuchs 
of men: and there be 
eunuchs, which have 
made themselves eu- 
nuchs for the kingdom 
of heaven’s sake. He 
that is able to receive 
it, let him receive τύ, 


13 Then were there 
brought unto him 
little children, that he 
should put Ais hands 
on them, and pray: and 
the, disciples rebuked 
them. 14 But Jesus 
said, Suffer little chil- 
dren, and forbid them 
not, to come unto me: 
for of such is the 
kingdom of heaven. 
15 And he laid his 
hands on them, and 
departed thence. 


16 And, behold, one 
came and said unto 
him, Good Maste 
what good thing dal 
I do, that I may have 
eternal life? 17 And 
he said unto him, Why 
callest thou me good? 
there is none good but 
one, that ts, God: but 
if thou wilt enter into 
life, keep the com- 
mandments. 18 He 
saith unto him, Which? 
Jesus said, Thou shalt 
do no murder, Thou 
shalt not commit a- 
dultery,Thoushalt not 
steal, Thou shalt not 
bear false witness, ἢ 
19 Honour thy father 
and thy mother: and, 
Thon shalt love thy 
neighbour as thyself. 





1 παρεκτὸς λόγον πορνείας except Tor cause of for- 
2 — αὐτοῦ (read the 
4 + αὐτοῖς to them T. 

¥ σχῶ LTTrA. 


¥ ἐμέ τ. 
κ Τί 


με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ; εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός Why askest thou me concerning the good? 


One is gond (+ δθεός God W) GLTT-AW, | 


® έφη αὐτῷ he said to him Ψ; --- λέγει αὐτῷ τ. ὃ + φησίν he saysT. 


Υ εἰς την ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν LTTrAW. 
την Son 


Ξτήρει ΤΤ:Α. 
5 — σου GLTTrAW,. 


5a 


20 The young man 
saith unto him, <All 
these things have I 
kept from my youth 
up: what lack 1 yet? 
21 Jesus said unto hiin, 
If thou wilt be periect, 
go and sell that thou 
hast, and give to the 
poor, and thou shalt 
have treasure in hea- 
τοπ: and come and 
follow me. 22 But 
when the young man 
heard that saying, he 
went away sorrowful: 
for he had great pos- 
sessions. 


23 Then said Jesus 
unto his _ disciples, 
Verily Lsay tnto you, 
That a rich man shall 
hardly enter into the 
kingdom of heaven. 
24 And again I say. 
unto you, It is easier 
for a camel to go 
through the eye of a 
needle, than for a rich 
man to enter into 
the kingdom of God. 
25 When his disciples 
heard ἐξ, they were 
exceedingly amazed, 
saying, Who then can 
be saved ἢ 26 But Jesus 
beheld them, and said 
unto them, With men 
this is impossible ; but 
with God all things 
are possible. 


27 Then answered 
Peter and said unto 
him, Behold, we have 
forsaken all, and fol- 
lowed thee ; what shall 
we have therefore? 
28 And Jesus said unto 
them, Verily I say 
unto you, That ye 
which have followed 
me, in the regenera- 
tion when the Son of 
man shall sit in the 
throne of his glory, 
ye also shall sit upon 
twelve thrones, judg- 
ing the twelve tribes 
of Israel. 29 And 
every one that hath 
forsaken houses, or 
brethren, or sisters, 
or father, or mother, 
or wife, or children, or 
lands, for my name’s 
sake, shall receive an 


hundredfold, and‘shall ~ 


ἆ ταῦτα πάντα LTr. 


h + τοῖς to the LTrA. 
(read this word) La. 


GTT.A. 
LTT A. 
GLTT-AW. 


P + εἰσελθεῖν to enter L[ Tr]. 
8 — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) GLTTraw. 
ς ¥ παλιγγενεσίᾳ 1. 
5 -- ἢ γυναικα LTTrA. 
8: πολλαπλασίονα λήμψεται Many times more shall receive 1/ΤΤἱΑ., 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. XIX. 
σεαυτόν. 20 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ νεανίσκος, “Πάντα ταῦτα" 
thyself. 4Says *tqa°him ‘the “young *man, All these 


εἐφυλαξάμην! fix νεότητός. μου" τί ἔτι ὑστερῶ; 21 ξ΄ Έφη! αὐτῷ 
have I kept from omyyouth, whatyet lackI? _ "Said *to*him 
ree ~ ᾽ / ; «“ Ρον ΄ Η͂ 
ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ei θέλεις τέλειος εἶναι, ὕπαγε πώλησόν σου τὰ 
1Jesus, If thou desirest perfect ἴο be, go sell thy 
ὑπάρχοντα καὶ δὸς " πτωχοῖς, καὶ ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν 
property and give ‘to[the} poor, and thou shalt have treasure in 
Ἰοὐρανῷ" καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθει μοι. 22 Ακούσας.δὲ ὁ νεανίσκος 
heaven; and come follow me. But*having*heard *the*young*man 
Ετὸν Adyov'"! ἀπῆλθεν ᾿λυπούμενος, ἦν.γὰρ.ἔχων κτήματα 
the word went away grieved, for he had 2possessions 
πολλά. 
lmany. 
23 Ὁ. δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταϊῖς αὐτοῦ, ᾽Αμὴν eyo 
And Jesus said to his disciples, Verily Isay 
ε ww e τὸ δ λ, λ / iT] 2 λ , ᾽ \ 
ὑμῖν, ὅτι. δυσκόλως πλούσιος" εἰσελεύσεται εἰς THY βασι- 
to you, that with difficulty 58, ΤΙ ἢ man shallenter into the ᾿ king- 
λείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. 24 πάλιν δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν," εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν 


dom ofthe heavens. Andagain Isay toyou, easier is it 
κάμηλον διὰ τρυπήµατος ῥαφίδος 9διελθεῖν,! ἢ πλού- 
acamel through[the] Ἰ eye ofaneedle. topass, than arich 


σιον P εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν “τοῦ θεοῦ" τεἰσελθεῖν.ὶ 25 Ακούσαντες 
man into the kingdom of God ἴο enter. *Having “heard 


δὲ 


οἱ μαθηταὶ "αὐτοῦ" ἐξεπλήσσοντο σφόδρα, λέγοντες, 
land [this] his disciples were astonished exceedingly, saying, 
Tic doa δύναται σωθῆναι; 26 Ἐμβλέψας.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 
Who then isable tobe suved? But looking on [them] Jesus 
εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Παρὰ ἀνθρώποις τοῦτο ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν, παρὰ. δὲ 
said tothem, With men this impossible is, but with 
θεῷ Ἱπάντα δυνατά! "ἐστιν." 
God 41] ἰπίπρθ possible are, 
27 Τότε ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ιδού, ἡμεῖς ἀφή- 
Then answering Peter said tohim, Lo, we left 
καµεν πάντα Kai ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι" τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν; 
allthings and followed thee; what then shall be tous? 
28 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οἱ 
And Jesus said tothem, Verily Isay toyou, that ye who 
ἀκολουθήσαντές μοι, ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳι! ὅταν καθίσῃ 
have followed | me, in the regencration, when shallsit down 
ὁ «υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης ἄὐτοῦ, καθίσεσθε 
the Son of man upon [the] throne of his glory, sshall *sit 
‘ x «ε ~ I μα) ‘ ὃ 4 x Q , . ΄ A ’ . 
καὶ Σὑμεῖς' ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους, κρίνοντες τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς 
also tye on twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes 
τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. 29 καὶ πᾶς Yoc" ἀφῆκεν Zotkiac, ἢ" ἀδελφούξ, 
of Israel, And every one who hasleft houses, or brothers, 


ἢ ἀδελφάς, ἢ πατέρα, ἢ μητέρα, “ἢ γνναῖκα," ἢ τέκνα, ἣ 


or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or 

? , b οὐ Π ~ da ? ’ ’ Ἱ ea « / 

αγρους, Ἐνεκεν τοῦ." "ονόματός μου," «Ἀἑκατονταπλασίονα 
lands, for the sake of my name, a hundredfold 


ε ἐφύλαξα LTTrA. {3 ἐκ νεότητός µου LTTrA. 
i οὐρανοῖς [the] heavens Tra. k — τὸν λόγον T. +! - [τοῦτον] 
τὰ πλούσιος δυσκόλως LTTrA. δ - OrethatT. © εἰσελθεῖν to enter 
4 τῶν οὐρανῶν of the heavens LTTra. Ὁ — εἰσελθεῖν 
3 ἰ δυνατὰ πάντα τ. " -- ἐστιν (read [are |) 
Σ αὐτοὶ yourselves Tir. 5 ὅστις LITrAW. 7% — οἰκίας ἢ TT A, 
Ὁ + ἢ οἰκίας or houses Ttra. “ἕνεκα Ἱ. 45 ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός 3. 


δ λέγει Says ἴω 


hour they received each a denarius. 


aX, XX. 


λήψεται,' καὶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει. 


μα Taw: 
90 πολλοὶ δὲ 


Bhall receive, and life eternal shall inherit ; but many 
ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι; καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι. 290 Ὁμοία. γάρ 
3901} ὅ86ν ‘first last, and last frst. For ‘like 


ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις 
Sis tthe “kingdom “of *the ‘heavens toaman amaster of a house, who 
3 Ὁ» ὧδ BLA 5» ’ 2 / 2 \ ? x 
ἐξῆλθεν ἅμα πρωὶϊ μισθώσασθαι ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα 
went out with[the] morning to hire workmen for “vineyard 
αὐτοῦ. 2 συμφωνήσαρ.δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἐργατῶν ἐκ δηναρίου τὴν 
this. And having agreed with the workmen for adenarius’ the 
ἡμέραν, ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὺν.ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ. 3 Kai 


day, he sent them into his vineyard. And 
ἐξελθὼν περὶ friv" τρίτην ὥραν, εἶδεν ἄλλους ἑστῶτας 
having gone out about {86 third hour, hesaw _ others standing 
ἐν τ ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς" 4 SKkaceivoc" εἶπεν, Ὑπάγετε καὶ 
in the marketplace idle; andtothem he said, Go also 


« ~ ᾽ A ? ~ Δ ιν DAN πὶ Δ, ἣν ε ~ 
ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ διἐὰν Yy δίκαιον δώσω ὑμῖν. 


ye into the vineyard, and whatevermaybe just Iwillgive you. 
5 οἱ δὲ ἀπῆλθον. Πάλινῃ ἐξελθὼν περὶ ἕκτην καὶ 
And they went. Again having gone out about [the] sixth and 


i? : , Weer ? , , , : μον ᾿ { ο / 
ἐννάτην" ὥραν, ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως. 6 Περὶ δὲ τὴν ἐνδεκάτην 


ninth hour, he did likewise. And about the eleventh 
” u 3 μα. λθ ‘ = AWN € ~ 1 ? , Π] ο 3 λέ 
ωραν εξελσων εὗρεν ἄλλους ἑστῶτας ‘apyoug, και λεγεε 


hour having gone out hefound others standing idle, and says 


αὐτοῖς, Ti ὧδε ἑστήκατε ὕλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἀργοί; 7 λέγουσιν 
tothem, Why here standye all the day idle? They say 

? ~ uv 7 ? ‘ ε ~ ? , , ? ~ ς / 
αὐτῷ, Οτι οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς ἐμισθώσατο. λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ὑπάγετε 
tohim, Because noone “us thas “hired. He says to them, Go 

a, ¢ ~ 2 A ? ~ mon ‘ eh λα rs ΄ , 
καὶ υμεῖς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα," "Kai ὃ. ἐὰν 1) δίκαιον λή- 
also ye into the’ vineyard, and whatever maybe just yeshall 

? ἦν ‘ ~ ~ 

ψεσθε.' 8 ᾿Οψίας.δὲ γενομένης λέγει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 
receive, Butevening beingcome ‘says 'the lord *of*the *vineyard 


~ 3 , > Ὁ , A ? 7, ‘ ᾽ , ο 7 
τῷ.ἐπιτρόπῳ.αὐτοῦ, Κάλεσον τοὺς ἐργάτας, καὶ ἀπόδος δαῦ- 


to his steward, Call the workmen, and pay them 
τοῖς" τὸν μισθόν, ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν 
(their] hire, beginning from the last unto the 

᾽; Ῥ Ν ἐλθ / = Π ε ‘ ‘ « ’ 
πρώτων. 9 Prai ἐλθόντες" οἱ περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην 
first. And “having *come ‘those [*hired] “about *the Seleventh 
ὥραν ἔλαβον ἀνὰ δηνάριον. 10 “ἐλθόντες. δὲ" οἱ πρῶτοι 


“first 
ἐνόμισαν ὅτι πλείονα λήψονται" καὶ ἔλαβον Skai αὐτοὶ 
they thought that more they wouldreceive, and they received also themselves 
ava δηνάριον." 11 λαβόντες δὲ ἐγόγγυζον κατὰ τοῦ 
each a denarius. And having received [it] they murmured against the 
οἰκοδεσπότου, 19 λέγοντες, ἵ Οτι οὗτοι οἱ ἔσχατοι μίαν 
master of the house, saying, These last one 
ὥραν ἐποίησαν, Kai ἴσους Yypiv αὐτοὺς" ἐποίησας, 
hour haveworked, and ‘equal ‘Sto7us *them 
βαστάσασιν τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα." 19 6.08 
have borne the burden ofthe day and the heat. But he 
ἀποκριθεὶς Σεἶπεν ἑνὶ αὐτῶν," Ἑταῖρε, οὐκ ἀδικῷ σε οὐχὶ 
answering said toone of them, Friend, I donot wrong thee. *Not 


And *having *come ‘the 
ell 


τοῖς 
1thou “μαβὺ “made, who 





£ — τὴν (read [the]) GLttraw. 8 καὶ ἐκείνοις ΤΑ. 
ΕΤΤΤΑΙΥ, *—w@pav LITrA. 1-- ἀργούς 61/ΤΤΤΑ. 
ὃ ἐὰν ἡ δίκαιον λήψεσθε LTTrA. © -- αὐτοῖς τ[ττΑ]. 
¥ πλεῖον λήμψονται LTrA; πλείονα λήμψονται T. 


$— ὅτι LIT:[a]. 7 αὐτοὺς ἡμῖν LT. 


Ρ ἐλθόντες δὲ L. 


¥ 5 (γϑῳὼ hast thou made, We. 3) L. 


. the 


h + δὲ and (again) TTra. 
m + [uov] my (vimeyard) L. 


66 


inherit everlasting 
life, 30 But many 
that are first shall be 
last ; and the last shall 
be first. XX. For the 
kingdom of heaven is 
like unto a man thutis 
an houscholder, which 
went out early in the 
morning to'hire la- 
bourers into his vine- 
yard. 2 And when he 
had agreed with the 
labourers for a penny 
a day, he scnt them 
into his vineyard. 
3 And he went out 
about the third hour, 
and saw others stand- 
ing idle in the market- 
place, 4 and said unto 
them ; Go ye al-o into 
vineyard, and 
whatsoever is right 1 
will give you. And 
they went their way. 
5 Again he went out 
about the sixth and 
ninth hour, and did 
likewise. 6 And about 
the eleventh hour he 
went out, and found 
others standing idle, 
and saith unto them, 
Why stand ye here 


‘all the day idle? 7 They 


say unto him, Because 
no man hath hired us. 
He saith unto them, 
Go ye also into the 
vineyard ; and what- 
soever is right, that 
shall ye receive. 8 So 
when even was come, 
the lord of the vine- 
yard saith unto’ his 
rteward, Call ‘the la- 
bourers, and give them 
their hire, beginning 
from the last unto the 
first. 9 And when 
they came that were 
hired about the e- 
leventh hour, they re- 
ecived every man a 
penny. 10 But when 
the first came, they 
supposed that they 
shouid have received 
more; and they like- 
wise received every 
manapenny. 11 And 
when they had receiv~ 
ed it, they murmured 
against the goodman 
of the house, 12 say- 
ing, These last have 
wrought but one hour, 
aud thou hast made 
them equal unto us,: 
which have borne the 
burden and heat of the 
day. 13 But he an- 
swered one of them, 
and said, Friend, I do 
thee no wrong: didst 





i ἐνάτην 

a 
2 — και 
4 καὶ ἐλθόντες Tra. 


5 τὸ ([τὸ] A) ἀνὰ δηνάριον καὶ αὐτοί TTrA, 


x ἑνὶ αὐτῶν εἶπεν 1. 


δ6 


not thon agree with 
me for a penny? 
14 Take that thine is, 
and go thy way: I will 
give unto this last, 
even as unto thee. 15 Is 
it not lawful for me 
to do what I will with 
mine own? Is thine 
eye evil, because I am 
good? 16So the last 
shall be first, and the 
first last: for many be 
called, but few chosen. 


‘17 And Jesus going 
up to Jerusalem took 
the twelve disciples 
apart in the way, and 
said unto them, 18 Be- 
hold, we go up to Je- 
rusalem ; and, the Son 
of man shall be be- 
trayed unto the chief 
priests and unto, the 
scribes, and they shall. 
condemn him to death, 
19 and shall deliver 
him to the Gentiles to 
mock, and to scourge, 
and to crucify: him: 
and the third day he 
shall rise again, 


20 Then came to him 
the mother of ‘Zebe- 
dee’s children with her 
sons, worshipping him, 
and desiring a certain 
thing of him. 21 And 
he said unto her, What 
wilt thou? She saith 
unto him, Grant that 
these my two sons may 
sit, the one on thy 
right hand, and the 
other on the left, in 
thy kingdom. ᾿ 22 But 
Jesus answered and 
said, Ye know not 
what ye ask. Are ye 
able to drink of the 
eup that I shall drink 
of, and to be baptiaed 
with the baptism that 
I am baptized with? 
They say unto him, We 
are able. 23 And he 
saith unto them, Ye 
shall drink indeed of 
my cup, and be bap- 
tized with the baptism, 


that I am baptized. and the 


with: but to sit on 
my right hand, and on 
my left, is not mine 
to give, but zt shail be 
given to themfor whom 
it is prepared of my 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, 


δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς 
7for °a °denarius ‘didst *thou *agree °with 


κα, 


pots 14 ἄρον τὸσὸν καὶ 
me? Take thineown and 
ὕπαγε. θέλω.Σδὲϊ τούτῳ τῷ ἐσχάτῳ δοῦναι ὡς καὶ cot? 15 774 


50. ButI will to this last give as also tothee: or 

? ” / 8 ~~ a θελ ή] 2 μα > - b Hi) 
οὐκ.ἔξεστίν μοι Ἀποιῆσαι, ὃ θέλω" ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς; Yet 
isitnotlawfulforme todo what Iwill in that which [15] mine? 


κ. , , 3 « > A ? , Zz Γ 
ὁ.ὀφθαλμός.σου πονηρός ἐστιν ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι; 16 οὕτως 
“thine *eye *evil , lis because 1 good ayn? Thus 


3 εξ ‘wa \ ες ~ » ‘ , 
ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι' “πολλοὶ. γάρ 


shall be the- last first, andthe first § . last: for many 
εἰσιν κλητοί, ὀλίγοι. δὲ ἐκλεκτοί." 
are called, but few chosen. 
17 Kai ἀναβαίνων ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα παρέλαβεν 
And going *up 1Jesus to Jerusalem took 


τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς" κατ’ ἰδίαν "ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, καὶ! εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, 


the twelve disciples apart inthe way, and said tothem, 
18 Ἰδού, ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώ- 
Behold, we goup to Jerusalem, andthe Son - of man 


που παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ 
will be delivered up tothe οΠῖεξ priests and scribes, and 
κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν ᾿θανάτῳ,"! 19 καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν 
they willcondemn him to death, and they willdeliverup him 
τοῖς ἔθνεσιν εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι καὶ μαστιγῶσαι Kai σταυρῶσαι" 
tothe Gentiles to mock and to scourge and tocrucify ; 
καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ Ξἀναστήσεται." 
and the third day  hewillrise again, 
20 Τότε προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου μετὰ 


Then came to him the mother ofthe sons of Zebedee with 
τῶν υἱῶν «αὐτῆς, προσκυνοῦσα καὶ αἰτοῦσά τι rao’! αὐτοῦ. 
her sons, doing homage and asking something from him. 


21 ὁ. δὲ. εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Ti θέλεις; Λέγει αὐτῷ, Εἰπὲ ἵνα 
Andhe said toher, Ὑγμϑδὺ ἄοβὺ ὕμποι ἀθβίτθ Ὁ Shesaystohim, Say that 


καθίσωσιν Ἰοῦτοι! οἱ δύο υἱοί µου εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν.Κσου" καὶ εἷς 


5may “sit ithese Stwe “sons “my one on thyrighthand and one 
ἐξ εὐωνύμων! ἐν τῇ-βασιλείᾳ.σου. 22 ᾽Αποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ 
on [thy] left in thy kingdom. But answering 


δύνασθε πιεῖν τὸ 


3 “ὦ ? » / 2 ~ 
1ησοῦς εἶπεν, Οὐκ.οἴδατε τί αἰτεῖσθε. 
Are ye able to drink the 


Jesus said, Ye know not what ye ask for. 


= ae τ ΗΝ ; γε, nm, a , a κ 
ποτήριον ὃ ἐγω μέλλω πίνειν, “Kai τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ 
cup which [I am about to drink, and ‘the ‘baptism 7which "Τ 
βαπτίζοµαι βαπτισθῆναι ;" Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Δυνά- 


“am baptized [*'with] 11ο *be “baptized [*with]? They say tohim, Weare 
μεθα. 23 "Καὶ" λέγει αὐτοῖς, Τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν pou πίεσθε, 
able, And hesays tothem, “Indeed cup my ye shall drink, 
οκαὶ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζοµαι  βαπτισθήσεσθε" 
baptism which I am baptized [with] ye shali be baptized 

τὸ.δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ. δεξιῶν.μου καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων.Ῥμου" οὐκ 
[πια]: but tosit on my right hand and on my left Ξποῦ 
ἔστιν ἐμὸν! δοῦναι, ἀλλ᾽ -οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ 

lis mine ᾽ to give, but[tothose] for whom’it has beex prepared by 





y— début w. 5.-- ἢ ππ[Α]. 3 ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι LTTrA. Ρ ἢ ΟΥ̓ EGLTTrAW. © — πολλοὶ γάρ 


εἰσιν κλητοί, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί T[TrA]. 


θάνατον T. 


(read [thy] right hand) 17. 
ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζοµαι, βαπτισθῆναι GLTT: A. 
βαπτίζοµαι βαπτισθήσεσθε GLTTra, 


(is not mine) ΤΑ. 


@— μαθητὰς TTr. 8 καὶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ LTTrA, ἕ εἰς 
& ἐγερθήσεται he shali be raised ΤΎΥΤΑ. h ἀπ LTrA. ἐ[οὗτοι] L. © — σον 


t+ σου thy (left) GLTTraw. τὰ -- καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, 
2 — καὶ LTTrA. 9 --- και τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ 
Ῥ- μου (read [παγ; left) 1 ττα. 4 + τοῦτο this 


AX, ΧΧΙ. MATTHEW. 
πατρός. μου. 24 "Καὶ ἀκούσαντες" οἱ δέκα ἠγανάκτησαν 
my Father, And having heard [this] the ten were indignant 
περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν. 2 0.6% Inoovte προσκαλεσάμενος 
about the two _ brothers. But Jesus having called *to [Shim] 
αὐτοὺς εἶπεν, Οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύου- 
Mhem- said, Yeknowthatthe rulers of the nations exercise lordship 
ow αὐτῶν, καὶ ot μεγάλοι κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν. 26 οὐχ 


over them, and the great ones exercise authority over them. Not 
q " ” ~ ron , 
οὕτως “δὲ ἱἔσται' ἐν ὑμῖν" ἀλλ᾽ ὃς “ἐὰν! θέλῃ σἐν 
thus however’ shallit be amongsyou; but whoever would among 


ὑμῖν! μέγας γενέσθαι, “ἔστω! ὑμῶν διάκονος 27 καὶ ὃς." ἐὰν" 
you great become, let him be your servant ; and whoever 
θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος, Ζέστωϊ ὑμῶν δοῦλος" 28 ὥσπερ 
wouldamong τοι be first, let himbe your bondman; even as 
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ.ήλθεν διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆ- 
the Son of man came not to be served, but to serve, 


‘ - A \ ? ~ / > A ~ 
σαι καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν. 
and to give his life aransom for many. 


29 Kai ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ “Ἰεριχὼ! ἠκολούθησεν 
And as*were*going*out ‘they from Jericho “followed 


καθήμενοι 


αὐτῷ ὄχλος πολύς. 80 καὶ ἰδού, δύο τυφλοὶ 
sitting 


Shim ‘4a %crowd 2great. And behold, two blind [men] 
παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ἰησοῦς παράγει ἔκραξαν, 
beside the way, havingheard that Jesus is passing by cried out, 
λέγοντες, Ὁ Ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, κύριε," vide" Δαβιδ." 81 Ὁ δὲ ὄχλος 

saying, Have pityon us, Lord, Son of David. But the crowd 
ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα σιωπήσωσιν. ol.d& μεῖζον Ξέκρα- 

rebuked them that they shouldbesilent. But they the more cried 
Zov," λέγοντες, ᾿ Ἑλέησον ἡμᾶς, κύριε," "υἱὸς" Δαβίδ". $2 Kai 


Son of David. 


out, saying, Have pity on us, Lord, 
~ , , ? 4 , , 
στὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐφώνησεν αὐτούς, καὶ εἶπεν, Τί θέλετε 
having stopped, Jesus called them, and said, What doyedesire 


Ε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; 88 Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἵνα Ἀάνοιχθῶσιν! 
Ishould do toyou? They say tohim, Lord, that *may*be *opened 
ἑἡμῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί." 34 Σπλαγχνισθεὶς.δὲ O’Incove ἥψατο 
‘our “eyes, And moved with compassion Jesus touched 
τῶν Σὀφθαλμῶν! αὐτῶν" καὶ εὐθέως ἀνέβλεψαν Ἰαὐτῶν οἱ 
their, eyes ; and immediately “received *sight ‘their 
ὀφθαλμοί," καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. 
eyes, and they followed him, 
9] Kai ore ἤγγισαν εἰς Ιεροσόλυμα καὶ ἦλθον εἰς Βηθ- 
And when they drew near to erusalem and came ἵο Beth- 
φαγῆ Ἀπρὸς! τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν, τότε "ὁ" ᾿]ησοῦς ἀπέστειλεν 
phage towards the mount of Olives, then Jesus sent 
/ 7 ἧς pe > ~ ο nO {| ᾽ \ , A 
δύο μαθητάς, 2 λέγων αὐτοῖς, "Πορεύθητεϊ εἰς τὴν κώμην τὴν 
two disciples, saying to.them, Go into the village, that 
Ρἀάπέναντι! ὑμῶν, καὶ “εὐθέως! εὑρήσετε ὄνον δεδεμένην, καὶ 
opposite you, andimmediately ye willfind anass tied, and 
πῶλον per αὐτῆς" λύσαντες "ἀγάγετε! μοι. 8 καὶ ἐάν 
‘acolt with her; havingloosed[{them] bring [them]tome. And if 


. And 


57 


Father. 24 And when 
the ten heard ἐξ, they 
were moved with in- 
dignation against the 
two brethren, 25 But 
Jesus called them unto 
him, andsaid, Ye know 
that the princes of the 
Gentiles exercise do- 
minion over them, and 
they that are great ex- 
ercise authority upon 
them, 26 But it shall 
not be so among you: 
but whosoever will be 
great among you, let 
him be your minister ; 
27 and whosoever will 
be chief among you, 
let him be your Εεζ- 
vant: 28 even as the 
Son of man came not 
to be ministered unto, 
but to minister, and.to 
give his life a ransom 
for many. 

29 And as they de- 
parted from Jericho, a 
great multitude fol- 
lowed him. 30 And, 
behold, two blind men 
sitting by the way 
side, when they heard 
that Jesus passed by, 
cried out, saying, 
Have mercy on us, O 
Lord, thou son of Da-. 
vid. 31 And the mul- 
titude rebuked them, 
because they should 
hold their peace: but 
they cried the more, 
saying, Have mercy 
on us, O Lord, thou son 
of David. 32 And Je- 
sus stood still, and call- 
ed them, and said, 
What will ye that 1 
shall do unto you? 
33 They say unto him, 
Lord, that our eyes 
may be opened. 34 So 
Jesus had compassion 
on them, and touched 
their eyes: and im- 
mediately their eyes 
received sight, and 
they followed him. 


X XI, And when they 
drew nigh unto Jeru- 
salem, and were come 
to Bethphage, unto the 
mount of Olives, then 
sent Jesus two disci- 
ples, 2 saying unto 
them, Go into the vil- 
lage over against you, 
and straightway ye 
shall find an ass tied, 
and a colt with her: 
19959 them, and bring 
them untome, 3 And 





t ἐστὶν is it Ltr. 5 ἂν LTr. 
2 ἔσται he shall be trtr. 


8 — δὲ GLTTrA. 

} ἂν LITrA. 

© wie LT. 

& + [ίνα] that La. 
'— αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί LTTrA. 

Ρ κατέναντι LTTr. 4 εὐθὺς 1, 


τ ἀκούσαντες δὲ ΤΑ. 
® ἔσται he shall be ΠΥΤΤΑ. 
ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς LTrA; — κύριε T. 
{ Κύριε, ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς LTTrA. 
ἡμῶν LTTrA. κ ὀμμάτων LTTrA, 
A—aT. 9 Πορεύεσθε 1 ΤΎχᾺ, 


8 Ἱερειχὼ 1. 
ἆ Δαυΐδαν ; Δανείδ LTTrA. 
h ἀνοιγῶσιν LTTrA. 


π ὑμῶν of you Α. 
Ὁ Κύριε, 
© ἔκραξαν LTTrA. 
1 οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ 

™ εἰς {ο LTTrA, 


τ ἄγετέ LTrA, 


58 


if any man say ought 
unto you, ye shall say, 
The Lord hath need of 
them; and straight- 
way he willsend them, 
4 All this was done, 
that it might be ful- 
filled which was spo- 
ken by the prophet, 
saying, 5 Tell ye the 
daughter of Sion, 
Behold, thy King com- 
eth unto thee, meek, 
and sitting upon an 
ass, and a colt the foal 
of an ass, 6 And the 
disciples went, and did 
as Jesus commanded 
them, 7 and brought 
the ass, and the colt, 
and put on them their 
clothes, and they set 
him thereon. 8 Anda 
very great multitude 
spread their garments 
in the way ; others cut 
down branches from 
the trees, and strawed 
them in the way. 9 And 
the multitudes that 
went before, and that 
followed, cried, say- 
ing, Hosanna to the 
son of David: Blessed 
is he that cometh in 
the name of the Lord; 
Hosanna in the high- 


est. 10 And when he- 


was come into Jerusa- 
lem, all the city was 
moved, saying, Who is 
this? 11 And the mul- 
titude said, This is 
Jesus the prophet of 
Nazareth of Galilee. 


12 And Jesus went 
into the temple of God, 
and cast out all them 
that sold andi bought 
in the temple, and 
overthrew the tables 
of the money changers, 
and the seats of them 
that sold doves, 13 and 
said unto them, It is 
written, My house 
shall be called the 
house of prayer; but 
ye have made it a den 
of thieves. 14 And the 
blind and the leme 
eame to him in the 
temple; and he healed 
them. 15 And when 
the chief priests and 
scribes saw the won- 





5 εὐθὺς TTr. 
LTTrA. 
they set [him] Ε. 
LTTra. 
θεοῦ LTr. 


t ἀποστέλλει he sends G. 
χ συνέταξεν Cid direct LTrA. 


© ὁ προφήτης Ἰησοῦς LTTrA. 
i ποιεῖτε uke LTTra, 


XXL 


είαν 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, 
ς w - / - 

τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι, ἐρεῖτε, Ὅτι ὁ κύριος αὐτῶν 
anyone toyou say anything, yeshallsay, The Lord *of*tihem " 
ἔχει εὐθέως!.δὲ ἵἀποστελεῖ' αὐτούς, 4 Τοῦτο.δὲ "ὅλον" γέ- 
thas, Andimmediately hewillsend them, But this all came 

{ ~ - 

γονεν ἕνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου, 
to pass that might be fulfilled thatwhich wasspoken by tke prophet, 
λέγοντος, 5 Εἴπατε τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών, ἀδού, ὁ. βασιλεύς σον 

saying, Say tothe daughter of Sion, Behold, » thy king 
pes, / a» τ Μ2 “ 3 ‘ 2 Ae lw ~ 
ἔρχεταί σοι, πραῦς "καὶ" ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἐπὶ ὄνον Kai* πῶλον 
comes tothce, meek and mounted on anass and acolt [πο] 
υἱῶ ὑποζυγίου. 6 Πορευθέντες-δὲ οἱ μαθηταί, καὶ ποιήσαν- 
foal of a beast of burden, And “Πατίπρ *gone 'the7disciples, and having 
rec καθὼς “προσέταξεν! αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ἰησοῦς, 7 ἤγαγον τὴν 
done as “ordered *them i Jesus, they brought the 
ὄνον καὶ τὸν πῶλον, καὶ ἐπέθηκαν Σἐπάνωϊ αὐτῶν τὰ.ἱμάτια 
ass and the οοἵῦ, and put upon them *sarments 
ζαὐτῶν,ἵ καὶ "ἐπεκάθισεν! ἐπάνω αὐτῶν. 8 ὁ δὲ πλεῖστος 

‘their, and he sat on them. And the greater part [of the} 
ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπ- 
crowd  strewed their ‘ garments on the way, and others were cutting 
τον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων καὶ δἐστρώννυον" ἐν τῇ 
down branches from the trees and were strewing ([themjon the 
ὁδῷ. Ὁ οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι οἱ προάγοντες" καὶ οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες 
way. And the crowds those going before and those following 

ἔκραζον, λέγοντες, Ὡσαννὰ τῷ υἱῷ “Δαβίδ'" εὐλογημένος 


were crying out, saying, Hosanna tothé Son of David; blessed 
ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου Ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς 
{be]hewho comes in [the] name οἵ [86] Lord. * Hosanna in the 


ὑψίστοις. 10 Kai εἰσελθόντος.αὐτοῦ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐσείσθη 
highest. And as he entered into Jerusalem “was *moved 


πᾶσα ἡ πόλις, λέγουσα, Τίς ἐστιν οὗτος; 11 Οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι 


‘all *the “city, saying, Who is this ? Andthe crowds 
, > ~ ε rae: Ἢ 
ἔλεγον, Οὗτός ἐστιν “Ἰησοῦς ὁ προφήτης, ὁ ἀπὸ fNa- 
said, This is Jesus the prophet, hewho[is]from Na. 
Zapir" τῆς Γαλιλαίας. 
zareth of Galilee. 


12 Kai εἰσῆλθεν $0" ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν Ἀτοῦ θεοῦ," καὶ 
And entered Jesus into the temple ot God, and 
ἐξεβαλεν πάντας τοὺς πωλοῦντας Kai ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ 
cast out all those selling and buying in the 
ε ~ ῃ ~ ~ . 
ἱερῷ, καὶ τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν κατέστρεψεν, καὶ 


temple, and the tables of the money changers he overthrew, and 
τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστεράς. 13 καὶ λέγει 
the seats οὗ those selling the doves, And he says 
αὐτοῖς, Γέγραπται, Ὁ.οἶκός.-μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθή- 
tothem, It has been written, My house, ahouse of prayer shall be 
σεται" ὑμεῖς.δὲ αὐτὸν Ιἐποιήσατε' σπήλαιον λῃστῶν. 14 Kai 
called; butye it have made a den of robbers, . And 


προσῆλθον αὐτῷ τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, καὶ ἐθεράπευ- 

*came 5Stochim “blind *and “lame in the temple, and he healed 

σεν αὐτούς. 15 ᾿Ιδόντες.δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς 
them. But "seeing ‘the ?chief “priests «and >the ®scribes 





ν --- καὶ A. 5 + ἐπὶ ΟΏ 
5 ἐπ) LITrA. 2 -- αἵ r@y[L]TTrA. ' 3.ἐπεκάθισαν 
Ὁ ἔστρωσαν βιτενθᾶ T. © + av7ovhimtttra. 4 Aavid Gw; Δανείδ 
tN agape? ELTTrAW, 8 — ὃ LTIrA, be τοῦ 


α — ὅλον LTTrA. 


3 
ΧΧΙ. MATTHEW: 

4 wn & κι ~ ~ 
τὰ θαυμάσια ἃ ἐποίησεν, καὶ τοὺς παῖδας Βκράζοντας ἐν τῷ 
the - wonders whieh he wrought, and the ‘children crying in the 
« : ἕλέ ε \ ~ e~] πι I 2? ΄ 
ἱερῷ. Καίλεγοντας, Ωσαννὰ τῷ υἱῷ ‘AaBid," ἠγανάκτησαν, 
temple,and saying, Hosanna to the Son of David, they were indignant, 


5 \ = ~ , τ᾿ 2 κ᾿ 
10 καὶ "εἶπον" αὐτῷ, ᾿Ακούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν; Ὁ δὲ. Ἰη- 


and said to him, Hearest thou what these say ὃ And Je- 

~ , ~ , . , 
σοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ναί’ οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, Ὅτι ἐκ στόμα- 
sus says tothem, Yea; “never 4did “ye read, Out of[the] mouth 
τος νηπίυν καὶ θηλαζόντων κατηρτίσω αἶνον; 17 Kai 
of babes and sucklings thou hast perfected praise? And 


καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς ἐξῆλθεν ἔξω τῆς πόλεως εἰς Βηθανίαν, καὶ 
having left them ,he went outof the city to Bethany, and 
ηὐλίσθη ἐκεῖ. 
passed the night there, 
18 "Πρωΐας! δὲ 


ρἐπανάγων' εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἐπείνασεν, 
Now early in the morning 


coming back into the city he hungered, 
19 καὶ ἰδὼν συκῆν μίαν ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ, ἦλθεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν, καὶ 
‘and seeing *fig-tree ‘one by the way, hecame to it, and 
‘ Zz b ~ a , ‘ [ή ~ 
οὐδὲν εὗρεν ἐν αὐτῇ εἰ μὴ φύλλα μόνον" καὶ λέγει αὐτῇ, 
nothing found on it except leaves only. And hesays to it, 
P Μηκέτι ἐκ σοῦ καρπὸς γένηται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Kai ἐξηράνθη 
Nevermore of thee fruit let there be for ever. And “dried *up 
παραχρῆμα ἡ συκῆ. 20 Καὶ ἰδόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐθαύμασαν, 
“immediately *the *fig-tree. And seeing [it]the disciples | wondered, 
λέγοντες, Πῶς παραχρῆμα ἐξηράνθη ἡ συκῆ; 21 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς 
saying, How immediately isdriedup the fig-tree! ? Answering 
δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν, 
tand Jesus said tothem, Verily, Isay toyou, If yehave faith, 
καὶ μὴ.διακριθῆτε, οὐ µόνον. τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε, 
and do not doubt, not only  the[miracleJofthe fig-tree shall ye do, 
ἀλλά κἂν τῷ ὄρειτούτῳ εἴπητε, "Αρθητι καὶ βλήθητι 
but even if to this mountain ye should say, Be thoutaken away and be thou cast 
εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται" 22 καὶ πάντα ὅσα, "ἂν!" 
into the sea, it shall come to pass. And all things whatsoever 
αἰτήσητε ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ, πιστεύοντες, *AnPEeoOe.! 
ye may ask in prayer,, believing, ye shall receive. 
23 Καὶ *éhOdvri.airy! εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν προσῆλθον αὐτῷ 
And oonhiscoming intothe temple there came up to him, [when] 
διδάσκοντι ot ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ ot πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ, λέγον- 
teaching, the chief priests and the elders of the people, say- 
τες, Ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς ; καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν 
ing, By what authority these things ἀοεςῦ thou? and whotothee gave 
ἐξουσίαν ταύτην; 24 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, 
this authority 2 And answering Jesus said . to them, 
’ ~ = ε εν ᾿ » 2 A 
Ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον ἕνα, ὃν ἐὰν εἴπητέ μοι, κἀγὼ 
3Willtask ‘you 1124ἱ5ο "thing ‘one, which if yetell me, Ialso 
~ ~ eae / - ~ \ ΄ 
ὑμῖν ἐρῶ ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ. ταῦτα ποιῶ. 25 τὸ βάπτισμα 
to you willsay by what authority thesethings I do. The baptism 
Y Ἰωάννου πόθεν ἦν; ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ; 
of John, whence wasit? from heaven, or from men ? 
Οἱ δὲ διελογίζοντο “map! ἑαυτοῖς, λέγοντες, Εὰν εἴπω- 
And they reasoned with themselves, saying, . If we should 
ΟΣ ~ ~ ͵ , 
μεν, Ἔξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, ΣΔιατίϊ οὖν οὐκ.ἐπιστεύσατε 
say, From heaven, he Ὑ}11] 5αγ to us, Why then did ye not believe 


.shall be done. 


59 


derful things that le 
did, and the children 
crying in the temple, 
and saying, Hosanna 
to the Son of David; 
they were sore dis- 
pleased, 16 and said 
unto him, Hearest thou 
what these say? And 
Jesus saith unto them, 
Yea; have ye never 
read, Out of the mouth 
of babes and suck- 
lings thou hast per- 
fected praise? 17 And 
he left them, and went 
out of the city into 
Bethany ; and he lodg- 
ed there, 


18 Now in the morn- 
ing as he returned into 
the city, he hungered. 
19 And when he saw a 
fig tree in the way, he 
came to it, and found 
nothing thereon, but 
leaves only, and said 
unto it, Let no fruit 
grow on thee hence- 
forward for ever. And 
presently the fig tree 
withered away. 20 And 
when the disciples saw 
tt, ee marvelled, say- 
ing, How soon is the 
fig tree withered away! 
21 Jesus answered and 
said unto them, Verily 
I say unto you, If ye 
have faith, and doubt 
not, ye shall not only 
do this which is done 
to the fig tree, but also 
if ye shall say unto 
this mountain, Bethou 
removed, and be thou 
cast into the sea; it 
22 And 
all things, whatsoever 
ye shall ask in prayer, 
believing, ye shall re- 
ceive. i 

23 And when he was 
come into the temple, 
the chief priests and 
the elders of the peo- 
ple came unto him as 
he was teaching, and 
said, By what autho- 
rity doest thou these 
things ? and who-gave 
thee this authority? 
24 And Jesus answered 
and said unto them, I 
also will ask you one 
thing, which if ye tell 
me, I in like wise will 
teilyou by what autho- 
rity I do these things. 
25 The baptism of 
John, whence was it? 
from heaven, or of 
men? And they rea- 
soned with themselves, 
saying, If we shall 
say, From heaven; he 
will say unto us, Why 
did ye not then be- 





1 Δαυΐδ Gw; Aaveid LTTrA. 
P + Ov LT[A]. 4 ἐὰν Tr. 
¥ + τὸ that LTTra, 


k + τοὺς (read who were) LTTrA. 
2 Πρωϊ TTr. ο ἐπαναγαγὼν LTA. 
5 ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr, ""-- δὲ and 1, 


W ἐν among LTr, 


τι εἶπαν LTTrA, 
Σ λήμψεσθε LTTrA. 
« διὰ τί LTTrA 


60 


lieve him? 26 But if 
we shall say, Of men; 
wetfear the people ; for 
all hold John as a pro- 
phet. 27 And they an- 
swered Jesus, and said, 
We cannot tell. And 
he said unto them, 
Neither tell I you by 
what authority I do 
these things. 28 But 
what think ye? <A cer- 
tain man had two 
sons; and he came to 
the first, and said, 
Son, go work to day in 
my vineyard. 29 He 
answered and said, I 
will not: but after- 
ward he repented, and 
went. 30 And he came 
to the second, and 
said likewise. And he 
answered and said, I 
gO, sir: and went not. 
31 Whether of them 
twain did the will of 
his father? They say 
unto him, The first. 
Jesus saith unto them, 
Verily I say unto you, 
That the publicans 
and the harlots go into 
the kingdom of God 
before you. 32 For 
John came unto you 
in the way of right- 
eousness, and ye be- 
lieved him not: but 
the publicans and the 
harlots believed him: 
and ye, when ye had 
seen it, repented not 
afterward, that ye 
might believe him, 


33 Hear another pa- 


rable: There was a 
certain householder, 
which planted a vine- 
yard, and hedged it 
round about, and dig- 
ged a winepress in it, 
and built a tower, and 
let it out to husband- 
men, and went into a 
far country: 34 and 
when the time of the 
fruit drew near, he 
sent his servants to 
the husbandmen, that 
they might receive the 
fruits of it. 35 And 
the husbandmen took 
his servants, and beat 
one, and killed an- 
other, and stoned an- 
other. 36 Again, he 
sent other servants 
more than the first: 
and they did unto 


MATOAIOS. XXI. 
αὐτῷ; 26 ἐὰν.δὲ εἴπωμεν, Ἔξ ἀνθρώπων, φοβούμεθα τὸν 


him ? but if weshouldsay, From men, we fear the 
ὄχλον' πάντες.γὰρ Yéxovow τὸν Ἰωάννην ὡς προφήτην." 

multitude ; for all hold « John as a prophet. 
27 Καὶ ἀποκριθέντες τῷ Ἰησοῦ "εἶπον,' Οὐκ.οῖδαμεν.. "En 
And answering ‘ Jesus they said, We know not. Said 


αὐτοῖς καὶ αὐτός, Οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ 
*to*them 2also —_ “he, Neither “I tell you by what authority 
ταῦτα ποιῶ. 28 Τί δὲ ὑμῖν. δοκεῖ; ἄνθρωπος" εἶχεν Ὀτέκνα 
these things I do, But what think ye? aman had (children 

δύο," καὶ"! προσελθὼν τῷ ή t Té ὕ 
i 0 @ πρώτῳ «εἶπεν, Τέκνον, ὕπαγε 


two, and havingcome tothe first he said, Child, go 
σήμερον ἐργάζου ἐν τῷ-.ἀμπελῶνί.-μμου.ὶ 29 Ὁ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς 
to-day work in my vineyard, Andhe answering '. 


εἶπεν, Οὐ.θέλω' ὕστερον. δὲ μεταμεληθεὶς .ἀπῆλθεν. 90 ‘Kai 
said, 111 ποῦ; butafterwards havingrepented he went. And 
ora λθά | ~ ΓΝ , ll ῖ . ὐ « δὲ > 6 Ν᾿ 
POCEAUWY τῷ ευτερῳ ειπεν ωσαυτως. ο0.0ε αποκρισεις 
having come tothe second he said likewise. Andhe answering 
~ ’ . a ~ ΓΑ 
εἶπεν, ᾿Εγώ, κύριε" καὶ οὐκ ἀπῆλθεν. 31 Τίς ἐκ τῶν δύο ἐποίη- 
said, I [go], sir, and went not. Which of the two did 
. Of ο ΙΑ ΗΝ’ πισω τς ΡΥ ΤῊ 
σεν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρὸς ; Λεγουσιν “αὐτῷ," 3Ο πρῶτος. 
the will ofthe father? They say tohim, ‘The first. 
Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾽Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ot τελῶναι καὶ 
Says *to*them 1 Jesus, Verily Isay toyou, thatthe tax-gatherersand 
αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 
the harlots go before you into the kingdom of God. 
32 ἦλθεν.γὰρ Ἐπρὸς ὑμᾶς Ἰωάννης! ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης, 
For ?came Sto οι ?John in [the] way of righteousness, 
καὶ οὐκ.ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ, οἱ. δὲ τελῶναι καὶ ai πόρναι 


and ye did not believe him,- butthe tax-gatherers and the harlots 
ἐπίστευσαν αὐτῷ' ὑμεῖς.δὲ ἰδόντες Ἰοὐϊ μετεμελήθητε ὕστερον 
believed him ; but ye having seen did not repent afterwards 
TOU πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ. 
to believe him, 
33 "Αλλην παραβολὴν ἀκούσατε. ᾿Ανθρωπός mricl ἦν 
Another parable hear. A?man ‘certain there was 


οἰκοδεσπότης, ὅστις ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ φραγμὸν αὐτῷ 
a master of ahouse, who planted avineyard, and ‘a °fence it 
περιέθηκεν, καὶ ώρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνόν, καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν 
‘placed about, and dug in it awinepress, and built 
πύργον, καὶ πἐξέδοτο" αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς, Kai ἀπεδήμησεν. 
atower, and let out it to husbandmen, and left the country. 
34 ὅτε.δὲ ἤγγισεν ὁ καιρὸς τῶν καρπῶν, ἀπέστειλεν τοὺς 
And when drew ηθασ ἴπο season of the fruits, he sent 
CovAove.avToU πρὸς τοὺς γεωργοὺς λαβεῖν τοὺς. καρποὺς αὐτοῦ. 
his bondmen to the husbandmen to receive his fruits. 
35 καὶ λαβόντες οἱ γεωργοὶ τοὺς.δούλους.αὐτοῦ, ὃν.μὲν 
And “having *taken ‘the *husbandmen his bondmen, one 
ἔδειραν, ὃν δὲ ἀπέκτειναν, ὃν δὲ ἐλιθοβόλησαν. 36 πάλιν 
they beat, andanother they killed, απᾶ another they stoned. Again 
ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους πλείονας τῶν πρώτων, καὶ ἐποίη- 
he sent other bondmen more thanthe first, and they 





Υ ὡς προφήτην) ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην LTTrA. 
© --- και T. 
f προσελθὼν δὲ LTTrA. 
afterwards [obeyed] utr. 
repent) Ltr; οὐδὲ] Α. 


Ὁ δύο τέκνα L. 


a+ τις (read a ών, 

6 — δε Dut [LIT. 
___ 46 ὕστερος he who 
' οὐδὲ (read did neither 


2 εἶπαν 1. 
ἆ — μου (read the vineyard) ΤΤτΑ. 
δ ἑτέρῳ other GTaw. h — αὐτῷ LTTrA. 
* Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς LTTrA. 
Mm — τις GLTTrAW, 2 ἐξέδετο TA, 


x1, κκη. 


σαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως. 


MATTHEW. 


37 ὕστερον.δὲ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς 


ϊα tothem in like manner, And at last he sent to them ἡ 
| ~ , 
τὸν υἱὸν. αὐτοῦ, λέγων,  ᾿Ἐντραπήσονται τὸν.ουἱϊόγ. μου. 
his son, saying, They will have respect for my son. 
ε A 4 ο) \ Φα Ην = ? { ~ = , 
38 Οἱ.δὲ γεωργοὶ ἰδόντες τὸν υἱὸν εἶπον ἐν εαυτοῖς, Οὗτος 


But the husbandmen seeing the son said among themselves, This 


ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, καὶ "κατά- 
is the heir ; come, let us kili him, and gain pos- 


σχωμεν! τὴν.κληρονομίαν.αὐτοῦ. 39 Kai' λαβόντες αὐτὸν 


session of his inheritance. And havingtaken him 
στ we ~ ? ~ GF / er > 
ἐξέβαλον ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος και ἀπέκτειναν. 40 ὅταν οὖν 
they cast[him]outof the vineyard and killed [him]. Whentherefore 
ἔλθῃ ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, τί ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς. 
shalicome the lord ofthe vineyard, what will he do *husbandmen 
ἐκείνοις; 41 Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Κακοὺς κακῶς ἀπολέσει 


1to “those 2 Evil [men]! miserably he will destroy 


αὐτούς, καὶ τὸν ἀμπελῶνα Ῥέκδόσεται! ἄλλοις γεωργοῖς, 
them, and the vineyard he willlet out toother husbandmen, 
οἵτινες ἀποδώσουσιν αὐτῷ τοὺς καρποὺς ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς αὐτῶν. 
who willrender tohim the fruits in their seasons, 
42 Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οὐδέποτε.ἀνέγνωτε εν ταῖς ypa- 
354Υ5 “to *them 1 Jesus, Did ye never read in the  serip- 
gaic, Λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος 
tures, [The] stone which 4rejected 1those 7who Spuild, this 
ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, 
is become head of{[the] corner: from [the] Lord was this, 
καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς. ἡμῶν; 43 Διὰ τοῦτο λέγω 


They say tohim, 


and itis wonderful in our eyes? Because of this Isay 

- α e ᾽ δαὶ ἐν ο abe ἘΠῚ μὰν ε > / ~ - 4 
ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἀρθήσεται ap ὑμῶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ 
toyou, that *shall*be *taken *from τοι the kingdom of God, and 


δοθήσεται ἔθνει ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς. 44 “καὶ 
it shall be given {ο α nation producing the fruits of it. And 


΄ ~ ? 2 
ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν. λίθον.τοῦτον συνθλασύήσεται' ἐφ᾽ ὃν.ὃ ἂν 
hewho falls on this stone shall be broken; but on whomsoever 


, ’ > , fl - TK ‘ ? , η] « 
πεσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν.ὶ 45 ΤΚαι ἀκούσαντες" οἱ 
it shall fall it πη]ὶ στἰπᾷ το powder him, And "hearing ‘the 
ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὰς.παραβολὰς.αὐτοῦ ἔγνωσαν 
*chief “priests *and *the °Pharisees ; his parables knew 
Ore περὶ αὐτῶν λέγει. 46 καὶ ζητοῦντες αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, 
that about them _ he speaks. And seeking him to lay hold of, 
ἐφοβήθησαν τοὺς ὄχλους, "ἐπειδὴ" two" προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον. 
they feared the crowds, because as a prophet him they held, 
223 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Τησοῦς πάλιν εἶπεν “αὐτοῖς ἐν παρα- 


And answering Jesus again spoke tothem in para- 
βολαῖς," λέγων, 2 Ὡμοιώθῆη ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν 
bles, saying, Πας *become "κο ὑπ *kingdom “of*the ‘heavens 


γάμους τῷουϊῷ. αὐτοῦ" 


2 [ ~ ee ? ΄ 
ἀνθρώπῳ βασιλεῖ, ὅστις ἐποίησεν 
a wedding feast 


toa man a king, who made for his son: 


8 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν τοὺς.δούλους. αὐτοῦ καλέσαι τοὺς κεκλη- 
and sent his bondmen to call those who had been 


μένους εἰς τοὺς γάμους, καὶ οὐκ-ῆθελον ἐλθεῖν. 4 Πάλιν 


invited to the wedding feast, and they would ποῦ come. Again 
ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους, λέγων, Ἐϊἴπατε τοῖς κεκλη- 
he sent other bondmen, saying, Say to those who had been 





P ἐκδώσεται GLTTrAW. 


ο σχῶμεν let us possess LTTrA. 7 ης os 
γεν παραβολαῖς αὑτοῖς LTTrA, 


δὲ τ, 5 ἐπεὶ ΤΊΓΑ. ὃ εἰς for LTTrA, 


a — verse 44 [L] T. 


6i 
them likewise. 37 But 
lust of all he sent unto 
them his son, saying, 
They will reverence 
my son. 38 But when 
the husbandmen saw 
the son, they said a- 
niong themselves, This 
is the heir ; come, let 
us kill him, and let us 
seize on his inherit- 
anee. 39 And they 
caught him, and cast 
him out of the vine- 
yard, and slew him. 
40 When the lord 
therefore of the vine- 
yard cometh, what will 
he do unto those hus- 
bandn.en? 4] They say 
unto him, He will mi- 
serably destroy those 
wicked men, and will 
let out his vineyard 
unto other husband- 
men, which shall ren- 
der him the fruits in 
their seasons. 42 Jesus 
saith unto them, Did 
ye never read in the 
seriptures, The stone 
which the builders 
rejected, the same is 
become the head of 
the corner: this is the 
Lord’s doing, and it is 
marvellous in our eyes? 
43 Therefore say I unto 
you, The kingdom of 
God shall be taken 
from you, and given 
to a nation bringing 
forth the fruits there- 
of. 44 And whosoever 
shall fall on this stone 
shall be broken: but 
on whomsoever it shall 
fall, it will grind him 
to powder. 45 And 
when the chief priests 
and Pharisees had 
heard his parables, 
they perceived that he 
ερακο of them. 46 But 
when they sought to 
lay hands on him, they 
feared thea multitude, 
because they took him 
for a prophet, 


XXII, And Jesus 
answered and spake 
unto them again by pa- 
rables, and said, 2 The 
kingdom of heaven is 
like unto a certain 
king, which made a 
marriage for his son, 
3 and sent forth his 
servants to call them 
that were bidden to 
the wedding : ana they 
would not come, 4 A- 
gain, he sent forth 
other servants, say- 
ing, Tell them which 
are bidden, Behold, I 





τ ἀκούσαντες 


05 

have prepared my Win- 
ner: my oxen and m7 
fatlings are killed. and* 
all things are ready: 
come unto the mar- 
riage. 5 But they 

made light of ἐξ, and 
went thcir ways, one 
to his farm, another 
to his merchandise: 

6 and the remnant 

took his servants, and 

entreated them spite- 

fully. and slew them. 

7 But when the king 

heard thereof, he was 

wroth: and he sent 

forth his armies, and 

destroyed those mur- 

derers, and burned up 

their city. 8 Then saith 

he to his servants, The 

wedding is ready, but 

they which were bid- 

den were not worthy. 

9 Go ye therefore into 
the highways, and as 
many 85 ye shall find, 

bid to the marriage. 

10 So those servants 

went out into the 

highways, and gather-.. 
ed together all as many 

as they found, both 

bad and good: and the 

wedding was furnish- 

ed with guests, 11 And 

when the king camein 

to see the guests, he 

saw there a man which 

had not on a wedding 

garment: 12 and he 

saithunto him, Friend, 

how c&imest thou in 

hither not: having 
a@ wedding garment? 

And he was speechless. 

13 Then said the king 

to the servants, Bind 
him hand and foot, and 
take him away, and 
cast him into outer 
darkness; there shall 
be weeping and gnash- 
ing of teeth. 14 For 
many are called, but 
few are chosen, 


*into the darkness the 


15 Then went the 
Pharisees, and took 
counsel how they 


might entangle him in 
his talk. 16 And they 
sent out unto him their 
disciples with the He- 
rodians, saying, Mas- 
ter, we know that thou 
art true, and teachest 
the way of God in 
truth, neither carest 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, XXII. 


ls 3 ὃ / Αν , wt ΄ Il έ ~ ’ 3 
μένοις, Ιὸοῦ, τὸ.αριστόν.µου “ητοιμαᾶσα," οἰ.ταῦροί.-μου καὶ 


invited, Behold, my dinner I prepared, my oxen and 
τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυµένα, καὶ πάντα ἕτοιμα᾽ δεῦτε εἰς τοὺς 
the fatted beasts. are killed, and all things(are) ready; come to the 


γάμους. ὅ Οἱ δὲ ἀμελήσαντες ἀπῆλθον, *6!_péiv εἰς τὸν 
wedding feast. But they being negligent of [it] went away, one to 
mn ᾽ ὔ yf δὲ Ze? All ι 3 , ? ~ « η 3 
ἴδιον ἀγρὸν, 7ὸ «δὲ εἰς! τὴν.ἐμπορίαν.αὐτοῦ. 6 οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ 
hisown field, and another to his commerce. Aud the rest, 
κρατήσαντες τοὺς.δούλους.αὐτοῦ ὕβρισαν καὶ ἀπέκτειναν. 
hay:.ng laid hold of his bondmen, , imsulied and killed [them]. 
7 "Ακούσας.δὲ . ὁ βασιλεὺς ὠργίσθη. καὶ πέμψας τὰ 
And having heard [it] the king was wroth, . and having sent 
~ ~ / / 
στρατεύματα.αὐτοῦ ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς.ϕονεῖς.ἐκείνους, καὶ τὴν 
his forces -he destroyed those murderers, and 
πόλιν.αὐτῶν ἐνέπρησεν. 8 Τότε λέγει τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ, Ὁ 
their city he burnt. Then he says to his bondmen, The 
ἐν γάμος ἕτοιμός ἐστιν, οἱ. δὲ κεκλημένοι οὐκήῆσαν 
7indeed 'wedding “feast Sready  *is, Ῥαῦίποςδο who had beeninvited werenot 
sige J , oc ? A ‘ ὃ ὃ ~ « ie 4 
ἄξιοι' 9 πορεύεσθε οὖν ἐπὶ τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν, καὶ 


worthy ; Go therefore into the thoroughfares of the highways, and 
ὅσους "ἂν" εὕρητε, καλέσατε εἰς τοὺς γάμους. 10 Kai 
asmanyas πο shall find, invite to the wedding feast, And 


ἐξελθόντες οἱ .δυῦλοι.ἐκεῖνοι εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς συνήγαγον πάντα 
5 
Shaving “gone *out ‘those *bondmen intothe highways broughttogether all 


ὕσους εὗρον, πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς" καὶ ἐπλήσθη ὁ 
asimanyastheyfound, 2601] αροΐἩ and good; and *became *full 'the 
γάμος" ἀνακειμένων, 11 εἰσελθών.δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς θεάσα- 


2welding “feast of guests. And*coming‘*in'the king to see 


σθαιτοὺς ἀνακειμένους εἶδεν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἐνδεδυμένον 


the guests beheld there 8, man not clothed 
” , ος, Fie IR ~ ~ 
ἔνδυμα ἅμου", 12 καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ. Ἑταῖρε, πῶς 
witha garment of [the] wedding feast ; and hesays tohim, Friend, how 
κτλ. - αν ” pips ε Η 
εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ -ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου; Ο.δὲ 


didst thou enter here not having agarment of[the] wedding feast? But he 
ἐφιμώθη. 198 τότε δεῖπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς! τοῖς διακόνοις, Δήσαν- 
was speechless, Then said the’ king tothe servants, Having 
τες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας «ἄρατε αὐτὸν καὶϊ ἐκβάλετε { 
bound his feet and hands takeaway him and _ castout [him] 
εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον' ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς Kai ὃ 
outer : there shallbe the weeping and the 
βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. 14 πολλοὶ.γάρ εἰσιν κλητοί,.ὀλίγοι.δὲ 
goashing of the teeth, For many are called, but few 


ἐκλεκτοί. 
chosen. 
15 Tore πορευθέντες ot Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον ἔλαβον ὅπως 
Then having gone the Pharisees “counsel 4took how 


αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ. 16 καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν αὐτῷ 


“him {ποτ mightensnare in discourse. And they send to him 
4 : 2 » 5 ~ ε ὃ ~ σ ἵ i] ὃ ΄ 

τοὺς.μαθητὰς αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν Boe ιανῶν, 8, :yovTec," Διδά- 

their disciples with the erodians, saying, Teacher, 


σκαλε, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθὴς εἴ, καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 
we know that true thouart,and the way of God in truth 





τ ἡτοίμακα 1 have 


5 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀκούσας L; ὃ δὲ βασιλεὺς TTrA; καὶ ἀκούσας ὃ Bac. Ww. 
© νυμφὼν bridechamber τ. 
f+ αὐτὸν him ΗΤΤΑ. 


2 ἐπὶ LTTrA. 
Ὁ ἐὰν LTTrAW. 
6 — ἄρατε αὐτὸν καὶ LITrA, 


prepared τΤΊτΑ. α ὃς LTTrA. 7 ὃς LTTrA. 


4 ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν LTTrA, 
& λέγοντας 1115, 


mont. 


διδάσκεις, καὶ οὐ μέλει 


μα ΕΤΕ EW. 


᾿ , “ ; 
σοι περὶ οὐδενός, οὐ. γὰρ βλέπεις 
teachest, and thereiscaretothee about noone, for ποῦ ‘thou “lookest 


εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων' 17 Ρείπὲι οὖν ἡμῖν, τί σοι 
on [the] appearance of men; tell therefore us, What “thou 


δοκεῖ; ἕξεστιν δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι ἢ οὔ; 18 Γνοὺς δὲ 
‘thinkest? 15 1ὖ lawful togive tribute το Cesar or ee But? 2knowing 


ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν.πονηρίαν αὐτῶν εἶπεν, Τί µε πειράζετε, ὑπο- 

1 Jesus their wickedness said, Why me doyetempt, hypo- 
κριταί; 19 ἐπιδείξατε μοι τὸ νόμισμα τοῦ κήνσου. Οἱ δὲ 
crites ? Shew me the coin of the - tribute. And they 


προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δηνάριον. 20 καὶ λέγει adroici, Τίνος 


presented tohim a denarius. And hesays tothem, Whose [is] 
« ? ‘ er 4 κ η 
ἡ. εἰκὼν. αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφήῆ; 21 Λέγουσιν Καὐτῷ," Καίσαρος. 

this image and ἐς inscription ? They say to him, Ceca 5, 
Τότε λέγει αὐτοῖς, ᾿Απόδοτε οὖν τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι, 
Then ςε βαγ5 to them, Render . then the shine’ of Cesar to Cesar, 
καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ θεῷ. 22 Καὶ ἀκούσαντες ἐθαύμασαν" 
and the things of God to God, And having heard they wondered; 


καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἰἀπῆλθον." 


and leaving him went away. 
23 Ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ σας προσῆλθον αὐτῷ Σαδδουκαῖοι, ™oi" 
On that canie to him Sadducces, who: 


λέγοντες μὴ.εἶναι ο αι, καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν, 24 λέ- 
say there is not aresurrection, and they questioned him, say- 


γοντες, Διδάσκαλε, "Μωσῆς" εἶπεν, Ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ μὴ 
ing, Teacher, Moses said, Tf παν one shoulddio ποῦ 


ἔχων τέκνα, ° ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς.αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 
having children, ’shall ‘marry this ~brother ®wife 


αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει σπέρμα τῷ. ἀδελφφ.αὐτοῦ. 25 Ἦσαν δὲ 


Shis, and shallraiseup seed to his brother. Now there were 
a ple ~ « ae iy ἐδ δ 3 ‘ c ~ Ῥ , tl ? / 
TAO Άμιν ἑπτὰ ἃ ελφοι και ο πρ.τος "γαμησας ἐτελευτη- 
with us seven brothers; andthe first having married died, 


σεν, καὶ μὴ ἔχων σπέρμα ἀφῆκεν ὅὁτὴν.γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ τῷ 


and not having seed left - his wife 
2 ~ ? ~ ε / \ € ᾿ \ € , 
ἀξελφῷ- αὐτοῦ. 26 ὁμοίως Kai ὁ δεύτερος, καὶ ὁ τρίτος, 


to nis brother. In like manner also {86 sccond, and the third, 
«“ ~ ς » 9 er Qi ’ pel ? £9 q ‘II « ’, 

ἕως τῶν ἑπτά. 27 ὕστερον.δὲ πάντων ἀπέθανεν “καὶ! ἡ γυνή. 
unto the seven. And last of all died ‘also the woman. 
28 ἐν τῇ ‘Toby ἀναστάσει! τίνος τῶν ἑπτὰ ἔσται γυνή; 


?In *the ‘therefore resurrection of which of the seven «Ἠα]] 586 be wife? 


πάντες. γὰρ ἔχον αὐτήν. 29 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 
for all had her. And answering Jesus said 


αὐτοῖς, Πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς γραφάς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν 


to them, Ye err, not knowing the scriptures, nor the power 
τοῦ θεοῦ. 30 ἐν. γὰρ τῇ ἀναστάσει. οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε 
of God. Forin the resurrection neither dothey marry nor, 


δἐκγαμίζονται,! ἀλλ᾽ we ἄγγελοι trov' τθεοῦ! ἐν  οὐρανῷ 
ar’ Ρἶτεη iumarriage, but as angels of God in heaven 


εἰσιν. 81 πεοὶ.δὲ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν, οὐκ.ἀνέγνωτε 
they are. But conc eine the resurrection of the dead, have ye not read 


TO ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, λέγοντος, 82 ᾿Εγώ εἰμι 
that which was spoken to you by God, saying, 1 am 


thou for any man: for 
thou regardest not the 
person of men. 17 ‘ell 
us therefore, What 
thinkest thou? Is it 
lawful to give tribute 
unto (ματ, or not? 
18 But Je~us perceived 
their wickedness, and 
said, Why tempt ye 
me, ye «hypocrites 2 
19 Shew me the tribute 
money. <And_ they 
brought unto him a 
penny. 20 And he 
saith unto them, Whose 
is this image and sll- 
perscription? 21 They 
say unto him, Cexsar’s. 
Then saith he unto 
them, Render therefore 
unto Cesar the things 
which are Czsar’s ; 
and unto God the 
things that are God’s. 
22 When they had 
heard these words, 
they marvelled, and 
left him, and went 
their way. 


23 The same day 
came to him the Sad- 
ducces, which say that 
there is no resurrec- 
tion, and asked him, 
24 saying, Master, Mo- 
ses said, lf a man die, 
having no children, 
his brother shall marry 
his wife, and raise up 
seed unto his brother. 
25 Now there were with 
us seven brethren: and 
the first, when he had 
married a -wife, de- 
ceased, and, having no 
issue, left his wife unto 
his brother: 26 like- 
wise the second also, 
and the third, unto the 
seventh. 27 And last 
of all the woman died 
also. 28 Therefore in 
the resurrection whose 
wife shall she be of the 
seven? for they all 
had her. 29 Jesus an- 
swered and said unto 

them, Ye do err, not 
knowing the _ scrip- 
tures, nor the power of 
God. 30 For in the 
resurrection they nei- 
ther marry, nor are 
given in marriage, but 
are as the angels of 
God in heaven. 31 But 
as touching the resur- 
rection of the dead, 
have ye not read that 
which was spoken unto 
you by God, saying, 
21 am the God of 





h εἰπὸν T. i + ὃ Ἰησοῦς Jesus (says) LT. k — αὐτῷ TA]. 
— ot (read saying) LITrA. a Μωύσῆς LTTraW. 
4 — καὶ T[Tr]a. τ ἀναστάσει οὖν LTTrA, 


8 γαμίζονται LTTrA, 
Υ.-- βεοῦ LT:[A], .Ὗ + τῷ the LTTra. 


ο + ἵνα that 1. 


‘ ἀπῆλθαν LTTrA. 
P γήμας LTTra, 
τ — τοῦ LTTrA. 


64 


Abraham. and the God 
of Isaac, and the God 
of Jacob? God is not 
the’.God of the dead, 
but of the living. 
33 And when the mul- 
titude heard this, they 
were astonished at his 
doctrine. 


34 But. when the 
Pharisees had heard 
that he had put the 
Sadducees to silence, 


; Saying, 
86 Master, which 7s 
the great command- 
ment in the law? 
37 Jesus said unto him, 
Thou shalt love the 
Lord thy God with all 
thy heart, and with all 
thy soul, and -with all 
thy mind. 38 This is 
the first and great com- 
mandment. 39 And the 
second zs like unto it, 
Thou shalt love thy 
neighbour as thyself. 
40 On these two com- 
mandments hang ali 
the law and the pro- 
phets. 


41 While the Pha- 
risees were gathered 
together, Jesus asked 
them, 42 saying, What 
think ye of Christ? 
whose son is he? They 
gay unto him, 7’he Son 
of David. 43 Hesaith 
unto ‘them, How then 
doth David in spirit 
call him Lord, saying, 
44 The LORD said unto 
my Lord, Sit thou on 
my right hand, till I 
make thine enemies 
thy footstool? 45 If 
David then call him 
Lord, how is he his 
son? 46 And no man 
was able to answer 
him a word, neither 
durst any man from 
that day forth ask 
him any more ques- 
tions. 


_ XXIII. Thenspake 
Jesus tothe multitude, 
and to his disciples, 
2saying,’ The scribes 
and the Pharisees sit 
in Moses’ seat: 3 all 
therefore whatsoever 
they bid you observe, 


x — ὁ θεὸς (read he is not) T. 
ἔφη αὐτῷ G; ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτῷ LTTrA; ἔφη αὐτῷ ᾿Ιησοῦς ΥΓ. b [τῇ 
4 — δὲ αλά Τ. 
'δ καλεῖ αὐτὸν κύριον LTrA$ καλεῖ κύριον αὐτὸν 1. 


πρώτη LTTrAW. 
LTTra. 


ΜΑΤΘΑΤΟΣ, ΧΧΠ, XXII, 
ε ; 4 \ ΄ 
ὃ θεὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ιακώβ; οὐκ 
the God of Abraham and the God ofIsaae and the God of Jacob? 5Νοὲ 
ἔστιν *0 θεὸς" Υθεὸς! νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων. 38 Kai ἀκού- 
215 *God God of{the]dead, but of [the] living. And having 
σαντες οἱ ὄχλοι ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ. 
heard, the crowds wereastonished at his teaching. 
34 Οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες ὅτι ἐφίμωσεν τοὺς Σαδὸ- 
But the Pharisees, having heard that he had silenced the Sad- 
δουκαίους, συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, 85 καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν 
ducees, were gathered together, |! and °questioned [*°him} 
sic ἐξ αὐτῶν νομικός, πειράζων αὐτόν, Ἰκαὶ λέγων," 
*one*of *them *a *doctor Sof 7the *law, tempting him, and saying, 


36 Διδάσκαλε, ποία ἐντολὴ μεγάλη ἐν τῷ νόμῳ; 


Teacher, which *commandment [is *the] *great in the law? 
37 30 δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ," ᾿Αγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν 
And Jesus said tohim, -Thoushaltlove[the] Lotd δα οὰ 


σου ἐν ὅλῃ ὑτῇ' καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν Oy τῇ ψυχᾷ.-σου, καὶ ἐν 
*thy with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with 
ὅλῃ τῇ διανοί 98 αὕτη ἐστὶν  επρώτη καὶ μεγάλη" 
ῃ τῃ-θιανοίᾳ. σου. αὑτὴ ἐστὶν πρώτη καὶ μεγάλη 
all thy mind, This is [the] first and grea% 
ἐντολή. 99 δευτέρα. δὲ] ὁμοία αὐτῇ, ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν 
commandment. And [the] second [15] like it, Thou shalt lore ‘ 
πλήσίον.σου ὡς σεαυτόν. 40 ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς 


thy neighbour as_ thyself, On _ these two commandments 
ὅλος ὁ νόμος “καὶ οἱ προφῆται κρέμανται." 
all the law and the prophets hang. 

41 Συνηγμένων δὲ τῶν Φαρισαίων ἐπηρώτησεν 


But *having *been "assembled Stogether,*the Pharisees ®questionea 


᾽ ee hee) ~ / RPE Lt ie ~ 5 » ~ 
αὐτοὺς 0 Inoove, 42 λέγων, Ti ὑμῖν δοκεῖ περι τοῦ χριστοῦ; 
them 7Jesus, saying, What “ye ‘*thinkconcerning the Christ? 
τίνος υἱός ἐστιν; Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Τοῦ. Δαβίδ." 49 Λέγει 


of whom %son tis *he? They say tohim, Of David. He says 
αὐτοῖς, Πῶς οὖν ἰΔαβὶδ' ἐν πνεύματι Εκύριον αὐτὸν καλεῖ" 
tothem, How then “David in 4spirit 7Lord Shim ‘does *call? 


λέγων, 44 Εἶπεν "oO! κύριος τῷ.κυρίῳ.µου, Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν.μου 


saying, 3Said ‘the "Lord to my Lord, Sit on my right hand 
ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς-σου ἵὑποπόδιον! τῶν ποδῶν.-σου. 
until I place thine enemies {as] a footstool for thy feet. 

45 Ei οὖν ἰΔαβὶδ' καλεῖ αὐτὸν κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς. αὐτοῦ 


If therefore David Lord, 
ἐστιν; 46 Καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ζαὐτῷ ἀποκριθῆναι"! λόγον, 
is he? And noone was able him to answer ‘a word 
οὐδὲ ἐτόλμησέν Tic ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν 
nor dared anyone from that day to question him 
οὐκέτι. 
any more (lit, no more). 
23 Tore ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐλάλησεν τοῖς ὄχλοις καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖᾶ 
Then Jesus spoke tothe crowds and to “disciples 
αὐτοῦ, 2 λέγων, "Emi τῆς ὶΜωσέωςὶ καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν οἱ 
this, saying, On the of *Moses 1seat have sat down the 
γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι: 8 πάντα οὖν ὕσα." ἂν" εἴπω- 
scribes and the Pharisees ; all things therefore whatever they may 


calls him how his son 


7 — θεὸς LTr[A]. 2 ὃ δὲ Τησοῦς 
ἢ] A. ο ἡ μεγάλη καὶ 
6 κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται LTTrAW. f Aavid Gw; Δαυείδ 
h — ὃ (read [the]) LTTra. 


2 --- καὶ λέγων LTTr. 


᾿ ὑποκάτω under (thy feet) LTTra, * ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ LITra, |! MwicéwsLITrAW, ὃ ἐὰν TW, 


ΧΝΙ1, MATTHEW. 

« - i ~ ij ὃ: Ἄλον ἐξ κὸν ΤΆΞΑΣ ὙΠ ων ἈΚ. αι τὰν 3 “ 
σιν υμιν "τῆρειν," ὁτήρει "ε καὶ ποιεῖτε"" κατὰ δὲ τά.έργα.αὐτῶν 
tell you to keep, keep and do, But after their works 
μὴ.ποιεῖτε λέγουσιν.γὰρ καὶ οὐ.ποιοῦσιν. 4 δεσμεύουσιν Ῥγὰρ!" 

do not; for they say and do not, *They *bind 
φορτία βαρέα “καὶ dvoBaorakra," καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς 
burdens heavy * and hard to bear, and lay [them] on the 
» Sune, -2 ΄ 2 τ ~ A ὃ ηλ « Gone ἢ ᾽ , 
ὠμοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων" τῷ δὲ δακτύλῳ. αὑτῶν" οὐ.θέλουσιν 
shoulders of men, but with their own finger they will not 


1for 


κινῆσαι αὐτά. 5 πάντα.δὲ τὰ.ἔργα.αὐτῶν ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ 
more them. And all their works they do to 

θεαθῆναι. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. πλατύνουσιν "δὲ! τὰ φυλακτήρια 
be seen by men, '2They *make *broad Jand “phylacteries 


αὐτῶν, καὶ peyarivovow τὰ κράσπεδα ἴἵτῶν.ἱματίων αὐτῶν" ἳ 
Stheir, and enlarge the borders of their garments, 


6 Φιλοῦσίν ‘re! τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν ἐν τοῖς δείπνοις, καὶ τὰς 


*love and the fir t place in the suppers,’ and the 
πρωτοκαθεδρίας ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς, 7 καὶ τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν 
first seats in the synagogues, and the salutations in 


~ i ~ A λ - θ « \ ~ ? 0 ΄ “Δ He Φ Ὁ} 
ταῖς ἀγοραῖς, καὶ καλεῖσθαι ὑπὺ τῶν ἀνθρώπων “ραββί, ῥαββὶ 
the market-places,and to be called by men Rabbi, Rabbi. 
8 ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ. κληθῆτεΣῤῥαββρί:' εἷς.γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Υκαθηγητής,"! 

But “ye ‘be*notcalled Rabbi; for one is your leader, 
zs , oll ΄ \ € ~ > ta ee A \ Lad A 
ὁ χριστός"Ἱ πάντες. δὲ ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε. 9 καὶ πατέῥα μὴ 
the Christ, and all ye brethren are. And ‘father “ποῦ 
καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς' εἷς.γάρ ἐστιν δὁ. πατὴρ.ὑμῶν,! 

1.411 *your([%any‘*onejon the earth; for one is your father, 
b6 ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς." 10 μηδὲ κληθῆτε καθηγηταί" "εἷς γὰρ 
who [is] in the heavens. Neither be called leaders ; for one 
ὑμῶν ἐστιν ὁ καθηγητής," ὁ Χριστός. 11 ὁ.δὲ μείζων ὑμῶν 
“your ris leader, the Christ. But the greater of you 
ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος. 12 ὅστις δὲ ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν ταπεινωθή- 
shallbe your servant. And whosoever willexalt himself shall be 
σεται καὶ ὅστις ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται. 
humbied; and whosoever willhumble himseif shall be exalted. 

13 a4) “Οὐαὶ."δὲ! ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, 

But woe ἴο γοὺ, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, 

ὅτι κατεσθίετε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ 


for yedevour the houses of widows, and as a pretext 7at *gr--+ *length 
προσευχόμενοι" διὰ τοῦτο λήψεσθε περισσότερον «ρίμα." 
praying. Because of this yeshall receive more abundant judgment. 

14 49 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, ὅτι 
Woe ἴογου, scribes * and Pharisees, hypocrites, for 


κλείετε τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων" 
yeshutup the kingdom ofthe heavens before men ; 
7, ἢ λ , ” ῃ 
ὑμεῖς.γὰρ οὐκ.εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε 
for ye do not enter, noreventhosewho areentering doyesuffer 
εἰσελθεῖν. 15 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, 
to enter. Woe toyou, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, 
ὅτι" περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν ποιῆσαι ἕνα 
for yegoabout the sea and the y Παπά] tomake one 





a — τηρεῖν LTTrA- ὁ ποιήσατε καὶ τηρεῖτε LTTrA. Ῥ δὲ but 1/ΤΤτΑ. 
τακτα 1 Tra. 

® yap for LTTrA. 
ῥαββὶ [ῥαββί] a. 
Άνμων ὁ πατηῤ LTTr. 
ἃ Versel3 placed after 14 Ε; — verse 13 LTTra, 


τ — τῶν ἱματίων αὐτῶν LTTrA. v δὲ LTTra. 
κ ῥαββεί 1. Υ διδάσκαλος teacher LTTraw. 
Ὁ ὁ οὐράνιος the heavenly LTTra. 
6 --- δὲ but ΕΣ, 


66 


that observe and do; 
but do not ye after 
their works : for they 
say, and do not. 4 For 
they bind heavy bur- 
dens and grievous to 
be borne, and lay them 
on men’s shoulders; 
but they themselves 
will not move them 
with one of their fin- 
gers. 5 But all their 
works they do for to 
be seen of men: they 
make broad their phy- 
lacterics, and enlarge 
the borders of their 
garments, 6 and love 
the uppermost rooms 
at feasts, and the chief 
seats in the syna- 
gogues, 7 and greet- 
ings in the markets, 
and to be called of 
men, Rabbi, Rabbi. 
8 But be not ye called 
Rabbi: for one is your 
Master, even Christ ; 
and all ye are breth- 
ren. 9 And call no 
man your father upon 
the earth: for one is 
your Father, which is 
in heaven. 10 Neither 
be ye called masters: 
for one is your Master, 
even Christ. 11 But he 
that is greatest among 
you shall be your ser- 
vant. 12 And whoso- 
ever shall exalt him- 
self shall be abased; 
and he that shall hum- 
ble himself shall be 
exalted. 


13 But woe unto you, 
scribes and Pharisees, 
hypocrites! for ye shut 
up the kingdom of 
heaven against men: 
for ye neither go in 
yourselves, neither suf- 
fer ye them that are 
entering to go in. 
14 Woe unto you, 
scribes and Phari.ees, 
hypocrités! for ye de- 
νους widows’ houses, 
and for a preten-ve 
make long prayer: 
therefore ye shall re- 
ecive the greater dam- 
nation. 15 Woe nto 
you, scribes and Pha- © 
risees, hypocrites! for 
ye compass sea and 
land to make one pros- 





q— καὶ δυσβάσ- 


τ αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν but they themselves with their finger Litra. 
W paBBe LTr; paBPer T ; 
2— ὁ χριστός GLTTrAW. 
6 ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς LI'TrA. 
f+ δὲ but (woe) ΕΙ ΤΤΤΑ. 


Ε 


66 


elyte, and when he is 
made, ye wake him 
twotold more the child 
of hell than your- 
selves. 16 Woe unto 
you, ye blind guides, 
which say, Wiosoever 
shall swear by the term- 
ple, it is nothing ; but 
whosoever shall swear 
by the gold of the tem- 
ie he is a debtor! 
17 Yefools and blind: 
for whether is greater, 
the gold, or the temple 
that sanctifieth the 
gold? 18 And, Who- 
soever shall swear by 
the altar, itis nothing; 
but whosoever swear- 
eth by the gift that is 
upon it, he is guilty. 
19 Ye fools and blind; 
for whether 15 greater, 


the gift, or the altar. 


that sanctifieth the 
gift? 20 Whoso there- 
fore shall swear by tho 
altar, sweareth by it, 
aud by allthings there- 
on. 21 And whoso shall 
swear by the temple, 
sweareth by it, and 
by him that dwelicth 
thervin., 22 And he that 
shall swear by Leaven, 
sweareth by the throne 
of God, and by him 
that sitteth thercon, 
23 Woe xato you, 
scribes and Pharisccs, 
hypocrites! for ye pay 
tithe of mint and anise 
and cummin, and have 
omitted the weightier 
matiers of the law, 
judgment, mercy, and 


to have done, and not 
to leave the other un- 
done. 24 Ye blind 
guides, which strain at 
a gnat, and swallow a 
camel, 25 Wee unio 


Μα σας, 


προσήλυτον, καὶ ὅταν 
proselyte, 


ΧΧΙΠ, 
γένηται, ποἰεῖτε αὐτὸν υἱὸν γε- 
and when hehasbecome([so], yemake him  ason of Ge- 
͵ , « ~ ἃ 6 ~ ε A , 
ἐννης διπλότερν ὑμῶν. 16 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί, οἱ 
henna twofold more than yourselves. Woe toyou, “guides ‘blind, who 

; ο bal , ~ ~ ὃν a 
λέγοντες, Ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν' b¢.0 ἂν 

say, Whoever shall swear by the temple,nothing itis; but whoever 

, 3 -- ~ ~ ne ‘ Ne ΕἸ Φ 
ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ χρυσῷ τοῦ ναοῦ, ὀφείλει. 17 μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί" 
shallswear by the gold ofthe temple, is a debtor; Fools and ‘blind, © 
ετίς'.γὰρ Ἀμείζωνὶ ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσός, ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάζων" 
for which “greater 4is, the gold, or the temple which sanctiSes 

eS ΓΝ τὸ τες My Fee Bh) Ι ? , ? ~ , 
τὸν χρυσόν; 18 καί, Ος.“εἀνὶ ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ, 
the gold? And, Whoever shallswear by the altar, 

γ ἊΡ 3 οἱ Ὁ μα οἱ ? [ή ? ~ , ~ g , ? ~ 
οὐδὲν gory’ O¢.0.av ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ δώρῳ τῷ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ, 
nothing itis; .butwhoeversha'iswearby the gift μοῦ [15] upon it, 

Λο aN 19 | 8 ΣΙ δ ΄ / A ~ η - 
ὀφείλει. μωροὶ Kai τυφλοί, τίγὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, 
is a debtor. Fools and blind, for which [is] greater, the gift, 
ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον; 206 οὖν ὀμόσας 
or the altar which sanctiiies the gift? He*that'therefore swears 
ἐν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ ὀμνύει ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐπάνω 
by the altar swears by it and by allthingsthat[are] upon 
αὐτοῦ" Zl καὶ ὁ ὀμόσας ἐν τῷ ναῷ ὀμνύει ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν 

it. Andhethat swears by the temple swears by it and by 

τῷ "κατοικοῦντι! αὐτόν' 22 καὶ ὁ ὀμόσαρ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 
himwho dvellsin 15. And hethat swears by the heaven 
ὀμνύει ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐν τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω 
swears by tke throne of God and by him who sits upon 
αὐτοῦ. 23 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, ὅτι 
it. Woe toyou, - scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, for 
ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον καὶ τὸ κύμινον, καὶ 
yeray tithes οὗ ‘the mint and the anise and the cummin, and 
ἀφήκατε τὰ [βαρύτερα τοῦ νύμου, THY κρίσιν καὶ "τὸν 
ye have left aside the weightier [matters] of the law, judgment, and 


faith: these ought yee ἔλεον" καὶ τὴν wiorw' ταῦτα» ἔδει ποιῆσαι, κἀκεῖνα μὴ 
mekcy and faith : these itbehoved[{you] todo,’ andthose not 
Ρἀάφιέναι.ϊ 24 ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί, οὶ! διὐλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα, 
tobeleavingaside. Guides “blind, who filter out the guat, 
τὴν. δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες. 25 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ 
butthe camel swallow. Woe toyou, scribes and 


you, scribes and Pha- 
rixees, hypocrites! for 
ye make clean the out- 
side of the cup and of 
the platter, but within 
they are full of ex- 
tortion and excess. 
26 Thou blind Pha- 
risee, cleanse first that 
which is within the cup 
and platter, that the 
outside of them may 
be clean also. ’ 27 Woe 
unto you, scribes and 
Pharisees, hypocrites! 
for ye are like unto 
whited sepulchres, 
which indeed hppear 
beautiful outward, but 
are Within fuil of dead 
men’s bones, and of all 


Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου 
Pharisees, hypocrites, for yecleanse the outside of the cup 
καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν.δὲ γέμουσιν "ἐξὶ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ 
and of the dish, but within theyarefull of plunder and 
Σἀκρασίας.ὶ 26 Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ, καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς 
incontinence. 2 2Phurisee ‘blind, cleanse first the inside 
τοῦ ποτηρίου ‘Kai τῆς παροψίδος," ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς 
ofthe cup and ofthe dish, that *may "become 8Α]5ο 1119 7ontside 
ταὐτῶνϊ καθαρόν. 27 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, 

3οΕ *them clean. Woe toyou, scribes and Phari 

ὑποκριταί, Ore “παρομοιάζετεὶ τάφοις κεκονιαµένοις, οἵτινες 
hypocrites, for ye are like 4sepulchres +whited, which 
ἔξωθεν μὲν φαίνονται ὡραῖοι, ἔσωθεν.δὲ γέμουσιν ὀστέων 
outwardly indeed appear beautiful, but within are full of bones 





& vi L. 


Ψ ὁμοιάδετε LIr, 


h μεῖζον L. 
τα κατοικήσαντι dwelt in GTraw. 
to leave aside LTTra. 
5 ἀδικίας unrighteousness GW. 


ka@yuTtra, 1-- μωροὶ καὶ [Lb] Tra. 

ο + δὲ but ατα. Ρ ὀφεῖναι 
ας ἐξ τὶ [τι 
Υ͂ αὐτοῦ of it LITra. 


‘ ἁγιάσας sanctified 1ΤΤΤΑ. 

2 τὸ ἔλεος LTTrAs. 
4 --- οἱ (read filtering out.... swallowing) Π.Δ. 
tam καὶ τῆς παροψίδος Za. 


XXIII. MATTHEW. 


ν κρῶν καὶ πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας. 28 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔξωθεν 


of [the] dead and of all unclcanness. Thus also ye outwardly 
μὲν φαίνεσθε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δίκαιοι, ἔσωθεν δὲ Σμεστοί ἐστε" 
indeed appear to men righteous, but within “full are 


ὑποκοίσεως καὶ ἀνομίας. 29 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φα- 
of hypocrisy and lawlessness. Woe toyou, scribes and Pha- 
ρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, ὅτι οἰκοδομεῖτε τοὺς τάφους τῶν προφητῶν, 
risces, hypocrites, for ye build the sepulechres ofthe prophets, 
καὶ κοσμεῖτε τὰ μνημεῖα τῶν δικαίων, 80 καὶ λέγετε. Εἰ Σήμεν! 
and adorm the tombs ofthe righteous, and yesay, If wehadbeen 
ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν.πατέρων-ἡμῶν, οὐκ-ἂν ἦμεν" ᾿κοινωνοὶ 
in tue days . of our fathers we would not have been partakers . 
= 4 ~ / ~ ¢ ~ “ ~ 
αὐτῶν"! ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν. 31 ὥστε μαρτυρεῖτε 
withthem-in the blood ofthe pruphets. So that ye bear witness 
ἑαυτοῖς, ύτι υἱοί ἐστὲ τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας' 
{ο yourselves, that sons yeare of those who murdered the prophets 5 
32 καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν.πατέρων ὑμῶν. 88 ὄφεις, 
and ye, fillyeup the measure of your fathers. Serpents, 
γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς γε- 
offspring ofvipers, how shallye escape from the judgment of Ge- 
’ 4 ~ ao ΄ 7 νι 2 / 4 ς ~ 
évync; 34 Διὰ τοῦτο, ἰδού, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προ- 
henna? Becauseof this, behold, I send to you pro- 
φἦτας καὶ σοφοὺς καὶ γραμματεῖς" "καὶ" ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπο- 
phets and wise [men] and scribes ; and [some] of them ye will 
κτενεῖτε καὶ σταυρώσετε. καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν µαστιγώσετε ἐν ταῖς 
ἘΠῚ and crucify, and(some]of them yewillscourge in 
συναγωγαῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ διώζετε ἀπὸ πόλεως εἰς πόλιν" 
your synagogues, and will persecute from city to city ; 
86 ὕπως ἔλθῃ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυνόμενον! 
so that shouldcome upon you . all (the) *blood *righteous poured out 
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ “τοῦ! αἵματος ᾿Αβελ τοῦ δικαίου, ἕως τοῦ 
upon the earth from the blood of Abel the righteous, to the 
αἵματος Ζαχαρίου υἱοῦ Βαραχίου, ὃν ἐφονεύσατε μεταξὺ τοῦ 
blood . of Zacharias son of Barachias, whom ye murdered between the 
vaov καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου. 36 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, “ ἥξει 
temple and the altar. Verily Isay to you, *shall *come 
ταῦτα. πάντα! ἐπὶ τὴν.γενεὰν.ταύτην. 37 “Ἱερουσαλήμ, 
Ἄμμοεο “things > 181 upon this generation. Jerusalem, 
Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα 
2 . 
Jerusalem, who killest the prophets and stonest 
Tove ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν, ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐἔπισυν- 
those who _ have been sent to her, how often wouldI have gath- 
αγαγεῖν ᾿ τὰ .τέκνα.σού, Ὁν.τρόπον [ἐπισυνάγει͵ ὄρνις" τὰ 
eredtogether thy children, in the way - *gathers“together ‘a “hen 
νοσσία.ξἑαυτῆςοἳ ὑπὸ 


her brood - under [her] »wings, -and ye would not | 
38 ἰδού, Ἰάῤίεται ὑμῖν ὁ.οἶκος ὑμῶν Ἱέρημος.ϊ 39 λέγω.γὰρ 
Behold, left toyou your house desolate ; for I say 
A ea Sage Ci ” αι” « ολο ὦ ? 
ὑμῖν, Οὔμή µε ἴδητε ἀπ’ ἄρτι Ewc.dy εἴπητε, Ἐὐλογη- 


toyou, In no wise me shall yesee henceforth 
/ [4 ς 7 x EAS 

μένος. 0 ερχόμενος ἕν 

οὐ [158]80 πο comes 


until Bless- 


ye say, ’ 
ὀνόματι κυρίου.’ 

ἴῃ [86] name οἱ [the] Lord. 
}» 


‘rae πτέρυγας", καὶ οὐκ.ἠθελήσατε; - 


67 
uncleanness. 28 Even 
so ye also outwardly 
appear righteous unto 
meu, but within yeare 
full of hypocrisy and 
iniquity. 29 Woe unto 
you, scribes and Pha- 
risees, hypocrites! be- 
cause ye build the 
tombs of the prophets, 
and garnish the sepul- 
chres of the righteous, 
30 and say, If we had 
been in the days of our 
fathers, we would not 
have been partakers 
with them in the 
blood of the prophets. 
31 Wherefore ye bé 
witnesses unto your- 
selves, that ye are the 
children of them which 
killed the prophets. 
32 Fill ye uP then the 
measure of your fa- 
thers. 33 Ye serpents, 
ye generation of vi- 
pers, how can ye escape 
the damnation of hell 2 
34 Wherefore, behold, 
I send unto you pro- 
phets, and wise nien, 
and scribes: and some 
of them ye shall kill 
and crucify ; and some 
of them shall ye 
scourge in your syna- 
gogues, and persecute 
them from city to city: 
35 that upon you may 
come all the righteous 
blood shed upon the 
earth, from the blood 
of righteous Abel unto 
the blood of Zacharias 
son of  Barachias, 
whom yeslew between 
the temple and the 
altar. 36 Verily I say 
unto you, All these 
things shall come upon 
this generation. 370 
Jerusalem, Jerusalem, 
thou that killest the 
prophets, and stonest 
them which ure sent 
unto thee, how often 
would I have gathered 
thy children together, 
even as a hen gathereth 
her chickens under her 
wings, and ye would 
not! 38 Behold, your 
house is left unto you 
desolate. 39 ForI say 
unto you, Ye shall not 
see me henceforth, till 
ye shall say, Blessed is 
he that cometh in the 
name of the Lord, 





 éoré μεστοὶ LITA. Υ ἤμεθα GLTTrAW. 
ὃ ἐκχυννόμενον LTTrA, 9 -- τοῦ. 4 + ὅτι ὑπεῦ ο[Α]ν. 
ἐπισυνάγει LITrA, Έ αὐτῆς τ[ττ]Α ΥΓ; --- ἑαυτῆς (ead [her]) 1, 
t — ἔρημος 1. τν 


5 αὐτῶν κοινωνοὶ LTA. 
© πάντα ταῦτα LTrA. 
h + Γαὐτης] ΒΟΥ (wings) L. 


& — Καὶ LTTrA, 
[ὄρνις 


68 

XXIV. And Jesus 
went out, and departed 
from the temple: and 
his disciples came to 
him for to shew him 
the buildings of the 
temple. 2 And Jesus 
said unto them, See ye 
not all the-e things 2 
verily EF say unto you, 
There sha]l not be left 
here one stone upon 
another, that shall not 
be thrown down. 3 And 
as he sat upon the 
mount of Olives, the 
disciples came unto 
him privately, saying, 
Tell us, when shall 
these things be? and 
what shall be the sign 
of thy coming, aud of 
the end of the world? 
4 And Jesus answered 
and said unto them, 
Take heed that no man 
deceive you. 5 For 
many shall comein my 
name, saying, I am 
Christ; and shall de- 
ceive many. 6 And ye 
shall hear of wars and 
rumours of wars: see 
that ye be not trou- 
bled: for all these 
things must come to 
pass, but the end is not 
yet. 7 For nation shall 
rise against nation, 
and. kingdom against 
kingdom: and there 
shall Ῥὸ famines, and 
pestilences, and earth- 
quakes, in divers 
places. 8 All these aze 
the beginning of sor- 
τον. 9 Then shall 
they deliver you up to 
be afflicted, and shall 
kill you: and ye shall 
be hated of all nations 
for my name’s sake, 
10 And then shall 
many: be offended, and 
shall betray one an- 
other, and, shall hate 
one another. 11 And 
many false prophets 
shall rise, and shall 
deceive many. 12 And 
because iniquity shall 
abound, the love of 
many shall wax cold. 
13 But he that shall 
endure unto the end, 
the same shall be 
saved. 14 And this 
gospel cf the kingdom 
shall be preached in 
all the world for a 
witness unto all na- 
tions; and then shall 
the end come. 15 When 
ye therefore shall see 
the abomination of 
desolation, spoken of 
by Daniel the prophet, 
stand in the holy place, 


K ἀπὸ (ἐκ out of L) τοῦ ἱεροὺ ἐπορεύετο LT tra. 
= ταῦτα πάντα Ι.ΤΊτΑ. 


4. = πάντα LTT:[4]. 


abomination 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. SXEY: 


94 Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς "ἐπορεύετο ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ," καὶ 
And going forth Jesus went away from the temple, and 


προσῆλθον οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτῷ τὰς οἰκοδομὰς 
came ο [Phim] "his 7disciples to point out tohim the buildings 


τοῦ ἱεροῦ. 2 ὁ δὲ. Τησοῦς! εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Οὐ. βλέπετε πάντα" 
of the temple. But Jesus said to them, See ye not pall 


~ all > 4 λε « ~ η) ‘ ? On LS rid , iri 
ταῦτα : ἀμὴν λεγω ὑμῖν, ov_un ἀφεθῃ woe λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον 
these things? Verily Isay to you, notatallshallbe ieft.here stone upon stone | 
ὃς οὐ. μὴϊ καταλυθήσεται: 3 Καθημένου.ξὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ 
which shall not be thrown down. Andas“was “sitting ‘he upon the 
Όρους τῶν ἐλαιῶν προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ" κατ᾽ ἰδίαν, λέει 


mount of Olives “came "το “him ‘the *discipies apart, say- 
~ ” 4 / - ' 

γοντες; Εἰπὲ ἡμῖν, πότε ταῦτα εσται; καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον 

ing, Tell us, when“these*things'shallbe? and what[is]the sign 


τῆς σῆς παρουσίας καὶ Ῥτῆς" συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος; 4 Καὶ 


of thy coming and ofthe completion ofthe age? And 
ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῖῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Βλέπετε, μή τις ὑμᾶς 
answering Jesus said tothem, Take heed, lest any one “you 


πλανήσῃ. 5 πολλοὶ.γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί-μου, λέ- 


*mislead. For many. will come in my name, 
γοντες, Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ χριστός" καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν: 
saying, am the Christ; and many they will mislead, 


6 Maddosre δὲ ἀκούειν πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων. ὑρᾶτε, 
But ye shall beabout {ο hear of “wars and rumours of wars, See, 


μὴ .θροεῖσθε" δεῖ. γὰρ πάντα! γενέσθαι" ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω 
be not disturbed; for it isnecessary all[these]things to take hi but not yet 


ἐστὶν τὸ τέλος. 7 ᾿Ἐγερθήσεται. γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ! έθνος, καὶ 
18 the end. For *shall*risé*up ‘nation pm ie. nation. and 


βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν" καὶ ἔσονται λιμοὶ "καὶ λοιμοὶ! 
kingdom against kingdom; and there 588}} be famines and pecstilences 
καὶ σεισμοὶ κατὰ τόπους. 8 πάντα.δὲ ταῦτα ἀρχὴ ὠδί- 
and earthquakes in (diffcrent] places, But 411 these {areja beginning of 
νων. 9 Τότε παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλίψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν 
throes. Then willthey dcliverup you to tribulation, and will ki 
ὑμᾶς" καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων ἱτῶν" ἐθνῶν διὰ 
you; and ye willbe hated by all the nations on account of 


ef , A , , , 4 
τὸ. ὀνομά.-μου. 10 καὶ τότε σκανῥαλισθήσονται πολλοί, καὶ 
my name. And then will be offended many, and 


ἀλλήλους παραδώσουσιν καὶ μισήσουσιν ἀλλήλους" 11 καὶ 
one another they willdcliver up and will hate one another ; and 


πολλοὶ ψευδοπροφῆται ἐγερθήσονται, καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολ- 
many false prophets will arise, and will misicad 


λούς' 12 καὶ διὰ τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν, ψυγήσεται 
many ; and because shallhavebeenmultiplied lawlessness,°will’grow Ξσοο]ᾶ 
ΠΣ ἀγαπη | ΣΙ πολλῶν 13 ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, 
1{1Π9.. Ιου. Sof '*t Smany ; but he ΒΟ endures to[the] end 


οὗτος “ἂν 14 καὶ κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο.τὸ.εὐαγγέλιον. 
he 58Π8411}68 5αγυθᾶ, And thereshall be proclaimed these glad tidings 


τῆς βασιλείας ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ, εἰς μαρτύριον πᾶσιν τοῖς 


ofthe kingdom in all the habitableearth, for atestimony toall the 
ἔθνεσιν' καὶ τύτε ἥξει τὸ τέλος. 15 Ὅταν οὖν ἴδητε τὸ 


When therefore yeshallsce the 

διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προ- 
the  ὮΡΓΟ- 
! ἀποκριθεὶς answering (he said) LTTra.' 


ο + [αὐτοῦ] of him L._ Ρ — τῆς LTTrA. 
+ — τῶν E. 


nations; and thenshallcome the end. 


βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν 


of desolation, which wasspokenof by: Daniel 


η — μὴ GLIT-AW. 
Εαν, S— καὶ λοιμοί LULA, 


AXIV, 


΄ vs ‘ ll ? 
ONTOV, "εστος" εν 


MATTHEW. 


, «ε ’ e ΄ ’ 
τόπῳ αγίῳ' ὁ ἀναγινώσκων Ἀνοεί- 


phet, standing in[the] *place ‘holy (he who reads let him un- 

τω" 16 τότε οἱ ἐν' τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ φευγέτωσαν *éri! τὰ 

derstand), then those in Judea let them flee to the 
ὄρη" 17 ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος μὴ Σκαταβαινέτωϊ dpai τι 


mountains; he on the housetop lethimnotcomedown totake anything 


ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ" 18 καὶ ὁ ἐν 'τῷ ἀγρῷ μὴ.ἐπιστρεψάτω 
out of his house ; and he in the field let him not return 
ὀπίσω ἄραι "τὰ ἱμάτια" αὐτοῦ. 19 οὐαὶ δὲ. ταῖς ἐν.γαστρὶ ἐ- 
back to take *sarments ‘*his, But woe to those that are with 
χούσαις καὶ, ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις. 
child and to those that give suck in those days. 
20 προσεύχεσθε.δὲ ἵνα μὴ. γένηται ἡ.φυγὴ. ἡμῶν χειμῶνος, μηδὲ 
And pray that “may *not ο ‘your “flight inwinter, nor 


δὲν! σαββάτῳ. 21 "Ἔσται.γὰρ τότε θλίψις µεγάλη, οἵα «οὐ 


on sabbath: for there shall be then *tribulation ‘great suchas not 
γέγονεν" ἀπ᾽ ἀ ͵, Κόσμου ἕως τοῦ νῦν, οὐδ᾽ οὐ. μὴ 
"has been from([the] beginning οὔ [ὑΠ6] world until now, no, nowever 


γένηται. 22 κὰὶ εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι.ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ 
shall be ; and unless *had *been *shortened __ ‘those *days, Snot 
av ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ: διὰ δὲ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς 

*there ’would Ὠανε beensaved any : flesh, but on account οὗ the elect 

ὴ/- ee kr Σον 7 22 Ce w 

κολοβωθήσονται «αἱ ἡμέραι.εκεῖναι. 23 Tore ἐάν τις ὑμῖν 
‘shall“be Sshortened _ ‘those “days. Then -if anyone ‘to you 
εἴπῃ, Ιδού, ὧδε ὁ χριστός, ἢ ὧδε, μὴ. πιστεύσητε." 94 Ἔγερ- 
say, Behold, here([is]the €hrist, or here, believe [it] not. 2There *will 
θήσονται γὰρ ψευδόχριστοι καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ δώσουσιν 
*arise for false Christs and false prophets, and will give - 
σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα, ὥστε ἐπλανῆσαι!, εἰ δυνατόν, καὶ 


“signs ρτϑαὺ and’ wonders, 80 as to mislead, if possible, even 
‘ ? / =) , ΄ { ~ Σολ τ" ” 

τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς. 26 ἰδού, προείρηκα ὑμῖν. 20 ἐὰν οὖν εἴπωσιν 

the elect. Lo, Ihave foretuld[it] toyou. ΄1Ὲ therefore they say 


ε ~ 2 / 1 ~ τ , : ΄ ἢ 2 ΦᾺΡ ” I ? 
ὑμῖν, Ιδού, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μή.-ἐξελθητε' Ἰδού, ἐν 
to you, Behold, in the wilderness he is, go not forth: Behold, [he is] in 
τοῖς ταμείοις, μὴ.πιστεύσητε. 27 ὥσπερ.γὰρ ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρ-- 
the chambers, believe [10] not. For as the lightning comés 
χεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται δυσμῶν, οὕτως 
forth from{[the] east and west, £0 
” \ fat ~ con ~ r ͵ 
ἔσται ἱκαὶ" ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 28 ὅπου.ἐγὰρὶ 
shallbe also the coming ofthe Son of man. For wherever 
ΣΧ τ Ν -“ ? ~ θη « ᾽ / ( , 
ἐὰν yg τὸ πτῶμα, εκει συναχθήσονται οἱ ἄετοι. 29 Βὺ- 
ΏΙΑΥ Ῥο ἰπο carcase, there will be gathered together the eagles. 7Immedi- 
θέως δὲ μετὰ τὴν θλίψιν τῶν.ἡμερῶν.ἐκείνων ὁ ἥλιος σκοτι- 
ately,'but after the tribulation of those days the sun _ shall be 
σθήσεται, καὶ ἡ σελήνη οὐ.δώσει τὸ φέγγος.αὐτῆς, καὶ οἱ 


ἕως 
appears as far as(the] 


darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the 
ἀστέρες πεσοῦνται "ἀπὸ" τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν 
stars shall fall from the . heaven, and the powers. ofthe 


οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται. 30 καὶ τότε φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον 


69 


(whoso readeth, let him 
understand:) 16 then 
let them which be in 
Judwa flee into the 
mountains : 17 let him 
which is on the house- 
top not, come down to 
take ‘any thing out of 
his house: 18 neither 
let him which is in 
the field return back 
to take his clothes. 
19 And woe unto them 
that are with child, 
and to them that give 
suck in those days! 
20 But pray ye that, 
your flight be not in 
the winter, neither on 
the sabbath day: 21 for 
then shall be great 
tribulation, such as 
was.not since the be- 
ginning of the world 
to this time, no, nor 
ever shall be. 22 And 
except those days 
should be shortened, 


‘there should no flesh 


be saved: but for the 
elect’s sake those days 
shall be _ shortened. 
23 Then if any man 
shall say unto you, Lo, 
here ὦ Christ, or there; 
believe i¢not. 24 For 
there shall arise false 
Christs, and false pro- 
phets, and shall shew 
great signs and won- 
ders; insomuch that, 
if it were possible, they 
shall deceive the very 
elect. 25 Behold, f 
have told you before. 
26 Wherefore if they 
shall say unto you, 
Behold, he is in the 
desert ; go not forth: 
behold, he is in the 
secret chambers; Ῥε- 
lieve tt not. 27 For as 
the lightning cometh 
out of the east, and 
shineth even unto the 
west ; soshall also the 
coming of the Son of 
man be. 28 For where- 
soever the carcase is; 
there will the eagles 
be gathered together. 
29 Immediately after 
the tribulation of 
those days shall the 
sun be darkened, and 
the moon shall not 
give her light, and the 
stars shall fall from 
heaven, and the powers 
of the heavens shall be 
shaken: 30 and then 
shall appear the sign 
of the Son of man in 
heaven: and then shall 





heavens shall be shaken, And then shallappear the sign 
τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ “ἀνθρώπου ἐν Ἰτῷὶ οὐρανῷ καὶ *rére" κὀ-' 
of the Son of man in the heaven ; and then shall 
" ¥ ἑστὼς EG. W νοείτω; does he understand ? rr. χ εἰς LTr. 


* τὰ the things GLTTraw. 
ἐγένετο T. ἃ πιστεύετε L. 
/ — καὶ LTTraW, 


5 τὸ ἱμάτιον garment Ltr. 


6 -- γὰρ ΤΟΥ ΤΑ. Β ἐκ out of T, 


Ὁ — ἐν GLTT-AW. 
© πλανηθῆναι Τ; πλανᾶσθαι (read so that will be misled) vr. 
δ σα Τῷ LITA, 


. 
Υκαταβάτω 1.TTr. 
© ouK 


ik = τότε τ 


70 


all the tribes of the 
earth mourn, and they 
shalf sce the Son of 
man coming in the 
clouds of heaven with 
power and great glory. 
31 And he shall send 
his angels with a great 
sound of a trumpet, 
and they shall gather 
together his elect from 
the four winds, from 
one end of heaven to 
the other. 32 Now learn 
a parable of the fig 
tree ; When his branch 
is yet tender, and put- 
teth forth leaves, ye 
know that summer 18 
“nigh: 33 so likewi-e 
ye, when ye shall sce 
ell these things, know 
that it is near, even at 
the doors. 34 Verily I 
say unto you, This 
generation shall not 
pass, till all these 
things be fulfilled. 
35 Heaven and earth 
shall pass away, but 
my words shall not 
pass away. 36 But of 
that . day and hour 
knoweth no man, no, 
not the angels of hea- 
ven, but my Father 
only. 37 Βαν as the 
Gays of Noe were, so 
shall also the coming 
of the Son of man be. 
3% For as in the days 
that were before the 
flood they were eating 
aud drinking, marry- 
ing and giving in mar- 


ο υπ the day . 


that Noe entered into 
the ark, 39 and knew 
not until the fldod 
came, and took them 
all away ; soshall also 
the coming of the Son 
of man be. 40 Then 
shall twobe in the field; 
the one shall be taken, 
and the other Ieft: 
41 Two women shall be 
grinding at the mill; 
the one shall be taken, 
and the other left. 
42 Watch therefore: 
for ye ‘know not what 
hour your Lord doth 
come. 43 But know 
this, that if the good- 
man of the house had 


ι — φωνῆς (read a great trumpet) T. 


ο ταῦτα πάντα TTr. 


5... οὐδὲ ὁ vios ΠΟΥ the son LT. 


ν - καὶ LTTrA. 


3 — ταῖς πρὸ (read of the flood) a, 


6 ἔσονται δύο LT. 





: ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. XXIV. 
~ « ‘ ~ ~ mt 3 A εν - 
ψονται πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς. καὶ ὄψονται τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ 
wail all the tribes ofthe land, and they shallsee the Son 
ἀνθρώπου, ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν Tu οὐρανοῦ μετὰ ὃν- 
of man, coming on the clouds of heaven with 
, \ a ~ ‘ ? ~ 4 2 ον 
vapewc καὶ δόξης πολλῆς. 9] καὶ ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους 
power and glory lereat. And heshallsend 7angels 
αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος φωνῆς" μεγάλης, καὶ ἐπισυνάξουσιν 
this with *of*a°*trumpet sound ‘sreat, andthcyshall gather together 
τοὺς. ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων. ἀπ᾽ ἄκρων 
his elect froth the four winds, from([the]extremities 
οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν. 32 ᾿Απὸ.δὲ τῆς συκῆς 
of(the]heavens to [the]extremities of them. But from the fig-tree 
μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν’ ὅταν ἤ η ὁ.κλάδος. αὐτῆς γένηται 
learn the parable: When already its branch is become 
{ x , ΔΝ 4 , n 3: , ll ᾿ a 3 Ι] 3 
απαλος, καὲ τα φύλλα EKPUY, Y\VWGKETE OTL ἐγγὺς TO 


m 


tender, and the leaves it puts forth, ye know that near [is] the 
θέρος 98. οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὅταν ἴδητε “πάντα ταῦτα, 
sunimer. Thus also ye, when yesee (_ all these things, 
΄ Β ev > , ? 3.31 Ὁ , pik , ee peg 
γινώσκετε ore ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις. 34 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, 
know that near it is, at{the] doers. Verily Isay to you, 
οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ.γενεὰ αὕτη ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα 


19 πο wise willhave passed away this generation until all these things 


. γένηται. 96 Ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται," 
shall have taken place. The heaven and the earth shall pass away, 
οἱ δὲ λόγοι-µου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν. 86 Περὶ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας 
- but my words in no wise shall pass away. But concerning *day 
ἐκείνης καὶ "τῆς" ὥρας οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν 
of the 


\ithat and the hour noone knows, noteven the angels 
οὐρανῶν, "εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ.'μουὶ μόνος. 37 Ὥσπερ. δὲ" αἱ ἡμέραι 
heavens, but my Father only. But as the days 


~ No eo ” τ { ἃ , ~ tc ~ .~ 3 ee 
τοῦ. Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ; ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώ- 


of Noo, 80 shall be; ΄ also the. coming of the Son of 
που. ‘38 Ὑώσπερὶ γὰρ ἧσαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις *raic πρὸϊ 


man. 248 days which [were] before 


τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ, τρώγοντες καὶ, πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ 
the flood, j eating _and_ . drinking, marrying and 
a2 iZ y 2 τ « ; 4 > ἤλθ mn > 1 ἘΠῊΝ 
ἐκγαμίζοντες," ἄχρι ἧς.Ίμερας εἰσῆλθεν Νῶε εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν, 
giving in marriage, until the day when “entered ‘Noe into the ark, 
39 καὶ οὐκ.ἔγνωσαν, ἕως ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυαμὺς καὶ ἦρεν 
and they knew not till came λε *flood and took away 
ἅπαντας, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ" ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπον. 
all; ‘thus shallbe also the coming ofthe Son of man. 
40 Tore «δύο ἔσονται" ἐν τῷ ayo” 46", εἷς παραλαμβάνεται; 
Then πο will be in the field, the one is taken, 
καὶ 40" εἷς ἀφίεται. 41 δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐν τῷ Σμύλωνι Ἱ µία 
and the one is left; two[ women] grinding at the mill, one 
παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ µία ἀφίεται. 42 Tonyopsire οὖν, ὅτι 
is taken, _and one [15 left. Watch . therefore, for 
3 » ΄, ευ Π « ,᾿ € ~ ” os 3 on ‘ 
οὐκ.οἴδατε ποίᾳ ᾿ὥρᾳ' ὁ κὐριος.ὑμῶν ἔρχεται' 48 ἐκεῖνο.δὲ 
ye-know not inwhat hour your Lord comes, But this 


*for they were in the 





m + τῶν the Tr. 5 ἐκφυῇ are put forth Lrra, 
Ρ + ὅτι that Ltr. 4 παρελεύσεται GLIT:A. τ — τῆς GLTTrA. 
:- μον (read the Father) Gurtr[a]. γ᾽ γὰρ for (as) Lrr. 
7 + ἐκείναις (read those days) L[tr} 


* ὡς aS LTA; ὡς 80 Tr. 
b — καὶ LTra- 


βίγαμίσκοντες L; Ὑαμίζοντες T. 


4 -- ὁ ΤΤΤΓΑ, © μύλῳ LTT. a. Γἡμέρα duy Lrira. 


XXIV, XXV. 


γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ 
know, 


MATTHEW. 

” ’ ’ ~ 
ῃ δει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ φυλακῇ 
that if Shad 7known 'the *master ὋΣ πὸ Shouse in what watch 
ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν.ἂν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν ὅδιο- 
the thief comes, he would have. watched, and not have suffered *to *be 
ουγῆναιὶ τὴν.οἰκίαν.αὐτοῦ. 44 διὰ τοῦτο Kai ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε 
Sdug Sthrough *his *house. Wherefore also “ye the 


ε a Ἐν ντ Pl γ᾿ ~ ή ε εν κα Ἢ , » 
ἑτοιμοι οτι 1)- Wot ου. ὀοκειτε ο υιος του ἀνθρώπου ἕρχεται. 


ready, for in ναί ΠΟῸΣ ye think not the Son * of man comes. 
45 Tic dpa ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέ-͵ 
Who then is the faithful” bondman and prudent, whom. “has 


στησεν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ" ἐπὶ τῆς. Κθεραπείας" αὐτοῦ, τοῦ ἰδιδόναι" 
*sct this @lord over his household, to give 
αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ ; 46 μακάριος ὁ-δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος, OV, 
tothem the food in season? Blessed that bondman, whor 
ἦλθ 1 t , > ~ « ΄ m ~ «“ Π : ‘ 
ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος.αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως." 47 Apny 
Shaving*come ‘this “lord will find doing thus. Verily 


, ε - Γ ‘ ~ ~ > a 
λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει 


Isay οσοι, that over all his property he will set 
> = , Part ὃ 4 ” ε . " in ΠᾺ n2 ~ Π 2 ~ 
αὐτον. 48 Ἑὰν. δὲ ειπῃ οκακὸς ὀουλος "εκεινος' εν Τῇ 
him. But if *should°say “evil Sbpondman ‘that in 


καρδίᾳ. αὐτοῦ, Χρονίζει ὁ. κύριός. μου" Ρἐλθεῖν,' 49 καὶ ἄρξηται, 
his heart, Delays my “lord to come, and should begin 
τύπτειν τοὺς συνδούλους, τἐσθίειν" δὲ καὶ "πίνειν" μετὰ TOY 
{ο Ῥεαῦ [his] fellow-bondmen, and ἴο εαῦ aad to drink with the 
μεθυόντων, 50 ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ.δούλου ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 
drunken, Swill7come'the “lord 308 *that *bondman in a day 
οὐ. προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ οὐ.γινώσκει, 61 Καὶ 
in which he does not expect, and in anhour which he knows not, and 
ξιχοτοµήσει αὐτόν, καὶ τὺ.μέρος.αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν. 
willcut“in*two ‘thim, and his portion with the hypocrites 
θήσει: ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὃ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. 
willappoint: there will be the weeping ‘andthe gnashing ofthe’ teeth. 
δ' τ ~ ~ , 
5 Τότε ὁμοιωθήσεται 4 βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν δέκα 
Then *will 7be πιαᾶο °like ‘the Ξκιῃησάοια “%of*the ‘heavens [to} ten 
παρθένοις, αἵτινες λαβοῦσαι τὰς.λαμπάδας. αὑτῶν" ἐξῆλθον 


virgins, who having taken their lamps went forth 
εἰς. “ἀπάντησιν! τοῦ νυμφίου. 2 πέντεδὲ “ἦσαν ἐξ αὐτῶν" 
to meet the bridegroom. And five Swere ‘of *them 
φρόνιμοι," καὶ Yai" πέντε *uwpat." 3 Aaizrivec' μωραί, λα- 
prudent, and five foolish, They who[were] foolish, hav- 


— A , b « ~ ll ? » » € ~ 
βοῦσαι τὰς.λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν," οὐκ.ἔλαβον μεθ ἑαυτῶν. 
ing taken their lamps, did not take with themseives 
ἔλαιον' 4 αἱ δὲ φρόνιμοι ἔλαβον ἔλαιον ἐν τοῖς ἀγγείοις 

oil; butthe prudent took oil in 3πο sels 


οεαὑτῶν" μετὰ τῶν. λαμπάδων αὑτῶν. 
their with their lamps. But *tarrying lthe 

΄ δι oe Ι ~ Oe oat. > , x 

νυµφίου, ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι καὶ ἐκάθευδον. 6 μέσης. δὲ 
bridegroom, they *became“drowsy ‘all and slept. But in [the] middie 
νυκτὸς κραυγὴ γέγονεν, Ιδού, ὁ νυμφίος “ἔρχεται," ἐξέρ- 
of [the] night *a“cry ‘there 2was, Bchold,thebridegroom comes, go 
Ε διορυχθῆναι TTr. ο} ov δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ LITra. 
k οἰκετείας LTTrA. 1 δοῦναι GLTTYA. τ Ούτως ποιοῦντα LTTrA. 
evil bondman) t. 9 µου ὃ κύριος LTTrA. Ρ — ἐλθεῖν 111ς. 
bondmen) LTTraw. τ ἐσθίῃ should eat ULTTraW. 
τ ἑαυτῶν LTrA} αὐτῶν TW. δ“ ὑπάντησιν LITrA. 
LTTrA. Y—‘at EGLTTrAW. 7 φρόνιμοι prudent LITra. 
who tr; αἱ γὰρ forthe TA. ὃ αὑτῶν GW; αὐτῶν LTTA; — ἑαυτῶν Ὁ, 

vessels) LTTrA, 4 ἑαυτῶν LT; αὐτῶν Tré. © -- ἔρχεται LTTrA, 


" 5 χρονίζοντος.δὲ τοῦ 


n 


_his_ heart, 


71 


known in what watch 
thre thief would come, 
he would have watch- 
ed, and would not have 
suftcred his house to ba 
broken up.’ 44 There- 
fore be ye also ready: 
for in such an hour as 
ye think not the Son 
of mancometh. 45 Who 
then is a faithful and 
wise servant, whom 
his lord hath made 
ruler over his house- 
hold, to give them 
meat in duc.season? 
46 Blessed is that ser- 
vant, whom his lord 
when he cometh shall 
find so doing. 47 Verily 
I say unto you, That 
he shall make him 
ruler over all his goods. 
48 But and if that evil 
servant shall say in 
My lord 
dclayeth his coming ; 
49 and shall begin to 


‘smite Azs fellowser- 


vants, and to eat and 
drink with the drunk- 
en; 50 the lord of that 
servant shall come in 
a day when he looketh 
not for Aim, and in an 
hour that he is not 
aware of, 51 and shall 
cut him asunder, and 
appoint him his por- 
tion with the hypo- 
erites: there shall be 
weeping and gnashing 
of teeth. 


XXYV. Then shall the 
kingdom of heaven be 
likened unto ten vir- 
gins, which took their 
lamps, and went forth 
to meet the bride- 
groom. 2 And five of 
them were wise, and 
five were foolish. 
3 They that were fool- 
i-h took their lamps, 
and took no oil with 
them: 4 but the wise 
took oil in their ves- 
sels with their lamps. 
5 While the bride- 
groom tarried, thoy 
all slumbered and 
slept. 6 And at mid- 
night there was acry 
made, Behold, the 
bridegroom cometh; 


i — αὐτοῦ (/εαά [his}) LTT A. 


— ἐκεῖνος (read the 
+ αὐτοῦ his (fellow 


5 πίνῃ Should drink GLTtraw. 
Ww ἐξ αὐτῶν ἦσαν LTTrA. 
4 αἱ δὲ but the L; ai γὰρ for those 
£ — αὐτῶν (read the 


x μωραὶ foolish 


72 


go ye out to meet him. 
7 Then all those vir- 
gins arose, and trim- 
med their lamps. 8 And 
the foolish said unto 
the wise, Give us of 
your oil; for our lamps 
are gone out. 9 Bui 
the wise answered, say- 
ing, Not so; lest there, 
be not enough for us 
and you: but go ye 
rather to them that 
sell, and buy for your- 
selves. 10 And while 
they went to buy, the 
bridegroom came ; and 
they that were ready 
went in with him to 
the marriage : and the 
door was shut. 11 Af- 
terward came also the 
other virgins, saying, 
Lord, Lord, open to 
us, 12 But he answer- 
ed and said, Verily [ 
say unto you, I know 
you not. 13 Watch 
therefore, for ye know 
neither the day nor the 
hour wherein the Son 
of man cometh, 


14 For the kingdom 
of heaven is as a man 
travelling into a far 
country, who called 
his own servants, and 
delivered unto them 
his goods. 15 Andunto 
one he gave five ta- 
lents, to another two, 
and to another one; 
to every man accord- 
ing to his several abi- 
lity ; and straightway 
took his journey. 
16 Then he that had 
received the five ta- 
lents went and traded 
with the same, and 
made them other five 
talents. 17 And like- 
wise he that had re-: 
ceived two, he also 
gained other’ two. 
18 But he that had re- 
eeived one went and 
digged in the earth, 
and hid his lord’s 
money. 19 After a long 
time the lord of those 
servants cometh, and 
reckoneth with them, 
20 And so he that had 
received five talents 
came and ‘brought 
other five talent~, say- 
ing, Lord, thou deliv- 
eredst anto me five 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙ.ΟΣ. XXV. 


χεσθε' εἰς. ἀπάντησιν fabrov.! 7 Tore ἠγέρθησαν πᾶσαι αἱ 
forth to meet him. Then arose all 
ῃ } ~ «ον A aD eo νὼ Π ε χὰ 
παρθένοι.ἐκεῖναι, καὶ ἐκόσμησαν τὰς.λαμπάδας ξαὐτῶν.! 8 αἱ δὲ 
those Virgins, and trimmed their lamps, And the 
μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις δεῖπον," Δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ.ἐλαίου ὑμῶν, 
foolish tothe prudent said, Give:  αξ' lor your oil, 
ὅτι αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται. Ὁ ᾿Απεκρίθησαν ξὲ αἱ 
for our lamps are going out. But “answered , ‘the 
φρόνιμοι, λέγουσαι, Μήποτε Ἰοὐκὶ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν’ 
“prudent, saying, [No,] lest Snot 'it*may suffice forus and you: 
πορεύεσθε. “δὲ! μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, Kai ἀγοράσάτε 
but go rather to those who sell, and buy 
¢ ~ ? / \ 3. ow ? ΄ - 
ἑαυταῖς. 10 ἀπερχομένων.δὲ αὐτῶν ἀγοράσαι, ἦλθεν ο 
for yourselves. But as *went *away they to buy, %came ‘the 
νυμφίος" καὶ at ἕτοιμοι εἰσῆλθον μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς γά- 
“bridegroom, and those ready wentin with him to the wedding 
μους, καὶ ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα. 11 ὕστερον.δὲ ἔρχονται kai" αἱ 
feast, and Άννας ‘shut 'the 7door. And afterwards come alsa the 
λοιπαὶ παρθένοι, λέγουσαι, Κύριε, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν. 12 Ὁ δὲ 
other virgins, saying,, Lord, Lord, open to us. But he 
ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ.οἶδα ὑμᾶς. 13 Τρη- 
answering said, Verily Isay to you, I do not know you. Waich 
γορεῖτε οὖν, ὅτι οὐκ.οἴδατε THY ἡμέραν οὐδὲ THY ὥραν Mv 
therefore, for ye do not know the day nor the hour in 
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται." 
which the Son of man comes. 
[ή ‘ » ~ , \ ΄, 
14 Ὥσπερ.γὰρ ἄνθρωπος ἀποδημῶν ἐκάλεσεν τοὺς ἰδίους 
For [it is] as Gf] aman leaving the country called his own 
, 3 ~ ~ Ld 
δούλους, καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ. 15 καὶ 
bondmen, and delivered to them his property. And 
τ \ ”/ / ΄, τ \ » x A e 
ῳ-μὲν ἔδωκεν πέντε τάλαντα, «φ.δὲ δύο, woe ἕν, 
toone he gave five talents, and to another two, and toanother one, 
ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν καὶ "ἀπεδήμησεν εὐθέως. 
to each according to his respective ability; and left the country immediately. 
16 πορευθεὶς" dé" ὁ τὰ πέντε τάλαντα λαβὼν Ῥεἰργάσατοϊ 
And “having *gone 'hewhothe five talents received trafficked 
ἐν αὐτοῖ i Ἰἐποί " ἄλλ Eyre rar "17 ὡσαύ 
iC, και Ἰεποι]σεν A α πεντε΄ταλαντα. ωσανυτως 
with them, and made other five talents. In like manner 


βκαὶ ὁ τὰ δύο ἐκέρδ teat αὐτὸς! ἄλλα δύ 
ρ σεν “καὶ αυτος a α υο. 
also he who[received] the two βρα]τιθά 34.150 the other two. 
18 ὁ δὲ τὸ ἕν᾽ λαβὼν ἀπελθὼν -ὥρυξεν Viv τῇ γῇ," καὶ 
But he who the one received having goneaway dug in the earth, and 
Σἀπέκρυψεν! τὸ ἀργύριον τοῦ.κυρίου.αὐτοῦ. 19 Μετὰ δὲ Σχρόνον 
hid the money of his lord. Andafter a *time 
πολὺν" ἔρχεται ὁ κύριος τῶν.δούλων.ἐκείνων, καὶ συναίρει 

‘long comes the lord of those bondmen, and takes 
7 > ᾽ ~ λ , - il 90 A λθ " ο κ 4 / ae 
μετ αυτων oyov. και προσε ων ο τα TEVTE τα 
*with “them. ‘account. And *having *come *he who the five ta- 
λαντα λαβὼν, προσήνεγκεν' ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα, λέγων, 
lents received, broughtto [him] other five talents, saying, 





f — αὐτοῦ (read [him])TaA. δ ἑαυτῶν LTtra. Β εἶπαν Ttra. iov μὴ not at all Ltraw. 


k δὲ but GLTTraW. 


1— καὶ τ[ tr] m — ἐν ἡ ὃ υἱὲ Ὁ ἀνθρώ ἔ 
ὃ ἡ ὃ υἱὸς τοῦ ανθρώπου ἔρχεται GLTTrA. 


π ἀπεδήμησεν. εὐθέως πορευθεὶς left the country. Immediately having gone τ. 9 -- δὲ απᾶ 
[1,71 [tr]. Ρ ἠργάσατο ΤΑ. 9 ἐκέρδησεν gained Ltr. τ--- τάλαντα LTr[A]. 5 — καὶ 
[L|r. t— καὶ αὐτὸς LrT:[a]. Υ + τάλαντον talent x. ~ γῆν [the] ¢arth Trra, 


ἃ ἔκρυψεν LT Tra, 


) πολὺν χρόνον LITrA, ὃ λόγον per αὐτῶν LTTra, 


παν. 
Κύριε, πέντε τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας" 
Lord, five talents tome thou didst deliver: behold, othez five 
"τάλαντα! ἐκέρδησα δἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς." 91" Εφη. δὲ! αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος 
talents ‘have 1 gained besides them. And “said *to *him “lord, 
αὐτοῦ, Et, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ, ἐπὶ ὀλίγα AC 
‘his, Well! bondman good and _ faithful, over a few things thou wast 
πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν GE καταστήσω" εἴσελθε εἰς THY χαρὰν 


MATTHE W. 


ἴδε, ἄλλα πέντε 


faithful, over many things thee will I set : enter into the joy. 
τοῦ.κυρίου.σου. 22 Προσελθὼν δὲ" καὶ ὁ τὰ δύο τά- 
of thy lord. And having α me to[him] ?also 'he who the two ta- 


Lavra “λαβὼν! εἶπεν, Κύριε, δύο τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας' 
lents received said, Lord, two talents to me thou didst deliver; 
ἴδε, ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα er’ αὐτοῖς." 28 “Edy 
behold, other two talents havel gained besides them. *Said 
αὐτῷ ὁ.κύριος.αὐτοῦ, Et, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ, ἐπὶ 
“to *him "his *Lord, Well! bondman good and faithful, over 
ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω"' εἴσελθε 
a few things thou wast faithful, over many thingsthee 1111 βοῦ: enter 
εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ.κυρίου.σου. 24 Προσελθὼν δὲ 
into the joy of thy Lord. 


ent , ΠῚ ᾿ = ’ » ΓΙ \ 
τὸ ἕν τάλαντον εἰληφὼς εἶπεν, Κύριε, ἔγνων σε ὅτι σκληρὸς 


καὶ ὁ 
And having come to[him] also 'he who 


the one talent had received said, Lord, Iknew thee that ‘*hard 
εἶ ἄνθρωπος, θερίζων Όπου οὐκ.έσπειρας, Kai συνάγων 
που 7art *a°man, reaping where thoudidstnotsow, and gathering 


ὅθεν "οὐ.διεσκόρπισας' 25 καὶ φοβηθείς, ἀπελθὼν ἔκρυψα 
whence thou didst not scatter, and beingafraid, having goneaway 1 hid 
τὺ.τάλαντόν.σου ἐν TH γῇ ἴδε, ἔχεις τὺσόν. . 96 Απο 
thy talent in the earth; behold, thou hast thine own. *An- 
3 \ Syne , ἢ οκ 7 ία κε ἣ Η ὃ ω tl ς 
κριθεὶς δὲ ὁ.κύριος.αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Πονηρὲ δοῦλε! καὶ 
swering ‘and *his *Lord said tohim, Wicked “*bondman ‘and 
ὀκνηρέ, ἤδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ.ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν 
*slothful, thou knewestthat Lreap where Isowed not, and gather whence 
οὐ.διεσκόρπισα; 27 ἔδει δοῦν σε" βαλεῖν "ro.apyiipioy'_pov 
I scattered not ; it behoved “therefore 'thee to put my money 
τοῖς ἱτραπεξίταις Ἡ καὶ ἐλθὼν ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὺ.ἐμὸν σὺν 
te the moneychangers, and coming I should have received mine own with 
τόκῳ. 28 ἄρατε οὖν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον, καὶ δότε -τῷ 
interest. Take thereforefrom him the talent, andgive[it]tohim who 
ἔχοντι τὰ δέκα τάλαντα. 29 Τῷ.γὰρ ἔχοντι παντὶ δοθή- 
has the ten ° talents.- For*who "Πας “to "every *one shall 
σεται, καὶ περισσευθήσεται' "ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ" μὴ.ἔχοντος, καὶ 
be given, and [πε] shall be inabundance; *from ‘but him who has not, even 
ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται am αὐτοῦ. 30 Καὶ τὸν ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον. 
that which he has shailbetaken from him. And the useless bondman 
ἰἐκβάλλετε! εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον' ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς 
castye out into the darkness the outer: there shallbethe weeping 
καὶ δ’ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. 
and the gnashing ofthe teeth. ν 
81 Ὅταν.δὲ ἔλθῃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ.δόξφ.αὐτοῦ, 
But when *comes 'the “Son 304 *man in his glory, 
καὶ πάντες οἱ ayo! ἄγγελοι μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, τότε καθίσει ἐπὶ 
and all the holy angels with him, then willhesit upon [{86] 





- 


e— δὲ απὰ ατατγαν. ἃ --- 


ἃ [τάλαντα] τι. ὃ — ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς LTTr. sf 
& σε οὖν TTra. 


βὼν (read [received])) urtra. f Δοῦλε πονηρὲ 1. 
ἑτραπεζείταις T, κ τοῦ δὲ but of him who trtra. 
GULTTra, 


\ ἐκβάλετε GLTTrAW. 


73 
talents: behold, I have 
gained beside them fire 
talents more, 21 His 
lord said unto him, 
Well done, thou good 
and faithful servant: 
thou hast been faith; 
ful over a few things, 
I will make thee ruler 
over many things: en- 
ter thou into the joy 
of thy lord. 22 He 
also that had received 
two talents came and 
said, Lord, thou deliv- 
eredst unto me two 
talents : behold, I have 
gained two other ta- 
lents beside them. 
23 His lord said unto 
him, Well done, good 
and faithful servant; 
thou hast been faith- 
ful over a few things, 
I will make thee ruler 
over many things: 
enter thou into the joy 
of thy lord. 24 Then 
he which had received 
the one talent came 
and said, Lord, I knew 
thee that thou art an 
hard man, reaping 
where thou hast not 
sown, and gathering 
where thou hast not 
strawed: 25 and I wag 
afraid, and went and 
hid thy talent in the 
earth: lo, there thou 
hast that is thine. 
26 His lord answered 
and said unto him, 
Thou wicked andsloth- 
fulservant,thou knew- 
est that I reap where 
I sowed not, eand ga- 
ther where 1 have not 
strawed : 27 ἴποα 
oughtest therefore to 
have put my money to 
the exchangers, ‘and 
then at my coming I 
should have received 
mine own with usury. 
28 Take therefore the 
talent from him, and 
give it unto him whick 
hath ten talents, 
29 For unto every one 
that hath shall be 

-given, and he shall 
have abundance: but 
from him that hath not 
shall be taken away 
eyen that which he 
hath, 30 Andcast ye the 
nnprofitable servant 
into outer darkness: 
there shall be weeping 
and gnashing of teeth. 

31 When the Son of 
man shall come in his 
glory, and all the holy 
angels with him, then 
shall he sit upon the 





ééand τ. 9 — λα- 
h τὰ ἀργύριά τ. 
αἱ ---- αγιου 


74 


throne of his glory: 
32 and before him shall 
be gathered all na- 
tions: and he shail 
separate them one 
from another, as a 
shepherd divideth his 
sheep from the goats: 
33 and he shall set the 
sheep on his right 
hand, but the goats on 
the left. 34 Then shall 
the King say unto 
them on his right 
hand, Come, ye bles-ed 
of my Father, inherit 
the kingdom prepared 
for you from the foun- 
dation of the world: 
35 for I was an hun- 
gred, and ye gave me 
meat: I was thirsty, 
and ye gave me drink: 
I was a stranger, and 
ye took mein: 36 na- 
ked, and ye clothed 
tne: I was sick, andye 
visited me: I was in 
prison, and ye came 
untome. 37 Thenshall 
the righteous answer 
him, saying, Lord, 
when saw we,thee an 
hungred,. and fed 
thee? or thirsty, and 
give thee drink? 
38 When saw we thee 
a stranger, and took 
thee in? or naked, and 
clothed thee? 39 Or 
when saw we thee sick, 
or in prison, and came 
unto thee? 40 And 
the King shall answer 
and say unto them, 
Verily I say unto you, 
Inasmuch as ye have 
done it unto one of 
the least of these my 
brethren, ye have done 
zt unto me. 41 Then 
shull he say also unto 
them on the left hand, 
Depart from me, ye 
cursed, into everlast- 
ing fire, prepared for 
the devil and his an- 

els: 42 for I was an 

ungred, and ye gave 
me no meat: I was 
thirsty, and ye gave 
της no drink : 43 Iwas 
a stranger, and yetook 
me not in: naked,and 
ye clothed me not: 
sick,an:i in prison, and 
ye visited me not. 
44 Then shall they 
also answer him, say- 
ing, Lord, when saw 
we thee an hungred, 
or athirst, or a stran- 
ger, or naked, or sick, 
or in prison, and did 
not minister unto 
thee? 45 Then shall he 
answer them, saying, 
Verily I say unto you, 





Ὁ; συναχθήσονται 
ΣΤΤΙΑ. 


a σσρήὐΓσ0σ0σ1σ1σ1σ7σ7σ7σ0σ1σρσ1ήήρ0οο ὔϐἛὙ 


.8 [τῶν ἀδελφῶν µον]1, 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. ΧΧΥ. 


θρόνου δόξης.αὐτοῦ, 82 καὶ "συναχθήσεται! ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 
throne of his glory, διὰ shall be gathered before him 
/ κ ο ‘ ο > 1} ? 4 ? ? τλλ ηλ. er ε 
πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. καὶ ἀφοριεῖ" αυτους απ ἀλλήλων, ὥσπερ ο 
all the nations, and hewillseparate them from one another, as. the 
ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων, 99 καὶ στήσει 
shepherd separates the sheep from the goats ; and he will set 
“τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ.δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων. 
the sheep on right “hand ‘bis, butthe goats on [his] left. 
94 Tore ἐρεῖ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῖς ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, Δεῦτε, οἱ 
Then *will*say'the “king to those on “right “hand “his, Come, the 
εὐλογημένοι τοῦ.πατρός.µου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην 
blessed of my Father, inherit the “prepared 
e ~ , >? ‘ ~ ’ ΠῚ / κ 
ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. 35 ἐπείνασα.γάρ, 
Ξέου Ὑοα ‘kingdom from{([the] foundation of{the] world. For I hungered, 
καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν" ἐδίψησα, καὶ ἐποτίπατὲ µε' ἕένος 
and yegave me ἰτοραῦ; Ithirsted, and yegave*to“drink 'me; astranger 
ἤμην, καὶ συνηγάγετέ με 96 γυμνός, καὶ περιεβάλετέµε' ἠσθέ- 
Iwas, and yetook-in ‘me; naked, and yeclothed me; Iwas 
ἘΠ ἊΨ κ. θε - > λ ~ ” λ Ῥ ἦλθ ll ΄ 
νησα, καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με" ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην, Kai Ῥήλθετεϊ πρός 
sick, and ye visited me; in prison 115, and yecame to 
, , ~ / , ΄ 
με. 37 Τότε ἀποκριθήσονται αὐτῷ οἱ δίκαιοι, λέγοντες, Κύριε, 


me, Then will answer him therighteous, “saying, rd, 
πότε σὲ Ἱεῖδομεν' πεινῶντα, καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν; ἢ διψῶντα, καὶ 
when *thee ‘saw*we hungering, and fed [thee]? or thirsting, and 


ἐποτίσαμεν; 88 πότε. δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον, καὶ συνηγάγοµεν; 
gave(thee]todrink?, and when *thee 'saw ἦννα astranger,and took (thee] in? 
ἢ γυμνόν, καὶ περιεβάλοµεν: 99 πότε.δὲ σε εἴδομεν ᾿ἀσθενῆ," 
or naked, and clothed [thee] 2 And when *thee ‘saw “we sick, 

ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν: πρός σε; 40 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς 6» 
or ἵπ prison, «and came to thee? And answering the 
᾿ ? ~ ? ~ ? ‘ / « - 7 ve ? 7 

βασιλεὺ.; ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς, Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε 
king willsaytothem, Verily Isay toyou, Inasmuchas yedid [itl 
ἑνὶ τούτων "τῶν. ἀδελφῶν. μου" τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιή- 
to one of these my brethren the least, to me ye 
gare. 41 Tore ἐρεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἐξ εὐωνύμων, Πὸρεύεσθε ἀπ᾽ 
«did [it]. Then will hesay also to those on [the] left, Go from 
ἐμοῦ, "οἱ" κατηραµένοι, εἰς TO πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἧτοιμα- 
me, the cursed, .into the fire the eternal, which has been 

/ ~ , ‘ ~ 7 ’ ? ~ | / , 
σμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Kai τοῖς.ἀγγέλοις. αὐτοῦ. 42 ἐπείνασα.γάρ, 
prepared forthe devil and his angels. * For I hungered, 
καὶ οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν" ἐδίψησα, καὶ οὐκ.ἐποτίσατέ με" 
and yegavenot tome toeat; Ithirsted, and yegave “ποὺ “ἴο "ἀτίηκ 1ηιθς 
43 ξένος ἤμην, καὶ οὐ.συνηγάγετέ pe’ γυμνός, καὶ οὐ.περιεβά- 
astranger 1 was, and yetook’not*in *me; naked, and ye did not 
λετέ με’ ἀσθενής, καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐκ. ἐπεσκέψασθέ µε. 
clothe me; Sick, and in prison, and ye did not visit me, 
44 Tore ἀποκριθήσονται ταὐτῷ! καὶ αὐτοί, λέγοντες, Κύριε, 
Then Swill answer Shim also ‘they, saying, Lord, 
, x ” ~ n ἢ ~ n ’ n / n 
πότε σὲ εἴδομεν πεινῶντα, ἢ διψῶντα, ἢ ἕένον, ἢ γυμνόν, ἢ 
when “thee 'saw*we hungering; or thirsting, orastranger,or naked, or 
ἀσθενῆ, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐ διηκονήσαμέν σοι; 45 Τότε ἀπο- 
sick, or in prison, and didnot minister  tothee? Then will 

΄ > ae , > A ; ε ον 2, > 2 

κριθήσεται αὐτοῖς, λέγων, ᾽Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον οὐκ.ἐποι- 
he answer | them, saying, Verily Isay to you, Imasmuchas ye did not 





ΗΤΤΑ. 3 ἀφορίσει T, ῥῬῆλθατε LTIrA. 4 εἴδαμεν Tr. τὸ ἀσθενοῦντα 


‘—ait. %— αὐτῷ GLTTraw, 


may xX XVI. 


Lit] to one of these 


Μα ΤΟΥ: 


ήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων. οὐδὲ ἐ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. 46 Καὶ 


the least, 


neither to me didye 


[10]. 


And 


"9 ot τῇ > , 3, Β ε δὲ a 
ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον' οἱ .δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν 


“shall *go *away 


αἰώνιον. 
eternal, 


£6 Καὶ 


EYEVETO 


ε/ 
οτε 


1these intopunishment eternal, 


ἐτέλεσεν 
And it came to pass when “had *finished 


Jesus 


but the righteous into life 


ὁ ᾿[ησοῦς πάντας τοὺς 
411 


- ? ~ ” « \ 
λόγους.τούτους, εἶπεν τοῖς. µαθητ αἴς αὐτοῦ. 2 Οἴδατε ὅτι μετα 


these Bay ings 


δύο ἡμέρας τὸ πάσχα γίνεται, καὶ 
takes place, 


two days the p 


he said 


assover 


to his disciples, 


) Ὁ ’ |) ~ 
παραδίδοται εἰς.τὸ σταυρωθῆναι. 


‘is delivered up 


to be crucified. 


and the Son 


3 Tore συνῆχθ 


Ye know that after 
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 


of man 


noav 


« 
οι 


Then were gathered together the 


ἀρχιερεῖς "καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς! καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ 


chict a and the 


scribes 


and the 


elders 


of the pcople 


εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα, 4 καὶ 


to the 
συγεβουλεύσαντο 
took counsel together 
καὶ ἀποκτείνωσιν. 
and kill 
θόρυβος γένηται 


4 *tumult ‘there “be 


court 


6 Τοῦ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦ γενομένου iv Βηθανίᾳ ἐν 
in Bethany 


γυνὴ 


Now Jesus 


of the high priest 
τὸν Ἰησοῦν 


Chim}; 


iva 
in order that 


who was called 


Χκρατήσωσιν δόλῳ." 
they might seize Js guile, 


Jesus 


Caiaphas, 


and 


5 ἔλεγον.δέ, My ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, ἵνα μὴ 


ἐν τῷ λαφ. 


among the people. 


being 


τοῦ λεπροῦ, 7 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ 


the leper, 


ἔχουσα" *Bapuripou," καὶ κατέχεεν 
very precious, 


having, 


ἀνακειμένου. 


as he reclined [at table]. 


3came 


and 
8 ἰδόντες δὲ 


νου ‘him ἢ a 


poured 


But secing [it] 


but they said, Not during the feast, 


οἰκίᾳ 
in [the] house 
Σἀλάβαστρον μύρου 


that *not 


Σίμωνος 


of Simon 


“woman, an alabaster flask of ointment 


{it] on 
οἱ μαθηταὶ." 
his disciples 


ἐπὶ "τὴν. κεφαλἠὴν. αὐτοῦ 
his head 


> a» ll 2% , 
αὐτου" ἡγανακ- 


became 


τησαν, λέγοντες; Εἰς τί ἡ-ἀπώλεια. αὕτη 39 “ ᾿ἠδύνατο". γὰρ τοῦτο 


‘indignant, saying, 
ἀτὺ μύρον" 
ointment 


10 Γνοὺς.δὲ 
But knowing [this] 


to the woman? for 


For what 


πραθῆναι 
have becn sold ἔοι much, 


Jesus said 


a*work ‘good 


this waste ? 
πολλοῦ, καὶ 


δοθῆναι 


for *could 
e 


πτω 


this 


χοῖς. 


and have been given {ο [the] poor. 


to them, Why trouble 


ὁ Ἰησοῦο εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ti κόπους παρέχετε 


do ye cause 
~ Ανα, x \ ο.» ΄ ll 2 Της 1 1 / 

ΤῺ γυναικι 3 ENyYOV.yao Καλὸν ειργασατο εις ἐμὲ. TaAV= 

she ον towards ime. 


*Al- 


TOTE γὰρ τοὺς πτωχοὺς ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτὲ 


the 


12 Barov 


For *in 


ware *for 


é KX ETE. 
ye have, 


σώματός. μου πρὸς τὺ.ἐνταφιάσαι.µε ἐποίησεν. 


my body for 


« ~ e σα 
Up, οπου-εαν 


poor 


oa. yap αὕτη 
*pouring 


my burying 


κηρυχθῇ 


το you, Wheresoever shall be proclaimed 
τῷ κύσµῳ, λαληθήσεται καὶ 


the world, 


μνημόσυνον αὐτὴ 
a memorial 


C. 


of her, 


ye have with 


‘this [woman] 


τι 
ο 


shall be spoken of alsothat which 


you, 


but me not 


always 


τὸ μύρον τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ 


this ointment 


she did [10]. 


on 


13 ἀμὴν λέγω 


μας Isay 


τὸ. εὐαγγέλιον. τοῦτο ἐν ὅλῳ 


these glad ο. 


ἐποίησεν αὕτη, 
δαιᾶ 


in 


all 
εἰς 


‘this (7woman], for 


75 


Inasmuch as ye did zt 
not to ove of the least 
of these, ye did tt not 
to me, 46 And these 
snall go away into 
everlasting punish- 
ment: but the right- 
eous into life eternal. 


XXXVI, And it cane 
to pass, when Jesus 
had finished all these 
sayings, he said unto 
his disciples, 2 Ye know 
that after two day- is 
the feast of the pass- 
over, and the Son of 
man is betrayed to Ίο 
crucified, 3 Then as- 
sembled together the 
chief priests, and the 
seribes, and the elders 
of the people, unto the 
palace of the high 
priest, who was called 
Caiaphas, 4 and con- 
sulted that they might 
take Jesus by subtilty, 
and kill him. 5 But 
they said, Not on the 
feast day, lest there be 
am uproar among the 


pcople. 


6 Now when Jesus 
was in Bethany, in 
the hou~e of Simon the 
leper, 7 there came 
unto him a woman 
having an alabaster 
box of very precious 
ointment, and poured 
it on his head, as he 
sat at meat. 8 But 
when his disciples saw 
it, they had indigna- 
tion, saying, To what 
purpose is this waste? 
9 for this ointment 
might have been sold 
for much, and given to 
the poor. 10 When Je- 
sus understood ἐξ, he 
said unto them, Why 
trouble ye the woman ? 
for she hath wrought 
a good work upon me. 
11 For yehave the poor 
always with you; but 
me ye have not al- 
ways. 12 For in that 
she hath poured this 
ointment on my body, 
she did zt for my burial. 
13 Verily I say unto 
you, Wheresoever this 
gospel shall be preach- 
ed in the whole world, 
there shall also this, 
that this woman hath 
done, be told for a 
memorial of her. 





— καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς τττν ry 


ΩΝ τς, 2 πο 
UTTra. ε ἐδύνατο 
{ἠργάσατο T. 


λυτίμον LT. 
ΤΑ. ΄ 


x δόλῳ κρατήσωσιν GLTTraw. 
8. τῆς κεφαλῆς LTtTr. 
4 — τὸ μύρον GLTTraw, 


} ἔχουσα ἀλάβαστρον 
b — αὐτοῦ (read the discip es) 
ε + τοῖς (vead to the poor) ΙΩΝ, 


76 


14 Then one of the 
twelve, called Judas 
Iscariot, went unto 
thechief priests, 15 and 
said unto them, What 


will ye give me, and I- 


will deliver him unto 
you? And they cove- 
nanted with him for 
thirty pieces of silver. 
16 And from that 
time he sought oppor- 
tunity to betray him, 


17 Now the first day 
of the feast of -un- 
leavened bread the 
disciples came to Je-. 
sus, saying unto him, 
Where wilt thou that 
we prepare for thee 
to eat the passover? 
18 And he said, Go into 
the city to such a man, 
and say unto him, The 
Master saith, My time 
is at hand; 1 will keep 
the passover at thy 
house with my disci- 
ples. 19 And the dis- 
ciples did as Jesus had 
appointed them; and 
they made ready the 
passover. 


20 Now when the 
even was come, he 
sat down with the 
twelve, 21 Andas they 
did eat, he said, Verily 
I say unto you, that 
one of you shall be- 
tray me. 22 And they 
Were exceeding sor- 
rowful, ang began 
every one of them to 
say unto him, Lord, is 
itl? 23 And he an- 
swered and said, He 
that dippeth his hand 
with me in the dish, 
the same shall betray 
me. 24 TheSonof man 
gocth as it is written 
of him: but woe unto 
that man by whom the 
Son of man is betray- 
ed! it had been good 
for that man if he 
had not been born, 
25 Then Judas, which 
betrayed him. answer- 
ed and said, Master. is 
it Τῷ He said unto 
him, Thou hast said. 


26 And as they were 
enting, Jesus took 
bread, and blessed 7¢, 
and brake ir, and gave 
it to the disciples, and 
said, Take, eat ; this is 
my body. 27 And he 
took the cup, and gave 
thanks, and gave zt to 
them, saying, Drink 


8 καὶ ἐγὼ τ. 
One LTT: A. 
having given Lrtir, 


h — αὐτῷ LTT: AW. 
Ἱτὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ LTTrA. 


Να το ο, XXVI. 
| ~ , , δα 2 
14 Τότε πορευθεὶς εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, ὁ λεγόμενος Τούδας 
Then ?°having ''gone 'one *of*the “twelve, *who “was ‘called “Judas 
, ‘ ~ = / ’ “ 
ἸΙσκαριώτης, πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς, 16 εἶπεν, Τί. θέλετε μοι 
*Tscariote, to the chief priests, said, What are ye willing “me 
δοῦναι, Skayw" ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν; Οἱ δὲ ἔστησαν αὐτῷ 
αο”Εΐτο, andI toyou willdeliverup him? And they appointed to him 
τριάκοντα ἀργύρια. 10 καὶ ἀπὸ τότε ἐζήτει εὐκαιρίαν 
thirty pieces of silver. And from that time he sought an opportunity 
ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ. 
that him he might deliver up. 


17 Τῇ.δὲ πρώτῃ τῶν.ἀζύμων προσῆλθον οἱ µαθη- 


Now onthe first [day] of unleavened [bread] came the disci- 
rai τῷ Ἰησοῦ, λέγοντες "αὐτῷ," Ποῦ θέλεις ἑτοιμάσὼμέν 
ples {ο Jesus, saying tohim, Where wilt thou [that] weshould prepare 

σοι φαγεῖν τὸ πάσχα; 18 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν, Ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν 
{οχ thee toeat the passover? And he | said, Go into the 
πόλιν πρὸς τὸν. δεῖνα, καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, Ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, 
city unto suchaone, and _ say to him, The teacher says, 
Ὁ.καιρός.µου ἐγγύς tori’ πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ πάσχα μετὰ 


My time “near πμ. with theeI will keep the passover with 


τῶν μαθητῶν.μου. 19 Kai ἐποίησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ we συνέταξεν 
my disciples. And 3414 ‘the *disciples *as “directed 
αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἡτοίμασαν TO πάσχα. 
7them 5 6585, and prepared the passover. 
20 ᾿Οψίας δὲ γενομένης ἀνέκειτο μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα᾽. 
Andevening being come hereclined[attable] with the twelve. 
2] καὶ ἐσθιόντων. αὐτῶν εἶπεν, Αμὴὺν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἷς ἐξ 
And asthey wereeating hesaid, Verily Isay toyou, that one of 
ὑμῶν παραδώσει µε. 22 Kai λυπούμενοι σφόδρα ἤρξαντο 
you- willdeliverup me. And being grieved exceedingly they began 
λέγειν αὐτῷ ἕκαστος αὐτῶν," Μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, κύριε; 23 Ὁ. δὲ 
tosay ἴο him, each of them, “I ‘am he], Lord? But he 
ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, ‘O ἐμβάψας per ἐμοῦ liv τῷ τρυβλίῳ 
answering said, Hewho dipped With me in the dish 
τὴν χεῖρα," οὗτός µε παραδώσει. 24 ὁ μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώ- 


{his} hana, he me will deliver up. The *indeed -Son "of “man 
που ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐαὶ. δὲ τῷ 
goes, as it has been written concerning him, but woe 


> ’ ? , ᾽ κα « cA ~ 3 ’ a 
᾿ἀνθρώπφ.ἐκείνῳ δι οὗ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται" 


to that man by whomthe Son of man is delivered up; 
καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ εἰ οὐκ.ἐγεννήθη ὁ.ἄνθρωπος. ἐκεῖνος. 
good wereit forhim if *had “ποῦ *been Sborn that “man. 


25 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ Ιούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν εἶπεν, Μήτι 
And answering Judas, who was. delivering up him, said, 
ἐγώ εἰμι, ™paBRi;" Λέγει αὐτῷ, Σὺ εἶπας. 
“I ‘am [he], Rabbi? Hesays to him, Thou hast said. 
Sins ΓΝ Χ δὲ ? ~ λ 1 “2 ~ n 4 Ι » 
20 ᾿Ἐσθιόντων δὲ. αὐτῶν, αβὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς "τὸν" ἄρτον, 
And as they ποτε eating, "having “taken (‘Jesus the bread, 
καὶ εὐλογήσας, ἔκλασεν καὶ "ἐδίδου" τοῖς μαθηταῖς, Prai" 


and having blessed, ~ broke and gave tothe disciples, and 
εἶπεν, Λάβετε, φάγετε' τοῦτό ἐστιν τὺ.σῶμά.μου. 97 Kai 
said, Take, eat ; this is my body. And 


λαβὼν «τὸ! ποτήριον, kai! εὐχαριστήσας, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς. 
having taken the cup, and having given thanks, he gave[it] to them, 
i+ μαθητῶν disciples Lt. k εἷς ἔκ-στος eich 
™ ῥαββεί T. 2 — τὸν LTTr[A]. ο δοὺς 


P—xolLLITr. 5 -- τὸ (γϑα( ἃ ο) TTA, .— καὶ L[Tr]. 


XXVI. AL AS PUES ΕΝ. 


λέγων, Πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ πάντες" 28 τοῦτο.γάρ ἐστιν ro. αἷμά.μου, 
saying, “Drink 3οξ it 181}. For this is my blood, 


tro" τῆς ᾿καινῆς" διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ πολλῶν πἐκχυνόμενον' εἰς 
that of the new covenant, which for many is poured out for 
” « 1: "Ὁ 99 λέ πι ς ~ ict Il > \ , ” ᾿ 
ἄφεσιν αμαρτιωγ. εγω.ὀευµιν, "οτι ου μή πιω απ 
remission of sins. But isay toyou, that notatall willl drink hence- 
ἄρτι ἐκ τούτου τοῦ Σγεννήµατος! τῆς ἀμπέλου, ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας 
forth of this fruit of the ο until “day 
ἐκείνης ὅταν αὐτὸ πίνω μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν καινὸν ἐν TH βασιλείᾳ τοῦ 
‘that when it Idrink with you new in the kingdom: 

΄ ‘ ε ’ 5" - > ‘ » ~ 
πατρός.μου. 30 Kai ὑμνήσαντες ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν 
of my father. And having sungahymn they went out to the mount , 
? ~ , ; 3 a £49 _~ , « ~ i 
ἐλαιῶν. 9] τότε λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πάντες ὑμεῖς σκανδα- 
of Olives. Then *says *to*them > Jesus, 1 γο will be 

’ 3 4 [ή ΄ 
λισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐν γέγραπται.γάρ, 
offended in me during For it has been written, 
Πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ Ἰδιασκορπισθήσεται' τὰ πρόβατα 


τῇ.νυκτὶ.ταύτῃ. 
this night. 


Iwillsmite the shepherd, and willbescatteredabroad the sheep 
τῆς ποίμνης. 82 μετὰ δὲ τὸ.ἐγερθῆναί.με προάξω ὑμᾶς 
of the flock ; but after my beingraised Iwillgobefore you 


εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 38 Αποκριθεὶὀ δὲ. ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ.. 


into Galilee. Peter said 
Ei 3καὶὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται ἐν σοί, ἐγὼ οὐδέποτε 
If even all will be offended in thee, 1 never 
σκανδαλισθήσοµαι. 84 Ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Αμὴν λέγω σοι, 
will be offended. 2Said to *him Jesus, Verily Isay to thee, 


And an.wering to him, 


ὅτι ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτί, πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς 
that Baring this night,. before [the] cock crows, thrice 

ἀπαρνήσῃ µε. 85 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος, Kav δέῃ με 
thou wilt deny me. Says “to*him ‘Peter, Evenif it were needful for me 


σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν, οὐ. µή. σε ἀπαρνήσομαι. Ὁμοίως ἢ καὶ 
with thee to die, in nowise thee will 1 deny. Likewise also 
πάντες οἱ μαθηταὶ εἶπον. 
all the disciples aie 
36 Tore ἔρχεται per αὐτῶν ὁ ᾿Τησόῦς εἰς κ μον λεγόμενον 
Then comes with them Jesus to aplace called 


«Γεθσημανῆ,! καὶ λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς, Καθίσατε αὐτοῦ, ἕως οῦξ 
Gethsemane, andhesaystothe disciples, Sit here, until 
ἀπελθὼν ἱπροσεύξωμαι ἐκεῖ.ὶ 97 Kai παραλαβὼν τὸν 
having goneaway. 1 5πα]] pray yonder. - And having taken with [him] 
΄ ‘ ‘ , eee , ae ~ ‘ 
Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου, ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι καὶ 
Peter and the two 5οΏ» of Zebedee, -he began to be sorrowful απᾶ 


ἀδημονεῖν. 88 τότε λέγει αὐτοῖςξ, Περίλυπόε ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή.µου 
deeply, depressed. Then hesays tothem, Verysorrowful is my soul 


ἕως θανάτου" μείνατε ὧδε καὶ γρηγορεῖτε per ἐμοῦ. 99 Kai 
evento death; remain here and watch with me, And 


har βοελθὼν! μικρὸν ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ προσευχό- 
having goneforward alittle τε fell upon his face pray- 
η Πάτερ ἷ "εἰ ὃ ο. κ λθέτω! 

μένος, καὶ λεγων, Ἱ]ατερ.'µου, εἰ ὀυνατὸν ἔστιν “παρελθέτω 


ing, and saying, my Father;. if - Μην it is let pass 
ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον. τοῦτο πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς 
from me this cup; nevertheless not as I will, but as 


77 


το α]] of it: 94 for this 
is my blood of the 
new testament, which 
is shed for many for 
the remission of sins, 
29 But I say unto you, 
I will not drink hence- 
forth of.this fruit of 
the vine, until that 
day when 1 drink 
it new with you in 
my Father’s kingdom. 
30 And when they 
had sung an hymn, 
they went out into 
the mount of Olives. 
31 Then saith Jesus 
unto them, Allyeshall 


“be offended Because of 


’ thee. 


. pray yonder. 


me this night: for it 
is written, 1 willsmite 
the shepherd, and the 
sheep of the flock shall 
be scattered abroad. 
32 But after Iam risen 
again, I will go before 
you into Galilee. 33 Pe- 
ter answered and said 


“unto him, Though all 


men shall be offended 
kecause of thee, yet 
will I never be offend- 
ed. 34 Jesus said unto 
him, Verily I say unto 
thee, That this night, 
before the cock crow, 
thou shalt deny me 
thrice. 35 Peter said 
unto him, Though I 
should die with thee, 
yet will I not deny 
Likewise also 
said all the disciples, 


36 Then cometh Je- 
sus with them unto 
a place called Geth- 
femane, and saithunto 
the disciples, Sit ye 
here, while I go and 
37 And 
he took with him Pe- 
ter and the two sons 
of Zebedee, and began 
to'be sorrowful and 
very heavy. 38 Then 
saith he unto them, 
My soul is exceeding 
sorrowfnl, even unto 
death : tarry ye here, 
and watch with me, 
39 And he went a little 
farther, and fell on 
his face, and prayed, 
saying, ο. my Father, 
if it be possible, let 
this cup pass from me; 
nevertheless not. as I 
will, but as thou wilt, 





— καινῆς TA]. 
: ἢ: διασκορπισθήσονται LITA. 
ο Γεθσημανεῖ LTraw 5 Τεθσημανεί Ἱ. 
Β τὸ Τησαῦς Jesus (says) w. 
* παοελθάτω LTTrA.. 


t — τὸ LTTrA. 
ματος LTTrAW. 
(likewise) Ww. 

f ἐκεῖ προσεήξωµαι LITA. | 
towards [them] rrr. i— µου my π[τε] 


- ἐκχυννόμε μον LTTrA. 


— ὅτι LTTrA. 
8 — καὶ GLTTraw. 
ἆ + αὐτοῦ of him 1. 


5 γενή- 
b -- δὲ and 
e+ ἂν 1, 


Β προσελθὼν having come 


78 


40 And hecomcthtunto 
the discipies, and find- 
eth them asleep, and 
saith unto Pettr, What, 
could ye not -watch 
with me one hour? 
41 Watch and pray, 
that ye enter not into 
temptation : the spirit 
indeed ts willing, but 
the flesh ts weak, 42 He 
Went away again the 
second time, and pray- 
ed, saying,'O my Fa- 
ther, if this cup may 
not pass away from 
me, except I drink it, 
thy -will be done. 
43 And he came and 
found them asleep 
again: for their eyes 
were heavy. 44 And 
he left them, and‘went 
away again, and pray- 
ed the third time, say- 
ing the same words. 
45 Then cometh he to 
his disciples, and saith 
unto them, Sleep on 
now, and take your 
rest: behold, the hour 
is at, hand, and the 
Son of man is betrayed 
into the hands of sin- 
ners, 46 Rise, let us 
be going: behold, he 
is at hand that doth 
betray me, 


47 And while he yet 
spake, lo, Judas, one 
of the twelve, came, 
and with him a great 
multitude with swords 
and stave, from the 
chief priests and elders 
of the people. 48 Now 
he that betrayed him 
gave them a sign, say- 
ing, homsoever I 
shall kiss, that same 
is he: hold him fast. 
49 And forthwith he 
came to Jesus, and 
said, Hail, master; 
and kissed him. 50 And 
Jesus said unto him, 
Friend, wherefore art 
thou come 2 Thencame 
they, and laid hands 
on Jesus, and took 
him, 51 And, behold, 
one of them which 
Were with .Jesus 
stretched out his hand, 
and drew his sword, 
and struck a servant 
of the high priest’s, 
and smote off his ear. 


‘Pa εἰς 


ΜΑΤΘΑΤΟΣ, XXVI. 


σύ. 40 Kai ἔρχεται πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς καὶ εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς 
thou. And. hecomes, to the disciples and - finds them 
καθεύδοντας, καὶ λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, "Οὕτως οὐκ.ἰσχύσατε μίαν 
sleeping, and says to Peter, Thus Were ye notable one 
er ~ ~ ~ ‘ ΄ 
ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ; 41 γρηγορεῖτε καὶ προσεύχεσθε, 
hour _to watch with me? Watch and pray, 
wv A ᾽ ’ a) ‘ ~ ’ 
(να μὴ.εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν. τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, 
that yeenternot. into temptatiow: the *indced 'spirit [is] ready, 
ἡ δὲ. σὰρξ ἀσθενῆς. 42 Πάλιν ἐκ δευτέρου ἀπελθὼν προσ- 
but the fiesh weak. Again asccondtime having gone away he 
ηύξατο, λέγων, Πάτερ.μου, εἰ οὐ.δύναται τοῦτο Ιτὸ ποτήριον" 
prayed, saying, my Father, if “cannot this 2cup 
λ ~ m, ? 2 ~ REA \ ? A , , ‘ , , 
παρελθεῖν Mim ἐμοῦ ἐὰν.μὴ αὐτὸ πίω, γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά 
pass from me unless 3it *Ii*drink, ο 7done Swill 
σου. 43 Kai ἐλθὼν "εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς πάλιν" καθεύδοντας, 
*thy. And having come he finds them again sleeping, 
ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν.οι ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρηµένοι. 44 Kai ἀφεὶς 
for “were ‘their “cyes . heavy. Απᾶ leaving 
? ΄ ο >? \ , 4 ne P2 (ι ‘ ? . 
αὐτοὺς, “ἀπελθὼν πάλιν" προσηύξατο Ρέκ.τριτου,' τὸν αὐτὸν 
them, having goneaway again he prayed athirdtime, “the tsame-. 
λόγον εἰπών]. 45 τότε έρχεται πρὸς τοὺς.μαθητὰς "αὐτοῦ," 
‘thing ‘saying. Then he comes to his disciples 
\ / ) ~ 0 EY Εμ λ A ν fe , θ = 
καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Καθεύδετε "τὸ" λοιπὸν Kai ἀναπαύεσθε 


and = says to them, Sleep on now and - take your rest; 
ἰδού. ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδιδο- 


lo, *has*drawn *near’the *hour, andthe Son of man is delivered 


χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν. 46 ἐγείρεσθε, ἄγωμεν" ἰδού, 
up. into [the] hand’ of sinners. Rise up, letus go; behold, 
ἤγγικεν ὁ παραδιδούς με. 
“has “drawn *near ‘he who is delivering up me, 
47 Kai ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος, ἰδού, 
And *yet ‘as “he “1: speaking behold, 
x \ 2 7 ων» ο ᾿ 4 » ‘ ΄, 
ἦλθεν, καὶ per αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων, 
came, and with him a*crowd ‘great with swords and staves, 
ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τοῦ λαοῦ. 48 ὁ δὲ 
from 56 chiefpriests and elders of the people. And he who 
παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς σημεῖον, λέγων, Ὃν ἰἂν! 
was delivering up him gave them a sign, saying, Whomseever 
φιλήσω, αὐτός tori’ κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 49 Kai εὐθέως 
I shall kiss, he it is: seize him. And inmediately 
προσελθὼν τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ εἶπεν, Χαῖρε, ἵῥαββί,! καὶ κατεφιλισεν 
having come up to Jesus hesaid, Hail, Rabbi, and ardentiy kissed 
αὐτόν. 50 ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ‘Eraipe, ἐφ᾽ Ὑφ' 
him. But Jesus said tohim, Friend, for what [purpose] 
πάρει; Tore προσελθόντες ἐπεβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ 
artthoucome? Then having cometo [him] they laid hands on 
τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν. 51,Kai ἰδού, εἷς τῶν 
Jesus, and seized him, 


~ And behold, one of those 
μετὰ Ἰησοῦ, ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἀπέσπασεν τὴν µάχαι- 
with Jesus, having stretched out [his] 


hand drew *swore 
ραν αὐτοῦ, καὶ πατάξας τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως ἀφεῖλεν 
this, and smiting the bondman of the highpriest took off 


᾿Ιούδας εἷς τῶν δώδεκα 
Judas, one of the twelve, 





1 — τὸ ποτήριον LITrA. 


found them Lrtra. 
again T. 


τ ῥαββεί 1. 


τ — αὐτοῦ (vead the disciples) Lrtra. 
¥ ὃ GLITraAW, 


π πάλιν εὗρεν αὐτοὺς again he 
Ρ — ἐκ τρίτου [L]A. 4 + πάλιν 
®— τὸ [πε]α. 1 ἐὰν TA 


m — ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ [L]TTra. 
ο πάλιν ἀπελθὼν ΙΤΤΙΑ. 


XXVI. που Όσα, 
αὐτοῦ τὸ ὠτίον. 52 τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿]ησοῦς, ᾿Απόστρεψόν 


his ear. Then 4says *to *him von Return 
σου τὴν μάχαιραν! εἰς τὸν.τόπον.αὐτῆς' πάντες.γὰρ οἱ λα- 

thy sword to its place ; for all who 
βόντες μάχαιραν ἐν ὑμαχαίοᾳ! ἀπολοῦνται. 53 ἢ ὃδο- 
take τα sword by [the] sword shall perish. Or think- 
κες Ore οὐ.δύναμαι ᾿ἄρτι παρακαλέσαι τὸν.πατέρα.µου, 


est thou that Iam ποῦ able now to call upon my Father, 


καὶ παραστήσει μοι 3 ὑπλείουςὶ “ἢ δώδεκα ἀλεγεῶνας! or 
and he will furnish to me more ἮΝ twelve catia of 


γέλων; 54 πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαὶ ὅτι οὕτως 
angels 2 How then should be fulfilled the scriptures that thus 
᾿ δεῖ γενέσθαι; 
it must be? 

50 Ἐν ἐκεινῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοῖς ὄχλοις, 

In that hour = said Jesus tothe crowds, 

λῃστὴν “ἐξήλθετε' μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συλλαβεῖν µε; 
arobber are i come out Ὃ swords and staves to take me? 


καθ ἡμέραν ἱπρὸς ὑμᾶς" Ξἐκαθεζόµην διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ," 
Daily vuith you I sat teaching in the temple, 


΄ / ~ XN . Cf ΄ τι 
καὶ οὐκ.ἐκρατήσατέ µε. 56 τοῦτο.δὲ ὅλον γέγονεν ἵνα πλη- 


Ὡς ἐπὶ 
As against 


and yedidnotscize me. Bui this all iscometopass that may 
ρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν. Tore οἱ μαθηταὶ" πάντες 
be fuifilled the scriptures of the prophets, Then the disciples all 


ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἔφυγον. 


fersaking him fled. 
57 Οἱ δὲ κρατήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπήγαγον πρὸς Kai- 
But they who had seized Jesus led fhim_ μα to Cai- 
άφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, ὅπου οἱ γραμματεῖς εἰ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι 
aphas the highpriest, where the scribes d the elders 


συνήχθησαν. 58 Ὁ δὲ. Πέτρος κο... αὐτῷ ἀπὸ" µακρό- 
were gathered together. -And Peter followed him from afar 


θεν, ἕως τὴς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως" καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω ἐκάθητο 
eventothe court of the Sas priest ; and havingentered within a sa 


μετὰ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν ἰδεῖν τὸ τέλος. 59 Οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς Κκαὶ οἱ 
ΕΣ the oflicers tosee the end. « And the chief priests andthe 


πρεσβύτεραμ καὶ TO συνέδριον ὅλον ἐζήτουν ψευδοµαρτυρίαν 


elders and the “sanhedrim whole sought false evidence 
κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὅπως Ιαὐτὸν Oavatwowo,' 60 καὶ οὐχ 
against Jesus, so that him they might put to death, and "που 
εὗρον τ καὶ" πολλῶν "ψευδομαρτύρων προσελθόντων ' “οὐχ 
1found [any]: even many false witnesses having come forward “not 
εὗρον." 61 ὕστερον.δὲ προσελθόντες δύο ο ον η, 


But at lasthaving comeforwardtwo false witnesses 


εἶπον, Οὗτος ἔφη, Δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, 
said, This ας, said, Iam able to παρ hay temple of God, 


καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν "οἰκοδομῆσαι αὐτόν." 69 Καὶ ἀναστὰς 
and in three days to build it. eu Ravine ΠΟΘ ΩΡ 


ὁ ἀρχιερ'ὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ; τί οὗτοί σου 
the high prices said tohim, Nothing answerest thou? What “these *thee 


Mthey “found [any]. 


Στὴν μάχαιράν σου LITrA. Υ μαχαίρῃ LTTra. 2 — ἄρτι TTr. 

Ὁ πλείω LTTra. ¢ — ἢ (read [than]) [π᾿ στρα. 4 λεγιώνων T. 
ὑμᾶς t[TrjA 
h + αὐτοῦ of him [1]. — ἀπὸ T. 
θανατὶ τώσουσιν LTTra 5 dope aedees αὐτὸν Ww. . 
ψεψδομαρτύρων LTTrA. ° — οὐχ εὗρον GLL]TTrA. 
οἰκοδομῆσαι τ; — αὐτὸν Tra. 


mw -ὶ καὶ GDITr. 


© ἐξήλθατε LTTra. 
g exabecouny ἐ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων 1; ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἐκαθεζόμην διδάσκων TTrA. 
k — καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι LIT: A. 


Ρ — ψευδομάρτυρες TIra. 


79 
52 Then said Jesus un- 
to him, Put up again 
thy sword into his 
place: for all they that 
take the sword shall 
perish with the sword. 
63 Thinkest thou that 
I cannot now pray to 
my Father, and he 
shall presently give 
me more than twelve 
legions of angels? 
64 But how then ‘hall 
the scriptures he ful- 
filled, that thus it must 
be? 


55 In that same hour - 
said Jess to the mul- 
titudes, Are ye come 
out as against a thief 
with swords and staves 
for totake me? Isat 
daily with you teach- 
ing in the temple, sand 
ye laid no hold on me. 
56 But all this was 
done, that the scrip- 
tures of the prophets 
might be fuliilled. 
Then all the disciples 
forsook him, and fled, 


57 And they that had 
laid hold on Jesus led 
hint away to Caiaphas 
the high priest, where 
the scribes and the 
elders were assembled. 
58 But Peter followed 
him afar off unto the 
high priest’s palace, 
and weni in, and sat 
with the servants, -to 
see the end. 59 Now 
the chief priests, and 
elders, and all the 
council, sought false 
witness against Jesus, 
to put him to death; 
60 but found none: 
yea, though many false 
witnesses came, yet 
found they none. At 
the last caine two false 
witnesses, 61 and said, 
This fellow said, I am 
able to destroy the 
temple of 691], and to 
build it in three days. 
62 And the high priest 
arose, and said unto 
him, Answerest thou 
nothing? what is it 
which these witness 
against thee? 63 But 


"8 + ἄρτι NOW ττγ., 
£ — πρὸς 


ΙΓ αὐτὸν 
Ὁ προσελθοντων 
4 αὐτὸν 


80 


Jesus held his peace. 
And the high priest 
answered and said un- 
to him, I adjure thee 
by the living God, that 
thou tell us whether 
thou be the Christ, the 
Son of God, 64 Jesus 
saith unto him, Thou 
hast said: nevertheless 
I say unto you, Here- 
after shall ye see the 
Son of man sitting on 
the right hand of 
power, and coming in 
the clouds of heaven. 
65 Then the high priest 
rent his clothes, say- 
ing, He hath spdken 
blasphemy ; what fur- 
ther need have we of 
witnesses 2 behold,now 
ye have heard his blas- 
phemy. 66 What thin 

yet They answered 
and said, He is guilty 


of death. 67 Then did 


they spit in his face, 
and buffeted him ; and 
others smote Aim with 
the patms of their 
hands, 68 saying, Pro- 
phesy unto us, thou 
Christ, Who is he that 
smote thee? 


69 Now Peter sat 
without in the palace: 
and a damsel came 
unto him, saying, Thou 
also wast with Jesus 
of Galilee. 70 But he 
denied before them all, 
saying, I kitow not 
what thou _ sayest. 
71 And when he was 
gone out into the 
perch, another maid 
s:iw him, and said unto 
them that were there, 
This fellow was also 
with Jesus of Na- 
zureth, 72 And again 
hedenied withan oath, 
Ido not know the man, 
73 And after a while 
came unto Aim they 
that stood by, and 
said to Peter, Surely 
thou also art one 
of them; for thy 
speech bewrayeth thee. 
74 Then began he to 
curse and to swear, 
saying, L know not the 
min. ἃ immedi- 
ately the cock crew. 
75 And Peter remem- 


ΜΑΤτΤΟΑΙΟΣ, πμ, 


καταμαρτυροῖσιν; 63 Ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἐσιώπα. καὶ Ἰάποκριθεὶςὶ ὁ 
‘do *witne 5 ‘against? But Jesus wassilent. And answering the 
ἀρχιερεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ἑξορκίζω σὲ κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος, 
highpriest said tohim, Ἰαάατο thee by °God ‘the “living, 
ἵνα ἡμῖν εἴπῃς. εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστός. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. 64 Λέγει 
that us. thouteil if thouartthe Christ, . the Son of God. *Says 
΄ ᾽ πὸ εδ - x τ ᾿ , C5 ἂν > 7 » 
αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Σὺ εἶπας. πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ᾿ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε 
*to*him ‘Jesus,, Thou hast said. Moreover I say’ to you, Henceforth yeshallsve 
τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ 
the Son of man sitting at({the]right hand of power, and 
ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ πῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 65 Τότε ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς 
coming ΟΠ the clouds of heaven. Then the high priest 
διεῤῥηξεν τὰ .ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ, λέγων, “Ore! ἐβλασφήμησεν" τί 
rent his garments, saying, He has blasphemed; why 
ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων; ἴδε, νῦν ἠκούσατε τὴν βλασ- 
anymore “need ‘have “we of witnesses? lo, now yehave heard the blas- 
φημίαν ταὐτοῦ." 66 τί ὑμῖνιδοκεῖ; Οἱ.δὲ ἀποκριθέντες εἶπον, 
phemy of him. What do yethink? Andthey answering said, 
Ἔνοχος θανάτου ἐστίν. 67 Τότε ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον 
Deserving ofdeath  heis. Then they spat in "face 
? ~ κ , , ’ ’ ε ‘ w2 Ψ Π 
αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκολάφισαν αὐτόν, οἱ δὲ ἐῥῥάπισαν, 
*his, and buffeted -him, and some struck [him] with the palm of the 
68 λέγοντες, Προφήτευσον ἡμῖν, Χριστέ, τίς ἐστιν ὁ 
hand, saying, Prophesy to us, Christ, Who is hethat 
παίσας σε; 
struck ἍᾖΤπεο 2, 
69 Ὁ.δὲ. Πέτρος *éEw ἐκάθητο! ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ, καὶ προσῆλθεν 
But Peter “*without'was sitting in the court, and “came 
᾽ ~ / , , \ δι es: qed “ ~ 
αυτῷῳ μία.παιδίσκη, λέγουσα, Καὶ σὺ ἦσθα μετὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ 
*to Shim 1g ?maid, saying, Andthou wast with Jesus the 
Γαλιλαίου. 70 Ὁ.δὲ ἠρνήσατο ἔμπροσθεν} πάντων, λέγων, Οὐκ 
Galilean. But he denied « before all, saying, *Nat 
οἶδα τί λέγεις. 71 Εξελθόντα.δὲ "αὐτὸν! εἰς τὸν πυλῶνα 
11 *know what thou sdyest. And *having*gone*out ‘he intothe porch 
εἶδεν αὐτὸν ἄλλη, , καὶ λέγει ὅτοῖς" ἐκεῖ, “Kai! οὗτος 
3saw ‘him ‘another [(*maid],and says tothose there, And _ this[man] 
ἦν μετὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου. 72 Kai πάλιν ἠρνήσατο 
was with Jesus the Nazarwan. And again he denied 
εµεθ’' ὅρκου, Ὅτι οὐκ.οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 73 Mera μικρὺν.δὲ 
with anoath, I know not the man. After a little atso 
’ 4 ε ε ~ - ~ [ή > ~ 
προσελθόντες οἱ ἑστῶτες εἶπον τῷ Πέτοῳ, Αληθῶς 
Shaving Scome 7to{Shim] 'those*who 3βίοοά ὍΥ said to Peter, Truly 
καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἴ" καὶ. γὰρ ἡ-λαλιά.-σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ. 
also thou of them art, foreven thy speech *imanifest *thee 'makes, 
74 Tore ἤρξατο ἁκαταναθεματίζειν" καὶ ὀμνύειν, “Ort οὐκ.οἶδα 
Then he began to curse and to swear, I know not 
τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Kat “εὐθέωςὶ ἀλέκτωρ. ἐφώνησεν. 75 καὶ 
the man. And immediately acock crew. And 
> , t , ω ερ τ ξ τὶ ἢ ? 1” > , 8 > “} 
ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ρήματος τοῦ" Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος ξαὐτφ', 





bered the word of Ζγοπιεπιρετθά ‘Peter the word of Jesus, who had said to him, 
Jesus, which said unto ο ἢ 1 ~ : η > , ἢ 
him, Before the cock Ort πριν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρις απαρνησῃ με και 
crow, thou shalt deny Before [the] cock crow, thrice theu wilt deny me. And 
me thrice, And he 2 ” ~ 
went out, and νερὺ ἐξελθὼν ἔξω ἔκλαυσεν πικρῶς. 
bitterly. ὁ having gone out hewept bitterly. 

8 — ἀποκριθεὶς Tr. t—O6rcLtTtra. °—avrov[L]TTrA.  ἐράπισαν LTTrA. * ἐκάθητο 
ἔξω τΊ Τελ. Y + σὐτῶν ἴμεπι α. 5 --α αὐτὸν [1]1τ. 8 αὑτοῖς tothem aw. % --- καὶ τ. 


ο μετὰ ττιλ. ὁ καταθεµατίζειν GLTTrAW. 5 εὐθὺς τε, {--- τοῦ ΙΤΊτΑ. 8 --- αὐτῷ [L}rTrA. 


XXVII. MATTHEW. 
QT Πρωΐας δὲ γενομένης, συμβούλιον ἔλαβον πάντες οἱ 


And morning being come, “counsel *Itook all “the 
ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, 
Schief*priests "μὰ °the 7elders Sof °the '°people against Jesus, 
WOTE θανατῶσαν αὐτόν" 2 kai δήσαντες αὐτὸν ἀπήγα- 
so that they might put todeath him; andhaving bound him they led 
γον καὶ παρέδωκαν Ἰαὐτὸνὶ ἘΠοντίῳ' ἸΠιλάτῳὶ τῷ 
away [him] and delivered up him to Pontius Pilate the 
ἡγεμόνι. 
governor, 
3 Τότε ἰδὼν 
Then Shaving ’seen 


εκρίθη, μετα μεληθεὶς 


? 7) { πι ἂν sd [I “τ e Me 
Ιούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς" αὐτὸν ὅτι κατ- 
‘Judas *who “delivered °up “him that he was 

πἀπέστρεψεν" τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύ- 
condemned, having regretted [it] returned the thirty pieces of 
ρια τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ “τοῖς" πρεσβυτέροις, 4 λέγων. 
silver tothe chief priests and the elders, saying, 

μαρτον παραδοὺς αἷμα Ῥάθῶονὶ. Οἱ δὲ εἶπον, Τί 
Isinned delivering up “blood ‘guiltless. Butthey said, What[isthat] 
πρὸς ἡμᾶς; σὺ Wwe." ὅ Καὶ ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια 
to us? thou wilt see [to it]. And having cast down the pieces of silver 
τὲν τῷ ναῷ" ἀνεχώρησεν,καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἀπήγξατο. 6 Οἱ δὲ 
in the temple he withdrew, and having goneaway hangedhimself, Απά the 
ἀρχιερεῖς λαβόντες τὰ ἀργύρια "εἶπον," Οὐκ.έξεστιν βαλεῖν 
chief priests having taken the piecesofsilver said, It is not lawful to put 
αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν κορβανᾶν, ἐπεὶ τιμὴ αἵματός ἐστιν. 7 Συμ- 
them into {πο treasury, since [the] price of blood it is. *Coun- 
βούλιον δὲ. λαβόντες, ἠγόρασαν ἐξ αὐτῶν τὸν ἀγρὸν τοῦ 

561 land “having “taken, they bought with them the field ofthe 

κεραμέως, εἰς ταφὴν. τοῖς ξένοι. 8 διὸ ἐκλήθη ὁ 
potter, for a burying ground for strangers, Wherefore *was “called 
ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος ἀγρὸς αἵματος ἕως τῆς-σήμερον. 9 τότε 
‘that field Field of blood to this day. - Then 

3 , 4A ε A 419 / - 3 [ή 
ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ ᾿Ιερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου, λεγον- 
was fulfilled that which wasspoken by Jeremias the prophet, say- 
τος, Kai ἔλαβον τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια, τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ 
ing, And I took the thirty pieces ofsilver, the price of him who 
τετιµηµένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ισραήλ, 10 καὶ 
was set a price on, whom they “set 78, *price on of (?the] *sons “of *Israel, and 
ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν τοῦ κεραμέως, καθὰ συνέταξεν 

gave them for the field ofthe potter, accordingas “directed 
μοι κύριος. 

"πιο ('the] “Lord. 

11 Ὁ δὲ. Γησοῦς téorn" ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἡγεμόνος" καὶ ἐπηρώ- 
But Jesus stood before the governor; and *ques- 

2 A « € , ή 4 « 4 A ~ 
τησεν αὐτὸν ὁ ἡγεμών, λέγων, Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν 
tioned “*him ‘the “governor, saying, "Τποι ‘art the king of the 


Ἰουδαίων; ὋὉ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἔφη Ἰαὐτφιὶ Σὺ λέγεις. 12. Kai 
Jews? And Jesus said tohim, ‘Thou sayest. And 


ἐν τῷ.κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ "τῶν" πρεσ- 
when “was “accused "he by the chief priests and the 

βυτέρων, οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο. 19 τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ "Πιλάτος;! 

ders, nothing he answered. Then *says *to *him 1Pilate, 


el- 


81 


XXVII. When ‘the 
morning was come, all 
the chief priests and 
elders of the people 
took counsel against 
Jesus to put him to 
death: 2 and when 
they had bound him, 
they led him away, 
and delivered him to 
Pontius Pilate the 
governor. 


3 Then Judas, which 
had betrayed him, 
when he saw that he 
was condemned, re- 
pented himself, and 
brought again ‘the 
thirty pieces of silver 
to the chief priests and 
elders, 4 Saying, | have 
sinned inthat I have 
betrayed the innocent 
blood. And they said, 
What is that tous? see 
thou iothat. 5 Aud he 
cast down the pieces 
of silver in the temple, 
and departed, and 
went and hanged him- 
self. 6 And the chief 
priests took the silver 
pieces, and said, it is 
not lawful for to put 
them into the treasury, 
because it is the price 
of blood. 7 And they 
took counsel, and 
bought with them the 
potter’s field, to bury 
strangersin. 8 Where- 
fore that field was 
ealled, The field of 
blood, unto this day. 
9 Then was fulfilled 
that which was spoken 
by Jeremy the prophet, 
saying, And they took 
the thirty pieces of 
silver, the price of him 
that was valued, whom 
they of the children of 
Israeldid value; 10and 
gave them for the pot- 
ter’s field, as the Lord 
appointed me, 


11 And Jesus stood 
before the governor: 
and the governor asked 
him, saying, Art thou 
the king of the Jews? 
And Jesus said unto 
him, Thou = sayest. 
12 And when he was 
accused of the chicf 
priests and _ elders, 
he answered nothing. 
13 Then said Pilate 
unto him, MHeuarest 





i— αὐτὸν LTTrA. 
2 ἔστρεψεν TTrA. 9 — τοῖς LTTrA. 
into the temple rrr. 5 εἶπαν LTTr. 
α Πιλᾶτος Ltr; Πειλᾶτος τὶ 


Κ- Ποντίῳ τττ. | Πειλάτῳ τ. 
P ἀθῷον LTA. 


ὑεστάθη LITra. =” 


πι παραδοὺς had delivered up LTr. 
9 όψη LTTrA. 
— αὐτῷ 1. 


τ εἰς τὸν ναὸν 
W .-- τῶν 7A]. 


¢ 


82 


thou not how many 
things they witness 
against thee? 14 And 
he answered him to 
never a word; inso- 
much that the gover- 
nor marvelled greatly. 


15 Now at that feast 
the governor was wont 
to release unto the 
people ἃ prisoner, 
whom they would. 
16 An@ they had thena 
notable prisoner, call- 
ed Barabhas. 17 There- 
fore when they were 
gathered together, Pi- 
late said unto them, 
Whom will ye thai 
I release unto you? 
Barabbas, or Jesus 
which is called Christ ? 
18 For he knew that 
for envy they had de- 
livered him, 19 When 
he was set down on 
the judgment seat, his 
wife sent unto him, 
saying, Have thou 
nothing to do with 
that just man: for I 
have suffered many 
things this day in a 
dream because of him, 
20 But the chief priests 
and elders persuaded 
the multitude that 
they should ask Barab- 
bas, and destroy Jesus. 
21 The governor an- 
swered and said unto 
them, Whether of the 
twain will ye that I 
release unto you? They 
said, Barabbas. 22 Pi- 
late saith unto them, 
What shall I do then 
with Jesus which is 
called Christ ? They all 
say unto him, Let him 
be crucified. 23 And the 
governor said, Why, 
what evil hath he 
done? But they cried 
out the more, saying, 
Let him be crucified. 
24 When Pilate saw 
that he could prevail 
nothing, but that 
rather a tumult was 
made, he took water, 
and washed Ais hands 
before the multitudé, 
saying, Τ am innocent 
of the blood ‘of this 
just person: see ye ἴο 
wt. 25 Then answered 
all the people, and 
said, His blood be on 
us, and on our chil- 
dren. 26 Then released 
he Barabbas unto 
them: and when he 
had scourged Jesus, he 
Gelivered him to be 
crucified. . 


Υ Πιλᾶτος utr; Πειλᾶτος T. 
ο--. ἡγεμὼν (read and he said) TTrA. 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. ΧΧΥΠΙ, 


Οὐκ. ἀκούεις πόσα σοῦ καταμαρτυροῦσιν; 14° Καὶ 
Hearest thou not how many {Π1Πβ8 ποθ ‘they “witness *against? And 


οὐκ. ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἕν ῥῆμαι ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν 


he did not answer Ἠϊπ to even one word, sothat *wondered ‘the 
ἡγεμόνα λίαν. 
Ἔρογοτποτ exceedingly. 

16 Κατὰ. δὲ ἑορτὴν εἰώθει ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἀπολύειν ἕνα 


Now at [the] feast *was*accustomed *the*governor to release 
τῷ ὄχλῳ δέσµιον, ὃν ἤθελον. 16 εἶχον.δὲ τότε δέσ- 
2to*the *multitude “prisoner, whom they wished. And they had then a*pri- 
µιον ἐπίσημον, λεγόμενον Βαραββᾶν. 17 συνηγμένων 
soner 1notable, called Barabbas. _..7Being *gathered ®together 
οὖν αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ΥΠιλάτος," Τίνα θέλετε ἀπο- 
“therefore ‘they said ®to *them €Pilate, Whom willye[that] I 
λύσω ὑμῖν; Βαραββᾶν, ἣ Ἰησοῦν τὸν λεγόμενον. χριστόν; 
release to you? Barabbas, or Jesus who is called Christ ? 
18 ᾖδειγὰρ ὅτι διὰ φθόνον παρέδωκαν αὐτόν. 19 .Καθη- 


ones 


For he knew that through envy they delivered up him. 3Λ8 *was 
évou δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡ 
sitting *but. *he on the judgment seat 3sent to Shim 
γυνὴ αὐτοῦ, λέγουσα, \ Mndév σοι καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ 
his ?wife, saying, [Let there be] nothing between theeand righteous 
ἐκείνῳ" πολλὰ.γὰρ ἔπαθον σήμερον κατ ὄναρ de 


1that [man]; for many things Isuffered to-day in a dream because of 


αὐτόν. 20 Οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ ot πρεσβύτεροι ἔπεισαν τοὺς 
him. But the chief priests and the elders persuaded the 
” wv 22 ν ~ A 1? ~ at 
ὄχλους ἵνα αἰτήσωνται τὸν Βαραββᾶν, τὸν. δὲ. Τησοῦν ἀπολ- 
crowds that they should beg for Barabbas, and *Jesus 4should 
έσωσιν. 21 ἀποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ ἡγεμὼν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τίμα θέλετε 


Σάδβίτογ. And answering ‘the?governor said tothem, Which willye 

? ᾿ ~ , ? ’ ε ν ω ε Log loa ~ 

ἀπὸ τῶν δύο ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν; Οἱ.δὲ 3εἶπον', "Βαραββᾶν. 
of the two[that] Irelease toyou? Andthey said, Barabbas, 


22 Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ ΥΠιλάτος," Τί οὖν ποιήσω ᾿Ιησοῦν, τὸν 

7Says ὅἴο *them ‘Pilate, What then shallIldowith Jesus, who 
Χεγόμενον χριστόν; Aéyovow Ῥαὐτῷ" πάντες, Σταυρωθήτω. 

is calléd Christ? They *say “to *him 1all, Let [him] be crucified, 
23 Ὁ δὲ “ἡγεμὼν! ἔφη, Τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν; Οἱ.δὲ 


evil 


Andthe governor said, What then didhe commit? But they 
περισσῶς ἔκραζον, λέγοντεο, Σταυρωθήτω. 24 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ ὁ 
the more _ cried ‘out, saying, Let [him] be crucified. And *seeing 


ΣΠιλάτοςσ! ὅτι οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον θόρυβος γίνεται, 
Pilate that nothing it availed, but rather atumult is arising, 

λ ‘ er ? AD ας 4 ~ dZ , Π ~ » λ 
αβὼν ὕδωρ ἀπενίώατο τὰς χεῖρας "άπεναντι τοῦ ὄχλου, 
havingtaken water he washed [his] hands before the crowd, 


λέγων. °AGHSc" εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος frov.ducaiov.robrov'! 
yoy"; ο ΣΙ ΓΟ 


Guiltless Lam of the ]οοᾶ of this righteous [man]; 
ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε. 25 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς πᾶς ὁ λαὸς εἶπεν, Τὸ 
ye swill see [to it]. And ‘answering ‘all *the*peovle said, 

7 ᾽ ~ 3 κ.α ~ η) ‘ A , « ~ / ? id 
αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ ἡμᾶς και επι τα-τεκνα-]μων. 26 Τότε ἄπελυ- 


saying, 


is blood [be]on us and on our children. Then he re- 
σεν. αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν: τὸν.δὲ. Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 
leased to them Barabbas ; but *Jesus *having *scourged 
παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ. 


he delivered up [him] that he might be crucified. 


8. - τὸν TTr. 
ε ἀθῴός LTA. 


b — αὐτῷ LITrA. 
f τούτου [τοῦ 


π εἶπαν TTr. 
4 κατέναντι LT, 


δικαίου] τι; — τοῦ δικαίου (vead of this [man])7[TrJa. 


ΧΧΥΙΠΙ. MATTHE W. 


27 Τότε οἱ στρατιῶται τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, παραλαβόντες 
Then the soldiers ofthe governor, having taken with [them] 
> ~ ’; A « 
τὸν Ἰησοῦν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, συνήγαγον ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ὕλην 
Jesus to the  prztorium, gathered against him all 
τὴν σπεῖραν" 28 καὶ ξἐκδύσαντες' αὐτὸν ππεριέθηκαν αὐτῷ 
the band ; “and having stripped him they put round him 
χλαμύδα κοκκίνην'' 29 καὶ πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 
a *cloak ‘scarlet ; And having platted acrown of thorns 
ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ ἰτὴν κεφαλὴν' αὐτοῦ, καὶ κάλαμον "ἐπὶ τὴν 
they put [it] on his head, and a reed in 
δεξιὰν! αὐτοῦ" καὶ γονυπετήσαντες ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1ἐνέ- 
fright *hand ‘*his; and bowing the knees before him they 
παιζον! αὐτῷ, λέγοντες, Χαῖρε, “ὁ βασιλεὺς" τῶν Ιουδαίων" 
mocked him, saying, Hail, king of the Jews! 
80 καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν ἔλαβον τὸν κάλαμον καὶ ἔτυπ- 
And havingspit upon him ᾖἴπεγ took the reed and struck 
? ‘ ‘ > ~ soe 9 / ? ~ 
τον εἰς τὴν.κεφαλὴν.αὐτοῦ. 31 Kat ore ἐνέπαιξαν αὐτῷ 
[him] on his head. And when they had mocked him 
m2» Π ,.. ἃ \ δ , ο ‘1 se oS " πο ας Η͂ 
ἐξέδυσαν! αὐτὸν τὴν χλαμύδα, “καὶ ἐνεῦυσαν αὐτὸν τὰ 
they took off him the cloak, and they puion him 
ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ: καὶ ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ.σταυρῶσαι. 
his own garments; and led “away ‘him to crucify. 
32 ᾿Ἐξερχόμενοι.δὲ εὗρον ἄνθρωπον Κὐρηναῖον, ὀνόματι 


And going forth they found 8 man a Cyrenzan, by name 
Σίμωνα’ τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν.σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ. 
Simon; him they compelled that he might carry his cross. 


33 Καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον ΣΓολγοθᾶ,' “ὅς" ἐστιν 
And having come to ἃ place called Golgotha, which is 


FAeyOpevocg κρανίου τόπος," 34 ἔδωκαν αὐτῷ "πιεῖν" ἴὄξος" . 


called 2of 3a *skull ‘place, him todrink vinegar 


μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον" καὶ γευσάμενος οὐκ.“ἤθελεν" "πιεῖν." 
with gall mingled ; and havingtasted he would not drink. 
85 Σταυρώσαντες δὲ αὐτὸν διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτια. αὐτοῦ, 
And having crucified him they divided his garments, 
σ βάλλοντες" κλῆρον' ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ 
casting a lot; that might be fulfilled that which wasspoken by 
τοῦ προφήτου, Διεμερίσαντο τὰ.ἱμάτιά-μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ 
the prophet, They divided mygarments among themselves, and 
ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόνιμου- ἔβαλον κλῆρον." 96 Καὶ καθήμενοι 


they gave 


for my vesture they cast - a lot. And sitting down 
μή, + “Ὲ τ, ~ ἂν ee μ : ? / ~ 
ἐτήρουν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ. 87 Καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἐπάνω τῆς 
they kept guard over him there. And they put up over 
κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ rHv.airiav.avrov. γεγραμμένην, Οὗτός ἐστιν 
his head his accusation written : This is 
Ἰησοῦς ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων. 88 Tore σταυροῦνται σὺν 
‘Jesus the king of the Jews. Then arecrucified with 


αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί, εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων. 
him two robbers, one δὖ [the] right handand one at [the] left. 
39 Οἱ δὲ παραπορευόμενοι ἐβλασφήμουν αὐτόν, κινοῦντες 
But those passing by railed at him, shaking 


τὰς κεφαλὰς. αὐτῶν, 40 καὶ λέγοντες, Ὅ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν 
their heads, and saying, Thou who destroyest the temple 


& ἐνδύσαντες having clothed L. 
κεφαλῆς TTra. κ ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ LITrA. 
τ ἐκδύσαντες having taken off τ. ο --- καὶ T. 
5 κρανίου τόπος λεγόμενος LTTrA. 8 πεῖν 7. 


ἐθέλησεν Α. W βαλόντες having cast LTA. 


1 ἐνέπαιξαν τ. 


t οἶνον wine LTTr. 


h χλαμύδα κοκκίνην περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ LITA. ἱ τῆς 
m βασιλεῦ Ο king Ltr. 
P Τολγοθά Tr. 


83 


27 Then the soldiers 
of the governor took 
Jesus into the common 
hall, and gathered un- 
to him the whole band 
of soldiers. 28 And 
they stripped him, and 
put on him a scarlet 
robe. 29 And when 
they had platted a 
crown of ‘thorns, they 
put ἐξ upon his head, 
and a reed in his right 
hand: and they bowed 
the Knee before him, 
and mocked him, say- 
ing, Hail, King of the 
Jews! 30 And they 
spit upon him, and 
took the reed, and 
smote him on the head. 
31 And after that they 
had mocked him, they 
took the robe off from 
him, and put his own 
raiment on him, and 
led him away to cru- 
cify him. 

32 And as they came 
out, they found a 
man of Cyrene, Simon 
by name: him they 
compelled to bear his 
cross. 33 And when 
they were come unto 
a place called Gol- 
gotha, that is to say, 
a place of a skull, 
34 They gave him vin- 
egar to drink mingled 
with gall: and when 
he had tasted thereof, 
he would not drink, 
35 And they crucified 
him, and parted his 
garments, casting lots: 
that it might be ful- 
filled which was spo- 
ken by the prophet, 
They parted my gar- 
ments among them, 
and upon my vesture 
did they cast lots. 
36 And sitting down 
they watched him 
there; 37 and set up 
over his head his accu- 
sation written, THIS 
ΠΕ SE SUS) oe 
KING OF THE 
JEWS. 38 Then were 
there two thieves cru- 
cified with him, one 
on the right hand, and 
another on the left, 


39 And they that 
passed by reviled him, 
wagging their heads, 
40 and saying, Thou 
that destroyest the 
temple, and buildest 


46 GLTTrAW. 
7 ἠθέλησεν LTTr3 


τ — ἵνα πληρωθῇ to end of verse GLTIrA. 


84 
it in three days, save 
thysclf. If thou be 


the Son of God, come 
down froin the cross, 
41 Likewise also the 
chief priests mocking 
him, with the scribes 
and elders, said, 42 He 
saved others; himself 
he cannot save. If he 
be the King of Israel, 
let him now come 
down from the cross, 
and we will believe 
him. 43 He trusted in 
God; let him deliver 
him now, if he will 
have him: for he said, 
Iam the Son of God. 
44 The thieves also, 
which were crucified 
with him, cast the 
same in his teeth. 


45 Now from the 
sixth hour there was 
darkness over all the 
Jand unto the ninth 
hour. 46 And about 
the ninth hour Jesus 
cried with a loud voice, 
saying, ELI, EUuI, 
LAMA SABACHTHA- 
NI? that isto say, My 
God, my God, why 
hast thou forsaken 
me? 47 Some of them 
that stood there, when 
they heard ‘that, said, 
This man calleth for 
Elias. 48 Andstraight- 
way one of them ran, 


and took a spunge, and. 


filled ἐξ with vinegar, 
and put zt on a reed, 
and gave him to drink, 
49 The rest said, Let 
be, let us see whether 
Elias will come to save 
him, 


50 Jesus, when he 
had cried again with a 
loud voice, yielded up 
the ghost. 51 And, be- 
hold, the veil of the 
temple was rent in 
twain from the top to 
the bottom; and the 
earth did quake, and 
the rocks rent; 52 and 
the graves were open- 
ed; and many bodies 
of the saints which 
slept arose, 53 and 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. ΑΧΤΠΙ, 


καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν, σῶσον σεαυτόν." εἰ υἱὸς 

and in+ three days buildest [it], save thyself, If son, 
Σεῖ τοῦ θεοῦ," 5 κατάβηθι.ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ. 41 Ὁμοίως 

thou art οἵ God, descend from the cross, 7In 3111 *manner 


αδὲ καὶ! οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς ἐμπαίζοντες μετὰ TOY γραμματέων καὶ 
tand also the chief priests, mocking, with the scribes and 
πρεσβυτέρων ἔλεγον, 42 Άλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ.δύναται 
elders, said, Others he saved, himself heis not able 

~ b 7\| 4 7 , ? , ~ ? 5 - 
σῶσαι. δεῖ" βασιλεὺς ᾿Ισραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ 
to save, If king ofIsrael heis, let him descend now from the 
σταυροῦ, καὶ “riarevooper" δαὐτῷ." 48 πέποιθεν ἐπὶ “τὸν θεόν" 


cross, and we will believe him, He trusted on God: 
ῥυσάσθω νῦν fabrdy," εἰ θέλει. αὐτόν. εἶπεν.γάρ, Ὅτι θεοῦ 
lethimdeliver*now ‘him, if he will [have] him, For he said, *Of God 


> ev A ’ ? A A ε A ε , 
εἰμι υἱός. 44 Τὸ δ᾽ αὐτὸ καὶ ot λῃσταὶ ot ϑσυσταυρωθὲέν- 
*IT?am °Son. And[{with]thesamethingalsothe rebbers who were crucified to- 
τες" " αὐτῷ ὠνείδιζον Ἰαὐτῷ.' 
gether with Ὠϊπι reproached him. 

? A A er {4 / 3 [ή > 4 ~ . 
45 ᾽Απὸ δὲ ἕκτης ὥρας σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν 
Now from “sixth [11πε] hour darkness was over all the 
~ ε/ “ 12 δ \| \ ‘ η 12 , " / 
γην ἕως ὥρας "ἐννάτης | 46 περὶ δὲ τὴν ᾿ἐννάτην' ὥραν 
land until[the]*hour ?ninth; and about: the ninth hour 
mMaveBdnoey" ὁ Ἰησοῦς φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, λέγων, "Ἠλί, ’HXi," 
“cried tout Jesus “*with*°a7voice ‘loud, saying, Eli, ἘΠῚ, 
ὁλαμὰ" PoaBayVari ;" τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Θεέΐμου, θεέ. μου, Uvari" µε 
lama sabachthani 2 that is, My God, my God, ‘why me 
ἐγκατέλιπες; 47 Τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἐκεῖ "ἑστώτων" ἀκού- 
hast thou forsaken 2 And some of those who there were standing having 
σαντες, ἔλεγον, Ὅτι "Ἡλίαν" φωνεῖ οὗτος. 48 Kai εὐθέως 
heard, said, *Blias 304115. this [?man]. And immediately 
δραμὼν εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν καὶ λαβὼν σπόγγον, πλήσας.τε 

*having τυ 1ομο *of Ἵππου and taken a sponge, and filled [it] 
” \ \ / ? , ? δὲ ἐς « \ 
ὄξους Kai περιθεὶς καλάμῳ, ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν; 49 οἱ δὲ 
with vinegar and put[it]on areed, gave 7to “drink *him, But the 
λοιποὶ ἵέλεγον,ὶ “Adec, ἴδωμεν εἰ ἔρχεται. "Ηλίας! σώσων 


rest said, Let be; let us see ?comes *Elias to save 
αὐτόν. 

him. 

50 Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἀφῆκεν 


And Jesus 

4 ~ Fad Ya , A ’ ~ ~ 3 / 
τὸ πνεῦμα. 51 Καὶ ἰδού, τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη 
[his] spirit. And behold, the veil ofthe temple was rent 
w > δύ Il x > ΜΠ » θ « ’ στ, a « ~ ? , 6 ‘ 
εις OVO! Ζάπο" AYwUEY εως κατω και ἢ γη εσείσση, και 
into two from top to bottom; and the earth was shaken, and 
αἱ πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν, δῷ καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθὴσαν, καὶ 
the rocks were rent, ‘and the tombs were opened, and 
πολλὰ σώματᾳ τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων **hyépOn," 53 καὶ 
many bodies ofthe “7fallen*asleep ‘saints arose, and 


again having cried witha *voice ‘loud yielded up 





Υ θεοῦ εἶ L. 


αὐτῷ W. 
with (him) {τττὰ. 
cried τι. 
σαβαχθανεί TTr. 
Vv Ἠλείας T. 
LTTrA, 


z+ καὶ and LT. 
© πιστεύομεν We believe 1, πιστεύσωμεν let us believe T. 
ε τῷ θεῷ τ, 


Ὁ Ἣλὶ ἡλὶ LA; Ηλεὶ ἡλεὶ T. 


» εἰς δύο placed after κάτω TTra. 


4 [δὲ] καὶ TrA; — δὲ καὶ [1]. Ὁ — εἰ TTrA. 
4 ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν on him rrr; ἐπ᾽ 
f _- αὐτόν Ὑ{τ|]. & συνσταυρωθέντες LTTrA. h + σὺν 
κ ἐνάτης LTTrA, [ἐνάτην LITrA. m ἐβόησεν 

ο λημὰ 1; λεμὰ ΤΤτΑ. Ρ σαβακθανί L; 
τ ἑστηκότων TTr. 5"Ἠλείαν τ. t εἶπαν LTr. 
Xan’ Tr; — ἀπὸ v. ya ἠγέρθησ-» 


i αὐτόν GLTTrAW. 


4 ἵνα τί A. 


XXVII. MA T T HOE W. 

3 / ᾿ ~ , A ‘ ” ᾽ ws δ ον 

ἐξελθόντες εκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν.έγερσιν. αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλ- 
having gone forth outof the tombs after his arising, entered 
θον εἰς THY ἁγίαν πόλιν καὶ ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς. 

inte the holy city and appeared to many. 
54 Ὁ δὲ τἑκατόνταρχος" καὶ οἱ per αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες 
But the centurion and they who with him Κερί guard over 


τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἰδόντες τὸν σεισμὸν καὶ τὰ ἀγενόμεγνα," 
Jesus, having scen the earthquake and the things that took place, 
ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα, λέγοντες, ᾿Αληθῶς "θεοῦ υἱὸς! ἦν οὗτος. 
feared greatly, saying, Truly 3God’s *Son ?was "this. 
55 ΄Ησαν.δὲ ἐκεῖ γυναῖκες πολλαὶ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦ- 
‘And there were there *women ‘many from afar off looking 
ev ? ΄ω ~ 7 ~ > A ~ ἘΝ 
σαι, αἵτινες ἠκολούθησαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας δια- 
er, who followed Jesus from Galilee min- 
κονοῦσαι αὐτῷ, 56 ἐν αἷς ἦν Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνή, καὶ 
istering to him, among whom was Mary the Magdalene, and 
Μαρία ἡ τοῦ Ἰακώβου καὶ “Ἰωσῆ! μήτηρ, καὶ ἡ μήτηρ τῶν 
Mary the 7of SJames *and 340888 ‘mother; and the mother of the 
υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου. 
sons of Zebedee. 
57 ᾿Οψίας.δὲ γενομένης ἦλθεν ἄνθρωπος πλούσιος ἀπὸ 
And evening being come *came 1a “man “rich from 
Φ Αριμαθαίας,! τοὔνομα Ιωσήφ. ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς Ξἐμαθήτευσενὶ 
Arimathea, by name Joseph, who also himself was discipled 
Ἰ ve 5 δ δον δ χὰ > Tide Nee \ ~ 
Tw αησου. 8 οὗτος προσε/ ων τῷ tAATW QTHOATO TO σωμα 
to Jesus, He - having gone to Pilate begged the body 
τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. τοτε ὁ ΕΠιλάτος! ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι "τὸ σῶμα." 
of Jesus. Then Pilate commended tobe givenup the body. 
59 καὶ λαβὼν τὸ σῶμα δ᾽ Τωσὴφ ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ ὶ σινδόνι 
Andhaving taken the body Joseph wrapped it ina*linen*cloth 
καθορᾷ, 60 καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸ ἐν τῷ καινῷ.αὐτοῦ μνημείῳ ὃ 
‘clean, and placed it in his new tomb which 
ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ καὶ προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν 
hehadhewn in the rocks and having rolled a*stone ‘great 
Κτῇ θύρᾳ τοῦ μνημείου ἀπῆλθεν. ΟἹ ἦν.δὲ ἐκεῖ Μαρία! 
tothe door ofthe tomb ΄ went away. And there wasthere Mary 


ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία, καθήμεμαι ἀπέναντι τοῦ 
the 


the Magdalene audthe other Mary, sitting opposite 
τάφου. . ἕ " 
sepulchre, 
~ a , 
62 Τῇ.δὲ ἐπαύριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν μετὰ τὴν παρασκευήν, 
Νου onthe morrow, which is after the preparation, 
συνήχθησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ. οἱ Φαρισαῖοι πρὸς “Πι- 
were gathered together the chief priests and the Pharisees to Pi- 
λάτον,' 63 λέγοντες, Κύριε, ἐμνήσθημεν ὅτι ἐκεῖνος 
saying, Sir, we have called to mind” that that 


late, 
ὁ πλάνος εἶπεν ἔτι ζῶν, Μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. 64 κέ- 
deéeiver said whilst living, After three days 1 arise. Com- 
λευσον οὖν ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον ἕως τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας" 
mand therefore to be secured the sepulchreuntil the third ‘day, 


μήποτε ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ. "αὐτοῦ" ονυκτὸς! κλέψωσιν αὐτόν, 
1him, 





85 


came out of the graves 
after his resurrection, 
and went into the holy 
city, and appeared 
unto many. 


54 Now when the 
centurion, and they 
that were with him, 
watching Jesus, saw 
the earthquake, and 
those things that were 
done, they feared 
greatly, saying, Truly 
this was the Son of 
God. 


55 And many women 
were there beholding 
afar off, which fol- 
lowed Jesus from Ga- 
lilee, ministering unto 
him: 56 among which 
was Mary Magdalene, 
and Mary the mother 
of James and Joses, 
and the mother of 
Zebedee’s children. 


57 When the even 
was come, there came 
arich man of Arima- 
thea, named Joseph. 
who also himself was 
Jesus’ disciple: 58 he 
went to Pilate, and 
begged the body of Je- 
sus. Then Pilate com- 
manded the body to be 
delivered. 59 And when 
Joseph had taken the 
body, he wrapped it in 
a clean linen cloth, 
60 and laid it in his 
own new tomb, which 
he had hewn out in 
the rock: and he rolled 
a great stone to the 
door of the sepulchre, 
and departed. 61 And 
there was Mary Mag- 
dalene, and the other 
Mary, sitting over a- 


. gainst the sepulchre. 


62 Now the next day, 
that foilowed the day 
of the preparation, the 
chief priests and Pha- 
risces came together 
unto Pilate, 63 saying, 
Sir, we remember that 
that deceiver said, 
while he was yet alive, 
After three days I will 
rise again. 64 Com- 
mand therefore that 
the sepulchre be made 
sure until the third 
day, lest his disciples 
come by night, and 
steal him away, and 


lest Scoming this “disciples by night = steal “away 
᾿ς ἑκατοντάρχης T. 3 γινόμενα were taking place αὐτιὰ. ὃ vids θεοῦ LErA. 5 Ἰωσὴφ 
Joseph T. 4 ᾿Αριμαθείας W. © ἐμαθητεύθη LET: f Πειλάτῳ T. 6 Πιλᾶτος LT. 5 
_ ier in (a linen cloth) tra. ΚΕ επι 


Πειλατος Τ. Ἀ — τὸ σῶμα (read [it]}) τί Tr]. « 
over (the door) L. Ι Μαριὰμπ. ™ Ἠιλατον ο; Πειλᾶτον 1. 
disciples) T. ΄ 9 — νυκτὸς GLTTrA, ~ ve 


2 — αὐτοῦ (read the 


86 

say unto the people, 
He is risen from the 
dead: so the last error 
shall be worse than 
the first. 65 Pilate 
said unto them, Ye 
havea watch: goyour 
way, make τὲ as sure 
as yecan. 66So they 
went, and made the 
sepulchre sure, sealing 
the stone, and setting 
a watch. 


XXVIII. In theend 
of the sabbath, as it 
began to dawn toward 
the first day of the 
week, came Mary Mag- 
dalene and the other 
Mary to see the sepul- 
chre, 


2 And, behold, there 
was a great carth- 
quake: for the angel 
of the Lord descended 
from heaven, andcame 
and rolled back the 
stone from the door, 
and sat upon it. 3 His 
countenance was like 
lightning, and his rai- 
ment white as snow: 
4 and for fear of him 
the keepers did shake, 
ani became as dead 
men. 5 Aud theangel 
auswered and said un- 
to the women, Fear 
not ye: for I know 
that ye seek Jesus, 
which was crucified. 
6 He is not here: for 
he is risen, as he said. 
Come, sce the place 
where the Lord lay. 
7 And go quickly, and 
tell his disciples that 
ke is risen from the 
dead; and, behold, he 
gocth before you into 
Galilee ; there shall ye 
see him: lo, I have 
toldyou. 8 And they 
departed quickly from 
the sepulchre with 
fear and great joy; 
and did run to bring 
his disciples word. 
9 And as they went to 
tell his disciples, be- 
hold, Jesus met them, 
saying, All hail. And 
they came and held 
him by the _ feet, 
and worshipped him, 
10 Then said Jesus un- 
tothem, Be not afraid: 
go tell my brethren 





p — δὲ and GLTTraw. 
τ — ἀπὸ τῆς θύρας LTTrA. 
κύριος (ead le was lying) T[Tra]. 
ἐπορεύοντο ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοις μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 


‘having descended out of heaven, 


ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. ΧΧΥΙΙ, XXVIII. 


καὶ εἴπωσιν τῷ haw, Ἡγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν᾽ καὶ ἔσται 
and say to the people, He is risen from the dead; and ‘shall *be 
ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης. θὅ  Εφη.Ρδὲϊ αὐτοῖς 
lthe “last %deception worse thanthe first. And *said ὅἴο *them 
ὁ “Πιλάτος," Ἔχετε κουστωδίαν ὑπάγετε ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς 
1Pilate, Ye have a guard: Go make [it as]secure as 
» ε ον , ᾽ / A / 
οἴδατε. 66 Οἱ δὲ πορευθέντες ἠσφαλίσαντο τὸν τάφον 
ye know [ποπ]. Andthey having gone made *secure 1the *sepulchre 
σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον, μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας. 
7sealing ®the °stone, “*with ‘the δριατᾶ, 
98 ᾿Οψὲ δὲ σαββάτων, τῇ-ὲ ; ἰ ut 
we. » TH-ETLOWOKOVOD εἰς μιαν 
Now late onSabbath, as it was getting dusk toward [the] first [day] 
σαββάτων, ἦλθεν "Μαρία" ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία 
of [the] week, came Mary the Magdalene and-the other Mary 
θεωρῆσαι τὸν τάφον. 
to see the sepulchre. 
2 Kai ἰδού, σεισμὸς 
And behold, 3a°earthquake ‘there.*was *great ; 
καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, " προσελθὼν ἀπεκύλισεν τὸν λίθον 
having come rolledaway the stone 
ἀπὸ τῆς θύρας," καὶ ἐκάθητο ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ. 3 ἦν.δὲ ἡ "ἰδέα! 
from the  ἆοος, and was sitting upon it. And*was “look 
αὐτοῦ we ἀστραπή, καὶ τὸ.ἔνδυμα.αὐτοῦ λευκὸν Ywoei" χιών. 
this as lightning, and his raiment white as snow. 
4 ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ ἐσείσθησαν οἱ τηροῦντες, καὶ Σἐγέ- 
Andfrom the fear ofhim ‘trembled ‘those*keeping*guard, and be 
νοντο ὡσεὶ" νεκροί. 5 ᾽Αποκοιθεὶο δὲ ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν ταῖς 
came as dead [men]. But answering ‘the “angel said tothe 
γυναιξίν, Μὴ.φοβεῖσθε ὑμεῖς" οἶδα.γὰρ ὅτι Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἑσταυ- 
women, Fear not ye; for I know that Jesus who hasbeen 
ρωμένον ζητεῖτε. 6 οὐκ.ἔστιν ὧδε" ἠγέρθη. γάρ, καθὼς εἶπεν. 
crucified ye seek, Heisnot here, for he is risen, as he said. 
δεῦτε ἴδετε τὸν τόπον ὅπου ἔκειτο YO κύριος." 7 καὶ ταχὺ 
Come see the place where *was*lying*the *Lord. And *quickly 
πορευθεῖσαι εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν 
αροῖης say to his disciples, that heisrisenfrom the 
νεκρῶν" καὶ ἰδού, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν" ἐκεῖ 
dead ; and behold, he gocs before you into Galilee ; there 


ἐγένετο μέγας" ἄγγελος.γὰρ κυρίου 
for an angel of [the] Lord 


᾽αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε. ἰδού, εἶπον ὑμῖν. 8 Καὶ ᾿ἐξελθοῦσαι ταχὺ 


him yeshallsee. Lo, Ihavetold you. And having gone out quickly 


ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου μετὰ φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς μεγάλης, ἔδραμον 
from the tomb with fear and joy lereat, they ran 
ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ. 9 "ὡς.δὲ ἐπορεύοντο 

to tell [10] to his disciples. But as they were going 


ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοῖς. μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ," καὶ ἰδού, "ὁ" Ἰησοῦς ἑἀπήν- 
totell [it] to his disciples, “also *behold, Jesus met 
τησεν! αὐταῖς, λέγων, Χαίρετε. Αἱ. δὲ προσελθοῦσαι ἐκρά- 
them, saying, Hail! And they having come to [him] seized 
Tnoav αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας, καὶ προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ. 10 τότε 
hold of his feet, and worshipped him. Then 
λέγει αὐταῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Μὴ. φοβεῖσθε" ὑπάγετε, ἀπαγγείλατε 
2says *to *them Jesus, Fear not: 0, tell 





4 Πιλᾶτος Ltr; Πειλᾶτος Τι * Μαριὰμ T. 5 + καὶ and τττ. 

Υ εἰδέα TTr. W ὡς LTTrA. x ἐγενήθησαν ὡς LTTrA. } - ὁ 
2 ἀπελθοῦσαι having departed τττλ, & — ὡς δὲ 
Ρ-- ὁ τΑ., ο ὑπήντησεν τττ. 





XXVIII. MATTHEW 


τοῖς.ἀδελφοῖς. μου ἵνα ἀπέλθωσιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, *eaxei" µε 
my brethren that theygo into Galilee, and there me 


” 
ὄψονται. 
ehall they see. 


11 Πορευομένων.δὲ αὐτῶν, ἰδού, τινὲς τῆς κουστωδίας ἐλ-- 
And as *were “going 


they, lo, some of the guard hav- 
, 2 ‘ / ? ΄ ~ ? ~ er 
θόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἀπήγγειλαν" τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν ἅπαντα 
ing gone into the city reported tothe chief priests all things 
τὰ γενόμενα. 12 καὶ συναχθέντες μετὰ τῶν πρεσ- 
that were done, 


And having been gathered together with the el- 
, , / , > 7 « \ » Ὁ 
βυτέρων, συμβούλιόν.τε λαβόντες, ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ ἔδωκαν 
ders, and counsel having taken, “money tmuch they gave 
τοῖς στρατιώταις, 19 λέγοντες, Εἴπατε ὅτι οἱ μαθηταὶ.αὐτοῦ 

to the soldiers, saying, Say that his disciples 

A > / ” > A ε ~ , ‘ 
νυκτὸς ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων" 14 καὶ 
by night havingcome stole him, we being asleep. And 

> ~ ~ 4 ~ c , ~ , ‘ 
ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ‘emi! τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, ἡμεῖς πείσομεν δαὐτὸν" 
if *be*heard ‘this by the governor, we willpersuade him 
καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν. 15 Οἱ.δὲ λαβόντες τὰ 
tnd you “free °from care νν}}} “make. And they having taken the 
ἀργύρια ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν. καὶ "διεφημίσθη" ὁ λόγος 


money did as they were taught. And *is*spread°abroad " ?report 
οὗτος παρὰ Ιουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον]. 
this among[the] Jews until the present, 


16 Οἱ.δὲ ἕνδεκα μαθηταὶ ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, 
Ῥπϊ the eleven disciples went into Galilce, 
εἰς τὸ ὄρος οὗ , ἐτάξατο αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς. 17 καὶ ἰδόντες 
to the mountain whither *appointed *them 1) 95118. And = sceing 
αὐτὸν προσεκύνησαν "αὐτῷ"" οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν. 18 καὶ προσ- 
him they worshipped him: butsome doubted. And having 
ελθὠν Σ᾽ Ἰησοῦς ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, ᾿Εδόθη μοι 
cometo[them] Jesus spoke to them, saying, “Has*been *given *to’me 
πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ] γῆς. 19 πορευθέντες "οὖν" 
αρ]] " 2authority in heaven and on earth, Going therefore 
μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, "βαπτίζοντες! αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ 
disciple all the nations, baptizing them to the 
ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, 
name ofthe Father πᾶ οὗ ἴπο Son απά ofthe Holy Spirit ; 
20 διδάσκοντες αὐτοὺς τηρεῖν πάντα ὕσα ἐνετειλάμην 
teaching them toobserve allthings whatsoever I commanded 


ὑμῖν" καὶ ἰδού, ἐγὼ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἕως τῆς 


you. And lo, I with you am all the days until the 
συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος. ο Αμην.ὶ P 
completion ofthe age. Amen. 





8? 


that they go into Ga- 
lilee, and there shall 
they see me, 


11 Now when they 
were going, behold, 
some of the watch 
came into the city, 
and shewed unto the 
chief priests all the 
things that were done. 
12 And when they were 
assembled with the 
elders, and had taken 
counsel, they gave 
large money unto the 
soldiers, 13 saying, 
Say ye, His discipies 
came by night, and 
stole him away while 
we slept. 14 And if 
this come tothe gover- 
nor’s ears, We Will ῬεΓ- 
suade him, and secure 
you. 15 So they took 
the money, and did as 
they were taught: and 
this saying is com- 
monly reported among 
the Jews until this 
day. 


16 Then the eleven 
disciples went away 
into Galilee, into a 
mountain where Jesus 
had appointed them. 
17 And when they saw 
him, they worshipped 
him: but some doubt- 
ed. 18 And Jesus came 
and spake unto them, 
saying, All power is 
given unto me in hea- 
venand inearth. 19Go 
yetherefore, and teach 
all nations, baptizing 
them in the name of 
the Father, and of the 
Son, and of the Holy 
Ghost: 20 teaching 
them to.observe all 
things whatsoever I 
have commanded you: 
and, lo, lam with you 
alway, even uuto the 
end of the world. 
Amen, 





ἆ καὶ ἐκεῖ Τ. ε ἀνήγγειλαν announced T. ᾖ[Γὐπὸ Μη. ἔ- 
b ἐφημίσθη is spoken of Tr. i+ ἡμέρας day Lrra, * — αὐτῷ LTTra. 
τὰ — οὖν G(n]z[tTr]A. Ἡ βαπτίσαντες having baptized Tr. 
Μαθθαιον according to Matthew tra. 


° — ’Auny GLTTrA. 


ε — αὐτὸν (read [him]) t[ tr}. 


1 + τῆς the Ltra. 
P + κατὸ 


το 


ΤΗΕ *ACCORDING 5ΤΌ 


THE beginning of 
the gospel of Jesus 
Christ, the Son of God ; 
2 as it is written in 
the prophets, Behold, 
I send my messenger 
before thy face, which 
shall prepare thy way 
before thee. 3 The 
voice of one crying in 
the wilderness, Pre- 
pare ye the way of the 
Lord, make his paths 
straight. 


4 John did baptize 
in the wilderness, and 
preach the baptism of 
repentance for the re- 
mission of sins. 5 And 
there went out unto 
him all the land of 
Judea, and they of 
Jerusalem, and were 
all baptized of him in 
the river of Jordan, 
confessing their sins. 
6 And John was cloth- 
ed with camel’s hair, 
and with a girdle of a 
skin about his loins; 
and he did eat locusts 
and wild honey ;.7 and 
préached,saying, There 
cometh one mightier 
than I after me, the 
latchet of whose shoes 
I am not worthy to 
stoop down and un- 
loose. 8 I indeed have 
baptized you with 
water: but he shall 
baptize you with the 
Holy Ghost. 


9 Andit came to pass 
in those days, that Je- 
sus came from Naza- 
reth of Galilee, and 
was baptized of John 
in Jordan. 10 And 
straightway coming 
up out of the water, 
he saw the heavens 
opened, and the Spirit 
like a dove descending 
upon him: lland there 
came a voice from 








9 Ἐναγγέλιον κατὰ 
ο καθὼς according as ΤΎΓ. 


GLTITrAw, 
Tra. 


P — μὲν [L|TTra. 
Spirit) [Lrrja. 

W εὐθὺς TTrA. 
(read [came ]}) τ. 


ε — ἐγὼ (read ἀποσ. I send) LTrA. 
h— καὶ Tra. 
lim’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ ᾿Ιορδάνῃ ποταμῷ TIrA. ; 
a — ἐν (read ὕδατι with water) T[tr]aA. τ --- ἐν (read πνευµατι with [the] 


χ ἐκ out of Ι1ΤΤΑ. 


ΚΑΤΑ ΜΑΡΚΟΝ AVION ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΟΝ.Ι 


ΜΑΕΚ "HOLY ?GLAD ®*TIDINGS. 





> ~ ’ ~ ~ ~ ~ "“ 
ΑΡΧΗ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, Ὀυὶοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ"" 
BEGINNING ofthe gladtidings of Jesus Christ, Son of God; 
. & [ή ~ ΄ ” ν 
2 “ὡς" γέγραπται ἐν τοῖς προφήταις," Ιδού, εἐγὼῖ ἀποστέλλω 
as Ὁ πας been writtenin the , prophets, Behold, 1 send 
\ » , x ΄ ε ΄ 
τὸν. ἀἄγγελόν.μονυ πρὸ προσώπου.σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν 


my-messenger before thy face, who shall prepare 
ὁδόν σου Ἱέἔμπροσθέν cov." 3 Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 
thy way before thee. [The] voice of one crying in the wildérness, 


ε , \ « ΄ ΄ ~ ι / 

Ἐτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους 
Prepare the way οἳ [116] Lord, straight make 2paths 
αὐτοῦ. | 
*his. : 
? [ή ᾽ , , ~ A 

4 Ἔγενετο Ἰωάννης 8 βαπτίζων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ai" κηρύσ-' 
*Came +John baptizing in the wilderness, and proclaim- 
σων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. 5 καὶ 
ing [πε] baptism of repentance for remission of sins, And 
ἐξεπορεύετο πρὸς αὐτὸν πᾶσα ἡ Ιουδαία χώρα, καὶ οἱ “Tepo~ 
went out to him ail the *of*Judza'*country, and they of Je- 


σολυμῖται,! ἕκαὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο πάντες" liv τῷ ᾿Ιορδάνῃ ποταμῷ 
rusalem, and were *baptized tall 


in the *Jordan ‘river 

« ~ / \ ΄ ~ x 

ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ," ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς.ἁμαρτίας.αὐτῶν. 6 πὴν δὲ 
by him, | confessing their sins. And ?was 
? ΄ “ , . 4 ‘ ’ ’ 

η Τωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας κἀμήλον, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην 


*John clothed in hair of a camel, anda girdle of leather 
περὶ τὴν. ὀσφὺν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐσθίων" ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. 
about his loins, and eating locusts «and “honey ‘wild, 


7 Kai ἐκήρυσσεν, λέγων, Ἔρχεται ὁ 


ἰσχυρότερός µου ὀπίσω 
And πο proclaimed, saying, 


He comes who[is] mightier thanI after 
µου, ov οὐκ.είμὶ ἱκανὸς κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα 
_me, of whom Iam not fit having stooped downto loose the thong 
Ψ.ας ὃ , ᾽ ~ ΑΘ Θα ος πάσα οὗ 
τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ. ὃ ἐγὼ Ῥμὲν!" ἐβάπτισα ὑμᾶς Iv" ὕδατι, 
of his sandals. I indeed baptized you with water, 
᾽ 4 δὲ ΄ ε ~ r? ll ε / ς ’ 
αὐτὸς.δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ev πνεύματι ἁγίῳ., 
but he Will baptize you with[the] Spirit Holy. 
9 "Καὶ! ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἦλθεν Ἰηδεῦς 
And itcametopassin those — days [that]*came ‘Jesus 
ἀπὸ' ᾿Ναζαρὲτ' τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ ἐβαπτίσθη ὑπὸ ᾿Ιωάν- 
from Nazareth of Galilee, and was baptized by John 
νου εἰς τὸν Ἰορδάνην." 10 καὶ "εὐθέως"' ἀναβαίνων "ἀπὸ τοῦ 
in the Jordan. And immediately going up from the 
ὕδατος, εἶδεν σχιζοµένους τοὺς οὐρανούς, καὶ TO πνεῦμα 
water, hesaw parting asunder’ the heavens, and the Spirit 
γὡὼσεὶ" περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον "ἐπ᾽" αὐτόν" 11 καὶ φωνὴ "ἐγένε- 
as a dove .descending upon him. And a voice came: 





Μάρκον GLTrAW; κατὰ Μάρκον T. Ὁ — υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τι — τοῦ LTra. 
4 τῷ (-- τῷ [τι] 0 Ἡσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ Isaiah the prapliet 
f — ἔμπροσθέν σοὺ GLTTrAW. ὃ ὁ 

κ πάντες, καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο GLTTrA. 


i Ἱεροσολυμεῖται T. 
D + ὁ TTrA, ο ἔσθων TTrA. 


m καὶ ἣν ΙΤΤΤΑ. 


[καὶ] L. τ Ναζαρὲθ ETrw. Υ εἰς τὸν Ἱορδάνην ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου LTTra. 


Υ ὡς GLTTrAW. Σεἰς OL {πὶ A, as -- ἐγένετο 





1. MARK. 

τοῦ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν, Σὺ εἶ ὁ.υἱός.μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν Όφὶ 
outof.the θὰ ens, Thou art mySon_ the beloved, in whom 
εὐδόκησα. 


I have found delight. 

19 Kai “εὐθὺς" τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς THY ἔρη- 

And immediately the Spirit *him ‘drives out into the wilder- 

pov. 13 καὶ ἦν “ἐκεῖ" ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ “ἡμέοας τεσσαράκοντα;!. 
ness. And he was’ there in the wilderness “days forty, 
πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ σατανᾶ, καὶ ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων" καὶ 

tempted by Satan, and was with the beasts; and 
οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. 
the angels ministered to him. . 

14 Μετὰ. δὲ! τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 

Andafter Ένα “delivered "αρ ‘John came Jesus 

εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἑτῆς βασιλείας" 
into Galilee, proclaiming the gladtidings of the kingdom 

~ ~ h ‘ / μα / ε , τς 
τοῦ θεοῦ, 15 καὶ λέγων, Ὅτι πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρός, καὶ ἢγ- 

of God, and saying, *Has *been °fulfilled'the “time, and has 
γικε ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ" μετανοεῖτε, καὶ πιστεύετε ἐν τῷ, 
drawnnearthe kingdom of God; —_— repent, and believe, in the 
εὐαγγελίῳ. 16 ἹΠεριπατῶν δὲ παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Ταλι- 
glad tidings. And walking by the sea of Ga- 
λαίας εἶδεν Σίμωνα καὶ ᾿Ανδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν Καὐτοῦ! 1βάλ- 
lilee hesaw Simon and Andrew the _ brother of him cast- 
λοντας! Πάμφίβληστρον" ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ: ἦσαν.γὰρ "ἁλιεῖς" 
ing ἃ a large net in the SCA ; for they were ΄ fishers. 
17 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Δεῦτε ὀπίσω µου, καὶ ποιήσω 

And “said “to *them 1 Jesus, Come after. me, and I will make 
ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι "ἁλιεῖς! ἀνθρώπων. 18 Kai “εὐθέως! ἀφέντες 
you to become fishers of men. And immediately having left 
τὰ. δίκτυα." αὐτῶν! ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. 19 Kai προβὰς 


their ncts they followed him, And having gone on 
Ἰέκεῖθεμ' ὀλίγον εἶδεν ᾿Ιάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ 
thence alittle hesaw James the [son] of Zebedee, and 


7 / \ 29 \ ? ~ A ? A 2 ~ ieee 
]Ἰωάννην rov.acedoov.atrov, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ 
John his brother, and these [were]in the ship 
καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα. 20 καὶ Τεὐθέωσϊ ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς" 
mending the nets. And immediately he called them ; 
καὶ ἀφέντες τὸν πατέρα.αὐτῶν Ζεβεδαῖον ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ μετὰ 
and having left their father Zebedee in the ship With 
τῶν μισθωτῶν, ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ. 
the hired servants, they went away after him. 
21 Kai εἰσπορεύονται εἰς "Καπερναούμ'" καὶ ᾿εὐθέως" τοῖς 
And they go into Capernaum ; and immediately on the 
σάββασιν "εἰσελθὼν' εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐδίδασκεν." 22 καὶ 
sabbaths having entered into the synagogue he taught. And 
>? / ? Δ ~ Fy ~ ? ~ ¥ / ᾽ ‘ 
ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῇ-αὐτοῦ' ἦν.γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς 
they wereastonished at his teaching : for he was teaching . them 
> ΄ ει2΄ροων ‘ ? ε « ας 93 K. 4 y %. 
ως ἐξουσίαν εχω», και ουχ ως οι γραμματεις . αι Ὧν 
as *authority ‘having, aud nat as the scribes. And there was 


89 


heaven. saying, Thou 
art my beloved Son, 
in whom I am well 
pleased. 


12 And immediately 
the spirit driveth him 
into the wilderness. 
13 And he was there in 
the wilderness forty 
days, tempted of Sa- 
tan ; and was with the 
wild beasts; and the 
angels ministered unto 
him, 


14. Now after that 
John was put in prison, 
Jesus came into Gali- 
lee, preaching the gos- 
pel of the kingdom of 
God, 15 and saying, 
The time is fulfilled, 
and the kingdom of 
God is at hand: repent 
ye, and believe the 
gospel. 16 Now as he 
walked by the sea of 
Galilee, he saw Simon 
and Andrew his bro- 
ther casting a net into 
the sea: for they were 
fishers. 17 And Jesus 
said unto them, Come 
ye after me, and [ will 
make you to become 
fishers of men. 18 And 
straightway they for- 
sook their nets, and 
followed him. 19 And 
when he had gone a 
little farther thence, 
he saw James the son 
of Zehedee, and John 
his brother, who also 
were in the ship mend- 
ing their nets. 20 And 
straightway he called 
them: and they left 
their father Zebedee 
in the ship with the 
hired servants, and 
went after him, 


21 And they went 
into Capernaum ; and 
straightway on the 
sabbath day he entered 
into the synagogue, 
and taught. 22 And 
they were astonished 
at his doctrine : for he 
taught them as one} 
that had authority, ! 
and not as the scribes. | 
23 And there was in 





ἃ — ἐκεῖ GLTTrAW. 
& — τῆς βασιλείας [L]TTrA. 


Ὁ σοὶ thee LTTrA. © εὐθέως LW. 
ἡμέρας τεσσε. Α. fF καὶ μετὰ LTrA. 
1 καὶ παράγων and passing On LTTrA. 
Φιβάλλοντας casting around GLTTraw. 
© εὐθὺς τ. Ρ — αὐτῶν (read the nets) LTT:[ Α]. 
* Καφαρναούμ ΗΤΤΑ. ἵ εὐθὺς τ. ἡ — εἰσελθὼν T[TrJa. 
τὰ; — τὴν ΒΕ, t + [αὐτῶν] (Γειά their scribes) 1, 


© τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας TTr ; 
h — καὶ λέγων T; — καὶ A. 
κ τοῦ Σίμωνος of Simon L; Σίμωνος TTrAw. 
m— ἀμφίβληστρον (read [a net) TTra. 
ᾳ — ἐκεῖθεν [L]TTrA. 

5 ἐδίδασκεν εἰς THY συναγωγήν 
Υ + εὐθὺς immediately τὰ. 


es 
Ὁ ἁλεεῖς ΤΑ. 
τ εὐθὺς TTrA. 


90 


their synagogue aman 
with an unclean spirit; 
and he cried out, 
24 saying, Let us 
alone; what have we 
to do with thee, thou 
Jesus of Nazareth? 
art thou come to de- 
stroy us? I know thee 
who thouart, the Holy 
One of God. 25 And 
Jesus rebuked him, 
saying,Hold thy peace, 
and come out of him, 
26 And when the un- 
clean spirit had torn 
him, and cried with 
a loud voice, he came 
out of him. 27 And 
they were atl amazed, 
insomuch that they 
questioned among 
themselves, saying, 
What thing is this? 
what new .Joctrine is 
this? for with au- 
thority commandeth 


he even the unclean- 


spirits, and they do 
obey him. 28 And im- 
mediately his fame 
spread abroad through- 
out all the region 
round about Galilee. 


29 And forthwith, 
whon they were come 
out of the synagogue, 
they entered into the 
house of Simon and 
Andrew, with James 
and John. 30 But Si- 
mon’s Wife’s mother 
lay sick-of a fever, and 
anon they tell him of 
her. 31 And he came 
and took her by the 
hand, and lifted her 
up; and immediately 
the fever left her, and 
she ministered unto 
them. 32 And ait even, 
when the sun did set, 
they brought unto 
him all that were dis- 
eased, and them that 
were possessed with 
devils. 33 And all the 
city was gathered to- 
gether at the door. 
34 And he healed many 
that were sick of di- 
vers diseases, and cast 
out many devils; and 
suffered not the devils 
to speak, because they 
knew him, 


35 And in the morn- 
ing, rising up a great 
while before day, he 
went out, and departed 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. 1, 


ἐν τῇ. συναγωγῇ. αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι.ἀκαθάρτῳ, καὶ 
in their synagogue & man with _an unclean spirit, and 


> ΄ - ‘ A ~ , 
ἀνέκραξεν, 24 λέγων, "Ea," τί ἡμῖν καὶ oc’, Ιησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ; 


he cried out, saying, Ah! whattous andtothee, Jesus, Nazarene? 
ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς; "οἶδά! σε τίς εἶ, ὁ ἅγιος 


art thou come todestroy us? I know thee whothouart,the Holy [Onel 
τοῦ θεοῦ. 25 Kai ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Ὀλέγων,! Φιμώ- 
of God. And ?rebuked 7him 1Jesus, saying, Be 
θητι, καὶ ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ. 26 Kai σπαράξαν 
silent, and come forth out of him. And *having *thrown *into °convulsions 
αὐτὸν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον, καὶ ἐκράξαν" φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, 
"him ‘the *spirit “the ‘unclean, and having cried witha “voice ‘loud, 
ἐξῆλθεν %E" αὐτοῦ. 27 καὶ ἐθαμβήθησαν “πάντες,! ὥστε 
came forth outof him. And were *astonished ‘all, so that 
Εως Επρὸσ! Ναὐτούς.ἳ λξ Ti 2 Ὃ ος 
OUSITELV προς AUTOUC, eyovTdac, ἐ εστιν Τοῦτος 
they questioned together among themselves, saying, What is this? 
‘ric ἡ διδαχὴ ἡ καινὴ αὕτη, ὅτι κατ ἐξουσίαν καὶ τοῖς πνεύ- 
what “teaching "new ‘this, that with authority even the spirits 
µασιν τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις ἐπιτάσσει, καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ; 
the unclean he commands, and they obey him { 
28 ΕἘξῆλθεν.δὲ! ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ Ιεὐθὺςὶ 3 εἰς ὅλην τὴν περί- 
And went out the fame ofhim immediately in all the around 
χωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας. 
couatry Galilee. 
29 Καὶ πεὐθέως" ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς “ἐξελθόντες ἦλθον" 
And immediately out of the synagogue having gone forth they came 
εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Σίμωνος καὶ Ανδρέου, μετὰ Ἰακώβον καὶ Ἰωάν- 
into the house ofSimon and Andrew, with James and John. 
νου. 90 ἡ. δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα’ καὶ 
Andthe mother-in-law of Simon was lying in a fever. And 
Ῥεύθέωσϊ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ περὶ αὐτῆς. 81 καὶ προσελθὼν 
immediately they speak tohim about her. And having come to [που] 
ἤγειρεν αὐτήν, κρατήσας τῆς.χειρὸς. αὐτῆς" καὶ ἀφῆκεν 
Ίο raised πρ ΠΟΥ, having taken her hand. And left 
αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετὸς "εὐθέως,ὶ καὶ διηκόνει αὐτοῖς. 32 ΟὈψίας 
*her the fever immediately, and she ministered to them. “Evening 
δὲ γενομένης, ὅτε “ἔδυ' ὁ ἥλιος, ἔφερον πρὸς αὐτὸν 
land being come, when went down the sun, they brought to him 
πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας Kai τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους' 33 καὶ 
811 who “ill t were and those possessed by demons ;. and 
t « ar Or ? “ ΜΕ i] % A , Ν 
ἡ πόλις ὅλη ἐπισυνηγμένη ἦν!" πρὸς τὴν θύραν. 94 καὶ 
the city 'whole *gathered together *was at the door. And 
ἐθεράπεισεν πολλοὺς κακῶς.ἔχοντας ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ 
he healed many that were ill of various diseases, and 
δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλεν, καὶ οὐκ ἤφιεν λαλεῖν τὰ δαιμόνια, 
7demons ‘many hecastout, and sufiered ποὺ *to*speak'the *demons, 
ὅτι ᾖΊδεισαν αὐτόν. 
because they knew him. 
35 Kai πρωϊ 
And very early 


"ἐἔννυχον] λίαν 
while yet night 


? A 2y™ ΔΝ 
ἀναστὰς ἐξῆλθεν καὶ 
having risen up he went out and 





2 —°Eqa LTTrA. 
from L. 
LTraw. 


he came LTr. 
8 ἤἔδυσεν LTA. 


ε ἅπαντες ΤΊτΑ. 
i διδαχὴ καινή a new teaching Ltr. 
τι + πανταχοῦ everywhere T[Tr]A. 
P εὐθὺς LTTrA. 
ἣν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη LTTrA. 


5 οἴδαμέν we know T. b — λέγων T. © φωνῆσαν TTrA. 4 ἀπ' 
£ συνζητεῖν LTTrA. 8 — πρὸς Τ. 5 αὑτούς E: ἑαυτοὺς 
κ καὶ ἐξῆλθεν LTTrA. 1 [εὐθὺς Tr. 
2 εὐθὺς LTTTA. ο ἐξελθὼν ἦλθεν having gone forth 

4 — αὐτῆς (read [her] hind) Lr[trja. F me εὐθέως TTr, 
¥ ἔννυχα LITrA, 


11]. MARK. 
~ ‘A ~ ‘ 
ἀπῆλθεν εἰς ἔρημον τόπον, "“κάκεῖϊ προσηύχετο. 86 καὶ 
departed into “desert ‘aplace, and there was praying. And 
Σκατεδιωξαν" αὐτὸν Yo" Σίμων καὶ οἱ per αὐτοῦ" 37 καὶ 
went “after Shim 1Simon ?and*those *with ‘him ; and 

΄ , ~ / ~ , 

Ἱεὑρόντες αὐτόν! λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Ὅτι πάντες "ζητοῦσίν σε." 
havingfound him they say tohim, All seek thee. 


38 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς," Αγωμενὺ εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις, 

And hesays tothem, Letusgo into the neighbouring country towns, 
ἵνα «κάκεῖ κηρύξω" εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ “ἐξελήλυθα." 99 Καὶ 
‘that there also I may ΡταβοἩ ; 3ος *this *because have I come forth, And 
᾿εἦν" κηρύσσων fv ταῖς. συναγωγαῖς' αὐτῶν εἰς ὕλην τὴν Γαλι- 


he was preaching in their synagogues in all Ga- 
λαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων. 
lilee, andthe demons _ casting out. 
40 Kai ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτὸν λεπρός, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν εκαὶ 
And comes *to Shim ‘a leper, beseeching him and 


γονυπετῶν αὐτόν," «cai! λέγων αὐτῷ, Ὅτι ἐὰν θέλῃς δύνασαί 
Κπρθο]ῖηρ downto him, and saying to him, If thou wilt thouart able 
µε καθαρίσαι. 41 ἴὉ.δὲ Ἰησοῦς! σπλαγχνισθείς, ἐκ- 
me Ἅᾖ1Το οθαπςο, Απά Jesus being moved with compassion, having 
τείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἔἥψατο αὐτοῦ," καὶ λέγει ἰαὐτῷ," 
stretched out [his] hand he touched him, and says to him, 
Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι. 42 Kai πείπόντος. αὐτοῦ." "εὐθέως" ἀπῆλ- 
᾽ ρ η 2 
I will, be thou cleansed. And  hehaving spoken, immediately depart- 
θεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα, καὶ δἐκαθαρίσθη." 43 Καὶ ἐμβριμησά- 
ed from him the leprosy, .and he was cleansed, And having strictly 
μενος αὐτῷ, Ῥεὐθέως" ἐξέβαλεν αὐτόν, 44 καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, 
charged him, immediately hesentaway him, And says -tohim, 
Ὅρα μηδενὶ «μηδὲν! εἴπῃς" Tadd’! ὕπαγε, σεαυτὸν δεῖξον 
See tonoone anything thouspeak; but Ρο, thyself shew 
(lit. nothing) ; 


τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ.καθαρισμοῦ.σου ἃ προσ- 
tothe priest, and offer for thy cleansing what 2or- 
έταξεν "Μωσῆς," εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. 46 Ὁ.δὲ ἐξελθὼν 


dered 1110565, for atestimony to them. But he having gone out 
ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφηµίζειν τὸν λόγον, ὥστε 


began to proclaim [it] much andtospreadabroad the matter, sothat 
μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι ἱφανερῶς εἰς πόλιν" εἰσελθεῖν" 
nolonger he was able openly into[the] city to enter ; 


Yarn" ἔξω, *év'! ἐρήμοις τόποις "ἣν." καὶ ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν 
but without in desert places owas, and theycame to him 
Σ"πανταχόθεν.! 
from every quarter. 
Ν ~ ? 
2 Καὶ ᾿Ξ πάλιν εἰσῆλθεν! εἰς 5"Καπερναοὺμ! δι 
And again heentered into Capernaum 
δεκαὶἹ ἠκούσθη ὅτι δες olkdy" ἐστιν' 2 καὶ “edOEwe" συνη- 
and it washeard that in [the] house heis; and immediately were 
χθησαν “πολλοί, ὥστε  μηκέτι.χωρεῖν μηδὲ τὰ 
gathered together many, 580 that there was no longer any room not even 


ἡμερῶν, 
after [some] days, 





τ καὶ ἐκεῖ. *KaredingevT. 7--ὃ π[τε]α. ὗρον « 
5 σε ζητοῦσιν LW. ὃ + ἀλλαχου elsewhere TTra.. 5 καὶ ἐκεῖ GW. 
aver Ac)” ' e ἦλθεν he went Trr. f eis τὰς συναγωγὰς GLTTrAW. 
αὐτόν L[TrA]; — αὐτόν τ. b — καὶ T[A]. οἰ καὶ and LITr. 
1 — αὐτῷ T. τὰ — εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr. 2B εὐθὺς TTrA. | 
LTTra. 4 -- μηδὲν 1[ττ]. τ ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. 5 Mwvons LTTraW. 
σ ἀλλὰ LTrA. wa ἐπ᾽ TTrA. xa [ἣν] L. 73 πάντοθεν LTTrAW. 
εἰσελθὼν πάλιν he having entered again TTrA. 
tu]ttra 98 ἐν οἴκῳ LTTr. da — εὐθέως [LTr]T, 


9) 


into a solitary place, 
and there prayed. 
36 And Simon and they 
that were with him 
followed after him, 
37 And when they‘had 
found him, they said 
unto him, All men seek 
for thee. 38 And he 
said unto them, Let us 
go into the next towns, 
that I may preach 
there also: for there- 
fore came 1 forth. 
39 And he preached 
in their synagogues 
throughout all Gali- 
lee, and cast out devils. 

40 And there came a 
leper to him, beseech- 
ing him, and kneeling 
down to him, and say- 
ing unto him, If thou 
wilt, thou canst make 
me clean. 4] And Je- 
sus, moved with com- 
passion, put forth his 
hand, and touched 
him, and saith unto 
him, I will; be thou 
clean. 42 And as soon 
as he had spoken, im- 
mediately the leprosy 
departed from him, 
and he was cleansed. 
43 And he straitly 
charged him, ᾿ and 
forthwith sent him 
away; 44 and saith 
unto him, See thou say 
nothing to any man: 
but go thy way, shew 
thyself to the priest, 
and offer for thy 
cleansing those things 
which Moses. com- 
manded, for a testi- 
mony unto them. 
45 But he went out, 
and began to publish 
it much, and to blaze 
abroad the matter, in- 
somuch that Jesus 
could no more openly 
enter into the city, but 
was without in desert 
places : and they came 
to him from every 
quarter. 


ΤΙ. And again he 
entered into Caperna- 
um, after some days; 
and it was noised that 
he was in the house. 
2 And = straightway 
many were gathered 
together, insomuch 
that there was no room 
to receive them, no, 
not so much as about 





: εὗρον ἄυτον καὶ found him and rtra. 
ἆ ἐξῆλθον I came forth 


8 — καὶ γονυπετῶν 


Χ αὐτοῦ ἥψατο LTTrA. 
ο ἐκαθερίσθη ΤΑ. 

‘ εἰς πόλιν φανερῶς T. 
18 εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν LW 5 
85, ζαφαρναοὺμ LTTrAW, 


Ρ ευθὺς 


ba — καὶ 


92 
the door: and he 
preached the word 


untothem. 3 And they 
come unto him, bring- 
ing one sick of the 
palsy, which was borne 
of four. 4 And when 
they could not come 
nigh unto him for the 
press, they uncovered 
the roof where he was: 
and when they had 
broken it up, they let 
down the bed wherein 
the sick of the palsy 
lay. 5 When Jesus saw 
their faith, he said 
unto the sick of the 
palsy, Son, thy sins be 
forgiven thee. 6 But 
there were certain of 
the scribes sitting 
there, and reasoning in 
their hearts, 7 Why 
doth this man thus 
speak blasphemies? 
who can forgive sins 
but God only? 8 And 
immediately when Je- 
sus perceived in his 
spirit that they so 
reasoned within them- 
selves, he said unto 
them, Why reason ye 
these things in your 
hearts? 9 Whether is 
it easier to say to the 
sick of the palsy, Thy 
sins be forgiyen thee ; 
or to say, Arise, and 
take up thy bed, and 
walk? 10 But that ye 
may know that the 
Son of man hath power 
on earth to forgive 
sins, (he saith to the 
sick of the palsy,) 


11 I say unto thee, 


Arise, and take up thy 
bed, and go thy way 
into thine house. 
12 And immediately 
he arose, took up the 
bed, and went Forth 
before them all ; inso- 
much that they were 
all amazed, and glori- 
fied God, saying, We 
never saw it on this 
(fashion. 


13 And he went forth 
again by the sea side ; 
and all the multitude 
resorted unto him, 
and he taught them. 
14 And as he passed 


© πρὸς αὐτὸν φέροντες παραλυτικὺν LTr; φέροντες πρὸς αὐτὸν παραλυτικὸν ΤΑ. 
ενέγκαι to bring near Τ. 
κ ἀφίενταί are forgiven LTTr. 
πι; βλασφημεῖ (read Why does this [man] thus speuk ? he blasphemes.) LTTra. 
ο — οὕτως L. 
r’Adievrat are forgiven LTT:. 


LTTrA. 


νυ — «xaiG[Tr]Aw. 
GLTTrw. 
# -~ λέγοντας [1,]4, 


2 ἔγειρε ΟΙ ΤΤΣ ΑΝ. 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. 11. 


« A / τα ’ > - Α. , Nw 
πρὸς τὴν θύραν" καὶ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον. 3 Kai ἔρχονται 
at the door; andhespoke tothem the word. And they come 
επρὸς αὐτόν, παραλυτικὸν φέροντες," αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων. 
το him, 7a, “paralytic bringing, borne by four. 

4 καὶ μὴ δυνάμενοι προσεγγίσαι! αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, 
And not being able tocome near tohim onaccountofthe crowd, 
ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὕπου ἦν. Kat ἐξορύξαντε χα- 
they uncovered the roof where he was, and having broken up [it] they 
λῶσιν τὸν δκράββατον" Ῥεφ w' ὁ παραλυτικὸς κατέκειτο. 
let down the couch on which the aralytic was lying. 
5 Ἰἰδὼν.δὲ! ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν.πίστιν.αὐτῶν λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ, 
And ’seeing i Jesus their faith says tothe paralytic, 
Τέκνον, Κάφέωνταίϊ ἴσοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι-σου.ῖ 6’ Ἤσαν.δεέ τινες 
Child, *have*been °forgiven Sthee 1thy 7sins. But there were some 
τῶν γραμματέων ἐκεῖ καθήμενοι, καὶ διαλογιζόµενοι ἐν ταῖς 

of the scribes "there 1sitting, and reasoning in 
καρδίαις. αὐτῶν, 7 Τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ Πβλασφημίας!; 
their hearts, Why *this [*man]*thus ‘does *speak blasphemies ὃ 

/ , ? , ε , δρ. | ἣν ce ε fat ‘ 
τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς, ὁ θεός; ὃ Καὶ 
who isable ἕο forgive sins, except one, [thatis] God? And 
"εὐθέως"! ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ.πγεύματι.αὐτοῦ ὅτι οὕτως! P 
immediately *knowing 1Jesus ΄ in his spirit that thus 
διαλογίζονται ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, “εἶπεν" αὐτοῖς, Τί ταῦτα δια- 
they are reasoning within themselves, said tothem, Why these things rea- 
λογίζεσθε ἐν ταὶς.καρδίαις. ὑμῶν; 9 τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον; 
son ye in your hearts ? which is easier, 

” - ~ ~ 12 , {] 5 ll ε « ’ 
εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, Αφεωνται σοι αι ἁμαρτίαι; 
tosay tothe paralytic, 3Have *been *forgiven Sthee ['thy] “sins, 

n μα μον ι" ly St eee? w ᾿ ΄ 1 Η͂ 
ἢ εἰπεῖν, 'Έγειραι,' Ἱκαὶι ἄρόν ὕσου τὸν κράββατον" καὶ 
or tosay, Arise, and takeup thy couch and 
x id tl e A 27a~ e ? [ ” « ει ~ 
περιπάτει! ; 10 ἵνα.δὲ εἰδῆτε - ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ 
walk? but that yemay know that Sauthority “has *the*Son 
ἀνθρώπου Σἀφιέναι ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς! ἁμαρτίας, λέγει τῷ παρα- 

306 *man toforgive on the earth sins,— hesaystothe  para- 
λυτικῷ, 11 Σοὶ λέγω, Ζἔγειραι,! καὶ! ἄρον τὸν Σκράββατόνϊ 
lytic, To thee I say, arise, and take up “couch 
σου καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν.οἶκόν.σου. 12 Kai ἠγέρθη Ῥεὐθέως, καὶ" 


Ἐν and go to thy house. And he arose immediately, and 
ἄρας τὸν δκράββατον" ἐξῆλθεν “ἐναντίον! πάντων, 
having taken up the couch went forth before all, 


ὥστε ἐξίστασθαι πάντας, καὶ δοξάζειν τὸν θεόν, “Aéyovrac," 
so that “were “amazed. tall, and glorified God, saying, 


Ὅτι «Αοὐδέποτε οὕτως" Meidoper." 
Never thus did we see [it]. 
19 Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν 6 παρὰ" τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ 
And he went forth again by the sea, and all the 
3 2/ A ? , ‘ 297 ᾽ , 5 ν 
ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς. 14 Καὶ 
crowd came to him, and he taught them. And 


{προσ- 
8 κράβαττον LTTrAW. h ὅπου ΏΘΥΘ LTTrA. i καὶ ἰδὼν Τ. 
σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 61Τ1.Α; σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι [σου] 1. 
2 εὐθὺς 
P + αὐτοὶ they (are reasoning) 6[ a |w. 4 λέγει SAYS TTrA, 
s gov thy (sins) Grtraw. t”Eyepe GLTW ; ᾿Εγείρου Tra. 
κ ὕπαγε 501. Υ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι 
Ὁ καὶ εὐθὺς TTrA. “ ἔμπροσθεν T. 

88 εἰς to T, 


Ν τὸν κράβαττόν σου LTTrAW. 
ἃ --- καὶ G[L|TTraw. 


€2 οὕτως οὐδέποτε TTra, - εἴδαμεν ΕΤΤΙΑ, 





πα πο ον νο 


MAR Κ. 


~ > Π ’ ᾿ ‘ 
τοῦ Αλφαίου καθηµενον ἐπὶ τὸ 
of Alpheus sitting at the 
Kat avaorac 
And having arisen 
ἐν τῷ .κατακεῖσθαι.αὐ- 
as he reclined 


HN. 


‘ ΝΥ ΤῸ 
παράγων εἶδεν "Λευϊν" τον 
passingon hesaw Levi the [son] 
τελώνιον, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Ακολούθει μοι. 
tax office, and says  tohim, Follow me. 
ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ. 15 Καὶ ἐγένετο" 

he followed him. And it came to pass 
τὸν ἐν τῇ.οἰκίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτω- 
[αὖ table] in his house, that many tax-gatherers and sin- 
doi συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ" 
uers were reclining [at table] with Jesus and his disciples ; 
ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοί, καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. 16 καὶ ™oi" ypap- 
ΣΟΥ they were many, and they followed him. And the , scribes 
ματεῖς "καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι," ο ἰδόντες Ῥαὐτὸν ἐσθίοντα" μετὰ 
and the Pharisees, having seen him eating with 
τῶν “τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν," ἔλεγον τοῖς.μαθηταῖς.αὐτοῦ, 
the tax-gatherers and sinners, said to his disciples, 
ἘΠῚ ὅτι μετὰ τῶν ὑτελωνῶ L a λῶν" ἐσθίει kat 
μετ των "τελωγωγ και αµαρτω ων" εσσιει και 
Why [15 10] that with the tax-gatherers and sinners heeats and 
/ ll r \ ᾽ , t 2 ~ / 2 ~ ? , 
πίνει; 17 Καὶ ἀκούσας ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ov χρείαν 
drinks ? And “haying *heard 1 Jesus says tothem, °Not ‘nced 
ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ οἱ κακῶς ἔχον- 
®have ‘they *who ?are ᾿βίσοηρ of ἃ physician, but they who 1} ᾿ are. 
τες. οὐκ.ἠλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς "είς 
Icame not to call righteous [ones], but sinners to 

’ 
peravoiay.' 
repentance. 

18 Καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων" 

And }°were ‘the disciples 398 *John δαΏᾷ δ ύμοϑο οί πο *Pharisees 

νηστεύοντες" καὶ ἔρχονται καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ΣΔιατί" οἱ µαθη- 

fasting ; and they come and say tohim, Why “the “disci- 
tai ᾿Ιωάννου καὶ oY τῶν Φαρισαίων νηστεύουσιν, οἱ δὲ σοὶ 
ples ‘*of*John ‘and “those %of*the Ἰ9Ῥηατίεεος fast, but thy 
μαθηταὶ οὔὐ.νηστεύουσιν; 19 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, My 
discipies fast not? And said “to *them 1 Jesus, 


t κ ~ ~ τ ἢ ᾽ ~ 
δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος. ἐν.ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ᾽ αὐτῶν 


h 


Can the sons of the bridechamber, while the bridegroom with them 
ἐστιν, νηστεύειν ; ὕσον.χρόνον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔχουσιν τὸν νυμ- 
18, fast? as long as with them they have the bride- 


φίονιῖ οὐ.δύνανται νηστεύειν 20 ἐλεύσονται.δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν 
groom, they ατο notable _ to fast. But will come days when 
ἀπαρθῇ an αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τότε νη- 
will have been taken away from them _ the bridegroom, and then they 
στεύσουσιν ἐν "ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέοαις." 21 ὑκαὶ' οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα 
will fast in those days. And noone apiece 
. 3 1 “Ile \ ΄ 
ἐῥάκους! ἀγνάφου ἀἐπιῤῥάπτει" ἐπὶ ἑἱματίῳ.παλαιφὶ" εἰ. δὲ. μή, 
of “cloth ‘unfulled sews on an old garment ; otherwise, 
αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμαξ Ναὐτοῦϊ τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ 
Itakes Saway ‘the “filling *up Sof Sit “new fromthe old, and 


U3 


by, he saw Leti the 
son of Alphzeus sitting 
at the receipt of cus- 
tom, and said unto 
him, Follow me, And 
he arose and followed 
him. 15 And it came 
to pass, that, as Jesus 
sat at meat in his 
house, many publicans 
and sinners sat also 
together with Jesus 
and his disciples: for 
there were many, and 
they followed him. 
16 And when the 
scribes and Pharisees 
saw him eat with pub- 
licans and = sinners, 
they said unto hia dis- 
ciples, How is it that 
he eatcth and drinketh 
with publicans and 
sinners? 17 When Je- 
sus heard {ξ, he saith 
unto them, They that 
are whole have no 
need of the physician, 
but they that are sick: 
I came not to call the 
righteous, but sinners 
to repentance, 


18 And the disciples 
of John and of the 
Pharisees used to fast: 
and they come and say 
unto him, Why do the 
disciples of John and 
of the Pharisees fast, 
but thy disciples fast 
not? 19 And Jesus 
said unto them, Can 
the children of the 
bridechamber fast, 
while the bridegroom 
is with them? as long 
as they have the bride- 
groom with them, they 
cannot fast. - 20 But 
the days will come, 
when the bridegroom 
shall be taken away 
from them, and then 
shall they fast in those 
days. 21 Noman also 
seweth a piece of new 
cloth on an old gar- 
ment: else the new 
piece that filled it up 
taketh away from the 
old, and the rent is 





Ἀ Λευεὶν ΤΑ. ἱγίνεται it comes to pass TTrA. k —séy τῷ T[Tr]. 
were following TTra. m— οἱ T. 
also [L|rtr. Ρ ὅτι ἐσθίει 1,; ὅτι ἤσθιεν that he was eating TTr. 
τελωνῶν LTrA. τ --- Τί 1Tra. 
ν-- εἰς μετάνοιαν GLTTrAW. 

Υ + μαθηταὶ (οἱ the) disciples rrra. 
5 ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ that day GLTTraw. 
ΤΤΙΑ. εἱμάτιον παλαιύν LITra, 
ha —~ αὐτοῦ [Trja. 


> — καὶ GLTTrAW. 
f+ an’ αὐτοῦ from it a. 


2 τῶν Φαρισαίων of the Pharisees Trr. 


5 ἁμαρτωλῶν καὶ τῶν τελωνῶν LTr. 
τ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι the Pharisees GLTTrAW. 
2 ἔχουσιν τὸν νυμφίον μετ᾽ αὐτῶν (μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν L) LTTra. 
© ράκκους L. 


1 ἠκολούθουν they 
9 + καὶ 
4 ἁμαρτωλῶν καὶ 
τ [καὶ πίνει] L. 
x Διὰ τί LTrA. 


d ἐπιράπτει 
Β + ἀπ᾽ from LT, 


94 


made worse. 22 And 
no man putteth new 
wine into old bottles: 
else the new wine doth 
burst the bottles, and 
the wine is spilled, and 
the bottles will be 
marred : but new wine 
must be put into new 
bottles. 2 


23 And it came to 
pass, that he went 
through the corn fields 
on the sabbath day; 
and his disciples began, 
as they went, to pluck 
the ears of corn. 
24 And the Pharisees 
said-unto him, Behold, 
why do they on the 
sabbath day that 
which is not lawful? 
25 And he said unto 
them, Have ye never 
read what David did, 
when he had need, and 
was an hungred, he, 
and they that were 
with him? 26 How 
he went into the house 
of God in the days of 
Abiathar the high 
priest, and did eat the 
shewbread, which is 
not lawful to eat but 
for the priests, and 
gave also to them 
which were with him? 
27 And he said unto 
them, The sabbath was 
made for man, and 
not man for the sab- 
bath : 28 therefore the 
Son of manis Lord also 
of the sabbath. 


III. And he entered 
again into the syna- 
gogue; and there was 
Ά man there which had 
a withered hand, 2 And 
they watched him, 
whether he would heal 
him on the sabbath 
day ; that they might 
accuse him, 3 And he 
saith unto the man 
which had the wither- 
ed hand, Stand forth. 
4 And he saith unto 
them, Is it lawful to 
do good on thesabbath 
days, or to do evil? to 
save life, or to kill? 
But they held their 
peace. 5 And when he 
had looked round a- 
bout on them with 
anger, being grieved 


i ῥήξει will burst Lrtra. 


and the skins ΤΤτΑ. 


πορεύεσθαι (διαπορεύεσθαι LIr) LTTrA. 

ο ας αὐτὸς [L]TTr. 

w— τοῦ LTTrAW. 

8 — ἣν (read [was]) τ[ττ]. 
Σκατηγορήσουσιν they shall accuse Lr. 


4 — ἐν LTTrA. 
ν [πῶς] Tra. 

{the]) τ[ττ]Α. 
πεύει he heals τ΄. 


τὴν ξηρὰν χεῖρα ἔχοντι τ.΄ 8” Εγειρε GLTTrA, | 


MACE OOS, ΤΊΣ 
χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται. 22 καὶ οὐδεὶς βάλλει οἶνον νέον εἰς 
“worse ‘arent takes place, And noone puts "wine ‘new into 
ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς" εἰ. δὲ. μή, Ἰῥήσσει! ὁ οἶνος *6 νέος" τοὺς ἀσ- 
*skins old ; otherwise, *bursts ‘the *wine *“new the skins, 

/ ace τ 12 ~ A ε 2 Vanes) ~ ell m2 A 
KOUG, και ὁ οἶνος ᾿ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται ἀλλά 
andthe wine is poured out, and the skins will be destroyed; but 


4 [ή ’ 
οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς βλητέον.! 
\?wine ‘new into ‘skins πετ is to be put. 


(23 Καὶ ἐγένετο "παραπορεύεσθαι.αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς σάββασιν!" 


And it came to pass that he went on the sabbath 
διὰ τῶν σπορίµω», καὶ "ἠρξαντο οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ" Ρὺδὸν 
through the corn-fields, and “began ‘his *disciples {their] way 


ποιεῖν" τίλλοντες Tove στάχυας. 24 καὶ ot Φαρισαῖοι ἔλεγον 
to make, plucking the ears. And the Pharisees said 


αὐτῷ, Ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν «ἐν' τοῖς σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν; 
to him, Behold, why do they on the sabbath that which is not lawful? 


25 Καὶ "αὐτὸς" "ἔλεγεν" αὐτοῖς, Οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίη- 


Απᾶ he said tothem, “Never ‘did “ye read what “did 
σεν ‘AaBid," ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ 

*David, when need he had and  hungered, he and those 

, ? ce A 296 ν ~ il ? ΛΘ > A ῖ ~ θ ~ ? ‘ 

μετ αυτου 9 πως ELONAVEV εις ΤΟΝ οικον του σεου επι 
with him? how heentered into the house of God in 
ΑΙ 10 Ww 1] > ’ ‘ 4 » ~ 

Bra ap “Tov ἄρχιερεως, και τους ἄρτους της 


{the days of] Abiathar the and the loaves of the 


, ” a“ ? ” ~ 2 A x “ « ο 
προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, οὓς οὐκ.έξεστιν φαγεῖν εἰ. μὴ “τοῖς ἱερεῦ- 


high priest, 


presentation ate, which it is not lawful toeat except forthe priests, 

σιν," καὶ ἔδωκεν καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν ; .27 Καὶ ἔλεγεν 

and gave eventothosewhowith him were? And hesaid 

? ~ ‘ / 4 A ” 1 / > ς 

αὐτοῖς, Τὸ σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο, Yovx ὁ 

tothem, The sabbath on account of man was made, not 

” 4 Ν / . / ’ ? ς 
ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ σάββατον. 28 ὥστε κύριός ἐστιν ὃ 

man on account of the sabbath : sothen Lord is the 


ea - }) ’ 4 ~ ta 
υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ σαββάτου. 
Sen of man also ofthe - sabbath, 
3 Kai εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς τὴν" συναγωγήν, καὶ ἦν" ἐκεῖ 
And heentered again into the synagogue, and there was there 
ἄνθρωπος ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα, 3 καὶ ὕπαρ- 
8 man “withered *having [*his] Shand, and they 
ετ ’ "} ᾽ ‘ ? ιο ~~ » d θ / iT x > ’ 
Προυν' αὐτὸν εἰ“ τοῖς σάββασιν “θεραπεύσει! αὐτόν, 
were watching him whetheronthe sabbath he will heal him, 
ἵνα “κατηγορήσωσιν! αὐτοῦ. 3 καὶ λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 
in order that they might accuse him. And he says tothe man 
τῷ ἐξηραμμένη» ἔχοντι τὴν χεῖρα," ἔ Ἐγειραι! εἰς τὸ 
who 3withered thad “the hand, Arise [and come] into the 
μέσον. 4 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, "Ἔξεστιν τοῖς σάββασιν Ἀάγαθο- 
midst. Andhe says tothem, Isitlawful onthe  sabbaths to do 
ποιῆσαι," ἢ κακοποιῆσαι; ψυχὴν σῶσαι, ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι ; Οἱ δὲ 
good, or todoevil? [life ‘to “save, or to kill? But they 
ἐσιώπων. ὅ καὶ περιβλεψάμενος αὐτοὺς per ὀργῆς, 'συλ- 
were silent. And having looked around on them with anger, being 
k — ὃ νέος LTTrA. | ἀπόλλυται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ is destroyed 
τι -- ἀλλὰ.... βλητέον T[Tr]A. Ὁ αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς σάββασιν παρα- 
ο οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἤρξαντο LTTra. Ρ ὁδοποιεῖν L. 
5 λέγει he says LTTr. * Aaveid LTTrA ; Aavid GW. 
X τοὺς ἱερεῖς Τ. ¥+ καὶ and ΤΊτΑ. * — τὴν (read 
Ὁ παρετηροῦντο!. © +evon(the)t. ἀθερα- 
ἔ τὴν χεῖρα ἔχοντι ξηράν LTA $ 


} ἀγαθὸν ποιῆσαι Τ. ἰδ συνλυπούμενος TA, ΄' 


β 
| 


σ΄ 


ΤῊ, MARK. 


λυπούμενος" ἐπὶ τῇ πωρώσει τῆς.καρδίας.αὐτῶν, λέγει τῷ 
grieved at the hardness of their heart, he says to the 
? ’ » \ ~ ’ k ll \ AE ‘ 
ἀνθρώπῳ, Ἐκτεινον τὴν.χεῖρα. σου." Καὶ ἐξέτεινεν, καὶ 
man, Stretch out thy hand. And he stretched out [it], and 

Ἰάποκατεστάθη! ἡ χεὶρ.αὐτοῦ ὑγιὴς ὡς ἡ ἄλλη." 6 καὶ ἐξελ- 

Swag xestored *his “Παπά sound asthe other. And having 
θόντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι "εὐθέως! μετὰ τῶν Ἡρωδιανῶν συμβούλιον 
gone ουῦ ἰπο Pharisees immediately with the Herodians “counsel 
οἐποίουν" Kar’ αὐτοῦ, ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν. 

‘took against him, how him they might destroy. 

7 Kai ὁ Ἰησοῦς Ρἀνεχώρησεν μετὰτῶν.μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ" «πρὸς" 


And Jesus withdrew with his disciples to 
τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πολὺ πλῆθος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας. 
the sea; and great +a multitude from Galilee 


τἠκολούθησαν!" "αὐτῷ," καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Ιουδαίας, 8 καὶ ἀπὸ ‘Te- 
followed hin, and from Judea, and from Je- 
ροσολύµων, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ldovpatac, καὶ πέραν τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου" 
rusalem, and from Idumea, and beyond the Jordan ; 
Ag i] ‘ / \ ~ ~ λ , τ ? / ἣ 
καὶ "οἱ! περὶ Τύρον καὶ Σιδῶνα, πλῆθος πολύ, Ἰἀκούσαντες 
and they around Tyre and Sidon, a’?multitude’*great, having heard 
doa ἐποίει". ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν. 9 καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς.µαθη- 
how much he was doing came _ to him, And hespoke to his dis- 
ταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν 
ciples, that asmallship might wait upon him, on account of the 
ὄχλον, ἵνα µμὴ.θλίβωσιν αὐτόν. 10 πολλοὺς. γὰρ ἐθερά- 
crowd, that they might not press upon him, For many he 


πευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται,  ὅσοι. 
healed, sothat they besct him, that him they mighttouch,asmany as 


εἶχον μάστιγας" 11 καὶ τὰ πνεύματα τὰ ἀκάθαρτα, ὅταν αὐτὸν 
had scourges ; and the spirits the unclean, when him 
x26 ” / It ? ~ " yz "! Zé i"O 4 
ἐθεώρει, προσέπιπτεν! αὐτῷ, καὶ Σέκραζεν', *Aeyovra," Οτι σὺ 
they beheld, fclldown before him, and cried, saying, Thou 
εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. 12 Καὶ πολλὰ ἐπετίμα αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ 
art the Son of God. And much herebuked them, 50 that *not 
Savrov φανερὸν" Ὁποιῆσωσιν! ". 
Shim ‘manifest 'they ?should *make. 
13 Καὶ dvaBaive εἰς τὸ ὄρος, Kai προσκαλεῖται οὓς 
And hegoesup into the mountain, and calls to {him] whom 
ἤθελεν αὐτός" καὶ ἀπῆλθον πρὸς αὐτόν. 14 καὶ ἐποίησεν 


2would the; and they went to him, And he appointed 
δώδεκα ἵνα ὦσιν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἵνα ἀποστέλλῃ αὐτοὺς 
twelve thattheymightbewith him, and that hemightsend them 


κηρύσσειν, 15 καὶ ἔχειν ἐξουσίαν θεραπεύειν τὰς νόσους Kai" 
to preach, and to have authority to heal diseases and 
ἐκβάλλειν τὰ δαιμόνια. 16 «καὶ ἐπέθηκεν τῷ Σίμωνι ὄνομα! 
to cast out denions, And he added to Simon [the] name 
Πέτρον" 17 καὶ Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ Ιωάννην 
Peter ; and James the [son] of Zebedee, and John 
x ? x ~? ΄ A [9 , ? ~ 2 , 
τὸν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ Ιακώβου καὶ ἐπέθηκεν αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα 
the brother of James ; and headded tothem([the) names 
k — gov (read [thy]) hand g[trJa. Ι ἀπεκατεστάθη GLTTrAW. 
GLTTraw. η εὐθὺς TIrA. ο ἐποίησαν Τ; ἐδίδουν gave TrA. 
ἀνεχώρησεν GLITrA. 4 εἰς GLT. 
Ἰουδαίας τ΄. 8 --- αὐτῷ [Ἰτττὰ. t — οἱ [L]rtr[a]. 
π ποιεῖ he is doing Tra. x ἐθεώρουν, προσέπιπτον LTTrAW. 
vresT. ὃ φανερὸν αὐτὸν GW. © ποιῶσιν TTrA. 
«cause they had known him to be the Christ L. 
© + rai ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα, and he appointed the twelve Τὶ 


95 
for the hardness of 
their hearts, he saith 
unto the man, Stretch 
forth thine hand. And 
he stretched ἐξ out: 
and his hand was τε- 
stored whole as the 
other. 6 And the 
Pharisees went forth, 
and straightway took 
counsel with the He- 
Trodians against him, 
how they might de- 
stroy him, ; 


7 But Jesus with- 
drew himself with his 
disciples to the sea: 
and a great multitude 
from Galilee followed 
him, and from Judza, 
8 and from Jerusalem, 
and from Idumza, and 
Jrom beyond Jordan; 
and they about Tyre 
and Sidon, a great 
multitude, when they 
had heard what great 
things he did, came 
unto him. 9 And he 
spake to his disciples, 
that a small ship 
should wait on him 
because of the multi- 
tude, lest they should 
throng him. 10 For 
he had healed mary; 
insomuch that they 
pressed upon him for 
to touch him, as many 
as had plagues. 11 And 
unclean spirits, when 
they saw him, fell 
down before him, ard 
cried, saying, Thou art 
the Son of God. 12 And 
he straitly charged 
them that they should 
not make him known, 


13 And he goeth up 
into a mountain, and 
calleth wntohim whom 
he would: and they 
cameuntohim, 14 And 
he ordained twelve, 
that they should be 
with him, and that he 
might send them forth 
to preach, 15 and to 
heave power to heal 
sicknesses, and to cast 
out devils: 16 and Si- 
mon he surnamed Pe- 
ter ; 17 and James the 
son of Zebedee, and 
John the brother of 
James; and he sure 
named them Boan- 


τῷ — ὑγιὴς ὡς ἡ ἄλλη 

Ρ μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 
τ ἠκολούθησεν LTrA; ἠκολούθησαν placed after 
ν ἀκούοντες hearing LTTra. 
Υ ἔκραζον LTTraW. 
ο + [ὅτι ἤδεισαν τὸν χριστὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι] 
4 — θεραπεύειν τὰς νόσους καὶ ΤΊτΑ- 
{όνομα τῷ Σίμωνι ΊΤσΑι 


Σλέ- 


96 


erges, which is, The 
sons of thunder: 18and 
Andrew, and Philip, 
and Bartholomew, and 
Matthew, and Thomas, 
and James the son of 
Alpheus, and Thad- 
dzus, and Simon the 
Canaanite, 19 and Ju- 
das Iscariot, which 
also betrayed him : 


And they went into 
an house. 20 And the 
multitude cometh to- 
gether again, so that 
they could not so 
much as eat bread. 
21 And when _ his 
friends heard of it, 
they went out to lay 
hold on him: for they 
said, He is beside him- 
self. 22 And the scribes 
which came down 
from Jerusalem said, 
He hath Beelzebub, 
and by the prince of 
the devils casteth he 
out devils. 23 And he 
called them unto him, 
and said unto them in 
parables, How can Sa- 
tan cast out Satan? 
24 And if a kingdom 
be divided against 
itself, that kingdom 
cannot stand. 25 And 
if a house be divided 
against itself, that 
house cannot stand. 
26 And if Satan rise 
up against himself, 
and be divided, he can- 
not stand, but hath an 
end. 27 No man can 
enter into a strong 
man’s house, an? spoil 
his goods, except he 
will first bind the 
strong man; and then 
he will spoil his house. 
28 Verily I say unto 
you, All sins shall be 


forgiven unto the sons 
of men, and blas- 
phemies wherewith 


soever they shall blas- 
pheme : 29 but he that 
shall blaxpheme a- 
gainst the Holy Ghost 
hath never forgive- 
ness, but is in danger 
of eternal damnation: 
30 because they said, 
He hath an unclean 
spirit. 


MAPKOS. ΠῚ. 

ZBoavepyéc,' 0 ἐστιν υἱοὶ βρόντης᾽ 18 καὶ ᾿Ανδρέαν, καὶ 
Boanerges, which is Sons of thunder ; and Andrew, and 
Φίλιππον, καὶ Ῥαρθολομαῖον, καὶ "Mar@aior," καὶ Θωμᾶν, 


Philip, and Bartholomew, and Matthew, and Thomas, 
3 oy κι ~ 
καὶ ᾿Ιἄάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Αλφαίου., καὶ Θαδδαῖον, καὶ Σίμωνα 
and James the [son] of Alpheus, and Thaddeus, and Simon 
4 ik , {| 1¢ Ayam In k’ ’ it oes 4 , 
τὸν *Kavamrny," 19 και Iovoay “ Ισκαριωτην, ὃς καὶ παρε- 
the _Cananite, and Judas Iscariote, who also deliver- 
δωκεν αὐτόν. 
ed up hin, 


Καὶ Ἰέρχονται" εἰς οἶκον' 20 καὶ συνέρχεται πάλιν Ὁ ὄχλος, 

_And they οοπιο to a house: and Scomes*together *again ‘a *crowd, 
ὥστε μὴ.δύνασθαι.αὐτοὺς." μήτε! ἄρτον φαγεῖν. 21 καὶ aKov- 
so that they are not able so much as Spread ‘to “eat. And having 
σαντες οἱ παρ αὐτοῦ ἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν" 
heard [efit]. those belonging to him went out to lay hold of him ; 
ἔλεγον.γάρ, Ort ἐξέστη. 22 Καὶ ot γραμματεῖς οἱ ἀπὸ 
for they said, He is beside himself. And the scribes who from 
Ἱεροσολύμων καταβάντες ἔλεγον, Ότι Βεελζεβοὺλ ἔχει καὶ 

Jerusalem came down said, Beelzebul hehas; and 
ou > ~ ” ~ , 3 / 4 ΄ 
Οτι ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, 


By the prince of the demons he casts out the denigns. 
23 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς ἔλεγεν 
And having calledto [him] them in parables he said 


αὐτοῖς, Πῶς δύναται σατανᾶς σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν; 24 καὶ 
tothem, How can Satan *Satan cast Vout ὃ and 
ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ.δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ 
if akingdom against itself be divided, 315 “ποῦ "8018 Sto Ἰβίαπᾶ 
/ 7 / 3 34 δι κ « ι ε ~ ? 
βασιλεία.ἐκείνη' 25 καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἑαυτὴν μερισθῷ, σοὺ 
1that *kingdom : and if a house against itself be divided, *not 
δύναται" Ρσταθῆναι n-oixiaéxeivn’| 96 καὶ εἰ ὁ σατανᾶς ἀνέστη 


31954Ώ]ο ‘to “stand *that *house: and if Satan hasrisen up 


> ~ 
ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν Inai’ μεμέρισται," οὐ.δύναται Σσταθῆναι,! ἀλλὰ 


against himself and hasbeen divided, he is not able to stand, but 
/ ” κε , ? SR (aay ee / ᾽ ών} 
τέλος ἔχει. 27 5 οὐ. δύναται.οὐδεὶς! τὰ σκεύη τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ, 
anend has. No one in any wise isable the goods ofthe strong man, 
εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν.οἰκίαν] αὐτοῦ, διαρπάσαι, ἐὰν.μὴ πρῶτον 
having entered into his house, to plunder, unless first — 


\ 2 \ , rey. ι > LF > ~ / Pig 
τὸν ἰσχυρὸν δήσῃ, καὶ τότε τὴν.οἰκίαν. αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει. 28 a- 


γε- 
A λέ ε ~ er 7, ? 4 τ A ε ’ ~ 
μὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πάντα ἀφεθήσεται “τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τοις 
rily Ίξαγ to you, that all shall *be*forgiven ‘the “sins tothe 
υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων," Kai* βλασφημίαι Yooac'*adv" βλασ- 
sons of men, and blasphemies whatsoever they shall 
, εν > ~ 
φημήσωσιν' 29 ὃς.δ. ἂν βλασφημήσῃ εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ 
have blasphemed; but whosoever shall blaspheme against the Spirit the 


the strongman hebind, and then his house he will plunder. 


ἅγιον, οὐκ.ἔχει ἄφεσιν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, *aXXd’! ἔνοχός ἐστιν. 


Holy, but “liable Sto 118 


αἰωνίου “κρίσεως " 80 ὅτι ἔλεγον, Πνεῦμα.ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει: 
eternal judgment; because they said, An unclean spirit he has, 


has not forgiveness to eternity, 





& Boavypyés LTTra. 
1 ἔρχεται he comes T. 
will not be able TTra. 


LTTrAaw. 
divided. and τ. 


GLTTraW. 
shall be 7, 


τ στῆναι TTrA, 
οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ εἰσελθὼν τὰ σκεύη Τττ. 
2 + αἱ the GLTTraw. 
ς ἁμαρτήματος Sin (read guilty of eternal sin) LTTra, 


h Μαθθαῖον Lrtra. i Καναναῖον Cananzean LTTrAW. 
m+ othe(crowd) Lira. δ μηδὲ LTraAW. 

P ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι (στῆναι TrA) LFTrA. 
s+ ἀλλ᾽ but TTra. 


Κ᾿ Ἰσκαριώθ 
ο οὐ δυνήσεται 
. 4 ἐμερίσθη, καὶ he is 
ἴ οὐδεὶς δύναται GLTrW. eis τὴν 
Ἢ τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰ ἁμαρτήματα 


Υ ὅσα LTTrA. 2 ἐὰν Tra. 5 ἀλλὰ LTTra, Ὁ ἔσται 


ΠΟῪ. 
91 ἀ" Ερχονται οὖν" 
Γ Then come 


MARK. 


e ε 10 λ ‘ ΔΝ c σα ΑΦ ~ ἢ Α 
οἱ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ η.μητηρ.αὐτοῦ,! καὶ 
{his} brethren © and his mother, and 
” fs ~ ll ? , A ? / ~ ll ? , 
έξω ἑστῶτες" ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτόν, Σφωνοῦντες! αὐτόν. 
without 4standing sent to him, calling him. 
32 καὶ ἐκάθητο "ὔχλος περὶ αὐτόν" ἱεῖπον.δὲ" αὐτῷ, Ἴδού, 


And sat ‘a “crowd around him: and they said tohim, Behold, 
ἡ. μήτηρ.σου καὶ οἱ. ἀδελφοί σου " ἔξω σήτοῦσίν σε. 33 Καὶ 
thy mother and thy brethren without seek thee. And 
12 19 ? ~ λέ tl Τί ? € , ; πι] ε Ἰδελ- 
ἀαπεκριση αὑτοῖς, λέγων," Τις εστιν ἡ-μητηριμου ™7" οἱ ἀδε 
he answered them, saying, Who is my mother or *preth- 
pot "μου; 94 Καὶ περιβλεψάμενος Οκύκλῳ τοὺς περὶ 
ren ‘my? And having looked around on *in *a *circuit those *who around 


? Α tt θ [ή / py ὃ Il « =p. A © ? / 
αὐτὸν" καθημένους, λέγει, ῬΊδε," ἡ µήτηρ.µου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί 
him were sitting, ‘hesays, Behold, mymother‘ and “brethren 
μου" 8 ὃς. "γὰρ" ἂν mom7y "τὸ θέλημα! τοῦ θεοῦ. οὗτος ἀδελ- 
my: for whoever shalldo the’ will of God, he *bro- 
φός µου καὶ ἀδελφή.'μου" καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν. 
ther ‘my and my sister and mother is. 
4 Kai πάλιν ἤρξατο διδάσκειν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ 
And again he began to teach by the sea, And 
Ισυνήχθη! πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλος πολύς," ὥστε αὐτὸν πἐμ- 
was gathered together to him τα “οτοπᾶ ‘great, sothat he having 
/ 2 A ~ ll ~ 3 = ας δ ‘ ~ « 
βάντα εἰς τὸ πλοῖον" καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, καὶ πᾶς ὁ 
entered intothe = ship sat in“ the sea,. and all the 
” λ A A θάλ ? 4 ~ ~ x ll Ux 3 , : 
ὄχλος πρὸς THY θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς *Y." 2 καὶ ἐδίδασκεν 
crowd close to the sea on the land was. And he taught 
? ‘ ? ~ id 8 3 ? κ. ? ~ 
αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαϊς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ δι- 
them in parables many things, and said tothem in “teach- 
δαχῇ.αὐτοῦ, ὃ Ακούετε' ἰδού, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων Στοῦ! σπεῖραι 
ing ‘his, Hearken: behold, went out the sower to sow.” 
4 καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ.μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, 
And it came to pass as he sowed, one fell by the way, 
καὶ ἦλθεν τὰ πετεινὰ Ἱτοῦ. οὐρανοῦ" Kai κατέφαγεν αὐτό. 
and came the birds ofthe heaven and devoured it. 

- αἄλλ δὲ! ” Sie ἡ Δ 30 Ὁ“ ? 1 - 
ὃ "αλλο ὑε" ἔπεσεν ETL τὸ πετρῶδες, Ὁ οπου οὐκ.εἶχεν γὴν 
Andanother fell upon the rocky place, where ithadunot “earth 
wroAAnY’ καὶ “εὐθέως! ἐξανέτειλεν, διὰ τὸ.μὴ.ἔχειν βάθος ἃ 
much, and immediately it sprang up, because of not having depth 
γῆς 6 &)Aiov.dé ἀνατείλαντος! Βἐκαυματίσθη,' καὶ διὰ 
ofearth; and([the]sun having arisen it was scorched, and because of 
τὸ μὴ. ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη. 7 καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν εἰς ετὰς" 
not having root it withered away. And another fell among the 
ἀκάνθας" καὶ ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι, καὶ συνέπνιξαν αὐτό, καὶ 
thorns, and °grew*up ‘the ‘*thorns, and choked it, and 

4 sk a % ’ ha” Wo» ? ι - \ 
καρπὸν οὖκ.έδωκεν. 8 Kat '"ἄλλο" ἔπεσεν εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν 
fruit it yielded not. And another fell into the ground the 


97 


31 There came then 
his brethren and his 
mother, and, stand- 
ing without, sentuuto 
him, enailing him. 
32 And the multitude 
sat about him, and 
they said unto him, 
Behold, thy mother 
and thy brethren with- 
out seek for thee. 
33 And he answered 
them, saying, Who is 
my mother, or my 
brethren? 34 And he 
looked round about on 
them which sat about 
him, aud said, Behold 
my mother and my 
brethren ! 35 For who- 
soever shall do the 
will of God, the same 
is my brother, and my 
sister, and mother, 


‘IV. And he began 
again to teach by the 
sea side : and there was 
gathered unto him a 
great multitude, so 
that he entered into a 
ship, and sat in the 
sea; and the whole 
niultitude was by the 
sea on theland. 2 And 
he taught them many 
things by parables, and 
said unto them in his 
doctrine, 3 Hearken ; 
Behold, there went 
out a sower to sow: 
4 and it came to’pass, 
as he sowed, some fell 
by the way side, and 
the fowls of the air 
came and devoured it 
up. 5 Andsome fellon 
stony ground, where 
it had not much earth ; 
and immediately it 
sprang up, because it 
had no depth of earth: 
6 but when the sun 
was up, it was scorch- 
ed ; and because it had 
no root, it withered a- 
way. 7 And some fell 
among thorns, and the 
thorns grew up, and 
choked it, and it yield- 
ed no fruit. 8 And 
other fell on good 
ground, and did yield 





4 καὶ ἔρχονται LTrAW ; καὶ ἔρχεται T. 
ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ A. ἔ στήκοντες TTrA. 
ὄχλος LTTraW. καὶ λέγουσιν and they say LTTrAw. 
and thy sisters Lt[a]w. 
and LTTr. 2 — µου [τι]. ο τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν κύκλῳ LTTr. 
for ut [tr]a. τ τὰ θελήματα (read the things God wills) a. 
ἴ συνάγεται is gathered together LTTraw. 
TIrW) πλοῖον ἐμβάντα LTTrW. τ ἦσαν were ΤΊΤΑ. 
GLTTraw. 8 καὶ ἄλλο LTTrA. Ὁ + καὶ and [LTr]a. 
95 καὶ ὅτε ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος aNd When the sun was risen LTTra. 
Were scorched tr. 8%—7asG. 85 ἄλλα others ΤΑ. 


ἡ πλεῖστος Very great TTraW. 
Υ — τοῦ LT[Tr]A. 
ο εὐθὺς LTTrA. 


© μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ GLTTrW ; οἱ 
8 καλοῦντες LTTrA. 

k 4 καὶ αἱ (— αἱ w) ἀδελφαί σου 
1 ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει answering them ne eres TTra. 
P ᾿Ιδοὺ L. 


h Ν > x 
περὶ αυτον 


ἴῃ καὶ 
4---- γὰρ 
5 — µου Wy LTTrA. 
W εἰς τὸ (— τὸ 
:---τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 
da + τῆς 1. 


fa ἐκαυματίσθησαν they 


H 


98 


fruit that sprang up 
and ‘increased; and 
brought forth, some 
thirty, andsome sixty, 
and some an hundred, 
9 And he said unto 
them, He that hath 
ears to hear, let him 
hear. 10 And when he 
was, alone, they that 
were about him with 
the twelve asked of 
him the _ parable. 
11 And‘he said unto 
them, Unto you it is 
given to know the mys- 
tery of the king !om of 
Gow: but unto them 
that are without, all 
these things are done 
in parables: 12 that 
seeing they may see, 
and not perceive ; and 
hearing they may hear, 
and not understand ; 
lest at any time they 
should be converted, 
and their sins should 
be forgiven them, 
13 And he said unto 
them, Know ye not 
this parable? and how 
then will ye know all 
parables? 14 Thesower 
soweth the word. 
15 Ana these are they 
by the way side, where 
the word is sown ; but 
when they have heard, 
Satan cometh immedi- 
ately, and taketh away 
the word that was 
sown in their hearts. 
16 And these are they 
likewise which are 
sown on stony greund ; 
who, when they have 
heard the word, imme- 
diately receive it with 
giadness ; 17 and have 
no root in themselves, 
and so endure but for 
a time’:. afterward, 
when affliction or per- 
sccution ariseth for 
the word’s sake, im- 
mediately they are of- 
fended. 18 And these 
are they which are 
sown among thorns; 
such as hear the word, 
19 and thecares of this 
world, and the deceit- 
fulness of riches, and 
the lusts of other 
things entering: in, 
choke the word, and it 
becometh unfruitful. 
20 And these are they, 
which are sown on 
good ground ; such as 





ΟΣ αὐξανόμενον LTTrAW. 


Ὦ καὶ ὅτε LITrA. 
the parables TTrA. 


ἁμαρτήματα (read [their sins]) [L]rtra. 
X ὁμοίως εἰσὶν τ. 
Ὁ ἀκούσαντες heard TTra, 


in them Tra. 


those TTra, 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ, IV. 


ἐδιδ ‘ ? / {1 ΄ , eee | 
ἐδίδου καρπὸν ἀναβαίνοντα καὶ Ἰαὐξάνοντα,! καὶ 
yieided fruit, growingup and increasing, and 
τριάκοντα, καὶ Ἐὲν! ἑξήκοντα, καὶ Ἐὲν! ἑκατόν. 
thirty, and one sixty, and one a hundred, 
9 Kai ἔλεγεν ἰαὐτοῖς," ™O ἔχων" ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω. 
And hesaid tothem, Hethat has ears tohear let him hear. 
7 τ ? , , , 4 ε ‘ 
10 "Ὅτε. δὲ" ἐγένετο ὁκαταμόνας," Ρήρώτησαν! αὐτὸν οἱ “περὶ 
And when he was alone, 7asked Shim ‘those *about 
αὐτὸν σὺν τοῖς δώδεκα ατὴν παραβολήν." «11 καὶ ἔλεγεν 
Shim ‘with Sthe ‘twelve [85 ο] the parable. 2 And he said 
αὐτοῖς; Ὑμῖν τδέδοται γνῶναι τὸ μυστήριον! τῆς βασιλείας 
tothem, Toyouhasbeengiven toknow the mystery ofthe kingdom 
τοῦ θεοῦ" ἐκείνοις. δὲ τοῖς ἔξω, ἐν παραβολαῖς “τὰ! πάντα 
of God: but {ο those who are without, in parables all things 
γίνεται 12 ἵνα βλέποντες βλέπωσιν, καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν" καὶ 


’ ‘ 
καλήν" καὶ 
good, and 
ἔφε ks il 
ρεν "εν 
bore one 


are done, that seeing they may see, and ποὺ Ῥετοθῖτο; and 
ἀκούοντες ἀκούωσιν, καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν' μήποτε ἐπιστρέψω- 
hearing they may hear, and not tnderstand, lest they should be con- 

‘ 2 04 ? ~ t \ { ΄ " 13 K \ 

σιν, και ἀφεθῃ αυτοις τα αμαρτήματα. αι 


verted, and “Ἑποι]ᾷ *be *forgiven ‘them ['their] - And 
λέγει αὐτοῖς, Οὐκ.οἴδατε τὴν.παραβολὴν.ταύτην; καὶ πῶς 
he says tothem, Perceive ye not this parable 2 and how 
πάσας Tac παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε; 14 0 σπείρων τὸν λόγον 
all the parables will ye know? The sower the word 


/ δὴν» , 2 ε A s ς , ε/ ’ 
σπείρει. 15 οὗτοι.δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴ. ὁδόν, ὅπου σπείρεται 


“sins. 


SOWS. Andthese are they by the way, where is sown 
ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν, “εὐθέως! ἔρχεται ὁ σατανᾶς 
the word, and when they hear, immediately comes Satan 


καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐσπαρμένον "ἐν ταῖς. καρδίαις. αὐ- 
and takesaway the word that hasbcensown in their hearts, 
τῶν." 16 καὶ οὗτοί Χείσιν ὁμοίως" οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη 

And these are inlike manner they who upon the rocky places 
σπειρόµενοι, Ol, ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν τὸν λόγον, Σεύθεως! μετὰ 


are sown, who, when they hear the word, immediately with 
χαρᾶς λαμβάνουσιν αὐτόν, 17 καὶ οὐκ. ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυ- 
joy receive it, and have not root in them- 


~ ᾽ ‘ , , > 5 > , , n 
τοῖς, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιροί. εἰσιν' εἶτα γενομένης θλίψεως 7H 
selyes, but temporary are; then having arisen tribulation or 
διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον, YevOéwc! σκανδαλίζονται. 18 καὶ 
persecutiononaccountofthe word, immediately they are offended. And 
*ovrol! είσιν οἱ cic τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόµενοι, οὗτοί 

these are they who among the thorns are sown, these 
εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον Ῥάκούοντες," 19 καὶ αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ 

are they who the word hear, and the cares 

αἰῶνος “τούτου! καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου καὶ at περὶ 
of this life and the deceit of riches and the “of, 
τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι εἰσπορευόμεναι Ἱσυμπνίγουσιν" τὸν λόγον, 
3other*things ‘desires entering in choke the word, 
καὶ ἄκαρπος γίνεται. 20 καὶ “οὗτοί! εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 
and unfruitful it becomes. And these are they who upon the ground 


Ne ee eS ee 


κ εἷς aA; εἰς απῦο τι. 1.-- αὐτοῖς GLTTrAW. ™ ὃς ἔχει LTTrAW. 
ο κατὰ μόνας LTTr. P ἠρώτων LTrA; ἠρώτουν T. 4 τὰς παραβολάς 

¥ — γνῶναι LTTrA ; τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται TIrA. βες τα πο νὰ τ τὰ 
ν εὐθὺς πττα. W ἐν αὐτοῖς in them τ; εἰς αυτούς 
Υ εὐθὺς LTTrA. 3 ἄλλοι Others GLTTraw. 3 ἐπὶ about Τ. 
ο ---- τούτου this GLTTra. 4 συνπνίγουσιν ΤΑ © ἐκεῖνοζ 


(read 1ὲ 18 not) [i ]rx[a]. 





i. 


‘ / = 
τὴν καλὴν οσπαρέντες, 
the good have been sown, 


παραδέ χονται, 
receive 


MARK. 


οἵτινες ἀκούουσιν τὸν λόγον καὶ 
such as hear the word and 
καὶ καρποφοροῦσιν, fev" τριάκοντα, καὶ Fé! 
[10], and bring forth fruit, one thirty, and one 
fey" ἑκατόν. 21 Καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, ἔΜήτι * 
one a hundred. And hesaid to them, *The 
λύχνος ἔρχεται" ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν 
"lamp ‘comes that under the corn measure it may be put or under the 
κλίνην 5 οὐχ ἵνα ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, ἰἐπιτεθῇ" ; 
couch? [1510] mot that upon the lampstand it may be put? 
νι» και αν. ΜΑ : m 07° ὩΣ 
ἐστιν τι κρύυπτον, ο ξαν.μῆ φανερωθῃ οὖθε 
*is ‘anything hidden, — τας it should be made manifest, nor 
ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα πείς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ." 
Ἡσβόνακοα Splace 1 *secret ως, but that to light it should come, 


ἑξήκοντα, καὶ 
sixty, and 


22 ov-yap 


for not 


23 evtuc ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω. 24 Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, 


Ἱξαπτοπεα has ears’ to hear, 


Βλέπετε τί ἀκουετε. ἐν 
Take lieed what ye hear: 


let him hear. And hesaid to them, 


ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε μετρηθήσεται 


with what measure ye mete it shall be measured 


ὑμῖν, Kat προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν" Ρτοῖς ἀκούρυσιν." 26 ὃς. γὰρ Iay 
to you, and [558411 ὅθε ’added 0ο” you swho *hear ; for whoever 


ἔχῃ." δοθήσεται αὐτῷ" καὶ ὃς οὐκ:ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει 
may have, *shall*be δρίνϑῃ 'to*him ; and he who has hot, even that which he has 
ἀρθήσεται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 
shall be taken from him, 
26 Kai ἔλεγεν, Οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς "ἐὰν! 
And he said, Thus is τς kingdom of God, as’ if 


ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, 27 καὶ καθεύδῃ 


aman should cast the seed upon the earth, and should a 
καὶ ἐγείρηται νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ ὁ σπόρος "βλαστάνῃ! 
and rise night, and day, and the seed should ae 
καὶ μηκύγηται ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός" 28 αὐτομάτη 'γὰρ' ἡ 

‘and be lengthened how *knows*not ‘he; _ of sitself ΄ ‘for the an 
καρποφορεῖ, πρῶτον χόρτον, “εἶτα! στάχυν, “εἶτα! “πλήρη 


brings forth fruit, first a blade, then an ear, then full 
σιτονϊ ἐν τῷ στάχυι. 29 ὕταν.δὲ πα adel ὁ καρπός, 
corn in the ear. And when offers*itself ‘the fruit, ~ 


σεὐθέως' ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον, ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισµός. 
‘immediately he sends the sickle, for hascome_ the harvest, 


30 Καὶ ἔλεγεν, Τίνι! ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ; 
And he said, To what shall we liken the μα of God? 


ἢ ἐν Αποίᾳ ια, παραβάλωμεν αὐτὴν 3" 9] ὡς Ὀκόκκφ! 


or with what . - parable shall we SprInaRe it? As toa grain 
σινάπεως, ὅς, ὅταν σπαρῇ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, "μικρότερος" 
of mustard, which, when it has been sown upor the Sar thy less 


πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων "ἐστὶν" “τῶν. 
thanall the seeds is which ΤΑΥ͂Θ] ΡΟ the earth, and 


ὅταν σπαρῇ, ἀναβαίνει, καὶ γίνεται πάντων τῶν λαχάνων 
when it has been sown, it grows up, and, becomes "than “all *the *herbs 


ἐπὶ) τῆς γῆς" 82 καὶ 


99 
hear the word, and 
receive τέ, and pring 
forth fruit, some 


thirtyfold, some sixty, 
and some an hundred, 
21 And he said unto 
them, Is a candle 
brought to be put un- 
der a bushel, or under 
a bed? and not to be 
set on a candlestick? 
22 for there is nothing 
hid, which shall not be 
manifested; neither 
was any thing kept 
secret, but that it 
should come ahroad. 
23 If any man have 


ears to hear, let him 


hear. 24 And he said 
unto them, Take heed 
what ye hear: with 
what measure ye mete 
it shall he che 
to you: and unto you 
that hear shall more 
be given. 25 For he 
that hath, to him shall 
be given: and he that 
hath not, from him 
shall be taken even 
that which he hath. 


26. And he said, So is 
the kingdom of God, 
as if aman should cast 
seed into the ground; 
27 and should sleep, 
andrise night and day, 
and the seed should 
spring and grow up, 
he knoweth not how. 
28 For the earth bring- 
eth forth fruit of her- 
self; first the blade, 
then the ear, after that 
the full corn in ~.the 
ear. 29 But when the 
fruit is brought forth, 
immediately he put- 
teth in the sickle, be- 
cause the harvest is 
‘come. 


30 And he said, 
Whereunto shall we 
liken the kingdom of 
God? or with what 

comparison shall we 
compare it? 31 Jt is 
like a grain of mus- 
tard seed, which, when 
it is sown in the ‘earth, 
is less than: all the 
seeds that be in the 
earth: 32 but when it 
is sown, it groweth up, 
and becometh greater 





Ι than all herbs, and 
μείζων, καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδοὺς μεγάλους, ὥστε δύνασθαι ὑπὸ shooteth out ‘great 
ο ο. and produces “branches great, so that ‘°are’able ‘under πο. so that the 

f éyin rrr. & + ore that ΤΑ. δὲ ἔρχεται ὃ λύχνος LTTrA. As tt 


ι-- ὃ LTTra. m + ἵνα that 114]. 
P — τοῖς ἀκούουσιν GLTTrA. 
* βλαστᾳ ΤΤΤΓΑ. — γὰρ LTTra. v εἶτεν τι 
Υ εὐθὺς TTrA,. z πῶς how TTra. 
represent it? LTTra. 
4 — ἐστὶν titra. 


ο--- καὶ προσ. ὑμῖν ο 


b κόκκον a grain GLTraWw. 
.© [τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς] L. 


i τεθῇ ΠΡΡΡΑΎ,. 
π ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν Tira, 

4 ἔχει has Lrtra. 

* πλήρης σῖτος LTTrA. 

5. τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν what parable shall we 

© μικρότερον ov being less LTTra, 

Γ μείζων (μεῖζον 1) πάντων τῶν λαχάνων LITA, 


τ--- ἐὰν TTra. 
χα παραδοῖ LTTra. 


100 
fowls of the air may 
lodge under the sha- 
dow.of it. 33 And with 
many such parables 
spake he the word unto 
them, as they .were 
able to hear zt, 34 But 
without a parable 
spake he not unto 
them : and when they 
were alone, he ex- 
ounded all things to 
bis disciples. 


35 And the same day, 
when the even was 
come, he saith unto 
them, Let us pass over 
unto the other side. 
36 And when they had 
sent away the multi- 
tude, they took him 
even as he was in the 
ship, And there were 
also with him other 
little ships. 37 And 
there arose a great 
storm of wind, and 
the waves beat into 
the ship, so that it was 
now full. 38 And he 
was in the hinder part 
of the ship, asleep on 
a pillow: and they 
awake him,’ and say 
unto him, Master, 
carest thou not that 
weperish? 39 Andhe 
arose, and rebuked the 
wind, and said unto 
the sea, Peace, be still. 
And the wind ceased, 
and there was a great 
calm, 40 And he said 
unto them, Why are 

ο ‘so fearful? how is 
t that: ye have no 
faith? 41 And they 
feared exceedingly, 
and sajd one to an- 
other, What manner 
of man is this, that 
even the wind and the 
868. obey him? 


V. And they came 
over unto the other 
side of the sea, ifto 
the country of the Ga- 
darenes, 2 And when 
he was come out of 
the ship, immediately 
there met him ‘out 
of the tombs 8: man 
with an unclean spirit, 
3 who had his dwelling 
among the tombs; and 


no mancouldbindhim, © 


no, not with chains: 


MAPKOS. κ, ὁ 
4 ~ ~ ~ 
THY σκιὰν αὐτοῦ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνοῦν. 
ἴθ ‘shadow ‘of ‘it the birds of the heaven to roost. 


33 Καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν 
And with *such *parables tmany he spoke tothem the 
, ? η 4 4 
λόγον, καθὼς Εἠδύναντοὶϊ ἀκούειν, 34 χωρὶς. δὲ παραβολῆς 
word, as they were able. to hear, but without 8 parable 
οὐκ.ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς" κατ’ ἰδίαν δὲ "τοῖς. μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ" ἐπέλυεν 
spoke he not to them; and apart to his disciples he explained 
TavTa. 
all things. 
35 Καὶ “λέγει αὐτοῖς ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ὀψίας γενομένης, 
And hesays tothem on ἐπα day, evening being come, 
[ή " 
Διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πέραν. 86 Καὶ ἀφέντες τὸν ὄχλον, 
Let us pass over to the other sige. And having dismissed the crowd, 
παραλαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸν ὡς ἦν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ᾽ καὶ ἄλλα 


they take with (them] him as he was in the ship; also °other 
ἰδὲ! Ἐπλοιάρια" ἰἦν! μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 37 καὶ γίνεται “λαῖλαψ 
*but small ships were with him, ~And comes a "storm 
7 ‘ ~ 
πιάγέμου μεγάλη," "τὰ δὲ" κύματα ἐπέβαλλεν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, 
Sof*wind ‘violent, andthe waves beat “into the ship, 


ὥστε αὐτὸ ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι.! 38 καὶ ἦν αὐτὸς Ρἐπὶϊ τῇ πρύ- 
sothat - it already . was filled. And *was *he on the stern 


μνῷ ἐπὶ τὸ προσκεφάλαιον καθεύδων. καὶ Ἀδιεγείρουσιν! 


on the cushion - sleeping. And they arouse 
αὐτόν, καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαχε, οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι 
him, and say _ to him, Teacher, is 14 no concern to thee that 
ἀπολλύμεθα; 39 Καὶ διεγερθεὶς ἐπετίμησεν τῷ ἀνέμῳ, 
we perish 2 And having been aroused herebuked the wind, 


καὶ εἶπεν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, Σιώπα, πεφίμωσο. Kai ἐκόπασεν ὁ 
and said tothe sea, ᾿ Silence, _be quiet. And 3861] *the 
ἄνεμος, Καὶ ἐγένετο γαλήνη µεγάλη. 40 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, 
wind, and there was a7calm great. And hesaid to them, 
Τί δειλοί ἐσέε "οὕτως; πῶς οὐκ' ἔχετε πίστιν; 41 Kai ἐφο- 
Why fearful are ye thus? How “not *have7ye faith? And _ they 
βήθησαν φόβον μέγαν, καὶ ἔλεγον πρὺς.ἀλλήλους, Tic 
feared ‘[with] “fear *great, . and said one to another, Who 
ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι Kai ὁ ἄνεμος Kai ἡ θάλασσα λὑπακούου- 


_then “this 8, thateventhe wind andthe , sea obey 
᾽ ~ 
σιν ἀὐτφῳ!; 
him? 


5 Καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν 
And they came to the other side of the sea, to the country 
τῶν ᾿'᾿Γαδαρηχῶν." 2 καὶ Ἱἐξελθόντι αὐτφὶ ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου, 
ofthe Gadarenes. And on his having gone forth out of the ship, 
τεὐθέως"! “ἀπήντησεν! αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν μνημείων ἄνθρωπος 
immediately” met him outof the tombs a man 
ἐν πνεύματι.ἀκαθάρτῳ, ὃ ὃς τὴν κατοίκησιν εἶχεν ἐν τοῖς 
with. 81 unclean spirit, who [his] dwelling “had in. the 
χμνημείοις"" “Kai Σοῦτεϊ ' τἁλύσεσιν" * οὐδεὶς δή δύνατοῖ αὐτὸν 


~- tombs ; and not even with chains anyone was able him 
- - / (lit. no one) 
& ἐδύναντο Ltr, * ᾿Ἄ τοῖς ἰδίοις μαθηταῖς to his own disciplesta, i— ééutr[a]. * πλοῖα 


ships GLTTrA. 


π ὑπήντησεν LTTr. 
1ΤΤΙΑ:΄ 


‘A ἧσαν τ. 
τὸ πλοῖον already was filled the ship LTTra. 
τ: οὔπω “not ‘yet τι. --— * αὐτῷ ὑπακούει T ; ὑπακούει αὐτῷ TTA. 
LTTr; Τεργεσηνῶν Gergesenes A. 
χ μνήμασιν (— ν GW) GLTTrAW. 
© + οὐκέτι any longer (lit. no longer) LTTraw, 


πι μεγάλη ἀνέμου LTTrA. 5 καὶ Ta LTTrA. 


ο ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι 
Ρ ἐν ἴῃ GLTTrAW. 


4 ἐγείρουσιν they awake TTra. 
t Τερασηνῶν Gerasenes 
¥ — εὐθέως L; εὐθὺς T[Tr]A. 
Σ ἁλύσει With a chain 
Ὁ ἐδύνατο LTTrA, 


:ἃ ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr. 
Υ οὐδὲ LTTrAW. 





oe MARK. 


δῆσαι, 4 διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσιν δε- 
to bind, becausethat he often with fettersand chains had 
δέσθαι, καὶ διεσπᾶσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις, καὶ 
been bound, and *had *been ὅζουῃ asunder’by ‘him 1the *chains, and 
τὰς πέδας συντετρίφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς “αὐτὸν ἴσχυεν" δαμάσαι" 
the fetters had been shattered, and noone him wasable _ tosubdue. 
5 καὶ διαπαντὸς" νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐν τοῖς “ὔρεσιν καὶ ἐν 
And continually night and day in the mountains ana in 
τοῖς μνήμασιν" ἦν κράζων καὶ κατακόπτων ἑαυτὸν λίθοις. 
the tombs he was crying and cutting himself with stones. 
6 ᾿Τδὠν δὲ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν, ἔδραμεν καὶ προσ- 
And having seen Jesus from afar, he ran and did 
εκύνησεν Βαὐτῷ," 7 καὶ κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Pelzer," Τί ἐμοὶ 
homage to him, and crying with a *voice "loud hesaid, What tome 
καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ, υἱὲ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου; ὁρκίζω σε τὸν 
andtothee, Jesus, Son of God the Most High? lIadjure thee 
θεόν, μή µε βασανίσῃς. 8 ἔλεγεν.γὰρ αὐτῷ, Ἔξελθε, τὸ 
by God, *not *me ‘torment. For he wassaying tohim, Come forth, the 
πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον, ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 9 Καὶ ἐπηρώτα 


spirit the unclean, out of the man. And  heasked 
αὐτόν, Τί ἰἷσοι.ὄνομα! ; Kai Κἀπεκρίθη, ᾿λέγων," Aeyewr" 
him, ὙΓπαῦ [15] thy name? And  heanswered,- saying, Legion 


ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν. 10 Kai παρεκάλει αὐτὸν 
we are, And hebesought him 


λλ zy ο raw n ? \ ll ? (Ἃ ” ~ ’ 1 τ δὲ 
πολλά, ἵνα μὴ "αὐτοὺς"! ἀποστείλῃ ἔξω τῆς χώρας. 11 ἦν δὲ 
much, that not them he wouldsend out of the country. Nowthere was 
ἐκεῖ πρὸς τὰ ὄρη! ἀγέλη χοίρων µεγάλη βοσκομένη" 12 καὶ 
there just αὖ {ἴποπιοαπίβίηδα Πεγᾶ “cf*swine ‘great feeding ; and 
’ ? 3 Ρ ’ ε ’ Il / ’ 
παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν Ῥπάντες οἱ δαίµονες,! λέγοντες, Πέμψον 
*besought Shim tall "πο *demons, ' saying, Send 
. ~ ” 4 / τ 2 ? Ν μαι ‘ 
ἡμᾶς εἰς τοὺς χοίρους, ἵνα εἰς αὐτοὺς εἰσέλθωμεν. 19 Καὶ 


ὄνομά.μοι, ™ 
myname [is], because many 


us into the swine, that into them we may enter. And 
ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς “εὐθέως ὁ Ιησοῦς.ὶ Kai ἐξελθόντα τὰ 
Zallowed 3them *immediately 1 Jesus, And having gone out the 


πνεύματα τὰ ἀκάθαρτα εἰσῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους" καὶ ὥρμησεν 
spirits the unclean entered into the - swine, and *rushed 
ἡ ἀγέλη κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν" "ἦσαν δὲ" 
*the “herd down the steep into the sea, (now they were 
we δισχίλιοι καὶ ἐπνίγοντο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ. 14 "Οἱ δὲ" 
about two thousand), and they were choked in the sea. And those who 
βόσκοντες trove χοίρους! ἔφυγον, καὶ “ἀνήγγειλαν! εἰς τὴν 
fed the swine fled, and announced [10] to the 
/ 4 4 > 4 2 / ‘ we = ll 2 ~ / ώ A 
πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς. καὶ “ἐξῆλθον! ἰδεῖν τί ἐστιν τὸ 
city and to the country. And they went out tosee what itis that 
γεγονός" 15 καὶ ἔρχονται πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ θεωροῦσιν 
has been done. And theycome to Jesus, and see 
τὸν δαιμονιζόμενον καθήμενον “καὶ! ἱματισμένον καὶ σωφρο- 
the possessed by demons sitting and clothed and of sound 
νοῦντα, τὸν ἐσχηκότα τὸν Σλεγεῶνα Ἱ καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν. 16 καὶ 
mind, him who had __ the legion : and they were afraid. And 


101 


4 because that he had 
been often bound with 
fetters and chains, and 
the chains had been 

lucked asunder by 

im, and the fetters 
broken in pieces : nei- 
ther could any man 
tame him. 5 And al- 
ways, night and day, 
he was in the moun- 
tains, and in the 
tombs, crying, and 
cutting himself with 
stones. 6 But when he 
saw Jesus afar off, he 
ran and worshipped 


- him, 7 and cried with 


a loud voice, and said, 
What have I to do 
with thee, Jesus, thou 
Son of the most high 
God? I adjure thee 
by God, that thou tor- 
ment menot. 8 For he 
said unto him, Come 
out of the man, thou 
unclean spirit. 9 And 
he asked him, What 
is thy name? And he 
answered, saying, My 
name is Legion: for 
we are many. 10 And 


, he besought him much 


that he would not send 
them away out of the 
country. 11 Now there 
was there nigh unto 
the mountains a great 
herd of swine feeding. 
12 And all the devils 
besought him, saying, 
Send us into the swine, 
that we may enter into 
them. 13 And forth- 
with Jesus gave them 
leave. And the unclean 
spirits went out, and 
entered into the swine: 
and the herd ran vio- 
lently down a steep 
place into the ses, 
(they were about two 
thousand;) and were 
choked in the sea. 
14 And they that fed 
the swine flied, .and 
told zt in the city, and 
in the country. And 
they went out to see 
what it was that was 
done. 15 And they 
come to Jesus, and see 
him that was possessed 
with the devil, and 
had the legion, sitting, 
and clothed, and in 
his right mind: and 
they were afraid. 
16 And they that saw 


--- ο ο. -. ο ο ο.  -ἴἥ-ἴίἍο-------------- 


© ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν LTTrAW. 
Ἢ καὶ ἰδὼν TTrA. & αὐτόν A. 
αὐτῷ he says to him Girtraw. 
9 τῷ ὄρει the mountain GLTTraw. 
besought) rrra. 4 -- εὐθέως ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he allowed) [L]rtr[a]. 
3 καὶ οἱ LTTrA. t αὐτοὺς them GLTTraw. 
they went LTmaw. χ.-- καὶ LTT, 


Β λέγει he sayS LTTraw. 
1 Λεγιὼν LTTrA. 


y λεγιώνα LTTrA, 


7 ἀπήγγειλαν told GLTTraw. 


ἃ διὰ παντὸς AL: ὃ μνήμασιν (---ν GW) καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν GLTTraWw. 
1 ὄνομά σοι LTTrA. 

m+ εστιν is 1.. 

Ρ — πάντες GW[L]; — πάντες οἱ δαίμονες (read they 

τ--- ἦσαν δὲ [L 


Κλέγει 
> . 
2 αυτα TTr. 


ΤΑ. 
π ἦλθον 


102 


it told them how it 
befell to him that was 
possessed with the de- 
vil, and also concern- 
ing the swine. 17 And 
they began to pray 
him to depart out of 
their coasts. 18 And 


when he wascome into’ 


the- ship, he that had 
been possessed with 
the devil prayed him 
that he might be with 
him. 19 Howbeit Jesus 
suffered him not, but 
saith unto him, Go 
home to thy friends, 
and tell them how 
great things the Lord 
hath done for thee, 
and hath had com- 

assion on thee. 20 And 

edeparted, and began 
to publish in Decapotis 
how great things Jesus 
had done for him: and 
all men did marvel. 


21 And when Jesus 
was passed over again 
by ship unto the other 
side, much people ga- 
thered unto him: an 
he was nigh unto the 
sea. 22-And, behold, 
there cometh one of 
the rulers of the syna-~ 
gogue, Jairus by name; 
and when he saw him, 
he fell at his feet, 


23 and besought him. 


greatly, saying, My 
little daughter lieth 
ai the point of death: 
1 pray thee, come and 
lay thy hands on her, 
that she may be heal- 
ed ; and she shall live. 
24 And Jesus went 
with him: and much 
people followed him, 
and throrged him. 
25 And a certain wo- 
man, which had an 
issue of blood twelve 
years, 26 and had suf- 
fered many thiugs of 
Many physicians, and 
had spent all that she 
had, and was nothing 
bettered, but rather 
grew worse, 27 when 
she had heard of Jesus, 
came in the press be- 
hind, and touched his 
garment. 28 For she 
said, If I may touch 
but his clothes, I shall 
be whole. 29 And 





3 ἐμβαίνοντος [was] entering LTTrAW. 
ς — Ἰησοῦς (7'ead he did not suffer) G[u}rtraw. 
ἴ πεποίηκεν has done GLTTraw. 
1. παρακαλεῖ he beseeches στιὰ. 
πι ζήσῃ may live Letra. 
9 + τὰ the things 7[a]. 


σοι TTra. 


Ἱ παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν.. 22 Kai *idov," ἔρχεται εἷς. τῶν 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. γι 


διηγήσαντο αὐτοῖς οἱ ἰδόντες, πῶς ἐγένετο τῷ δαι- 
®related 7to ®them ‘those 7who “had *seen (*it]how it happened tohim pos- 


/ 4 ‘ ~ ’ A 
μονιζοµένῳ, καὶ περὶ τῶν χοίρων. 17 καὶ ἤρξαντο παρα- 


sessed by demons, and concerning the swine, And they began ἴο be-. 

καλεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπελθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν.ὁρίων αὐτῶν. 18 Kai 

seech him to depart from their borders. And 
12 , " ? ~ ? \ λ ~ / > ‘ ς 
ἐμβάντος' αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ 'πλοῖον, παρεκάλει αὐτὸν ὁ 

having entered ‘he into the ship, ®besought *him the ?who 

δαιµονισθείς, ἵνα “ὃ. µμετ αὐτοῦ." 19 Po δὲν 

Shad “been *possessed “by 7demons that hemight be with him. But 


ΦΙησοῦς" οὐκ.ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ λέγει αὐτῷ, Ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν 


Jesus did not suffer him, but says to him, Go to 
οἶκόν.σου πρὸς τοὺς.σούς, καὶ ἀνάγγειλον" αὐτοῖς ὅσα σοι 
thy house to  thineown, and announce to them how much forthee 


ὁ κύριος! ἐποίησεν," καὶ ἠλέησέν σε. 20 Kai ἀπῆλθεν καὶ 
the Lord did, and pitied thee. And hedeparted and 
ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν ἔν τῇ Δεκαπόλει, ὅσα ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ὁ 


began toproclaim in Decapolis, how much *had *done ‘for *him 
Ἰησοῦς' καὶ πάντες ἐθαύμαζον. 
1Jesus; απᾶ ο wondered. 


21 Καὶ διαπεράσαντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ ὑπάλιν εἰς 
And ΣΠατίης *passed *over Jesus in 6 ship again _ to 
9 , » ΄ ι 
τὸ πέραν.! συνήχθη ὄχλος πολὺς ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, καὶ ἦν 
the other side; *was *gathered 1 “crowd ὥρυθαῦ to hin, and he was 
ἀρχι- 
by the And _ behold, one of the rulers of 
συναγώγων, ὀνόματι Ἰάειρος, καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτόν, πίπτει πρὸς 
the synagogue, by name Jairus, and seeing him, falls at 
τοὺς.πόδας αὐτοῦ" 23 καὶ Ἱπαρεκάλει! αὐτὸν πολλά, λέγων, 
his feet ; and hebesought , him much, saying 
ε a ΄ , > / 3” er > ‘ 
Οτι τὺ.θυγάτριόν.µου ἐσχάτως. ἔχεϊ" ἵνα ἐλθὼν 
My little daughter is at the last extremity, [I pray] that having come 
ἐπιθῆς "αὐτῇ τὰς χεῖρας," Ἰόπωςὶ σωθῇ καὶ 
thou wbuldest lay on her [thy] hands, so that she may be cured, and 
πιζήσεται. 24 Και ἀπῆλθεν per αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἠκολούθει αὑτῷ 
she shall live. And he departed with him, and “followed .*him 
ὄχλος πολύς, καὶ συνέθλιβον αὐτόν. 2 Καὶ γυνή ὅτις! 
1 οχουγᾶ “great, and  pre:ssedon him, And a *woman ‘certain 
οὖσα ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος °érn δώδεκα," 26 καὶ πολλὰ παθοῦσα 
being with aflux ofblood “years ‘twelve, and much having suffered 
ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἰατρῶν, καὶ δαπανήσασα τὰ.παρ Ῥέαυτῆς! 
under many physicians, and having spent “her “means 
᾽ὔ ‘ A 2 ~ αι >? A ~ > 4 ~ 
πάντα, καὶ μηδὲν ὠφεληθεῖσα ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον εἰς τὸ. χεῖρον 


568. comes 


tall, and in no way havimg benefited but rather “to “worse 
3 ~ 7 4 ~ ~ ~ i 
ἐλθοῦσα, 27 ἀκούσασα 4 περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἐλθοῦσα ἐν 
thaving *come, having heard concerning Jesus, having come in 


τῷ ὄχλῳ. ὄπισθεν, ἥψατο τοῦ.ἱματίου.αὐὑτοῦ' 28 ἔλεγεν.γάρ, 
the crowd behind, touched his garment ; for she said, 
"Οτι Tkdy τῶν ἱματίων. αὐτοῦ ἅψωμαι." σωθήσομαι. 29 Kai 

If but his garments I shall touch, I shall be cured. And 





Ὁ καὶ and GLTTraw. 

ἃ ἀπάγγειλον tell Lrtraw. © ὁ κύριός 
δν εἰς τὸ πέραν πάλιν 1. bh — ἰδού [nL] tra. 
k τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ LITA. ε ἵνα in order that tra. 
Ὦ — τις LTTrA]. ο δώδεκα ἔτη T. Ρ αὐτῆς OLTraWw. 
; ἐὰν ἄψωμαι κἂν τῶν ἱματίων αὐτοῦ TA. ον. 


3 μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἢ LTTrAW. 


σας! τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον λέγει τῷ ἀρχισυναγώγῳ, 


_ruler of the synagogue, and he beaolds atumult, [people] weeping and 


Vv. MARK. 103 


ρεὐθέωσ! ἐξηράνθη ἡ πηγὴ τοῦ.αἵματος.αὐτῆς, καὶ ἔγνω ος 
immediately was dried up the fountain of her blood, and she know @yied up; and she felt 
τῷ σώματι ὅτι ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος. 90 καὶ "εὐθέως" πα ση κ 


ener] body that she ο from the scourge. πα ντος πρ plague, 30 And Jesus, 
ε ~ Π ~ \ ας, ~ Ω “ 3 ο 
ὁ Inoove, ἐπιγνοὺς ἐν εαυτῳ τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν immediately knowing 


in himself that virtue 
a = 5 a ; ἌΝ Ἧ τ = had gone out of him, 
ἐξελθοῦσαν, ἐπιστραφεὶς ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ, ἔλεγεν, Τίς µου ἥψατο turned him about in 
had a a having pore in the scala said, we 9Ε me epee Ὃ ο ΕΗ ee 
τῶν ἱματίων; 31 Καὶ ἔλεγον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ, Βλέπεις clothes? 31 And his 
the garments? And #said *to *him ‘his 2disciples, Thou secst “isciplessaiduntohim, 
τ ο) : δ ς ; ἐς = Thou seest the multi- 
τὸν ὄχλον συνθλίβοντά σε, καὶ λέγει, Τίς µου ἥψατο; tude thronging thee, 
the crowd pressing on thee, and sayest thou, Who me _ touched? Ὃ ος ΔῊΝ 
32 Καὶ περιεβλέπετο ἰδεῖν τὴν τοῦτο ποιήσασαν. 93 ἡ-.δὲ he looked round about 
And he looked round ἕο 560 her who’ this had done, Bat the to see her that had 

8 ας 5 : ee. Ἢ ; ern done this thing. 33 But 
Υυγ1) φοβηθεῖσα και τρεμοῦσα, ειουια ο γέγονεν é7 © the woman fearing 
woman being frightened and trembling, knowing what had been done upon 884 trembling, know- 
ΙΝΕ P ᾿ anes ο. πι Le ing what was done in 
αὐτῇ, ἦλθεν καὶ προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν her, came and fell 


Jesus, knowing in himself [that] the “out “of *him tpower 


her, came and felldownbefore him, and _ told him all down before him, and 
η ae © “IN ee ο ο. nf i « told him alli the truth. 
τὴν ἀλήθειαν. 34 ὁ.δὲ " εἶπεν αὐτῇ, YOvyarep," ἡ.πίστις.σου. 34 And he said unto 


the truth. Andhe said toher, Daughter, thy faith “her, Daughter, thy 
, , ἘΝῚ, > ae. ιν € 4 > ‘ ~ , faith hath made thee 
σεσωκεν σε" ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρηνην, και ἴσθι ὑγιὴς ἀπὸ τῆς µάστι- Whole; go in peace, 
hascured thee; go in peace, and be sound from ?scourge and be whole of thy 
, : » Ske ~ » ἘΣΤῚ ος plague, 35 While he 
yoc cov. 35 “Eri αὐτοῦ. λαλοῦντος, ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχι- γοξ spake, there came 
thy. [While] yet he is speaking, they come from the ruler of from the cee of the 
συναγώγου, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἡ.θυγάτηρ.σου ἀπέθανεν" τί ἔτι tin which said, Thy 
the synagogue’s [house], saying, Thy daughter isdead; whystill daughteris dead: why 
, τ ΄ : ει ο. Αμ ll νο”.  Ἰτοιριθῦ thou the 
σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον ; 36 Ὁ δὲ ᾿Ιησοῦς "εὐθέως" γἀκού- Master any further? 
troublest thou the teacher? But Jesus immediately, having 36 As soon as Jesus 
Μὴ heard the word that 


was spoken, he saith 
heard the word spoken, says to the ruler of the synagogue, "Not unto ἯΣ ruler of the 


φοβοῦ" µόνον πίστευε. 37 Καὶ οὐκάφῆκεν οὐδένα ταὐτῷ!" Sypogoeus, Be Rot 
fear ; only believe. And he suffered no one him 37 And he suffered no 


ασυνακολουθῆσαι,! εἰ μὴ ἢ Πέτρον καὶ ᾿Ἱάκωβον καὶ Ιωάννην ™man to follow him, 
save Peter, and James, 
to accompany, except Peter and James and John and John the brother 


τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰακώβου. 88 καὶ “ἔρχεται! εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ οἳ James. 38 And he 


the brother of James. And he comes to the house ofthe pointe όν τ ΗΝ τα ες 


1 ώ i ῃ 7 qd κλαί i gogue, and seeth the 
ἀρχισυναγώγου. Kai θεωρεῖ θόρυβον, κλαίοντας καὶ Ἴνα τιν beanie 
Ε : ; ς 3 ‘ κ ΕἾ ΤΉ , wept and wailed great- 
ἀλαλάζοντας πολλά. 39 καὶ εἰσελθὼν λέγει αὐτοῖς, Te ly. 39 And when he 
wailing greatly. And having entered he says tothem, Why Was come in, he saith 
Jo “ ; ζ = ΠΑ ο ὦ ᾿ς unto them, Why 18 ΚΘ 
θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε; τὸ παιδίον ᾿οὐκ.ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ ye this ado, and weep? 
meke yea tumult and weep? the child is not dead, ° but a Ὃ poses the 
καθεύδει. 40 Kai κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ. «ὁ δὲ ἐκβαλὼν Ἱἅπαν- they laughed him to 


sleeps. And theylaughedat him. But he having put out all, scorn, But when he 
Π , . , Ἐ- at : ἣ had put them all out, 
τας)! παραλαμβάνει τὸν πατέρα τοῦ παιδίου καὶ τὴν he taketh the father 


takes with [him] tke father ofthe child and the andthe mother of the 

ot, \ ‘ > ae hs , ε/ - « damsel, απᾶ them that 
μῆτερα και τοὺς μετ αὐτοῦ, και εισπορευεται οπου 1ν TO were with him, and 
mother and those with him, and enters in where *was 'the entereth in where the 
, > , i 4 , Ξ 1 ~ damscl was _ lying. 
παιδίον ξἀνακείμενον.ὶ 41 καὶ κρατήσας τῆς χειρὺς τοῦ 41 And he took the 
*child lying. And having taken’ the hand of the damsel by the hand, 

, D γεν lawl τμ , and said unto her, 
παιδίου, λέγει αὐτῇ, Tadi9a, Βκοῦμι"" Ὁ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευό- Talitha cumi # which 


child, hesays ἕο μοῦ, Talitha, koumi; which is, being inter- is, being interpret- 





5 εὐθὺς ΤΊτΑ. t — ἐπ’ (vead to-her) [L}1Tra. νυ + Ἰησοῦς JesusL.  * Θυγάτηρ LTra- 
Σ --- εὐθέως [L]tTr[a]. Υ παρακούσας having disregarded Trra. 2 μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ With him 
TTra, ἃ ἀκολουθῆσαι to follow L. Ὁ + τὸν ΤΊΤΑ. ο ἔρχονται they come LTTraw. 


᾿ὰ 4 καὶ aud GLTTraw. © αὐτὸς LY Tr, ἴ πάντας GLIT.AW ὅ --- ἀνακείμενον GL ΤΑ. 


Ρ κούμ τ; κοῦμ Tra, 


104 


ed, Damscl, I say 
unto thee, arire. 
42 And _ straightway 


the damsel arose, and 
walked; for she was 
of the age of twelve 
years. And they were 
astonished with a 
great astonishment. 
43 And he charged 
them straiily that no 
man should know it; 
ant commanded that 
soiething should be 
given her to cat. 


Vi. And he went 
out from thence, and 
eame into his own 
country ; and his disci- 
ples follow him, 2 And 
when the sabbath day 
was come, he began to 
teach in the syna- 
fogue: and many 
hearing him were as- 
tonished, saying, From 
whence hath this man 
these things ?and what 
wisdom zs this which 
is given unto him, that 
even such mighty 
works are wrought by 
his hands? 3 Is not 
this the carpenter, the 
son of Mary, the bro- 
ther of James, and 
Joses, andof Juda, and 
Simon? and are not 
his sisters here with 
us? And they were of- 
fended at him. 4 But 
Jesus said unto them, 
A prophet is not with- 
out honour, but in his 
own country, and a- 
mong his own kin, and 
in his own house, 
5 And he could there 
do no mighty work, 
save that he Jaid his 
hands upon a few sick 
folk, and healed them. 
6 And he marvelled 
because of their un- 
belief. And he went 
round about the vil- 
Jages, teaching. ° 


7 And he called unto 
him the twelve, and 
began to send them 
forth by twoand two; 
and gave them power 
over unclean spirits; 

and commanded 
them that they should 
take nothing for their 
journey, save a staff 
only; no 5607], no 
bread, no money in 
their purse: 9 but be 
shod withsandals ; and 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ, τοι 


μένον, Τὸ κοράσιον, σοὶ λέγω, Ἰέγειραι.! 42 Kai Χεὐθέωςὶ 


preted, Damsel, to thee I Say, arise. And immediately 

ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν.γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα. 
arose the damsel and walked, forshe was “years ‘twelve [old]. 

καὶ ἐξέστησαν } ἐκστάσει μεγάλῃ. 49 καὶ διεστείλατο 


And 
τοῦτο) καὶ εἶπεν 
that noone shouldknow this; and hesaid [that some- 
δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν. 
thing]should be giventoher το eat, 
ὃ Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ "ἦλθεν! εἰς τὴν.πατρίδα.αὐτοῦ' 
And Τε went out thence, and came into his [own] country ; 
καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ" 2 καὶ γενομένου" 
and 3follow *him *his “disciples. And “being *come 
σαββάτου ἤρξατο οἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ διδάσκειν" καὶ Ῥ πολλοὶ 
1βαρραῦἩ he began in the synagogue to teach ; and many 
7 / ? , [ή ; , ~ 
ἀκούοντες ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες, Πόθεν τούτῳ ταυτα; 
hearing were astonished, saying, Whence to this [man] these things ς 
Kai τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα αὐτῷ," ὅτι" καὶ δυνάμεις 
and what the wisdom that has been given tohim, that even “works *%of *power 
τοιαῦται διὰ τῶν.χειρῶν. αὐτοῦ "γίνονται ;" 3 οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν 
such by his hands are done? “not “this 7is 
ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς Μαρίας, “ἀδελφὸς. δὲ! ᾿Ιακώβου καὶ VIwoiy! 
the carpenter, the son of Mary, and brother of James and  Joses 
αὐ , \ , A > ῬΑ. « 2 ‘ ? ~ “ 
καὶ Ἰούδα καὶ Σίμωνος; καὶ οὐκ.εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε 
and Judas and Simon? and are not his sisters here 
πρὸς ἡμᾶς; Kai ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ. 4 Ξἔλεγεν δὲ" αὐτοῖς 
with us? Aud they were offended in him. But “said *to *them 
ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῇ 
1 Jesus, ®Not is 5a prophet without honour, except in 
πατρίδι αὑτοῦ!" καὶ ἐν τοῖς Ζσυγγενέσιν! 3 καὶ ἐν τῇ 
his [own] country and among [his] kinsmen and Ἱπ + 
οἰκίᾳ. αὑτοῦ". 5 Καὶ οὐκ “ἠδύνατο! ἐκεῖ ἠοὐδεμίαν δύναμιν 
his [own] house. And he was “able *there ‘notany work of power 
ποιῆσαι," εἰ μὴ ὀλίγοις ἀῤῥώστοις ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας 
to do, except ona few infirm having laid [his] hands 
ἐθεράπευσεν. 6 καὶ ἐθαύμαζεν! διὰ τὴν.ἀπιστίαν.αὐ- 
he healed [them]. And hewondered because of their unbelief. 
TOY" καὶ περιῆγεν τὰς κώμας κύκλῳ διδάσκων. 
And he went δροὰῦ the villages inacircuit teaching. 
A ~ ‘ - ‘A » ? ‘A 
7 Καὶ προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα, καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοὺς 
And he calls to Πίτα] the twelve, and began them 
> , , / v2 / ᾽ ~ ? / ~ , 
ἀποστέλλειν δύο.δύο, καὶ ἐδίδου αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τῶν πνευμά- 
1ο 5οπᾶ forth twoandtwo,and gave tothem authority overthe spirits 
των τῶν ἀκαθάρτων 8 καὶ παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδὲν 
the unclean ; and he charged them that nothing 
” 4 ? .-.7 > Ars Sy , = ἂς | eae 
αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδόν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον" μὴ Ιπήραν, 
they should take for [the] way, except ἃ staff only; no provision bag, 
μὴ ἄρτον," μὴ εἰς τὴν ζώνην χαλκόν" 9 FadX’! ὑποδεδεμένους 
nor bread, nor in the belt money ; but be shod 


And they were amuzed with 7amazement 


~ / ~ 
αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς γνῷ" 
them much 


1ργοαῦ. he charged 





i ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. 


Ὁ έρχεται COMES TTrAW. 


to this [man] τττΑ, 
ἀδελφὸς LTTrAW. 
ἑαυτοῦ T, - 
ο ἐδυνατο TTrA. 
πήραν TTra, 


Σ συγγενεῦσιν Tr. 


ἕ ἀλλὰ LIT AW. 


Κ εὐθὺς ΤΤτΑ. 1+ εὐθὺς immediately τ[ττ]α. ™ γγοῖ LTTrA. 


ο διδάσκειν ἐν TH συναγωγῇ TTr. Ρ + οἱ the T[Al]. 4 τούτῳ 
¥ — ὅτι GLTTrAW. 5 γινόμεναι Tr. t 4+ τῆς TTra. uy καὶ 


Σ αὐτοῦ LTrAW 5 
Ὁ αὐτοῦ LTTraW. 
Γᾷρτον, μὴ 


¥ Ἰωσῆτος LITrA. * καὶ ἔλεγεν and *-aid LITra. 
3 + αὐτοῦ his (kinsmen) [L]1tra 
ἁποιῆσαι οὐδεμίαν δύναμιν LTTrA. ε ἐθαύμασεν T, 


Wi. MARK. 


σανδάλια. καὶ μὴ "ἐνδύσησθε" δύο χιτῶνας. 10 Kai ἔλεγεν 
with sandals; and put not on two tunics. And he said 
ox wae so 4 , ~ ’ 
αὐτοῖς, “Oroviiay" εἰσέλθητε εἰς οἰκίαν, ἐκεῖ μένετε ἕως ἂν 
to them, Wherever yeenter into ahouse, there remain until 
ἐξέλθητε ἐκεῖθεν. 11 καὶ Ἐὔσοι.ἂν μὴ.δέξωνται" ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ 
ye go out thence. And asmanyas willnotrececive you, nor 
ἀκούσωσιν ὑμῶν, ἐκπορευόμενοι ἐκεῖθεν, ἐκτινάξατε τὸν your 
hear you, Geparling thence, shake off the dust 
~ ~ ε - , ~ A 
τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν.ποδῶν ὑμῶν, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. Ἰάμὴν 
which [is] under your feet, for atestimony tothem. Verily 
3 ~ ” ΄ λε 4 uP 
λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται Σοδόμοις ἢ Τομόῤῥοις ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 
Isay to you, more tolerable it shall be forSodom ος Gomorrha in = day 
κρίσεως, ἢ τῇ.πόλει.ἐκείνη.ὶ 12 Καὶ ἐξελθόντες ™éxyovo- 
of judgment than, for that city. 4nd having βου οὐ they pro- 
cov" ἵνα "μετανοήσωσιν." 18 καὶ δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλλον, 
claimed that[men] should repent. And *demons ‘many they cast out, 
καὶ ἤλειφον ἐλαίῳ πολλοὺς ἀῤῥώστους καὶ ἐθεράπευον. 
and anointed withoil many infirm and heaied them), 
14 Καὶ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρώδης, «φανερὸν.γὰρ 
And ‘heard the Sking 1Herod [of nimi, for public 
x 7 - ‘ ? , ε 
ἐγένετο τὸ. ὕνομα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ Edeyer," Ὅτι Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπ- 
became his name, and he said, John the Bap- 
τίζων Ῥὲκ νεκρῶν ἠγέρθη," καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐνεργοῦ- 
tist fromamong([the] dead isrisen, and because of this Sope- 
σιν αἱ δυνάμεις ἐν αὐτῷ. 15 "Αλλοώ ἔλεγον, “Or: “HXiac" 
rate 'the ?works*of*powerin him, Others said, Elias 
ἐστίν" ἄλλοι. δὲ ἔλεγον, Ότι προφήτης "ἐστίν," 'ῆ" we εἷς τῶν 
it is; and others said, A prophet it is, or as one ozthe 
προφητῶν. "16 ᾿Ακούσας. δὲ ὁ Ἡρώδης εἶπεν! Ὅτι! ὃν 
prophets. But having heard Herod said, 2Whom 
ἐγώ ἀπεκεφάλισα Ιωάννην, οὗτός “ἐστιν αὐτὸς"! ἠγέρθη 
T *beheaded 1 John, he it is, He is risen 
γὲκ νεκρῶν." 17 Αὐτὸς. γὰρ ὁ Ἡοώδης ἀποστείλας 
from among [the] dead. For *himself 1Herod having sent 
ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν *r7 φυλακῇ, 
seized John, and bound him in the prison, 
διὰ Ἡρωδιάδα τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ. αὐτοῦ, 
onaccountof Herodias the wife of Philip his brother, 
rT ? ‘ ἀρ ων νο 4 OM , κε ᾽, 
ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν. 18 ἔλεγεν. γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρώδῃ, 
because her he had married. For said John to Herod, 


Ότι οὐκ.ἐξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ. σου. 
It is not lawful for thee tohave the wife of thy brother. 


19 Ἡ δὲ Ἡρωδιὰς ἐνεῖχεν αὐτῷ, καὶ "Ίθελενὶ αὐτὸν ἀπο- 


But Herodias held it againsthim,and wished Shim ‘to 
~ 9 Α > 3 / « ‘ «ε ’ ᾽ - 4 
κτεῖναι" καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο. 20 ὁ.γὰρ Ἡρώδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν 
kill, and was not able: for Herod feared 


Ἰωάννην, εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα. δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον, καὶ 

John, knowing ‘him [tobe] aman just and holy, and 
συνετήρει αὐτόν' καὶ ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ, πολλὰ Ὀἐποίει," καὶ 
kept *safe thim ; and having heard him, manythings did, and 


105 
not put on two coats. 
10 And he said unto 
them, In what place 
soever ye enter into 
an house, there abide 
till ye depart’ from 
that place. 1] And 
whosoever shall not 
receive you, nor hear 
you, wher ye depart 
thence, shake off the 
dust under your feet 
for a testimony a- 
gainst them, VerilyI 
say unto you, It shall 
be more tolerable for 
Sodom and Gomorrhka 
in the day of judge 
ment, than for that 
city. 12 And they 
went ozt, and preached 
that men should re- 
pent. 13 And they 
cast out many deviis 
and anointed with οἱ 
many that were sicx, 
and healed them. 


14 And king Herod 
heard of him; (for his 
mame was spread a- 
broad:) ayd he said, 
That John the Baptist 
was risen from the 
dead, and therefore 
mighty works de shew 
forth themsclyes in 
him. 15 Others said 
Thatitis Elias, An 
Others said, That it is 
& prophet, or as onc of 
the prophets. 16 Bit 
when “Herod heard 
thereof, he said, It is 
John, whom I behead- 
ed: he is risen from 
the dead. 17 For Herod 
himself had sent forth 
and laid hold upon 
John, and bound him 
in prison for Herodias’ 
sake, his brother Phi- 
lip’s wife: for he had 
married her. 18 For 
Jobn had said unto 
Herod, It is not law- 
ful for thee to have 
thy brother’s ' wife. 
19 Therefore Herodias 
had a quarrel against 
him, and would have 
killed him; but she 
could not : 20 for Herod 
feared John, knowing 
that he was a just man 
and an holy, and ob- 
served him ; and when 
he heard him, ke did 
many things, and 





Ἀ ἐνδύσασθαι E. 
will not receive rrra, 
ἢ μετανοῶσιν LTTrA. 
νεκρῶν ἀνέστη A, 
ν" ἔλεγεν TTrA, 
5--- τῇ GLITraw. 


i ἂν LTr, 
1 — ἀμὴν λέγω .... TH πόλει ἐκείνῃ G[L]TTra. 

ο ἔλεγον they said 1, 
a + déalso tTTraw. τ Ηλείας T. 
w — Ὅτι LTTrA. πω ἐστιν αὐτὸς G[L]TTra. 
8 ἐζητει Sought 1. 


κ ἐὰν for ἂν L ; ὃς ἂν τόπος μὴ δέξηται whatsoever place 


πι ἐκήρυξαν TTTA, 


Ρ ἐγήγερται (has risen) ἐκ νεκρῶν {τττ; ἐκ 
5 --- ἐστίν [Ἁ,]τνΑ. 
Υ — ἐκ νεκρῶν T[Trja. 
Ὁ ἠπόρει Was at a loss [about] τ. 


t — ἢ GLTTraW. 


100 


"heard him gladly. 
21 And when a con- 
venient day was come, 
that Herod on his 
birthday made a sup- 
per to his lords, high 
captains, and chief 
estates of Galilee; 
22and when the daugh 


ter of thesaid Herodias : 


came in, and danced, 
and pleased Herod and 
them that sat with 
him, the king saidunto 
the damsel, Ask of me 
whatsoever thou τν ilt, 
and I will giveizt thee. 
23 And he sware unto 
her, Whatsoever thou 
shalt ask of me, 1 will 

ve it thee, unto the 
ae of my kingdom. 
24 Andshe went forth, 
and said unto her mo- 
ther, What shall Task? 
And she said, The head 
of John the Baptist. 
25 And she came in 
straightway with 
haste unto the king, 
and asked, saying, 1 
will that thou give me 
by and by in acharger 
the head of John the 
Baptist. 26 And the 
king was exceeding 
sorry ; vet for his oath’s 
sake, and for their 
sakes which sat with 
him, he would not re- 
ject her. 27 And im- 
mediately the king 
sent an executioner, 
and commanded his 
head to be brought: 
and he went and be- 
headed him in the 

rison, 28 and brought 

is head in a charger, 
and gaveit tothe dam- 
sel: and the damsel 
gave it to her mother. 
29 And when his disci- 
ples heard of it, they 
came and took up his 
corpse, and laid it in 
8. tomb. 


30 And the apostles 
gathered themselves 
together unto Jesus, 
and told him all things, 
both what they had 
done, and what they 
had taught. 31 And he 
said unto them, Come 
ye yourselves apart 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. VI. 


ἡδέως αὐτοῦ ἤκουεν. 21 καὶ γενομένης ἡμέρας. εὐκαίρου, “ὅτε! 
gladly him heard. And *being *come ‘an “opportune sie when 


Ἠρώδης τοῖς.γενεσίοις.αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον 
Herod on his birthday 8 supper 


αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῖς χιλιάρχοις καὶ τοῖς πρώτοις τῆς Γαλιλαίας, 
this and to the chief captains and to the first [men] of Galilee ; 


22 Kai εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτῆς τῆς Ἠρωδιάδος, καὶ 


and Shaving ’come%in'the Ἀἁαιρ]ίεγ 2οξ *herself Herodias, and 
ὀρχησαμένης, «καὶ ἀρεσάσης" τῷ Ἡρώδῃ καὶ τοῖς συνανα- 


ἀἐποίει" τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν 


made to “great *men 


having danced, and pleased Herod and those reclining 
κειμένοις, ἰεἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς" τῷ κορασίῳ, Αἴτησόν με 
{at table] with [him], “said ‘the ἜΠὃῸΕ tothe damsel, Ask me 


Ὁ ἐὰν θέλῃς, καὶ δώσω σοί" 
whatever thou wilt, and I will give to thee. And heswore to her, 

Ὁ ἐὰν µε αἰτήσῃς, δώσω coi, ἕως ἡμίσεας τῆς βιισιλείας 
Whatever me thou mayest ask, Iwill give thee, to half of *kingdom 


μου. 24 5Ἡ δὲ! ἐξελθοῦσα εἶπεν τῇ.μητρὶ. αὐτῆς, Τί Βαίτή- 


28 καὶ ὦμοσεν αὐτῇ, Ὅτι 


17, And she havinggoneout said to her mother, What = shalll 
σοµαι;! Ἡ δὲ εἶπεν, Τὴν "εφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Ἰβαπτιστοῦ.! 
ask? Andshe said, The head of John the Baptist. 


25 Kai εἰσελθοῦσα Κεὐθέωςὶ μετὰ σπουδῆς πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, 

And having entered immediately with haste to 186 . king, 

pe , , “ 1 ~ ? τμ Τι ἐκ / 

ἠτήσατο, λέγουσα, Θέλω ἵνα ‘por δῷς ἐξ.αὐτῆς" ἐπὶ πίνακι 
she asked, saying, Idesire that tome thou give atonce upon a dish 
τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. 26 Καὶ περίλυπος 
the head of John the Baptist. And Svery ®sorrowful 

ενόµενος ὁ βασιλεύς, διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς 
[116] *made ‘the "ΚίΙπςδ, onaccountof the oaths and those who 
m , 1] ? Ἰ0ελ l > ‘A 10 ~ ἡ Φ . 
συνανακειµενους" ουκ.ἤϑελησεν "αὐτην ἀθετῆσαι. καὶ 
reclined [αὖ table] with [him], would not *her reject. And 


δεὐθέως' ἀποστείλας ὁ βασιλεὺς Ῥσπεκουλάτωραὶἳ ἐπέταξεν 
immediately *havinug *sent ‘the *king a guardsman ordered 


αἐνεχθῆναι' tHv.cepartyy.abrov™. 28 5ὁ.δὲ" ἀπελθὼν ἀπεκε- 
to be brought his head. And he having gone be- 


φάλισεν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤνεγκεν τὴν.κεφαλὴν. αὐτοῦ 
headed him in the prison, and _ brought his head 


ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὴν τῷ κορασίῳ' καὶ τὸ κοράσιον 
upon adish, and = gave it tothe damsel, and the damsel 


ἔδωκεν αὐτὴν τῇ.μητρὶ.αὐτῆς. 29 Kai ἀκούσαντες οἱ μαθηταὶ 


gave it to her mother, And having heard [it] ?disciples 
αὐτοῦ ἵήλθον,' καὶ ἦραν τὸ. πτῶμα. αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔθηκαν "αὐτὸ"! 
this came, and took up his corpse, and laid it 
ἐν τῷ! μνημείῳ. 
in the tomb. 
90 Καὶ συνάγονται οἱ ἀπόστολοι πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ 


And “are *gathered αρα ‘the Σαρορί]ες to Jesus, and 


ἀπήγγειλαν αὐτῷ πάντα, "καὶ ὅσα ἐποίησαν καὶ "ὅσα" 
they related tohim allthings, both what they Παᾶ ἆοποθ and what 
ἐδίδαξαν. 31 καὶ Yeirev' αὐτοῖς, Δεῦτε ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ 
they had taught. And hesaid tothem, Come ye yourselves 





© 6 τε L. 


i βαπτίζοντος TTrA. 
{at table] Trra. 


4 ἐνέγκαι [him] to bring TTra, 
gone he beheaded) trvra. 
Wem καὶ LITrAW. 


EGLTTraw. 


4 ἐποίησεν LTTrA. 
λεὺς εἶπεν and the king said TT-a. 


©npeoevshe pleased στιὰ. { εἶπεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τι; ὁ δὲ βασι- 
6 καὶ and TTra. Ὁ αἰτήσωμαι Should 1 ask ΗΤΤΥΑΝΥ. 
Κ εὐθὺς LTIrA, | ἐξᾳυτῆς δῷς μοι LTTrA. ™ ἀνακειμένους reclined 
Ὁ ἀθετῆσαι αὐτήν TTrA. © εὐθὺς TTrA. P σπεκουλάτορα LTT*AW, 
Γ + [emt πίνακι] on a dish L. 5 καὶ (read and having 
τ ἦλθαν ΤΤτΑ. Ὁ αὐτὸν him τ. — τῷ (vedd a tomb) 
Σ--- ὅσα Ἱ. λέγει he says Magee 


ἘΠ MAR &. 


7 ἰδί 3 » , A on ἘΝ ΄ ἤα δι 4 
κατ (OLAV εις ἔρημον τόπον, και ᾿ἀναπαύεσθε' ὀλίγον. Ἦσαν 
apart into “desert δ Ῥ]ασο, and rest a little. '7Were 
'ᾱς :-οἱ- ἐρχύμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντερ πολλοι, καὶ οὐδὲ φαγεῖν 
for *those “coming ‘and those ‘going many, and noteven to eat 
Ἀηύκαίρουν." $82 καὶ ἀπῆλθον sic ἔρημον τόπον τῷ 
had they opportunity. And they went away into 7desert - +a place by the 
πλοίῳ" κατ’ ἰδίαν. 33 Kai εἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας “oi ὄχλοι," 
ship apart. And “saw *them ‘going *the, *crowds, 
καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν" «αὐτὸνὶ πολλοί, καὶ πεζῇ ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν 
Sand *recognized °him 7many, and on foot from all the 
πόλεων συνέδραμον ἐκεῖ, καὶ προῆλθον αὐτούς," βκαὶ συνῆλ- 


cities rantogether there, and went before them, and came to- 
θον πρὸς αὐτόν." 94 καὶ ἐξελθὼν Peidev 6’Inoove" πολὺν 
gether to him..: And having gone out *saw ‘Jesus *great 
ὄχλον, καὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ᾽ avroic," ὅτι ἦσαν 


Sacrowd,and was moved with compassion towards them, because they were 


« , 1.» ° , SINE Re δ ὅν. χὰ διδά cats ‘ 
WC πρόβατα μη EXOVTA ποιµενα και ἤρξατο ιοασκειν αυτους 


as sheep not having a shepherd.. And he began’ to teach them 
πολλά. 35 Καὶ ἤδη ὥραςπολλῆς "γενομένης," προσελ- 
many things. And already -alatehour [it] being, com- 
θόντες Ἰαὐτφ' οἱ μαθηταὶ "αὐτοῦ" "λέγουσιν," Ὅτι ἔρημός ἐστιν 
ing to him his disciples say, Desert is 


ὁ τοπος, Kai ἤδη ὥρα.πολλή: 86 ἀπόλυσον αὐτούς, ἵνα 
the place, and already [ἰὖ 15] ἃ late hour ; dismiss them, that 
ἀπελθόντες εἰς τοὺς κύκλῳ ἀγροὺς Kai κώμας, ἀγοράσωσιν 
having gone “to ‘the ‘in 8 δοϊγοαϊυ country and villages, they may buy 
ἑαυτοῖς “ἀρτους"" Τί Ῥγὰρ" φάγωσιν “οὐκ.ἔχουσιν." 
for themselves bread; ?something ‘for to eat they have not. 
37 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν. 
Ῥαΐ πε answering said tothem, Give *to*them Το to eat. 
Καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ᾿Απελθόντες ἀγοράσωμεν Τδιακοσίων 
And theysay ἴο him, Having gone shall we buy two hundred 
δηναρίων" ἄρτους, καὶ "δῶμεν" αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν; 38 Ὁ δὲ λέγει 
denarii of bread, and give them to eat? Andhe says 
αὐτοῖς, Πόσους ἄρτους ἔχετε; ὑπάγετε ἱκαὶ" ἴδετε. Kai γνόν- 
tothem, Ἠοὶν ΏΙΑΏΥ loaves have ye? go and - see. And having 
τες éyovow”, Πέντε, καὶ δύο ἰχθύας. 39 Ka’ πέταξεν αὐτοῖς 
known they say,” Five, and two _ fishes. And heordered. them 


"ἀνακλῖναιὶ πάντας συµπόσια.συµπόσια ἐπὶ τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ. 
to make “recline ‘all by companies on the green _ grass, 
40 καὶ *avirecov" πρασιαὶ.πρασίαί, Yava" ἑκατὸν καὶ Yava' 
And they sat down in ranks, by . -hundred# and by 
΄ Ν 3 - ‘ t 
πεντήκοντα. 41 καὶ λαβὼν Tove πέντε ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς δύο 
fifties. And having taken the - five loaves and the two 


3 SY . ‘ μ κ 
ἰχθύας, ἀναβλεψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν ἐὐλόγησεν καὶ κατέκλα- 


fishes, havinglookedup to the heaven he blessed and broke 


σεν τοὺς ἄρτους, καὶ ἐδίδου τοῖς μαθηταῖς-Ξ αὐτοῦ" ἵνα *rapa- 
the loaves, and gave to his disciples that they might 


107 


intoa desert place, and 
rest a while; for there 
Were many comingand 
going, and they had 
no leisure so inuch ag 
to eat. 32 And they 
departed into a desert 
place by ship privately. 
33 And the people saw 
them departing, and 
many knew him, and 
ran afoot thither out 
of all cities, and out- 
went them, and came 
together unto him. 
34 And Jesus, when he 
came out, saw much 
people, and was moved 
with compassion to- 
ward them, because 
they were as sheep not 
having ἃ shepherd: 
and he began to teach 
them. many things, 
35 And when the day 


. Was now far spent, his 


disciples came unto 
him, and said, This is 
a desert place, and now 
the time is far passed: 
36 send them away, 
that they may go into 
the country round 
about, and into the 
villages,and buy them- 
selves bread: for they 
have nothing to eat. 
37 He answered and 
said unto them, Give 
ye them toeat. And 
they say unto him, 
Shall we go and buy 
two hundred penny- 
worth of bread, and 
givethem toeat? 38 He 
saith unto them, How 
many loaves have ye? 
go and see. And when 
they knew, they say, 
Five, and two fishes. 
39 Arid he commanded 
them to make all sit 
down by companies 
upon the green grass. 
40 And they sat, down 
in ranks, by hundreds 
and by fifties. 41 And 
when he had taken the 
five loaves arid the two 
fishes, he looked up to 
heaven, and blessed, 
and brake the loaves, 
and gave them to his 
disciples to set before 





5 ἀναπαύσασθε TTrA. δ εὐκαίρουν LTTrA. 
ὄχλοι (read they saw) GLITrAW. 4 ἔγνωσαν knew Ltrs. 
f — καὶ προῆλθον αὐτούς G. & — καὶ σὐνῆλθον πρὸς αὐτόν GLTTraW. 
he saw) GTTraw ; [ὃ Ἰησοῦς] εἶδεν L. 4 αὐτούς LTTra. 
™ [αὐτοῦ] L. Ὁ ἔλεγον said TTra. | ° — ἄρτους [L]TTrA. 
ἔχουσιν (read buy for themselves something.to eat) [L]rTra. 
5 δώσομεν shall we give LtrA; δώσωμεν τ. t — καὶ [L]TTrA. 
* ἀνακλιθῆναι 1. 1 ἀνέπεσαν ΊΤΓΑ, Y κατὰ LTTrA; 
58 παρατιθῶσιν TA, 


b ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον Τόπον L. 
= i > ‘ > ν 
© αὐτοὺς them τ; -- αὐτὸν GLTra. 


k γινομένης Τ.΄ 

5 --- γὰρ [L]TTrA. 
τ δηναρίων διακοσίων GLTTrAW. 
τ + [αὐτῷ] to him 1,» 
15... αὐτοῦ (vead the disciples) TTra. 


Cc — οἱ 


h — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read 
'— αὐτῷ τ. 
ᾳ -- οὐκ 


108 
them; and the two 
fishes divided he a- 


mong them all. 42 And 
they did all cat, and 
were filled. 43 And 
they took up twelve 
baskets full of the 
fragments, and of the 
fishes. 44 And they 
thatedid cat of the 
loaves were about five 
thousand men. 45 And 
straightway he con- 
strained his disciples 
to get into the ship, 
and to go to the other 
side before unto Beth- 
saida, while he sent a- 
way the people. 46 And 
when he-had sent them 
away, he departed into 
@ mountain to pray. 
47 And when even was 
corac, the ship was in 
the midst of the sea, 
and he alone on the 
land. 48 And he saw 
them toiling in row- 
fing ; for the wind was 
contrary unto them: 
and about the fourth 


watch of the night he. 


cometh unto them, 
walking upon the sea, 
and would have passed 
by them. 49 But when 
they saw him walking 
upon the sea, they sup- 
posed it had been a 
spirit, and cried out: 
50 for they all saw 
him, and were trou- 
bled. And immedi- 
ately he talked with 
them, and saith unto 
them, Be of good cheer: 
it is 1; be not afraid. 
51 And he went up 
unto them into the 
ship; and the wind 
ceased : and they were 
sore amazed in them- 
selves beyond measure, 
and wondered. 52 For 
they considered not 
the miracle of the 
loaves : for their heart 
was hardened, 


53 And when they 
had passed over, they 
came into the land of 
Gennesaret, and drew 
to the shore, 54 And 
when they were come 
out of the ship, 
straightway they knew 
him, 55 and ran 
through that whole 
region round about, 
and began “0 carry 

‘ about in beds those 





Ὁ κλάσματα A. 


& ἀπολύει dismisses LTTrA. 

1+ ore that T. 
Ρ [ἐκ περισσοῦ] Tr. 
5 αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία LTTrAW. 
ἄνδρες τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου) the men of that place L, 
¥ γώραν (omit around) Ttra, 


περιπατοῦντα π. 
0 δὲ εὐθὺς T. 


ο κοφίνων TA. 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. VI. 


~ " > ες \ ‘ a7 > / ? , ~ 7 Ω 5 
θῶσιν QAUTOLC’ και τους OVO ἰχθύας ἔμερισεν πασιν 42 καὶ 


set before them, And the, πο fishes he divided among ail. And 
ἔφαγον πάντες, καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν" 48 καὶ ἦραν ὑκλασμά- 
“ate 191, and were satisfied. And they took np of frag- 


των! δώδεκα “κοφίνους! ἁπλήρεις,! καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἰχθύων. 44 καὶ 
ments twelve hand-baskets full, and of the fishes. And 


ἦσαν οἱ αγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους “ὡσεὶ! πεντακισχίλιοι 

7were "41959 ποῦ *ate*of Sthe loaves about | five thousand 

ἄνδρες. 45 Καὶ Ιεὐθεως! ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ 
men, And immediately he compelled his disciples 


ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον; καὶ προάγειν εἰς τὸ πέραν πρὸς Βηθ- 
toenter intothe ship, and togo before to the other side to Beth- 
oN 7 er ? © ? ’ ΠΤ A » ‘ ? εδ ὁ 
σαιθαν, EWC αὐτὸς βάπολύση τὸν ὄχλον. 46 καὶ ἀποταξάμενος 
saida, until he should dismiss the crowd. And having taken leave of 
αὐτοῖς, ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸ ὄρος προσεύξασθαι. 47 Kai ὀψίας 
them,’ he departed into the mountain to pray. And evening 
γενομένης, ἦν τὸ πλοῖον ἐν μέσῳ τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ αὐτὸς 
being come, ἆπγας πο ship in the midst of the sea, and he 
μόνος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 48 Καὶ *eidev" αὐτοὺς βασανιζομένους 
alone upon the land. And he saw them Jabouring 
ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν, ἦν.γὰρ ὁ ἄνεμος ἐναντίος αὐτοῖς" Ἱκαὶὶ περὶ 
in the rowing, for “was ‘the *wind contrary tothem; and about 
τετάρτην φυλακὴν τῆς νυκτὸς ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτούς, περιπα- 
{the] fourth watch ofthe night hecomes_ to them, walk- 
~ ? τ - [4 , ἂν ~ 2 rf ἘπῚ ws 
τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ ἤθελεν παρελθεῖν αὐτούς. 49 οἱ δὲ 
ing on the sea, and would havepassedby them. But they, 
ἰδόντες αὐτὸν *repirarovvta ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης," ἔδοξαν | 
seeing him walking on the sea, thought [it] 
φάντασμα ™eéiva," καὶ ἀνέκραξαν. 50 πάντες.γὰρ αὐτὸν 
San ‘apparition ‘to*be, and cried out: for all , 7him 
πεῖδον,"! καὶ ἐταράχθησαν. καὶ “εὐθέως" ἐλάλησεν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν, 


‘saw, and were troubled. And immediately he spoke. with them, 
καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Θαρσεῖτε" ἐγώ εἶμι,  μὴ-φοβεῖσθε. 
and says tothem, Be of good courage: 1 am [he]; fear not. 


Δ > / A ? 4 ? ‘ ~ «ασ ὧν «ς 
51 Καὶ ἀνέβη πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ ἐκόπασεν ὃ 
᾿Απᾶ Ἠο νοῦ πρ to them into the ship, and *fell ‘the 
ἄνεμος" καὶ λίαν Ῥὲκ. περισσοῦ! ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξίσταντο, 
' wind. Andexcetdingly beyond measure in themselves they were amazed, 
ακαὶ ἐθαύμαζον"! 52 οὐ.γὰρ.συνῆκαν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις" τὴν. γὰρ! 
and wondered; for they understood not by the loaves, for was 
8y).Kapdia.avTay" πεπωρωμένη. 
‘their “heart hardened. 
53 Καὶ διαπεράσαντες ᾿ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν" Tevnoapér," 
And having passed over they 63116 to the land of Gennesaret, 


καὶ προσωρµίσθησαν. 54 καὶ ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ 
and drew to shore. And on theircoming outof the 
πλοίου, εὐθέως" ἐπιγνόντες αὐτόν", 55 Ὑπεριδραμόντες! 

ship, immediately having recognized him, running through 


er 4 / {| ? / Zz » 3 ‘ ~ a , η] 
ὅλην THY περίχωρον" ἐκείνην 5 ἤρξαντο ἐπὶ τοῖς "κραββάτοις 
811 that country around they began on couches 
© — ὡσεὶ GLITTAW. [εὐθὺς TTA. 
h ἰδὼν seeing LTTrA. i — καὶ LTTrA. κ ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης 
m ἐστιν it is T. π εἶδαν TIr, «9 καὶ εὐθὺς {τὰ ; 
4 --- καὶ ἐθαύμαζον [1,]τττΑ. τὸ ἀλλ᾽ ἣν but was Trr. 
ἰ ν Τεννησαρὲτττιανῦ,. w - [ot 
χα περιέδραµον they ran through Tir. 
8 κραβάττοις LTTYAW.- 


4 πληρώματα TTrA. 


τ ἐπὶ την γὴν ἦλθον eis τ΄ 


2. καὶ aud TTr, 


VI, VIL 


τοὺς 
those that 
σ. a || ? 56 ‘A « d n ll 2 / > ’ n e 
εκει EOTLY. και οπου “av εισεπορευετο εις κωμµας ἢ 
there he was. And wherever he entered into villages or 
(lit. he is.) ς 
͵ Ne? , ? ~ ? ~ f? ΄ ll A ? ~ 
πόλεις ἢ © ἀγρούς, ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς ᾿ἐτίθουν! τοὺς ἀσθενοῦν- 
cities or ficlds, in the marketplaces they laid thosewho were sick, 
τας, καὶ παρεκάλουν αὑτὸν iva Kav τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ 
and besought him that ifonly the border 


ε , ’ ~ 74 2 Η͂ ε' n gt Π ᾽ ~ 
ίματιου-αντου ἅψωνται J Kat οσοι ὧν ΘΏΠΤΟνΡΤΟ' αυτου 


MARK. 


κακῶς.ἔχοντας περιφέρειν, ὅπου 
were ill to carry about, 


ἠκόνον ὅτι 
where they were hearing that 


ofhis garment they might touch; and as many as touched him 
ἐσώζοντο. 
were healed. 5 

“Kai συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες 


And are gathered together τὸ him the Pharisees and some 
γῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων' 2 καὶ ἰδόντες 
of the scribes, having come from Jerusalem ; and having seen 
τινὰς τῶν.μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ κοιναῖς χερσίν, ἱτοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν" 
some of his disciples ‘with defiled hands, that is 

ἀνίπτοις, "ἐσθίοντας! Ἰἄρτους, “ἐμέμψαντο"" 9 οἱ γὰρ Φαρι- 
unwashed, eating bread, they found fault; forthe Phari- 
σαῖοι καὶ πάντες ot Τουδαῖσι, tary "πυγμῇ" νίψωνται τὰς 
sees and all the Jews, unless with the fist they wash the 
χεῖρας, οὐκ.ἐσθίουσιν, κρατοῦντες τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσ- 


hands, | eat not, holding the tradition of the el- 
Buripwy 4 καὶ Sard" ἀγορᾶς, ἐὰν.μὴ βαπτίσωνται 
ders ; and [on coming] from the market, unless they wash themselves 


οὐκ ἐσθίουσιν' 
they eat not ; 


καὶ ἄλλα πολλά ἐστιν ἃ παρέλαβον 
and *other “things ‘many there are which they received 


κρατεῖν, βαπτισμοὺς ποτηρίων καὶ ξεστῶν καὶ χαλκίων Prai 


to hold, washings ofcups* and vessels and brazen utensils and 
κλινῶν" 5 “ἔπειτα! ἐπερωτῶσιν αὐτὸν ot Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ 
couches : then question him the Pharisees and the 
γραμματεῖς, "Διατί" "οἱ. µαθηταί.σου οὐ-περιπατοῦσιν" κατὰ 
scribes, Why “thy *disciples 1walk ?not according to 


\ ay ~ / Ἰλλὰ t2 ἊΣ Ἱ 4 
τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ 'ἀνίπτοις" χερσὶν 


the tradition of the elders, but withunwashed hands 
ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον ; 6 Ὁ δὲ Ἱἀποκριθεὶς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι! 
eat bread ? Buthe answering said tothem, 
καλῶς “προεφήτευσεν! Ἡσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, 
Well prophesied Esaias concerning you, hypocrites, 
ὡς γέγραπται, 7 ΤΟὗτος ὁ λαὸς! τοῖς χείλεσίν µε Tid, 
as it has been written, This people with the lips me honour, 


ἡ.δὲ.καρδία.αὐτῶν πόῤῥω ἀπέχει ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ. 7 μάτην.δὲ σέβον- 
but their heart far isaway from me. But in vain they wor- 
/ ,ὕ ΄ 9 , ? ’ 
ταί µε, διδάσκοντες διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων. 
ship me, teaching {as] teachings injunctions of men, 
% ‘ \ ~ ~ ~ \ ο 
8 ᾿Αφέντες. “γὰρ! τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ, κρατεῖτε τὴν παρά- 
For, leaving the commandment of God, yehold_ the tra- 
dos τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ὀβαπτισμοὺς ξεστῶν καὶ ποτηρίων, καὶ 
dition of men, washings of vessels and cups, and 


ς — ἐκεῖ LT[Tr]. 4 ἐὰν T. 
h + ὅτι that TTr. i τουτέστιν LA. 
m — ἐμέμψαντο (ead verses ὃ and 4 in parenthesis) GLTTrAW. 
P—kKaikAwovT. SKalandLitraA.  ᾖδιὰτί Tra. 
t κοιναῖς with defiled GLTTraW. Y — ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA. 
Eira. y+ ὅτι Τ. 2°O λαὸς οὗτος L. a— yap 
ποιεῖτε T[TrA]. 





e + εἰς into [L]Ttra. 
κ ἐσθίουσιν they eat TTr. 


for LTTra. 





f ἐτίθεσαν TTrA. 


2 πυκνὰ Often T. 
5 ov περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου TTrA, 

w— Ότι [τ]τ[ττΑ]. 
b 


109 


that were sick, where 
they heard he was. 
56 And whithersoever 
he entered, into vyil- 
lages, or cities, or 
country, they laid the 
sick in the streets, and 
besought him that 
they might touch if it 
were but the border of 
his garment: and as 
many as touched him 
were made whole, 


VII. Then came to- 
gether unto him the 
Pharisees, and certain 
of the scribes, which 
came from Jerusalem. 
2 And when they saw 
some of his disciples 
eat bread with defiled, 
that is to say, with 
unwashen, hands, they 
found fault, 3 For the 
Pharisees, and all the 
Jews, except they wash 
their hands oft, eat 
not, holding the tra- 
dition of the elders. 
4 And when they come 
from the market, ex- 
cept they wash, they 
eat not, And many 
other things there be, 
which ey have re- 
ceived to hold, as the 
washing of cups, and 


pots, brasen vessels, 
and of tables, 5 Then 
the Pharisees and 


scribes asked him, Why 
walk not thy disciples 
according to the tra- 
dition of the elders, 
but eat bread with un- 
washen hands? 6 He 
answered and'said un- 
to them, Well hath 
Esaias prophesied of 
you hypocrites, as it 
is written, This people 
honoureth me with 
thei lips, but their 
heart is far,from me, 
7 Howbeit in vain do 
they worship me, 
teaching 707 doctrines 
the commandments of 
men, 8 For laying 
aside the command- 
ment of God, ye hold 
the tradition of men, 
as the washing of pots 
and cups: and many 
& ἥψαντο LTTr. 
14 τοὺς LTTrA. 
ο ἀπ᾿ LTrA,. 


x ἐπροφήτευσε: 
— βαπτισμοὺς ...ε 


110 


other such like things 
ye do. And he said 
unto them, Full well 
ye reject the com- 
mandment of God, 
that ye may keep your 
Own tradition. 10 For 
Moses said, Honour 
thy father and thy. 
mother ; and, Whoso 
curseth father or mo- 
ther, let him die the 
death: 11 but ye say, 
If a man shall say to 
his father or mother, 
Zi is Corban, that is to 
say, a gift, by whatso- 
ever thou mightest be 
profited by me; he 
shallbe free. 12 And 
ye suffer him no more 
to do ought for his fa- 
ther or his mother; 
13 making the word of 
God of none effect 
through your tradi- 
tion, which ye have 
delivered: and many 
such like things do ye. 
14 And when he had 
called all the people 
unto him, he said unto 
them, Hearken unto 
mie every one of 
you, and understand: 
15 there is nothing 
from without a man, 
that entering into him 
can defile him: but 
the things which come 
out of him, those are 
they that defile the 
man. 1017 any man 
have ears to hear, let 
him hear, 17 And when 
he was entered into 
the house from the 
people, his disciples 
usked him concerning 
the parable, 18 And 
he saith unto them, 
Are ye so without un- 
derstanding also? Do 
ye not perceive, that 
whatsoever thing from 
without entereth into 
the man, τὲ cannot 
defile him ; 19 because 
it entereth not into 
his heart, but into the 
belly, and goeth out 
into 6 draught, 
purging all meats? 
20 And he said, That 
which cometh out of 
the man, that defileth 
the man, 21 For from 
within, out of the 
heart of men, procecd 
evil thoughts, adul- 
teries, fornications, 
murders, 22 thefts, 
covetousness, wicked- 


© Μωῦσῆς Lrtraw. 
LTTra. 


Ὁ 4- τὸν the (house) 


& ἀκούσατέ LTTrA. 
ἐκπορευόμενα from the man go out LTTra. 


ἄλλα παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε." 9 Καὶ ἔλεγεν 
“other *like ([Sthings] “such many ye do. And _ he said 
αὐτοῖς, Καλῶς ἀθετεῖε τὴν ἐντολὴν, τοῦ θεοῦ. ἵνα τὴν 
to them, Well do ye set aside the commandment of God, that 

παράδοσιν. ὑμῶν τηρήσητε. 10 «Μωσῆς!.γὰρ εἶπεν, «Τίμα 
your tradition ye may observe. For Moses said, Honour 


τὸν. πατέρα.σου καὶ τὴν. μητέρα.σου" Kai, Ὃ κακολογῶν πατέρα 
thy father and thy mother; -and,Hewhospeaksevilof father 
a la ’ / « - δι [ή ? A ” 
ἢ µητερα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω. 11 ο τμ λέγετε, ᾿Εὰν εἴπῃ 
or mother by death let him die. ut το say, TE Ὁ Scary, 
ἄνθρωπος τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, Kop3av ὅ ἐστιν, δῶρον, 
ta *man to father or mother, [It is] a corban, (that a gift,) 
ew 24 3 > ~ 2 κό αν ως 
ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς 


whateverfrom me,thou mightest be profited by :- 


is, 
12 ἀκαὶ' οὐκέτι ἀφιετε 
and no longer ye 5 ΠΟΥ͂ 
αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ποιῆσαι τῷ.πατρὶ."αὐτοῦἳ ἢ τῃ.μητρὶ. αὐτοῦν! 
him anything to do for his father or his mother, 
(lit, nothing) 


> ΞΕ Ἢ pit ~ ~ ~ , € ~ Rs 
19 ἀκυροῦντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ.παραδόσει ὑμῶν ἢ 


making void the word of God by your tradition which 
παρεδώκατε καὶ παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε. 
ye have delivered; and “like (*things] “such many ye do. 


14 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος ἵἧπάντα! τὸν ὄχλον, ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, 
‘ And having called to [him] all the crowd, hesaid to them, 
δ᾽ Ακούετε! µου πάντες, καὶ "συνίετε." 15 οὐδέν ἐστιν  ἔξω- 
Hear ye me, all, and understand: Nothing thereis from with- 
θεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς αὐτόν, ὃ δύναται 
out the man entering into him, which 15 4016 
αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι" ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐκπορευόμενα ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ," 
him to defile ; but the things which go out from him, 
lixeiva! ἐστιν τὰ κοινοῦντα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 10 εΐ τις 
those are thethingswhich defile the man, If anyone 
ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω." 17 Kai ὅτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Ἡ olkov 
have ears tohear, let him hear, And when hewent into a house 
ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ “περὶ τῆς 
from the crowd, Sasked *him *his “disciples concerning the 
λῆς." 18 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς  ἀσύνε- 
παρα OAC. Kat EVEL auTolc, UTWC και μεις aAGUVE 
parable. And hesays tothem, *Thus “also *ye ‘without ®un- 
τοί ἐστε: οὔ.νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπο- 
derstanding *are? Perccive ye not that everything which from without en- 
ρευόµενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον οὐ.δύναται αὐτὸν͵ κοινῶσαι; 
ters into ‘the man is not able hini to defile ? 
19 ὅτι οὐκ.εσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὴν 
because it enters not ‘of “him ‘into “the “heart, but into the 
κοιλίαν' καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται, Ῥκαθαρίζον! πάντα 
belly, and into the draught goes out, purifying all 
τὰ βρώματα. 20 Ἔλεγεν.δὲ, Ὅτι τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 
the food. And he said, That which out of the man 
ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 21 ἔσωθεν.γὰρ 
goes forth, that defiles the man, For from within 
ἐκ τῆς. καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκ- 
out of the hearty of men “reasonings Jevil σο 
πορεύονται, αμοιχεῖαι, ποργνεῖαι. φόνοι, 22 κλοπαί," πλεον- 
forth, adulteries, fornications, murders. thefts, envetous 
4d — καὶ LTrr[ a}. € — αὐτοῦ (7edd [his]) Lrtra. f πάλιν again 
h σύνετε LTTrA. 1 κοινῶσαι αὐτόν 1. k ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 
1 --- ἐκεῖνά Ὑ{{τ]. m — verse 10 if tra]. 


a ο την παραβολὴν the parable Lrrra. P καθαρίζων LiTraA, 


α πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι TTrA, 


VII. MARK. 

εξίαι, πονηρίαι, δόλος, ἀσέλγεια, ὀφθαλμὸς πονηρός, 

desires, wickednesses, guile, licentiousness, an eye wicked, 

βλασφημία, ὑπερηφανία, ἀφροσύνη: 23 πάντα ταῦτα τὰ 
blasphemy, haughtiness, folly : all these 


πονηρὰ ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται, καὶ κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 


evils from within go forth, and defile the man, 
24 "Kai ἐκεῖθεν! ἀναστὰς ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὰ "μεθόρια" 
And thence Πατίης risen up he went away into the borders 


Τύρου ‘kai Σιδῶνος". καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν" οἰκίαν, οὐδένα 


of Tyre and Sidon; and havingenteredinto the house, no one 
"Ί]θελεν" γνῶναι, Kai οὐκ. ἠδυνήθη" λαθεῖν. 25 Σἀκούσασα 
he wished to know [it],and he could not be hid. *Having *heard 


yap" γυνὴ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἧς εἶχεν τὸ.θυγάτριον.αὐτῆς πνεῦμα 
*for 7a Swoman about him, of ποτα “Παᾶ ος “little “daughter a spirit 


> 10 Z2r6 ~ Π / \ x , ? ~ 
ἀκάθαρτον, *e\Govca' προσδεπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς. πόδας. αὐτοῦ 


unelean, having come fell at his feet, 
26 Σἠν δὲ ἡ γυνὴ" Ἑλληνίς, ῬΣυροφοίνισσα! τῷ γένει" καὶ, 
(now *was'*the“woman a Greek, Syrophenician by race), and 


ἠρώτα αὐτὸν ἵνα τὸ δαιμόνιον “ἐκβάλλῃ ἐκ τῆς θυγατρὸς 
asked him that the demon heshould cast forth out of *daughter 
TH 97 46 δὲ y ως ; ~ 
αὐτῆς. 27 “ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν" αὐτῇ, ᾿Αφες πρῶτον χορτασ- 
*her. But Jesus said toher, Suffer first to be satis- 
θῆναι τὰ τέκνα’ οὐ γὰρ «καλόν ἐστιν! λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν 
fied the children; fornot good is it totake the bread of the 
τέκνων, καὶ (βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις." 28 Ἢ δὲ ἀπεκρίθη καὶ 
children, and east [it] to the dogs. But she answered and 
λέγει αὐτῷ, Ναί, κύριε" καὶ Σγὰρ' τὰ κυνάρια ὑποκάτω τῆς 
says tohim, Yea, Lord; foreven the little dogs under the 
τραπέζης "ἐσθίει" ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν παιδίων. 29 Kai εἶπεν 
table eat of the crumbs of the children. And he said 
αὐτῇ, Διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ὕπαγε' ἐξελήλυθεν Ἱτὸ δαι- 
to her, Because of this word Ρο; has gone forth the  de- 
µόνιον ἐκ τῆς-θυγατρός.σου.! 90 Καὶ ἀπελθοῦσα εἰς τὸν 
mon out οὗ thy daughter, And having gone away to 
7 2ο «ὦ στ kes ὃ , ἐξ λ λ θό ‘ ‘ 6 τῇ 
οἷκον. αὐτῆς, εὗρεν ἔτὸ δαιμόνιον ἐξεληλυθός, καὶ τὴν θυγα 


ber house, shefound the demon hadgoneforth, and the daugh- 
τέρα βεβλημένην ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης." 
ter laid on πο bed. 
91 Καὶ πάλιν ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου ἱκαὶ Σιδῶνος," 
And again having departed from the borders of Tyre and Sidon, 
ἦλθεν" πιπρὸς! τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ava peaoy 
he came to the sea of Galilee, through, [the] midst 


Tey ὁρίων Δεκαπόλεως. 32 καὶ φέρουσιν αὐτῷ κωφὸν " 


‘of the borders of Decapolis. And. they bring tohim a deaf man 
ομογιλάλον,ι καὶ παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ 
who spoke with difficulty, and they beseech him that he might lay 


~ ‘ ‘ ‘ ~ 
τὴν χεῖρα. 88 καὶ ἀπολαβόμενος αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ 


αὐτῷ 
hand, And having taken away him from _ the 


on him [his] 


111 


ness, deceit, lascivi- 
ousness, an evil eye, 
blasphemy, pride, fool- 
ishness: 23 all these 
evil things come from 
within, and defile the 
man, 


24 And from thonce 
he arose, and went 
into the borders of 
Tyre and Sidon, and 
entered into an house, 
and would have no 
man know it: but 
he could not be hid. 
25 For a ceriain wo- 
man, whose young 
daughter had an un- 
clean spirit, heard of 
him, and cameand fell 
at his feet: 26 the wo- 
man was a Greek, a 
Syrophenician by na- 
tion ; and she besought 
him that he would 
cast forth the devil 
out of her daughter, 
27 But Jesus said unto 
her, Let the children 
first be filled: for it 
is not meet to take 
the children’s bread, 
and to cast ἐξ unto the 
dogs. 28 And she an- 
swered and said unto 
him, Yes, Lord: yet 
the dogs under the 
table eat of the child- 
ren’scrumbs. 29 And 
he said unto her, For 
this saying go thy 
way ; the devil is gone 
out of thy daughter, 
30 And when she was 
come to her house, she 
found the devil gone 
out, and her daughter 
laid upon the bed, © 


. 31 And again, depart- 
ing from the coasts ΟἹ 
Tyre and Sidon, he 
came unto the sea-ol 
Galilee, through the 
midsb of the coasts οἱ 
Decapolis. 32 And they. 
bring unto him one 
that was deaf, and hae 
an impediment in his 
speech ; and they be- 
seech him to put his 
handupou him. 33 And 
he took him aside from 
the multitude, and 


eee Ἐς. ΄ῆ-ῦ-ῇ-πῇπΠΤοΠππππππππτ ------ο:͵Ὄ.ι..... 


τ Ἐκεῖθεν δὲ ΤΑ. 58 ὅρια LTTr. t — καὶ Ῥιδῶνος ΤΑ. 
w ηθέλησεν 1. x ἠδυνάσθη T. 
TTrA. 2 εισελθοῦσα Ὥαν]ης comein τ. 
Φοινίκισσα G; Συροφοινίκισσα LIW ; Σύρα Φοινίκισσα TrA. 
ἔλεγεν and he said LTTra. «ἐστιν καλὸν ΤΤΊΤΑ. 


for [L]rrr. h ἐσθίουσιν LTTrAW. 


ο ἐκβάλῃ 


Σιδῶνος he came through Sidon Lrira. ™ εἰς UNtO GLTTrA. 


ο μογγιλάλον Tr. 


f τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν TIrA. 
i ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου τὸ δαιμόνιον ΤΑ. 
(the child) βεβλημένον ἐπὶ τὴν κλίνην καὶ τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐξεληλυθός LTTrA. 


v — την (read a house) LTTraw. 
Υ ἀλλ᾽ εὐθὺς ἀκούσασα but immediately having heard 
8 ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἣν LTA; ἡ γυνὴ δὲ ἣν Tr. 


b Συρα 
GLTTrAW. «+ ἀκα. 
6 — γὰρ 

κ τὸ παιδίοι 
1 ἦλθεν διὰ 
n+ καὶ αμ Lrrr. 


119 


put his fingers into his 
ears, and he spit, and 
touched his tonguc; 
34 nnd looking up to 
heaven, he sighed, 
and saith unto him, 
Ephphatha, that 15, 
Be opened, 35 And 
straightway his ears 
were opened, and the 
string of his tongue 
was loosed, and he 
spake plain, 36 And he 
charged them _ that 
they should tell no 
man: but the more he 
charged them. so much 
the more a great deal 
‘they published ἐξ; 
87 and were beyond 
measure astonished, 
saying, He hath done 
all things well: he 
maketh both the deaf 
to hear, and the dumb 
to speak, 


VIII. In those days 
the multitude being 
very great, and having 
nothing to eat, Jesus 
called his disciples 
unto him, and saith 
unto them, 2 I have 
compassion on the 
multitude, because 
they have now been 
with me three days, 
and have nothing to 
eat: 3 and if I send 
them away fasting to 
their own houses, they 
will faint by the way: 
for divers of them 
came from far, 4 And 
his disciples answered 
him, From whence can 
a man satisfy these 
men with bread here 
in the wilderness ? 
5 And he asked them, 
How many loaves have 
e? And they said, 
even, 6 And he com- 


manded the people to. 


sit down on _ the 
ground: and he took 
the seven loaves, and 
gave thanks, and 
brake, and gave to his 
disciples to set before 
them; and they did 
set them before the 

ople. 7 And they 
ad a few small fishes: 
and he blessed, and 
commanded to set 


MA PE O:S: VIL Vi: 


ὄχλου κατ᾽ ἰδίαν, ἔβαλεν τοὺς.δακτύλους Ραὐτοῦ" εἰς τὰ ὦτα 
crowd apart, he put his fingers to “ears 
αὐτοῦ, καὶ πτύσας ἥψατο τῆς.γλώσσης αὐτοῦ, 94 καὶ dva- 
his, and having spit he touched his tongue, and having 
βλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐστέναξεν, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Εφφαθά, 
looked up to πο heaven he groaned, and says tohim, Ephphatha, 
ὅ ἐστιν, Διανοίχθητι. 35 Καὶ “εὐθέως" τοιηνοίχθησαν" αὐτοῦ 
that is, Be opened. And immediately were opened his 

€ 7 , 4A ς ? , «ε a ~ λ ’ ? ~ a. TF ’ 
αἱ ἀκοαί, καὶ 5 ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς.γλώσσης αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐλάλει. 

ears, and wasloosed the band of his tongue, and he speke 

ὀρθῶς. 86 καὶ διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ 'εἴπωσιν"" 
rightly. And he charged them that noone they should tel. 

ὅσον.δὲ αὐτὸς! αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, "μᾶλλον π'ρισσότερον 
But as ΤΟ 85 he them charged, exceediiuy moive abundantly 
ἐκήρυσσον. 97 καὶ ὑπερπερισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες, 
they proclaimed [it]: and above measure they wereastonished, saying, 
Καλῶς πάντα πεποίηκεν" καὶ τοὺς κωφοὺς ποιεῖ ἀκούειν, 
®Well ‘all °*things *he "Πα5 *done: both the deaf hemakes to hear, 
καὶ Στοὺς"! ἀλάλους λαλεῖν. 
and the dumb to speak, 


8 Ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις YrapmodXov' ὄχλου ὄντος, 


In those days very great [the] crowd being, 
καὶ μὴ ἐχόντων τί - φάγωσιν, προσκαλεσάμενος τὸ Ἰη- 
and not having what they mayeat, “having *called*to [*him] 1 Jee 


σοῦς" τοὺς.μαθητὰς "αὐτοῦ" λέγει αὐτοῖς, 2 Σπλαγχνίζομαι 

sus his disciples he says to them, Iam moved with comipassion 
ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον' ὅτι ἤδη Ὀἡμέρας! τρεῖς προσμένουσίν “μοι," 
on the crowd, becausealready "days ‘three theycontinue with me 
καὶ οὐκ. ἔχουσιν τί φάγωσιν" 8 καὶ ἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς 
and have not what they may eat ; and if Ishallsendaway them 

ἀγῄστεις' εἰς οἶκον. αὐτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ" “τινὲς. γὰρ! 


fasting to their home, they willfaint in the way; for some 

> ~ f , “ ll Ν > 0 > ~ « θ ἿΣ 
αὐτῶν ' μακρόθεν Σῄκασιν.' 4 Καὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ µαθη 
ofthe fromafar are come. And answered *him *disci- 
ταὶ αὐτοῦ, "ΙΤόθεν τούτοιό δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι 
ples ϱ ‘his, Whence ‘these ‘shall*be*able anyone *here to satisfy 


ἄρτων ἐπ᾽ ἐρημίας ; ὃ Καὶ Ἱἐπηρώτα! αὐτούς, Πύσους ἔχετε 
with bread ina desert? Aud he asked them, Howmany *have*ye 
ἄρτους ; Οἱ δὲ Κεῖπον,' Ἑπτά. 6 Kai παρήγγειλεν" τῷ ὄχλῳ 
“loaves? Andthey said, Seven. And heordered — the crowd 
ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς yc’ καὶ λαβὼν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους, 
to recline on fhe ground, And havingtaken the seven loaves, 
πεὐχαριστήσας ἔκλασεν καὶ ἐδίδου τοῖς μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ, ἵνα 
having given thanks he broke and gave to his disciples, that 
πγαραθῶσιν"" καὶ παρέθηκαν τῷ ὄχλῳ. 7 καὶ 


they might set before(them]. And they set [it] before the ᾿ crowd. And 
οεἶχον' ἰχθύδια ὀλίγα" καὶ P* εὐλογήσας Veiwey παρα- 
they had small fishes afew; and having blessed he desired *to*be *set 


» 





Ρ — αὐτοῦ (read [his] fingers) τ. 
5 + εὐθὺς immediately τ. 
* + αὐτοὶ they Lrrra. 
2 — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) τττ. 


σοὺς GLTTrAW. 
L[Tr]a. 


ΡΒ + ταῦτα these L 


1 4 γῄστις T. 
ξηκουσι EW ; εισίν are A. 
γέλλει he orders LITra. 


ᾳ — εὐθέως [L]TTrA. ¥ ἠνοίγησαν LITrA. 
t λέγωσιν TTrA. ¥ — αὐτὸς (read he charged) LITraw. 

® — τοὺς TTrA. Υ πάλιν πολλοῦ again great LTTrA. *—06 Ἰη- 
Ὁ ἡμέραι GLTTrAW. ο-- μοι 
ε καί τινες ANd SOME LTTrA. f+ ἀπὸ from (afar) TTrA. 

bh + ὅτι ΤΤτΑ. i ἠρώτα ΤΊτΑ. Κ εἶπαν ΤΊτΑ. 1 παραγ- 
m + [καὶ] and 1. η παρατιθῶσιν ΤΤτΑ. ο εἶχαν LTTrA, 
η8 εἶπεν παρατεθῆναι καὶ αὐτὰ 1; αὐτὰ εἶπεν καὶ ταῦτα παρατιθέναι Τε; 


αὐτὰ παρέθηκεν he set these before [them] ΤΑ. 


᾿ ἀναστενάξας , τῷ πγεύματι.αὐτοῦ λέγει. Tt 


VIII. MARK. 


~ \ ? Le r” SI <9 / A 
θεῖναι καὶ αὐτά." 8 τἔφαγον δὲ! καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν. καὶ 
Spefore([7them] “also ‘these. And they ate and were satisfied. And 

ἦραν περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ "σπυρίδας." 9 ἦσαν δὲ 
they took up ‘over ‘and *above ‘of*fragments seven baskets, And “were 

toi Φφαγόντεςὶ ὡς τετρακισχίλιοι καὶ ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς. 
4those who “had *eaten about four thousand; and he sent “away . ‘them. 

10 Καὶ εὐθέως" ἐμβὰςΐ 


Andimmediately havingenteredintothe ship 


εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν 
with *disciples 
αὐτοῦ, ἦλθεν εἰς. τὰ µέρη Δαλμανουθά. 11 καὶ ἐξῆλθογ - οἱ 
‘his, hecame into the parts of Dalmanutha. And “went *out tthe 
Papicaio. καὶ ἤρξαντο Ἀσυζητεῖινὶ αὐτῷ, ζητοῦντες map’ 


ΞΡηατίρευςς and began to dispute with him, secking from 
αὐτοῦ σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. πειράζοντες αὐτόν. 12 καὶ 
him a sign from the heaven, tempting him, And 


1/.γενεὰ αὕτη 

hesays, Why “this *gencration 
ἡμῖν, εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ 
to you, If there shall be given 


having groaned in his spirit 
σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ ;!} ἀμὴν λέγω 
48 °sign tseeks ? Verily Isay 


γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον. 18 Kai ἀφεὶς αὐτούς, "ἐμβὰς 
to this generation a sign. δι And having left them, having entered 


πάλιν" δείς τὸ πλοῖον! ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πέραν. 

again into the ship he went away to the other side. 
14 Kai ἐπελάθοντο λαβεῖν ἄρτους, καὶ εἰ φιὴ ἕνα ἄρτον 
And _ they forgot to take loaves,’ and except one loaf 


οὐκ. εἶχον εθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ πλοίφ.. 16 καὶ διεστέλλετο 
they had not [any] with them in the _ ship. And ‘he charged 


αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Ὁρᾶτε, “βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίών 
them, saying, See, take heed of the leaven ofthe - Pharisees 
καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρώδου. 16 Kai διελογίζοντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους, 
andofthe leaven of Herod. And they reasoned with one another, 
ἀλεγοντεο,ι "Ότι ἄρτους οὐκ ἐέχομεν.ὶ 17 Kai γνοὺ 

i Cs ρ ς χ γγους 


saying, Because loaves. “not ‘we *have. And. knowing [it} 
ὁ Ἰησοῦς" λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ti διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ. 
Jesus says tothem, Why reason ye because loaves “μοῦ 
EXETE ; οὕπω.νοεῖτε οὐδὲ συνίετε; Σέτιὶ πεπωρωμµένην 


Yet hardened 

ἔχετε τὴν.καρδίαν.ὑμῶν; 18 ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες οὐ.βλεπετε; 
have ye your heart ? Eyes having, - do ye not see? 
καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες οὐκ.ἀκούετε; καὶ οὐ. μνημονεύετε; 19 ὅτε 
and ears having, doyenothear? and 4ο γ9 not remember? When 
τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους ἔκλασα εἰς τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους, ὃ πόσους 


γα ατϑθῦ Do ye not yet perceive nor understand? 


the five loaves Ibroke to _ the five thousand, how many 
κοφίνους Ἱπλήρεις «κλασμάτων" ἤρατε; Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, 
hand-baskets full offragments took ye up? They say to kim, 


Δώδεκα. 20 “Ore.¥6i" τοὺς émrad! εἰς τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους, 
* Twelve. And when the seven ἵο the four thousand, 
πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα κλασμάτων ἤρατε; "Οἱ δὲ 
ΟΥ ΒΟΥ many baskets [the] fillings of fragments took ye up? And they 
εἶπον," Ἑπτά. 21 Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, "Πῶς" δοὐ" συνίετε; 
said, Seven. And hesaid tothem, How ‘not ‘do*ye understand? 


113 


them also before them. 
8So they did cat, and 
were filled: and they 
took up of the broken 
meat that was left 
seven baskets. 9 And 
they that had eaten 
were about four thou- 
sand: and he sent 
them away. 

10 And straightway 
he entered into a ship 
with his disciples, and 
came into the parts of 
Dalmanutha, il And 
the Pharisees came 
forth, and began to 
question with him, 
seeking of hima sign 
from heaven, temptin 
him, 12 And Ke ached 
deeply in’ his spirit, 
and saith, Why doth 
this generation seek 
after asign? verily I 
say unto you, There 
shall no sign be given 
unto this generation. 
13 And he left them, 
and entering into the 
ship again departed to 
the other side. 

14 Now the' disciples 
had forgotten to take 
bread, neither -had 
they in the ship with 
them more than one 


-loaf. 15 And he charged 


them, saying, Take 
heed, beware of the 
leaven of the Phari- 
sees, and of the leaven 
of Herod. 16 And they 


_ Teasoned among them- 


selves, saying, J¢ 18 
because we have no 
bread. 17 And when 
Jesus knew it, he saith 
untothem, Why reason 
ye, because ye have no 
bread? perceive ye not 
yet, neither under- 
stand? have ye your 
heart yet hardened? 
18 Having eyes, see ye 
not ? and having ears, 
hear ye not? and du 
ye not remember? 
19 When I brake the 
five loaves among five 
thousand, how many 
baskets full of frag- 
ments took ye up? 
They say unto him, 
Twelve. 20 And when 
the seven among four 
thousand, how many 
baskets full of frag- 
nients took ye up? 
And they said, Seven. 
21 -And he said unto 
them, How is it that 
ye do not understand ἢ 





τ καὶ ἔφαγον LTTr. 85 σφυρίδας τ. | 
σ εὐθὺς LTTrA. ὅπ + [αὐτὸς] hex. - 
8 πάλιν ἐμβὰς LTTrA. 
enibarked) Ta. ¢ + [καὶ] and 1». 
f — δ᾽ Ἰησοῦς (vead he says) T[Tr]a. 
LtTtraw. ΑΚ [δὲ] TrA; καὶ T. 
αὐτῷ ana they say to him a. 


τ συνζητεῖν LTTrA. 


ad λέγοντες LTTrA. 
& — ἔτι LTTrA. 
1 - [ἄρτους] loaves 1. 
2 — Πῶς ΤΑ. 


b+ καὶ τ. 


9 οὔπω Not yet LITra. 


‘t — ot φαγόντες (read and they were) T[Tr]A. 
Υ ζητεῖ σημεῖον LTTrA. 
Ὁ -- τὸ LTrW; [εἰς πλοῖον] Tr; — εἰς τὸ πλοῖον (read ἐμβὰς having 
€ ἔχουσιν they have LTra. 
i κλασμάτων πλήρεις 
m καὶ λέγουσιν T; καὶ λέγουσιν 


2 [ὑμῖν] A. 


i 


114. 


22 And he cometh to 
Bethsnida; and they 
bring a blind manunto 
him, and besought him 
totonch him. 23 And 
he took the blind man 
by the hand, and led 
him out of the town; 
and when he had spit 
on his éyes, and put 
his hands upon him, 


he asked him if he saw 


ought, 24 And he look- 
ed up, and said, I see 
men as trees, walking; 
25 After that he put 
Ais hands agair upon 
his eyes, and made 
him look up: and he 
Was restored, and 
suWwevery man clearly, 
26 And he sent him 
away to his house, 
saying, Neither go 
into the town, nor tell 
ἐξ to any in the town. 


27 And Jesus went 
out, and his disciples, 
into the towns of 
Cesarea Philippi: and 
by the way he asked 
his. disciples, saying 


unto them, Whom do: 


men say that I am? 
28 And they answered, 
John the Baptist: but 
some sy, Elias ; and 
others, One of the pro- 
phets. 29 And he saith 
unto them, But whom 
say ye that 1, am? 
And Peter answereth 
and saith unto him, 
Thou art the Christ. 
30 And he charged 
them that they should 
tell no man of him, 
31 And he began to 
teach them, that the 
Son of man musi suffer 
many things, and be 
rejected of the elders, 
and ofthe chief priests, 
and scribes, and be 
killed, and after three 
days rise again. 32 And 
he spake that saying 
openly. And Peter 
took him, and began 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ, VIII. 

22 Kai Ρέρχεται" εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν' καὶ φέρουδιν αὐτῷ τυφλόν, 
πι hecomes {ο  Bethsaida; and they bring το ή a blind 

καὶ παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἄψηται. 23 καὶ 

‘ [man], and beseech him that him he might touch. And 


ἐπιλαβόμενος τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ τυφλοῦ αἐξήγαγενὶ αὐτὸν 
taking hold of the hand. ofthe blind [ποτ] he led forth him 


έξω τῆς “κώμης, καὶ πτύσας εἰς τὰ ὄμματα. αὐτοῦ, ἐπιθεὶς 


out of the ‘village, and having spit upon his eyes, having laid 
τὰς χεῖοας αὐτῷ ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν εἴ τι τβλέπει." 94 καὶ 
[his] hands uponhim heasked him _ if anything he beholds, And 


2 ’ 2 , > ΄ ef . - 
ἀναβλέψας ἔλεγεν, Βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, "ὅτι ὡς δένδρα 
having looked up Το βαϊᾶ, Ibehold the men, for as trees 
ὁρῶ! περιπατοῦντας. 25 Eira. πάλιν ἐπέθηκεν! τὰς 
I see [them] walking, Then ‘again he laid [his] 
χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς. αὐτοῦ, καὶ "ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν ava-, 


hands upon his eyes, ‘and made him look 
/ ‘ ? ‘ ~ 
βλέψαι." καὶ Ἱάποκατεστάθη,! καὶ Ξἐνέβλεψεν" Yrnravywe" 
up. And he was restored, and __ looked “on clearly 
ἅπαντας. 26 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν εἰς Ξτὸν. οἶκον αὐτοῦν 
all [men]. And he sent, him to his house, 
λέγων, ὃ Μηδὲϊ εἰς τὴν κώμην εἰσέλθῃς. “μηϊὲ εἴπῃς 
saying, Neither into the. village mayest thouenter, nor mayest tell [it] 
τινὶ ἐν τῇ κώμῃ." 


to any one in the village. 
27 Kai ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς κώ- 


And ?went?forth (‘Jesus and his disciples into the vil- 
µας Καισαρείας τῆς Φιλίππου’ καὶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ,  ἐπηβώτα 


of Ceesarea ‘And by the way he was questioning 
τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ, λέγων αὐτοῖς, Τίνα με λέγουσιν οἱ 
his disciples, saying tothem, Whom *me ‘do “pronounce - 
ἄνθρωποι εἶναι; 28 Οἱ δὲ εἀπεκρίθησαν" , & Ἰωάννηντον βαπ- 
"men to be? And they answered, John the Bap- 
τιστή»’ καὶ ἄλλοι Ἡλίαν" ἄλλοι.δὲ teva" τῶν προφητῶν. 
tist ; and others, Elias ; but others, one of the prophets. 
29 Kai αὐτὸς Ἐλέγει αὐτοῖς,! Ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνα µε λέγετε 
And he says to them, But ye, whom *me ‘do *ye “pronounce 
εἶναι; ' Αποκριθεὲς "δὲ"! ὁ Πέτρος λέγει αὐτῷ, Σὺ. εἶ ὁ χριστός. 
‘to be? “Answering ,?and ΄ Peter says tohim, Thouartthe Christ. 
30 Kai ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ- "λέγωσινὶ περὶ 
And he strictly charged them that noone they should tell concerning 


αὐτοῦ. 31 Kai ἤρξατο διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς ὅτι δεῖ τὸν 


lages Philippi. 


d 


him. _ And hebegan toteach them that itis necessary for the 
υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν, καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι, 
Son of man many things tosuffer, and to be rejected 


οἀπὸ! τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ ῬΣἀρχιερέων καὶ Ρ"γραμματέω», και 
οἵ the elders and chief priests and scribes, -and 
ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι" 32 καὶ 
to ὍΘ killed, .- and after three τ ἄδυβ torise [again]. And 
παῤῥησίᾳ τὸν λόγον ἐλάλει. Kai προσλαβόμενος «αὐτὸν 
openly the . word hespoke. And “having *taken *to [Shim] “him 





P ἔρχονται they come LTTrA. 


beholdest a. 


¥ ἀπεκατεστάθη 1,: ἀπεκατέστη TTrA. 


all things LTTraw. 
ε εἶπαν spake ΤΑ. 
i ὅτι εἷς LTTrA. 
5 εἴπωσιν 1. 


κ ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς asked them ΤΤΤΤΑ. 
ο ὑπὸ by LTTraW. 


a ἐξήνεγκεν he brought forth ΤΤτΑ. τ βλέπεις thou 

τ ἔθηκεν TrA. v διέβλεψεν he saw distinctly ΤΤτΑ. 

κ ἐνέβλεπεν LTTrA. Υ δηλαυγῶς Τ. 5 ἅπαντα 

&@— τὸν GLTTrAW. Ὁ μὴ ποῦ τ, ὃ -- μηδὲ .... κώμῃ τ. ἃ [αὐτοῖς] Tr. 

f αὐτῷ λέγοντες to him saying LTTra. 8 + ὅτι Τὰ. >» Ἠλείαν Τ. 
14 καὶ ἃ τ. ™— δὲ LiTra. 
48 ὁ Πέτρος αὐτὸν LTTrA. 


ὡς δένδρα G. 


Ρα + τῶν οὗ the GLITraw. 





VIII, IX. MARK, 
ὁ Πέτρος! ἤρξατο ἐπιτιμᾷν αὐτῷ. 33 ὁ δὲ ἐπιστραφεὶς καὶ 
= *Perer began to rebuke him. But he, turning and 


ἰδὼν τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ, ἐπετίμησεν ττῷ" Πέτρῳ, ὅλεγων," 
secing his disciples, rebuked Peter, Saying, 
Ὕπαγε ὀπίσω µου, σατανᾶ" ὅτι  οὐ-φρονεῖς τὰ 

Get behind me, Satan, for thy thoughts are not of the things 
τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 

of God, but the things of men. 
34 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν ὄχλον σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς 
And having calledto [him] the crowd with 2\iisciples 

? ~ = ’ ~ ο, " [ 7 ΄ vy? ~ " 7 

αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, * Οστις" θελει ὀπίσω µου "ἐλθεῖν," ἀπαρ- 


this hesaid tothem, Whosoever desires after me _  tocome, let 
νησάσθω ἑαυτόν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν. σταυρὸν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ 
him deny himself, and let him take up bis cross, and 
ἀκολουθείτω μοι. 385 ὃς γὰρ. ἂνὶ θέλῃ τὴν. ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ 


nie, his life 
σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν" ὃν ὃ.ἂν ἀπολέσῃ' τὴν. ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ" 


let him follow For whoever may desire 


tosavg, shall lose it, but whoever may lose his life 
ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, Τοῦτος" σώσει αὐτήν. 
onaccount of me and ofthe Ἴδῃ tidings, he shall save it. 


36 τί.γὰρ "ὠφελήσει! Ὀάνθρωπον “ἐὰν κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον 
For what shall it profit aman if he gain the. “world 
ὅλον καὶ ἁζημιωθῷ' τὴν ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ; 37 “ἢ τί δώσει 
‘whole and lose his soul ? _ or what shall °give 
ἄνθρωπος' ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ; 38 ὃς. γὰρ.'ἄν! 
1a “ΠΙ8Η, an exchange for his soul? For whoever 
µε καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους ἐν τῇ.γενεᾷ ταύτῃ 
my words in this generation 


[as] 
ἐπσισχυνθῇ 
may have been a~hamed of me and 
TY μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ, Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισ- 
the aduiterous and sinful, also the Son of man will be 
χυ: ὀἠσεταιαὐτόν.ύταν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ.πατρος.αὐτοῦ 
ashamod of him when heshallcome in the glory of his Father 


. ~ , ν ω ς r ανα - 2 
μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων: Ὁ Καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, ᾽Αμὴν. 


And hesaid tothem, Verily 


ἑστηκότων, οἵτινες 
standing, who 


with the angels the holy. 
λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἰσὶν τινὲς ϑτῶν ὧδε" 
Isay toyou, That there are some of those here 


οὐ.μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ 


inno wise shalltaste ofdeath until theysee the kingdom 
θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει. 
of God havingcome in power, 

2 Καὶ "μεθ ἡμέρας ἓξ παραλαμβάνει _ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὸν 
amd after ‘“days ες takes >with [Shim] 3Jesus ᾿ 
Πέτρον καὶ ἱτὸν" Ἰάκωβον καὶ *rov" Ιωάννην, καὶ ἀναφέρει 
Peter and James and John, and brings up 
αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄρος, ὑψηλὸν κατ᾽ ἰδίαν μόνους" καὶ µετεµορ- 
them intoa?mountain *high apart alone. And he was trans- 


΄ ” ~ 4 ε , ~ ή 
φώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν, 8. καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ Ιἐγένετο" 
figured before them ; and his garments became 

͵ A ’ τη e : , Π] - 4 .ἦᾧ a ~ 
στίλβοντα, λευκὰ λίαν Mur χιών," οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς 

shining, white exceedingly as stow, suchas afuller on . the 


"themselves : 


115 


to rebuke him. 33 But 
when he had turned 
about and looked on 
his disciples, he re- 
buked Peter, saying, 
Get thee behind me, 
Satan: for thou sa- 
vourest not the things 
that be of God, but 
the things that be of 
men, 


34 And when he had 
called the people unio 
him with his disciples 
also, hesaid ontothem, 

osoever will come 
after me, let him deny 
himself, and take up 
his cross, and follow 
me, 35 For whosoever 
will save his life shall 
lose it ; but whosoever 
shall lose his life for 
my sake and the gos- 
pel’s, the same shall 
save it. 36 For what 
shall it profit a man, 
if he shall gain: the 
whole ‘world, and lose 
his own soul? 37 Or 
what shall a man give 
in exchange for his 
soul? 38 Whosoever 
therefore shall be a- 
shamed of me and of 
my words in this a- 
dulterous and sinful 
generation; of him 
also shall the Son of 
man be ashamed, when 
he cometh in the glory 
of his Father with the 
holy angels. IX. And 
he said unto them, 
Verily I say unto you, 
That there be some of 
them that stand here, 
which shall not taste 
of death, till they have 
seen the kingdom of 
God come with powev.' 


2 And after six days 
Jesus taketh with him 
Peter, and James, and 
John, and _  leadeth 
them up into an hig’ 
mountain apart by 
and he 
was transfigured be- 
fore them. 3 And his 
raiment became shin- 
ing, exceeding white 
as show ; so 85 no ful-~ 
ler on earth can white 





5 καὶ λέγει and says TTrA. 
W ἐὰν TTrA. χ ἀπολέσει Shall lose TTra. 
4 ὠφελεῖ does it profit ΤΑ. 


¥ — τῷ LTTrA. 
follow GiTraw. 
2 — οὗτος GLTTrAW. 
σαι Το gain ΤΑ. 4 ζημιωθῆναι to lose Ta. 7 
τί γὰρ | δώσει ἄνθρωπος] Α. (ἐὰν LTTrA, 8 ὧδε τῶν 'ττΑ. 
κ. τὸν GLTra. 1 ἐγένοντο LTrAW. M— ὡς χιών 13 ἃ. 


t Et rus If any one Ltr. 
Υ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν GW. 
Ὁ + τὸν the (man) LTr[a]w. 
5 τί yap δοῖ ἄνθρωπος (read tor what, &.) 1ττ ; 
5 μετὰ LTTrA. 


v ἀκολουθεῖν to 
© κερδη- 


i— τὸν W. 


16 


chem. 4 And there 
appeared unto them 
Elias with Moses: and 
they were talking with 
Jesus, 5 And Peter 
answered and said to 
Jesus, Master, it is 
good for us to be here: 
and let us make three 
tabernacles; one for 
thee, and one for Mo- 
ses, and one for Elias. 
6 For he wist not what 
io say ; for they were 
sore sfraid, 7 And 
there was a cloud that 
overshadowed them: 
and a voice came out 
of the cloud, saying, 
This is my beloved 
Son: hear him. 8 And 
suddenly, when they 
had looked round a- 
bout, they saw no man 
any more, save Jesus 
only with themselves. 
9 And as they came 
down from the moun- 
tain, he charged them 
that they should tell 
no man what things 
they had seen, till the 
Son of man were risen 
from the dead. 10 And 
they kept that saying 
with themselves, ques- 
tioning one with an- 
other what tHe rising 
from the dead should 
mean. 11 And they 
asked him, saying, 
Why say the scribes 
that Elias must first 
come? 12 And he an- 
swered and told them, 
Elias verily cometh 
first, and restoreth all 
things ; and how it is 
written of the Sonof 
man, that ‘he must 
suffer many things, 
and be set at nought. 
13 But I say unto you, 
That Elias is indeed 
come, and they have 
done unto him what- 
soever they listed, as 
it is written of him, 


14 And when he 
came to his disciples, 
he saw a great multi- 
tude about them, and 
the scribes questioning 
with them, 15 And 
straightway all the 
people, when they be- 
held him, were greatly 
amazed, and running 


2 + οὕτως thus τττὰ. 
E _ 5 τρεῖς σκηνάς LTTrA. 

π᾿ ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο for they became 
3 ακούετεαντου LTTrA. 


τ Ῥαββεί TA. 


GTTraw. 


4 ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται LTTrA. 

Φαρισαῖοι καὶ the Pharisees and [τι]. 

τὰ ἀποκαθιστάνει LTTrA. 

ος ἐξουδενηθῇ (5 A) LTrA; ἐξουθενωθ! Ὑ, 

68 συνζητοῦντας 1 TrA. 
xa ἐξεθαμβήθηο ν LTTrA. 


ι.-- μὲν π[ττ]. 


they saw Trr. 
wa ἰδόντες LTTrA. 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. ΙΧ, 


γῆς οὐ-δύναται" λευκᾶναι. 4 καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς “HXiac! σὺν 
earth is not able to whiten. And tappeared to Sthem ‘Elias ?with 


PMwoei,' καὶ ἦσαν ἀσυλλαλοῦντεςϊτῷ ᾿Ἱπσοῦ. 5 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς 


3Moses, andtheywere talking with Jesus. And answering 
« , “ ~? ~ ΄ ~ > 
ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ, “PaBPi," καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε 
1Ῥουετ says to Jesus, Rabbi, good. itis forus here 
εἶναι' καὶ Tomowpsy “σκηνὰς rosie," σοὶ μίαν, καὶ PMw- 
tobe; and letusmake “tabernacles ‘three, forthee one, and far Mo- 


σεῖ! μίαν, καὶ “HXia" μίαν. 6 οὐ-γὰρ-ῄδει 
ses one, and for Elias one. 
“joav.yap - ἔκφοβοι." 
ΤΟΥ ΠΟΥ were greatly afraid. 
αὐτοῖς: Kai "ἦλθεν" 
them ; 


4 νλ λ{ ell 
τί αλησῃ 
For he knew not what he should say, 

4 3 [ή , ? 4 
7 καὶ ἐγένετο νεφέλη ἐπισκιάζουσα 
And therecame acloud overshadowing 
φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης, 7λέγουσα," Οὗτός 
and there came 8 voice out of πὸ cloud, saying, This 
> ε ee? ε 7 ’ 5 7 > ~ ? , YW wy °F ld 
ἐστιν ὁ.υἱός µου ὁ ἀγαπητύς' αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε " 8 Καὶ ἐξάπινα 

18 my Son ὑδθ beloved: shim ‘hear 3ο. And suddenly 
περιβλεψάµενυι οὐκέτι.οὐδένα εἶδον, adda" τὸν Ἰησοῦν 
having looked around no longer any one they saw, but Jesus 
µόνον μεθ ἑαυτῶν. 9 ὈΚαταβαινόντων δὲ" αὐτῶν "ἀπὸ" τοῦ 

alone with themselves. And as *were*descending ‘they from the 

ὄρους διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ Ἱδιηγήσωνται ἃ εἷ- 
mountain he charged them «that to noone they should relate what they 
δον. εἰ μὴ ὅταν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν 
had seen except when the Son of man from among[the] dead 

ἀναστῇ. 10 καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησὰν πρὸς ἑαυτούς, “συζη- 


be risen. And that. saying they kept among themselves, ques- 
τοῦντεςοὶ τί ἐστιν τὸ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι. 
tioning what is the *from %among [*the] ‘dead rising. 


11 Καὶ ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Ort" λέγουσιν ἔ οἱ γραμ- 

And they asked him, saying, That 3say ithe “seribes 

ματεῖς ὅτι "Ἡλίαν" δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον; 12 Ὁ. δὲ Ἰἀποκριθείς 
that Elias must come first ? Andhe answering 

εἶπεν" αὐτοῖς, ΕἩλίας" wer ἐλθὼν πρῶτον, '"ἀποκαθιστᾳ' 
said tothem, Elias indeed having come first, restores - 

πάντα" καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" 

allthings; and how it has been written of the Son ὃν of man 


ἵνα πολλὰ πάθη καὶ ο"ἐξουδενωθῇ." .13 ἀλλὰ λέγω 
that many things he should suffer and be set at nought: but Isay 
« ~ er \ κ: λί ή ΄ ’ δν, ) : Κα > ~ er 
ὑμῖν, ote καὶ " HAtac ἐλήλυθεν, καὶ ἐποίησαν αὐτῳ Όσα 


to you, that also Elias hascome, and_ they did to him whatever 
Pangednoay,' καθὼς γέγραπται ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 
they desired, as it has been written of him. 


14 Καὶ «ἐλθὼν! πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς eidev' ὄχλον πολὺν 
And havingcome to the disciples he saw acrowd ‘great 


περὶ αὐτούς. καὶ γραμματεῖς συζητοῦντας" *adroic." 15 καὶ 
( ς. καὶ γραμματεῖς ""συζητοῦντας ὐτοῖς. 


around them, and scribes discussing with them. And 
ναεφθέωςὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος “Oar! αὐτὸν 3ἐξεθαμβήθη,. Kat 
immediately all the crowd seeing him were greatly amazed, and 


ο Ἠλείας τ. P Μωῦσεῖ LEW; Μωυσῇ TrA. 9 συνλαλοῦντες T. 
τ᾿ Ἠλεία τ. ν ἀποκριθῇ he should answer ΤΤΓΑ. 
greatly afraid LTTrA. “5 ἐγένετο τ. 7 -- λέγουσα 
ἃ εἰ μὴ τι. b καὶ καταβαινόντων LTTr. ο ἐκτ,. 
ε συνζητοῦντες LTTrA. f°O τι wherefore LW. Ε + οἱ 
Ἀ 'Ἠλείαν τ. i ἔφη said TTra. k Ηλείας Τ. 
na ; (γεαᾷ and how has it been written, Wc.) LT. 
pa ἤθελον TTrA. 48 ἐλθόντες TTr. κὰν εἶδον 
ta πρὸς αὐτούς With them τη.  Ἡἳ εὐθὺς ΤΊτΑ 


Ix. M ARK. 


, : Σ > , ‘ ? 
προστρέχοντες. ἠσπάζοντο αὐτόν. 16 καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν στοὺς 


παηπ]ησῖτο [him] saluted him. And he asked the 
yoappareic," Τί Ζσυζητεῖτεϊ πρὸς *avrovc;' 17 Καὶ Ὀάπο- 
scribes, What discuss ye with them ὃ And an- 


κριθεὶς" εἷς ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου “εἶπεν," Διδάσκαλε, ἤνεγκα τὸν υἱόν 
swering ΟἹ outof the crowd said, Teacher, I brought 2son 
μου πρός σε, ἔχοντα πνεῦμα ἄλαλον. 18 καὶ ὅπου. ἂν" αὐτὸν 


my ἰο thee, having a*spirit “dumb; and wheresoerer him 
λ ΄ ει, δ᾽.» αν ΒΤ 3 / \ a Ἢ 
καταλάβῃ ῥήσσει αὐτόν" καὶ ἀφρίζει, καὶ τρίζει τοὺς 
it seizes it dashes *down ‘him; and hefoams, and gnashes 


? , 2 00} \ / ὦ λ 5 τ ll ~ ~ 
ὀδόντας. αὐτοῦ," καὶ ξηραίνεται: καὶ ϑεῖπον" τοῖς μαθηταῖς 


his teeth, and iswitheringaway. And Ispoke to “disciples 

ev ? A > , . \ ? » ε νι 7 
σου ἵνα αὐτὸ ἐκβάλωσιν, καὶ οὐκιἴσχυσαν. 19 ‘ODE ἀπο- 
‘thy that it they might cast out, and they had not power. Buthe an- 


κριθεὶς "αὐτῷ" λέγει, Ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος, ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς 
swering him says, O ?generation‘unbelieving! until when. with you 
ἔσομαι; ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν; φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός µε. 
shallI be? until when shall I bear with you? Bring him to me. 
20 Καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν" καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ἰεὐθέως 
And they brought him to him. Andseeing him immediately 
τὸ πνεῦμα! *iorapagev" αὐτόν, καὶ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τῆς 
the spirit threw 7into “convulsions *him, and haying failenupon the 
γῆς ἐκυλίετο ἀφρίζων. 21 Kai ἐπηρώτησεν τὸν.πατέρα αὐτοῦ, 
earth herolled foaming. And he asked his father, 
Πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ: ὉὋὉ δὲ εἶπεν, 
How long atime isit that this has been withhim? Andhe said, 
ΙΠαιδιόθεν. 22 καὶ πολλάκις "αὐτὸν καὶ εἰς πῦρ" ἔβαλεν καὶ 


From childhood. And often him bothinto fire itcast and 
εἰς ὕδατα, ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ αὐτόν" "AN" εἴ τι οδύνασαι." 


into waters, if anything thou art able 


βοήθησον ἡμῖν, 
{to do], help us, And Je- 
Ne EL rw. To εἰ οδύ ΠΡ 7 " πά ὃ ᾿ 
σους εἶπεν avTw, lu εἰ "ὀυνασαι Ῥπιστευσαι," παντα ὀννατα 
ΒΒ said ἴο Ἠΐπι, “If thouartable tobelieve, allthings are possible 
τῷ ᾽ πιστεύοντι. 24 Καὶ" τεὐθέωςὶ κράξας ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ 
{ο him that believes. And immediately crying out the father of the 
παιδίου “μετὰ δακρύων" ἔλεγεν, Πιστεύω, Κύριε βοήθει 
little child with tears said, I believe, Lord, help 
μου.τῇ.ἀπιστίᾳ. 25 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι «ἐπισυντρέχει 
mine unbelief. But ?seeing Jesus that *was *running *together 
ὄχλος, ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ, λέγων αὐτῷ. 
2a*crowd, rebuked the spirit the unclean, saying to it, 
Τὸ "πνεῦμα τὸ ἄλαλον Kai κωφόν," ἐγώ ὅσοι ἐπιτάσσω,ἳ ἔξελθε 
Spirit dumb and deaf, af thee command, come 
YZ" αὐτοῦ, καὶ μηκέτι εἰσέλθῃς εἰς αὐτόν. 26 Καὶ *xoa- 
ουῦ οὗ --Ἠϊπι, and nomoremayestthouenterinto him. And having 
Eav," καὶ πολλὰ  "σπαράξανὶ Ῥααὐτόν,! ἐξῆλθεν" καὶ 
eriedout,and *much ‘thrown ‘into *conyulsions , *him, it came out; and 
eee ε A 5 ; er ca x 4 λέ « ? 0 
ΕΥΕΝΕΤΟ WOEL γεκρος, ωστε πολ ους εγειν οτι απεῦαγεν. 
he became As if dead, so that many said that he was dead. 
Y αὐτούς them GLTTrA. 2 συνζητεῖτε LTTrA. 
him utr a. ς --- εἶπεν LTTrA. déavLtTra.  § 
(read [his] teeth) [L]rrra. SeimaTTrA. _» αὐτοῖς them GLTTraw. 
Litra. * συνεσπάραξεν LT. 1+ ἐκ since LTTraw. 
ο δύνῃ LTTrA. Ρ --- πιστεῦσαι TTr[A]. 4 -- καὶ [1{]]τ{ τ ]Ὰ. 
δακρυων LTTrA. t — Κύριε ΟἸΧΤΤΙΡΑΥ. VON ae the (crowd) T. 
MVEUMALITrA, *EmiTAgow σοι Tira. 8 απ from L. 
GLTT: AW. ba — αὐτόν G[L]}TTra. ος + τοὺς the LTTrA. 


that it might destroy him: but 


σπλαγχνισθεὶς 


being moved with pity on ἃ. 


v 


5 αὑτούς Ε. 


ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς. 28 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰη-᾿ 


τὰ καὶ εἰς πῦρ αὐτὸν ΤΑ. 
τ εὐθὺς TTrA. , 


23 κράξας GLTTrAW. 


117 


to him saluted him. 
16 And he asked the 
scribes, What question 
ye with them? 17 And 
one of the multitude 
answered and _ said, 
Master, I have brought 
unto thee my son, 
which hath a dumb 
spirit ; 18 and where- 
soever he takcth him, 
he teareth him: and 
he foameth, and gnash- 
eth with his teeth, and 
pineth away: and 1 
spake to thy-disciples 
that they should cast 
him out; and’ they 
could not. 19 He an- 
swereth him, and saith, 
O faithless generation, 
how long shall I be 
with you? how long 
shall I suffer you? 
bring him unto me. 
20 And they brought 
him unto him: and 
when he saw him, 
strgightway the spirit 
tare him; and he fell 
on the ground, and 
wallowed foaming. 
21 And he asked his 
father, How long is it 
ago since this came 
unto him? And he 
said, Ofachild. 22 And 


’ ofttimes it hath cast 


him into the fire, and 
into the waters, .to 
destroy him: but if 
thou canst do any 
thing, have compas- 
sion on us, and help 
us. 23 Jesus said unte 
him, If thou canst be- 
‘lieve, all things ave 
possible to him that 
believeth, 24 And 
straightway the father 
of the child cried out, 
and said with tears, 
Lord;‘I believe; help 
thou mine unbelief. 


_25 When Jesus saw 


that the people came 
running together, he 
rebuked ,the foul 
spirit, saying unto 
him, Thou dumb ani 
deaf spirit, I charge 
thee, come out of him, 
and enter no more 
into him. 26 And the 
spirit cried, and reut 
him sore, and came 
out of him: and he 
was as one dead; in- 
somuch that many 
said, He is dead. 


> ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ answered 
ε — avrov (read [hitn]) τ. 


f — αὐτοῦ 
i τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς 
2 ἀλλὰ Τ. 
8 — μετὰ 
Ν ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν 
88. σπαραξας 


118 


27 But Jesus took him 
by the hand, and lifted 
him up; and he arose, 


28 And when he was 
come into the house, 
his disciples asked him 
privately, Why could 
not we cast him out? 
22 And he said unto 
them, This kind can 
come forth by nothing, 
but by prayer and 
fasting. 


30 And they depart- 
ed thence, avd passed 
through Galilee; and 
he would not that any 
man should know it. 
31 For. he taught his 
disciples, and said unto 
them, The Son of man 
is delivered into the 
hands of men, and 
they shall kill him; 
and after that he is 
killed, he shall rise 
the third day. 32 But 
they understood not 
that saying, and were 
afraid to ask him. 


33 And he came to 
Capernaum: and being 
in the honse he asked 
them, What was it 
that ye disputed a- 
mong yourselves by 
the way? 34 But they 
held their peace: for 
by the way they had 
disputed among them- 
selves, who should be 
the greatest. 35 And 
he sat down, and called 


the twelve, and saith. 


unto them, Ifany man 
desire to be first, the 
same shall be last of 
all, and servant of all. 
36 And he took achild, 
and set him in the 
midst of them: and 
when he had taken 
him in his arms, 
he said unto them, 
97 Whosoever shall 
receive one of. such 


children in my name, . 


receiveth me: and 
whosoever shall re- 
ccive me, receiveth not 
me, but him that sent 
me. 38 And John an- 
swered him, saying, 
Master, we saw one 
casting out devils -in 
thy name, and he fol- 
loweth not us: and 


MAPKOS. LX: 


27 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς κρατήσας αὐτὸν τῆς χειρός" ἤγειρεν αὐτόν, 
But Jesus, havingtaken him bythe, hand, raised*up ‘him, 

καὶ ἀνέστη. 

and he arose. 


28 Kai εἰς οἶκον οἱ μαθητὰὶ αὐτοῦ 


Απᾶ into a house his disciples 
f2 , 2) aks ? oY b gt li τος = suche 
ἐπηρώτων αὑτὸν κατ -LOLAY, Οτι ἡμεῖς οὐκ.ήδυνη- 
asked him apart, Because [of Riba 2we Awere not 


θηµεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό; 29 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τοῦτο τὸ γένος 
able to cast out it ὃ And he said to them, ae kind 


ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ "καὶ νηστείᾳ." 
by nothing can go out except by prayer and fasting. 
90 ‘Kai ἐκεῖθενὶ ἐξελθόντες ὑπαρεπορεύοντο". διὰ τῆς 
And from thence having gone forth they went through 
Γαλιλαίας" καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν ἵνα τις. ἰγνῷ"" 91 ἐδίδασ- 
Galilee ; _ and he would not that anyone should know [it]; *he*was *teach- 
κεν γὰρ τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς 
ing ‘for his disciples, and said to them, The Son 
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου- παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, καὶ 
of man is delivered’ into [the] hands of men, a 
ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν' καὶ ἀποκτανθείς “ry τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ" 
they will kill him ; and having becn νέο. onthe third day 
ἀναστήσεται. 82 Οἱ δὲ ἠγνύουν τὸ ῥῆμα, καὶ ἐφοβοῦντο 
he will arise. But they understood not the saying, and were afraid 


αὐτὸν ἐπερωτῆσαι. 
2him 1to *ask, 


33 Kai "ἦλθεν" εἰς Καπερναούμ" καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος 
And hecame to Capernaum ; and *in *the 4house ‘being 


ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς, Τί ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ Ῥπρὸς ἑαυτοὺς" διελογίζεσθε; 
he asked ‘them, What ἵπ the way among κ ΕΝ were ye discussing ? 


34 Οἱ δὲ ἐσιώπων" πρὸς ἀλλήλους yap διελέχθησαν dep 
But they were silent ; 2with Sone *another ‘for they had been discussing by 


εεἰσελθόντα αὐτὸν" 
when he was entered 


ell 


τῇ ὁδῷ," τίς μείζων. 85 καὶ καθίσας ἐφώνησεν τοὺς 
the. way, who[was] greater. _And sitting down he called the 
δώδεκα, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ei τις θέλει 7 πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται 
twelve, andhesays tothem, If anyone desires “first ‘to *be, heshall be 
πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος. 36 Καὶ -λαβὼν 
308 all 1]αςί and of 341] ‘servant. And having taken 
παιδίον ἔστησεν αὐτὸ ἐν μἐσῳ .αὐτῶν' καὶ ἐναγκαλισάμενος 


alittlechild he set it their midst; and having taken 1η [his] “arms 


> A μὴ 7 ~ a 5 ie Ι εν δι η 
αὐτὸ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, 87 Ὃς. ἐὰν! ἕν τῶν “τοιούτων παιδίων 
115 hesaid {ο them, Whoever one of such little chiidren 
δέξηται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται" καὶ δὲ. "ἐὰν" ἐμὲ 
shall receive in my name, me receives ; and whoever me 


ἰδέξηται,." οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά µε. 
shall receive, ποῦ me _  recccives, but him who sent me. 


38 * Απεκρίθη.δὲῖ αὐτῷ "6" lwavync™ Ey vy," Διδάσκαλε, εἴδομέν 


And ?answered “him 1John saying, Teacher, we saw 


τινα” τῷ.ὀνόματί.σου ἐκβάλλοντα δαιμόνια, γὸς οὐκ. ἀκολουθεῖ 
some one in thy name μην out demons, who follows not 


in 





4 τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ his hand trtr. 
Ο τι wherefore LW. 

τὰ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας after th ree Gays LITra. 

ο Μαφαρναούμ LTTraw. 
5 παιδίων τούτων of these little children τ. 
[δὲ] 1, ἔφη spoke (to him) ΤΤΤΑ, 


Lane ἕξ 
1 γνοῖ LTTrA. 


e εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ τττ.. fat ἰδίαν ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν 
1 Κἀκεῖθεν LTTrA. * ἐπορεύοντο Ltr. 
5 ἦλθον they came LITra. 
τ dy LTTrA, 
ἃ ἀπεκρίθη 
* + ἐν ELTITAW, 


h — καὶ νηστεία TA]. 


Ρ — πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς LTTrA. 9 [ἐν τῇ ὁδφ] τι. 
t δέχηται should receive ΤΤςΑ. 
v-— ὃ GLW. 3 — λέγων 1. 


δ — ὃς οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ ἡμῖν α. 





Ισ. MAR K. 


ell ὃς λκωλὸ σας. at Nae a tes ose ἢ 
ημιν' και ᾿εκωλνυσαμενὶ αὐτόν, ΆΌτι οὐκ.ἀκολουθεῖι ἡμῖν. 
115, and we forbade him, because he follows not us. 

c a7 ~ 3 . ‘ 6 
39 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν" οὐδεὶς. γάρ ἐστιν 


But Jesus said, Forbid not hin ; for no one , there is 
ὃς ποιήσει δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί-μου, Kai δυνήσεται 


who shalldo aworkecfpower in and be able 
ταχὺ κακολογῆσαί µε. 40 ὃς γὰρ οὐκ.έστιν καθ "ὑμῶν," ὑπὲρ 
readily ὕο speak evil of me; for he who [15 not against you, for 
΄“, ελ ’ c ~ , 
υὑμῶν' ἐστιν. 41 ὃς γὰρ.ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον 
you is. For whoever may give *to *drink 'you a-cup 
ῃ ο ἢ « ~ ; ῃ 
ὕδατος ἐν “τῷ" ὀνόματί. μου," ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε, ἀμὴν λέγω 
ος water in niy name, because “Christ’s tye *are, verily Isay 
4 ~ > , ‘4 ‘ ? “Ὁ \ e a 
ὑμῖν, «οὐ.μὴ Ιἀάπολέσῃ' τὸν-μισθὺν.αὐτοῦ. 42 Καὶ ὃς. ἂν 
to you, in πο wi-e should he lose his reward, And whoever 
/ e ~ ~ ~ ’ 2 
σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν ικοῶν ὁ τῶν "πιστευόντων εἰς 
mi..y cause τὸ “otvnd tone 3οξ *the “little “ones who belicve in 
ἐμέ." καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ περίκειται 'λίθος.μυλικὸς! 
me, good itis for him rather if- is put a millstone 
κ᾿ Ἢ , . ᾽ » \ ; ᾽ ‘ ὶ 7 
TEM τὸν. τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ βεθληται: εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. 
ο)». τὸ his neck, and he has becn cast into the sea. 
42% Καὶ ἐὰν Ἐσκανδαλίζῃι σε ἡ-χείρ-σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν" 
And if ‘should ‘cause *to offend *thee ‘thy “hand, cut off it: 
’ ‘ ‘ ao 2 ι ‘ ? ~ 
καλόν ἴσοι ἐστὶν! κυλλὸν' πεις τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν," 
good fortiHee itis maimed into life toenter, [rather] 
« = ee τε, ᾿ ῃ 2 η 
τὰς δύο χεῖρας ἔχοντα ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὴν γέενναν, εἰς τὸ 


a . 
than the two hands having togoaway into the Gehenna, into the 


~ » , yy , ~ ~ ‘ 
mio τὸ ἄσβεστον, 44 "ὕπου ὁ σκώληξ.αυτῶν οὐ-τελευτᾷ, καὶ 
fire the unquénchable, where their worm dies not, and 
τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται.! 45 καὶ ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ 
the fire is not quenched. And if thy foot should cause *to “offend 
ce, ἀπόκοψον αὐτόν' καλόν 9 Ρέἐστιν σοι! εἰσελθεῖν εἰς THY 
*thee, cut olf it: good itis forthee toenter into 
5 ‘ ‘4 7 os » ) ~ 
ζωὴν yw or, ἢ τοὺς δύο πόδας ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εις 
life lame, {rather]thar the two feet having to be cast into 
‘ / ο ἘΌΝ A ~ 3 ” = τὶ 40 rv « ο DA? a 
τὴν γέενναν; πείς TO πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον, ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ 
tke Gehenna, intothe -fire the unquenchable, where “worl 
: ~ ~ ‘ ‘A ~ ? le ΟΝ FAN « 
αὐτῶν οὐ.τελευτᾷ, καὶ τὸ Tip οὐ.σβέννυται." 47 καὶ ἐὰν ὁ 
And if 


my name, 


h 


‘their dies not, and the fire is not quenched. 

, » ? 7 κ᾿ , 
ὀφθαλμός.ισου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν' καλόν 
thine eye should cause “to “offend ‘thee, cust out 10: good 
ὅσοι ἐστὶν" μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ 

for thee itis + with one eye toenter into the kingdom 


θεοῦ, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν γξεν- 
of God, [rather] than two eyes having tobecast into the Gehen- 


ναν ‘rov πυρός," 48 ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ. αὐτῶν οὐ.τελευτᾷ, ος 
and the 


na of fire, whcre their worm dies not, 

~ ; ~ \ \ ς ΄ Woes 
πῦρ οὐ.σβέννυται. 49 Πᾶς. γὰρ πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται, "καὶ 
fire is not quenched. For everyone with fire shall be salted, and 


, ‘ A ‘ Ι 
ἁλισθήσεται.ὶ 50 καλὸν τὸ "ἅλας, 


~ . ΄ « 4 
masa «θυσία art 
Good [157 06 | salt, 


every sacrifice with salt shall be salted. 

2 ἐκωλύομεν TIra. 
not f llowing usT. Ὁ ἡμῶν us ELTraw. 
e + ὅτι that [1,]ΤΤτΑ. f ἀπολέσει shiall he lose Ltr. | 
LITA]. ΒἈ πίστιν ἐχόντων have faith “Α ; — ets ἐμέ T. 
an ass LTTrA. κ σκανδαλίσῃ τ. | ἐστίν σε ΥΤΤΙΑ. 
Ἀ — verse 44 1[Tr]. ο + [γὰρ] forL., ἐστίν σε LITrAW. 
[Littr{al. r — verse 46 1|Tr]. 5 σέ ἐστιν ΤΤτΑ. 
πᾶσα θυσία ἁλὲ ἁλισθήσεται Τ[τι]. νυ ἅλα LT 


¢ — τῷ GLTTrAW. 


t — τοῦ πυρος LTTra. 


119 


we forbad him, be- 
cause he tolloweth not 
us. 39 But Jesus spid, 
Forbid him not: for 
there is no man which 
shall do a miracle in 
my mame, that can 
lightly speak. evil of 
me. 40 For he that 
is not against us is 
on our part. 41 For 
whosoever shall give 
you acup of water to 
drink in my name, 
because ye belong to 
Christ, verily I say 
unto you, he shall not 
lose his reward, 42 And 
whosoever shall offend 
one of these little ones 
that believe in me, it 
is better for him that 
a millstone were hang- 
εὐ about his neck, and 
he were cast into the 
sea, 43 And if thy 
hand offend thee, cut 
it off: it is better for 
thee to entez into life 
maimed, than having 
two hands to go into 
hell, into the fire that 
never shall be quench- 
ed: 44 where their 
worm dieth not, and 
the fire is not quench- 
ed. 45 And if thy foot 
offend thee, cut it off; 
it is better for thee to 
enter halt into life, 
than having two feet 
to be cast into hell, 
into the fire that never 
shall be quenched: 
46 where their worm 
dieth not, and the 
fire is not quenched, 
47 And if thine eye 
offend thee,. piuck it 
out: it is better for 
thee to enter into the 
kingdom of God with 
oue eye, than having 
two eyes to be cast 
into hell fire : 48 where 
their worm dieth not, 
and the fire is not 
quenched. 49 For every 
one shall besalted with 
fire, and every sacrifice 
shall be salted with 
salt. 50Salt ὦ good: 


8 [ὅτι οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ ἡμῖν] Tr; ὅτι οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν because he was 
ἆ — μου (read [my]) GLTra. 

Ε + τούτων (read of these little ones) 
i μύλος ὀνικὸς, millstone turned by 
_™ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς THY ζωὴν LTT:AW. 

4 — εἰς TO πῦρ TO ἄσβεστον 


ἃ -- και 


120 


but if the salt have 
lost his saltness, where- 
with will ye season it ? 
Have salt in your- 
selves, and have peace 
one with another, 


Χ. And he arose 
from thence, and com- 
eth into the coasts of 
Judza by the farther 
side of Jordan: and 
the people resort unto 
him aguin ; and, as he 
was wont, he taught 
them again. 2 And the 
Pharisees cume to him, 
and asked him, Is if 
lawful for a man to 
put away his wife? 
tempting him. 3 And 
he answered and said 
unto them, What did 
Moses command you? 
4 And they said, Moses 
suffered to write a bill 
of divorcement, and to 
put her away. 5 And 
Jesus answered and 
said untothem, For the 
hardness of your heart 
he wrote you this pre- 
cept. 6 But from the 
beginning of the cre- 
ation God made them 
maleand female, 7 For 
this cause shall a man 
leave his father and 
mother, and cleave to 
his wife; 8 and. they 
twain shall be one 
flesh : so then they are 
no more twain, but 
one flesh, 9 What 
therefore God hath 
joined together, let 
not man put asunder, 
10 And in the house 
his disciples asked him 
again of the same 
matter. 11 And he 
saith unto them, Who- 
soever shall put away 
his wife, and marry 
‘another, committeth 
adultery against her. 
12 And if a woman 
shall -put away her 
husband, and be mar- 
ried to another, she 
committeth adultery. 


13 And they brought 
young children tohim, 


that he should touch- 
them: and his disci- 


les rebuke: those that 

rought them. 14 But 
when Jesus saw it, he 
was much displeased, 
and said unto them, 
Suffer the little child< 
ren to come unto me, 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. να 
1 ‘ A Ν tr ” ; ’ 
ἐὰν δὲ τὸ “ὥλας" ἄναλον γένηται, ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε; 
butif the salt saltless is become, with what it will ye season? 
” ? =e ~ Χ er ll 4 3 ’ > 4 > , 
ἔχετε EV εαυτοῖς *ddac," Kai εἰρήνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλοις. 
Have in yourselves salt, and beat peace with one another. 
10 "Κἀκεῖθεν" ἀναστὰς ἔρχεται εἰς τὰ ὕρια τῆς Ἰουδαίας, 
Andthence risingup he comes into the borders of Judea, 
διὰ τοῦ! πέραν τοῦ Ἱορδάνου' καὶ ᾿συμπορεύονται! πάλιν 
by πο: otherside ofthe Jordan. And come together again 
ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ὡς εἰώθει πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν 
crowds to him, and as he had beenaccustomed again he taught 
᾽ / 9 K κι λθό b . Φ ~ e2 ΄ u 
αὐτοὺς. αἱ προσελθόντες «οί. Φαρισαῖοι “ἐπηρώτησαν 
them. And coming to [him] the Pharisees asked 
αὐτὸν εἰ ἔξεστιν ἀνδρὶ γυναῖκα ἀπολῦσαι, πειράζοντες 
him if itis lawful fora husband a wife to put away, tempting 
αὐτόν. 8 0.0& ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ti vpir ἐνετείλατο 
him. Buthe answering said tothem, What *you ‘did Ξοοπιπιαπᾶ 
ἀμωσῆς ;} 4 Οἱ δὲ “εἶπον," ΓΜωσῆς ἐπέτρεψεν" βιβλίον ἀπο- 
?Moses 2 ‘And they said, Moses allowed a bill of di- 
στασίου γράψαι, καὶ ἀπολῦσαι. ὃ ΞΚαὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ" Ἰησοῦς 
vorce to write, and to put away. And answering Jesus 
εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πρὸς τὴν.σκληροκαρδίαν.ὑμῶν ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν 
said tothem, In view of your hardheartedness he wrote for you 
τὴν.ἐντολὴν. ταύτην 6 ἀπὸὺ.δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἄρσεν καὶ 
this commandment ; but from [the] beginning of creation male and 
θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς "ὸ θεός." 7 ἕνεκεν τούτου καταλείψει 
female, ?made *them 1God. On account of this shall *leave 
ἄνθρωπος τὸν.πατέρα.αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα, ‘kai προσκολ- 
1g “man his father and mother, and shall be 
ληθήσεται' Σπρὸς τὴν.γυναϊκα! αὐτοῦ, ὃ καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο 
ee em : αν τή κά 
joined to his wife, and “shall *be ‘the *two 
> ’ , A ov > , 7 πὶ a7 TAX A / / σ 9 ΩΣ 
εἰς σάρκα μίαν" ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ. 9 ὃ 
‘for “flesh ‘one; sothatnolongeraretheytwo, but one flesh. What- 
οὖν ἆ θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ.χωριζέτω. 10 Kai liv 


therefore God united together, Sman ‘let *not separate. And in 
τῇ οἰκίᾳ" πάλιν οἱ μαθηταὶ “αὐτοῦ! περὶ ™rov.abrou" Ὀἔπη- 
the house again his disciples concerning thesame thing ο: 

, Il ? , ‘ 2 ? ~ a p2 τ᾿ Ἢ Θ᾽ ῈΞΞ λύ 
ρώτησαν" αὐτόν. 11 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ος Ρἐὰνὶ azo voy 
asked him. And hesays tothem, Whoever should put away 
τὴν.γυν. «αὐτοῦ καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται ἐπ᾽ 

his wife and should marry another, commits adultery against 
αὐτήν. 12 καὶ ἐὰν «γυνὴ ἀπολύσῃ" τὸν.ἄνδρα.αὐτῆς "ai" 
her. And if a woman should put away her husband and 


SyaunOy ἄλλῳ, μοιχᾶται. 
be married to another, she commits adultery. , 
‘ , ? ~ , τ eal 7 νι. 
19 Καὶ προσέφερον αὐτῷ παιδία, ἵνα ἅψηται αὐτῶν 
And they brought to him little children, that hemighttouch, them, 
οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπετίμων τοῖς προσφέρουσιν. 14 ἰδὼν. δὲ 
But πο disciples rebuked those who broughtthem. ἘῬπῦΠαντίης θε [1] 
ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἠγανάκτησεν, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Αφετε τὰ παιδία 
Jesus Was indignant, and. said tothem, Suffer the little children 





WGdaT., αἅλα ΙΤΊτΑ. καὶ ἐκεῖθεν LITTAW. 2 καὶ Θὰ LTTrA, ὃ συνπορεύονται ΤΑ. 


Ὁ — οἱ GLTraW. 


© ἐπηρώτων were asking ΙΤΤΤΑ. ἃ Μωῦσῆς τ ταν]. © εἶπαν LTTra, 


f ἐπέτρεψεν Μωὺσῆς LTTrA; Μωῦὺσῆς ἐπέτ. W. Ε ὃ δὲ but TTra. h — 6 θεός (}εαᾷ he © 
made them) [L]rtrja]. i— καὶ προσκολληθήσεται τ λἠἘτῇ γυναικὶτι; — πρὸς τὴν 
γυναῖκα τ. 1 εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν LTTrA, ,™ — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) [τ]ττήα]. 5 τούτου 
this Lrtra, ο ἐπηρώτων Were asking TA. PavLITraA. 4 αὐτὴ ἀπολύσασα she putting 


away TTra. Tm καὶ TTrA. 5 γαµήσῃ ἄλλον should marry another urtra, 





xX. Μα Εκ. 
» θ ᾿ t 1 η λ TS τ ae ~ ‘ , 
έρχεσ αι προς HE, και μµη-κωλυετε ουτα των.γαο-τοιοντωυγ 
to come to me, and donothinder them; tor of such 
μα ΄ λε ΄ ~ 6 ai 1 - > \ / ε ~ τὰ v2 ‘ Π 
ἐστιν ἢ) βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὃ ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς "ἐὰν 
is the kingdom of God, Verily Isay toyou, Whoever 
‘ / ‘ Ἂ ~ ~ e ae 
μὴ δέξηται τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ 
shall net receive the kingdom of God as a little child, in no wise 
εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν. 16 Καὶ  ἐναγκαλισάμενοὸ αὐτά, τ 
shall entcr into it. And having taken *in [*his] *arms ‘them, 
τιθεῖς τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτὰ Σηὐλόγει αὐτά." 
having !aid [his] hands on them ο blessed them. 
17 Καὶ ἐκπορευομένου. αὐτοῦ εἰς ὁδόν, προσδραμὼν εἴς καὶ 
And as he went forth into[the] way, running “up 
γονυπετήσας αὐτὸν ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν, Διδάσκαλε ἀγαθέ, τί 
kneeling downto him a ked him, Teacher *good, what 


ποιήσω ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω; 18 Ὁ δὲ. Τησοῦς 


8841} [ἂο that life eternal [ may inherit ? But Je =s 
εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Τί pe λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐδες ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ 
said tohim, Why mecallest thou good? No one [is] good except 


εἷς, ὁ θεός. 19 τὰς ἐντολὰς 
one, God. 


οἶδας. ΣΜὴ.μοιχεύσῳς" 


The commandments thou knowest : Thou shouldest not commit 


μὴ φονεύσῃς'' μή κλέψης' 


adultery ; thou shouldest not commit murder; thou shouldest not steal; thou 
μὴ .ψευδομαρτυρήσμς' μὴ .ἀποστερήσῃς' τίμα τὸν 
shouldest not bear false witness; thou shouldest not defraud; honour 


πατέρα.σου καὶ τὴν µητέρα:. 20 Ὁ δὲ "ἀποκριθεὶς! δεῖπεν! 
thy father and mother. And he answering said 
αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, ἱτάῦτα πάντα! Ἰἐφυλαξάμην"' ἐκ νεότητός 
to him, Teacher, “these *all have I kept from youth 
µου. 21 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ ἠγάπησεν αὐτύν, καὶ 


‘my. AndJesus looking upon him loved him, aod 
τ ~ ε ΒΨ “ / » , 

εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ἕν «σοι! ὑστερεῖ'. ὕπαγε, ὅσα ἔχεις πώλη- 
said to him, Onethingtotheeislacking: go, asmuchas thou hast sell 


~ ~ ‘ { 
τοῖς! πτωχοῖς; καὶ ἕξεις 
{ο the poor, and thou shalt have 
οὐρανῷ᾽ καὶ δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι, ξᾶάρας τὸν σταυρόν." 22 Ὁ. δὲ 
heaven; and come, follow me, taking up the cross. But he, 
‘ ~ , ~ / ὦ > ‘ ” 
στυγνάσας ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος" Ίν-γάρ-έχων 
being sag at the word, went away grieved, for he had 
΄ ’ ξ ‘ FF κ.α ~ λέ ~ 
κτήματα πολλά. 23 Kai περιβλεψάμενος ὁ Inooug λέγει τοῖς 
“possessions ‘many. And _ looking around Jesus says 
~ ? ~ ~ / c ο / ” > 
pabyraic.avrov, Πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες εἰς 
to his disciples, How _ difficultly those “riches ‘having into 
τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελεύσονται. 24 Οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐθαμ- 


σον καὶ δὸς 


θησαυρὸν ἐν 
and give i 


treasure in 


the kingdom of God shall enter ! And the disciples were as- 
~ ‘ ~ , > ~ « αν - ΄ > \ 

βοῦντο ἐπὶ τοῖς.λόγοις αὐτοῦ. ὋὉ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς 

tonished at his words. And Jesus again answering 


λέγει αὐτοῖς, "Τέκνα," πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστιν ἱτοὺς πεποιθότας 
says tothem, Children, μὸν difficult it is [for] those who trust 
ἐπὶ τοῖς! χρήμασιν" εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν. 
in riches into the kingdom of God  toenter! 
, 4 ~ ~ ~ Ι 
κάμηλον διὰ ἱτῆς" τρυμαλιᾶς ἱτῆς! 


25 εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν 
eye of the 


Easier itis [for] a camel through the 
t — καὶ GYTrAW 5 ἂν LTTrA. 
αὐτά he blesses them LW; - ηὐλόγει αὐτά Ἰ0νΑ. 
z -- σου tiiy (mother) LT. ἃ — ἀν. "κριθεὶς Τ. 
ἃ ἐφύλαξα κι. <oethee τὰ. ἴ -- τοῖς Liraw. — ἄρ 
i — τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐπὶ τοις χρήμασιν T. k — τοῖς Liaw. 
ucedic) Lt Ww, 





Ὁ ἔφη ΤΤΙΑ. 


‘one and 


* + κατευλόγει he blesses [them] TTra. 
Υ Μη φονεύσῃς, μὴ µοιχεύσῃς L. 


& — ἄρας τον σταυρόν [L]TTr. 
1 — τῆς (vead au eye Οἱ ἃ 


121 


and forbid them not: 
for of such is the king- 
dom of God. 15 Verily 
I say unto you, Who- 
soever shall not receive 
the kingdom of Godas 
a little child, he shall 
not enter. therein. 
16 And he took them 
up in his arms, put 
his hands upon them, 
and blessed them. 


17 And when he was 
gone forth into the 
way, there came one 
running, and kneeled 
to him, and asked him, 
Good Master, what 
shall I do that I may 
inherit eternal life? 
18 And Jesus said unto 
him, Why caliest thou 
me good ? there is none 
good but one, that is, 
God, 19 Thou knowest 
the commandments, 
Do not commit adul- 
tery, Do not kill, Do 
not steal, Do not bear 
false witness, Defraud 
not, Honour thy father 
and mother. 20 And he 
answered and said 
unto him, Master, all 
these have I observ- 
ed from my youth. 
21 Then Jesus behold- 
ing him loved him, 
and said unto him, 
One thing thou lack- 
est: go thy way, sell 
whatsoever thou hast, 
and give to the, poor, 
and thou shalt have 
treasure in heaven: 
and come, take up the 
cross, and follow me. 
22 And he was sad at 
that saying, and went 
away grieved: for he 
had great possessions. 
23 And Jesus looked 
round about, and saith 
unto his disciples, How 
hardly shall they that 
have riches enter into 
the kingdom of God! 
24 And the disciples 
were astonished at his 
words. But Jesus an- 
swereth again, and 
saith unto them, Child- 
ren, how hard is it for 
them that trust in 
riches to enter into 
the kingdom of God! 
25 It is easier for a 
camel to go through 
the eye of a needle, 





χ εὐλόγει 


ὅ πάντα ταύτα 1.. 
ἢ τεκνία le 


122 


than for a rich man 
“to enter into the king- 
dom of God.*26 And 
they were astonished 
out of measure, saying 
among themselves, 
Whotnhen can he saved? 
27 And Jesus looking 
upon them saith, W ith 
men it 15 impossible, 
but not with God: for 
with God all things 
are possible. 28 Then 
Peter began to say 
unto him, Lo, we have 
jeft all, and have fol- 
lowed thee. 29 And 
Jesus answered and 
said, Verily I say unto 
you, There is no man 
that hath left house, 
or brethren, or sisters, 
or father, or mother, 
or wife, or children, 
or lands, for my sake, 
and the gospel’s, 30 but 
he shall receive an 
hundredfold now in 
this time, houses, and 


brethren, and sisters,’ 


and mothers, and 
children, and lands, 
withpersecutions; and 
in the world to come 
eternal life. 31 But 
many that are first 
shall be last ; and the 
last first, 


32 And they were in 


the way going up to, 


Jerusalem ; and Jesus 


went before them: and’ 


they were amazed ; and 
as they followed, they 
were afraid. And he 
took again the twelve, 
and began to tell them 
what things should 
happen ‘unto him, 
33 saying, Behold, we 
go up, to Jerusalem ; 
and the Son of man 
shall be delivered unto 
the chief priests, and 
unto the scribes ; and 
they shall condemn 
him to death, and shail 
deliver him to the 
Gentiles: 34 and they 
shall mock him, and- 
shall scourge him, and 
shall spit upon him, 
and shall kill him: 
and the third day he 
shall rise again. 


35 And. James and 
John, the sons of Ze- 
bedee, come unto him, 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ ὃς 

ῥαφίδος "εἰσελθεῖν," ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ 
needle to pass, ae {for} arich man into the -kingdom of God 
εἰσελθεῖν. 26 Οἱ-ξὲ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες πρὺς 
to enter. And they exceedingly were astonished, saying amgug 


ἑαυτούς, Kai τίς δύναται σωθῆναι; 27 ᾿Εμβλέψας." δὲ" αὐτοῖς 


themselves, And who 15 8016 ἕο be saved? But looking on them 
ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς λέγει, Παρὰ ἀνθῥῤώποις» ἀδύνατον, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ παρὰ 
Jesus says, With men [itis] impossible, but not with 


Ρτῷ! θεῷ" πάντα.γὰρ δυνατά “ἐστιν! παρὰ τῷ θεῷ. «98 "Kat! 

God; forallthings possible ‘are with God. And 

ἤρξατο "ὁ Πέτρος λέγειν" αὐτῷ, Ἰδού, ἡμεῖς πο, πάντα, 
“began 1Peter tosay tohim, Lo, we : 


ἣ 
καὶ ᾿ἠκολουθήσαμέεν" σοι. 29 Τ᾿ Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ πα εἶπεν," 
and followed thee. But answering Jesus said, 


"A κ᾿ λέ « ~ 3 », Ἵ τι > ~ a ’ = Ἅ 10 Ἂ 4 
μὴν λέγω υμίν, οὐδεὶς εστιν OC αφῆκεν οἰκίαν. ἢ αδελφούς, 

Verily Isay toyou, Noone thereis who hasleft house, ος brothers, 
n δελ , πλ ῃ a ; Ι χὰ μη "Δ ΄ “ 
η ἀδθελφάς, “ἢ πατέρα, 1) µητερα, "η γυναικα, ἢ τέκνα, ἢ 
or sisters, or father, or mother, or wite, or children, or 
ἀγρούς, ἕνεκεν; ἐμοῦ καὶ Υ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 30 ἐὰν. μὴ λάβῃ 
lands, forthesakeofme and ofthe glad tidings, that shali not reccive 
ἑκατονταπλασίονα νῦν ἐν τῷ-καιρῷ-τούτῳ, οἰκίας καὶ ἀδελ- 
a hundredfold now in this time: houses and το- 
φοὺς καὶ ἀδελφὰς καὶ μητέρας" καὶ τέκνα καὶ ἀγρούς, μετὰ 
thers and sisters and mothers and children and lands, with 


διωγμῶν, καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ.ἐρχομένῳ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 31 πολ- 
persecutions,and in the age that i iscoming 1178 eternal. “Many 


\Aol δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, Kai "οἱ! ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι. 
Σραῦ *shall*be “first last, and the last first. 


32 Ἠσαν δὲ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναβαίνοντες εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα" καὶ 
Απά ος were in the way going up to Jerusalem, * and 


ον γων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ᾿ἐθαμβοῦντο. «at! 
ree going *before “ὑπο 1 Jesus, and they were astonished, and 


ἀκολουθοῦντες ἐφοβοῦντο. καὶ παραλαβὼν πάλιν τοὺς 
following were afraid. And having taken to [him] again the 


δώδεκα, ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς λέγειν τὰ μέλλοντα αὐτῷ 


.twelve, he began them to tell the things which were about *to*him 
συμβαίνειν". 88 Ὅτι, ἰδού, ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ 
1to “happen : Behold, we go up to Jerusalem, and 
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ 
the Son of man will be delivered up tothe chief priests and 
τοῖς' γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ, καὶ 
to the scribes, and they will condemn him to death, and 


παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, 84 καὶ ἐμπαίξουσιν αὐτῷ, 
will deliver ap him tothe Gentiles, And they will ote hi, 


ἀκαὶ μαστιγώσουσιν αὐτόν, καὶ ἐμπτύσουσιν αὐτῷ," καὶ ἄπο- 


and will scourge him, and_ will spit upon him, and = will 
κτενοῦσιν αὐτόν" καὶ fry τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ" ἀναστήσεται. 
kill him ; and on the third ‘' day he will rise again, 


35 Kai προσπορεύονται αὐτῷ Ιάκωβος καὶ Ἰωάννης Bot" 
And ᾿ς come up to him. James and John, the 





m διελθεῖν EGLTTrAW. 
ᾳ — ἐστιν. (read [ιιγε]) της. 
have followed LTT-aw. 
Jesus said. (— amok. 
} + ἕνεκεν for the sake G[t]tTraw. 


and those TTr. 


9 — αὐτόν (read [him]) [τε] Tr). 


n — δὲ but TTra. o+ [τοῦτο] this [is] L. Ρ — τῷ TTrAW. 
Σ--- καὶ GLTTraAW. Ξ λέγειν ὁ ο Πέτρος, ΤΑ. t ἠκολουθήκαμέν 

v ἀποκριθεὶς (omit but) ὁ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν παμε ἔφη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 

wn μητέρα, ἢ πατέρα ΤΤΤΤΑ. = ἢ γυναϊκα LTTra. 

: μητέρα mother Ltr. ® — οἱ GLW. > οἱ δὲ 

4 καὶ ἐμπτύσουσιν αὐτῷ, καὶ μαστιγώσουσιν αὐτὸν ΗΤΤ.Α. 
f μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας after three days LT Tra, ἕ -- οἱ Α. 


δὲ) ΤΑ. 


© — τοῖς L. 





ὡς, MARK. 


ε / 
υἱοὶ Ζεβεδαίου, λέγοντες", Διδάσν re, θέλομεν ἵνα ὃ ἐὰν 
sons of Zebedee, saying, Teacher, we de that whatever 
᾽ ΓΙ , σ ντ « ᾿ Fy ~ γεν , 
αἰτήσωμε» ἢ ποιήσῃς ἡμῖν. 90 Ο.δὲ εἶπενα ic, Τί θέλετε 
we may ask thou wouidest ἄο for us. Andhe said tothem, What doyedesire 
k ~ , πε Ἂ: Ε « δὲ να ἢν. > ~ ee ε - Ἷ + 
ποιῆσαι pes υμίν; 37 Οι.9εεἰπον' αὐτῷ, Adc ἡμῖν, ἵνα εἷς 
το 34ο ‘me ΤΟΥ you? And they said tohim, Give tous, that one 
> ~ Ἢ ο 7? ! , 
mic δεξιῶν σου" καὶ εἷς ἃ ἐξ οεὐωνύμων' Ρσουϊ καθίσωμεν. ἐν 
at thy right hand and one at thy left hand Wwemaysit in 
~ A ~ cy ? ~ "Ὁ , 
τῇ. δόξῃς. σου. 383 Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Οὐκ.οἴδατε τί 
thy giory. But Jesus’ said tothem, Yeknow not what 
~ : ~ ο ‘ Α ‘ ‘ 
ιαἰτεῖσθε, δύνασθε πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον΄ ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, “καὶ! τὸ 


re 


yeask. Are ye able todrink the cup which I drink, and *the 
arricna 6. ἐγὼ βαπτίζοµαι, βαπτισθῆναι; 
®paptism "which *I ¥*am ’°baptized (*'with], "το *be *baptized [*with]? 


99 Οἱ δὲ τεϊπονὶ αὐτῷ, Δυνάμεθα. Ὁ.-δὲ.Τησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, 
Andthey said tohim, Weare able, But Jesus said tothem, 


To "μὲν! ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, πίεσθε: καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα 


The “indeed ‘cup which I drink, yeshall drink ; and the baptism 
ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε’ 40 τὸ .δὲ.καθί- 
which 1 am baptized [with], ye shall be baptized [with] ; but to sit 


> ς.- ὦ q 1Η 2 47 / { Il ? » Ω 3 4A 
σαι εκ δεξιῶν μου" καὶ" ἐξ εὐωνύμων μου" οὐκ.ἔστιν ἐμὸν 

at iny right hand . and at: my left hind is not mine 
δοῦναι, ἀλλ᾽ οἷς ἡτοίμασται. 4] Καὶ ἀκούσαν- 
τοµίνο, but [to those] for whom it has been prepared. And having 
TEC ot 
heard [this] the began 


Ἰωάννου 42 νὺ δὲ [ησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος 


and 
2 ‘ Π Le 
αὑτοὺς" λέγει 


ten to be indignant about James 


Johu. But Jesus having called *to [Shim] ?them says 
αὐτοῖς, Οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν 
tothem, Yeknow that those whe are accounted toruleover the nations 


κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν" καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι. αὐτῶν κατεξουσιάζου- 
exercise lordshipover them; and their great ones excercise authority 
σιν αὐτῶν. 43 οὐχ οὕτως δὲ Yéora ἐν ὑμῖν' ἀλλ 
over them: not thus however shall it be among you; but 
εν ΣΝ {I on Σ. [ή / Π ? « - wy 2 ΓΝ , 
ὃς. Σεὰν" θέλῃ Σγενέσθαι μέγας" ἐν ὑμῖν, ἔσται Ἰδιάκονος 
‘whoever de-ires to become great among you, shall be *servant 
ὑμῶν." 44 καὶ ὃς "ἂν" θέλῃ Ῥὑμῶν' «γενέσθαι! πρῶτος, ἔσται 
γοῦν; and whoever’ desires of you to become first, shail be 

/ σον Ξ = ‘ BY « κα δὰ τ" δ᾽, o> ? τ 
πάντων δοῦλος" 45 καὶ.γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ.ᾖλθεν 
“of 5411 =*bondman., For even the Son of man came not 
διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι, καὶ δδῦναι τὴν ψυχἠν.αὐτοῦ 
το be served, but to serve, and togive his life 

ne 

λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν. 
&ransom for many. 

46 Kai “ἔρχονται! εἰς “Ἱεριχώ"!" καὶ ἐκπορευομένου. αὐτοῦ 

And .theycome to Jericho ; and as he was going out - 

2 ἢ Ἶ - » - \ ~ 
ἀπὸ "Ἱεριχώ,! καὶ τῶν μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὄχλου ἱκανοῦ, 
from Jericho, and his disciples, and a‘*crowd “large, 
[υἱὸς Τιμαίου Βαρτίμαιος £6" τυφλὸς ἃ ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν 
a@son of Timvzus, Bartimeus the blind [man], wassitting beside the 





h + αὐτῷ to him [1/]τττΑ. i+ oe thee ΙΤΤΙΑΥΓ. 
ποιήσω". ἰ εἶπαν LTTrA. .™ σου ἐκ δεξιῶν TTrA. 
5 — σου (read [thy] left hand) [τ]ττια. 4 ἢ OY LTTrA. 
t — µου (read [my] left hand) eirtraw. 
5 ἐστιν it is LTTrA. α ἂν LTTr, 
5 ἐὰν Ctra, » ἐν ὑμῖν among you 1,. 
£+6the(son) 1 ηταν. Ε -- ὁ (readablind[man)]) titra, 


Ὁ + σου thy Τ. 


7 μέγας γενέσθαι TTr. 


Φ/ » y ? ~ ΝΜ: , a 
céxa ἤρξαντο ἀγανακτεῖν περὶ ᾿Ιακώβου καὶ 





τ εἶπαν LTTrA. 
ν᾿ καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὃ ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTrA. 
2 ὑμῶν διάκονος GLTTrAW. 
ὁ εἶναι {ο beutr. 4 ἔρχεται Ὦθ ΟὐΤΩ651,.. 8 Ἱερειχώ τ. 
ha + προσαίτης a beggar TTra. 


123 
saying, Master, we 
would that thou 


shouldest do for us 
whatsoever we shall 
desire. 36 And he said 
unto them, What 
would ye that I should 
do for you? 37 They 
said unto him, Grant 
unto us that we may 
sit. one on thy right 
hand, and the other on 
thy left hand, in thy 
glory. 38 But Jesus 
said unto them, Ye 
know not what ye 
ask: can ye drink of 
the eup that I drink 
of? and be baptized 
with the baptism that 
I am baptized with? 
39 And they said unto 
him, Wecan. And Je- 
sus said unto them, 
Ye shall indeed drink 
of the cup that I drink 
of ; and with the bap- 
tism that I am bap- 
tized withal shall ye 
be baptized: 40 but to 
sit on my right hand 
and on my left hand 
is not mine to give; 
but zt shall be given to 
them for. whom it is 
prepared, 4] And when 
the ten heard zt, they 
began to be much dis- 
pleased with James 
and John. 42 But Jesus 
called them to him, 
and saith unto them, 
Ye know that they 
which are accounted 
to rule over the Gen- 
tiles exercise lordship 
over them; and their 
great ones exercise 
authority upon them. 
43 But so shall it not 
be. among you: but 
whosoever will be 
great among τοι, 
shall be your minister: 
4: and whosoever of 
you will be the chief- 
est, shall be servant 
of all, 45 For even the 
Son of man came not 
to be ministered unto, 
but to minister, and 
to give his life a ran- 
som for many. 


46 And they came 
to Jericho: and as he 
went out of Jericho 
with his disciples and 
a. great number of peo- 
ple, blind Bartimzus, 
the son of Timezeus, sat 
by the highway side 
begging. 47 And when 


κ ποιήσω I should do utr; µε 


ο ἀριστερῶν TTrA. 
5 --- μὲν TTrA. 


194 

he heard that it was 
esus of Nazareth, he 
began to cry out, and 
say, Jesus, thou Son 
of David, have mercy 
on me. 48 And many 
charged him that he 
should hold his peace: 
but he cried the more 
agreat deal, Zhow Son 
of David, have mercy 
onme. 49 And Jesus 
stood still, and com- 
manded him to be 
called. And they call 
the plind man, saying 
unta him, Be of good 
comfort, rise; _ he 
calleth thée. 50 And 
he, casting away his 
garment, rose, and 
eame to Jesus. 51 And 
Jesus answered and 
said unto him, What 
wilt thou that Ishould 
Go unto thee? The 
blind man said unto 


him, Lord, that I 
might receive my 
sight. 52 And Jesus 


said unto him, Go thy 
way; thy faith hath 
made thee whole. And 
immediately he receiv- 
ed his sight, and fol- 
lowed Jesusintheway. 


XI. And when they 
came nigh to Jerusa- 
lem, unto Bethphage 
and Bethany. at the 
mount of Olives, he 
sendeth forth two of 
his disciples, 2 and 
saith unto them, Go 
your way into the vil- 
lage over against you: 
and as soon as ye be 
entered into it, ye 
shall find a colt tied, 
whereon never man 
sat; loose him, and 
bring Aim. 3 And if 
any man sayunto you, 
Why do ye this? say 
ye that the Lord hath 
need of him; and 
straightway he will 
send him hither. 4 And 
they went their way, 
and found the colt tied 
by the door without in 
a place where two ways 
met; and they loose 
him. 5 And certain of 
them that stood there 
raid unto them, What 
do ye, loosing the colt ? 
6 And they said unto 
them even asJesus had 


commanded : andthey 


κεκάθικεν' “λύσαντες αὐτὸνὶ Ἰάγάγετε.! 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. 


ὁδὸν ἱπροσαιτῶν.! 47 καὶ ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ ΚΝαζωραϊος! 
way, begging. - And having heard that Jesus the Nazarzxan 


» wy ‘ ‘ / « en , ~ 
ἐστιν, ἤρξατο κράζειν καὶ λέγειν, 1Ο υἱὸς" "Δαβίδ," Ἰησοῦ, 


ἐν was, he began tocry out and tosay, Son of David, J@sus, 
(lit. it is) 
ἐλέησόν» µε. 48 Καὶ ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ πολλοὶ ἵνα σιωπήσῃ" 


have pity on me. And rebuked “him. that he should besilent; 
ὁ δὲ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν, Ὑἱὲ ™AaBid," ἐλέησόν µε. 
but he much more eried out, Son of David, have pity on me, 
49 Kai στὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς "εῖπεν αὐτὸν φωνηθήναι"" καὶ 
And *havying *stopped ‘Jesus askedfor him to be called. And 
φωνοῦσιν τὸν τυφλόν, λέγοντες αὐτῷ, Θάρσει" 
they call the blind saying tohim, Be of good courage; 
οἔγειραυ! φωνεῖ σε. 50 Ὁ.δὲ ἀποβαλὼν τὸ ἱμάτιον.αὐτοῦ, 
rise up, he calls thee. And he casting away his garment, 
Ρἀναστὰς! ἦλθεν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν" 51 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει 


*many 


{man], 


havingrisenuphecame to Jesus, And answering 2says 
αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Τί θέλεις ποιήσω σοί ;" Ὁ.δὲ τυφλὸς 
350 *him 1Jesus, What dost ίποι desire Ishoulddotothee? Andthe blind © 
εἶπεν αὐτῷ, "Ῥαββονίμ ἵνα. ἀναβλέψω. δῷ Ὁ δὲ Τη- 
{man] βαϊᾶ to him, Rabboni, that I may receive sight. And Je- 
σοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὕπαγε" ἡ.πίστιςσου σέσωκέν σε. Καὶ 
sus said tohim, Go, thy faith has healed thee, And 
teiPzwe! ᾿ ἀνέβλεψεν, καὶ ἠκολούθει “τῷ Ἰησοῦ" ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. 


immediately he received sight, and followed in the way. 


11 Καὶ ὅτε ἐγγίζουσιν εἰς ὉἹερουσαλήμ,! *eic Βηθφαγὴ 
And when they drew near to Jerusalem, to Bethphage 
καὶ Βηθανίαν," πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ᾿Ἐλαιῶν, Σἀποστέλλειϊ δύο 
and Bethany, towards the mount of Olives, he sends two 
τῶν μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, 2 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν 
of his disciples, ‘and says tothem, Go into the 
κώμην τὴν.κατέναντι ὑμῶν" Kai ᾿εὐθέωςὶ εἰσπορευόμενοι εἰς 
village, that opposite you, and immediately ~ entering into 
αὐτὴν εὑρήσετε πῶλον δεδεμένον, ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων" 
it ye willfind acolt tied, upon which no one of men 
3 καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν 
lead {it]. And if anyone toyou 
” , ~ ~ μ » ο, is , ᾽ ~ ΄, 
εἴπῃ, Τι ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; εἰπατε, © Ότι ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν 
say, Why ἄογθ this? say, The Lord. ®of *it need 
ἔχει καὶ εὐθέως! αὐτὸν βἀποστελεῖ! Β ὧδε. 4 13 Απῆλθον. δέ," 
thas, audimmediately it he willsend hither. And they departed, 
καὶ εὗρον **rov' πῶλον δεδεμένον πρὸς τὴν" θύραν ἔξω ἐπὶ 
and found the. colt tied at the door without, by 
τοῦ ἀμφόδου,.καὶ λύουσιν αὐτόν. 5 Kai τινες τῶν ἐκεῖ ἑστη- 
the cross way, and they loose it. And some of those there stand- 
κότων ἔλεγον αὐτοῖς, Τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες τὸν πῶλον; Θ᾽ Οἱ δὲ 
ing said tothem, Whatareyedoing loosing the colt? And they 
“ ο ‘ / - ‘ ~ 
ποεῖπον' αὐτοῖς καθως "ἐνετείλατο" ὁ Ἰησοῦς" καὶ ἀφῆκαν 
said to them as commanded 1 Jesus. And they allowed 


Jesus 


has sat: having looséd _ it 





i— προσαιτῶν ΤΤΙΑ, \ 
η εἶπεν, φωνήσατε αὐτόν said, call ye him TTra. 


leaped up ΓΊΤτΑΝΓ. 


5 Ῥαββουνί GLTTraAW. 
χ καὶ εἰς Βηθανίαν LT. 


no one yet) LTr. 
bring τττΑ. e 


Ὦ + πάλιν back TTr. 


(read a door) Tra. 


— Ὅτι LTIrA. 


κ Ναζαρηνός LTTra. ι Ὑἱὲ ταττ. m Aaveid LTTrA; Δανΐδ Gw. 
said, ο 5 hir _ © ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. Ρ ἀναπηδήσας having 
4 αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν Jesus said to him ΊΤιΑ. * σοι θέλεις ποιήσω; Τ. 
t εὐθὺς TTra. Σ αὐτῷ him GLTTrAW. τ Ἱεροσόλυμα LYTrAW. 
Υ ἀπέστειλεν he sent 1. + εὐθὺς ΤΤιΑ. 3 - οὔπω not yet (read 
Ὁ + οὔπω τ. © λύσατε αὐτὸν καὶ loose it and urtra. ἆ φέρετε 
τι LTITA. f εὐθὺς LTTrA. 8 ἀποστέλλει he sends GLTTraw. 
a καὶ ἀπῆλθον LITA. ka — τὸν (read a coli) GLiraw. 
m8 εἶπαν T. μα εἶπεν said ΤΤΤτΑ, 


XR: 


le — τὴν | 


all things, 


ΧΙ. MARK. 
? / ο {| 4 Av BY A > Wes 4 
αὐτούς. 7 και ἤγαγον" τὸν πῶλον πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν' καὶ 
them, And theyled {88 colt to , _Jerus, And 


Ρἐπέβαλον! αὐτῷ τὰ.ἱμάτια.αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐπ᾽ «“αὐτῷ" 
they cast upon it their garments, and he sat on it ; 
8 "πολλοὶ δὲ! τὰ Ἱμάτια.αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν" ἄλλοι δὲ 
and many their garments strewed on the way, and others 
βστοιβάδας"' [έκοπτονὶ ἐκ τῶν "δένδρων," “καὶ ἐστρώννυον 
"Ὅταησμες were cutting down from the trees, and were strewing 
_ εἰς τὴν ὁδόν." 9 καὶ οἱ ΄ προάγοντες καὶ οἱ ἀκολουθοῦν- 
fthem] on the way. And those going before and thosé follow- 
' » αλ’ free Bo ? , - « 
vec ἔκραζον, ΛἈλέγοντες,  ὩὭσαννά' εὐλογημένος ὁ 
ing were crying out, saying, Hosanna ! biessed [be] he who 
ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου. 10 εὐλογημένη ἡ ἔρχο- 
comes in {the] name of [the] Lord. Blessed f[be]the com- 
μένη βασιλεία: Τὲν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ.πατρὸς ἡμῶν 
ing kingdom ‘in [*the] "name *%of[®the]*°Lord ᾿ ‘of *our “father 
*AaBio' *‘Qoavva ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις. 11 Kai εἰσῆλθεν εἰς 
*David. Hosanna in the highest ! , And entered into 
Ἱεροσόλυμα "ὁ Ἰησρῦς καὶ! εἰς τὸ ἱερόν" καὶ περιβλεψάμενος 
*Jerusalem 1Jesus and into the temple; and having looked round on 
πάντα, Ῥόψίας! ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας, ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν 
late already being the hour, hewentout to Bethany 
μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα. 
with the twelve. 
19 Καὶ τῇ ἐπαύριον ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας, 
Andonthe morrow “having *gone*out ΠΟΥ from Bethany, 
ἐπείνασεν. 19 καὶ ἰδὼν συκῆν © μακρόθεν ἔχουσαν φύλλα, 
he hungered. And seeing a fig-tree afar off having leaves, 
+ 2 ” ἃ « 7 il 3 3 πο i ἐλθ Ἐ 3 ᾽ 
ἦλθεν εἰ ἄρα Ὀεὑρήσε τι ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ ἐλθων ἐπ 
he went if perhaps he will find anything on it. « And having come to 
? i 7 A σα > Α / λ .6 6 > 4 στ A {| , 
αὐτήν, οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα”. οὐ. γὰρ.ἡν καιρὸς! σύκων. 
it, nothing he foundexcept leaves, forit was not[the]season of figs. 
a; os \ t 2 ees ? ~ / h2 hee 
14 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς 0 Ἰησοῦς" εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Μηκετι "εκ σοῦ εἰς 
And answering i Jesus said toit, Nomore of thee for 
τὸν αἰῶνα" μηδεὶς" καρπὸν φάγοι. Καὶ ἤκουον οἱ μαθηταὶ 
ever “any “one “fruit ‘let“eat. And “heard *disciples 
(lit. no one) 


> ~ ‘ » > . , A > ‘ 
αὐτοῦ. 15 Καὶ ἔρχονται εἰς ᾿Ἱεροσόλυμα" καὶ εἰσελθὼν 
"his, And, theycome to. Jerusalem ; and “having “entered 
Κὸ Ἰησοῦς" εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας 
1 Jesus into the temple hebegan tocastout those selling 


ee / ? νε ν A \ / ~ AX 
kai! ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ' καὶ τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυ- 


διά. buying in the temple, and the tables ofthe money 
βιστῶν καὶ τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστερὰς 
changers and the . seats of those selling the doves 


κατέστρεψεν: 16 καὶ οὐκήφιεν ἵνα τις διενέγκη σκεῦος 
he overthrew, and suffered not that anyone shouldcarry a vessel 
διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ. 17 καὶ ἐδίδασκεν, λέγων" “adroic," Οὐ 
through the temple. And he taught, saying tothem, Not 


125 


let them go. 7 And 
they brought the colt 
to Jesus, and cast their 
garments on him; 
and he sat upon him. 
8 And many spread 
their garments in the 
Way: and others cut 
down branches off the 
trees, and strawed 
them inthe way. 9 And 
they that went before, 
and they that fol- 
lowed, cried, saying, 
Hosanna; Blessed is 
he that cometh in the 
name of the Lord: 
10 blessed be the king- 
dom of our- father 
David, that cometh in 
the name of the Lord: 
Hosanna in the high- 
est. 11 And Jesus en- 
tered into Jerusalem, 
and into the temple: 
and when he had look- 
ed round about upon 
all things, and now 
the eventide was come, 
he went out unto Beth- 
any with the twelve. 


12 And on the mor- 
row, when they were 
come from Bethany, 
he was hungry : 13 and 
seeing a fig tree afar 
off having leaves, he 
came, if haply ‘he 
might find any thing 
thereon : and. when he 
came to it, he found 
nothing but leaves; 
for the time of figs 
was not yet. 14 And 
Jesus answered’ and 
said unto it, No man 
eat fruit of thee here- 
after for ever. And 
his disciples heard it. 
15 And they come to 
Jerusalem : and Jesus 
went into the temple, 
and began to cast out 
them that sold and 
bought in the temple, 
and overthrew the 
tables of the money- 
changers, and the seats 
of them that sold 
doves; 16 and would 
not suffer that any 
man should carry any 
vessel through the 
temple. 17 And he 
taught, saying unto 





ο φέρουσιν they bring TTra. 
τ καὶ πολλοὶ Τττὰ. 5 στιβάδας LITrA: : Wa 
5 ἀγρῶν fields TTra. * — καὶ ἐστρώνννον εἰς THY ὁδόν TTA, 
Σ — ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου GLTTraw. : Δανείδ LTTrA; Δαυΐδ ew. 
entered) στα. Ὁὀψὲτ. ο - ἀπὸ from LTTraw. 


> 4 ο « . « ‘ x » 
only L. { οὐ γὰρ ἣν ὃ καιρος L; 6 γὰρ καιρὸς οὐκ ἣν ΤΤτΑ. 
GLTITrAW. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἐκ Gov LTTrA. i οὐδεὶς Ἑ, 


| τοὺς these ΙΤΤΕΑΥΓ.. τι καὶ ἔλεγεν and said TIra, 


P ἐπιβάλλουσιν they cast upon GLTTraw. 
τκόψαντες having cut [them] down tra. 
* — λέγοντες [L]TTrA. 
& — ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ (read he 
a τι εὑρήσει LTTrAW. 
Ε — ὃ Ἰησοῦς (read he said 
k — 9 Ἰησοῦς GLTTraw: 

Ὁ -- αὐτοῖς [L]a. 


9 αὐτόν LTTrA. 


9 + [μόνα 


190 

them, Is it not writ- 
ten, My house shall 
be called of all nations 
the house of prayer? 
but ye have made it a 
den of thieves, 18 And 
the scribes and chief 
priests heard it, and 
sought how they might 
destroy him: fur they 
feared him, because all 
the people was asto- 
nished at his docirine. 
19 And when even was 
come, he went out of 
the city. 


20 And in the morn- 
ing, as they passed by, 
they saw the fig trce 


dried - u from the 
roots. 21 And Peter 
ealling to Tremem- 


brance saith untohim, 
Master, behold, the 
fig tree which thou 
eur-edst is withered 
away. 22 And Je-us 
answering saith unto 
them, Have faith in 
God. 23 For venly I 
say unto you, That 
whosoever shall say 
unto this mountain, 
Be thou removed, and 
be thou cast into the 
sea; and shall not 
doubt in his heart, but 
shall believe that tho-e 
things which he saith 
shall come to pass ; he 
shall have whitsoever 
he saith. 24 Therefore 
Isay unto you, What 
thingssoever ye desire, 
when ye pray, believe 
that ye recvive them, 
and yeshall have them. 
25 And when ye stand 

raying, forgive, if ye 


ave ought against. 


any : that your Father 
also which is in heaven 
may forgive you your 
trespasses. 26 But if 
ye do not forgive, nei- 
ther will your Father 
which is in heaven for- 
give your trespasses. 


27 And they come 
again to Jerusalem: 
and as he was walking 
in the temple, there 
come to him the chief 
priests, andthescribes, 
and the elders, 28 and 
say unto him, By what 
authority doest thou 
these things ? and who 
gave thee this au- 
thority to do these 
things? 29 And Jesus 


ο -υσὔδὍἥὔέθ--------------------------- 
Ρ πεποιήκατε have made TTrA. 


ο --- Ὅτι L. 


τ ἀπολέσωσιν they might destroy LrTraw. 
W ὅταν TTr. 


govTo T. 
2 Ῥαββεί Pa. 

© λαλεῖ LTTrA. 
LITrA. 
M— τοῖς LA. 


a+ 


f — ὃ ἐὰν εἴπῃ ττή Αα]. 
i ἐλάβετε ye received LITrA, 
2 ἔλεγον they said TTra. 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ, ΧΙ, 


, ε/ i « ο D. ~ , 
γέγραπται, Ὁ Ὅτι' ὁ οἶκός.µου ὑἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται 
thas 315 been written, ΄ My house ahouse of prayer shall he called 
πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ; ὑμεῖς.δὲ Ῥἐποιῆσατεϊ αὐτὸν σπήλαιον 
forall the nations ? but ye a den 
~ τ ον Ἂν « ~ « 5 +6 
λῃστῶν. 18 Kai ἤκουσαν οἱ Typappareic καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς," 
σὲ robbers, And “heard [510] *the *seribes and *the >chief Spriests, 
καὶ ἐζήτουν πῶς αὐτὸν Τἀπολέσουσιν"" ἐφοβοῦντο. γὰρ "αὐτόν," 
andihey sought how- him they 5881] destroy; for they feered’ him, 
ef ~ ς 2/ Σο ΄ Α ἢ Ἆν ~ ” 
‘ore πᾶς" ὁ ὄχλος "ἐξεπλήσσετοὶ ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῇ.αὐτοῦ. 
because all the crowd were astonished at his teaching. 
19 Kai Wore" ὀψὲ ἐγένετο “ἐξεπορεύετο! ἔξω τῆς πόλεως. 
And when evening came he went forth qutof the city. 
20 Kai πρωὶ παραπορευόμενοι" εἶδον τὴν συκῆν 
And in the morning passing by they -ῶῶν the fig-tree 
ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν. 31 καὶ ἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος 


made it 


dried up from [the] roots. And "having *remembered Peter 
λέγει αὐτῷ, Ῥαβρι,! ἴδε, ἡ συκῆ ἣν κατηράτω ἐξήρανται. 
says to him Rabbi, see, the fig-iree which thou cursedst is dried.up. 


22 Kai ἀποκριζεὶς *Inoove λέγει αὐτοῖς, Έχετε πίστιν θεοῦ. 
And “answering 1Jesus says tothem, Have faith in God. 
23 ἀμὴν. ὑγὰρ' λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ Ὥτῷ.ῦρειτούτῳ, 
For verily Isay toyou, that whoever shalisay tothis mountzin, 
"AvOnre καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ μὴ.δια- 
Be thou taken away and Ῥο thoucast into the sea, and shall not 
κριθῇ ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ “πιστεύσῃ! ὅτι 338 ἑλέγει 
doubt in his heart, but shall believe that what hesays 
γινεται ἔσται αὐτῷ ἴὸ. ἐὰν. εἴπῃ." 24 διὰ τοῦτο λέγω 
takes place, there shall be to him whatever he shallsay. For thisreason I say | 
ὑμῖν, Πάντα bcatdv' προσευχόμενοι", αἰτεῖσθε, πιστεύετε 
toyou, All things whatsoever praying ye ask, believe 
ὅτι ἱλαμβάνετε,! καὶ ἔσται ὑμῖν. 25 Καὶ vray Ἑστήκητεϊ. 


that ye receive, and [they] shall be toyou. And when ye muy stand 
προσευχόμενοι, ἀφίετε εἴ TL ἔχετε κατά τινος" ἕνα καὶ 
praying, forgive ifanything ye have against anyone, that also 

ὁ πατὴρ-ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἀφῇ ὑμῖν τὰ παρα- 
your Father who[is]in the heavens mayforgive you *of- 


πτώματα ὑμῶν. 26 |εἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς οὐκ. ἀφίετε, οὐδὲ ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν 


fences your. Butif ye forgive not, neither your Father 
ὁ év™zoic! οὐρανοῖς ἀφήσει τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν." 
who[isJin the heavens will forgive your offences. 


27 Kai ἔρχονται πάλιν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα" καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 
And theycome ~again to Jerusalem. And in the temple 
περιπατοῦντος.αὐτοῦ ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ 
: as he is walking come to him  thechief priests and 
οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, 28 καὶ "λέγουσιν! αὐτῷ, 
the scribes and.the eldets, and they say to him, 
la [ή ~ ~ 4 / ᾿ \ 9 Ld 
Ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς; “Kai! τίς σοι Ῥ"τὴν ἐξουσίαν 


By what authority these things doest thou? and who thee “authority, 
την ἔ Mg ῦτα ἧς; 99. Ὁ. δὲ Ἰησοῦ 

ταύτην ἔδωκεν," ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς; «δὲ. ἴησους 
this gave, that these things thowshouldst do? And Jesus 





ᾳ ἀρχιερεῖς Kal οἱ γραμματεῖς LTTTAW. 
trasyapforallrtra. ¥ ἐξεπλήσ- 
} παραπορευόμενοι πρωί LTTrA, 
ο πιστεύῃ ΤΑ. 46 what ΤΤΤΑ. 
€— ἂν LTTrAW. ἢ προσεύχεσθε καὶ ye pray and 
κ στήκετε ye Stand LTTra. | — verse 26 TTn 

ος ἢ ΟΓ ΤΑ. Ρ8 ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην LTr. 


5 [αὐτόν] L. 
χ ἐξεπορεύοντο they went forth Ltr. 


ὃ GLTTrAW. b — γὰρ for τα τυ]. 


————— κυ μϑμ. 





ᾷ j : PT 

ΧΙ XII. MARK. 
is θ Soul Ϊ γ ~ "hE ΄ ss + ο λ , 
αποκρι εις ειπεν QUTOLC, περωτησω υμας Kayw Eva Λογο», 

answering said to then Will 5.51 *you ‘Lalso one thing, 
καὶ ἀποκρίθητέ΄µοι, καὶ ερῶ ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ: ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα 
απᾶ answer me, andI willtell you by what authority these things 
ποιῶ. 80 Το βάπτισμα ἵ᾿Ἱωάννου ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ 
Ido: The baptism of John from heaven wasit or from 
ἀνθρώπων; ἀποκρίθητέ μοι. 31 Kai "ἐλογίζοντο" πρὸς ἑαυ 


men? answer me, And they reasoned with them 

/ [ή ᾽ \ ” > ? ~ ? ~ Ww ‘il 
τούς, λέγοντες, Eady εἴπωμεν. - Εξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, Acari 
selves, saying, If weshouldsay, From heaven, hewillsay, Why 


Xobv" οὐκ.ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ; 32 γἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν" εἴπωμεν, Ἔξ 
then did ye not believe -him ? but if weshould say, From 
ἀνθρώπων, ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν adv’ Ἰ᾽ἅπαντες'.γὰρ εἶχον τὸν 
men,— they feared the people; for all held 
Ἰωάννην “ὅτι ὄντως" προφητης ἦν. 33 καὶ ἀποκριθέντες Ὀλέ- 
John that indeed a prophet he was. And answering they 
γουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ," Οὐκ.αἴδαμεν. Kai “ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀποκριθεὶς" λέγει 


say to Jesus, Weknownot. And Jesus answering says 
αὐτοῖς, Οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ. 
to them, Neither “I tell you by what’ authority these things I do. 


19 Kai ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς ἀλέγειν.' ᾽Αμπελῶνα 
And he began tothem in parables to say, *A ‘vineyard 
οἑφύτευσεν ἄνθρωπος»! καὶ περιέθηκεν φραγμόν, καὶ ώρυξεν 
‘planted. 1a ?2man, and placed about [it] .a fence, and dug 
« / 3 ? , , ; ‘ f2v! Π δώ 
ὑπολήνιον, καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν πύργον, καὶ [ἐξέδοτο αὐτὸν 


ὃ wine-vat, and built a tower, and let out it ᾿ 
γεωργοῖς, Kai ἀπεδήμησεν: 2 καὶ ἀπέοτελεν πρὸς τοὺς 
tohusbardmen, and left the country. | And he sent - to the 


γεωργοὺς τῷ καιρῷ δοῦλον, 
husbandmen atthe season a bondiman, 


λάβῃ 


he might reccive from 


ἵνα παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν 
that from the husbandmen 
ἀπὸ ἔτοῦ καρποῦ" τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 9 "οὶ.δὲ" λα- 
the fruit ofthe vineyard. But they having 
im Wed ? A ” \ ? / , Δ / 
βόντες αὐτὸν ἔδειραν, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν κενόν. 4 καὶ πάλιν 
taken “him ‘beat, and sent [him]away empty. And again 
ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἄλλον δοῦλον" κἀκεῖνον 'ALH0B0AH- 
he sent to them another kondman, and him having 
σαντες". ἠἐκεφαλαίωσαν,! καὶ Κἀπέστειλαν ἠτιμωμένον.! 
stoned they struck on the head, and sent [him] away having insulted [him]. 
δ᾽ καὶ Ἱπάλινὶ ἄλλον ἀπέστειλεν: κἀκεῖνον ἀπέκτειναν" καὶ 
And again another he sent, and him they killed ; also 


πολλοὺς ἄλλους, “rove! μὲν δέροντες, τοὺς! δὲ πάποκτείνον- 


many others, ?3s0me ‘beating, and *others ‘killing, 

We ” Ὁ. ene || a p ει » {| 7 A q ε ~ ll 
TEC. 6 ετι ουν Eva VLOYV EX WY αγαπΏτον αυτου, 

Yet therefore "0ης. “son ‘having “beloved *his own, 


ἀπέστειλεν τ᾿ καὶ" αὐτὸν “πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔσχατον," λέγων, Ὅτι 
he sent also him to ᾿ them last, saying, 
ἐντραπήσονται τὸν.υἱόν.μου. 7 ἐκεῖνοι.δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ ἱδεῖπον 

They will have respect for my son. But those husbandmen said 





¥— ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA. 
LITrAW. Υ διελογίζοντο LTTrAW. ν Διὰ τί LTrA. 
should we say) LTTraw. πάντες L. 8 ὄντως ὅτι TTrA. 
ο [ἀποκριθεὶς] ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1,; --- ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA. ἃ λαλεῖν LTTrA, 
Γἐξέδετο τα. 8 τῶν καρπῶν the fruits ΤΤτΑ. Β καὶ and ΤΤΤΤΑ. 
) ἐκεφαλίωσαν T. κ ἠτίμησαν insulted Ltr; ἠτίμασαν TA. 
LTTrA. 2 ἀποκτέννοντες GLTTrA. ο--- οὖν [L]rTray 
4 -- αὑτοῦ ΙΤΤΤΑ; αὐτοῦ W. ra — καὶ [L]TTrA. 
ἑαυτοὺς εἶπαν TIra ; εἶπαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς L. 


χ-- οὖν LTrAW. 


5 κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς τι; --- κἀγὼ (read ἔπερ. I will ask) TTrA. 


88 ἔσχατον πρὸς αὐτούς LITA, 


197 
answered and said un- 
to them, I will also 
ask of you one ques- 
tion, and answer me, 
and I will tell you by 
what authority I do 
these things. 30 The 
baptism of John, was 
at from heaven, or of 
men? answer me, 
31 And they reasoned 
with themselves, say- 
ing, If we shall say, 
From heaven ; he will 
say, Why then did 
ye not believe him? 
62 But if we shall say, 
Of men; they feared 
the people : for all men 
counted John, that he 
was a prophet indeed. 
33 And they answered 
and said unto Jesus, 
Wecannot tell. And 
Jesus answering saith 
unto them, Neither do 
I tell you by what 
authority I do these 
things. Ἷ τ 


XII, And he began 
to speak unto them by 
parables. A certain 
man planted a vine- 
yard, and set an hedge 
about it, and digged a 
place for the winefat, 
and built a tower, and 
let it_ out to husband- 
men, and went intoa 
farcountry. 2 And at 
the season he sent' to 
the husbandmen a ser- 
vant, that he might 
reveive from the hus- 
bandmen of the fruit 


_of the vineyard. 3 And 


they caught him, and 
beat him, and sent him 
away empty. 4 And 
again he sent unto 
them another servant; 
and at him they cast 
stones, and wounded 
him in the head, and 
sent him away’shame- 
fully handled 5 And 
agiin he sent another ; 
and him they killed, 
and many others; 
beating some, and kill- 
ing some. 6 Having 
yet therefore one son, 
his wellbelored, «he 
sent him also last unto 
them, saying, They 
will reverence my son, 
7 But those husband- 
men said among them- 


t+ τὸ 
Υ ἀλλὰ (read but 


br@ Ἰησοῦ λέγουσυν TTra, 

ε ἄνθρωπος εφύτευσεν T, 

i —  λιθοβολήσαντες LTTYA. 

1 — πάλιν GLTTrA. 
P ἔχων υἱὸν τι; εἶχεν υἱὸν TTrA. 


τὰ οὓς 


ta πρὸς 


198 


5ο1νο8, This is the heir ; 
come, let us kill him, 
and the inheritance 
shallbe ours. 8 And 
they took him, and 
killed Aim, and cast 
him out of the vine- 
vard. 9 What shall 
therefore the lord of 
the vineyard do? he 
will come and destroy 
the husbandmen, -and 
will give the vineyard 
unto others. 
have ye not read this 
seripture; The stone 
which the builders re- 
jected is become the 
head of the corner; 
11 this was the Lord’s 
doing, and it is mar~ 
vellous in our eyes? 
12 And they sought to 
lay hold on him, but 
feared the people: for 
they knew that he had 
spoken the parable a- 
gainst them : and they 
left him, and went 
their way. 


13 And they send 
unto him certain of 
the Pharisees and of 
the Herodians, tocatch 
him in ἠῶ words, 
14 And when they 
were come, they ‘say 
unto him, Master, we 
know that thou art 
true, and carest for no 
man: for thou regard- 
est not the person of 
men, but teachest the 


way of God in truth: ° 


Is it lawful to give 
tribute to Czsar, or 
not? 15 Shall we give, 
or shall we not give? 
But he, knowing their 
hypocrisy, said unto 
them, Why tempt ye 
me? bring mea penny, 
that I may see 1ὲ, 
15 And they brought 
τ. And he saith unto 
them, Whose is thig 
image and superscrip- 
tion? And they said 
unto him, Czsar’s. 
17 And Jesus answer- 
ing said unto. them, 
Render to Cesar the 
things that are Cx- 
sar’s, and to God the 
things that are God’s. 
a they marvelled at 
im, 


18 Then come unto 
him the Sadducees, 
which say there is no 
fesurrection ; and they 
asked him, saying, 





v > ΄ > id 
απεκτειναν αντον TTrA. 


they say) LTTra. 


Ὁ ἰδὼν having known Ὁ. 
_ & Τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε ΤΤΙΑ. © 
i ἐπηρώτων ἱτττΑ.. 


f— αὐτοῖς A. 
wondered τὶ 


10 And’ 


MAPKOS. ΧΙΙ. 


πρὸς ἑαυτούς, Ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος" δεῦτε, ἀπο-. 
among themselves, This ΕΠ ou eir: come, let us 
΄ ᾽ ’ , ¢ ~ » « , 8 ’ 
κτείνωμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία. ὃ καὶ λαβόντες 
kill ; ‘hin, and ours willbethe inheritance. And having taken 
ταὐτὸν ἀπέκτειναν, καὶ ἐξέβαλον Ἷ ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος. 
himy they killed [παπα], and cast forth [him] outside the vineyard. 
9 τί "οὖν" ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος; ἐλεύσεται καὶ 
Whatitherefore willdo the lord ofthe vineyard? He will come and 
ἀπολέσει τοὺς γεωργούς, καὶ δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα. ἄλλοις. 
ση] destroy the husbandmen, and willgive the vineyard. _ to others. 
10 Οὐδὲ τὴν.γραφὴν.ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε; Λίθον ὃν 
Not *even Sthis “scripture 1414 *ye ‘read? [The] stone which 
ιἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν 
*rejected 1those *who %puild, this is become head 
γωνίας. 11 παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, και ἔστιν θαυ- 
of [the] corner : from [86] Lord was this} and itis won- 
μαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς. ἡμῶν. 12. Καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, 
derful ,in our eyes. And they sought .him tolayholdof, 
‘kai ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον' ἔγνωσαν.γὰρ bri πρὸς αὐτοὺς 
and they feared the crowd; for they knew that against them 
τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν" καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἀπῆλθον. 
the parable he speaks, And leaving him they went away. 
19 Kai ἀποστέλλουσιν πρὸς αὐτόν τινας τῶν Φαρισαίων 
And they send to him some ofthe Pharisees 
καὶ τῶν Ἡρωδιανῶν, ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν λόγῳ. 14 Σοἱ δὲ! 
and ofthe Herodians, that him they mightcatchindiscourse. And they 
ἐλθόντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθὴς εἶ, 
havingcome say tohim, Teacher, we know that true thouart, 
3 aa, | ? , 4 ? , ? 3 , ο: 
καὶ οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός" οὐ.γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς 
and .thereiscaretothee about noone; _ for “not ‘thoy *lookest on [the] 
“πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ 
appearance of men, but with truth the way of God 
διδάσκεις. *éeorw “κῆνσον Καίσαρι δοῦναι! ἢ οὔ; 15 δῶμεν 
teachest:  Isitlawful tribute toCesar togive οὐ ποὺ Should wegive 
An 4 ~ « 1 b 4" Ἱ 7 ~ \ ε / ; 
ἢ μὴ.-δῶμεν ; 0.δὲ δείδωςὶ αὐτῶν.τὴν.ὑπόκρισιν εἶπεν 
or should we not give? Buthe Ikmowing their hypocrisy said 
? ~ , , , , , «“ » 
αὐτοῖς, Ti με πειράζετε ; φέρετε μοι δηνάριον ἵνα ἴδω. 
tothem, Whyme doyetempt? Bring me adenarius that I maysee[it]. 
16 Οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν. Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, Τίνος ἡ.εἰκὼν. αὕτη καὶ 
And they brought [it]. And he says tothem, Whose [13] thisimage and 


bd ΤῊΣ © ΣΣ: ας] Νο μή, é . ΕΚ αὶ 

ἡ ἐπιγραφή; “Οἱ. δὲ" ἀεῖπον αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος. 17:: Καὶ 
the inscription? And they said to him, Ceesar’s. And 
τὰ Kat- 


ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ" Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν fabroic," δ᾿ Απόδοτε 
{ο them, Render the things of Ce- 


τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ θεῷ. Kai "ἐθαύμασαν" 


said 
τὰ 


answering 1 Jesus 


σαρος" Καίσαρι, καὶ 


sar toCesar, andthethings ofGod toGod, And they wondered 
? ? > ~ 
ἐπ αὐτῷ, 
at him. x 
18 Καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδοικαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν 
And  Ἄσοπιθ 1Sadducees to him, who say 


καὶ Ἰἐπηρώτησανὶ αὐτόν, λέγοντες; 


ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι" 
And they questioned him, saying, 


a@ resurrection there is not. 





* — οὖν ΤΑ. } καὶ and (read 
2 - εἰπὲ οὖν ἡμῖν tell us therefore 1. 8 δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι LTr. 
ο [οἱ δὲ] L. 4 εἶπαν LTTrA. «6 δὲ and (Jesus) LrTra. 
b ἐθαύμαζον LTra; ἐξεθαύμαζον greatly 


π + αὐτὸν him LTTraAw. 


ὃν 


= 





ΧΙ]. ΜΑ 
/ ; j = ~ ” ᾗ ahd OU. aa 
19 Διδάσκαλε, ἘΜωσῆς" ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, 
Teacher, Moses wrote for us, 
ἀποθάνῃ 
ther should die 


RK 


OTL ἐάν τινος ἀδελ- 
that if of anyone a bro- 
καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ Ἰτέκνα μὴ. ἀφῇ." 
and leave behind a wife and children leave not, 
ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ. ἀδελφὺς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα" "αὐτοῦ! καὶ 
that ὅβ ποῦ] “take this “brother the wife of him and 
ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ-ἀδελφῷ.αὐτοῦ. 20 ἑπτὰ " ἀδελφοὶ 
raise up seed to his brother. Seven brethren 
ἦσαν καὶ 0 πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα, καὶ ἀποθνήσκων 
there were; and the first took a wife, and dying 
7 τω , te , » ἥδε ν ‘ 
οὐκ.ἀφῆκεν σπέρμα" 21 καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν, καὶ 
left no seed ; and the second took her, and 
ἀπέθανεν, “καὶ οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ἀφῆκεν! σπέρμα" καὶ ὁ τρίτος 
died, and neither he left seed ; and the third 
ὡσαύτως" 22 καὶ Ῥέλαβον αὐτὴν" οἱ ἑπτά, “καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκαν 
likewise. And Stook *her ‘the *seven, and left no 
σπέρμα. τἐσχάτὴ! πάντων “ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἡ γυνή." 23 ἐν τῇ 
seed. Last of all died also the woman. In the 
‘ovv' ἀναστάσει, Yoray ἀναστῶσιν,! τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται 
*therefore ‘resurrection, when they shall arise, of which of them shallshe be 
γυνή; οἱ.γὰρ ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα. 24 “Kai ἀποκριθεὶς 
wife? forthe seven had her as wife. And answering 
4.2 ~ = ? ~ ll ? ‘ ρω ον \ 2 Ld 
ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς," Οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες 
Jesus said tothem, °*Not “*therefore *do*yeerr, not knowing 
τὰς γραφὰς μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ θεοῦ; 25 ὕταν γὰρ ἐκ 
the scriptures ποτ the power of God? For when fromamong 
νεκρῶν ἀναστῶσιν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε *yapioKoyrat,| 
[the] dead they rise, neither dothey marry wor are given in marriage, 
? / " » ει! ? ~ ~ ‘ κ᾿ 
ἀλλ εἰσὶν ὡς ἄγγελοι Foi" ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 20 περὶ δὲ 
but ‘are as angels who [are] in the heavens. But concerning 
τῶν νεκρῶν, ὅτι ἐγείρονται, οὐκ.ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῇ ' βίβλῳ 
the dead, that they rise, have ye not read in the book 
*Mwaiwe," ἐπὶ τῆς! βάτου, we" εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, 
of Moses, [inthe part] on, the bush, how *spoke *to*him God, 
λέγων, Ἐγὼ ὁ θεὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ “ὁ! θεὸς ᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ: «ὁἳ 
saying, I [am]the God of Abraham and the God ofIsaac and the 
θεὸς ᾿Ἰακώβ: 97 Οὐκ ἔστι» °6" θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ “θεὸς! 
God of Jacob? Heisnot the God of{[the]dead, but God 
ζώντων: “ὑμεῖς οὖν" πολὺ πλανᾶσθε. 28 Καὶ προσελθὼν 
of{the]living. Ye therefore greatly err. And *having come 7up 
εἷς τῶν γραμματέων; ἀκούσας αὐτῶν ᾿συζητούντων, “δεἰδὼς" 
tone*of*the scribes, having heard them reasoning together, perceiving 
ὕτι καλῶς Βαὐτοῖς ἀπεκρίθη." ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν, Ποία ἐστὶν 
that well them heanswered, questioned him, Which is- 
Ἱπρώτη πασῶν ἐντολή! 29 **0.d2Incovg ἀπεκρίθη" 
{the} first 2of 3211 ‘1commandment ? And Jesus answered 
kare," “Ore πρώτη ™rasey τῶν ἐντολῶν," "Ακουε. 
hin, [109] first of all the commandments {is], Hear, 


φος 


κ Μωῦύσῆς LITrAW. 1 μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον leave no child ΤΑ. 
therefore EW. ο μὴ καταλιπὼν having left behind no TTra. 
9 — ‘Kat Ttra. τ ἔσχατον LITrA. 
¥ — ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν [τ]ττ. 
LYTraw.  --- οἱ GLT[Tr]W. 2 Μωύσέως LTTrAW. 
© — o LTraw. ἆ — θεὺς GLTTrAW. 
Γσυνζητούντων LTTrA. Ε ἰδὼν having seen LTTr. 
πάντων ἐντολή GLW ; ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων TTrA. 


π[ττ]α. 
(read [The] 


first is) TTra, 


M— αὐτοῦ TTrA. 
P — ἔλαβον αὐτὴν [U]rtra, 
8 καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἀπέθανεν LTTrA. 
5 ἔφη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς Jesus said to them Trra. 
Ά.του GLTTrAW. 
ε — ὑμεῖς οὖν (ead πλαν. ye err) T[Tr]A. 
Ἀ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς TTrA. i πρώ 
κα ἀπεκρίθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς τττὰ. 
ma πάντων ἐντολή ΑΝ} πάντων [ἐντολή ἐστιν] commandment of allis L; ἐστίν 


129 


19 Master, Moses wrote 
unto us, If a man’s 
brother die, and leave 
his wife behind kim, 
and leave no children, 
that his brother should 
take his wife, and raise 
up seed unto his bro- 
ther. 20 Now there 
were seven brethren: 
and the first took a 
wife, and dying left 
no seed. 21 And the 
second took her, and 
died, neither left he 
any seed: and the third 
likewise. 22 And the 
seven had her, and left 
noseed : last of all the 
woman died also. 23 In 
the resurrection there- 
fore, ν hen they shall 
rise, whose wife shall 
she be of them? for 
the seven had her to 
wite. 24 And Jesus 
answering said unto 
them, Do ye not there- 
fore err, because ye 
know not the scrip- 
tures, neither the 
power of God? 25 For 
when they shall rise 
from the dead, they 
neither marry, nor are 
given in marriage ; but 
areas theangels which 
are in heaven. 26 And 
as touching the dead, 
that they rise: have 
ye not readin the book 
of Moses, how in the 
bush God spake unto 
him, saying, I am the 
God of Abraham, and 
the God of Isaac, and 
the God of Jacob? 
27 He is not the God 
of the dead, but the 
God of the living: ye 
therefore do greatly 
err. 28 And one of the 
scribes came, and hay- 
ing heard them rea- 
soning together, and 
perceiving that he had 
answered them well, 
asked him, Which is 
the first command- 
ment of all? 29 And 
Jesus answered him, 
The first of all the 
commandments és, 
Hear, O Israel; The 


DR + οὖν 
t — οὖν TTrA. 
x γαµίζονται 

Ὁ πῶς TTrA. 


1 Tpw 
— αὐτῷ 


K 


190 


Lord our God is one 
Lord: 20 and thon 
shalt love the Lord thy 
God withall thy heart, 
and with all thy soul, 
and with all thy mind, 
and with all thy 
strength: this zs the 
first commandment, 
31 And the second 15 
like, namely this, Thou 
shalt love thy neigh- 
bour as thyself. There 
is none other com- 
mandment greater 
than these. 32 And 


the scribe said unto 
him, Well, Master, 
thou hast said the 


truth : for there is one 
God; and there is none 
othcr but he: 33 and 
to love him with all 
the heart, and with 
all the understanding, 
and with all the soul, 
and with 8411 the 


strength, and to love. 


his neighbour as him- 
self, is more than all 
whole burnt offerings 
and sacrifices. 34 And 
when Jesus saw that 
he answered discreet- 
Ae he said unto him, 

hou art not far from 
the kingdom of God. 
And no man after that 
durst ask him any 
question, 


35 And Jesus an- 
swered and said, while 
he taught in the tem- 
ple, How say the 
scribes that Christ is 
the Son of David? 
36 For David himself 
said by the Holy Ghost, 
The LORD said to my 
Lord, Sit thou on m 
right hand, till I make 
thine enemies thy 
footstool, 37 David 
therefore himself call- 
eth him Lord; and 
whence is he fhen his 
son? And the com- 
mon people heard him 
gladly. 


38 And he said unto 
them in his doctrine, 
Beware of the scribes; 
which love to go in 
long clothing, and love 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. ΧΠ. 


΄ t 4 e ~ / » 3 / - 
κύριος ὁ.θεὸς.ἡμῶν κύριος εἰς ἐστιν. 80 καὶ 
{the] Lord our God “Lord 7one) 1s And 
’ / 4 ή ? ε/ ~ / 
ἀγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν.θεόν.σου ἐξ ὕλης τῆς.καρδίας-σου 
thou shalt love [the] Lord thy God with all thy heart 
‘ ε/ ~ ~ ‘ { ~ ͵ 
καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς ψυχῆσσου καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς.διανοίας.σου 
and with all thy soul and with all thy mind 
καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς. ἰσχύος.σου. "αὕτη πρώτη ἐντολή." 
and with all thy strength. This [isthe] first commandment. 
31 οκαὶὶ δευτέρα Ῥόμοίαι arn," ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν πλη- 
And [the] second like [1ὐ 18] this: Thou shalt love *neigh- 
σίον σου we σεαυτόν. Μείζων τούτων ἄλλη ἐντολὴ 
bour, ‘thy 86. thyself. Greater thanthese another commandment 


οὐκ ἔστιν. 82 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ γραμματεύς, Καλῶς, διδάσ- 


Ἰσραήλ. 
15186]: 


there is not. And 3said "ο *him ‘the *scribe, Right, teach- 
kane, ἐπ ἀληθείας τεῖπας" ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν "θεός," καὶ 
er, according to truth thou hast said that “one “15 1God, and 


3 ” ” ~ \ > “Ὁ ‘ ΔΝ 2 Ling ? ‘ Iv 
οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος πλὴν αὐτοῦ. 33 καὶ τὸ ἀγαπᾷν αὐτὸν εξ 
there isnot another besides him: and to love him with 
« ~ Ὁ \ ? e ~ . t ‘ 5. ἊΝ ὅλ e 
ὕλης τῆς καρδίας καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς συνέσεως ‘kat εξ ολης 
all the heart and with all the understanding andwith all 
τῆς ψυχῆς" καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς ἰσχύος, καὶ τὸ ἀγαπᾷν 
the soul and with all the, strength, and to love [one’s] 
τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτόν, πλεῖόν" ἐστιν πάντων τῶν ὑλοκάυ- 
neighbour 88 oneself, *more tis than all the burnt 
τωµάτων καὶ τῶν! θυσιῶν. 94 Καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἰδὼν ταὐτὸν" 


offerings and the _ sacrifices. And Jesus seeing him 
OTe νουνεχῶς ἀπεκρίθη, εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Οὐ μακρὰν εἶ 
that intelligently he answered, said tohim, Not far art thou 


> A ~ , ~ ~ A “κα 7 ’ ? , ? 4 
ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. Καὶ οὐδεὶς.οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα αὐτὸν 
from the kingdom of God. And nooneany more dared shim 
ἐπερωτῆσαι. 
1ο *question. 
39 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔλεγεν, διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, 
9 And answering 1Jesus said, teaching in the temple, 
~ [ή ~ « τ 
Πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ χριστὸς υἱός Σέστι» Δαβίδ"; 
How say the scribes that the Christ son tis of David ? 
96 αὐτὸς "γὰρ" *AaBid" Ῥεῖπενι ἐν «“τῷ" πνεύματι “τῷ" ἁγίῳ, 
Shimself ‘for David said by the Spirit the Holy, 


d cy | ε , ~ , ~ Ἀ 
y "Εἶπεν' °o! κύριος τῷ.κυρίῳ.µου, ᾿Κάθου" ἐκ δεξιῶν.μου ἕως. ἂν 


Ξραὶᾶ ‘the *Lord to my Lord, Sit until 


~ ‘ ? « , ~ ~ ᾽ . 
θῶ τοὺς.ἐχθρούς.σου Σὑποπόδιον!ὶ τῶν ποδῶν. σου. 87 Αὐτὸς 


at my right hand 


Iplace thineenemies [85] afootstool ἡ for thy feet. “Himself 
| DF μ e ‘ 1 2 - 
οὖν" "Δαβὶδὶ λέγει αὐτὸν κύριον καὶ πόθεν Ἰἰυϊὸς. αὐτοῦ 

Stherefore ‘David calls him Lord, and «whence his son 


? a fe ; ὦ 
ἐστιν ; Καὶ ὁ πολὺς ὄχλος ἤκουεν αὐτοῦ ἡδέως. 
is he? Andthe great crowd heard him = gladly. 
38 Kai "ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ.διδαχῇ. αὐτοῦ," Βλέπετε ἀπὸ 
And he said tothem in his teaching, Take heed of 
~ / τω 3 ~ ~ 
τῶν γραμματέων, τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν, καὶ 
the scribes, who like in robes to walk about, and 


ο a SE ee eee τσ 6 


2 — αὕτη πρώτη ἐντολή TA. 
τ εἶπες T. 
7 περισσότερόν abundantly more rrr. 
εστιν TIrA; ἐστιν Δανείδ L; ἐστιν Δαυΐδ Gw. 
Ὁ λέγει Says W. Ἡ 
ο ὑποκάτω (read beneath thy feet) a, 

* ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ ἔλεγεν TIrA, 


it) ur, * 


Aaviéd aw. 
{ κάθισον TrA. 
υἱός TTrA, 


: |  o— καὶ [L)rtra. Ρ -- ὁμοία τα. 4 αὐτῇ (read [is] ike 
— θεός (read he is one) GLTTrAW.  -- καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς (LIT. 
W — τῶν GLTrAW. κ [αὐτὸν] tr. Υ Δαυείδ 
ane γὰρ [L]t[Tr]a. 3 Acvetd LTTrA ; 

4 λέγει SLyS GTr. ἔ-- 6 (read [the] ῖτὰ. 
bh — οὖν [L]TTra. 1 αὐτοῦ ἐστιψ 


Cc τῷ GW. 


- 


- 


ἘΠ ΧΙ. MARK. 


2: A ᾽ “ 9 Ξ ῷ ‘ 3 x 
ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγθραις 39 καὶ πρωτοκαθεδρίας ἐν ταῖς 
salutations in the market-places and first seats in the 
συναγωγαῖς καὶ πρωτοκλισίας ἐν τοῖς δείπνοις" 40 οἱ ἵκατεσ- 
synagogues and first places at the suppers ; who de- 
θίοντες"! τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει ακρὰ 
your the houses of widows, and asa pretext 7at great ‘length 
΄ τ ΄ , , 
προσευχόμενοι" οὗτοι λήψονται" περισσότερον κρίμα. 


1ΡΥΑΥ. These shall receive more abundant judgment. 

41 Καὶ καθίσας 6 Ἰησοῦς" δκατέναντι" τοῦ γαζοφυλα- 
And *having “sat *down 1 Jesus opposite the treasury, 

iets ? rd ~ ‘ A , 
κίου ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλά- 
hesaw how the crowd east money into the treasury ; 

κιον᾿ καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά. 42 καὶ ἐλθοῦσα 
and many rich were casting [in] much. And *having *come 


λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης. 
*two, which is a kodrantes. 


pia χήρα πτωχὴ ἔβαλεν 
one *widow poor east [in] “*lepta 
43 καὶ πρρσκαλεσάµενος τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ Ῥλέγει" αὐτοῖς, 
And ἩΠανίηρ οβ]]εᾶ {ο [him] his disciples he says tothem, 
? ‘ ~ , [2 ~ s 
Αμὴν λέγω ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἡ.χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ πλεῖον πάντων 
Verily Isay toyou, that this 7widow 1poor more than all 


“βέβληκεν' τῶν "Baddvrwry'" εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον. 44 πάν- 
hascast [in]ofthose casting into the treasury. 7All 
τες γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον:  αὕτη.δὲ 
for out of that which wasabounding ἕο them cast fin], but she 


ἐκ τῆς .ὑστερήσεως.αὐτῆς πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν, 
out of her destitution 3411 *as®much*%as "she*had ‘east [in], 
ὅλον TOv.Biov.avric. 
°whole "Που livelihood, 
13 Kai ἐκπορευομένου. αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ λέγει αὐτῷ 
| Απᾶ ashe was goingforth outof the temple ‘says “to "him 
εἷς " τῶν .μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, Διδάσκαλε, ἴδε, ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ 
10Π6 30Ε *his *disciples, Teacher, see, what stones: and 
a ? ὃ / 9 K A ee ? ~ > θ Ὁ ἢ], ῖ > ~ 
TOTATAL OLKOCOMAL. αι ο ]ησους αποκρισεις ειπεν αυτῳ, 
what buildings ! And Jesus answering said tohim, 
Βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς; ᾿ οὐμὴ ἀφεθῇ ἃ 
Seest thou these great buildings ἢ not at all shall be left 
λίθος ἐπὶ “λίθῳ! ὃς οὐ-μὴ.καταλυθῇ. 3 Kai καθημένου 
stone upon stone which shall not be thrown down. And as *was*sitting 
αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ, "ἐπηρώ- 
the upon the mount of Olives opposite the temple,’ ask- 
Π > A ” ἰδί x / ee / πο / ἘΝ 
των" αὐτὸν κατ᾽ «(ἰδίαν ΣΠετρος καὶ Ιάκωβος καὶ Ἰωάννης καὶ 


ed *him lOanart Peter “and “James ‘and ‘John ‘and 
᾿ΑνΆρέας, 4 YEtzé' ἡμῖν πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; καὶ τί τὸ 
7Andrew, Tell © us when *these*things*shallbe? and what’ the 


σημεῖον ὅταν  µμέλλη  Ἱπάντα ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι! ; 

sign when “should *be about ‘all ?these *things to be accomplished ? 

5 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς δἀποκριθεὶς! δαὐτοῖς ἤρξατο λέγειν," Βλέπετε 

And Jesus answering to them began  tosay, Take heed 

’ « ~ λ , λλ Se 4 ll ἐλ / 7 ‘ ~ 

μη τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ. 6 πολλοὶ “γὰρὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ 
est anyone ου *mislead. For many will come in 

> Ν , 
ὀνόματί. μου, λέγοντες, εἰμι καὶ πολλοὺς πλανή- 
my name, saying, am [he],and many they will 


“Ort ο 


“say unto you, 


131 
salutations in the 
market-places, 39 and 
the chief seats in the 
synagogues, and the 
uppermost rooms at 
feasts: 40 which de- 
vour widows’ houses, 
and for a _ pretence 
make long prayers: 
these shall receive 
greater damnation, 

41 And Jesus sat 
over against the trea- 
sury, and beheld how 
the people cast money 
into the treasury: 
and many that were 
‘vich cast in much, 
42 And there came a 
certain poor widow, 
and she threw in two 
mites, which make a 
farthing. 43 And he 
called unto him his 
disciples, and saith 
unto them, Verily I 
That 
this poor widow hath 
cast more in, than all 
they which have cast 
into the treasury: 
44 for all they did cast 
in of their abundance; 
but she of her want 
did cast in all that 
she had, even all her 
living. 


XIII. And as he 
went out of the tem- 
ple, one of his disci- 
epee saith unto him, 

aster, see what man- 
ner of stones and what 
buildings are here! 
2 And Jesus answer- 
ing said unto him, 
Seest thou these great 
buildings? there shall 
not be left one stone 
upon another, that 
shall not be thrown 
down. 3 And as he 
sat upon the mount 
of Olives over against 
the temple, Peter and 
James and John and 
Andrew asked him 
privately, 4 Tell us, 
when shall __ these 
things be? and what 
shall be the sign when 
all these things shall 
be fulfilled? 5 And Je- 
sus answering them 
began to say, Take 
heed lest any man de- 
ceive you: 6 for many 
shall come in my name, 
saying, Ι am Christ; 
and shall deceive 
many. 7 And when 
ye shall hear of wars 





πι λήμψονται LTTrA. 
ᾳ ἔβαλεν did cast [in] Ltr. 
u + ὧδε here Ltr. 


! κατέσθοντες TrA. 
P εἶπεν he said GLTTr. 
τ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς L; — ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA. 
ττῖὰα. στ τ. δ εἰπὸν LTTrA, 


τῖτας 8 -- ἀποκριθεὶς TIrA, δ ἤρξατο λέγειν αὐτοῖς LITra, 


2 --- ὁ Ἰησοῦς [L]TTrA. 

τ βαλλόντων LTTrAW. 
ν λίθον TTr. 
2 ταῦτα πάντα συντελεῖσθαι L; ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 
¢— yap for Ta, 


᾿ ΄ ᾿ | 
_ © amevavre Tr. 
® + ἐκ of Tr[A].' 
Ν ἐπηρώτα 


132 


and rumours of wars, 
be ye uot troybled: 
for sxch things must 
needs be; but the end 
shall not be yet. 8 For 
nation shall rise a- 
gainst nation, and 
kingdom against king- 
dom: and there shall 
be earthquakes in di- 
vers places, and there 
shall be famines and 
troubles: these ave 
the beginnings of sor- 
rows. 9 But take heed 
toyourselves: for they 
shall deliver you up 
to councils ; and in the 
synagogues ye Shall be 
beaten: and ye shall 
be brought before ru- 
lers and kings for my 
sake, for a testimony 
against them. 10 And 
the gospel must first 
be published among all 
nations. 11 But when 
they shall lead you, 
and deliver you up, 
take no thought be- 
forehand what 
shall speak, neither do 
ye premeditate: but 
whatsoever shall be 
given you inthat hour, 
that speak ye: for it 
is not ye that speak, 
but the Holy Ghost. 
12 Now the brother 
shall betray the bro- 
ther to death, and the 
father the son; and 
children shall rise up 
against their parents, 
and shall cause them 
to be put to death. 
13 And ye shall be 
hated of all men for 
ray name’s sake: but 
he that shall endure 
unto the end, the 
same shall be saved. 
14 But when ye shall 
see the abomination of 
desolation, spoken of 
by Daniel the prophet, 
standing where 
ought not, (let him 
that readeth under- 
stand,) then let them 
that be in Judza flee 
to the mountains: 
15 ape let him that is 
on the housetop not 
godowninto the house, 
neither enter therein, 
to take any thing out 
of his house: 16 and 
Tet him that is in the 
field not turn back 
again for to take up 
his garment. 17 But 
woe to them, that are 


ye. 


it 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. ΧΙΠΙ. 


~ Wear bes , Il λε αἱ ο 4 λέ 
σουσιν. 7 ὅταν δὲ ἀκούσητε! πολεμοὺς καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων, 
mislead. But when ye shall hear of wars and rumours’ of wars, 
).θροεῖσθε’ δεῖ evo" γενέσθαι ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω τὸ 
μη.θροεῖσθε θεῖ yao" γ : 
be not disturbed ; 318 *must ‘needs ‘for come to pass, but “ποὺ °yet [15] *the 
τέλος. 8 ᾿Ἐγερθήσεται.γὰρ ἔθνος fai" ἔθνος καὶ βασιλεία 
7end. For *shall*rise*up ‘nation against nation and kingdom 
ἐπὶ βασιλείαν: ἕκαὶι ἔσονται σεισμοὶ κατὰ.τόπους, "καὶ" 
against kingdom; and there shall be earthquakes in different places, and 
ἔσονται λιμοὶ ἱκαὶ ταραχαί." Ἑἀρχαὶ ὠδίνων ταῦτα, 
there shall be famines απᾶ {τοιβ]εῬ, Beginnings of throes [are] these. 
9 Ἠλέπετε.δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς. παραδώσουσιν yap" ὑμᾶς εἰς 
Buttakeheed ye to yourselves; for they will deliver up you. πο 


. a y / ‘ \ € 
συνέδρια καὶ εἰς συναγωγὰς" δαρήσεσθε, καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνων 
sanhedrims and to synagogues: ye willbe beaten, and before governors 
καὶ βασιλέων σταθήσεσθε ἔνεκεν.ἐμοῦ. εἰς μαοτύριον αὐτοῖς" 
and kings ye will be brought formysake, for atestimony to them; 


10 καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη δει πρῶτον! κηρυχθῆναι τὸ 


and to all the nations must first be proclaimed the 
ῥαγγέλιον. 11 πὕταν. δὲ!  οἀγάγωσινὶ ὑμᾶ διδό 
εὐαγγελιον. ύταν.δε ἀγάγωσιν' υμᾶς παραδιδόντες, 
glad tidings. But whenever they may lead away you delivering [you] up, 


μὴ προμεριμνᾶτε τί λαλήσητε, Ῥμηδὲ μελετᾶτε" 


be not careful beforehand what yeshouldsay, nor meditate [your reply] ; 
ἀλλ᾽ δι ἐὰν!" δοθῇ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ.τῇ-ὥρα, τοῦτο λαλεῖτε" 


but whatever maybegiven toyou in that hour, that speak ; 

᾽ / bd « ~ « ~ 7 4 4 -Ὁ δ 24 
οὐ.γὰρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. 
for*not 2215 tye ᾖἴ]Παογπ]πο 86Ρ84Σ, but the Spirit the Holy. 


12 Σπαραδώσει.δὲι ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ 
And ?will *deliver up ‘brother brother to death, and father 
Τέκνον" καὶ ἐπαναστήσυνται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς, καὶ θανατώ- 
child ; and “will ‘rise “πρ children against parents, and will put to 
σουσιν αὐτούς" 19 καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ 
death them, And ye will be hated by all onaccount of 
τὸ.ὄνομά.μου' ὁ. δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰ τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσε- 
my name; but he ππο endures tp [the] end, he shall be 
΄ η ~ , ‘ 
ται. 14 Ὅταν.δὲ ἴδητε τὸ βδέλυγμα ᾿ τῆς ἐρημώσεως "τὸ 
saved. But when yesee the abomination ofthe desolation which 
« ‘ « ‘ ~ 7 , ~ 
ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου,! 'ἑστὸς" ὅπου οὐ. δεῖ" 
Wasspokenof by Daniel the prophet, standing where it should not 
c ? 7 ΄ ~ 4 
ὁ ἀναγινώσκων γρυοείτω" τότε οἱ ἐν τῇ Ιουδαίᾳ φευ- 
(he who reads let him understand), then those in σπάθα let 
[ή > » - A ~ 
γέτωσαν εἰς τὰ ὄρη" 15 ὁ "δὲ" ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος μὴ κατα- 
them flee to themountains, “he ‘and upon the housetop "ποὺ ‘et *him 
βάτω “ic τὴν οἰκίαν," μηδὲ "εἰσελθέτω! Ydoat τι! ἐκ 
come down into the house, nor goin to take any thing out of 
~ > / 2 ωμά ο ‘ 4 ΄ 
τῆς.οἰκίας αὐτοῦ" 16 καὶ ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν τῶν!" μὴ.ἐπιστρεψάτω 
his house ; andhethatin the field is let him not return 
> ἃ yews en , - 4 1 ο ἢ 
εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἄραι τὸ ἱμάτιον.αὐτοῦ. 17 οὐαὶ δὲ ταῖς 
to the things behind to take his garment. But woe to those that 


? πε] / Ν ~ ΄ > ~ 
ἐν.γαστρι.εχουσαις Kat ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς 


are with child and to those that give suck in those 


Se πο ses Te EE Eee 


4 ἀκούετε ye hear of Tr 
i— καὶ ταβαχαί LTTr[A]. 


LTYTra. 
4 ἂν L. 
t 


κ εἰσελθάτω LTTr, 


Ὁ καὶ ὅταν and when 1 ΤΊτΑ. 
ἂν 1 _* καὶ παραδώσει Ἱπττα. 
εστὼς EG; ἑστηκὸς L; ἑστηκότα TTrA. 


€—yapt[tr]a. κ ἐπ᾽ Ta. 


: rjA- ὃ — καὶ TTrA. 
Κ ἀρχὴ a beginning trv. 


: bh — καὶ T[TrJA. 
τρ — γὰρ ΤΟΥ Ὑ{τι]ῖ.. πὶ πρῶτον δεῖ 
᾽αγωσιν GLTTrAW,. Ρ --- μηδὲ μελετᾶτε [τ]ττι[α]. 
3.-- τὸ ῥηθὲν υπο Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου ο[1/]τΊτΑ. 

v — δὲ τ[τε].. Ὗ -α εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν [1]. 


7 τι dpa *— ὧν (read [18]) Lrtr, 


t ΤΤΑ. 


ΧΙΙ. 


c , & κ᾿ 
ἡμέραις. 18 προσεύχεσθε. δὲ 
days! And pray 

χειμῶνος. 19 ἔσονται.γὰρ 

in winter ; for *shall *be [111] 
οὐ.γέγονεν τοιαύτη ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως Ac! ἔκτισεν ὁ 
hasnot been thelike Ίτοτα [{Π6] beginning of creation which 2created 
θεὸς ἕως τοῦ νῦν, καὶ οὐ.μὴ γένηται. 20 καὶ εἰ μὴ 
*God until now, and not αὖ 211 shall be; 


MARK. 
iva τ [ή «." ae ~ | 
μῆ-γενηται “η-.φυγη-υμῶν 
that την *not ρα ‘your “flight 


. ε [ή ~ [ή 
αι Ί]μεραι ἐκεῖναι θλίψις, οἵα 
“those “days tribulation, such as 


κύριος 
and unless [the] Lord 


ἐκολόβωσενϊ τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ’ 
hadshortened the days, there would not have been saved any flesh; 


ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς οὓς ἐξελέξατο. ἐκολόβωσεν τὰς 
but onaccount of the elect whom hechose, he hasshortened the 
ἡμέρας. 21 Kai τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ΦΙδούι ὧδε ὁ 
days. And then if anyonetoyou say, Behold, here [is]the 
, ex II {{δ Pant] ? ~ 5 \ SF: Π 99 ? θη 
χρίστος, “1) ιοου, ξἕκέει, μ))-πιστευσητε. ἔγερ Ί]σογται 
Christ, or Behold, there, ye shall not believe [it] ?There *will *arise 
ao" Ἰψευδόχριστοι καὶ" ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ ἱδώσουσιν" σημεῖα 
for false Christs and false prophets, and will give signs 
καὶ τέρατα, πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾷν εἰ δυνατὸν Ἑκαὶ" τοὺς ἐκλεκ- 
and wonders, to deceive if possible even’ the elect. 
’ ς ~ δὲ λε A 12 ’ Π , ε ~ , 
τούς. 23 ὑμεῖς. δὲ βλέπετε" ἰἰδού,) προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα. 
But “ye ‘take heed: lo, I have foretold to you all things, 
24 ™AXX'! ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις, μετ τὴν.θλίψων. ἐκείνην, 


Β 


But in those days, afte that tribulation, 
ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται, καὶ ἡ σελήνη οὐ.δώσει τὸ φέγγος 
the sun shall be darkened, and the moon 5881] not give "light 


~ Ν > / - -,»»ν 
αὐτῆς, 25 καὶ οἱ ἀστέρες "τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔσονται ἐκπίπτοντες," 


ther ; and the stars ofthe heaven shall be falling out, 
καὶ αἱ δυνάµεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται. 
and the powers which [are] ἵπ the heavens shall be shaken ; 


26 καὶ τότε ὄψονται τὸν. υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν 


and then shalltheysee the Son . of man coming in 
νεφέλαις μετὰ δυνάμεως “πολλῆς καὶ δόξης." 27 καὶ τότε 
clouds with *power ereat and glory; and then 
ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους Ραὐτοῦ,! καὶ ἐπισυνάξει τοὺς 


he will send his angels, and will gather together 


ἐκλεκτοὺς. αὐτοῦ! ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, aT ἄκρου 
his elect from the four winds, from [the] extremity 
ἄκρου; οὐρανοῦ. 28 ᾿Απὺ δὲ τῆς συκῆς μάθετε 
Ῥαῦ ἔσο the fig-tree learn 
ὁ κλάδος" ἁπαλὸς γένη- 


γῆς ἕως 


of earth to [the] extremity of heaven. 
τὴν παραβολήν" ὅταν Ταὐτῆο 107 


the parable : when of it already the branch tender is be- 
~ [ 

ται, καὶ Σἐκφυῃι τὰ φύλλα, ἱγινώσκετε! ὅτι ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος 

come, and it puts forth the leaves, yeknow that near’ the summer 


éoriy’ 29 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὅταν ταῦτα ἴδητε" γινόμενα, 
15, So also ye, when these things ye see coming to pass, 
es e ? / ? ? \ ’ ? \ { Suh. a 
γινώσκετε οτι ἐγγὺς εστιν επι θύραις. 90 ᾽Αμὴν λέγω. υμῖν, 
know that near itis, at [the] doors. Verily Isay to you, 
ὅτι οὐ. μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ.γενεὰ. αὕτη, μέχρις οὗ πάντα 
that in no wise will have passed away this generation, until all 


‘ye in like 


133 
with child, and to 
them that give suckin 
those days! 18 And 
pray ye that your 
flight be not in the 
winter. 19 Forin those 
days shall be affliction, 
such as was not from 
the beginning of the 
creation which God 
created unto  this- 
time, neither,shall be. 
20 And except that the 
Lord Ὠαᾶ shertened 
those days, no flesh 
should be saved: but 
for the elect’s sake, 
whom he hath chosen, 
he hath shortened the 
days. 21 And then if 
any man shall say to 
you, Lo, here is Christ ; 
or, lo, he is there; be- 
lieve him not: 22 for 
false Christs and false 
prophets shall rise, 
and shall shew signs 
and wonders, to se- 
duce, if it were pos- 
sible, even the elect. 
23 But take ye heed: 
behold, I have foretold 
you all things. 24 But 
in those days, after 
that tribulation, the 
sun shall be darkened, 
and the moon shall 
not give her light, 
25 and the stars of 
heaven shall fall, and 
the powers that are 
in heaven shall be 
shaken. 26 And then 
shall they see the Son 
of man coming in 
the clouds with great 
power and_ glory. 
27 And then shall he 
send his angels, and 
shall gather together 
his elect from the four 
winds, from the utter- 
most part of the earth 
to the uttermost part 
of heaven. 28 Now 
learn a parable of the 
fig tree; When her 
branch is yet tender, 
and puiteth forth 
leaves, ye know that 
summer is near: 29 so 
roanner, 
when ye shallsee these 
things come to pass, 
know that it is nigh, 
even at the dvors. 
30 Verily I τας unto 
you, that this gene- 
ration shall not pass, 
till all these things be 





8.--- ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν (read it may not be) urtra. Ὁ ἣν LTTr. 
ἃ ἴδε TTrA. 6--- ἢ ΤΑ. fide LTTrA. 
h δὲ and τ΄. i— ψευδόχριστοι καὶ A, 
{ — ἰδού [LITTrA. πι ᾿Αλλὰ LITA. 
δόξης πολλῆς L. Ρ --- αὐτοῦ (τες the angels) [L]rtra. 
Σ ἤδη ὃ κλάδος αὐτῆς LTr. 5 ἐκφύη EG?, 
ταῦτα LTTr, τ ταῦτα πάντα ΤΤΙΑ, 


. 


ο ἐκολόβωσεν κύριος T. 
& μὴ πιστεύετε believe [15] not GLTTraw. 

J ποιήσουσιν will work TA. 
2 ἔσονται ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πίπτοντες LTTrA. 
4 --- αὐτοῦ (Ίεα the elect) TY 4. 
τ γινώσκεται it is known a, 


π[τε]Α. 
ο καὶ 


kK — καὶ 


ἃ ἔδητε 


194 


done, 31 Heaven and 
earth shali pass away: 
but my words shall 
not pass away, 32 But 
of that day and that 
hour knowethno man, 
no, not the angels 
which are in heaven, 
neither the Son, but 
the Father. 33 Takeye 
heed, watch and pray: 
for ye know not when 
the time is. 34 For the 
Son of man is as aman 
taking a far journey, 
who left his house, and 
gave authority to his 
servants, and to every 
man his work, and 
commanded the por- 
terto watch. 35 Watch 
e therefore: for ye 
now not when the 
master of the house 
comcth, at even, or at 
midnight, or at. the 
cockcrowing, or in the 
morning : 36 lest com- 
ing suddenly he find 
you sleeping. 37 And 
what I say unto you I 
say unto all, Watch. 


XIV. After two days 
was the feast of the 
assover, and of un- 
earened bread: and 
the chief priests and 
the scribes sought how 
they might take him 
by craft, and put him 
to death. 2 But they 
said, Not on the feast 
day, lest there be an 
uproar of the people. 


3 And being in Beth- 
any in the house of 
Simon the leper, as he 
sat at meat, there came 
a Womnn having an 
alabaster box of oint- 
ment of spikenard 
very precious ; and she 
brake the box, and 
poured it on his head. 
4 Aud there were some 
that had indignation 
Within themselves, 
and said, Why was 
this waste of the oint- 


ment made? 5for it’ 


might have been sold 
for more than three 
hundred pence, and 
have been given to the 
poor. And they mur- 
mured against her. 
0 And Jesus said, Let 
heralone; why trou- 
ble ye her? she hath 


«960 μὴ ἐλθὼν ἐξαίφνης 


ΧΙΠΙ. XTY. 


ταῦτα" γένηται. γῆ Ὅπαρε- 
these things shall have taken place. shall 

« ‘ ΄ Al ν / Ἄ τι ΣΝ a 

λεύσονται"" οἱ δὲ.λόγοι.µου οὐ.“ μὴ" Σπαρέλθωσιν.! 32 Theoicé 
pass away, but my words inno wise shallpassaway. But concerning 

~ ’ Sey ‘ ~ . ‘ 7s ? ‘ € ” 
τῆς-ἡμέρας.ἐκείνης "καὶ" τῆς ὥρας, οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ “οἱ ἄγ- 
that day and the hour, noone knows, noteventhe an- 

« - κι ΄ ε ’ r 
γελοι! oi! ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ 6 υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ. 33 Βλέπετε, 
gels those in heaven, nor the Son, but the Father. Take heed, 
ἀγρυπνεῖτε «καὶ προσεύχεσθε" οὐκ.οἴδατε.γὰρ πότε ὁ καιρός 
; when the time 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. 


81 ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ 
The heaven and the earth 


. 


watch and pray ; for ye know not 
᾽ - ΄ > . ‘ ΩΡ 
εστιν 34 we ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος άφεις THY οίκιαν 
is) as aman going out of the country, leaving “house 


ἀκαὶ ἑκάστῳ 


and tocach one 


yenyooy- 


~ ~ wn ~ ‘ ᾽ ΄ 
αὐτοῦ, καὶ δοὺς τοῖς.δούλοις. αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, 
this, and givmg to his bondmen the authority, 


” > ~ 4 ~ ~ , 7 
τὸ ἔργον. αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῷ θυρωρῷ ἐνετείλατο ἵνα 


his work, and *the *door-keeper ‘commanded that he should watch. 
35 γρηγορεῖτε οὖν' οὐκ.οἴδατε.γὰρ πότε ὑ-κύριος τῆς οἰκίας 
Watch therefore, for ye knownot when the master of the house 


ἔρχεται. «ὀψέ, ἢ ἱμεσονυκτίου," ἢ ἀλεκτοοοφωνίας, ἢ πρωΐ’ 
comes: atevening,or at midnight, or atcock-crowing, or morning; 


εὕρῃ ὑμᾶς καθεύδοντας. 37 Σὰ' δὲ 


lest coming suddenly he should find you sleeping. And what 
ὑμῖν λέγω, πᾶσιν λέγω, Γρηγορεῖτε. 
toyou Isay, toall 1 αγ, Watch. 
i A 4 , ‘ Δ » 4 , 
14 Ἣν. δὲ τὸ πάσχα καὶ τὰ ἄζυμα μετὰ δύο 


Now it was the passover and the [feast of] unleavened bread after two 
ἡμέρας" καὶ ἐζήτουν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς πῶς 
days. And 7were ®seeking 'the *chief “priests *and *the ®scribes how 
αὐτὸν ἐν δόλῳ κρατήσαντες ἀποκτείνωσιν" 2 ἔλεγον δέ," 
him by guile gettingholdof they might killfhim]. 3ΤΠογ *said ‘but, 
Μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, μήποτε Ἰθόρυβος. ἔσται! τοῦ λαοῦ. 
Not in the feast, lest a tumult there shall be of the people. 
3 Kai ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐν Βηθανίᾳ, ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος τοῦ 
And *being ‘he in Bethany, in the house ofSimon the 
λεπροῦ, κατακειμένου. αὐτοῦ, ἦλθεν γυνὴ ἔχουσα ἀλά- 
leper, as he reclined {at table], *came δ “τοῦδ having an ala- 
βαστρον μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς" Ὑκαὶὶ συν- 
baster flask of ointment of “nard ?pure of great price ; and having 
τρίψασα ‘roll ἀλάβαστρον, κατέχεεν αὐτοῦ "κατὰ! τῆς 
broken the alabaster flask, she poured [it] “his ton 
κεφαλῆς. 4 ἧσαν-δε τινες ἀγανακτοῦντες πρὸς ἑαυτούς, "καὶ 
head. And *were ‘some indignant within themselves, and 
, 2 / « ᾽ , ev ~ 
λέγοντες," Ἑϊς τί η.ἀπώλεια.αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν: 
saying, For what *this “waste *of *the Sointment ‘has been made? 
> , A ~ ~ 3 , ghey 
δ ἠδύνατο.γὰρ τοῦτο 5 πραθῆναι ἐπάνω ΛὈτριακοσίών 
for it was possible [for] this to have been 5ο]ᾶ for above three hundred 
δηναρίων," καὶ δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς" Kai “ἐνεβοιμῶντο 
denarii, and tobave been given tothe poor. And they murmured 
> ~ « Ay at ~ 3 » » , ~ , 
αὐτῇ. 6 Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, "Agere αὐτήν" τί αὐτῇ κόπους 
at her. But Jesus said, Let“alone ‘her; whytoher trouble 


a Oe he σὰ την τ. 


“ παρελεύσεται GW. ἃ --- μὴ Tra. Υ παρελεύσονται ΤττΆ. *%% OYGLTTrAW. ἃ ἄγγελος 
an angel a. Ὁ — θἱ TTrA. ς — και προσεύχεσθε LI[Tr]A. d—raiLtTrAo ¢€+% 
either τττΑ. μεσονύκτιον TTrA, δ ὃ LTTrA. 4 γάρ for LTTra. i ἔσται 


θόρυβος ΤττΑ. 
LTTrA. 
τριακοσίων LTTrAW, 


k — καὶ TA. 
Ὦ — καὶ λέγοντες T[Tr]A. 


l roy LTW; τὴν Tra, ; ™ — κατὰ (read αὐτοῦ on his) 
; ᾿ 9 + τὸ μύρον Ointment GLTTraW, Ρ δηναρίων 
5 ἐνεβριμοῦντο T, : 


guest-chamber) [L]rtra. 


ANY: MARK. 


παρέχετε; καλὸν ἔργον "εἰργάσατο! "εἰς ἐμέ." 7 mavrore-yio 
doyecause? agood work she wrought towards me. For always 
τοὺς πτωχοὺς ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, καὶ ὕταν θέλητε δύνασθε 
the poor ye have with you, and whenever ye desire ye are able 
ἰαὐτοὺς" εὖ ποιῆσαι" ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε. 8 ὃ τεϊχενι 
Sthem 3to?do good; butme not always yehave. What “could 
ναὕτη," ἐποίησεν προέλαβεν μυρίσαι “μου.τὸ σῶμα!" εἰς 
tshe, she did. She came beforehand to anoint my body for 
τὸν ἐνταφιασμόν. 9 ἀμὴν" λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅπου. ἂν")  κηρυχθῇ 
the burial. Verily Isay to you, Wheresoever shall be proclaimed 
τὸ. εὐαγγέλιον."τοῦτοϊ εἰς ὅλον τὸν κόσμον, Kai ὃ 
this glad tidings in *whole'the world, also what 
αὕτη λαληθήσεται εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς. 
‘this [7woman] shall be spoken of for awmemorial of her. 
10 Καὶ δ! Ἰούδας 6" “Ἱσκαριώτης,! ἃ εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, 
And Judas the Iscariote, one ofthe twelve, 
ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς, ἵνα “παραδῷῥι αὐτὸν" 
went away to the chief priests, that hemightdeliverup him 
αὐτοῖς. 11 Οἱ. δὲ ἀκούσαντες ἐχάρησαν, καὶ ἐπηγγείλαντο 
to them, Andthey having heard rejoiced, and promised 
αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι: καὶ ἐζήτει πῶς [εὐκαίρως αὐτὸν 
shim money ‘to *give. And hesought how ‘conveniently ‘him 
παραδῷ." 
the *might *deliver Sup. 
12 Kai τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν ἀζύμων, ὅτε τὸ πάσχα 
And on the first day of unleavened [bread], when the passover 
ἔθυον, λέγουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, Τοῦ θέλεις 


ἐποίησεν 
“has *done 


theykilled, “say ‘*to*him this “disciples, | Where desirest thou [that] 
ἀπελθόντες ἑτοιμάσωμεν ἵνα φάγῃς τὸ πάσχα; 18 Kai 
going we should prepare that thou mayest eat the passover ? And 


> / δ ~ ~ ? ~ ‘ / > ~ « / 

ἀποστέλλει δύο τῶν. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ύ πάγετε 

he sends:forth two of his disciples, and says tothem, Go 

εἰς τὴν πόλιν" καὶ ἀπαντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος 

into the city, and “will*meet *you ta "man a pitcher of water 
/ . a ᾽ rv 0 id ? ~ 14 \ « σα \ ll > EXO 

βαστάζων" ἀκολουθήσατε αὐτῷ, καὶ ὅπου. ΞἐὰνἹ εἰσέλθῃ, 


carrying ; follow hin ; and wherever he may enter, 
εἴπατε TY οἰκοδεσπότῃ, Ὅτι ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, Ποῦ 
say to the master of the house, The teacher says, Where 


ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα ἢ ὅπου τὸ πάσχα μετὰ τῶν.μαθητῶν.μου 
15 the guest-chamber . where the passover with ‘my disciples 
φάγω; 15 καὶ αὐτὸς ὑμῖν δείξει Ἰάνώγεον' μέγα ἐστρω- 
I may eat? and he you ‘will *shew an upper room large, fur- 
μένον ἕτοιμον." let! ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν. 16 Καὶ ἐξῆλθον οἱ 
nished ready. There prepare for us. And went away 
0 ν m ᾽ ~ ή ‘ ἦλθ 2 A 1λ ‘ re 3 θ ι 
μαθηταὶ. “αὐτοῦ," καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ εὗρον καθως 
his disciples, and came into the city, and found as 
εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. καὶ ἡτοίμασαν τὸ πάσχα. 17 Kai ὀψίας 
he had said tothem, and they prepared the passover. And evening 
γενομένης ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 18 καὶ ἀνακειμένων 
being come hecomes with the twelve. And as *were *reclining 


135 


wrought a good work 
onme. 7 For ye have 
the poor with you 
always, and whenso- 
ever ye will ye may do 
them good: -but me 
ye have not always. 
8 She hath done what 
she could: she is come 
aforehand to anoint 
my body to the bury- 
ing. 9 Verily I say 
unto you, Wheresoever 
this gospel shall be 
preached throughout 
the whole world, this 
also that she hath done 
shall be spoken of for 
a memorial of her, ~ 


10 And Judas Isca- 
riot, one of the twelve, 
went unto the chief 
priests, to betray him 
unto them, 11 And 
when they heard it, 
they were glad, and 
promised to give him 
money. And hesought 
how he might con- 
veniently betray him, 


12 And the first day 
of unleavened bread, 
when they killed the 
passover, his disciples 
said unto him, Where 
wilt thou that we go 
and prepare that thou 
mayest eat the pass- 
over? 13 And he send- 
eth forth two of his 
disciples, and saith 
unto them, Go ye into 
the city, and there 
shall meet you a man 
bearing a pitcher of 
water: follow him, 
14 And wheresoever 
he shall go in, say ye 
to the goodman of the 
house, The Master 
saith, Where is the 
guestchamber, where 
I shall eat the pass- 
over with my disciples? 
15 And he will shew 
you a large upper room 
furnished and pre- 
pared: there make 
ready for us. 16 And 
his disciples went 
forth, ahd came into 
the city, and found as 
he had said unto them: 
and they made ready 
the passover. 17 And 
in the evening he com- 
eth with the twelve, 
18 And as they sat and 
did eat, Jesus said, 





τ ἠργάσατο T. 5 ἐν ἐμοί tO Me GLTTrAW. 
GLTTraw. τ — αὕτη (read εἶχεν she could) [τι]τ[ττ]Α. 
and (verily) [L]tTra. ἐὰν TA. 
LTTraw. ο Ἰσκαριώθ ΤΑ. d+ othe TTra. — 
Ε αὐτὸν εὐκαίρως παραδοῖ LTTrA; αὐτὸν εὐκ, παραδῷ W. 
i ἀνάγαιον GLIT:AW. 


@ = αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) 1{?r], 


ξ ἂν ΗΤΤΑ. 


there Tra; κἀκεῖ T. 


τ αὐτοῖς LTrA ; — αὐτοὺς T. 

κ τὸ σῶμά μου LTr. 
α-. τοῦτο (read the glad tidings) [L]rtra. 
© παραδοῖ αὐτὸν L.; αὐτὸν παραδοῖ TTrA. 


k [ἕτοιμον 1, 


b + µου (read my 
leat ἐκεῖ and 


196 


Verily I say unto you, 
One of you which eat- 
eth with me shall be- 
tray me. 19 And they 
began to be sorrowful, 
and to say unto him 
one by one, {5 it J? 
and another sa/d, Js 
it 15 20 And he an- 
swered and said unto 
them, Jt is one of the 
twelve, that dippeth 
with me in the dish. 
21 The Son of man in- 
deed goeth, as it is 
written of him: but 
woe to that man by 
whom the Son of man 
is betrayed! good were 
it for that man if he 
had never been Lorn. 


22 And as they did 
eat, Jesus took bread, 
and blessed, and brake 
tt, and gave to them, 
and said, Take, eat: 
thisismy body. 23 And 
he took the cup, and 
when he had given 
thanks, he gave zt to 
them: and they all 
drank of it. 24 And 
he said unto them, 
This is my blood of 
the new test:ment, 
which is shed for 
many. 25 Verily I say: 
unto you, Τ will drink 
no more of the fruit of 
the vine, until that 
day that I drink it 
new in the kingdom 
of God. 


26 And when they 
had sung an hymn, 
they went out into 
the mount of Olives. 
27 And Jesus saith 
unto them, All ye 
shall be offended ‘be- 
cause of me this night: 
for it is written. I will 
suite the shepherd, 
and the ~heep shall be 
scattered. 28 But after 
that I am risen, I will 
go before you into 
Galilee. 29 But Peter 
said unto him, Al- 
though all shall be 
offended, yet will not 
I. 30 And Je-us saith 
unto him, Verily I say 
unto’ thee, That this 


ο eens ar te Oe ι 
Ms ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν ΤΑ. 
ἄλλος, My τι εγώ; Ττν, 
' + τὴν χεῖρα the hand 1,. 


[1] T[TrJa. 
Ὁ — καινῆς TTrA. 
ματος TITAW. 


-Y — φάγετε GLTTraW. 
5 ὑπὲρ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 
ο ; “ — ev εμοι Tira, 
Τα πρόβατα τι; τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται TTra, 


MAPS OZ. ΧΙΥ.. 
~ ‘ , - ς. - a 4 ΄ 
αὐτῶν καὶ ἐσθιόντων "εἶπεν ὁ Ιησοῦς,! ᾿Αμὴν λέγω' 
fat Stable] ‘they and: wereeating “said i Jesus, Verily Isay 
fe. ef - Ye ~ ΄ « ? οι. Bas) ~ 
ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει µε, ο ἐσθίων μετ ἐμοῦ., 
ίοτοα, that one of οι will deliver up me, who is eating with me. 
3 δι » - - πα ’ ? ~ ae. Η pa > σ 
19 οοἱ δὲ! ἤρξαντο λυπεῖσθαι, καὶ λέγειν αὐτῷ, εἴς Ῥκαθ᾽ εἷς, 
Απά 67 began to be gricved, and tosay tohim, one by one,. 
se / b Po ot « SA 3 Β 
Μή τι ἐγώ; «Καὶ ἄλλος, Μήτι ἐγώ; 20 Ο0.0ὲ "άπο- 
[510] 1Ὁ And another, [1515 But he an-° 
|| i ” ~ 2 Μο] ~ ΔΑ Ν τ η) ae 
κριθεὶς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. Eic "εκ" τῶν ὀώόεκα, 0 ἐμβαπτό- 
swering)) said tothem, [Itis] one of the twelve, who is dip-- 
ey | ao ας Ἡν A Xt 91%G Loy ο. pave ΄ υ 
μενος μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἵ εἰς τὸ τρυβλίον. ὁ μὲν vlog του αὐνϑρωπο 
a 


ping with me 11 the dish. The indeed *Son *of “man - 

’ ‘ > κ. > ‘ A - 
ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ" οὐαὶ.δὲ τῷ 
άσοςς, as it has been written concerning him; but woe 


? , , 7 - εν ~ ? ο 2 
ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι οὗ ἡ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 
to that man by whom thé Son of man is delivered up ; 
καλὸν τἦν" αὐτῷ εἰ οὐκἐγεννήθη ὁ.ἀνθρωπος. κεῖνος. 
good wereit for him if “had *not *been ®born ‘that ?man. 
‘ > , ~ ‘ © 2 ~ wy 
22 Kai ἐσθιόντων.αὐτῶν, λαβὼν τὸ Ἰησοῦς" ἄρτον, 
And as they were eating, "having *taken Jesus a loaf, 
? , ? y ὃν ᾽ ~ το ο΄ Ld 
εὐλογήσας ἐκλασεν, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ εἶπεν, Λάβετε, 
having biessed hebrake, and gave tothem, and = said, Take, 
΄ ~ 3 ~ τς \ 
Yoayere’! τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά.μου. 23 Kat λαβὼν ὅτὸὶ 
eat ; this is my body. And having taken the 
ποτήριον, εὐχαριστήσας ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς' καὶ ἔπιον ἐξ αὐτοῦ 
cup, having given thanks hegave tothem, andthey*drank*ef it 
VW ἘΞ ~ .0 \ er a x 
πάντες 24 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ.αἶἷμά.μου Ἀτὸ" 
tall And hesaid tothem, This is my blood that 
τῆς καινῆς" διαθήκης, τὸ «περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυνόμενον.! 
of the new | covenant, which for many is poured out. 
25 ἀμὴμ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι  οὐκέτι.οὐ.μὴ πίω ἐκ τοῦ 
Verily Isay toyou, that not any more in any wise willI drink of the 
ἀγεννήματος! τῆς ἀμπέλου, ἕως τῆς. ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ὅταν αὐτὸ 
fruit of the vine, until that day when it 
πίνω καινὸν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ.. 
idrink new in the kingdom of God. 
\ te γεν 3 ~ r ~ 
26 Καὶ ὑμνήσαντε ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν. 
And having sung ἃ hymn they went out to the mount of Olives, 
27 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, “Ori πάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 
And “says *to *them Jesus, All ye will be offended 
’ ’ η] ? ~ ‘ , ’ ‘ 
"ey ἐμοὶ" fey τῇ vuKri.ravry™ ὕτι γέγραπται, Πατάξω τὸν 
in me in this night ; for it has been written, I will smite the 
ποιμένα, καὶ Εδιασκορπισθήσεται τὰ πρόβατα." 28 ᾿Αλλὰ 


shepherd, and _ will be scattered abroad the sheep. But 

‘ A 1 ~ ΄ ’ ο ~ 7 
μέτὰ τὸ .ἐγερθῆναί-με. προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 
after my arising, Iwill go before you into Galilee. 


29 0.δὲ Πέτρος ἔφη αὐτῷ, "Kai εἰ! πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, 
But Peter said tohim, Even if all shall be offended, 

᾽ ᾽ ᾽ ῃ ΄ ᾿ , Z ῃ ~ ~ 

αλλ οὐκ ἐγώ. 90 Καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾽Αμὴν λέγω σοι, 


yet ποὺ I. And *says *to*him ‘Jesus, Verily Isay to thee, 





ο -- Οἱ δὲ (read ἤρξαντο they began) ΤΑ, 
Σ---αποκριθεις LTTrA. 
7 + ὅτι for T[Tr]a. 


Ρ κατὰ TA. 4 -- καὶ 
ΑΞ ex (read τῶν of the) τ[ττ]. 
ἘΌΝ ης σης x — ὁ Ἰησοὺς 
το Τὸ (read a cup) LTTra: @— τὸ [L]TA. 
μενον L; ἐκχυννόµενρν ὑπὲρ πολλῶν TIra. ἃ γενή- 
εν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ [L|ttTraw. ε διασκορπισθήσονται 
Ὁ Ei καὶ TTra, 


| ας 


MARK. 
δὶς 


τη. 


ov i 7 1, é ~ ο ig Ἡ {| \ . n ὑλέκ 
οτι" σήμερον Jey τῃ-νυκτι.ταυτῃ;' πριν ἢ ἄλεκτορα 


that ἰο- day in this night, before that twice [the] cock 
φωνῆσαι, τρὶς Νἀπαρνήσῃ pe." 31 Ὁ δὲ ἱὲκ. περισσοῦ ἔλεγεν 

crow, thrice thou wilt deny me But he *vehemently ‘said 
μᾶλλον, ll Εάν Ἆμε δερ' συναποθανεῖν σοι, οὐ.μή σε 
the ποτε, If it were needful for me to die with thee, in no wise thee 
πἀπαργήσομαι.ὶ  Ὡσαύτως.δὲ καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον. 

will I deny. And inlike manner also “all *they ‘spake. 

32 Καὶ έρχονται εἰς χωρίον Cob τὸ" ὄνομα ΡΙεθσημανῆ"" 


And they come to apjace of whichthe name [15] 


καὶ λέγει τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ. Καθίσατε wee, ἕως προσεύξω- 
and he says to his disciples, Sit here, while I shall 


pa. 33 Καὶ παραλαμβάνει τὸν Πέτρον καὶ “τὸν! Ἰάκωβον 


Gethsemane; 


pray. And he takes Peter and James 
καὶ Ιωάννην μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ." Καὶ ἤρξατο ἐκθαμβεῖσθαι καὶ 
and John with hin ; and he began to be greatly amazed and 


ἀδημονεῖν. 34 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ-.Ψυχήςμου 
deeply depressed. And hesays tothem, Verysorrowful is my soul 


ἕως θανάτου" μείνατε ὧδε καὶ γρηγορεῖτε. 85 Καὶ προελ- 


evento death; reumiin here and watch. And having gone 
θὼνὶ μικρὸν 'ἔπεσενὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ προσηύχετο ἵνα, εἰ 
forward a little hefell upon the earth, and prayed that, if 


/ ? / ? > ΔΑ ~ « “ Ὁ \ 5 
δυνατόν ἐστιν, παρέλθῃ am αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα. 36 καὶ ἔλεγεν, 
possible itis, mightpass from him _ the hour. And he said, 


ABBA, ὁ πατήρ, πάντα δυνατά σοι" παρένεγκε τὸ ποτή- 


Abba, ye all νά [ατε] possible {ο thee; take away has 
ριον Yam ἐμοῦ τοῦτο" ἀλλ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ. 
Σάνον #me ‘this; but notwhat Ζ will, but what thou. 


37 Kai ἔρχεται καὶ εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας καὶ λέγει τῷ 


And hecomes and finds them sleeping. And he says 
Πέτρῳ, «Σίμων, καθεύδεις ; οὐκ. ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν On: 
to Peter, Simon, _ sleepest thou? wast thou not able one hour 


γορῆσαι; 38 γρηγορεῖτε Kai προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ. νεἰσέλθητε! 
watch 2 Watch and pray, that ye enter not 

εἰς πειρασμόν. τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ.δὲ 
into temptation. The 7indced ‘spirit ready, but the flesh 


ἀσθενής. 89 Καὶ πάλιν ἀπελθὼν προσηύξατο, τὸν αὐτὸν 
weak, And again having gone away he prayed, *the “same 


λόγον εἰπών. 40 καὶ Σὑποστρέψας! εὗρεν αὐτοὺς ὑπάλιν" 
“πὰρ ‘saying. And having returned he ure them again 
(Aa SA a ll 
καθεύδοντας" ἦσαν. γὰρ "οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ. αὐτῶν" "βεβαρημένοι, 
sleeping, for *were 1their. “eyes heavy ; 
\ ? an ΄ b ? ~ θῶ tl 41 K Sic ae 
Kat ουκ-/ὀεισαν τι αυτ ἀποκρι ωσιν. αι έρχεται 
and they knew ποὺ what *him ‘they “should “answer. And he comes 


/ A ‘A ‘ 
. τὸ τρίτον, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Καθεύδετε “τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ 
the third time, and says to them, ' Sleep on now and 
ἀναπαύεσθε. ἀπέχει: ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα" ἰδού, παραδίδοται. 
take goer rest. It is enough; has come the hour; lo, Sis Sdelivered Ss 


ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν. 42 ἐγεί- 
ithe “Son Sof*man into the hands of sinners. Rise, 


ρεσθε, ἄγωμεν" ἰδού, ὁ παραδιδούς µε “ἤγγικεν." 
let us go; behold, he who 15 delivering up me has drawn near. 


Lis] 


- named 


σάρξ᾽ 


197 


day, even in this night, 
Ῥοΐονο the voek crow 
twice, thou shalt deny 
me thrice. 31 But he 
spake the more vehe- 
mently, ΓΕ Ishould die 
with thee, I will not 
deny thee in any wise. 
Likewise also said 
they all, 


32 And they came to 
a place which was 
Gethsemane : 
and he saith to his 

disciples, Sit ye here, 
while I shall pray. 
33 And he taketh with 
him Veter and James 
and John, and began 
to be sore amazed, 
and to be very heavy ; 
34 and saith unto 
them, My soul is ex- 
ceeding sorrowful un- 
to death: tarry ye here, 
and wateh, 35 And he 
went forward a little, 
and fellon the ground, 
and prayed that, if it 
were possible, the hour 
might pass from him. 
36 And he said, Abba, 
Father, all things ave 
possible unto thee; 
tuke away this cup 
from me: nevertheless 
not what I will, but 
what thou wilt. 37 And 
he cometh, and find- 
eth them = sleeping, 
and saith unto Peter, 
Simon, sleepest thou? 
couldest. not .thou 
watch one hour? 
38 Watch ye and pray, 
lest ye enter into temp- 
tation. The spirit 
truly is ready, but the 
flesh is weak, 39 And 
again he went away, 
anu prayed, and spake 
the same words. 40 And 
when he returned, he 
found them asleep a- 
gain, (for their eyes 
were heavy,) neither 
wist they what to an- 
swerhim. 4] And he 
cometh the third time, 
and saith unto them, 
Sleep on now, and 
take your rest: it is 
enough, the hour is 
come ; behold, the Son 
of manis betrayed into 
the hands of sinners. 
42 Rise up, let us go; 
lo, he that betrayeth 
me is at hand. 





i+ σὺ thoucLitraw. 1 ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ LTTrA. x 
ἐλάλει LTTraA. τὸ δέῃ we ταν. ἢ ἀπαρνήσωμαιτ. 9 ᾧ 
αὐττιανγ. ‘wer αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 5 προσελθὼν Tr.  * emumTev ΤΑ. 
“éA@nTeTA. * πάλιν ἐλθὼν again coming La ; ἐλθὼν Tr. 


μοὶ τ.. 5 καταβαρυνόμενοι ΙΤΊτΑΥΥ. ἢ ἀποκριθῶσιν αὐτῷ LITrAW. 


με 
L 


ἀπαρνήσῃ LTTraAWw. 

Ρ Γεθσημανεῖ LETrAW. 
«τοῦτο ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ LTTraW, 
Υ --- πάλιν LTra. 
¢— zd LTrAW. 


1 ἐκπερισσῶς 
4 --- τὸν 


1 αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλ- 
4 ἤγγισεν T. 


198 


43 And immediately, 
while he yet spake, 
cometh Judas, one of 
the twelve, and with 
him a great muiti-' 
tude with swords and 
staves, from the chief 
priests and the scribes 
and the elders. 44 And 
he that betrayed him 
had given them a 
token, saying, Whom- 
soever I shall kiss, that 
same is he;:take him, 
and lead him away 
safely. 45 And as soon 
as he was come, he 
goeth straightway to 
him, andsaith, Master, 
master; and kissed 
him. 46 And they laid 
their hands on him, 
and took him. 47 And 
one of them that stood 
by drew a sword, and 
smote a servant-of the 
high priest, and cut off 
his ear. 48 And Jesus 
answered and _ said 
unto them, Are ye 
come out, as against 
a thief, with swords 
and with staves to take 
me? 49 I was-daily 
with you in the tem- 
ple teaching, and ye 
took me not: but the 
scriptures must be ful- 
filled. 50 And they all 
forsook him, and fled. 
51 And there followed 
him a certain young 
man, having a linen 
cloth cast abont his 
naked body; and the 
young men laid hold 
on him : 52 and he left 
the linen cloth, and 
fied from them naked. 


53 And they led Je- 
sus away to the high 
priest: and with him 
were assembled all the 
chief priests and the 
elders and the scribes. 
54 And Peter followed 
him afar off, even into 
the palace of the high 
priest : and hesat with 
the servants, and 
warmed himsclf ai the 
fire. 55 And the-chief 
priests and all the 
council sought for wit- 





6 εὐθὺς LTTrA. 
1 — πολὺς [1]ΤΎΤΑ. 


ῥαββεί T ; 
TTA, 


ἃ νεανίσκος τις LTr. 


τ — οἱ νεανίσκο: (read they seize) LYtra. 
"γραμματεις καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι L. 


f+ ὁ ΙΤΤΑΝΥ. 


ῥαββεί [ῥαββεί] Α. 


9 — τις LTrAW. 


MAPKOS. XIV 


/ 2 ~ ~ η Ξ 

43 Καὶ «εὐθέωοὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος παραγίνεται ' Ἰοέ- 

And immediately *yet ‘as *he 315 speaking, comes up Ju- 

σ΄ h ba I ~ ὃ , ὃ \ 2 [ ~ » λ i λὺ il 

δαςξ, εἷς *Ov' τῶν δώδεκα, καὶ per αυτου ὄχλος Ιπολὺς 
das, one “being ofthe twelve, and with him a“crowd “great, 

‘ / ~ , ᾿ ἣν» 
μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων, παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν 
with swords and = staves, from the chiefpriests ‘and the 
γραμματέων καὶ *rév" πρεσβυτέρων. 44 δεδώκει δὲ ὁ 

scribes and the elders. Now “had *given the who 
s 4 ᾽ A 3 - λέ Ὃ ἌΓΩΝ 
παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, yay 
Swas *delivering up ‘him 


tothem, saying, Whomsoever 
’ 

φιλήσω αὐτός ἐστιν κρατήσατε αὐτόν, καὶ ᾿᾿ἀπαγᾶ sere! 

Ishallkiss he mS = seize 


him, and lead [him] away 

ἀσφαλῶς. 45 Kai ἐλθών, “εὐθέως! προσελθὼν αὐτῷ λέγει, 

safely. And being come, immediately comingup to him he says, 

™PaBBi, ῥαββί "Kai κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν. 46 Οἱ δὲ émeBarov! 
Rabbi, Rabbi; and ardently kissed him. And they laid 

Pir’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν," καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν. 47 Eic.dé 

upon him “hands ‘their, and seized him. But *one 


tovoonpov! 
a sign 


. ατιοῖ τῶν παρεστηκότων σπασάμενος τὴν μάχαιραν 
ἦι *certain of those standing by, having drawn the sword 
ἔπαισεν τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ. ἀρχιερέως καὶ ἀφεῖλεν αὐτοῦ τὸ 
struck the bondman ofthe highpriest and _ took off his 
twriov." 48 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὡς ἐπὶ 
ear. And answering Jesus said tothem, As against 
λῃστὴν ἐξήλθετε" μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συλλαβεῖν µε; 


arobber ατα το come out with swords and staves to take me? 


49 καθ ἡμέραν ἤμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων, καὶ 


Daily. Iwas with you’ in the temple teaching, and 
οὐκ ἐκρατήσατέ με’ ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαί. 
γε did not seize me: but [itis] that *may *be Sfulfilled 1116 “scriptures. 


50 Καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἵπάντες ἔφυγον." 51 Kai πες τις 
And leaving him all fled. And one a certain 
νεανίσκος' YnKodobGet" αὐτῷ, περιβεβλημένος σινδόνα ἐπὶ 
young man was following him, having cast a linen cloth about 
γυμνοῦ" καὶ κρατοῦσιν αὐτὸν Σοὶ νεανίσκοι"" 52 ὁ δὲ 
[115] naked [body]; and *seize Shim the *young *men, but he, 
καταλιπὼν τὴν σινδόνα γυμνὸς ἔφυγεν Σάπ᾽ αὐτῶ»." 
leaving behind the linen cloth, *naked fled from them, 
53 Kai ἀπήγαγον τὸν Ἰησοῦν πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα" καὶ 
And they led away Jesus to the high priest. And 
συνέρχονται Ταὐτῷ πάντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ "πρεσβύτεροι 
there come together to him all the chief priests and the elders 
‘ ς - {| 54 4. Πέ ? \ 16 Σ δ / 
και οἱ γραμματεῖς." ὅ4 Και ὁ Πετρος ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἠκολού- 
and the scribes. And Peter from afar off fol- 
θησεν αὐτῷ ἕως ἔσω εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως" καὶ ἦν 
lowed him asfaraswithinto the court of the high priest; and he was 
δσυγκαθήµενος" μετὰ- τῶν ὑπηρετῶν, καὶ θερμαινόμενος πρὸς 
sitting with the Officers, and warming himgelf at 
τὸ" φῶς. 55 Οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ ὅλον τὸ συνέδριον ἐζήτουν 


the it fire. And-the chief priests and *whole'the sanhedrim sought 
it. 


b 


light). 

& + ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης Iscariote ττ[τε]Α. h — ὧν LTTr[A]. 
1 σύνσημον 1. ™ ἀπάγετε LTTrA. 2 Ῥαββί Ltr; 
_ 5 ἐπέβαλαν 1. Ρ τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τι; τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ 

᾿ ὠτάριον LITrA. 8 ἐξήλθατε LITrAW. " ἔφυγον πάντες ΤΊνΑ. 

, 'συνηκολούθει was following with Lrtra; ἠκολούθησεν followed w. 

* — ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν [L]TTr.  --- αὐτῷ Τε 

 συγκαθήµενος 1. b— τὸ E, 





κ. τῶν Τ. 


mY MARK. 


κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαρτυρίαν, εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν" καὶ οὐχ 
wainst Jesus testimony, to put to death hin, and not 
dels " 56 πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐψευδομαρτέ τοῦ 
Ρρισκογ. πο οι γαρ EWEV ομαρτυρουν ΚΑΤ αυτουυν 
χᾷ1ᾷ find [any]. For many bore false testimony against him, 
καὶ ἴσαι at μαρτυρίαι οὐκήσαν. 57 καί τινες ἀναστάντες 
and alike their testimonies were not. And some. having risen up 
ἐψευδομαρτί ᾿ αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες, ὅ8 Ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠκούσα- 
ψευθομαρτύρουν κατ αὑτοῦ, λέγοντες, ὃ τι ἡμεῖς NKOVOA 
bore false testimony against him, saying, We heard 


μεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, Ότι ἐγὼ καταλύσω τὸν ναὺν τοῦτον τὸν 
him saying, 1 will destroy thi: temple the 


χειροποίητον, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον 
[οπε] made with hands, and in three days ‘another. not made withhands 
οἰκοδομήσω. 59 Kai οὐδὲ οὕτως ἴση ἦν ἡ.μαρτυρία.αὐτῶν. 
I will build. And neither thus. alike was their testimony. 
60 Καὶ ἀναστὰς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰς τὸ" μέσον ἐπηρώτησεν 
And *having *stood δὰ *the *high “priest in .the midst questioned 
τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν, λέγων, Οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν; τί οὗτοί σου 
Jesus, saying, Answerest thou nothing? What “these *thee 
καταμαρτυροῦσιν ; 61'0.0& ἐσιώπα, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο." 
~itestify “against 2 But he was silent, and nothing answered. 
Πάλιν ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Σὺ 
Again the high priest was questioning him, and says tohim, *Thou 
εἶ 0 Χριστός, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ εὐλογητοῦ; 62 ‘Océ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, 
Jart the Christ, the Son ofthe blessed? And Jesus said, 
” “hy 2 ‘ » “ 4 ca ~ > , 7 
Ἐγώ εἰμι. καὶ ὄψεσθε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ξκαβήµενον 
af am. And ye shall see the Son of man sitting 
ἐκ δεξιῶν" τῆς δυνάμεως, καὶ ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 
at [the] right hand of power, and coming with the clouds 
τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 63 ‘0.0 ἀρχιερεὺς διαῤῥήξας τοὺς.χιτῶνας.αὐτοῦ 
ofthe heaven. And the high priest having rent his garments 
λέγει, Τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων ; 64 ἠκούσατε "ric 
says, Whatany more need have we of witnesses? _ Yeheard the 
βλασφημίας" τί ὑμῖν φαίνεται; Οἱ δὲ πάντες κατέκριναν 
blasphemy : what Ξο σοὺ ‘appears? And they all condemned 
αὐτὸν ᾿εἶναι ἔνοχον" θανάτου. 65 Kai ἠρξαντό τινες ἐμπτύειν 


him tobe deserving of death. And. *began ‘some to spit upon 
αὐτῷ, καὶ περικαλύπτειν ἔτὸ. πρόσωπον. αὐτοῦ," καὶ κολα- 
him, and to cover up his face, and to buf- 
φίζειν αὐτόν, καὶ λέγειν αὐτῷ, Πρυφήτευσον΄ καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται 
fet him, and tosay tohim, Prophesy ; andthe officers 
e / ? \ τι” Π 
ῥαπίσμασι»ν αὐτὸν πέβαλλον. 
with the palm of the hand "Πίτα struck. 


66 Kai ὄντος τοῦ Πέτρου "ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ κάτω," ἔρχεται pia 


And *being Peter in the court below, comes one 
~ ~ ~ ? / ι 3 7 ~ A / 
τῶν παιδισκῶν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, 67 καὶ ἰδοῦσα τὸν Πέτρον 
ofthe ‘maids ofthe high priest, and seeing Peter 


θερμαινόμενον, ἐμβλέψασα αὐτῷ λέγει, Καὶ σὺ μετὰ τοῦ 
warming himself, having Ἰοοκεᾷ σῷ him says, And thou *with *the 
ἹΚαζαρηνοῦ “Ἰησοῦ ἦσθα." 68 ὋὉ δὲ ἠρνήσατο, λέγων, POVK' 
*Nazarene δεξι ‘wast. But he denied, saying, sNot 
οἶδα “οὐδὲ" ἐπίσταμαι Tri σὺ! λέγεις. Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἔξω 
ΣΤ *know noreven understand what thou sayest. And he went forth out 





ἃ ηὕρισκον LTrA. ε — τὸ (read [the]) GLTTrAw. 
δεξιῶν καθήμενον GLTTrTAW. —~ Ἀτὴν βλασφημίαν τι. 
πρόσωπον TTrA. 
ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ TTrA. 
Bor LTtraw. | 


ο ἦσθα τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ LTTrA. 
σὺ τί {τττλ,΄ 


{ οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο ουδέν TTr. 
i εροχον εἶναι TTA. 

πι ἔβαλον Ὑ ; ἔλαβον (read received him with buffets) Lrtra. 

P οὔτε neither (know 1) irra. 


139 


ness against Jesus to 
put him todeath; and 
found none, 56 For 
many bare false wit- 
ness against him, but 
their witness agreed 
not together. 57 And 
there arose certain, 
and bare false witness 
against him, saying, 
58 We heard him say, 
1 will destroy - this 
temple that is made 
with hands, and with- 
in three days I will 
build another -made 
without hands. 59 But 
mftither so did. their 
witness agree togéther. 


τ 60 And the high priest 


stood up in the midst, 
and asked Jesus, say- 
ing, Answerest thou 
nothing ? what is it 
which these witness 
against thee? 61 But 
he Held his peace, and 
answered nothing. A- 
gain the high priest 
asked him, and said 
unto him, Art thou 
the Christ, the Son of 
the Blessed? 62 And 
Jesus said, lam: and 
ye shall see the Son of 
man sitting on the 
right hand of power, 
and coming in the 
clouds of heaven. 
63 Then the high priest 
rent His clothes, and 
saith, What need we 
any further witnesses 2 
64 Ye have heard 
the blasphemy: what 
think ye? And they 
all condemned him to 
be guilty of death. 
65 And some began to 
spit on him, and to 
cover his face, andl to 
buffet him, and to say 
unto him, Prophesy : 
and the servants did 
strike him with the 
palms of their hands. 


66 And as Peter was 
beneath in the palace, 
there cometh one of 
the maids of the high 
priest: 67 and , when 
she saw Peter warming 
himself, she looked up- 
on him, and said, And 
thou also wast with 
Jesus of Nazareth. 
68 But he deried, say- 
ing, I know not, nei- 
ther - understand I 
what thou sayest. And 
he went out into the 


& ἐκ 
κ αὐτοῦ τὸ 
2 κάτω 
4 οὔτε 


140 


porch; and the cock. 
crew. 69 And a maid 
saw him again, and 
began to say to them 
that stood by, This is 
one of them. 70 And 
he denied it again. 
And a little after, 
they that stood by said 
again to Peter, Surely 
thou art one of them : 
for thou art a Gali- 
lean, and thy speech 
agreeth thereto, 71 But 
he began to curse and 
to swear, saying, I 
know not this mah 
of whom ye speak. 
72 And the second time 
the cock crew. And 
Peter called to mind 
the word that Jesus 
said unto him; Before 
the cock crow twice, 
thou shalt .deny me 
thrice. And when he 
thought thereon, he 
wept. 


XY. And straight- 
way in the morning 
the chief priests held 
a consultation with 
the elders and scribes 
and the whole council, 
and bound Jesus, and 
carried him away, 
and delivered him to 
Pilate. 2And Pilate 
asked him, Art thou 
the king of the Jews ? 
And he answering said 
unto him, Thou sayest 
zt. 3And the chief 
priests accused him 
of many things: but 
he answered nothing. 
4 And Pilate asked 
him again, saying, An~ 
swerest thou nothing 2 
behold how many 
things they witness a- 
gainst thee. 5 But 
Jesus yet answered 
nothing ; so that Pi- 
late marvelled. 6Now 
at that feast he re- 
leased unto them one 
prisoner, whomsoever 
they desired. 7 And 
there was one named 
Barabbas, which lay 
bound with them that 
had made insurrection 
with him, who had 
committed murder in 
the insurrection, 8 And 
thé multitude crying 
aloud began to desire 
him to do as he had 
ever done unto them, 





" [καὶ ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν) L. 
¥ -- καὶ ἢ λαλιά σον ὁμοιάζει LTTrA. 


Σ τὸ ῥήμα ὡς LTTrA ; 
5 εὐθὺς ΤΊτΑ. 

ξ --- τῷ LTTrA. 

E ἐπηρώτα ΤΊΤΑ. 
Ρ ὃν παρῃτοῦντο Ἱ, 


d — ἐπὶ τὸ (vead mpwi early) Lrtr[a]. 


ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. XIV, XV 

: = 3 > 1 Ας bye 
ὩΣ ΦΈΡΗΙΣ ο σεν.! 69 Καὶ ἡ παιδίσκ 
εἰς το προαύλιον καὶ ἀλέκτωρ ἑφωνήὴ ee a Ὁ ἢ 


into the porch, and acock crew. 


~ μοι] 2 / ντ { Ἢ σ 
ἰδοῦσα αὐτὸν ἱπάλιν ἤρξατο" λέγειν τοῖς προ αν Οτι 
Β ᾽ 


sceing him again began to say to those A 
~ τ ΄ ) δῶν - 

οὗτος ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐστιν. 70 Ο δὲ πάλιν ἠρνεῖτο. Kat μετὰ 

Andhe again denied. And after 


118, 
παρεστῶτες ἔλεγον τῷ Πέτρῳ, ᾿Αληθῶς 


to Peter, Truly 


This [3οπδ] Sof *them 
μικρὸν πάλιν οἱ 


a little again those standing by said 
ή ‘ \ ~ 7 x ς Ἡ / 
ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖος εἶ, "καὶ ἡ λαλιά 
from among them thou ατῦ, ἕοσ both aGalilean thouart, and *speech 


/ Υ ? 
σου ὁμοιάζει.ὶ 71 Ὁ.δὲ ἤρξατο ἀναθεμᾳτίζειν καὶ Ξόμνύειν " 
‘thy  α4Ρ1085. But Βα began to curse and  to.swear, 


? ἢ ” 9 ~ " “ 4 
Ὅτι οὐκ.οἶδα τὸν.ἄνθρωπον.τοῦτον ὃν λέγετε. 72 Καὶ} 
I know not this man whon? ye speak of. And 


ἐκ δευτέρου ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν. Kai ἀνεμβήσθη. ὁ Πέτρος "τοῦ 


the secondtime acock crew. And ?remembered *Peter the 

ῥήματος ot εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, “Ort πρὶν ἀλέκτορα 
word that said *to*him 1Jesus, Before [the] cock 

βφωνῆσαι δὶς! Ῥάπαρνήση pe τρίς" καὶ ἐπιβαλὼν 
crow twice thou wilt deny me thrice; and having thought thereon 

ἔκλαιεν. 

he wept. 


15 Kai «εὐθέωςὶ “ἐπὶ τὸ! πρωῖ συμβούλιον “ποιήσαντες" 
And immediately in the morning °a ‘counsel *having *formed 


οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ Σγραμματέων καὶ 
the *chief“priests with the elders and scribes ᾿ and 
ὅλον τὸ συνέδριον, δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπήνεγκαν καὶ 


*whole 11196 sanhedrim, having bound Jesus carried [him] away and 


ΠῚ e- 5! bE Aérea.! Ὁ καὶ ὁ : τὸν ἡ 
σπαῤρὲ ωκαν τῷ ιλατῳῷ. και ETNOWTHOEV αυτο» O 
delivered up [him] to Pilate. And *questioned *him 
Πιλάτος,ὶ Σὺ ef ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων; Ὁ.δὲ ἀπο- 
1Pilate, 5Thou art the King of the Ὁ Jews? Andhe  an- 
κριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ," Σὺ λέγεις. 3 Kai κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ οἱ 
swering said tohim, Thou sayest. And “were *accusing ‘him ‘the 
᾿ ἀρχιερεῖς πολλά" 4 ὁ δὲ Πιλάτος! πάλιν Κἐπηρώτησεν! αὐτόν, 
*chief “priests urgently. And Pilate again questioned him, 
ἰλέγων,! Οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν; ἴδε, πόσα σου 
saying, Answerest thou nothing? See, of how many things *thee 
της. ~ Ι! ε ee ~ ? / ον 3 \ ae ΄ 
καταμαρτυροῦσιν." ὅ Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι.οὐδὲν ἀπεκοίθη, 
1they witness *against.. But Jesus ποῦ any more any thing answered, 
ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν "Πιλάτον.ὶ 6 Κατὰ δὲ ἑορτὴν ἀπέλυεν 
80 ἐπαῦ *wondered 1Pilate. Now at [the] feast he released 
> ~ e [ή ov ? ~ Ἱ Sh \ ς ΄ 
αὐτοῖς ἕνα δέσμιον, 9ῦνπερ ἡτοῦντο." 7 ἦνδὲ ὃ λεγό- 
tothem one prisoner, whomsoever they asked, And there was the [one] οα]]- 
μενος Βαραββᾶς μετὰ τῶν Ῥσυστασιαστῶνὶ δεδεμένος, 
ed Barabbas with the associates in insurrection bound, 
οἵτινες ἐν TH στάσει φόνον πεποιήκεισαν. ὃ καὶ ἀναβοήσας! 
who ἴῃ the insurrection murder had committed. And crying out. 
Ἢ ΤΕΣ , - 
καθὼς τἀεὶ" ἐποίει αὐτοῖς 
88 always hedid τῸ them. 


ὁ ὄχλος ἤρξατο αἰτεῖσθαι 
the crowd began tobeg [him to do] 





t ἤρξατο πάλιν T; — πάλιν A. Y παρεστῶσιν ΤΤΓΑ, 

χ ὀμγύμαι αΙΤΊΝΑΥ. Y + εὐθὺς immediately Ltr. 

8 δὶς φωνῆσαι LTA. > τρίς µε ἀπαρνήσῃ LTTrA, 

εἑτοιμάσαντες T.  -ἰ τῶν the vr, 

j αὐτῷ λέγει to him say's ΤΊΓΑ, 

« Πειλᾶτον τ 
Fm ἀεὶ τ, 


τὸ ῥήμα ὃ W, 


1 Πειλᾶτος 1. 
π κατηγοροῦσιν they accuse LTTra. 
4 ἀναβὰς Coming Up LTTrA, 


h Πειλάτῳ 1. 
1 — λέγων Ὁ. 
Ρ στασιαστων LTTra.. 


αν. MARK. 


9 ὁ-δὲ "ΙΤιλάτος" ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Θέλετε ἀπολύσω 
But Pilate answered them, saying, Will ye I should release 
ὑμῖν τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Ιουδαίων; 10 Ἐγίνωσκεν.γὰρ ὅτι διὰ 
toyou the King of the Jews? for he knew that through 
φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν ot ἀρχιερεῖς. 11 οἱ δὲ ἀρχ- 
envy *had °delivered “up Shim ‘the ?chief “priests. But the chief 
ιερες ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον ἵνα μᾶλλον τὸν Βαραββᾶν 
priests stirred up the crowd that’ rather Barabbas 
ἀπολύσῃ αὐτοῖς' 12 ὁ.δὲ"Πιλάτος" ἵἀποκριθεὶς πάλιν! 
he might release {ο them. And Pilate answering again 
Yelzev' αὐτοῖς, Τί οὖν “θέλετε! ποιήσω ᾿'χὸν λέγετε! 
said to them, What then willye Ishoulddo[tohim] whom yecall ; 
Υ βασιλέα τῶν ᾿Τουδαίων; 19 Οἱ δὲ πάλιν ἔκραξαν,: Σταύρω- 


King of the Jews? But they again cried out Cruci- 
σον αὐτόν. 14 Ὁ δὲ "Πιλάτοο! ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, Τί γὰρ "κακὸν 
fy Εἶτα. And Pilate said tothem, What *then ‘evil ἡ 


ἐποίησεν" ; Οἱ δὲ Ὀπερισσοτέρως! “ἔκραξαν," Σταύρωσον αὐ- 


didhe commit 2 But they much more cried out, Crucify him, 
τόν. 16 Ὁ.δὲ "Πιλάτος" βουλόμενος Ἱτῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ 


And Pilate, 7to ®the °crowd “that *which [ὅσα] 
ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι," ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν' καὶ παρέ- 
Ssatisfactory ‘to 7do, released tothem Barabbas, and de- 


δωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν, φραγελλώσας, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ." 
livered up Jesus, having scourged [him], that he might be crucified. 


16 Οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν ἔσω τῆς αὐλῆς, ὃ 
: b Aas? 


desiring 


Andthe soldiers led away him within the court, which 
ἐστιν πραιτώριον, καὶ «συγκαλοῦσινὶ ὕλην τὴν σπεῖραν' 


is [the] pretorium, and they call together ?whole ‘the band. 
17 καὶ fivddovow" αὐτὸν πορφύραν, καὶ περιτιθέασιν αὐτῷ 
And they puton him purple, and placed on him 
πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον, 18 καὶ ἤρξαντο ἀσπάζε- 
having platted [it] *thorny la crown, and they began to sa- 
σθαι αὐτόν, Χαῖρε, Ξβασιλεῦ" τῶν Ιουδαίων" 19 καὶ ἔτυπτον 
lute him, Hail, King of the Jews! And they struck 

~ 9 ᾿ / A ~ ‘ / 
αὐτοῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν καλάμῳ, καὶ ἐνέπτυον αὐτῷ, καὶ τιθέντες 
his head with arced, and. spaton him, and _ bending 
τὰ γόνατα προσεκύνουν αὐτῷ. 20 Καὶ ὅτε ἐνέπαιξαν σὐτῳῷ, 
the knees did homage to him, And when they had mocked him, 
A ‘ A 2 ΞΞι A A) 
ἐξέδυσαν αὐτὸν τὴν πορφύραν, Kai ἐνέδυσαν αὐτὸν τὰ 
they took off him the purple, and put on him 


τι.» Ν 4 { , ᾿ 
πὲ μάτια.τὰ ἴδια" καὶ ᾿ἐξάγουσιν" αὐτὸν ἵνα “σταυρώσωσίν" 


his own garments; and they lead’out ‘him that they may crucify 
Ἰαὐτόν.! 21 καὶ ἀγγαρεύουσιν παράγοντά τινα Σίμωνα Κυ- 
him. And they compel 2passing *by ‘one, Simon aCy- 
~ / ~ , 2 ΄ ᾿ 
ρηναῖον, ἐρχόμενον ™am'! ἀγροῦ, τὸν πατέρα ᾿Αλεξάνδρου καὶ 
renian, coming from afield, the father of Alexander and 
‘Povdov, iva ἄρῃ τὸνο.σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ. 
Rufus, that he might carry his cross. 
\ A ~ ΄ « ? 
22 Kai φέρουσιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ "Γολγοθᾶ" τόπον, Ὁ ἔστιν 
And they bring him to SGolgotha ‘a7place, which is 


᾽ / ? ~ 
μεθερμηνευόμενον, κρανίου τόπος. 23 Καὶ ἐδίδουν αὐτῷ 
being interpreted, 304 9a *skull ‘place. And they gave him 
5 Πειλάτος T. t πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς 11Τ:Α. v ἔλεγεν TT: A, 
λέγετε Ltr. Υ + τὸν the LTTraw. t + λέγοντες saying Τὰ. 
Ὁ περισσῶς GLTTrAW. ὁ ἔκραζον τ." 4 ποιῆσαι τὸ ἱκανὸν τῷ ὄχλῳ Τ. 
{ ἐνδιδύσκουσιν LTTra. 8 ὃ βασιλεὺς GAW. " ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 
ἱ ἄγουσιν they lead L, κ σταυρώσουσιν they shall crucify trtra. 
Ὁ απὸ LTr, ” τον 


Γολγοθᾶν τ; Τολγοθᾶν a ; [τὸν] Τολγοθὰ Tr, 


w [θέλετε] Tr. - 
a ἐποίησεν κακόν ΤΊτΑ. 


141 


9 But Pilate answered 
them, saying, Will ye 
that I release unto you 
the King of the Jews? 
10 For he knew that 
the chief priests had 
delivered him for en- 
vy. 11 But the chief 
priests moved the peo- 
ple, that he should ra- 
ther release Barabbas 
unto them. 12 And 
Pilate answered and 
said again unto them, 
What will ye then that 
I shall do unto him 
whom yecall the King 
of the Jows? 13 And 
they cried out again, 
Crucify him, 14 Then 
Pilate said unto them, 
Why, what evil hath 
he done? And they 
cried out the more 
exceedingly, Crucify 
him, 15 And soPilate, 
willing to content the 
people, released Barab- 
bas unto them, and 
delivered Jesus, when 
he had scourged him, 
to be crucified. 


16 And the soldiers 
led him away into the 
hall, called Preto- 
rium; and they call 
‘ogether the whole 
band. 17 And they 
clothed him with pur- 
ple, and platted a 
crown of thorns, and 
put it about his head, 
18 and began to salute 
him, Hail, King of the 
Jews! 19 And they 
smote him on _ the 
head with a reed, and 
did spit upon him, 
and bowing their 
knees worshipped him, 
20 And when they had 
mocked him, they took 
off the purple from 
him, and put his own 
clothes on him, and led 
him out to crucify 
him. 21 And they 
compel one Simon a 
Cyrenian, who passed 
by, coming out of the 
country, the father of 
Alexander and Rufus, 
to bear his cross, 


22 And they bring 
him unto the place Gol- 
gotha, which is, being 
interpreted, The place 
of a skull. 23 And they 
gave him to drink wine 


x — ὃν 


ε συγκαλοῦσιν Τ. 


L; ἴδια ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ τ. 


1.«- αὐτόν 1. 


145 


mingled with myrrh: 
but he reccived τέ not. 
24 And when they had 
crucified him, they 
parted his garments, 
casting lots upon 
them, what every man: 
should take. 25 And 
it was the third hour, 
and they crucified him, 
26 And the superscrip- 
tion of his accusa- 
tion was written over, 
THE KING OF THE 
JEWS. 27 And with 
him they crucify two 
thieves ; the one on his 
right hand, and the 
other on his left. 
28 And the scripture 
was fulfilled; which 
saith, And he was 
numbered with- the 
transgressors. 29 And 
they that passed by 
railed on him, wag- 
ging their heads, and 
saying, Ah, thou that 
destroyest the temple, 
and buildest τέ in 
three days, 30 save 
thyself, «and come 
down from the cross. 
31 Likewise also the 
chief priests mocking 
saidamong theniselves 
with the scribes, He 
saved others ; himself 
he cannot save. 32 Let 
Christ the King of Is- 
rael descendnow from 
the cross, that wemay 
see and believe. And 
they that were cruci- 
fied with him,reviled 
him. 33 And when 
the sixth hour was 
come, there was dark- 
ness over the whole 
land until the ninth 
hour. 94 And at the 
ninth hour Jesus cried 
with a loud voice, say- 
ing, ELOI, ELOI, LA- 
MA SABACHTHANI? 
which is, being inter- 
preted, My God, my 
God, why hast thou 
forsaken me? 35 And 
some of them that 
stood by, when they 
heard i, said, Be- 
hold, he calleth Elias. 
36 And one ran and 
filled a spunge full of 
vinegar, and put zt on 
8 reed, and gave him 
to drink, saying, Let 
alone ; let us see whe- 
ther Blias will come 
to take him down. 


. let ussee if 





© --- πιεῖν TTrA, 
him and ΤΤτΑ. 


Σ---- τοῦ LTTr. 
> καὶ 
f"EAwt ἑλωΐ LTA. 
Σ παρεστώτων 1. 
LTTra. 


: 1 ye διαµερίζονται they divide αττττΑτ’. 
Υ οἰκοδομῶν τρισὶν ἡμέραις LTTrA. 


γενομένης LTTra. 
ὃ λεμὰ ΙΤ; λαμὰ TrAw. 
1 Ἴδε Tira. 
48 Ἠλείας T, 


MAPKOS. 
οπιεῖν' ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον' Po.de* οὐκ.ἔλαβεν. 24 Καὶ 
to drink *medicated*with*myrrh twine; buthe didnot take [it] And 
ασταυρώσαντες αὐτὸν! τδιεμέριζον" τὰ ἱμάτια. αὐτοῦ, βάλλον- 


ΧΥΣ 


having crucified him they divided his garments, cast- 
τες κλῆρον ἐπ᾽ αὐτά, τίς τί ἄρῃ. 25 ἦν.δὲ 
ing alot on them, who([and] what(each]shouldtake. Andit was([the] 


ὥρα τρίτη, καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν. 26 Kai ἦν ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ 
2hour ‘third, And they crucified him. And *was *the inscription 
τῆς. αἰτίας αὐτοῦ ἐπιγεγραμμένη, Ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων. 
Sof *his accusation written up, he ‘King of the Jews. 
27 Καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ σταυροῦσιν δύο λῃστάς, ἕνα ἐκ δεξιῶν 
‘And with him they crucify two robbers, one at [the] right hand 
καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ. 28 "καὶ ἐπληρώθη ἡ: γραφὴ 
left of him. And was fulfilled the scripture 


and one at [the] 

ἡ λέγουσα, Kai pera ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη." 29 Καὶ οἱ 
which says, And with [the] lawless he was reckoned. And those 
παραπορευόµενοι ἐβλασφήμουν αὐτόν, κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς 

passing by railed at him, shaking “heads 
αὐτῶν, καὶ λέγοντες, Ova," ὁκαταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ "ἐν 
their, and saying, Aha, thou who destroyest the temple and in 
τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν," 30 σῶσον σεαυτόν, "καὶ κατάβα" 
three diiys buildest [1], save thyself, and descend 
ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ. 31 Ὁμοίως." δὲ" καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, ἐμπαί- 
from the eross. And in like manner also the chief priests, mvck- 

A 5 / ‘ ~ [ή Py ” 

ζοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους μετὰ τῶν γραμματέων, ἔλεγον, Άλλους 
ing among one another with the scribes, said, Others 
ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ.δύναται σῶσαι. 320 χριστὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς 
hesaved, himself heis ποὺ able to save. The Christ the King 


~y 2 s ο ~ ‘ ~ ~ 
Yrou' Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, ἵνα ἴδωμεν 


of Israel! let him descend now from the cross, that we may see 
καὶ TioTevowpmer®. Καὶ ot cuvecravowpévor® αὐτῷ ὠνείδιζον 
and believe. Andthey who were crucified with him ‘reproached 


αὐτόν. 99 ὃ Γενομένης. δὲ" ὥρας ἕκτης, σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ᾽ 


him. And *being *come [*the]*hour sixth, darkness came over 
ὅλην τὴν γῆν, ἕως ὥρας “ἐννάτης"" 94 καὶ «τῷ “ὥρᾳ 


all the land, παπί] [the] “hour and atthe hour the 
ἐννάτῃ" ἐβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, «λέγων,! ΓΕλωΐ, 


*ninth ; 


ninth Ξοτ]εᾶ αχε8δας withavoice ‘loud, saying, Eloi, 

᾽ te ~ f / , 

Edwi," ξλαμμᾶ" Ἀσαβαχθανί:ὶ Ὁ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, 
Eloi, lama sabachthani? which is being interpreted, 


‘0:6 , « θ ’ > αμα 3 / ll ‘ & 
:-θεός. μου; ὀ.θεός.µου, εἰς.τί we ἐγκατέλιπες" ; 35, Καὶ τινὲς 
My God, My God, why me hast thou forsaken? And some 
'τῶν Ἀπαρεστηκότων! ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον, Ιδού! π' Ἡλίαν!" 
of those standing by having heard said, Lo, Elias 
- \ \ Sane ‘ / 
φωνεῖ. 86 Δραμών δὲ "εἷς! ο" καὶ! γεμίσας σπόγγον ὄξους, 
he calls, And “having “run ?one and filed , asponge with vinegar, 
περιθείς _ Pre! καλάμῳ ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν, λέγων, Άφετε, 
"having *put([*it]°on Ἰαπᾶ areed gave*to°drink "him, saying, Let be, 
ἴδωμεν εἰ ἔρχεται 4" Ἠλίαςὶ καθελεῖν αὐτόν. 
558 _eomes *Elias totake down him, 
P ὃς δὲ who however τής, 





4 σταυροῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ they crucify 
; _  & — verse 28 T[Tr]A. τ Ova τ. 
SLITrA,  ™ καταβὰς descending LTTra. x — δὲ and GLTTraw. 
* + αὐτῷ him 1, 3 + σὺν with (read crucified along with) LT. 

5 ἐνάτης LITrA. 4 ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1ΤΊτΑ. © — λέγων TTra. 
h σαβαχθανεί TTr. i ἐγκατέλιπές µε 1 ΤΤιΑ. 


ας Ἠλείαν T. ἅτις ΤΤΤΑ, 98 - καὶ 1{ττ].». 19 --- τᾷ 


™ 


XV, XVI. MARK. 
37 Ὢ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἀφεὶξ φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐξέπνευσεν. 
And Jesus having utiered a 30τΥγ oud expired. 


88 καὶ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο, "ἀπὸ" ἄνω- 
And the veil ofthe temple wasrent into two, fram top 
θεν ἕως κάτω. 99 ᾿Ιδὼν. δὲ ὁ κεντυρίων ὁ παρεστηκὼς 
to bottom. Απά "Πατίτρ »56επ *the "centurion ΒΟ “stood *by 
ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ ὅτι οὕτως "κράξας" ἐξέπνευσεν, εἶπεν, 
%oppusite 7him that thus havingcriedout he expired, said, 
᾿Αληθῶς 'ὁ. ἄνθρωπος. οὗτος" υἱὸς ἦν θεοῦ. 40 “Hoaydé καὶ 
Truly this man 2Son ‘was of God. And there were also 
γυναῖκες ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι, ἐν αἷς τὴν" καὶ Μαρία 
women from afar off looking on, among whom was also Mary 
ἡ Μαγδαληνή, καὶ Μαρία τὴ! Στοῦ" Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ 
the Magdalene, and Mary the 2of*James ‘the ‘less ‘and 
Σ]ωσῆ" μήτηρ, καὶ Σαλώμη, 41 at “καὶ" ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλι- 
Ἴοξ °Joses ‘mother, and Salome ; wno also when hewasin Gali- 


λαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἄλλαι πολλα 


lee followed him and ministered tohim, and “others ‘maby 
αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. 
who cameupwith him to Jerusalem. 

42 Kai ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή» 

And‘already evening beingcome, since it was [the] preparation, 

0 ἐστιν ®“rpocdBBargy,' 43 Ῥήλθεν' Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ 

that_is [theday] before sabbath, came Joseph whofwas] from 


and 


εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσ- 
wait- 


Αριµαθαίας, 


Arimathza, [an] honourable counsellor, who also hiniself was 
δεχόμενος τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ" τολµήσας εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς: 


ing for the’ kingdom of God, having boldness he went in to 
ἁΠιλάτον! καὶ ἠτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ. 44 ὁ δὲ."Πιλάτος 
Pilate’ and begged the body of Jesus. And Pilate 
ἐθαύμασεν" εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν' καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν 
wondered it already he were dead; and having called to {him] the 
΄ ΄ 2 ΄, 5 \ 
κεντυρίωνα ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν εἰ Γπάλαιὶ ἀπεθανεν' 45 καὶ 
centurion he questioned him if long he had died. And 
4 - ΄ ” .. η ~ ~ 
γνοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ κεντυρίωνος ἐδωρήσατο τὸ σῶμα! τῷ 
having known [it] from the centurion be granted the body 
κ᾿ ΄ λέγ ‘ 
‘Iwond. 46 καὶ ἀγοράσας σινδόνα, "καὶ! καθελὼν 
to Joseph, And haying bought a linen cloth, and having taken *down 
αὐτὸν ἐνείλησε» τῇ σινδόνι, καὶ Ἱκατέθηκεν" αὐτὸν ἐν 
*him he wrapped [him] in the linen cloth, and laid him in 
Ἐμνημείῳ," ὃ ἦν. λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας καὶ προσ- 
atomb, which was cut’ out of arock, and το]]- 


εκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου. 47 ἡ.-δὲ.Μαρία ἡ 
ed astone to the door ofthe tomb. And Mary the 
Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ Μαρία ν]ωσῆ! ἐθεώρουν ποῦ "τίθεται." 
Magdalene and Mary [mother] of 20588 saw where heis laid. 
16 Kai διαγενομένου τοῦ σαββάτου, Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 
And -being*past ‘the sabbath, Mary the Magdalene 
καὶ Μαρία ἡ ποῦ" Ἰακώβου καὶ Σαλώμη ἠγόρασαν 
Mary the [mother] of James and Salome - bought 
ἀρώματα, ἵνα ἐλθοῦσαι. ἀλείψωσιν αὐτόν. 2 kat λίαν πρωϊ 
aromatics, that havingcome they might anoint ~ him. And very early 





τ ἀπ᾽ τττα. %—«pagasT[Tr]A. tovros ὁ ἄνθρωπος LTTra. _ 
ν [ἢ] Tr. X— τοῦ LTTrA. ‘¥ Ιωσῆτος LTTrA. : — καὶ LI[Tr] 
Ὁ ἐλθὼν having come LITrAW. ο + τὸν ΤΊΓ. ἃ Πειλᾶτον Ty 
1 ἥδη already LIr Καὶ πτῶμα ΟΟΥ̓ΏΒΒ LTTrA. 8 — Καὶ LTTrAW. 

1 η Ἰωσῆτος ττγα. τα χέθειται μα has been laid Lrtra. 





143 


37 And Jesns cried 
“with a loud voice, and 
gave up the _ ghost. 
38 And the veil of the 
temple was rent in 
twain from the top to 
the bottom. 39 And 
when the centurion, 
which’ stood over a- 
gainst him, saw that 
he so cried out, and 
gave up the ghost, ha 
said, Truly this man 
was the Son of God. 
40-There were also wo- 
men looking on afar 
off : among whom was 
Mary Magdalene, and 
Mary the mother of 
James theless and of 
Joses, and Salome: 
4] (who also, when he 
was'in Galilee, fol- 
lowed him, and minis- 
tered unto him ;) and 
Many other women 
which came up with 
him unto Jerusalem. 
. 42 And now when 
the even was come, 
because 1t was the 
preparation, that is, 
the day- before the 
sabbath, 43 Joseph of 
Arimathza, an ho- 
Rnourable counsellor, 
which also waited for 
the kingdom of God, 
came,. and went in 
boldly unto Pilate, and 
craved the body of Je~ 
sus. 44 And Pilate 
marvelled if he were 
already dead: and 
calling untd him the 
centurion, he asked 
him whether he had 
been any while dead. 
45 And when he knew 
it of the centurion, he 
gaye the body τὸ Jo- 
seph. 46 And he 
bought fine linen, and 
took him down, and 
wrapped him in the 
linen, and laid him in 
a sepulchre which was 
hewn out of arock, and 
rolled a stone unto the 
door of the sepulchre. 
47 And Mary Magda- 
lene and Mary the mo- 
ther of Joses beheld 
where he was laid. 


XVI. And when the 
sabbath was past, Ma- 
ry Magdalene, and 
Mary the mother οἵ 
James, and Salome, 
had bought sweet 
spices, that they might 
come and anoint bim. 
2 And very early in 
the morning the first 
σαν of the week, they 





v — ἣν {read [was)]) T[Tra]. 
3 πρὸς σάββατον LTr. 
© Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμαζεν T. 
i ἔθηκεν LTr. 
a — τοῦ T[Tr]. 


Κ μνήματι & 


144 


came unto the sepul- 
chre at the rising of 
the sun, 3 And they 
said among  them- 
selves, Who shall roll 
us away the stone 
from the door of the 


sepulchre ? 4 And 
when they _ looked, 
they saw that the 


stone was rolled a- 
way: for it was very 
great. 5 Andentering 
into the  sepulchre, 
they saw a young nan 
sitting on the right 
side, clothed in a long 
white garment; and 
they were aifrighted. 
6 And he saith unto 
them, Be not afiright- 
ed: Ye seek Jesus of 
Nazareth, which was 
crucified : he is risen ; 
he is not here: behold 
the place where they 
laid him. 7 But go 
your way, tell his dis- 
ciples and Peter that 
he goeth before you 
into Galilee: there 
shall ye sce him, as he 
said unto you. 8 And 
they went out quick- 
ly, and fled from the 
sepulchre; for they 
trembled and were a- 
mazed: neither said 
they anything to any 
man; for they were 
afraid. 


9 Now when Jesus 
was risen early the 
first day of the week, 
he appeared first to 
Mary Magdalene, out 
of whom he had cast 
seven devils. 10 And 
she went and told 
them that had been 
with him, as they 


mourned and wept. . 


1] And they, when 
they had heard that 
he was alive, and had 
been seen of her, be- 
lieved not. 
that he appeared in 
another form unto 
two of them, as they 
walked, and went into 
the country, 13 And 
they went and told it 
unto the residue: nei- 
ther believed they 
them. 14 Afterward 
he appeated unto the 


eleven as they sat at- 


meat, and upbraided 
them with their unbe- 
lief and hardness of 
heart, because they be- 
lieved ndt them which 
had seen him after he 
Was risen.. 15 And he 


Ὁ μιᾷ τῶν LTr; τῇ μιᾷ τῶν T 
" ἐλθοῦσαι having gone a. 


&—-~ οὐδὲν τὶ. Υ 


tidings ϑοοιτὐτοιν to 
© + δὲ and (afterwurds) wre. 


12 After’ 


ΜΑΡ.» XVI. 
~ , » ‘ ~ 2 } 
ric μιᾶς" σαββάτων ἔρχονται ἐπὶ τὸ Ῥμνημεῖον,"! ἀνατεί- 
on the first (day] of the week theycome to the tomb, shaving 
λαντος τοῦ ἡλίου. 8 καὶ ἔλεγον πρὸς ἑαυτάς, Tic ἀποκυλίσει 
3ΥΊ56Ώ the “sun. And they said among themselves, Who will roll away 
« ~ Ἁ y ! ον ΄ -- , 5 Ν ? 
ἡμῖν τὸν λίθον “ἐκ' τῆς θύρας του μνημειοῦ ; 4 Καὶ ἀνα- 
forus the stone outof the ‘door οὗ the tomb? * And having 
βλέψασαι θεωροῦσιν ὅτι τἀποκεκύλισται! ὃ λιθος' ἦν.γὰρ 
looked up they see that has been rolled away the stone: for it was 
μέγας σφόδρα. ὅ καὶ εεἰσελθοῦσαι! εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, εἶδον 
“στραῦ ‘very. And having entered into the tomb, they saw 


͵ , ~ ~ { \ 
νεανίσκον καθήμενον ἐν τοῖς δεξιοῖς, περιβεβλημένον στολὴν 


a young man sitting on the right, clothed with a *robe 
td A }. ’ὔ « . Le ~ 
λευκήν: καὶ ἐξεθαμβήθησαν. 6 ὁδὲ λέγει αὐταῖς, My 
‘white, ang they were greatly amazed. Buthe says tothem, *Not 


ἐκθαμβεῖσθε. ᾿Ιησοῦν ζητεῖτε τὸν Ναζαρηνὸν τὸν ἑσταυ- 
‘be amazed. sJesus lye ’seek the Nazarene, who has been 
ρωμένον' ἠγέρθη, οὐκ.ἔστιν ὧδε" ἴδε ὁ τόπος ὅπου ἔθηκαν 
crucified. Heisrisen, heisnot here; behold the place where they laid 
αὐτόν" 7 ἀλλ ὑπάγετε, εἴπατε τοῖς-μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ 
him. But go, say to his disciples ard 
Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν" ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν 
to Peter, that he goes before you into Galilee ; there him 
ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν. ὃ Kai ἐξελθοῦσαι 
shall ye see, as he said to you, And having gone out 
ἔφυγον ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου: εἶχεν. “δὲ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ 
they fled from the tomb. And ‘possessed ὅμοια ‘trembling ?and 
ἔκστασις" καὶ οὐδενὶ *ovdév' εἶπον, ἐφοβοῦντο-γάρ.Σ 
Samazement, and tonoone anything they spoke, for they were afraid. 
(lit. nothing) 


9” Avacrac.dé πρωὶ πρώτῃ σαββάτου ἐφάνη πρῶ- 
Now having risen early [πο] first [day] of the week he appeared first 
τον Μαρίᾳ τῇ Μαγδαληνῇῃ, "ἀφ᾽" ἧς ἐκβεβλήκει ἑπτὰ δαιμό- 


to Mary the Magdalene, from whom hehadcast out seven demons, 
νια. 10 ἐκείνην πορευθεῖσα ἀπήγγειλεν τοῖς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ γε- 


Yraxv" 
quickly 


She having gone told [107] ἕο those who with him had 
VOMEVOLC, πενθοῦσιν καὶ κλαίουσιν. 11 κἀκεῖνοι ἀκούσαντες 
been, [whowere] grieving and weeping. Andthey having heard 
e -" ‘ ? ΄ ε ᾽ 7 ~ ? , ‘ A 
ὅτι ζῇ καὶ ἐθεάθη ὑπ αὐτῆς ἠπίστησαν. 12 Μετὰ. δὲ 


her disbelieved [it]. And after 
ταῦτα δυσὶν ἐξ αὐτῶν περιπατοῦσιν ἐφανερώθη ἐν ἑτέρᾳ 
hese things totwo of them 85 they walked he was manifested in another 
μορφῇ, πορευομένοις εἰς ἀγρόν. 19 κἀκεῖνοι ἀπελθόντες ἀπ- 
orm, going into [the] country ; and they haying gone 
΄ - - ὃν καὶ , , / 
ἤγγειλαν τοῖς λοιποῖς" οὐδὲ ἐκείνοις ἐπίστευσαν. 14 Ὕστερον “ 
told [it]tothe rest; neither them did they believe. Afterwards 
? / ~ ~ ε/ ΄ Δ 
ἀνακειμένοις αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἕνδεκα ἐφανερώθη, καὶ ὠνεί- 
as “reclined [αὖ 4016] ‘they tothe eleven he was manifested} and re 
δισεν τὴν.ἀπιστίαν.αὐτῶν καὶ σκληροκαρδίαν, ὅτι τοῖς 
proached their unbelief and hardness of heart, because *those >who 
’ ᾽ A 1 ᾽ ? ΄ ‘ 
θεασαμένοις αὐτὸν ἐγηγερμένον 4 οὐκ.ἐπίστευσαν. 15 Kai εἶπεν - 
®had 7seen Shim °arisen ‘they *believed “not. And he said 
αὐτοῖς, Πορευθέντες εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἅπαντα κηρύξατε τὸ εὐαγ- 
tothem, Having gone ἰπΐο 86 *world tall proclaim the glad 


that heis alireand has been seen by 





τ ἀνακεκύλισται, TTA. 
π γὰρ for LITr. 


4 ἀπὸ from LTr. 


Ρ μνῆμα T. D1 
v— Taxv GLTTrAW. 


t ἀλλὰ LTTrA, 


+- xara Mdpxoy according to Mark tr; [εὐαγγέλιον] κατὰ Μάρκον glad 


τν οὖν 
Ας A. 


z— verses 9 to 20 t[A]. δ παρ UTr. ὃ 4 δὲ and (580) 1» 
4 + ἐκ νεκρῶν from: among [the] dead L, 


1 tie U K 1 γα 

γέλιον πάσῃ τῇ κτίσει. 16 ὁ πιστεύσας καὶ βαπτισθεὶς σωθήσε- 
tidings toall thecreation. Hethat believes and is baptized shall be 
ται" ὁ δὲ ἀπιστήσας κατακριθήσεται. 17 σημεῖα.δὲ τοῖς 
saved, andhethat disbelieves shall be condemned, And signs ‘those *that 
πιστεήύσασιν “ταῦτα παρακολουθήσει". ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί-μου δαι- 


“believe these ὅσῃηα]] *follow : in my name de- 
µόνια ἐκβαλοῦσιν' γλώσσαις λαλήσουσιν ἱκαιναῖς Ἱ 
mons they shall cast out; with “tongues “they ‘shall Sspeak mew ; 
Ἰθέόφεις ἀροῦσιν᾽ κἂν θανάσιµόν τι πίωσιν od_py 


Ξᾷοαᾶ]σ ᾖῄΣαηγίΏϊηρ they ἀγὶπκ [ἢ πο wise 


ασε ' ~ ? , \ 
ἄρρωστους χεῖρας ἐπιθήσουσιν, καὶ 
i “hands *they *shall ‘lay, and 


serpents they shalitake up; and if 
αὐτοὺς βλάψει"! ἐπὶ 
them shallit injure; αροπ [086] infirm 


καλῶς ἕξουσιν. 
*well “they *shall “be. 
19 Ὁ μὲν οὖν κύριοςϊ μετὰ τὸ λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς Κάνελή- 
The*indeed *therefore *Lord after speaking tothem was taken 
gO" εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐκ  δεξιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ" 
up into the heaven, and sat at [the] right hand of God. 
20 ἐκεῖνοι-δὲ ἐξελθόντες ἐκήρυξαν πανταχοῦ. τοῦ κυρίου συνερ- 
And they having 6οπο Του preached everywhere, the Lord working 
γοῦντος, καὶ τὸν λάγον βεβαιοῦντος διὰ τῶν ἐπακολουθούν- 
with [them],and the word confirming by the *following ὍΡΟΣ 
των σημείων. ! Αμήν." 
[tit] *signs. Amen. 
"TO κατὰ Μάρκον εὐαγγέλιον." 
The *according*to °Mark ᾿ ‘glad “tidings. 





"TO KATA 


THE *ACCORDING *®TO SLUKE *HOLY 


ΕΠΕΙΔΗΠΕΡ πολλοὶ ἐπεχείρησαν ἀνατάξασθαι διήγησιν 
FORASMUCH AS many took in hand to draw up a narration 


LN ~ ~ , 
περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγµά- 
concerning the *which ματα *been ‘fully ®believed 7among “us tmat- 
των, 2 καθὼς παρέδοσαν ἡμῖν οἱ an ἀρχῆς 


: ϱχ 
ters, as* they delivered [them] tous, they *from [*the] *beginning 


αὐτόπται Kai ὑπηρέται γενόμενοι τοῦ λόγου, 8 ἔδοξεν 
®eye-witnesses 7and “attendants ‘having *been οὗ the Word, it seemed good 
κἀμοί, παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν “πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς, κα- 
also to me, having been acquainted from ths first withall things accurately, with 
θεξῆο σοι γράψαι, κράτιστε Θεόφιλε, 4 ἵνα ᾿ ἐπιγνῷς 
method tothee to write, most excellent Theophilus, that thou mightest know 
περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων τὴν ἀσφάλειαν. 
®concerning 7which ®thou °wast *°instructed *of[*the]°things‘the certainty. 
5 ᾿Εγένετο ἐν ταῖς" ἡμέραις ‘Howdov ὕτοῦϊ! βασιλέως τῆς 
There was in the days of Herod the king 
Ἰουδαίας ἱερύς τις ὀνόματι Ζαχαρίας, ἐξ ἐφημερίας 
of Judea a priest ‘certain, by namé Zacharias, " of [the] course 
, he Fr ‘ Cc « ‘ > ~ | 3 ~ [ή > ’ ‘A 4A 
Αβιά" καὶ “ἡ.γυνὴ αὐτοῦ" ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Λαρών, καὶ τὸ 
of Abia, and his wife of the daughters of Aaron, and 


145 


said unto them, Go ye 
into allthe world, and 
preach the gospel to 
every creature. 16He 
that believeth and is 
baptized shall besaved; 
but he that believeth 
not shall be damned. 
17 And these signs 
shall follow them that 
believe} In my nime 
shall they cast out de- 
vils ; they shall speak 
with new tongues; 
18 they shall take up 
serpents; and if they 
drink any  fleadly 
thing, it shall not hurt 
them; they shall lay 
hands on the sick, and 
they shall recover. 


19 So then after the 
Lord had spoken unto 
them, he was received 
up into heaven, and 
sat on the right hand 
of God. 20 And they 
went forth, and 
preached every where, 
the Lord working with 
them, and confirming 
the word with signs 
following. Amen, 


AOYKAN ATION ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΟΝ. 


7GLAD “TIDINGS, 


FORASMUCH as 
many have taken in 
hand to set forth in 
order a declaration of 
those things which are 
most surely believed 
among us, 2 even as 
they delivered them 
unto us, which from 
the beginning were 
eyewitnesses, and min- 
isters of the word; 
3 it seemed good to me 
also, having had per- 
feet understanding of 
all things from the 
very first, to write 
unto thee in order, 
most excellent Theo- 
philus, 4 that thou 
mightest know the 
certainty of thoe 
things, wherein thcu: 
hast been instructed. 
5 THERE was in the 
days of Herod, the 
king of Judza, a cer- 
tain priest mamed 





© παρακολονθήσει ταῦτα L; ἀκολουθήσει ταῦτα Tr. 
χερσὶν and in the hands Tr. h βλάψῃ should it injure GLTraw. 
κ ἀνελήμφθη LTA. 1— ’Auyy EGLTrAW. 
Kara Μάρκον Tr; Εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Μάρκον [A]. 

5 Εὐαγγέλιον ([Evay.] 4) κατὰ Aoveay Giiraw; κατὰ Λονιᾶρ T. 
ο γυνὴ αὐτῷ LTTrA. 


f — καιναῖς Tr. 
i + Ἰησοῦς Jesus irr. 
m— To κατὰ Μάρκον εὐαγγέλιον EGLTW ; 


& + καὶ ἐν ταῖς 


Β..«- τοῦ Tra]. 
i 


146 


Zacharias, of the course 
of Abia: and his wife 
was of the daughters 
of. Aaron, and her 
namé was Elisabeth. 
6 And they were both 
righteous before God, 
walking in -all the 
commandments -and 
ordinances of the Lord 


blameless. 7 And they. 


had no child, because 
that Elisabeth was 
barren, and they both 
were now wellstricken 
in years. 8 And it 
came to pass, that 


while he executed the 


priest’s office before 
God in the order of his 
course, 9 according to 
the custom of the 
priest’s office, his lot 
was to burn incénse 


when he went into the. 


temple of the Lord. 
10 And the whole mul- 
titude of the people 
were praying without 
at the time of incense. 
11 And there appeared 
unto him an angel of 
the Lord standing on 
tue right side of the 
altar of incense. ]2 And 
when Zacharias saw 
him, he was troubled, 
and fear fell upon him, 
13 But the angel said 
unto him, Fear not, 
Zacharias: for thy 
prayer is heard; and 
thy -wife Elisabeth 
shall bear thee a son, 
and thou shalt call his 
name John. 14,And 
thou shalt have joy 
and gladness; and 
many shall rejoice at 
his birth. 15 For he 
shall be great in the 
sight of the Lord, and 
shall drink neither 
wine nor strong drink ; 
and he shall be filled 
with the Holy Ghost, 
even from his mother’s 
womb. 16 And many 
of the children of Is- 
rael shall he turn to 
the Lord .their God. 
17 And he shall go be- 
fore him in the spirit 
and power of Elias, to 
turn the hearts of the 
fathers tothe children, 
and the disobedient to 
the wisdom of the just; 
to make ready a people 
prepared for the Lord. 
18 And Zacharias said 
unto the an<el, Where- 
by shall I know this? 
for I am an old man, 
and my wife well 
stricken in years. 
19 And'the angel an- 
swering said unto him, 


‘vanced 


“lof “his, 


AOYKAS. 1 


ὄνομα.αὐτῆς ᾿Ελισάβετ. 6 ἦσαν.δὲ δίκαιοι ἀμφότεροι ἂένώ- 
her name Elizabeth. And they were just *both bes 


πιον' τοῦ θεοῦ. πορευόμενοι tv πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ 


fore God, walking in all the commandments and 
δικαιώμασιν τοῦ κυρίου ἄμεμπτοι. 7 καὶ οὐκῆν αὐτοῖς 
ordinances ofthe Lord blameless. And there was not to them 


’ 2 " . 6 t ? λ ’ ΜῈ ll ΕΞ ~ ‘ 7 , 
τέκνον, καθότι “ἡ Ελισάβετ ἦν" στεῖρα, καὶ ἀμφότεροι προ- 
α child, inasmuch as Elizabeth ΄ was barren, and both ad- 
βεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις.αὐτῶν ἦσαν. ὃ ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ ἐμ 
in their days were, And it came to pass in 


Με , j ἀν» 2 ~ / ~ ? : , ? ~ 3 2 
TWAEQATEVELY.AUTOV εν Τῇ τάξει τῆς.ἐφηµερίας.αυτου ἐνάντι, 


fulfilling his priestly service in the order ‘ of his course . before "᾿ 
τὀῦ θεοῦ, 9 κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας, ἔλαχεν 


- according to the custom of the priestly service, it fell to him hy lot 
τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ κυρίου" 10 καὶ 
to burn incense, having entered into the temple of the Lord, And 
πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος [Τοῦ λαοῦ ἦν" προσευχόμενον ἔξω «τῇ ὥρᾳ 
all the multitude of the people were praying without at the hour 
τοῦ θυμιάματος. 11 ὠφθη-δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος κυρίου, ἑ- 
of incense. And “appeared "to him 'an “angel 305 [*the] *Lord, stand- 
στὼς ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ θυμιάματος" 12 καὶ 
ing at[the] right of the, altar of incense, and 
ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας ἰδών, καὶ φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν: 
*was ἔσο! Ὁ]6α ‘Zacharias “seeing [*him],and fear fell upon him, 
13‘ Εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ ἄγγελος, Μὴ φοβοῦ, Ζαχαρία: 
But Ξβαϊὰ *to Shim ithe “angel, Fear not, Zacharias, 
, ? , Φα. a ie ΜΝ, 2 , 5 
διότι εἰσηκούσθη ἡ.δεέησίς. σου. καὶ ἡ-γυνή.σου ᾿Ελισάβετ γεν- 
because has been heard thy supplication, and thy wife Elizabeth — shall 
νῄσει υἱόν σοι, καὶ καλέσεις - τὸ ὄνομα.αὐτοῦ ® Iwayyny." 
bear ason to thee, and thou shalt call his name John. 
14 καὶ fora χαρά σοι καὶ ἀγαλλίασις, καὶ πολλοὶ ἐπὶ τῇ 
And heshallbe joy ἴο ἴπες απᾶ  exultation, and many . at 
Ἀγεννήσει'. αὐτοῦ χαρήσονταί. 15 ἔσται. γὰρ μέγας ἐνώπιον 


God, 


his birth shall rejoice. For he shall be great before 
irou' κυρίου" καὶ οἶνον καὶ σίκερα οὐ μὴ πίῃ, καὶ 
the Lord; ‘and wine and strong drink in no wise shall he drink, and 


πνεύματος ἁγίου πλησθήσεται ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητοὺς 
with [the] 2Spirit Holy. he shall be filled even from [the] womb “mother 
αὐτοῦ. 16 καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ισραὴλ ἐπιστρέψεί ἐπὶ 

And many ofthe sons of Israel shall heturn to’ [the] 
κύριον τὸν.θεὸν.αὐτῶν. 17 καὶ αὐτὸς προελεύσεται ἐνώπιον 


Lord , _ their God. And he shall go forth before 
αὐτοῦ ἐν πνεύματι καὶ duvaper* Ηλίου," ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας 
him in{[the] ρὶχῦ and power of Elias, to turn hearts 
πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα, καὶ ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φῤονήσει δι- 
of fathers to children, and [the] disobedient to[the] wisdom’ of [the] 

« , 
καζων, ἑτοιμάσαι κυρίῳ adv κατεσκευασμένον. 18 Καὶ 
righteous, to make ready for [the] Lord a people prepared. Ant 


J [ή A 4 » ’ δ “ εν 
εἶπεν Ζαχαρίας πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον, Κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; 
"said ΤΖαςΠαχίας το the angel, By what shallI know this? 


ἐγὼ:γάρ εἰμι πρεσβύτης, Kai ἡ.γυνή.μου προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ταῖς 


for I am anoldman, and my wite advanced in 
pe ἃ. ~ : Anes 3 « » ~ 
ἡμεραις.αὐτῆς. 19 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, 
her days. And -answering ‘the “angel said tohim, 





ἃ ἐναντίον TTra. 
B Iwavny Τε, 


h γενέσει GLITrAW. 


ἡ ἦν τοῦ λαοῦ CLTTraW, 


ὁ ἣν ἡ (- ἡ L[tr]) Ελισάβετ Lrtra. ‘ 
Ἠλεία η. 


i — τοῦ (read [the]) απ[τε]ν. 


I. LUKE. 


Ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριὴλ 6 παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ" καὶ, 


am Gabriel, who stand before God, and 
7 ἣν ~ 8 ζω Ν ᾽ , / 
ἀπεστάλην λαλῆσαι πρός σε, καὶ εὐαγγελίσασθαί σοι 
I was sent to speak to thee, and toannounce Boe *tidings *tothee 
ταῦτα. 20 καὶ ἰδού, ἔσῃ σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι 
these ; and lo, thoushalt be silent and not able to speak 
ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας γένηται ταῦτα. ἀνθ᾽ ὧν οὐκ ἐπίστευσας 
till the day in which shall take place these things, because thou didst not believe 
τοῖς-λόγοις-µου, οἵτινες πληρωθήσονται εἰς τὸν.καιρὸν αὐτῶν. 
my μα, which shall be fulfilled in their season. 
21 Καὶ ἦν ὁ λαὸς προσδοκῶν τὸν Ζαχαρίαν: καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ἐν 
And*were*the*people expecting Zacharias, and they wondered at 
τῷ. χρονίζειν.αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ναῷ. 22 ἐξελθώὼν.δὲ οὐκ. ἡδύνατο" 
his delaying in the temple. But having come out he was not able 
λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς" Kai ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν 
tospeak tothem, and they recognized that a vision he has seen - in 
τῷ ναῷ" καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ,διανεύων αὐτοῖς, καὶ διέμενεν κωφός. 
the temple. And he was ‘making signs to ρα and continued dumb. 


29 καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν ai ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας 
And it came to Moe when were fulfilled the days *servica 


αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν. οἶκον. αὐτοῦ. 
tof *his he departed to his house. 


24 Μετὰ.δὲ ταύτας τὰς ἡμέρας συνέλαβεν Ἐλισάβετ ἡ 


Now after these days *conceived Elizabeth 


γυνὴ. αὐτοῦ, καὶ περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτὴν μῆνας πέντε, λέγουσα, 
*bhis *wife, and hid herself *months "five, saying, 
26 Ὅτι.οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν τὸ" κύριος ἔν ἡμέραις αἷς 
Thus, tome hasdone the Lord [10 [000] days in which 

ἐπεῖδεν ἀφελεῖν "τὸ" ὄνειδός. μου΄ ἐν ἀνθρώποις. 

he looked upon [me] to take away my reproach among men, 

26 Ἐν δὲ τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Taf or 
Andin the. month the sixth Was sent al angel Gant 5 
οὑπὸ" τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ἢ ὄνομα PNa- 
by God to acity of Galilee, whose name [was] Na- 
Zapér,' 27 ος παρθένον αμεμνηστευμένην! ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὄνομα 
zareth, to a virgin betrothed toa man whose name 


Ἰωσήφ, ἐξ οἴκου ΣΔαβίδ”' καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου 
{was] Joseph, of[the) house of David, and the name of the Kea 


Μαριάμ. 28 καὶ εἰσελθὼν 86 ἄγγελος" πρὸς αὐτὴν * εἶπεν, 
{was] Mary. And *%coming ‘the “angel to . her said, 
Χαῖρε, κεχαριτωμένη" ὁ κύριος μετὰ σοῦ, λαο, 
Hail, [thou] favoured one! the Lord [is] with thee, blessed [art] 
σὺ ἐν γυναιξίν." 29 Ἡ δὲ Νιδοῦσαὶ διεταράχθη ἐπὶ 
thou amongst women, But she seeing [him]. wastroubled at 
τῷ.λόγῳ αὐτοῦ," καὶ διελογίζετο ποταπὸς εἴη ὁ ἀσπασμὸς 

his word, and was reasoning of πι kind might be 
οὗτος. 90 Kai εἶπεν ὁ ἄγγελος αὐτῇ, Μὴ. φοβοῦ, Μαριάμ’ 
‘this. And “said ‘the “angel to her, Fear not, Mary, 

εὗρες γὰρ χάριν παρὰ τῷ θεῷ" 91 καὶ ἰδού, Υσυλλήψρὶ 
for thou hast found favour with God ; and lo, thoushalt conceive 


ἐν γαστρὶ καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ. ὄνομα. αὐτοῦ 
in [thy] womb andbringforthason, and thou shalt call his name 


1 ἐδύνατο LTTrA. m —-o (reqd [the]) urir[a]. n— τὸ TE[A]. 
Ρ Ναζαρέθ LTW.. 9 ἐμνηστευμένην τοῖς 
τε]. t+ ὃ ἄγγελος the angel T. 


QTTra ert τῷ λόγῳ διεταράχθη GTTrA. Υ σνυλλήμψῃ LTTrA. 


“salutation” 


απ Δανείδ LITrA } Aavié cw. 
--- εὐλογημένη, σὺ ἐν γυναιξίν π{τι]Δ. 


1.7 


I απ Gabriel, that 
stand in the prescuve 
of Ged; and am -ent 
to spex uk unto thee, 
and to shew thee these 
glad tidings. 20 And, 
behold, thou shalt be 
dumb, ‘and not able to 
speak, until the day 
that these things shall 
be performed, because 
thou believest not my 
words, which shall be 
fulfilled in their sea- 
son. 21 And the people 
waited for Zacharias, 
and marvelled that he 
tarried so long in the 
temple. 22 And when 
he cume out, he could 
not speak unto them: 

and they perceived 
that he had seen a 
vision in the temple: 

for he beckoned unto 
them, and remained 
speechless. 23 And it 
came to pass, that, as 
soon as the days of his 
ministration were ac- 
complished, he depart- 
ed to his own house. 


24 And after those 
days his wife Blisabeth 
conceived, and hid her- 
self five months, say- 


* ing, 25 Thus hath the 


Lord dealt with me 
in the days wherein he 
looked on me, to take 
away my reproach a- 
mong men,; 


26 And in the sixth 
month the angel Ga- 
briel was sent from 
God unto a city of 
Galilee, named Naza- 
reth, 27 to a virgin 
espoused to ἃ man 
whose name was Jo- 
seph, of the house of 
David; and the vir- 
gin’s name was Mary. 
28 And the angel came 
in unto her, and said, 
Hail, thou that art 
highly favoured, the 
Lord 18 with thee: 
blessed art thou a- 
mong women. 29 And 
when she saw him, she 
was troubled at his 
saying, and cast in her 
mind What manner of 
salutation this should 
be. 30 And the angel 
said unto her, Fear 
not, Mary: for thou 
hast found favour 
with God, 31 And, be- 
hold, thou shalt con- 
ceive in thy womb, 


,and bring forth a son, 


andshalt cali his name 





ο ἀπὸ from TTrA. 
8 — ὁ ἄγγελος 
w— ἰδοῦσα 


148 


JESUS., 32 He shall 
be great, and shall be 
called the Son of the 
Hichest : and the Lord 
God shall give unto 
him the throne of his 
father David: 33 and 
he shall reign over the 
house of Jacob for 
ever ; and of his king- 
dom there shall be no 
end. 34 Then said 
Mary unto the angel, 
How shall this be, see- 
ing I know nota man? 
35 And the angel an- 
swered and said unto 
her, The Holy Ghost 
shall come upon thee, 
and the power of the 
Highest shall over- 
shadow thee: therefore 
also that holy thing 


which shall be born of - 


thee shall be called the 
Son of God. 36 And, 
behold, thy cousin 
Elisabeth, she hath 
also conceived a son 
in her old age: and 
this is the sixth month 
with her, who was 
called barren. 37 For 
with God nothing shall 
be impossible. 38 And 
Mary said, Behold the 
handmaid of the Lord ; 
be it unto me accord- 
ingtothy word. And 
the angel departed 
from her. 


39 And Mary arose 
in those days, and went 
into the hill country 
with haste, into acity 
of Juda ; 40 and enter- 
ed into the house of 
Zacharias, and saluted 
Elisabeth, 41 And it 
came to pass, that, 
when Elisabeth heard 
the salutation of Mary, 
the babe leaped in her 
womb; and Blisabeth 
was filled with the 
Holy Ghost: 42 and 
she spake out with a 
loud voice, and said, 
Blessed art thou a- 
mong women, and 
blessed is the fruit of 
thy womb. 43 And 
whence {8 this to me, 
that the mother of my 
Lord should come to 
me? 44 For, lo, a8 s0on 
as the voice of thy 
salutation sounded in 
mine ears, the babe 


AOY KAS. I, 

ie τ » a ‘ sO ᾿ 
Ἰησοῦν. 32 οὗτος ἐσται µεγας, καὶ υἱὸς ὑψίστου κληθῆσε- 
Jesus. He shallbe great, and Son of [the] Highest shall he be 
ται. καὶ δώσει «αὐτῷ κύριος ὁ θεὸς τὸν θρόνον *AaBid" 


called; and *shall *give Shim [11ο]. *Lord. 3God the throne of David 

~ ‘ ? ~ πο \ ‘ π ? ‘ 
τοῦ.πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, 88 καὶ βασιλεύσει ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰακὼβ εἰς 
his father ; and heshailreign over the house of Jacob to 


‘ I~ \ ~ ΄ η - ? ” , 
τοὺς αἰῶνας, καὶ τῆς.βασιλείας.αὐτοῦ οὔὐκ.έσται τελος. 


the ages, ani of his kingdom there shall not be an end, 
34 Εἶπεν.δὲ Μαριὰμ πρὸς τὸν ἄγγελον, Πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο ἐπεὶ 
But *said ΝατΥ to the angel, How shali“be ‘this since 


” > , A τ ‘ « » ” > ~ 
ἄνδρα οὐ-γινώσκω; 85 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν αὐτῇ, 
a@ man I know not? And answering the angel said to her, 

~ [7 ’ Δ μ A ε ΄ 
Πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ δύναμις ὑψίστου 

[The] “Spirit ἮΟΙΥ 5881] οοῖπθ uponthee, and power of [the] Highest 

ἐπισκιάσει σοι διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον" ἅγιον κληθή- 
shall overshadow thee; wherefore also the Sporn lholy 7thing shall be 
σεται υἱὸς θεοῦ. 86 καὶ ἰδού, ᾿Ελισάβετ ἡ συγγενής!.σου καὶ 
called _ Son of God. And lo, Elizabeth thy kinswoman [150 
αὐτὴ «συνειληφυῖϊα) υἱὸν ἐν ἀγήρᾳ' αὐτῆς" καὶ οὗτος μὴν 
1she has conceived ason in her old age, and this [the] *month 


> ‘ ~ ~ ῃ / δ μα ματ 
ἕκτος ἐστὶν αὐτῇ τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ" 97 ὅτι οὐκ ἀδυνα- 


1sixth is to her who[{was] called barren ; for not “shall *be 
τήσει παρὰ “τῷ θεῷ' πᾶν ῥῆμα. 38 Εἶπεν. δὲ Μαριάμ, 
5impossible ὅν 7God lany “thing. And ?said ‘Mary, 


(lit. every) 
> ΄» , « / / Ξ ‘ , 
Idov, ἡ. δούλη κυρίου γενοιτὸ μοι 
Behold, the bondmaid ΟΕ [the] Lord;, beit to me according to 
Καὶ ἀπῆλθεν am’ αὐτῆς ὁ ἄγγελος. 
And departed from her the angel. 
~ 4 A ? ~ \ 
39 ’Avacraca.cé Μαριὰμ ἐν ταῖς-ἡμέραις.ταύταις ἐπορεύθη 
And ?rising *up *Mary in those days went 
2 Α ᾽ ‘ ι ~ 2 ’ ᾽ , ‘ 
εἰς τὴν ὀρεινὴν μετὰ σπουδῆς, εἰς πόλιν ‘Tovda, 40 καὶ 
into the hill-country with haste, to acity of Judah, and 
7 ~ 3 ‘ - , ‘4 , 2. ‘ ? ’ 
εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον 7αχαρίου καὶ ἠσπάσατο τὴν Ἐλισάβετ. 
entered into the house of Zacharias and _ saluted Elizabeth. 
41 καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἤκουσεν ἰὴ Ἐλισάβετ τὸν ἀσπασμὸν τῆς 
Anditcametopassas “heard 1Hlizabeth the _ salutation 
Μαρίας," ἐσκίρτησεν τὸ βρέφος ἐν τῇ-κοιλίᾳ.αὐτῆς' καὶ ἐπλήπθη 
of Mary, Ξ]εαροᾶ ithe "babe in er womb; and *was “filled 
ιά ε ᾽ὔ ει. λ ed ς ‘ >? , “Ἰ} 
πνεύματος ἁγίου ἡ ᾿Ελισάβετ, 42 καὶ ἀνεφώνησεν ὄφωνῃ 


κατὰ τὸ.ῥῆμά.σου. 
thy word. 


“with [5086] "Spirit “Holy ‘Elizabeth, and ccriedout witha "τοῖσο 
μεγάλῳ καὶ εἶπεν, Βὐλογημένη σὺ ἐν γυναιξίν, καὶ εὐλο- 
“loud and said, Blessed {art]thou among women, and bless- 
γηµένος ὁ καρπὸς τῆς.κοιλίας.σου. 43 καὶ πόθεν μοι τοῦτο, 
ed the fruit of thy womb. And whence tome this, 
e ἔλθ € ’ ~ , , h Π] > A / 
ἵνα ἔλθῃ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ.κυρίου.µου πρός "με"; 44 ιδοὺ.γάρ, 
that should come the mother of my Lord to me? ¥or lo, 


ες ? / ς ~ 2 ~ - ΄ 
ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ.ἀσπασμοῦ.-σου εἰς τὰ ὦτά.μου ἐσκίρ- 
88 came the voice of thy salutation into mine ears, leap- 


τήσεν έν ἀγαλλιάσει τὸ βρέφος" ἐν τῇ.κοιλίᾳ-μου. 45 καὶ 


leaped inmy wombfor eq i exultati h ι "ἢ ἱ : 
joy. 45 And blessed is UDA ee De oe caer 
απο that believed: for pakapia if πιστευσασα, OTL EOTAL τελείωσις τοις 
there shall be a perfor- blessed [is] she who. believed, for there shall be a fulfilment to the things 
mance of those things [ ας η , 
which were told her λέελαλήημενοις αὐτῇ παρὰ κυρίου 
from the Lord. spoken | toher from {the} Lord. 

* Δανείδ urtra ; Aavid Gw. 5. [ἐκ cou] of thee 1, t-ouyyevis LTW. ο συνείλη- 
φεν τι. ἃ γήρει GLTTrAW. 5 τοῦ θ.οὐ TIra. Γτὸν ἀσπασμὸν τῆς Μαρίας ἡ ᾿Ελισάβετ 
LTTrA. & κρανγῃ with a “cry TTrra. δ ἐεµέτ. iro βρέφος ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει GW. 


I LUKE. 


” , ’ 
46 Καὶ εἶπεν Μαριάμ, Μεγαλύνει ἡ-Ψυχή.μου τὸν κύριον, 
And καϊὰ Mary, *Magnifies my “soul the Lord, 

καὶ ἠγαλλίασεν τὸὺ.πνεῦμά.µου ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ τῷ. σωτῆρί. μου" 
and *exulted lmy ?spirit in God my Saviour. 

Ore ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς .δούλης.αὐτοῦ' ἰδοὺ 
For helooked upon the humiliation of his bon tmaid ; lo 
γάρ, ἀπὸ τοῦ.νῦν µμακαριοῦσίν.με πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί. 49 ύτι 


47 
48 


14ΟΥ, from henceforth *will *count *me “biessed 2.1] “generations. For 
ἐποίησέν μοι Ἐμεγαλεῖα! ὃ δυνατός, καὶ ἅγιον τὸ ὄνομα 
*has done Sto 7me ®great °things ‘the "mighty *one,and holy [is] 3Ώ8πιθ 
αὐτοῦ" 50 καὶ τὸ.ἔλεος αὐτοῦ εἰς γενεὰς Ἰγενεῶνὶ τοῖς 


this ; and his mercy 


? ? , ? , / 3 / 2 Ὡς 
φοβουμένοις αὐτόν. 51 ἐποίησεν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι.αὐτοῦ 


[15] to generations of generations to those 


fearing him. He wrought strength with his arm, 
διεσκόρπισεν ὑπερηφάνούς διανοίᾳ καρδίας. αὐτῶν. 
he scattered [the] haughty in [the] thought of their heart. 
52 καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνω», καὶ ὕψωσεν ταπεινούς. 
He put down rulers from thrones, and exalted {the] lowly : 
538 πεινῶντας ἐνέπλησεν ἀγαθῶν, καὶ πλουτοῦντας 
[tke] hungry he filled with good things, and [the] rich 


ἐξαπέστειλεν κενούς. 54 ἀντελάβετο Ἰσραὴλ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ, 
he sentaway empty. He helped Israel ?servant this, 


~ ? , ‘ ? / A 4 
μνησθῆναι ἐλέους, 55 καθὼς ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τοὺς 
{in order] toremember mercy, according as he spoke to 
πατέρας. ἡμῶν, τῷ ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ τῷ σπέρµατι.αὐτοῦ ""εἰς τὸν 
our fathers, to Abraham and to his seed for 
αἰῶνα." δ6 Ἔμεινεν.δὲ Μαριὰμ σὺν αὐτῇ "ὡσεὶ! μῆνας τρεῖς, 


ever, And’abode "λατ with her about *months ‘three, 
καὶ ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν.οἶκον αὐτῆς. 
and returned to her house. 


57 Τῃ.δὲ Ἐλισάβετ ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος τοῦ.τεκεῖν. αὐτήν, 
Nowto Elizabeth was fulfilled the time thatsheshould bring forth, 

καὶ ἐγέννησεν υἱόν" 58 καὶ ἤκουσαν οἱ περίοικοι καὶ οἱ συγ- 
απᾶ  shebore ason. And (heard ‘the *neighbours and *kins- 
yeveic αὐτῆς ὅτι ἐμεγάλυνεν κύριος τὸ ἔλεος.αὐτοῦ μετ᾽ 
folk ‘her that να» *magnifying [πα] ?Lord his mercy with 
αὐτῆς, καὶ συνέχαιρον αὐτῇ. 59 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ “ὀγδόῃ 
her, and they rejoiced with her. And itcametopass on the eighth 
ἡμέρᾳ! ἦλθον περίεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον καὶ ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ 


day they came to circumcise the little child, and were calling it 

4 ~ ~ ~ / Ν ᾽ 
ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ.πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ζαχαρίαν. 60 καὶ ἄπο- 
after the name of his father Zacharias, And 7an- 


~ ΄ - - , ? / 
κριθεῖσα ἡ. μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, Οὐχί, ἀλλὰ κληθήσεται ῬΊωάν- 
swering "his *mother said, No; but heshall be called John. 
‘ 7 ? ~ 
νης." 61 Kai “εἶπον! πρὸς αὐτήν, Ὅτι οὐδείς ἐστιν "ἐν TY 
And they said to her, Noone is among the 
εν - -" ? / 
συγγενείᾳ" σου ὃς καλεῖται τῷ. ὀνόματι. τούτῳ. 62 Ἐνένευον 
kinsfolk of thee who is called by this name. “They “made *signs 
Ὁ “ow ‘ ~ cy / / ~ , 
ῥὲ τῷ.πατρὶ.αὐτοῦ τὸτί ἂν.θέλοι καλεῖσθαι "αὐτόν." 
1απᾶ to his father [as to] what he might wish 7to “be *called *him. 
/ , ? / HT 
63 καὶ αἰτήσας πινακίδιον ἔγραψεν, λέγων, PIwavyne 
And having asked for a writing tablet he τοῦθ, saying, Jolin 
‘ ~ . 2 ΄ A 
ἐστὶν ἰτὸ' ὄνομα αὐτοῦ" καὶ ἐθαύμασαν πάντες. 64 Ανεῴχθη.δὲ 
18 his name, And they “wondered ?all. And was opened 
Κ μεγάλα LTTr. 1 καὶ γενεὰς and generations TTrA. 
ο ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ LTTrA. Ρ Ἰωάνης Tr. 4 εἶπαν τττ. 
the kinsfolk Lrtra. 5 αὐτό it LTTcA. t — τὸ Tr[A]. 


πι ἕως αἰῶνος G. 
τ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας from among 


149 


46 And Mary said, 
My scul doth maenify 
the Lord, 47 and my 
spirit hath rejoiced in 
God my Saviour, 48 For 
he hath regarded the 
low estate of his hand- 
maiden: for, behold, 
from henceforth all 
generations shall eall 
me blessed. 49 For he 
that is mighty hath 
done to πιο great 
things ; and holy zs his 
name. 50 And his 
mercy is on them that 
fear him from genera- 
tion to generation, 
51 He hath shewed 
strength with his arm; 
he hath scattered the 
proud in the imagina- 
tion of their hearts. 
52 He hath put down 
the mighty from their 
seats,and exalted them 
of low degree. 53 He 
hath filled the hungry 
with good things ;‘and 
the rich he hath sent 
empty away. 54 He 
hath holpen his ser- 
vant Israel, in remem- 
brance of his mercy; 
55 as he spake to our 
fathers, to Abraham, 
and to his seed for 
ever, 56 And Mary a- 
bode with her about 
three months, and re- 
turned to her own 
house, 


57 Now Elisabeth’s 
full time came that she 
should be delivered ; 
and she brough# forth 
a son. 58 And her 
neighbours and her 
cousins heard how the 
Lord had shewed great 
mercy upon her ; and 
they rejoiced with her. 
59 And it came to pass, 
that on the eighth day 
they came to circum- 
cise the child ; and they 
called him Zacharias, 
after the name of his 
father. 60 And his 
mother answered and 
said, Not so; but he 
shall be called John. 
61 And they said unto 
her, There is none of 
thy kindred that is 
called by this naine. 
62 And they madesigns 
io his father, how he 
would have him called. 
63 And he asked for a 


writing table, ‘and 
wrote, saying, His 
name is John. And 


they marvelled all 
64 And his mouth was 
opened immediately, 


Ὁ ὡς LTTre 


150 


and his tongue /oosed, 
and he spake, 
praised God, 65 And 
fear came on all that 


dwelt round about 
them: and all these 
siyings were noised 


abroad throughout all 
the hill country of Ju- 
dwa. 66 And all they 
that heard them laid 
them up in their hearts, 
saying, What manner 
of child shall this be! 
And the hand of the 
Lord was with him. 


67 And his father 
Zacharias was filled 
with the Holy Ghost, 
an:l prophesied, say- 
ing, 68 Blessed be the 
Lord God of Israel; 
for he hath visited and 
redeemed his people, 
69 and hath rai-ed up 
an horn of salvation 
for us in the house of 
his servant David; 
70 as he spake by the 
moxth of his holy pro- 
phets, which have been 
since the world began: 
71 that we should be 
saved from our ene- 
mies, and from the 
band of all that hate 
us ; 72 to perform the 
mercy promised to our 
fathers, and to remem- 
ber his holy covenant ; 
73 the oath which he 
aware. to our father 
Abraham, 74 that he 
would grant unto us, 
that we being deliver- 
ed out of the hand of 
our enemies might 
serve him without 
fear, 75 in holiness and 
Tighteousness before 
him, all the days of our 
life. 76 And thou, child, 
shalt be called the pro- 
phet of the Highest: 
for thou shalt go before 
the face of the Lord 
to.prepare his ways; 
77 to give knowledge 
of salvation unto his 
people by theremission 
of their sins,78 through 
the tender mercy of 
our God ; whereby the 
dayspring from on 
high hath visited us, 
79 to give light to them 
that sit in darkness 
and in the shadow of 
death, to guide our feet 


-- 


w + γὰρ (read For also) 1ΤΤΓΑ. 
5 Δανεὶδ LTTra ; Aavtd aw. 


ἃ — ἡμῶν (read of [our] enemies) [L]rtra. 


f + δὲ also rrra, 


and . 


θεὸς τοῦ Ισραήλ, ὅτι 
God 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. i, 
τὺ.στόµα.αὐτοῦ παραχρῆμα καὶ ἡ-γλῶσαα αυτοῦ, καὶ 
his mouth immediately and his tongue (loosed), and 


ἐλάλει εὐλογῶν τὸν θεόν. 65 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος 
he spoke, blessing God. And “came ‘7upon ‘all ‘fear 


4 ανά A « ~~ Fath ~ ~ 
τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς" καὶ ἐν ὕλῃ τῇ ΄ ὀρενῇῃ τῆς 
those who dwelt around them; and in ?whole "the hill-country 
> / ~ a: Ain Rie ~ F ‘ 
Ιουδαίας  διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ.ῥήματα.-ταῦτα" 06 καὶ 


of Judea *were °being δἰδικρᾷ 7of. ‘‘all And 
ἔθεντο πάντες οἱ ἀκούσαντες ἐν τῇῷ-καρδίᾳ.αὐτῶν, λέ- 
“laid [>them] Sup ‘all who *heard in their heart, say- 
yovtec, Ti ἄρα τὸ.παιδίον τοῦτο ἔσται; Καὶ" χεὶρ 
ing, What then “this*little child ‘will “be? And [the] hand 
κυρίου ἦν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 
of [the] Lord was with him. - 
67 Καὶ Ζαχαρίας ὁ πατὴρ.αὐτοῦ ἐπλήσθη πνεύματο 
And Zacharias his father was filled _ with [the] “Spirit 
ἁγίου, καὶ "προεφήτευσεν," λέγων, 68 Ἐὐλογητὸς κύριος ὁ 
‘Holy, and prophesied, saying, Blessed be [the] Lord the 
ἐπεσκέψατο καὶ ἐποίησεν λύτρωσιν 
wrought redemption 


“these *things. 


of Israel, because he looked upon and 
~ ~ > ΡΝ ‘ 2/ [ή / « - 3 “" 
τῳι.λαῴ αὐτοῦ" 69 καὶ ἤγειρεν κερας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν ἐν 7τῳ 


for his people, and raisedup ahorn of salvation forus ‘in the 
οἴκῳ ΖΔαρὶδ' τοῦ" παιδὸς αὐτοῦ; 70 καθὼς ἐλάλησεν διὰ 
house of David his servant ; according as hespoke by [the] 


στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ὕτῶν" ἀπ᾿ αἰῶνος προφητῶν αὐτοῦ" 


mouth sholy >since ®time 7began *prophets 1 of “his ; 
71 σωτηρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν. ἡμῶν καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς πάντων 
salvation from our enemies and from([the] hand of all 


τῶν μισούντων ἡμᾶς" 72 ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων 
those who hate us ; to fulfil merey with "fathers 
ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ, 73 ὅρκον ὃν 
Jour, and toremember “covenant “holy this, [the] oath which 
ὤμοσεν πρὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ τὸν-πατέρα.ἡμῶν, τοῦ δοῦναι ἡμῖν 
heswore to Abraham our father, togive us [that] 
74 ἀφόβως ἐκ χειρὸς “τῶν" ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν!" ῥυσθέντας, 
without fear out οὗ [the] hand of our enemies being saved, 
, ~ , % X 2 , - 
λατρεύειν αὐτῷ 75 ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 
weshouldserve him in holiness and righteousness before him, 
, ‘ ε [ή 6. 5 a | .ε ~ 5 3 1 £ ot 
πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας “τῆς.ζωῆς" ἡμῶν. 76 Kai ov', παιδίον, 
all the days of our life. And thou,’ little child, 
προφήτης ὑψίστου κληθήσῃ προπορεύσῃ-γὰρ πρὸ 
prophet οἱ [πε] Highest shalt Ῥο called; forthoushalt go before [the] 
προσώπου κυρίου ἑτοιμάσαι ὑδοὺς αὐτοῦ. 77 τοῦ δοῦναι 
:4809 of [the] Lord to prepare his ways ; 20 give 
γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ.λαῷ. αὐτοῦ ἐν ἀφέσει ἁμαρτιῶμ.αὐτῶν, 
knowledge of salvation to his people in remission of their sins, 
78 διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέοὺς θεοῦ ἡμῶν, ἐν οἷς ἐπεσκέψατο 
through [16] “ bowels of compassion of our God, in which has visited 
~ ? Α 3 er ? ~ ~ ? , 
ac ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους, 79 ἐπιφᾶναι τοῖς ἐν " σκότει 
us [the] day-spring from on high, to shine upon those 7in *darkness 
καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις" τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς 
*and ‘in (*the] shadow °of ϑαθαίῃ sitting ; to direct 


΄- 





x ἐπροφήτευσεν ETTrA. 


π Υ — τῷ (read [the]) LrTra. 
8 — του LTTrA. 


b = or Trek. © — τῶν LITrA. 
8 — τῆς ζωῆς (7'ead all our days) GLTTraw. 


ΕΠῚῚ, 


πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς 
our feet 


LUKE. 


« ‘ ΄ A ‘ a: ” 
ὁδὸν εἰρήνης. 80 Τὸ δὲ παιδίον ηὐξανεν 
into [the] way of peace. And the little child grew 
καὶ ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι" καὶ ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις Ewe 
aud was strengthened in spirit ; and he was in the deserts until [the] 
ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ἱσραήλ. 
any of his shewing to Isrvel. 
2 "Ee ay aL 3 ο ας / καστ Een 66 
y= ετο.ὀε ἐν ταις-]]μεοραις.εκειναις ἕξη εν ογμα 
And it came to pass in those days went *out 1 *decree 


παρὰ Καΐσαρός Αὐγούστου, ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν 

froin Cesar Augustus, that should be registered all the © 
? [ή ε ‘ , t 
οἰκουμενην' 2 αὕτη Σἡ ἀπογοαφὴ "πρώτη ἐγένετο! ἡγε- 


habitable world; ΄ this registration first when 
μονεύοντος τῆς Συρίας i‘Kupnviov." 8 καὶ ἐπορεύοντο πάντες 
“was “governor ‘of *Syria ‘Cyrenius. And tall 
ἀπογοάφεσθαι, ἕκαστος εἰς τὴν Εἰζίαν" πόλιν. 4 ᾽Αγέβη δὲ καὶ 
to be registered, each to his own city : and “went “πρ “also 
᾿Ιωσὴφ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐκ πόλεως ἹΝαζαρέτ! εἰς τὴν 
1Joseph from Galilee out of [the] city Nazarcth to 
Ἰουδαίαν, εἰς πόλιν ™AaBid' ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλεέμ, διὰ 
ζυάσα, το α ιν of David which iscalled Bethlehem, because 
τὺ.εἶναι.αὐτὺν ἐξ οἴκου. καὶ πατοιᾶς Δαβίδ, 5 Ἀάπο- 
of his being of [the] house ἃ! ἃ family of David, to re- 
γράψασθαι" σὺν Μαριὰμ τῇ ομεμνηστευμένῃ" αὐτῷ Ῥγυναικί," 
gister himself with Mary who was betrothed to him as wife, 
οὔσῃ ἐγκύῳ. 6 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ ἐν τῷ εἶναι.αὐτοὺς 
she being great with child. Απὰ 1 cametopass in the[time] they were 
ἐκεῖ ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ.τεκεῖν αὐτήν" 7 καὶ ἔτε- 
there *were *fulfilled 6 “days for her bringing forth, and she brought 
KEY τὸν υἱὸν. αὐτῆς τὸν πρωτότοκον, καὶ ἐσπαργάνωσεν 
forth her son the first-born, and wrapped Ἰὼ “swaddling *clothes 
αὐτόν, καὶ ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ" φάτνῃ, διότι οὐκ.ὴν 
him, and laid him in the manger, because there was not 
αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι. 
forthem aplace in the inn, 
8 Καὶ ποιμένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ, ἀγραυλοῦντες 
And shepherds were in the “country ‘same, lodging in the fields 
καὶ φυλάσσοντες φυλακὰς τὴς νυκτὸς ἐπὶ τὴν.ποίμνην.αὐτῶν. 
and kecping watch by night over their flock ; 
9 καὶ "cot," ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς, καὶ δόξα 
and behold, anangel οὗ [1116] Lord stood by them, and [the] glory 
’ Ἢ . ‘ ΄ Ἐπ γα 
κυρίου περιέλαμψεν αὐτούς" καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον 
of [the] Lord shone around them, and ‘theyfeared [with] “fear 
i ei δ εν ἆ ὤγγελας, Ma) Φοβεῖσθε”-. ἰδοὺ 
μέγαν. 10 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ἄγγελος, Μ1.φοβεισῦθε 
*vreat, And “said *to*them?the “angel, Fear not ; *behold 
4 ~ 4 ιά ε͵ ” = 
γάρ. εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται 
tor, Iannounce glad tidings to you [of] *joy loreat, which shall be 
ς ~ ~ / : -» ΄ ΄ ε/ / 
παντὶ τῷ λαῷ" 11 ὅτι ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον» GwWTND, ὃς ἐστιν 
Το 411 the people; for was born toyou to-day aSuviour, who is 
΄ ’ ‘ Ὁ» ε ~ 
χοιστὺς κύριος, ἐν mode "Δαβίδ." 12 καὶ τοῦτο ὑμῖν 
Christ [the} Lord, in([the] city of David. And this [is] to you 
" - ΄ if tv i 
τὸ σημεῖον εὑρήσετε βρέφος  ἐσπαργαγωμένογ. κεί 
. the sign : ye shall find «babe wrapped in swaddling clothes, ly- 
” 


took place 


“went 


151 
into the way of peace. 
80 And the child grew, 
and waxed strong in 
spirit, and was in .the 
deserts till the day of 
his shewing unto Is- 
rael, 


II. And it came to 
pass in those days, that 
there went out a de- 
cree from Cesar Au- 
gustus, that all. the 
world should be taxed. 
2 (And this taxing was 


~ first made when Cyre- 


nius was governor of 
Syria.) 3 And all went 
to be taxed, every cne 
into his own city. 
4 And Joseph alsowent 
up from Galilee. out 
of the city of Naza- 
reth, into Judza, unto 
the city, of David, 
which is called Beth- 
lehem; (because he 
was of the house and 
lineage of MDavid:) 
5 to be taxed with 
Mary his espoused 
wife, being great with 
child. 6 And soit was, 
that, while they were 
there. the days were 
accomplished that she 
should be delivered. 
7 'Απᾶ she brought 
forthher firstborn son, 
and wrapped him in 
swaddling clothes, and 
lai: him in a manger ; 
because there was no 
room for them in the 
inn, 


8 And there were in 
the same country shep- 
herds abiding in tke 
field, keeping watch 
over their fluck by 
night. 9 And, lo, the 
angel of the Lord cari 
upon them, and the 
glory of the Lord shone 
round about them: 
and they were sore a- 
fraid. 10 And the an- 
gel said unto them, 
Fear not: for, behold, 
1 bring yeu good ti- 
dings of great joy, 
which shall be to all 
people. 11 For unte 
you is born this day 
in the city of David 
a Saviour, which is 
Christ the Lord. 13 And 
this shall be a sign un- 
to yon; Ye shall jind 
the babe wrapped in 
swad‘’ling clothes, 
lying in & manger, 


pee ry 


i Κυρίνου Cyrenus 1. 
πι Δαυεὶδ LTTrA ; Δαυὶδ Gw. 
ναικί 111.Α. 
b+ καὶ and [111Α. 


Β -τ ἡ ΙΤΤτΑ. δ ἐγένετο πρώτη T. 
1 NaGapad L; Ναζαρεθ TW. 
ὁ ἐμνηστευμένῃ LITrA. =P —¥ 
TLT-A], 8 Aaveid LETrA; Δαυίδ Gu. 


4 — τῇ (read a Manger) LTTra. 
VY — κείμενον T. 


κ ἑαυτοῦ (read his city) LTTr. 


Ὁ ἀπογράφεσθαι Le 
® — ἰδού 


152 

13 And suddenly there 
was with the angel 
a multitude of the 
heavenly host prais- 
ing God, and saying, 
14 Glory to God in the 
highest, and ou earth 
peace, good will to- 
ward men. 15 And it 
came to pass, as the 
angels were gone away 
from them into hea- 
ven, the shepherds said 
one to another, Let us 
now ΡΟ even ‘unto 
Bethlehem, and see 
this thing which is 
come to pass, which 
the Lord hath made 
known untouns. 16 And 
they came with haste, 
and found Mary, and 
Joseph, and the babe 
lying in a manger. 
17 And when they had 
seen it, they made 
known abroad the say- 
ing which was told 
them concerning this 
child. 15 And all they 
that heard ἐξ wondered 
at those things which 
were told then: by the 
shepherds. 19 But Mary 
kept all these things, 
and pondered them in 
her heart. 20 And the 
shepherds returned, 
glorifying and prais- 
ing God for all the 
things that they had 
heard and seen, as it 
was told unto them, 


21 And when eight 
days were accomplish- 
ed for the circumcising 
of the child, his name 
was called JESUS, 
which was so named 
of the angel before he 
was conceived in the 
womb, 


22 And when the 
days of her purifica- 
tion according to the 
law of Moses were 
accomplished, they 
brought him to Jeru- 
salem, to present him 
to the Lord ; 23 (49 it 
is written in the law 
of the Lord, Every 
male that openeth the 
womb shall be called 
holy to the Lord;) 
21 and to offer a sacri- 
fice according to that 


ο ΕΝ, If, 


~ ΄ σι 4 , / pies ᾿ από 
μενον" ἐν ὑτῇ" φάτνῃ. 18 Καὶ ἐξαιῤνῆς ἔγενετο σὺν τῷ 
ing in the manger. And suddenly. there was with the 


2 , ~ ~ > eae ΄ Il ? , 2 4 θ , 
ἀγγέλῳ πλῆθος στρατιᾶς *ovpaviov," αἰνούντων τον θεὸν, 
angel amultitude of [the] *host 31ΠπεατεπΙγ, praising God, 
" ’ sy ’ « / θ ~ My ok 4 ~ 
καὶ λεγόντων, 14 Δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις θεῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς 
and saying, Glory in [the] highest toGod, and on earth 
/ ᾽ , » Ώ / [ή « 3 - 
εἰρήνη, ἐν ἀνθρώποιςὸ σεὐδοκία.! 15 Καὶ ἐγένετο, ὡς ἀπὴλ- 
peace, in men good pleasure. And it came {0 0158, 35 “depart- 
θον ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν οἱ ἄγγελοι, καὶ οἱ ἀνθοωποιΐ 
ed “4γοπι ‘5them into7’the “heaven ‘the 7angels, that the men 
ε 4 \ ? / x ο ε/ 
οἱ ποιμένες “εἶπον! πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Διέλθωμεν δὴ ἕως 
the shepherds said to  oneanother, Let us gothrough indeed asfaras 
Βηθλεέμ, καὶ ἴδωμεν τὸ .ῥῆμα.τοῦτο τὸ γεγονὸς ὃ ὁ 
Bethlehem, and let us see this thing that has come to pass which the 
, 7 , c τῷ \ Ὀ7ᾺΧΘ Π 4 *\ ‘ 
κύριος ἐγνώρισεν ἡμῖν. 16 Καὶ ἦλθον" σπεύσαντες καὶ 
Lord made known tous, And they came havinghasted and 
“ἀνεῦρον! τήν.τε.Μαριὰμ καὶ τὸν Ιωσήφ, καὶ τὸ βρεφός κεί- 


found both Mary and Joseph, and the babe ly- 
μενον ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ. 17 ἰδόντες δὲ ἀδιεγγώρισαν" 
ing in the manger. And having seen, they made known abroad 

περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς περὶ τοῦ 


saying which had been told 
παιδίου τούτου. 18 καὶ πάντες ot ἀκούσαντες ἐθαύμασαν 


concerning the them concerning 


this little child. And all who heard wondered 
περὶ τῶν λαληθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ποιμένων πρὺς 
concerning the things which had beenspoken by the shepherds to 


αὐτούς. 19 ἡ.δὲ. Μαριὰμ" πάντα συνετήρει τὰ .ῥήματα ταῦτα, 


them. But Mary 3411 *kept these sayings, 
Ισυμβάλλουσαὶ ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ.αὐτῆς. 20 καὶ ξἐπέστρεψανι 
pondering {them] in her heart. And Sreturned 


ot ποιμένες, δοξάζοντες καὶ αἰνοῦντες τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν 
4the *shepherds, -glorifying and _ praising God for all things 
οἷς ἤκουσαν καὶ *eidor," καθὼς ἐλαλήθη πρὸς αὐτούς. 
which they had Ἡθατά δ ὃ. seen, as it wassaid to them. 
21 Καὶ ore ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν ἱτὸ 
And when were fuliilled days ‘eight for the circumcising the 
παιδίον," καὶ ἐκλήθη τὸ .ὄνομα.αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦς, τὸ κλι]- 
little child, 3was *called *his *name Jesus, which fhe] was 
θὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου πρὸ τοῦ Σσυλληφθῆναι! αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ 
called by the. angel _ before 2was °conceived the in the 
κοιλίᾳ. 
womb, 
22 Kai ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ.καθαρισμοῦ- αὐτῶν! 
And when werefulfilled the days for their purification 
κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωσέως," ἀνήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσό- 
according to the law of Moses, they brought him to erusa- 
λυμα παραστῆσαι τῷ κυρίῳ, 23 καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν" 


lem to present tothe Lord, 35 ithas been written in [the] 
νό κυρίου, Ὅτι πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν ἅγιον 
law οξ[ίπε] οτᾶ, That every male opening a'womb ‘*holy 
᾽τῷ κυρίῳ κληθήσεται" 24 καὶ τοῦ δοῦναι θυσίαν κατὰ 


δύο ®the 7Lord ‘shall *be called: and to offer a sacrifice according te 





~ — τῇ (read a Manger) GLTTraW. 


pleasure xrtra, 
© ἀνεῦραν ΤΊτ. 
λονσα T. 
LiTra, 


ἆ ἐγνώρισαν they made kuown LTTrA. 
8 ὑπέστρεψαν GLTTrAW. 
| αὐτῆς (read her purification) Ε. 


= οὐρανοῦ of heaven Tr. 
: --- καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωπρι [L]t[Tra]. 8 ἐλάλουν Τ. Ὁ ἦλθαν TTra, 
ἐ Μαρία LTTrA. ἴ συνβάλ: 

| αὐτόν him αΙΤΊΤΑΝΥΥ,. Κ συλλημφθῆναι 
τὰ Μωύσέως LTTrAW. η τῷ theL, 


5 εὐδοκίας of good 


bh ἴδον Τ. 


II. LUKE. 


τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν “5. νόμῳ κυρίου, Ζεῦγος τρυγόνων 
that which has been said in [the] law οὗ [086] Lord, A pair of turtle doves 
ἢ δύο Ῥνεοσσοὺς" περιστερῶν. 
ΟΥ two young of pigeons. 
25 Kai ἰδού, “ἣν ἄνθρωπος! ἐν Ἱερευσαλὴμ ᾧ ὄνομα 
And behold, there was aman in Jerusalem whose name 
Συμεών, καὶ ὁ ἄγθρωπος.οὗτος δίκαιος καὶ εὐλαβής, 
[πας] Simeon; and this man just and pious, 
προσδεχόμενος παράκλησιν τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ, καὶ πνεῦμα 
waiting for {the] consolation of Israel, and [the] Spirit 
τᾶγιον ἦν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν" 26 καὶ ἦν αὐτῷ κεχοηµατισµένον ὑπὸ 
1Holy was upon him. And it was to him divinely communicated by 
τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου ἡ ἰξεῖν θάνατον πρὶν δὴ) 
the Spirit the Holy thatheshouldnotsee death before 
ἴδῃ τὸν χοιστὸν κυρίου. 27 καὶ ἦλθεν ἐν τῷ πνεύματι 
he should see the Christ of [the] Lord. And he came in the Spirit 
εἰς τὸ ἱερόν" καὶ ἐν. τῷ. εἰσαγαγεῖν τοὺς γονεῖς τὸ 
intothetemple; and when 3%brought*in ‘the λλες the little child 986: 


σοῦν, τοῦ.ποιῆσαι.αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ. εἰθισμένον 
sus, that they mightdo ‘according *to Swhat Shad “become μας 


τοῦ νόµου περὶ αὐτοῦ, 28 καὶ αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκά- 
“by “the law ‘for “him, he also received him into “arms, ’ 


λας αὐτοῦ," καὶ εὐλόγησεν τὸν θεόν, καὶ εἶπεν, 29 Νῦν ἀπολύεις 


[was] 


x > 
παιδίον In- 


‘his, and _ blessed God, and said, Now thoulettest go 
τὺν.δοὔλόν.σου, δέσποτα, κατὰ τὺῤῆμά.σου, ἐν εἰρήνῃ" 
thy bondman, O Master, accordingto thy word, in peace; 
90 ὅτι . εἶδον οἱ.ὀφθαλμοίμου τὸ σωτήριόν.σου, 81 
for *have ‘seen mine πα thy salvation, which 
ἡτοίμασας κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν" 32 φῶς 
thou hast prepared before [the] face ofall the peoples; alight 
εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν Aaov.cov Ισραήλ. 
for “eigen of [{Π6] Gentiles and- glory of thy people Israel. 
33 Καὶ ἦν * Iwo" καὶ ἡ. μήτηρ. ταὐτοῦ" θαυμάζοντες ἐπὶ 
Απά swore ‘Joseph 7and *his *mother wondering at 
τος λαλουμένοις περὶ αὐτοῦ. 84 καὶ εὐλόγησεν 
the things which werespoken concerning him. And “blessed 


αὐτοὺς Συμεών, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς Μαριὰμ τὴν.µητέρα αὐτοῦ, 


*them Simeon, and said to Mary his mother, 
᾿Ιδού, οὗτος κεῖται εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν πολλῶν 
Lo, ‘this (child) isset for[the] fall and rising up of many 


ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ εἰς σημεῖον ἀντιλεγόμενον" 8ὅ καὶ σοῦ “δὲ! 
in Israel, andfor asign spoken against ; (and of thee also 


αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν διελεύσεται ῥομφαία" ὕπως ἂν.ἀποκαλυ- 
δ 7soul “%shall*go *through ‘+a “sword ;) so that “may be re- 


φθῶσιν ὁ ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί. 
vealed of many hearts [the] reasonings. 
36 Kai ἦν "Αννα προφῆτις, θυγάτηρ Φανουήλ, ἐκ 


And there was Anna a prophetess, of Phanuel, of [thej 
φυλῆς Aono’ αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς, ζήσασα 
trihe of aoe she was advanced in “days *many, having lived 


ἔτη μετὰ ἀνδρὸς" ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ τῆς “παρθενίας" αὐτῆς, 97 καὶ 
Ἄγρατα "γη ‘a *husband ‘seven from her virginity, and 


αερα 


158 


which is said in the 
law of the Lord, A pair 
of turtleioves, or two 
young pigeons. 


25 And, behold, there 
was aman in Jerusa- 
lem, whose name was 
Simeon; and the same 
man was just and de- 
yout, waiting for the 
consolation of Israel: 
and the Holy Ghost 
Wasupon him. 26 And 
it was revealed unto 
him by the Holy Ghost, 
that he shouid not see 
death, before he had 
seen the Lord’s Christ. 
27 And he came by the 
Spirit into the temple: 
and when the parents 
brought in the child 
Jesus, to do for him 
after the customof the 
law, 28 then took he 
him upinhi-arms, and 
blessed God, and said, 
29 Lord, now lettest 
thou thy servant de- 
part in peace, accord- 
ing to thy word : 30 for 
mine eyes hare seen 
thy salvation, 31 which 
thou hast prepared be- 
fore the face of all 
people; 32 a light to 
lighten the Gentiles, 
and the glory of thy 
people Israel. 33 And 
Joseph and his mother 
marvelled at those 
things. which were 
spoken of him. 34 And 
Simeon blessed them, 
and said unto Mary his 
wmother, Behold, this 
child is set for the fall 
and rising again of 
many in Israel ; and 
for a sign which shall 
be spoken against ; 
35 (yea, a sword shall 
pierce through thy 
own soul also,) that 
the thoughts of many 
hearts may be re- 
vealed, 


36 And there was one 
Anna, a_prophetess, 
the daughter of Pha- 
nuel, ot the tribe of 
Aser: she was of a 
great age, and had 
lived with an husband 
seven years from her 
virginity ; 37 and she 





° + τῷ the LTtr. P νοσσοὺς TA. 4 ἄνθρωπος ἦν Τ. 


τὴν ἅγιον GLTTrAW, 


8) ἄντ; ἂν Tr. t— αὐτοῦ (read {his] arms) [1]t(Tra]. u+ ὁ 1, 7 ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ his 
father Gtrra. — αὐτοῦ (read [his] mother) era. Σ [δὲ] LTr, } μετὰ ἀνδρὸς 


έτη WAT. 5 sapterdigs A. 


154 


was a widow of about 
fourscore and four 
years, which departed 
not from the temple, 
but served God with 
tastings and prayers 
night andday. 38 And 
she coming in that in- 
stant gave thanks like- 
wise unto the Lord, 
and spake of him to 
all them that looked 
for relemption in Je- 
rusalem, 


. 39 And when they 
had performed all 
things according to 
the law of the Lord, 
they returned into 
Galilee, to their own 
city Nazareth. 40 And 
the child grew, and 
waxed strong in spirit, 
filled with wisdom: 
and the grace of God 
Was upon him. 


41 Now his parents 
went to Jcrusalem 
every year at the feast 
ofthe passover. 42 And 
when he was twelve 
years old, they went 
up to Jerusalem after 
the custom of the feast. 
43 And when they had 
fulfilled'the days, as 
they returned, the 
child Jesus tarried be- 
hind in Jerusalem; 
and Joseph and his 
mother knew not ofit. 
44 Butthey, supposing 
him to have been in 
the company, went a 
day’s journey; and 
they sought him a- 
mong their kinsfolk 
and acquaintance, 
45 And when they 
found him not, they 
turned back again to 
Jerusalem, seeking 
him. 46 Anditcameto 
pass, that after three 
days they found him 
in the temple, sitting 
in the midst of the 
doctors, both hearing 
them, andasking them 
questions. 47 And all 
that heard him were 
astonished at his un- 
derstanding and an- 
swers. 48 And when 
they saw him, they 
were amazed: and his 
mother said unto him, 
Son, why hast thou 
thus dealt with us? 


> αὐτὴ herself ΤΊΥΑ. 
— αὕτη (read ἀνθωμολ. she gave p-aise) LTTrA, 
Ἀ πάντα TTr. 
η Ναζαρέθ TTraw. 

τ — εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα T[Tr]a. 
purents knew it not 1 7ΤτΑ. 
(read Πω τη ]) a{uJrr a, 
ἢ μήτηρ aVTOWLITrA, 


[inj) τα τυ ΑἹ]. 
LITrAW. 
up LTTra. 


Λο κ AS. TT, 
, “eee ~ 4 * τ 
δαῦὕτη! χήρα “ὡς" ἐτῶν ὀγδοηκοντατεσσάρων, ἣ οὐκ 
she [was] ἃ widow “about *years lof Seighty-four, 5Swho “not 
ἀφίστατο tad" τοῦ ἱεοοῦ, νηστείαις καὶ δεήσεσιν λατρεύφυσα 
®departed from the temple. with fastings and supplications serving 
νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραι"'. 88 καὶ cairn" αὐτῇ.τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐπιστᾶσα 
night day : and 518 at the same hour coming up 
ἀνθωμολογεῖτο τῷ ἱκυρίῳ," Kai ἐλάλει περὶ αὐτοῦ πᾶσιν 
gave praise to the Lord, and spoke concerning him to all 
~ ἂν / / 
τοῖς προσδεχομένοις λύτρωσιν Siv" Ἱερουσαλήμ. 
those waiting for redemption in Jerusalem, 
99 Kai ὡς ἐτέλεσαν λἅπανταϊ ira" 
And whentheyhad completed all things according to the 
κυρίου, ᾿Κὑπέστρεψαν' εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, εἰς ἱτὴν" πόλιν 
of [the] Lord they returned to Galilee, to scity 


an 


κατὰ τὸν νόμον 
law 


αὐτῶν" Ναζαρέτ." 40 Τὸ δὲ παιδίον ηὔξανεν καὶ ἔκρα- 
"their [own], Nazareth. And the littlechild grew, and became 
ταιοῦτο Crvetpart," πληρούμενον Poodiac," καὶ χάρις 


strong in spirit, being filled with wisdom, and[the] grace 
θεοῦ ἦν ἐπ᾽ αὐτό. 
of God was ἥροῃ him. 
41 Kai ἐπορεύοντο οἱ. γονεῖς. αὐτοῦ Kar ἔτος εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ 
And 7 went *his *parents yearly to Jerusalem 
τῇ ἑορτῇ τοῦ πάσχα. 42 καὶ ὅτε ἐγένετο ἐτῶν δώδεκα, 
atthe feast of the passover. And when he was “years [3014] ‘twelve, 
αἀναβάντων"' αὐτῶν Τείς Ἱεροσόλυμα! κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς 
Shaving ὅσοπο “up “they to erusalem according to the custom of the 
ἑορτῆς, 43 καὶ τελειωσάντων τὰς ἡμέρας, ἐν τῷ ὑποστρέφειν 
as “returned 


fea-t, . and havingeompleted the days, 
αὐτοὺς ὑπέμεινεν "Ιησοῦς! ὁ παῖς ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ 
1they ‘remained “behind “Jesus “the “child in Jerusalem, and 


ἑούκ.ἔγνω ᾿Ιωσὴφ καὶ ἡ-μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ Ἱ 44 νοµίσαντες δὲ αὐτὸν 
5knew [510] ποὺ *Joseph?and “his *mother; but supposing him 
έν τῇ συνοδίᾳ εἶναι ἦλθον ἡμέρας ὁδόν, καὶ ἀνεζήτουν 
in the company tobe they went aday’s journey, and  svught. 
αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς συγγενέσιν καὶ “ἐν! τυῖς γνωστοῖς' 45 καὶ 
him among the relations and among the acquaintances: and 
e ‘ ε , /΄ ~ 
μὴ εὑρόντες "αὐτὸν ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, Σζητοῦντες! 
not havingfound him they returned to Jerusalem, seeking 
αὐτόν. 46 Καὶ ἐγένετο μεθ” ἡμέρας τρεῖς εὗρον αὐτὸν ἐν 
him, Anditcametopass after “days ‘three theyfound him in 
~ ~ 3 , ? ~ eA ‘ ΄ 
τῷ ἱερῷ, καθεζόμενον ἐν μέσῳ τῶν διδασκάλων, καὶ ἀκού- 
the temple, sitting in [the] midst of the teachers, both hear- 
οντα αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπερωτῶντα αὐτούς. 47 ἐξίσταντο.δὲ πάντες 


ing them and questioning them, And *were “amazed [411 
ε ? 7, ee} ~ 3 Δ ~ ‘ ~ / 
οἱ ἀκούοντες αυτυυ επι TH συνέσει καιταις ἀποκρίσεσιν 
"those “hearing/ ‘*him at fhi-) understanding and “answers 


αὐτοῦ. 48 Kai ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ἐξεπλάγησαν' καὶ “πρὸς αὐτὸν 
this, And seeing him they wereastonished: and to’ him 
ἡ.μήτηρ-αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, Τέκνον, τί ἐποίησας ἡμῖν οὕτως; 
his mother said, Child, = why hast thou dene tous thus? 
6 ἕως up to Lrtra, 4 — ἀπὸ (read left not) TTra. ε αὐτὴ W; 
θεὼ (read to God) trtra. 8 — ἐν (read 
i—7aT. Κ ἐπέστρεψαν τ. 1--- τὴν LTTrA, ™ ἑαυτῶν 
°— πνεύματι 1ΤΊΤΑ. Ρ σοφίᾳ ττΑ. 4 ἀναβαινόντων going 
5 ΕἸησοῦς] A. οὐκ ἔγνωσαν οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ his 
οὖ εἶναι ἐν τῇ συνοδίᾳ LtTrA. ὃ —éyGLTTrAW. 5 -- αὐτόν 
7 ἀναζητοῦντες LTTrA, 5 μετὰ TTA, 5 εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν 


κ... St 


Ῥεύθεῖαν,! 


ΠΠ. νοκ ΕἸ 


an κ « / 2058 7a ΄ 3 ~ / ‘ 
(00V, ὁ.πατηρ.σου κάγω ὀδυνώμενοι ἐζητοῦμεν σε. 49 Καὶ 
vehold, thy father and I distressed were seeking thee. And 
εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ti OTL ἐζητεῖτέ µε; οὐκ.ῄδειτε ὅτι 
4esaid to them, . Why [isit]that ye were seeking me? knew ye not that 
ἐν τοῖς τοῦ. τατρός.µου δεῖ εἶναί µε; ὅθ Καὶ αὐτοὶ 
m ᾖὉπς[οβαῖΙτ] οἱ my Father it behoves 7to *be ?7me? And they 
? ~ A tn τὰ 2 [4 ? ~ κ ’ 
οὐ συνῆκαν τὸ ρῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς. 51 Καὶ κατεβη 
understood not the word which hespoke tothem. And he went down 
per αὐτῶν καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς "NaZapér'" καὶ ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος 
with them and came ἴο Nazareth, and he was subject 
αὐτοῖς. καὶ ἡ .μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ διετήρει “πάντα τὰ ῥήματα" “ταῦτα! 
tothem. And his mother kept ali these things 
ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ.αὐτῆς. 52 καὶ Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν “ 'σοφίᾳ καὶ 
in. her heart. And Jesus advanced in wisdom and 
ἡλικίᾳ," καὶ χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ καὶ ἀνβρώποις. 
stature, and infavour with God and men. I” 
2 Ν \ / ~ a il ΄ , 
Ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἠγεμονίας Τιβερίου 
7In ‘year πουν [the] *fifteenth of the government of Tiberius 
Καίσαρος, ἡγεμονεύοντος ἨΠοντίου ΣΠιλάτου!ϊ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, 
Cesar, 3peing *governor Pontius “Pilate of Judea, 
καὶ Ἀτετραρχοῦντοβ! τῆς Γαλιλαίας Ἡβώδου, Φιλίππο».δὲ τοῦ 
and *being “tetrarch *of °Galilee *Herod, and Philip 
ἀδελφοῦ. αὐτοῦ "τετραρχοῦντος" τῆς Ἱτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνί- 
his brother being tetrarch of Iturza and of *T'racho- 
τιδος χώρας, καὶ Λυσανίου τῆς Αβιληνῆς "τετραρχοῦντος," 
uitis [‘the]*region, and Lysanias Sof*Abilene ‘being “tetrarch, 
2 tea’ ἀρχιερέων! "Αννα καὶ Καϊάφα," ἐγένετο ῥῆμα 
-in [the] high-priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas, | came [the] word 
θεοῦ ἐπὶ "Ιωάννην! τὸν ™rov' Ζαχαρίου υἱὸν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ" 
of God upon John the 308 Zacharias *son in the wilderness. 
3 καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς πᾶσαν "τὴν! περίχωρον τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου, 
Ίο And he went into all the country around the Jordan, 
κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν" 
proclaiming [the} baptism of repentance for remission of sins ; 
4 ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἡσαΐου τοῦ 
as ithasbeen written in [the] book οἱ [με] words of Hsaias the 
~ 7 ~ ? , 
προφήτου, “λέγοντος," Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 
prophet, saying, [The] voice ofonecrying in the wilderness, 
Ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου: εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους 
Prepare the way of [the] Lord; straight ‘make *paths 
αὐτοῦ. 5 πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, καὶ πᾶν Όρος καὶ 
Shis. Every ravine shallbefilledup, and every mountain and 


> 
βουνὸς ταπεινωθῆσεται" καὶ ἔσται τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς 
hill shall be madelow; and “shall *become ‘the *crooked [*places] into 


καὶ αἱ τραχεῖαι εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας' 6 καὶ ὄψεται 
rough into?ways ‘smooth; and “shall *see 


7 Ἔλεγεν οὖν 


a straight [path], and the 


πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ. τοῖς 


loll 6 "flesh ᾖἴπο salvation of God. He said therefore to the 
ἐκπορεύομένοις ὄχλοις βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ αὐτοῦ, Tevynpara 
“coming *out terowds to be baptized by him, Offspring 


re. , ~ ~ A ~ , 3 ~ ‘ 
ἐχιδνῶν, τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης OPyi}¢ ; 
οὗ vipeis, who forewarned you  tofiee from the coming wrath? 


155 


behold, thy father and 
I have sought thee sor- 
rowing. 49 Andhesaid 
unto them, How is it 
that ye sought me? 
wist ye not ‘that I 
must be about my Fa- 
ther’s business? 50 And 
they understood not 
she saying which he 
spake unto them. 
51 And he went down 
with them, and came 
to Nazareth, and was 
subject unto them: 
but his mother kept 
all these sayings in 
her heart. 52 And Je- 
sus increased in wis- 
dom and stature, and 
in favour with God 
and man. 


III. Now in the fif- 
teenth year of the 
reign of Tiberius Cz- 
sar, Pontius Pilate 
being governor of Ju- 
dea, and Herod being 
tetrarch of Galilee, 
and his brother Philip 
tetrarch of Iturea and 
of the region of Tra- 
chonitis, and Lysanias 
the tetrarch of Abi- 
lene, 2 Annas and Cai- 
aphas being the high 
priests, the word -of 
God came unto John 
the son of Zacharias in 
the wilderness. 3 And 
he came into all the 
country about Jordan, 
preaching the baptism 
oi repentance for the 
remission of sins; 4 as 
it is written in the 
book of the words of 
Esaias the prophet, 
saying, The voice of 
one crying in the wil- 
derness, Prepare ye the 
way of the Lord, make 
his - paths straight. 
5 Every valley shall be 
filled, and every moun- 
tain and hill shall be 
brought low ; and the 
crooked shall be made 
straight, andtherough 
ways. shall be made 
smooth ; 6 andall flesh 
shall see the salvation 
of God. 7 Then said he 
to the multitude that 
came forth to be bap- 
tized of him, O gene- 
ration of vipers, who 
hath warned you to 
flee from the -wrath to 
come? 8 Bring forth 
therefore fruits wor- 
thy of repentance, and 
begin not tosay within 
yourselves, We have 
Abraham to our fa- 


See ee 


ο τὰ ῥήματα πάντα L. 
(wisdom) :r. f ἡλικίᾳ καὶ σοφίᾳ τ. 8 Πειλάτου T. 
ἀρχιερέως GLTTrAW. * Καΐφα L. 1 Ἰωάνην Tr. 

every country around) µη, = © = λέγοντος LTTraA, 


Ὁ Ναζαρέθ TTraw. 


d .... ταῦτα these [L]T{a]. 
h τετρααρχοῦντος T. 
5 — τοῦ GLTTrAW. 

P εὐθείας straight [paths] Litra, 


e+ ἐν τῇ in 
: ἐπὶ 
Ὁ .-- την (read 


156 


ther: for I say unto 
you, That God is able 
of these stones to raise 
upchildren unto Abra- 
ham. 9 And now also 
the axe is laid unto 
the root of the trees: 
every tree therefore 
which bringeth not 
forth good fruit is 
hewn down, and cast 
into the fire. 10 And 
the people asked him, 
saying, What shall we 
do then? 11 He an- 
swereth and saith unto 
them, He that hath 
two coats, let him im- 
part to him that hath 
none; and hethat hath 
meat, let him do like- 
wise. 12 Then came 
also publicans to be 
baptized, and said unto 
him, Master, what 
shall we do? 13 And 
he said unto them, 
Exact no more than 
that which is appoint- 
ed you. 14 And the 
soldiers likewise de- 
manded of him, say- 
ing, And what shall 
we do? And he said 
untothem, Do violence 
to no man, neither ac- 
cuse any falsely ; and 
be content with your 
wages. 


15 And as the people 
were in expectation, 
and all men mused in 
their hearts of John, 
whether he were the 
Christ, or not ; 16 John 
answered, saying unto 
them all, I indeed bap- 
tize you with water; 
but one mightier than 
I cometh, the latchet 
of whuse shoes I am 
not worthy to unloose: 
he shall baptize you 
with the Holy Ghost 
and with fire : 17 whose 
fan is in his hand, and 
he will throughly 
purge his floor, and 
will gather the wheat 
into his garner; but 
the chaff he will burn 
with fire unquench- 
able. 18 And many 
other things in his ex- 
hortation preached he 
unto the people. 19 But 
Herod the tetrarch, 
being reproved by him 
for Herodias his bro- 
ther Philip’s wife, and 
for all {πο evils 
which Herod had done, 
20 added yet this above 
all, that‘ he shut up 
Jobn in prison. 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ, ἘΠῚ 


8 ποιήσατε οὖν καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας" καὶ μὴ 
᾿ Prodace therefure fruits worthy of repentance; and ?not 
» , ? € ~ μ » A ? ft eka 
ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν “ἑαυτοῖς. Πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν ᾿Αβραάμ 
ipegin tosay in yourselves, [*For] *father *we *have 3Abraham, 
λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι δύναται ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν.λίθων τούτων 
for I say toyou, that “is 8016 1God from, these stones - 
> 2 , rena ea 7 ” δι κε doer 4 \ 
ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Αβραάμ. 9 ἤδη.δὲ καὶ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν 
to raise up children: to Abraham. Butalready alsothe axe to the 
ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται πᾶν οὖν δένδῥον μὴ ποιοῦν 
root ofthe’ trees isapplied:7every*therefore tree ποῦ producing 
καρπὸν καλὸν" ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται. 10 Καὶ 
“fruit 1g00d iscut down and into [the] fire is cast. And 
¢ , 
ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ ὄχλοι, λέγοντες, Τί οὖν "ποιήσομεν" ; 
3αβκοᾶ *him the?crowds, saying, What then shall we do? 
11 ᾽Αποκριθεὶς δὲ λέγει! αὐτοῖς, ‘O ἔχων δύο χιτῶνας µετα- 
And answering hesays tothem, Hethat has two tunics let him 
δότω τῷ µμὴ.ἔχοντι καὶ ὁ ἔχων βρώματα ὁμοίως 
impart tohimthat has not; and hethat has victuals ‘likewise 
ποιείτω. 12 Ἦλθον.δὲ καὶ τελῶναι βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ 
et *him *do. And*came “also *tax-gatherers to be baptized, and 
‘elroy πρὸς αὐτόν, Διδάσκαλε, τί "ποιήσομεν" : 13 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν 
they said to him, Teacher, what shall we do? Andhe said 
πρὸς αὐτούς, Μηδὲν πλέον παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον 
to them, 7Nothing *more “beyond *that®which 715 *appointed 
ὑμῖν πράσσετε. 14 Ἐπηρώτων. δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ στρατευόμενοι, 
Sto you ‘exact. And asked him alsothose who weresoldiers, 


λέγοντες, "Kai ἡμεῖς τί ποιήσομεν"; Kai εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς," 
And hesaid to them, 


saying, And we what shall we do? 
δε , y δὲ Π is UJ ‘ ? ~ ~ 

Μηδένα διασείσητε ὑμηδὲ" 'συκοφαντήσητε, καὶ, ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς 
3Νο-οπο ‘oppress nor accuse falsely, and be satisfied 

ὀψωνίοις ὑμῶν. 
with your wages. 

15 Προσδοκῶντος.δὲ «τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ διαλογιζοµένων πάν- 
But as*were*in °expectation'the *people, and were “reasoning tall 
των ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν περὶ τοῦ Iwavvov," μήποτε 
in their hearts ‘concerning Jobn, whether or not 
αὐτὸς εἴη ὁ Χριστός, 16 ἀπεκρίνατο *0 Ἰωάννης ἅπασιν, 
_he mightbethe Christ, “answered 1John all, 
, ? ‘ 4 e . / ~ 

λέγων," Ἐγὼ μὲν ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶςὃ' ἔρχεται-δὲ ὁ 
saying, 1 indeed with water baptize you, but he comes who[is] 
2 [ή , = κ᾿ ~ A ~ 

ἰσχυρότερός µου, οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν 

mightier than I, of whom I am not fit toloose the thong 

« ’ ? ~ Pon ~ / ~ 

ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ" αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν πνεύματι 

of his sandals ; he you ‘will "baptize with[the] Spirit 

ε ΄ \ / ς - ~ ~ 

ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί: 17 οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ, 

Holy and with fire; of whom the winnowing fan[is] in his hand, 

“καὶ διακαθαριεῖ! τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ, Καὶ συνάξει! τὸν 
and he will thoroughly purge his floor, and willgather the 
~ 2 A ? / ~ A - 

σῖτον εἰς τὴν.ἀποθήκην.αὐτοῦ, τὸ. δὲ ἄχυρον ᾿κατακαύσει 

wheat into his granary, but the chaff he will burn 

‘ 2 , ~ 
πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ. 18 Πολλὰ μὲν.οὖν καὶ ἕτερα παρακαλῶν 
with fire unquenchable. *Many “therefore and otherthings exhorting 





τ [καλὸν] L. 
στης, 
LTrA. 
"Iwavrns 1. b 


_* ποιήσωμεν Should we do Lrtraw. 
ἡ τί ποιήσομεν (ποιήσωμεν Should we do TAW) καὶ ἡμεῖς LTTrA. 
Υ μηδένα NO one T, 


8 + εἰς μετάνοιαν to repentance 
ἃ σνναγαγεῖν to gather Τὶ 


v ς 
εἶπαν 

ἂν = αὐτοῖς to them 

Σο ‘Iwavys ἅπασιν λέγων Tr; λέγων πᾶσιν ὃ 


le ὁ διακαθᾶραι to thoroughly purge 1, 


t ἔλεγεν he said LITra. 


ας 
- “Iwavov Tr. 


ΠῚ. LUKE. 


τὸν λαόν. 19 Ὁ δὲ Ἡρώδης ὁ ἔτε- 
But Herod the te- 


εὐηγγελίζετο 


he announced the glad tjdings to the peopie. 


τράρχης" ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρωδιάδος τῆς 
trarch being reproved by hint concerning Herodias the 


η fp λί il αν x ~ sa ~ Seek \ , 
γυναικος tALTT TOU του.αςξ/ ῴου.αυτου, και περι παντων 


wife of Philip his brether, and concerning all 
ὦν ἐποίησεν «πονηρῶν ὁ Ἠοώδης, 20 προσέθηκεν καὶ" 
Swhich ‘had δίομπο ['the] “evils *Herod, added also 
τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν "καὶ! κατέκλεισε» τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην" ἐν τῇ! 
this | to all that he shut up John - in the 
φυλακῇ. 
prison. 


21 ᾿Ἐγἐνετο.δὲ ἐν.τῷ βαπτισθῆναι ἅπαντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ 

ἢ rf p-P ᾽ 

Now it came to pass *having *been ®baptized Jali “the “people, and 

Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος: καὶ προσευχομένου, ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν 
Jesus having been baptized and praying, “was *opened “the 
οὐρανόν, 22 καὶ καταβῆναι TO πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον σωματικῷ 
“heaven, - and descended the Spirit the Holy ina bodily 
εἴδει Ἰσεὶ' περιστερὰν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, καὶ φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 
form as a dove upon him, and avoice out of heaven 
γενέσθαι, "'λέγουσαν,! Σὺ εἴ ὁ.υἱός-µου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν σοὶ 

cane, saying, Thou art mySon the beloved, in thee 

πῃηὐδόκησα." 
Ihave found delight. 

23: Καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν °6" ᾿Ιησοῦς Ρὼσεὶ ἐτῶν. τριάκοντα 

And “himself *was 1Jesus ‘about *years[*°old] thirty 
ἀρχόμενος." αὤν, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, υἱὸς! Ἰωσήφ, τοῦ: Ἠλί,! 
*beginning [Sto 5061, being, as was supposed, son of Joseph, of Eli, 
24 τοῦ "Ματθάτ," τοῦ ‘Aevi," τοῦ "Μελχι,' τοῦ "Ἱαννάνὶ τοῦ 
of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Janna, 
~ ΄ ~ ΄ ~ , ~ 
Ἰωσήφ, 25 τοῦ "Ματταθίου," τοῦ Αμώς, τοῦ Ναούμ. τοῦ Eoni," 
of Joseph, of Maitathias, of Amos, of Naoum, ΟΕ Esli, 
τοῦ Ναγγαί, 26 τοῦ Μαάθ, τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ *Zepei," τοῦ 
of Naggai, of Maath, of Mattathias, of Semei, 

*Twond," τοῦ Ῥ᾽ Ἰούδα," 27 τοῦ “Τωαννᾶ," τοῦ Ῥησά, τοῦ Ζορο- 
of Joseph, of Juda, of Joannes, of Rhesa, of Zoro- 
βάβελ, τοῦ Σαλαθιήλ, τοῦ 4Nnpi," 28 τοῦ "Medryi,! rove Addi," 
babel of Salathiel, of Neri, of Melchi; of Addi, 


τοῦ Κωσάμ, τοῦ ™ Ἑλμωοάμ,! τοῦ Hp, 29 τοῦ 85 Iwo," τοῦ Ἐλι- 


of Cosam, of Eimodam, of Er, of Joses, of Eli- 
éZep, τοῦ Ιωρείμ. τοῦ **MarOar," τοῦ ᾿ Λευΐ," 90 τοῦ Συμεών, 
ezer, of Joreim, of Matthat, of Levi, of Simeon, 


τοῦ Ἰούδα, τοῦ Ἰωσήφ, τοῦ ** way," τοῦ Ἑλιακ΄ίμ,91 τοῦ '*Me- 

of Juda, of Joseph, of Jonan, of Fliakim, of Me- 
dead," ™rov Maivay," τοῦ Ματταθά, τοῦ "Ναθάν," τοῦ 53Δα- 
leas, of Menna, of Mattatha, of Nathan, of Da- 


157 

21 Now when all the 
people were baptized, 
it came to puss, thut 
Jesus also being bap- 
tized, and vraying,.the 
heaven was opened, 
22 and the Holy Ghost 
descended in a bodily 
shape like a dove upon 
him, and a voice came 
from heaven, which 
said, Thou art my be- 
loved Son; in thee I 


. 4m well pleased. 


23 And: Jesus him- 
self began to be about 
ithirty years of: age, be- 
ing (as was supposeil) 
the son of Joseph, 
which was the son of 
Heli, 24 which was the 
son of Matthat, which 
was thé son of Levi, 


‘which was the son of 


Melchi, which was the 
son of Janna, which 
was the son,of Joseph, 
25 which was ihe son 
of Mattathias, which 
was the son of ‘Amoa, 
which was the son of 
Naum, which was the 
son of Esli, which was 
the son of Nagge, 
26 which was the son 
of Maath, which was 
the sor of Mattathias, 
which was the son of 
Semei, which was the 
son of Joseph, which 
was the son of Juda, 
27 which was the son 
of Joanna, which was 
theson of Rhesa, which 
was the son of Zoro- 
bahel, which was the 
son of Salathiel, which 
was the son of Neri, 
28 which was the son of 
Melchi, which was the 
son of Addi, which was 
the son of Cosam, which 


- was the son of Elmo- 


dam, which, was. the 
son of Er, 29 which 
was the son of Jose, 
which was the son of 
Eliezer, which was the 
son of Jorim, which 
was theson of Matthat, 
which was the son of 
Levi, 30 which was 
the son of Simeon, 
which was the son of 
Juda, which was the 
son of Joseph, which 
was the son of Jonan, 
which was the son of 





pid," 82 τοῦ Ἱεσσαί, τοῦ Ρ"Ωρήδ.," τοῦ BodZ," τοῦ" Σαλμών," Fliakim, 31 which was 
vid, of Jesse, of Obed, of Booz, of Salmon, thesonof Melea, which 
e Τετραάρχης τὶ ἐ- Φιλίππου (read of his) curtraw. 8 [kat] L. h — καὶ TA]. 


κ-- τῇ ΗΤΤΑ. ἰὼς trtra. 
Ρ ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα TTY. 
5 Μαθθάθτ:. t Λευεί ΤΊΤΑ. 

κ Μαθθαθίου Tr. Υ Ἔσλεί ΤΤτΑ.  δεμεείν ΤΤΙΑ. 

ο Ἰωανάν LTTrA. ἃ Νηρεί tra. “8 "Added τττα. 

LTTrA. ha ἸΜαθθάθτ; Μαθθάτ Tra. ia Λευεί TTrA. y 

wa τοῦ Μεννά [L]TTrA. na Ναθάμ T.- eo Δαυείδ LTTrA; Aavid GW. 

LiTra. «ἢ BoosLiTra, [ὃ Rada Τ. 


i Ἰωάνην Tr. ᾿ m — λέγουσαν LTTrA. 
9 --- ὁ ΤΊΓΑ. ; 
τ Ἡλεί τΊτΑ. 7 Μελχεί ττιΑ. 


2 "Two 


Josech ΤΤΙΑ 
fa Ἐλμαδάμ ΙΤΤΙΑ. 
ka ᾿Ἰωνάμ τῦτα.: 


π εὐδόκησα LTTrA. 


ᾳ ὧν υἱὸς ὡς ἐνομίζετο LTTrA. 


- Ἰανναί LTTrA. 
Ὁ Ιωδά Ὑττὰ, 
85 Ἰησοῦ Jesus 
la ελεά Τττ. 
ρα Ἰωβήδ Jobed 


158 

was the son of Monan, 
which was the son of 
Mattatha, which was 
the son of Nathan, 
which was the son of 
David, 32 which was 
the son of Jesse, which 
was the son of Obed, 
which was ‘he son of 
Booz, which was tie 
son of Salmon, which 
was ihesonof Naasson, 
33 which was ile sor 
of Aminadab, which 
was the son of Aram, 
which was the son of 
Esrom, which was the 
son of Phares, which 
was the son of Juda, 
34 which was the son of 
Jacob, which was the 
son of Isaac, which was 
the. son of Abraham, 
which was the son of 
Thara, which was the 
son of Nachor, 35 which 
was the son of Saruch, 
which was the son otf 
Ragau, which was the 
son of Phalec, which 
was the son ot Heber. 
which was the son of 
Sala, 36 which was the 
son of Cainan, which 
was theson of Arphax- 
ad, which wa; the son 
of Sem, which was tie 
son of Noe, which was 
the son of Lamech, 
37 which was the son of 
Mathusala, which was 
the son of Enoch, which 
wa..the son oi Jared, 
which was the son of 
Maleleel, which was 
the son of Cainan, 
33 which was tie son of 
Enos, which was the 
son of Seth, which was 
the son of Adam, which 
was the son of God. 


IV. And Jesus being 
full of the Holy Ghost 
returned from Jordan, 
and was led by the 
Spirit into the wilder- 
ness, 2 being forty days 
tempted of the devil. 
And in those days he 
did eat nothing: and 
when they wereended, 
he afterward hunger- 
ed. 3 And the devil 
said unto him, If thou 
be the Son of God, com- 
mand this stone that 
it be made bread. 
4 And Jesus answered 
him, saying, It is writ- 
ten; That man shall 
not live by bread alone, 
but by every word of 


5᾽Αμειναδάβ A. 
GLTTraAw. 


56 εἶπεν δὲ LTTrA. 
ῥήματι θεοῦ τ[τε]α» 
nay LTrA. 
εἶπεν αὐτῷ T. 


«κ"Ἔβερ Tr. 
© πλήρης πνεύμ. ἁγίου LTTrA. 
h πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ ἴησους LTTrA. 


© ἐμοῦ LTTrAW. 
i : * ---Όπαγε ὀπίσω µου, σατανᾶ G[L]TTrA, 
τον θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις 11τ.΄’ 


Αθ Πες. III, IV. 


- δὰ Bae Shoah w 43 ieee go ; 
τοῦ Ναασσών, 33 τοῦ ᾿Αμιναδάβ," τοῦ 'Αράμ, τοῦ "Εσρώμι! 
of Naasson, of Aminadab, of Aram, of Msrom, 
~ ~ © ~ . ΄ ~? / ~? ΄ 
τοῦ Φαρές, τοῦ Ἰούδα, 84 τοῦ Ἰακώβ, τοῦ Ἴσαάκ, τοῦ Αῤραάμ, 
of Phares, of Juda, of Jacob, ‘of Isaac, of Abraham, 
~ / ~ ΄ » ~ 2 - ς ~ ~ t 
τοῦ θόρα,τοῦ Ναχώρ, 85 τοῦ "Σαρούχ, τοῦ Ῥαγαῦ, τοῦ Φαλεκ, 
of Τοταλι, of Nachor, of Saruch, of Ragau, of Phalek, 
me lh. , ~ - ο ~? - 
τοῦ : Εβερ.ὶ τοῦ Σαλά, 86 τοῦ ΥΚαϊνάν," τοῦ Αρφαξάδ, τοῦ 
of Eber, of Sala, of Cainan, of Arphaxad, 
, Te, ~ : - , ~w ? 
Σήμ, τοῦ Νῶε, τοῦ Λάμεχ, 87 τοῦ Μαθουσάλα, τοῦ Evwy, 


of Sem, of Noe, of Lamech, of Mathusala, of Enoch, 
τοῦ τἸαρέδ,! τοῦ "Μαλελεήλ," τοῦ 'Kaivay," 38 τοῦ Evwe, 
of Jared, of ΔΙᾺ [6166], of Cainan, ot Enos, 
τοῦ Σήθ. τοῦ Adam, τοῦ θεοῦ. 
of Seth, of Adam, of God. 
4 ᾿Ιησοῦς δὲ «πνεύματος ἁγίου πλήρης" ὑπέστρεψεν ἀπὸ 
And Jesus, of [πε] *Spirit *Holy full, returned from 
τοῦ Ἰορδάνου" καὶ ἤγετο ἐν τῷ πνεύματι δεἰς τὴν ἔρημον", 
the Jordan, and wasled by the Spirit into the wilderness 


2 ἡμέρας “τεσσαράκοντα,! πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου" 
“days ‘forty, being tempted by the deyil ; 

καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν ἐν ταῖς-ἡμέραις.ἐκείναις, καὶ συντέλεσ- 

and heate nothing in those days, and “being 


Aisi 2 ἔτι μι Σοκ 3 εκαὶ εἶπενι αὐτῷ. ee 
εισῶν αὐτῶν 'ὑστερον" ἐπείνασεν. καὶ εἶπεν" αὐτῳ ὦ 


‘ended Ithey afterwards he hungered. And #said “το ‘him ‘the 

a ’ +? εν 5 - ~ > ‘ ~ αλ / er , 

διάβολος, Et vicg εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ," εἰπὲ τῷ-λίθῳ.τούτῳ ἵνα 
“devil, If Son thou art of God, speak © to this stone that 


[ή » ‘ ? Ὁ “ i 
γένηται ἄρτος. 4 Kai ἀπεκρίθη " Τησοῦς πρὸς αὐτόν," 'λέγων," 
it become bread. And ?azswered ‘Jesus to him, saying, 

, ” ’ », 

Γέγραπται, Ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ μύνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος, 
It has bcen written, That-not on bread alone | shall 2live Iman, 

> . ΄ ~ | r a ΄ τν ‘ 
Κάλλ᾽ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι θεοῦ." 5 Καὶ ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν ἰὸ 


but ΄ on every word of God. And ‘leading®up ‘him ‘tha 
διάβολος! εί ὄρος ὑψηλὸν! ἔδειξεν αὐτῷ πάσας τὰς βασι- 
“devil intoa*mountain thigh shewed him all the - king: 


/ ~ ? [ή - εἰ - 4 στ ~ 
λείας τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐν στιγμῇ xpdvou' 6 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ 
doms of the habitabie world in amoment of time. And “said “to *him 

« oi , η te ΄ 
ὁ διάβολος, Σοὶ δώσω τὴν.ἐξουσίαν.ταύτην ἅπασαν καὶ 


‘the ?devil, To thee will I give *this °authority tall and 
\ ο ? oo ν \ ἃ ν = 
τὴν. δόξαν αὐτῶν' ὅτι ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται, καὶ wav" θέλω 


their glory : for to me it has been delivered, and to whomsoever I wish 


/ . ΄ \ 1 ΄ 
δίδωμι αὐτήν' 7 σὺ οὖν ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιόν "μου! 
I give it. Thou therefore if thou wilt worship before nie, 

” ΄, ες, ‘ as ~ 
ἔσται σου. παντα. ὃ Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς," 
shall *be *thine 121] "things. And answering him “said *Jesus, 

το ? ΄ ο 
Ύπαγε ὀπίσω µου, σατανᾶ" γέγραπται. "γάρ," ἵΠροσκυνή- 
Get thee behind me, Satan ; for it has been written, Thou shalt wors 
, 2 A , ‘ ~ “a 
σεις κύριο» τὸν. θεόν. σου, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. 
ship [the] Lord thy Goa, and him only shalt thou serve. 
va να αν ᾽ Η ‘ 
9 "Καὶ ἤγαγεν! αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ ἔστησεν “abroy'! 
And ο ]εᾶ him to Jerusalem, and set him 
t Αδμείν, TOU ᾿Αρνεί of Admin, of Arni, ΤΑ.  Ὁὗ ἨσρώνΕε, * Σερούχ 
y a Ta. 5 Ἱάρεθ L; Ἱάρετι. 8 Μελελεήλ τ. ὃ Καϊνάμ τ. 
“ev τῇ ἐρήμῳ ΤΤΤΤΑ, ὁἑτεσσεράκοντα ΤΊτΑ. ἴ-- ὕστερον ΗΤΤΑ. 
νου 1 — λέγων ΤΤτΑ, Κ--- ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ παντὶ 
— ὃ διάβολος (read he shewed) Tira. ™ — εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν [τι]ττια. 
Ρ πᾶσα allGLITraw. 4[6] A; εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς L; ὁ Ἰησοῦς 
sa — yap for GLTTraw. ‘* κύριον 


va ἤγαγεν O@TTrA, δ — αὐτὸν (read [him)) τί τν]. 


1Υ. LUKE. 159 


, - ; » 2 ee Mee pane ; . δέτε 
ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Εἰ τὸ" υἱὸς ef Cee βρες 
Θ᾽ 


upon the edge of the temple, and ae to him, If the Son thou art high mountain,shewed 
~ ~ . , Η͂ 2 ~ , , ὃς : 
τοῦ Geov, βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω. 10 γεγραπται γάρ, ynto him all the kking- 
: of Bed, rae ney ων η ‘down ; for it es been ο.” προ δν of time. 
Οτι τοῖς. ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ δια- ig deve oat 
ἣν ὲ ο. φας nto hi is 
That ; to his angels x iS doe give ghartze pee thee, to power will I pirate, 
φυλάξαι σε" 11 καὶ ὅτι ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσιν σε, μήποτε andthe glory of them: 
keep thee ; and that in [their] hands shallthey bear thee, lest for that is delivered 
ν᾿ Ν ; aes i wae τος. unto me; απᾶ {ο whom- 
προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν.πόδα.σου. 12 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν soever Iwill I give it. 
thou strike against a stone thy fcot. And answering “said ae ne η 
~ ~ ; , ΄ 5 
αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὅτι εἴρηται, Οὐκ. ἐκπειράσεις κύριον be thine, 8 Απὰ Jesus 
*to*him ‘Jesus, It has been said, Thou shalt not tempt [the] Lord ®0Swered and said un~- 


‘ , ᾿ ἢ , ς ες to him, Get thee be- 
τὸν.θεὀν.σου. 19 Καὶ συντελέσας πάντα πειρασμὸν ὁ διά- hindmé, Satan: for it 


thy God. And having finished every temptation the de- is written, Thou shalt 
ΡΟΗ 925, gi ος ~ worship the Lord thy 

Bodog ἀπέστη ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἄχρι.καιροῦ. God, and him only 
vil departed from him for a time. shalt thouserve. 9 And 


ΑΝ ε2 ο αμ , = , he brought him {ο Je- 
14 Kai ὑπέστρεψεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ πνεύματος rusalem, and set hiva 
And “returned 1fesus in the power ofthe Spirit on erp a of the 

> ͵ . ΄ ~ » ιοὴ ~ .  temple,and said unto 
εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν: καὶ φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθ᾽ ὅλης τῆς περὶ- him Tfthou betheson 
to Galilee ; and arumour wentout into “whole ‘the country of God, cast thyself 


Η Η ns A NZ ἢ as down from hence: 
χώρου περὶ αὐτοῦ. 15 καὶ αὐτὸς ἐδίδασκεν ἐν ταῖς'συν- jo sorit ia writken. He 


around concerning him. and he taught in *syn- shall give his angels 
ο 4 > ‘oe ᾿ ε ΄ νὰν ᾽ h 7 

ἀγωγαῖς αὐτῶν, δοξαζόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων. 16 καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς Freres, Over thee, to 

augogues ‘their, being glorified by all, And hecame to their hands they shall 

we ος ο ee oe eg Se ἦν \ bear thee up, lest at 

στην’, Ναζαρέτ, ov ἣν τεθραμμένος καὶ εἰσῆλθεν κατα any time thou dash thy 

Nazareth, where hewas, brought up; and heenteredaccording to foot against a stone. 

? ~ ~~ ¢ / -Ὁ / ση. πιὰ ,ὔ ἫΝ 

τὺ εἰωθὸς αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων εἰς τὴν συναγωγήν, Plaga ο i α 

his cnstom onthe day ofthe sabbaths into ae synagogue, 15 said, Thou shalt not 

> ~ ries ? ’ ? , ΄ ᾿ . 

καὶ ἀνέστη ἀναγνῶναι. 17 κὰὶ ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον tempt the Lord thy 

and stood up to read. And ‘there was given tohim([the] book devil had ended all-the 

“Hoaiov: τοῦ προφήτου," καὶ “ἀναπτύξας" τὸ βιβλίον εὗρεν eee κὰν τς 

of Hsaias the prophet, and having unrolled the book he found DEAR zn 
x / πε 5 Ls 7) 9 

ἀτὸνὶ τόπον οὗ ην γεγθαμμενον; 18 Πνεῦμα κυριου i 14 And Jesusreturn- 

the place where it was written, [The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] ed in the power of the 

«πώ : τ 3 : : ee ee 

ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ, οὗ. “ἕνεκεν .. ἔχρισέν" pe. - δεὐαγγελίζεσθαι! _—_ Spirit, into’ Galilee : 


upon me, on account of which he anointed me to announce the glad tidings fame of him through 


? , ; χὰ ‘ / ἘΠῚ 
πτωχοῖς, ἀπέσταλκεν µε, ξἰάσασθαι τοὺς. συντετριμμένους τονε, ο ο, 


to[the] poor, he has sent me to heal the broken taught in their syna- 
/ 2 ’ bag ‘ ~ = ae = 

τὴν καρδίαν, κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς οτι Bote lone 

in heart, to proclaim to captives οκ was to [the] ρα κε Nawareth: Dench 
ἀνάβλεψιν, ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει" 19 κηρύ- πο εν ο 
recovery of sight, to send forth [the] όλη in deliverance, to BES: “was, Har went tee the 
Eau ἐνιαυτὸν κυρίου δεκτόν. 20 Καὶ πτύξας τὸ synagogue on the sab- 

ing , and sto 

claim [the] *year Sof [6] μα πο μόμίη μα haying μα up the ey eae a. 17 and 
βιβλίον, ἀποδοὺς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ ἐκάθισεν, καὶ πάντων there was delivered 


book, having delivered [it] to the attendant hesatdown, and 308 “all ey Ghee pen τῷ 
bey τῇ συναγωγῇ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἦσαν" ἀτενίζοντες αὐτῷ. And ne ype, had 
: zal 1 2 a him, opene e Wook, he 
= aR ἘΥΕΒΕΌΒΤΗΙ πὰ ᾿ να , ἀνέρος , σα , η found the place where 
21 "Ἠρξατο.δὲ λέγειν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ότι σήμερον πεπλήρωται it was written, 18 The 
And he began tosay to them, To-day is fulfilled Spirit of the Lord is 

Re er γ a5 ο ρα 4 , ’ , upon me, because he 
ἡ.γραφὴ.αὕτη ἐν τοῖς .ὡσὶν ὑμῶν. 22 Kai πάντες ἐμαρτύρουν hath anointed me to 








this scripture in your ears. And all bore witness preach the gospel to 
x — 6 GLTTrAW. Υ — την LTTrA. t Ναδαρέθ w ; Ναζαρά Nazara 7. 5 ἄνατεθραμ- 
μένος Τ. b τοῦ προφήτου Ἡσαΐου LTTrA. ¢ ἀνοίξας having opened trr. ἃ — τὸν τ΄ 
ε εἵνεκεν CLTTrAW. ΄Εεὐαγγελίσασθαι GLTTrAW. Ε --- ἰάσασθαι τοὺό συντετριμμένους 


τὴν καρδίαν Ο[1 [1τΑ. Β ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ 1; οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν τῇ συύαγωγῇ 
ἦσαν Tira, 


100 


the poor ; he hath sent 
me to heal the broken- 
hearted, to preach de- 
liverance to the cap- 
tives, and recovering 
of sight to the blind, 
το set at liberty thein 
that are bruixed, 19 to 
preach the acceptable 
ear of the Lord. 
20 And he closed the 
book, and he. gave τέ 
again to the minister, 
andsatdown. Andthe 
eyes of all them that 
were in the synagogue 
were fastened on him. 
21 And he began to say 
unto them, ‘This day is 
this scripture fulfilled 
in your ears, 22 And 
ali bure him witness, 
and wondered at the 
gracious words which 
proceeded out of his 
mouth, And they said, 
Is not this Joseph’s 
son? 23 And he said 
unto them, Ye will 
surely say unto me 
this proverb, Phy- 
sician, heal thyself: 
whatsoever we have 
heard done in Caper- 
naum, do also here in 
thy country. 24 And he 
said, Verily I say unto 
you, No prophet is 
accepted in his own 
country. 25 But I tell 
you of a truth, many 
widows were in Israel 
in the days of Elias, 
when the heaven was 
shut up three years 
and six months, when 
great famine was 
throughout all the 
land; 26 but unto 
none of them was Elias 
sent, save unto Sa- 
repta, a city of Sidon, 


unto,a woman that. 


wasa widow. 27 And 
many lepers were in 
Israel in the time of 
Eliseus the prophet ; 
and none of them was 
cleansed, saving Na- 
aman the Syrian. 
28 And all they in the 
synagogue, when they 
héard these things, 
were filled with wrath, 
29 and rose up, and 
thrust him out of the 
city, and led him unto 
the brow of the hill 
whercon their city was 
built, that they might 
cast him down head- 
long. 30 But he pass- 
ing through the midst 
of them went his way, 


$1 And came down 





i οὐχὶ LTTra, 


® Καφαρναούμ LTTrAW. 
κ t Ῥάρεφθα ΥΥ. ᾿ 
LT) τοῦ προφήτου LItTra. 


8 Ἡ λείας τ. 


αντων Tira, 


® ὥστε SO aS GLTTrA.. 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. IV. 
5 ~ 4 7 3 ᾿ ~ ο. ΕΒ , ‘a 
αὐτῷ, καὶ ἐθ. ύμιαζον ἐπὶ τοῖς λογὸις τῆς χαριτος τοις ἐκπορευο- 
tohim, and woudered at the words of grace which pro- 
, ? “ , ? ~ , 5 3 1 
μένοις ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔλεγον, ᾿Οὐχ' “οὗτός ἐστιν 
eeeded ουίοξ his mouth ; and they said, *Not 3this lis 
15! vide Ιωσήφ": 23 Kai εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Πάντως ἐρεῖτέ 
the of Joseph? And he said _ to them, Surely ye will say 
‘ , ‘ / ) [ή ,- 
μοι τὴν.παραβολὴν’ ταύτην,’ Ἱατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν" 
to me this parable, Physician, heal thyself ; 
ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα ἐν τῇ! "Καπερναούμ," ποίησον 
in Capernaum, do 


son 


ύσα 
whatsoever wehaveheard being done 
καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ.πατρίδισου. 24 Himev.cé, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ἡμῖν, ὅτι 
also here in thine [own] country. But he said,. Verily Isay to-you, that 
οὐδεὶς προφήτης δεκτός ἐστιν ἐν τῇ.-πατρίδι αὐτοῦ." 25 ἐπ᾽ 

no prophet acceptable is in his [own] country. *In 
ix θ δὲ λέ € ~ p ΝΑ \ ~ ἥν 3 - «ε la 
ἀληθειας.δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, Ῥ πολλαὶ χῆραι ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις 


*but truth Isay to you, many. Widows were in the . days 
αἩλίουϊ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ, ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς τἐπὶ" ἔτη 
of Elias in Israel, when *was *shut °up*the “heaven for *years 


τρία καὶ μῆνας ἕξ, ὡς ἐγένετο λιμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν 
1three απᾶ “months ‘six, when there wasa*famine ‘great upon 841 the 
γῆν, 26 καὶ πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη “Hriac! εἰ. μὴ εἰς 
land, and to none of them was sent Elias except to 
ἸΣάρεπτα" τῆς Σιδῶνος," πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν. 27 καὶ πολλοὶ 
Sarepta of Sidonia, to a*woman ‘widow, And wany 
λεπροὶ ἦσαν “ἐπὶ ᾿Ἑλισσαίου τοῦ προφήτου ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ," 
lepers rere inthe time of Elisha the prophet in Israel, 
καὶ οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη εἰ. μὴ 3Νεεμὰν! ὁ Σύρος. 23 Kai 
and none ofthem wascleansed except Naaman the Syrian. And 


ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ, ἀκούοντες 
5were °filled tall ‘with *indignation in *the “synagogue, hearing 
ταῦτα. 29 καὶ ἀναστάντες ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 

these things ; and havingrisenup they cast. him out. of [the] 


πόλεως, καὶ ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἕως Στῆς' ὀφρύος τοῦ ὄρους ἐφ᾽ 
city, and led him unto the brow ofthe mountain upon 
οὗ ἡ.πόλις αὐτῶν ᾠκοδόμητο,! "εἰς τὸ" ΄ κατακρηµνίσαι 
which their city had been built, - for to throw *down “headlong 
αὐτόν' 90 αὐτὸς δὲ διελθὼν διὰ έσου αὐτῶν ἐπορεύετο 
*him ; but he passing through[the] midst ofthem went away. 
91 Καὶ κατῆλθεν εἰς "Karepvaotp' πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας" 
And he went down to Capernaum a city of Galilee, 
καὶ ἦν διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς σάββασιν. 82 καὶ ἐξεπλήσ- 
and was’ teaching them oon the sabbaths. And they were as- 


3 ~ ~ ~ ε - 
σοντο ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῃ. αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἦν ὁ-λόγος. αὐτοῦ, 


tonished at his teaching, for with authority was his word. 


33 Καὶ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου 
And in the synagogue was 8 man: having aspirit of a demon 
7. ᾿ 2 δ»: / ν΄ 

ἀκαθάρτου, καὶ ἀνέκραξεν μεγάλῃ, 94 ἑλέγων,! Ἔα, 
unclean ; loud, saying, Ah! 

φ κ ο αν ο ~ ~ 
τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ; ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς; 

what tous andtothee, Jesus, Nazarene? Artthoucome todestroy us? 

? a ς « ~ ~ ΠῚ , 

olda σε τίς΄ εἶ, ὁ ἅγιος τοῦ θεοῦ. 85 Kai ἐπετίμησεν 

I know thee who thou art, the Holy [One] of God. And #rebuked 


~ 


φωνῃ 


and he cried out. with a*voice 





vids ἐστιν ᾿Ιωσὴφ οὗτος ΤΑ. 1 [ὃ] Tr. 
ο ἑαυτοῦ τ. P + ὅτι that τ. 
¥ Σιδωνίας LTTrA. 
τ Ναιμὰν LTTrA. 


τω εἰς GLTr; εἰς τὴν ΤΑ, 
4 Ἠλείουτ. τ -- ἐπὶ 1174} 
5 ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ ἐπὶ ᾿Ελισαίου (Ἑλισαίου 
¥— τῆς (read a brow) GTTraw. 5 ᾠκοδόμητο 
> Καφαρναοὺμ LTTrAW. 6 --α λέγων Τε], ὁ 


~ of God. And 


IV. ου Κα 

~ a ; a 
αὐτῷ ὁ Inaove, λέγων, Φιμώθητι, καὶ ἔξελθε ἀἐξ' αὐτοῦ. 
shim 1 Jesus, saying, Hold thy peace, and come forth out of him. 
Καὶ ῥίψαν αὐτὸν τὸ δαιμόνιον εἰς “τὸ! μέσον ἐξῆλθεν 


And *having *thrown him “the 2demon into the midst came out 


ax αὐτοῦ, μηδὲν βλάψαν αὐτόν. 96 καὶ ἐγένετο θάμβος 
from him, in nothing having hurt him, And fcame *astonishment 
> ‘ / { A ? Η͂ ? ΄ , ΄ 
ἐπὶ πάντας, καὶ συνελάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, λέγοντες, Τίς 
upon _ alll, and they spoke to one another, saying, What 
ὁ λόγος οὗτος, ὕτι ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ἐπιτάσσει τοῖς 
word [is] this, that withauthority and power hecommands the 
ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασιν, Kai ἐξέρχονται ; 97 Kai ἐξεπορεύετο 
unclean spirits, and they come out? And ‘went *out 
ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς πάντα τόπον τῆς περιχώρου. 
1Α "ΤΙΤΩΟΙΙΣ concerning him into every place of the country around. 
98 ᾿Αναστὰς δὲ fx" τῆς συναγωγῆς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 
And rising up outof the synagogue ςθ οπἰεγεᾶ into the house 
Σίμωνος" δὴ" πενθερὰ δὲ τοῦ Σίμωνος ἦν συνεχομένη 
of Simon. ?The *mother-in-law ‘and of Simon was. oppressed with 
πυρέτῷ μεγάλῳ: καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς. 39 καὶ 
a “tever ‘great;° and they asked him for her. And 
ἐπιστὰς ἐπάνω αὐτῆς ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πυρετῷ, καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτήν' 


standing over her herebuked the fever, and it left her ; 
παραχρῆμα.δὲ ἀναστᾶσα διηκόνει. αὐτοῖς. 
and immediately arising ‘sheserved them. 

40 Δύνοντος-δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου πάντες ὅσοι εἶχον 

And at the going down ofthe sun all as manyas had [persons] 


ἀσθενοῦντας νόσοις ποικίλαις ἤγαγον αὐτοὺς πρὸς αὐτόν" 
sick with *diseases ‘various hrought them to him, 
ὁ δὲ ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ αὐτῶν τὰς χεῖρας Ἀἐπιθεὶς' Ἰἐθεράπευ- 
and he ‘on one *each ~ “of *them “hands ‘having “laid healed 
Π ᾽ δὰ ὦ μὲσ Π Η \ ὃ ΄ ? Ν λλῶ 
sev" αὐτούς" 41 "ἐξήρχετο" δὲ καὶ δαιμόνια ἀπὸ πολλῶν, 
‘them ; and*went *out “also ‘demons from many, 
Ike άζον \| Δ λέ Ὅ ‘ 7 πι Πο nea a ῦ 
Ὁ ταὶ καὶ λέγοντα, Ότι ov εἶ ™O χριστὸς! ὁ υἱὸς το 
erying out απᾶ saying, Thou art the Uhrist the Son 
θεοῦ. Καὶ ἐπιτιμῶν οὐκ.εα αὐτὰ λαλεῖν ὅτι ᾖδεισαν 
rebuking he suffered not them tospeak because they knew 
τὸν χριστὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι. 
‘the °Uhrist ‘him to 2ο. 
42 Γενομένης.δὲ ἡμέρας 
And “υαῖπς “come ‘day 
τόπον, καὶ οἱ ὄχλοι "ἐζήτουν" αὐτόν, καὶ ἦλθον ἕως αὐτοῦ 
place, and thecrowds. sought him, and came upto him 
καὶ κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ.μὴ.πορεύεσθαι am αὐτῶν. 43 ὁ.δὲ 


ἐξελθὼν 


having gone éut 


ἐπορεύθη εἰς ἔρημον 


he went into a desert 


3nd were detaining ‘him that he might not go from them, But he 

εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὅτι καὶ ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν εὐαγ- 
said to them, Also tothe other cities. *to *announce 

γελίσασθαί ομε.δεῖι τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτι 


*cthe Τε δα “tidings 

Pec τοῦτο ἀπέσταλμαι." 
for this ΊΏατε Ι been sent forth: 

συναγωγαῖς" τῆς "Γαλιλαίας." 
ΡΒΥΠΒΡΟΡΙΘΒ ot Galilee. 


it *behoves *me, the . kingdom of God; because 


44 Kai ἦν κηρύσσων "ἐν ταῖς 
And he was preaching in the 


161 
to Capernaum, a city 
of Galilee, and taught 
them on the sabbath 
days. 32 And they 
were astonixhed at his 
doctrine : for his word 
was with -.power. 
33 And in the syna- 
gogue there wasaman, 
which had a spirit of 
an unclean devil, and 
cried ovt with a loud 
voice, 34 saying, Let 
us alone; what have 
we to do with thee, 
thou Jesus of Naza- 
reth? art thou come to 


‘destroy us? I know 


thee who thou art; 
the Holy One of God. 
35 And Jesus rebuked 
him, saying, Hold thy 
peace, and come out of 
him. And‘ when the 
devil had thrown him 
in the midst, he came 
out of him, and hurt 
him not. 36 And they 
were all amazed, and 
spake among them- 
selves, saying, What a 
word 15 this! for with 
authority and power 
he commandeth the 
unclean spirits, and 
they comeout. 37 And 


the fame of him went 


out into every place of 
the country round 
about. 


38 And he arose out 
of the synagogue, and 
entered into Simon’s 
house. And Simon’s 
wife’s mother was ta- 
ken with a great fever; 
and they besought him 
for her. 39 And he 
stood over her, and re- 
buked the fever; and 
it left her: and imme- 
diately she arose and 
ministered unto them. 

40 Now when thesun 
was setting, all they 


that had any sick with 


divers diseases brought 
them unto him; and 
he laid his hands on 
every one of them, and 
healed them. 41 And 
devils also came cut of 
many, crying out, and 
saying, Thou art Christ 
the Son of God. And 
he rebuking them suf- 
fered them not to 
speak : for they knew 
that he was Christ. 

42 And when it was 
day, he departed and 
went into a desert 
place: and the people 
sought him, and came 
unto him, and stayed 





9--- τὸ α. ἵ ἀπὸ from ΤΊΓΑ. 
bh ἐπιτιθεὶς laying LTTrA. i ἐθεράπευεν ΤΊτΑ:, k ἐξήρχοντοτ. 

™ — ὃ χριστὸς GLTTrA. Ὁ ἐπεζήτουν sought after GLIT: Aw. ο δεῖ 
4 ἀπεσταλην 1 was sent forth ΙΤΊΤΑ. ‘* ets τὰς συναγωγὰς ΤΊΙΑ, 


4 ἀπ᾽ from LTTra. 


pe L 
5 ᾿Ιονδαίας of Judea a. 


Β — ἡ (read (the}) GLTTraw. 


| κραυγάζοντα LT. 
ν ἐπὶ ΙΤΊΤΑ. 


M 


162 


him, that he should 
not depart from them. 
43 And he said unto 
them, I must preach 
the kingdom of God 
to other cities also: 
for therefore am -I 
sent. 44 And he preach- 
ed in the synagogues 
of Galilee. 


V. And it came to 
pass, that, as the peo- 
ple pressed upon him 
to hear the word of 
God, he stood by the 
lake of Gennesaret, 
2 and saw two ships 
standing by the lake: 
but the fishermen were 
gone out of them, and 
were washing their 
nets. 3 And he enter- 
ed into one of the ships, 
which was Simon’s, 
and prayed him that 
he would thrust out a 
little from the land. 
And he sat down, and 
taught the people out 
of the ship. 4 Now 
when he had left 
speaking, he said unto 
Simon, Launch out in- 
to the deep, and let 
down your >ts for a 
draught. 5 And Simon 
answering said unto 
him, Master, we have 
toiled all the night, 
and have taken no- 
thing: nevertheless at 
thy word I -will let 
down the net. 6 And 
when they had this 
done, they inglosed a 
great multitude of 
fishes: and their net 
brake. 7 And they 
beckoned unto their 
partners, which were 
in the other ship, that 
they should come and 
help them. And the 
came, and filled both 
the ships, so that they. 
began tosink: 8.When 
Simon Peter saw it, 
he fell down at Jesus’ 
knees, saying, Depart 
from me; for 1 ama 
sinful man, O Lord, 
9 For he was asto- 
nished, and all that 
were with him, at the 
draught of the fishes 


which they had taken: 


10 απᾶ so was also 
James, and John, the 
sons of Zebedee, which 
were partners with Si- 
mon, And Jesus said 
unto Simon, Fear not; 


ΝῊ 


τὸν ὄχλον ἐπικεῖσθαι αὐτῷ 
crowd pressedon him 


A OY’ Κα 

5 ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ ἐν τῷ 

And it came to pass. during the ftime] the 

ἱτοῦ! ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θὲοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἑστὼς παρὰ 
tahear the word of God, that he was standing by 

τὴν λίμνην Γεννησαρέτ' 2-Kai Yeldey" δύο “πλοῖα! ἑστῶτα 


the lake «ΟΕ Gennesaret : and hesaw two ships standing 
‘ ‘ ’ é « A x { - Π Υ ? ΄ 7 > ᾽ ~ il 
παρὰ τὴν λίμνην. οἱ. δὲ "ἁλιεῖς ἀποβάντες ἀπ᾽ αὐτῷν 
by the lake, but the fishermen having gone out from them 
ἢ ΄ η] εν ‘ ~ ΄ 
Ἰἀπέπλυναν" τὰ δίκτυα. 8 ἐμβὰς.δὲ εἰς ἕν τῶν πλοίων 
washed the nets. And having enteredinto one ofthe ships 
ὃ ἦν "τοῦ! Σίμωνος, ἠρώτησεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἔπαναγα- ' 
which was Simon’s, he asked him from the laad to put 
~ λλί ὦ ὃν, ὃν 101 Π ? C2518 2 ~ πλ ΄, i ‘ 
Ύειν OALYOV και κασισας ἑθιθασκὲν EK του πλοιου τους 
off alittle; and havingsat down. hetaught from the ship the 


ὄχλους. 4 Ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν Σίμωνα, 


crowds. And when heceased . speaking hesaid to Simon, 
Ἐπανάγαγε εἰς τὸ βάθος καὶ χαλάσατε τὰ δίκτυα.ὑμῶν εἰς 
Put off into the deep and let down your nets for 


ἄγραν. 5 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς 46" Σίμων εἶπεν αὐτῷ," Ἐπιστάτα. 


a haul. And answering Simon said to him, Master, 
δι ὕλης ἱτῆς! νυκτὸς κοπιάσαντες οὐδὲν ἐλάβομεν" 
through “whole ‘the night having laboured, nothing have we taken, 


? ‘ \ ~ ete, / ἕ Fr: ‘ ‘ ll \ [ναὶ 
ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ ῥήματίσου χαλάσω δτὸ δίκτυον." 6 Καὶ τοῦτο 

but at thy word 1 will let down the net. And this 
gx! x / λ h?2 θὐ λῆθι Π hv: ig σε, Il 
ποι]σαντες συνέκλεισαν "ιχθύων πλῆθος" modu "ὁιερρηγνυτο' 
having done theyenclosed οἵ fishes a*shoal ‘great; ὅπας “breaking 
. δὲ Jr δίκτυον! αὐτῶν. 7 Kai κατένευσαν τοῖς µετόχοις 
Sand Snet *their. And they beckoned tothe. partners 
Ετοῖς! ἐν τῷ ἑτέρῳ πλοίῳ, τοῦ.ἐλθόντας συλλαβέσθαι αὐτοῖς" 
“ those in the other ship, that coming they should help them; 
καὶ or," καὶ ἔπλησαν ἀμφότερα τὰ πλοῖα, ὥστε µβυθίζε- 
and they came, and filled both the ships, sothat *were*sink- 
σθαιαὐτά. ὃ ἰδὼν.δὲ Σίμων Πέτρος προσέπεσεν τοῖς γόνασιν 
ing ‘they. And*having*seen’Simon Ῥοεΐεγ fell at the knees 
χοῦ" Ἰησοῦ, λέγων, "Ἔξελθε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλός 

of Jesus, saying, Depart from me, for aman 8, sinner 


Υ εἰμι, κύριε. 9 Θάμβος.γὰρ περιέσχεν αὐτὸν καὶ πάντας τοὺς 


all those 
συνέλαβον" 


For astonishment laidholdon him and 


η γ ~ 2 x ~ » ~ ? θὐ n° !! 
συν αὐτῷ, επι ΤΏ αγρᾳ των ιχσυωγν a 


ατα 1, Lord. 


with -him, at the haul ofthe, fishes which they had taken; 
10 ὁμοίως.δὲ καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον καὶ °lwavyny,' υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου, 
and in like manner also James and John, sons of Zebedee, 


οἱ ἦσαν κοινωνοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι. Καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν Σίμωνα 
who were ἍΤΡΗΓἴΠΘΤΒ with Simon, And ?said “to *Simon 
” ~ \ ~ A ” ~ - 
Po" Ἰησοῦς, Μὴ φοβοῦ' ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν ἀνθρώπους ἔσ 
119515, Fear not; from henceforth men thou shalt be 
ζωγρῶν. 11 Καὶ καταγαγόντες τὰ πλοῖα ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἀφέντες 
capturing. And having brought the ships ἕο and, leaving 
αἅπαντα! ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. 
all they followed him. 


eee Ὁ 


ἢ καὶ 4180 ΤΊΓΑ. 
ἀποβάντες TTra. 
Ἰθίσας δὲ ΤΑ. 
6 --- αὐτῷ τ. :1-- 
ἰχθύων GITrAW. 
breaxing) Trra. 
ο Ἰωάνην τε, 


> . a ΄ σα” ᾽ - ΄ σα, 
© ev (iN) τῷ πλοίῳ ἐδίδασκεν T ; ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου ἐδίδασκεν A. 


Ρ-- ὁ [τε]. : 


Vv ἴδεν 1. ~ πλοιάρια small ships ΤΑ. 


ΤΣ ' 1 Σ ἀλεεῖς τ΄ Yan’ αὐτῶν 
ἔπλυνον Were Washing LTra ; ἔπλυναν T. 


5 — τοῦ LTTrA. > κα- 
ἆ — 6 TTra. 
6 τὰ δίκτυα the nets trr. =» πλῆθος 
Jra δίκτυα nets (read dep. were 
M— τοῦ LTTrTAW,’ 2 dy Tra 


της (recal a whole night) Lrtra. 

| διερήγνυτο L; διερήσσετο TTrA. 
k — rots [L]tTra. ἦλθαν τ, 
4 πάντα {1ττ.΄ 


LURE 
4 2 ᾽ ψ ᾽ ~ ~ 
«13 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷεἶναι αὐτὸν ἐν μιᾷ τῶν πόλεων, 
And it came to pass as 7was the in one ofthe cities, 
4 ἰδ ΄ ? 4 λή λέ ο ης. 4 ἰδὲ Π Η͂ , ”. , ‘ 
και ιού. ἀνὴρ πληρης λεπρας' "και (θων" τὸν Ἰησοῦν, πεσων 
that behold, a man full of leprosy, and seeing Jesus, . falling 


Vv 


? ‘ ΄ 7S ΄ ᾽ ~ / -/ } A / 

ἐπὶ πρόσωπον ἐδεήθη αὐτοῦ, λέγων, Κύριέ, ἐὰν θέλῃς: 

upon [his] face he besought him, saying, Lord, if thou wilt 
δύνασαί µε καθαρίσαι. 13 Καὶ ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα 


thou art able me to cleanse. And having stretched out [his] hand 
ἥψατο αὐτοῦ, "εἰπών." Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι. Καὶ εὐθέως ἡ 
he touched him, saying, I will; be thou cleansed. And immediately the 
λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ax αὐτοῦ. 14 καὶ αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ 
leprosy departed from him. And ᾽ he charged him 

4 ? ~ e ? 4 2 ι ~ A ~ « ~ ‘4 
μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν δεῖξον σεαυτὸν τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ 
noone totell; but having gone shew thyself tothe priest, and 
προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ.καθαρισμοῦ.σου, καθὼς προσέταξεν ἵΜω- 


offer for thy cleansing, as “ordered 1Mo- 

~ Π ᾽ , ’ ~ 9 , A ~ ε 
onc," εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. 15 Διήρχετο-δὲ μᾶλλον ὁ 
565, for a testimony Το them. But was spread abroad still more the 
λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ" καὶ δυνήρχοντο ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἀκούειν, 
report concerning him; and *were*coming crowds ‘great to hear, 


τῶν ἀσθενειῶν αὐτῶν" 


‘ / θ τ ες ? ? ~ ll ᾽ Ν 
καὶ θεραπεύεσθαι Yum αὐτοῦϊ ἀπὸ 
their infirmities. 


and «ο be healed by him from 
Y Π cs « ~ ~ ν ‘ 
16 αὐτὸς .δὲ ἦν ὑποχωρῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις καὶ προσευχό- 


Buthe was retiring in the deserts and pray- 
μένος. 
ing. 
17 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν καὶ αὐτὸς, ἦν διδάσ- 


And it came {ο pass on one of the days that he was_ teach- 


κων, καὶ ἦσαν καθήμενοι " Φαρισαῖοι καὶ νομοδιδάσκαλοι, 
ing, andtherewere sitting by Pharisees and _ teachers of the law, 
ot “ἧσαν τἐληλυθότες" ἐκ πάσης κώμης τῆς Γαλιλαίας ‘Kai 
who were come out of every’ village of Galilee and 
Ἰουδαίας καὶ Ἱερουσαλήμ' καὶ δύναμις κυρίου ἦν εἰς 
of Judea and οἵ Jerusalem: and power of [the] Lord was [there] for 
ee 6 y ? , Il 18 ‘ ie } » ὃ ’ ? ‘ λί: 
τὸ ἰίασσαι Ταυτοῦυς. και (Cov, ἄνθρες φεροντες επι κλίνης 
to heal them. And behold, men carrying upon acouch 
ἄνθρωπον ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος, καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν εἰσενεγ- 
8 man who was paraiysed, and theysought *him 1to “bring 
κεῖν καὶ θεῖναι:  ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ" 19 καὶ μὴ εὑρόντες δ'διὰ! 
in and toplace [him] ς before him. And not having found by 
ποίας εἰσενέγκωσιν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἀναβάντες 
what way they shouldbringin him onaccount of the crowd, going up 
ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα, διὰ τῶν κεράμων καθῆκαν αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ 
on the housetop, through the tiles they letdown him with the 
, ? A ~ ~ 3 ι 4 
κλινιδίῳ εἰς τὸ μέσον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. 20 καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν 
little couch into the midst before Jesus, And seeing 


ιά ~ 7 ~ / 
πίστιν αὐτῶν εἶπεν δαὐτῷ,ὶ "Ανθρωπε, ἀφέωνταί σοι 


their faith hesaid tohim, Man, Shave *been *forgiven *thee 
αἱ ἁμαρτίαι.σου. 21 Καὶ ἤρξαντο διαλογίζεσθαι οἱ γραμματεῖς 
thy 7sins. And began to reason the scribes ἢ 


καὶ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι, λέγοντες, Τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὃς λαλεῖ βλασ- 
and the Pharisees, saying, Who [15 this _who speaks blas- 
΄ ᾿ . ΩΝ ΄ \ , « Yin 

φημίας ; τίς δύναται “ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας," εἰ μὴ μόνος ὁ θεός: 
phemies? who [5 8016 to forgive sins, except “alone 1God? 
τ΄ ἰδὼν δὲ τ. 5 λέγων LIr; + Μωῦσῆς LTTraAWw. 


Σ συνεληλυθότες come toyether L. αὐτό 
Bima, 3. -- διὰ GLTTrAw. Ὁ .- αὐτῷ GLTTrA; 


ν -- ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 
Υ αὐτόν him (read was for his healing) ΤΑ. 
ς ἁμαρτίας ἀφεῖναι LTTrA, 


1608 


from henceforth thou 
shalt vatch men, 
11 And when they had 
brought their ships to 
land, they forsook all, 
and followed him. 

12 And it came to 
pass, when he was in 
a certain city, behold 
a man full of leprosy: 
who seeing Jésus fell 
on his face, and be- 
sought him, saying, 
Lord, if thou wilt, 
thou: canst make me 
clean. 13 And he put 
forth -his hand, and 
touched him, saying, 
I will: be thou clean. 
And immediately the 
leprosy departed from 
him. 14 And hecharg- 
ed him to tell no man: 
but go, and shew thy- 
self to the priest, and 
offer for thy cleansing, 
according as Moses 
commanded, for a tes- 
timony unto them, 
15 But so much the 
more, went there a 
fame abroad of him: 
and great multitudes 
came together to hear, 
and to be healed by him 
of their infirmities. 
16 And he withdrew 
himself into the wil- 
derness, and prayed. . 


17 And it came to 
pass on ἃ certain day, 
as he was teaching, 
that there were Pha- 
risees and doctors of 
the law sitting by, 
which were come out 
of every town of Ga- 
lilee, and «πάσα, and 
Jerusalem: and the 
power of the Lord was 
present to heal them. 
18 And, behold, men 
brought in a bed a 
man which was taken 
with a palsy: and they 
sought means to bring 
him in, and to lay him 
before him. 19 And 
when they could not 
find by what way they 
might bring him in 
because of the multi- 
tude, they went upon 
the housetop, and let 
him down through the 
tiling with his couch 
inte the midst before 
Jestis. 20 And when he 
saw their faith, he said 
unto him, Man, thy 
sins are forgiven thee. 
21 And the scribes and 
the Pharisees began to 
reason, saying, Who is 
this which speaketh 
blasphemies? Whocan 
‘forgive sins, but God 
alone? 22 But when 


Ἢ + οἱ the τ΄. 
z+ αὐτὸν 


164 


Jesus perceived their 
thoughts, he answer- 
ing said unto them, 
What reason ye in 
your hearts? 23 Whe- 
ther is easier, to say, 
Thy sins be forgiven 
thee ; or to say, Rise 
up and-walk? 24 But 
that ye may know that 
the Son of man hath 
power upon earth to 
forgive sins, (he said 
unto the sick of the 
palsy,) I say unto thee, 
Arise, and take up thy 
couch, and go into 
thine house. 25 And 
immediately he rose up 
before them, and took 
up that whereon he 
lay, and departed to 
his owii house, glorify- 
ing God. 26 And they 
were all amazed, and 
they glorified God, and 
were filled with fear, 
saying, We have seen 
strange things to day. 


27 And after these 
things he went forth, 
aad saw a publican, 
named Levi, sitting at 
the receipt of custom : 
aud he said unto him, 
Followme. 28 And he 
left all, rose up, and 
gollowed him. 29 And 
Levi made hima great 
feast in his own house : 
and there was a great 
company of publicans 
and of others that 
sat down with them. 
30 But their scribes 
and Pharisees mur- 
mured against his dis- 
ciples, saying, Why do 
ye eat and drink with 
publicans and sinners? 
31 And Jesus answer- 
ing said unto them, 
They that are whole 
need not a physician ; 
but they that are sick. 
32 I came not to call 
the righteous, but sin- 
ners to repentance, 
33 And they said unto 
him, Why do the dis- 
ciples’ of John fast 


a ο |... 


4 — ἀποκριθεὶς τ{ττ]. 
Εξ παραλυτικῷ paralytic L. 


K πάντα LTTrA. 


V. 


άπο- 
an- 


MOY BA 3, 
ᾷ , κι > ~ ‘ 4 2 ~ 
22 ᾿Επιγνοὺς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς.διαλογισμοὺς.αὐτῶν 
But κηοσνΙης΄ 1 Jesus their reasonings 


κριθεὶς! εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις 


d 


swering said to them, Why reason ye in “hearts 
, , ? ~ ) / , 

ὑμῶν; 23 τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν,  Αφέεωνται σοὶ 
lyour? which is easier, tosay, Have been forgiven thee 
/ n ~ 2’ \ 4 ν᾿ “ 4 
αἱ ἁμαρτίαισου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, "Εγειραι" καὶ περιπάτει; 24 ἵνα. δὲ 
thy sins, or tosay, Arise and walk? But that 

~ o ᾽ , χ « «.«»" “΄ ον ΄ η αν 3 ~ 
εἰδῆτε ὅτι [ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" ἐπὶ τῆς 
yemay knowthat authority has the Son of man on the 


~ > , ᾿ ~ , A ’ 
γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἶπεν τῷ ἔπαραλελυμένφ,ἳ Σοὶ λέγω, 
earth to forgive sins, hesaid to the paralysed, To thee I say, 
Ἀέγειραι, καὶ ἄρας τὸ«κλινίδιόν-σου πορεύου εἰς τὸν οἶκόν 
‘Arise, andhavingtakenup thy little couch go to “house 
σου. 25 Καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀναστὰς ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν, ἄρας 
thy. And immediately havingstoodup before them, havingtakenup 
ἐφ᾽ ἰῷ! κατέκειτο, ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν.οἶκον.αὐτοῦ, δοξάζων 
{that]on which he was lying, he departed to his house, glorifying 
τὸν θεόν. 26 καὶ ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας, καὶ ἐδόξαζον 
God. And amazement seized all, and they glorified 
τὸν θεόν, καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου, “λέγοντες, Ὅτι εἴδομεν 
God, and were filled with fear, saying, We have seen 
παράδοξα σήμερον. 
strange things to-day. : 
27 Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξῆλθεν, καὶ ἐθεάσατο τελώνην, 
And after thesethings he went forth, and saw 8 tax-gatherer, 
ὀνόματι JAeviv," καθήμενον ἐπὶ TO τελώνιον, Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ, 
by name Levi, sitting at the taxoffice, and said tohim, 


᾿Ακολούθει μοι. 28 Kai καταλιπὼν ἅπαντα," ἀναστὰς 'jKo- 


Follow nie. And having left “all, having arisen he fol- 
λούθησεν" αὐτῷ. 29 Kai ἐποίησεν δοχὴν μεγάλην ™o! 
lowed him. And ?made ‘entertainment ὃς *great 
n coe |e ~ 9 ~ 2 6 > ~ Η x » ο 
Agvic’ αὐτῷ εν τῇ.οἰκίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἦν ὄχλος τελω- 

Levi for him in his house, ‘ and therewas a*multitude of *tax- 
γῶν πολύς! καὶ ἄλλων ot ἦσαν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν κατακείμενοι. 


gatherers ‘great and others who were with them reclining 


30 καὶ. ἐγόγγυζον οἱ Ργραμματεῖς αὐτῶν καὶ ot Φαρι- 
[αὖ table]. And murmured their scribes and the Phari- 
σαῖοι' πρὸς τοὺς. μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες, “Διατί! μετὰ 
8665 at his disciples, saying, Why with 
Στελωνῶν "καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν" ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε; 31 καὶ ἀπο- 
tax-gatherers and sinners doyeeat and drink? And = an- 
κριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Od χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ 


swering Jesus said to them, Νο need have they who 
« ΄ ; ~ ? « 5 ~ ς ᾽ 
ὑγιαίνοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ" οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. 82 οὐκ 
are in health of a physician, but’ they who ill are. 2N Oty, 
ἐλήλυθα καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς µετά- 
*I*havecome tocall righteous [ones], but sinners to repent- 
νοιαν. 33 Οἱ δὲ "εῖπον" πρὸς αὐτόν, Διατί! οἱ μαθηταὶ 
ance, Andthey said to him, Why 7*the “disciples 





5 Ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. £6 vids τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ΤΤτΑ. 
, Ἡ ἔγειρε GLTTraw. ο ΌΓΨΕΑΣ J Λενείν Α; Λευείν TTr. 
! ἠκολούθει LTTra. τὰ — ὃ GLTTrAW,. = Λενεῖς A; Λευεὶς TTr. 


“ πολὺς τελωνῶν LTTrA. P Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς αὐτῶν ({αὐτῶν] τι) LITTAW. 4 Διὰ 
Tt LTrA. ‘.+ τῶν the @LTT:aw. .--καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν a. τἀλλὰ LTTraA,  elmap 
ETtra./ ΟΥ̓ Διὰ τί Ltr]; — Διατί ΤΑ. ης ὃς ο. 


V, Vi. LUKE. 


*Twavvou' νηστεύουσιν πυκνα καὶ δεήσεις ποιοῦνται, 6- 

304 John fast often and supplications make, in like 
µοίως καὶ οἱ τῶν Φαρισαίων, οἱ δὲ σοὶ ἐσθίουσιν καὶ 
manner also those of the Pharisees, but those of thee eat and 


34 Ὁ.δὲΣ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς 
drink ? And he said to them, ο. yeable *the 
υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος, ἐνῷ ὁ νυμφίος per αὐτῶν ἐστιν 
*sons 598 Sthe “bridechamber ?°while *!the “bridegroom with *5them 1819 


πίνουσιν ; 


ποιῆσαι ἸΤνηστεύειν! ; 85 ἐλεύσονται.δὲ ἡμέραι *xai! ὅταν 
1to “make Sto *fast ? But will come days 2also *when 
ἀπαρθῇ an αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, τότε νηστεύσουσιν ἐν 


shall be ας away from them the bridegroom, then in 


ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις. 


they will fast 
96 Ελεγεν.δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν τ 


these days. And he spoke also a parable 
αὐτούς, Ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ὃ ἱματίου καινοῦ © ἐπιβάλλει ἐπὶ 
them, Noone apiece of a, pe ΤΟΙ͂Σ Jnew puts on 
ἱμάτιον παλαιόν" si.déunye καὶ τὸ καινὸν IoyiZe," καὶ 
Sgarment 2an 7old, otherwise both the new herends, and 
τῷ παλαιῷ "οὐ.συμφωνεῖ. [ἐπίβλημα τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ 
withthe old does not agree [the] piece which [is] from the 


~ ᾿ ‘ ΑΦ ‘ , ~ , ᾽ > 4 / 
καινοῦ. 37 καὶ οὐδεὶς βάλλει οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς" 
new. And noone puts 2wine ‘new into skins old, 
εἰ δὲ μήγε ῥήξει £6 νέος οἶνος" τοὺς ἀσκούς, καὶ αὐτὸς 
otherwise *will*®burst‘the "που “wine the skins, and it 
? , 3 ε ᾽ ᾿ 3 ~ é ᾽ 4 ~ / 
ἐκχυθήσεται, καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται: 88 ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον 
will be poured out, and the skins will be destroyed; but wine ‘new 
εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς βλητέον, "kai ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται.! 


1 


into *skins new istobeput, and both are preserved together, 
39 καὶ οὐδες πιὼν παλαιὸν Ἰεὐθέως" θέλει νέον" 
And noone having drunk old ας immediately desires new; 


” 


λέγει.γάρ, Ὁ παλαιὸς Χχρηστότερός! ἐ ἐστιν. -- 
for he says, The old “better 115, τε 


ϐ ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ 


And it came to pass on 


ἐν σαββάτῳ 


ἰδευτεροπρώτῳ! διαπο- 
*sabbath 


?second “first ®passed 


ρεύεσθαι αὐτὸν διὰ Ἀτῶνὶ καὶ ἔτιλλον οἱ 
along She through __ the and “were *plucking 


μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ "τοὺς στάχυας, καὶ 1σθιον,ὶ ψώχοντες 
*his 3ᾳἱ5οῖρ]οβ the ears, and were eating, rubbing [them] 
ταῖς χερσίν, 2 τινὲς.δὲ THY Φαρισαίων εἶπον Ῥαὐτοῖς," Τί 


[11Πε] 


σπορίµων' 
corn fields ; 


inthe hands. But some ofthe Pharisees said tothem, Why 
~ εν » - ών] ~ , A 
ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ.ἔξεστιν “ποιεῖν ἐν' τοῖς σάββασιν; 3 Kai 
do γε that whichitisnotlawful todo on _ the sabbaths ? And 


ἀποκριθεὶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς," Οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀνέγνωτε, 
answering to them “said 1Jesus, Noteven this did ye read, 


ὃ ἐποίησεν "Δαβίδ," ᾿ὁπότε' ἐπείνασεν αὐτὸς καὶ ol 


that εν 2414 εν when he bungered, himself and those who 
per αὐτοῦ Yovrec'; 4 “ὡς! εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ, 
with him were? how heentered into the house of God, 


‘ 4 ” ~ θε xarr ‘il ” ‘ 
καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως “Ξἔλαβεν, καὶ! ἔφαγεν, καὶ 
and the loaves ofthe presentation took, and ate, 

χ Ἰωάνου Tr. Y + Ingovs(And)JesusTTra.  νηστεῦσαι TTrA. 
from (a garment) [L]rTra. 
will rend LTTra. ε οὐ συμφωνήσει will not p agree LTTrA. 
ὃ νέος ος h — καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται τ[Ττ]Α. 
good TTra ---δευτεροπρώτῳ [τ]τι[α]. " — τῶν LTTrA. 
90 [αὐτῶν of them L. P — αὐτοῖς [L]rtra. 

“6 Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς L; ὃ ᾿Ιησοὺς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν 1. 
Sore ιτ, Ὁ — ὄντες LTr, ᾽ν πώς L; [ὡς] Tre 


and 

8 [καὶ] L. 
6 + σχίσας having rent (read oe Lit]) Tra. 

f+ τὸ the TTra, 

i_ εὐθέως TTrA. 
2 καὶ ἤσθιον τοὺς στάχνας Tra. 
rae ἐν το ποιεῖν ἐν \7ead τοῖς ΟΠ the) LTrA. 
5 Δαυΐδαν ; Δανείδ LITrA, 
15. λαβὼν having taken Ltrs, ΄ 


166 


often, and make pray- 
ers, and likewise tre 
disciples of the Phari- 
sees ; but thine eat and 
drink? 34 And he said 
unto them, Can ye 
make the children of 
the bridechamber fast, 
while the bridegroom 
is with them? 35 But 
the days will come,s 
when the bridegroom 
shall be taken away 
from them, and then 
shall they fast in those 
days. 36 And hespake 
also a parable unto 
them ; Noman putteth 

a piece of a new gar- 
ment upon an old; if 
otherwise, then both 
the new maketharent, 
and the piece that was 
taken out of the new 
agreeth not with the 
old. 37 And no man 
putteth new wine into 
old bottles ; else the 
new wine will burst 
the bottles, and be 
spilled, and the bottles 
shall perish. 38 But 
new wine must be put 
into new bottles; and . 
both are preserved. 
39 No man also hav- 
ing drunk old wine 
straightway desireth 
new : for he saith, The 
old is better. 


VI. And it came to 
pass on the second 
sabbath after the first, 
that he went through 
the corn fields ; and his 
disciples plucked the 
ears of corn, and did 
eat, rubbing them in 
their hands. 2 And 
certain of the Phari- 
sees said unto them, 
Why do ye that which 
is not lawful to do on 
the sabbath days ἢ 
3 And Jesus answer- 
ing them said, Have 
ye not read so much 
as this, what David 
did, when himself was 
an hungred, and they 
which were with him ; 
4 how he went into 
the hduse of God, and 
did take and eat the 
shewbread, and gave 

b τ ἀπὸ 
da σχίσει he 


ae ὁ οἶνος 
Κ χρηστος 


106 


also to them that 
were with him; which 
it is not lawtul to eat 
but for the priests 
alone? 5 And he said 
unto them, That the 
Son of man is Lord 
also of the sabbath. 


6 And it came to 
pass also on another 
sabbath, that he en- 
tered into the syna- 
gogue and taught: and 
there was a man whose 
right hand was with- 
ered. 7 And thescribes 
and Pharisees watched 
him, whether he would 
heal on the sabbath 
day ; that they might 
find an accusation a- 
gainst him. 8 But he 
knew their thoughts, 
and’ said to the man 
which had the with- 
ered hund; Rise up, 
and stand forth in 
the midst. And he 

ose and stood forth. 

Then said Jesus unto 
them, I will ask you 
dne thing; Is it law- 

“fal on the sabbath 
days to do good, or to 
do evil? to save life, 
or to destroy it? 10 And 
looking round about 
upon them all, he said 
unto the man, Stretch 
forth thy hand. And 
he didso: and his hand 
was restored whole as 
theother. 11 And the 
were filled with mad- 
ness; and communed 
one with another what 
they might doto Jesus. 


12 And it came to 
μα; in those days, that 

e went out into a 
mountain to pray, and 
2ontinued all night in 
orayer toGod. 13 And 
when it was day, he 
ralled unto him his dis- 
ziples : and of them he 
those twelve,‘ whom 
also he named apo- 
stles; 14 Simon, (whom 
Xe also named Peter,) 
and Andrew his bro- 
sher, James and John, 
Philip and Bartholo- 
mew, 15 Matthew and 
Thomas, James the son 


--4the 7Son 


τη 


οὖκ.ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν εἰ μὴ 
it is ποῦ lawful toeat except 


A O VY RrAr: 


» ba ~ ? ? ~ a“ 
ἔδωκεν Σκαὶ' τοῖς per αὐτοῦ, οὓς 
which 


gave also tothose with him, 

αν « - . ΝΣ ~ e , ΄ ’ 
μόνους τοὺς ἱερεῖς; 5 Και ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, * Οτι’ κύριός ἐστιν 
Sonly tthe priests? And hesaid to them, ®SLord ‘is 


.6 υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ σαββάτου: 
ο So9f*man alsoofthe sabbath. 
acai! ἐν ἑτέρῳ σαββάτῳ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτὸν 
Απᾶ it came {0 Ρ888 also on another sabbath “entered the 
2 η ι ’ Ἧ 3 5 ? ω»ν 
εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν καὶ διδάσκειν καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος," 
into the synagogue and taught ; and there was there aman, 


καὶ ἡ χεὶρ' αὐτοῦ ἡ δεξιὰ ἦν ξηρά. ἢ “παρετήρουν! δὲ “αὐτὸν! 


6 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ 


and his hand the right was withered. Anji“were ’watching “him 
-" ‘ ε ~ 2 ~ δ 

οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, εἰ ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ “θερα- 

1the *scrihes 3and*the *®Pharisees, whetheron the sabbath he will 


πεύσει,ὶ ἵνα εὕρωσιν  Ἱκατηγορίανὶ αὐτοῦ. 8 αὐτὸς δὲ 
heal, that -they might find an accusation against him. But he 

70 ‘ ὃ λ 4 ? τας gz ‘ 7 Pe ~ h2 θ , il - 
Ώδει τοὺς. διαλογισμοὺς. αὐτῶν, Feat ξίπεν" TH "᾽αμορωπῳ τῷ 
knew their reasonings, and said tothe man who 

\ ~ i \ ~ , 

ἕηρὰν ἔχοντι τὴν χεῖρα, ὶ Ἐγειραι,' καὶ στῆθι εἰς τὸ μέσον. 
Swithered ᾿μαᾶ the hand, Arise, and stand in the midst. 
ΚΟ δὲ! ἀναστὰς ἔστη. 9 Εἶπεν ἰοὖν" ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτούς, 


And he having risen up stood. Said -'then * Jesus to them, 
πἘπερωτήσωϊ ὑμᾶς, Bri! ἔξεστιν “τοῖς σάββασιν" ἀγαθο- 
I will ask you, whether, itislawful onthe sabbaths to do 
ποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι; ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ Ρἀπολέσας; 10 Kai 
’ 2 
good or to do evil? 311496 ‘to*saveor to destroy? And 


περιβλεψάμενος πάντας αὐτοὺς εἶπεν “τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ," 


having looked around on all them hesaid tothe man, 
Ἔκτεινον τὴν.χεῖρά.σου. “O.0& ἐποίησεν τοὕτως"" καὶ "ἀπο- 
Stretch out thy hand. And he did 80, and ®was 
y κατεστάθη! ἡ.χεὶρ.αὐτοῦ ἵὑγιὴς! ᾿ὼς ᾿ἡἡἡ ἄλλη." 11 αὐτοὶ.δὲ 
“restored *his hand sound as the other. But they 
ἐπλήσθησα ἀνοίας, καὶ διελάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους τί 
were filled with madnéss, and consulted with oneanother[asto] what 


ἂν “ποιήσειαν! τῷ Ἰησοῦ. 
they should do “ὁ ἴο Jesus. 
12 ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ ἐν ταῖς-ἡμέραις ταύταις "ἐξῆλθεν! εἰς τὸ 
And it came to pass in those days he went out into the 
” 5 ’ η) ~ ~ 
ὄρος προσεύξασθαι" καὶ ἦν διανυκτερεύων ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ 


mountain to pray, and he was spending the night in prayer 
τοῦ θεοῦ. 13 καὶ Ore ἐγένετο ἡμέρα προσεφώνησεν τοὺς 
of God. And when it became day he called to {him] 


μαθητὰς.αὐτοῦ' καὶ ἐκλεξάμενος am αὐτῶν δώδεκα, οὓς καὶ 
his disciples, and chose out from them twelve, whom also 

> / / τὰ ‘ , 

ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν, 14 Σίμωνα ὃν καὶ ὠνόμασεν Πέτρον 
Sapostles "he *named : Simon whom also he named Peter 
perf [ή 4 ~ κ᾿ >? 

καὶ ᾿Ανδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, ¥* Ἰάκωβον καὶ τ" Ἰωάννην," 

and Andrew his brother; James and John, 

7" Φίλιππον καὶ Βαρθολομαῖον, 15 7" *Mar@aiov" καὶ Θωμᾶν, 

Philip and Bartholomew, Matthew and Thomas, 





Υ — καὶ LTrA. 
LTTraw. 
ὃ εἶπεν δὲ ΤΊτΑ. 


κτεῖναι to kill στ. 
μΙΤΤΤΑ. 


2 [ὅτι] Tr. 

4 — αὐτὸν LTTrAW. 
ὶ h ἀνδρὶ man ΤΊΤΑ. 
τῷ ᾿Ε περωτῶ I ask TTra. 


LT” * — ὑγιὴς GLTTrAW. 
αὐτὸν he went out 7TTra. 


® — καὶ LTTr[A]. Ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ ΤΊτΑ. 
5 θεραπεύει he heals 1ΤΤτΑ. f κατηγορεῖν to accuse ΤΤτΑ. 
a ' 1 Ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. κ καὶ ΙΤΊτΑ. ἰδὲ and τι. 
ἢ εἰ 1 Lrtra. ° τῷ σαββάτῳ on the sabbath LTTra. Ρ aro- 
4 αὐτῷ to him GLrtraw. τ — οὕτως GTTrAW. 5 ἀπεκατεστάθη 
ὡς ἡ ἄλλη (u}r[trJa. *® ποιήσαιεν LTTra, Σ ἐξελθεῖν 
15 + καὶ and LiTra, "8 ᾿Ιωάνην Tr, 38 δίαθθαϊον LITA, 


© παρετηροῦντο 


τι, LUKE. 


ϱ’]άκωβον τὸν τοῦ Αλϕαιου καὶ Σίμωνα ror 
James the [son] of Alpheus and Simon who [was] 
μενον Ζηλωτήν, 16 5 ᾿Τούδαν Ἰακώβου, καὶ ᾿Ιούδαν 
ed Zeulot, Judas [brother] of James, and Judas 
4] ἴ Hh en ο με της : . 
σκαριωτην, ὃς “καὶ' ἐγενετο προδότης" 17 καὶ καταβὰς 
Iscariote, who also became [the] betrayer. And descending 
per αὐτῶν ἔστη ἐπὶ τόπου πεδινοῦ, καὶ ὄχλος f μαθητῶν 
with them hestood οὐ α-ρ]4σ ‘level, and acrowd of *disciples 


αὐτοῦ καὶ πλῆθος πολὺ τοῦ λαοῦ ἀπὸ πάσης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 


καλού- 
enll- 


"his and a’multitude*great of the people from all Judza 
καὶ Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ τῆς παραλίου Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος, ot 
and Jerusalem and the sea coast of Tyre and Sidon, who’ 


ἦλθον ἀκοῦσαι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰαθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν.νόσων αὐτῶν, 


came to hear him, and tobehealed of their diseases, 
18 καὶ οἱ ξὀχλούμενοι. ὑπὸ" πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, ‘cai! 
and those beset by *spirits ‘unclean, and 


ἐθεραπεύοντο. 19 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος "ἐζήτει" ἅπτεσθαι αὐτοῦ" 


they were healed. And all the crowd sought to touch him ; 

ὅτι δύναμις παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο Kai ἰᾶτο πάντας. 

for power from him went out and healed all. 

20 Καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς.ὀφθαλμοὺς.αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς μαθη- 
Απά he lifting up his eyes upon *disci-+ 

τὰς αὐτοῦ ἔλεγεν, Μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοί, OTL ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν 

ples *his said, Blessed: [are] the poor, for yours is 

ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 21 μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες νῦν, ὅτι 

the kingdom of God. Blessed [ye] who hunger now, for 


χορτασθήσεσθε. μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν, OTL γελάσετε. 
ye shall be filled. Blessed+ [ye] who weep now, for yeshalllaugh. 


22 μακάριοί ἐστε ὅταν µισήσωσιν ὑμᾶς οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ὅταν 


Blessed are ye when “shall%hate “you *men, and when 
ἀφορίσωσιν ὑμᾶς, καὶ ὀνειδίσωσιν, καὶ ἐκβάλωσιν τὸ 
they shall cut *off ‘you, απά _ shall reproach [you], and cast out 
ὄνομα. ὑμῶν we πονηρόν, lévexa' τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" 


on account of the Son of man: 


καὶ σκιρτήσατε᾽ ἰδοὺ.γάρ. ὁ 

and leap for joy / for lo, 
πολὺς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷφ' κατὰ "ταῦτα! yap 

[158] great in the heaven, ?according*to ‘these *things 'for 


your name as 


23 ™yaipere' ἐν ἐκείνῃ TH ἡμέρᾳ 
rejoice in that day 


wicked, 


μισθὸς. ὑμῶν 
your reward 

> / ~ ’ ε / ? ~ ‘ ᾽ ‘ 
ἐποίουν τοῖς προφήταις οἱ.πατερες αὐτῶν. 24 Πλὴν οὐαὶ 


did Sto *the °prophets 1their *fathers. But woe 
~ ~ / , \ / « ~ 
ὑμῖν τοῖς πλουσίοις, OTL ἀπέχετε τὴν.παράκλησιν.ὑμῶν. 

toyou the rich, for ye are receiving your consolation. 


25 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν οἱ ἐμπεπλησμένοιὸ, ὅτι πεινάσετε. οὐαὶ Pupir" 
Woe to you who have been filled, for ye shall hunger. Woe to you 
οἱ γελῶντες νῦν. ὅτι πενθήσετε καὶ κλαύσετε. 26 οὐαὶ Wyir" 


who laugh now, for yeshall mourn and’ weep. Woe toyou 
ὅταν καλῶς τὑμᾶς εἴπωσιν" "πάντες" οἱ ἄνθρωποι: κατὰ 
when well of you speak all men, “according *to 


πταῦτα! γὰρ ἐποίουν τοῖς ψευδοπροφήταις οἱ.πατέρες.αὐτῶν. 

“these °things*for did %to*the false “prophets 1their *fathers, 
27 «Αλλ”' ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, ᾿Αγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς 
But toyou Isay who hear, Love “enemies 


ο + καὶ and LTTrA. 





®+x«aiandt, Ὁ — τὸν τοῦ ΤΤΙΑ. 
Li[tr]a. f + πολὺς great T. & ἐνοχλούμενοι TTrA. 
and they) LiTra. κ ἐζήτουν TTrA. 1 ἕνεκεν L. 
sume things LTTrA. υ + νῦν now T[Tr}a. P — ὕμιν ΤΊΓΑ, 
Freimwow ὑμᾶς τ. 5 -- πάντες G, ε᾽Αλλὰ LTTrAW, 


4 Ἰσκαριώθ LTTrA. 
b ἀπὸ GLTTFAW. 
m χάρητε GLTTrAW. 


167 


of Alpheus, and Simon 
called Zelotes, 16 and 
Judas the brother of 
James, and Judas Is- 
cariot, which also was 
the traitor. 17 And he 
came down with them, 
and stood in the plain, 
and the company of 
his disciples, and a 
great multitude of peo- 
ple out of all Judes 
and Jerusalem, and 
from the sea coast of 
Tyre and Sidon, which 
came to hear him, and 
to be healed of their 
diseases; 18 and they 
that were vexed with 
unclean spirits: and 
they were healed. 
19 And the whole mul- 
titude sought to touch 
him: for there avent 
virtue out of him, and 
healed them all. 


20 And he lifted up 
his eyes on his disci- 

les, and said, Blessed 

6 yé poor: for yours 
is the kingdom of God. 
21 Blessed are ye that 
hunger now: for ye 
shall be filled, Blessed 
are ye that weep now: 
for ye shall laugh. 
22 Blessed are ye, when 
men shall hate you, 
and when they shall 
separate you from their 
company, and shall re- 
proach you, and cast 
out your name as evil, 
for the Son of man’s 
sake, 23 Rejoice ye in 
that day, and leap for 
joy : for, behold, your 
reward ts great in hea- 
ven: for in the like 
manner did their 18- 
thers unto the pro- 
phets. 24 But woe unto 
you that are rich! for 
ye have received your 
consolation. 25 Woe 
unto you that are 
full! for ye shall 
hunger, Woeunto you 
that laughnow! for ye 
shall mourn and weep. 
26 Woe unto you, when 
all men shall speak 
well of yout for. so 
did their fathers to the 
false prophets. 27 But 
I say unto you which 
hear, Love your ene- 
mies, do good to 
them which hate you, 
28 bless them‘ that 





ε --- καὶ 
i — καὶ (omit 
2 τὰ αὐτὰ the 
4 — ὑμῖν GITITAW, 


168 


curse you, and pray 
for them which de- 
spitefully use you. 
29 And unto him that 
smiteth thee on the 
one cheek ofter also the 
other; and him that 
taketh away thy cloke 
forbid not to take thy 
coat also. 30 Give to 
every man that asketh 
of thee; and of him 
that taketh away thy 
goods ask them not 
again. 31 And as ye 
would that men should 
do to you, do ye alsoto 
them likewise. 32 For 
if ye love them which 
love you, what thank 
have ye? for sinners 
also love those that 
love them. 33 And if 
ye do good to them 
which do good to you, 
what thank have ye? 
for sinnersalso doeven 
the same, 34 And if 
ye lend. to them of 
whom yé hope to re- 
ceive, what thank have 
e? for sinners also 
end to sinners, to re- 
ceive as much again. 
35 But love ye your 
enemies, and do good, 
and lend, hoping for 
nothing again; and 
your reward shall be 
great, and ye shall be 
the children of tho 
Highest : for heis kind 
unto the unthankful 
and tothe evil. 36 Be 
ye therefore merciful, 
as your Father also is 
merciful. 37 Judge not, 


and ye shall not be: 


judged : condemn not, 
and ye shall “ποῦ be 
condemned : forgive, 
and ye shall be for- 
given: 38 give, and 


it shall be given 
unto you; good mea- 
sure, pressed down, 


and shaken together, 
and‘ running over, 
shall men give into 
your bosom, For with 
the same measure that 
ye mete withal it shall 
be measured to you 


VI. 
« ~ ~ ~ “ ς ~ ᾿ ~ 
ὑμῶν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς, 28 εὐλογεῖτε 
‘your, 4well 380 hate you, bless 

Ae Bt , τὰ ted iw SII / θ xt es (| ~ 

fove καταρωμένους. ὑμῖν," "και' προσεύχεσθε “UTED των 
those who curse you, and pray for those who 
ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς. 29 τῷ µτύπτοντί σε ἐπὶ! τὴν σιαγόνα, 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ, 


τοις 
to those who’ 


despitefully use you. Tohimwho strikes thee on _ the cheek, 
πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην: καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντός σου . τὸ 
ofter also the other; and from him who takesaway thy 


70 Ty" 


ἱμάτιον, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ.-κωλύσῃς. 90 παντὶ 


cloak, also the tunic do not forbid, ΞΤο Severy *one ‘and who 
αἰτοῦντί σε, δίδου: καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ,σά, 
asks thee, give; and from him who takes away what [is] thine, 


μὴ ἀπαίτει. 81 καὶ καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ 
ask [it] not back ; and according as ye desire that *should *do *to *you | 


ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ὑμεῖς! ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως. 32 καὶ εἰ 
‘men, also “ye 140 1ο them in like manner, And if 
ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας ὑμᾶς, ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν; 


ye love those who love you, what *to *you:'thank - “18 *it ? 
καὶ. γὰρ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶσιν. 
for even sinners ?those *who *love *them love. 


τοὺς 
, to those who 


33 καὶ > ἐὰν ἀγαθοποιῆτε 
And if ye do good 
ποία ὑμῖν “χάρις ἐστίν" ; 


ἀγαθοποιοῦντας ὑμᾶς, 
do good to you, 

‘ d A Π ε « " Α > ‘ 
καὶ γὰρ" οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ 


what *to*you ‘thank isit? "even ‘for sinners *the %same 
ποιοῦσιν. 84 καὶ ἐὰν *davetZnre" παρ ὧν ἐλπίζετε 
do. And if *yelend [tothose) from whom ye hope 


farohaBety," ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν; καὶ Syap" "οὶ" ἁμαρτωλοὶ 
to receive, what *to*you ‘thank isit? even “for sinners 
ε ~ Η ΄, ? - i 
ἁμαρτωλοῖς Ιδανείζουσιν,! ἵνα ἀπολάβωσιν τὰ ica." 35 πλην 
Στο “sinners end, that they may receive the like. But 
> ~ ~ ‘ ~ ‘ 
ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς. ὑμῶν, καὶ ἀγαθοποιεῖτε, καὶ Ιδανείζετεὶ 
love your enemies. and do good, | and lend, 
"undév" πάπελπίζοντες"Ἱ καὶ ἔσται ὁ μισθὺς ὑμῶν πολύς», 
Σπουμίηπς “hoping *foragain; and 3λλα]] 8 your *reward great, 
καὶ ἔσεσθε υἱοὶ Prov" ὑψίστου" ὅτι αὐτὸς χρηστός ἐστιν) ἐπὶ 
and yeshallbe sons ofthe Highest; for he 2ροᾶ «18 το 
‘ ? ΄ \ / , ’ 
τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς. 96 γίνεσθε «οὖν" οἰκτίρμονες, 
the unthankful, απᾶ wicked. Beye therefore compassionate, 
\ Ξ ΜΠ κι η « ~ ? , / \ ay a 
καθὼς "καὶ" ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν οἰκτίρμων ἐστίν. 37 Kai μὴ.κρίνετέ, 
as also your father *compassionate 115. And judge not, 
aes ΣΙ \ ~ \ , : ι ay 
καὶ οὐ" μὴ κριθῆτε' * μὴ.καταδικάζετε, καὶ οὔὐ-μὴ κατα- 
that in no wise ye be judged ; condemn not, that in no wise . ye be 
δικασθῆτε. ἀπολύετε, καὶ ἀπολυθήσεσθε 38 δίδοτε, καὶ 
condemned. Release, and ye shall be released. Give, a 


, ε ~ , η > c -- ( 
δοθήσεται ὑμῖν. μέτρον καλόν πεπιεσμένον "καὶ" σεσαλευ- 


it shall be given to you, *measure ροοᾶ, pressed down and shaken to- 
μένον “καὶ! "Ἀὐπερεκχυνόμενον" δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον 
gether and running over bosom 


shall they give into 
« ~ . : ~ \ b ~ / τ ~ =" 

ὑμῶν" τῷ γὰρ αὐτῷ μέτρῳ ᾧ' μετρεῖτε," ἀντιμε- 
your: “with *the “for same measure with which, ye mete, .- it shall be 





Y vmas GLTTrA. 
[δε] τῷ Tr. 


i δανίζουσιν T. 


F — καὶ [(L)1[Tr]. 
ντα, 


π---καὶ GLTTrAW. 
8 [καὶ ὑμεῖς] L. 
¢ δανείσητε , ; δανίσητε T; δανείζετε TrA. 
9 κ ἴσα LTAW. 

τοῖς οὐρανοῖς) in the heavens tL. 


“8 υπερέκχυννόμενον LTTrA,, 


χ περὶ ΤΑ. Y εἰς Τ. 


' τ [δὲ τῷ] 1; — δὲτῷ τ, 
Ὁ + γὰρ (read tor if ye also) τ. 


Σ ς ἐστὶν χάρις τ. ἃ --- γὰρ 1. 

r Γλαβειν TrrA, &—yapT[Trla. ᾧ - οἱ LITrA. 

Ιδανίσετεπ. πὶ μηδένα Τ. π ἀφελπίζοντες 1. 5 - [ἐν 

6 Ρ — τοῦ (read of [the]) @LTTraw. 4 — οὖν LTTrA. 

Suva ‘read that ye be not judged) 1, t+ καὶ δῃηᾶ TA νὰ — καὶ 
χϑ γὰρ μέτρῳ LTTT; ς 


VI. i U K τὰ. 

, cos 5 \ / η τ νας , 
τρηθήσεται ὑμῖν. 39 Εἶπεν. δὲ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς, Μήτι 
measured again to you. And he spoke a parable to them, 


δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν ; οὐχὶ ἀμφότεροι εἰς 
15 8015 ‘a blind {(*man] a blind [man] to lead ὃ “not Spoth πο 


βόθυνον πεσοῦνται"; 40 οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκα- 


54. “pit twill fall ὃ ‘not “is ‘a “disciple above the teacher 
λον "αὐτοῦ"" κατηρτιγμένος.δὲ πᾶς ἔσται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος 
of him; but “perfected Tevery “one shall be as “teacher 


τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ 
*his, But why lookest thou onthe mote that [15] in the eye 

τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ.σου, .TIV.0& δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ 
of thy brother, but the beam  that([is] in thine own ~ eye 

οὐ-κατανοεῖς; 42 θὴ" πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν τῷ-ἀδελφῷ-σου, 


αὐτοῦ. 41 τί δὲ βλέπεις 


perceivest not 2 or how artthouable tosay to thy brother, 
᾿Αδελφέ, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ 


Brother, ,sufiter [that] 1 maycastoutthe mote _ that [15] in 
σου, αὐτὸς τὴν ἐν τῷ.ὀφθαλμφῷ.σου δοκὸν οὐ βλέπων; ὑπο- 
‘thine, thyself the Σπ “thine [town]*eye ἍΊθεαπι ποί seeing? Hypo- 
κριτά, ἔκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν .doKby ἐκ ' τοῦ.ὀφθαλμοῦ.σου. καὶ 
crite, cast out first the beam out of thine [own] eye, and 
τότε διαβλέψεις “ἐκβαλεῖν! τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ 
then thou wilt 586 clearly tocast out.the mote that[is]in the eye 
τοῦ. ἀδελφοῦ.σου]. 43 οὐ.γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν 
of thy brother. For “not ‘there “is +a *tree °good producing 
καρπὸν σαπρόν" οὐδὲ" δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν’ 


eye 


“fruit ‘corrupt; nor a*treei corrupt producing “fruit *good ; 
44 ἕκαστον.γὰρ δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ.ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται" οὐ.γὰρ 
for each tree by itsown fruit is known, for not 


> > ~ ’ ~ ? A , , f. ΡΞ 
ἐξ ἀκανθῶν συλλέγουσιν σῦκα, οὐδὲ ἐκ βάτου ἱτρυγῶσιν 
from thorns do they gather figs, nor from a bramble gather they 
σταφυλήν.ῖ 45 ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ 
a bunch of grapes. The good man out of the ~ good treasure 
~ , έν 2 la . ε 
τῆς. καρδίας. "αὐτοῦ" προφέρει τὸ ἀγαθόν" καὶ ὁ πονη- 


of his heart brings forth that which[is] good; andthe wick- 
pic Ῥάᾶνθρωποσϊ ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 'θησαυροῦ τῆς καρδίας 
ed man out of the wicked treasure of *heart 
αὐτοῦ! προφέρει τὸ πονηρόν" ἐκ.γὰρ "τοῦ" περισσεύ- 
this brings forth that which [is] wicked: foroutof the abun- 
ματος ἰτῆς" καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα -αὐτοῦ.ὶ 46 Τί. δέ µε 
dance ofthe heart ’speaks this. “mouth. And why me 


~ ᾽ /΄ κ᾿ - ε ; - ΓΜ. 
καλεῖτε Κύριε, κύριε, καὶ οὐ. ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω; 47 πᾶς ὁ ἐρ- 
doyecall Lord, Lord, and donot what Isay? Every one who 
, , Ν > ~ ΄ \ ~ ? , 
χόμενος προς µε και ἀκούων μου τῶν λόγων και ποιῶν αὐτοὺς, 
is confing to me and hearing my words and doing them, 
, c ~ ’ ‘ e ? ? ιά 
ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὅμοιος. 48 ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ 


I willshew you {ο whom Τε 15 like. Like heis: toaman 
~ eee εν / Ν » 
οἰκοδομοῦντι οἰκίαν, ὃς ἔσκαψεν καὶ ἐβάθυνεν, καὶ ἔθηκεν 
building a house, who dug” and deepened, and laid 


\ ‘ Ul A 4 αγ 
θεμέλιον ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν" "πλημμύρας" δὲ γενομένης "προσερ- 
afoundationon the - rock; _and a flood having come Spurst 
ῥηξενὶ ὁ ποταμὸς τῇ-οἰκίᾳ.ἐκείνφ, καὶ οὐκ. ἴσχυσεν σαλεῦσαι 
*upon ‘the 7stream that house, and could not shake - 


169 


again. 39 Ana hespake 
a parable -unto them, 
Can the blind lead the 
blind? shall they not 
both fall into the 
ditch ? 40 The disciple 
is not above his mas- 
ter: but every one 
that is perfect shall be 
as his master, 41 And 
why beholdest thou 
the mote that is in thy 
brother’s eye, but pur- 
ceivest not the beam 
that is in thine own 
eye? 42 Either how 
canst thou say. to thy 
brother, Brother, let 
me pull out the mote 
that is in thine eye, 
when thou thyself be- 
holdest not the beam 
that is in thine own 
eye? Thou hypocrite, 
cast out first the beam 
out of thine own eye, 
and then shalt thou 
see clearly to pull out 
the mote that is in thy 
brotker’s eye. 43 For 
a good tree bringeth 
not forthcorrupt fruit; 
neither doth a corrupt 
tree bring forth good 
fruit. 44 For every 
tree is known by his 
own fruit. For of 
thorns men do not 
gather figs, nor of a 
bramble bush gather 
they grapes. 45 A good 
man out of the good 
treasure of his heart 
bringeth forth that 
whichis good; and an 


: evil man out of the 


evil treasure of his 
heart bringeth forth 
that which is evil: for 
of the abundance of 
the heart his mouth 
speaketh. 46 And why 
call ye me, Lord, Lord, 
and do not the things 
which I say? 47 Who- 
soever cometh to me, 
and heareth my say- 
ings, and doeth them, 
I will shew you to 
whom heis like: 48 he 
is like a man which 
built an house, and 
digged deep, and laid 
the foundation on a 
rock: and when the 
flood arose, the stream 
beat vehemently upon 
that house, and could 
not shake it: for it 


NN eee 


Υ + καὶ also LTTrA. 2 ἐμπεσοῦνται LTTrA. 
© -- ἐκβαλεῖν τὰ. 4% 4 ἐκβαλεῖν to cast out TA. 
τρυγῶσιν ΤΊτΑ. Ε — αὐτοῦ (read [his] heart) T. 
τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ [L]ITra. k — τοῦ LITra. 


στόμα αὐτοῦ λαλεῖ 1, Ὦ πλημμύρης ΤΤΙΑ. ο προσέρηξεν ΤΎτ, 


8. — αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 
e+ πάλιν again [τ,]τ[τε]Α. ἔ σταφυλὴν 
bh — ἄνθρωπος [L]TTrA. i 
1 — τῆς (read of [the]) LTTra. 


b — ἢ T[Tr]A. 


vi — θησαυροῦ 
το 


170 . 


was founded upon a 
rock. 49 But he that 
hearcth, and doeth not, 
is like a man_ that 
without a foundation 
built an house upon 
the earth; against 
which the stream did 
beat vehemently, and 
immediately it fell ; 
and the ruin of that 
house was great. 


VII. Now when he 
had ended all his say- 
ings in the audience 
of the people, he en- 
tered into Capernaum. 
2 And a certain cen- 
turion’s servant, who 
was dear unto him, 
was sick, and ready to 
die. 3 And when he 
heard of Jesus, he sent 
unto him the elders of 
the Jews, besecching 
him that he would 
come and heal his ser- 
vant. 4 And when they 
came to Jesus, they 
besought him instant- 
ly, saying, That he 
avas worthy for whom 
he should do this: 5 for 
he loveth our nation, 
and he hath built us 
a synagogue. 6 Then 
Jesus went with them. 
And when he was now 
not far from the house, 
the centurion scnt 
fricnds to him, saying 
unto him, Lord, trouble 
not thyself: for 1 am 
not worthy that thou 
shouldest enter under 
my roof : 7 wherefore 
neither thought I my- 
self worthy to come 
unto thee: but say in 
a word, and my ser- 
vant shall be healed. 
8 For I also am a man 
set under authority, 
having under me sol- 
diers, and I say unto 
oue, Go. and he goeth; 
and to another, Come, 
aud he cometh; and to 
my servant, Do this, 
and he docthit, 9When 
Jesus heard these 
things, he marvelled 
at him, and turned 
him about, and said 
unto the people that 
followed him, I say 


AOY KAZ. VI, Vi. 


αὐτήν" Ῥτεθεμελίωτο:γάρ ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν." 49 ὁ.δὲ ἀκούσαι 
it, for it had been founded upon the rock, Buthewho heard 
καὶ μὴ.ποιήσας ὑμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ “οἰκοδομήσαντι" οἰκία 
and did not *like 118 toa man having built a hous 
\ ‘ - ‘ / = ε 
ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν χωρὶς θεμελίου" ᾧ προσέῤῥηξεν" ὁ ποτα- 
on the earth‘without a foundation ; on which “burst the *stream, 
µός, καὶ "εὐθέως ἔπεσεν," καὶ ἐγένετο τὸ ῥῆγμα τῆς οἰκίας 
and immediately it fell, and ‘was ‘the ruin 308 “house 
ἐκείνης μέγα. 
“that great. 
7 Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐπλήρωσεν πάντα τὰ ῥήματα.αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς 
And when he hadcompleted all his words in the 
ἀκοὰς τοῦ λαοῦ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Καπερναούμ." 2 Ἑκατοντάρχου 
ears ofthe people heentered into Capernaum. ΟΥ̓ °a 7centurion 
δὲ τινος δοῦλος κακῶς ἔχων ἤμελλεν τελευτᾷν, ὃς ἦν 
‘and ‘certain’a*bondman 1 “being was about to die, who was 
αὐτῷ ἔντιμος. 8 ἀκούσας.δὲ περὶ τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς 
by him honoured, And having heard about Jesus he sent to 
αὐτὸν πρεσβυτέρους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐρωτῶν αὐτὸν ὕπως 
him elders of the Jews, begging him that 
3 A , ‘ ~ : ? ~ € ‘ η 
ἐλθὼν διασώσῃ τὸν.δοῦλον.αὐτοῦ. 4 οἱ δὲ παραγενόμενοι 
having come he might cure his bondman. Andthey having come 
πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν Yrapexadevy! αὐτὸν σπουδαίως, λέγοντες, 
to Jesus besought him diligently, saying, 
“te » ΄ ? oe, w , Ἱ “ > ? ΄- ‘ 
τι ἄξιός ἐστιν ᾧ παρέξει! τοῦτο ὅ ἀγαπᾳ.γὰρ 
that “worthy "he 215 to whom he shall grant this, for he loves 
ἔθνος ἡμῶν καὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτὸς ᾠκοδόμησεν ἡμῖν. 
our nation and the synagogue he built . for us. 
« κ, ~ ? ‘ ~ "ἢ ~ 
6 '0.δὲ ᾿'Τησοῦς ἐπορεύετο σὺν αὐτοῖς' ἤδη.δὲ αὐτοῦ ov μακρὰν 
And Jesus went with them; butalready he not “far 
> ’ » 4 ~ ο ἢ ” ‘ « 
ἀπέχοντος "ἀπὸ" τῆς οἰκίας, ἔπεμψεν ὑπρὸς αὐτὸν! τὸ ἑκατόν- 
αρείησ distant from. the house, Ssent “to Shim ‘the *cen~ 
ταρχος φίλους! λέγων "αὐτῷ," Κύριε, μὴ.σκύλλου' οὐ 
turion friends, saying tohim, Lord, trouble not (thyself), “ποῦ 
γάρ δείμι ἱκανὸς" ἵνα «ὑπὸ τὴν.στέγην.μου εἰσέλθῃς" 
*for Ἴϑαιη worthy that under my roof thou shouldest come ; 
7 διὸ οὐδὲ ἐμαυτὸν ἠξίωσα πρός σε ἐλθεῖν: ἀλλὰ 
wherefore neither myself countedI worthy “to ‘thce *to “come; but 
εἰπὲ λόγῳ, καὶ ἀἰαθήσεται! ὁ. παῖς. μου. 8 καὶ.γὰρ ἐγὼ ἄν- 
say boy aword, and shall Ῥε Πεα]εᾶ my servant. Foralso* I a 
θρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόµενος. ἔχων ὑπ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν 
man am under authority ‘appointed, having under myse 
ιά \ [ή ‘ 
στρατιώτας, καὶ λέγω τούτῳ Πορεύθητι, καὶ πορεύεται" 
soldiers, and Isay tothis [one] ‘Go, and he goes ; 
‘ ” » Ὁ oF ‘ ~ ° ͵ 
καὶ ἄλλῳ, Ἔρχου. καὶ ἔρχεται: καὶ τῷ.δούλῳ.µου, Ποίησον 


A 
TO 


and toanother, Lome, and hecomes; and tomy bondman, Do 
τοῦτο, καὶ ποιεῖ. 9 ᾿Ακούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐθαύ- 
this, and he does [10]. And having heard these things Jesus won- 


? , ο \ ‘ ~ ~ ~ 
µασεν αὐτόν" καὶ στραφεὶς τῷ ἀκολουθοῦντι αὐτῷ ὄχλῳ 
deredat him; and turning tothe “following Shim ‘crowd 





P διὰ τὸ καλῶς οἰκοδομεῖσθαι (οἰκοδομῆσθαι τὴ αὐτήν because it was well built τττα. 


4 οἰκοδομοῦντι building L. 


together rtra. 


ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην W. 


; - Ὁ Ἐπειδὴ after that Lrtra. 
π΄ παρέξῃ he should grant ΗΤΤΑ. 
Σ φίλους ὃ ἑκατόνταρχος (ἑκατοντάρχης T) TTrA. 


τ προσέρήξεν TTr. 5 εὐθὺς συνέπεσεν inimediately it felt 
Εμ, Καφαρναούμ LTTrAW, “ ἠρώτων asked τ. 
* — ἀπὸ (read της from the) 1. Υ — πρὸς αὐτὸν Τ. 
έκατ 8--- αὐτῷ 1. “μον 
4 ἑαθήτω let be healed TTra. 


. 


Ὁ ἑκανός εἰμι ΤΤτΑ., 


LUKE. 


ae) ς ~ A / / ᾿ 
εἶπεν, Λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ ᾿ΙΙσραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον. 
said, Isay to you, noteven in Israel so great faith did I find. 
10 Καὶ ὑποστρέψαντες' «οἱ πεμφθέντες εἰς τὸν οἶκον" εὗρον 
And ὁπατίπς “τειαχπθᾶ ‘those “sent to the house found 
τὸν ἀσθενοῦντα" δοῦλον. ὑγιαίνοντα. 
the sick bondman in good health. 
11 Kai ἐγένετο ἐν Sry" ἑξῆς 
And it came topasson the next [day] 
καλουμένην Naty, καὶ συνεπορεύοντο αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 
called Nain, and went with him his *disciples 
ἱκανοὶ! καὶ ὄχλος πολύς. 12 ὡςδὲ ἤγγισεν τῇ TAQ τῆς 
Imany and α ᾿οτοπᾶ ‘great. And as he drew near to the gate of the 
(πόλεως καὶ ἰδού. ἐξεκομίζετο κτεθνηκώς.! ἰυϊὸς povo- 
city also ‘behold, was being carried out {one] who haddied, an*son ‘only 


γενὴς" τῇ.μητρὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ aiirn ἦν" χήρα καὶ ὄχλος τῆς 


Vil. 


h2 ’ I τ»; ηλ 
ETTODEVETO ELC πολιν 
he went -into acity 


to his mother, and she Was a widow, and a*crowd *of*the 
, t 4 4 : > ~ ~ Oe νι “" 2 η « , 
πόλεως ἱκανὸς ™ σὺν αὐτῷ. 13 και ἰδὼν. αὐτὴν ὁ κύριος 
Scity ‘considerable[was]with her. -And seeing her the Lord 
ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ᾽ οαὐτῇ" καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Μἠ.κλαῖε. 
was moved with compassion on her and said to her, Weep not. 


14 Kai προσελθὼν ἥψατο τῆς σοροῦ' οἱ-δὲ βαστάζοντες 
And comingup hetouched the bier, and those bearing {it} 
ἔστησαν" καὶ εἶπεν, Μεανίσκε, σοὶ λέγω, ἐγέρθητι. 15 Kai 
stopped. And hesaid, Young man, to thee I say, Arise. _ And 
ἀνεκάθισεν ὁ νεκρὸς καὶ ἤρξατο λαλεῖν" καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν τῇ 
ἦβαῦ αρ ‘the *dead and began to speak, and hegave him 
μητρὶ. αὐτοῦ. 16 ἔλαβεν δὲ φόβος Ῥἅπαντας," καὶ ἐδόξαζον 
to his mother. And seized ‘fear all, and they glorified 
τὸν θεόν, λέγοντες, Ὅτι προφήτης μέγας “ἐγήγεῤται! ἐν 


God, saying, A*prophet ‘great hasrisenup amongst 
¢ ο ΄ δ A A ~ — 
ἡμῖν, καὶ “Ore ἐπεσκέψατο ὁ θεὸς τὸν.λαὸν αὐτοῦ. 17 Καὶ 
us; and *Has “visited *God his people. And 


ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος.οὗτος ἐν ὕλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ περὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ 
went out this report in all Judea concerning him, and 
Téy' πάσῃ τῇ περιχώρῳ. 
in all the country around. 
18 Kai ἀπήγγειλαν "Ἰωάννῃ" οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 
And ‘brought®word ‘to ?John Shis *disciples 
, 4 ~ 
πάντων τούτων. 19 καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος δύο τινὰς τῶν 
all _ these things. And having called to [him] *two ‘certain 


μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ὁ Ε]ωάννησὶ ἔπεμψεν πρὸς "τὸν Ἰησοῦν," 


περὶ 
concerning 


of hix disciples ohn sent {them] to Jesus, 

/ ΄ Ὰ » » 
λέγων, Σὺ. εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ τἄλλον" προσδοκῶμεν ; 
saying, Artthou the coming [οπε] or another are we to look for? 


20 Παραγενόμενοι.δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ot ἄνδρες Σεἶπον,' Ylwav- 
And having come to .him the men - paid, John 
« ᾿ « - , , 

νης! ὁ βαπτιστὴς ἀπέσταλκὲν ἡμᾶς πρός σε, λέγων, Σὺ εἶ 
the Baptist has sent ° us to thee, saying, Art thou 

« 3 , ve J ~ ~ \ 

ὁ épxopevoc ἢ ἄλλον προσδοκῶμεν; 21 Ἐν ταὐτῷ" "δὲ". 


: Yj 
the coming [one] or another are we to look for? *In *the *same ‘and 


in EF ΄ x ΄ \ / 
τῷ ὥρᾳ ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς ἀπὸ νόσων καὶ μαστίγων καὶ 
ς ΒΟῸΣ he healed many of diseases and scourges: and 


171 


unto you, I have not 
found so great faith, 
no. not in Israel. 
10 And they that were 
sent, returning to the 
house, found the ser- 
vant wholé that had 
been sick, 


11 And it came to 
pass the day after, that 
he went into a city 
called Nain; andmany 
of his disciples went 
with him, and much 
people. 12 Now when 
he came nigh to the 
gate of the city, be- 
hold, there was a dead 
man carried out, the 
only son of his mother, 
and she was a widow: 
and much people of 
the city was with her. 
13 And when the Lord 
saw her, he had com- 
passion on her, and 
said unto her, Weep 
not. 14 And he came 
and touched the bier: 
and they that bare 
him stood still And 
he said, Young man, 
I say unto thee, Arise. 
15 And he that was 
dead sat up, and began 
to speak. d he de- 
livered him to his mo- 
ther. 16 And there 
came a fear onall: and 
they glorified God, 
saying, That a great 
prophet is risen up 
among us; and, That 
God hath visited his 
people. 17 And this 
rumour of him went 
forth throughout all 
Judea, and through- 
out all the region 
round about. 


18 And the disciples 
of John shewed him 
of ail these things. 
19 And Jchn calling 
unto him two of his 
disciples stnt them to 
Jesus, saying, Art thou 
he that should come ὃ 
or look we for 85" 
other? 20 When the 
men were come unto 
him, they said, John 
Baptist hath sent us 
unto thee, saying, Art 
thou he that should 
come? or look we 
for another? 21 And 
in that same hour 
he cured many of 
their infirmities and 
plagues, and of evil 





f — ἀσθενοῦντα LTT:[A]. 
| μονογενὴς vids TTrA. ™ αὐτὴ W ; 
4 ἠγέρθη is risen LTTrA. 


τ εἰς τὸν οἶκον οἱ πεμφθέντες LTTr. 
i— ἱκανοὶ ities k [τεθνηκὼς]1,. 
Was EGT[TrA]. ο αὐτὴν τ. Ρ πάντας GTrA. 
5 Ἰωάννει T; “Iwaver Tr. τ Ἰωάνης Tr.. 


5 εἶπαν Litra. 7 Ἰωάνης Tr. πἔ ἐκείνῃ that tra, δ — δὲ LTTra. 


ὃ τῷ Tr. 


7 τὸν κύριον the Li rd TTra. 


h ἐπορεύθη τ. 
-- ἣν Εαν’. 5 - ἦν 
τ--- ἐν [L]t[Tr]a. 

τ ἅτερον Tr, 


172 

spirits; and unto many 
that were blind he gave 
sight. 22 Then Jesus 
answering said unto 
them, Go your way, 
and tell John what 
things ye have scen 
and heard; how that 
the blind see, the lame 
walk, the lepers are 
cleansed, the deaf hear, 
the dead are raised, to 
the poor the gospel 
is preached. 23 And 
blessed is he, whoso- 
ever shall not be of- 
fended in me, 


24 And when the 
messengers of John 
were departed, he 
began to speak unto 
the people concerning 
John, What went ye 
out into the wilderness 
for to sce? A reed 
shaken with the wind? 
25 But what went ye 
out for to sce? A man 
clothed in soft rai- 
ment? Behold, they 
which are gorgeously 
apparelled, and live 
delicately,are in kings’ 
courts, 26 But what 
went ye out for to see? 
A prophet? Yea, I 
say unto you, and 
much more than a 
prophet. 27 This is he, 
of whom it is written, 
Behold, I send my 
messenger before thy 
face, which shall pre- 
pare thy way before 
thee. 28 For I say 
unto you, Among those 
that are born of women 
there is not a greater 
prophet than John the 
Baptist: but he that is 
least in the kingdom 
of God is greater than 
he. 29 And all the 
people that heard him, 
and the publicans, jus- 
tified God, being bap- 
tized with the baptism 
of John. 30 But the 
Pharisees and lawyers 
rejected the counsel of 
God against them- 
selves, being not bap- 
tized of him, 31 And 
the Lord said, Where-- 
unto then shall I liken 
the men of this gene- 


ration? and to what- 


are they like? 32 They 
are like unto children 
sitting in the market- 
place, and calling one 
to another, and say- 
‘ ‘ 


Vit. 
b 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. 
’ ‘ i: ~ eX ~ " α , = 
πνευμάτων πονηρῶν, καὶ τυφλοις πολλοις ἐχαρίσατο 
* spirits evil, and to “blind *many he granted 


‘ > \ ~ ] - ? ~ [ή 
βλέπειν. 22 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς “ὁ Τησοῦς". εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πορευθεν- 
{ο 566. And answering 1 Jesus said to them, Having 


τὸ" 


τες ἀπαγγείλατε “Ἰωάννῃ! ἃ εἴδετε καὶ ἠκούσατε' “ὅτι! 
gone relate to John what yehavescenand heard ; that 
4 , Δ = \ / 
τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζον- 
blind receive sight, lame walk, lepers are cleansed, 


ται, κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται" 
deaf hear, dead are raised, poor are evangelized ; 

\ , ΄, ? εν 4 al θῇ ? ? / 

23 καὶ μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ.σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί. 

and blessed is whoever shall not be offended in me. 
24 ᾽Απελθόντων δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων Γ]ωάννου" ἤρξατο λέγειν 
Απά ‘having δᾷορατίεᾶ ‘the *messengers *of*John- he began to speak 
πρὸς τοὺς ὄχλους περὶ PIwavvov," Τί Σἐξεληλύθατεὶ εἰς 
το the crowds concerning Jobn : What have ye gone out into 
τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι; κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευό- 
the wilderness to look at? a reed ἡ by {the] wind shaken ? 
μενον; 25 ἀλλὰ τί Σἐζεληλήθατεϊ ἰδεῖν ; ἄνθρωπον ἐν µαλα- 
But what have ye gone out {ο 566 ὃ aman ποια 
κοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον; ἰδού, οἱ ἐν ἱματισμῷ ἐνδόξῳ 
clothing arrayed ? Behold, theywho in “clothing ‘splendid 
\ ~ ε 7 > ~ ΄ / 3 ᾽ ‘ ΄ 
καὶ τρυφῇ ὑπάρχοντες ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις εἰσίν. 26 ἀλλὰ τί 
and inluxury areliving “ἴθ *the “palaces 1416, But what 

ξἐξεληλύθατεὶ ἰδεῖν; προφήτην"; vai, λέγω ὑμῖν, καὶ 

have ye gone out tosee? a prophet ? Yea, Isay toyou, and [one] 
περισσότερον προφήτου. 27 οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέ- 
more excellent than ἃ prophet. This is he concerning whom it has 
γραπται, Ιδού, “tyw' ἀποστέλλω τὺν.ἄγγελόν.μου πρὸ 
been written, Behold, 1 send my messenger before 
προσώπου.σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν.ὁδόν.σου ἔμπροσθέν σου. 


thy face, who shall prepare thy way before thee. 
28 Λέγω Ἰγὰρὶ ὑμῖν, μείζων ἐν εννητοῖς γυναικῶν 
31067 ‘for toyou, 58 greater 'among([7those] *born *of >women 


k κ all ΡῚ “ μεις >) Il ἠδ ΡΞ - . x δὲ 
προφητης' "]ωάνγνου" 'τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ" οὐδείς εστιν’ ὁ.δὲ 
prophet than John’ the Baptist noone is; buthethat[is] 
la ? = λ , ~ θ - (ζ ? ~ 3 99 K " 
μικροτερος ἐν ΤΊ; ασι ειᾳ του σεου μει ων αυτου εστιγ. αι 
less in the kingdom of God greater thanhe is, Aud 
τελῶναι ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν θεόν, 
justified = God, 
άπτισµα *lwavvov'" 90 οἱ δὲ Φα- 
baptism of John ; but the Pha- 
ρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ νομικοὶ τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ἠθέτησαν 
risees and the doctors of thelaw the counsel of God _ set aside 
, , ~ = A 
εἰς ἑαυτούς, μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 91 πεῖπεν δὲ ὁ 
as to themselves, not having been baptized by him. And *said ‘the 
, . > « ’ 4 , ~ ~ 
κύριος,' Τίνι οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς 
*Lord, To what therefore shallI liken the men of “gencration 
, 4 ’ > A- ε ,’ ’ 
ταύτης: καὶ τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι; 82 Ὁμοιοί εἰσιν παιδίοις 
1this 2 and to what are they like? Like are they tolittle children 
~ 3 > ~ ’ ~ ΄ 
τοῖς εν ἀγορᾷ καθημένοις, καὶ προσφωνοῦσιν ἀλλήλοις 
in ἃ market-place sitting, and calling one to another 


πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἀκούσας καὶ οἱ 
all the people having heard and the tax-gatherers 


βαπτισθέντες τὸ β 
having been baptized [with] the 


ἅἁἀεφεἅὥ»»νυΗῪυον.π-͵.σσοσρστΤ“----ρὔ---ςς-ςς--΄πππῆηρῆ« νο τσι ο ο 


> — τὸ LTTrAW. 
6 — ὅτι L[ Tr]. 
I send) 1ΤΊτΑ. 


ἸΏ — εἶπεν δὲ ὁ-κύριο 


{ Ἰωάνου Tr. 


© — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he δα14) [L]rtra. 
8 ἐξήλθατε Went ye out Ltr. 


& — προφήτης L[ Tras]. 


4 Ἰωάννει T; ‘Iwaver Tr. 
bh — ἐγὼ (read ἀποστ. 


i — γὰρ TTrA, 1— τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ ΤΊτΑ. 


5 GLTTrAW, 


mY. LUE τα, 


\ , ~ ‘ 5» td = bf 
Beat Eyovowy," Ἠὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐκ.ὠρχήσασθε' ἐθρη- 
and saying, We piped toyou, and ye did not dance; we 
΄ Cola 1 ‘ 3 , ’ 
νήσαμεν ὑμῖν." καὶ οὐκ. ἐκλαύσατε. 88 ἐλήλυθεν.γὰρ P' lwavyne! 


mourned toyou, and ye did not weep. For *has *come 1John 
ὁ βαπτιστὴς “μήτε! τἄρτον ἐσθίων! "μήτε" toivoy πίνων," 
"the *Baptist neither “bread eating nor 2wine ‘drinking, 


καὶ λέγετε, Δαιμόνιον ἔχει. B4 ἐλήλυθεν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 
and yesay, A demon he has. 5Has Scome ‘the 7Son Sof παπι 
᾿ ‘ ? A , ? ων ’ ” , ‘ 
ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων, καὶ λέγετε, Ιδού, ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ 
eating and drinking, and yesay, Behold, - aman aglutton and 
Ἃ ~ / ‘ € ~ Ξ ‘ 238 
οἰνοπότης, “τελωνῶν φίλος" καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν. 8 καὶ ἐδι- 


a wine-bibber, of tax-gatherers ἃ friend and of sinners ; and *was 
’ « ’ ‘ ~ > ~ , 1 
Ι καιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ "τῶν. τέκνων.αὐτῆς πάντων." 
Sjustified ‘wisdom by *her Schildren pala 
᾽ , ar ΕῚ 4 ~ , er / Σ 
36 Howra.ce τις αὐτὸν τῶν Φαρισαίων ινα φάγῃ μετ 


And *asked ‘one. Shim 208 6 “Pharisees that he should eat with 


“Ὁ ‘ / ~ / ν᾿ 2 
αὐτοῦ" καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς Στὴν οἰκίαν! τοῦ Φαρισαίου Yave- 


him And having enteredinto the house ofthe Pharisee he re- 
κλίθη Ἱ 97 Καὶ ἰδού, γυνὴ "ἐν τῇ πόλει ἥτις -ἦν" 
clined (at table]; and behold, a woman in the city who was 


ἁμαρτωλός, " ἐπιγνοῦσα ὅτι Ὀάνάκειταιϊ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 
a sinner, having known that he had reclined [at table] in the house 
~ / Be Δ ~ 
τοῦ Φαρισαίου, κοµίσασα ἀλάβαστρον μύρου, 38 καὶ στᾶσα 
ofthe Pharisee, having taken an alabaster flask of ointment, and standing 
“παρὰ τοὺς.πόδας αὐτοῦ ὀπίσω" κλαίουσα, ἤρξατο βρέχειν 
at his feet _ behind weeping, began to bedew 
τοὺς πόδας.αὐτοῦ τοῖς .δάκρυσιν,' καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν τῆς κεφαλῆς 


his feet with tears, and with the hairs of head 
αὐτῆς “ἐξέμασσεν." καὶ κατεφίλει τοὺς. πόδας. αὐτοῦ, 
"her she was wiping [them], and ττας ατἀεπῖ]γ kissing his feet, 
καὶ Ίλειφεν τῷ μύρῳ. 89 ἰδὼν. δὲ ὁ Φαρισαῖος 
and was anointing [them] withthe ointment. But havingseen,the Pharisee 
« , Η͂ - ~ τ 5 
ὁ καλέσας αὐτὸν εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, λέγων, Οὗτος εἰ 
who invited him spoke within himself, saying, This [person] if 


ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν.ᾶν τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ 


he were aprophet, would have known who and what the woman [is] 
ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν. 40 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς 
who touches him, for @ sinner she is. Aud -*answering 
~ ~ 4 / 2 ~ 
ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, Σίμων, ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν. 


1 Jesus said to him, Simon, Ihave to thee something to say. 
Ὁ.δε Ίφησιν, Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ." 41 Δύο ξχρεωφειλέται ἦσαν 
Andhe says, Teacher, say [it]. Two debtors there were 
Maveory τινι’ ὁ εἷς ὤφειλεν δηνάρια πεντακόσια, ὁ.δὲ 


{ο 8 “creditor ‘certain; theone owed denarii ‘five “hundred, and the 
ἔ 5 , , Ἀν » 2 
ἕτερος πεντήκοντα. 42 μὴ.ἐχόντων.δὲ' αὐτῶν ἀπο- 


other fitty. But “not *having 1they [wherewith] to 
~ , ~ MA 5 ~ 
δοῦναι ἀμφοτέροις ἐχαρίσατο" τίς οὖν αὐτῶν, ᾿είπε," πλεῖον 
pay, -poth he forgaye: whichtherefore ofthem, say, “most 


? ΄ ‘ Η A « / = « 
ἰαὐτὸν ἀγαπήσει"; 48 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς δὲ! πιὸ! Σίμων εἶπεν, Ὕπο- 
Shim ‘will ΞΊογο 2 And “answering 1Simon - said, I 


178 


ing, We hare piped 
unto you, and ye have 
not danced; we hare 
mourned to you, and 
ye have not wept. 
33 For John the Bap- 
tist came neither eat- 
ing bread nor drinking 
wine ; and ye say, He 
hath a devil. 34 The 
Son of man is comes 
eating and drinking; 
and ye say, Behold a 
gluttonous man,and a 
winebibber, a frien 
ot publicans and sin- 
ners! 35 But wisdom 
is justificd of all her 
children. 


36 And one of ths 
Pharisecs desired him 
that he would eat with 
him. And he went 
into the Pharisee’s 
house, and sat down 
to meat. 37 And, Ῥε- 
hold, a woman in 
the city, which was a 
sinner, when she knew 
that Jesus sat at meat 
in the Pharisce’s house, 
brought an alabaster 
box of ointment, 
38 and stood at his 
feet behind him weep- 
ing, and began to wash 
his feet with tears, and 
did wipe them with the 
hairs of her head, and 
kissed his feet, and 
anointed them with 
the ointment. 39 Now 
when the Pharisee 
which had bidden him 
saw it, he spake within 
himself, saying, This 
man, if he were a pro- 
phet, would have 
known who and what 
manner of woman this 
is that toucheth him: 
for she is a sinner. 
40 And Jesus answer- 
ing said unto him, 
Simon, I have some- 
what to say unto thee. 
And he saith, Master, 
sayon. 4] There wasa 
certain creditor which 
had two debtors: the 
one owed five hundred 
pence, and the other 
fifty. 42 And when 
they had nothing to 
pay, he frankly for- 
gaye them both. Tell 
me therefore, which of 
them will love him 
most? 43 Simon an- 
swered and said, Isup- 





2 λέγοντες TTrA. ο — ὑμῖν TTr. P Ἰωάνης Tr. 4 μὴ not TA. 
ἐσθίων ἄρτον τ. 5 μηδὲ Ὁ. t πίνων οἶνον LTTrA. 
τῶν τέκνων αὑτῆς LTrA. α τὸν οἶκον LTTrA. Υ κατεκλίθη ΙΤΊτΑ. 
LTTrA. a+ καὶ aud LTTraw. > κατάκειται LTTrA. 
GLTTrA. ἃ τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἤρξατο βρέχειν τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ LTTrA. — 
δάσκαλε, ειπέ, φησίν TIra. 6 χρεοφειλέται LTTrA. | h δανιστῃῇ τ. 
Κ.-- εἰπέ LTTr[A]. | ἀγαπήσει αὐτόν LTTrA, m — ὃ T[Tr]. 


7 φίλος τελωνῶν GLTTrAW. 
2 ἥτις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει 
ὃ ὀπίσω παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 
e ἐξέμαξεν 1. 


τ ἔσθων ἄρτον LTrA ; 
“ πάντων 


ΓΔι- 
i —- δὲ [1]11ι:Α. 


174 


25, that he, to whom 

e forgave most. And 
hesajd unto him, Thou 
hast rightly judged. 
44 And he turned to 
the woman, and said 
unto Simon, Seest thou 
this woman? I entered 
into thine house, thou 
gavest me no water for 
ray feet : but she hath 
washed my feet with 
tears, and wiped them 
with the hairs of her 
head. 45 Thou gavest 
me no kiss: but this 
woman since the time 
I came in hath not 
ceaséd to kiss my feet. 
46 My head with oil 
thou didst not anoint: 
but this woman hath 
anointed my feet with 
ointment. 47 Where- 
fore 1 say unto thee, 
Her sins, which are 
many, are forgiven; 
for she loved much: 
but to whom little is 
forgiven, the same lov- 
eth little. 48 And he 
said unto her, Thy sins 
are forgiven. 
they that sat at meat 
with him began to say 
within themselves, 
Who is this that for- 
giveth™ sins also? 
50 And he said to the 
woman, “Thy faith 
hath saved thee; go in 
peace, 


VIII. And it came 
to pass afterward, that 
he went throughout 
every city and village, 
preaching and shew- 
ing the glad tidings of 
the kingdom of God: 
and the twelve were 
with him, 2 and cer- 
tain women, which 
had been healed of evil 
spirits and infirmities, 
Mary called Magda- 
lene, outof whom went 
seven devils, 3 and 
Joanna the wife of 
Chuza Herod’s stew- 
ard, and Susanna, and 
Many others, which 
ministered unto him 
of their substance. 

4 And when much 
people were gathered 
together, and were 
come to him out of 
every city, he spake by 
a parable: 5 A sower 
went out to sow his 
seed: and as he sowed, 
some fell by the way 
side; and it was trod- 
den down, and the 


49 And. 


AO YR AES, VII, Vit. 
λαμβάνω ὅτι τὸ πλεῖον ἐχαρίσατο. Ο.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, 
take it that(he]towhemthe ‘more heforgave. Andhe said to him, 
᾿Ορθῶς ἔκρινας. 44 Καὶ. στραφεὶς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα, τῷ 
Rightly thou hast judged_ And having turned to the woman, 
Σίμωνι ἔφην Βλόπεις ταύτην τὴν γυναῖκα; εἰσῆλθόν σου εἰς 
to Simon he said, Seest thou  Οπῖς woman? Tentered *thy ‘into 
τὴν οἰκίαν, ὕδωρ "ἐπὶ τοὺς.πόδας. μου! οὐκ.ἔδωκας' αὕτη δὲ 

house, , water for my feet thou gavest not, but she 
τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἐβρεξέν µου τοὺς πόδας, καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν στῆς 
with tears bedewed my feet, and with the hairs 


κεφαλῆς" αὐτῆς ἐξέμαξεν. 46 φίλημά μοι οὐκ.ἔδωκας" 


“head ‘of #her wiped [them]. Akiss tome thou gavest not, 

" Ἂν ? ? τ 2 Πλθ > Pp EX ll λ >) ή 
αυτη.ε αφ ἧς εισήηλσον ου. ῥιέλιπεν καταφιλουσα 
but she from which [time] I[camein ceased not ardently kissing 


Guov τοὺς πόδας." 46 ἐλαίῳ τὴν.κεφαλήν.μον οὐκ.ήλειψας" 


ΤΟΥ͂ feet. With oil my head thou didst not anoint, 
αὕτη.δὲ μύρῳ ἤλειψέν μου τοὺς πόδας." 47 οὗ. χάριν 
but she with ointment anointed my feet. For which cause 
λέγω σοι, ἀφέωνται "αἱ ἁμαρτίαι.αὐτῆςὶ αἱ πολλαί, Oru 
Isay to thee, forgiven have been her 7sins" Imany ; for 
ἠγάπησεν πολύ ᾧ.δὲ ὀλίγον ἀφίεται ὀλίγον ἀγαπᾷ. 
she loved much; but towhom little is forgiven little he loves. 
48 Εἶπεν δὲ airy, Αφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. 49 Καὶ 
Απιᾶ [6 said 1ο Ἠοτ, Forgiven have been thy sins. And 


ἤρξαντο οἱ συνανακείµενοι λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, Tic "οὗτός 
began those reclining with (him) to‘say withinthemselves, Who this 


ἐστιν! ὃς καὶ ἁμαρτίας ἀφίησιν; 50 Ἐϊπεν δὲ πρὸς τὴν γυ- 


118 whoeven “sins forgives ? But hesaid to . the wo 
ναῖκα, Ἡ.πίσχις.σου σἐαωκέν σε" πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην. 
man, Thy faith has saved thee; go in peace. 
8 Καὶ «ἐγένετο ἐνιτῷ. καθεξῆᾳ καὶ αὐτὸς διώδευεν 
_ And it came to pass afterwards that he journeyed through 
κατὰ πόλιν καὶ κώμην, κηρύσσων καὶ εὐαγγελιζό- 
city by city and village by village, preaching and announcing the glad 


μενος τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ" καὶ οἱ δώδεκα σὺν αὐτῷ, 
tidings, the kingdom of God; and the twelve [were] with him, 
2 καὶ γυναϊκές τινες αἳ ἦσαν.τεθεραπευµέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων 
and “women ‘certain who had been cured from ..., *spirits 
~ ‘ ? ~ , ς 2 Ἶ / 
πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν, Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή, 
1wicked and infirmities, Mary who iscalled y& Magdalene, 
ere | Ke ὃ ΄ ς δα 7 ιν ν᾽ , Ἱ 4 
ap ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει, 8. καὶ VIwavva’ γυνὴ 
from whom demons ‘seven had gone out; and Joanna wife 
Χουζᾶ ἐπιτρόπου Ἡρώδου, καὶ Σουσάννα, καὶ ἕτεραι πολλαί, 
of Chuza asteward oof Herod; and Susanna, and “others ‘many, 
wv ~ ~ ~ 
αἵτινες διηκόνουν ταὐτῷ" τἀπὸ! τῶν.ὑπαρχόντων.αὐταῖς. 
who were ministering to him of their property. 
4 Συνιόντος-δὲ ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ τῶν «κατὰ πόλιν ἐπι- 
And *assembling 'a “crowd . 3ρτεαῦ, and those who from eachcity were 


πορευομένων πρὸς αὐτόν, εἶπεν διὰ παραβολῆς. 5 Ἐξῆλθεν 


coming to him, hespoke by a parable. SWent *out 
ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπεῖραι τὸν.σπόρον.αὐτοῦ: καὶ ἐν.τῷ-σπείρειν 
‘the *sower to sow his seed ; and as “sowed 


αὐτὸν ὃ.μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, καὶ κατεπατήθη, καὶ τὰ 
the some fell by the way, and.it was trampledupon, and the 





η µου ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας T : μοι ἐπὶ πόδας ΤΑ. 
P διέλειπεν T. . 


GLITraw. 
αι ἁμαρτίαι LT, 


* ἐστιν οὗτος 1,. 


° — τῆς κεφαλῆς (read with her hairs) 
τ τοὺς πόδας µου GLTra. 5 αὐτῇ (avTys.T) 
τ αὐτοῖς tothemtTtTra. * ex out of LTTra, 


ἃ τοὺς πόδας µου L. 
τ ᾿Ἰωάνα Tr. 


VIII. LU Ss. 


πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατέφαγεν αὐτό. 6 καὶ ἕτερον ἔπεσεν" 


birds ofthe heaven devoured it. And _ other fell 

‘ [ή A 4 ’ rit "ον 
ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν, καὶ φυὲν ἐξηράνθη, διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν. 
upon the rock, and having sprung up it withered, because it had not 


’ e ” 
ἰκμάδα. 7 καὶ ἕτερον ἔπεσεν ἐν 
moisture ; and other fell 
συμφνεῖσαι" at ἄκανθαι ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτό. ὃ καὶ ἕτερον 
having sprung up together the thorns choked ats and other 
ἔπεσεν “ἐπὶ! τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαβήν, καὶ φυὲν ἐποίησεν 
fell upon the ground the good, and having sprung up produccd 
καρπὸν ἑκατονταπλασίονα. Ταῦτα λέγων ἐφώνει, Ὃ ἔχων 
* fruit a hundredfoid. Thesethings saying hecried, He that has 


, ~ ? ~ 
μέσῳ τῶν ἀκανθῶν, καὶ 
in [the] midst οὗ the thorns, and 


ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω. 9 Ἐπηρώτων. δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, 
ears tohear let him hear. And *asked *him ‘his “di ciples, 


ἡ-παραβολὴ αὕτη"; 10 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, 
saying, What may be this parable ? Andhe said, 


« ~ , ~ 4 , ~ , ~ 
Ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια. τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ 
Τογοὰ it has Ῥεοη σίσθρῃ toknow the mysteries of the kingdom 


θεοῦ" τοῖς.δὲ λοιποῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς, ἵνα βλέποιτες: μὴ 


Ὀλέγοντες,! Τίς “εἴη 


of God, but to the rest in parables, that secing “not 
βλέπωσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες μὴ-συνιῶσιν. 11 Ἔστιν.δὲ 
‘they *may see, and hearing .they may not understand. Now “is 


οἱ δὲ 
and those 


αὕτη 1 παραβολή! ὁ σπόρος ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ" 12 
*this,'the “parable: The seed is the word of God: 


4 1 « ‘ ae ἢ, ΄ d ? , Il = ” « ’,ὔ 
παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν εἰσὶν οἱ “ἀκούοντες," εἶτὰ ἔρχεται ὁ διά- 
by the way are those who 


hear ; then comes the _ de- 

‘ » ‘ , > Ν ~ ᾿ ? ~ / ι 

βολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὺ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν, ἵνα-μὴ 
vil and takesaway the word from their heart, lest, 

/ ν » © oN ? eel / i! εν 
πιστεύσαντες σωθῶσιν. 13 οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ “τῆς πέτρας, οἱ 
having believed they should be saved. Andthose upon the rock, those who 
Όταν ἀκούσωσιν, μετὰ χαρᾶς δέχονται τὸν λόγων, καὶ οὗτοι 
when they hear, with joy receive the word, and_ these 
ane ” « Δ ‘ , ἣν 3 ~ 
pilav οὖὐκ.έχουσιν, ot πρὸς καιρὸν πιστεύουσιν. καὶ ἐν καιρῷ 
a root have not, who tor a time belicve, and in time 
πειρασμοῦ ἀφίστανται. 14 τὸ. δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας πεσόν, 

of trial fall wey: Andihat which into the thorns fell, 


οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἀκούσαντες, καὶ ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν καὶ πλούτου 
these are they who having heard, and under cares a rithes 


καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου πορευόµενοι συμπνί ίγονται," Ἷ καὶ οὐ 
and pleasures of life moving along are choked, and “not 

τελεσφοροῦσιν. 15 τὺ.δὲ ἐν τῇ καλῇ γῇ. οὗτοί εἰσιν 
τ bring to perfection. And that in the good ground, these are 


οἵτινες ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ Kai ἀγαθῇ ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον 
they who in a heart right and good having heard the word 
κατέχουσιν, Kai καρποφοοοῦσιν ἐν ὑποιογῇ. 10 Οὐδεὶς δὲ 
keep {itl,and bring forthfruit with eudurance. And no one 
λύχνον ἅψας καλύπτει αὐτὸν σκεύει, ἢ ὑποκάτω κλίνης 
alamp having lighted covers it withavessel,or under a couch 
‘ ? ‘ , ΄ / 
τίθησιν. arr" ἐπὶ λυχνίας Ἀἐπιτίθησιν ἵνα οἱ 
puts [it], but on a lamp-stand puts {it], that they who 
΄ an ΄ ? 
εἰσπορευόμενοι βλέπωσιν TO φῶς. 17 οὔ-γάρ ἐστιν 


For not {anything] is 
«οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ 
secret which 


enter in the light. 


κρυπτὸν ὃ ov Φφανερὸν, γενήσεται" 
hidden which “ποῦ *manifest ‘shall “become j.. ΠΟΥ 


muy see 





7 κατέπεσεν fell down TTra. t συνφυεῖσαι Τ. 
Στα]. © αὕτη εἴη 7 παραβολή Ἡ. 4 ἀκούσαντες heard TTr, 
f συνπνίγονται ΤΑ. BE ἀλλὰ Tey bh τίθησιν LTTrA. 


5 εις into GLITraw. 


175 


fowls of the air de- 
voured it. 6 Andsome 
fell upon a rock; and 
assoonas it wassprung 
up, it withered away, 
because it lacked mois- 
ture. 7 And some fell 
among thorns; and the 
thorns sprang up with 
it, and choked it, 8 And 
other {611 on good 
ground, and sprang 
up, and bare fruit 
an hundredfold. And 
when he had said these 
things, he cried, He 
that hath cars to hear, 


let him hear. 9 And 
his: disciples asked 
him, saying, What 


might this parable be? 
10 And he said, Unto 
you itis given to know 
the mysteries of the 
kingdom of God: but 
to others in parables; 
that seeing they might 
not see, and hearing 
they might not under- 
stand. 11 Now the pa- 
rable 15 this: The seed 
is the word of God. 
12 Those by the way 
side are they that hear; 
then cometh the devil, 
and taketh away the 
word out of their 
hearts, lest they should 
believe and be saved. 
13 They on the rock 
ar2 they, which, when 
they hear, reccive the 
word with joy; and 
these have no root, 
which for a while be- 
lieve, and in time of 
temptation fall away. 
14 And that which fell 
among thorns are they, 
which, when they have 
heard, go forth, and 
are choked with cares 
and riches and plea- 
sures of this Jife, and 
bring no fruit to per- 
fection. 15 But that 
onthe good pround are 
they, Which in an-ho- 
nest and good heart, 
having heard the word, 
keep it, and bring forth 
fruit with patience. 
16 No man, wher he 
hath lighted a candle, 
covereth it with a ves- 
sel, or putteth ἐξ under 
a bed; but setteth ‘fon 
a candlestick, thatthey 
which enter in may see 
the light. 17 For no- 
thing is secret, that 
shall not be made 





Ὁ — λέγοντες 
ε τὴν πέτραν Ί. 


176 

manifest; neither any 
thing hid, that shall 
not be known and come 
abroad. 18 Take heed 
therefore how ye hear: 
for whosoever hath, to 
him shill be given; 
and whosoever hath 
not, from him shall be 
taken even that which 
he seemeth to have. 


19 Then came tohim 
his mother and his 
brethrep, and could 
not come at him for 
the press. 20 And it 
was told him by cer- 
tain which said, Thy 
mother and thy breth- 
ren stand without, de- 
siring to 5606 thee. 
21 And he answered 
and said unto them, 
My mother and my 
brethren are these 
which hear the word of 
God, and do it. 


‘22 Now it came to 
pass on a certain day, 
that he went into a 
ship with his disciples: 
and he said untothem, 
Let us go over unto 
the other side of the 
lake. And they launch- 
ed forth. 23 But as 
they sailed he fell a- 
sleep: and there came 
down a storm of wind 
on the lake; and they 
were filled with water, 
and were in jeopardy. 
24 And they came to 
him, and awoke him, 
saying, Master, mas- 
ter, we perish. Then 
he arose, and rebuked 
the wind and the rag- 
ing of the water: and 
they ceased, and there 
was a calm. 25 And 
he said unto them, 
Where is your faith? 
And they being afraid 
wondered, saying one 
to another, What man- 
ner of man is this! for 
he commandeth even 
the winds and water, 
and they obey him. 


26 And theyarrived at 
the country of the Ga- 
darenes, which is over 
against Galilee. 27 And 
when he went forth to 
Jand, there met him 
out of the city a cer- 





which 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ, ΥΙΠ. 


Ἰοὐ- γνωσθήσεται! καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ. 18 βλέπετε οὖν 


shall not be known and to light come. Take heed therefore 
? τὰ » 7 ΄ 

πῶς ἀκούετε Oc.¥ydp.av" ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ" καὶ 

how ye hear ; for whoever may have, °shall *be *given *to*him; and 

‘ ελ ~ ” ΄ ᾽ ? ~ 

ὃς ἂν! μὴ-ἔχη, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 


whoever may not have, even what he seems to have shall be taken from him. 
\ . \ ς / . 
19 "" Παρεγένοντο' δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡ μήτηρ" καὶ οἱ ἀδελ- 
And came to him [115] mother and 2preth- 
φοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ.ἠδύναντο συντυχεῖν αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν 


ren this, and were not able to get to him because of the 
» \ ? , ’ Y / : « , 
ὄχλον. 20 “καὶ ἀπηγγέλη" αὐτῷ, Ρλεγόντων," 1 Ἡ µήτηρ.σου 
crowd. And it was told him, , saying, Thy mother 
\ 9 / ς / > Μο. ὃ - τ θελ ή 
και οἱ ἀδελφοί.-σου ἑστήκασιν εξω, wey "oe ϐελοντες. 
and thy brethren are standing without, *to°see *thee “wishing. 
21 ‘0.6 ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν "πρὸς αὐτούς," Μήτηρ. μου᾽ καὶ 
Andhe answering said to them, My mother and 
ἀδελφοί. μου οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούοντες καὶ 
my brethren πους ‘are who the word of God arehearing and 


ποιοῦντες tavrov." 
doing it. 
22 ‘Kai ἐγένετο" ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνέβη 
And itcametopass on ont ofthe days that he cutered 
εἰς πλοῖον καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, 


into aShip, and his disciples, and he said to them, 
Διέλθωμεν" εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς λίμνης" καὶ ἀνήχθησαν. 
Let us pass over {ο the other side ofthe lake; and they put off. 


καὶ 
and 


23 πλεόντων.δὲ αὐτῶν ἀφύπνωσεν' 
And as they sailed he fell asleep ; 


κατέβη λαῖλαψ 
came down astorm 
ἀνέμου εἰς τὴν λίμνην, καὶ συνεπληροῦντο, καὶ ἐκινδύνευον. 
of wind on the , lake, and they were being filled, and were in danger, 
24 προσελθόντες δὲ διήγειραν αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Ἐπιστάτα, 
And having come to [him]they aroused him, saying, Master, 

3 id 2 LA « \ we θ ‘ Π ia ’ ~ 
ἐπιστατα, ἀπολλύμεθα. Ο δὲ ἐγεθ εις ἐπετιμησεν TW 

Master, we are perishing. Andhe having arisen rebuked the 
ἀνέμῳ καὶ τῷ κλύδωνι τοῦ ὕδατος" Kai ἐπαύσαντο, καὶ ἐγένετο 
wind andthe raging ofthe water; and they ceased, and there was 
γαλήνη. 25 εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς. Τοῦ *torw" ἡ.πίστις ὑμῶν ; 
a calm. And he said tothem, Where is your faith ? 
Φοβηθέντες δὲ ἐθαύμασαν, λέγοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Tic ἄρα 
And being afraid they wondered, - saying to one another, Who then 
οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ τοῖς ἀνέμοις ἐπιτάσσει καὶ τῷ ὕδατι, 
*this tis, that even the winds hecommands and the watcr, 
καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ; 
and they obey him? 

26 Καὶ κατέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν ΣΓαδαρηνῶν," 

And they sailed down to the country of the Gadarenes, 

ἥτις ἐστὶν Ζἀντιπέραν! τῆς Γαλιλαίας. 27 ἐξελθόντι. δὲ αὐτῷ 
is over aguinst Galilee. And on his having gone forth 
ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ὑπήντησεν δαὐτῷ! ἀνὴρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, 


tain man, which had upon the land 4met *him +a *man *certain out of the city, 
. Lp 
| οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ in any wise should not be known Lrtra, κ ἂν yap TTrA. 1 ἐὰν L. 


™ Παρεγένετο ΤΤΙ. 
4 + ὅτι Ἱ. 


(read [bim)) τί τι Αα]. 


τ θέλοντές σε Tr. 
τ διεγερθεὶς having been aroused ΤΊτν. 
Gerasenes Ltra ; Γεργεσηνῶν Gergesenes 1. 


2 + αὐτοῦ his T. οἀ έλη δὲ LTTrA. 

> ων ΤΉ τ > 
5 auTots L. — αὐτόν GLTTrA. 
* — ἐστιν (read [15]) LTTraw, 

* ἀντιπέρα LTrAW ; ἀντίπερα T. 


P -— λεγόντων LTT: [A]. 
Υ ἐγένετο δὲ LITrA. 
7 Τερασηνῶν 
*— αὐτῷ 


ο ΓΕ ΙΝ 


δὸς εἶχενὶ δαιμόνια "ἐκ χρύνων ἱκανῶν, καὶ ἱμάτιον οὖν 
who had demons * for a long time, and agarment “not 
> ὃ pnd 1 πεν ἡ γα 1 ἿΞ ” ΝΑ. Ἵ ~ / 4 
EVEOLCUOKETO, και EV οἰκίᾳ OUK.EMEVEYV, ἃ Ἐν τοις μΡΉ μασιν. 
*was wearing, and in a house did notabide, but in the tombs. 

23 ἰδὼν.δὲ τὸν Ιησοῦν “καὶ ἀνακράξας moocirecey αὐτῷ 


ον 
But having seen Jesus and having cried out hefelldown before him, 


καὶ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἶπεν, Τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, ᾿Ιησοῦ, υἱὲ τοῦ 
and with ἃ *voice ‘loud said, Whattome andtothee, Jcsus, Son 

~ ~ c ‘ ’ ’ / ’ 
θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου; δέομαί σου μή µε Bacaviore. 


ofGod the Mo.t High? Ihescech of thee ὁποὺ °me ‘thou “mayest *torment. 
‘29 “Παρήγγελλεν»' γὰρ τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ ἐξελθεῖν 
For he was charging the spirit the unclean to come out 
ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" πολλοῖς.γὰρ χοόνοις συνηρπάκει αὐτόν, 
from the man. For many times it had seized him ; 

‘ f? ~ Π « ο : ‘ “ , A a ᾽ 
καὶ ᾿εδεσμεῖτο,! ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις φυλασσύμεγ'ος. καὶ δριαρ- 
und he was bound,, with chains and -fetters being kept, and  break- 
ῥήσσων' τὰ δεσμὰ ἠλαύνετο ὑπὸ τοῦ "δαίμονος" εἰς τὰς 
ing the bonds he was driven by the demon into the 
? / 3 , ‘ ? A © 3 ~ ij - Π τη’ 
ἐρήμους. 30 ἐπηρώτησεν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Ἰλέγων,! Τί σοι 
deserts, And ?asked Shim 1 Jesus, saying, What *thy 
Κεστὶν ὄνομα" ; ὋὉ δὲ εἶπεν, Agyedy"" ὅτι Ἀδαιμόνια πολλὰ 

tis name? Andhe said, Legion, because demons many 

> ~ I > > , 3 ‘ n / Π > Ν τε ‘ ? 
εἰσῆλθεν" εἰς αὐτόν. 31 Kai "παρεκάλει! αὐτὸν ἵνα μὴ έπι- 
had entered into him. And he besought him that *not ‘he? would 

Oe > ~ ? oY ” 3 ~ < εἰ πλ ? ~ 
ταξῃ αὐτοῖς εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον ἀπελθεῖν. 82 ἦν δὲ ἐκεῖ 
command them into the abyss to go away. Now there was there 
ἀγέλη χοίρων ἱκανῶν “Bookopévwy" ἐν τῷ ὄρει καὶ Ῥπαρε- 
aherd of *swine ‘many feeding. in the mountain, and they be- 

η Ἱ γ ‘ .“ 3 ΑΝ : ε ᾽ ώς ” Ἴ ΄ ” λθ ~ 
κάλουν αυτον γα ἐπιτρέψ αυτοι” εις εκειγους εισε Ely. 
sought him that he would allow them into those to enter ; 

wh . , ? ~ 3) , A x ns , ? ‘ = 
καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς. 88 ἐξελθόντα δὲ τὰ δαιμόνια ἀπὸ τοῦ 
and heallowed them. And having gone out the demons from the 
ἀνθρώπου “εἰσῆλθεν! εἰς τοὺς χοίρους καὶ ὥρμησεν ἡ, ἀγέλη 

man they entered into the swine, and “rushed ‘the “herd 
κατὰ TOU κρημνοῦ εἰς THY λίμνην, καὶ ἀπεπνίγη 94 ἰδόντες. δὲ 
down the steep into the lake, and were choked. And ‘having °seen 

ot  βόσκοντες τὸ Τγεγενημένον! ἔφυγον, καὶ "ἄπελ- 
4those*who “fed (*them] what had taken place fled, and having 
, sll ᾽ ’ » A , a 4 > ‘ 4 ? / 
θόντες! ἀπήγγειλαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς. 
gone away related {it] 1ο the city and to the country. 
9ὅ ἐξῆλθον.δὲ ἰδεῖν τὸ γεγονός Kai ἰἦλθον" πρὸς τὸν 
And they went out to see what had taken place, and came to: 
~ ‘ ον , \ » » τ 
Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ‘etpov' καθήμενον τὸν ἄνθρωπον ad’ οὗ 
Jesus, and found seated the man from whom the 
, wie , Thy ? ‘ ᾿ ~ \ 
δαιμόνια "ἐξεληλύθει,! ἱματισμένον καὶ σωφρονοῦντα, παρὰ 
demons had gone out, clothed and of sound mind, at 
τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν. 36 ἀπήγγειλαν.δὲ 
the feet \of Jesus. And they were afraid. And ‘related 
~ ε , ~ « 
αὐτοῖς “καὶ οἱ ἰδόντες πῶς ἐσώθη ὁ δαι- 
®to*them also ‘those *who *had *seen [516] how was healed he who had been pos- 





- 


Ὁ ἔχων having T. 


put onagarment Της, 4— καὶ LTTrA. 


1 ἀφ 
τα 





177 


devils long time, and 
ware no clothes, nei- 
ther 


abode in any 
house, but in the 
tombs. 28 When he 


saw Jesus, he cried out. 
and fell down before 
him, and with a loud 


“voice said, What have 


I to do with thee, Jesus, 
thou Son of God most 
high? I beseech thee, 
torment me not, 29(For 
he had commanied 
the unclean spirit to 
come out of the man. 
For oftentimes it had 
caught him: and he 
was kept bound with 
chains and in fetters; 
and he brake the bands, 
aud was driven of the 
devil into the wilder- 
ness.) 30 And Jesus 
asked him, saying, 
What is thy name? 
And he said, Legion: 
because many devils 
were entcred into him. 
31 And they besought 
him that he would not 
command them to go 
out into the deep. 
32 And there was there 
an herd of many swine 
feeding on the moun- 
tain: and they be- 
sought him that he 
would suffer them to 
enter intothem, And 
he suffered them. 
33 Then went the de- 
vils out of the man, 
and entered into the 
swine: and the herd 
ran violently down a 
steep place into the 
lake, and were choked. 
34 When they that fed 
them saw what was 
done, they fled, and 
went and toldit in the 
city and in the coun- 
try. 35 Then they went 
out to see what was 
done; and came to Je- 
sus, and found the 
man, out of whom the 
devils were departed, 
sitting at the feet of 
Jesus, clothed, and in 
his right mind: and 
they were afraid. 
36 They also which saw 
it told them by what 
means he that was 
pos:essed of the devils 


© καὶ χρόνῳ ἱκανῷ οὐκ ἐνεδύσατο ἱμάτιον and for a long time did not 
9 TlapyyyecAe he charged κα. 


{ ἐδεσμ.εύετο TTr. 


8 διαρήσσων LTTrA. Ἀ δαιμονίου LTTrA. 1 — λέγων L. κ ὄνομα ἐστίν LTTr. 1 Λεγιών 
Tir. ἢ εἰσῆλθεν δαιμόνια πολλὰ LT. π παρεκάλουν they besought LTTra, ° βοσ- 
κομένη 1. Ρ παρεκάλεσαν LITA. 4 εἰσῆλθον LITrAW. τ γεγονὸς GLYTrAW. * — απελ 


θόντες GLTTrAW. ᾖἵ ἦλθαν τι. Ὁ εὗραν tr. Ὑ ἐξῆλθεν Went out T. 


α--- καὶ τττι[4} 


Ν 


178 
was healed. 37 Then 
the whole multitude of 


the country of the Ga- 
darenes round about 
besought him to depart 
from them; for they 
were taken with great 
fear: and he went up 
into the ship, and re- 
turned back again. 
38 Now the man out of 
whom the devils were 
departed besought him 
that he might be with 
him: but Jesus sent 
him away, saying, 
30 Return tothine own 
house, and shew how 
great things God hath 
done unto thee. And 
he went his way, and 
published throughout 
tthe whole city how 

reat things Jesus had 

one unto him. 


40 And it came to 
pass, that, when Jesus 
was returned, the peo- 

le gladly received 

im: for they were all 
waiting for him. 
41 And, behold, there 
came a man named 
Jairus, and he was a 
ruler of the synagogue: 
and he fell down at 
Jesus’ feet, and be- 
sought him that he 
would come into his 
house: 42 for he had 
one only daughter, 
about twelve years of 
age, and she lay a dy- 
ing. But as he went 
the people thronged 
him. 43 And a wo- 
man. having an issue 
of blood twelve years, 
which had spent all 
her living upon phy- 
sicians, neither could 
be healed of any, 
44 came behind him, 
and touched the bor- 
der of his garment: 
and immediately her 
issue of blood stanch- 
ed. 45 And Jesus said, 
Who touched me? 
When all denied, Pcter 
and they that were 
with him said, Master, 
the multitude throng 
thee and press thee, 
and sayest thou, Who 
touched me? 46 And 
Jesus said, Somebody 
hathtouched me: for I 
perceive that virtue is 
gone out of me. 47 And 





Υ ἠρώτησεν LTrA. 


Gene. a ship) LTTra. 
σοι ἐποίησεν LTTrA. 
i ο 3 Ὰ > - ΄ 5 Dw . 
και EYEVETO εν τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν and it erme to pass as he proceeded 1, 
LTT A _ Lt αντῆς her 1. ν 
Τίς ο αψαμενός pov; Τ{ Ίνα], 


GLTTraw. 


AOYKAS. ΥΠ]. 
µονισθείο. 587 καὶ Σήρώτησαν! αὐτὸν ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῆς 
sessed by demons, And asked him . 811 the multitude of the 

, ~ 7 ὃ ~ Ἱ ? λθ - ? ? ᾽ ~ ev , , 
περιχώρου τῶν” Γαδαρηνών" ἀπελυειν AT αὐτῶν; οτι φόβ 
country around of the Gadarenes to depart from them, forwith*fear_ 

εγάλῳ συνείχοντο' αὐτὸς. δὲ ἐμβὰς εἰς "τὸ" πλοῖον 
‘great they were possessed, Andhe having entered into the ship 
ὑπέστρεψεν. 88 Ὀἐδέετοϊ.δὲ αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἐξελη- 


returned. And *was }°begging **him ‘the *man *from*whom δᾶ 
λύθει τὰ δαιμόνια εἶναι σὺν αὐτῷ. ἀπέλυσεν δὲ αὐτὸν 
8ροπο “the ®demons tobe [taken] with him, But *sent *away “him 


οὗ Ἰησοῦς," λέγων, 89 Ὑπόστρεφε εἰς τὸν.οἶκόν.σου καὶ διηγοῦ 
‘Jesus, saying, Return to thy house and relate 
ὅσα “ἐποίησέν σοι! ὁθεός. Kai ἀπῆλθεν, καθ ὕλην τὴν 
all that 2has*done “for ‘thee .-'God. And he departed, through?whole ‘the 
πόλιν κηρύσσων ὅσα ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς. 
city proclaiming all that *had *done “for *him 1 Jesus. 
40 “Ἐγένετο δὲ tv" τῷ ὑποστρέψαι! τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἆπ- 
_ It ὀσαπιο *to pass ‘and ‘on _*returning 7Jesus, gladly 
εδέξατο αὐτὸν ὁ ὄχλος' ἧσαν.γὰρ πάντες προσδοκῶντες 
received him the crowd, for they were all looking for 
? , ‘ 2 , ο ᾽ 4 τ ” γ ‘ 
αὐτόν. 41 Καὶ ἰδού, ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ ᾧ ὄνομα Ίάειρος, και 
him. And behold, *came *a*man whose name [was] Jairus, and 
βαὐτὸςὶ ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς ὑπῆρχεν, καὶ πεσὼν παρὰ 
he aruler of the synagogue was, and having fallen at 
τοὺς πόδας "τοῦ" Ἰησοῦ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν 
the fect of Jesus he besought him to come to’ 
οἶκον.αὐτοῦ' 42 ὅτι θυγάτηρ μονογενὴς ἦν αὐτῷ ὡς ἐτῶν 
his house, because *daughter ‘an7’only was tohim, about *years 
. δώδεκα, Kai αὕτη ἀπέθνησκεν. 'Eydé.r@vumayey αὐτὸν" 
[5014] ‘twelve, and she was dying. And as ?went the 
« ” , ᾽ , ‘ πῶς πὴ > εν 
οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον αὐτόν. 43 Καὶ γυνὴ οὖσα ἐν ρύσει 
the crowds thronged him. And awoman being with a ης 
.“ ᾽ At ch , { 9 Ld 
αἵματος ἀπὸ ἐτῶν δώδεκα, ἥτις Κεὶς ἰατροὺς"! προσανπλώσασα 
of blood since *years *iwelve, who on physicians having spent 
ev A , ” ? ‘ ~ 
ὅλον τὸν βίον 1 obdk ἴσχυσεν ὑπ᾽! οὐδενὸς θεραπευθῆναι, 
“whole 3living [her] could by no one be cured, 
44 προσελθοῦσα ὄπισθεν ατα τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου 
having come behind touched the border of “garment 
> ~ ‘ ~ » ε ~ ~ 
αὐτοῦ, καὶ παραχρῆμα ἔστη ἡ ῥύσις τοῦ-αἵματος.αὐτῆς. 
; his, and immediately stopped the flux of her blood. 
45 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Tic ὁ ἀψάμενός µου; ᾿Αρνουτ 
And “said  « ?“Jesus, Who[isit] ἐμαῦὺ was touching me? *Deny- 
’ ‘ , ε μὴ « σα 
μένων δὲ πάντων, εἶπεν ὁ Πέτρος καὶ οἱ πωετ᾽ αὐτοῦ," Ἐπι- 
ing sand 541], ®said *Peter °and Sthose’with him, Mas- 
στάτα, οἱ ὄχλοι συγεχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν, “Kai λέγεις, 
ter, the crowds throng thee and press, and sayest thou, 
/ « « ’ Val ᾿ ~ , 
Τίς ὁ ἀψάμενός pov;" 46 Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, “Hparo 
Who [is it] that was touching me? And Jesus said,  *Louched- 
inom \ Π -“ ~ > 
µου τίς éyw.yap ἔγνων δύναμιν Ῥἐξελθοῦσανὶ ἀπ 
me ‘some ’one, forl knew [that] power went out from 





* Τερασηνῶν Gerasenes Ltra; Τεργεσηνῶν Gergesenes T. a— τὸ 

Ὁ ἐδεεῖτο 1, ; ἐδεῖτο Tra, ς -- ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he sent) [L]TTra. 

5 Ἔν δὲ Ἡτ ἔὑποστρέφειν τ. Βοὗτος ΙΠί6 τττ. Β — τοῦ Τ{ττ]. 

ὰ ἰατροῖς 

Man LITA. 2 σὺν αὐτῷ GLYLA, ο — και λέγεις, 
P ἐξεληλυθνίιαν bad gone out Trra, 


VIII, IX. LUKE. 


«ἐμοῦ. 47 ᾿Ιδοῦσα.δὲ η γυνὴ ὅτι οὐκιἔλαθεν, τρέμουσα ἦλ- 
me. Aud “seeing ‘the *woman that she was nothid, trembling she 
θεν, καὶ προσπεσοῦσα αὐτῷ, δι ἣν αἰτίαν ἥψατο 
came, ‘and having fallen down before him, 
αὐτοῦ ἀπήγγειλεν laity ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ ὡς 

ο him she declared to him before all the people, and how 

. ἰάθη παραχρῆμα. 48 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ,, Θάρσει," 

she was healed immediately. Andhe said toher, Be of good courage, 
θύγατερ,' ἡ. πίστις σου σέσωκέν oe πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην. 
daughter, thy faith has cured thee: go in peace, 
9 4 ’ ~ λ λ ~ Ν / . ΜΝ} “Ὁ ? 3: 
49 Ἔτι αυτου λαλοῦντος ερχεταέτις παρα" τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώ- 

As yet he was speaking comes one from _ the ruler of the syna- 
you, λέγων ᾽αὐτφῷ,' Ὅτι τέθνηκεν ἡ.θυγάτηρ.σου “μὴ" σκύλλε 


gogue, saying to him, Has *died *thy "daughter; ‘not ‘trouble 
τὸν διδάσκαλον. 50 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἀκούσας ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ, 
the teacher. But Jesus having heard answered him, 
λέγων," Μἠ φοβοῦ µόνον Yrioreve." καὶ σωθήσεται. 
saying, Fear not; only believe, and she shall be restored. 


51 Εἰσελθὼν' δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν οὐκ.ἀφῆκεν εἰσελθεῖν 3οὐδένα] 
And having entered into the house he did not suffer *to*go*in ‘any Ξοπθ 
(lit. no one) 

’ 


εἰ μὴ Πέτρον καὶ δ᾿ Ἰάκωβον» καὶ Ιωάννην, καὶ τὸν πατέρα 


except Peter and James and John, and the father 
τῆς παιδὸς καὶ τὴν μητέρα. 52 ἔκλαιον.δὲ πάντες καὶ 
of the child and the mother. Andthey were*weeping ‘all’ and 


ὁ-δὲ εἶπεν, Μἡἠ κλαίετε' οὐκ] ἀπέθανεν, 
But he καἱᾶ, Weep not ; she is not dead, 
ἀλλὰ καθεύδει. 53 Kai κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ, εἰδότες ὅτι ἀπέ- 
but sleeps. And they laughed at him, knowing that she was 
θανεν. 54 αὐτὸς δὲ ἐκβαλὼν ἔξω πάντας, καὶ κρατήσας 


ἐκόπτοντο αὐτήν. 
bewailing her. 


dead. But he having put out all, and having taken hold 
τῆς. χειρὸς. αὐτῆς, ἐφώνησεν, λέγων, Ἢ παῖς, “ἐγείρου." 55 Kat 
of her hand, cried, saying, Child, -arise. And 


ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πνεῦμα.αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀνέστη παραχρῆμα: καὶ 


“returned *her “spirit, and she arose immedjately; and 
διέταξεν αὐτῇ δοθῆναι φαγεῖν. ὅθ καὶ 
he directed [that] δΐο Sher [‘something] *should *be *given to eat. And 


ἐξέστησαν ol-yovetc.avTig’ 0.0& παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς μηδενὶ 
3Swere ‘amazed ‘her "ρατθηῖς” - and he charged them tonoone 
εἰπεῖν τὸ γεγονός. 
to tell what had happened. fi 
9 ΙΣυγκαλεσάμενος! δὲ τοὺς δώδεκα ἔμαθητὰς αὐτοῦ" ἔδωκεν 
And having called together the twelve disciples ofhim hegave. 
αὐτοῖς δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια, καὶ 
to them power and authority over. all the demons, and 
, \ 4 ‘ 
νόσους θεραπεύειν' 2 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς κηρύσσειν τὴν 


diseases to heal, and sent them to proclaim the 
βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἰᾶσθαι rove ἀσθενοῦντας," 3 καὶ 
kingdom of God, απᾶ toheal those being sick. And 


εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς. Μηδὲν αἴρετε εἰς τὴν ὁδόν" μήτε ῥάβδους," 
Ὦο να]ᾶ to them,* Nothing take for the way; neither staves, 





9 — αὐτῷ LITrA. ¥ — Θάρσει LTTrA. 5 θυγάτηρ Tr. tamoL. 
Ἢ μηκέτι no longer LTTr. * — λέγων LTT:[A]. Υ πίστευσον TTrA. 
gone GLTTrW. ἃ τινὰ σὺν αὐτῷ ANY one With him ΤΤΤΓΑ. 
Ἰάκωβον GLTTrAW. ο ov yap (read for she is not dead) LTra. 
kaLLTTrA. δ ἔγειρε LTrA. ἵ Συνκαλεσάμενος T. 
ἀσθενεῖς the sick Π|1]; --- τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ΤΑ. 


for what cause she touched- 


179 


when the woman saw 
that she was not hid, 
she came trembling, 
and falling down 
before him, she de- 
clared unto him be- 
fore all the people for 
what cause she had 
touched him, and how 
she was healed imme- 
diately. 48 And he 
said unto her, Daugh- 
ter, be of good comfort: 
thy faith hath made 
thee whole; goin peace. 
49 While he yet spake, 
there cometh one from 
the ruler of the syna- 
gogue’s house, saying 
to him, Thy daughter 
is dead; trouble not 
the Master. 50 But 
when Jesus heard it, 
he answered him, say- 
ing, Fear not: believe 
only, and she shall be 
made whole. 51 And 
when he came into the 
house, he suffered no 
man to go in, save 
Peter, and James, and 
John, and the father 
and the mother of the 
maiden. 52 And all 
wept,and bewailed her: 
but he said, Weep not; 
she is not dead, but 
sleepeth. 53 And they 
laughed him to scorn, 
knowing that she was 
dead. 54 And he put 
them all out, and took 
her by the hand, and 
called, saying, Maid, 
arise. 55 And her spi- 
rit came again, and she 
arose straightway: and 
he commanded to gire 
her meat. 56 And her 
parents were astonish- 
ed: but he charged 
them that they should 
tell no man what was 
done. 


IX. Then he culled 
his twelve disciples 
together, and gave 
them power aud autho- 
rity over all devils, 
and to cure diseases. 
2 And he sent them to 
preach che kingdom of 
God, and to heal the 
sick, 3 And he said 
unto them, Take no- 
thing for your journey, 
neither’ staves, nor 


¥ —- αὐτῷ τ{ττ]. 
Σ ἐλθὼν having 


5 Ἰωάννην (Ἰωάνην Tr) και 
d — ἐκβαλὼν ἔξω πάντας 
Ε --- μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ GTTrAW. 

i ῥάβδον stuff GLTTra, 


ὰ τους 


180 


serip, neither bread, 
ne ther money; neither 
have two couts apicce. 
4 And _ whatsoever 
hyuse ye enter into, 
there abide, and thence 
depart, 5 And whoso- 
ever will not receive 
you, when ye go out 
of that city, shake off 
the very dust from 
your feet for a testi- 
mnony against them. 
6 And they departed, 
and went through the 
towns, preaching the 
gospel, and healing 
every where, 


7 Now Herod the 
tetrarch heard of all 
that was done by him: 
and he was perplexed, 
because that it was 
said of some, that John 
was risen from the 
dead; 8 and of some, 
that Elias had appear- 
ed; and of others, that 
one of the old pro- 
phets was risen again. 
9 And Herod said, John 
have I beheaded: but 
who is this, of whom 
I hear such things? 
And he desired to see 
him. 


10 And the apostles, 
when they were re- 
turned, told him all 
that they hud done. 
And he tookthem, and 
went aside privately 
into a desert place 
belonging to the 
city called Bethsaida. 
11 And the people, 
when they knew it, 
followed him: and he 
received them, and 
spake unto them of 
the kingdom of God, 
and healed them that 
had need of healing. 
12 And when the day 
began to wear away, 
then came the twelve, 
and said unto him, 
Send the multitude a- 
way, that they may 
go into the towns 
and country round a- 
bout, and lodge, and 
get victuals: for we 
are here in a desert 
place. 13 But he said 
unto them, Give ye 
them to eat. And they 
said, We have no more 
but five loaves and 


AOA RRS: IX. 
, » , ἊΣ ᾽ “ ΄ = k ᾽ Vii ou 
µητε ἄρτον, μητε ἀργύριον, µητε "ανα Ovo 
nor bread, nor money? nor each two 


~ ” 4 εν /{ ὅν τῇ - , 
χιτῶνας ἔχειν. 4 καὶ εἰς ἣν ἂν οἰκίαν. εἰσέλθητε, ἐκεῖ μένετε, 
tunics to have. And into whatever house ye may enter, there remain, 


καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐξέ θε. ὃ Sek? ἂν μὴ Σεξ "twa 
ἕέρχεσθε. 5 καὶ ὅσοι ἂν μὴ. ἐέξωνται' ὑμᾶς, 


μήτε πήραν, 
nor provision bag, 


and - thence go forth, And as many as may not receive you, 
ἐξερχόμενοι ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως.ἐκείνης “Kai! τὸν κονιορτὸν ἀπὸ 
going forth from that city even the. dust from 


τῶν ποδῶὼν.ὑμῶν π"ἀποτινάξατε," εἰς μαρτύριον ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς. 
your feet , shake off, for atestimony against them. 
6 ᾿Εζεργόμενοι δὲ διήργοντο κατὰ τὰς κώμας, εὐαγγελιζό- 
5 SEOK OPE OL.O€E tnOXOVTO κατα τος κ μ orm ἘΣ 9 


And going forth they passed through the villages, announcing the 
μενοι καὶ θεραπεύοντες πανταχοῦ. 
glad tidings and healing every where. 
7 Ἠκουσεν.δὲ Ἡρώδης ὁ °retpapyyg" τὰ γινόμενα 


Stetrarch |’ 7the *things *being ‘°done 
nN A ‘ , ε ’ 
διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό 


Απά ‘heard *of ‘Herod "με 
Pym αὐτοῦ" πάντα: Kai διηπόρει, 


Ἄν πα “all, and was perplexed, because it wassaid by 
τινων, Ότι VIwavyne' Τἐγήγερται! ἐκ νεκρῶν" 
some, John has been raised from among [the] dead; 
8 ὑπό τινων δέ, Ὅτι “HXiac' ἐφάνη: ἄλλων : δέ, Ὅτι 
by some .also, that Elias had appeared; by others also, that 


προφήτης ‘sic! τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη. 9 "Καὶ εἶπεν" "πὸ! 


a prophet one ofthe ancients’ had arisen. And “said 
Ἡρώδης, “Ιωάννην" ἐγὼ amexepadioa’ ric.cé ἐστιν οὗτος 
*Herod, John 1 beheaded, but who “is’ this 
περὶ οὗ ἐγὼ" ἀκούω τοιαῦτα; Kai ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν αὐτόν. 


concerning whom 1 hear suchthings? And he soughttosce him. 


10 Καὶ ὑποστρέψαντες οἱ ἀπόστολοι διηγήσαντο αὐτῷ 
And “#having“returned ‘the 2apostles related _ to him 
ὅσα ἐποίησαν: καὶ παραλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ὑπεχώρησεν 
whatsoever they had done. And having taken ~them he retired 
» 29) 3 7 , ” / / Wl θ 1) [4 
κατ ἰδίαν εἰς τόπον ἔρημον πόλεως καλουμένης" Βηθσαϊδα. 
apart into ϱ ΄Ῥ]αςε ‘desert of a city called ‘ Bethsaida. 
11 οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι γνόντες ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ" καὶ 3δεξά- 
But the crowds having known [it] followed him ; and = having 
pevoc' αὐτοὺς ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῖ., 


received them hespoke tothem concerning the kingdom of God, 
καὶ τοὺς χρείαν ἔχοντας θεραπείας ἰᾶτο. 12 Ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα 
and thase 3ποθόᾶ *having of healing he cured. But the day 


ἤρξατο κλίνειν' προσελθόντες.δὲ οἱ δώδεκα εἶπον αὐτῷ, Από- 
began todecline, anihavingcome the twelve said tohim, Dis- 
\ ” er > , ‘ , , . 
λυσον τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα "ἀπελθόντες! εἰς τὰς κύκλῳ κώμας και 
miss the crowd, that having gone into the “around ‘villages and 
. 4 ? ‘ / ‘ ev ᾽ « 
“τοὺς" ἀγροὺς καταλύσωσιν, καὶ εὕρωσιν ἐπισιτισμόν: ὅτι ὧδε 
the country’ they may lodge, and may find provisions; for here 
? ΄ , ? ρ 5 Η ‘ ? , , ᾽ ~ 
ἐν ἐρήμῳ τόπῳ ἐσμεν. 13 Ἐἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, Δότε αὐτοῖς 
in *desert ‘a place we are. But hesaid to them, Give *to*them 
dt ~ ~ Ι ε ‘ : ν - nn 
ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν." Οἱ.δὲ “εἶπον," Οὐκείσὶν ἡμῖν πλεῖον ἢ 
ye to eat. But they said, There are not tous more than 





κ [ava] Tre, 


ὑμεῖς LTA. 


1 δέχωνται LITrA,. 
Ρ -- ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ [1ι]ΤττΑ. 
ἔτις some One TA; τὶς Tr. 
Υ — ἐγὼ (read ἀκούω I hear) τ[ στ]. 
μενος having gladly received τττιΑ. 
© εἶπαν LTTrA. 





‘A. ™-- kai[L}fra. 5 ἀποτινάσσετε ΤΑ. 
4 Ἰωάνης Tr. τ ἠγέρθη was raised utr. 

7 εἶπεν δὲ LTTrA: * — 0 GLTTraw. 
πόλιν καλουμένην a City Called ττε,.. 
Ὁ πορευθέντες GLTTra. 5--- τοὺς τίτε]Α. 


© τετραάρχης T- 
5 Ἡλείας T. 

x Ἰωάνην τ΄. 

4 ἀποδεξ {- 
4 φαγν.ν 


- 


Le. 
f 


LUKE. 


, ” Ι i” κ σ κ) 3 θ , Π > h , Ι ᾽ὔ ἐ ~ 
πεντε ἄρτοι" και Sovo ἰχθύες," εἰ μήτι! πορευθέντες ἡμεῖς 
five loaves and two fishes, unless indeed having gone we 

2 ᾿ » τ ~ , 
ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν.λαὸν. τοῦτον βρώματα. 14 Ἦσαν 
should buy fox. μα this people victuals ; 2they “were 
. ἜΜ ε » ν , ~ \ \ 3 ‘ 
γὰρ" ὡσεὶ ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι. Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς 
for about “men lfive *thousand. Buthesaid to 2disciples 
αὐτοῦ, Κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς κλισίας * ἀνὰ πεντήκοντα. 15 Kai 
this, Make recline ‘them incompanies by fifties. And 
’ ΄ e \ 1 / Π er ι Ὧν 
ἐποίησαν οὕτως, καὶ ᾿ἀνέκλινανὶ ἅπαντας. 16 Λαβὼν δὲ 
they did 5ο, and made ?recline all, And haying taken 
ν ; » 4 ᾿ , ? , > / ? . 
τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας, ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν 
the five loaves and the two fishes, having lookedup to the 
οὐρανὸν εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς καὶ κατέκλασεν, καὶ ἐδίδου τοῖς 


heaven he blessed them and broke, and gave tothe 
μαθηταῖς παρατιθέναι" τῷ ὄχλῳ. 17 Kai ἔφαγον καὶ ἔχορ- 

disciples to set before the crowd. And theyate and were 
τάσθησαν πάντες" καὶ ἤρθη τὸ περισσεῦσαν αὐτοῖς 
“satisfied tall; and was taken up that which was over and above to them 
κλασμάτων κόφινοι δώδεκα. 


of fragments *hand “baskets ‘twelve. 
18 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷ«εἶναι αὐτὸν προσευχόμενον "Kara- 
And itcametopass as*was ~ ‘he praying ο Α- 
μόνας," συνῆσαν αὐτῷ οἱ µαθηήταί' καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς, 
lene, Swere*with ‘him ‘the “disciples, and he questioned them, 
λέγων, Τίνα µε Ὀλέγουσιν οἱ ὄχλοι εἶναι; 19 Οἱ. δὲ ἀπο- 


saying, Whom *me ‘do*pronounce “the “crowds to be? And they  an- 
κριθέντες Ῥεῖπον," “Ἰωάννην! τὸν βαπτιστήν᾽ ἄλλοι.δὲ 
swering said, John the Baptist ; and others, 


τἨλίαν") ἄλλοι δὲ. Ore ποοφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη. 
? g ] 
Elias; and others, that “prophet ‘some ofthe ancients has arisen. 
*) Σ : ᾽ ~ «5 ~ ἂν ΄ ΓΑ τ 
20 Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς, Ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνα µε λέγετε εἶναι; 
And ο said to them, But ye whom *me ‘do “ye pronounce to be? 
Ξ᾽Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Πέτρος" εἶπεν, Tov χοιστὸὺν τοῦ θεοῦ. 21 Ὁ δὲ 
And answering Peter said, The Christ of God. And he 
ἐπιτιμήσας αὐτοῖς παρήγγειλεν μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν" τοῦτο, 
strictly enjoining them charged [them] to no one to tell this, 
22 εἰπών, Ότι δεῖ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ 
saying, It is necessary for the Son of man many things 
παθεῖν, καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ ἀρχ- 


{ο suffer,, and to be rejected by the elders and chief 
ιερέων καὶ γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ 
priests and scribes, and to be killed, and the third 


ἡμέρᾳ "ἐγερθῆναι." 23”ENeyev.d& πρὸς πάντας, Et τις θέλει 


day to be raised. And hesaid to all, If any one desires 

ὀπίσω µου “ἐλθεῖν, ἀπαρνησάσθω" ἑαυτόν, καὶ ἀράτω 
after me to come, let him deny himself, and let him take up 
τὸν .σταυρὸν. αὐτοῦ καθ. ἡμέρανει καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι. 
his cross daily, and let him follow me; 


ἀπολέσει αὐ- 


24 ὃς γὰργᾶνὶ θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, 
i shall lose it ; 


for whoever may desire his life to save, 
ῤ τ , ‘ ‘ ~ ’ ᾽ ~ < 
THY’ ὃς ὃ.ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, οὗτος 
but whoever may lose his life onaccountof me, he 





ο χἄρτοι πέντετ. δ ἰχθύες δύο GLTTrAW. buy τι LTrA. 
about fifty each) [LTrJa. ἱ κατέκλιναν τττ | ™ παραθεῖναι TTrA. 
ο οἱ ὄχλοι λέγουσιν TTrA. Ρ εἶπαν LUTrA. 4 Ἰωάνην Tr. 
ἀποκριθεὶς ΤτταΑ. τ λέγειν GLTTrA. ν ἀναστῆναι to arise LA, 


GLTTra. x# καθ ἡμέραν L. 7 ἐὰν 1. 


1 δὲ and 7. 


t Ἡλείαν T. 
W ἔρχεσθαι, ἀρνησάσθω 


181 


two fishes; except we 
should go and buy 
meat for all this peo- 
ple. 14 For they were 
about five thousand 
men. And he said to 
his “ disciples, Make 
them sit down by fif- 
ties in a. company. 
15 And they did so, and 
made them all sit 
down. 16 Then he took 
the five loaves and the 
two fishes, and looking 
up to heaven’ he bless- 
ed them, and breke, 
and gave to the disci- 
ples to set before the 
nultitude. 17 And 
they did eat, and were 
all filled: and there 
was taken up of frag- 
ments that remainedto 
them twelve baskets. 


18 And it came to 
pass, as he was' alone 
praying, his disciples 
were with him: and he 
asked them, saying, 
Whom say the people 
that I am? 19 They 
answering said, John 
the Baptist; but some 
say, Elias; and others 
say, that one of the 
old prophets is risen 
again. 20 He said 
unto them, But whom 
say ye that I am? 
Peter answering said, 
The Christ of God. 
21 And he straitly 
charged them, and 
commanded them to 
tell no man that thing; 
22 saying, The’ Son of 
man must suffer many 
things, and be rejected 
of the ciders and chief 
priests and _ scribes, 
and be slain, and be 
raised the third day. 
23 And he said to them 
all, If any man will 
come after me, let him 
deny himself, and take 
up his cross daily, and 
follow me. 24 For 
whosoever will save 
his life shall lose it: 
but who-oever will lo.e 
his life for my sake, 
the same shall save it. 





κ + ὡσεὶ (read 
2 κατὰ μόνας LTTr. 
5 Πέτρος δὲ 


182 


25 For what is 4 man 
advantaged, if he gain 
the whole world, and 
lose himself, or be cast 
away? 26 For whoso- 
ever shall be ashamed 
of me and of my words, 
of him shall the Son of 
man be ashamed, when 
he shall come in his 
own glory, and in his 
Father’s, and of the 
holy angels. 27 But I 
tell you of a truth, 
there be some stunding 
here, which shall not 
taste of death, till 
they see the kingdom 
of God. 


28 And it came to 

ass about an eight 
ae after these say- 
ings, he took Peter and 
John and James, and 
went up into a moun- 
tain to pray. 29 And 
as he prayed, the fa- 
shion of his: counte- 
nance was altered, and 
his raiment was white 
and glistering. 30 And, 
behold, there talked 
with him two men, 
which were Moses and 
Elias: 51 who appeared 
in glory, and spake of 
his decease which he 


should accomplish at’ 
32 


Jerusalem, But 
Peter and they that 
were with him were 
heavy with sleep: and 
when they were awake, 
they saw his glory, and 
the two men that stood 
with him. 33 And it 
came to pass, as they 
departed from him, 
Peter said unto Jesus, 
Master, it is good for 
us to be here: and let 
us make three taber- 
nacles; one for thee, 
and one for Moses, and 
one for Elias: not 
knowing what hesaid. 
34 While he thus spake, 
there came a cloud, 
and overshadowed 
them: and they feared 
as they entered into 
the cloud. 35 And 
there came a voice out 
of the cloud, saying, 
This is my beloved 


1X. 
ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. 
σώσει αὐτήν. 95 τί.γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ς 
shall save it. For what is “profited ‘a *man, having gained 
τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν-δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς ; 
the world ‘whole, but himself having destroyed or suffered the loss of ? 
~ ‘ τ ? τ ΄ 

26 ὃς .γὰρ-ᾶν ἐπαισχυνθῃ µε καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους, 

For whoever may have been ashamed of me and my words, 

. ~ ν 8 ’ ᾽ / - Κ΄ ” 

τοῦτον ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισχυνθήσεται ὅταν ἔλθῳ 


him the Son of man will be ashamed of when heshallcome 
~ ‘ ~ ‘4 ‘ ~ ε , > , 

ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων. 

in the glory οὗ himself and ofthe Father and ofthe holy angels. ~ 


27 Λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν ἀληθῶς, εἰσίν τινες τῶν δε! Ἀἑστικό- 
ButIsay toyou ofatruth, there are some of those here stand- 
των," ot οὐ.μὴ ὑγεύσονται' θανάτου ἕως-ᾶν ἴδωσιν 

ing whoinnowise _ shull taste of death until they shall have seen 
τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 
the kingdom of God. 

ι ’ , ε ‘ 

28 ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους ὡσεὶ ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ 

Α πᾶ it came {ο pass after these words about “days ‘eight 

“καὶ! παραλαβὼν ἁτὸνϊ Πέτρον καὶ “Ἱωάννην" καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον 


that having taken Peter and John and James 
ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος προσεύξασθαι. 29 καὶ ἐγένετο 
he went up into the mountain to pray. And it came to pass 
ἐν τῷ προσεύχεσθαι αὐτὸν τὸ εἶδος τοῦ.προσώπου-αὐτοῦ 


as *prayed the the appearance of his face 
ἕτερον, Kai ὁ ἱματισμὸς αὐτοῦ λευκὸς ἐξαστράπτων. 
(became] altered, and his clothing white effulgent. 
‘ > "» ’ ~ / cE 
30 Kai ἰδού, ἄνδρες δύο συνελάλουν αὐτῷ, οἵτινες ἦσαν 
And behold, *mén ‘two talked with hin, who were 


ἐμ ωσῆς" καὶ ΣἩλίας Ἱ 81 of ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ ἔλεγον" τὴν 


Moses and Elias, _ who appearing in glory spoke of 
” ᾽ ~ τι i” Π ~ b « ρ 
ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ ἣν ἔμελλεν! πληροῦν ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ. 


his departure which he wasabout to accomplish in Jerusalem. 


92 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος καὶ ot σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημµένοι ὕπνῳ. 
But Peter and those with him were oppressed with sleep . 
διαγρηγορήσαντες.δὲ *eldov" τὴν.δόξαν.αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοὺς δύο 


and having awokefully they saw his glory, and the two 
ἄνδρας τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ. 88 καὶ ἐγενετο ἔν-τφ.δια- 
men who stood with ‘him, And it came to pass as *de- 


χωρίζεσθαι αὐτοὺς am αὐτοῦ, εἶπεν ὁ Πέτρος πρὸς τὸν 
parted these from him, *said Peter to. 
Ἰησοῦν, Ἐπιστάτα, καλάν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι" καὶ ποιήσωμεν 
Jesus, Master, good itis forus here tobe; and let us make 
σκηνὰς τρεῖς, μίαν σοί, καὶ ‘Mwoei μίαν," καὶ μίαν 
*tabernacles ‘three, one forthee, and for Moses one, and one 
m'HKia," μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει. 34 ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ.λέγοντος 
for Elias, not knowing what heissaying.. But these things as he was saying. 
ἐγένετο νεφέλη καὶ 3ἐπεσκίασενὶ αὐτούς" ἐφοβήθησαν δὲ ἐν.τῷ 
came ‘a*cloud and overshadowed them, and they feared as 
02 , - > λθ ~ i > A , ‘ νε ? 
εκείνους εἰσελθεῖν" εἰς THY νεφελην. 3D καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ 
those entered into the cloud : and avoice came out of 
~ ἐλ Pi <= PP ? « Gis & ? δ il 
τῆς νεφέλης, λεγουσα, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός.μου ὁ Ῥἀγαπητός" 





Son: hear him. 36 And the cloud, saying, This ‘is my Son the beloved ; 

Pi τ αὐτοῦ ΤΎΤΑ " ἑστώτων GLTrAW. > γεύσωνται should taste GLTTrAW. ο [καὶ] L. 
.- ΟΙΤΤΤΑΥΥ, 5 Ἰωάνην Tr. f Μωῦσῆς LTTrAw. & λείας T. h + [δὲ] and τ. 
4 QuedAer τ. κ εἶδαν τ. ἱ μίαν Μωσεῖα ; μίαν Μωῦσεϊ ΙΤΤτΑΥΓ. m “Ηλείᾳ T. 


Ὦ ἐπεσκίαζεν TTra. 


«9 εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς they entered Trra, ν ἐκλελεγμένοφβομοβθι 1Tra, 


re. UKE, 


? ~ > / ‘ Ἵ “" , \ A t , 
αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε. 86 Καὶ ἐν.τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνὴν εὑρέθη 
Shim =s "hear “ye. And ,as occurred the voice *was “found 
461 Ἰησοῦς μόνος. Kai αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν, καὶ οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν 

‘Jesus alone: and they weresilent, and tonoone they told 
ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις οὐδὲν ὧν ἹΤἑωράκασιν.ὶ 
in those days anything of what they had seen. 
37 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ "ἐν" τῇ ἑξῆς ἡμέρᾳ, κατελθόντων.αὐτῶν 
And itcametopass on the next day, ontheir having come down 
ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, συνήντησεν αὐτῷ ὄχλος πολύς. 38 Καὶ 
from the mountain, “met Shim 'a-crowd 7great. And 
ἰδού, ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου tavEeBdnaer," λέγων, Διδάσκαλε; 
behold, aman from the crowd cried out, saying, Teacher, 
δέομαί σου "ἐπίβλεψον! ἐπὶ τὸὺν.υἱόν.μου, ὅτι µονογενής 
I beseech thee look upon my son, for an only child 
Σἐστίν pou! 39 καὶ ἰδού, πνεῦμα λαμβά τὸν καὶ ἐξ- 
’ μα λαµβραγει αυτον και ἕξ 
heis tome: and behold, a spirit takes him and sud- 
αίφνης κράζει, καὶ σπαράσσει αὐτὸν μετὰ ἀφροῦ, 
ἀεπ] τε οτίθ οαὐ, and it throws 7into “convulsions ‘him with foaming, 
καὶ μόγις ἀποχωρεῖ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, συντρίβον αὐτόν: 40 καὶ 
and with difficulty departs from him, bruising him. And 
ἐδεήθην τῶν .μαθητῶν.-σου ἵνα Τἐκβάλλωσινϊ αὐτό, καὶ οὐκ 
I besought thy disciples that they might cast out . it, and “not 
ἠδυνήθησαν. 41 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Ὦ γενεὰ 
‘they ?were able. And ?answering 1Jesus said, O generation 
ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ 
unbelieving and perverted, until when shallIbe with you and 
ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν; προσάγαγε Υὧδε τὸν υἱόν.σου." 42 "Ἔτι. δὲ 
bear with you? Bring « hither thy son. But *yet 
προσερχομένου.αὐτοῦ ἔῤῥηξεν αὐτὸν τὸ δαιμόνιον καὶ συν- 
tus *he “was coming near “dashed*down “μἰπι ‘the “demon and threw 
εσπάραξεν’ ἐπετίμησεν. ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι τῷ 
(him] intoconvulsions, And *rebuked Jesus the spirit the 
ἀκαθάρτῳ, καὶ ἰάσατο τὸν παῖδα, καὶ ἀπέδωκεν αὐτὸν τῷ 
unclean, and healed the child, and gave back him to 
πατρὶ. αὐτοῦ. 48 ἐξεπλήσσοντο.δὲ πάντες ἐπὶ τῇ µεγαλειότητι 
his father. And *were “astonished ‘all at the majesty 
τοῦ θεοῦ. 
of God. 
, ‘ ~ , ᾽ 

Πάντων.δὲ θαυμαζόντων ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς Ττἐποίησεν" δὸ Ἰη- 

Απά [45] 8481 were wondering αὖ all ‘which *did Je- 
σοῦς,! εἶπεν πρὸς τοὺς. μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ, 44 Θέσθε ὑμεῖς εἰς τὰ 
sus, he said to his disciples, Lay *by ‘ye into 

-- e πω Ἡ ΄ / 
ὦτα.ὑμῶν τοὺς.λόγους.τούτους' ὁ.γὰρ.υὶὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μελ- 
For the Son of man is a- 


your ears these words : 
λει παραδίδοσθαι εες χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων. 45 Οἱ. δὲ ἠγνόουν 
bout to be delivered up into(the] hands of men. But they understood not 


καὶ ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον am αὐτῶν ἵνα 

and it was veiled from them _ that 
4 » > Pie ‘ ? ~ b2 ~ Π > \ 

μὴ αἴσθωνται αὐτό' καὶ ἐφοβοῦντο "ἐρωτῆσαι" αὐτὸν 
they should not perceive it. Ang they feared to ask him 
περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου. 46 Εἰσῆλθεν.δὲ διαλογισμὸς ἐν 


τὸ ῥῆμα.τοῦτο, 
this saying, 





188 


-when the voice was 


past, Jesus was found 
alone. And they kept 
it close, and told no 
man in those days any 
of those things which 
they had seen. 


37 And it came to 
pass, that on the next 
day, when they were 
come down from the 
hill, much people met 
him, 38 And, behold, 
a man of the company 
cried out, saying, Mas- 
ter, 1 beseech thee, look 
upon my son: for he 
is mine only child, 
39 And, lo, a spirit 
taketh him, and he 
suddenly crieth- out ; 
and it tearethhim that 
he foameth again, and 
bruising him hardly 
departeth from him. 
40 And I besought thy 
disciples to cast him 
out; and they could 
not. 41 And Jesus 
answering said, ο 
faithless and perverse 
generation, how long 
shall I be with yon, 
and suffer you? Bring 
thy son hither. 42 and 
as he was yet a com- 
ing, the devil threw 
him down, and tare 
him. And Jesus re- 
buked the unclean 
spirit, and healed the 
child, and | delivered 
him again to his fa- 
ther. 43 And they 
were all amazed at 
the mighty power of 
God. 


But while they won- 
dered every one at all 
things which Jesus did, 
he said unto his disci- 
ples, 44 Let these say- 
ings sink down into 
your ears : for the Son 
of man shall be de- 
livered into the hands 
of men. 45 But they 
understood not this 
saying, and it was hid 
from them, that they 
perceived it not: and 
they feared to ask him 
of thnt saying. 46Then 
there arose a reasoning 





concerning 7saying this. But *came ‘up ‘a reasoning among among them, which of 
> ἘΣ , , n ” , op tae Gaines ~ ελ ‘oll them should he great- 
αὐτοῖς, τό, τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν. 47 ὁ.δὲ.Ἰησοῦς “tdwy" est. 47 And Jesus, per- 
them, this, who might be greatest of them. And Jesus havingseen ceiving the thought of 
4 — δ LTTrAW. τ᾿ ἑώρακαν TTrA. .--ἐν T[Tr]a. t ἐβόησεν LTTrA. v ἐπιβλέψαι 
ΑΤΊΧΑΝ. δ μοι ἐστιν LTTrAW. 3 ἐκβόλωσιν GLTTrAW. Υ τὸν νὶόν σου ὧδε ον. ἷ ἐποίει 
GLTTra. 8.-- ὃ Ἰησοῦς (/εαἆ ἐποίει he was doing) TTra. περωτήσαι 1. δ εἰδὼς Tr’ 


184 


their heart, took ἃ 
child, and set him by 
him, 48 and said unto 
them, Whosoever shail 
receive this child in 
my name _ receiveth 
me: 
shall receive me re- 
ceiveth himu that sent 
me : for he that is least 
among you all, the 
same shall be great. 


49 And John answered 


and said, Master, we 
saw ove casting out 
devils in thy name; 
and we forbad him, 
because he followeth 
not with us. 50 And 
Jesus said unto him, 
Forbid Aim not: for 
he that is not against 
as is for us, 


51 And it came to 
pass, when the time 
was come that he 
should be received up, 
ke stedfastly set his 
face to go to Jerusa- 


lem, 52 and sent mes- 0 


sengers before his face: 
and they went, and 
entered into a village 
of the Samaritans, to 
make ready for him. 
53 And they did not 
receive him, because 
his face was as though 
he would go to Jeru- 
salem. 54 And when 
his disciples James 
and John saw this, 
they said, Lord, wilt 
thou that we command 
fire to come down 
from heaven, and con- 
sume them, even as 
Elias did? 55 But he 
turned; and rebuked 
them, and said, Ye 
kvow not what man- 
ner of spirit ye are of. 
56 For the Son of man 
is not come to destroy 
men’s lives, but tosave 
them. And they went 
to another village. 


57 And it came to 
pass, that, as they went 
in the way, a certain 
man said unto him, 
Lord, I will follow 
thee whithersoever. 
thou goest. 58 And Je- 


and whosoever 


A.O καν τς 
ἡ Ἢ ὴ η δὶ ἡγῶν. & λ (σῤμει d δί tl 
τὸν διαλογισμὸν τῆς.καρθίας.αυτῶν, ἐπιλαβόμενος "παιδίου 
the reasoning of their heart, having taken hold of a little child 


” Y ? ε ~ ‘ - ο ? ~ [2] e2 A " 
ἔστησεν αυτὸ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, 48 καὶ. εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ος.“ἐὰν 
he set it by “him, and said tothem, Whoever 


’ ~ ͵ ~ , , , 
δέξηται τοῦτο τὸ παιδίον ἐπὶ τῷ. ὀνόματί. μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται" 


shall receive this little child in my name, me receives; 
a ‘ A ’ > ‘ ᾽ , , 

καὶ ὃς. ἐὰν" ἐμὲ δέξηται, δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά µε. 

and whoever me_ shall receive, receives him who sent me. 


ὁ γὰρ μικρότερος ἐν πᾶσιν ὑμῖν ὑπάρχων οὗτος ξἔσται" 

Forhe πο Ἴο5Ῥ. Samong ὅα1 .Ἴγοι lis he sha'l be 
4 ‘ 3? , = 

μέγας. 49 ᾿᾽Αποκριθεὶς-δὲ δὸ" ᾿] άννης" εἶπεν, ᾿Επιστάτα, 
great. And answering John said, Master, 
εἴδομέν τινα ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί.σο» ἐκβάλλοντα "τὰ" δαιμόνια" 
we saw some one in thy name casting out the demons, 

\ > , ~ > ~ ΄ re 
καὶ ἐκωλύσαμεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὐκ. ἀκολουθεῖ μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν 50'Kai 
and we forbade him, because he follows not “with us, And 


εἶπεν! πρὸς αὐτὸν ™o"’Incovc, Μἡ.κωλύετε ὃς. γὰρ οὐκ 


Ξβαϊα sto *him 1 Jesus, Forbidnot; for whosvever “not 
ἔστιν καθ "ἡμῶν," ὑπὲρ "ἡμῶν" ἐστιν. 
‘is against us, for us . is. 


51 ‘Eyeverodé  ἐν.τῷ.συμπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς 
And it came to pass when were being fulfilled the days of the 
σἀναλήψεως" αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς τὸ.πρόσωπον .Ραὐτοῦ" Yorn- 
recciving him up, that he his face sted- 


-» ll ~ la θ ” « λ. , FO ‘ ? , rx 
ἐξεν του πορευεσ αι εις Ιερουσα ημ. Ow και απεστειλει) 
fastly set to go to Jerusalem, And he sent 


ἀγγέλους πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ. Kai πορευθέντες εἰσῆλθον 
Messengers betore ᾿ *face aa... And having gone they entered 


εἰς κώμην Σαμαρειτῶν.! ὥστε ἑτοιμάσαι αὐτῷ. 53 καὶ οὐκ 


into avillage ofSamuaritans, soas to make ready for him. And *not 
ἐδέξαντο αὐτόν, ὅτι τὺ.πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευό- 
4they “did receive him, because his face was [as] 6ο- 
3 « 7 - > "4 A ε θ a 8 ᾽ πο 
μενον εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. 54 ἰδόντες. δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ 
ing to Jerusalem. And seeing [it] his disciples 
δε... ‘ a , , : 
]άκωβος καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης" "εἶπον," Κύριε, θέλεις εἴπω- 


James John Lord, wilt thou[that] we shouid 
μὲν πῦρ καταβῆναι Σἀπὸϊ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἀναλῶσαι αὐτούς, 
call fire tocomedown from the heaven, and consume them, 
Σὼς καὶ Ἡλίας ἐποίησεν"; 55 Στραφεὶς δὲ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς, 
as also. Elias did? But turniag he rebuked them, 

7 ‘ στ ᾽ we e , , ᾽ « με ην z< ‘ 
και εἶπεν, Ουκ.οἴδατε οἵου πνεύματός ἐστε ὑμεῖς" SE 0.yao 


and said, 


and said, -Yeknow not of what spirit “are tye. For tbe 

ea ee) a2 > = 3 > , > , 
υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ.ῆλθε» ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων ἀπολέσαι, 
Son of man did not come [the] lives of men to-destroy, 


ἀλλὰ σῶσαι." Καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς ἑτέραν κώμην. 
but tosave. And they went to another village. 
57 Ἐ Π δὲ! , 3 ~ Π ~et Cees , 
o YEVETO-CE πορευομενων. αυτων ἐν ΤΏ ὑδῷ ειπεν τις 
Anditcametopuss as they were going in the way ‘said ‘some 7one 
πρὸς αὐτόν, ᾿Ακολουθήσω σοι ὅπου av" ἀπέρχῳ, κύριε." 
το him, Lwillfollow thee wherever thoumayestgo, Lord. 


x 





ἃ παιδίον Tra. 
k — τὰ LTTraw. 
LTTrA. 


εἂν L. 
1 εἶπεν δὲ LTTrA. 
Ρ [αυτοῦ] LTra. 
5 — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) π[τιλ | 
7 — ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν TI [A]. 

— ὁ γὰρ.... σῶσαι α. 


fav 7. 8 ἐστιν is LTTrA. h — 6 LTrA. 1 Ἰωάνης Tr. 
™ — 6 τ[Α]. "Yuov YOUGLTIrA. 9 ἀναλήμψεως 
4 ἐστήρισεν TTrA, τ πόλιν Σαμαριτῶν a city of Samaritans Ὁ. 

t Ἰωάνης Tr. “ εἶπαν TTrA. χ ἐκ out of L. 
® — καὶ εἶπεν (verse 55) .... σῶσαι (verse 56) LTTrA ; 


ἃ Καὶ and Trra, Ὁ ἐὰν LTra. © — κύριε LITr[ A]. 


IX, X LUKE. 

58 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν, 
And ?said “to *him ‘Jesus, The foxes holes have, 
καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 6.02 υἱὸς τοῦ 

and the birds ofthe heaven nests ; but the Son 

ἀνθρώπου οὐκ.ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῳ. 59 Εἶπεν δὲ 
of man has not where the head he may lay. And hesaid 

πρὸς ἕτερον, ᾿Ακολούθει wor. Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Κύριε," ἐπίτρεψόν 
to another, Follow me. But he said, Lord, allow 


μοι ἀπελθόντι πρῶτον! θάψαι τὸν.πατέρα.µου. 60 Εἶπεν δὲ 
me going away first to bury my father. But *said 
Ἢ ~ ές ? ~ Π » ᾿ A / - ‘ ε ~ 
αὐτῷ ‘ov Ἰησοῦς, Αφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν 
3to *him ‘Jesus, Leave {88 dead to bury their own 
νεκρούς σὺ δὲ ἀπελθὼν διάγγελλε τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 
dead ; but thou going forth declare the kingdom of God. 
61 Εἶπεν.δὲ καὶ ἕτερος, Ακολουθήσω σοι, κύριε πρῶτον. δὲ 
And?-aid “also ‘another, I willfollow thee, Lord, but first . 
? κ. ΄, ᾽ oy ~ 2 " = ) ϱ UF Ἂν 
ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀποτάξασθαι τοῖς εἰς τον. οἴκον. μου. 62 Εἶπεν δὲ 
allow me totake leave of those at my house. But 7said 
Επρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς,! Οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν! τὴν. χεῖρα. λαὐτοῦ" 
*to *him ‘Jesus, No one having laid his hand 
ἐπ᾿ ἄροτρον, καὶ βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, εὔθετός ἐστιν 
upon [the] plough, and Ἰοοκίηρ ‘on thethings behind, *fit tis 
Κεἰς τὴν βασιλείαν!" τοῦ θεοῦ. 
for the kingdom of God. 
10 Mera.cé ταῦτα ἀνέδειξεν ὁ κύριος ἱκαὶ" ἑτέρους ἑβδο- 
Now after {1656 {111 05 "appointed ‘the *Lerd ‘also ‘others “seven- 
µήκοντα"', καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς ἀνὰ.δύο πρὸ προσώπου 
ty, and sent ‘them twoand two before “face 
αὐτοῦ, εἰς πᾶσαν πόλιν καὶ τόπον οὗ "ἔμελλεν! αὐτὸς 
this, into every city and place where he was about himself 
” ” ieee ΟΠ} ‘ ? / « \ ‘ 
ἔρχεσθαι. 2 ἔλεγεν “οὖν! πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὃ μὲν θερισμὸς 


to come, He said ‘therefore to them, The “indeed *harvest [is] 
/ «Ἡκ«: ? A ? ’ - i Tr ~ , 
πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται  ὀλίγοι δεήθητε οὖν τοῦ κυρίου 
great, but the workmen [are] few. Supplicate therefore the Lord 


τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ὅπως Ῥέἐκβάλλῃ ἐργάτας! εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν 
of the harvest, that he may send out workmen into “harvest 
> ~ tar / ἘΠ ραν ἢ 45 σπα, , ε ~ ” ? 
αὑτοῦ. ὃ Ὑπάγετε' ἰδού, “ἔγω" ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς we ἄρνας ἐν 
this. Go; lo, I send forth you as lambs in 


, / \ 4% τ / ή " / 
μέσῳ λύκων. 4 μὴ βαστάζετε βαλάντιον" μὴ πήραν 
tthe] midst of wolves. Neither carry purse nor provision bag 
μηδὲ" ὑποδήματα' ἵκαὶὶ μηδένα κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἀσπάσησθε, 
nor sandals, and no one on the way salute, 
5 Εἰς. ἣν.δ᾽ ἂν "οἰκίαν εἰσέρχησθε," πρῶτον λέγετε, Εἰρήνη τῷ 


And into whatever house ye may enter, first say, Peace 
οἴκῳ.τούτῳ. 6 καὶ ἐὰν "pEr' ἐκεῖ Συϊὸς εἰρήνης, Σἐπανα- 
to this house. And if indeed be there ason of peace, “shall 


4 , ~ mi ‘ , 3 « ~ 
παύσεται" ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἡ.εἰρήνη. ὑμῶν" ‘eid? μήγε, ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς 
*rest *upon ον *your *peace ; butif notso, to you 
> ΄ a. > ~ St ~ AT / 2 θι es Ι ‘ 
ἀνακάμψει. 7 ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ τῇ οἰκίᾳ μένετε, Ἰἐσθίοντες! καὶ 
it shall return. ?In “πὸ *sume ‘and house abide, eating and 


185 


sus said unto him, 
Foxes have Ποῖος. and 
birds of the air have 
nests; but the Son of 
man hath not where to 
lay his head. 59 And 
he said unto another, 
Follow me. But he 
said, Lord, suffer me 
first to go and bury 
my father. 60 Jesus 
said unto him, Let the 
dead bury their dead: 
but go thou and preach 
the kingdoth of God. 
61 And another also 
said, Lord, I will fol- 
low thee; but let me 
first go bid them fare- 
well, which are at home 
at my house. 62 And 
Jesus said unto him, 
No man, having put 
his hand tothe plough, 
and looking back, is fit 
for the kingdom of 
God. 


X. After these things 
the Lord appointed 
other seventy also, and 
sent them two and two 
before his face into 
every city and place, 
whither he himself 
would come. 2 There- 
fore said he unto them, 
The harvest truly is 
great, but the labour- 
ers are few: pray ye 
therefore the Lord of 
the harvest, that he 
would send forth la- 
bourers into his har- 
vest. 3 Go your ways: 
behold, I send you 
forth‘as lambs among 
wolves. 4 Carry nei- 
ther purse, nor scrip, 
nor shoes: and salute 
no man by the way. 
5 And into whatsoever 
house ye enter, first 
say, Peace be to this 
house, 6 And if the 
son of peace be there, 
your peace shall rest 
upon it: if not, it shall 
turn to you again. 
7 And in the same 
house remain, eating 
and drinking such 
things as they give: for 
the labourer is worthy 





4 — Κύριετ. 
᾿]ησοῦς (read he said) [τι]ττ A. 
| [αὐτοῦ] Tr. * τῇ βασιλεία LTTrA. 
ο δὲ and (he said) Lyra. 
ἀποσ. I send forth) Lrtra. 
οἰκίαν TTrA: οἰκίαν εἰσέλθητε τι. 
παήσεταυτ, 2 ἔσθοντες LTTrA, 


1 [καὶ] ΤτΑ. m + [δύο] two L. 


τ βαλλάντιον LTTraAW. 
w — μὲν GLTTrAW, 


5 μὴ TTra 


© πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν first to go away L; πρῶτον ἀπελθόντι τττ. 
& ὃ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτόν LTr; — πρὸς αὐτὸν A. 


Ρ ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας GLW ; ἐργάτας ἐκβάλῃ TTrA. 
t— καὶ τ. 
* + ὃ the (son) B 


f—_ ὃ 
h ἐπιβάλλων L. 
Ὁ ἥμελλεν LTTrAW. 
9 — ἐγὼ (read 

7 εἰσέλθητε 
Υ έπανα- 


186 


of his hire. Go not 
from house to house. 
8 And into whatsoever 
city ye enter, and they 
receive you, eat such 
things as are set be- 
fore you: 9 and heal 
thesick that are there- 
in, and say unto them, 
The kingdom of God 
is come nigh unto you. 
10 But into whatsoever 
city ye enter, and they 
receive you not, go 
your ways out into the 
streets of the same, 
and say, 11 Even the 
very dust of your city, 
which cleaveth on us, 
we do wipe off against 
you: notwithstanding 
be ye sure of this, that 
the kingdom of God is 
come nigh unto you. 
12 But I say unto you, 
that it shall be more 
tolerable in that day 
for Sodom, than for 


that city. 13 Woeunto. 


thee, Chorazin! woe 
unto thee, Bethsaida ! 
for if the mighty works 
had been done in Tyre 
and Sidon, which hare 
been done in you, they 
had a great while ago 
repented, sitting in 
sackcloth and ashes. 
14 But it shall be more 
tolerable for Tyre and 
Sidon at the judg- 
ment, than for you. 
15 And thou, Caperna- 
um, which art exalted 
to heaven, shalt be 
thrust down to hell. 
16 He that heareth 

ou heareth me; and 

e that despiseth you 
despi-eth me; and he 
that despiseth me de- 
spiseth hi 
me, 


17 And the seventy 
returned again with 
joy, saying, Lord, even 
the devils are subject 
unto us through thy 
name, 18 And he said 
unto them, I beheld 
Satan as lightning 
fall from heaven. 
19 Behold, I give unto 
you power to tread on 
serpents and scorpions, 
and over all the power 
of the enemy: and 
nothing shall by any 
means hurt you. 


* ---ἐστιν (read [is]) LTTra. 
πόδας to the feet (-[ἡμῶν] ofus a) Lrtra. 
& Χοραξίν EGLW ; Χοραζείν TTrA. - 
μὴ LITrA. 


γαούμ. LTTrAW, 1 
ϱ + τοῦ the Tra, 


that sent- 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. κ 

, > ᾽ ~ " ” 4 ε 3 ᾿ 
πίνοντες τὰ παρ αὐτῶν" ἄξιος.γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης 
drinking the things [supplied] by them ; for worthy ?the "workman 


~ ~ ᾽ ~ > ‘ / “τὴν ᾿ αμ). 
τοῦ.μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ "ἐστιν." μὴ-µεταβαίνετε ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν. 
*of *his Shire tis. Remove not from house to _ house. 
’ εν ᾽ ’ ᾽ ’ ‘ [ή « ~ 
8 καὶ cic ἣν.Όδ”'.ἂν πόλιν εἰσέρχησθε, καὶ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς, 
And into whatever “also ‘city ye may enter, and they receive you, 
, ‘ η ε - 4 , 
ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν, 9 καὶ θεραπεύετε τοὺς ἐν 
eat the things set before you, and heal the “*in 
’ mg ~ \ ; ? ~ 3 Σε ~ ε 
αὐτῇ ἀσθενεῖς, καὶ λέγετε αὐτοῖς, Ἠγγικεν ἐφ ὕμας η βασι- 
sit tsick, and say to them, Hasdrawnnearto you the king- 
λεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 10 εἰς.ἣν.δ᾽ ἂν πόλιν “εἰσέρχησθε," καὶ μὴ 
dom of God. But into whatever city ye mayenter, and ποῖ 
δέχωνται ὑμᾶς, ἐξελθόντες εἰς τὰς. πλατείας αὐτῆς, εἴπατε, 
‘they *do receive you, having goncout into its streets, say, 


11 Καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως 


Even the dust which clung to us out of 2city 
ὑμῶν ἃ ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν: πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε, ὅτι 
tyour we wipe off against you; yet this know, that 


ἤγγικεν “ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς" ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 12 λεγω.ἰδὲῖ ὑμῖν, 
has ἀΓΑΥΏ ΠΟ to you the kingdom of God. And I say to you, 
ὅτι Σοδόμοις ἐν τῇ.-ἡμέρᾳ.ἐκείνῃ ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἢ TY 
that forSodom in that day more tolerable it shall be than 
πόλει ἐκείνῃ. 19 Οὐαί σοι, ΣΧωραζίν,' ovai σοι, Βηθσαϊδά" 
for that city. Woe tothee, Chorazin! woe iothee, Bethsaida! 
ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι Ἀἐγένοντο" αἱ δυνάμεις ai 
for if in Tyre and Sidon had taken place the works of power which 
γενύµεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ 
have been taking place in τοι, longago © in sackcloth and ashes 
ἱκαθήμεναιϊ μετενόησαν. 14 πλὴν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκ- 
sitting they had repented. But for Tyre and Sidon more 


τότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ Rpicee ἢ ὑμῖν. 15 καὶ σύ, *Kazep- 


tolerable willit be in the judgment than for you. And thou, Caper- 
vaovp," ἰὴ! ἕως τοῦ! οὐρανοῦ "ὑψωθεῖσα, ἕως 9 adov 
naum, _who_ to the heaven hast been lifted up, to hades 
, « ᾽ , c ~ ? ~ ? , ‘ 
καταβιβασθήσῃφ. 16 Ὁ ἀκούων ὑμῶν ἐμοῦ ἀκούει" καὶ 
thou shalt be brought down. Hethat hears you 2me =i thears, and 
ὁ ἀθετῶν ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ ὁ.δὲ ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν ἀθετεῖ τὸν 
he that rejects you *me ‘rejects, andhethat*me ‘rejects rejects him 


Te? / , 
ἀποστείλαντα µε. 


who sent me, 


17 Ὑπέστρεψαν. δὲ οἱ ἑβδομήκονταβ μετὰ χαρᾶς, λέγοντες, 


Ἁπά Ξτείιγηεᾶ ‘the *seventy with joy, saying, 


, Δ ‘ ε ᾽ - ~ ΄ 
“Κύριε, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί 


Lord, even the demons tous through *name 


σου. 18 Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς, Εθεώρουν τὸν σατανᾶν ὡς ἀστραπὴν 

thy. And he said to them,’ I beheld Satan 815 lightning 
ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα. 19 ἰδού, ἀδίδωμι" ὑμῖν τὴν ἐξουσίαν 
outofthe heaven falling. Lo, I give you the authority 
τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων Kai σκορπίων, Kai ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν 
totread upon serpents and  ἍΒΟΟΓΡΙΟΩ6, and upon all the 

, ~ ? ~ 4 κι ~ ΄ 

δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ" καὶ οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς οὐ.μὴ τἀδικήσῳ." 
Rower of the enemy, and nothing you inanywise_ shall injure. 
pees (lit. in no wise) ἵν 
κος (ὃ εἰσέλθητε LTTrA. ἆ + εἰς τοὺς 
Δ ΠΟΥ Bie ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς GLTT:A. f— §éand G[L]Traw. 
Β ἐγενήθησαν LITrA. 1 καθήμενοι LTTrA. k Kadap- 
. “—ToVLITr, 5 ὑψωθήσῃ ; wilt thou be lifted up? Lrtra, 

P+ [Ovo]twou, 4 δέδωκα 1 have given rtra, τ ἀδικήσει ΕΙΤΤΓΑ, 


are subject 





Ὁ — δ᾽ also ττττα. 


X. LUKE. 


3 ~ 
20 πλὴν ἐν τούτῳ μἡ.χαίρετε, ὅτι τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσ- 
Yet in this rejoice not, that the spirits toyou are sub- 
σεται Χχαίρετε.δὲ "μᾶλλον" ὅτι τὰ.ὀνόματα ὑμῶν "ἐγράφη" 
jected, but rejoice rather that your names are written 
γ᾽ ~ ? ~ ? ? ~ ~ ΄“ ᾽ / Vv ~ 
ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 21 Ey αὐτφῷ.τῇ ὥρᾳ ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ 
in the heavens, sin thesame hour “rejoiced 81η *the 
, ) ~ ~ 
πνεύματι" “ὁ Ἰησοῦς," καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι, πάτερ, 
*Spirit Jesus, and said, I praise thee, O Father, 
κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅτι ἀπέκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ 
Lord of the heaven and of the earth, that thou didst hide these things from 
σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν, καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ νηπίοις" Val, ὁπα- 
wise and prudent, and didstreveal them tobabes: yea, Fa- 
, ε/ e ele ? Foi ” Ls , 1 ᾿ 
THP, OTL οὕτως Σέγενετο εὐδοκία" ἔμπροσθεν σου. 22 *Kai 
ther, for thus was it well pleasing before thee. And 
‘ ‘ ᾿ ᾿ - ή » a ὃ ,0 I 
στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς εἶπεν," Πάντα “παρεδόθη μοι 
having turned to the disciples hesaid, All things were delivered to me 
ὑπὸ τοῦ.πατρός. μου" καὶ οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς εἰ μὴ 
by my Father, and noone knows who δ the Son except 
e 


ὁ πατήρ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ πατήρ, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός, καὶ  ᾧᾠ.δἐάνι 
the Father, and who ᾖ the Father, excepttheSon, δια hetowhomsoever 


βούληται ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι. 23 Καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς 


®may *will ‘the *Son to reveal [him]. And having turned to 
‘ ᾿ >? ’ στ , ε ᾽ ‘ 
τοὺς μαθητὰς Kar ἰδίαν εἶπεν, Μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ 
the disciples apart he said, Blessed [are] the eyes 
οἱ βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε. 94 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι πολλοὶ 
which see what ye see. ForIsay toyou, that many 
προφῆται καὶ βασιλεῖς ἠθέλησαν ἰδεῖν ἃ ὑμεῖς βλέπετε, 


prophets and kings desired tosee what ye see, 
καὶ οὐκ "εἶδον'' καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ ἀκούετε, καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν. 
and saw not; and tohear what yehear, and heard not. 

ς 5 4 ’ 4 ή [ή ? / 

25 Kai ἰδού, γνομικὸς τις ἀνέστη, ἐκπειράζων 


And behold, a *doctor “of *the Slaw ‘certain stood up, tempting 


“καὶ λέγων, Διδάσκαλε, Ti ποιήσας ζωὴν αἰώνιον 
and = saying, Teacher, 3what ‘having 7done life eternal 
, 5 « ‘ = \ ? , ? ~ , , 
κληρονομήσω ; 26 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, Ev τῷ νόμῳ τί 
shall I inherit ? Andhe said to him, In the law what 
γέγραπται; πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις; 27 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, 
has been written? how readest thou? Andhe answering said, 
, , , x θ , 3 ε/ ο οὐ Ὁ} δί 
Αγαπησεις κύριον τὸν.θεόν.σου εξ ὅλης "τῆς καρδίας 
Thou shalt love [the] Lord thy God with all *heart 
‘ f? « ~ ~ A ? « ~ ᾽ ; " 
σου καὶ [ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς.σου καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς.ἰσχύος"-σου 
‘thy and with all thy soul and with all thy strength 
καὶ 82 ὅλης τῆς.διανοίας"!. σου" καὶ τὸν.πλησίον.σου ὡς σεαυ- 
and with all thy mind ; and thy neighbour as thy- 
τόν. 28 Ἐἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, Ὀρθῶς ἀπεκρίθης τοῦτο ποίει, 
self, Andhesaid tohim, Rightly thou hast answered: this do, 
καὶ ζήσῃ. 29 Ὁ.δὲ θέλων "δικαιοῦν!" ἑαυτὸν εἶπεν πρὸς 
and thou shalt live. But he desiring tojustify himself said to 
~ 4 / , « |) io. 
τὸν Ἰησοῦν, Kai τίς ἐστίν µου πλησίον; 30 Ὑπολαβὼν ὁδὲϊ 
Jesus, And who is my neighbour? And taking [it] up 
ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Ανθρωπός τις κατέβαινεν ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ 
Jesus said, A’man ‘certain wasgoing down from Jerusalem 


αὐτόν, 
him, 


187 


20 Notwithstanding in 
this rejoice not, that 
the spirits are subject 
unto you; but rather 
rejoice, because your 
names are written in 
heaven. 21 In that 
hour Jesus rejoiced in 
spirit, andsaid, [thank 
thee, O Father, Lord 
of heaven and earth, 
that thou hast hid 
these things from the 
wise and prudent, and 
hast revealed them un- 
to babes: even so, Ba- 
ther ; for so it seemed 
good in thy sight. 
22 All things are de- 
livered to me of my 
Father: and no man 
knoweth who the Son 
is, but the Father; and 
who the Father is, but 
the Son, anc , he to 
whom the Son will re- 
veal him. 23 And he 
turned him unto his 
disciples, and said pri- 
vately, Blessed are the 
eyes which see the 
things that ye see: 
24 for I fell you, that 
many prophets and 
kings have desired to 
see those things which 
ye see, and have not 


seen them; and to 
hear those things 
which ye hear, and 


have not heard them. 


25 And, behold, a 
certain lawyer stood 
up, and tempted him, 
saying, Master, what 
shall I do to inherit 
eternal life? 26 He 
said unto him, What 
is written in the law? 
how readest thou? 
27 And he answering 
said, Thou shalt love 
the Lord thy God with 
all thy heart, and with 
all thy soul, and with. 
all thy strength, and 
with all thy mind;and 
thy neighbour as thy- 
self. 28 And he said 
unto him, Thou hast 
answered right: this 
do, and thou shalt live. 
29 But he, willing to 
justify himself, said 
unto Jesus, And who 
is my _ neighbour? 
30 And Jesus answer- 
ing said, Acertain man 
went down from Jeru- 
salem to Jericho, and 





S$ — μᾶλλον GLTTrAW. 
* τῷ ἁγίῳ the Holy titra. d 
ἐγένετο LTrA. 2 --- καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς εἶπεν Εοτη/ Α]. 
Ὁ ἂν LTrA. οἴδαν T; εἶδαν ΤιΑ. d — καὶ Ὑ{τι]Δ. ε[τῆς] Tr. 


t ἐνγέγραπται have been inscribed T; ἐγγέ. Tra. ¥ + ev in (the) 1. 
χ — 6 Ἰησοῦς (read nyad. he rejoiced) LTTra. 
2 μοι παρεδόθη GLTTrAW. 

Γἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σον 


Υ εὐδοκία 


καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ἰσχύϊ LIT. Ε ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ τῖττ,. ὃ δικαιῶσαι LTTrA. t= δὲ aud τὶ, 


188 


fell among thieves, 
which stripped him 
of his raiment, and 
wounded him, and de- 
arted, leaving him 
Εως dead. 31 And by 
chance there came 
down a.certain priest 
that way: and when he 
saw him, he passed by 
on the other side. 
32 And likewise ἃ Le 
vite; when he was at 
the place, came ana 
looked on him, and 
passed by on the other 
side. 33 But a cer- 
tain Samaritan, as he 
journeyed, came where 
e was: and -when he 
saw him, he had com- 
passion on him, 34 and 
went to him,and bound 
up his wounds, pour- 
ing in oil and wine, 
and set him on his 
own beast,and brought 
him to an inn, and 
took care: of him. 
35 And on the mor- 


row when he departed, . 


he took out two pence, 
and gave them to the 
host, and said unto 
‘him, Take care of him; 
and whatsoever thou 
spendest more, when I 
come.again, I will re- 
pay thee. 36 Which 
now of: these three, 
thinkest thou, was 
neighbour unto him 
that fell among the 
thieves? 37 And he 
said, He that shewed 
mercy on him. Then 
said Jesus unto him, 
Go, and do thou like- 
wise. ; 


38 Now it came to 
ge as they went, that 
e entered into a cer- 
sain village: and a 
sertain Woman named 
Martha -received him 
nto herhouse, 39 And 
she had a sister called 
Mary, which also sat 
at Jesus’ feet, and 
heard his word. 40 But 
Martha was cumbered 
about much serving, 
and came to him, and 
said, Lord, dost thou 
not care that my sis- 
ter hath left me to 
serve alone? bid her 


x. 


τι Ν 3 , 
ot καὶ ἐκδύσαντες 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. 


. ~ / 
καὶ λῃσταῖς . περιέπεσεν, 
and robbers’ ‘fell among, who both having stripped 
ΟὟ te , « xe 
ἐπιθέντες ἀπῆλθον, ἀφέντες ἡμιθανῆ 
‘him and wounds having inflicted went away, leaving [him], half dead 
΄ a ε , 

Ἰτυγχάνοντα.ὶ 81 κατὰ συγκυρίαν δὲ ἱερεύς τις κατ- 
ολα μμ 2By 34 *coincidence *now ὅ8 “priest ‘certain went 

« ~ , $ ‘ ᾽ 4 ? ~ 
έβαινεν ἐν τῇ.ὁδῷ ἐκείνῃ, καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ἀντιπαρῆλ- 
down in that road, 3 and havingseen him he passed by on the op- 

/ \ ή oe. 
ὃς, 32 ὁμοίως.δὲ καὶ ™Aevirne," "γενόμενος" κατὰ τὸν 
posite sid¢; andinlikemanneralso a Levite, being at the 
Our καὶ ἰδὼν 9 ἀντιπαρῆλθεν. 88 ΡΣα- 
. spot, having come and having seen passed by on the oppositeside. *A *Sa- 

/ “ ε , = 5 , Ἂ Ψ 

μαρείτης" δὲ τις - ὁδεύων ἦλθεν κατ᾽ αὐτόν, καὶ ἰδὼν 

maritan 1but 3certain journeying, came to him, and having seen 
, ‘ ‘ 3 
4«αὐτὸν! ἐσπλαγχνίσθη: 94 καὶ πρι κατέδησεν τὰ 
him wasmoved with compassion, and having approached bound up. 


~ λ. > = , , A 
τραύματα. αὐτοῦ, ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον' "ἐπιβιβάσας. δὲ" 


εἰς ΒἹεριχώ. 


to Jericho, 
αὐτὸν καὶ πληγὰς 


τόπον, 


his wounds, pouring on oil and wine; and having put 
αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον κτῆνος ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν εἰς 'πανδοχεῖον, Kat 
him on hisown “beast ‘brought ἢ to. an inn, and 


, ? ~ - 4 ‘ ps ” ‘ 
ἐπεμελήθη αὐτοῦ. 95 καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν αὔριον "ἐξελθών,ὶ ἐκβαλὼν 


tookecare of him. And on the morrow goingforth, taking out 
δύο δηνάρια ἔδωκεν τῷ Ἱπανδοχεῖ, καὶ εἶπεν "αὐτῳ.' 
"νο _ denarii he gave[them]tothe innkeeper, and __ said to him, 
΄ ~ ‘ . ‘ 
Ἐπιμελήθητι αὐτοῦ: καὶ ὅ.τιἂν πρῤοσδαπανήσῃς, ἐγὼ ἐν 
Take care of him, and whatsoever thou mayest expend more, Ι on 
~? / / ? ὃ ” / χ.τ ἢ / 
τῷ ἐπανέρχεσθαί.µε ἀποδώσω σοι. 36 Τίς οὖν" τούτων 


willrepay thee. Which therefore of these 
τῶν τριῶν δοκεῖ σοι πλησίον" γεγυνέναι τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος 
three seems tothee ‘neighbour ‘to “have “been of him who fell 


εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς; 37 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν, ‘O ποιήσας τὸ ἔλεος 
among the robbers ? Andhe said, Hewho shewed .compassion 


my coming back 


per αὐτοῦ. Ἐἶπεν Ττοῦν! αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Πορεύου, καὶ 
‘towards him, 3Said therefore “το *him 1 Jesus, Go 7and 
σὺ ποίει" ὁμοίως. 

1ηοα do likewise. 


38 *Eyévero.déiv! τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς cai" αὐτὸς εἰσῆλ- 


And it came to pass as “proceeded ithey .that he enter- 
, ‘ ν , Ἷ 
θεν εἰς κώμην τινά γυνὴ.δέε τὶς ὀνόματι Μάρθα ὑπ- 
ed into a*village ‘certain; anda*woman‘certain by name Martha re- 
, A ‘ = ~ ‘ ~ “Tt 
εδέξατο αὐτὸν εἰς “τὸν οἶκον! ἁαὐτῆς.! 99 καὶ τῇδε ἦν ἀδελφὴ 
ceived him into her house. And shehad  asister 
, pis e ‘ , 
καλουμένη “Μαρία! ἣ καὶ ἱπαρακαθίσασα" Επαρὰϊ τοὺς πόδας 
called Mary, whoalso having sat down at the feet 
~ 2 ~ ”/ εἶ ~ 
ὑτοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἤκουεν τὸν λόγον. αὐτοῦ. 40 ἡ.δὲ Μάρθα 
of Jesus was listening to his word. But Martha 


περιεσπᾶτο περὶ πολλὴν διακονίαν" ἐπιστᾶσα. δὲ εἶπεν, Κύριε, 


was distracted about much service ; and coming up shesaid; Lord, 
? / a / Roe. , / 4 

_ οὐ μέλε σοι ὅτι ἡ-ἀδελφή-μου μόνην µε ἱκατέλιπεν" δια- 

is it no concern to thee that my sister Salone ?me* *left to 


a. eee NE ναι αν eee 


κ Ἱερειχώτ. 1 
him 1, 


δοκεῖ σοι ΟΤΤΙΑ ΥΓ. 


© τὴν οἰκίαν 1. a 


Tira, 


— τυγχάνοντα LTTr[ A]. 
: Ρ Σαμαρίτης T. 
t — ἐξελθών Lrtr[a]. 


ὃ πρὸς agaiust TTra, ., 


r[a m Λενείτης TTrA. 5 — γενάμενος ττ. ° + αὐτὸν 

x 4 — αὐτὸν [c]r[trja. _ Υ καὶ ἐπιβιβάσας th.’ 5 πανδοκίον T. 

. πανδοκεῖ T. “—avtw [1]Ττι[Α]. * e+ οὖν [τ,]τ[πτ]α. Υ πλησίον 

be and (Jesus) GLTTra. 8. Ἐν δὲ And as Tr. > [καὶ] Ltr. 

— αὐτῆς (γεα the house) t[ Tr}. © Μαριάμ. τ. f παρακαθεσθεῖσα 
» τοῦ κνρίον of the Lord LITraW, ὠἱἱκατέλειπεν Tra, 


αν 


κονεῖν; 
serve? 


LUK f&. 


ϕ ἢ " , 3 
εἰπὲ" οὖν αὐτῇ ἵνα μοι συναντιλάβηται. 4] Απο 
Speak therefore toher that me she may help. 3An- 
κριθεὶς δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς,! Μάρθα, Μάρθα, μεριμνᾷς 
swering “but ‘said δύο «ποτ ? Jesus, Martha, Martha, thou art careful 
καὶ ™rupBacy" περὶ πολλά: 42 ἑνὸς. δέ ἐστιν χρεία: Μαρία 
and troubled about many things ; but of one thereis need; "Ματ 

\ \ \ sa 3 / , 
"Oe" τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο, ἥτις οὐκ. ἀφαιρεθήσεται 


k 


‘and the good part chose, which shali not be taker 
2, ᾽ ~ 
Cam! αὐτῆς, 
from her. 
‘ ᾽ , ’ ~ > A , , ‘ 
11 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐντῷ.εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐν τόπῳ τινὶ προσ- 


And it came to pass as >was the in a*place'certain pray- 


εὐχόμενον, ὡς ἐπαύσατο, εἶπέν τις τῶν.μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ πρὸς 


ing, when he ceased, said one of his disciples to 
? 7, , Ὁ ε ~ κ \ ‘ > / 
αὐτόν, Κύοιε, δίδαξον ἡμᾶς προσεύχεσθαι, καθως καὶ Ῥ]ωάν- 
him, Lord, teach us to pray, as also John 


νης" ἐδίδαξεν τοὺς. μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ. 2 Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς, Ὅταν 


taught his disciples. And he said tothem, When 
προσεύχησθε λέγετε, Πάτερ “ἡμῶν ὃ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς," 
ye pray say, “Father tour, who([artjin the heavens, 


ἁγιασθήτω τὸ. ὄνομά. σου" Τἐλθετω" Σἡ.βασιλεία.σου"' "γενηθήτω 


sanctified be thy name ; let come thy kingdom ; let be done 
τὺ.θέληµά.σου,' ‘we ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς." 3 τὸν 
thy will, as in heaven, [5ο] also upon the earth. 


» « ~ 4 ? / ΄ ᾿ ~ A ? € [ή e ‘ 
ἄρτον. ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δίδοι ἡμῖν TO.Kal ἡμέραν" 4 καὶ 


Our bread the needed give us daily ; and 
ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰς. ἁμαρτίας-ἡμῶν, καὶ. γὰρ αὐτοὶ ἀφίεμεν" 
forgive us our sins, for also “ourselves ‘we forgive 


παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν' καὶ μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν, 


every one indebted tous; and lead not us into temptation, 
ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ." 5 Kat εἶπεν πρὸς 
but deliver us from evil. And he said to 
? / , ? ς ~ er ᾿ Ν / 
αὐτούς, Τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἕξει φίλον, καὶ πορεύσεται πρὸς 
them, Who among you _ shall have afriend, and shall go to 


αὐτὸν μεσονυκτίου, καὶ Yetry" αὐτῷ, Φιλε, χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς 
him at midnight, and say tohim, Friend, lend me three 

” ? ‘ [ή ? τ ~ / 
ἄρτους, ϐ ἐπειδὴ φίλος µου. παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός µε, 
loaves, since 8 friend of mine is come off ajourney to me, 
καὶ οὐκἔχω ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ' 7 κακεῖνος ἔσωθεν 
and I have not what I shall set before him; andhe from within 
ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ, Μή μοι κόπους πάρεχε ἤδη ἡ θύρα 
auswerinvg shouldsay, Νοῦ πιο “trouble 1815686: already the door 
κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ.παιδία-µου PET ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν" 
has been shut, and my children with me in bed are ; 
οὐ.δύναµαι ἀναστὰς δὀόῦναί σοι. 8 Λέγω ὑμῖν, εἰ καὶ οὐ 
I cannot rise up to give to thee. Isay toyou, if even*not 

΄ ~ \ 4 > ~ , 
δώσει αὐτῷ ἀναστάς, dia τὸ. εἶναι αὐτοῦ φίλον," 
*he ?will give to him, havingrisen up, because of[his] being his friend, 
διά γε τὴν.-"ἀναίδειαν" αὐτοῦ ἐγερθεὶς δώσει αὐτῷ 
yel because of his importunity having risen he will give him 
ὕσων χρῴζει. 9 Κἀγὼ ὑμῖν λέγω, Αἰτεῖτε, καὶ δοθήσεται 
as mony as he needs, AndI toyou say, Ask, and it shall begiven 


™ θορυβάζῃ agitated Lrtra. 








κ εἰπὸν Τ. Ι ὃ κύριος the Lord τ. 
9 -- am [L]tT[TrA]. Ρ Ἰωάνης Tr. 
.σου ἡ βασιλεία 6. t — γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου GTT.A. 
γῆς GLL]rtra. π ἀφίομεν LTTrA, 
Υ ἐρεῖ .. 2 φίλον αὐτοῦ ΤΤΓΑ. 








8 ἀναιδίαν T. 


4 — ἡμῶν ὃ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς GTTrA. 
¥ — wes ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς 
τ — ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ GTTrA. 


189 


therefore that she help 
me. 41 And Jesus an- 
swered and said unto 


her, Martha, Martha, 


thou art careful and 
troubled about many 
things: ‘42 but one 
thing is needfal: and 
αλά hath chosen that 
good part, which shall 
not be taken away 
from her. 


ΧΙ. And it came to 
pass, that, as he was 
praying in a certain 
place, when he ceased, 
one of his disciples said 
uato him, Lord, ieach 
us to pray, as John also 
taught his disciples. 
2 And he said unto 
them, When ye pray, 
say, Our Father which 
art in heaven. Hallow+ 
ed be thy name. Thy 
kingdom come. Thy 
will be done, as in 
heaven, so in earth, 
3 Give us day by day 
our daily bread. 4 And 
forgive us our sins; for 
we also forgive every 
one that is indebted to 
us. And lead us rot 
into temptation; bus 
deliver us from οτί]. 
5 And he said unto 
them, Which of you 
shall have a friend, and 
shall go unto him at 
midnight, and'say unto 
him, Friend, lend me 
three loaves; 6 for a 
friend of mine in his 
journey is come to me, 
and 1 have nothing to 
set before him? 7 And 
he from within shall 
answer and say, Trou- 
ble me not: the door is 
now shut, and my chil- 
dren are with me in 
bed; I cannot rise and 
givethee. 8 Isay unto 
you, Though he will 
not rise and give him 
because he is his friend, 
yet because of his im~ 
portunity he will rise 
and give him as many 
as he needeth. 9 And I 
say unto you, Ask, and 
it shall be given you; 


Ὁ γὰρ for τ; [δὲ] A. 
τ ἐλθάτω ITr. 


190 


seek, and ye shall find; 
knock, and it shall 
be opened unto you, 
10 For every one that 
asketh receiveth; and 
he that seeketh find- 
eth ; and to him that 
knocketh it shall be 
opened. 11 If a son 
shall ask bread of any 
of you that is a father, 
will ho give him a 
stone? or if Ae ask a 
fish, will he for a fish 
give him a serpent 2 
12 Orif he shall ask an 
egg, will he offerhim a 
scorpion? 13Ifyethen, 
being evil, know how 
to give good gifts unto 
your children: how 
much more shall your 
heavenly Father give 
the Holy Spirit to them 
that ask him? 


14 And he was cast- 
ing out a devil, and it 
was dumb. And it 
came to pass, when the 
devil was gone out, 
the dumb spake; and 
the people wondered. 
15 But some of them 
suid, He casteth out 
devils through Bee!ze- 
bub the chief of the 
devils, 16 And others, 
tempting Aim, sought 
of him asign from hea- 
ven, 17 But he, know- 
ing their thoughts, said 
untothem,Every king- 
dom divided against 
itself is brought to 
desolation;anda house 
divided against a house 
falleth. 18 Jf Satan 
also be divided against 
himself, how shall his 
kingdom stand? be- 
cause ye say that I cast 
out devils through 
Beelzebub. 19 Andif I 
by Beelzebub cast out 
devils, by whom do 
your sons cast them 
out? therefore shall 
they be your judges. 
20 But if I with the 
finger of God cast out 
devils, no doubt the 
kingdom of God is 
come upon you. 
21 When a strong man 
armed keepeth his 
palace, his goods are in 
peace: 22 but when a 
stronger than he sha! 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. ΧΙ. 


~ ‘ τὰ x ΄ \ αν] , oS a 
ὑμῖν" ζητεῖτε, καὶ εὑρήσετε; κρούετε, κπι Ῥἀνοιγήσεται" ὑμῖν. 
toyou; seek, andyeshallfind; knock, and ἴῦ 584}} be opened to you. 


~ ‘ « ~ / - A « Ὁ» ~ x , a ἃ 
10 πᾶς. γὰρ ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει καὶ ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει" και 


For every one that asks receives ; and he that seeks finds ; and 
~ , ΄ a ΄ A d ε ~ 4 
+ κρούοντι «ἀνοιγήσεται.' 11 τίνα-δὲ * ὑμῶν τὸν 
tohimthat knocks it will be opened. And which of you who [15] 
? / « ει ” ‘ / ? ’ > ~ 4 
πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; 
a father shall °ask‘*for 'the 5οι bread, astone willhe vive to him? 


, \ > / ? ” > ~ Ξ an 

esi" καὶ ἰχθύν, μὴ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ"; 127 

if also a fish, instead of afish aserpent will he give to him? or 

καὶ εἐὰν' airnoy' wor, μὴ ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον; 19 εἰ 

also if he should ask an egg, will he give tohim a scorpion? ΤῈ 

« ~ so git / » 12 \ , 

οὖν ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὑπάρχοντες οἴδατε ‘ayaa δόματαϊ 
therefore ye, Zevil being, know [how] good . gifts 
ο - , ~ / ~ « A « ? 

διδόναι τοῖς.τέκνοις ὑμῶν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ πατὴρ! ὁ ᾿ς ἐξ 

to give to your children, how much more the Father whol[is] of 
~ , ~ τ - ~ , ᾿ nf 
οὐρανοῦ δώσει πνεῦμα ἅγιον τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν: 

heaven will give[the] *Spirit ‘Holy to those that ask him? 

14 Kai ἦν ἐκβάλλων δαιμόνιον, ‘kai αὐτὸ jv" κωφόν" 
And he was casting out a demon, and it was dumb; 

\ ~ / } / « , ἧς 

ἐγένετο.δὲ τοῦ. δαιμονίου "ἐξελθόντος," ἐλάλησεν ὃ κωφός 

and it came to pass on the demon having gone out, “spoke ‘the “dumb. 
‘ ? ’ ε A ‘ ~ Ὁ > 

«αὶ ἐθαύμασαν ot ὄχλοι. 15 τινὲς δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν "εῖπον," Ἐν 


And ὁποπάεγεά ‘+the *crowds. Butsome of them said, By 
Βεελζεβοὺλ ° ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια. 
Beelzebul prince ofthe , demons he casts out the demons. 


16 “Ετεροι.δὲ πειράζοντες σημεῖον Pap’ αὐτοῦ ἐζήτουν ἐξ 
And others, tempting, a sign from him were seeking from 
οὐρανοῦ." 17 Αὐτὸς δὲ εἰδὼς “αὐτῶν τὰ διανοήματα" εἶπεν 
heaven, But he knowing their thoughts said 
αὐτοῖς, Πᾶσα βασιλεία τέφ᾽ ἑαυτὴν διαμερισθεῖσαὶ έρη- 
tothem, Every kingdom against “itself *divided is brought to 
μοῦται" καὶ οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει. 18 εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ σατανᾶς 
desolation; and ἃ house against ἃ house falls. And if also Satan 
ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ-βασιλεία.αὐτοῦ ; 
against himself be divided, how shall stand his kingdom ? 


ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν.με τὰ δαιμόνια. 19 εἰ δὲ 


because yesay, by Beelzebul 1 cast out the demons. And if 
ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, "οἱ" υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν 
πα ον Beelzebul castout the demons, your sous by 


τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν; διὰ τοῦτο Ἱκριταὶ ὑμῶν αὐτοὶ ἔσον- 
whom do they cast out? onaccountof this judges of you they -. shall 
ται." 20 εἰδὲ ἐν δακτύλῳ θεοῦ "ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, 
be. But if by [the] finger of God Icastout the demons, 

” ” ? « ~ 4 , ~ ~ 

apa ἔφθασεν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 21 bray ὁ 
then iscome upon you the kingdom of God. When the 
ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμενος φυλάσσῃ τὴν .ἑαυτοῦ.αὐλήν, ἐν 
strong [man] being armed may keep his own dwelling, in 
εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα.αὐτοῦ' 22 ἐπὰν δὲ πὸ! ἰσχυρό- 
peace are his goods ; but assoonas the = strunger 


ar ts ἐς απ ωπω .-ᾱ- 


υ ἀνοιχθήσεται ΤΑ 


f > “= 3 ΄ 
αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει TTA. 


ἀγαθὰ GLTMAW. 


Βληθέντος having been 
οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ LTTVAW. 
1 5--- οἱ 1, 

αυτοι κριταὶ ὑμῶν ἔσονται Tr. 


ἑαυτὴν Τ. 


3 © ἀνοιχθήσεται LTAW. d+ ἐξ LTTraw. ε 7 ΟΥ GLTTrAW. 
ὃ — ἐὰν ΤΊ [a]. 4 αἰτήσει he shall ask ΕΤΤΙΑ. 1 δόματα 

K + ὑμῶν (read your father) x. ' [καὶ αὐτὸ ἦν] Tra. πὶ ἐκ- 
cast out 1,. Ὁ εἶπαν TrA. ο + τῷ the LTTraw. Ρ ἐξ 


ος 9 τὰ διανοήματα αὐτῶν 1,. 
ἕ αυτοι ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται LA 


Y + [ἐγὼ] αν, 


τ διαμερισθεῖσα «ff 
; αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν Ty 
W— ὁ (read a strolyer) LTTra, 


᾽ ~ 3 4 , λα 4 / 
τερος αὐτοῦ ἐπελθὼν νικήσῃ αὐτόν, THY πανοπλίαν 
than he coming upon [him] shall overcome him, *panoply 
αὐτοῦ αἴρει ἐφ᾽ ἐπεποίθει, καὶ τὰ σκύλα.αὐτοῦ δια- 
*his -hetakes abe ia which he had trusted, and his spoils he 
δίδωσιν. 23 ὁ μὴ ὢν per ἐμοῦ κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν’ καὶ ὁ 
divides. He that isnot with me against me is, and he that 
μὴ .συνάγων μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει. 24 Ὅταν τὸ ἀκάθαρτον 
gathers not with me scatters. When the unclean 
πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται Ot ἀνύδρων 


apes nian, he goes 


τόπων, ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν" καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον 


is gone out from the through waterless 


Χλέγει, Ὑπο- 


places, ae rest ; and not finding (any) hesays, I will 
στρέψω εἰς τὸν.οἶκόν.μου ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον: 2 καὶ ἐλθὸν 
return to _ my house whence I came out. And ο λνΑ come 
εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον. 26 τότε πορεύεται 
he finds [it] swept and adorned, Then he goes 


καὶ παραλαμβάνει ἑπτὰ ἕτερα πνεύματα πογηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ," 
and takes seven other spirits more wicked than himself, 


καὶ εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ καὶ γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ 
and having entered they dwell there; and becomes. the last 


ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. 27 ᾿Βγένετο δὲ 
ΔΗ tof “that worse than the first. And it came to pass 


ἐν. τῷ. λέγειν αὐτὸν ταῦτα, ἐπάρασά τις γυνὴ φωνὴν" 
as *spoke *he these things, ‘lifting Sup *certain ‘a woman [her] voice 


ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά 


from the crowd said tohim, Blessed the womb that bore 
σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας. 28 Αὐτὸς δὲ εἶπεν, 3Μεν- 
thee, απᾶ [πο] breasts which thou didst suck, But he said, Yea 
οὔνγε! μακάριοι οἱ ἀκούοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεφῦ καὶ 
rather blessed they who hear the word of God and 
φυλάσσοντες αὐτόν." 

keep it. 


29 Τῶν.δὲ ὄχλων ἐπαθροιζομένων ἤρξατο λέγειν, Ἡ γενεὰ 


But the crowds being throngedtogether he began tosay, “generation 
αὕτη πονηρά ἐστιν' σημεῖον “ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον ov 
{this *wicked 318. ὃ 5ἶση it seeks after, ‘and asign not 


δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ.μὴ TO σημεῖον ᾿Ιωνᾶ “τοῦ προφήτου." 
4shall be given toit except the sign of Jonas the prophet. 
90 καθὼς.γὰρ ἐγένετο ᾿Ιωνᾶς ἰσημεῖον τοῖς Νινευΐταις," οὕτως 
For as was Jonas asign tothe Ninevites, thus 
ἔσται Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τῇ-γενεᾷ. ταύτῃ. 31 Βασίλισσα 
shallbe alsothe Son of man to this generation. A queen 
νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς 
of [the]south shallriseup in the judgment with the men 
γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτούς' ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν 
of this generation, and shallcondemn them; for shecame from the 
περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι THY σοφίαν ΞΣολομῶντος," Kai ἰδού, 
ends oftheearth tohear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, 
πλεῖον ΕΣολομῶντοςἳ woe. 82 ἄνδρες ἘΝινευὶϊ ἀναστήσονται 
more than Solomon here. Men of Nineveh shall stand up 
ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς. γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν' 
in the judgment with this generation, and shall condemn it, 


Υ ἕτερα πνεύματα πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ ἑπτά ΤΤτΑ. 
b — αὐτόν (read Γι |) GLTTrA. 
€ — τοῦ προφήτου GLITrA. 
ὃ Σολομῶνος GLITrAW, 


x + [. τότε] then L. 
3 μενοῦν TTr ; μὲν οὖν Α. 
4 ζητεῖ it 566}.5 TTrA. 
σημεῖον ΤΤΤΑ. 
Νινενεῖται 1, 


191 


come upon him, and 
overcome him, he tak-' 
eth from him all his 
armour wherein he 
trusted, and divideth 
his spoils. 23 He that 
is not with me is 
against me: and he 
that gathereth not 


with ‘me _ scattereth, 
24 When the unclean 
spirit is gone out of 
8 man, he walketh 


through dry places, 
secking rest; “and find- 


.ing none, he saith, I 


will return unto my 
house whence I came 
out. 25 And when he 
cometh, he findecth it 
swept and garnished. 
26 Then goeth he, and 
taketh to him seven 
other spirits more 
wicked than himself; 
and they enter in, and 
dwell there: and the 
last state of that man 
is worse than the first. 
27 And it came to pass, 
85: he spake _ these 
things, a certain wo- 
man of the company 
lifted up her voice, and 
said unto him, Blessed 
is the womb that bare 
thee, and the paps 
which thou hast suck- 
ed. 28 But he said, 
Yea rather, blessed are 
they that hear the 
word of God, and keep 
it. 


29 And when the 
people were gathgr- 
ed thick together, he 
began to say, This 
is an evil generation: 
they seek a sign; and 
there shall no sign be 
given it, but the sign 
of Jonas the prophet, 
30 For as Jonas was a 
sign unto the Nine- 
vitis, so shall also the 
Son of man be to this 
generation. 31 The 
queen of the south 
shall rise up in the 
judgment with the 
men ofthis generation, 
and condemn them: 
for she came from the 
utmost parts of the 
earth to hear the wis- 
dom of Solomon; and, 
behold, a greater than 
Solomon 15 here. 32 The 
men of Nineve shall 
rise upin the judgment 


ι with this generation, 


and shall condemn it: 
for they repented at 


2 φωνὴν γυνὴ LTA. 


Ss yevea a generation LTTrA. 
f τοῖς Νινευείταις (Νινευΐταις TrA) 
h Νινευὴ A; Νινευῖται Ninevites Ltrw; 


199 

the preaching of Jo- 
nas; and, behold, a 
greater than Jonas 15 
heré, 33 No man, when 
he hath lighted a can- 
dle, putieth it in a 
secret place, neither 
under a bushel, but on 
a candlestick, that 
they which come in 
may see the light. 
34 The light of the 
body is the eye: there- 
fore when thine eye 1s 
single, thy whole body 
also is full of light; 
but when thine eye is 
evil, thy body also ts 
full of darkness. 
35 Take heed there- 
fore that the light 


which is in thee benot τὶ 


darkness. 36 If thy 
whole body therefore 
be full of light, having 
no part dark, the whole 
shall be full of light, 
as when the bright 
shining of a candle 
aoth, give thee light. 


37 And as he spake, 
a certain Pharisee be- 
sought him to dine 
withhim : and he went 
in, and sat down to 
meat. 38 And when 
the Pharisée saw it, he 
marvelled that he had 
not first washed before 
dinner. 39 And the 
Lord said unto him, 
Now do ye Pharisees 
make clean the outside 
of the cup and the 
platter; but your in- 
ward part is full of ra- 
vening and wicked- 
ness. 40 Ye fools, did 
not he that made that 
which is without make 
that which is within 
also? 41 But rather 
give alms of such 
things as ye have; and, 
behold, all things are 
clean untoyou. 42 But 
woe unto you, Phari- 
sees! for ye tithe mint 
and rue and all man- 
ner of herbs, and pass 
over judgment and the 
love of God: these 
ought ye to have done, 
and not to leave the 
other undone. 43 Woe 
unto you, Pharisees ! 
for ye love the upper- 
most seats in the syna- 
gogues, and greetings 
in the markets. 44 Woe 
unto you, scribes and 
Pharisees, hypocrites! 


ὅπως ἀριστήσῃ παρ᾽ αὐτῷ" 


MERE SS: ΨΥ 


ε) , > κ᾿ ͵ ’ ” Ας ΟΣ τ 
ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήουγμα Ίωνα. καὶ ἰδοῦ, πλεῖον 


beeause they repented at the proclamation of Jonas: and’ behold, more 
~ > στα ἦι , 5 ρ > ‘ 
Iwva ὧδε. 83 Οὐδεὶς ἰδὲ! λύχνον ἅψας εἰς Ἐκρυπτὸν" 
than Jonas here. But no one alamp having lit *in *secret 
, « 9 ο re ? ” 2 \ , 
τίθησιν, οὐδὲ ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, Ἰάλλ᾽" ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, 
sets “it, por. under the corn-nmieasure, but upon the lampstand, 
, . , / . 
ἵνα οἱ εἰσπορευόμενοι TO "ϕέγγος' βλέπωσιν. 84 ὁ λύχνος 
that they who enter in the lights may see. The lamp 


τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν 6 ὀφθαλμός" ὅταν οοὖν" ὁ ὀφθαλμός.σου 
ofthe body is the eye: when therefore thine cye 
ἁπλοῦς ἢ, Ῥκαὶ! ὅλον τὺ.σῶμά.σου φωτεινόν ἐστιν" ἐπὰν. δὲ 
- Ξβίησιο ‘be, - also *whole 1thy body light Asis but when 
πονηρὸς «ᾖ,'.καὶ τὸ σῶμά.σου σκοτεινόν. 35 σκόπει οὖν 
evil it be, also thy body [is] dark. See therefore 
ἢ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν. 86 εἰ οὖν τὸ σῶμά 
lest the light that [15]1π thee *darkness ‘is. If therefore Sbody 
σου ὕλον φωτεινόν, μὴ ἔχον “τὶ μέρος" σκοτεινόν, ἔσται 
1thy “whole [is] light, not having any part dark, it shall be 
φωτεινὸν ὅλον, ὡς ὅταν ὁ λύχνος TY-doTpaTH φωτίζῃ σε.: 
“light tall, as when the lamp with [its]brightness may light thee, 
37 Ἐν δὲ τῷ-λαλῆσαι: "Πρώτα" αὐτὸν Φαρισαῖός ric" 
Now as “was “speaking [*he] asked him ?a*Pharisee *cortain 
εἰσελθὼν δὲ ἀνέπεσ:εν. 
and having entered he reclined himself. 
ἐθαύμασεν ὅτι οὐ πρῶτον ἐβαπτίσθη 


that he woulddine with 
98 ὁ δὲ Φαρισαῖος ἰδὼν 


him: 


Butthe Pharisee seeing [it] wondered that not first he washed 
πρὸ τοῦ ἀρίστου. 89 εἶπεν. δὲ ὁ κύριος πρὸς αὐτόν, Νῦν ὑμεῖς 
before the dinner. But said the Lord ἴο him, Νους. ye 


οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε, 
Pharisees the outside οὔθ cup andofthe dish ye cleanse, 


τὸ. δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας. 40 ἄφρονες, 
butthe inside of you isfull ofplunder and wickedness. Fools, 
οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔξωθεν καὶ τὸ ἔσωθεν ἐποίησεν; 
[414] not he who made the outside also the _ inside make ? 
41 πλὴν τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην, καὶ ἰδού, 
But [of}the things which are within give alms, and lo, 
/ ae μα ? τ > 2. ᾽ λε ~ ~ / 
πάντα καθαρὰ ὑμῖν ἐστιν. 42 ἀλλ" οὐαὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς Φαρισαίοις, 


allthings clean ἴο γοὰ are. But ποθ toyou Pharisees, 
ὅτι ἀποδεκατοῦτε TO ἡδύοσμον καὶ τὸ πήγανον καὶ πᾶν 
for yepay tithesof the mint and the rue and every 


λάχανον, καὶ παρέρχεσθε τὴν κρίσιν καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ" 
herb, and pass by the judgment and the love of God 


ταῦτα ἔδει ποιῆσαι, κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι." 
These things it behoved [you] todo, and those not to be leaving aside, 


᾽ a) Ue. ~ ~ [ή , ~ \ ΄ 
48 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς Φαρισαίοις, τι ἀγαπᾶτε τὴν πρωτοκαθεδρίαν 


Woe to you Pharisees, for yelove the first seat 
? ~ ~ \ ? ‘ ~ ? ~ 
ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ayopaic’. 
in the synagogues and _ the salutations in the market-places. 


᾽ ἂν ἃὰ - - \ ~ ͵ ' 
44 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ᾿γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαοισαῖόι, ὑποκριταί," ὅτι ἐστὲ 
Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, for yeare 





i— δὲ but rrra. 


= + σου (read thine eye) LTtTra. 
¥ + αὐτὸν he 1,, 


LTrA. 
w + δὲ now [1]τς, 


δείπνοις] and the first places at the suppers L. 


κριταί @[L]TTra, ~ 


΄ 


Σ κρυπτὴν secret place EGLTTrAW. 1 ἀλλὰ EW. 
© — οὖν LTTrA. P— καὶ L. 

_ 8 ἐρωτᾷ asks LTA; ἐρώτα Tr. 
Σ παρεῖναι to pass by LTTrA, ’ 


m φῶς LTrA. 

4 µέρος τι ([τι] A) 
περ 719 SEAL 7 ἀλλὰ τ. 
9 9 ΄ > = 

Σ + [καὶ τὰς πρωτοκλισίας εν τοις 
Σ--- γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι ὑπο- 


ΧΙ, ΧΗ, LUKE. 

ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα, καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ! περιπατοῦντες 
as the “tombs tamseen, and the men who walk 

? / ᾽ » - 32 ‘ [ή ~ 

ἐπάνω οὐκ.οἴδασιν. 45 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς δὲ τις τῶν γομι- 


over [them] do not know [it]. one of the doctors of the 
~ / > ~ . ’ ~ [ή χα ~ ε ΄ 

κῶν λέγει αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, ταῦτα λέγων καὶ ἡμᾶς ὑβοίζεις. 

law says tohim, ‘Teacher, these things saying 8150 ‘us thou insultest, 


46 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Kai ὑμῖν τοῖς νομικοῖς oval, ὅτι φορτίζετ 


And answering 


Andhe said, Also toyou the doctors of thelaw woe, for ye burden 
τοὺς ἀνθρώπους φορτία δυσβάστακτα, καὶ αὐτοὶ evi 
men {with] burdens heavy tobear, and yourselves with one 


τῶν. δακτύλων ὑμῶν οὐ.προσψαύετε τοῖς φορτίοις: 47 οὐαὶ 
of your fingers do not touch the burdens. Woe 


Stew ε/ > ~ A ~ ~ -" b ε δὲ! 
Όμιν, OTL οἰκοδομεῖτε τὰ µνηµειά των προφητω»ν, "οι OE πα- 


to you, for ye build the tombs ofthe prophets, and *fa- 
τέρες ὑμῶν ἀπέκτειναν" αὐτούς. 48 ἄρα μαρτυρεῖτε"' καὶ 
thers tyour killed them. Hence yebear witness and 


συνευδοκεῖτε τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν. πατέρων.ὑμῶν' ὅτι αὐτοὶ μὲν 
consent tothe works of your fathers ; for they indeed 
ἀπέκτειναν αὐτούς, ὑμεῖς δὲ οἰκοδομεῖτε αὐτῶν τὰ μνημεῖα." 
killed them, and ye build their tombs, 
4) διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἡ σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ εἶπεν, ᾿Αποστελῶ εἰς 
Because of this also the wisdom of God said, Iwillsend to 
αὐτοὺς προφήτας Kai ἀποστόλους, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτε- 
them prophets and apostles, and[{some]jof them they will 
~ 4 ‘ e? ὃ , ell 50 “ 3 θῇ 4 - , 
νοῦσιν καὶ εεκδιώξουσιν ίνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων 
kill and drive out, that may berequired the blood of all 
τῶν προφητῶν ἱτὸ ἐκχυνόμενον! ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 
the « prophets poured ‘out from [the] foundation of [the] world, 
? A ~ ~ / ? Ἁ ἈΕῚ] ε 3” « ~ II 
ἀπὸ τῆς.γενεᾶς.ταύτης, 51 ἀπὸ Srov' αἵματος Αβελ ἕως ἔτοῦ 
of this generation, . from the blood of Abel to the 
αἵματος Ζαχαρίου τοῦ ἀπολομένου μεταξὺ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 
blood of Zacharias, who perished between the altar 
καὶ τοῦ οἴκου vai, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐκζητηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς 
and the house; yea, Isay toyou, itshallberequired of *zeneration 
ταύτης. 52 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς νομικοῖς, ὅτι ἤρατε τὴν 
this. Woe toyou the doctors of the law, for yetookaway the 
κλεῖδα τῆς γνώσεως" αὐτοὶ οὐκ. εἰσήλθετε," καὶ τοὺς εἶσερ- 
key of knowledge; yourselves did not enter, and those who were 
χοµένους ἐκωλύσατε. 53 'Aéyovroc.dé αὐτοῦ ταῦτα πρὸς 


entering ye hindered. And as *was*saying “he thesethings to 
αὐτοὺς" ἤρξαντο οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι δεινῶς ἐν- 
them began the scribes and the Pharisees urgently topress 
ἔχειν, καὶ ἀποστοματίζειν αὐτὸν περὶ πλειόνων, 54 ἐνε- 
upon [him], and to make *speak him about many things; watch- 
δρεύοντες Ναὐτὸν! ἱκαὶ! πζητοῦντες! θηρεῦσαί τι ἐκ τοῦ 


ing him tocatch something out of 


στόµατος.αὐτοῦ "ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ." 
his mouth that they might accuse him. | 
19 Ἐν οἷς ἐπισυναχθεισῶν τῶν μυριάδων τοῦ 
During which [things] being gathered together the myriads ofthe 


» « ~ ? δ ” ᾿ ‘ ‘ 
ὄχλου, ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους, ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς 
crowd, soas totrampleupon one another, he began to say to 


and seeking 


108 


for ye are as graves 
which appear not, and 
the men that walk over 
them are not aware of 
them. 45 Then answer- 
ed one of the lawyers, 
and said unto him, 
Master, thus saying 
thou reproachest us 
also, 46 And he said, 
Woe unto you also, ye 
lawyers! for ye lade 


, Men with burdens grie- 


vous to be borne, and 
ye yourselves touch not 
the burdens with one 
of your fingers. 47 Woe 
unto you! for ye build 
the sepulchres of the 
prophets, and your 
fathers ‘killed them. 
48 Truly ye bear wit- 
ness that ye allow 
the deeds of your fa- 
thers : for they indeed 
killed them, and ye 
build their sepulchres. 
49 Therefore also said 
the wisdom of God, I 
will send them pro- 
phets and apostles, and 
some of them they shall 
slay. and persecute: 
50 That the blood of 
all the prophets, which 
was shed from the 
foundation of the 
world, may be required 
of this generation; 
51 from the blood of 
Abel unto the blood 
of Zacharias, which 
perished between the 
altar and the temple: 
verily I say unto you, 
It shall be required of 
this generation. 52 Woe 
unto you, lawyers! for 
ye havetaken away the 
key of knowledge: ye 
entered not in your- 
selves, and them that 
were entering in ye 
hindered. 53 Andas he 
said these things unto 
them, the scribes and 
the Pharisees began to 
urge him vehemently, 
and to provoke him to 
speak of many things: 
54 laying wait for 
him, and seeking to 
catch something out of 
his mouth, that they 
might accuse him, 


ΧΤΙ, In the mean 
time, when there were 
gathered together an 
innumerable multi- 
tude of people, inso- 
much that they trode 
one upon another, he 
began to say unto his 





Ὁ καὶ οἱ T. 


& — οἱ (read περιπ. walking) L[a]w. 
ε [ἐκ]διώξουσιν Tra. 


ΤΊΓΑ. 4 — αὐτῶν τὰ μνημεῖα [L]TTrA. 
τὸ ἐκκεχυμένον Which has been poured out Tr. 
GLTTrA. 
1— καὶ GLTTrAW. 


ο 


m — ζητοῦντες T[Tr]a- 


ς μάρτυρές ἐστε Witnesses ye are 
f τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον LTA ; 
ε — τοῦ (vead [the]) LTTra. 
i Κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ and as he went out thence Trra. | 
R— ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ T[Tr]A. 


b εἰσήλθατε 
κ.- αὐτόν 1. 


194 


disciples first of all, 
Beware ye of the lea- 
ven of the Pharisees, 
which is hypocrisy. 
2 For there is nothing 
covered, that shall not 
be revealed ; neither 
hid, that shall not be 
known. 3 Therefore 
whatsoever ye have 
spoken in darkness 
shall be heard in the 
light ; and that which 
ye have spoken in the 
ear in closets shall be 
proclaimed upon_ the 
housetops. 4 AndI say 
unto you my friends, 
Be not afraid of them 
that kill the body, and 
after that have, no 
more that they can do. 
5 But I will forewarn 
you whom ye shall 
fear : Fear him, which 
after he hath killed 
hath power to cast into 
hell; yea, I say unto 
you, Fear him. 6 Are 
not five sparrows sold 
for two farthings, and 
not one of them is for- 
gotten before God? 
7 But even the very 
hairs of your head are 
allnumbered. Fear not 
therefore: ye are of 
more yalue than many 
sparrows. 8 Also I say 
unto you, Whosoever 
shall confess me before 
men, him shall the Son 
of man also confess be- 
fore the angels of God: 
9 but he that denieth 
me before men shall be 
denied before. the an- 
gels of God. 10 And 
whosoever shall speak 
& word against the Son 
of man, it shall be for- 
given him: but unto 
him that blasphemeth 
against the Holy Ghost 
it shall not be’ for- 
given. 11 And when 
they bring you unto 
the synagogues, and 
unto magistrates, and 
powers, take ye no 
thought how or what 
thing ye shall answer, 
or what ye shall say: 
12 for the Holy Ghost 
shall teach you in the 
same hour what ye 
ought to say, 


13 And one of the 
company said unto 
him, Master, speak to 


> 
P αποκτενόνγτων G; 


5 πωλοῦνται TTrA, 


Μεριµνήσητε ye should not be careful rrr, 


AOY KAS. ΧΙ 
Προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης 
Take heed toyourselves of the leaven 
οὐδὲν. δὲ συγκεκαλυµ- 
but nothing 2covered 
οὐ 


μαθητὰς.αὐτοῦ πρῶτον, 
his disciples first, 
’ 4 ε [ή 
τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις. 2 
ofthe Pharisees, which [15 hypocrisy ; 


’ A Ν 
ἐνον ἐστὶν ὃ οὐκιἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ 


up lis which shall not be uncovered, nor hidden ‘which ?not 
γνωσθήσεται. 3 ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ὅσα ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε, ἐν τῷ 
wherefore whatever in the darkness yesaid, in the 


Ishall be known ; 
‘ ? , 3 ᾿ εν 4 ᾿ τ ἐλ λή ᾽ anes 
wrt ἀκουσθήσεται καὶ Ὁ πρὸς TO οὓς ἑλαλῆσατε ἐν τοις 


light shall be heard ; and what in the ear ye spoke in 

, A ~ ΄ , ι δὰ 
ταμείοις, κηρυχθήσεται ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων. 4 Λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν 
chambers, shall be proclaimed upon the housetops. But I say to you, 


~ ~ ᾽ 
τοῖς φίλοις. μου, Μὴ.φοβηθῆτε ἀπὸ τῶν Ρἀποκτεινόντωνὶ 
my friends, Ye should not fear because of those who kill 
τὸ «σῶμα, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα μὴ.ἐχόντων Ἀπερισσότερόν!.τι 
the body, and after thesethings are ποῦ able anything more 
~ ~ ’ ~ = 2 δε 
ποιῆσαι. 5 ὑποδείξω.δὲ ὑμῖν τίνα φοβηθῆτε. φοβήθητε 
to do. But I will shew you ‘whom jyeshould fear: Fear — 
τὸν μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι Τἐξουσίαν ἔχοντα' ἐμβαλεῖν εἰς τὴν 
him who after having killed, authority has tocast into the 
γέενναν" vai, λέγω ὑμῖν, τοῦτον φοβήθητε. 6 Οὐχὶ πέντε 
gehenna; yea, Isay toyou, “him ‘fear. 2Not “five 
στρουθία "πωλεῖται! ἀσσαρίων δύο; Kai ἕν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ 
4sparrows tare sold for *assaria *two? and one of them  “7not 
” 2 , ? ” “Ὁ ~e ᾽ 4 a 4 [ή 
ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ" 7 ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ τρίχες 
115 forgotten before God. Buteven the hairs 
δ αμ = 2.1 ον ἢ ~ Doe 
τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται. μὴ οὖν" φοβεῖσθε 
of your head 3411 "have been numbered. 7Not*therefore ‘fear, 
πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε. 8 Λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν, Πᾶς ὃςιἂν 
thanmany sparrows’ ye are better. But I say to you, Every one whoever 
ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ 
may confess me before men, also the Son 
ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογήσει ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ 


of man will confess him before the angels 
θεοῦ" 9 ὁ δὲ  ἀρνησάμενός µε "ἐνώπιον" τῶν ἀνθρώπων 
of God; buthethat hasdenied | me before men 


? / ’ ~ ~ ~ ~ 
ἀπαρνηθήσεται ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ θεοῦ. 10 καὶ πᾶς 
will be denied before the angels of God; and every one 


ὃς ἐρεῖ λόγον εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἀφεθήσεται 


who shall say ἃ word against the Son of man, it will be forgiven 
᾽ τι ~ \ ‘ ϱ ἘᾺΝ ip 
αὐτφ' τῷ δὲ εἰ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα βλασφημήσαντι 
him; buttohimwho against the Holy Spirit has blasphemed 


οὐκ. ἀφεθήσεται. 


11 ὅταν.δὲ προσφέρωσιν" ὑμᾶς ἐπὶ τὰς 
it will not be forgiven. 


But when they bring you before the 
συναγωγὰς καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας, μὴ μεριμνᾶτεϊ 


synagogues and the rulers and the authorities, be not careful. 
ον n , ’ ῴ 3 ‘ 
πῶς %) ri! ἀπολογήσησθε ἢ τί εἴπητε 12 τὺ γὰρ 
how or vyhat γ8 5821] reply in defence, or what ye should say ; for the 


.“ ~ fey 
ἅγιον πνεῦμα διδάξει 
Holy —Swirit 
εἰπεῖν. 

to say. 


[ή - ~ ~ 
13 Ἐϊπεν.δὲ τις Ἰαύτῷ ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου,! Διδάσκαλε, εἰπὲ τῷ 
And ?said tone tohim from the crowd, Teacher, speak 


ὑμᾶς ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἃ. δεῖ 
willteach you in that same hour what it behoves [you] 


> 
αποκτεννόντων LTTrA. 


y 9 περισσόν 1, 
* — οὖν [L]}rTra. 


Υ ἔμπροσθεν L. 
3 5η τῇ Tra. 


τ ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν ΙΤΤτΑ. 
Ἢ εἰσφέρωσιν ΤΊτΑ. > μὴ 
Σεκ του ὄχλον αὐτῷ T, : 


ΧΙΙ. LUKE. 
ἀδελφφ.μου µερίσασθαι μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ τὴν κληρονομίαν. 14 Ὁ δὲ 


to my brother to divide with me _ the inheritance. But he 
εἶπεν αὐτῷ, AvOow7e, Tic με κατέστησεν δδικαστὴν" ἢ μερισ- 
said to Bin, Man, who*me ‘appointed a judge or a di- 


τὴν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς; 15 Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὁρᾶτε καὶ φυλάσ- 


vider over τοι ὃ And he said to them, See and keep your- 
σεσθε ἀπὸ ὕτῆς" πλεονεξίας. ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῷ περισσεύειν 
selves from covetousness ; for not in the abundance 

τινὶ ἡ ζωή. αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων "αὐτοῦ." 


"to®anyone “his '°life Sis ‘of *that *which *he *possesses. 


16 Εἶπεν δὲ παραβολὴν pe αὐτούς, λέγων, ᾿Ανθρώπου 


And he spoke a parable ae Pay ite, 304 τα "man 


τινὸς πλουσίου dency ησεν' ἡ χώρα" 17 καὶ 
Scertain Syich Sbrought *forth *°abundantly ‘the ας And 


διελογίζετο ἐν, ἑαυτῷ, λέγων, Τί ποιήσω, ὅτι οὐκ ἔχω 
he was reasoning within himself, saying, What shallI do, for I have not 


ποῦ συνάξω τοὺς.καρπούς.µου; 18 καὶ εἶπεν, Τοῦσο ποιήσω" 
where Ishalllay up my fruit? and hesaid, This willI do: 


καθελῶ μου τὰς ἀποθήκας, καὶ μείζονας οἰκοδομήσω, καὶ 
I will take way my. Ες, and greater will build, and 


συνάξω ἐκεῖ πάντα “τὰ.γενήματά! ἵμου! καὶ τὰ ἀγαθά.μου 
Y ἢ 


willlay up there all my produce and my good things, 
19 καὶ ἐρῶ τῇ.ψυχῇ-μου, Ψυχή, ἔχει πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ 
and I will say to my soul, Soul, thouhast many good things 


κείµενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά’ ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου. 
laid by for *years Renee take thy rest, eat, drink, be merry. 


20 εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, Ε᾿Αϕρων,! ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ τὴν ψυχήν 
But *said*to*him God, Fool, this night “soul 


πάπαιτοῦσιν! ἀπὸ σοῦ" ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας τίνι 
they require of thee; and *what *thou ‘didst *prepare *to 7whom 

21 οὕτως ὁ θησαυρίζων Ἰἑαυτῷ,!ὶ καὶ μὴ εἰς 
Thus [is] he who treasuresup for himself, and not toward 


σου 

thy 

ἔσται.; 
Sshall *be? 


θεὸν πλουτῶν. 22 Εἶπεν. δὲ πρὸς τοὺς. μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ," Διὰ 
God is rich, Andhe said to his disciples, Because of 

τοῦτο ἰὑμῖν λέγω," μὴ μεριμνᾶτετῇ-ψυχῇ- ὑμῶν" τί φάγητε, 
this toyou Ι say, Be not careful as to your life what yeshouldeat, 


μηδὲ τῷ σώματα τί ἐνδύσησθε. 23 7° ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν 
nor astothe body what yeshould put on. The life more is 


τῆς τροφῆς. καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος. 24 Κατανοήσατε 
than the food, andthe body thanthe raiment, Consider 


τοὺς κόρακας, ὅτι Pou! σπείρουσιν «οὐδὲ! θερίζουσιν, οἷς 
the ravens, for “ποῦ 1they ΒΟΥ nor reap, 


~ 12 ‘ ὁ = 
οὐκ.ἔστιν ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη, Kai ὁ θεὸς τρέφει αὐτούς 


there isnot storehouse nor granary, and God = feeds them. 
πύσῳ μᾶλλον ute διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν"; 25 τίς.δὲ ἐξ 
How much more : lare better than the birds? And who of 


~ | 
ὑμῶν ΚΡ ΤΕΙ δύναται "προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ" 
you (byj being careful is able to add to. his stature 
πῆχυν teva; 26 εἰ οὖν Youre" ἐλάχιστον δύνασθε, 


“cubit ‘one? If therefore not even [the] least ye are able [to do], 


τί περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μεριμνᾶτε; 27 Κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα, 
why about the rest are ye careful? Consider the lilies, 


to which | 


195 

ι 

my brother, that he 
divide the inheritance 
with me. 14 And he 
said unto him, Man, 
who made me a judge 
or a divider over you? 
15 And he said unto 
them, Take heed, and 
beware of covetous- 
ness : for a man’s life 
consisteth not in the 
abundance . of the 
things which he pos- 
sesseth, 16 And he 
spake a parable unto 
them, saying, The 
ground of a certain 
richmanbrought forth 
plentifully : 17 and he 
thought within him- 
self, saying, What shall 
I do, because I have no 
room where to bestow 
my fruits? 18 And he 
said, This will I do: I 
will’ pull down my 
barns, and build great- 
er; and there will I be- 
stow all my fruits and 
my goods. 19 And I 
will say to my soul, 
Soul, thou hast much 
goods laid up for many 
years ; take thine ease, 
eat, drink, and be mer- 
ry. 20 But God said 
unto him, Zhou fool, 
this night thy soul 
shall be required of 
thee : then whose shall 
those things be, which 
thou hast provided ? 
21 So is he that layeth 
up treasure for him- 
self, and is not rich 
toward God. 22 And he 
said unto his disciples, 
Therefore I say unto 
you, Take no thought 
for your life, what ye 
shall eat; neither for 
the body, what ye shall 
puton. 23 The life is 
more than meat, and 
the body is more than 
raiment, 24 Consider 
the ravens: for they 
neither sow nor reap ; 
which neither have 
storehouse nor barn; 
and God feedeth them: 
how much more are 
ye better than the 
fowls? 25 And which 
of you with taking 
thought can add to 
his stature one cubit ? 
26 If ye then be not 
able to do that thing 
which is least, why 
take ye thought for the 
rest? 27 Consider the 
lilies how they grow: 





8 Κριτὴν BETrAs Ὁ τα. alluTtraw. 5 αὐτῷ LTTrA. 
τὸν σῖτον the wheat Tr. -- ον TA]. 8 ἄφρον GW. 
my L. λέγω ὑμῖν Tra, — ὑμῶν (read as to the life) Lrrra. 
bo τ ig [γὰρ] (read for the) urra. P οὔτε neither ΤΑ. 
* ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι A. t — ἕνα (/έάά a Cubit) t[rrJa. 


h αἰτοῦσιν TrA. 


ἆ ηὐφόρησεν L. 


4 οὔτε ΤΑ. 


ε τὰ “γεννήματα E3 5 
Ι αὐτῷ τ. - * bape 


[ὑμῶν] (read 3 your 


τ [μεριμνῶν Α., 
σ οὐδὲ LTTrA. 


196 


they toil ποῦ. they spin 
not; andyetI say unto 
you, that Solomon in 
all his glory was not 
arrayed* like one of 
these. 28 If then God 
so clothe the grass, 
which is to day in the 
field, and to morrow is 
cast into the oven; how 
much more will he 
clothe you, O ye of lit- 
tle faith? 29 And seek 
not ye what ye shall 
eat, or what ye shall 
drink, neither be ye of 
doubtful mind. 30 For 
all these things do the 
nations of the world 
seek after: and your 
Father knoweth that 
ye have need of these 
things. 31 But rather 
seek ye the kingdom of 
God ;, and all these 
things shall be added 
unto you. 32 Fear not, 
little flock; for it is 
your Father’s good 
pleasure to give you 
the kingdom. 33 Sell 
that ye have, and give 
alms; provide your- 
selves bags which wax 
not old; a treasure in 
the heavens that fail- 
eth not, where no 
thief approacheth, nei- 
ther moth corrupteth. 
34 For where your trea- 
sure is, there will your 
heart be also. 35 Let 
your loins be girded 
about, and your lights 
burning; 36 and ye 
yourselyeS like unto 
men that wait for their 
lord, when he will re- 
turn from the wed- 
ding; that when he 
cometh and knock- 
eth, they may open 
unto himimmediately. 
37 Blessed are those 
servants, whom the 
lord when he cometh 
shall find watching: 
verily I say unto you, 
that he shall gird him- 
self, and make them to 
sit down to meat, and 
will come, forth and 
serve them. 38 And if 
he shall comein the se- 
cond watch, or come in 
the third watch, and 
find them so, blessed 
are those servants. 
39 And this know, that 
if the goodman of the 
house had known what 
hour the thief would 


ΧΙ, 
ὑμῖν," 
to you, 
we ἓν 
as one 


AOY KAS. 


οὐ.κοπιᾷ, 
they labour not, 


οὐδὲ «νήθει"" 


-΄ 4 
πῶς αὐξάνει" ; λέγω. δὲ 
nor do they spin; 


how they grow ; but I say 
’ ~ ή 7 “ὩΣ ’; 
οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ.δόξῃ.αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο 
Νοὺ οτοη Solomon in 811 his glory was clothed 
\ 4 / ~ - , 
τούτων. 28 εἰ δὲ τὸν χόρτον ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ σήμερον ὄντα," καὶ 
of these. Butif the grass “in*the ‘field ‘to-day ‘which *is, and 
αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ θεὸς οὕτως" ἀμφιέννυσιν,' 
to-morrow into ΑΠ oven is cast, God thus arrays, 
NN ~ « ~ > , + 6 4 « ο» Α το ~ 
πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι; 29 καὶ υμεῖς μὴ.ξητεῖτε 
how much rather you, O[ye] of little faith? And ye seek ye not 
τί gaynre®y" τί πίητε, καὶ μὴ.µετεωρίζεσθε. 80 ταῦτα 
what ye mayeat or what yemay drink, and benotinanxiety;  *these*things 


γὰρ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμον Ὀἐπιζητεῖ"' ὑμῶν. δὲ ὁ πατὴρ 
and your Father 


for all the nations ofthe world seek after ; 
οἶδεν ὅτι χοῄζετε τούτων. 31 πλὴν ζητεῖτε τὴν βασιλείαν 
But seek ye the kingdom 


knows that ye have need of these things, 
ετοῦ θεοῦ." καὶ ταῦτα" “πάντα! προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν.. 82 μὴ 
of God, and *these *things ‘all shall be added to you. ?2Not 


φοβοῦ, τὸ μικρὸν ποίμνιον᾽ ὅτι εὐδόκησεν ὁ.πατὴρ.ὑμῶν 
‘fear, little flock, for took *delight tyour *Father 
δοῦναι ὑμῖν τὴν βασιλείαν. 33 πωλήσατετὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν, 
in giving you the kingdom. Sell your possessions, 
μι / ? ” ο ’ « ~ e / Π ᾿ 
καὶ δότε ἐλεημοσύνην ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς “βαλάντια! μὴ 
and give alms; make to yourselves purses _ Dot 
παλαιούµενα, θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ὅπου 
growing old, a treasure unfailing in the heavens, where 
κλέπτης οὐκ.ἐγγίζει, οὐδὲ σὴς διαφθείρει" 94 ὕπου.γάρ ἐστιν 
thief doesnotdrawnedar, nor moth destroy. For where is 
ς 4 Chew ιο. ον / εκ ” ‘ ” 
ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ.καρδία.ὑμῶν ἔσται. ὁδ Ἔστωσαν 


your treasure, there also your heart will be. Let be 
fe ον oy 7 Ι ῃ «. δε / , 2 \ 
ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες" περιεζωσμέναι καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόµενοι’ 36 καὶ 
your _ loins - girded about and lamps burning; and 


ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις τὸν.κύριον ἑαυτῶν, 
ye like to men waiting for their lord, 
, 5 ? / Il ? ~ 4 / “ ? , ‘ / 
πότε ϑβἀναλύσει" ἐκ τῶν ΄ γάμων, ἵνα ἐλθόντος καὶ κρού- 
whenever he shall return from the wedding feasts, that having come and having 
σαντος, εὐθέως ἀνοίξωσιν αὐτῷ. 37 μακάριοι οἱ δοῦλοι 
knocked, immediately they may open Το him, Blessed *bondmen 
ἐκεῖνοι οὓς ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος εὑρήσει γρηγοροῦντας. ἀμὴν 
*those whom coming the Lord 58,81} πὰ +. watching. : Verily 
λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι περιζώσεται καὶ ἀνακλινε αὐτούς, καὶ 
157 toyou, that he will gird himself and will make ?recline ‘them, and 
παρελθὼν διακονήσει αὐτοῖς. 88 "καὶ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ 
coming up willserve them. And if hecome in the second 
φυλακῇ, καὶ! ἐν τῇ τρίτη φυλακῇ ἔλθῃ, καὶ εὕρῃ οὕτως, 
watch, and in the third watch hecome, and find [them] thus, 
μακάριοί εἰσιν ‘oi δοῦλοι ἐκεῖνοι." 99 τοῦτο.δὲ γινώσκετε, ὅτι 
blessed are 2pondmen ‘those. But this ~ know, that 
2 ” - ΄ ; , ἐξ ς 
εἰ δει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης -ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, 
if “had “known "the *master *of*the*house inwhat hour the thief is coming, 


ns ὃ πὸ ων ee 


, οὔτε νήθει οὔτε ὑφαίνει they neither spin nor weave ΤΑ. 
ἄγρῳ TOV ᾿χόρτον ὄντα σήµερρν ΤΑ ; τὸν χόρτον σήμερον ἐν ἀγρῷ ὄντα LTr. 
8 καὶ and TTr, 
4 — πάντα [L]TTrA. 

he may return ΙΤΤτΑ. 

i Lot δοῦλοι] ἐκεῖνοι Tra; 


αμϕιέζει TTra, 
LTTrA. 


x + [ότι] that 1, Σ ἐν 
2 ἀμφιάζει L; 

Ὁ ἐπιζητοῦσιν TTrA. 6 αὐτοῦ (read his kingdom) 
6 βαλλάντια LTTrAW. f αἱ ὀσφύες ὑμῶν L. & ἀναλύσῃ 
_» κἂν ἐν τῇ δευτέρα, κἂν and if'in the second and if rrra. 
— οἱ δοῦλοι ἐκεῖνοι (read are they) 1.» 


ΧΙ]. 


Κἐγρηγόρησεν ἄν, Kai" 
he would have watched, 


LUKE. 


οὐκ ἂν" ἀφῆκεν ϑδιορυγῆναι" 
and would not have suffered to be dug through 
τὸν.οἶκον.αὐτοῦ. 40 καὶ ὑμεῖς "οὖν" γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι" ὅτι 
his house. And ye therefore beye ready ; ΣΟΥ 
er ? ~ « ελ -”. 2 , ” ιτ ‘ 
ὥρᾳ οὐ.δοκεῖτε, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται. 41 Εἶπεν. δὲ 
in the hour ye think not, the Son of man comes. And *said 
δαὐτῳ! ὁ Πέτρος, Κύριε, πρὸς ἡμᾶς τὴν.παραβολὴν ταύτην 
Sto *him Peter, Lord, to us this parable 
λέγξις, ἢ καὶ πρὸς πάντας; 42 PEizeyoé! ὁ κύριος, Tic 
speakest thou, or also to all? Andsaid the Lord, Who 
ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος “καὶ! φρόνιμος, ὃν καταστήσει 
then is the faithful steward and prudent, whom “will *set 
ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς.θεραπείας.αὐτοῦ, "τοῦ! διδόναι ἐν καιρῷ "τὸ" 
*the *Lord over his household, togive in season the 
σιτοµέτριον; 43 μακάριος ὁ.δοῦλος.ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἐλθὼν 
measure of corn? Blessed that bondman whom “having *come 
ὁ.κύριος.αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως. 44 ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν, 
‘his "“Τιοτᾶ will find doing thus. Of a truth I say to you, 
ὅτι ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν. αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν. 
that over all his possessions he will set him, 
46 Εὰν.δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ.δοῦλος.ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ-αὐτοῦ, Xpo- 
But if *should*say ‘that *bondman in his heart, 3Ῥε- 


νίζει ὁ.κύριός-µου ἔρχεσθαι: καὶ ἄρξηται τύπτειν τοὺς 
lays Amy *Lord to come, and should begin to beat the 
παῖδας Kai τὰς παιδίσκας, ἐσθίειν.τε καὶ πίνειν καὶ µε- 


Mmen-servants and the maid-servants, andtoeat and todrink and tobe 


θὐσκεσθαι 46 ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ-δούλου.ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 


drunken, Swill”come ‘the *Lord 308 *that *bondman in aday 
“ἢ οὐ. προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ἢ οὐ.γινώσκει, καὶ 


in which he does not expect, and in anhour which heknowsnot, and 


διχοτοµήσει αὐτόν, καὶ τὺ.μέρος.αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων 
willcut“in*two ‘him, and his portion with the unbelievers 
θήσει. 47 ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος. ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ 
will αρροϊηῦ, But that bondman who knew the will 


κυρίου ἑαυτοῦ," καὶ μὴ.ἑτοιμάσας "μηδὲ" ποιήσας πρὸς 
of his Lord, and prepared not nor did according to 
τὸ θέλημα.αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς' 48 ὁ δὲ μὴ 
his will, shall be beaten with many (stripes]; but he who ποῦ 


, A ” ~ Π 7 ΄ 
γνούς, ποιήσας.δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας. 
knew, anddid [things] worthy of stripes, shall be beaten with few. 

παντὶδὲ ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ αὐτοῦ" 
And everyone to whom was given much, much will berequired from him; 
καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν. 
and to whom wascommitted much, the more will they ask of him, 
49 Πῦρ. ἦλθον βαλεῖν “εἰς! τὴν γῆν, καὶ τί θέλω εἰ Ίδη 
Fire Icame tocast into the earth, and what willl if already 
ἀνήφθη; 50 βάπτισμα.δὲ ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ πῶς συν- 
it be kindled 2 But a baptism I have to be baptized [with],and ho¥ amI 
έχοµαι étwe.*od' τελεσθῇ. 6] δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρε 
straitened until it be accomplished! Think ye that peace 
~ , ~ ~ ’ ΄ «ς - ? > A 
γενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ yy; οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀλλ ἢ 
came togive in the earth? No, Isay -toyou, but rather 


I 








i 


k — ἐγρηγόρησεν ἄν, καὶ (read he would not have suffered) Τ. 
xOnvat ΤΑ. 2 — οὖν LTTrA. ο — αὐτῷ Ltr[A]. 
καὶ ὃ and the w. ε. τοῦ L[Tra]. 


Litra, YHOrT, ἐπὶ πρι υττγαν, ἜΤ ὅτου LTTraW, 





Ρ καὶ εἶπεν TTrA. 
8 -- τὸ (read a measure Of corn) Tra, 


197 


come, he would have 
watched, and not have 
suffered his house to be 
broken through. 40 Be 
ye therefore ready al- 
so : for the Sonof man 
cometh at an hour 
when ye think not, 
41 Then Peter said un- 
to him, Lord, speakest 
thou this parabie unto 
us, or even to all? 
42 And the Lord said, 
Who then is that faith- 
ful and wise steward, 
whom his lord shall 
make ruler over his 
household, togive them 
their portion of meat 
in due season? 43 Bless- 
ed is that servant, 
whom his lord when he 
cometh shall find so 
doing. 44 OfatruthI 
say unto you, that he 
will make him ruler 
over all that he hath. 
45 But and if that ser- 
vant say in his heart, 
My lord delayeth his 
coming; and shall be- 
gin to beat the menser- 
vants and maidens, and 
to eat and drink, and 
to bedrunken; 46 the 
lord of that servant 
will come in a day 
when he looketh not 
for him, and at an hour 
when he is not aware, 
and willcut himinsun- 
der, and will appoint 
him his portion with 
the unbelievers, 47 And 
that servant, which 
knew his lord’s will, 
and prepared not him- 
self, neither did accord- 
ing to his will, shall be 
beaten with many 
stripes, 43 But he that 
knew not, and did com- 
mit things worthy of 
stripes, shall be beat- 
en with few stripes. 
For unto whomsoever 
much is given, of him 
shall be much requir- 
ed: and to whom men 
have committed much, 
of kim they νι] ask 
themore, 49 1 ΒΠΙ come 
to send fire on the 
earth; and what will 
I, if it be already kin- 
dled? 50 But I havea 
baptism to be baptized 
with; and how am [ 
straitened till it be 
accomplished! 51 Sup- 
pose ye that Iam come 
to zive peace on earth? 
I tell you, Nay; but ra- 
ther division: 52 for 


ἂν ΤτΑ. αι διορυ- 
46 the LrTra ; 
τ αὐτοῦ 


198 


from henceforth there 
shall be five in one 
house divided, three 
against two, and two 
against three. 53 The 
father shall be divided 
against the son, and 
the son against the 
father ; the mother a- 
gainst the daughter, 
and the daughter a- 
gainst the mother ; the 
mother in law against 
her daughter in. law, 
and the daughter in 
law against her mother 
in law. 


54 And he said also 
to the people, When ye 
see a cloud rise out of 
the west, straightway 
ye say, There cometh a 
shower; and so it is. 
55 And when ye see 
the south wind blow, 

e say, There will be 

eat ; and it cometh to 
pass. 56 Yehypocrites, 
ye can discern the face 
of the sky and of the 
earth; but how is it 
that ye do not discern 
this time? 57 Yea, and 
why even of yourselves 
judge ye not what is 
right? 58 When thou 
goest with thine adver- 
sary to the magistrate, 
as thou art in the way, 
give diligence that 
thou, mayest be deli- 
vered from him; lest he 
hale thee to the judge, 
and the judge deliver 
thee to the officer, and 
the officer cast thee in- 
to prison. 59 I tell thee, 
thou shalt not depart 
thence, till thou hast 
paid the very last mite, 


XIII. There were 
present at that season 
some that told him of 
the Galilwans, whose 
blood Pilate had min- 
gled with their sacri- 
Πορ 2 And Jesus 


answering said unto’ 
them, Suppose ye that. 


these Galilzans were 
sinners above all the 
Galileans, because 
they suffered such 
things? 3.1 tell you, 
Nay: but, except ye 
repent, ye shall all 
likewise perish. 4 Or 


ΧΙΙ, AIT. 


ἀπὸ .τοῦ.νῦν πέντε ἐν Yoixw 
henceforth five in “house 


A OPT AAS 
διαμερισμόν. δῷ εσονται.γὰρ 
division ; for there willbe from 
ἑνὶ" διαμεμερισμένοι, τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν καὶ δύο ἐπὶ *rpisiv. 
*one divided, three against two and two against three, ΄ 
53 διαμερισθήσεταιὶ πατὴρ "ἐφ᾽" υἱῷ, καὶ υἱὸς ἐπὶ  πατρί' 
?Will ‘be *divided ‘father against son, and son against father’ 
\ i ant / ? Ν ΩΣ ΐ 
μήτηρ ἐπὶ "θυγατρί," καὶ θυγάτηρ ἐπὶ “μητρί"" πενθερὰ 
mother against daughter, and daughter against mother; mother-in-law 
? \ \ ~ ‘ / Vs 
ἐπὶ τὴν νύμφην αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφη ἐπὶ τὴν 
against daughter-in-law ‘her, and daughter-in-law against 
πενθερὰν "αὐτῆς." 
2mother-in-law “her. ἢ 
δὅ4 Ἔλεγεν. δὲ καὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις, Ὅταν ἴδητε ἱτὴν" νεφέλην 
Andhesaid also tothe crowds, When yesee the cloud | 
? A ~ 7 3” 
ἀνατέλλουσαν Εἀπὸὶ δυσμῶν, εὐθέως λέγετε, " Ὄμβρος 
rising up from {the] west, immediately ye say, A shower 
ἔρχεται" καὶ γίνεται οὕτως. 5D καὶ ὅταν νότον πνέοντα, 
iscoming; and it happens 80. And when a south wind [15] biowing, 
λέγετε, Ὅτι καύσων tora’ Kai γίνεται. 56 ὑποκριταί, τὸ 
ye say, Heat there willbe; and it happens. Hypocrites, the 
πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς καὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ οἴδατε δοκιμάζειν" 
appearance ofthe earth and ofthe heaven yeknow [how] to discern, 


τὸν. δὲ καιρὸν τοῦτον πῶς Ἰοῦ.δοκιµάζετε"; 57 τί.δὲ Kai ag’ 
, but this time And whyeven of 


how do ye not discern? 
ἑαυτῶν οὐ.κρίνετε TO δίκαιον; 58 ὡς.γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ 
yourselves judge ye not what [is] 


right ? For as thou goest with 
τοῦ.ἀντιδίκου.σου ἐπ᾿ ἄρχοντα, ἐν τῇ; ὁδῷ δὸς ἐργασίαν 
thine adverse party before a magistrate, 


in the way give, diligence 
ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ" μήποτε κατασύρῃ σε πρὸς 
{ο beset free from him, lest 


he should drag away thee ἴο 
τὸν κριτήν, καὶ ὁ κριτής σε "παραδῷ" τῷ πράκτορι, καὶ 


the judge, and the judge theeshoulddelivertothe officer, and 

ὁ πράκτωρ σε ἰβάλλῃ" εἰς. φυλακήν. ὄ9 λέγω σοι, οὐ-μὴ' 

the officer thee should cast into prison. I say to thee, In no wise 
ἐξέλθῃς ἐκεῖθεν ἕως ποὺ" καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν 

shalt’ thou come out _ thence © until even the last lepton 
ἀποδφο. 


thou shalt have paid. ee 
19 Παρῆσαν.δὲ τινες ἐν αὐτῷ.τῷ καιρῷ ἀπαγγέλλοντες 
And *were present ‘some at the same time telling 
αὐτῳ περὶ τῶν Γαλιλαίων, ὧν τὸ αἷμα "Πιλάτος" ἔμιξεν 
him about the Galileans, of whom the blood Pilate mingled 
μετὰ τῶν .θυσιῶν αὐτῶν. 2 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς “ὁ ᾿Ιησοῖ'ς" εἶπεν 
with their sacrifices. And answering Jesus said 


αὐτοῖς, Δοκεῖτε ὅτι οἱ .Γαλιλαῖοι.οὗτοι ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάν- 
tothem, Think το that these Galileans sinners beyond all 


τας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους ἐγένοντο, ὅτι Ῥτοιαῦτα! πεπόνθασιν; 
the Galileans were, because such things they have suffered? 
3 οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν" ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν μὴ Ἀμετανοῆτε," πάντες "ὡσαύ- 
No, 148 toyou; but if ye repent not, all 7in *like 


a ee ee αιώνα νο τε κα 


Υ ἑνὶ οἴκῳ LTTrA. 
8 ἐπὶ TTrA. 
TIA. 


{L]1Tra, 


> θυγατέρα LTTrA. 
f — τὴν (read a cloud) irra]. 

δοκιμάζειν know ye not to discern? Tr, 
βαλεῖ shall cast Lrtra. 
P ταῦτα these things rrr, 


* τρισὶν διαμερισθήσονται" (read three will be divided :) LTTra. 
“μητέρα Ὁ; THY pyTépaLTrA. ἃ -- αὐτῆςτ. ε --- αὐτῆς 
Εεπιαῦτ. ἃ + orthat[L}rtra. ἷ οὐκ οἴδατε 
ὰ παραδώσει shall deliver LTtra. 1 βάλῃ GW; 
ἢ Ἠειλᾶτος 7. ° — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he said) 

4 µετανοήσητε L, ; ὁμοίως LTTrA, 


mati, LUKE. 
τως" ἀπολεῖσθε. 4 ἢ ἐκεῖνοι οἱ "δέκα.καὶ ὀκτὼ" ἐφ᾽ οὓς 
“manner *yeshallpcrishh Or those eighteen on . whom 


ἔπεσεν ὁ πύργος ἐν τῷ Σιλωὰμ καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν αὐτούς, δοκεῖτε 

fell « the tower in Siloam and killed them, |. think ye 
ore ‘odrou! ὀφειλεται ἐγένοντο παρὰ πάντας * ἀνθρώπους 
that these debtors were beyond all men 

‘ ~ w2 ll ε Xn ge ’ / “ « ae ? ? 

τοὺς κατοικοῦντας “ἐνὶ Ἱερουσαλήμ; ὃ οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν" ἀλλ 
who dwelt” in Jerusalem ? No, 1580 toyou; but 
ἐὰν μὴ.Σμετανοῆτε,! πάντες Youotwc' ἀπολεῖσθε. 
if ye repent not, all 7in “like *manner 179 shall perish. 

6 Ἔλεγεν δὲ ταύτην τὴν παραβολήν" ᾿Συκῆν εἶχέν τις 
Andhespoke this parable: 5A ®fig-tree *had 1a “certain 
iy τῷ. ἀμπελῶνι.αὐτοῦ πεφυτευμένην"" Kai ἦλθεν Ἀκαρπὺν 

[ὕπαβη] in his vineyard planted ; and he came fruit 
ζητῶν" ἐν αὐτῇ Kat ovy-etper. 7 εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς τὸν ἆμ- 
secking on it and did not find{any].. Andhesaid to the vine- 
πελουργόν, Ιδού, τρία ἔτη ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπὸν iv τῇ 
dresser, Behold, three years I come seeking fruit on 
συκῇ-ταύτῃ καὶ οὐχ.εὑρίσκω ἔκκοψον © αὐτήν" 
this fig-tree and ἄο ποὺ find [any]: cut *down τη 
τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ ; 8 ὁ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ, 
the ground does it render useless? Buthe answering says tohim, 
Κύριε, ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος, ἕως ὅτου σκάψω περὶ 
Sir, let?alone Ὁ 4180 this year, until Ishalldig about 
αὐτὴν καὶ βάλω “κοπρίαν! 9 κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ ᾿καρπόν' 
it and put manureé, and if indeed itshould bear fruit—; 
Ξε 4 iF 2 A / ll ? , ᾽ ’, 
εἰ δὲ μήγε, εἰς.τὸ μέλλον! ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν. 
butif not, hereafter thou shalt cut 7down 10, 
10 Ἦν. δὲ διδάσκων ἐν μιᾷ τῶν συναγωγῶν ἐν τοῖς σάβ- 
Andhe was teaching in one ofthe synagogues on the sab- 
βασιν' 11 καὶ ἰδού, γυνὴ Εἠνὶ πνεῦμα ἔχουσα ἀσθενείας 
baths. And behold, ἃ woman there was “a *spirit ‘having of infirmity 
ἔτη "δέκα.καὶ ὀκτώ," καὶ ἦν Ἀσυγκύπτουσαὶ καὶ μὴ .δυναµένη 
“years eighteen, andshe was benttogether and “unable 
; - ΄ 2 A / ᾽ A At ΝΥ ιν εὖ, ΤᾺ “ 
ἀνακύψαι εἰς.τὸ.παντελές. 12 ἰδὼν.δὲ αὐτὴν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς 
300 “lift Sup Sherself 1wholly. And seeing her Jesus 
προσεφώνησεν καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Γύναι, ἀπολέλυσαι ἷ 
calledto [her] and said toher, Woman, thou hast been loosed from 
τῆς.ἀσθενείας.σοῦ. 19 Kai ἐπέθηκεν αὐτῇ τὰς χεῖρας" 


divari" καὶ 


why even 


thine infirmity. And helaid upon her [his] hands, 
4,” ™ k ᾽ 0 , Π \ 27 \ / 
καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀνωρθώθη, καὶ ἐδόξαζεν τὸν θεόν. 
and immediately she was made straight, and glorified God. 
14 ᾽Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ ὁ ἀρχισυνάγωγος, ἀγανακτῶν Ort 
But °answering ‘the 7ruler *of *the synagogue, indignant because 
~ / aD / ερ ” ~ ” ] 
τῷ σαββάτῳ ἐθεράπευσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔλεγεν τῷ ὄχλῳ, 
onthe sabbath “healed 1 Jesus, said tothe crowd, 
“Εξ ἡμέραι εἰσίν, ἐν αἷς δεῖ ἐργάζεσθαι" ἐν ™rav- 


Six days thereare, in which 16 behoves[men] to work; in these 


199 


those eighteen, upon 
whom the tower in 
Siloam fell, and slew 
them, think ye that 
they were sinners a- 
bove all men _ that 
dwelt in Jerusalem? 
5 I tell you, Nay: but, 
except ye repent, ye 
shall all likewise 
perish. 


6 He spake also this 
parable; A certain man 
had a fig tree planted 
in his vineyard; and he 
came and sought fruit 
thereon, and found 
none. 7 Then said he 
unto the dresser of 
his vineyard, Behold, 
these three years I 
come seeking fruit on 
this fig tree, and find 
none: cut it down; 
why cumbereth it the 
ground? 8 And he an- 
swering said unto him, 
Lord, let it alone this 
year also, till I shall 
dig about it, and dung 
tt: 9 and if it bear 
fruit, weil: and if not, 
then after that thou 
shalt cut it down. 


10 And he was teach- 
ing in one of the syna- 
gogues on the sabbath. 
11 And, behoid, there 
was a woman which 
had a spirit of infirmi- 
ty eighteen years, and 
was bowed together, 
and could in no wise 
lift up herself. 12 Arfd 
when Jesus saw her, 
he called ker to him, 
and said unto her, Wo- 
man, thou art loosed 
from thine infirmity. 
13 And he laid his 
hands on her: and im- 
mediately she. was 
made - straight, and 
glorified God. 14 And 
the ruler of the syna- 
gogue answered with 
indignation, because 
that Jesus had healed 
on the Sabbath day, 
and said unto the peo- 
ple, There are six days 
in which men ought to 
work: in them there- 





Ἱ x ’ / , ᾿ η νο ~ fore come and he 
ταῖς! οὖν ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε, καὶ μὴ τῇ Ίμερᾳ TOV healed, and not on the 
᾿ therefore coming be healed, and notonthe “day sabbath day. 15 The 
6 δέκα [καὶ] ὀκτὼ LTrA; δεκαοκτὼ T. tavroithey uta. + τοὺς the LTTrA. ᾗἩ --ἐν 


(vead [in]) Tra. x µετανοήσητε LTTrA. Υ ὡσαύτως TTrA. 
ἀμπελῶιι αὐτοῦ. ΤΤΎΤΑ. ζητῶν καρπὸν GLTTrAW. 
ο + οὖν therefore (cut) L. 4 ἵνα τί LTrA. 6 κόπρια EGLTTrAW. 

εἰ δὲ μήγε (read bear fruit hereafter; but if not) rtra, § — ἦν LTTrA. 


ὁ - ἀπὸ ἔγοτῃ τὰ, avopdéOyutrra. | + ὅτι that Ta, 


2 πεφυτευµένην ἐν τῷ 
Ὁ + ἀφ᾽ οὗ since (three years) TTra. 
f καρπὸν εἰς TO μέλλον" 


 συνκύπτουσα 1. 


® αὐταῖς them LITra, 


200 


Lord then answered 
him, and said, Zhou 
hypocrite, doth not 
each one of you on the 
sabbath loose his ox or 
his ass fram the stall, 
and lead him away to 
watering? 16 And 
ought not this woman, 
being a daughter of 
Abraham, whom Satan 


hath bound, lo, these. 


eighteen years, be 
loosed from this bond 
on the sabbath day? 
17 And when he had 
said these things, all 
his adversaries were 
ashamed: and all the 
people rejoiced for all 
the glorious things 
that were done by him, 


18 Then said he, Unto 
what is the kingdom 
of God like? and 
whereunto shall I re- 
semble it? 19 Itis like 
a grain of mustard 
seed, which a man 
took, and cast into his 
garden ; and it grew, 
and waxed agreat tree; 
and the fowls of the air 
lodged in the branches 
of it. 20 And again he 
said, Whereunto shall 
I liken the kingdom of 
God? 21 It is like lea- 
ven, which a woman 
took and hid in three 
measures of meal, till 
the whole was lea- 
vened. 


722 And he went 
through the cities and 
villages, teaching, and 
journeying toward Je- 
rusalem, 23 Thensaid 
one unto him, Lord, 
are there few that be 
saved? And he said 
unto them, 24 Strive to 
enter in at the strait 
gate : for many, I say 
unto you, will seek to 
enter in, and shall not 
be able.. 25 When once 
the master of the house 
is risen up, and hath 
shut to the door, and 
ye begin to stand with- 
out, and to knock at 


the door, saying, Lord, 


Lord, open unto us; 
and he shall answer 
and say unto you, 1 
know you not whence 
ye are: 26 then shall 
ye begin to say, We 
have eaten and drunk 
in thy presence, and 
thou hast taught in 


ΛΟΥΚΑ & ΧΗ 
, , ~ e Ψ 
σαββάτου. 15 ᾿Απεκρίθη Cody" αὐτῷ ὁ κυριος, και εἶπεν, 
‘sabbath. +Answered ‘therefore *him *the “Lord, and _ said, 
«Ἃ Δ , t ~ ~ , ? / x 
νὙποκριτά,! ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τῷ σαββάτῳ  οὔ-λύε τὸν 
Hypocrite, -eachone of you onthe sabbath does he not loose 
~ ? νὰ Λ " » \ ~ , \ ? ‘ 
βοῦν.αὐτοῦ ἢ τὸν ὄνον ἀπὸ τῆς φάτνης, καὶ ἀπαγαγὼν 
his ox or ass from the manger, and having led [it] away 
Γ ’ \ / ? 
ποτίζει; 16 ravrny.oé θυγατέρα ᾿Αβοαὰμ οὖσαν, 


give [10] drink 2 And this [woman], ?a*daughter “οἱ “Αὑγαπαπα *being, 
τι » ~ ᾽ ’ ’ ‘ ‘ ” 
ἣν ἔδησεν ὁ σατανᾶς, ἰδού, δέκα.καὶ.ὀκτὼ ἔτη, οὐκ. ἔδει 
whom “has *bound 1Satan, lo, eighteen years, ought [she] not 
~ > A ~ ~ ~ « , ~ , 
λυθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ. τούτου TH ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ σαββάτου ; 
{ο be loosed from this bond onthe “day 1sabbath ? 
κ. ~ , - , , 
17 Καὶ ταῦτα λέγοντας αὐτοῦ κατῃσχύνοντο πάντες οἱ 
‘And *these Sthings ‘on “his “saying 7were ®ashamed fall who 
ἀντικείμενοι αὐτῷ' καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἔχαιρεν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν 
were opposed tohim; and all the crowd wererejoicing at all 
τοῖς ἐνδόξοις τοῖς γινομένοις ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 
the glorious things which were being done by him. 
18 Ἔλεγεν «δέ! Τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ; 


2He *said Jand, To what “like lis the kingdom of God P 
καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν; 19 ὁμοία ἐστὶν" κόκκῳ σινάπεως, 
and ἰο what shalllliken it? Like itis toa grain of mustard, 
Hv! λαβὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ" καὶ 

Τ ι 

which “haying*taken ἃ 7*man cast into ?garden this ; and 
2, yee) bd ἢ , \ ~ 

ηὔξησεν. καὶ ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον "μέγα," καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ 
itgrew and came into a “tree great, and the birds of the 


οὐρανοῦ κατεσκήνωσεν ἐν τοῖς.κλάδοις αὐτοῦ. 20 *Kai! πάλιν 


heaven roosted in its branches. And again 
εἶπεν, Τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ: 21 ὁμοίᾳ 
he said, Το what shallI liken the kingdom of God 2 Like 
? ‘ ’ ελ λ Ὁ cae ὦ} πό. Il ? ᾽ / 
ἐστὶν ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα γυνὴ "ἐνέκρυψεν! εἰς ἀλεύρου 
itis +toleaven, which *having *taken’a*woman hid in of *meal 


σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον. 
2661118 ‘three, until *was “leavened ‘all. : 
22 Καὶ διεπορεύετο κατὰ πόλεις καὶ κώμας διδάσκων, καὶ 
And ο wentthrough by, cities and villages teaching, and 
πορείαν ποιούμενος εἰς Ἱ Περουσαλήμ.' 23 εἶπεν. δὲ τις αὐτῷ, 
“progress Imaking towards Jerusalem. And said one to him, 
Κύριε, εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σωζόμενοι ; Ὁ.-δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, 
Lord, [are] *few ‘those *being “saved? Buthe said to them, 
94 ᾿Αγωνίζεσθε εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης" ὅτι 
Strive with earnestness toenterin through the narrow gate ; for 
πολλοί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν, καὶ οὐκ.ἰσχύσουσιν. 
many, Tsay toyou, will seek toenterin, and will not be able. 
? - » 
25 ἀφ᾽ οὗ.ἂν ἐγερθῇ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, καὶ ἀπο- 
From the time ®shall 7have risen "αρ ‘the master 5ο *the *house, and 2.588} 
κλείσῃ τὴν θύραν, καὶ ἄρξησθε ἔξω ἑστάναι καὶ κρούειν τὴν 
haveshut the door, ,and τε begin without tostand andtoknockat the 
, { ” ~ ‘ 4 
θύραν, λέγοντες, Κύριε, Υκύριε,' ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν" καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς 
door, saying, Lord, Lord; open tous; and he answering 
? ~ « ~ = ε ~ , , ” 
ἐρεῖ ὑμῖν, Οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς πόθεν ἐστέ. 26 τύτε ἄρξεσθε | 
willsay to you, 1 ἄο ποὺ know you. whence yeare. Then will ye begin 
/ ? / , wri , -- ! 
λέγειν, ᾿Εφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν.σου καὶ ἐπίομεν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς 
to say, We ate in thy presence and drank, and in 





© δὲ but LTTra, 
*— μέγα [L]T[Tra]. 
GLTTrA, 


7 — κύριε [L]TTra, 


P Ὑποκριταί hypocrites LrTraw. 


: ς 4 οὖν therefore TTrA. TOE, 
*“— και W, 7 ἔκρυψεν TTra, 


W Ἱεροσόλυμα Τ. x θύρας door 


XIII, XIV. 


λ / « ~ γὼ» κα \ ἘΠῚ - , ΓΑ rare ay 9 
πλατείαις ἡμῶν ἐδίδαξας. 27 καὶ ἐρεῖ, Λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ 
our strects thou didst teach. And he willsay, Itell you, Not 
οἶδα 3ὑμᾶςὶ πόθεν ἐστε ἀπόστητε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ πάντες 
11 *doknow you whence ye are; depart from me, all [ye] 
τή ο / αν κκ 7m , 98 ἐ ~ ” « λ Aud A 
οι εργαται της αὀὐικιας. εκει εσται ο κλαυ μος και 
the workers of unrighteousness, There shallbe the weeping and 
ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων, ὅταν “ὔψησθε" ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ Ισαὰκ 
the gnashing of the teeth, when ye see Abraham and Isaac 
καὶ ᾿Ιακὼβ καὶ πάντας τοὺς προφήτας ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ 
ind Jacob and all the prophets in the kingdom 
θεοῦ, ὑμᾶς δὲ ἐκβαλλομένους ἔξω. 29 καὶ ἥξουσιν ἀπὸ 
of God, but yourselves being cast out. And they shall come from 
ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν, καὶ ἀπὸ" βοῤῥᾶ καὶ νότου, καὶ ava- 
east and west, and from north and south, and _ shall 
κλιθήσονται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ. 90 καὶ ἰδού, εἰσὶν 
recline in the kingdom, of God. And lo, there are 
ἔσχατοι οἱ ἔσονται πρῶτοι, καί εἰσιν πρῶτοι οἱ ἔσονται 
last who shall be first, and thereare_ first who shall be 
ἔσχατοι. 
last. ὃ 
91 ᾿Εν. αὐτῇ τῇ “ἡμέρᾳ! ἱπροσῆλθόν" 
ay 


On the same d cameto [him] certain 


LUE #. 


τινες Φαρισαῖοι, 
Pharisees, 


λέγοντες αὐτῷ, Ἔξελθε καὶ πορεύου ἐντεῦθεν, ὅτι Ἡρώδης 
saying tohim, Goout and _ proceed hence, for Herod 


θελει σε ἀποκτεῖναι. 32 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πορευθέντες 
desires *thee 1to *kill. And hesaid tothem, Having gone 


» ~ ᾽ ’ , Α ΗΝ 
εἴπατε τῇ.ἀλώπεκι.ταύτῃ, Ιδού, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια καὶ ἰάσεις 


say to that fox, ο, 1 cast out demons and _ cures 

εἐπιτελῶ" σήμερον καὶ αὔριον, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃν τελειοῦμαι. 

I complete to-day and to-morrow, and the third [day] 1 am perfected ; 
‘ ~ / ‘ ” ‘ ~ ’ / 

99 πλὴν δεῖ µε σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ TY ἐχομένῃ 

but it behoves me “to-day and to-morrow and the [day] following 


προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω 


πορεύεσθαι" ὅτι οὐκ.ἐνδέχεται 
a prophet toperish out of 


to proceed ; for it is not possible [for] 
7 7 ε ? / 
Ἱερουσαλήμ. 94 Ἱερουσαλήμ, Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα 
Jerusalem, Jerusalem, Jerusalem, who killest 
/ \ ~ ‘ ? / ‘ 
τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς 
the prophets, and stonest those who have been sent to 
αὐτήν, ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐπισυνάξαι τὰ τέκνα.σου, ὃν.τρόπον 
her, how often wouldI have gathered thy children, in the way 
Pa ~ ο . . 
Ἰόρνις" Κγὴν" ἑαυτῆς Ἰνοσσιὰνὶ ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας, 
ahen [gathers] her brood under [her] wings, 

‘ ? , ¥ , ~ ι στ ε ~ ” 
καὶ οὐκ.ἠθελήσατε. 85 ἰδού, ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ.οἶκος-υμῶν EON 
and ye would not. Behold, isleft toyou your house de- 

\ A ~ , 2’ a beat | 
μος" πἀμὴν δὲ λέγω! ὑμῖν, οὔτι" οὐ.μή με ἴδητε! ἕως. "ἂν 
solate; ?verily'and Isay toyou, that ποῦ δὖ 811 me shallyesee until 

er » - δι , ? ? , 
HED," "ὅτε! εἴπητε, Εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνό- 
it come when ΥὙ6 5807, - Blessed [15] hewho _ comes in [the] name 


ματι κυρίου. 
of [the] Lord. 


14 Kai ἐγένετο 


And it came to pass on 


ἐν τῷ.ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς οἶκόν τινος τῶν 
his having gone intoa house of one of the 


our streets. 


201 


27 But he 
shall say, 1 tell you, I 
know you not whence 
ye are; depart from 
me, all ye workers of 
iniquity, 28 There shall 
be weeping and gnash- 
ing of teeth, when ye 
shallsee Abraham, and 
Isaac, and Jacob, and 
all the prophets, in the 
kingdom of God, and 
you yourselves thrust 
out. 29 And they shall 
come from the east, 
and from the west, 
and from the north, 
and from the south, 
and shall sit down in 
the kingdom of God. 
30 And, behold, thcre 
are last which shall be 
first, and there are first 
which shall be last, 


31 The same day 
there came certain of 
the Pharisees, saying 
unto him, Getthce out, 
and depart hence: for 
Herod will kill thee. 
32 And he said unto 
them, Go ye, and tell 
that fox, Behold, I cast 
out devils, and I do 
cures to day and to 
morrow, and the third 
day I shall be per- 
fected. 33 Nevertheless 
I must walk to day, 
and to morrow, and 
the day following: for 
it cannot be that a 
prophet perish out of 
Jerusalem, 34 O Je- 
rusalem, Jerusalem, 
which killest the pro- 
phets, andstonest them 
that are sent unto thee; 
how often would [have 
gathered thy children 
together, as a hen doth 
ga:her her brood un- 
der her wings, and ye 
would not! 35 Behold, 
your house is left unto 
you desolate: and veri- 
ly I say unto you, Ye 
shall not see me, until 
the time come when Mie 
shall say, Blessed 7s he 
that cometh in the 
name of the Lord. 


XIV. And it came to 
pass, as he went into 
the house of one of the 


————————————————— EEE aS 3 


Ὁ — τῆς LTTrA. 


AP Ϊ « 
t— ὑμᾶς [L]Tra.' 8 — οἱ TTrA. Αν 
f προσῆλθάν TTra. 


4 — ἀπὸ [1]1{ττΑ}.. © ὥρᾳ hour ΤΑ. 


day L. ‘1 opué π. κ τὰ τι. ἱνοσσία τ. τῷ --- ἔρημος GLITrAW. 
λέγω τ. ο -- ὅτι [L]T: [a]. Ρ ἴδητέ µε LTTrA, α -- ἂν ΤΤΓΑ, 
come LT[TrA, δ [ὅτε] Tra. 


\ 
ο ὄψεσθε ye Shall see rir. 
8 ἀποτελῶ LITrA. 


» + [ἡμέρᾳ] 
Ὁ λέγω δὲ GLTrAW 5. 
τ ἥξει it shall 


909 


chief Pharisees to eat 
bread on the sabbath 
day, that they watched 
him. 2 And, behold, 
there was a certain 
man before him which 
had the dropsy. 3 And 
Jesus answering spake 
unto the lawyers and 
Pharisees, saying, Is 
it lawful to heal on the 
sabbath day? 4 And 
they held their peace. 
And he took him, and 
healed him, and let 
him go; 5 and an- 
swered them, saying, 
Which of you shall 
have an ass or an ox 
fallen into a pit, and 
will not straightway 
pull him out on the 
sabbath day? 6 And 
they could not answer 
him again. to these 
things. 


7 And he put fortha 
parable to those which 
were bidden, when he 
marked how they chose 
out the chief rooms ; 
saying unto them, 
8 When thou art bid- 
den of any man to a 
wedding, sit not down 
in the highest room ; 
lest a more honourable 
man than thou be bid- 
den of him; 9 and he 
that bade theeand him 
come and say to thee, 
Give this man place; 
and thou begin with 
shame to take the low- 
estroom. 10 But when 
thou art bidden, go and 
sit down in the lowest 
room; that when he 
that bade thee cometh, 
he may say unto thee, 
Friend, go up higher: 
then shalt thou have 
worship in the presence 
of them that sit at meat 
with thee. 11 For who- 
soever exalteth him- 
self shall be abased ; 
and he that humbleth 
himself shall be ex- 
alted. 


12 Then said he also 
to him that bade him, 
When thou makest a 
dinner or a supper, 


A OY τα, XIV. 


σαββάτῳ φαγεῖν ἄρτον, καὶ αὐτοὶ 
onasabbath toeat bread, that they 
ἦσαν παρατηρούµενοι αὐτόν. 2 καὶ ἰδού, ἄνθρωπός τις 
were watching him. And behold, a*man ‘certain 
ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ. 3 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ]ησοῦς 
there was dropsical before him. And answering Jesus 
εἶπεν πρὸς τοὺς νομικοὺς καὶ Φαρισαίους, "λέγων," “Et! 
spoke ἴο the doctors of the law and to(the]Pharisees, saying, 
ἔξεστιν τῷ σαββάτῳ "θεραπεύειν" Υ; 4 Οἱ δὲ ἡσύχασαν, 
Is it lawful onthe sabbath to heal? But they were silent. 
καὶ ἐπιλαβόμενος ἰάσατο αὐτόν, καὶ ἀπέλυσεν. ὅ καὶ 
And takinghold [ofhim]hehealed him, πᾶ let (him) go. And 
Ξἀποκριθεὶς" *xpoc αὐτοὺς εἶπεν," Τίνος ὑμῶν 9ῦνος! ἢ βοῦς 
answering to them hesaid, Of which of you 7an “ass ‘or 58η ος 
εἰς φρέαρ "ἐμπεσεῖται," καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνασπάσει αὐτὸν 
Sinto 34 ᾿ριὺ ‘shall 7411, πᾶ “ποὺ *immediately *he Ἐν] pullup him 
dy! ετῇ! ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ σαββάτου; 6 Καὶ οὐκ.ίσχυσαν ἀνταπο- 
on the “day sabbath ὃ And they were not able to re- 
κριθῆναι ἰαὐτῷ" πρὸς ταῦτα. 
ply tohim 88 to these things. 
7 Ἔλεγεν δὲ πρὸς τοὺς κεκληµένους παραβολήν, ἐπέχων 
Απᾶ he spoke to those who were invited a parable, remarking 
πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας  ἐξελέγοντο, λέγων πρὸς αὐτούς, 
how the first places they were choosing out, saying to them, 
8 Ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος εἰς γάμους, μὴ.κατακλιθῇς 
When thou art invited by anyone to wedding feasts, donot recline . 
εἰς τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν, μήποτε ἐντιμότερός σου {ᾖ.κεκλη- 
in the first place, lest amore honourablethanthou may have 
μένος vm αὐτοῦ, Θκαὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ 
been invited by him, andhavingcomehewhotheeand him invited 
ἐρῖ σοι, Δὸς τούτῳ τόπον’ Kai τότε ἄρξῃ Sper" 
shall say to thee, Give "το *this *one ‘place, and then thoubegin with 
αἰσχύνης τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον κατέχειν. 10 ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν κλη- 
shame the- last place to take, But when, thou art 
θῇς, πορευθεὶς Βἀνάπεσον! εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον" ἵνα 
invited, having gone recline in the last place, that 
ὕταν ἔλθῃ ὁ κεκληκώς σε, ᾿εἴπῃ! σοι, Φίλε, προσ- 
when he may come who has invited thee, he may say tothee, Friend, come 
ανάβηθι ἀνώτερον' τότε ἔσται σοι δόξα ἐνώπιον * τῶν 
up higher, Then shall be tothee glory __ before those who’ 
συνανακειµένων σοί. 11 ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν ταπεινω- 
recline [αὖ table] with thee ; for everyone that exalts himself shall be 


θήσεται' καὶ ὃ; ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται. 
humbled, and hethat Ἠαπιρ]θ himself shall be exalted. 


3” A A ~ , ΄ ε - 
12 Ελεγεν.δὲ καὶ τῷ κεκληκότι-αὐτόν, Ὅταν ποιῇς 
And Π6 said also tohim who hadinvited him, When thou makest 


ἄριστον ἢ δεῖπνον, μὴ.φώνει τοὺς.φίλους.σου μηδὲ τοὺς ἀδελ- 


ἀρχόντων trav’ Φαρισαίων 
rulers of the Pharisees 


\ . ? \ “ 
σὲ καὶ αὐτὸν καλέσας 





ΒΕ ΠΣ παν ο να 8 ων or a SUS, call not z thy friends nor *breth- 
ther thy kinsmen, nor POUG σου μηδὲ τοὺς.συγγενεῖς-σου μηδὲ γείτονας πλουσίους" 
τ toe Rights ᾿ — thy ΡΣ ee bg oe nor “neighbours lrich, 
again, and a recom- μήποτε καὶ αὐτοί 'σε ἀντικαλέσωσινι καὶ γένηταί πσρι 
pence be made thee. lest also they thee should invite in return, and “be*made ‘thee 
t [τῶν] a. ἡ [λέγων] L. ~ — Ei ΎΤΓΑ. * θεραπεῦσαι LTTrA. Υ + 7 ov or not 
{u}rtra. 7 — αποκριθεὶς LTr[A]. 8. εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς L. Ὁ yids ἃ SON LTTrAW. 
“πεσειται LTTra. 4 — ἐν (read τῇ On the) [απ]. © —7HT. f — αὐτῷ TTrA. & μετὰ 
LITrAW. ἢ ὀνάπεσαι 4; ἀνάπεσε LTTrAW. igpeche willsay rrr. ὀ * + πάντων all 
Mitra, =! ἀντικαλέσωσίν oe ΙΤΤιΑ. πι ἀνταπόδομά σοι TTra, . 


XIV. LUKE. 


ἀνταπόδομα." 19 ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν ποιῇς δοχήν, κάλει πτωχούς, 


‘a ΄ΤΟΟΟΠΙΡΕΗΡΕ: but when thou makest a feast, -_ call poor, 
n2 ΄ il , Aly Δ , ” % 
avarnpouc,' χωλούς, τυφλούς" 14 καὶ μακάριος £07) 
crippled, lame, blind; and blessed thou shalt be; 
OT! οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι  ἀνταποδοθήσεται 


for they have not [wherewith] torecompense thee; 210 *shall *be *recompensed 
ογ4ρ" σοι ἐν TH ἀναστάσει τῶν δικαίων. 
‘for thee in the resurrection ofthe just. 


15 ᾿Ακούσας.δέ τις τῶν συνανακειµένων ταῦ- 
And "Πανίηρ '°heard ‘one 7of *those *reclining [δαί ®table}] 7with [*him] these 


τα εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Μακάριος Poe" φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ 
things said tohim, Blessed [he] who - shall eat bread in the 


βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ. 16 ὋὉ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ. ᾿Ανθρωπός τις 


kingdom of God. But he said  tohim, A *man leertain 
“ἐποίησεν! δεῖπνον "μέγα," καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς" 17 καὶ ἀπέ- 
nade a*supper ‘great, and _ invited many. And he 


στειλεν τὸν.-δοῦλον. αὐτοῦ TH ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου εἰπεῖν τοῖς 
sent his bondman at the hour of the supper tosaytothose who 
κεκληµένοις, Ἐρχεσθε, ὅτι ἤδη ἔτοιμά Story" ἱπάντα." 18 Kai 
had been invited, Come, for now “ready 318 tall. And 
ἤρξαντο ἀπὸ μιᾶς Ἱπαραιτεῖσθαι πάντες." ὁ πρῶ- 
“began “with ‘one (*consent] ®to’excuse *themselves ‘all. The first 
τος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿Αγρὸν ἠγόρασα, Kai Σέἔχω ἀνάγκην" 
said tohim, 3Α 5Ββε]ά 1Ε΄ἨὭανε *bought, and Ihave need 
γἐξελθεῖν καὶ" ἰδεῖν αὐτόν" ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε µε παρῃτημένον. 
togoout and ἴο 866 1; Ipray thee hold me excused, 
19 καὶ ἕτερος εἶπεν, Zevyn βοῶν  ἠγόρασα πέντε, καὶ 
And another - said, 5Pairs Sot ‘oxen ‘I *have *bought “five, and 
πορεύομαι δοκιμάσαι αὐτά' ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με. παρῃτημένον. 
Igo to prove them ; 1 pray thee hold me excused. 
20 καὶ ἕτερος εἶπεν, Γυναῖκα ἔγημα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο 
And another said, A wife Ihave married, and because of this 
οὐ.δύναµαι ἐλθεῖν. 21 Kai παραγενόμενος ὁ.δοῦλος." ἐκεῖνος" 
1 απι ἈΠ 016 tocome. And having come that bondman 


ἀπήγγειλεν πῷ.κυρίῳ.αὐτοῦ ταῦτα. Τότε ὀργισθεὶς ὁ οἰκο- 


reported to his lord these things. Then beingangry the master 
δεσπότης εἶπεν τῷ-δούλῳ.αὐτοῦ, "Ἔξελθε ταχέως εἰς τὰς 
ofthehouse said to his bondman, Go out quickly into the 


πλατείας καὶ ῥύμας τῆς πόλεως, καὶ τοὺς πτωχοὺς καὶ δάνα- 
streets and lanes ofthe city, and the poor and crip- 
πήρους" καὶ χωλοὺς καὶ τυφλοὺς" εἰσάγαγε ὧδε. 22 Καὶ εἶπεν 
pled and lame and _. blind bringin here. And = said 
ὁ δοῦλος, Κύριε, γέγονεν “ὡς! ἐπέταξας, καὶ ἔτι 
the bondman, Sir, ithasbeendone as thou didst command, and still 
, ? / ‘ hee « , ᾿ A ~ 
τόπος ἐστίν. 23 Kai εἶπεν ὁ κύριο πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον, 
room _ there is. And said the lord to the bondman, 
Ἔξελθε εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς Kai φραγμούς, καὶ ἀνάγκασον εἰσελθεῖν, 
Goout into the ways and hedges, and compel to come in, 
ἵνα γεμισθῇ “ὑ.οἴκός. μου." 24 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν 
that may be filled my house; for I say to you, that not one 
ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν: κεκλημένων -“γεύσεταί µου τοῦ δείπνου. 
of those men who have been invited shall taste of my supper. 


2 ἀναπείρους LTrA. ο δέ but τ. Ρ ὅστις Whosoever TTrA. 
τ μέγαν 1. 5 εἰσιν are Τ. t — πάντα (read [all)) [1,]π[ττα]. 
LTTrA. w + [kat] and L. Σ ἀνάγκην ἔχω L. 
2 — ἐκεῖνος (read the bondman) ΙΤΤΤΑ. 8 ἀναπείρους LTra, 


LfTra, ο ὃ which Tira, ἆ μον ὁ οἶκος TTra, 


-- 


208 


13 But when thou mak- 
est a feast, call the 
poor, the maimed, the 
lame, the blind: l4and 
thou shalt be blessed ; 
for they cannot recom- 
pense thee: for thou 
shalt be recompensed 
at the resurrection of 
the just. 


15 And when one of 
them that sat at meat 
with him heard these 
things, he said unto 
him, Blessed is he that 
shall eat bread in the 
kingdom of God. 
16 Then said he unto 
him, A ccrtain man 
made a great supper, 
and bade many: 17 and 
sent his servant at 
supper time to say to 
thcm that were bidden, 
Come; for all things 
are now ready. 18 And 
they all with one con- 
sent began to make 
excuse. ‘The first said 
unto him, I have 
bought a piece of 
ground, and I must 
needs go and see it: 
I pray thee have me 
excused. 19 And ano- 
thtr said, Ἰ have 
bought five yoke of 
oxen, and I go to prove 
them: I pray thee have 
me excused. 20 And 
another said, I have 
married a wife, and 
therefore I cannot 
come, 21 So that ser- 
vant came, and shewed 
his lord these things. 
Then the master of the 
house being angry said 
to his servant, Go out 
quickly into the streets 
an. lanes of the city, 
and bring in hither the 
poor, and the maimed, 
and the halt, and the 
blind. 22 And the ser- 
vant said, Lord, it "18 
done as thou hast com- 
manded, and yet there 
is room. 23 And the 
lord said unto the ser- 
vant, Go out into the 
highways and hedges, 
and compel them to 
come in, that my house 
may be filled. 24 For 
I say unto you, That 
none of those men 
which were bidden 
shall taste of my 
supper. 





ᾳ ἐποίει ΤΤτΑ. 


ν πάντες παραιτεῖσθαι, 
y ἐξελθὼν having gone out TTra. 
b τυφλοὺς Kat χωλοὺς 


204 


25 And there went 
great multitudes with 
him: and he turned, 
and said unto them, 
26 If any man come 
to me, and hate not his 
father, and mother, 
and wife, and children, 
and brethren, and sis- 
ters, yea, and his own 
life also, he cannot be 
my disciple. 27 And 
whosoever doth -not 
bear his cross, and 
come after me, cannot 
be my disciple. 28 For 
which of you, intend- 
ing to build a tower, 
sitteth not down first, 
and counteth the cost, 
whether he have suffi- 
cient to finish i? 


29 Lest haply, after he _ 


hath laid the founda- 
tion, and is uot able to 
finish it, all that be- 
hold it begin to mock 
him, 30 saying, This 
man began to build, 
and was not able to 
finish. 31 Or what king, 
going to make war a- 
gainst another king, 
sitteth not down first, 
and consulteth whe- 
‘ther he be able with 
ten thousand to meet 
him that cometh a- 
gainst him with twen- 
ty thousand? 32 Or 
else, while the other 
is yet a great way off, 
he sendeth an ambas- 
sage, and desireth con- 
ditions of peace. 33 50 
likewise, whosoever he 
be of you that forsak- 
eth not all that he hath, 
he cannot be my disci- 
le. 34 Salt 8 good: 
ut if the salt have 
lost his savour, where- 
with shall it be sea- 
soned? 35 It is neither 
fit for the land, nor 
et for the dunghill; 
ut men cast it out. 
He that hath ears to 
hear, let him hear, 


XV. Then drew near 
unto him all the pub- 
Ticans and sinners for 
tohearhim. 2 And the 

/Pharisees and scribes 
murmured, saying, 


AOY KAS. XIV, XV. 


95 Ῥυνεπορεύοντο.-δὲ αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί καὶ στραφεὶς 
And *were*going νη ®him crowds ‘great; and having turned 
εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, 26 Ei τις ἔρχεται πρός µε, καὶ οὐ-μισεῖ 
he said to them, If any one comes to me, and haces not 
rov.rarépaféavrov! καὶ τὴν μητέρα καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ τὰ 
kis father and mother end wife and 
τέκνα καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τὰς ἀδελφάς, ἔτι:5δὲ" καὶ τὴν 
children and brothers and sisters, and besides also 
ε ~ , 7-00 ‘h θ οὐ ell i πο. 
ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν, οὐ.δύναταί "μου.μαθητὴς εἶναι" 27 kai" ᾿ ὅστις 
his own life, he cannot my disciple be ; and whosoever 
οὐ.βαστάζει τὸν.σταυρὸν.Καὐτοῦ,! καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω µου, 
carries not his cross, and ΄ comes after me, 
οὐ .δύναταί μου εἶναι"! μαθητής. 28 τίς.γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων 
cannot my. ‘be: disciple. For which of you desiring 
td > ~ ‘ ~ , - 
πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας ψηφίζει τὴν 
a tower to build, Snot °first ‘shaving *sat*down *counts the 
, > A 
δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει ™ra πρὸς" ἀπαρτισμόν; 99 ἵνα μήποτε 
cost, if he has the[means] for [its] completion? that lest 
θέντος αὐτοῦ θεμέλιον καὶ μὴ ἰσχύοντος ἐκτελέσαι, πάντες 
having laid ofit afoundationand ποῦ being able to finish, all 
οἱ θεωρούντες ἄρξωνται “ἐμπαίζειν αὐτῷ," 30 λέγοντες, Ότι 
who see [15] should begin tomockat him, saying, 
< « ” » ~ ‘ 
οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἤρξατο οἰκοδομεῖν, καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἔκτελέσαι. 
This man began to build, and was not able to finish. 
n A ~ 
81 Ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος Ρσυμβαλεῖν ἑτέρῳ βασι- 
Or what king proceeding toengage witharother’ king 
~ 2' , 5 \ ’ ~ 
λεῖ! εἰς πόλεμον οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον “βουλεύεται" 
in war Snot “having ’sat?down “first Stakes 7counsel’ 
> ~ = 
εἰ δυνατός ἐστιν ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ᾽ἀπαντῆσαι! τῷ μετὰ 
whether able heis with ten thousand to meet him with 
εἴκοσι χιλιάδων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν; 32 εἰ. δὲ μήγε, ἔτι 
twenty thousand whocomes against ἨὨϊπι 2’ Butif not, “still 
~ yore , “΄- 
αὐτοῦ πόῤῥω" ὄντος, πρεσβείαν ἀποστείλας ἐρωτᾷ τὰ 
the *far -off “being, anembassy havingsent heasks the([terms] 
Ἆ ᾿Ξ [2 ~ ~ a 
πρὸς εἰρήνην. 33 οὕτως. οὖν πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὃς οὐκ ἀπο- 
for peace. Thus therefore everyone of you who “ποὺ *does take 
τάσσεται Taow τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, οὐ.δύναταί ‘pou 


leave of all that he himself possesses, cannot “my 
εἶναι. µαθητής, 34 καλὸν τὸ "ἅλας"' ἐὰν.δὲΣ τὸ "ἅλας! 
“be disciple. Good [is] the salt, - butif the salt 
~~ 3 ’ > ΄ ” ~ 
μωρανθῇ ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται; 35 οὔτε εἰς γῆν οὔτε 


become tasteless with what shall it be seasoned 2 Neither for land nor 
᾽ / / 
εἰς κοπρίαν εὔθετόν ἐστιν ἔξω βάλλουσιν αὐτό. Ὃ ἔχων 
for manure fit isit: ‘out ‘they cast 310, Hethat has 
ὦτα Υἀκούειν! ἀκουέτω. 
ears tohear let him hear. 
Tr ΒΥ! ? ' ~ 
15 ΄Ησαν-δὲ *éyyilovreg αὐτῷ" πάντες ot τελῶναι καὶ 
And were drawing near tohim all the tax-gatherers and 
ε 8 ee , ~ - ‘ 
οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ" 2 καὶ διεγόγγυζον οἱ" Φαρισαῖοι 
the sinners tohear him; and murmured the Pharisees 





*f αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 
LTA, 


counsel T, 
therefore Τ[Ίτ]Α. 
LITraw. 


ἐξ Sony 2 εἶναί µου TTrA. 
© αὐτῷ ἐμπαίζειν LTTrA. 
τ ὑπαντῆσαι LTTrAW. 


8. + τε both (the) Lrtra. 


& τε LTrA,. h εἶναί μου μαθητής TTA. i — καὶ τὰ. 
ο 5 πὸ τὰ (read (the méans]) σττιὰ. 
Ρ ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν 1ΤΤνΑ. 
5 πόῤῥω αὐτοῦ W. « 

Σ + καὶ also LTTra, 


κ ἑαυτοῦ 

π εἰς tO GLTTrAW. 
4 βουλεύσεται will take 
t εἶναί µου LTTr. v + οὖν 


w .” ΄ > ~ ΄ 
ἅλα 1. ) -- ἀκούειντ, 5 αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες 


ο ἈΚ. LUKE 


x“ / τ 
καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς, λέγοντες, Ὅτι οὗτος 
and the scribes, saying, This [man] 
προσδέχεται καὶ συνεσθίει αὐτοῖς. 8. Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς 
reccives and. eats with them. And ke spoke to them 
Δ \ , / ΄ » ολ « ~ 
τὴν.παραβολὴν.ταύτην, λέγων, 4 Tic ἄνθρωπος ἐξ υμῶν 
this parable, saying, What man of you 
” κ ο: A Ye $ ‘ b ? λέ Π ΓΙ ᾽ » 7 ~ Il ? 
ἔχων εκατον πρόβατα. και "άπολεσας' "εν εξ αὐτῶν," οὐ 
having a hundred sheep, and having lost one of them, 2not 
καταλείπει τὰ “éevverncovraevvea! ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Kai πορεύεται 
‘leaves the ninety nine in the wilderness and goes 
ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλός, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό ; ὃ καὶ εὑρὼν . 
after that which has been lost, until he find it? And having found [it] 
3 ἴθ Ἴ ‘ ‘ ” ΓΕ διῇ ΄, 6 = ‘ ἐλθ 4 
ἐπιτίθησιν επι τοὺς ώμους. εαντου" χαίρων, Ὁ καὶ ελθων 
Ὦε lays [it] on his shoulders rejoiciyg, and having come 
εἰς τὸν οἶκον 'συγκαλεῖ! τοὺς φίλους καὶ τοὺς γείτονας, λέ- 
to the house he calls together friends and neighbours, say- 
γων αὐτοῖς, SLuyxapnré' μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὸὺ.πρόβατόν.µου 
ing to them, Rejoice with me, for I have found my sheep 
A > , ’ ε - ev o A h” 3 ~ 
TO ἀπολωλός. 7 λέγω ὑμῖν, OTL οὕτως «χαρα Ἀέσται εν τῷ 


ἁμαρτωλοὺς 


sinters 


d 


that was lost. Isay toyou, that thus joy sshall’be in the 
οὐρανῷ! ἐπὶ Evi ἁμαρτωλῷ μετανοοῦντι, ἢ ἐπὶ έννενη- 
heaven over one sinner repenting, [more] than over ” ninety 


/ / » ΄ 
οἵτινες οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν μετανοίας. 
who no “need ‘have of repentance, 


δραχμὴν 


drachma 


κονταεννέα" δικαίοις, 
nine righteous ones, 
8 Ἢ τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ 
Or what woman “drachmas ‘having “7ten, if sheshouldlose 
μίαν, οὐχὶ. ἅπτει λύχνον καὶ σαροῖ THY οἰκίαν καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπι- 


one, lights not alamp and sweeps the MKotse and seeks care- 
μελῶς ἕως ἰὑτουϊ εὕρῃ; 9 καὶ εὑροῦσα [συγκαλεῖται! 


fully she find [it]? 
4 δι (Ἃ \ k 4 HT] / λέ sy ’ 2} « 

τας φιλας και “τας γείτονας, λέγουσα, υγχαρητε" μοι, Ότι 

friends and neighbours, saying, Rejoice with me, for 

εὗρον τὴν δραχμὴν ἣν ἀπώλεσα. 10 οὕτως, λέγω ὑμῖν, 

Ι Ἠανο found the drachma which 1 lost. Thus, Isay to you, 

apa γίνεται! ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ ἑνὶ ἁμαρ- 


until and having found [it] she calls together 


joy there is before the angels of God over one sin- 
Γωλῷ μετανοοῦντι. 
her repenting. 


11 Εἶπεν δε, ”᾿Ανθρωπός τις εἶχεν δύο υἱούς" 19 καὶ εἶπεν 
And he said, A*man ‘certain had two sons; and said 
ὁ νεώτερος αὐτῶν τῷ-πατρί, Πάτερ, δός μοι τὸ ἐπιβάλ- 
the- younger ᾿ of them to(his]father, Father, give to me that *fall- 
λον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας. ™cai' διεῖλεν αὐτοῖς τὸν βίον. 
ing [Sto *me] ‘portion of the property. And he divided tothem the living, 
19 καὶ per οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας συναγαγὼν ἅπαντα! 
And after ποῦ many days having gathered together all 
ὁ νεώτερος υἱὸς ἀπεδήμησεν εἰς χώραν μακράν, Kai ἐκεῖ 
the younger son went away into ἃ σοι ‘distant, and there 
διεσκόρπισεν τὴν.οὐσίαν. αὐτοῦ, ζῶν ἀσώτως. 14 δαπανή- 
wasted his property, living dissolutely. sHaying 
σαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ πάντα ἐγένετο λιμὸς οἰσχυρὸς" κατὰ 
“spent ‘but “he all there arose a “famine 1violent throughout 
τὴν. χώραν ἐκείνην, καὶ αὐτὸς ἤρξατο ὑστερεῖσθαι. 15 καὶ 
that country, and he began to be in want. And 


205 


This mian receiveth 
sinners, and eateth 
with them. 3 And he 
spake this parable 
unto them, saying, 
4 What man of you, 
having an hundred 
sheep, if he lose one of 
them, doth not leave 
the ninety and nine in 
the wilderness, and go 
after that which is lost, 
until he find it? 5And 
when he hath found ἐὲ, 
he layeth it on his 
shoulders, rejoicing. 
6 And when he cometh 
home, he calleth toge- 
ther his friends and 
neighbours, saying un- 
to them, Rejoice with 
me; for 1 have found 
my sheep which was 
lost. 7 I say unto you, 
that likewise joy shall 
be in heaven over one 
sinner that repenteth, 
more than over ninety 
and nine just persons, 
which need no repent- 
ance. 8 Hither what 
woman having ten 
pieces of silver, if she 
lose one piece, doth not 
light a candle, and 
sweep the house, and 
seek diligently till 
she find zt? 9 And when 
she hath found 7, she 
calleth her friends and 
her neighbours toge- 
ther, saying, Rejoice 
with me; for-I have 
found the piece which 
Ihad lost. 10 Likewise, 
I say unto you, there 
is joy in the presence of 
the angels ot God, over 
one sinner that repent- 
eth, 


11 And he said, A 
certain man had two 
sons: 12 and _ the 
younger of them said 
to his father, Father, 
give me the portion of 
goods that falleth to 
me. And he divided 
unto them his living. 
13 And not many days 
after the younger son 
gathered all together, 
and took his journey 
into afar country, and 
there wasted his sub- 
stance with riotous 
living. 14 And when 
he had spent all, there 
arose a mighty famine 
in that land; and he 
began to be in want. 
15 And he went and 





Ὁ ἀπολέσῃ should he lose Tr. ς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἕν ΤΊτΑ. 
ΤΊτΑ. fovveadet τ. Ε συνχάρητέτ. - ἢ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἔσται ΤΑ. 
I γίνεται χαρὰ TTrA, mode ΗΤΤΑ. ©" πάντα ἵπτὰ. 


4 ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα LTTr. 
i οὗ Tr. 
9 ἰσχυρὰ LTTrAW 


© αὐτοῦ 
k — τὰς LTTrA. 


206 


joined himself {ο a 
citizen of thatcountry; 
and he sent him into 
his fields to feed swine. 
16 And he would fain 
hare filled his belly 
with the husks that the 
swine did eat : and no 
man gave unto him. 
17 And when he came 
to himself, he said, 
How many hired ser- 
vants of my father’s 
have bread enough an ! 
to spare, and I perish 
with hunger ! 18 I wiil 
arise and go to my 
father, and will say 
unto him, Father, I 
have sinned against 
heaven, and _ before 
thee, ig and am no 
more ‘worthy to be 
called thy son: make 


me.as one of thy hired’ 
20 And he 


servants. 
arose, and came to his 
father. But when he 
was yet a great way 
off, his father saw him, 
and had compassion, 
and ran, and fell on his 
neck, and kissed him. 
21 Andthe son said un- 
to him, Father, 1 have 
sinned against heaven, 
and in thy sight, and 
@m no more worthy to 
be called thy son, 
22 But the father said 
to his servants, Bring 
forth the best robe, and 
put ἐξ on him; and put 
a ring on his hand, 
and shoes on his feet: 
23 and bring hither 
the fatted calf, and 
Kill it ; and let us eat, 
and be merry: 24 for 
this my son was dead, 
and is alive again ; he 
was lost, and is found. 
And they began to be 
merry. 25 Now his 
elder son was in the 
field: and as he came 
and drew nigh to the 
house, he heard musick 
and dancing. 26 And 
ne called one of the 
servants, and asked 
what these things 
meant. 27 And hesaid 
unto him, Thy brother 
is tome; and thy father 
hath killed the fatted 
ealf, because he hath 








ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. XV. 


/ ~ ~ - , ΄ 
πορευθεὶς ἐκολλήθη ἑνὶ τῷν πολιτῶν τῆς. χώρας. ἐκείνης" 
having gone he joined himself to one of the citizens of that country, 

sy ‘ ~ , ᾿ 
καὶ ἔπεμψεν αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς ἀγροὺς. αὐτοῦ βόσκειν χοίρους. 
and ο sent him into his fields to feed swine. 
10 καὶ ἐπεθύμει γεμίσαι τὴνκοιλίαν.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν κερατίων 

And he was longing to fill his belly from the husks’ 


» « - ‘ ᾽ ‘ 1 / ᾽ “ 
ὧν ἤσθιον οἱ χοῖροι" καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐδίδου αὐτῷ. 17 Εἰς 
which *were*eating'the “swine; and noone βᾷγθ tohim, 4To 
ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἐλθὼν µῥΡεῖπεν, Πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός 
Shimself *but2having*come he said, How many hired servants 5father 


µου Ἀπερισσεύουσι! ἄρτων, éyw.dé* λιμῷ 5 ἀπόλλυμαι: 
‘of my have abundance of bread, andI with famine am perishing? 


, A ’ A μ ‘ 1 ~ 
18 ἀναστὰς πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν-πατερα-μου, καὶ ἐρῶ 


Having risen up I will go to my father, and I will say 
αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου" 
tohim, Father, I have sinned against heaven and _ before thee ; 


19 ‘kai! οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου" ποίησόν µε ὡς 
and nolonger amI worthy tobecalled thy 508: make me as 
ἕνα τῶν µισθίων.σου. 20 καὶ ἀναστὰς ἦλθεν πρὸς τὸν πα- 
one of thy hired servants. And havingrisenup he went to *fa- 
τέρα Yéavrov.' "Ἐτι.δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος εἶδεν αὐτὸν 
ther This. But “yet ‘he *far Speing distant “saw ‘him , 
A > ~ \ /{ \ ι , 
ὁ. πατὴρ.αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη, καὶ δραμὼν ἐπέπεσεν 
*his *father and was moved with compassion, and running fell 


ἐπὶ τὸν.τράχηλον.αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν. 21 εἶπεν. δὲ 
him. And “said 


upon his neck and ardently kissed 
αὐτῷ ὁ υἱός," Πάτερ, ἥμαβτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώ- - 
*to*him ‘the ὅβοῦ, ‘Father, I have sinned against heaven δὰ be- 


/ Χ ‘il ᾽ [ή > \ » λ On a 92 Ei 
πιόν σου, καὶ" οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός.σου. ίπεν 
fore thee, and nolongeramI σου tobecalled thy son. *Said 
δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς:δούλους.αὐτοῦ, 7 ᾿Εξενέγκατε "τὴν! 
but the father to his bondmen, Bring out the 


‘ ‘ 7 4 ᾽ [ή > » ‘A / / 
στολὴν τὴν πρώτην καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ δότε δακτύλιον 


robe the best and clothe him, and give a@ ring 
εἰς τὴν.χεῖρα.αὐτοῦ καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας" 23 καὶ 
for” his hand and sandals for the feet ; and 


“iveycavrec' τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτὸν θύσατε, καὶ φαγόντες 
having brought the ‘calf fattened ἘΠῚ [it],and eating 
εὐφρανθῶμεν 24 ὅτι οὗτος ὁ.υἱός.µου νεκρὸς ἦν, καὶ ἀνέζη- 
let us be merry: for this my son *dead ‘was, and καὶ is alive 
Ὀκαὶ ἀπολωλὼς ἦν," καὶ εὑρέθ Kai ἠρξ y= 
: ρέθη. αἱ ἤρξαντο εὐ 


σεν" 

again; and "lost *was, απᾶ is found. And they began to 
, Ἂς \ ς eA >, ~ «ε / 7 ? ~ 

Φραίνεσθαι. 25 Ἣν.δὲ ὁ.υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ πρεσβύτερος ἐν ἀγρῷ" 

be merry. And*was ‘his *son “the *elder in a field; 

καὶ ὡς ἐρχόμενος ἤγγισεν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἤκουσεν συμφωνίας 

and as coming [up] he drew near tothe house he heard music 


καὶ χορῶν" 26 καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος ἕνα τῶν.παίδων. αὐτοῦ," 
and dancing, And  havingecalled near one of his servants, 
ἐπυνθάνετο τί ein ταῦτα. 27 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὅτι 
ΒΘ inquired what might be these things. Andhe said tohim, 

ὁ ἀδελφός. σου Ke καὶ ἔθυσεν ὁ.πατήρ.σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν 





Thy brother iscome, and “killed ‘thy “father the calf 
P ἔφη T. 4 περισσεύονται TrA, τ + ὧδε here Gtra. 5 + ὧδε here LT. t— καὶ 
> Le] c ει. > - ‘ “ - 
GLTTrAW. ΟΥ͂ αὐτοῦ LTTr. ν ὃ υἱὸς αὐτῷ A, = — καὶ LTTrA, Υ + Ταχὺ Quickly 
L[tr]a. : -- την (read a robe) trtra. 8 φέρετε bring TTra. Ὁ ἣν ἀπολωλὼς LTTrA ; 


ἀπολ. ἦν W. 


© — αὐτοῦ (read the servants) EGLTTraw. 


4+ ἂν [L]rr[a]. 


LUKE. 


ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν. 
‘fattened, because safeand well “him ‘he ’received. 
δὲ ‘ ? ” > ~ « ΣΝ 
ὲ καὶ οὐκήθελεν εἰσελθεῖν. ὁ “οὖν 
‘but and was not willing togoin. 2The ‘therefore 
\ / & ? \ τ ~ 
ἐξελθὼν παρεκάλει αὐτόν. 29 ὁ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ.πα- 
having gone besought him. But he answering said to *fa- 
rol’, ᾿Ιδού, τοσαῦτα ἔτη δουλεύω σοι καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐντολὴν 
somany years Iserve thee and never *commandment 


ther [‘his], Lo, 
a ~ ἣν \ > , » » [7 \ 
σου παρῆλθον, καὶ ἐμοὶ οὐδέποτε ἔδωκας ἔριφον ἵνα μετὰ 


XV, XVI. 


σιτευτόν, ὅτι 28 Ὠργίσθη 
"Ἠο was *angry 

πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 

father of him 


‘thy ‘transgressed *I, and to me never didst thou give akid that with 
τῶν. φίλων.µου  εὐφρανθῶ' 90 ὅτεδὲ ὁ.υϊόοσου οὗτος 
my friends I might make merry ; but when “thy “son ‘this 


ὁ καταφαγών σου τὸν βίον μετὰ 8 πορνῶν ἦλθεν, - ἔθυσας 
who devoured thy living with harlots came, thou didst kill 
᾿αὐτῷ τὸν "μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν.' 81 ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Τέκνον, 
for him the “calf ‘fattened. But he said to him, Child, 
σὺ πάντοτε μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ei, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐμὰ σά ἐστιν, 
thou always with me art, and all that [is] mine *thine ?is. 
32 εὐφρανθῆναι.δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου 
But'to make merry απά rejoice was becoming, because *thy “Ὀτοίπογ 
οὗτος νεκρὸς ἦν, καὶ Ιἀνέζησεν'' ἕκαὶ' ἀπολωλὼς Ἰἦν,! καὶ 
πη ‘dead ναβδ, and isaliveagain; and “lost ‘was, and 
εὑρέθη. 
is found. 
. , A a ~ 3 
16 Ἔλεγεν.δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς. μαθητὰς. "αὐτοῦ," ᾿Ανθρωπός 
And he said also to his disciples, A *man 
"τις ἦν πλούσιος, ὃς εἶχεν οἰκονόμον" καὶ οὗτος διε- 
‘certain *there °was “rich, who had a steward, and he was 
βλήθη αὐτῷ we διασκορπίζων τὰ.ὑπάρχοντα.αὐτοῦ. 2 Kat 
accused tohim as wasting his goods, And 
φωνήσας αὐτὸν εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ 
having called him he said tohim, What [is] this Thear concerning 


σοῦ: ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου" οὐ γὰρ "δυνήσῃ" 


thee ? render the account of thy stewardship ; for thou canst not 
ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν. 8 Εἶπεν. δὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ ὁ οἰκονόμος, 
any longer be steward. And “said *within *himself *the *steward, 


Τί ποιήσω, ὅτι ὁ. κύριός. μου ἀφαιρεῖται τὴν οἰκονομίαν am 
What shall I do, ‘for my lord is taking away the stewardship from 


ἐμοῦ; σκάπτειν οὐκ.ἰσχύω, ἐπαιτεῖν αἰσχύνομαι. 4 ἔγνων 


me? To dig I am unable ; to beg Tam ashamed. I know 

τί ποιήσω, ἵνα, ὅταν μετασταθῶ ο τῆς οἰκονο- 
what 1 willdo, that, when I shall have been removed [from] the steward- 
μίας, δέξωνταί pe εἰς τοὺς. οἴκους: Ῥαὐτῶν." 5 Kai προσ- 
ship, tney may receive me into their houses, And σα]]- 
καλεσάµενο ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν Ἰχρεωφειλετῶν! τοῦ κυρίου 
ing to {him]7one each of the debtors Slord 


ἑαυτοῦ ἔλεγεν τῷ πρώτῳ, Πόσον ὀφείλεις τῷ-κυρίφ.μου; 

108 *his he said tothe first, How much owest thou to my lord? 

6 Ὁ δὲ, εἶπεν, “Ἑκατὸν βάτους ἐλαίου. Καὶ" εἶπεν αὐτῷ, 
Andhe said; A hundred baths of oil. And he said tohim, 


Δέξαι σου "τὸ γράμμα! καὶ καθίσας ταχέως γράψον πεντή- α 


Take thy bill and sitting down quickly write fifty. 


207 


received him safe and 
sound. 28 And he was 
angry, and would not 
goin: therefore came 
his father out, and in- 
treated him. 29 And 
he answering said to 
his father, Lo, these 
many years do I serve 
thee, neither trans- 
gressed I at any time 
thy commandment ; 
and yet thou never 
gavest me akid, that 1 
might make merry 
with my friends: 
30 but as soon as this 
thy son was come, 
which hath devoured 
thy living with’ har- 
lots, thou hast killed 
for him the fatted calf. 
31 And he said unto 
him, Son, thou art ever 
with me, and all that 
I have isthine. 32 It 
was mect that we 
should make merry, 
and be glad: for this 
thy brother was dead, 
and is alive again ; and 
was lost, and is found, 


XVI. And he said 
also unto his disciples, 
There was a certain 
rich man, which had a 
steward; and the same 
Was accused unto him 
that he had wasted his 
goods. 2 And he called 
him, and said unto 
hun, How is it that I 
hear this of thee? give 
an account of thy 
stewardship ; for thou 
mayest be no longer 
steward. 3 Then the 
steward said within 
himself, What shall I 
do? for my lord taketh 
away from .me the 
stewardship : I cannot 
dig; to beg I am 
ashamed. 41 am re- 
solved what to do, that, 
when I am put out cf 
the stewardship, they 
may receive me into 
their houses. 5 So he 
called every one of his 
lord’s debtors unto him, 
and said unto thé first, 
How much owest thou 
unto my lurd? 6 And 
he said, An hundred 
measures of oil. And 
he suid unto him, Take 
thy dill, and sit down 
uickly, and write 


fifty. 7 Then said he 


ES 


_¢ δὲ but LTTra. f 4+. αὐτοῦ his LTrA. & + τῶν the LTra. 


i έζησεν is alive ΤΤτΑ. k— καὶ 1. 
m — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) ΤΎτΑ. 


π δύνῃ TIrA. 
TTra. 4 χρεοφειλετῶν ΙΤΤΙΑ. τ ὃ δὲ LTTrA, 


Ἀ σιτευτὸν μόσχον TTrA. 
1_ Fv (read ἀπολωλὼς had been lost) τττὰ. 
o + ἐκ from [1.1ΤΊΤΑ. 
5 τὰ γράμματα bills Τ11τΑ. 


Ρ ἑαυτῶν 


908 


to another, And how 
much owest thou? And 
he said, An hundred 
measures of wheat. 
And he said unto him, 
Take thy bill, and 
write fourscore. 8And 


the lord commended thy 


the unjust steward, 
because he had done 
wisely : for the child- 
ren of this world are in 
their generation wiser 
than the children of 
light. 9 And I say un- 
to you, Make to your- 
selves friends of the 
mammon of unright- 
eousness ; that, when 
ye fail, they may re- 
ceive you into ever- 
lasting habitations. 
10 He that is faithful 
in that which is least 
is faithful also in 
much: and he that is 
unjust in the least is 
uujust also in much. 
11 If thereforey shave 
not been faithful in 
the unrighteous mam- 
mon, who will commit 
to your trust the true 
riches? 12 And if ye 
have not been faithful 
in that which is ano- 
ther man’s, who shall 
give you that which is 
your own? 13 No ser- 
vant can serve two 
masters: for either he 
will hate the one, and 
love the other; or else 
he will hold to the one, 
and despise the other. 
Ye cannot serve God 
and mammon. 


14 And the Pharisces 
also, who were cove- 
tous, heard all these 
things: and they de- 
rided him. 15 And he 
said unto them, Yeare 
jthey which justify 
‘yourselves before men; 
but God knoweth your 
hearts: for that which 
is highly esteemed a- 
mong men is abomina- 
tion in the sight of 
God. 16 The law and 
the prophets wereuntil 
John: since that time 
the kingdom of God is 
preached, and every 
man presseth into it. 
37 And it is easier for 
heaven and earth to 
pass, than one tittle of 
the law to fail. 18 Who- 
Soever putteth away 
his wife, and marrieth 
another, comuinitteth 


t καὶ LTTrA, 


® ἐκλίπῃ it shall fail 


ὑμῖν Ίτε. 


LTTra, 
® — καὶ TTr[A |. 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. AVI, 


” U - “κι [ή 1 
7 Ἔπειτα ἑτέρῳ εἶπεν, Σὺ.δὲ πόσον ὀφειλεις; 
Then toanother he said, Andthou how much owest thou? 


‘ τ ‘ , / \ / ᾽ ~ , 
‘0.0: εἶπεν, Ἑκατὸν κόρους σίτου. ἵΚαὶ' λέγει αὐτῷ, Δεξαι 


κοντα. 


Απά ο said, A hundred cors of wheat. And hesays to him, Take 
\ , ‘ / ᾽ δν ’ ‘ / 
σου "τὸ γράμμα" καὶ γράψον ὀγδοήκοντα. 8 Καὶ ἐπήνεσεν 
bill and write eighty. And “praised 
ὁ κύριος τὸν οἰκονόμον τῆς ἀδικίας ὅτι φρονίμως ἐποίη- 


1the “lord the “steward lunrighteous because prudently he had 


σεν’ ὅτι οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ.αἰῶνος τούτου φρονιμώτεροι ὑπὲρ τοὺς. 
done. For the sons of this age Smore 7prudent ‘than “*the 
υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς εἰς τὴν γενεὰν τὴν ἑαυτῶν εἰσιν. 9 "Κἀγὼ" 
°sons ‘of '*the ‘“light *in Sgeneration *their*own ‘are, And I 
ὑμῖν λέγω, “Ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς" φίλους ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς 
ἴογοι δα”, Make to yourselves friends by the mammon 
ἀδικίας, ἵνα ὅταν Χἐκλίπητεϊ δέξωνται ὑμᾶς εἰς τὰς 
of unrighteousness,:that when ye fail they may receive you into the 
αἰωνίους σκηνάσ. 10 Ὁ πιστὸς ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ καὶ 
eternal dwellings. -He that [is] faithful in [the] least also 
ἐν πολλῷ πιστός ἐστιν καὶ ὁ ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ ἄδικος 
in much faithful is; and hethatin[the) . least [is] unrig!iteous 
καὶ ἐν πολλῷ ἄδικός ἐστιν. 11 εἰ οὖν ἐν τῷ ἀδικῳ 
also in much unrighteous is. If therefore in the unrighteous 
μαμωνᾷ πιστοὶ οὐκ.ἐγένεσθε, TO ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει; 
mammon faithful ye have not been, the true who to you will enirust? 
12 καὶ εἰ ἐν τῷ ἀλλοτρίῳ πιστοὶ οὐκ-ἐγένεσθε, τὸ 
And if in that which[is] another’s faithful ye have not becn, 
«- , / z+ ~ ᾽,ὔ iT] δ᾽. δ. 4 > / ’ με 
ὑμέτερον τίς τὑμῖν dwoe;" 18 Οὐδεὶς οἰκέτης δύναται δυσὶ 
yourown who toyou will give? No servant isable two 
κυρίοις δουλεύειν: ἢ-γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον 
lords to serve, for either the one hewillhate, and’ the other 
/ n 4 4 ~ 
ἀγαπήσει' ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει. 
he willlove; or one hewillholdto, and the other he will despise. 
av ~ ‘ ~ 
ov.duvacGe θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ. 
Yeareunable *God ‘to7serve and mammon. 
Ν ~ ‘ ~ , 
14 Ηκουον.δὲ ταῦτα πάντα *caill ot Φαρισαῖοι, φιλάρ- 
And *heard ?these *things ‘all also the Pharisees, Σοοτεί- 


Jee , \ ay / κ᾿ 
γυροι ὑπάρχοντες, καὶ ἐξεμυκτήριζον αὐτόν. 15 καὶ εἶπεν 


ous *being, and they derided him, And he said 
? ~ ε - - ~ ΄ έ ~ 

αὐτοῖς, Ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ  δικαιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ἐνώπιον τῶν 

{ο them, Ye are they who justify themselves before 

? ΄ « Η͂ ΄ \ , ~ / 

ἀνθρώπων, ὁ.δὲ θεὸς γινώσκει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν' ὅτι τὸ ἐν 


mien, knows 
, , 

ἀνθρώποις 

ΘΠ 


but God your hearts ; 
e ‘ a ? ΄ὔ ~ ~} 
__ ὑψηλὸν βδέλυγμα ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ eorw." 
"ΠΙΕΙΣ thought 308 anabomination before God 18, 
ε , ‘ € ~ 5 
16 Ὃ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται ‘Ewe! ΦΙωάννου"" ἀπὸ 
The law and the prophets [were] until John: from 
τότε ἢ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ εὐαγγελίζεται, καὶ πᾶς εἰς 
that time the kingdom of God is announced, and everyone 7intc 
, 4 / ΄ 
αὐτὴν βιάζεται. 17 Ἐὐκοπώτερον.δὲ ἐστιν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ 
it forces, But easier itis [for] the heaven and 
\ ~ ~ n ~ ΄ eee 
την γην παρελθεῖν, ἢ τοῦ νόµου μίαν κεραίαν πεσεῖν. 
the earth topassaway, than ofthe law one tittle to fail. 
~ c ? , ‘ ~ ~ A ~ 
18 Πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν.γυναϊῖκα αὐτοῦ καὶ γαμῶν ἑτέραν 
Everyone who puts away his wife and marries another 


| LT ᾿ καὶ ἐγὼ ΤΊΤΑ. π ἑαυτοῖς ποιήσατε TA. 
: as [αὐτῶν] (read their eternal dwellings) L. z δώσει 
--εστιν (read [is]) GLITraw, ὃ µέχρι ΤΤιΑ. 4 Ἰωάνου Ir. 


for that *among 


ἃ τὰ γράμματα bills Lrtra. 


πι, LUKE. 

μοιχεύει" καὶ πᾶς" ὁ ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς 
vommits adultery; and everyone who -*her*put*away ‘from 5ᾳ “husband 
γαμῶν μοιχεύει. 


marries commits adultery. 
19 ἼΑνθρωπος.δέ τις 
Now *a®man “certain ‘there 7was 
πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον, εὐφραινόμενος καθ. ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς. 
-ρατρ]θ and fine linen, making good cheer daily in splendour, 


20 πτωχὸς.δέ τι; ἴἦν! ὀνόματι Λάζαρος, δὸς! ἐβέβλητο 


x ΄ - . / 
ἦν πλούσιος, καὶ ἐνεδιδύσκετο 
Srich, and he was clothed in 


And a “poor *man .'certain there was, by name Lazarus, who was laid 
πρὸς τὸν.πυλῶνα.αὐτοῦ )AKwyévoc," 21 Kai ἐπιθυμῶν χορ- 
] ) μὼν χορ 
at -his porch being full of sores, and desiring to be 


-ασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν" πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης 
satisfied from the crumbs which fell from the table 
τοῦ πλουσίου" ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ κύνες ἐρχόμενοι Ἐἀπέλειχον" τὰ 
of the rich man; but even the dogs coming licked 
ἕλκη.αὐτοῦ. 22 ἐγένετο.δὲ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν πτωχόν, καὶ 

his sores. And it came to pass *died ‘the “poor “man, and 

ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἰς τὸν κόλπον ἱτοῦ" 
*was “carried *away ‘he by the angels into the bosom 


᾿Αβραάμ' ἀπέθανεν.δὲ καὶ ὁ πλούσιος, καὶ ἐτάφη. 23 καὶ ἐν 
of Abraham, And died alsothe rich man, and was buried. And in 
τῷ doy ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς.αὐτοῦ, ὑπάρχων ἐν βα- 


the hades having lifted up his eyes, being in tor- 


΄ ε ~ m A {| "A A ? 4 40 \ A 12, ? 
σάνοις, ὁρᾷ "τὸν" Αβραὰμ ἀπὸ.µακρόθεν, καὶ Λάζαρον ἐν 
ments, he 5865 Abraham" afar off, and Lazarus in 

~ , > ~ | ᾽ A , - / 
τοῖς.κόλποις. αὐτοῦ. 24 καὶ αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν, Ἱ]ατε 
his bosom. And he crying out said, Father 

᾿Λβραάμ, ἐλέησόν με, καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον,ἵνα βάψῃ 
Abraham, have compassion on me, ἃΠἃ send Lazarus, that he may dip 
τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ.δακτύλου.αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσ- 


the tip of his finger in water, and cool “tongue 
σάν pou’ ὅτι ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ.φλογὶ ταύτῃ. 25 Εϊπεν δὲ 

Ίαν; for I am suffering in this flame. But “said 
᾿Αβραάμ, Τέκνον, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἀπέλαβες "σὺ! τὰ 


4Abraham, Child, that ?didst *fully *receive ‘thou 
ἀγαθά.σου ἕν τῇ.ζωῇ-σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ.κακά᾿ 
thy good things in thy lifetime, and Lazarus likewise evil things. 
νῦν δὲ 9ὔδεὶ παρακαλεῖται, σὺ.δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι. 26 καὶ Ῥεπὶ' 
But now he is comforted, and thou art suffering. And besides 
πᾶσιν ᾿τούτοις, μεταξὺ ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικ- 
all thesethings, between us and you a“chasm ‘great has been 
ται, ὅπως ot θέλοντες διαβῆναι “ἐντεῦθεν! πρὸς ὑμᾶς 
fixed, sothat they who desire to pass hence to you 


recollect 


᾽μὴ δύνωνται, μηδὲ τοὶ! ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσί». 
are unable, nor they *thence *to us 1can “pass 
27 Εἴπεν.δὲ, ᾿Ερωτῶ "οὖν σε," πάτερ, ἵνα πέμψῃς 


Απᾶ ο βαϊά, Ibeseech 7then 1thee, father, that.thou wouldest send 


? A ? A “- - , ” \ , ἐδ λ 
αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ.πατρός.µου, 38 ἔχω-γᾶρ πειτε AdEA~ 


him to the house of my father, for Ihave five bro- 
~ U 3 
φούς' ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ 


thers, so that he may earnestly testify tothem, that *not *also ‘they 





& — ὃς [L]tTra. 


ε — πᾶς LTTrA. f — ἦν [L]TTrA. ! τ, 
ψιχίων] τῶν Tr. 


i — ψιχίων τῶν (read τῶν that which) {Π|ΤᾺ ; [τῶν 
ι.- χοῦ GLITrAW. ™—TovLTTraA. ἢ -- σὺ (7Ὲ 
ο ὧδε here (vead παρακ. he is comforted) LTTraw. Ρ ev before 1. 
¥ οἱ (read διαπ. can they pass) ΜΑ]. δ σε οὖν LTrAW, 





h 


209 


adultery : and whoso- 
ever marrieth her that 
is put away from her 
husband committeth a- 
dultery. 


19 There was a cer- 
tain rich man, which 
was clothed in purple 
and fine linen, and 
fared sumptuously 
every day: 20and there 
was a certain beggar 
named Lazarus, which 
was laid at his gate, 
full of sores, 21 and de- 
siring to be fed with 
the crumbs which fell 
from the rich man’s 
table: moreover the 
dogs came and licked 
his sores. 22 And it 
came to pass, that the 
beggar died, and was 
carried by the angels 
into Abraham’s bosom: 
the rich man also died, 
and was buried; 23 and 
in hell he lift up his 


0 eyes, beingintormrnts, 


and seeth Abraaam 
afar off, and Lazar isin 
his bosom, 24 And he 
cried and said, F.ther 
Abraham, have )sercy 
on me, and send /aza- 
rus, that he m.y dip 
the tip of his fix zer in 
water, and col my 
tongue; for I a.n tor- 
mented in this flame, 
25 But Abrahan: said, 
Son, remember that 
thou in thy lifetime 
receivedst thy good 
things, and likewise 
Lazarus evis things: 
but now he ix comfort- 
ed, and thou art tor- 
mented. 26 And beside 
allthis, between usand 
you thereisa great gulf 
fixed: so that they 
which would pass from 
hence to you cannot; 
neither can they pass 
to us, that would come 
from thence. 27 Then 
he said, I pray thee 
therefore, father, that 
thou wouldest send 
him to my father’s 
house: 28 for I have 
five brethren ; that he 
may testify unto them, 
lest they also come in- 


εἱλκωμένος LTTrAW. 
κ ἐπέλειχον LITA. 


ad ἀπέλαβες thou didst fully receive) GTTrA. 


ᾳ ἔνθεν GLTTrAW. 


P 


210 


tu this place of tor- 
ment, 29 Abraham 
saith unto him,: They 
have Moses and the 
prophets ; let them 
hear them. 30 And he 
said, Nay, father Abra- 
ham: but if one went 
unto them from the 
dead, they will repent. 
31 And he said unto 
him, If they hear not 
Moses and the pro- 
phets, neither will they 
be -persuaded, though 
ore rose from the dead, 


XVII. Then said he 
unto the disciples, It is 
impossible but that of- 
fences will come: but 
woe unio him, through 
whom they come! 2 It 
were better for him 
that a millstone were 
hanged about his neck, 
and he cast into the 
sea, than that he shouid 
offend one of these lit- 
tle ones. 3 Take heed 
to yourselves: If thy 
brother trespass a- 
gainst thee, rebuke 
him; and if he repent, 
forgive him. 4 Andif 
he trespass against thee 
seven times in a day, 
and seven times in a 
day turn again to thee, 
saying, I repent; thou 
shalt forgive him, 


5 And the apostles 
said unto the Lord, In- 
crease our faith. 6 And 
the Lordsaid, If ye had 
faith as a grain of mus- 
tard seed, ye might say 
unto this sycamine 
tree, Be thou plucked 
up by the root, and be 
thou planted in the sea; 
and it should obey you, 
7 But which of you, 
having a servant plow- 
ing or feeding cattle, 
will say unto him by 
and by, when he is 
come from the field, Go 
and sit . own to meat? 
8 And will not rather 
Bay unto him, Make 
ready wherewith lmay 
Sap, and gird thyself, 
and serve me, till I 
have eaten and drunk- 


ΛΟ Kiss. XVI, XVIL 


Δ , ~ ρω , . , ᾽ - 
ἔλθωσιν εἰς τὸν.τόπον.τοῦτον τῆς βασάνου" 29 λέγει" αὐτῷ" 
‘may come to this piace © of torment. *Says ‘to "Πίτα 
᾿Αβραάμ, Ἔχουσιν "Μωσέα" καὶ τοὺς προφήτας" ἀκουσάτωσαν 
1Abraham, ‘They have Moses and the prophets : let them hear 

? ~ « \ ? ΄ ΄ 2 , = ? κ. ο κ 
αὐτῶν.. 80 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Οὐχί, πάτερ “ABoaap’ ἀλλ ἐάν τις 
them. But he said, No, father Abraham, but if one 
> ‘ ~ ~ 4 > 4 ’ 
απο VEKOWYV πορευθῇ προς αὐυτοῦυς, μετανοήσουσιν, 
from [the] dead should go to them, they wiil repent. 
31 Εϊπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, Ei "Μωσέως" καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ 
Andhesaid tohim, If Moses and the prophets Snot 
? ‘ Tata ’ ~ > ~ ΄ 
ἀκούουσιν, Youd ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ πεισθή- 
‘they “hear, noteven if one from([the] dead should rise will they 
σονται. 
be persuaded, ς 
τ ks ‘ 4 , ΄ - 
17 Εἴπεν.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς pabnrac,* ᾿Ανένδεκτόν ἐστιν "τοῦ!" 
Απάᾶ Ἡε said to the disciples, Impossible it is that 
A ~ ‘ / \ ? = 3. 
ὑμὴῆ.ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα"" “οὐαὶ. δὲ!" δι οὗ ἔρχεται. 
“should ὁποῦ *come offences, but woe [to him] by whom they come. 
2 λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εἰ ἁμύλος ὀνικὸςὶ περίκειται περὶ 
It is profitable for him if α millstone turned by an ass is put about 


κ᾿ , ~ » € > ‘ , a ev 
τὸν.τράχηλον.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔῤῥιπται εἰς. τὴν θάλασσαν, ἢ ἵνα 
than that 


his neck, and heiscast into the sea, 
σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν. τούτων." 8. προσέχετε 
he should cause “to Ἰοξοπᾶ ‘one “of “these *little *ones. Take heed 
ἑαυτοῖς. ἐὰν δὲ ἁμάρτῃ etc σὲϊ ὁ.ἀδελφός.σου, ἐπι- 
to yourselves: andif “should ‘sin δᾳσαἰηςδῦ *thee 1thy *brother, re- 


τίμησον αὐτῷ καὶ ἐὰν µετανοήσῃ, ἄφες αὐτῷ. 4 καὶ ἐὰν 
buke him ; and if heshouldrepent, forgive him. And if 
ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ἁμάρτῃ! εἰς σέ, καὶ ἷἿ ἑπτάκις *rijc 
seven times in the day he should sin against thee, and seven times in the 
ἡμέρας" ἐπιστρέψῃ Ἰἐπὶ σε! λέγων, Μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις 
day shouldreturn to, thee, saying. Irepent, thou shalt forgive 
αὐτῷ. 
him. 
ὃ Kai “elzov" οἱ ἀπόστολοι τῷ κυρίῳ, Πρόσθες ἡμῖν 
And said‘ the apostles tothe Lord, Givemore “*to“*us 
, iy ἢ « / 2 n ” ll / « , 
πίστιν. ὁ Ἐϊπεν δὲ ὁ κύριος, Et ™etyere' πίστιν, ὡς κόκκον 
faith. But *said *the Lord, 1 yehad faith, as agrain 
σινάπεως, ἐλέγετε.ᾶν τῇ συκαμίνῳ.ταύτῃ, ᾿Εκριζώθητι, καὶ 
of mustard, ye might say to this sycamine tree, Be thou rooted up, and 
φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ" καὶ ὑπήκουσεν. ἂν ὑμῖν. 7 Τίς δὲ 
be thou planted in the sea, and it wouldobey you. But which 
οἐξὶ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς 
of you ὅδ *bondman ‘having ploughing or shepherding, who 
εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ Ῥ “εὐθέως, Παρελθών!. 
comein outof the field willsay immediately, Having come 
Teyana cy ll. ? ? χ RC, eee ας he , , 
ἀνάπεσαι! ; 8 ἀλλ οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, Ἑτοίμασον τί 
recline [δὖ table]? but willhe not say to him, Prepare what 
δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ 
Imay sup on, and girding thyself about serve me, while LTeat and 


{to him] 


a Ἴ(Ἓιυ « - -....ο υ ο ο -υ- 


t + δὲ (read but Abraham) LTTrAW. 
Υ οὐδ᾽ LTrA, 
υ τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν TTrA. 


σέως LTTrAW. 
LTTrA. 


LTTraw. 


᾿ , © τῶν μικρῶν τούτων ἕνα TTrA, 

Ὦ ἁμαρτήσῃ LTTraw. 
Ss 

Ὶ Eero LTT r Aj. 

9 Εὐθέως παρελσὼν (read Haviug come immediately recline) LTT: 4. 


¥—avre T[Tra]. τὸ Μωῦσέα LTTrAW. * Μωῦ- 

2 + αὐτοῦ (read his disciples) LTTraw. 8 --- τοῦ Β. 

οπλὴην ovat yet Woe Ltr. 4 λίθος μυλικὸς a millstone 

f- δὲ and urrra. & — εἰς σὲ LITA. 

k —- τῆς ἡμέρας LTTrA. 1 ἐπὶ σέο ; πρός σε © 

" ἔχετε ye have Trra. ° [ἐξ] Tr. P + αὐτῷ to him [LjtTra. 
τ ανάπεσε LYTrYAW. 


i+ [ἐὰν] if 1, 


XVII. LUKE. 211 


πίω" καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ; 9, Μὴ ore ο το 
drink; and after these things Lae au “and .*drink ‘thou? 9 Doth he thank that 
χάριν ἔχει! τῷ δούλῳ "ἐκείνῳ" ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διατά- servant bee oe 
Is he thankful tothat bondman _— because . he did 7 the things ao peed a him? tT 
χθέντα ταὐτῷ"; τοὐδοκῶ. 10 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὅταν trownot. 10Solikewise 
manded him? I judge not. Thus also ye ο. ες ος σος 
ποιήσητε πάντα τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν, λέγετε, = Οτι! δοῦ- which are commanded 
ye may have done all things commanded you, say, 2Bond- You, say, We are un- 
ἐν νο δν ,  profitableservants: we 
λοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν' Yoru! ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιή- have done that which 
men ‘unprofitable are we, for that which we were bound ἕο do we have Was our duty to do, 
καμεν. 
done. 
11 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ.πορεύεσθαι "αὐτὸν" εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ 
And it came to pass in his going up to Jerusalem 
καὶ αὐτὸς διήρχετο διὰ "μέσου" ῬΣαμαρείας" καὶ Γαλι- δα σος «κος 
that he Bee ale {the] midst of Samaria and Gali- rusalem, that he passed 
λαίας. 12 καὶ εἰσερχομένου. αὐτοῦ εἴς τινα κώμην “ἀπήντησαν! through eae πι οἳ 
lee. πὸ πα on his operas uid per *met _ 12 And as he entered 
αὐτῷ"! δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες, ot ἔστησαν πόῤῥωθεν" 13 καὶ κ... ο. 
5]: 1 2 8 me im ten men 
ae : ten ΑἹερτοιβ met who propa oF afar ek And teak were legera wie 
αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν λέγοντες, Ἰησοῦ, ἐπιστάτα, ἐλξη-- stood afar off: 13 and 
they liftedup[their] voice saying, Jesus. Master, have compas- Ὃ τα ane Pees 
σον ἡμᾶς. 14 Kai ἰδὼν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πορευθέντες Master, have mercy on 
sionon 8. And seeing [them] hesaid to them, Having gone us. 14 And when hesaw 


? , « ῃ τε ~ η a ᾽ ~ et , them, he said unto 
ἐπιδείξατε ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν. Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὑπά- them, Go shew your- 
shew yourselves to the priests. And it came to pass in ?g0- selves unto the priests, 

? δὴν τὰ γα « And it came to pass, 

yew αὐτοὺς ἐκαθαρίσθησαν. 16 εἷς δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἰδὼν Ότι that, as they went, 
ing ‘their they were clcansed. And ὅπο of them, seeing that they were cleansed. 
? μα ἊΝ ὃ \ 15 And one of them, 
ἰάθη, ὑπέστρεψεν, με ὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης οξάζων TOV when he saw that he 


he was healed, turned back, with a “voice Moud glorifying was healed, turned 
~ back, and with a loud 

θεόν: 160 καὶ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, τοῖος “slorified God, 
God, and {611 on {ΠῚ face at his feet, 16 and fell down on 
‘ Τι η 

εὐχαριστῶν αὐτῷ" καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν “Σαμαρείτης.' 17 ἀποκριθεὶς τ rece ate ee 
giving thanks tohim: and he was’ aSamaritan. Answering he was a Samaritan. 
δὲ ὁ ]ηδοῦς εἶπεν, [Οὐχὶ" ot δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν ; οἱ .Εδὲῖ 17 And. Jesus answer- 
= 3 5 - rn Ἴ 8 ing said, Were there 
and Jesus said, Not “the ‘ten were cleansed ? but “the not ten cleansed? but 
ἐννέα ποῦ; 18 οὐχ.ιεὑρέεέθησαν ὕὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι ος 
“nine ος ee afer there not found [any] returning togive ip οτι» give 
δόξαν τῷ θεῷ εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος; 19 Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ, glory to God, save this 
stranger. 19 And he 

glory “to God σερ. this stranger? . And hesaid to him, said προ πω να 
2 ’ ’ 

᾿Αναστὰς πορεύου" ἡ πίστις σου σἐσωκέν σε. go thy way: thy faith 

9 ῃ ἡ. ς- hath made thee whole. 


Having risen up go forth; thy faith has cured thee. Sc Acad ρα ΦΕΡΕ 


20 ᾿Ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων, πότε ἔρχεται ἡ ος meee 
risees, when 6 = 

And having been asked by the Pharisees, when is coming the πα Gh το πκοτῖν 
βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς καὶ εἶπεν, Οὐκ ἔρχεται 1) come, he answered 


‘kingdom of God, heanswered them and said, SComes ποὺ 'the them and said, The 
kingdom of God com- 


βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ παρατηρήσεως" 21 οὐδὲ ἐροῦσιν, eth not with observa- 


*kingdom 308 *God with observation ; nor shall they say, he : πο ὄνου; 
᾽ ο ᾽ 


᾿Ιδοὺ ὧδε, ἢ "ἰδοὺ" ἐκεῖ: ἰδοὺ. γάρ, ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἐντὸς Ίο there! for, behold, 


Lo μὰς or Lo there; forlo, ᾿ the kingdom of Godinthemidst the kingdom of God is 
within you. 22 And he 


ὑμῶν ἐστίν. 22 Eley. δὲ πρὸς τοὺς pabyrac,' ᾿Ἐλεύσονται said unto the disciples, 
ofyou is. And he said to the disciples, *Will°come The days will come, 








5 ἔχει χάριν LTTrA. t— ἐκείνῳ (read the bondman) LiTra. ¥ — αὐτῷ GLTTrAW. 

— ov δοκῶ [L]rtra. ®— ὅτι 1, y— ὅτι LTTrAW. z— αὐτὸν (read in the going up) 
apes A]. μέσον ΗΤΤΤΑ. Ὁ Σαμαρίας τ. 9 ὑπήντησαν τ. &— αὐτῷ (read [him] ) L[ Tra]. 
€ Σαμαρίτης T. { οὐχ LTr. & — δὲ but 1Ὑ[Ὁ]. — ἰδοὺ ΤΑ. i + αὐτοῦ (γεαὼ } 118 
disciples) 1.. 


212 


when ye shall desire to 


see one of the days of . 


the Son of man, and ye 
shall not see it, 23 And 
they shall say to you, 
Sce here; or, see there: 
go not after them, nor 
follow them. 24 For as 
the lightning, that 
lighteneth out of the 
one part under hea- 
ven, shineth unto the 
other part under hea- 
ven;‘so shall also the 
Son of man be in his 
day. 25 But first must 
he -uffer many things, 
and be rejected of this 
generation. 26 And as 
it was in the days of 
Noe, so shall it be alsa 
in the days of the Son 
of man, 27 They did 
eat, they drank, they 
married wives, they 
wéregiven in marriage, 
until the day that Noe 
entered into the ark, 
and the flood came, and 
destroyed them ll. 
28 Likewise also as it 
was in the days of Lot: 
they did eat, they 
drank, they bought, 
they sold, they plant- 
ed, they builded; 29 but 
the same day that Lot 
went out of Sodom it 
rained fire and brim- 
stone from heaven, and 
destroyed 
30 Even thus shall it 
be in the day when the 
Son of man is revealed. 
31 In that day, he 
which shall be upon the 
housetop, and his stuff 
in the house, let him 
not come down totake 
it away: and he that is 
in the field, let him 
likewise not return 
back. 32 Remember 
Lot’s wife. 33 Whoso- 
ever shall seek to save 
his life shall lose it; 
and whosoever shall 
lose his life shall ‘pre- 
serveit. 94 [tell you, in 
that night there shall 
be two men in one bed; 
the one shall be taken, 
and the other shall be 
left. 35 Two women 
shall be grinding to- 
gether ; the one shall 
be tuken, and the other 


them all. 


ΔΟΥΚΑ 2. XVI. 
’ ΄ ΄ ~ ε ; ~ ~ ἌΝ aa ᾿ 
ἡμέραι, ὅτε ἐπιθυμήσετε μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ υἱοῦ ποῦ ἀν- 
when ye will desire one of the days of the Son of 
? ~ 3 ” ‘ ? lo! ious eg 
θρώπου ἰδεῖν, καὶ οὐκ.ὄψεσθε. 28 καὶ ἐροῦσιν «ὑμῖν, ᾿Ιδοὺ 
man to see, and shall not see [it]. And they willsay to you, Lo 
κῶδε, ἢ ἰδοὺ ἐκεῖ" μὴ. ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε. 24 ὥσπερ γὰρ 


‘days, 


here, or Lo there; ‘go not forth nor follow. “η \Horiae 

« > ‘ ! , ~ ε a > > 

ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἰὴ" ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς πὺπἹ οὐρανὸν 
the lightning which lightens from the [one end] undex heaven 


eee ᾽ κι , ef πὸ ὯΙ 
UT ουρανον λάμπει, ουτως εσται "και 0 


εἰς τὴν 
thus willbe also the 


.to the [otherend] under heaven shines, 

ex ~ ’ ιά ᾿ ~ ¢ ’ ᾽ “Ὁ ~ A -” 
υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὲν τῇ.ἡμέρᾳ αὐτοῦ." 25 πρῶτον.δὲ δεῖ 
Son of man in his day.. But first it behoves 


αὐτὸν πολλὰ παθεῖν, καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς 
him many things to suffer, and to be rejected of *generation 
/ 96 ‘ Q ‘ ? 4 - at , p ~ II N DE 
ταυτης. και κασως ἐγένετο ἐν Ταις ἡμέραις του INWE, 
‘this. And as it came to pass 1η the days of Noe, 
οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις “τοῦ" υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 
thus shallitbe also in’ the days of the Son of man. 
27 ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἐγάμουν, - πέξεγα- 
They were eating, they were drinking, they were marrying, they were being 
μίζοντο," ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας εἰσῆλθεν Νῶε εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν, 
given in marriage, until the day “entered -'Noe into the ark, 
1, 5 « A , ee , sf 1] ε , 
καὶ ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυσμὸς καὶ ἀπώλεσεν ἅπαντας." 28 ὅμοίως 
and came the flood and destroyed all. ?InSlike*manner 


‘kai ὡς! ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ' ἤσθιον, ἔπι- 
‘and as itcametopass ἴῃ the days of Lot; they wereeating, they were 
γον, ἠγόραζον, ἐπώλουν, ἐφύτευον, ᾠκοδό- 


drinking, they were buying, they were selling, they were planting, they were 
µουν 29 ᾖ.δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ἐξῆλθεν Λὼτ ἀπὸ Σοδόμων ἔβρεξεν 
building; butonthe day ΄ Ἀψεηῦ οαῦ. 1Τιοῦ from Sodom it rained 
πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀπώλεσεν ᾽ἅπαντας") 30 κα- 
fire and sulphur from heaven and_ destroyed , all, In 
τὰ "ταῦτα! ἔσται ἡ. ἡμέρᾳ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπ- 
this way shallit be in the day the Son of man is revealed. 
τεται. 81 ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῷ ἡμέρῃ ὃς, ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, καὶ 


In that day [he] whoshallbe on the housetop, and 
τὰ.σκεύη.αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, µμὴ.καταβάτω ἄραι αὐτά" 
his goods in the house, let him not come down to take away them; 


ΜῊ ψ ΚΕ 
τα OTTLOW. 


καὶ ὁ ἐν “τῷ! ἀγρῷ ὁμοίως μὴ.ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς 
let him not return to thethings behind, 


and he in the field . likewise 


(382 μνημονεύετε τῆς γυναικὸς Λώτ. 33 ὃς ἐὰν ζητήσῃ τὴν 


Remember the wife of Lot. Whoever may seek 


ι ᾽ οὐχ, Ὁ το) λέ ΡΈΕΙ ΟΝ τας αν φαν ΙΖ, , ll 
UX1V-AUTOU “OWOAL, απολεσει αυτην ‘Kal ος-εαν ἀπολεσῃ ή 
his life tosave , shall lose it ; and whoever tay lose © 

> , ’ εἶν ΄ - ~ ΔΝ ἢ 
"αὐτήν," ζωογονήσει αὐτήν. 94 λέγω ὑμῖν, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτι 


it, shall preserve it. Isay toyou, In that night 
ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλίνης Ὁμιᾶς"! «ὁ! εἷς 4 ληφθη 

λινης μιας ο΄. εἰς “παραληφύσησε- 

there shall be two[men]upon “bed one ; the one shall be ta- 


Tai," καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται. 35 «δύο 


ἔσονται! . ἀλή- 
ken, andtne other shall be left. 


Twe [women] shallbe = grind- 


> ο aS ane τω μα ΘΟ σον 


κ ἐκεῖ, ἢ 
G[L]1Traw. 
Lttra, 


TTrA. Y ἂν Tra, 
© —oGLTT Aw. 


(— ἢ TTr) ἰδοὺ ὧδε TTrA. 

i — εν τῇ ημερα αυτον L: 
Se πανταςΊΤΓΑ. 
τὰ αὐτὰ in the same way TTrA. 


4 παραλημφθήσεται LIT; A. 


1— ἡ T[Tra]. ὑπὸ τὸν under the LTTrA. ™— καὶ 
P-—-7oUGLTTrAW. %— τοῦ Β, τ ἐγαμίζοντο 
t καθὼς according as ΤΤτΑ. ᾿ ταὐτὰ in the same way GLw ; 
ν — τῷ (read a field) TTra. * περιποιήσασθαι to gain 
: ἀπολέσει Shall lose 7. 3. — αὐτήν (read [it]) [LJrrra, " [μιᾶς |B 
© ἔσονται δύο LTTrA. 


avi ΧνΙ. L UE &. 

Όουσαι ἐπὶ τὸ.αὐτό' ! µία ἔπαραληφθήσεται,' "Kai ἡ! 
ing together ; one \ shall be taken, and -the 
ἀφεθήσεται.ὶ 37 Kai  ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Tlov, 
shall be left. And answering they say tohim,' Where, 
κύριε; «Ο.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὅπου τὸ σῶμα ἐκεῖ ἱσυναχθή- 
Lord?,; Ἀπᾶ πο said tothem,* Where the body [is] there will be gathered 
σονται οἱ ᾿αετοί." 

together the’ eagles 


| oh 


Nee nee? 
ἑτερα 
other 


ΕΣ : ny κ ΗΠ ς. x A ? ~ A ‘ Salen 
18 ΄Ελεγεν δὲ "καὶ" παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς πρὸς τὸ δεῖν 
And he spoke also a parable to them tothe purport that it bchoves 
πάντοτε “προσεύχεσθαι, | καὶ μὴ Ὠἐκκακεῖν,ι 2 λέγων, 
“always 3ο *pray {'them] and not to faint, saying, 
Κριτής τις ἦν ἔν τινι πόλει, τὸν θεὸν μὴ φοβούμενος 
A *judge ‘certain there was in ?certain ‘a city, God not fearing 
καὶ ἄνθρωπον μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος. 8 ynpadé™ ἦν ἐν τῇ 
and man not’. respecting.’ Anda widow there was in 
πόλει.ἐκείνη, καὶ ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, λέγουσα, Ἐκδίκησόν 
that city, | andshe wascoming to him, saying, Avenge 


> A ~ > , \ ? ο ᾽ , Π ? | ή ὰ 
µε ἀπὸ τοῦ.ἀντιδίκου.μου. 4 Καὶ οὐκ. ήθελησεν" ἐπὶ χρόνον 
me of mine adverse party. And he would not for atime; 

ο ἢ Ρ A ~~ Π =f ? a ~ ? ‘ ‘ ‘ > ΄ ~ 
μετὰ.Ρδὲ ταῦτα" εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Εί καὶ τὸν θεὸν οὐ. φοβοῦμαι 
τας afterwards hesaid within himself, If even God I fear not 
{kai* ἄνθρωπον οὐκ" ἐντρέπομαι: 5 διά.γε τὸ παρέχειν μοι 
and man =not respect, ᾿ yet because — %causes *me 

\ , ? , / eA ? 
κόπον τὴν χήραν.ταύτην ἐκδικήσω αὐτήν, ἵνα.μὴ εἰς. τέλος 
5trouble this 7widow Iwillavenge her, lest perpetually 
ἐρχομένη ὑπωπιάζῃ pe. 6 Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ κύριος, ᾿Ακούσατε τί 
coming she harass me. And said the Lord, Hear what 
ὁ κριτὴς τῆς ἀδικίας λέγει 7 ὁ.δὲ θεὸς οὐ.μὴ ποιήσει" τὴν 
the “judge ‘unrighteous says. And “God not :'shall execute the 
ἐκδίκησιν τῶν. ἐκλεκτῶν.αὐτοῦ τῶν βοώντων "πρὸς αὐτὸν" 
avenging of his elect who cry _ to him 
ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, καὶ ἵμακροθυμῶν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς; 8 λέγω 
day and night, and [is]; being patient over them? I say 
ὑμῖν, ὅτι ποιήσει τὴν ἐκδίκησιν αὐτῶν ἔν.τάχει. πλὴν 
to you, that he willexecute the avenging ofthem speedily. Nevertheless 
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν ἄρα εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν 
the Son of man having come *indeed ‘will “he find faith 
? ‘ πω Sa 2 
επι της YC; 
‘on the earth? 3 
: A A ᾽ ᾽ { ~ 
9 Πῖπεν.δὲ ‘cai! πρός τινας τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐφ ἑαυτοῖς 

And he spoke also to some . who trusted in themselves 
ὅτι εἰσὶν δίκαιοι καὶ ἐξουθενοῦντας τοὺς λοιποὺς τὴν παρα- 
that they are righteous and despised the rest “para- 

‘ ΄ >- ? ‘ ε ‘ 
βολὴν ταύτην. 10 "Ανθρωποι δύο ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 
ble 1this: ?Men ltwo wentup into the temple 

Z εὖ ας ' , ‘ 
προσεύξασθαι" “ὸ" εἷς Φαρισαῖος kai ὁ ἕτερος τελώνης 11ο 
to pray ; the one aPharisee andthe other atax-gatherer. The 

~ . ‘ ‘ ~ ΄ « ΄ 
Φαρισαῖος σταθεὶς “πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ταῦτα! προσηύχετο, Ὁ θεός, 
Pharisee standing, with himself thus was praying, God, 


213 
left. 36 Two menchall 
be in the field; the one 
shall be taken, and *he 
other left. 37 And they 
answered and said un- 
to him, Where, Lord ? 
And he said unto them, 
Wheresoever the body 
15 thither will the 
eagles be gathered to- 
gether, 


XVIII. And he spake 
8 parable unto them 
to this end, that men, 
ought always to pray, 
and ποῦ ἴο faint; 2 say- 
ing, There was in acity. 
a judge, which feared 
not God, ncither re- 
garded man: 3 and 
there was a widow in 
that city;and she came 
unto him, saying, A- 
venge me .of mine 
adversary. 4 And 
he would not for a 
while: but afterward 
he said within himself, 
Though I fear not God, 
nor regard man; 5 yet 
because this widow 
troubleth me, I will a- 
venge her, lest by her 
continual coming she 
weary me. 6 And the 
Lord said, Hear what 
the unjust judge saith. 
7 And shall not God 
avenge his own elcct, 
which ery day and 
night untohim,though 
hoe bear longwith them? 
8 I tell you that he will 
avenge them speedily. 
Nevertheless when the 
Son of man cometh, 
shall he find faith on 
the earth? 


΄ 


9 And he spake this 
parable unto certain 
which trusted in them- 
selves that they were 
righteous, and despised 
others: 10 Two men 
went up into the tem- 
ple to pray; the onea 
Pharisee, and the other 
apublican. 11 The Pha- 
risee stood and prayed 
thus with himself, 
God, I thank thee, that 


ον ο --ἊἊ...)ι. nn a mS eS ————E—EeEEeeEeeeE μα οσιο ρε... με νεεα 


f+ ἢ the EGLT[tTrJa. 6 παραλημφθήσεται LITA. | hy δὲ Ira. 
ἔσονται ἐν τῶ ἀγρῳ' ὃ εἷς παραληφθήσεται, καὶ ὃ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται, 
ficld: the one shall be taken, and the other left E. 
καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται TTrA. κ.-- καὶ LT[TrA]. 
a ἐγκακεῖν LTraAW 3 ενκακεῖν T. 2 + τις certain E. 
“οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον Nor Man LTTr. ποιήσῃ ΥΤΤΙΑ. 

Ιπτια. [κα]  ᾗὍ --ὁ Η1τΑ. 


5 αὐτῷ ΤΤΙΑ. 


ο ἤθελεν LTTrAW. v1 
t μακροθυμεῖ is patient 
α ταῦτα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν Tr; — πρὸς ἑαυτὸν T, 


i+ verse 36, Avo 


Two [men] shall bein the 
j συναχθήσονται [καὶ also] οἱ ἀετοί L 5 
1+ αὐτοὺς them LTfraw. 


Ρ ταῦτα δὲ Tra. 


AOY KAS. XVII. 


914 
~ 

ev ‘ 5 € 4 - > ΄ 
Tam ποὺ as other men εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι οὐκ.εἰμὶ γῴώσπερ" οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, 
sant τὰ ρα ταν I thank thee that Iam not as, the rest of men, 
just, ¢ erers, 


even as this publican. ἅρπαγες, ἄδικοι, μοιχοί, ἢ και ως οὗτος ὃ τελώνης. 12 νη- 
13 ts athe Pag rapacious, unrighteous, adulterers, or even as_ this  tax-gatherer. I 
week, give 5 Fe ας ΕΣ , ᾽ ο πο ΄ « ae 

all that I possess. στεύω δὶς τοῦ σαββάτου, Ζἀποδεκατῶ" πάντα Όσα κτῶμαι. 
19 σα the ρα fast twiceinthe week, I tithe all things as many as I gain. 
standing afar oj, es . 2 4 ᾿ > » ΠΕΡΙ ; 

would not lift up so 13 "Καὶ ὁ! τελώνης μακρόθεν ἑστὼς οὐκ ἤθελεν οὐδὲ τοὺς 
much as his eyes vnto And the tax-gatherer afaroff standing would noteven the 


heaven, but smote up- , 4 Ἷ μα Ri oe A Cas 
on his breast, saying, ὀφθαλμοὺς δείς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐπᾶραι!" ἀλλ ἔτυπτεν “εἰς" τὸ 


God be mercifal to me eyes to the heaven ἰδ up, but was striking upon 
asinner. 14 I tell you δες a ; 2 , εν 7 , ak Ἢ 
this man wentdownto στῆθος. αὐτοῦ," λέγων, Ὁ θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ. 


his house justified ra- his breast, saying, God, be propitious to me the sinner. ἢ 


: λα οὐ, ἃς Ξ Ω = 5 / \ 
ee ees eet: 14 Λέγω ὑμῖν, © κατέβη οὗτος δεδικἀιωµένος εἰς τὸν οἶκον 


for every one that yb το i 

exalteth himself shall Isay toyou, Went down this one justified to house 
a Ἢ h ~ n ~ ε ~ t τν « \ 

το σος μμ him, αὐτοῦ ff) ἐκεῖνος." ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν ταπεινω- 

self shall be exalted. Ahis rather than that. For everyone that exalts himself shall be 


θήσεται 86.0" ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται. 
humbled; andhethat humbles himself shall be exalted. 
15 And they brought 15 Προσέφερον δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ βρέφη, ἵνα αὐτῶν ἅπτη- 


ce cane eect And they brought tohim also they babes, that them he might 


ae: δε ας ται ἰδόντες. δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἀἐπετίμησαν"αὐτοῖς. 16 ὁ δὲ 
see hom. 16 Bay touch; but having seen [it] the disciples rebuked them, But 


1 ’ A 5 . ω ΄ 
Jesus called themunto ᾿]ησοῦς ἱπροσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὰ εἶπεν, '"Αφετε τὰ . παιδία 


η, ο ace Jesus having called “to Cabal Eben ο) : πας [ΒΒ little απλῥικα 
unto me, and forbid ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μῆ-κωλύετε αὑτὰ τῶν-γὰρ.-τοιούτων 
them not: for of such "49 come to me, and ‘donotforbid them; for of such ἢ 

is the kingdom of God, | ᾿ δι ή τὰ ος, , ἘῸΝ τ ον 5 
17 Verily I say unto ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 17 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς. ἐὰνὶ μὴ 


you, Whosoever shall j, the kingdom of God. Verily Tsay toyou, Whoever not 
not receive the king- 2 i ᾿ = οὗ ὃς , > ἢ η, 

dom οἵ God asalittle δέξηται τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον οὐ.μὴ εἰσέλθῃ 
child Shall in no wise ‘shalireceive the kingdom of God as a little child in no wise shall enter 
enter therein, 5 ripe 

εἰς αὐτὴν. 


into it. 
18 Καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν τις αὐτὸν ἄρχων, λέγων, Διδάσκαλε 
18 Andacertainruler And tasked ‘a certain *him ‘ruler, saying, ?Teacher 
asked him, saying, ἀγαθέ, τί ποιήσας ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω: 19 Εἶπεν 
Good Master, what ο 7 ἴσας 1 np OV : 
shall I do to inherit *g00d, “what *having “done life eternal shall I inherit ? 3Said 


eternal life? 19 And δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ti µε λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς 


sus id to hi [ : - 
why ο... ἐπ νὼ πο τ ; Ὁ esus, το τῷ ρος thou gan No one [is] ape 
good? none is good, εἰ μὴ εἷς, ἰὁ" θεός. 90 τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας". Μὴ. μοι- 


save one, that is, God. 
20 Thou knowest the ἢ : ξ : Ὲ 
commandments, Do . εὐσῃς" ὶ μη-φονευσῃς" μὴ. κλέψῃς' 

not commit adultery, ςογηγηῖν adultery ; thou shouldest not commit murder ; thou shouldest not steal ; 
Do not kill, Do not : J 


except one, God. The commandments thou knowest : Thou shouldest not 








steal, Do not bear false μὴ .ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς' τίμα τὸν πατέρα.σου καὶ «τὴν 
αμ ος thou shouldest not bear false witness ; honour thy father and 
21 And he said, All μητέρα. σου." 21 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Ταῦτα πάντα "ἐφυλαξάμην" ἐκ 
these have I kept from thy mother. Andhe said, ?These ‘all havel kept from 
my youthup. 22 Now ? ᾿ a Ι Wie , δε ος ή ε» ~ τ 
whenJesusheardthese νεὀτητός "μου. 22 Ακούσας.δὲ Ρταῦταϊ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν 
things, he said unto 2youth my And haying heard these things Jesus said 
)him, Yet lackest thou Pe We εν , 2 , «“ ” , 
one thing: sellallthas αὐτῷ, Ere ἕν σοι λείπει πάντα ὕσα ἔχεις πώλη- 
thou hast, and distri- tohim, Yet onething totheeislacking; all as much as thou hast sell, 
bute unto the poor, . , Ι “ \ ¢ ee ee 
and thou shalt have σΟΥ, καὶ “διάδος! “πτωχοῖς, καὶ ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν *ov- 
treasure in heaven: and distribute to ἘΠῚ: poor, andthoushalthave treasure in hea- 
Υ ὡς τιῦτ. Σ ἀποδεκατεύω τ. δ ὁ δὲτ. δ ἐπᾶραι εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν TTrA, © — εἰς LTTr[A]. 
ἆ ἑαυτοῦ Tra.  - [ὅτι] that τ, f παρ᾽ ἐκεῖνον LTrA 3 ἢ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος GTW. 8 καὶ ὃ Τὰ 
Ἀ ἐπετίμων LTTrA. i προσεκαλέσατο αὐτὰ λέγων Called thém to [him] saying Trra. 
κ ἂν LTTrA. 1_ ὃ τὰ. m— σου thy Law. 2 ἐφύλαξα LITrA. ο — µου T[Tr]a. 


P — ταῦτα LITrA, 4 δὸς give L, τ οὐρανοῖς 1; τοῖς οὐρανοῖς the heavens LTra, 


LUE ER, 


~ 3 ts A , a 
καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθει μοι. 23 Ὁ.δὲ ἀκούσαι. ταῦτα 
and come follow me. But he having heard these things 


ἦν.γὰρ πλούσιος σφόδρα. 34 ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ 


for he was *rich ‘very. But “seeing 


αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἱπερίλυπον γενόμενον" εἶπεν, Πῶς δυσκό- 
Shim: Jesus ‘very 7sorrowful *having *become said, How diffi- 


Awe οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες "εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν 
cultly those “riches ‘having shall enter into the kingdom 


τοῦ θεοῦ." 25 Εὐκοπώτερον.γάρ ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ Ὑτρυμαλιᾶς 
of God. For easier it is acamel through  aneye 
ῥαφίδος" “εἰσελθεῖν! ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ 
of a needle toenter than arich man into the kingdom of God 
εἰσελθεῖν. 26 ΥΕἴπον! δὲ ot ἀκούσαντες, Kai ric δύναται 


MV IT, 
ρανῷ"" 


ven, 
περίλυπος "ἐγένετο"" 
rw sorrowful became, 


to enter. And said those who heard, ?Then ‘who is able 
σωθῆναι; 27 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν. Ta ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις 
to be saved? But he said, Thethings impossible with men 


δυνατά "ἐστιν παρὰ τῷ θεῷ." 28 Εἶπεν δὲ "ὁ! Πέτρος, ᾿Ιδού, 
ΒΑ tare with God. And ’said Peter, Lo 


ἡμεῖς "ἀφήκαμεν πάντα Kai! ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι. 29 τὸ δὲ 
we eft all and followed thee. And he 


εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾽Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, “ὅτι! οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν 
said tothem, Verily Isay ἴοσοι, That noone thereis who has left 


οἰκίαν “ἣ γονεῖς ἢ ἀδελφοὺς ἢ γυναῖκα" ἢ τέκνα «νεκεν' 

house or parents or brethren or wife or children for the sake of 
τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ, 30 ὃς fod! μὴ ξἀπολάβῃὶ πολ- 
the kingdom of God, who shall not receive mani- 


λαπλασίονα ἐν τῷ. καιρῷ. τούτῳ, καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ. ἐρχομένῳ 
fold more in this time, and in the’ age that is coming 


ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 
‘life eternal... 


31 Παραλαβὼν δὲ τοὺς δώδεκα εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, 
And having taken to Leis) the twelve hesaid to them, 


Ἰδού, ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ τελεσθήσεται 
Behold, we go up to Jerusalem, and 3εΏα]] “Ρε ο ος 


πάντα -τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 
1411 *things which have been written by the prophets about the Son 


ἀνθρώπου. 32 παραδοθήσεται. γὰρ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καὶ ἐμπαι- 
of man; for he will be delivered up tothe Gentiles, and will be 


χθήσεται καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται. 33 καὶ µα- 
mocked and willbeinsulted and willbe spt upon. And having 
στιγώσαντες ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 
scourged — they will kill him ; and on the "Ἢ third 


ἀναστήσεται. 84 Καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐδὲν τούτων συνῆκαν, καὶ 
he will rise again. And ae) nothing: of these things νο and 


ἣν» τὸ. ῥῆμα. τοῦτο κριμα an αὐτῶν, καὶ οὐκ. ἐγίνωσκον 
Swas this “saying. hid from them, and _ they knew not 


, τὰ λεγόμενα. 
that which was said. 
35 'Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν.τῷ ἐγγιζειν.αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεριχώ," τυφλός 
And it came to pass as he drew near to Jericho, a *blind 
τις ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν "προσαιτῶν | 96 ἀκούσας 
[°man]'certain sat beside the ‘way begging. “Having “heard 
t— περίλυπον γενόμενον T[Tr]A. | 
ῥευονται ΤΑ. Υ τρήματος βελόνης LITrA, ἃ διελθεῖν to pass 1, 
τῷ (-- τῷ L[Tr]) θεῴ ἐστίν ΕΤΊΤΑ. ἃ -- ὁ TA]. 
LIT A. © — ὅτι Ὑ. 4 ἢ γυναῖκα ἢ ἀδελφσὺς ἢ γονεῖς ΤΑ. 
Βλάβῃζα 4 Ἱερουσαλήμ Tra. { Ἱερειχώτ. 5 ἐπαιτῶν LTTrA, 








5.εγενήθη TTrA. 


τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ. 





Q15 


and come, follow me. 
23 And when he heard 
this, he was very sor- 
rowful: for he was very 
rich. 24 And when Je- 
sus saw that he was 
very sorrowful, hesaid, 

How hardly shall they 
that have riches enter 
into the kingdom of 
God! 25 For itis easier 
for a camel to go 
through a ncedle’s eye, 

than for a rich man to 
enter into the kingdom 
of God. 26 And they 
that heard ἐξ said, 
Who then can _ be 
saved? 27 And he said, 

The things which are 
impossible with men 
are possible with God. 
28 Then Peter said, Lo, 
we have left all, and 
followed thee. 29 And 
he said unto them, 
Verily I say unto you, 
There is no man that 
hath left house, or pa- 
rents, or brethren, or 
wife, or children, for 
the kingdom of God’s 
sake, 30 who shall not 
receive manifold more 
in this present time, 
and in the world to 
come life everlasting. 


31 Then he took unto 
him the twelve, and 
said unto them, Be- 
hold, we goup to Jeru- 
salem, and ail things 
that are written’ by 
the prophets concern- 
ing the Son of man 
shall be accomplished, 
32 For he shall be de- 
livered unto the Gen- 
tiles, and shall be 
mocked, and spitefully 
entreated, and spitted 
on: 33 and they shall 
scourge him, and put 
him to death: and the 
third day he shall rise 
again. 34 And they un- 
derstood none of these 
things: and this saying 
was hid frém them, 
neither knew they the 
things which were spo- 
ken. 


35 And it eame to 
pass, that as he was 
come nigh unto Je- 
richo, a certain blind 
man sat by the way 
side begging ¢ 36 and 


Υ εἰς THY βασιλείαν τοῦ Baan εἰσπὸ- 
Υ εἶπαν T. 
b ἀφέντες τὰ ἴδια having left our own 
Ξ εἵνεκεν T. 


* παρὰ 


f οὐχὶ TA. 


216 


hearing the multitude 
pass by, he asked what 
it meant. 37 And they 
told him, that Jesus of 
Nazareth passeth by. 
38 And he cried, say- 
ing, Jesus, thou Son of 
David, have mercy on 
me. 39 Andthey which 
went before rebuked 
him, ἐμεῦ he should 
hold his peace: but he 
cried so much the more, 
Thou Son of David, 
have mercy on me. 
40 And Jesus stood, and 
commanded him to be 
brought unto him: and 
when he was come 
mear, he a<ked him, 
4] saying, What wilt 
thouthatI shall do un- 
to thee? And he said, 
Lord, that I may re- 
ceive my sight. 42 And 
Jesus said unto him, 
Receive thy sight: thy 
faith hath saved thee, 
43 And immediately 
he received his sight, 
and followed him, glo- 
rifying God: and all 
the people, when they 
saw it, gave praise un- 
to God. 


XIX. And Jesus 
entered and _ pass- 
ed through Jericho. 
2 And, behold, there 
was aman named Zac- 
cheus, which was the 
chief among the publi- 
cans, and he was rich, 
3 Aud he sought to see 
Jesus who he was; and 
could uot for the press, 
because he was little of 
stature. 4 And heran 
before, and climbed up 
into a sycomore, tree 
to sce him: for he was 
topassthat way. 5And 
when Jesus came to 
the place, he looked up, 
and saw him, and said 
unto him, Zacchzus, 
make haste, and come 
down; for to day I 
must abide at thy 
house. 6 And he made 
haste, and came down, 
and received him joy- 
fully. 7 And when they 
saw it, they all mur- 
murced, saying, That he 
Wis gone to be guest 
with a man that is a 
Sinner. 8 And Zacchz- 
us stood,and said un- 
to the Lord; Behold, 
Lord, the half of my 
goods I give to the 


XVIII, XIX. 


1 εἴῃ τοῦτο. 
what *might *be ‘this, 


ΛΟΥ ΚΑΣ, 


δὲ ὄχλου διαπορευυµένου ἐπυνθάνετο τί 
tand acrowd passing along he asked 
37 ἀπήγγειλαν.δὲ αὐτῷ, Ότι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος παρέρχεται. 
And they told him, Jesus the Nazarzan is passing by. 
88 Kai ἐβόησεν λέγων, ᾿Ιησοῦ, vie Δαβίδ," ἐλέησόν µε. 
And hecalled out saying, Jesus, Son οὔ David, have pity on me, 
39 Kai οἱ προάγοντες ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ ἵνα "σιωπήσῃ"" 
And those going before rebuked him  tkat he should be silent, 
αὐτὸς δὲ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν, Yié Δαβίδ," ἐλέησόν µε. 
but he much more cried out, Son of David, have pity on me, 
40 Σταθεὶς δὲ οὁ'Ιησοῦς ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι πρὸς 
And “having “stopped ‘Jesus commanded him tobebrought to 


αὐτόν: ἐγγίσαντος.δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν, 41 Ῥλέ- 

him, And having drawn near he asked him, say- 
yor," Τί σοι θέλεις ποιήσω; ‘O.dé εἶπεν, Κύριε, ἵνα 
ing, What to 7thce ‘desirest *thou *I*shall*do? Andhe said, Lord, that 


ἀναβλέψω. 42 Kai ὁ᾽ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿Ανάβλεψον" 
I may receive sight. And Jesus said tohim, MReceivesight: 
€ , / ῃ 5 ‘ ~ ae 
ἡ.πίστις.σου σέσωκέν σε. 43 Kai παραχρῆμα ἀνέβλεψεν, 

thy faith hath healed thee. And immediately he received sight, 
καὶ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ, δοξάζων τὸν θεόν' Kai πᾶς ὁ λαὸς 
and followei him, glorifying God. And all the people 

ἰδὼν ἔδωκεν αἶνον τῷ θεῷ. 
having seen [it] gave praise to God. 

19 Kai εἰσλθὼν διήρχετο. τὴν “Ἰεριχώ"" 2 καὶ ἰδοί, 

And having entered he passed through Jericho. And behold, 
ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος, καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχι- 
aman by name called Zaccheus, and he was achief 
τελώνης, καὶ Τοῦτος ἦν" πλούσιος" 8 καὶ ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν τὸν 
tax-gatherer, and he was rich. And he was seeking tosee 
~ ΄ ? \ ᾽ » ο 2ἱ ? . ~ ” / ~ 

᾿Ιησοῦν τίς ἐστιν, Kai οὐκ.ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι ΤΏ 
Jesus— who heis: and hewasnotable for the crowd, because 
ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν. 4 καὶ προδραμὼν * ἔμπροσθεν ἀνέβη 
in stature small he was. And havingrunforward before, he went up 
ἐπὶ Ισυκομωραίαν,' iva ἴδῃ αὐτόν' ὅτι "δι ἐκείνης 
into a sycomore, that he might see him, for by that [way] 
” , ‘ ιό > . ‘ ‘ ΄ ᾽ 
ἤμελλεν διέρχεσθαι. 5 καὶ ὡς ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον, ἀνα- 
he was about to pass. And as hecame to the place, look- 
βλέψας ὁ Ἰησοῦς “eidey αὐτόν, καὶ! εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, 
ing up Jesus saw him, and said to him, 


Ζακχαῖε, σπεύσας κατάβηθι σήμερον.γὰρ ἐν τῷ.οἴκῳ.σου. 


“~accheus, making haste come down, for to-day in thy house 
δεῖ με μεῖναι. 6 Καὶ. σπεύσας κατέβη καὶ ὑπεδέξατο 
it behoreth me to remain. And making haste he camedown and _ received 


αὐτὸν χαίρων. 7 καὶ ἰδόντες 
him rejoicing. And having scen [it] 
λέγοντες, Ὅτι παρὰ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰσῆλθεν καταλῦσαι. 
saying, With a sinful man _ he has entered to lodge. 
8 Σταθεὶς δὲ Δακχαῖος εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν κύριον, Ιδού, τὰ 
But standing Zacchzeus said to the Lord, Lo, the 
Ynpion" {τῶν ὑπαρχόντων.μου,! κύριε, 3δίδωμι τοῖς πτωχοῖς" 


Σἄπαντες! διεγόγγυζον, 
1 muriured, 





poor; and if I have half of my possessions, ord, I give tothe poor, 
Po [αν] τ. m Δαυΐδ GW; Δανείδ LTTrA. 2 σιγήσῃ ΙΤΤΙΑ. ο [Ὁ] Tr. 

P — λέγων T[Tr]A, 4 Ἱερειχώ τ. τ αὐτὸς (-- ἦν [L]TrA) LTrA ; — οὗτος Τ. 8 + εἰς 

το to the (vead ἔμπρ. front,) TL]. ' συκοµορέαν EGTTrAW ; συκοµωρέαν 1. v— δι 


GLTTrAwW. 


ν W — εἶδεν αὐτόν, καὶ TTr[A]. 
"µου των υπαρχόντων ΤΤιΑ. 


χ πάντες LTTrAW. 


Γ x ma Y ἡμίσεα 1.; ἡμίσειά ΤΊτΑ. 
Ά τοις πτωχοῖς δίδωμι TITA, 


AX: ο κ, 


καὶ εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα, 
and if of anyone anything I took by false accusation, 
πλοῦν. 9 Εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ιησοῦς, Ὅτι σήμερον σωτηρία 
fold. And said “to *him 1Jesus, To-day salvation 
τῷ.οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο, καθότι Kai αὐτὸς υἱὸς ᾿Αβραάμ 
to this house iscome, inasmuch as also he ason of Abraham 
ΠΝ ell τ ‘ « εν σῶν 5 , ~ AN ~ 
ἐστιν'' 10 ἦλθεν γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ζητῆσαι καὶ σῶσαι 
is: for °came ‘the *Son 308 *man toseek and tosave 
τὸ ἀπολωλός. 
that which has been lost. 
11 ᾿Ακουόντων δὲ αὐτῶν ταῦτα, προσθεὶς εἶπεν παρα- 
But as *were “hearing ‘they these ἰΠΙΠΡΒ, adding hespoke a para- 
βολήν, διὰ τὸ ἐγγὺς "αὐτὸν εἶναι Ἱερουσαλήμ,! καὶ δοκεῖν 
ble, because “near *he , 7was Jerusalem, and *thought 
αὐτοὺς ὅτι παραχρῆμα μέλλει ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ava- 
ΒΟΥ that immediately was about the kingdom of God tobe 


ἀποδίδωμι τετρα- 
I return four- 


φαίνεσθαι" 12 εἶπεν οὖν, ᾿Ανθρωπός τις εὐγενὴς ἐπορεύθη.. 


manifested. He said therefore, A *man 
? ») / ~ ε ~ ’ « ¥ / 
εἰς χώραν μακράν, λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν καὶ ὑποστρέψαι. 
to ἃ “country ‘distant, toreceive forhimself akingdom and _ toreturn. 
19 καλέσας.δὲ δέκα δούλους ἑαυτοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς, 
And having called ten of his bondmen he gave tothem ten minas, 
καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ἡραγματεύσασθε ἕως" ἔρχομαι. 
and -said to them, Trade until I come. 
14 Οἱ δὲ πολῖται αὐτοῦ ἐμίσουν αὐτόν, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν πρεσ- 
But his citizens hated him and sent an em- 
βείαν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες, Οὐ.θέλομεν τοῦτον 
bassy after him, saying, Weare unwilling [for] this [παν] 
~ ? ΑΔΓ ~ ‘ , / ? ~ ᾽ ~ 
βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς. 16 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν 
to reign over us, And itcametopass on *coming *back *again 
> A , \ / \ 
αὐτὸν λαβόντα τὴν βασιλεία», καὶ εἶπεν 
‘his having received the kingdom, that hedirected tobecalled tohim 
, - » \ ᾽ , ' 
τοὺς. δούλους τούτους οἷς «εέδωκεν' τὸ, ἀργύριον, ἵνα 
these bondmen towhom hegave_ the money, inorder that 
γνῷ! δτίς.τί διεπραγματεύσατο.ὶ 16 παρεγένετο.δὲ ὁ 
he might know what θοῦ had gained by trading. Andcameup the 
a ~ [ή ’ ~ , , ~ 
πρῶτος, λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ-μνᾶ.σου Ἀπροσειργάσατο δέκα" μνᾶς. 
first, saying, Lord, thy mina has produced ten minas, 
17 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ἸΕὖ,! ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ 


‘certain high born proceeded 


£ 


And hesaid tohim, Well! good bondman; because in a very little 
“ , , , , 
πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων. 
faithful thou wast, be thou ?authority ‘having over ten cities. 


18 Καὶ ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος, λέγων, "Κύριε, ἡ-μνᾶ.σου ἐποίησεν 
And came the κεσοοπᾶ, saying, Lord, thy mina has made 

πέντε μνᾶς. 19 Εἶπεν. δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, Kai σὺ 'γίνου ἐπάνω" 
five minas. And he said also to thisone, And*thou ‘be over 

/ ‘ ‘ ε 5 ΄ , 2> « 

πέντε πόλεων. 20 Καὶ Ἢ ἕτερος ἦλθεν, λέγων, Κύριε, ἰδοὺ ἡ) 
five cities. And another came, saying, Lord, behold 


~ .. - > ’ " ’ ο Ψ, , 
μνᾶ-σου, ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ' 21 ώς 
31 *feare 


thy mina, which I kept laid up in a handkerchief. 
yap σε, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς εἶ" αἴρεις ὃ 
‘for thee, because aman harsh thou art; thou takest up what 





b — ἐστιν (read [15]) T. 
4 ἐν ᾧ LTTrA. 6 δεδώκει he had given LTTra. 
what they had gained by trading Tra. 
well done ΤΤΤΙΑ. κ ἠ μνᾶ σου, κύριε, ΤΤΤΑ. 
other) Litra, 


Γγνοι LTTrA. 


1 ἐπάνω γίνου ΤΑ. 


φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ. 


h δέκα προσηργάσατο (προσειρ. Tr) LTTrA. 


217 


taken any thing from 
any man by false agcu- 
sition, I restore him 
fourfold. 9 And Jesus 
said unto him, This 
day is salvation come 
to this house, forso- 
much as he also isa 
son of Abraham. 10 For 
the Son of man is come 
to seek and to save that 
which was lost, 


11 And as they heard 
these things, he addcd 
and spake a parable, 
because he was nigh to 
Jerusalem, απᾶ be- 
cause they thought 
that the kingdom of 
God should imme- 
diately appear. 12 He 
said therefore, A cer- 
tain nobleman went 
into a far country to 
receive for himself a 
kingdom, and to re- 
turn, 13 And hecalled 
his ten servants, and 
delivered them ten 
pounds, and said unto 
them, Occupy till I 
come. 14 But his citi- 
zens hated him, and 
sent a message after 
him, saying, We will 
not have this man to 
reign over us, 15 And 
it came to pass, that 
when he was returned, 
having received the 
kingdom, then he com- 
manded these servants 
to be called unto him, 
to whom he had given 
the money, that he 
might know how much 
every man had gained 
by trading. 16 Then 
came the first, saying, 
Lord, thy pound hath 
gained ten pounds, 
17 And he said unto 
him, Well, thou good 
servant: because thou 
hast been faithful in a 
very little, have thou 
authority over ten 
citics. 18 And the 
second came, saying, 
Lord, thy pound hath 
gained five pounds, 
19 Anche said likewise 
to him, Be thou also 
over fivecities. 20 And 
another came, saying, 
Lord, behold, here is 
thy pound, which I 
have kept laid upina 
napkin: 21 for 1 fear- 
ed thee, because thou 
art an austere man: 
thou takest up that 





© εἶναι αὐτὸν Ἱερουσαλὴμ L ; εἶναι Ἱερουσαλὴημ αυτο; TTrA. 
Ε τί διεπραγµματεύσαντο 


νὰ 
1 evye 


m + ὁ the (ἕτερος 


215 


thou layedst not down, 
ani reapest that thou 
didst not sow. 22 And 
he saith unto him, Out 
of thine own mouth 
~vill I judge thee, thou 
wicked servant. Thou 
knewest that I was an 
austere man, taking 
up that I laid not 
down, and _ reaping 
that I did not sow: 
23 wherefore then gav- 
est not thou my money 
into tne bank, that at 
my coming I might 
have required mine 
own with usury? 
24 And he said unto 
them that stood by, 
Take from him the 
pound, and give it to 
him that hath ten 
pounds. 25 (And they 
said unto him, Lord, 
he hath ten pounds.) 
26 For I say unto you, 
That unto every one 
which hath shall be 
given; and from him 


that hath not, even: 


that be hath shall be 
taken away from him, 
27 But those mine ene- 
mies, which would not 
that I should reign 
over them, bring 
hither, and slay them 
before me. 


28 And when he had 
thus spoken, he went 
before, ascending up 
to Jerusalem. 29 And 
it came to pass, when 
he was come nigh to 
Bethphage and Beth- 
any, at the mount 
called the mount of 
Olives, he sent two of 
his disciples, 30 say- 
ing, Go ye into the 
village over against 
you ; in the which at 
your entering ye shall 
find a colt vied, where- 
on yet never man sat: 
loose him, and bring 
him hither. 31 And if 
any man ask you, Why 
do ye loose Atm? thus 
shall ye say unto him, 
Because the Lord hath 
need of him. 32 And 
they that were sent 
went their way, and 
found even as he had 
said unto them. 33 And 
as they were loosing 
the colt, the owners 
thereof said nnto them, 
Why loose ye the colt? 
34 And they said, The 
Lord hath need of him. 
35 And they brought 
him to Jesus: and they 


» — δὲ but τττα. 
LTTraAw. 


®* — an’ αὐτοῦ 


{u)rts[a]. 


τ᾿ κἀγὼ LTTrA. 
[uJva. 
τοῦ (read the disciples) 1[T: Ja. 
{ εἶπαν LTTra, 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. XIX. 
οὐκ. ἔθηκας καὶ θερίζες ὃ οὐκ.ἔσπειρας. 22 Λέγει 
tnou didst not lay down and thou reapest what thou didst not sow. *He *says 


"dé! αὐτῷ, “Ex τοῦ.στόματόο-σου κρινῶ σε, πονηρὲ δοῦ- 
2but tohimn, Out of thy mouth I will judge thee, wicked bond-. 


λε. δεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ 
τάδ :ἴποι knewest that I “a *+man sharsh ‘am, taking up what 
ovKiOnka Kai θερίζων ὃ οὐκ.έπειρα. 23 Kai “διατί! 


I did not lay down and and why 


> ” ‘ ᾽ , ? A 4 , 

οὐκ.ἔδωκας Ῥτὸ ἀργύριόν. μου" ἐπὶ τὴν" τράπεζαν, kai ἐγὼ" 
didst thou not give my money to the bank, that 1 
ἐλθὼν σὺν τόκῳ ἂν. ἔπραξα αὐτό"; 24 Καὶ τοῖς παρε- 
coming with interest might have required it? And tothose stand- 
στῶσιν εἶπεν, Αρατε ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὴν μνᾶν, καὶ δότε τῷ 
ing by hesaid, Take from him the mina, and give [it]tohim τν πο 
τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ἔχοντι. 25 Kai ‘eizov' αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἔχει 


reaping what I did not sow ! 


the ten minas has. (And they said to him, Lord, he has 
δέκα μνᾶς. 26 Λέγω."γὰρ" ὑμῖν, ὅτι παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι ὃδο-. 
ten minas.) For I say to you, that toeveryone who has_ shallbe 


θήσεται: ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ μὴ.ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται 


given ; but from him who has not, even that which he has shall be taken 
Yam αὐτοῦ." 27 .Πλὴν τοὺς.ἐχθρούς-µου *éxeivouc' τοὺς 
from him. , Moreover *mine-“enemies those who 
\ nee ΄ ο - a2 5 ? , ge 2 > 
µὴ.θελησαντάς ‘pe βασιλεῦσαι ἐπ αὐτοὺς, ἀγάγετε ὧδε 
were unwilling [for] me to reign οτοι them, bring here 
καὶ κατασφάξατε7Σ ἔμπροσθέν µου. 
and slay [them] before me, 
28 Καὶ εἰπὼν ταῦτα ἐπορεύετο ἔμπροσθεν, ἀναβαίνων 
And having said these things he went on before, going up 


εἰς Ἱεροσύόλυμα". 29 Καὶ ἐγένετο - we ἤγγισεν εἰς Βηθ- 
το Jerusalem. And itcametopass as hedrewnear to  Beth- 
φαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν," πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον ἐλαιῶν, 
phage and Bethany, towards the mount called of Olives, 
ἀπέστειλεν δύο τῶν. μᾳθητῶν αὐτοῦ." 30 Petre," Ὕ πάγετε εἰς 


he sent two of his disciples, saying, Go into 

’ ΄ ie > ΄ 
τὴν κατέναντι κώμην" ἐν ἢ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε 
the “opposite [you] ‘village, in which entering ye will find 


ὮΝ ὃ ἐν ’ εδ. εἲ 7 πον ΄ 7 Kf a) κα a 
πῶλον δεδεμένον, ἐφ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν 
a colt tied, on which noone “ever *yet tof *men sat: 


c λύσαντε αὐτὸν a a ETE 31 ‘ ἥν c ~ ? ~ 
ς γαγετε. και ἐᾶν τις Όμας ἐρωτᾷ, 


having loosed ἰΐ bring [it]. And if anyone “you ask, 
ἀΔιατί' λύετε; οὕτως ἐρεῖτε “αὐτῷ, “Ore ὁ κύριος 
Why dovye loose [it]? thus shallyesay tohim, Because the -οχᾶ 
> ~ , ” 2 , A « ? / 
αὐτοῦ χοείαν ἔχει. 32 ᾿Απελθόντεςδὲ οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι 


Sof *it “need thas, And having departed those who had been sent 


τ ‘ τ a ᾽ - ΄ ‘ > ~% Δ ~ 
εὗρον καθως εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. 858 λυόντων δὲ αὐτῶν τὸν πῶλον 
found as  hehadsaid {ο them. And on their loosing the οσο] 
[εἶπον" οἱ κύριοι αὐτοῦ πρὸς αὐτούς, Ti λύετε τὸν πῶλον; 
‘said "Πο πιβδιετ5 308315 to them, Why loose ye the colt ? 

ε ο Εν ΠΣ / 2 ~ , ” ἥν 
94 Οἱ. δὲ Τεῖπον," ἔ Ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει. 85 Καὶ ἤγαγον 
And they said, The Lord of *it “nced ‘has. And they led 
αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν" καὶ Ἀἐπιῤῥίψαντες! Ἱἑαυτῶν! τὰ ἱμά- 
it to Jesus ; and having cast their gar- 
© διὰ τί {ττὰ. P µου τὸ ἀργύριον LTTrA. 
5 αὐτὸ ἔπραξα LTTrA. ¢ εἶπαν LTTrA. 
* τούτους these Trra. 7 + αὐτοὺς them TTra. 
Ὁ λέγων LTr. © + καὶ Δ Tra. 
& + ὅτε because LTTra, 


a — την (read a bank) 
ν᾽ — yap for [τι]τ[ατ]α. 
ΣῬηθανιά A. * — av- 

4 διὰ τί Lira. 5 — αὐτῷ 

h ἐπιρίψαντες LITra. | αὐτῶν ΗΤΤΑ. 


XIX. LUKE. 
? ‘ ~ , : ‘ “ 
Tia’ ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον, ἐπεβίβασαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 86 πορευο- 
ments on the colt, tney put*on [510] ‘Jesus. 
ἡ ~ ye ε , ὦ ? ~ ~ ~ 
μένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ.ἱμάτια.Καὐτῶν! ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. 


᾿ Απᾶ 88 ΒΘ went they were strewing their garments in the 
? / ‘ ~ ~ / ~ 
97 ᾿Εγγίζοντος.δὲ αὐτοῦ. ἤδη πρὸς τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ ὄρους 


And as he drew near already at the descent of the mount 
~ ? ~ » A ~ ~ ~ / 
τῶν ἐλαιῶν ἤρξαντο ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν χαίρον- 


way. ° 


of Olives began all the multitude of the disciples, rejoic- 

τες αἰνεῖν τὸν θεὺν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ περὶ ἱπασῶνὶ ὧν 
ing, to praise God witha*voice ‘loud for all Swhich 
εἶδον δυνάμεων, 38 λέγοητες, Εὐλογημένος ὁ 
*they "had ®seen [the] ?works *of *power, saying, Blessed the 

? , ΄ το ? 
πἐρχόμενος! βασιλεὺς ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου "εἰρήνη ἐν 
_ *coming ‘king ἢ in [the] sname of [the] Lord. Peace in 
"οὐρανῷ" καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις. 99 Kai τινες τῶν Φαρισαίων 

heaven and glory in[the] highest. And some ofthe Pharisees 


ἀπὸ τοῦ/ ὄχλου “εἶπον! πρὸς αὐτόν, Διδάσκαλε, 'ἐπιτίμησον 
from the crowd said to him, Teacher, rebuke 

τοῖς. μαθηταῖς.σου. 40 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν Ραὐτοῖς,! Λέγω 

thy disciples. And answering heSgaid tothem, I say 

thw 4“ We es ὕ τ / τὶ ε λιθ 8 fe ll 

υμιν, οτι εαν ουτοι “σιωπησωσιν οι ισοι κεκράξονται. 
toyou, that if these should be.silent the stones will cry out. 

41 Kai we ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλιν ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ᾽ "αὐτῇ," 
And as ο drew near, seeing the city he wept over - it, 

42 λέγων, Ὅτι εἰ ἔγνως καὶ σύ, ἵκαί.γεῖ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 

day 


saying, If thou hadst known, even thou, even at least in 
¥oou! ταύ τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην *cov'" νῦν δὲ ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ 
"thy ‘this, thethings for peace 4thy: but now they are hid from 


ὀφθαλμῶν.σου' 43 ὅτι ἤξουσιν΄ ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ ὅπεριβα- 

thine eyes ; for *shall*come ‘days upon thee that *shall *cast 
λοῦσιν" οἱ ἐχθροί.σου χάρακά σοι, καὶ περικυκλώσουσίν σε 
Sabout thine “enemies 78 ®rampart Sthee, and shallclose around thee 


καὶ συνέξουσίν σε πάντοθεν, 44 καὶ ἐδαφιοῦσίν 
and keep in thee on every side, and shall level *with *the *ground 


σε καὶ τὰ.τέκνα.σου ἐν σοί, Kai οὐκ.ἀφήσουσιν “ἐν σοὶ λίθον 
thee and thychildren in thee, and 5881] not leave in thee astone 
ἐπὶ λίθῳ." ἀνθ᾽ ὧν οὖὐκ.ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς 


ay 
προπ astone, because thou knewest not the _ season of visitation 


45 Kai εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς 
And having entered into the temple hebegan tocastout those 
πωλοῦντας δὲν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀγοράζονταςι 46 λέγων αὐτοῖς, 
selling in it and buying, saying tothem, 
Γέγραπται; ὃ Ὁ.οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς “ἐστίν"" ὑμεῖς δὲ 
It has been written, ‘My house ahouse of prayer is; but ye 
αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν. 47 Kai ἦν διδάσκων 
it have made a den of robbers. And he was teaching 
τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ" οἱ δὲ ἀοχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς 
day by day in the temple; and the chief priests and the scribes 


219 


east their garments 
upon the colt, and they 
set Jesus thereon. 
36 And as he went, 
they spread their 
clothes in the. way. 
37 And when he was 
come nigh, even now 
at the descent” of the 
mount of Olives, the 
whole multitude of the 
disciples began to re- 
joice and praise God 
with a loua voice for 
all the mighty works 
that they had seen; 
38 saying, Blessed be 
the King that cometh 
in the name of the 
Lord: peace in hea- 
ven, and glory in the 
highest. 39 And some 
of the Pharisees from 
among the multitude 
said unto him, Master, 
rebuke thy disciples. 
40 And he answered 
and said unto them, I 
tell you that, if these 
should hold _ their 
peace,the stones would 
immediately cry out. 
41 And when he was 
come near, he beheld 
the city, and wept over 
it, 42 saying, If thou 
hadst known, even 
thou, at least in this 
thy day, the’ things 
which belong unto thy 
peace! but now they 
are’ hid from thine 
eyes. 43 For the days 
shall come upon thee, 
that thine enemies 
shall cast a trench 
about thee, and com- 
pass thee round, and 
keep thee in on every 
side, 44 and shall lay 
thee even with the 
ground, and thy chil- 
dren within thee ; and 
they shall not leave in 
thee one stone upon 
another; because thou 
knewest not the time 
of thy visitation. 


45 And he went into 
the temple, and began 
to cast out them that 
sold therein, and them 
that bought; 46 saying 
unto‘them, It is writ- 
ten, My house is the 
house of prayer: but ye 
have made it a den of 
thieves, 47 And he 
taught daily ‘in the 
temple. But the chief 
priests and the stribes 





τὰ — ἐρχόμενος T. 
9 [ὅτι] tr. 
7 καίγε GT; — καί γε [L]Tr[A]. 


Κ ἑαυτῶν Tr. Ι πάντων LTr. 
LITrA. Ρ — αὐτοῖς T[Tr]a. 
5 κράξουσιν ΤΤΙΑ. t αὐτήν LTTrAW. 
3 [σου] LTrA. Υ παρεμβαλοῦσιν shall place near Ts 
LITrA. 5 — ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀγοράζοντας ΤΊτΑ. 
.-- ἐστίν TIrAe 


2 ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη TTrA. 
¥ σιωπήσουσιν shall be silent LTTrA. 


© εἶπαν 


w — gov LTr[A]. 


z λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον (λίθῳ L) ἐν σοί 
b+ ὅτι Ὁ; + καὶ ἔσται δὰ shall be TTra, 


220 


and the chief of the 
people sought to de- 
stroy him, 48 and could 
not find wnat they 
might do: for all the 
people were very at- 
tentive to hear-him. 


XX. And it came to 
pass, that on one of 
those days, as he taught 
the peopie in the tem- 
ple, and preached the 
gospel, thechief priests 
and the scribes came 
upon him with the el- 
ders, 2 and spake unto 
him, saying, Tell us, 
by what authority do- 
est thou these things 2 
or who is he that gave 
thee this authority? 
3 And he answered and 
said unto them, I will 
also ask you one thing; 
and answer me: 4 The 
baptism of John, was 
it from heaven, or of 
men? 5 And they rea- 
soned with themselves, 
saying, If weshallsay, 
From heaven; he will 
say, Why then believ- 
elye him not? 6 But 
and if we say, Of mén; 
all the people will 
stone us: for they be 
persuaded that John 
was a prophet. 7 And 
they answered, that 
they could not tell 
whence 7 was. 8 And 
Jesus said unto them, 
Neither tell I you by 
what authority I do 
these things, 


9 Then began he to 
speik to the people 
this parable; A certain 
man planted a vine- 
yard, and let it forth 
to husbandmen, and 
Went into a far coun- 
try for a long time. 
10 And at the season 
he sent a servant to 
the husbandmen, that 
they should give him 
of the fruit of the 
vineyard: but the nus- 
bandmen beat him, 
and sent him away 
empty. 11 And again 
he sent another ser- 
vant: and they beat 
him also, and entreat- 
ed him shamefully, 
and sent him away 
empty. 12 And again 
he sent a third: and 


ΛΑΤ ΕΚ ΑΣ, ATX SAS 


ἐξήτ ουν αὐτὸν ἀπολέσαι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ" 48 καὶ 
7were ®secking ‘*him °to ση, land*the “first *of‘the “εμεις, ΒΒ 


οὐχ. ἀεύρισκον" τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν, ὁ-λαὺο. γὰρ ἅπας εἐξ ξεκρέματο". 
found not what they might do, for *the *people ‘all were hanging? on, 
! 
αὐτοῦ ἀκούων. 
Shim *listening. 


90 Καὶ ἐγένετο fi 


~ ~ ~ πη 
ἐν μιᾷ τῶν.ἡμερῶν ἐκεένων,! διδάσκον- 


And it came to pass on one of those days, as *wus *teach- 
τος αὐτοῦ τὸν λαὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ εὐαγγελιζομένου, 


ing the the people 


πέστησαν οἱ ϑἀρχιερεῖς" καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυ- 


in the temple and announcing the glad tidings, 


came up the chief priests and the scribes with the elders 
τέροις, 2 καὶ Βεῖπον" πρὸς αὐτόν, λέγοντες," Καίπὲ" ἡμῖν ἐν 
and spoke to hint, saying, Tell us oe 


ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν 
wh: at authority these things thou doest, 9r who itis who gave to thee 


ἐξο 9 Α θεὶς. δὲ ὺς αὐτούς, Ἔ 
5 υσίαν. ταύτην; σε ποκρισεις.0ε εἶπεν προς αυτους. ρω” 
this πε Andanswering hesnaid to them, Will 


τήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ Ενα!" λόγον, καὶ εἴπατέ pou 4 Τὸ. βάπτισμα 

*ask 5you ‘I also one’ thing, and tell me, The baptism 

™Twarvvou' ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων; 5 Οἱ δὲ 
of John from heaven wasit or from men? And they 


οσυνελογίσαντο! πρὺς ἑαυτούς. λέγοντες, Ort ἐὰν εἴπωμεν 
reasoned among themselves, saying, lf weshould say 


"EE οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ «Διατί" τοῦνὶ οὐκ.ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ; 
From heaven, hewillsay Why then did ye not believe him? 
6 ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν “EE ἀνθρώπων, πᾶς ὁ λαὸς! καταλιθάσει 
But if we should say From men, all the people will stone 
ἡμᾶς" πεπεισμένος.γάρ.ἐστιν ὉἹωάννην" προφήτην εἶναι. 
us ; for they are perstaded _ [that] John = μι ophet ‘was. 


7 Kai ἀπεκρίθησαν μὴ εἰδέναι πόθεν. ὃ καὶ ὁ ᾿Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 
And they answered they knew not whence. And Jesus said 


αὐτοῖς, Οὐδὲ ἐγώ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ. 
tothem, Neither “I ‘tell you by what authority these thinge:d aie 
θ΄ Ἤρξατο δὲ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν λέγειν" τὴν.παραβολὴν.-ταύτην' 


And he began to the people to speak this parable : 
W"AvGowmdc ὅτις! ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα," καὶ Σἐζεδοτο" αὐτὸν 
A ?man Xeertain planted ,avineyard, and let out it 


γεωργοῖς, καὶ ἀπεδήμησεν χρόνους ἱκανούς. 10 καὶ Σεν" - 
to husbandmen, and left the country for a long time. And in [the] 


~ \ ‘ ας μα { ~ 
καιρῷ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς τοὺς γεωργοὺς δοῦλον, ἵνα ἀπὸ τοῦ 


season he sent to the husbandmen a bondman, that from the 
καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος ἅδῶσιν αὐτῷ' οἱ δὲ γεωργοὶ 

fruit ofthe vineyard they might give tohim; but the husbandmen 
b ΝΣ 


δείραντες αὐτὸν ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν. 11 καὶ προδέθετο 
having beat him sent [him] away empty. And he added 
Sree ἕτερον! δοῦλον' οἱ δὲ κἀκεῖνον δείραντες καὶ ἀτι- 
tosend another bondman; but they *also*him thaving *beat and ἀϊ5- 
µάσαντες ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν. 12 καὶ προσέθετο “πέμψαι 
honoured [him] sent [him] away empty. And he added to send 





ἃ ηὕρισκον LTr. 
priests ΤΑ. 


P + ἡμῖν to us 1, 


v λέγειν πρὸς τὸν λαὸν Τν 


} ἐξέδετο 5 A. 
LTT ra. 


h εἶπαν TTrA. 
! — ἕνα (read [one]) urtra. 


z— ἐν 6 εἰ καιρώ at [the] season LT 
υ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν δείραψτες TA, 


© ἐξεκρέμετο T. f— ἐκείνων AG ead one of the days) LTTra. Ε ἱερεῖς 
i λέγοντες πρὸς αὐτὸν LT; --- λέγοντες Tra. κ Εἰπὸν TTra. 
Ξ δὶ παπι. π᾿]ωάνου Tr, ο συνελογίζοντο L. 

- οὖν [1]ΤΤτΑ. 8 ὁ λαὸς απας Tra. + t Ίωανην Tr. 
ων ναός, ἐφύτευσεν τος τορος 1, x — Tis) ΟΥ̓ΡΆ. 
4 δώσουσιν they shall give 


© ἕτερον ος LT{ra, ἃ τρίτον πέμψαι LTTrA, 


4 Διὰ τί ELT ΓΑ. 


XX. LUKE. 

΄ ἔκ eet , / ᾿ 
γρίτον" οἱ δὲ «καὶ τοῦτον! τραυματίσαντες ἐξεβαλον. 
athird; and they “4150 him thaving “wounded cast [him] out, 


13 εἶπεν. δὲ ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, Ti ποιήσω; πέμψω 
Andsaid the lord ofthe vineyard, What shallI do? I will send 
τὸν.υἱόν.µου τὸν ἀγαπητόν" «ἴσως τοῦτον ἰδόντες" ἔντρα- 
my son the beloved ; perhaps him haying seen they will 
’ ? , \ κά « ‘ ταν il 
πήσονται. 14 ᾿Ιδόντες.δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ γεωργοὶ Σδιελογίζοντο 
respect, But having seen him the husbandmen reasoned 
πρὸς Ἀἑαυτούς,! λέγοντες, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος ‘devre'! 
among themselves, saying, This is the heir ; come 
! / πρ t Cet ee η ς ͵ 
ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία. 
' let us kill him, that ‘ours *may*become'the “inheritance. 
15 Καὶ ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος ἀπέκτειναν. 
. And having cast forth him outside the vineyard they killed 
; Τί οὖν ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος ; 
Πα], What therefore willdo tothem the lord of the vineyard ὃ 
16 ἐλεύσεται καὶ ἀπολέσει τοὺς.γεωργοὺς.τούτους, καὶ δώσει 
Hewillcome and will destroy these husbandmen, and will give 
τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις. Ἀ Ακούσαντες δὲ" Ιεπον,ιι Μὴ 
the vineyard to others. And having heard [10] they said, *Not 
/ \ ~ ” , cod ‘ 
γένοιτο. 17 Ὁ.δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν, Ti οὖν ἐστιν τὸ 
may “it be ! But he looking at then: said, Whatthen is 7that 
γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, Λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ 
Shas *been *written ‘this, [The] stone which *rejected Ithey *that 
οἰκοδομοῦντες; οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; 18 Πᾶς 
Spuild, this is become head of [the] corner? Everyone 
« ‘ ᾽ > 9 ~ A / , ? aw ?7 * 
ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον συνθλασθήσεται' ἐφ᾽ ὃν .ὃ.ἂν 
that falls on that stone will be broken, buton whomsvoever 
πέσ λικμήσει αὐτόν. 19 Kai "ἐζήτησαν" οἱ 
it may fall it willgrind *to*powder ‘thim. And 7s0ught 
πἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς! ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 
Schief “priests "δια 3μθ “scribes to lay 7on “him thands 
ἐν αὐτῇ.τῇ.ὥρᾳ, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν’ ἔγνωσαν.γὰρ Ort 
in that hour, and theyfeared the people; iorthey knew that 
πρὸς αὐτοὺς ° τὴν.παραβολὴν ταύτην εἶπεν." 
against them this parable he speaks. 
20 Kai παρατηρήσαντες ἀπέστειλαν Ρἐγκαθέτους,ἳ ὑπο- 
Απά having watched Παπ] they sent secret agents, feign- 
κρινοµένους ἑαυτοὺς δικαίους εἶναι, ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται 
ing themselves “righteous ‘to“be, that they might take hold 
παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν τῇ ἀρχῇ καὶ 


Hs ~ x 
αὐτοῦ Ἀλόγου,! τεὶς τὸϊ 
him tothe power and 


of him in discourse, to the{end] to deliver up 
~. ‘ naj ὁ Ὁ ΄ ‘ eee J ; 0 
τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος. 21καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν, λεγον- 
to the authority of the governor. : And they questioned him, say- 
’ » « ᾽ ~ / ‘4 Φ ‘ 
τες, Διδάσκαλε, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ὀρθῶς λέγεις καὶ διδάσκεις, καὶ 
ing, Teacher, we know that rightly thou sayest and teachest, and 
᾽ ’ ΄ ? » 3 DET / A « A 
οὐ λαμβάνεις πρόσωπον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας τὴν ὁδὸν 
acceptest not [any man’s] person, but with truth the way 
τοῦ θεοῦ διδάσκεις. 22 ἔξεστιν "ἡμῖν! Καίσαρι φόρον δοῦναι 
of God teachest: is itlawful for us’ “to 5Cesar “tribute 'to7give 
ἢ οὔ; 23 Κατανοήσας.δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν πανουργίαν εἶπεν πρὸς 
or not? But perceiving/ their craftiness he said to 





f — ἰδόντες LTTr[A]. & διελογίσαντο L. 
κ οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες L. | εἶπαν LTTrA. 

ο εἶπεν THY παραβολὴν ταύτην LTTrA. 
τς ὥστε 80 35 LITrA. ὃ ἡμᾶς ΤΊΤΑ. 


© κἀκεῖνον L. 
ι-- δεῦτε ΙΤΊτΑ. 
καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς LTTrA. 
φεαὼ of his discourse) Tr.. 


1the. 


they wounded him alao, 
and cast him out. 
13 Thon said the lord 
of the vineyard, What 
shall I do? I willsend 
my beloved son: it may 
be they will reverence 
him when they see 
him, 14 But when the 
husbandmen saw him, 
they reasoned among 
themselves, saying, 
This is the heir: come, 
let us kill him, that 
the inheritance may be 
ours. 15 So they cast 
him out of the vine- 
yard, and killed him. 
What therefore shall 
the lord of the vine- 
yard do unto them? 
16 Hé shall come and 
destroy these husband- 
men, and shall give 
the vineyard to others. 
And when they heard 
it, they said, God for- 
bid. 17 And he beheld 
them, and said, What 
is this then that is 
written, The stone 
which the builders re- 
jected, the same is be- 
come the head of the 
corner? 18 Whosoever 
shall fall upon that 
stone shall he broken; 
but on whomsoever 
it shall fall, it will 
grind him to powder. 
19 And the chief priests 
and the scribes the 
same hour sought to 
lay hands on him; and 
they feared the people: 
for they perceived that 
he had spoken this pa- 
rable against them, 


20 And they watched 
him, and sent forth 
spies, which should 
feign themselves just 
men, that they might 
take hold of his words, 
that so they might de- 
liver him unto the 
power and authori- 
ty of the governor. 
21 And they asked 
him, saying, Master, 
we know that thou 
sayest and _ teachest 
rightly, neither ac- 
ceptest thou the per- 
son of any, but teach- 
est the way of God 
truly: 22 is it lawful 
for us to give tribute 
unto Cesar, or no? 
23 But he perceived 
their craftiness, and 
said unto them, Why 





h ἀλλήλους One another ΤΤ:Α. 
τὰ ἐζήτουν L. 
Ρ ἐνκαθέτους T. 


η γραμματεῖς, 
4 λόγον' 


922 
tempt ye me? 24 Shew 
me a penny. Whose 
image and superscrip- 
tion hath it? They 
answered απᾶ said, 
Ceesar’s. 25 And he 
said unto them, Ren- 
der therefore unto 
Cesar the things which 
be Cesar’s, and unto 
God the things which 
be God’s. 26 And they 
could not take hold of 
his words before the 
ple: and they mar- 
velled at his answer, 
and held their peace. 


27 Then came tohim 
certain of the Saddu- 
cees, which deny that 
there is any resurrec- 
tion; and they asked 
him, 28 saying, Mas- 
ter, Moses wrote unto 
us, If any man’s bro- 
ther die, having a 
wife, and he die with- 
out children, that his 
brother should take 
his wife, and raise up 
seed unto his brother. 
29 There were there- 
fore seven brethren: 
and the first took a 
wife, and died with- 
out children. 30 And 
the second took her 
to wife, and he died 
childless. 31 And the 
third took her; and in 
like manner the seven 
also: and they left no 


children, and _ died. 
32 Last of all the 
woman died _ also. 


33 Therefore in the re- 
surrection whose wife 
of them is she? for 
seven had her to wife. 
34 And Jesus answer- 
ing saiduntothem,The 
children of this world 
marry, and are given 
in marriage: 35 but 
they which shall beac- 
counted worthy to ob- 
tain that world, and 
the resurrection from 
the dead, neither 
marry, nor are given 
in marriage: 36 neither 
can they die any more: 
for they are equal unto 
the angels; and are the 
children of God, being 
the children of the 
resurrection. 37 Now 
that the dead are rnis- 
ed, even Moses shewed 
at the bush, when he 


25 ΞΕ Wha ei Bi 
ἕ--- Te we πειράζετε TTrA. 


they shewed [10]. 


αὐτούς TTrA. 


(read who say there is not (μὴ) a resurrection) tr. 
& — ἔλαβεν TTra. 


LTTrA. 
τως] likewise L. 


LTTra, 


ise κ + καὶ even E. 
2 ἢ γυνὴ οὖν ἐν τῇ the woman therefore in the Ta. 
4 γαμίζονται LTTr ; γαμίσκονται A. 


AOYKAS. xs. 


, / ; δ. 7 ή , Ἂς 
αὐτούς, *Tt µε πειράζετε"; 24 γἐπιδείξατε" μοι δηνάριον ¥ 
them, Why me do ye tempt? Shew me a denarius ; 

’ ” ’ ’ “5 , M x’ AroK ιθέντε αἱ! δὲ y Ϊ Π 
τίνος εχει εἰκόνα και ἐπιγραφην ; ρισεντες de Σεῖπον, 
whose “πας *it 1ἴπιαρο “and “inscription? And answering they said, 

\ oy ? ~ ? , 7 
Καίσαρος. 96 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς,-Απόδοτετοίνυνὶ τὰ 

Ceesar’s. Andhe said tothem, Render therefore the things 
Καίσαρος ὃ Καίσαρι, καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῴ θεῷ. 26 Καὶ 

of Czsar to Cesar, and the things of God to God. And 

. , ? ~ er / ~ 

οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι “«αὐτοῦ" ῥήματος ἐναντίον τοῦ 

they were not able’ to take hold of his speech before the 

λαοῦ" καὶ θαυμάσαντες ἐπὶ τῇ .ἀποκρίσει.αὐτοῦ ἐσίγησαν. 

people; and wondering at his answer they were silent, 

27 Προσελθόντες. δε τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, οἱ Ἀάντι- 

And having come to [him] some of the Sadducees, who deny 

λεγοντες! ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι, ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτύν, 28 λέγον- 

34, resurrection ‘there 35, they questioned him, say- 


τες, Διδάσκαλε, "Μωσῆς" ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς 


ing, Teacher, Moses wrote tous, If anyone’s' brother 
ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἄτεκνος Ἰάποθάνφ,' ἵνα 
shoulddie having awife, and _ he childless shoulddie, that 


λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα 
3ᾳηοι]ᾶΊακε ‘his *brother the wife and shouldraiseup see 
τῷ ἀδελφφ.αὐτοῦ. 399 ἑπτὰ οὖν ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν" καὶ ᾧ πρῶτος 
to his brother. Seven *then *brethren 'there*were;andthe first 
λαβὼν γυναῖκα ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος" 30 καὶ SéaBev" ὁ 
having taken a wife died childless ; and 3took ‘the 
δεύτερος "τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος"' 31 καὶ 


“second the woman, and he died childless ; and 
ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν" ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ " οὐ.κατ- 
the third took her ; and likewise also the seven did not 


έλιπον τέκνα, καὶ ἀπέθανον" 32 ὕστερον ἰδὲ πάντων! "'ἀπέ- 
leave children, and died ; 7last ‘and ofall died 


θανεν καὶ ἡ γυνή." 33 πἐν.τῇ. οὖν" ἀναστάσει τίνος αὐτῶν 
8130 ἰηπεθ woman. Therefore in the resurrection of which of them 


γίνεται γυνή; οἱ γὰρ ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα. 34 Καὶ 


does she become wife? for the seven had her as wife. And 
οἀποκριθεὶς! εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος.τούτου 
answering *said to *them 1Jesus, The sons of this age 


γαμοῦσιν καὶ Pixyapiccovra" 35 οἱ δὲ καταξιωθέντες τοῦ 
marry and are given in marriage ; but those accounted worthy 
αἰῶνος ἐκείνου τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ 
Sthat *age 1to “obtain-and the resurrection which [15] fromamong 
νεκρῶν οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε “ἐκγαμίσκονται" 86 Toure" 
[086] dead neither marry ‘nor are given in marriage; 2neither 
γὰρ ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται ἰσάγγελοι γάρ εἰσιν, καὶ 
*for Sdie Sany 7more *they *can; for equaltoangels they are, and 
υἱοί εἰσιν "τοῦ" θεοῦ, “τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες. 87 Ὅτι.δὲ 
sons are of God, *of *the ‘resurrection sons ‘being. But that 
ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί, καὶ “Μωσῆς" ἐμήνυσεν ἐπὶ τῆς 
areraised the dead, even Moses shewed [inthe part] on the 
ν δείξατέ GLTTrAW. w + [οἱ δὲ ἔδειξαν. καὶ εἶπεν ] and 


And he said L. ἃ οἱ (read and they said) τ. ᾿ Υ εἶπαν TIrA. 2 πρὸς 
3 Τοίνυν ἀπόδοτε TTra. b + τῷ Tr. ¢ τοῦ (read [his]) a. ἃ λέγοντες 


ο Loar Μωῦσῆς LTTrAW. 
γυναικα, καὶ οὗτος ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος TTrA. 
1— δὲ πάντων LTTrA. ; 


{ῇ should be 

i + [woav- 
™ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἀπέθανεν TTrA. 
Ὁ -- ἀποκριθεὶς 1 ΤΤτΑ. Ργαµίσκονται 
; οὐδὲ LIra, 85 --- τοῦ ΤΤιΑ. | 


Ἀ — τὴν 


KX, XXI. 
βάτου, we λέγει κύριον τὸν θεὸν ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ trov" θεὸν 
bush, whenhecalled(the] Lord the God of Abraham and the God 
Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ἱτὸν" θεὸν Ιακώβ' 38 θεὸς δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν, 
ofIsaac and the God _ of Jacob; but God heisnot of [the] dead, 
ἀλλὰ ζώντων. πάντεζ.γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν. 99 ᾿Αποκριθέν- 
but of [the] living ; for all for him live. 2 Answering 
. δέ ~ - το | 08 ὃ , λ ~ 
τες O& τινες τῶν γραμμάτεων Ἰεϊπον,ὶ Διδάσκαλε, καλῶς 


LUKE. 


and ‘some of the scribes said, Teacher, well 
εἶπας. 40 Οὐκέτι “δὲ! ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾷν αὐτὸν 
thou hast spoken. 7Not%any*more 'and did they ἄατο  toask him 
οὐδέν. 
anything.- 


(lit. nothing.) Mid ἢ 
41 Ἐϊπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, Πῶς λέγουσιν τὸν χριστὸν Συὶὸν 
Andhe said to them, How dotheysay the Christ 2Son 
*AaBid! siva'; 43 "καὶ αὐτὸς" *AaBid! λέγε ἐν βίβλῳ 
Sof*David is? and himself ‘David says in([the] book 
Ὀψαλμῶ», Εἶπεν “ὁ" κύριος τῷ.κυρίῳ. μου, Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, 


of Psalms,.~*Said ‘the *Lord to my Lord, Sit onmy right hand, 
43 ἕως.ἂν ΄ θῶ τοὺς. ἐχθρούς.σον ὑποπόδιον τῶν. ποδῶν. σου. 
until I place thine enemies {as] a footstool for thy feet. 


44 *AaBid" οὖν Ἀκύριον αὐτὸν! καλεῖ, καὶ πῶς “υἱὸς. αὐτοῦ" 
David therefore *Lord *him 1ρ8115, and how his son 
ἐστιν; 
is he? 
45 ᾿Ακούοντος.δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ εἶπεν ἱτοῖς μαθηταῖς 
And as were listening all the people he said to *disciples 
αὐτοῦ." 46 Προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων τῶν θελόντων 


this, Beware of the scribes who like 
περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς, καὶ φιλούντων. ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς 
to walk in τοῦςῬ, and love ‘salutations in the 


ἀγοραῖς ᾿ καὶ πρωτοκαθεδρίας ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ πρω- 
market-places and first seats in the synagogues and first 
τοκλισίας ἐν τοῖς δείπνοις" 47 ξοὶ κατεσθίουσιν"! τὰς οἰκίας 
places in the suppers ; who devour the houses 
Pw ~ ΄ = 
τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει ακρὰ Ἀπροσεύχονται.! οὗτοι 
of widows, and as ἃ pretext 7at great “length ‘pray. These 
'λήψονται"- περισσότερον κρίμα. 
shall receive more abundant judgment. 


9] ᾿Αναβλέψας δὲ: εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας Κτὰ δῶρα.αὐτῶν 


And having looked up hesaw the 2casting ’their *gifts 
εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον" πλουσίους" 2 εἶδεν.δὲ Ἰκαί τινα! 
Sinto 5ἴπα 7treasury trich, and hesaw also a certain 
χήραν πενιχρὰν βάλλουσαν ἐκεῖ δύο λεπτά"! 8 καὶ εἶπεν, 

idow *poor casting therein two Ἱορία, And he said, 


᾽Αληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ χήρα πὴ πτωχὴ αὕτη! “πλεῖον! 
Ofatruth Isay toyou, that ‘widow 2poor this more 
πάντων ἔβαλεν: 4 Ῥᾶπαντες' γὰρ οὗτοι ἐκ τοῦ περισ- 
than all cast in; ; for all ‘these out of that which was 
σεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον sic τὰ δῶρα “τοῦ θεοῦ," αὕτη. δὲ 
abounding tothem cast into the gifts of God; but she 


223 


ή 
calleth the Lord tha 
God of Abraham, and 
the God of Isaac, and 
the God of Jacob, 
38 For he is not a 
God of the dead, but 
of the living : for all 
live unto him. 39 Then 
certain of the scribes 
answering said, Mas- 
ter, thou hast well 
said. 40-And after 
that they durst not 
ask him any question 
at all, 


41 And he said unto 
them, How say they 
that Christ is David’s 
son? 42 And David 
himself saith in the 
book of Psalms, The 
LORD said unto my 
Lord, Sit thou on my 
right hand, 43 till Τ 
make thine enemies 
thy footstool, 44 Da- 
vid therefore calleth 
him Lord, how is he 
then his son? 


45 Then in the audi- 
ence of all the people 
he said unto his disci- 
ples, 46 Beware of the 
scribes, which desire 
to walk in long robes, 
and love greetings in 
the markets, and the 
highest seats in the 
synagogues, and the 
chief rooms at feasts; 
47 which devour wi- 
dows’ houses, and for 
a shew make long 
prayers: the same 
shall receive greater 
damnation. 


XXI. And he look- 
ed up, and saw the 
rich men casting their 
gifts into the trea- 
sury. 2 And he saw 
also a certain poor wi- 
dow casting in thither 
two mites. 3 And 
he said, Of a truth 
I say unto you, that 
this poor widow hath 
cast in more than they 
all: 4 for all these have 
of their abundance 
cast in unto the offer- 
ings of God: but she 





Υ εἶπαν LITrA. x γὰρ {ΟΥ ΤΥΤΑ. 
: Aavid Gw ; Δαυεὶδ LTTrA. 5 αὐτὸς γὰρ for *himself 1. 

(read [the]) utra. ‘4avrdy κύριον ΤτΑ. _ © αὐτοῦ vids TTA. 
Tir ; πρὸς αὐτούς to them a. 8 οἱ κατεσθίοντες those devouring L. 
praying L. i λήμψονται LTTrA. 
τινα Ι.; τινα [καὶ] A; — καὶ TTr, 

Ρ πάντες L. 4 — τοῦ θεοῦ T[Tr]A, 


t — τὸν LTTrA. 


πι λεπτὰ δύο Tr. 


Κ εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν ΤΊτΑ. 
Ὁ αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ LTr. 


Υ εἶναι Δανεὶδ υἱόν ΤΑ. 
b + τῶν the L. 
f — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) 


ες... @ 


h loan τυ 
και 
ο πλείώ 1ΤΑ. 


224 


of her penury hath 
cast in all the living 
that she had. 


5 And as some spake 
of the temple, how it 


wis adorned with 
goodly stones and 
gifts, he said, 6 As 


for the.e things which 
ye behold, the days 
will come, in the which 
there shall not be left 
one stone upon an- 
other, that shall not 
be thrown down. 
7 And they asked him, 
saying, Master, but 
when shall these things 
“be? and what sign 
will there be when 
these things shall come 
to pass? 8 And hesaid, 
Take heed that ye 
be not deceived: for 
many shall come in 
my uame, saying, Γ am 
Christ; and the time 
drawcth near: go ye 
not therefore after 
them. 9 But when ye 
shall hear of wars and 
commotions, be not 
terrified: for these 
things must first come 
to pass; but the end zs 
not byand by. 10 Then 
said he unto them, 
Nation shall rise a- 
gainst nation, and 
kingdom against king- 
dom: 11 and great 
earthquakes shall be 
in divers places, and 
famines, and pesti- 
lences; and fearful 
sights and great signs 
shall there be from 
heaven. 12 But before 
all these, they shall 
lay their hands on you, 
and persecute you, de- 
livering you up to the 
synagogues, and into 
prisons, being brought 
before kings andrulers 
for my name’s sake, 
13 And it shall turn to 
you for a testimony. 
14 Settle ἐξ therefore 
in your hearts, not to 
meditate before what 
e shall answer: 15 for 
will giveyoua mouth 
and wisdom, which all 
your adversaries shall 
not be able to gainsay 
nor resist. 16 And ye 
shall be betrayed both 
by parents, and breth- 


AD KAS. Xi. 


ἐκ τοῦ.ὑστερήματος αὐτῆς ἅπαντα! τὸν βίον by εἶχεν 
out of her poverty all the livelihood which she had 


ἔβαλεν. 


did cast. 
- , ~ ~ LU =~ 
5 Kai τινων λεγόντων περὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ὅτι λίθοις καλοῖς 
And αξ 80Π16 were speaking about the temple, that with “stones ‘goodly 
καὶ ἀναθήμασιν" κεκόσμηται, εἶπεν, 6 Ταῦτα ἃ θεω- 
and consecrated gifts it was adorned, he said, [As to] these things which ye ure 
ρεῖτε, ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς οὐκ.ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ 
beholding, *will *come days in which shall not be left stone upon 
λίθῳ ὃς οὐ.καταλυθήσεται. 7 ᾿Επηρώτησαν.δὲ αὐτόν, λε- 
stone which shall not be thrown down. And they asked him, say- 
Διδάσκαλε, πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται; καὶ τί TO 
Teacher, when then these *things 'willbe? and what the 
ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι; ὃ Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν, 
when “are about ‘these “things to take place? And he said, 
μὴ .πλανηθῆτε πολλοὶ.γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ 
Take heed ye be not led astray ; for many will come in 
ὀνόματί. μου, λέγοντες, “Ὅτι! ἐγώ εἰμι’ καί, Ὁ καιρὸς Ίγ- 
my name, saying, I am [6]; and, The time is 
γικεν. μὴ "οὖν" πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν. Ὁ ὅταν.δὲ 
drawn near. *Not *therefore ‘go ye after them. An: when 
ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκαταστασίας, μὴ.πτοηθῆτε δεῖ 
ye shall hear of wars and commotions, be not terrified; *must 
ἀρ “ταῦτα γενέσθαι! πρῶτον, ἀλλ οὐκ εὐθέως τὸ 
‘for these *things take place first, but not immediately [is] the 
τέλος. 10 Τότε ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, Ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος γέπὶ! 
end, Then he was saying tothem, 7Shall*rise*up ‘nation against 
ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν' 11 σεισμοί.τε μεγάλοι 
nation, and kingdom against kingdom; also “earthquakes ‘great 
"kara τόπους καὶ! Ἀλιμοὶ καὶ λοιμοὶ" ἔσονται, Ὀφόβη- 
in different places and famines and pestilences 5881] there be, “fearful 


YOVTEC, 
ing, 
σημεῖον 
sign 
Βλέπετε 


toa" τε καὶ “σημεῖα ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ" μεγάλα ἔσται. 12 Πρὸ 
Ssights'and and signs “from ‘heaven loreat shalltherebe. *Before 
δὲ τούτων “ἁπάντων! ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας 


‘but *these *things 3411 “hands 
αὐτῶν, καὶ διώξουσιν, παραδιδόντες εἰς ὁ συναγωγὰς καὶ 
‘their, απᾶ will persecute [you], delivering up to Synagogues and 
φυλακάς, fayopévouc' ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς καὶ ἡγεμόνας. ἕνεκεν 
prisons, bringing [you]before kings and governors, onaccount ot 
τοῦ ὀνόματός. μου.. 13 ἀποβήσεται.ξδὲὶ ὑμῖν εἰς μαρτύριον" 
my name ; but it shallturn out toyou for a testimony. 
14 "θέσθε! οὖν ‘ic τὰς καρδίας" ὑμῶν μὴ προμελετᾷν ἀπο- 
Settle therefore in your hearts not topremeditate to make 
λογηθῆναι' 15 ἐγὼ.γὰρ δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα καὶ σοφίαν, 

a defence ; forI will give you amouth and wisdom, which 
οὐ.δυνήσονται Κάντειπεῖν Ἰοὐδὲὶ ἀντιστῆναι" ππάντες" οἱ 
shall “ποῦ “be ®able “to ‘°reply ''to nor to ‘resist tall “those 

> , ς w ο , ᾿ , 
ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν. 16 παραδοθήσεσθε.δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων καὶ 
Ξορροξὶῃρ ἄγοι, But ye will be delivered upeven by parents and 


they willlay upon you 


a eee 


Γ᾿ πάντα LTr. 
Σ γενέσθαι ταῦτα Α. 
> φόβηθρά LTraA. 


f ἀπαγομένους leading [you] away trra. 


καρδίαις LTfra, κ 
ἢ ora, 


Σἀναθέμασιν LT. ἴ - ὧδε Ἠθίθ1, ΚΓ -- ὅτι [υ]π[τιΑ]. ~~ --- οὖν τὰ. 


: ) ἐπ’ LTTrA. 2 καὶ κατὰ τόπους TTrA. 
5 ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ σημεῖα 1,, ἆ πάντων GLTTrAW. 
8 --- δὲ but τ[ττα]. 


8 λοιμοὶ καὶ λιμοὶ ΙΤΤΑ. 
9 + τὰς the ΤῊ ΓΑ]. 
h θέτε LTTrA. i ἐν ταῖς 


. ἀντιστῆναι οὐδὲ ἀντειπεῖν 1, ; ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν ([ἢ ἀντειπ.] Tr) TTra, 
™ ἅπαντες TTA. 


met. νο κα, 
ἀδελφῶν καὶ συγγενῶν καὶ φίλων, καὶ θανατώσουσιν 
bretliren and _ relations and friends, and they will put to death [some] 
ἐξ  ὑμῶν' 17 καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ 
fromamong you, and ye will be hated by all becau-e of 
τὺ.ὄνομά.μου. 18 καὶ θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπό- 
my name, And a hair of your head in no wise may 
ληται. 19 ἐν τῇ.ὑπομονῃ.ὑμῶν "κτήσασθε" τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν. 
perish. By your patient endurance gain your souls, 
{ νι» ἂν ‘ τε 
20 Ὅταν.δὲ ἴδητε κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων στὴν" Ἱερου - 
But when yesee *being “encircled *with Sarmies 1 Jeru- 
σαλήμ, τότε γνῶτε OTL ἤγγικεν ἡ.ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς. 21 τότε 
salem then know that has drawn near her desolation. Then 
οἱ ἐν τῇ Ιουδαίᾳ φευγέτωσαν εἰς τὰ ὄρη" καὶ οἱ ἐν 
those in Judaxa let them flee to the mountains; and those in 
μέσῳ. αὐτῆς ἐκχωρείτωσαν' καὶ οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις μὴ εἰσερχέ- 
her midst Ict them depart out, and those in the countries “ποὺ ‘ict “thei 
σθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν. 22 ὅτι ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν, τοῦ 
entcr into her; for days ofavenging these are, 
Ῥπληδωθῆναι" πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα. 23 οὐαὶ Ιδὲ' ταῖς 
that muy be accomplished all things that have becn written. But woe to those 
ἐγ. γαστρὶ. ἐχούσαις καὶ ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέ- 
with child and tothose givingsuck in those 
pate’ ἔσται.γὰρ ἀνάγκη µεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ ὀργὴ Tv" 
for there shall be *distress ‘great upon the land and wrath among 
τῷ.λαφῷ.τούτῳ. 24 καὶ πεσοῦνται στόματι "μαχαίρας," καὶ 
this people. And they shall fall by [the] mouth -of [the] sword, and 


αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς ἵπάντα τὰ ἔθνη"" καὶ Ἱερουσαλὴμ 
shall be led captive into all the nations; and Jerusalem 


ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν ἄχρι" Ὁ πληρωθῶσιν 
shall be trodden down by [the] nations until be fulfilled {the} 
καιροὶ ἐθνῶν. 25 Καὶ Χέσται' σημεῖα ἐν ἡλίῳ καὶ oedipy 
times ο [the] nations. And thereshallbe signs in sun and moon 
καὶ ἄστροις, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς συνοχὴ ἐθνῶν ἐν ἀπορίᾳ, 
and stars, and upon the earth distress of nations with perpl xity, 
Σ]χούσης" θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου, 26 ἀποψυχόντων ἀνθρώ- 


roaring of [the] sea and rolling surge, “fainting “at *heart ?men 

ή ‘ ΄ ~ ? [ή ~ 

πων ἀπὸ φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας τῶν ἐπερχομένων τῇ 
from fear and expectation of that which is coming on the 


οἰκουμένῃ" αἱ γὰρ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται. 
habitable earth; for the powers of the heavens shall be shaken. 
27 καὶ τότε ὄψονται τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν 
And then shalltheysee the Son of man coming in 
ιά \ , se ~ ? , >) 
νεφέλῃ μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς. 28 Αρχομενωγ.0ε 
acloud with power and *glory ‘great. But “beginning 
, A ’ A ‘ 
τούτων γίνεσθαι ἀνακύψατε καὶ ἐπάρατε τὰς κεφαλὰς 
1these things to come to pass look up and lift up “heads 
ὑμῶν: διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ.ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν. 29 Καὶ εἶπεν 
tyour, because draws near your redemption. And he spoke 
‘4 > aon, ~ A ’ A πό 
παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς, Ίδετε τὴν συκῆν καὶ πάντα τὰ δένδρα. 


a parable tothem: Behold the fig-tree and all the trees: 
90 ὅταν προβάλωσιν ἤδη, βλέποντες ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν 
when “they ὀπρτοαῦ Valready, looking {on them] of yourseives 


days,* 


225 


ren, and kinsfolks, and 
friends; and some of 
you shall they cause 
to be put to death. 
17 And ye shall be 
hated of all men for 
myname’s sake. 18 But 
there shall not an hair 
of your head perish, 
19 In your patience 
possess ye your souls. 
20 And when ye shall 
sce Jcrusalem com- 
passed with armies, 
thou know that the de- 
solation thereof 15 
nigh, 21 Then letthem 
Which are in Judea 
fice to the mountains ; 
and Τοῦ them whichare 
in the midst of it de- 
part out; and let not 
them that are in the 
countrics enter there- 
lito. 22 For thcse be 
the days of vengeance, 
that all things which 
are writtcn may be 
fulfilled. 23 But woe 
unto them that are 
with child, and to 
them that give suck, 
in those days! for there 
shall be great distress 
in the land, and wrath 
upon this people. 
24 And they shall fall 
by the οσο of the 
sword, and shall be 
led away captive into 
all nations : and Jeru- 
salem shall be trodden 
down of the Gentiles, 
until the times of the 
Gentiles be fulfilled. 
25 And there shall be 
signs in the sun, and 
in the moon, and if 
the stars; and upon 
the earth distress of 
nations, with  per- 
plexity ; the sea and 
the waves roaring; 
26 men’s hearts failing 
them for fear, and for 
looking after those 
things which are com- 
ing on the earth: for 
the powers of heaven 
shall beshaken. 27 And 
then shail they see the 
Son of man coming in 
acloud with power and 
great glory. 28 And 
when these things be- 
gin to come to pass, 
then look up, and 
lifc up your heads ; 
for your redemption 
draweth nigh. 29 And 
he spake to them a pa- 
rable; Behold the fig 
tree. and all the trees; 
30 when they now 
shoot forth, ye see and 


LL ae ee eee Ὁ er ρω... 


ο ---- 


η κτήσεσθε ye 51.11 gain LTrA. τὴν LTTrA. 
but 1 Ττγλ. r — ἐν (read to this people) GLTTraw. i 
πάντα LTTrA. 7 ἄχρις L. Ww + οὗ LTTrA. χα ἔσονται LITA, 
sound GLITrA. . ᾿ 


Ρ πλησθῆναι ΟΩΠΤΤΙΑΥ. 
5 μαχαίρης TTr. 


4 --- δὲ 
τ ra ἔθνη 
Υ ἤχους at [the] 


Q 


296 


know of your own 
selves that summer is 
now nigh at hand. 
31 So likewise ye, when 
ye see these things 
come to pass, know ye 
that the kingdom of 
God is nigh at hand. 
32 Verily 1 say unto 
you, This generation 
shall not pass away, 
til. all be fulfilled. 
33 Heaven and earth 
shall pass away: but 
my words shall not 
pass away. 34 And 
take heed to your- 
selves, lest at any time 
your hearts be over- 
charged with surfeit- 
ing, and drunkenness, 
and cares of this life, 
and so that day come 
upon you unawares. 
35 For as a snare shall 
it come on all them 
that dwell on the face 
of the whole earth, 
36 Watch ye therefore, 
and pray always, that 
ye may be accounted 
worthy to escape all 
these things that shall 
come to pass, and to 
stand before the Son 
of man. 


37 And in the day 
time he was teaching 
in the temple; and at 
night he went out,and 
abode in the mount 
that iscalled the mount 
of Olives. 38 And all 
the people came early 
in the morning to him 
in the temple, for to 
hear him. 


XXII. Now the feast 
of unleavened bread 
drew nigh, which is 
called the Passover. 
2 And the chief priests 
and scribes sought 
how they might kill 
him ; for they feared 
the people. 3 Then 
entered Satan into Ju- 
das surnamed Iscariot, 
being of the number 
of thetwelve. 4 And 
he went his way, and 
communed with the 
chief priests and cap- 
tains, how he might 
betray him unto them, 
5 And they were glad, 
and covenanted to 
give him money. 
6 And he promised, 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ, τχι σκι 


oO” ? ι oo ae 9 , ε/ ΠῚ να 
ἤδη ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν. 31 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, 
the summer is. So 31ο ye, 
bray ἴδητε ταῦτα γιμόμενα γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ 
when yesee these thingscoming topass know that near is. the 
βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 82 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, OTL οὐ μὴ παρ- 


γινώσκετε ὅτι 
yeknow ὑδμαῦ already near 


kingdom of God. Verily Isay to you, that in no wise will have 
ἔλθῃ ἡ.γενεὰ. αὕτη ἕως.ἂν πάντα γένηται. 33.6 
passed away this generation until all shall have taken place. The 


οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται, οἱ-δὲ.λόγοι-µου οὐ.μὴ 
heaven and the earth shall pass away, put my words inno wise 
trraptrAQwow." 34 Προσέχετε.δὲ ἑαυτοῖς, μήποτε "βαρυνθῶ- 
may pass away. But take heed to yourscives, lest _be laden 
ow" δὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι" ἐν κραιπάλῃ καὶ μέθῃ καὶ μερίμναις 
your hearts with surfeiting and drinking and cares 
βιωτικαῖς, καὶ “αἰφνίδιος ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἐπιστῇ! ἡ-ἡμέρα.ἐκείνη" 
of life, and suddenly upon you _ should come that day ; ι 
35 ὡς “παγὶς. γὰρ ἐπελεύσεται! ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς καθημένους 
for as a snare shallitcome spon 411 those sitting 
ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς. 36 ἀγρυπνεῖτε “οὖν" ἐν 


upon the face ofall the earth. Watch therefore at 

\ ~ , i ~ ~ ~ 
παντὶ καιρῷ δεόμενοι, ἵνα ἱκαταξιωθῆτε! ἐκφυγεῖν ταῦ- 
every season praying, that ye may be accounted worthy toescape “these 
τα πάντα τὰ μέλλοντα γίνεσθαι, καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπρο- 
Sthings ‘all which areabout tocometopass, and  tostand before 
σθεν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 

the Son of man. 


97 Ἡν δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας δὲν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων") τὰς δὲ. νύκτας 
Andhewas by day in the temple teaching, and by night 


3 , > / ? 4 ” A 4 iy vom 
ἐξερχόμενος ηὐλίζετο εἰς τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον ἐλαιῶν" 


going out he lodged on. the mount ealled of Olives ; 
38 καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ὤρθριζεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ 
and all the people came early inthe morning . to him in the 
ἱερῷ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ. 
temple to hear him, 
29 ᾿"Ηγγιζεν δὲ ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν. ἀζύμων ἡ Φδλεγομένη 


And drew near the feast of unleavened (bread] which [15] called 
πάσχα" 2 καὶ ἐζήτουν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς 
passover ; and 7were ®seeking *the ?chief “priests *and ®the scribes © 
τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν" ἐφοβοῦντο.γὰρ τὸν λαόν. 
as to how they might put *to*death *him, for they feared the people. 
3 Εἰσῆλθεν.δὲ '6" σατανᾶς εἰς ᾿Ιούδαν τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον" 

And “entered Satan into Judas who is surnamed 


? , ” ᾽ ~ ? ~~ , : ᾿ 2 ἳ 
Ισκαριώτην, ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα" 4 καὶ ἀπελ- 
Iscariote, being of the number of the .twelve. And having gone 


‘ / ~ ~ ~ ~ 
θὼν συνελάλησεν τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν ὃ καὶ ἱτοῖς! στρατηγοῖς 
away hespoke with the chief priests and the captains 

\ ~ ? A “Ὁ ‘ ~ ‘ 
τὸ πῶς “αὐτὸν παραδῷ αὐτοῖς." ὃ καὶ ἐχάρησαν, καὶ 
88 {ο ΠΟῪ him he might deliver up to them. And they rejoiced, and 

~ ἡ μι ι 
δοῦναι" ἃ "καὶ ἐξωμολόγησεν," καὶ 
to “give. And . he promised, and 


η ~ ? ΄ 
συνέθεντο αὐτῷ ἀργύριον 
agreed Shim *nioney 





2 παρελεύσονται Shall pass away Lrtra. 


ὑμῶν 11. 


LITra, 


ὑ - © αἰφνίδιος ἐπιστῇ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς 1; ἐπιστῇ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος TTA. 
ἐπεισελεύσεται γὰρ (read that day as a snare: for it shall come in) LTTra. 
1 _ δ κατισχύσητε ye may prevail rrra. 
' καλούμενον is called Trra, 

™ αὐτοῖς παραδῷ αὐτόν LTTrA, 


8 βαρηθῶσιν GLTTrAW. b αἱ καρδίαι 

4 παγίς" 
ε δὲ but (wa ch) 
bh — 6 GLTTrAW. 


8 διδάσκων εν τῷ ἱερῷ Tr. 
1 — τοῖς Τῖνὰ. 


k + Kal τοῖς γραμματεῦσιν and the esribes L. 
B — καὶ ἐξωμολόγησεν (read he sougi.t) L, 


XXIL LUKE. 


ἐζήτει εὐκαιρίαν τοῦ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς ἄτερ 


sought opportunity to deliver up him tothem away trom [the] 
ὄχλου." 
crowd, 
7 ᾿ΗἨλθεν.δὲ ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν.ἀζύμων Ρένι ἢ ἔδει 
Andcame the day of unleavened [bread] in which was needful 


θύεσθαι τὸ πάσχα. 8 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Πέτρον καὶ VLwavyny,": 


to be killed the passover. And he sent Peter and John, 


> , Ἢ θε ς / « ~ ‘ , Η wv Bie 
ειπὠν, IlopevGevreg ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν τὸ πασχα, wa gayw- 


saying, Having gone prepare for us the passover, that we may 
μεν. 9 Οἱ.δὲ ‘elzov" αὐτῷ, Ποῦ θέλεις ἐἑτοιμάσωμεν"; 
eat [it], But they said tohim, Where willest thou we should prepare? 


10 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ιδού, εἰσελθόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν πόλιν 
-Andhe said tothem, Lo, onyourhavingentered into the city. 
συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων" ἀκο- 
Swill*meet ‘you 18, *man, apitcher of water carrying; fol- 
λουθήσατε αὐτῷ εἰς τὴν. οἰκίαν "οὗ" εἰσπορεύεται" 11 καὶ 
low him into the house where he enters ; and 
ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ τῆς οἰκίας, Λέγει σοι ὃ διδάσ- 
ye shall say to the master of the house, “Says *to *thee*the *teach- 
καλος, Ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα ὕπου τὸ πάσχα μετὰ τῶν 

er, Where is the guest-chamber where the passover with 
μαθητῶν.-μου φάγω; 12 Κἀκεῖνος ὑμῖν δείξει τἀνώγεον" 
my disciples I may eat ? And he Syou ‘will “shew Supper /room 


μέγα ἐστρωμένον" ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε. 18 ᾿᾽Απελθόντες δὲ εὗρον ἢ 


*a°large furnished: there And having gone they found 


καθὼς εἴρηκεν" αὐτοῖς" 


prepare. 
καὶ ἡτοίμασαν τὸ πάσχα. 
as he had said tothem; and they prepared the passover, 
14 Καὶ ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα ἀνέπεσεν, καὶ οἱ δώδεκα! 
And when was come the hour he reclined fattable],andthe twelve 
ἀπόστολοι σὺν αὐτῷ. 15 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ἐπιθυμίᾳ 
apostles with him. And hesaid to them, With desire 
ἐπεθύμησα τοῦτο τὸ πάσχα φαγεῖν μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν πρὸ τοῦ-μεπα- 
I desired this passover toeat with you _ before’ 1 suf- 
θεῖν: 16 λέεγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι Σοὐκέτιι ΄ οὐμὴ φάγω "ἐξ 
fer. ForIsay toyou, that #any *more ‘not *at 411 will I eat of 
β ἀν Re (lit. no more) 
~ e ε ~ a! ~ ΄ ~ ~ A 
αὐτοῦ" ἕως. ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ. 17 Καὶ 
it until it be fulfilled in the kingdom of God, And 
δεξάμενος * ποτήριον, εὐχαριστήσας εἶπεν, Λάβετε τοῦτο, 
having reeeived a cup, having given thanks he said, Take this, 
καὶ διαµερίσατε δἑαυτοῖςἹ 18 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, “ὅτι! οὐ.μὴ 
and divide [107 among yourselves, ForIsay toyou, that notatall 
πίω ἃ ἀπὸ τοῦ «γεννήματος!ἳ τῆς ἀμπέλου ἕως.ἰὅτου! ἡ 
will I drink of the fruit ofthe vine until the 
βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἔλθῃ. 19 Kai λαβὼν ἄρτον, εὐχαριστή- 
kingdom of God be come. And having taken a loaf, having given 
σας ἔκλασεν, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά 
thanks. he broke, and gave tothem, saying, This is “body 
µου, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον" τοῦτο ποιεῖτε Seg! τὴν ἐμὴν 
my, which for you is given: this do in the 7of *me 
ἀνάμνησιν. 20™“Qoatrwe καὶ τὸ ποτήριον" μετὰ τὸ.δειπνῆ- 
‘remembrance. In like manner also the cup after having supped, 


Ῥ — ἐν (read ἡ in which) Tra. 
t εἰς ἣν IN Which LYTra. 
¥ --- οὐκέτι [11.]Δ. δ αὐτὸ it LTTra. 


ὃ ἄτερ ὄχλου αὐτοῖς LTTrA, 
LTTra. . 5 + [σοι] tor thee 1.. 
τὰ. *— δώδεκα LTTrA. 
Ὁ εις ἑαυτούς LTTrA. ο — ὅτι TrA. 


Litraw.’ ἰοῦ τὰς, 8 [εἰ5] ἃ. 2 καὶ τὸ ποτήριον ὡσαύτως TTA, 


ᾳ Ἰωάνην Tr. 
ν ἀνάγαιον GLTTrAW. 


. 4 4 ἀπὸ τοῦ viv henceforth T[Tra]. 


227 


and sought opportu. 
nity to betray him 
unto them in the ab- 
sence of the multitude, 


7 Then came the day 
of unleavened bread, 
when the _ passover 
must be killed. 8 And 
he sent Peter andJohn, 
saying, Go and pre- 
pare us the passover, 
that we may eat. 9 And 
they said unto hin, 
Where wilt thou that 


‘we prepare? 10° And 


he-said unto them, Be- 
hoid, when ye are en- 


- tered into the city, 


there shall a‘man meet 
you, bearing a pitcher 
of water; follow him 
into the house where 
he entereth in, 11 And 
ye shall say unto the 
good man of the house, 
The Master saith unto 
thee, Where is the 
guestchamber, where 
I shall eat the pass- 
over with my disci- 
ples? 12 And he shall 
shew you a large up- 
per room furnished: 
there make ready. 
13 And they went, and 
found as he had said 
unto them: and they 
made ready the pass- 
over. 


14 And when the 
hour was come, he sat 
down, and the twelve 
apostles’ with him, 
15 And he said unto 
them, With desire I 
have desired to eat 
this passover with you 
before I suffer: 16 for 
I say unto you, I will 
not any more eat 
thereof, until.it be 
fulfilled in the king- 
dom of God. 17 And 
he, took the cup, and 
gave thanks, and said, 
Take this, and divide 
it among yourselves: 
18 for I say unto you, 
I will not drink of the 
fruit of the vine, until 
the kingdom of God 
shallcome. 19 And he 
took bread, and gave 
thanks, and brake ἐξ, 
and gave unto them, 
saying, This is’ my 
body which is given 


‘for you: this do in re- 


membrance of me, 
20 Likewise also the 
cup after supper, say- 


τ εἶπαν 
Υ εἰρήκει 
a - τὸ the (cup) L. 
ε γενήματος 


228 


ing, This cup 18 the 
new testament in my 
blood, which is shed 
for you. 21 But, be- 
hold, the hand of him 
that betrayeth me 18 
with me on the table. 
22 And truly the Son 
of man goeth, as it 
was determined: but 
woe unto that man by 
whom he is betrayed ! 
23 And they began to 
inquire among them- 
selves, which of them 
it was that should do 
this thing. 


24 And there was 
‘also a strife among 
them, which of them 
should be accounted 
the greatest. 25 And 
he said -unto them, 
The kiags of the Gen- 
tiles exercise lordship 
over them; and they 
that exercise authority 
upon them are called 
benefactors. 26 But ye 
shall not be so: but he 
that is greatest among 
you, let him be as the 
younger; and he that 
is chief, as he that 
doth serve. 27 For 
whether is greater, he 
that sitteth at meat, 
or he that serveth? 
is not he that sitteth 
at meat? but I am 
among you as he that 
serveth. 28 Ye are 
they which have con- 
tinued with me in m 
temptations. 29 And 
I appoint unto you a 
kingdom, as my Fa- 
ther hath appointed 
unto me; 30 that ye 
may eat aad drink at 
my table in my king- 
dom, andsit on thrones 
judging the twelve 
tribes of Israel. 


31 And the Lordsaid, 
Simon, Simon, behold, 
Satan hath desired to 


have you, that he may* 


sift you as wheat: 
32 but I have prayed 


for thee, that thy faith 


fail not: and when 
thou art converted, 
strengthen thy brcth- 
ren.. 33 And he said 
sunto him, Lord, I am 
ready to go with thee, 
both into prison, and 
to death. 34 And he 
said, I tell thee, Peter, 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. ΧΧΙ. 

~ ΄ é , ’ ~ 

σαι, λέγων, Τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐν τῷ 
saying, This cup {is] the new covenant in 

αἵματί.μου, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ᾿ἐκχυνόμενον." 21 Πλὴν ἰδού, 

my blood, which for you is poured out. Moreover, behold, 


ε ‘ ~ . , ? τ - “ ? ‘ ~ , 
ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος µε μετ᾽ εµου ἔπι τῆς τραπέζης. 
the hand οἱ him delfvering up τη [is] with me on the table ; 
22 Κκαὶ ὁ.μὲν υἱὸς' τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πορεύεται κατὰ 
and indeed the Son ἃ of man goes according as 
e ν , 4 ‘ met, £33 / > τ 
ὡρίσμένονἹ πλὴν οὐαὶ τῷ. ἀνθρώπῳ. ἐκείνῳ Ov οὗ παρα- 
it has been determined, but woe to that man by whom he is de- 
δίδοται. 23 Καὶ αὐτοὶ ἤρξαντο "συζητεῖνὶ πρὸς ἑαυτούς, 
livered up. And they began to.question together among themselves, 
'τό, τίς ἄρα εἴη ἐξ αὐτῶν ὁ τοῦτο μέλλων πράσσειν. 
this, who then it might Ὦο οἱ them who this was about to do. 
24 ’Eyévero.cé καὶ φιλονεικία ἐν αὐτοῖς, τύ, τίς αὐτῶν 
And there was also astrife among them, this, which of them 
δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων. 25 6.08 εἶπὲν αὐτοῖς, Οἱ βασιλεῖς 
is thought to be [the] greater. Andhe said to them, The kings 
«τῶν ἐθνῶν κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἐξουσιάζοντες 
of the nations rule over them, and those exercising authority over 
> ~ ᾽ [4 ~ « ~ A ? e ὁ 2 ? 
αὐτῶν εὐεργέται καλοῦνται. 26 ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἀλλ 


τὸ 


them well-doers are called. Bytye not thus * (shall be}; but 
ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν "γενέσθωϊ ὡς ὁ νεώτερος καὶ ὁ 
the greater .among you let him be as the younger, aud he that 
ἡγούμενος ὡς ὁ διακονῶν. 27 τίς.γὰρ μείζων, ὁ 
leads as hethat . serves. For which [is] greater, he that 
ἀνακείμενος ὁ διακονῶν ; οὐχὶ ὁ ἀνακείμε- 
reclines+ [at table] or he that serves? {Is] not he that reclines 
γος; ἐγὼ.δὲ “εἰμι ἐν ἐσῳ ὑμῶν" ὡς ὁ. διακονῶν. 
{at table]? δια am in([the] midst ofyou ashethat serves. 


οἱ 
are they who 


28 Ὑμεῖς.δέ ἐστε. 


διαµεµενηκότες μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐν τοῖς 
But το 


have continued with - me in 
πειρασμοῖς.μου' 29 κἀγὼ διατίθἐµαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό 
my temptations. AndI appoint to you, as. 3appointed 
ε ΄ Xx ) “ Pp? ΄ Ἱ \ ΄ 
μοι ὁ.πατήρ.µου, βασιλείαν, 80 ἵνα Ῥέσθίητε! καὶ πίνητε 
*to®*me ἾΩΥ “father, akingdom, that yemayeat and may drink 
>? ~ , ~ , . ‘ , ‘ 
ἐπὶ τῆς.τραπέζης.µου ἐν τῷ.βασιλείᾳ.μου, καὶ Ἱκαθίσησθεϊ ἐπὶ 
εὖ my table in my kingdom, and may sit on 
ιά ’ , μή ‘ ~ 
θρόνων, κρίνοντες τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. 
thrones, judging the .twelve tribes of Israel. 


31 ΣΕἶπεν.δὲ ὁ κύριος, Σίμων, Σίμων, ἰδού; ὁ σατανᾶς 


And “said *the “Lord, Simon, Simon, lo, Satan 
? / ε ~ ~ 7 € ay ~ 
ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς, τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον' 32 ἐγὼ 
demanded to have you,- forthe sifting [you] as wheat ; ot 


aS / ‘ ~ , ‘ ? ΄ « , ‘ 

δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ, ἵνα μὴ Sixdeimry' ἡ.πίστις σου’ καὶ σὺ 
αραῦ besought for thee, that may not fail . thy faith ; and *thou 
= ? , ? / © ‘ 
ποτε ἐπιστρέψας Ἱστήριξονὶ τοὺς ἀδελφούς.σου. 33 Ὁ.δὲ 
when hast turned back confirm thy brethren. ~ And he 
7 ᾽ ~ , if ‘ ~ : , \ ‘ 
εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, μετὰ σοῦ ἕτοιμός εἰμι καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν καὶ 
said tohim,. Lord, with thee. ready Jam both to’ ‘prison and 

? / 4 \ / 
εἰς θάνατον πορεύεσθαι. 84 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Λέγω σοι, ἨΠέτρε, 
το, death to go. Andhe said, 1 1611 thee. - Petcr. 





* ἐκχυννύμενον LTTra. 


™ συνζητεῖν LTTra. 
4 καθίσεσθε 


κύριος Τ[Ττ]Α.. “ 


ye shall Sit στὴν ; καθήσεσθε ye Shall sit TTr ; κάθησθε A. 
5 ἐκλίπῃ LITrA.” στήρισον LITra, 





- c ες = Ξ 4 > « -: ΄ ΄ 
__ - ὅτι (for) ὁ υἱὸς μὲν Tra. | κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον πορεύεται LTTrA. 
- 2 γινέσθω TTrA. 9 ἐν µέσω ὑμῶν εἰμι TTrA. Ρ ἔσθητε LTTrA. 
τ -α Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ 


exit, LU Ε.Ε, 
οὐ “μὴ" φωνήσει σῆμερον ἀλέκτω ᾿Υπρὶν ἢ τρὶς τάπαρ- 
in no wise shall crow λος [119] . cock— before that thrice thou wilt 


won μὴ! εἰδέναι με." 
deny knowing me._ 


3& ‘Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, “Ore ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς ἄτερ Ἰ2βαλαν- 
νο And he said {ο them, When I sent you without / , purse 


τίου" καὶ ἡ πήρας καὶ ὑποδημάτων, μή τινος ὑστερήσατε: 
and provision bag and sandals, anything did ye lack? 


Οἱ δὲ Δεῖπον,' δΟὐδενός.ϊ 96 “Εἶπεν οὖν" αὐτοῖς; ᾿Αλλὰ 
Απά they said, Nothing. He said therefore tothem, *However 
νῦν ὁ ἔχων βαλάντιον" ἀράτω, ὁμοίως καὶ πήραν’ 


now he'whc has let him take (it), i in like manner also ο bagi 


καὶ ὁ μὴ έχων πωλησάτω τὺ.ἰμάτιογ.αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀγορασάτω 
andhewho hasnot [one] let him sell his es and a 


a purse 


μάχαιραν" 37 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι “ἔτι' τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον. 


8, sword; forIsay to es that yet 


~ ~ 3 ? 
δεῖ τελεσθῆναι ἐν ἐμοί, fro" Καὶ μετὰ 
must beaccomplished in me, 


καὶ.Ξ γὰρ" τὸ] 


this that has been written 


ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη"- 
And with ο) lawless he was reckoned: 


περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει. 38 Οἱ δὲ δεῖπον," 


foralso the sence, concerning me anend have. And they said, 

Κύριε, ἰδού, μάχαιραι ὧδε δύο. Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, 
Lord, _bebold, “swords ‘here [7416] *two. And he _ said to them. 
Ἱκανόν ἐστιν. 
3Enough Pit 5215. 


κατὰ 
πα to 


39 Kai ἐξελθὼν ἐπορεύθη 
And going forth, he wen 


? ~ 
των ἐλαιῶν" 


τὸ ἔθος εἰς τὸ ὄρος 
custom {ο the mount 


ἠκολούθησαν.δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰαὐτοῦ.! 
of Olives, and followed him also his disciples. 


40 γενόμενος.δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ τύπον εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Προσεύχεσθε 
And having arrived at the place hesaid {Το them, Pray 


μὴ-εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν. 41 Καὶ αὐτὸς. ἀπεσπάσθη ἀπ’ 
not toenter’ into temptation. And he was withdrawn from 


αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν, Kai θεὶς. τὰ.γόνατα .προσηύχετο, 


then: about astone’s throw, and falling on [his] knces he κε 
49 λέγων, Πάτερ, εἰ βούλει ἄπαρενεγκεῖν' ἱτὸ ποτῄοιον 

ee mag μμ if thou art willing to take away 2cup 
τοῦτο" am ἐμοῦ" πλὴν μὴ τὺθέλημά.µου, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὺν ™yE- 
this from me—; but not my will, but cae be 


νέσθω.! 43 "Ὢφθη δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος “ἀπ᾽! οὐρανοῦ ἐνισχύων 
done. And appeared tohim anangel from heaven eee 


αὐτόν. 44 καὶ γενόμενος ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο. 


him. And being -in conflict moreintently he prayed. 
Ῥἐγένετο.δὲ ὁ! ἱδρὼς. αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος Ίκατα- 
And became his sweat as great drops of blood falling 
βαίνοντες: ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν." 45 Καὶ ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς 
down to the earth. And ‘Raving risen up from 
προσευχῆς; ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς εὗρεν "αὐτοὺς κοιμω- 
prayer, coming to the disciples hefound them sleep- 








— μὴ (read shall not crow) ΤΤ:Α. ¥ ἕως until Lrtra. 
ο. LTr. J [μὴ] aA. 2 βαλλαντίου LTTrAW. 9 εἶπαν LITrA. 
ο ὃ δὲ εἶπεν but he said T; εἶπεν δὲ Tr. d βαλλάντιον LTTrAW. 
8 [yap] LTr. h τὸ that (concerning me bas an end) TTra. 
ciples) TTra. Ἀπαρενέγκαι T; παρένεγκὲ take away LTr. 
τι γινέσθω TTrAW. ἢ verses 43, 44 in Γι. 
ὃ ({ὁ] A) ΤΑ. 4 καταβαίνοντος ΤΑ, 
αὐτοὺς TTra, 


ε — ἔτι LTTrA. 
i — αὐτοῦ (read the dis- 
1 τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον TTrA. 
ο ἀπὸ τοῦ from the Ltr. 

τ 43 αὐτοῦ (read his disciples) E, | 


229 


the cock shall not 
crow this day, before 
that thou shalt thrice 
deny that thou know- 
est me 


35 And he ssid unto 
them, When I sent you 
without purse, and 
scrip, and shoes, lacked 
ye any’ thing? And 
they said, Nothing. 
36 Then said he unto 


‘them, But now, he 


that hath a purse, let 
him take τί, and like- 
wise his scrip: and he 
that ‘hath no sword, 
let him sell his gar- 
ment, and buy one. 

37 For I say unto you, 
that this that is writ- 
ten must yet be ac- 
somplished in me, And 
he was reckoned a- 
mong the transgres- 
sors: for the things 
concerning me have 
an end. 38 And they 
said, Lord, behold, 
here are two swords. 
And he said untothem, 
It is enough. 


39 And he caine out, 
and went, as he was 
wont, to the mount of 
Olives; and his disci- 
ples also followed him. 
40 And when he was 
at the place, he said 
unto them, Pray that 
ye enter not into temp- 
tation. 4] And he was 
withdrawn from them 
about a stone’s cast, 
and kneeled down, 
and prayed, 42 saying, 
Father, if thou be 
willing, remove this 
cup from me: aever- 
theless not my will, 
but thine, be done. 
43 And there appeared 
an angel unto him 
from heaven, strength- 
ening him. 44 And 
being: in an agony he 
prayed more earnestly: 
and his sweat wus as 
it were great drops of 
blood falling down to 
the ground. 45 And 
when he rose up from 
prayer, and was coine 
to his disciples, he 
found them sleeping 


x µε ἀπαρνήσῃ 
Ὁ Οὐθενός TTrA. 


fore 1, 


Ρ καὶ ἐγένετο 
5 κοιμωμένους 


«90 


for sorrow, 46 and said 
unto them, Why sleep 
ye? rise and pray, lest 


ye enter into temp-. 


tation. 


47 And while he yet 
spake, behold a multi- 
tude, and he that was 
called Judas, one of 
the twelve, went be- 
fore them, and drew 
near unto Jesus to 
kiss him. 48 But Jesus 
said unto him, Judas, 
betrayest thou the Son 
of man with a kiss? 
49 When they which 
were about him saw 
what would follow, 
they said unto him, 
Lord, shall we smite 
withthe sword? 50 And 
one of them smote the 
servant of the high 
priest, and cut off his 
right ear. 51 And Je- 
sus answered and said, 
Suffer ye thus far. 
And he touched his 
ear, and healed him. 
52 Then Jesus said 
unto the chief priests, 
and captains of the 
temple, and the elders, 
which were come to 
him, Be ye tome out, 
as against a thief, with 
swords and staves? 
53 When I was daily 
with -you in the tem- 
ple, ye stretched forth 
no hands against me: 
but this is your hour, 
and the power of dark- 
ness. 


54 Then took they 
him, and led him, and 
brought him into the 
high priest’s house. 
And Peter followed 
afar off. 55 And when 
they had kindled a fire 
in the midst of the 
hall, and were set 
down together, Peter 
Sat down among them. 
56 But a certain maid 
beheld him as he sat 
by the fire, and earn- 
estly looked upon him, 
and said, Thisman was 
also with him, 57 And 
he denied him, saying, 
Woman, I know him 


not. 58 And after a. 


little while another 
Baw him, and said, 


’ 


I 380 know him, 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. XXII. 


. 3 > ~ , ΄ 
καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τί καθεύδετε ; 
απᾶ» Ὦο said tothem, Why ἍεΙεερτοῦ 
> ᾿ \ ο νά 2 , 
ἀναστάντες προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ.είσελθητε εἰς πειρασμόν. 
Having risen up pray, that ye may not enter into temptation. 
47 ἜΕτι δὲ αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος, ἰδοὺ ὄχλος, καὶ & λεγό- 
Απᾶ ἡγοῦ. ‘as "he *was speaking, behold acrowd, andhewho was 
μενος Ἰούδας, εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, προήρχετο αὐτῶν," καὶ 
called Judas, one ofthe twelve, was going before them, and 
ἤγγισεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ φιλῆσαι αὐτόν. 48 Σὸ.δὲ Ἰησοῦς' εἶπεν 
drew near to Jesus ἴο kiss him. - But Jesus said 
αὐτῷ, Ἰούδα, φιλήματι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως ; 
tohim, Judas, withakiss the Son of man deliverest thou up ? 
49 Ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν τὸ ἐσόμένον γεῖπον" 
Απᾷ ‘seeing 'those?around “him what wasabouttohappen said 
ταὐτῷ," Κύριε, εἰ πατάζοµεν ἐν μαχαίρᾳ"; 50 Kai ἐπά. 
to him, Lord, shall we smite with [the] sword? And ‘smote 
ταξεν εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν “roy δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως," καὶ 
Sone'a?certain*of ‘them the bondman ofthe high priest, and 
ἀφεῖλεν “αὐτοῦ τὸ οὖς" τὸ δεξιόν. 51 ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 
. took off his 7ear right. . And answering. Jesus 
= ? ~ e , Δ ε / - 3 , d > ο.) 
εἶπεν, Eare ἕως-τούτου. Kai ἁψάμενος του ὠτιου “avToU 
said, Suffer thus far. © And having touched the 681. of him 
ΔΆ 7 , is Δ e ς Π 9 ~ A ; 3 
ἰάσατο αὐτόν. 52 Εἶπεν δὲ “ὁ" Ἰησοῦς πρὸς τοὺς παρα» 
And ?said + Jesus to those who were 


μένους! ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης, 46 


ing from grief, 


he healed him. 
γενομένους fi’ αὐτὸν ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ στρατηγοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ 
come against him, chief priests and captains of the temple 
καὶ πρεσβυτέρους, ‘Qc ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ϑἐξεληλύθατε! pera 
and elders, ‘As against arobber have ye come out with 
μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων ; 53 καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ὄντος-μου μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν 

swords and staves? Daily whenI was with you 
? ἣν 65 ~ ? ? / ᾿ - ἣν ὁ 8 Φ' ή h ? "4 
ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ οὐκ.ἐξετείνατε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ ἐμε. MANA 
in the temple ye stretched not qut [your] hands against me; but 
αὕτη Ἰὑμῶν ior" ἡ ὥρα, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους. 
this "τουσ tis hour, andthe power of darkness. 

54 Συλλαβόντες.δὲ αὐτὸν Ίγαγον,. καὶ εἰσήγαγον 

* . And having seized him they led [him away], and led 


Καὐτὸν" εἰς ἱτὸν οἶκον" τοῦ ἀρχιερέως" ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει 


him * into the house ofthe high priest. And Peter was following 
µακρόθεν. .55 πἁψάντων" δὲ πῦρ ἐν μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς, 
afar off. ‘And having kindled a fire in [the] midst of the court, 
καὶ "ovyrabicav7wy' “οαὐτῶν" ἐκάθητο ὁ Πέτρος Ρἐν μέσῳ" 
and *having *sat*down*together ‘they 18.0 ®Peter anong 
αὐτῶν. 56 ἰδοῦσα.δὲ αὐτὸν παιδίσκη τις καθήμενον πρὸς 
them, And *having *seen Shim JaSmaid “certain - sitting τν 


τὸ φῶς, καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ, εἶπεν, Καὶ οὗτος σὺν 

the light, and having looked intently on him, said, And this one with 
> ~ F 7 Ὁ δὲ ? , 4 > , if , r , > 

αὐτῷ ἦν. ἢ .0& ἠρνήσατο αὐτόν," λέγων, τΓύναι, οὐκ 
him was. But he saying, Woman, “ποῦ 
olda αὐτόν." 58 Καὶ μετὰ βραχὺ ἕτερος ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ἔφη, 

And after alittle another seeing him. said, 

ae 


, denied. him, 





‘ ¥— δὲ and trtraw.. 


5-- αὐτῷ TTrA. 

ἃ — αὐτοῦ ΤΊτΑ. 
1 ἐστὶν ὑμῶν LITA. 
ΤΊτΑ. 
Ρ µέσος TTrA, 


"3 μαχαίρῃ TIra. ὃ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τὸν δοῦλον TTrA 
© — ο LTIra. 


Ὁ περικαθισάντων, having sat around L; συνκαθισάντων T, 
4 --- αὐτὸν LTr[a], 


ν αὐτούς GLTTrAW. Υ εἶπαν LTTrA. 


ο τὸ οὓς αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 
᾿Ε πρὸς T. 8 ἐξήλθατε Came ye Out Ltr. Ἀ ἀλλὰ TrA. 
Κ--- αὐτὸν (read [him]) ΤΑ. 1 τὴν οἰκίαν ΤΊΣΑ. ™ περιαψάντων 

‘0 — αὐτῶν LTTrA, 


x ᾿]ησοῦς δὲ TTrA. 


; οὐκ οἶδα αὐτόν, γύναι TTA, 


XXII, XXIII. LUKE. 


Καὶ ov εξ αυτων el. Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος *eizev,'""AvOow7e, οὐκ.εἰμί. 


And thou of them rt. But Peter said, Man, ΟΖ τὰ not. 
BY Καὶ διαστάσης ὡσεὶ ὥρας μιᾶς, ἄλλος τις διϊσχυρίζετο, 


And havingelapsed about “hour ‘one, : *other °a*certain strongly affirmed, 


[ή / ‘ - ? 7 ο  Σ ” ‘ 4 
λέγων, Ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας καὶ οὗτος μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἦν' καὶ. γὰρ Γαλι- 
saying, ᾽ In truth also this one with him was; foralso a Gali- 
λαῖός ἐστιν. 60 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Πέτρος, Ανθρωπε, οὐκ οἶδα ὃ 
lean he 15, And “said Peter, Man, I know not what 

/ ‘ ~ β » ᾿ ~ ~ ’ 

λέγεις. Καὶ παραχρῆμα, ἔτι λαλοῦντος. αὐτοῦ, ἐφώνησεν 
thou sayest. And immediately, yet ‘as he was speaking, Screw 
to" ἀλέκτωρ" 6] καὶ στραφεὶς ὁ κύριος ἐνέβλεψεν τῷ Πέτρῳ' 
4the 7eock. And having turned, the Lord looked at Peter ; 
καὶ ὑπεμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ λόγου τοῦ κυρίου, we εἶπεν αὐτῷ, 
and *remembered 1Peter the word ‘ofthe Lord, how hesaid to him, 


Ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι ἀπαρνήσῃ µε τρίς. 62 Καὶ 
Before [the] cock crow thou wilt deny me thrice. And 
ἐξελθὼν ἔξω τὸ Πέτρος! ἔκλαυσεν πικρῶς. 


having gone forth outside Peter wept bitterly. 
63 Kai οἱ ἄνδρες οἱ συνέχοντες “τὸν Ἰησοῦν" ἐνέπαιζον 


And the men _ who “were holding Jesus mocked 
αὐτῷ, δέροντες G64 καὶ περικαλύψαντες αὐτὸν ἔτυπτον 


him, beating [him]; and having.coveredup him _ they were striking 
αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπο», καὶ" ἐπηρώτων ταὐτόν," λέγοντες, Προ- 
his face, and were asking him, saying, Pro- 
/ / 2 « / a A ε/ 3 
Φήτευσον, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε; 65 Καὶ ἕτερα πολλὰ 


phesy, who isit that struck thee? And ?other “things ‘many 


βλασφημοῦντες ἔλεγον εἰς αὐτόν. 

blasphemously they said to him, 

66 Kai ὡς "ἐγένετο ἡμέρα συνήχθη τὸ πρεσβυτέριον 

And whenit became day were gathered together the elderhood 

τοῦ λαοῦ, ἀρχιερεῖς τε καὶ γραμματεῖς, καὶ "ἀνήγαγον" αὐτὸν 
of the people, both chief priests and . scribes, and- they led him 
εἰς τὸ συνέδριον θῬἑαυτῶν," λέγοντες, 67 Ei σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστός, 
into ?sanhedrim their, saying, If thou art the Christ, 
ἘΠῚ δῇ »ν 7 " απ ε » ” ? \ 
εἰπὲ! ἡμῖν. Ἐϊπεν.δὲ αὐτοῖς, Ἐὰν ὑμῖν εἴπω,  οὔ-μὴ 
tell us, And he said to them, If you I should tell, not at all 
musrevonre’ 68 ἐὰν.δὲ ἀκαὶ! ἐρωτήσω, οὐ.μὴ ἀποκρι- 
would ye believe; and if also I should ask [you], not at all would ye 
θῆτε «μοι, ἢ ἀπολύσητε.! 69 ἀπὺ.τοῦ.νῦν ' ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ 
answer me, nor let [me] go. Henceforth shall be the Son 
ἀνθρώπου καθήµενος ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάµεως τοῦ θεοῦ. 


of man sitting at[the]right hand ofthe power of God, 
70 εΕἶήον' δὲ πάντες, Σὺ οὖν εἶ ὁ vide τοῦ θεοῦ; Ὁ δὲ 
And they 2βαϊᾶ 1411, Thou then art the Son of God? Andhe 


πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔφη, Ὑ μεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι. 71 Οἱ.δὲ λεῖπον," 


το them said, Ye say, that 1 am, Andthey said, 
Ti ἔτι Ἰχρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας"; αὐτοὶ. γὰρ ἠκούσαμεν 
What any more need havewe of.witness? for ourselves have heard 


ἀπὸ τοῦ.στόματος.αὐτοῦ. 
from his [own] mouth. 
~ Σ ΄ ~ ” 
93 Kai ἀναστὰν ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν "ἤγαγεν" 
And havingrisenup all the multitude of them led 


5 ἔφη ΤΊΤΑ. t — ὁ (read [the ]) GLTTraw. 
(read he wept) αττι[Α]. * αὐτὸν him LTTra. 
. — αὐτὸν ΤΊΤΑ. 6 ἀπήγαγον they led away TTra. 
@— καὶ LTTrA. 8 — μοι ἢ ἀπολύσητε 1 ΤτΑ]. 
Ἀ εἶπαν LITA, | ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν Τ1ΓΑ» 


v + σήμερον to-day TTrA. 
¥ — ἔτυπτον αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπο», καὶ (L}TTrA. 
Ὁ αὐτῶν TTrAW. 
f + δὲ however LTTrA, 
κ ἤγαγον GLITrAW, 


99] 


Thou art also οὗ them. 
And Peter said, Man, 
Iam not. 59 And a- 
bout the space of one 
hour after another 
confidently affirmed; 
saying, Of a truth this 
fellow also was with 
him: for he is a Gali- 
lean. 60 And Peter 
said, Man, I know not 
what thousayest. And 
immediately, while he 
yet spake, the cock 
crew. 61 And the Lord 
turned, and looked 
upon Peter. And Peter 
remembered the word 
of the Lord. how he 
had said uuto him, 
Before the cock crow, 
thou shalt deny me 
thrice. 62 And Peter 
went out, and wept 
bitterly. 


63 And the men that 
heldJesus motked him, 
and smote him. 64 And 
when they had blind- 
folded him,they struck 
him on the face, and 
asked him, saying, 
Prophesy, who is it 
that smote thee ? 
65 And many other 
things blasphemously 
spake . they against 
him, 


66 And as soon as it 
was day, the elders of 
the people and the 
chief priests and the 
scribes came together, 
and led him into their 
council, saying, 67 Art 
thou the Christ ? tell 
us. And he said unto 
them, If I tell you ye 
will not belicve: 68 and 
if I also ask you, ye 
will not answer me, 
nor let me go. 69 Here- 
after shall the Son of 
man sit the right 
hand of the power of 
God. 70 Then said 
they all, Art thou then 
the Son of God? And 
he said unto them, Ye 
say that 1 am. 71 And 
they said, What need 
we any further wit- 
ness? for we ourselves 
have heard of his own 
mouth, 


XXIII.- And the 
whole multitude of 
them arose, and led 


~ — ὁ Πέτρος 


© εἰπὸν ΤΤΤΑ. 
8 εἶπαν TTA, 


232 


him unto Pilate, 2 And 
they began to accuse 
him, seying, We found 
this feliow perverting 
the nation, and for- 
bidding to give tribute 
to Cesar, saying that 
he himself is Christ a 
King. 3 And Pilate 
asked him, saying, Art 
thou the King of the 
Jews ? And be answer- 
ed him and said, Thou 
sayest it. 4 Then said 
Pilate to the chief 
pricsts and to the peo- 
ple, I find vo fault in 
thisman. 5 And they 
were tne more fierce, 
saying, He stirreth up 
the people, teaching 
throughout all Jewry, 
beginning from Ga- 
lilee to this place. 
6 When Pilate heard 
of Galilee, he asked 
whether the man were 
a Galilean. 7 And as 
soon as he knew that 
he belonged unto He- 
rod’s jurisdiction, he 
sent him to Herod, 
who himself also was 
at Jerusalem at that 
time. 8 And when 
Herod ‘saw Jesus, he 
was exceeding glad: 
for he was desirous to 
see him of a long 
season, because he had 
heard many things of 
him; and he hoped to 
have seen some mi- 
racle done by him. 
9 Then he questioned 
with him in many 
words; but he answer- 
edhim nothing. 10 And 
the chief priests and 
scribes stood and ve- 
hemently accused him. 
11 And Herod with his 
men of war set him at 
nought, and mocked 
him, and arrayed him 
in a gorgeous robe, 
and sent him again to 
Pilate. 12 And the 
same day Pilate and 
Herod were made 
friends together: for 
before th~y were at en- 
mity between them- 
selves 


- 13 And Pilate, when 
he had called together 
the chief priests and 
the rulers and the peo- 
le, 14 said unto them, 
e have brought this 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. XXIIL 


αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν 1Πιλάτον.ὶ 2 ἤρξαντο.δὲ κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ, 


him to Pilate. And they began to accuse hin, 
λέγοντες, Τοῦτον πιεύρομεν" διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος", καὶ 
saying, This [man] we found perverting the nation, and 


͵ 3 ow , , Π ὃ ὃ , PE -@ ay a 
κωλύοντα “Καίσαρι φόρους" διδόναι, PAtyovra ἑαυτὸν χριστὸν 
forbidding “*to°Cxsar “tribute *?to *give, saying himself *Christ 
βασιλέα εἶναι. 3 Ο-δὲ.Πιλάτος" Σἐπηρώτησεν' αὐτόν, λέγων, 
δα *king lis, And Pilate questioned him, saying, 
Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων; Ὁ.-δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ 
ποια ‘art the. king of the Jews? Andhe answering him 
ἔφη, Σὺ λέγεις. 4 Ὁ. δὲ. “Πιλάτος" εἶπεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς 
said, Thou sayest. _ And Pilate said to the chief priests 
καὶ τοὺς ὄχλους, Οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. τούτῳ. 
and the crowds, Nothirz ἄπάΙ  blamable in this man. 
5 Οἱ δὲ ἐπίσχυον, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἀνασείει τὸν λαόν, διδάσ- 
But they were insisting, saying, He stirs up the people, teach- 
? ef ~ * 4 / 5 7 ’ ᾽ ‘4 ~ 
κων καθ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας, δ ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλι- 
ing throughout,?whole ‘the of Judza, beginning from Gali- 
λαίας ἕως woe. 6 αΠιλάτος δὲ ἀκούσας ἵΓαλιλαίανὶ 
lee even to here. But Pilate having heard Galilee ᾖ[παπιθᾶ] 
ἐπηρώτησεν εἰ 0 ἄνθρωπος Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν 7 καὶ ἔπι- 
asked whether the man ὃς °Galilean ‘is; and having 
γνοὺς ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρώδου ἐστίν, ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν 
known that from the jurisdiction of Herod heis, he sent up *him 
πρὸς " “Howdny, ὄντα καὶ αὐτὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐν ταύταις 
to Herod, ‘being 7also ‘he at Jerusalem in those 


ταῖς ἡμέραις. 8 ὁ δὲ Ἡρώδης ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐχάρη λίαν 


days. And Herod seeing Jesus rejoiced greatly, 
ἦν. γὰρ Ὑθέλων ἐξ ἱκανοῦ"! ἰδεῖν αὐτόν, διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν 
for he was. wishing for long to see him, because of hearing 
πολλὰ" περὶ αὐτοῦ" καὶ ἠλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ᾽ 


manythingsconcerning him; andhe was hopingsome sign tosee “by 
αὐτοῦ γινόμενον. 9 ἐπηρώτα.δὲ αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς" 
Shim *done. And he questioned him in ?words Imaby, 
αὐτὸς δὲ οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ. 10 εἱστήκεισαν. δὲ οἱ ἀρχ- 
buthe nothing answered him. And ‘had *stood ‘the , *chief 


ιερῖς καὶ OL γραμματεῖς, εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες. αὐτοῦ. 


*priests *and the ®scribes; violently accusing him, 
11 εξουθενήσας-δὲ αὐτὸν 7 ὁ Ἡρώδης σὺν τοῖς στρατεύμασιν 
And “haying “set °at °nought *him 1Herod with .*troops 


αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐμπαίξας, 


περιβαλὼν ταὐτὸν" ἐσθῆτα λαμ- 
this, 


and having mocked [him], having put on bim ?apparel spien- 


πρὰν ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν τῷ "Πιλάτῳ." 12 ἐγένοντο.δὲ φίλοι 


did he sent *back ‘him to Pilate. And became friends 
ὅτε." Πιλάτος καὶ ὁ Ἡρώδης" ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ per’ ἀλλήλων' 
both Pilate and Herod on thatsame day: with one another; 
προὐπηρχο».γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς «ἑαυτούς.! 
for before they were at. enmity ' between themselves. 
19 αΠιλάτος' δὲ Ἰσυγκαλεσάμενος! τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ τους 
And Pilate having called together the chief priests and the 
ἄρχοντας καὶ τὸν λαόν, 14 εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Προσηνέγκατε 
rulers and the people, said to them, Ye brought 


“MEL ee SS πο ο eee eee 


, 1Πειλατον 2. 
Καίσαρι LITrA, 
even τττ[α]. 
wishing Lrtra. 
® Πειλάτω 1, 


™ εὕραμεν TTrA. 

P + καὶ and [L]rrr[a]. 

t — Ῥαλιλαίαν [a]. 
2 — πολλὰ TTrA. 

b “Hpwons κας ὁ Πιλάτος (Πειλ, 1) ΤΊΡΑ, 


2 + ἡμῶν (read our nation) Lrtr[a]w. ο φόρους 
4 ΠΠέειλᾶτος Τ. τ ἠρώτησεν ΤΊτΑ.: 8+ καὶ 
7 τὸν 1. » εξ ἱκανῶν χρόνων θέλων Many times 
Υ καὶ also τ, *— αὐτὸν (ead [him)) [r.Ja[tr]a. 
Savrovs Tira. ἀσυνκαλεσάβενος Τ, 


XXTIT. LUKE. 
μοι τὸν. ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον, ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν’ καὶ 
to mae this man, as turning away the people; and 
ἰδού, ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας εοὐδὲν" εὗρον ἐν τῷ 
behold, I before you having examined [him] nothing ‘found in 
ἀνθρώπῳ. τούτῳ αἴτιον ὧν κατηγορεῖτε 
this'man blamable [as to the things] uf which ye bring accusation 
κατ αὐτοῦ" 15 ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ Ἡρώδης' ἰἀνέπεμψα.γὰρ ὑμᾶς πρὸς 
ageinst him ; nor even Herod, for I sent *up tyou to 
αὐτόν," καὶ ἰδού, οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον 


hin, and lo, nothing worthy of death is done 
αὐτῷ. 16 παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν ἀπολύσω. 17 Εξ Ανάγκην 
by him. Ἠατίης ?chastised@*therefore him I will release [him]. “Necessity 


δὲ εἶχεν ἀπολύειν αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἑορτὴν ἕνα." 18 Ἀάνέ- 


᾿ ἔηον 6 “Πηαᾶ torelease tothem at [the] feast one. *they 
κραξαν" δὲ "παμπληθεί," λέγοντες, Aloe τοῦτον, ἀπόλυ- 
Seried *out but 7) ἴῃ a mass, saying, Away with this [man], *te- 
σον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν' 19 ύστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν 


lease ‘and to us Barabbas ; who was onaccount of *insurrection 


τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ φόνον |BEBAnpéVOC εἰς 
‘a *certain made in the city and murder cast into 
φυλακήν." 20 Πάλιν "ποὖν" ὁ "Πιλάτος" προσεφώνησεν», 
prison. Again therefore Pilate called to [them], 
θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 21 οἱ.δὲ ἐπεφώνουν, λέγοντες, 
wishing to release Jesus. But they werecrying out, saying, 
ΡΣταύρωσον, σταύρωσον! αὐτόν. 22 Ο.δξὲ τρίτον εἶπεν 
4 ρ 


Crucify, crucify him, _Andhe athird [time] said 
πρὸς αὐτούς, Τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος: οὐδὲν 
to them, What then ‘evil did “commit ‘this [παν] No 
αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν 


cause of death him. Having *chastised’therefore him 


ἀπολύσω. 
Ι will releage [him]. 


foundI in 
23 Οἱ δὲ ἐπέκειντο φωναῖς μεγάλαις, αἰτού- 
But they were urgent with*voices ‘loud, asking 
μένοι αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι: καὶ κατίσχυον αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν 
tor him to be crucified. And prevailed the voices of them 
ακαὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων." 24 τὉ δὲ" "Πιλάτος! ἐπέκρινεν γενέσθαι 
and ofithe chief priests. And Pilate adjudged *to *be *done 
‘ ” ᾽ ~ > [ή Δ 9 ᾽ ο] \ αν κ 
τὸ.αἴτημα. αὐτῶν. 25 ἀπέλυσεν. δὲ, "αὐτοῖς" τὸν διὰ 
their request. And he released tothem him who onaccount of 
στάσιν καὶ φόνον βεβλημένον εἰς 'τὴνὶ φυλακήν, ὃν 
insurrection and murder had beencast into’ the prison, whom 
ἠτοῦντο' τὸν.δὲ. Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τφ-θελήματι.αὐτῶν. 
they asked for ; but Jesus he delivered up to their will. 
ἊΝ ’ ? , yo ’ ᾽ὔ , 
26 Καὶ we ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν, ἐπιλαβόμενοι "Σίμωνός 
And as they led “away ‘him, having laid hold on “Simon 
/ ~ ᾽ , ? > ~ > , 
τινος Κυρηναίου “rov' ἐρχομένου" “ἀπ᾽! ἀγροῦ, ἐπέθηκαν 
αρ 7certain a Cyrenian coming from afield, they put upon 
αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν φέρειν ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. 27 Hrodovber 
him ; the cross to hear [it] behind Jesus. “Were “following 
δὲ αὐτῷ πολὺ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ γυναικῶν, al Σκαὶ' 
land him agreat multitude of the people and of women, who also 


233 
man unto me, as one 
that perverteth the 
people: and, behold, I, 
having examined him 
before you, have found 
no fault in this man 
touching those things 
whereof ye accuse him! 
15 no, nor yet Herod: 
for Isent you to him; 
and, lo, nothing wor- 
thy of death is done 
unto him. 16 I will 
therefore.chastise him, 
and release him. 
17 (For of necessity he 
must release one unto 
them at the feast.) 
18 And they cried out 
all at once, saying, Α.- 
way with this man, 
and release unto us 
Barabbas: 19 (who for 
acertain sedition made 
in the city, and for 
murder, was cast in- 
to prison.) 20 Pilate 
therefore, willing to 
release Jesus, spake a- 
gain tothem. 21 But 
they cried, saying, Cru- 
cify him, crucify him. 
22 And he said unto 
them the third time, 
Why, what evil hath 
he done? I have found 
no cause of death in 
him : I will therefore 
chastise him, and let 
him go. 23 And they 
were instant with loud 
voices, requiring that 
he miight be crucified. 
And the voices of them 
and of the chef priests 
prevailed. 24 And Pi- 
late gave sentence that 
it should be as they 
required. 25 And he 
released unto them 
him that for sedition 
and murder was cast 
into prison, whom they 
had desired; but he 
delivered Jesus totheir 
will. 


26 And as they led 
him away, they laid 
hold upon one Simon, 
a Cyrenian, coming 
out of the country, and 
on him they laid the 
cross, that he might 
bear τς after Jesus. 
27 And there followed 
hima great company 
of people, and of wo- 
men, which also Ῥε- 


a Sr ee 


f ἀνέπεμψεν yap αὐτὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς for he sent 
Β ἀνέκραγον TTrA. Κ πανπληθεί 1. 
πι δὲ however ΤΤΤΤΑ. η Πειλᾶτος Τ. 
4 --- καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων [L]T|TrA]. 


9 οὐθὲν τττ. 
ς — verse 17 [1]ττι[Α]. 
ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ TTrA. 
P Σταύρου σταύρου LTTrA. ᾿ 
G[L]TTraw. t — την LTTrA,. 
2 ἀπὺ,1., } --- καὶ LTTrA, 


τ᾿ καὶ LTTrA. 
ν Ξίμωνά τινα Κυρηναῖον ἐρχόμενον ΗΤΤΙΑ., 


him back to us τ. 
1 βληθεὶς ([βληθεὶς] A) 


ο + αὐτοῖς them L. 
&— αυτοις 


234 


wailed and lamented 
him, 22 But Jesus turn- 
ing unto them said, 
Daughters of Jerusa- 
lem, weev not for me, 
but weep for your- 
selves, and for your 
children. 29 For, be- 
hold, the days are 
coming, in the which 
they shall say, Blessed 
are the barren, and 
the wombs that never 
bare, and the paps 
which never gavesuck. 
30 Then shall they be- 
gin tosay tothe moun- 
tains, Fall on us ; and 
to the hills, Cover us. 
31 For if they do these 
things in agreen tree, 
what shall be done in 
the dry 2 32 And there 
were also two other, 
malefactors, led with 
him to be put to death. 
33 And when they were 
come to the place, 
which is called Cal- 
vary, there they cru- 
cified him, and the 
malefactors, one on 
the right hand, and 
the other on the left. 
34 Then said Jesus, 
Father, forgive them; 
for they know. not 
what they do. And 
they parted his rai- 
ment, and cast lots. 
35 And the people stood 
beholding. And the 
rulers also with them 
derided him, saying, 
He saved others; let 
him save himself, if 
he be Christ, the cho- 
sen of God. 36 And 
the soldiers also mock- 
ed him, coming to 
him, and offering him 
vinegar, 37 and saying, 
If thou be the king of 
the Jews, save thyself, 
38 And a superscrip- 
tion also was written 
over him in letters of 
Greek, and Latin, and 
Hebrew, THIS IS 
THE KING OF THE 
JEWS 


39 And one of the 
malefactors which 
were hanged railed on 
him, saying, If thou 


κο τς», ΧΙ, 

‘ ’ , 4 4 
ἐκόπτοντο καὶ ἐθρήνουν αὐτόν. 28 στραφεὶς δὲ πρὸς αὐτὰς 
were bewailing and lamenting him. And turning to them 
25" Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, θυγατέρες Ἱερουσαλήμ, μὴ.κλαίετε ἐπ ἐμέ, 
Jesus said, Daughters of Jerusalem, weep not for me, 


/ 4 4 ,ὔ « ~ { / > 
πλὴν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ.τέκνα.ὑμῶν' 399 ὅτι ἰδού, 


but “for 3γοιβο]γος ‘weep and for your children : fori lo; 

, « , τ 2 ~ / 
ἔρχονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς ἐροῦσιν, Μακᾶριαι αἱ στεῖραι 
are coming days in which they will say, Blessed f[are]the barren 


Ὀοὐκ. ἐθήλασαν." 


\ , ε μ \ ‘ Ν 
καὶ ὃ κοιλίαι at οὐκ ἐγέννησαν καὶ μαστοὶ ot 
gave not suck, 


and wombs which did not bear and breasts which 
30 τότε ἄρξονται λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, “Ilécere! ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς 
Then shall they begin tosay tothe mountains, Fall upon wus; 
καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, Καλύψατε ἡμᾶς. 81 ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ" ὑγρῷ 
and tothe hills, Corer us : for if in ithe? τον 
ξύλῳ ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν, ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ τί γένηται; 32° Ἡγοντο 
tree these things they do, inthe dry what maytakeplace? 2Were “led 
δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι δύο κακοῦργοι σὺν αὐτῷ ἀναιρεθῆναι. 33 Kai 
Σαπᾷ also other ‘two malefactors with him to be put to death. And 
ὅτε «ἀπῆλθον' ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον τὸν καλούμενον κρανίον ἐκεῖ 
when theycame ἵο the place called a Skull there 
ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν, καὶ τοὺς κακούργους, ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν 
they crucified him, and the malefactors, theone on [the] right 
ὃν δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν. 94 ἰὁ.δὲ ᾿Τ[ησοῦς ἔλεγεν, Πάτερ, ἄφες 
and one on [the] left. And Jesus said, Father, forgive 
αὐτοῖς' οὐ.γὰρ. οἴδασιν τί ποιοῦσιν." Διαμεριζόμενοι.δὲ τὰ 
them, for they know not what they do. And dividing 
ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ ἔβαλον Εκλῆρον.ὶ 8 καὶ εἱστήκει ὁ λαὺς OEw- | 
his garments they cast a lot. And stood *the *people behold- 
ρῶν' ἐξεμυκτήριζον.δὲ cai" οἱ ἄρχοντες Ισὺν αὐτοῖς," λέγον- 
ing, and *were *deriding also ‘the “rulers with them, say- 
τες, Άλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστὸς 
ing, Qthers hesaved, let him save himself if this is the Christ 
ko τοῦ θεοῦ" ἐκλεκτός. 36) Ἐνέπαιζον" δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρα- 
the *of “God ‘chosen, And mocked him also the sol- 
τιῶται, προσερχόµενοι καὶ! ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ, 37 καὶ 
diers, coming near and “vinegar offering “him, and 
λέγοντες, "Et" od εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυ- 
of the 


saying, If thou art the king Jews, save thy- 
τόν. 38 ν.δ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ “γεγραμμένη! ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ 
self. And ‘there was also an inscription written over him 
, ε ~ x .. ~ ~ 
Ργράμμασιν Ἑλληνικοῖς καὶ Ῥωμαϊκοῖς καὶ ‘“EBpaixoic,! 
in letters Greek and Latin and Hebrew : 
«Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων." δ» 
This is the king of the Jews. “ 
- A ~ , “eC 
39 Ἠΐς δὲ τῶν  κρεµασθέντων κακούργων, ἐβλασφήμει 
Now one of the *who *had *been *hanged 'malefactors railed at 


2 , / 2 5 , ~ 
αὐτόν, *Aeywy," "Εϊ σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστός,' σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ 





be Paha fares eae him, saying, If thou art the Christ, ” save thyself and 

and us. ἃ OD eee re da \ ‘ ς / ; ~ 

other answering re- μᾶς. 40 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ ἕτερος ᾿ἐπετίμα αὐτῷ, λέγων," 

buked him, saying, ug. But answering the other rebuked him, saying, 
..- 0 Tira. Sash at the PEt φις οὐκ ἔθρεψαν nourished not urtra.. ο Πέσατε TTrA. 

4 [τῷ] Tr. 6 ἦλθον LTra. f[o δὲ.... ποιοῦσιν] L. ὃ κλήρους lots TA. bh — καὶ LT. 


i — σὺν αὐτοῖς [L]TTra. 


Ὁ [Ec] 1. 
[Ljrtr[a J. 


him said tira, 


° ἐπιγεγραμμένη Ltr]; — γεγραμμένη TA. 
Tra] 0 4 ὃ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων οὗτος (Γοὗτος] L) LTTrA. 
® Οὐχὶ σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστός; Art not thou the Christ? rrra, 


1 ἐνέπαιξαν ΤΑ. τα — καὶ [Π]Ὶ ΤᾺ. 
Ρ — γράμμασιν .... Ἑβραϊκοῖς 
“  F== λέγων T[TrJa 
' ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτῷ ἔφη rebuking 


! 


Κ τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ ΤΑ. 


ΧΧΊΠΙ. 


Οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν θεόν, 
7Not “even ‘dost *fear *thou 


ΟΡ es 
ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἴ; 
God;[thou]that under the same judgment art? 
41 καὶ ἡμεῖς μὲν δικαίως" ἄξια.γὰρ ὧν ἐπράξαμεν 
And we indeed justly; for °a *due *recompense °of ’what ‘we °did 
ἀπολαμβάνομεν' οὗτος.δὲ οὐδὲν ἄτοπον ἔπραξεν. 49 Καὶ 
1we “receive ; but this [man]*nothing “amiss did. And 
ἔλεγεν τῷ" Ἰησοῦ, Ἰάνήσθητί µου, “κύριε, ὅταν ἔλθῃς ἐν 
he said to Jesus, Remember me, Lord, when thoucomest in 
τῇ-βασιλείᾳ.σου. 43 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ "ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς,! ᾽Αμὴν Σλέγω 


thy kingdom. And *said #to *him 1 Jesus, Verily Isay 
σοι," σήμερον per ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ. 
Το thee, To-day with me _ thou shalt be in Paradise. 


44 "Ἡν δὲ! ὡσεὶ 
And it was about [the] *hour'sixth, and darkness over *whole 
τὴν γῆν ἕως ὥρας Σἐννάτης"' 45 "kai ἐσκοτίσθη ὁ ἥλιος," 
*the land until[the]*hour ‘ninth; and *was*darkened'‘the sun; 
“καὶ ἐσχίσθη! τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον 46 καὶ 
and *was rent ‘the 2veil 30 *the *temple in [the] midst. And 
φωνήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ὃ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Πάτερ. εἰς χεῖράς 
having cried witha*voice *loud Jesus said, Father, into “hands 
σου ἁπαραθήσομαι! τὸ. πνεῦμά µου. «Καὶ ταῦτα" εἰπὼν 
Athy I will commit my spirit. And these things having said 
ἐξέπνευσεν. 47 ᾿Ιδὼν. δὲ ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος) τὸ γενόμενον 
he expired. Now‘*having‘seen'the centurion that which took place 
Εἐδόξασεν! τὸν θεόν, λέγων, Όντως ὁ ἄνθρωπος.οὗτος δίκαιος 
glorified God, saying, Indeed this man 3just 
ἦν. 48 Καὶ πάντες οἱ *ovprapayevopevor" ὄχλοι ἐπὶ τὴν 
was, And all the ?who “were ‘come °together *crowds to 
θεωρίαν.ταύτην, Ἰθεωροῦντες! τὰ γενόµενα, τύπτοντες 
this sight, seeing the things which took place, beating 
Κἐαυτῶν! τὰ στήθη ὑπέστρεφον. 49 εἱστήκεισαν δὲ πάντες 
their breasts returned, And ®stood tall 
ot νωστοὶ αὐτοῦ! ™ μακρόθεν, καὶ γυναῖκες αἱ "συν- 
®those*who “knew Shim afar off, also women who fol- 
ακολουθήσασαι! αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ὁρῶσαι ταῦτα. 
lowed with him from Galilee, beholding these things. 
50 Kai ἰδού, ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι ‘Iwond, βουλευτὴς ὑπάρχων, 
And behold,aman byname _ Joseph, δι counsellor being, 
ἜΡΟΝ 2 θὲ Η δί 1 τ μη θ -ᾱ i 
ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος, 51 οὗτος ovK-nyPovyKararebetpevoc 
aman good and just, (he had not assented 
τῇ βουλῷ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν, ἀπὸ ᾿Αριμαθαίας πόλεως 
tothe counsel and the deed ofthem,) from Arimathwa a city 
τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὃς. καὶ" προσεδέχετο "καὶ αὐτὸς" τὴν βασι- 
of the Jews, and who *was *waiting °for‘also “himself the  king- 
/ ~ a5 1" = ~ ? 4 
λείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, 52 οὗτος προσελθὼν τῷ "Πιλάτῳ" φτήσατο τὸ 


came_ 


dom of God, he having gone to Pilate begged the 
σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. ὅ8 καὶ καθελὼν αὐτὸ" ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ 
body of Jesus. And having taken *down 36 he wrapped = iit 





Υ — τῷ (read he said, Jesus, remember) ΤΤΓΑ. 
(read he said) t[tr]a. Υ σοι λέγω ΤΊτΑ. 
® ἐνάτης LTTrA. 
ς ἐσχίσθη S€T. ἃ παρατίθεµαι 1 commit LTTrAW. 
: ἑκατοντάρχης TTr. 8 ἐδόξαζεν LTTrA. ἃ συνπαραγενόμενοι ΤΑ. 
seen LTTra. κ... ἑαυτῶν (read the breasts) TTrA. 1 αὐτῷ LTTrA, 
τι συνακολουθοῦσαι ΤΤΓΑ. ο + καὶ αλά Ὁ. 

4 — καὶ and LITra. F— καὶ αὐτὸς LTTra. 
LttTra, 


5 Πειλάτῳ 1, 


.dom, 


ε/ « 4 , ? / 8 γε " 
ὥρα ἕκτη, καὶ σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ ὕλην 


ταὶ δὲ. 


_ done, 


w — κύριε [L]TTraA. 
2 καὶ ἦν ἤδη (Γήδη ] Tra) and it was now LTTrA. 
Ὁ τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλιπόντος (darkness came) from the sun failing T. 
ε καὶ τοῦτο and this L; τοῦτο δὲ ΤΤΤΑ. 
i θεωρήσαντες having 


235 


Dost not thou fear 
God, seeing thou art 
in the same condem- 
nation? 41 and we in- 
deed justly; for we 
receive the due reward 
of our deeds: but this 
man hathdone nothing 
amiss. - 42 And he said 
unto Jesus, Lord, re- 
member me when thou 
comest into thy king- 
43 And Jesus 
said unto him, Verily 
I say unto thee, To 
day shalt thou be with 
me in paradise, 


44 And it was about 
the sixth hour, and 
there was a darkness 
over all the earth until 
the ninth hour. 45 And 
the sun was darkened, 
and the veil of the 
temple was rent in the 
46 And when 
Jesus had cried with 
a loud voice, he said, 
Father, into thy hands 
I commend my spirit : 
and having said thus, 
he gave up the ghost. 
47 Now when the cen- 
turion saw what was 
done, he glorified God, 
saying, Certainly this 
was 2 righteous man, 
48 And all the people 
that came together to 
that sight, beholding 
the things which were 
smote their 
breasts, and returned, 
49 And all his ac- 
quaintance, and the 
women that followed 
him from Galilee, 
stood afar off, behold- 
ing these things. 


50 And, behold, there 
was ἃ man named 
Joseph, 8. couuseller 5 
and he wasagood man, 
and a just: 51 (the 
same had not consent- 
ed to the counsel and 
deed of them ;) he was 
of Arimathsa, a city 
of the Jews : who also 
himself waited for 
the kingdom of God, 
52 This man went unto 
Pilate, and begged the 
body of Jesus. 53 And 
he took it down, and 
wrapped it in linen, 





x — ὁ Ἰησοῦς 


m + ἀπὸ from LT. 


P συνκατατιθέµενος τ'; συνκατατεθειµένος A. 


t— αὐτὸ (read [10}} 


296 


and laid it in ἃ sepul- 
chre that was hewn in 
stone, wherein never 
man before was laid. 
ot And that day was 
the preparation, and 
the sabbath drew on. 


55 And the tvomen 
also, which came with 
him from Galilee, fol- 
lowed after, and be- 
held the sepulchre, and 
how his body was laid. 
56 And they returned, 
and prepared spices 
and ointments; and 
rested the sabbath 
day according to 
the commandment. 
XXIV. Now upon the 
first day of the week, 
very early in the morn- 
ing, they came unto 
the sepulchre, bring- 
ing the spices which 
they had prepared, and 
certain others with 
them. 2 And they 
found the.stone rolled 
away from the sepul- 
chre. 3 And they en- 
tered in, and found 
not the body of the 
Lord Jesus. 4 And it 
came to pass, as they 
were much perplexed 
thereabout, behold, 
two men stood by 
them in shining gar- 
ments: 5 and as they 
were afraid, and bowed 
down their faces to the 
earth, they said unto 
them, Why seek ye the 
living among the dead? 
6 He is not here, but is 
risen: remember how 
he spake unto you 
when he was yet in 
Galilee, 7 saying, The 
Son of man must be 
delivered into the 
hands of sinful men, 
and be crucified, and 
the third day rise a- 
gain. 8 And they re- 
membered his words, 
9 and returned from 
the sepuichre, and told 
all these things unto 
the eleven, and to all 
the rest. 10 It was 
Mary Magdalene, and 
Joanna, and Mary the 
mother of James, and 
other women that were 
“vith them, which told 
these things unto the 
apostles. 11 And their 


ν αὐτὸν him Lrtra. 


Y— καὶ LTTrAW. 
© βαθέως LTTrAW. 
έοῦσαι δὲ LTTr#. 


6 ἀπορεῖσθαι LITrA. 
shining raiment LTTra.. 
η σὺν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὅτι δεῖ ΤΊτΑ. 
r+ ἡ the (...] LTm[a]w. 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ, IXXIII, XXIV, 


A 4 / 
σινδόνι καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸ! ἐν μνήματι λαξευτῷ, οὗ 
in ἃ linen'cloth and placed it in atomb hewninarock, in which 
‘ , 4 ΚΕ ΗΕ . 
οὐκ ἦν "οὐδέπω.οὐδεὶοϊ κείμενος. 84 καὶ ημερα ἦν Ἀπαρα- 
3was ‘no 7one ever yet laid. And *day αἱ “was “pre- 
σκευή.! καὶ σάββατον ἐπέφωσκεν. 
paration, and Sabbath was coming on. 
ιά A Ν ~ ͵ 
55 Κατακολουθήσασαι.δὲ Υὑκαὶ" Ζ γυναῖκες, αἵτινες ἦσαν 
And *having *followed Zalso. * *women, who were 
συνεληλυθυῖαι Δαὐτφ' ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας", ἐθεάσαντο τὸ 
come with him out of Galilee, saw the 
~ ‘ ε 1 / 4 ~ ᾽ ~ 4 t / ‘ 
μνημεῖον, καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα. αὐτοῦ. 56 ὑποστρέψασαι.δὲ 
tomb, and how was laid his body. And having returned 
ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα. καὶ τὸ-μὲν σάββατον ἠσύχα- 
they prepared aromatics and ointments, and on the sabbath remained 
σαν κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν. 94 τῇ.δὲ μιᾷ τῶν σαβ- 
quiet, according to the commandment. But on the first [day] of the week 
δα » θ 6 θέ I ἀβλθ > ‘ ‘ rie Π / ὣ 
βά: ων ορ ρου- βα εος 1Λσον επι το [I ἡμα, φεοουσαι 
at early dawn they came to the tomb, bringing *which 
ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα, “καί τινες σὺν αὐταῖς." 2 Εὗ- 
3they *had prepared ‘aromatics, and 5οπ1θ [οὔ 005] τυ them. “They 
ρον δὲ τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου, 3 ἱκαὶ 
3found*and the stone volled away from the tomb ; and 
εἰσελθοῦσαι! οὐχ.εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. 4 και 
having entered they found not the body ofthe Lord Jesus. And 
ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷ-Εδιαπορεῖσθαι' αὐτὰς περὶ τούτου, καὶ ἰδού, 
it came to pass as *were *perplexed they about this, that behold, 
Sto ἄνδρες" ἐπέστησαν αὐταῖς ἐν Ιἐσθήσεσιν ἀστραπτούσαις." 


two men stood by them in “garments shining. 
5 ἐμφόβων δὲ γενομένων αὐτῶν καί κλινουσῶν ἔτὸ πρόσως 
And *filled *with °fear *becoming ‘they and bowing the facé 


πον" εἰς τὴν γῆν, Ἰεϊπονὶ πρὸς αὐτάς, Τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα 
to the earth, they δαἷᾶ to them, Why seekye the living 
μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν; 6 οὐκ.ἔστιν ὧδε, Πάλλ᾽' ἠγέρθη" μνήσθητε 
with the dead? He is not. here, . but is risen: remember 
ὡς ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν, ἔτι ὧν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ, 7 λέγων, '"Ότι 
how he spoke to you, yet being in Galilee, saying, 
δε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" παραδοθῆναι εἰς χεῖρας 
It behoveth the Son of man to be delivered up into hands 
ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν, καὶ σταυρωθῆναι, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 
of *men sinful, and tobecrucified, and the third day 
ἀναστῆναι. 8 Καὶ ἐμνήσθησαν Τῶν.ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ" 9 καὶ 
to arise. And they remembered his words ; and 
ὑποστρέψασαι ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου ἀπήγγειλαν ὑταῦτα πάντα! 
having returned from the . -tomb they related *these*things ‘all 
τοῖς ἕνδεκα καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς. 10 Ρήσαν. δὲ" ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 
tethe eleven and toall the rest. Now it was ?Magdalene 
Μαρία καὶ VIwavva' καὶ Μαρία τ ᾿Τακώβου, καὶ αἱ λοιπαὶ σὺν 
αλα and Joanna and, Mary of James, andthe rest with 
αὐταῖς, "αἱ" ἔλεγον, πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλοσς ταῦτα. 11 Καὶ 
them, who ἰοϊὰ to the’ ‘apostles ~ these things. And 





τ᾿ οὐδεὶς οὐδέπω T; οὐδεὶς οὔπω LTA. = παρασκευῆς ΙΤΤΤΑ, 

Ne * + at the Ltr. * — αὐτῷ T[Tr]A, 5 + αὐτῷ him ΤΑ. 

ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθον Τ. iat © — Kat τινες συν αὗταις LTTrA, {εἰσελ- 

ι ΤῪ ἄνδρες δύο GLTTrAW. ἐσθῆτι ἀστραπτούσῃ 

k τὰ πρόσωπα the faces TTr. ! εἶπαν LTT ra. ™ ἀλλὰ TTra, 

A. OmavTaTavTaT, Ὁ [ἦσαν δὲ] Tra. 4 Ἰωάνα Tr, 
9 --- at LTT:[A], 


a >. 


ΧΧΙΥ, LUKE. 

4. 6 -- , ~ 
ἐφάνησαν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ λῆρος τὰς ῥήματα "αὐτῶν," 
“appeared *before Sthem ‘like 7idle ®talk “words ‘their, 
καὶ ἠπίστουν αὐταῖς. 12 τὸ δὲ Πέτρος ἀναστὰς ἔδραμεν 


and they disbelieved them. ὶ But Peter hayingrisenup.- ran 

3 ‘ ‘ ~ / , 

ἐπὶ TO μνημεῖον, καὶ παρακύψας βλέπε τὰ ὀθόνια 

το the tomb, and haying stooped down heseecs_ the linen clothes 

κείμενα μόνα" καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς Σἑαυτὸν) θαυμάζων τὸ 
lying alone, and went away home wondering at that which 
"γεγονός." 


had cone to pass, 
19 Kai ἰδού, δύο 


~ τ =a 5 
ἐξ αὐτῶν ήσαν πορευόμενοι ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ 
And 1ο, 


two of them 


were going on’ ?same ‘the 

[ή , ΄ a ar t ’ ‘ 
ἡμέρᾳ" εἰς κώμην ἀπέχουσαν σταδίους ἑξήκοντα ἀπὸ Ἱερου- 
day to avillage being distant *furlongs sixty ‘from Jeru- 


σαλήµ, καὶ ὄνομα 


Ἐμμαούς' 14 καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡμίλουν πρὸς 
salem, 


whose name [15] Emmaus; and they were conversing with 
ἀλλήλους περὶ πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων. 15 καὶ 
one another about all *which *had *taken “place ‘these things. And 
ἐν τῷ-ὁμιλεῖν αὐτοὺς καὶ συζητεῖν," καὶ αὐτὸς “ὁ" 
as they conversed and reasoned, that *himself 
ἐγγίσας συνεπορεύετο αὐτοῖς" 16 οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ 
having drawnnear went with them ; but the eyes 
τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν. 17 Εἶπεν. δὲ 
_not to know him, And he said 
‘ ? , τ' « , ἐξ ελ ? , ‘ 
πρὸς αὐτούς, Tivec οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε πρὸς 
το them, What words [are] these which ye exchange with 
ἀλλήλους περιπατοῦντες, PKai ἐστε σκυθρωποί 1" 
one another as ye walk, and are downcast in countenance ὃ 
‘ A ε - = , - ‘ 
18 ᾽Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ °6" εἴς, ἐῷ ὄνομα!  Κλεύπας, εἶπεν πρὸς 
Απά answering the one, whose name [was] Cleopas, said to 
αὐτόν, Σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς fev" Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνως 
him, ?Thou “alone ‘sojournest in Jerusalem, and hast not known 
τὰ γενόμενα ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν ταῖς. ἡμέραις ταὔταις ; 
the things which are come to pass in it in these days ? 
19 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ποῖα; Οἱ.δὲ δεῖπον! αὐτῷ, Ta 
And ο βαϊᾶ tothem, Whatthings? Andthey said tohim, Thethings 
περὶ , Inoov τοῦ "Nafwoaiov,! ὃς ἐγένετο ἀνὴρ προφήτης, 
concerning Jesus the -Nazarzan, who was &man_ a prophet, 
δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ Kai‘ λόγῳ ἐναντίον Tov θεοῦ Kai παντὸς τοῦ 
mighty in deed and word. before God απᾶ all the 
λαοῦ: 20 ὅπως τε παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν! οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ 
people ;~ andhow ‘delivered Sup %him ‘the “chief “priests *and 
ἄρχοντες ἡμῶν εἰς κρίμα θανάτου, καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν" 


ἐγένετο 
it came to pass 
Ἰησοῦς 
1Jesus 
αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο 
οὗ them were holden [5ο as] 


Sour rulers to judgment ofdeath, and crucified him. 
21 ἡμεῖς δὲ ἠλπίζομεν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι 

But we were hoping he itis who is about to redeem 
τὸν Ἰσραήλ. adda.ye! σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις τρίτην ταύτην 

Israel, -But then with all these things ‘third 3this 
ἡμέραν ἄγει "σήμερον" ἀφ᾽ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο. 22 ἀλλὰ καὶ 
Sday brings ‘to-day since these thingscame topass. And withal 
γυναϊκές τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξέστησαν ἡμᾶς, γενόμεναι 
“women ‘certain from amongst us astonished us, having been 


t ταῦτα these LTTrA. v — verse 12 [L]r[Tr]. 
Σ αὐτὸν Tr. ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἧσαν πορευόµεντοι Τ. 


297 


werds seemed to them 
as idle tales, and they 
believed them not, 
12 Then arose Peter, 
and ran unto the sepul- 
chre; and stooping 
down, he beheld the 
linen clothes laid by 
themselves, and de- 
parted, wondering in 
himself at that which 
Was come to pass, 


13 And, behold, two 
of them went that 
same day toa village 
called Emmaus, which 
was from Jerusalem 
about threescore fur- 
longs. 14 And they 
talked together of all 
these things which had 
happened. 15 And it 
came to pass, that, 
while they communed 
together and reasoned, 
Jesus himself drew 
near, and went with 
them. 16 But their eyes 
were holden that they 
should not know him. 
17 And he said unto 
them, What manner 
of communications are 
these that ye have one 
to another, as ye walk, 
and are sad? 18 And 
the one of them, whose 
name was Cleopas, an- 
swering said unto him, 
Art thou onby a stran- 
ger in Jerusalem, and 
hast not known the 
things which are come 
to pass there in these 
days? 19 And he said 
unto them, .What 
things? And they said 
unto him, Concerning 
Jesus of Nazareth, 
which was a prophet 
mighty in deed and 
word before God and 
all the people: 20 and 
how the chief priests 
and our rulers deliv- 
ered him to be con- 
demned to death, and 
have crucified him. 
21 But we trusted that 
it had been he which 
should have redeeured 
Israel: and beside all 
this, to day is the third 
day since these things 
were done. 22 Yea, 
and certain Women 
also of our company 
made us astonished, 
which were early at 


π [κείμενα μόνα] A; — κείµενα Tr. 
1 συνζητεῖν LTTrA. 


a -- ὃ ΤΊΤΑ. 


υ καὶ ἐστάθησαν ([; καὶ ἐσ-ά.] A) σκυθρωποί. (question ends at walk) And they stood down- 


‘d+. [ἐξ αὐτῶν] of them 1. 


cast in countenance. TTra. -ο [TTrA. | 
5 Nagap 


TrA. — ἐν (read [in]) GTTraAW. Β8 εἶπαν Τττ. 
k αὐτὸν παρέδωκαν L. | + καὶ also LTTrA. 


νοῦ TTrA. 
τὰ --- σήμερον (read it brings) T[Tra]. 


ε ὀνόματι by name 
i+ [ἐν] 1 τῷ 


208 


the sepulchre ; 23 and 
when they found not 
his body, they came, 
saying, that they had 
also seen a vision of 
augels, which said that 
he was alive. 24 And 
certain of them which 
were with us went 
to the sepulchre, and 
found it even so as the 
women had said: but 
him they saw not. 
25 Then he said unto 
them, O fools, and slow 
of heart to believe al 
that the prophets have 
spoken: 26 ought not 
Christ to have suffered 
these things, and to 
enter into his glory? 
27 And beginning at 
Moses and all the pro- 
phets, he expounded 
unto them in all the 
scriptures the things 
concerning himself. 
28 And they drew nigh 
unto the village, whi- 
ther they went : and he 
made as though he 
would have gone fur- 
ther. 29 But they con- 
strained him, saying, 
Abide with us: for it 
is toward everiing, and 
the day is far spent. 
And he went in to 
tarry with them. 
30 And it came to pass, 
as he sat at meat with 
them, he took bread, 
and blessed 2έ, and 
brake, and gave t6 
them. 31 And their 
eyes were opened, and 
they knew him; and 
he vanished out of 
their sight. 32 And 
they said one to an- 
other, Did not our 
heart burn within us, 
while he talked with 
us by the way, and 
while he opened to us 
the scriptures ? 33 And 
they rose up the same 
hour, and returned to 
Jerusalem, and found 
the eleven gathered 
together, and them 
that were with them, 
84 saying, The Lord is 
risen indeed, and hath 
appeared to Simon. 
35 And they told what 
things were done in 
the way, and how he 
was known of them in 
breaking of bread. 





Ὁ ὀρθριναὶ LTTrAW. 
σ αὑτοῦ EG ; αὐτοῦ LTr. 
¥ + ἤδη already [L]TT:a. 
8 ἡθροισμένους gathered LTTra. 


µήνευσεν TTrA,. 


1 ΤΤΤΑ. 


ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. XXIV. 


" - 1 ~ A ~ ~ 

"ὄρθριαι! ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον" 23 καὶ μὴ ευροῦσαι τὸ.σῶμα.αὐτοῦ 

early to the tomb, and not having found his body 
ἦλθον, λέγουσαι καὶ ὀπτασίαν ἀγγέλων ἑωρακέναι, οἱ λέγουσιν 
came, declaring also a vision of angels to have seen, who say 
αὐτὸν ζῇν. 24 καὶ ἀπῆλθόν τινες τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τὸ 

he’ is living. And Swent lsome of *those*with °us to the 
μνημεῖον καὶ εὗρον οὕτως καθως PKai' αἱ γυναῖκες εἶπον, 

tomb and found[it] so as also the women said, 

? 4 \ > 5 ~ “5 ? \ 7 \ ’ / κ 
αὐτὸν. δὲ οὖκ.εῖδον. 25 Καὶ αὐτὸς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς, Q 
but him they saw ποῦ. And he said to them, ο 
ἀνόητοι καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ τοῦ πιστεύειν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς 
senseless and slow of heart to believe in all which 
ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται" 26 οὐχὶ ταῦτα ἔδει 

spoke the prophets. 3Νοῦ ‘these '!things ‘was *it *needful *for 
παθεῖν τὸν Χριστόν, καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν. δόξαν. αὐτοῦ ; 
5to °suffer Sthe 7Christ, and toenter into his glory ? 
27 Kai ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ ΡΜωσέως" καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν προ- 
And beginning from Moses and from all the pro- 
φητῶν “διηρμήνευεν"! αὐτοῖς ἐν πάσαις ταῖς γραφαῖς τὰ 
phets he interpreted tothem in all the scriptures the things 
περὶ ΛΤἑαυτοῦ.! 28 Καὶ ἤγγισαν εἰς τὴν κώμην od 
concerning himself. And they drewnear to the village where 
ἐπορεύοντο, καὶ αὐτὸς “προσεποιεῖτο! 'ποῤῥωτέρωϊ πορεύεσθαι. 
they weregoing,and he appeared “farther 1to Ρο “going. 
29 καὶ παρεβιάσαντο αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Μεῖνον μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, ὅτι 
And they constrained him, saying, Abide with us, for 
πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἡ ἡμέρα. Καὶ εἰσῆλθεν 
towards evening itis, and has declined the day. And heenteredin 
τοῦ μεῖναι σὺν αὐτοῖς. 90 καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷ.κατακλιθῆναί 
to abide with them. And it came to pass as “reclined 
αὐτὸν per αὐτῶν, λαβὼν τὸν ἄρτον “Evdoynoer, 
(Sat *table] the with them, havingtaken the bread he blessed, 

\ , 3 ; ? ~ t > ~ ‘ ΄ « 
καὶ κλάσας ἐπεδίδου. αὐτοῖς. 81 αὐτῶν.δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ 
and having broken he gave [it] to them. And their 2were “opened 
ὀφθαλμοί καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν αὐτόν" καὶ αὐτὸς ἄφαντος.ἐγένετο 

eyes and they knew him. And he disappeared 
ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν. 32 Καὶ *elrov' πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία 
from them, And they said to one another, 7Not *heart 
ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν δὲν ἡμῖν" ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, 
Sour ‘burning ‘was in us as he was speaking tous in the way, 
καὶ we διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς; 33 Kai ἀναστάντες 
and ashe wasopening tous the scriptures? And rising up 
αὐτῇ.τῇ ὥρᾳ ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ εὗρον *ovrn- 
thesame hour theyreturned to Jerusalem, and they found gathered 
θροισμένους" τοὺς ἕνδεκα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς, 34 λέγοντας, 
together the eleven and those with them, saying, 


Ὥτι Ὀὴγέρθη ὁ κύριος ὄντως," καὶ ὠφθη Σίμωνι. 35 Kai 


315 trisen ‘the *Lord 
αὐτρὶ ἐξηγοῦντο τὰ 
they related thethings in the way, 
ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου. 
in the breaking of the bread. 


indeed, And 
? ~ ε - ‘ e > , > ~ 

ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, καὶ we ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς 
aud how he was known to them 


and appeared to Simon. 





° — καὶ LTrA, P Μωύσέως LTTrAW. 4 διερµήνενεν 1,1 διερ- 
5 προσεποιήσατο LTTrA. t ποῤῥώτερον LTrA. 
χ εἶπαν TIrA. Υ [ἐν ἡμῖν ] Tra. z— καὶ 


W ηὐλόγησεν 1, 
b ὄντως ἠγέρθη ὁ κύριος LTTra. 





ὦ ᾽ ~ ” , 
αὑτοῖς, Έχετε τι 


ΧΧΙΥ. LUKE. 


36 Ταῦτα.δὲ αὐτῶν.λαλούντων, αὐτὸς “ὁ Ἰησοῦς! ἔστη ἐν 


And these things asthey πετε telling, “himself *Jesus stood in 
éow αὐτῶν “kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν." ε 37 Πτοηθέντες 
*midst ‘their and says tothem, Peace to you. =Terrified 


δὲ καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν. 
*but *and *filled ‘with "fear “being they thought aspirit they beheld. 
38 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ti τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ; καὶ fdrari" δια- 
And he said tothem, Why troubled are ye? and wherefore 7rea- 
Royispoi ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν &raicg καρδίαις" ὑμῶν; 99 ἴδετε 
sonings *do come up in “hearts your ?- see 


τὰς. χεῖράς. μου καὶ τοὺς πόδας.μου, ὅτι "αὐτὸς ἐγώ εἰμι." 
y my bands and my feet, that she τ 7am, 
ψηλαφήσατέ µε καὶ Were’ bri πνεῦμα ἰσάρκα! Kai ὀστέα οὐκ 

Handle me and ‘see, for a spirit flesh and bones not 


ἔχει, καθὼς ἐμὲ θεωρεῖτε ἔχοντα. 40 ‘Kai τοῦτο εἰπὼν 


thas, as %me ye “see having. And this having said 
ἐπέδειξεν. αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας." 41 ér16é 
he shewed to them [his] hands and feet. But yet 


ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν "aro τῆς χαρᾶς καὶ θαυμαζόντων," εἶπεν 
whilethey weredisbelieving for joy and were wondering, he said 
βρώσιμον ἐνθάδε; 42 Οἱ.δὲ ἐπέδωκαν 
to them, eatable here ? » Andthey~ /) gave 

? ~ , , ? ~ / n wo OF ‘ i at : ΄ η 4 
αὐτῷ ἰχθύος ὁπτοῦ µέρος "καὶ ἀπὸ µελισσίου.κηρίου." 48 Kai 
to him *of *a *fish *broiled ‘part and of a honeycomb. And 

λαβὼν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν. 44 Ἐϊπεν δὲ δαὐτοῖς,ὶ 
having taken [it] *before *them *he “ate, And he said tothem, 
Οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι οὓς ἐλάλησα πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔτι ὧν σὺν ὑμῖν, 
These [816] the words which ᾖἸ εροκο to you yet being with you, 
ὅτι δεῖ πληρωθῆναι πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ. νόμφῳ 
that must be fulfilled all things that have been written in the law 
αΜωσέως' καὶ ᾿ προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς περὶ ἐμοῦ. 45 Τότε 


Have ye anything 


of Moses and prophets and psalms concerning me. Then 
διήνοιξεν αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν τοῦ συνιέναι τὰς γραφάς" 
he opened their understanding to understand the scriptures, 


46 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι οὕτως γέγραπται, "καὶ οὕτως 
and = said to them, Thus it has been written, and thus 


ἔδει" παβεῖν τὸν χοιστὸν καὶ ἀναστῆναι ἐκ νεκρῶν 


it behoved “ἴο ᾿β του the “Christ and _ torise from among [the] dead 
τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, 47 καὶ κηρυχθῆναι. ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματι.αὐτοῦ 
the third day ; and should be proclaimed in his name 
μετάνοιαν ‘kai! ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, "ἀρξά- 
repentance and remis-ion of sins to all nations, begin- 
᾽ ΄ « ~ / ’ 
μενον" ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλήμ. 48 ὑμεῖς "δέ ἐστε" μάρτυρες τούτων. 
ning at Jerusalem, “Ye ‘and are witnesses ofthese things. 
49 “καὶ ἰδού, ἐγὼ"! Σἀποστέλλω" τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πατρός 
And lo, 1 send the promise of *Father 


A ’ ~ ΄ « ‘ 
μου. ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς" ὑμεῖς.δὲ καθίσατε ἐν τῇ πόλει ΣἹερουσαλὴμὶ 
4my upon you; but “ye ‘remain in the city of Jerusalem 
.« - ? 4 Zz / ? er ll 
ἕως οὗ ἐνδύσησθε δύναμιν ἐξ ὕψους. 

till yebeclothed with power from ΟΠ ΠίΡΗ, 





© — ὃ Ἰησοῦς GLTTrA. 
Iam [he], fear Ποῦ 1. ἔἋδιὰ τί tra, 
i σάρκας T. k — verse 40 [τι]. | 3 
τις χαρᾶς τ. 5 -- καὶ ἀπὸ µελισσίου κηρίου LI[Tra]. 
my words) [L]TTrA. 4 Μωύσέως LITraw. ‘+ [τοις] the Tr. 
τειςῖοτ. ἃ ἀρξάμενοι TT: A. 
* ἐξαποστέλλω send out Tira. 


«ὃ τῇ καρδία heart LTTra, 
1 ἔδειξεν Ltr; [ἐπ]έδειξεν a. 


Υ.----Ἱερουσαλήμ GLTTra. 


Ὁ πρὸς αὐτούς ΤΊτΑ. 
S — καὶ οὕτως ἔδει [Π]ΤΤτὰ. 
v — δέ ἐστε ([ἐστε] tr) (γειά [ι1γο]) Trra. 
«ὦ ἐξ ὕψους δύναμιν Tira, 


299 


36 And as they thus 
spake, Jesus himself 
stood in the midst of 
them, and saith unto 
them, Peace be unto 
you. 37 But they were 
terrified and affright- 
ed, and supposed that 
they had seen a spirit. 
38 And he said unto 
them, Why are ye 
troubled? and why do 
thoughts arise in your 
hearts? 39 Behold my 
hands and my feet, 
that it is I myself: 
handle me,’ and sev; 
for a spirit hath not 
flesh and bones, as ye 
sce me have. 40 And 
when he had thus spo- 
ken, he shewed them 
his hands and his feet. 
41 And while they yet 
believed not for joy, 
and wondered, he said 
unto them, Have ye 
here any meat? 42 And 
they gave him a piece 
of a broiled fish, and 
of an honeycomb. 
43 And he took it, and 
did eat before them. 
44 And he said unto 
them, These are the 
words which I spake 
unto you, while I was 
yet with you, that all 
things must be ~ful- 
filled, which were 
written in the law of 
Moses, and m the pro- 
phets, and im the 
psalms, concerning 
me. 45 Then opened he 
their understanding, 
that they might under- 
stand the scriptures, 
46 and said unto them, 
Thus it is written, and 
thus it behoved Christ 
to suffer, and to rise 
from the dead the 
third day : 47and that 
repentance and remis- 
sion of sins should be 
preached in his name 
among all nations, be- 
ginning at Jerusalem, 
48 And ye are wit- 
nesses of these things. 
49 And, behold, I send 
the promise of my Fa- 
ther upon you: but 
tarry ye in the city of 
Jerusalem, until ye be 
endued with power 
from on high, 





d — καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν τ. 6 + [ἐγώ εἰμι, μὴ φοβεῖσθε) 
η L εγώ εἰμι αυτός LTTrA. 
™ καὶ θαυμαζόντων ἀπὸ 


Ρ + µου (read 


ν κἀγὼ and Lr, 


240 1ΩΑΝΝΗΣ,. ia 
50 And he led them 50. ᾿Εξήγαγεν.δὲ αὐτοὺς "ἔξω!" ἕως sic! Βηθανίαν, καὶ 


out as ΤᾺΣ as to Beth- αμα 
any, and he lifted up : And he a μμ. Ων ἊΣ τα 8ἃ5 to ει ea 
his hands, and blessed ἐπάρας τὰς«χεῖραυ.αὐτοῦ εὐλόγησεν αὕτους. 6561 καὶ 
them. 51 And it came having lifted up his hands he blessed them, And 


to puss, while he bless- ex, - si? δῇ δι ες α/ 3. 5. {κα 
edthem,hewasparted ἐγένετο, ΕΥ.τῷ-εὐλογεῖν αὑτὸν αυτους Οιεστὴ απ αὑτων 
from them, and car- 16 came {ο pass as 2was “blessing he them hewasseparatedfrom .them 
ried up into heaven. fees - 3 κ : Pps ο ‘ εὐ πον ὍΝ 
52 And they worship- “καὶ ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν. δῷ και αὐτοι “προσκυνη- » 
ped him, andreturned απ wascarried upinto the heaven. And _ they having w 
to ‘Jerusalem with + ae ee: wae ἢ δ τῷ Pe Ἢ 
great joy:53and were σαντες αὐτὸν ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ μετὰ χαρᾶς μεγά- 
continualiy in the ghipped him returned to Jerusalem with joy ‘oreat, ° 


temple, praising an ne ‘ ane εξ aie ais A 
peste God. Amen, λης 53 καὶ ἦσαν «διαπαντὸς' ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, (αἰνοῦντες καὶ 
and were continually in the temple, praising and 

εὐλογοῦντες" τὸν θεόν. ἕ Αμήν." 
blessing God, Amen. “= 


Τὸ κατὰ <Aovkay εὐαγγέλιον." 
The 3according*to *Luke ‘glad *tidings.. 





iTO ΚΑΤΑ ΙΩΑΝΝΗΝ ATION ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΟΝ. 


THE *ACCORDING *TO ®JOHN *HOLY "GLAD *TIDINGS. 


ο ο πο Ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὃ λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 
Word ο λε God, Τα, [86] Ῥο λα μη was the Word, aa the ene wat Wee God, 
andthe WordwasGod. καὶ θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος. 2 οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν 


ος ΑΕ and *God να: ‘the 7Word. He was in [the] beginning with 


3Allthingsweremade θεόν, 3 Πάντα δι αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ 


by him; and without (ρα, Allthings through him came into being, and without him 
him was not any thiag he, ο ἀπε = ; ο ος ᾖ 
made that was made. ἐγένετο οὐδὲ "ἕν 0 γέγονεν. 4 ἐν! αὐτῷ ζωὴ 


4 In him was life; and ορπιο into being not even one([thing] which has οοπιθ into being. In hi life 
the life was the light Ξ ΠΟ ΕΒΙΙΘῚ ος oe 


ofmen.5Andthelight Ἰἠν,! καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων" 5 καὶ TO φῶς ἐν 


shineth in darkness; 4was, and the life was the light of men. And the light in 
andthedarknesscom-  . ᾿ ; aoe Ξ κι ; ᾿ 
prehended it not. τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ.κατέλαβεν. 


the darkness appears, and the darkness “Ὁ ‘*apprehended not. 
6 Ἔγένετο ἄνθρωπος ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ, ὄνομα 
6 Thére was a man There was aman sent from God, *name 
sent from God, whose ασ m’ , " κῃ 5 ὁ 4 ef 2 
ο ο γι 7 ihe CUT? Ἰωάννης." 7 οὗτος ἦλθεν εἰς µαρτυριαν, ινα µαρτυ 
same came for awit. DIS John. He came for  α witness, that he might 
ness, to bear witness ρᾗσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός, ίνα πάντες πιστεύσωσιν δι αὐτοῦ. 


eure peer taal 81] witness concerning the light, that all * might believe through him, 


- - ΤΥ - \ ~ > το / : ~ 
might believe. 8 He 8 οὐκήν ἐκεῖνος TO φῶς, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ 


bbe ας ἐπί aight, ?Was*not ‘he the light, but that he might witness concerning the 


witness of that Light. φωτός. 9 ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν ὃ φωτίζει πάντα 
at was the true 7); 4 1 Slike 2 i a 

iene erick Ughteth Heht. Wee : the Heat bras that whieh lightene Overy 

everymanthatcometh άνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 10 ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, 

into the world. 10 He man coming into the world. In the world he was, 


wes in the world, and 4 « , ᾽ ᾽ ~ > ) η « ΄ ᾽ κ 
the world was made και ο KOO HOE Ou αὐτου ΣΥΣΥΕΤΟ» και ο κοσμος αυτον 
by him, and the world ang the world through him came ἱπίο being, and the world him 
knew him not. 11 He ος αν 2 . τ εν eee > , 
came unto his own, Οὐκιἔγνω. 11 εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ.παρέλα- 





and his own received knew not. To hisown hecame, and hisown him received not ; 
him not. 12 But as συ \ » ? \ ” 2 ~ ? , : 
many as received him, Sov’ 12 ὕσοι.δὲ πἔλαβον" αὐτὸν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν 
to thermo gave he power but as many as_ received him he gave tothem authority 

*—éfo[L]rtr[a]. ὃ" πρὸς LTTrA. © — καὶ ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν τ. 4-~ πρασκυνή- 
σαμτες αὐτόν τ. ὁ διὰ παντὸς LA. {ΕΓαἰνοῦντες ο εὐλογοῦντες τι; --- καὶ εὐλογοῦντες T. 
& --᾿ ἀμήν @(L}rtra. Ὁ Κατὰ Λουκᾶν Tra ; --- Τὸ κατὰ Δουκᾶν εὐαγγέλιον EGLTW. 

Στ ἅνιον E; Εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ ᾿Ιωάννην (Ἰωάνην tr) GLTrAW ; κατὰ ᾿Ιωάννην T. ἕν. ὃ 
γέγονεν ἐν (read one [thing]. That which was in him was life) 1ης, ] ἐστιν is 11. 


 Τωάνης Tr Ἀ ἔλαβαν τὸ, 


ΠΣ ο ΕΝ. 


δ᾽“ ~ , ή 
τέκνα θεοῦ γενέσθαι, 


πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα 
chiidren of God to be, 


believe on =name 


τοῖς 
to those that 


? ο εν > ’ ὁ ο } νι 3 , ‘ > ‘ 
αὐτοῦ" 19 ot οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς οὐδὲ 
"his ; who nou of bloods nor of will of ftiesh nor 
. ἌΣ ‘ > ~ , 
ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐγεννήθησαν. 
of _wiil ofman but of God were born. 
ro 1 ‘ « δ , 3 - 3 ’ \ > / ᾿ « ~ 
14 Καὶ ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν, 
6 And the Word flesh became, and _ tabernacled among 118, 


καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν.δόξαν. αὐτοῦ, δόξαν we μονογενοῦς παρὰ 
(and we discerned * his glory, aglory as of an only-begotten with 


πατρός, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας. 15° lwavyyc" μαρτυρεῖ. 


a father, full of oo and truih. John witnesses 
περὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ κέκραγεν, Δ γον Οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον, 
ee him, and cried, saying This was he of whom I said, 
Ὢ ὀπίσω µου ἐρχόμενος, ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν" ὅτι 
Ἠο who after me comes, 2precedence  *of *me has, for 


πρῶτός µου ἦν. 16 PKai" ἐκ τοῦ.πληρώματος.αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς 


before me he was. And of his fulness we 
/ ΄ ‘ ΄ ‘ , er « 

πάντες ἐλάβομεν, καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος" 17 ὅτι ὁ νόμος 
all received, and grace upon grace. For the law 


διὰ «Μωσέως! ἐδόθη. ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ 


through Moses was given; the grace andthe truth through Jesus 
χοιστοῦ ἐγένετο. 18 θεὸν οὐδεὶς ἑώρακεν πώποτε" "ὁ! µονο- 
Christ came. *God *no“one “has *seen at πο σαν the “sh 


γενὴς Svidc," ὁ ὧν εἰς τὸν κύλπον τοῦ πατρός, ἐκεῖνος. έξη- 


begotten Son, whois in _ the bosom of the Father, he * de- 
γήσατο. 19 Καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Ἰωάννου," 
clared [him]. And _ this is the witness of John, 
ὅτε ἀπέστειλαν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ἐξ “Ἱεροσολύμων ἱερεῖς καὶ 
when Ssent the *Jews from Jerusalem _ priests and 
“Aevirac,’ ἵνα ἐρωτήσωσιν αὐτόν, Σὺ τίς εἴ; 20 Καὶ 
Levites, that πα might ask him, Thou who art thou?: And 


ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ. ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν, Ὅτι “οὐκ εἰμὶ 


he coniessed and denied not, and confessed, %Not *um 
ἐγὼ" ὁ Χριστός, 21 Kai ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν, Τί οὖν; Ἡλίας 
1 the Christ. And they asked him, What chen? Elias 

εἶ ot; *Kai" λέγει, Οὐκ.εμῖ. Ὃ προφήτης εὖ σύ; Kai 
art thou? And hesays, Iam not. The prophet art thou? And 
~ ΄ 5 ε/ ᾽ ΄ 

ἀπεκρίθη, Οὔ. 99 “Εἶπον Ῥοῦν! αὐτῷ, Τίς εἶ; wa ἀπό- 
he answered, No. They said therefore to aun, Who art thou ? that an 


κοισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν Ἰμᾶς' τί λέγεις περι 
ansWer we inay give to those who yent us: What sayest thou about 
~ ? Ke: POS 
σεαυτοῦ; 23 "Edn, Ἐγώ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 
thyself ? He said, 1 [ατα] a voice erying in the wilderness, 
\ τ 

Εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου καθὼς εἶπεν Ἡσαΐας ὁ προ- 

Make straight the Te of [the] Lord, as, said Esaias the pro- 
φήτης. 24 Καὶ «οἱ! “ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρι- 
phet. And thoze who had been sent were from among the Phari- 
, x 

σαίων. 25 καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν καὶ “εἶπον! αὐτῷ,. Τί οὖν 
sees, Ane they asked him and said tohim, Why then 


Βαπτίζεις, εἰ σὺ οὐκ.εῖ ὁ χριστός, Cobre’ *HXiag," εοῦτεὶ 
baptizest thou, ‘if thou art not the Christ, nor _ Elias, nor 
ο τ αϑής Tr. P ore ἴον GLTTrA. q Moicews LTTrawW. 
God τι. ἳ Ἰωάνου Tr. v + πρὸς αὐτὸν to him ΗΤΤΑ. 
εἰμὶ LTTrA, δ τί οὖν; "Ηλείας et; τι τί οὖν; σὺ Ηλίας εἶ; τὸς: 
7— καὶ τ. 3 εἶπαν LTTrA, b — οὖν L. 
LITA © οὐδὲ LTT:A. f"HaActas T, 


kK 





r — ὁ (ead [the]) Tr. 
w Λευείτας TTrA, 
σὺ οὖν TL; 
« --- οἱ (read [those who]) TTra. 


241 


‘to become the sons of 


God, even to them that 
believe on his name: 
14 which* were born, 
not of blood, nor of 
the will of the fiesh, 
nor of the will of man, 
but of God, 


14 And the Word was 
miade flesh, and dwelt 
along us, (and we be- 
held his glory, the 
glory as of the only 
bezotten of the Fa- 
ther,) full of grace 
and truth. 15 John 
bare witness of him, 
and cricd, saying, This 
was he of whom I 
spake, He that coineth 
atter me 15 preferred 
before me: for he was 
before me. 16 And of 
his fulness have all we 
received, and grace for 
grace. 17 For the law 
was given by Moses, 
but grace and truth 
came by Jesus Christ. 
18 No man hath seen 
God at any time; the 
only begotten Son, 
which is in the bosom 
of the Father, he hath 
declared him. 19 And 
this is the record of 
John, when the Jews 
sent priests and Le- 
vites from Jcrusalem 
to ask him, Who art 
thou? 20 And he con- 
fussed, and denied not; 
but confessed, I am 
not the Christ. 21 And 
th -y asked him, What 
then? Art thou Elias? 
Andhe saith, Iam not. 
Art thou that prophet? 
And he answered, No. 
22 Then said they unto 
him, Who art thou? 
that we may give an 
answer to them that 
scot us. What sayest 
thou of thyself? 23 He 
said, I am the voice of 
one crying in the wil- 
derness, Make straight 
the way of the Lord, 
as said the prophet 
Τὸ οἷος. 24 And they 
which were sent were 
of the Phari-ees. , 
25 And they asked him, 
and said unto him, 
Why baptizest thou 
then, if thou be not 
that Christ, nor Elias, 
neither that prophet? 


5 θεὸς 
ve ἐγὼ ουκ 
Ἠλίας et; 2 Ad 
a εἶπαν 


242 


25 John answered 
them, saying, I bap- 
tize with water: but 
there standeth one a- 
mong you, whom ye 
know not; 27 he it is, 
who coming after me 
i- preferred before me, 
whose shoe’s latechet T 
am pot worthy to un- 
loose. 28 These things 
were done in Beth- 
abara beyond Jordan, 
where John was bap- 
tizing. 


29 The next day 
John secth Jesus com- 
ing unto him, and 
saith, Behold the Lamb 
of God, which takcth 
away the sin of the 
world. 30 This is he 
οἵ whom 1 said, After 
me cometh a man 
which is preferred be- 
fore me: for he was 
befor: me. 31 And I 
kuew him not: but 
thar he =hould be made 
minifest to Israel, 
thererore am I come 
baptizing with waiter. 
32 And John bare re- 
cor, snying, Τ saw the 
Spirit desecuding from 
heaven likea dove, and 
it abode upon him. 
33 And I knew him 
not: but he that sent 
me to baptize with 
water, the same said 
unto me, Upon whom 
thou shalt sce the Spi- 
rit descending. and re- 
maining on him, the 
same is he which bap- 
tizeth with the Holy 
Ghost. 34 And Isaw, 
and bare reeord that 
this is the Son of God. 


35 Again the next 
day after John stood, 
and two of his disci- 
ples; 36 and looking 
upon Jesus as he walk- 
ed, he saith, Behold 
the Lamb of God! 
27 And the two Qisci- 
ples heard him speak, 
and they followed Je- 





Ε᾿Ἰωάνης τε. 


LTrA,. 
%— καὶ =. 


bh — δὲ but TTra. 
πιο ὃς ἔμπροσθέν µου γέγονεν G[L]TTraA. 
θαβαρᾶ E; Βηθανίᾳ Bethany Gurtraw. 
(read he sees) GLitraw. 
¥ + [0 αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμον] Who iakes away the sin of the world κε. 
ἃ οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ T. 


: 

a + 1 

ε]ώάννηςἳ λέγων, ᾿Εγὼ 
*John saying, I 

ὑμῶν ‘ornKer! ὃν ὑμεῖς 

ls 1 μεις 
stands ᾿ [016] whom το 

MOC 


TQANNH &. 
ὁ προφήτης; 326 Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ 


the prophet? *Answered *them 
βαπτίζω ἐν ὕδατι μέσος. δεῖ 
baptize with water; but in [the] midst of you 
” ΄ , ε ΄ ἢ ¥ 
οὐκ.οἴδατε 97 Καὐτός ἐστιν" 16" ὀπίσω µου ἐρχόμενος, 
know not; ‘he ‘itis who after me comes, who 
” ’ τ᾿ ‘ ee! » ’ 
ἔμπροσθέν µου γέγονεν" οὗ "ἐγὼ" οὐκ εἰμὶ 5 ἄξιος ἵνα 
2precedence “of*me  ‘*has, of whom I *not ‘am. worthy that 
~ ‘ ε , ~ « r ~ 
λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος. 28 Ταῦτα ἐν 
Ishould loose οἵ εἶπα the thong οἵ the sandal. These things in 
~ , , ~ , > 4 ἫΝ ; , 
ΡΏηθαβαρᾶ" ἐγένετο πέραν τοῦ Ιορδάνου; ὅπου ἦν 4" lway- 
Bethabara took place ‘the Jordan, where *was ‘Joun 
γης" βαπτίζων. 
baptizing. 
~ ΄ ΄ ᾽ ~ 
29 Ty ἐπαύριον βλέπει Ιωάννης! τὸν ᾿Τησοῦν ἐρχόμενον 
Οµ the morrow “sees ‘John Jesus coming 
A ᾽ , ‘ ’ 3 ς ᾽ A ~. ~ e ” 
πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ λέγει, “Ide ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων 
το him, and says, Behold the Lamb of God, who takesaway 
THY ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου. 30 οὗτός ἐστιν Ἱπερὶ' οὗ ἐγὼ 
the sin . of the world. He it is concerning whom { 


εἶπον, Οπίσω µου ἔρχεται ἀνήρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν µου γέγονεν, 


across 


said, After me comes aman, who “precedence *of*me has, 

er ~ , τ ? ‘ ᾽ » bY . ΄ > 3 ἄν, 

ὅτι πρῶτός µου ἦν. 81 κάγω οὐκ γδειν αὐτὸν" ἀλλ twa 
because before me he was. And I knew not him; but that 


τῷ Ισραήλ, διὰ τοῦτο ἦλθυν ἐγὼ ἐν "τῴ! 


φανερωθῇ 
to Israel, therefore clue I with 


he might be manifested 
ὕδατι βαπτίζων. 32 Kei ἐμαρτύρησεν "Ἰωάννης, λέγω», Ὅτι 
water baptizing. Aad “bore *witness John saying, 
τεθέαµαι τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον “woe περιστερὰν ἐξ ov- 
Ihave beheld the Spirit descending as a dove out of hea- 
~ κ. Ἡ ᾽ ? ? , - 3 \ ᾽ Ψ η. = ? ᾽ 
ρανοῦ, καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν. 33 Kayw οὔκ.ῃδειν αὐτόν" ἀλλ 
ven, and itabode upon him. AndI knewnot him; but 
Cire ῃ , ’ ws ‘5 ae τ, ἀ Dig > > 
ὁ πέμψας µε βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός μοί εἶπεν, “Ed 
hewho sent me tobaptize with water, he to me said, Upon 
ὃν av ἴδῃς τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον καὶ μένον ἐπ᾽ 
whom thou shalt see the Spirit descending and abiding on 
αὐτόν, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. 
him, he itis who  baptizes with [the] p Spirit Holy. 
‘ , ‘ ‘ rd ει 
94 κἀγὼ ἑώρακα, καὶ μεμαρτύρηκα ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὺς 
AndI haveseen, and have borne witness that this is the Sen iF 
τοῦ θεοῦ. 
of God, 
- ~ [ή 
30 Τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν 
On the morrow again 


« 


Ε] . . 
x6" τ]ωάννης,! καὶ ἐκ 
1John, and “of 


τῶν.μαξητῶν αὐτοῦ δύο. 86 καὶ ἐμβλέψας τῷ Ἰησοῦ περιπα- 


εἱστήκει 
?was “standing 


“his *disciples two. And looking at Jesus Wwaik- 
τοῦντι, λέγει, “Ide ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ7. 37 *Kai ἤκουσαν 
ing, he says, BeNold the Lamb of God! And *heard 


βαὐτοῦ οἱ δύο θηταὶὶ λαλοῦ καὶ ἠκολούθ Ἡ 
10. µαθηται αλουντος, και ἠκολούθησαν τῷ 
Shim ‘the “two “disciples speaking, and foliowed 





. 


ἱ στήκει tira. Κ — αὐτός ἐστιν G[L]ttra. |! [6] Tra. 


σσ εἰ w[L]rtra. ο ο ἐγὼ τησ]. P Bye 
LT" 4 - ο LTTr|A]. τ Ἰωάνης Tr. s— ὁ Ἰωάννης 
t ὑπὲρ LITrA. *— τῷ LIT [A], “ ὡς GLTTrAW ‘—o 


2 JOHN. 


Ἰησοῦ. 38 στραφεὶς “δὲ! ὁ ᾿Γησοῦς, καὶ θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς 
Jesus. “Having ‘turned *but εσας, and beheld them 
ἀκολουθοῦντας, λέγει αὐτοῖς, 39 Τί ζητεῖτε; Οἱ δὲ Φεῖπονὶ 
following, says tothem, What seek ye? And they said 
αὐτῷ, “Ῥαββί," ὃ «λέγεται ἱἑρμηνευόμενον! διδάσκαλε, ποῦ 
to him, Rabbi, whichis tosay. being interpreted Teacher, where 


40 Λέγει αὐτοῖς, ἔρχεσθε. καὶ Scere." “H)Oor' 


He says {ο thera, Come and see. They went 
‘ ? ~ ” ‘ « , 
καὶ παρ αὐτῷ ἔμειναν τὴν ἡμέραν 


μένεις; 
abidest thou? 
‘kai Κεῖδονὶ ποῦ μένει" 


and saw where he abides; and with him _ they abode *day 
ἐκείνην" ὥρα ἰδὲ) ἦν ὡς δεκάτη. 41 Ἡν π' ᾿Ανδρέας 
‘that. . [ ΠΕ] ΒΟῸΣ 'now was about [086] tenth. ™Was 1 Andrew 


ὁ ἀδελφὸς Σίμωνος Πέτρου εἷς ἐκ τῶν δύο τῶν ἀκουσάντων 
"the “brother ‘of*°Simon ‘Petcr one of the two who heard 
παρὰ "Ἰωάννου," καὶ ἀκολουθησάντων αὐτῷ. 42 εὑρίσκει 
(this] from John, and followed him. 3Finds 


οὗτος “πρῶτος" τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν ἴδιον Σίμωνα, καὶ λέγει 
the -*first ®prother *his own Simon, and says 
αὐτῷ, Ἑὑρήκαμεν τὸν µεσσίαν, Ὁ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 
tohim; We have found the Messias, which is being interpreted 
Po" Χριστός 49 “καὶ! ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. 
the Christ. And he led him ‘to Jesus. 


ἐμβλέψας" δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν, Σὺ ef Σίμων ὁ vide 
And looking at him Jesus said, Thou art Simon the son 
*Iwva'' σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς, ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται Πέτρος. 

of Jonas; thou shalt be'called Cephas, which is interpreted Stone. 


44 Ty ἐπαύριον ἠθέλησεν ‘o Ἰησοῦς" ἐξελθεῖν εἰς τὴν 


Onthe morrow 2desired 1 Jesus to go forth into 


Γαλιλαίαν" καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ", Ακολούθει 
Galilee, and he finds Philip and says tohim, Follow 


μοι. 45 Ἧν.δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως 
me. Now “was ‘Philip from bJBethsaida, of the . city 
᾿Ανδρέου καὶ Πέτρου. 46 Ἐὐοίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ 


of Andrew and Peter. Finds Philip Nathanael 
a ” Ww ~ Ι Ἵ ~ , ᾿ \ 

καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Ον ε γραψεν Μωσῆς" εν τῷ νόμῳ καὶ 

and says ἴο him, Seas. whom “wrote “ot *Moses in the law and 


οἱ προφῆται, εὑρήκαμεν, Ιησοῦν "τὸν" υἱὸν τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ τὸν 


the prophets, wehavetound, Jesus the son of Joseph who 
ἀπὸ YNa€apér.' 47 "Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ, Ἔκ 
[15] from Nazareth. And “said *to*him ‘Nathanael, Our of 


YNaZapér' δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν - εἶναι; Λέγει αὐτῷ " Φίλιππος, 
Nazareth can any goodthing " be? 2Says το *him *Philip, 
Ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε. 48 Elder 6!" Ἰησοῦς τὸν Ναθαναὴλ ἐρχόμενον 
Come -and see. *Saw 1Jesus Nathanael coming 


πρὺς αὐτόν, καὶ λέγει περὶ αὐτοῦ, "Ide ἀληθῶς ““Ἰσραὴηλ- 


το him, and says concerning him, Behold truly au Israel- 
᾽ £5 a7 ” , ᾽ ~ , 

ιτης." ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ.έσιν. 49 Λέγει αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ, 
ite, in whom guile is not. *Says “to*him ‘Nathanael, 

Πόθεν µε γινώσκεις; ᾿Απεκρίθη “5ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, 

Whence me knowest thou? Answered 1Jesus and said tohim, 


243 


sus. 38 Then Jesus 
turned, and saw them 
following, and saith 
unto them, What seek 
ye? They said unto 
him, Rabbi, (which is 
to say, being intcr- 
preted, Master,) where 
dwellest thou ? 39 He 
saith unto them, Come 
and see. They came 
and saw where he 
dwelt, and abode with 
him that day: for it 
was about the tenth 
hour. 40 One of the 
two which heard John 
speak, and followed 
him, was Andrew, Si- 
mon Peter’s brother. 
41 He fir-t findeth his 
own brother Simon, 
and saith unto him, 
We have found the 
Messias, which is, be- 
ing interpreted, the 
Christ. 42 And he 
brought him to Jesus. 
And when Jesus be- 
held him, hesaid, Thou 
art’ Simon the son of 
Jona: thou shalt be 
called Cephas; which 
is by interpretation, A 
stone. 43 The day fol- 
lowing Jesus would go 
forth into Galilee, and 
findeth Philip, and 
saith unto him, Follow 
me, 


44 Now Philip wasof 
Bethsaida, the city of 
Andrew and Peter. 
45 Philip findeth Na- 
thanael, and saith 
unto him, We have 
found him, of whom 
Moses in the law, and 
the prophets, did write, 
Jesus of Nazareth, the 
son of Josepn. 46 And 
Nathanael said unto 
him, Can there any 
geod thing come out 
of Nazareth? Philip 
saith unto him, Come 
and sce. 47 Jesus saw 
Nathanael coming to > 
him, and saith of him, 
Behold an Israelite in- 
decd, in whom is no 
guile! 48 Nathanael 
saithuntuhim, Whence 
knowest thou me? Je- 
sus answered and said 
unto him, Before that 


— eee C—e—e—OVO E OOOO —ke_—V—e το 


ο---- δὲ τ΄. d εἶπαν LTTrA. ε'Ῥαββείτ. f μεθερμηνευόµενον͵ LTrA. & ὄψεσθεγε 
shall see TTra. δ ἦλθαν TTrA. i + οὖν therefore [1]ΤΊνΑ, k εἶδαν LTTrA. 1— δὲ 
‘GLITrAW. m + [de] and x. 2 *Iwavov Tr. © πρῶτον LTrA, P — ὁ GLTTrAw. 
4 — καὶ [L]TTrA. τ — δὲ and GTTraw. 5. Ἰωάνου of John itr; Ἰωάννου ΤΑ. t—o 

᾿Ιησοῦς (read he desired) GLTTraw. ¥ + ὁ Ἰησοῦς Jesus (finds) Lrfraw. ἡ Μωῦσης 
1ΤΙΑΝ. x --- τὸν LT[Tr]. y Ναζαρέθ EGW. 2 — καὶ 1. 5 + ὁ LTrA. υ-- ὃ 
Litiaw, ca Ἰσραηλείτης TTr. da — ὃ GLTJraAW,. 


244 


Philip called thee, 
when thou wast under 
the fig tree, Isaw thee. 
49 Nathanael answered 
and saith unto him, 
Rabbi, thou art the 
Son of God; thou art 
the King of Israel. 
50 Jesus answered and 
said unto him, Because 
I said unto thee, I saw 
thee under the fig tree, 
believest thou? thou 
shalt see greater things 
than these. 51 And he 
saith unto him, Verily, 
verily, [say unto you, 
Hereafter ye shall see 
heaven open, and the 
angels of "God ascend- 
ing απᾷ descending 
upon tke Son of man. 


ΤΙ. Andthe third day 
there was a marriage 
in Cana of Galilee; 
anid the mother of Je- 
sus was there: 2 and 
both Jesus was called, 
and his disciples, to 
the marriage. 3 And 
when they wanted 
wine, the mother of 
Jesus saith unto him, 
They have no wine. 
4 Jesus saith unto her, 
Woman, what have I 
to do with thee? mine 
hour is not yet come. 
5 His mother saith un- 
to the servants, What- 
soever he saith unto 
you, doit. 6 Andthere 
were set there six 
waterpots of stone, 
after the manner of 
the purifying of the 
Jews, cqntaining two 
or three firkins apiece. 
7 Jesus saith unto 
them, Fill the water- 

ts with water. And 
they filled them up to 
the brim. 8 And he 
saith unto them, Draw 
out now, and bear unto 
the governor of the 
feast. And they bare 
tt. 9 When the ruler 
of the feast had tasted 
the water that was 
made wine, and knew 
not whence it was: 
(but the servants 
whieh drew the water 
knew ;) the governor 
of the feast called the 
bridegroom, 10 and 
saith unto him, Every 
man at the beginning 
doth set forth good 


IQANNHS. I, 15 


‘ ~ ΄ ΄ ~ s ~ 
Πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα υπὸ τὴν συκῆν, 
Before that *thee *Philip “called, [thou] being under the fig-tree, 


εἶδόν σε. ὅ0 ᾿Απεκρίθηξ Ναθαναὴλ ἱκαὶ λέγει" ξαὐτφ,' "Ῥαββία 


Isaw thee. * Answered 1Nathanael and says  tohim, Rabbi, 
= ‘ 3 ~ ~ ‘ . κ' « -} , 
σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, σὺ ‘et ὁ βασιλεὺς" τοῦ Ἱσραήλ. 
‘thou art. the Son of Gud, thou art the King of Israel. 


> , ~ A τ -. , “ , τ ’ 
δΙ ᾿Απεκρίθη ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ; Ὅτι εἶπόν σοι; kEidov 


2Answered ‘Jesus and said tohim, Because I said tothee, Isaw. 
e , ~ ~ : , , 
σε UTOKATW της συκης, πιστεύεις; είζω τουτων 
thee under the . fig-tree, believest thou? Greater things than these 
” 1 4 ή ~ ? ‘ , « ~ 
ὄψει" 52 Καὶ λέγει. αὐτῷ, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, 


And hesays tohim, Verily verily Isay toyou, 


ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγ- 


thou shalt see. 
Mam ἄρτι" 


Henceforth yeshallste the heaven opened, and the an- 
γέλους τοῦ θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας ἐπὶ τὸν 
gels of God ascending and descending on the. 
υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 

Son of man. 


\ ~ ~ , “ ~ 
ο Καν ry ἡμέρᾳ τῷ τρίτῃ! γάμος ἐγένετο ἐν Kang 
And onthe “day third amarriage took place in Cana 
ω 7 . ο , ~? ~ ~ ’ ‘ 
τῆς Γαλιλαίας" καὶ ἦν ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐκεῖ. 2 ἐκλήθη. δὲ 
of Gatilee, and*was'the “mother 304 *Jesus there. Anud*was*invited 
καὶ O’Inoove καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον. 8 καὶ 
?also 1 Jesus and his disciples to the “marriage. And 
Ρὑστερήσαντος οἴνου" λέγει ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πρὸς αὐτόν, 
being deficient of wine *says ‘the *mother Sof *Jesus to him, 
αθἶνον οὐκ.ἔχουσιν.! 4 λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Τί ἐμοὶ καὶ 
Wine they have not. 7Says “to "πες 1Jesus, What tome and 
σοί, γύναι; οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα.μου. 5 Λέγει ἡ μήτηρ-αὐτοῦ 
tothee, woman? ποῦ γοί iscome mine hour. 3Says- his mother 
tay" , / n ae ~ ΄ 
τοῖς διακόνοις, “Ὅ.τι ἂν λέγῃ ὑμῖν, ποιήσατε. 6 Ἦσαν 
tothe servants, Whatever he may say to you, do. ?There “were 
δὲ ἐκεῖ ὑδρίαι λίθιναι ἕξ Ἱκείεναι κατὰ τὸν καθα- 
land there *water-vessels *of*stone ‘six standing according to the puri- 
A ~ ? / ~ > ‘ ~ 
ρισμὸν τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων!, χωροῦσαι ava μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς. 
fication of the Jews, “hoiding ‘each metretze two or three. 
, ~ α΄ 23. ~ / 3 « , ¢ 
7 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Γεμίσατε τὰς ὑδρίας ὕδατος. 
"Says *to *them 1 Jesus, Fill the water-vessels with water. 
Καὶ ἐγέμισαν αὐτὰς ἕως ἄνω. 8 Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Αν- 
And they filled them τιηἴο [{Π6] brim. And hesays tothem, Draw 
τλήσατε νῦν καὶ φέρετε τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ. Καὶ" ἤνεγκαν. 
out now and carry tothe master of the feast. And they carried [it]. 
4 Φ ε 7 4 er ~ 
9 ὡς δὲ ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος τὸ ὕδωρ οἶνον γεγενη- 
But when Shad “tasted *the master of *the *feast the water “wine ‘that “had 
’ ‘ >? 4 , ? ‘ ε A WV a « 
μένον, και οὐκιῃδει πόθεν ἐστίν. οἱ δὲ διάκογοι ᾖδεισαν οι 
“become, and knewnot whence itis, (but the servants knew who 
ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ' φωνεῖ τὸν νυμφίον ὁ ἀρχιτρικλινος 
haddrawn the water,) ‘calls “the Sbridegroom ‘the 7master *of *the *feast 
10’καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Πᾶς ἄνθρωπος πρῶτον τὸν καλὸν οἶνον 





Wine ; and when men and says tohim, Every man first the good wine 
» “ 3 9 Ἂς ΄ 

ο αὐτῷ him [L]TTra. f — καὶ λέγει [τ]τττα. 5 --- αὐτῷ LTTrA. h Ῥαββείτ. 

1 ὃ βασιλεὺς εἶ τ,; βασιλεὺς εἶ TTrA. k + ὅτι that ὕτττγὰ. 1 όΡη GLTTrAW. m™ — ἀπ᾽ 


ἄρτι LTTra. 


Ὁ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ Tra. 


- A US > > ΄ 
ο Kava ELTTr. P οἶνον οὐκ εἶχον, ὅτι συνετελέσθη 


« > - ΄ - Ω - 
ὁ οἶνος τοῦ γάμου. εἶτα wine they had not, for the wine of the marriage feast was finished. 


Then τ. 
ὑδρίαι LTTrA. 


4 οἷνος οὐκ ἔστιν Wile there is not 7. 
Γκείμεναι placed after lovéaiwy TTra, 


r+ καὶ πα (Jesus) (Ljtea. 5 λέθιναι 
5 οἱ δὲ and they (carried) Trra, 


JOHN. 


΄ ὰ ο» , / 
τίθησιν, και ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν Xrore! τὸν ἐλάσσω" 
‘sets on, and when they may havedrunkfreely then the — inferior; 
σὺ τετήρηκας TOY καλὸν οἶνον ἕως ἄρτι. 11 Ταύτην ἐποίησεν 
thou hastkept the good wine until now. This ‘did 
στὴνϊ ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ᾿Κανᾷ! τῆς Γαλ’λαίας, 
‘beginning “οὗ ἴθ ‘signs Jesus in |. Cana of Galilee, 
καὶ ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν. δόξαν.αὐτοῦ' καὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 
and manifested his glory ; and Sbelieved fon *him 
οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. 
*his *disciples. 
12 Mera τοῦτο ΄ κατέβη εἰς "Καπερναούμ,! αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ 
After this he went down to Capernaum, he and 
µήτηρ.αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ δαὐτοῦ! καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, Kai 
his mother and ?brethren *his and his disciples, and 
νο ον ᾽ \ ΕἸΣ ἢ Ἀν ταν μον ἃ 5 \ , 
ἐκεῖ ἐμειναν οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας. 19 Καὶ ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ πάσχα 
there they abode ποῦ many days. And near was the’ passover 
τῶν Ιουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ὁ Ἰησοῦς. 14 καὶ 
of the Jews, and *went “up *to *Jerusalem 1 Jesus, And 
εὗρεν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα Kai 
he found in the temple those who sold oxen and ~ sheep and 
περιστεράς, καὶ τοὺς κερματιστὰς καθημένους". 15 καὶ ποιή- 
ἄοτες, and the money-changers sitting ; and haying 
/ 3 ΄ v4 ? / 3 ~ 
σας φραγέλλιον ἐκ σχοινίων πάντας ἐξέβαλεν ἐκ τοῦ 
made A scourge of cords *all "he “drove *out from the 
ἱεροῦ, τά.τε πρόβατα καὶ τοὺς βόας. καὶ τῶν κολλυβιστῶν 
temple, both the sheep’ and the oxen;' and ofthe money-changers 
’ κ ». 4 Πρ \ ire. κὸν 
ἐξέχεεν “τὸ κέρμα! καὶ τὰς τραπέζας ἀνέστρεψεν. 16 καὶ 
he poured out the coin and the tables overthrew. And 
τοῖς τὰς. περιστερὰς πωλοῦσιν εἶπεν, ἼΑρατε ταῦτα 
to these who the Σάοτες tsold he said, Take these things 


il. 


ἐντεῦθεν" ἁμὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ.πατρός.µου οἶκον ἐμ- 
hence ; make not the house of my father a house of mer- 

΄ ” ΄ ‘ « Ν ? ~ e 
πορίου. 17 ᾿Εμνήσθησαν.“δὲ! οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι γε- 
chandise. And “remembered "his *diseiples that writ- 


ἱκατέφαγεν! µε. 


γρᾳμμένον ἐστίν, Ὃ ζῆλος τοῦ.οἴκου.σου 
has eaten *up ‘me, 


ten itis, The zeal of thine house 
18 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν οὖν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι καὶ ξεῖπονὶ αὐτῷ, Ti 
*Answered “therefore Πο *Jews and said tohim, What 
σημεῖον δεικνύεις ἡμῖν ὅτι ταῦτα ποιεῖς; 19 ᾿Απεκρίθη 
sign shewest thou. tous that these things thou doest 2 * Answered 
46" ᾿Τησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἱὲν" 


Jesus and said tothem, Destroy this temple, and in 
τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν. 208Eizov' οὖν ot ᾿Ιουζαῖοι, 
three days Iwillraiseup it. *Said “therefore'the *Jews, 


ΚΤεσσαράκονταϊ «καὶ ἐξ ἔτεσιν Ἰφκοδομήθη! ὁ ναὸς.οὗτος, καὶ 
Forty and six years was building this temple, and 
4 ? ‘ . 4 , ? ~ ? ΄ 1 91 a0 ~ δὲ EX 
σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν: κεῖνος-δὲ έλεγεν 
thou in three days wiltraiseup it? But he spoke 
περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ.σώματος.αὐτοῦ. 22 ὕτε οὖν ἠγέρ- 
concerning the temple of his body. When therefore he was 
θη ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ ὅτι 
raised up from among [the] dead sremembered this “disciples that 


245 


have well drunk, then 
that which is worse: 
but thou hast kept tne 
good wine until now. 
11 This beginning of 
miracles did Jesus in 
Cana of Galilee, and 
manifested forth hig 
glory'; and his discis 
ples believed on him, 


12 After this he went 
down to Capernaum, 
he, and his mother, 
and:-his brethren, and 
his disciples: and they 
continued there not 
many days. 13 And the 
Jews’ passover was at 
hand, and Jesus went 
up toJerusalem, ldand 
found in the temple 
those that sold oxen 
and ‘sheep and doves, 
and the changers of 
money sitting: 15 and 
when he had made a 
scourge of small cords, 
he drove them all out 
of the temple, and the 
sheep, and the oxen; 
and poured out the 
changers’ money, and 
overthrew the tables ; 
16 and said unto them 
that sold doves, Take 
these things hence; 
make not my Father’s 


-house an house of mer- 


chandise. 17 And his 
disciples remembered 
that it Was written, 
‘The zeal of thine house 
hath eaten me up. 
18 Then answered the 
Jews and said unto 
him, What sign shew- 
est thou unto us, see- 
ing that thou doest 


‘these things? 19 Jesus 


answered and said un- 
to them, Destroy this 
temple, and in three 
days I will raise it up. 
20 Then said the Jews, 
Forty and .six years 
was this temple in 
building, and wiltthou 
rear it up in three 
days? 2k But hespake 
of the temple of his 
body. 22 When there- 
fore he wasrisen-from 
the dead, his disciples 
remembered that he 


ο ο ο μμ αμα ο. ο μμ... ae eEEESnEnnEEnEEnSnn τΓ, ἨἋΝχ,,χ,--:οὃὕῬ ττΤΤ νἀὌἌ  ςἈὡἀἈῴὰἀλππσ, 


: Kava ΕΙΠΤς, 


Σ — την LTTrA. 1 
4 + [καὶ] and 1, 


© τα κέρματα the coins Tra. 
Ε εἶπαν LTTra. 


κ--- τότε [L]T[TrA]. 
> — αὐτοῦ [1]ττ[Α]. 
{ καταφάγεταί will eat up GLTT aw. 
κ Τεσσεράκοντα TIra, 1 οἰκοδοµήθη 1.. 


h — ὃ LTTcAW. 


® Καφαρναούμ LTTrAW. 


ε — δὲ and [L]tTra. 
i Γεν] Tr. 


2146 
had said this unto 
them; and they be- 
lieved the scripture, 
and the word which 
Jesus had said. ' 


23 Now when he was 
in Jerusalem at the 
pissover, in the feast 
day, many believed in 
his name. when they 
saw the miracles which 
he did. 214 But Jesus 
did not commit him- 
seif unto them, be- 
cruse he knew all men, 
25 and necded not that 
any should testify of 
mnn: for he knew 
what was in man, 


III. There was a 
man of the Pharisees, 
mamed Nicodemus, a 
ruler of, the Jews: 
2 the same came to 
Jesus by night, and 
said unto him, Rabhi, 
we know that thouart 
a ieacher come from 
God: for no man can 
do these miracles that 
thou doest. except God 
be with him. 3 Jesus 
answered and said un- 
to him, Verily, verily, 
1 sy untothee, Except 
ain be born again, 
he cannot see the king- 
dom.of God. 4 Nico- 
derus ‘snith unto him, 

‘How can a man be 
born when he is old ἢ 
ean he enter the second 
time into his mother’s 
womb, and be born? 
5 Jesus answered, Ve- 
rily, verily, I say unto 
thee, Except a man 
be born of water and 
of the Spirit. he cannot 
enter intothe kingdom 
of God. 6 That which 
is born of the flesh igs 
flesh; and that which 
is born of the Spirit is 
spirit. 7 Marvel not 
that I said unto thee, 
Ye must be born again. 
8 Tie wind bloweth 
where it listeth, and 
thou hearest the sound 
thereof, but canst not 
tell whence it cometh, 
and whither it goeth: 
80 is every one that is 
born of the Spirit. 
9 Nicodemus answered 





™— αὐτοῖς GLITrAW. 
® — τοῦ L. 
*— ὃ LITrAW. 
Ὁ γεγενημένον E, 


τ αὐτὸν ΤΡΎὙΓΑ ἢ 
τα σημεῖσ ΙΤΤΈΞΑ)Σ 
the heavens, Τὶ 


Το κ NS. 11, ΠΕ 


τοῦτο ἔλεγεν "αὐτοῖς,ὶ καὶ ἐπίστευσαν τῷ youpy καὶ τῷ 


this he had said to them, and believed the scripture and the 
λόγῳ "yp" εἶπεν ὁ Ιησοῦς. 
word which “had *spoken + Jesus. : 


‘ = ? ~ , = 45 

95 Ὡς δὲ ἣν ἐν 5 Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐν τῷ πάσχα, Ῥὲν! τῇ 

But when he was in Jerusalem δῦ the  passover, at the 

~ ee ) ’ > ‘ ” > be ~ . - 

ἑορτῇ, πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα. αὐτοῦ, θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ 
feast, many believed on his name, beholding his 

‘ ~ * , A at ε ᾽ ~ , 

τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει. . 34 αὐτὸς. δὲ 40" ᾿Τησοῦς οὐκ ἐπίστευεν 
signs which he was doing. But “himself _ "Jesus did not trust 

ἑαυτὸν" αὐτοῖς, διὰ τὸ. αὐτὸὺν.γιγώσκεεν πάντας,. ὃ καὶ 

himself tothem, because of his knowing all [men], and 


ὅτί οὐ χρείαν εἶχεν ἵνα τις μαρτυυὴῆσῃ περὶ Srou' ἀνθρώ- 


that *no "ποσά ‘he “had {λα any should testify concerning man, 
που" αὐτὸς. γὰρ ἐγύ'ωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. 
for he knew what was in man, 
1 ” ~ “ , ” 
3 ν δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα 
But there was 2 nan of the Pharisees, Nicodemus “name 


~ » ~ , τ ‘ ? ~ 
αὐτῷ, ἄρχων τῶν Ιουδαίων’ 2 οὗτος ἦλθεν πρὸς troy Ιησοὺνϑ 
this, a ruler of the Jews; he came to Jesus 
νυκτός, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, VPa3Bt." οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἑλή- 
by night, and said ἴο him, Rabbi, we know that from God thou 
λυθας διδάσκαλος" οὐδεὶς γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ σημεῖα δύναται 


hast come ἃ teacher, for no one these signs is able 

~ τι ‘ ~ 7A \ κε " ? ᾽ ~ > 
ποιεῖν ἃ ov ποιεῖς ἐὰν. μὴ ἢ ὁ θεὸς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 3 Απεκριθη 
todo which ποὺ doest unless *be *God with . him. *Answered 


x Sil ? ~ εἶ = ” ~ ? \ ? A / “ a / 
ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, ἐὰν. μή 
1Jesus and said tohim, Verily verily 1 αγ tothee, Unless 
- » ᾽ , 2 ~ A , ~ 
τις γεννηθὴ ἄνωθεν, οὐ.δύναται ἰδεῖν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ 
anyone be born anew, he cannot see the kingdom 
θεοῦ. 4 Λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν Yo" Νικόδημος,. Πῶς δύναται ἄν- 
of God. “Says 5to *him Nicodemus,’ How can 8 
θρωπος γεννηθῆναι γέρων ὦν; μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν 
man be born “old ‘being? can he into the womb 
τῆς. μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖι' καὶ γεννηθῆναι; ὃ Απε- 
of his mother asecondtime enter and be born? 7An- 
κοίθη τὸ" Ἰησόῦς, Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, ἐὰν. μή τις γεννηθῇ 
οι”) Dies ne μ γ ’ “μ x 


swered 1Jesus, Verily verily 151. tothee, Unless anyone be born 

ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ πνεύματος οὐ.δύναται εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν 
of water and οἵ Spirit he tannot enter into the ‘kingdom 

ατοῦ θεοῦ. 6 τὸ ὑγεγεννημένον" ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς σάρξ ἐστιν' 
of God. ἘΤπαῦ πνοὴ hasbeenborn of the flesh flesh is ; 

καὶ τὸ ὕγεγεννημένον" ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος πνεῦμά ἐστιν. 
and that which has been born of the Spirit spirit. ἴδ. 

7 μὴ θαυµάσης ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, Δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι 
Do not wonder that 1 said to thee, It is needful for τοι to be born 


»” ay A ~ e , ~ ‘ εἶ ie: ? ~ 
ἄνωθεν. 8 τὸ πνεῦμα Όπου θελει πνεῖ, καὶ τὴν.φωνὴν. αὐτοῦ 
anew. The wind “where *it*wills 'blows, and its sound 


ἀκούεις, SAAN" οὐκ οἶδας πόθεν ἔρχεται ἀκαὶ που ὑπάγει 
and where it goes: 


thou hearest, but knowest not whence it comes 
οὕτως ἐστὶν πᾶς ὁ γεγεννηµένος ἐκ τοῦ πνεύ]ατος. 9 Απε- 
of the Spirit. ΞΔ": 


thus is everyone that has been born 





9 — ὃ LTTrA, 
π δύναται ταῦτα 
5 τῶν οὐρανῶν Οὗ 


η ὃν LTTrA. ο -- τοῖς ΕΙ ΤΤτΑ. Ρ [ἐν] itr. 
τ αὐτὸν him Girrraw. νυ Ῥαββεί τ. 

Υ -- ὃ τ. 2— ὃ ΕΙ/Τ| ΤΑ}. 

© ἀλλὰ Tr. dy orb. 


alt. IO ιν. 


5 ν᾿ , 4 ~ ~ ~ ο ~ 
κριθη Νικόδημος καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Tee δύναται ταῦτα 
swered ‘Nicodemus and said tohim, How can these things be? 
σθαι; 10 ᾿Απεκρίθη 0" Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Σὺ εἶ ὁ 


and said 
διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ.γινώσκεις; 11 ἀμὴν 
_teacher of Israel, andthese things knowest not? Nerily 
ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, ὅτι ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν, καὶ ὃ ἑωρά- 
verily 1 αγ to thee, That which we ΚΉΠΟΥ we spexk, and that which we 
καµεν μαρτυροὺμεν' καὶ τὴν.μαρτυρίαν.ἡμῶν οὐ λαμβάνετε. 
have seen we bear witness of ; and our witness ye receive not. 
12 εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐ.πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω 
If earthly things Isaid toyou, and 7ο Ὀδιϊονθ ποῖ, how if 158. 
Cow Sc, Bo” ΄ , - Ρ \ ? \ > yr ; 
ὑμῖν τὰ ἑπουράνια πιστεύσετε; 13 καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀναβέβηκεν 
ἴο γοὰ heavenly things will ye believe? And no one has gone up 
εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς, ὁ υἱὸς 
into the heaven exccpthewhooutof the heaven came down, the Son 
~ ο θ ’ « n ’ ~ ? το] ᾿ θά f nett 
του ἄνσόρωπου ὁ wy εν TH οὐρανῷ" 14 καὶ καθως "Νωσῆς 


ΞΑηδγνοχοᾶ 1 Jesus tohim, Thou art the 


of man who is in the _ heaven. And cven as Moses 
e ‘A ” ? ~ ? δ, er c δω. ~~ 
ὕψωσεν τὸν Όὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ 


thus 


ὁ- πιστεύων ξείἰς αὐτὸν" 
on- him 


liited up to be lifted up it behoves 


τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπρυ" 15 ἵνα πᾶς 
the Son of man, that everyone that believes 
μη ἀπόληται, ἀλλ᾽" ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 16. οὕτως. γὰρ 
may not perish, but may have life eternal, For “so 
ἠγάπησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν κόσμον ὥστε TOY-vioyiadbrov' τὸν µονο- 
3]ογοᾶ *God the world that ~ his Son the only be- 
γενῆ ἔδωκεν, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν μὴ ἀπόληται, 
gotten heguve, that everyone who believes on him may not perish, 


the- serpent in the wilderness, 


FOXN" «ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 17 οὐ.γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς Tov, 


but may-have life eternal, For “sent “not *God 


cf ? ~ η la / 8 ”” . 7 ” 
υἱὸν. αὐτοῦ" εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κὔσμον, ἀλλ 
his Son into the world that hemightjudge the world, but 
ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι αὐτοῦ. 18 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς 
that *might *be “saved *the *world. through him. He that believes on 
αὐτὸν οὐ.-κρίνεται' ὁ." δὲ! μὴ.πιστεύων Ίδη κέκριται, 
him is not judged; but he that believes not already has been judged, 
OTL μὴ.πεπίστευκεν εἰς TO ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ τοῦ 
because he has not believed on the mnume ofthe only begotten Son 
ev ? ΄ A ~ ? ΄ ᾽ 
θεοῦ. 19 αὕτη.δέ ἐστιν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς 
of God. And this is the judgment, that the light hascome into 
TOV κόσμον, καὶ ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι μᾶλλον τὸ σκότος 


the world, and “loved 1men- 5yather “the *darkness 
ἢ τὸ φῶς' ἦν.γὰρ "πονηρὰ αὐτῶν! τὰ ἔργα. 20 πᾶς.γὰρ 
than the light; for?were ‘evil their. works, For everyone 
ὁ φαῦλα. πράσσων μισεῖ TO φῶς, καὶ «οὐκ έρχεται πρὸς τὸ 
that evil does hates the light, and comes not to the 
φῶς, ἵνα -μὴ.ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ.ἔργα αὐτοῦ 21 ὁ. δὲ ποιῶν τὴν 


light,. that may not be exposed but he that practises the 
΄ ζ 4 ~ er Στ > ~ “ἂν 
ἀλήθειαν ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ 
. truth comes to the light, that may be manifested his 
ἔργα ὅτι ἐν θεῷ ἐστιν. εἰργασμένα. ' 
works that in God they have been wrought. 
- ~ FR « ~ ‘A , ~ 
22 Μετὰ ταῦτα ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ.αὐτοῦ εἰς 
After these things came Jesus . and his disciples into 


his works ; 





f Μωῦὺσῆς LTTrAW. ν αὖ 
i.— αὐτοῦ (read the Son). ὀ Κ ἀλλὰ Tr, 
2 αὐτῶν πονηρὰ LTTrA, 


ε-- δ GLTTrAW. 
ἀπόληται ἀλλ’ [Η]ΤΤΤΑ. | 
Son) 11,41, Ὁ -- δὲ but [1,1 Ει]Α. 


Ε ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν L; ἐν αὐτῷ in him ΤΤτΑ. 


247 


epe-,and said unto him, 


How can these things 
be? 10 Jesus answered 
and said unto him, Art 
thou a master of Is- 
rael, and knowest not 
these things? 11 Veri- 
ly, verily, I say unto 
thee, We speak that we 
do know, and testify 
that we have seen; 
and ye receive not 
our Witness. 12 If I 
have told you earthly 
things, and ye believe 
not, hew shall ye be- 
lieve, if I tell you 
of heavenly things? 
13 And no man hath 
ascended upto heaven, 
but he that cairwe down 
from heaven, cven the 
Son of man which is 
in heaven. 14 And as 
Moses lifted up the 
serpent in the wilder- 
ness, even so must the 
Son of man be lifted 
up: 15 that whoso- 
ever believeth in him 
should not prrish, 
but have cternal life. 
16 For God so loved 
the world, that he gave 
his only begotten Son, 
that whosoever believ- 
eth in him should not 
perish, but have ever- 
‘lasting life. 17 For God 
sent not his Son into 
the world te condemn 
the world; but that 
the world through him 
might be saved. 18 He 
that believeth on him 
is not condemned: but 
he that believeth not 
is condemned already, 
because he hath not 
believed in the name 
of the only begotten 
Son of God. 19 And 
-this is the condemna- 
tion, that light iscome 
into the world, and 
men loved darkness 
rather than light, be- 
cause their deeds were 


: evil. 20 For every one 


that docth evil hateth 
the light, neither com- 
eth to the light, lest 
his deeds should be 
reproved. 21 But he 
that doeth truth com- 
eth to the light, that 
his deeds may ke 
made manifest, that 
ο. are wrought in 
God. 


22 After these things 
came Jesus and his 
disciples into the Jand 





᾽ - > ος μὴ ἳ 
1 — αὐτοῦ (/εαά the 


248 


of Judea; and there 
he tarried with them, 
and baptizéd: 23 And 
John also was bap- 
tizing in ΠΟΠ near 
to Salim, because there 
was much water there: 
and they came, and 
were baptized. 24 For 
John was not yet cast 
into prison, 25 Then 
there arose a question 
botween 80/16 of John’s 
disciples and the 
Jews about purifying. 
26 And they came un- 
to John, andsaid unto 
him, Rabbi, he that 
was with thee beyond 
Jordan, to whom thou 
barest witness, behold, 
the same _ baptizeth, 
and all men come to 
him. 27 John answered 
and said, A man can 
receive nothing, except 
it be given him from 
heaven. 28:16 your- 
selves bear me witness, 
that I said, I am not 
the Christ; but that I 
am sent before him. 
29 He that hath the 
bride, is the bride- 
groom : but the friend 
of the bridegroom, 
which standeth and 
heareth him, rejoiceth 
greatly because of the 
bridegroom’s voice: 
this my joy therefore 
is fulfilled. 30 He 
must increase, but 1 
must decrease. 31 He 
that cometh from a- 
bove is above all: he 
that is of the earth is 
earthly, and speaketh 
of the earth: he that 
cometh from heaven is 
above all. . 32 And 
what he hath seen 
and heard, that he tes- 
tifieth ; and no man 
receiveth his  testi- 
mony. 33 He that hath 
received his testimony 
hath set to his seal 
that God 15 true. 
34 For he whom God 
hath sent speaketh the 
words of God: for God 
giveth not the Spirit 
by, measure unto him. 
35 The Father loveth 
the Son, and hath giv- 
en all things into his 
hand. 36 He that be- 
lieveth on the Son 
hath everlasting life: 
and he that believeth 
not the Son shall not 


Τ9ΑΝΝ ΕΠΣ. ΤΙΣ. 


4 ’ - 6 one - τ > > ~ oS , 
τὴν Ιουδαίαν.γῆν. καὶ ἐκεῖ διέτριβεν per αὐτῶν καὶ ἐβάπ-' 
the land of Judza ; and there he stayed with them and was bape 
τιζεν. 23 ἦν.δὲ καὶ °lwavyyc" βαπτίζων ἐν Αἰνὼν ἐγγὺς 
tizing. And *was ?also 1John baptizing in Atnon, near 
τοῦ Σαλείμ, ὅτι. ὕδατα. πολλὰ ἦν ἐκεῖ" καὶ παρεγίνοντο καὶ 

Satim, because *waters ‘many were there; and they were coming and 

? / » ‘ - a) δ > " Η͂ 
ἐβαπτίζοντο. 24 οὔπω.γὰρ ἦν βεβλημένος εἰς τὴν φυλακὴν 

being baptized. For not yet was “cast %into *the *prison 
PO! lwavyyc.||25 Eyévero οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν 
119ἨἨ. Arose thenaquestionfonthepartjof τηε disciples. 
«Ἰωάννου! μετὰ τ᾿ ἸΙουδἀίων! περὶ καθαρισμοῦ" 26 καὶ δἦλθον" 
of John with [some] Jews about purification. And they came 

x 4 ~ ε , «- 5 

πρὸς τὸν "Ἰωάννην" καὶ "εἶπον' αὐτῷ," PaBBi," ὃς ἦν μετὰ 

LO John and said to him, Rabbi, hewhowas with 
σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, .w σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε οὗτος 
thee beyond the Jordan, to whom thou hast borne witness, behold : he 


βαπτίζει, καὶ πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν. 27 ᾿Απεκρίθη 


baptizes, and all come to him. “Answered 
οΓ[ωάννης! καὶ εἶπεν. OV δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν οὐδὲν 
Joli and said, 315 “able ‘a “Iman toreceive nothing 


δε] ‘ τ , ? pe ? ο. > ond ’ 4 « - 
ἐὰν μὴ ἢ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 28 αὑτοὶ υμεῖς 


unless it be given to him from the heaven. Ye yourselves 
~ ε/ 7 ’ J Ἢ ‘ ή ΄ 

μοι μαρτυρεῖτε Ore εἶπον, "Οὐκ.ειμε ἐγὼ" ὁ χριστός, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι 

tome bear witness that I said, *Am *not 1 the Christ, but that 


? , ? 3 ? ΄ 6 « 4 4 , 
ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου. 29 ὁ ἔχων τὴν νυµ- 


Ssent εἰ ατα betore hiny, Hethat has the bride 
ony, νυμφίος ἐστίν' ὁ. δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου, ὁ ἑστηκὼς καὶ 
Ἀρτιάσοχγοοιι ‘is; but the friend of the bridegroom, who stands and 


τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου" 
voice of the bridegroom, 
80 ἐκεῖνον δεῖ 


ἀκούων αὐτοῦ, χαρᾷ χαίρει διὰ 
hears him, with joy rejoices because of the 


αὕτη οὖν ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται. 


this then “joy my is fulfilled. *Him ‘tit *behoves 
᾽ , ? ‘ 3 “ « ” ᾽ , γ 7 
αὐξάνειν, ἐμὲ δὲ ἐλαττοῦσθαι. 891 ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος ἐπάνω 
to increase, but me_ to decrease. He who fromabove comes, above 


ὁ. ὦν: ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, καὶ 
He whois Στοπὴ the earth from the earth is, and 
ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος επάνω 
heaven comes above 


πάντων ἐστίν. 
all i 
ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ: ὁ 
from the earth speaks. He who from the 
πάντων ἐστίν, 32 καὶ! ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν "τοῦτοϊ 
all is, and what he has seen and heard this 
paorupet’ καὶ τὴν.μαρτυρίαν- αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει. 33 ὁ 
he testifies; and his testimouy noone receives. He that 
λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐσφράγισεν ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἀληθής 
has received his testimony hassettohissealthat God “true 
? εν A ? / « x \ cer ~ ~ 
ἐστι». 84 ὃν γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ 
ἀγα - for he whom 2sent ‘God the words of God 
λαλεῖ' οὐ.γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν δὺ θεὸς" τὸ πνεῦμα. 3d ὁ. 
speaks; fornot.by measure ᾿ gives 1God the Spirit. The 
πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ τὸν υἱόν, καὶ πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῷ. χειρὶ αὐ- 


Father loves the Son, and allthings has given into his hand, 
τοῦ. 96 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς TOV υἱὸν ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον: ὁ. δὲ" 
eternal; and he that 


Hethat believes on the Son has life 


ον νο ο ο ο ο ee 


ο "Iwarns Tr. 
Tra. 
πάντων ἐστίν 1. 
Go δὲ ατιὰ τ 


P—6 T[Tra]. 
t Ἰωάνην Tr. 
t—Ka.[L]vTra, 


α᾿Ἰωάνου tr. τ Ἰουδαίου a Jew GLTTraw. 5. ἦλθαν 

ν᾽ εἶπαν Tra. w Ῥαββεί τ. x ᾿Εγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ 1.. Σ — ἐπάνω 

&— τοῦτο T, b — ὃ θεὸς (read he gives) [1111 Τ.Α. 
ἣ 


III, IV. {0Η Ν. 
ἀπειθῶν τῷ υἱῷ 'οὐκ.ὄψεται ζωήν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ θεοῦ 
is not subject tothe Son shall ποῦ β06 life, but the wrath of God 
μένει ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 
abides on him. 
« 3 » « d,.,’, Ι er 2” « ~ 
4 Ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ "κύριος" OTL ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, 
When therefore *knew ‘the *Lord- that “heard ‘the “Pharisees, 
ὅτι Ιησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ © Iwar- 
that Jesus more disciples makes and baptizes than ᾿ John 
ς , ? ~ ? VA ? ? , y > ? ε 
νης 2 καίτοιγε ᾿Ιησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ.έβάπτιζεν, ἀλλ οἱ 
(although indeed Jesus himself was not baptizing but 
μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ: 3 ἀφῆκεν τὴν Ιουδαίαν, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν 


“Ἱ 


his disciples), he left Judza, and went away again 
εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 4 ἔδει.δὲ αὐτὸν διέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς 
into Galilee. Andit was necessary for him topass through 


fSapapeiac." 5 ἔρχεται οὖν εἰς πόλιν τῆς fLapapeiac! λεγο- 


amaria. He comes therefore to acity of Samaria eall- 
, , ~ ’ ”. we ? 
μένην ἐξυχάρ,, πλησίον τοῦ χωρίου Oo" ἔδωκεν ᾿Ιακὼβ 
ed Sychar, near the land which “gave ? Jacob 
Ἰωσὴφ τῳ-υἱῷ αὐτοῦ. 6 ἦν.δὲ ἐκεῖ πηγὴ τοῦ Ιακώβ. 
to Joseph his son. Now *was, *there fountain 1Jacob’s ; 


ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας ἐκαθέζετο οὕτως 
Jesus therefore, being wearied from the journcy, sat thus 
Ν μμ κ, ~ ¢ ἥν i ‘ 3 
ἐπὶ τῇ πηγῇ. ὥρα ἦν Ἰὡσεὶ" ἕκτη. 7 Ἔρχεται γυνὴ 
at the fountain. [The] hour was about [the] sixth. Comes a woman 
~ ‘ > ~ ε/ , ae eS ~ 
ἐκ τῆς Σαμαρείας" ἀντλῆσαι ὕδωρ. λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, 
out of Samaria to draw water. Says “to *her ‘Jesus, 
΄ η | ε ι ᾿ ~ ᾽ 
Δύς μοι ἔπιεῖν"! 8 οἱ. γὰρ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν εἰς 


Give πιο {ο drink; for his disciples had gone away . into 

, / , 5 ae | > ~ 

τὴν πόλιν, ἵνα τροφὰς ἀγοράσωσιν. 9 Λέγει ἰοὖῦν" αὐτῷ 

' the city, that provisions they might buy. 5Says *therefore °to "him 

~ ~ ~ rn ? ? ‘~ 

ἡ γυνὴ ἡ ""Σαμαρεῖτις! Πῶς σὺ ᾿Ιουδαῖος ὧν παρ ἐμοῦ 
the Sxroman *Samaritan, How “thou ‘a‘Jew “being *from +*°me 
~ ~ ” ‘ , ἈΝ δι ᾽ ‘ 

Mrieiy" αἰτεῖς, “οὔσης γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος"; Pov-yap 
7to Sdrink ‘dost ὅ855, being a “woman 1Samaritan ? For *no 


~ ~ ’ » . ’ ~ 
συγχρῶνται ᾿Ιουδαῖοι Σαμαρείταις.' 10 ᾿Απεκρίθη ᾿Ιησοῦς 
“have *intercourse ‘Jews with Samaritans. 2Answered ‘Jesus 
καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Εἰ ἤδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τίς 
and said toher, Ifthouhadstknown the ΕΙῦ of God, and who 
ῳ is ~ 5 n » 
ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι, Δός μοι ἔπιεῖν." σὺ ἂν.τησας 
itis that says tothee, Give me  todrink, thou wouldest have asked 
» ~ wr > ~ « 
αὐτόν, καὶ ἔδωκεν.ἄν σοι ὕδωρ ζῶν. 11 Λέγει αὐτῷ “ἢ 
Ἠΐπα, and he would have given to thee “water ‘living. 3Says "το *him'the 
γυνή,"!. Κύριε, οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις, καὶ τὸ φρέαρ εστιν 
3ΤύΟΙΩΛΗ, Sir, nothing to draw with thou hist, and the well is 
. e 4 ~ ‘ A / 
βαθύ" πόθεν Ιοῦν" ἔχεις τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν ; 13 μὴ σὺ.μείζων εἶ 
deep ; whence then hastthou the *water living? Art thou greater 
a) ~ 7 τε c w A , ‘ > \ 
τοῦ. πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ιακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρεαρ, και αυτος 
th:in our father Jacob, .-who gave us the well, and himself 
~ ” - ~ a , > LN 
ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ ὐἱοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ.θ ἔμματα. αὐτοῦ; 
ἘΝ ἘΝ δι: drank, and his sons and his cattle? 
- « -΄ ~ ~. ~ « ’ ᾽ 
19 ᾿Απεκρίθη "ὁ"! Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Πᾶς ὁ πινων εκ 
2Answered 1Jesus and said toher, Everyone that drinks of 


249 


see life; but the wrath 
of God abideth on him, 


IV. When therefore 
the Lord knew how the 
Pharisees had heard 
that Jesus made and 
baptized more disciples 
than John, 2 (though 
Jesus himself baptized 
not, but his disciples,) 
3he left Judea, and 
departed again into 
Galilee. 4 And he must 
needs go through βα- 
maria. 5 Then com- 
eth he to a city of 
Samaria, which is call- 
ed Sychar, near to the 
parcel of ground that 
Jacob gave to his 
son Joseph. 6 Now 
Jacob’s well was there. 
Jesus therefore, being 
wearied with Ais jour- 
ney, sat thus on the 
well: and it was about 
the sixth hour. 7 There 
cometh a woman of 
Samaria to draw wa- 
ter: Jesus saith unto 
her, Give me to drink. 
8 (For his disciples 
were gone away unto 
the city to buy meat.) 
9 Then saith the wo- 
man of Samaria unto 


him, How is it that 
thou, being a Jew, 
askest drink of me, 


which am a woman of 
Samaria? for the Jews 
have no dealings with 
the Samaritans, 10 Je- 
sus answered and said 
unto her, If thou knew- 
est the gift of God, and 
who it is that saith to 
thee, Give me to drink; 
thou wouldest have 
asked of him, and he 
would have given thee 
living water, 11 The 
woman saith unto 
him, Sir, thou hast no- 
thing to draw with, 
and the well is deep: 
from whence then 
hast thou that liv- 
ing water? 12 Art 
thou greater than our 
father Jacob, which 
gave us the well, and, 
drank thereof himself, 
and his children, an 

his cattle? 13 Jesus 
answered and said 
unto her, Whosoever 
drinketh of this water 


a ο ιο ο τπτ επεμτπμ στ πε ησπεττττστη: 


{ Σαμαρίαςπ. 8 Σιχάρ Ε. 


ἃ Ἰησοῦς Jesus Τ. ε Ἰωάνης Tr. ο 
πι Σαμαρίτις T. 


LTTrAw. Κπεῖν TTA. 1 — οὖν T. 
Σαμαρείτιδος (Σαμαρίτιδος T) οὔσης LTTra, 
4 [ἡ γυνή] A. f — 0 GLTTrAW, 


" πῖν 1,; πεῖν ΤΤτΑ. 
Ρ — οὐ γὰρ συγχρῶνται ᾿Ιονδαῖοι Σαμαρείταις T, 


h οὗ GL. i ὡς 
ο γυναικὸς 


950 
shall. thirst again: 
1ι : but whosoever 


drinketh of the water 
that I shall give him 
shall never thirst; but 


the water that I shall. 


give him shall be in 
him a well of water 
springing up into ever- 
lasting life. 15 .The 
woman saith unto him, 
Sir. give me this water, 
that I thirst not, nei- 
ther come hither to 
draw. 16 Jesus saith 
unto her, Go, call thy 
husband, 
hither. 17 The woman 


answered and said, IL. 


have no husband. Je- 
gus said unto her, Thou 
hast well said, I have 
no husband: 18 for 
thou hast had five hus- 
bands ; and he whom 
thou now hast is not 
thy husband: in that 
saidst thou truly. 
19 The woman saith 
unto him, Sir, d per- 


ceive that thou art a 


prophet. 20 Our fa- 
thers worshipped in 
this mountain; and ye 
gay, that in Jerusalem 
is the place where men 
ought to worship. 
21 Jesus saith unto her, 
Woman, believe me, 
the hour cometh, when 
ye shall neither in this 
mountain, nor yet at 
Jerusalem,worship the 
Father. 22 Ye worship 
ἐξ know not what: we 

now what we wor- 
ship: for salvation is 
of the Jews. 23 But 
the hour cometh, and 
now is, when the true 
worshippers shall wor- 
ship’ the Father in 
spirit and in truth: for 
the Father seeketh 
such to worship him. 
24 God is a Spirit: and 
they that worship him 
must worship jum in 
spirit and in truth. 
25 The woman saith 
unto him, I know that 
Messias cometh, which 
is called Christ: when 
he is come, he will tell 
usallthings. 26Jcsus 
saith unto her; I that 
speak unto thee am he, 
27 And upouthis came 





“ [ov μὴ δωψήσει .... ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ] 1, 
*— δ LI[Tr]A. 
5 + αὐτῷ to him [τ]Α. 

Ε προσκυνεῖν δεῖ LTTraAW. 
km αὐτὸν. Ὁ, 


διέρχωμαι τα. 


LTTraw. 


τοὺ. ὕδατος. τούτου. διψήσει πάλιν" 14 ὃςιὸ ἂν 


and come - 


Fy; 


ΙΩΑΝΝΗΣ. 


, ~ 
πίῃ ἐκ τοῦ 


this water will thirst again; but wheever may drinkof the 


ὕδατος οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ Yod.un "διψήσῃ εἰς τὸν. αἰῶνα" 


willgive him ἴῃ ΠῸ wise shall thirst for 
ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ" γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ 


him a fountain 


water which I ever, 


ἀλλὰ τὸ ὕδωρ 
but the water which I will give tohim shall become in 


ε « ’ > ‘ » - / 4 ? . 

ὕδατος ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 15 Λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν 

of water springing πρ into life eternal. 3Says *to Shim 
« , , , ~ κ 50 er A ~ 

ἡ. γυνή, Κύριε, δύς μοι τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ, ἵνα μὴ-διψῶ 


1the woman, Sir, this water, that I may. not thirst 


μηδὲ Σέρχωμαι" ἐνθάδε ἀντλεῖν. 16 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ" "Ἰησοῦς, 
nor come here to draw. ?Says “to ther 1 Jesus, 
, 4, » a ~ 4 a! , / 
Ὕπαγε, φώνησον ὑτὸν. ἄνδρα.σοῦ! καὶ ἐλθὲ ἐνθάδε. 11 Απε- 
Go, call thy hushand and come here. ναι» 
κρίθη ἡ γυνὴ καὶ εἶπεν", ἸΟὺκ.έχω ἄνδρα." Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ 
swered ‘the*woman and κοαΐᾶ, [have pot ahusband. 7Says *to *her 
᾿]ησοῦς, Καλῶς “εἶπας! “Ort ἄνδρα οὐκ.έἔχω" 18 πέντε 
116515, Well didst thou say, A husband I have not; ?five 
γὰρ ἄνδρας ἔσχες. Kai νῦν ὃν ἔχεις οὐκ.έστὶν σου 
‘for husbands thou hast had, and nowhewhomthouhast is not thy 
ἀνήρ᾽ τοῦτο ἀληθὲς ῤ εἴρηκας. 19 Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ. γυνή, 
husband: this truly thou hast spcken. 3Says *to *him *the 7woman, 
Κύριε, θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ ov. 20 οἱ. πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐν 
Sir, I perceive that aprophet art thou. Our fathers in 
τούτῳ τῷ dpe προσεκύνησαν' και ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐν Ἱε- 
this mountain worshipped, and = ye say that in Je- 
ροσολύµοις ἐστὶν ὁ τόπος ὕπου ΕΣδεῖ προσκυνεῖν." 21 Λέγει 
rusalem is, the place whereitis necessary to worship. *Says 
αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, "Tiva, πίστευσόν μοι." ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα ὅτε 
Sto*her ‘Jesus, Woman, believe me, that is coming an hour when 
» ~ ” ΄ 
οὔτε ἐν τῷ.ὔρει.τούτῳ οὔτε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις προσκὺνήσετε 
neither in this mountain nor in Jerusalem shall ye worship ὁ 
~ Batts ς - ~ a ξ » 3 - 
τῷ πατρί. 22 ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ-οῖδατε' ἡμεῖς προσ- 
the Father. Ye worship what ye know not: we wor- 
κυγοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν" ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ιουδαίων ἐστίν. 
ship what weknow; for salvation of the Jews is. 
3? ᾽ ” = [ZA ‘ ~ > ‘ 
23 'adX'" ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσ- 
But iscoming anhour and now is, when the true wor- 
κυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ" 
shippers will worship the Father in spirit and truth ; 
‘ A « ‘ ’ - ‘ .” ᾽ ΄ 
και. γαρ ο πατ))ο τοιουτους ζητεῖ τους προσκυνοῦντας auTov. 


give me 


f 


for also the Father “such ‘seeks who worship him. 

O94 mn ~ oe 6 μον \ ‘ ~ k ο 
νευμα ο εος και τους προσκυνουντας "αυτον εν 
A spirit God [is], and they that worship him, in 


πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ. ἰδεῖ προσκυνεῖν." 25 Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ 
spirit and truth must worship. *Says *to “him ‘the 
ef e , ε , / 
γυνή, Οἶδα ὅτι µεσσίας ἔρχεται. ὁ λεγόμενος χριστός ὅταν 
2woman, 1 Κπου; ὑπαὺ Messias 15 coming, who is called Christ ; when 


ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν "πάντα." WW Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰη- 


7comes "Ἠθ he will tell us all things. *Says “to *her 116- 
- ᾽ va > Ρ « ~ Ν ’ 

σοὺς, Eyw εἰμι, “0 λαλῶν σοι. 27 Καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ 

sus, 1 am (‘he],-"who 7am “speaking *to *thee. And upon this 





τ διψήσει LITrA. αχ ἐγὼ 11. Υ ἔρχομαι ττ; 

ft Ἰησοῦς (read he says) [Σ,]τ[Ίτ]ἁ. ὃ σου τὸν ἄνδρα a. 

4 ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω 1. ε εἶπες τ. Γ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ GLTTrAW. 
η Τύναι. πίστευέ μοι 1,; Πίστευέ μοι, γυναι: TTrA, i ἀλλὰ 
! προσκυνεῖν δεῖ T, τὰ ἅπαγτα TIA, : 


IV JOHN. 251 


"Gov" οἱ μαβηταὶ.αὐτωῦ, καὶ ἐθαύμασαν" ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς his disciples, and mar- 


came his disciples, and wondered that with 8. woman with this παν eee 


ἐλάλει: οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, Τί ζητεῖς; ἢ Τί λα- 3ο man said,- What 


ος 1 ep : Ὲ ς seekest thou ? or, Why 
= ο ο ς noone however said, What seekest thou? or Why speakest talkest thou with har? 
Nig per αὐτῆς; 


thou with her? 
ε 


28 ᾿Αϕῆκεν οὖν τὴν ὑδρίαν αὐτῆς ἢ γυνὴ καὶ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς 28 The woman then 


*Left - *then © *her°waterpot _ 'the 7woman and went away into Lodged eee αμ. 


τὴν πόλιν, καὶ λέγει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, 29 Δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρω-. city, and saith to the 


the city, and says tothe men, Come, sce aman Men, 29 Come, see a 
man, which told me all 


πον ὃς εἶπέν μοι πάντα Poca" ἐποίησα' μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν things that ever 1 did: 

who told me allthingswhatsoever I did: *perchance 20115 is 18 not this the Christ? 

« ΄ ἢ *s ee Ὁ a 2 Ἄγ, 30 Then they went out 

0 χριστὸς; 90 αΕξῆλθον "οὖν" ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ Ἡρ- of the city, and came 
the Christ ! They went forth therefore outofthe city, and came unto him, 

χοντο πρὸς αὐτόν. 
unto him, 
31 Ἐν. "δὲ" τῷ μεταξὺ ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταί, λέ- , 31 In themean while 


But in: the meantime 3were ‘tasking ‘him ‘the “disciples, say- "τὶ pra Bip si 
? ’ 3 


γοντες, “PaBGi," φάγε. 82 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Εγὼ βρῶσιν eat. 32 But he said 
i I 


ing, Rabbi, eat. But he said tothem, meat Untothem, Ihave meat 
EN - 0 titan ΕΣ ” ” ων . to eat that ye know 
ἔχω φαγεῖν ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ.οἴδατε. 88 Ἔλεγον οὖν" οἱ µαθη- not of. 33 Therefore 
have toeat which ye know not. “Said “therefore 'the 2disci- 884 the disciples one 
‘ η ? , δ » ἐν A = to another, Hath an 
ταὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Mn τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν ; manbrought himought 
ples to one another, Anyone .‘did bring him [anything] toeat?. toeat? 34 Jesus saith 


rit. ολ.” shop; \ eA A νὰ “ = Μα ον ‘unto them, My meat is 
34 Λεγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ος βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα "ποιῶ" τὸ ‘to do the will of him 
"Says *to*them ‘Jesus, y meat is that Ishould dothe that sent me, and to 
ἢ ~ , , 4 , ΝΕ ΤΝΤ” finish his work. 35 Say 
θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός µε, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον. not ye, There ate yet 
will of him who sent me, and should finish his work. four months, and { 
᾽ « - / « » y ΄ ἘΣ 3 αρα. τα cometh harvest ὃ be- 
35 οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε. ὅτι ἔτι Στετράμηνόν' ἐστιν καὶ ὁ θερισμὸς hold, I say unto you 
Νου ὅτο θῶ, that yet four months itis andthe harvest Lis up fags es, an 
n ~ ΄ ~ ‘ κ the ds; f 
ἔρχεται; ἰδού, λέγω ὑμῖν, Ἐπάρατε τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ they are white already 
comes? Behold, Isay to you, Lift up your eyes *and to harvest. 36 And he 


, A , , Ἢ , that reapeth receiveth 
θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμὸν τἤδη ." wages, poy gatharckh 


see the fields, for white they are to harvest already. fruit unto life eternal: 
36 δκαὶ! ὁ θερίζων μισθὸν λαμβάνει, καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν Ὃ ig tage joa ἀν 
Andhethat reaps areward _ receives, and gathers fruit eth may rejoice to- 
εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον" ἵνα kai" ὁ σπείρων ὁμοῦ χαίρῃ ο κο τς μὰ harsh 
unto life eternal, that both hethat sows 7together *may -rejoice soweth, and another 


καὶ ὁ θερίζων. 97 ἐν.γὰρ τούτῳ ὁ λόγος ἐστὶν “ὁ' ἀλη- Teapeth. 881 sent you 
land *he *that “reaps. For in this the saying is true, νο πει ae: 


, a a ΩΝ . ’ 1 « ‘ ‘ ” ε / 
είρων, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων. other men laboured 
θινός, Ότι ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, ς ρίζ μονών 


ΜΒ That ; 3006 ο. a who SOWS, ᾿ and a ba who Boe aise μυ νικά 
38 ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα" ὑμᾶς θερίζεν ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε᾽ 
τ sent you toreap on'which*not ‘ye *have laboured ; 
ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν, καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν.κόπον.αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύ- 
others hayelaboured, and ye _ into their labour have en- 
Gare. 
tered. t 
ι ~ ΄ 8 > > ., 
39 Ἐκ.δὲ τῆς.πόλεως.ἐκείνης πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 39 And many of the 
But out of that city many believed on him Samaritans of that 


=e ~ i ‘ \ , = ν city believed on him 
τῶν εδαμαρειτῶν, διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς γυναικὸς µαρ- for the sa ing of the 
ef the Samaritans, because of the word of the woman tes- woman, which testi- 





Ὁ ἦλθαν Trr. 9 ἐθαύμαζον were wondering GLTTrAW. PawhichtT. 4 + [καὶ] and 1, 
τ οὖν GLTTrAW. 5... δὲ but [L]TTra. t ΄Ῥαββεί 1. Υ-- οὖν W. Σποιήσο. Lira, 
7 τετράµηνός GLTTrAW. : ἤδη (vead already he that reaps) 7. &— καὶ GL irra, 
Ρ — και Tra], 6 --- ὃ TTr[a]. 4 ἀπέφταλκα have seul 1, © Σαμαριτῶν T, 


252 


ficd, He told me all 
that ever 1 did. 40 3ο 
when the Samaritans 
were come unto him, 
they besought him 
that he would tarry 
with them: and he 
abode there two days. 
4] And many more be- 
lieved because of his 
own word; 42 and said 
unto the woman, Now 
we believe, ποῦ be- 
cause of thy saying: 
for we havc heard him 
ourselves, and know 
that this is indeed the 
Christ, the Saviovr of 
the world, 


43 Now after two 
days he departed 
thence, and went into 
Galilee. 44 For Jesus 
himself testified, that 
a prophet hath no 
honour in his own 
country. 45 Then when 
he was come into Ga- 
lilee, the Galilzans 
received him, having 
seen all the things that 
he did at Jerusalem at 
the feast: for they 
also went unto the 
feast. 


46 So Jesus came 
again into Cana of 
Galilee, where he made 
the water wine. And 
there was a certain no- 
bleman, whose son was 
sick at Capernaum. 
47 When he heard that 
Jesus was come out of 
Judza into Gililee, he 
went-unto him, and 
besought him that he 
would come down, 
and heal his son: for 
he was at the point of 
death. 48 Then said 
Jesus unto him, Ex- 
cept ye see signs and 
wonders, ye will not 
believe. 49 The no- 
blemansaith untohin, 
Sir, come down ere ny 
ehild die. 50 Jesus 
saith unto him, Go 
thy way ; thy son liv- 
eth. And the man be- 
lieved the word %hat 
Jesus had spoken unto 
him, and he went his 
way. 51 Andas he was 
now going down, his 
servants met him, and 


ἃ which TTra, 
{Lirr. a, 
came GLTTraw. 

5 --- αὐτὸν (LITTrA. 


(read the bondmeu) Ὁ, 


1— 9 GLTTrraw. 


IQANNH Σ. 1. 


ε λαο) ΄ “ , , ε 
τυοούσης, Ὅτι εἶπεν μοι πάντα foca" ἐποίησα. 40 ‘Qe 
tifying, Hetold me allthings whatsocver I did. When 


οὖν ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ΞΣαμαρεῖται, ἠρώτων αὐτὸν 
therefore came to him the Samariians, they asked him 

~ ~ » ΠΡ. , « / ‘ 
μεῖναι παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς" καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ δύο ἡμέρας. 41 καὶ 
{ο abide with thern, and heabode there two days. And 


~ [ή ιά ο Ν ΄ ? a ~ 
πολλῷ. πλείους ἐπίστευσαν διὰ τὸν-λόγον-αὐτοῦ' 42 τῇ.τε 
many more believed because of his word ; and to the 


γυναικὶ ἔλεγον, Ore" οὐκέτι διὰ τὴν σὴν λαλιὰν πισ- 
woman they said, No longer because of thy saying we 
τεύομεν αὐτοὶ. γὰρ ἀκηκόαμεν, καὶ οἴδαμεν OTL οὗτός ἐστιν 
believe, for ourselves have heard,. and weknow that this is 
ἀληθῶς ὑ σωτὴρ τοῦ κόσμου, 10 χριστός." 
truly the Saviour of the world, the Christ. . 
43 Mera.dé τὰς δύο ἡμέρας ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, ‘kai ἀπῆλ- 
But after the two days he went forth thence, and went 
θεν! εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 44 αὐτὸς.γὰρ 'o'’Inoovg ἐμαρτύρη- 
away into Galilee ; for “himself ‘Jesus testiticd, 
σεν, ὅτι προφήτης ἐν τῇ. ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι τιμὴν οὐκ. ἔχει. 


that a prophet in his own coun.iry honour has not. 
45 Ὅτε! οὖν ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν 
When therefore he came into Galilee Syreceived *him 
ε - , « μα” η ο] ἊΝ ΄ ᾽ ε 
οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι, πάντα ἑωρακότες "ἃ! ἐποίησέν ἐν Ie- 
lthe *Galileans, all things having seen which he did in Je- 
ροσολύμοις ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ καὶ.αὐτοὶ γὰρ "ἦλθον εἰς τὴν 
“rusalem during the ᾿ feast, for they also went to the 
ἑορτήν. 
feast. ; 
46 Ἦλθεν οὖν οὐ Ἰησοῦδ' πάλιν Ρ εἰς τὴν Kava τῆς 
5:3π1ο6. 3therefore 1 Jesus again to Cana 
Γαλιλαίας, ὅπου ἐποίησεν τὸ ὕδωρ οἶνον. “καὶ ἦν!" τις 


of Galilce, Where hemade the water wine. And there was acertain 


βασιλικός, οὗ ὁ υἱὸς ἠσθένει ἐν ἹΚαπερναυύμ.ὶ 47 οὗτος 
courtier, whose son wassick in Capernaum., He 
> ΄ ἘΞ: ? A ~ ev ? ~ ? ΄ > A 
ἀκοῦσας Ότι Ἰησοῦς ἥκει ἐκ τῆς Ιουδαίας εἰς τὴν Γαλι- 
haying heard that Jesus had come out of Judza into Gali- 
λαίαν, ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ᾽αὐτόν, καὶ ἠρώτα "αὐτὸν" ἵνα κατα- 
lee, went to him, and asked him that he would 
~ ly ας ~ ‘ ’ ” . ’ 
By καὶ ἰάσηται αὐτοῦ τὸν υἱόν" Ίμελλεν.γὰρ ἀποθνήσκειν. 
comedown and heal his son; forhe was about to die. 
5 τὰ εν ~ , , \ γε 
48 εἶπεν οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτόν, ᾿Εὰν. μὴ σημεῖα καὶ 
“Said “therefore Jesus to hin, Unless © signs and 
, pes 10 . ? A ’ [ή 4 ᾽ εἰ « 
τέρατα LONTE οὐ-μη πιστεύσητε. 49 Λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ 
wonders yesee in no wise will ye believe, *Says *to *him ‘the 
βασιλικός, Κύριε, κατάβηθι πρὶν ἀποθανεῖν τὸ.παιδίον.µου. 
“courtier, Sir, come down before *dies tmy “little Schild, 
/ ~ α δ ~ ~ r ‘ 
50 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πορεύου: ὁ.υἱόςσου ζῇ. Καὶ" 
“Says “to *him ‘Jesus, Go, thy son lives, And 
. , £ ” ~ , e. ~ ~ 
ἐπίστευσεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῷ λόγῳ τῴ"! εἶπεν αὐτῷ 5 Ἰησοῦς, 
“believed ‘the “man the word which “said 3to*him ‘Jesus, 
ο 3 , ~ » ἣν ~ , ~ , 
καὶ ἐπορεύετο. δ] ἤδη δὲ αὐτοῦ.καταβαίνοντος οἱ .δοῦλοι.Σαὐ- 
and welt away. Butalready as he was going down his bondmen 


6 Σαμαρῖται τ. Ἀ [ὅτι] L. 1— ὁ χριστός LTTrA. Κ -- καὶ ἀπῆλθεν 
ασ, " 0σα Whatsoever LTra, ο — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (eud he 
Ρ + ὃ Ἰησοῦς Jesus ΜΚ, 4 Ἦν δέ τ. τ Καφαρναούμ LITrAW. 

ἕ τε καὶ [Έτ] , YovLTtra, ο  ὁ LTIrrayw, * — αὐτοῦ 


ον τν. JOHN. 


τοῦ! ἀπήντησαν! αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν" λέγοντες." 
met him, and reported, saying, 
« - 
ὁ παῖς σου" ζῇ. ὅ9 "Ἠπύθετο οὖν “παρ᾽ αὐτῶν τὴν ὥραν" 
της child lives, He inquired therefore from them the hour 
>? ~ 4 
ἐν κομψότερον ἔσχεν. “καὶ εἶπονὶ αὐτῷ, Ὅτι ἐχθὲς! 
in which Sbetter -*he “got. And Bhey said to him, Yesterday 
ὥραν ἑβδόμην ἀφῆκεν αὐτὸν ὁ πυρετός. 53 Ἔγνω 
tat the] “hour ‘seventh left him the fever, ΞΚ ΠΟΥ 
οὖν ὁ πατὴρ ὅτι ἐνὶ ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥοᾳ ἐν ἢ εἶπεν 
*therefore'the *father that ες πολ at that hour in which 2said 


« 
Οτι 


αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς, ἔ Οτι' ὁ υἱός.σου ζῇ. Καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς 

8:0 *him Jesus, Thy son lives. And he “believed "himself 

Ξ ae? ~ ~ , ~ 

καὶ ἡ.οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη.. 54 τοῦτο ἃ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον 

and his *house whole. This again a second sign- 

? , ~ ~ , ‘ 

ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἐλθὼν ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς τὴν Ta- 
did ‘Jesus, having come out of Judea into Ga- 

λιλαίαν. 

lilee. 


ὃ Mera ταῦτα . ἦν: ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβη ΔΙ 
After these things was ἃ feast of the Jews, and *went *up 


Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. 2 ἔστιν. δὲ ἐν οἷς ἱΓεροσολύμοις 
110515 το Jerusalem, And thereis in Jerusalem 


ἐπὶ τῇ προβατικῃ κολυμβήθρα, Ἰὴ ἐπιλεγομένη" Ἑβραϊστὶ 


_at the ρε a pool, which [15] ο: siled in Hebrew 
™By9ecdd," πέντε στοὰς ἔχουσα. 3 ἐν ταύταις κατέκειτο 
Bethesda, five porches havi ing. In, , “these were lying 
πλῆθος "πολὺ τῶν ἀσθενούντων, τυφλῶν, χωλῶν, 

a *multitude *great of those who were sick, btind, ‘lame, 
ξηρῶν, 9ἐκδεχομένων ᾿τὴν τοῦ ὕδατος κίνησιν. 4 ἄγγελος 
withered, awaiting the 7o0f*the *water lmoving. 7An #angel 


yap? κατὰ.καιρὺν κατέβαινεν ἐν τῇ κολυμβήθρᾳ, καὶ ἐτά- 
ΔῸΣ from time to time descended in the pool, διά agi- 


ῥασσεν τὸ ὕδωρ' ὁ οὖν πρῶτος ἐμβὰς μετὰ τὴν ταραχὴν 
tated the water.-He who therefore first entered after the agitation 


τοῦ ὕδατος, ὑγιὴς ἐγίνετο, αῷ δήποτεὶ κατείχετο νοσήματι. 
ofthe water, πε] ‘became, ‘whatever “he *was ‘held “by ‘disease. 


~ τι ? 
5 Ἡν δὲ τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ Ἱτριακονταοκτὠ' ἔτη ἔχων ἐν 


But*was’a*certain *man there “thirty "eight ‘years ‘being in 
τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ". 6 τοῦτον ἰδὼν ὁ Ιησοῦς κατακείμενον, καὶ 
infirmity. *Him seeing 1 Jesus lying, and 
er - ’ ~ ’ 
γνοὺς ὅτι πολὺν ἤδη χοόνον ἔχει, λέγει αὐτῷ, θέλεις 
kuowing that along’already ‘time hehas been, says to him, Desirest thou 


ὑγιὴς γενέσθαι; 7 ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ ὁ ἀσθενῶν, Κύριε, ἄν- 
well to become? *Answered Shim lthe “infirm (man), Sir, a 


θρωπον οὐκ.ἔχω, ἵνα bray ταραχϑῇὺ τὸ ὕδωρ 'βάλλῃ"! 
man Ihave not; that when 3has*been ὁ “agitated ‘the *water he may put 


µε εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν" ἐν.ᾧ.δὲ ἔρχομαι ἐγὼ ἄλλος πρὸ 


me into the pool ; but while 7am ~cgming ‘I another before 


ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει. ὃ Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, "'"Εγειραλ,' * ἄρον 
118 descends. *Says *to *him 1 Jesus, ‘Arise, take up 


253 


told him, saying, Thy 
sonliveth. 52 Then in- 
quired he of them the 
hour when he beyan 
to amend. And they 
said unto him, Yester- 
day at the seventh 
hour the fever left 
him. 53 So,the father 
knew that it was at 
the same hour,.in the 
which Jesas said unto 
him, Thy son liveth: 
and himself believed, 
and his whole house. 
54 This is again the 
second miracle that 
Jesus did, when he 
was come out of Jus 
dzea into Galilee, 


V. After this there 
wis a feast of the 
Jews: and Jesus went 
upto Jerusalem, 2 Now 
there is at Jerusalem 
by the sheep market a 
pool, which is called in 
the . Hebrew tongue 


.Bethesda, having five 


porches, 3 In these lay 
a great multitude of 
impotent folk,of blinil, 
halt, withered, wait- 
ing for the moving of 
the water. 4 For an 
angel went down at 
a certain season into 
the pool, and troubled 
the water: whosoerer 
then first after the 
troubling of the 
water stepped in 
was made whole of 
whatsoever disease he 
had. 5 And a cer- 
tain man was there, 
which hadan infirmity 
thirty and eight years, 
6 When Jesus saiv him 
116. and knew that he 
had been now a long 
time in thut case, he 
saith unto him, Wilt 


thou be made whole? 


7 The impotent man 
answered him, Sir, I 
have noman, when the 
water is troubled, to 
put me into the pool: 
but while I am com- 
ing, another steppeth 
down before me. 8 Je- 
sus saith unto him, 
Rise, take up thy bed, 





Y ὑπήντησαν LITrA. 2 καὶ ἤγγειλαν T; [καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν] Tra. 
t αὐτοῦ (vead that his child lives) Lrrra. ς THY ὥραν Tap αὐτῶν LTTrA. 
fore they said TTra. ¢éx@és LTTraW. ζ-- ἐν 1{τ||.. Ε —Ore LTTra. 
ατα]. i+ ἡ the (feast) τ. Κι — ὁ LTTrAW. Ι τὸ λεγόμενον T. 
Zatha τὶ n — πολὺ [L]TTrA. 
of[the] Lordi 4 abies L. 


τοῦ his (infirmity) [LJrtra, Εβάλῃ @urrraw. ’Eyeipe LITraw, 


πὸ ἐκδεχομένων to end of verse 4 (e]rtra. - 
τ τριάκοντα καὶ (--- καὶ [L]Tr) ὀκτὼ GLTTrAW. 


-- λέγοντες τ. 
ἆ εἶπον οὖν there- 
h + δὲ now (this) 
τὰ Ῥηθζαθά Beth- 
P + [κυρίου] 
S+ap- 
ΝΕ [καὶ] and L, 


254 


and walk. 9 And im- 
metiately the man 
was made whole, and 
took up his bed, and 
walked: and on the 
same day was the sab- 
bath.. 10 The Jews 
therefore said unto 
him that was cured, 
It is the sabbath day: 
it-is not lawful for 
thee to carry thy bed. 
11 He answered them, 
He that made me 
whole, the same said 
unto me, Take up thy 
bed, and walk. 12 Then 
asked they him, What 
man is that which said 
unto thee, Take up 
thy bed, and walk? 
13 And he that was 
healed wist not who 
it was: for Jesus had 
conveyed himself a- 
way, a multitude be- 
ing in that place. 
14 Afterward Jesus 
findeth him in the 
temple, and said unto 
him, Behold, thou art 
made whole: sin no 
more, lest a worse 
thing come unto thee. 
15 The man departed, 
and told the Jews that 
it was Jesus, which 
had made him whole. 
16 And therefore did 
the Jews persecute Je- 
sus, and sought to 
slay him, because he 
had done these things 
on the sabbath day. 
17 But Jesus answer- 
ed them, My Father 
worketh hitherto, and 
I work. 18 Therefore 
the Jews sought the 
more to kill him, be- 
cause he not only had 
broken the sabbath, 
but said also that God 
was his Father, mak- 
ing himself equal with 
God. 19 Then answer- 
ed Jesus and saidunto 
them, Verily, verily, I 
say unto yousThe Son 
can do nothing of him- 
self, but what heseeth 
the Father do: for 
what things soever he 
doeth, these also do- 


eth the Son likewise.- 


20 For the Father 
loveth the Son, and 


TQANNHE Σ. Y. 


᾿ ὃ 3 f 3 ὲ ᾖ 
τὸν Σκράββατόν].σου, καὶ περιπάτει. 9 Καὶ γεύθεως" ἐγένετο 


thy bed, and walk. And immediately *became 

ὑγιὴς ὁ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ἦρεν τὸν. κράββατον" αὐτοῦ, καὶ 

*well ‘the Στηβ, and took up his bed, and 

περιεπάτει: ἦν.δὲ σάββατον ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. 10 Ἔλεγον 
walked; anditwas- sabbath on that day. "Said 

οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ, Σἀάββατόν ἐστιν" 


to him wno had been healed, , Sabbath it is, 

τρὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἄραι τὸν Ἱκράββατον!”. 11 ὃ᾿Απεκρίθη 
it is not lawful for thee totake up the bed. He answered 
αὐτοῖς, ‘O ποιήσας µε ὑγιῆ, ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, ᾿Αρον τὸν 


“therefore ‘the Jews 


them, Hewho made me well, he tome said, Take up 
εκράββατόν!.σου καὶ περιπάτει. 12 Ἡρώτησαν "οὖν" αὐτόν, 
~ thy bed and walk. They asked *therefore *him, | 


Τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ εἰπών σοι, Αρον “τὸν «κράββατόν! 
Who is the man who said tothee, Take up *bed 
σου! καὶ περιπάτει; 13 ὋὉ δὲ flafeic' οὐκ.ῇδει τίς ἐστιν" 
‘thy and walk? But he who had been healed knew not who it is, 
« ee ~ ryt ” » ἢ ~ , 4 
ὁ.γὰρ. Ἰησοῦς ἐξένευσεν, ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. 14 Μετὰ 
for Jesus had moved away,.a crowd being in the place. , After 
ταῦτα εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, αἱ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, 


these things “finds ‘him 16585 in the temple,amd said tohim, 
” ς A = 48 Φ - μ ~ 
Id: ὑγιὴς «Ὑέγονας µηκέτι ἁμάρτανε, ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν 

Behold, well thou hast become: *no *more isin, that “ποῦ *worse 


ετί σοι! γένηται. 15 ᾿᾿Απῆλθεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος καὶ Ἰάνήγ- 


“something 5to °thee *happens, Went away the man and told 
γειλεν" τοῖς ᾿Ἰουδαίοις ὅτι ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὸν 
. the Jews “" that Jesus _itis who made him 
4 ~. 3 ~ / ~ ~ 
ὑγιῆ: 16 Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐδίωκον τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι," 
well, And because of this “persecuted *Jesus ‘the . 7Jews, 
lkai ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι.) ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν σαβ- 
and sought him to kill, because these things hedid on a sab- 


17 « δὲ ΡΤ ~ i ᾽ ΄ ? ~ « ΄ ee 
βάτῳ. Οὐδὲ Τησοῦς᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο αὑτοῖς, Ο.πατηρ.µου 
bath. But Jesus answered ‘them, My Father 
ae ? , 2 δν , \ ~ 1 
ἕως ἄρτι ἐργάζεται, κἀγὼ ἐργάζομαι. 18 Διὰ. τοῦτο "οὖν 
until now works, and I work. Because of this therefore 

~ ? / κ ~ ~ , 
μᾶλλον ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ot Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι, ὅτι οὐ µόνον 


the more sought ‘*him ‘the ?Jews 30ο ΠῚ, because not only 

” / ‘ ” 

ἔλυεν τὸ σάββατον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πατέρα ἴδιον ἔλεγεν τὸν 
ἀἷᾶ he break the sabbath, but also ‘Father “his *own ‘called 


θεόν, ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ θεῷ. 19 ἀπεκρίνατο οὖν 6 
2God, equal “himself ‘making to God. 3Answered therefore 
? ~ " ~ ? « -“ 
]ησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν" αὐτοῖς. ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ δύναται 
Jesus‘ and said tothem, Verily verily Isay ἴογοι, 515 *able 
« « ~ ~~ 
ὁ υἱὸς ποιεῖν ad ἑαυτοῦ οὐδέν, Ρἐὰν' μή τι βλέπῃ 
tthe 7Son todo from himself nothing, unless anything he may see 
4 [ ~ ~ ~ ; ~ 
τὸν πατέρα ποιοῦντα" G.yap.1dy" ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ 
the Father doing : for whatever he does, these things also 
« eA « ΄ ~ "4 ~ ‘4 « 
ὁ υἱὸς τὁμοίως ποιεῖ." 20 ὁ γὰρ πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν υἱόν, καὶ 
the Son inlike manner does. For the Father loves the Son, and 





* κράβαττον LTTrAW. 
τος 
© κράβαττόν L[Tr]w. 


bed) L. 
σου T[Tr]A. 
b + [καὶ] and 1, 


P ἂν T. q 


ἀποκτεῖναι α[1,]Τ1νΑ. 
ἂν] ΤΙ, 


 ---- εὐθέως τ΄. 


z - καὶ and [n]T[Tr]a, 
δὲ who however Ltr. 


: ¢ — οὖν [τ,][τε]Α. 
α ἔ { ἀσθενῶν was impotent T. 
' εἶπεν τ΄ Κ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν ΗΤΤΑ. 1 — καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν 
— Ἰησοῦς (read he answered) τ. 2 — οὖν T. ο ἔλεγεν Te 
Τ ποις! ὁμοίως T. / 


® + σου (read thy 
d — τὸν κράββατόν 
& got Tt GLTTrAW. 


ν 


τ; JOHN. 


πάντα δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ ἃ αὐτὸς ποιεῖ" 
all pings shews to him which *himself *he does; and greater than 
των᾽ δείξει. αὐτῷ ἔργα, ἵνα ὑμεῖς "θάυμάζητε.! 21 ὥσπερ 
*these *he will shew “him ‘works, that ye may wonder. 2Even 508 
ap ὁ- πατὴρ ἐγείρει τοὺς νεκροὺς καὶ ζωοποιεῖ, οὕτως Kai ὁ 
for the Father raiscsup the dead and quickens, thus. also the 


υἱὸς οὓς θέλει ζωοποιεῖ. 22 οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, 
Son whom he will quickens; for the Father sae no one, 


ἀλλὰ THY" κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ υἱῷ, 23 ἵνα πάντες 
but i ᾧ δῶν tall has given to the Son, that all 


τιμῶσιν τὸν υἱὸν καθὼς τιμῶσιν τὸν πατέρα. ὁ 
may honour the Son. 6Τεη 8.8 η honour the 


καὶ μείζονα rove 


τὸν υἱὸν οὐ.τιμᾷ τὸν πατέρα τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν. 94 ᾽Αμὴν 
the Son honoursnot the Father who sent him, Verily 
ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὁ τὸν.λόγον.µου ἀκούων, καὶ πιστεύων 
verily Isay to you, that hethat my word hears, and’ believes 


Te πέμψαντί pe, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ 
him who 


sent me, has life eternal, and intojudgment *not 
ἔρχεται, ἀλλὰ µεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν. 
comes, but has passed out of death into life. 


25 ᾽Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, 
Verily verily Isay * you, that iscoming an hour and now is, 

OTE οἱ νεκροὶ ἵἀκούσονται' τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ 

when [88 dead shall hear the voice ofthe Son of God, and 


οἱ ἀκούσαντες Ἰζήσογται.ὶ 26 ὥσπερ γὰρ δ' πατὴρ ἔχει 
yu 1 
those having heard shall live. Forevenas the Father has’ 


"έδωκεν καὶ τῷ vip' ζωὴν ἔχειν 
he gave also tothe Son life to have 
χκαὶ" κρίσιν 
also judgment 
ὅτι υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν. 28 μὴ .θαυµάζετε τοῦτο" 
of man he is. Wonder not at this, 
7 ~ , 
ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα ἐν πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις ᾿ ἀκού - 
for “15 *coming'an*hour in which all those ἵπ the tombs shall 


σονται! τῆς-φωνῆς. αὐτοῦ, .ῶ9 καὶ ἐκπορεύσονται, οἱ τὰ 
hear his volee, and shallcome forth, those that 


ἀγαθὰ ποιήσαντες εἰς ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς, οἱ δὲ τὰ φαῦλα 
good ory Sede to aresurrection of life, and those that evil 


πράξαντες εἰς ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως. 80 οὐ δύναμαι ἐγὼ ποιεῖν 


ζωὴν -ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως 
1188 in himself, 5ο 

7 « ~ ‘ 3 ΄ ” ᾽ - 

ἐν ἑαυτῷ. 27 καὶ ἐξουσία ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ 

in himself, and authority gave to him 


ποιεῖν, 
to execute, because Son 


did to aresurrection of Be eg Amable ‘I todo 
ἀπ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐδέν' καθὼς ἀκούω κρίνω, καὶ ἡ κρίσις ἡ 

from myself nothing; evenas 1Ι1εα I judge, end 2judgment 
ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν' ὅτι οὐ.ζητῷ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐ ἐμόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ 
Imy *just 31, | because I seek not ΄ Σπ] my, but the 
θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με Σπατρός.ὶ 31 ο ἐγώ μαρτυρῶ 
will ofthe ?who*sent *me ‘Father, 1 bear witness 
περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ. μαρτυρία.μου οὐκ.ἔστιν ἀληθής, 32 ἄλλος 
concerning mniyself, my witness is not true, . Another 


ἐμοῦ, καὶ *olda" ὅτι ἀληθής ἐστιν 
and I know that true ᾿ is 


ἐμοῦ. 33 Ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλ- 


μα 


ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ 
τ is who bears witness concerning me, 

ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ 
the witness which he witnes-es ο me. 
κατε πρὸς Ῥ Ἰωάννην" καὶ μεμαρτύρηκεν ΤΏ ἀληθείᾳ: 94 ἐ ἐγὼ 
sent unto- John and hehas borne witness tothe truth. 


53 θαυμάζετε Wonder τ. 
TTA. «-- καὶ LTTrA. 
GirtrAW. Α85 οἴδατε ye ΚΠΟΥ͂ Τ. 











t ἀκούσουσιν TTr. ν ζήσουσιν LTTrA. 
y — δὲ and [L]t(TrJa. 


b*Iwarvnv Tre 


μὴ.τιμῶν. 
Father. He that honours not 


255 


sheweth him all things 
that himself doeth , 
and he will shew him 
greater works than 
these, that ye may 
marvel, 21 For as the 
Father raiseth up the 
dead, and quickeneth 
them; even so the Son 
quickeneth whom he 
will. 22 For the Fa- 
ther judgeth no man, 
but hath committed 
all judgment unto the 
Son.: 23 that all men 
should honour the Son, 
even as they honour 
the Father. He that 
honoureth not the Son 
shonoureth not the Fa- 
‘ther which hath sent 
him, 24 Verily, verily, 
I say unto you, He 
that heareth my word, 
and believeth on him 
that sent me, hath 
everlasting life, and 
shall not come into 
condemnation ; but is 
passed from death un- 
to life. 25 Verily, ve- 
rily, I say unto you, 
The hour is coming, 
and now is, when the 
dead shall hear the 
voice of the Son of 
God: and they that 
hear shall iive. 26 For 
as the Father hath life 
in himself; so hath he 
given, to the Son to 
have life in himself; 
27 and hath given him 
authority to execuie 
judgment also. le- 
cause he is the Son of 
man. 28 Marvel not 
at this: for the hour 
is coming, in the which 
all that are in the 
graves shall hear his 
voice, 29 and shall 
come forth; they that 
have done good, unto 
the resurrection of 
Hife; and they that 
have done evil, unto 
the resurrection of 
damnation. 30,I can 
of mine own self do 
nothing: as‘I hear, I 


' ‘judge : and my judg- 


ment is just; because 
I seek not mine own 
will, but the will of 
the Father which hath 
sent me. 31 If I bear 
witness of myself, my 
witness is not true. 
32 There is another 
that beareth witness 
of me; and I know 
that the witness which 
he witne-seth of me is 
true. 33 Ye sent unto 
John, and he bare wits 
ness unto the truth. 


——::0n Oe 


5 καὶ τῷ υἱῷ ἔδωκεν 


t— πατρός (read of him who seut we} 


256 


34 But I receive ποῦ 


testimony from man: 
but these things I say, 
that ye might be saved. 
35 He was a burning 
and a shining light: 
and ye were willing 
for a season to rejoice 
in his light. 36 But I 
have greater witness’ 
than that of John: for 
the works which the 
Father hath given me 
to finish, the same 
works that I do, bear" 
wiiness of me, tha 

the Father hath sent 
me. 37 And the Father 
himself, which lath 
sent me, hath borne 
witness of me. Ye 
have neither heard his 
voice at any time, nor 
seen his shape. 38 And 
ye have not his word 
abiding in you: for 
whom tc hath sent, 
him ye believe not. 
39 Sear.h the scrip- 
turcs; for in them ye 
think ye have eternal 
life: and they are they 
which testify of me. 

40 And ye will not 
come to me, that ye 
might have life. 411, 
receive not honour 
from men. 42 But I 
know you, that ye have 
not the love of God in 
you. 451 am come in 
my Father’s name, and 
ye receive me not: if 
another shall come in 
his own name, him ye 
will receive. 44 How 
can ye believe, which 
receive honour one of 
another, and seek not 
the honour that com- 
eh from God only? 
45 Do not think that 
I will accuse you to 
the Father: there is 
one that accuseth you, 

even Moses, in whom 
ye trust. 46 For had 
ye believed Moses, ye 
would have believed 
me: for he wrote of 
me. 47 But if ye be- 
lieve not his writings,. 
how shall ye believe 
my words? 


TQANNHS. ; Υ: 
οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω. ἀλλὰ ταῦ- 
7man witness δχοσείτε, Ἐπὶ these 
- / ev € ~ -"»- = ? ~» στ . 7: « 
τα λέγω ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε. 98 ἐκεῖνος ην -ὁ λύχνος ὃ 
things Isay that ye may be saved. He was the “lamp. 

, eS ΄ « - a! 18 λη ο λλ Bay mi 
καιόμενος Kal φαίνων, vpEeic.ce ἠθελήσατε “αγαλλιασθηναι" 
Ipurning “and “shining, and ye were willing to rejoice 
‘ ν᾽ ~ Ν ~ ‘ " ”  “““- 
πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ-φωτὶ.αὐτοῦ. 36 ἐγὼ. δὲ ἔχω τὴν μαρτυρίαν 
for ΑΠ hour in his light. ButI have the witness 
ἀμείζω" τοῦ ᾿Ιωάννου"" τὰ.γὰρ ἔργα ἃ 


“δὲ 


-'but *not ®from 


fEdweév" μοι ὁ 


greater than John’s forthe works which *gave *me ‘the 
πατὴρ ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ.τὰ ἔργα ἃ 8éyw" 
“Father that Ishould complete them, the works themselves which I 


ποιῶ, μαρτυρε περὶ ἐμοῦ OTL ὁ πατήρ µε ἀπέσταλκεν, 
do, bear witness concerning me thatthe Father me has sent. 
97 καὶ ὁ΄ πέμψας µε πατήρ, "αὐτὸς! μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ 
And the *who “sent *me *Father, himself has borne witness concerning 
ἐμοῦ. οὔτε φωνὴν.αὐτοῦ ‘axnkoare’ πώποτε," οὔτε εἶδος 
me, Neither his voice have ye heard at any time, nor form 
αὐτοῦ ἑωράκατε. 88 καὶ τὸν.λόγον.αὐτοῦ οὐκ. ἔχετε Ἐμένοντα 
this have ye seen. And his word yehavenot aliding 
ἐν ὑμῖν." ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκέῖνος, τούτῳ ὑμεῖς οὐ.πιστεύετε. 
in you, for whom “sent the, him ye believ« not. 
39 "Ἐρευνᾶτε" τὰς γραφάς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς δοκεῖτε ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν 
Yesearch the scriptures, for ye think in them life 
αἰώνιον ἔχειν, καὶ ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ 
eternal to Ἠβγθ, and they are they which bear witness concerning 
᾽ ~ ἃ 7 a ? ~ , «“ 4 » Η 
ἐμοῦ: 40 καὶ οὐ.θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με, (να ζωὴν ἔχητε. 
me; and yeareunwilling tocome ἴο me, that life yemay have. 
41 Δόξαν παρὰ ἀνθρώπων ob. apBarw: 42 ἀλλ᾽) ἔγνωκα 
Glory from men I receive not ; but I have known 
ε ~ « n \ ᾽ ie ~~ ~ 7 » Il ? € ~ ? 8.9 
ὑμᾶς ὅτι "τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ.ἔχετε' ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. 48 ἔγω 
you that the love of God ye have not in yourselves. J 
> , 1 ~ 3) , -- ’ ‘ J 7 , / 
ἐλήλυθα ἐν΄τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ: πατρός. μου, καὶ οὐ.λαμβάνετέ με" 
have come in the name of my Father, and yereceivenot me; 
ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ, ἐκεῖνον δλήψεσθε.! 
if another should come in *name ‘his own, him ye will receive. 
επ - ~ , 
44 πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν Ῥπαρὰ" ἀλλήλων 
How are ye able to believe, Selory *from ‘one another 
λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Ἰθεοῦ" 
lwho receive, and the glory which[is] from the only God 
οὐ. ζητεῖτε; 45 μὴ δοκεῖτε ὅτι ἐγὼ κατηγορήσω ὑμῶν πρὸς τὸν. 
ye seek not 2 Think not that If will accuse you to the 
πατέρα" ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν, τΜωσῆς," εἰς ὃν 
‘Father: there is [one] who accuses you, Moses, in. whom 
€ a ety ἦλ , ws \ ? , 5 - η ? 5 ra 
ὑμεῖς ἡλπίκατε. 46 εἰ γὰρ ἐπιστεύετε “Μωσῇ," επιστευετε. ὧν 
ye have hoped. Forif yebelieved Moses, yewouldhave believed 
ἐμοί" περὶ γὰρ ἐμοῦ ἐκεῖνος ἔγραψεν. 47 εἰ.δὲ τοῖς ἐκείνου 
me, forconcerning me he wrote. But if his 
΄ ~ ~ ~ ΄ 
γράμμασιν οὐ.πιστεύετε, .πῶς τοῖς. ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύ- 
writings | ye believe not, how — my words shall ye 


σετε; 
believe ? 





5 ἀγαλλιαθῆναι GLTTrAW. _ 
& — ἐγὼ (read ποιῷ I do) LrTraA 


ὑμῖν μένοντα TTrA. 
θεοῦ 1. 


5 λήμψεσθε LTTrA, 
ἱτττα ; Μωύσῃ w. - 


“ἃ μείζων LTrA. . © ᾿Ἰωάνου Τε, f δέδωκέν has given TTra. 
ο) 1 ; ἃ ἐκεῖνος TTrA. i πώποτε ἀκηκόατε LTTrAW. κ ἐν 
1 ἐραυνᾶτε TTrA. αι ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. Ὁ οὐκ ἔχετε τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ 
Ρ παρ᾿ A, [cod] L. τ Μωῦσῆς 1 ΤΤΙΑΝ. * Μωῦσεϊ 


we. JOHN. 


6 Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 
After these things *went *away 1 Jesus over the Bem 
τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος" 3 ‘kai ἠκολούθει! αὐτῷ ὄχλος 
of Galilee (of Tiberias), and “*followed Shim 1a %crowd 
πολύς, ὅτι Ἱἑώρωνὶ “αὐτοῦ! τὰ σ]μεῖα ἃ ἐποίει ἐπὶ 
*great,, because they saw ofhim the _ signs. which he wrought upon 
~ 3 2 θ ’ὕ 2 ~ θ δὲ 2 A 1 x‘ Il ? ~ 
τῶν ἀσθενούντων. 3 ἀνῆλθεν. δὲ εἰς TO ὄρος τὸ" Ἰησοῦς, 
those who Ἅπετε sick. And *went *up *into *the “mountain Jesus, 
καὶ ἐκεῖ Σἐκάθητσϊ μετὰ τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ. 4 ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς 
and there sat with his disciples ; and “was “near 
τὸ πάσχα ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Jovdaiwy. 5 ἐπάρας οὖν *0'In- 
“the *passover, the feast of the Jews. *Having *lifted *up 7tHen 116- 


Le ‘ Dey / ll \ ΄ uv 4 » 
σοῦς τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς," καὶ θεασάμενος ὅτι πολὺς ὄχλος 
515 [his] eycs, and havingseen that agreat crowd 
ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτόν, λέγει πρὸς *rov' Φίλιππον, Πόθεν 
is coming to him, he says to Philip, Whence 
"ἀγοράσομεν! ἄρτους ἵνα φάγωσιν οὗτοι: 6 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἔλεγεν 

shall we buy loaves that “may eat ‘these? But this he said 
πειράζων αὐτόν" αὐτὸς. γὰρ Ίδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν. 7 “ἀπε- 

trying . him, © for he knew what he was about to do. An- 
κρίθη" αὐτῷ 4 Φίλιππος, Διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι οὐκ 
swered him Philip, ?For *two *hundred ‘denarii ‘loaves 7not 


haBy. 


, ~ > ~ ev e e >? ~ Il ’ { Ἱ 
ἀρκοῦσιν αὐτοῖς ἵνα ἕκαστος “αὐτῶν" βραχύ. ἵἷτι 
some little may receive. 


®sre sufficient for them that each of them 
8 Λέγει αὐτῷ εἷς ἐκ τῶν.μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, Ανδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς 
Says tohim one of his disciples, Andrew the brother 
Σίμωνος Πέτρου, 9 Ἔστιν παιδάριον δὲν! ὧδε, 0" ἔχει πέντε 
of Simon Peter, ‘41s 2little “boy 64 here, who has five 
» ΄ Ν / ? / = ? A ~ / 1 2 
ἄρτους κριθίνους καὶ δύο ὀψάρια" ἀλλὰ ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς 
“loaves 1barley and two small fishes; but ‘*these ‘what “are for 
τοσούτους: 10 Εἶπεν δὲ" ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ποιήσατε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 


so Many? And “said 1 Jesus, Make the men 
ἀναπεσεῖν. ἦν.δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. Ἐἀνέπεσον" 

torecline. Now γαβ “grass ‘much in the place: reclined 

οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες τὸν ἀριθμὸν Ιὠσεὶ! πεντακισχίλιοι. 11 ἔλαβεν 


therefore the men, . the about five thousand. 3Τοο]ς 


πρὲ! τοὺς ἄρτους ὁ Ιησοῦς, καὶ "εὐχαριστήσας διέδωκεν!" 9τοῖς 


number 


land ‘the ‘loaves 2Jesus, and having giventhanks distributed to the 

μαθηταῖς, οἱ.δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ἀνακειμένοις ὁμοίως καὶ 
disciples, and the disciples to those reclining ; aud in like manner 

ἐκ τῶν ὀψαρίων ὕσον ἤθελον. 12 ὡς.δὲ ἐνεπλήσθησαν 


And when they were filled 


of the small fishes as much as they wished. 


λέγει τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ, Συναγάγετε τὰ περισσεύσαντα 
he says to his disciples, Gather together the over *and *above 
κλάσματα, ἵνα µή.τι ἀπόληται. 13 Συνήγαγον οὖν 
‘fragments, that nothing may be lost. They gathered together therefore 
4 ? , , “ / ιά ~ , 
καὶ ἐγέμισαν δώδεκα κοφίνους κλασμάτων ἐκ τῶν πέντε 


and filled twelve hand-baskets of fragments from _ the five 

” ~ εἰ , εν Ἶῳ ~ 

ἄρτων τῶν κριθίνων ἃ ΡῬέἐπερίδσευσεν" τοῖς βεβρω- 
“loaves had 


‘barley which were over and above to those who 








t ἠκολούθει δὲ LTTrA. 7 ἐθεώρουν LTrA. 
} ἐκαθέζετο τ. - τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTrAW. 
should we buy LTTraw. ο ἀποκρίνεται answers T. 
f — τι (vead a little) [L]tr[a]. 
&— . δὲ and [L]rrra. κ ἀνέπεσαν LITrA. {| ὡς TTrA- 
® εὐχαρίστησεν καὶ ἔδωκεν gave thanks and distributed Ὁ, 
ταὶ LTTrA. P ἐπερίσσευσαν LITrA. 





d4 oT, 


π — αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. 
8 — τὸν LTTrA. 


g — ὃν (read παιδ. a little boy) [L]}r7[a]. 
™ οὖν therefore (took) Lrtra, 
ο — τοῖς μαθηταῖς, at δὲ µαθη- 


257 
VI. After these 
things Jesus went 


over the sea of Gali- 
lee, which is the sea of 
Tiberias, 2 Απά a 
great multitude fol- 
lowed him, because 
they saw his miracles 
which he did on them 
that were diseased. 
3 And Jesus went up 
into a mountain, and 
there he sat with his 
disciples. 4 And the 
passover, a feast of 
the Jews, was nigh. 
5 When Jesus then 
lifted up his eyes, and 


.6aW 8, great company 


come unto him, he 
saith unto Philip, 
Whence shall we buy 
bread, that these may 
eat? 6 And this he 
said to prove him: fer 
he himself knew what 
he would do. 7 Philip 
answered him, T'wo 
hundred pennyworth 
of bread is not suffici- 
ent for them, that 
every one of them may 
take a little. 8 One of 
his disciples, Andrew, 
Simon Peter’s brother, 
saith unto hkn, 9 There 
is a lad here, which 
hath five barley loaves, 
and two small fishes: 
but what are they a- 
mongsomany? 10 And 
Jesus said, Make the 
men sit down. Now 
there was much grass 
in the place. So the 
men sat down, in num- 
ber about five thou- 
sand. 11 And Jesus 
took the loaves; and 
when he had given 
thanks, he distributed 
to the disciples, and 
the disciples to them 
that were set down; 
and likewise of the 
fishes as much as they 
would. 12 When they 
were filled, he said 
unto his disciples, Ga- 
ther up the fragments 
that remain, that no- 
thing be lost, 13 There- 
fore they gathered 
them together, and fill- 
ed twelve baskets es 
the fragments of the 
five barley loaves, 
which remained over 
and above unto them 
that had eaten. 14 Then 





x— ὁ LTTrA. 

Ὁ ἀγοράσωμεν 

8. — αὐτῶν LTTrA. 
bh ὃς LTTTAW 


258 


those men, when they 
kad scen the miracle 
that Jesus did, said, 
Vhis is of a truth that 
prophet that should 
come into the world. 
15 When Jesus there- 
fore perceived that 
they would come and 
take him by force, to 
make him. a king, he 
departed again into a 
mountain himself a- 
lone 


16 And when even 
Was now come, his dis- 
ciples went down unto 
the sea, 17 and entered 
into a ship, and went 
over the sea toward 
Capernaum. And it 
‘was now dark, and Je- 
sus was not come to 
them. 18 And the sea 
arose by reason of a 
great wind that blew. 
19 So when they had 
rowed about five and 
twenty or thirty fur- 
longs, they see Jesus 
walking on the sea, 
and drawing nighunto 
the ship: and they were 
afraid. 20 But he saith 


unto them, It isI; be. 


not afraid. 21 Then 
they willingly received 
him into the ship: and 
immediately the ship 
was at the land whi- 
ther they went. _ 


22 The day following, 
when the peoplewhich 
stood on the other side 
of the sea saw that 
there was none other 
boat there, save that 
one whereinto his dis- 
ciples were entered,and 
that Jesus went not 
with his disciples into 
the boat, but that his 
disciples were gone a- 
way alone; 23 (howbeit 
there came other boats 
from Tiberias nigh un- 
to the place where they 
did eat bread, after 
th the Lord had 
given thanks:) 24 when 
the people therefore 
saw that Jesus .was 
not there, neither his 
disciples,they also took 
shipping, and came to 
Capernaum,  sceeking 


1ΩΑΝΝΗΣ, Vi 


” a 4 ~ 
κὀσιν. 14 οἱ οὖν. ἄνθρωποι ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον 
eaten. The men therefore having seen what “had*done | ?’sign 
a4 εί ο ἢ} ἔλ Ὅ Came 4 ? aN θῶ « , ε 
ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔλεγον, Ότι οὗτος ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφητης ο 
*Jesus, said, This is truly the prophet who 
τἐρχόµενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον." 15 Ἰησοῦς. οὖν γνοὺς ὅτι µελ- 
iscoming into the world. Jesus therefore knowing that they 
λουσιν ἔρχεσθαι καὶ ἁρπάζειν αὐτόν, ἵνα ποιήσωσιν "αὐτὸν" 


are about tocome and seize him, that they may make -him 
βασιλέα, tavexwonoey' πάλιν εἰς τὸ Όὄρος αὐτὸς μόνος. 
king, withdrew again to the mountain himself alone. 


« \ >? / 1 , ε ‘ ? ~ ? a 
16 Ὡς δὲ ὀψία ἐγένετο κατέβησαν οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ 
And when evening it became *went *down ’ this 7disciples to 
4 , ΔΝ ? 4 > τ DS || λ - » 
τὴν θάλασσαν, 17 καὶ ἐμβάντες εἰς “τὸ! πλοῖον ἤρχοντο 
the sea, and haying entered into the ship they were going 
/ - ing ? τν , I x be τ 2 
πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης εἰς “Καπερναούμ.ὶ “καὶ σκοτία ἤδη 
over the sea to Capernaum, And ~ dark « already 
ἐγεγόνει" καὶ Youn! ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Inoove,",18 ἥ.τε 
it had become, and ὅθποῦ *had*come ‘to ‘them 1Jesus, and the 
θάλασσα ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος “διηγείρετο." 19 ἔληλα- 
sea by a“wind ‘strong blowing was agitated. Having 
κότες οὖν we" «σταδίους! εἰκοσιπέντε! ἢ τριάκοντα θεωροῦσιν 
rowed then about “*furlongs* twenty-five “or *thirty they sce 
τὸν Ἰησοῦν περιπατοῦντα ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ ἐγγὺς τοῦ 
Jesus walking οη ~,the sea, and near the 
πλοίου γινόμενον" καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν. 20 ὁ.δὲ λέγει αὐτοῖς, 
ship coming, and they were frightened. But he says tothem, 
? , ~ > ~ ᾽ ‘ 
ae μὴ.φοβεῖσθε. 21 Ἠθελον οὖν λαβεῖν αὐτὸν 


fear not. They were willing then to receive him 


εἰμι" 
am [he]; 


εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ εὐθέως “τὸ πλοῖον ἐγένετο! ἐπὶ ἱτῆς γῆς" 


into the ship, and immediately the ship was at the land 
εἰς ἣν ὑπῆγον. ‘ 
to which they were going. 4 

22 Ty ἐπαύριον ὁ ὄχλος ὁ «ἑστηκὼς πέραν τῆς θα- 


Οἱ {πο morrow’ the crowd which βίοοῦ the other side of the 
λάσσης, ΕΣἰδὼνὶ ὅτι πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ εἰ μὴ ἕν 


τὸ having seen that “small*ship other "*no was there except one 
Ἀεκεῖνο εἰς ὃ ἐνέβησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦρὶ καὶ ὅτι οὐ 
that into which entered his disciples, and that *not 


συνεισῆλθεν τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ πλοιάριον.! 
“went *with “his ®disciples *Jesus into the small ship, 
ἀλλὰ μόνοι οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθον, 23 ἄλλα. δὲ" Ἰἠλθεν]!, 
but alone. his disciples went away, (but other %came 
m x , ΠΣ di 10 ? \ ~ , . a om” 5 
πλοιάρια" ἐκ Τιβεριάδος ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπὀυ ὕπου ἔφαγον τὸν 
*small *ships from Tiberias near {6 place where theyate the 
ἄρτον, εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ κυρίου 24 Ore οὖν εἶδεν ὁ 
bread, “having “given ‘thanks ‘the 7Lord;) when thercfore *saw “the 
ὄχλος. ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκεῖ οὐδὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, ἐνέ- 


“crowd that Jesus “not 5 there nor’ his disciples, they 
βησαν "καὶ" αὐτοὶ. εἰς τὰ: ὁπλοῖα" καὶ ἦλθον εἰς PKazep- 
Sentercd ‘also *themselves into the ships and came _ to Caper- 





4 — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he had done) trra. 
* φεύγει escapes T. 
* κατέλαβεν δὲ αὐτοὺς η σκοτία and darkness overtook them T. 
κ᾿ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτούς T. 


Thim ]) Letra. 


9 ἐγένετο τὸ πλοῖον LTTrA, 
μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ΟΙ ΤΊτΑ. 
2 -- καὶ GLTIrAW. 


ships L. 


τ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος τ. 3 — αὐτὸν (read 

5 Καφαρναούμ LTTraw. 

Σ οὔπω not yet LTTrA. 

Ὁ ὡσεὶ L. ο στάδια τ.  ἃ εἴκοσι πέντε LTTr. 

Ε εἶδον SaW LTTrA, 4 --" ἐκεῖνο εἰς ὃ ἐνέβησαν οἱ 

k— δὲ but ΤΤ[Α]. ἦλθον τι ™ πλοία 
© πλοιάρια Small ships LTTrA, Ρ Καφαρναούμ LTT:AW, 


¥ — τὸ (read a ship) TTra, 


5 διεγείρετο Tra. 
_ Pony γῆν τ. 
1 πλοῖον Ship GLTTra. 


LA Τ a . 7 ~ 6) a 

νσούμ."' ζητοῦντες τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. 25 καὶ εὑρόντες αὐτὸν 
ete νο. Jesus. ‘And having found him 
πέραν ο 'τῆς θαλάσσης, εἶπον ᾽αὐτῷ, Ῥαββί," πότε ὧδε 
the = side of the sea, they said to him, Rabbi, when here 
? ιό ? ~ Ὁ 3 ~ A τ ᾽ ‘ 
_yéyovac; 396᾿ Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν, Αμὴν 
hast thou come 2 2Answered “them Jesus and _ said, Verily 
ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ζητεῖτέ με; οὐχ Gre εἴδετε σημεῖα, ἀλλ’ 
verily 1 αγ to σον Yeseek me, not because ye saw signs, but 


ὅτι ἐφάγετε ἐκ τῶν ἄρτων καὶ ἐχορτάσθητε. 27 ἐργάζεσθε 


because ve ate of the’ loaves and _ were satisfied. Work 

A A ~ 
μὴ τὴν βρῶσιν THY, ἀπολλυμένη», ἀλλὰ τὴν βρῶσιν 
not (for] the food which perishes, but [for] the food. 


τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 


which , abides unto life eternal, whichthe Son of man 
εἡμῖν δώσει" τοῦτον.γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ θεός. 
to you will give; for him the Father sealed, {even] God. 


28 Εἶπον οὖν πρὸς αὐτόν, Ti "ποιοῦμεν," ἵνα ἐργαζώμεθα 
Thgy said therefore to him, What do we, that we may work 
. ? iQ t ε I ᾽ Ὁ \ 1 ? ~ 
Τὰ ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ; 29 ᾿Απεκρίθη "ὁ" Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, 
the works of God? 2Answered 110818 and said tothem, 
Τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύσητε! εἰς ὃν 
This is the work : of God, that ye should believe on him whom 
ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος. 90 Εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ, Ti οὖν ποιεῖς 
2sent *he, , They said therefore to him, What ον βᾷοορῦ 
σὺ σημεῖον, ἵνα ἴδωμεν καὶ πιστεύσωμέν σοι; τί ἐργάζῃ; 
που ‘sign, that πιο and may believe ΦΑΜΕ ο ου, 


9] οἱ πατέρες.ἡμῶν' τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καθώς 
Our fathers the manna ate in the wilderness, as 


ahd γεγραμμένον, “Aprov ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς 
18 . written, Bread outcf the neaven he ahi them 


sey. 32 Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω 


fe eat. *Said “therefore "το *them ijesus, pe verily I say 


ὑμῖν, Οὐ “Μωσῆς! Σδέδωκεν" ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ ovpa- 
to you, Νοῦ ‘Moses "has *given you the bread out of the hea- 


vou’ ἀλλ᾽ ὁ.πατήρ.µου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ ov- 
ven; but my Father gives you the “bread “out *of *the ®*hea- 

~ ΄ Ξ » « 
ρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν. 33 ὁ.γὰρ ἄρτος Υ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὁ 
ven - true, For the bread - of God 
καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμφ. 
‘ comes down out οἳ the Bearer: and life gives tothe world. 


34 Εἶπον οὖν πρὸς αὐτόν, Κύριε, πάντοτε δὸς ἡμῖν τὸν 
_ They said therefore to him, Lord, always - give tous 


ἄρτον.τοῦτον. 35 Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πα εἰμι ὁ 
ον, this bread. Said ‘and *to *them πει am the 
« ell 

ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρός aye! - οὐ μὴ ΜΕΥ ΒΝ 
bread of life: hethat comes ' me inno wise may hunger, 


καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ. μὴ cSabhey! πώποτε. 86 ἀλλ 
and hethat believes on me inno wise may ὑϊγϑὺ at any time, But 


εἶπον ὑμῖν ὅτι καὶ ἑωράκατέ Spe" καὶ οὐ.πιστεύετε. 37 πᾶν 
Isaid to you that also ye have scen me and believe not, All 


ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει ἐρχό- 


and him that comes 


καὶ τὸν 


is he who- 


259 


for Jesus, 25 And when 
they had found him 
on the other side of 
the sea, they said unto 
him, Rabbi, when cam- 
est thou hither ? 26 Je- 
sus 2nswered themand 
said, Verily, verily, 1 
say unto you, Ye seek 
me, not because yesaw 
the mairacles, but be- 
cause ye did eat of the 
loaves, and were filled, 
27 Labour not for the 
meat which perisheth, 
but for that meat 
which endureth unto 
everlasting life, which 
the Son of man shall 


-give unto you: for him 


hath God the Father 
sealed. 28 Then said 
they unto him, What 
shall we do, that we 
might work the works 
of God? 29 Jesus an- 
swered and said unto 
them, This is the work 
of God, that ye believe 
on him whom he hath 
sent. 30 They said 
therefore unto him, 
What sign shewest 
thou then, that we 
may see, and believe 
thee ? what dost thou 
work? 31 Our fathers 
did eat manna in the 
desert; asit is written, 
He gave them bread 
from heaven to eat, 
32 Then Jesus said na- 
to them, Verily, veriiy, 
I say unto you, Moses 
gave τοι ποῦ. that 
bread from heaven; 
but my Father giveth 
you the true bread 
from heaven. 33 For 
the bread of God is ne 


, which cometh down 


from heaven, and ρἰτ- 
eth life unto the world, 
34 Then said they unto 
him, Lord, evermore 
give us this bread. 
35 And Jesus said unto 
them, I am the bread 
of life: he that com- 
eth to me shall never 
hunger ; and he that 
believeth on me shall 
never thirst. 36 But I 
said unto you, That ye 
also have seen me, and 
believe not. 37 All 
that the Father giveth 
me shall come to me; 
and him that cometh 





that “gives ‘*me'the*Father to me shall come, 

q 'Ῥαββεί ην, r τ δίδωσιν ὁ ὑμῖν gives to you Τ. 5 ποιῶμεν Should we dc ΕΟΙΤΤΤΑΥΥ. 
t—or. ν πιστεύητε ΤΊΤΑ. ¥ Μωῦὺσῆς LITraw. x ἔδωκεν gave LTrA, y+ OT. 
5 οὖν therefore τ; — δὲ [L]TrA. 8 ἐμὲ TIrAs Ὁ πεινάσει shallbungerL. ‘© διψήσει 


Shall thirst τ ἃ --αμε [ιήτ. 


! 


200 


to me I will in no ee 
cast out. 38 For 

came down from i 
ven, not to do mine 
own will, but the will 
of him that sent me. 
39 And this is the Fa- 
ther’s will which hath 
sent me, that'of all 
which he hath given 
me 1 should lose no- 
thing, but should raise 
it up again at the last 
day. 40 And this is 
the will of him that 
sent me, that every 
one which seeth the 
Son, and believeth on 
him, may have ever- 
lasting life: and 1 
will raise him up at 
the last day. 41 The 
Jews then murmured 
at him, because he 
said, I am the bread 
which came down from 
heaven. 42 And they 
said, Is not this Jesus, 
the son of Joseph, 
whose father and mo- 
ther we know 2 how is 
it then that he saith, 
I came down from 
heaven ? 43 Jesus there- 
fore answered and said 
unto them, Murmur 
not among yourselves. 
44 No man can come 
to me, except the Fa- 
ther which hath sent 
me draw him: and I 
will raise him up at 
the last day. 45 It is 
written in the pro- 
phets, And they shall 
be all taught of God. 
Every man therefore 
tiat hath heard, and 
hath learned of the 
Father, cometh unto 
me. 46 Not that any 
man hath seen the Fa- 
ther, save he which is 
of God, he hath seen 
the Father. 47 Verily, 
verily, I say unto you, 
He that believeth on 
me hath everlasting 
life. 48 I am that 
bread of life. 49 Your 
Fathers did eat manna 
in the wilderness, and 
are dead. 50 This is 
the bread which com- 
eth down from hea- 
ven, that a man may 


ΙΩΑΝΝΗΣ VI. 
μένον πρύῤ ue" οὐ. μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω: 98 ὅτι καταβέβηκα 
me ποὺ αἲ 811] willIcast out. For I have come down 


fix" τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οὐχ iva ϑποιῶ" τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμόν,- ἀλλὰ 
outof the heaven, not that I should do “will my, but 

τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός Ps 39 τοῦτο.δὲ ἐστιν τὸ 
the will of him who sent Andthis is_ the 


sl TOU πέμψαντός με Be ie Gye, πᾶν Ὁ, οδο 
wil of the *who?sent ‘*me ?7Father, that [of] all ἘΠῚ he has given 


ἐξ. αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω 5 αὐτὸ vl 


μοι, μὴ.ἀπολέσω 
me, I should not lose [any] of it, but shouldraiseup [10 -in 
τῇ ἐσχάτῃ οὐ τὴ κα 40 τοῦτο."δέ! ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα ἱτοῦ 
the last And this is the will’ of him who 
πέμψαντός ἤν ἵνα πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν υἱὸν καὶ πιστεύων 
sent me, that Bye Fane who 8665 the Son and believes 
εἰς αὐτόν, ἔχῃ δζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ""ἐγὼΝ 
on him, should have life eternal; and *will?raise*up Shim Sg αι 


οὖν. ot ‘loudaior περὶ 


γῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 41 ᾿Ἐγόγγυζον 


atthe last day. Were κι rs therefore the Jews about 
αὐτοῦ, ὅτι εἶπεν, Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ καταβὰς ἐκ τοῦ 
him, because he said, I am the bread which came down outof the 


) vu. 42 καὶ ἔλ οοὐ I ὁ 
ουρανου. Kat € Eyov, ὐχ' lo ὑτός ἐστιν ησοῦς υἱὸς 
heaven. And were saying, Is not this Jesus the Son 


ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν TOY πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα ; 
of Joseph, of whom we know the father and the  mother?, 
~ ~ % Ξ ~ - 
πῶς Ῥοὖν" λέγει ποῦτος,! Ὅτε ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκας 
how therefore says he, Outofthe heaven I have come down? 


43 ᾿Απεκρίθη Τοῦν! 80" Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Μἡ.γογγύζετε 
%Answered “therefore Jesus and said tothem, Murmur not 


‘user ἀλλήλων. 44 οὐδεὶς δύναται “ἐλθεῖν πρός με" ἐὰν μὴ 
with one another. No one isable tocome to me unless’ 


ὁ πατὴρ ὁ πέμψας µε ἑλκύσῃ αὐτόν, “καὶ ἐγὼ" ἀναστήσω 
the Father who sent me draw him, and Ι willraise up 


αὐτὸν * τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρα, 48 ἔ tka γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προ-, 
him atthe last written in the pro- 


φήταις, Kai ια, BY tte διδακτοὶ Yrov' θεοῦ. Πᾶς 
phets, And they shall be all taught of God. Everyone 


ζοῦν! ὁ ἀκούσας ae τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ μαθών, ἔρχεται 
therefore that has heard fr the ge and has learnt, comes ~ 


πρός "με"Ἱ 46 οὐχ ὅτι τὸν πατέρα ὕτις ἑώρακεν," εἰμὴ ὁ 


Ἰωσήφ, οὗ 


to me: not that *the *Father a iat 2has 3 ceo SxeeEE ae who 

ὧν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὗτος ἑώρακεν τὸν “πατέρα." .47 ἀμὴν 
is from God, he has x the Father. Verily 
~ os 4 ει 

ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὁ πιστεύων “εἰς ἐμὲ" ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον, 
verily cs to you, He that believes on me _ has _iife eternal, ΄ 


48 Ae εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς. 49 οἱ πατέρες. ὑμῶν ἔφαγον 
am the bread of life. Your Fathers ate = 


" καὶ ἀπέθανον" 50 οὗτός ἐστιν ὃ 


ετὸ μάννα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 


the manna in με desert, and died. This is = the 
ἄρτος ὃ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων, ἵνα τις ἐξ αὐτοῦ 
bread which out of heaven comes down, that anyone of it 





ε ἐμὲτ 
SLTTrAw. 
my father LTTrA. 


f ἀπὸ from LTTrA. 
i — ἐν (ead at the) Tra. 


Ἔ ποιήσω a Ὁ — πατρός (read of him who sent) 
* yap for (this) GLTTraw. 1 τοῦ πατρός µου οὗ 


τὰ [ἐγὼ] L. n+ ἐν in (the) τα ο Οὐχὶ Tr. Ρ νῦν DOW TTrA. 


a— οὗτος (read λέγει says he) [L]tra. — οὖν G[L]TTraw. 8 — 9 TTr. t μετὰ Tr. 
YeueTra. Ἡ Kayo LTTrA, x + ἐν in (the) GLTTrAW. 7 — τοῦ GLTTraW. 2— οὖν 
GiLTTra. 3 ἐμέ TTrw. Ὁ ἑώρακέν τις ΙΤΊΤΑΥΓ. © @eov God Άι d — εἰς ἐμέ T[Tra]. 


© ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὸ μάννα LTTTA, ~ 


VI. JOHN. 

, 4 4 > ; bad ᾽ , ? « 3 ” ε ne ε 
φαγῃ καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ. δῚ ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν, 6 
may οαὖ and not die, © Ἡ am“ the *bread ‘living, which 


ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς" ἐάν τις 
outof the heaven camedown: if anyone shall have eaten of this 
τοῦ ἄρτου ζήσεται! εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. καὶ ὁ ἄρτος δὲ ὃν ἐγὼ 
bread ΄ he shall live for ever ; andthe bread also which [ 
δώσω, δὴ σάρξ μου ἐστίν, hy ἐχὼ δώσω! ὑπὲρ τῆς. τοῦ 
will give, —s my flesh is, which will give for the 7of *the 


κόσμου ζωῆς." 62 Ἐμάχοντο οὖν Ἱπρὸς ἀλλήλους οἱ Ἰου- 


΄ δι f2 / 
gay, ἐκ TOUTOU 


*world ‘life. Were contending therefore with one another the Jews 
δαῖοι,' λέγοντες, Πῶς δύναται *otrog ἡμῖν" δοῦναι τὴν 
saying, How is “able the BUSS 510 ssive 
σάρκα] φαγεῖν; 53 Εἶπεν οὖν. αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Αμὴν 
7flesh ([Shis] to eat? “Said *therefore *to them 1Jesus, Verily. 


ἐὰν μὴ φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ υἱοῦ 
verily Isay toyou, Unless yeshall have eaten the flesh of the Son 
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα, οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν 
of man and shall have drunk his blood, yehavenot life 
ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. 54 ὁ τρώγων µου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων µου 
in yourselves. Hethat eats my flesh, and drinks my 
τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον, "καὶ ἐγὼ" ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν " τῇ 


ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, 


blood, has life eternal, and I willraiseup him in the 

’ / ε , = - ᾿ ’ 24 ο λ θ ο ‘eed ~ ‘ 
ἐσχατῃ Ίμερᾳ' 5D 1 γὰρ.σἀρξ-µου «ἀληθῶς' ἐστιν βρῶσις, καὶ 
last day ; for my flesh truly is food, and 


τὸ αἷμά.-μου «ἀληθῶςὶ ἐστιν πόσις. 56 ὁ τρώγων µου τὴν 
my blood truly is drink, He that eats my 
σάρκα καὶ πίνων µου τὸ αἷμά, ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ. 
flesh and drinks my blood, in me abides, andI in him, 
57 καθὼς ἀπέστειλέν µε ὁ ζῶν πατήρ, κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ 
As ος Ssent ®me "the “living *Father, andI live because of 
τὸν πατέρα’ Kai ὁ τρώγων µε, κἀκεῖνος Ῥζήσεταιὶ du’ 
the Father, alsohe that eats me,  healso shall live because of 
ἐμέ. 58 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ “ἐκ τοῦ" οὐρανοῦ καταβάς" 


me. This is the bread which out of the heaven came down, 
οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες ᾿ὑμῶν! "τὸ μάννα," καὶ ἀπέθα- 
Not as Sate ‘the fathers %of*you the manna, | and died : 


΄ ~ cy ” ΄ τ ν᾿ I~ 
voy’ ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 'ζήσεται' εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. 
he that ‘ eats this bread shall live for ever. 
~ = ~ , ΄ 
59 Ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ διδάσκων ἐν ἹΚαπερναούμ.' 
These things he said in [the] synagogue teaching in Capernaum, 
‘ ~ ~ ? “ 
60 Πολλοὲ οὖν ἀκούσαντες ἐκ τῶν. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶπον, 
Many therefore *having *heard ‘of his *disciples said, 
— , . ζ ~ > / a 
Σκληρός ἐστιν τοῦτος ὁ λόγος" τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν; 
Hard is this word ; who is able, it to hear? 
4 ~ ~ , = 
61 Εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ Ort γογγύζουσιν περὶ 
*Knowing ‘but 2Jesus in himself that “murmur *concerning 
« ‘ ς ~ 5 ~ ~ « ~ 
τούτου οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδα- 
5this this “disciples said tothem, This “you ‘does *of- 
/ 4 ~ 4 L ~ > ΄ 7 
λίζει: 62 ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀνα- 
fend? . If then yeshouldsee the Son of man ascend- 
/ , 4 , 4 ~ ee ‘4 
βαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον ; 63 τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ 
ing up where he was before ? The Spirit itis which 





Γ ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσει Of my bréad, he shall live τ. 
σάρξ µου ἐστίν T. h — ἣν ἐγὼ δώσω LITrA. 


οὗτος τ΄. 1+ αὐτοῦ his 1.. m κἀγὼ LTTrA, 3 ἢ [ἐν] L. 
Ρ ζήσει LTTrA. ἆ ἐξ οὐ ο τα. — *— ὑμῶν LITrA. 
7 Καφαρναούμ LITrAW. π ὁ λόγος οὗτος LITrA. 


ἜΤΓΑ, 


Ε ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμον ζωῆς, ἡ 
i οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους L. 
ο ἀληθής (18) true LTTrA. 
8 — τὸ μάννα ΤτιΑ. 


261 


eat thereof, and not 
die. 51 I am the liy- 
ing bread which came 


down from heaven: 


any man eat of 
this bread, he shall 
live for ever: and the 
bread that I will give 
is my flesh, which I 
will give for the life 
of the world. 52 The 


‘Jews therefore strove 


among themselves, 
saying, How can this 
man give us his flesh 
to eat? 53 Then Jesus 


_ Said unto them, Verily, 


verily, I say unto you, 
Except ye eat the flesh 
of the Son of man, 
and drink his blood, 
ye have no life in you, 
54 Whoso eateth my 
flesh, and drinketh my 
blood, hath eternal 
life; and I will raise 
him up at the last day. 
55 For my fleshis meat 
indeed, and my blood 
is drink indeed. 56 He 
that eateth my flesh, 
aud drinketh myblood 
dwelleth in me, dnd 

in him, 57 As.the liv- 
ing Father hath sent 
me, and 1 live by the 
Father: so he that eat- 
eth me, even he shall 
live by me. 58 This 
is that bread which 
came down from hea- 
ven: not as your fa- 
thers did eat manna, 
and are dead: he that 
eateth of this bread 
shall live for ever. 
59 These things said 
he in the synagogue, 
as he taught in Caper- 
naum. 60 Many there- 
fore of his disciples, 
when they had heard 
this, said, This is an 
hard saying; who can 
hear it ? 61 When Jesus 
knew in himself that 
his disciples murmur- 
ed at it, he said unto 
them, Doth this offend 
you? 62 What and if 
ye shall see the Son 
of man ascend up 
where he was before ? 
63 It is the spirit that 


ened 


- 


K ἡμῖν 


ἐφήσει 


250 


quickeneth ; the flesh 
profiteth nothing: the 
words that I speak 
unto you, 
spirit,and they are life. 
64 But there are some 
of you that believe 
not. For Jesus knew 
from the beginning 
who they were that 
believed not, and who 
should betray him. 
65 And he said, Thcre- 
fore said I unto you, 
that no man can come 
unto me, except it were 
given unto him of my 
Father. 66 From that 
time many of his dis- 
ciples went back, and 
walked no more with 
him, 67 Then said Je- 
sus unto the twelve, 
Will ye also go away 2 
68 Then Simon Peter 
answered him, Lord, 
to whom shall we go? 
thou hast the words of 
eternal life. 69 And 
we believe and are sure 
that thou art that 
Christ, the Son of the 
living God. 70 Jesus 
answered them, Have 
not I chosen you 
twelve, and one of you 
is a devil? 71 He 
spake of Judas Isca- 
riot the son of Simon: 
for he it was that 
should betray him, 
being one of thetwelve, 


VII. After these 
things Jesus w@ked in 
Galilee: for he would 
not walk in Jewry, 
because the Jews 
sought-to kill him, 
2 Now the Jews’ feast 
of tabernacles was at 
hand. 3 His brethren 
therefore said unto 
him, Depart hence, 
and go into Judea, 
that thy disciples also 
may see the works 


they are 


1ΩΑΝ Ν Η Σ. VI, Vit. 


ῳ ἀνε . ~ πα er τὰ ὃν 
ζωοποιοῦν, ἡ σὰρξ οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδὲν" τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ 


quickens,. the flesh profits nothing; the words which 
αλαλῶ! ὑμῖν. πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν. 64 ἀλλ" εἰσὶν 

speak toyou, spirit are and life are; but there are 

« ~ ε , un 3 = 

ἐξ ὑμῶν τινες οἱ οὐ.πιστεύουσιν. Ώδει.γὰρ . ἐξ ἀρχῆς 
of τοι =~ some_who believe not. For *kuew *from [*the] *beginning, 
ὁ Ἰησοῦς τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ.πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὃ 

1165158 who they are who believe not, and who is he whoa 


παραδώσων αὐτόν. 65 καὶ ἔλεγεν, Διὰ.τοῦτο ᾿ εἴρηκα "ὑμῖν, 


shall deliver up him. And -hesaid, Therefore - have I said to you, 
e ? ‘ ’ 3 ~ / 7 η] “-, Ὁ 4 4 ὃ ὃ δι , 
ὅτι οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός ὅμε", ξαν: μὴ Ὁ ὀεὐομενον 
that noone is able tocome to me unless it be given 
αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ-πατρός μοῦ. 66 Ἔκ τούτου πολλοὶ 5 
to him from, my Father. From that [126] many | 


ἀάπῆλθον τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ" εἰς-τὰ.ὀπίσω, καὶ οὐκέτι μετ 

+went Saway lof “his disciples back, and nomore with 
᾽ ~ ΄, = ο ©? ~ ~ aA? 

αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν. 67 εἶπεν οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοῖς δώδεκα, 


him walked. ?Said “therefore ‘Jesus tothe twelve, 
Μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν: 68 ᾽Απεκρίθη «οὖνὶ αὐτῷ 
3Also “ye ‘are *wishing to go away? *Answered “therefore Shim 


Σίμων Πέτρος, Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα ; ῥήματα ζωῆς 
1Simon 7Peter, Lord, to whom _ shall-wego? words Οὗ life 
αἰωνίου ἔχεις" 69 καὶ ἡμεῖς πεπιστεύκαµεν καὶ ἐγνώκαμεν 
eternal thou hast; and we have believed and have known 
ὅτι σὺ ef £6 χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς" τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος." 70 Ἆπε- 
that thou art the Christ the Son of °God ‘the “living. 

/ ᾽ - ες 2 ~ γ ? τς ~ 8.5 , ? / 
κρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, 
swered them Jesus, *Not “I ‘you ‘the ‘twelve ‘did *choose, 
καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν; 71 "Ελεγεν δὲ τὸν Ἰούδαν 
and of you one _  adevil is? But he spoke of Judas 
Σίμωνος ᾿Ισκαριώτην" οὗτος γὰρ ημελλεν! Καὐτὸν παρα- 

Simon’s [son], . ἸΙβδοατ]οίε, for he was about him. το dee 

διδόναι," εἷς Mav" ἐκ τῶν δώδεκα. 
liver πρ, one ‘being of the twelve. 

7 ™Kai' Ἀπεριεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς pera ταῦτα! ἐν τῇ Γαλι- 


And πας *walking iJesus after these things in Gali- 
haig? οὐ γὰρ ἤθελεν ἐν τῇ Ιουδαίᾳ περιπατεῖν, Ort 
lee, *not ‘for *he *did desire in Judza to walk, because 


? 7 > A ε ? .-” 7 ~ 7 4 > A c 
ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ιουδᾶῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι. 2 Ην.δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ 
3were ‘seeking δῃΐῖπ ‘the *Jews to kill, Now was near the 


ἑορτὴ τῶν Ιουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία. 8 εἶπον οὖν πρὸς αὐτὸν 
. feast of the. Jews, the tabernacles, %Said *therefore *to ‘Shim 
οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Μετάβηθι ἐντεῦθεν, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὴν lov- 
*his *brethren, Remove hence, and = go _ into Ju- 
δαίαν, ἵνα καὶ οἱ µαθηταί.σου ὀθεωρήσωσιν! Pra.épya.cov' ἃ 





that thou docst. 4 For dea, that also thy disciples may see thy works which 
there is no man {λαέ ως γκιν 5 ᾽ ~ 1 @ ~ \ ~ 
doeth any thing inse- ~ ποιεις 4 οὐδεὶς. γὰρ ἐν κρυπτῳ τι TTOLEL, και ζητεῖ 
eret, and he himself thou doest; for no one in secret anything does, and _ seeks 
secketh to be known , » κι 4 3 ες eh x > ~ πὰ r 
openly. If thou do αὑτὸς εν παρρησιᾳ εἶναι. ει ταῦτα TOLELC, Φανερωσον 
these things, shew thy- himself ‘in public *to*be. Ifthese things thou doest, manifest 

2 λελάληκα have spoken LTTrAW. YaAAaTrW. “ἐμὲτ. 5 — pov (vead the Father) 


LTTra,. 
© — οὖν GLTTrA. 


xapworov (read son of Simon Iscariote) LTTra. 
1 — ὧν LTrA. 
5 θεωρήσουσιν shall see ΤΤΓΑ,᾽ 


Lira, 


Ὁ + οὖν therefore τ. 


ο - ἐκ [L]Tr[A]. 


Σ ; ἆ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθον 1ΤΊΤΑ. 
f ὃ ἅγιος the holy [onel GLtTra. κ 


Ε — τοῦ ζῶντος GLTTrA. Ἀ Ἴσ- 
1 ἔμελλεν LTTrA. k παραδιδόναι αὐτόν 
π μετὰ ταῦτα περιεπάτει ὁ ([6] Tr) ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTLAW. 
Ρ σου τὸ ἔργα μι 5τι ἐν κρυπτῷ Lita, 5 αὐτὸ 1 Ε, 


πι, καὶ τ. 


VII. JOUN. 


σεαυτὸν τῷ κόσμῳ. 5 Οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ" ἐπίστευον 
thyself- tothe world. For neitner “his *brethren "believed 
> ? , > , δ.» Ἱ ? ~ c? ~ « \ ΤῸ; A 
Etc αὑτον. Ὁ Λεγει "ούν' αὑτοῖς 9 Ἰησους, Ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς 


ου him. Says *therefore *to*them 1 Jesus, 7Time °my 
οὔπω πάρεστιν’ ὁ.δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος. 
not yet is come, but “time tyour always is ready.’ 


7 οὐ.δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς" ἐμὲ.δὲ μισεῖ, Ore ἐγὼ 
3Ts*unable ‘the *world tohate τοι, but me it hates, because I 
αρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν. 
ear witness Ὀουοστηϊης it, that the works  ofit evil are, 
~ ΄ . 4 » 
8 ὑμεῖς ἀνάβητε εἰς τὴν. ἑορτὴν ταύτην" ἐγὼ Τοὔπω" ἀνα- 


Ye, goyeup- to this feast. Ἑ not yet am 
Baivw εἰς τὴν.ἑορτὴν.ταύτην, ὅτι ὁ “καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς! οὔπω 
goingup to this feast, _ for *time tmy not yet 

7 ~ x AI > ‘ ᾽ ~ ll ” ᾽ ~ 
πεπλήρωται. 9 Ταῦτα-Σδὲ εἰπὼν }αὐτοῖςὶ ἔμεινεν ἐν τῇ 


has been fulfilled. And these things having said tothem he abode in 
Γαλιλαίᾳ. 10 .Ὡς.δὲ ἀνέβησαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ “τότε καὶ 
Galilee. But when were gone up his brethren then also 
αὐτὸς ἀνέβη εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν," οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλ" Pwe! ἐν 
he wentup ἴο the feast, not openly, but as in 
~ ty ἣν ? ~ > , . ? 4 ᾽ ~ ¢ ~ 
κρυπτῷ. 11 Οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζητοὺν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ; 
secret. The *therefore ‘Jews wédreseeking him at the feast, 
καὶ ἔλεγον, Ilov ἐστιν «ἐκεῖνος ; 12 Kai γογγυσμὸς “πολὺς 
and said, Where is he? And *murmuring ‘much 
πε \ ? ο. = EY || 2 d ~ » λ ι} 
Qt αὑτοῦ ἢν ἐν “τοῖς ὄχλοις 


concerning him there was among the crowds, Some said, 


“Ort ἀγαθός ἐστιν ἄλλοι. δὲ" ἔλεγον, Οὔ: ἀλλὰ πλανᾷ τὸν 


Good 188 "15; but others said, No; but ‘he deceives the 
ὄχλον. 19 Οὐδεὶς perc παῤῥησίᾳ ἐλάλει “περὶ αὐτοῦ, 
crowd. No one owever publicly spoke concerning him, 

διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ιουδαίων. 
because of the fear ofthe Jews, 


14 ᾿Ηδη.δὲ τῆς ἑορτῆς μεσούσης ἀνέβη fo" ᾿Τησοῦς 
But now 5οξ 8 "feast [115] *being *the *middle went up Jesus 
εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν. 15 kai ἐθαύμαζον" ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι 
into the temple, and was teaching: and *were*wondering ‘the *Jews 
λέγοντες, Πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς; 
saying, How “this *one “letters knows, not having learned? 
16 ᾿Απεκρίθη Ἀ αὐτοῖς 16" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν, Ἢ ἐμὴ. διδαχὴ οὐκ 
2Answered Ὅμοια Jesus απᾶ said, My teaching not 
ἔστιν ἐμή, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός pe’ 17 ἐάν τις θέλῃ τὸ 
118 mine, but his who sent me, If anyone desire 


οἱ μὲν ἔλεγον, 


269 


self to the world, 
ὃ For neither did his 
brethren believe in 
him. 6 Then Jesus 
said unto them, My 
time is not yet come: 
but your time 18 alway 
ready. 7 The world 
cannot hate you; but 
me it hateth, because 
I testify of it, that the 
works thereof areevil. 
8Go ye up unto this 
feast: I go not up yet 
unto this feast; for my 
time is not yet full 
come. 9 When he had 
said these words unto 
them he abode still in 
Galilee. 10 But when 
his brethren were gone 
up, then went he also 
up unto the feast, not 
openly, but as it were 
in secret. 11 Then the 
Jews sought him at 
the feast, and said, 
Where ishe? 12 And 
there was much mur- 
muring among the 
people concerning him: 
for some said, He isa 
good man: others said, 
Nay; but he deceiveth 
the people. 13 How- 
beit no man _ spake 
openly of him for fear 
of the Jews. 


14 Now about the 
midst of the feast Je- 
sus went up into the 
temple, and taught. 
15 And the Jews mar- 
velled, .saying, How 
knoweth this man let- . 
ters, . having never 
learned ? 16 Jesus an- 
swered them, and said, 
My doctrine is not 
mine, but his that sent 


θέλημα.αὐτοῦ ποιεῖν, γνώσεται περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς πότερον me. 17 ΤῈ any man 
' ο ο = ῬΕΘΟΊΛΗΘ, he stall now ο the rap Ἔ ον shall know of the ο. 
ἐκ "τοῦ" θεοῦ ἐστιν, ἢ ἐγὼ ἀπ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ λαλῶ. 18 ὁ ἀφ᾽ trine, whether it be an 
from God itis, or from myself speak. He that from πειό γε τ μα ων β 
ἑαυτοῦ λαλῶν, τὴν.δόξαν τὴν. ἰδίαν ζητεῖ 0.08 ζητῶν τὴν speaketh of himasolf 
himself speaks, — his own glory seeks; buthethat seeks the ei gee preps 4 ee 
δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν, οὗτος ἀληθής ἐστιν, καὶ his glory that sent 
glory of him that sent im, he true is, and him, the same is true, 
᾽ ῃ 2 αν ο eit : η] ΔΝ; πα δε S " and no unrighteous- 
ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ.ἔέσιν. 19 οὐ ‘Mwone" "᾿δεδωκεν" ness isin him. 19 Did 
nurighteousness in him is not. 2Not *Moses thas given ποῦ Moses give you the 
8 —‘ovy τ. t — ταύτην (read the feast) LTTraw. 7 οὐκ Not GITraA. ὀἥ ἐμὸς καιρὸς 
LTTrA. x — δὲ 'ἀπα attr. Υ αὐτὸς he (abode) T. ὀἧπ εἰς THY ἑορτήν, Τότε και αὐτὸς 
ἀνέβη LITrA. 9 ἀλλὰ LTrA. Ὁ.- ὡς τι ᾿ “περὶ αὐτοῦ ἣν πολὺς Lira ; ἣν περὶ αὐτοῦ 
πολὺς Τ. 4 τῷ ὄχλῳ the crowd T. e — δὲ and τν’. f— OLTTrs. ξ ἐθαύμαζον οὖκ 


were wondering therefore Lttraw. ™ - οὖν therefore LTTraW, 
'Mwiojs LITTAW,  ™ ἔδωκεν gave LTra, 


i— ὁ Tir, 


k— τοῦ τὶ 


264 


law, and yet none of 
you keepeth the law? 
Why go ye about to 
kill me? 20 The pco- 
ple answered and said, 
Thou hast a devil: 
who goethabout to kill 
thee? 21 Jesus an- 
swered and said unto 
them, I have done one 
work, and ye all mar- 
vel. 22 Moses there- 
fore gave unto you 
circumcision; (not be- 


cause it is of Moses,. 


but of the fathers ;) 
and ye on the sabbath 
day circumcise a man. 
23 If a man on the 
sabbath day receive 
circumcision, that the 
law of Moses should 
not be broken ; are ye 
angry at me, because I 
have made aman every 
whit whole on the 
sabbath day ? 24 Judge 
not according to the 
appearance, but judge 
righteous judgment. 
25 Then said some of 
them of Jerusalem, Is 
not this he, whom the 
seek to kill? 26 But, 
lo, he speaketh boldly, 
and they say nothing 
unto him. Do the 
rulers know indeed 
that this is the very 
Christ? 27 Howbeit 
we know this man 
whence heis: but when 
Christ cometh, no man 
knoweth whence he is. 
28 Then cried Jesus in 
the temple as he 
taught, saying, Ye 
both know me, and ye 
know whence I am: 
and Iam not come of 
myself, but he that 
sent me is true, whom 

e know not. 29 But 

know him: for Iam 
from him, and he hath 
sent me. 30 Then they 
sought to take him: 
but no man laid hands 
on him, because his 
hour was not yet come. 
31 And many of the 
people believed on him, 
and said, When Christ 
cometh, will he do 
more wiracles than 
these which this man 


2 — καὶ εἶπεν LTTrA. 
GLTrW 1 — διὰ τοῦτο, + OT. 
7 κρίνετε LTrA. 

z— δὲ but GLTTraw. 
πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν LTrA ; πολλοὶ δὲ ἐπίστευσαν ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου τ. 
© - τούτων (read ὧν than [these] which) trrraw, 


t+ oT, 
he comes Ε΄. 


LTTra, 


1ΩΑΝΝ Η Σ, τη, 
. , His ? ab ~ ~ A , , 
ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον; τί 
you the law, and noone of you practises the law? Why 
µε ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι; 20 ᾿Απεκρίθη ὁ ὄχλος "καὶ εἶπεν," 
me do ye seek to kill? *Answered ‘the *crowd and said, 
Δαιμόνιον ἔχεις. τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι; 21 ᾿Απεκρίθη 
Ademon thou hast; who thee seeks to kill? Answered 
ς ~ \ στ ᾽ ~ “ / Η͂ 
οὐ! Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ev ἔργον ἐποίησα, καὶ πάντες 
1Jesus and said tothem, One work I did, ἈΠῸ ου 
Ρθαυμάζετε. 22 διὰ. τοῦτο! «Μωσῆς" δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὴν περι- 
tye wonder. Therefore Moses has given you circum- 


ny ὅτι ἐ ῦ Μωσέως" ἐστίν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων" 
τομήν, οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ "Μωσέως" ἐστίν, κ τῶν πατέρων 


cision, not that of Moses it is, but of the fathers, 

καὶ "ἐνὶ σαββάτῳ περιτέµνετε ἄνθρωπον. 23 εἰ περιτομὴν 

and on sabbath ye circumcise aman. If *circumcision 

7 ” 3 2 τ, ‘ 4 ~ 

λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν σαββάτῳ ἵνα μὴ-λυθῇ ὁ νόμος 
Ἀτορρῖτεξ ta*man on sabbath, that may not be broken the law 

Twotwe,"éuoi χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα 
of Moses, withme areyeangry because ΘΗ ΤΟΥ 7a*man ‘sound I made 


ἐν σαββάτῳ; 24 μὴ.κρίνεε Kar ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν 


on sabbath? Judge not according to sight, but righteous 
΄ re / 1] » λ τ ἜΝ ~ σι 

κρίσιν κρίνατε." 25 Ἔλεγον οὖν τινες ἐκ τῶν "'Ίεροσο- 

judgment judge. 7Said therefore ‘some “of *those ‘of *Jeru- 


᾽ - εν ~ 5. Ἐ ~ ‘ 
Y λυμιτῶν," Οὐχ.οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι; 26 καὶ 


salem, ‘Is not thishe whom they seek to kill? and 

a” 2-8 / ~ \ ? A ? ~ / / 

ἴδε, παῤῥησίᾳ λαλεῖ, καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν. μήποτε 

lo, publicly he speaks, and nothing to him they say. 

ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν , ot ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν 

*Truly ‘have ®recognized *those *who ‘rule, that _ this is 

Σἀληθῶςὶ ὁ Χριστός; 27 ἀλλὰ τοῦτον οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν" 
truly the Christ? But thisone weknow’ whence he is. 

ὁ δὲ χριστὸς ὅταν Yépynrat," οὐδεὶς γινώσκει πόθεν ἐστίν. 

But the Christ, whenever he maycome, noone knows whence ἍἨθ 15, 


28 Ἔκραξεν 


®Cried "ἴπετεξοτο *in *the ®temaple ‘teaching 
᾽ δ » ‘\ wer , ? ae . ‘ > ? ? we > 
Kapé οἴδατε. καὶ οἴδατε πόθεν εἰμί" ‘Kai am ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ 


ic ΕῚ -ς ε ~ ,ὔ εκ ~ A / 
οὖν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων 0. Ἰησοῦς καὶ λέγων, 
1Jesus and saying, 


Both me ye know, and yeknow whence Iam; and of myself Snot 
ἐλήλυθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἔστιν ἀληθινὺς ὁ πέμψας με ὃν ὑμεῖς 
1] *have come, but Sis ®true the who “sent me, whom ye 


? ” ο ? Δ 23h ΜῈ 2 , « δ ν ~ ; 
οὐκ.οἴδατε 29 ἐγώ. δὲ" οἶδα αὐτόν, ὅτι παρ αὐτοῦ εἰμι, 
know not. But I know him, kecause from him Iam, 
κἀκεῖνός µε "ἀπέστειλεν." 90 Ἐζήτουν οὖν αὐτὸν πιά- 
andhe me sent. They were seeking therefore him to 
σαι" καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα, ὅτι οὔπω 
take, but noone Jaid upon him [his] hand, because not yet 
ἐληλύθει ἡ.ὥρα.αὐτοῦ. 31 Πολλοὶ. δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου ἐπίστευ- 
had come his hour, But many of the crowd believed 

σαν" εἰς αὐτόν, καὶ ἔλεγον, «Ότι ὁ χριστὸς ὅταν ἔλθῃ 
ου =—ihim, and said, The Christ, when he comes, 

ἁμήτι' πλείονα σημεῖα frovrwy" ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος 

*more ‘signs ‘than “these ‘will “he *do which this {man} 





°—oTTrA. P θαυμάζετε διὰ τοῦτο. (read ye wonder therefore.) 

a Mwvons LTTrAW. τ Mwicéws LETrAW. 5 [ἐν] L. 
π Ἱεροσολυμειτῶν T. X — ἀληθῶς GLITrAW., γέρχεται 
4 ἀπέσταλκεν has sent τ. Ὁ Ex τοῦ ὄχλον δὲ 


ο---- Ὅτι 1 ΤΊΤΑ. 4 μὴ 


τη. 


ος 
ἐποίησεν"; 


JOHN. 
32 Ἠκυυσαν ot Φαρισαῖοι τοῦ ὄχλου γογγύζονγος 
did? SHearl ‘the “Pharisees ofthe crowd murmuring 
περὶ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα: καὶ ἀπέστειλαν Sot Φαρισαῖοι καὶ 
Sconucerning *him ‘these “things, and ?sent 1the *Pharisecs “and 
~ « ῃ ΄ - 
ot ἀρχιερεῖς ὑπηνέτας,! ἵνα πιάσωσιν αὐτόν. 88 εἶπεν 
“the *chief δρτγ]οβίς officers. that they might take him. 3Snrid 
οὖν αὐτοῖς" ὁ Ἰησοῦς, "Ἔτι ipixpoy χρόνον" μεθ) ὑμῶν 
*therefore *to *them ‘Jesus, Yet alittle time with you 
εἰμι, καὶ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά µε. 94 ζητήσετέ µε καὶ 
Iam, and Igo to him who sent me. Ye will seek me and 
? « , κ. ‘ er > ‘ ? ‘ « ~ ’ ’ ? ~ 
οὐχ.ευρήσετε καὶ Όπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς οὐ.δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν. 
shall not find [me], and where "ατα I ye are unable to come, 
30 Εἶπον οὖν ot Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς, Mov ἰοὗτος 
“Said ‘therefore ‘the 2Jews among themselves, Where *he 
μέλλει" πορεύεαθαι ὅτι "ἡ μεῖς" οὐχ-εὑρήσομεν αὐτόν ; μὴ εἰς 


is about to go that we shall not find him ? to 
τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ 
the dispersion among the Greeks is he about to go, and 
διδάσκειν τοὺς “EXAnvac; 86 τίς ἐστιν "οὗτος ὁ λόγος! ὃν 
teach the Greeks ? What [15 this word which 
εἶπεν, Ζήτήσετέ µε, καὶ οὐχ.εὑρήσετεξ" καὶ Ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 
hesaid, Yewillseok me, and shallnot find [me]; and Where “am ‘J 
ὑμεῖς οὐ.δύνασθε ελθεῖν; 
ye are unable to come? 
37 Ἐν δὲ τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ μεγάλῃ τῆς ἑορτῆς εἱστήκει 
Andin the last Sday ‘the great ofthe feast stood 


ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ “ἔκραξεν! λέγων, Ἐάν τις διψᾷ, ἐρχέσθω 

Jesus, and cried, saying, If anyone thirst, let him come 
Ῥπρός pe! καὶ πινέτω" 38 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, καθὼς εἶπεν 

το me and drink. He that believes on me, as said 
ἡ γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς.κοιλίας.αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος 
the scripture, rivers out of his belly shall flow of *water 
ζῶντος. 39 Τοῦτο.δὲ εἶπεν περὶ τοῦ πνεύματος οὗ “ἔμελ- 
‘living. But this hesaid concerning the Spirit which ‘°were 
λον" λαμβάγειν οἱ "πιστεύοντες' εἰς αὐτόν" οὕπω.γὰρ ἦν 


“about Τίο ®reccive ‘those “believing Son *him; for not*yet was 

πνεῦμα "ἅγιον! , ὅτι Yo" Ἰησοῦς “οὐδέπω! ἐδοξάσθη. 
{the] °Spirit *Holy, _ because Jesus not yet was glorified. 
40 Σπολλοὶ οὖν ἐκ:τοῦ ὄχλου! ἀκούσαντες Στὸν λόγον" 


Many therefore outof the crowd haying heard the word 


ἔλεγον, ” Οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης. 41 "Αλλοιά ἔλεγον, 
said, This is truly the prophet. Others suid, 
Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός. »”AXow" «δὲ' ἔλεγον, Μὴ γὰρ ἐκ 
This is the Christ. “Others and - said, *Then Sout 5οξ 
τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ χριστὸς ἔρχεται; 42 ἀοὐχὶ' ἣ γραφὴ εἶπεν, 
7Galilee “the “Christ *comes ὃ °Not ?°the *'scripture “said, 
ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος "Δαβίδ," καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλεὲμ τῆς κώμης 
that out of the seed of David, and from Bethlehem the village 
ὅπου ἦν “Aaid," 6 χριστὸς ἔρχεται;" 43 Σχίσμα οὖν Bev 
where “was ‘David, the Christ comes 2 A division therefore in 


ἔποιει Gves τ΄ 


265 
hath done? 32 The 
Pharisees heard that 
the people murmured 
such things concern- 
ing him; and the Pha- 
risces and the chief 
priests sent officers to 
take him. 33 Then 
said Jesus unto them, 
Yet a little while am I 
with you, and ther I 
go unto him that sent 
me. 34 Ye shall seek 
me, and shall not find 
me: and where I 
am, thither ye cannot 
come. 35 Then said 
the Jews amony them- 
selves, Whither will 
he go, that we shall 
not find him? will he 
go unto the dispersed 
among the Gentiles, 
and teach the Gen- 
tiles? 36 What man- 
ner of saying is this 
that he said, Ye shall 
seek me, and shall not 
find me: and where Τ 
am, thither ye cannot 
come ? 


37 In the last day, 
that great day of the 
feast, Jesus stood and 
cried, saying, If any 
man thirst, let him 
come unto me, and 
drink. 38 He that be- 
lieveth on me, as the 
scripture hath said,out 
of his belly shall flow 
rivers of living water. 
39 (But this spake he 
of the Spirit, which 
they that believe on 
him should receive’: 
for the Holy Ghost 
was not yet given; be- 
cause that Jesus was 
not yet glorified.) 
40 Many of the peuple 
therefore, when they 
heard this saying, said, 
Of a truth thisis the 
prophet. 41 Others 
said, This is the Christ. 
But some said, Shall 
Christ come out σε 
Galilee? 42 Hatk not 
the scripture said, 
That Christ cometh of 
the seed of David, and 
out of the town of 
Bethlehem, where Da- 
vid was? 43 So there 
was a division among 


6 οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ὑπηρέτας LTrAW ; ὑπηρέτας οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ 


οἱ Φαρισαῖοι T. Ἀ -- αὐτοῖς GLITrAW. + χρόνον μικρὸν LTTrA. ΚΕ + meme τα. ἱ μέλλει 
οὗτος τ. m --- ἡμεῖς (read εὑρή. we shall find) τ. 5 ὃ λόγος οὗτος LTTrA. ° ἔκραζεν Τ. 
P — πρός pe T. 4 ἤμελλον Τ. * πιστεύσαντες having believed tra. 5 — ἅγιον 
Lr[Tra]. t + δεδομένον given L. ¥ — 0 LTTrAW. “ οὔπω LTrA. ᾿ ἐκ TOU ὄχλου οὖν 


[sume] out of the crowd therefore LTTra. 
των W)LTTrAW. *+ Γδτι]α. 5 + [δὲ] and τι. 
Ἑ Aavid αν ; Δανεὶδ LTTra. fs ἔρχεται ὃ χριστός LTrA. 


Ὁ οἵ they τὰ. 


Υ τῶν λόγων τούτων these words (— τού- 
ς -- δὲ Τ. 
88 ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ LITA. 


4 οὐχ LTra 


206 


the people because of 
him. 44 And some of 
them would have ta- 
ken him; but no man 
laid hands on him, 

45 Then came the offi- 

cers to the chief priests 
and °Pharisees; and 
they said unto ‘them, 
Why have ye_ not 
brought him? 46 The 
officers answered, Ne- 
ver man spake like this 
man, 47 Then answer- 
ed them the Pharisces, 
Are ye also deceived ? 
48 Have any of the 
rulers or of the Pha- 
risees believed on him? 
49 But this people who 
knoweth not the law 
‘are cursed. 50 Nicode- 
mus saith unto them, 
(he that came to Jesus 
by night, being one of 
them,) 41 Doth our law 
judge any man, before 
it hear him, and know 
what he doeth? 52 They 
answered and _ said 
unto him, Art thou 
also of Galilee? Search, 

and look: for out of 
Galilee ariseth no pro- 
phet. 53 And every 
man went unto his 
own house, 


VIII. Jesus went 
unto ‘the mount of 
Olives. 2 And early 
in the morning, he 
came again into the 


temple, and ali the. 


people came unto him; 
and he sat down, and~ 
taught them. 3 And 
the scribes and Phari- 
sees brought unto him ᾿ 
8. woman taken in a- 
dultery ; and when 
they had set her in the 
midst, 4 they say unto 
him, Master, this wo- 
man was taken in a- 
dultery, in the very 
act. 5 Now Moses in 
the law commanded 
us, that such should 

be stoned: but what 
sayest thou? 6 This 
they said, tempting 

him, that ‘they might 
have to accuse him, 


IQANNHS. VII, Viti. 


τῷ ὄχλῳ éyévero" δι αὐτόν. 44 τινὲς δὲ ἤθελον ἐξ αὐτῶν 
the crowd occurred because of him, But some “desired tof “them 


πιάσαι αὐτόν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδεὶς "ἐπέβαλεν! ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας. 
to take him, but noone laid Zon “him *hands, 


45 ἦλθον οὖν οἱ ὑπηρέται πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ Φαρι- 
Came therefore the officers to the chief prices and Phari- 


σαίους' καὶ εἶπον αὐτοῖς ἐκεῖνοι, ‘Asari! οὐκ. ἠγάγετε αὐτόν; 
5668, and “said “to *them ο μα Why didyenotbring him? 


4G ᾿Απεκρίθησαν ot. ὑπηρέται, Οὐδέποτε Κοὔτωο ἐλάλησεν" 
SAnswered ἡ ας ποσσε, Never thus spoke 


ἄνθρωπος we οὗτος ™ ὁ ἄνθρωπος." 47 ᾽Απεκρίθησαν ποὖν! 
man 886 this" man,“ * *Answered *therefore 
οαὐτοῖςἳ ot Φαρισαῖοι, Μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε; 48 μή 
5Sthem ‘the *Pharisees, Salso Shave been deceived 5 


τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν. εἰς αὐτόν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν 
Any Sone “οξ *the Srulers thas believed _ on him, or of the 


Φαρισαίων ; 49 Padd'" ὁ ὄχλος. οὗτος ὁ μὴ-γινώσκων τὸν 
Pharisees? But this crowd, which knows not the 


νόμον Ymucaraparol' εἰσιν. 50 Λέγει Νικόδημος πρὸς αὐτούς, 
law, accursed are. *Says “Nieedenins to them, 


τὸ ἐλθὼν "νυκτὸς! πρὸς αὐτόν," εἷς ὧν ἐξ αὐτῶν; 51 Μὴ 


{ΠΕ who came by σας το him, Zone being of themselves,) 
ὁ. μον “ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ ‘rap 
3law 1does judge the mae, unless it have heard from 


αὐτοῦ πρότερον," καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ; 52 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν καὶ 


himself first, and known what he does? They answered and 
πε]πονὶ αὐτῷ, Μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ; Σἐρεύνησον' 
ssid to τα 3Also Ξύμοι *of *Galilee art ? Search 


καὶ ἴδε, ὅτι προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας) τοὐκ.ἐγήγερται.Ἡ 


and look, that a oe out of Galilee has not arisen. 
59 "Καὶ ἐπορεύθη ὃ ἕκαστος εἰς τὸν. .οἷκον.αὐτοῦ. 
And “*7went teach to his house, 


8 ᾿]ησοῦς δὲ ἐπορεύθη εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν" 2 ὄρθρ ου. δὲ 
But J as went to the mount of Olives. And at‘dawn 


πάλιν παρεγένετο εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἤρχετο πρὸς 


agein hecame into the temple, and all the people came 
αὐτόν' καὶ καθίσας ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς. ὃ ἄγουσιν δὲ οἱ 
him; and having sat down he was teaching them, αν land *the 


«γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι πρὸς αὐτὸν γυναῖκα ἐν μοιχείᾳ 


Ἀβοτίρο “and *the °Pharisees ἴο΄ - @®womani in adultery 
κατειλημμένην, καὶ στήσαντες. αὐτὴν ἐν μέσῳ, 4 λέγουσιν 
having been taken, and Raving: set her in [the] midst, they say ΄ 


αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, ot ἡ γυνὴ κατειλήφθη Ῥἐπαυτοφώρφ" 


to him, en woman was taken in the very act 


µοιχευοµένη. 5 ἐν.δὲ τῷ νόμῳ “Μωσῆς" ἡμῖν ἐνετείλατο 


ημάς αν εως Now in the Moses us conimanded 


τὰς τοιαύτας. ἀλιθοβολεῖσθαια, σὺ οὖν τί λέγει; 
such , to be stoned : thou ο what sayest thou? 


6 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἔλεγον πειράζοντες αὐτὸν ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατη- 
Βαὺύ ὑμὶβ they said tempting him that they might have to ac- 





h ἔβαλεν LTTrA 
= L[Tra]. 

4 ἐπάρατοί απΤτΑ. 
formerly 1πτΑ. 


7 ἐκ τῆς Ταλιλαίας προφήτης LT-A. 
ρεύθη .... ἁμάρτανε (ση, 11) [G]LTTré. 


stone Ὑ, 


“τὰ + λαλεῖ speaks τ 


9 + πορὶ αὐτῆς concerning her w. 


i Ava τί LTrAW. 1 — ὡς οὗτος ἃ ἄνθρω- 
ο [αὐτοῖς] Tr. Ρ ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. 
5..- νυκτὸς LTrA. t + πρότερον 
5 εἶπαν LTTrA. * ἐραύνησον ΤΎτΑ. 
Σ οὐκ ἐγείρεται does not arise LTTra. 8. — καὶ ἐπο- 


υ ἐπ᾿ αὐτοφώρῳ W. ο Μωϊσῆς Ww. 4 λιθάζειν to 


x ἐλάλησεν οὕτως LTTrA, 
ἘΠ Ξε εὖν TA. 
τ -- ὁ ἐλθὼν νυκτὸς πρὸς αὐτόν 1. 
Υ πρῶτον παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 


ντ]. JOHN. 

~ ᾽ πὸ ξ wat -- 2 ΄ ~ a 6 
γορεῖν αὐτοῦ. ὁ δὲ.Ίησους Karw.KiWwac, τῷ δακτύλῳ 
cuse him, But Jesus having stooped down, with [his] finger 


ἔγραφεν εἰς τὴν γῆν. 7 ὡς. δὲ ἐπέμενον ἐρωτῶντες αὐτόν, 
wrote on the ground. But as they continued asking him, 

ἀνακύψας εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὁ ἀναμάρτητος ᾧὑ- 

having lifted up himself hesaid to them, The sinless one among 


μῶν πρῶτος τὸν λίθον ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ βαλέτω. 8 καὶ πάλιν 
you first *the ‘stone 7at ‘her (let “him “cast. And again 
κάτω.κύψας ἔγραφεν εἰς τὴν γῆν. 9 οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες, 


having stooped down he wrote on the ground. Butthey having heard, 


καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως ἐλεγχόμενοι, ἐξήρχοντο εἷς καθ’ εἷς, 
and by the conscience being convicted, wentout one by one, 
ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἕως τῶν ἐσχάτων" καὶ 


beginning from the elder ones until the last; and 
κατελείφθη μόνος ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἐν μέσῳ ἑστῶσα." 
was left alone Jesus, andthe womanin([the] midst standing, 


10 ἀνακύψας δὲ 
And "having *lifted *up *himself 


πλὴν τῆς γυναικός, εἶπεν αὐτῇ, 5 Ἡ γυνή." ποῦ εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι 


1 & , 
μηδέγα θεασάμενος 
“no “one *seeing 


? ~ ‘ 
ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Kai 
119545, and 


but the woman, said to her, Woman, where are those 
ε ’ / 3 7 ᾿ , « ‘ 
οἱ κατήγοροί.σου, οὐδείς σε κατέκρινεν; 11 Ἡ δὲ εἶπεν, 
thine accusers, “no fone Sthee ‘did *condemn? And she - said, 


Οὐδείς, κύριε. Ἐἶπεν δὲ αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οὐδὲ ἐγώ σε κατα- 


\Noone, Sir. And *said “to *her ‘Jesus, Neither “I *thee *do 
κρίνω πορεύου καὶ μηκέτι ἁμάρτανε." 
Scondemn : go, and, no more sin. 


12 Πάλιν οὖν "ὸ Ἰησοῦς αὐτοῖς ἐλάλησεν," λέγων», Ἐγώ 


Again therefore Jesus tothem spoke, saying, 1 
εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου ὁ ἀκολουθῶν Ἰἐμοὶὶ οὐ.μὴ 
am the light ofthe world; he that follows me in no wise 


Ἐπεριπατήσει' ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἕξει τὸ φῶς τῆς ζωῆς. 
shall walk in the darkness, but shall have the light ofthe life. 
19 Εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ ot Φαρισαῖοι, Σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ 

Said *therefore Sto®him'the “Pharisees, Thou concerning thyself 
μαρτυρεῖς'. ἡ-μαρτυρία.σον οὐκ.ἔστιν ἀληθής. 14 ᾿Απεκρίθη 
bearest witness ; thy witness is not true. ΄ *Answered 
᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, 
Jesus and said tothem, Evenif I bear witness concerning myself, 
> ΄ ai ε ’ a , = ‘ 
ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ-.μαρτυρία.μου, ὅτι οἶδα πόθεν ἦλθον καὶ 
true is my witness, because Iknow whence Icame and 
ποῦ ὑπάγω" ὑμεῖς.δὲῖ οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἔρχομαι ™cai" ποῦ 
whither Igo: but ye know not whence Icome and whither 
ὑπάγω. 15 ὑμεῖς κατὰ τὴν σάρκα κρίνετε ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω 
1 Ρο. Ye according to the flesh judge, if: judge 
, ‘ ‘ , 4 ΄ [ή ε ? 7 
οὐδένα. 16 καὶ ἐὰν κρίνω δὲ ἐγώ, ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ "ἀληθής" 
no one, And if . *jadge also. Ἢ, Sjudgment *my true 


ἐστιν ὅτι μόνος οὐκ εἰμί, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας µε ὅπα- 
is, because alone ITamnot, but I andthe*who*sent*me ‘+Fa- 
, J ‘ ~ , Η͂ “ὦ έ 7 ῃ ε/ 
mo." 17 καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ Pyésyparrat," ὅτι 
ther. And in law also tyour it has been written, that 
δύο ανθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθὴς ἐστιν. 18 ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ 
oftwo men the witness true is. 1 am [one] who 


4 a stone at her, 


267 
But Jesus  stcoped 
down, and with hig 
fingcr wrote on the 
ground, as though he 
heard them not.. 7 Sd 
When they continued 
asking him, he lifted 
up himself, and said 
unto them, He; that 18 
without = sin among 
γου, let Ἐν ο first cast 
8 And 
again he stooped down, 
and wrote on th¢ 
ground. 9 And they 
which heard ἐξ, bein 
convicted by their ie 
conscience, went oug 
one by one, beginning 
at the eldest, even unta 
the last: and Jesus 
was left alone, and the 
woman standing in the 
midst. 10 When Jestg 
had lifted up himself} 
and saw none but the 
woman, he said unto 
her, Woman, where are 
those thine accusers? 
hath no man condemn- 
ed thee’ 11 She said, 
No maa, Lord. And 
Jesus said unto her, 
Neither do I condemn 
thee: go, and sin no 
more, 


12 Then spake Jesus 
again unto them, say- 
ing, I am the light of 
the world: he that fol- 
loweth me shall not 
walk in darkness, but 
shall have the light of 
life. 13 The Pharisees 
therefore said unto 
him, Thou bearest re- 
cord of thyself; thy 
record is not true. 
14 Jesus answered and 
said unto them 
Though I bear record 
of mysclf, yet my τε- 
cord is true: tor 1 
know whence I came, 
and whither I go; but 

ο cannot tell whence 

come, aud whither I 
go. 15 Ye judge after 
the flesh ; I judge no 
man. 16 And yetif I 
judge, my judgment 
is true: for I am not 
nlone, but I and the 
Father that sent me. 
17 It is also written in 
your law, that the 
testimony of two men 
is true. [181 am one 
that bear witness of 





εἴ οὖσα being w. 8 --- Ἣ γυνή Ww. 
μοι LTr. Κ περιπατήσῃ should walk LTTraw. 
η ἀληθινή LTTrA. ο--- πατήρ (ead he who sent me) 1, 


written τ. 


κ.α 


δὲ but 1. 


ἃ αὐτοῖς ἐλάλησεν ὃ ([ὁ] Tr) Ἰησοῦς LTTrA. 


m7 or ΟΊΊΤΑΥΤ. 


P γεγραμμένον ἐστὶν it is 


908 


myself, and the Father 
that sent me beareth 
witness of me. 19 Then 
said they unto him, 
Where is thy Father? 
Jesus answered, Ye 
neither know me, nor 
my Father: if ye had 
known me, ye should 
have known my Fa- 
ther also. 20 These 
words spake Jesus in 
the treasury, as he 
taught in the temple: 
andno man laid hands 
on him; for his hour 
was not yet come, 


21 Then said -Jesus 
again unto them, I go 
my way, and ye shall 
peek me, and shall die 
in your sins: whither 
I go, ye cannot come. 
22 Then said the Jews, 
Will he kill himself? 
because he saith, Whi- 
ther I go, ye cannot 
come. 23 And he said 
untothem, Ye are from 
beneath ; I am from 
above: ye are of this 
world; 1 am not of this 
world, 24 I said there- 
fore unto you, that ye 
shall die in your sins: 
for if ye believe not 
that I am he, ye shall 
die in your sins. 
25 Then said they unto 
him, Who art thou? 
And Jesus saith unto 
them, Even the same 
that [ said unto you 
from the beginning. 
26 [have many things 
to say and to judge of 
you: but he that sent 
me istrue; and I speak 
to the world those 
things which I have 
heard of him. 27 They 
understood not that he 
spake to them of the 
Father. 28 Then said 
Jesus unto them, When 
ye have lifted up the 
Son of man, then shall 
ye know that I am he, 
and that I do nothing 
of myself; but as my 
Father hath taught 
me, I speak these 
things. 29 And he that 
sent me is with me: 
the Father hath not 
left me alone; for I do 


ITQANNH Σ VIII. 
μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, καὶ μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ. ὁ 
bears witness concerning myself, and .Ώθατς 7witness ®concerning, *me "the 
πέμψας µε πατήρ. 19 Ἔλεγον οὖν αὐτῷ, Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ 
Swho *sent “me ?Father. They said therefore tohim, Where is 
[4 Ι] 7 , 4 « ll ? ~ ” ? 4 10 » A 
πατήρ.-σου; ᾿Απεκρίθη “ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οὔτε ἐμὲ οἰθατε οὔτε τὸν 
thy Father 2 2 Answered ‘Jesus, Neither me ye know nor 
maréoa.ou' εἰ ἐμὲ ᾖδειτε, καὶ τὸν-πατέραµου ὕδειτε. ἄν." 
my Father. If me yehadknown, also my Father yewouldhaveknown, 
20 Ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα ἐλάλησεν “ὁ Ἰησοῦς" ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ, 
These words spoke Jesus in the treasury, 
διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ' καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπίασεν αὐτόν, OTL οὔπω 


teaching in the temple; and noone took him, for not yet 
ἐληλύθει ἡ.ὥρα. αὐτοῦ. 
had come his hour. 

21 Εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ἔγω ὑπάγω, 


2Said *therefore “ασαΐῃ ‘to *them 1 Jesus, 
καὶ ζητήσετέ µε, καὶ ἐν τῇ-ἁμαντάᾳ-ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε". ὅπου 
and το νη]] β6ε]ς me, and in your sin ye will die; where 
ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ-δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν. 22 Ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ 
1 go ye areunable to come. *Said *therefore 'the 
? ~ , ? ee ee εἰ ῃ «/ + A205 ΧΩ κ 
Ιουδαῖοι, Myre ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτόν, Ότι λεγει, Όπου εγω ὑπάγω 
2Jews, Will he kill himself, that hesays, Where I go 
ὑμεῖς οὐ.δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν ; 23 Kai εἶπεν" αὐτοῖς, Ὑμεῖς ἐκ 
ye areunable tocome? And hegaid to them, Ye from 
τῶν.κάτω ἐστέ, ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν.ἄνω εἰμί: ὑμεῖς ἐκ *rov κόσμου 
beneath are, 1 from above am ; e of 2world 
τούτου! ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ.εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου. 24 εἶπον 
this are, I amnot of this world. ; I said 
οὖν ὑμῖν ὅτι ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν" ἐὰν.γὰρ 


go away, 


therefore toyou that ye will die in your sins ; for if 
μὴ πιστεύσητε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε-ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις 

ye believe not that I am fhe], ye will die in 5815 
ὑμῶν. 25 Ἔλεγον οὖν αὐτῷ, Σὺ τίς εἴ; *Kai! εἶπεν 
your. They said therefore tohim, *Thou Ίππο art? And “said 

᾽ - ey? ~ \ > A a ‘ ~ « ~ 
αὐτοῖς Yo" Ἰησοῦς, Τὴν.άρχην Ότι καὶ λαλῶ υμῖν. 
300 *them 1Jesus, Altogether that which also Isay toyou. 
26 πολλὰ ἔχω περὶ ὑμῶν λαλεῖν καὶ κρίνειν" ἀλλ ὁ 


Many things I have concerning yow but he who 
πέμψας µε ἀληθής ἐστιν, κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα 
sent me_ true is, andI what Iheard from him, these things 
Z / " 7 A , 2 ” «-. A / > ~ 
λέγω" εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 27 Οὐκ. ἔγνωσαν ὅτι τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῖς 
Isay to the world. They knew not that the Father tothem 
ἔλεγεν. 28 Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς" ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Όταν ὑψώ- 
he spoke of. *Said ?therefore *to ‘them *Jesus, When ye shall have 
σητε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, τότε γνώσεσθε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι" 
lifted up the Son of man, then yeshall know that I am[hé], 
‘ > ” 3 ” ~ > , ? A ‘ . , , « 
καὶ ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ποιῶ οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ καθὼς ἐδίδαξεν µε ὁ 
and from myself Ido nothing, but as taught me 
πατήρ." μου! ταῦτα. λαλῶ. 29 καὶ ὁ πέμψας µε, per’ 
17 *Father, these things I speak. And he who sent me, with 
ἐμοῦ ἐστιν' οὐκ. ἀφῆκέν µε µόνον “ὁ πατήρ," ὅτι ἐγὼ τὰ 
me is; "left ποῦ πιο ‘alone *the *Father, because’ I the things 


tosay and to judge; 





4 — ὃ GLTTrAW. 


t — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (ead he said) LTTraw. 


5 — καὶ LITrAW. 
Father) 1 ΤΤΓΑ, 


® — ὃ "Ingots (read he spoke) GLTTraw. 
v ἔλεγεν LTTrA. Ἢ τούτου τοῦ κόσμον LTrA. 
= λαλῶ LTTrA. ® — αὐτοῖς LTTrA. Ὁ — µου (read the 


τ ἂν δειτε LTTrA. 


y [Ὁ] τε. 


6 — ὃ πατήρ (read he left not) LtTra. 


VIII. 


ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ ποιῶ πάντοτε, 
pleasing tohim do always. 
πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν. 
many believed on him, 
91 Ἔλεγεν οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς τοὺς πεπιστευκότας αὐτῷ 
3Said 1 "therefore ‘Jesus to the “who *had *believed 5on*him 


Ἰουδαίους, ᾿Εὰν ὑμεῖς µείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ, ἀληθῶς 
τε 2word 3 


JOHN.. 


30 Ταῦτα αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος 
*These °things 198 *he *spoke 


1Jews, ye abide in *wor my, truly 
μαθηταί μου ἐστε 82 καὶ γνώσεσθε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ ἡ 
*disciples τὴν ye are. And ye shall know the truth, ‘and the 


ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ἡμᾶς. 33 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν δαὐτῷ," Σπέρμα 


truth shall set free you. They answered him, "Seed 
Par ’ 3 \ ? A , ’ 5 ~ 
Αβραάμ ἐσμεν, καὶ οὐδενὶ  δεδουλεύκαµεν πώποτε' πῶς 
*Abraham’s weare, and to anyone have been under bondage never; how 


; : η (lit. to no one) ἳ : ; 
σὺ λέγεις, Ότι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε; 34 ᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς 


*thou ‘sayest, Free ye shall become ? “Answered “them 
“ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς, ᾽Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν 


1Jesus, Verily verily Isay toyou, that everyone that practises 
τὴν ἁμαρτίαν δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 35 ὁ.δὲ δοῦλος 
sin abondman [18 of sin. Now the bondman 
οὐ-μένει ἐν τῇ "οἰκίᾳ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα”.ὁ υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν.αἰῶνα. 
abides ποῦ in the hosse for ever ; the Son abides for ever. 
36 ἐὰν οὖν ὁ υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσ- 
If therefore the Son “you ‘shall “βοῦ ἔσθα,,θ really free ye 
εσθε. 37 οἶδα ὅτι σπέρμα ᾿Αβραάμ tore’ ἀλλὰ ζητεῖτέ µε 
shall be, 1 ποτ that seed 4Abraham’s yeare; but yeseek me 
ἀποκτεῖναι, ὅτι ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ-χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν. 98 ἐγὼ 
_ το ΚΙ], because *word tmy hasnoentrance in you. it 
ὃ! ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ.πατρί.ἔµου! λαλῶ: καὶ ὑμεῖς οὖν ὸ 
what I have seen with my Father speak; and ye _ therefore what 
ἑωράκατε! παρὰ ἱτῷ.πατρὶ ὑμῶν" ποιεῖτε. 39 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν 
ye have seen with your father do., They answered 
sk Π ᾽ ~ ¢ ‘ OV eta’ 2 , 9 ΓΖ ? ~ 
καὶ "εἶπον" αὐτῷ, Ὁ πατὴρ.ἡμῶν Αβραάμ ἐστιν. Λέγει αὐτοῖς 
and said tohim, *Our*Father Abraham 715. SSays ’to *them 
16""Inovtc, Ei τέκνα τοῦ Αβραὰμ ™ijTe," τὰ ἔργα τοῦ. Αβραὰ 
5165815, If children of Abraham ye were, the works of Abraham 
ἐποιεῖτε." ἄν"" 40 νῦν δὲ ζητεῖτέ µε ἀποκτεῖναι, ἄνθρωπον ὃς 
ye would do; but now yeseek me to kill, a&man who 
η > ΄ CP ins , εν » Π ~ “ν᾿ 
τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λελάληκα, ἣν ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ 
the truth toyou hasspoken, which [heard from God: 
τοῦτο ᾿Αβραὰμ οὐκ.ἐποίησεν. 41 ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ 
this Abraham did not. Ye do the works 
he ἅ κο ~ co ll p ἀρ | | ? ~ Ἢ ~ ᾽ ΄, 
πατρος-υμωγ. ἱπὸν ουν αυτῳ, μεις ἐκ πορνείας 
of your father. They said therefore to him, We of fornication 
΄ Π « , ” A θ ΄ 49 ἘΠ rs ll 
γεγεννήµεθα. ἕνα πατερα ἔχομεν, τὸν θεὀν. ἶπεν "οὖν 
have been born; one Father’ we have, God. %Said therefore 
αὐτοῖς "ὁ" ᾿Τησοῦς, Ei ὁ θεὸς * πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν, ἠγαπᾶτε. ἂν 
“to *them Jesus, If God Father ofyou were, ye would have loved 


dow 
2not 


“ὍΝ ae ? ‘ By ? ~ ~ γῳ Sr τε ὦ 2 ὃν A ae | 
ἐμε ἐγὼ.γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον καὶ ἥκω" οὐδὲ.γὰρ ἀπ 
forI from God came forth andamcome; for neither of 


me, 
ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνός µε ἀπέστειλεν. 43 "διατί" τὴν 
myself haveIcome, but he *me sent. Why 


‘unto them, 


269 


always those things 
that please him, 30 As 
he spake these words, 
many belicved ou him, 


31 Then said Jesus 
to those Jews which 
believed on him, If ye 
continue in my word, 
then are ye my disci- 
ples indeed; 32 and ye 


‘shall know the truth, 


and the truth shall 
make you free, 33 They 
answered him, We be 
Abraham’s seed, and 
were never in bondage 
to any man: how say- 
est thou, Ye shall be 
made free? 34 Jesus 
answered them, Verily, 
verily, I.say. unto you, 
Whosoever commit- 
teth sin is the servant 
of sin. 35 And the 
servant abideth not in 
the house for ever: but 
the Son abideth ever. 
36 If the Son therefore 
shall make you free, 
ye shall be free indeed, 
37 I know that ye are 
Abraham’s seed; but — 
ye seek to kill me, be~ 

cause my word hath 
no placein you. 381 
speak that which I 
have seen with my Fa- 
ther: and ye do that 
which ye have seen 
with your father. 
39 They answered and 


Μ said unto him, Abra- 


ham is our father. 
Jesus saith untothem, 
If ye were Abraham’s 
children, ye would do 
the works of Abraham. 
40 But now ye seek to 
kill me, a nian that 
hath told you the 
truth, which I have 
heard of God: this did 
not Abraham. 41 Ye 
do the deeds of your 
father. Thensaid they 
to him,We be not born 
of fornication; wa 
have one Father, ever 
God. 42 Jesus seid. 
If God 
were your Father, ye 
would love me: for I 
proceeded forth and 
came from God; nei- 
ther came 1.08 myself,: 
but he sent me. 43 Why 


a ρΤ΄-ΞΞΞ 


4 πρὸς αὐτόν to him LTTra. ε --- ὃ τ{τι]. 
the Father) Lira. h ἃ ἠκούσατε What ye have heard LTtTra. 
LTT: A. κ εἶπαν LTTrA. [[Ὁ] Tr. m ἐστε ye are GLTTrA. 
Ρ -- οὖν LTTrA. 58 οὐκ ἐγεννήθημεν Were not born ΗΤΤΑ. 
t+ otber. - "διὰ τύ LTra. 


[ἃ ἐγὼ LTTr; ἐγὼ ἃ Α. 
i τοῦ πατρὸς the father 

n — ἄν GTTrA. 

τ. οὖν GLITrA.. 


Ε --- µου (read 


ο εἶπαν τ. 
5 -- ὁ Ltr] 


270 
do ye not understand 
my speech? even be- 


cause ye cannot hear 
my word. 44 Ye are of 


your father the devil, , 


and the lusts of your 
father ye willdo. He 
was a murderer from 
the beginning, and a- 
bode not in the truth, 
because there is no 
truth in him. When 
he speaketh a lie, he 
speakcth of his own: 
for he is a liar, and the 
father of it. 45 And 
because I tell you thg 
truth, ye believe me 
not. 46 Which of you 
convinceth me of sin? 
And if I say the truth, 


why do ye not believe , 


me? 47 He that is of 
God heareth God’s 
words: τό therefore 
hear ¢hem not, because 
ye are not of God. 
48 Then answered the 
Jews, and said unto 
him, Say we not well 
that thou art a Sama- 
ritan, and hasta devil? 
49 Jesus answered, I 
have not a devil; but 
I honour my Father, 
and ye do dishonour 
me, 50 And I seek not 
mine own glory: there 
is one that seeketh and 
judgeth. © 51 Verily, 
verily, I say unto you, 
If a man kecp my say- 
ing, he shall never see 
death. 52 Then said 
the Jews unto him, 
Now we know that 
thou hasta devil. A- 
braham is dead, and 
the prophets; and thou 
sayest, If aman keep 
my saying, he shall 
never taste of death. 
53 Art thou greater 
than our father Abra- 
ham, which is dead? 
and the prophets are 
dead: whom makest 
thou thyself? 54 Jesus 
answered, If I honour 
myself, my honour is 


nothing: it is my Fa-#i0 no wise shall he taste 


ther that honoureth 
me; of whom ye say, 
that he is your God: 
55 yet ye have not 
known him; but I 
know him: and if I 


1ΩΑΝΝ ΗΣ. Vi, 
3 3 > . 3 , τ « 9 OF 0 > κ " 
λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ.γινώσκετε; ὅτι. οὐ ὑύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν 


*speech my doyenotknow? Because yeareunable to hear 

, A ’ « ~ A fe , ? - 
λόγον τὸν ἐμόν. 44 ὑμεῖς ἐκ» πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστέ, 
2word Imy. Ye οἳ. [ιο] father ,the devil are, 


καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ.πατρὸς.ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν. ἐκεῖνος 
to do. He 


and the lusts of your father ye desire 
x Ἴ ~ DR ~ > , ? 
ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ Xo! 
a murderer was from [the] beginning, and in the truth 2not 
ἕστηκεν ὅτι οὐκ.έστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ. Όταν λαλῇ 


him. Whenever he may speak!. 


"has stood, because there is not truth in 
‘ “Ὁ ῃ ~ Ὁ 7 - ε/ ’ ? ‘ Ν £ 
τὸ ψεῦδος, ἐκ τῶν.ἰδίων λαλεῖ: ὅτι ψεύστης ἐστὶν καὶ ὁ 
falsehood, from hisown hespeaks; for a liar heis and the 
πατὴρ αὐτοῦ. 45 ἐγὼ δὲ ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγων, οὐ 
father of it. Ἵ 4and *because the truth speak, “not 
πιστεύετέ μοι. 46 τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει µε περὶ ἁμαρτίας; 
ἦγο *do believe me. Whichof you convinces me concerning sin? 
ei70&" ἀλήθειαν λέγω, Ἀδιατί! ὑμεῖς οὐ.πιστεήετέ μοι; 47 ὃ 
But if truth Ispeak, why “ye ‘do®not believe me? He that 


ΓῚ 3 ~ ~ ‘ cr ~ ~ 2 , δ A ~ € ~ 
ὧν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούει" διὰ τοῦτο ὑμεῖς 


is ΟΕ ‘God the words of God hears: therefore ye 
3 ? [ή er 1 ~ ~ 2 1 [ή ? ’ 
οὐκ.ἀκούετε, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκιἐστέ. 48 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν 
hear not, because of God ye are not. Answered 


b = a || Cae ~ ges lj 3 ο. ? λῶ ’ κ « - 
οὖν" οἱ ᾿Τουδαῖοι καὶ “εἴπον" αὐτῷ, Οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς 
thereforetha Jews and said tohim, *Not “well ‘say “we 
ὅτι Σαμαρείτης" εἶ σύ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις ; 49 ᾿Απεκρίθη 
that 8 ϑδιδδυϊδῃ Ξαγὺ ‘thou, and a demon hast ὃ 2 Answered 
Ἰησοῦς, Εγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ.έχω, ἀλλὰ τιμῶ τὸν.πατέρα.µου, 


‘Jesus, I ‘ademon havenot; but Ihonour my Father, 

‘ « ~ ? / αν 3 ‘ δὲ 2 ~ ‘ . τὶ 
καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀτιμάζετε με. 860 γε τ οὐ.ζητῶ τὴν.δόξαν.µου 
and ye dishonour me, ut I seek not my glory: 


ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων. 51 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐάν 
thereishe who seeks and judges. Verily verily Isay toyou, If 
τις τὸν “λόγον mele μον τηρήσῃ, θάνατον ov.un θεωρήσῃ 
anyone sword y *keep, death ino wise shall he see 
εἰς τὸν. αἰῶνα. 52 4Etrov' δοῦν! αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, Νῦν 
for ever. *Said therefore ‘to Shim “the #Jews, Now 
ἐγνώκαμεν ὅτι δαιμόνιον ἔχει. ᾿Λβραὰμ ἀπέθανεν καὶ οἱ 
we know that ademon thouhast. Abraham died and the 
προφῆται, καὶ σὺ λέγεις, “Edy τις τὸν. λόγον.μου τηρήσῃ, 
prophets, and thou sayest, If anyone 2my “word ‘keep, 
οὐ μὴ Ἀγεύσεται! θανάτου εἰς τὸν.αἰῶνα. 58 μὴ σὺ μείζων 
of death for ever. “Thou greater’ 
5 ~ A « ~ 7 ; ε/ 3 [ή ‘A ε 
εἶ τοῦ.πατρὸς ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραάμ, ὕστις ἀπέθανεν; καὶ οἱ προ- 
tart than our father Abraham, who died? and the pro- 
φῆται ἀπέθανον" τίνα σεαυτὸν iod! ποιεῖς; 54 ᾿Απεκρίθη 
phets . died | whom “thyself *thou ‘makest? > Answered 
2 ~ , ‘ 
Inoovc, Edy ἐγὼ Ἐδοξάζω! ἐμαυτόν, ἡ.δόξα.µου οὐδέν ἐστιν" 
4Jesus, Tf 1 glorify myself, my glory nothing is; 
” € , ς , εν « - ’ a 
ἔστιν ὁ-πατήριμου ὃ δοξάζων με, ὃν Ὁυμεῖς λεγετε, OTE 
it is my Father who glorifies me, [of] whom ye say, that 
. \ ε ~, - 4 ‘ 
θεὸς Ἰὑμῶν" ἐστιν, 55 καὶ οὐκ.ἐγνώκατε . αὐτόν, ἐγὼ.δὲ οἶδα 
"ᾶοᾶ your δ is. _And ye have not known him, butI know 


5 « 
ἐστιν ο 


: Ν τ 
ΕΕ ------..... ---------- -σ ὓῖ ὓᾶῆἓὭἩὭΏ μμ”... μμ μμ μαι μμμμμμωμωμω μμ. 


w + τοῦ the GLTTrA. 


® διὰ τί LTra. 
εἶπαν τ. 


Ὁ.-- οὖν GLTTrA, 
ο ὃ — οὖν LTTrA. 
movers taakest thou) GLTTra. 


"οὐκ τ 5 + [ὑμῖν] to thee 1, Σ--- δὲ but GLTTra. 
5 εἶπαν LTTrA, © Ῥαμαρίτης τ. 5 ἐμὸν λόγον LTTra. 
h γεύσηται should he taste GLTTraw. i— σὺ (read 


κ δοξάσω shall glorify Lrtra, 1 ἡμῶν Our TTraw. 


Witt 1X. ΙΟ ΠΕΝ, 

? ΄ 3 m 4 ry) ΤΙ ” ϱ/ τ -Ὁ ? , ” ev 
avuTov και eav" ειπω OTL ουκ.οιοα αυτο}, εσομαι οµοιος 
him ; and if Isay that [know not him, Ishallbe like 

~ ΄ ? ? > η , νι A , ? ~ 
οὑμῶν," ψεύστης" Card’! οἶδα αὐτόν, καὶ τὸν.λόγον αὐτοῦ 
you, a liar. But Iknow him, and his word 
ο 3 ε » 2 ΄ r ” 
τηρῶ. 56 Αβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν ἠγαλλιάσατο ἵνα Ρίἴδῃ! 


I keep. Abraham exulted in that he should see 


τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν" καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη. 57 Εἶπον" οὖν 


your Father 


“day ‘my, and hesaw and rejoiced. Said therefore 
ot Ιουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, Πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, 
the Jews to him, Fifty years [old] not yet art thou, 


ΑΦ 4 ο - - - ? ~ rill 2 ~ ? ‘ 
καὶ Αθραὰμ ἑώρακας; 88 Ἐϊπεν αὐτοῖς τὸ ]ησοῦς, Αμὴν 
and Abraham hast thou seen? "Said %to *them *Jesus, Verily 
ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, πρὶν ᾿Αβραὰμ γενέσθαι ἐγώ εἰμι. 59 Ἦραν 
verily Isay to you, Before Abraham was i ἵπτα They took up 

οὖν λίθους ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν" Ἰησοῦς.δὲ ἐκρύβη, 
therefore stones that they might cast at him ; but Jesus 

\ PEALE ? at ~ 5) λθά ὃ ᾿Ὶ , ᾽ ~ τ 
καὶ ἑξηλγεν ἐκ τοῦ ιερου, ιελσωγ ια μέσου αυτων 
and went forth outof the temple, going through the midst of them, 
καὶ παρῆγεν οὕτως." 
and “passed ὁπ ‘thus. 

9 Καὶ παράγων εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον τυφλὸν ἐκ γενετῆς. 2 καὶ 

And passing on he saw aman blind from birth. And 


ρώτησαν αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ.αὐτοῦ λέγοντες, “PaBBi," ric 


Sasked *him *his *disciples saying, Rabbi, who 
e πα. Li ~ ~ U , ~ 
ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ. γονεῖς. αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ ; 

sinned, this [man] or his parents, that blind heshouldbe born? 


ἥμαρτεν οὔτε οἱ .γονεῖς 


3 Απεκριθη "ὁ" Ἰησοῦς, Οὔτε οὗτος 
nor, parents 


*Answered Jesus, Neither this [man] sinned 
αὐτοῦ ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ. 
‘his ; but that should be manifested the works of God in him, 
4 "ἐμὲ! δεῖ ἐργάζεσθαι τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πέἐμψαντὸς "με" 
*Me ‘it “bchoves to work the works of him who sent me 
΄ ΄ . er n ‘ im. 

ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν" ἔρχεται νύξ, ὅτε οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐργάζεσθαι. 

while day it is; “comes ‘night, whennoone is able to work. 


ree : ? epi > ~ ? ~ ΄ 1 ΜΑ 
ὃ οταν EV τῷ κόσμῳ ὠ, ὥς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου. 6 Ταῦ 


While in the world I may be, [πε] light lam ofthe world. These 
Ta εἰπών, ἔπτυσεν χαμαί, καὶ ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ 
things having said, hespat on([the] ground, and made clay of 


~ , $2 A A \ ? 
τοῦ πτύσµατος, καὶ ἐπέχρισεν * τὸν πηλὸν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 
the spittle, and - applied the clay to the eyes 

~ ~ «ll ‘ = ? ~ Bs 7 ᾽ὔ Ι > A 
Υτοῦ τυφλοῦ 7 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὕπαγε, "γίψαι' εἰς τὴν 
ofthe blind [man]. And hesaid Το Πῖπα, ο, wash in the 


κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ, ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος. 
ent, 





hid himself, 


271 


should say, I know 
him not, I shall be a 
liar like unto you: but 
I know him, and keep 
his saying. 56 Your 
father Abraham re- 
joiced to see my day: 
and he saw ?t, and was 
glad. 57 Then said the 
Jews unto him, Thou 
art not yet fifty years 
old, and hast thou seen 
Abraham? 58 Jesus 
said unto them, Verily, 
verily, I say unto you, 
Before Abraham was, 
I am. 59 Then took 
they up stones to cast 
at him: but Jesus hid 
himself, and went out 
of the temple, going 
through the midst of 
them, and so passed 
by. 


IX. And as Jesus 
passed by, he saw a 
man which was blind 
from his birth. 2 And 
his disciples asked 
him, saying, Master, 
who did sin, this man, 
or his parents, that he 
was born blind? 3 Je- 
sus answered, Neither 
hath this man sinned, 
nor his parents: but 
that the works of God 
should be made mani- 
fest in him. 4 I must 
work the works of 
him that sent me, 
while it is day: the 
night cometh, when no 
man can work. 5 As 
long as I am in the, 
world, I am the light 
of the world. 6 When 
he had thus spoken, he 
spat on the ground, 
and made clay of the 
spittle, and he anoint- 
ed the eyes of the blind 
man with the clay, 
7 and said unto him, 
Go, wash in the pool 
of Siloam, (which is by 





pool of Siloam, which ge mnpeEpreted, ϊ interpretation, Sent.) 
ἀπῆλθεν οὖν καὶ ἐνίψατο, καὶ ἦλθεν βλέπων. 8 Οἱ οὖν He went his way there- 
He went thercfore and washed, and came seeing. The *therefore adits, ceva re ΤΣ 
ae \ « ~ ? \ \ ΄ .“ a λ δ. Β " 

0 προτερογν Οτι "τυφλος" neighbours therefore, 

Ύειτονες και οι θεωροῦντες αυτον a pe 
‘neighbours and ee who ; -- him ‘ before that blind a pei heh ἢ πὴ ας 
ἦν. ἔλεγον, Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν; was blind, said, Is not 
he was, said, "Not 3018 115 he who wassitting and begging ? ερηδ geyser rai 
“ » «“ e ia, 
ϱ "Αλλοι ἔλεγον, Ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν" ἄλλοι." δέ," “Ore! ὅμοιος This is he: others said, 
Some said, ΞῊ 6 lit 7is, but others, “Like Heis like him: but he 
πι κἂν LTTr. ἃ ὑμῖν LTr. °a@AAGLTTrAW. PeldyT. 3 Εἶπαν τ. *—OTTr. 5 -- διελθὼν 


τ Ῥαββείτ. a ὁ GLTTrAW. 


ees. οὕτως GLTTrA. Ἶ ‘ 
Υ — τοῦ τυφλοῦ [L]TTrA. 


1 + αὐτοῦ on him ΤΤΤΤΑ. 
GLTTrAw. Ὁ — δέ but [L]}rrra. 
ἔλεγον [Οὐχί, ἀλλ᾽] L. 


z μάς] L. 


v ἡμᾶς US TTr. 
4 προσαίτης a beggar 
ο ἔλεγον, Οὐχί, ἀλλ᾽ (ἀλλὰ T) Said, No, but Ttra ; 


W ἡμᾶς US T. 


272 

said, Iam he, 10 There- 
fore said they unto 
him, How were thine 
eyes opencd? 11 He 
answered and said, A 
man that is called Je- 
sus made clay, and an- 
ointed mine cyes, and 
said unto me, Go to 
the pool of Siloam, 
and wash: and I went 
and washed, and I re- 
ceived sight. 12 Then 
said they unto him, 
Where is he? He said, 
1 know noi. 


13 They brought to 
the Pharisees him that 
aforetime was blind. 
14 And it was the 
sabbath day when 
Jesus made the clay, 
and opened his eyes. 
15 Then again the Pha- 
risees also asked him 
how he had received 
his sight. He said un- 
to them, He put clay 
upon mine eyes, and Ι 
washed, and do see, 
16 Therefore said some 
of the Pharisees, This 
man is not of God, Ῥε- 
cause he keepeth not 
the sabbath day. 
Others said, How can 
& man that isa sinner 
do such miracles? And 
there was a division 
among them. 17 They 
say unto the blind man 
again, What  sayest 
thou of him, that he 
hath opened thine 
eyes? He said, He is 
8 prophet. 18 But the 
Jews did not believe 
concerning him, that 
he had been blind, and 
received his sight, un- 
til they called the pa- 
rents of him that had 
received his sight. 
19 And they asked 
them, saying, Is this 
your son, who ye say 
was born blind? how 
then doth he now see? 


20 His parents answer-— 


ed them and said, We 
know that this is our 
son, and that he was 
born blind: 21 but by 
what means he now 








[L]rtra. 
loam) GurTtra. 


α ἦν τυφλὸς TIA, 
εἶπαν TTrA, 


* + ὁ (read the man that is called) 
am) « πὰ οὖν therefore LTTrA, 
4 ἐν ἢ ἡμέρᾳ in which day ττττΑ. 
παρὰ θεοῦ ὃ ἄνθρωπος LTTrA. 


ΙΧ. 


10 Ἔλεγον 
They said 


IQANNHS. 
~ y ~ 2, > 
αὐτῷ ἐστιν. ᾿ἙἘκεῖνος ἔλεγεν, εἰμι. 
“him ‘the “is. He said, am [he]. 
τμ ? ~ ~ - . εἰ | , κ. 2 
οὖν αὐτῷ, Πῶς" favégyOnoay" ἔσου" οἱ ὀφθαλμοί; 11 Απ- 
therefore tohim, How were opened thine eyes? ?An- 
, δεν ος 1 - ΄ ? ~ 
ἐκρίθη ἐκεῖνος "καὶ εἶπεν," Ανθρωπος ἷ λεγόμενος ᾿Ιησοῦς 
swered the and said, A man called Jesus 
4 , ‘ , 3 . » 4 τ ΄ 
πηλὸν ἐποίησεν καὶ ἐπέχρισέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, καὶ εἶπεν 
clay made and appliedto mine eyes, and said 
t > ‘ , ον A ‘ 2 
μοι," Ὕπαγε εἰς Ιτὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ" Σιλωὰμ καὶ νίψαι. 
to me, Go to the pool of Siloam and = wash: 
ἀπελθὼν "Ιδὲῖ καὶ νιψάμενος ἀνέβλεψα. 19 3" Εἰπονὶ Ροῦνὶ 
having *gone ‘and and washed I received sight. They said therefore 
αὐτῷ, Ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος; Λέγει, Οὐκ.οῖδα. 
tohim, Where [15 he? He says, I know not, 
19 "Αγουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, τόν ποτε 
They bring “*him 1to 2the Pharisees, who once [was] 
τυφλόν. 14 ἠν. δὲ σάββατον Are" τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ 
blind. Now it was sabbath when “the *clay “made 
Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς. 16 πάλιν οὖν 
‘Jesus and opened*® his eyes. Again therefore 


2 ΄ ? \ 3 ε - ~ ? , | { A 7 
ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ αἱ Φαρισαῖοι πῶς ἀνέβλεψεν. ῥὁ.δὲ εἶπεν 


Ὅτι ἐγώ 
I 


asked him ‘alsothé Pharisees how hercceivyed sight. Andhe said 

~ \ ΕΣ, ο ον ‘ ? x ' ᾿ 
αὐτοῖς, Πηλὸν ἐπέθηκεῖϊ τἐπὶ τοὺς. ὀφθαλμούς μου," καὶ Ever 
to them, Clay he put on mine eyes, anil τ 


ψάμην, καὶ βλέπω. 160 Ἔλεγον οὖν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων τινές, 


washed, and 1 seg »» “Said therefore?of *the ‘Pharisees ‘some, 


εΟὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὐκ.ἔστιν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ," ὅτι TO σάββατον 
This man * - is not from God, forthe sabbath 
οὐ.τηρεῖ. "Αλλοι ἔλεγον, Πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς 
he does not keep. Others. said, How can aman a sinner 


~ ~ ~ = / aN ? 2 ν / 
τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν; Καὶ σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς. 17 Λε 


such signs do? And adivision was among them. They 
γουσινἵ τῷ τυφλῷ πάλιν, Σὺ τί! λέγεις περὶ αὐτοῦ, 


say: tothe blind [man] again, *Thou ‘what Ξξαγοςί concerning him, 


(ee Ξ = 
Ort "ἠνοιξέν" σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς ; ὉΟ.δὲ εἶπεν, Ὅτι προ- 


for heopened thine eyes? Απάὰ Πο said, A Ῥτο- 
’ 3 / ᾽ > , ey Μα αμ ἆ ‘ 

φητης ἐστίν. 18 Οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ιουδαῖοὶ περὶ 

phet he is. *Did *not ®believe *therefore ‘the 7Jews concerning 


αὐτοῦ, ὅτι “τυφλὸς ἦν" καὶ ἀνέβλεψεν, ἕως ὅτου ἐφώνησαν 
him, that *blind *he*wasand received sight, until they called 
τους γονεῖς αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀναβλεψαντος 19 καὶ ἠρώτησαν 
the . parents ofhim who had received sight. And they asked 
? ‘ / ca , « εν ~ εν ~ 
αὐτοὺς λέγοντες, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς ὑμῶν ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε 
them saying, ?This lis yourson, ofwhom ye say 
«“ Η͂ ? , ~ ” , 
οτι τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη ; πῶς οὖν Σᾶρτι βλέπει" ; 20 ᾿Απεκρίθη- 
that blind hewasborn? how then now does Ἡθ 5οο 2 3 Answered 
? ~ « ~ Φ ~ 4 “ » Ul - ΄ 
σαν” "αὐτοῖς" οἱ γονεῖς. αὐτοῦ καὶ Petrov," Οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὗτός 
*them his *parents and said, We know that this 
? « ει ε ~ ~ ~ 
ἔστιν O.VLOC.NUGY, καὶ ὅτι τυφλος ἐγεννήθη" 21 πῶς.δὲ νῦν 
is our son, and that blind he was born; but how now 


en EES Ee 
ἃ + δὲ however t. 


© + οὖν then [1]τ[α]. 8 σοι Ἑ. ἃ -- καὶ εἶπεν 
TT:[A]. k + ὅτι τττ. [ τὸν (read Go to Si- 
n+ [καὶ] and tr. ο εἶπαν LTTrA. P — οὖν LTTrA. 
* MOU ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς GLTTTAW 5 Οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος 
fA. | * + οὖν therefore LTTrAW. τ Τί σὺ τι. 3 ἠνέωξέν Tra, 
Υ βλέπει ἄρτι ΙΤΊτΑ. 2. + οὖν therefore Lz. ® — αὐτοῖς [L]TTrA, 


f ν ΄ ΄ 
ηνεωχθησάν LTTrA. 


ΙΧ. JOHN. 


λέ > ΚΑ "ΔῊ a , » Be πε Se A ? θ λ 4 
βλεπει οὐκ οἴδαμεν, ἢ τίς ἤνοιξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 
he sees wekncow not, or who opened his eyes 
ἡμεῖς οὐκ.οἴδαμεν' δαὐτὸς ἡλικίαν ἔχει, αὐτὸν ἐρωτήσατε," 
we know not; he is of age, 7him Task, 
αὐτὸς περὶ “αὑτοῦ! λαλήσει. 22 Ταῦτα εἶπον οἱ γονεῖς 
he concerning himself shall speak. These things said “parents 
αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους" Ίδη.γὰρ συνε- 
"his, because they feared the Jews ; for already had agreed 
τέθειντο ot Ιουδαῖοι, ἵνα ἐάν τις αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ 
together the Jews, that if anyone him_ should confess [to be the] 
χριστόν, ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται. 23 διὰ τοῦτο οἱ γονεῖς 
Christ, put out of the 5 Άασοσαε he should be. Becauseof this “parents 
αὐτοῦ 'εἶπον," Ὅτι ἡλικίαν ἴχει, αὐτὸν ξἐρωτήσατε"" 94 Ἐφώ- 
‘his said, He is of age, 7him ask, They 
γησαν οὖν Λλὲκδευτέρου τὸν ἄνθρωπον! ὃς ἦν τυφλός, καὶ 
cailed therefore asecondtime the man who was blind, and 
[εἶπον' αὐτῷ, Adc δόξαν τῷ θεῷ" ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι 16 ἄνθρω- 
said tohim, Give glory ᾽ toGod; we know that 2man 
πος οὗτος" ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν. 25 ᾿Απεκρίθη οὖν ἐκεῖνος 
‘this a sinner is. %Answered therefore ‘he 
]ς ‘ τ I 2 δ 7 2 » τὰ - a 4 ε 
καὶ εἶπεν," Et ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν οὐκ.οἶδα" ἕν οἶδα, ὅτι 
and said, lf a sinner he is I know not. One [thing] I know, that 
τυφλὺς ὧν ἄρτι βλέπω. 26 Εἶπον.δὲ' αὐτῷ π πάλιν," Τί 
*blind ‘being ΠΟ 1566. And they said to him again, What 
ἐποίησέν σοι; πῶς ἤνοιξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς ; 27 Απε- 
did he tothee? how opened he thine eyes ? He an- 
κρίθη αὐτοῖς, Εἶπον ὑμῖν ἤδη, καὶ οὐκ.ἠκούσατε' τί πάλιν 
swered them, I told you already,and yedidnothear: why again 
θέλετε ἀκούειν; μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς.θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι; 
do ye wish to hear? 3150 ‘do *ye wish his disciples to become? 


28" ErXowWspnoay οὖν" αὐτόν, καὶ Ῥεῖπον," Σὺ “εἶ μαθητὴς! 


They “railed *at ‘therefore him, and βαϊᾶ, Thou art “disciple 
ἐκείνου" ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ "Μωσέως! ἐσμὲν μαθηταί. 29 ἡμεῖς οἴδα- 
npetc.0& του "Μωσεως" ἐσμὲν μαθηταί. ημεῖς O10 
this, but we of Moses are disciples, We know 


μὲν ὅτι *Mwog" λελάληκεν ὁ θεός" τοῦτον δὲ  οὐκ.οῖδαμεν 
that to Moses "ΠΒ8 *spoken 1God; but this [man] we know not 

, ᾽ / , / c ” ‘ στ ? ~ ? 
πόθεν ἐστίν. 30 Απεκρίθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ἐν 
whence Τε 18. 2Answered ‘the 7?man and said tothem, 7In 
γὰρ τούτῳ! θαυμαστόν ἐότιν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ.οἴδατε πόθεν 
4indeed this awonderfulthing is, that ye know not whence 
ἐστίν, καὶ τἀνέῳξέν! µου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς. 31 οἴδαμεν." δὲ" ὅτι 
heis, and heopened mine eyes. But we know that 
~ 5» 2 ZT 
Σἁμαρτωλῶν ὁ θεὸς" οὐκ.ἀκούει ἀλλ᾽ ἐάν τις θεοσεβὴς ἢ, 
sinners God doesnothear; but if anyone God-fearing be, 
καὶ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ποιῇ, τούτου ἀκούει. 32 ἐκ. τοῦ αἰῶνος 

and the will of him do, him Β6 hears. “Ever 

οὐκ ἠκούσθη, ὅτι Τήνοιξεν" τις ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλοῦ 
4it *was*not heard that "ορεπεᾶ ‘anyone [the] eyes of fone) *blind 
γεγεννηµένου. 33 εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ θεοῦ οὐκ ἠ- 
having “been *born, If “τοὺ *were ‘this (*man] from God he 

~ / A Ἂν ρω” 3 
δύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν. 94 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν καὶ "εἶπον' αὐτῷ, Ἐν 
could do nothing. They answered and said tohim, In 
ἃ αὐτὸν ἐρωτήσατε, αὐτὸς (— αὐτὸς TTrA) ἡλικίαν ἔχει LTTrA, © ἑαυτοῦ 
Εξ ἐπερωτήσατεἹ. ἃ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ δευτέρου LTTrA. — 
LItraw. οὖν therefore (they said) ἹπττΑα. ™— πάλιν LTTrA. 
railed) Tr. 9 -- οὖν GLTTrAW. P εἶπαν T. 4 μαθητὴς εἶ LTTrA. 
® Mwicet LTTrA; Μῳυσῇ Ἢ t τούτῳ γὰρ TTrA. — 
π ἠνοϊξέν LTTr. * — δὲ but LTTra. J ὃ θεὸς ἁμαρτωλῶν LTrA, 


i οὗτος 0 ἄνθρωπος L. 


n+ οἱ δὲ (read But they 


273 
seeth, we know not; 
or who hath opened 
his eyes, we know not: 
he is of age; ask him: 
he shall speak for him- 
self. 22 These words 
spake his parents, he- 
cause they feared the 
Jews: for the Jews had 
agreed already, that if 
any man did confess 
that he was Christ, he 
should be put out 
of the synagogue. 
23 Therefore said his 
parents, He is of age; 
ask him, 24 Then a- 
gain called they the 
man that was blind, 
and said unto him, 
Give God the praise: 
we know that this 
man isasinner. 25 He 
answered and said, 
Whether he be a sin- 
ner or no, I know not: 
one thing I know, 
that, whereas I was 
blind, now I sce. 
26 Then said they to 
him again, What did 
he to thee ἢ how open- 
ed he thine eyes? 27 He 
answered them, I have 
told you already, and 
ye did not hear: where- 
fore would ye hear ἐξ 
again ? will ye also be 

*his disciples? 28 Then 
they reviled him, and 
said, Thou art his dis- 
ciple; but we are 
Moses’ disciples. 29 We 
know that God spake 
unto Moses: as for this 
fellow, we know not 
from whence he is. 
30 The man answered 
and said unto them, 
Why heyin is a mar- 
vellous thing, that ye 
know not from whence 
he is, and yet he hath 
opened mine eyes. 
31 Now we know that 
God heareth not sin- 
ners: but if any man 
be a worshipper of 
God, and doeth his 
will, him he heareth. 
32 Since the world be- 
gan was it not heard 
that any man opened 
the eyes of one that 
was born blind. 33 If 
this man were not of 
God, he could do no- 
thing. 34 They an- 
swered and said unto 
him, Thou wast alto- 


f εἶπαν LTTrA. 
a 
k,— καὶ εἶπεν 


τπτ, 


τ Μωυσέως LTTrAW. 


ν + τὸ the (wonderful thine’) rrr, 
Σ ἠνεωξέν Tr, 5 εἶπαν LTTrA. 


τ 


274 


gether born in sins, 
and dost thou teach 
us? And th:y cast him 
out. 35 Jesus heard 
that they had cast him 
out; and when he had 
found him, he said un- 
to him, Dest thou be- 
lieve on the Son of 
God? 36 He answered 
and said, Who is he, 
Lord, that I might be- 
lieve on him? 37 And 
Jesus said unto him, 
Thou hast both seen 
him, and it is he that 
talketh ' with thee. 
38 And he said, Lord, 
Ibelieve. And he wor- 
shipped him. 39 And 
Jesus said, For judg- 
ment I am come into 
this world, that they 
which see not might 
sec; and that they 
which see might be 
made blind. 40 And 
some of the Pharisces 
which were with him 
heard these words, and 
said unto him, Are we 
blind also? 41 Jesus 
waid unto them, If ye 
were blind, ye should 
have no sin: but now 
ye say, We see; there- 
fore your sin remain- 
eth. 


X. Verily, verily, I 
say unto you, He that 
entereth not by the 
door into the sheep- 
fold; but climbeth up 
some other way, the 
game is a thief and a 
robber. 2 But he that 
entereth in by the door 
is the shepherd of the 
sheep. 3 To him the 
porter openeth ; and 
the sheep hear his 
voice: and he calleth 
his own sheep by 
name, and leadeth 
themout. 4 And when 
he putteth forth his 
own sheep, he gccth 
before them, and the 
shcep follow him: for 
they know his voice, 
5 And a stranger will 
they not follow, but 
will flee from him: for 
they know not the 
voice of strangers. 
6 This parable spake 
Jesus unto them: but 
they understood not 
what things they were 
wh'ch he spake unto 
them. 





IQANNHE. 
ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, 


τα. X, 


3 ατα κα ε - νά 
καὶ συ ὀιῤασκεις ἡμας; Καὶ 


sins thon wast born wholly, and ?thou 'teachest τι» And 
we « ? ~ τε πο. 
ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω. 30 ὌἨκουσεν "ὁ" ᾿Ιησυῦς ὅτι ἐξέβαλαν 
they cast him out. *Heard Jesus that they cast 
‘ ” \ ‘ 7 ? Ὁ Ν 4 ’ 
αὐτὸν ἔξω: καὶ εὑρὼν αὐτὸν εἶπεν "αὐτῷ, Σὺ πιστεῦεις 
him out, and having found him said tohim, ?Thou ‘'believe-t 


εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀθεοῦ 3" 86 ᾿Απεκρίθη ἐκεῖνος “καὶ εἶπεν," "Τις 
on the Son of God? 2Answered the αμᾶ said, Who 


ἐστιν, κύριε, ἵνα πιστεύσω εἰς αὐτόν; 37 Εἶπεν 5δὲ) αὐτῷ 


is he, Lord, that I may believe on him ? And ?’said *to *him 
©? ~ 4 =z ? , ay ε x λ - ‘ ~ 
ὁ Τησοῦς, Καὶ εώρακας αυτον, και ο αλῶν μετὰ Gov 

1Jesus, 7Both Sthou Shast scen him,’ and he who speaks’ with thice 


ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν. 88 Ὁ δὲ ἔφη, Πιστεύω, κύριε καὶ προσεκύνη- 
“he lis. And he said, I believe, Lord: and_ he worshipped 
~ ~ ~ ’ ΄ , ‘ , ‘ 
σεν αὐτῷ. 99 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Eig κρίμα ἐγὼ εἰς τὸν 
him. And. ?said ~ 1Jesus, For judgment I _ into 
κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον, ἵνα οἱ. μὴ. βλέποντες βλέπωσιν, καὶ 
this world came, that they that see not might see, and 
οἱ βλέποντες τυφλοὶ γένωνται. 40 "Kai" ἤκουσαν ἐκ τῶν 
they that see blind might become. And ‘°heard 7of *the 
Φαρισαίων Ἱταῦτα" οἱ oyrec μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ," καὶ ἰεῖ- 
*Pharisees ?°these things ‘those*°who ὅπετο ‘with “him, and they 
πον" αὐτῷ, Μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖ λοί ἐ ; 41 Εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ 
υ, Μη Ίμεις τυφλοὶ ἐσμεν 5 ἰπε ὑτοις 0 
said tohim, 3Also "νο *blind ‘are? Said tothem 
? ~ ? \ ” ᾽ n ” « / - η , 
Inoovc, Et τυφλοὶ ἦτε, ovK.av-eiyere ἁμαρτίαν" viv.ce λε- 
Jesus, If blind ye were, ye would not have sin ; but now ya 
a / 2 « απ πο ῃ « / « » ’ 
γετε, Ότι βλέπομεν η "οὖν" ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν µενει. 
say We sce, the *therefore sin of you remains. 
10 ᾽Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. ὁ μὴ. εἰσερχόμενος διὰ τῆς 
Verily verily Isay ίοτοι, He that enters not in by the 
θύρας εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων, ἀλλὰ ἀναβαίνων ἀλ- 
door ἴο the fold ofthe sheep, but mountsup,_ else- 
λαχόθεν, ἐκεῖνος κλέπτης ἐστὶν καὶ λῃστής" 2 Océ εἶσερ- 
where, he a thief is and arobber; but he that en- 
χόµενος διὰ τῆς θύρας ποιμήν ἐστιν τῶν προβάτων. 8 τούτῳ 
ters in by the door shepherd ᾿ 1 ofthe sheep. Ὁ him 
t / ‘ ~ ~ ~ 
ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει, καὶ τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς. αὐτοῦ ἀκούει, 
the door-keeper opens, and the sheep his voice hear, 
καὶ τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα "καλεῖ! Kar’ ὄνομα, καὶ ἐξάγει αὐτά. 
and his own sheep hecalls by name, and leads *out ‘them, 
4 cai! ὅταν τὰ ἴδια Ῥπρόβαταϊ ἐκβάλῃ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 
And when his own sheep he puts forth before them ἡ 
/ ‘ ’ ~ ~ « 
πορεύεται" καὶ τὰ πρόβατα αὐτῷ ἀκολουθεῖ, ὅτι οἴδασιν 
he goes ; and the sheep him follow, because they know 
\ 1 ~ ἘΝῚ Ἢ ΤΊ ον ” 
τὴν. φωνὴν αὐτοῦ. 5 ἀλλοτρίῳ. δὲ οὐ μὴ “ἀκολουθήσωσιν," 
his voice, But astranger in no wise they should follow, 
? A / - 4 > ~ ” ~ ΄ 
ἀλλὰ φεύξονται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ: ὅτι οὐκ οἴδασιν τῶν ἀλλοτρίων 
but will flee from him, because they know not of strang« rs 
THY φωνὴν. 6 Ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς, 


the voice. This allegory 2spoke 3ΐο *them 1Jesus, 
? ~ 3 ve « ΄ ~ 
ἐκεῖνοι. δὲ οὐκ. ἔγνωσαν τίνα τήνὶ ἃ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς. 

but they knew not what it was which he spoke to them, 


Se ICG 


Ὁ -- ὁ τ[τ.]. 


f+ καὶ and GTTrAW. 


αὐτοῦ ὄντες LTTrA. 
TTra. 
it niight ba tr, 


Ρ πάντα all 


© — αὐτῷ τ[ττα]. 4 ἀνθρώπου of man Τ. ε — καὶ εἶπεν τα]. 


ο Ἐν δὲ and τπτ. Β-- καὶ ΤΤΤΑ, i— ταῦτα 1. k μετ’ 
= - 

εἶπαν τ. m — οὖν [L]TTra. Ὁ φωνεῖ he calls ττττα. 9--- καὶ 

(his own) LTTra. 4 ἀκολουθήσουσιν will they fullowLrtTraw. τή 


xX. JOHN. Ξ 


7 ἘΠπεν οὖν "πάλιν αὐτοῖς! ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾽Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω 
“Said “therefore *again ‘to *them 1 Jesus, Verily verily 158. 
ὑμῖν, ‘ore ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων. 8 πάντες ὕσοι 
toyou, that I am the door ofthe sheep. All whoever 
"πρὸ ἐμοῦ ἦλθον! κλέπται εἰσὶν καὶ λῃσταί: ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ.ἤκουσαν 
before me came thieves are ‘and robbers; but did *not Shear 
αὐτῶν τὰ πρόβατα. ϑ ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα" δι ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις 
‘them ‘the sheep. I am the door: by me if anyone 


εἰσέλθῃ σωθήσεται, καὶ εἰσελεύσεται καὶ ἐξελεύσεται, καὶ 
enter in he shall be saved, and shall go in and shall go out, and 


νομὴν εὑρήσει. 10 ὁ κλέπτης οὐκ.έρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ 

Pp2sture shall find, The thief comes not except that he may steal 
\ Ωω \ ? ’ Ἔ ? ‘ > wv \ » 

καὶ busy καὶ ἀπολέσῃ" ἐγὼ ἦλθον ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν, 


and may kill and may destroy: I 
‘ A » > ’ > « A « , c 
και περισσὸν ἔχωσιν. 11 Εγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός" ὁ 
and abundaxzily might have [it]. if am the *shepherd ‘good. The 
ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβά- 
?shepherd ασοοᾶ his life lays down for the sheep: 
των.: 12 ὁ μισθωτὸς. “δε, καὶ οὐκ ὧν ποιμήν, οὗ οὐκ 
but the hired servant, and who is ποῦ [the] shegherd, whose “not 

Σεἰσὶν' τὰ πρόβατα ἴδια, sade τὸν λύκον ἐρχόμενον, καὶ 
16. 6. “sheep ἔρνη, see the wolf coming, and 


came that life they might have, 


ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα καὶ φεύγει καὶ ὁ λύκος ἁρπάζει αὐτὰ 
leaves the sheep, and flees; andthe wolf seizes them 

καὶ σκορπίζει τὰ πρόβατα. 13 ὁ. δὲ μισθωτὸς φεύγει! ὅτι 

and scatters the sheep. Now the hired servant flees because 


μισθωτός ἐστιν, καὶ οὐ-μέλει αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν προβάτων. 
a hired servant heis, and is not himself concerned about the sheep. 
14 ο εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός" καὶ γινώσκω τὰ ἐμά, 
J am the *shepherd *good; and Iknow those that [are] mine, 
καὶ ”γινώσκοµαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἐμῶν." 16 καθὼς γινώσκει 
and am known of those that [are] mine. As 2knows 
µε ὁ πατήρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν πατέρα" καὶ τὴν.ψυχήν.µου 
*me ‘the “Father, I also know the Father; and my life 
τίθηµι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων. 16 καὶ ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω, 
Ilay down for the sheep. And other sheep Ihave, 
ἃ οὐκ.ἔστιν ἐκ τῆς αὐλῆς. ταύτης" Kaxeiva "με δεῖ" 
which are ποῦ of this fold ; those also “me 185 *behoves 
ἀγαγεῖν, καὶ τῆς φωνῆς. μου ἀκούσουσιν' καὶ ὑγενήσεται! µία 
το Ὠτίης, and my voice they willhear; and _ thereshallbe one 
ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν. 17 διὰ τοῦτο “ὁ πατήρ μεὶ ἀγαπᾷ, 
flock, one shepherd. On this account the Father me loves, 


/ / ή ῥ ΄ ; / Ἢ αίἩ 
ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν.µου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν. 


because [ lay down my life, that again Imaytake it. 
18 οὐδεὶς αἴρει αὐτὴν ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ᾽ 
Noone takes it from me, but 1 laydown it of 
ἐμαυτοῦ. ἐξουσίαν ἔχω θεῖναι αὐτήν, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω 
myself. Authority Ihavetolay down it, and authority I have 


πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν' ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴ», ἔλαβον παρὰ 


again to take it. This commandment I received from 
~ , / πὶ πρὶ ή tr ? / ~ 

τοῦ. πατρός. μου. 19 Σχίσμα “οὖν" πάλιν έγενετο ἐν τοῖς 
my Father. A division therefore again there was among the 





5 αὐτοῖς πάλιν L3 --- πάλιν αὐτοῖς Τ; — αὐτοῖς A. 
ἐμοῦ GLTrA ; — πρὸ ἐμοῦ 1. Nines δὲ but [Tr]. 
([τὰ πρόβατα] A) ὃ δὲ μισθωτὸς φεύγει [L]rTra. 
rmoine know me 1 ΤΤΙΑ. 2 δεῖ we LTTrA. 

4 — οὖν LTTrA. 


χ ἔστιν LTTrA. 


S γενήσονται τα. 


Δ. — ὅτι [L]Tr[a]. 


275 

7 Then said Jesus 
unto them again, Ve- 
rily, verily, 1 say unto 
you, I am the door of 
the sheep. 8 All that 
ever came before me 
are thieves and rob- 
bers: but the sheep 
did not hear them. 
9 I am the door: by 
me if any man enter 
inthe shall be saved, 
and shall go in and 
out, and find pasture, 
10 The thief cometh 
not,but fortosteal,and 
to kill, and to destroy: 
I am come that they 
might have life, and 
that they might have 
5. more abundantly. 
11 I am the good shep- 
herd: the good shep- 
herd giveth his life for 
the sheep. 12 Bui he 
that is an _ hireling, 
and not the shepherd, 
whose own the sheep 
are not, seeth the wolf 
coming, and leaveth 
the sheep, and fleeth: 
and the wolf catcheth 
them, and scattereth 
thesheep. 13 Thehire- 
ling fleeth, because he 
is an hireling, and car- 
eth not for the sheep. 
14 I am the good shep- 
herd, and know my 
sheep, aid am known 
of mine. 15 As the 
Father knoweth me, 
even so know 1 the Fa- 


_ther: and I lay down 


my life for the sheep. 
16 And other sheep I 
have, which are not of 
this fold : them also I 
must bring, and they 
shall hear my voice; 
and there shall be one 
fold, and one shep- 
herd. 17 Therefore 
doth my Father love 
me, becauscl lay down 
my lite, that 1 might 
take it again. 18 No 
man taketh it from 
me, but 1 lay it down 
of myself. I have 
power to lay it down, 
and I have power to 
take it again. This 
commandment have I 
received of my Father. 
19 There was adivision 
therefore againamong 
the Jews for these 





7 ἦλθον πρὸ 
7 --- τὰ πρόβατα. 


: γινώσκουσίν µε τὸ ἐμά those that [are] 


© we ὁ πατὴρ LIT: A. 


276 

sayings. 20 And many 
of them said, He hath 
a devil, and is mad; 
why hear ye him? 
21 Others said, These 
are not the words of 
him that hath a devil. 
Can a devil open the 
eyes of the blind? 


90 And it was at 
Jerusalem the feast of 
the dedication, and it 
was winter. 23 And 
Jesus walked in the 
temple in Solomon’s 
porch, 24 Then came 
the Jews ronud about 
him, and said unto 
him, How long dost 
thou make us_ to 
doubt 2 If thou be the 
Christ, tell us plain- 
ly. 25 Jesus answered 
them, 1 told you, and 
ye believed not: the 
works that I doin my 


Father’s name, they: 


bear witness of ine, 
26 But ye believe not, 
because ye are not of 
my sheep, as 1 said 
unto you. 27 My sheep 
hear my voice, and 1 
Know them, and they 
follow me: 28 and 1 
give unto them eter- 
nal life; and they 
shall never perish, nei- 
ther shall any man 
pluck them out of my 
hand, 29 My Father, 
which gave them me, 
is greater than all; 
and no man is able to 

luck them out of m 

ather’s hand.. 30 1 
and my Father are one. 
31 Then the Jews took 
up stones again to 
stone him. 32 Jesus 
answered them, Many 
good works have [ 
shewed you from my 
Father ; for which of 
those works do ye 
stoneme? 33The Jews 
answered him, saying, 
For a good work we 


bs 

Ἰουδαίοις 20 -ἔλεγον “δὲ! 
Jews said *but 

πολλοὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν, Δαιμόνιον ἔχει καὶ μαίνεται" τί αὐτοῦ 
many of _ them, Ademon hehas and ismad; why him 

ἀκούετε; 91 "Αλλοι ἔλεγον, Ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ.ἔστιν 

do ye hear 2 Others said, These sayings are not [those] 
δαιμονιζομένου py δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν 


IQANWN HS. 
διὰ 


on account of 


τοὺς λόγους τούτους. 
these words ; 


of one possessed by a demon. 3Α Sdemon 115 able of [the] blind [the] 
ὀφθαλμοὺς favoiyey'; 

eyes to open ? 

22 ᾿Ἐγένετο δὲ τὰ ΚΕἐγκαίνιαὶ ἐν Ἀτοῖςὶ Ἱεροσολύμοις, 


And took place the feast of dedication at 
Ἱκαὶὶ χειμὼν ἦν' 23 καὶ περιεπάτει ὁ! Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 
and winter it was. And ?was “walking iJesus in the temple 
ἐν τῇ στοᾷ 'rov Σολομῶντος." 24 ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν 
in the porch of Solomon. *Encircled *therefore *him 
οἱ Ιουδαῖοι, καὶ ἔλεγον αὐτῷ, “Ewe πότε τὴν.ψυχὴν-ἡμῶν 
the σον, απᾶ said tohim, Until when our soul 

αἴρεις; εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός, Πεἰπὲ" ἡμῖν παρ- 
holdest thou imsuspense? If thou art the Christ, tell 8 plain- 
ῥησίᾳ. 25 ᾽Απεκρίθη "αὐτοῖς" *6" Ἰησοῦς, Εἶπον ὑμῖν, καὶ 
ly. 2 Answered $them Jesus, 1 told you, and 
οὐ πιστεύετε. τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρός 


Jerusalem, 


ye believe not. Theworks which I do in the name of 7Father 
µου, ταῦτα μαρτυρε περὶ ἐμοῦ: 26 οἀλλ" ὑμεῖς οὐ 
‘my, these bear witness concerning me: but ‘ye *not 


πισ ΄ a p ? eae | Oe ? ~ , ~ 2 ~ ᾳ θὰ 
Τεύετε’ Ῥοὺ. γάρ" ἐστε ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν, "καύως 


believe, foryearenot of *sheep my, as 
1 εἰ τὸ Ι 7 ‘ , Ya. ‘ ~ ~ τ, φ HH] 
εἶπον ὑμῖν." 27 τὰ πρόβατα Ta ἐμὰ τῆς. φωνῆς. μου τἀκούει, 
Isaid Το γοα. *Sheep Imy my voice hear, 


? ‘ 7 > Lae ‘ > ~ , ? 4 5 A 
κάγω γινώσκω αὐτά" καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι, 28 κἀγὼ "ζωὴν 
and I know them, and_ they follow me; ΔΒ | ite 
αἰώνιον δίδωμι αὐτοῖς" καὶ οὐ-μὴ ἀπόλωνται εἰς τὸν 
eternal give them ; and innowise shall they perish for 
αἰῶνα, καὶ οὐχ.ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆςχειρός-µου. 29 ὁ 


ever, , and *shall ‘not 3βείσε "anyone them out of my hand, 
πατήρ ἵμουϊ "ὃς" δεδωκέν μοι "μείζων πάντων" ἐστίν' καὶ 
My Father who has given(them]tome greater than all is, and 


οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ-πατρός Σμου.! 
no one is able toseize outof the hand -of my Father. 


y 90 ἐγώ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν. 31 ᾿Εβάστασαν Σοῦνὶ πάλιν 


I andthe Father one are. 5Τοοκ ®up 


λίθους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν. 82 ἀπεκρίθη 
7Tstones ‘the *Jews that they might stone him, 7Answered 


αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πολλὰ Ἰκαλὰ ἔργα! ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ 


*therefore *again 


them 1 Jesus, Many good works I shewed you from 
πατρός μου" διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον ῬὈλιθάζετέ με! ; 
my Father ; because of which ?of*them ‘work do ye stone me? 


33 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι «λέγοντες,ὶ Περὶ καλοῦ 
3Αποπγοτοᾶ *him ‘the 7Jews, saying, For agood 


a ass 


> = a 2 > - . 9 

ε οὖν προ =. { ἀνοῖξαι to have opened tira. ξἐνκαίνια Τ. h — τοῖς T. 1— και 
TTra. [ὁ] τε. | Σολομῶνος GLTAW ; τοῦ Σολομῶνος Tr. ™ εἰπὸν Τ. 2 -- av- 
Tots T. 9 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. Ρ ὅτι οὐκ Τττ. 4 --- καθὼς εἶπον ὑμῖν [τ,]ττι[α]. τ ἀκούουσιν 


[are] hearing ΤττΑ. 


5 ὃ what (he has given) τττΑ. : 
_ ὅ ἔργα καλὰ LT, 
¢ — λέγοντες LTTrAW, 


} — οὖν τ[ττ]. 
vA. 


5 δίδωμι αὐτοῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ΤΊτΑ. τ-- μου (read The Father) tr. 
Ἢ πάντων μεῖζόν ΤΤΤΑ. 5 — µου (read the Father) t[TrJa, 
ἃ — µου (read the Father) [L]r[trJa. Ὁ ἐμὲ λιθάζετε 


3X1. JOHN. 
ἔργου οὐ.λιθάζομέν σε, ἀλλὰ περὶ βλασφημίας, καὶ Ore 


work wedonotstone thee, but for blasphemy, and because 
σὺ ἄνθρωπος wy ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν θεόν. 84 ᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς 


thou ’a*man ‘being makest thyself God. ?Answered “them 
49! Ἰησοῦς, Οὐκ.ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ. ὑμῶν, “᾿Εγὼ 
1 6885, Is it not written in your law, I 


} 
fla," θεοί ἐστε; 35 Ei ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεούς, πρὸς οὓς ὁ 


said,  3ροᾶςῬ tye 2are? Tf them  hecalled gods, to whom the 
λόγος ἔτοῦ θεοῦ ἐγένετο," καὶ οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ γραφή: 
word of God came, {and cannot “be *broken ‘the ?scripture,) 


36 ὃν ὁ πατὴρ ἡγίασει' καὶ ἀπέστειλεν. εἰς τὸν κόοµον, 
{of him] whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world, 
ὑμεῖς.λέγετε, Ὅτι βλασφημεῖο, ὅτι εἶπον, Ὑἱὸς "τοῦ" θεοῦ 
do ye say, Thou blasphemest, because Isaid, Son of God 
εἰμι; 37 εἰ οὐ ποιῶ τὰ ἔργα. τοῦ.πατρός.µου, μὴ.πιστεύετέ 
Iam? If Idonot the works of my Father, believe not 
por 38 εἰδὲ ποιῶ, κἂν ἐμοὶ μὴ πιστεύητε," τοῖς ἔργοις 


me; butif Ido, evenif me ye believe not, the works 

Κπιστεύσατε,ὶ ἵνα γνῶτε καὶ Ιπιστεύσητεϊ ὅτι ἐν ἐμοὶ 
believe, that ye may perceive and may believe that in me [is] 

ὁ πατήρ, κἀγὼ ἐν Παὐτφ.ι 99 ᾿Ἐζήτουν ποὖν" οπἀλινὶ 


the Father, andI in him. They sought therefore again 


ον , \ χο. ? ~ 4 ee ‘ 
αὐτὸν πιάσαι καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς.χειρὸς. αὐτῶν. 40 Καὶ 
him to take, and he went forth out of their hand ; and 
ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, εἰς τὸν τόπον ὕπου ἦν 
departed again beyond the Jordan, to the place where was 
P'Iwavyyc' τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων" καὶ ἔμεινεν" ἐκεῖ, 41 καὶ 


John first baptizing ; and heabode there. And 
πολλοὶ ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἔλεγον, Ὅτι ΡΙἸωάννης" μὲν 
many came to him, and said, John indeed 


σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν᾽ πάντα.δὲ ὕσα εἶπεν Ρ]ωάννησϊ 


Ssign ‘did ΞΏΟ; but 411 whatsoever *said 1 John 
περὶ τούτου, ἀληθῆ ἦν: 42 Καὶ Τἐπίστευσαν πολλοὶ 
concerning this- [man], true were. And 2believed imany 
ἐκεῖ εἰς αὐτόν." 
there on him. 
~ , 3 A / 
11 Ἦν.δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας, 


Now there was acertain [man] sick, Lazarus of Bethany, 


ἐκ τῆς κώμης " Μαρίας καὶ Μάρθας τῆς. ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς. 2 ἦν 
of the village of Mary and Martha her sister, “It *was 
δὲ ‘Mapia' ἡ ἀλείψασα Τὸν κύριον μύῤῳ καὶ ἐκμάξασα 
land Mary who anointed the Lord withointment and wiped 
τοὺς.πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν. αὐτῆς, ἧς ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος 
his feet with her hair, whose brother Lazarus 
ἠσθένει. 8 ἀπέστειλαν οὖν at ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγου- 


“hath sanctified, 


277 


stone thee not; ‘but for 
blasphemy ; and. ὮῬε- 
cause that thou, being 
«a man, makest thyself 
God. 34 Jesus answer- 
ed them, Is it. not 
written in your law, I 
said, Yeare gods? 35If 
he called them gods, 
unto whom the word 
of God came, and the 
scripture cannot be 
broken ; 36 say ye of 
him, whom the Father 
and 
sent into the world, 
Thou blasphemest; be- 
cause I said, I.am the 
Son of God? 37 If I 
do not the works of 
my Father, believe me 
not. 38 But if I do, 
though ye belicve not 
me, believe the works: 
that yemay know, and 
believe, that the Fa- 
ther is in me, andI in 
him. 39 Therefore 
they sought again to 
take him: but he es- 
caped out of their 
hand, 40 and went 
away again beyond 
Jordan into the place 
where John at . first 
baptized; and there he 
abode. 41 And many 
resorted unto him, and 
said, John did no mi- 
racle: but all things 
that John spake of this 
man were true, 42 And 
many believed on him 
there, 


XI. Now a certain 
man was sick, numed 
Lazarus, of Bethany, 
the town of Mary and 
her sister Martha. 2 (It 
was that Mary which 
anointed the Lord with 
ointment, and wiped 
his feet with her hair, 
whose brother Lazarus 
was sick.) 3 Therefore 





- 8 1 ο - say- his sisters sent unto 
was sick. *Sent — τνεν: the es - Aim, τ νά him, saying, Lord. be- 
σαι, Κύριε, ide ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ. 4 ᾿Ακούσας δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς hold, he whom. thou 
ing, Lord, lo, he whom thou lovest is sick. But “having “heard 1 Jesus τα ον ο ας. Ἔ πιο 
εἶπεν, Αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ.ἔέστιν πρὸς θάνατον, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ said, This sickness is 

said, This sickness is ποῦ΄ unto death, but for per ante ας 
Ν δ ΝΑ -Ξ τὴν a ~ ‘9» for the glory ἃ, 

τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ δι, that the Son of God 
the glory of God, that may be glorified the Son of God by might be gloritied 
ἃ [ό]πτ. ϱ + ὅτι that yrtra. f εἶπον τι. Β ἐγένετο τοῦ θεοῦ Τ. ερθει τε) τς 

ο ρύετετ. k πιστεύετε LTTr. Εγινώσκητε May know LYTrA. — τῷ πατρί the 
Father ΤΤΤΤΑ. π [οὖν] TrA. ο -- πάλιν 1. Ρ Ἰωάνης Tr. 4 ἐμενεν 1.. ¥ πολλοὶ 


5 ἐ τῆς Τ. 


. ΄ > x » a t . 
ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ LTTrA. Μαριὰμ. Tr. 


278 


thereby. 5 Now Jesus 
lored Martha, and her 
sister, and Lazarus. 
6 When he hid heard 
therefore thit he was 
sick, he abode two days 
still in the same place 
where he was. 7 Then 
after that saith he to 
his disciples, Let us go 
into Judea again. 
8 His disciples say un- 
to him, Master, the 
Jews of late sought 
to stone thee; and go- 
est thou thither again? 
9 Jesus answered, Are 
bere not twelve hours 
mn the day? If any 
man walk in the day, 
he stumbleth not, be- 
cause he seeth the light 
of this world. 10 But 
if a man walk in the 
night, he stumbleth, 
because there is no 
light in him. 11 These 
things said he: and 
after that he saith 
unto them, Our friend 
Lazarus sleepeth ; but 
I go, that I may a- 
wake him out of sleep. 
12 Then said his disci- 
ples, Ποτά, if he sleep, 
he shall do _ well. 
13 Howbeit Jesus spake 
of his death: but they 
thought that he had 
spoken of taking of 
rest insleep. 14 Then 
paid Jesus unto them 
plainly, Lazarus is 
dead. 15 And I am 
giad for your sakes 
that I was not there, 
to the intent ye may 
believe ; nevertheless 
let us go unto him. 
16 Then said Thomas, 
which is called Didy- 
mus, unto his fellow- 
disciples, Let us also 
go, that we may die 
with him, 


~ 


17 Then when Jesus 
came, he found that 
he had lain in the 
grave four days al- 
ready. 18 Now Beth- 
any was nigh unto 
Jerusalem, about fif- 
teen furlongs ο: 
19 and many of the 
Jews came to Martha 
and Mary, to comfort 
them concerning their 


ITQANNHES. 
αὐτῆς. ὃ Ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 
it. ®Loyed ‘now *Jesus Martha and sister 
ss ‘ Η , ε x 2’ « ᾽ a 
αὐτῆς καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον. 6 ὡς οὖν ἤκουσεν ὅτι ἀσθενεῖ, 
ther and Lazarus. When therefore heheard that he is sick, 
τότε μὲν ἔμεινεν ἐν ἦν τύπῳ δύο ἡμέρας. 7 Ἔπειτα 
then indeed Ἠετοπιθ]πεᾶ in which *he*was ‘place two days. Then 
᾿ - λέ ~ θ ν τσ "A 2 κ... 7 
μετὰ τοῦτο λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς, γωμεν εἰς τὴν Ιουδαίαν 
after this hesays to the disciples, Let us go into Judza 
πάλιν. 8 Aéyovow αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταί, “Ῥαββί," νῦν ἐζή- 
again. sSay *to "him *the *disciples, Rabbi, - just now *were 
τουν σε λιθάσαι οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ ; 
4seeking 7thee ὅἴο 95ύοπε *the 2Jéws, and again goest thou thither? 
Q ᾿Απεκρίθη YO" Ἰησοῦς, Οὐχὶ δώδεκά ᾿εἰσιν ὧραι! τῆς 

2 Answered 1 Jesus, © 5Not Stwelve are *there hours in the 

ε , ee: ~ 3 mye ΜΝ ; 
ἡμέρας; ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ.προσκόπτει, 
day 2 If anyone walk in the day, he stumbles not, 

a ‘ ~ We , , , 5 as | , 

ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ-κόσμου.τούτου βλέπει’ 10 ἐὰν.δὲ τις 
because the” light of this world he gees ; butif anyone 
περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτέ, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ. ἔστιν ἐν 


x 
τὴν Μάρθαν καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν 


walk in the night, he stumbles, because the light is not in 
αὐτῷ. 11 Ταῦτα εἶπεν, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο λέγει αὐτοῖς, Λά- 
him. These things he said; and after this hesays tothem, La- 
ζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται. ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξ- 
zarus our friend has fallen asleep; but I go that I may 
υπνίσω αὐτόν. 19 Εἶπον οὖν" οὶ. μαθηταὶ" αὐτοῦ, Κύριε, 
awake him. Said ‘therefore his disciples, Lord, 
> , , , A « ~ 
εἰ κεκοίμηται σωθήσεται. 13 Ἠϊρήκει δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς περὶ 


if he has fallen asleep he will get well. But *had *spoken 1 Jesus of 


τοῦ.θανάτου. αὐτοῦ" ἐκεῖνοι.δὲ ἔδοξαν ὅτι περὶ τῆς κοιμήσεως 
his death, _ butthey thought that of the rest 
~ / , , ἤ -“ ~ 
τοῦ ὕπνου λέγει. 14 τότε 4ody' εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 
of sleep he speaks. Then therefore “said *to *them 1 Jesus 
γε Μὰ A , " ᾽ ae) ᾿ ‘ , + Jai. ~ 
παῤῥησίᾳ, «Λάζαρος: ἀπέθανεν: 15 καὶ χαίρω δι ὑμᾶς, 
plainly, azarus died. .And 1 rejoice on your account, 
ev , - Ω , ~ 2 » 4 ‘ 
_ ἵνα πιστεύσητε, ὅτι οὐκ ἤμην ἐκεῖ: “ἀλλ᾽! ἄγωμεν πρὸς 
in order that ye may believe, that I πας ποῦ . there. But letus go to 
> ᾿ς is 3 ~ , / ~ 
αὐτόν. 16 Εἶπεν οὖν Θωμᾶς, ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος, τοῖς 
him, *Said ‘therefore Thomas, called , Didymus, to the 
f ~ ll at ‘A ε ~ Ld 
συμμαθηταῖς,ὶ “Aywpev καὶ ἡμεῖς. ἵνα ἀποθάνωμεν per 


fellow-disciples, Let *go also ‘us, that we may die with 
αὐτοῦ. 
him. . A 


> ι ‘a ~ ~ 
17 ΣἘλθὼνὶ οὖν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἢ εὗρεν "αὐτὸν τέσσαρας 


*Having *come *therefore 1Jesus found him four 
ερ » ll. » “ / τ 1 if 
Ἱἡμέρας ἤδη" ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ. 18 ἦν.δὲ 3Η! Ῥηθανία 

days already having been in the tomb. Now *was 1Bethany 


? A ~ ε a « Α = ’ ‘ 
ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 19 καὶ 
near to Jerusalem, about *off 7furlongs fifteen, and 
‘ 3 ~ η - 

πολλοὶ". ἐκ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἐληλύθεισαν πρὸς “τὰς περὶ" 
many of the Jews had come unto those around 

A ‘ / κ. ΄ . 

Μάρθαν καὶ *Mapicy," wa παραμυθήσωνται αὐτὰς περὶ 
Martha and Mary, that they might console them concerning 





¥ 4 [αὐτοῦ] (read his disciples) L. 
@+ αὐτῷ to him LT, 


LTTraw. 
αὐτῷ to him Tra. 
b+ καὶ and L, 


i ἤδη ημερας Τελ; — ἤδη 1. 
(/εαά had come to Martha) LTra. a Μαρι 


-ᾱ Ῥαββεί τ. 
> [οἱ μαθηταὶ] a. 
ε ἀλλὰ LTTrA. 


Υ --- ὃ GLTTrAW. { ὥραί εἰσιν 

© — αὐτοῦ (γεαᾶ the disciples) LT; 

f συνμαθηταῖς τα ε Ἦλθεν came 1,. 

: — ἡ τ. 1 πολλοὶ δὲ LTTYA. αι την 
Ὦ Μαριάμ, LiTra. 


4 [οὖν] τ.. 


IP 
.λ.1. 


JOHN. 


τοῦ. ἀδελφοῦ.οαὐτῶν.ὶ 390 ἡ οὖν Μάρθα we ἤκουσεν ὅτι Ρὸν 
their brother. Martha therefore when she heard that 


᾽ ~ ” ’ ~ / ~ ” 

]ησοῦς ἔρχεται, ὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ' Μαρία-δὲ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ ἐκα- 

Jesus is coming, met him ; but Mary in the house was 

θέζετο. 21 εἶπεν οὖν “ἡ" Μάρθα πρὸς στὸν! Ἰησοῦν, Κύριε, εἰ 

sitting. Then said Martha to Jesus, Lord, if 
NC ὧδε, ὁ.ἀδελφός µου οὐκ. ἂν ἐτεθνήκει." 22 adda" 

thou hadst been here, my brother had not died; Ῥαῦ 

4 ~ . F ε ε νά ‘ , , 
και νῦν οἶδα ὅτι ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσῃ τὸν θεόν, δώσει 


even now Iknow that whatsoever thou mayest ask of 
σοι ὁ θεός. 23 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Αναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός 
*thee ‘God. Says to her Jesus, “Will +rise *again “brother 
σου. 24 Λέγει αὐτῷ Μάρθα, Οἶδα ὅτι ἀναστήσεται ἐν τῇ 
‘thy. Says tohim Martha, I know that he willrise again in the 
> , ? eras , ἘΠῚ τ πω πε ~ 
ἀναστάσει ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 25 Εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, 
resurrection in the last day. “Said *to *her 1 Jesus, 
᾿Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀνάστασις καὶ ἡ ζωή. ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, 
i am the resurrection and the life: hethat believes on me, 
κἂν ἀποθάνῃ ζήσεται" 90 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων 
though hedie he shall live; and everyone who lives and _ bclicves 
εἰς ἐμέ, οὐ.μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. πιστεύεις τοῦτο: 
on me, innowise shall die for ever. Believest thou this? 
27 Λέγει αὐτῷ, Nai, κύριε ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι od εἶ ὁ 
Shesays tohim; Yea, Lord; I have believed that thou art the 
χριστός, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος. 
Christ, the Son of God, who into’ the world comes, 
28 Καὶ “ταῦτα! εἰποῦσα ἀπῆλθεν, καὶ ἐφώνησεν *Maoviar' 
And these things having said she went away, and called Mary 
τὴν ἀδελφὴν.αὐτῆς Σλάθρα,"' Ξεἰποῦσα,ὶ Ὃ διδάσκαλος πάρ- 
her sister secretly, ‘ saying, The teacher is 
εστιν καὶ φωνεῖ σε. 99 Ἐκείνη ἃ we ἤ bey " ὲ 
. Ἴ ς Ίκουσεν Σγ (PETAL ταχυ 
come and calls thee. She when she heard risesup quickly 
καὶ “ἔρχεται! πρὸς αὐτόν. 30 οὕπω.δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 
and comes to him. Now not yet had *come 1 Jesus 
εἰς τὴν κώμην, ἀλλ᾽ ἦν δ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ 
into the village, but was in the place where =met shim 
ἡ Μάρθα. 31 οἱ. οὖν. Ἰουδαῖοι οἱ ὄντες per αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 
αΜανγίΏα, The Jews therefore who were with her in the house, 
καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτήν, ἰδόντες τὴν «Μαρίαν! ὅτ: ταχέως 
and eonsoling her, having seen Mary that quickiy 
, ~ ~ , ov 
ἀνέστη καὶ ἐξῆλθεν, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῇ, ᾿ἱλέγοντες," “Ore 
sheroseup and went out, followed’ her, saying, 
ὑπάγει εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον ἵνα κλαύσῃ ἐκεῖ. 82‘H.obySMapia' 
Sheisgoing to the tomb that she may weep there. Mary therefore » 
e 5 a x ὮΔΙ ἢ ~ id ~ fe Ὁλνς ” αλ. 
ὡς ἦλθεν Όπου ἦν "ὁ' Ἰησοῦς, ἰδοῦσα αὐτὸν ἔπεσεν 'είς 
when she came where *was 1Jesus, seeing him, fell at 
rove.76dac.avTov," λέγουσα αὐτῷ, Κύριε, εἰ ἧς ὧδε 


God, *will “give 


his feet, saying tohim, Lerd, if thou hast been here 
οὐκ. ἂν Κἀπεθανέν μου" ὁ ἀδελφός. 99 Ἰησοῦς οὖν. ὡς εἶδεν, 
Ξῃηδᾷ “ποῦ *died my “brother. Jesus therefore when hesaw 





ο... αὐτῶν (read [their] brother) rrra. P—OGLITTAW. Y—7G 
5 οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν (ἐτεθνήκει A) ὁ ἀδελφός µου LITrA. 
π τοῦτο this TTrA. * Μαριὰμ LYTrA. YY λάθρᾳ 1. 
Ὁ ἠγέρθη rose up LTrA. ε ἤρχετο CAME TrA. 

f δόξαντες thinking TTra. § Ἀ[σριὰμ TTra. 


τοὺς πόδας GTTrAW. k µου ἀπέθανεν ΤΤιΑ. 


2 εἴπασα Tr. 
ἃ Ὁ ἔτι yet LT:[A]. 
h — ὁ LTTrA. 


t ἀλλὰ [L]TIra. 
a + δὲ and (she) τ.{ Αα]. 


279 
brother. 20 Then Mar- 
tha, as soon as she 


heard that Jesus was 
coming, went and mvt 
him: but Mary sat 
sill in the house. 
21 Then said Martha 
unto Jesus, Lord, if 
thou hadst been here, 
my brother had not 
died. 22 But I know, 
that even now, what- 
soever thou wilt ask 
of God, God will give 
it thee, 23 Jesus saith 
unto her, Thy bro- 
ther shall rise again. 
24 Martha saith unto 
him, I know that he 
shall rise again in the 
resurrection at the 
last day. 25 Jesus 
said un‘o her, I am 
the resurrection, and 
the life: he that be- 
lieveth in me, though 
he were dead, yet shall 
he live: 26 and whoso- 
ever liveth and believ- 
eth in me shall never 
die. Believest thou 
this? 27 She saith un- 
to him, Yea, Lord: I 
believe that thou art 
the Christ, the Son of 
God, which should 
come into the world. 
28 And when she had 
so said, she went her 
way, and called Mary 
her sister secretly, say- 
ing,, The Master is 
come, and calleth for 


thee. 29 As soon ag 
she heard that, she 
arose quickly, and 


came unto him. 30 Now 
Jesus was not τοῦ 
come into the town, 
but was in that place 
where Martha met 
him. 31 The Jews 
then which were with 
her in the house, and 
comforted her, when 
they saw Mary, that 
she rose up hastily and 
went out, followed her, 
saying, She goeth un- 
to the grave to weep 
there, 32 Then when 
Mary was come where 
Jesus was, and saw 
him, she fell down at 
his fect, saying unto 
him, Lord, if thou 
hadst been here, my 
brother had not died. 


-33 When Jesu. there- 


fore saw her wevping, 


L. r— τὸν Ί[τ.]. 


¥ + ἡ ΙΤΤιΑ, 


ε ΔΙαριὰμ, LTT: A. 


i αὐτοῦ εἰς (πρὸς ΤΊτΑ) 


980 


and the Jews also 
weeping which came 
with her, he groaned 
in the spirit, and was 
troubled, 34 and said, 
Where have ye laid 
him? They said unto 
him, Lord, come and 
see. 35 Jesus wept. 
36 Then said the Jews, 
Behold how he loved 
him! 37 And some of 
them said, Could not 
this man, which open- 
ed the eyes of the 
blind, have caused 
that even this man 
should not have died? 
38 Jesus therefore a- 
gain groaning in him- 
self cometh to the 
grave. It wasa cave, 
and a stone lay upon 
it. 39 Jesus said, Take 

e away the stone. 

artha, the sister of 
him that was dead, 
saith unto him, Lord, 
by this time he stink- 
eth: for he hath been 
dead four days. 40 Je- 
sus saith unto her, Said 
I not unto thee, that, 
if thou wouldest be- 
lieve, thou shouldest 
see the glory of God? 
41 Then they took a- 
way the stone from the 
place where the dead 
was laid. And Jesus 
lifted up his eyes, and 
said, Father, I thank 
thee that thou hast 
heard me. 42 And I 
knew that thou hear- 
est me always: but be- 
cause of the people 
which stand by I said 
it, that they may be- 
lieve that thou hast 
sentme. 43 And when 
he thus had spoken, 
he cried with a loud 
voice, Lazarus, come 
forth. ‘44 And he that 
was dead came forth, 
bound hand and foot 
with graveclothes: and 
his face was bound 
about with a napkin. 
Jesus saith unto them, 
Loose him, and _let 
him go, 


45 Then many of tne 
Jews which came to 
Mary, and had seen 
the things which Jesus 
did, believed on him. 
46 But some of them 
wert their ways to the 
Pharisees, _ and _ told 





1 ἐδύνατο LTTrA. 


Ῥὄψῃ thou shouldest see LTTraw. ’ 
: ος 8.- αὐτὸν him T[trja: 
(ead he did) @urrraw. 


GTTrA. 


τεταρταῖος γάρ 


IQANNHS. κι 
| 8 , ᾿ . λθό .. » 1; δ ἐς 
αὐτὴν κλαίουσαν, και τοὺς συνελθοντας αὐτῇ Ἰουδαιους 
her weeping, and the ?who*came‘*with “her 1Jews 


, , ~ ’ ‘ ᾽ ΄ © , 
κλαίοντας, ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι, καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν, 
weeping, he groaned in spirit, and _ troubled ‘himself, 


. ~ ’ ή ~ ’ 
94 καὶ εἶπεν, Ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν; Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, 


and said, Where haveyelaid him; They say tohim, Lord, 
ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε. 85 ᾿Εδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. 96 ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ 


come and see. *Wept 1 Jesus. -8Said *therefore ‘the 


Ἰουδαῖοι, Ἴδε πῶς ἐφίλει αὐτόν. 37 Τινὲς δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν 
2Jews, Behold how heloved him! But some Of them 
7 Γι - ε 7 / 
εἶπον, OK ἠδύνατο! οὗτος ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 
said, Was not 58.016 1this (7man] who opened the eyes 
τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ. ἀποθάνῃ; 
of the blind [man], to have caused that also this one should not have diec ? 
38 Ἰησοῦς οὖν πάλιν "ἐμβριμώμενος" ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔρχεται 
Jesus therefore again groaning in himself comes 
εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον. ἦν.δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ᾽ 
to the tomb. Now it was a cave, and astone waslying upon 
αὐτῷ. 99 λέγει "ὁ" Ἰησοῦς, “Apare τὸν λίθον. Λέγει αὐτῷ 
18, *Says 1Jesus, Take away the stone. ‘Says ‘to *him 
ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ οτεθνηκότος" Μάρθα, Κύριε, ἤδη ὄζει" 
Sthe ‘sister 70f Shim*who ?}°has 11416ᾶ, *Martha, Lord, already hestinks, 
8... . ἢ ? ~ 59: ~ ? = , 
ἐστιν. 40 Λέγει αὑτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οὐὖκ.εϊπόν 
*four *days δις. 2Says “to *her 1 Jesus, Said I not 
σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, Poe τὴν δύξαν τοῦ θεοῦ; 
to thee, that if thou shouldest believe, thou shalt see the glory: of God? 
41 "Ἠραν οὖν τὸν λίθον οὗ ἦν ὁ τεθνηκὼς κείμενος." 
They took away therefore the stone where *was?the: *dead *laid. 
Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω, καὶ εἶπεν, Πά- 


‘for 


And Jesus lifted [his] eyes © upwards, and said, Fa- 
τερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι OTL ἤκουσάς pov. 42 ἐγώ δὲ ὑδειν ὅτι 
ther, Ithank thee that thou heardest me; and I knew that _ 


διὰ τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περι- 
me thouhearest; but onaccountof the crowd ὑπὸ stand 
εστῶτα εἶπον ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν’ ὅτι σύ µε ἀπέστειλας. 
around I said [it], that they might believe that thou me didst send. 
43 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπών, φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν, Λά- 
And these things having said, witha Ζνοίσο loud he cried, a- 


Cape, δεῦρο ἔξω. 44τΚαὶ" ἐξῆλθεν ὁ τεθνηκώς, δεδεμένος 


/ [ή ᾽ , ᾧ > ‘ 
πάντοτε µου “ἀκούεις ἀλλὰ 
always ° 


Zarus, come forth. And came forth he who had been dead, bound 
τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαιςο, καὶ ἡ.ὄψις αὐτοῦ 
feet and hands with grave clothes, ‘and his face 
σουδαρίῳ  περιεδέδετο. λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Λύσατε 
with a handkerchief boundabout. Says *to *them Jesus, Loose 
αὐτὸν καὶ ἄφετε  ῥὑπάγειν. 
him and ες [him] go. 
45 Πολλοὶ οὖν ἐκ τῶν Ιουδαίων οἱ ἐλθόντες πρὸς τὴν 
Many therefore of the Jews whq came to 
‘Mapiav" καὶ θεασάμενοι "ἃ! ἐποίησεν τὸ ᾿Ιησοῦς,! ἐπίστευσαν 


Mary and 


saw what *did.. believed 


4 ’ Μ A A ~ 9 ~ ‘A 
εἰς αὐτόν." 46 τινὲς δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπῆλθον πρὸς τοὺς Φαρι- 
on him; ~butsome of them - went to the Phari- 


1 Jesus, 


----.... 


πα ἐμβριμούμεγος μα, 





ρα ὃ Πχ]. ο τετελευτηκότος LTTrAW. 
2 — οὗ ἦν ὁ τεθνηκὼς κείμενος GLTTYA. τ- καὶ 
t Μαριὰμ, Ι1ΤιΑ. Υ ὃ ΤτΑ. 5 — ὁ Ἰησοῦς 


ΧΙ. J-O.H Ν. 
σαίους καὶ τεῖπον" αὐτοῖς Ya" ἐποίησεν τὸ" Ἰησοῦς. 47 συνήγα- 
recy and _ told them what *did 1 Jesus, Gathered 


γον οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συνέδριον, καὶ ἔλεγον, 


therefore the chief priests andthe Pharisees acouncil, and = said, 
Τί ποιοῦμεν; ὅτι οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος πολλὰ "σημεῖα ποιεῖ." 
What do we? for this man many signs does, 


48 ἐὰν ἀφῶμεν αὐτὸν οὕτως, πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτόν' 
If weletalone him thus, all will believe on him, 
καὶ ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι καὶ . ἀροῦσιν" ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον 
and willcome the Romans απᾶ willtakeawayfromus both the place 
καὶ τὸ ἔθνος. 49 EHicdé.ric ἐξ αὐτῶν, Καϊάφας, ἀρχιερεὺς 
and the nation. But a certain one of = them, Caiaphas, high priest 
Ἀ - ~ ΄ τ “ ~ ” 
ὧν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὑμεῖς . οὐκ οἴδατε 
being of that year, said- tothem, Ye know 
οὐδέν, 50 οὐδὲ Ὁδιαλογίζεσθεὶ ὅτι συμφέρει “ἡμῖν! ἵνα εἷς 


nothing, nor consider that itis profitable forus that one 
ἄνθρωπος ἀποθάνῃ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος 
man shoulddie for the people, and not *whole ‘the nation 


” ~ \ > ~ 

ἀπόληται. 51 Τοῦτο δὲ ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ οὐκ.επεν, ἀλλὰ ἀρχ- 

should perish. But this from himself he said not, but 
‘ τι ” ω , d , | « 6" λλ ἤ 

ιερεὺς ὧν τοῦ.ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου, “προεφητευσεν' Οτι “έμελλεν 

priest being of that year, prophesied that ?was *about 

fu? ~ ᾽ ΄ « SL ~ » \ PN an: \ 

ὁ" Ἰησοῦς ἀποθνήσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους, 52 καὶ οὐχ υπερ 
1Jesus to die for“ the nation; and ποῦ for 

~ ο , > au A ἢ, “ ~ ~ A 
τοῦ ἔθνους µόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ διεσκορ- 


the nation only, but that also the children , of God who have been 
πισµένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν. 53 ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης οὖν 
scattered abroad he might gather together into one. From that therefore 


ἵνα ἀποκτείνωσιν αὐτόν. 
they might kill him. 
δά Ἰησοῦς οὖν" Ἰούκ. ἔτι! παῤῥησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς 
Jesus therefore no longer. publicly walked among the 
Ω , > aif Ὁ ταὶ sepia > Se , 2 ἢ ~ 
αίοις, ἀλλὰ ἀπ i / 
Ιουδαίοις, ἀλλ ἤλθεν ἐκεῖθεν εἰς τὴν χώραν ἐγγὺς τῆς 


τῆς ἡμέρας εσυνεβουλεύσαντο] = ἵνα. 
day they took counsel together = that "Ὁ 


Jews, but wentaway thence into the country near the 
ἐρήμου, εἰς ᾿Ἐφραῖμ λεγομένην πόλιν," κἀκεῖ "διέτριβεν" 
desert, to *Ephraim Scalled la 2city,, and there he stayed 


μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ." 
Ὁ 2159} his disciples. 
" - ᾽ / 
55 Ἡν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ πάσχα τῶν ᾿Ἰουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβησαν 
Now ‘was “near ‘the *passover “οὗ *the 506,5, and wentup 
πολλοὶ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐκ τῆς χώρας πρὸ τοῦ πάσχα, ἵνα 
many to Jerusalem outof the country before the passover, that 
ἁγνίσωσιν “ ἑαυτούς. 56 ἐζήτουν οὖν τὸν Ιησοῦν, καὶ 
they might purify themselves. They were seeking therefore Jesus, and 


πζλεγον! μετ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστηκότες, Ti δοκεῖ 


were saying among one another in the temple standing, What does itseem 
ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν ; 57 Δεδώκεισαν δὲ 
to you, that in no wise he willcome to the feast? Now had given 
~ ‘ ~ / wv πὰ ν 

πκαὶ! οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι οἐντολήῆν," ἵνα ἐάν τις 
both the chief priests and the Pharisees acommand, that if anyone 

νῷ ποῦ ἐστιν μηνύσῃ, ὅπως πιάσωσιν αὐτόν. 
should know where he is ΄ he should shew [it], that they might take him, 


® ποιεῖ σημεῖα LTTrAW. 

ε ἤμελλεν LTTrAW. 
ὁ οὖν ᾿Τησοῦς TrA. 
m ἔλεγαν T, 


τ εἶπαν Τ. Υ ὃ 1, ‘2 — OLTTrA. 
ο ὑμῖν for you TTrA. 4 ἐπροφήτευσεν LTTrAW. 
& ἐβουλεύσαντο they took counsel LTTr. — 
κ ἔμεινεν TrA, 1 - αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) Trra. 
ο ἐντολὰς commands TTra. 


high J 


281 


them what things Je= 
sus had done. 47 Then 
gathered the _ chicf 
priests and the Phari- 
sees a council, andsaid, 
What do we? for this 
man doeth many mi- 
racles. 48 If we let 
him thus alone, all men 
will believe on him: 
and the Rofhans shall 
come and take away 
both our place and na- 
tion. 49 And one of 
them, named Caiaphas, 
being the high priest 
that same year, said 
unto them, Ye know 
nothing at all, 50 nor 
consider that it is ex- 
pedient for us, that one 
man should die for the 
people, and that the 
whole nation perish 
not. 51 And thisspake 
he not of himself: but 
being high priest that 
year ,he prophesied that 
esus should die for 
that nation; 52and not 
for that nation only, 
but that also he should 
gather together in one 
the children of God 
that were scattered a- 
broad. 53 Then from 
that day forth they 
took counsel together 
for to put him to death. 
54 Jesus therefore 
walked no more openly 
among the Jews; but 
went thence unto a 
country near to the 
wilderness, into a city 
ealled Ephraim, and 
there continued with 
his disciples. 


55 And the Jews 
passover was nigh at 
hand: and many.went 
out of the country up 
to Jerusalem before 
the passover, to purify 
themselves. 56 Then 
sought they for Jesus, 
and spake among 
themselves, as they 
stood in the tempie, 
What think ye, that he 
will not come to the 
feast? 57 Now Ῥοία 
the chief priests and 
the Pharisses had 
given a command- 
ment, that, if any mal. 
knew where. he were 
he should shew δέ, tha: 
they might take him. 


Ὁ λογίζεσθε LTT: AW 
f— OGLTTrAW. 

i οὐκέτι GLTTr. 

n — καὶ LTT:AW, 


282 1ΩΑΝΝ Ἡ Σ. ΧΙΙ. 


XII. Then Jesus six 12 Ο οὖν. Ἰησοῦς πρὸ ἐξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα ἦλθεν εἰς. 


days before the pass- 4 Pa Re ae fs ας 
over came to Bethany, Jesus therefore “*betore *six days the pazsover came to 


where Lazarus was Βηθανίαν, ὕπου ἦν Λάζαρος Ῥὸ τεθνηκώς, ὃν ἤγειρεν 


which had been dead » Η E SNe και 
ος ho raised eam ο” where yee oS who oe sie, i ποσα he ο. 
thedead. 2 There they ἐκ νεκρῶνα. 2 ἐποίησαν οὖν αὐτῷ δεῖπνον ἐκεῖ, 
made him a supper; from among [the] dead. They made therefore him 8 supper there, 


and Martha served: ΙΕ ἢ i is haem ο ες, 
but Lazarus was one καὶ ἡ Μάρθα διηκόνει" ὁ.δὲ. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν Σ τῶν Ἓσυνανα- 
of them thatsat atthe ang Martha served, but Lazarus one was of, those 10- 
table with him. 83 Then 5 i ος ‘ me η ee : igs 

took Mary a pound of κειμένων" αὐτῷ. 3 Ἢ οὖν. "Μαρία! λαβοῦσα λίτραν μύρου 
ointment of spike- ¢lining with him. Mary therefore having taken a pound of ointment 
nard, very, costly, and > δι r ” : - ; νο ο. = 
anointed thefectofJe- νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου, ἠλειψὲν τοὺς πόδας τοῦ" ᾿Ιησοῦ, 
sus,and wiped his feet of?nard ‘pure of great price, anointed the feet of Jesus, 


with her hair: and the . γφῳ ~ ι ο tess 4 ΄ ο ~, ε Ἢ neg 
house was filled with Kal ἐξέμαξεν ταῖς.θριξὶν.αὐτῆς τοὺς.πόδας.αὐτοῦ' ἡ.δὲ οἰκία 


the odour of the oint- and , wiped with her hair his feet ; and the house 
. 4 Thensaith , ον BS fas : ἢ 

Br his disciples Judas ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρον. 4 λέγει “οὖν! Σεῖς ἐκ 

Iscariot, Simon’s son, was ΒΙΙοά with the odour of the ointment. Says therefore .one of 

λα Die wae nes τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, ᾿Ιούδας, Σίμωνος ᾿Ισκαριώτης, ὁ 

this ‘ointment sold for his disciples, - Judas, Simon’s [son] Iscariote, who 


μη ἐν νς ορ μέλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι, ὃ ΥΔιατί' τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ 
6 This he said, not that Was about him to deliver up, Why “this ‘ointment “ποῦ 


he cared for the poor s ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς ; 6 Εἶπεν 
thief, and had the bag, “Was sold for thret hundred denarii, and given to {the] poor? "ο *said 


and bare what was put : τ᾿ ποτα μα ~ word Oe ae 
Bd are ee ραν. δὲ τοῦτο, οὐχ OTL περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν.αὐτῷ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι 


Jésus, Let her alone : “but this, Be stat toy the ] poor ; he was caring, but ποσα 
πε το κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον εἶχεν, καὶ" τὰ βαλλόμενα 
ο. For Ὑπὸ τ athief he was, and the bag had, and what was put into 
always ye have with ἐβάσταζεν. 7 εἶπεν οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, “Adgec αὐτήν" ἃ εἰς 
ἘΣ i ye have [it] carried. 3Said "therefore ‘Jesus, Let “alone ‘her: for 

τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ.ἐνταφιασμοῦ.-μου Prernonkev' αὐτό. ὃ τοὺς 

the day ΄ of my burial has she kept it: *the: 


πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ.δὲ οὐ πάντοτε 
*poor for always yebhave with you, butme not always 
EXETE. 
μμ. 
uc ΘΟ Θ 5 ; 2 ~ / ~~ 
Jews therefore πο 9 Ἔγνω οὖν © ὄχλος πολὺς ἐκ τῶν Ιουδαίων ὅτι ἐκεῖ 
that he was there: and 7Knew *therefore'a *ctowd 7great “οἵ *the Jews that there 


they came not for Je- 5 ; foie 
sus’sake only, butthat ἐστιν, καὶ ἦλθον, οὐ διὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν µόνον, ἀλλ᾽ wa 


they mightsee Lazarus heis; and they came, not because of Jesus only, but that 
also. whom he had μέν ΄ x Ὁ ” ἢ τ 
raised from the dead, Καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἴδωσιν ὃν ἤγειρεν ἐκ γεκρῶν. 
10 But the chief priests also ᾿ Lazarus they might see whom he raised from among [the] dead. 
enhtpatLanerusal 10 ἐβουλεύσαντο.δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς ἵνα καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀπο- 
to death; 11 because But *took *counsel ‘the *chief*priests that also Lazarus they 
Ὃ ο the dows κτείνωσιν, 11 ore πολλοὶ δι αὐτὸν ὑπῆγον 
went away, and be- Might kill, because many “by reason Sof “him Ύπατο going *°away 
Hoved on Jesus. τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων kai ἐπίστευον« εἰς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. 
lof “the *Jews and were believing on ἡ Jesus, 

12 On the next day 12.Τῃ.ἐπαύριον ὄχλος ποχὺς ὁ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν, 

much people that were On the morrow a*créwd great who came to the feast, 


cometothefeast,when , , εἶ άλας dil? ~ 248 ΄ » 
they heard that Jesus ἀκούσαντες ὅτι ἔρχεται “ὁ' ᾿Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, 18 ἔλα- 
was coming ἴο Jerusa- having heard that 315 °coming Jesus into Jerusalem, took 
lem, 13 took branches \ te ~ / ο... 2 Αα δν, δι hee 
ofpalmtrees,andwent Sov τὰ Baia τῶν φοινίκων καὶ ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν “αὐτῷ, 





forth to meet him, and branvhes of the palms and wentout to meet him, 

; Ρ --- ὃ τεθϑη κὼς [L]T[TrA]. 4 Ὁ ὃ (--- ὁ τ))Τησοῦς Jesus (raised) LTTraw. “r+ ἐκ of 
(those) τα. 5 ἀνακειμένων σὺν GLTTrAW. ἵ Μαριὰμ Tr. VY [τοῦ] τν. 3 δὲ but (Says) τ. 
* Ιούδας ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης εἷς ἐκ (-- ἐκ Tr) τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ TTrA. Υ Διὰ τί LTrA, 2 ἔχων 
having τα. ἃ + ἵνα that Lrvraw. Ὁ τηρήσῃ She may keep LITraw, 9 +o the 
(crowd) 1. ἃ -- ὃ GLITrAW, © αὐτῶν them w. | 


XIT. JOHN. 


Π [= ο ε 
καὶ 'ἔκραζον,' δ Ὡσαννά, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν 
and were crying, Hosanna, , blessed [is]he who comes in [the] 
ὀνόματι κυρίου, ἃ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἱόραήλ. 14 Eipwy δὲ 
name of [the] Lord, the king of Israel. *Having*found ‘and 
Cr ~ , ’ 5 F. > 
ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον ἐκάθισεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτό, καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμ- 
Ἀλθειβ a young ass sat upon it, as it i writ- 
La \ ~ 9 , 3 
μένον, 15 Μὴ. φοβοῦ, Ἰθύγατερ' Σιών' ἰδού, ὁ. βασιλεύς. δου 
ten, _ Fear not, daughter of Sion: behold, thy king 
» θγ bd U5 we we ” 1 ~ k τ} ᾽ 
ἔρχεται, καθημενος ἐπὶ πῶλον ὄνου ϐ ταῦτα δὲ" οὐκ 
comes, sitting on acolt ofan 885. *These *things ‘now ποῦ 


ἔγνωσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ" τὸ πρῶτον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη 


*knew *his *disciples at the first, but when was glorifiéd 
πὸ Ἰησοῦς τότε ἐμνήσθησαν bre ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ 
Jesus then . they remembered that thesethings were of 


im 
γεγραμμένα, καὶ ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ. 17 ἐμαρτύρει ὧν 
written, and thesethings they did to him. Bore witness therefore 
α λ ς bal ᾽ ? ο ek Π " / ? , 2 
Ὁ ὄχλος ὁ wy μετ αὐτοῦ, "ὅτε! τὸν Λάζαρον ἐφώνησεν ἐκ 
the crowd that was with him, when Lazarus he called out of 
TOU µνηµείρυ, καὶ ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. 18 dia 
the, tomb, and raised him from among [the] dead. Onaccount of 
τοῦτο °Kkat' ὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ ὁ ὄχλος, ὅτι Ῥήκουσεν! τοῦτο 
this also met him the crowd, because it heard >this 
αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι τὸ σημεῖον. 19 οἱ οὖν Φαρισαῖοι Ieizor" 
of *his “having *done sign. The *therefore *Pharisees said 
πρὸς ἑαυτούς, θεωρεῖτεῦτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν; ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος 
among themselves, Doyesee that yegain nothing? lo, the world 
ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν. 
after him is gone, 
20 Ἠσαν δὲ τινες Ἕλληνες! ἐκ τῶν ἀναβαινόντων ἵνα 
And there were certain Greeks among: those coming up that 
»προσκυνησωσιν' ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 21 οὗτοι οὖν προσῆλθον 
they might worship in the feast; these therefore came 
Φιλίππῳ, τῷ ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ ἠρώτων 
to Philip, whowasfrom  Bethsaida of Galilee, and they asked 
αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, θέλομεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἰδεῖν. 22 Ἔρχε- 
him saying, Sir, we desire SJesus ‘to “see. >Comes 
ται ἵ Φίλιππος καὶ λέγει τῷ ᾿Ανδρέᾳ' “καὶ πάλιν! ᾿Ανδρέας 
*Philip and tells Andrew, and again Andrew 
καὶ Φίλιππος © λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ. 23 ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς Σάπε- 
and Philip tell Jesus. But Jesus an- 
κρίνατο! αὐτοῖς λέγων, Ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ 
swered them saying, *Has*come ‘the *hour that should be glorified 
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 24 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν.μὴ ὁ 
the Son of man. Verily verily Isay toyou, Unless the 
κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος 


grain of wheat falling into the ground should die, it alone 

μένει" ἐὰν. δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει. 25 ὁ φιλῶν 
abides; butif [10 Βῃου]ᾶ die, much fruit itbears. Hethat loves 
τὴν ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ γἀπολέσει! αὐτήν, καὶ ὁ ισῶν τὴν 


his life shall losé it, and hethat hates 


ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ.κόσμφ.τούτῳ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει 
life this in this world to life eternal shall keep 


& + [λέγοντες] saying L. » + καὶ and TTrA. 
1 αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ T. m— ὃ TTrAW. 
P ἤκουσαν they heard GLTTraW. 4 εἶπαν TTr. 
t ὃ TrA. 


f ἐκραύγαζον LTTrA. 
& — δὲ [L]vtra. 
ο — καὶ Tr. 
5 πρασκυνήσουσιν they shall worship LTra. 
7+ καὶ 8μὰ ΗΤΤΑ, 5 ἀποκρίνεται ΔΏΒΥΥΘΤΒ TTr, 


21 the 


283 


eried, Hosanna: Bless- 
ed ὦ the King of Israel 
that cometh in the 
name of the Lord. 
14 And Jesus, when he 
had found a young 
ass, sat thereon; as it 
is written, 15 Fear not, 
daughter of Sion: be- 
hold, thy King cometh, 
sitting on anass’s colt. 
16 These things under- 
stood not his disciples 
at the first: but when 
Jesus πας glorified, 
then remembered they 
that these things were 
written of him, and 
that they had done 
these things unto him. 
17 The people therefore 
that was with him 
when he called Laza- 
rus out of his grave, 
and raised him from 
the dead, bare record, 
18 For this cause the 
people also met him, 
for that they heard 
that he had done this 
miracle. 19 The Pha- 
risees therefore said a- 
mong themselves, Per- 
ceive ye how ye pre- 
vail nothing? behold, 
the world is gone after 
him, 


20 And there were 
certain Greeks among 
them that came up to 
worship at the feast: 
same came 
therefore to Philip, 
which was of Bethsaida 


-of Galilee, and desired 


him, saying, Sirs we 
would see Jesus. 
22 Philip cometh and 
telleth Andrew: and a- 
gain Andrew and Phi- 
lip tell Jesus. 23 And 
Jesus answered them, 
saying, The hour is 
come, that the Son of 
man should be glori- 
fied. 24 Vérily, verily, 
I say unto you, Except 
a corn of wheat fall in- 
to the ground and die, 
it abideth alone: but 
if it’ die, it bringeth 
forth much fruit, 25 He 
that loveth his life 
shall lose it; and he 
that hateth his life in 
this world shall keep it 
unto life eternal. 26 Lf 


i θυγάτηρ LTTrAW, 


Ὁ ὅτι because EGLTW, 
τ"Ἑλληνές τινες LTTTA, 
¥ ἔρχεται (Andrew) comes LTTrA. 
7 ἀπολλύει loses Tr, 


284 


any man serve me, let 
him follow me; and 


wherelam,thereshall , 


also my servant be: if 
any man serve me, him 
will my Father honour, 


IQANNH Σ, MG 


‘ Η͂ ” > 3 ᾿ ὶ ν 
αὐτήν. 26 ἐὰν ἐμοὶ διακονῇ τις," ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω" καὶ 


10. Τῇ “me “serve lanyone, me [οὖ him follow;. and 
« ων | ‘ 2 ~ eae , εν δν » " a aT κ 
οπου είμι ἐγὼ EKEL και ὁ διάκονος ο μις έσται και εαν 
where 7am 1 there also 2servant my shallbe. And if 
‘ ~ > ‘A ε ’ 
τις ἐμοὶ διακονῇ, τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ πατήρ. 
_anyone me_ serve, “will®honour *him “πὸ *Father. 
Ὁ ε '; ΄ ‘ , » ᾿ 
27 Νῦν ἡ ψυχή.µου τετάρακται, καὶ τί εἴπω; Πάτερ, 


27 Now is my’ soul 
troubled; and what 
shall I say? Father, 
save me from this 
hour: but for this cause- 
came 1 unto this hour. 
28 Father, glorify thy 
name. Then came there 
a@ voice from heaven, 
saying, I have both 
glorified it, and will 
glorify itagain. 29 The 
people therefore, that 
Stood by, and heard zt, 
said that it thundered: 
others said, An angel 
spake tohim. 30Jesus 
answered and _= said, 
This voice came not be- 
cause of me, but for 
your sakes. 31 Now is 
the judgment of this 
world: now shall the 
prince of this world be 
castout. 32 AndI,if I 
be lifted up from the 
earth, will draw all 
men unto me. 33 This 
ΒΘ said, signifying 
what death he should 
die. 34 The people an-. 
swered him, We have 
heard out of the law 
that Christ abideth for 
ever: aud how sayest 
thou, The Son of man. 
must be ljfted up? who 
is this Son of man?; 
35 Then Jesus said un- 


to them, Yet a little - 


while is the light with | 
70: Walk while ye 
ave the light, lest 
darkness come upon 
you : for he that walk- 
eth in darkness know- '! 
eth not whither he go- 
eth. 36 While ye have 


light, believe in the ᾿ 


light, that ye may be 
the children of lighi.: 
These things spake Je- 
sus, and departed, and 
did hide himself from 
them. 37 But though 
he had done so many 
miracles before them, 
yet they believed not 
on him: 38 that the 
Baying of Esaias the 
prophet might be ful- 





Στις διακονῇ LTTrAW. 
ο [οὖν] Ltr. 
h + οὖν therefore ΤΑ. 


hour) ἴντα. 
LTIraw, 


bane LITA. m— 6 


“not ‘darkness 


Now has been troubled, and what shallI say? Father, 
a ’ ~ ef , b AX Δ ὃ απ ον ἦλθ 
σωσογ με ἐκ της-ωρας.-ταυτΏης. ae? | a ta TOUTO NATOV 
save me from this hour. But on account of this I came 
? 4 “ 4 , , ΄ Η͂ » 
εἰς τὴν.ὥραν.ταύτην. 28 Πάτερ, δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα. 
to this hour. Father, glorify thy” nanie. 
Ἦλθεν. οὖν φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Kai ἐδόξασα καὶ πάλιν 
Therefore came a voice out of heaven, - 7Both ‘I glorified and again 
δοξάσω. 29 Ὁ «οὖν! ὄχλος ὁ ἀἑστὼςὶ ἐκαὶ! ἀκούσας 
will glorify [it]. Therefore the crowd which stcod [there] and _beard | 


my soul 


” \ , ” 2 3 δ 7 ~ 
ἔλεγεν βροντὴν.γεγονέναι. ἄλλοι ἔλεγον, Αγγελος! αὐτῷ 

said, Thunder there has been: others Said, An angel | | to him 
λελάληκεν. 90 ᾿Απεκρίθη Τὸ! Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν, Οὐ δι ἐμὲ 


Not because of me 
ὑμᾶς. 31 νῦν .κρίσις 


has spoken. 2Answered 1796515 and _ said, 


ἑαὕτη ἡ φωνὴ" γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ Ov 


᾿ this voice has come, but because of you. Now judginent 
ἐστὶν τοῦ.κόσµου.τούτου" νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου.τούτου 
15 of,this world ; now the prince” of this world 


ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω: 82 κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς, πάν- 
shall be cast out: andl. if Ibelifted up fromthe earth, 3411} 

€ , 4 > ιά κό A » / 
τας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν. 33 Τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων 


Iwill Ξάτανν to myself, . But tis he said, signifying 
ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνήσκειν. 34 ἀπεκρίθη " αὐτῷ 
by what death he wasabout to die. ?Answered *him 


ὁ ὄχλος, ούσαμεν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου ὅτι ὁ χριστὺς 
1the ?crowd, heard out of the law that the Christ 

’ 2 3 I~ ‘ ~ j 4 ’ Π «“ ο κά - 

μένει εἰς τὸν. αἰῶνα, καὶ πῶς σὺ λέγεις," “Ore δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι 
abides for ever, and how “thou ‘sayest, that must be lifted up 
τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ; τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου; 
the Son of man? Who is this Son of man? 

35 Ἐἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, "Ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον τὸ 
3Said *therefore *to *them “1 Jesus, Yet alittle while the 
φῶς Ἐμεθ᾽ ὑμῶν! ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε Ewe" τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα 
light with you , is. Walk while the light ye have, that 
μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ" καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ 
ὅγοι may *overtake. And he who walks in the 
εκοτίᾳ οὐκ.οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει. 96 Ἰἕως" τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πισ- 
jarkness knows not where he goes, _ While the light ye have, be- 
revere Sic TO φῶς; ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε. Ταῦτα 

lieve in the light, that sons of light yemay become, These things 
ἐλάλησεν ™o" ᾿Τησοῦς, καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἐκρύβη am αὐτῶν. 


Ἡμεῖς «ἠκ 
We 


spoke Jesus, and goingaway washid from them. 
37 Τοσαῦτα.δὲ αὐτοῦ σημεῖα πεποιηκότος ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 
But [though]so many *he ‘signs had done before them 


οὐκ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτόν, 88 ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προ- 
they belisved not on. him, that the word of Esaias_ the pro- 








 — καὶ GLTTrA. Ὁ ταυτης; (continue the question to the word 

d ἑστηκὼς L. ς — καὶ τ΄ f— ὃ ΤΊτΑ. : 8 ἡ φωνὴ αὕτὴ 
i λέγεις σύ ΤΤΤΑ, κ ἐν ὑμῖν among you ΟΙ ΤΣΥΑ, 
LTTra. 


Φ 


ἈΠΕ A TIT, JOHN. 
φῆτου πληρωθῇ, ὃν εἶπεν, Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ 
phet might be fulfilled, which hesaid, Jord, who believed 


κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη; 
of [the] Lord to whom was it revealed? 
ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν 
“becausg again said! 


ἀκοῃ ἡμῶν; καὶ ὁ βραχίων 
our report 2 and the arm 
39 Aca.rovro οὐκ.ἠδύναντο πιστεύειν, 
On this account they could not believe, 
Ἡσαΐας, 40 Τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ὕπε- 
Esaias, He has blinded their eyes and has 
πώρωκεν" αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν’ ἵνα µμὴ-ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφ- 
hardened their © heart, that they should not see -with the 
θαλμοῖς καὶ νοῄσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ “ἐπιστραφῶσιν," καὶ 
eyes and understand withthe heart and be converted, and 
Piaowpa' αὐτούς. 41 Tatra εἶπεν. Ἡσαΐας, “ὅτε! εἶδεν 
Ishould heal them, These things said Esaias, when __ he saw 
A δόξ ᾽ ~ ασ. 7 ; Η 9 ~ «/ Pe aay) 
τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐλάλησεν περὶ αὐτοῦ. 42 Όμως μέντοι 
_his glory, and spoke . concerning him. Although indeed 
Kai ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς: αὐτόν" 
even from among the rulers many believed on * him, 
2 4 4 4 , ? e , ὃ 4 
ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς Φαρισαίους. οὐχ-.ὡμολόγου», (να μὴ 
but onaccountof the Pharisees" they confessed not, that not 
ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται. 48 ἠγάπησαν.γὰρ τὴν δόξαν 
put out of the synagogue they might be; for they loved the glory 
τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 44 ‘Inoove 


of men more than the glory of God. ?Jesus 
δὲ ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν, Ὃ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, οὐ.πιστεύει εἰς 
*but cried and said, Hethat believes on me, believes not on 


ἐμέ, τἀλλ᾽" εἰς τὸν πέμψαντά pe 45 καὶ ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμέ, 
me, but on him who sent me; and hethat beholds me, 
θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά µε. 46 ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον 
beholds him who sent me. I alight into the world 
? ΄ / ~ « ” > ? Le τὰ ~ / A 
ἐλήλυθα, ἵνα πᾶς O πιστεύων εἰς EME ἐν τῇ ' σκοτίᾳ PN 
have come, that everyone that. believes on me in the darkness Σποῦ 
μείνῃ. 47 καὶ ἐάν τις µου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων καὶ μὴ 
*may abide. And if anyone‘*of*me ‘hear “086 Swords and not 
"πιστεύσῃ," ἐγὼ ov.Kpivw αὐτόν οὐ.γὰρ. ἦλθον ἵνα κρίνώ 
*believe, I donotjudge him, forI came not that I might judge 
τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον. 48 ὁ ἀθετῶν 
the world, .+ but ἢ that I might save the world. Hethat rejects 
ἐμὲ καὶ μὴ.λαµμβάνων τὰ ῥήματά.-μου, ἔχει τὸν κρίνοντά 
me and  ἆἄἆοθβ ποὺ receive my words, has himwho judges 
, ή a ~ ~ . ? & 
αὐτόν' ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ 
him: the word which Ispoke, _ that shailjudge him in ο 
ο i ΄ ~ / ο ? 
ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 49 ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐις ἐλάλησα ἀλλ 
last day ; for I from myself spoke not, but 
« - / ᾽ , ? δὴ \ εδ |] / 
ο πέμψας με πατηθ, αυτος μοι EVTOANYV EOWKEV TL 
the “who sent “me ‘Father, himself mecommandment gave what 
, ‘ ε 4 ? ~ 
εἴπω καὶ τί λαλήσω" 50 καὶ οἶδα ὅτι ἡ. ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ 
I should say and what I should speak ; and I know that his commandment 
ο ie μπεβαθλθς, ἦν Rare ἐγώ." καθὼς εἴρηκέν μοι 
ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν ἃ οὖν & ἐγώ," καθὼς εἴρη μ 
life eternal is. What therefore *speak ‘ ‘I, _as 
ὁ πατήρ, οὕτως λαλῶ. 
the Father, 80 Ispeak. 
13 Πρὸ.δὲ τῆς ἑορτῆς του. πάσχα; 


Now before the feast ofthe passover, *knowing that 


+ Jesus 
απ ἐπώρωσεν hardened Tira. στραφῶσιν LITA. 
8 ὅτι because GLTTrA. | aAAa LTTrA, 
geven LeTraw, 7 ἐγὼ λαλω LTTra. 


has said to me 
εἰδὼς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι. 
ς η 


\8 φυλάξῃ keep [them] Lrtraw. 


285 


filled, which he spake, 
Lord, who hath be- 
lieved our report 2 and 
to whom hath the arm 
of the Lord been re- 
vealed? 39 Therefore 
they could not believe, 
because that Esaias 
said again, 40 He hath 
blinded their eyes, and 
hardened their heart; 
that they should not 
see with their eyes, nor 
understand with their 
heart, and be convert- 
ed, and I should heal 
them. 41 These things 
said Esaias, when he 
saw his glory, and 
spake of him. 42 Never- 
theless antong the chief 
rulers also many be- 
lieved on him; but be- 
cause of the Pharisees 
they did not confess 
him, lest they should 
be put out of the syna- 
gogue: 43 for they 
loved the praise of men 
more than the praise of 
God. 44 Jesus cried and 


_ said, He that believeth 


on me, believeth not on 
me, but on him that 
sent me, 45 And hethat 
seeth me seeth him 
that sent me. 461 am 
come a light into the 
world, that whosoever 
believeth on me should 
not abide in darkness, 
47 And if any man 
hear my words, and be- 


~ lieve not, I judge him 


not: for I came not to 
judge the world, but to 
save theworld. 48 He 
that rejecteth me, and 
receiveth not my 
words, hath one that 
judgeth him: the word 
that I havespoken, the 


:same shall judge him 


in the last day. 49 For 
I have not spoken of 
myself ; but the Father 
which sent me, he gave 
me a commandment, 
what I should say, and 
what I should speak. 
50 And I know that 
his commandment is 
life everlasting: what- 
soever I speak there- 
fore, even asthe Father 
said- unto me, so I 
speak, 


-XIIT. Now before the 
feast of the passcver, 
when Jesus knew that 


P ἰάσομαι 1 shall heal ttTra. 


\t δέδωκεν has: 


286 


his hour was come that 
he should depart out 
of this world unto the 
Father, having loved 
his own which were in 
the world, he loved 
them unto the end. 
2 And supper being 
ended, the devilhaving 
now put into the heart 
of Judas Iscariot, Si- 
mon’s son, to betray 
him; 3.Jesus knowing 
that the Father had 
given all things into 
his hands, and that he 
was come from God, 
and went to God; 4 he 
risethfrom supper, aud 
laid aside his gar- 
ments; and took a 
towel, and girded him- 
self. 5 After that he 
‘ypoureth water into a 
pbason, and began to 
wash the disciples’ feet, 
and to wipe them with 
the towel wherewith 
he was girded. 6 Then 
cometh he to Simon 
Peter: and Peter saith 
unto him, Lord, dost 
thou wash my feet? 
7 Jesus answered and 
said unto him, What I 
do thou knowest not 
now; but thou shalt 
know hereafter. 8 Pe- 
ter saith unto him, 
Thou shalt never wash 
my feet. Jesus answer- 
ed him, If I wash thee 
not, thou hast no part 
with me. 9Simon Peter 
saith unto him, Lord 
not my feet only, but 
also my hands and my 
head. 10 Jesus saith to 
him, He that is washed 
needeth not save to 
wash his feet, but is 
clean every whit: and 
ye are clean, but not 
all, 11 For be knew 
who should betray 
him; therefore said he, 
Ὑὸ are not all clean. 
12 So after he had 
washed their feet, and 
had taken his gar- 
ments, and was set 
down again, he said 
unto them, Know ye 
what I have done to 
you? 13 Ye call me 


τ ἦλθεν Was Come LTTrA. 
καριώτης ΤΊτΑ ; ᾿Ιούδα Siu. Ἴσκ. ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτόν 1, 


. ἔδωκεν gave TTr. 
Τοὺς πόδας LTTrA. 

Ἀ εἰ μὴ except LTrA 
™ + καὶ LTTra, 


ν 


ΤΩΑΝΝΗΣ. ΧΙ 

’ μὲ: 6 ~ η 
σἐλήλυθεν! αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα ἵνα μεταβῇ ἐκ τοῦ.κόσμου.τού- 
has come his hour that he should depart out of this world 
Φ A , ” Ne \ Ὁ. - 
του πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ἀγαπήσας τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ 
to . tho Father, having loved his own which [wereJin the 
κόσμῳ εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς. 2 καὶ δείπνου *yevo- 


world to [the] end . δ ]Ἰονοᾶ them. And supper taking 
µένου,ὶ τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 


place, the devil already having put into the heart 
YIovda Σίμωνος ἸἸσκαριώτου, ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ," 
of Judas, Simon’s [son] Iscariote, that him he should deliver up, 


3 εἰδὼς *%6’Inoovg' ὅτι πάντα "δέδωκεν! αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ 
2knowing ‘Jesus “that 3811 °things Shas ’given ‘him ‘the ®Father 
εἰς τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν 
into [his] hands, and that from God hecameout and _ to 
θεὸν ὑπάγει, 4 ἐγείρεται "ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν 
God goes, he rises from the supper and lays aside [his] 
ἱμάτια, καὶ λαβὼν λέντιον διέζωσεν ἑαυτόν" 5. εἶτα ᾿ βάλ- 
garments and having taken atowel hegirded himself: afterwards he 


λει ὕδωρ εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα, καὶ ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας 
pours water into, the washing-basin, and began towash {86 feet 


~ ~ \ ~ ’ 
τῶν μαθητῶν, καὶ ἐκμάσσειν τῷ λεντι ἦν 
ofthe disciples, and towipe [them] withthe towel with which he was 


διεζωσµένος. 6 ἔρχεται οὖν πρὸς Σίμωνα Πέτρον" cai" 
girded, He comes therefore to Simon Peter, and 
λέγει αὐτῷ «ἐκεῖνος! Κύριε, σύ pov νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας; 
"says “to*him δ ‘he, Lord, *thou *of *me ‘dost wash the feet ? 
aoe ; A ἊΣ - uA Lan BS te, νὰ ~ \ > 
7 ᾿᾽Απεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ο ἔγω ποιῶ σὺ οὐκ 
2Answered 1Jesus and said tohim, What 1 do thou “ποῦ 
» 7 Η \ ~ ἣ / ? ~ / 
οἶδας ἄρτι, γνώσῃ.δὲ μετὰ.ταῦτα. 8 Λέγει αὐτῷ Πέ- 
1knowest now, butthoushalt know hereafter. "Says “to*him 1Ῥε- 
τρος, Οὐ.μὴ νίψης “τοὺς πόδας μου! εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα. 
ter, In no wise mayest thou wash my feet for ever. 
᾿Απεκρίθη “αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ἱησοῦς,! ᾿Εὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις 
Ἀληετνγοτοά Shim 1 Jesus, Unless I wash thee, thou hast not 
, ” Ἵ ~ / ᾽ ~ / / / 4 
µερος per ἐμοῦ. 9 Λέγει αὐτῷ Σίμων Πέτρος, Κύριε, μὴ 
part with me. “Says ‘to*him ‘Simon ‘Peter, Lord, not 
τοὺς.πόδας.µου µόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν κεφαλήν. 


4 
Ta 


my feet only, but also the hands and _ the head. 
10 Λέγει αὐτῷ f0'’Inoovc, Ὃ  Ἅλελουμένος 80d χρείαν 

Says *to *him ‘Jesus, He that has beenlaved “7not “need 
ἔχει" δὴ" trode πόδας" νίψασθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἔστιν καθαρὸς 
"has [other] than the feet to wash, but is clean 


ὕλος' καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, GAN οὐχὶ πάντες. 11 ὑδει.γὰρ 


wholly; and ye clean are, but not all. For he knew 
τὸν παραδιδόντα αὐτόν διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν, Οὐχὶ πάν- 
him who was delivering up him: onaccountof this: hesaid, Νοῦ “1 


τες καθαροί ἐστε. 12"Ore οὖν ἔνιψεν τοὺς πόδας.αὐτῶν, 
‘clean ‘ye “are. When therefore he had washed. their feet, 

Ikai! ἔλαβεν τὰ.ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ™ "ἀναπεσὼν! πάλιν, εἶπεν 

and taken his garments, having reclined again,  hesaid 
αὐτοῖς, Γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν; 18 ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ µε 
tothem, . Do ye know what Ihave done to you? Ye eall me 
χα γινομένου TTr. ¥ ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν ᾿Ιούδας Σίμωνος Ἴσ- 
ό 2 --- ὃ Τησοὺς (read [Jesus] [L]TTra. 
9 --- ἐκεῖνος (read λέγει he says) LT[Tr]a. 4 μον 
Γ-- 9 T[Tr]. 8, οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν LTTrAW. 
K + ὅτι LTTra. '— καὶ L, 


b -- καὶ TTrA. 

ο Ἰησοῦς αὐτῷ ΙΤΤΤΑ. 
> — HT. 1 — τοὺς πόδας T. 
3 ἀνέπεσεν reclined TTra. 


XIII. JOHN. 


ὁ διδάσκαλος καὶ ὁ κύριος, καὶ καλῶς λέγετε, εἰμὶ ἄρ. 


the Teacher and the Lord, and = well yesay, *I *am [*so]-'for. 
14 εἰ οὖν ἐγὼ ἔνιψα ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας, ὁ κύριος Kai ὁ 
If therefore I washed your feet, the Lord and the 


διδάσκαλος, καὶ ὑμεῖς ὀφείλετε ἀλλήλων νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας. 
Teacher, also ye ought ofone another to wash the feet ; 
15 ὑπόδειγμα.γὰρ %dwxa" ὑμῖν, ἵνα καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, 
for an example I gave you, that as 1 did to you, 
καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε. 16' ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος 
also Ὑ6 should do, Verily verily Isay toyou, 15 ποῦ ‘a 7bondman 
μείζων τοῦ.κυρίου.αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ.πέµψαν- 
greater - than his lord, nor amessenger greater than he whosent 
τος αὐτόν. 17 εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε; μακάριοί ἐστε ἐὰν ποιῆτε 
hin, If these things yeknow, blessed areye if yedo 
7 , ? ‘ ΄ « ~ / 4 ? “Dp t α ελ ή 
αὐτὰ. 18 οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω" ἐγώδ οἶδα ove 
them. Not of all Ίγοα Ispeak. iE know whom 
ἐξελεξάμην" ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἡ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ, Ὃ τρώγων 
I chose, but that the scripture might be fulfilled, He that eats 
Tuer ἐμοῦ! τὸν ἄρτον "ἐπῆρεν' ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ. 
*with. πιο ‘pread lifted up against me his heel. 
19 ᾿ἀπ᾽ ἄρτι! λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ.γενέσθαι, ἵνα Ὑύταν 
From this time Itell you, before it comestopass, that when 
ται, πιστεύσητε' ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι. 20 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, 
to pass, ye may believe that I am [he]. Verily verily Isay to you, 
‘O λαμβάνων εάν" τινα πέμψω, ἐμὲ λαμβάνει: ὁ δὲ 
Hethat receives whomsoever Ishallsend, me receives; and he that 
ἐμὲ λαμβάνων, λαμβάνει τὸν πέμψαντά µε. 21 Ταῦτα 
me reccives, receives him who sent me, These things 
εἰπὼν "ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι, καὶ ἐμαρτύρησεν 
saying Jesus was troubled in spirit, and testified 
καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει 
and said, Verily verily Isay to you, that one of you _ willdeliver up 


ἵ γένη- 
it come 


µε. 2 Ἔβλεπον υοῦνὶ εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταί, ἀποροί- 
me. “Looked *therefore *upon “one ‘another ‘the “disciples, doubt- 
μενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει 23 ἦν. “δὲ ἀνακείμενος εἷς ὃ τῶν 


of whom he speaks, But there was reclining one 


~ ~ ~ η ~ ~ 4 / ε ~ 
μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ.]ησοῦ, ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς" 
of his disciples in the bosom of Jesus, whom *loved ‘Jesus, 
24 vever οὖν τούτῳ Σίμων Πέτρος ὑπυθέσθαι τίς 
®Makes 78 “sign *therefore ὅἴο 1 Ἠΐπι ὁβΙΠΙΟΠ *Peter to ask who 
ἂν εἴηὶ περὶ οὗ λέγει. 25 «ἐπιπεσὼν' “δὲ! ἐκεῖνος" ἐπὶ τὸ 
it might be of whom he speaks, sHaving *leaned ‘and *he on the 


ing 


στῆθος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, λέγει αὐτῷ, Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν; 26 ᾿Απο- 
breast of Jesus, says tohim, Lord, who is it? 2An- 
κρίνεται: 86" ᾿Τησοῦς, ᾿Ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ᾧ ἐγὼ "βάψας" τὸ 


swers 1 Jesus, itis to whom 


ψωμίον Ἰἐπιδώσω." 
morsel, shall give [it]. 
Ιούδᾳ Σίμωνος 
to Judas, 
ο δέδωκα I have given T. ἢ 
5 ἐπῆρκεν has lifted up T. t ἀπάρτι τ. 
Way ΙΤΊΤΑ. *— OTTrA. 7 --- οὖν Ἠ[τε]Α. . 2 — δὲ but rrra 
b καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ Εἰπὲ τίς ἐστιν and says to him, Say who it is Lrtra. 
leaned back LTrA. d — δὲ Tra ; οὖν therefore T. ; 
therefore [1.Ja. & [Ὁ] Tr. h ἐμβάψας L; βάψω shall dip rtra. 
sh:ll give to him TTra. 
καὶ he takes and TTra. | 


He {, having dipped the 
ΚΚαὶ ἐμβάψας" τὸ ψωμίον | δίδωσιν 

And having dipped the morsel he gives [it] 

π']σκαριώτφ.ὶ 27 καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον, 
Simon’s [son] Iscariote. And after the morsel, 


P + [γὰρ] for (1) L. 9 τίνας ΤΊτΑ. 


6 + οὕτως thus Τί ΤΥ] ΑΝ. 


987 
Master and Lord: and 
ye say well; for so I 
am, 14 If I then, your 
Lord and Master, have 
washed your feet; ye 
also ought to wash one 
another’s feet. 15 For 
I have given you an 
example,that yeshould 
do as I have done to 
you. 16 Verily, verily, 
I say unto you, The 
servant is not greater 
than his lord; neither 
he that is sent greater 
than he that sent him, 
17 If ye know the-e 
things, happy are ye if 
yedo them. 18 I speak 
not of you all: I know 
whom I have chosen: 
but that the scripture 
may be fulfilled, He 
that eateth bread with 
me hath lifted up his 
heel against me, 
19 Now I tell you be- 
fore it come, that, 
when it is come to pass, 
ye may believe that I 
am he. 20 Verily, veri- 
ly, 1 βαγ unto you, He ~ 
that receiveth whom- 
soever I send receiveth 
me; and hethat recciv- 
eth me receiveth him 
that sent me. 21 When 
Jesus had thus said, he 
was troubled in spirit, 
and testified, and said, 
Verily, verily, I say 
unto you, that one of 
you shall betray me. 
22 Then the disciples 
looked one on another, 
doubting of whom he 
spake. 23 Now there 
was leaning on Jesus’ 
bosom one of his disci- 
ples, whom Jesus lov- 
ed. 24 Simon Peter 
therefore beckoned to 
him, that he should ask 
who it should be of 
whom he spake. 25 He 
then lying on Jesus’ 
breast saith unto him, 
Lord, who is it? 26 Je- 
sus answered, He it is, 
to whom I shall givea 
sop, when I have dip- 
ped it. And when he 
had dipped the sop, he 
gave τὸ to Judas Is- 
cariot,the son of Simon, 
27 And after the sop 


τ µου My Tra, 


¥ πιστεύσητε (πιστεύητε Tr) ὅταν γένηται TTrA, 
@ + ἐκ of (his) GLTTrAW. 


ς ἀναπεσὼν having 
f+ οὖν 


. καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ and 
κ βάψας οὖν having dipped therefore TTra. 
τι Ἰσκαριώτον (read son of Simon Iscariote.) TTra, 


1+. λαμβάνει 


288 


Satan entered into 
him. Then said Jesus 
unto him, That thou 
doest, do quickly. 
28 Now no man at the 
table knew for what 
intent he spake this 
unto him, 29 For some 
of them thought, be- 
cause Judas had the 
bag, that Jesus had 
said unte him, Buy 
those things that we 
have need of against 
the feast; or, that he 
should give something 
tothe poor. 30 He then 
having received the sop 
went immediately out: 
and4at was night. 


31 Therefore, when 
he was gone out, Jesus 
said, Now is the Son of 
man glorified, and God 
is glorified 
32, 1 God be glorified 
in him, God shail also 
glorify him in himself, 
and shall straightway 
glorify him. 33 Little 
children, yet a little 
while I am with you. 
Ye shall seek me: and 
851 saidunto the Jews, 
Whither I go, ye can- 
nut come; so now Isay 
to you. 34 A new com- 
mandment I give unto 
you, That ye love one 
another; as I have 
loved you, that ye 
also love one an- 
other. 35 By this shall 
all men know that 
ye are my disciples, if 
ye have love one to an- 
other. 36 Simon Peter 
said unto him, Lord, 
whither goest thou? 
Jesus answered him, 
Whither I go, thou 
canst not follow me 
now; but thou shalt 
follow me afterwards, 


in him... 


IQANNHS. ST 

~ 7 >? ~ ε 4 ~ / ~ 
τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ σατανᾶς. λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ll 
then entered into him ‘Satan. 3Says *therefore*toShim ~ 


᾿Ιησοῦς, Ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχιον. 28 Tovro.dé οὐδεὶς 
11685, What thou docest, do quickly. But this noone 


ἔγνω τῶν ἀνακειμένων πρὸς τί εἶπεν αὐτῷ. 29 τινὲς.γὰρ 
knew of those reclining wherefore he spoke to him; for some 


ἐδόκουν, ἐπεὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον εἶχεν °0' Ἰούδας, ὅτι λέγει 


thought, since *the *bag 7had Judas, that 7is*saying 
αὐτῷ Po! ᾿]ησοῦς, ᾿Αγόρασον ὧν ρείαν ἔχομεν εἰς 
sto Shim 1 Jesus, Buy what things πορᾶ [of] we have for 
τὴν ἑορτήν' ἢ τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ. 90 λα- 
the feast ; or tothe poor that something he should give. Having 
βὼν οὖν τὸ ψωμίον ἐκεῖνος “εὐθέως ἐξῆλθεν." ἦν.δὲ 
received therefore the morsel he immediately. went out; and it was 
vue, 
night. 

81 Ὅτε ἐξῆλθεν λέγει "ὁ" Ἰησοῦς, Νῦν ἐδοξάσθη 


When he was gone out “says 


ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπον, Kai ὁ θεὸς . ἐδοξάσθη 


Now has been glorified 
ἐν αὐτῷ. 32 ‘et 


‘Jesus, 


the Son of man, and God has been glorified in him, If 
ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ," καὶ ὁ θεὸς δοξάσει. αὐτὸν ἐν 

God has been glorifiedin him, also God shall glorify him in 
γἑαυτῳφ,! καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν. 33 Texvia, τὶ 


himself, Little children, yet 

ικρὸν μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι. ζητήσετέ µε, καὶ καθως εἶπον τοῖς 

alittle while with you Jam. Yewillseek me; and, as 1 sail tothe 

Ἰουδαίοις, “Ore ὅπου “ὑπάγω ἐγώ," ὑμεῖς οὐ. δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, 
1, 


and immediately shall glorify him. 


Jews, That where *20 ye are notable to come, 

‘ ε ~ , » 2 \ Ξ A ΄ « - ω 
καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι. 84 ἐντολὴν καινὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν, ἵνα 
also toyou Isay now. A *commandment *new Igive toyou, that 


καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς 
I loved you, that7’also ‘ye 
? ~ 7 , ? , , / « ? ᾿ 
ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους. 98 ἐν τούτῳ γνώσονται πάντες OTL ἐμοὶ 
should love one another. * By this shall "know ‘all that to me 
μαθηταί ἐστε, ἐὰν ἀγάπην ἔχητε ἐν ἀλλήλοις., 96 Λέγει 
disciples yeare, if love ye have among one another. 3Says 
? ~ ΄ , , ~ € 4 Ξ > iQ x ’ ~ 
αὑτῷ Σιμων Ἰετρος, Κυριε, που υπαγεις; ἄπεκριση "αὐτῳ 
*to®him ‘Simon 7?Peter, Lord, where goest thou? 7Answered “him 
cy? ~ ev ε / ᾽ / / ~ ? “ « 
ὁ" ᾿Τησοῦς, Ὅπου" ὑπάγω οὐ.δύνασαί μοι νῦν ἀκολουθῆσαι 
1 Jesus, Where Igo thouartnotable me now to follow, 
τὕστερον.δὲ ἀκολουθήσεις μοι." 37 Λέγει αὐτῷ "ὁ" Πέτρος, 
but afterwards thou shalt follow me. 2Says. 3to *him Peter, 
Κύριε, Stari" οὐ.δύναμαί σοι “ἀκολουθῆσαι! ἄρτι; τὴν ψυχήν 


ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους" 
ye should love one another; according as 





κά 
θα κ απο. Lord, bi hes I nae able thee ον ες. ον A vere 
Lord, why cannot I µου ὑπὲρ σοῦ θήσω. 88 ΦΑπεκρίθη αὐτῷ ὁ!" Ἰησοῦς, 
Gad lay foe as my 1ος thee I will lay down, Answered “him 1 Jesus, 
for thysake. 38Jesus Τὴν.ψυχήν.σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις; ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω 
neh ους Thy life for me thou wilt lay down! Verily verily Isay- 
116 , τ > , 

for my sake? Verily, σοι, οὐ. μὴ ἀλέκτωρ “φωνήσει! ἕως οὗ ἀπαρνήσῃ" µε 
verily, 5αγ unto thee, {ο thee, in πο wise[the] cock will crow until thou wiltdeny me 
The cock shall not / . 
crow, till thou hast de- Τρίς. 
nied me thrice. thrice, 

0 — ὃ TTrA. ied OLTTrA, P — ὁ T[Tr]A. a ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς LTTrA. * + οὖν therefore 
ELTTrA. ® — ὃ ΤΊτΑ. t [et ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ] LTrA. 7 αὐτῷ TTr. τ ἐγὼ 


ὑπάγω GLTTrAW. 
® — 0 GLITIAW. 


5 φωνήσῃ LITrA. 


> at 
Σ — αὐτῷ 0 LTTrA. 


Σ ἀκολουθήσεις δὲ ὕστερον LTTrA. 


7 + ἐγὼ I (go) T. 
4 ἀποκρίνεται ALSWEIS LTTrAW. 


Ὁ διὰ τί LTrA. © ἀκολουθεῖν Tr. 


{ ἀρνήσῃ LTTra. 


zy. JOIN, 


απ Ἱ ~ bia , . , 
14 Μὴ.ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία" πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν θεόν, 
Let not be troubled your heart; ye believe on God, 
καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύετε. 2 ἐν TH οἰκίᾳ τοῦ.πατρύς-µου μοναὶ 
also on me betieve. In the house of my Bacher “abodes 
πολλαί εἰσιν" εἰδὲμή,  εἶπον.ὰν ὑμῖν" ἕπορεύομαι ἑτοι- 
‘many there are; otherwise I would have told you; I go tu pre- 
µάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν. 3 καὶ ἐὰν πορευθῶ "Kai ἑτοιμάσω ὑμῖν 
pare aplace for you; and if I go and = prepare for you 
τύπον," πάλιν ἔρχομαι καὶ Σπαραλήψομαι" ὑμᾶς πρὸς ἐμαυ- 
ἃ place, again Lam coming and will receive you to my- 
Ld , er 7 ΄ ‘ « - o ‘ er , ‘ 
TOV’ ἵνα Όπου εἰμὶ ἐγώ, Kai ὑμεῖς ἦτε. 4 καὶ ὅπου Ιἐγωὶ 
self, that where “am ‘I *also 3ο may be. And where i 
« , ” M.S ll \ ene n 10 1 5 Aé ? ~ Θ ελα 
υΌπαγω οιόατε “καὶ τὴν οὐον “οιθατε. ἔγει αυτ ωμας, 
go yeknow and the way yeknow. “Says “to *him *Thomas, 
ee yn ~ « , ‘ ~ 4 ‘ 
Κύριε, οὐ κ.υἴδᾶμεν ποῦ ὑπάγειὸ Kai! πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν 
Lord, we know not where thou goest, and how can We the 
ὑσὸν ecérar;' ϐ Λέγει αὐτῷ 40" Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς 
way know ? *Says “to *him Jesus, 1 am the way 
καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ ζωή" οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν πατέρα 


and the truth and the life. Noone comes to the Father 
᾽ ~ a ᾽ , , ‘ ‘ / 

εἰ μὴ ov ἐμοῦ. 7 εἰ Τἐγνώκειτέ pe," καὶ τὸν.πατέρα.µου 
but by me. If ye bad known me, also my Father 


. , ” ῃ ‘ ᾿ 2 » 1: ΄ ἊΝ ‘ « ’ 
δεγνώκειτε.ν"" ‘kai! Yam ἄρτιϊ γινώσκετε αὐτόν, καὶ ἑωρά- 
ye ποπ]ά αν known; and henceforth ye know him, and have 

5 - ᾽ , , a: ~ “ --” c ~ 
Kare "αὐτόν | 8 Λέει αὐτῷ Φίλιππος, Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν 


seen him, 2Says “to*him  -‘Philip, Lord, shew us 

Ν Δ 7 ~ e ~ ~ @ 2 ~ 
τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἀρκεῖ ἡμῖν. Y Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, 
the Father, and itsuifices 118. 2Says “to *him 1 Jesus, 

~ , >» ~ ” / 

ΣΤοσοῦτον χρόνον" μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ.έγνωκάς µε, 
So long a time with you amJI, and thou hast not known me, 
Φίλιππε; ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμέ, ἑώρακεν τὸν πατέρα" }καὶὶ πῶς 
Philip? Hethat has seen me, hasseen the Father; and how 


σὺ λέγεις, Δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν πατέρα: 10 οὐ.πιστεύεις . ὅτι 
*thou ‘sayest, Shew us the Father? Believest thou not that 
ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν; τὰ ῥήματα 

Father, andthe Father 3 me) 1ο πε ποτ 


I [απο] in the in 
ἃ ἐγὼ 2λαλῶ' ὑμῖν, ἀπ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ.λαλῶ: ὁ. δὲ πατὴρ 
but the Fathcr 


which I speak” toyou, from myself I speak not ; 
86" ἐν ἐμοὶ μένων δαὐτὸὺς παιεῖ τὰ ἔργα! ©. 11 πιστεύετέ μοι 


who in me abides he does the works. Believe me 

ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί, Kai ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοιῖ' εἰ. δὲ μή. 

that I{amjin the Father, and the Father in me; but if not, 
Ὁ ‘ v. ? ‘ ? ‘ > ‘ , 
διὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτὰ πιστεύετέ “μοι." 12 ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω 


because of the works themschves _ believe me. Verily verily Isay 


~ ,ὔ > ε , ‘ ~ 9. Σ ~ Ἴ 
ὑμῖν, ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ, κακεῖνος 
το you, Hethat believes on me, the works which I do, also he 

‘ oe / ef > ‘ ‘ ‘ 
ποιήσει, καὶ μείζονα τούτων ποιῆσει, OTL EYW πρὸς TOY 


shalldo, and greater than these heshalldo, because I to 
is / ‘ ε/ a Deut 3 ~ 
πατέρα μου" πορεύομαι. 19 καὶ O.TLaY alTHONTE ἐν TH 
my Father 89. And whatsoever yemayask in 





i τόπον ὑμῖν TTrA. 
Ov καὶ ΤΥ, 


h — καὶ Lis. 


Ε + ore for LTTrAW. Ἢ 
n — οἴδατε [1717 ΓΑ. 


1 [ἐγὼ] L. m—at[L]TTraA. | 
know we the way LTTra. 4—oOT. ‘ 
tra; γνώσεσθε ye will know Το t — καὶ [1]1νΑ. τ 
ἃ χοσούτῳ χρόνῳ LT. }--- καὶ ΙΤ Τσ]. “λέγω ΤΑ. 9 [ὁ] LTra, 
αὐτοῦ does his works ΤΤιΑ. ο + [αὐτοῦ] (ad 15 works) 1. 

Ξ — μοι T Tr], £— μον. (vead the father) Lrira, 


τ ἐγνώκατε ἐμέ ye have known me 1. 
Y aiapTe T.° 


289 


XIV. Let not your 
heart he troubled: ye 
believe in God, believe 
alxo in me, 2 In my 
Father’s house are 
many mansions: if τὲ 
were not so, 1 would 
have told you. I goto 
prepare a piace for you. 
3 Andif I go and pre- 
pure a place for you, 
I will come’ again, and 
reccive you unto my- 
self ; that where I am, 
there ye may be also. 
4 And whithcr I go 
ye know, and the way 
ye know. 5 Vhomas 
saith unto him, Lord, 
we know not whither 
thou goest; and how 
can we know the way ? 
6 Jesus saith unto him, 
I am the way, the 
truth, and the life: no 
man cometh unto the 
Father, but by me; 7If 
ye had known me, ye 
should have kiown my 
Father also: and from 
henceforth ye know 
him, and have scen 
him, 8 Philip saith 
unto him, Lord, shew 
us the Father, and it 
sufficeth us. 9 Jesus 
saith unto him, HaveI 
been so Jong time with 
you, and yet hast thou 
not known me, Philip? 
he that huth seen me 
hath seen the Father ; 
and how sayest thou 
then, Shew us the Fa- 
ther? 10 Believest thou 
not taat I am in the 
Father, and the Father 
iu me? the words that 
I speak unto you I 
speak not of mysclf: 
but the Father that 
dwelleth in me, he do- 
eth the works. 11 Be- 
lieve me that] am in 
the Father, and the Fa- 
ther in me: or else be- 
lieve me for the very 
works’ sake. 12 Verily, 
verily, I say unto you, 
He that believeth on 
me, the works that I 
doshall he doalso; and 
greater works than 
these shall he do; be- 
cause 1 go unto my 
Father.’ 13 And what- 
soever ye shall ask in 





κ παραλήµψομαι LTTrA. 


Ρ οἴδαμεν THY ὁδόν 
5 ἂν ἥδειτε 
π [αὐτόν] Lira. 
b ποιεῖ τὰ. ἔργα 
ἆ + ἐστίν is E, 


U 


200 


φ 

my name, that will I 
do, that the Father 
may be glorified*in the 
Son. 14 If ye shull 
ask any thing in my 
name, [ will as itt. 
15 If ye love me, keep 
my commandments. 
16 And I will pray the 
Father, and he shail 
give you another Com- 
forter, that he may 
abide with you for 
ever; 17 even the Spirit 
of truth; whom the 
world cannot receive, 
because it seeth him 
not, neither knoweth 
him: but ye know him; 
for he dwelleth with 
you, and shall he in 
you. 18 I will not 
leave you comfortless: 
I will come to you. 
19 Yet a little while, 
and the world sceth 
me no more; hut ye sce 
me: because I live, ye 
shall live also. 20 At 
that day yeshall know 
that I am in my Fa- 
ther, and ye in me, and 
1 in you. 21 He that 
hath my command- 
ments, and kcepeth 
them, he it is that lovy- 
eth me: and he that 
loveth me shall be ]οτ- 
ed of my Father, and I 
will love him, and will 
manifest myself to 
him, 22 Judas saith 
unto him, not Iscariot, 
Lord, how is it that 
thou wilt manifest 
thyself unto us, and 
not unto the world? 
23 Jesus answered and 
saiduntohim, Ifaman 
love me, he will keep 
my words: and my Fa- 
ther will love him, and 
we will come unto 
him. and make our a- 
bode with him. 24 He 
that loveth me not 
keepeth not my say- 
ings: and the word 
which ye hear is not 
Mine, but the Fa- 
ther’s which sent me. 
25 These things have I 
spoken unto you, being 
yet present with you. 
25 But the Comforter, 
which is the Holy 
Ghost, whom the Fa- 
ther will send in my 
name, he shall teach 
σα all things, and 

ring all things to 


your remembrance, 


4 , / ~ , “ 6 “« ¢ 4 .- 
ὀνόματί.μου, τοῦτο ποιήσω, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ πατήρ ἐν τῷ 
“my name, this willl do, that may be glorified the Father -in .the 
υἱῷ. 14 ἐάν τι αἰτήσητεξ ἐν τῷ-ὀνόματί-μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω. 
Son. Tf anything ye ask in my name, I will do [it] 
15 ἐὰν ἀγαπᾶτέ pe, τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς Βτηρήσατε." 
If ye love me, “commandments my keep. 
16 Ἱκαὶ ἐγὼ" ἐρωτήσω τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἄλλον παράκλητον 
And Ἕ will ask the Father, and another Paraclete ἡ 
δώσει ὑμῖν, ίνα μένῃ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα," 17 τὸ 
he will give you, that he may remain with - you © for ever, the 
~ ~ ’ ΄, ἂν « , πρ ~ e 
πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ.δύναται λαβεῖν, ὅτι 
Spirit of truth, whomthe world cannot receive, becatse 
οὐ θεωρεῖ αὐτό, οὐδὲ γινώσκει Ἰαὐτό"Ἱ ὑμεῖς." δὲ! γινώσκετε 
it does not see him, nor’ know him ; but ye know 
? «“ 2) ει εν ley Sine ε, οἷς | saa : Π 7 3 
αὐτό, ὅτι παρ᾽ ὑμῖν μένει, καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν πέσται." 18 οὐκ ἀφήσω 


him, for with you heabides, and in you shill be. I will not leave 
ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς' ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 19 ἔτι μικρὸν καὶ ὁ 
you orphans, ITamcoming to you. _ Yet a little while and the 
κόσμος µε CovK ἔτι! θεωρεῖ, ὑμεῖς.δὲ θεωρεῖτε pe ὅτι ἐγὼ 
‘world me πο _ longer sees, but ye sce me: because I 
~ \ ε ~ Ρ ’, ή αἱ 3 , ~ ε , » 
ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε." 20 ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ “γνώσεσθε 
live, ?also ‘ye shall live. In that day shall *know 
ὑμεῖς! ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ.πατρί-µου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ 
1ye that I [am]in my Father, and ye in me, and 1 


ἐν ὑμῖν. 21 ὁ ἔχων τὰς.ἐντολάςο.µου καὶ τηρῶν αὐτάς, 
in you. He that has mycommandments and _ keeps them, 
ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαπῶν µε O00 ἀγαπῶν µε, ἀγαπηθήσε- 
he itis that loves me; but hethat loves mec, shall be loved 
ται ὑπὸ τοῦ.πατρός.µου' Ἱκαὶ ἐγὼ" ἀγαπήσω αὐτόν, καὶ 
by my Father ; andy iver will love him, and 
2 , > ~~ 9 , ΣΧ ἢ o> ~ 3 ’ ᾽ 
ἐμφανίσω αὐτῷ ἐμαυτόν. 22 Λέγει αὐτῷ ᾿Ιούδας οὐχ 
willmanifest tolum ~-myself. "Says “to*him ‘Judas, (not, 
ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης, Κύριε. " τί γέγονεν ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις 
the Iscariote,) Nord, what has occurred that tous thou art about 
? / ee: 3 ? A ae ΚΟῚ ’ ? ΠΕΣ μα] 
ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτόν, καὶ οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ: 28 ᾿Απεκρίδη ἴό 
to manifest thyself, and not tothe world? 2 Answered 
? ~ . 1 κα, ~ ΄ ) ~ ‘ , = 
]ησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ µε, τὺν.λόγον.μού 
Jesus and said ᾖἵο Πἶπι, If ‘anyone love nie, my word 
τηρήσει, καὶ ὁ πατήρ.µου ἀγαπήσει αὐτόν; καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν 


he will keep, and my Father will love him, and ο “him 
ἐλ , θ A 4 ? ? ee ΄ ll « Ἃ 

ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ αὐτῷ "ποιήσομεν." 24 ὁ μὴ 
we willcome, and an abode with him will make, He that “not 


ἀγαπῶν µε, τοὺςλόγους-μου οὐ τηρεῖ Kai ὁ λόγος ὃν 


loves me, my words does not keep; and the word which 
ἀκούετε οὐκ.ἔστιν ἐμός, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός µε πατρός. 
ye hear is not mine, but ofthe *who%sent Πιο ?Father. 


25 Ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν παρ᾽ ὑμῖν μένων" 20 ὁ.δὲ παρά- 
These things [have said toyou, with τοι abiding; but the Para- 


Δ ~ \ ϱ/ εν , ς \ ? a 
κλητος, TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον, ὃ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ 


clete, the Spirit the Holy, whom *will*send ‘the ?Father in 
ὀνόματί μου, ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα. καὶ ὑπο- 
my name, e Syou ‘will “teach all things, and will bring to *re- 


nn a a es eee eee 


& + pe me [1 JT. 


αἰῶνα he may be with you for ever L; 
1 [αυτό] L. 
4 ὑμεῖς ([ὑμεῖς] L) γνώσεσθε LTrA. 
t— ὃ GLTTrAW, 


αἰῶνα Tra, 
P ζήσετε TTrA. 
then Gt[a]w, 


i κἀγὼ LTTrA. Κ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν 
μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν 7 εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τ; 7 μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν 
m — δὲ but [L]t[Tr]a. η ἐστίν iS LTrA. ο οὐκέτι οἱ Τ. 
Γ κἀγὼ LTTrAW. $+ καὶ 


Ὁ τηρήσετε ye will keep τττ. 


ν ποιησόμεθα LITrA, 


XIV, XV JOHN. 

» » εν » ει», 5 τὲ} δ τε 
µνησει υμᾶς πάντα ἃ εἶπον ὑμῖν. 27 εἰρηνην ἀφίημι 
membrance ‘your αἱ] things which Isaid to you. Peace I leave 

ὑμῖν, εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος 
with you ;, ο ο. 41my Igive toyou; not as the world 
δίδωσιν, ἐ ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑ ὑμῖν" μὴ.ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ 

gives, ad *give toyou. Letnotbe troubled your heart, nor 
δειλιάτω. 28 ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν, Ὑπάγω καὶ 
let it fear. Yeheard that I \ said tp you, lam going away and 
ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. εἰ ἠγαπᾶτέ µε, ἐχάρητεἂν ὅτι 
Iamcoming to you. If ye loved me, ye would have rejoiced that 
Ψεῖπον,' Ἡορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα" ὅτι ὁ πατήρ Σμουϊ 

I said, I am going to the Father, for . my Father 
μείζων μου ἐστίν. 29 καὶ νῦν εἴρηκα ὑμῖν πρὶν γενέ- 

And now Ihave told | 


νὰ than Τ 18, you before it comes to 


σθαι, ἵνα ὑτὰν γένηται πιστεύσητε. 80 Youu ἔτι! 


pass, that when it shall have come to pass Ἂν may believe. No longer 
πολλὰ λαλήσω μεθ᾽ τὑμῶν"" ἔρχεται.γὰρ ὁ τοῦ κόσμου 
much I will speak with you, for comes the” 508 *world 


τούτου" ἄρχων, καὶ ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν᾽ 81 ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα 


’this Truler, and in .me he has πε but that 
vp ὁ κόσμος Ore ἀγαπῶ τὸν πατέρα, ὕκαὶ" καθὼς 
Smay Κπον 6 *world that 11]οτο the Father, and as 
εἐνετείλατό! μοι ὁ πατήρ, οὕτως ποιῶ" ἐγείρεσθε, ἄγωμεν 
Scommanded ‘*me'the *Father, thus I do. Rise up, let ug go 
ἐντεῦθεν. 
hence. 
15 εν εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή, καὶ ὁ.πατήριμου ὁ 
am the “vine true, and my Father the 


γεωργός ἐστιν. 2 πᾶν" κλῆμα ἐν τω, μὴ φέρον καρπόν, 
hush: ndman is. Every branch in Pues bearing  frvit, 


αἴρει αὐτό" καὶ πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον, καθαίρει αὐτὸ 
he takes away it; and ον that fruit pears, he cleanses it 


ὀπλείονα καρπὸν! φέρῃ. 8. ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε 
more fruit -it may bear. ποτ ye clean are 


διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν. 4 μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, 
by reason of the word πας I have spoken to you, Abide in me, 


κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν. καθὼς τὸ κλῆμα οὐ. δύναται καρπὸν φέρειν ag’ 


e 
ινα 
that 


and I in you. the branch is not able fruit to bear of 
ἑαυτοῦ ἐὰν.μὴ «μείνῃ' ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ, οὕτως οὐδὲ ὑμεῖς 
itself unless itabide in the μα so neither[can] ye 

ἐὰν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ fueivyre." 5 oe εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος, ὑμες τὰ 
unless .in me _ ye abide. am the vine, ye [are] the 
κλήματα. ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ, οὗτος φέρει 
branches. Hethat abides in me, andI in him, he _— bears 
καρπὸν πολύν: ὅτι χωρὶς ἐμοῦ οὐ δύνασθε πὀιεῖν οὐδέν. 
*Pruit much ; for Beat from me yeareable todo nothing. 


6 ἐὰν. μή. τις ἔμείνῃ! ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα, καὶ 


Unless ΒΥ abide in me, he is cast ont as the branch, and 
ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν Δαὐτὰϊ καὶ εἰς 1 πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ 


is dried ἂρ, and _ they gather them and into a fire cast, and 
καίεται. 7 ἐὰν µείνητε ἐν ἐμοί, καὶ τὰ ῥήματά.μου ἐν ὑμῖν 
it is burned. If yeabide in me, and my words in you 


291 
whatsoever I have said 
unto you. 27 Peacel 


leave with yoy, my 
peace I give unto you: 
not as the world giv- 
eth, give I unto you. 
Let not your heart be 
troubled, neither let it 
be afraid. 28 Ye Have 
heard how I said unto 
you, I go away, and 
come again unto you. 
If ye loved me, ye 
would rejoice, because 
I said, I go unto the 
Father: for my Father 
is greater than 1. 
29 And now I have 
told you beforeit come 
to pass, that, when it is 
come to pass, ye might 
believe. 30 Hereafter Τ 


‘will not talk much 


with you: for the 
prince of this world 
cometh, and hath no- 
thing .in me. 31 But 
that the world may 
know that I love the 
Father; and as the Fa- 
ther gafe me com- 
mandment, even so I 
do. Arise, let us go 
hence, 


XV. I am the true 
vine, and my Father 
is the husbandman. 
2 Every branch in me 
, that beareth not fruit 
"he taketh away: and 
every branch that 
beareth fruit, he purg- 
eth it, that-it may 
bring forth more fruit. 
3 Now ye are ciean 
through the word 
which I have spoken 
unto you. 4 Abide in 
me,and Tin you. As 
the branch cannot bear 
fruit of itself, except it 
abide in the vine ; no 
more can ye, except ye 
abide in me, 5 1 am 
the vine, ye are the 
branches: he that a- 
bideth in me, and Lin 
him, the same bringeth 
forth much fruit: for 
without me ye can do 
nothing. 6 If a man 
abide not in me, he is 
east forth as a branch, 
and is withered ; and 
men gather them, and 
cast them into the fire, 
and they are burned. 
7 If ye abide in me, and 
my words abide in you, 





— εἶπον GLTTrAW. 
8 — τούτου (read of the world) GLTTraW. 
mandment Ltr. 4 καρπὸν πλείονα LTTrA. 
Ὁ αὐτὸ it ’. i + τὸ the (fire) TTraw. 


— pov (ead the Father) [L]TTrA. 
b [και] ΤΩ 
© μένῃ T. 


Υ οὐκέτι GLT. 
ς ἐντολὴν ἔδωκέν gave (πια) com. 
μένητε LITra. 


2 ὑμῖν W. 


ἐ μένῃ Wer 


262 

ye shall ask what ye 
will, and it shall be 
done unto you. 8 Here- 
in is my Father glori- 
fied, that ye bear much 
fruit; so shall ye be my 
disciples. 9 As the Fa- 
ther hath loved me, so 
have I loved you: con- 
tinue ye in my love. 
10 If ye keep my com- 
mandments, ye shall 
abide in my love; even 
as I have kept my Fa- 
ther’s commandments, 
and abide in his love. 
11 These things havelI 
spoken unto you, that 
my joy might remain 
in, you, and that your 
joy might be full. 
12 This is my com- 
mandment, That yé 
love one another, as 
I have loved you. 
13 Greater love hath 
no man than this, that 
a man lay down his 
life for. his friends, 
14 Ye are my friends, 
if ye do whatsoever 
I command you. 
15 Henceforth I call 
you not servants ; for 
the servant knoweth 
not what his lord do- 


eth: but I have called’ 


you friends; for all 
things that I have 
heard of my Father I 
have made known unto 
you. 16 Ye have not 
chosen me, but I have 
chosen you, and or- 
dained you, that ye 
should go and bring 
forth fruit, and that 
your fruit should re- 
main: that whatsoever 
ye shall ask of the Fa- 
ther in my name, he 
may give it you. 
17 hese things I com- 
mand you, that ye love 
one another. 18 If the 
world hate you, ye 
know that it hated me 
before it hated you. 
19 If ye were of the 
world,the world would 
love his own: but be- 
cause ye are not of the 
world, but I nave cho- 
sen you out of the 
world, therefore the 
world hateth you. 
20 Remember the word 
that I said unto you, 
The servant is not 
greater than his lord. 
if they have persecut- 
ed me, they will also 
persecute you; if they 


kav L. 
ἠγάπησα LTrA. 


(vead the Father) 1ΤΑ. 


ὑμᾶς LITra. 


«πατέρα ἐν τῷ.ὀνόματί.μου 


TQANNHES. XV. 
= ‘ , ? ’ s ΄ a ~ 
μείνῃ, δι ἐὰνὶ θέλητε Ιαἰτήσεσθε,! καὶ γενήσεται ὑμῖν. 
abide, whatever yewill ye shall ask, and it shall come to Pass to you. 


8 ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ. πατήρ.µου, ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε, 
In this isglorified τὴν Father, - that *fruit “much γο5ποα]ά bear, 


καὶ "'γενήσεσθε" ιαθηταί. 9 ο. ἠγάπησεν µε ὁ 


ἐμοὶ fp 
and γα 5821} pers 2to *me ‘disciples. loved me the 


πατήρ, κἀγὼ "ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς'' μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ Τῇ ἐμῇ. 
Father, 1 48]5δο loved or abide in “love my. 


10 ἐὰν τὰς. ἐντολάς. μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ. ἀγάπῃ.µου᾽ 
If my commandments ye kecp, yeshallabide in rf love, 


καθὼς je Prac ἐντολὰς τοῦ-πατρός!. "μου" τετήρηκα, καὶ 
as the commandments of my Father have MEG et 


μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ. 11 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα 
abide *his tin love. Tne things I have spoken to you, that™ 


ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν τμείνῃ," καὶ ἡ. χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ. 


“joy ad in you mayabide, and your joy may be full. 
12 αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ ἐμή, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους, 
This is Zcommandment ‘my, that ye love one another, 
καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς. 13 μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς 
88 1 loved you. Greater than this love no one 
” ε 9 ή ‘ A 2 “ θῇ « . ~ ΄ 

ἔχει, ἵνα ὅτις" τὴν ψυχἠν.αὐτοῦ ἢ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων 
ἐπὶ that one his life should lay down for “friends 
ir 3 ‘ 2A ~ te! i 3 ‘ 
αὐτοῦ. 14 ὑμεῖς φίλοι feu ἐστὲ ἐὰν ποιῆτε οσα ἔγω 

this, Ye friends "are if yepractise whatsoever 1 


ἐντέλλομαι ὑμῖν. 15 οὐκέτι ὑμᾶς λέγω" δούλους; ὅτι ὁ δοῦ- 
command you. No longer you Ieall bondmen, for the bond- 


λος οὐκ.οῖδεν τί ποιεῖ αὐτοῦ ὁ κύριος" ὑμᾶς.δὲ εἴρηκα 


man knows ποῦ what *is*doing *his 2master. Butyou I have called 
φίλους, ὅτι πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ.πατρός.µου ἐγνώ- 
friends, for allthings which I heard of my Father I made 
ρισα ὑμῖν. 16 οὐχ ὑμεῖς µε ἐξελέξασθε, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγ ἐξελεξάμην 
known to ἄρα. 3Νοῦ “ye “*me 2chose, but chose 
ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἔθηκα ὑμᾶς ἵνα ὑμεῖς ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέ- 
you, and appointed you that ig shouldgo and fruit yeshouid 
ρητε, καὶ ὁ καρπὺο ὑμῶν μέν ἵνα ὕτιᾶἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν 
bear, and your fruit should abide ; that whatsoever ye may ask the 


17 ταῦτα ἐντέλ- 
These things I com- 


δῷ ὑμῖν. 


Father he may give you. 


λομαι ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους. 18 Et ὁ κόσμος ὑμᾶς 


in my name 


mand you, that  yelove one another, If the world you 
μισεῖ, γινώσκετε OTL ἐμὲ πρῶτον "ὑμῶν" µεµίσηκεν. 19 εἰ ἐκ 
hates, ye know that me before you it has hated. If of 


τοῦ κόσµου ἦτε, ὁ κόσμος ἂν.τὸ.ἴδιον.ἐφίλει' OTLOE ἐκ τοῦ 
the world ye were, the world would love itsown; but because of the 
κόσμου οὐκ.ἐστέ, ἀλλ᾽ ye ἐξελεξάμην ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, 


world yearenot, but ener you out of the world, 
διὰ τοῦτο μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος. 20 μνημονεύετε τοῦ 
onaccountof this “hates ‘you ‘the *world. Remember the| 
λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν, Οὐκ.ἔδτιν δοῦλος. μείζων τοῦ' 
word which [ said to you, 315 ποῦ ‘%a*bondman greater. 
κυρίου αὐτοῦ. εἰ ἐμὲ ἐδίωξαν, καὶ ὑμᾶς διώξουσιν' εἰ 


than his master. If me they persecuted, also you they will persecute; if 





1 αἰτήσασθε ask ye LTTraW. πι γένησθε ye should become Ltra. 5 ὑμᾶς 
ο κἀγὼ I alse T. ‘ P τοῦ πατρὸς (+ µου 1) τὰς ἐντολὰς ΤΑ. 9 -μὺν 
τ ἦ may be Lrtra, 8. — τις 1. τ ἃ what LITra, Υ Acyw 


Ν — ὑμῶν 1. 


ay, ΧΤΙ. 


τὸν.λόγον-µυυ ἐτήρησαν. 


JOHN. 


καὶ τὸν ὑμέτερον τηρήσυυσιν. 91 ἀλλὰ 


‘my word they kept, also * yours they will keep, But 
ταῦτα πάντα ποιήσουσιν *ipiv'- διὰ τὸ ὔνομάμου,- 


"these *things 141] they will do to you on account of my name, 


e τ ? ” ‘ / / ? ΟΝ, ‘ 
Ότι οὐκοΐδασιν τὸν πέμψαντά µε. 22 εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ 
because they know not him who sent me, If Ihad not come and 
ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ. εῖχον" νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν 


spoken to them, sin they had not had; but now 


᾿οὐκ.ἔχουσιν περὶιτῆς.ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν. 23 ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν; καὶ 
they have not for their sin, He that “me ‘hates, « %also 
τον.πατέρα.µου μισεῖ. 24 εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ.ἐποίησα ἐν 
5my °Father *hates., If “the ®works:'l *had *not *done ‘among 
αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς. ἄλλος Σπεποίηκεν,! ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ." εἶχον" 
‘them which no other one has done, sin they had not had ; 
νῦν δὲ καὶ ἑωράκασιν καὶ µεμισήκασιν καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν πατέρα 
but now both they have sen and have hated both me and *Father 
μου" 25 ἀλλ ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ὑγεγραμμένος ἐν 
my. But that might be fulfilled the -word that has been written in 
τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν," Ὅτι ἐμίσησάν με δωρεάν. 
their law, They hated me without cause. 


a pretext 


But when 


2 ε , tt ? Vee, / « ~ ‘ ~ ΄ 
ἔλθῃ ὁ παράκλητος, ὃν ἐγὼ πέμψω ὑμῖν παρᾶ του πατρος;- 


iscome the Paraclcte, whom I the Father, 


TO πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, ὃ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκπορεύεται, 


willsend to you from 


the Spirit ot truth, who from the Father goes forth, 

ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ" 27 καὶ ὑμεῖς δὲ μαρ- 
he will bear witness concerning me; 3also "ye .Jand bear. 

τυρεῖτε, OTL ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς per ἐμοῦ ἐστε. 

witness, , because from [the] beginning with me 7ο 416, 


16 Ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν ἵνα μὴ.σκανδαλισθῆτε. 2 ἀπο- 
These things I have spoken toyou that ye may not be offended, Out of 

συναγώγους ποιήσουσιν ὑμᾶς" ἀλλ᾽ ἔρχεται ὥρα ἵνα πᾶς 
the ΘΥΠΑΡΟΡΙΘΡ΄ they will put τοι; but is coming an hour that everyone 
) ΄ ’ ~ ~ 
ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς δύξῃ λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ θεῷ. 
who kills you willthink © service to render to God ; 
3 καὶ ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν ἁὑμῖν' ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν πα- 
and these things they will do toyou because they know not the Fa- 

ῃ Ἶ SIRO 9 DG ? Ἂ ~ / ε o~ “ ee 

τέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ. 4 ἀλλὰ ταῦτα“ λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ὅταν 
ther nor me. But these things Ihavesaid toyou, that. when 


ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα" μνημονεύητε [αὐτῶν ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπον 
may have come the hour yemayremember them that I said [them] 
« ὦ wl .> NA εαν, δὶ ἢ ies 2 ~ Pat: τ « 
μιν" ταῦτα δὲ υμιν ες αρχης OUKLELTTOV οτι 


to you. But these things to you {οτι [the] beginning’ I did not ~ay _ because 
μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἤμην. ὃ νῦν.δὲ ὑπάγω. πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά µε, 
with ὑψοῖ I was. But now Igo to him who sent me, 
‘ > \ a eee ~ ~ ΄, iM ᾽ ᾽ “ 
καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐρωτᾷ με, Ποῦ ὑπάγεις ; 6 ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι 
and none of you -asks me, Where goest thou? But because 
ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν 
these things Ihavesaid ἴοτοα grief has filled your 
καρδίαν. 7 ἀλλ’ σα τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω ὑμῖν. ’ συμφέρει 
heart.. But the truth say to you, It is profitable 
ὑμῖν ἵνα ἐγὼ ἀπέλθω: ἐὰν.γὰρ ξ μὴ. ἀπέλθω ὁ παράκλη- 
for you thaé x should goaway; for if I go not away the Paraclete 
τος "οὐκ.ἐλεύσεται" πρὸς ὑμᾶς' ἐὰν.δὲ. πορευθῶ,. πέμψω 
will not come to you; but if 1 go, I will send- 
¥ εἰς ὑμᾶς to you LTTrA. 
τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 111] 
{πείς hour; τὰ {αὐτῶν Tr. 


a. ¢— δὲ 1[ΤτΑ]. 


Ε + ἐγὼ LIAJW. 


26 "Οταν. δὲ. 


293 


have kept my Saying, 
they wili keep yours 
also. 21 But all these 
things will they do un- 
to you for my name's 


Sake, because they 
know not him that 
sent me. 22 If I had 


not come aud spoken 
unto them, they ‘had 
not had sin: but now 
they have no cloke for 
their sin. 23 He that 
hateth me hateth my 
Father also, 24 If Thad 
,not done among them 
‘ the works which none 
-other man did, thvy 
had not had sin: but 
now have they both 
seen and hated -both 
me _ and my Father. 
25 But this cometh to 
pass, that the word 
might be fulfilled that 
is written in their law, 
_ They hated me with- 
out a cause. 26 But 
when the Comforter is 
come, whom 1 will 
send unto you from the 
‘Father, even the Spirit 
ot truth, which pro- 
ceedeth from the Fa- 
ther, he shall testify of 
me: 27 and ye also 
shall bear witness, be- 
cause .ye have been 
with me from the be- 
ginning. 

XV1. These things 
have I spoken unto 
you, that ye should not 
be offended. 2 They 
shall put’ you out of 
the synagogues: yea, 
the time cometh, that 
whosoever killeth you 
will think that he do- 
eth God service. 3 And 
these things will they 
do unto you, because 
they have not known 
the Father, nor me. 
4 But these things have 
I told you, that when 
the time shall come, ye 
may remember that I 
told τοι οἳ them. And 
these things I said not 
unto you at the begin- 
ning, because I was 
with you. 5 Butnow 1 
go my way to bim that 
sent me; and none of 
you asketh me, Whi- 
ther goest thou? 6 But 
because I have said 
these things unto you, 
sorrow hath filled your 
heart. 7 Nevertheless 
‘I tell you the truth; 
It isexpedient for you 
that I go away: for 
if I go not away, the 
Comforter. will not 
,come unto you; but if 
ᾳ. depart, I will :end 


} εἴχοσαν LTTYA. 2 ἐποίησεν did 1ΤΊτΑ. 5 εἴχοσαν LITrA. ὃ ἐν 
“— ὑμῖν GLTTrAW., + αὐτῶν (read 
δ ov μὴ ἔλθῃ in no Wise should come Tr, 


204 


hizu unto you. 8 And 
wheu he is come, he 
will reprove the world 
of sin, and of righte- 
ousness, and of judg- 
ment: 9 of sin, because 
they believe not on me; 
10 of righteousness, be- 
cause I go to my Fa- 
ther, and ye see me no 
more; 11 of judgment, 
because. the prince of. 
this world is judged. 
12 1 ha vet many 
thingsto. _.untoyou, 
but ye cannot bear 
them now. 13 Howbeit 
when he, the Spirit of 
truth, is come, he will 
guide you into all 
truth: for he shall not 
speak of himsclf; but 
whatsoever he shall 
hear, that shall he 
speak: and he will shew 
you things to come. 
14 He shall glorify mez 
for he shall receive of 
mine, and shall shew 
at unto you. 15 Ail 
things that the Father 
hath are mine: there- 
fore said I, that he 
shall take of mine, and 
shall shew ἐξ unto you., 
16 A little while, and 
ye shall ποῦ- 566 me: 
and again, a little 
while, and ye shall see 
me, because [ go to the 
Father. 17 Then said 
some of his disciples 
among themselves, 
What is this that he 
saith unto us, A little 
while, and ye shall not 
see me: and again, a 
little while, and ye 
shall see me: and, Be- 
cause I go to the Fa- 
ther? 18 They said 
therefore, What is this 
that he saith, A little 
while? we cannot tell 
what hesaith. 19 Now 
Jesus knew that they 
were desirous to ask 
him, and said unto 
them, Do ye inquire 


among yourselves ΟΥ̓" 


that I said, A little 
while, and ye shall not 
see me: and again, a 
little while, and ye 
shall see me? 20 Verily, 
verily, I say unto you, 
That ye shall weep and 
Zament, but the world 
shall rejoice: and ye 


— Co ee ee eee ο ομιμμἙμµµυµµυµµµ-- 


i— pov (read the. Father) rrr[a]. 
ἀλήθειαν πᾶσαν LTrA ; ἐν TH ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ T. 
hear tra ; ἀκούει he hears T. k 
Σ οὐκέτι no longer (do ye behold) τὰ ; οὐκ ἔτι Tr. 8 
TTrA; ὅτι ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πατέρα G[L]w. . ἵ 


ἐστιν τοῦτο LTr, 


W— τὸ (read a little [while], Tra, 


TQANNH ὋΣ, XVIL 


? 4 « ~ ‘ > ‘ 3 - 3 ’ 4 , - 
αὐτὸν πρὸς ὑμᾶς" 8 καὶ ἐλθὼν ἐκεῖνας ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον 

him to you. And having come he willconvict the world 

περὶ ἁμαρτίας καὶ περὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ περὶ κρίσεως. 
comcerning sin and coneerning righteousness and concerning judgment, 


9 περ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ.πιστεύαυσιν εἰς ἐμέ" 10 περὶ 


Concerning sin, because they believe not on me; concerning 
Vs , π ee « ἢ - 

δικαιοσύνης δέ. ὅτι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα.Ίμου" ὑπάγω, καὶ *ovK 

righteousness beeause to my Father Igoaway, and no 


ἔτι" θεωρεῖτέ pre’ 11 περὶ δὲ κρίσεως, Ort 
longer ye behold me; and concerning judgment, because the 
rags ΄ ΥΩ 2 e” δ λλ \ ” ] κ. 
κοσµου-τουτου κἐέκριται. 19" ἔτι πολλα εχω λέγειν 
of this world has been judged. Yet many things I have to say 
ὑμῖν," ἀλλ᾽ οὐ.δΣύνασθε βαστάζειν ἄρτι" 13 ὕταν δὲ ἔλθῃ. 
toyou, but yeare not able to bear them now, But when *may “have *come 
ἐκεῖνος, τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς Ec πᾶσαν 


ruler 


"he, the Spirit of truth, hewillguide you into all 
τὴν ἀλήθειαν" ov γὰρ λαλήσει ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσα." ἂν" 
the truth ; *not ‘for 7he *will speak from himself, but whatsoever 
ἀκούσῃ! λαλήσει, καὶ τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν. 


he may hear he Ὑν11}} speak; and the things coming he will announce to you. 


«14 ἐκεῖνος ἐμὲ δοξάσει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ" Ῥλήψεται," Kai avay- 


He me will glorify, for of ,Mnine he will receive, and will an- 
γελεῖ ὑμῖν. 15 πάντα boa ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ. ἐμά ἐστιν" 
nounce toyou. ’ Allthings whatsoever *has ‘the *Father *®mine ‘are; 

διὰ τοῦτο εἶπον, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ “λήψεται," καὶ avay- 
becauseof this Isaid, that of mine he willreceive, and will an- 
γελεῖ ὑμῖν. 16 Μικρὸν καὶ Σοὐ! θεωρεῖσέ µε, καὶ πάλιν 
nounce to you. A little [while] and ye donot behold me; and again 
ικρὸν , καὶ ὄψεσθέ µε, “ὅτι ἐγὼ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πα- 
a little [while] and yeshallsee me, because 1 goaway to the Fa- 
, ~ ~ ~ ‘ 
tépa." 17 Ἐἶπον οὖν ἐκ τῶν.μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ πρὸς 


ther.. Said therefore [some] of his disciples to 

7 ΄ : οι “ εν , cow e A \ 
ἀλλήλους, Tt ἐστιν τοῦτο ὃ Eyer ἡμῖν, Μικρὸν και 
one another, What is this which hesays tous, ἀ little [while] and 

ov θεωρεῖτέ µε, καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ µε; καὶ 
yedonot beholdme; and αριῖῃτ alittle [while] and Τε 588] 566 me? and 

“Ὁ t2 ‘ Π ς / ᾿ A , ” id 
τι "εγω" ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πατέρα; 18 EXeyor οὖν, 

Because I go away to the Father ? They said therefore, 
"Τοῦτο τί ἐστιν" ὃ λέγει, Ὑτὸ" μικρόν; οὐκ οἴδαμεν 

ΣΤΗΙΑ ἵνβαῦ is whichhesays, the little [while]? We do ποὺ know 


τί λαλεῖ. 19 Ἔγνω "οὖν" Υὸϊ! Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤθελον αὐτὸν 
what he speaks, *Knew *therefore 1Jesus that they desired *him 

3 ~ 4 im ee ~ 
ἐρωτᾷν, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε per 


1ο ask, , and said tothem, Concerning this do ye inquire among 


> 4 / 4 ‘ ~ = 

ἀλλήλων, “ὅτι εἶπον, Μικρὸν καὶ οὐ.θεωρεῖτέ με, καὶ 
one another, that 1 καῖᾶ, A little [while] and ye do not behold me; and 
πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ µε; 20 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, 
again a little [while] and ye shall see me? Verily verily I say ‘to you, 
ὅτι κλαύσετε καὶ θρηνήσετε ὑμεῖς, ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται" 
that *will*weep tand ὅν1}} “lament ye, but the world will rejoice ; 





Χ οὐκέτι GLT. 1 ὑμῖν λέγειν TTrA. ™ εἰς τὴν 
r n — @y LITA. ο ἀκούσει he shall 
P λήμψεται LTTrA, 4 λαμβάνει receives GLTTrAW. 
Pr. — ὅτι ἐγὼ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πατέρα 
— ἐγὼ (read ὑπάγω I go away) LITraAW.. YTé 
* -: οὖν GTT.AW. ¥—OTTrA, 


« » ~ 
0 ἄρχων Tov’ 


τ 


XVI. JOHN. 
~ ‘ , ’ / 5 ε ~ / 
ὑμεῖς. δὲ" λυπιθήσεσθε, λἀλλ᾽" ἡ. λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γεγη- 
Lut ye will be grieved, but your gricf to joy shall be- 
σεται. 21 ἡ γυνὴ ταν τίκτῃ, λύπην ἔχει, ὅτι ἦλθεν 
colle, The woman when she gives birth, grief has, because is come 
ἡ.ὥρα.αὐτῆς' ὕταν.δὲ  yennjoy τὸ παιδίον, ὃ ἔτι 
her hour ; but when she brings forth the child, longer 


μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως. διὰ τὴν χαρὰν ὅτι ἐγεννήθη 


οὐκ 
πο 


sne remembers the tribulation, on account of the joy that hasbeen born 
ἀνθρωπός εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 22 καὶ ὑμεῖς οὖν “λύπην μὲν 
aman into the world. And ye therefore’ grief indeed 


viv: Ίέχετε" πάλιν.δὲ ὄψομαι ὑμᾶς, Kai χαρήσεται ὑμῶν 
now have ; but again Lwillsee you, and *shall *rejoice ‘your 
η καρδία, καὶ τὴν. χαρὰν ὑμῶν οὐδεὶς “αἴρει" ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν. 23 καὶ 
‘heart, and your joy noone takes from τοι. And 
. ’ ’ ~ € / ω η) 4 ’ ? ‘ ’ οὐ 
ἐν ἐκείν) τῷ ἡμέρᾳ ἐμὲ οὐκ ἐρωτήσετε οὐδέν. ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν 


in that day of me ye shall ask nothing. Verily verily 
λέγω ὑμῖν, fore" Εὔσα ἂνὶ αἰτήσητε τὸν πατέρα ty τῷ 
1 -ιΨ toyou, That whatsoever ye may ask the Father in 
ὀνόματί μου: δώσει ὑμῖν." 94 ἕως ἄρτι οὐκ ἠτήσατε οὐδὲν 
nly Name he will give you. Hitherto ye asked nothing 


ἐν τῷφ.ὀνόματί pov’ αἰτεῖτε, καὶ Ἰλήψεσθε, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν 
in my name: ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy 

Ὁ πεπληρωμένη. 2S ταῦτα ἐν παροιμίαις λελάληκα ὑμῖν: 
may be full. These things in allegories Ihave spoken toyou; 
Κάλλ”' ἔρχεται ὥρα ὅτε | 


οὐκ ἔτι" ἐν παροιμίαις λαλήσω 
but is coming an hour when 


no longer in allegories I will speak 
ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ παῤῥησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς "ἀναγγελῶ" ὑμῖν. 
tu you, but piainly , concerning the Father- I will announce to’you. 
26 ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. ἐν τῷ.ὀνόματίμου αἰτήσεσθε' καὶ οὐ 
Ine παι day in my name © yeshallask; and “not 
λέγω «ὑμῖν ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐρωτήσω τὸν πατέρα περὶ ὑμῶν" 27 αὐ- 
*I*say toyou that Ι willbescech the Father for you, *him- 
τὸς γὰρ ὁ 
self ‘for “the you, ye have loved, and 
πεπιστεύκατε OTL ἐγὼ παρὰ "τοῦ θεοῦ" ἐξῆλθον. 28 ἐξῆλθον 
have belicved that I from God came out, I camic out 
οπαρὰ" τοῦ πατρὸς Kai ἐλήλυθα εἰς TOY κόσμον", πάλιν ἀφι]μι 
from the Father and havecomeinto the world; again 1 leave 


TOY κύσμον καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς TOY πατέρα. 399 Λέγουσιν 


°Father loves because 


me 


the world: and go to the Father. “Say 
Ραὐτῷ' οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. 1δε, νῦν “παῤῥησίᾳ λαλεῖς, καὶ 
“τὸ “him *his “disciples, Lo, now plainly thou speakest, and 
, ᾽ ΄, , ~ ” er ~ 
παροιμίαν οὐδεμίαν λέγεις. 90 νῦν οἴδαμεν ὅτι οἶδας 
“aliegory no speakest. Now weknow that thou knowest 
πάντα, Kai οὐ χρείαν ἔχεις ἵνα τίς σε᾽ ἐρωτᾷ. ἐν τούτῳ 


‘allthings, and ποῦ “necd *hast that anyone thce shouldask. By 


’ τε, ? ‘4 ~ λε - 7 ΄ > ~ 
πιστεύομεν OTL ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθες. 51 ᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς 
we belicve that from God thou camest forth. 2Answered “them 
r t ΙΗ > ~ » / ἐν 9 > , ” “ ‘ 5 ~ ᾿ 
ὁ" Ἰησοῦς, Αρτι πιστεύετε; 82 ἰδού, ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν 

'Jesus, ®Now "4ο 37ο ‘believe 2 Lo, 15 coming an hourand now 

f. .” ‘ ‘ 
ἕκαστος εἰς τὰ ἴδια, ‘kai ἐμὲ! 
each to hisown, and me 


this 


ἐλήλυθεν; ἵνα σκορπισθῆτε 
_ has come, that ye will be scattered 


τὰ 4 ~ ¢ ~ e « ~ 3 \ ΄ ΓΕ 
πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, OTL ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε, Kai 


now 


295 


shall he sorrowful, but 
your sorrow shall be 
turned into joy. 21A 
woman when she is in 
travail hath sorrow, 
because her hour is 
come: but as soon as 


-she is delivered of the 


child,sheremembercth 
no more the anguish, 
for joy that a man is 
born into the world. 
22 And ye now thcre- 
fore have sorrow: ut 
I will see you again, 
and your heart shall 
rejoice, and your joy 
no man taketh from 
you. 23 And in that 
day ye shall ask me no- 
thing. Verily, verily, 
Isay unto you, What- 
soever ye shall ask the 
Father in my name, 
he will give it you. 
24 Hitherto have ye 
asked nothing in my 
name: ask, and ye shall 
reccive, that your joy 
may be full. 25 These 
things have I spoken 
unto you in proverbs: 
but the time cometh, 
when I shall no more 
speak unto you in pro- 
verbs, but I shall shew 
you plainly of the Fa- 
ther. 26 At that day ye 
shall ask in my name: 
and I say not unto 
you, that I will pray 
the Father for you: 
27 for the Father him- 
self loveth you,because 
ye have loved me, and 
have believed that I 
came out from God, 
28 I came forth from 
the Father, and am 
come into the world; 
again, I leave the 
world, and go to the 
Father. 29 His «isci- 
ples said. unto him, Lo, 
speakest thou 
plainly, and spezkest 
no proverb. 30 Now 
are we sure that thou 
knowest all things, 
and needest not that 
any man should ask 
thee: by this we be- 
licve that thou camest 
forth from God, 31] Je- 
sus answered them, Do 
ye now believe? 32 Be- 
hold, the hour cometh, 
yea, is now comme, that 
ye shall be seattered, 
every man to his own, 
and shall leave me a- 





Ὁ οὐκέτι αι. 

f — or: [L]iTra. 
. λημψεσόθε wits. 

" — τοῦ L; τοῦ πατρὸς the Father 1:Α, 

4+ ἐν LITrA, F—OTITA, 5 —— γὺν ΗΤΤΑ, 


τ-- δὲ but Livra. ἃ ἀλλὰ Ti A. 
have 1. ¢aoee Shall take νὰ. 
ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί µου IITA. 
πὶ ἀπαγγελῶ LITTAW. 
[Lytra, 


© γὺν μὲν λυπην 119νΑ. 
8 ἄν τι 1 anythiug Lira. 
Σα αλλ. μετ, 
ὁ εκ Ι1ΤίΑ, 
κἀμὲ TTA, 


4 ἕξετε shall 
" δώσει ὑμῖν 
ἱ οὐκέτι GLT, 

Ρ»-- αὐτῷ 


296 


Tone: and yet I am not 
alone, because the Fa- 
ther is with, we. 
83 These things I have 
spokeh unto you, that 
in me ye might have 
peace. In the world ye 
shall have tribulation: 
but be of good cheer; 
I have overcome the 
world., 


XVIL” These words 
spake Jesus, and lifted 
up his eyes to heaven, 
and said, Father, the 
hour is come; glorify 
thy Son, that thy Son 
also may glorify thee: 
2as thou hast given 
him power over all 
flesh, that he should 
give eternal life to as 
many as thou hast 

iven him. 3 And this 
is life eternal, that 
they might know thee 
the only true God, and 
Jesus Christ, - 
thou hast sent. 4 [have 
glorified thee on the 
earth: I have finished 
the work which thou 
gavest meto do. 5 And 
now, O Father, glorify 
thou me with thine 
own self with the glory 
which I had with thee 


before the world was. 


6 TIT have manifested 
thy name unto the 
men which thou gavest 
me out of the world: 


thine they were, and. 


thou gavest them me; 
and they have kept 
thy word. 7 Now they 
have known that all 
things whatsoever 
thou hast. given me 
are of thee. 8 For I 
have given unto them 
the words which thou 

vest me; and they 


ave ‘received them,” 


and havé known sure- 
ly that I came out 
from thee, and they 
have believed that 
thou didst send me. 
9 1 pray for them: I 
pay not for the world, 

ut for them which 
thou hast given me; for 
they are thine. 10 And 
all mine are thine, and 
thine are mine:. and 
Iam blorified in them. 
11 And now I am no 
more in the world, but 
these are in the world, 


whom. 


4 ἐγώ σε ἐδόξασα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς" τὸ ἔργον ἀξτελείωσα" 


XVI, XVII: 


ύτι ὁ πατὴ ετ᾽ 
for the Father with 
ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην 


ΙΩΑΝΝΗΣ. 


οὐκ.εἰμὶ μόνος, 


’ ΄ ~ 3 
wovov αφητε᾽ και 
! φη alone, 


alone ye.willleave; and [yet] I am‘not 
ἐμοῦ ἐστιν. 88 ταῦτα λελάληκα Όμιν 
me is. These things J have spoken to you that in me peace’ 
, 13 ” ἧς > 4 - 
ἔχητε. ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ θλίψιν "εχετε | ἀλλὰ θαρσεῖτε, 
ye mayhave. In the world tribulation ye have; but be of good courage, 
ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον. 
I haveovercome the world. : 
, ε ~ 4 ΠῚ ~ ‘ : 
17 Ταῦτα ἐλάλησεν *o" Τησοῦς, καὶ χἐπῆρεν" τοὺς ὀφθαλ- 
These things spoke Jesus; » and lifted up “eyes 
‘ 4 ‘ : ΄ ’ , id 
μοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς “τὸν οὐρανὸν Yeai" εἶπεν, Πάτερ, ἐλήλυθεν ἡ 
this to the heaven and said, Father, “has *come ‘the 
7 , , A er τι ‘ « ev , 
dpa’ δόξασόν σου τὸν υἱόν, ἵνα "καὶ" ὁ υἱός σου" δοξάσῃ 
hour; glorify thy Son, that also thy Son may gloriry 
” ή ~ [ή , , τε͵ 
σε' 9 καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκὸς, ἵνα 
thee ; ὁ as thougavest him authority .over all ο that [of] 
πᾶν ὃ δέδωκας δώσῃ! αὐτοῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 


ὃ αὐτῷ, 
all which thou hast given him, he ΒΒουϊὰ give to them life eternal. 


3 αὕτη.δὲ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωή, ἵνα “γινώσκωσίν" σε τὸν 


And this is the eternal. life, that they should know thee: the 
λ ? A ’ \ τ μ a ~ , 
µόνον ἀληθινὸν θεόν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας Ἰησοῦν χριστόν 
only true God, and *whom ‘thou *didst ®send *Jesus “Christ. 


> 


ο 

I thee glorified the earth; the I completed, which © 

δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω" 5 καὶ νῦν δόξασόν µε σύ. πάπ 
thou hast given me that Ishoulddo; and now glorify me thou, Fa- 
τερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, TY δόξῃ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον 
ther, with thyself, with the glory which Ihad before the world 
εἶναι παρὰ σοί. 6 ᾿Ἐφανέρωσά που τὸ ὄνομα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 
-Was with, thee. Imanifested thy mame tothe men 

οὓς «δέδωκάςὶ μοι ἐκ: Τοῦ κόσμου σοὶ ἦσαν, καὶ ἐμοὶ" 
whom thou hast given’ me outof the world. Thine they were, and tome 
αὐτοὺς “δέδωκας"" καὶ τὂνλόγον.σου ξτετηρήκασιν.' 7 νῦν 
them thou hast given, and thy word they have kept. Now 
ἔγνωκαν ὅτι πάντα ὅσα Ἀδέδωκάςὶ μοι, παρὰ σοῦ 
they have known that all things whatsoever thou hast given me, of thee 
i “I gg ὃν ἃ ᾖἘδέδωκάσι : αὐτοῖι" 
ἐστιν ὅτι τὰ ῥήματα : ἐδωκάςὶ μοι δέδωκα αὐτοῖς 
are; for-the words which thouhastgiven me I have given. them, 

x > \ ἔλ 1 . om” : Ι 2 » ε/ ΟΣ - 
καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔλαβον, καὶ ἔγνωσαν" ἀληθῶς ὅτι παρὰ σοῦ 
and they received [them], and knew , truly that from, thee 
ἐξῆλθον, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν ὅτι σύ µε ἀπέστειλας. 9 ἐγὼ περὶ ~ 
Icameout, and they believed that thou πιο didst send. I concerning 

? ~ ? ~ > ‘ ~ ΄ ~ ἢ 
αὐτῶν ἐρωτῶ' οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλὰ 
them make request; not concerning the world makelrequest, but 

‘ 7 “ / x 

wept ὧν δέδωκάς μοι, ὅτι σοί εἰσιν. 10 καὶ τὰ 
concerning whom thou hast given me, for thine they are: (and *things 
? 4 ΄ ΄ 3 ‘ 
ἐμὰ πάντα σά ἐστιν, καὶ τὰ σὰ ἐμά: καὶ δεδόξασµαι 
my all ‘thine ‘are, _and thine [are] mine:) and I have been glorified 
? 3 ~ 4 ” ο ~ ιά Ν H 
ἐν αὐτοῖς. 11 καὶ “οὐκ ἔτι" εἰμὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ "οὗτοι! ἐν 
in them, And no longer Iam in the, world, and these in 

2 


on. work 


ἘΠ ΡΠ“ ae aa a ο ως κο κο τος τς ακακ α 


v ἕξετε ye will have Ex. 


4— καὶ LTTrAW. 


σκουσιν they know Trr. 
€ κἀμοὶ Tr. 
Κ ἔδωκάς thou gavest LTTra. 


vest LTTr. 
εἰσίν TTrA, 
> » 
5 αὐτοὶ they T. 


νυ -- ὃ τ, “ἐπάρας having lifted up LITrA. 5 — καὶ LTTrA 
® — σου (read the Son) TTr[A]. Ὁ δώσει he shall give a. ς γινώ- 
_ 4 τελειώσας having completed trtra. ε ἔδωκάς thou 

& τετήρηκαν ο Υ h ἔδωκάς thou guvest 1, 

[καὶ ἔγνωσαν) L, ™ οὐκέτι LTW. 


΄- 


XVII. J:0) τιν. 


~ , > ‘ δ ΄ 
τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσίν, “Kai ἐγωἣ πρός σε ἔρχομαι. πάτερ ἅγιε, τηρη- 
the world are, ια Ἡ to thee come, “Father ‘Holy, keep 
σον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῳφ.ὀγοματίσου Ῥοὺς' δέδωκάς μοι. ἵνα 
them in thy name whom thouhast given me, that 
3» e “ ι « ~ 9 er ” ? ᾽ ~ r? ~ 
ὦσιν εν, καθως 4 ημεῖς. 12 ore ny μετ΄ αὐτῶν Τεν τῷ 
they may be one, as we. When Iwas with them in the 
ἐγὼ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ.ὀνόματί-σου "οὓς! δέ- 
Τ them in thy name: whom thou 


Koo ῳ 
worid 

4 t 
δωκάς κοι 
hast σῖνεα me 
Γη | 

νιος 
son 


ἐτήρουτ 
was keeping 
bad η ’ « ‘ ον. | ak ᾽ ~ ’ ΄ = 4 « 
ἐφηλαξα, καὶ οὐδεὶς εξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, ει μ! ὁ 
Iguard_d, and noone of them perished, except the 
ἵνα ἡ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ. 18 νῦν δὲ 
that the scripture might be fultilled. And now 
id ‘ ~ ~ ~ , / ” 

πρός σε ἔρχομαι, καὶ ταῦτα λαλῶ ἐν τῷ κύσμῳ ἵνα ἔχω- 

το thee Icome; and these Ciiee ener in the world that they way: 


σιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν μας πεπληρωμένην ἐν "αὐτοῖς." 14 ave 
have “Joy τοι τοῖν in them. 


δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν kd ee καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἐμίσησεν αὐτούς, 
have en them thy word, and the world hated them, 


τῆς ἀπωλείας, 
of perdition, 


ὅτι οὐκ.εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ. εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ 
becuuse they are not of the world, . as 1 am not of the 
κόσμου. 15 οὐκ ἐρωτῶ ἵνα a αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ 

world. I do not make request that thou shouldest take them outof the, 
κόσμου, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ. τοῦ πονηροῦ. 

world, but that thou shouldest keep them outof the evil. 


Ves ~ , . 2 ΄ 4 2 ‘ v2 ~ , ᾽ 
10 ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ.είσίν, καθὼς ἐγὼ YéK τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ 


Of the world η are not, as iL of the world τοῦ 
ent." 17 ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ.ἀληθείᾳ.Ἱσου"' ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς" 
4am, Sanctify them by thy truth ; 2word thy 


ἀλήθειά ἐστιν. 


18 καθὼς ἐμὲ ο ρε κας εἰς τὸν κόσμον, 
truth is. 


As me thou didst send into the world, 


κἀγὼ ἀπέστειλα αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν κόσμον 19 καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν 


I also sent them into the world; and for them. 
τἐγω" ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτόν, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ wow" ἡγιασμένοι ἐν 
1 sanctify my-elf, that also they may be sanctified in 
ἀληθείᾳ. 20 Οὐ περὶ τούτων δὲ ἐρωτῶ µόνον, ἀλλὰ 
truth, 3Νοῦ “for *these ‘and 7make ®I request ‘only, but 
καὶ περὶ τῶν Ἀπιστευσόντωνὶ διὰ τοῦ.λόγου.αὐτῶν εἰς 
a'so for {ἴπο-ς who shall believe through their word on 
, - , εν - 9 Ἵ ; 
ἐμέ 91 ἵνα πάντες ἕν ὦσιν, καθως σύ, "πάτερ," ἐν ἐμοί, 


nie ; that all One may bes 


τη ε , 
καγὼ ἐν σοί, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν Ὀὲγιὶ wow" ινα ὁ κοσµος 
ο. in we that also they in us  one,maybe, thatthe world 


πιστεύσῃ" ὅτι σύ µε ἀπέστειλας. 22 καὶ ἐγὼ" τὴν δόξαν 


85 thou, Father, [art] in me, 


may believe that thou me didst, send. And I the glory 
ἣν %dédwkdc" μοι δέδωκα αὐτοῖς, va wow ἕν, καθὼς 
which thou hast given me have or them, | that αν may be one, as 


ε - e f2 =H 4 . ? , er 
ἡμεῖς ev Ἰέσμεν' 23 ae ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ σὺ ἐν ἐμοί, ινα 


we οπθ are : τι them, and thou in me, that 
ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν, εκαὶὶ ἵνα ἐνώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος 
they may be perfected into one, and that *may*know ‘the *world 





“ κἀγὼ LTTrA. P @ W hich eurtraw. 4 - καὶ also Tr. 
winch Trra. 
τ and 1 guarded | tlem]) [LyrTra. 
— σου (read the truth) Lrt:. 
αὐτοὶ LTTrAW. 2 πιστευόντων believe GLTTraw. ἃ πατὴρ TIrA.- 
«πιστεύῃ τττ. 4 κἀγὼ ΙΤΤΓΑ. :ε ἔδωκας thou gavest 1,. 


6 — καὶ LTTrA. ~ 


ἃ ἑαύτοις TTrA. 


— ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ LTTrA. 
t+ καὶ εὐ (read I was keeping: them in Ns name which thou hast given 
Υ οὐκ εἰμὶ εκ τοῦ μαμα αι AW. 

x — ἐγὼ (iad ay. I sanctity) [L]r. 


297 
and T come to thee, 
Holy Ἐπειοῦ, keep 
through thine own 
name those whom 
thou hast given me, 
that ae may be 
one, we are, 
12 While I was with 


them in the worlds I 
kept them inthy name? 
those that thou gavest 
me I have kept, and 
none of them is lost, 
but the son of perdi- 
tion; that the scrip- 
ture might be fulfilled. 
13 And now comcI to 
thee ; and these things 
I speak in the world, 
liar. ‘they might have 
my joy fulfilled in 
themselves. 14 Ihave 
given them thy word ; 
and the world hath 
hated them, because 
thy are not of the 
world, even as I am 
not ofthe world. 151 
pray not that thou 
shotldest take them 
out of the world, but 
that thou ‘shouldest 
keep them from the 
evil. 16 They are not 
of the world, even as 
I am not of the world. 
17 'Sanctify them 


_ through thy truth: 


thy word is truth, 
18 As thou hast sent 
me intothe world,even 
so have I also sent 
them -into the world. 


“19 And for their sakes 


I sanctify myself, that 
they also might be 
sanctified through the 
truth. 20 Neither pray 
I for these alone, but 
for them also which 
shall believe on me 
through their word ; 
21 that they all may be 
one ; as thou, Father, 
art in mie, and I in 
thee, that they also 
may be one in us: that 
the world may believe 
that thou hast sent 
me. 22 And the glory 
which thou gavest me 
I have given them; 
that they may be one, 
even as we are one: 
23 I in them, and thou 
in me, that they may 
be made perfecc in one; 
and that the world 
may know that thou 


--  ὀ-----Ῥὺ-ο---ρρ----ς--ς--ορ-ρρρ---.ρρ΄ρ---------ς- Ἅ. 


5 ᾧ 


Y ὦσιν καὶ 


ον [L}vT-a,: 


t — ἐσμεν (read jare]) TIrA, 


298 


bast sent me, and hast 
loved them, as thou 
hast loved me. 24Fa- 
ther, I will that they 
also, whom thou hast 
given me, be with me 
where Iam; thatthcy 
may behold my glory, 
which thou hast given 
me: for thou lovedst 
me before tne founda- 
tion of the world. 
25 Ὁ righteous Father, 
the world hath not 
known thee: but 1 have 
kuown thee, and these 
have known that thou 
hast sent me. 26 And 
I have declared unto 
them thy name, and 
will declare it; that 
the: love whcrewith 
thou hast loved me 
may be in them, and I 
in them. 


XVIII. When Jesus 
had spoken these 
words, he went forth 
with his disciples over 
the brook Cedron, 
where was a garden,in- 
to the which he enter- 
ed, and his discip“es. 
2And Judasalso,which 
betrayed him, knew 
the place: for Jesus 
ofttimes resorted thi- 
ther with his disciples. 
3 Judas then, having 
received a band gf men 
and officers from the 
chief priests and Pha- 
risees, cometh thither 
with lanterns and 
torches and weapons. 
4 Jesus therefore, 
knowing ali things 
that should come upan 
him, went forth, and 
said unto them,Whom 
seek ye? 5 They an- 
swered him, Jesus of 
Nazareth. Jesus saith 
unto them, I am he. 
And Judas also, which 
betrayed him, stood 
with them. 6 Assoon 
then as he had said 
unto them, I am he, 
ΒΗ went backward, 
and fellto the ground, 
7 Then asked he them 
again, Whom seek ye? 
And they said, Jesus 
of Nazareth. 8 Jesus 
answered, I have told 
you that I am he: if 
therefore ye seek me, 
let these go their way: 


1ΩΑΝΝΗ Σ. XVIL στης 

ἊΝ ᾿ ‘ ? ΄ 3 ἈΠ ἢ ἐν, λ ? \ ? ΄ 
ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας, και ἡγάπησας αυτους καθὼς ἐμὲ ἠγά- 
that thou me didstsend, and lovedst them as me thou 
’ ον ας ΥΓ / ε/ t yh 
πησας. 24 "Πάτερ," ἰοὺς" δέδωκάς" μοι θέλω ἵνα Όπου εἰμὲ 
lovedst. Father, whom thouha-t given me 1 desire that where “am 


. 9 as > ? ~ ev ~ \ ντε. ‘ 
ἐγὼ κἀκεῖνοι ὦσιν HET ἐμοῦ, ἵνα θεωρῶσιν τὴν ὑοξαν τὴν 


κ they also may be with me, that they may behold *ylory 
ἐμὴν ἣν ἔδωκάς" μοι, ὅτι ἠγάπησάς µε πρὸ καταβολῆς 
for thou lovedst me before [the] foundation 


my which thou gavest me, 
δίκαιε, 


25 Πάτερ" καὶ ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω, 
trighteous, and the 


2Pather world thee knew not, 
‘ - » ” er 
καὶ οὗτοι ἔγνωσαν ὅτι σύ µε ἀπέστειλας" 


κόσμου 
of {the} world. 
ἐγὼ.δέ σε ἔγνων, 


butI thee knew, and_ these knew that thoume  didst send. 
26 καὶ ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ. ὄνομά.-σου, καὶ γνωρίσω" 
And Imade known Το {Ποιὰ thy nane, and will make [it] known ; 


« > , εν ς ΄ ᾽ ~ τ 
ἵνα ἡ «ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς µε ἐν αὐτοῖς ἢ, κἀγὼ 


that the love with which thoulovedst- me in them maybe; andl 
ἐν αὐτοῖς. 
in them. ῇ 
~ ? « 2 ~ ’ ~ ~ ~ 
18 Ταῦτα εἰπὼν "ὁ! Ἰησοῦς ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς 


*These *things “having “said Jesus went out with “disciples 
αὐτοῦ πέραν τοῦ χειμάῤῥου "τῶν Κέδρων," ὕπου ἦν κῆπος, 
this beyond the winter stream of Kedron, where was a garden, 
εἰς ὃν εἰσῆλθεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ.αὐτοῦ. 2 ᾖδει.δὲ καὶ 
into which entered ‘he and his disciples. And knew “also 
” /΄ ν᾿ « A > A ‘ , ο « ’ 
Ἰούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν τὸν τόπον’ ὅτι πολλάκις 
1Judas νο ‘was °delivering “up Shim the place, because “often 
συνήχθη “ὁ! ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐκεῖ μετὰ τῶν. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ. 3 ὁ οὖν 
*was *gathered 1Jesus there with his disciples. *Vherefore 
? / ‘ \ ~ ‘ ? ~ = \ 
Ἰούδας λαβὼν τὴν σπεῖραν, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀρχιερέων Kai P 
1Judas having received the band, and *from *the *chiet *priests Sand 
"ἢ « lA » ~ ‘ ~ Ν ΄ 
Φαρισαίων ὑπηρέτας, ἔρχεται ἐκεῖ μετὰ φανῶν καὶ λαμπάδων 
7Pharisees ‘officers, comes there with torches and ‘ lamps 
‘ « 2 ~ 3 . , ΄ 
καὶ ὕπλων. 4 ᾿Ιησοῦς Yotv" εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα 
and weapons. Jesus therefore knowing all things that were coming 
Ve , ᾽ ‘ ikaw το ͵ as 
ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν, "ἐξελθὼν εἶπεν! αὐτοῖς, Τίνα ζητεῖτε; 5 Απε- 
upon him, having goneforth- said tothem, Whom seek ye? They 
‘ ? ~ ? ~ A ~ η ~ 
κρίθησαν αὐτῷ, ‘Inoovy τὸν Ναζωραῖον. Λέγει αὐτοῖς “ὁ 
answered him, Jesus. the Nazareean. "Says *to *them 


? ~ ” ’ 7 ε ‘ ον 
Ιησοῦς," Ἐγώ εἰμι. ἀῸἙἱστήκειιδὲεάλλ καὶ Ἰούδας ὁ παρα- 
Jesus, 1. am [6]. And *was “standing ?also 1Judas *who *was *de- 
διδοὺ ὑτὸ ᾿ αὐτῶν. 6 Ὡς οὗ ὐτοῖς, “Ore! 
ς αὐτὸν µετ αὐτῶν. ς οὖν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ἵ Οτι 


livering ΤΡ Shim with them. .When therefore he said to them, 


ν ’ ᾽ >? ~ ” / ἣν » a 

ἐγώ εἰμι, "ἀπῆλθον" εἰςτὰ.ὀπίσω καὶ “ἔπεσον! χαμαί. 
Iam [πε], they went ‘backward and fell to[the] ground, 

7 πάλιν "οὖν Σαὐτοὺς ἐπηρώτησεν,! Τίνα ζητεῖτε; Οἱ δὲ 
Again therefore *them ‘he *questioned, “Whom seek ye? And they 


εἶπον, Ἰησσῦν τὸν Ναξωραῖον. 8  Απεκρίθη ¥6\ Ἰησοῦς, Εἶπον 


said, Jesus the Nazarzan. ? Answered Jesus, Ltold 
Re ε/ η , 2 > r ? " ~ ” ΄ 

ὑμῖν OTL ἐγώ εἰμι. εἰ. οὖν ἐμὲ ζητεῖτε, ἄφετε τουτους ὑπά- 
you that I amf[he]. Ifthereforeme Ὕθβοοκ, suffer these’ ' togo 


net Se ο ιαπ... 


Β πατήρ LTTrA. 
given LTTraw. 


io what Tra. 


j ἔδωκάς thou gavest τι. -. Κ δέδωκά 
μον. 8 : . Ε δέδωκάς thou hast 


ΤῺ — ὁ TTrA, 


per ε Ms ἃ τοῦ Κεδρών GL; τοῦ κέδρου T. 
> a: TTra. P+ τῶν LT:[A]; + ἐκ τῶν from the 7. α δὲ and ai esus) wr. 5 ἀξηλθεν 
iris. di ο... and says LTTra. 8 -οὸτ; — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he says) tra. * - ὅτι 
:. ἀπῆλθαν 1 ΤΊτΑ. Ὗ έπεσαν LTTr ς ἐπηρώ μμ, κ τοι τς 
τησεν. Ἢ, πο ον. : A. ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς LTrA ; αὐτὸς ἐπηρω- 


AVILE JOHN. 

’ ~ ΄ εν τ / 
γειν 9 ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν. Ὅτι οὓς δέ- 
aAWLy ; that might be fulfiiied the word which he aid, Whom thou 


10 Σίμων οὖν 
Simon “therefore 


ἔπαισεν τὸν 


δωκάς μοι οὐκ ἀπώλεσα ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐδένα. 
hast given me of thein not one. 


Πέτρος ἔχων μάχαιραν, εἵλκυσεν αὐτήν, καὶ 


1 iost 


*Peter having a sword, drew it, and smote the 
τοῦ ἀρχιερέως δοῦλον, καὶ ἀπέκοψεν αὐτοῦ τὸ Ἰὠτίονὶ τὸ 
308 *the *high *pricst 1bondman, and cut off his “ear 
δεξιόν. ἦν. δὲ ὄνομα τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος. 11 εἶπεν οὖν 
fright. Andtwas “name ‘the*bondman’s Malcius. Said “therefore 
ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ Πέτρῳ, Βάλε τὴν.µάχαιράν.Σσου! εἰς τὴν θήκ 
Ίσους τῷ Τετρῳ, Βάλε την-μαχαιραν σου" εἰς τὴν θικην. 
Jesus toPctcr, Put thy sword into the sheath; 
rO ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ πατὴρ οὐ μὴ-πίω αὐτό; 


the -cup which "Πας *given *me 'the “Fathcr should I nou drink it? 


12 Ἡ οὖν σπεῖρα καὶ ὁ χιλίαρχος καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται τῶν 
τν “therefore 'band ‘and the chief captain and the oflicers of the 


? 9 > ~ ‘ wn ΄ 4 
᾿Ιουδαίων συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἔζησαν αὐτόν, 18 καὶ 


Jews took hold of Jesus, and bound him ; and 


i ’ 1 ‘ 2 ~ ΄ Ἂν " ᾿ 
δάπή ayov αὐτὸν" προ Αγγαάαν πωῶτον' ἣν. («0 πενθε ο 
; κο - 


they led away him to Annis first; for he was father-in-law 
τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ.ἐνιαυτοῦ.ἐκείνου. 14 ἦν.δὲ 
of Caiaphas, who was high priest that year, And it was 
Καϊάφας ὁ συμβουλεύσας τοῖς, Ἰουδαίοις, ὅτι συμφέρει 
aes v7ho gaye counsel to the Jews, that it is profitable 
ἕνα ἄνθρωπον “ἀπολέσθαι! ὑπὲρ τοῦ λιοῦ. 15 Ἡκολούθει δὲ 


for one man to perish ἘΣ the pvople. Now there followed 
τῷ Ἰησοῦ Σίμων Πέτρος καὶ 46" ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς 


Jesus Simon Peter and the other disciple. And “disciple 
ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συγεισῆλθεν τῷ [ησοῦ 
‘that was known tothe high priest, απᾶ entered with Jesus 


εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ. ἀρχιερέως" 16 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος εἱστήκει πρὸς 


into the court of the high priest, but Peter stood at 

τῇ θύρᾳ ἔξω. ἐξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος “ὃς ἦν!" 
the door without. Went out. therefore the “disciple tother who was 
γνωστὸς frp ἀρχιερεῖ," καὶ εἶπεν τῇ θυρωρῷ Kai εἰσήγα- 
Κα tothe highpriest, and spoke tothe ο τω and brought 


ἐπ τὸν Πέτρον. 17 λέγει οὖν δὴ παιδίσκη ἡ θυρωοὸς τῷ 


Peter. ore “therefore‘the “maid “the 4door-kecper 
Πέν ow, Μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 
to Peter, 2=not ‘also *thou Sof ‘the Tdisciples art of “nan 


τούτου; Λέγει ἐκεῖνος, Οὐκ.είμί. 18 Εἰστήκεισαν. δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι 
‘this 2 3ΘΑΥ5 *he, Tam not. But “were ’standing 'the“bondmen 


καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψύχος ἦν, 

Saud *the officers, a fire of coals baving made, for cold it was, 
καὶ  ἐθερμαίνοντο" ἦν δὲ myer’ αὐτῶν ὁ ἸΤέτρος! ἑστὼς 
and were warming themselves; and *was *with *them *Peter standing 


19 Ὁ οὖν ἀρχιερεὺς ἠρώτησεν τὸν Ἰη- 
and warming himself, The high priest therefore questioned Je- 
σοῦν περὶ τῶν.μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διξαχῆς 
5115 concerning his disciples, and panceryire ΠΡΟΣ ΡῈ 
ὑτοῦ. 20 ἀπεκρίθη ἰαὐτῷ" *o" Ἰησοῦς, Le παῤῥησίᾳ 
*his. *Answercd "him 1 Jesus, openly 


καὶ ερμαινόμεγνος. 





3 ὠτάριον TTrA. 2 — σου (read lis sword) GLTrraw. 
1: ἤγαγον TTr: : [am ]ήγαγον αὐτὸν A. ο ἀποθανεῖν to die LTIra 
μαι a]. 6 ὁ TTra. ' τοῦ ἀρχιερέως Of the high priest Tira 
ἡ θυρωρός LTTrA, = ® καὶ (also) ὁ Πέτρος μετ᾽ αὐτῶν Lira, 





299 


9that the saying might 
bs: fullilled, which he 
spake, Of the: ml Which 
thou yavest me have I 
lost none. 10 Then 
Simon Peter having a 
sword drew it, and 
smote the high priest’s 
servant, and cut off 
his right car. The 
Scrvant’s name was 
Malchus. 11 Then said 
Jesus unto Peter, Put 
up thy sword into the 
sheath; the cup which 
miy lath r hath given 
se shall I not drink 
1b 


12 Then the bandand 
the captain and offi- 
curs of the Jews took 
Jesus, and bound him, 
15. and led him away 
to Anuas first ; for he 
was father in law to 
Caiaphas, which was 
the high priest that 
same year. 14 Now 
Caiaphas was he,which 
guyve counsel to the ° 
Jews, tiat it Was ex- 
pedient that one man 
should die for the peo- 
ple. 15 And Simon 
Peter followed Jesus, 
and so did another dis- 
ciple: that distiple was 
known unto the high 
pri:st, and went in 
with Jesus into the pa- 
lace of the high priest. 
16 But Peter stood at 
the door without. 
Then went out that 
other disciple, which 

was known unto the 
high priest, and spake 
unto her that kept the 
door,.and brought in 
Peter. 17 Then saith 
the damsel that kept 
the door unto Peter, 
Art not thou also one 
of this man’s disci- 
ples? He saith, I am 
not. 18 And the ser- 
vants and officcrs stood 
there, who had made 
a fire of coals; for it 
was cold: and they 
warmed themselves : 
and Peter stood with 
them, and warmed 
himself. 19 The high 
pricst then asked Je- 
sus of his disciples, and 
of his doctrine. 20 Je- 
sus answered him, I - 
spake openly to the 


Ὁ ἤγαγον [αὐτὸν] they led hing 
4 — ὃ (read another) 
& τῷ Πέτρῳ ἡ παιδίσκῃ 
ἑ [αὐτώ } ι. 


& -- ἃ την. 


900 


world ; I ever taught 
in‘the synagogue, an 

in the temple, whither 
the Jews always re- 
sort; and in secret 
have I said nothing. 
21 Why askest thou 
me? ask them which 
heard me, what I have 
said unto them: be- 
hold, they know what 
I said, 22 And when 
he had thus spoken, 
one of the officers 


which stood by struck - 


Jesus with the palm of 


his hand, saying, An-/ 


swerest thou the high 
priest so? 23 Jesusan- 
swered him, If I have 
spoken evil, bear wit- 
ness of the evil: butif 
well, why smitest thou 
me? 
had sent him bound 
unto Caiaphas the nigh 
priest. 


95 And Simon Peter 
stood and warmed 
himself. They said 
therefore unto him, 
Art npt thou also one 
of his di-ciples? He 
denied it, and said, 
I am not. 26 One 
of the sorvants of the 
high priest, being /is 
kinsman whose ear 
Petor cut off, saith, 
Did not I sce thee in 
the garden with him ? 
97 Veter then denied 
agein: and immedi- 
ately the cock crew. 


28 Then led they Je- 
sus from (aiaphas unto 
the hall of judgment : 
and it was carly ; and 
they themselves went 
not into the judgment 
hall, lest they should 
be defiled: but that 
they might cat the 
passover. 29 Pilate 
then went out unto 
them, and said, What 
accusation bring ye 
against this man? 
30 They answered and 
said unto him, If he 
were nota malefactor, 
we would not have de- 
livered him up unto 
thee, . 31 Then said 
Pilate unto them,Take 
ye him, and judge him 
according to your law, | 
The Jews therefore’ 
said unto him, It isnot 


24 Now Annas, 


ΙΟΑΝΝΗΣ. XVITE 


ἐγὼ πάντοτε ἐδίδαξα ἐν ''τῇ' συνα- 


Ι ἐλάλησα" τῷ κόσμῳ" 
in the 


spoke tothe world; I always taught syna- 

~ ε ~ ΜῊΝ ~ , 
γωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ὅπου ππάντοτε" οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι συνέρχυν- 
gogue and in the temple, where always the Jews come to- 


‘ ~ ’ ar ΄ ᾽ = ~ ΤῊ 
ται, καὶ ἐν κρυπτῷ ἐλάλησα οὐδέν, 31 τι µε “ἑπερωτᾳς; 


gether, and in secret + 15ροκ nothing. Why me dost thou question ? 
ἐπερώτησον! τοὺς ἀκηκοότας τί ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς" ἴδε οὗτοι 
question those who haveheard what Ispoke tothem; lo, they 


~ ~ . ~ ? = ~ 
οἴδασιν ἃ εἶπον é 92 Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ. εἰπόντος εἶς τῶν 


γώ. 
Ἶτ 


know what ?said But *these*things ‘on *his "saying one of the 
a , eer ts 
ὑπηρετῶν παρεστηκὠς' ἔδωκεν , ῥάπισμα τῷ 


officers standing by a blow with the palm of the hand 


. Ἰησοῦ, εἰπών, Οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ: τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ; 98 ᾿Απεκρίθη 


gave 


toJesus, saying, Thus answerest thou the high priest ? * Answered 
αὐτῷ 40" Ἰησοῦς, Ei κακῶς ἐλάλησα, μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ 
Shim 1 Jesus, If evil I spoke, bear witness concerning the 


~ > A ~ ΄, / 2 , . 
κακοῦ" εἰ δὲ καλῶς, τί µε δέρεις; 21 Απεστειλεν " αὐτὸν 


evil; but if well, why me strikest thou? *Sent shim 
a ‘ ra i OP ‘ act , 
ὁ Άννας δεδεμένον πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἄρχιερεα. 
Annas bound to Caiaphas’ the high priest. 
25 Ἦν. δὲ Σίμων Πέτρος ἑστὼς καὶ ἐερμαι)όμεγος 
‘Now *was ‘Simon "Peter standing and warming him>:cif. 
εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ, Μὴ καὶ ov ἐκ τῶν.μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ 
They said therefore tohim, *Not *al-o “thou ‘of Shis “disciples 


εἶ; ᾿Ἡρνήσατο.ἐκεῖνος, καὶ εἶπεν, Οὐκ.είμί. 26 Λέγει εἷς 
Mart? He denied, and said, I am not. Says one 
ἐκ τῶν δούλων τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, συγγενὴς ὧν οὗ 

of the bondmen ofthe high priest, kinsman being [of him] of whom 
ἀπέκοψεν Πέτρος τὸ ὠτίον, Οὐκ.ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ 
2cut “off Peter the ear, ΞῚ Snot “περι, ‘saw in the garden 
per αὐτοῦ; 27 Πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο “δ' Πέτρος, καὶ εὐθέως 


with him? Again therefore *denied ‘Peter, andimmediatcly 
ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν. 
a cock crew. 


” 4 J ~ ¥ ~ ρα Poe A 
28 "Αγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα εἰς τὸ 
They lead therefore Jesus from Caiaphas into the 
πραιτώριον: ἦν.δὲ Ἱπρωίΐα” καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ.εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ 
pretorium, anditwas_ early. And they entered not into the 
, ev = ~ >? / ‘A 
πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ.μιανθῶσιν, Yard ἵνα! φάγωσιν τὸ 
pretorium, that they might ποῖ ρε defiled, but that they might eat the 
πάσχα. 29 ἐξῆλθεν. οὖν ὁ "Πιλάτος! Χ πρὸς αὐτούς, καὶ 
passover. *Went *forth “therefore ‘Pilate to them, and 
Σεῖπεν," Τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε Ἱκατὰ" τοῦ. ἀνθρώπου.-τούτου; 

said, What accusation bring ye against this man ? 

᾽ , ‘ ~ ~ > ‘ μα 

30 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν καὶ λεῖπον" αὐτῷ. Et μὴ.ἦν οὗτος ὕκακο- 


They answered and said teohim, If *were“*not “he an evil 
, ? ” 3 , - 
ποιός," οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν. 31 Εἶπεν 
doer, Snot “to *thee 'we would have delivered up him. Said 
c ae ? ~ « ld ‘ ~ 
οὖν! αὐτοῖς 40" ΣΠιλάτος, Λάβετε αὐτὸν ὑμεῖς, καὶ 
“therefore *to Sthem Pilate, Take him ye, and 
4 s , ~ , Ψ 
kar τὺν.νόμον.ὑμῶν κρίνατε «αὐτόν.ὶ Εἶπον ἰοὖνἱ" 
according to your law judge him. 4Said *therefore 





! λελάληκα have spoken LTTraw. 


ali GLTTraAW: 
49 — δ LTTrA. 
" Πειλατος Τ. 
» κακὺν ποιῶν ΤΊΓΑ, 


ἐρωτᾷς ; ἐρώτησον (ἑπερ. W) ETTraw. 
* + ovv therefore ELT[Trja. 
Γκ + εξω OUL LTTrA, 





m — τῇ (vead a) GLTTraW. η πάντοθεν E 3 πάντες 
Ρ παρεστηκὼς τῶν ὑπηρετῶν LYTrA. 
τ πρωΐ GLITrAW. Y ἀλλὰ ΙΤΊΤΑ.. 

2—KaTaT. 3 εἶπαν LTTrA. 
ε — αὐτόν Τ. f — οὖν LTra,. 


S — δ LTTrAW. 
Υ φησίν says Tira. 


© lovyj 1, d— 6 Tra, 


Dey rex IX. 
αὐτῷ οἱ Ιουδαῖοι, Ἡμῖν οὐκ 
διο Shim τῆς. “Jews, Το us 
93 ἵνα ὁ λόγος TOV Ιησοῦ 

that the word 


JOHN. 


~ [ή 
ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα" 
it is permitted to put *to *death 1Πο”0Π6; 


TAnowOy ὃν εἶπεν σημαίνων 
of Jesus might be fulfilled which hespoke signifying 
ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἔ ἀποθνήσκειν. 33 Εἰσῆλθεν οὖν 
by what death he was about to die.- ?Entered “therefore 
Bic τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν! ὁ "Πιλάτος," καὶ ἐφώνησεν τὸν 
*into *the pretorium 7again Pilate, and calied 

2 ~ ‘ 5 ? ~ 4 - « \ ~ ? Le 
Ἰησοῦν, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Σὺ ei ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων; 


Jesus, and said tohim,?Thou 7art the king of the Jews? 
34 ᾿Απεκρίθη Ἰαὐτῷ 6" Ἰησοῦς, * Ag ἑαυτοῦ" σὺ τοῦτο 
2Answered “him 1Jesus, From thyself thou 3this 
λέγεις, ἢ ἄλλοι Ἴσοι εἶπον" περὶ ἐμοῦ; 96 ᾿Απεκρίθη 


‘sayest, “οτ 5οίμογ» Το ὅ:Π66 *did say [it] concerning me? 2 Answered 
ὁ WiwWaroc," Μήτι ἐγὼ ᾿Ιουδαῖός εἰμι; τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὺν καὶ 
1Pilate, at 5a εν Sam ? ®Nation "thy and 
e 7 ~ ’ [4 ? ή 7 >? ’ ς » ’ 

οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς παρεξωκάν σε ἐμοί", τί ἐποίησας: 86 Απεκρίθη 
the chief prie-ts dclivered up thee tome: what didst thou? “Answered 
η. ο) 1) ~ ‘HB λεί ε.α ‘ 3... Ὁ Ἀἢ ? Iga , ees ζ 
σους, | ἄασιλεια 1) é 7) ουκ.εστιν εκ του κοσμου.Ί οὐτου 

17 655, *kingdom smy isnot of this world ; 
εἰ ἐκ τοῦ.κόσµου.τούτου ἦν ἡ βασιλεία 1 ἐμή, οἱ ὑπηρέται "ἂν 


\ 


if of this world were “kingdom my, *attendants 
> αν ͵ η \ ~ ~ ? , 5 
οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο" ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 
smy would fight that I might not be delivered up to the JCWS ; 


νῦν δὲ ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ.έστιν ἐντεῦθεν. 37 Ἐἶπεν οὖν 
butnow *kingdom ‘my is not from hence, *Said “therefore 
αὐτῷ ὁ "Πιλάτος,! Οὐκοῦν βασιλεὺς εἶ σύ; ᾿Απεκρίθη οὐ" 
“to δὨΐτα ‘7Pilate, Then a king art thou? *7An:wcred 
Ἰησοῦς, Σὺ λέγει, ὅὕτι βασιλεύς εἰμι Ῥέγώ." «ἐγὼ" εἰς τοῦτο 
4Jesus, Thou sayest [10], το aking *am γι 1 ον ΙΒ 
γεγέννημαι. καὶ εἰς τοῦτο ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα 
have been born, and for this Ihave come into the world, that 
μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. πᾶς ow ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 
Imay bear witness tothe truth. Everyone thatis of the truth 
ἀκούει µου τῆς φωχῆς. 88 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ "Πιλάτος," Τί ἐστιν 
hears my voice. “Says %to *him Pilate, What, is 
ἀλήθεια; Kai τοῦτο εἰπών, πάλιν ἐξῆλθεν πρὺς roid 
truth 2 And this having said, again hewentout’ to the 
᾽ , Ν , 3 ~ ? 4 7 , rT, 3) «fl εν ’ . 
Ιουδαίους. καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν ταἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν 
Jews, and says tothem, ip not any fault find in 
? || ” av κ΄ iG « ~ er cf st mere. > , τν 
αὐτῷ." 39 ἐστιν. δὲ"συνήθεια ὑμῖν ἵνα ἕνα "ὑμῖν ἀπολύσω" 
him. 


ii 


3 - , < ὮΝ a > t « ~ > 5. , I ‘ λ ; 
ἐν τῷ πάσχα βούλεσθε οὖν αὑμῖν ἀπολύσω" τὸν βασιλέα 
at the passovcr; willye therefore to youl should release the king 

~ ? ὃ ΄ . ? / - / u ΄ : Ι , 
τῶν Ιουδαίων: 40 Ἐκραύγασαν οὖν πάλιν ἁπάντες," λέ- 
ofthe Jews? They “cried *out *therefore *again Yall, say- 


γοντες, Μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν: ἦν.δὲ ὁ Βαραβ-. 


ing, Not . this one, but Barabbas. Now 2was 1Barab- 


Bac λῃστής. 19 Τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ "Πιλάτος" τὸν Ἰησοῦν 


Butitis acustom with youthat one toyou Ishould release, 


301 


lawful for us to put 
any mian to death: 
32 that the saying of 
Jesus might be fnl- 
filled, which he spake, 
signifying what death 
he should die. 33 Then 
Pilate entered into the 
judgment hall again, 
and called Jesus, and 
said unto him, Art 
thou the King of the 
Jews? 34 Jesus an- 
swered him, Sayest 
thou this thing of thy- 
self, or did others tell 
it thee of me? 35 Pi- 
late answered, AmTa 
Jew? Thine own na- 
tion and the chief 
priests have delivered 
thee unto me: what 
hast thou done? 36Jc- 
sus answered, My 
kingdom is not of this 
world: if my kingdom 
were of this world, 
then would my 5οτ- 
vants fight, that I 
should not be dclivered 
to the Jews: but now 
is my kingdom not 
from hence. 37 Pilate 
therefore said unto 
him, Art thou a king 
then ? Jesus answered, 
Thou sayest that I am 
a king. To this end 
was I born, and for 
this cause came I into 
the world,that Ishould 
bear witness unto the 
truth. Evcryonethat 
is of the truth heareth 
my voice. 38 Pilate 
saith unto him, What 
is truth? And when 
he had said this, he 
went out again unto 
the Jews, and saith 
unto them, I find in 
him no fault at all. 
39 But ye have a cus- 
tom, that I shonld τε- 
lease unto you one at 
»the passover: will ye 
therefore that I re- 
lease unto you the 
King of the Jews? 
40 Then cried they all 
again, saying, Not this 
man, but Barabbas. 
Now Barabbas was a 
robber. XIX. Then 
Pilate therefore took 
Jesus, and scourged 
him. 2 And the sol- 
fdiers platted a crown 





bas = a robber. Then therefore *took , Pilate Jesus 

καὶ ἐμαστίγωσε». 2 Καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται πλέξαντες στέφανον 

and scourged [him]. And the soldiers having platted acrown 

μην : 1 
Ε πάλιν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον LTrAW. h Πειλᾶτος T. i— αὐτῷ ὃ LTTrA; — αὐτῷ W. 


| εἶπόν σοι TrA. ™m — ὃ GLTTrAW. 
P — ἐγώ (read εἰμι 1 am) TTr[A]. 4 Γἐγὼ] 1. 
5 ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν 111. t ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν LTTrW. 


κ ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ LTrA. 
ο - o[a]w. 
LITrAa. 


Ὁ οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο ἂν Tr. 
« ΄ > ᾽ - . ΄ 
F EUPLOKW εν αὐτῳ αἰτιαν 
u— παγτες T. 
. 


902 


of thorns, and put ἐξ 
on his head, and they 
put on him a purple 
robe, 3 and said, Hail, 
King of the Jews ! and 
they smote him with 
their hands, 4 Pilate 
therefore went forth 
again, and saith unto 
them, Behold, I bring 
him forth to you, that 
ye may know that I 
find no fault in him, 


5 Then came Jesus 
forth, wearing the 
crown of thorns, and 
the purple robe. And 
Pilate saith unto 
them, Behold the 


man! 6 Whenthe chief 
priests therefore aud 
officers saw him, they 
cried out. saying, Cru- 
cify him, crucify him. 
Pilate saith unto 
them, Take ye him, 
and crucify him: forl 
find no fault in him. 
7 the Jews answered 
him, We have a law, 
and by our Ίαν he 
ought, to die, hecausc 
he made himself the 
Son of God. 5 When 
Pilate therefor: heard 
that saying, he was 
the more afraid; 9and 
went again into the 
judgment hall, and 
sith unto Jesus, 
Whence art thou? But 
Jesus gave him no an- 
ewer. 10 Then saith 
Pilate unto hin, 
Speakest thou not nn- 
to me? knowest thou 
not that I have power 
to crucify thee, and 
h:uve power to release 
thee? 11 Jesus an- 
swered, Thou couldest 
have no power at all 
aginst me, except it 
were given thee from 
above: therefore he 
that delivered me un- 
to thee hath the great- 
er sin. 12 And from 
thenceforth Pilate 
sought to rclease him: 
but the Jews cried ont, 
saving, If theu let 
this man go, thou art 


--«- 





ὙΠ + καὶ ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν and came to him trtra. 
,  — οὖν GLITrA. 
αιτιαν εν αὐτῷ οὐδεμίαν εὑρίσκω A; αἰτίαν οὐχ εὑρίσκω T. 


and Ltra. . 
αὐτῷ LTr 5 
Tira. 
i 
1 — οὖν τα]. 


[τι τή Αα]. 


δοµένον σοι LTTrA. 


4 ἴδον T. 


15 expavyagov LT; ἐκραύγασαν Tr. 





— ἡμῶν (read the law) LTTra. 


> - ΄ ν ΄ » - , 
3 απολὺσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε LTTrA. 
Ὁ -͵πποὔἠΉφοΙ ΊΓΑ. 


Τ1ΩΑΝΝΗΣ, νο & 
- - ~ ε ῤ 

οὔ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορ- 
head, and acloak ‘pure 
8.“ καὶ ἔλεγον, Χαῖρε, ὁ βασιλεὺς 

ple cast around him, and said, Hail, king 

bd ~ ε ΄ 
τῶν Ιουδαίων" καὶ ἐδίδουν" αὐτῷ ρωσ μα 
of the Jews! and they gave him blows with the palm of the hand. 
~ , ver A ‘ [ή ~ 

4 τ᾿ Εξῆλθεν σοῦν" πάλιν τέξω ὁ Πιλάτος,! καὶ «λέγει αὐτοῖς, 
4Went “@thercfore “again ‘out 1Pilate, and says’ tothem, 
” « ~ ‘ ne - ~ e ~ 
ἄγω ὑμῖν αὐτὸν έξω, ἵνα γνῶτε οτι πέν αὐτῷ 
αμα out, that yemay knowthat in him 
56" Ἰησοῦς ἔξω, 
Jesus out, 


ἐξ ἀκανθῶν ἐπέθηκαν αὐτ 
οἵ thorns put [10] on - his 


~ ’ ᾿; 2 
φυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν, 


Ae) 
[δε, 
Behold, I bring “to *you 
οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω." 5 Ἔξηλθεν οὖν 
not any fault 1 find. Went therefore 
. > / Ν ~ € , 
φορῶν τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον. 
wenuring the thorny crown and the purple cloak ; 
‘ ΄ ~ Yer ” ev , a τ 
καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, “Ἴδε! ὁ ἄνθρωπος. ϐ Ὅτε οὖν “εῖδον! 
and Ἡο says ἴο them, Behold the man! When therefore saw 
. ‘ ε > ~ ‘ ΄ « [ή ’ , : 
αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται ἐκραύγασαν ἐλέγοντες." 
him the chiet priests and the officers they cried out saying, 


’ ~ ’ ΄ 
Σταύρωσον, σταύρωσογνΙ. Λέγει αὐτοῖὸ ὁ ΞΠιλάτος." Λάβετε 
“Says 510 *them Pilate, Take 


Crucify, crucify [him]. 
αὐτὸν ὑμεῖς καὶ σταυρώσατε' ἐγὼ.γὰρ οὐχ-εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ 
him ye and crucify {him (fort find not in him 
ΠΩΣ ? ’ μ.ο) “ἢ ©? ~ ε Ν anon , 
αἰτίαν. 7 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν Λαὐτφ' ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, ᾿Η μεῖς νόμον 
a fault. sAnswered “him ‘the “Jews, We a law 
ἔχομεν, καὶ κατὰ τὸν.νόμον ἡμῶνὶ ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, 
have, and according to our law he ought to die, 
e “ zy » 
ὅτι 8 “Ore οὖν ἤκουσεν 
because When therefore *heard 
ὁ ΕΠιλάτος!ὶ τοῦτον τὸν λόγο» μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη, 9 καὶ 
*Pilate this word [the] more he was afraid, and 
> ~ 4) 2 ‘ , ΄ ‘ [ή ~? ~ , 
εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν, καὶ λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ, Πόθεν 
went into the prztorium again, and suys to Jesus, Whence 
~ πε] ~ , ” ~ / 
εἶ σύ; Ὁ «δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἀπόκρισιν οὐκ.έἔδωκεν αὐτῷ. 10 λέγει 
art thou ? But Jesus ananswer didnotgive him. SSays 
τ nal κε , rs ‘ Ἂς -- 
ἰοῦ» αὐτῷ ὁ ἐΠιλάτος," Ἐμοὶ οὐ-λαλεῖο;,  οὔκ.οῖδας 
*therefore *to *him *Pilate, Το me speakest thou vot ? Knowest not thou 


ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω Ἀσταυρῶσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπο- 


that authority Ihave to<tucify thee, and authority Ihave tore- 
~ , 1 τ 2 : , > ε ~ = se ΄ 
λῦσαί σε"; 11 ᾿Απεκρίθη" οὐ" Ἰησοῦς, Οὐκ Ρεῖχες" ἐξουσίαν 


Κέαυτὸν υἱὸν θεοῦ" ἐποίησεν. 


himself Son ofGod hemade.. 


lease thee? ?Answered } Jesus, Thou hadst “authority 
78 ΄ ? ? νι ? ι Ὁ» , 
Ἱούδεμίαν κατ ἐμοῦ" εἰ μὴ ἦν ἴσοι δεδομένον" ἄνωθεν" 
not ΠΥ against me if it were not to thee givcnu yfrom above, 
γ ~ ε ΠΑ “ 
διὰ τοῦτο ὁ παραδιδούςὶ μέ σοι μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν 
Ou this account he who i 


delivers up me tothee greater sin _ 


ἔχει. 12 Ex τούτου ᾿ἐζήτει ὁ Πιλάτος" ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν. 
has. From this 


sought Pilate to release him ; 
€ A ? a ~ » ‘ ~ 
οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι éroaZor,' λέγοντες, Εὰν τοῦτον ἀπο- 
but the Jews cricd out, saying, “If this [man] thou re- 














Ἢ ἐδίδοσαν LITrA. χ καὶ 
8 οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν 

κ αιτί υΓο] Tr. ς Ἰδοὺ 
+ αὐτόν him ανν. & Πειλᾶτος τ. 4h — αὐτῷ τ. 
Κ' ἑαυτὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ἑ; υἱὸν θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν LITrA. 
2+ αὐτῷ him 
4 κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν LITrAW. Τ δε- 

ἢ ὁ Πιλάτος (Πειλᾶτος 1) ἐζήτει LITrAe 


: ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἔξω τ. 


ε--- λέγοντες τ. { 


Ρ ἔχεις thou hast 7, 
* παραδούς delivered up Lr. 


ΙΧ. JOHN. 
λύσῃς οὐκιεῖ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος. πᾶς ὁ βασιλέα 
lease. thou art not a friend of Ceesur, Everyone “the *king 


αὐτὸν" ποιῶν ἀντιλέγει τῷ Καίσαρι. 18 Ὁ οὖν ΣΠιλάτος" 
*himself tmaking speaks against Cesar. Pilate therefore 
rif 


ἀκούσας Στοῦτον τὸν λόγον," ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ 


having heard this word, led out Jesus, and 
ἐκάθισεν ἐπὶ ττοῦ" βήματος, εἰς τύπον λεγόμενον Λιθό- 
satdown upon the judgment-seat, αὖ ἃ Ρ]ὰσς called Pave- 
στρωτο», Εβραϊστὶ.δὲ Tappaba 14 ἠν.δὲ παρασκευὴ 
ment, but iv Hebrew Gabbatha: (and it was [the] preparation 
τοῦ πάσχα. ὥρα *Cé ὡσεὶ! ἕκτη" καὶ λέγει τοῖς Ἰου- 


of the passover, [*the] “hour ‘and about the sixth;) and hesays tothe Jews, 


΄ Ye / η ~ ν - ε δα / π 
δαίοις, “Ide ὁ βασιλεὺς ὑμῶν. 15 90ἱ .δὲ ἐκραύγασαν,' Αρον 
Behold your king! But they οσοι out, Away, 
ἄρον, σταύρωσον αὐτόν. Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ “Πιλάτος," Τὸν 
awey, ney him, 2Says “to *them 1Pilate, 
βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω; ᾿Απεκρίθησαν ot ἀρχιερεῖς. Οὐκ 
Your king shall T'erucify? *Answered ‘the *chief “priests, 7Not 
ἔχομεν βασιλέα εἰ μὴ Καίσαρα. 16 Τότε οὖν παρέδωκεν 
5we®have aking except Caesar. Then thercfore he delivered up 
~ ” ~ ΄ eA ‘ ? 
αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς ἵνα σταυρωθῇ. Παρέλαβον “δὲ" τὸν In- 
him tothem that he might beerucified. "Τεν ‘took Jand Je- 


σοῦν “καὶ ἀπήγαγον Ἱ 17 καὶ βαστάζων “τὸν. σταυρὺὴν αὐτοῦ" 


sus* and led (him] away. And bearing his cross 

2 ἕ ΛΘ > ‘ x , ’ έν 4} λ , 
EGNAVEVY ELC TOV EYOMEVOYV κραγιου Ττοπον, ος ἔγεται 
he went out to the 2called Sof *a skull ‘place, which js called 


‘EBoaiort Γολγοθᾶ. 18 ὅπου αὐτὸν ἐσταύρωσαν, καὶ μετ᾽ 
in. Hebrew Golgotha: where him they crucified, and with 
ἈΠΟ γε κο » / 3 ~ \ ? ~ , \ 

αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο ἐντεῦθεν Kai ἐντεῦθεν, μέσον δὲ 
him others ‘two onthisside and on that side [one], and in the middle 

τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 19 ᾿Ἐγραψεν.δὲ καὶ τίτλον ὁ ΣΠιλάτοςἳ καὶ 
_ Jesus. And *wrote 2also ὦ >title 'Pilate and 

ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ"  ἢν.δὲ γεγραμμένον. ᾿Ιησοῦς ὁ 
put on the cross, And it was written, Jesus the 
Ναζωραῖος, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν. Ιουδαίων. 20 Τοῦτον οὖν 
Nazarean, the king of the Jews. This therefore 


τὸν τίτλον πολλοὶ ἀνέγνωσαν τῶν Ιουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν 
title *many “read of the Jews, for near “was 


ετῆς πύλεως ὁ τόπος»! ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς" καὶ ἦν 
‘the πας the place, '- where was crucified Jesus ; and it was 


γεγραμμένον ᾿Εβραϊστί, ἈἙλληνιστί, Ῥωμαϊστί.ὶ 21, ἔλεγον 


written in Hebrew, in Greck, in Latin. “Said 

οὖν τῷ ἹΠιλάτῳ' οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, Μἠ.γράφε, 
®therefore 310 '°Pilate ‘the ?chicf “priests *of >the SJews, Write not, 
Ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, Βασιλεύς 
The king of the Jews, but that he ena King 

᾽ - > , ha 
Κείμι τῶν Ἰουδαίων." 22 ᾿Απεκρίθη ὁ “Πιλάτος,) “O γέ- 
Iam of the Jews. Answered ‘Pilate, What I have 
γραφα γέγραφα. 2301 οὖν στρατιῶται, ὅτε ἐσταύρωσαν 


written Ihave written. The “therefore Pole aa ἐἲ. 


τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἔλαβον τὰ.ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐποίησαν ἱτέσσαρα" 
Jesus took his garments, and made four 


when they crucified 


303 


not Czesar’s friend: 
whosoever maketh 
himself a king speak- 
eth against Czesar. 

13 When Pilate there- 
fore heard that saying, 
he brought Jesus 
forth, and sat down in 
the judgment seat in 
a place that is called 
the Pavement, but in 
the Hebrew ,Gabbatha, 
14 And it was the pre- 
paration of the pass- 
over, and about the 
sixth hour: and he 
saith unto the Jews, 
Behold your King 1 
15 But they cried out, 

Away with him, away 
with him, crucify him. 

Pilatesaith unto them, 
Shall I erucify your 
King? The chief 
priests answered, We 
have no king but Ca- 
sar. 16 Then delivered 
he him therefore unto 
them to be crucified. 

And they took Jesus, 
and led him away. 

17 And he bearing his 
cross went forth into 
a place called the pluce 
of a skull, which is 
called in the Hebrew 
Golgotha: 18 where 
they crucified him, 
and two other with 
him,on either side one, 
and Jesus in the midst. 
19 And Pilate wrote a 
title, and put ztonthe 
cross, And the writing 
was, JESUS OF NA- 
ZARETH,THE KING 
OF THE JEWS. 
20 This title then rend 
many Οὗ the Jews: for 
the place where Jesus 
was crucified was nigh 
to the city: and it was 
written in Hebrew, 

and Greek, and Latin. 

21 Then said the chief 
priests of the Jews to 
Pilate, Write not, The 
King of the Jews; but 
that he said, I am 
King of the Jews. 
22 Pilate answered, 
What I ‘have written 

Ihave written, 23Then 
the soldiers,when they 
had crucified Jesus, 
took his garments, 
and made four parts, to 


ποσα πμ ών ο See Re κο πο μας 


π ἑαυτὸν GLITrAW. ἢ Πειλᾶτος, τ. 
(read a judgment seat) LTTrAW. 
they therefore cried out TTra.. 
LTTrA. ε αὐτῷ (ἑαυτῷ 1) τὸν σταυρὸν LITrA. 
ὃ Ῥωμαιστί, Ἑλληνιστί ΤΤιΑ. “ἷ Πειλάτῳ 1. 


a ἣν ὡς Was about LTTraWw. 
ς δὴν therefore LTTra. 
f 6 LTTrA, 


y TOV λόγων τούτων these are LTTrAW, 
Ὁ ἐκρσύγασαν οὖν ἐκεῖνοι 
ἀ καὶ ἤγαγον αλ καὶ ἀπήγαγον 

ΕἸ ὃ τόπος τῆς πόλεως GLIT: AW. 
κ τῶν Ιουδαίων εἰμί ΤτΑ. 


a 
— του 


1 τέσσερα TIrA. 


904 


every soldier a part; 
and also dis cont: now 
the coat was without 
seam, woven from 
the top throughout. 
24 They said therefore 
among themselves, Let 
us pot rend it, but cast 
lots for it, whose it 
shall be: that the 
scripture might be 
fulfilled, which saith, 
Vhey parted my rai- 
ment among them,antl 
for my vesture they 
did cast lots. These 
things therefore the 
soldiers « id. 


25 Now there stood 
by the cross of Jesus 
his mother, and his 
mother’s sister, Mary 
the wife of Cleophas, 
and Mary Magdalene. 
26 When Jesus there- 
fore saw his mother, 
and the disciple stand- 
ing by, whom he loy- 
ed, he saith unto his 
mother, Woman, be- 
hold thy son ! 27 Then 
saith he to the disciple, 
Behold thy mother! 
And from that hour 
that disciple took her 
unto his own home. 
23 After this, Jesus 
knowing that all 
things were now ac- 
complished, that the 
scripture might be ful- 
filled, saith, I thirst. 
29 Now therewas set a 
vessel full of vinegar : 
and they filled a 
sinunge with vinegar, 
and put it upon hys- 
sop, and put tt to his 
mouth. 30 When Je- 
sus therefore had re- 
ceived the vinegar, he 
raid, It is finished:and 
he bowed his head, and 
give up the ghost. 
3 The Jews therefare, 
be ause it was the pre- 
paration, that the bo- 
dies should not remain 
upon the cross on the 
α bbath day, (for that 
erbbath day was an 
hich day,) besought 
Pilate that their legs 
might be broken, and 
that they might be ta- 
ken ‘away. 32 Then 
enme the soldiers, and 
brake the legs of the 
first, and of the other 
which was crucified 
with him. 33 But 
when they came to Je- 


XIX, 


ἦν.δὲ ὁ 


1ΩΑΝΝΗ Σ. 


, , 4 4 ~ 
μέρη, ἑκάστῳ στρατιώτῃ µέρος, και τὸν χιτωνᾶ. 


parts, toeach -soldier apart, and _ the tunic; but *was *the 
J woe , ~ 1. . e ‘ Q 7 ef τ - 

χιτὼν "άῤῥαφος ἐκ τῶν ἄνωθεν ὑφαντὸς δι-ὅλον. 24 "εἷ- 

“tunic seamless, from the top woven throughout. They 

~ κ ? , mf , ? ΄ ? : 

πονὶ οὖν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Μη:σχισωμεν αὑτὸν, ἀλλὰ 
said therefore to one another, Let us not rend iE; but 

‘ ~ ΄ ” - “ ε A 
λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ τίνος ἔσται" να ἢ γραφὴ πλη- 


let us cast lots for it whose it shallbe; that the scripture ‘might be 


e ΄ ΄ αντ 4 ΄ « ἘΞ 
ρωθῃ σὴ λέγουσα," Διεμερίσαντο τα.ἱματιᾶ-μου ἕαυτοις. 
fulfiiied which says, They divided my garments ainong them, 

‘ γ᾽ ‘ | e ” ~ c A Ὕ 
καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν.μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον. Οι μὲν οὖν 
and for my vesture they cast a lot. The 2therefore 
στρατιῶται ταῦτα ἐποίησαν. 

soldiers these things did. 


- , ΄ τον η ~ ~ ~? , ~ τε , > 
25 Ἐιϊστήκεισαν.δὲ παρὰ τῷ σταυρῷ του Ίησου η.μητηρ-αὺ- 


And stood by the cross of Jesus his mother, 

~ ‘ ε .- ‘ ~ A ~ [ή ε ~ 

τοῦ, καὶ ἡ ἀδελφὴ τῆς.μητρὸς αὐτοῦ) PMapia' ἡ). τοῦ 
and the _ sister of his mother, Mary the [wife] 

Κλωπᾶ, καὶ PMapia" ἡ Μαγδαληνή. 26 Ἰησοῦς οὖν ἰδὼν 


of Clopas. and Mary: the Magdalene. Jesus therefore seeing 


«τὴν μητέρα, καὶ τὸν μαθητὴν παρεστῶτα ὃν ἠγάπα. λέγει 
[115] mother, and the disciple standing by whom he loved, says 
τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ," Τύναι, τἰδοὺ" ὁ.υἱός σου. 27 Eira λέγει τῷ 

as to his mother, Woman, behold thy son. Then he says % the 
~ ? ε / Δ > ΄ ~ 
μαθητῇ, τΙζοὺ" ἡ-μήτηρ-σου. Kai am ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 


ἀϊρείρ]ε, Behold thy mother. And from that hour 
ἔλαβεν "αὐτὴν ὁ μαθητὴς" εἰς τὰ. ἴδια. 28 Μετὰ τοῦτο 
Stook *her the disciple to ‘his own [home]. After this, 
εἰδὼς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι πάντα ἤδη" τετέλεσται, ἵνα τελειωθῇ 


?knowing ‘Jesus that all things now have been finished, that might be fulfilled 
ἡ γραφὴ λέγει Διψῶ. 39 Σκεῦος οὖν" ἔκειτο ὄξους 
the scripture he says, I thirst. A vessel therefore wasset 308 *vinegar 


μεστόν" τοὶ δὲ πλήσαντες σπόγγον ὄξους, καὶ ὑσσώπῳ" 
full, andthey having filled asponge with vinegar, and Shyssop 

περιθέντες προσήνεγκαν αὐτοῦ τῷ-στόματι. 90 ὅτε 

*having *put [*it] *on they brought it to [his] mouth. When 


καὶ 
he said, It has been finished ; ana © 


τὸ πνεῦμα. 81 Oi 
spirit. The 


οὖν ἔλαβεν τὸ ὄξος “ὁ Ἰησοῦς" εἶπεν, Τετέλεσται" 
therefore Ζίοοκς “the *vinegar iJesus 
κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν παρέδωκεν 
haying bowed the head he yielded up [his] 
” ~ ev 4 ΄ ΕῚ κ᾿ ~ ~ ‘ 
Ιουδαῖοι, ἵνα μὴς.μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ 
1Jews, that might notremain on the cross the 
σώματα ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ, γἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν." ἦν.γὰρ 
bodies on the- sabbath, Όεσοααςδε[{πθ] preparation it was, (for *was 
’ ε « ’ ’ ~ 7 ’ ‘4 
µεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα Τἐκείνου" τοῦ σαββάτου, ἠρώτησαν τὸν "Πι- 
*great sday 1that ?sabbath,) requested Pic 
΄ ev ~ 3 ~ \ , Υ ~ 
λάτον" ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, Kai’ ἀρθῶσιν. 
late that *might *be *broken ‘(their legs, and taken away. 
32 ἦλθον οὖν οἱ στρατιῶται, καὶ τοῦ μὲν πρώτου κατέαξαν 
Came therefore the soldiers, and ofthe first broke 
τὰ σκέλη καὶ τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ Ὀσυσταυρωθέντος! αὐτῷ" 88 ἐπι.δὲ 
the legs and ofthe other who wascrucified with him; but to 


οὖν 
*therefore 





πι ἄραφος TTrA. 
{his]) (x Jrrrfa}. 


* — οὖν LITrAW. 


therefore full of the vinegar, *hyssop LTT: a. 
σκευὴ ἦν pluced aster Ἰονδαῖοι TIra. * ἐκείνη E. 


0 εἶπαν ον ο---ἢ λέγουσα LT. , P Μαριὰμ. π. ᾳ --- αὐτοῦ (read 
τ ide GLTTrA, 5 ὃ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν GTraW. t ἤδη πάντα LITrAW. 
“ σπόγγον οὖν μεστὸν τοῦ (— τοῦ Τ) ὄξους ὑσσώπῳ (ὑσώπῳ L) A Sponge 
x[o] τὸ; -- ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1. Υ ἐπεὶ παρα- 
5 Πειλᾶτον T. ὃ συνσταυρωθέντος LTTrA. 


ο σας 


τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες, ὡς εἶδον «αὐτὸν ἤδη" τεθνηκότα, 
Jesus haying-come, when they saw he already was dead, 


, ~ ? - ~ ~ 
οὐ κατέαξαν αὐτοῦ τὰ σκέλη’ 34 ἀλλ᾽ εἷς τῶν στρατιωτῶν 


JOHN. 


they didnot break his legs, but one of the soldiers 
λόγχη αὐτοῦ τὴν πλευρὰν ἔνυξεν, καὶ Ἱεὐθὺς ἐξῆλθενὶ 
with aspear his side pierced, and immediately came out 
αἷμα καὶ ὕδωρ. 35 καὶ ὃ - ἑωρακὼς μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ 
blood and water. And he who hasseen hasborne witness, and 


ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία, “κἀκεῖνος" οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ 
true “his its witness, and he knows that true 


λε vu £ ε ~ 8 ’ - tl 396 2: [ή A Ε 2 tr 
EVEL, ινα” υμεις πιστευσΏητε. ΣγεΥετο-γαρ Ταῦτα ινα 


he says, that ye may believe. For *took *place ‘these *things that 
n γραφὴ πληρωθῇ, ᾿Οστοῦν.οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ. 
the -scripture might be fulfilled, Nota bone shall be broken of him. 
37 καὶ πάλιν ἑτέρα γραφὴ λέγει, Ὄψονται εἰ ὃν 
And again another scripture says, They shalllook on him whom 
ἐξεκέντησαν. 
they pierced. 
38 Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἠρώτησεν τὸν ἘΠιλάτον" ἰδ ᾿Ιωσὴφ 


And after these things asked Pilate Joseph 
ὁ" ἀπὸ ᾿Αριμαθαίας, ὧν μαθητὴς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, κεκρυμμένος.δὲ 
(from Arimathza, being a disciple of Jésus, but concealed 
διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, ἵνα ἄρ τὸ σῶμα 
through ‘fear of the Jews,) that he might take away the body 
τοῦ Ἰησοῦ: καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ ᾿Πιλάτος." Ἀἠλθενι οὖν καὶ 
- of Jesus: and *gave *leave 1Pilate. He came therefore and 
πηρεν! 9τὸ σῶμα" Prov Ιησοῦ." 39 ἦλθεν.δὲ καὶ Νικόδημος, 
took away the body of Jesus. Andcame also Nicodemus, 
ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς “τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν' νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον, φέρων μίγμα 
who came to Jesus _ by night at first, bearing a mixture 
σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης ᾿ὡσεὶ" λίτρας ἑκατόν. 40 ἔλαβον οὖν 
Οἱ myrrh and aloes about *pounds ‘a “δΒιυπάαγοᾶ, They took therefore 
τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸ 5 ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν 


κ 


the body: ofJesus, and bound it in linen cloths. with the 
ἀρωμάτων, καθὼς ἔθος ἐστὶν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ἐντα- 
aromatics, as acustom is - amongthe : Jews to prepare for 


΄ pe ‘ ? ~ ΄ 
φιάζειν. 41΄ ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ 
burial. Now there was in the place 
+? ~ , ~ / ? - 7 OF ? \ My, 
καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, Ev ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἐτέθη. 
and in the garden a *tomb new, in which nooneeyer was laid. 
42 ἐκεῖ οὖν διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ιουδαίων, ὅτι 


ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος; 
where he was crucified a garden, 


There therefore onactount ofthe, preparation of the Jews, because 
ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 
near was the tomb, they laid Jesus. 
20 τῇ. δὲ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων Μαρία! ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 
But on the first [day] of the week Mary the Magdalene 


ἔρχεται πρωϊ σκοτίας ETL οὔσης εἰς τὸ" μνημεῖον, καὶ βλέπει 
comes early’ ‘dark ‘still tit*being to the tomb, and 5668 
τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου. 2 τρέχει οὖν καὶ 
the stone taken away from the tomb. She runs therefore and 
ἔρχεται πρὸς Σίμωνα Πέτρον καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἄλλον μαθητὴν 
comes to Simon Peter απᾶ to the other disciple 


- 


305 


sus, and saw that he 
was dead already,they 
brake not his legs: 
34 but one of the sol- 
diers with α spear 
pierced his side, and 
forthwith came there 
out blood and water. 
35 And he that saw it 
bare record, and his 
tecord is true: and he 
knoweth that he saith 
true, that ye might-be- 
lieve. 36 For these 
things were done; that 
thescripture should be 
fulfilled, A bone of him 
shall not be broken, 
37 And again another 
scripture saith, They 
shall look on him 
whom they pierced, 


38 And after this Jo- 
seph of Arimathza, be- 
ing a disciple of Jesus, 
but secretly for fear of 
the Jews, besought Pi- 
late that he might take 
away the body of Je- 
sus: and Pilate gave 
him leave. He came 
therefore, and took the 
body of Jesus. 29 And 
there came also Nico- 
demus, which at the 
first came to Jesus by 
night, and brought a 
mixture of myrrh and 
aloes, about an hun- 
dred pound weight. 
40 Then took they the 
body of Jesus, and 
wound it in linen 
clothes with the spices, 
as the manner of, the 
Jewsis to bury. 41 Now 
in the place where he 
was crucified there 
was a garden; and in 
the garden a new se- 
pulchre, wherein was 
never man yet laid. 
42 There laid they Je- 
sus therefore because 
of the Jews’ pfepara- 
tion day; for the se- 
pulchre was nigh δῷ 
hand, 


XX. The first day 
of the week cometh 
Mary Magdaleneearly, 
when it was yet dar 
uuto the sepulchre,and 
seeth the stone taken 
away from the sepul- 
chre. 2 Then sherun- 
neth, and cometh to 
Simon Peter, and to 
the other disciple, 





. 
ο ἤδη αὐτὸν Trra. 4 ἐξῆλθεν εὐθὺς TTrA. © καὶ ἐκεῖνος LTr. 


f + καὶ 8ἱ5ο.ΟΙΤΤτΑΤΓ. 


& πιστεύητε T. h Πειλᾶτον T. i— 6 LTTrAW. k—outra. ὀ ἈἐΠειλάτος 2. 
πι ἦλθον they came T. . ἡραν T. ° — 70 σῶμα T. Ρ αὐτοῦ of him Lira; αὐτόν 
‘vim Τὶ 4 αὐτὸν him-LrzTraw. T@sGLITrAW.  -- ἐν W. 5 Μαριὰμ τ. 


x 


906 


whom Jesus loved, and 
saith unto them, They 
have taken away the 
Lord out of the sepul- 
chre, andwe know not 
where they have laid 
him. 3 Peter there- 
fore went forth, and 
that other disciple,and 
came to the sepulchre. 
4 So {Πιν ran both to- 
gether : and the other 
discipie did outrun Pe- 
ter, and enme first to 
the sepulchre. 5 And 
he stooping down, and 
looking in, saw the li- 
nen clothes lying ; yet 
went he notin. 6Then 
comcth Simon Peter 
following him, and 
wont into the sepul- 
chre, and secth the li- 
nen clothes lie, 7 and 
the napkin, that was 
about his head, not ly- 
ing with the linen 
clothes, but wrapped 
tog: ther in a place by 
itself. 8 Then went in 
also that other disci- 
ple, which came first to 
the sepulchre, and he 
saw, and ΄ believed. 
9 For as yet they knew 
not the scripture, that 
he must rise again 
from the dead. 10 Then 
the disciples went a- 
way again unto their 
own home. 1 But 
Mary stood without at 
the sepulchre weeping: 
and as she wept, she 
stooped down, and 
looked into the sepul- 
chre, 12 and sceth two 
angelsin white sitting, 
the one at the head, 
and the other at the 
feet, where the body 
of Jesus had lain, 
13 And they say unto 
her, Woman, why 
Weepest thou? She 
saith unto them, Be- 
cause they have taken 
away my Lord, and I 
know not where they 
have Jaid him. 14 And 
when she had thus 
said, she turned her- 
self back, and saw Je- 
sus standing,:nd knew 
bot that it was Jesus, 
15 Jesus saith unto 
her, Woman, why 
weepest thou? whom 
seekest thou? She, 
suppo-ing him to be 
the gardener, saith un- 
to him, Sir, 
have borne him hence, 
tell mc where thou 
ha-t Jaid him, and I 
will tyke him away. 
16 Jesus saith unto her, 
Mary. She turned her- 


« ᾿ 
Yo δὲ 1, 


if thou: 





κ * τὰ ὀθόνια κείµενα τι. 
2 τῳ μιτημείω GLIT: AW 


XX. 


τὸν κύριον 


TQANNH ΣΣ. 


HE ~ 3 ΄ - τ 
ὃν ἐῤίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς,  Ἡραν 


whom “loved 1Jesus, and says to them, They tookaway the Lord 
, ‘4 ” a ” ? , 

ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου, καὶ οὐκ.οἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν. 
out of the tomb, and weknownot where they laid him. 


A » ’ 28 
38. Ἔξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ Πέτρος καὶ ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής, καὶ ἤρχοντο 
3Went *forth2therefore ‘Peter and the other disciple, and came 
> ‘ ~ y ” δὲ ε δύ « ans ν ‘ τη ἴλλ ο 
εις το μνΏημειογ. 4 ἐΤΡΕΧΟΥ- ε οι OVO ομου και OF αλλος 
to the tomb. And ran ithe *two together, andthe other 
[ή ’ ~ μ Μ' αυ ~ 
μαθητὴς προέδραµεν τάχιον τοῦ Πέτρου, και ἦλθεν πρῶτος 
disciple ran forward faster than Peter, and came xirst 
~ 4 v4 ? , 
εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, 5 καὶ παρακύψας βλέπει "κείμενα τὰ ὀθόνια," 
tothe tomb, and stooping down he sees lying the linencloths; 
~ ” la [ή ᾽ 
οὐ μέντοι εἰσῆλθεν. ϐ ἔρχεται οὖν * Σίμων Ἠετρος ἀκολου- 
9ποῦ *however *he “entered. Comes then Simon Peter - follow- 
θῶν αὐτῷ, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς TO μνημεῖον, καὶ θεωρεῖ τὰ 
ing him, and entered into the tomb, and 5668 the 
᾽ , , \ 4 δά ελ ΜΠ 2 ’ ~ λῆ 
ὀθόνια κείµενα, 7 καὶ τὸ σουδᾶριον Ὁ τν ἔπι της κεφαλ]ς 
linencloths lying, and the handkerchief which was upon "head 
αὐτοῦ, οὐ μετὰ τῶν ὀθονίων κείμενον, ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐν- 
this, not with the linen cloths lying, but by “itself 
’ 2 e , , rT > ~ ‘ ε 
τετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον. 8 τότε οὖν εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ὁ 
α{ο]άσᾶ Ξπρ SiN τα Splace. Then therefore cntered also the 
ἄλλος μαθητὴς ὁ ἐλθὼν πρῶτος εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, καὶ εἶδεν 
other disciple who came first to the tomb, and saw 
καὶ ἐπίστευσεν: 9 οὐδέπω γὰρ Ίδεισαν τὴν γραφήν, ὅτι 
and believed ; for not yet knew they the scripture, ‘that 
δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι. 10 ἀπῆλθον 
it hehoves him from among [86] dead to rise. Went away 
οὖν πάλιν πρὸς Yeavrovc! οἱ μαθηταί. 11 "Μαρία! δὲ 


therefore again to their {home] the’ disciples. But Mary 
εἱστήκει πρὸς 3Ἀτὸ μνημεῖον" Ὀκλαίουσα ἔξω." ὡς οὖν 


stood at the tomb “weeping ‘outside. ‘ As therefore 


ἔκλαιεν, παρέκυψεν εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, 12 καὶ θεωρεῖ δύο ay- 
she wept, she stooped down into the tomb, and beholds two an- 
γέλους ἐν λευκοῖς καθεζομένους, ἕνα πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ καὶ Eva 
gels in white sitting, cne at the head and one 
πρὸς τοῖς ποσίν, ὅπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. 19 “Kai 
at the feet, where waslaid the body of Jesus, And 
λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι, Τύναι, τί κλαίεις; Λέγει αὐτοῖς, 
say °to*her they, Woman, why weepest thou? Shesays to them, 
a oe s , \ 3 ~ 
Οτι ἦραν τὸν κύριόν.μου, καὶ οὐκ.οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν 
Because they took away my Lord, and I know not where they laid 
αὐτόν. 14 Καὶ" ταῦτα εἰποῦσα ἐστράφη εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, καὶ 
him, And these things having said she turned backward, and 
θεωρεῖ τὸν Ἰησοῦν éorw@ra’ καὶ ovK.yde ὅτι «ὁ' Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν. 
beholds Jesus standing, and knew not that Jesus it is. 
, ~ ε 7 ~ , ΄ , ~ 
15 λέγει avTy*o" Ἰησοῦς, Γύναι, ri κλαίεις; τίνα ζητεῖς; 
"Says “to “Πες ‘Jesus, Woman, why weepest thou? Whom scekest thuu? 
᾽ / “ / ‘ ΄ - ΄ 
Εκείνη δοκοῦσα ὅτι ὁ κηπουρός ἐστιν, λέγει αὐτῷ, Κύριε, εί 
She thinking thatthe gardener it is, says to him, Sir, if 
? ΄ ΄ ~ 4 
σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν, εἰπέ μοι ποῦ [αὐτὸν ἔθηκας" κἀγὼ 
thou didst carry off him, tell me where him _ thou didst lay, andI 
᾽ ‘ > ~ ~ « ~ ΄ 
αὐτὸν ἀρῶ. 16 Λέγει αὐτῷ 0" Ἰησοῦς, ἈΜαρία." Στρα- 
him will take away. *Says 3toher 1 Jesus, Mary. Turn- 


ee αν 





ᾱ + καὶ also tra. 


ι Ἶ 7 αὐτοὺς TTr. 2 Μαριάμ T. 
Ὁ ἔξω κλαίουσα ΤΤΑ:; -- ἔξω L. 


© — καὶ T. ἆ — καὶ ΕΙ ΥΓ ΤΝ. 


*“—oCLTbaw. *—oLTTraw. ἴ ἔθηκας αὐτόν GLTTrAW. &—OLTTrA. © Μαριάμ. TIA, 


ΣΧ. 


Φεῖσα 
ing round 


JOHN. 


ν᾽ r ᾿ > ~ e 
ἐκείνη λέγει αὐτῷ], 'Ῥαββουνί: ὃ. λέγεται, διδάσκαλε. 
she says to him, Rabboni, that is to say, Teacher. 
, ~ Ee ~ ΄ . A 2 ΄ 
17 λέγει αὐτῇ "ὁ! Ἰησοῦς, Μή µου ἅπτου, οὕπω.γὰρ ἀναβέ- 
“Says *to *her 1Jesus, "Not ®me ‘touch, for not yet have I 
βηκα πρὸς τὸν. πατέραἱμου"" πορεύου.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφούς 
ascended {ο my Father ; but go to “brethren 
µου, καὶ εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν.πατέρα.µου καὶ 
my, and say tothem, I ascend to my Father and 
/ « ~ \ , ; ‘ « ~ 
πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ θεόν.µου καὶ θεὸν. ὑμῶν. 18 Ἔρχεται 
your Father, and my God and your God, *Comes 
Ὁ Μαρία! ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ πἀπαγγέλλουσα" τοῖς μαθηταῖς ore 
*Mary the *Magdalene bringing word tothe disciples 
°ewoaker' τὸν κύριον, καὶ ταῦτα εἶπεν αὐτῇ. 19 Οὔσης. οὖν 


she Ἠας seen the Lord, and these thingshesaid toher. It being therefore 
? ΄ ~ « , ? ’ ~ ~ ~ 3} / 8 ~ 
ὀψίας τή-Ίμερᾳ εκεινΏ, ΤΏ μιᾷ ρτῶν' σαββάτων, καὶ τῶν 
evening on that day, the first [day] of the week, and the 


θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὕπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰσυνηγμένοι," διὰ 
doors having been shut where “were ‘the *disciples assembled, through 
τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἔστη εἰς τὸ 
fear ofthe Jews, *came 1Jesus- and stood “in the 
μέσον, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν. 20 Καὶ ταῦτο εἰπὼν 
midst, and says tothem, Peace toyou. And this having said 
ἔδειξεν Ταὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ." ἐχάρη- 
heshewed tothem the hands and the side of himself, *Rejoiced 
σαν οὖν οἱ μαθηταὶ ἰδόντες τὸν κύριον. 21 εἶπεν οὖν 
*therefore ὑπ “disciples having seen the Lord. *Said ?therefore 
αὐτοῖς "ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς" πάλιν, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν' καθὼς ἀπέσταλκέν 
*to *them 1 Jesus again, Peace toyou: as Shas “sent *°forth 
ε ὁ πατήρ, κἀγὼ πέµπω. ὑμᾶς. “22 Kai τοῦτο εἰπὼν 
®me ‘the ?Father, I also send you. And this having said 
ἐνεφύσησεν, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Λάβετε πνεῦμα ἅγιον. 
hebreathedinto[them], and says tothem, ΄ Receive [the] *Spirit ‘Holy: 
23 ἵἄν'τιων ἀφῆτε τὰς ἁμαρτίας, “ἀφίενται! αὐτοῖς" 
of whomsoever ye may remit the sins, they are remitted to them ; 
εάν" τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται. 24 Θωμᾶς δέ, εἷς ἐκ 
of whomsoever ye may retain, they have been retained, But Thomas, one of 
τῶν δώδεκα ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος, οὐκ ἦν per αὐτῶν OTE 
the twelve called Didymus, wasnot with them when 
ἦλθεν τὸ! Ἰησοῦς. 25 ἔλεγον οὖν αὐτῷ οἱ ἄλλοι μαθηταί, 
came 1 Jesus. 4Said 5therefore Sto “*him*the other “disciples, 
Ἑωράκαμεν τὸν κύριον. Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Εὰν. μὴ ἴδω ἐν 
We have seen’ the Lord. But he said tothem, Unless Isee in 
ταῖς .χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω "τὸν δάκτυ- 
his hands the mark ofthe nails, and put *finger 
λό ll ᾽ ἘΝ y / ll ~ ηλ ‘ tr Ζ 4 eee 2 Π] 
AOV μου εις τον JTUTOV" των WAWYV, και Ba ω την-χειρα-μου 
‘my into the mark ofthe nails, and put my hand 
εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ.μὴ πιστεύσω. 2 Καὶ pel ἡμέρας 
into his side, not at all will I believe. And after 7days 
ὀκτὼ πάλιν ἦσαν ἔσω οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ Θωμᾶς μετ 
αρ]σηί ἀραὶ were *within *his “disciples, and Thomas with 
αὐτῶν. ἔρχεται ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων, καὶ ἔστη 
them, Comes Jesus, the doors having been shut, and stood 





i + Ἑβραϊστί in Hebrew [L]rtra. 
™ Μαριὰμ. TTrA. η ἀγγέλλουσα LITrA. 
4 — συνηγμένοι LTTra. 
᾿Ιησοῦς (read he said) τ ῦν a]. 
W —o LITra. * μου τὸν δάκτυλον T. 


k — 0 LTTrA. 

ο ἑώρακα I have seen TTra. 
t ἐὰν L. 
} τόπον place LT. 


τ καὶ (— καὶ 1) τὰς χεῖρας καὶ THY πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς LTTrA. 
: ἀφέωνται they have been remitted 171. 
= µου τὴν χειρα TIrA, , 


907 


self, and saith unto 
him, Rabboni; which 
is to say, Master. 17Je- 
sus saith unto her, 
Touch menot;forlam 
not yet ascended to 
my Father: but go to 
my brethren, and say 
unto them, I ascend 
unto my Father, and 
your Father; and to 
my God,and your God. 
18 Mary Magdalene 
came and told the 
disciples that she had 
seen the Lord, and 
that he had spoken 
these things unto her. 
19 Then the same day 
at evening, being the 
first day of the week, 
when the doors were 
shut where the disci- 
ples were assembled 
for fear of the Jews, 
came Jesus and stood 
in'the midst, and saith 
unto them, Peace be 
unto you. 20 And 
when he had sosaid, he 
shewed unto them jis 
hands and his side. 
Then were the disci- 
ples glad, when they 
saw the Lord; 21 Then 
said Jesus to them a- 
gain, Peace be unto 

ou: as my Father 

ath sent me, even 5ο 
send I you. 22 And 
when he had said this, 
he breathed on them, 
and saith unto them, 
Receive ye the Holy 
Ghost: 23 whose soever 
sins ye remit, they are 
remitted unto them ; 
and whose soever sins 
ye retain, they are re- 
tained. 24But Thomas, 
one of the twelve,cali- 
ed Didymus, was not 
with them when Jesus 
came. 25 The other 
disciples therefore said 
unto him, We have 
seen the Lord. But he 
said unto them, Except 
T shall see in his hands 
the print of the nails, 
and put my finger into 
the print of the nails, 
and thrust my hand 
into his side,J will not 
believe. 26 And after 
eight days again bis 
disciples were within, 
and Thomas’ with 
them: then came Je- 
sus, the doors being 
shut, and stood in the 





1 — μου (read the Father) [u]rtra. 


P — τῶν LTTraw. 
τα 


908 
midst, and said, Peace 
be unto you. 27 Then 


saith he to Thomas, 


Reach hither thy fin-- 


er, and behold my 
Pee and reach hi- 
ther thy hand, and 
thrust it into my side: 
and be not faithless, 
but believing. 28 And 
Thomas answered and 
said unto him, y 
Lord and my God. 
29 Jesus saith unto 
him, Thomas, because 
thou hast seen me, 
thou hast believed: 
blessed are they that 


have not seen, and yet μ 


have believed, 


30 And many other 
signs truly did Jesus 
in the presence of his 
disciples, which are 
not written in this 
book: 31 but these are 
written, that yemight 
believe that Jesus is 
the Christ, the Son of 
God ; and that believ- 
ing ye nlight have life 
through his name, 


-XXT. After these 
things Jesus shewed 
himself again to the 
disciples at the sea of 
Tiberias ; and on this 
wise shewed he him- 
self.- 2 There were to- 
gether Simon Peter, 
and Thomas cailed Di- 
dymus, and Nathanael 

Cana in Galilee, and 
the. sons of Zebedee, 
and two other of his 
disciples.. 3 Simon 
Peter saith unto them, 
I go a fishing. They 
say unto him, We also 
go with thee. They 
went forth, and en- 
tered into a ship im- 
mediately; and that 
night they caught no- 
thing. 4 But when the 
mornin was now 
come, Jesus stood on 
the shore : but the dis- 
ciples knew not that 
it was Jesus. 5 Then 
Jesus saith unto them, 
Children, have ye any 
meat? They answered 
him, No. 6 And he 
said unto them, Cast 
the net on the right 
side of the ship, and 


2 i a ὁ ο 

® — καὶ GLTTrAW. 
(read the disciples) Lrtra. 
* — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he manifested) a; — 6 rrr. 
τὰ — εὐθύς LTTrA. 
Ἰησοῦς Tr; 


GLITraw, 
4 [ὁ Ἰησοῦς L; [ὁ] 


XX, ΧΧΙ. 
27 Ἐἶτα λέγει τῷ θωμᾷ, 


12ΩΑΝΝ Η Σ, 


εἰς τὸ μέσον καὶ εἶπεν, Ἑἰρήνὴ ὑμῖν. 


in ‘the midst and said, Peace to you. Then hesays to Thomas, 
Φέρε τὸν.δάκτυλόν.-σου © ὧδε, καὶ ἴδε τὰς.χεῖράς μου" καὶ 
Bring thy ‘finger here, and see my hands ;° and 
/ κ / Φ 
φέρε τὴν.χεῖρά.σου, καὶ βάλε εἰς τὴν.πλευράν. μου" καὶ 
bring thy hand, and put [it] into my side; “and 
4 » , 2 ‘ ? , ε 
μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός. 38 Καὶ! ἀπεκρίθη Pol 
Ῥο ποῦ unbelieving, but believing. And 7?answered 


~ ‘ ο} 3 ~ ε LA / α 1& , 2 , 
Θωμᾶς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὁ.κύριός.µου καὶ ὁ.θεός.µου. 29 Λέγει 
1Thomas and said to Πῖτα, My Lord and my God. *Says 
αὐτῷ “ὁ" Ἰησοῦς, “Ore ἑώρακάς ‘pe, Θωμᾶ," πεπίστευκας' 
3to*him 1Jesus, Because thou hast seen me, Thomas, thou hast believed: 
ακάριο οἱ μὴ. ἰδόντες Kai πιστεύσαντες. 
blessed they who have notscen and have believed., "' 

» - ? 
30 Πολλὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ ἄλλα «σημεῖα ἐποίησεν ὃ Ἱη- 

Many 3therefore *also other “signs did Je- 
σοῦς ἐνώπιον {ῶν.μαθητῶν "αὐτοῦ," ἃ οὐκ.έστιν γεγραμ- 
sus in presence of his disciples, which are not written 

[ή ΡῈ ~ / / ~ A / . ev 
μένα ἐν τφ.βιβλίῳ.τούτῳ. 31 ταῦτα.δὲ γέγραπται wa 
in this boo but these have been written that 
πιστεύσητε! Ore 80! ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐστιν δ᾽ χριστὸς ὃ υἱὸς τοῦ 


. 
? 


ye may believe that Jesus _ is the Christ the Son 
θεοῦ, καὶ ἵνα πιστεύοντες ζωὴν Β" ἔχητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι 
of God, and that believing , life ye may have in 2name 
αὐτοῦ. 

this.. 


4 ~ ? 9 , e sy or is > Ὁ" ἢ 
ϱ] Mera ταῦτα ἐφανέρωσεν ἑαυτὸν πάλιν Ἰὸ Ἰησοῦς 
After these things anifested ‘himself again 1 Jesus 
τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης τῆς Τιβεριάδος" ἐφανέρωσεν. δὲ 
tothe disciples at the sea of Tiberias, And he manifested 
ε/ me. « - , / 4 ~w -ε« 
οὕτως 2 ἦσαν ὁμοῦ Σίμων Πετρος, καὶ Θωμᾶς ὁ 
{himself] thus: There were together Simon Peter, and Thomas 
λεγόμενος Δίδυμος, καὶ Ναθαναὴλ ὁ ἀπὸ. Kava τῆς Γαλὶ- 
called Didymus, and Nathanael from Cana of Gali- 
λαίας, καὶ οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ ἄλλοι ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν 
166, and the [sons] of Zebedee, and “others 7of Sdisciples 
αὐτοῦ δύο. 3 λέγει αὐτοῖς Σίμων Πέτρος, Ὑπάγω ἁλιεύειν. 
*his ἧτο. *Says °*to*°them SSimon Ἅ᾿Ρείΐετ, 1ρο to fish, 
Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Ἐρχόμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς σὺν σοί. Ἐ Ἐξῆλθον 
ΤΠεσεαγ to him, *Come “also “we with thee. They went forth 
καὶ 'avéBynoav" εἰς τὸ πλοῖον "εὐθύς,ὶ καὶ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ 
and went up into the ship immediately, and during that 
νυκτὶ ἐπίασαν οὐδέν. 4 “πρῳΐας.δὲ ἤδη "γενομένης! ἔστη 6" 
night they took nothing. And morning already being come 2stood 
Ἶ ~ p > 1} A 2 λό a ? / ” « Λο 
ησους Pec’ τὸν αἰγιαλόν" ov μέντοι Ώδεισαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅτι 
*Jesus on the shore; ‘not “however “knew 'the disciples that 
iy ~ / ~ ~ 
Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν. 5 λέγει οὖν αὐτοῖς 40’Inoovc," Παιδία, 
Jesus it is. *Says ?therefore *to *them 116518, Littlechildren, 
μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε; ᾿Απεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ, Οὔ. 6 50.δὲ 
any food have ye? They answered him, No. And he 
| ΄ ~ ’ 2 3 ~ , 
εἶπεν" αὐτοῖς, Βάλετε εἰς τὰ δεξιὰ µέρη τοῦ πλοίου τὸ δίκτυον, 
said tothem, Cast to the right side ofthe ship the ποῦ, 





b— ὃ GLTTrAW. 


; ¢ [6] Tr. 4 — Θωμᾶ GLTTrAW. ε — αὐτοῦ 
ΓΣπιστεύητε T. 


8 ---- ὃ GLTTrAW. . } + [αἰώνιον] eternal L. 
* E+ [xi] and 1 1 ἐνέβησαν entered 

ἃ γινομένης breaking trrw. © — OLTTra, P ἐπὶ LE. 
— OTA. τ᾿ λέγει he says 2, 


ΧΧΙ. JOHN. 


4 Se (See 3 λ ΗΝ ΑΦ, ή aN ε ~ 
και εὑρήσετε. Ἐβαλον οὖν, καὶ “οὐκ ἔτι αὐτὸ ἑλκῦσαι 
and Τε shall find, They cast therefore, ‘and no longer it to draw 
t” Ι ? x ~ λήθ ~ ? θέ λέ τ 
ισχυσαν απο του πλησους των ιχσυωγ. | Σγει ουν 
were they able from the multitude ofthe fishes, Says therefore 
ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ Πέτρῳ, Ὁ κύριός 

that disciple whom “loved +Jesus to Peter, The Lord 
ἐστιν. Σίμων οὖν Πέτρος, ἀκούσας .ὅτι ὁ κύριός ἐστιν, 
it is. Simon *therefore ‘Peter, having heard that the Lord it is, 

τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο' ἦν.γὰρ γυμνός" καὶ ἔβαλεν 


{his} upper garment he girded on, for he was: naked, and . cast 
Σε ι ΣΥΝ, η , «δὰ 2/3 ᾗ κο αν 

ἑαυτὸν sic τὴν “θάλασσαν. 8 οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι μαθηταὶ τῷ 

himself into the 568. Andthe other disciples in the 


πλοιαρίῳ ἦλθον' οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ἀλλ᾽! 
small ship came, for not werethey far from the land, but 
as ‘ / . / ~ 
ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων, σύροντες τὸ δίκτυον τῶν 
somewhere about “cubits ὕπνο “hundred, dragging {88 net 
ἰχθύων. 9 Ὡς οὖν ἀπέβησαν εἰς τὴν γῆν βλέπουσιν 
of fishes, When therefore they wentup on the land they ses 
ἀνθρακιὰν κειμένην καὶ ὀψάριον ἐπικείμενον, καὶ ἄρτον. 
8. fire of coals lying and fish lying on {it],and bread, 
10 λέγει αὐτοῖς "ὁ" Τησοῦς, Ἐνέγκατε ἀπὸ τῶν ὀψαρίων ὧν 
2Says *to *them 1 Jesus, Bring of the fishes which 
ἐπιάσατε νῦν. 11. ΑνέβηΣ Σίμων Πέτρος, καὶ εἵλκυσεν τὸ 


-yetook just now. Went up Simon Peter, and drew the 
δίκτυον Σἐπὶ τῆς γῆς," μεστὸν Ἰἰχθύων μεγάλων" ἑκατὸν 
net ‘to the land, full of *fishes large a hundred [and] 
Ἀπεντηκοντατριῶν" καὶ τοσούτων ὄντων οὐκ.ἐσχίσθη τὸ 
fifty three ; and[though] so many, there were was not rent -the 
δίκτυον. 12 Λέγει αὐτοῖς 6" Ἰησοῦς, Δεῦτε ἀριστήσατε. 
net. 7Says  %to*them 136618, Comeye, ᾿ dine, 


οὐδεὶς. “δὲ" ἐτόλμα τῶν μαθητῶν ἐξετάσαι αὐτόν, Σὺ τίς 


But none ‘ventured Jof “the “disciples to ask © him, *Thou *who 
el; εἰδότες ὅτι ὁ κύριός ἐστιν’ 13 ἔρχεται ἀρῦν ὁ!" Ἰησοῦς 
?art? knowing that the Lord 1 15. Comes therefore 1 Jesus 


\ ΄, x » . Δ > ~ κι νι... ΄ 4 
καὶ λαμβάνει τὸν ἄρτον καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὸ ὀψάριον 


and takes the .bread απᾶ gives tothem, and the fish 


ὁμοίως. 14 τοῦτο ἤδη τρίτον ἐφανερώθη "ὁ! Ιησοῦς 
in like manner, This . [is] now the third time*was *manifested 1 Jesus 
τοῖς. μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ ο νεκρῶν. 
to his disciples having been raised from among [the] dead. 
16 Ὅτε οὖν ἠρίστησαν, λέγει τῷ Σίμωνι Πέτρῳ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, 
When therefore they had dined, *says | *to“*Simon "Ἐείετ 1Jesus, 
Σίμων  Ε]ωνᾶ,ὶ ἀγαπᾷς µε "πλεῖον" τούτων; Λέγει αὐτῷ, 
Simon [son] of Jonas, lovest thou me more ‘than these? Hesays to him, 
Nai, κύριε σὺ ᾿οἶδας ὅτι ιλῶ σε. Λέγει αὐτῷ, 
Yea, Lord; thou knowest that I have affection for thee. Hesays to him, 
Βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία-μου. 16 Λέγει αὐτῷ πάλιν δεύτερον, Σίμων 
Ἐεεᾶ my lambs. Hesays'tohim again asecondtime, Simon 
ε]ωνᾶ,' ἀγαπᾷς µε; Λέγει αὐτῷ, Nat κύριε σὺ οἶδας 
[εοπ] of Jonas, lovest thou me? Hesays tohim, Yea, Lord; thou knowest 
e ~ τ ~ / ἢ , - 
ὅτι ιλῶ σε. Λέγει αὐτῷ, Ποίμαινε τὰ Ἱπρόβατά"᾿ 
that I have affection for thee. Hesays tohim, Shepherd *sheep 


‘ love thee. 


- 809 


ye shall find. They 
cast therefore,and now 
they were not able to 
draw it for the multi- 
tude of fishes, 7 There- 
fore that - disciple 
whom Jesus. loved 
saith unto Peter, It is 
the Lord. Now when 
Simon Peter heard 


‘that it was the Lord, 


he girt. his fisher’s 
coat unto him, (for he 
was naked,) and did 
cast himself into the 
sea. 8 And the other 
disciples came in a lit- 
tle ship; (for they 
were not far from 
land, but as it were 
two hundred cubits,) 
dragging the net with 
fishes. 9As soon then 
as they were come to 
land, they saw a fire 
of coals there, and fish 
laid thereon, and 
bre2d, 10 Jesus saith 
unto them, Bring of 
the fish which ye have 
now caught. 11 Simon 
Peter went up, and 
drew the net to land 
full of great fishes, an 
hundred and fifty and 
three: and forall there 
were 50 many, yet was 
not the ret broken. 
12 Jesus saith unto 
them, Come and dine. 
And none of the disci- 
les durst, ask him, 
ΓΟ art thou 2 know- 
ing that it was the 
Lord. 13 Jesus then 
cometh, and taketh 
bread, and_ giveth 
them, and fish like- 
wise. 14 This is now 
the third time that 
Jesus shewed himself 
to his disciples, after 
that he was risen from 
the dead. 15 So when 
they had dined, Jesus 
saith to Simon Peter, 
Simon, son of Jonas, 
lovest thou me more 
thanthese? He saith 
unto him, Yea, Lord ο 
thou knowest that 
He saith 
unto him, Feed my 
lambs. 16 He saith to 
him again the second 
time, Simon, son of 
Jonas, lovest thou me? 
He saith unto him, Yea, 
Lord; thou knowest 
that I'love thee. He 
saith unto him, Feed 
my sheep.. 17 He saith 


eee ——— οπως 


t ἴσχυον LITrA. 7 ἀλλὰ TTrA. 5 Γὁ] Tr. 
” μεγάλων ἰχθύων L. 

ἃ- οὖν α; — οὖν ὃ LTTrA. 

Ρ)]ωάνου John Ltr; Ἰωάννου TA, 


8 οὐκέτι GLTW. 
εἰς THY γῆν LTTrA. 
e — δὲ but [τε]. 
disciples) LTTraW. 
little sheep χ. 


€ — 9 LTTrA.” 


5 πεντήκοντα τριῶν LTTr. 
f — αὐτοῦ (read the 


b πλέον LITrA. 


x + οὖν therefore TrA. 


Ὁ [Ὁ] Tr. 


i προβάτιά 


910 


unto him the third 
time, Simon, son of 
Jonas, lovest thou me ὃ 
Peter was grieved be- 
cause he said unto him 
the third time, Lovest 
thou me? And hesaid 
unto him, Lord, thou 
knowest all things ; 
thou knowest that I 
love thee. Jesussaith 
unto him, Feed my 
sheep. 18 Verily, ve- 
rily, I say unto thee, 
When thou wast 
young, thou girdcdst 
thyself, and walkedst 
whither thou would- 
est: but when thou 
shalt be old, thou 
shalt stretch forth thy 
hands, and another 
shall gird thee, and 
carry thee whither 
thou wouldest not. 
19 This spake ο, sig- 
nifying by what death 
he shonld glorify God. 
And when he had spo- 
ken this, he saith un- 
to him, Follow me. 
20 Then Peter, turning 
about, seeth the disci- 
ple whom Jesus loved 
following ; which also 
leaned on his breast at 
supper, and said,Lord, 
which is he that be- 
trayeth thee? 21 Pe- 
ter seeing him saith 
to Jesus, Lord, and 
what shall this man 
dv? 22 Jesus saith 
unto him, If I wiil 
that he tarry till I 


come, what is that to ' 


thee? follow thou me, 
23 Then went this say- 
ing abroud among the 
brethren, that that 
disciple should not 
die: yet Jesus said not 
unto him, He shall not 
die ; but, if I will that 
he tarry til I come, 
what is that to thee? 


_ 24 This is the disci- 

ple which testifieth 
of these things, 
wrote these things: 
and we know that his 
testimony 1 true. 
25 And there are also 
many other things 
which Jesus did, the 
which, if they should 
be written every one, 
I suppose that even 
the world itself could 
not contain the books 
that should be writ- 
ten. Amen, 


k Ἰωάνου John utr ; Ἰωάννου Ta. 
LTTrA ; — Ἰησοῦς (read he says) τ[πτ]. 
8 — δὲ but LtTtraw. 
* οὗτος ὁ λόγος LTTrA, 
ἡ μαρτυρία ἐστίν TTrA, 


r+ [σε] ἴ]ου 1, 


{---᾽Αμήν GLTrA, 


and’ 


IQANNHS. ΧΕΙ, 


~ A , / 7 -" 
μου. 17 Λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον, Σιμων Ἰωνᾶ," φι-΄ 
my. He says tohim the thirdtime, Simon [son] of Jonas, hast thou 
λεῖς µε; ᾿ἈΕλυπήθη ὁ Πέτρος Ότι εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ 
affection for me? 7Was “grieved «.'Εείετ because hesaid tohim the 
τρίτον, Φιλεῖς pe; ἱκαὶ" πεῖπεν' αὐτῷ, Κύριε, "σὺ 
third time, Hast thouaffection forme? and said tohim, Lord, thou 
πάντα" oldag’ σὺ γινώσκεις ὅτι λῶ os Λέγει 
all things knowest; thou knowest that I have affectionfor thee. "5478 
οὐ ο. νο 1 Ῥπρό ‘ll 18. ἀμὴν dus 
αὐτῷ οὐ ᾿Ἡῃσοῦς,! Ῥόσκε τὰ Ῥπρόβατά᾽.µου. ἀμὴν ἀμὴν 
3ἴ0 *him Jesus, Feed my sheep. Verily verily 
λέγω σοι, Ore fe νεώτερος ἐζώννυες σεαυτόν, Kai 
Isay tothee, When thou wast younger ' thou girdedst thyself, and 
περιεπάτεις ὅπου ἤθελες: ὅταν. δὲ ᾿ γηράσῃς ἐκ- 
walkedst where thou didst desire ; but when thou shalt be old thou shalt 
τενεσς τὰς χεῖράς. σου, καὶ ἄλλος σε ζώσει,' καὶ oie * 
stretch forth thy hands, and another thee shall gird, and bring [thee} 
ὕπου  οὐ-θέλειο. 19 Todro.cé εἶπεν σημαίνων ποίῳ 
where thou dost not desire. But this he βεϊδλ signifying by what 
θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν θεόν. καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν λέγει αὐτῷ, 
death Β6 Βῃποι!ᾷ glorify God. And this having said he says to him, © 
᾿Ακολούθει μοι. 20 ᾿Ἐπιστραφεὶς "δὲ! ὁ Πέτρος βλέπει τὸν 


Follow me, But having turned Peter sces the 
μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀκολουθοῦντα, ὃς καὶ ἀνέπεσεν 
disciple whom “Ἰονθᾶ 1 Jesus following, who also reclined 
ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος αὐτοῦ καὶ εἶπεν, Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν 
at the supper on his breast and said, Lord, who isit 

ὁ παραδιδούς σε; 21 Τοῦτον ἵ ἰδὼν ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἱη- 
who is delivering up thee 2 sHim “seeing *Peter says to Je- 
σοῦ, Κύριε, οὗτος.δὲ τί; 22 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Εὰν 
sus, Lord, but of this one what; *Says “to *him ‘Jesus, lt 
αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, TL , πρός σε; σὺ 
Shim I "desire toabide till Icome, what[isit] to thee? ?Thou 
Ἰἀκολούθει μοι." 23 ᾿Εξῆλθεν οὖν τὸ λόγος. οὗτος" εἰς 
1follow me, Went out therefore this word among 


4 ἐδ λ ἃ e € A ? ~ ? 7 4. Ξ τ « 
τοὺς ἀδελφούς, Ort ὁ μαθητὴς.ἐκεῖνος οὐκ.ἀποθνήσκει' *Kai 
the brethren, That that disciple does not die. However 
οὐκ εἶπεν" αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνήσκει ἀλλ᾽, ᾿Εὰν 
Snot said “ἴο *him 1Jesus, That he does not die; but, 1 
αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι,» Yri πρός σε" 

Shim +I *desire toabide till Icome, πια [ἰ5 11 tc thee? 

24 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων, 
This is. the disciple who bears witness concerning these things. 
Ξ γράψας ταῦτα" καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθής 
these things: and weknow that true is 
ἄλλα πολλά “ὅσα! 
And there are also 7other*things'many whatsoever 
? , : 7 ~ 7a a5 , εἴ ἆ ο δν 
ἐποίησεν ο Ἰησοῦς, ἅτινα ἐὰν γράφηται καθ᾽ ἕν, δοὺδὲ 

3414 1Jesus, whicn 3ξ theyshould be written one by one, *not *even 

? 4 , ~ ΄ 
αὐτὸν οἶμαι “τὸν κόσμον “χωρῆσαι! τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία. 


καὶ βἐστιν ὦ 
and[{who] wrote i 


µαρτυρία.αὐτοῦ.ὶ 25 Ὀέστιν δὲ καὶ 
his witness, 


“itself *I*supposeSthe ‘world wouldcontain the “written =pooks, 
ΓΑ μήν." lg 
Amen, 


᾿ [καὶ] 1. ™AéyersaysT. πάντα σὺ ΙΤΊτΑ. °—6 

Ρ προβάτιά little sheep Tira. a ζώσει σε Tra. 

It Li + '-+ οὖν therefore LrTray * μοι ἀκολούθει LYTrAW. 

Σ οὐκ εἶπεν δὲ Tr, 7 --- τί πρός σετ. *+ ὃ ΦΏο ΓΑ]. 3 αὐτοῦ 

b—verse257, ¢awhichitra. ὁ οὐδ᾽ urra. 8 χωρήσειν Tr. 
δ + κατὰ ᾿Ιωάνην (Ἰωάννην a) accurding to John Tra, 


ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ "TON ATION! ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ.Ι 


ACTS OF THE HOLY APOSTLES, | 


. ΄ . , 
ΤῸΝ μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην περὶ πάντων, ὦ 
The *indeed ‘first Zaccount I made concerning allthings, O 
Θεόφιλε, ὧν ἤρξατο Jo" Ἰησοῦς ποιεῖντε καὶ διδάσκειν, 
Theophilus, which “began 1 Jesus bothtodo and to teach, 
2 ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας ἐντειλάμενος 


until the day in which, having given command *to °the 


~ ᾽ ’ Ἁ 
τοῖς ἀποστόλοις διὰ 
“apostles by 

πνεύματος ἁγίου οὓς ἐξελέξατο, Ἐἀνελήφθη." 3 οἷς 
[πε] *Spirit 3ΗοΙψ whom ς chose, he wastakenup: to whom 
καὶ παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν. αὐτόν, ἐν 
also hepresented himself living after he had suffered, with 


πολλοῖς τεκμηρίοις, δι ἡμερῶν Ιτεσσαράκοντα! ὀπτανόμενος 


many proofs, , during “days forty being seen 
αὐτοῖς, καὶ λέγων τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. 
by them, and speaking the things concerning the kingdom of God: 


4 καὶ συναλιζόµενος 


ππαρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς" ἀπὸ Ἱερο- 
and beirg assembled with [himj 


he charged them from Jeru- 
’ ‘ 2 ᾽ ‘A [ή Α γ , 
σολύμων μὴ χωρίζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ περιμένειν τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 
salem not to depart, but to await the promise 
τοῦ πατρός, ἣν ἠκούσατέ μου" ὃ ὅτι "Ἰωάννης" μὲν 
of the Father, which{[said he] ye heard of me. For John ~ indeed 
ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς.δὲ 9βαπτισθήσεσθε ἔν ᾿πνεύµα- 
baptized with water, butye shall be baptized with[the] “Spirit 
τι" ἁγίῳ οὐ μετὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας. GO’ μὲν οὖν 
‘Holy *not “after many days. They indced therefore 
λβό νο p2 , ! ᾽ ‘ λε Κύ = > ? 
συνελθόντες ἐπηρωτων" αὑτὸν λεγοντες, Kuore, εἰ ἐν 
having come together asked him, saying, Lord, 3at 
τῷ.χρόνῳ.τούτῳ ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ισραήλ; 
*this *time trestorest *thou the kingdom to Israel ἢ 
7 Εἶπεν. Ιδὲ' πρὸς αὐτούς, Οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν γνῶναι χρόνους 
And he said to them, SNot yours’ 7it*is to know times 
n " εν Md ‘ ” ? »Ἕ γ᾽’ ’ ΄ ? A 
ἢ καιροὺς οὓς ὁ πατὴρ ἔθετο ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ὃ ἀλλὰ 
or seasons whichthe Father placed in hisown authority; but 
σλήψεσθε" δύναμιν, ἐπελθόντος τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐφ᾽ 
ye willreceive power, *having °come “the Holy “Spirit upon 


4 τὰ κ τον θέ 5 I! ΄ » « . eel 
υμας, και εσεσσε μοι µαρτυρες ΕΡ.ΤΕ Περουσαλὴμ και εν 


you, and yeshallbe tome witnesses bothin Jerusalem and in 

πάσῃ τῇ" Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ “Σαμαρείᾳ! καὶ ἕως ἐσχάτου 
all Judea and Samaria and to [the] uttermost part 

τῆς γῆς. .9 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπών, βλεπόντων αὐτῶν 


of the earth, And these things having said, “bcholding [*him] ‘they 


> ’ ‘4 [ή ς ή ? 4 ? ‘ ~ ? ~ 
ἐπήρθη, καὶ νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν 
he wastaken up,and acloud withdrew him from 7eyes 
αὐτῶν. 
1their. 
10 Καὶ ὡς ἀτενίζοντες ἦσαν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν πορευομένου 


And as “looking *iniently ‘they*wereintothe . heaven as “was “going 


h — ἁγίων α; — τῶν ἁγίων (read of [the]) LTTraw. 
Κ ἀνελήμφθη LTTrA. 1 τεσσεράκοντα LTTrA. 
9 ἐν πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε ΕΤΤιΑ, 


P ἠρώτων LTTrA, 
1ΤΤΙΑ, 5 µου Of Me LIT;AW, 


t—éeviftra], %'— τῇ ΔΑ. 


᾿ 


i — ἀποστόλων T. 
™ αὐτοῖς παρήγγειλεν AW. 
4 — δὲ and TTr. 
π Σαμαρίᾳ Ἱ. 


THE former treatise 
have I made, O Theo- 
philus, of all that 
Jesus began both to 
do and teach, 2 until 
the day in which he 
Was taken ‘Up,, after 
that he through the 
Holy Ghost hud given 
ccmmandnments unto 
the apostles whom ‘he 
had chosen: 3to whom 
also heshewed himsclf 
alive after his pas- 
sion by wany infalli- 
ble proofs, being seen 
of them forty days, 
and speaking of the 
things pertaining to 
the kingdom of God: 
4 and, being assem- 
bled together’ with 
them, commanded 
them that they should 
not depart from Jeru- 
salem, but wait for 
the promise of the Fa- 
ther, which, saith he, 
ye have heard of me, 
5 For John truly bap- 
tized with water ; but 
ye shall be baptized 
with the Holy Ghost 
not many days hence. 
6 When they therefore 
were come together, 
they asked of him, 
saying, Lord, wilt 
thou at this time re- 
store again the king.: 
dom {ο 15γαο] 7 And 
he said unto them, It 
is not for you to know 
the times or the sea- 
sons, which the Father 
hath put in his own 
power. 8 But yeshall 
receive powcr, after 
that the Holy Ghost is 
come upon you: and 
ye shall be witnesses 
unto me both in Jeru- 
salem, and in all Ju- 
dza, and in Samaria, 
and unto the utter- 
most part of the 
earth. 9 Aud when he 
had spokcn _ these 
things, while they be- 
held, he was taken up; 
and a cloud receive 

him out of their sight. 


10 And while they 
looked stedfastly to- 
ward heaven as_ he 


j — o LTrAW. 


2 ᾿]ωάνης Tr. 
ς λήμψεσθε 


912 


went up, bchold, two 
men stood by them in 
white apparel; llwhich 
also said, Ye men of 
Galilee, why stand ye 
gazing up into heaven? 
this same Jesus,which 
is taken up from you 
into heaven, shall so 
come in like manner 
as ye have secn him go 
into heaven. 12 Then 
returned they unto Je- 
rusalem from the 
mount called Olivet, 
which is from Jerusa- 
Jem a sabbath day’s 
journey. 13 And when 
they were come in, 
they went up into an 
upper room, where 
abode both Veter, and 
James, and John, and 
Andrew, Philip, and 
Thomas, Bartholo- 
mew, and Matthew, 
James the son of Al- 
phaus, and Simon Ze- 
lotes, and Judas the 
brother of James. 
14 These all continued 
with one accord in 
prayer and supplica- 
tion, with the women, 
and Mary the mother 
of Jesus, and with his 
brethren. 


15 And in those days 
Peter stood up in the 
raidst of the disciples, 
aud said, (the number 


of muames together 
were about an hun- 
dred «τὰ twenty,) 


16 Men and brethren, 
this scripture must 
needs have been ful- 
filled, which the Holy 
Ghost by the mouth 
ot David spake before 
concerning Judas, 
which was guide to 
them that took Jesus, 
17 Sor he was numbér- 
ed with us, and had 
obtained part of this 
ministry. 18 Now this 
man purchased a fic!d 
with the reward of 
Wiquity ; and falling 
headlong, he burst a- 
sunder in the midst, 
and all his bowels 
gushed out, 19 And it 


ΠΡΑΞΈΤΙΣ. i. 


ἰδοὺ ἄνδρες δύο παρειστήκεισον αὐτοῖς ἐν “ἐσθῆτι 


αὐτοῦ, καὶ 
7men “two stood by them in “apparel 


the, ‘also*behold 


λευκῇ," 11 οἱ καὶ γεῖπον," ”Ανδρες Γαλιλαῖοι, τί ἑστήκατε *éu- 


white, who also βαϊᾶ, Men Galileans, why doyestand look- 
. Ξ τ = 2? ~ ς 
βλέποντες" εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν ; οὗτος ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὁ "ἀναληφθεὶς" 
ing into the heaven? This Jesus who was taken up 
ag’ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν οὕτως ἐλεύσεται ὃν. τρόπον 
from τοι into the heaven thus wilicome ‘in the manner 
ἐθεάσασθε αὐτὸν πορευόμενον εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, 12 Τότε 
ye beheld him going into the heaven, Then 
ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἀπὸ ὄρους τοῦ καλουμένου 


they returned to Jerusalem from (the] mount calied 


ἐλαιῶνος, ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἱερουσαλήμ, σαββάτου ἔχον 
of Olives, which is near Jerusalem, %a*sabbath’s "being *distant 
ὁδόν. 13 Καὶ ὅτε εἰσῆλθον aveBnoay εἰς TO: ὑπερῷον," 
journey. And when they had entered they went up to the upper chamber, 
οὗ ἦσαν καταµένοντες ὕ-τε.Πέτρος καὶ “Ἱάκωβος καὶ Ἰωάν- 
where were staying both Peter and James and John 
νης" καὶ ᾿Ανδρέας, Φίλιππος καὶ Θωμᾶς, Βαρθολομαῖος kai 
and Andrew, ο Philip and Thomas, Bartholomew and 
IMarbatoc," ᾿Ιάκωβος ᾿Αλφαίου καὶ Σίμων ὁ ἸΖηλωτής, 
Matthew, James fsonjof Alphaus and Simon the Zealot, 
καὶ Ιούδας Ἰακώβου. 14 οὗτοι πάντες ἦσαν προσκαρ- 
and dude [brother] of James. These all were “steadfastly 
τεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν τῇ προσευχῇ “καὶ τῇ δεήσει,“ σὺν 
Scontinuing ‘with “one “accord ΄ in prayer and supplication, with [the] 
γυναιξὶν καὶ “Μαρίᾳ! τῇ μητρὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ Εσὺν" τοῖς 


women and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with 
ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ. 

his brethren, 

15 Kai ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραιςταῦταις ἀναστὰς Πέτρος ἐν 


And Peter in 
/ h θ G2 Ι inf 3 “ 3 ’ 
EOW των μα των" ειπε» WV τε ὄχλος ονοματων 
[86] midst ofthe = disciples said, (Cwas'tand [*the]*number "ΟΕ *names 
ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἰὼς" ἑκατὸν Σείκοσι»'' 10” Ανδρες ἀδελφοί, ἔδει 
Stogether about ἃ hundred and twenty,) Men brethren, it was neces- 
πληρωθῆναι τὴν.γραφὴν ἱταύτην," ἣν προεῖπεν τὸ 
sary *to *have *been °fulfilled *this “scripture, which προῖκα ®before ‘the 
πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον διὰ στόματος ™AaBid" περὶ ᾿Ιοὔδα τοῦ 
*Spirit “the *Holy by [the] mouth of David concerning Judas who 
γενομένου ὁδηγοῦ τοῖς συλλαβοῦσιν "τὸν" ᾿Ιησοῦν" 17 ὅτι 
became guide to those who took Jesus; for 
[ή se ε - 4 ~ ~ 
κατηριθµηµένος ἦν Covv' ἡμῖν, καὶ ἔλαχεν τὸν κλῆρον τῆς 
numbered he was with us, and obtained a part 
΄ , “- \ 
διακονίας. ταύτης. 18 Οὗτος μὲν οὖν ἐκτήσατο χωρίον. 
in this service. This [man] indeed then ΄ got a field 


ἐκ τοῦ! μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας, καὶ πρηνὴς γενόμενος 


in those days “having “stood *up 


outof the reward of unrighteousness, and *headlong "having “fallen 

? [4 . a ? , / ~ 

ἐλάκησεν µέσος, Kai ἐξεχύθη πάντα τὰ.σπλάγχνα.αὐτοῦ. 
burst in [the] midst, and*gushed °out ‘tall ‘2his *bowels. 





τ᾿ ἐσθήσεσι(ν A) λευκαῖς LTTrA. 


LTtIr A. 
4 Ἀ]πθθατος LTTra.. 


Β ἀδελφῶν brethren utTraW. 
£eripture) ortrl aw. 


GLITrAW, 


Ὁ εἰς τὸ ὑπερώον ἀνέβησαν LTTrA. 


Υ εἶπαν LTTrA. Σ βλέποντες TTr. a ἀναλημφθεὶς 
η ο Ἰωάντης (Ἰωάνης Tr) καὶ Ιάκωβος LTTrAW. 
© — καὶ τῇ δεήσει GLTTrAW, f Μαριὰμ, Τττ. & — σὺν LT[TrJAW. 
. ως ὡσεὶ τσ. ο. E είκοσι LTA. 1-- ταύτην (read the 
= Δανεὶδ ὑττιὰ ; Δαυὶδ GW. 2 — τὸν LTTrA ο ἐν among 


Ρ --- τοῦ (read a reward) GLTTraw 


εντ, ACTS. 


q ‘ A Demo ~ ~ ~ ε , 
19 4 καὶ γνωστὸν ἐγένετο πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἱερουσαλήμ; 


And known it Ώοσβπιθ toall those dwelling in Jerusalem, 
ὥστε κληθῆναι τὸ.χωρίον.ἐκεῖνο τῇ.αἰδίᾳ' διαλέκτῳ. αὐτῶν 
sothat was called that field in their own language 


8’ 51 Ἑ / ll ; τ wi . 
Ακελδαμά, τουτέστιν χωρίον αἵματος. 20 γέγραπται.γὰρ 
Aceldama ; that is, field οἵ blood. For it has been written 

ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν, Γενηθήτω ἡ.έπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, 

in [86] book of Psalms, Let “become "his *homestead desolate, 
καὶ µμὴ.έστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ. καί, Τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν 
aud let {ποτε ποῦ be[one] dwelling in it; and, *Overscership 


αὐτοῦ λάβοι! ἕτερος. 21 Δεῖ οὖν τῶν συνελθόντων 
*his Met %take another. It bchoves therefore of those . *consorting 


€ ~ ~ , 3 τα ᾽ ~ - ‘ 
ἡμῖν ἀνδρῶν ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ “εν! w εἰσῆλθεν καὶ 
3with*us ‘men during all [the] time in which camein and 
ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ὃ κύριος ‘Inoove, 22 ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ 
went out among ἃ59 the Lord Jesus, beginning from the 
βαπτίσματος "Ἰωάννου" Yéwe" τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ᾿ἀνελήφθηὶ 
baptism of John until the day inwhich he was taken up 
ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν, μάρτυρα τῆς.ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ: "γενέσθαι σὺν 
9 


from us, a °witness 1008 1119 }“resurrection . 4to *become ‘with 
ἡμῖν! ἕνα τούτων. 23 Καὶ ἔστησαν δύο, Ἰωσὴφ τὸν καλού- 
us lone “of *these, And they set forth two, Joseph call- 


μενον ’BapoaBay," ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος, καὶ «Ματθίαν.! 


ed Barsabas, who wassurnamed Justus, and Matthias. 
24 καὶ προσευξάμενοι “εἶπον, Σὺ κύριε καρδιογνῶστα 
And praying they said, Thou Lord, knower of the hearts 
, ? (δε 62 ΄ ~ δύ « ελ Σιν» NEE ή 
πάντων, ανα ειξον EK TOUTWY των ὀυο EVA OV εξελεξω 
of all, shew of these two 7one *which thou didst choose 


25 λαβεῖν τὸν 'κλῆρον" τῆς διακονίας.ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς, 


to receive the part of this service and apostleship, 
siz" ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας, πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον 
from which *transgressing *fell *Judas, to go to his 7place 


τὸν ἴδιον. 26 Kai ἔδωκαν κλήρους Ναὐτῶν,! καὶ ἔπεσεν ὁ 
town. And they gave “lots ‘their, and “fell ‘the 
κλῆρος ἐπὶ «Ματθίαν,! καὶ Ἰσυγκατεψηφίσθη! μετὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα 
lot on Matthias, and he was numbered with the eleven 
ἀποστόλων. 
apostles, 
Q Καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἐσυμπληροῦσθαι! τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντη- 
And during the accomplishing of the day of Pente- 
κοστῆς ἦσαν Ἰἅπαντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν" ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό. 2 καὶ 
cost they were all with one accord in the same place. And 
ἐγένετο ἄφνω ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος ὥσπερ φερομένης 
“came ‘suddenly out οἱ the heaven asound as rushing 
πνοῆς βιαίας, kai ἐπλήρωσεν ὅλον τὸν οἶκον οὗ ἦσαν 
‘of 7a *breath *violent, and filied “whole ‘the house where they were 





313 


was known unto ail 
the dwellers at Jeru- 
salem; insomuch as 
that field is called in 
their proper tongue, 
Aceldama, that is to 
say, The field of blood. 
20 For it is written in 
the book of Psalins, 
Let his habitation be 
desolate, and let no 
man dwell therein: 
and his bishoprick 
let another take. 
21 Wherefore of these 
men which have com- 
panied with us all the 
time that the Lord Je- 
sus weut in and out 
among us; 22 begin- 
ning from the baptism 
of John, unto that 
same day that he was 
taken up from us, 
must one be ordained 
to be a witness with 
us of his resurrection. 
23 And they appointed 
two, Joseph called 
Barsabas, who was 
surnamed Justus, and 
Matthias. 24And they 
prayed, andsaid, Thou, 
Lord, which knowest 
the hearts of all men, 
shew whether of these 
two thou hast chosen, 
25 that -he may take 
part of this ministry 
and apostleship, from 
which Judas by trans- 
gression fell, that he 
might go to his own 
place. 26 And they 
gave forth their lots ; 
and tbe lot fell upon 
Matthias; and he was 
numbered with the 
eleven apostles. 


ΤΙ. And when the 
day of Pentecost was 
fully come, they were 
all with one accord in 
one place. 2 And sud- 
denly there came a 
sound from heaven as 
of a rushing mighty 
wind, and it filled all 
the house where they 
were sitting. 3 And 





meaOnuevor ὃ καὶ ὤφθησαν αὐτοῖς διαμεριζόµεναι γλῶσσαι there appeared unto 
sitting. And there appeared to them divided tongues them cloven tongucs 
Cee , n?,./ D πα “ ee oe , like as of fire, and it 
WOEL πυρος, ἐκάθισεν.τε εφ EVA ἑεκαστον αὐτῶν 4 και sat upon each of them. 
as of fire, and sat upon *one each of them, And 4 And they were all 
4+ ὃ Τ. τ [ἰδίᾳ] Tra. 5᾽Ακελδαμάχ Aceldamach τὰ ; ᾿Αχελδαμάχ Acheldamach 
Tr. t pour’ ἔστιν GTTr. v λαβέτω LTTrAW. w — ἐν (read » in which) LiTra. 


2 ἀνελήμφθη LTTrA. 
ο Μαθθίαν ττιΑ. ἆ εἶπαν LTTrAW. 

ἕνα GLTTrAW. Γ τόπον place 1/1ΤτΑ. Sab LTTrAW. 
i συν- Τ. κ συν- Ta,’ ἱ πάντες ὁμοῦ all together LTYrA, 
ἀὀκάθισεν LTTr, j . : 


x Ἰωάνου Tr. Υ ἄχρι τ. 


σαββᾶν LITrA. 


ἃ σὺν ἡμῖν γενέσθαι LTTrAW. 
"ὁ ὃν ἐξελέξω ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο 
bh αὐτοῖς On them 1ΤΊΤΑ. 

τὰ καθεζόµενοε L. 


5 Bap- 


καὶ 


914 


filled with the Holy 
Ghost, and began to 
spenk with other 
tongues, as the Spirit 
gave them utterance. 
5 And there were 
dwelling at Jerusalem 


Jews, devout men, out. 


of every nation under 
heaven, 6 Now when 
this was noised abroad, 
the multitude came 
together, and were 
confounded, because 
that every man heard 
them speak in his own 
language. 7 And they 
were all amazed and 
marvelled, saying one 
to another, Behold, are 
not all these which 
speak Galilwans ? 
8 And how hear we 
every man in our own 
tongue, wherein we 
were born? 9 Par- 
thians, and Medes, and 
Elamites, and the 
dwellers in Mesopo- 
tamia, and in Judza, 
and Cappadocia, in 
Pontus, and Asia, 
10 Phryyia, and Pam- 
phylia, in Egypt, and 
in the parts of Libya 
about Cyrene, and 
strangers of Rome, 
Jews and prosclytes, 
11 Cretes and Arabi- 
ans! we do hear them 
speak in our tongues 
the wonderful works 
of God. 12 And they 
were all amazed, and 
were in doubt, saying 
one to another, What 
me:ineth this? 13 O- 
thers mocking said, 
These men are full of 
new wine. 14 But Ῥο- 
ter, standing up with 
the eleven, lifted up 
his voice, and said 
unto them, Ye men of 
Judma, and all ye that 
dwell at Jerusalem, be 
this known unto you, 
and hearken to my 
words: 15 for these 
are not drunken, as ye 
suppose, sceing it is 
but the third hour of 
the day. 16 But this 
is that which was spo- 
ken by the prophet 
Joel; 17 And it shall 
come to pass in the 
last days, saith God, I 


TTPA®EIS. ΤΙΣ 

, e - ε , ws ~ 
ἐπλήσθησαν οἅπαντες' πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ Ίρξαντο λαλεῖν 
they were “filled © tall with(the] “Spirit "Holy, and began tospeak 

re? , Pp ο εκ αν 2 πῆ 2 Ξ 

ἑτέραις γλώσσαις, καθὼς τὸ πνευμα ἐδίδου Ῥαὐτοῖς ἀποφθεγ- 
with other tongues, . as the Spirit gave to them to utter 
γεσθαι." 5 σαν. δὲ tev" Ἱερουσαλὴμ κατοικοῦντες ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, 

forth. Now “were ?in Jerusalem dwelling Jews, 


” ~ ‘4 A a” ~ « 4A 

ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν. 
?men *pious from every nation of those under the heaven, 

~ ~ , be bs ~ 

6 γενομένης δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταυτης, συνῆλθεν τὸ πλῆθος 

But “having °arisen'the rumour “of *this, °came together “the *multitude 
τ ul ~ ? ΄ 

καὶ συνεχύθη ὅτι ἤκουον εἷς ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ. 

and were confounded, because “heard Ὅη6 ‘each in hisown language 

λαλούντων αὐτῶν. 7 ἐξίσταντο.δὲ Ἱπάντεςὶ καὶ ἐθαύμαζον, 
2speaking ‘them. And “were *amazed tall and wondered, 

λέγοντες “πρὸς ἀλλήλους," 'Οὐκ' ἰδοὺ Ἱπάντες" οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ 
saying to one another, “Not Jo fall ‘these "are who 

~ ~ ‘ ~ € ~ ’ ͵ 

λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι; 8 καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος 

are speaking Galileans? and how “we "hear each 
~ το’ ες « - ᾿ = 2 Af Ἢ ΄ x 3 

τῇ-ἰδίᾳ.διαλεκτῳ ἡμῶν ἐν 3 ἐγεννήθημεν, ὃ Πάρθοι καὶ 


in our own language in which: we were born, Parthians and 
λΊῆδοι καὶ “EXapirac," καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν Μεσοπο- 
Medes and Elamites, and those who inhabit Mesopo- 


Bn 2 ω \ ὃν / , \ A ? ΄ 
ταμίαν, lovdatay.re καὶ Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον καὶ τὴν Ασίαν, 
tania, and Judea and Cappadocia, Pontus and Asia, 


10 Φρυγίαν.τε καὶ Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον καὶ τὰ µέρη τῆς 


both Phrygia and Pamphylia, Egypt and the. parts 
Λιβύης τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην, καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες 
of Libya which [is] about Cyrene, and the- *Sojourning [*here! 


Ῥωμαῖοι, Lovdaioi.re καὶ προσήλυτοι, 11 Κρῆτες καὶ Άραβες, 
Romans, both Jews and _ proselytes, Cretaus and Arabians, 
ἀκούομεν λαλούντων αὐτῶν ταϊῖςἡμετέραις γλώσσαις τὰ 
we hear “speaking them in our own tongues the 
μεγαλεῖα τοῦ θεοῦ ; 12 ᾿Εξίσταντο.δὲ πάντες καὶ *denzopovr," 


great things of God? And *were *amazed ‘all and were in perplexity, 
ι«ἄλλος.πρὸς.ἄλλον λέγοντες, Τί 7ᾶν.θέλοι τοῦτο εἶναι; 
one to another saying, What would this be? 


13 "Έτεροι.δὲ Ζχλενάζοντεςὶ ἔλεγον, Ὅτι γλεύκους µεµεστω- 


But others mocking said, Of new wine Sfull 
/ . A ‘ ἐν - ~ 
μένοι εἰσίν. 14 Σταθεὶς δὲ 5 Πέτρος σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα ἐπῆρεν 
they "απο, But *standing ἪΡ ‘Peter with the eleven lifted up 
τὴν φωνὴν.αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπεφθέγξατο αὐτοῖς, “Avdpec ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, 
his voice and spoke forth to them, Men Jers, 
καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες Ἱερουσαλὴμ οἅπαντες! τοῦτο ὑμῖν 
and *ye*who ‘inhabit 5Jerusalem tall "this τα ‘you 


Σ : 
γνωστὸν ἔστω, καὶ ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ .ῥήματά,μου. 15 οὐ.γὰρ we 


*known let .ρο, διὰ give heed to my words: fornot as 

« - « , ~ 

ὑμεῖς ὑπολαμβάνετε, οὗτοι μεθύουσιν' ἔστιν.γὰ ὥρα 
ye take it, *these “are drunken, foritis [the] *hour 
’ ~ « / ? ~ , ‘ 

τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας" 16 ἀλλὰ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον 


*third ofthe day; but this is that which has been spoken 
διὰ τοῦ προφήτου “Iwid," 17 “Καὶ! ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις 
by the prophet Joel, And itshallbe in the last 





4 εἰς T. ¥ — πάντες (read they 
τ Ovx LT; Οὐχὶ ΤτΑ. τὶ ἅπαντες LTA. 
: Y θέλει LTTr. 2 ῥιαχλευάζοντες GLITIAW, 
5 rad Kae A> ‘ a ; 


if. ACTS. 315 


will pour out of my 


= ~ 2 » ,ὔ , > ὃν 
ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ.πνεύµατός-µου ἔπι «τρ αροῃ αἲἲ Λοσ]ς 


ays, says God, Iwill pour out of my Spirit UpoD and your sonsand your 
~ πα ἢ , BS uA ew ας - daughters shall pro- 
πασαν σάρκα, Kat προφητευσουσιν Ol-VIGL UW a αι ο. chery, aad ταδ Ἴ ας ἐξ 
all flesh; and shall prophesy your sons an augh- men shall see visions, 


τέρες ὑμῶν" καὶ οἵ νεανίσκοι.ὑμῶν ὁράσεις ὄψονται, καὶ οἱ andysur old men shall 


ΤῸ dream dreams: 18απᾶ 
Ξ 1 i. <j 5 Β Σ πῇ 
ters your; and your young men Visions shill see, and on my servants and on 


πρεσβύτεροι ὑμῶν “ἐνύπνια ἐνυπνιασθήσονται' 18 feat γε" ο ο ΠΝ 
your elders . dreams shall dream ; and even pier οἷ, ai "Spirit + 
. ~ 3 
ἐπὶ τοὺς. δούλους. μου καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς .δούλας.µου ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις and τς τς 
: : 24 sy : 19and I willshevy 
ae my ee : ἈΠῈ προς τὰ εν in ; aye wonders in heaven 
ἐκείναις ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ.πνεύματός.µου, καὶ προφητεύ- above, and signs in 
‘those willl pour out of my Spirit, and they shall pro- eh ical Anh sean 
σουσιν. 19 καὶ δώσω τέρατα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω καὶ σημεῖα pour of smoke: 20the 
phesy ; and Iwillgive wonders in the heaven above and signs sun pate be oe 
Widow ~ , - oy λις eee. , rh τς. κε Into darkness, an 
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κάτω, αἷμα καὶ πῦρ Kai ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ. ' 90 ὁ moon into blood, be- 
on the earth below, blood and fire and vapour ofsmoke, The Ὃ ant gt aoe 
΄ ‘ « ΄ - notable a ο Tne 
ἥλιος µεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα, πα ο πάς 
sun skall be turned into darkness and the moon into blood, shall come to pass, 


SEN 2) Ad ys μι , ι aN i... that whosoever shall 
πριν Σξη᾽ ἐλθεῖν “τὴν ἡμέραν κυριου τὴν μεγαλὴν ΚΑΙ call on the name of 


before come day ‘of [the] “Lord ‘the 2ereat 3and the. Lord shali_ be 
ἢ “ἢ Xuan ~ “US Eee | eae ee . saved. 22 Ye men of 
exipavy.| 21 καὶ ἔσται. mag ὃς"αν ἔπικαλεσηται TO Ἱετποὶ, hear these 
*manifest. And it shall be, everyone whoever shallcallupon the words; Jesus of Na- 
ὄνομα κυρίου σωθήσεται. 22” Άνδρες ᾿Ισραηλῖται," ἀκούσατε Brees Pan CPP 
name of [the] Lord shall be saved. iden Israelites, hear: by miracles ο weit 
τοὺς λόγους. τούτους" ᾿Ιησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον, ἄνδρα ™amo os aid be aE 
these words : Jesus the Nazarzan, 8 man by midst of you, as ye 

τοῦ θεοῦ ἀποδεδειγμένον" εἰς ὑμᾶς δυνάμεσιν- καὶ τέρασιν ourselves also Knows 
God set forth to you by works of power and wonders py the determinate 

καὶ σημείοις, οἷς ἐποίησεν δι αὐτοῦ ὁ θεὸς ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν, counsel and | fore- 


knowledge of God, ye 
1 η να ΔΑ 3 τὰ - 3 have taken, and b 
καθὼς "καὶ" αὐτοὶ οἴδατε, 23 τοῦτον τῇ ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ Wicked hands have 


- : spose 5 . 6 crucificd and slain: 
as also yourselves know: him, by *the *determinate ®counsel αἱ whoni Gade τς 


καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ θεοῦ ἔκδοτον σλαβόντες" διὰ Ῥχειρῶν" raised up, having 
7and ®foreknowledge 508 °God ‘given *up, having taken by “hands Jlooxed the pains of 


ara \s , > ᾿ i death: because it was 
ἀνόμων προσπήξαντες “ἀνείλετε" 


and signs, which ?wrought *by ‘*him 'God in *midst ‘your, 


24 ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἀνέστησεν, not possible that he 
"lawless, having crucified ye put to death. Whom God raised up, eae ie Sar ger 
λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου, καθότι οὐκῆν δυνατὸν eth concerning him, I 
having loosedthe throes of death, inasmuchas it wasnot possible foresaw the Lord al- 
τὰ ας τῷ σε ος ος γ ὙΠ. 3 - ways before my face, 
κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 25 'Δαβίὶδὶ γὰρ λέγει εἰς for he is on my right 
[for] *to*be+*heid *him by it; for David says asto hand,thatIshouldnot 
ὑτό 5 Ί ll “σὴ ᾿ δα , vs} y ἢ) be moved: 26 therefore 
αὐτόν, "ἹΠροωρώμην" τὸν κύριον ἵ ἐνώπιόν µου "διὰ παντός," did my heart rejoice, 
him, I foresaw the Lord before me continually, and my tongue was 
«“ 2 ~ ΜΟΥ, v yee ~ . - glad; moreover also 
ore ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἐστίν, ἵνα μὴ.σαλευθῶ. 26 διὰ τοῦτο τῶν flesh shall rest in 
because at myrighthand heis, that I may not be shaken. Therefore hope: 27 because thou 
Woy tyvOn" χα οδί I ὶ ἠγαλλιά Ie ry , . Wilt not leave my soul 
ευφρανση" *1.Kapola_wou" και ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ-γλῶσσα. μου" in hell, neither wilt 





Srejoiced Amy “heart and Sexulted my “tongue ; 
ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἡ.σάρξ.µου κατασκηνώσει Σἐπ᾽' ἐλπίδι" 27 ὅτι οὐκ 
yeamore, 315Ο my flesh shall rest in hope, for *not 
"ἐγκαταλείψεις' τὴν.ψυχήν.µου εἰς "ἄδου,' οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν 
1thou 7wilt leave my soul in ades, nor wilt thou give 
_ © ενυπνίοις with dreams GLTTrAw. {καίγε GT. & — ἢ LTTr. _ h— χὴν LTTrA, 
i— καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1. κ ἐὰν Tra. 1 Ἰσραηλεῖται T. πι ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ TTr. 
Ὡ.--- καὶ LTTrA. © — λαβόντες LTTrA. P χειρὸς hand (γεαᾶ by [the] hand of lawless 


[ones]) LTTra. 9 ἀνείλατε GLTTrAW. τ Δανεὶδ LTTrA; Aavid GW. 5 Προορώμην LTTrA, 
Ὁ + pov (read my Lord) τ. Υ διαπαντός GT. Ὁ' ηὐφράνθγ LTTrAW, Σ μου ἡ καρδία TIrA, 
Υ ἐφ᾽ 11. 5 ἐνκαταλείψεις T, δὅ ἄδην LTTrAW, 


4 ν 


‘ mh 
Ἢ η 


916 


thou suffer thine Holy 
One to see corruption. 
28 Thou hast thade 
known to me the ways 
of life; thou shalt 
make me full of joy 
with thy countenance. 
29 Men and brethren, 
let me freely speak 
unto you of the patri- 
arch David, that he is 
both dead and buried, 
and his sepulchre is 
with us unto this day. 
30 Therefore being 8 
prophet, and knowing 
that God had sworn 
with an oath to him, 
that of the fruit of his 
loins, according to the 
flesh, he would raise 
up Christ to sit on his 
throne; 351 he seeing 
this before spake of 
the resurrection of 
Christ, that his soul 
was not left in heli, 
neither his flesh did 
see corruption. 32 This 
Jesus hath God raised 
up, whereof we all are 
witnesses. 33 There- 
fore being by the right 
hand of God exalted, 
and having reccived 
of the Father the pro- 
mise of the Holy 
Ghost, he hath shed 
forth this, which ye 
now see and_ hear. 
34 For David is not 
ascended into the hea- 
vens: but he saith him- 
self, The LORD said 
unto my Lord, Sit 
thou on my right 
hand, 35 until I make 
thy foes thy footstool. 
36 Therefore let all the 
house of Israel know 
assuredly, that God 
hath made that same 
Jesus, whom ye have 
crucified, both «Lord 
and Christ. 


“ 37 Now when they ~ 


heard this, they were 
pricked in their heart, 
and said unto Peter 
and to the rest of the 
apostles, Men and 
brethren, what shall 
we do? 38 Then Peter 
said unto them, Re- 
pent, and be baptized 
every one of you in the 
name of Jesus Christ 


IT. 


ee ψ 2 4 < ς ‘ 
ὅσιόν 28 ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς 
3μοΙγ Sone ‘thy to 560 Thou didst make known to me paths 
ζωῆς' πληρώσεις µε εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ.προσώπου.σου. 
of life, thou wilt fill me with joy with thy countenance, 
5 / 4 2 - A ae: 
29 "Ανδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐξὸν εἰπεῖν μετὰ παῤῥησίας 
Men brethren, it is permitted (me]tospeak with freedom. 
πρὸς ὑμᾶς περὶ τοῦ πατριάρχου "Δαβίδ," ὅτι καὶ ἐτελεύτη- 
to you concerning the patriarch David, that both he died 
σεν καὶ ἐτάφη, καὶ τὸ.μνῆμα.αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐν ἡμῖν ἄχρι 
and was buried, and his tomb is amongst us unto 
~ « ’ 
τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης. 80 προφήτης οὖν ὑπάρχων, καὶ εἰδὼς 
this day. A prophet therefore being, and knowing 
ὅτι ὅρκῳ ὤμοσεν αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος 
that with δὴ oath *swore *to*him 1God, of [the] fruit of *loins 
αὐτοῦ “τὸ κατὰ σάρκα ἀναστήσειν τὸν χριστόν, καθίσαι ἐπὶ 
this asconcerning fiesh to raise up the Christ, tosit upon 
d ~ θ ’ | > ~ τδ ‘ ἐλ tr \ ~ > 
τοῦ θρόνου! αὐτοῦ, 31 mpotdwy ἐλάλησεν περι τῆς ἆνα- 
his throne, foreseeing he spoke concerning the resur- 
στάσεως τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὅτι "οὐ" ἱκατελείφθη! 5ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ" εἰς 
rection ofthe Christ, that was not left his soul in 
hg dou," ἰοὐδὲ! ἡ σὰρξ. αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν. 32 τοῦτον τὸν 
hades, nor his flesh saw corruption. This 


Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεὸς οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες. 


TIPAZ EIS. 


σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν. 
corruption. 


Jesus “raised *up *God whereof all we are witnesses. 
83 τῇ δεξιᾷ: οὖν τοῦ θεοῦ ὑψωθείς, τήν.τε ἐπαγ- 

By the right hand therefore of God having been exalted, and the pro- 
γελίαν τοῦ *ayiov πνεύματοςὶ λαβὼν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός, 


mise of the’ Holy Father, 
ἐξέχεεν τοῦτο ὃ ἰἱνῦν! ὑμεῖς ἃ βλεπετε καὶ ἀκούετε. 34 οὐ 
he poured out this which now ye behold and hear. *Not 
yap ὑΔαβὶδι ἀνέβη εἰς΄ τοὺς οὐρανούς, λέγειδὲ αὐτός, 
{ΟΥ “David “ascended into the heavens, but he says himself, 


Εἶπεν "ὁ! κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ. μου, Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν. μου" 35 ἕως 


Spirit having received from the 


Said the’ Jord to my Lord, Sit at my right hand, until 
nr ~ A ? ’ « , ~ ~ ? 

ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούςσου ὑποπόδιον τῶν. ποδῶν.σου. 36 Α- 
Iplace thine enemies «ὃ footstool of thy feet. As- 

σφαλῶς οὖν γινωσκέτω πᾶς 5 οἶκος Ισραήλ, ὅτι Ῥκαὶ! 

suredly therefore let know all [the] house ofIsrael, that both 
’ ‘ A ‘A ’ ~ ‘A 

κύριον “καὶ χριστὸν αὐτὸν" τὸ θεὸς ἐποίησεν," τοῦτον τὸν 
Lord and Christ. him God made, this 

? ~ τὶ ~ , 

Ἰησοῦν ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε. 

Jesus: whom ‘ye crucified, 


? ~~ , 
37 ᾿Ακούσαντες δὲ κατενύγησαν Στῇ-καρδίᾳ.ὶ εἶπόν. τε πρὸς 
And haying heard they were pricked in heart, and said to 
A , \ a , 
τὸν Πετρον καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀποστόλους, Ti Ἱποιήσομεν,ὶ 
Peter and the — other apostles, What shall we do, 
» ΄ x / Η͂ 
ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί; 98 Πέτρος. δὲ έφη" πρὸς αὐτούς, Μετανοή- 
men brethren ὃ And Peter said ἴο them, Repent, 
σατε", καὶ βαπτισθήτω ἕκαστος ὑμῶν "ἐπὶ! τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ 
and be baptized each ofyou in the name _ of Jesus 





Ὁ Δανεὶδ LITrA; Aavid αν’. 
is οὔτε LTTrAW. 
h ἄδην T. 


θρόνον LTTrA. 

GLTTrA. 

m + καὶ also T[a]. 
ιστον ΑΓ ΤΤΤΑΥΤΓ. 
TIraA. 


Υ — ἔφη LTTrA. 


ἆ τὸν 


x a 4 ” - 
©— τὸ κατὰ σάρκα ἀναστήσειν τὸν χριστόῦ GLTTrA. 
"εξ — ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ 


“= f εγκατελεέφθη LTrA 5, ἐνκ- τ 

Spt pide η Ἢ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου LiTra. | 1 — νῦν GLTTrA, 

ean read : ιε]) TTra. © ioe o the L. Ῥ — καὶ Ἑ. 4 αὐτὸν και 

ἐποίησεν ὁ θεός Τ. 5 χὴν καρδίαν LTTrA, t ποιήσωμεν Βῃομια we 
π -ἵ- φησίν ΒΥ ΒΤ, *éyLtr, 


II, ΤΠ, ACTS. 


χριστοῦ, εἰς ἄφεσιν Yapaorioy," καὶ Ἰλήψεσθεϊ τὴν δωρεὰν 


Christ, for remission of sins, and ye willreceive the gift 
τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος. 89 ὑμῖν. γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία καὶ 
of the Holy Spirit. For to you is the promise and 


τοῖς.τέκνοις ἡμῶν, καὶ 
to your children, and 


προσκαλέσηται 
5Ώ]αΥ ‘call 


πᾶσιν τοῖς εἰς μακράν, ὅσους" ἂν 
ἴο 811 those at adistance, as many as 
κύριος ὁ.θεὸς. ἡμῶν. 40 ἱἙτέροις.τε λόγοις 
[ἼΠ0] ΞΤιοτά “our "αοἀ. And with “other *words 
πλείοσιν Ὀδιεμαρτύρετο! καὶ παρεκάλει 5 λέγων, Σώθητε ἀπὸ 
tmany  heearnestly testified and exhorted, saying, Besayved from 
τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς.σκολιᾶς ταύτης. 41 Οἱ μὲν.οὖν Sacpévwc' 
Σρεπογα!10Ἡ. this *crooked. Those therefore who gladly 
ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν.λόγον.αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθησαν' Kai προσετέθη- 


had welcomed his word were baptized ; and were added 
σαν ὃ τῇ-ἡμέρᾳ.ἐκείν) ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλ-αι. 42 Ἦσαν δὲ 
that day *souls ‘about “three “thousand. And they were 


mpooxapreoovyrec! τῇ διδαχῇ «τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ 
steadfastly continuing inthe teaching of the apostles _ and in fellowship, 
Βκαὶ τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς. 48 Ἀἐγέγετοϊ 
and the breaking of bread and prayers. “There *came 
δὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος, πολλά ἦτε! τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα διὰ 
‘and uponevery soul fear, andmany wonders and _ signs through 
τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο.ὶ 44 " πάντες δὲ οἱ Ἰπιστεύοντες! ἦσαν 
the apostles took place, Andall who believed were 
ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά, 45 καὶ τὰ κτήµατα 
together and: had all things common, and([their] possessions 
καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις ἐπίπρασκον, καὶ διεµέριζον αὐτὰ πᾶσιν, 
and goods they sold, and ‘divided them toall, 
καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν. 46 καθ᾽ ἡμέραν τε προσκαρ- 
according as anyone -ποθᾶᾷ *had, And every day steadfastly 
τεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, κλῶντέςτε κατ᾽ οἶκον 
continuing with one accord in the temple, and breaking in [*their]*houses 
ἄρτον, µετελάμβανον τροφῆς ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι 
‘bread, they partook of food with gladness and simplicity 
καρδίας, 47 αἰνοῦντες τὸν θεὸν, καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον 
of heart, praising God, and having favour with *whole 
τὸν λαόν. 0.0 κύριος προσετίθει τοὺς σωζομένους 
6. people; andthe Lord added “those *who “were *being °saved 
καθ. ἡμέραν ™ry ἐκκλησίᾳ." 
‘daily tothe assembly. 
3 " Ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ! οδὲ Πέτρος! καὶ Ρ]ωάννηςϊ ἀνέβαινον 
Together tand = *Peter Sand *John went up 

εἰς τὸ .ἱερὸν ἐπὶ THY ὥραν τῆς προσευχῆς THY ϑἐννάτην." 


into the temple at the hour of prayer, the ninth ; 
2 καί τις ἀνὴρ χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων 
and acertain man “lame “from Swomb ‘mother’s ‘his *peing 
> 7 ay 3 / . χὰ / A ‘ ’ ~ 
ἑβαστάζετο' ὃν ἐτίθουν καθ. ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν θύραν τοῦ 
was being carried, whom they placed daily at the door of the 
ἱεροῦ τὴν λεγομένην Ὡραίαν, τοῦ αἰτεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην παρὰ 
temple called Beautiful, to ask. alms from 


317 


for the remission of 
sins, and ye shall 
receive the gift of the 
Holy Ghost. 39 For 
the promise is unto 
you, and to your child- 
ren and to all that are 
afar off, even as many 
as the Lord our God 
shall call. 40 And with 
many other words did 
he testify and exhort, 
saylog,Save yourselves 
from this untoward 
generation. 41 Then 
‘they that gladly re- 
ceived his word were 
baptized: and ’ the 
same day there were 
added unto them about 
three thousand souls. 
42 And they continued 
stedfastly in the apos- 
tles’ doctrine and fel- 
lowship, and in break- 
ing of bread, and in 
prayers. 43 And fear 
came upon every soul: 
and many wonders 
and signs were done by 
the apostles. 44 And 
all | that — believed 
weré together, and 
had all things com- 
mon ; 45and sold their 
possessions and goods, 
and parted them to 
all men, as every man 
had need. 46 And 
they, continuing daily 
with one accord in the 
temple, and breaking 
bread from house to 
house, did eat their 
meat with gladness 
and  singleness of 
heart, 47 praising God, 
and haying favour 
with all the people. 
And the Lord added 
to the church daily 
such as should 
saved, 


III. Now Peter and 
John went up together 
into the temple at the 

,hour of prayer, being 
the ninth hour. 2 And 
a certain man lame 
from his mother’s 
womb was carried, 
whom they laid daily 
at the gate of the tem- 
ple which is called 
Beautiful, to ask alms 
of them that entered 


/ 





: 5:3 
Υ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν Of your Sins LTTr. 5 χήμψεσθε LTTrA, 8 οὓς whom, Ὁ διεμαρ- 


τύρατο LTTrAW. ο + αὐτοὺς them LTTraW. d — ἀσμένως LTTrA. 
7 Ὁ [ἐν] 1. © -- καὶ LTTra. Ἀ ἐγίνετο LTTrA. i δὲ τ΄. ὶ 
ν μέγας ἐπὶ πάντας. in Jerusalem, and great fear was upon all. τ. 
all also) T. 1 πιστεύσαντες Τ. ’ m --- τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ LTTrA. 
chapter Π.ΙΤΊΤΑ. 9 Πέτρος δὲ ΙΤΤΙΑ, P Ἰωάνης Tr. 


e + ἐν in LTTr[a]. 


ἡ + ἐν Ἱερονσαλήμ, φόβος τε 


K+. καὶ (read And 


ΓΑ. Ὁ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό joined to, 
4 ενάτην LTTrAW. 


918 


into the temple : 3who 
seeing Peter and John 
about to go into the 
temple asked an alms, 
4 And Peter, fastening 
his eyos upon him 
with John, said, Look 
on us. 5 And he gave 
heed unto them, οχ- 
pecting to reccive 
something of them, 
6 Then Peter said, Sil- 
ver and gold have I 
none; but such as I 
have give I thee: In 
the name of Jesus 
Christ of ~ Nazareth 
risc up and walk. 
7 And he took him by 
the right hand, and 
lifted Avm up: and im- 
‘mediately his feet and 
ancle bones recvived 
strength. 8 And he 
leaping up stood, and 
walked, and entered 
with them into the 
temple, walking, and 
leaping, and praising 
God, 9 And all the 
people saw hint walk- 
ing and praising God : 
10 and they knew that 
it was he which sat 
for alms at the Beau- 
tiful gate of the tem- 
ple: and they were 
filled with wonder and 
amazement αὖ that 
which had happened 
unto him. 11 And as 
the lame man which 
was healed held Peter 
and John, all the peo- 
ple ran together unto 
them in the porch that 
is called Solomon’s, 
greatly wondering. 
12 And when Peter 
saw tt, he answered 
unto the people, Ye 


men of Israel, why. 


marvel ye at this? or 
why look ye so earn- 
estly on us, as though 
by our owp power or 
holiness we had made 
this man to walk? 
13 The God of Abra- 
ham, and of Isaac, 
and of Jacob, the God 
ef our fathers, hath 
giorified his Son Je- 
sus; whom ye. de- 
livered up, and denied 
him in the presence of 
Pilate, when he was 
determined to let him 


Tl P A = E ΤΑ, ἯΙ: 
, \ > Ia τ - 
τῶν εἰσπορευομένων εἰς τὸ ἱερόν. 3 ὃς ἰδὼν Πέτρον καὶ 
those who were going into the temple; who seeing Peter and 
Plwaveny' μέλλοντας εἰσιέναι εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, ἠρώτα ἐλεημοσύ- 
John being about toenter intothe temple, asked 3alms 
~ ? es A { 2 ee A A ~ τς ’ 

νην λαβεῖν. 4 ἀτενίσας. δὲ Πέτρος εἰς αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ " Ίωαν- 
‘to Ξχοορίτο, And “looking ‘intently *Peter upon him with John 

" εἶ Βλέψον εἰς ἡμᾶς. 5 Ὃ δὲ ἐπεῖχεν αὐτοῖ δοκῶ 
νῃ" εἶπεν, Βλέψον εἰς ἡμᾶς. «δὲ ἐπεῖχ τοῖς, προσδοκῶν 

said, Look οἩπ us. Andhe gave heedtothem, expecting 
τι παρ᾽ αὐτῶν λαβεῖν. 6 εἶπεν δὲ Πέτρος, Αργύριο» καὶ 


something frem them to receive. But said Peter, Silver and 
χρυσίον οὐχ-ὑπάρχει port ὃ. δὲ  ἔχω, τοῦτό σοι δίδωμι. 
gold thereis not tome, but what Ihave, this tothee Igive: 


ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναξζωραίου 'ἔγειραι καὶ" 
In the name of Jesus Christ the Nazarezan riseup and 
περιπάτει. 7 Καὶ πιάσας αὐτὸν τῆς δεξιᾶς 'χειρὸς ἤγειρεν"" 
walk, ‘And having taken him by the right hand he raised up 
παραχρῆμα.δὲ ἐστερεώθησαν “αὐτοῦ at βάσεις" καὶ τὰ 
(him), πα immediately were strengthened his feet and 
x ert 8 ᾧ ὧς λλό » ‘ cae ‘ δέω 
σφυρα καὶ ἐξαλλόμενος ἔστη καὶ περιεπάτει, καὶ εἰσῆλ- 
ankle bones. And  Ἱοπρίης πρ hestoodand walked, and entered 
θεν σὺν αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, περιπατῶν Kai ἀλλόμενος Frat! 
with them into the temple, walking and leaping and 
αἰνῶν τὸν θεόν. 9 καὶ εἶδεν ταὐτὸν πᾶς ὁ λαὸς" περιπα- 
praising God. And “*saw Shim tall "πε *people walk- 
τοῦντα καὶ αἰνοῦντα τὸν θεόν' 10 ἐπεγίνωσκόν ὅτε! αὐτὸν 
ing and = praising God. And they recognized him 
ὅτι Ὀούτος! ἦν ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην καθήμενος ἐπὶ 
that he it was who for alms [πας] sitting at 
Ὡραίᾳ πύλῃ τοῦ ἱεροῦ" καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ 
the Beautiful gate ofthe temple, and they were filled with wonder and 
ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῷ. 11 Κρατοῦντος δὲ 
amazement at that which hadhappened to him, Andas held 
ετοῦ ἰαθέντος wrov' τὸν Πέτρον καὶ “Ἱωάννην,! 
‘the *who Shad ®been “healed 7lame [*man] Peter and John, 
συνέδραμεν ἱπρὸς αὐτοὺς πᾶς ὁ λαὸς! ἐπὶ τῇ στοᾷ τῇ 
ran together to them all the people in the porch 
καλουμένῃ ΣΣολομῶντος,' ἔκθαμβοι. 12 ἰδὼν.δὲ ὃ" Πέτρος 
called Solomon’s, greatly amazed. And seeing [it] Peter 
> / sy ‘ x , aa ὃ 1᾽ ~ Ι , 
ἀπεκρίνατο πρὸς Tov λαὸν, Ανδρες *TopanXirat," τί.θαυ- 
answered to the people, Men Israelites, why won- 
, ΠΥ ἢ , πι ο ον ος ; ᾽ / « 707 ,΄, 
μάζετε ἐπὶ τούτῳ, ἢ ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει 
derye :at this? or onus why look intently as if by [our]own power 
n ? “ ~ i“ ‘4 
πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν; 19 ὁ θεὺς 


ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ 
ο: piety ᾖ[πε] had made Ξῖο Swalk *him ? The God 


? 4 ‘ ? A ‘ A ~ ~ 
Αβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ, ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, 
of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, the God of our fathers, 
Stor \ ~ ~ ~ εν - ΄ 
ἐδόξασεν τὸν παϊδα. αὐτοῦ ᾿ησοῦν' ὃν ὑμεῖς ὶ παρεδώκατε, 
. glorified his servant , Jesus, whom ye delivered up, 

Ee , ? Ν ΄ ,ὔ ΄ 
καὶ ἠρνήσασθε "᾿αὐτὸν" κατὰ .πρύσωπον "Πιλάτου," κρίναντος 
and denied him in the presence of Pilate, “having “adjudged 





τ᾿ Ἰωάνην Tr. 
him 1ΤΊτΑ. 
LTTraw. 
© Ἰωάνην Tr. 
1᾿Τσραηλεῖται T. 
τα[ττα]. 


¥ αἱ βάσεις αὐτοῦ ΙΤΤτΑ.. 
δὲ LTTrA. 
{ πᾶς ὃ Aads πρὸς αὐτοὺς LTTrA. 
κ + θεὸς God L; + ὁ θεὸς 1. 
2 Πειλάτου 1. ΄ 


ὃ ἔγειρε καὶ L[Tr]; — ἔγειραι καὶ π[Α1. 

x σφυδρά T. [καὶ] L. 

5 αὐτοῦ he (held) GirtTraw. 
8 Σολομῶνος GTrwW. 

1+ μὲν indeed GLTTraw. 


8 Ἰωάνῃ Tr. ¥ + αὐτόν 
2 πᾶς ὃ λαὺς αὐτὸν 
d+ τὸν ΤΤΊΤτ, 
h + ὃ LTTrA. 

τῇ — αὐτὸν. 


b αὐτὸς LT. 


ACTS. 


, é ~ ‘ SF. 
ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν. 14 ὑμεῖς. δὲ τὸν ἅγιον καὶ δίκαιον 
lhe to release [him]. But ye the holy and righteous one 
‘ , ” ’ - « ~ 
ἠρνήσασθε, καὶ ἠτήσασθε ἄνδρα φονέα Χχαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν, 
denicd, and requested aman amurderer to begranted to you, 
15 τὸν δὲ ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἀπεκτείνατε" 
but the Author of life yc killed, 
ἐκ νεκρῶν, οὗ ἡμεῖς μάρτυρές ἐσμεν. 10 καὶ ἐπὶ 
from. among [the] dead, whereof we wituesses are : and by 
τῇ πίστει τοῦ.ὀνόματος.αὐτοῦ τοῦτον ὃν θεωρεῖτε καὶ 
faith in his name this [man] whom jyebchold and 
η ce ~ Ν ε ΄ π 
οἴδατε ἐστερέωσεν τὸ. ὄνομα. αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ πίστις ἡ δι 
know “made ‘strong ‘his "namie ; and the faith which [is] by 
αὐτοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὴν.ὁλοκληρίαν. ταύτην ἀπέναντι πάντων 
him gave to hii this complete soundness before all 
« ~ ‘ ~ ’ ΄ - er 4 » ? , 
ὑμῶν. 17 καὶ νῦν, ἀδελφοί, οἶδα ὅτι κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε, 
οἵ γου. And now, brethren, Iknowthat in ignorance γα acted, 
ὥσπερ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες ὑμῶν" 18 ὁ.δὲ θεὸς ἃ προκατήγγειλεν 
as also your rulers ; but *God twhat before announced 
Out στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ" παθεῖν 
by [the] mouth of all his prophets (that] *should*suffer 
τὸν χριστόνΏ, ἐπλήρωσεν οὕτως. 19 µεταγοήῄσατε οὖν καὶ 
‘the “Christ, he fulfilled thus. Repent therefore and 
’ 4 ? ~ e ~ ‘ / « 
ἐπιστρέψατε, “εἰς! τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, ὅπως 
be converted, for the blotting out of your sins, so that 
ἂν. ἔλθωσιν καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ κυρίου, 
may come times of refreshing from{[the] presence ofthe Lord, 
20 καὶ ἀποστείλῃ τὸν προκεκηρυγμέγον" ὑμῖν, "Ἰησοῦν 
and (that] hc may send him who was before proclainicd to you, Jesus 
χοιστόν,ὶ 21 ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι ἄχρι χρόνων 


ἯΙ, 


ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν 
whom God raised up 


Christ, whom “must 'theaven indeed _ receive till times 
ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων, ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ 

of restoration of all things, of which ?spoke 'God = by [πα] 
στόματος ‘ravtwy' ἁγίων αὐτοῦ προφητῶν ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος." 

mouth of all “holy this propkets from of old. 
22 "Μωσῆς" μὲν *yap' Σπρὺς τοὺς πατέρας" εἶπεν, Ὅτι 

"Moses “Indced ‘for to the fathers said, 

προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει κύριος ὁ θεὺς ὑμῶν" ἐκ 
A prophet toyou will *raise ἀρ ['the] Lord *“God “your from among 


τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς EME’ αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα 
your brethren, like me: him = shallyehear in allthings 
ὅσα-ἂν λαλήσῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 23 ἔσται. δὲ πᾶσα ψυχὴ 
whatsoever he ΠΩ τ to you, Anditshall be[thatjevery soul 
ἥτις "ἃν" μὴ. ἀκούσῃ τοῦ.προφήτου.ἐκείνου δἐξολοθρευθήσεται! 


which may not hear that prophet sha!l be destroyed 
ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ. 24 Καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ προφῆται ἀπὸ 

from among the people. And indeed all the prophets ‘rom 

Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς, ὕσοι ἐλάλησαν καὶ πρακατήγ- 


spoke also before an- 


d ε ‘ ~ ~ 
υιοι των TPOPITWV 


Samuel 


γειλαν! τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας. 25 ὑμεῖς ἐστε 


and those subsequent, as many as 


nounced these days. Ye are sons ofthe = prophets 
καὶ τῆς διαθήκης ἧς “διέθετο ὁ θεὸς! πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας 
andofthe covenant which *appointed God to *fathers 


319 


go. 14 But ye deuicd 
the Holy One and the 
Just, and desired a 
murderer to be grant- 
ed unto you; l5and 
killed the Prince of 
life, whom God hath 
raiscd from the dead; 
whereof we are wit- 
nesses. 16 And his 
name through faith in 
his name hath made 
this man strong,whom 
ye 506 and know: yea, 
the faith which is by 
him hath given him 
this perfect soundness 
in the presence of 
you all. 17 And now, 
brethren, I wot that 
through ignorance ye 
did zt, as did alsoyour 
rulers, 1&8 But those 
things, which God 
before had shewed by 
the mouth of all his 
prophets, that Christ 
should suffer, he hath 
so fulfilled. 19 Repent 
ye therefore, and be 
converted, that your 
sins may be blotted 
out, when the times 
of refreshing shall 
come from the pre- 
sence of the Lord; 
20 and he shall send 
Jesus Christ, which 
before was preached 
unto you: 21 whom 
the heaven must re- 
ceive until the times 
of restitution of all 
things, which God 
hath spoken by the 
mouth of all his holy 
prophets” since the 
world began, 22 For 
Moses truly said unto 
the fathers, A prophet 
shall the Lord your 
God raise up unto you 
of your brethren, like 
unto me; him shall 
ye hear in all things 
whatsoever he shall 
say unto you. 23 And 
it shall come to pzss, 
that every soul, which 
will not hear that pro- 
phet, shall be de- 
stroyed from among 
the pcople. 24 Yea, 
and all the prophets 
from Samuel and 
those that follow af- 
ter, as many as have 
spoken, have likewise 
forctold of these days. 
25 Ye are the children 
of the prophcts, and 
of the covenant which 
God made with our 
fathers, saying unto 





ο — αὐτοῦ (vead the prophets) τΤΤτΑ. 
Σ προκεχειρισµένον Was foreordained GLTTraw. 
OLTTrAW. Ὁ ἀπ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν LTTrA. Ὑ Mwions GLITraw. 
Σ — πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας LTTrA. 2 ἡμῶν ΟΙΓ T. ἃ ἐὰν ΤΑ. 
© κατήγγειλαν aumounced GLTTraw. 4 + οἱ the GLTTraw. 


P + αὐτοῦ (γεαᾶ his Christ) LTTrAw. 
5 χριστὸν Ἴησουν LTTrA. 


α πρὸς T. 
t τῶν (omit all) 
x — γὰρ GLTITrAaAW, 


Ὁ ἐξολεθρευθησεται LITrA, 
© ὃ θεὸς διέθετο 1.. 


920 


Abraham, And in thy { 
seed shali all the kin- 
dreds of the earth be 
blessed. 26 Unto you 
first God, having 
raised up his Son Je- 
sus, sent him to bless 
you, in turning away 
every one of you from 
his iniquities, 


IV. And as they 
spake unto the people, 
the priests, and the 
captain of the temple, 
and the Sadducees, 
came upon them, 
2 being grieved that 
they taught the Ῥοο- 
ple, and _ preached 
through Jesus the re- 
surrection from the 
dead. 3 And they laid 
hands on them, and 
put them in hold un- 
to the next day : for 
it was now eventide. 
4 Howbeit many of 
them which heard the 
word believed; and 
the number of the men 
was about five thou- 
sand. 


5 And it came to 
pass on the morrow, 
that their rulers, and 
elders, απᾶ scribes, 
6 and Annas the high 
priest, and Caiaphas, 
and John, and Alex- 
ander, and as many as 
were of the kindred 
of the high priest, 
were gathcred toge- 
ther at Jerusalem, 
7 And when they had 
set them in the midst, 
they asked, By what 
power, or by what 
name, have ye done 
this? 8 Then Peter, 
filled with the Holy 
Ghost, said unto them, 
Ye rulers of the peo- 
ple, and elders of Is- 
racl, 9 if .we this day 
be examined of the 
good deed done to 
the impotent man, by 
what means he is 
made whole; 10 be it 
known unto you all, 
and to all the people 
of Israel, that by the 
name of Jesus hrist 
of Nazareth, whom ye 
crucified, whom God 
raised from the dead, 
even by him doth this 


tx ὑμῶν your Tra, 
κ αὐτῶν their L, 
9 + τοὺς the urtra. 
᾿Αλέξανδρος LTTrA. 
Υ σέσωται 1. 


TIPABZEI &. ITT; tae 
ἡμῶν, "λέγων πρὸς ᾿Αβραάμ, Kai’ τῷ. σπέρματίσου ἔνευλο- 
‘our, saying to Abraham, nd in thy seed shall be 
γηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς. 26 ὑμῖν πρῶτον 
blessed all the families of the earth. To you first 
, A ~ ~ , 
πὸ θεὸς ἀναστήσας!" τὸν παῖδα.αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦν," ἀπέστειλεν 
ΑΒΕ; having raised up his servant Jesus, sent 
τὸν εὐλογοῦντα ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον' ἀπὰ 
ο. blessing you in turning each / ‘from 
τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν." 
?wickedness ‘your. 


, η ~ ‘as , ay rx ~ 
4 Λλαλούντων δὲ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν λαόν, ἐπέστησαν αὐτοῖς 
And as *were “speaking ‘they to the people, came upon them 


ot ἱερεῖς καὶ ὁ στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι, 
the priests and captain of the temple and the Sacducees, 


2 διαπονούµενοι διὰ τὸ διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς τὸν λαόν, καὶ 
being distressed because 7teach they the pcople, and 


καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τὴν ἐκ 


announce in Jesus ‘the resurrection which [is] from among 
ἘΠ Ν 3 καὶ ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας καὶ ἔεεντο ὶ 
[the] dead; and theylaid on *them “hands and = put 
εἰς τήρησιν εἰς τὴν αὔριον: ἦν.γὰρ ἑσπέρα ἤδη. 
(them] in hold till the morrow; for it was evening aiready, 
4 πολλοὶ δὲ τῶν ἀκουσάντων τὸν λόγον ἐπίστευσαν, 
But many of those who had heard the word believed, 


καὶ ἐγενήθη ™O' ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν "ὡσεὶ" χιλιάδες πέντε. 
and ®*became the *nuinber 30 6 ‘*men about “thousand ‘five. 
5 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν αὔριον συναχθῆναι αὐτῶν 
Anditcametopass on the morrow were gathered together their 
τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ ὃ πρεσβυτέρους Kai? γραμματεῖς Peic! Ἱε- 
rulers and elders Ἷ and scribes at Je- 
ρουσαλήµ, 6 καὶ “Ανναν τὸν ἀρχιερέα καὶ Καϊάφαν καὶ 


rusalem, and Annas the highpriest and Caiaphas and 
Ἰωάννην καὶ ᾿Αλέξανδρον,!) καὶ ὅσοι ἦσαν ἐκ γένους 
John and spate τ and as seni as were of *family 


ἀρχιερατικοῦ. 7 καὶ στήσαντες αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ! μέσῳ ἐπυν- 
*high-priestly. And having pieced them in the midst they 


θάνοντο, Ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι "ποιήσαιτε 


πώς In what power or in what name 
τοῦτο" ὑμεῖς ; ; 8 Τότε Πέτρος πλησθεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 
*this tye? Then Peter, filled with [the] *Spirit ‘*Holy, 


εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, ΓΑρχοντες τοῦ λαοῦ Kai πρεσβύτεροι 
said to them, Rulers of the people and , elders 


ἱτοῦ Ισραήλ," 9 εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα ἐ ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ 
of Israel, If we this day areexamined asto a good work 


aOpwrov.dobevoic, ἐν τίνι οὗτος 'σέσωσται," 10 γνωστὸν 


[to the] infirm man, by what he has been cured, Sknown 
ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ ᾿Ἱσραήλ, ὅτι ἐν τῷ 
"be 7it {ο all you and toall the people ofIsrael, that in the 
ὀνόματι ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου, ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυ- 
name of Jesus Christ the Nazarezan, whom ye eruci- 
ρώσατε, ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἐν τούτῳ 
fied, whom God raised from among [the] dead, by him 


e+ ἐν GLTTrAW. 
14. αὐτοὺς them w. 
P ἐν LTrAW. 
*— τῷ 6{Α]. 


h ἀναστήσας ὃ θεὸς ΤΑ. 1 — Ἰησοῦν 61ΤΤιΑ. 
m --- ὁ ΗΠ[ΤΕ]Α. π [ὡς] LTrA 3 — ὡσεὶ τι 

4 "Avvas ὁ ο ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ Καϊάφας καὶ Ἰωάννης καὶ 
5 τοῦτο ἐποιήσατε 1. τ..- τοῦ Ἰσραήλ LTTr[a]. 


IV. ΠΕΡ) 991 


οὗτος παρέστηκεν ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ὑγιής. 11. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ then steee εν 
this (man] μας Here eh ; μα sound, This ie the ae Bieri aks ate, 
. A ~ ~ 
λίθος ὁ ἐξουθενηθεὶς ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν τῶν Νοἰκοδομούντων,' ον κο ον. A 
= . ? τ 2 wh s be- 
prone pitch has been Ἐθὺ αὖ ΘΟΉΘΕΙ by oi the πο ΝΕΙ͂Ν come the héad of the 
ὁ γενόμενος εἰς ; κεφαλὴν Ὑγωγίαο. 12 καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν corner. 12 Neither is 
which is become head of [the] corner. And there is there salvation in any 


other: for there is none 
3 ἴλλ ? ὃ ‘ « ἡ ΄ . x ” ή \ ” ’ ? e tl d 1 δ 
εν a ῳ OUVOEVL 1) OWTIOLA OUTE -Ύαρ ονομα ἐστιν ἕτερον ο icr name uncer hea 
in other 7no one salvation, for neither ‘name ‘is2there “another Veo Siven among men, 
=i is : : 3 i Ἶ : 3 7 = ~ whereby we must be 
ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἐν ᾧ saved, 
under the heaven -~which has been given among men, by which 

δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς. 
"must *be *saved ‘we. 


13 Θεωροῖντες.δὲ τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παῤῥησίαν καὶ Σ]ωάν- 
But seeing the 508 *Pcter ‘boldness and ofJohn, 13 Now when they 


Ι ι , ε/ » ᾽ , , > saw the boldness of 
VOU, και καταλαβόμενοι οτι ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοι εἰσι» Peter and John, and 


and having perceived that 3men *unlettered 1they “are perceived that - they 
SE We ΤΕΣ ζ 2 /, τὰν γόνος αν τ re unlearned and 
και ἴδιώται, εθαυμαξον, ἐπεγινωσκογ.τε αυτους OTL συν Τῷ ignorant men, they 


aud uninstructced, they wondcred, and they recognized ὑπο that with marvelled; and they 


? ~ ὦ Oo στη αλ ῃ ‘ ρα took knowledge of 
Ἰησοῦ ἦσαν. 14 τὸν." δὲ' ἄνθρωπον βλέποντες σὺν αὑτοῖς thom, that they had 
Jesus they were. But 7the 3man 1peholding ‘with “them cen with Jesus, J4And 


ἑστῶτα τὸν τεθεραπευµένον, οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν. 15 κελεύ- behowding the mas 


: τ ; which was _ healed 
*standiug who hadbeenhcaled, nothing they had to gainsay. *Having μεν with nee 


σαντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔξω τοῦ συνεδρίου ἀπελθεῖν συνέβαλον" pie pou ee 
pea ασυιπρᾶ Ἡρτιὺ them outside the sanhedrim togo  thcyconferred when they had com- 
‘ ’ ’ , a ~ ᾽ , o ἂν 
πρὸς ἀλλήλους, 10 λέγοντες, Τί ὕποιήσομεν" τοῖς ἀνθρώ- ο εὗδον ἐς toes 
with ane another, τ I saying,, What shall we do ἘΝῚ to “men they conferred among 
ποις τούτοις; OTL LEV. γὰρ γνωστὸν σημεῖον γέγονεν ἘΠΟΒΙΒΕΙΤΌΝΙ 16 saying, 
1 Β E 9 
? wae ἜΝ that bauer ο. sign Her come to i these men? for that 
δι αὐτῶν, πασιν τοῖς KATOLKOVOLY Ιερουσαλὴμ avepoy, indecd 8 notable mira- 
through them, “to*all *those ‘inhabiting 7Jerusalem [15] *manifest, αρ ba οὐ τς vl 
‘ ? , 3 er A 4 ~ 7 . 
καὶ οὐ.δυνάµεθα “ἀρνήσασθαι"" 17 ἀλλ ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον all them that dwell in 
and weare unable to deny [it]. But that not further Jerusalem ; and we 


ps iy : Ν ὡς cannot deny it. 17 But 
διανεμηθῇ εἰς τὸν λαόν, ἀἀπειλῇ" ἀπειλησώμεθα αὐτοῖς that it spread no fur- 
it may spread among the people, withathreat let us threaten them ther among the peo- 

͵ ~ Pass ~> 2 , . 5 , ple, let us straitly 
μηκέτι λαλέῖν ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματιτούτῳ μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων. threaten them, that 


nolonger tospeak in this name ' “to any man, they speak henceforth 
(lit. to no) to no man in μας 
, , = iz 4 = 
18 Καὶ καλέσαντες αὐτοὺς παρήγγειλαν “αὐτοῖς, 'τὸ" καθόλου πο them, and com, 
ο. κ calipa  ὄνα they charged them Ξα0 581 manded them not to 
‘ ῃ ΄ ~ ~? ~ sale 
μὴ φθέγγεσθαι μηδὲ διδάσκειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. Pe Te οἳ Jesus 
ή : οὐρα ον : ο. inthe. name of Jesus. 10 But Peter and John 
4 / ‘ ΄ ? \ ᾽ -Ξἃ ; ἘΝ 
19, ὁ δὲ Πέτρος καὶ Ε]ωάννης! ἀποκριθέντες "πρὸς αὐτοὺς apse ered μην ο 
But Peter and John answering ee them o them, e 


ώ eho aes ; right in the sight of 
εἶπον!" Et dtxatéy ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν ἀκούειν God to hearken unto 
said, nee ment it is before God *to “you 1to 7listen ad. sees ye. aber 
μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ κρίνατε. 26 οὐ.δυνάµεθα γὰρ ἡμεῖς ἃ we cannot but speak 
rather than God, judge ye; 3eannot το “we what the things which we 
i” Π ντ) , ἔ ΣᾺ 4 ΛΕ j nave seen and heard. 
ἰείδομεν" καὶ ἠκούσαμεν μὴ.λαλεῖν. 21 Οἱ δὲ προσαπειλη- 315ο when they had 
Twe*saw °and heard *put speak, But they having further further threatened 

΄ λα, 2 , ἢ ε 5 ὦ , them, they let them 
σάμενοι ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς, μηδὲν εὑρίσκοντες τὸ πῶς κολά- go, finding nothing 





threatened let *go 1them, nothing: finding as to how they might how they might punish 
> 4 5 sa Bas “he e , ο ον them, because of, the 
σωνται αὐτοὺς διὰ τὸν λαόν, ὅτι πάντες ἐδόξαζον people: for all men 
punish them onaccount of the people, because all were glorifying glorified God for that 
» οἰκοδόμων LTTrA. x οὐδὲ LTTrW. ¥-Iwevov Tr. 2 re and LTTr ἃ, ὃ συνέβαλλον: 
1ΤΤΙΑ. b ποιήσωμεν Should we do ΤΊτΑ. ο ἀρνεῖσθαι LTTrA, 4 — ἀπειλῇ LIT [A}. 
* — αὐτοῖς (read [them]) LTTra. f— τὸ LT. & ᾿Ιωάνης Tr. b εἶπον (εἶπαν Tr) προς 
αντούς LTTrAW. i εἴδαμεν ΙΤΤΙΑ. 


xX 


$22 
which was done, 22 For 
the ‘man was above 


forty years old, on 
whom this miracle of 
healing was shewed. 


23 And being let go, 
they went to their own 
company, and reported 
all that. the chief 
priests and elders had 
said unto them. 24 And 
when they heard that, 
they lifted up their 
voice to God with one 
accord, and said, Lord, 
thou art God, which 
hsst made _ heaven, 
and earth, and the 
sea, and all that in 
thcemis: 25 who by the 
mouth of thy servant 
David hast said, Why 
did the heathen rage, 
and the people ima- 
gine vain things? 
26 The kings of the 
earth stood up, and 
the rulers were ga- 
thered together a- 
gainst the Lord, and 
against his Christ. 
27 For of a truth a- 

ainst thy holy child 

esus, whom thou hast 
anointed, both Herod, 
and Pontius Pilate, 
with the Gentiles, and 
the people of Israel, 


were gathered toge- - 


ther, 28 for to do what- 
soever thy hand and 
thy counsel determin- 
ed before to be done. 
29 And now, Lord, 
behold their threat- 
enings: and grant 
unto thy servants, 
that with all boldness 
they may speak thy 
word, 30 by stretch- 
ing forth thine hand 
to heal; and that 
signs and wonders 
may be done by the 
mame of thy holy 
child Jesus, 31 And 
when they had prayed, 
the place was shaken 
where they were as- 
sembled together; and 
they were all filled 
with the Holy Ghost, 
and they spake the 
word of God with 
boldness, 


32 And the multi- 
tude of them that be- 
lieved were of one 





WPA EET S. IV. 
‘ A ~ , + ~ 4 4% 
τὸν θεὺν ἐπὶ τ γεγονότι. 22. ετῶν.γὰρ ἦν 
God for that which’ has taken place} for years [Το]ά] was 
, « » 2 εν . , 
πλειόνων Ἀτεσσαράκοντα! ὁ ἄνθρωπος εφ ὃν Ιἐγεγόνει" 
*above Sforty ithe “man on whom had taken place 
4 ~ ~ εν ~ I? 
τὸ σημεῖον.τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως. 
this sign of healing. 
Ν τ Os . 
23 ᾿Απολυθέντες.δὲ ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους, καὶ 


And having been let go they came to their own {company], and 


ἀπήγγειλαν boa πρὸς αὐτοὺς οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσ- 
reported whatever to them the chief priests and the el- 
βύτεροι πεῖπον.' 24 οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες, ὁμοθυμαδὸν 


ἦραν 
ders said. And they having heard, 


with one accord lifted up 
φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ ""εἶπον,' Δέσποτα, σὺ πὸ 
{their] voice to God, and said, O master, thou [art] the 
θεὸς! ὁ ποιήσας τον οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν. γῆν Kat τὴν θάλασσαν 
God who made thé -heayen and the earth and the sea 
καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς, 25° διὰ στόματος" ῬΔαβὶδ' 
and all that[are]in them, αρ by [the] mouth of David 
ἡγοῦ! παιδόο.σου εἰπών, “Ivart! ἐφρύαξαν | ἔθνη, καὶ 
thy servant didst say, Why did “rage *haughtily ‘nations, and 
λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά; 26 παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς 
2peoples ‘did meditate vain things ? Stoodup the. kings ofthe 
γῆς, καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ 
earth, and the rulers were gathered together against the 
κυρίου καὶ κατὰ τοῦ-χριστοῦ.αὐτοῦ. 27 Συνήχθησαν-γὰρ 
Lord and against his Christ. © For were gathered together 


? > ? ‘ 5 1 \ εἶ [7 ~ , ? ~ a 

ἐπ᾿ ἀληθείας ἐπὶ τὸν ἅγιον maida σου Ἰησοῦ», ὃν 
of a truth against “holy servant “thy Jesus, whom 
ἔ Ἡρώδ ὶ Πό Πιλάτος,! σὺν ἔθ 
ἔχρισας, ρώδης.τε καὶ Πόντιος 'Πιλάτος,! σὺν ἔθνεσιν 


thou didst anoint, both Herod and Pontius Pilate, with nations 


καὶ λαοῖς Ἰσραήλ, 28 ποιῆσαι ὅσα ἡ.χείρ-σου καὶ ἡ βουλή 


and peoples οὗ Israel, todo whatever thyhand and “counsel 

You" προώ ἐσθ 20 καὶ τὰ νῦ f Verde 
ροωρισεν Ύεγεσ αι. και τα νυν, KUPLE, επιοξ 

‘thy predctermined to come to pass. And now, Lord, look 


᾽ ‘ \ ? 4 > ~ ‘ 4 ~ , A 5 ? 
ἐπὶ τὰς. ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ δὸς τοῖς.δούλοις.σου μετὰ παρ- 


upon ἐμοῖν threatenings, and give to thy bondmen with *bold- 

ῥησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν.λόγον.σου, 90 ἐν τῷ τὴν.χεῖρά.Ὑσου! 

ness tall tospeak thy word, in that thy hand 
ἐκτείνειν ὅσε! εἰς ἴασιν, καὶ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι 


*stretchest Sout ‘thou for healing, and signs and wonders take place 
διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου Ἰησοῦ. 31 Καὶ 
through the name Sholy ‘servant ‘of *thy Jesus. And 
“δεηθέντων αὐτῶν ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος ἐν ἦσαν συνηγ- 
“having “prayed ‘they Όντας shaken *the 5place in which ὍΠΟΥ were assem- 
μένοι, καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες 'Σπνεύµατος ᾿ ἁγίου," καὶ 
bled, and they were “filled 141] with [the] *Spirit *Holy, and 
? , x , ~ ~ \ fle τ , ‘ 
ἐλάλουν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ παῤῥησίας. 
spoke the word of God with boldness. 
32 Τοῦ.δὲ πλήθους τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν Τὴ"! καρδία 
And of the multitude of those that believed were ‘the “heart 





Κ τεσσεράκοντα TTrA. 


ἱττι[Α]Ἱ. 








᾿ γεγόνει LTTrA, τὰ εἶπαν LTTrA. ἃ -- 6 θεὸς (/εαᾶ he who) 


9 ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν διὰ j ἁγί 0 ivi 
by [the] mouth of our Sikes cuiea: she λα mt ας Ὃ αν ο αἱ 


Ρ Aaveid LTTrA; Δανϊδ απ. ἃ -- τοῦ GLTTrAW. 


σ ΄ > “ ΄ ΄ . . : 
dnt τί mere & + εν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ in this city @LTTraW. t Πειλᾶτος T. u— gov 
. Υ εφιδεῖ,. Ὑ -- σον (read [th LTr, - ὑ ἁγί j 
a ee a ( [thy ]) Ltr [oe] A, ὃ του αγιου πνεύματος 


IV, V. ACTS. 
καὶ δὴ" ψυχὴ pia? καὶ oddé" εἷς τι τῶν ὑπαρ- 
Sand *the *soul one, and not one “anything “of *that °which pos- 


» ᾽ ~ ” 5 ἀλλ᾽ ΐ΄ ᾽ - ο’ il 
χόντων αὐτῷ ἔλεγεν ἴδιον εἶναι, a ην αὐτοῖς “άπαντα 
sessed °he Isnid °%his?°own ®was, **but '*were '*to‘Sthem *all**things 


κοινά. 88 καὶ “μεγάλῃ δυνάμει! ἀπεδίδουν τὸ μαρτύριον 


common: And with great power 3gave *testimony 
οἱ ἀπόστολοι «τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ κυρίου Inoov," χάρις.τε 
'the 7apoxtles of the resurrection ofthe Lord Jesus, and “grace 


΄ 5 οκ ΄ > , ὃν 4 ᾽ , 
μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς. 94 οὐδὲ. γὰρ ἐνδεῆς τις 
λστοαῦ was upon all them. For neither in want “anyone 
ὑπῆρχεν! ἐν αὐτοῖς  ὅσοιγὰρ κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν 

αγγ 15 among them; forasmanyas owners’ ofestates or houses 
ὑπῆρχον, πωλοῦντες ἔφερον τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρα- 
were, selling them] brought the values. of those sold, 
σκοµένων, 35 Kai ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀἄπο- 
and laid [them] at the feet of the apos- 

στόλων δδιεδίδοτο" δὲ ἑκάστῳ καθότιἀν τις χρείαν 
tles ; and distribution was made toeach accordingas anyone “need 


εἶχεν. 
"μα. 
96 Ἰ᾿]ωσῆς! δὲ ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρνάβας ἰὑπὸ! τῶν απο- 
And Joses who wassurnamed Barnabas by the apos- 
στόλων, ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, υἱὸς παρακλήσεως, 
tles (which 15, being interpreted, Son of consolation), 
Κλευίΐτης,! Κύπριος τῷ-γένει, 87 ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῷ ἀγροῦ, 
a Levite, a Cypriot by birth, having land, 
πωλήσας ἤνεγκεν τὸ χρῆμα καὶ ἔθηκεν ἱπαρὰ! τοὺς πόδας 
having sold [10] brought the money and laid [it] at the feet 
τῶν ἀποστόλων 8 ᾿Ανὴρ-δὲξ τις ™Avaviac ὀνόματι," 
οὗ ὑπ6 apostles. But “man τα ?certain, Ananias by name, 
σὺν "Σαπφείρῃ' τῇ-γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, ἐπώλησεν κτῆμα, 2 καὶ 
with Sapphira his wife, sold & possession, and 
ἐνοσφίσατο ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς, 9συνειδυίας' καὶ τῆς γυναικὸς 


kept back from the value, being aware of [it] also *wife 
Pavrov,' καὶ ἐνέγκας µέροσ.τι παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν 

this, and having brought acertain part “at “the Sfeet Sof "the 
ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν. ο εἶπεν δὲ 4 Πέτρος, ᾿Ανανία, διατί!" 

Sapostles ‘aid (Pit). But said Peter, Ananias, why 
ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ σατανᾶς τὴν.καρδίαν.σου, ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ 


did *fill Satan thy heart, Sto “116 to [*for] “thee the 


πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ὃ ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ 
Spirit the Holy, and to keep back from the value of the 


χωρίου; 4 οὐχὶ μένον oot ἔμενεν; καὶ πραθὲν 


estate 2 ΘΝ οὐ *semaining *to*thee *did 510 remain? and having becn sold, 
ἐν τῇ.σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν; τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ 
in thine own authority was it [riot]? why ,didst thou purpose in 


καρδίᾳ.σου τὺ πρᾶγμα.τοῦτο; οὐκ.ἐψεύσω ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ 
thy heart this thing? Thou didst not lie to men, but 
~ ἊΣ 2 / Με ᾽ / A , , ‘ 
τῷ θεῷ. ὅ Ακούων δὲ" Avaviag τοὺς.λόγους.τούτους, πεσὼν 
toGod, And*heuring ‘*Ananias these words, falling down 





&®—yLTTrA. ove BE. CmavtalL. 4 δυνάμει μεγάλῃ LITA. 


[χριστοῦ Christ] τῆς ἀναστάσεως L; τῆς ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου T. 


h Ἰωσὴφ Joseph LTTraw. i ἀπὸ LTTrAW. 
Ὁ Ῥαπφείρα LTr. 


τ διὰ τί LTrA. 


Ε διεδίδετο LTTrA. 
1 πρὸς Τ. τὸ ὀνόματι ᾿Ανανίας L. 
(ead [his]) ττΊτΑ. 4+ OLTTrA, 
b+ ὃ GLITrAW. 


ο συνειδυίης LTTrA. 
5 + [σε] thee (to keep back) a, 


823 
heart and of one souls: 
neither said any of 


them that ought of the 
things which he pos- 
sessed was his own; 
but they had all things 
common. 33 And with 
great power gave the 
apostles witness of the 
resurrection of the 
Lord Jesus: and great 
grace was upon them 
all, 34 Neither was 
there any among them 
that lacked: for as 
many as were possess- 
ors of lands or houses 
sold them, and brought 
the prices of the things 
that were sold, 35 and 
laid them down at the 
apostles’ fect: and dis- 
tribution was made 
unto every man ac- 
cording as he had 
need, 


36 And Joses, who 
by the apostles was 
surniumed Barnabas, 
(which is, being in- 
terpreted, The son of 
consolation,) a Levite, 
and of the country of 
Cyprus, 37 having 
land, sold ἐξ, and 
brought the money, 
and laid it at the 
apostles’ feet. V. But 
a certain man named 
Ananias, with Sapphi- 
ra his wife, sold a 
possession, 2and kept 
back part of the price, 
his wife also being 
privy /oit, and brought 
a certain part, and 
laid it at the apostles’ 
feet. 3 But Petersaid, 
Ananias, why hath Sa- 
tan filled thine heart 
to lie to the -Holy 
Ghost, and to keep 
back part of the price 
of the land? 4 Whiles 
it remained, wasit not 
thine own? and after 
it wassold, was it not 
in thine own power? 
why hast thou con- 
ceived this thing in 
thine heart? thou 
hast not lied unto 
men, but unto God. 
5 And Ananias hear- 
ing these words fell 
down, and gave up the 





ε τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ 
{ἦν LITr. 
κ Λευεϊτης T\. 

Ρ -- αὐτοῦ 


924 


ghost : and great fear 
came on all them that 
heard these things. 
6 And the young men 
arose, wound him up, 
and carried him out, 
and buried him. 7 And 


it was about the space , 


of three hours after, 
when his wife, not 
knowing what was 
done, came in. 8 And 
Peter answered ‘unto 
her, Tell me whether 
ye sold the land for so 
much? And she said, 
Yea, for so much. 
9 Then Peter said un- 
to her, How is it that 
ye have agreed toge- 
ther to tempt the Spi- 
rit of the Lord? be- 
hold, the feet of them 
which have buried thy 
husband are at the 
door, and shall carry 
thee out. 10 Then fell 
she down straightway 
at his feet, and yielded 
up the ghost : and the 
young men came in, 
and found her dead, 
and, carrying her 
forth, buried her by 
her husband. 11 And 
great fear came upon 
all the churth, and 
upon asmany as heard 
these things. 12 And 
by the hands of the 
apostles were many 
signs and wonders 
Wrought among the 
people; (and _ they 
were all with one ‘ac- 
cord in Solomon’s 
porch. 13 And of the 
rest durst fo man join 
himself to them: but 
the people magnified 
them. 14 And beliey- 
ers were the more add- 
ed to the Lord, mul- 
titudes both of men 
and women.) 15 In- 
somuch that they 
brought forth the sick 
into the streets, and 
laid them on beds and 
couches, that at the 
least the shadow of Pe- 


ter passing by might ' 


overshadow some of 
them, 16 There came 
also a multitude out 
of the cities round 
about unto Jerusalem, 
bringing sick folks, 
and them which were 
vexed with unclean 
spirits : and they were 
healed every one, 


᾽αὐτῶν. 


ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ. γ. 


Π Π [ή 9 3 , 
καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας emt πᾶντας τοὺς 
And *came *fear lereat upon ail who 


συνέ- 


ἐξεψυξεν" 

expired, 

, ~ y 4] " « ᾿ ιν 
ἀκούοντας τταῦτα." 6 ἀναστάντες.δὲ οἱ νεώτεροι 
heard these things. And haying risen the younge: [men] swathed 
4 ΄ 7 doy 

στειλαν αὐτόν, καὶ ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν. 7 ᾿Πγεένετο.δὲ 

him, and having carried out. buried [him]. And it camc to pass 
, ~ ~ ‘ 4 ~ 3 ~ 

ὡς ὡρῶν τριῶν διάστηµα καὶ ἡ.γυνὴ αὐτοῦ μὴ εἰδυῖα τὸ 
about *hours ‘three afterwards also his wife, not knowing what 
γεγονὸς εἰσῆλθεν, 8 ἀπεκρίθη.δὲ “αὐτῇ *o" Πέτρος, 
had come to pass, came in, And answered her Peter, 
Εἰπέ μοι εἰ τοσούτον τὸ χωρίον ἀπέδοσθε; Ἢ δὲ εἶπεν, 
Tell me if for 80 much the estate ye sold? And she - said, , 


Nai, τοσούτου. 9 Ὁ. δὲ. Πέτρος Yelzev" πρὸς αὐτήν, Ti 


Yes, for so much. And Peter said to her, Why [is it} 
ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ πνεῖμα κυρίου; ἰδού, οἱ 


that 
πόδες 


ye agreed together totempt the Spirit of[the] Lord? Lo, the 


τῶν θαψάντων rov.avipa.cov ᾿ ἐπὶ τῇ θύρᾳ, Kai 
feet of those who buried thy husband {are] at the door, and 
ἐξοίσουσίν σε. 10 Ἔπεσεν.δξ παραχρῆμα *zapa" τοὺς 
they shall carry out thee. And she felldown immediately. at 
, Μι ~ , 998 a ? , ‘ « , 
πόδας αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξέψυξεν' εἰσελθόντες. δὲ οἱ -νεανίσκοι 
his feet and expired, And having come in the young 
εεὗρον" αὐτὴν νεκράν, Kai ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν 
found her dead; 
τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς. 11 καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐφ᾽ ὅλην τὴν 
her husband. And *g¢ame "fear ‘great upon ?whole ‘the 
2 / ΨΥ ’ ‘ ᾽ , ~ wees 
ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας ταῦτα. 12 Διὰ δὲ 
assembly, and upon αἱ] who heard these things. | And by 
τῶν ᾿χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων Ῥἐγένετοϊ σημεῖα" καὶ τέρατα 


[men] 


πρὸς 
and having carried out they buried που] by 


- the hands’ ofthe apostles came to pass signs .2and *wonders 
εἐν τῷ λαῷ πολλά" καὶ ἦσαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν *éravrec" 


1411 
- ~ :~ a ~ ‘ , 
ἐν τῇ στοᾷ “Σολομῶντος"" 18 {ῶν.δξ λοιπῶν οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμα 
in the porch of Solomon, but of the rest noone  durst 
κολλᾶσθαι αὐτοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμεγάλυνεν ἀὐτοὺς ὁ λαός" 14 μᾶλλον 
join them, -but “magnified “ποῖ ‘the *people; the °more 
δὲ προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ κυρίῳ, πλήθη ἀνδρῶν.τε 
Sand “were *°added ®believers tothe Lord, multitudes both of men 
καὶ γυναικῶν" 15 wore ‘kara’ τὰς πλατείας ἐκφέρειν τοὺς 
and women :) so as in the streets tobring out the 
ἀσθενεῖς καὶ τιθέναι ἐπὶ Εκλινῶνὶ καὶ Ῥκραββάτων," ἵνα 
sick, and put [them] on beds and couches, that 
ἐρχομένου Πέτρου κἂν ἡ σκιὰ ἸΙἐπισκιάσῃ' τινὶ 
Tcoming ‘of °Peter at “least “the *shadow might overshadow some one 
16 συνήρχετο.δὲ καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πέριξ 
Απᾶ came together also the miultitude of the ?round *about 
an k > II ε , , > ~ ‘ ? 
πόλεων “eic' Ἱερουσαλήμ, φέροντες ἀσθενεῖς Kai ὀχλοι- 
cities to Jerusalem, bringing sick ones and those 
, A / 
μένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο 
beset by spirits *unclean, who were “healed 


ἅπαντες. 
ἘΠ’ 


Samong ὄπ “people “many; (and they were “with *one *accord 


f 


of them. 


LOLOL μου μαμα σσ 


Π 


¥— ταῦτα LTTrA. 
[eaid] urtra. 
LTTraw. 
1ΤΤΙΑ., 


2 πρὸς LTTrA. 
4 πάντες LTr. 
Ὦ κραβάττων ΙΤΤΙΑΥΓ. 


x — 6 LTTrA. Σ---- εἶπεν (read 
Ὁ ἐγίνετο EGLTTrAW, ο πολλὰ ἐν τῷ λαῷ 

καὶ εἰς even into LTTr. & κλιναρίων 
i ἐπισκιάσει Shall overshadow Tr. k — εἰς LITrA. 


Ὗ πρὸς αὐτὴν to her LTTrA. 
8. εὗραν Tr. 
5 Σολομῶνος GTrAW. 


τ. ACTS. 
17 ᾿Αναστὰς δὲ ὁ ἀἆρχιερυς καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, 
And having risen up the high pricst and all those with him, 


αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, 
which [the] sect of the Sadducees, were filled with anger, 
18 καὶ ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν" ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ 
and laid “hands their on the apostles and 

ἔθεντο αὐτοὺς ἐν τηρήσει δημοσίᾳ. 19 ἄγγελος.δὲ κυρίου 
put them, in[the] “hold public. But an angel of [the] Lord 
διὰ Ἀιτῇςὶ νυκτὸς "Ἠνοιξενὶ τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς, 


r 
ουσα 
is 


during the night opened the doors of the prison, 
ἐξαγαγών.τε αὐτοὺς εἶπεν, 20 Πορεύεσθε, καὶ σταθέντες 
and having brought “out ‘them βαϊᾶ, Go ye, and standing 


~ ~ ε ~ ~ ~ > ΄ cs ~ ~ 
λαλεῖτε ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τῷ λαῷ πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς 
speak in the temple tothe people all the words of “life 

΄ > / ‘ ? ~ « 4 A » 2 4 
ταύτης. 21 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ εἰσῆλθον ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον εἰς τὸ 
this. And having heard they entered at the ,dawn into the 

ἱερόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκον. παραγενόμενος δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ οἱ 
temple, and were teaching. But having come the high priest and those 
σὺν αὐτῷ, συνεκάλεσαν TO συνέδριον καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γερου- 
with him, they called together the sanhedrim and all the elder- 
σίαν τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ισραήλ, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν εἰς TO δεσμωτήριον 

hood ofthe sons ofIsrael, and sent to the prison 

? ~ > / « η ο = ͵ A , il ᾽ 
ἀχθῆναι.αὐτούς. 22 οἱ δὲ οὑπηρέται παραγενόμεγοιϊ οὐχ 
to have them brought. But tho officers having come 2not 
εἷρον «αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ" ἀναστρέψαντες.δὲ ἀπήγγειλαν, 


4didfind them in the prison; and having returned they reported, 

23 λέγοντες, Ὅτι τὸ Ῥμὲν! δεσµωτή ὕ λεις 
γΟΥ7 ες; τι TO μεν εσμωτ]Ί]ριον EVPO MEV κεκλεισ- 
saying, The *indeed prison we found shut 


’ ἘΝ ’ > / " 4 / α Π « ~ 
μένον ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ, καὶ τοὺς φύλακας Ίέξω" ἑστῶτας 
‘with all security, and the keepers without standing 
τπρὸ" τῶν θυρῶν ἀνοίξαντες. δέ, ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν. 
before the doors; but having opened, withia | noonc we found. 
24 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν τοὺς.λόγους-τούτους ὕ.τε, δἱερεὺς καὶ 
And when ‘they heard these words both the priest and 
ὁ" στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς διηπόρουν περὶ 
the captain ofthe temple and the chief priests were perplexed concerning 
αὐτῶν, τί ἂν.γένοιτο τοῦτο. 25 παραγενόµενος.δέ τις 
them, ‘what “might *be 11115, But having come a certain one 
ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς ἱλέγων," Ὅτι ἰδοὺ οἱ ἄνδρες οὓς ἔθεσθε 
reported ito them, saying, Lo, the men whom ye put 
ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ εἰσὶν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστῶτες καὶ διδάσκοντες τὸν 
in the prison are in the temple standing and teaching the 
λαόν. 26 Τότε ἀπελθὼν ὁ στρατηγὸς σὺν τοῖς ὑπηρέταις 
Ῥεορ]ο. ‘Then “having ΄ροπο πο captain wit the officers 
va I ? Vs > A / ? “Ὁ 4 A λ » 
Ἴγαγεν" αὐτους, οὐ µετα βίας, ἐφοβοῦντο.γὰρ τὸν λαόν, 
brought them, -not with violence, for they feared ithe people, 
σι i} κ ~ ? / ‘ 2 a » 
ἵνα! μὴ.λιθασθῶσιν. 27 ἀγαγόντες δὲ αὐτοὺς. ἔστησαν 
that they might not ke-stoned. And having brought them they set 
ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ" ικαὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀρχιερεύς, 
Γ[{π6 01} πὰ thc sanhedrim. -And “tasked ‘them ‘the *high “priest, 
28 λέγων, “Οὐ! παραγγελίᾳ παρηγγείλαµεν ὑμῖν μὴ διδάσ- 
saying, 3Νοῦ “by "8 °charge ldid*wecharge you not to teach 





1 — αὐτῶν LTTrAW. τὰ --- τῆς LTTrA. 
ὑπηρέται LITA, Ρ --- μὲν LTTrAW. qa — ἔξω GLTTraAW. 
καὶ ὃ LTTYA. t — λέγων GLTTrAW. ἡ ἦγεν T. 
stoned) στη}. 1 -- Οὐ (γεαά We did charge you by a charge, &c. 


2 ἀνοίξας having opened f. 
τ ἐπὶ LITrA. 
w — ἵνα (read lest they shoul 


325 


17 Then the high 
priest rose up, and all 
they that were with 
him, (which is the sect 
of the Sadducees,) and 
were filled with in- 
dignation, 18 and laid 
their hands on the 
apostles, and put them 
in the common prison. 
19 But the angel of the 
Lord by night opened 
the prison doors, and 
brought them forth 
and said, 20 Go, stand 
and speak in the tem- 
ple to the people all 
the words of this life. 
21 And when they 
heard that, they en- 
teted into the temple 
early in the morning, 
and taught. But the 
high priest came, and 
they that were with 
him, and called the 
council together, and 
all the senate of the 
children of Israel, and 
sent to the prison to 
have them brought. 
22 But when the offi- 
cers caine, and found 
them not in the prison, 
they returned, and 
told, 23 saying, The 
prison truly found we 
shut with all safety, 
and the keepers stand- 
ing without before 
the doors: but when 
we had opened, we 
found no man with- 
in. 24 Now when the 
high priest and the 
captain of the temple 
and the chief priests 
heard these things, 
they doubted of them 
whereunto this would 
grow. 25 Then cano 
one and told them, 
saying, Behold, the 
men whom ye put 
in prison are standing 
in the temple, and 
teaching the people, 
26 Then went the cap- 
tain with the officers, 
and brought them 
without. violence: fur 
they feared the people, 
lest they should have 
been stoned. 27 And 
when they had brought 
them, they set them 
before the council: and 
the high priest asked 
them, 28saying, Did 
not we straitly com- 
mand you that ye 
should not teach in 





© παραγενόμενοι 
® — ἱερεὺς 
d be 
) LtTra, 


996 


this name? and, be 
hold, ye have filled 
Jerusalem with your 
doctrine, and intend to 
bring this man’s blood 
upon us. 29 Then Pe- 
ter and the other apos- 
ties answered and said, 
We ought to obey 
God rather than men. 
30 The God of our fa- 
thers raised up Jesus, 
whom ye slew and 
hanged on a_ tree. 
31 Him hath God 
exalted with his right 
hand to be a Prince 
and a Saviour, for to 
give repentance to 15- 
rael, and forgiveness 
ofsins. 32 And weare 
his witnesses of these 
things; and so is also 
he Holy Ghost, whom 
God hath given to 
them that obey him. 
33 When they heard 
that, they were cut (ο 
the heart, and took 
eounsel to slay them. 
31 Then stood there up 
one in the council, a 
Piarisee, named Ga- 
τι” Πε], adoctor of the 
law, had in reputation 
among all the pcople, 
and commanded to put 
the apostles forth a 
little space; 35 and 
said unto them, Ye 
men of Israel, take 
heed to yoursclves 
what ye intend to do 
as touching these men. 
36 For before these 
days rose up Thcudas, 
boasting himself to be 
somebody ; to whom a 
nuwber of men, about 
four hundred, joined 
themselves : who was 
slain; and all, as many 
as obeyed him, were 
scattered, and brought 
to nought. 37 After 
this man rose up Ju- 
das of Galilee in the 
days of the taxing, 
and drew away much 
people after him: he 
also perished ; and all, 
evenas many as obeyed 
him, were dispersed. 
38 And now I say unto 
you, Refrain from 
these men, and let 
them alone: for if 
this counsel or this 


ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ. γ 


~ Φ ‘ ᾽ ” 

κειν επι τῷ.ὀνόματι.τούτῳ; καὶ ἰδοὺ πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἱε- 
in this name? and lo, ye have filled Je- 

-ὉΦ ~ ~ A ’ 23 ἕω 

ρουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς. ὑμῶν, καὶ βούλεσθε ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ 
rusalem with your teaching, and purpose to bring upon 
ἡμᾶς τὸ ai ὐῦ ἀνθρώ J 29 ᾽Αποκριθεὶς δὲ Yo" 
ἡμᾶς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ-.ἀνθρώπου.-τούτου. ριθεὶς δὲ YO 


us the blood” of this man. But °answering 
Πέτρος καὶ ot ἀπόστολοι elroy," ' Ἠειθαρχεῖν δεῖ 

αῬροίος 2and ὅπ “apostles said, "Το “obey ἰὺ 316 “necessary 
θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις. 90 ὁ θεὸς τῶν.πατέρων ἡμῶν 
God rather than men. The God of our fathers 


ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν ὑμεῖς διεχειρίσασθε κρεµάσαντες. ἐπὶ 

raised up Jesus, Whom je. killed, having hanged . on 

ξύλου: 81 τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἀρχηγὸν καὶ σωτῆρα ὕψωσεν 

a tree. Him God achicf and Saviour exalted by the 
δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, " δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἄφεσιν 

right hand of him, to give repentance * to Israel and _ remission 

ἁμαρτιῶν. 83 καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑέσμεν αὐτοῦ μάρτυρες" τῶν ῥημάτων 


of sins. And we are ofhim witnesses of “things 
τούτων, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα Oe" τὸ ἅγιον, ὃ ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς 
1these, and “the Spirit ‘also the Holy, which “gave God 


τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ. 33 Οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες διεπρίοντο, 
to those that obey him. But they having heard were cut 
καὶ ἐβουλεύοντο! ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς. 34 ἀναστὰς 
[to the heart], and tookcounsel to puttodcath them, *Having *riscn ‘up 
δε τις ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ Φαρισαῖος, ὀνόματι Τα- 
Xbut 2a Ξοογίαϊη [*man] in the sanhedrim ἃ Pharisee, by name  Ga- 
µαλιήλ, νοµοδιδάσκαλος, τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, ἐκέλευσεν 
malicl, a teacher of the law, honoured byall the people, commanded 
ἔξω  βραχύ-ετιὶ frove ἀποστόλους" ποιῆσαι, 88 εἶπέεν.τε 
3out “ΤΟΥ *a “short 7while ®the %apostles to *put, and said 
‘ ᾽ , » - - 
πρὸς αὐτούς, "Ανδρες δ᾽ Ἰσραηλῖται," προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς 
to them, Men Israclites, take heed to yourselves 
ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.τούτοις τί "μέλλετε πράσσειν. 36 πρὸ 
as regards these men whatye areabout todo; “before 
γὰρ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀνέστη Θευδᾶς, λέγων εἶναί τινα 


‘for _ these days roseup Theudas, affirming *to*be *somebody 
ἑαυτόν, ᾧ "προσεκολλήθη ἀριθμὸς ἀ9δρῶν, ὡσεὶ" τετρα- 
*himself, to whom were joined anumber of men, about four 
κοσίων' ὃς ἀνῃρέθη, καὶ πάντες ὕσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ 


hundred ; who was put todeath,and αἱ] as many as were persuaded by him 


διελύθησαν καὶ ἐγένοντο εἰς οὐδέν. 87 μετὰ τοῦτον ἀνέστη 
were dispersed and came to nothing. After thisone rose up 
᾽ “nN ε ~ > ~ « [ή ~ > ~ ΓΙ 
Ιούδας ὁ Γαλιλαῖος ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς, καὶ 
Judas the Galilean in the days ofthe registration, and 
? / 4 / ~ ~ 4 
ἀπέστησεν λαὸν ἱἱκανὸν" ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ" κἀκεῖνος ἀπώλετο, 
drew away "Ῥοορ]α *much after -him; and he perished, 
/ « / ~ 
καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διεσκορπίσθησαν. 38 καὶ 
and all as many as were persuaded by him were scattered abroad. And 
~ , ~ A ~ 5 
τὰ νῦν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν.ἀνθρώπων τούτων, καὶ 
now Isay toyou, Withdraw from these men, and 
Le 2 ‘ , 
Kdoare" αὐτούς" ὅτι ἐὰν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἡ.βουλὴ αὕτη ἢ 
lev alone them, ον ο “οσα Smen 1this 27counsel “or 





x is LTTra. 
— δου TTr. 


i — ἱκανὸν LTTrA, 


¥— δ LITrA. 
Ξ ; ς — δὲ LTTr[A]. 
ανθρώπους the men LTTrA. 


1 εἶπαν LTTrA. ἢ - τοῦ Τ. 

4 ἐβούλοντο resolved utr. 
& Ἰσραηλεῖται T, 
* ἄφετε LTTrA, 


Ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μάρτυρές ἐσμεν L$ 
© — Tt LTTrAW. τους 
Ἀ προσεκλίθη ἀνδρῶν ἀριθμὸς ὡς LTTrAW 


V, VI ACTS. 

to.épyov.rovro, καταλυθήσεται: 39 εἰδὲ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐστιν, 
“this *work, it will be overthrown ; ~ but if from God it be, 

rie δύ Ξ θ Ι] λῦ χη 2 7 \ θ ’ 

ου.ουνασσε καταλυσαι αντοι μῆποτε και εοµαχοι 


ye arenotahle to overthrow it, 


εὑρεθῆτε. 40 ᾿Ἐπείσθησαν-δὲ 
ye be found, 


lest also fighters against God 
αὐτῷ Kai προσκαλεσάμενοι 
And they were persuaded by him; and having called to 
τοὺς ἀποστόλους, δείραντες παρήγγειλαν 
(them) the, apostles, 
ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ἀπέλυσαν "αὐτούς." 41 Οἱ 
in the name of Jesus, and released them, They 
μὲν οὖν ἐπορεύοντο χαίροντες ἀπὸ προσώπου ᾽ τοῦ 
therefore: departed rejoicing from [the] presence of the 
συνεδρίου ὅτι οὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ κατηξιώθησαν" 
sanhedrim that for the name of him they were accounted worthy 
ἀτιμασθῆναιὶ 42 πᾶσάν τε ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ κατ’ οἶκον 
to be dishonoured. And every day in the temple and in the houses 
οὐκ.ἐπαύοντο διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι Ρ᾽ Ἰησοῦν 


having beaten they enjcined [them] not to speak 


they ceased not teaching and announcing the glad tidings— Jesus 
τὸν χριστόν." 
the Christ. 
᾽ Π - « , , , ~ ~ 
ϐ Ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις.ταύταις πληθυνόντων τῶν μαθητῶν 
But in those days smultiplying 1the disciples 


ἐγένετο γογγυσμὸς τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν πρὸς τοὺς Ἑ βραίους, 

there arose ἃ murmuring of the Hellenists against the Hebrews, 
ὅτι παρεθεωροῦντο ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ αἱ 

because were overlooked in the ?ministration daily 


χῆραι.αὐτῶν. 2 προσκαλεσάµενοι.δὲ οἱ δώδεκα τὸ πλῆθος 
their widows. And “having *called *to (*them] ‘the “twelve the multitude 


τῶν μαθητῶν, 4εἶπον," Οὐκ ἀρεστόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς, καταλείψαν- 
of the disciples, said, Not seemly itis [for] us, leaving 
τν " , ~ ~ ~ / ? , 

τας τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, διακονεῖν τραπέζαις. 8 ἐπισκέψασθε 

the word of God, to attend tables. Look out 

Toby," Sadedgot,' ἄνδρας ἐξ ὑμῶν μαρτυρουμένους 
therefore, brethren, 2men “from *among ‘yourselves, °borne 7witness *to 
ἑπτά, πλήρεις πνεύματος ‘ayiouv' καὶ σοφίας, οὓς "κατα- 
isuren, full of (the] *Spirit ‘*Holy ‘and wisdom, whom we will 
στήόδομενὶ ἐπὶ τῆς-χρείας.Ταύτης' 4 ἡμεῖς. δὲ τῇ προσευχῇ 


ΒΡΡοΪπ , over this business ; but we to prayer 
καὶ τῇ διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου προσκαρτερήσοµεν. 5 Καὶ 
and the ministry of the word will steadfastly continue. And 
ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους: καὶ 
Swas *pleasing ‘the *saying before all the multitude; and 
? , , » w , Π] , ᾿ ΄ 
ἐξελέξαντο Στέφανον, ἄνδρα πλήρη" πίστεως καὶ πγευ- 
they chose Stephen, aman full of faith and{[the] 7Spi- 


µατος ἁγίου, καὶ Φίλιππον, καὶ Πρόχορον, καὶ Νικάνορα, καὶ 
rit "Holy, and Philip, and Prochorus, and WNicanor, and 


Τίμωνα, καὶ Παρμενᾶν, καὶ Νικόλαον προσήλυτον ᾿Αντιοχέα, 
Το, . and Parmenas, and Nicolas a proselyte of Antioch, 


6 οὓς ἔστησαν ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀποστόλων' καὶ προσευξάμενοι 


whom they set before the apostles ; and having prayed 
ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας. 7 καὶ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 
they laid 7on “them hands, And the word of God 





lov δυνήσεσθε ye will not be able trtr. πι αὐτούς them GLTTrA. 
[them)]) rtra. 
χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν LTTrA. 4 εἶπαν ΤΥ Ὰ. 


*—ayiovGLITrA. "καταστήσωμεν We May appoint EW, 


μὴ λαλεῖν. 


ο-- αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW ; κατηξιώθησαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος LTTrA. 
t δή indeed τ΄ς δέ but T. 
π πλήρης ἵν 


327 
work be of men, it will 
come to nought: 39 buf 
if it be of God, ye can- 
not overthrow it; lest 
haply ye be found even 
to fight against God. 
40 And to him they 
agreed: and when they 
had called the apostles, 
and beaten them, they 
commanded that they 
should not speak in 
the name of Jesus, 
and let them go. 
4] And they departed 


. from the presence of 


the council, rejoicing 
that they were count- 
ed worthy to suffer 
shame for his name. 
42 And daily in- the 
temple, and in every 
house, they ceased not 
to teach and preach 
Jesus Christ, 


VI. And in those 
days, when the nume- 
ber of the disciples 
was multiplied, there 
arose ἃ murmuring of 
the Grecians against 
the Hebrews, because 
their widows were 
neglected in the daily 
ministration.. 2 Then 
the twelve called the 
multitude of the dis- 
ciples unto them, and 
said, It is not resscu 
that we should leave 
the word of God, and 
serve tables. 3 Where- 
fore, brethren, look ye 
out among you seven 
men of honest report, 
full of the Holy Ghost 
and wisdom, whom we 
may appoint over this 
business. 4 But we 
will give ourselves 
continually to prayer, 
and to the ministry 
of the word. 5 And 
the saying pleased 
the whole multi- 
tude: and they chose 
Stephen, a man full 
of faith and of the 
Holy Ghost, and Phi- 
lip, and Pyrochorus, 
and Nicanor, and Ti- 
mon, and Parmenas, 
and Nicolas a pros- 
elyte of Antioch: 
6 whom they set be- 
fore the apostles: and 
when they had prayed, 
they laid thei hands 
on them. 7 And the 
word of God increased; 





n — αὐτούς (read 
P τὸν 
5..“- ἀδελφοί Ly 


928 


and the number of the 
disciples multiplied in 
Jerusalem = greatly ; 
and a great compeny 
of the priests were 
obedient to the faith. 


8 And Stephen, full 
of faith and power, 
did great wonders and 
miracles among the 
people. 9 Then there 
arose certain of the 
synagogue, which is 
ealled the synagogue 
of the Libertines, and 
Cyrenians, and Alex- 
andrians, and of them 
of Ciliciaand of Asia, 
disputing with Ste- 
phen. 10 And they 
were not able to resist 
the wisdom and the 
spirit by which he 
spake. 11 Then they 
suborned men, which 
said, We have heard 
him speak blasphe- 
mous words against 
Moses, and against 
God. 12 And they 
stirred up the people, 
and the elders, and 
the scribes, and came 
upon Aim, and caught 
him, and brought him 
to the council, 13 and 
set up false witnesses, 
which said, This man 
ceaseth not to speak 


blasphemous words 
against this holy 
place, and the law: 


14 for we have heard 
him say, that this Je- 
sus of Nazareth shall 
destroy this place, and 
shall change the cus- 
toms which Moses de- 
livered us. 15 And all 
that sat in the council, 
looking stedfastly on 
him, saw his face as 
it had been the fage of 
an angel, 


VII. Then said the 
high priest, Are these 
things so? 2 And he 
said, Men, brethren, 
and fathers, hearken ; 
The God of glory ap- 
peared untoour father 
Abraham, when he 
was in Mesopotamia, 
before he dwelt in 
Charran, 3and said: 
unto him, Get thee out 
of thy country, and 
from thy kindred, and 


TPA ETS. 


Wey ‘ Ἵ , € ? A ~ 
ηὔξανεν, καὶ ἐπληθύνετο ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν 
increased, and was 7multiplied ‘tne “number 30 *the ‘disciples 


VI, VII. 


μαθητῶν ἐν Ἱε- 
in Je- 
‘ , . , ” ep) ῃ εἰς Αἱ on 
ρουσαλὴμ σφόδρα, πολύς-τε ὄχλος τῶν ἱερεων ὑπήκουον 
rusalem exceedingly, and a great multitude of the priests - were obedient 
τῇ πίστει. 
tothe faith. 
, ‘ [ή Ξ Μι 
8 Στέφανος δὲ πλήρης . πίστεως" καὶ δυνάμεως ἐποίει 
And Stephen, full of faith and power, ᾿ wrought 


’ ‘ Ὁ , . > ~ Χ ~ ? [ή as 
τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα μεγάλα ἐν τῷ λαῷ. 9 ἀνεστησαν. δὲ 


wonders and “signs lereat among»the people, And arose 

~ ~ τ. ~ \ / ΄ 
τινες τῶν ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς ὑτῆς λεγομένης" Λιβερτίνων, 
certain of those of the synagogue ἡ called Libertines, 


\ , ‘ ? ἢ » > , 
καὶ Κυρηναίων, καὶ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων, καὶ τῶν. ἀπὸ Κιλικίας 
and ofCyrenians, and of Alexandrians, and of those from Cilicia 
τκαὶ ᾿Ασίας," Ἀσυζητοῦντες! τῷ Στεφάνῳ" 10 καὶ οὐκ.ἴσχυον 
and Asia, disputing with Stephen. And they were not able 
ἀντιστῆναι τῇ σοφίᾳ καὶ τῷ πνεύματι ἐλάλει. 11 τότε 

to resist the wisdom and the spirit Then 
ὑπέβαλον ἄνδρας, λέγοντας, Ότι ἀκηκόαμεν αὐτοῦ λαλοῦν- 
they suborned men, saying, We have heard him speaking 
τος ῥήματα βλάσφημα εἰς ὉΜωσῆν" καὶ τὸν θεόν. 12 Συν- 


ΘΗ 
by which he spoke, 


2words ‘blasphemous against Moses and God. *They 
εκίνησάν τε τὸν λαὸν καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους καὶ τοὺς 
Ξοε]ττεᾶ ἋΡ ‘and the people διά the elders aud the 


γραμματεῖς, καὶ ἐπιστάντες συνήρπασαν αὐτόν, καὶ ἤγαγον 
scribes, and coming upon they seized him, and brought 
εἰς τὸ συνέδριον, 13 ἔστησάν.τε μάρτυρας ψευδεῖς, 
{him] to the  sanhedrim, And they set witnesses ‘false, 
λέγοντας, Ὁ.ἄνθρωπος.οῦτος οὐ παύεται “ῥήματα βλάσφημα 


saying, This man docs not cease Swords “blasphemouy 
λαλῶν" κατὰ τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἁγίου “τούτου! Kai τοῦ νόµου. 
tspeaking against 3place “holy this and the law; 


? , ‘ ? ρω , ια ? ~ « 
14 ἀκηκόαμεν.γὰρ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, Ότι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζω- 
for we have heard him saying, That *Jesus “the *Naza- 


ραῖος οὗτος καταλύσει τὸν. τόπον τοῦτον, Kai ἀλλάξει τὰ 
rean ‘this will destroy this place, and willchange th: 


ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν Mwione. 15 Καὶ ἀτενίσαντες εἰς 
customs which “delivered ὅἴο 8 ‘Moses, And looking intently on 


αὐτὸν “ἅπαντες" ot καθεζόμενοι ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ feldov" τὰ 


him all who sat in the sanhedrim Baw 
πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου. 
his face 5 [the] face of an angel, 


7 Εἰπεν.δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεύς, Ei ξᾶραϊ ταῦτα οὕτως Ἀέχει!: 


And ‘said ‘the *high “priest, ®Then 7these things ὅ80 Fare? 
« A ” ή . 

2 Ὁ δὲ ἔφη, Ανδρες ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατε. ὁ θεός 
And he said, Men brethren and fathers, hearken, The God 
~ , ” - ae ~ » ~ 

τῆς δόξης ὤφθη τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραὰμ ὄντι ἐν τῇ Μεσο- 

of glory appeared to our father Abraham being in Meso- 

TOTAL, πριν ἢ κατοικῆσαι αὐτὸν ἐν Χαῤῥάν, ὃ καὶ εἶπεν 


potamia, before “dwelt the in Charran, and said 

‘ > , a” ’ ~ ~ Ὡ ~ μ 
πρὸς αὐτὸν, Ἐξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς. σου καὶ ic" τῆς συγγενείας 

to him, Goout from thyland and from “kindred 


----- ὁ ὁ ὁ ὁ EE σα... 


Σ χάριτος of grace GLTTrAW. 

Ὁ Mevony GLTTrAW. ο 
(rcad the holy place) eurtraw. 

5 — ἔχει (read [are]) w. 


LTTrA. 


Y τῶν λεγομένων T. *% — καὶ Ασίας L. 

βλάσφημα GLTTrAW ; λαλῶν ῥήματα TTr. 
© πάντες LTTr, f εἶδαν Tr. 
A — 6X ,G)Tr[ A}. 


® συνζητοῦντες 
d — τούτου 
δ -- ἄρα 11τ1|[4]- 


ΥΠ. ACTS. 


σου, καὶ δεῦρο εἰς γῆν ἣν ἄν σοι δείξω. 4 Τότε ἐξελθὼν 
‘thy and come into land which to thee I willshew. Then ‘going out 
LJ ~ / ’ Ὁ . ΝΑ > ~ 

εκ γῆς Χαλδαίων, κατῴκησεν ἕν Xappay, κἀκεῖθεν 
from [the] land οἵ Chaldeans, he dwelt in Charran, and thence 


μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν.πατέρα.αὐτοῦ, μα - αὐτὸν εἰς 
after Sdied this *father, e removed him into 


τὴν.γῆν.ταύτην εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς νῦν κατοικεῖτε 5 καὶ οὐκ 
this land in which ye now dwell. . And not 
3 ᾽ ~ / ο ? ~ 2 Or ~ , 
ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κληρονομίαν ἐν αὐτῇ, οὐδὲ βῆμα.ποδός' 
"he 3414 give tohim aninheritance in it, noteven a foot’s tread; 
καὶ ἐπηγγείλατο αὐτῷ δοῦναι" εἰς κατάσχεσιν αὐτήν," καὶ 
and promised tohim togive “*for *a *possession lit, and 
~ , ~ ” ~ 
τῷ.σπέρµατι.αὐτοῦ μετ᾽ αὐτόν, οὐκιῦντος αὐτῷ τέκνου. 
to his seed after him, there not being to him a child. 
i! / , La ~ 
6 ἐλάλησεν δὲ οὕτως ὁ θεός, Ὅτι ἔσται τὸ.σπέρμα αὐτοῦ 
And *spoke sthus God: That “shall *be 1his *seed 


, 3 ~ ᾽ , ‘ ’ > A A 
πάροικον ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ, καὶ δουλώσουσιν αὐτὸ καὶ 
@sojourner in a “land strange, and they willenslave it and 


κακώσουσιν ἔτη τετρακόσια. ἢ καὶ τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ "ἐὰν" 
ili-treat [10] years ‘four *hundred ; and the nation to which 
οδουλεύσωσιν,! κρινῶ ἐγώ, Ῥεῖπεν ὁ θεός" καὶ μετὰ 
they may be in bondage will?judge Ὁ, said God ; and after 
ταῦτα ἐξελεύσονται καὶ λατρεύσουσίν μοι ἐν τῷ τόπῳ 
these things they shall come forth and serve me in place 
τούτῳ. ὃ Καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς" καὶ οὕτως 


this. And hegave tohim acovenant ofcircumcision; and thus 
Ἵ , ΔΝ / A / Ν ~ ~ 
ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ισαάκ, καὶ περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ 
he begat Isaac, and circumcised him the: “day 
ὀγδόῃ" Kai «ὁ! Ἰσαὰκ τὸν Ἰακώβ, καὶ 96" Ἰακὼβ τοὺς 
Jeighth; and Isaac [begat] Jacob, and Jacob the 
δώδεκα πατριάρχας. 9 Kai ot πατριάρχαι ζηλώσαντες τὸν 
twelve patriarchs, And the patriarchs, enyying 

’ , > ; ᾽ ” ‘ ιτ « 4 
Ἰωσὴφ ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἴγυπτον' καὶ ἦν ὁ θεὸς per 
Joseph, sold {(him] into Egypt. And *was 1God with 


αὐτοῦ, 10 καὶ Σἐξείλετο" αὐτὸν ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων αὐτοῦ, 
him, and delivered him outof all his tribulations, 
καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ χάριν καὶ σοφίαν “ἐναντίον! Φαραὼ βασι- 
and gave him favour and wisdom before Pharaoh king 
[ή ᾽ Η͂ > ” 
λέως Αἰγύπτου, καὶ κατέστησεν αὐτὸν ἡγούμενον ἐπ᾽ Αἴγυπ- 
of Egypt, and heappointed him ruler over Egypt 
τον καὶ t ὕλον τὸν οἶκον. αὐτοῦ. 11 ἦλθεν δὲ λιμὸς ἐφ᾽ ὅλην 
and *whoile this house. But *came ‘a *famine upon “whole 
τὴν "γῆν Αἰγύπτου" καὶ Χαναάν, καὶ θλίψις μεγάλη" καὶ 
1the land of Egypt and Canaan, and “tribulation ‘great, and 
οὐχ. “εὕρισκον! χορτάσματα οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν. 12 ἀκούσας.δὲ 
3414 *not *find Ssustenance our “fathers, But *having *heard 
? ‘ ” πώ ? ᾽ , Π ? , A , 
Ιακώβ ὄντα *oira ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ," ἐξαπέστειλεν τοὺς πατέρας 
1Jacob Swas “corn in Egypt, sent forth ?fathers 
κ ἵνα Ν 19 κ ~ ὃ , τρ , θ Il T \ 
ἡμῶν πρωτον και εν τῳ εντερῳ ανεγνγωρισ n ωσηφ 
our first ; and at the secondtime wasmade known Joseph 
τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς.αὐτοῦ, καὶ φανερὸν ἐγένετο τῷ Φαραὼ τὸ γένος 
to his brethren, and "known ‘became to Pharaoh the family 





κ + τὴν the LTTraw. 
him w. π ἂν LTr. 
LTTraw. 4 --- ὃ LTTrA. t ἐξείλατο GLTTrAW. 

7 Αἴγυπτον (read over all Egypt) Lrtra. W ηὕρισκον TrA. 
Σ ἐγνωρίσθη Tr. 


5 ἔναντι T. 





1 δοῦναι αὐτῷ LTTrA ; δοῦναι αὐτὴν to give it w. 
© δουλεύσουσιν they will be in bondage Tra. 


329 
come into the land 
which I shall shew 
thee, 4Then came he 
out of the land of the 
Chaldeans, and dwelt 
in Charran: and from 
thence, when his father 
was dead, he removed 
him into this land, 
Whercin ye now dwell. 
5 And he gave him 
none inheritance in 
it, no, not so much as 
to set his foot on: yet 
he promised that he 
would give it to him 
for a possession, and 
to his seed after him, 
when as yet he had no 
child, 6 And Godspake 
on this wise, That his 
seed should sojournin 
a strange land; and 
that they should bring 
them into bondage,and 
entreat them cvil four 
hundred years. 7 And 
the nation to whom 
they shall be in bon- 
dage will I judge, said 
God: and after that 
shall they come forth, 
and serve me in this 
place. 8 And he gave 
him the covenant of 
circumcision: and so 
Abraham begat Isaac, 
and circumcised him 
the eighth day; and 
Isaac begat Jacob ; and 
Jacob begat the twelve 
patriarchs. 9 And the 
patriarchs,moved with 
envy, sold Joseph into 
Egypt: but God was 
with him, 10 and de- 


, livered him out of all 


his afflictions, and 
gave him favour and 
wisdom in the sight 
of Pharaoh king of 
Egypt; and he made 
him governor over 
Egypt and all his 
house. 11 Now there 
came a dearth over all 
the land of Egypt and 
Chanaan, and great af- 
fliction: and our fa- 
thers found no suste- 
nance. 12 But when 
Jacob heard that there 
was corn in Egypt, he 
sent out our fathers 
first. 13 And at the 
second time Joseph 
was made known to 
his brethren; and Jo- 
seph’s kindred was 
made known unto Pha- 


τὰ αὐτῷ to 
P ὁ θεὸς εἶπεν 
t + ἐφ᾽ over T. 


ασιτία εἰς Αἴγυπτον LTTrAW, 


$30 
raoh, 14 Then sent Jo- 
seph, and called his fa- 


ther Jacob to him, and 
all his kindred, three- 
score and fifteen souls. 
15 SoJacob went down 
into Egypt, and died, 
he, and our fathers, 
16 and were carried 
over into Sychem, and 
laid in the sepulchre 
that Abraham bought 
for a sum of money of 
the sons of Emmor the 
futher of Sycheme 


17 But when the time: 


of the promise drew 
nigh, which God had 
sworn to Abraham, the 
people grew. and mul- 
tipliedin Egypt, 18 till 
another king arose, 
which knew not Jo- 


seph, 19 The same 
dealt subtilly with 
our kindred, and 
evil entrented our 


fathers, so that they 
east out their young 
children, to the end 
they might not live. 
20 In which time Mo- 
ses was born, and was 
exceeding fair, and 
nourished up in his 
father’s house three 
months: 21 and when 
he was cast out, Pha- 
raoh’s daughter took 
him up, and nourished 
him for her own son. 
22 And Moses was 
learned in all the wis- 
dom of the Egyptians, 
and was mighty in 
words and in deeds. 
23 And when he was 
full forty years old, it 
came into his heart to 
visit his brethren the 
children of Israel. 
24 And seeing one of 
them sufier wrong, he 
defended him, and a- 
venged him that was 
oppressed, and smote 
the Egyptian: 25 for 
he supposed his breth- 
ren would have under- 
stood how that God by 
his hand would deliver 
them : but they under- 
stood not. .26 And the 


eal 


ΤΙ μ. As » 


--. 


BY VIL. 


trod! Δ Ἰωσήφ." 14 ἀποστείλας-δὲ ᾿Ιωσὴφ μετεκαλέπατα, Ὀτὸν 
οἳ Joseph. And haying sent Joseph he calleé for Ἂς: 
πατέρα αὐτοῦ Ἰακώβ," καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν. συγγένειαν. αὐγοῦ," ἐν 
his father Jacob, and all his kindred, in 
~ e “ \ ? ‘ 7 
ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε. 15 ἀκατέβη  δὲ' ᾿Ιακὼβ εἰς Αἴγυπ- 
Ssouls 1seventy “five. And went down Jacob into Egypt 
‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ε , ο. 3 Η 
καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ. πατέρες. ἡμῶν" 16 καὶ 
and died, he and our fathers, and 
’ > , ‘ ᾿ «θ ? ~, , esl] 
µετετέθησαν εἰς Συχέμ, «καὶ ἐτέθησαν ἐν τῷ ᾿μνηματι “Ὁ 
were carried over to Sychem, and were placed in_ the tomb j which 
ὠνήσατο ᾿Αβραὰμ τιμῆς ἀργυρίου παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν "Ἠμμὸρ' 
2hought Abraham for ἃ ΠΠ ofmoney from the sons of Emmor 
Srov' " Συχέμ. 17 Καθὼς. δὲ ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγ- 
of Sychem., But as drew near the time of the pro- 
γελίας ἧς Ἰώμοσενὶ ὁ θεὸς τῷ ᾿Αβραάμ, ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ 
mise © which *swore God to Abraham, *increased *the “people and 
ἐπληθύνθη ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, 18 ἔάχρις" οὗ ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς 
multiplied in Egypt, until arose." *king 
Ue | Weak 2 γὃ ᾿ Ἶ ΄ 19 τ , 
ἕτερος,' ὃς οὔκ-βδει τὸν Lwond. οὗτος κατασοφισᾶµενος 
tanother, who knew not Joseph. He having dealt subtilly with 
\ δ « ~ ? / 4 [ή A « ~ ~ ~ 
τὸ. γένος ἡμῶν, ἐκάκωσεν τοὺς.πατερας.' ἡμῶν, τοῦ ποιεῖν 


τον, 


our race, ill-treated our fathers; making 
πἔκθετα τὰ. βρέφη" αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ μὴ. ζωογονεῖσθαι. 20 Ἐν ᾧ 
Sexposed their “babes that they might not live. In which 


καιρῷ ἐγεννήθη οΜωσῆς," καὶ ἦν ἀστεῖος τῷ θεῷ: ὃς ἀνε- 


time was born Moses, and was beautiful to God; who was 
, ~ ~ ? ~ "» ~ ~ 

τράφη μῆνας τρεῖς εν τῷ οικῳ' τοῦ.πατρὺὸς Ῥαὐτοῦ." 

brought up *months ‘three in the house of his father, 


Q1 αἐκτεθέντα δὲ αὐτόν," τἀνείλετοὶ αὐτὸν ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραώ, 
And “being “exposed ‘he, took up him the daughter of Pharaoh, 
F< ῃ γι, « ΩΝ ? er \ ’ , 

καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ. εἰς υἱόν. 22 καὶ ἐπαιδεύθη 

and brought up him forherself for a son. And ?was “instructed 

Μωσῆς" " πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων" ἦν.δὲ δυνατὸς ἐν 
? Moses in all [the] wisdom of [the] Egyptians, and he was mighty in 

λόγοις καὶ tiv" ἔργοιο. 23 Ὡς. δὲ ἐπληροῦτο αὐτῷ “reo 
words and in decds, And when was fulfilled tohim 3of 

σαρακονταετὴς' χρόνος, ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν.καρδίαν.αὐτοῦ ἔπι- 


“forty *years ta *period, itcame into his heart te 
σκέψασθαι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς.αὐτοῦ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἱσραήλ. 24 καὶ 
look upon his brethren the sons of Israel; ana 
ἰδών τινα ἀδικούμενον, ἠμύνατο καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐκδίκησιν 


seeing ἃ certain one being wronged, he defended [him] and avenged 


~ [ή z ’ 4A , 
τῷ καταπονουµένῳ, πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον. 25 ἐνόμιζεν. δὲ 
him being oppressed, having smitten the Egyptian. Fer he thought 
+ ἢ Ξ - πι 
. συνιέναι τοὺς. ἀδελφοὺς. Χαὐτοῦ" ὅτι ὁ θεὸς διὰ χειρὸς 
Would *understand his “brethren that God by #hand 
αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν γαὐτοῖς σωτηρίαν" οἱδὲ οὐ.συνῆκαν. 
his is giving them salvation. But they ‘understood not, 





2 — τοῦ LTTrA. 


τ — αὐτοῦ (read [his]) GLrTra. 


& — τοῦ TTr. h 


) + én’ Αἴγυπτον over Egypt Lrvr. 
“ὁ Mwvons GLTTraW, 
4 τ ἀνείλατο GLTTrAW. 
7 αὐτοῦ (read his deeds) GLITraw. 


«κθετα LTTrA. 
αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 


{kis)) ΤΊ [4]. 


) σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς LTTrAW. 


- 


b Ἰακὼβ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ LTTrAW. 
aT : ©wmGLTTrAW Ἐμμὼρ LTTrAw. 
| ὡμολόγησεν promised LTTraw. Κ ἄχρι LITA, 
m — ἡμῶν (read the fathers) Lrtra, ra βρέφη 
P — αὐτοῦ (read [his]) GLrtraw. ᾳ ἐκτεθέντος δὲ 
8 + ἐν in (read πάσῃ all) Trraw. t — ἐν LYTrA. 

ἡ τεσσερακονταετῆς TTrA, x — αὐτοῦ (read 


® αὐτοῦ (read his family) Τ. 
LT ἃ καὶ κατέβη LTTrAW. 
+ εν ΙΏ LTTr. 


ΥΠ. 


> ~ 3 
20 ryre" ἐπιούσῃ 
And on the foilowing 


ACTS. 


Εν We) ? - la 

ἡμέρᾳ ώφθη αὐτοῖς μαχομένοις, καὶ 
day | heappeared to those who were contending, and 

*ourndacer' αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην, εἰπών, Ανδρες ἀδελφοί ἐστε 


2 


urged them to peace, saying, Men %brethren are 
« - / - ᾽ ’ - \ > ~ 
δὑμεῖς"" εἱνατίὶ ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλους; 27 Ὁ δὲ ἀδικῶν 
. Pye; why wrong ye ome another? But he who was wronging [his] 


τὸν πλησίον ἀπώσατο αὐτόν, εἰπών, Tic σε κατέστησεν 


neighbour thrust away him, .saying, Who *thee ‘appointed 
ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἀἡμᾶςὶ;, 28 μὴ «ἀνελεῖν με 
ruier and judge over us? ν᾽ ᾿ΠῸ put to death me 
σὺ θέλεις, ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς! τὸν Αἰγύπτιον; 


"thou ‘wishest, in the way thou puttest to death yesterday the 
29 Ἔφυγεν δὲ ‘Mwaic' ἐν τῷ λόγῳ.τούτῳ, καὶ ἐγένετο 


Egyptian? 


And “fled Moses at this saying, and” became 

, ν ~ 2 τ 55 «ἢ 4 , 
πάροικος ἕν γῇ Μαδιάμ, οὗ ἐγέννησεν υιοὺς δύο. 
a@sojourner in [the] land οὗ Madiam, where he begat 39Ο1:8 1two. 
30 Kai πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν Sreacapdkovra’ ὠφθη αὐτῷ ἐν 
‘And “*being *fulfilled “years forty appeared tohim in 
~ δι. ~ ” ἃ ~ » h / Π ? λ \ 
τῷ ἐρήμῳ τοῦ ὄρους Σινᾶ ἄγγελος "κυρίου ἐν φλογὶ 
the desert ofthe Mount Sina anangel of [the] Lord in a flame 
πυρὸς βάτου. 31 ὁ δὲ "Μωσῆς" ἰδὼν Ἰξθαύμασεν" τὸ 
of fire of a bush, And Moses seeing [it] wondered at the 


ὅραμα" προσερχομένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι, ἐγένετο φωνὴ 


vision ; and *cominug *near the toconsider [it], there was a voice 
κυρίου "πρὸς αὐτόν," 82 Ἐγώ ὁ θεὸς τῶν. πατέρων σου, 
οὗ [the] Lord to him, I (am) the God of thy fathers, 
ὁ θεὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ 16 θεὸς" Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ‘6 θεὸς" ᾿Ιακώρ. 
the God of Abraham and the God ofIsaac and the God οἵ Jacob. 
Ἔντρομος.δὲ γενόμενος Μωσῆς" οὐκ ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι. 
And *trembling *having *become *Moses_ - he durst not consider [10]. 
33 εἶπεν δὲ ᾽αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος. Λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν 


And “said *to him ‘the *Lord, Loose the sandal of *fect 

are. ‘ , m?,.li τς .“ Ὁ λεω κα ΄ 34 ἰδὲ 
σου" v.yap τόπος εν ῳᾧ ἕστηκας, YN ayia εστίν. ιδων 
Ithy, forthe place on whichthoustandest,*ground "ΠΟΥ 18. Seeing, 


εἶδον τὴν κάκωσιν ᾿τοῦ.λαοῦ.μου τοῦ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, Kai τοῦ 
Isaw tbe ill-treatment of my people in Egypt, and 
“- ~ ” ‘ , 
στεναγμοῦ." αὐτῶν! ἤκουσα" καὶ κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς" 
their groaning heard, and came down to take “out ‘them; 
καὶ νῦν δεῦρο, ἀποστελῶ" σε εἰς Αἴγυπτον. 35 Τοῦτον τὸν 
and now come, Iwillsend thee to Egypt. This 


.. ~ a , , , , ” 
Μωῦὺσῆν ὃν ἠρνήσαντο εἰπόντες, Τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρ- 


Moses, whom they refused, saying, Who “thee ‘appointed ru- 
χοντα καὶ δικαστήν ; τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς Ρ ἄρχοντα καὶ λυτρωτὴν 
ler and judge? him God [fas] “ruler ‘and ‘deliverer 
αἀπέστειλεν ἐν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ 

tsent by [the] hand of [the] angel who appeared tohim in the 

Los ? , ? / , ‘ 

drw.. 96 οὗτος ἐξήγαγεν αὐτούς, ποιήσας τέρατα καὶ 

bnsh, This one led out them, having wrought wonders and 
~ ~ > 4 Ἴ 5 ~ ΄ 

σημεῖα ἐν Typ" "Αἰγύπτου" καὶ ἐν ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ, 
signs in [Πο] land of Egypt and in[the] Red ος, 


991 


next day he shewed 
himself unto them as 
they strove, and would 
have set them at one 
again, saying, Sifs, ye 
are brethren ; why do 
ye wrong one to an- 
other? 27 But he that 
did his neighbour 
wrong thrust him a- 
way, saying, Who made 
thee a ruler and a 
judge overus? 28 Wilt 
thou kill me, as thou 
diddest the Egyptian 
yesterday? 29 Then 
fled Moses at this say- 
ing, and was astranger 
in the landof Madian, 
where he begat two 
sons. 30 And when 
forty years were ex- 
pired, there appeared 
to him in the wilder- 
ness of mount Sina an 
angel of the Lord ina 
flame of fire in a bush. 
31 When Moses saw it, 
be wondered at the 
sight : and as he drew 
near to behold ἐξ, the 
voice of the Lord came 
.unto him, 382 saying 
I am the God of th 
fathers, the God of 
Abraham, and the God 
of Isaac, and the God 
of Jacob. Then Moses 
trembled, and durst 
not behold. 33 Then 
said the Lord to him, 
Put off thy shoes from 
thy feet : for the place 
where thou standest 
is holy ground. 34 1 
have seen, I have 
scen the affliction of 
my people which is in 
Egypt, and I have 
heard their groaning, 
and am come down to 
deliver them. And 
now come, I will send 
thee into Egypt. 
35 This Moses whom 
they refused, saying, 
Who made thee aruler 
anda judge? thesame 
did God send to be a 
ruler and a deliverer 
.by the hand of the 
angel which appeared 
to him in the bush, 
26 He brought them 
out, after that he had 
shewed wonders and 
signs in the land of 
Egypt, and in the Red 
sea, aud in the wil- 


Εν τ τυ εν ὡς πινω μας μα σο  "  060ὡος  τὕὉ..0..:---..-.---- ---ς--::. 


: δὲ EGW. ἃ συνήλλασσεν ὑττιν,. 
LTra. ἃ ἡμῶν LITrW. © ἐχθὲς LTTrA.” 
b — κυρίου LTTrA. i ἐθαύμαζεν GTAW. 
τῷ ἐφ᾽ LITrA. 2 αὐτοῦ (read [their]) Ltr. _ 
Li[Tr]a. 4 ἀπέσταλκεν σὺν has sent with LTTraw. 
® Αἰγύπτῳ GLTTrA. 


f Mwvors GLYTrAw. 
k — πρὸς αὐτόν LTTrA. 


b ὑμεῖς (read ἐστε ye are) LTTr[A]W. 
& τεοοεράκοντα ΤΎτΑ. 


ο ἀποστείλω LTTrAW. 


τ τῇ (read in Egypt) Ltr. 


ε ἵνα τί 


1 — 6 θεὸς LTTra. 
P + καὶ both 


332 


derness forty years. 
37 This is that Moses, 
which said unto the 
children of Israel, 
A prophet, shall the 
Lord your God raise 
upugto you of your 
brethren, like unto me; 
him shall ye _ hear. 
38 This is he; that was 
in the church in the 
wilderness with the 
angel which spake to 
him in the mount 
Sina, and with our fa- 
thers: who received 
the lively oracles to 
give unto us: .39 to 
whom our fathers 
would not obey, but 
thrust fim from 
them, and in their 
hearts turned back 
again into Egypt, 
40 saying unto Aaron, 
Make us gods to go 
before us: for as jor 
this ~ Moses, which 
brought us out of the 
land of Egypt, we wot 
not what is become of 
him. 4] And they made 
a calf in those days, 
and offered sacrifice 
unto the idol, and re- 
joiced in the works 
of their own hands. 
42 Then God turned, 
and gave them up to 
worship the host of 
heaven; as it is writ- 
ten in the book of the 
prophets,-O ye house 
of Israel, have ye οἳ- 
fered to meslain beasts 
and sacrifices by the 
space of forty years in 
the wilderness? 43 Yea, 
ye took up the ta- 
bernacle of Moloch, 
and the star of your 
god Remphan, figures 
which ye made to wor- 
ship them: and I will 
carry youaway beyond 
Babylon. 44 Our fa- 
thers had the taber- 
nacle of witness in the 
wilderness, as he had 
appointed, speaking 
unto Moses, that he 
should make it accor- 
ding to the fashion 
that he had seen. 
45 Which also our fa- 
thers that came after 
brought in with Jesus 
into the possession of 
the Gentiles, whom 
God drave out before 
the face of our fathers, 


“who received 7oracles 


ΠΡραΑ 5ΕΙ Σ. VII. 


. ~ ’ μὰ τ 

καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἔτη "τεσσαράκοντα"! 87 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ 

and in the wilderness *years lforty. This is the 
ow « ᾽ - co» , ΄ η 

Μωῦσῆς ὁ εἰπὼν! τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραήλ, Ἡροφήτην ὑμῖν 


Moses who said tothe sons of Israel, A prophet’ to you 
ἀναστήσει χκύριος" ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν" ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 
5will‘raise 7up [1116] *Lerd *God Syour from among ?brethren 


ὑμῶν we ἐμέ" ταὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε." 38 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενό- 


tyour like me, him  yeshall hear. This is hewho wag 
μενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ μετὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου τοῦ 
in the assembly in the wilderness with the angel who 


λαλοῦντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ ὄρει Σινᾶ, καὶ τῶν. πατέρων ἡμῶν, 
“spoke tohim in the mount Sina, and with our fathers ; 
/ / ~ tc w z= 
ὃς ἐδέξατο λόγια ζῶντα δοῦναι ἡμῖν 39 w οὐκ-ήθέλησαν 
lliving togive tous: towhom *would*not 
« , ’ ο « , t ~ -a Ὑλλὶ > » - . 3 
ὑπήκοοι γενέσθαι οἱ.πατερες.- ἡμῶν, “a ἀπώσαντο, καὶ 
Ssubject ‘be tour *fathers, but thrust [him] away, and 
ἐστράφησαν ταῖς.καρδίαις. αὐτῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, 40 εἰπόντες 
turned back ‘their hearts to Egypt, saying 
τῷ ᾿Ααρών, Ποίησον ἡμῖν θεοὺς ot προπορεύσονται ἡμῶν" 
to Aaron, Make us gods who shall go before us; 
ε 4 ο ~ ΤΙ κά τι ᾽ , « ~ ᾽ ο 3 > A 
ὁ γὰρ “Μωσῆς" οὗτος ὃς ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς εκ γῆς: Αἰγύπ- 
for Moses 1that who brought “out ‘us from([the]land of Egypt, 
του, οὐκ.οἴδαμεν τί ἀγέγονεν' αὐτῷ. 41 Καὶ ἐμοσχοποίησαν 
we kngw not what has happened to him. And they made a calf 
ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις, καὶ ἀνήγαγον θυσίαν τῷ εἰδώλῳ, 
in those days, and offered sacrifice to the 140], 
ἜΘ. ΄ ᾽ τι τ» ~ ~ betes ». 
καὶ εὐφραίνοντο ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν. χειρῶν. αὐτῶν. 43 Ἔστρεψεν 
and rejoiced in the works of their hands. °Turned 
δὲ ὁ θεὸς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν TY στρατιᾷ τοῦ 
αραῦ ?God «πᾶ deliveredup them toserve the host of the 
οὐρανοῦ" καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ. τῶν προφητῶν, 
heaven ; as it has been written in[the] book - of the prophets, 
Μὴ σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνἐγκατέ μοι ἔτη Ἱτεσσαρά- 
“Slain *beasts ®and “sacrifices (did “ye*offer to me *yéars forty 
κοντα! ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος Ισραήλ; 43 καὶ ἀνελάβετε τὴν 
in the wilderness, Ὁ house of Israel? And yetookup_ the 
σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολόχ, καὶ τὸ ἄστρον τοῦ.θεοῦ. ὑμῶν!" *Peugay," 
tabernacle of Moloch, andthe star of your god Remphan, 
τοὺς τύπους οὓς ἐποιήσατε προσκυνεῖν αὐτοῖς" καὶ μετοικιῶ 
the models which ye made to worship’ them; and I will remove 
τ ~ τη, ~ « ΝῊ ~ / - 
ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος. 44 Ἢ σκηνὴ τὸῦ μαρτυρίου ἦν 
you beyond Babylon. The tabernacle ofthe testimony was 
δὲν" roic.rarpacw.yuav ἐν τῷ ἐρήμῳ, καθὼς  διετάξατα 
among our fathers in’ the wilderness, 88 commanded 
6 λαλῶ Ὁ Μωσῇῃῇ," ῆ UT? ὶ τὸν τύ 
ο ων τῳ. WO, ποιῆσαι αυτην» κατα τοῦ τῦπον 
he who spoke to Moses, to make it according to the model 
ὃν ἑωράκει' 4δ.ἣν καὶ εἰσήγαγον διαδεξάµενοι 
which he had seen; which also “brought “in *having ‘received by *succession 
οἱ πατέρες.ἡμῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν, 
‘our *fathers with Joshua in the taking possession of the nations, 
ὧν ᾖἸέξωσενὶ ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν.πατέρων ἡμῶν, 
whom "ἀτοπο *out 1God from([the] face of our fathers, 





¥ τεσσεράκοντα ΤΤτΑ, 
5 - αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε LTTrA. 
ἆ ἐγένετο happeued Lrtra. 
᾿Ῥομφάν Romphan T, 


---- 


π εἴπας LTTrA. χ — κύριος LTTrA. 
8 ἀλλὰ LTTrA. Ὁ + ἐν LTTrA. 

ες — ὑμῶν (read the God) LTTra, 
ὃ — ἐν (vead to Our) LTTra, 


Σ — ὑμῶν αΙΤΤτΑ, 
ο Μωύσῆς GLITrAW. 
{ Ῥεφάν Rephan Ltraw ; 
2 Μωύσῇ GLITraAW. 1 ἐξεωσεν 1. 


VIL. ACTS. 

ἕως τῶν ἡμερῶν ᾿ἸΔαβίδ'"" 40 ὃς εὗρεν χάριν ἐνώπιον τοῦ 
until the days of David; who found favour before 

θεοῦ, καὶ τήσατο εὑρεῖν σκήνωμα τῷ Meg" ᾿Ιακώβ. 
God, and asked to find atabernacle for the God of Jacob; 


47 "Σολομῶν" δὲ δᾠκοδόμησεν! αὐτῷ οἶκον. 48 ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁ 
but Solonion built him ἃ house. But ποῦ ‘the 
ὕψιστος ἐν χειροποιήτοις Ῥναοῖς" κατοικεῖ, καθὼς ὁ προ- 
?Most *High in hand-made temples dwells ; as the  pro- 
, / « > , , cone ~ « 
φήτης λέγει, 49 Ὃ οὐρανός μοι: θρύνος 1.δὲ yi) ὑὕὑπο- 
phet says, The heaven [is]tomeathrone and the earth a foot- 
πόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου" ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι; λέγει 
stool of my feet : -what house willye build me? _ says 
, , ~ 7 
κύριος" ἢ τίς τόπος τῆς.καταπαύσεώς. μου ; 80 οὐχὶ 
{the] Lord, or what [the] place of my rest? =not 
1].χείρ-µου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα; 51 σκληροτράχηλοι καὶ 
*my "Παπά 7made these 7things ‘all? O stiffuecked and 
ἀπερίτμητοι τῇ καρδίᾳ" καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν, ὑμεῖς ἀεὶ τῷ πνεύματι 
uncirsumcisod inheaft and ears, ye always the Spirit 
τῷ ἁγίῳ ᾽ἀντιπίπτετε, two" οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν, καὶ ὑμεῖς. 52 τίνα 
the Holy resist ; as your fathers, also ye. Which 
τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ.ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέοες ὑμῶν: καὶ ἀπέ- 
of the prophets did not *persecute ?your “fathers? and they 
κτειναν. τοὺς ᾿προκαταγγείλαντας περὶ τῆς ἐλεύσεως τοῦ 
killed | those who before announced concerning the coming of the 
δικαίου, οὗ νῦν ὑμεῖς προδόται Kai φογεῖς *yeyevnabe'! 
Just One, of whom now ye betrayers and murderers have become! 
- ev πὸ Δ ΤᾺ Α ld > A ? ἐν ἢ A 
53 οἵτινες ἐλάβετε τὸν γοµον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων, καὶ 
who  τοεετοαᾶ the law by [the] disposition ofangels, and 
οὐκ. ἐφυλάξατε. 
kept [10] not. 
54 ᾿Ακούοντες.δὲ 


ταῦτα διεπρίοντο ταῖς.καρδίαις αὐτῶν, 
And hearing 


these things they were cut to their hearts, 
ν᾿ ” a ‘ ? ΄ δυσὶ ? , - ταν , A , 
καὶ ἔβρυχον τοὺς ὀδόντας ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 55 Ὑπάρχων δὲ πλήρης 
and gnashed the teeth ‘at —s him. But being full 
πνεύματος ἁγίου, ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, εἶδεν 
of [the] “Spirit *Holy, having looked intently into herven, he saw 
δόξαν θεοῦ, καὶ Ιησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ, 
[the] glory ofGod, and Jesus standing at the right hand of God, 
56 καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Ιδού, θεωρῶ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ᾿ἀνεῳγμένους," καὶ 
and = said, Lo, Ibehold the heavens opened, and 
τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ δεξιῶν ἑστῶτα τοῦ θεοῦ. 
the Son of man “at *the *right (Phang) ‘standing of God. 
57 Κράξαντεςδὲ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ συνέσχον τὰ. ὦτα αὐτῶν 
- Anderying out witha*voice ‘loud they held their ears 
‘ er δ A ? ? ᾽ , 4 > ’ 
καὶ ὥρμησαν ομοθυμαδὸν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, 58 καὶ ἐκβαλόντες 
and rushed ‘with oneaccord upon him, and having cast [him] 
We ~ , ? , 4 « , ’ , 
ἔξω τῆς πόλεως ἐλιθοβόλουγν. καὶ οἱ μάρτυρες ἀπέθεντο 


out of the city they stoned [him], And the witnesses laid aside 
τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτῶν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας νεανίου καλουμένου 
their garments at the feet ofa young man called 


Σαύλον. 59 καὶ ἐλιθοβόλουν τὸν Στέφανον, ἐπικαλούμενον 
Saul. And they stoned - Stephen, invoking 

καὶ λέγοντα, Κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ. πνεῦμά.µου. 60 θεὶς δὲ 

Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. 





1 Aaveid ΤΤΤΤΑ; Aavid Gw. τα οἴκῳ house LT. 
Ρ — ναοῖς (read [places]) GLTTrAW. 
5 ἐγένεσθε Lecame LTTrAW. 





Ὁ Σαλωμὼν Ὁ. 


t διηνοιγμένους LTTrAW, 


And having bowed 


4 καρδίαις hearts LTTr ; ταῖς καρδίαις W. 


998 
unto the days of Da- 
vid ; 46 who found fa 
vour before God, and 
desired to find ataber- 
nacle for the God of 
Jacob. 47 But Solo- 
mon built him an 
house. 48 Howbcit the 
most High dwelleth 
not in temples made 
with hands; as. saith 
the prophet, 49 Heaven 
15 my throne, and earth 
ts my footstool : what 
house will ye build me? 
saith the Lord: or what 
is the place of my rest? 
50 Hath not my hand 
made all these things ? 
51 Yestiffnecked and 
uncircumcised in heart 
and ears, ye do always 
resist the Holy Ghost : 
as your fathers did, so 
do ye. 52 Which of the 
prophets have not your 
fathers ~ persecuted 2 
and they have slain 
them which shewed be- 
fore of the coming of 
the Just One; of whom 
ye have been. now the 
betrayers and murder- 
ers: 53 who have re- 
ceived the law by the 
disposition of angeis, 
and have not kept zt, 


54 When they heard 
these things, they were 
cut to the heart, and 
they gnashed on him 
with their teeth. 55 But 
he, being full of the 
Holy Ghost, looked up 
stedfastly into heaven, 
and saw the glory of 
God, and Jesus stand- 
ing on the right hand 
of God, 56 and said, 
Behold, I see the 
heavens opened, and 
the Son of man stand- 
ing on the right hand 
of God. 57 Then they 
cried out witha loud 
voice,and stopped their 
ears, and ran upon 
him with one accord, 
58 and cast him out of 
the city, and stoned 
him: and the witnesses 


laid down their clothes 


at a young man’s feet, 
whose name was Saul. 
59 And they stoned 
Stephen, calling upon 
Con and saying, Lord 
Jesus, receive my spi- 
rit. 60 And hekneeled 








© οἰκοδόμησεν Tr. 
τ καθὼς τ, 


994 


down, and oried with 
a loud voice, Lord, lay 
not this sin to their 


charge. And when he 
had said this, he fell 
asleep. VIII. And 


Saul was consenting 
anto his death. 


And at that time 
there was a great per- 
secution against the 
church which wag at 
Jerusalem; and they 
were all scattered a- 
broad throughout the 
regions of Juda and 
Samaria, except the 
apostles. 2 And devout 
men carried Stephen to 
his burial, and made 

reat lamentation over 

im. 3 As for Saul, he 
made havock of the 
church, entering into 
every house, and “ha- 
ling men and women 
committed them to pri- 
ΡΟΗ, 


4 Therefore they that 
were scattered abroad 
went every where 
preaching the word. 
5 Then Philip went 
down to the city of 
Samaria, and preached 
Christ unto them. 
6 And the people with 
one accord gave heed 
unto those things 
which Philip spake, 
hearing and seeing the 
miracles which he did. 
7 For unclean spirits, 
crying with loud voice, 
came out of many that 
were possessed with 
them: and many taken 
with palsies, and that 
were lame, were heal- 
ed. 8 And there was 
great joy in that city. 


9 But there was a 
certain man, called 
Simon, which before- 
time in the same city 
used sorcery, and be- 
witched the people of 
Samaria, giving out 
that himself was some 
great one: 10towhom 
they all gave heed, 
from the least to the 
greatest, saying, This 


man is the great power . 


of God. 11 And tohim 
they had regard, be- 
cause that of long time 
he had bewitched them 
with sorccries. 12 But 
when they believed 
Philip preaching the 
things concerning the 


TIPASZ ELS. VII, VII. 
ty, Κύριε, μὴ.στήσῃς αὐτοῖ 
Pied,” ied, νε 


εἰπὼν ἐκοιμήθη. 
having said ος fell asleep, 


τὰ γόνατα ἔκραξεν φωνῇ 
the kmees’ hecried πα ἃ "γοίοο ᾿Ἰοβᾷ, 
υτὴν.ἁμαρτίαν. ταύτην. Καὶ τοῦτο 
this sin. And _this 
- na ~ > Vd 2 ~ 
8 Σαὔλος.δὲ ἦν συνευδοκῶν τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὑτοῦ. 

‘ And Saul was consenting tothe killing of him, 

/ ‘ > ? / ~ ε A , ? ‘ ‘ 
Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ διωγμὸς μέγας emt τὴν 
Απᾶ took placeon that day apersecution ‘great against the 

le ’ / , 
ἐκκλησίαν τὴν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις' πάντες."τεὶ διεσπάρησαν 
assembly which[was] in Jerusalem, and all were scattered 

‘ \ ΄ τος, ὃν ὯΝ ἐδ op | ‘ ~ 
κατὰ τὰς χώρας τῆς Ιουδαίας καὶ "Σαμαρείας" πλὴν τῶν 

throughout the countries of Judea and Samaria except the 
la , A 4 , ” ? “- 

ἀποστόλων. 2 συνεκόμισαν δὲ τὸν Στέφανον ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς, 
apostles. And “buried *Stephen ?men pious, 

‘ πο ’ ᾿ 4 πες ΝΒ 7 2 3. ρω. 3 Σ vA δὲ 
καὶ ἐποιήσαντοὶ κοπετὸν μέγαν επ αὐτῳφ. αὖλος δὲ 
and made 2Jamentation “great oven him. But Saul 

ers / ἈΠῈ > , 
ἐλυμαίνετο τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ.τοὺς.οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος, 
was ravaging the assembly, “house *by *housé entering, 
σύρων.τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας παρεδίδου εἰς φυλακήν. 


anddragging men and women delivered [them] up to prison. 
4 Οἱ ἐν οὖν διασπαρέντες διῆλθον, εὐαγγελιζό- 
They who therefore had beén scattered passed through, announcing the 
μενοι τὸν λόγον. 5 Φίλιππος.δὲ κατελθὼν εἰς” πόλιν 


glad tidings— the word, And Philip, going down to a city 


τῆς Σαμαρείας" ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Χριστόν. 6 προσεϊχόν 
of Samaria, proclaimed tothem the Christ; “cave “heed 
Are! οἱ ὄχλοι τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου ὁμο- 
land “the Scrowds tothe things © spoken by Philip with 
θυµαδόν, ἐν.τῷ-ἀκούειν. αὐτοὺς καὶ βλέπειν τὰ σημεῖα ἃ 


one accord, when they heard and saw the - signs which 
ἐποίει. 7 ὑπολλῶν] γὰρ τῶν ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκά- 
he did, For of mahy of those who had spirits un- 
~ σ 2. ~ ? ’ ell Δ κι 
θαρτα, βοῶντα “μεγάλῃ φωνῇ ἐξήρχετο πολλοὶ δὲ 
clean, *crying ‘with δα "loud voice ‘they *went 7out; and many 


λ λ , Ν ΟΣ ῪΣ / d \ 3.8 
παραλελυμενοι καὶ χωλοὶ ἐθεραπεύθησαν. 8 "καὶ ἔγενετο 
having been paralysed and lame were healed. And 3was 
χαρὰ µεγάλη" ἐν τῇ.πόλει ἐκείνῃ. 
2joy ‘great in that city. 
> \ , , ra ~ “-“ 
9 ᾿Ανὴρ.δέ.ιτις ὀνόματι Σίμων προὐπῆρχεν ἐν τῇ πόλει 
Βαΐ acertainman, by name Simon, wasformerly in the city 
µαγεύων καὶ “ἐξιστῶν" τὸ ἔθνος τῆς "Σαμαρείας," λέγων 
using magic arts and amazing the nation of Samaria, saying 
εἶναί τινα ἑαυτὸν μέγαν 10 ᾧ προσεῖχον πάντες 


= t 
7co*be *tsome ‘himself great one, To whom ?were *giving *heed ‘all 


4 ~ er ’ , » & 
ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, λέγοντες, Οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ δύναμις 
from small to great, saying, Thisone is the power 

~ ~ ε , ~ \ ~ 
τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ =f µεγάλη. 11 ἩΠροσεῖχον δὲ αὐτῷ, διὰ 


of God which[is] great. And they were giving heed tohim, because 


δι - , ~ / 
τὸ ἱκανῷ χρόνῳ ταῖς ϑμαγείαις") ἐξεστακέναι αὐτούς. 
thatforalong time with the magic arts [he] had amazed them, 
wv ι / ~ ΄ 
12 “Οτε.δὲ ἐπίστευσαν τῷ Φιλίππῳ εὐαγγελιζομένῳ 


But when they believed Philip announcing the glad tidings— 


a tS ο ασ ος ρτ  ωτν οι 


"ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν LTrAW. 
[ΤΊ * + τὴν the (city) Lt. 
ἐξήρχοντο (ἐξήρχετο G) GLTTrAW. 
© + καλουμένη called GLrTraw. 


LTTrAW. 


Υ ἐποίησαν 
© φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 
9 ἐξιστάνων LITA. 


w δὲ LTrA 3 — τετ. * Σαμαρίας τ. 
a δὲ LTTrAW. Ὁ πολλοὶ LTTrA, 
d ἐγένετο δὲ πολλὴ χαρὰ LTTrA. 

& μαγίαις Τ. 


ACTS. 


h ‘|| 4 τὰ λ , ~ θ ~ 4 
τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ 
the things concerning the kingdom of God and 
trov' ᾿[ησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἐβαπτίζοντο ἄνδρες.τε 
of Jesus Christ, they were baptized both men 

13 ὁ δὲ Σίμων καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπίστευσεν, καὶ 
And Simon also himself believed, 
προσκαρτερῶν τῷ Φιλίππῳ" θεωρῶν τε "σημεῖα καὶ 
steadfastly continuing with Philip; *beholding ‘and signs 
ες μεγάλας γινομένας," ἐξίστατο. 14 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ οἱ 
τὸ οὐδ αρτοαῦ being done, Was amazed, And *having Sheard 'the 
δέδεκται ἡ 'Sapapea" τὸν 


VIII. 
τοῦ 
the 


καὶ 
and 


ὀνόματος 
name 
γυναῖκες. 
women, 
‘ τ 
βαπτισθεὶς ἦν 
and having been baptized was 


δυνά- 
and ?works “of 


ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι ὅτι 


3in *Jerusalem “apostles that "had -received 'Samfria the 
λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸν! Πέτρον καὶ 
word © of God, they sent to them Peter and 
"Ἰωάννην" 15 οἵτινες καταβάντες προσηύξαντο περὶ 
John ; who having come down > prayed for 

? ~ ε/ ’ ~ er 6 ο » ll ‘ 
αὐτῶν, πως λάβωσιν πνεῦμα ἅγιον. 16 οὔπω γὰρ 

them, that they might receive[the] “Spirit ‘Holy; for not yet 
ἦν ἐπ᾽ οὐδενὶ. αὐτῶν ἐπιπεπτωκός, μόνον.δὲ βεβαπ- 
was Ἠθ upon any of them fallen, but only Sbap- 


(lit. no one) ! . : 
[ή ε - 4 » ~ , ~ 
τισμενοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ Όνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. 17 τότε 


tized 1they “were to the name ofthe Lord Jesus, Then 
Ρἐπετίθουν! τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, καὶ ἐλάμβανον πνεῦμα 
they laid hands upon them, and they received [the] *Spirit 
ἅγιον. 18 ἀθεασάμενος'.δὲ ὁ Σίμων ὅτι διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως 
1Ἠο]γ. But “having “seen Simon that by the laying on 
TOY χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων δίδοται τὸ πνεῦμα Ἱτὸ ἅγιον," 
ofthe hands ofthe apostles was given the Spirit the Holy, 


προσήνεγκεν αὐτοῖς χρήματα, 19 λέγων, Δότε κἀμοὶ τὴν 
he offered to them riches, saying, Give also to me 
ἐζουσίαν.ταύτην, ἵνα ᾧ-“ἂν' «ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας, λαμ- 
this authority, that on whomsoever I may lay hands, he may re- 
Bary πνεῦμα ἅγιον. 20 Πέτρος. δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, 
ecive [the] 7Spirit ‘Holy. - But Peter said to him, 
Τὸ ἀργύριόν.σου σὺν σοὺ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν' ὅτι τὴν 
Thy money with thee may it be to destruction, because the 
δωρεὰν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνόμισας διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι. 21 οὐκ 
gift of God thou didst think by riches ἕο be obtained. SNot 
ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ.λόγῳ.τούτῳ' ἡ.γὰρ 
‘there 318 to thee part nor lot in this matter ; for the 


καρδία σου οὐκ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα ᾿ἐνώπιον" τοῦ θεοῦ. 22 µετανόη- 
heart of thee i- not right before God. Repent 


σον οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας. σου ταύτης, καὶ δεήθητι Ἱτοῦ θεοῦ," 
therefore of *thy *wickedness this, and supplicate God, 


εἰ ἄρα" ἀφεθήσεταί σοι ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς.καρδίας.σου. 99 εἰς 


if indeed may. be forgiven to {Πορ the thought of thy heart ; 31Ώ 
γὰρ χολὴν πικρίας καὶ σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας ὁρῶ σε 
for agall of bitterness and a boned of unrightcousness I see thee 


ὄντα. 24 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Σίμων εἶπεν, Δεήθητε ὑμεῖς ὑπὲρ 
to be. And “answering 1Simon_ said, Supplicate ye on behalf 
ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ὧν 
ofme ὁ the Lord, sothat nothing maycome upon me of which 


335 


kingdom of God, and 
the name of Jesus 
Christ, they were bap- 
tized, both men and 
women, 13 Then Si- 
mon himself believed 
also : and when he was 
baptized, he continued 
with Philip, and won- 
dered, beholding the 
miracles and signs 
which were done. 
14 Now when the apo- 
stles which were at 
Jerusalem heard that 
Samaria had received 
the word of God, they 
sent unto them Peter 
and John: 15 who, 
when they were come 
down, prayed forthem, 
that they might re- 
ceive the Hcly Ghost : 
16 (for as yet he was 
fallen upon none of 
them : only they were 
baptized in the name 
of the Lord Jesus.) 
17 Then laid they their 
hands on them, and 
they received the Holy 
Ghost. 18 And when Si- 
mon saw that through 
laying on of the apo- 
stles’ hands the Holy 
Ghost was given, he 
offered them money, 
19 saying, Give me al- 
so this power, that on 
whomsoever I lay 
hands, he may τε- 
ceive the Holy Ghost, 
20 But Peter said unto 
him, Thy money perish 
with thee, because thou 
hast thought that the 
gift of God may be 
purchased with money. 
21 Thou hast neither 
part nor lot in this 
matter: for thy heart 
is not right in the 
sight of God. 22 Re- 
pent therefore of this 
thy wickedness, and 
pray God, if perhaps 
the thought of thine 
heart may be forgiven 
thee. 23 For 1 perceive 
that thou art in the 
gall of bitterness, and 
zn the bond of iniquity. 
24 Then answered Si- 
mon, andsaid, Pray ye 
to. the Lord for me, 
that none of these 
things which ye have 
spoken come upon me, 





h — τὰ LTTrAW. i— τοῦ GLITrAW. 
! Σαμαρία Τ. m — τὸν LTTrAW. 
LTTra 4 ἰδὼν GLTTrAW. 
¥ τοῦ κυρίου the Lord LITraw. 


2 Ἰωάνην Tr. 


τ--- τὸ ἅγιον T[Tr]A. 5 ἐὰν EGLTIrAW. 


Κ δυνάμεις καὶ σημεῖα μεγάλα γινόμενα GW, 
ο οὐδέπω LTTrAW. 


Ρ ἐπετίθεσαν 
ἕεναντι GLITrAW. 


906. 


«5 And they, when 
they had testified and 
preached the word of 
the Lord, returned 
to Jerusalem, and 
preached the gospel 
in many villages of the 
Samaritans, 


26 And the angel 
of the Lord spake 
unto DPhilip, saying, 
Arise, and go toward 
the south unto the 
way that goeth down 


from Jcrusalem unto. 


Gaza, which is desert. 
27 And he arose απ’ἱ 
went: and, behold, a 
man of Ethiopia, an 
eunuch of great autho- 
rity under Candace 
queen of the Ithio- 
pians, who had the 
charge of all her trea- 
sure, and had come to 
Jerusalem for to wor- 
ship, 28 was returning, 
and sirting in his cha- 
riot read Essias the 
prophet. 29 Then the 
Spirit said unto Philip, 
Ge near, and join thy- 
self to this chariot. 
30 And Philip ran 
thither to him, and 
beard him read the 
prophet Esaias, and 
said, Understaundest 
thou what thou read- 
est? 31 And he said, 
How can I, except 
some man should guide 
me? And he desired 
Philip that he would 
cone up and sit with 
him. 32 The place of 
the scripture which he 
read was this, He was 
led as a sheep to the 
slaughter ; and like a 
lamb dumb before his 
shearer, so opened he 
not his mouth: 33 in his 
huniiliation his judg- 
ment wastuken away: 
and who shall declare 
his generation? for his 
life is taken from the 
earth. 34 And the eu- 
buch answered Philip, 
and said, I pray thee, 
of whom speaketh the 
prophet this? of him- 
self, or of some other 
man? 35 Then Philip 
opened his mouth, and 
began at’ the same 


* ὑπέστρεφον were returning LTTraw. 
* ευηγγελίζοντο Were announcing the glad tidings Lrtraw. 
© — os Ἐπ] πη]: 
5 ἀράγε GT. 
(γεαά the humiliation) utr, | 


LTTraw. 
1ΤΤτΓΑ. 


ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ, ΥΙΠ. 

~ 4 τς Ξ . 
εἰρήκατε. 25 Οἱ μὲν οὖν διαμαρτυράµενοι καὶ λαλή- 
ye have spoken. They therefore having earnestly testified and having 


Ν , ~ , w e , Ww ΠῚ ? xT λ , tt 
σαντες TOY λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, "υπεστρεψα» εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ, 
spoken the word ofthe Lord, returned to Jerusalem, 

, , ~ ~ ? fd 5 
πολλάστε κώμας τῶν ΣΣαμαρειτῶνὶ ᾿εὐηγγελίσαντο." 
and [to] many villages of the Samaritans announced the-glad tidings, 


26 "Αγγελος δὲ * κυρίου ἐλάλησεν πρὸς Φιλιππον, λέγων, 


But anangel οὗ [the] Lord- spoke to Philip, : saying, 
, ‘ . , / ? ‘ A ε ‘ 
᾿Ανάστηθι καὶ “ποβεύου" κατὰ μεσημβρίαν, ἐπὶ τὴν ὑδὸν 
Niise up and go towards [the] south, on the way 
‘ ΄ ? \ « A > ’ . .“ 
τὴν καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ εἰς Τάζαν' αἵτη 
which goes down, from Jcrusalem to Gaza: the same 


? ‘ ΕΣ \ ? \ ? , - \ 2 Ba 2 oY 
ἐστὶν ἔρημος. 27 και ἀναστὰς ἐπορεύθη" καὶ ἰδού, ἀνὴρ 
15 descrt. And haying risen up he went. And lo, aman 
Αἰθίοψ εὐνοῦχος δι'νάστης Κανδάκης Ὀτῆςἳ βασιλίσσης 
an Ethiopian, aeunuch, one in power under Candace the queen 
Αἰθιόπων, ὃς ἦν ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς.γάζης αὐτῆς, Soc" 
of [the] Ethiopians, who was over all _ her treasure, who 
ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς ἹΙερουσαλήμ, 28 ἣν. τε ὑποστρέφων 
had come “to *worship 1to «© * Jerusalem, and was” returning 
καὶ καθήμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ.ἅρματος-αὐτοῦ, «καὶ ἀνεγίνωσπεν 3 
and sitting in his chariot, and he was reaaing 
τὸν προφήτην Ἡσαΐαν. 29 εἶπεν δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τῷ Φιλίππῳ, 
the prophet Esaias. Andsaid the Spirit to Pi.ilip, 
Πρόσελθε καὶ κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι.τούτῳ. 80 Προσδραμων. δὲ 


ἃ 


Gonear and jointhyself | to this chariot. And running up 
ὁ Φίλιππου ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ ἀναγινώσκοντος troy προφήτην 
Philip heard him reading the prophet 


ΕΑρά.γε" γινώσκεις ἃ ἀναγινώσκεις; 
Esaias, and said, *Then?dost *thou know what thou readest? 
31 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Πῶς γὰρ ἂν δυναίµην tav.py τις Ἀόδη- 

But he said, [No,] forhow shouldI beable unless someone should 
γήσῃ" µε; Παρεκάλεσέν.τε τὸν Φίλιππον ἀναβάντα καθισαι 
guide me? And he-besought Philip having comeup tosit 
σὺν αὐτῷ. 82 ἡ.ζὲ περιοχὴ τῆς γραφῆς ἣν ἀνεγίνωσκεν 
with him. Andthe passage of the scripture which he was reading 
ἦν αὕτη, Ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη, καὶ we ἀμνὸς 
was this, As a sheep to slaughter he wasled, and as a lamb 
ἐναντίον τοῦ Ἰκείροντος! αὐτὸν ἄφωνος, οὕτως οὐκ.ἀνοίγει 

before him who shears him [15] dumb, thes he opens not 
τὺ.στόμα.αὐτοῦ. 33 ἐν τῇ.ταπεινώσει Καὐτοῦἳ ἡ.κρίσις-αὐτοῦ 
his mouth. In his humiliation his judgment 


Ἡσαΐαν," καὶ εἶπεν, 


» A ‘ ’ ~ / ΄ 
ἤρθη, τὴν. ἰδὲ) γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται; Ort 
wastakenaway, andthe generation ofhim who = shall declare? for 


” > 4 ~ ~ ε ‘ ~ ‘ Nes ? ρω 
αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ.αὐτοῦ. 94 Αποκοιθεὶς.δὲ ὁ εὐνοῦχος 
18 taken from the earth his life. Aud answering the eunuch 


τῷ Φιλίππῳ. εἶπεν, Δέομαί σου, περὶ τίνος ὁ προφήτης 


to °Philip ‘said, Ipray thee, concerning whom *the *prophet 
μ ~ 9 ε ~ n η ε to 3 
λεγει τοῦτο ; περι. εαυτοῦ, ἢ περὶ ἐἑτέρου.τινός ; 
says this? concerning himself, or concerning some other? 


? , | / 9 , ~ 
35 ᾿Ανοίξας δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος τὺ.στόμα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀρξάμενος 
Απά “having “opened  3ΣΡΗΙΗΡ -his mouth, and having begun 





x Ἱεροσόλυμα LTTrA. Υ Σαμαριτῶν 1. 
ἃ πορεύθητι L. b— τῆς 

{ Ἡσαΐαν τὸν προφήτην 
1 κείραντος ΤΑ. k — αὐτοῦ 


ἆ — καὶ LT[Tr]w. 6 +. τε, and 1, 
h ὁδηγήσει shall guide Tir, 
1— δὲ and tTT:[ A]. 


- 


ACTS. 


εὐηγγελίσατο.αὐτῷ 
announced to him the glad tidings— 


VIII, IX. 
ἄπὸ τῆς γραφῆς.ταύτης, 


from this scripture, Je- 
~ ‘ « ΄ ς 2 ? ’ 
σοῦν. 86 ὡς. δὲ ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἦλθον ἐπί 
sus. And as they were going along' the way, they came upon 
τι ὕδωρ' καί φησιν ὁ εὐνοῦχος, Ἰδοὺ ὕδωρ' τί κωλύει 
acertain water, and *says ‘the 3εαπαςῃ, Behold water; what hinders 
~ απ A ΄ 2 £ = 2 
µε βαπτισθῆναι ; 97 "Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος, Ei πιστεύεις ἐξ 
me _ to be baptized? And ?said 1Philip, If thou believest from 
’ - ’ ‘4 ‘\ - / 
ὕλης "τῆς καρδίας, ἔξεστιν. ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ εἶπεν, Πιστεύω 
2whole ‘the heart, it is lawful. And answering he said, I believe 
τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἶναι τὸν [ησοῦν Χριστόν." 38 Kai ἔκέλευ- 
®the °Son 7of God *to*be 1Jesus Christ. And hecom- 
σεν στῆναι τὸ dopa’ καὶ κατέβησαν ἀμφότεραι εἰς 
manded 5ἴο *stand ὅ51111 'the chariot. And they went down both to 


, ‘ {/ e / ‘ « ? δὰ = Say: ΄ ? , 
τὸ ὕδωρ, ὅ.τε Φίλιππος καὶ ὁ εὐνοῦχος" καὶ ἐβάπτισεν αὐτόν. 


τὸν Ἰη- 


the water, both Philip andthe eunuch, and he baptized him. 
39 ὅτε δὲ ἀνέβησαν ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος πνεῦμα κυρίου 


But when they came πρ out of the water [the]. Spirit of (the) Lord 
Fate ny: ͵ \ => ἣν μα αι Le ε 
ἥρπασεν τὸν Φίλιππον' καὶ οὐκ εἶδεν αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὃ 

caught away Philip, and ssaw *him no οτε ithe 

εὐνοῦχος, ἐπορεύετο.γὰρ τὴν. ὁδὸν. αὐτοῦ χαίρων. 40 Φιλιππος 


eunuch, for he went - his way rejoicing. ?Philip 
δὲ εὑρέθη. εἰς “AZwrov* καὶ διερχόμενος εὐηγ- 
*but was found at Azotus, and passing through he announced the 
γελίζετο τὰς πόλεις πάσας, ἕως τοῦ.ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς 
glad tidings [{ο]3ἱ:π9 cities lal, till he camé to 
οΚαισάρειαν." 

Ceesarea. 

9 Ὁ. δὲ Σαῦλος ἔτι Ῥἐμπνέων" ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς 

; But Saul, ‘still breathing out threatenings and slaughter towards 


τοὺς μαθητὰς τοῦ κυρίου, προσελθὼν τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ 2 YrHoaTo 


the ,disciples ofthe Lord, having come to the high priest asked 
παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐπιστολὰς εἰς Δαμασκὸν πρὸς τὰς. συναγωγάς, 
from him letters to Damascus, to the synagogues, 
ὅπως “ἐάν! τινας εὕρῃ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντας" ἄνδρας.τε καὶ 
Βο that if any hefound 7of*the *way ‘being bothmen and 
γυναῖκας, δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. ὃ ἐν. δὲ 
women, having bound he might bring [them] to Jerusalem. But in 


τῷ πορεύεσθαι 


ἐγένετο; αὐτὸν ἐγγίζειν τῇ Δαμασκῷ, "καὶ 
proceeding 


itcametopass he ᾿ drew near to Damascus, and 
ἐξαίφνης" ἵπεριήστραψεν αὐτὸν" φῶς "ἀπὸ! τοῦ οὐρανοῦ" 
suddenly shone round about him alight from the heaven, 
4 καὶ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἤκουσεν φωνὴν λέγουσαν αὐτῷ, 
and having fallen on the earth heheard a voice saying to him, 
Σαούλ, Σαούλ, τί µε διώκεις ; 5 Ἐἶπεν.δε, Τίς εἶν; 
Saul, Saul, why me dost thou persecute? And he said, Who art thou, 
poe; Ὁ.δὲ “κύ ἵπεν,! Ἐγώ εἰμι ᾿Ιησοῦς Υ ὃν σὺ 
κύριε; -0& ἥὄκυριος εἶπεν," Eyw εἰμι Ἰησοῦς Υ ὃν σὺ 
Lord? Andthe Lord said, Ι am Jesus 
διώκεις" ᾿Ζσκληρόν' σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν. 
persecutest. [ς1ὐ15] ‘hard for thee against [the] goads to kick. 
6 Τρέμων.τε καὶ θαμβῶν εἶπεν, Κύριε τί µε θέλεις 
Andtrembling and astonished he said, Lord, What me desirest thou 


whom thou’ 


337 


scripture,and preached 
nuoto him Jesus, 36 And 
as they went on their 
way. they came unto 
a curtain water: and 
the eunuch said, See, 
here is water; what 
doth hinder me to be 
baptized ? 37 And Phi- 
lip said, If thou believ- 
est With all thine heart, 
thou mayest. And he 
answered and said, I 
believe that Jesus 
Christ is the Son of 
God. 38 And he com- 
manded the chariot to 
stand still: and they 
went down both into 
the water, both Philip 
andthe eunuch; andhe 
baptized him, 39 And 
when they were come 
up out of the water, 
the Spirit of the Lord 
caught away Philip, 
that the eunuch saw 
him no more: and he 
went on his way re- 
joicing, 40 But Philip 
was found at Azotus: 
and passing through 
he preached in all the 
cities, till he came to 
Ceesarea. 


IX. And Saul, yet 
breathitg out threat- 
enings and slaughter 
against the disciples of 
the Lord, went unto 
the high priest, 2 and 
desired of him letters 
to Damascus to the 
synagogues, that if ‘he 
found any of this way, 
whether they were men 
or women, he might 
bring them bound un- 


.to Jerusalem. 3 And 


as he journeyed, he 
came near Damascus : 
and suddenly there 
shined round* about 
him a light from hea- 
ven: 4 and he fell to 
the earth, and heard a 
voice saying unto him, 
Saul, Saul, why perse- 
cutest thou me? 5 And 
he said, Who art thou, 
Lord? And the Lord 
said, lam Jesus whom 
thou persecutest : it is 
hard for thee to kick a- 
gainst the pricks. 6And 
he trembling and asto- 
nished said, Lord, what 
wilt thou have me to 





Ὁ — verse 37 GLTTrA. P ἐνπνέων τ. ᾳ ἄν τ. 
" ἐξαίφνης τε LTTrAW, 
vex out of LTTrw. w+ [σύ] κ. 
Ναζωραῖος the Nazarene [L]w. 


Ζ 


© Καισαρίαν τ." 


¥ ὄντας τῆς ὁδοῦ, τ. 


t περιέστραψεν αὐτὸν Ἐ; αὐτὸν περιέ- Τ,; αὐτὸν περιή- ΤΥΓΑΥ,. 
Σ-- κύριος εἶπεν (read he [said]) LTTraAw. 
‘© — σκληρόν .... πρὸς αὐτόν (verse 6) GLTTrAW. 


y¥+o0 


998 


do? And the Lord 
said unto him, Arise, 
and go into the city, 
and it shall be told 
thee what thou must 
do. 7 And the men 
which journeyed with 
him stood speechless, 
hearing a voice, but 
secing no man, 8 And 
Saul arose from the 
eurth ; and when his 
eyes were opened, he 
saw noman: but they 
led him by the hand, 
aud brought him into 
Damascus, 9 And he 
Wus three days with- 
out sight, and neither 
did eat nor drink. 
10 And there was a 
certain disciple at Da- 
miascus, Named Ana- 
nias ; and to him said 
the Lord in a vision, 
Auanias, And he said, 
Behold, I am here, 
Lord. 11 And _ the 
Lord said unto him, 
Arise, and go into the 
street which is called 
Straight, and inquire 
in the house of Judas 
for one called Saul, of 
Tar-us: for, behold, he 
prayeth, 12 and bath 
seen in a vision a man 
named Ananias com- 
ing in, and putting 
his band on him, that 
he might receive his 
sight. 13 Then Ananias 
answered, Lord, 1 have 
heard by many of this 
man, how mucheyil he 
hath done to thy saints 
at Jerusalem: 14 and 
here he hath authority 
from the chief priests 


to bind allthat callon: 


thy name. 15 But the 
Lord said unto him, 
Go thy way : for he is 
a chosen vessel unto 
me, to bear my name 
before the Gentiles, 
and kings, and the 
children of Isracl: 
16 for 1 will shew him 
how great things he 
must suffer for my 
name’s sake. 17 And 
Ananias weut his way, 
and entered into the 
house; and putting his 
hands on him said, 
Brother Saul,the Lord, 


IX, 


‘ "ἢ ate , 9 4 
πρὸς AUTOY, ναστηθι καὶ 
to do? And the Lord [said] to him, Rise up and 
’ ‘ ΄ x / / / - 
εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ λαληθήσεταί σοι Pri σε δεῖ 
enter into the City, and it shall be told thee what thee it behoves 


ποιεῖν. 7 Οἱ.δὲ. ἄνδρες οἱ συνοδεύοντες αὐτῷ εἱστήκεισαν 
to do, But the men who were travelling with him stood 
Ciyveot," ἀκούοντες .μὲν τῆς φωνῆς μηδένα.δὲ θεωροῦντες. 
speechless, hearing - indeed the voice but no one seeing. 
/ . ‘ an ~ > 4 - κ... 4 " - 
8 ἠγέρθη.δὲ 46" Σαῦλος ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς" “ἀνεῳγμένων!".δὲ τῶν 
And rose up Saul from the earth, and having been opened 
ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ οὐδένα" ἔβλεπεν. χειραγωγοῦντες.δὲ αὐτὸν 
his eyes no one he saw. But leading *by *the*hand *him 
eee ’ , \ er ς , _~ \ ΄ 
εἰσηγαγον εἰς Δαμασκόν. ὃ καὶ ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλε- 
they brought [him]to Damascus. And he was 7*days ‘three not’ see- 
πων, καὶ οὐκ. ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν. 10 Ἢν. δέ τις μαθητὴς 
ing, and didnoteat nor drink. And there was acertain disciple 
ἐν Δαμασκῷ ὀνόματι Avaviac’ καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν $6 κύριος 
in Damascus by name Ananias. And *said *to ‘him ‘the *Lofd 
, c ΄ Π ? , « Ὧν “ Ἴδ 4 3 ᾽’ ’ 
ἐν ὁράματι, Ανανία. O.0& εἶπεν, οὐ ἐγώ, κύριε. 
ἴῃ a vision, Ananias. Andhe said, Behold [here am] I, Lord. 
11 Ὁ. δὲ κύριος. πρὸς αὐτόν, Ν᾿ Αναστὰς" πορεύθητι ἐπὶ 
Andthe Lord to him ᾿ [said], Having risen up go into 
τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν, καὶ ζήτησον ἐν οἰκί 
the street which [15 σα]]εᾷ Straight, and seek in [the] house 
Ἰούξα Σαῦλον ὀνόματι, Ταρσέα. ἰδοὺ.γὰρ προσεύχεται, 
οὗ Judas[one] Saul by name, of Tarsus: for lo he prays, 
12 καὶ εἶδεν ἱὲν ὁράματι ἄνδρα! Κὀνόματι Ανανίαν! εἰσελθόντα 


ΠΡΑΞΕΙ Σ. 


~ ee « + 
ποιῆσαι; Kat ο κυριος 


andhesaw in avision aman by name Ananias coming 
καὶ ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ lyeioa," ὕπως  ἀναβλέψη. 19 ᾿Απε- 
and putting onhim ahand, 5ο ὑμαῦ he should receive signt. *An- 


κρίθη δὲ τὸ" ᾿Ανανίας, Κύριε, "ἀκήκοα! ἀπὸ πολλῶν. "περὶ 
swered ‘and Ananias, Lord, I have heard from many concerning 
τοῦ.ἀνδρὸς.τούτου, ὅσα κακὰ “ἐποίησεν τοῖς. ἁγίοις. σου" ἐν 
this man, how many evils he did to thy saints in 
« κ oY ” , ~ ΡΣ 
Ιερουσαλήμ᾽ 14 καὶ ὧδε ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν. ἀρχιερέων 
Jerusalem ; and here he has authority from the chief priests 
δῆσαι πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους TO.dvopa.cov. 15 Εἶπεν. δὲ 


tobind all who call on thy name. And said 
πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος, Πορεύου, ὅτι σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς Ῥμοι 
*to Shim ‘the “Lord, Go, for avessel of election to me 
? \ τ ~ , J ο ρω 
ἐστὶν" οὗτος τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά.μου ἐνώπιον “ἐθνῶν Σ 
18 this [man], to bear my name before Gentiles 
καὶ βασιλέων, vidy.re ‘Iopand. 16 ἐγὼ γὰρ ὑποδείξω 
and kings, and [the] sons of Israel: for 1 will shew 
? ~ e -" A ρω ~ 
αὐτῷ ὕσα δεῖ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ.ὀνόματός-μου παθεῖν. 
to him how much it behoves him for " * my name to suffer. 


> ~ A ? , ‘ ~ , 
17 ᾿Απῆλθεν δὲ ᾿Ανανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ 
And*went*away ‘Ananias and entered into .the house; and 
? \ ? ? ’ 4 ~ ~ κ « 
ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας εἶπεν, Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ, ὁ 
having laid upon him [his] hands -hesaid, 7Saul ‘brother, the 


SS 


5. + ἀλλὰ but GLTTraw. 
μένων LA; ἠνοιγμένων 1". 
Ἀ᾽Ανάστα Rise up L. 


LTTra. 
heurd uttra. 


"τὰς (— τὰς TTr) χεῖρας the hands LTTr. 
ο τοις ἁγίοις σου ἐποίησεν LTTrA, 
Σ + τε both (Gentiles) Litraw. 


> ὅ τι LTTrA, ο ἐνεοί LTTrAW. 4 ὃ LTTrAW. ε ἠνεῳγ- 
εν f οὐδὲν nothing LiTrW. 8 ἐν ὁράματι ὃ κύριος LTTrAW. 
— €v ὁράματι EVA; ἄνδρα [ἐν ὁράματι] tr. Κ᾿ Ανανίαν ὀνόματι 
Veo CLIT. 2 Ἴκουσα I 

P ἐστίν μοι LTTrAw. 4 + τῶν the L. 


ΕΣ ACTS. 
κύριος ἀπέσταλκέν µε, ᾿ξησοῦς ὁ ὀφθείς σοι ἐν τῇ ὑδῷ 
Lord has sent me, Jesus who appeared totheec in the way 
ἑ τ » ε > ’ \ θη , 
ἤρχου, ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῃς πνεύ- 


in which thou camest, that thou mightestreceivesight and be filled with{the] 
an © , \ > , 5 2 , ? \ ~ ? 6 λ ~ 
ματος ἁγίου. 18 Καὶ εὐθέως "ἀπέπεσον ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν 


Spirit Ηο]γ. And immediately fell from “eyes 
αὐτοῦ" ὡσεὶ" λεπίδες, ἀνέβλεψέν.τε παραχρῆμα," καὶ 
ληϊβ as it were scales, and he reccived sight instantly, and 


ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη, 19 καὶ λαβὼν τροφὴν ἐνίσχυσεν" 
having risen up was baptized ; and having taken food he wasstrengthened, 
Ἐγένετο.δὲ τὸ Σαῦλος" μετὰ τῶν ἐν Δαμασκῷ μαθητῶν ἡμέρας 
And ?was Ὁ 4Saul with the 7in *Damascus ‘disciples days 
τινάς" 20 καὶ εὐθέως ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ἐκήρυσσεν 
*certain. And immediately in the synagogues he was proclaiming 
τον Ἀχριστόν,' ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. 91 ἐξίσταντο. δὲ 
Christ, that he is the Son of God. And *were *amazed 
πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες, καὶ ἔλεγον, Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας 
tall who heard, and said, 7Not “this ‘is hewho destroyed 
"ἐν" Ἱερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸὺ.ὄνομα.τοῦτο, καὶ 
in derusalem those who called on this name, and 
+ > ~ > , uv - / ᾽ \ ιτ OF 
ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλύθει ἵνα δεδεμένους αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ 
here_for—— this had come that *bound *them Πο *might “bring 
ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς ; 22 Σαὔλος.δὲ μᾶλλον ἐνεδυναμοῦτο, καὶ 
to the chief priests? But Saul more increasedin power, and 
Σσυνέχυνεν! “τοὺς! Ἰουδαίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν Δαμασκῷ, 
confounded the Jews who. dwelt in Damascus, 
συµβιβάζων ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός. 23 ὡς δὲ ἐπληροῦντο 
proving that this is the Christ. Now when were fulfilled 
ἡμέραι ἱκαναί, συνεβουλεύσαντο. οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀνελεῖν αὐ- 
“days *many, ‘consulted together *the “Jews to put to death him, 
τόν" 24 ἐγνώσθη.δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν. Όπαρε- 
But became known to Saul their plot. ?They *were 
τήρουν! re" τὰς πύλας ἡμέρας-τε καὶ νυκτός, ὅπως αὐτὸν 
*watching ‘and the ‘gates bothday and_ night, that: him 
ἀνέλωσιν’ 25 λαβόντες δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ" νυκτὸς 
they might put to death ; but taking him the disciples by night 
«καθῆκαν διὰ τοῦ τείχους" χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι. 
let down ?through *the ‘wall [him], lowering [him] in a basket. 
26 Παραγενόμενος.δὲ £6 Σαῦλος" Ἀείο" Ἱερουσαλήμ, Ἰέπει- 
And “having *arrived Ὁ Saul at Jerusalem, - he at- 
~ > {93 ~ ~' ~ \ , ~ 
ρᾷτοὶ κολλᾶσθαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς" καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο 
tempted tojoin himself to πὸ disciples, and all were afraid of 
᾽ , ‘ , « ? . ΄, ΄ ῃ 
αὐτόν, μὴ πιστεύοντες ὅτι ἐστὶν μαθητής. 27 Βαρνάβας δὲ 
‘him, not believing that heis_ a disciple. But Barnabas 
ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτόν, ἤγαγεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ 
having taken him, brought [him]: to the apostles, and 
διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ἐν τῇ ὑδῷ εἶδεν τὸν κύριον, καὶ ὅτι 
related tothem how in the way he saw the Lord, and that 
~ \ ma ~ ? , — » 
ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, καὶ πῶς ἐν Δαμασκῷ ἐπαῤῥησιάσατο ἐν τῷ 
hespoke tohim, and how in Damascus he spoke boldly in the 
ὀνόματι ἔτοῦ" Ἰησοῦ. 28 καὶ ἦν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν εἰσπορευόμενος 
nanie of Jesus. And he was with them coming in 


339 


even Jesus, that ap- 
peared unto thee in the 
way as thou camest, 
hath sent me, that thou 
mightest receive thy 
sight, and be filled 
with the Holy Ghost. 
18 And immediately 
there fell from his 
eyes as it had been 
scales: and he re- 
ceived sight forth- 
with, and arose, and 
was baptized. 19 And 
when he had received 
meat, he was strength- 
ened. Then was Saul 


_certain days with the 


disciples which were 
at Damascus. 20 And 
straightway he preach- 
ed Christ in the syna- 
gogues, that he is the 
Son of God. 21 Butall 
that heard him were 
amazed, and said; Is 
not this he that de- 
stroyed them which 
called on this name in 
Jerusalem, and came 
hither for that intent, 
that he might bring 
them bound,unto the 
chief priests? 22 But 
Saulincreasgd the more 
in strength, and con- 
founded the Jews 
which dwelt at Damas- 
cus, proving that this 
is very Christ. 23 And 
after that many days 
were fulfilled,the Jews 
took counsel to kill 
him: 24 but their lay- 
ing await was known 
of Saul. And they 
watched the gates day 
and night to kill him. 
25 Then the disciples 
took him by night, and 
let him down by the 
wall in a basket. 


26 And when Saul 
Was come to Jerusa- 
lem, he assayed to join 
himself to the disci- 
ples: but they were all 
afraid of him, and be- 
lieved not that he was 
a disciple. 27 But Bar- 
nabas took him, and 
brought im to the a- 
postles, and declared 
unto them how he had 
seen the Lord in the 
way, and that he had 
spoken to him, andhow 
he had preached boldly 
at Damascus in the 
name of Jesus, 28 And 
he was with'them coin- 
ing in and going out 





5 ἀπέπεσαν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν LTTrA. t ws LTTr. 
* — 6 Σαῦλος (ead lie was) GLITraw. x Ἰησοῦν Jesus GLITrAW. 
έχυννεν ΤΑ. 9 — τοὺς T. b παρετηροῦντο ΙΤΤι ΑΥΓ. 
μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ his disciples LTTrA. 


& — ὁ Σαῦλος GLTTrAW. hey in 1.. i ἐπείραζεν LTTr, 


ο δὲ καὶ and also LTTYrA. 
εδιὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν LTTraA. + f + αὐτὸν him LTTra, 
κ. τοῦ 1 ΤΈτΑ. 


Υ — παραχρῆμα ατΤΤ:Α. 


} εἰς αὖ τ. 2 guv- 


4 of 


9:0 


at Jeruzalem. 29 And 
he spake boldly in the 
name of the Lord Je- 
sus, und disputed a- 
gainst the Grecians: 
but they went about to 


slay him. 30 Which 
when the _ brethren 
knew, they brought 


him down to Cesarea, 
and sent him forth to 
Tarsus. 31 Then had 
the churches rest 
throughout all Judea 
and Gililee and Sama- 
ria, and were edified ; 
and walking in the 
fear of the Lord, and 
in the comfort of the 
Holy Ghost, were mul- 
tiplied. 


32 And it came to 
pass, as Peter passed 
throughout all guar- 
ters, he came down 
also to thesaints which 
dwelt at Lydda. 33 And 
there he found a cer- 
tain man nanied Atne- 
as, Which had kept 
his bed eight years, 
and was sick of the 
palsy. 34 And Peter 
said unto him, /Zneas, 
Jesus Christ maketh 
thee whole : arise, and 
wake thy bed. And 
he arose immediately. 
35 And all that dwelt 
at Lydda and Saron 
saw him, aud turned 
to the Lord, 


36 Now there was at 
Joppa a certain disci- 
ple uamed Tabitha, 
which by interpreta- 
tion is called Doreas : 
this woman was full 
of good works and 
alinsdceds which she 
did. 27 And it came 
to pass in those days, 
that she was sick, and 
dicd : whom when they 
had washed, they laid 
hey in an upper cham- 
ber, 38 And forasmuch 
as Lydda was nigh to 
Joppa, and the disci- 

les had heard that 

cier was there, they 
5 untohimtwomen, 
desiring Ain that .he 


TP Lees. TX, 


, " , ‘ 2 
καὶ ἐκπορευόμενος ‘iv Ἱερουσαλήμ: "καὶ παβρησιαζόµενος 
απᾶ going out in Jerusalem, and speaking boldly 


ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου "Ἰησοῦ"! 29 ἐλάλει.τε καὶ συνεζήτεε 


in the name ofthe Lord Jesus. And he spoke and discussed 

‘ 4 « A A ? A 
πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς' οἱ δὲ ἐπεχείρουν "αὐτὸν ἀνε- 
with the Hellenists ; but they took in hand *him 1to 2put to 
λεῖν." 90 ἐπιγνόντες δὲ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς 
death. But having known [it]the brethren broughtdown him ἕο 


ΡΚαισάρειαν," καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν Iavrov" εἰς Ταρσόν. 31 ΣΑΙ! 
and scent away him to Tarsus, The 
ε/ - 2 δ 
ὕλης τῆς Ιουδαίας καὶ Ταλι- 
of Judea and Gali- 
Νοἰκοδομούμεναι καὶ 
being builtup and 


Coesarea, 
μὲν οὖν "ἐκκλησίαι" καθ᾽ 
Σμιάσσᾷ “then ‘assemblics throughout ?whole ‘the 
λαίας καὶ ᾿Σαμαρείας" Yeiyov" εἰρήνην, 
1εο aud Βαανὰ had peace, 
πορευύμεναι! τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ 

going on inthe fear ofthe Lord, and in the comfort of the 
ἁγίου πνεύματος Σἐπληθύνοντο." 

Holy Spirit were increased. 
Z ‘ ‘ 7, 7 
32 ᾿Ἐγένετο. δὲ Πέτρον διερχόµενον διὰ πάντων, 
Now it came to pass [that] Pcter, passing through all 
a et τ Η͂ . ε ͵ ~ 
κατελθεῖν καὶ πρὺς τοὺς ἁγίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας 
(quarters], wentdown also το the saints that inhabited 

an = A ~ ” , > ’ 
γλύδδαν." 33 εὕρεν.δὲ ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν.τινα *Alysay ὀνόματι," 
Lydda, And he found there a certain man, 4Eneas by name, 
3 3 ~ > - A Ξ / > ‘ a 2 ’ "κι “- . 
ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραββάτῳ," ὃς ἣν παρα- 
for “ycars ‘cight lying on a couch, who was para- 

w ~ κά / ~ 
λελυμένος. 94 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος, Αἰνέα, ἰᾶταί σε 
μένος ἴ pe ’ : 
lysed. And said “to *him *Peter, /Eneas, “heals *thee 
Ἰησοῦς 66" χριστός' ἀνάστηθι καὶ στρῶσον σεαυτῷ. 


Jesus “the “Christ; rise up, and spread [a couch] for thyself, 
A Ε] / ? , = 4 - Ν c ff) TT 4 4 ’΄ € 
Καὶ εὐθέως ἀνέστη 30 και "εἶδον'ὶ αὑτὸν πάντες οἱ 
And immediately he rose up. Απά" saw him all those 


~ pul Ἧ YA ἠδ Ι 4 Ν dy ~ HT] er f 3 , 
κατοικουτγτες νοοαν και TOV αρωγαγν, OLTLVEC ἑπέστρεψαν 
inhabiting Lydda and the Saron, who turned 
ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον. 
to the Lord. 
36 Ἐν Ἰόππῃ.δε 
And in Joppa 


” ’ ’ 

ἦν μαθήτρια ὀνόματι Ταβιθά, 

disciple, by name Tabitha, 
τι ὃ ,ὔ λέ δὼ Ὁ “ sz Ni e 7 ~ 
ἣ διερμηνευομένη λεγεται Δορκάς' αὑτὴ ny πλ]ρης “ἀγαθῶν 

which beinginterpreted iscalled Dorcas, She was full ot good 

ἔργων" καὶ ἐλεημοσυνῶν wy ἐποίει" 37 ἐγένετο.δὲ ἐν ταῖς 

works and of alms which she did. And it came to pass in 


« > , ? , - 
ἡμέραις. ἐκείναις ἀσθενήσασαν αὐτὴν ἀποθανεῖν, λούσαν- 


τις 
2a Ξοετίαϊη ‘was 


those days [that] having sickened 586 died ; “having 
TEC δὲ fabryy ἔθηκανὶ ἐν δ ὑπερῴῳ. 88 ἐγγὺς δὲ 
Swushed ‘and her they put [her] in) an upper room. And “near 


” / ~?) ’ ε A > , 
οὔσης "Λύδδης" τῇ Lowry, οἱ μαθηταὶ ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Πέτρος 
“being ανά α to Joppa, the disciples having heard that Peter 
> ‘ ? ᾽ ~ / » ‘ , 
ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ ἀπέστειλαν δύο ἄνδρας πρὸς αὐτόν, παρα- 

is in it sent two men to him, besecch- 


a ne es Eee eee 


Ι εἰς at LTTrAW. 
Ρ Καισαρίαν 1. 
* Ῥαμαριας T. 


LETraAW. 
1 ἔθηκαν αὐτὴν TTr, 


Vv εἶχεν LTVrAW. 
θύνετο Was increased LYTrAW. 
6 —o LITrW. 


m — καὶ LTTrA, 


᾽ a - / 
αὶ 1 n — Ἰησοῦ ΙΤΤΤΑΥΥ, ο ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν LTTrAW. 
4 --- αυτον 1. 


τ΄ Ἡ LTTraw. 5 ἐκκλησία assembly Lat: ΑΥΓ. 
Ὁ οἰκοδομουμένη καὶ πορευομένη LTTrAW. χα ἐπλη- 
«7 Λύδδα LITA. 2 ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν LTTrAW. ἃ κραβάττον 
ὁ εἶδαν ἱττια.. 4 Σάρωνα ΚΑΙΛΎΓΑΥ,. ε ἔργων ἀγαθων LIrW, 
6 + τῷ the, bh Λύδδας TIra. 


IX, X. AC ΤΕ. 


καλοῦντες μὴ ὀκνῆσαι! διελθεῖν ἕως Καὐτῶν.! 39 ἀναστὰς 

ing Πτα] not to delay tocome to them, *Having “risen “πρ 
τ , ~ ~ εν , 2 ΄ 

δὲ ἹΤέτρος συνῆλθεν αὐτοῖς" ὃν παραγενόμενον ἀνήγαγον 


1ρηᾷ ΄ Peter went with they brought 


εἷς TO ὑπερῷον, καὶ παρέστησαν αὐτῷ πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι 
into the upperroom, and stood by him all the widows 


Κλαίουσαι καὶ ἐπιδεικνύμεναι χιτῶνας καὶ ἱμάτια ὅσα é- 


them, whom, having arrived 


weeping and shewing tunics and garments which *was 
ποίει μετ᾽ αὐτῶν οὖσα ἡ Δορκάς. 40 ἐκβαλὼν. δὲ ἔξω πάντας 
®making °with ®them *being 1Doreas. But “having “put *out “all 

ὁ [έτρος, 1 θεὶς τὰ γόνατα προσηύξατο" καὶ ἐπιστρέψαό 
"Ῥεΐίετ, having bowed the knees he prayed. And haying turned 
πρὸς τὸ σῶμα εἶπεν, Ταβιθά, ἀνάστηθι. Ἢ .δὲ ἤνοιξεν 
to ‘the body hesaid, ‘Tabitha, Arise. And she ΄ opened 

4 ? ‘ aero S38 ~ ‘ / ? , . 
τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς. αὐτῆς" καὶ ἰδοῦσα τὸν Πέτρον ἀνεκάθισεν. 

her eyes, and . seeing Peter she sat up. 

41 δοὺς δὲ αὐτῇ  σχεῖρα ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν, φωγήσας δὲ 


Απᾶ Πατίηςρ σίντοη her [his] hand heraised up her, and having called 


τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρας παρέστησεν αὐτὴν ζῶσαν. 42 γνω- 
the saints and the widows _ he presented her living. *Known 
στὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ ὅλης τῆς" Ἱόππης, καὶ "πολλοὶ 
land 310 “became throughout “whole ‘the of Joppa, and many 
ἐπίστευσαν! ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον 43 ἐγένετο. δὲ οἡμέρας 
helieved on bes Lord. And it came to pass [that] “days 


ικανὰς μεῖναι αὐτὸν" ἐν ᾿Ιόππῃ παρά τινι Σίμωνι βυρσεῖ. 
many “abode *he in Joppa with acertain Simon a tanner. 


10 ᾿Ανὴρ.δετις Ῥἦν" ἐν “Καισαρεία" ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, 
Butacertainman was in Caesarea by name Cornelius, 
ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς, 2 ev- 


a centurion of aband which is called Italic, pious 
σεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν θεὸν σὺν παντὶ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ, 
and fearing God with all his house, 
~ “pla ll pf / λλ ‘ ~ λ ~ 4 ὃ , 
ποιών."τε ἐλεημοσύνας πολλας τῷ aw, καὶ OFOMEVOC 


both doing “alms 1much tothe people, and _ supplicating 
τοῦ θεοῦ "διαπαντός." 8. εἶδεν ἐν ὁράματι φανερῶς, ὡσεὶ ἢ 
God continually, Hesaw in = avision plainly, ~ about 


ὥραν τἐννάτην' τῆς ἡμέρας, ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθόντα 
shour Ithe “ninth of the On: an angel of God coming 


πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ εἰπόντα αὐτῷ, Κορνήλιε. 4 Ὁ δὲ ἄτε- 
το him, and saying to sa Cornelius. But he haying looked 


γίσας αὐτῷ καὶ ἔμφοβος γενόμενος εἶπεν, Τί ἐστι", κύριε; 


intently onhim and afraid ‘becoming said, What is it, Lord? 
εἶπεν. δὲ αὐτῷ, Αἱ. προσευχαί.σου καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι.σου 
And he said to him) Thy prayers and thine alms 


ἀιέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον "ἐνώπιον" τοῦ θεοῦ. 5 καὶ νῦν 
aregoneup for 8, memorial before God. An now 


πέμψον *eic Ἱόππην ἄνδρας," καὶ µετάπεμψαι Σίμωνα ὃς 
send 3ο . *Joppa men, and send for Simon who 


ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 6 οὗτος ζενίζεται παρά. τινι Σίμωνι 








84] 
would not delay to 
come to them. 39 Then 
Peter arose and went 
with them. When he 
was come,they brought 
him into the upper 
chamber: and all the 
widows stood by him 
weeping, and shewing 
the coats and garments 
which Dorcas made, 
while she was with 
them. 40 But Peter 
put them all forth, 
and kneeled down, and 
prayed; and turning 
him to the body said, 
Tabitha, arise. And 
she opened her eyes: 
and when she saw Pe- 
ter, she sat up. 41 And 
he gave her Ais hand, 
and lifted her up, and 
when he had called the 
saints and widows, 
presented her alive. 
42 Andit was known 
throughout all Joppa ; 
and many believed in 
the Lord. 43 And it 
came to pass, that he 
tarried many days in 
Joppa with one Simon 
a tanner. 


X. There was acer= 
tain man in Caesarea 
called Cornelius, a cen- 
turion of ‘the band 
called the Italian band, 
2 a devout man, and 
one that feared God 
with all his house, 
which gavemuch alms 
to the people, and 
prayed to God alway. 
3 He saw in a vision 
evidently about the 
ninth hour of the day 
an angel of God com- 
ing in to him, and say- 
ing unto him, Corne- 
linus. 4 And when he 
looked on him, he was 
afraid, and said, What 
is it, Lord? And he 
said unto him, Thy 
prayers and thine alms 
are come up for a 
memorial before God. 
5 And now send men 
to Joppa, and eull for 
one Simon, whose sur- 
name is Peter: 6 he 


is epee Peter. He lodges with ‘acertain Simon lodgethwithoneSimon 
ὌΝ , a tanner, who-e house 
θυρσεῖ, ἐστιν οἰκία παρὰ θάλασσαν" Τοῦτος λαλήσει σοι js dy the sca side: he 
tanner, ee 215 house by [the] sea ; he sball tell thee shall tell thee what 
1 μὴ ὀκνήσῃς delay not LTTraw. ' κ ἡμῶν US LTTrAW. 14 καὶ αΏᾶ LTTraAW. ὦ [τῆς] Tr. 

Ὁ ἐπίστευσαν πολλοὶ LTTrAW. ο αὐτὸν ἡμέρας ἱκανὰς μεῖναι τὺ; — αὐτὸν Τ. P— ἦν 
GLITraw. 9 Καισαρία 7. —veLTTraw.. * διὰ παντός LTrA. t 4 περὶ LTTrAW. 


w Gexpoten 1 LUTrA, |< * ἄγδρας εἰς Ἰόππην LITrAW. 


ν ἐνάτην LTTrAW. 
2 --- οὗτος λαλήσει σοι τί σε δεῖ ποιεῖν ΑΙΤΤΙΑΥΓ. 


(Simon) trtra. 


Υ + τινα a certain 


945 


Όποια. oughtest to do. 
7 And when the angel 
which spake unto Cor- 
nelius was departed, he 
culled two of his house- 
hold servants, and a 
devout soldier of them 
that waited on him 
continually; 8 and 
when he had declared 
all these things untc 
them, he sent them to 
Joppa. 9 On the mor- 
row, as they went on 
their journey, and 
drew nigh unto the 
city, Peter went up 
upon the housetop to 

ray about the sixth 

our: 10 and he be- 
came very hungry, and 
would have eaten: but 
while they made ready, 
he fell into a trance, 
11 and saw heaven 
opened, and a certain 
vessel descending unto 
him, as it had been a 
great sheet knit at the 
four corners, and let 
down to the earth: 
12 wherein were all 
manner of fourfooted 
beasts of the earth, 
and wild beasts, and 
erceping things, and 
fowls of the air. 13 And 
there came a voice to 
him, Rise, Peter; kill, 
andeat. 14 But Peter 
said, Not so, Lord ; for 
Ihave never eaten any 
thing that is common 
or unclean, 15 And the 
votee spake unto him 
again the second time, 
What God hath cleans- 
ed, that call not thou 
common. 16 This was 
done thrice : and the 
vessel was received up 
again into heaven. 
17 Now while Peter 
doubted in himself 
what this vision which 
he had seen should 
mean, behold, the men 
which were sent from 
Cornelius had made 
inquiry for Simon’s 
house, and stood be- 
fore the gate, 18 and 
ealled, and asked 
whether Simon, which 
Was surnamed Peter, 
were lodged there, 
19 While Peter thought 
on the vision, the Spi- 
tit said unto him, Be- 


TI PAe ETS. << 


~ ~ ~ t ” i 

τί σε δεῖ ποιεῖν. 7 Ὡς. δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὃ 
what *thee ‘it *behoves to do, And when “departed ‘the “angel who 

~ / ΄ ~ > ~ ~ 
λαλῶν "τῷ Κορνηλίῳ,! φωνήσάς δύο τῶν.οἰκετῶν δαὐτοῦ,ὶ 
spoke to Cornelius, having called two of his servants, 

, ᾽ ~ ~ , 
καὶ στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ THY προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ, 8 καὶ 


and a “soldier 1pious ofthose continually waiting on him, and 
ἐξηγησάμενος “αὐτοῖς ἅπαντα! ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς" εἰς τὴν 
having related tothem all things he sent them to 


, ~ A 4 ? 
Ἰόππην. 9 Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ὁδοιπορούντων ἀξκείνων" καὶ 
Joppa. And onthe morrow, as are “journeying 1these and 


τῇ πόλει ἐγγιζόντων,. ἀνέβη Πέτρος ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα προσ- 


tothe city drawing near, *went*up ‘Peter , on the housetop to 
, A .“ « a AND: 

εὐζασθαι, περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην. 10 ἐγένετο δὲ πρόσπεινος, 

pray, about “hour ‘the *sixth. And he became very hungry, 


, » ΄ e 4 δὲ 62 ͵ ΕΣ ᾿» 

καὶ ἤθελεν γεύσασθαι: παρασκευαξόντων.δὲ "ἐκείνων" 'ἔπδ- 

and wished to eat. But as *were *making *ready they τες]! 

πεσεν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις, 11 καὶ θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγ- 
Supon *him ‘a “trance, and he beholds the heaven opened, 

μένον, καὶ καταβαῖνον ἔἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν" σκεῦός τι ὡς ὀθόνην 

and descending upon him  a“vessel‘certain, as a “sheet 
/ ? ~ / ν 
μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς "δεδεμένον,. καὶὶ καθιέµενον ἐπὶ 


αρτοαΏ, by four corners bound, and let down upon 

~ ~ Ὁ ~ / Sys ~ 
τῆς γῆς 19 ἐν ᾧ ὑπῆρχεν πάντα τὰ τετράποδα Ἱτῆς γῆς 
the earth ; in which were all the quadrupeds of tke earth 
καὶ τὰ θηρία καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ! καὶ ἔτὰ" πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐ- 


and the wild beasts and the creeping things and the birds ofthe hea- 


aw Aas / SY Ανα ? ἣν 2 id [ή 
ρανοῦ. 19 καὶ ἐγένετο φωνή πρὸς αὐτόν, Αναστᾶς, Ἠετρε, 
yen. And came avoice ἴο him, Havingrisen up, Peter, 
θῦσον καὶ φάγε. 14 Ὁ δὲ. Πέτρος εἶπεν, Μηδαμῶς, κύριε" ὅτι 

kill and 


cat. But Peter said, In no wise, Lord; for 

᾽ Se ” 5 ~ 4 1 HT ? / Ν A 
οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν ‘7 ἀκάθαρτον. 15 Καὶ φωνὴ 
never did 1 eat anything common or unclean. And a voice 


πάλιν ἐκιδευτέρον πρὸς αὐτόν, “A ὁ θεὸς ™éxabaguoer," 
{came]again ithesecondtime to him, What God cleansed, 
σὺ μὴ κοίνου. 16 Τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς" καὶ "πάλιν" 
*thou - “ποῦ *maké common, Andthis took place thrice, and again 
> ; ' A ~ ᾽ A ~ 
οἀνελήφθη" τὸ σκεῦος εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. 17 Ὡς.δὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ 


wastakenup the vessel into the heaven. Andas *in *himself 
διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος τί ἂν.εη τὸ ὅραμα ὃ εἶδεν, Prai! 

*was “perplexed  Λ᾿Εεϊετ what might be the vision which hesaw, “also 

28 / ε » . ο , 

ἰδού, οἱ ἄνδρες οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἀπὸ" τοῦ Κορνηλίου, διε- 

*behold, the men who were sent from Cornelius, having 


΄ A > ’ , ‘ ‘4 "» 
ρωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκιαν Σίμωνος, ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα" 
inquired for the house of Simon, stood at the porch ; 


\ ’ 2 
18 καὶ φωνήσαντες ἐπυνθάνοντο εἰ Σίμων ὁ ἐπικαλού- 
and havingcalledout they asked if Simon who[is] surnamed 
͵ > , ͵ τὰ \ = 
μενος Ἠετρος ἐνθάδε ξενίζεται. 19 Τοῦ.δὲ Π[έτρου "ἔνθυμου- 
Peter “here lodges. But as Peter was think- 
‘ ~ « / ~ . ~ 
μένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος, εἶπεν ἰαὐτῷ τὸ πνεῦμα," Ἴδού, 
ing over the vision, *said *to*him ‘the Spirit, Behold, 


SII nee θο ο κο ον σσοτοτττττς 


5 αὐτῷ to him GLrTraw. 
4 αὐτῶν they T. 
h — δεδεμένον καὶ LTTr[ A]. 

1 καὶ and LITrA. 


LTTrA. 

GLTTraw. 
κ. τὰ LTTrA. 
ο ἀνελήμφθη ΙΠΤΙΑ. 


was pondering GLTTrawW. 


i Eas fae of the servants) LrTraw. 5 ἅπαντα αὐτοῖς 
Μὲ ς Ύενετο came LTTrAw. ; Bi -- ἐπ αὑτὸν 

ie και τὰ (— τὰ LTTrA) ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς LTTrAW. 
εκαθέρισεν Tr. Ὁ εὐθὺς immediately LTTrAW. 


QumoT. * + τοῦ LTTrAW. 3 διενθυμουμένου 


P — καὶ LTT:[ A]. 
70 πνεῦμα αὐτῷ LTTrA. 


x. ACTS. 


στ a ~ ~ a , 
ἄνδρες τρεῖς! *Znrovoty" σε 90 ἀλλὰ ἀναστὰς κατάβηθι, 
®men three seek thee ; but having risen go down, 
καὶ πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲν διακρινόµενος' "διότι" ἐγὼ 
and proceed with them, nothing doubting, because 1 
ἀπέσταλκα αὐτούς. 21 Καταβὰς δὲ Πέτρος πρὸς τοὺς 


have sent them, And *having “gone *down ‘Peter to the 
ἄνδρας Στοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους ἀπὸ τοῦ Κορνηλίου πρὸς αὐτόν," 
men who were sent from Cornelius to him, 


εἶπεν, Ιδού, ἐγώ 
said, Behold, 1 

πάρεστε; 22 οἱ δὲ τεῖπον," Κορνήλιος ἑκατοντάρχης, ἀνὴρ 
ye are come? And they - said, Cornelius a centurion, a *man 


δίκαιος καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν θεόν, μαρτυρούμενός.τε ὑπὸ ὅλου 


εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε τί ἡ αἰτία δι ἣν 
am whom yeseek; what[is]the cause for which 


"righteous and fearing God, and borne witness to by *whole 
τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν ‘lovdaiwy,  ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου 
‘the nation of the Jews, was divinely instructed .by *angel 

ἁγίου, µεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον. αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι 
*a *holy, to send for thee to his house, and to hear 


ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ. 23 Ἐἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν. 
words from thee, Having called *in “therefore 'them he lodged 

Τῷ.δὲ ἐπαύριον “ὁ Πέτρος" ἐξῆλθεν σὺν ᾽αὐτοῖς, καί 
[them]. And onthe morrow Peter went forth with them, and 
τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς" Ἱόππης συνῆλθον αὐτῷ. 
certain ofthe brethren those from Joppa went with him. 
24 “cai ry" ἐπαύριον Δεἰσῆλθονὶ εἰς τὴν “Καισάρειαν"" 


ΤΏ 
And onthe morrow they entered into Ceesarea. 


ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτούς, ᾿συγκαλεσάμενος! τοὺς 
And Cornelius was expecting them, having called together 


3 


~ ? ~ A 4 ? , , ε 9 

συγγενεῖς αὑτοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἀναγκαίους φίλους. 25 ὭὩς δὲ 
his kinsmen and intimate friends. And as 
ἐγένετο ὃ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον, σύναντήσας αὐτῷ ὁ Κορνήλιος, 

was Scaming *in. Peter, Shaving ’*met ‘Shim 5Cornelius, 

4 ? A A , , « A / 

πεσὼν ἐπὶ Tove πόδας προσεκύνησεν. 26 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος 

naving fallen at [his] feet did homage. But Peter 


| ae οι » Π , ? , θ ο. ΣΣ |i) | rp » ΄, 
αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν," λέγων, ᾿Ανάστηθι" ἱκάγὼ" αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός 

*him 4raised, saying, Rise up: ITalso myself aman 

> ‘ ~ ~ Φ τὰ 4 « / 
εἰμι. 27 Καὶ συνομιλῶν αὐτῷ εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ εὑρίσκει συνελη- 
am. And talking with him hewentin, and finds ‘gathered to- 
λυθότας πολλούς. 28 ἔφη.τε πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε 
gether many. And he said to them, Ye know 
ὡς ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ᾿Ιουδαίῳ κολλᾶσθαι ἢ προσέρ- 


how unlawful itis foraman a Jew to unite himself or come 
χεσθαι ἀλλοφύλῳ: καὶ ἐμοὶ! 16 θεὸς ἔδειξεν! μηδένα 
near to one of another race. And tome God shewed =no 


29 διὸ καὶ ἀναν- 

Wherefore also without 

πυνθάνομαι οὖν, τίνι 
I inquire 


κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον λέγειν ἄνθρωπον" 
Scommon Sor 7unclean “to “call “man. 
τιῤῥήτως ἦλθον µεταπεμφθείς. 
gainsaying 1 σαππθ, having been sent for. 
λόγῳ Ἀμετεπέμψασθεῖ pe; «90 Kai ὁ Κορνήλιος ἔφη, ᾿Απὸ 
reason did ye send for me? And Cornelius said, SAgo 
τετάρτης ἡμέρας μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας ἤμην "νηστεύων, καὶ" 
1four days until this hour Iwas fasting, and 


therefore, for what: 


343 


hold, three men seek 
thee, 20 Arise there- 
fore, and get. thee 
down, and go=with 
them, doubting ~ no- 
thing : for I have sent 
them. 21 Then Peter 
went down to the men 
which were sent unto 
him from Cornelius ; 
and said, Behold, I am 
he whom ye seek: what 
ts the cause wherefore 
ye arecome? 22 And 
they said, Cornelius 
the centurion, a just 
man,and one that fear- 
eth God, and of good 
report among all the 
nation of the Jews, 
was warned from God 
by an holy angel to 
send for thee into his 
house, and to hear 
words of thee. 23 Then 
called he them in, and 
lodged them. And on 
the morrow Peter went 
away with them, and 
certain brethren from 
Jopp2 accompanied 
him, 24 And the mor- 
row after they enter- 
ed into Cxwsarea. And 
Cornelius waited for 
them, and had called 
together his kinsmen 
and near friends, 
25 And as Peter was 
coming in, Cornelius 
methim, and fell down 
at his fect, and wor- 
shipped him. 26 But 
Peter took him up 
saying, Stand up; I 
myself alsoam a man, 
27 And as he talked 
with him, he went in, 
and found many that 
were come _ together. 
28 And he said unto 
them, Ye know how 
that it is an unlaw- 
ful thing for a man 
that is a Jew to keep 
company, or come 
unto one of another 
nation ; but God hath 
shewed me that I 
should not call any 
man common or un- 
clean. 29 Therefore 
came I unto you with- 
out gainsaying, assoon 
asI wassent for: Lask 
therefore for what in- 
tent ye have sent for 
me? 30 And Corneliug 
said, Four days agol 
was fasting until this 
hour ; and at the ninth 
hour I prayed in my 





7 — τρεῖς ΤΑ. W ζητοῦντές ΤΑ. α ὅτι GLTTrAW. 
Κορνηλίου πρὸς αὐτόν GLTTrAW. ᾖ εἶπαν LTTrA. 
GLITrAW. Ὁ --- τῆς ΟἸΤΎΓΑΥ,, © τῇ δὲ LTTrAW. 
ε Καισαρίανπ. f ovv-T & + τοῦ GLTTrAw. 


Κ κἀμοὶ 11ΤιΑ. | έδειξεν ὁ θεὺς τ΄. Mm μεταπέμψασθέ A, 


Υ — τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους ἀπὸ τοῦ 
8 ἀναστὰς having arisen (he went forth) 
ἃ εἰσῆλθεν he eutered Ltr; εἰσηλθαν Τ. 

h ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν LITrAW. 
DR — νηστεύων καὶ LTT:[A4], 


i καὶ ἐγὼ TTrA, 


944 


house, and, behold, a 
man stvod before me 
in bright clothing, 
31 and said, Cornelius, 
thy prayer is heard, 
and thinealms are had 
in remembrance in the 
sight of God. 32 Send 
therefore to Joppa, and 
enll hither Sinton, 
whose surname is Pe- 
ter; he is lodged in the 
house of onc Simon a 
tanner by the sea side: 
who, when he cometh, 
shall speak unto thee. 
33 Immediately there- 
fore I sent to thee ; 
aud thou hast well 
done that thou art 
come. Now therefore 
are we all here present 
before God, to hear all 
things that are com- 
manided thee of God, 
34 Then Peter opened 
his mouth, and said, 
Of a truth I perccive 
that God is no respect- 
er of pcrsous: 35 but 
in every nation he that 
feareth him, and work- 
eth righteousness, is 
accepted with him. 
36 The word which 
God sent unto the 
children of Israel, 
preaching peace by 
Jesus Christ: (he is 
Lord of all:) 37 that 
word, J say, ye know, 
which was published 
throughout all ο πάσα, 
and began from Gali- 
lee, after the baptism 
which John preached ; 
38 how God anointed 
Jesus of Nazarcth with 
the Holy Ghost and 
with power : who went 
about doing good, and 
healing all that were 
oppressed of the devil; 
for God was with him. 
39 And we are wit- 
nesses of all things 
which he did both in 
the lund of the Jews, 
and in Jerusalem; 
whom they slew and 
hanged on a tree: 
40 him God raised up 
the third day, and 
shewed him openly; 
4] not to all ‘tthe Ῥοο- 
ple, but unto witnesses 


X. 


καὶ ἰδού, 


NPAZ ETS. 


.“ , 7 - ’ : εἰ 
τὴν δἐννάτην! Ρὥραν" προσευχύμενος EY Τῳ-ι Κῳι βου 


the ninth hour praying in my house ; and behold, 
ἀνὴρ ἔστη ἐνώπιόν µου ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμποᾷ, 9] καί φησιν, 


aman stood before me in apparel ‘bright, and said, 


’ ΄ Ν επ. / 
Κορνήλιε, εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι-σου 
Cornelius, 3was*heard ‘thy “prayer and Ahine alms 
7 fa ? , = ~ 0) [ > ? ἾἼ , 
ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. 32 πέμψον οὖν εἰς Ἰόππην, 
were remeinbered before. God. Send therefore to Joppa, 


‘ ΄ ΄ τν ? ~ ’ 2 = = . 
καὶ µετακάλέσαι Σίμωνα ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται 1Τέτρος' «οὗτος ξενίζε- 


and call for Simon who issurnamed Peter; he lodges 
ται ἐν οἰκίᾳ Σίμωμος βυρσέως παρὰ θάλασσαν" “ὃς 
in {the} house of Simon~ ἃ tanner by [the] sea ; who 


παραγενόμεμος λαλήσει σοι." 33 "Ἑξαυτῆς' οὖν ἔπεμψα 
having come will speak to thee. Atonce therefore I sent 
πρός σε σύ.τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος. νῦν οὖν 
‘to thee; andthou “well Tdidst having come, Now therefore 
πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ πάρεσμεν ἀκοῦσαι πάντα τὰ 
811 we before God arepresent tohear allthings that 
προστεταγμένα σοι "ὑπὸ" trov θεοῦ." 91 ᾿Ανοίξας.δὲ Πέτρος 


have becn ordered, thee by God, And opening Peter 
τὸ στόμα εἶπεν, "Ew ἀληθείας καταλαμβάνοµαι Ori οὐκ 
[his] mouth said, Of a truth I perceive that ὁποῦ 


ἔστιν Ἱπροσωπολήπτης" ὁ θεός, 35 ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ ἔθνει ὁ 
2is 14. *respecter “οἵ ‘persoiis -God, but in every nation he that 


φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ 


fears him and works righteousness, acceptable to hii 
ἐστιν. 80 τὸν λόγον “ὃν! ἀπέστειλεν τοῖς υἱοῖς ᾿Ισραήλ, 
πε The word which he sent tothe sons of Israel, 
εὐαγγελιζόμενος εἰρήνην διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, οὗτός ἐστιν 
announcing the glad tidings— peace by Jesus Christ, (he is 
πάντων κύριος, 37 ὑμεῖς οἴδατε TO γενόμενον ῥῆμα 
Ξ5 ο 1Lord), ye know; the ?which *came ‘declaration 


καθ᾽ ὕλης τῆς Ιουδαίας, Σἀρξάμενον! 7 ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας. 
through *whole ‘the of Juda, beginning from Galilee, 


μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν "Ιωάννης" 98 Ἰησοῦν τὸν 


after the baptism which “proclaimed +John : Jesus who 
ἀπὸ "Ναζαρέτ,". ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς. πνεύματι 
[was] from Nazareth, how “anointed *him *God with [the] *Spirit 


ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει, ὃς διῆλθεν εὐεργετῶν Kai ἰώμενος 

{Holy and with power, who wentthrough, doing good and , healing 

πάντας τοὺς καταξυναστευοµένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου, ὅτι 
all that were being oppressed by the devil,” because 

ε στ ᾽ ~ - ue ~ ᾽ , 

ὁ θεὸς ἦν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ" 89 καὶ ἡμεῖς δἐσμεν' μάρτυρες πάντων 
God was with him, And we are Witnesses of all things 
ὧν ἐποίησεν ἔν.τε τῇ χώυᾳ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων Kai “ἐν" ‘Te- 


_which he did both in the country ofthe Jews and in Je- 
ρουσαλήμ' ὃν 4 “ἀνεῖλον! κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου. 
rusalem ; whom they put todeath having hanged [him] on a tree. 


~ € ‘ ” ~ ΄ « Ω ” 
40 τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν ! τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν 
This one God ruisedup onthe third § day, and gave him 
? ~ , ‘ ~ ~ ᾿ / ~ 
ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι, 41 οὐ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, ἀλλὰ μάρτυσιν τοῖς 
*manifest ‘to *become, not toall the people, but to witnesses who 





ο ἐνάτην LTTrA. 
Ξ ἐξ αὐτης A. 
ν — ὃν 1{τ|ι]. 


1ΤΤΙΑ. 


5 ἀπὸ from La. 

χ ἀρξάμενος TTrA. 
b — ἐσμεν (v'ead [are]) GLYTraw. 
f+ ἐνῖ. 


?—wpav LITrA, 4 — ὃς παραγενόµενυς λαλήσει σοι LIT:[A}, 
‘ τοῦ κυρίου the Lord ττττ, Υ προσωπολήµπτης LTTrA. 
Υ + [γὰρ] 1.. 2 Ιωάνης Tr. a Ναζαρέθ ΕΙ/ΤΤΓΑ. 


ο--- ἐν [1 Γτ- 4+ καὶ also GLTTrAW. ε ἀγεῖλαν 


α κα. ACTS 


ποοκεχειροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἡμῖν, οἵτινες συγεφάγομεν 
had been chosen before by God, tous, who did eat with 


καὶ συνεπιομεν αὐτῷ μετὰ τὸ. ἀναστῆναι. αὐτὸν ἐκ 


and did drink with him after he had risen from among [the] 
νεκρῶν' 42 καὶ 'παρήγγειλεν ἡμῖν κηρύξαι τῷ Raw, καὶ 
dead, And he charged us toproclaim tothe Heople; and 
διαμαρτύρασθαι ὅτι ξαὐτύοὶ ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ 


to testify fully that he itis who has been appointed by 


θευῦ κριτὴς ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν. 43 τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται 


God judge ofiiving and dead. Tohim αἱ the prophcts 
μαρτυροῦσιν, ἄφεσιν ἁμαοτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος 
bear witness, (that]®remission “of ‘’sins 7reccives ‘'through 13name 


αὐτοῦ πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτόν. 
‘thie Ίετοιγ ὍΠη6 *that *believes yore, = Sgn 


44 Ἔτι λαλοῦντος τοῦ Πέτρου τὰ ῥήματα.ταῦτα, "ἐπέπεσεν" 
*Yet ‘as *is speaking *Peter these words, 5fell 

TO πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸν λόγον. 

*the iy the πας upon all those hearing the word. 


45 καὶ ἐξέστησαν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστοὶ όσοι! Ἑσυνῆλ- 
And wereamazed the 7of*the *circumcision ‘believers as many as came 


θον! τῷ Πέτρῳ, ὅτι καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ιἁγίου 
with Peter, that also upon the Gentiles the gift ofthe Holy 


πνεύματος" ἐκκέχυται: 46 ἤκουον.γὰρ αὐτῶν͵ λαλούν- 
Spirit had been poured out ; forthey heard them speak- 
των γλώσσαις Kai μεγαλυνόντων τὸν θεόν. τότε ἀπεκρίθη 
a with tongues and magnifying God. Then answered 
ὁ" Πέτρος, 47 Μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ "κωλῦσαι δύναταί" τις 
Eeter, 5The Swater *forbid ‘can Zany “one 


τοῦ μὴ: βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ πνεῦμα. τὸ ἅγιον 
that should not be σημα these, who the Spirit the Holy 


ἔλαβον “καθὼς! καὶ ἡμεῖς ; 48 προσέταξεν. re! «αὐτοὺς" "βαπ- 


received as also. we? And he ordered | them to be 
τισθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου." τότε ᾿ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν 
baptized in the name ofthe Lord.~ Then they begged him 
ἐπιμεῖναι ἡμέρας τινάς. 

toremain ~?days 1960116. 


11 Ἠκουσαν δὲ οἱ. ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ὄντες κατὰ 


And“heard ‘the apostles and the brethren who were’ in 
‘4 ? ὃ , er ‘ ‘ ἔθ EOE σ ‘ , ~ θ ~ 
τὴν Ιουδαίαν, ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἔθνη ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. 
Judza, that also the Gentiles received the word of God; 


2 "καὶ ὅτε! ἀνέβη Πέτρος εἰς “Ἱεροσόλυμα," διεκρίνοντο πρὸς 
and when 7went*up ‘Peter ἴο Jerusalem, Secontended ‘with 


αὐτὸν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς, 8 λέγοντες, ἡ Ὅτι" πρὺς ἄνδρας 
Thim ‘those 7of (*the]*circumcision, saying, To men 

axpoBvoriay.é ἔχοντας 3εἰσῆλθες,! καὶ "συνέφαγες' 

uncircumcised thou wentestin, and didst eat with 

4 ᾿Αρξάμενος. δὲ τὸ! Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο αὐτοῖς καθεξῆς λέ- 

But “having *begun *Peter heset[it]forth tothem inorder  say- 


yor, Oo Ἔχω ἤμην ἐν πόλει ᾿Ιόππῃ Πρρδειχόμεναε, καὶ 
ing, was in[the] city of Joppa praying and 


εἶδονὰ ἐν ἐκστάσει ὅραμα, καταβαῖνον σκεῦός 


αὐτοῖς. 
them. 





345 


chosen before of God, 
even to us, who did cat 
and drink with him 
after he rose from the 
dead. 42 And he com- 
manded us to preach 
unto the people, and 
to testify that it is he 
which was ordained of 
God to be the Judge of 
quick and dead. 43 Το 
him give all the pro- 
phets witness, that 
through his name who- 
soever believeth in 
him shall receive rse- 
mission of sins. 


44 While Peter yet 
spake these words, the 
Holy Ghost fcilon all 
them which heard the 
word. 45 And they 
of the circumcision 
which believed were 
astonished, as many 
as came with Peter, 
because that on the 
Gentiles also was 
poured out the gift of 
the Holy Ghost. 46 For 
they heard them speak 
with tongues, and 
magnify God. Then 
answered Peter, 47 Can 
any man forbid water, 
that these should not 
be baptized, which 
have received the Holy 
Ghost as well as we? 
48 And he commanded 
them to be baptized in 
the name of the Lord. 
Then prayed they him 
to tarry certain days, 
Ν 


XI. And the apo- 
stlesand brethren that 
were in Judxa heard 
that the Gentiles had 


- also received the word 


of God. 2 And when 
Peter was come up to 
Jerusalem, they that 
were of the circumci- 
sion contended with 


him, 3 saying, Thou 
wentest in to men 
uncireumcised, and 


didst eat with them. 
4 But Peter rehearsed 
the matter from the 
beginning, and ex- 
pounded it by order 
unto them, saying, 5.1 
was in the: city of Jop- 
pa praying: and in a 
trance I saw a vision, 
A certain vessel de- 


τι ὡς ὀθόνην seend, as it had beena 
Isaw in atrance a vision, 4descending” la 5yessel 2certain like a“sheet great sheet, let down 
5 οὗτός LTr. h ἔπεσε L. 1 οἳ who L. k συνηλθαν TTr. 1 πνεύματος τοῦ 


ἁγίου τς ἣν m — ὁ LTTrA. Ὁ δύναται κωλῦσαί LTTrA. 


4 αὐτοῖς T! 
Tov κυρίου Baw. A. 5 ὅτε δὲ LTTrA, 


: Ἱερουσαλήμ LTT:A. 
in 1τ) placed Lefore πρὸς LTTrAW. 


τ συνέφαγεν did eat with tr. 


ο ὡς LTTrA. 
τεν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ (Jesus Christ) βαπτισθῆναι LTTr; ἐν τῷ ὀνόματε 
Υ ace (econAder he weut. 
-— ὁ LITrAW. 


P δὲ TTr. ἦν 


946 


from ‘heaven by four 
corners; and it cameé 
even to me: 6 upon 
the which when I had 
fastened mine eyes, I 
considered, and saw 
fourfooted beasts of 
the earth, and wild 
beasts, and creeping 
things; and fowls of 
theair. 7 AndI heard 
α voice saying unto 
me, Arise, Peter; slay 
andeat. 8 But I said, 
Not so, Lord; for no- 
thing common or un- 
clean hath at any 
time entered into my 
mouth. 9 But the 
voice answered me 
again from heaven, 
What God hath cleans- 
ed, that call not thou 
common. 10 And this 
was done three times: 
and all were drawn up 
again into heaven. 
11 And, behold, im- 
mediately there were 


three men _ already 
come unto the house 
where I. was, sent 


from Csesarea unto 
me. 12 And the spi- 
rit bade me go with 
them, nothing doubt- 
ing. Moreover these 
gix brethren accom- 
panied me, and we 
entered into the man’s 
house: 13 and he shew- 
ed us how he had scen 
an angel in his house, 


which stood and said ἡ 


unto him, Send men to 
Joppa, and call for Si- 
mon, whose surname 
is Peter ; 14 who shall 
tell thee words, where- 
by thou and all thy 
houst ghall be saved. 
15 And as I began to 
speak, the Holy Ghost 
fell on them, as on 
us at the beginning. 
16 Then remembered 
I the word of the Lord, 
how that hesaid, John 
indeed baptized with 
water; but ye shall 
be baptized with the 
Holy Ghost. 17 For- 
asmuch then as God 
gave them the like 
gift as he did unto 
us, who believed on 
the Lord Jesus Christ; 
what was I, that I 
could withstand God? 
18 When they heard 
these things, they 
held their peace, and 





Υ ἄχρι TTrA. 
σεν Tr. 
σαρίας τ. 
k δὲ LiTr. 
© Ἰωάνης Tr, 


2 + καὶ also LTTrA. 
4 ἀνεσπάσθη πάλιν LTTrA. 
Ἀ τὸ πνεῦμά μοι LTTrA. 
1 — αὐτῷ LTTr. 
Ρ — δὲ and LtTTr[A]. 


ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ. 


~ [ή 

μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιεµενην 

‘great, * by four corners let down outof the heaven, and 
ἦλθεν Yaypic' ἐμοῦ. 6 εἰς ἣν ἀτενίσας  κατενόούν, 
itcame asfaras me: on which having looked intently I considered, 
καὶ εἶδον τὰ τετράποδα τῆς γῆς καὶ τὰ θηρία καὶτὰ ἐἑρ- 
and saw the quadrupeds ofthe earth and the wild beasts gnd thecreeping 
πετὰ καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 7 ἤκουσα δὲ” φωνῆς λε- 


ΧΙ. 


ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. καὶ 


things and the birds ofthe heaven. AndIheard avoice say- 
γούσης μοι, ᾿Αναστάς, ἨΠέτρε, θῦσον καὶ φάγε. 8 εἶπον-δε, 
ing to me, Having risen up, Peter, kill and eat. But I said, 


Μηδαμῶς, κύριε ὅτι Ἀπᾶν' κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε 
In no wise, Lord, for anything common or ᾿ unclean never 
εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ.στόµα.µου. 9 ἀπεκρίθη.δέ "pou! φωνὴ éx.dev- 
entered into my mouth. But *answered ΄ππε 1 *voice the second 
τέρου ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, “A ὁ θεὸς “ἐκαθάρισεν,ὶ σὺ μὴ 
time out of the heaven, What God cleansed, Ἅ“ἙἭἝ _*thou “not 
κοίνου. 10 τοῦτο.δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ. τρίς, καὶ πάλιν ἀνε- 
*make common. And this took place _ thrice, and again was 
σπάσθη! ἅπαντα εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. 11 καὶ ἰδού, “ἐξαυτῆς! τρεῖς 
drawn up all into the heaven. And lo, atonce ,_ three 
ἄνδρες ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐν ἢ ἰἤμην," ἀπεσταλμένοι 
men stood at the house in which I was, ‘sent 
ἀπὸ ἔΚαισαρείαςὶ πρός µε. 12 εἶπεν.δε "wor τὸ πνεῦμα," 
from Czesarea to me. And *said *to®me*the Spirit, , 
συνελθεῖν αὐτοῖς, Ἰμηδὲν διακρινόμενονἹ ἦλθον δὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ 
togowith them, nothing doubting. And went with me. 
καὶ οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι, καὶ εἰσήλθομεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ 
also ?six “brethren ‘these, and weentered into the house of the 
7 ὃ , 13 a , λέ k Il ε - ~ 5 A » > 
ανορος, απΏηγγειΛλεγ. τε ἡμῖν πως "εἶδεν τον ἄγγελον εν 
man, and he related tous how hesaw the angel in 
τῷ.οἴκῳ. αὐτοῦ σταθέντα καὶ εἰπόντα Ιαὐτῷ,! ᾿Απόστειλον εἰς 
his house standing and _ saying to him, Send 2to 
Ai , τω” ὃ Il ‘ , / A ᾽ ’ 
όππην τ ἄνδρας," καὶ μετάπεμψαι Σίμωνα τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον 
sJoppa men, and serd for Simon who is surnamed τ 
ld εν ΄ εἰν] -. - 9 ΄ 
Πέτρον, 14 ὃς λαλήσει ῥήματα πρός σε ἐν.οἷῖς σωθήσῃ 
. Peter, who shall speak words to thee whereby shalt be saved 
4 A ~ « , Ν ? A ~ »” , ~ 
σὺ καὶ πᾶς ὁ.οἶκόςσου. 15 ἐν. δὲ τῷ.ἄρξασθαί.με λαλεῖν 
thou and αἱ] thy house. And in my beginning to speak 
, ~ Ἢ ἕ . ? 
ἐπέπεσεν TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, ὥσπερ Kai ἐφ᾽ 


51611 1the Spirit “the “Holy upon them, even as . also upon 
ε ~ ? ? ͵ A ῳ εἰ A / 
ἡμᾶς ev ἀρχῇ 16 ἐμνήσθην.δὲ τοῦ ῥήματος κυρίου, 
us in [the] beginning. And I remembered the word of [{πε] Lord, 
ὡς ἔλεγεν, Ilwavyncg" μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς. δὲ 
how he said, ohn indeed baptized with water, butye ~ 
βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. 17 Et οὖν τὴν ἴσην 
shall be baptized with[the] 7Spirit , ον. If then - the like 


δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν, πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ 
gift "gave *to*them ‘God as also tous, having believed on 


τὸν κύριον ᾿Ιησοῦν Χριστόν, éywPdé" τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς 
the Lord Jesus Christ, and I, who wasI,[tobe] able 

ρω 4 / ? , A ~ ε , 
κωλῦσαι τὸν θεόν; 18 ᾽᾿ Ακούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα ἡσύχασαν, 
to forbid God? 


And having heard these things they were silent, 
ας πᾶν GLTTrAW. b6 — μοι ΤΤΤΙΑ. Ὁ ἐκαθέρι- 

ε ἐξ αὐτῆς Α. { ημεν We were LTTr. ε Και- 

1 μηδὲν διακρίναντα LPtr ; --- μηδὲν διακρινόμενον A. 
m— ἄνδρας GLTTrAW, 2+ τοῦ of the GLTNAW, 


ΧΙ. ACTS. 


καὶ πἐδόξαζονἩ τὸν θεόν, λέγοντες, ""Αραγεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 


and glorified God, saying, Then indeed also to the Gentiles 
ὁ θεὸς THY μετάνοιαν “ἔδωκεν εἰς ζωήν." 

God “repentance leave unto life. 

19 Οἱ μὲν οὖν διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς 


They indeed therefore who were scattered by the tribulation that 
γενομένης ἐπὶ ᾿Στεφάνῳ," διῆλθον ἕως Φοινίκης καὶ Κύπρου 


took place upon Stephen, passedthrough to Phcenicia and Cyprus 
καὶ ᾿Αντιοχείας, μηδενὶ λαλοῦντες τὸν λόγον εἰ μὴ µόνον 
and Antioch, to no one speaking the word except ‘only 


Ἰουδαίοις. 20 ἦσαν. δέ τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρες Κύπριοι καὶ 
*to “Jews. But were certain 70f them 1men Cypriots and 
Κυρηναῖοι, οἵτινες “εἰσελθόντες! εἰς ᾽Αντιόχειαν, ἐλάλουν ¥ 
Cyrenians, who having come into Antioch, spoke 

A 4 x* 4 il A , A mL 
πρὸς τοὺς 3 Ἑλληνιστὰς εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὸν κύριον 
to the Hellenists, announcing the glad tidings— the Lord 


Ἰησοῦν. 21 καὶ ἣν χεὶρ κυρίου μετ᾽ αὐτῶν" πολύςτε 
and a great 


Jesus, And ®was ['the] “hand “of [*the]*Lord with them, 
> ‘ y , ? µ | ? ‘ \ νι. 99 Ἠ ’ θ 
ἀριθμὸς πιστεισας ETTEOTPEVEV επι TOV Κυριον. κουσση 
number having believed turned to the Lord. *Was Sheard 
δὲ ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς” ἐν ὉἹερο- 
tand "ἜλΠο 3γεροτί in the ears ofthe assembly which [was] in Jeru- 
σολύμοις" περὶ αὐτῶν' καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν Βαρνάβαν ὃδιελ- 
salem concerning them; and theysentforth Barnabas to go 
θεῖν! ἕως ᾿Αντιοχείας. 23 ὃς παραγενόμενος καὶ ἰδὼν 
through asfaras Antioch: who having come and having seen 
τὴν χάριν © τοῦ θεοῦ ἐχάρη, καὶ παρεκάλει πάντας τῇ.προθέσει 
the grace of God rejoiced, and exhorted all with purpose 
τῆς καρδίας προσμένειν τῷ κυρίῳ' 24 ὅτι ἦν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς 
ofheart toabide with the Lord; for hewasa*man ‘good 
καὶ πλήρης πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ πίστεως. καὶ προσετέθη 
and full of [the] *Spirit "Holy and _ of faith. And was added 
ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ κυρίῳ. 25 ᾿Ἐξῆλθεν δὲ εἰς Ταρσὸν Δὸ Βαρ- 
a*crowd 1]4γρο6 tothe Lord. And *went *forth*to ®Tarsus 1Ῥατ- 
νάβας" ἀναζητῆσαι Σαῦλον, 26 καὶ εὑρὼν εαὐτὸνὶ ἤγαγεν 


nabas to seck Saul ; and having found him he brought 
εαὐτὸνϊ εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαγν. ἐγένετο.δὲ ἰαὐτοὺς" ἐνιαυτὸν 
him to Antioch, And it came to pass they a@ "year 
Ld ~ 3 ~ ? , A ’ » 
ὅλον συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, καὶ διδάξαι ὄχλον 
twhole were gathered togetherin the assembly, and taught a “crowd 


ἱκανόν, χρηµατίσαι.τε ἔπρῶτον! ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ τοὺς μαθητὰς 
‘large: and “were *called *first τπτ *®Antioch 1the disciples 


Χριστιανούς. 
®Christians, 5 
27 Ἐν.ταύταις δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων 
And in these days came down from Jerusalem 


προφῆται εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν. 28 ἀναστὰς.δὲ εἷς ἐξ 


prophets to Aatioch ; and ‘having frisen 7up ‘one *from *among 
αὐτῶν ὀνόματι "Αγαβος, tonpavev" διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, 
“them, by name Agabus, he signified by the Spirit, 


Λιμὸν ἱμέγαν! μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι ἐφ᾽ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην" 





347 


glorified God, saying, 
Then hath God also 
to the Gentiles grant- 
ed repentance unto 
life, 


19 Now they which 
were scattered abroad 
upon the persecution 
that arose about Ste- 
phen travelled as far 
as Phenice,and Cyprus, 
and Antioch, preach- 
ing the word to none 
but unto the Jews 
only. 20 And some of 
them were men of Cy- 
prus and Cyrene, 
which, when they were 
come to Antioch, spake 
unto the Grecians, 
preaching the Lord 
Jesus. 21 And the 
hand of the Lord was 
with them: and a 
great number believ- 
ed, and turned unto 
the Lord. 22 Then 
tidings of these things 
came unto the ears of 
the church which was 
in Jernsalem: and 
they sent forth Barna- 
bas, that he should go 
as far as Antioch. 
23 Who, when he came, 
and had seen the grace 
of God, was glad;-and 
exhorted them all, 
that with purpose of 
heart they would 
cleave unto the Lord. 
24 For: he was a good 
man, and full of the 
Holy Ghost and of 
faith : and much peo- 
ple was added unto the 
Lord. 25 Then depart- 
ed Barnabas to Tar- 
sus, for to seek Saul: 
26 and when he had 
found him, he krought 
him unto Antioch. 
And it came to pass, 
that a whole year they 
assembled themselves 
with the church, and 
taught much people. 
And the disciples were 
called Christians first 
in Antioch, 


27 And in these days 
came prophets from 


Jerusalem unto Anti- 


och. 28 And _ there 
stood up one of them 
named Agabus, and 
signified by the spirit 
that there should be 
great dearth through- 


A*famine ‘great is about tobe over *whole ‘the habitable world; out all the world: 

4 ἐδόξασαν LTTr. r*Apa then L1Tr; “Apa [ye] A. 5 εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν LTTrAW. t Στε- 
φάνου L. δ“ ἐλθόντες GLTTrAW. “+ KatalsOLTTrA. ΣΧ Ἕλληνας GreekSGLTTrA. ) - ὁ 
LTTrA. 5 - οὔσης Was τττ 8. Ἱερουσαλὴμ, LTTrAW. > -- διελθεῖν LTTr. © + τὴν which 


was] LTTrA._ 4 — ὁ Βαρνάβας (read he went forth) Lrtra. 
αὐτοῖς καὶ to them even LITra, ὃ πρώτως ΤΊτΑ. 8 ἐσήμαινεν τ. 


ε — αὐτὸν (read [Ὠ1}}]} τῦττα, 
i μεγάλην ὩΤΊΓΑ, 


348 


which came to pass in 
the days of Claudius 
Cesar. 29 .T'hen the 
dizciples, every man 
according to his abili- 
ty, determined to send 
relief unto the breth- 
ren which dwelt in 
Judea : 30 which also 
they did, and sent it 
to the elders by the 
hands of Barnabas and 
Saul. 


XII. Now about that 
time Herod the king 
stretched forth δ 
hands to vex certain 
of the church. 2 And 
he killed James the 
brother of John with 
the sword. 3And be- 
cause he saw it pleased 
the Jews, he proceeded 
further to take Peter 
also. (Then were the 
days of unlcavened 
bread.) 4 And when 
he had apprehended 
him, he put him in 

rison, and delivered 

im to four quatcrni- 
ons of soldiers to keep 
him ; intending after 
Easter to bring him 
forth to the people. 
5 Peter therefore was 
kept in prison: but 
prayer was made with- 
out ceasing of the 
church unto God for 
him. 6 And when 
Herod would have 
brought him forth, 
the same night Peter 
was sleeping between 
two soldiers, bound 
with two chains: and 
the keepers before the 
door kept the prison. 
7 And, behold, the an- 
gel of the Lord came 
upon him, and a light 
shined in the prison : 
and he smote Peteron 
the side, and raised 
him up, saying, Arise 
up quickly. And his 
chains fell off from his 
hands. 8 And the an- 
gel said unto him, 
Gird thyself, and bind 
on thy sandals. And so 
he did. And he saith 
unto him, Cast thy 
garment about thee, 
and follow me. 9 And 
he went out, and fol- 
lowed him; and wist 
not that it was true 
which was done by the 
augel; but thought 
he saw a vision. 





κ ἥτις LTTrAW. 


ο ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρώδης Τ. 


the GL[a]w. 


LTTrA, 


: t ἐκτενῶς fervently LTTrA. 
αὐτὸν LTA ; προάγειν αὐτὸν Tr, 
>’ — αὐτῷ LITrA, 


TQPAZETS. 


κύστις! ἱκαὶ! ἐγένετο . ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου "Καίσαρος." 29 τῶν. δὲ 


which also cametopass under Claudius Cesar. And the 
~ ~ er e 

μαθητῶν καθὼς "ηὐπορεῖτόϊΠΗ τις, ὥρισαν ἕκαστος αὐ- 

disciples according as *was *prospercd ‘any “one, determined, each. , of 


τῶν εἰς διακονίαν πέμψαι τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἐν τῇ Τουδαίᾳ 


them, for ministration tosend tothe  “*dwelling 3in 4Judea 
ἀδελφοῖς: 90 ὃ καὶ ἐποίησαν, ἀποστείλαντες πρὸς τοὺς 
‘brethren ; which also they did, sending δι Το the, 


; 4 A ‘ ’ 
πρεσβυτέρους διὰ χειρὸς Βαρνάβα καὶ Σαύλου. 
elders ‘ by [the] hand of Barnabas and Saul, 

19 Kar ἐκεῖνον δὲ τὸν.καιρὸν ἐπέβαλεν “Ἡρώδης ὁ βασι- 
And at'that time *put °forth Herod #the *king 
τὰς χεῖρας κακῶσαί τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας. 

[his] “hands toill-treat some ofthose of the assembly; 
ο σεν δὲ 7? x δ Ν ᾿ p’ , Π 4 4 Π 
2 ἀνειλεν δὲ Ιάκωβον TOV αὐὀε/ pov Ιωαννου μαχαιρᾳι. 
andhe put todeath James the brother of John with a sword. 
8 καὶ ἰδὼν! ὅτι ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις προσέθετο 
And having seen that pleasing itis -to the Jews he added 
συλλαβεῖν καὶ Πέτρον ἠσαν.δὲ " ἡμέραι τῶν. ἀζύμων' . 
to take also Peter: (and they were days ΟΥ̓ unleavened bread :) 
4 ὃν καὶ πιάσας ἔθετο εἰς φυλακήν, παραδοὺς τέσσαρ- 
whom also having seized heput in prison, having delivered to four 
σιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν φυλάσσειν αὐτόν, βουλόμενος μετὰ 
sets of four soldiers to guard him, purposing after 
τὸ πάσχα ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ. 5 ὁ μὲν. οὖν. Πέτρος 
the passover to bring out him tothe people. Peter therefore indeed 
ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ' προσευχἠ.δὲ ἦν ἱἐκτενὴς"! γινομένη 
was kept in the prison; but *prayer “*was “fervent made 
ε 4 ~ . ΄ 4 A θ A vt eR (| ? ~ ev ν᾿ 
ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπὲρ' αὐτοῦ. ΟὍτε.δὲ 
by the assembly to God concerning him, But when 
σσ aK Il x ? \ , Π ς ‘H 20 ~ ΕἸ ᾿Ξ / τ 
EPLE EV αυτον προάγειν ο ρωοτς, TY-VUKTUEKELV]) ην 
“was *about Shim ¢to °bring “forth Herod, in that night was 
ε / ’ 4 , . ~ t+ ς ’ 
ὁ Πέτρος κοιμώμενος μεταξὺ δύο στρατιωτῶν, δεδεμένος ἁλύ- 

Peter sleeping between two soldiers, bound with 

σεσιν δυσίν, φύλακές TE πρὸ τῆς θύρας ἐτήρουν THY φυλακήν. 


λεὺς" 


Σομαϊης ‘two, guards also before the .door kept the prison. 
7 καὶ ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐπέστη, Kai φῶς ἔλαμψεν ἐν 
And behold, anangel of [the] Lord stood by, and a light shone in 


/ A A A a / » 
πατάξας.δὲ τὴν πλευρὰν τοῦ Πέτρου ἤγειρεν , 


τῷ οἰκήματι. 
side of Peter he roused up 


the building. And having smitten the 
? A , ? ή . Ἅ ‘ ? , { ᾽ ~ « 
αὐτὸν λέγων, ᾿Ανάστα ἐν τάχει. Καὶ γἐξεπεσον" αὐτοῦ αἱ 
him, saying, Riseup in _ haste. And fell off of him the 
« ~ ~ ” ‘ 
ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν. ὃ εἶπέν τε! ὁ ἄγγελος πρὸς 
chains from [his] hands, And*said ‘the | tangel to - 
αὐτόν, "Περίζωσαι! καὶ ὑπόδησαι τὰ σανδάλιά.σου. Ἐποίη- 
him, αἰτὰ thyself about, and’ Ῥϊπᾶ οἱ thy sandals. *He did 
σεν δὲ οὕτως. καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Περιβαλοῦ τὸ ἱμάτιόν σου, 
land 50. And he saystohim, Cast about [thee] thy garment, 
καὶ ἀκολούθει μοι. 9 Kai ἐξελθὼν ἠκολούθει Ῥαὐτῷ"" καὶ 
and follow’ me. And going forth he followed him, and 
” ‘ , Ε - ~ . 
οὐκ.Ἴδει ὅτι ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγ- 
did not know that real it is which is happening by means of the an- 





1— καὶ LTTr[A]. 


m — Καίσαρος GLTTrAW. 2 εὐπορεῖτό LTTrA. 
P Ἰωάνου Tr. 


4 μαχαίρῃ ΤτιΑ. τ ἰδὼν δὲ ΤΑ. 5. - at 
Τι Y wept LITr. W ἤμελλεν TTrA. προαγαγεῖν 
ἡ ἐξέπεσαν LTTrA, 5 δὲ Ltr, 5 Ζῶσαι gird thyself 


-- 


χι XIE 


ΧΙΙ. ACTS. 
γέλου, ἐδόκει. δὲ ὅραμα βλέπειν. 10 διελθόντες δὲ 


πρώτην 
gel, but thought a vision hesaw. And having passed through 


a first 
φυλακὴν καὶ δευτέραν, “ἦλθον! ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν 
guard and asecond, they came ito the *zate iron 
τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἥτις αὐτομάτη ἀἠνοίχθη! αὐτοῖς" 
that leads into the city,. which of itself opened to them ; 
καὶ ἐξελθόντες προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν, καὶ εὐθέως 
and having pune out they went on through “street one, and immediately 
ἀπέστη ὁ ἄγγελος ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 11 καὶ ὁ Πέτρος «γενόμενος 
departed the angel from him, And Peter having come 

ἐν ἑαυτῷ! εἶπεν, Νῦν οἶδα ἀληθῶς ὅτι ἐξαπέστειλεν 

to himself said, Now I know of atruth that “sent *forth 

miptos τὸν. ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ, καὶ  [ἐξείλετό" µε ἐκ ειρὸς 
his angel and ἡ * delivered me out of[the] hand 


ἐν καὶ πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ιουδαίων. 
of Herod and all the expectation of the people of the Jews. 


12 συνιδώντε ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν § Μαρίας τῆς μητρὸς 


And considering [it]hecame to the house of Mary the mother 
Ἰωάννου" τοῦ. ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου, οὗ ἦσαν ἱκανοὶ 
of John who is surnamed Mark, where were many 


συνηθροισμένοι καὶ προσευχόμενοι. 13 Κρούσαντος δὲ Ἱτοῦ 
gathered ees and praying. And “having *knocked 


Πέτρου" τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος, προσῆλθεν παιδίσκη ὑ ὑπα- 


*Peter fat] the door of the Cry came a “damsel to 
κοῦσαι, ὀνόματι Ῥόδη' 14 καὶ ἐπιγνοῦσα τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ 
listen, by name Rhoda; and having recognized the voice 


Πέτρου, ἀπὸ. τῆς χαρᾶς οὐκ Ίνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα, εἰσδρα- 
of Peter, from 


joy she opened not the porch, ne 

μοῦσα δὲ ἀπήγγειλεν ἑστάναι τὸν Πέτρον πρὸ τοῦ 
run‘in ‘but shereported to *be *standing Peter before the 
πυλῶνος. 15 οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὴν *eiroy," Maivy. ἯἩ δὲ 
porch, But they to her said, Thou art mad, But she 

δσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν. ᾿οἱ. δ᾽ ἔλεγον," Ὁ ἄγγελος ™ad- 

strongly affirmed πας itwas. Andthey said, The angel of 


τοῦ ἐστιν." 16 Ὁ.δὲ Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων' ἀνοίξαντες.δὲ 


him itis. But Peter continued knocking: and having opened 
πεῖδον" αὐτόν, καὶ ἐξέστησαν. 17 κατασείσας.δὲ αὐτοῖς 
they saw him, and were amazed. And having made a sign to them 


τῇ χειρὶ σιγᾷν διηγήσατο “αὐτοῖς" πῶς ὁ κύριος αὐτὸν 
with the hand {ο besilent herelated %tothem how the Lord him 


ἐξήγαγεν ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς. εἶπεν δὲ! ᾿Απαγγείλατε Ἰανώβῳ 
brought outof the prison. And he said, Report to James 


καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ταῦτα. Kai ἐξελθὼν ἐπορεύθη εἰς ἕτερον 
and tothe brethren these things. Bad ewe goneout he went to another 


τόπον. 18 γενομένης. δὲ ἡμέρας ἦὧν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος 


Bike And κι come ‘day there was*disturbance *no ?small 


ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο. 19 Ἡρώδης 
among the __ soldiers, what coed hee, *Peter ‘was become, Herod 


δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρών, ἀνακρίνας τοὺς 
Sand having sought after *him ‘and *not *having*found, having examined the 


φύλακας ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι" kai’ κατελθὼν 
guards he commanded [them] to be ledaway([to death]. And having gone down 





DP they, : 
gel, and hath delivered 


349 


10 When they were 
past the first and the 
second ward, they 
came unto the iron 
gate that leadeth unto 
the city; which opened 
to them of his own 
accord: and they went 
> out, and passed on 
through -one street; 
and forthwith the an- 
gel departed from him. 
11 And when Peter 
was come to himself, 
he said, Now I know 
of a surety, that the 
Lord hath sent his an-| 


me out of the hand of 
Herod, and from all 
the expectation of the 
people of {μθ΄ Jews. 
12 And when he had 
considered the thing, 
he came to the house 
of Mary the mother 
of John, whose sur- 
mame was) Mark; 
where many were ga- 
thered together pray- 
ing. 13 And as Peter 
knocked at the door of 
the gate, a damsel 
came to _ hearken, 
named Rhoda. 14 And 
when she knew Peter’s 
voice, she opened not 
the gate for gladness 

but ran in, and d told 
how Peter stood before 
the gate. 15 And they 
said unto her, Thou 
art mad. But she 
constantly affirmed 
that it was even so. 
Then said they, It is 
his angel. ‘16 But Pe- 
ter continued knock- 
ing: and when they 
had opened the door, 
and saw him, they 
were astonished. 17But 
he, beckoning ‘unto 
them with the hand to 
hold their peace, de- 


. clared unto them how 


the Lord had brought 
him out of the prison. 
And he said, Go shew 
these things unto 
James, and to the 
brethren. And he de- 
parted, and went into 
another place. 18 Now 
as soon as it was day, 
there was no sma 

stir among the sol- 
diers, what was be- 
come of Peter. 19 And 
when Herod had 
sought for him, and 
found him not, he ex- 
amined the keepers, 
and commanded that 
they should be put to 





οἦλθαν Letra, ἃ ἠνοίγη LTTrA. 

ἘΠΕ τῆς LTTrAW. h ᾿Ἰωάνου Tr. 

εἶπαν L; δὲ μα GTIraAw. 
Ῥτε LITrA. 


ε ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος LTTTAW. 
i αὐτοῦ he GLTTrAW. | 


τῷ ἐστιν αὐτοῦ LITTA, π εἶδαν LTTrA, 


κ εἶπαν LTTrA. 


f ἐξείλατό GLTTrAW. 
1 δὲ 
ο --- αὐτοῖς π[ τν]. 


ue 


350 

death, And he went 
down from Judza to 
Cesarea, and there a- 
bode. 20And Herod 
was highly displeased 
with them of Tyre and 
Sidon; but they came 
with one accord to 
him, and, having made 
Blastus the king’s 
chamberlain their 
friend, desired peace ; 
because their coun- 
try was nourished by 
the king’s country. 
21 And upon a set 
day Herod, arrayed in 
royal apparel, sat up- 
on his throne, and 
made an oration uns 
to them. 22 And 
the people gave a 
shout, saying, Jt ts the 
voice of a god, and not 
ofaman. 23 Andim- 
mediately the angel of 
the Lord smote him, 
because he gave not 
God the glory: and he 
was eaten of worms, 
and gave up the ghost. 
24 But the word of God 
grew and multiplied. 
25 And Barnabas and 
Saul returned from 
Jerusalem, when they 
had fulfilled their min- 
istry, and took with 
them John. whosesur- 
Name was Mark. 


XIII. Now there 
were in the church 
that was at Antioch 
certain prophets and 
teachers; as Barna- 
bas, and Simeon that 
was called Niger, and 
Lucius of Cyrene, and 
Manaen, which had 
been brought up with 
Herod the tetrarch, 
and Saul. 2 As they 
ministered to the Lord, 
and fasted, the Holy 
Ghost said, Separate 
me Barnabas and Saul 
for the work where- 
unto I have called 
them. 3 And when 
they had fasted and 
als and laid their 

ands on them, they 
sent them away. 4So 
they, being sent forth 
by the Holy Ghost, de- 
parted unto Seleucia ; 
and from thence they 
sailed to Cyprus. 5 And 
when they were at Sa- 
lamis, they preached 
the word of God in 
the synagogues of the 


ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ. 


Ἂ ~ , ‘ / 
ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς ἀτὴν" ΣΚαισάρειαν! διέτριβεν. 


ΧΙ πα 
90 Hy 


from Juda to Cesarea he stayed [there]. Was 
δὲ "ὁ Ἡρώδης" θυμομαχῶν Τυρίοις καὶ Σιδωνίοις" 
land *Herod in bitter hostility with [the] Tyrians and Sidonians; 


ὁμοθυμαδὸν.δὲ παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ πείσαντες Βλάστον 
but with oneaccord they came to him, and having gained Blastus 
τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιτῶνος τοῦ βασιλέως, ἠτοῦντο εἰρήνην, 
whof{was]over the bedchamber ofthe’ king, sought peace, 
διὰ τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς. 
because wasunourished their country by {88 king’s. 

21 Τακτῇ.δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ Ἡρώδης ἐνδυσάμενος ἐσθῆτα βασιλικήν, 
Andonaset day Herod having puton *apparel ‘royal, 
ἰκαὶὶ καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος, ἐδημηγόρει πρὸς ad- 
and having sat on the tribunal, was makinganoration to them, 
τούς. 22 ὁ.δὲ δῆμος ἐπεφώνει, θεοῦ φωνὴ καὶ οὐκ 

And the people were crying out, 304 “ἃ δβιοᾶ [the] “voice and not 
ἀνθρώπου. 23 παραχρῆμα- δὲ ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν ἄγγελος κυ- 
of ἃ man! And immediately Ssmote “him ‘an“angel “of (*the) 
piov, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν οὐκ ἔδωκεν "τὴν" δύξαν τῷ θεῷ" καὶ γενόμενος 
5Ττᾶ, because he gave not the glory to God, and having been 
σκωληκόβρωτος ἐξέψυξεν. 24 ὁ δὲ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ηὔξανεν 
eaten of worms he expired. But the word of God grew 
καὶ ἐπληθύνετο. 25 Βαρνάβας δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν ἐξ 
and ‘multiplied. And Barnabas and Saul returned from 
Ἱερουσαλήμ, πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίὰν, YoupTapadaBor- 
Jerusalem, having fulfilled the ministration, having taken with 
τες" καὶ" YIwavyny" τὸν ἐπικληθέντα Μάρκον. 
{them] also Jolin who was surnamed Mark. 
κι ’ 7 Il > ? ‘ 4 ‘ r 
13 Ἤσαν.δε *rivec' ἐν ᾿᾽Αντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν 
Now there were certain ἢ Antioch in the *which “was (*there] 
ἐκκλησίαν προφῆται καὶ διδάσκαλοι, ὅ-τε.Ῥαρνάβας καὶ Συμεὼν 
Zassembly prophets αηᾶ _ teachers, both Barnabas and Simeon 
ὁ καλούμενος Νίγερ, καὶ Λούκιος ὁ Κυρηναῖος, Mavai.re 
who was called Niger, and Lucius the (Cyrenian, and Manacen, 
Ἡρώδου τοῦ ®*rerpapyou" σύντροφος, καὶ Σαῦλος. 2 λειτουρ- 
of Herod the tetrarch afoster-brother,and Saul, 7As*were *min- 
γούντων δὲ αὐτῶν τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ νηστευόντων, εἶπεν τὸ 
istering land “they tothe Lord and fasting, 5said ‘the 
~ ‘\ [7 "A ΄ ὃ , ᾽ὔ b, i , ‘4 
πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, Αφορίσατε δή μοι τόν.ὕτε". Βαρνάβαν καὶ 
2Spirit “the *Holy, Separate indeed tome both Barnabas and 
*rgv' Σαῦλον εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς. 8 Τότε 
Saul for the work towhich lLhavecalled them. Then 
νηστεύσαντες καὶ προσευξάμενοι, καὶ ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας 


having fasted and prayed, and having laid hands 

> ~ ? ἐλ 4 do - " A τ ? ’ 
αὑτοῖς, ἀἄπελυσαν. ὑτοι μὲν οὖν ἐκπεμφθέντες 
on them, they let [them] go. They indeed therefore having been sent forth 


ὑπὸ τοῦ “πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου," nro ic τὴν! 9Σελεύ- 

ματος αγιου," κατῆλθον εἰς ἱτὴν" 3Σελεύ 
by the Spirit the Holy, went down to Seleu- 
κειαν,! ἐκεῖθέν τε ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν" Κύπρον. 5 καὶ γενό- 
cia, and thence sailed away to Cyprus. And having 


7 ~ , ,ὕ ~ ~ ~ 
μενοι εν Σαλαμῖνι κατηγγελλον τὸν λόγον «τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ταῖς 
come into Salamis they announced the word of God in the 





4 — την LTTrAW. 
{L)r[tr}. 
3 τετρααρχου Τ. 
ματος LITra, 


¥ — την GL. 
b— Te GLTTIAW. 
f— την LITrA. 





τ Ῥαισαρίαν τ. 
* σνν- Τ. 


t— καὶ 
2— τι]ες LTTra. 
ε ἁγίου πνεύ- 


® — ὁ Ἡρώδης (read he was) GLTTraw. 
*—xKovLTn[a).  ¥ Ἰωάνην Tr. 
©— τὸν LITrAW, 4 αὐτοὶ LTIra, 
ὃ Σελευκίαν 1. 


XIII. 


συναγωγαῖς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων᾽ 


ACTS. 
εἶχον δὲ 


Ἂ , ΄ 
καὶ "]ωάννηνϊ 


synagogues οὗ tiie Jews. And they had also John [85] 
« / , A i η ~ ” , 
ὑπηρέτην. 6 διελθόντες δὲ τὴν νῆσον ἄχρι Πάφου 
an attendant. Andhaving passed through the island as tar as Paphos 

stodv) τινα μάγον ψευδοπροφήτην ᾿Ιουδαῖον, ᾧ ὄνομα 


they found a certain magician, a false prophet whose name 


KBapinoovc," 7 ὃς ἦν σὺν τῷ ἀνθυπάτῳ Σεργίῳ Παύλῳ, 
[πας] Barjesus, who was with the proconsul Sergius Paulus, 
ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ. οὗτος προσκαλεσάμενος Βαρνάβαν καὶ 
Smin ‘an *intelligent.- He having called to {him} Barnabas and 


Lavrov ἐπεζήτησεν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ" 8 ἀνθίστατο.δὲ 
Saul desired tohear the word of God. But there withstood 


~ ? ΄ ev Π , . ” 
αὐτοῖς Ἑλύμας ὁ μάγος" οὕτως.γὰρ μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα 
them Elymas the magician, (for so is interpreted “name 
αὐτοῦ" ζητῶν Φδιαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως. 


a Jew, 


*his), seeking to pervert the proconsul from the faith, 
9 Σαῦλος.δέ, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, πλησθεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου, 

But Saul, who 850 [158] Paul, being filled with [the] "Spirit ‘Holy, 
ἱκαὶ! ἀτενίσας 


᾽ > 4 - μ 4 ΄ 
εἰς αὐτὸν 10 εἶπεν, ᾿Ω πλήρης παν- 
and having looked steadfastly upon him said, O full of 
« '~ & Ν , « , εν , ? \ , 
τὸς δόλδυ κα. πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας, υἱὲ διαβόλου, ἐχθρὲ πάσης 
all guile απᾶ all craft, son of [the] devil, enemy ofall 
δικαιοσύνης, οὐ-παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς κυρίου 
righteousness, wilt thoanetcease perverting the ways %of [*the] "Τιοτᾶ 
τὰς εὐθείας ; 11 καὶ νῦν ιδού, χεὶρ τοῦ" κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ, 
1straight 2 And now lo, [{Π6] hand ofthe Lord [15] upon thee, 
Kai ἔσῃ τυφλός, μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον ἄχρι καιροῦ. 
and thou shalt be blind, not seeing the sun for a season. 
Tlapayoipaoé" οἐπέπεσεν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος, καὶ 
And immediatcly fell upon him awist avd darkness, and 
περιάγων ἐζήτει χειραγωγούς. 19 τότε ἰδὼν 
going about he sought some to lead [him] by the hand. Then *having *seen 
ὁ ἀνθύπατος τὸ γεγονὸς ἐπίστευσεν, Βἐκπλησσόμενος! ἐπὶ 


‘the *proconsul what had happened believed, being astonished at 
τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ κυρίου. 
the teaching ofthe Lord. 

19 ᾿Αναχθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου οἱ περὶ τὸν!" 


« And having sailed from Paphos (*with] *those *about [shim] 


Παῦλον ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας. ΤΙωάννης! δὲ 
ΔΌΣ came to Perga of Pamphylia ; and John 


ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς Ἱεῥοσόλυμα. 14 αὐ- 


having departed from them returned to Jerusalem. *They 
\ \ Φ , ? 5 ~ , , θεν 

τοὶ δὲ διελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Πέργης παρεγένοντο εἰς Αν- 

1put, having passed through from Perga, came to An- 


τιόχειαν τῆς Πισιδίας," καὶ ᾿εἰσελθόντες" εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν» 
tioch 9 of Pisidia, and having gone into the synagogue 
~ e ; ~ x Ἂν ’, - A ‘ ‘ ? ’ 
τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἐκάθισαν. 15 Μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀνά- 
on the “day tsabbath they sat down. Andaiter the  read- 
γνωσιν τοῦ νόµου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν ἀπέστειλαν οἱ ἀρχισυνά- 
ing ofthe law andofthe prophets ®sent ‘the “rulers “οὗ 
ωγοι πρὸς αὐτούς, λέγοντες, ΓΑνδρες ἀδελφοί, εἰν ἔστιν 
the *synagogue to them, saying, Men brethren, if thereis 


351 
Jews: and they had 
also John to their min- 
ister. 6 And when they 
had gone through the 
isle unto Paphos, they 
found a certain sor- 
cerer, a false prophet, 
a Jew, whose name 
was Bar-jesus:7 which» ~ 
Was with the deputy” 
of the country, Sergius 
Paulus,a prudent man; 
who called for Barna- 
bas and. Saul, and de- 
sired to hear the word 
of God. 8 But Elymas 
the sorcerer (for so is 
his name by inter- 
pretation) withstood 
them, seeking to turn 
away the deputy from 
the faith. 9 Then Saul 
(who also ὦ called 
Paul,) filled with the 
Holy Ghost, set his 
eyes on him, 10 and 
said, O full of all sub- 
tilty and all mischief, 
thou child of the de- 
vil, thou enemy of 
all righteousness, wilt 
thou not cease to per- 
vert the right ways of 
the Lord? 11 And now, 
behold, the hand of 
the Lord 8 upon thee, 
and thou shalt be 
blind, not seeing the 
sun for a season, , And 
immediately there fell 
on him a mist anda 
darkness ; and he went 
about seeking some to 
lead him by the hand, 
12 Then the deputy, 
when he saw what was. 
done, believed, being 
astonished at the doc- 
trine of the Lord, 


13 Now when’ Paul 
and his company loos- 
ed from Paphos, they 
came tu Pergain Pam- 
phylia; and John de- 
parting from them re- 
turned to Jerusalem. 
14 But when they de- 
parted from Perga, 
they came to Antioch 
in Pisidia, and went 
into the synagogue on 
the sabbath day, and 
sat down. 15 And after 
the reading oi the law 
and the prophets the 
rulers of the syna- 
gogue sent unto them, 
saying, Ye men and 
brethren, if ye have 





b Ἰωάνην Tr. i + ὅλην (the) whole GLTTraw. 
ιησοῦ T. 1— καὶ LTTrAW. ™— τοῦ (read of [the]) GLTtmaw. 
P ἐκπληττόμενος Tr. 4 — τὸν LTTrAw. τ ]ωάνης Tr. 

" ἐλθοντες τις Υ + τις any (word) LTTraWw. 


j + ἄνδρα a man LITraw. 
εν τ αν 
5 τὴν Πισιδίαν LTTra, 


k Bap- 
ὁ επεσεν LITr. 


352 


any word of exhorta- 
tion for the people, 
say on. 16 Then Paul 
stood up, and beck- 
oning with Ais hand 
said, Men of Israel, 
and ye that fear God, 
give audience. 17 The 
God of this people of 
Israel chose our fa- 
thers, and exalted the 

ople when they 

welt as strangers in 
the land of Egypt, and 
with an high arm 
brought he them out 
of it. 18 And about 
the time of forty years 
suffered he their man- 
ners in the wilderness. 
19 And when he had 
destroy.d seven na- 
tions.in the land of 
Chanaan, he divided 
their land to them by 
lot. 20 And after that 
he gave unto them 
judges aboyt the space 
of four hundred and 
fifty ycars,until Samu- 
el the prophet. 21 And 
afterward they desired 
a king: and God gave 
unto them Saul the 
son of Cis, a man of 
the tribe of Benjamin, 
by the space of forty 
‘eg 22 And when he 
ad removed him, he 
rai-ed up unto them 
J)avid to be their king; 
to whom also he gave 
testimony, and said, 
1 have found David 
the son of Jesse,a man 
after mine own heart, 
which shall fulfil all 
my will. 23 Of this 
man’s seed hath God 
according to his pro- 
mise raised unto Is- 
τας] a Saviour, Jesus: 
24 when John had first 
preached before his 
coming the baptism 
of repentance to all 
the people of Israel. 
25 And as John ful- 
filled his course, he 
said, Whom ‘think ye 
that lam? I am not 
he. But, behold, there 
cometh one after me, 
whose shoes of his fect 
I am not worthy to 
loose. 26 Men and 
brethren, children of 
the stock of Abraham, 
and whasoever among 
you feareth God, to 


παν. ο μην αι oc 
5 ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος LTTrw. 


κονταέτη ΤΊτΑ. 
GLTTraw. 


> ἐτροφοφόρησεν αὐτοὺς he nourished them GLTaw.. 
4 — αὐτοῖς TIr[ a |. 


TPA EIS. XIII. 
"λόγος ἐν ὑμῖν" παρακλήσεως πρὸς τὸν λαόν, λέγετε: 
aword among you of exhortation to the people, speak, 


16 ᾿Αναστὰς δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ κατασείσας τῇ χειρί, εἶπεν, 
And ΄Πατίηρ *risen*up δα], and making ἃ sign with the hand, said, 


’ ~ ‘ ΄ / / 
”Αγδρες Σ᾿Ισραηλῖται," καὶ οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν, ἀκούσατε. 


Men and those fearing God, .hearken. 


ε 4 ~ ~ / ’ ‘ μ , 
17 ὁ θεὸς τοῦ.λαοῦ.τούτου ΥἹσραὴλ" ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πατέρας 
The God of this people Israel chose *fathers 
« - 4 4 ~ , κ 
ἡμῶν" καὶ τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν ἐν τῇ παροικίᾳ ἕν 
tour, and “the “people ‘exalted in the sojourning in [the] land 
᾽ ᾿ / - ΄ > ᾿Ξ 1 
ΣΑἰγύπτῳ,! καὶ μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ἐξ 
of Egypt, and with Sarm la "high brought them out of 
αὐτῆς 18 καὶ ὡς Ἀτεσσαρακονταετῆὶ χρόνον ϑέτροπο- 
10, and about 7forty *years {the} “time he bore 
’ ’ ας ~ 3 , ‘ θ λ ‘ HEY « s 
όρησεν αὐτοὺς" ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. 19 και καθελὼν εὔνη επτᾶα 
“manners ‘their in the desert. And having destroyed *nations *seven 
ἐν γῇ Χαναάν, «κατεκληροδότησεν" ἀαὐτοῖς' τὴν.γῆν.αὐ- 
in [the] land of Canaan, , he gave by lot to them their land, 
τῶν. 20 «καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα, we ἔτεσιν τετρακοσίοις καὶ 
And ‘after these things about ‘years ‘four “hundred *and 
πεντήκοντα! ἔδωκεν κριτὰς ἕως Σαμουὴλ frov" προφήτου" 
*fifty he gave judges until Samuel the pro} net, 
21 κἀκεῖθεν yrncavro βασιλέα, Kai ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς 
Andthen they askedfor aking, and gave ‘to *them 1God 
τὸν Σαοὺλ υἱὸν &Kic," ἄνδρα ἐκ φυλῆς "Βενιαμίν," ἔτη 
Saul son of Cis, aman _ of([the] tribe of Benjamin, *years 


Israelites, ' 


Ἱτεσσαράκοντα.! 22 καὶ μεταστήσας αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν Καὐτοῖς 
αΓοτίγ. And having removed him he raised up tothem 

τὸν AaBid" εἰς βασιλέα, ᾧ καὶ εἶπεν µαρτυρήσας;' 
David for king, to whom also *he *said *having “borne *witness, 


Εὗρον ΙΔαβὶδὶ τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν 
Ifound David the [son] of Jesse, aman according to “heart 


μου, ὃς ποιήσει πάντα τὰ θεληματά.μου. 23 Τούτου 


my, who will do all my will. 305 >this [*man,} 

A ‘ ~ ’ » - 

ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος κατ᾿ ἐπαγγελίαν "ἤγειρεν" τῷ 
7God tof ihe ?sced according to promise raised up 

Ἰσραὴλ σωτῆρα “Incovy, 24 προκηρύξαντος "Ι]ωάννουϊ 


to Israel “having *before *proclaimed 


πρὸ 


a Saviour Jesus, 1John 


προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου.αὐτοῦ βάπτισμα μετανοίας 
before [the] face of his entrance abaptism of repentance 
παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραήλ. 25 ὡς δὲ ἐπλήρου ὁ" Ρ]ωάννης 
toall the people of Γ»ταε], Andas “was *tulfilling ‘John 
τὸν δρόμον. ἔλεγεν, ITiva με" ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι; οὐκ εἰμὶ 
[his] course, he said, Whom me doyesuppose tobe? “Not “am 
ἐγώ, ἀλλ’ ἰδού, ἔρχεται per ἐμέ, οὗ οὐκ.εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπό- 
*I [πα], but lo, hecomes after me, of whom 1 απαποί worthy the  san-~ 
Onna τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι. 96 Ανδρες ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους 


dal ofthe feet to loose, Men brethren, sons of [the] race 
> ΄ κ € 3 ε - “ a , ri ~ on ΄ 
Αβραάμ, καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν, υμιν ο 
of Abraham, and those among you fearing God, toyou the 








> Ὧν 
2 Αιγύπτου LTr. Ἀτεσσερα- 
© κατεκληρονόμησεν 
ἕως ετεσιν τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα" καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα (read 


χ Ἰσραηλεῖται τ. «7 -- Ἰσραὴλ α. 


‘heir land about four hundred and fifty yews. And after these thinus he gave, &c.) 


LTTrw, 
πρὶ 


GLTTraw. 


f— τοῦ TTr[A]. 

ov Δανεὶδ σὐτοῖς LETra; Aavid Gw. 
Ae 

Ὁ ᾿Ἰωάνου Tr. 


8 Kets Keis τΊττΑ. h Ἐεγιαμείν LTTrA. ἱ τεσσεράκοντα TTrA. 
1 Δανειδ ΤΤΊΤΑ; AavidGw. ἢ ἤγαγεν brought 


°—oOLTTvA, ἡΕΡ Ἰωάνης τ 4 Ίέἐμὲ LTTrA. {ἡμῖν to US TA, 


οσο δι δ ον. 


ΧΠΙ. ACTS. 


‘ ~ , ; oe ε 4 ~ 
λύγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης "ἀπεστάλη"" 27 οἱ γὰρ κατοικοῦν- 
word of this salvation was sent : for those dwelling 
τες ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες.αὐτῶν, τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες 
in Jcrusalem and their rulers, him not having known 
καὶ τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν τὰς κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον ava- 
and the voices ofthe prophets who on οτε sabbath are 
γινωσκοµένας, κρίναντες ἐπλήρωσαν" 28 καὶ μηδεμίαν 
read, Shaving *judged [Shim] ‘they *fulfilled. And no one 
αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες ἠτήσαντο Πιλάτον" ἀναιρεθῆναι 
cause “ofdeath having found they- begged Pilate to put *to “death 
αὐτόν. 29 ὡς δὲ ἐτέλεσαν ἅπαντα! τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γε- 
‘him. And when they finished allthings that concerning him had 
γραμμένα, καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου, ἔθηκαν εἰς 
been written, having taken [him] down from the tree, they put [him] in 
μνημεῖον' 90 ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ΄ νεκρῶν, 
a tomb ; but God raised him fromamong([the] dead, 
31 ὃς ὠφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ 
whoappeared for 7days Xmany tothose who came up with him 
ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, οἵτινές 3 εἰσιν μάρτυρες 
from Galilee to Jerusalem, who are “witnesses 
᾽ ~ 4 ‘ λ , 9 πε ~ Ot e ~ ? 5 \ ’ θ 
αὑτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαὀν. 92 Kat ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς εὐαγγε ιζόμεθα 
This to the people. And we to you announce the glad tidings— 
THY πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίαν γενομένην, ὅτι ταύτην 
the, “to the ‘fathers promise 2made, ‘that this 
ὁ θεὸς ἐκπεπλήρωκεν τοῖς τέκνοις YadTHY ἡμῖν." ἀναστήσας 
God has fulfilled *children “their ‘to 5, having raised up 
1; ἘΣ τς as ey 7 ~ λ ~ ~ ὃ ’ , Il 
}OOUV we καὶ ἐν Ἰτῷ ψαλμῷ τῷ δευτέρῳ γέγραπται, 


Jesus ; as also in the “psalm 1second it has been written, 
ac / 4 ? |) , ’ / e A 
Υἱός µου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε. 34 Ὅτι.δὲ 
*Son 3my "που 7art, I ) to-day have begotten thee. And that 


ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ 


he raised 


νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑπο- 
him from among [πε] dead, nomore_ to be about to 
μ ” / er ” «“ ΄ ο σὰ A 
στρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν, Ὅτι δώσω ὑμῖν τὰ 
return to corruption, thus hespoke: I will give to you the 
ὅσια *AaBid! τὰ πιστά. 385 Ὁδιὸ Kai ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει, 
2mercies ὁ *David lfaithful. Wherefore also in another he says, 
Οὐ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν.σον ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν. 36 ἈΔαρὶδὶ 
Thou wilt not suffer thy Holy One _ tosce corruption. “David 
μὲν γὰρ ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ βουλῇ 
3indeed ‘for to his own generation having ministered bythe “οΕ “God *counsel 
ἐκοιμήθη, καὶ προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς. πατέρας αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶδεν 
fellasleep, and was added to his fathers, and saw 
διαφθοράν. 87 ὃν δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν. 
corruption. But he whom God raisedup didnotsee corruption. 
98 Γνωστὸν οὖν ἔστω ὑμῖν, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ὅτι διὰ τού- 
*Known “therefore ‘be7it ίογοα, men _ brethren, that through this 
του ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται 39 “καὶ! ἀπὸ 
one toyou remission of sins is announced, and from 
Zz = ? ? , ? d_,~*ll , e ; 1 ὃ 
πάντων ὧν οὐκ ἠδυνήθητε ἐν τῷ! νόμῳ “Μωσεως" ὁι- 
allthings from which γα could not in the law of Moses be 


~ ? ΄ ~ ε "4 ~ , 
καιωθῆναι, ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων δικαιοῦται. 40 βλε- 
justified, in him’ everyone that believes is justified. Take 





τ ἸΤειλᾶτον τ. 


8 ἐξαπεστάλη was sent forth LTTraw. 
¥ ἡμῶν to our LTTr; 


NOW LTTraw. 4 νῦν now w. 


Δανϊὸ αν’. Ὁ διότι LTTrA, ο--- καὶ LT[TrA]. ἆ — τῴ LTTra. 





τ πάντα GLTTrAW. 
ἀυτῶν ἡμῶν W. 
(first) ψαλμῷ γέγραπται GTTr; τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγ. τῷ πρώτῳ (δευτέρῳ AW) LAW. * 4 
ε Μωύσέως GLITrAW. 
reali WEE Sonn tor 2 00  υέστην ώς φλέ τττεν εις ο ιμωτ α 

AA 


353 


you is the word of this 
salvation sent. 27 For 
they that dwell at Je- 
rus:itlem, and their ru- 
lers, because they knew 
him not, nor yet the 
voices of the prophets 
which are read every 
sabbath day, they have 
fulfilled them in con- 
demning him. 28 And 
though they found no 
cause of death in him, 
yet desired they Pilate 
that he should be slain. 
29 And when they had 
fulfilled all that was 
written of him, they 
took him down from 
the tree, and laid ‘him 
in asepulchre. 30 But 
God raised him from 
the dead: 3land he 
was seen many daysof 
them which came up 
with him from Galilee 
to Jerusalem, who are 
his witnesses unto the 
people. 32 And we de- 
elare unto you glad 
tidings, how that the 
promise which was 
made unto the fathers, 
33 God hath fulfilled 
the same unto us their 
children, in that he 
hath raised up Jesus 
again; as it is 4150 
written in the second 
psalm, Thou art my 
Son, this day have I 
begotten thee. 34 And 
as concerning that he 
raised him up from 
the dead, now no more 
to return to corrup- 
tion, he said on this 
wise, I will give you 
the sure mercies of 
David. 35 Wherefore 
he saith also in an- 
other psalm, Thou 
shalt not suffer thine 
Holy One to see cor- 
ruption. 36 For Dayid, 
after he had served his 
own generation by the 
will of God, fell on 
sleep, and was laid un- 
to his fathers,and saw 
corruption : 37 but he, 
whom God raised a- 
gain, saw no corrup- 
tion. 38 Be it known 
unto you _ therefore, 
men and brethren, 
that through this mas 
is preached unto you 
the forgiveness οἱ 
sins: 39 and by him 
all that believe are 
justified from all 
things, from which ye 
could not be justified 
by the law of Moses. 





w+ νῦν 
Σ τῷ πρώτῳ 
8 Δανεὶδ LTT Ag 


$54 
40 Beware therefore, 
lest that come upon 


you, which is spoken. of 
in the prophets ; 41 Be- 
hold, yedespisers, and 
wonder, aud perish: 
for I work a work in 
your days, a work 
which ye shall in no 
wise belicve, though a 
man declare it unto 

ou, 42 And when the 

ews were gone out of 
the synagogue. the 
Gentiles besought that 
these words might be 
‘preached to them the 
next sabbath. 43 Now 
when the congregation 
was broken up, many 
of the Jews and reli- 
gious proselytes fol- 
lowed Paul and Bar- 
nabas : who, speaking 
to them, persuaded 
them to continue in 
the grace of God. 


44 And the next ve 


XMM. 


wis / A ᾽ , ᾽ 
WETE. οὖν μὴ ἐπέλθῃ τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν 
heed therefore that it may not come upon that which has been ssid in 


τοῖς προφήταις, 41 Ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί, καὶ θαυμάσατε 


TPAZ HIS. 
Rg? ὑμᾶς! 


you 


the prophets, Behold, ye despisers, and wonder 

‘ ? a ' »Ἤ ‘ 2 ΄ ? ~ « , 
καὶ ἀφανίσθητε: ὅτι ἔργον ξἐγὼ ἐργάζομαιὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις 
and peri-h ; for awork I work in *days 


ὑμῶν, ἔργον by! 


tyour, awork which inno Wise ye would believe if 
ε.α. πο ) ᾿ : ~ ~ a ? ᾿ 
ὑμῖν. 42 ᾿Εξιόντων.δὲ ἱὲκ τῆς συναγωγῆς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων," 
toyou. But “having *departed *from Sthe ‘synagogue ‘the *Jews, 
Ἶ / k \ » HF] ? A ξὺ ’ λ λ θὴ 

παρεκάλουν "τὰ ἔθνη" εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ σάββατον λαληθῆναι 

°hesought Sthe °Gentiles on the next sabbath to *be ‘spoken 
αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα.ταῦτα. 48 λυθείσης. δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς, 
to 7them 1these 2words. And “having *broken Sup "the *synagogue, 
ἠκολούθησαν πολλοὶ THY ᾿Ιουδαίων καὶ τῶν σεβομένων 

15followed Smany of *the Jews ?°and ‘of '*the ‘worshipping 

, ~ , ‘ ~ , = e 

προσηλύτων τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Βαργάβᾳ' οἵτινες προσλα- 

11ργοξο]γίες Paul and Barnabas, who ᾿ speak- 
λοῦντεο αὐτοῖς ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς ἐπιμένειν" τῇ χάριτι τοῦ 
ing to them persuaded them to continue inthe grace 


θεοῦ. 
of God. 


οὐ-μὴ πιστεύσητε ἐάν τις Ἐκδιηγῆται 
one should declare it 


bath day came almost) 44 Τῷ "δὲ! πἐρχομένφῳὶ σαββάτῳ σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 


the whole city toge- 
ther to hear the word 
of God. 45 But when 
the Jews saw the mul- 
titudes, they were filled 
with envy, and spake 
against those things 
which were spoken 
by Paul, contradict- 
ing and blaspheming. 
46 Then Paul and Bar- 
nabas waxcd bold, and 
said, It was necessary 
that the word of God 
should first have been 
spoken to you: but 
seeing ye put it from 
you, and judge your- 
selves unworthy of 
everlasting life, lo, we 
turn to the Gentiles, 
47 For sohath the Lord 
commanded us, saying, 
1 have set thee to be a 
light of the Gentiles, 
that thou shouldest be 
for salvation unto the 
ends of the earth. 
48 And when the Gen- 
tiles heard this, they 
were giad, and glori- 
fied the word of the 
Lord: and as many as 
were ordained fo eter- 
mal life believed. 
49 And the word of the 
Lord was published 
throughout all the re- 
gion. 50 Butthe Jews 
stirred up the devout 
and honourable wo- 
men, and the chief 


Andonthe coming sabbath almost all the city 


συνήχθη ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον “τοῦ θεοῦ." 45 ἰδόντες. δὲ 
was gathered together tohear, the word of God, But *having*seen 


οἱ Ιουδαῖοι τοὺς ὄχλους, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, Kai ἀντέλεγον 


the *Jews the crowds, were filled withenvy, and contradicted 
τοῖς ὑπὸ Prov" Παύλου “λεγομένοις," τἀντιλέγοντες Kat" 
the things *by sPaul *spoken, contradicting and 


βλασφημοῦντες. 46 παῤῥησιασάμενοι. δὲ" ὁ Παῦλος καὶ ὁ Βαρ- 
blaspheming. But *speaking °boldly ραπ “παπά *Bar- 

, Ἐπ μα & - στ ? ~ ~ Bie - 
γάβας ‘eizoy," Ὑμῖν ἦν ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν 
nabas said, Toyou was necessary first to be spoken the 
λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ’ ἐπειδὴ.“ δὲ" ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτόν, καὶ οὐκ ἀξίους 


word ‘of God; butsince yethrustaway it, and not worthy 
κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς, ἰδοὺ στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ 
‘ye judge yourseives of eternal life, lo, Ἰ weturn to the 


ἔθ : ve ? / es ς , rm! , 

ἔθνη" 47 οὕτως.γαρ ἐντέταλται ἡμῖν ὁ κύριος, Τέθεικά σε 
Gentiles ; for thus hasenjoined us the Lord, I have set thee 
εἰς φῶῷᾳᾳῳ.Ὸρ ἐθνῶν. τοῦ εἶναί. σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχά- 
for ‘a light of [the] Gentiles, that thou be for salvation to [the] uttermost 
του τῆς γῆς. 48 ᾿Ακούοντα.δὲ τὰ ἔθνη ἔχαιρον, καὶ ἐδόξα- 


part of the earth. And hearing [it] the Gentiles rejoiced, and glori- 
Cov τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν ὕσοι ἦσαν 


fied the word of the Lord, and believed as many as were 


, 4 ‘ ., , \ .ε ΄ - 

τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 49 διεφέρετο.δὲ ᾿ὁ λόγος τοῦ 
appointed to life eternal, And was carried the word of the 
κυρίου δι" ὅλ ῆς χώρας: 80 οἱ δὲ ᾿Ιουδαῖ i 

0 δ." oANC THE χώρας. ot.d& Ἰουδαῖοι παρώτρυναν 
Lord through *whole *the country. But the Jews excited 

4 ΄ ~ ‘ [κα ᾽ ’ ‘ ΄ 
τὰς σεβομένας γυναῖκας καὶ! τὰς εὐσχήμονας καὶ τοὺς πρώ- 
the worshipping “women: ‘and honourable and the principal 


a τη τὸ ου μαμα λος: ο, ο ο) δή) ιο ως 


{.- ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς LTTr[A]. 


depa ) GLTTraw. 
™ Te GA. 
ὦ Ἀαλουμέγτοις 1111, 


* — δὲ but τν, 


5 ἐχομένῳ following GLAw. 


* καθ᾽ τ, 


& ἐργάζομαι ἐγὼ LTTrAW. h ὃ LTTrAW. 


6 i αὐτῶν they (having 
Kk — τὰ ἔθνη (/εαᾶ they besought) GLTtraw. 


ἢ Ι προσμένειν GLTTYAW. 
Ε ° τοῦ κυρίου of the Lord τττι. Ρ — τοῦ LTMm[A}. 
τ — ἀντιλέγοντες καὶ LTr[A], 5 Τε LITrA. t εἶπαν Loara. 
B— καὶ GLITTAW,. 


ΧΙΙ, X1V. ACTS. 


~ ae ‘ ? ΄ 4 κ ‘ 4 ~ 
τους τὴς πόλεως, και ἐπ]]γειραν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Παὔλον 
men ofthe city, and = stirred up a persecution against Panl 
Δ y δ ll / x Beef. ? 4 ? . ~ ε 4 ? 
καὶ ὑτὸν" Βαρνάβαν, καὶ ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν. ὁρίων αὐὖὐ- 
and Barnabas, and _ cast out them from their borders. 
τῶν. 51 οἱ δὲ ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν" 
But they having shaken off the Gust of their feet 
ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς, ἦλθον εἰς Ἱκόνιον. 52 οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπλη- 


against them, came to  Iconium. Andthe disciples were 
ροῦντο χαρᾶς καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου. 
filled with joy and[the] “Spirit Holy. 
? , . ᾿ ? ba , ᾿ς ΕἾΝ Φα ? ~ ? 4 
14 ᾿Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ᾿Ικονίῳ κατὰ.τὸ αὐτὸ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς 
Anditcameto passin Iconium *together Sentered they 
εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῶν Ιουδαίων, Kai λαλῆσαι οὕτως ὥστε 
into the synagogue of the Jews, and spoke sO that 


πιστεῦσαι Ιουδαίων.τε καὶ Ἑλλήνων πολὺ πλῆθος. 9 οἱ δὲ 
®believed ‘both “of “Jews *and ‘Hellenists ‘a 7great ®number. But the 


δἀπειθοῦντες" Ιουδαῖοι ἐπήγειραν καὶ ἐκάκωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς 

disobeying Jews stirredup . and made evil-affected the souls 
τῶν ἐθῶν κατὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν. 8 ἱκανὸν μὲν οὖν χρόνον 
of the Gentiles against the brethren, A long “therefore ‘time 
διέτριψαν παῤῥησιαζόμενοι ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ, τῷ µαρτυ- 
they stayed, speaking boldly, [confiding]in the Lord, who bore wit- 
ροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς.χάριτος.αὐτοῦ, Ἱκαὶ" “διδόντι! σημεῖα καὶ 
ness to the word of his grace, and giving signs and 
τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν.χειρῶν αὐτῶν. 4 ἐσχίσθη.δὲ τὸ 
wonders ' to be done through their hands, And was divided the 
πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως" καὶ οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις 
multitude of the city, and some were with the Jews 

οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις. 5 Ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο ὁρμὴ τῶν 
andsome with the apostles, * And when there was a rush of *the 


ἐθνῶν τε καὶ Ιουδαίων σὺν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν αὐτῶν, ὑβρίσαι 
*Gentiles ‘both and Jews with their rulers, to insult 


καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς, 6 συνιδόντες κατέφυγον εἰς τὰς 
and to stone them, being aware they fled to the 
>» ~ 5 , f 7 \ ’ \ ι , 
πόλεις τῆς Λυκαονίας, ' Λύστραν, καὶ Δέρβην, καὶ τὴν περί- 
cities of Lycaonia, ‘Lystra, and Derbe, and the country 
χωρον, 7 κἀκεῖ Σήσαν εὐαγγελιζόμενοι." 
around, and there they were announcing the glad tidings. 
8 Kai tic ἀνὴρ δὲν Λύστροις ἀδύνατος" τοῖς ποσὶν ἐκά- 
Andacertain man in Τπεδίτε, impotent inthe feet, sat, 
θητο, χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ 'ὑπάρχων," ὃς 
lame from [the] womb of his mother being, who 
ἠδέ k “4 i] 9 κέ ‘ .. Il η ΤΙ ηλ 
οὐδέποτε Ἀπεριπεπατηκει. οὗτος ἤκουεν" τοῦ Παύλου 
never had walked. This [man] heard Paul 
λαλοῦντος" ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ. καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι "πίστιν 
speaking, who, having looked intently on him, and seeing that faith 
ἔχει" τοῦ σωθῆναι. 10 εἶπεν μεγάλῃ "Ty" φωνῇ, ᾿Ανάστηθι 





he has to be healed, said with a loud voice, Stand up 
ἐπὶ τοὺς πόξας.-σου ὀρθός. Kai Ῥήλλετοὶ καὶ περιεπάτει. 
on thy feet upright. And he sprang up and walked. 

Υ — τὸν LTTrA. zt — αὐτῶν (read of the feet) LTTra. «τε LTrA. 


d — καὶ GLTTrAW. 
Β ἀδύνατος ἐν Λήστροις T. 
ἤκουσεν LTTr. 


LTTrA. ¢ 4+ ἐπὶ to (the).7. 
3 εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν LITrA,. 

Κ περιεπεπατήκει E; περιεπάτησεν Walked LTira. 
5-- τῇ LTTr. 


Name of the Lord Jesus Christ L P ἥλατο GLITraWw. 


© διδόντος Τ. 
i — ὑπάρχων GLTTrAW. 

πὶ ἔχει πίστιν LTT-A. 
ο + Σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ To thce 1 say in the 


355 


mén of the city, and 
raised persecution a- 
gainst Paul and Bar- 
nabas, and expelied 
them out of their 
coasts., 51 But they 
shook off the dust of 
their feet against 
them, and came unto 
Iconium, 52 And the 
disciples were filled 
with joy, and withthe 
Holy Ghvst. 


XIV. And it came 
to pass in Iconium, 
that they went both 
together into the syna- 
gogue of the Jews, 
and so spake, that a 
great multitude both 
of the Jews and also 
of the Greeks believed. 
2 But the unbelieving 
Jews stirred up the 
Gentiles, and made 
their minds evil af- 
fected against the 
brethren. 3 Longtime 
therefore abode they 
speaking boldly inthe 
Lord, which gave tes- 
timony unto the word 
of his grace, and 
granted signs and 
wonders to be done by 
their hands, 4 But 
the multitude of the 


‘city was divided: and 


part held with the 
Jews, and part with 
the aposties. 5 And 
when there was an as- 
sault made both of the 
Gentiles, and also of 
the Jews with their 
rulers, to use them de- 
spitefully, and tostone 
them, 6 they were 
ware of it, and fled un- 
to Lystra and Derbe, 
cities of Lycaonia, and 
unto the region that 
lieth round about: 
7 and there’ they 
preached the gospel. 


8 And there sat a 
certain man at Lystra, 
impotent in his feet, 
being a cripple from 
his mother’s womb, 
who never had walked: 
9the same heard Paul 
speak: who stedfastly 
beholding him, and 
perceiving that hehad 
faith to be healed 
10said with a loud 
voice, Stand upright 
ou thy feet. And he 
leaped and walked 





Ὁ ἀπειθήσαντες 
f4 εἰς ἴο 1,. 


356 


11 And when the peo- 
ple saw what Paul had 
done, they lifted up 
their voices, saying in 
the specch of uycaonia, 
The gods are come 
down to us in the like- 
ness of men. 12 And 
they called Barnabas, 
Jupiter; and Paul, 
Mercurius, because he 
was the chief speaker. 
13 Then the priest of 
Jupiter, which was be- 
fore their city, brought 
oxen and garlands 
unto the gates, and 
would have done sacri- 
fice with the people. 
14 Which when the 
apostles, Barnabas and 
Paul, heard of, they 
rent their clothes, and 
ran in among the peo- 
ple, crying out, 15 and 
saying, Sirs, why doye 
these things? Wealso 
are men of like pas- 
sions with you, and 
preach unto you that 
ye should ‘turn from 
these vanities unto 
the living God, which 
made heaven,’ and 
earth, and the sea, and 
all things thai are 
therein: 16 who in 
times past suffered all 
nations to walk in 
their own ways. 17 Ne- 
vertheless he left not 
himself without wit- 
ness, in that he did 
good,and gaveusrain 
from heaven, and 
fruitful seasons, fill- 
ing our hearts with 
food «πᾶ gladness. 
18 And with these say- 
ings scarce restrained 
they the people, that 
they had not done 
sacrifice unto them, 
19 And there came 
thither certain Jews 
from Antioch and Ico- 
nium, who persuaded 
the people, and,having 
stoned Paul, drew him 
out of the city, sup- 
posing he had been 
dead. 20 Howbeit, as 
the disciples stood 
round about him, he 
rose up, and came in- 
to the city: and the 
next day he departed 
with Barnabas to Der- 
be. 21 And when they 
had preached the gos- 
peltothatcity, and had 
taught many, they re- 
turned again to Lys- 





as Te LTA, 
city) GLTTraw. 


καίτοιγε GAW; — ye LTTr. 


Git[Tr]a, 
ZTTra, 


S— 6 LTTrAW. 


« ὑμῶν of you GLTTrA. 
Ἀ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτὸν LTTrA. 


ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ. XIV. 


11 Οἱ τδὲ! ὄχλοι ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν 80" Παὔλος, ἐπῆραν 
Αμᾷ ἴπο crowds having seen what “did *Paul, lifted up 
τὴν φωιὴν. αὐτῶν Λυκαονιστὶ λέγοντες, Οἱ θεοὶ ὁμοιωθέντες 
their voice in Lycaonian saying, The gods, having become like 
ἀνθρώποις κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς" 12 ἐκάλουν.τε τὸν 'μὲνὶ 
men, are come down to. us. And they called 
Βαρνάβαν Δία" τὸν.δὲ.- Παῦλον Ἑρμῆν, ἐπειδὴ αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ 
Barnabas Zeus ; and Paul Hermes, because he was the 
ἡγούμενος τοῦ λόγου. 19 "ὁ δὲ' ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ ὄντος 
leader in speaking, And the priest of Zeus who was 
πρὸ τῆς.πόλεως. "αὐτῶν," ταύρους καὶ στέμματα ἐπὶ τοὺς 
before their city, oxen and garlands to the 
πυλῶνας ἐνέγκας, σὺν τοῖς ὄχλοις ἤθελεν θύειν. .14 Ακού- 
gates Πατίηρ brought, with the crowds wished {ο sacrifice. 7Having 


σαντες δὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι Βαρνάβας καὶ Παὔλος, διαῤῥήξαντες 


Sheard ‘but Ξίπο apostles *Barnabas “διὰ °Paul, having rent 
τὰ.ἱμάτια αὐτῶν “εἰσεπήδησαν, εἰς τὸν ὄχλον, κράζὀντες 
their garments, rushed in to the crowd, erying 
15 καὶ λέγοντες, Άνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε: καὶ ἡμεῖς 

and saying, Men, é why these things do ye? also we 


εὐαγγελιζόμενοι 


ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμὲν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι, 
announcing the glad tidings to 


Sof*like feelings ‘are ‘Swith7’you “men, 
ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Yrov' θεὸν 
you ἔσο _ these vanities to turn to God 
τὸν! ζῶντα, ὃς ἐποίησεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ THY 


the living, who made the heaven and the earth and the 
θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς" 16 ὃς ἐν ταῖς παρ- 
sea and all the things in them; who in the 


φχημέναις γενεαῖς εἴασεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πορεύεσθαι ταῖς 
past generations suffered all the ngtions to go 
50 ~ ? ~ = 7 / 1] ? > ’ ει, τ 1] ? ~ 
ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 17 Τκαί.τοι.γε' οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον "ἑαυτὸν ἀφῆ- 
in their [own] ways, though indeed not without witness himsclf he 
κεν δἀγαθοποιῶν,! οὐρανόθεν ἡμῖν! ὑετοὺς διδοὺς καὶ καιροὺς 
left, doing good, fromheaven tous ‘rains ‘giving and “seasons 
καρποφόρους, ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας 
‘fruitful, ’ filling with food and gladness the hearts 
ἡμῶν." 18 Καὶ ταῦτα λέγοντες μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς 
of us. And these things saying hardly they stopped the 
ὄχλους τοῦ.μὴ.θύειν αὐτοῖς. 19 «Ἐπῆλθον! δὲ ἀπὸ ᾿Αντιοχείας 
crowds from sacrificing to them. But thither came from Antioch 


καὶ Ἱκονίου Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους, καὶ λιθά- 
and Iconium Jews, and having persuaded the crowds, and having 


A Tl ῦλ » 3 ~ aN { / HH} 
σαντες τον IlavAoy, εσυρον ἕξω τῆς πόλεως, 'νομίσαντες 


stoned Paul, drew [him] outside the city, supposing 
sop SreOud | 90 wine κα ΣΡ ΟΝ ο. Ὁ 

αυτον STECVAVAL. KUKAWOQVTWYV_0E αυτον των μα ητων, 
Ἠϊτα ἕο have died. But *having *surrounded ‘him ‘the “disciples, 


ἀναστὰς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν’ καὶ τῇ ἐπαύριον ἐξῆλ- 
having risen up heentered into the city. And onthe morrow he went, 

θεν σὺν τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ εἰς Δέρβην. 21 Ἱεὐαγγελισάμενοίϊ τε 
away with Barnabas to Derbe. Andhaving announced the glad tidings to 
τὴν.πόλιν. ἐκείνην, καὶ μαθητεύσαντες ἱκανοὺς ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς 
that city, and having discipled many they returned to 


t — μὲν LTTrA. 5 ὅ Te LTTrA. π — αὐτῶν (read the 
ἐξεπήδησαν rushed out GLTTrAW. Υ — τὸν LTTrAW. 2 καίτοι LT3 
® αὐτὸν LTTr. Ὁ ἀγαθουργῶν LTTrAW. ς ὑμῖν to you 
ὁ ἐπῆλθαν LTTrA. fvouigovtes LITrA. δ τεθνηκέναι 
i εὐαγγελιζόμενοί announcing ὅτ. LT. 








XIV, XV. ACTS 


τὴν Λύστραν καὶ * Ἰκόνιον καὶ Ἐ᾿Αντιόχειαν" 22 ἐπιστηρίζοντες 


Lystra and Iconium and Antioch, establishing 
τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν, παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ 
the souls ofthe disciples, , exhorting {them ] to continue in the 


πίστει, καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς 
faith, and that through many tribulations must we enter into 
τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 23 χειροτονήσαντες.δὲ αὐτοῖς Ίπρεσ- 
the kingdom of God. And having chosen for them ]- 
βυτέρους κατ᾽ ἐκκλησίαν," προσευξάμενοι μετὰ νηστειῶν πα- 
ders in every assembly, having prayed with fastings they 
ρέθεντο αὐτοὺς τῷ κυρίῳ εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν. 24 καὶ 
committed them tothe Lord, on whom they had believed. And 


διελθόντες τὴν Πισιδίαν ἦλθον εἰς αὶ Παμφυλίαν" 25 καὶ 
having passed through Pisidia they came to Pamphylia, and 


λαλήσαντες "ἐν Πέργῃ! τὸν λόγον κατέβησαν sic? Αττάλειαν" 
having spoken in Perga the word they came down to Attalia; 
26 κἀκεῖθεν ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν, ὅθεν ἦσαν παρα- 
and thence they sailed to Antioch, whence they had been 
δεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ ἐπλήρωσαν. 
committed tothe grace of God for the work which they fulfilled. 
27 παραγενόμενοι. δὲ καὶ συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 
And having arrived and having gathered together the assembly 
ρἀνήγγειλαν! ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς per αὐτῶν, καὶ ὅτι ἤνοιξεν 
they declared allthat did 1God with them, and that he opened 
~ <Q , , [ή ΝᾺ ας ν] ’ 
τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως. 28 διξτριβον-δὲ «ἐκεῖ! χρόνον 
tothe nations a door of faith. And they stayed there “*time 
οὐκ ὀλίγον σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς. 
Inot *a ‘dlittle with the disciples. 
15 Kai τινες κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐδίδασκον 
And certain having come down from Judzxa were teaching 
τοὺς ἀδελφούς, Ὅτι ἐὰν. μὴ “περιτέμνησθε! τῷ ἔθει " Mwv- 
the brethren, Unless ye be circumcised aftcr the custom of Mo- 
σέως οὐ.δύνασθε σωθῆναι. 2 Γενομένης ‘toby! στάσεως 
ses ye cannot be saved. Having taken place therefore a commotion 


καὶ Ἱσυζητήσεωςϊ οὐκ ὀλίγης τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ πρὸς 


and discussion not alittle by Paul and Barnabas with 
η ΄ ” > , ~ 9 / / 
αὐτούς, ἔταξαν ἀναβαίνειν Παῦλον καὶ Ῥαρνάβαν καί 
them, they appointed ‘to °go °up 1Paul “and “Barnabas and 
τινας ἄλλους ἐξ αὐτῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ 
eertain others from amongst them to the apostles and 


πρεσβυτέρους 
elders 


3 οἱ 


εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, περὶ τοῦ.ζητήµατος τούτου. 
to Jcrusalem, about this question, 

4 x ῃ Εν a's , , 
ἐν οὖν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, διήρ- 


They indced therefore having been sent forward by the assembly passed 
χοντο τὴν Φοιίκην καὶ αΣαµάρειαν,! ἐκδι]γούμενοι τὴν 
through Phosnicia and Samaria, relating the 


ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν" καὶ ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσιν 
conversion ofthe nations, Απᾶ ἴπον caused | *joy lercat to all 
τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς. 4 παραγενόμενοι.δὲ εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ! ᾿ἀπε- 
the brethren. And having come to Jcrusalem they were 
δέχθησαν" "ὑπὸ" τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ τῶν ἀποστύλων καὶ τῶν 














957 


tra, and te Iconium, 
wud Antioch, 22 con- 
firming the souls of 
the disciples, and ex- 
horting them to con- 
tinue in the faith, and 
that we must through 
much tribulation en- 
ter into the kingdom 
of God. 23 And when 
they had ordained 
them elders in every 
church, and had pray- 
ed with fasting, they 
commended them to 
the Lord, on whom 
they believed. 24 And 
after they had passed 
throughout _ Pisidia, 
they came to Pam- 
phylia. 25 And when 
they had preached the 
word in Perga, they 
went down into Atta- 
lia: 96 απᾶ thence 
sailed to Antioch, 
from whence they had 
becn recommended to 
the grace of God for 
the work which they 
fulfilled. 27And when 
they were ceme, and 
had gathercvd the 
church together, they 
rehcarsed all that God 
had done with them, 
and how he had opened 
the door of faith unto 
the Gentiles. 28 And 
there they abode long 
time with the disci- 
ples. 


XV. Απά certain 
men which came down 
from Judea taught 
the brethren, and said, 
Except ye be circum- 
cised after the manner 
of Moses, ye cannot be 
saved. 2 When there- 
fore Paul and Barna- 
bas had no small dis- 
sension and disputa- 
tion with them, they 
determined that Paul 
and Barnabas, and 
certain other of thei, 
should go up to Jeru- 
saien. unto the ape- 
stlus and elders about 
this question. 3 And 
being brought on their 
way by the chvrch, 
they passed through 
Phenice and Smniuria, 
declaring the cony: r- 
sion of the Gentilcs : 
and they caused great 


‘joy unto all the breth- 


ren. 4 And whenth Ὁ 
were come to Jerusa- 
lem,they were received 


welcomed by the assembly and _ the apostles and the of the church, and of 
κ + εἰς to LTTrA. 1 κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους LITrAW. =| ™ + THY TTr. 2 εἰς 
τὴν Πέργην 1. οΑτταλίαν ΤΑ. P ἀνήγγελλον ΓΑ. ᾳ — ἐκεῖ GLTTrAW. τ περι- 


τμηθῆτε ye have been circumcised ΗΤΤΤΑ. 8 + τῷ ΙΤΊΤΑ. 


piace) TTr. v ζητήσεως GLITrAW. Ww Τε hott: LTTrA. 


σόλυμα Tr. 2 παρεδέχθησαν they were received LTTraW. ἃ ἀπὸ Tr. 


τ δὲ but (having taken 
* Σαμαρίαν 1. 


Υ Ἱερο- 


308 


την apostles and elders, 
end they declared all 
things that God had 
doue with thein. 5 But 
there rose up certain 
ot the sect of the Pha- 
risees which believed, 
saying, That it was 
needful to circumcise 
them, and to command 
them to keep the law 
ot Moses. 6 And the 
apostles and_ elders 
came together for to 
consider of thismatter. 
7 And when there had 
been much disputing, 
Peter rose up, and 
said unto them, Men 
and brethren, ye know 
how that a good while 
ago God made choice 
among us, that the 
Gentiles by my mouth 
should hear the word 
of the gospel, and be- 
lieve. 8 And God, 
which knowcth the 
hearts, bare them ‘wit- 
ness, giving them the 
Holy Ghost, even as 
he did unto us ; 9and 
put no difference be- 
tween us and them, 
purifying their hearts 
by faith. 10 Now 
therefore why tempt 
ye God, to put a yoke 
upon the neck of the 
disciples, which nei- 
ther our fathers nor 
we were able to bear? 
11 But we believe that 
throngh the grace of 
the Lord Jesus Christ 
we shall be saved, even 
as they. 12 Then all 
the multitude kept si- 
lence, and gave audi- 
ence to Barnabas and 
Paul, declaring what 
miracles and wonders 
God had wrought a- 
mong the Gentiles by 
them. 19 And after 
they had held their 
peace, James answer- 
ed, saying, Men and 
brethren,hearken unto 
me: 14 Simeon hath 
declared how God at 
the first did visit the 
Guutiles, to take out 
of then) a people for 
his name. 15 And to 
this agree the words 
of the prophets ; as it 
is written, 16 After 
this I will return, and 
will build again the 
tabernacle of David, 
whichis fallen down ; 
and I will build again 
the ruins thereof, and 


ΗΡΑΞΕΙΣ. ‘Vv: 


πα Ue , ε Ὶ ? ΄ τς 
πρεσβυτέρων, ἀνήγγειλάν.τε ὅσα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν per αὐτῶν. 
elders, and they declared allthat God did with them. 


© ~ ~ e , ~ , 
5 ἐξανέστησαν.δέ τινες τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως τῶν Φαρισαίων 


And rose up certain of those of the sect of the Pharisees 
πεπιστευκότες, λέγοντες, “OTe δεῖ περιτέµνειν αὐτούς, 


It is necessary tocircumcise "them, 


παραγγέλλειν.τε τηρεῖν τὸν νύμον Μωῦσέως. ϐ Συνήχ- 
and charge {them]tokeecp the law of Moses. *Were *gathered 
θησαν dé! οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ 
*togethcr Ἰαμᾶ the apostles and the elders tosee about 
, ‘ ~ A / , > 
λόγου. τούτου. 7 πολλῆς.δὲ «συζητήσεως" γενομένης, ἀνα- 


who believed, saying, 


this matter, And much discussion having taken place, “having 

‘ , στ Ἂ τ μά Σ > Η . Te 

στὰς Ilerpoc εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς, Ar'cosc ἀδελφοί, υμεις 
Syisen “πρ ?Peter said to them, Men brethren, ye 


/ ef > { ~ ᾽ ΄ « ‘ « ~ 9s ς 
ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ἀφ᾽ ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων 16 θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν ἐξελέξατο" 


know thatfrom “days learly God zmong us chose 
διὰ τοῦ.στόματός-µου ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη τὸν λόγον τοῦ 
by my mouth [for] *to*hear ‘the *nations the word of the 


/ ‘ ~ ‘ , ‘ ? 
εὐαγγελίου. καὶ πιστεῦσαι. ὃ Kai ὁ καρδιογνώστης θεὸς ἐμαρ- 
Εἰαά tidings, and ἴο believe. Andthe heart-knowing God bore 

~ ~ Δ ~ 4 er τ 
τύρησεν αὐτοῖς, δοὺς "αὐτοῖς" τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, καθως καὶ 
witness tothem, giving tothem the Spirit the Holy, as also 
ἡμῖν" 9 καὶ foddév'duexpivey μεταξὺ ἡμῶν ὅτε" καὶ αὐτῶν, 
to us, and put no difference between “us ‘both and them, 

τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς. καρδίας. αὐτῶν. 10 νῦν οὖν τί 
by the faith having purified their hearts, Now therefore why 
πειράζετε τὸν θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν 


tempt ye God to put ayoke upon the neck of the 
μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ.πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν 
disciples, which neither our fathers nor we were able 


βαστάσαι; 11 ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος ἢ κυρίου ᾿Τησοῦ 'χριστοῦ! 
to bear ? But by the grace of[the] Lord Jesus Christ 


πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι; καθ ὃν.τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι. 12 Ἐσίγησεν 
we believe . to be saved, in the same manner ΑΒ they also. *Kept “silence 


δὲ πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ ἤκουον Βαρνάβα καὶ Παύλου ἐξη- 
Jand all the multitude, and heard Barnabas and Paul re- 


γουµένων ὕσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐν τοῖς 


--- 


lating what Sdid *God *signs *and *wonders among the 
» ? ? ~ 4 $A Δ ~ ’ ‘ 2. / 
ἔθνεσιν δι αὐτῶν. 19 Μετὰ δὲ τὺ.σιγῆσαι αὐτοὺς ἀπεκρίθη 
nations by them. Andafter were “silent ‘they *answered 
Ιάκωβος λέγων, ΓΑνδρες ἀξελφοί, ἀκούσατέ µου. 14 Συμεὼν 
4*Jamcs, saying, Men brethren, hear me. __. Simeon 
ἐξηγήσατο καθὼς πρῶτον ὁ θεὸς ἐπεσκέψατο λαβεῖν ἐξ 
related how first God visited totake out of 


ἐθνῶν λαὸν Ki! τῷ. ὀνόματι. αὐτοῦ. 15 καὶ τούτῳ συµφω- 
nations ἃ Ῥεορ]ο for his name, And with this agree 
νοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν, καθὼς γέγραπται, 16 Μετὰ 
the words of the prophets: as it has been written, After 

ταῦτα ἀναστρέψω καὶ ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν ἸΔαβὶδὶ 
these things Iwillreturn and will buildagain the tabernacle of David 
THY πεπτωκυϊαν' καὶ τὰ "κατεσκαμμένα! αὐτῆς ἀνοικοδομήσω, 
which [15 fallen; and the ruins of it J will build again, 





Ὁ τε TrA. 
LTTrAaw, 


LITra ; Aavié cw. 


ο συνζητήσεως LA ; ζητήσεως TTr. 
€ — αὐτοῖς ΤΊΤΑ. ; 
i — χριστοῦ GTTrAW. 


d ἐν ὑμῖν you (ἡμῖν W) ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεὸς 
1 οὐθὲν ΤΊΓΑ. 8. -τεν. h + τοῦ of the GLITraw. 

* — ἐπὶ (vead τῷ ov. αὐτοῦ for his name) LTTrAW. 1 Aaveid 
™ κατεστραμμένα T; κατεστρεµµένα Tr, 


XV. ACTS. 


καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν, 17 ὕπως ἂν. ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι 
and willset up it, - so that Smay seek 7out ‘the “residue 
τῶν ἀνθρώπων TOY κύριον, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφ᾽ οὓς ἐπι- 
Sof *men the Lord, and. all the nations upon whom has 
κέκληται τὸ ὄνομά.μου ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς" λέγει κύριος "ὁ" ποιῶν 


been called my name upon then, says [the] Lord who does 
ταῦτα ὑπάντα.ὶ 18 ῬΓνωστὰ' am αἰῶνός “ἐστιν τῷ θεῷ 
“these *things 1411: kuown from eternity are to Ged 
πάντα τὰ.ἔργα αὐτοῦ. 19 διὸ ἐγὼ κρίνω μὴ παρενοχλεῖν 
all his works. Wheretne Hf judge not to trouble 
τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν" 20 ἀλλὰ 


those who from the nations turn to God ; but 
ἐπιστεῖλαι αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι τἀπὸ! τῶν αλισγηµάτων τῶν 
to write to them to abstain from the pollutions of the 


εἰδώλων καὶ τῆς πορνείας καὶ τοῦ" πνικτοῦ καὶ τοῦ αἵματος. 
idols and fornication and what isstrangled and blood. 
21 ἵΜωσῆς' γὰρ ἐκ: γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κη- 
For Moses from generations οἵ old in every city μονο *pro- 
ρύσσοντας αὐτὸν ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον 
claiming thim ‘has in the synagogues, every sabbath 
ἀναγιγωσκύμενος. 
being read, 
22 Τότε ἔδοξεν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις 
Then it seemed good to the apostles and to the elders 
‘ er ~ 3 ’ὔ > , » 3 ? ~ 
σὺν ὕλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἐκλεξαμένους ἄνδρας ἐξ αὐτῶν 
with “whole 'the assembly, chosen men fromamong them 
πέμψαι εἰς ᾽Αντιόχειαν σὺν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Βαρνάβᾳ, ᾿Ιούδαν 


tosend to Autioch with Paul and _ Barnabas, Judas 
τὸν "ἐπικαλούμενον" ὙΒαρσαβᾶν,! καὶ Σίλαν, ἄνδρας ἡγου- 
surnamed Barsabas, and Silas, 2men Nead- 


µένους ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, 29 γράψαντες διὰ χειρὸς αὐτῶν 
ing among the brethren, having written by their hand 
τάδε Οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ οἱ" ἀδελφοί, 
thus: The *apostles and the elders and the brethren, 
~ A \ ? , ‘ / A / 2 - 
τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ᾿Αντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς 
{ο those in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia, brethren 
τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν. 24 ᾿Ἐπειδὴ ἠκούσαμεν ὅτι 
'from among [the] nations, greeting. Inasmuch as we have heard that 
τινὲς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξελθόντες ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις, 
certain from amongst us haying gone out’ troubled τοι by werds, 
ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν, λέγοντες περιτέµνεσ΄αι 
upsetting your souls, saying [ye must] be circumeiscd 
καὶ τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον," οἷς  οὐ-διετειλάμεθα" 35 ἔδοξεν 
aud keep the law; to whom we gaveno(such] command; it seemed good 
ἡμῖν γενομένοις ὁμοθυμαδόν, "ἐκλεξαμένους' ἄνδρας ἀκ) ac 
tous having come with one accord, chosen men to 5. 


πρὸς ὑμᾶς, σὺν τοῖς ἀγαπητοῖς. ἡμῶν Βαρνάβα καὶ Παύλο, 


το you, with our beloved Barnabas and Paul, 
26 ἀνθρώποις παραδεδωκόσιν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ 
men who have given up thcir lives for the 


ὀνόματος τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 27 ἀπεστάλκαμε» 
name * of our Lord Jesus Christ. We have sent 





4 — ὃ LTTr. ο --- πάντα GLTTrAW. P γνωστὸν LW. 


4 τῷ κυρίῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ to the 


3809 
I will set itup: 17 that 
the residue of men 
might seek after the 
Lord, and all the Gen- 
tiles, upon whom my 
name is called, saith 
the Lord, who do- 
eth all these things. 
18 Known unto God 
are all his works from 
the beginning of the 
world. 19 Wherefore 
my sentence is, that 
we trouble not them, 
which from arsong the 
Gentiles are turned to 
God: 20 but that we 
write unto them, that 
they abstain from pol- 
lutions of idols, and 
Jrom fornication, and 
Jrom things strangled, 
and from blood. 21 For 
Moses of oldtime hath 
in every city them that 
preach him, being 
read in the synagogues 
every sabbath day. 


22 Then pleased it 
the apostles and elders, 
with the wholechurch, 
to send chosen men of 
their own company to 
Antioch with Paul 
and Barnabas;namely, 
Judas surnamed Bar- 
sabas, and Silas, chief 
men among the breth- 
ren: 23 and they wrote 
letters by them after 


this manner; The 
apostles and elders 
and brethren serd 
greeting unio. the 


brethren which aro of 
the Gentilesin Antioch 
and Syria and Cilicia: 
24 forasmuch as we 
have heard, that ter- 
tain which went out 
from us have ἴτοι- 
bled you with words, 
subverting your souls, 
saying, Ye must be 
circumcised, and keep 
the law: to whom we 
gave no such com- 
mandment: 25 it seem- 
ed good unto us, being 
assembled with one 
accord, to send chosen 
men unto you with 
our beloved Barnabas 
and Paul, 26men that 
have hazarded their 
lives for the name of 
our Lord Jesus Christ. 
27 We have sent there- 


Lord his work L; ἐστιν τῷ θεῷ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ W ; -- ἐστιν τῷ θεῷ παντα τὰ έργα αὐτοῦ GITrA, 


τ- ἀπὸ (vead τῶν trom the) LTTr[A]. 3 -- τοῦ Ltr. 
called LtTTrAW. 3 Βαρσαββαν 1 Ττλ. ἢ — τάδε LTTrA. 
LITrA. t — λέγοντες περιτέµνεσθαι καὶ τηρειν τὸν νόμον LTTYA, 
chosen LTrw. 


τ Μωύσης GLTTrAW. 
Σ — καὶ οἱ (icad elder brethvei) 
4 ἐκλεξαμένοις having 


Y καλοιµενον 


860 ΠΡΑΞΈΙΣ. δη 


fore Judas and Silas, οὖν Ἰούδαν καὶ Σίλαν, καὶ αὐτοὺς διὰ λόγου ἀπαγγέλ- 


Ὃν hall also, ος | thercfore Judas and Silas, also ‘themselves by word telling 


by mouth. 28 For it λρντας τὰ αὐτά. 28 ἔξοξεν γὰρ ὕτῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι! 
fey Gh πο ane [you] the samethings. For it seemed good to the Holy Spirit 

1) my «4 , ε - / ~ 
to lay upon you no καὶ ἡμῖν, μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος πλὴν “τῶν 
greater burden than ayq tous πο further *to *lay “upon °you ‘burden than 
these ntcessary things; ,  , : κ ἢ πα ei i i 
29 that ye abstain ἐπάναγκες τούτων," 29 ἀπέχεσθαι εἰδωλοθύτων καὶ 
from meats offered to these necessary things : to abstain from things sacrificed to idols, and 
idols, and from blood, νι ee ἃ mo ἢ ἜΡΟΝ i. as 
andfrom thingsstran- αιµατος και TVUKTOVU Kal TOOVELAC ἐξ ων 


Ε]οᾶ, and from forni- {γοπι blood and from what 15 strangled, and from fornication; from which 
cation: from which τῷ Η ; = foes 3 wre ε A 
if ye keep your- διατηροῦντες ἑαυτούς, εὖ πράξετε ἔῤῥωσθε, 30 Οἱ μὲν 
selves, ye shall do keeping yourselves, well ye will do. Farewell. They 
well. Fare ye well. = > , ex ed ey cee 4 ι , 

30 So when they were οὖν ἀπολυθεντες «ἠλθον' εἰς Αγτιοχειαν' και συναγαγὀντες 
dismissed, they came therefore, being let go went to Antioch, and having gathcred 
to Antioch: and when _, ν ΩΣ [ης ΠΣ G ? , τὸ Oe 
they had gathered the TO πλῆθος ἐπεδωκαν τὴν ἐπιστολήν. 81 ἀναγνόντες. δὲ ἐχά- 


multitude together,~the multitude delivered the epistle. And havingread they 
they delivered the 2 \ ~ ; ϱ 2 "ὃ f ΣΑ Ἶ x \ ᾽ 

epistle: 31 which when ρῆσαν ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει. 32 Ιουδας τε" καὶ Σιλας, και αυὐ- 
they had read, they rejoiced at the consolation. And Judas and Silas, ?also ‘them- 


rejoiced for the conso- ἢ τ » τι , 
lation, 3) Αμὰ Judas Τοὶ προφῆται ὄντες, διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς 


and Silas, being pro- sclves *prophets Speing, by discourse *much exhorted the: 


hets also themselves, 25 rn γι 5 ͵ G \ ͵ ᾽ 
Ες ted the brathvan ἀδελφούς, καὶ ἐπεστήριξαν. 988 Ποιήσαντες.δὲ χρόνον ἄπε- 


with many words,and brethren, and _ established [them]. Απά πανίης continued a time they’ 


ο ο αρα λύθησαν μετ᾽ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν πρὸς Frode ἀποστό-- 
there aspace,they were Were let go in peace from the _ brethren to the apostles;; 


τ ο ας λους." 94 Ἀέδοξεν δὲ τῷ Σίλα ἐπιμεῖναι αὐτοῦ." 35 Παῖλος.δὲ 
apostles. 34 Notwith- but it seemed good toSilas toremain there, And Paul 


standing ἰδ Pleased καὶ Βαρνάβας διέτριβον ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ, διδάσκοντες καὶ εὔαγ- 
still, 35 Paul also and and Barnabas stayed in Antioch, teaching and, ‘an- 


Barnabas continuedin γελιζόμενοι μετὰ καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν, τὸν λόγον τοῦ 


ο tuawers of nouncing “the “glad *tidings *with *also “others *many— the word of the 


the Lord, with many κυρίου. 


others also, Tord. 
36 And some days 90 Μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας εἶπεν Παῦλος πρὸς Βαρνάβαν," 
other Ἔτι μαῖα unto | But after certain days said Paul to Barnabas, 
arnabas, Let us go ‘ sa es Al res ιν ο a eral Ue 
ο a vit oe Ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς. ἡμῶν! κατὰ. 


brethren in every city Having turned back “indced ‘let *us look after our brethren in 


where we havepreach- ἰσᾷσαν πόλιν! ἐν αἷς κατηγγείλαμεν τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, 


th d of th : : : 
ford, ολο ον every city in which we hayeannounced the word ofthe Lord, 


do. 37 And Barnabas ῶ 4 ἐς el πὴ , ion i 
4etermined to take ole a lib ata 37 Βαρνάβας δὲ ἐβουλεύσατο συµπαρα 


withthem John, whose how they are. And Barnabas purposed to take 
surname was Mark. λαβεῖν" 9 Ῥτὸν' Υ]ωάννην! τὸν καλούμενον Μάρκον" 88 Παῦ- 
38 But Paul thought with [them] John ealled Mark; 2Paul 
not good to take him ι as : ᾿ ᾿ δα. pees 

with them, who de- λος δὲ ἠξίου τὸν ἀποστάντα ἀπ αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Ilap- 
parted from them ‘but thought it well him who withdrew from them from  Pam- 


from Pamphylia, and ; λλες , ee ? κ» \ 

went not withthemto φυλίας, καὶ μὴ.συγελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ έργο», μὴ "συμπαρα- 
the work. ὃν Απά (Πο phylia, . and went not with them to the work, not ~ to take 
contention was so ~ - Side = αν , “ 
sharp between them, λαβεῖν τοῦτον. 39 ἐγένετο "οὖνὶ παροξυσµός. ὥστε 
that they departed ?with (Sthem] thim. Arose therefore a’sharp contention so that 
asunder one from the , ~ Σὐτενυνι τ γι» νιν, , , , 

other: and so Barna- ἀποχωρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων, τόν.τε.Ῥαρνάβαν παρα- 





bas took Mark, and “departed "they from one another, and Barnabas having 
" τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ TIrw. ___ «τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες LTTr; --- τούτων A. ἆ πνικτῶν 
LITra, 6 κατῆλθον LTTrA. δὲ Ε. ὃ τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας αὐτούς thvse who sent thum 
ἀξ a h — verse 34 LTTrAW. i πρὸς Βαρνάβαν Παῦλος LT tra. k — ἡμῶν (read the 
brethren) GLTTrAW. 1 πόλιν πᾶσαν LTTYA. τὶ ἐβούλετο LTTrAW. ἢ συν- ΤΑ. 
+ καὶ also GLTTrA. P — τὸν GLA, 4 ᾿Ιωάνην Tr. τ συµ-(συν- ΤΑ)παραλαμβάνειν 


LTTrA, 5 δὲ and (arose) LTTra, 


av, Χτ]. ATS. 


λαβόντα τὸν Μάορκον ἐκπλεῖσαι είς Κύπρον: 40 Παῦλος δὲ 
taken Mark sailed to Cyprus ; but Paul 
ἐπιλεξαμενος Σίλαν ἐξῆλθεν, παραζοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι 
having chosen Silas went forth, having been committed tothe grace 
~ ~ τῷ νὰ ’ aA i 
‘rou θεοῦ" ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν. 41 διήρχετο. δὲ 
of God by the _ brethren. And he passed through 
καὶ Ὁ Κιλικίαν, ἐπιστηοίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας. 16 Κατήντησεν δὲ" 
and Cohcin, establishing the - assemblies. And he arrived 
᾽ 7 ‘ » ‘ ᾽ , yA στ 3 ~ 
εἰς Δέρβην καὶ Υ Λύστραν' καὶ ἰδού. µαθητής τις ἦν ἐκεῖ, 
αὖ Derbe and Lystra: and behold, a “disciple ‘certain was there, 
ὀνόματι Τιμόθεος, υἱὸς γυναικός Ίτινος" Ιουδαίας πιστῆς 


Syria 


by name Timotheus, son of a *woman ‘certain “Jewish “believing 
A i e εν ? ~ « Ss ~ ? , 

πατρὸς δὲ Ἕλληνος 2 ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Avo- 

but [the] father ἃ Greek, who was borne witness to by the 7in *Lys- 


τροις καὶ Ἱκονίῳ ἀδελφῶν. 8 τοῦτον ἠθέλησεν ὁ Παὔλος σὺν 


το “and *Iconium ‘brethren. This one *wished *Paul with 
? ~ ? ~ ‘ ‘ , ? ‘ A ‘ 

αὐτῷ ἐξελθεῖν, καὶ λαβὼν περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν διὰ τοὺς 
him togoforth, and having taken hecircumcised him onaccountof the 


? / 2; ~ , ’ 2 8 x 
Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς. τόποις ἐκείνοις" ῃθεισαν. γάρ 


Jews who were in those places, for they *knew 
al x , > ~ er eo ή ε ~ « ᾿ SA 
ἅπαντες τὸν.πατερα.αὐτοῦ Ότι ᾿Ἑλληνὶ ὑπῆρχεν. 4 ως δὲ 

all his father that a Greek he was. _And as 

inl 8 , ι , b ον ΠΤ ᾽ - pv , 
ὁιεπορεύοντο τὰς πόλεις ὑπαρεδιδουν' αὐτοῖς φυλᾶσσειν 
they passed through the cities they delivered to them to keep 
Ta δόγματα τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ Cray" 
the decrees decided on by the apostles and the 
πρεσβυτέρων) τῶν ἐν ἁἹερουσαλήημ.! ὃ at μὲν οὖν ἐκ- 

elders in Jerusalem. The “therefore ‘as- 
κλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο TH πίστει, καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ 
semblies were strengthened in the faith, and abounded in number 
καθ ἡμέραν. 

every day. 

6 «Διελθόντεοὶ δὲ τὴν Φρυγίαν καὶ fryv" Γαλατικὴν 

*Having *passed *through ‘and Phrygia and_ the Galatian 

, 7 , ~ £ ΄, ~ 
χώραν, κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος λαλῆσαι 
country, having been Του θη by the Holy Spirit to speak 


τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ Ασίᾳ, 7 ἐλθόντες ὃ κατὰ τὴν Μυσίαν ἐπείρα- 


the word in Asia, having come down to Mysia they at- 
Cov xara" Ἱτὴνὶ Βιθυνίαν Ἐπορεύεσθαιἳ καὶ οὖὐκ.εῖασεν 
tempted to -Bithynia to go; and *did *not *suifer 
αὐτοὺς τὸ πνεῦμα. 8 παρελθόντες.δὲ τὴν Μυσίαν κατέβη- 
Sthem the “Spirit; aud having passed by Mysia they came 


σαν εἰς Τρωάδα. 9 καὶ ὅραμα διὰ ™rijc' νυκτὸς πώφθη τῷ 
down to Troas. And avision during the night appeared 
Παύλῳ'' ᾿Ανήρ ὅτις ἦν Μακεδὼν"! ἑστώς, Ρ παρακαλῶν 
to Paul: A “man ‘certain *was *of *Macedonia standing, besceching 
αὐτὸν καὶ λέγων»,  Διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν βοήθησον 
him and saying, Having passed over into Macedonia help 
ἡμῖν. 10 Ὡς δὲ τὸ ὅραμα εἶδεν, εὐθέως ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν 


us. And when the vision he saw, immediately wesought ἴο go forth 


νυ τοῦ κυρίου Of the Lord Lrtraw. 
2 — τινος GLTTrAW. 
ο- τῶν LTTrAW. 


w+ την Τὶ 


4 Ἱεροσολύμοις LTTrAW. 


LTTraw. 
LYTrA W. f— τὴν LYTrA. 5 + δὲ and (having come) LTTraw. 
i—- την W. k πορευθῆναι LTTrA. 1 + Ἰησοῦ of Jesus GLTTrAw. 


5 τῷ VavdAw ὠφθη Tra. ο Μακεδών τις ἦν (— ἦν A) LTTrAW. 


τὴν Συρίαν 


xX + καὶ also L[Tr}. 
ἃ πάντες (ἅπαντες Tr) ὅτι EAAnV ὃ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ LTr. 
η τὴρ 


e διῆλθον they passed through 


901 


sailed unto Cyprus; 
40 and Paul chose Si- 
las, and departed, be- 
ing receminended by 
the brethren unto the 
grace of God. 41 And 
he went through Sy- 
rin and Cilicia, con- 
firming the churches, 
XVI. Then came he 
to Derbe and Lystra,: 
and, behold, a certain 
disciple was there, 
named Timotheus, the 
son of a certain wo- 
man, which was a 
Jewess, and believed; 
but his father was a 
Greek: 2 which was 
well reported of by the 
brethren that were at 
Lystra and Iconium, 
3 Him would Paul 
have to go forth with 
him; and took and 
circumcised him be- 
cause of the Jews 
which were in those 
quarters: for they 
knew all that his fa- 
ther was a Greek. 
4 And as they went 
through the cities, 
they delivered them 
the decrees for to keep, 
that were ordained of 
the apostles and elders 
which were at Jerusa- 
Jem. 5 Andso were the 
churches’ established 
in the faith, and in- 
creased in number 
daily. 


6 Now when they 
had gone throughout 
Phrygia and the re- 
gion of Galatia, and 
were forbidden of the 
Holy Ghost to preach 
the word in Asia, 7 af- 
ter they were come to 
Mysia, they assayed to 
go into Bithynia: but 
the Spirit suffered 
them not. 8 And they 
passing by Mysia came 
down to Troas. 9 And 
a vision appeared to 
Paul in the night; 
There stood a man of 
Macedonia, and pray- 
ed him, saying, Come 
over into Macedonia, 
and help us. 10 And 
after he had seen the 
vision, immediately 
we endeavoured to go 





Υ + εἰς at LTTr. 
Ὁ παρεδίδοσαν 


Β εἰς GLTTrAW. 
m — τῆς ΤΤΊΥΓΑ] 


Ρ + καὶ απὰ LYtr. 


362 


into Macedonia, as- 
suredly gathering that 
the Lord had called 
us for to preach the 
gospel unto them. 
11 Therefore loosing 
from Troas, we came 
with a straight course 
to Samothracia, and 
the next day to Nea- 
polis; 12 and from 
thence to Philippi, 
which is the chief cily 
of that part of Mace- 
donia, and a colony: 
and we were in that 
city abiding certain 
days. 13 And on the 
sabbath we went out 
of the city by ariver 
side, where prayer was 
wont to be made; and 
we sat down, and spake 
unto the women which 
resorted thither. 14 And 
acertain woman nam- 
ed Lydia, a seller of 
purple, of the city of 
Thyatira, which wor- 
shipped God, heard us: 
whose hart the Lord 
opened, that she at- 
tended unto the things 
which were spoken of 
Paul. 15 And when 
she was baptized, and 
her houschold, she be- 
sought us, saying, If 

e have judged me to 
tie faithful to the Lord, 
come into my house, 
and abide there, And 
she constrained us. 
16 Andit camcto pass, 
as we went to prayer, 
a certain damsel pos- 
sessed with a spirit of 
divination met us, 
which brought her 
musters much gain by 
sooithsaying: 17 the 
same followed Paul 
and us, and cried, say- 
ing, These men are the 
servants of the most 
high God, which shew 
unto us the way of 
salvation. 18 And this 
did she many duys. 
But Paul, being griev- 
ed, turned and said to 
the spirit, 1 command 
thee in the name of 
Jesus Christ to come 
oct of her. And he 
came out the same 
hour. 19 And when 
her masters saw that 
the hope of their gains 
was gone, they caught 





ᾳ — γὴν LTTr. 
ν δὲ LTTrA. 


ἆ μένετε LIT rW. 


ΟὟ Νέαν πόλιν TTr. 
8 πύλης gate ΙΤΊΤΑΥΥ. 
. © Ἑτὴν the [place for] Lrrraw. 
Ἀ κατακολουϑοῦσα following ττς, 


QTPASETS. xe 
εἰς τὴν" Μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς 
το Macedonia, concluding that “had "οα]]οᾶ us 

εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς. 11 ᾿Αναχθέντες 
to announce the glad tidings to them. Having sailed 
εὐθυδρομήσαμεν εἰς Σαμο- 
we came with ἃ strnzight course to Samo- 
ἐπιούσῃ εἰς “Νεάπολιν, 19 Σἐκεῖθεν τεῖ 


τὸ κύριος" 
11ῃο *Lord 
βροῦν" ἀπὸ ἴτης, Τρωάδος 
thercfore from Troas 


Ana τα 
θρᾳκην, τῇ-"τε 


thracia, and onthe following day to Neapolis, and thence 
εἰς Φιλίππους, ἥτις ἐστὶν πρώτη τῆς μερίδος Στῆς" 
to Philippi, which is [the] first “of [Sthat] *part 


- ΄ ’ ’ >a \ bd ~ , 
Μακεδονίας πόλις, κολώγια. ᾿ Ἡμεν.δὲ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει δια- 
Sof “Macedonia ‘city, acolony. Απά wewere in this city stay- 


τρίβοντες ἡμέρας τινάς, 13 τῇττε ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων 


ing 2days lcertain. Andonthe day οὗ the sabbath 
ἐξήλθομεν Ζἔξω" τῆς πόλεως" παρὰ ποταμόν, οὗ ἐνομίζετο 


by a river, 
‘il a ‘ 01 ἐλ λ = ~ 
προσευχῇ εἰναι, καὶ κασισᾶντες ελα ουμεν ταις 
prayer tobe, and havingsatdown ‘we spoke 
θούσαις γυναιξίν. 14 Κα τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία, πορ- 
*together ‘wonien, Andacertain woman, by'name Lydia, a seller 
φυρόπωλις πόλεως Θυατείρων, σεβοµέν τὸν θεόν, ἤκουεν" 
of purple of [the] city of Thyatira, who worshipped God, was hearing; 
ἧς ὁ κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν προσέχειν τοῖς 
of whom the Lord opened the heart to atteud to the things 
λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ “τοῦ! Παύλου. 15 ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη καὶ 
spoken- by ‘Paul. And wheu she was baptized and 
ὁ. οἶκος. αὐτῆς παρεκάλεσεν λέγουσα, Εἰ κεκρίκατέ µε πιστὴν 
her house she besought saying, If ye have judged me faithful 
τῷ κυρίῳ εἶναι, εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν.οἶκόν.μου, μείνατε" " 
tothe Lord tobe, having entered into my house, abide, 
καὶ παρεβιάσατο ἡμᾶς. 16 ᾿Ἐγένετο δὲ πορευομένων ἡμῶν 
And sheconstrained us. And it came-to pass as We were going 
εἰς ® προσευχήν, παιδίσκην τινὰ ἔχουσαν πνεῦμα Πύθωνος! 
to prayer, a “damsel certain, having aspirit of Python, 
? ~ Ι tin hs ? / ι ΐ - ~ 
ξαπαντησαι' ἡμῖν, τις εργασιαν πολλὴν παρεῖχεν τοῖς 
met us, who “oain ‘much brought 
ο ΄ ᾽ ~ / er h , " ~ 
κυρίοις. αὐτῆς µαντευοµένη. 17 αὕτη "κατακολουθήσασα" τῷ 
to her musters by divining. She having followed 
Παύλῳ καὶ ἡμῖν ἔκραζεν λέγουσα, Οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι δοῦλοι 
Panis and | us cried saying, These men bondmcn 


~ ~ ~ ¢ / ‘ay τη , met ~ |! 
τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου εἰσίν, οἵτινες καταγγέλλουσιν ἡμῖν" 


city whcre was customary 
συγελ- 


to the ὄν ο “eame 


we went fuorih outside the 


of the “God *Most “High are, who announce tous [the] 
ὁδὸν σωτηρίας. 18 Τοὔτο.δὲ ἐποίει ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας" δια- 
way of salvation. Andthis shedid for many days. SBeing 


πογνηθεὶς δὲ ko" Παὔλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας τῷ πνεύματι εἶπεν, 


*distressed ‘but *Paul, © and having turned tothe spirit said, 

[ή ~ , ~ ~ λ Φ 
Παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν Ἰτῷ' ὀνόματι ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ ἐξελθεῖν 
I charge thee in the name ot Jesus Christ to come out 


? ? ~ ‘ v~ ~ ~ ‘ . a7 ‘ « 

ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς. Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ. 19 ᾿Ιδόντες.δὲ οἱ κύριοι 

from her. And it came out the same hour, And “seeing “masters 
᾽ ~ er , ~ { ? ‘ ~ 1 ΄ > ~ , , 

αὐτῆς ore ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς.ἐργασίας αὐτῶν, ἐπιλαβόμενοι 
*her that was gone the hope of their gain, having taken hold of 





----..-.-.-. 


τ ὃ θεὸς God ΙΤΤτΑ. 5 δὲ and (having sailed) ra. 
Ἡ x κἀκεῖθεν LUTrAW. ) — της LTTr. t — ἔξω W. 
b ἐνομίζομεν προσευχὴν We Supposed prayer LT'Tr. ¢ — gov TTr. 
€ tor ἔ ύθωνα LTTrA, & ὑπαντῆσαι ΤΤΙΑ. 
ὶύμιν ο γοα ΕΕΤΤ. Κα - ὁ τα, Ἱ-- τῷ Lira, 


XVI. ACTS. 


τὶ - , ids 
τὸν Παῦλον καὶ ™rov" Σίλαν εἵλκυσαν 
Paul and Silas they dragged (them) into 
ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας" 390 καὶ προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς 
before the magistrates ; and having brought up them to the 

~ ~ τ co” ? ΄ « ~ 

στρατηγοῖς "εῖπον," Οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν 
captains said, These men Sexccedingly *trouble our 
τὴν πόλιν, Τουδαῖοι ὑπάρχοντες" 21 καὶ καταγγέλλουσιν ἔθη 
Scity, *Jews ‘being, _ and announce customs 


εἰς τὴν Ayopay 
the market 


Ν ~ a ? " ~ « , 

ἃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν, “Pwpatorc 
which it is not lawful for us to recei¥e nor todo, “Romans 
οὖσιν. 22 Καὶ συνεπέστη ὁ ὄχλος κατ᾽ αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ στρα- 
*being. And rose up together the crowd against thea, and ἰπο cap- 

- cs ~ ΄ , ε { ’ 
τηγοὶ ὁπεριῤῥήξαντες" αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐκέλευον ῥαβδί- 
tains having torn off «οἱ them the garments commanded to beat (them) 
ζει 399 πυλλάο-τε ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγάς ἔβαλον 
with rods. And*many *having *laid *on®them ‘stripes they cast [them] 
εἰς φυλακήν, παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν 
into) priscn, charging the jailor sately to keep 

- , 4 ” 
αὐτούς" 94 ὃς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην Ῥεἰληφὼς" ἔβαλεν αὐτοὺς 
them ; who “a “charge such =©having received thrust them 

? \ ? / a ν᾽ ’ ‘ A 9 ὃ 4 ? ~ ? λί 
εἰς τὴν ἐσωτέραν φυλακὴν, καὶ τοὺς πὀδας αὑτῶν Ίσφαλι- 
into the inner prison, and their feet secured 
caro" εἰς τὸ. ξύλον. 25 Κατὰ δὲ τὸ μεσονύκτιον Παῦλος καὶ 


το the stocks. And towards midnight Paul and 
Σίλας προσευχόµενοι ὕμνουν τὸν Oo’ ἐπηκροῶντο 


Silas praying God, *listened °to 
δὲ αὐτῶν οἱ δέσμιοι. 26 ἄφνω.δὲ σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας, 
tand *them “the “prisoners, And suddenly °earthquake ‘there *was *a*great, 
ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου" Τἀνεῴχθησάν" 

sothat wereshaken the foundations of the prison, “were “opcned 
Sve! παραχρῆμα αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι, καὶ πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη. 
αμηᾷ immediatcly “*the*doors all, and “ofall ‘the “bonds were loosed. 
27 ἔξυπνος δὲ  ' γενόμενος ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ, καὶ ἰδὼν avepy- 
And *awoke *out 5ο 7sleep “being ‘the “jailor; and seeing opened 
μένας τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς, σπασάμενος ἵ μάχαιραν "έμελ- 
the doors ofthe prison, having drawn a sword was 


λ ll ε A ? ~ / ας [ή 4 ὃ , 
EV" ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν, VOMIGWY ἐκπεφευγεναι τους ὀεσμιους. 


were singing praises to 


about himself to put to death, supposing had escuped the prisoners. 
23 ἐφώνησεν δὲ ῴωνῇ μεγάλῃ ὁ Παῦλος! λέγων, Μηδὲν 
But “called ‘out *with*a‘voice ‘loud 1Paul saying, 4No | 

/ ~ , 4 Ψ' ? > ΄ ? 
πράξῃς σεαυτῷ κακόν" ἅπαντες.γάρ ἐσμεν ἐνθάδε. 29 Αἰ- 
1ᾷο Ξίο “thysclf injury ; for *all 1we-are here. *Having 
τήσας δὲ φῶτα εἰσεπήδησεν, καὶ ἔντρομος.γενόµενος προσ- 


Ἀαρκοᾶ *for ‘and lights and fell 
ἔπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ *rp' Sika’ 90 καὶ προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς 
down before Paul and Silas. And having brought them 
“Se » / , ~ ~ ε ~ 
έξω ἔφη, Κύριοι, τί με.δεῖ ποιεῖν ινα σωθῶ; 
out he said, Sirs, what isnecessiry forme todo that I may be saved? 
91 Οἱ δὲ Σεἶπον,' Πίστευσον ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον ᾿Ιησοῦν Ζχριστόν,! 
And they said, Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, 
καὶ σωθήσῃ, σὺ καὶ ὁ.οἶκός.σου. 82 Kai ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ 
and thou shalt besaved, thouand thy house. And they spoke tohim 


he rushed in, trembling 





m — τὸν A, 
αὐτῶν LTTrA. 
v ἤμελλεν LYTrA. 
2 — χριστόὀν LTTrA. 


Neivay LTTrA. © περιρήξαντες LTTrA. 
τ ἠνεώχθησαν LTrA; ἠνοίχθησαν Ί. 3 δὲ LTTrA. 
~—oLTIr; Παῦλος φωνῇ μεγάλῃ L. 





.P λαβὼν LTTrAW. 


363 
Paul and Silas, and 
drew (Mem into the 
marketplacs uato the 
rulers, 20and brought 
them to the magis- 
trutes, saying, These 
men, being Jews,docx= 
cecdingly trouble our 
city, 9ἱ and teach cus=-. 
toms, which are not 
lawful for us to re- 
ceive, neither to ob- 
serve, being Romaus,’ 
22 And the multitude 
rose up together a- 
gainst them: and the 
magistrates rent off 
their clothes, and com- 
manded to beat them. 
23 And when they had 
laid many stripes up- 
on them, they cast 
them into prison, 
charging the jailor to 
keep them safely: 
24 who, having receciv- 
ed such a charge,thrust 
them into the inner 
prison, and made their 
teet tust in the stocks, 
25 And at midnight 
Paul and Silas prayed, 
aud sang praises unto 
God: andthe prisoners 
heard them. 26 And 
suddenly there was a 
great earthquake, so 
that the foundations 
of the prison were 
shaken: and imme- 
diately all the doors 
were opened, and every 
one’s bands were loos- 
ed. 27 And the keeper 
of the prison awaking 
out of his sleep, and 
secing the prison doors 
open, he drew out his 
sword, and would have 
killed himself, suppos- 
ing that the prisoners 
had ‘been fled. 28 But 
Paul cried with a loud 
voice, saying, Do thy- 
self no harm: for we 
are all here. 29 Then 
he called for a light, 
and sprang in, and 
came trembling, and 
fell down before 
Paul and Silas, 30 and 
brought them out, and 
said, Sirs, what must 
I do to be saved? 
31 And they said, Be- 
lieve on the Lord Jesus 
Christ, and thou shalt 
be saved, and thy 
house, 32 And they 
spake unto him the 





4 ἠσφαλίσατο 


t + τὴν the (sword) xtra: 
*— τῷ LTrA. 


Υ εἶπαν LTTrA, 


$64 


word of the Lord, and 
to all that were in 
his house. 33 And 
he took them the same 
hour of the night, 
and washed _ their 
stripes ; and was bap- 
tized, he and all his, 
straightway. 34 And 
when he had brought 
them into his house, 
he set meat before 
them, and rejoiced, be- 
lieving in God with all 
his house. 35 And 
when it was day, the 
magistrates sent the 
serjeants, saying, Let 
those men go. 36 And 
the keeper of the pri- 
son told this saying to 
Paul, The magistrates 
have sent to let you 
go: now therefore de- 
part, and go in peace. 
37 But Paul said unto 
them, They have beat- 
en us openly uncon- 
demned, being Ro- 
mans, and havecast us 
into prison; and now 
do they thrust us out 
privily? nay verily ; 
but let them come 
themselves and fetch 
us out. 38 And the 
serjeants told these 
words unto the magis- 
trates: and they feared, 
when they heard that 
they were Romans. 
39 And they came and 
besought them, and 
brought them out, and 
desired them to depart 
out of the city. 40 And 
they went out of the 
prison, and entered in- 
to the nouse of Lydia: 
ana when they had 
seen the brethren, they 
comforted them, and 
cleparted, 


XVII. Now when they 
had passed through 
Amphbipolis and Apol- 
lonia, they came to 
Thessalonica, where 
was ἃ synagogue of 
the Jews: 2 and Paul, 
as his manner was, 
wentinuntothem, and 
three sabbath days 
reasoned with them 
out of the scripsures, 
3 opening and alleg- 
ing, that Christ must 
‘needs have suffered, 





8 σὺν πᾶσιν With all GLTTrAW. 
ε πανοικεὶ ΤΑ. 


ἆ ἡγαλλιᾶτο A. 
4 ἔβαλαν ΙΤΤιΑ. 


απὸ to depart from (the) Τ1ΤνΥΑ. 


ἀδελφούς LITrA. 
t διελέξατο LTTr. 


ΠΡΆΞΑΣ, ΧΥΙ τοις 
τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, "καὶ πᾶσιν" τοῖς ἐν τῇ.οἰκίᾳ.αὐτοῦ. 
the word ofthe Lord, and toall those in his house, 

33 καὶ παραλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ἐν ἐκείνῃ TH ὥρᾳ τῆς νυκτὸς ἔλου- 
And having ίακοι them in _ that hour of the night he wash- 
σεν ἀπὸ τῶν πληγῶν, καὶ ἐβαπτίσθη αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ 
ed [(them]from the stripes; ard *was*baptized ‘the and “his. 
υπάντεςὶ παραχρῆμα. 84 ἀναγαγών.τε αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν οἶκον 


Nall immediately. And haying brought them into “house 
εαὐτοῦ! παρέθηκεν τράπεζαν, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο" ὅπαν- 
1his he laid atable [for them], and exulted with all 
οικὶῖν πεπιστευκὼς τῷ θεῷ. 35 Ἡμερας.δὲ γενομένης ἀπέ- 


[his] house, saving believed in God. Andday having come 


« ‘ τ « / / 2 2 
στειλαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοὺς ῥαβδούχους λέγοντες, ᾿Απόλυσον 
Ξᾳοπῦ 'the *captains the serjeants, saying, Let *go 
τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.ἐκείνους. 386 ᾿Απήγγειλεν δὲ 6 δεσμοφύλαξ 

1those “men. And reported ‘the *jailor 
rovc-Aéyoucfrovrouc' πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον, Ὅτι ξἀπεστάλκασιν" 
these words to Paul, *Have “sent 
ε sy ids > ~ ~ r > , 
οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἵνα ἀπολυθῆτε νῦν οὖν ἐξελθόντες πο- 
1the “captains that ye may be let go. Now thercfore having gone out de- 
ρεύεσθε ἐν εἰρήνῃ. 37 Ὁ δὲ. Παῦλος έφη πρὸς αὐτούς, Δείραντες 


part in peace. But Paul said to them, Having beaten 
ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ ἀκατακρίτους, ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχον- 
us publicly uncondemned, men . Romans being, 


τας, ἔβαλον" εἰς φυλακή», καὶ νῦν λάθρα ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλου- 

they cast [us]into prison, and now secretly us dothey thrust 
σιν; ov yap’ ἀλλὰ ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ ἡμᾶς ἐξαγαγέτωσαν. 
out? no indeed, but having come themselves’ us Jet them bring out. 
38? Αγήγγειλαν! dé" τοῖς στρατηγοῖς οἱ ῥαβδοῦχοι τὰ ῥήματα 

And “reported *to*the ‘captains ,'the “serjcants “words » 
ταῦτα" Ἰκαὶ ἐφοβήθησαν" ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν. 


7these, And they were afraid having heard that Romans they are. 
39 καὶ ἐλθόντες παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐξαγαγόντες 
And having come. they besought them, and having brought out 


ἠρώτων τ ξξελθεῖν! τῆς πόλεως. 40 ἐξελθόντες.δε "ἐκ" 
they asked [them] togoout ofthe city. And having gone forth out of 
τῆς φυλακῆς εἰσῆλθον δείς" τὴν Λυδίαν" καὶ ἰδόντες Prove 
the prison they came to Lydia ; and having seen’ the 
ἀδελφούς παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς," καὶ “εξῆλθον." 
brethren they exhorted them, and went away. 
17 Διοδεύφαντες δὲ τὴν ᾽Αμϕίπολιν καὶ; Απολλωνίαν 
And having journeyed through Amphipolis and Apollonia 
ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην, ὅπου ἦν ἡ" συναγωγὴ τῶν Ἴου- 
they came to Thessalonica, where was the synagogue ofthe Jews. 
δαίων. 2 κατὰ.δὲ τὸ εἰωθὸς τῷ Παύλῳ εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς αὐτούς, 
And according to the custom with Paul he wentin to them, 
καὶ ἐπὶ σάββατα τρία διελέγετο! αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν, 


and for “*sabbaths “three reasoned with them from the scriptures, 
3 διανοίγων καὶ παρατιθέμενος ὅτι τὸν χριστὸν ἔδει πα- 
opening and setting forth that*the “Christ +it *behoved to have 





Ὁ ἅπαντες T. ¢ -- αὐτοῦ (read the house) LT[Tr]a. 
f — τούτους (read the words) utr. & ἀπέσταλκαν LTTrA. 


ἱ ἀπήγγειλαν LTTrAW. ‘*7eT. | ἐφοβήθησαν δὲ LITrA. πι ἀπελθεῖν 
“ano from T. 05 πρὸς GLTTrAw. Ρ παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς 
4 ἐξῆλθαν τς, Σ- τὴν LTTr. 5. — ἡ (read a synagogue) ΕΤΤΙ]Α]- 


XVII. 


~ Ν 4 - 3 
θεῖν καὶ ἀναστῆναι ἐκ 
suffered and to have risen from among [the] dead, 


ACTS. 

~ ,e id Ld 3 
VEKOWYV, .KAL οτι ουτος εστιν 
and that this is 


Ww « Il ‘ κ. 2 ~ εν ? 4 ’ « ~ , : 
ὁ! χριστὸς Σ᾿Ιησοῦς, ὃν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν. 4 Καί τινες 
the Christ Jesus, whom I announce toyou. And some 


ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν, καὶ προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ 


of them πετο obedient, and joined themselves to Paul and 
τῷ Σίλα, τῶν.τε σεβοµένων Υ Ἑλλήνων πολὺ πλῆθος," 
to Silas, and of the worshipping Grecks a grtat multitude, 


ὃ ~nrAwoayTEec.vé 
But *having *become Senvious 


γυναικῶν.τε τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι. 
andof*women ‘the “chief not afew. 
οἱ ἀπειθοῦντες ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, καὶ προσλαβόμενοι" τῶν 
4the disobeying 3Jews, and having taken to [them] of *the 
ἀγοραίων ὕτινὰς ἄνδρας" πονηρούς, καὶ ὀχλοποιήσαντες ᾿ 
*market-loungers ‘certain 8ΊΠΘΠ Sevil, and having coilected a crowd 
ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν: “ἐπιστάντες. τε! τῇ οἰκίᾳ Ἰάσονος 
roused “in *tumult “the city; and having assaulted the house of Jason 
ἐζήτουν αὐτοὺς ἀγαγεῖν" εἰς τὸν δῆμον᾽ 6 μὴ .εὑρόντες.δὲ 
they sought “πο ‘to*bring out to the people; but not having found 
αὐτοὺς ἔσυρον «τὸν! Ἰάσονα καί τινας ἀδελφοὺς ἐπὶ τοὺς 
them they dragged Jason and certain brethren before the 
~ / 
πολιτάρχας, βοῶντες, Ότι οἱ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀνα- 
city magistrates, crying out, Those who *the ®habitable 7world *have 7set 


στατώσαντες οὗτοι καὶ ἐνθάδε πάρεισιν, 7 οὓς ὑποδέδεκται 
3in *confusion . these *also πετο lare *come, whom “has “received 


᾿Ιάσων: καὶ οὗτοι πάντες ἀπέναντι τῶν δογμάτων Καίσαρος 


Jason; and these all contrary to the decrees of Ceesar 
ἐπράγτουσιν,' βασιλέα Ελέγοντες ἕτερον" εἶναι, ᾿Ιησοῦν. 
do, *king 1saying “another there is— Jesus. 


8 ᾿Ἐτάραξαν. ξὲ τὸν ὄχλον καὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας ἀκούοντας 
And they troubled the crowd and the _ city magistrates hearing 
ταῦτα. 9 καὶ λαβόντες τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος καὶ 

these things. And having taken security from Jason and 

τῶν λοιπῶν ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς. 10 Οἱ.δὲ ἀδελφοὶ εὐθέως διὰ 
the rest they let *go ‘them, But the brethren immediately by 
hrc! νυκτὸς ἐξέπεμψαν τόν.τε Παῦλον καὶ τὸν Σιλαν εἰς Βέ- 

night sent away both Paul and Silas to Be- 
ροιαν᾽ οἵτινες παραγενόμενοι, εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῶν Ἴου- 

Teg ; who, being arrived, into the “synagogue ofthe Jews 

δαίων ἀπῄεσαν.ὶ 11 οὗτοιδὲ ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι τῶν ἐν 

went, And these were ‘more noble than those in 

Θεσσαλονίκῃ, οἵτινες ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον μετὰ πάσης προθυ- 
Thessalonica, who received the word with all readi- 

μίας, "τὸ! καθ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς γραφὰς εἰ ἔχοι 


365 


and risen again from 
the dead ; and that this 
Jesus, whom I preach 
unto you, is:Christ. 
4 And some of them 
believed,and consortéd 
With Paul and Silas; 
and of the devout 


-Greeks a great multi- 


tude, and of the chief 
women nota few. 5 But 


‘the Jews which be- 


lieved not, moved with 
envy, took unto then: 
certain lewd fellows of 
the baser sort, and ga- 
thered a company, and 
set all the city on an 
uproar, and assaulted 
the house of Jason, ard 
sought to bring them 
out to the people. 
6 And when they found 
them not, they drew 
Jason and certain bre- 
thren unto the rulers 
of the city, crying, 
These that have turned 
the world upside down 
are come hithcr also; 
7 whom Jason hath re- 
ceived: and these all 
do contrary to the de- 
crees of Cesar, saying 
that there is another 
king, one Jesus. 8 And 
they troubled the peo- 
ple and the rulers of 
the city, when they 
heard these things, 
9 And when they had 
taken security of Ja- 
son, and of the other, 
they let them go, 
10 And the brethren 
immediately sent a- 
way Paul and Silas by 
night unto Berea: who 
coming thither went 
into the synagogue of 
the Jews. 11 These 
were more noble than 
those in Thessalonieca, 
in that they received 
the word with all rea- 
diness of mind, and 
searched the εοτῖρ- 
tures daily, whether 
those things were so, 
12 Therefore many of 
them believed; also 
of honourable women 
which were Grecks, 





ness, daily examining the scriptures if were and of men, nota few. 
ταῦτα οὕτως. 12 πολλοὶ μὲν οὖν εξ αὐτῶν ἐπί πο ο τὉ 
these things 580. Many indeed therefore from among them be- knowledge that the 
στευσαν, καὶ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων γυναικῶν τῶν εὐσχημόνων καὶ Word, of God was 
lieved, and ofthe 7’Grecian swomen *honourable and rea, they came thi- 
ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι. 19 ὡς.δὲ ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Θεσσαλο- 
men not afew. But when Sknew ‘the *from *Thessalo- 
νίκης- Ἰουδαῖοι ὅτι καὶ ἐν τῇ Βεροίᾳ κατηγγέλη ὑπὸ τοῦ 
nica 2Jews that also -in Berea was announced by 
W—oOLTTr ΞΦ- δὰ. ¥+ καὶ 1. 2 πλῆθος πολύ LTTrAW. 5 προσλαβόμενοι δὲ 


Ὁ ἄνδρας τινὰς LTrAW. 
‘f πράσσουσιν LTTrAW. 
κ. τὸ LTTr. 


οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι α; --- ἀπειθοῦντες LTTrAW. 
d προαγαγεῖν LTTrA, 5 --- τὸν Lrtr{ a]. 
Ὁ. τῆς στὰς i ἀπῄεσαν τῶν Ἰονδαίων A. 


ο καὶ ἐπιστάντὲς LTTrA- 
& ἕτερον λέγοντες LTTr. 


906 
ther also, and stirred 
up the people, 14 And 


then immediately the 
brethren sent away 
Paul to go as it were 
to the sea: but Silas 
and ‘limotheus abode 
there still. 15 And they 
that cénducted Paul 
brought him unto 
Athens: and receiving 


a conumandment unto, 


Silas and Timotheus 
for tocometohim with 
a speed, they depart- 
e 


16 Now while Paul 
waited for them at 
Athens, his spirit was 
stirred in him, when 
he saw thecity wholly 
given to _ idolatry. 
17 Therefore dispute 1 
he in the synagogue 
with the Jews, and 
with the devout pcr- 
sons, and in the mar- 
ket daily with them 
that met with him, 
18 Then certain philo- 
sophers of the Epicu- 
reans, and of the Sto- 
icks, encountered him, 
And some said, What 
will this babbler say 2 
Other some, He seem- 
eth tobeasetter forth 
of strange gods: be- 
cause he preached un- 
to them Jesus, and the 
resurrection. 19 And 
they took him, and 
brought him unto A- 
reopagus, saying, May 


we know what this new. 


doctrine, whereof thou 
sp.akest, ts? 20 For 
thvu bringest certain 
strange things to our 
ears we would know 
therefore what these 
things mean. 21 (For 
allthe Athenians and 
strangers which were 
there spent their time 
in nothing else, but 
either to tell, or to 
hear some new ‘thing. } 
22 Then Paul stood in 
the midst of Mars’ 
hill. and said, Ye men 
of Athens, I perceive 
that in all things ye 





1+ καὶ ταράσσοντες and troubling brtra. 
© καθιστάνοντες LTTrA. 
¥ θεωροῦντος LTTrAW. 
x εὐηγγελίζετο αὐτοῖς ([αὐτοις] A) ΤΑ; ᾿ -- αὐτοῖς rs 
Ὁ τίνα θέλει what meal 1.1Ὁ:. 
© + τι something L7[tTr]. 


ve LTTrA. 


* Srotkwv LTA, 
5---η L[Tr]. 


nians 


ΠΡΑΞΕΙ Σ. 


Παύλου ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ, ἦλθον 
Paul the word of God, they came also there stirring up 
ὄχλους. 14 εὐθέως δὲ τότε τὸν Παὔλον ἐξαπέστειλαν οἱ 
crowds, And immediately then δρα] "sent *away =? the 
ἀδελφοὶ πορεύεσθαι ™we' ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν" Ἀὑπέμενον δὲ! 
*brethren to go as to the sea ; but remained 
0.76. Σίλας καὶ ὁ Τιμόθεος ἐκεῖ. 15 Οἱ δὲ Οκαθιστῶντες! τὸν 
both Silas and Timothcus there. But those conducting 
Παῦλον ἤγαγον Ραὐτὸν' ἕως ᾿Αθηνῶν; καὶ λαβόντες ἐντολὴν 
Paul brought him unto Athens; and havingreceived acommund 
πρὸς TOY Σίλαν καὶ 1 Τιμόθεον, ἵνα ὡς τάχιστα ἔλθω - 
to Silas and Timotheus, that as quickly as possible they should 
σιν πρὸς αὐτόν, ἐξῴεσαν. 
come to him, they departed. 
16 Ἐν δὲ ταῖς ᾿Αθήναις ἐκδεχομένου αὐτοὺς τοῦ Παύλου, 


XVI 


7 ~ λ , 1 . 
κακεῖ σαλευοντες τοὺς 
the 


But in Athens “waiting “for *them *Paul, 
παρωξύνετο τὺ πγεῦμα.αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ τθεωροῦντι" κατ- 
“was ®painfully "εκοῖεοᾶ Shis °spirit in him seeing *full 
‘4 = 3 ~ 
είδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν. 17 διελέγετο μὲν οὖν ἐν τῇ 


Sof “idols Speing ‘the “city. He reasoned indeed therefore in the 
συναγωγῇ τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις καὶ τοῖς σεβοµέγοις, καὶ ἐν τῇ 
synagogue with the Jews and those who worshipped. and in the 
ἀγορᾷ κατὰ.πᾶσαν.ἡμέραν πρὸς τοὺς παρατυγχάνον- 
market-place every day with those who met with 
tac. 18 τινὲς δὲ " τῶν ἵ Ἐπικουρείων" καὶ "τῶν" "Στωϊκῶνὶ 
Πάπα], Βαῦ some ofthe Epicureans and the Stoics, 


φιλοσόφων συνέβαλλον αὐτφ' καί τινες ἔλεγον, Τί ἂν .θέλοι 
philosophers, encountered him, Απά some οαῖᾶ, What may “desire 


ὁ σπερμολόγος.οὗτος λέγει’; Οἱ.δε, Ξένων δαιμονίων δοκεῖ 


1this *chatterer to say? And some, Of foreign gods he seems 
κ (lit. de mons) 
καταγγελεὺς εἶναι: ὅτι τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν 
Α proclaimer to be, because [of] Jesus and the  rgsurrection 
χαὐτοῖς εὐηγγελίζετο.! 19 ἐπιλαβόμενοί. τε" αὐτοῦ, 
το {πετ} he announced the lay μα, And having taken hold of him, 


ἐπὶ τὸν *"Apsoyv" πάγον ἤγαγον λέγοντες, Δυνάμεθα 


to the Mars’ hill ΩΣ ών ght {him], saying, Are we able 
γνῶναι τίς ἡ.καινὴ αὕτη "ἡ" ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη διδαχή: 
toknow what[is] this new ιά, ὃυγ “6ο ‘is © bt lass teaching 2 


20 ζενίζοντα.γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς. ἀκοὰς. ἡμῶν. pak 


For “strange *things ?certain thou bringest to our ears, We 
λόμεθα. οὖν γνῶναι ὑτί ἂν.θέλοι! ταῦτα εἶναι. 21 ᾿Αθη- 
wish therefére toknow what *may *mean 'these *thing:. 7A the- 


~ 4 { 
ναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον 
Snow δα] and the sojourning strangers in nothing else 

εεὐκμίρουνϊὶ ἢ λέγεν τι “καὶ ἀκούειν © καινότερον. 
spent their leisure than Το 1611 *something ‘and Το *hcar newer, 
22 Σταθεὶς-δὲ ‘'o'TatvXoc ἔν μέσῳ τοῦ & Apsiov' πάγου 
And *having “stood 1Ῥαα] in (the) midst of Mars’ hill 
ἔφη, ᾿ Ανδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, κατὰ πάντα we δεισιξαιµογεστέρους 


said, Men Athenians, in allthings very religious 
(lit. very reverent to demons) 





™ ἕως as far as LTTr, 
Ρ — αὐτὸν (read [him ]) LTTra. 
s+ Kat also LTTraw. t Ἐπικουρίων τ 


5 ὑπέμεινέν (-νάν TYr) 

q + τὸν TTr. 
¥ — τῶν LTITrA. 
Σ δὲ τι. 3 Δριον τ. 
© ηὐκαίρουν LTTrA. 4} ΟΥ LITrA. 


f—oxtir. &’ApiovT. 


XVII AC TS. 


« » ~ , A ‘ 2 ~ 4 ς , 
ὑμᾶς θεωρῶ. 23 διερχόμενος. γὰρ καὶ ἀναβεωρῶν τὰ σεβάσ- 
τοι Ibchold; for, passing through and beholding 2objccts “οὗ 
« ~ = \ 4 ᾽ τε , 
para ὑμῶν, εὗρον καὶ βωμὺν ἐν ᾧ ἐπεγέγραπτο, 
“veneration ‘your, Ifound also δὴ altar on which had teen inscribed, 
᾽Αγνώστῳ θεῷ dv! οὖν ἀγνοοῦντες εὐσεβεῖτε, τοῦτον" 
Το απ unknown God. Whom therefore not knowing ye reverence, him 
ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν. 24 ὁ θεὺς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κόσμον καὶ 
1 announce to you. The God who made the world and 
πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, οὗτος οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς "κύριος 
all things that Γατο] in it, he of heaven and earth Lord 
ὑπάρχων," οὐκ ἐν χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς κατοικεῖ, 25 οὐδὲ ὑπὸ 
being, not in hand-made temples dwells, nor by 
χειρῶν Ἰἀνθρώπων" θεραπεύεται προσδεύµενός τινος, αὐτὺς 
hands ofinen | is served as needing anything, himself 
διδοὺς πᾶσιν ζωὴν καὶ πνοὴν "κατὰ -πάντα"' 26 ἐποίησέν τε 


giving toall life and breath in every [respect]; and he made 
ἐξ ἑνὸς "αἵματος" πᾶν ἔθνος ἀνθρώπων, κατοικεῖν ἐπὶ “πᾶν 
of one blood © every nation of mcn, todwell upon all 
τὸ πρόσωπον! τῆς γῆς, ῥρίσας προτεταγμένους" και- 


the 


ροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς. κατοικίας. αὐτῶν" 27 ζητεῖν “τὸν 
and the boundaries οἱ their dwelling— toseek the 
, » ΄, . \ 
κύριον," εἰ ἄρα.γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν ‘kai! εὕροιεν, 
Lord ; if perhaps they might fcelafter him and might find him, 
Σκαίτοιγε' οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς. ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα. 
though indeed ποὺ “far ‘from ὅοπο Feach “ot Sus *being ; 
28 ἐν αὐτῷ-γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καί ἐσμεν ὡς καί τινες 
for in him we live and move and . are; as also some 
τῶν καθ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν εἰρήκασιν, Τοῦ.γὰρ καὶ γένος 
of the "among “you ‘poets have said, For of him -*also ‘offspring 
? [ή ς ’ “- ε , . - ~ ᾽ 3 ΄ 
ἐσμέν. 29 Γεγος οὖν ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐκ. ὀφείλομεν 
we are, Offspring therefore being of God, we éught not 
γομίζειν χρυσῷ ἢ ἀργύρῳ ἢ λίθῳ, χαράγµατι τέχνης καὶ 
tothink togold or tosilver or tostonc, agraventhing ofart and 
ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου, τὸ θεῖον εἶναι ὅμοιον. 80 Τοὺς 
imagination of man, ᾿ that which [is] divine tobe like. The 
μὲν οὖν χούνους τῆς ayveiaé ὑπεριδὼν ὁθεός, ἵτὰ 
*indced *thercfore ‘times of ignorance *having “overlooked God, 
νῦν!" Ἱπαραγγέλλει! τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πᾶσιν" πανταχοῦ µετα- 
now charges "men all every where to re- 
een x7 Wem ε / ? jaa , ΄ ‘ 
votiv’ 31 Ἀδιότι ἔστησεν ἡμέραν ἐν ἢ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν 
pent, because Βὸ set aday in which he is about to judge the 
οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν, 
habitable world in righteousness, by aman whom he appointed ; 
παρασχὼν πᾶσιν ἀναστήσας αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. 
having *given toall [in] havingraised him ΤΓΟΠΙ ΑΠΠΟΠΡ [πο] dead. 
? / κι ' ~ « . ΄ 
82 ᾿Ακούσαντες. δὲ ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν, οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον' 


face of the earth, having determined fore-arranged times 


πίστιν 
Sproof 


And having heard a resurrection of [the} dead, some mocked, 
ε ἂν τ ἷ il ” , θ , 1 , Η͂ , η 
οἱ δὲ Σεῖπον,' ᾿Ακουσύμεθά σου πάλιν περὶ τούτου. 
δα -οπο said, Wewillhcar thee again concerning this. 


367 


are too superstitious. 
23 For as I passed by, 
and beheld your devo- 
tions, I found an altar 
with this inscriptio 

TO THE UNKNOW 

GOD. Whom therefore 
ye ignorantly worship, 
him declareI unto you. 
24 God that made the 
world and all things 
thercin, secing that he 
is Lord of heaven and 
earth, dwelleth not in 
temples made © with 
hands; 25 neither is 
worshipped with men’s 
hands, as though he 
needed any thing, sce- 
ing he giveth to all 
life, and breath, and 
all things; 26 and hath 
made of one blood all 
nations of men for to 
dwell on all the face of 
the earth, and hath 
determined the times 
before appointed, and 
the bounds of their ha- 
bitation ; 27 that they 
should seek the Lord, 
if haply they might 
feel after him, and find 
him, though he be not 
far from every one of 
us: 28 for in him we 
live, aud move, and 
have our being; as 
ecrtain also of your 
own poets have said, 
For we are also his off- 
spring. 29 Forasmuch 
then as we are the 
offspring of God, we 
ought not to think 
that the Godhead is 
like unto gold, or sil- 
ver, or stone, graven 
by art and man’s de- 
vice. 30 And the times 
of this ignorance God 
winked at; but now 
commandecth all men 
every Where torepent : 
31 because he hath ap- 
pointed a day, in the 
which he will judge 
the world in 1ight- 
eousness by that man 
whom he hath ordsain- 
ed; whereof he hath 
givel! assurance unto 
all men, in that he 
hath raised him from 
the dead, 32 And when 
they heard of the re- 
surrcction of the dead, 
some mocked: and 
others said, We will 
hear thee again of this 





ὃ what LTTraw. i τοῦτο this LTTraw. 
(vead Auman hands) LTtra. 
(Qveud made from one) ΤΊΤι[α]. 
GvtrAW : προς τεταγμένους L. 
καιγετ. τ τανὺν GW. 

* καθοτι luasmuch us LTTraw. 


9 παντὸς προσώπου LTTrA. 

4 τὸν θεόν God GLTTrA. 
ἡ ἀπαγγέλλει sends word (to all) τ. 
7 εἶπαν Τ1.Α. 


k ὑπάρχων κύριος LTTrA. 
τι καὶ τὰ πάντα and all things EGLTTrAw. 


lag 
ἀνθρωπίνων 
n — αιματος 


P προστεταγµένους arranged 
τη Or L. 


5 καὶ ye LTra 5 
W πάντας LTTrA. 


2 περὶ τούτου καὶ (4189) πάλιν LT Tra. 


358 


matter. 33 So Paul de- 
parted from among 
them, 34 Howbeit cer- 
tain men clave unto 
him, and believed: a- 
mong the which wus 
Dionysius the Areopa- 
gite, and a woman 
named Damaris, and 
others with them. 


XVIII. After these 
things Paul departed 
from Athens,and came 
toCorinth; 2and found 
a certain Jew named 
Aquila, born in Pon- 
tus, lately come from 
Italy, with his wife 
Priscilla; (because that 
Claudius had com- 
manded all Jews to 
depart from Rome :) 
‘and came unto them. 
3 And because he was 
of the same craft, he 
abode with them, and 
wrought : for by their 
occupation they were 
tentmakers. 4 And he 
reasoned in the syna- 
gogue every sabbath, 
and persuaded the 
Jews and the Greeks. 
5 And when Silas and 
Timotheus were come 
from Macedonia, Paul 
was pressed in the spi- 
rit and testified to the 
Jews that Jesus was 
Christ.6And when they 
opposed themselves, 
and blasphemed, he 
shook his raiment, and 
said unto them, Your 
blood be upon your 
own heads; I am 
clean: from henceforth 
I will go unto the Gen- 
tiles. 7 And he de- 
parted thence, and en- 
tered into a certain 
man’s house, named 
Justus, one that wor- 
shipped God, whose 
house joined hard to 
the synagogue. 8 And 
Crispus, the chief ru- 
ler of the synagogue, 
believed on the Lord 
with all his house; 
and many of the Co- 
rinthians hearing be- 
lieved, and were bap- 
tized. 9 Then spake the 
Lord to Paul in the 
night by a vision, Be 
not afraid, but speak, 
and hold not thy peace: 
10 for. I am with thee, 


nt eS. πὸ ES ee 


® — καὶ LTTrA, 
LTT:r[A]. 
from LITraW. 
Ὁ συνείχετο τῷ λόγω 
κα εἰσῆλθεν τα, 


:also [was] Dionysius 


© — ὁ Παῦλος (read he having departed) titra. 


“was “engrossed *with °the ‘word GLTrraw. 
2 + Τιτίου Titius τ[ττ]. ἡ 


XVII, XVIII. 


µέσου αὐτῶν. 


ΤΠΤΡΑ ΞΕΙ Σ. 
33 Καὶ οὕτως ὁ Παῦλος ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ 


And thus Paul went out from {the] midst of them. 
34 τινὲο δὲ ἄνδρες κολληθέντες. αὐτῷ ἐπίστευσαν' ἐν οἷς 


But some joining themselves to him believed ; among whom 


, ε ᾽ , : A 4 5 , , 
Διονύσιος Ρδὸϊ «᾿Αρεοπαγίτης, καὶ γυνὴ ὀνόματι Δά- 
the Areopagite, and a woman by name Da- 


µαρις, καὶ ἕτεροι σὺν αὐτοῖς. 


men 
καὶ 


maris, and others with them. ) 
ως ς τ hes 4 4 « ~ πο ~ 
18 Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα χωρισθεὶς “ὃ Παῦλος". ἐκ τῶν 
Andafter these things 7having “departed *Paul from 
~ > , 4 c ’ 7 ~ 
᾿Αθηνῶν ἦλθεν εἰς Κόρινθον" 2 καὶ εὑρών τινα: Ἰουδαῖον 
Athens, came to Corinth; and having found a certain Jew 
ὀνόματι ᾿Ακύλαν, Ποντικὸν τῷ «γένει, προσφάτως ἐληλυθύτα 
by name Aquila, of Pontus by race, lately come 
ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ιταλίας, καὶ Πρίσκιλλαν γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὸ 
from Italy, and Priscilla his wife, because 


τν ῃ ’ nS 
ἰδιατεταχέναι! Κλαύδιον χωρίζεσθαι πάντας τοὺς Ιουδαίους 
“had “ordered *Claudius to depart all the Jews 
εέκ"' τῆς Ῥώμης, προσῆλθεν αὐτοῖς" Ὁ καὶ διὰ τὸ ὁμό- 
out of ome, he came to them, and because of *the *same 
τεχνον εἶναι, ἔμενεν Tap αὐτοῖς Kai "εἰργάζετο" ἦσαν.γὰρ 
*trade ‘being, heabode with them and worked ; for th.y were 
σκηνοποιοὶ ἱτὴν. τέχνην." 4 διελέγετοδὲ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ 


tent makers by trade, And he reasoned in the synegogue 
~ , a 7 a 
κατὰ πᾶν.σάββατον, ἔπτειθέν τε ᾿Ιουδαίους καὶ Ἓλληνας. 
every sabbath, ‘and persuaded Jews and Greeks, 


5 Ὡς δὲ κατῆλθον ἀπὸ τῆς Μακεδονίας ὕ.τε.Σίλας Kai ὁ Τι- 
And when came down from Macedonia both Silas and Ti- 
µόθεος Ἐσυνείχετο τῷ πνεύματι". ὁ Παῦλος διαμαρτυρόμενος 
motheus ?was “pressed *in Sspirit *Paul earnestly testifying 
BO Lieb Soe 3 ”. 
τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις! τὸν χριστὸν ᾿]ησοῦν. 6 ἀντιτασ- 
tothe Jews [ἴο *be]*the °Christ 1Jesus. "Ας πο }°themselves "in 
σοµένων δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ βλασφημούντων, ἐκτιναξάμενος 


opposition δραῦ ®they and were blaspheming, having shaken [his] 
τὰ ἱμάτια, εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Τὸ.αἷμαὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν 
garments, he said to them, Your blood [be] upon 


κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν" καθαρὸς 
your head : “pure ([*from *it] 
πορεύσομαι. 7 Καὶ μεταβὰς 


ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ.νῦν εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 
I from henceforth to the nations 


ἐκεῖθεν πιΐλθεν! εἰς οἰκίαν 


will go. And having departed thence hecame to [the] house 
τινὸς ὀνόματι" Ἰούστον, σεβοµένου τὸν θεόν, οὗ 
ofacertain one by name Justus, who worshipped God, of whom 


ἡ οἰκία ἦν συνομοροῦσα τῇ συναγωγῇ. 8 Κρίσπος.δὲ ὁ 
the house was adjoining the synagogue. But Crispus the 
ἀρχισυνάγωγος ἐπίστευσεν τῷ κυρίῳ σὺν Sw τῷ οἴκφ.αὐ- 
ruler of thesynagogue believed inthe Lord with “whole *his house ; 
τοῦ" καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν Κορινθίων ἀκούοντες ἐπίστευον καὶ. 
and many ofthe Corinthians hearing believed and 
ἐβαπτίζοντο. 9 Ἐἶπεν. δὲ ὁ κύριος “δι᾿ ὁράματος ἐν νυκτὶ" 
were baptized. Andsaid the Lord by avision in([the] night 
τῷ Παύλῳ, Μἠ φοβοῦ, ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσφς 10 διότι 


to Paul, Fear not, but gpeak and be not silent; because 





Ὁ — ὃ τ[ττ]. d — δὲ and 
Στεταχέναι T. & ἀπὸ 
i τῇ τέχνῃ LITrAW, 
+ εἶναι to be Litr. 
9 ἐν νυκτὶ δι ὁράματος LITrA. 


5᾿Αρεοπαγείτης T; ᾿Αρειοπαγίτης W. 


h ἠργάζετο LTrA: ἠργάζοντο they worked Ὁ. 


ΚΥΤΙΠ. 


3 ’ 
ἔγω 
1 


ACTS. 

> 4 ” 4 > ‘ ’ ΄ , ~ TAC , Ἢ 
εἰμι μετὰ σου, και οὐδεὶς ἐπιθήσεταί σοι τοῦ κακῶσαί σε 
am with thee, and noone _ shallset on thee to ill-treat thee ; 
διότι λαός ἐστίν μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ.πόλει. ταύτῃ. 11 ᾿Ἐκάθισέν 


cecause people thezs istome much in this city. *He “remained 
Pre! ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἕξ διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον 
‘and a year and “months ‘six, teaching among them the. word. 
Γοῦ θεοῦ. 

of God. 


12 Γαλλίωνος.δὲ ἀάνθυπατεύοντος" τῆς Αχαΐας, κατεπ- 
But Gallio being proconsul of Achaia, Srose 
ὁμοθυμαδὸν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι τῳ Παύλῳ, ‘kai ἤγαγον 
γιίὮ tone °accord ‘the “Jews Paul, and led 
? \ ? ‘ A , “ i) \ ΄ 
αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ 18 λέγοντες, Ότι παρὰ τὸν γόμον 
him saying, That contrary to the law 
ος Ἰναπείθειῖ +: a GEN LBest Ἐν Ώεὸ 
OUTOC GAVATELCEL τους αν βωπους σεώεσσαι Τον CEOV. 
this [man] persuades men to worship God. 
14 Ἰελλοντος.δὲ τοῦ Παύλου ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα, εἶπεν ὁ 
But “being *about 1Paul to open [his] mouth, said 
Γαλλίων πρὸς τοὺς Ιουδαίους, Ei μὲν “οὖν! ἦν ἀδί-- 
*Gallio to the Jews, If indeed therefore it was 7unrighteous- 
κηµά τι ἢ ῥᾳδιούργημα πονηρόν, ὦ Ἰουδαῖοι, κατὰ λόγον 
ness 1βοπιοος “criminality wicked, O Jews, 
n { Il ε - Ξ | δὲ τὸ Lal] ? ‘ 
av ἡνεσχόμὴν ὑμῶν, 15 εἰ δὲ ᾿ζητημὰ" ἐστιν περὶ 
I should have borne “.th you, but if a question itbe about 
λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου τοῦ καθ ὑμᾶς, ὄψεσθε 
aword and names and alaw which[is] among you, ye willsee 
κριτὴς. γὰρ! ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ.βούλομαι εἶναι. 
for a judge I of these things donot wish to be. 
16 Kai ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος" 17 ἐπιλαβό- 
And he drove them from the judgment seat. SHaving “laid 
δὲ ’ Χ i’ EAA 1 θε A ? ΄ 
ενοι επαντεςΖοι ηνες' Σωσθενην TOY ἀρχισυνᾶγωγον 
hold®on'and all “the *Greeks Sosthenes the ruler of the synagogue, 
ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος" καὶ οὐδὲν τού- 
they beat [him] before the judgment seat. And “nothing ®ahout ’these 
των τῷ Ῥαλλίωνι ἔμελεν. 
®things *to *Gallio tit mattered. 
18 Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἔτι προσμείνας ἡμέρας ἱκανάς, τοῖς ἀδελ- 
But Paul yet havingremained *days ‘many, 7the ®breth- 
φοῖς ἀποταξάμενος, ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ 
ren “haying “taken ®leave Sof sailed away to Syria, and with him 
Πρίσκιλλα καὶ ᾿Ακύλας, κειράµενος Υτὴν κεφαλὴν ἐν Κεγ- 
᾿ Priscilla and Aquila, having shorn [his] head in Cen- 
χρεαῖς" εἶχεν. γὰρ εὐχήν. 19 κατήντησεν! δὲ εἰς "Ἔφεσον, Ka- 
chrea, for he had avow: and he came to Ephesus, and 
/ , 2 ag. ~ell > A A 2 4 2 A 
κείνους κατέλιπεν Σαὐτου αὐτὸς.δὲ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν 
®*them Nett there, But he himself having entered into the 
συναγωγὴν dtehéxOn! τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις. 20 ἐρωτώντων. δὲ 
synagogue reasoned with the Jews. And ?asking [Shim] 
αὐτῶν ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον μεῖναι “παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς" οὐκ. ἐπένευσεν' 
ΠΟΥ for 8 ΙΟΏΡΕΣ time toremain with them he did not accede, 
21 ἀλλ᾽ ἀπετάξατο αὐτοῖς,! εἰπών, “Δεῖ µε πάντως τὴν 
but ὕοοκ Ίεατο of them, saying, It behoves me by all means the 


la 
soTnOaAy 
"against 
βῆμα, 

to the judgment seat, 


αὐτοί" 
(to it] yourselves ; 





4 ἀνθυπάτου ὄντος LTTrA. τ ἀναπείθει οὗτος LTTrAW. 
v ζητήµατά questions LTTrA. 
LTTraWw. Ὺ ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς (Κενχρεαῖς 1) τὴν κεφαλή» LTTrA. 

ETirA. ® ἐκεῖ Le Ὁ διελέξατο LTTr. © -- παρ᾽ εὐτοῖς LTTrA. 
καὶ but taking leave’and Lrtra, e — Δεῖ we.... Ἱεροσόλυμα LITA. 


P δὲ LTTrA. 
ὃ ἀνεσχόμην LTTr. 


according to reason Y 


Ww — γὰρ LTTrAW. 


309 


and no man shall set 
on thee to hurt thee: 
for I have much peo- 
ple in this city. 11 And 
he continucd there a 
year and six months, 
teaching the word of 
God among them, 


12 And when Gallie 
was the deputy of A- 
chaia, the Jews made 
insurrection with one 
accord against Paul, 
and brought him to 
the judgment seat, 
13 saying, This fellow 
persuadeth men _ to 
worship God contrary 
to the law. 14 And 
when Paul was now 
about to open his 
mouth, Gallio said un- 
to the Jews, If it were 
a matter of wrong or. 
wicked lewdness, O ye 
Jews, Yreason would 
that Ishould bear with 
ou: 15 but if it bea 
question of words and 
names, and of your 
law, look ye to zt ; for I 
will be no judge of 
such-matters. 16 And 
he drave them from 
the judgment, seat. 


17 Then all the Greeks 


took Sosthenes, ths 
chief ruler of the syu- 
agogue, and beat him 
before the judgment 
seat, And Gallio cared 
for none of those 
things. 


18 And Paul after 
this tarried there yet 
a good while, and 
thon took his leave of 
the brethren, and sail- 
ed thence into Syria, 
and with him Priscilla 
and Aquila; having 
shorn fis head in Cen- 
chrea: for he had a 
vow. 19 And he came 
to Ephesus, and left 
them there: but he 
himseif entered into 
the synagogue, and 
reasoned with the 
Jews. 20 When they 
desired him to tarry 
longer time with them, 
he consented not; 
21 but bade them fare- 
well, saying, I must 
by all means keep-this 





8 — οὖν LTTr[A]W. 
χ — οἱ Ἕλληνες 


2 κατήντησαν they came 


ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενοφ 


BB 


370 

feust that cometh in 
Jerusalem : but I will 
return again unto you, 
if God will. And he 
sailed from Ephesus. 
22 And when he had 
landed at Czsarea, and 
gone up, and saluted 
the church, he went 
down to Antioch. 
23 And after he had 
spent some time here, 
he departed, and went 
over allthe country of 
Galatia and Phrygia 
in order, strengthen- 
ing all the disciples, 


24 And α certain 
Jew wamed Apollos, 
botn at Alexandria, 
an eloquent man, 
and mighty in the 
seriptures,. came to 
Ephesns. 25 This man 
Was instructed in the 
way of the Lord; and 
being fervent in the 
spirit, he spake and 
taught diligently the 
thines of the Lord, 
knowing only the bap- 
tism of John. 26 And 
he bcgan to speak 
boldly in the syna- 
gogsue: whom when 
Aquila and Priscilla 
had heard, they took 
him unto them, and 
expounded unto him 
the way of God more 
perfectly. 27 And when 
he was disposed to pass 
into Achaia, the breth- 
ren wrote, exhorting 
the disciples to reccive 
him: who, when he 
was coine, helped them 
much which had be- 
lieved through grace: 
28 for he mightily con- 
vinecd the Jews, and 
that publickly, shew- 
ing by the scriptures 


that Jesus was Christ, . 


XIX, Andit came to 
pass, that, 
ΕΞ was αὖ Corinth; 

aul having passed 
through the upper 
foasts came to Ephe- 
sus’: and finding cer- 
tain disciples, 2 he said 
unto them, Have ye 
received the Holy 
Ghost since ye belicy- 
ed? And they said un- 
to him, We have not so 
much as heard whe- 
ther there be any Holy 
Ghost. 3 And he said 


while A-. 


λον 


Ἡρλ E12. a VITT, ΝΣ 


ῃ - ᾽ ε αν ιτ” ρα - 
ἑορτὴν την ἐρχομένην ποιῆσαι εἰς Ἱεορσόλυμα": πάλιν toe" 
*feast coming tokecp at Jerusalem, ‘put again 
ἀνακάμψὼ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, τοῦ θεοῦ θέλοντος. ΞΚ αὶ" ἀνήχθη ἀπὸ 
1 will return to you, God willing, And he sailed from 
~ ’ , στ \ ι ? hz , iT} 2 . 
τῆς Ἐφέσου" 22 καὶ κατελθὼν εἰς "Καισάρειαν, ἀναβὰς 
Ephesus. And having landed at Czesarea, haying gone up 
‘ Ps ’ A ΄ ’ ᾽ ’ 
καὶ ἀδπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν κατέβη εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν. 
and haying saluted the assembly he went down to Antioch. 
23 καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ “ἐζῆλθεν, διερχόμενος καθεξὴς 
And having stayed “time ‘some he went forth, passing through °in order 


4 nee η ι ΠΥ 1) ΄ Il , 
τὴν Γαλατικὴν χώραν καὶ Φρυγίαν, Ἰἐπιστηρίζων" πάντας 


1the *=Galatian Scountry “and *Phrygian, establishing, all 
τοὺς μαθητάς. 
the  ἀῑδοῖρ]ος. 


~ > ~ 
24 ᾿Ιουδαῖος δὲ τις ᾿Απολλὼς ὀνόματι, ᾿Αλεξανδρεὺς τῷ 
Buta*Jew ‘certain, Apollos by name, an Alexandrian 
3 \ , ” 4 
γένει, ἀνὴρ λόγιος, κατήντησεν εἰς Ἔφεσον, δυνατὸς ὧν 
by birth, *man ‘an “eloquent, came to Ephesus, “mighty ‘being 


ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς. 25 οὗτος ἦν .κατηχηµένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ 


in the — scriptures. He was’ imstructedin the way oithe 
κυρίου, καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι, ἐλάλει καὶ ἐδίδασκεν 
Lord, and being fervent in spirit, he spoke and taught © 
ἀκριβῶς Ta περὶ *rov κυρίου, ἐπιστάμενος µόνον το 
accurately the things concerning the Lord, knowing - only the 


, 1’ , wil sc , » “2 Le , ? 
βάπτισμα ᾿Ἰωάννου"" 26 οὗτός.τε ἤρξατο παῤῥησιάζεσθαι ἐν 
baptism of John. And he began tospeak boldly in 
τῇ συναγωγῇ. ἀκούσαντες.δὲ αὐτοῦ ™AxtXac καὶ Πρίσκιλλα" 
the synagogue. And*having*heard Shim 1Aquila ?and “Priscilla 
προσελάβοντο αὐτόν, καὶ ἀκριβέστερον αὐτῷ έξεθεντο τὴν 
they took 7to [παπι] ‘him, and more accurately to him expounded the 
πτοῦ θεοῦ ὁδόν." 27 βουλομένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν 
“of Ξα οὔ ‘way. And “being *minded 119: to pass through into 
"Ayat roewWapey’ ἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς 
χαῖαν, προτρεψάμενοι οἱ ἄδέελφοι ἐγρα τοῖς μαθηταῖς 
Achaia, 7exhorting (Sthem] 'the *brethren “wrote “to "πο “disciples 
ἀποδέξασθαι αὐτόν" ὃς παραγενόμενος συνεβάλετο πολὺ τοῖς 
to welcome him, who having arrived helped much those who 
πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος 28 εὐτόνως.γὰρ τοῖς ‘lov- 
believed threugh grace. For powerfully the Jews 
δαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ, ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν γραφῶν, 
he confuted publicly, shewing by the _ scriptures 
εἶναι τὸν χριστὸν InoovY. 
ΞΟ *be*the *Christ 1 Jesus. 
19 ᾿Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν τῷ τὸν ᾽Απολλὼ εἶναι ἐν Κορίνθῳ, Παῦ- 
Andit came to pass, while Apollos was in Corinth, Paul, 
διελθόντα τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη, "ἐλθεῖν" εἰς Ἔφεσον' 
having passed through the upper parts, came to’ Ephesus, 
καὶ Ῥεὺὑρών" τινας μαθητὰς 2 εἶπεν ἃ πρὸς αὐτούς, Et 


and having found certain disciples he said to them, [Τ]1ο] 

πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐλάβετε πιστεύσαντες ; Οἱ δὲ τεῖΐπον" πρὸς 
*Spirit ‘Holy did ye receive, having believed? Andthey said to 

αὐτόν, ᾿Αλλ᾽ 5οὐδὲῖ εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιόν ἐστιν, ἠκούσαμεν. 
him, Not eren 14 [the] “Spirit 1Holy is, did we hear. 





f — δὲ but LTTra. 


Ἰησοῦ Jesus LTTraw. 
LITr ; — τοῦ θεοῦ A. 
Σ — εἶπον (read [said]) LTTraw,. 


6 — καὶ LTTrA, 
1 "Iwavov Tr. 
ο κατελθεῖν T. 


Β Καισαρίαν τ. i στηρίζων LTTYA. Κ τοῦ 
πι Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ακύλας LTTrA. π ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ 
Ῥ εὑρεῖν found 1ΤΊτΑ. 4 - τε and (he said) LTira. 
5 οὐδ᾽ LTA ή , 


τας, ACTS. 


5 'Εἶπὲν τεῦ "πρὸς αὐτούς," Εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε; Οἱ.δὲ 
And he said to them, To what then were ye baptized? And they 
“elzov," Εἰς τὸ *Iwayvvov' βάπτισμα. 4 Εἶπεν δὲ Παῦλος, 

said, To the 2of 37081. *baptism. And *said Paul, 

7 Ιωάννης" "μὲν" ἐβάπτισεν βάπτισμα μετανοίας, τῷ 
John indeed baptized [with].abaptism of repentance, to the 
λαῷ λέγων, εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ’ αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν, 
people saying, "On *him ‘coming ‘after ‘him ‘that they should belicve, 
"τουτέστιν' εἰς τὸν Ὀχριστὸν" Ἰησοῦν. ὅ ᾿Ακούσαντες δὲ ἐβαπ- 
that is, on *the Christ 1 Jesus, And having heard they 
τίσθησαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. 6 καὶ ἐπιθέντος 
were baptized to the name ofthe Lord Jesus, And *having “laid 
αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου ετὰς" χεῖρας ἦλθεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον 


Fon them *Paul *hands came the Spirit the Holy 
ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς, ἐλάλουν.τε γλώσσαις καὶ “προεφήτευον." 
upon them, and they were speaking with tongues and prophesying, 


7 ἦσαν δὲ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δεκαδύο." 8 Εἰσελθὼν δὲ 
And‘were"the 181] 3men about twelve. And having entered 


εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐπαῤῥησιάζετο, ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς διαλεγό- 
into the synagogue he spoke boldly, for *mouths ‘three reason- 
μενος καὶ πείθων τὰ! περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. 


ing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God, 
9 Ὡς δέ τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν, κακολογοῦντες τὴν 

But θη some werehardened and disobeyed, speaking evil of the 

΄ - ΄ ο αν Ανν ? ΄ 

ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους, ἀποστὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀφώρισεν 
way before the multitude, having departed from them he separated 
τοὺς μαθητάς, καθ᾽ ἡμέραν διαλεγόμενος ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράν- 
the disciples, daily reasoning . in the school of *Tyran- 
νου ἔτινός."' 10 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ ἔτη δύο, ὥστε πάντας 


nus 2 *certain. And this was for “years 'two, so that all 
τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν ᾿Ασίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου 
those who inhabited Asia heard the word ofthe Lord 


Ι’[ησοῦ,) ᾿Ιουδαίους.τε καὶ Ἑλληνας' 11 Δυνάμειςτε οὐ τὰς 
Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. And works of power not 


τυχούσας Ἰἐποίει ὁ θεὸς" διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Παύλου, 12 ὥστε καὶ. 


common “*wrought ‘God by the hands of Paul; so that even 
ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἐπιφέρεσθαι! ἀπὸ τοῦ-χρωτὸς.αὐτοῦ 
to those being sick were brought from his skin 


σουδάρια ἢ σιµικίνθια, καὶ ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι an’ αὐτῶν τὰς 
handkerchiefs or aprons, and departed from them the 
, J ? ? ~ 
νόσους, τά τε πνεύματα τὰ πονηρὰ 1ἐξέρχεσθαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν." 
diseases, and the “spirits wicked wentout from them. 
, , ~ , ’ 
19 ᾿Ἐπεχείρησαν.δε τινες ἀπὸ τῶν" περιερχοµένων Ιουδαίων 


But ‘took in °hand ‘certain 7from *the *wandcring “Jews, 
~ ΄ " ‘ , 4 
ἐξορκιστῶν ὀνομάζειν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἔχοντας τὰ πνεύματα τὰ 
®exorcists, to name over those who had the 2spirits 


‘ ~ ΄ ~ ’ τ , 
πονηρὰ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ, λέγοντες, " Ορκιζομεν" 


twicked the name ofthe Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure 
< ~ ‘ ᾽ - ε ~ ’ τσ [ή 
ὑμᾶς τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὃν 9ὁ" Παῦλος κηρύσσει. 14 Ἦσαν δέ 
you [by] Jesus. Whom - Paul proclaims, And there were 





t ὃ δὲ εἶπεν Τ, 7 — πρὸς αὐτούς LTTrAW. * εἶπαν ΙΤΤτΑ. 


871 
unto them, Unto what 
then were ye bapt.z- 
ed? And they said, 
Unto John’s baptism. 
4 Thensaid Paul, John 
verily baptized with 
the baptism of repeut- 
ance, saying unto 
the people, that they 
should believe on him 
which should come 
after him, that is, on 
Christ Jesus. 5 When 
they heard this, they 
Were baptized in the 
name of the Lord 
Jesus. 6 And when 
Paulhad laid Ais hands 
upon them, the Holy 
Ghost came’ on them ; 
and they spake with 
tongues, and prophesi- 
ed. 7 And all the men 
were about twelve, 
8 And he went intothe 
synagogue, and spake 
boldly for the space of 
three months, disput- 
ing and persuading 
the things concerning 
the kingdom of God, 
9 But when divers 
were hardened, and be- 
lieved not, but spake 
evil of that way before 
the multitude, he ᾱ-- 
parted from them. and 
separated the discipies, 
disputing daily in the 
school of one Tyran- 
nus. 10 And this con- 
tirued by the space of 
two years ; so that all 
they which dwelt in 
Asia heard the word 
of the Lord Jesus, 
both Jews and Greeks, 
11 And God wrought 
special miracles by the 
hands ef Paul: 12 so 
that from his body 
were brought unto the 
sick handkerchiefs or 
aprons, and the dis- 
euses departed from 
them, and the evil spi- 
rits went out of them. 
15 Then certain of 
the vagabond Jews, 
exorcists, took upou 
them to call owr 
them which had evil 
spirits the name of 
the Lord Jesus, say- 
ing, We adjure you 
by Jesus whom Paul 
preacheth. 14 And 
there were seven sons 





x Ἰωάνου Tr. 


¥ Ἰωάνης Tr. 2—meyGLITrA. ἃ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. Ὁ — χριστὸν GLTTrA,. ς-- τὰς 
LTTrA. 4 ἐπροφήτευον LITra. ε δώδεκα LTITrAW. -- τὰ Ltr. Β — τινός LTTra. 
h — Ἰησοῦ GLITrAW. i 6 θεὸς ἐποίει LTTrAW. κ ἀποφέρεσθαι LTTrA. | ἐκ- 


πορεύεσθαι (— an’ αὐτῶν) GIATrAW. τ καὶ τῶν also of the LrtTra. 


GLITraw. © — ὃ LTTra. 


Ὁ Ὁρκίόω I adjure 


872 


of one Sceva, a Jew, 
andcli: f of the priests, 
which didso. 15 And 
the evil spirit answer- 
ed and said, Jesus I 
know, and Paul I 
know; but who are ye? 
16 And the man in 
whom the evil spirit 
was leaped on them, 
and overcame them, 
and prevailed against 
them, so that they fied 
out of that house na- 
ked and wounded. 
17 Andthis was known 
to all the Jews and 
Greeks also dwelling 
at Ephesus ; and fear 
fell on them αἱ], 
and the name of the 
Lord Jesus was magni- 
fied. 18 And many that 
believed came, 
confessed, and shewed 
their deeds. 19 Many 
of them also which 
used curious arts 
brought their books 
together, and burned 
them before all men: 
and they counted the 
price of them, and 
found zt fifty thousand 
pieces of silver. 20 So 
mightily grew the 
word of God and pre- 
vailed, 


21 After these things 
were ended, Paul pur- 
posed in the spirit, 
when he had passed 
through Macedonia 
aud Achaia, to go to 
Jerusalem, saying, Af- 
ter I have been there, 
I must also see Rome. 
22 So he sent into Ma- 
cedonia two of them 
that miuistered unto 
him, Timotheus and 
Erastus ; but he him- 
self stayed in Asia for 
aseason. 23 And the 
same time there arose 
no small stir about 
that way. 24 For a 
certain man named 
Demetrius, a_ silver- 
smith, which made sil- 
ver shrines for Diana, 


and » 


MPAZEIS XER. 


Wioi” Σκευᾶ ᾿Ιουδαίου ἀρχιερέως ἑπτὰ ἃ τοὶ" τοῦτο 
δᾳ SJew, ‘a ση *priest Ἓβετεα who this 


Ρτινεςὶ 
certain [men] “sons 508 *Sceva 


ποιοῦντες. 15 ἀποκριθὲν.δὲ TO πνεῦμὰ τὸ πονηρὸν εἶπεν», 


were doing. But answering the spirit lwicked said, 
‘ ~ \ Δ ~ 3 , e ~ 

Τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι ὑμεῖς 
Jesus Iknow, and Paul I am acquainted with; -ye 


δὲ τίνες ἐστέ; 16 Kai ᾿ἐἐφαλλόμενος" “ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἄνθρω- 
"but, who are ye? And leaping on  them-* the man 
πος! ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρόν, “καὶ! κατακυριεύσας 
in whom was the “spirit 1wicked, and haying mastered 
χαὐτῶν" ἴσχυσεν κατ᾽ αὐτῶν, ὥστε γυμνοὺς καὶ τετραυµατισ- 
them prevailed against them, sothat naked and wounded 
μένους ἐκφυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ.οἴκου-ἐκείνου. 17 τοῦτο. δὲ" ἐγένετο 
they escaped out of that house. Andthis became 
γνωστὸν πᾶσιν Ἰουδαίοις.τεκαὶ Ἕλλησιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν τὴν. 
known to all both Jews and Greeks, those inhabiting 
Εφεσον, καὶ Σἐπέπεσεν' φόβος ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς, καὶ ἐμεγα- 
Ephesus, and “fell lfear upon all them, and was mag- 
λύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. 18 Πολλοίτε τῶν 
nified the name ofthe Lord Jesus. And many of those who 


πεπιστευκότων ἤρχοντο ἐξομολογούμενοι καὶ ἀναγγέλλοντες 
believed came confessing and declaring 
τὰς πράξεις αὐπῶν. 19 ἱκανοὶ δὲ τῶν τὰ περίεργα πρα- 
their deeds. And many of those who the curiousarts prac- 
ἕάντων συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους κατέκαιον ἐνώπιον 
tised having brought the books burnt [them] before 
πάντων καὶ συνεψήφισαν τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ εὗρον 
811. And they reckonedup the prices ofthem, and found [it} 
ἀργυρίου μυριάδας πέντε. 90 οὕτως κατὰ κράτος Τὸ λόγος τοῦ 
3of*silver "myriads ‘five. Thus with might the word of the 
κυρίου" ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν. 
Lord increased and prevailed. 
21 Ὡς δὲ ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πνεύ- 
And when were fulfilled these things “Ῥαχροδᾶ *Paul in the spirit, 
part, διελθὼν!" τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ Ὁ ᾿Αχαΐαν. πορεύε- 
having passed through Macedonia and Achaia, to 
> οἷ 7 {| > ’ “ ‘ LY , - ? ~ 
σθαι εἰς “Ἱερουσαλήμ," εἰπών, Ότι μετὰ τὸ γενέσθαι µε ἐκεῖ 
go to Jerusalem, saying, After “having “been *my there 
δε με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν. 22 ᾽᾿Αποστείλας.δὲ εἰς ἀτὴνι 


it behoves me also Rome ἴο see, And having sent into 
/ ~ ~ , 
Μακεδονίαν δύο τῶν  διακονούντων αὐτῷ, Τιμόθεον καὶ 


_ Macedonia two of those who ministered tohim, Timotheus and 


ἜἛραστον, αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν" 23 ‘Eyéverd 


Erastus, he remained atime in Asia. 2Came “to *pass 
δὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς 
land δὖ that time Sdisturbance ‘no small about the 


ὁδοῦ. 24 Anpyrproc-yap τις ὀνόματι, ἀργυροκόπος, 


way. For *Demetrius Τα *certain[*man] by name, a silversmith, 
~ ~ ie , ~ ΄ 
ποιῶν ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς ᾿Αρτέμιδος, παρείχετο" τοῖς τεχνίταις 





brought no small gain making *temples 1silver of Artemis, brought tothe artificers 
unto the craftsmen ἢ ϱ) , > 5 4 ἐς, όν / ) ν 
25 whom hecalled to- ἐργασίαν οὐκ ὀλίγην" 25 οὓς συναθροίσας, και τους 
gether with the work- ξραῖτι ‘no little’; whom having brought together,and the 
P τινος (read seven sons of a certain one) LTr. 4 viol placed after ἑπτὰ LTTrA. "*—ot 


LTT:[A}. 
LTITra, 
λόγος LTTrA, 
ΓΝ ΑΝ, 


5 + αὐτοῖς to them LTTraw. 
W — καὶ LTTrAW. 

ἃ διελθεῖν to have passed through 1. 
a — τὴν τ, 


t ἐφαλόμενος LTTrA? 


7 ὃ ἄνθρωπος ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς 
: : Ρ 
* ἀμφοτέρων both Lira, 


Υ ἔπεσεν LTr: 2 τοῦ κνρέου ὃ 
«Ἃ. ε ΄ 
b+ Τὴν L. ¢ Ἱεροσόλυμα 


© παρεῖχε τι. οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν LTTrA, 


ΧΙΧ. ACTS. 
περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας, εἶπεν, Ανδρες, ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ἐκ 
2in «such *things workmen, he said, Men, ye know that from 


, ~ ? ͵ « ? , ση πώ. ᾿ ΄ \ ~ 
ταύτης τῆς ἐργασίας ἡ εὐπορία )]μῶν' ἐστιν" 26 καὶ θεωρεῖτε 
this i 


gain the wealth of us τσι and ye see 
‘4 er ? ’ ~ 
καὶ ἀκούετε ὅτι οὐ µόνον ᾿Εφέσου ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν πάσης τῆς 
and hear that not only of Ephesus but almost of all 


μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν. ὄχλον, 


᾿Ασίας ὁ Παῦλος. οὗτος πείσας 
ὃ great multitude, 


Asia this Paul having persuaded turned away 
λέγων ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοὶ οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι. 27 οὐ 
saying that they are not gods which by hands are made. 2Not 
µόνον δὲ τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν τὸ µέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν 
Zonly ‘now ‘this 15 dangerous ᾖΤο τας [1650] {πο business*into “disrepute 

ἐλθεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἱ Αρτέμιδος ἱερὸν" εἰς 
100116, but alsothe*of*the “great *goddess ®Artemis ‘temple for 
Κοὐδὲν" ᾿ἰλογισθῆναι, μέλλειν" δὲ" καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι "τὴν µεγα- 
nothing be reckoned, and be about also tobe destroyed the ma- 
λειότητα! αὐτῆς, ἣν ὅλη %)'’Acia καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται. 


jesty ef her, whom 41] Asia andthe habitable world worships. 
28 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ καὶ γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ. έκρα- 
And having heard, and having become full of indignation, they cried 
ζον λέγοντες, Μεγάλη ἡ Αρτεμις ᾿Εφεσίων. 29 Καὶ 
out saying, Great the Artemis’ of [the] Ephesians. ἃ And 
? , « aX POX I! q / ὸ ε/ 7 = ε, 0 
ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις Ῥολη! 4 συγχύσεως. ὥρμησάν.τε ὅμοθυ- 


and they rushed with one 
NY ? Ν , / fee ‘ ? / 
μαδὺν εἰς τὸ θέατρον, συναρπάσαντες | Taiov καὶ ᾿Αρί- 
accord to ο _ theatre, having seized with [them] Gaius . and Ari- 
σταρχον Μακεδόνας, συνεκδήμους *rov" Παύλου. 90 τοῦ" "δὲ 
starchus, Macedonians, fellow-travellers of Faul. 
Παύλου" βουλομένου εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον, οὐκ.εἴων αὐτὸν 
Paul intending togoin to the people, *did*not *suffer *him 
οἱ μαθηταί: 31 τινὲς. δὲ καὶ τῶν ᾿Ἀσιαρχῶν ὄντες αὐτῷ 
‘the *disciples, and some also of the chiefs of Asia being to *him 
φίλοι, πέμψαντες πρὸς αὐτόν, παρεκάλουν μὴ δοῦναι ἑαυτὸν 
friends, having sent to him, urged [him] not toventure himself 
εἰς τὸ θέατρον. 382 ἄλλοι μὲν οὖν. ἄλλο.-τί ἔκραζον. " 
iuito the theatre. Some therefore one thing and some another were crying out ; 
ἦν. γὰρ ἡ «ἐκκλησία "συγκεχυμένη,! καὶ οἱ πλείους οὐκ.ῄδεισαν 


was *filled'the ‘city *whole with confusion, 


for *was"the “assembly contused, and the most did not know 
τίνος ἕνεκεν! συνεληλύθεισαν. 383 ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ὄχλου 


for what - they had come together. But from among the crowd 


ὑπροεβίβασαν" ᾿Αλέξανδρον, Ἀπροβαλόντωνἳ αὐτὸν τῶν 
they put forward Alexander, ’thrusting *forward *him 1the 
Ἰουδαίων" ὁ.δὲ᾽ Αλέξανδρος κατασείσας 

' 2Jews- And Alexander, having made a sign with the hand, 
ἤθελεν ἀπολογεῖσθαι τῷ δήμῳ. 34 Τἐπιγνόντων' δὲ ὅτι 
wished to make a defence to the people. But having recognized that 
Ἰουδαϊῖός ἐστιν, φωνὴ ἐγένετο pia ἐκ πάντων, ὡς ἐπὶ ὥρας 

a Jew heis,. ‘ery ‘there*was *onefrom all, for about “hours 
δύο Ἰκραζόντων,' Μεγάλη ἡ Αρτεμις ᾿Ἐφεσίων. 35 Κατα- 
4two | crying out, Great the Artemis of [the] Ephesians. *Having 

/ ερ 4 ‘ ” , ” a ᾽ / 

στείλας δὲ ὁ γραμματεὺς τὸν ὄχλον φησίν, Άνδρες ᾿Ἐφέσιοι, 
‘calmed ᾿απᾶ “μ6, “recorder the crowd 5808, Men Ephesians, 


cause 





& ἡμῖν to 48 LTTrA. h + καὶ also τι. 
! λογισθήσεται (Shall be counted), μέλλει τι. τι τε EGLTTrA. 
ο [ἡ] Tr. P— ὅλη LTTrA. 4% + τῆς GTTrAW. ¥ — τοῦ GLTTrAW,. 
ἔσνν- τ. "ἕνεκα LTTra.. 3 συνεβίβασαν they instructed Lrtr, 
J ἐπιγνόντες GLITrAW. δἔ κράζονγες Τὶ 


But. 


τὴν χεῖρα, 


i ἑερὸν ᾿Αρτέμιδος ΤΑ. 
2 τῆς µεγαλειότητος 1ΤΤιΑ. 
5 Παύλου δὲ LTTraw. 
Σ προβαλλόντων EGL. 


973 


men of like occupa- 
tion, and said, Sirs, ye 
know that by this craft 
we have our wealth. 
26 Moreover ye see and 
hear, that not alene at 
Ephesus, but almost 
throughout all Asia, 
this Paul hath per- 
suaded and turned a- 
way much people, say- 
ing that they be no 
gods, which are made 
with hands: 27 so that 
not only this our craft 
is in danger to be set 
at nought; but also 
that the temple of the 
great goddess Diana 
should be despised, 


᾿ and her magnificence 


should be destroyed, 
whom all Asia and 
the world worshippeth. 
28 And when they 
heard these sayings, 
theywere full of wrath, 
and cried out, saying, 
Great is Diana of the 
Ephesians. 29 And the 
whole city was filled 
with confusion: and 
having caught Gaius 
and Aristarchus, men 
of Macedonia, Paul’s 
companions in travel, 
they rushed with one 
accord into the thea- 
tre. 30 And when Paul 
would have entered in 
unto the people, the 
disciples suffered him 
not. 31 And certain of 
the cnief of Asia, which 
were his friends, sent 
unto him, desiring him 
that he would not au- 
venture himself into 
the theatre. 32 Some 
therefore cried one 
thing, and some an- 
other: for the as- 
sembly was confused ; 
and the more part 
knew not wherefore 
they were come to- 
gether. 33 And they 
drew Alexander out 
of the multitude, the 
Jews putting him for- 
ward, And Alexander 
beckoned with the 
hand, and would have 
mace his defence unto 
the people. 34 But 
when they knew that 
he was a Jew, all with 
one yoice about the 
space of two hours 
cried out, Great is 
Diana of the Ephe- 
sians. 35 And when the 
townclerk had ap- 
peased the people, he 
said, Ye men of Epke- 





κ οὐθὲν LTTrA,. 


972 


sus, what man is there 
that knoweth not how 
that the city of the 
Hphesians is a wor- 
shipper of the great 
goddess Diana; and of 
the zmage which fell 
down from Jupiter? 
36 Sceing then that 
these things cannot be 
spokn against, ye 
ought to be quiet, and 
to de nothing rashly. 
37 For ye have brought 
hither these men, 
which are neither rob- 
bers of churches, nor 
yetblasphemersofyour 
goddess, 38 Wherefore 
if Demetrius, and the 
eraftsinen which are 
with him, have a mat- 
ter against any man, 
the law is open, and 
there are deputies: let 
them implead one ano- 
ther. 39 But if ye in- 
quire any thing con- 
cerning other matiers, 
it shall be determined 
in a lawful assembly. 
40 For we are in dan- 
ger to be called: in 
question for this day’s 
uproar, there being no 
cause whereby we may 
give an account of this 
concourse. 41 And 
when he had thus 
spoken, he dismissed 
the assembly. 


XX. And after the 
uproar was ceased, 
Paul called unto him 
the disciples, and em- 
braced them, and de- 
parted for to go in- 
to Macedonia. 2 And 
when he had gone over 
those parts, and had 
given tiem much ex- 
hortation, he came into 
Greece. 3 And there 
abode three months. 
And when the Jews 
laid wait for him, as 
he was about to sail 
into Syria, he purposed 
to return through Ma- 
eedonia. 4 And there 
accompanied him into 
Asia Sopater of Berea ; 
and- of the Thessa- 
lonians, Aristarchus 
and Secundus; and 
Gaius of Derbe, and 
Timotheus ; and of A- 
sia, Tychicus and Tro- 

himus. 5 These going 

efore tarried for us at 


—_— 


2 ἀνθρώπων (read τις Who) of men LTTrA. 


ἃ θεὸν GLTTrAW. 


& περαιτέρω further Ltr, 
κ μεταπεμψάμενος having sent for rrr. 


“ πορεύεσθαι LTTr. 


4 — ἄχρι τῆς Ασίας τ[ττ]. 


TPAZET-S. ΧΊΧ 2 
ric γάρ ἐστιν "ἄνθρωπος" ὃς οὐ.γινώσκει τὴν ᾿Ἐφεσίων 
2what ‘for *is “there Sman who knowsnot the 7of [586] *Ephesians 
, / ~ / ~ ? , , 
πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς" ᾿Αρτέμιδος καὶ 
teity 7temple-kcepers 588 “being of the great goddess Artemis, and 
τοῦ Διοπετοῦς; 36 ἀναντιῤῥήητων οὖν ὄντων τούτων» 
of that fallen from Zeus? Undeniable therefore being these things 
δέον ἐστὶν ὑμᾶς κατεσταλµένους ὑπάρχειν, καὶ μηδὲν προ- 
necessary itis for you calm to be, and “nothing *head- 
Α ’ ’ » / 
meric «πράττειν.!' 97 ἠγάγετε.γὰρ τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους. 


long το 34ο. For ye brought these men, {who are] 
οὔτε ἱεροσύλους οὔτε βλασφημοῦντας τὴν ἀρεὰν" Sonor." 


neither temple plunderers nor are defaming “goddess _ *your. 


98 εἰ μὲν οὖν Δημήτριος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ τεχνῖται ἵπρός 
Tf indeed therefore Demetrius andthe ἤν “ἢ ‘artificers against 
τινα λόγον ἔχουσιν," ἀγοραῖοι ἄγονται; καὶ ἀνθύπατοί εἰσιν" 
anyone amatter have, courts are held, and proconsuls there are: 
, ’ 3 “ 4 ε ιν 
ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις. 39 ede τι ϑβπερὶ ἑτέρων" 
let them accuse one another. But if anything concerning other matters 


ἐπιζητεῖτε, ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται. 40 καὶ γὰρ 


yeinquire, in the lawful © assembly ἰἴΐ shall be solved. For also 
κινδυνεύομεν ἐγκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς σήμερον, 
we are in danger tobe accused of insurrection in regard to this day, 


περὶ οὗ " δυνησόμεθα ἀπο- 
not one cause existing concerning which we shall be able to 
δοῦναι λόγον rnc.ovorpogice.ratryg. 41 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπών, 
give a reason for this concourse. And these things having said, 
ἀπέλυσεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. 
he dismissed the assembly. 
90 Μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον, *rposcarecapevoc" 
But after Sceased tne tumult, Shaving called 7to 
ὁ Παῦλος τοὺς μαθητάς, καὶ) ἀσπασάμενος. ἐξῆλθεν 
(®him] *Paul the disciples, and saluted [them], went away 
ππορευθῆναι! εἰς "τὴν" Μακεδονίαν. 2 διελθὼν δὲ τὰ 
to go to Macedonia. . And having passed through 
7 1 ~ 4 / 2 J 4 , ~ τσ 
μέρη ἐκεῖνα, καὶ παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῳ, ἦλ- 
those parts, and havingexhorted them with *discourse *miich, . he 
θεν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα 3 ποιῄσας.τε μῆνας τρεῖς, γενο- 
came to Greece. And having continued “months “three, having been 
, ο > ~ ᾽ ~ ΤΠ ε A ~ ” ΄ ἐλλ 
μένης “αὐτῷ ἐπιβουλῆς" ὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων μέλλοντι 
made against them a plot by the Jews being about 
ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, ἐγένετο Ῥγνώμη" τοῦ ὑποστρέφειν 
to sail into Syria, Sarose a *purpose to return 
διὰ Μακεδονίας. 4 συνείπετο.δὲ αὐτῷ “ἄχρι τῆς Ασίας" 
through Macedonia. And accompanied him as far as Asia 
Σώπατρος * Ῥεροιαῖος' Θεσσαλογικέων.δὲ ᾿Αρίσταρχος. καὶ 
Sopater a Bercean, and of Thessalonians Aristarchus and 
Σεκοῦνδος, καὶ Tatoc Δερβαῖος καὶ Τιμόθεος" ᾿Ασιανοὶ.δὲ 
Secundus, and Gaius οἵ Derbe and Timotheus, and of Asia 
Τυχικὸς καὶ Τρόφιμος. 5 οὗτοι» Ἱπροελθόντεςὶ ἔμενον ἡμᾶς 


Tychicus and Trophimus. These having gone before waited for us 


μηδενὸς αἰτίου ὑπάρχοντος 








b — θεᾶς GLTTrAW. ο πράσσειν LTTrA. 

: { ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον GLTTrAW. 

i+ περὶ concerning (this concourse) LTTr. 

1+ παρακαλέσας having exhorted [and] LTTra, 
n — την LTTr[A]. ο ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ LTTr. Ρ γνώμης TTrAs 
τ Πύῤῥου of Py:rrhusGirtraw. 5 + δὲ and (these) ἱττι[4}. 


ε ἡμῶν Our LTTrA. 
ΒΕ οὐ TTr[A]. 


* προσελθόντες having gone Tr. 


xX X. ACTS. 


Ἡ , ε - ‘ » 
ἐν “Τρωάδι"" 6 ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐξεπλεύσαμεν μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν 
in Troas ; but we sailed away after the days ofthe 

? 4 > ἂν , ‘ » ‘ ? ἢ > 
ἀζύμων ἀπὸ Φιλίππων, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρὺς αὐτοὺς εἰς 
unleavenéd bread from _ Philippi, and came to them at 

\ wT τὸ ll x ” tl « ~ / y κα]} ὃ AY « [ή 
τὴν "αρωαθα” ἔαχρις" ἡμερῶν πέντε, YOU ὀιετρίψαμεν Ί]μερας 

Troas in 34878 ‘five, where we stayed "days 
τῶν σαββάτων, συνηγμένων 
And on the first [day] of the week, Shaving *been °assembled 
τῶν μαθητῶν τοῦ" κλάσαι ἄρτον, ὁ Παῦλος διελέγετο αὐτοῖς, 

*the *disoiples {ο break bread, Paul discoursed to them, 
μέλλων ἐξιέναι τῇ ἐπαύριον, παρέτεινέν.τε τὸν λόγον μέχρι 

about todepart onthe morrow; and he continued the discourse till 
μεσονυκτίου" 8 ἦσαν δὲ λαμπάδες ἱκαναὶ ἐν τῷ ὑπερῴῳ οὗ 

midnight. And*were “lamps tmany in the upper room where 
ajoav! συνηγμένοι. 9 ὑκαθήμενος!.δὲ τις νεανίας ὀνόματι 
they were assembled. Aud was sitting acertain youth, by name 


Ἐὔτυχος ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος, καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ, δια- 


ἑπτά. 7 Ἐν δὲ τῇ μιᾷ 
4seven, 


Eutychus, by the window, overpowered by *sleep ‘deep, as 
λεγομένου τοῦ Παύλου ἐπὶ πλεῖον, κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ 
*discoursed Paul 


for a longer time, having been overpowered by 
τοῦ ὕπνου ἔπεσεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τριστέγου κάτω, Kai ἤρθη 
the sleep he fell "from “the *third °story ‘down, and was taken up 
, A δὲ « ~ ? ’ > ~ κ᾿ σ 3 
νεκρός. 10 καταβὰς. δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἴσυμ- 


dead. But “having *descended Paul fellupon him, and having 
περιλαβὼν εἶπεν, Μὴ θορυβεῖσθε ἡ.γὰρ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν 
embraced {him] said, Donotmakeatumult, forthe life ofhim in 


αὐτῷ ἐστιν. 11 ᾿᾽Αναβὰς δὲ καὶ κλάσας ἃ ἄρτον καὶ γευσά- 
him is. And having gone up and having broken bread and _ having 


μενος, ἐφ᾽ ἱκανόνιτε ὁμιλήσας «ἄχριοὶ αὐγῆς, οὕτως ἐξῆλ- 


eaten, and for long havingconversed’ until day-break, so he de- 
θεν. 12 1γαγον.δὲ τὸν παῖδα ζῶντα, καὶ παρεκλήθησαν οὐ 
parted. Andthey brought the boy alive, and werecomforted not 


μετρίως. 13 Ἡμεῖς. δὲ Γπροελθόντες! ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον ἀνήχθημεν 
a little. But we having gone before to {πε ship sailed 

Seic' τὴν Accor, ἐκεῖθεν μέλλοντες ἀναλαμβάνειν τὸν Παῦ- 

to Assos, 5there being ?about to take in Paul; 

λον" οὕτως. γὰρ Ῥήν.διάτεταγμένος,' μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν. 

for so he had appointed, “being “about ‘himself to goon foot. 

14 ὡς δὲ Ἰσυνέβαλεν! ἡμῖν εἰς τὴν Ἄσσον, ἀναλαβόντες αὐτὸν 
And when he met with us at Assos, having taken η *him 
ἤλθομεν εἰς Μιτυλήνην' 15 κἀκεῖθεν ἀποπλεύσαντες τῇ 


wecame ἴο Mitylene ; and thence having sailed away, on the 
ἐπιούσῃ κατηντήσαµεν Σάντικρὺϊ Χίου. τῇ.δὲ ἑτέρᾳ 
following [day] arrived opposite Chios, andthe next [day] 


παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον" ἱκαὶ μείναντες ἐν Τρωγυλλίῳ," ry™ 


we arrived at Samos; andhavingremainedat ‘Trogyllium,_ the 


ἐχομένῃ ἤλθομεν εἰς Μίλητον. 16 "ἔκρινεν". γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος 
next [day] wecame to Miletus: for “had *decided *Paul 
παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον, ὅπως µμὴ-γένηται αὐτῷ χρονο- 


to sail by Ephésus, so that it might not happen to him to spend 


τριβῆσαι ἐν τῇ Ασίᾳ' ἔσπευδεν γὰρ εἰ δυνατὸν οἡν! αὐτῷ 

time in Asia; for hehastened if possible it was for him 
” Τρῳάδι LT. ν Τρῳάδα LT, 

assembled) GLTTraw. 

d+ τὸν the LTTraw. 

ἢ διατεταγµέγος ἦν LITrA. 

μείναντες ἐν Tow, LTTr. 











Σ ἄχρι LTTrA. Υ ὅπου Τ. 
9 ἦμεν We Were GLTTrAW. 
ε ἄχρι TTrA. 

1 συνέβαλλεν LETra. * ἄντικρυς LITrA, 


m+ S¢and(the)LTtr. 5 κεκρίκει GLTTrAW, 


375 
Troas. 6 And we sailed 
away from Philippi 
after the days of un- 
leavened bread, and 
came unto them to 
Troas in five days; 
where we abode seven 
days. 7 And upon the 
first day of the week, 
when the _ disciples 
came together to break 
bread, Paul preached 
unto them, ready to 
depart on the morrow ; 
and continued his 
speech until midnight. 
8 Andthere were many 
lights in the wpper 
chamber, where they 
were gathered to- 
gether. 9 And theresat 
in a window a certain 
young man named 
Eutychus, being fallen 
into.a deep sleep: and 
as Paul was long 
preaching, he sunk 
down with sleep, and 
fell down from the 
third loft, and was 
taken updead. 10 And 
Paul went down, and 
fell on him, and em- 
bracing him _ said, 
Trouble not your- 
selves; for his life is 
in him. 11 When he 
therefore was come up 
again, and had broken 
bread, and eaten, and 
talked a long while, 
even till break of day, 
so he departed. 12 And 
they brought the 
young man alive, and 
were not a little com- 
forted. 13 And we went 
before to ship, and sail- 
ed unto Assos, there 
intending to take in 
Paul: for so had he 
appointed, minding 
himself to go afoot. 
14 And when he met 
with us at Assos, we 
took him in, and came 
to Mitylene. 15 And 
we sailed thence, and 
came the next day over 
against Chios ; and the 
next day we arrived at 
Samos, and tarried at 
Trogyllinm ; and the 
next day we came to 
Miletus. 16 For Paul 
had determined to sail 
by Ephesus, because he 
would not spend the 
time in Asia: for he 
hasted, if it were pos- 
sible for him, to be at 


2 ἡμῶν we (having been 
Ὁ καθεζόμενος LTTrAW. 
f προσελθόντες having yone Tr. 


σσυγ- T. 
& ἐπὶ LTTrA. 


1 Τρωγυλίῳ A; — καὶ 
ο εἴη it might be LTTra. 


376 


Jerusalem the day of 
Pentecost. 17And from 
Miletus he sent to 
Ephesus, and called the 
elders of the church. 
18 And when they were 
come to him, he said 
unto them, Ye know, 
from the first day that 
I came into Asia, after 
what manner I have 
been with you at all 
seasons, 19 serving the 
Lerd with all humi- 
lity of mind,and with 
many tears,and temp- 
tations, which befell 
me by the lying in wait 
of the Jews: 20 and 
how I kept back* no- 
thing that was profit- 
able unio you, but have 
shewed you, and have 
taught you publickly, 
and from house to 
house, 21 testifying 
both to the Jews, and 
also to the Greeks, 
repentance toward 
God, and faith toward 
our Lord Jesus Christ. 
22 And now, behold, 
I go bound in the spi- 
rit unto Jerusalem, 
not knowing thethings 
that shall befall me 
there: 23 save that 
the Holy Ghost wit- 
nesseth in every city, 
faying that bonds and 
aftlictions abide me. 
24 But none of these 
things move me, nei- 
ther count I my life 
dear unto myself, so 
that I might finish my 
course with joy, and 
the ministry, which 1 
have received of the 
Lord Jesus, to testify 
the gospel of the grace 
of God. 25 And now, 
behold, I know that 
ye all, among whom I 
have gone preaching 
the kingdom of God, 
shall see my face no 
more. 26 Wherefore I 
take you to record 
this day, that L am 
pure from the blood of 
all men. 27 For I have 
not shunned to declare 
unto you all the coun- 


TPA se Ts: babe 


τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντηκοστῆς γενέσθαι εἰς P'lepooddupa." 
the day of Pentecost to be in Jerusalem, 
A A ~ / | » » 

17 ᾿Απὸ δὲ τῆς Μιλήτου πέμψας εἰς Ἔφεσον µετεκαλέσατο 
And from Miletus having sent to Ephesus he called for 
τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας. 18 ὡς δὲ παρεγένοντο πρὸς 
the elders of the assembly. And when.they were come _ to 
αὐτὸν ἃ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε, ἀπὸ πρώτης ἡμέρας 
him he said to them, Ye know, from the first | fay 
ἀφ’ ἧς ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν, πῶς μεθ ὑμῶν τὸν-πάντα 


on which Iarrived in Asia, how with you all the 
χρόνον ἐγενόμην, 19 δουλεύων τῷ κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης ταπεινο- 
time I was, serving the Lord with all humi- 


Φροσύνης καὶ πολλῶν" δακρύων καὶ πειρασμῶν, τῶν -συμ- 


lity and many tears and ‘temptations, which huap- 
/ ? ~ 7 ~ ~ ? / ε 

βάντων μοι ἐν ταῖς ἐπιβουλαῖς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων' 20 ὡς 

pened to me through the plots of the Jews ; how 


οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συµφερόντων τοῦ.μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι 
nothing Ikeptback ofwhat isprofitable soas not. toannounce [it] 


ὑμῖν, καὶ διδάξαι ὑμᾶς δημοσίᾳ καὶ κατ᾽ οἴκους, 21 διαµαρ- 


to you, and toteach του publicly and from house to house, earnestly 
, ? ΕΥ̓ / πὸ οφ λ \ 2 Socal A 

τυρόµενος ᾿Ιουδαίοις. τε καὶ Ἑλλησιν τὴν εἰς "τὸν! θεὸν 

testifying both to Jews and Greeks “toward °God 

ετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν ἵτὴνι εἰς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦν 
repentance and faith toward our Lord Jesus 

Yyptorév." 22 καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ "ἐγὼ δεδεμένος" τῷ πνεύματι 
Christ. - And now, lo, I, , bound in the spirit, 

πορεύομαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά 
Ρο to Jerusalem, the things which in it shall happen 


Xuou' μὴ εἰδώς, 23 πλὴν ὅτι TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον κατὰ.πόλιν 
tome not knowing ; except thatthe Spirit the Holy inevery city 


διαμαρτύρεταῦ λέγον" ὅτι δεσμά *ye καὶ θλίψεις" μένουσιν. 


fully testifies, — saying that bonds *me'and “tribulations “await. 
24 adr’ οὐδενὸς ὕλόγον" “ποιοῦμαι, οὐδὲ ἔχω" τὴν ψυχήν 
But *of "ποίῃϊηρ *account 1T *make, nor holdI *)ite 


“μου" τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ, ὡς τελειῶσαι τὸν.δρόµον.µου “μετὰ 
my dear tomyself, so 486 to finish my course with 
χαρᾶς," καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου "In- 
joy, and the ministry which Lreceived from the Lord Je- 
gov, διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ. 
sus, to testify fully the gladtidings ofthe grace of God. 
25 καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν.µου 


And now, lo, 1 know that no more *will*see Smy *face 
t ~ ΄ ? - , 
ὑμεῖς πάντες, ἐν οἷς διηλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν 
ye 2411, among whom Ihave goneabout proclaiming the kingdom 

~ ~ Il ‘4 , c ~ ~ , c 
frov θεοῦ." 26 8010" μαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν iv τῇ.σήμερον ἡμέρᾳ, 

of God. Wherefore I testify to you in thisday — 

/ ‘ \ ~ τ , - 
ὅτι καθαρὸς ἐγὼ" ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων" 27 οὐ.γὰρ 
that pure 1 [am)from the blood of all, for “not 


« , ~ ‘ ~ Σε ~ ~ ‘ 
ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν! πᾶσαν τὴν βουλὴν 
11 “κερί back from announcing to you all the counsel 





P Ἱερουσαλήμ, T. 
5 — τὸν TIra. 


t — την LTTrA. 





4 + ὁμοῦ ὄντων αὐτῶν they being together τ,, 


1 τ — πολλῶν GLTTrAW. 
¥ — χριστόν LiTr]Aa. 


* δεδεμένος ἐγὼ GLTTrAW, 


ἃ ἐμοὶ τ Y+portomeGLIT:aWw, 5 λέγων Α. 4 καὶ θλίψεις µε LTTrA. ὃ λόγου 
TTrA. 9 ἔχω, οὐδὲ ποιοῦμαι L; — οὐδὲ ἔχω TTra. 4 — μου LItra. 86 — μετὰ χαρᾶς 
LTTrA. {— τοῦ θεοῦ LITrAW. & διότι ΤΑ. δ εἰμι AM ΙΤΤΤΑ. i— ὑμῖν 
1ΤΤΓΑ. 


‘eX XT. ACTS. 
τοῦ θεοῦ). 28 προσέχετε Κοῦνὶ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ παντὶ τῷ 
of God. Take heed therefore to yourselves and toall the 


ποιμνίῳ. ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, 
flock, wherein 7you ‘the “Spirit “the *Holy ‘did ®set overseers, 
ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ,ὶ ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ 
toshepherd the assembly of God, which he purchased with 
τοῦ ™idlov αἵματος." 29 ἐγὼ." γὰρ" οἶδα τοῦτο," ὅτι εἰσελεύ- 
the “of *his*own ‘blood. For [ know this, that will 
σονται μετὰ τὴν ἄφιξίν.μου λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ 
comein after my departure “wolves ‘grievous amongst you, not 
φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου" 30 καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀνα- 
sparing the flock ; and from amongst your own selyes’ will 
στήσονται ἄνδρες λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα, τοῦ ἀποσπᾷν τοὺς 


rise up men speaking perverted things, to draw away the 
μαθητὰς ὀπίσω Ῥαὐτῶν." 9] διὸ γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες 
disciples after themselves. Wherefore watch, remembering 


ὅτι τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐκ.ἐπαυσάμην μετὰ δακρύων 
that three years night and day I ceased not with tears 
νουθετῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον. 82 καὶ Iraviy" παρατίθεµαι ὑμᾶς, 
admonishing “one ‘each. And now I commit you, 
r ? 4 ΄ || ~ ~ 3 ~ ’ ~ » ? ~ ~ 
ἀδελφοί," τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς.χάριτος αὐτοῦ, τῷ δυνα- 
brethren, to God and to the word of his grace, which is 


évw Σεποικοδομῆσαιὶ καὶ δοῦναι ὑμῖν" Υ κληρονομίαν ἐν 
μὴ 


able to build up and to give you aninheritance among 

τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν. 88 ἀργυρίου ἢ χρυσίου ἢ ἱματισμοῦ 

*the “sanctified Nall, Silver or gold or clothing 

Ww > ὃ 4 iT] > θ / ἂ 9.4 ᾿ ‘ Ἃ δι Il ’ ε/ ~ 
OVOEVOC επε υμ]σα αυτοι. OE γινώσκετε οτι TALC 
of no one I desired. But yourselves know that 


χρείαιςµου καὶ τοῖς οὖσιν per ἐμοῦ ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ 
{ο ΤΥ needs and tothose who were with me did “minister 
χεῖρες αὗται. 30 πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὕτως κοπιῶντας 
these *hands, Allthings Ishewed you that thus labouring 
δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων, μνημονεύειν.τε 
it behoves [us] to aid those being weak, and to remember 
τῶν λόγων τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν, Μακάριόν ἐστιν 
the words ofthe Lord Jesus that himself said, 2Blessed “1:0 *is 
Υδιδόναι μᾶλλον" ἢ λαμβάνειν. 36 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπών, 
5to “give Imore than_ to receive. And these things having said 
θεὶς τὰ.γόνατα.αὐτοῦ σὺν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς προσηύξατο. 
having bowed his knees with all them he prayed. 
37 Ἱκανὸς δὲ *éyévero κλαυθμὸς" πάντων’ Kai ἐπιπεσάντες 
And*much ‘there “was weeping of all: and falling 
ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου κατεφίλουν αὐτόν" 38 ὀδυνώ- 
upon the neck of Paul thoy ardently kissed him, dis- 
μενοι μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ᾧ εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλ- 
tressed most of all for the word which he had said, that nomore they 
λουσιν τὺ.πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν. προέπεμπον.δὲ αὐτὸν 
are about his face to see. And they accompanied him 
εἰς TO πλοῖον. 
to {πο ship. 
£ ‘ fas 3 - « - ᾽ ’ > ’ 
21 Ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο ἀναχθῆναι ἡμᾶς ἀποσπασθεντας ἀπ 
And when it was *sailed ‘we, having drawn away from 


377 


sel of God. 28 Take heed 
therefore unto yours 
selyes, and to all the 
flock, over the which 
the Holy Ghost hath 
made you overseers, to 
feed the church of God, 
which he hath pur- 
chased with his own 
blood. 29 For I know 
this, that after wy de- 
parting shall grievous 
wolves enter in among 
you, not sparing the 
flock. 30 Also of your 
own selves shall men 
arise, speaking per- 
verse things, to draw 
away disciples aiter 
them. 31 Therefore 
watch, and remember, 
that by the space of 
three years I ceased 
not to warn every one 
night’ and day with 
tears. 352 And now, 
brethren, I commend 
you to God, and to the 
word of his grace, 
which is able to build 
you up, and to give you 
an inheritance among 
all them which are 
sanctified. 33 I have 
coveted no man’s sil- 
ver, or gold, or ap- 
parel. 34 Yea, ye your- 
selves know, that these 
hands have ministered 
unto my necessities, 
and to them that were 
with me. 35 I have 
shewed you all things, 
how that so labouring 
ye ought to support 
the weak, and to re- 
member the words of 
the Lord Jesus, how 
he said, It is more 
blessed to give than to 
rec-ive. 36 And when 
he had thus spsken, he 
kneeled down, and 
prayed with them all, 
37 Aud they all wept 
sore, and fell on Paul’s 
neck, and kissed him, 
38 sorrowing most of 
all for the words which 
he spake, that they 
should see his face no 
more. - And they ac- 
companied him unto 
the ship. 


XXI. And it cameto 
pass, that after we 
were gotten from 


ee | Ἴἧἶ-----------μ------ οσα κ τσ 


ji + ὑμῖν to you LiTrA. κ. οὖν [L]ttr. 
τοῦ ἰδίου GLTTrAW. u — γὰρ for LTTrAW. 
νῦν LITrA. ™— ἀδελφοί LTTrA. 5 οἰκοδομῆσαι to build LTTraw. 
(read the inheritance) ‘rrra. π οὐθενὸς T. Σ — δὲ but GLTTraw. 
GLITraw. 2 κλαυθμὸς ἐγένετο LTTrAW. 


© — τοῦτο LTTrAW. 


1 τοῦ κυρίου of the Lord GLrTTr. 
Ρ ἑαυτῶν ΤΤΤΑ. 
& — ὑμῖν LITrA. 


τὰ αἵματος 
ars 


Y+ την 
Υ μᾶλλον διδόναι 


378 

them, and had launch- 
ed, we came with a 
straight course unto 
Coos, and: the day fol- 
lowing unto Rhodes, 
and from thence unto 
Patara: 2 and find- 
ing a ship sailing over 
unto Phenicia, we 
went aboard, and set 
forth. 3 Now when we 
had discovered Cyprus, 
we left it on the left 
hand, and sailed into 
Syria, and landed at 
Tyre: for there the 
ship was to unlade 
her burden. 4 And 
finding disciples, we 
tarried there seven 
days: who said _ to 
Paul through the Spi- 
rit, that he should not 
go up to Jerusalem. 
5 And when we had 
accomplished those 
days, we depurted and 
went our way; and 
they all brought us on 
our way, with wives 
and children, till we 
were out of the city: 
and we kneeled down 
on the shore, and pray- 
ed. 6 And when we 
had taken our leave 
one of another, we 
took ship; and they 
returned home again. 
7 And when we had 
finished our course 
from Tyre, we came 
to Ptolemais, and sa- 
luted the brethren, and 
abode with them one 
day. 8 And the next 
day we that were of 
Taul’s company de- 
parted, and came unto 
Cesarean: and we en- 
tered into the house 
of Philip the evangel- 
ist, Which was one of 
the seven; and abode 
with him. 9 And the 
same man had four 
daughters, virgins, 
which did prophesy. 
10 And as we tarried 
there many days, there 
came down from Ju- 
dea a certain pro- 
phet, named Agabus. 
11 And when he was 
come unto us, he 
took Paul’s_ girdle, 
and bound his own 
hands and feet, and 
said, Thus saith the 
Holy Ghost, So shall 
the Jews at Jerusalem 
bind the man that 


XXI, 
τῇ.δὲ ἑξῆς 


and on the next 


PAZ ETS: 


αὐτῶν, εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν "κῶν;' 

them, having run direct wecame to Cos, 
εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Πάταρα. 2 καὶ εὑρόντες 

[άαγ] to Rhodes, and thence to Patara, And having found 
~ ~ ’ / “¢ 

πλοῖον διαπερῶν. εἰς Φοινίκην, ἐπιβάντες ἀνήχθημεν. 

a ship passing over into Pheenicia, having gone on board we sailed ; 


3 Ῥάναφάναντες".δὲ τὴν Κύπρον, καὶ καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν 
and having sighted Cyprus, and having left it 


εὐώνυμον ἐπλέομεν εἰς Συρίαν, καὶ “κατήχθημεν" εἰς Τύρον" 


onthe ἰοῦ wesailed to Syria, and brought to at Tyre, 
κεῖσε γὰρ ήν τὸ πλοῖον" ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γύμον. 4 “καὶ 
ὌΝ there was the ship discharging the aoa And 


ἀνευρόντες" τοὺς μαθητάς, ἐπεμείναμεν αὐτοῦ" ἡμέοας ἑπτά' \ 
having found out the α disciples, we remained there *days ‘seven; 


οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, μὴ αμα 


who to Paul said by the Spirit, not to go up 
εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ." 5 ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι' τὰς ἡμέ- 
to Jerusalem. But when it was we compas the days, 


pac, ἐξελθόντες ἐπορευόμεθα, προπεμπόντων ἡμᾶς πάντων 


having set out Wwe journeyed, “accompanying “us tall 
σὺν γυναιξὶν καὶ τέκνοις ἕως ἔξω τῆς πόλεως" καὶ θέντες 
with wives and children as far as outside the city. Andhaving bowed 
τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὺν Ἐπροσηυξάμεθα. 6 καὶ ἀσπασά- 
the knees on the shore we prayed, And having 
μενοι" ἀλλήλους éreBnpev" εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, ἐκεῖνοι-δὲ ὑπε- 
saluted one’another Wwe wentup into the — ship, and they re- 


« ~ ‘ 4 “Ὁ ’ 
στρεψαν εἰς τὰ.ἴδια. 7 'Ἡμεῖς δὲ τὸν πλοῦν διανύσαντες 
turned to their own [homes]. Audwe, the voyage having completed 
ἀπὸ Τύρου κατηντήσαµεν εἰς Πτολεμαΐδα, καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι 
from Tyre, arrived at Ptolemais, and having saluted 


τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἐμείναμεν ἡμέραν μίαν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς. 
the brethren we abode *day one with them. 


? / ἐξ λθ / n ‘ ‘ Π vA ll 
ἐπαυριον εξε OVTEC οἱ περὶ τὸν. αυλον 
morrow ‘having Ίσοπε ®*forth *Paul?and “those *with °him they 
ΡΚαισάρειαν"" καὶ εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν οἶκον Φιλίππου τοῦ 
Ceesarea ; and having entered into the house of Pane the 
εὐαγγελιστοῦ, Irov" ὄντος ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά, ἐμείναμεν παρ᾽ αὐτῷ. 
evangelist, being of the seven, weabode with him. 
, A - , , η " 

9 τούτῳ δὲ ἦσαν θυγατέρες παρθένοι τέσσαρες" προφη- 
Now to this [man] there were 7daughters ὙΠΕΊΒΗ *four who pro- 


8 τῇ δὲ 
And on the 
οᾖλθον' εἰς 


came το 


τεύουσαι. 10 ἐπιμενόντων δὲ cs ἽΒΕΘΟΕ πλείους κατῆλθεν 
phesied. And *remaining days Any Scame *down 
τις ἀπὸ τῆς Ιουδαίας προφήτης ὀνόματι "Αγαβος" 
5a Scertain 7one from Judza, a prophet, by name Agabus ; 
11 καὶ ἐλθὼν πρὸς ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ 
and-having come to us, and having taken the ἘΠῚ 
Παύλου, δήσας 'τε' ταὐτοῦ τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας" 
of Paul, andhaving bound of himself the hands and _ the feet 
εἶπεν, Τάδε λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, Tov ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν 
said, Thus says the Spirit the Holy, The man of whom 15 





® Κῶ GLITrAW. 
πλοιον ἦν LTTrAW. 


Ὁ “Ἱεροσόλυμα GLTTrAW. 
having prayed we oe our leave 


ἀνέβημεν TAW. 
dajrey Tr, 
LTIraw. 


Ρ «κλαις t 
τ — τε aud LTITrAW, 


b ἀναφανέντες EGLTrAW. 
© ἀνευρόντες δὲ LTTrAW. 


5 κατήλθοµεν landed LTTra. ἃ τὸ 
Γ αὐτοῖς With them 1. 8 ἐπιβαίνειν LTTrA. 
ἱ εξαρτίσαι ἡμᾶς LTrAW. κ προ ἅ ἀπησπασάμεθα 
LTTrAW. 14+ καὶ and urrrew. πι ἐνέβημεν LTr 5 
— οἱ περὶ τὸν Παῦλον GLTTraw. ο ἤλθομεν We CAME EGLTAW ; ηλ- 
4— τοῦ GLTTrAW, τ τέσσαρες παρθένοι LITrA, --- ἡμῶν 
ν ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας LITrAW, 


ΧΙ: Ἂ ο Τη 


« A ’ὔ er ε/ δή 3 « η εξ - 4 
ἡ ζώνη αὕτη οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ ot Τουδαῖοι, καὶ 
this girdle thus. shall*bind ‘in ‘Jerusalem ‘the 7Jews, and 
παραδώσουσιν εἰς εἴρας ἐθνῶν. 12 Ὡς δὲ ἠκούσαμεν 
deliver up into [the] hands of [the] nations, And when we heard 
ταῦτα, παρεκαλοῦμεν ἡμεῖςτε καὶ οἱ ἐντόπιοι τοῦ 
these things, Shesought *both *we #and *those %of [Sthe] 7place 
δολ , > ΠῚ ΄ ΄ ι 
μὴ ἀναβαίνειν αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. 13 Υ ἀπεκρίθη." δὲ! ὁ 
ΟΣ το 12ρο”5αρ ~.*him Το Jerusalem, But 7answered 
Παῦλος,7 Τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές µου τὴν 
1Poul, What doye weeping and breaking my 
΄ ᾽ ᾿ A > ͵΄ - - > 4 4 > ~ ’ 
καρδίαν: ἐγὼ.γὰρ οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν εἰς 
heart 2 for I not only tobebound but also to die at 
Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἑτοίμως.ἔχω ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιὴσοῦ. 
Jerusalem am ready for the name of the Lord Jesus. 
14 Μἠἡ πειθομένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ ἠσυχάσαμεν εἰπόντες, 7TO θέλημα 
And ὁποὺ *being *persuaded *he weweresilent, saying, The πι] 
τοῦ κυρίου γενέσθω." 
of the Lord be done. 
16 Μετὰ.δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας “ἀποσκευασάμενοι" ave- 


And after these days,* having packed the baggage we 
βαίνοµεν εἰς Ὁ Ἱερουσαλήμ.ὶ 16 συνῆλθον δὲ καὶ τῶν 
went up to Jerusalem. And went also fsome] of the 


θ ~ ? " CK , Il 4 ε ~ » τ΄ 
μαθητῶν απὸ αισαρειας" σὺν ἡμῖν, ἄγοντες 


2 
παρ 
disciples from Cesarea with us, 


bringing [one] with whom 
ξενισθῶμεν, Μνάσωνί.τινι Κυπρίῳ, ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ. 17 Tevo- 
we might lodge, ἃ certain Mnason, aCypriot, anold _ disciple. *Having 
μένων δὲ ἡμῶν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀσμένως “ἐδέξαντο! ἡμᾶς οἱ 
“arrived ‘and *we αὖ Jerusalem Seladly “received Sus ‘the 
ἀδελφοί. 18 τῇ. δὲ ἐπιούσῃ εἰσήει ὁ Παῦλος σὺν ἡμῖν 
*brethren. And on the following (day]*went “in 1Paul with us 
πρὸς ᾿Ἰάκωβον, πάντες.τε παρεγένοντο οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. 19 καὶ 
το James, and all Sassembled ‘the 7elders, And 
ἀσπασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἐξηγεῖτο καθ ἕν. ἕκαστον ὧν ἐποίησεν 
having saluted them he related one by one what things wrought 
« 8) 1 ~~ » ‘ ny / ᾽ ~ ε 94 
ὁ θεὸς ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν διὰ τῆς διακονίας αὐτοῦ. 20 οἱ δὲ 
Ἰᾳοᾶ among the nations by his ministry. And they 
? , ? ο. f A / 4 g =, ή Il ? ~ ~ 
ἀκούσαντες ἐδόξαζον ἱτὸν κύριον εἰπον τε' αὑτῷ, Θεωρεῖς, 
having heard’ glorified the Lord. And they said tohim, Thou seest, 
ἀδελφέ, πόσαι μυριάδες εἰσὶν "Tovdaiwy' τῶν πεπι- 
brother, how many myriads’ there are of Jews who _ have he- 
στευκότων, Kai πάντες ζηλωταὶ τοῦ νόµου ὑπάρχουσιν. 
lieved, and all zealous ones of the law are. 
21 κατηχήθησαν δὲ περὶ σοῦ, bri ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις 
And they were informed concerning thee, that *apostasy 1thou *teachest 
ἀπὸ iMwoéwe' τοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντας!) ᾿Ιουδαίους, 
*°from 111Τοξε5 *the ©among 7the ®nations 3411 5Jews, 
λέγων μὴ περιτέμνειν. αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα, μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν 


telling . 7not “to*circumcise ‘them the children, nor inthe customs 
“περιπατεῖν. 22 τί οὖν ἐστι; πάντως ἰδεῖ πλῆθος 
to walk. What then [15 it? certainly ‘must ‘a “multitude 





w+ τότε then LTTrAW. 5 — δὲ but LrTraw. 
τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω LTTrAWw. 8 επισκενασάµενοι LTTrAW. 
ο Καισαρίας Τ. d ἀπεδέξαντο welcomed LTTraw. 6 re T. 
Ε εἰπόντες SAYING L; εἶπάν τε TTr. 
δαίων 7. 1 Μωύσέως GLITrAW,. 
πλῆθος συνελθεῖν Tr. 


k — πάντας L{Tr]. 


Υ + καὶ εἶπεν and said τ. 

Ὁ Ἱεροσόλυμα LTTrAW-~ 
f cov θεόν God GLTTraW. 
h ἐν τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαιοῖς among the Jews LTraw; — Ἴου- 
1 δεῖ συνελθεῖν πλῆθος LTA ; — Set 


379 


owneth this girdle, 
and shall deliver hiza 
into the hands of the 
Gentiles. 12:And when 
we heard these things; 
both we, and-they of 
that place, besought 
him not to go up to 
Jerusalem. 13 Then 
Paul answered, What 
mean ye to weep and 
to break mine heart? 
fur 1 am ready not to 
be bound only, but al- 
so to die at Jerusalem 
for the name of the 
Lord Jesus. 14 And 
when he would not be 
persuaded, we ceased, 
saying, The will ofthe 
Lord be done. 


15 And after those 
days we took up our 
carriages, and went up 
to Jerusalem. 16 There 
went with us also 
certain of tHe disci- 
ples of Czsarea, and 
brought with them 
one Mnason of Cy- 
prus, an old disciple, 
with whom we should 
lodge. 17 And when 
we were come to Je- 
rusalem, the brethren 
received ας gladly. 
18 And the day fol- 
lowing Paul went in 
with us unto James; 
and all the elders were 
present. 19 And when 
he had saluted them, 
he declared particu- 
larly what things God 
had wrought among 
the Gentiles by his 
ministry. 20 And when 
they heard it, they 
glorified the Lord, and 
said unto him, Thou 
seest, brother,’ how 
many thousands of 
Jews there are which 
believe; and they are 
all zealous of the law : 
21 .and they are in- 
formed of thee, that 
thou teachest all the 
Jews which areamong 
the Gentiles to for- 
sake Moses, saying 
that they ought not to 


circumcise their chil- 
“dren, neither to walk 


after the customs. 
22 What is it therefore? 
the multitude must 


2 Tov κυρίου 


ι 


980 


needs come together: 
for they will hear that 
thou art come. 23 Do 
therefore this that we 
say to thee: We have 
four men whith havea 
vow onthem ; 24them 
take, and purify thy- 
self with them, and be 
at charges with them, 
that they may shave 
their heads: and all 
may know that those 
things, whereof they 
were informed con- 
cerning thee, are no- 
thing; but that thou 
thyself also walkest 
orderly, and keepest 
the law. 25 As touch- 
ing the Gentiles which 
believe, we have writ- 
ten and concluded that 
they observe no such 
thing, save only' that 
they keep themselves 
from things offered to 
idols, and from blood, 
and from strangled, 
and from fornication. 
26 Then Paul took the 
men, and the next day 
purifying himself with 
them entered into the 
temple, to signify the 
accomplishmentof the 
days of purification, 
until that an offering 
should be offered for 
every one of them. 
27 And when the seven 
days were almost end- 
ed, the Jews which 
were of Asia, when 
they saw him in the 
temple, stirred up all 
the people, and laid 
hands on him, 28 cry- 
ing out, Men of Israel, 
help: This is the man, 
that teacheth all men 
every: where against 
the people, and the 
law, and this place: 
and further brought 
Greeks also into the 
temple, and hath pol- 
luted this holy place. 
29 (For they had seen 
before with him in 
the city Trophimus an 
Ephesian, whom they 
supposed that Paul 
had brought into the 
temple.) 30 And all 
the city was moved, 
and the people ran to- 
gether : and they took 
Paul, and drew him 
out of the temple: and 
forthwith the doors 
were shut. 31 And as 
they went about to kill 
him, tidings came un- 





™ — yap for Tr. 
GLTTraw. 


5 χε ANd Lttra. 


P νλάσσων τὸν νόμον LITrAW. 
τηρεῖν αὐτούς, ει μὴ LTTr. 
αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας GLTTrAw, 


WPASEIS. ΧΧΙ. 
συνελθεῖνἹ ἀκούσονται. γὰρ" ὅτι ἐλήλυθας. 23 τοῦτο οὖν 
come together; for they willhear that thou hast come. This therefore 
ποίησον ὕ σοι λέγομεν" 

do thou what *to*thee "we “say: There are with us 


ἔχοντες ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν' 24 τούτους παραλαβὼν ἁγνίσθητι σὺν 
having on themselves; these having taken be purified with 


> ~ ‘ , i 3 2.) 7 - Cris ὩΣ , tl 4 
αὐτοῖς, καὶ δαπάνησον ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς, wa "ξυρησωνται! τὴν 


εἰσὶν ἡμῖν ἄνδρες τέσσαρες εὐχὴν 
2men ‘four a vow 


them, and beat ση for bint that they may shave the 
κεφαλήν, καὶ ογνῶσινὶ πάντες ὅτι ὧν κατήχηνται 

head ; and ?may*know ‘all that of which they have been ce 
περὶ σοῦ οὐδέν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ στοιχεῖς καὶ αὐτὸς 
ahout thee *nothing 115, but thou *walkest *orderly ?also ‘thyself 
Prov νόμον φυλάσσων. 25 περὶ δὲ τῶν πεπιστευκότων 


Σκοορίης., But concerning those who have believed 


ἡμεῖς αἐπεστείλαμεν.ὶ κρίναντες "μηδὲν τοιοῦτον 
we wrote, judging *no *such ®thing 


®the 7law 
ἐθνῶν 

of the nations 

τηρεῖν αὐτούς, εἰ μὴ! φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς τό τε εἰδωλό- 


200 ϑοῦβοσυ ‘them, except to keep “from ‘themselves things offered 
θυτον καὶ “τὸ! αἷμα καὶ πνικτὸν καὶ πορνείαν. 26 Τότε 
to idols, and blood, and what is strangled, and fornication. Then 
ὁ Παῦλος παρὰλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας, τῇ ἐχομένῃ αν σὺν 

Paul having taken the men, on the next with 
αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς εἰσήει εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, ες, τὴν 
them having been purified entered into the temple, declaring the 


ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ, ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη 
fulfilment ofthe days ofthe purification, until was offered 

« x ©. ἘΠΕ ᾽ » « / ε \ ” 

ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ προσφορά. 27 ὡς. δὲ. ἔμελλον 

for 01:86 leach ofthem the offering. But when *were *about 
€ « sy ς μ ~ ς 7 ‘ ~ ᾽ , ? ~ 

αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι συντελεῖσθαι ot ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ασίας ᾿Ιουδαῖοι 


the “seven “days tobecompleted the ?from 3Asia 1Jews 
θεασάμενοι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, 'συνέχεον" πάντα τὸν ὄχλον, 
having seen him in the temple, _ stirred up all the crowd, 


καὶ ἐπέβαλον" “rac χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν," 28 κράζοντες, Ανδρες 


and laid hands upon him, crying, Men 
α']σραηλῖται,! βοηθεῖτε. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ κατὰ 
Israelites, help! this is the man who against 


τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τοῦ νόµου καὶ τοῦ.τόπου.τούτου πάντας ὕπαν- 
the people and the law απᾶ this place all every- 
ταχοῦ! διδάσκων" ἔτι.τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, 
where teaches, .andfurtheralso Greeks he brought into the temple, 


καὶ κεκοίνωκεν τὸν ἅγιον τόπον τοῦτον. 29 Ἦσαν γὰρ.προ- 
and defiled - ey 3place — this. For they had before 


εωρακότες Τρόφιμον τὸν Ἐφέσιον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῷ, ὃν 
seen πας the el bears in the- city with him, whom 


ἐνόμιζον ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Παῦλος. 80 ἐκινήθη 
they ενα that into the oe “brought αρα]. *Was Σιποτεᾶ 


τε ἡ πόλις ὅλη, καὶ ἐγένετο συνδρομὴ τοῦ λαοῦ" καὶ ἔπι- 
3and °the “city “whole, and there was α concourse of the people; and having 


λαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου, εἷλκον αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ" καὶ 

laid hold of Paul, they drew him outside the temple, and 
εὐθέως ἐκλείσθῆσαν ai θύραι. 81 fyrotvrwr7dé! αὐτὸν 

immediately were shut the- doors, But as they were geeking him 





ἃ ξυρήσονται they shall shave ΤΤτΑ, ο γνώσονται will know 
q ἀπεστείλαμεν LTr. — μηδὲν τοιοῦτον 
5.-- 70 LTTr[A ]w. t συνέχεαν L. Vv ἐπέβαλαν Tre wer 

* Ἰσραηλεῖται T, Σ πανταχῇ LIr; πανταχῆ TAW, 


XXI, XXII. ACTS. 

> ~ 2 ve , ~ , -- ,ὔ 

ἀποκτεῖναι ἀνέβη φασις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ TH? σπείρης, 
to kill there came a representation to the chief captuin of xe band, 


Ore ὕλη Ἀσυγκέχυται' Ἱερουσαλήμ. 82 ὃς “éEauryc' “παρα- 
that all *was*in*a*tumult ‘Jerusalem : who at once having 
‘ , \ , Ὁ 
λαβὼν! στρατιώτας καὶ ἑκατοντάρχους" κατέδραμεν ἐπ᾽ 
taken with [him] soldiers and centurions randown upon 
? / ε \ , 5 , Δ ’ 
αὐτούς. οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες τὸν" χιλίαρχον καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας 
them. Andthey havingscen the -chiefcaptain and the soldiers 
᾽ , κι ~ , Ν ΄ 
Επαύσαντο τύπτοντες τὸν Παῦλον. 33 τότε ἐγγίσας 
ceased beating Paul. Then *having °drawn ®near 
« λί ? \ , ᾽ ~ A > , ~ 
ὃ χιλίαρχος ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκέλευσεν δεθῆναι 
‘the *chief Ξοαρίβίη laidhold ofhim, and commanded [him] {ο he bound 
/ Η , , n ” \ / 
ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν' καὶ ἐπυνθάνετο τίς fay'ein, καὶ τί 
with *chains ‘two, and inquired who he might be, and what 
ἐστιν πεποιηκώς. 34 ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλο.τι εἐθόωνὶ 
he had been doing. But some “one *thing *and ®some 7another ‘were 3οτγίηρ 
rd ~ » \ / \ ~ ‘ \ 
ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ" ᾿μὴ.δυνάμενος.δὲ" γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλὲς διὰ 
in the crowd. And not being able to know the certainty on account of 
τὸν θόρυβον, ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν παρεµ- 
the tumult, he commanded *to“*be*brought ‘him into the for- 
, - ὦ Η ψ ὁ, (Ἢ ? ‘ 4 ? 1 , 
βολήν. 85 bredé ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμοὺς συνέβη 
tress. But when hecame on the stairs it happened 
i .) ‘ ε ‘ ~ ~ \ - 
βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν διὰ τὴν βίαν 
*was *borne the by the soldiers because of the violence 
τοῦ ὄχλου. 86 ἠκολούθει.γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ Ἱκράζον,! 
of the crowd. For followed- the multitude ofthe people, crying, 
Aloe αὐτόν. 37 Μέλλων.τε εἰσάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν 
Away with him. But being about to be brought into the fortress 


ὁ Παῦλος λέγει τῷ, χιλιάρχῳ, Et ἔξεστίν μοι εἰπεῖν τι 


Paul says tothechief captain, Is it permitted tome tosay something 
moog σε; ὉΟ.δὲ ἔφη, Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις; 38 οὐκ doa 
to thee? Andhe said, Greek dost shou know ? °Not *then 


σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀναστα- 
thou ‘art the Egyptian owhobefore these days caused a 
τώσας Kai ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 
confusion and ledout into the desert the four thousand 
ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων ; 89 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, ᾿Εγὼ ἄνθρωπος 
men ofthe assassins ? But *said Paul, I aman 
ῃ ᾽ ᾽ ~ r , -᾿ ΄ ? ae 3 ΄ 
μέν εἰμι Ιουδαῖος 'αρσεύς, τῆς Κιλικίας οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως 


indeed am aJdew οὗ Tarsus, 7of Cilicia “πο 30 ‘insignificant “city 
πολίτης δέοµαι.δὲέ σου, ἐπίτρεψόν. μοι λαλῆσαι πρὸς τὸν 
1a "citizen, and I beseech thee, allow me  tospeak to the 


λαόν. 40 ᾿Ἐπιτρέψαντος.δὲ αὐτοῦ, ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ 
people. And “having “allowed [*him] ‘*he, Paul standing on 
τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν κατέσεισεν τῇ χειρὶ τῷ Aap πολλῆς. δὲ 
the stairs niadeasign with the hand tothe people; and great 
~ z , ~ a , 
σιγῆς γενομένης προσεφώνησεν τῇ Εβραϊΐδι διαλέκτῳ 
silence having taken place hespoketo [them]inthe Hebrew language 
λέγων, 939 Ανδρες ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατέ µου τῆς 
saying; en, brethren and _ fathers, hear my 


πρὸς 


*noaw 


you _ And having heard that inthe Hebrew 


1defence, 


Ὁ ἐξ αὐτῆς A. 


8 συγίσυν- τ)χύννεται LTTrA ; συγχύνεται W. 
: f — ἂν LrTrfaiw. 


4 ἑκατοντάρχας LTTrAW. ε — τὸν W. 
h μὴ δυναµένου δὲ αὐτοῦ he not being able Lttraw. 
GLIT ο ο 


ὑμᾶς Χνῦν! ἀπολογίας. 2 Ακούσαντες.δὲ ὅτι τῇ Εβραϊδε΄ 


381 


to the chief captain of 
the band, that all Je- 
rusalem was in an up- 
roar. 32 Who imme- 
diately took soldiers 
and centurions, and 
ran down unto them: 
and when they saw the 
chief captain and the 
soldiers, they left heat- 
ing of Paul. 33 Then 
the chief captain came 
near, and took him, 
and commanded him 
to be bound with two 
chains ; and demanded 
who he was, and what 
he had done. 34 And 
some cried one thing, 
some another, among 
the multitude: and 
when he could not 
Know the certainty for 
the tumult, he com- 
manded him to be 
carried into the castle. 
35 And when he came 
upon the stairs, so it 
was, that he was borne 
of the soldiers for the 
violence of the people.: 
36 For the multitude 
of the people followed 
after, crying, Away 
with him. 37 And as 
Paul was to be led in- 
to the castle, he’ said 
untg the chief captain, 
May I speak unto thee? 
who said, Canst thou 
speak Greek? 38 Art not 
thou that Egyptian, 
which before these 
days madest an u 

roar, and leddest out 
into the. wilderness 
four thousand men 
that were murderers ? 
39 But Paul said, Iam 
a man whichamaJew 
of Tarsus, a city in 
Cilicia, a citizen of no 
mean city : and, I be- 
seech thee, suffer Mme 
to speak unto the peo- 
ple. 40 And when he 
had given him licence, 
Paul stood on the 
stairs, and beckoned 
with the hand unto 
the people. And when 
there was madea great 
silence, he spake un- 
to them in the He- 
brew tongue, saying, 
XXII. Men, brethren, 
amd fathers, hear ye 
my defence which I 
make now unto you. 
2 (And when they 
heard that he spake in 
the Hebrew tongue to 





ς λαβὼν having taken 1,. 
8 ἐπεφώνουν I-ITraAW, 
i κράφοντες LITrAW. 


k νυν) 


982 


them, they kept the 
more silence: and he 
saith,) 3 1 am verily a 
man which ama Jew, 
born in Tarsus, αἱ cily 
in Cilicia, yet brought 
up in this city at the 
feet of Gamaliel, and 
taught according to 
the perfect manner of 
the law of the fathers, 
and was zealous to- 
ward God, as ye all 
are this day. 4 Απᾶ Τ 
persecuted this way 
unto the death, bind- 
ing and delivering into 
prisons both men and 
women. 5 As also the 
high priest doth bear 
me witness, and all 
the estate of the elders: 
from whom also I re- 
ceived letters unto the 
brethren, and went to 
Damascus, to bring 
them which were there 
bound unto Jerusalem, 
for to be punished. 
6 And it came to pass, 
that, as I made my 
journey, and wascome 
nigh unto Damascus 
about noon, suddenly 
there shone from hea- 
ven agreat lightround 
about me. 7 And I 
fell unto the ground, 
and heard-a voice say- 
ing unto me, Saul, 
Saul, why persecutest 
thou me? 8 And Ταῃ- 
gwered, Who art thon, 
Lord? And he said un- 
to me,I am Jesus of 
Nazareth, whom thou 
persecutest. 9 And they 
that were with me saw 
indeed the light, and 
were afraid; but they 
heard not the voice of 
him that spake to me, 


10 And I said, What‘ 


shallI do, Lord? And 
the Lord said unto me, 
Arise, and go into Da- 
mascus; and there it 
shall be told thee of 
all things which are 
appointed for thee to 
do. 11 And when I 
could not see for the 
glory of that light, 
. being led by the hand 
of them that were 
with me, I came into 
Damascus. 12 And one 
Ananias,a devout man 
according to the law, 
having a good report 


of all the Jews which - 


dwelt there, 13 came 
unto me, and stood, 
and said unto me, 
Brother Saul, receive 
thy sight. Azid the 





Lt μέν LTTrAW. 
2 εὐλαβὴς LTTrA, 


TIPAS EIS. XXIT. 


, > ~ ~ / ε , , 
διαλέκτῳ προσεφώνει αὐτοῖς, μᾶλλον παρέσχον ἡσυχίαν. Kat 
language he spoketo them, “the *more ‘they “kcpt quiet; and 

> ? ~ / é 3 
φησιν, 8 Ἐνγὼ ἱμέν" εἰμι ἀνὴρ Ιουδαῖος, γεγεννήημενος ἐν 
he says, " indeed am aman ‘a Jew, born in 

᾿ ? / A 3 i? ~ / , “ 
Ταρσῷ. τῆς Κιλικίας, ἀνατεθραμμένος.δὲ ἐν τῇ-πόλει ταύτῃ 
Tarsus of Cilicia, but brought up in this city 


, / : 
παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιηλ; πεπαιδευμένος «κατὰ 
αὖ the _ feet of Gamaliel, having been instructed according to [the] 


~ , ‘ ς 4 ~ ~ 

ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόµου, ἕηλωτῆης ὑπάρχων του θεοῦ, 

exactness ofthe ancestral Ίαν, 528 °zealous*one ‘being for God, 
, ο τ᾿ ’ A « ‘4 

καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς tore σήμερον’ 4 ὃς ταυτην THY ὁδὸν 
even as all ye are this day ; who this , way 
’ ” / ‘ 

ἐδίωξα ἄχρι θανάτου, δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς 
persecuted unto death, binding and delivering up to _ prisons 


” ‘ ~ λε > 4 ~ 
ἄνδρας.τε καὶ γυναῖκας, 5 ὡς καὶ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς μαρτυρεῖ μοι, 
both men and women; as alsothe high priest bears: witness to me, 


‘ ~ \ ? a 4.3 Δ / 
καὶ πᾶν τὸ πρεσβυτέριον' παρ᾽ ὧν καὶ ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος 
and all the elderhood ; from whom also letters having received 


A , ‘ 
πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφούς, εἰς Δαμασκὸν ἐπορευόμην, ἄξων καὶ τοὺς 
to the brethren, to Damascus I went, ‘to bring also those 


~ ? ΄ / 
ἐκεῖσε ὄντας, δεδεμένους εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, twa τιμωρη- 
there who were, bound to Jerusalem, in order that they might 
θῶσιν. Ὁ ἐγένετοδέ μοι πορευομένῳ καὶ ἐγγίζοντι τῇ 
be punished. And it came to pass to me journeying and drawing near 
Δαμασκῷ περὶ μεσημβρίαν ἐξαίφνης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ περι- 
to Damascus, about mid-day suddenly outof the heaven 

/ ~ ε " 1 a m” ls Π ? A £6 

αστράψαι φῶς ἱκανὸν περὶ ἐμέ" 7 "ἐπεσόνϊ.τε εἰς τὸ ἔδαφος, 
shone alight ‘great about me. AndIfell to the ground, 

ow ~ ἡ, αἷς ΄, / / , 
καὶ ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι, Σαούλ, Σαούλ, τί µε διώ- 
and heard κα voice saying to’me, Saul, - Saul, why me perse 
KELC 5 8 Ἐγὼ δὲ ἀπεκρίθην, Tic ef, κύριε; Εϊπέντε 
cutest thou ? AndI* amswered, Who artthou, Lord? And he said 

, n ΙΙ ? ’ > > ~ ε ~ a 4 , 
moog "με, Εγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος ὃν σὺ διώκεις. 
το me, I am Jesus the Nazarwan, whom thou persecutest, 
9 Οἱ δὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ ὄντες τὸ μὲν φῶς ἐθεάσαντο, “καὶ ἔμ- 
But those *with “me ‘being the “indeed ‘light beheld, and a 

. «ll \ δὲ \ ? » on: _™ ~ , 

φοβοι ἐγένοντο" τὴν.δὲ φωνὴν οὐκ]κουδαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός 


larmed were, but the  voiee did not hear ofhim speaking 
μοι. 10 εἶπον.δε, Τί ποιήσω κύριε; Ὁ δὲ κύριος εἶπεν 
to me, Απά 1 said, What shall I do, Lord? And the Lord said 


, > τ / - 
πρός µε, ᾿Αναστὰς πορεύου εἰς Δαμασκόν, κἀκεῖ σοι λα- 
to me, Having risen up go to Damascus, and there thee it 
ληθήσεται περὶ πάντων ὧν τέτακταί σοι ποιῆσαι. 
shallbe told concerning all things whichit has been appointed thee ᾖ{ο do. 
ε ‘ / 4 > ΄ ~ A / 
11 Ὡς δὲ οὐκ.ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου, 
And as I did not see from the glory of that light, 

, nA Ee : 3 5 
χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασ- 
being led by thehand by those being with mine, ITcame to Damas~ 

΄ ” 
κὀν. 12 ᾿Ανανίας δέ.τις, ἀνὴρ Ῥεὐσεβὴς" κατὰ τὸν γόμον, 
cus. And a certain Ananias,a*man. pious according to the law, 
, « ~ , 

μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων, 
borne witnessto by all the ?dwelling [there] ‘Jews, 

3 ‘ , ‘ ? 
13 ἐλθὼν πρός “μεὶ καὶ ἐπιστὰς εἶπέν μοι, Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ, 

coming to me and standing by sajd tome, *Saul ‘brothers 








πι ἔπεσά LTTrA, 


ἐπε “Ὁ ἐμέ LTTr, 
“ἐμὲ LTTr. 


9 — Kai ἔμφοβοι ἐγένοντο LTTr[A]- 


ΧΧΧ. AGTS 

ἀνάβλεψον. Κἀγὼ αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν. 14 ὁ δὲ 
look up. AndI inthesame hour lookedup on _ him. And he 

εἶπεν, Ὁ θεὸς τῶν.πατέρων ἡμῶν προεχειρίσατό GE γνῶναι 

said, The God of our fathers appointed thee to know 

τὸ.θέληµα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν δίκαιον καὶ ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν 


his will, and tosee the Just One, and tohear ἃ voice 

~ - / 3 / ? ~ 

ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος αὐτοῦ: 16 ὅτι ἔσῃ μάρτυς αὐτῷ 
out of his mouth ; for thou shalt be a witness for him 


πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὧν ἑώρακας καὶ ἤκουσας. 16 καὶ 
to all men of what thou Hast seen and heard. And 
νῦν τί μέλλεις ; ἀναστὰς ΄ βάπτισαι καὶ ἀπόλουσαι τὰς 
now why delayest thou? Having arisen be baptized and wash away 
, ἊΝ ~ / ? 
ἁμαρτίας.σου, ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα "τοῦ κυρίου." 17 E- 
thy sins, calling on the name ofthe Lord. 3Τ0 *came 
Φ , ‘ 
évera δὲ μοι ὑποστρέψαντι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ προσευ- 
ο ‘pass ‘andtome havingreturned to Jerusalem, and on ΄ρταγ- 
χοµένου µου ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, γενέσθαι.µε ἐν ἐκστάσει, 18 καὶ "ἰδεῖν" 
ing tiny in thetemple, I became in a trance, and saw 
ὅ ΄ ~ ‘ , 227 ε 
αὐτὸν λέγαντά μοι, Σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει ἐξ ἹΊε- 
hina saying tome, Makehaste and goaway with speed outof Je- 
Ῥουσαλήμ, διότι οὐ.παραδέξονταίἰ σοῦ «ἴτὴν' μαρτυρίαν 
rusalem, because they will not receive thy testimony 
\ ? ~ 2 \ , > Δ ? / ϱ 
περὶ ἐμοῦ. 19 Κἀγὼ εἶπον; Κύριε, αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται, 
concerning me, AndI said, - Lord, themselves know 
ὅτι ἐγὼ ἤμην φυλακίζων καὶ δέρων κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς τοὺς 
that I was imprisoning and beating in every synagogue those 
πιστεύοντας ἐπὶ σέ" 90 καὶ ὅτε Τἐξεχεῖτο" τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου 
believing on thee; and when was poured out the blood of Stephen 
τοῦ µάρτυρός.σου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἤμην ἐφεστὼς καὶ συνευδοκῶν 
thy witness, ‘also myself* was standing by and consenting 
"τῷ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ," καὶ φυλάσσων τὰ ἱμάτια τῶν 
te the putting todeath ofhim, and keeping the garments of those who 
ἀναιρούντων αὐτόν. 21 Καὶ εἶπεν πρός µε, Πορεύου, ὅτι ἐγὼ 
killed him. And hesaid to me, Go, for 1 
εἰς ἔθνη μακρὰν ἐξαποστελῶ σε. 22 Ἠκουον δὲ αὐτοῦ ἄχρι 
to nations afar off will send forth thee, Andthey heard him until 
τούτου, τοῦ λόγου, καὶ ἐπῆραν τὴν.φωνὴν.αὐτῶν λέγοντες, 
this word, and lifted παρ: their voice, saying, 
Αἷρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν.τοιοῦτον' οὐ γὰρ "καθῆκον" αὐτὸν 
AWay with *from *the ‘earth ‘such 2a 3019, for *not 10 215 fit he 
ζην. 23 Κραυγαζόντων δὲ αὐτῶν, καὶ ῥιπτούντων 
should live. And as *were °crying*out ‘they, and _ casting off [their] 
τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα, 34 ἐκέλευσεν 
garments, and 2dust throwing intothe air, *commanded 
ZavTov ὁ λί Ίγεσθαι! εἰ Ὶ Ni. ΣΌΣ ΕἾ 
χιλίαρχος ἄγεσθαι" εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν, “εἰπὼν 
Shim ‘the *chief*captain to be brought into the fortress, ᾿ bidding 
μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτόν, ἵνα ἐπιγνῷ Ov ἣν αἰτίαν 
®by ®scourges *to*be*examined thim, that he might know for what cause 
οὕτως ἐπεφώνουν αὐτῷ. 25 ὡς δὲ ὑπροέτεινενὶ αὐτὸν 
thus they cried out against him, But as he stretched forward him 
τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν . ἑστῶτα ἑκατόνταρχον “ὁ 
with the thongs said Sto "πο who ‘stood *by *centurion 


383 


same hour I looked 
up upon him, 14 And 
he said, The God of our 
fathers hath chosen 
thee, that thou should- 
est know his will, 
and see that Just 
One, and shouldest 
hear the voice of 
his mouth. 15 For 
thou shalt be his wit- 
ness unto all men of 
what thou hast seen 
and heard. 16 And 
now why tarriest thou? 
arise, and be haptized, 
and wash away thy 
sins, calling on the 
mame of the Lord. 
17 Andit came to pass, 
that, whenI was come 
again to Jerusalem, 
even while I prayed in 
the temple, I wasina 
trance; 18 and saw 
him saying unto me, 
Make haste, and get 
thee quickly out of 
Jerusalem : for they 
will not receive thy 
testimony concerning 
me. 19 And I said, 
Lord, they know that 
Iimprisoned and beat 
in every synagogue 
them that believed on 
thee: 20 and when 
the blood of thy mar- 
tyr Stephen was shed, 
I also was standing 
by, and consenting 
unto his death, and 
kept the raiment of 
them that slew him. 
21 Andhesaiduntome, 
Depart: for I will send 
thee far hence unto 
the Gentiles. 22 And 
they gave him audi- 
ence unto this word, 
and then lifted up 
their voices, and said, 
Away with such a 
Jellow from the earth : 
for it is not fit that he 
should live. 23 And 
as they cried eut, and 
cast off their clothes, 
and threw dust into the 
air, 24 the chief cap- 
tain commanded him 
to be brought into the 
castle, apd bade that 
he should be examined 
by scourging ; that he 
might know wherefora 
they cried so against 
him. 25 And as they 
bound him with 
thongs, Paul said un- 
to the centurion that 





τ αὐτοῦ (read his name) GLITrAW. 
Ὁ — τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. 
᾿εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν GLTTrAW, 
GLTTYAW. © [ὁ Παῦλος] a 


8 ἴδοι’ T. t — την Lrtr[a]. 
ἔκαθηκεν GLTTrAw. 
ὃ evas LITrAW. 


Υ τε LTrAW. 
ὃ προέτειναν they stretched torward 


 ἐξεχύννετο LTTrA., - 
2 ὃ χιλίαρχος 


984 


stood by, Is it lawful 
for you to scourge a 
man that is a Roman, 
and  uncondenimed ? 
26 When the centurion 
heard that, he went 
and told the chief cap- 
tain, saying, Take 
heed what thou doest: 
for this man is a Ro- 
man, 27 Then the chief 
captain came, andsaid 
unto him, Tell me, art 
thou a Roman? He 
said, Yea, 28 Aud the 
chief captain qnswer- 
ed, With a great sum 
obtained I this free- 
dom. And Paul said, 
But I was 776 born. 
29 Then straightway 
they departed from 
him which = shouid 
have examined him: 
and the chief captain 
also was afraid, after 
he knew that he was 
a Roman, and because 
he had bound him. 
30 On the morrow, be- 
cause he would have 
kuown the certainty 
wherefore he was ac- 
cused of the Jews, he 
loosed him from his 
bands, and command- 
ed the chief priests 
and all their council 
to appear, and brought 
Paui down, and set 
him before them. 


XXITI. And Paul, 
earnestly beholding 
the council, said, Men 
and brethren, I have 
lived in all good con- 
science before God un- 
til this day. 2 And the 
high priest Ananias 
commanded them that 
stood by him to smite 
him on the mouth. 
3 Then said Paul unto 
him, God shall smite 
thee, thou whited wall: 
for sittest thou ‘to 
judge me after the law, 
and commandest me 
tohe smitten contrary 
to the law? 4 And 
they that stood by 
said, Revilest thou 
God’s high priest 2 
5 Then said Paul, I 
wist not, brethren,that 
he was the high priest: 
for it is written, Thou 
shalt not speak evil of 
the ruler of thy Ῥοο- 
ple. 6 But when Paul 
perceived that the one 
part were Sadducees, 


—_—-- 


4 ἑκατοντάρχης LT. 


GLTTraw. 
δεσμῶν GLTTrAW. 


ο — αὐτῶν (ead the sanhediim) G@LTTraw. 


+ ὅτι TT [A} 


Ἀ δὲ LTTr; — τε A. 


fiPAZ EIS. XXII, XXII, 
Tlatdoc," Ei ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον ἔξεστιν 
‘Paul, A man a Roman and wuncondemned is it lawful 
ὑμῖν µαστίζειν: 26 ᾽Ακούσας. δὲ ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος," προσ- 
for you toscourge? And *having *heard [510] *the “centurion, having 
. ‘ > / ~ / Π / {- | , , 
ελθὼν «ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ χιλιάρχῳ λέγων», “Ooa" τί μέλ- 
gone he reported [it] to the chief captain saying, See what — art 
‘ ” Σ τῷ « ~ ev 
λεις ποιεῖν; ῥὁ.γὰρ.ἄνθρωπος.οὗτος Ῥωμαῖος ἐστιν. 
thou about todo? For this man a Roman is. ” 
/ Ὦ ~ , 
27 Προσελθὼν.δὲ ὁ χιλίαρχος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Λέγε pot, εἰ! σὺ 
And having come up the chief captain said tohim, Tell me, “thou 
c [ἂψ ΄ ? / « ΄ 
Ῥωμαῖος εἶ; ‘0.08 ἔφη, Ναί. 28 ᾿Απεκρίθη."τε" ὁ χιλίαρχος, 
3a4*Roman ‘art? Andhe said, Yes. And “answered ‘the “chief *captain, 
Ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν.πολιτείαν.ταύτην ἐκτησάμην. 
1 with a great sum this citizenship τ bought. 
« \ ~ » ? ‘ δὲ ‘ ’ 29 Ei θέ - 
Ο.δὲ Παῦλος ἔφη, Eyw.dé καὶ γεγεννημᾶαι. ὑθέως οὖν 


And Paul said, ButI also was([free}born. Immediately therefore 
ἀπέστησαν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ot μέλλοντες αὐτὸν ἀνεταζειν' καὶ 


departed from him those beingabout “him ‘to *examine, and 

c / ΦΉΣ ΄ ’ ‘ « « -͵7ὔ ᾽ 

ὁ χιλίαρχος δὲ ἐφοβήθη, ἐπιγνοὺς Ότι “Pwpatog ἐστιν, 
the chief captain also was afraid, having ascertained that aRoman heis, 


καὶ ὅτι ἰῃν.αὐτὸν!" δεδεκώς. 80 Τῇ. δὲ ἐπαύριον BovdcuEvog 

and because he had bound him, And onthe morrow, desiring 

γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλὲς τὸ.τί κατηγορεῖται παρὰ" τῶν lovcaiwy, 

{ο know the certainty wherefore he is accused by the Jews, 

ἔλυσεν αὐτὸν lard τῶν δεσμῶν," καὶ ἐκέλευσεν ™:Oeiv" τους 

heloosed him from _ the bonds, and commanded tocome the 
ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ "ὅλον" τὸ συνέδριον. αὐτῶν" ' καὶ καταγαγὼν 
chief priests and ?whole *their sanhedrim, and having brought down 
τὸν Παῦλον ἔστησεν εἰς αὐτούς. 
Paul heset [him] among them. 

93 ᾿Ατενίσας δὲ PO Παῦλος τῷ 

-And “having “looked *intently: Paul on the sanhedrim said, 
4 a >  ἃ ‘ ΄ , ? ~ , 

Άνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι 
Men brethren, I inall ‘conscience ‘good have conducted myself 
~ ~ ” , ~ ε ; t \ 

τῷ θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας. 2 Ὁ.δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς ᾿Ανα- 

towards God unto this day. But the high priest Ana 

viac ἐπέταξεν τοῖς παρεστῶσιν αὐτῷ τύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ στόμα 
nias ordered those standing by him  tosmite his mouth, 

3 τότε ὁ Παῦλος πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπεν, Τύπτειν σε μέλλει ὁ 


συνεδρίῳ! εἶπεν, 


Then Paul to him said, Τὸ *smite Sthee 7is *about 
θεός, τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε' καὶ σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων µε κατὰ 
1God, ®wall Twhited. And thou dost thou sit judging me according to 


τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις µε τύπτεσθαι; 4 Οἱ δὲ 

the law, and contrary to law commandest me to be smitten 2 And those who 

παρεστῶτες “εἶπον, Tov ἀρχιερέα τοῦ θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς ; 
stood by said, *The ‘high °priest 7of God Jrailest *thou Sat? 
Ν « ~ Yn , ᾿ ‘ ᾿ 

ὅ Ἔφη.τε ὁ Παῦλος, Οὐκῴδειν, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀρχ- 
And “said *Paul, I was not conscious, brethren, that heis a high 

, = 4 ’ ” - ~ 

ἱερεύς" γέγραπται.γάρ, "΄Αρχοντα τοῦ λαοῦ.σου οὐκ έ- 

priest ; for it has been written, A ruler of thy people “not ‘thou *shait 

ρες κακῶς. ϐ Γνοὺςδὲ ὁ Παῦλος ὅτι τὸ ἕν µέρος ἐστὶν 

speak "οξ ‘evil. But “having *known *Paul thatthe one part consists 





ε τῷ χιλιάρχῳ ἀπήγγειλεν GLTTrA. f —°Opa GLTTraw. ης. 
πως > eas sim a 
1 αὐτὸν ἣν LTTrAW. κ ὑπὸ LYTrAW. 1 — ἀπὸ τῶν 
™ συνελθεῖν to come together GLTTraw. η παν all GLTTrAW. 
P τῷ συνεδρίῳ ὁ Παῦλος LTTr. 4 εἶπαν ΤΊτ. 


XXITI. ACTS. 


Σαδδουκαίων τὺ δὲ ἕτερον Φαρισαίων "ἔκραξεν" ἐν τῷ συν- 
of Sadducees andthe other of Pharisees cried out in the sanhe- 
eet 3” ἃ « > Ν , ? ‘ -- ἢ ? εν { ΄ ell 

εὐρίῳ, Ανδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ Φαρισαϊός εἰμι, υἱὸς ἱΦαρισαίου 

drim, Men” brethren,” & aPharisee am, son ofa Pharisee: 
περὶ ἐλπίδος Kai ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐγὼ κρίνομαι. 
concerning ahope- and resurrection of([the]dead I am judged. 

7 Τοῦτο.δὲ αὐτοῦ Ἱλαλήσαντοςὶ ἐγένετο στάσις τῶν Φαρι- 

And this he having spoken _ there was a dissension of the Phari- 
σαίων καὶ τῶν" Σαδδουκαίων, καὶ ἐσχίσθη * τὸ πλῆθος" 
secs and the Sadducees, and wasdivided the multitude. 

ὃ Σαδδουκαῖοι μὲν" γὰρ λέγουσιν μὴ. εἶναι ἀνάστασιν ᾿μηδὲ" 

*Sadducees indeed ‘for say there isno resurrection nor 
ἄγγελον μήτε πνεῦμα: Φαρισαῖοι.δὲ ὁμολογοῦσιν τὰ ἀμφότερα. 
angel nor spirit ; but Pharisees confess both, 

9 ἐγένετο.δὲ κραυγὴ µεγάλη" καὶ ἀναστάντες *ot" Όγραμ- 
And there was a*clamour ‘great, and hayingrisenup the scribes 

ματεῖς τοῦ μέρους" τῶν Φαρισαίων διεμάχοντο λέγοντες, 

ofthe part ofthe Pharisees they were contending, saying, 

Οὐδὲν κακὸν εὑρίσκομεν ἐν τῷ.ἀνθρώπῳφ.τούτῳ' εἰ. δὲ πνεῦμα 

Nothing evil we find in this man ; andif a spirit 

ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ ἢ ἄγγελος“, μὴ .θεομαχῶμεν.ὶ 10 Πολλῆς δὲ 

spoke tohim or anangel, Ἰοῦ us not fight against God. And a great 
ἁγενομένης στάσεως, εὐλαβηθεὶς" ὁ χιλίαρχος μὴ δια- 
arising ‘dissension, °fearing “the *chicf *captain lest ?should *be 
σπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν, ἐκέλευσεν τὸ στράτευμα 
*torn 31η ®pieces *Paul by them, commanded the troop 
καταβὰν ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν, ἄγειν.τε 
having gone down totake by force him from *midst ‘their, and to bring 
εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν. 11 Τῇ.δὲ ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ ἐπιστὰς 

Thimjinto the fortress, But the following night *standiug *by 

κύριος εἶπεν, Θάρσει “Παῦλε"" ὡς γὰρ διε- 
Shim ‘the *Lord said, Be of good courage, Paul; foras thou didst 
µαρτύρω τὰ περὶ ἐμοῦ εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, οὕτως σε.δεῖ 
fuily testify the thirgs concerning me at Jerusalem, so thou must 
καὶ εἰς Ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι. 12 Γενομένης δὲ ἡμέρας, ποιή- 
also at Rone bear witness. » And it being day, Shaving 
σαντές ἴτινε τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων συστροφὴν" ἀνεθεμάτισαν 
διηαᾶθ *some 308 “the *Jews a combination put *under *a *curse 
ἑαυτούς, λέγοντες μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν ἕως οὗ ἀποκτεί- 

*themselves, declaring neither toeat ΠΟΙ todrink till they should 

vwow τὸν Παὔλον᾽ 19 ἦσαν.δὲ πλείους ἔτεσσαράκονταὶ οἱ 

kill Paul. And they were more than forty who 
ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν Ἀπεποιηκότες"Ἱ 14 οἵτινες προσελ- 
this conspiracy had made ; who having 
θόντες τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις εῖπον,' “Ava- 
come tothe chicf priests and the elders said, Witha 
θέματι ἀγεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτούς, "μηδενὸς! γεύσασθαι ἕως.οῦ 
curse we have cursed ourselves, nothing to taste until 
ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον. lo νῦν οὖν ὑμεῖς ἐμφανίσατε 
we should kill Paul. Now therefore ye make arepresentation 


c 


αὐτῷ ὁ 





385 


and the other Phari- 
sees, he cricd out in 
the council, Men and 
brethren, Iam a Pha- 
risce, the son of a Pha- 
risee : of the hope and 
resurrection of the 
dead I am called in 
question. 7 And when 
he had so said, there 
arose a dissension be- 
tween the Pharisees 
and the Sadducees : 
and the multitude was 
divided. 8 For the 
Sadducees say that 
there is no resurrcec- 
tion, neither angel, 
nor spirit: but the 
Pharisees confess both. 
9 And there arose a 
great cry: and the 
scribes that were of 
the Pharisces’ part a- 
rose, and strove, say- 
ing, We find no evil in 
this man: but if a 
spirit or an angelhath 
spoken to him, let us 
not fight against God. 
10 And when there a- 
rose ἃ great dissen- 
sion, the chief cap- 
tain, fearing lest Paul 
should have been pull- 
ed in pieces of them, 
commanded the sol- 
diers tou go down,and 
to take him by force 
from among them, and 
to bring him into the 
eastle. 11 And _ the 
night following the 
Lord stood by him, 
and said, Be of good 
cheer. Paul: for as 
thou hast testified of 
me in Jerusalem, 50 
must thou bear wit- 
ness also at Roine, 
12 And when it was 
day, certain of the 
Jews banded together, 
and bound themscives 
under a curse, saying 
ἐμεῦ they would nei- 
ther eat nor drink till 
they had killed Paul. 
13 And they were more 
than forty which had 
made this conspiracy. 
14 And they came to 
the chicf priests and 
elders, and said, We 
have bouvd ourselves 
under a great curse, 
that we will eat no- 
thing until we have 
slain Paul.; 15 Now 
therefore ye with the 





5 ἔκραζεν TTrA. t Φαρισαίων of Pharisees LTTraw. 
LTTraw. x + μὲν indeed L. Υ — μὲν L[ τν]. 2 μήτε LTTrAW. 
Ὁ τῶν γραμματέων τοῦ μέρους TTTA ; — Ύραμ. τοῦ μέρους L. ο --- 
the sentence mconiplete) GLYTrAW. Ἵ 
στάσεως φυβηθεὶς ΤΤΤΑ. 
ξ τεσσερακοντα Tra. 


e — Παῦλε GLITraAWw. 


Β ποιησάμενοι LITrAW, ᾖ εἶπαν LiTra, 


5 εἰπόντος LTrW. 


»"-- τῶν 
ἃ τινὲς SOME LTTrA, 


μὴ θεομαχῶμεν (εαν 
ἆ στάσεως γινομένης φοβηθεὶς τ, ; γενομένης (γιν- 1) 
f συστροφὴν οἱ Ιουδαίοι GLY AW. 
Χι μηθενὸς A. 


cc 


986 


council signify to the 
chief captain that he 
bring him down unto 
you to morrow, as 
though ye would in- 
quire something more 

rfectly concerning 

im : and we, or evcr 
he come near, are ready 
to kill him. 16 And 
when Paul’s sister’s 


son heard of their ly-' 


ing in wait, he went 
and entered into the 
castle, and told Paul. 
17 Then Paul called 
one of the centurions 
unto him, and said, 
Bring this young man 
unto the chief cap- 
tain: for he hath a 
certain thing to tell 
him. 18 So he_took 
him, and brought Aim 
to the chief captain, 
and said, Paul the 
prisoner called me un- 
to him, and prayed me 
το bring this young 
m:n unto thee, who 
h: th something to say 
unio thee. 19 Then 
the chief captain took 
him by the hand, and 
went with him aside 
Eeerely, and asked 
him, What is that 
thou hast to tell me? 
20 And he said, The 
Jews have agreed 
to desire thee that 
thou wouldest bring 
down Paul to morrow 
into the couucil, as 
though they would 
inquire somewhat of 
him more perfectly. 
21 But do not thou 
yield unto them: for 
there lie in wait for 
him of them more 
than forty men, which 
have bound themselves 
with an oath, that 
they will neither eat 
nor drink till they 
have killed him: and 
now are they ready, 
looking for a promise 
from thee. 22 So the 
chief captain then let 
the young man de- 
art, and charged him, 
ee thou tell no man 
that thou hast shewed 
these things to me, 
23 And he called unto 
him two centurions, 
saying, Make ready 
two hunvred soldiers 
to go to Cxsarea, and 


NPAZET &. XXII. 


~ , . ~ , a Ls Π ὧν μεν 
τῷ χιλιάρχῳ σὺν τῷ συνεδρίῳ, Όπως ᾿αὐριον" “MabTor 
to the chicf captain with the sanhedrim, sothat to-morrow him 


‘ cl“ ε , ν ΄ 5 ᾽ 
καταγάγῃ πρὸς" ὑμᾶς, ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ακρι- 
he may bring down’ to you, as_ being about to examine more 
‘ ΓΝ ε - [ή A ~ 3 , 
βέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ" ἡμεῖς-δε, πρὸ τοῦ ἐγγίσαι 


and we, before ?drawing *near 


accurately the things concerning him, 
? ‘ .«“ ας. ~ > ~ ? [ή 1 6 "A / OF 
αὐτὸν ἕτοιμοί ἐσμὲν τοῦ ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν. κοὺσας:ὸ 
this Sready *are to put to death him. But having "heard 1908 
ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου "πὸ ἔνεδρον," παραγενόμενος 
Ithe *son %of*the sister Sof 7Paul the lying in wait, having come near 
‘ > η η ι ᾽ ΄ are , 
καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ Παύλῳ. 
and entered into the fortress he reported [it] to Paul. 
΄ " ε - .“ ~ ee ΄ > 
17 προσκαλεσάμενος.δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἕνα τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων, 
And “having %called +to [Shim] 1Paul ove of the centurions, 
” ‘ ͵ ~ ? / | a ‘ / ” ” 
έφη, Τὸν.νεανίαν.τοῦτον °amayayé' πρὸς τὸν χιλίαρχον ἔχει 
said, 2This “young *man Itake to πο chicf captain, “he *has 
po ? ~ ~ « ι ᾿ ‘ 
γάρ Ότι ἀπαγγεῖλαι! αὐτῷ. 18 Ὁ μὲν οὖν παραλαβὼν 
‘for something ἴο report to him. He indeed therefore having taken 
᾽ 5 » A A / / « / ἐ 
αὐτὸν ἤγαγεν πρὸς τὸν χιλίαρχον, καί φησιν, Ὃ δέσμιος 
him brought [him] to the chief captain, and says, The prisoner 
Παῦλος προσκαλεσάμενός µε ἠρώτησεν τοῦτον τὸν 


Paul having called 7to [Shim] *me asked [πας] this 
ἀγεανίαν' ἀγαγεῖν πρός σε, ἔχοντα τι λαλῆσαί σοι. 
young man to lead to thee, having something tosay ἴο thee. 

, AL ~ A ? -“ wae 4 
19 ᾿Ἐπιλαβόμενος δὲ τῆς χειρὸς.αὐτοῦ ὁ χιλίαρχος, καὶ 


And *having ‘taken ‘hold 70 *his "hand "the “chief:“captain, and 
, > 29/ , , εἴ ” 
ἀναχωρήσας κατ᾽ ἰδίαν ἐπυνθάνετο, Ti ἐστιν ὃ ἔχεις 
having withdrawn apart inquired, What isit which thou hast 
ἀπαγγεῖλαί por; 20 Ἐϊἶπεν δὲ, Ὅτι οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι συνέθεντο 
to report to me? And he said, The Jews agreed 
τοῦ ἐρωτῆσαί σε, ὕπως αὔριον Tic τὸ συνέδριον κατα- 
torequest thee, that to-morrow into the sanhedrim thou mayest 
yayne τὸν Παἴλον, we pédNovtic' τι ἀκριβέστερον 
bring down Paul, as being about *something *more *accurately 
πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ. 91 σὺ οὖν µμὴ.πεισθβο αὐτοῖς" 
*to7inquire concerning him, Thou therefore be not persuaded by them, 
ἐνεδρεύουσιν.γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρες πλείους STEcoapa- 


for lie in wait for him , of them *men ‘more *than 3forty 
KovTa,' οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε 
who put “under “a *curse ‘themselves neither to eat nor 


πιεῖν ἕως. οὗ ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν" καὶ νῦν 'ἕτοιμοί εἰσιν", 
to drink till they put to death him; and now ready ᾽ they are 
προσδεχόμενοι τὴν ἀπὸ σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν. 22 Ὁ μὲν οὖν 


waiting the *from *thee ‘promise. The ‘therefore 
χιλίαρχος ἀπέλυσεν τὸν Iveaviay," παραγγείλας μηδενὶ 
‘chief “captain dismissed the young man, having charged [him] to no one 
ἐκλαλῆσαι ὅτι ταῦτα ἐνεφάνισας πρός "με. 28. Καὶ 
to utter that these things thou didst represent to me. - And 
προσκαλεσάμενος "δύο τινὰς" τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων εἶπεν, 


having called to {him].?two ‘certain ‘of the centurions he said, 


ε ’ , ΄ e ah, eat 
Ἐτοιμάσατε στρατιώτας διακοσίους ὕπως πορευθῶσιν ἕως 
Prepare soldiers twohundred, that they maygo as far as 


1 — αὔριον GLTTrAW. 


ο ἄπαγε TTr. 


Υ ἐμέ Tir, 


: P ἀπαγγεῖλαί τι LTrAW. 
εις TO συνέδριον ὡς μέλλων LTTrAW, 
ἡ τινας Ovo TTr, 


2 την ἐνέδραν EGLTTrA. 
τ τὸν Παῦλον καταγάγης 
Σεισιν ἕτοιμοι LITAW 


+> 
«ον 


™ καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς LTTTAW. 
4 νεανίσκον LTTrA, 
δ τεσσεράκοντα ΤΊΧΑ, 


XXIII. ACTS. 


τ Καισαρείας," καὶ ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα, καὶ δεξιολάβους δια- 
Ceesarea, and horsemen seventy, and spearmen two 
, ͵΄ -“ ~ ρ/ , ω 

κοσίους, ἀπὸ τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός" 24 κτήνη.τε παραστῆ- 

hundred, for thethird hour of the night. « And *beasts ‘to “have *pro- 


σαι, ἵνα ἐπιβιβάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον διασώσωσιν 
vided, that having set 7on *Paul they may carry [him] safe through 


‘ - Hi. \ ε , ΄ > ‘ 

πρὸς Φήλικα τὸν ἡγεμόνα" 325 γράψας ἐπιστολὴν ὅπερι- 

{ο Felix the governor, having written: a letter hav- 
{ ll ‘ ’ ~ " / « / ~ ΄ 
ἔχουσαν τὸν. τύπον. τοῦτον᾽ 26 Κλαύδιος Αὐσίας τῷ κρατίστῳ 
ing this form : Claudius lLysias tothe most excellent 
ἡγεμόν: Φήλικι χαίρειν. 27 Τὸν.ἄνδρα.τοῦτον "συλληφθεντα' 
governor, :Felix, gréeting. This man, having been seized 
ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν, 
by the Jews, and being about to be put to death by them, 

ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι 3ἐξειλόμην" Ῥαὐτόν,! μαθὼν 
having come up with the troop I rescued him, having learnt 
« « -” ᾽ , ο -" ~ i ‘ > , 
ὅτι Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν. 28 βουλόμενος. δὲ γνῶναι" τὴν αἰτίαν 


that a Roman .[κδὰ8 ἰδ, And desiring toknow the ckarge 
δι᾽ ἣν ἐνεκάλουν αὐτῷ κατήγαγον αὐτὸν! εἰς τὸ 

on account of which they accused him 1 broughtdown him to 

συνέδριον αὐτῶν" 29 ὃν εὗρον ἐγκαλούμενον περὶ ἕζητη- 


their sanhedrim : whom Ifound tobeaccused concerning ques- 


μάτων τοῦ.νόμου.αὐτῶν, μηδὲν δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν 
tions of their law, but πο ‘worthy ‘of “death Τους. *%of *bonds 


εἔγκλημα ἔχοντα." 30 µηνυθείσης.δέ μοι ἐπιβουλῆς εἰς 


Saccusation ‘having. Andit having beenintimated tome ofaplot against 
τὸν ἄνδρα {μέλλεινὶ ἔσεσθαι ἐἑὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαιων " 
the man about tobe [carried out] by the ’ Jews 
λεξαυτῆς!ἳ ἔπεμψα πρός σε, παραγγείλας καὶ τοῖς κα- 
at once Isent [him] to thee,» having charged also the ac- 


τηγόροις λέγειν ra" Ἀπρὸς αὐτὸν! ἐπὶ σοῦ. Ἰ' Εῤῥωσο.! 


cusers tosay thethings against him before thee. Farewell. 
91 Οἱ μὲν οὖν͵ στρατιῶται, κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον 
The *therefore soldiers, according to the orders given 


αὐτοῖς, ἀναλαβόντες τὸν Παῦλον ἤγαγον διὰ "τῆς! νυκτὸς 


tothem, having taken Paul brought (him] by night 
εἰς τὴν ᾿Αντιπατρίδα. 32 τῇ. δὲ ἐπαύριον ἐάσαντες τοὺς 
to Antipatris, and on the morrow having left the 


ἱππεῖς "πορεύεσθαι" σὺν αὐτῷ, ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὴν παρεµ- 


horsemen to go with him, theyreturned to the for- 
βολήν' 33 οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν “Καισάρειαν," καὶ 
tress. Who having entered into Czesarea, and 


ἀναδόντες τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι, παρέστησαν καὶ τὸν 
given up the letter tothe governor, presented also 

Παῦλον αὐτῷ.. 34 ἀναγνοὺς δὲ Ρὸ ἡγεμών," καὶ ἔπερω- 
Paul to him, And *having *read [510] ‘the “governor, and having 

τήσας EK ποίας Ἰἐπαρχίαςὶ ἐστίν, καὶ πυθόμενος ὅτι ἀπὸ 


asked of what province heis, and havinglearnt that from 
Κιλικίας, 986 Διακούσομαί cov, ἔφη, ὅταν καὶ οἱ κατήγοροί 
Cilicia (he is], I will “hear ‘fully thee, he said, when also *accuscrs 





* Καισαρίας T. 
ἃ ἐξειλάμην LITrAW. 
τὸν (cad [hina]) 1{ττ]. 
τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων LITA. 
fer thes: (to speak) LT. 
away Lira, 


Υ ἔχουσαν LITr; [περι]έχουσαν A. 
Ὁ — αὐτόν LTTr[A]W. 
© ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα LITrAW. 

h ἐξ αὐτῶν by them αὐ τ; ἐξ αὐτῆς A. 
1 —"Eppwoo LTTrA. m — τῆς LTTrAW. 

ο Καισαρίαν 1. Ρ---- ὃ ἡγεμών GLTTrAW 


987 
horsemen threescore 
and ten, and spearmen 
two hundred, at the 
third hour of the 
night ; 24and provide 
them beasts, that they 
may set Paul on, and 
bring him safe unto 
Felix the governor. 
25 And he wrote a let- 
ter after this manner: 
26 Claudius Lysias un- 
to the most excellent 
governor Felix send- 
eth greeting. 27 This 
man was taken of the 
Jews, and should have 
been killed of them: 
then came I with an 
army,and rescued him, 
having understood 
that he was a Roman. 
28 And when I would 
have known tke cause 
wherefore they ac- 
cused him, I brought 
him forth into their 
council: 29 whom I 
percvived to be accused 
of questions of their 
law, but to have no- 
thing laid to his charge 
worthy of death or of 
bonds. 30 And when 
it was told me how 
that the Jews laid 
wait for the man, 1 
sent straightway to 
thee, and gave com- 
mandment to his ac- 
cusers also to say be- 
fore thee what they 
had against him. 
Farewell. 31 Then the 
soldiers, as it wascom- 
manded them, took 
Paul, and brought 
him by night to Anti- 
patris. 32 On the mor- 
row they left the 
horsemen to go with 
him, and returned to 
the castle: 33 who, 
when they came td 
Cesarea, and delivered 
the epistle to the go- 
vernor, presented Paul 
also before him. 34And 
when the governor 
had read the letter.he 
asked of what pro- 
vince he was. And 
when he understood 
that he was of Cilicia; 
35 I will hear thee, 
said he, when thine ac. 





2 συλλημφθέντα LITrA. 
οτε (δὲ W) ἐπιγνῶναι LTTrAW. 
f — μέλλειν LTTrA. 


d — av- 
ὃ --πἀᾧἰπὸ 
1 — 7q LTTr. Κ αὐτοὺς 


Ὁ ἀπέρχεσθαι tu zo 


4 ἐπαρχείας 1. 


988 


eusers are also come. 
And he commanded 
him to be kept in He- 
rod’s judgment hall, 


XXIV. And after 
five days Ananias the 
high priest descended 
with the elders, and 
with a certain orator 
named Tertullus, who 
informed the gover- 
nor against Paul. 
2And when he was 
called forth, Tertullus 
began to accuse him, 
saying, Seeing that by 
thee we enjoy great 
quietness, and that 
very worthy deeds are 
done unto this nation 
by thy providence, 
3 we accept it always, 
and in all places, most 
noble Felix, with all 
thankfulness, 4 Not- 
withstanding, that I 
be not further tedious 
unto thee, I pray thee 
that thou wouldest 
hear us of thy cle- 
mency a few words, 
5 For we have found 
this man a pestilent 
fellow, and a mover of 
acdition among all the 
Jews’ throughout the 
world, and a ring- 
leader of the sect of 
the Nazarenes : 6 who 
also hath gone about 
to profane the temple: 
whom we took, and 
would have judged 
according to our law. 
7 But the chief cap- 
tain Lvsias came upon 
us, and with great vio- 
lence took him away 
out of our hands, 
8 commanding his ac- 


cusers to come unto. 


thee: by examining 
of whoin thyself may- 
est tuke knowledge of 
all the-e things, where- 
of we accuse him. 
9 And the Jews also 
assented, saying that 
these things were so. 
10 Then Paul, after 
that the governor had 
beckoned unto him to 
speak, answered, For- 
astmuch as I know 
that thou hast been 
of many years a judge 
unto this nation, I do 
the more cheerfully 
answer for myself: 
1] because that thou 
mayest understand, 
that there are yet but 
twelve days since I 


ΠΡΑΞΕΙ͂Σ. ΧΧΊΗ, XXIV. 


Ἐκέλευσέν τε αὐτὸν" ἐν τῷ πραιτωρίῳ 


σου παραγένωνται". 
And he commanded him in the pratorium 


4thine may have arrived. 
τοῦ Ἡρώδου φυλάσσεσθαι. 
of Herod to be kept. 


4 A « ε - > ΄ 
94 Μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας κατέβη ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ᾿Ανανίας 
And after five days came down the high priest Ananias 
~ ’ πώ Ὁ ul 
μετὰ ‘rev πρεσβυτέρων" καὶ ῥήτορος Τερτύλλου τινός, οἵτινες 
with the elders and anorator “Tertullus ‘a certain, who 
’ , ~ ε , 4 ~ , , 
ἐνεφάνισαν τῷ ἡγεμόνι κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου. 2 κληθεν- 
made arepresentation tothe governor against Paul. *Having *been 
mA > ~ » ~ « , 
τος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἤρξατο κατηγορεῖν ὁ Τέρτυλλος λέγων, 
5οαἱ]εᾶ *and “he 7began | ®to “accuse °Tertullus, saying, 
3 Πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες διὰ σοῦ. καὶ "κατορθωμάτων!" 
*Great Speace lobtaining through thee, and excellent measures 


γινομένων τῷ.ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆςσῆς.προγοίας, πάντφ.τε 
being done for this nation through thy forethought, bothinevery way 
καὶ πανταχοῦ ἀποδεχόμεθα, κράτιστε Φὴλιξ, μετὰ πάρης 
and everywhere we gladly accept [it], most excellent Felix, with all 
εὐχαριστίας. 4 tva.dé μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖόν σε σἐγκόπτωϊ 
thankfulness. But that "ποὺ Το “longer *thee *I *may *be ὅδ Shindrance 
παρακαλῶ ἀκοῦσαί σε ἡμῶν συντόμως τῇ.σῇ-ἐπιεικείᾳ.. ὅ εὑ- 


Ibeseech *to*hear 'thee us briefly in thy clemency. *Having 
ρόντες γὰρ τὸν. ἄν ὃρα.τοῦτον λοιμόν, καὶ κινοῦντα ΄Ὑστάσιν" 
“found for this man apest, and moving insurrection 


πᾶσιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην, πρωτοστάτην 


among 411 the Jews in the habitable world, 7a “leader 
τε τῆς τῶν Ναζωραίων αἱρέσεως" 6 ὃς καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν 
tand of the 70f *the *Nazarzans sect ; who also the temple 


καὶ ἐκρατήσαμεν Yeai Kara 
we seized, and according to 


ἐπείρασεν βεβηλῶσαι, ὃν 
attempted to profane, whom also 
τὸν ἡμέτερον νύμον ἠθελήσαμεν *Kpivey.' 7 παρελθὼν δὲ 
our law wished to judge; but *having come 7up 
Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος μετὰ πολλῆς βίας ἐκ τῶν.χειρῶν ἡμῶν 


1Lysias "the %chief*captain with great ‘force out of our hands 


ἀπήγαγεν, 8 κελεύσας τοὺς. κατηγύρους. αὐτοῦ ἔρχεσθαι 
took away [him], having communded his accusers to come 
ees χε ? τ ΄ . ? ΄ ‘ 

Δεπὶ σε’' tap od δυνήσῃ αὐτὸς ἀνακρίνας περὶ 


to thee, from whom thou wilt be able thyself, having examined concerning 


πάντων τούτων ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν 
411 these things δίο 7know ‘of*whicth “we *accuse 


> ~ ’ \ ε - - 
αὐτοῦ. 9 ὑΣυνέθεντο" δὲ καὶ οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, φάσκοντες ταῦτα 


Shim. And*agreed “also'the -*Jews, declaring these things 
e ” ᾽ ‘ Ν « - ΧΕ 
οὕτως ἔχειν. 10 ᾿Απεκρίθη. “δὲ! ὁ Παῦλος, νεύσαντος 


β3δὩπ8 ‘to be. But ?answered Paul, “having “made 7a ®sign 
αὐτῷ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος λέγειν, Ἐκ. πολλῶν ἐτῶν ὄντα σε 
*to*°him “the *governor tospeak, ‘For |!*many ‘years 3as*being ποθ 
κριτὴν τῷ.ἔθνει. τούτῳ ἐπιστάμενος, Ἱεὐθυμότερον! τὰ 
παρθ Ότο 15 πβίίου ‘knowing, more cheerfully [as to] the things 
‘ de ~ ? ~ / ‘ ~ 
περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἀπολογοῦμαι. 11 δυναμένοὺ σου γνῶναι" 
concerning myself I make defence. “Being “able ?thou to know 
πλείους εἰσίν μοι ἡμέραι [ὴ" ἀδεκαδύο! ἀφ᾽ ἧς 
ᾷ 


{ 
ὅτι. οὐ 
that “not *more ‘than ‘there 7are δἴο 3πωθ 7days ®twelve since 





τ κελεύσας having commanded ittra. 
certain elders LTTrA. 
insurrections LTT: w. 
Ὁ συγεπέθεντα joined in attack GLTMAW. 


6 ἐπιγνῶναι LTTra. 


: 5. + αὐτόν him ΠΤΎΤΑ. t πρεσβυτέρων τινῶν 
" διορθωμάτων reforms LTTrA, Ἢ ἐνκόπτω T. αχ στάσεις 
Υ - καὶ κατὰ..... ἐπὶ σέ (verse 8) LTTr[A]. Σ κρῖναι A. Ἀ πρὸς. A. 

οτε und LTTra, 4 εὐθύμως cheerfully LrtTra, 


f— 7 GLITraw. ὃ δώδεκα LITra. 


—E—————————— ll Oe ῃ ν» 


XXIV. ACTS. 


3 , »” γ᾽ - 
ἀνέβην προσκυνήσων "ἐν! Ἱερουσαλήμ 12 καὶ οὔτε ἐν τῷ 
-I went up to worship at Jerusalem, and neither in the 
ἱερῷ εὗρόν µεπρός τινα διαλεγόμενον = 'ertovoracww" 
temple did they find me with anyone reasoning, or a tumultuous gathering 
ποιοῦντα ὄχλου οὔτε ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς οὔτε κατὰ τὴν 
making of acrowd neither in the synagogues nor in the 
πόλιν" 19 Κοῦτε"' παραστῆσαί lye" δύνανται τὰ περὶ 
city ; neither “ἴο *prove tare *they “able [the things] conccrning 
ὧν Ἀνῦνὶ κατηγοροῦσίν µου. 14 ὁμολογῶ.δὲ τοῦτό σοι, 
which now they accuse me. But I ¢onfess this to thee, 
‘ « A εν ͵ er ’ ~ 
ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἣν λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν, οὕτως λατρεύω τῷ 


that in the way which they call sect, 50 Iserve the 
πατρῴῳ θεῷ, πιστεύων πᾶσιν τοῖς κατὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ» 
encestral God, believing all things which throughout the law and 


τοῖς προφήταις γεγραμμένοις, 15 ἐλπίδα ἔχων Peic' τὸν θεόν, 
the prophets have been written, ahope having in . God, 
ἣν καὶ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι προσδέχονται, ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν 
which also they themselves receive, ΓΕ αἵ] aresurrection is about 
” ~ HT] [ 4 Bee a ’ 7 r δι Il 
ἔσεσθαι νεκρῶν," δικαίων.τε καὶ ἀδίκων. 16 ἐν. τούτῳ. 0 
to be οἱ {the] dead, both ofjust and of unjust. And in this 
αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ, ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν 
myself I exercise, δι πουῦ Soffence *a *conscience ‘to “have towards God 
‘ ‘ 2 , ο , 1 ὃ ἽΝ. ~ aA λ , 
καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους διαπαντός. 17 δι ἐτῶν. δὲ πλειόνων 


and men continually. And after *years 1many 
ἱπαρεγενόμην! ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων εἰς τὸ ἔθνος.μου * καὶ 
1 arrived alms 1pringing to my nation _ and 


~ - , , ~ « ~ 

Ἱροσφοράς' 18 ἐν τοῖς" εὗρόν µε ἡγνισμένον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, 

offerings. Amidst which they found me purified in the teinple, 

as 1 » λ γι 3 θ ΄ Η wd ΜΠ ? ‘ ~ 
ov μετὰ ὄχλου οὐδὲ μετὰ θορύβου, τινὲς.“ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς 
not with ¢rowd ποῦ with tumult. But [it was] certain *from 
᾿Ασίας Ἰουδαῖοι, 19 οὓς “δεῖ! ἐπὶ σοῦ παρεῖναι καὶ κατηγορεῖν 
3 Asia 1Jews, who ought before thee touppear and_ to accuse 
εἴ τι ἔχοιεν πρός ὕμε"" 20 ἢ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι εἰπάτωσαν, 
if anything they may have against me; or these themselves let them say, 


1εἴ τι εὗρον δὲν ἐμοὶ! ἀδίκημα, στάντος.-µου ἐπὶ τοῦ 
if any *they *found “ἢ °me ‘unrightcousness, whenIstood before the 
συνεδρίου, 2] ἢ περὶ μιᾶς.ταύτης φωνῆς, ἧς "ἔκραξα" 


sanhedrim, [other] than concerning this one voice, which 1 cried out 


~ Π ~ 

“ἑστὼς ἐν αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν aye 
standing among them: Conccrning aresurrection of [the] dead 

΄ , d ε 71] « ~ e’ ΄ ὃ \ ~ « 
κρίνομαι σήμερον Sud" υμῶν. 22 © Ακούσας.δὲ ταῦτα Ὁ 
#zmjudged {15 day by you. And “having “heard *these *things 

~ uo ? ‘ ‘ 
Φῆλιξ ἀνεβάλετο αὐτούς," ἀκριβέστερον εἰδὼς τὰ περὶ 
Felix he put *off ‘them, more accurately knowing the things concerning 

ma οὐ" ~ ” ” ἷς ΄ - 

τῆς ὁδοῦ, [εἰπών," Ὅταν Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος καταβῇ, 
the way, saying, When Lysias the chief captain may have come down, 
διαγνώσομαι τὰ καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς" 23 διαταξάµενός ἔτε' τῷ ἑκα- 
I willexamine the things asto you; having ordered the 
τοντάρχῃ τηρεῖσθαι roy Παὔλον,ὶ ἔχειν.τε ἄνεσιν, καὶ 
centurion to keep Paul, andto{lethimjhave ease, and 

h ? 2 i > ΄ κ xy ar 

εἰς LTTrAW. ἐπίστασιν LTTrA. οὐδὲ LT. 

thee LTrraw. D νυνὶ LITrA. ο - évyin ΕΙΝ; + τοῖς ἐν 4111] Α]. 
4 — νεκρῶν LTTrA. ¥ καὶ LTTrAW. 5 διὰ παντός LTrA. 
LTTra. Υ ais LTTrA. w — δὲ but E. x ἔδει EGLITrAW. 
τι What) GLTTraw. 3 --- ἐν ἐμοὶ LT[TrA]. υ ἐκέκραξα TTA. 
4 ἐφ᾽ LTTraw. «᾿Ανεβάλετο δὲ αὐτοὺς ὁ Φῆλιξ ΟΙ/ΓΊΥἈΝ. 
τ TTraw- ‘ba αὐτὸν him ΟἸΤΊΓΑΥ, 


ι 





"ο --µε EGLTTrAW. 


389 


went up to Jerusalem 
forto worship, 12 And 
they neither fonud me 
in the temple disput- 
ing with any man, 
neither raising up the 
people, neitner in the 
synagogues, nor in the 
city: 13 neither can 
they prove the things 
whereof they now ac- 
cuse me. 14 But this 
I confess unto thee, 
that after the way 
which they call heresy, 
so worship I the Go¢ 
of my tathers, be- 
lieving 811 things 
which are written in 
the, law and in the 
prophets: 15 and have 
hope toward God, 
which they themselves 
also allow, that there 
shall be a _ resurrec- 
tion of the dead, both 
of the just and un- 
just. 16 And herein 
do I excrcise myself, 
to have always a con- 
science void οἵ offence 
toward God, and ἴο- 
ward men. 17 Now 
after many years I 
came to bring alms to 
my nation, and offer- 
ings. 18 Whereupon 
certain Jews from Asia 
found me purified in 
the temple, neither 
with multitude, nor 
with tumult. 19 Who 
oughttohave been here 
before thee, and ob- 
ject, if they had ought 
againstme. 20Orelse 
let these same here 
say, if they have found 
any evil doing in me, 
while I stood before 
the council, 2] except 
it be for this one 
voice, that I cried 
standing among them, 
Touching the resur- 
rection of the dead 1 
am called in ques- 
tion by you this 
day. 22 And when 
Felix heard these 
things, having more 
yertect knowledge of 
that way. he deferred 
them, aud said, When 
Lysias the chief cap- 
tain shall come down, 
I will know whe utter- 
most of your watter, 
23 And hecommandd 
ὦ centurion to keep 
Paul, and to ἰοῦ him 
have liberty, and that 


m+ σοι to 
P πρὸς towards τ΄. 


τ παρεγενόμην placed aster µου 
7 Cpe LITA. ος ἴ 

ξεν αντοις ἐστῶς LTTrAW. 
{ εἴπας LTTrAW, 


*— εἴ (read 


᾿δ)᾽.- 78 


500 


he should ferbid none 
of his acquaintance to 
minister or come unto 
him. 24 And after 
certain days, when [e- 
lix came with his wife 
Drusilla, which was a 
Jewess, he sent for 
Paul, and heard him 
concerning the faith 
in Christ. 25 And as 
he reasoned of right- 
eousness, temperance, 
and judgment tocome, 
Felix trembled, 
answered, Go thy way 
for this time; when 
I have a convenient 
season, I will call for 
thee. 26 He hoped also 
that money- should 
have been given him 
of Paul, that he might 
loose him : wherefore 
he sent for him the 
oftener, + and  cam- 
muned with him. 
27 But aftertwo years 
Porcius Festus came 
into Felix’ room: and 
Felix, willing to shew 
the Jews a pleasure, 
left Paul bound 


XXV. Now when 
Festus was come into 
the province, after 
three days he ascerded 
from Cesaren to Jeru- 
salem. 2 Then the 
high priest and the 
chicf of the Jews in- 
formed him against 
Paul, and  besought 
him, 3 and desired fa- 
vouragainst him, that 
he would send for 
him to Jerusalem, 
laying wait in the way 
to kill him. 4 But 
Festus answered, that 
Paul should be kept 
at Cesarea, and that 
he himself would de- 
part shortly thither. 
5 Let them therefore, 
said he, which among 
you are able, go down 
with me, and accuse 
this man, if there be 
any wickedness in 
him. 6 And when he 
had tarried amon 
them more than ten 
days, he went down 


and. 


TIPAZEIS. XXIV, ΧΣΥ. 


as “ἢ > ~ € ~ απ , 
μηδένα κωλύειν τῶν ἰδίων. αὐτοῦ ὑπηρετεῖν 1] προσέρχεσθαε! 
Snone το *forbid of his own to minister or to come 


αὐτῷ. 24 Μετὰ δὲ Ἑἡμέρας τινὰς! παραγενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ 


to him. And after “days Acertain 4having *arrived 3Felix 
΄ ~ 4 κα / 2 la 
οὖν Δρουσίλλῃ τῷ. γυναικὶ "αὐτοῦ οὔσῴ Ἰουδαίᾳ, pere- 
with Drusilla his wife, who was a Jcwess, he 
, 4 ~ ‘ ΄ῳ 4 ~ 3 
πέμψατο τὸν Παῦλον, καὶ ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ περὶ τῆς εἰς 
sent for Paul, and heard him concerning the ?in 
χριστὸν πίστεως. 25 διαλεγομένου-δὲ αὐτοῦ περὶ δδικαιο- 
SChrist faith. And as “reasoned ™e concerning right- 


’ 3 / ‘ ~ ΄ ~ ’ » 
σύνης καὶ ἐγκρατείας καὶ τοῦ κρίματος τοῦ μέλλοντος “ἔσεσθαι," 


eousnessand self-control and the judgment about to be, 


” δεν ε - ? / A ~ » , ν 
ἔμφοβος γενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ ἀπεκρίθη, Τὸ.νῦν ἔχον πορεύου 
“afraid ‘becoming Felix answered, For the present go, 
καιρὸν δὲ μεταλαβὼν µετακαλέσομαί og 26 ἅμα Pel 
and an opportunity having found I will call for thee ; withal too 
καὶ ἐλπίζων ὅτι χρήματα δοθήσεται αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου, 
alsc hoping that fiches will be given him by Paul, 
αὕπως λύσῃ αὐτόν" διὸ καὶ πυκνότερον αὐτὸν µετα- 
that hemight loose him: wherefore also oftencr him send- 
’ e ΄ ; ~ , 4 ντ 
πεμπόμενος ὡμίλει αὐτῷ. 27 Διετίας δὲ πληρωθείσης 
ing for he conversed with him. But two years being completed 
ἔλαβεν διάδοχον ὁ Φῆλιξ 'Πόρκιον Φῆστον θέλων.τε 
?received [585] *successor Felix Porcius Festus ; and wishing 
σχάριταςὶ καταθέσθαι τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις ὁ Φῆλιξ κατέλιπεν 
favours toacquirefor himself withthe Jews Felix left 


τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον. 


εῬαα] bound. ᾿ 
95 Φῆστος οὖν ἐπιβὰς τῇ "ἐπαρχίᾳ," μετὰ τρεῖς 
Festus therefore beihg come into the province, after three 
ε [ή ᾽ ae > ε Δ > ‘ t , ll 9 > 
ημέρας ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσύλυμα ἀπὸ Καισαρείας. εγε- 
days owentup to Jerusalem from Ceesarea. ?Made *a *re- 
φάνισαν di" αὐτῷ Yo ἀρχιερεὺς" καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν 


presentation *before ‘and him the highpriest and the chief of the 
Ιουδαίων κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου, καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτόν, 3 αἰτού- 

Jews against Paul, and besought ‘him, ask- 
μενοι χάριν Kar αὐτοῦ, ὅπως µεταπέµψηται αὐτὸν εἰς 
ing a favour against him, that he would send for him to 
Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἐνέδραν «ποιοῦντες ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν 
Jerusalem, an ambush forming toputtodeath him on the 
ὁδόν. 4 ὁ μὲν οὖν Φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη, τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον 
way. Festus therefore answered, *should *be *kept 1Paul 
x2 K ΄ ll ε A δὲ ελλ γ / ? ΄ 

εν Καισαρείᾳ," εαυτὸν δὲ μελλειν ἐν τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι. 
at Cesarea, and himself was about shortly to set out. 
5 Οἱ οὖν Υδυνατοὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, φησίν," Ζσυγκαταβάντες,! 
Those therefore in-power among you, says he, having gone down too, 


” ‘ Ἵ ~ ‘ x ~ 
εἴ τι ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ Ἀτούτῳ," κατηγορείτωσάν αὐτοῦ. 


if anything is in 7man 1this, let them accuse him. 
g , y ᾽ - ΄ / n , 
6 Διατρίψας δὲ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέρας Ὀπλείους ἢ" δέκα, κατα- 
And having spent among them *days more than “ten, having 


a eee 


1 - ἢ προσέρχεσθαι LTTrAW. 
" + Ἴησουν Jesus Lt. 
4 — ὅπως λύσῃ αυτόν LTTrAW. 


ὅτε LTTrA. 
σαρίαν Τ. 
ΠΤΤΙΑ; -- τούτω G, 


sy οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς the chief priests L1Tra. 
7 ev ὑμιγ, φησίν, δυνατοὶ G@LTTrAW. 


_ Κ τινας ἡμέρας 1. 1+ ἰδίᾳ LTTr. τὰ — αὐτοῦ GLTTrA. 
° — ἔσεσθαι (read μέλλοντος COMINg) GLTTrAW. Ρ — δὲ GLTTrAW. 
τ χάριτα ἃ favour LTTrAW. 5 ἐπαρχείῳ T. ὃ Καισαρίας 7 
* εἰς Καισάρειαν LTrAW; τὶς Kat- 
, ατοὶ ᾿ 2 συν- T. 3 ἄτοπον amiss (in the man) 
> ov πλείους ὀκτὼ ἢ Dot More than eight or GLTTraw. 


- 


δν. 


βὰς εἰς “Καισάρειαν, τῇ 
gove down to Ceesarea, on the 


ACTS. 


καθίσας 
having sat 
΄ pen 3 ‘ ~ ε.- ~ ΄ 
βήματος ἐκέλευσεν τὸν Παῦλον ᾿ἀχθῆναι. 7 παραγενομένου 
judgment seat he commanded Paul to be brought. “Being *come 
δὲ αὐτοῦ, περιέστησαν ἃ οἱ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων καταβε- 
αμα αι Ἡς, | stood round the *from sJerusalem ὙΠῸ ®had ®come 
βηκότες ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα “αἰτιάματαὶ Ἰφέροντες 
7down Jews, many and weighty charges bringing 
\ ρω ηλ Il εν ? ” 7 ὃ =e 5 } 
κατὰ του JIavXov," ἃ οὐκ.ἴσχυον ἀποδεῖξαι, ὃ ξάπο- 
against Paul, which they were not able to prove: 2said *in 
λογουμένου αὐτοῦ," Ὅτι οὔτε εἰς τὸν νόμον τῶν Ιουδαίων 
*defence the, _ Neither against the law of the Jews 
οὔτε εἰς TO ἱερὸν οὔτε εἰς Katoapa τι ἥμαρτον. 
nor against the temple nor against Cesar ([in]anything sinned I. 
9 Ὁ Φῆστος.δὲ "τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις θέλων' χάριν κατα- 
But Festus, 7with*the °Jews ‘wishing Sfavour "το *acquire *for 
θέσθαι ἀποκριθεὶς τῷ Παύλῳ εἶπεν, Θέλεις εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 
Shimself answering Paul said, Art thou willing to Jerusalem 
ἀναβάς, ἐκεῖ περὶ τούτων ἱκρίνεσθαι! ἐπ᾽ ἐμοῦ; 
naving gone up there concerning these things to be judged before me? 
10 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, " Ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος *é- 
But *said *Paul, Before the judgment seat of Cesar stand- 
στώς! εἰμι, οὗ με δεῖ κρίνεσθαι. Ιουδαίους οὐδὲν. Ιἠδί- 


ἐπι τοῦ 
on - the 


ἐπαύριον 
morrow 


d 


ing I am, where it behoves me to be judged. ToJews “nothing 11 *did 
κήσα,! ὡς καὶ σὺ κάλλιον ἐπιγινώσκεις 11 εἰ μὲν “yao! 
Wrong, 885 also thou very well knowest, “If “indeed ‘for 


ἀδικῶ καὶ ἄξιον θανάτου πἐπραχά τι, οὐ.παραιτοῦμαι 
Ido wrong and worthy of death have done anything, I do not deprecate 


τὸ ἀποθανεῖν: εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστι ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν 


to die ; but if nothing there is of which they accuse 
µου, οὐδείς µε δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι. Καίσαρα ἔπι- 
me, { noone me can to them give up. Το Crsar Lap- 
καλοῦμαι. 12 Tore ὁ Φῆστος "συλλαλήσας" μετὰ τοῦ συμ- 
peal. Then Festus, having conferred with the _ coun- 

“ὦ > / ΄ 3 [ή ? ‘ , 
βουλίου, ἀπεκρίθη, Καίσαρα ἐπικέκλησαι, ἐπὶ Καίσαρα 
cil, answered, To Cesar thou hast appealed, to Cesar 
πορεύσῃ. 


thou shalt go. 
13 Ἡμερῶν.δὲ διαγενομένων τινῶν, ᾿Αγρίππας ὁ βασιλεὺς 
And “days Shaving *passed ‘certain, Agrippa the king 
καὶ Βερνίκη κατήντησαν εἰς ᾿Καισάρειαν,! Ῥἀσπασόμενοι" τὸν 
and LBernice came down to Czesarea, saluting 
Φῆστον. 14 ὡς δὲ πλείους ἡμέρας διέτριβον ἐκεῖ ὁ Φῆστος 
Festus. And when many days they stayed there Festus 


τῷ βασιλεῖ ἀνέθετο τὰ κατὰ. τὸν Παῦλον λέγων, 


3.6 *king 1aid *before the things relating to Paul, saying, 
2 ΄ ? Ν ῃ © ‘ , , 
Ανὴρ τις εστιν καταλελειμμένος ὑπὸ Φήλικος δέσμιος, 
A *man ‘certain there is left by Felix a prisoner, 
16 περὶ οὗ, γενομένου µου εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ἐνε- 
concerning whom, *being on "my in Jerusalem, 4made *a ®re- 
φάνισαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, 


presentation ‘the *chiet “priests and the eiders of the Jews, 


‘and said, 


391 


unto Cmsarea; and 
the next day sitting 
on the judgment seat 
commanded Paul to 
be brought. 7 And 
when he wes come, 
the Jews which came 
down from Jerusalem 
stood round about, and 
laid many and griev- 
ous complaintsagainst 
Paul, which they could 
not prove. 8 Whilehe 
answered for himself, 
Neither against the 
law of the Jews, nei- 
ther against the tem- 
ple, nor yet against 
Cesar, have 1 offend- 
ed any thing at all. 
9 But Festus, willing 
to do the Jews a plea- 
sure, answered Paul, 
Wilt thou 
go up to Jerusalem, 
and there be judg- 
ed of these things 
before me? 10 Then 
said Paul, I stand 
at Ceesar’s judgment 
seat, where I ought to 
be judged: to the 
Jews have I done no 
wrong, as thou very 
well knowest. 11 For 
if I be an offender, or 
have committed any 
thing worthy of death, 
I refuse not to die: 
but if there be none 
of these things where- 
of these accuse me, no 
man may deliver me 
unto them. I appeal 
unto Cesar. 12 Then 
Festus, when he had 
conferred with the 
council, answered, 
Hast thou appealed 
unto Cesar? unto 
Cesar shalt thou go, 


13 And after certain 
days king Agrippaand 
Bernice came unto 
Czesarea to salute Fes- 
tus. 14 And when 
they had been there 
many days, Festus de- 
clared Paul’s cause 
unto the king, saying, 
There is accrtain man 
left in bonds by Felix: 
15 about whom, when 
I was at Jerusalem, the 
chief priests and the 
elders of the Jews in- 
formed me, desiring to 





ς Καισαρίαν T. ἆ + αὐτὸν him LTTraw. 
(— κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου) LTTra. 

b θέλων τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις LTTrAW. 

1 ἠδίκηκα I have done wrong TTr. 


6.Ναισαρίαν 1, Ρ ἀσπασάμενοι ΤΤΓΑ, 


i κριθῆναι LYTrAW. 
πι οὖν therefore LTTrAW, 


6 αἰτιώματα GLTTrAW. 
& τοῦ Παύλου ἀπολογουμένου Paul said in defence ΥΤΤΙΑ. 
k ἑστὼς placed before Em 1. 


Γ καταφέροντες 


2 συγλαλήσας Ty 


992 


havejudgment against 
him. 16 To whom I 
answered, It is not 
the manner of the Ro- 
mans to deliver any 
man to die, before 
that he which is ac- 
cused have the ac- 
cusers face to face, and 
have licence to an- 
swer for himself con- 
cerning the crime laid 
against him. 17 There- 
fore, when they were 
come hither, without 
any delay on the mor- 
row I sat on the judg- 
ment seat, and com- 
manded the man to be 
brought forth. 18 A- 
gainst whom when the 


accusers stood up, 
they brought none 
accusdtion of such 


things as I supposed : 
19 but had certain 
questions against him 
of their own supersti- 
tion, and of one Jesus, 
which was dead, whom 
Paul affirmed to be 
alive. 20 And because 
I doubted of such man- 
ner of questions, I 
asked him whether he 
would go to Jerusa- 
lem, and there be 
judged of these mat- 
ters. 21 But when Paul 
had appealed to be 
reserved unto the 
hearing of Augustus, 
I commanded him to 


be kept till I might 


send him to Cesar. 
22 Then Agrippa said 
unto Festus, I would 
also hear the man my- 
eclf. To morrow, said 
he, thou shalt hear 
him. 


23 And on the mor- 
row, when Aocrippa 
Was come, and Ber- 
hice, with great pomp, 
and was entered into 
the place of thearing, 
with the chief cap- 
tains, and principal 
men of the city, at 
Festus’ commandment 
Paul was brought 
forth, 24And Festus 
said, King Agrippa, 
and all) men, which 
are here present with 
us, ye see this man, 
about whom all the 
multitude of the 
Jews have dealt with 
me, both at Jerusa- 
lem, and also here, 
crying that he ought 


® — εἰς TTr[a]. 


he) τΤΤνΑ. d 


τ with me in both 
4 καταδίκην LTTrAW. 

7 ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν LTTrAW. 

‘ Υ τούτων these things LTTraw. 

I might send up trtraw. 

L — τοῖς LTTrA. 

® βοῶντες crying Lr: ; [ἐπι]βοῶντες 


ΠΡΑΞΈΙΣ. ΧΧΥ. 


> , 2 ᾽ ᾽ - αὃ - ell 16 A ελ 3 (θ 
αἰτούμενοι κατ αυτου ικην προς οὓς ἀπεκριθηνι 
asking against “him ‘judgment: to - whom I answered, 
ὅτι οὐκ.έστιν ἔθος Ῥωμαίοις χαρίζεσθαί τινα ἄνθρωπον 
Itisnot acustom with Romans’ togiveup any man 


, s a , 
τες ἀπώλειαν,! πρὶν ἣ ὁ κατηγορούμενος κατὰ.πρόσωπον 
ίο destruction, before he’ being accused face to face 
, , 
ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους, τόπον-τε ἀπολογίας λάβοιν 
may have the accusers, and opportunity . of defence he may get 
περὶ τοῦ ἐγκλήματος. 17 συνελθόντων οὖν Σαὐτῶνὶ 
concerning the accusation. *Having *come *together Stherefore ‘they 
/ / . 7, / ~ ε ~ , 
ἐνθάδε, ἀναβολὴν μηδεμίαν ποιησάμενος, τῇ ἑξῆς καθίσας. 
here, delay none having made, the next [day] having sat 
, η καν ἐπ , “9 / 7 ~ A » ὃ a 9 
ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα" 18 περὶ 
on the judgment seat Icommanded tobebrought the man; concerning 
οὗ σταθέντες οἱ κατήγοροι οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν ᾿ἐπέφερον" " ὧν 
whom standing up the accusers 3πο Scharge ‘brought of which 
τ « , ? “il we / Os 3 τον δ ἰδί 
υπεγοουν εγω 19 ζητήματα. ξ τινα περι THC-LOLAC 
; itp but *questions ‘certain concerning their own 


supposed 
δεισιδαιμονίας εἶχον πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ περί τινος ᾿Ιησοῦ 


system of religion they had against him, απᾶ οοπορΓΏΙΏΡ acertain Jesus 
(lit. demon-worship) : 

. , τὰ » ~ ~ 
τεθνηκότος, ὃν ἔφασκεν ὁ Παῦλος ζῇν. 
whoisdead, whom ?affirmed Paul to be alive. 


ἐγὼ "εἰς"! τὴν περὶ Yrovrou' ζήτησιν ἔλεγον, εἰ βούλοιτο 


20 ἀπορούμενος. δὲ 
And *being *perplexed 


ἢ asto theconcerning “this linquiry said, Wouldhe be willing 
πορεύεσθαι εἰς “Iepovoadnp," κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ 
to go ‘to Jerusalem, and there to be judged concerning 


, ~ aR / ᾽ ; » ᾽ 
τούτων. 21 τοῦ.δὲ Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι ade 
these things. But Paul having appealed for to *be*kept *him- 


τὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν, ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι 
self for the “of “Augustus ‘cognizance, I commanded *to *be*kept 


αὐτὸν ἕως οὗ "πέμψω"! αὐτὸν πρὸς Καίσαρα. 22 ᾿Αγρίππας 


thim till’ I might send him: to Ceesar. 2Agrippa 
δὲ πρὸς τὸν Φῆστον Ῥέφη,ὶ Ἐβουλόμην καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦ 
tand ο Festus ‘said, 1 was desiring also myself the 
? θ ’ ? ~ οἵ ἐν Ἢ} » / δι ὩΣ ΒΑ, ‘> ~ 
ἀνθρώπου ἀκοῦσαι. “Ὁ. δε," Αὔριον, φησίν, ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ. 
man __—ito hear, And he To-morrow 16478, thou shalt hear him. 
23 Ty οὖν ἐπαύριον ἐλθόντος τοῦ) Αγρίππα καὶ τῆς 


On the *therefore ‘morrow “having Scome 3A grippa and 
Βερνίκης pera πολλῆς φαντασίας, καὶ εἰσελθόντων εἰς τὸ 
Bernice, with great pomp, ‘and ‘having entered into the 
? , ’ ~ ~ 
ἀκροατήριο», σύν τε “τοῖς! χιλιάρχοις καὶ ἀνδράσιν τοῖς 
hall of audience, with both the. chief captains and men 


Oe Ὁ ‘ ~ , A “ ~ ’ 
κατ . ἐξοχὴν “οὖσιν! τῆς πόλεως, καὶ κελεύσαντος τοῦ Φήστου 


of eminence being ofthe city, and *having “commanded Festus 
» ε - , ε ~ 
ἤχθη ὁ Παῦλος. 24 καί φησιν ὁ Φῆστος, ᾿Αγρίππα βασι- 
ὄγνας °brought *Paul. And *says” Festus, *Agrippa sking 


λεῦ, καὶ πάντες οἱ 'συμπαρόντες" ἡμῖν ἄνδρες, θεωρεῖτε τοῦ- 
and αἱ the *being *present*with *us men, ye see this 
τον περὶ οὗ Επᾶν' τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ιουδαίων ἐνέτυχόν 
one concerning whom all the multitude of the Jews pleaded 
μοι ἔν τε Ἱεροσολύμοις καὶ ἐνθάδε, Ἀἐπιβοῶντες μὴ 
ς Jerusalem and here, crying out [that] 
τ — εἰς ἀπώλειαν GLITrAW. 5 [αὐτῶν] A. t ἔφερον LTTrAW. 
“ + πονηράν (read evil charge) Lt[a]w ; πονηρῶν of evils Tr. 
᾿ : Σ Ἱεροσόλυμα LTTrAW. ® ἀναπέμψω 
> — ἔφη (read [said]) τιτττα. ο--- Ὁ δέ (read φησίν says 
© ---οὖσιν ‘LTTraAW, f oup- T, & ἅπαν LTTrAW, 
A. 





RAV XXVE pe iad Ws 
~ τν ᾽ Δ A ‘ 
δεῖν ἰζὴν αὐτὸν" μηκέτι 25 ἐγὼ δὲ Κκαταλαβόμεγος" μηδὲν 
Z7ought “to “live ‘he no longer. But I having perceived nothing 
ἄξιον Ἰθανάτου αὐτὸν" πεπραχέναι, "καὶ! αὐτοῦ δὲ τούτου 
worthy of death he had done, Salso *himself*and *this 7one 
ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν Σεβαστόν. ἔκρινα πέμπειν "αὐτόν" 
Raving appealed to Augu-tus, Idetermined tosend him, 
οι: ‘ τ 7 Lge ΄ ΕΟ ΒΡ ͵ 2) a Ε 
20 περι οὗ ἀσφαλὲς τε. γράψαι τφ.κυρίῳ οὔκ.έχω 
concerning whom “certain ‘anything towrite to [my] lord I have not. 
διὸ προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ᾽ ὑμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοῦ, 
Wherefore 1 brought *terth ‘him before you, and specially before thce, 
βασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα, ὕπωο τῆς ἀνακρίδεως γενομένης 
king Agrippa, so that the examination having taken place 
~ ο , tl ” , é ~ / 
σχῶ τι γράψαι." 27 ἄλογον.γάρ μοι δοκεῖ πέμ- 
I may have something to write ; for irrational tome it seems  send- 
4 ‘ 3 ? ~ Bin be ~ 
ποντα δέσμιον, μὴ καὶ τὰς κατ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας σημᾶναι. 
ing aprisoncr, not also the “against “him ‘7charges to signify. 
/ A ~ ? , fe 
26 ᾿Αγρίππας δὲ πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ἔφη, Επιτρέπεταί  σρι 
And Agrippa to Paul said, It is allowed thee 
Ρὐπὲρ' σεαυτοῦ λέγειν. Tore ὁ Παὔλοά Ἱάπελογεῖτο," ἐκτείνας 
for thyself tospeak. Then Paul made a defences, stretching out 
τὴν χεῖρα, 2 Περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐγκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἴου- 
the hand: Converning all of which Lam accused by Jews, 


δαίων, βασιλεῦ ᾽Αγοίππα, ἥγημαι ἐμαυτὸν μακάριον "μέλλων.. 


king Agrippa, JLesteem myself happy being about 
ἀπολογεῖσθαι ἐπὶ σοῦ σήμερον." 8. μάλιστα γνώστην "ὄντα 
to make defence before thee to-day, especlilly “acquainted being 
σε! πάντων τῶν κατὰ Ἰουδαίους ἐθῶν τε καὶ ζητημάτων. 
"thou οἵ all the *among SJews * ‘customs ?and ‘also “questions ; 
διὸ δέομαί ἴσου' μακροθύμως ἀκοῦσαί µου. 4 τὴν μὲν οὖν 
wherefore 1 beseech thee p:utiently tohear ine, * The Sthen 
βίωσίν μου τὴν" ἐκ νεότητος, τὴν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς 
Manner “of *life “my from youth, which from [its] commencement 
/ 8m oo 7 , 
yevopevny ἔν τῷ ἔθνει. μου ἐν" Ἱεροσολύμοις, ἴσασιν πάντες 
was among wWyuation in Jorusnlem, know all 


Σοὶ" Ἰουδαῖοι, 5 προγινώσκοντές µε ἄνωθεν, ἐὰν θέλωσιν 


the Jews, who before knew 1186 from the first, if” they would 
μαρτυρεῖν, Ότι κατὰ τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς 
bear witness, that according to the strictest sect 
e / ο , ti ” a 4 - 3 ᾽ 
Ἰμετέρας θρησκείας" ἔζησα Φαρισαῖος" Ο καὶ νῦν ἐπ 

of our religion 1 lived a Phagisee. And how for [the] 


ἐλπίδι τῆς πρὸς" τοὺς πατέρας " ἐπαγγελίας γενομένης ὑπὸ 
hope ofthe “to *the. >fathers *pramise “made .by 
“ ~ er , 3 ελ ane , t ~ 
τοῦ θεοῦ ἕστηκα κρινόµενος, 7 εἰς ἣν τὸ .δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν 
God, Istand being judged, to which our twelve tribes 
ρ [ή ‘ ~ ΄ ~ e 
ἐν ἐκτεγείᾳ νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν λατρεῦον ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι 
intently “night and day serving hope to arrive ; 
περὶ =e ἐλπίδος ἐγκαλοῦμαι, ὑβασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα," ὑπὸ 
concerning which hope Tam accused, O king Agrippa, by 
σ ~ " ? ’ὔ d , » , ἘΠ: ~ 3... Ὁ θ A 
τῶν" ᾿Ιουδαίωνδ, 8 τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ ὑμῖν εἰ ὁ θεὸς 


the Jews. Why incredible is it judged by you if God 
νεκροὺς ἐγείρει; 9 ἐγὼ “μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα ἐμαυτῷ πρὸς 
[{Π0] dead raises ? 1 indeed therefore thought inmyself ‘to 





1 αὐτὸν ζῇν LITrAW. Κκατελαβόµην LIT:AW.. 
» — αὐτὸν (read [him]) LTTra. ο γράψω I shall write LrTraw. 
λογεῖτο placed after χεῖρα LTTrAW.” 
ὄντα T. t — gov LITrA. 7 --- την Tr[A]. 
Υ θρησκίας τ. 2 εἰς LTTrAW. 


᾽Αγρίππα LITrA; ---᾽Αγρίππα Ww. ¢ — τῶν GLITrAW. 


‘before thee, 


1 αὐτὸν θανάτου LTTrAw. 
P περὶ LTTrA. 

τ ἐπὶ σοῦ μέλλων αήµερον ἀπολογεῖσθαι GLTTrA. 
π - τε and (in) LTTrAw. 
a+ ἡμῶν (vead our fathers) LTTraw. 
d + βασιλεῦ O king Lrtra- 


904 
not to live any longer. 
25 But when L[ found 
that he had committed 
nothing worthy of 
death, and that he 
himself hath appealed 
to Augustus, 1 have 
determined to send 
him. 260f whom I 
have no certain thing 
to write unto my lord. 
Wherefore I have 
brougl.t him forth be- 
fore you, and specially 
O king 
Agrippa, that, after 
examination had, I 
might bave somewhat 
to write. 27 For it 
scemeth to me unrea- 
sonable to send a pri- 
sover, and not withal 
to signify the crimes 
laid against him, 


XXVI. Then Agrip- 
pa said unto Paul, 
Thou art permitted to 
speak forthyself. Thon 
Paul stretched forth 
the hand, and an- 
swered for himself: 
21think myself happy, 
king Agrippa, because 
1 shall answer for my- 
self this day before 
thee touching -all the 
things whereof I am 
aceu-sed of the Jews: 
3 especially because 2 
know ghee to be expert 
in «wll customs and 
questions which are 
minong. the Jews: 
wherefore Τ beseech 
thee to hear me pa- 
ticntly. 4 Mymanner 
of πῆς from my youth, 
which was at the first 
amohg Mine own na- 
tion at Jcrusalem, 
know all the Jews; 
5 which knew me from 
the beginning, if they 
would testify, that 
after the most strait- 
est sect of our religion 
I lived a Dharisee, 
6 And now Istandand 
am judged for the 
hope of the promise 
made of God unto 
our fathcrs: 7 unto 
which promise our 
twelve tribes, in tant- 
ly serviug God day 
and night, hope to 
come. For .. which 
hope’s sake, king A- 
grippa, I am accused 
of the Jews. 8 Why 
should it be thought a 
thing incredible with 
you, that God should 
raise the dead? 91 
verily thought with 

Δ — καὶ LTTrAW. 
4 ἄπε- 

S ae 
χα οὐ LIrA, 
Ὁ — βασιλεῦ 


994 


myself, that I ought 
to do many things 
contrary to the name 
of Jesus of Nazareth. 
10 Which thing I also 
did in Jerusalem: and 
many of the saints did 
I shut up in prison, 
having received au- 
thority from the chief 
priests; and when 
they were put to death, 
I gave my voice a- 
gainst them. 11 And 
I punished them oft 
in every synagogue, 
and compelled them 
to blaspheme; and 
being exceedingly mad 
against them, I per- 
secuted them even 
unto strange cities. 
12 Whereupon as 

went to Damascus 
with authority and 
commission from the 
chief priests, 13 at 
midday, O king, I saw 
in the way a light 
from heaven, above 
the brightness of the 
sun, shining round 
about me and them 
which journeyed with 
me. 14 And when we 
were all fallen to the 
earth, I heard a voice 
speaking unto me, 
and saying in the He- 
brew tongue, Saul, 
Saul, why persecutest 
thou me? 7ὲ ws hard 
for thee to kick a- 
gainst the pricks. 
15 And I said, Who 
art thou, Lord? And 
he said, I am Jesus 
whom thou persecut- 
est. 16 But rise, and 
stand upon thy feet: 
for, 1 have appeared 
unto thee for this pur- 
pose, to make thee a 
minister and a wit- 
ness both of these 
things which thou 
hast seen, and of those 
things in the which I 
will appear unto thee; 
17delivering thee from 
the- people, and from 
the Gentiles, unto 
whom now I send 
thee, 18to open their 
eyes, and to turn 
them from darkness 
to light, and from the 
power of Satan unto 
God, that they may 
recekve forgiveness of 
sins, and inheritance 
among them which 
are sanctified by faith 
thatisin me. 19Where- 
upon, O king Agrippa, 


9 + re also LTTra, 
(read τῶν from the) L; — τῆς [Triw ; — Tapa TTr. 
1 — καὶ λέγουσαν Ltrs. 

9 + ἐκ from among irra. 
8 + τε (7eGd and also, LrTra. 





ΣΧ ιά 
TPA EIS. AEN Sole 
A » ᾿ ? ~ ~ Π a wn λλ « 4 : ᾿ 
τὸ ὄνομα ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου δεῖν πολλα εναντια 
ιηο δηλ Yof '°Jesus 11ο 3 ΝΑΖΙΥΦΑΠ 11 λοαρ]λὲ *many *things *contrary 
~ εν \ , 7 η ἘΣ τς ‘ ή 
πρᾶξαι: 10 ὃ καὶ ἐποίησα ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, καὶ πολλοὺς © 
to do. Which also I did in Jerusalern;- and many 
~ , ~ / \ ΕἾ » 7 
τῶν ἁγίων ἐγὼ ᾿ φυλακαῖς κατέκλεισα, τὴ» παρα τῶν ἀρχ- 


of the saints it in prisons shut up, the “from “the chief 
ιερέων ἐξουσίαν apwr' ἀναιρουμέγωγν.τε αὐτῶν 
Spri i i ived; and “being *put *to *death the 
priests authority having received ; aD y 


κατήγεγκα.ψἠφον. 11 καὶ κατὰ πάσας τὰς '.συναγωγὰς 

I gave [my] vote against [them]. And in all the — synagogues 

πολλάκις τιμωρῶν αὐτούς, ἠνάγκαζον βλασφημεῖν" περισ- 
often punishing them, I compelled [them] to blaspheme, *Exceed- 


~ , ~ ΄ ! ‘ 
σῶς TE ἐμμαινόμενος αὐτοῖς ἐδίωκον ἕως καὶ εἰς 
ingly 'and “being "furious against them I persecuted [them] even as far as to 
4 » / ? Ce ‘ , > \ 
τὰς ἔξω πόλεις. 12 ἐν οἷς &kat' πορευόμενος εἰς τὴν Aa- 
foreign cities. During which also journeying to Da- 
μασκὺν μετ᾽ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς Ἁτῆς παρὰ! τῶν ἀρχ- 
mascus, with authority and a commission from the chief 


ιερέων, 13 ἡμέρας-μέσης κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν εἶδον, βασιλεῦ, 


priests, at mid-day in the way 1 saw, O king, 

2: , € A \e ' ; ~ ε , ΄ 
οὐρανόθεν ὑπὲρ Τὴν λαμπρότητα του ἡλίου περιλάμψαν 
from heaven above the bmMghiness ofthe sun “shining *round ‘about 


µε φῶς καὶ τοὺς σὺν ἐμοὶ πορευομένους. 14 πάντων ide" 
®me ‘a *light and those with’ me journeying. And all 
καταπεσόντων ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἤκουσα φωνὴν Κλαλοῦσανϊ 
“having *fallen “down ‘of *us to the ground Iheard a voice speaking 
πρός με]καὶ λέγουσιν" τῇ Εβραϊδι διαλέκτῳ, Σαούλ, Σαούλ, 
to me and sayingt inthe Hebrew language, Saul, Saul, 
τί µε διώκεις; σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν. 
why me persecutest thou? [itis] hard for thee against goads to kick. 
15 ᾿Εγὼ δὲ elroy," Tic εἴ κύριε; Ὁ δὲ" εἶπεν, ᾿Εγώ εἰμι 
Απά Ι said, Who art thou, Lord? Andhe said, i am 
Ἰησοῦς. ὃν σὺ διώκεις. 16 ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι, καὶ στῆθι ἐπὶ 
Jesus whom thou persecutest : but rise up, and stand on 
, > - » ΄ 
τοὺς πόδας. σου εἰς τοῦτο.γὰρ ὥφθην σοι, προχειρίσασθαί 
thy feet ; for, for this purpose I appeared to thee, to appoint 
ε 4 ’ cod - 
σε ὑπηρέτην καὶ μάρτυρα ὧὦντε εἶδες ὦν.τε 
thee anattendant and awitness both of what thou did-tsee and in what 
> Ul / / ~ ~ ‘ 
ὀφθήσομαί σοι, 17 ἐξαιρούμενός σε ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ 
I shall appear to thee, taking out thee from among the pcople and 
~ ? ~ 2 - ~ ? / > ~ 
τῶν ἐθνῶν, εἰς οὓς Ῥνῦν σε ἀποστέλλω," 18 ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς 
the nations, to whom now thee 1 send, to open 7eyes 
? ~ ~ 7 / 2 A [ή ᾽ ~ ‘A ~~ ‘ 
αὐτῶν, τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας 
their, that(they] may turn from darkness to light and the authority 
τοῦ σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρ- 
of Satan to God, that *may “receive ‘they remission ofsins 
~ Ἁ ~ 3 ~ ε , ΄ 
τιων και κλῆρον EV τοις Ίγιασμεγοις πιστει 
and inheritance among those that have been sanctified by faith that [is] 
? ? / a ~ 2 , Ἴ , \ ἢ 
εἰς ee. 19 “Οθεν, βασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα, οὐκ.ἐγενόμην ἀπειθὴς 


in me, Whereupon, O king Agrippa, I was not disobedicnt 
~ > , ᾽ ΄ ~ ~ ~ 
ΤΏ οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασίᾳ, 20 ἀλλὰ ταῖς ἐτ Δαμασκῷ πρῶτον 4 
to the heavenly vision ; but to those in Damascus first 








f + ἐν in (prisons) GLTTraw. ο 8 — καὶ LTTrA. h — τῆς παρὰ 
quit ‘Te LTTrAW, Κ λέγουσαν LTTra. 
εἶπα LTTrA. 2 + κύριος (read the Lord said) LTtTraw. 


Ρ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω σε (onil LOW) LTMA; ἐγὼ σε ἀποστ. GW. 


XXVI. ACTS. 
καὶ" Ἱεροσολύμοις, δείς) πᾶσάν τε τὴν χώραν τῆς Ιουδαίας 
and Jerusalem, "to 34ll ‘and the region of Judza 
καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ἰἀπαγγέλλων! μετανοεῖν καὶ ἐπιστρέφειν 
and tothe nations declaring [tothent] torepent and to turn 
ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πράσσοντας. 21 ἕνεκα 
\ to God, *worthy ‘of °repentance *works *doing. On account of 
τούτων pe You! Ἰουδαῖοι συλλαβόμενοι ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἔπει- 
these things me the Jews having seized in the temple, at- 
ρῶντο διαχειρίσασθαι. 22 ἐπικουρίας οὖν τυχὼν τῆς 
tempted to kill. Aid therefore having obtained: 
Σπαρὰ" τοῦ θεοῦ ἄχρι τῆς. ἡμέρας. ταύτης ἕστηκα. Σμαρτυρού- 
from God unto this day Ihave stood, bearing wit- 
μενος" µικρῷ-τε καὶ μεγάλῳ, οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς λέγων ὧν τε 
ness both to small and to great, nothing else saying than what both 
οἱ προφῆται ἐλάλησαν μελλόντων γίνεσθαι καὶ *Mwoije,! 


the prophets Ssaid Άννας °about ‘to-7happen ‘and “Moses, 
23 εἰ παθητὸς ὁ χριστός, εἰ πρῶτος ἐξ ἀναστά- 
whether *should “suffer ‘Christ ; whether [πε] first through  resurrec- 


σεως νεκρῶν φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν τῷ ὃ λαῷ καὶ τοῖς 
tion of [the] dead *light ‘is?about %to*announce tothe people and {ο the 
” “Ὁ A > ~ > / c ~ 
ἔθνεσιν. 24 Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ.ἀπολογουμένου, ὁ Φῆστος µε- 
nations. And *these “things ‘uttering in his defence, Festus with 
γάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ gn," Maivy ἨΠαῦλε' τὰ πολλά σε γράµ- 
loud voice said, Thou artmad, Paul; much *thee *learn- 
? , [ή « δ᾽ σ 3 / [ή 
ματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει. 25 ὋὉ δὲ“, Οὐ μαίνομαι, φησι», 
ing *to Smadness “turns. But he, *I%am “ποῦ *mad, ‘says, 
΄ ~ d ? »ι 7 , \ , er 
κράτιστε Φῆστε, ἀλλ" ἀληθείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ῥήματα 
most noble Festus, but of truth and discreetness words 
ἀποφθέγγομαι' 206 ἐπίσταται γὰρ περὶ τούτων 6 βασι- 
I utter ; for *is *informed *concerning *these "things the king 
λεύς, πρὸς ὃν Kai παῤῥησιαζόμενος λαλῶ: λανθάνειν. γὰρ 
to whom also using boldness I speak, For hidden from 
οὐ γάρ 


αὐτόν τι τούτων οὐ πείθομαι «οὐδὲν 
Αποῦ “for 


him any of these things [are] not I am persuaded ; 


ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο. 27 πιστεύεις βασιλεῦ 
7in 88. %corner “has *been 5ἄοπο “this, Believest thou, king 


᾿Αγρίππα τοῖς προφήταις; οἶδα Ore πιστεύεις. 28 Ὁ δὲ 
Agrippa, the prophets ? I know that thou believest. And 
᾽Αγρίππας πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ἔφη," Ἐν ὀλίγῳ µε δπείθεις! 
Agrippa to Paul said, In a little *me ‘thou *persuadest 
χριστιανὸν "yevécOat." 29 Ὁ δὲ. Παῦλος ᾿εἶπεν,ὶ ΚΕὐξαίμην' ἂν 
a Christian to become. And Paul said, I would wish 
τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐν ὀλίγῳ καὶ ἐν Ιπολλφὶ οὐ µόνον σε ἀλλὰ καὶ 
to God, both in alittle and in much not only thou but also 
πάντας τοὺς ἀκούόντάς µου σήμερον γενέσθαι τοιούτους 
811 those hearing me thisday should become such 
ὁποῖος κἀγώ εἰμι, παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν. τούτων. 90 ™Kai 
88 Talso am, except these bonds. And 
~ 4 ? , ? sedi [lng tered ἡ ns 4 hee ς ‘ 
ταῦτα εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ," ἀνέστη " ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν 


these things μαυΐπρ “said “he, Srose 7up *the ‘king and the governor 
ἥ τε Βερνίκη καὶ οἱ ὀσυγκαθήμενοι! αὐτοῖς" 31 καὶ ava- 


also Bernice and those who sat with them, and having 


ΤΙ ἐν111. 8 — ets LTT: [A]. 
τ + ὄντα being Τ. α ἀπὸ ΙΤΊΚΓΑΥΓ. Y μαρτυρόμενος LTTrAW. 


τ ἀπήγγελλον I was declaring EGLTTraw. 
2 Mwions GLTTrAW. 


395 


1 was not disobedient 
unto the heavenly vi- 
sion: 20 but shewed 
first unto them of Da- 
mascus, and at Jeru- 
salem, and throughout 
all the coasts of Ju- 
dza, and then to the 
Gentiles, that they 
should repent and 
turn to God, and do 
works mect for re- 
pentance, 21 For these 
causes the Jews caught 
me in the temple, and 
went about to kill me. 
22 Having therefore 
obtained help of God, 
I continue unto this 
day, witnessing both 
to small and great, 
saying none _ other 
things than those 
which the prophets 
and Moses did say 
should come: 23 that 
Christ should suffer, 
and that he should be 
the first that should 
rise from the dead, 
and should shew light 
unto the people, and 
to the Gentiles. 24And 
as he thus spake for 
himself, Festus said 
with a loud voice, 
Paul, thou art beside 
thyself ; much learn- 
ing doth make thee 
mad. 25 But he said, 
I am not mad, most 
noble Festus; but 
speak forth the words 
of truth and sober- 
ness, 26 For the king 
knoweth of these 
things, before whom 
also I speak freely : 
for I am_ persuaded 
that none of these 
things are hidden 
from him; for this 
thing was not done in 
a corner. 27 King Α- 
grippa, believest thou 
the prophets? I know 
that thou _ believest. 
28 Then Agrippa said 
unto Paul, Almost 
thou persuadest me 
to be α Christian. 
29 And Paul said, I 
would to God, that 
not only thou, but 
also all that hear me 
this day, were both 
almost, and altogether 
such as I am, except 
these bonds, 30And 
when he had thus spos 
ken, the king rose up, 
and the governor, and 
Bernice, and they that 
sat with them : 81 and 
when they were gone 


Vv — οἱ TTr. 


at re (read 


both to the) ttTra. ὃ φησίν says LTTrA. © + Παῦλος (vead Paulsays) LITrw. ἢ ἀλλὰ LTTrA. 


© — οὐδέν L; οὐθέν T[Tr]a. ἴ — ἔφη (read [said]) LTTraw. 
Β ποιῆσαι to make (mea Christian) uttra. 
γάλῳ LITrA, δὶ — καὶ ταῦτα εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. 


i — εἶπεν (vead [said]) LTTra, 
Ὁ τε both GLTTraw. 


& πείθῃ thou persuadest thyself a. 


*evéapynvt. | µε- 
° συν» T. 


306 


aside, they talked be- 
tween themselves, say- 
ing, This man doeth 
nothing worthy of 
death or of bonds. 
32 Then said Agrippa 
unto Festus, This man 
might have been set 
at liberty, if hevhad 
not appealed unto Car 
Bar, 


XXVII. And when 
it was determined that 
we should sail into 
Italy, they delivered 
Paul and certain other 
prisoners unto one 
named Julius, a cen- 
turion of Augustus’ 
band. 2 And entering 
into a ship of Adra- 
myttium, we launched, 
meaning to sail by the 
corssts of Asia; one 
Aristarchus, a Mace- 
donian of Thessalo- 
nica, being with us. 
3 And the next day we 
touched at Sidon. And 
Julius courteously en- 
treated Paul, and gave 
him liberty to go unto 
his friends to refresh 
himself. 4 And when 
we had launched from 
thence, we sailed un- 
der Oyprus, because 
the winds were con- 
trary. 5 And when 
we had sailed over the 
sea of Cilicia and 
Pamphylia, we came 
to Myra, « city of Ly- 
cia. 6 And there the 
centurion found aship 
ef Alexandria sailing 
into Italy ; and he put 
us therein. 7 And 
when we had sailed 
slowly many days, and 
scarce were come over 
against Cnidus, the 
wind not suffering us, 
we sailed under Crete, 
over against Salmone; 
8 and, hardly passing 
it, came unto a place 
which is called The 
fair havens; nigh 
whereunto was the 
city of Lasea. 9 Now 
when much time was 
spent, and when sail- 
ing was now danger- 
ous, because the fast 
was now already past, 
Paul admonished them, 
10 and said unto them, 
Sirs, I perceive that 
this voyage will be 
with hurt and much 
damage, not only of 





Ρ η δεσμῶν ἄξιον LTTr. 


LITraw. 
Σ κατήλθαμεν TTr. 


Ὁ Αλασσα Alassa L; 


w+ εἰς in LTTr[A]. 


ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ. XXVI, Σπα 


‘ 7 / « a: 
χωρήσαντες ἐλάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους λέγοντες, “Ort οὐδὲν 
withdrawn they spoke to one another saying, Nothing 
θανάτου Ῥἄξιον. ἢ δεσμῶν" 4 πράσσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος. 
308 “death lworthy or of bonds does this man. 

? , ‘ ~ / ” ? x > / θ ri} / Ἱ ε 
32 ᾿Αγρίππας δὲ τῷ Φήστῳ ἔφη, ᾿Απολελύσῦαι "εὀύνατο ὃ 
And Agrippa to Festus said, *Have *been Slet "go *might 
ἄνθρωπος. οὗτος εἰ μὴ ἐπεκέκλητο" Καίσαρα. 
this *man if he had not appealed to Czesar. 
Q7 Ὡς δὲ ἐκρίθη τοῦ.ἀποπλεῖν. ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν Ιταλία 
But when it was decided that *should “sail “we to Italy 
παρεδίδουν τόν. τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας éxa- 
they delivered up- both Panl and certain other prisoners’ 4a 
τοντάρχῃ, ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ, σπείρης Σεβαστῆς. 2 ἐπιβάτ- 
centurion, by name Julius, of the band of Augustus. ?Having *gone*on 
τες δὲ πλοίῳ ᾿Αδραμυττηνῷ 'μέλλοντες"! πλεῖν " τοὺς κατὰ 
5poard'!and aship of Adramyttium about to navigate the along 
τὴν ᾿Ασίαν Τόπους ἀνήχθημεν, ὄντος σὺν ἡμῖν ᾿Αριστάρχου 
3Asia ‘places we set sail, being with us Aristarchus 
Μακεδόνος Θεσσαλονικέως. 8. τῇ.τε.ἑτέοᾳ κατήχθημεν εἰς 
α Macedonian of Thessalonica. And the next [day] we landed αὖ 


Σιδῶνα: φιλανθρώπως. τε ὁ Τούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος 
Sidon. And °kindly 1Julius *Paul having “treated 

ἐπέτρεψεν πρὸς φίλους πορευθέντα" ἐπιμελείας 
allowed [him] “to [his] *friends leoing (’their] Scare 


τυχεῖν. 4 κἀκεῖθεν ἀναχθέντες ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κύπρον 
Sto Sreceive. And thence setting sail we sailed under Cyprus 
A A 4 ? / 3 / , [ή 
διὰ τὸ τοὺς ἀνέμους εἶναι ἐναντίους. 5 τό.τεπέλαγος τὸ 
because the winds were contrary. And the sea 
κατὰ τὴν Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν διαπλεύσαντες ἹκατήλθομενΏ 
along Cilicia and Pamphylia having saiied over we came 
εἰς ΥΜύρα! τῆς Λυκίας. 6 Κάκε εὑρὼν ὁ Σἑκατόντάρχος" 
to Myra of Lycia. Andthere *having *found the ?centurion 
πλοῖον ᾿Αλεξανδρῖνον πλέον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐνεβίβασεν 
a ship of Alexandria sailing to Italy he caused *to *enter 
e ~ ᾽ ᾽ , γ᾽ « - A ε A ~ 8 ‘ 
ἡμᾶς εἰς αὐτό. 7 ἐν ἱκαναῖς δὲ ἡμέραις βραδυπλοοῦντες καὶ 
“πει into, it; And for many days sailing slowly and 
μόλις γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον, μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς 
hardly having come over against Cnidus, “not *suffering * 3518 
~ ‘ 
τοῦ ἀνέμου, ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην κατὰ Σαλμώνην' 
the wind, we sailed under Crete over against . Salmone; 
, 5 , 
8 µόλιςτε παραλεγόμενοι αὐτὴν ἤλθομεν εἰς τόπον᾽ τινὰ 
and hardly coasting along it wecame to a *place?certain 
/ 
καλούμενον Καλοὺς Λιμένας, ᾧ ἐγγὺς δὴν πόλις! δλασαία.ὶ 
called Fair Havens, _ near which was acity_ of Lasea. 
ε ~ ‘ 3 ~ 
9 Ἱκανοῦ δὲ χρόνου διαγενομένου καὶ ὄντος ἤδη ἐπισφαλοῦς 
And much time having passed and being already dangerous 
~ , ἣν ΄ - 
τοῦ πλοός, διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι, 
the voyage, because also the fast already had past, 
’ «ε ~ ~ ~ 
παρύνει ὁ Παῦλος 10 λέγων αὐτοῖς, Ανδρες, θεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ 
exhorted 1Paul ‘saying “them, Men, I perceive that with 
ef 4 ~ ’ ~ ~ 
ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας οὐ µόνον τοῦ “φόρτου! καὶ τοῦ 
disaster. and much loss not only ofthe cargo and of the 





4 Ἔ τι τ. τ ἠδύνατο LW. 5 ἐπικέκλητο L. t μέλλοντι 
A]. 5 + τοὺς the GLTTrAW. - πορευθέντι LTTrA, 

5 Μύῤῥα Lrtra, 2 ἑκατοντάρχης LTTTA, ® πόλις ἦν Te 
Δασέα Lasea Tra, 5 φορτίου GLITrAW 


XXVII. ACTS. 


πλοίου ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν Ψυχῶν ἡμῶν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τον πλοῦν. 
ship ‘but also of our lives is about tobe the voyage. 
11 Ὁ δὲ ἁἑκατόνταρχος! τῷ κυβερνήτῃ καὶ τῷ ναυκλήρῳ 
But the centurion by the steersman and the  ship-owner 
εἐπείθετο μᾶλλον" ἢ τοῖς ὑπὸ frov' Παύλου λεγο- 
was persuaded rather than by thethings Ὁ Paul 4spoken. 
μένοις. 12 ἀνευθέτου.δὲ τοῦ λιμένος ὑπάρχοντος πρὸς παρα- 
And ill-adapted the port being to * winter 
’ ε , Ew > ~ > ~ It 
χειµασίαν, οἱ S7AEioug" ἔθεντο.βουλὴν ἀναχθῆναι PKaKeider, 
in, the most counselled td set sail thence also, 
‘ei zrwe' δύναιντο καταντήσαντες εἰς Φοίνικα παρα- 
if by any means they might be able havingarriveh αὖ Phoenice to 
χειµάσαι, λιμένα τῆς Κρήτης βλέποντα κατὰ ‘hiBa 
winter {there], a port of Crete looking towards south-west 
καὶ κατὰ χῶρον. 19 ὑποπνεύσαντος.δὲ νότου, δόξαν- 
and towards north-west. And *blowing *gently ‘a ?south*wind, think- 
TEC τῆς προθέσεως κεκρατηκέναι, ᾿ ἄραντες ἄσσον 
ing the purpose to have gained, having weighed [anchor] ‘close *by 
παρελέγοντο τὴν Κρήτην. 14 per’ ob πολὺ δὲ ἔβαλεν 


4they “coasted “along Crete. *After *not “long *but there came 
Kar αὐτῆς ἄνεμος τυφωνικός, ὁ καλούμενος }Νεὐροκλύδων." 
down it a“wind ‘tempestuous, ‘called — Euroclydon, 


15 συναρπασθέντος.δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντ- 
And “having *been δοδιρῦ ‘the “ship, and not able to bring 
οφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ, ἐπιδόντε  ἐφερόμεθα. 16 νησίον 


{her} head 
δέ τι 
but *a Scertain 


to the giving (her] up we were driven along, “Small island 
ὑποδραμόντες καλούμενον "Κλαύδην' Ἀμόλις 
“running *under called Clauda “hardly 
ἰσχύσαμεν! περικρατεῖς γενέσθαι τῆς σκάφης" 17 ἣν ἄραν- 
4we were able macters to become of the boat; which having taken 
τες βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο, ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον" φοβούμενοί 
πο. \ helps they used, undergirding the ship; “fearing 

τε -μὴ εἰς THY σύρτιν ἐκπέσωσιν, χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος 


wind, 


4and lest into the quicksand they should fall, having lowered the gear 
er ? / . ~ ‘ [ή « ~ 
οὕτως ἐφέροντο. 18 Σφοδρῶς-δὲ χειμαζομένων ἡμῶν 
80 they were driven. But “violently “being *tempest-tossed ‘we 
τῇ ἑξῆς ἐκβολὴν ἐποιοῦντο᾽ 19 καὶ τῇ 
on the next [day] ὃᾳ ‘casting δουὺ [of 7cargo] ‘they *made, and on the 
τρίτ αὐτόχειρες τὴν σκευὴν τοῦ πλοίου πἐῤῥίψαμεν ' 


third [day] with [our] own hands the equipment ofthe ship we cast away. 
20 μήτε.δὲ ἡλίου μήτε ἄστρων ἐπιφαινόντων ἐπὶ πλείονας 
And neither sun nor stars appearing for many 
τ , ~ , ΄ A 
ἡμέρας, χειμῶνός τε οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένου, λοιπὸν. περιῃ- 
days, and “tempest ‘no small lying on [us], henceforth was taken 
ρεῖτο °rdoa ἐλπὶς" τοῦ.σώζεσθαι ἡμᾶς. 21 πολλῆς Ρδὲ" ἀσιτίας 
away all hope of our being saved. And “a *long ®abstinence 
ὑπαρχούσης, τότε σταθεὶς ὁ Παῦλος ἐν μέσῳ.αὐτῶν εἶπεν, 
1there “being, . then. ?standing *up Paul in their midst said, 
Ἔδει μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, πειθαρχήσαντάς μοι μὴ ἀνά- 
It behoved [you] indeed, O men, having been obedient to me not to have 
γεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς Κρήτης κερδῆσαί.τε τὴν ὕβριν. ταύτην καὶ 
set sail from Crete and to have gained this disaster and 





4 ἑκατοντάρχης GLTTrA. © μᾶλλον ἐπείθετο LTTrA,. 
LTTrA. ἃ ἐκεῖθεν thence LTTrA. 1 εἴ πῶς LTrA. 
κλυδων EuryclydonG.. 1 Katéa Cauda utr; KAatéa τ; Κ[λ]αῦδα A 
ἔστιν. ἃ ἔλλιψαν they cast away GLTrAW ; ἔριψαν τ. 


f — τοῦ LTT: [a]W. 
k εὐρακύλων Euracylon LTTrAw ; evpv- 


397 


the lading and ship, 
but also of our Hives, 
11 Nevertheless the 
centurion believed the 
master and the owner 
of the ship, more than 
those things which 
were spoken by Paul. 
12 And because the ha- 
ven was not commo- 
dious to winter in, the 
more part advised to 
depart thence also, if 
by any means they 
might attain to Phe- 
nice, and there to win- 
ter ; which is anhaven 
of Crete, and licth to- 
ward the south west 
and north west. 13 And 
when the south wind 
blew softly, supposing 
that they bad obtained 
their purpose, loosing 
thence, they sailed 
close by Crete. 14 But 
not long after there 
arose against it a 
tempestuous wind, 
called Eurocly don. 
15 And when the 
ship was caught, and 
couid not bear up into 
the wind, we let her 
drive. 16 And run- 
ning under a ccrtain 
island which is called 
Clauda, we had much 
work to come by the 
boat: 17 which when 
they had taken up, 
they used helps, un- 
dergirding the ship; 
and, fearing lest they 
should fall into the 
quicksands,strake sail, 
and so were driven, 
18 And we being ex- 
ceedingly tossed with 
a tempest, the next 
day they lightened the 
ship; 19 and the third 
day we cast out with 
our own hands the 
tackling of the ship. 
20 And when neither 
sun nor stars in many 
days appeared, and no 
small tempest lay on 
us, all hope that we 
should be saved was 
then taken away. 
21 But after long ab- 
stinence Paul stood 
forth in the midst of 
them, and said, Sirs, 
ye should have heark- 
ened unto me, and not 
have loosed from Crete 
and to have gained 
this harm and loss, 


--....--- .-.-..ὄ -ὠ΄-ὕ--ς.ς-Ο.. 


\ 
& πλείονες 


M (σχύσαμεν μόλις 


ο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα LITrA. P TE LIsAW, 


398 


22 And now I exhort 
you to be of good 
cheer: for there shall 
be no loss of any man’s 
life among you, but of 
theship, 23 For there 
stood by me this night 
the angel of God, 
whose Lam, and whom 
I serve, 24 saying,Fear 
not, Paul; thou must 
be brought before Cx- 
sar: and, lo, God hath 
given thee all them 
that sail with thee. 
25 Wherefore, sirs, be 
of good cheer: for I 
believe God, that it 
shall be even as it was 
told me. 26 Howbeit 
we must be cast upon 
acertain island, 27But 
when the fourteenth 
night was come, as we 
were driven up and 
down in Adria, about 
midnight the shipmen 
deemed that they drew 
near to some country ; 
28 and sounded, and 
found it twenty fa- 
thoms : and when they 
had gone a little fur- 
ther, they sounded 
again, and found 7 fif- 
teen fathoms. 29 Then 
fearing lest we should 
have fallen upon rocks, 
they cast four anchors 
out of the stern, and 
wished for the day. 
30 And as the shipmen 
were about to flee out 
of the ship, when they 
had let down the boat 
into the sea, under 
colour as though they 
would have cast an- 
chors out of the fore- 
ship, 31 Paul said to 
the centurion and to 
the soldiers, Except 
these abide in the ship, 
ye cannot be saved. 
32 Then the soldiers 
cut off the ropes of 
the boat, and let her 
fall off. 33And while 
the day was coming 
on, Paul besought 
them all to take meat, 
saying, This day is the 
fourteenth day that ye 
have tarricd and con- 
tinued fasting, hav- 
ing taken nothing. 
34 Wherefore I pray 
you to take some meat: 
for this is tor your 


XXVITI. 
εὐθυμεῖν" 

to be of good cheer, 

ὑμῶν, πλὴν τοῦ 

oniy of the 


TIPAS EIS. 


‘ ~ ~ « ~ 

τὴν ζημίαν. 22 καὶ “τανῦν! παραινῶ υμας 

loss : and now I exhort you 
ἀποβολὴ.γὰρ ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ 

for “loss *of "1116. ‘not“any shall be from among you, 

, / bss ~ s / i ” - 

πλοίου. 23 παρέστη.γάρ μοι ἵτῷ.νυκτὶ. ταύτῃ" "ἄγγελος" τοῦ 

ship. For stood by me this night ἍΠ angel 

θεοῦ, οὗ εἰμι! ᾧ.καὶ λατρεύω, 24 λέγων, Μἠ.φοβοῦ Παὔῦλε, 

of God, whose Iam and whom 1 serve, saying, Fear not, Paul ; 

Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι' καὶ ἰδοὺ κεχάρισταί σοι ὁ θεὸς 

*God 


Cesar thoumust standbefore; and lo “has *granted *to *thee 
πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ. 2 Διὸ εὐθυμεῖτε ἄνδρες" 
all those sailing with thee. Wherefore be of good cheer, men, 


ὃν τρόπον 
the way 


ἔσται καθ᾽ 
it shall be according to 
τινα δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν. 
it has been said to me, 1a certain We must fall. 
27 Ὥς δὲ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ ἐγένετο διαφερομένων 
And when the fourteenth night was come “being “driven *about 
ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ ᾿Αδρίᾳ, κατὰ έσον τῆς νυκτὸς ὑπενόουν 
‘we in the Adriatic, towards [the] middle of the night supposed 
οἱ ναῦται προσάγειν τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν" 28 καὶ βολίσαντες 
1the sailors ®neared *some 7them *country, and having sounded - 
εὗρον ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι βραχὺ.δὲ  διαστήσαντες καὶ πάλιν 
they found *fathoms ‘twenty, and “a *little ‘having *gone *farther and again 
βολίσαντες εὗρον ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε' 29 Φφοβούμενοί-τε 
having sounded they found *fathoms fifteen ; and fearing 
Ἱµήπως" είς" τραχεῖς τόπους “ἰκπέσωσιν," ἐκ πρύμνης 
lest on rocky places. they should fall, out of [the] ~ stern 
ῥίψαντες ἀγκύρας τέσσαρας ηὔχοντο" ἡμέραν γενέσθαι. 
having cast ?anchors four they wished day to come. 
30 τῶν δὲ ναυτῶν ζητούντων φυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ πλοιου, καὶ 
Βαύ the sailors seeking to flee out of the ship, and 
χαλασάντων τὴν σκάφην εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, προφάσει we ἐκ 
having let down the boat into the sea, with pretext as from 
. πρώρας!ὶ Ἀμελλόντων ἀγκύρας" ἐκτείνειν, 31 εἶπεν ὁ Παῦ- 
{the] prow being about *anchors ‘to *cast %out, ®said >Paul 
λος τῷ ἑκατοντάρχῃ καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις, ᾿Εὰν.μὴ οὗτοι 
to the centurion and tothe soldiers, Unless _— these 
μείνωσιν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ.δύνασθε. 32 Τότε oi 
abide in the _ ship πο be *saved ?cannot. Then the 
στρατιῶται ἀπέκοψαν" τὰ σχοινία τῆς σκάφης καὶ εἴασαν 
soldiers cut away the ropes ofthe boat and let 
αὐτὴν ἐκπεσεῖν. 33 ἄχρι.δὲ οὗ “ἔμελλεν ἡμέρα" γίνεσθαι, 
her fall. Anduntil ?was*about ‘day *to *come, 
, « ~ ~ ww ᾿ , 
παρεκάλει ὁ Παῦλος ἅπαντας μεταλαβεῖν τροφῆς, λέγων, 
7exhorted ®Paul all to partake of food, saying, 
Τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν προσδοκῶντες ἄσι-. 
*The *fourteenth *to-*day [158] day watching without 
TOL διατελεῖτε, ἁμηδὲν! ἐπροσλαβόμενοι.! 34 διὸ παρα- 
taking food yecontinue, nothing having taken. Wherefore 1 ex- 
~ ε ~ ~ ~ ~ A ἔς 
καλῶ ὑμᾶς ἱπροσλαβεῖν! τροφῆς: τοῦτο γὰρ πρὸς τῆς 
hort you to take fooe, for this for 


ὅτι οὕτως 
that thus 


εἰς νῆσον. Σε 
But on “island 


πιστεύω.γὰρ τῷ θεῷ 
for I believe God 


λελάληταί μοι. 26 


rr 


4 τὰ νῦν LTTrA. 
t + ἐγώ ττ[Α]. 


ΕΤΤΓΑ, 
LTTrA, 


; Ἱμήπω L; μήπου TTr; μή που A. 
πέσωµεν We should fall GLrtraw. 
Ὁ απέκοψαν οἱ στρατιῶται LTTrA, 
© προσλαμβανόμενοι taking .. 


5 ἄγγελος placed after λατρεύω LTTrAW. 
Ὑ κατὰ against LTTraw. χ ἐκ- 
2 πρῴρης LT, 3 ἀγκύρας μελλόντων 
6 ἡμέρα ἤμελλεν (ἔμελλεν τ) LTTrA. 4 μηθὲν 
{ μεταλαβεῖν to partake οὗ GLTTraW. 


᾿ ταύτη τῇ νυκτὶ GLTTrAW. 


Υ εὔχοντο TTrA. 


ΧΧΥΙ. XXVIII. 


ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει' 
your safety te 
τῆς κεφαλῆς Ἱπεσεῖται.! 35 ΕΕἰπὼν".δὲ 
the head shall fail, 
ἄρτον εὐχαρίστησεν τῷ θεῷ ἐνώπιον πάντων, καὶ κλάσας 
aleaf he gave thanks {ο αοᾶ _ before all, and having broken [10] 
ἤρξατο ἐσθίειν. 86 εὔθυμοι.δὲ ενόµενοι πάντες καὶ av- 
began to eat. And ‘of Σροοᾷ Scheer 7having *hecome ‘all also them- 
τοὶ προσελάβοντο τροφῆς 37 lipev'dé πὲν τῷ πλοίῳ at 
food, 


ACTS. 
Εοὐδενὸς' γὰρ ὑμῶν θρὶξ Mex" 
for of no one ofyou ahair of 


ταῦτα καὶ λαβὼν 
And having said these things and having taken 


selves took Andwewere in the ship‘ *the 
πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ" διακόσιαι  "ἑβδομηκονταέζ." 88 κορεσθέντες δὲ 
tall souls two hundred {and} _ seventy six. And being satisfied 


τροφῆς ἐκούφιζον τὸ πλοῖον, ἐκβαλλόμενοι τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν 
with food they lightened the _ ship, casting out the wheat into ‘the 
θάλασσαν. 89 Ὅτε δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο τὴν γῆν οὐκ.ἐπεγίνωσκον' 

sea. And when “day Vit*was the land they did not recognize ; 
κόλπον.δξ τινα κατενόουν ἔχοντα αἰγιαλόν, εἰς ὃν “ἔβου- 
but α αγ ‘certain they perceived having a shore, on which they 
λεύσαντοὶ εἰ δύναιντο ἐξῶσαι τὸ πλοῖον. 40 καὶ τὰς 


purposed if they should be able todrive the ship ; and ‘the 
ἀγκύρας περιελόντες εἴων εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. ἅμα 


Sanchors the at the same time 


ἀνέντες τὰς ζευκτηρίας τῶν πηδαλίων" καὶ ἐπάραντες τὸν 
having loosened the bands of the rudders, and having hoisted the 


Papréuova" τῇ πνεούσῃ κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν. 41 περι- 
foresail tothe wind they made for the shore. *Having 


πεσόντες δὲ εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον “ἐπώκειλαν" τὴν ναῦν' 


*having “οαῦ away they left in sea, 


5fallen tand into a place where two seas-met they ran aground the " vessel; 
καὶ ἡ μὲν πρώρα ἐρείσασα ἔμεινεν ἀσάλευτος, 17-08 
and the prow having stuck fast remained immovable, but the 


πρύμνα ἐλύετο ὑπὸ τῆς βίας ττῶν κυμάτων." 42 τῶν δὲ 


stern was broken by the violence of the waves. And of the 
στρατιωτῶν βουλὴ ἐγένετο ἵνα τοὺς δεσμώτας ἀποκτείνωσιν, 
soldiers {the] counsel + was that the prisoners’ they should kill, 


µήτις ἐκκολυμβήσας "διαφύγοι 48 ὁ δὲ ἱἑκατόνταρχος" 
lest anyone ἨὨατίης ΑπαΏι out should escape. But the centurion 
βουλόμενος διασῶσαι τὸν Παὔῦλον ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ 
desiring to save Paul hindered them of [their] 
, ay , a r . ~ ? ? 
βουλήματος, ἐκέλευσέν.τε τοὺς δυναμένους κολυμβᾷν, ᾿ἀποῤ- 
purpose, and commanded those being able to swim, having 
ε, ΄ \ i ~ \ \ 
ῥίψαντας" -πρώτους, ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐξιέναι, 44 καὶ τοὺς 
cast [themselves] off first, on the land to go out; and the 
λοιπούς, οὓς μὲν ἐπὶ σανίσιν οὓς δὲ ἐπί τινων τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ 
rest, some indeed on boards andothers on somethings «from the 
πλοίου" καὶ οὕτως ἐγένετο πάντας διασωθῆναι ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. 
ship; and thus itcametopass all werebroughtsafely to the land. 
28 Καὶ διασωθέντες τότε ἐπέγνωσαν" ὅτι Μελίτη ἡ 
And having been saved then they knew that Melita the 
νῆσος .καλεῖται. 2 Οἱ3δὲ βάρβαροι Σπαρεῖχονὶ οὐ τὴν 
island is called. And the barbarians shewed no 
τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν' Ξἀνάψαντες' γὰρ πυράν προσ- 
common philanthropy tous; for having kindled a fire they 


399 


health : for there shall 
not an hair fall from 
the head of any of you. 
35 And when he had 
thus spoken, he took 
bread, and gave thanks 


‘to God in presence of 


them all: and when 
he had broken 7/, he be- 
gan to eat. 36 Then 
were they all of good 
cheer, and they also 
took some meat. 37And 
we -were in all in 
the ship two hundred 
thréescore and sixteen 
souls, 38 And when ’ 
they had eaten enough, 
they lightened the 
ship, and cast out the 
wheat into the sea. 
39 And when 165 was 
day, they knew not 
the land:: but they 
discovered a certain 
creek with a shore, 
into the which they 
were minded, ifit were 
possible, to thrust in 
the ship. 40 And when 
they had taken up the 
anchors, they commit- 
ted themselves unto 
the sea, and loosed the 
rudder bands, and 
hoised up the mainsail 
to the wind, and made 
toward shore, 41 And 
falling into a place 
where two seas met, 
they ran the ship a- 
ground ; and the fore- 
part stuck fast, and 
remained unmoyveable, 
but’ the hinder part 
was broken with the 
violence of the waves. 
42And the soldiers’ 
counsel was to kill 
the prisoners, lest any 
of them should swim 
out, and escape. 43 But 
the centurion, willing. 
to save Paul, kept 
them from their pur- 
pose ; and command- 
ed that they which 
could swim should 
cast themselves first 
into the sea, and get 
to land: 44and the 
rest, some on boards, 
and some on oken 
pieces of the ship. And 
so it came to pass, 
that they escaped all 
safe to land. 


XXVIII. And when 
they were escaped,then 
they knew that the 
island was called Me- 
lita. 2 And the barbar- 
ous people shewed us 
no little kindness: for 
they kindled a fire, 





Εξ οὐθεψὸς L. 


ς h ἀπὸ LTTrA. i ἀπολεῖται Shall perish GLTTraw. 
1 ἤμεθα LTTraw. 


I ™ αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ LTTrAW. 
ο ἐβουλεύοντο ΙΤΤτΑΥΓ. Ρ ἀρτέμωνα LTT: AW. 
ΕΤ Τ.Α]. 3 διαφύγῃ ΟΙΤΤ:ΑΥΓ. 

We kuew Lrtraw. Στε LTTrAW. 


q επέκειλαν LTTrA. 
ἕ ἑκατοντάρχης LTTrA, 
 παρειχαν LITrA, 


ν ἀπορίψαντας 1. 
2 ἅψαντες LTTrAW. 


k εἴπας LTTrA. 


Ὁ ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ GLTTrW. 


το τῶν κυμάτων 
> ΄ 
W επεγνωµεν 


400 


and received us every 
one, because of the pre- 
gent rain, and because 
of the cold. 3And 
when Paul had ga- 
thered a bundle of 
sticks, and laid them 
on the fire, there 
came ἢ viper out of 
the heat, and fastened 
on his hand. 4 And 
when the barbarians 
saw the venonous 
beast hang on _ his 
hand, they said among 
themselves, No doubt 
this man is a mur- 
derer, whom, though 
he hath escaped the 
sea, yet vengeance 
suffereth not to live. 
5 And he shook off the 
beast into the fire, and 
felt no harm. 6 How- 
beit they looked when 
he should have swol- 
len, or fallen down 
dead suddenly: but 
after they had looked 
a great while, and saw 
no harm come to him, 
they changed their 
minds, and said that 
he was a god. 7 In the 
same quarters were 
possessions of the chief 
man of the island, 
whose nanie was Pub- 
lius ; who received us, 
and lodged us three 
days courteously. 
8 And it came to pass, 
that the father of Pub- 
lius lay sick of afever 
and of a bloody fiux: to 
whom Paulentered in, 
and prayed, and laid 
his hands on him, and 
healed him. 9 So 
when this was done, 
others also, which had 
diseases in the island, 
came, and were healed: 
10 who also honoured 
us with many hon- 
ours; and when we 
departed, they laded 
us with such things as 
were necessary. 


11 And after three 
months we departedin 
a ship of Alexandria, 
which had wintered in 
the isle, whose sign 
was Castor and Pol- 
lux. 12 And landing 
at Syracuse, we tar- 
ried there three days, 
13 And from thence we 
fetched a compass,and 
came to Rhegium: and 


” J ‘ , 
ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν. 


IPAS EIS. XXVIII 


, , € ~ ‘ 4 Ἐὰν τὴς ‘ 3 - 4 
ελάβοντο πάντας ἡμᾶς, διὰ τὸν ὑετὸν τὸν ἐφεστῶτα καὶ 
reccived all ofus, becauseof the rain that was present ana 

‘ δι ~ 7 ἧς 

διὰ τὸ ψύχος. 8 Συστρέψαντος.δὲ τοῦ Παύλου φρυγάνων 

because of the cold. And “having *gathered 1 Pal Sof ‘sticks 
~ ‘ ? , ? \ ‘ A ” ὃ “Ὁ ή -» 
πλῆθος, καὶ ἐπιθέντος ἐπὶ τὴν πυρὰν ἔχιδνα "ἐκ" τῆς 
4a°quantity,and having laid [them] on the’ fire ayviper out of the 
θέρμης “ἐξελθοῦσα! καθῆψεν τῆς.χειρὸς αὐτοῦ. 4 ὡς δὲ “sidov" 
heat having come wound about his hand, And when “saw 
οἱ βάρβαροι κρεμάμενον τὸ θηρίον ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ © 
‘the “barbarians Shanging *the ‘*beast from his hand 
” ‘ , / , ΄ς » 
εἔλεγον πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος 
they said to oneanother, By allmeansa murderer is 7inan 
τ εν / ? ~ , ε , yt ᾽ 
οὗτος, ὃν διασωθέντα ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ δίκη ζῇν οὐκ 
‘this, whom having been saved from the sea justice *to *live “not 
εἴασεν. ὃ Ὁ μὲν οὖν ἰἀποτινάξας" τὸ θηρίον εἰς TO TU 
‘permitted. He, indeed, then having shaken off the beast in.o the fire 
6 οἱ δὲ προσεδόκων αὐτὸν μέλλειν 
: τ " 

But they were expecting him _ to be about 
ἐπίμπρασθαι' ἣ καταπίπτειν ἄφνω νεκρόν. — émi-mortwé 
to become inflamed or tofalldown suddenly dead. But for a Ίος time: 


suffered no injury. 


αὐτῶν προσδοκώντων καὶ θεωρούντων μηδὲν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτὸν 
they expecting and seeing nothing amiss to him 


γινόμενον, Ἀμεταβαλλόμενοιϊ ἔλεγον Ἰθεὺν αὐτὸν εἶναι." 


happening, changing their opinion suid a god he was. 
7 Ἐν δὲ τοῖς περὶ τὸὺν.τόπον ἐκεῖνον ὑπῆρχεν χωρία 
Νου in the [parts] about that place were lauds 
τῷ πρωτῳ τῆς νήσου, ὀνόματι Ποπλίῳ, ὃς ἀνα- 


belonging tothe chief of the island, by name Publius, who having 


δεξάμενος ἡμᾶς Ἀτρεῖς ἡμέρας" Φφιλοφρόνως ἐξένισεν. 
received us three days in a friendly way lodged [8]. 


8 ἐγένετο.δὲ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ Ποπλίου πυρετοῖς Kai ἰδυσεν- 
Απᾶ 165 happened the father of Publius *fovers Sand ®dysen- 


τερίᾳ! συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι: πρὸς ὃν ὁ Παῦλος εἰσελ- 
tery oppressed *with ay, to whom Paul having en- 
|) ‘ ve? ~ ~ [ο 
θὼν καὶ προσευξάµενος, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ ἰάσατο 
tered and having prayed, having laid on [*his] Shands 7Vhim cured 
΄, \ ε ‘ , 
αὐτόν. 9 τούτου “oby' γενομένου καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ "ἔχοι- 
him, This therefore haying taken place alsothe rest who had 
is / 7 ~ / 
τες ἀσθενείας ἐν τῇ νήσῳ" προσήρχοντο καὶ ἐθεραπεύοντο 
infirmities in the island came and were healed : 


an ‘ ~ ~ ᾽ , ε ~ ‘ ? f 
10 ot καὶ πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἀναγομένοις 


who also with many: honours honoured us, and on setting sail 
ἐπέθεντο τὰ πρὸς “τὴν χρείαν." 
they laid on [us] the things for [our] need. 
11 Μετὰ δὲ τρεῖς μῆνας ἀνήχθημεν ἐν πλοίῳ παρακεχει- 
2 ͵ 
Andafter three months we sailed in aship which had 
/ ? ~ ’ ᾽ , ΄ 
μακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ, ᾿Αλεξανδρίνῳ, παρασήμῳ Διοσκούροις" 
wintered in the island, an Alexandrian, withanensign [{Π0] Dioscuri. 


12 καὶ καταχθέντες εἰς Συρακούσας ἐπεμείναμεν Ῥὴμέρας 
And having been brought to at Syracuse we remained “days 
ee { , , ? / ‘ 

τρεῖς" 19 ὅθεν περιελθόντες κατηντήσαµεν εἰς Ῥήγιον, καὶ 

‘three, Whence having goneround wearrived at RBhegium; and 





* + τι (read a certain quantity) Lrrraw. 

© πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔλεγον LITrA. 
h ΄ ve 
μεταβαλόμενοι Tra, 


4 εἶδαν Tr. 


LTTrAw. 


r ™ δὲ and (this) trrra. 
χρείας needs LTT: AW. 


Ὁ ἀπὸ from LTTrAW. ο διεξελθοῦσα AW. 
IS | { ἀποτιναξάµενος W. 8 ἐμπιπρᾶσθαι T. 
1 αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν LTTrAW. Κ ἡμέρας τρεῖς Α. 1 δυσεντερίῳ 

} τ΄ Ὁ ἐν τῇ νήσῳ ἔχοντες ἀσθενείας Ι.ΊΤΓΑ. ο τὰς 
Ρ ἡμέραις τρισίν L. 


ACTS. 


νότου 


XXVIII. 


μετὰ μίαν ἡμέραν ἐπιγενομένου δευτεραῖοι 


after one day, *having °come Soa ‘a *south *wind. on the second day 
, τ πες 5 > 

ἤλθομεν εις Ποτιόλους 14 οὗ εὑρόντες ἀδελφοὺς παρε- 

wecame to Puteoli ; where having found brethren we were 


7 > ~ ~ « ia { Lor ‘ ef > 
κλήθηµεν "ἐπ᾽" αὐτοῖς ἐπιμεῖναι ἡμέρας ἑπτά: καὶ οὕτως "εἰς 
entreated Swith *them 'to’remain ‘days ‘seven, And thus to 
τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλθομεν." 15 κἀκεῖθεν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἀκούσαντες 

Rome we came, Andtbence the brethren having heard 
‘ « ~ ~ ? ? / ς - » 
τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν "ἐξῆλθον" εἰς ἀπάντησιν ἡμῖν ἱάχρις" 
the things concerning us came out to meet us as far as 
, - ΄ 4 ~ ~ εν 2 3 ε ~ 
᾽Αππίου Φόρου Kai Τριῶν ΓΤαβερνῶν' οὓς ἰδὼν ὁ Παῦ- 
Γίπο] market-place of Appius and Three Taverns; whom seeing ‘Paul, 
λος, εὐχαριστήσας τῷ θεῷ ἔλαβεν θάρσος. 
having given thanks to God hetook courage. 
16 “Οτεδὲ "ἠλθομεν" εἰς ἡ Ῥώμην Σὸ ἑκατόνταρχος παρέ- 
And when πο came to Rome __ the centurion de- 
ὃ ὺς δεσμί ῷ δάρχῃ"" στῷ δὲ Παύλ 
WKEV τους εἔσμιους τῷ στρατοτπε αρχΏ τῳ.οεχιαὺ ῳ 
livered the prisoners to the commander of the camp, but Paul 
ἐπετράπη" μένειν καθ’. ἑαυτόν, σὺν. τῷ φυλάσσοντι αὐτὸν 
wasallowed toremain by himself, with the *who “Κορὺ *him 
, ? A ς ~ [ή 
στρατιώτῃ. 17 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ μετὰ ἡμέρας τρεῖς 7συγκαλεσασ- 


*soldier. Anditcametopass after “days ‘three *called *to- 
Oa" ὅτὸν Παῦλον! τοὺς ὄντας τῶν ᾿ουδαίων πρώτους" 


those who were “of *the 5Jews 1chief *ones. 


αὐτῶν ἔλεγεν πρὸς αὐτούς, >” Ανδρες 


gether 7Paul 
συνελθόντων δὲ 


And having *come *together ‘they he said to them, Men 
ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ! οὐδὲν ἐναντίον ποιήσας τῷ λαῷ ἢ τοῖς 
brethren, I ®nothing ‘against ‘having 34οπθ the people ος the 


» ~ ’ “ ? ε , , 
ἔθεσιν τοῖς πατρῴοις δέσμιος ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην 
2customs ‘ancestral a prisoner from Jerusalem was delivered 
εἰς τὰς χεῖρας THY Ῥωμαίων" 18 οἵτινες ἀνακρίναντές µε 
into the hands ofthe Romans, who having examined me 
? ‘ ᾽ ~ 4 4 / > / , 
ἐβούλοντο ἀπολῦσαι, διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου 

wished to let [me] go, because not one cause of death 
« ΄ ? ? / ? / \ ~ ᾽ / 
ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί. 19 ἀντιλεγόντων. δὲ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων 
was there 1η me. _ But “speaking ‘against [516] ‘the 2Jews 
ἠναγκάσθην ἐπικαλέσασθαι Καίσαρα, οὐχ ὡς τοῦ.ἔθνους.μου 
I was compelled to appeal to Cesar, not as Smy 7nation 


ἔχων τι -«κατηγορῆσαι.ὶ 20 διὰ ταύτην οὖν τὴν αἰτίαν 
thaving “anything “to *lay °against. For this therefore *cause 
d 


παρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς ἰδεῖν καὶ προσλαλῆσαι' ἕνεκεν" γὰρ 

«1 called for you tosee and tospeak to [you]; for on account of 

γῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ Ισραήλ τὴν.ἄλυσιν.ταύτην περίκειµαι. 

the hope of Israel this chain I have around [me]. 

21 Οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν "εἶπον,ὶ Ἡμεῖς οὔτε γράμματα Γπερὶ 
Andthey to him said, We neither letters concerning 

σοῦ ἐδεξάμεθα" ἀπὸ τῆς Ιουδαίας οὔτε παραγενόµενός τις 


thee received from Judea, nor having arrived any one 

~ > ~ ? / Ἅ 3 ’ / ΔΝ ὌΝ 
τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀπήγγειλεν ἢ ἐλάλησέν τι περὶ σοῦ 
ofthe brethren reported or said anything concerning *thee 


πονηρόν. 22 ἀζιοῦμεν.δὲ παρὰ σοῦ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ 


φρονεῖς" 
evil, But we think well from _ thee 


to hear what thou thinkest, 





α παρ᾽ ΗΤΤΑ. ” ἤλθαμεν εἰς Ῥώμην L; εἰς την Ρώμην ἤλθαμεν TTrA. 
ἦλθον 1. ΦἀῸἧἄχρι ΤΊτΑ. ἰ 
* — ὃ ἑκατόνταρχος .... στρατοπεδάρχῃ ΙΤΊΤΑ. 
* συν- π. 3 αὐτὸν he @LTTraw. 


υ ᾿Εγώ, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, LITra, 
4 εἵνεκεν T. ο εἶπαν LTTrA, 


f ἐδεξάμεθα περὶ σοῦ L 


401 


after one day the 
south wind blew, 
and we came _ the 
next day to Puteoli: 
14 where we found 
brethren, and were de- 
sired to tarry with 
them seven days: and 
so we went toward 
Rome. 15 And from 
thence, when the bre- 
thren heard of us, they 
came to meet us as far 
as Appii forum, and 
The three taverns: 
whom when Paul saw, 
he thanked God, and 
took courage, 


16 And ,when we 
came to ome, the 
centurion delivered 
the ‘prisoners to the 
captain of the guard: 
but Paul was suffered 
to dwell by himself 
with a soldier that 
kept him. 17 And it 
came to pass, that after 
three days Paul called 
the chief of the Jews 
together: and when 
they were come toge- 
ther,hesaid unto them, 
Men and _ brethren, 
though I have com- 
mitted nothing against 
the people, or customs 
of our fathers, yet 
was I delivered pri- 
soner from Jerusalem 
into the hands of the 
Romans, 18 Who, when 


‘they had examined me, 


would have let me go, 
because there was no 
cause of death in me, 
19 But when the Jews 
spake against 7¢, I was 
constrained to appeal 
unto Ceesar ; not that 
1 had ought to accuse 
my nation of. ‘20 For 
this cause thercfore 
have I called for you, 
to see you, and to 
speak with you: be- 
cause that for the hope 
of Israel I am bound 
with thischain. 21 And 
they said unto him, 
We neither received 
letters out of Judzxa 
concerning thee, nci- 
ther any of the bre- 
thren that came shew- 
ed or spake any harm 
of thee. 22 But we 
desire to hear of thee 
what thou thinkest: 





8 ἦλθαν Came ΤΎΤΑ : 
Σ εἰσήλθομεν WE CaMe ill LTA; εἰσήλθαμεν Tr. 


ν + τὴν Τ. 


Υ ἐπετράπη τῷ Παύλῳ (omit but) LrTra. 


ο κατηγορεῖν 11ΤιΑ. 


DD 


405 


for as concerning this 
seet, we know that 
every where it is spo- 
ken against. 23 And 
when they had ap- 
pointed him a day, 
there came many to 
him into his lodging ; 
to whom he expounded 
and testified the king- 
dom of God, persuad- 
ing them concerning 
Jesus, both out of the 
lnw of Moses, and out 
of the prophets, from 
morning till evening. 
21 And some believed 
the things which were 
spoken, and some be- 
lieved not. 25 And 
when they agreed not 
anonug themselves, 
th-y departed, after 
that Paul had spoken 
one word, Well spake 
the Holy Ghost .by 
Esiuias the prophet un- 
to our fathers, 26 say- 
inz, Go unto this peo- 
ple, and say, Hearing 
ye shall hear, and shall 
not understand; and 
secing ye shall see, and 
not perceive: 27 for 
the lieart of this Ῥεο- 
ple is waxed gross, 
and. their ears are 
dull of hearing, and 
their eyes have they 
closed; test they should 
see with thew eyes, 
und hear -with their 
ears, and understand 
with their heart, and 
should be converted, 
and I should heal 
them. 28 Be it known 
therefore unto you, 
that the salvation of 
God is sent unto the 
Gentiles, and that they 
will hear it. 29 And 
when he had said 
these words, the Jews 


departed, and had 
great reasoning among 
themselves. 


30 And Paul dwelt 
two whole years in his 
own hired house, and 
received all that came 
in unto him, 31 preach- 
ing the kingdom of 
God,and tenching those 
things which concern 
the Lord Jesus Christ, 
with all confidence, 
no man _ forbidding 
him. 





8 ἡμῖν ἐστιν LTTrA, 


τὸ ὑμῶν your LTTrA, 
η ὑμῖν ἔστω A, 
τ ἨἘνέμειγεν TTrA. 


πρΡΑ ΕΡΙΣ, XKVHE 


~ . ψ' ᾽ - 
τῆς.αἱρέσεως.ταύτης γνωστόν ξέστιν ἡμῖν" 
this sect known it is tous 
23 Ταξάμενοι.δὲ αὐτῷ ἡμέραν 
that ΟΥ̓́Θ Ποῦ itis spoken against. And having appointed him a day 
Νήκον" πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν Eeviay πλείονες" οἷς. ἐξετίθετο 
came to him to the lodging many, to whom he expounded, 
διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, πείθων.τε αὐτοὺς 
fully testifying the kingdom of God, and persuading them 
irq" περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἀπύ.τε τοῦ νόµου ἘΜωσέως" 
the things concerning Jesus, both from the law of Moses 
‘ ~ ~ 4 M ' « / < 
καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, ἀπὸ Tpwi ἕως ἑσπέρας. 24 καὶ οἱ 


περὶ. μὲν». γὰρ 
for indeed as concerning 
/ - , 
OTL πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται. 


andthe prophets, from morning te evening. And some 
A , “ / € ι ΄ 

μὲν ἐπείθοντο τοῖς « λεγομένοις, οἱ δὲ ἠπίστουν. 

indeed were persuaded of the things  ΒΡΟΚΕΠ, but some  disbelicved. 


νε 5” ‘ ». ’ ’ > ’ 
25 ἀσύμφωνοι δὲ'.ὄντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀπελύοντο, εἰπόν- 


And disagrecing with one another they departed; ‘having 
τος τοῦ Παύλου ῥῆμα ἕν, Ὅτι καλῶς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον 
ΞΕ ΡΟΚΘΩ 1Paul ~- ‘word. *one, Well the Spirit the Holy 


? ΄ ‘ “ ~ , 4 ‘ , 
ἐλάλησεν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου προς τοὺς πατερας. 


spoke by Esaias the prophet to “fathers 
mov," 26 "λέγον," Πορεύθητι πρὸς τὸν λαὸν. τοῦτον καὶ 
*our, saying, Go to this people, and 
ο > ᾿ Π > ~ >? ’ ‘ > ~A ~ - \ λέ 
εἰπε," ᾿Ακοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ. μὴ συνῆτε' καὶ βλέποντες 
say, In hearing 7ο shall hear, and in no wise understand, and seeing 
βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 27 ἐπαχύνθη.γὰρ ἡ καρδία 
ye shall see, and in no wise perceive. For has grown fat the heart 
τοῦ.λαοῦ. τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ 
of this people; and with the ears heavily they have heard, and 
τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς.αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν' μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς 
their eyes they have closed, lest theyshouldsee with the 
ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 
eyes, and with the ears they should hear, and with the heart 
συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν, καὶ Ῥίάσωμαι" αὐτούς. 
they should understand, and should be converted, and 1 Βῃοι]ὰ heal them. 
28 Γνωστὸν οὖν “ἔστω ὑμῖν," ὅτι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη Σ 
Known therefore beit toyou, that tothe nations is sent 
τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ, αὐτοὶ καὶ ἀκούσονται. 29*Kai ταῦτα 
the salvation of God; and they will hear. And these things 
αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος ἀπῆλθον ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, πολλὴν ἔχοντες ἐν 
he having said *went*away 86 Jews, ®‘much ‘having Samong 
ἑαυτοῖς, συζήτησιν." 
Σέποιηςο]γες ‘discussion. 
90 "Ἔμεινεν δὲ Yo Παῦλος" διετίαν ὅλην ἐν ἰδίῳ µισ- 
And “abode 1Paul two “years ‘whole in his own hired 
θώματι, καὶ ἀπεδέχετο πάντας τοὺς εἰσπορευομένους πρὸς 
house, .| and welcomed all who came ἐπ to 
αὐτόν. 31 κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ διδάσκων 
him, proclaiming the kingdom of God, and teaching 
‘ ‘ ~ , ? we w νι Π , εἰ 
τα περι του κυριου Inoov χριστοῦ," μετὰ πάσης 
the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ, with τ all 
παῤῥησίας ἀκωλύτως. 3 
freedom unhinderedly, 


Β ἦλθον LITTA, ἷ -- τὰ LTTrA, 
Ὁ λέγων ΤΊτΑ. 5 εἰπόν GLTTrAWe 
¥ + τοῦτο (read this salvation) LTTrA. 
*¥ — ὃ Παῦλος (read he abode) @Lrrraw. 





Κ Mwicéws GLTTrAW. ἴἧἴτε τ. 
P ἰάσομαι I shall heal ΤΤτΑ. 
8 — verse 29 LTTrA, 

W — χριστοῦ T, 


Σ + Πραξεις Αποστόλων Tra, 


"ΠΑΥΛΟΥ TOY ἈΠΟΣΤΌΛΟΥ Ἡ ΠΡΟΣ ΡΩΜΑΙΟΥΣ 
40Ε ‘PAUL ‘THE ©APOSTLE “THE "TO [ΤΗΕ] *ROMANS 
ENIZTOAH.", 

*EPISTLE: 





ΠΑΥΛΟΣ δοῦλος 'Inood χριστοῦ," κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφω- 
Paul, bondman of Jesus Christ, a called apostle, sepa- 
ρισµένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον θεοῦ, 2 ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ 
rated to glad tidings of God, 
τῶν. προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν γραφαῖς ἁγίαις, J περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ 
his prophets in “writings ‘holy, concerning ?Son 
αὐτοῦ, τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος «Δαβὶδὶ κατὰ 
‘his, who came of [the] seed of David according to 
σάρκα, 4 τοῦ ὁρισθέντος υἱοῦ θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει, κατὰ 
flesh, who was marked out Son of God in power, according to [the] 
Ὁ ’ ? ? Ss .~ 2 ~ ~ 
πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης, ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν, ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ 
Spirit of holiness, by | resurrection of [the] dead— Jesus Christ 
τοῦ. κυρίου ἡμῶν, ὃ δι οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν 
our Lord; by whom we received ΄ grace and _  apostleship 
εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ὑπὲρ τοῦ 
unto obedience offaith among all the nations, in behalf of 
ὀνόματου: αὐτοῦ, 6 ἐν οἷς ἐστε καὶ ὑμεῖς, κλητοὶ ᾿Ιησοῦ 
his name, among whom 419 also ye, called of Jesus 
χριστοῦ". 7 πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ ἀγαπητοῖς, θεοῦ, 
hrist Σ toall Ό]οςο Πο are in Rome ‘beloved of God, 
κλητοῖς ἁγίοις" χάρις ὑμῖν Kai εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 
called saints: grace toyou and peace from God our Father 
καὶ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 
and Lord Jesus. Christ. 
~ x : cs ~ ~ - ᾽ - ~ 
ὃ Πρῶτον μὲν εὐχαριστῶ τῷ θεῷ-μου διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ 
First, 1 thank my αοᾶ through Jesus Christ 
- ’ Ἱ , A ~ ε / ς ~ , ? 
ὑπὲρ' πάντων ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἡ.πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν 
{ου 2411 *you, , that your faith is announced in 
t ~ ΄ > ‘ € , © , 
Ap τῷ κόσμῳ" 9 µάρτυς.γάρ = ἐστὶν ὁ θεός, ᾧ λατρεύω 
*whole'the world; for *witness ye ΙΕ 7God, whom 1 serve 
ἐν τῷ.πνεύματίµου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ. υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, WC 
ip my spirit in the glad tidings of his Son, how 
7 ΄ , ~ ~ / 2 ‘ ~ 
ἀδιαλείπτως μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι, 10 πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν 
uneea: ingly mention of you I make, always at 
προσευχῶν.μου δεόμενος, “εἴπως" ἤδη ποτὲ εὐοδωθήσομαι 
bly prayers beseeching, if by any means now at lengthI shall be prospered 
~ , ~ Ίων ὦ ΕΞ 4 ε aS 3 - η 
ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς" 11 ἐπιποθῶ.γὰρ 
by the will of God tocome _ to you. For I long 
ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς, ἵνα τι μεταδῶ χάρισμα ὑμῖν πνευματικὸν; 
tosee you, that some°Il*may impart gift Sto 7you Mspiritual,. 
εἰς TO στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς, 19 τοῦτο. δέ. ἐστιν, 'συμπαρα- 
to the [επά] *be*established ‘ye, that is, to be comforted 


d 


® Παύλου Ἐπιστολὴ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους α; Πρὸς Ῥω. v5 x 
Epistles of Paul. Ίο [the] Romans ttr. Ὁ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ τς, 
Δαυὶδ ανν. ἆ περὶ LITrAW. ε εἴ πως LTrA. Γσυν- TA, 


which he before promised through. 


TAW ; ᾿Ἐπιστολαὶι Παύλου. 


PAUL, a servant of 
Jesus Christ, called to 
be an apostle, separat- 
ed unto the gospel of 
God, 2 (which he had 
promised afore by his 
prophets in the holy 
scriptures,) 3 concern- 
ing his Son Jesus 
Christ our Lord, which 
was made of the seed 
of David according to 
the flesh; 4 and de- 
clared to be the Son of 
God with power, ac- 
cording to the spirit of 
holiness, by the resur- 
rection from the dead : 
9. by whom we have 
received grace and 
apostleship, for obedi- 
ence to the faith a- 
mong all nations, for 
his name: 6 among 
whom are ye also the 
called of Jesus Christ: 
7 to all that be in 
Rome, beloved of God, 
called to be saints: 
Grace to youand peace 
fron: God our Father, 
and the Lord Jesus 
Christ. 


8 First, I thank my 
God through Jesus 
Christ for you all, that 
your faith is spoken of 
throughout the whole 
world. 9 For God is 
my witness, whom 1 
serve with my spirit 
in the gospel of his 
Son, that without 
ceasing I make men- 
tion of you always in 
my prayers; 10 mak- 
ing request, if by any 
means now at length 
I might have a pros- 
perous journcy by the 
will of God to come 
unto you. 1 For J 
long to see you, that Τ 
may impart unto you 
some spiritual gift, to 
the end ye may be es- 
tablished ; 12 that is, 
that I may be com- 
forted together with 





Πρὸς ‘Pw. 
ο Δανειὸ Lidra ς 


404 


you by the mutual 
faith both of you and 
me. 13 Now I would 
not have you ignorant, 
brethren, that often- 
times I purposed to 
come unto you, (but 
was let hitherto,) that 
I might have some 
fruit among you also, 
even as among other 
Gentiles. 141 am 
debtor both to the 
Greeks, and to the 
Barbarians ; both to 
the wise, and to the 
- unwise. 15 So, as much 
as in me is, lam ready 
to preach the gospel to 
you that are at Rome 
also. 16 For I am not 


ashamed of the gospel 7 


of Christ : for it is the 
power of God unto 
salvation to every one 
that believeth ; to the 
Jew first, and also to 
the Greek. 17 For 
therein is the right- 
eousness of God re- 
vealed from faith to 
faith: asit is written, 
The just shall live by 
faith. 


18 For the wrath of 
God is revealed from 
heaven against all 
ungodliness and un- 
righteousness of men, 
who hold the truth 
in unrighteousness ; 
19 because that which 
may be known of God 
is manifest in them; 
for God hath shewed 
tt unto them, 20 For 
the invisible things of 
him from the creation 
of the world are clearly 
seen, being understood 
by the things that are 
made, even his eternal 
power and Godhead ; 
so that they are with- 
out excuse : 2] because 
that, when they knew 
God, they glorified 
him not as God, nei- 
ther were thankful; 
but became vain in 
their imaginations, 
and their foolish heart 
was darkened. 22 Pro- 
fessing themselves to 

wise, they became 
fools, 23 and changed 
“ the glory of the un- 
corruptible God into 
an image made like to 
corruptible man, and 
to birds, and fourfoot- 
ed beasts, and creep- 
ing things. 24 Where- 
fore God also gave 
them up to unclean- 
ness through the lusts 
of their own hearts, to 


- 


ΠΡΟΣ ΡΟΜΑΙΟΥ Σ, 1. 


κληθῆναι" ἐν ὑμῖν διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως ὑμῶν.τε 


together among you, through the *in “one ‘another ‘faith, both yours 

᾿ ω > δ pte ~ ~ ᾽ Πα ἢ 
καὶ ἐμοῦ" 19 οὐ.θέλω.δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι πολ- 
and mine. But Ido not wish you~ tobe ignorant, brethren, that many ι 


, ῃ > ~ 4 ε ~ oy ? / » / ~ 
λάκις προεθέμην ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρί τοῦ 
times Iproposed tocome to you, ‘and,was hindered until the 
ο. ~ / , ~ A 3 « ~ 4 
δεῦρο, ἵνα Εκαρπόν Twa" σχῶ καὶ εν ὕμιν, καθως 
present, that “fruit 1some I might have also among you, according as 

‘ ~ ~ 3” / ΄ ‘ , 
καὶ ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν., 14 “Ἑλλησίν. τε καὶ βαρβάροις, 
also among the other nations, Both toGreeks and barbarians, 

~ η ? / . / «“ \ a τα 
σοφοῖς.τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις, ὀφειλέτης εἰμί" 16 οὕτως τὸ κατ ἐμὲ 
bothtuwise and unintelligent, adebtor Lam: so asto. me 
, \ ~ ~ ε , ? 

πρόθυμον καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς ἐν Ῥώμῃ εὐαγ- 
readiness “also ο γοθι who [8410] “in ὝἜοπιο “to *announce 
16 οὐ γὰρ. ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον "τοῦ 
For I am not ashamed of the gladtidings of the 

τῷ 


salvation {ο every one that 


(there is] 


γελίσασθαι. 
the glad tidings. 
χριστοῦ" δύναμις.γὰρ θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ 
Christ : for power οὗ God itis unto 
πιστεύοντι, ᾿Ιουδαίῳ.τε Ἰπρῶτον" καὶ Ἕλληνι." 17 δικαιοσύνη 
believes, both to Jew first and to Greek: ?righteousness 
ap θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν, 

‘for of God in it is revealed by faith to faith; 

A , ε ι , η , , 

καθὼς γέγραπται, -Ὁ-δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται. 

according as it has been written, But πο just by faith shall live: 
18 ᾽Αποκαλύπτεται.γὰρ ὀργὴ θεοῦ ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν 

For there is revealed wrath of God from heaven upon all 

ΕΝ, \ ? / 2 κ ~ \ 17 ? 
ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν 


ungodliness andunrighteousness of men who the truth in 
ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων, 19 διότι τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ 
unrighteousness hold. Because that which is known of God 


φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὁ ξγὰρ.θεὸς" αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν" 
“manifest ‘is among them, for God tothem manifested [it]; 
20 τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως. Κκύσµου τοῖς 
forthe invisiblethings ofhim from _ creation ο [πε] world by the 
ποιήμασιν. νοούμενα καθορᾶται, ἥ.τε ἀΐδιος αὐτόῦ δύνα- 
things made being understood areperceived, both “eternal ‘his power 
µις καὶ θειότης, εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους. 21 διότι 
and divinity; for "to “be *them without excuse. Because 
΄ ‘ ΄ ἔμ , / 
γνόντες τὸν θεόν, οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν ἢ Ἱεὐχαρίσ- 
having known God, not as God they glorified [him] or were thank- 
τησαν,! ™adX’" ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς. διαλογισμοῖς. αὐτῶν, καὶ 
ful; but became vain in their reasonings, - and 
ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία" 32 φάσκοντες 
was dark-ned the *without *understanding *of *them “heart: professing 
εἶναι σοφοὶ ἐμωράνθησαν, 23 καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ 
tobe wise they became fools, and changed the glory ofthe 
ἀφθάρτου θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου 
incorruptible God into alikeness of an image of corruptible man 
καὶ πετεινῶν καὶ τετραπόδων Kai ἑρπετῶν. 24 διὸ "καὶ" 
and oofbirds and  quadrupeds and creeping things. Wherefore also 
4 \ « ‘ ~ / ~ ~ 
παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν.καρδιῶν.αὐ- 
2gave *up them God in the desires of their hearts 
τῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν, τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τα.σώµατα αὐτῶν ἐν 
to uncleanness, %to*be *dishonoured ‘their “bodies between 


- 





Ε τινὰ καρπὸν GLTTrAW. 
πὐχαρίστησαν GLTTrA. 


& — τοῦ χριστοῦ GLTTrAW. 


-- τὸ ἱ [πρῶτον] L, “* θεὸς γὰρ GLITrAW 
™ αλλα Tr, 


2 — καὶ LTTr[a]. 


— 


ἕω 


Ι, ΤΊ. ROMANS. 


δἑαυτοῖς"Ἱ 25 οἵτινες μετήλλαξαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν 
themselves : who changed the truth of God into 
~ / " ? , 4 3 / ~ Γ 
τῷ ψεύδει, καὶ ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει 
falsehood, and reverenced and served the created thing 


παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα, ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. 
beyond jhim who created [it],who is blessed to the ages. 
2 , 4 P= η 3 Η͂ « ‘ ᾽ ΄ 
ἀμὴν. 26 διὰ τοῦτο παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς εἰς πάθη 
Amen, For this reason “gave “πρ >them God to passions 


ἀτιμίας" at τε' γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν 
ofdishonour, both ‘for “females their changed the natural 
~ ? A / A ε » « 
χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν" 27 ὁμοίως Pre" “αἱ οἱ «ἄῤῥενες" 
use into that contrary to nature; andinlike manner αἶβο 6 males 
ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας, ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν ΤΏ 


having left the natural use ofthe female, were inflamed in 

7 ἐξ 2 ~ > Ἰλλήλ τ ” I! > 32 Ἱ ‘ 

ὀρεςει αυτων εἰς adAndAovc, "ἄρσενες' ev Ιἄρσεσιν' τὴν 
their lust towards one another, males with males 


ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόµενοι, καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει 
*shame working “out, and the recompense which was fit 
τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν ἐν «ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες. 28 καὶ 
of their error in themselyes receiving, And 

, [,} 
καθὼς οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν τὸν θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει, 
according as they did not approve °God ‘to *have in {their] knowledge, 
παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν, ποιεῖν τὰ μὴ 
"gave *up 3them *God to anunapproving mind, todo things not 
καθήκοντα, 29 πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πορνείᾳ," 
fitting ; being filled with all unrighteousness, fornication, 
“πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ"' μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, 
wickedness, covetousness, malice; full ofenvy, murder, strife, 
δόλου, κακοηθείας" Ψιθυριστάς, 80 καταλάλους, θεοστυγεῖς, 
guile, evil ἀἱεροβίέίοιι5;  whisperers, slanderers, hateful to God, 

ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας, ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν, 
insolent, prond, vaunting, inventors of evil things | 
γονεῦσιν ἀπειθεῖς, 31 ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτούς, a- 
to parents disobedient, without understanding, perfidious, without 
, ε A 
στόργους, Ῥάσπόνδους,, ἀνελεήμονας. 82 οἵτινες τὸ 
natural affection, implacable, unmerciful ; who the 
δικαίωµα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπιγνόντες, ὅτι οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα 
righteous judgment of God having known, that those απο things 
πράσσοντες ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν, οὐ µόνον αὐτὰ ποιοῦσιν, 
doing worthy ofdeath are, not only “them ‘practise, 


ἀλλὰ καὶ συνευδοκοῦσιν τοῖς πράσσουσιν. 
but also ατα οοπβεη{ίηρ to those that do {them]. 


2 Διὸ ἀναπολόγητος el, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, πᾶς ὁ κρίνων" 
Wherefore inexcusable thou art, O man, every one who judgest, 

τ , , ‘ 4 / ε 

ἐν ᾧ.γὰρ κρίνεις τὸν ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν κατακρίγεις 
for in that in which thou judgest the other, thyself thou condemnest : 
τὰ.γὰρ αὐτὰ πράσσεις ὁ κρίνων. 2 οἴδαμεν Σδὲ" ὅτι τὸ 
for the same things thou doest who judgest. “We πον ‘but that the 
κρῖμα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα 
judgment ofGod is accordingto truth uponthosethat such things 
πράσσοντας. 3 λογίζῃ. δὲ τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων 
do. And reckonest thou this, ο man, who judgest 

~ ~ { 
τοὺς τα.τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι 





those that such things do, and practisest them [thyself], that 
ο αὐτοῖς LTTrA. Ρδὲτ. 4 ἄρσενες ELTrAW. τ ἄῤῥενες Τ. 


*— πορνείᾳ GLTTrAW. 


σπόνδους LTTrAW. 2 γὰρ for η. 


Jlignity ; 


7 κακίᾳ πονηρίᾳ πλεονεξίᾳ, L; πονηρίᾳ κακίᾳ πλε. T. 


408 


dishonour their own 
bodies between them- 
selves: 25 whochanged 
the truthof Godinto a 
lie, and worshipped 
and served the crea- 
ture more than: the 
Creator, who is blessed 
for ever. Amen. 26 For 
this cause God gave 
them up unto vile af- 
fections: for even their 
women did changethe 
natural use into that 
which is against na- 
ture: 27 and likewise 
also the men, leaving 
the natural use of the 
woman, burned . in 
their lust one toward 
another; men with 
men working that 
which is unseemly, and 
receiving in them- 
selves that recompence 
of their error which 


‘was meet. 28 Andeven 


as they did not like to 
retain God in their 
knowledge, God gave 
them over to a repro- 
bate mind, to dothose 
thing's which are not 
convenient; 29 being 
filled with 42] unright- 
eousness, fornication, 


‘wickedness, covetous- 


ness, maliciousness; 
full of envy, murder, 
debate, deceit, ma- 
whisperers, 
30 backbiters, haters 
of God, despiteful, 
proud, boasters, in- 
yentors of evil things, 
disobedient to parents, 
31 without under- 
standing, covenant- 
breakers, without na- 
tural affection, im- 
placable, unmerciful: 
32 who knowing the 
judgment of God, that 
they which commit 
such things are worthy 
of death, not only do 
the same, but have 
pleasure in them that 
do them, 

Il. Therefore thou 
art inexcusable, O 
man, whosoever thou 
art that judgest: for 
wherein thou judgest 
another, thou con- 
demnest thyself; for 
thou that judgest doest 
the same things. 2 But 
we are sure that the 
judgment of God is ac- 
cording to truth a- 
gainst them which 
commit such things. 
3 And thinkest thou 
this, O man, that 
judgest them which do 
such things, and doest 
the same, that thou 


5 ἄρρεσιν T. 
wo a- 


406 


shalt escape the judg- 
ment of God? 4 or 
despisest thou the 
riches of his good- 
ness and forbearance 
and longsuffering ; not 
knowing that the 
goodness of God lead- 
eth thee to repentance? 
5 But after thy hard- 
ness and impenitent 
heart treasurest up un- 
to thyself wrath a- 
gainst the day of 
wrath and revelation 
of the rimhteous judg- 
ment of God; 6 who 
will render to every 
man according to his 
deeds : 7 to them who 


by patient continu- 


ance in well doing 
seck for glory and 
honour and immortal- 
ity, eternal life : 8 but 
unto them that are 
contentious, and do 
not obey the truth, but 
obey unrighteousness, 
indignation andwrath, 
9 tribulation and an- 
guish, upon every soul 
of man that doeth evil, 
of the Jew first, and 
also of the Gentile; 
10 but glory, honour, 
and peace, to every 
man that worketh 
good, to the Jew first, 
and also to the Gen- 
tile: 11 for there is no 
respect of persons with 
God. 12 For as many 
as have sinned with- 
out law shall also 
perish without law: 
and as many as have 
sinned in the Jaw shall 
be judged by the law; 
13 (for not the hearers 
of the jaw are just 
before God, but the 
doers of the law shall 
be justified. 14 For 
when the Geutiles, 
which have not the 
law, do by nature the 
things contained in 
the law, these, having 
not the law, are a 
law unto themselves : 
15 which shew {πο 
work of the Jaw writ- 
ten in thcir hearts, 
their conscience’ also 
bearing witness, and 
their thoughts. the 
mean while accusing 
or else excusing one 
another ;) 16 in the 
day when God shall 
judge the secrets of. 
men by Jesus Christ 
according to my gos- 
pel. 

17 Behold, thou art 
called a Jew, and 
restest in the law, and 


Σ — μὲν τ. 
LITraw. 


6 χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1, 


* ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός GLTTrAW. 
δος πω] ης, 


ΠΡΟΣ ο ο 3: YY. 

3 te ‘ ~ ~ ~ n ~ , ~ 
σὺ exgengy TO κρῖμα τοῦ θεοῦ: 4 ἡ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρη- 
thou shalt escape the judgment of God? οἵ the riches of the kind- 


’ ~~ ‘ ~ ~ 4 ρω ἅ 
στότητος αὐτοῦ καὶ THE ἀνοχῆς καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας -κατα- 
ness of him and the forbearance and the long-suffering despisest 


~ > ~ Ἀ Α ~ ~ ) , , 
φρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς µετάνοιάν σε, 


thou, not knowing that the kindness of God to repentance thee 
ἄγει; 5 κατὰ δὲ  τὴν.σκληρότητά.σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον 
leads ? but according to thy hardness and impenitent 


, , ~ € , η ~ 4 8 
καρδίαν θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀπο- 
heart treasurest up tothyself wrath in aday of wrath and re- 
καλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ θεοῦ. 6 ὃς ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ 
velation of righteous judgment ot God, who willrender’ toeach 
ἴ ” ~ ~ ? « 
κατὰ τὰ ἔργα. αὐτοῦ. 7 τοῖς μὲν καθ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου 
according to his works : to those that with endurance in *work 
ἀγαθοῦ, δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν ζητοῦσι», ζωὴν 


good, glory and honour and incorruptibility are seeking— life 
αἰώνιον. 8 τοῖς δὲ ἐξ ἐριθείας, καὶ ἀπειθοῦσιν Σμὲν' τῇ 
eternal, But to those of contention, and who disobey the 


η , θ , δὲ ἐδ τὴ 28 αὖ 2 A ? | 
ἀληθείᾳ, πειθοµενοις-δε τῇ ἀδικίᾳ, vpoc καὶ ὀργη, 
truth, but obey unrighteousness— indignation and wrath, 
9 θλίψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσα: ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ 
tribulation and strait, on every soul of man that 
κατεργαζοµένου! τὸ κακόν, Ιουδαίου.τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἑλληνος 
works out evil, both of Jew first and of Greck; 
10 δόξα δὲ καὶ τιμὴ καὶ εἰρήνη παντὶ τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ 
but glory and honour and _ peace to everyone that works _ 


ἀγαθόν, ᾿ἸΙουδαίῳ.τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 11 οὐ.γάρ.ἐστιν 


good, bothto Jew first, and to Greek: for there is not 


"προσωποληψία! παρὰ τῷ θεῷ. 12 ὃσρι.γὰρ ἀνόμως ἥμαρτον, 
respect of persons with God. For as many as without law sinned, 
ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται" καὶ oor ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον, διὰ 

withoutlaw also shall perish ; andasmanyasin law ~ sinned, by 

νόµου κριθήσονται, 19 οὐ.γὰρ ot ἀκροαταὶ ὕτοῦ" νόµου δίκαιοι 
law shall be judged, (for not the hearers ofthe law [are] just 
πα a Cr be | θ ~ AN’ « 4 b ~ Il ΄ ὃ Oy, 
ρ ῳ σερ,α οι ποιῆται “TOV, νομοῦ ὀικαιωσησογνται. 
with God, but the doers ‘ofthe law shall be justified. 
/ \ ” \ , ” 
14 “Οταν. γὰρ ἔθνη ,τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα φύσει τὰ 
For when . nations which “not “law *have by nature the things 
τοῦ νόμου Ἱποιῃ,' οὗτοι νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες, ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν 


ofthe law practise, these, law not haying, tothemselves are 
νόμος" 15 οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόµου γραπτὸν 
a law ; who shew the work ofthe law written 


3 ~ / > ~ ~ ~ 
έν ταῖς. καρδίαις αὐτῶν, «συμμαρτυρούσης! αὐτῶν τῆς συνει- 
in their hearts, *bearing *witness °with ‘their 2con- 


δήσεως, καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων 


science, and between one another the reasoRings accusing 
n ‘ ? , ε ε ~ 4 
η καὶ ἀπολογουμένων, 16 ἐν ἡμέρᾳ fore" κρινεῖ ὁ θεὸς 
or also defending ;) in aday . when *shall%judge ‘+*God 
\ ‘ ~ 9 γ . 
Ta κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατὰ τὸ. εὐαγγέλιόν.μου, διὰ 
ως secrets of men, according to my glad tidings, by 
δ᾽ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ." 
Jesus Christ. 
h” ᾽ ~ sy κα 
17 5 Ἴδε! σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ, καὶ ἐπαναπαύῃ irq" 
Lo, thou a Jew art named, and restest in the 





8 προσωποληµψία LITrA. 
© συν- τ. 
'— τῷ the Litiaw, 


3 


: Τ b — τοῦ the 
ποιῶσιν LTTrA. f4 in which La, 
5 εἰ dabut if Gurtraw, x 


νὰ " 


IT, ΠΠ. ROMANS. 

/ ‘ ™~ Ἵ ~ \ , ‘ μ 3 
νόμῳ, καὶ καυχᾶσαι ἐν θεῷ, 18 καὶ γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα, καὶ 
law, aud boastest in God, and  knowest the will, and 

, \ . 9 ΔΑ 
δοκιμάζεις τὰ διαφέροντα, κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ 
approvest the things that are more excellent, being instructed out of the 


νόµου" 19 πέποιθάς τε 'σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν, 
law; ‘and art persuaded [that] thyself aguide art of [086] blind, 
φῶς. τῶν ἐν σκότει, 20 παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον 
8 light of those in darkness, an instructor of [the] foolish, ° a teacher 
νηπίων, ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 
ofinfants, having the form of knowledge andofthe truth 


ἐν τῷ νόμῳ" 21 δοῦν διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ δι- 
in the law: thou then that teachest -another, thyself ‘not *dost 
δάσκεις; ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις; 22 ὁ 
*thouteach? thou that proclaimest not tosteal, dost thousteal? thou that 
λέγων μὴ μφιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις: ὁ 
sayest not to commit adultery, dost thou commit adultery? thou that 


βδελυσσόµενος . τὰ εἴδωλα, 


ἱεροσυλεῖς ; 23 ὃς ἐν 
abhorrest idols, 


dost thou commit sacrilege? thou who in 
, x ~ ~ , ~ / Δ A 

»όμῳ καυχᾶσαι, διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόµου τὸν θεὸν 
law ‘boastest, throughthe transgression ofthe law , 3God 


ἀτιμάζεις; 24 Τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ dt ὑμᾶς βλασ- 


*dishonourest, *thou? Forthe name of God through you is blas- 
φημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καθὼς γέγραπται. 25 Περι- 
phemed among the nations, according as it has been written. 7Circum- 
τομὴ μὲν. γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς" ἐὰν δὲ 
cision “ἰμᾶθοα ‘for profits if [the] law thou doest ; but if 


παραβάτης νόµου ἧς, ἡπεριτοµή.σου ἀκροβυστία “γέγονεν. 
a@ transgressor 
26 ἐὰν οὖν ἡ ἀκροβυστία τὰ δικαιώµατα τοῦ νόμου φυλάσ- 
If therefore the uncircumcision the requirements of the law keep, 
πὰ ε . / ~ - \ , 

oy, "οὐχὶ" ἡ ἀκροβυστία. αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται; 
“not Shis*uncircumcision ‘for ‘circunicision ‘shall be reckoned? 
27 καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα, 
and *shall*judge the *by *nature *uncircumcision, *the “law | *fulfilling, 

a , ‘ ~ fx / 
σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόµου; 
thee who with letter and circumcision [art] atransgressor of law? 


28 οὐ γὰρ ὁ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἸΙουδαῖός ἐστιν, οὐδὲ ᾿ 


For not he that [isone] outwardly 2a, ον. lis, neither 

ἡ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ περιτομή" 29 ἀλλ ὁ 
that outwardly in flesh [is] circumcision ; but he that [is] 
ἐν. τῷ κρυπτῷ ᾿Ιουδαῖος, καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας ἐν πνεύ- 

hiddenly a Jew [is one]; and circumcision [is] of heart, in spi- 
ματι, οὐ.γράμματι οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, 
rit, not inletter; ofwhom the praise. [is] not of men, 
πὸ ἀλλ᾽" ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ. 

but οἵ God. 


3 Τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ Tic ἡ ὠφέλεια 
What then [is] the superiority of the Jew? or what the profit 


τῆς περιτομῆς; 2 πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον. πρῶτον μὲν 


of the circumcision ? Much in every way: *first 

Γι] Lt || er ? , 4 η ~ τ ~ , ’ 2 
ap" ὅτι ἐπιστεύθησα» τὰ λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ. ὃ τι.γάρ, εἰ 
for that they were entrusted with the oracles of God. For what, if 


ἠπίστησάν .TLVEC; μὴ ἡ.ἀπιστία αὐτῶν τὴν πίστιν τοῦ θεοῦ 
Snot Zbelieved *some? “their unbelief ‘the 7**faith 1508 “σοῦ 


of law thou art, thy circumcision uncifcumcision has become. ' 


407 
makest thy boast of 
God, 18 and knowest 
his will, and approv- 
est the things that are 
more exccllent, being 
instructed out of the 
law; 19 and art con- 
fident that thou thy- 
self art a guide of the 
blind, a light of them 
which are in darkness, 
20 an instructor of the 
foolish, a teacher of 
babes, which hast the 
form of knowledge 
and of the truth in the 
law. 21 Thou thcre- 
fore which teachest 
another, teachest thou 
not thyself ? thou that 
preachest a manshould 
not steal, dost thou 
steal? 22 thou that 
sayest a man should 
not commit adultery, 
dost thou commit a- 
dultery? thou that 
abhorrest idols, dost 
thou commit sacrilege? 
23 thou that makest 
thy boast of the law, 
through breaking the 
law dishonourest, thou 
God? 24 For the name 
of God is blasphemed 
among the Gentiles 
through you, as it is 
written. 25 For circum- 
cision verily profiteth, 
if thou kecp the law 
but if thou be 4 break- 
er of the law, thy cir- 
cumcision is madeun-~ 
circumcision. 26 There- 
fore if the uncircum- 
cision keep the right- 
eousness of the law, 
shall not his uncir- 
cumcision be count- 
ed for circumcision ? 
27 And shall not un- 
cércumcision which is 
by nature, if it fulfil 
the law, judge thee, 
who by the letter 
and circumcision dost 
transgress the law ? 
28 For he isnot aJew, 
which is one outward- 
ly; neither is that 


circumcision, which is , 


outward in the flesh : 
29 but he is a Jew, 
which is one inward- 
ly ; and circumcision 
is that of the heart, in 
the spirit, and not in 
the letter; whose 
praise 7s not of men, 
but of God. 


III. What advan- 
tage then hath the 
Jew? or what profit 
is there of circumci- 
sion? 2 Much every 
way : chiefly, because 
that unto them were 
committed the oracles 


Se ο. ἼἽ«“ι ο --υ-υἅἤ-Ὅἴ-ἔ----------ις στ ο 


ξοὐχ tTTr, [ἀλλὰ Ltr, ™ ἀλλὰ τε, 


α--- γὰρ τ"1[4]. 


x 


408 

of Ged, 3 Τον whatif 
some did mot believe ? 
shall their unbelief 
make the faith of God 
without effect? 4 God 
forbid: yea, let God be 
true, but every mana 
liar ; as it is written, 
That thou mightcst be 
justified in thy say- 
ings, and mightest 
overcome when thou 
art judged. 5 Butif our 
unrighteousness com- 
mend the righteous- 
ness of God, what shall 
we say? Js God un- 
rightecus who taketh 
vengeance? (I speak 
as a man) 6 God for- 
bid: for then how 
shall God judge the 
world? 7 For if the 
truth of God hath more 
abounded through my 
lie unto his glory; 
why yet am I also 
judged as a sinner?’ 
8 And not rather, (as 
we be slanderously re- 
ported, and as some af- 
firm that we say,) Let 
us do evil, that good 
may come? whose 
damnation is just. 

9 What then? are 
we better than they? 
No, in no wise: for 
we have before proved 
both Jews and Gen- 
tiles, that they are all 
under sin; 10 as it is 
written, There is none 
righteous, no, notone: 
1] there is none that 
understandeth, there 
is none that seeketh 
after God. 12 They are 
all gone out of the 
way, they are together 
become unprofitable; 
there is none that do- 
eth good, no, not one. 
13 Their throat is an 
open sepulchre ; with 
their tongues they 
have used deceit ; the 
poison of asps {8 under 
their lips: 14 whose 
mouth zs full of curs- 
ing and bitterness: 
15 their feet are swift 
to shed blood 16 de- 
struction and misery 
are in their ways: 
17 and the way of 
ee have they not 

own: 18 there is no 


fear of God _ before y:- 
their eyes. 19 Now we / 


know that what things | 
Boever the law saith, | 
it saith to them who | 
are under thelaw: that 
every mouth may be 
stopped, and all the 
world may become 
guilty before God, 







9 καθάπερ TTr. 
* ἠχρεώθησαν τττ. 






ῬΩΜΑΊΟΥΣ. (IT. 


κ [ή δι e 4 > , 
4 μὴ.γένοιτο" γιγέσθω.δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἀληθής, 
may it not be! but let “be "God, true, | 


ΠΡΟΣ 


καταργήσει; 
*shall 7make of πο ‘°effect ? 


~ A ” , ‘ , [ἢ 7 
πᾶς. δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης, “καθως' γέγραπται, “Ὅπως 
and every man false, according as it has been written, That 
~ ~ ’ ‘ , " ᾿ ~ 
ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς.λόγοις-σου, καὶ Ῥνικήσῃς' ἐν τῷ 
thou shouldest be justified in thy words, and overcome in 


/ , ? ‘ a / « ~ ~ / ΄ 
κρίνεσθαί.σε. 5 Εἰ δὲ ἡ.ἀδικία ἡμῶν θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνί- 
thy being judged. Butif our unrighteousness 7God’s “righteousness ‘com- 

/ ~ 4 we « ‘ « ᾽ [ή " 
στησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν; μὴ ἄδικος ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν 
mend, what shallwesay? [is]?unrighteous *God who intlicts 

΄ » ΄ ‘ [ή . ? ~ 
ὀργήν; κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω. 6 μὴ.γενοιτο᾽ ἐπεὶ πῶς 
wrath? According to man I speak, Mayit notbe! since how 
~ ς Α A ae 3 > q A il ς ir ΄ θ ~ θ ~ 
κρινεῖ ὁ θεὸς τὸν Κόσμον ; 7 εἰ yap" ἡ ἄληθεια τοῦ θεοῦ 
βΏα]] πᾶρθ 4οᾶ the ~ world? 31Ε ‘for the truth of God 
ἐν τῷ.ἐμῷ.ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν .δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι 
in my lie abounded to his glory, why yet 
‘ ε A . ‘ 
κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; 8 καὶ μὴ καθως βλασ- 
34150 1 “as ὃς “sinner | ‘am judged? and not, according as weare 
‘ ’ ~ , .“ 
φημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, Ότι 
injuriously charged ayd according as “affirm 1βοπιε [{π40}] we say, 
ποιήσωμεν τὰκακὰ ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθάι ὧν τὸ κρῖμα 
Let us practise evil things that *may *come ‘good “things? whose judgment 
ἔνδικόν ἐστιν. 
2just lis. 
, , 
9 Τί οὖν; προεχόµεθα; οὐ πάντως προητιασάμεθα.γὰ 
2 ρ χ μ ᾽ vi 


What then? are we better? not at all: for we before charged 
Ἰουδαίους.τε kai Ἕλληνας πάντας ὑφ᾽ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι, 
both Jews and Greeks all Sunder ‘sin ['with]) *being: 

10 καθὼς γέγραπται, Ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ 


according as it has been written, There is not a righteous one, not even 
εἶσ' 11 οὐκ ἔστιν τὸ συνιῶν, οὐκ.έστιν So" ἐκζητῶν 
one: there is not [one] that understands, there is not [one] that seeks after 
‘ ή , ? , ε/ { ? , θ 
τὸν θεόν. 12 πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρειώθη- 
God. All did go out of the way, together they became unprofit- 
σαν" οὐκ.έστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ έστιν ἕως 
able; there is not [one] practising kindness, there is not so much as 
« ΄’ ’ ? [ή « / ? ~ ~ ’ 
ἑνός. 19 τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ.λάρυγξ αὐτῶν, ταῖς γλώσσαις 


v 


one; ’sepulchre ‘an “opened [is] their throat, with *tongues 
᾽ ~ ? ~ r ΕΣ ? / © - A / > ~ 
αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν' 
*their they used deceit: poison ofasps [is] under their lips: 


14 wy τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 15 ὀξεῖς οἱ 
of whom the mouth οἳ cursing and of bitterness is full; swift 
πόδες αὐτῶν ἐκχέαι αἷμα" 16 σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 
their feet toshed blood; ruin and misery [ατο] 
ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς. αὐτῶν' 17 καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης οὐκ.ἔγνωσαν. 
in their ways ; and away ofpeace they did not know: 
18 οὐκ.ἔστιν φόβος θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν.ὀφθαλμῶν. αὐτῶν. 


there is no fear of God before their eyes. 
19 Οἴδαμεν.δὲ ὅτι ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 
Now we know that whatsoever the law says, tothose in the law 
~ eo ~ , -“ , 
λαλεῖ: ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ, καὶ ὑπόδικος γένηται 


it speaks, that every mouth may be stopped, and under judgment _ 
πᾶς ὁ κύσμος τῷ θεῷ. 20 διότι ἐξ 
all, the world to God. 


be 


ἔργων νόµου οὐ δικαιω- 
Wherefore by works of Ίαν ποὺ ‘shall ba 







’ 
P νικήσεις Shalt overcome T, 


® — ὃ Τ[ττ]. 5 [ὃ] 1. 
¥ + ὁ (read that practises) Τ. Be a 


+ [αὐτῶν] (read their mouth) ως 


III, IV. ROMANS. 
θήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ" διὰ γὰρ νόµου ἐπί- 
justified any flesh before him; forthrough -law [is] know- 


(lit. all) 
γνωσις ἁμαρτίας. 
ledge — of sin. 
Γ΄ 21 Νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόµου δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ πεφανέρωται, 
Butnow apartfrom law righteousness of God has been manifested, 
μαρτυρουµένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόµου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν" 22 δι- 
being borne witnessto by the law and the prophets : 2right- 
καιοσύνη δὲ θερῦ διὰ πίστεως ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς πάντας 
eousness ‘evyenofGodthrough faith oof Jesus Christ, towards all 
Σκαὶ ἐπὶ πάντας! τοὺς πιστεύοντας οὔὐ.γάρ-ἐστιν διαστολή’ 
and upon all those that believe : for thereisno difference: 
23 πάντες γὰρ ἥμαρτον καὶ ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ, 
for all sinned and come short ofthe glory of God; 
24 δικαιούµενοι δωρεὰν -τῇῃ.αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυ- 
being justified gratuitously by his grace, through the re- 
τρώσεως τῆς ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, 25 ὃν προέθετο ὁ θεὸς 
demption which [15] in Christ Jesus ; whom ’set *forth God 
can ἱλαστήριον διὰ ὑτῆς" πίστεως ἐν τῷ.αὐτοῦ.αἵματι, εἰς ἔν- 
‘ amercy seat through faith in his blood, for a shew- 
δειζιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης. αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν τῶν 
ing forth of his righteousness, in respect of the passing by the 
προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων 20 ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ 
Ξιμαὺ *had *before *taken ®place sins in the forbearance 
θεοῦ, πρὸς 3 ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν 
of God; for [the] shewing forth of his righteousness in the present 
καιρῷ, εἰς τὸ εἶναι. αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ 
time, for his being just and justifying him that [is] of [the] 
πίστεως Ἰησοῦ. 27 Ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις; ἐξεκλείσθη. 
faith of Jesus. Where then[is]the boasting? It was excluded. 
διὰ ποίου νόµου; τῶν ἔργων; οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόµου 
- Through what law ? of works? No; but through alaw 
πίστεως. 28 λογιζόμεθα δοὖν" ὑπίστει δικαιοῦσθαι' ἄνθρω- 
of faith. ' 2We reckon ‘therefore *by '°faith *to "be *justified *a°man 
πον, χωρὶς ἔργων νόµου. 297 Ιουδαίων ὁ θεὸς µόνον; 
apart from works of law. Of Jews [ishe]the God only? 
οὐχὶ.“δὲ! καὶ ἐθνῶν; vai καὶ ἐθνῶν. 80 “ἐπείπερ! εἷς 
and not also of Gentiles? Yea, also of Gentiles: since indeed one 
ὁ θεὸς ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ 
God [itis] who will justify [the] circumcision by faith, and 
ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως. 31 νόμον οὖν καταργοῦ- 





uncircumcision through faith. SLaw “then 'do?we*make of no: 


μὲν διὰ τῆς πίστεως; μὴ.γένοιτο' ἀλλὰ νόμον. «ἱστῶμεν.! 
effect through faith? May it not be! but ‘law ‘we “establish. 
4 Τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν ῬΑβραὰμ τὸν πατέρα. ἡμῶν εὑρηκέναι! 
What then shallwesay Abraham our father has found 
4 ΄ 7 4 ᾽ A ? ” ? , μὴ 

κατὰ σάρκα; 2 εἰ. γὰρ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει 
according to flesh? Forif Abraham by works was justified, he has 
i ‘ > ” A 8 A " ;» , 4 « A 
καύχημα, ἀλλ’ ov πρὸς Srov' θεόν. 3 τί.γὰρ ἡ γραφὴ 
ground of boasting, but not towards God, For what Απο “scripture 
λέγει; ᾿Επίστευσεν.δὲ ᾿Αβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 


‘says 2 And *believed 1Abraham God, and it was reckoned to him 





Χ.--- καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας ΙΤΤΙ[Α]. 7 - τῆς ΙΤΤτΑ. *% + τὴν the LTTrA. 


409 


20 Therefore by the 
deeds of the law there 
shall no flesh be justi- 
fied in his sight: for 
by the law ts the know= 
ledge of sin. 

/ 21 But now the right- 
eousness of God with- 
out the law is mani- 
fested, being witness- 
ed by the law and the 
prophets ; 22 even the 
righteousness of God 
which is by faith of 
Jesus Christ unto all 
and upon all them that 
believe: for there is 
no difference: 23 for 
811 have sinned, and 
come short of the glory 
of God ; 24 being justi- 
fied freely by his grace 
through the redemp- 
tion that isin Christ Je- 
sus: 25 whomGod hath 
set forth to be a pro- 
pitiation through faith 
in his blood, to declare 
his righteousness for 
the remission of sjns 
that are past, through 
the forbearance of 
God; 26 to declare, Z 
say, at this time his 
righteousness : that he 
might be just, and the 
justifier of him which 
believeth in Jesus, 
27 Where ts boasting 
then? It is excluded, 
By what law? of 
works? Nay: but by 
the law of faith. 
28 Therefore we con- 
clude that a man is 
justified by faith with- 
out the deeds of the 
law. 29 Js he the God 
of the Jews only? is 
he not also of the 
Gentiles ? Yes, of the 
Gentiles also: 30 see- 
ing it is one God, which 
shall justify the gqir- 
cumcision by faith, 
and uncircumcision 
through faith. 31 Do 
we then make void 
the law through faith? 
God forbid: yea, we 
establish the law. 


IV. What shall we 
say then that Abraham 
our father, as pertain- 
ing to the flesh, hath 
found? 2 For if Abra- 
ham were justified by 
works, he hath whereof 
to glory ; but not be- 
fore God. 3 For what 
saith thescripture? A- 
braham believed God, 
and it was counted 
unto him for right- 
eousness. 4 Now to him 
that worketh is the 


5 yap ‘for ΟΙΤΤΤΑΥΓ. 


Ὁ δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει GLTTrA. 5 --- δὲ and GLTTrA. d εἴ περ LTTrA. 6 ἱστάνομεν 
LTTrA. “ἢ εὑρηκέναι (Γεύρηκέναι] a) ᾿Αβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα (forefather) ἡμῶν LiTra, 


Ἐ -Ξ τὸν LTITrAW,. 


410 

reward not reckoned 
of.grace, but of debt. 
5 But to him that 


worketh not, but be- 
lieveth on him that 
justifieth the ungoilly, 
his faith is counted for 
righteousness. 6 Even 
as David also de- 
scribeth the  blessed- 
ness of the man, unto 
whom God impuieth 
righteousness without 
works, 7 saying, Bless- 
ed are they whose in- 
iquitics are forgiven, 
and whose sins are 
covered. 8 Ble-sed is 
the man to whom the 
Lord will not impute 
sin. 

9 Cometh this bless- 
edness then upon the 
cireumcision only, or 
upon the uucircumci- 
sion also? for we say 
that faith was reckon- 
ed to Abraham _ for 
righteousness. 10 How 
was it then reckoned ? 
when he was in cir- 
cumcision, or in un- 
circumcision? Notin 
circumcision, but in 
uncircumcision.11And 
he received the sign of 
circumcision, a seal of 
the righteousness of 
the faith which he Had 
yet being uncireumcis- 
ed: that he might be the 
father of all them that 
believe, though they 
be not circumcised ; 
that righteousness 
might beimputed unto 
them also: 12 and the 
father of circumcision 
to them who are not 
of the circumcision 
only, but who also 
walk in the steps of 
that faith of our fa- 
tker Abraham, which 
he had being yet uncir- 
cumcised, 


13 For the promise, 
that he should be the 
heir of the world, was 
not to Abraham, or to 
his seed, through the 
law, but through the 
righteousness of faith. 
14 For if they which 
are of the Jaw be heirs, 
faithis made void, and 
the promise made of 
none effect: 15 be- 
cause the law worketh 
wrath: for where no 
law is, thereis no trans- 
gression. 16 Therefore 
wt is of faith, that it 
might be by grace ; to 
the end the promise 
might be sure to all 
the seed ; not to that 
only which is of the 


POMATOY ΣΝ TV. 

ἐργαζομένῳ ὁ μισθὺς οὐ.λογίζεται 

works the reward is not reckoned 
iro" ὀφείλημα 5 τῷ δὲ 

debt: but to him that 

/ \ 3 A A “- x k > 

πιστεύοντι δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα τὸν “a= 

but believes on himthat justifies the un- 


ἡ.πίστις.αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 6 καθάπερ 
for righteousness. Even as — 


ρου 
εἰς δικαιοσύνην. (4) Τῷ. δὲ 
for rightcousness. Now to him that 
χάριν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ 
but according to 


Kara 
according to 
μὴ ἐργαζομένῳ, 

does not work, 
σεβῆ,! λογίζεται 


grace, 


godly, 7is *reckoned this “faith 
A +S / ᾿ ‘ a 9 ΄ = « ‘ 
καὶ Ἰλαβὶδ' λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου w ὁ θεὸς 
also. David declares the Dblessedness ΟΕ the man towhom God 
wy 


, ’ A ” ’ 
λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρις έργων, 7 Μακαοιοι 
reckons righteousness apart from works: Blessed [they] of whom 


> , , , ‘ or ’ { Sao 
ἀφέθησαν at ἀνομίαι, καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτιαι. 





are forgiven the lawlessnesses, and of whom are covered . {πὸ sins : αἱ 
΄ τ ᾽ \ τι. 1 , 'άς--------.. σι — Ὁ ‘ 
8 µακάοριος ἀνὴρ “wp οὐ μὴ λογίσηται KUOLOC αµαρτιαν. 
bles-ed [the] man to whom in no wise *will *reckon ["the] *Lord sin. 


« ‘ - = 3 Δ ‘ 4 n ‘ 1 
9 Ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν. οὗτος Em την περιτομὴν, ἡ και επι 
[15] this blessedness then on the circumcision, or also on 

> ΄ , ς .“ ΄ “,}) , ‘ 
τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν; λέγομεν.γὰρ "ὅτι" ἐλογίσθη τῷ Αθραὰάμι 
the uncireumcision ? For we say that was reckoned to Abraham 

/ > ~ ? / ? 

ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 10 πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη; ἐν περι- 
faith for rightcousness. How then was it reckoned? *in 3circi.m- 
τομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ; οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ. ἀλλ ἐν ἀκρο- 
Not incircumcision, but in uncir- 


cision ‘being, or in uncircumcision? 
βυστίᾳ' 11 καὶ σημεῖον ἔλαβεν περιτομῆς, σφραγῖζα 
cumcision. And [the] sign he received of circumcision, [as] seal 


τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς' ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστιᾳ, 
of the righteousness of the faith which [he had]in the uneireunicision, 
εἰς τὺ.εἶναι.αὐτὸν πατέρα πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων dL" 
for him to be father ofall those that believe in 
. yy ΄ ? ‘ λ On ο η ᾽ ares q ‘ ΗΠ ὲ Η 

ακροβυστίας, εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι και" αὐτοῖς “την ικαιο- 
uneircunmcision, for *to °be reckoned “also 7to ®them ‘the “rightcous- 
σύνην 12 καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς τοῖς οὐκ ἐκ περιτομῆς 


ne-s ; and father of circumcision tothose not of circnimelision 
, ᾽ ‘ ~ ~ ~ , ~ . 

µόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς  στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχιεσιν τῆς εν 
only, but also to those that walk inthe steps of the *during 


"τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως τοῦ.πατρὸς ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραάμ. 
Suncircumcision ‘faith of our father Abraham, 
13 Οὐ γὰρ διὰ “νόμου ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῷ Αβραὰμ ἢ τῷ 
Fornot by law the promise to Abraham or 
σπέρµατι.αὐτοῦ, τὸ κληρονόμον αὐτὸν εἶναι τοῦ" κόσμου, 
to his seed, that heir he should be of the world, 
ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως. 14 εἰγὰρ οἱ ἐκ νόµου 


[was] 


but by righteousness of faith. Forif those of law [6] 

, ΄ ΄ \ , ? 
κληρονόμοι, κεκένγωται ἡ πίστις,καὶ κατήργητα ἡ ἐ- 
heirs, *has *been *mmade*void ‘faith, and °made*of “πὸ “effect 'the “pro 


/ Pes | ε ‘ , 2 . ΄ ἊΣ ‘ 
παγγελία" 16 0-yap-vopog ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται οὗ Ιγὰρὶ οὐκ 
mise. Forthelaw ‘wrath ‘works“out; ‘where “for “not 
” ΄ > ¢ ~ 2 
ἔστιν νόμος, οὐδὲ παράβασις. 10 διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ πίστεως, 

Tis “aw, neither [is] transgression, Wherefore of faith 
.“ 4 ΄ > ‘ ΄ ‘ 
᾿ς «να κατὰ χάριν, εἰς τὸ εἶναι βεβαίαν τὴν 
[it is], that according to grace [it might be], for Sto *be -sure *the 
? ΄ ‘ ~ / ᾽ ~ ~ 
ἐπαγγελίαν παντὶ τῷ σπέρµατι, οὐ τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόµου µόνον, 
“promise toall the seed, not to that of the law only, 


EE Ee ποια 4: a ee Pa 0 


1 — τὸ GLTTraw. 
® — orc [ΤΊΣ 


Se τοῦ (Τεαᾶ [the]) αι Ί ταν, 


Κασεβήν 1. 


1 Δανεὶδ LTTrA ; Δουΐδ Gw. 
ο διὰ 1,. 


Ρ — καὶ Τττ[Α]. 4 -- τὴν T, 
τ δὲ but ΕΤΤΤΑΥΕ, 


™ of whose (sin) TTr, 
τ -- τῇ GLITrAW, 


yp _—_ 





ROMANS. 
> \ “tN ioe Ree Ὦ κῇ , ᾽ ; ΄ 
ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἐκ πίστεως ᾿Αβραάμ, 
but also to that of [the] faith of Abraham, 
πάντων ἡμῶν, 17 καθὼς γέγραπται. 
τος us all, (according as it has been written, 
λῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε, κατέναντι οὗ 
Many nations Ihave made thee,) before *whom 
τοῦ ζωοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκρούς, καὶ καλοῦντος 


IV, Υ. 


ἐστιν πατὴρ 
is father 


« 
ος 
who 


Ὅτι πατέρα πολ- 
A father of 


ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ, 
“he *helicved ἰαοᾶ, 


πο uy 


who quickens the dead, and calls the things not 
ὄντα ὡς ὄντα. 18 Ὃς παρ᾽ ἐλπίδα "ἐπ᾽" ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν, 
being 8δὃ8 being; who against: hope in hope believed, 
εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸν πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν, κατὰ τὸ 


for ‘him father of many nations, according to that which 


εἰρημένον, Οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρµα.σου᾽ 19 καὶ μὴ aos “ενήσας 
had been said, -So shall De thy seed: and not being*weak 


τῇ πίστει, “ou κατενόησεν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα "ἤδη! νενεκρω- 
inthe faith, ?not *he Ξοοηβιάετοᾶ his own body already Wecome 
, 1 v \ \ 
μένον, ἑκατονταέτης που ὑπάρχων; καὶ τὴν νέκρωαιν 
dead, 32 *hundred ‘years ®old ?about heing, and .the deadening 


τῆς μήτρας Σάῤῥας, 20 εἰς.δὲ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ θεοῦ οὗ 


of the womb οἱ Sarah, andat the proniise of God Ξποῦ 


διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ, Υγἀλλ᾽" ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει, 
4doubted through unbelief; but was strengthened in faith, 


δοὺς δόξαν τῷ θεῷ, O° καὶ πληροφορηθεὶς ὅτι ὃ ἐπήγ- 
giving glory to God, and being fully assured what he has 


,- ? ‘4 9 διὸ Zz 
γελται, δυνατός ἐστιν καὶ ποιῆσαι. 22 διὸ kai" ἐλογίσθη 
promised, able heis also todo; wherefore also it was reckoned 
αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 23 Οὐκ. ἐγράφη δὲ δι αὐτὸν 
tohim for righteousness. 310 “was *not *written *but on account of him 
µόνον, ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 24 ἀλλὰ καὶ δι ἡμᾶς, 
ouly, that it was reckoned to hi but also on account of, us, 

7 / , = ~ x 2 ‘ \ 
οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν 
to whom it isabout tobe reckoned, to ἴποβο {παν believe on him who 

/ - 4 / α- ~ τν 
ἐγείραντα. Ἰησοῦν τὸν.κύριον. ἡμῶν ἐκ νεκρῶν, 25 ὃς 
raised Jesus our Lord from among [the] dead, who 
παρεδόθη διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα.ἡμῶν, καὶ ἠγέρθη διὰ τὴν 
was delivered for our offences, and was raised for 
δικαίωσιν. ἡμῶν. 
our justification. 


5 Ἀικαιωθέντες οὖν ἐκ πίστεως, εἰρήνην 
Having been justified therefore by faith, peace 


πρὸς τὸν θεὸν διὰ τοῦ. κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, ΟΣ ΟΝ, 
toward God through our Lord ; Jesus Christ, through 


᾽ ᾽᾿ A / 
οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν ὕτῇ πίστει" εἰς τὴν χάριν 
whom also. access we have by faith into “grace 


ταύτην ἐν ἢ ἑστήκαμεν' καὶ καυχώµεθα ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης 


72to *become 


δεχομεν! 


we have 


‘this in which we stand, and- weboast in hope ofthe glory 
τοῦ θεοῦ. 3 ov-povovoé,. ἀλλὰ καὶ «καυχώμεθαὶ ἐν ταῖς 
of God, And not only [so], but ~ also we boast in 
θλίψεσιν, εἰδότες ὅτι ἡ θλίψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται, 


knowing that the tribulation %endurance 4Wworks *out; 


ἡ-δὲ δοκιμὴ ἐλπίδα, 5 ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς 


tribulations, 


4 ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ δοκιμήν, 


and the endurance proof; andthe proof hobe ; and the hope 
οὐ.καταισχύνει ὕτι =) ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν 


Goes not make ashamed, beeause the love of God has been poured out in 





— ov (read εἰς δὲ, verse 20, but at) LrTr[A]. 


ved L. 
5 ἔχωμεν We Should have TTra, 


* [eat] LTrA. 
boasting Tra, 


-eousness, 


x — dy [1|71[4]. 
Se τῇ πίστει [LTrJA, 


411 


law, but to that 
also which is of the 
faith of Abraham; 
who is the father of us 
all, 17 (as it is writ- 
ten, I have made thee 
a father of many na- 
tions,) before him 
whomhe believed, even 
God, who quickenetk 
the dead, and ealleth 
those things which be 
not as though they 
were. 18 Who against 
hope believed in hone, 
that he might become 
the father of many 
nations, according to 
that which was spoken, 
So shall thy seed be, 
19 And being not weak 
in faith, he considered 
not his own body now 
@ead, when he was 
about an hundred 
years old, neither yet 
the deadness of Sarah’s 
womb: 20 he stag- 
gered not at the pro- 
mise οἵ. God through 
unbelief; but was 
strong in faith, giving 
glory to God; 21 and 
being fully persuaded 
that, what he had pro- 
mised, he was able al- 
soto perform. 22 And 
therefore it was im- 
puted to him for right- 
23 Now it 
was not written for 
his sake alone, that it 
was imputed to him ; 
24 but for us also, to 
whom it shall be im- 
puted, if we believe 
on him that raised up 
Jesus our Lord from 
the dead ; 25 who was 
delivered for our of- 
fences, and was raised 
again for our justifi- 
cation, 


V..Therefore being 
justified by faith, we 
have peace with God 
through our Lord Je- 
sus Christ: 2 by whom 
also we have access 
by faith into this 
grace wherein we 
stand, and rejoice in 
hope of the glory of. 
God. ‘% Απά not only 
so, but νο glory 
in tribulations alse: 
knowing that tribula- 
tion worketh patience; 
4 and patience, ex- 
perience ; and experi- 
ence, hope : 5 and hope 
miuketh not ashamed ; 
because the love of 
God is shed abroad in 


Υ ἀλλὰ Tr. 
© καυχώμενοι 


412 


our hearts by the Holy 
Ghost which is given 
unto us. 6 For when 
we were yet without 
strength, in due time 
Christ died for the un- 
godly. 7 For scarcely 
for a righteous man 
will one die : yet per- 
adventure for a good 
man some would even 
dare to die. 8 But God 
commendeth khis love 
toward us, in that, 
while we were yet sin- 
ners, Christ died for 
us. 9 Much more then, 
being now justified by 
his blood, we shall 
be saved from wrath 
through him. 10 For 
if, when we were en- 
emies, we were recon- 
ciled to God by the 
death of his Son, much 
more, being reconciled, 
we shall be saved by 
his life. 11 And not 
only so, but we also 
joy in God through 
our Lord Jesus Christ, 
by whom we have now 
received the atone- 
ment. 


12 Wherefore, as by 
One man sin extered 
into the world, and 
death by sin; and so 
death passed upon all 
men, for that all have 
sinned: 13 (for until 
the law sin was in the 
world: but sin is not 
imputed when there 
is no law. 14 Never- 
theless death reigned 
from Adam to Moses, 
even over them that 
had not sinned af- 
ter the similitude of 
Adam's transgression, 
who is the figure of 
him that was to come, 
15 But not as the of- 
fence, so also {8 the 
free gift. For if 
through the offence of 
one many be dead, 
much more the grace 
of God, and the gift 
by grace, which is by 
one man, Jesus Christ, 
hath abounded unto 
many. 16 And not as 
it was by one that 
sinned, so is the gift : 
for the judgment was 


wk sa ae men SS eee 
4 εἴ ye if indeed a. 


mends) a. 


& [ὁ θάνατος] A. 
various Editors do not mark this as a question : 
and substitute [is] for [be]. 


ΠΡΌΣ ῬΟΜΔΤΟΥΣ Υ. 


- ΄ » oF ~. , Pee 
ταῖς καρδίαις. ἡμῶν διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου τοῦ" δοθέντος ἡμῖν. 
our hearts by the *Spirit *Holy which was given tous: 


ὃ «Ἔτι γὰρὶ χριστὸς ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν " κατὰ.καιρὺν 


for still >Christ being lwe without *strength in duc time 
« A > ~ ? , , A .ε \ SAD ae 
ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν ἀπέθανεν. 7 μόλις.γὰρ ὑπὲρ ὀικαιου 
for [the] ungodly died. For hardly for ajust [man] 
> ~ ς A ~ ? ~ / 
τις ἀποθανεῖται. ὑπὲρ.γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ταχας ἈΠΕ 


Zany ὍΠ6 twill die ; for on behalf of the good [man] perhaps some one 


καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν" 8 συνίστησιν-δὲ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην 
even might ἆατο ο die; but *commends Shis town 5]οτο 
ἣν « / = e ~ " tew 

εἰς ἡμᾶς “ὁ θεός! ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν χριστὸς 
Stony | TES 1God, that still *sinners Syeing ‘we Christ 
ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν. 9 πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον, δικαιωθεντες 
“for 348 died. Much therefere more, having been justified 
~ ~ / ~ ? ~ ? A ~ 
νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ, σωθησόμεθα dv αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς 
now by his blood, we shall be saved by him from | 
ὀργῆς. 10 εἰ γὰρ ἐχθροὶ ὄντες κατηλλάγημεν τῷ θεῷ -διὰ 


wrath. For if, enemies *being we were reconciled to God through 


~ ta ~ ε - ᾽ ~ ~ ~ , 
τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ.υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες 
the death of his Son, much more, having been reconciled 


σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ. ζωῇ αὐτοῦ: 11 οὐ.μόνον.δε, ἀλλὰ καὶ 

we shall be saved by his life. And not only [so], but also 

καυχώμενοι ἐν τῷ θεῷ διὰ τοῦ.κυρίου-.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, 
boasting in God through our Lord Jesus Christ, 


? - - 4 4 3 , 
δ οὗ νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν. 
through whom now the reconciliation we received. . 


12 Διὰ τοῦτο ὥσπερ Ov ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν 


On this account, as by one man sin into the 
, ? ~ A A ~ : ε / c , ‘ [2 
κόσμον εἰσῇλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος, καὶ οὕτως 
world entered, and by ° sin death, and . thus 
εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους £6 θάνατος! διῆλθεν, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ πάντες 
to all men death passed, for that all 
ἥμαρτον. 19 ἄχρι.γὰρ νόµου ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ" 
sinned : (for until law sin was in [the] world; 
ἁμαρτία.δὲ οὐκἐλλογεῖται, µμὴ.ὄντος νόμου: 14 "add'l 
but sin is not put to account, there not being law ; but 


ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ ᾿Αδὰμ μέχρι ἸΜωσέως! καὶ ἐπὶ 
7reigned death from Adam _ until Moses even upon 
τοὺς μὴ .ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως 
those who had not sinned in the likeness ofthe transgression 
᾿Αδάµ, ὃς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος. 16 ᾽Αλλ᾽ οὐχ 
of Adam, who [15 a figure of the coming [one], But [shall] not 
ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα." εἰγὰρ τῷ 
as the offence, so also [be]the free gift? For if by the 
~ ε κ. , ε ‘ ? [ή . ~ 
TOU ἐνὸς παραπτώματι οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον, πολλῷ μᾶλλον 
308 3ΐἴπο *one offence the many died, much more 
c te ~ ~ A ε ~ ~ ‘ 
ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς 
the grace of God, andthe gift in grace, which[is] ofthe one 
? ’ ? ~ ~ , 
ἀνθρώπου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν. 
man Jesus Christ, to the many did abound. 
16 καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντο τὸ δώρημα ἢ 
And [shall]not as by one haying sinned [he] the gift? 





ε + ἔτι stil’ GLTTrAW. 


LTTr £— ὃ θεός (read συνίστησιν he com- 
Β ἀλλὰ TTrAW. 


_ it Μωῦσέως αι.' τιῖτν. κ The 
to read it as poinied ο the Greck omit [shall] 


ROMANS. 


4 é 4 ? , 
ἐξ ἑνὸς εἰς κατάκριμα, τὺ.δὲ χάρισμα 
to condemnation, but the free gift 


a VI. 
4A a ‘ ~ 
τὸ μὲν. γὰρ κρίμα 
For the “indeed ‘judgment [πας] of one 


ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωµάτων εἰς δικαίωµα. 17 εἰγὰρ τῷ 
[is] of many offences to justification. Forif by the 


Ὁ { ‘ ’ « ’ ? / Λ. ο ε ’ 
του ενὸς παραπτωµατι ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν διὰ τοῦ ἑνός, 


304 “the *one offence death reigned by the one, 
πολλῷ μᾶλλον οἱ τὴν περισσεέαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ “τῆς 
much more those the abundance of grace, and ofthe 


δωρεᾶς" τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες, ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν 
gift of righteousness receiving, in life shall reign 
διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 18”Apa οὖν we δι ἑνὸς παρα- 
by the one Jesus’ Christ:) so ‘hen as by one of- 
πτώματος εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα, 
fence {it was] towards all men to condemnation, 
οὕτως καὶ δι ἑνὸς δικαιώματος εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώ- 
8ο also by one accomplished righteousness towards αἱ] men 
πους εἰς δικαίωσιν ζωῆς. 19 ὥσπερ.γὰρ διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς 
to justification of life. For as by the disobedience 
τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν ot πολλοί, 
of the one man 5sinners 3were ‘constituted “the *many, 
οὕτως καὶ διὰ τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται 
80 also by the obedience of the one ‘righteous “shall *be *constituted 
οἱ πολλοί. 20 Νόμοςδὲ παρεισῆλθεν, ἵνα πλεονάσῃ τὸ 


4the "πΠ]αΥΥ. But Ίαν; camein by thebye, that might abound the 
παράπτωμά. οὗ. δὲ ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν 
offence ; but where abounded sin, overabounded 


a , Z Ue «/ 2 / ε ς [ή 3 ~ id 
ἢ χάρις 21 ἵνα ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ, 
πο Υ πη) that as “reigned 1sin’ in death, 
a | A = \ « , ’ 4 ’ ᾽ 4 
οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης εἰς ζωὴν 
80 also grace might reign through righteousness to life 
~ a ~ / ε ~ 
αἰώνιον, διὰ “Inoov χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν. 
eternal, through Jesus Christ our Lord. 
G Ti οὖν ἐροῦμεν ; Ἀἐπιμενοῦμεν" τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἵνα ἡ χάρις 
What then shall we say? Shall we continue insin that grace 
πλεονάσῃ; 2 μὴ.γένοιτο. οἵτινες. ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, 
may abound 2 May it not be! We who died to sin, 
πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ; Ὁ ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε ὅτι ὕσοι 
how still shallwelive in it? Or are ye ignorant that 7as *many *as 
ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν. θάνατον αὐτοῦ 
1we were baptized unto Christ Jesus, unto his death 
ἐβαπτίσθημεν; 4 συνετάφηµε» οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπ- 
we were baptized? We were buried therefore with him by bap- 
τίσµατος εἰς τὸν θάνατον ἵνα ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη χριστὸς 
tism unto death, that as was “raised *up ‘*Christ 
ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ πατρός, οὕτως καὶ 
from among [the] dead by the glory ofthe Father, so also 
ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωµεν. 5 Εἰ γὰρ σύμφυτοι 
we in newness of life should walk. Forif ‘conjoined 
γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ.θανάτου.αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ 
we have become in the likeness of his death, so also 
τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα" 6 τοῦτο γινώσκοντες, ὅτι ὅ παλαιὸς 
of [his] resurrection we shall be; this knowing, that 2old 
ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συγνεσταυρώθη, ἵνα καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα 
our man was crucified with [him], that might beannulledthé body 


419 


by one to condemna- 
tion, but the free gift 
15 of many offences 
unto justification, 
17 For if by one man’s 
offence death reigned 
by one; much more 
they which receive a- 


* bundance of grace and 


of the gift of right- 
eousness shall reign in 
life by one, Jesus 
Christ.) 18 Therefore 
as by the offence of 
one judgment came up- 
onall men to con- 
demnation; even so 
by the righteousness 
of one the free gift 
came upon all men un- 
to justification of 1146, 
19 For as by one man’s 
disobedience many 
were made sinners, so 
by the obedience of one 
shall many be made 
righteous. 20 More- 
over the law entered, 
that the offence might 
abound. But where sin 
abounded, grace did 
much more abound: 
21 that as sin hath 
reigned unto death, 
even so might grace 
reign through right- 
eousness unto eternal 
life by Jesus Christ 
our Lord. 


VI. What shall we 
say then? Shall we 
continue in sin, that 
grace may abound? 
2 God forbid. How 
shall we, that are dead 
to sin, live any longer 
therein? 3 Know ye 
not, that so many of 
us as were baptized 
into Jesus Christ were 
baptized into his 
death ? 4 Therefore we 
are buried with him 
by baptism into death: 
that like as Christ was 
raised up from the 
dead by the glory of 
the Father, even 80 
we also should walk 
in newness of life. 
5 For if we have been 
planted together in 
the likeness of his 
death, we shall be also 
in the likeness of his 
resurrection : 6 know- 
ing this, that our old 
man is crucified with 
him, that the body of 
sin might be destroyed. 





τὰ [τῆς δωρεᾶς] Le 


2 ἐπιμένωμεν Should we continue GLTTraW. 


414 


that henceforth we 
should not serve sin. 
7 For he that is dead 
is freed from. sin. 
8 Now if we be dead 
with Christ, we believe 
that we shall also live 
with him: 9 knowing 
thatChrist being raised 
from the dead dicth no 
more; death hath no 
more dominion over 
him. 10 For in that 
he died, he died unto 
sin once: but in that 
he liveth, he liveth 
unto God. 11 Like- 
wise reckon ye also 
yourselves to be 
dead indeed unto sin, 
but alive unto God 
through Jesus Christ 
our Lord. 12 Let not 
sin therefore reign in 
your mortal body,that 
ye should obey it in 
the lusts thereof. 
13 Neither yield ye 
your members as in- 
strumenis of unright- 
eousness unto sin: but 
yield yourselves unto 
God, as those that are 
alive from the dead, 
and your members as 
instruments of right- 
eousness unto God. 
14 For sin shall not 
have dominion over 
you: for ye are not 
under the law, but un- 
der grace. 


15 What then? shall 
we sin, because we are 
not under the law, but 
under grace? God 
forbid. 16 Know ye 
not, that to whom ye 
yield yourselves ser- 
vants to obey, his ser- 
ταπίς ye are to whom 
ye obey; whether of 
sin unto death, or of 
obedience unto right- 
eousness? 17 ButGod 
be thanked, that ye 
were the servants of 
sin, but ye have o- 
beyed from. the heart 
that form of doctrine 
which was dclivered 
you. 18Being then 
made free from sin, 
ye became the ser- 
vants of righteous- 
ness. 19 I speak after 
the manner of men 
because of the infirmi- 
ty of your flesh: for 
as ye have yielded 
your members ἍΕΒΟΓ- 
vants to uncleanness 
and to iniquity unto 
iniquity ; evenso now 
yield your members 
servants to righteous- 
ness unto holiness, 
20For when ye were 


ΠΡῸΣ ΡΩΜΑΙΟΥΣ. VI. 
~ ε , ~ / , . ~ ~ ἘΣ 
τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτιᾳ. 
of sin, * that ?no “longer *be ‘subservient ‘we to sin. 
7 ὁ γὰρ ἀποθανὼν δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 8 Εἰ δὲ 


Forhathat died has been justified from sin. Now if 


ἀπεθάνομεν «σὺν χοιστῷ, πιστεύομεν ὅτι καὶ “συζήσομεν" 
we died with Christ, we believe that also we shall live with 
~ > , er ‘ γ᾽ 
αὐτῷ, 9 εἰδότες ὅτι χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ 
him, knowing that Christ having been raised up from among [the] 
νεκρῶν, οὐκέτι ἀποθνήσκει" θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεζει. 
dead, no more dies : death Shim ‘no *more “rules ὍΤΟΥ, 
10 Ρὺ". γὰρ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ. PO" δὲ 
Forinthat he died, to sin ΄ he died once for ail ; but inthat 
~ - ~ ~ A er ‘ ε ~ / ς 3 
ζῇ, ζῇ τῷ θεῷ. 11 οὕτως και υμεῖς λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς ἃ 
he lives, he lives to God. So . also -το reckon yourselves 
γεκροὺς μὲν τεῖναι! τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ζῶντας. δὲ τῷ θεῷ, ἐν χριστῷ 
dead ‘indeed ‘to *be to sin, but alive to God, in’ Christ 
Ἰησοῦ "τῷ κυρίῳ. ἡμῶν." 19 Μὴ οὖν βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία 
ο] 


Jesus our Lord. 2Wot*therefore let °reign 3sin 
ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν. σώματι, εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν "αὐτῇ ἐνὶ ταῖς 
in your mortal body, for to obey it in 


. ,ὔ ? aH 4 , ‘4 [ή e ~ e 
ἐπιθυμίαις. αὐτοῦ"" 13 μηδὲ παριστάνετετὰ μελη ὑμῶν Όπλα ' 


its desires. Neither be yielding your members instruments 

ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ: ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ 

of unrighteousness to sin, but yield yourselves 

θεῷ, σὼςὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας, καὶ τὰ μέλη. ὑμῶν 
toGod as’ *from *among [*the] *dead ‘alive, and your members 

ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ θεῷ. 14 ἁμαρτία.γὰρ ὑμῶν οὐ 

instruments of righteousness to God, For sin 9γοι “not 


κυριεύσει οὐ.γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, *a\N'" ὑπὸ χάριν. 
15}}}] Srule *over, for “not *are'ye under law, but’ under grace. 
15 Τί οὖν; ἡὰἁμαρτήσομεν" ὅτι οὐκ.ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νύµον, 
What then? shall we sin. because, we arenot under law 


> > ε \ , A 7 ἔ / aa ce 
arr! ὑπὸ χάριν; µμὴ.γένοιτο. (16/οὐκ.οἴδατε ὅτε ᾧ 
but under grace? May it not be! “= Know ye not that to whom 


, € a , ~ , 
παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺθ δούλους εἰς. ὑπακοὴν, δοῦλοί ἐστε 
ye yield yourselves bondmen for obedience, bondmen ye are 


to him whom ye obcy, whether of sin to death, or of obedience 


εἰς δικαιοσύνην; 17 χάρις.δὲ τῷ, θεῷ, ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς 
to righteousnexs 2 But thanks [be] to God, that ye were bondmen 
€ Bid € ’ A ? / τν Ν 
ἁμαρτίάς, ὑπηκούσατε.δὲ ἐκ καρδίας εἰς ὃν  παρεδόθητε 
of sin, but ye obeyed from([the] heart *to*which ye ®were *dclivered 
, é > ~ 18 ἊΝ θ / 5 \ 2 \ ~ « ΄ 
τυπον ιόαχιις. ἑλεὺ ερωθέντες δὲ απο τις αµαρτιας» 
1a *form “of *teaching. And having been set free from sin, 
ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ. 19 Ανθρώπινον λέγω διὰ 
ye became bondmen to righteousness, Humanly I speak on account of 
\ ? , ~ ‘ « ~ a ΄ 
τὴν ἀσθένειαν τὴς. σαρκὸς υμῶν. ὥσπερ. γὰρ TAPLOTHOATE 
the weakness of your flesh. or as ye yielled 
‘ , ε ~ ~ ~ 9 , ᾧ - , ‘ 
τὰ μελη. ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν 
your members in bondage to uncleanness and to Jawlessness unto 
> ΄ ev ~ , A ε ~ ον 
ἀνομιαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη. ὑμῶν δοῦλα 
lawlessness, so now yield your membcrs in bondage 


, > « , ή - ” ~ 
δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς αγιασμὀν. 20 οτεγὰρ δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς 
to righteousness unto sanctification. For when bondmen ye were 





© συνζ- LTTrA, 


κυρίῳ ἡμῶν GLTTrAW. 
Χ ἀλλὰ LITrAW. 


LTTra. 


PoE. ει ate εἶναι to be T[ Tr]. τος εἶναι GLTTrAW. 
t— αὐτῇ ἐν GLITrAW. Υ -- ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ α. 
7 ἁμιαρτήσωμεν Should we sin ΙΤΤΙΑΥΥ. 





« ΄, ν ” , a ~ 
ὑπακούετε, ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς. 


VI, VIL. 


ἁμαρτίας, ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δΖΔικσιοσύνῃ. 


ROMANS. 


21 τίνα οὖ» 


of sin, free ye were as to righteousness, Whit “therefore 
καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, 7 ie νῦν ἐπαισχύγεσθε: 

fruit had ye then, inthe[thing»]of which now ye are ashamed? 
τὸ" γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος. 22 vide ἐλευθερω- 
for the end of those things [is] denth. But now having been 


δουλωθέντες δὲ 
and having become bondmen 


τὺ.δὲ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 


τῷ θεῷ, ἔχετε 


θέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, 
to God, ye have 


set free from am 
TOV. καρπὸν. ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν, 


ΣΝ fruit unto sanctification, andthe end life eternal. 
23 τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος" τὸ.δὲ χάρισμα 
For the wages of sin [is] death; but the free gift 


τοῦ θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ ο 
; of God life eternal in Christ Jesus our Lord. 
~ ~ / 
7 Ἢ «ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί, γινώσκουσιν.γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ, ὅτι 
Are ye ignorant, brethren, for to those knowing law  Ispeak, that 


e ’ » 
ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ᾽ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ; 
the law rules over the man foraslong 35 ‘time he may live? 


2 ἡ γὰρ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ" 


For the marricd woman to the living Satie is bound by law; 
ἐὰν. δὲ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνὴρ κατήργηται ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου" τοῦ 
butif should die the husband, 5810 1» οἰδασοᾶ from the law _ of the 
ἀνδρός. 3 ἄρα.οὖν ζῶντος τοῦ ἀνδρὸς μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει, 


husband : δηνιηςσ 
2A ͵ > απ, Β 
ἐὰν γένηται ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ 
if she be to *man ‘another; 


so then, 1the “husband, an adulteress she shall be called, 
dA a ET , ο get 7 ? ; 
ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνήρ, ἐλευθέρα 
but if should dic the husband, free 
5 ‘ ᾿ ~ 3 ~ / 
ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόµου, τοῦ.μὴ.εἶναι.αὐτὴν µοιχαλίδα, γενο- 
sheis Ίτοτ the law, soasforhernot tobe an adulteress, having 
μένην ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ. 4 ὥστε, ἀδελφοί.μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώ- 
become to*man ‘another. Sothat, mybrethren, also ye ‘were made 
θητε τῷ νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι 
dead tothe law by the body of the Christ, for “to *be 
ὑμᾶς ἑτέρῳ, τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγεῤθέντι, ἵνα καρπο- 
ατοι to another, who from aniong [the] dead was raised, that weshould 


φορήσωμεν τῷ θεῷ. 5 ὅτε.γὰρ ἦμεν ἐν τῇ σαρκί, τὰ παθή- 


bring forth fruit to God. For when we were in the flesh, the μας 
ματα τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τὰ διὰ τοῦ γόμου ἐνηργεῖτο ἐν 
sions of sins, which([were]throughthe law, wrought in 


τοὶς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν εἰς τὸ καοποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ" 6 νυνὶ δὲ 
our members to the bringing forth fruit to death ; but now 


κατηργήθηµεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόµου, «ἀποθανόντες' ἐν κατει- 
we werecleared fromthe law, having died (in that]in which we were 


χόµεθα, ὥστε δουλεύειν 4 ἡμᾶς" ἐν καινότητι πνεύματος, καὶ 


~ 


held, so that “should “serve ‘we in newness of spirit, and 
οὐ παλαιότητι γράμματος. 
not in oldness of letter. 
΄ > ~ « , , . 
7 Τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν; ὁ νόμος ἁμαρτία; μὴ-γένοιτο 


What then shall we Ὃ [15] the law sin ? πο it not be! 


ἀλλὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ.ἔγνων εἰ.μὴ διὰ νόμου" τήν.τε.γὰρ 

But sin I knew not ss ia by law : for also 

ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ. δειν εἰ μὴ ὁ νόμος ἔλεγεν, Οὐκ 
lust I had not been conscious of unless the law said, Not 

> δν 2 rom κ᾿ « 

ἐπιθυμήσεις" ὃ ἀφορμὴν. δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς 


*thou “shalt lust; but “Απ occasion "having *taken by the 


415 


the servants of sin, ye 
were free from richt- 
eousness. 21 What 
fruit had ye then in 
those things whereof 
ye are now ashamed ? 
for the end of those 
things 18 death, 22 But 
now heing made free 
from sin, and become 
servants to God, ye 
have your fruit unto 
holiness, and the end 
everlasting life, 23 For 
the wages of sin’ 18 
acath ; but the gift of 
God 7s eternal life 
through Jesus Christ 
our Lord. 


VII. Know ye not, 
brethren, (for I speak 
to them that know 
the law,) how that 
the law hath domi- 
nion over a man as 
long as he liveth? 
2 For the woman 
which hath an hus- 
band is bound by the 
law to her husbind so 
long as he liveth; .but 
if the husband be 
dead, she is loosed 
from the law of her 
husband. 3So then 
if, while her husband 
liveth, she be married 
to another man, she 
shall be called an a- 
dulteress: but if her 
husband be dead, she 
is free from that law; 
so that she is no adul- 
teress, though she be 
marricd to another 
man. 4 Wherefore, my 
brethren, ye also are 
become dead to the 
law by the body of 
Christ; that yeshould 
be married to another, 
even to him who is 
raised from the dead, 
that we should bring 
forth fruit unto God, 
5 For when we were in 
the flesh, the motions 
of sins, which were by 
the law, did work in 
our members to bring 
forth fruit unto death. 
6 But now we are de- 
livered from the law, 
that being dead where- 
in we were held; that 
we should serve in 
newness of spirit, and 
not in the oldness of 
the letter. 

7 What shall we say 
then? Js thelaw sin? 
God forbid. Nay, I 
had not known sin, 
but by the law: for I 
had not known lust, 
except the law had 
said, Thou shalt not 
covet. 8 But sin, 


τ, the question ends at then LTA. 
© ἀποθανόντος (read as A.V.) Ε. 


a+ μὲν indeed La, 
4 [ἡμᾶς] ντε. 


ἳ 


Ὁ .-- τοῦ νόµου E, 


416 


taking occasion by 
the commandment, 
wrought in me all 
manner of concupis- 
cence, For without 
the law sin was dead. 
9 For I was alive 
without the law once: 
but when the com- 
mandment came, sin 
revived, and I died. 
10 And the command- 
ment, tvhich was or- 
daincd to life, I found 
to be unto death. 
11 For sin, taking oc- 
casion by the com- 
mandment, deceived 
me, and by itslew me. 
12 Wherefore the law 
ts holy, and the com- 
mandment holy, and 
just, andgood. 13 Was 
then that which is 
good made death unto 
me? God forbid. But 
sin, that it might 
appear sin, working 
death in me by that 
which is good; that 
sin by the com- 
mandment might be- 
eome exceeding sinful. 
14 For we know that 
the law. is spiritual: 
but I am carnal, sold 
under sin. 15 Forthat 
which I do I allow 
not: for what I would, 
that do I not; put 
what I hate, that do 
I. 16 If then I do 
that which I would 
not, I consent unto 
the law that it is 
good. 17 Now then it 
is no more I that do 
it, but sin that dwell- 
eth in me. 18For I know 
that in me (that is, in 
my flesh,) dwelleth no 
good thing: for to will 
is present with me; but 
how to perform that 
which is good I find 
not, 19 For the good 
that I would I do not: 
but the evil which I 
would not, that I do. 
20 Now if I do that 
I would not, it is 
no more 1 that do 
it, but sin that dwell- 
eth in me, 211 find 
then a law, that,when 
1 would do good, evil 
is prescnt with me, 
22 For I delight in the 
law of God after the 
inward man: 23 but I 
see another law in my 


Προς POQOMATOYS. VII. 


ἐντολῆς «κατειργάσατο" ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν. χωρὶς. γὰρ 


commandment . worked out in me every lust ; for apart from 
, 7, / ‘ 

νόμου ἁμαρτία νεκρά: 9 ἐγὼ. δὲ ἔζων χωρὶς νόμου 
law sin [was] dead. ButI wasalive apartfrom law 


ποτέ ἐλθούσης. δὲ τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν, ἐγὼ. δὲ 
once; but having come the commandment, sin revived, but f 


δι θονον: 10 καὶ εὑρέθη μοι ἡ ἐντοὴ ἡ 
died. And was found to me [that} the ο μας which [was] 


εἰς ζωήν, fabrn' εἰς θάνατον. 11 η. 18 Ὁ ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν 
νο life, this [tobe] to death : ο for sin 2an *oceasion 
λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς ἐξηπάτησέν µε, καὶ Ov αὐτῆς 


‘having “taken by thecommandment, deceived me, and by it 
ἀπέκτεινεν. 12 ὥστε Opivvopoc ἅγιας, καὶ ἡ ἐντολὴ 
slew {me]. Sothat the law indeed [is] holy, and the commandment 
ayia καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή. 19 Τὸ οὖν ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ 
holy and just and good. That which then Cis} good, to me 
Byéyover' θάνατος; μὴ-γένοιτο" adda! ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἵνα 
has it become death ? May it not be! But sin, that 


φανῇ ἁμαρτία, διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μοι KarEepyad 14167" 
it might appear a by that which [is] good tome workiuz cut 


θάνατον,ίνα γένηται καθ “ὑπερβολὴν ἁμαρτωλὸς ἡ ἡ ἁμαρτία, 


death ; that *might “become Pe λα *sinful yin 
διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς. 14 Οἴδαμεν.γὰρ ὅτι ὁ νόμος πνευµ.:τικός 
ο. the commandment, For we know thatthe law πια 


ἐστιν" ἐγὼ. δὲ Ἰσαρκικός" εἰμι; πεπραμένος ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. 
is; but I *fleshly lam, Ετος been sold under sin. 
15 ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζοµαι, οὐ.γινώσκω' οὐ γὰρ ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο 
For what 1 work out, Idonotown: fornot whcetI will, this 


’ ο 7 » ‘ τι ᾽ , 
ape cee ἀλλ᾽ ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ. 16 εἰδὲ ὃ οὐ.θέλω, 
do ; but what [hate, this I practise. But if what I do not will, 


τοῦτο ποιῶ, τῷ νό ὅτι καλός. 17 νυνὶ δὲ 
this I practise, tothe law that [it is} right. Now then 
’ / ? ‘ 1 > »ι c m ? “Ὁ il 7 > ΠῚ 
OUKETL ae κατεργάζοµαι αὐτό, ἀλλ”' ἡ ποἰκοῦσα! ἐν ἐμοὶ 
no ionger ; ‘am working “out ‘it; but the dwelling “in *me 
ἁμαρτία. 18 Οἶδα.γὰρ' ὅτι οὐκ.οἰκεῖ ἐν ἐμοί, "τουτέστιν" ἐν 
1sin, For I ee that theredwells notin me, that is in 
τῇ.σαρκί.µου, ἀγαθόν' τὸ γὰρ.θέλειν παράκειταί μοι, τὸ δὲ 
my flesh, good : for to will is present with me, but 


θελω 


Ἀσύμφημι' 


I consent 


κατεργάζεσθαι τὸ καλὸν ϑοὐχ.εὑρίσκω." 19 οὐ γὰρ ὃ 


to work out the right I find not. For not what *i Γ᾿ 
~ ? . θ χιτ Ρ > ay ἃ ? / 
ποιῶ ἀγαθόν" Ράλλ"' ὃ οὐ.θέλω κακόν, τοῦτο πράσ- 
“4ο Ἵ Spractise ‘good; but what Ἵ 5ᾷο “ποὺ will ‘evil, this Ido. 
? ‘ εν ᾽ Υ͂ 4 ? , i ~ ~ 
ow. 20 εἰ δὲ ὃ  οὐ-θέλω τν, τοῦτο ποιῶ, οὐκέτι 


But if what *do “πού *will this 1 Braptie, {it is] no longer 


ἐγὼ κατεργάζομαι αὐτό, PANN’! ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία. 
I {who} work Ξουαὺ “it, but the ποσα Ξε “πιο 1sin. 


21 Ἑὑρίσκω ἄρα τὸν νόμον τῷ θέλοντι ἐμοὶ ποιεῖν τὸ καλόν, 
Ifind then the law “who ‘will ‘to me topractise the right, 


ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται. 22 συνήδοµαι.γὰρ τῷ νόμῳ 





that me evil is present with. For ? delight in the 
: τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον' 28 βλεπω.δὲ ἕτερον 
of God according {ο the inward man: but fsee another 
: 5 κατηργάσατο TTrA. { αὐτὴ αγγ. g ἐγένετο did it become Lrtraw. bh ἀλλ La. 
σάρκινός fleshy GLTTrAW. κσύν- τ. 1 ἀλλὰ LTTrA. πα ἐνοικοῦσα T, 2 τοῦτ᾽ 


ἔστιν ατ. 


ατι[Α]ν. 


ο οὔ [is] ποῦ LrTra. 


Ρ ἀλλὰ ΤΊτΑ. a -- ἐγώ (read οὐ θέλω I do not will) 


° 


J 


ἵ 


VI, VII. ROMANS. 

νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν.μου ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ 
law in my members warring against the law 

vooc.uov, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά µε" τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 

of my mind, and leading *captive me tothe law of sin 
τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν.μου. 34 ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος" 


which is in my members. O wretched ΞΕ tman ! 
τίς µε ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ.θανάτου.τούτου: 
who *me ‘shall deliver out of the body of this death ? 


25 "εὐχαριστῶ" τῷ θεῷ διὰ ᾿ἸἸησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου. ἡμῶν' 
1 thank God through Jesus’ Christ our Lord. 
ἄρα.οὖν αὐτὸς ἐγὼ τῷ μὲν! vot δουλεύω νόμῳ θεοῦ" 
Sothen ?myself I withthe indeed ‘mind = serve “law ‘God’s; 
τῇῷ-δὲ σαρκὶ νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας. 
but with the flesh “law *sin’s. 
8 Οὐδὲν. ἄρα.νῦν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν χριστῷ “In οὔ, “wy 
(There is] then now no condemnation tothose in Christ Jesus, ποῦ 
κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πνεῦμα." 2 ὁ. γὰρ 
“according *to “flesh +who *walk, but according to Spirit. For the 
νόμος τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν χριστῷ ‘Inoov ἠλευθέρωσέν 
law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus set *free 
με! ἀπὸ τοῦ νόµου τῆς ἁμαρτίας Kai τοῦ θανάτου. 3 Τὸ γὰρ 


‘me from the law of sin and of death. For 
/ - , ? zr ’ - , 
ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόµου, ἐν ῳ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, 


*powerless [*being] ‘the in that it was weak through the fiesh, 
ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ υἱὸν πέμψας ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας 
God, “his*own Son ‘having Ξρεηῖ, in likeness of flesh of sin, 
Kal περὶ ἁμαρτίας κατέκρινεν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί, 4 ἵνα 
and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh, that 

TO δικαίωµα τοῦ νόµου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν, τοῖς μὴ κατὰ 
the requirement ofthe law should be fulfilled in us, who notaccordingto 
σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πνεῦμα. 5 Οἱ γὰρ 
flesh walk, but according to Spirit. For they that 
κατὰ σάρκα ὄντες, τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς φρονοῦσιν' οἱ δὲ 
according to flesh are, thethingsofthe flesh mind; and they 
κατὰ πνεῦμα, τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος. 6 τὸ γὰρ φρόνημα 
according to Spirit, the things ofthe Spirit. For the mind 
τῆς σαρκὸς θάνατος" τὸ.δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ πνεύματος, ζωὴ 
ofthe flesh [is] death; but the mind of the Spirit, life 
καὶ εἰρήνη. ἢ Διότι τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς ἔχθρα εἰς 
and peace Because the mind ofthe flesh [15] eninity towards 
θεόν: τῷ.γὰρ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ.ὑποτάσσεται, οὐδὲ.γὰρ δύνα- 


Σ]ανν, 


God: fortothe law of God it is not subject; for neither can 
ο « A , ‘ nH” ~ » , ? 7, 
ται ὃ οἱ δὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες, θεῷ .ἀρέσαι οὐ.δύνανται. 
it Πε]; απᾶ they that 7in “flesh lare, SGod please *cannot. 


« ~ Ξ 7 x / ? » 
9 Ὑμεῖς.δὲ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σαρκί, "ἀλλ᾽" ἐν πνεύματι, εἴπε 
Butye *not ‘are in flesh, but in Spirit, if indeed [the] 
πνεῦμα θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν. εἰ δὲ τις πνεῦμα χριστοῦ 
Spirit of God dwells in you;  butif anyone [086] Spirit of Christ 
> ” ” wail ᾽ Η Ἢ ἀν fis ‘ 
οὐκ.ἔχει, οὗτος οὐκ. ἔστιν αὐτοῦ. 10 εἰ δὲ χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν, TO 





417 


members, warring a- 
gainst the law of my 
mind, and bringing 
me into captivity to 
the law of sin which 
is in my members, 
24 Ο wretched man 
that I am! who shall 
deliver me from the 
body of this death? 
25... Ὁ thank God 
through Jesus Chriss 
our Lord. So then 
with the mind I my- 
self serve the law of 
God; but with the 
flesh the law of sin. 
VIII. There is there- 
fore now no condem- 
nation to them which 
are in Christ Jesus, 
who walk not after 
the flesh, but after the 
Spirit. 2 For the law 
of the Spirit of life 
in Christ Jesus hath 
made me free from 
the law of sin and 
death. 3 For what the 
law could not do, 
in that it was weak 
through the flesh, God 
sending his own Son 
in the likeness of sin- 
ful flesh, and for sin, 
condemned sin in the 
flesh : 4 that the right- 
eousness of the law 
might be fulfilled in 
us, who walknot after 
the flesh, but after the 
Spirit. 5 For they that 
are after the flesh do 
mind the things of 
the flesh; but they 
that are after the 
Spirit the things of 
the Spirit. 6For to be 
carnally minded 18 
death ; but. to be spi- 
ritually minded 18 life 
and peace. 7 Because 
the carnal mind 18 
enmity against God: 
for it isnot subject to 
the law of God, nei- 
ther indeed can be. 
8So then they that 
are in the flesh can- 
not please God. 9 But 
ye are not in the ficsh, 
put in the Spirit, if so 
be that the Spirit of 
God dwell in you. 
Now if any man have 
not the Spirit of 
Christ, he is none of 
his. 10 And if Christ 
be in you, the body 18 
dead because of sin; 
but the Spirit zs life 
because of rightéous- 





has not, he is not of him: but if Christ [be]in you, the : 
Ὁ τῷ " ι ε , . Δι αὖ . ness, 11 But if the 
ἐν σῶμα νεκρὸν “δι ἁμαρτίαν, τὸ. δὲ πνεῦμα ζωὴ Spirit of him that 
3Ίπᾶεεᾶ *body [is] dead on account of sin;  butthe Spirit , life ος ἘΝ J pet oes 
, 2 Or 4 ~ ~ ΄ the ea we 
διὰ δικαιοσύνην. 11 εἰ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος you, he that rais- 
on account of righteousness. But if the. Spirit of him who raised up ed up Christ from 
® + ἐν in (the) Tra]. 5 χάρις thanks (to God) LrTra. t — μὲν T. u— μὴ κατὰ to 


end of verse GLTTrAW. YoetheeT. ᾿ * ἀλλὰ ΤΊτΑ. Σ διὰ LTTra. 


7 + τὸν ΤΤ[Α]. 
EE: 


418 ἜΡΟΝ ΡΟΜΑΙΟΥΣ. ταις 


the dead shall also Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν" 
icken your mortal Ἵ Ἔ ΠΕΣ : 5 
ος by his Spirit Jesus fromamong{[the] dead dwells in you, hewhe riiscdup the 


that dwelleth in you. Αγριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν" ζωοποιήσει καὶ τὸ θνητὰ σώματα 
ΖΞ πώ ἐς οὐ λοὴ pares Christ from among [the] dead will quicken also 4mortal bodies 
é are ; : 3 1 4 Ἢ 

the flesh, sy te “rigs ὑμῶν διὰ υτὸ ἐνοικοῦν αὐτοῦ πνεῦμα! ἐν ὑμῖν. 12 Ἄρα 
the flesh. 13Forif ye 1 : F Kip thi agp irit ἐξ a ΤῈ 
live after the flesh, ye eee or gah rates es μις ἘΠ ΕἾ : is 3 Ῥ ᾿ y ἡ 

shall die: but if ye οὖ, ἀδελφοί, ὀφειλέται ἐσμὲν οὐ τῇ σαρκι του κατά σάρκα 
through the Spirit do then, brethren, debtors weare, nottothe flesh, 3accourding *to *flesh 


mortify the deeds of 3! ir : 4 3 : i - 
the body, ye shall ζῇν" 19 εἰγὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε, μέλλετε ἀποθνήσκειν" 
live, 14 For as many to live; for if according to flesh ye live, ye are about to die; 
asareled by theSpirit , ., ᾿ : αρ ΜΗ. ες 3 
of God, they are the εἰ. δὲ πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦτεν ζήσεσθε. 
sons of God. 15 For putif by [the] Spirit the deeds ofthe body ye put to death, ye willlive: 
ye have not reccived “ 1 , - » αν ασ rie “ἢ 
the spirit of bondage 14 Όσοι. γὰρ πνεύματι θεοῦ ἄγονται, οὗτοί “εἰσιν υἱοὶ θεοῦ. 
again to a ; iin bg for as many as by [the] Spirit of God are led, these are sons of God. 
ξ i theSpiri ’ > ΄ - , , , ᾿ 
Pr tortien, whereby 16 οὐ. γὰρ ἐλάβετε πνεῦμα δουλείας" πάλιν εἰς φόβον, “ἀλλ᾽ 
we cry, Abba, Father. For “not 17ο “received aspirit of bondage again unto fear, but 
ο irit itself ΄ ~ ε , ές: , ? 2” , 
16 The Spiness with. ἐλάβετε πνεῦμα υἱοθεσίας, ἐν. ᾧ κράζοµεν, ABBA, ὃ πατήρ. 
our spirit, that we are ye received ἃ Spirit of adoption, whereby wecry, Abba, Father. 


the children of’ God: π > A ‘ ~ f 1 ~ ; « ~ ipa 
7 And if children, 10 Αὐτὸ TO πνεῦμα ᾿συμμαρτυρεῖ τῳ-.πνευματιιημων, Ότι 


ἆ irs: heirs of “Itself ‘the Spirit bears witness with our spirit, that 

then heirs; h ο Ῥ 

God, and joinr pers ἐσμὲν τέκνα θεοῦ. 17 εἰ δὲ τέκνα, καὶ κληρονόμοι’ κληρονόμοι 

that we suffer with We are children of God. And if children, also heirs : _ heirs 

him, that we may be μὲν θεοῦ, ἰσυγκληρονόμοι" δὲ χοιστοῦ' εἴπερ ξσυμπάσχομεν,' 

also glorified together. ig peony a ης PES eee he : ας, µ χομενν 
5 indeed of God, and joint-heirs of Christ ; ifindeed we suffer together, 


18 For I reckon that « \ Ratan 
the sufferings of this (γα και συγθοξασνωμµεγ. 


Ῥγοβοιῦ time are not that also we may be glorified together. 


cl he Ke gue ae ee 18 Λογίζομαι.γὰρ ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ viv 
shall be revealed in For Τ reckon that not worthy [are]the sufferings of the presert 
us. 19 For the earnest ~ 5 ι Ly , Β a 
expectation of the Καιρου πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 
creature waiteth for time [to το οοπιρατθᾶ] with the : 2abhout lelory to be revealed 


the manifestation of .?, 5,,7 ε A ? ἢ ~ ἢ \ ἢ 4 
the sons of God, εἰσ τ ημά 19 Ἡ γὰρ ἀποκαραδοκία της κτίσεως την αποκαά 


20 For the creature to For the earnest expectation of the creation the ‘reve- 


was made subject to ed τα, = ay ὃν «ΔΆ es φον 
ο ο ay st λυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπεκδέχεται. 20 τῇ.γὰρ-µαταιότητι 


but by reason of him 1 108 *of *the sons 7of°God ‘awaits; for to vanity 
nau ding τῳ ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη, οὐχ ἑκοῦσα, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑπο- 
᾽ 


9] because the crea- the creation was subjected, not willingly, but byreasonof him who sub- 


ture itself also shall γάξαντα, én’! ἐλπίδι 21 ‘dre καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερω- 


ene ieee, in ορ that also “itself the creation shall be 


into the glorious li- θήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς ἱδρυλείαςὶ τῆς φθορᾶς εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν 
ο πα oe oven freed from the bondage of corruption into the freedom 
know that the whole τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ θεοῦ. 22 οἴδαμεν γὰρ ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ 


creation groaneth and of the glory ofthe children of God. For we know that all the 
travaileth in pain to- 


gether until now. κτίσις ἔσυστε)άζειὶ καὶ συνωδίνει ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν: 23 οὐ 


23 And not only they, creation groans together and travails together until now. “Not 
but ourselves also, 


which have the first- µόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὶ τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ πνεύματος 
fruits of the Spirit, “only +and(so], but even ourselves the βγβί-σαϊ of the Spirit 
even we _ ourselves , k κ η : ae : ΑΙ ΠΝ ἕ ; 
groan within our- ἔχοντες, "καὶ ἡμεῖς" αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς στενάζοµεν, υἱοθεσίαν 
selves, waiting forthe haying, also we ourselves *in “ourselves ‘groan, Sadoption 
adoption, to wit, the , , : ; , ο. ες - 
redemption of | our ἀπεκδεχόμενοι, τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ.σώματος ἡμῶν. 34 τῇ 
body. 34 For we are *awaiting— the redemption of our body. 

saved by hope : but ‘ > aN Sec ee S ? ‘ \ / ᾽ ” 2 Pa 
hope that is seen is γάρ. ἐλπίδι ἐσώβημεν' ἐλπὶς δὲ βλεπομένη οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς 
not hope: for what a Forin hope we were saved; but hope secn isnot  10ρ8; 





* — τὸν LTTIA. 5 χριστὸν [Ἰησοῦν] (Jesus) ἐκ νεκρῶν L; ἐκ νεκρῶν χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν Τ. 
- » - 2 - ΄ « ΄ 9 o 
5 τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ πνεύματος (read as A.V.) ET, © υἱοί εἰσιν θεοῦ LitraWw. 4 δου- 
λίας τ. © ἀλλὰ LYTrA. {συν- τπτ. ὃ συν- TA, Ἀ ἐφ᾽ τ. i διότι T. ) δουλίας Te 
k ἡμεῖς καὶ TA; [ἡμεῖς| καὶ 115, 


VIII. ROMANS. 
ὃ. γὰρ βλεπει me τί "καὶ ἐλπίζε; 25 εἰδὲ ὃ οὐ 
for what “*sces ‘anyone why also does he hope for? But if what "ποὺ 


βλέπομεν ἐλπίζομεν, δι ὑπομονῆς ἀπεκδεχόμεθα. 26 Ὡσαύτως 
4we *sce we hope for, in endurance . we await, *In*like *manner 
δὲ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα συναντιλαμβάλεται "ταῖς. ἀσθενείαις" ἡμῶν' 
Nand also the Spirit jointly helps our weaknesses ; 
τὸ γὰρ τί προσευξώμεθα καθὸ δεῖ, οὐκ.οἴδαμεν, “ἀλλ᾽ 
for that which we should pray for according as it behoves, we know not, but 
αὐτὸ τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει Ῥὑπὲρ ἡμῶν" στεναγμοῖς 
51ἱεοεΙξ πο Spirit makes intercession for us with groanings 
ἀλαλήτοις' 27 ὁ δὲ Ἱερευνῶν" τὰς καρδίας οἶδεν τί τὸ 


inexpressible But he who searches the hearts knows what [is] the 
φρόνημα τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅτι κατὰ θεὸν ἐντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ 
mind of the Spirit, because according to God heintercedes for 


ἁγίων. 28 Οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν τὸν θεὸν πάντα 


410 


man seeth, why doth 
he yet hope for? 25 But 
if we hope for that 
we see not, then do we 
with patience wait for 
et. 26 Likewise the 
Spirit also helpeth our 
infirmities: for we 
know not what we 
should pray for as we 
ought: but the Spirit 
itself maketh inter- 
cession for us with 
groanings which can- 
not be uttered. 27 And 
he that searcheth the 


.hearts knoweth what 


ts the mind- of the 
Spirit, because he 
maketh intercession 
for the saints accord- 
ing to the will of God. 


saints, But we know that to those who love God allthings 28 And we know that 

- ; ᾽ , ~ , ALL i ς = 
Touvepyet' εἰς ἀγαθόν, τοῖς κατὰ πρόθεσιν κλητοῖς ther for’ goed to thea 
work together for good, tothose who according to purpose 7ealled that love God, to 
οὖσιν. 29 ὅτι οὓς πβοέγνω, καὶ προώρισεν συμμόρ- οσα πας) το 
199. Because whom he foreknew, also he predestinated [to be] conformed fis purpose. 29 For 
ῥους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρω- Nrembegitforeinew, 
ἴο the image of his Son, for (ο νε ‘him [the] first- pate PORES RSE to 
τότοκον ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς' 90 οὓς δὲ προώρισεν. τούτους δ ος 
born among many brethren. But whom he predestinated, these. βτείροτη afta many 
καὶ ἐκάλεσεν' καὶ οὓς ἐκάλεσεν, τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν' οὓς brethren. 30 Moreover 
also hecalled; and whom he called, these also he justified; ?whom ἡ μὰ Re aid predes- 


δὲ ἐδικαίωσεν, τούτους Kai ἐδόξασεν. 
*but he justified, these also he glorified. 
/ re ? ~ A ~ ae \ - ᾿ « ~ 
31 Ti οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα; εἰ ὁ θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, 
What then shallwesay to thesethings? If God [be] for us, 
τίς καθ ἡμῶν; 82 ὅς γε τοῦ.ἰδίου.υἱοῦ οὐκ.ἐφείσατο, "ἀλλ᾽" 
who against us? Who indeed his own Son spared not, but 
ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πάντων παρέδωκεν αὐτόν, πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ 


for us all gave up him, how “not *also *with Shim 
τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται; 33 τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ 
Sall'°things ‘us ‘will *he Ίρταπῦ 2 Who shall bring an accusation against 
ἐκλεκτῶν θεοῦ ; θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν. 84 τίς ὁ κατα- 


[the] elect of God ? [Τὸ is}God who justifies: who he that’ con- 
κρίνων; ριστὸς ἵ ὁ ἀποθανών, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ! ἐγερθείς, 
demns? ΓΙ 15] Christ’ who died, butrather also is raised up; 


ὃς "καὶ" ἔστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὃς καὶ ἐντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ 
who also is at (thel right hand of God;who also interccdes for 
ἡμῶν. 35 τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ χριστοῦ ; 
us: who us_ shallseparate from the love οἵ Christ ? 
a / a , ’ n 
θλίψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμός, ἢ λιμός, ἢ γυµνότης, ἢ 
tribulation, or strait, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or 
κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα; 96 καθὼς γέγραπται, Ὅτι ξνεκά" σου 
danger, ' or sword? According as it has been written, For thy sake 
θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν' ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα 
we are put to death *whole ‘the day ; we were reckoned as sheep 
σφαγῆς. 87 Αλλ᾽ ἐν τούτοις πᾶσιν ὑπερνικῶμεν διὰ 
of slaughter, But in these “things ‘all we more than overcome through 











τὰ — καὶ LTr[A]. 2 σῇ ἀσθενείᾳ (read our weakness) LTTrAW. 
P — ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν LTTrAW. 4 ἐραυνῶν ΤΈΣ. 
5 ἀλλὰ LYTrA. t Ἰησοῦς Jesus [L]T. 
GLTLraw. 


¥— καὶ LTTrLA]. 


tinate, them he also 
called: and whom he 
called, them he also 
justified : and whom 
he justified, them he 
also glorified. 


91 What shall we 
then say to these 
things? If God le 
for us, who can be 
against us? 32 He 
that spared not his 
own Son, but deliver- 
ed him up for us all, 
how shall he not with 
him also freely give us 
all things? 33 Who shall 
lay any thing to the 
charge of God’s elect ? 
Jt is God that justifi- 
eth. 34 Who ts he that 
condemneth? ,/t is 
Christ that died, yoa 
rather, that is risen 
again, who is οτεπ at 
the right handof God, 
who also maketh in- 
tercession 107 us, 
35 Who shall separate 
us from the love of 
Christ? shali tribula- 
tion, or distress, or 
persecution, or fam- 
ine, or nakedness, or 
peril, or sword ἢ 36 As 
it is written, For th 
sake we are killed all 
the day long ; we are 





ο ἀλλά TIrw. 


Γ συνεργεῖ ὃ θεὸς God works together 1, 
Ἡ — καὶ [τ]τ. 


Σ ἕνεκεν 


420 


accounted as sheep for 
the slaughter. 37 Nay, 
in all these things we 
are more than con- 
querors through him 
that loved us. 38 For 
I am persuaded, that 
neither death, nor life, 
nor angels, nor prin- 
cipalities, nor powers, 
nor things present,nor 
things to come, 39 nor 
height, nor depth, nor 
any other creature, 
shall be able to sepa- 
rate us from the love 


of God, which is in: 


Christ Jesus our Lord. 


TX. I say the truth 
in Christ, I lie not, my 
conscience also bear- 
ing me wituess in the 
Holy Ghost, 2 that I 
have great heaviness 
and continual sorrow 
in my heart. 3 For I 
could wish that my- 
self were accursed 
from Christ for my 
trethren, my kinsmen 
according to the flesh: 
4 who are Israelites; to 
whom pertaineth the 
adoption, and the glo- 
ry, and the covenants, 
and the giving of the 
law, and the service 
of God, and the pro- 
mises; 5 whose ατς 
the fathers, and of 
whom as concerning 
the flesh Christ came, 
who is over all, God 
blessed for ever. A- 
men. 6 Not as though 
the word of God hath 
taken none effect. For 
they are not all Israel, 
which are of Israel: 
7 Neither, because they 
are the seed of Abra- 
811 chil- 
dren: but, In Isaac 
shall ae be call- 

t is, They 
which are the chil- 
dren of the flesh, these 
are not the children of 
God: but the children 
of the promise are 
counted for the seed. 
9 For this is the word 
of promise, At this 
time will I come, and 
Sarah shall have a 
son. 10 And not only 
this; but when Re- 
becca also had con- 
ceived by one, even by 
our father Isaac ; 
11 (for the children 
being not yet born, 
neither having done 
any good or evil, that 
the purpose of God 
according to election 
might stand, not of 
works, but cc him that 


Υ οὔτε δυνάμεις placed after μέλλοντα GLITrAW. 
b Ἰσραηλεῖται τ. 
{ φαῦλον LTTrA, 


LITraw, 
πω LTr, 


‘becca 


ΠΡῸΣ (POMATO VS. VIII, 1X. 


~ , ~ , 4 τ » 
τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς. 88 πέπεισμαι.γὰρ ὅτι οὔτε 
him who loved us. For I am persuaded that neither 
θάνατος, οὔτε ζωή, οὔτε ἄγγελοι, οὔτε ἀρχαί, Youre du- 
death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, mor 


νάµεις,! οὔτε ἐνεστῶτα, οὔτε μέλλοντα» 39 οὔτε ὕψωμα, οὔτε 


powers, nor things present, nor things to be, nor height, nor 
βάθος, οὔτε τι; κτίσις ἑτέρα δυνήσεται ἡμᾶς χωρίσαι 
depth, nor any “created*thing ‘other willbeable us to separate 


ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ 


ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ θεοῦ, τῆς 
Christ Jesus ?Lord 


from the love of God, which [is] in 
ἡμῶν. 
tour. 
9 ᾿Αλήθειαν λέγω ἐν χριστῷ, οὐ.ψεύδοµαι,συμμαρτυρούσης! 
Truth Isay in Christ, 1 lie not, bearing witness with 


μοι τῆς.συνειδήσεώς.μου ἐν πνεύματι᾽ ἁγίῳ, 2 ὅτι λύπη 
{π [086] 7Spirit 1Holy, that ?grief 


me my conscience 

? ‘ rf 3 ο , ? / ~ / 
μοι ἐστὶν µεγάλη, καὶ ᾿ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇῷ-καρδίᾳ.μου" 
300 “πιο 38 αστοᾶῦ, and unceasing SOrrow in my heart, 


3 ηὐχόμην γὰρ "αὐτὸς ἐγὼ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι! ἀπὸ τοῦ χριστοῦ 
for [was wishing "πιγεει ᾖ3Ι 9 curse tobe from.the Christ 


ὑπὲρ τῶν. ἀδελφῶν.μου, τῶν.συγγενῶν-μου κατὰ σάρκα" 


for my brethren, my kinsmen according to flesh ; 
4 οἵτινές εἰσιν Ῥσραηλῖται,) ὧν ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα, 
who are Israelites, whose [is] the adoption and the glory, 
κ Gee ὃ θῇ Π \ ε θ , ‘ « / 3 ε 
καὶ “αἱ διαθῆκαι" καὶ ἡ νοµοθεσία, καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ 
and the covenants and the lawgiving, and the service and the 
ἐπαγγελίαι, ὅ ὧν οἱ πατέρες, καὶ ἐξ WY 0 χριστὸς τὸ 
promises ; whose[are]the fathers; and of whom [is]the Christ 
κατὰ σάρκα, ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸς εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς 


according to over all God blessed to the 


I~ ? / ᾽ id Sie 7 ὁ » / « , ~ 
αἰῶνας. ἀμήν. 6 Οὐχ οἷον.δὲ ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ 


flesh, who is 


ages, Amen, Not however that has failed the wor 
θεοῦ. οὐ.γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἱσραήλ, οὗτοι. Ισραήλ" 
of God; for not all “which [5816] ®of ‘Israel ‘those [fare] “Israel: 


: 95 «“ Ψ aa , ? / ’ ᾿ ? ? 
7 οὐδ᾽ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα ᾿Αβραάμ, πάντες τέκνα, ἀλλ 
nor because they are seed of Abraham [are] all children: but, 
9 δ ἢ ἃ On , , oO dr ῃ il ? 4 
ἐν Ισαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα. ὃ “Τουτεστινὶ οὐ τὰ 
In Isaac’ shall be called to'thee ἃ seed. That is, Snot ‘the 
, ~ ier ~ / - - ? 
τέκνα τῆς σαρκός, ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ" ἀλλὰ τὰ τέκνα 
ΞΟΠ ἄτῃ *of*the *fiesh ®these [7ατε] children of God; but the children 
τῆς ἐπαγγελίας λογίζεται εἰς σπέρμα. 9 ἐπαγγελίας.γὰρ 
ofthe promise are reckoned for seed, For of promise 
ὁ λόγος.οὗτος, Κατὰ . τὸν.καιρὸν τοῦτον ἐλεύσομαι, καὶ 
this word [is], According to this time Iwillcome, and 
ἔσται τῇ Σάῤῥᾳ υἱός. 10 Οὐ.μόνον.δὲ, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ῥε- 
there shall be to Sarah ason, And not only [that], but also Re- 
, > ε / » " ? ~ ~ 
βέκκα ἐξ ἑνὸς κοίτην ἔχουσα, ᾿Ισαὰκ τοῦ. πατρὸς ἡμῶν" 
. *by “Ὅπ6 conception "Πατίης, Isaac our father, 
6,” 1. 
11 ἁμήπω" γὰρ γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων 
not *yet [*the *children] *for being born, nor having done 
τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ ἱκακόν," ἵνα ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν ἔτοῦ θεοῦ 
anything good ος οτί], (that the *according Sto Selection 308 “God 
πρόθεσις! μέ κ ἐξ ἔργων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ ὔ 
τρ ς μένῃ, οὐκ εξ εργών, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ καλοῦντος, 
purpose mightabide, not of works, but of him who calls), 
ο 2 συνμ.- τ. 
ο ἡ διαθήκη the covenant 1, 
ὃ πρόθεσις τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTraW. 


az 1) > ae ατα 
ανασεµα ειναι αυτος εγω 

~ 5» ΄ 

ἆ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν ΑΤΊτΑ. 8 μή 


ΙΧ. ROMANS. 


12 "ἐῤῥήθη" αὐτῇ, “Ore ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι" 


it was said to her, The greater shall serve’ the lesser : 
13 καθὼς γέγραπται, Τὸν ᾿Ιακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἡσαῦ 
according as it has been written, Jacub I loved, and Esau 
ἐμίσησα. 
I hated. . 


14 Τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν; μὴ 


ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ θεῷ; 
What then shall we say? 


Unrighteousness with God [is there]? 


peRerctr "16 τῷ ἰγὰρ.Μωσῇ' λέγε, ᾿ἘΕλεήσω ὃν ἂν 
ay it not be! For to Moses he says, Iwill shew mercy to whomsoever 
ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω. 


I shew mercy, and I will feel compassion on whomsoever I feel compassion. 
16"Apa οὖν οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος, 
So then [itis] not of him that wills, nor of him that runs, 
ἀλλὰ τοῦ Χἐλεοῦντος! θεοῦ. 17 λέγει γὰρ ἡ γραφὴ τῷ Φαραώ, 
but “who *shews *mercy ‘of 7God. For says thescripture to Pharaoh, 
Ότι εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐξήγειρά σε, ὅπως ἐνδείξωμαι ἐν σοὶ 
For this same thing 1 raised out thee, so that Imightshew in thee 
τὴν δύναμίν. μου, καὶ ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ.ὄνομά μου ἐν πάσῃ 


my power, and so that should be declared my name in- all 
τῇ γῇ. 18 “Apa οὖν ὃν θέλει ἐλεεῖ" ὃν δὲ θέλει 
the earth. So then to whom he wili he skews mercy, and whom he will 
σκληρύνει. : 
he hardens, 


19 Ἔρεῖς ἰοὖν pou," Tim ἔτι “ μέμφεται; τῷ "yap" βου- 
Thou wilt say then tome, Why yet does he find fault? for *the Spur- 
λήματι αὐτοῦ τίς ἀνθέστηκεν; 20 9Μενοῦνγε, ὦ ἄνθρωπε," 


pose Sof "him 'who *has *resisted 2 Yea, rather, O - man, 
σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ ἀνταποκρινόμενος τῷ VED; μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ 

thou 'who 7art that answerest against God? Shall *say *the 
πλάσμα τῷ Ἠπλάσαντι, Τί µε ἐποίησας οὕτως; 


thus? 
ἐκ τοῦ 
out of the 
0-08 
and another 


*thing “formed tohim who formed ([it], Why me madest thou 


21 Ἢ οὐκἔχει ἐξουσίαν; ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, 
Or has not authority the potter overthe clay, 
αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, 
same lump tomake one 2to ‘honour ‘vessel, 
εἰς ἀτιμίαν ; 22 εἰ δὲ θέλων ὁ θεὸς ἐνδείξασθαι τὴν ὀργήν, 
to dishonour? And if ?willing God to shew wrath, 
καὶ γνωρίσαι τὸ δυνατὸν. αὐτοῦ, ἤνεγκεν ἐν πολλῇ µακρο- 
and to make known his power, bore in much long- 
, ~ ’ 5 Cf 
θυµίᾳ σκεύη ὀργῆς κατηρτισµένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν" 23 καὶ ἵνα 
suffering vessels of wrath fitted for destruction ; and that 

νωρίσφ τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς. δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ σκεύη 
he might make known the riches of his glory upon ' vessels 
ἐλέους. ἃ προητοίµασεν εἰς δόξαν; 24 οὓς καὶ ἐκάλεσεν 
of mercy, which he before prepared for glory, 2whom “also *he ‘called 
« Lewd > , ? ? ΄ > A Ν > 
ἡμᾶς ov µόνον ἐξ Ιουδαίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ 
us not only fromamong([the] Jews, but also from among [the] 
ἐθνῶν: 25 ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει, Καλέσω τὸν οὐ 
nations? As also in Hosea he says, I will call that which [is] not 
λαόν.µου, λαόν.μου" καὶ THY οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην. 
my people, My People; and that not beloved, Beloved. 
26 Kai ἔσται, ἐν τῷ τόπῳ οὗ *266n6n" Ραὐτοῖς,' Οὐ λαός 
And it shall be, in the place where it wassaid tothem, Not *people 


421 
calleth ;) 12 it was 
said unto her, The 
elder shall serve the 
younger. 13 As it is 
written, Jacob have I 
loved, but Esau have 
I hated. 

14 What shall we 
say then? Js there 
unrighteousness with 
God? God _ forbid. 
15 For hesaith to Mo- 
ses, I will have mercy 
on whom I will have 
mercy, and I will have 
compassion on whom 
I will have compas- 
sion. 16 So then τέ 18 
not of him that will- 
eth, nor of him that 
runneth, but of God 
that sheweth mercy. 
17 For the scripture 
saith unto Pharaoh, 
Even for this same 
purpose ‘have I raised 
thee up, that I might 
shew my power in 
thee, and that my 
name might be de- 
clared throughout all 
the earth. 18 There- 
fore hath he mercy on 
whom he will have 
mercy, and whom he 
will he hardeneth. 

19 Thou wilt say 
then unto me, Why 
doth he yet find fault? 
For who hath resisted 
his will? 20 Nay but, 
O man, who art thou 
that repliest against 
God? Shallthe thing 
formed say to him 
that formed zt, Why 
hast thou made me 
thus ? 21 Hath not the 
potter power over the 
clay, of the same 
lump to make one 
vessel unto honour, 
and another unto dis- 
honour? 22 What τῇ 
God, willing to shew 
his wrath, and to make 
his power known, en- 
dured with much 
longsuffering the ves- 
sels of wrath fitted to 
destruction: 23 and 
that he might make 
known the riches of 
his glory on the ves- 
sels of mercy, which 
he had afore prepared 
unto glory, 24 even 
us, whom he hath 
called, not of the Jews 
only, but also of the 
Gentiles? 25 As he 
saith also in Osee, I 
will call them my 
people, which were 
not my people; and 
her beloved, which 
was not beloved. 
26 And it shall come 





Β ἐρῥέθη LTTrA. 
κ ἐλεῶντος LTTrA. 1 μοι οὖν LTTrAW. 


m + οὖν then L[A]w. 
ϱ ὦ ἄνθρωπε, μενοῦνγε (μενοῦν ye LTr) UTTrA, 


Ρ — αὐτοῖς [L]tr, 


ἱ γὰρ Μωῦσῇ α; Μωσῇ γὰρ LA; Μωῦσεϊ γὰρ ΊΤε;΄ Μωῦσῃ γὰρ W. 


n — γὰρ for Ε, 


422 


to pass, ‘Act in the 
plave where it war said 
unto them, Ye arc not 
my people ; there shall 
they be called the 
children of the living 
God. 27 Esaias also cri- 
eth concerning Isracl, 
Though the number of 
the children of Israel 
be as the sand of the 
sea, ἃ remnant shall 
be saved: 28 for he will 
finish the work, and 
eut it short in right- 
eousness: because a 
short work will the 
Lord make upon the 
earth, 29 And as E- 
saias said before, Ex- 
cept the Lord of Sa- 
baoth had left us a 
secd, we had been as 
Sodoma, and _ been 
miade like unto Go- 
morrha. 

30 What shall we 


say then ? That 
the Gentiles, which 
followed not after 
righteousness, have 


attained to rightcous- 
ness, even the right- 
eousness which is of 
faith. 31 But Israel, 
which followed after 
the law of righteous- 
ness, hath not attain- 
ed to the law of right- 
eousness. 32 Wherc- 
fore? Because they 
sought it not by faith, 
Lut as it were by the 
works of the law. For 
they stumbled at that 
stuuiblingstone ; 33 as 
it is written, Behold, I 
lay in Sion a stum- 
blingstone and rock 
of offence: and who- 
soevér believeth on 
him shall not be a- 
shamed: 


X. Brethren, my 
heart’s desire and 
preyer to God for 

srael is, that they 
might be saved, 2 For 
I bear them record 
that they have a zeal of 
God, but not accord- 
ing to knowledge. 
3 For they being ig- 
norant of God’s right- 
cousness, and going 
about ἴο establish 
their own righteous- 
Ress, have not sub- 
mitted themselves un- 
to the righteousness of 
God, 4 For Christ is 
the end of the law for 
righteousness to every 
onc that believeth. 


5 For Moses describ- 





IX 
ζῶντος. 27 Ἡ- 


ΠΡΟΣ ΡΟΝ ΕΑ 0 YS. 


ὑμεῖς, ἐκεῖ κληθήσονται υἱοὶ θεοῦ 
there they shall be called sons of *God [’the] *living. 2E- 
\ , « 1 ~ ? ΄ 7 ‘ 7 t ᾽ ον 
σαΐας δὲ κράζει. ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἱσραήλ, Eav.g ὃ ἀριθμὸς 
saias ‘but cries concerning Israel, If ®should *be *the *number 
~ εν \ ε ἔν + ~ / ‘ ΄ 
τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ισραὴλ ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης. τὸ Ἱκατάλειμ- 
308 *the Ssons “οἵ 7Israel as the sand of the ‘sea, the remnant 
μα! σωθήσεται" 28 λόγον γὰρ συντελῶν καὶ συντέµνων 
shall be saved: for [the] matter fhe is]concluding and cutting short 
Sty δικαιοσύνῃ bre λόγαν συντετμημένονὶ ποιῆσει 
in righteousness: because a matter cut short will *do ['the] 
, ? ‘ ~ ~ ‘ ‘ / « se 4 
κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 29 Καὶ καθὼς προείρηκεν “Ἡσαΐας, 
*Lord upon the earth. And according as said before Esaias, 
Εὶ μὴ κύριος Σαβαὼθ ᾿ἐγκατέλιπεν" ἡμῖν σπέρμα, ὡς Σόδομα 
Unless [the] Lord οἵ Hosts had Jeft us aseed, as Sodom 
ἂν.ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμοῤῥα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν. 
we should have become, απ as Gomorrha we should have been made like. 
90 Τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν; ὅτι ἔθνη τὰ μή.διώκοντα δικαιο- 
What then shall wesay? That Gentiles that follow not after right- 
σύνην, κατέλαβεν δικαιοσύνην, δικαιοσύνην. δὲ THY ἐκ πίστεως 
eousness, attained righteousness, but righteousness that[is)by faith. 
9] ᾿Ισραὴλ.δὲ διώκων νόμον δικαιοσύνης, εἰς νόμον γδι- 
But Israel, following after alaw of righteousness, to a law of 
καιοσύνης" εοὐκ.ἔφθασεν. 32 διατί" ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίσ- 
righteousness did not attain. Why? Because [it was] not by faith, 
τεως, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων *vdpov'" προσέκοψαν Σγὰρ' τῷ λίθῳ 
but as by works of law. For they stumbled at the stone 
τοῦ προσκόμματος; 88 καθὼς γέγραπται, ᾿Ιδοὺ τίθημι ἐν 
of stumbling, according as it has been written, Behold I place in 
4 / , ‘ ’ ‘ ~ 
Σιὼν λίθον προσκόμματος καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου" καὶ *7ac! 
Sion ἃ stone of stumbling and rock of offence : and every one 
ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ οὐ. καταισχυνθήσεται. 
that believes on him shall not be ashamed. 
> - , ε \ ΄, ~ > ~ , 
10 ᾿Αδελφοί, ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας, Kai ἡ 
Brethren, the good pleasure of my own heart, and 
δέησις “ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπὲρ ῥὑτοῦ Ἱσραήλ ἐστιν! εἰς 
supplication to God on behalf of Israel is for 
΄ ~~ ~ ev ~ 7. ρω 
σωτηρίαν. 2 μαρτυρῶ. γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὅτι ζῆλον θεοῦ ἔχουσιν, 
salvation, For I bear witness tothem that zeal for God they have, 
ἀλλ οὐ κατ᾽ ἐπίγνωσιν. 8 ἀγνοοῦντες. γὰρ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ 
but ποῦ according to knowledge. For being ignorant of the “of “God 
δικαιοσύνην, καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν “δικαιοσύνην" ζητοῦντες στῆσαι, 
righteousness, and their own righteousness seeking to establish, 
~ n ΄ ~ ~ ε / ΄ 
ΤΏ ὀικαιοσυνῃ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ. ὑπετάγησαν. 4 τέλος γὰ 
to the righteousness of God they submitted not. For [°the] *end 
/ ᾿ ᾽ oer ~ : 
νόμου χριστὸς εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστξύοντι. 
οἱ Ίαν ‘Christ [315] for righteousness to every one that _ believes. 
d καὶ} \ ΄ ~ 
ὃ "Μωσῆς"' γὰρ γράφει 5 τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ee frov" 
bie Moses writes [of] the righteousness which [is] of the 
[4 M ς ιά ᾽ ‘ » ΠΝ 
νόμου, 8 Ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ" ἄνθρωπος ζήσεται 
' law, That the “having *practised *those *things Iman shall live 
1 ? ~ | ε ᾿ > ͵ 
ἐν αὐτοῖς 6 Ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστέως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει, 
by them. But the ?of Sfaith ‘righteousness thus speaks: 


μου 
4my [are] ye, 


Doe eee 


τ ὑπόλειμμα LTTrA. 
¥ — δικαιοσύνης (read to [that] law) trrraw. 


¥ — yap for Tra. 
[15] GLTTraw. 
£ — τοῦ ΤΤτΑ, 


Ε --- ὅτι 1. 


Οτι λόγον συντετμημένον LTT:[A]. 
a W διὰ τί LTra, 

* — πᾶς (read ὃ he that) LTtraw. 
— δικαιοσύνην GLTr[A]w. 


h — αὐτὰ [L]T. 


5 — ἐν δικαιοσύνη tév- τ΄ 
: x — νόμου LTT:[A]W. 
Sy ΓΑ αν, Ὁ αὐτῶν them 
4 Μωῦσῆς GLITraw, © + ὅτι thac 1, 
} αυτῃ it Lira, 


ROMANS 


Μὴ.εἴπῃς ἐν *ry"_kapdia.cov, Τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν 
Thou mayest not say in thy heart, Who = shall ascend tq the 


οὐρανόν ; τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν" 7 ἤ, Tic κατα- 


Χ. 


heaven ? that is, Christ ἴο bring down. Or, Who shall 
\ » μιὰς δα ἄν. Δ 
βήσεται εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον; τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν χριστὸν ἐκ 
descend into the abyss ? that is, Christ from among [the] 


τον ~ 6 / ? / ‘ tn / 
νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν. ὃ ἀλλὰ τι λέγει; ᾿Ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά 
dead to bring up. But what says it? Near thee the word 
ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ.στόματί.σου καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ. σου. τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν τὸ 
is, “ὅπ thy mouth and in thy heart: that is the 
ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως ὃ κηρύσσοµεν' 9 ὅτι ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς 


word of faith which we proclaim, that if thou confess 
ἐν τῷ.στόματί.σου κύριον Ἰησοῦν, καὶ πιστεύσῃς ἐν TY 
with thy mouth (the! Lord Jesus, and believe in: 
καρδίᾳ.σου ὅτι ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, 
thy heart that God him raised from among [the] dead, 
σωθήσῃ" 10 καρδίᾳ. γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 


thou shalt he saved. For with{the]heart is belief to righteousness ; 


στόματι.δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν. 11 Λέγει γὰρ ἡ 
aud with [the] mouth is confession to salvation. , For says the 
γωαφή, Πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ οὐ.καταισχυνθήσεται. 
scripture, Everyone that believes on him shall not be ashamed. 


12 Οὐ.γάρ.ἐστιν διαστολὴ ᾿Ιουδαίου τε Kai Ἕλληνος' ὁ.γὰρ 


For ἵποτε ἶ5 ποῦ adifference of Jew and Greek ; for the 
αὐτὸς κύριος πάντων πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλου- 
same Lord ofall [is] rich toward = all that call 


Fe καὶ ᾽ / <A A a Ἀ ? [ή 4 3” 
μένους αὐτόν. 18 Πᾶς γὰρ ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα 
upon - him, For everyone, whoever may call on the name 

, . / 4 » “" 12 , Ι ᾽ 
κυρίου, σωθήσεται. 14 Πῶς οὖν Ἰἐπικαλέσονται! εἰς 


of [the] Lord, shall be saved. How then shall they call on (him) 
ὃν οὐκ.ἐπίστεσαν; πῶς Σὲ Ἀπιστεύσουσιν!' οὗ 
whom they believed not? and how shall they believe on [him] of whom 


κηρύσσοντος; 
sha!l they hear αρατί {τοπι Γοπο] preaching? 


οὐκ.Ίκουσαν; πῶς.δὲ πἀκούσουσιν" χωρὶς 
they heard not? and how 


15 πῶς. δὲ δκηρύξουσιν,' ἐὰν. μὴ ᾿ἀποσταλῶσιν; καθὼς 
and ΠΟ shallthey preach, unless they be sent? according as 
γέγραπται, ‘Qe ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν Ρεύαγγελιζο- 


feet of those announcing the glad 
“τὰ ἀγαθά. 
good things 


it has been written, How beautiful the 
μένων εἰρήνην, τῶν! εὐαγγελιζομένων 
tidings of peace, of those announcing the glad tidings of 
16 ᾿Αλλ’ οὐ πάντες ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ: ‘Hoaiac-yap 
But ποῦ all. obeyed the glad tidings. For Esaias 
λέγει, Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ. ἀκοῃ. ἡμῶν; 17 Apa ἡ πίστις 
says, Lord, who believed our report ? So faith fis] 
ἐξ ἀκοῆς, ἡ-.δὲ ἀκοὴ διὰ ῥήματος τθεοῦ." 18 ἀλλὰ λέγω, 
by report, butthereport by [the] word of God. But  Isay, 
Μὴ οὐκ.ήκουσαν: ο ρα εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐξῆλθεν 
Did they not hear 2 ea, rather, Into all the earth went out 
ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν, καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης τὰ ῥήματα 
their voice, and to the οπᾶς of the habitable world “words 


423 


eth the righteousness 
which is of the law, 
That the man which 
doeth those things 
shall live by them. 
6-But the righteous- 
ness which is of faith 
speaketh on this wise, 
Say not in thine heart, 
Who shall ascend into 
heaven? (that is, to 
bring Christ down 
Jrom above:) 7 or, 
Who shall descend in- 
to the deep? (that is, to 
bring up Christ again 
from the dead.) 8 But 
what saith it? The 
word is nigh thce, 
é€venin thy mouth, and 
in thy heart: that is, 
the word of faith, 
which we preach; 
9 That if thou shalt 
confess with thy 
mouth the Lord Jc- 
sus, and shalt believe 
in thine heart that 
God hath raised him 
from the dead, thou 
shalt be saved. 10 For 
with the heart man 
believeth unto right- 
eousness; and with 
the mouth confession 
is made unto salva- 
tion, 11 For the scrip- 
ture saith, Whosoever 
believeth on him shall 
not beashamed, 12 For 
there is no difference 
between the Jew and 
the Greek: for the 
same Lord over all is 
rich unto all that 
call upon him, 13 For 
whosoever shall call 
upon the name of the 
Lord shall be saved. 
14 How then shall 
they call on him in 
whom they have not 
believed? and how 
shall they believe in 
him of whom they 
have not heard? and 
how shall they hear 
without a preacher? 
15 And how shall they 
preach, except they be 
sent ? as it is written, 
How beautiful are 
the feet of them that 
preach the go-pel of 
peace, and bring glad 
tidings of good things! 
16 But they have not 
all obeyed the gospel, 
For  Esaias saith, 
Lord, who hath be- 
lieved our report? 
17 So then faith com- 
eth by hearing, and 





αὐτῶν. 19 ᾿Αλλὰ λέγω, Μὴ. οὐκ. ἔγνω ᾿Ισραήλὶ; πρῶτος ο πο... 
their. But Isay, Did not *know ‘Israel? First, Fs σι 
k— τῇ Ε. 1 ἐπικαλέσωνται should they call trrraw. ™ πιστεύσωσιν Should they 


believe LTTraw. 
should they preach Lrrraw. 


Ἐ χριστοῦ οἵ Christ LTT:A, = μενοῦν ye (ΤΕΥ, 


Ὁ ἀκούσονται T ; ἀκούσωσιν should they hear Ltraw. 
P — εὐαγγελιζομένων εἰρήνην τῶν LTT[A]. 
t Ισραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω GLITIAW, 


9 κηρύξωσιν 
4 --- τὰ LTrAWs 


424 


Have they not heard ? 
Yes verily, their sound 
went into all the 
earth, and their words 
unto the ends: of the 
world. 19 But I say, 
Did not Israel know ? 
First Moses saith, 1 
will provoke you to 
jealousy by them that 
are no people, and 
by a foolish nation I 
will anger you. 20 But 
Esaias is very bold, 


and saith, I was found: 


of them that sought 
me not; I was made 
manifest. unto them 
that asked not after 
me, 21 But to Israel 
he saith, All day long 
I have stretched forth 
my hands unto a dis- 
obedient and gainsay- 
ing people. 

XI. Isay then,Hath 
God cast away his 

eople? God forbid. 

or I also am an Is- 
raelite, of the seed of 
Abraham, of the tribe 
of Benjamin. 2 God 
hath not cast away 
his people which he 
foreknew. Wot ye 
not what the scrip- 
ture saith of Elias? 
how he maketh in- 
tercession to God a- 
gainst Israel, saying, 
3 Lord, they have 
killed thy prophets, 
and digged down 
thine altars; and I 
am left alone, and 
they seek my life. 
4 Bit what saith the 
answer of God unto 
him? I have reserved 
to myself seven thou- 
sand men, who have 
not bowed the knee 
to the image of Baal. 
5 Even so then at this 
present time _ also 
there 
according to the elec- 
tion of grace. 6 And 
if by grace, then is it 
no more of works: 
otherwise grace is no 
more grace. But if it 
be of works, then is it 
no more grace: other- 
wise work is no more 
work. 


7 What then ? Israel 
hath not 
that which he seeketh 
for; but the election 
hath obtained it, and 
the rest were blinded 
8 (according as it is 
written, God hath 
given them the spirit 


is a remnant’ 


obtained. 


ΠΡΟΣ ΡΩΜΑΙΟΥΣ. 
, « ~ pen 2 
παραζηλώσω υμᾶς ἐπ οὐκ 
Moses says, I ‘will provoke to jealousy you through [those] not 
ἔθνει, "ἐπὶ" ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς. 20 Ἡ- 
a nation, through a nation without understanding I will anger , you.. 2E- 
he \ ? i ~ ‘ λέ Eu έθ Ww ~ κ 4 ζ 
σαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμῷ καὶ λέγει, ἘἙυρεθην ἧ τοις ἐμὲ µη ζη- 
saias ‘but ,18 very bold and says, Iwas found by those *me *not *seek- 
τοῦσιν, ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην Σ τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν. 21 πρὸς 
ing ; ‘manifested I became to those *me ‘not *enquiring “after. ®To 
δὲ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ λέγε, Ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐξεπέτασα Tag 
Sbut Israel hesays, *Whole ‘the _ day I stretched out 
χεῖράς.µου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγόντα. 
my hands to apeople disobeying and contradicting.+ 
11 Λέγω οὖν, Μὴ ἀπώσατο ὁ θεὸς τὸν.λαὸν αὐτοῦ ; 
Isay then, Did *thrust away *God ‘ his people? 
Αἰ yatoir καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ *lopanXirne" εἰμί, ἐκ σπέρματος 


ayitnotbe! Foralso I an Israelite am, of (the) seed 


Χ, XI. 
UMwoijc' λέγει, ᾿Εγὼ 


᾿Αβραάμ, φυλῆς Βενιαμίν." 2 οὐκάπώσατο ὃ θεὸς 
of Abraham, of [the] tribe of Benjamin. “Did *not *thrust *away God 


τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, ὃν προέγνω. ἢ οὐκ.οῖδατε ἐν 
his people, whom he foreknew. Know ye not in (the history of] 
Ha" τί λέγει ἡ γραφή; ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ θεῷ κατὰ 
Elias what says the scripture? how he pleads with God against 
~? / ο , il sir} 4 ΄ 9 / 
τοῦ Ισραήλ, “λέγων,' 3 Κύριε, τοὺς.προφητας.σου ἀπέκτειναν, 
Israel, saying, Lord, thy prophets they killed, 
ᾱ 1] ι ΄ ’ , a ? 4 ε λ , , 
καὶ! τὰ.θυσιαστήριά.σου κατέσκαψαν" κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην po- 
and thine altars they dug down; andI was left as 
voc, καὶ ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν.µου. 4 ᾿Αλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ 
lone, and they seek my life. But what says tohim the 
χρηµατισµός: Κατέλιπον ἐμαυτῷ ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας 
divine answer ? 1 left to myself seven thousand men 
ev ? ” , ~ ΄, - aa ο. a9 ~ 
οἵτινες οὐκ.ἔκαμψαν γόνυ τῇ Βάαλ. 5 Οὕτως οὖν καὶ ἐν τῷ 
who bowed not a knee to Baal. Thus then also in the 
νῦν καιρῷ λεῖμμα Kar ἐκλογὴν' χάριτος γέγονεν. 
present time a remnant according to election of grace there has been, 
6 εἰ δὲ χάριτι, οὐκέτι EE ἔργων" ἐπεὶ ἡ χάρις οὐκέτι γίνεται 


Butif by grace, nolongerof works; else grace nolonger becoies 
χάρις. “εἰ.δὲ ἐξ ἔργων, οὐκέτι ἰἐστὶν' χάρις" ἐπεὶ τὸ ἔργόν 
grace * but if of works, no longer [8 it grace ; else work 
οὐκέτι ἐστὶν ἔργον." 
nolonger is work, 


7 Τί οὖν»' ὃ ἐπιζητεῖ Ισραήλ, ἔτούτουϊ οὐκ.ἐπέτυχεν, 
What then? What *seeks *for ‘Israel, this it did not obtain; 
ἡ.δὲ ἐκλογὴ ἐπέτυχέν' οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ ἐπωρώθησαν. 8 "καθὼς" 
but the election obtained [it],andthe rest were haydened, according 88 
f ” - 4 ~ 
γέγραπται, ᾿Ἑδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως, 
it has been written, "Gave *them "God = a spirit of slumber, 
7 θ λ 4 ~ \ λέ ‘ σ΄ ~ A ? / 3 «“ 
ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ.μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ.μὴ ἀκούειν, ἕως 
eyes so as not to see, and ears soas net tohear, unto 
~ / « / Αα ‘ Ἂν λε 
τῆς .σήµερον.ἡμερας. 9 καὶ 'Δαβὶδϊ λέγει, Γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα 
this day. And David 5808, t be "table 
αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, Kai εἰς θήραν, καὶ εἰς σκάνδαλον, καὶ εἰς 
‘their for. ἃ 6Ώ8ΤΘ, and for atrap, and for cause of offence, and for 


LT 


ἃ Mwions GLTTrAW. 
5 + [, ὃν προέγνω] whom he foreknew L. 
© — λέγων ΟΙΤΤΤΑΥΓ. 
αιττι[α]. Γ--- ἐστὶν A, 


ὃ λείᾳ τ. 


Litra ; Aavid Gw. 


w + [ev] by (those) utra. 

2 Ἰσραηλείτης Τ. 
4 — καὶ LTTrAW. 
8 τοῦτο GLTTrAW, 


em ans x + [ev] by (those) utr, 

9 Βενιαμείν LTTra. 
9 — εἶ δὲ ἐξ to end of verse 
h καθάπερ even as TTr, i Δανειδ 


ROMANS. 


7 ΄ ? ~ , ee ‘ 7 ~ 
ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς" 10 σκοτισθήτωσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν 
a recompense to them: let be darkened their eyes 


~ \ λε \ A ~ > ~ κὃ 4) 1ἢ 
του-μ] β ETTELY, και τον.νωτογ-αυτων ιαπαγτος 


ΧΙ. 


ἰσύγ- 


so as πού «ο see, and their back continually bow thou 
καμψον." 
down. 
11 Λέγω οὖν, μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν; μὴ.γένοιτο' 
Isay then, Did they stumble that they might fall? May it not be! 


ἀλλὰ τῷ αὐτῶν παραπτώματι ἡ σωτηρία τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἰς 


but by their ~ offence salvation [is]tothe nations, for 
τὸ παραζηλῶσαι αὐτούς. 12 εἰ δὲ τὸ.παράπτωμα.αὐτῶν 

to provoke to jealousy them. But if their offence {be the] 
πλοῦτος κόσμου, καὶ τὸ ἥττημα.αὐτῶν πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν, 


wealth οΥ̓Γ[{Π6] world, and their default [the] wealth of[the] nations, 

πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῶν; 13 Ὑμῖν ™yap" λέγω 
how much more their fulness 2 2To *you ‘for I speak, 

~ ” ο 1 Σε/ { uu > ) ‘ ” ~ ? ΄ λ 
τοῖς ἔθνεσιν" ἐφ᾽ ὅσον μὲν " εἰμι ἐγὼ ἐθνῶν ἀπόστολος, 
the nations, inasmuch as 2am 4of [>the] nations Sapostle, 
τὴν. διακονίαν.µου δοξάζω, 14 εἴπως παραζηλώσω 

my service I glorify, if by any means I shall provoke to jealousy 

µου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ σώσω τινὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν. 15 εἰγὰρ 
my fle~h, and shall save some from among them, For if 
1] ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν καταλλαγὴ κόσμου. τίς ἡ “πρόσ- 

their casting away [06 {Π67 reconciliation of [the] world, what the recep- 
ληψις»! εἰ μὴ ζωὴ ἐκ γεκρῶν : 
tion, except life from among [the] dead? 

‘16 εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀπαρχὴ ayia, καὶ τὸ φύραμα" καὶ εἰ ἡ ῥίζα 


x” 
Now if the first-fruit [be] holy, also the lump; _ and if the root 


, \ ε / ~ 7 - , 
ἁγία, καὶ οἱ κλάδοι. 17 εἰ δὲ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθη- 


[be] holy, also the branches. But if some of the branches were broken 
σαν, σὺ δὲ ἀγριέλαιος ὧν ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ 
off, απᾶ thou, a wild olive tree being, wast graftedin amongst them, and 


Ἰσυγκοινωνὸς! τῆς ῥίζης Ῥκαὶ" τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἐλαίας 
a fellow-partaker of the root and of the fatness of the olive tree 
ἐγένου, 18 μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων' εἰ. δὲ κατακαυχᾶσαι, 
became, boast not against the branches; but if thou boastest against 
οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, «ἀλλ᾽" ἡ ῥίζα σὲ. 19 Ἔ- 
[them], *not?thou*the ‘root 2bearest, put the root thee, Thou 
ρες οὖν, Ἐξεκλάσθησαν τοὶ" κλάδοι, ἵνα ἐγὼ "ἐγκεντρισθῶ.! 
wilt say then, Were brokenout the Ῥταποπος, that I might be grafted in. 
20 Καλῶς" τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ ᾿ἐξεκλάσθησαν, σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει 
Well: by unbelief they were broken out, and thou by faith 
ἕστηκας. μὴ “ὑψηλοφρόνει,! ἀλλὰ φοβοῦ" 21 εἰγὰρ ὁ θεὸς 
standest. Be not high-minded, but fear : for if God 
~ \ 1 ’ ’ Ἂ , 

τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ. ἐφείσατο, "μήπως οὐδὲ σου 
the *according *to*nature ‘branches spared not— lest neither thee 
x / ή » ὃ + , ‘ 2 , θ μας 
φείσηται." 22 Ide οὖν χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομιαν ὄεου 
he should spare. Behold then[the] kindness and severity of God: 


‘ , J ΄ / ’ 
ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, ἡἀποτομίαν"" ἐπὶ. δὲ σε, ἔχρηστό- 


425 


of slumber, eyes that 
they should not see, 
and ears that they 
should not hear;) unto 
this day. 9 And David 
saith, Let their table 
be made a snare, anda 
trap, and a stumbling= 
block, and a recom- 
pence unto them: 
10 let their eyes be 
darkened, that they 
may not see, and bow 
down their back al- 
way. 

11 I say then, Have 
they stumbled that 
they should fall? 
God forbid: but ra- 
ther through their fall 
salvation 73 come unto 
the Gentiles, for to 
provoke them to jea- 
lousy. 12 Now if the 
fall of them be the 
riches of the world, 
and the diminishing 
of them the riches of 
the Gentiles; how 
much more their ful- 
ness? 13 For I speak 
to you Gentiles, inas- 
much as I am the a- 
postle of the Gentiles, 
I magnify mine office : 
14 if by any means I 
may provoke to emu- 
lation them which are 
my flesh, and might 
save some of them. 
15 For if the casting 
away of them be the 
reconciling of the 
world, what shall the 
receiving of them be, 
but life from the dead ? 


16 For if the first- 
fruit be holy, the 
lump 2s also holy. and 
if the root be holy, 
so are the branches. 
17 And if some of the 
branches be broken 
off, and thou, being 
a wild olive tree, 
wert graffed in among 
them, and with them 
partakest of the root 
and fatness of the 
olive tree; 18 boast not 
against the branches, 
But if thou boast, thou 
bearest not the root, 
but the root thee 
19 Thou wilt say then, 
The: branches were 
broken off, that 1 
might be graffed in. 
20 Well; because of 
unbelief they were 
broken off, and thou 





upon those that fell severity ; and upon thee kind- standest by faith. Be 
sie 95 a? / κ ~ τὰς ᾽ ον \ ‘ says not highminded, but 
TTA, εάν Σεπιμεινῃς τῇ χρηστότητι" ἔπει και συ eEK~"fear: 21 for if God 
ness, if thou continue in [his] kindness, else also thou wilt spared not the natural 

k διὰ παντὸς LTrA. 1συν- τ. πι δὲ and LTTrA. n + οὖν then Lt[tr]aw. 


P — καὶ T[Tr]JA. ᾳ ἀλλὰ ΤΤΤΑ. 
ν ὑψηλὰ φρόγει TTr. 
} ἀποτομία ΙΤΤΙΑ. 


ο πρόσληµψις LTTrA. 
t ἐκλάσθησαν broken off utr. 
he will spare GLTTraw, 
8 ἐπιμέγῃς Tr, 


¥ — οἱ GLITrAW. 
Ww — μήπως LTTr[A]. 
2 χρηστότης θεοῦ kindness of God LiTra, 


3 ev- Τ᾿ 
χ φείσεται 


450 


branches, take heed 
lest he also spare not 
thee. 22 Behold there- 
fore the goodness and 
severity of God: on 
them which fell, seve- 
rity ; but toward thee, 
goodness, if thou con- 
tinue in Ais goodness: 
otherwise thou also 
shalt be cut off. 23 And 
they also, if they a- 
bide not still in un- 
belief, shall be graffed 
in: for God is able to 
graff them in again. 
21 For if thou wert 
cut out of the olive 
tree which is wild by 
nature, and wert graff- 
ed contrary to nature 
into a good olive tree: 
how wuch more shall 
these, which be the 
natural branches, be 
graffed into their own 
Olive tree? 25 For I 
would not, brethren, 
that ye should be ig- 
norant of this mys- 
tery, lest ye should be 
Wise in your Own con- 
ceits ; that blindness 
in part is happened to 
Israel, until the ful- 
nes» of the Gentiles be 
come in. 26 And soall 
Israel shall be saved: 
as it is written, There 
shallcome out of Sion 
the Deliverer, and 
shall turn away un- 
godliness from Jacob: 
27 for this # my 
covenant unto them, 
when Ishall take away 
their sins. 28 As con- 
cerning the gospel, 
they are enemies for 
your sakes: but as 
touching the election, 
they are beloved for 
the fathers’ sakes. 
29 For the gifts and 
ealling of God are 
without repentance, 
30 For as ye in-times 
past have not believed 
God, yet have now ob- 
tained merey through 
their unbelief: 31 even 
50 have these also 
now not believed, that 
through your mercy 
they also may obtain 
merey. 32 For God 
hath concluded them 
all in unbelief, that he 
might have mercy up- 
onall, 33 Othe depth 
of the riches both of 
the wisdom and know- 
ledge of God! how 


unsearchable are his* καὶ 


judgments, and his 
ig i past finding out! 
34 For who hath known 
the mind of the Lord? 





Ὁ κἀκεῖνοι GLTTrAW. 


ΠΡΟΣ ΡΩΜΑΤΟΥΣ. “1: 


Σ ‘ ~ , ? ‘ ᾽ ’ {| ~ 3) , 
κοπήσῃ. 23 ὑκαὶ ἐκεῖνοι" δέ, ἐὰν µὴ- ἐπιμείνωσιν τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ, 
be cut off, SAlso “they ‘and, if they continue not in unbelief, 


, ‘ ’ ε ‘ 7 > 
ἀεγκεντρισθήσονταιὶ δυνατὸς. γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς πάλιν Ἀέγκεν- 


shall be grafted in ; for able is God again to graft 
/ ᾽ ” ‘ ~ J / ? 
τρίσαι! αὐτούς. 394 εἰ.γὰρ σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξε- 


in For if thou out of the *according *to Snature 7wast 
΄ Pot / ‘ ‘ , ? py , = / 

κόπης ἁἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρα φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθηο εἰς 

Βραὺ "οβ wild “olive “tree, and, contrary to nature, wast grafted in to 


΄ ~ -- / 
πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι οἱ κατὰ φύσιν, 
these who according to nature [are], 


them. 


καλλιέλαιον, 
a good olive tree, how much more 


7 ~ IQ? ’ 4 ᾽ a , ε ~ 
ἀεγκεντρισθήσονται' τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ; 25 Ὀὐ.γὰρ θελω ὑμᾶς 
shall be grafted into their own olive tree ? For “net *do*I wish you 
? ~ s ‘ / - 7] . αὶ 
ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, τὸ.μυστηριον.τοῦτο, ινα µμµη-ήτ 
to be ignorant, brethren, of this mystery, that ye may not be 
~ , ε ΄ 2 A ’ ~? 4 / 
ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι; ὕτι πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γε- 
yourselves wise, that hardness in part toIsrael has 
” <= 4 ΄ »Ἥ ~ ΝΣ, - ο 
γονεν, ἄχρις οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ" 26 καὶ 
happened, until the fulness of the nations be come in; and 
er ~ ‘ , ‘ [ 
οὕτως πᾶς ᾿Ισραὴλ σωθήσεται, καθὼς γέγραπται, 
50 all Israel shall be saved, according as it has been written, 
e - ? A « « ΄ f ἢ > / ᾽ ͵ 
Hie ἐκ Σιὼν ὁ ῥυόμενος, ἱκαὶ! ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας 
Shall come out of Sion the deliverer, and he shallturn away ungodliness 
ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ' 27 καὶ αὕτη αὐτοῖς ἡ παρ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, 


επαρ" 
in 


from Jacob. And this [is] *to*them’the *from “*me “covenant, 
ὅταν ἀφέλωμαι τὰς.ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν. 28 Κατὰ μὲν 
when Imay have taken away their sins. * As regards indeed 
‘ / ‘ wae ~ e ‘ ‘ 
τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἐχθροὶ δι᾽ ὑμᾶς κατὰ.δὲ τὴν 
the gladtidings, [they are] enemies on your account; but as regards the 
ἐκλογήν, ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας. 29 ἀμεταμέλητα 
election, beloved onaccountofthe fathers. *Not *to *be *repented Sof 
ap τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ θεοῦ. 90 ὥσπερ.γὰρ 
‘for [are] the gifts and the calling of God. For as 
Exai ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε τῷ θεῷ, νῦν δὲ ἠλεήθητε 


also ye once were disobedient to God, but now have been shewn mercy 
~ ΄ er ‘ sae - - , 
τῃ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ' 81 οὕτως καὶ οὗτοι νῦν ἠπείθησαν 
through their disobedieuce ; so also these now were disobedient 
~ « , > , / ‘ \j ~ 
τῷ-"ὑμετέρῳ) ἐλέει, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθῶσιν. 
to your mercy, that also they may have mercy shewn [them], 


32 συνέκλεισεν. γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν, ἵνα τοὺς 


For “shut “up *together God all in disobedience, that 

/ / a , ‘ 9 Σ 
πάντας ἐλεήσῃ. 99. Q βάθος πλούτου καὶ σοφίας 

811 he might shew mercy to. O depth ofriches both of wisdom 


καὶ γνώσεως θεοῦ. we ἀγεξερεύνητα" τὰ κρίµατα. αὐτοῦ, καὶ 
διὰ knowledge of God! How  unsearchable his judgments, and 
ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὑδοὶ αὐτοῦ. 94 τίς. γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν 
untraceable his ways? For who did know [the] mind 
‘ n / ᾽ὔ ~ a ΄ 
κυρίου; ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο ; 85 ἢ τίς προξ- 
of [the] Lord, or who his counsellor became ? Or who first 
᾽ ~ ‘ / - . ~ 
δωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ; 36 ὅτι ἐξ αὐτοῦ 
gave tohim, «and it shall be recompensed to him 2 For of him 
n>? ? ~ ‘ > ᾽ ; , ~ ΄ 
Ot αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν  τὴ.πάντα" αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 
ἈΠ through him and unto him [are] allthings: to him [be] the glory 
εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμὴν. 
to the nges, Amen, 





5 ἐπιμένωσιν τττ. d ἐν. τ΄ ε ἐν Tra. f— καὶ LTTrAV 


ae σι he ΄ 3 . i Φ ᾽ § 
B—KaLGLITAW, ἃ ἡμετέρῳ (read toour mercy) Ε. i+ νῦν now [1]. Κανεξεραύνητα ΤΊ. 


XII. ROMANS. 


~ ~ 7 , A ~ 3 ~ 
Παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ 
i Med : 
Texhort therefore you, brethren, by the compassions 


“Ὁ ~ ιά « - ΄ ~ « , 
θεοῦ, παραστῆσαι τὰ.σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν, ἁγίαν, 


ot God, to present your bodies a *sacrifice ‘living, holy, 
Ἰεὐάρεστον τῷ θεῷ," τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν" 3 Kai μὴ 
well-pleasing to God, 7intelligent *service tyour. And ποῦ 


m (ζ θε! ~ 5 . 99: 1λλ .} n = 9 Π ~ 
συσχηματιζεσθε" τῷ. αιῶνι.τοῦτιρ, ἀλλα "μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ 
1fashion yourselves to this age, but - be transformed by the 

ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ.νοὸς οὑμῶν,' εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τί 
renewing of your mind, for to prove by you what [is] 

τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ εὐάρεστον καὶ τέλειον. 
Twill Sof °God tthe “good Sand *well-pleasing ‘and perfect. 

3 λέγω. γὰρ dia’ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι, παντὶ 
ForIsay through the _ grace which isgiven tome, to everyone 

τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ ὃ δεῖ 

thatis among you, ποῦ to be high-minded above what it behoves [you] 

. φρονεῖν, ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὃ 

tobe minded; but tobe minded soas {Το besober-minded toeach as 

θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως. 4 Καθάπερ.γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι 


God divided a measure of faith. For even as in one body 
p ἐλ λ' 1 ” A A ἐλ ’ ἘΞ ᾽ ‘ > We 
µέλη πολλὰ! ἔχομεν, τὰ δὲ µέλη πάντα οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν 
?members ‘many wehave, butthe members all 7not *the *same 
ἔχει πρᾶξιν' 5 οὕτως οἱ πολλοὶ ἕν σῶμά ἐσμεν ἐν χριστῷ, 
have function; . thus the *many ‘one “body ‘we*are in Christ, 
90" δὲ καθ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη. 6 ἔχοντες. δὲ χαρίσματα 


and each one 3ο8 “each *other ‘members. But haying 2cifts 


κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα". εἴτε 
Saccording “to *the ‘grace 7which ‘is °given το 1115 ‘different, whether 
προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως' 7 εἴτε δια-. 
prophecy— accordingto the proportion of faith; or ser- 
κονίαν, ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ" εἴτε ὁ διδάσκων, ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ" 
vicc— in service ; or hethat teaches— in teaching ; 
8 εἴτε ὁ παρἀκαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει: ὁ µεταδιδούςο, ἐν 

or that exhorts— in exhortation; hethat imparts— in 
c .. , ~ 3 ~ 
ἁπλότητι: ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ ὃ ἐλεῶν, 
simplicity, hethat takes ἐμ lead— with diligence; he that shews ΤΙΕΤΟΣ--- 


ἐν ἱλαρότητι. 9 Ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος' ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ 
with chcerfulness, [1.60] love [be] unfeigned ; abhorring 
πονηρόν, κολλώµενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ" 10 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς ἀλ- 
evil, cleaving to good ; in brotherly love towards one 
λήλους Φφιλόστοργοι TH τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι" 
another kindly aifectioned ; in[giving]honour*one*another ‘going “before ; 
11 τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, ττῷ καιρῷ! 
in diligence, not slothful ; in spirit, fervent ; “in *season 
δουλεύοντες" 12 τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, TH θλίψει ὑπομένον- 
4Iscrving, In hope, rejoicing ; in tribulation, . endur- 
TEC, TY προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες' 13 ταῖς χρείαις τῶν 
tothe needs ofthe 


ing; in prayer, stedfastly continuing; 
ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες, THY φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες" 14 εὐλογεῖτε 
saints communicating ; * hospitality pursuing. Bless 


τοὺς διώκοντας ὑμᾶς" εὐλογεῖτε, καὶ μὴ.καταρᾶσθε. 15 χαί- 
these that persecute‘ you; bless, and curse not. Re- 
ρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, “καὶ! κλαίειν. μετὰ κλαιόντων. 16 τὸ 
joice with rejoicing ones, and weep with weeping ones; the 





1 τῷ θεῷ εὐάρεστον 1. 
ματίζεσθε Τ. ™ μεταμορφοῦσθαι to be transformed 1/Α. 
Ρ πολλὰ µέλη LTTrAW. 458 τὸ ΤΊΓΑΜ, ἢ τῷ κυρίῳ the Lord ELTTraAw. 


Ν ' 


™ συ(συν- Α)σχηματίζεσθαι to fashion yourselves) LA; συνσχη- 
ο — ὑμῶν (read the mind) LTTraw, 


427 


ot who hath been his 
counseller 2 35 or who' 
hath first given to him, 
and it shall be recom- 


_ pensed unto himagain? 
° 36 For of him, and 


through him, and to 
him, ave all things: to 
whom be glory for 
ever. Amen. 


XII. I beseech you 
therefore, brethren, by 
the mercies of God, 
that ye present your 
bodies a living sacri- 
fice, holy, acceptable 
unto God, which is 
your reasonable ser- 
vice. 2. And be not 
conformed to this 
world: but be ye trans- 
formed by the renew- 
ing of your mind, that 
ye may prove what is 
that good, and accept- 
able, and perfect, will 
of God. 3 Hor I say, 
through the grace 
given unto me, to 
every man that is a- 
mong you, not tothink 
of himself more highly 
than he ought to think; 
but to think soberly, 
according as God hatn 
dealt to every manthe 
measure of faith. 4 For 
as we have many mem- 
bers in one body, and 
all members have not 
the same office: 5,50 we, 
being many, are one 
body in Christ, and 
every one members one 
ofanother. 6 Having 
then gifts differing ac- 
cording to the grace 
that is given to us, 
whether prophecy, /et 
us prophesy according 
to the proportion of 
faith; 7 or ministry, 
let us wait on our 
ministering : or he 
that teacheth, on 
teaching ; 8 or hethat 
exhorteth, on exhor- 
tation : he that giveth, 
let him do it with sim- 
plicity; he that ruleth, 
with diligence; he that 
sheweth mercy, with 
cheerfulness. 9 Let 
love be without dissi- 
mulation. Abhor that 
which-is evil; cleave 
tothat which is good. 
10 Be kindly affee- 
tioned one to another 
with brotherly love ; 
in honour preferring 
one another; 11 not 
slothful in business ; 
fervent in spirit ; serv- 
ing the Lord; 12 re- 
joicing in hope; pa- 
tient in tribulation ; 
eontinuing instant in 


® — καὶ LTTrAW, 


428 


prayer; 13 distribut- 
ing to the necessity of 
saints ; given to hospi- 
tality. 14 Bless them 
which persecute you : 
bless, and curse not. 
15 Rejoice with them 
that do rejoice, and 
weep with them that 
weep. 16 Be of the 
same mind one toward 
another. Mind not 
high things, but con- 
descend to men of low 
estate. Be not wise in 
your own conceits. 
17 Recompense to no 
man evil for evil. Pro- 
vide things honest in 
the sight of all men, 
18 If it be possible, as 
much as lieth in you, 
live peaceably with all 
men.19 Dearly beloved, 
avenge not yourselves, 
but rather give place 
unto wrath: for it 
is written, Vengeance 
ts mine; I will re- 
pay, saith the Lord. 
20 Therefore if thine 
enemy hunger, feed 
him ; if he thirst, give 
him drink: for in so 
doing thou shalt heap 
coals of fire on his 
head, 21 Be not over- 
come of evil, but over- 
come evil with good. 


XIII. Let every soul 
be subject ynto the 
higher powers. For 
there is no power but 
of God: the powers 
that be are ordained 
of God. 2 Whosoever 
therefore resisteth the 
power, resisteth the 
ordinance of God: and 
they that resist shall 
receive to themselves 
damnation. 3 For ru- 

ers are not aterror to 
good works, but to the 
evil. Wilt thou then 
not be afraid of the 
power? do that which 
is good, and thou shalt 
have praise of the 
same: 4 for he is the 
minister of God to thee 
tor good. Butif thou 
do that which is evil, 


be afraid ; for he bear- - 


eth not the sword in 
vain: for he is the 
Minister of God, a 
revenger to execule 
wrath upon him that 
doeth evil. 5 Where- 
fore ye must needs be 
subject, not only for 
wrath, but also for 
conscience sake. 6 For 
for this cause pay ye 
tribute also: for they 
are God’s ministers, 
attending continually 


ΠΡΟ POsArO Τι ΧΙ XIII. 
ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες" μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ Φρο- 


αὐτὸ εἰς 
minding, not highthings mind- 


same thing toward one another 
νοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγοµενοι. μὴ.γίνεσθε 
ing, but with the lowly ” going along: be not 
φρόνιμοι map’ ἑαυτοῖς. 17 μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδι- 
wise in yourselves: tonoone evil for evil ren= 
δόντες" προνοούµενοι καλὰ" ἐνώπιον Ἱπάντων' ἀνθρώπων" 
dering : providing right [things] before all men: 
18 εἰ δυνατόν, τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρη- 
if possible, as to yourselves, with all men being 
νεύοντεςο. 19 μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες, ἀγαπητοί, ἀλλὰ δότε 
at peace ; not yourselves avenging, beloved, but = give 
τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ γέγραπταιγάρ, Ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις, ἐγὼ avra- 
place to wrath; for ithas been written, Το me vengeance! 1 will 


ποδώσω, λέγει κύριος. 203 Ἐὰν οὖν" πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός 


recompense, says [the] Lord. If therefore shouldhunger *enemy 
σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν' ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν" τοῦτο 
α1/Πΐπθ, feed him; if he should thirst, give drink *him ; *this 
yao ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν 
Sfor doing, coals of fire thou wilt heap upon head 
αὐτοῦ. 21 μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ 
αμ]ς, Be not overcome by evil, but overcome *with 
ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν. 
3ροοᾶ evil. 
13 Πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις  ὑποτασσέσθω. 
2Every ὃροι] “to ‘authorities Sabove (®him] *let *be *subject, 
> , ? 3 [ή > 4 x ᾽ A |] θ ο « A .“ 
οὐ.γάρ.ἐστιν ἐξουσία εἰ μὴ Σαπὸ" θεοῦ αἱ δὲ οὖσαι 


For there is no authority from God; and those that 


ΥΣ , ll ε A Ζ ~ II θ - / ος Κ “ « 
ἐξουσίαι! ὑπὸ 2τοῦ! θεοῦ τεταγμέναι.είσίν. 2 ὥστε oO 
authorities, by “God have been appointed. So that he that 
ἀντιτασσόμενος τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ, τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ διαταγῇ ἀνθέστηκεν' 
sets himself against the authority, the of °God ‘erdinance resists ; 
οἱ δὲ  ἀνθεστηκύτες, ἑαυτοῖς κρῖμα λήψονται." 3 οἱ 
and they that resist, to themselves judgment shall receive. ?T he 
ap a υκ.εἰσὶ ) ὑτῶν ἀγαθῶν = " ἀλλὰ 
γὰρ ἄρχοντες οὔκ.είσίιν φόβος "τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔργων, ἄλλα 
for rulers are not a terror to good works, but 
ἐτῶν κακῶν." θελεις δὲ ᾿μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ; τὸ 
to evil [ones]. Dost thou desire not to be afraid of the authority? *the 
ἀγαθὸν ποίει, καὶ ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς" 4 θεοῦ.γὰρ 
good ‘practise, and thoushalt have praise from it; for of God 
διάκονός ἐστίν σοι εἰς τὸ ἀγαθόν. ἐὰν δὲ τὸ κακὸν ποιῇς, 
aservant itis ἴο thee for good,, But if evil thou practisest, 
φοβοῦ" ov-yap εἰκῆ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ" θεοῦ.γὰρ διάκονός 
fear ; for not in vain the sword tt wears; forofGod a servant 
? » ι κατ ‘ 
ἐστιν, ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴν τῷ τὸ κακὸν πράσσοντι. 5 διὸ 
itis, anavenger for wrath to him that evil does, Wherefore 
ἀνάγκη ὑποτάσσεσθαι, οὐ µόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργήν, 
necessary cit is] to be subject, not only on account of: wrath, 
ἰλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴ 3 ἡ φῦ sae 
ἀλλὰ καὶ ιὰ τὴν συνείδησιν. Θ διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ 
but also on account of conscience, * For on this account also 
φόρους τελεῖτε' λειτουργοὶ. γὰρ θεοῦ εἰσιν, εἰς αὐτὸ.τοῦτο 
tribute pay ye; for ministers of God they are, on this same thing 
προσκαρτεροῦντες. 7 ἀπόδοτε Δοῦνὶ πᾶσιν τὰς ὀφειλάς' 
attending continually, Render therefore toall their dues : 


except are | 





6 4+ [ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ] before God and :,, 
9 Υ — ἐξουσίαι GLITrAW. 
fovw to a good work ΙΤΊΤΑΝ. 


© x 
ΚΦ ΤΟ LTTr. 


᾿ Υ τῶν L. 5 ἀλλὰ ἐὰν But if LTTrA. 
_ Έτ τοῦ ΕΤΤΤΤΑΝ’. 5 λήμψονται ἱτττα. ὃ τῷ ἀγαθῷ 
ς τῷ κακῷ toanevil{one] LtTraw, 4 -- οὖν ΙΙΤΊΤΑΥ. 


Σα XIV. ROMANS 


~ ‘ , ‘ , ο ~ 

τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος τῷ 
to whom tribute, tribute; towhom custom, custom ; to whom 
τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον' τῷ. τὴν τιμήν, THY τιμήν. ὃ Μηδενὶ 
fear, fear; to whom honour, honour. To no one 

‘ /' > ‘ ‘ ? ~ 3 ’ el « ‘ 

μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰ μὴ τὸ “ἀγαπᾷν ἀλλήλους ὁ.γὰρ 

anything οπετσε, unless to love one another: for he that 


(lit. uothing) : ἃ ἢ ὲ ᾿ 
ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἕτερον, νόμον πεπλήρωκεν. 9 τὸ yap, Ov 
loves the other, law has fulfilled. For, Not 
μοιχεύσεις, οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ.κλέψεις, 
1¢hou “shalt commit adultery, Thoushalt not commit murder, Thou shalt not steal, 
[οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσειο,' οὐκ.ἐπιθυμήσεις, καὶ εἴ τις ἑτέρα 
Thou shalt not bear false witness, Thou shalt not lust; and if any other com- 
, ? / - ,ὔ » ~ 3 ~ 7 
ἐντολή. ἐν τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ" ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται, bev τῷ," ᾿Αγα- 
mandment, in this word it is summed up, in this, Thou 
πήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς Ἰἑαυτόν.' 10 Ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλη- 
shalt love thy neighbour 35 thyself. Love to the neigh- 
σίον κακὸν οὐκ.ἐργάζεται' πλήρωμα οὖν νγύµου ἡ ἀγάπη. 
bour, evil does not work : fulness *therefore Sof [1116] 7law ‘love [*is]. 
11 Καὶ τοῦτο, εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα "ἡμᾶς 
Also this, knowing the’ time, that [the] hour *we [it 315] 
ἤδη" ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι: νῦν.γαρ ἐγγύτερον ἡμῶν ἡ 
Σα]τεπᾶγσ out of sleep should be roused; for now nearer [15] of us the 
΄ n er ’ « A , « \ 
σωτηρία, Ore ἐπιστεύσαμεν. 12 ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν, δὲ 
salvation, than θη we believed. The night is advanced, and the 
ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν. ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους, 
day has drawn near; πο should cast off therefore the works of darkness, 
καὶ ἐνδυσώμεθα" τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός. 19 ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, 
and should puton the armour of light. As in([the] day, 
εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωµεν, μὴ κώμοις καὶ μέθαις, μὴ κοί- 
becomingly we should walk; ποῦ inrevels and drinking, not in cham- 
ταις Kai ἀσελγείαις, μὴ ἔριδι Kai ζήλῳ' 14 ™aXdX'! ἐνδύσασθε 
beringand v\antonness, not instrife and emulation. But put on 
τὸν κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, Kai τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ 
the Lord Jesus Christ, and “of *the °flesh *forethought “ποὺ 
ποιεῖσθε εἰς ἐπιθυμίας. 
αᾷο ίηΚκο ‘for ‘desire. 
14 Τὸν.δὲ ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει προσλαμβάνεσθε, μὴ εἰς 
Buthim being weak inthe faith receive not for 


διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν. 2 Ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα, 


l 


decisions of reasonings. One believes toeat all things; 
ε A ? ~ tke ? ’ € ? ’ Α Ν 
ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει. 8 ὁ ἐσθίων, τὸν μὴ 
another being weak “herbs eats. He that eats, Shim *that "ποῦ 
ἐσθίοντα μὴ.ἐξουθενείτω' "καὶ ὁ! μὴ.ἐσθίων, τὸν é- 
7eats ‘et “him “ποὺ *despise; and hethat eats not, Shim *that 
σθίοντα µμὴ.κρινέτω ὁ θεὺς γὰρ αὐτὸν προσελάβετο. 4 σὺ 
7eats et “him "ποῦ "πᾶσα: for God him received, ποια 


τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην ; τῷ.ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει 
*who “art judging another’s servant? tohisown master he stands 
ἢ πίπτει. σταθήσεται δε" οδυνατὸς. γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς" 


or falls. And he shall be made to stand; for able is God 
στῆσαι αὐτόν. ὅ Ὃς μὲν Ρ κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ᾽ ἡμέραν, 
to make “stand "Ἠΐπι, One judges 8 day ; 


aday [to be] above 





42% 


upon this very thing. 
7 Render therefore to 
alltheir dues : tribute 
to whom tribute ὦ 
due ; custom to whom 
custom ; fear to whom 
fear ; honour to whom 
honour. 8Owe noman 
any thing, but to love 
one another: for he 
that loveth another 
hath fulfilled the law. 
9 For this, Thou shalt 
not commit adultery, 
Thou shalt not kill, 
Thou shalt not steal, 
Thou shalt not bear 
false witness, Thou 
shalt not covet; and 
if there be any other 
commandment, it is 
briefly comprehended 
in this saying, namely, 
Thou shalt love thy 
neighbour as thyself. 
10 Love worketh no 
ill to his neighbour : 
therefore love is the 
fulfilling of the law. 
11 And that, know- 
ing the time, that now 
at is high time to a- 
wake tut of sleep: for 
now 7 our salvation 
nearer than when we 
believed. 12 The night 
is far spent, the day is 
at hand: let us there- 
fore cast off the works 


‘of darkness, and let us 


put on the armour of 
light. 13 Let us walk 
honestly, as inthe day; 
not in rioting and 
drunkenness, not in 
chambering and wan- 
tonness, not in strifs 
and envying. 14 But 
put ye onthe Lord Je- 
sus Christ, and make 
not provision for the 
flesh, to fulfil the lusts 
thereof. 


XIV. Him that is 
weak in the faith re- 
ceive ye, but not to 
doubtful disputations, 
2 For one believeth 
that he may eat all 
things : another, who 
is weak, eateth herbs. 
3 Let not him that 
eateth despise him 
that eateth not; and 
let not him which eat- 
eth not judge him that 
eateth : for God hath 
received him. 4 Who 
art thou that judgest 
another man’s. ser- 
vant? to his own 
master he standeth or 
falleth. Yea, he shall 
be holden up: for God 
is able to make him 
stand. 5 One man es- 





ε ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν GLTTrAW. {--- οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις GLTTrAW. 
LIT: Aw. h [ἐν τῷ] LTA. i σεαυτόν LITrA. 
you ῬΑ. | ἐνδυσώμεθα δὲ LTTrAW. πι ἀλλὰ ΤΤΤΑΥΓ. 
κύριος for able is the Lord Lita ; δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς W. 


- / ΄ 
Ε τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 


K ἤδη ἡμᾶς Lirw ; ἤδη ὑμᾶς already 
Ὁ ὃ δὲ LTTrA. 
ΡῬἙ + γὰρ for (one) (LJ. 


ο duvaret yap ὃ 


430 


teemcth one day above 
another: another es- 
tecmcth every day a- 
dike. Let every man 
be fully persuaded in 
his own mind. 6 He 
that regardeth the day, 
regardeth ἐξ unto the 
Lord ; and he that re- 
gardeth not the day, to 
the Lord.he doth not 
regard tt He that 
eateth, eateth to the 
Lord, for he giveth 
God thanks; and he 
that eateth not, to 
the Lord he eateth 
not, and giveth God 
thanks. 7 For none of 
us liveth to himself, 
and no man dieth to 
himself, 8 For whether 
we live, we live unto 
the Lord ; and whether 
we die, we die unto 
the Lord : whether we 
live therefore, or die, 
we are the Lord’s. 
9 For to this end 
Christ both died, and. 
rose, and revived, that 
he might be Lord both 
of the dead and living. 
10 But why dost thou 
judge thy brother? or 
why dost thou set at 
nought thy brother? 
for we shall all stand 
before the judgment 
seat of Christ. 11 For 
it is written, As 1 live, 
saith the Lord, every 
knee shall bow to me, 
and every tongue shall 
confess to God. 12 So 
then every one of us 
shall give account of 
himself toGod. 13 Let 
us not therefore judge 
One another any more: 
but judge this rather, 
that no man put a 
stumbling block oran 
occasion to fallin his 
brother’s way. 141 
know, and am _ per- 
suuded by the Lord 
Jesus, that there ts no- 
thing unclean of it- 
self: but to him that 
esteemeth any thing 
to be unclean, to him 
it is unclean. 15 But 
if thy brother be 
grieved with thy meat, 
now walkest thou not 
charitably... Destroy 
not him with thy 
meat, for whom Christ 
died. 16 Let not then 
your good be evil 
spohen of: 17 for the 
kingdom of God is 
not meat and drink; 
but righteousness, and 


προς ΡΟ Aa OY =. 
ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν. 
another jndges every day [to be alike]. 
΄ « ~ ‘ ε [ή 
πληροφορείσθω. 60 φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, 
et be fully assured. Hethat regards the day, to[the] Lord regards [it]; 
Xai ὁ μὴ φρονῶ» τὴν ἡμέραν, κυρίῳ οὐ-φρονεῖ." τὺ 
and hethat χοσανᾷβ πού ὑπ day, to[the] Lordregards [10] ποῦ. He that 
ἐσθίων, κυρίῳ ἐσθίει, εὐχαριστεῖ.γὰρ τῷ θεῷ' καὶ ὁ μὴ 
eats, ἴο [086] Lord eats, for he gives thanks to God ; and he that που 
ἐσθίων, κυρίῳ οὐκ.ἐσθίει, καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ θεῷ. 7 οὐδεὶς 
χραῦ5, ὕο [116] Lord he eats not, and gives thanks to God, 7No %one 
γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ Cy, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνήσκει. ὃ ἐάν.τε 
lfor ofus tohimself lives,and noone ἴο ΠΙΠΙΡΟΙΕ dies. “Both 318 
γὰρ ζῶμεν, τῷ κυρίῳ ζῶμεν: ἐάντε Σἀποθνήσκωμενι! 
lfor we should live, tothe Lord πο Βποι]ᾶ Ἠτο; and if we shoul die, 
τῷ κυρίῳ ἀποθνήσκομεν. ἐάν τε οὖν ζῶμεν, ἐάν.τε "ἀπο- 
tothe Lord wedie: _ both if then we should live, and if we should 
θνήσκωμεν," τοῦ κυρίου ἐσμέν. 9 εἰς τοῦτο.γὰρ χριστὸς ‘kai! 
die, the . Lord’s weare. For, for this Christ both 
ἀπέθανεν καὶ Yavéorn καὶ ἀνέζησεν," ἵνα και νεκρῶν καὶ 
died and rose and livedagain, that both{the] dead and 
ζώντων κυριεύσῃ. 10 Σὺ δὲ τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν 
“living he might rule over. But thou why judgést thou *brother 
σου; ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν. ἀδελφόν. σου; πάντες.γὰρ 
‘thy? or also thou why dost thou despise thy brother? _ For 7all 
παραστησόµεθα τῷ βήματι "τοῦ χριστοῦ." 11 γέγραπται 
twe shall stand before the judgment seat of the Christ. *It*has *becn *written 
γάρ, 7ῶ ἐγώ, λέγει κύριος" ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, 
το | Τνο Ἵ, says '(the] Lord, thatto me shall bow every knee, 
καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται" τῷ θεῷ. 12 Αρα Τοῦνὶ 
and = every tongue shall confess to God. So then 
ἕκαστος ἡμῶν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον *dwoe' "τῷ θεῷ." 13 Mn- 


κ 


9 ~ ’ 
ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοὶ 
*Each in *his ὕοννῃ ®mind 


κυρίῳ ρονεῖ" 


each of us concerning himself account shall.give to God, No 
, > ? ‘ , ? A ~ / ~ 
κέτι οὖν ἀλλήλους κοίνωμεν" ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, 
longer therefore one another should we judge; but this - judgeye ταί]ος, 


πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἣ σκάνδαλον. 
ποῦ {ο ραῦ an occasion of stumbling tothe brother or a cause of offence, 
14 οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ, ὅτι οὐδὲν 
Ί know and am persuaded in [πε] Lord Jesus, that nothing [is] 
κοινὸν δι ϑέαυτοῦ"" εἰμὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι µκουὸν 
unclean | of itself: except tohim who reckons anything unclean 
εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν" 15 εἰ “δὲ! διὰ βρῶμα ὁ 
tobe, to that one unclean [it is]. “If ‘put ‘on account of ‘meat 
ἀδελφός. σου λυπεῖται, οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς. 
thy brother is grieved, no longer according to love thou walkest. 
‘ ~ , Π > ~ « Η - ‘ 
μὴ τῷ. βρώματί.σου ἐκεῖνον ἀπόλλυε ὑπὲρ οὗ χριστὸς ἀπέ- 
“Not “with *thy *meat Shim 1destroy for whom Christ died, 
θανεν. 16 Μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν' 17 οὐ 
Let not *be *evil spoken Ἰοξ therefore “your ϑροοᾶ ; ®not 
, ? t , ~ ~ ~ 3 , 2 4 
γάρ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ 


‘ A [ή 
τὸ µὴ.τιθεναι 


®for is the kingdom of God eating and drinking; but 
δικαιοσύνη καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ χαρὰ ty πνεύματι ἁγίῳ' 18 ὁ 
righteousness and peace and joy in [the] “Spirit ‘Holy. *He *that 


a ο -----ἅ-Ἱ..-- κά 


ἃ -- καὶ ὁ μὴ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, κυρίῳ οὐ φρονεῖ ΤΤΤΙΓΑ]. 
5 ἀποθνήσκομεν We die L. i 


of God LrTraw. 
ἰαπο]δώσει a. 


x ἐξομολογήσεται πᾶσα γλῶσσα LTr. 
8 [τῷ θεῷ [1. 


© +4 καὶ and GLITrAw. 
v ἔζησεν lived GLTTrAW, \ τοῦ θεοῦ 
Υ --- οὖν ΙΤΙΑ]. ἀποδώσει τν j 
ο γαρ for ΗΤΊΝΑΥΓ. 


τ και LITrAw. 


Ὁ αυτου GLT:IW. 


ROMANS. 


IF wv ~ 
εὐάρεστος τῷ θεῷ, 


XIV, XV. 


do ἐν τούτοις! δουλεύων «τῷ' χριστῷ 


or in these things serves the Christ [is] well-pleasing to God, 
καὶ δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. 19 dpa ody τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης 
and approved by men, So then the things of peace 
δ , " Ἁ ‘ ~ > a ay ~ 2 > , 
ιώκωμεν,' Kai τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους. 
we should pursue, and the things for building up one another. 
20 Μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ. 
Not for the sake of meat destroy the work: of God. 
πάντα μὲν καθαρά, ἀλλὰ κακὸν. τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ 
All things indeed fare] pure; but [itis] evil tothe man who 


διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι. 
through stumbling eats. {It is] right flesh, 


" ~ = A ? - ε ὁ ’ , n 
μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ.ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει Fi 
nor drink wine, nor in what’ thy brother stumbles, or 


σκανδαλίζεται ἢ ἀσθένεϊ.! 22 Σὺ πίστιν "ἔχεις; κατὰ! Ισαυτὸν! 


ποῦ toeat 


isoffended, or is weak. “Thou “faith ‘hast? To thyself 
ἔχε ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ: μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνω» ἑαυτὸν 
have [1] before , God. Blessed [is] hethat judgesnot himself 
ΕΣ τὴ , ε ‘ , ; Σι wan 
ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει. 23 ὁ. δὲ διακρινόµενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατα- 
in what he φΡΡΤΟΥΘΒ. But he that doubts, if heeat, has been 
κέκριται, . ὅτι , οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ 
condemned, because [itis] ποῦ of faith; and everything which [is] not of 


πίστεως, ἁμαρτία ἐστίν. * 

faith, 2sin 118, 

15 ᾿Οφείλομεν.δὲ ἡμεῖς οἱ δυνατοὶ τὰ ἀσθενήματα τῶν 

. But we ought, we who(are]strong, the infirmities of the 

2 ΄ / Η aye : ~ ἄν ἃ 4 a 1 ΑΗ 
ἀδυνάτων βαστάζειν, καὶ μὴ ἑαυτοῖς ἀρέσκειν" 2 ἕκαστος. γὰρ 

weak to bear, and not ourselves to please. For ’each 
ἡμῶν τῷ πλησίον ἀρεσκέτω εἰς τὸ ἀγαθὸν «πρὸς οἰκοδομήν. 
30.8 Sthe 7neighbour ‘let ‘please unto good for building up. 
3 καὶ γὰρ ὃ χριστὸς οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ἤρεσεν, ἀλλά, καθὼς γέ- 

For also the. Christ ποῖ *himself ‘pleased; but, according as it has 
γραπται, Οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀγειδιζόντων σε "ἐπέπεσον" 
been written, The reproaches of those reproaching thee fell 

? ν 4 , \ / 
ἐπ᾿ ἐμέ. 4 Ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν 
on me. Foras many things as were written before for our 


διδασκαλίαν Ἀπροεγράφη.ὶ ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ Ὁ τῆς 


instruction were written before, that through endurance and 
παρακλήσεως τῶν γραφῶν τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν. 45 ὁ δὲ 
encouragement οὗ the scriptures hope we might have.» Now the 


θεὸς τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως δῴη ὑμῖν τὸ αὐτὸ 


God of endurance and encouragement give you *the*same *thing 
~ ? ad) , ι \ p \ ? 44} Ἢ 

φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις κατὰ χριστὸν Ιησοῦν" 6 wa 

to ταϊπᾶ with one another according to , Christ Jesus ; that 


ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι δοξάζητε τὸν θεὸν καὶ πατέρα 
with one accord with'one: mouth yemay glorify the God and Father 
τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ ΧριΟΤΟΗ: 7 Διὸ προσλαμβάνεσθε 
of our Lord Jesus hrist. Wherefore receive ye 
ς Δ ~ 
ἀλλήλους, καθὼς καὶ ὁ χριστὸς προσελάβετο αἡμᾶςὶ εἰς 
one another, accordingas 8180. 86 Christ received us to 
δόξαν τ θεοῦ. 
[the] glory of God. 





4 τούτῳ this GLTTrAW. 6 -- τῷ {{τ||. { διώκομεν we pursue 1. 
ἀσθενεῖ Τ. 
GLIT+AW. 

πεσαν Ι.ΤΤΙΑ., 


χριστὸν Tr. 


κ Place here verses 25—27 of chapter Xvi. Ο. 
Ὁ ἐγράφη Were written LITrAW. — 
4 ὑμᾶς YOU GLITrAW. τ + τοῦ LITrA. 


21 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα; 





431 


peace, and joy in the 
Holy Ghost. 18 For he 
that in these things 
serveth Christ ἐδ ac- 
ceptable to God, and 
approved of men. 
19 Let ας therefore 
follow after the'things 
which urake for peace, 
and things wherewith 
one may edify another. 
20 For meat destroy 
not the work of God. 
All things indeed are 
pure; but ἐΐ is evil for 
that man who eateth 
with offence. 21 Jt is 
good neither to» eat 
flesh, nor to drink 
wine, nor any thing 
whereby thy brother 
stumblieth, or is of- 
fended, or is made 
weak. 22 Hast thou 
faith? have τέ to thy- 
self before God. Hap- 
py is he that con- 
demueth not himself 
in that thing which he 
alloweth. 23 And he 
that doubteth is damn- 
ed if he eat, because 
he eateth not of faith: 
for whatsoever is not 
of faith is sin. 


XV. We then that 
are strong ought to 
bear the infirmities 
of the weak, ‘and 
not to please our- 
selves. 2 Let every one. 
of us please his neigh- 
bour for his good to 
edification. 3 For even 
Christ pleased not him- 
self ; but, as it is writ- 
ten, The reproaches of 
them that reproached 
thee fellon me. 4 For 
whatsoever things 
were written afore- 
time were written for 
our learning, that we 
through patience and 
comfort of the serip- 
tures might have 
hope. 5 Now the God 
of patience and conso- 
lation grant you to 
be likeminded one to- 
ward another accord- 
ing to Christ Jesus: 
6 that ye may with 
ove mind and one 
mouth glorify God, 
even the Father of our 
Lord Jesus Christ. 
7 Wherefore receyve ye 
one another, as Christ 
also received us to the 
glory of God. 





~ 


& — ἢ σκανδαλίζεται ἣ 
bh ἣν ([ἣν] A) ἔχεις κατὰ (read faith which thou hast, to 4ο.) LTTra. ὲ 
1 — γὰρ for GLTTrAW, 
ο + διὰ through LITraw. 


i σεαντὸν 
ἴῃ ἄγτέ- 

> - 
P Ἴησουν 


432 


8 Now I say that 
Jesus Christ was a 
minister of the cir- 
cumcision forthe truth 
of God, to confirm the 
made unto 


promises 
the fathers: 9 and 
that, the Gentiles 


might glorify God for 
his mercy ; as it is 
written, For this cause 
I will confess to thee 
among the Gentiles, 
and sing unto thy 
name. 10 And again 
he saith, Rejoice, ye 
Gentiles, with his peo- 
le. 1] And again, 

raise the Lord, allye 
Gentiles; and laud 
him, all ye people. 
12 And again, Esaias 
saith, There shall be a 
root of Jesse, and he 
that shall rise torcign 
over the Gentiles ; in 
him shall the Gentiles 
trust. 13 Now the God 
ef hope fill you with 
all joy and peace in 
believing, that ye 
may abound in hope, 
through the power of 
the Holy Ghost. 


14 AndI myself al- 
50 am persuaded of 
you, my brethren, that 
ye also are full of 
goodness, filled with 
ail knowledge, able 
also to admonish one 
another. 15 Neverthe- 
less, brethren, I have 
written the more bold- 
ly unto you.in some 
fort, as putting you 
in mind, because of 
the grace that is 
given to me of God, 
16 that I should be 
the minister of Jesus 
Christ to the Gentiles, 
ministering the gospel 
of God, that the ofier- 
ing up of the Gentiles 
might be acceptable, 
being sanctified by the 
Holy Ghost. 17 I have 
therefore whereof I 
may glory through Je- 
sus Christ in those 
things which pertain 
to God. 18 For I will 
not dare to speak of 
any of those things 
which Christ hath not 
wrought by me, to 
make the Gentiles o- 
bedient, by word and 
deed, 19 through migh- 
. ty signs sand wonders, 
by the power of the 
Spirit of God ; so that 


προς ΡΟΠΑΤΟΥΣ, ΧΥ. 


8 Λέγω "δε, "Ἰησοῦν" χριστὸν διάκονον ᾿γεγενῆσθαι" περι- 


ΞῚ 8.7 ‘but, Jesus Christ a servant has become οἵ cir 

~ « ‘ ᾽ , ~ > 4 ~ 4 3 
τομῆς ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι τὰς ἐπαγ- 
cumcision for [the] truth of God, for to confirm the pro- 


γελίας τῶν πατέρων’ 9 τα δὲ ἔθνη ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν 


mises of the fathers ; andthe nations for mercy toglorify 
θεόν, καθὼς γέγραπται, Δια τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί 
God; according as it has been written, Because of this 1 will confess 
? ” ‘ Gu ae , ’ ~ a 
σοι εν ἔθνεσιν, καὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί.σου ψαλῶ. 10 Kai 


to thee among [the] nations, and thy name will I praise, And 


πάλιν λέγει, Εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ.λαοῦ.αὐτοῦ. 11 Kai 
again it says, Rejoice ye, nations, with his people. And 
πάλιν”, Αἰνεῖτε Ἰτὸν κύριον πάντα τὰ ἔθνη," καὶ γἐπαινέσατε" 
again, Praise the Lord, all the nations, and praise 
A , / ‘ ΄ Ὁ , Ν 
αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ λαοί. 12 Καὶ πάλιν, Ἡσαΐας λέγει, “E- 
him, all the peoples, And again, Esaias says, There 
σται ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, καὶ ὁ ἀνιστάμενος ἄρχειν 
shall be the root of Jesse, and he that arises tornle [the} 
ἐθνῶν, ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν. 19 Ὁ. δὲ θεὸς τῆς 
nations: in him [the] nations shall hope, Now πο *Go 


ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης ἐν τῷ 


30 Ὥορο may fill you with all joy and pence in 
πιστεύειν, εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν «ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἐλπίδι, ἐν δυνάμει 
believing, for “to *abound you in hope, in power 
πνεύματος ἁγίου. 
of [the] *Spirit ‘Holy. 
14 Πέπεισμαι.δέ, ἀδελφοί.μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ 
But *am *persuaded, 5πΠιΥ brethren, 8150 *myself ᾖ3Ι concerning 


ὑμῶν, ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ μεστοί ἐστε ἀγαθωσύνης, πεπληρωμένοι 
you, that also yourselves full are of goodness, being filled 


ΐ ”γνώ δυνά i ἀλλήλ θετεῖν. 15 ὅτολ- 
πασης YVWOEWC, υναµεγοι και @ Ίλους Ψνουῦξτειν. 19 ΤΟ 
with 411. knowledge, being 8015 also oneanother to admonish. *More 


μηρότερον" δὲ . ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, Ῥάδελφοίιι ἀπὸ μέρους, ὡς 


3ρο]ᾶ]γ *but 1 αἰὰ write to you, brethren, in part, as 
ἐπαναμιμνήσκων ὑμᾶς, διὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 
reminding you, becauseof the grace which was given tome 


ευπὸϊ τοῦ θεοῦ, 16 εἰς τὸ εἶναί µε λειτουργὸν 3 ]ησοῦ χριστοῦ" 
by God, for *to*be ‘me a minister of Jesus Christ 
εἰς τα ἔθνη, ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ, 
to the nations, administering in sacred service the glad tidings of God, 
ἵνα γένηται ἡ προσφορα τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος, ἡγιασμένη 
that might be the offcring up of the nations acceptable, sanctified 
ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. 17 ἔχω οὖν “ καύχησιν ἐν χριστῷ 
by [the] Spirit *Holy. Ihave therefote boasting in Christ 
Ἰησοῦ τὰ πρὸς Τθεόν' 18 οὐ γὰρ τολμήσω ἔλα- 
Jesus [as to] the things pertaining to God. For not will I dare to 
λεν τι ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο χριστὸς δι ἐμοῦ, εἰς 
speak anything of what*not “worked *out Christ by me, for [the] 
ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν, λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ, 19 ἐν δυνάμει ση- 
obedience of [the] nations, by word and work, in [the] power of 
μείων καὶ τεράτων, ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος “Oeod"" ὥστε με 
signs and wonders, in[the] power οἵ [86] Spirit of God; so as for me 


LL SSS 


5 yap for LrTraw. 
says L[a]. 
® τολμηροτερῶς Tr. 
9 + την LITraw. 
οι τα]. 


Σ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν κύριον LTTrA, 


v γενέσθαι became Ltr. 
} επαινεσάτωσαν LTTrA. 
© ἀπὸ ΤΤι. 

ὃ τι λαλεῖν ΙΤΊΧΑΥΓ. 


t — Ἰησοῦν LTTrA. w+ λέγει it 
a 2+ τηςτ[Α] 
4 χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTT:AW. 


Ἀ ἁγίου Holy (Spirit) 


Ὁ — ἀδελφοί LITr[a ]. 
£4. τὸν GLTTraw. 


ΝΥ, ROMANS. 


2 1 ty 1 A , ’ ~? ~ 
ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχοι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ πεπληρω- 
from Jerusaiem, and inacircuit unto Illyricum, to have fully 
κέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ χριστοῦ" 20 οὕτως δὲ Ιφιλοτιμού- 
preached the gladtidings ofthe Christ; and so being am- 
μενον" εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός, 
bitious to announce the glad tidings, not where *was *pamed ‘Christ, 
ἵνα μὴ ἐπ᾽ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ: 21 ἀλλὰ καθὼς 
that not upon = another’s foundation I might build; but according as 
γέγραπται, Οἷς ovKx.aynyyéAn περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψον- 
it has been written, Το whom it was ποῦ announcedconcerning him, they shall 
ται καὶ οἱ οὐκαάκηκόασίν, συνήσουσιν. 22 Διὸ καὶ ἐνε- 
see; and those that have not heard, shall understand. Wherefore also I was 
) Κτὰ πολλὰ! ῦ ἐλθεῖ ὺς ὑμᾶς. 23 ὶ δὲ 
KOTTTOLIYV τα πολλα TOV-E ει’ προς Όμας. νυγνι.0ε 
hindered many times from coming to you, But now, 


μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασιν.τούτοις, ἐπιποθίαν.δὲ 


no longer eae? haying in these regions, and 7a peice ως 
; ἐλθεῖ λλῶν! ἐ 24 ὡς "ὲ 

ἔχων ἱτοῦ" ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ πολλῶν" ἐτῶν, ὡς ἐὰν! 

eee tocome to τοι for many years, ne 


πορεύωμαι εἰς τὴν Σπανίαν, ἐλεύσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς Ἱ ἐλπίζω 
I may go to Spain, I will come to you ; 31 Shope 
γὰρ διαπορευόμενος θεάσασθαι ὑμᾶς, καὶ Ῥύφ᾽" ὑμῶν προπεμ- 


‘for jes through to see you, and by you to be set 
φθῆναι ἐκεῖ, ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ. 
forward thither, if of you first in part I should be filled. 


25 Νυνὶ δὲ πορεύομαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, διακονῶν τοῖς ἁγίοις. 
But now I go to Jerusalem, doing service tothe saints; 


26 Ἱεὐδόκησαν" «γὰρ Μακεδονία καὶ Αχαΐα. κοινωνίαν τινὰ 
for *were wees *Macedonia “and *Achaia δα *contribution "certain 


ποιήσασθαι εἰς τοὺς πτωχοὺς THY ἁγίων τῶν ἐν Ἱερουσα- 
to make for the poor ofthe saints who [are] in Jerusa- 


λήμ᾽ 27 Ἱεὐδόκησαν" γὰρ καὶ ὀφειλέται "αὐτῶν εἰσιν." εἰ γὰρ 
lem, For they were pleased and “debtors their they are; forif 


τοῖς. πνευματικοῖς. αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ έθνη, ὀφείλουσιν 
in their spiritual things Sparticipated 1the *nations, they ought 

καὶ ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς. 28 τοῦτο οὖν 
also in the fleshly things to minister to them. This therefore 
ἐπιτελέσας, καὶ σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν.καρπὸν.τοῦτον, 
having finished, and having sealed to them this fruit, 
ἀπελεύσομαι Ol ὑμῶν εἰς "τὴν" Ὑπανίαν. 29 οἶδα.δὲ ὅτι 
I will set off by you _ into Spain. And I know that 


ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας 'τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 
Ἔαρος το you, in fulness of blessing of the glad tidings 


τοῦ" χριστοῦ ἐλεύσομαι. 30 Παρακαλῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς; "ἀδελφοί," διὰ 
of Christ I shall come. But I exhort you, brethren, by 


τοῦ κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ 
our Lord Jesus Christ, and by the love ofthe 
πνεύματος, συναγωνίσασθαί por ἐν ταῖς προσευχαῖς ὑπὲρ 


Spirit, to strive together with me in prayers for 
ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὺνθεόν' 31 ἵνα ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπει- 
me to God, that I may be delivered from those’ being 


θούντων ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ, καὶ “ἵνα! ἡ "διακονία' μου ἡ 
disobedient in Judea ; and = tHat 2service 1my which [is] 





i Σφιλοτιμοῦμαι Tam ambitious Lrr. κ πολλάκις L. 
- ἂν ΣΤΤΤΑΥΓ. 9 --- ἐλεύσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς GLIT AW. 
ο Σεἰσὶν αὐτῶν LITrAW. — την LTTYA. 
— ἕνα LTTrA, 2 ο δομίς offering of gifts x. 


Ρ ἀφ᾽ LA. 


1 [τοῦ] L. 


τ — τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τοῦ GLTTrAW. 


433 


from Jerusalem, and 
round about ufito Il- 
lyricum, I have fully 
preached the gospel of 
Christ. 20 Yea, so huve 
I strived to preach 
the gospel, not where 
Christ was named, lest 
I should build upon 
another man’s founda- 
tion: 21 but as it is 
written, To whom he 
was not spoken of, they 
shall see: and they that 
have not heard shail 
understand. 22 For 
which cause also I have 
been much hindered 
from coming to you. 
23 But now having no 
more place in these 
parts, and having a 
great desire these many 
years to come unto 
you ; 24 whensoever [ 
take my journey into 
Spain, I will come to 
you : for I trust to see 
you in my journey, 
and to be brought on 
my way thitherward 
by you, if first I be 
somewhat filled with 
your company. 25 But 
now I go unto Jerusa- 
lem to minister unto 
the saints. 26 For it 
hath pleased them of 
Macedonia ard Achaia 
to make a certain con- 
tribution for the poor 
saints which are at 
Jerusalem. 27 It hath 
pleased them verily ; 
and their debtors they 
are. For if the Gen- 
tiles have been made 
partakers of their spi- 
ritual things, their 
duty is also to mini- 
ster unto them in car- 
nal things. 28 When 
therefore I have per- 
formed this, and have 
sealed to them this 
fruit, I will come by 
you into Spain, 29 And 
I am sure that, when 
I come unto, you, I 
shall come in the ful- 
ness of the blessing of 
the gospel of Christ. 
30 Now 1 beseech you, 
brethren, for the Lord 
Jesus Christ’s sake, 
and for the love of the 
Spirit, that ye strive 
together with me in 
your prayers to God 
for me; 31 that Imay 
be delivered from 
them that do not be- 
lieve in Judza; and 
that my service which 





™ ἱκανῶν Tra. 
9 ηὐδόκησαν τν. 
¥ [αδελφοί] As 


Fr 


484 


I have for Jerusalem 
may be accepted of 
the saints; 32 that I 
May come unto you 
with joy by the will 
of God, and may with 
you be refreshed. 
33 Now the God of 
peace be with you all, 
Amen, 


XVI. I commend 
unto you Phebe our 
sister, which is a ser- 
vant of the church 
which is at Cenchrea: 
2that ye receive her 
in the Lord, as be- 
cometh saints, and 
that ye assist her in 
whatsoever business 
she hath need of you: 
for she hath been a 
succourer of many, 
and of myself also. 
3 Greet Priscilla and 
Aquila my helpers in 
Christ Jesus: 4 who 
have for my life laid 
down their own necks: 
unto whom not only I 
give thanks, but also 
all the churches of 
the Gentiles. 5 Like- 
wise greet the church 
that is in their house, 
Salute my wellbe- 
loved Epznetus, who 
is the firstfruits of 
Achaia unto Christ. 
6 Greet Mary, who be- 
stowed much labour 
on us. 7 Salute An- 
dronicus and Junia 
my kinsmen, and my 
fellowprisoners, who 
are of note among the 
apostles, who also 
were in Christ before 
me. 8 Greet Amplias 
my beloved in the 
Lord. 9 Salute Ur- 
bane, our helper in 
Christ, and Stachys 
my beloved. 10Salute 
Apelles approved in 
Christ. salute them 
which are of Aris- 
tobulus’ household. 
11 Salute. Herodion 
my kinsman. Greet 
them that be of the 
household of Narcissus, 
which arein the Lord, 
12 Salute Tryphena 
and Tryphosa, who 
labour in the Lord. 
Salute the beloved 
Persis, which laboured 


¥ ἂν at 1, 


GLTTraw. 
1ΤΤιΑ. 


: συγγενῆν Tr. 


Σ τοῖς ἁγίοις γέ ται LTTrA. 

of [the] Lord J esus ών να 

{Γπροσδέξησθε αὐτὴν LTrA. 
k’Acias Asia GLTTraw. 

ο) Αμπλίατον Ampliatus TTra. 


προ PM aio FS. XV, πο 
Yeic' Ἱερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος *yEvnTat τοῖς ἁγίοις" 82 ἵνα 


for Jerusalem aeceptatle maybe tothe saints; that 
δὲν χαρᾷ ἔλθω! πρὸς ὑμᾶς διὰ θελήματος υθεοῦ,! “καὶ 
in joy ο. come to you by [the] will of God, and 
- ~ ~ ” / 
συναναπαύσωµαι ὑμῖν." 95 ὁ.δὲ θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ 
I may berefreshed with you. Andthe God of peace [be] with 
πάντων ὑμῶν. ἁάμήν." 
31] tyou. Amen. 


16 Συνίστημι δὲ ὑμῖν Φοίβην τὴν.ἀδελφὴν ἡμῶν, οὖσαν 


But Icommend toyou Phebe, our sister, being 
διάκονον τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν “Κεγχρεαῖς " 2 ἵνα αὐτὴν προσ- 


servant of the pemcrnbly in αρα» that her yemay 
δεζησθεῖ ἐν κυρίῳ ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ παραστῆτε αὐτῇ 
receive in{the] Lord worthily of saints, and yemay assist her 
ἐν φ-ᾶν ὑμῶν xenon πράγματι" καὶ γὰρ ξαὕτη" προ- 


she 


στάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη, καὶ 9 ᾿Ασπάσασθε 
courer ofmany hasbeen, and Salute 


ἹΠρίσκιλλαν! καὶ ᾿Ακύλαν τοὺς.συνεργούς-µου ἐν χριστῷ Ἰη- 
Priscilla and Aquila my fellow-workers in Christ Jc-' 


σοῦ" 4 οἵτινες ὑπὲρ τῆς. ψυχῆς. µου τὸν. ἑαυτῶν τράχηλον 
sus, (who for _ ny life their own neck 


ὑπεθηκαν, οἷς οὐκ ἐ — μόνος εὐχαριστῶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ 
laid down: whom not only thank, but also all the 


ἐκκλησίαι τῶν ἐθνῶν' 5 καὶ τὴν κατ᾽ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν. 
assemblies of the nations,) and the at ‘house “their ‘assembly. 


ἀσπάσασθε ᾿Ἐπαίνετον τὸν.ἀγαπητόν-μου, ὕς ἐστιν ἀπαρχὴ 
Salute Hpfnetus my beloved, -who 85 a first-fruit 


τῆς * Ayatac' εἰς χριστόν. 6 ἀσπάσασθε Mapiap," ἥτις πολλὰ 
of Achaia for Christ. Salute Mary, who much 


ἐκοπίασεν εἰς "ἡμᾶς.ὶ 7 ἀσπάσασθε ᾿Ανδρόνικον καὶ ᾿Ιουνίαν 


matter ; for also ἃ suc- 


Reins ἐμοῦ." 
Smyself ‘of *me. 


in whatever *of *you *she “may °need 


*Jaboured for us, Salute Andronicus and Junhias 
τοὺς συγγενεῖς. μου καὶ συναιχµαλώτους μου" οἵτινες εἰσιν 
my kinsmen and esllon, EusOnens νον who are 


ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις, οἱ καὶ πρὸ ἐμοῦ "γεγόνασιν" 


of note among the apostles ; who also before me were 
ἐν χριστῷ. 8 ἀσπάσασθε ° Αμπλίαν! τὸν. ἀγαπητόν.μου ἐν 
in Christ. Salute Aouplins my beloved in food 


κυρίῳ. 9 ἀσπάσασθε Οὐρβανὸν τὸν συνεργὸν ἡμῶν ἐν Ῥχριστῷ," 
Lord. Salute Urbanus our fellow-worker in Christ, 


καὶ Στάχυν τὸν.ἀγαπητόν.μου. 10 ἀσπάσασθε ᾽Απελλῆν τὸν 
and Stachys my beloved. Salute Apelles the 


δόκιμον ἐν χριστῷ. ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἐκ τῶν Ἂρι- 


approved in Christ. Salute those of the [household] of Ari- 
στοβούλου. 11 ἀσπάσασθε VHpodiwva' τὸν. συγγενῆ!.µου. 
stobulus, Salute Herodion my kinsman. 


ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἐκ τῶν ἹΝαρκίσσου, τοὺς ὄντας ἐν 
Salute those of the [household] of Narcissus, who are in([the 
κυρίῳ. 12.ἀσπάσασθε Τρύφαιναν καὶ Τρυφῶσαν τὰς κοπιώσας 
Lord. Salute Tryphena and MTryphosa, who labour 
᾽ / 5 » , ΄ ‘ ? , oe ο 
ἐν κυρί ἀσπάσασθε Περσίδα τὴν ἀγαπητήν, ἥτις πολλὰ 
in [86] Lord. Salute Persis the beloved, who much 
5 ἐλθὼν (having come) ἐν χαρᾷ τ ἢ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 
©—KalT; -- καὶ eee ὑμῖν π[α]. @ [αμήν] Ltr. 8 Key-T 
& αὐτὴ GLTAW. Ἀ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ. 1ΤΤΤΑ. i Ἠρίσκαμ Prisca 
1 Μαρίαν ΗΤΤΑ. m ὑμᾶς YOU LTTrA. Ὁ γέγοναν 
P κυρίῳ [the] he L. 4 Ἡρωδίωνα GLTTraAWw. 


5 [ἀσπάσασθε..... κυρίῳ] 1, 


XVI. ROMANS. 

ἐκοπίασεν ἐν κυρίῳ." 13 ἀσπάσασθε Ῥοῦφον τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν 
laboured in/the] Lord. Salute ‘Rufus . the chosen 

ἐν κυρίῳ, καὶ τὴν.μητέρα.αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμοῦ. 14 ἀσπάσασθε 


in [the] Lord, and his mother and mine. Salute 


? [2 τ ow ή τ ~ ‘ 
ὉΑσύγκριτον," Φλέγοντα, “Ἑομᾶν," Πατρόβαν, Ἑρμῆν," καὶ 
Asyncritus, Phlegon, Hermas, Patrobas, Hermes, and 
τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀδελφούς. 15 ἀσπάσασθε Φιλόλογον καὶ 
he with “them *pbrethren, Salute Philologus and 
Ἰουλίαν, Νηρέα καὶ τὴν.ἀδελφὴν.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ᾿Ολυμπᾶν, καὶ 
Julias, Nereus and his sister, and Olympas, and 
A ‘ ? ~ 4 ε / μα 2 ΄ ᾽ ’ 
τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντας ἁγίους. 16 ἀσπάσασθε ἀλλήλους 
3:86 *with *°them tall 3saints. Salute one another 
ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ. ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς at ἐκκλησίαι * τοῦ 
with a ’kiss tholy. 7Salute Syou “the ‘assemblies 
ριστοῦ. 


of °Christ. 
17 Παρακαλῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, σκοπεῖν τοὺς τὰς διχο- 
But I exhort you, brethrer to consider those who *divi- 
στασίας καὶ τὰ σκάνδαλα, Taya τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς 
sions "and ‘causes Sof °offence 7contrary *to °the *°teaching **which }7ye 
ἐμάθετε, ποιοῦντας" καὶ Σἐκκλίνατεϊ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν. 18 οἱ γὰρ 
3]earnt, make, and turnaway from them. For 
εκ ~ / « ~ τ᾽ “ΠΗ - ? ὃ λ ΄ 1λλ bY 
τοιοῦτοι τῴ κυρίῳ. ἡμῶν τ Τησδῦ᾽ χριστῷ οὗ δουλεύουσιν, ἀλλὰ 
such Four *Lord SJesus ®Christ 1serve “μοῦ, but 
τῇῷ.ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ: καὶ διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας 
their own belly, and by kind speaking and praise 
ἐξαπατῶσιν τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων. 19 ἡ γὰρ ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ. 
deceive the hearts ofthe innocent. For the 70f?you ‘obedience 
> / 7 ΄ δ δ / ἈΝ την. ? ς - I] , A 
εἰς πάντας apixero’ χαίρω οὖν τὸ ἐφ ὑμῖν." θέλω. δὲ 
Sto Sall “reached. I rejoice therefore concerning you; but I wish 
ὑμᾶς σοφοὺς ὑμὲν! εἶναι εἰς τὸ ἀγαθόν, ἀκεραίους δὲ εἰς τὸ 
you wise to be [as] to good, and simple to 
, « 4 te ~ Pie / x ~ € A 
κακόν. 20 ὁ.δὲ θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει τὸν σατανᾶν ὑπὸ 


evil. But the God of peace will bruise Satan under 
τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει. ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν "Inood 

your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus 
“χριστοῦ! μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 4 


Christ [be] with you. 
21 «'Ασπάζονται' ὑμᾶς 
2Salute you 
‘ ” ΄ - A , « =! ? 7 
καὶ Ιάσων καὶ Σωσίπατρος οἱ συγγενεῖς.µου. 22 ἀσπάζομαι 
Sand 7Jason ‘and °*Sosipater 2°my '*kinsmen. 20Salute 
ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ Τέρτιος ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἐν κυρίῳ. 
2you , *I ‘Tertius 1θγνΏο τοῦδ *the 1Sepistle in [πε] Lord. 
2 / « ~ yee « , , fi~ > / 
23 ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς Γάΐος ὁ ξένος. µου καὶ frie ἐκκλησίας 
7Salutes Syou ‘Gaius, the host ofme and ofthe assembly 
ὅλης." ΄ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς ΈἜραστος ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πόλεως, 
twhole. 13Salutes you Erastus *the ‘steward ‘ofthe ‘city, 
καὶ Κούαρτος ὁ ἀδελφός. 24 SH χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν 
Sand ?°Quartus ‘the "Σρτοίμετ, The grace of our Lord 
Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. ἀμήν." 
Jesus Christ [be] with 2411 ἴγοα, Amen, 


Τιμόθεος ὁ συνεργός µου καὶ Λούκιος 
1Timotheus ?my *fellow-worker*and *Lucius 


435 


much in the Lord. 
13 Salute Rufus chosen 
in the Lord, and his 
mother and mine, 
14 Salute Asyncritus, 
Phlegon, Hermas, Pa- 
trobas, Hermes, and 
the brethren which are 
with them. 15 Salute 
Philologus, and Julia, 
Nereus, and his sister, 
and Olympas, and alli 
the saints which are 
with them. 16 Salute 
one another with an 
holy kiss. The churches 
of Christ salute you. 


17 Now I beseech 
you, brethren, mark 
them which cause di- 
visions and offences 
contrary to the doc- 
trine which ye have 
learned; and avoid 
them, 18 For they that 
are such serve not our 
Lord Jesus Christ, but 
their own belly; and 
by good words and 
fair. speeches deceive 
the hearts of the sim- 
ple. 19 For your obe- 
dience is come abroad 
unto all men. I am 
glad therefore onyour 
behalf: but yet [would 
have you wise unto 
that which is good, 
and simple concerning 
evil. 20 And the God 
of peace shall bruise 
Satan under your feet 
shortly. The grace of 
our Lord Jesus Christ 
be with you. Amen. 


21 Timotheus ᾿ my 
workfellow, and Lu- 
cius, and Jason, .and 
Sosipater, my Kkins- 
men, salute you. 231 
Tertius, who wrote 
this epistle, salute you 
in the Lord. 23 Gaius 
mine host, and of the 
whole church, saluteth 
you. Erastus the 
chamberlain of the 
city saluteth you, and 
Quartus a _ brother. 
24 The grace of our 
Lord Jesus Christ be 
with you all. Amen. 





w Ἕρμᾶν LTTrAW. 
2 — Ἰησοῦ GLTTraw. 
¢4+ ἀμὴν Amen Ε, 

& — verse 24 LTTrx[Al]. 


:᾿Ασύν- τ΄ νυ Ἑρμῆν LTTrAW. 
GLTTrAW, “JY ἐκκλίνετε TTr. 
Ὁ — μὲν LTTrA. ς — χριστοῦ τ[ττα]. 


LITrAW. ὅλης τῆς ἐκκλησίας LTITA, 


x + πᾶσαι all (the assemblies) 
8 ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν οὖν χαίρω LTTrAw. 
ε᾽Ασπάζεται Salutes 


436 


25 Now to him that 
is of power to stablish 
you according to my 
gospel, and the preach- 
ing of Jesus Christ, 
according to the reve- 
lation of the mystery, 
which was kept secret 
since the world began, 
26 but now is made 
manifest, and by the 
scriptures of the pro- 
phets, according tothe 
commandment of the 


everlasting God, made - 


known to all nations 
for the obedience of 
faith : 27 to God only 
wise, be glory through 
Jesus Christ for ever. 
Amen, 


ROEN GTO Y 2. OA; 1. 


« ~ .. - 
δυναµετῳ υμας στηριξαι κατα 
is able you to estailish according to 2elad 


κατὰ ἀπο- 


ΠΕ ΟἿΣ 
95 ἃ Τῷ δὲ 
Now to him who 
γέλιόν μου καὶ τὸ κήουγμα ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, | 
Stidings ‘my απᾶ ὑπὸ proclamation of Jesus Christ, according to ἃ reve- 


΄ , ΄ , , ) 
κάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρονοις αιωγιοις σεσιγηµενου, 
lation of [the] mystery intimes of the ages having been kept secret, 


, ᾿ - 8 ~ ν ~ ” 
20 φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν, διᾶ-τε γραφών προφητικῶν, κατ 
but made manifest now, and by “scriptures 1prophetic, according to 
~ ~ ᾽ ’ > , 
τοῦ αἰωνίου θεοῦ, εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως εἰς παντα 


x ? 
το ευαγ- 


ἐπιταγὴν 
commandment of the eternal God, for obedience offaith to ᾿ all 

3 , / , ~ ~ ‘ ? 
τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθεντος. 27 μόνῳ σοφῷ θεῷ, διὰ “In- 


the nations having been made known— [the] only wise God, through Je- 
~ ~ πο ε , ν΄ τῳ ‘ I~ 1. 3 ΄ 
σοῦ χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας". apn. 
sus Christ, to whom be glory to the ages. — Amen, 
4 ε ἌΡ ΄, ᾽ A 7, \ / ~ 
ἘΠρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Κορίνθου, διὰ Φοίβης τῆς 
To [the] Romans written from Corinth, by Phebe 
διακόνου τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς ἐκκλησίας 
servant ofthe7in “*Cenchrea ‘assembly. 





Ἢ ΠΡΟΣ TOYS ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΠΡΩΤΗ. 


Tue το 


PAUL, called to be an 
apostle of Jesus Christ 
through the will of 
God, and Sosthenes 
our brother, 2 unto the 
church of God which 
is at Corinth, to them 
that are sanctified in 
Christ Jesus, called to 
be saints, with all that 
in every place call up- 
on the name of Je- 
sus Christ our Lord, 
both theirs and ours: 
3 Grace be unto you, 
and peace, from God 
our Father, and from 
the Lord Jesus Christ. 


4 I thank my God 
always on your behalf, 
for the grace of God 
which is given you by 
Jesus Christ; 5 that 
in every thing ye are 
enriched by him, in 
all utterance, and in 
all knowledge; 6 even 
as the testimony of 
Christ was confirmed 
in you: 75ο that γο 
come behind in no 
gift ; waiting for the 
coming of our Lord 
Jesus Christ: 8 who 


h Verses 25—27 placed at end of chapter xiv. α. 


subscription GLTW ; 


*THE SCORINTHIANS ΞΕ PISTLE FIRST. 


ΠΑΥΛΟΣ Ὀκλητὸοἳ ἀπόστολος “Inoot χριστοῦ, διὰ  θελή- 
Paul a called apostle of Jesus Christ, by [the] will 
ματος θεοῦ, καὶ Σωσθένης ὁ ἀδελφός, 2 τῷ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ 
of God, and ἈῬοδίμεπος the brother, to the assembly 
θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν KopivOw," ἡγιασμένοις ἐν χριστῷ Ἰη- 
of God which is in OQorinth, having beensanctified in Christ Je- 
σοῦ. κλητοῖς ἁγίοις, σὺν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις τὸ ὄνομα 
sus, called saints, with all _ those *calling °on ®the ‘namie 
ToU.kupiov.nuay Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ, αὐτῶν re! 
508 Pour *°Lord NjJesus 7Christ “Vin "τει “place, both cvheirs 
καὶ ἡμῶν' 8 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς. ἡμῶν 
and ours: grace toyou and peace from God our Father 
καὶ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. 
and [the] Lord Jesus Christ. 
? ~ ~ ~ , ~ ~ 
4 Ἐὐχαριστῶ τῷ-θεῷ.μου πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ τῷ 
I thank my God always concerning you, for the 
, ~ ~ ~ ΄ - ~ ~ 
χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ δοθείσῃ ὑμῖν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, 5 ὅτι ἐν 
grace of God that was given toyou in Christ Jesus, that in 
παντὶ ἐπλουτίσθητε ἐν αὐτῷ, ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ 
everything yewereenriched in him, in 8411 discourse and all 
, ‘ 4 ~ ~ 3 , 
γνώσει, 6 καθὼς τὸ μαρτύριον τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐβεβαιώθη ἐν 
knowledge, accordingasthe testimony ofthe Christ was confirmed in 
πο σας 7 ©.) ε ~ 4 ’ 
ὑμῖν" 7 ὥστε ὑμᾶς μὴ ὑστερεῖσθαι ἐν μηδενὶ χαρίσματι, ἀπεκ- 
you, sothat ye are behind in not one gift, 
ος , ~ Π - - - 
δεχομένους τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τοῦ.κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" 
awaiting the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ; 





i+ τῶν αἰώνων ofages LT. *— the 


Πρὸς Ῥωμαίους Tra. 


5. + Παύλου τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of Paul the Apostle FE; + Παύλου 6” -- τοὺς EG‘ Πρὸς 


Κορινθίους ά LTTraw. 
Ἐορίνθῳ placed after ᾿Ιησοῦ Ltra, 


Ὁ Γκλητος] La. © χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTraw. 


4 τῃ οὔσῃ ἐν 
6 ---τε both ΤΤΤ/[Α]. κος Ὁ 


— να 


i; ἘΘΘῚ 


ὃ ὃς καὶ βεβαιώσει ὑμᾶς ἕως 


NTHIANS. 


τέλους, ἀνεγκλητους ἐν τῇ 


‘who glso will confirm 7 to [the], end, unimpeachable in the 
ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 9 πιστὸς ὁθεύς, Ov 
day of our Lord Jesus Christ. Faithful [is} God, by 
οὗ ἐκλήθητε εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ. υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ 
whom ye were called into fellowship of his Son Jesus Christ 
τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν. 
our Lord. 
10 Παρακαλῶ δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ 
Now I exhort you, ee by the name 
κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿]ησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἵνα τὸ αὐτὸ λέγητε πάντες, 
of our Lord Jesus Christ, that *the °same *thing "ye “say all, 
καὶ μὴ ἐν ὑμῖν σχίσματα, ἦτεδὲ 'κατηῤτισμένοι 
and “no 'there*be*among ὅγοα ‘divisions; but ye be knit together 
ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ voi. καὶ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ. 11 ἐδηλώθη.γάρ 
in the same mind and in the same judgment, For it was shewn 


μοι περὶ 
to me concerning you, 


ὅτι ἔριδες 


ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί μου, ὑπὸ τῶν Χλόης, 
my brethren, by those of [the house 6 Chloe, 


? ε ~ 2 ’ 
ἐν ὑμῖν εἰσιν 12 λέγω δὲ τοῦτο, ὅτι ἕκαστος 


that strifes among you there are. But I sed this, that each 
ὑμῶν λέγει, ἘΝ μὲν εἰμι Παύλου, ἐγὼ δὲ ᾿Απολλώ, ἐγω.δὲ 
of you μπα, am of Paul, andI of mpolloy, and I 
Κηφᾶ, ἐγὼ.δὲ χριστοῦ. 19 Μεμέρισται ὁ Χριστός; μὴ Παὔῦ- 
of Cephas, 8:5. 1 of Christ Has *been*divided 'the “Christ ? >Paul 


λος ἐσταυρώθη 'ὑπὲρ' ὑμῶν; ἢ εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Παύλου ἐβαπ- 

᾿ Ξγγ835 Οὐ ἢ for you? or to the name of Paul wereye 
τίσθητε; 14 εὐχαριστῶ ἔτῷ θεῷ" ὅτι οὐδένα ὑμῶν ἐβάπτισα, 
Peres? I thank God that noone ofyou_ [I baptized, 


εἰ μὴ Κρίσπον καὶ Γάϊον" 15 ἵνα pn τις εἴπῃ ὅτι εἰς τὸ 
rae Crispus and Gaius, that not anyone should say that unto 


ἐμὸν ὄνομα Ῥἐβάπτισα.ϊ 16 ἐβάπτισα.δὲ καὶ τὸν Lrepava 
my name I baptized. And I baptized also the *of *Stephanas 


οἶκον' λοιπὸν οὐκιοῖδα εἴ τινα ἄλλον ἐβάπτισα. 17 Οὐ.γὰρ 
"house ; as to the rest Iknow not if any other I baptized. For *not 


ο... με] χριστὸς βαπτίζειν, adr’ ' εὐαγγελίζεσθαι" 
Ξεοῃῦ 3πωο +Christ to ——, but toannounce the glad tidings ; 


οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ λόγου, ἵνα μὴ κενωθῇ ὁ σταυρὸς τοῦ χριστοῦ. 
not in wisdom of apap that *not *bemadevoidthe cross ofthe Christ. 


18 ὁ λόγος γὰρ ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῖς μὲν ἀπολλυμένοις μωρία 
Forthe word ofthe cross to those perishing foolishness 


ἐστίν, τοῖς δὲ σωζομένοις ἡμῖν δύναμις θεοῦ ἐστιν. 19 γέ- 
*is, but “who ‘are *being Ssaved *to*us Ῥονγεῦ 198" οᾶ ‘it “is. srt Saas 


γραπται γάρ, ᾿Απολῶ τὴν σοφίαν τῶν σοφῶν, καὶ τὴν 
‘been **written ‘*for, I willdestroy the wisdom ofthe wise, and the 


σύνεσιν τῶν συνετῶν ἀθετήσω. 20 Ποῦ σοφός ᾿ 
understanding of the wiieptanding ones I will set aside. Where [is the] wise 2 
ποῦ γραμματεύς; ποῦ ἰσυζητητὴς" τοῦ.αἰῶνος τούτου; 
where [the] scribe? where (the] disputer of this age? 


οὐχὶ ἐμώρανεν ὁ θεὸς τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ.κόσμου. πτούτουϊς 
did not *make *foolish 'God the wisdom of this world? 


21 ᾿Επειδὴ.γὰρ ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ. ἔγνω ὁ κόσμος διὰ 
For since, in the wisdom of God, *knew ®not ‘the *world “by 


τῆς σοφίας τὸν θεόν, εὐδόκησεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ τῆς μωρίας τοῦ 
*wisdom God, *was*pleased *God by _ the foolishness of the 


& — τῷ θεῷ (read εὐχαριστῶ I give thanks) T. 


[περὶ τι. 
i+ [δ]. ‘*adadarttra. 1 συνζητητης LTTrA. 


baptized LTTraw. 
the world) LTTraw. 


437 


shall also confirm you 
unto the end, thai ἢ ye 
may be blameless in 
the day of our Lord 
Jesus Christ. 9 God 
is faithful, by whom 
ye were called unto 
the fellowship of his 
Son Jesus Christ our 
Lord. 


10 Now I beseech 
you, brethren, by the 
name of our Lord Je- 
sus Christ, that ye all 
speak the same thine, 
and that there be no 
divisions among you; 
but-that ye be per- 
fectly joined together 
in the same mind and 
in the same judgment. 
11 For it hath been 
declared unto me of 
you, my brethren, by 
them which are of the 
house of Chloe, that 
there are contentions 
among you. 12 Now 
this I say, that every 
one of you saith, I am 
of Paul; and I of 
Apollos ; and I of Ce- 
phas ; and I of Christ. 
13 Is Christ divided? 
was Paul crucified for 
you? or were ye bap- 
tized in the name of 
Paul? 141 thank God 
that I baptized none 
of you, but Crispus 
and Gains; 15 lest any 
should say that I had 
baptized in mine own 
name. 16And I bap- 
tized also the house- 
hold of Stephanas ; 
besides, I know not 
whether I baptized any 
other. 17 For Ohrist 
sent me not to bap- 
tize, but to preach the 
gospel: not with wis- 
dom of words, lest the 
cross of Christ should 
be made of none effect. 
18 For the preaching 
of the cross isto them 
that perish foolish- 
ness; but unto us 
which are sayed it is 
the power of God, 
19 For it is written, I 
will destroy the wis- 
dom of the wise, and 
will bring to nothing 
the understanding of 
the prudent. 20 Where 
is the wise? where 18 
the scribe? where is 
the disputer of this 
world? hath not God 
made foolish the wis- 
dom of this world ἢ 
21 For after that in 
the wisdom of God 
the world by wisdom 
knew not God, it 
pleased God by the 


h ἐβαπτίσθητε ye phe 


m — τούτου (1744 


438 


foolishness of preach- 
ing to save them 
that believe. 22 For 
the Jews require a 
sign, and the Greeks 
seek after wisdom: 
23 but we preach 
Christ crucified, unto 
the Jews a stumbling- 
block, and unto the 
Greeks foolishness ; 
24 but unto them 
which are called, both 
Jews and_ Greeks, 
Christ the power of 
God, and the wisdom 
of God. 25 Because 
the foolishness of God 
is wiser than men; and 
the weakness of God 
is stronger than men. 
26 For ye see your 
calling, brethren, how 
that not many wise 
men after the flesh, 
not many mighty, not 
many noble, are call- 


ed: 27 but God hath’ 


chosen the foolish 
things of the world 
to confound the wise ; 
and God hath chosen 
the weak things of 
the world to confound 
the things which are 
mighty; 28 and base 
things of the world, 
and things which are 
despised, hath God 
chosen, yea,and things 
which are not, to 
bring to nought things 
that are: 29 that no 
fiesh should glory in 
his presence. 30 But 
of him are ye in 
Christ Jesus, who of 
God is made unto us 
wisdom, and right- 
eousness, and sanctifi- 
eation, and redemp- 
tion : 31 that, accord- 
ing as it is written, 
He that glorieth, let 
him glory in the 
Lord. 

If. And I, brethren, 
when I came to you, 
came not with excel- 
lency of speech or of 
wisdom, declaring un- 
to you the testimony 
of God. 2 For I de- 
termined not to know 
any thing amongyou, 
save Jesus Christ, and 
him crucified. 3 And 
I was with you in 
weakness, and in fear, 
and in much trem- 
bling. 4 And my speech 
and my preaching was 
not with enticing 
words of man’s wis- 
dom, but in demon- 


κηρύγματος σῶσαι 


ΠΡΟΣ ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ Α, τι 


΄ as τ 
τοὺς WLOTEVOVYTAC® 99 ἐπειδὴ καὶ Ἴου- 


proclamation tosave those that believe. Since both Jews 
~ ~ ~ ‘ Ty 7, ~ 
δαῖοι "σημεῖον" αἰτοῦσιν, καὶ Ἕλληνες σοφίαν ζητοῦσιν. 
3q *sign task for, and Greeks 2wisdom 1seek ; 
~ τ ‘ 3 τ. / 
23 ἡμεῖς δὲ κηρύσσοµεν χριστὸν ἐσταυρωμένον, ᾿Ισυδαίοις 
but we proclaim Christ crucified, to Jews 


μὲν σκάνδαλον, °“EXAnow" δὲ μωρίαν" 24 αὐτοῖς δὲ τοῖς 
indeed a cause of offence, 2ο “Greeks *and foolishness ; but to these the 
~ 7 / κε A ~ , 4 
κλητοῖς, ᾿Ιουδαίοις.τε καὶ “Ἕλλησιν, χριστὸν θεοῦ δύναμιν καὶ 
called, both Jews and Grecks, Christ God’s power and 
θεοῦ σοφίαν. 25 ὅτι τὸ μωρὸν τοῦ θεοῦ σοφώτερον τῶν 
God’s wisdom. Because the foolishness of God wiser 
ἀνθρώπων ἐστίν' καὶ τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ ἰσχυρότερον τῶν 
than men is, and the weakness of God stronger 
ἀνθρώπων Pioriv." 26 Βλέπετε.γὰρ τὴν.κλῆσιν ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί, 
than men is. For ye see your calling, brethren, 
e ? A A A , ? ἣ 
ὅτι οὐ πολλοὶ σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρκα, οὐ πολλοὶ δυνα- 
thatnot many wise according to flesh ([thereare],not many power- 
Tol, ov πολλοὶ εὐγενεῖς 27 ἀλλὰ τὰ ωρὰ τοῦ κόσμου 
ful, not many high-born. But the foolish things of the world 
ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεός, αἵνα τοὺς σοφοὺςο καταισχύνῃ " "Kai τὰ 
*chose 1God, that the wise hemight put toshame; and the 
~ ~ 7 7 / « , ev 
ἀσθενῆ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεός," ἵνα καταισχύνῃ 
weak things of the world ?chose *God, that he might put to shame 
τὰ ἰσχυρά 398 Kai τὰ ἀγενῆ τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τὰ ἐξουθενη- 
the strong things; and thelow-born of the world, and the de- 
/ ? / « » 5 ‘Il ‘ Ac ἊΨ τ 4 
μένα ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεός, "καὶ τὰ ἡ. ὄντα, ἵνα τὰ 
spised “chose "God, and thethingsthat arenot, thatthe thingsthat 
ὄντα καταργήση' 29 ὅπως μὴ tkavynonra" πᾶσα σὰρξ 
are he may annul; sothat *not “might “boast tall *flesh 
ἐνώπιον Yavrov." 90 ἐξ αὐτοῦ.δὲ ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, 
before him, But of him ye are in Christ Jesus, 
εν ? / θ Ww € -” ΄ η] ? A θ ~ ὃ ’ ‘ ες 
ὃς ἐγενηθη “rv σοφια". ἀπὸ θεου ὀικαιοσυνη.τε καὶ ἀγιασ- 
who wasmade tous wisdom from God andrighteousness and βαμποῦϊ- 
μὸς Kai ἀπολύτρωσις 31 ἵνα, καθὼς γέγραπται, 
fication and redemption ; that, according as it has been written, 
Ὅ καυχώμενος, ἐν κυρίῳ καυχάσθω. 
He that boasts, in {the} Lord let him boast. 
? ‘ " « ~ , 
2 Κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, ἦλθον οὐ καθ᾽ 


AndI ἨὨατίης σοῦ to you, brethren, came not according to 
ὑπεροχὴν λόγου ἢ σοφίας καταγγέλλων ὑμῖν τὸ μαρτύριον 


excellency οὗ word or wisdom, announcing to you the testimony 
τοῦ θεοῦ. 3 οὐ γὰρ ἔκρινα “τοῦ! Σείδεναι τι ἐν ὑμῖν, 


. of God. For “not 11 “decided to know anything among you,’ 
εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν χριστόν, καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον. 8 Ἰκαὶ ἐγὼ" 
except Jesus Christ, “ and him crucified, And 1 
ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ καὶ ἐν φόβῳ καὶ ἐν τρόμῳ πολλῷ ἐγενό ) 
ἐν. α καὶ ἐν φόβῳ καὶ ἐν τρόμῳ πολλῷ ἐγενόμην πρὸς 
in weakness and in fear and in *trembling ‘much was with 
ὑμᾶς" 4 καὶ ὁ λόγος.μου καὶ τὸ κηρυγµά.-µου οὐκ ἐν πειθοῖ 
τοι; and my word and my preaching [was] not in persuasive 
"ἀνθρωπίνης! σοφίας λόγοις, "ἀλλ᾽" ἐν ἀποδείξει πνεύματος 

Shuman 2of *wisdom ‘words, but in demonstration of [the] Spirit 





η σημεῖα SiIZNS GLTTrAW. 
καταισχύνῃ τοὺς σοφούς [LITTrA. 


σεται Ἐ. 
εἰδέναι GLTrAW, 


Σ κἀγὼ LITrA, 


ο ἔθνεσιν to nations ΟΙΤΤΤΑΤΓ. Ρ — ἐστίν τττ. 4 ἵνα 
σοφοι . [καὶ τὰ...«ὃ θεός]τ. 5. - καὶ ΓΊΤτΑ.  ἕκαυχή- 
Υ τοῦ θεοῦ God GLTTraw. Ὑ σοφία ἡμῖν LITra, τ-- τοῦ GLTTrAW. στι 


3.- ἀνθρωπίνης GLTTrAW. | Ὁ ἀλλὰ Tr. 


1]. 1 CORINTHIANS. 


καὶ δυνάμεως" 5 ἵνα ἡ.πίστις ὑμῶν μὴ. ἐν σοφίᾳ ἀνθρώ- 


and of power ; that your faith might not be in wisdom of men, 
πων, ard’! ἐν δυνάμει θεοῦ. 
but in power of God. 


6 Σοφίαν.δὲ λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις" σοφίαν δὲ οὐ τοῦ 
But wisdom wespeak among the perfect; but wisdom, not 
αἰῶνος. τούτου, οὐδὲ τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ.αἰῶνος. τούτου. τῶν 

of this age, nor ofthe rulers of this age, who 
[ή Ξ 2 AJ “- c / |] ? / 
καταργουμένων' 7 ἀλλὰ λαλοῦμεν “σοφίαν θεοῦ" ἐν μυστηρίῳ, 
are coming to nought. But: we speak wisdom of God in a mystery, 
τὴν ἀποκεκρυμμένην ἣν προώρισεν ὁ θεὸς πρὸ τῶν 
the hidden {wisdom] which predetermined ‘God before the 
αἰώνων εἰς δόξαν ἡμῶν, 8 ἣν οὐδεὶς THY ἀρχόντων τοῦ 
ages for our glory, which noone of the ‘rulers 
αἰῶνος.τούτου ἔγνωκεν' εἰ γὰρ 
of this age has known, (for if they had known, *not 
~ η 9 ’ ᾽ A 
τῆς δόξης ἐσταύρωσαν" 9 ἀλλὰ 
Sof *the glory “they 7would have crucified,) but 
τι ? \ ᾽ = Δ τ ᾽ » δὴ 
ται, Α ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ.εῖδεν, καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν, καὶ 
written, Things which eye saw not, and ear hearc and 
ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκάνέρη, “ἃ! ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς 
into heart of man came not, which prepared 1God 
~ ? ~ ? , 5 10 « ~ δὲ 6 c θ ‘ 3 ir ll 
τοις ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτὸν Ἰμῖν δὲ «ὁ θεὸς ἀπεκάλυψεν 
for those that love him, but to us God revealed [them] 
διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος. αὐτοῦ" τὸ. γὰρ πνεῦμα πάντα ξἐρευνᾷ," 
by his Spirit ; forthe Spirit allthings searches, 
4A 4 , ~ ~ , A a > , A 
καὶ τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ. 11 τίς γὰρ οἶδεν ἀνθρώπων τὰ 
even the depths of God. For who *knows tof ?men the things 
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, εἰ μὴ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν 
of man, except the spirit of man which [is} in 
αὐτῷ; οὕτως καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐδεὶς' oider," εἰ μὴ τὸ 
him ὃ so also the things of God noone knows, except the 
πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ. 12 ἡμεῖς.δὲ οὐ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ κόσμου ἐλά- 
Spirit of God. But we not the spirit of the world re- 
βομεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα TO ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν 
ceived, but the Spirit which [is] from God, that we might.know 
~ ~ ~ a ‘ ~ 
τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν. 19 °A καὶ λαλοῦμεν, 
the things by God granted to us: which also we speak, 


ἔγνωσαν, οὐκ ἂν τὸν κύριον 
‘the Lord 


καθὼς γέγραπ- 


according as it has been 


aoe 
25 


τὸ πνεῦμα 


οὐκ ἐν διδακτοῖς ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας λόγοις, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν δι- 
not in taught Sof*human ‘wisdom ‘words, but in [those] 
δακτοῖς πνεύματος Ἰἁγίου,! πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ 


taught of [the] *Spirit *Holy, Spy ‘spiritual (Smeans] *spiritual things 
Ἐσυγκρίνοντες." 14 ψυχικὸς δὲ ἄνθρωπος οὐ.δέχεται τὰ 

scommunicating, But [the] natural man receives not the things 
τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ: µμωρία.γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐστιν, καὶ 
of the Spirit of God, for foolishness to him they are; and 


οὐ.δύναται γνῶναι, ὅτι πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται. 
he cannot know {them], because spiritually they are discerned ; 
15 0.6% πνευματικὸς ἀνακρίνει wiv" πάντα, αὐτὸς δὲ ὑπ᾽ 
* but the spiritual discerns all things, but he by 
οὐδενὸς ἀνακρίνεται. 16 τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου, 
no one is discerned. For who did know [the] mind of [the] Lord? 
ὃς συµβιβάσει αὐτόν; ἡμεῖς δὲ νοῦν "'χριστοῦ! ἔχομεν. 
who shall.instruct him? But we [the] mind of Christ have. 


439 


stration of the Spirit 
and of power: ὃ that 
your faith should not 
stand in the wisdom 
of men, but in the 
power of God. 


6 Howbeit we speak 
Wisdom among them 
that are perfect: γυς 
not the wisdom of this 
world, nor of the 
princes of this world, 
that come to nought: 
7 but we speak the 
wisdom of God ina 
mystery, even the hid- 
den wisdom, which 
God ordained before 
the world unto our 
glory: 8 which none 
of the princes of this 
world knew : for had 
they known it, they 
would not have cruci- 
fied the Lord of glory. 
9 But as itis written, 
Eye hath not seen, 
nor ear heard, neither 
have entered into the 
heart of man, the 
things which God hath 
prepared for them that 
lovehim. 10 But God 
hath revealed them 
unto us by his Spirit : 
for the Spirit search- 
eth all things, yea, the 
deep things of God. 
11For what man know- 
eth the things of a 
man, save the spirit of 
man which is in him ? 
even so the things of 
God knoweth no man, 
but the Spirit of God. 
12 Now we have re- 
ceived, not the spirit 
of the world, but the 
spirit which is of God; 
that we might know 
the things that are 
freely given to us of 
God. 13 Which things 
also we speak, not in 
the words which man’s 
wisdom teacheth, but 
which the Holy Ghost 


teacheth ; comparing 
spiritual things with 
spiritual. 14 But the 


natural man receiveth 
not the things of the 
Spirit of God: for 
they are foolishness 
unto him: neither can 
he know them, because 
they are spiritually 
discerned. 15 But he 
that is spiritual judg- 
eth all things, yet he 
himself is judged of 
no man, 16 For who 
hath known the mind 
of the Lord, that he 
may instruct him? 
But we have the mind 
of Christ. 





© ἀπεκάλυψεν ὁ θεὸς 


Ὁ ἀλλὰ τι. ο θεοῦ σοφίαν GLTTrAW. 4 ὅσα whatsoever LTrA. 
LTtraw. ἴ-- αὐτοῦ (read theSpirit) trtr[a]. 6 ἐραυνᾷ Trra. ὃ ἔγνωκεν has known LT/:aW, 


4 — “Aviov GLTTrAW. κ συν- Τ. 1[γὰ] 1: - μὲν T[Tra]. 


πι κυρίου of [the] Lord 1, 


440 


117, ΑπᾶΤ, brethren, 
could not speak unto 
you as unto spiritual, 
but as unto carnal, 
even as unto babes in 
Christ. 2 I have fed 
you with milk, and 
not with meat: for 
hitherto ye were not 
able to bear it, neither 
yet now are ye able, 
3 For ye are yet carnal: 
for whereas there is 
among you envying, 
and strife, and divi- 
sions, are ye not car- 
nal, and walk asmen ? 
4 For while one saith, 
Tam of Paul; andan- 
other, I am of Apollos; 
are ye not carnal? 
5 Who then is Paul, 
and who is Apollos, 
but ministers by whom 
ye believed, even as 
the Lord gave toevery 
man? 61 have planted, 
Apollos watered ; but 
God gave the increase. 
7 So then neither is 
he that planteth any- 
thing, neither he that 
watereth; but God 
that giveth the in- 
crease. 8 Now hethat 
planteth and he that 
watereth are one: and 
every man shall re- 
ceive his own reward 
according to his own 
labour. 9 For we are 
labourers together 
with God: ye are God’s 
husbandry, ye are 
God’s building. 10 Ac- 
cording tothe grace of 
God which is given 
unto me, as a wise 
masterbuilder, I have 
laid the foundation, 
and another buildeth 
thereon. But letevery 
man take heed how 
he buildeth thereupon. 
11 For other foun- 
dation can no man 
lay than that is 
laid, which is Jesus 
Christ. 12 Now if any 
man build upon this 
foundation gold, sil- 
ver, precious stones, 
wood, hay, stubble, 
18 every man’s work 
shall be made mani- 
fest : for the day shall 
declare it, because it 
shall be revealed by 
fire; and the fire 
shall try every man’s 
work of what sort it 
is. 14 If any man’s 





Ὁ Kayo GLTTrAW. 
GLTTrA. 


transposed LTTraAW. 
Ὁ λήμψεται LTTrA. 


{read the fotindation) Lrtr{a]. 
® μενεῖ shall abide cLTaw. 


τ οὐδὲ GLTTrAW. 
ἄνθρωποί not men LTTraw. 


προς KOPIN OTOTS A. 111: 


5 , ΄ is ΄ ‘ ~: τς »ν - 
3 "Καὶ ἐγώ," ἀδελφοί, οὐκ.ἠδυνήθην λαλῆσαι υμῖν ὡς 
And i brethren, was not able tospeak toyou ag 

κω ΄ 7, . » 

πνευματικοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς “σαρκικοῖς,' ὡς νηπίοις ἐν χοιστῷ. 

to spiritual, but as to fleshly ; as tobabes in Christ. 
, ~ ‘ ~ a ” 4 ? / 

ϱ γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα, Ῥκαὶ" οὐ βρῶμα: οὕπω.γὰρ Ἰἠδύνασθειϊ 
Milk *you 11 3ρατο ἴο drink; and not meat, for not yet were ye able, 


ἀλλ᾽ τοὔτε! 5ἔτι! νῦν δύνασθε 3 ἔτιγὰρ σαρκικοί ἐστε. 
but neither yet now are ye able; for yet fleshly ye are. 


ὅπου γὰρ ἐν ὑμῖν ζῆλος καὶ ἔρις ‘kai διχοστασίαι." 
For where among you emulation and strife and divisions [there are], 
οὐχὶ σαρκικοί ἐστε. καὶ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖτε; 
Snot “fieshly ‘are *ye, and *according *to *man ‘walk? 

Ἢ ’ / e , 2 ‘ 
4 ὕταν γὰρ λέγῃ Tic, ᾿Εγὼ μέν εἰμι Παύλου, ἕτερος.δε, Eyw 


For when *may*say tone, I am οἱ Paul, and another, I 
, 3 / / > ? ~ 1 
᾿᾽Απολλώ, τοὐχὶ σαρκικοίὶ ἐστε; 5 *Tic! οὖν ἐστιν “Παῦλος, 


of Apollos, Snot *fleshly ‘are *ye? Whd then is Paul, 

f Λ ’ ᾽ + Meee / ~ , 
Wric'! δὲ Υ ¥AzmroAXwe," ἀλλ᾽ ἢ" διάκονοι Ov ὧν ἐπιστεύ- 
2who ‘and Apollos? but servants through whom ye be- 

A , , \ ’ 
care, καὶ ἑκάστῳ ὡς “ὁ κύριος ἔδωκεν: 6 ἐγὼ ἐφύτευσα, 
lieved, and toeach 85. the Lord gave? I planted, 


ιά >’ e ” 
᾽Απολλὼς ἐπότισεν, "ἀλλ᾽! ὁ θεὸς ηὔξανεν' 7 ὥστε οὔτε 


Apollos watered ; but God gave growth. So that neither 

« 4 7 , ” ς ΄ ? 2 ε 2 ’ 

ὁ φυτεύων ἐστίν TL, οὔτε ὁ ποτίζων, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ αὐξά- 
he that plants is anything, nor hethat waters; but *who “gives 


ὁ ποτίζων ἕν εἰσιν' ἕκαστος 
Zone ‘are; ‘each 


τὸν ἴδιον κόπον. 
his own labour, 


νων θεός. 8 ὁ. φυτεύων δὲ καὶ 
*crowth ‘God. But he that plants and hethat waters 


δὲ τὸν ἴδιον μισθὸν Ὀλήψεται κατὰ 
%put his own reward shall receive according to 
~ ΄ ~ , ~ , 
9 Θεοῦ.γάρ ἐσμὲν συνεργοί' θεοῦ γεώργιον, θεοῦ οἰκοδομή 
For God’s *we *are ‘fellow-workers ;God’s husbandry, God’s building 
tore. 10 Κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δοθεῖσάν pot, ὡς 
ye are. According tothe = grace of God which was given tome, as 
σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων θεμέλιον «τέθεικα,' ἄλλος δὲ ἐποικοδομεῖ" 

a wise architect [the] foundation I have laid, and another builds up. 
ἕκαστος.δὲ βλεπέτω πῶς ἐποικοδομεῖ: 11 θεμέλιον. γὰρ ἄλλον 
But “each ‘let take heed how he builds up. For 7foundation ‘other 
οὐδεὶς δύναται θεῖναι παρὰ τὸν κείμενον, ὅς ἐστιν *In- 
noone is able tolay besides that which islaid, which is Je- 

~ « , ll 2 , . 9 ~ > ‘ A 0 ’ 

σοῦς ὁ Χριστός." 12 εἰδέ “Tic ἐποικοδομεῖ ἐπὶ τὸν θεμέλιον 


sus the Christ. Now if anyone build up on *foundation 
ἐτοῦτον" ᾿χρυσόν, ἄργυρον," λίθους τιμίους, ξύλα, χόρτον, 
this gold, silver, “stones ‘precious, wood, grass, 


καλάμην, 13 ἑκάστου τὸ ἔργον φανερὸν γενήσεται" ἡ.γὰρ 
straw, ofeach the work manifest willbecome; for the 
ἡμέρα δηλώσει’ ὅτι ἐν πυρὶ ἀποκαλύπτεται' καὶ ἑκάστου 
day will declare [it], becausein fire it is revealed ; and ofeach 
TO ἔργον ὁποῖόν ἐστιν, τὸ Tips δοκιμάσει. 14 εἴ τινος τὸ 
the work whatsort it is, the fire will prove. If of anyone the 
ἔργον Ἀμένει ὃ Ἰἐπῳκοδόμησεν,ὶ μισθὸν Χλήψεται"' 18 εἴ 
work abides which he built up, a reward he shall receive. ΤΕ 





© σαρκίνοις to fleshy GLTTraw. P — καὶ GLTTrAW. ᾳ ἐδύνασθε 
5 Γέτι] τ.. t — καὶ διχοστασίαι LTTrA. 7 οὐκ (οὐχὶ W) 
ν τί what LITr; τῆς] a. Σ᾿Απολλώς and Παῦλος 
¥ + ἐστιν is LTTrA. 2 — ἀλλ᾽ ἢ GLTTrAw. 4 ἀλλὰ LTTrA. 
5 ἔθηκα 1 ]αϊά ΙΤΤτΑ. 4 χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς Ι,; --- OCTTrAW. 5 -- τοῦτον 
f χρυσίον, ἀργύριον TTr. & + αὐτὸ itself LTTraw. 
i ἐποικοδόµησεν ΤΊτΑ. K λήμψεται LTTrA, 


πι iv. τισ τα τα κ, 
τινος τὸ ἔργον κατακαήσεται. ζημιωθήσεται" αὐτὸς δὲ 


of anyone the work — shall be consumed, he shall sufter loss, but Himself 


, a ‘ ΄ va 8 , - mn ε . 
σωθήσεται, οὕτως.δὲ we διὰ πυρὸς. 16 Οὐκιοἴδατε Ότι ναὸς 
shall be saved, but so as through fire. Know ye not that *temple 


~ ‘ Ν ~ ~ ~ » ~ ε - 
θεοῦ ἐστε, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν ; 17 εἴ τις 


'God’s ycare, and ἐπα Spirit of God dwells in you? If anyone 

‘ ‘ ~ ~ ο ~ ~ μ ε 
τὸν ναὺν τοῦ θεοῦ φθείρει, φθερεῖ ἰτοῦτον" ὁ 
the temple of God corrupt, ?shall *bring °to Scorruption thim 


, « ‘ ‘ ~ ~ , , ev ~ 
θεός" ὁ.γὰρ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἅγιός ἐστιν, οἵτινές ἐστε ὑμεῖς. 


σοι; forthe temple of God holy tis, which are ye. 
. « ‘ ᾽ ’ ” ~ ‘ 
18 μηδεὶς ἑαυτὸν ἑξαπατάτω. εἴ τις δοκεῖ σοφὸς 
*No°one “Thimsclf διοί Sdeceive: if anyone “thinks [*himself] 7wise 
« ~ ~ I~ ‘ ev 
εἶναι ἐν ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ αἰῶνιτούτῳ, μωρὸς γενέσθω, ἵνα 


Sto ®be.'among *you in this age, foolish let him become, that 


γένηται σοφός. 19 ἡ.γὰρ σοφία τοῦ.κάσμου.τούτου μωρία 
he may be wise. For the wisdom of this world foolishness 
παρὰ τῷ θεῷ ἐστιν γέγραπται.γάρ. ‘O δρασσόμενος τοὺς 


with God is; for it has been written, He takes the 
‘ > ~ ’ 7 ~ ς ‘ ’ , 
σοφοὺς ἐν τῇ.πανουργίᾳ.αὐτῶν. 20 καὶ πάλιν, Κυριος 
wise in their craf{tiness. And again, [The] Lord 


γινώσκει τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς τῶν σοφῶν, OTL εἰσὶν μάταιοι. 
knows the reasonings ofthe wise, that they are vain. 


{ ΧΑ ΄ ? ? ΄ Ν᾽ , 4 « » 
οἱ “Ὥστε μηδεὶς καυχάσθω ἐν ἀνθρώποις" πάντα.γὰρ υμῶν 


So that *no Ὅπο = “Jet boast in micn ; for allthings *yours 
ἐστιν, 22 εἴτε Παῦλος, etre ᾿Απολλώς, εἴτε Κηφᾶς, εἴτε 
1116, Whether Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas._ or [the] 


κύσμος, εἴτε ζωή, εἴτε θάνατος, εἴτε ἐνεστῶτα, εἴτε μέλλοντα" 
world, or) µία, ος death, or present things, or eoming things, 
΄ “ὦ . ἂν ‘ - 3 κι ~ 
πάντα ὑμῶν Meorw*" 23 ὑμεῖς δὲ χοιστοῦ" χριστὸς δὲ θεοῦ. 
all yours ‘are; andye  Christ’s, and Christ God’s. 
4 Οὕτως ἡμᾶς λογιζέσθω ἄνθρωπος ὡς ὑπηρέτας χριστοῦ 
So *of Sus ‘let *reckon “a “man as attendants of Christ 
και οἰκονόμους μυστηρίων θεοῦ. 2 9ὺ dé" λοιπόν, ζητεῖται 
and stewards “mysteries tof *God’s. But as to the rest, it is required 
ἐν τοῖς οἰκονόμοις ἵνα πιστός τις εὑρεθῇ. 8 ἐμοὶ δὲ εἰς ἐλά- 
in stewards that faithful one be found. Buttome  thesmall- 
χιστόν ἐστιν ἵνα ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν ἀνακριθῶ, ἢ ὑπὸ ἀνθρωπίνης 
est matter “itis that by you Ibeecxamined, ο by man’s 
ε μ ἃ 2 ᾽ ᾽ \ ? \ ? ‘ ᾽ ‘ a) ᾽ ~ 
ἡμέρας" ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἐμαυτὸν ἀνακρίνω. 4 ovdév-yap ἐμαυτῷ 
day. But neither myself ἆο 1 οχαπιῖπα, Forof nothing in myself 
/ 2 ? ᾽ ? / / ε " ? 
σύνοιδα ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐν τούτῳ δεδικαίωμαι" ὁ δὲ ἀνα- 
Iameconscious; but not by this havel beenjustified: but he who οχ- 
κρίνων µε κύριός ἐστιν. ὃ ὥστε μὴ πρὸ καιροῦ τι 
amines me(the] Lord is, So that not before [the] time anything 
κρίνετε, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ὁ κύριος, ὃς καὶ  Φφωτίσει «τὰ 
judge, until may have come the Lord, who both will bring to light the 
«κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους, καὶ φανερώσει τὰς βουλὰς τῶν 
hidden things of darkness, and will mike manifest the counsels 
καρδιῶν' καὶ τότε ὁ ἔπαινος γενήσεται ἑκάστῳ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. 
ofhearts; and then praise shall be toeach from God. 
~ . , ΄ ‘ \ 2 
6 Ταῦτα.δέ, ἀδελφοί, µετεσχηµάτισα εἰς ἐμαυτὸν καὶ ΡΑ- 
Now these things, brethren, I transterred to myself and A- 
AX . Π ὃ ” ε ~ ev 3 ε ~ 10 4 A « ‘ 
πο ω ι υμας, ινα εν’ μιν μα τε "το μ υπερ 
pollos on account of you, that in 8 yemay learn not *above 


1 αὐτὸν L. 


m—7o L[A]. 
P ᾽Απολλὼν TTr, ; 


» — ἐστιν (read [are]}) LTTra. 


44] 


work abide which he 
hath built therenpon, 
he shall receive a re- 
ward. 15 If any man’s 
work shall be burned, 
he shall suffer loss: 
but ‘he himself shall 
be saved ; yet so as by 
fire. 16 Know ye not 
that ye are the temple 
of God, and that the 
Spirit of God dwelleth 
in you? 37 ΤΕ πας 
man éGefilethe temple 
of Ged, him shall God 
destroy ; for the tem- 
ple of God is holy, 
which temple ye are. 
18 Let no man deceive 
himself. If any man 
among you seemeth to 
be wise in this world, 
let him become a fool, 
that he may be wise. 
19 For the wisdom of 
this world is foolish- 
ness with God. For 
itis written, He taketh 
the wise in their own 
craftiness, 20 And 
again,The Lord know- 
eth the thoughts of the 
wise, that they are 
vain. 21 Therefore let 
no man glory in men. 


For all things are 
yours; 22 whether 
Paul, or Apoilos, or 


C.phas, or the world, 
or life, or death, or 
things present, or 
things to come; all 
are yours ; 23 and ye 
ανα Chrisl’sis) pana 
Christ ts God’s. 

1V. Let a man so 
account of us, as of 
the ministcrs of Christ, 
and stewards of the 
mysteries of -God. 
2 Moreover it is re- 
quired in stewards, 
that a man be found 
faithful, 3 But with 
me it is a very small 
thing that I should be 
judged of you, or of 
man’s'judgment: yea, 
1 judge not mine own 
self. 4 For I know 
nothing by myself; 
yet am 1 not hereby 
justified: but he that 
judgeth me is the 
Lord. 5 Therefore 
judge nothing before 
the time, until the 
Lord come, who both 
will bring to light the 
hidden things of dark- 
ness, and will make 
manifest the counsels 
of the hearts: and 
then shall every man 
have praise of God. 

6 And these things, 
brethren, I have in a 
figure transferred to 
myself and to Apollos 
for your sakes; that 


ο ὧδε here LTTrAa, 








443 


ye might learn in us 
not to think ef men 
abore that which is 
written, that no one 
of you be puffed up 
for one against aAn- 


other. 7 For who 
maketh thee to differ 
from another? and 


what hast thou that 
thou didst not receive? 
now if thou didst re- 
ceive it, why dost thou 
glory, as if thou hadst 
not received tt ? 8 Now 
ye are full, now ye 
are rich, ye have 
reigned as kings with- 
out us: and 1 would 
to God ye did reign, 
that we also might 
reign with you. 9 For 
I think that God hath 
set forth us the apos- 
tles last, as it were 
appointed to death: 
for we are made a 
spectacle unto the 
world, and to angels, 
and to men. 10 We 
are fools for Christ’s 
sake, but ye are wise 
in Christ; we are 
weak, but ye are 
strong; ye are ho- 
nourable, but we are 
despised. 11 Even un- 
to this present hour 
we both hunger, and 
thirst, and are naked, 
aud are buffeted, and 
have no certain dwell- 
ingplace ; 12 and la- 
bour, working with 
our own hands: being 
reviled, we bless; being 
persccuted, we suffer 
it:13 being defamcd,we 
intrest: we are made 
as the filth of the 
world, and are the off- 
scouring of all things 
unto this day. 14 I 
write not these things 
to shame you, but as 
my beloved sons I 
warn you. 15 For 
though ye have ten 
thousand instructors 
in Christ, yet have ye 
not many fathers; for 
in Christ Jesus I have 
begotten you through 
the gospel. 16 Where- 
fore I beseech you, 
be ye followers of me, 


17 For this cause 
have I sent unto you 
Timotheus, who is my 
beloved son, and faith- 
ful in the Lord, who 
shall bring you into 
remembrance of my 
ways which be in 
Christ, as I teach 
every where in every 
church. 18 Now some 
are puffed up, as 


ᾳ ἃ LTTrAW. 





admouishing T. 


Σ — φρονεῖν (read μὴ Nothing) LTTraw. 
Ὁ γυμνιτεύομεν LTTrAW. 


* + αὐτὸ very [thing] 1, 


WP Os. ΒΝ > > A. IV 
~ cf ‘ - e ‘ ~ ΄ ‘ 

4 δ" γέγραπται τῴὠρονεῖν." ἵνα μὴ εἷς υπερ τοῦ εγὸς 
4 what “°has*been written ‘to “think, that ποῦ one for one 


Φυσιοῦσθε κατὰ τοῦ ἑτέρου. 7 τις-γάρ σε διακρίνει; 


ye be puffed up against the other. For who thee makes to differ? 
‘ » 2 ‘ Ἂν x ” 4 ᾿ 
τί δὲ ἔχεις ὃ οὐκιἔλαβες; εἰ.δὲ καὶ ἔλαβες, 
and what hast thou which thou didst not receive? but if also thou didst receive, 
’ ~ , ‘ , » ὃς ͵ Ἵ ΑΣ 
τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; 8 Ίδη κεκορεσµενοι ἔστε, 
why boastest thou as ποῦ having received? Already satiated ye are; 
” ? , 4 ε ~ ? λ / oe A aes ” ny ΄ 
ἤδη ἐπλουτήσατε, χωρὶς ἡμῶν ἐβασιλεύσατε" καὶ οφελόν 
already ye were enriched; apart from us ye reigned ; and 1 wouid 
’ ‘ c ~ « ~ ’ 
γε ἐβασιλεύσατε, ἵνα καὶ ἡμεῖς υμιν Σσυμβασιλεύσωμεν.ὶ 
surely ye did reign, that also we *you might “reign *with. 
ef ~ , . ’ ’ , 
9 δοκῶ γὰρ tore' ὁ θεὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἐσχάτους ἀπε- 
For [think that God us the apostles last set 
. ΄ [ή ,’ , ~ ’ 
δειξεν ὡς ἐπιθανατίους' ὅτι θέατρον ἐγενήθημεν τῷ κόσμῳ, 


forth as appointed todeath. For aspectacle we became tothe world, 
τ 4 ᾽ , a ? , « - ‘ A 
καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις. 10 ἡμεῖς μωροι διὰ 
both toangels and to men. We [are] fools on account of 


χριστόν, ὑμεῖς δὲ φρόνιμοι ἐν χριστῷ" ἡμεῖς ἀσθενεῖς, ὑμεῖς. δὲ 
Christ, but ye prudent in Christ; we weak, but ye 


ἰσχυροί" ὑμεῖς ἔνδοξοι, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἄτιμοι. 11 ἄχρι τῆς ἄρτι 
strong ; ye glorious, but we without honour. To the present 


ὥρας καὶ πεινῶμεν καὶ διψῶμεν, καὶ ᾿γυμνητεύομεν," καὶ 
hour both wehunger and thirst, and are naked, and 
κολαφιζόµεθα, καὶ  ἀστατοῦμεν, 12 καὶ κοπιῶμεν, ἐργα- 

are buffcted, and wander without a home, and labour, work- 
ζόμενοι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσίν' λοιδορούμενοι, εὐλογοῦμεν' διω- 
ing with our own hands. Railed at, we bless ; per- 
[7 


19 Ὑ“βλασφημούμενοιυ" παρακαλοῦμεν" 
evilly spoken to, we beseech : 
ὡς  περικαθάρµατα τοῦ κόσμου ἐγενήθημεν, πάντων 
as [the] refuse ofthe world we are become, ofall [the] 
περίψημα ἕως ἄρτι. 14 Οὐκ ἐντρέπων ὑμᾶς γράφω ταῦτα, 
off-scouring until now. Not shaming you dol write these things, 
ann" we τέκνα µου ἀγαπητὰ }νουθετῶ." 15 ἐὰν.γὰρ 
but as *children ‘my “beloved I admonish [you]. For if 
μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχητε ἐν χριστῷ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πολ- 
ten thousand tutors ye should have in Christ, yet not ‘many 
λοὺς πατέρας" ἐν.γὰρ χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 
fathers ; for in Christ | Jesus through the — glad tidings 


κόµενοι, ἀνεχόμεθα" 
secuted, we bear ; 


ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα. 16 παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, μιμηταί μου 
1 you did beget. 1 exhort therefore you, “imitators *of *me 
γίνεσθε. 
"become. 

17 Διὰ τοῦτο ἔπεμψα ὑμῖν Τιμόθεον, ὅς ἐστιν Ἀτέκνον 


On account of this I sent 


Schild 
κυρίῳ, ὃς ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσει 
“beloved and faithful in([the) Lord, who “you ‘will*remind of 
‘ ε ’ ‘ ~ ~ ? ’ 
τὰς ὑδούς.μου τὰς ἐν χριστῷ,ὸ καθὼς πανταχοῦ ἐν πάσῃ 
my ways that [are]in Christ, according.as everywhere in every 
ἐκκλησίᾳ. διδάσκω. 18 ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου δέ µου πρὸς ὑμᾶς 
assembly I teach, 7As*to *not°coming ‘now *my ο you 
3 , θ ᾽ὔ i. ? ’ Δ , ‘ ε ~ μμ] 
ἐφυσιώθησάν τινες" 19 ἐλεύσομαι.δὲ ταχέως πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν 
*were “puffed *up ‘some; but I shall come shortly to you, if 


to you Timotheus, who is 


μου" ἀγαπητὸν καὶ πιστὸν ἐν 
my 











5συν- T. t — ὅτι LTTrAW. 
> ἀλλὰ Tr. } νουθετῶν 


> + Ἰησοῦ Jesus LT, 


Ὁ δυσφημούμενοι defamed Ta. 
® µου τέκνον LTTrA, 


\ 


IV, V. I CORINTHIANS. 


ὃ κύριος θελήσῃ, καὶ γνώσομαι, οὐ τὸν λόγον 
the Lord will, and Iwill know, ποῦ the word 


πεφυσιωμένων, ἀλλὰ τὴν δύναμιν. 20 οὐ.γὰρ ἐν λόγῳ ἡ 


τῶν 
of those who 


are puffed up, but the power. For not in word the 
βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν δυνάμει. 21 τί θέλετε ; ἐν 
kingdom of God [is], but ᾿ in power. What wiilye? with 
ῥάβδῳ ἔλθω. πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἢ ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί. τε «πρᾳό- 
arod Ishouldcome to you, or ἵπ love andaspirit of meek- 
TNTOC' 5 
ness? 


/ - A 
ἢ Ὅλως ἀκούεται ἐν ὑμῖν πορνεία, καὶ τοιαύτη πορνεία 
Commonly 315 *reported*among °you “fornication, and such fornication 
ἥτις οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν Δὀνομάζεται," 
which noteven among the nations is named, 
τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔχειν. 2 Kai ὑμεῖς πεφυσιωμµένοι ἐστέ, 
Jone (*his} Sfather’s to “have. And το “puffed “up tare, 
‘ 2 ‘ ~ ? , a e? ~I| 2 / ε ~ 
καὶ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἐπενθήσατε, wa “ἐξαρθῇ ἐκ μεσου ὑμῶν 
and not , rather did mourn, that might be taken out of your midst 


/ ~ 4 
ὥστε γυναῖκά 
so as Swife 


ὁ τὸ ἔργον. τοῦτο [ποιῆσας :" 3 ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ δὼ." ἀπὼν τῷ 
he who this deed did! Ξ᾿ 10» as being absent 
σώματι, παρὼν δὲ τῷ πνεύματι, ἤδη κέκρικα ὡς παρών, 
in body, but being present in spirit, already have judged as being present, 

τὸν οὕτως τοῦτο κατεργασάµενον, 4 ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ 
him who 50 ‘this = “worked “out, in the name 
κυρίου. ἡμῶνὶ ᾿Ἱησοῦ χριστοῦ συναχθέντων ὑμῶν καὶ 
of our Lord Jesus Christ, being gathered together ye and 
~ ~ ~ , ~ / -¢ ~ ? ~ 
τοῦ ἐμοῦ πνεύματος, σὺν TH δυνάμει τοῦ .κυρίου."ἡ μῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ 
my spirit, with the power of our Lord Jesus 
Ἰχριστοῦ,! ὃ παραδοῦναι τὸν τοιοῦτον τῷ σατανᾷ εἰς ὄλεθρον 


Christ— to deliver such a one toSatan for destruction 
τῆς σαρκός, ἵνα τὸ πνεῦμα σωθῇ ἐν TH ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ κυρίου 
of the flesh, that the spirit may besavedin the day ofthe Lord 


ῬΙησοῦ.! ὃ Οὐ καλὸν τὸ.καύχημα.ὑμῶν' οὐκ.οἴδατε ὅτι μικρὰ 

Jesus, Not good [is] your boksting. Know ye not that a little 
ζύμη Or ὃ φύραμα ζυμοῖ; 7 ἐκκαθάρατε "οὖν! τὴν πα- 

µη ὅλον τὸ φύραμα ὄυμοι; εκκασθαρατε ''οὐν' την π 
leaven *whole *the *lump ‘#leavens? Purge out therefore the 
λαιὰν ζύμην, ἵνα ἦτε νέον φύραμα, καθώς ἐστε ἄζυμοι 
ola leaven, that yemaybeanew lump, according as yeare unleavened, 
καὶ. γὰρ τὸ πάσχα. ἡμῶν "ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν! σἐτύθη! χριστός. 
For also Zour *passover or ™us “was ‘sacrificed +*Christ. 
& wore ἑορτάζωμεν, μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ, μηδὲ ἐν 

So that we should celebrate the feast, not with *leaven ‘old, nor with 
ζύμῃ κακίας καὶ πονηρίας, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἀζύμοις Ρείλι- 
leaven of malice and wickedness, but with unleavened [bread] of 
'κρινείας" καὶ ἀληθείας. 
sincerity and of truth. 

9 Ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ,. μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι 

Iwrote toyou in the epistle, not to associate with 

, ‘ ’ ~ , ~ ΄ ’, 
πόρνοις 10 “καὶ οὐ πάντως τοῖς πόρνοις τοῦ.κοσμου.του- 
fornicators ; and not altogether with the fornicators of this world, 
του, ἢ τοῖς πλεονέκταις, τὴ" ἅρπαξιν, ἢ εἰδωλολάτραις' ἐπεὶ 

or withthe  covetous, or rapacious, or idolaters, since 


443 


thongh. I would not 
come to you. 19 But 
I will come to you 
shortly, if the Lord 
will, and will know 
not the speech of them 
which are puffed up, 
but the power, 20 For 
the kingdom of God 
is not in word, but in 
power. 21 What will 
ye ? shall Τ come unto 
you with a rod, or in 
love, and im the spirit 
of meeckness ? 

. It is reported 
commonly that there 
15 fornication among 
you, and such fornica- 
tion as is not so much 
as named among the 
Gentiles, that one 
should have his fa- 
ther’s wife. 2And ye 
are puffed up,and have 
not rather mourned, 
that he that hath done 
this deed might be 
taken away from a- 
mong you. 3 For I 
verily, as absent in 
body, but present in 
spirit, have judged al- 
ready, as though I 
were present, concern-= 
ang him that hath so 
done this deed, 4 in 
the name of our Lord 
Jesus Christ, when ye 
are gathered toge- 
ther, and my spirit, 
with the power of our 
Lord Jesus Christ, 5 to 
deliver such an one 
unto Satan for the de- 
struction of the fiesh, 
that the spirit may 
be saved in the day 
of the Lord Jesus. 
6 Your glorying i 
not good. Know ye 
not that a little lea- 
ven leaveneth the 
whole lump? 7 Purge 
out therefore the eld 
leaven, that ye may 
be a new lump, as ye 
are unleavened. For 
even Christ our pass- 
over is sacrificed for 
us: 8thercefore let us 
keep the feast, not 
with old leaven, nei- 
ther with the leaven 
of malice and wicked- 
ness; but with the un- 
leavened bread of sin- 
eerity and truth. 

9 I wrote unto you 
in an epistle not to 
company with forni- 
cators: 10 yet not al- 
together with the for- 
nicators of this world, 
or with the covetous, 
or extortioners, or 


ee TU EEE NII Ηρ ΠΟ π- 


ο πραὔτητος LTTrA. 4 — ὀνομάζεται (read [15]) GLTTrAW. 
& — ὡς LTTrAW. h — ἡμῶν (read the Lord) (L]t. 


© ἀρθῇ GLTTrAWw. 
i — χριστοῦ LTTrA. 


f πράξας; Τ. 
κ [ἡμῶν] πα 


1 [ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ] (read our Lord Jesus Uhrist) L; — Ἰησοῦ a; ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Ww. 


™—opy GLTTrAW. Κ5 -- ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν LTTrAW, ο ἐθύθη E. 


LITraAW, ΤᾺ xatand LTTraw. 


Ρ εἰλικρινίας 1. 


8 --και 


444 


with idolaters; for 
then must ye needs 
go out of the world. 
11 But now I have 
written unto you not 
to keep company, if 
any nran that iscalled 
a brother be a forni- 
cator, or covetous, or 
an idolater, or a rail- 
er, or a drunkard, or 
an extortioner; with 
such an one no not to 
eat. 12 For what have 
1 to do to judge them 
also that are without? 
donot ye judge them 
that are within? 13 But 
them that are without 
God judgeth, There- 
fore put away from 
aniong yourselves that 
wicked person. 

VI. Dare any of you, 
having a matter ας 
gainst another, go to 
law before the un- 
just, and not before 
the saints? 2 Do ye 
not know that the 
saints shall judge the 
world? and if the 
world shall be judg- 
ed by you, are ye 
unworthy to judge 
the smallest matters? 
3 Know ye not that 
we shall judge an- 
gels? how much more 
things that pertain’ 
to this life? 4 ΤΕ then 
ye have judgments 
of things pertaining 
to this life, set them 
ἰο judge who are 
least esteemed in the 
church. 5 I speak to 
your shame, Is it so, 
that there is not a 
wise Man among you? 
no, not one that shall 
be able to. judge be- 


tween his brethren? ' 


6 But brother gocth 
to law with brother, 
and that before the 
unbelievers. 7 Now 
therefore there is ut- 
terly a fault among 
he because ye go to 
aw one with another. 
Why do ye not rather 
take wrong? why do 
ye not rather suffer 
yourselves to be de- 
frauded? 8 Nay, ye 
do wrong, and de- 
fraud, and that your 
brethren. 9 Know ye 
not that the unright- 
eous shall not inherit 
the kingdom of God? 
Be not deceived : nei- 
ther fornicators, nor 
idolaters, nor adul- 
terers, nor effemin- 


. to, you not 


ἢ µέθυσος,. ἢ ἅρπαξ' 


προς EOPTNOLO ς A: LP se 


εὀφείλετεὶ doa ἐκ τοῦ κύσµου ἐξελθεῖν. 11 ἱνυνὶ" δὲ ἔγραψα 
yeought then outof the world to go. But now, I wrote 
ὑμῖν μὴ συναναµίγνυσθαι, ἐάν τις ἀδελφὸς ὀνομαζόμενος 
to associate with ([him],if anyone *brother designated 
YH" πόρνος, ἢ πλεονέκτης, ἢ εἰδωλολάτρης, ἢ λοίδορος, 
[00] either a fornicator, ΟΥ covetous, or idolater, or raiier, 
τῷ τοιούτῳ * μηδὲ συνεσθίειν. 12 τί 
or ἃ ἀταπκατᾶ, or rapacious; withsucha one noteven ἴο 68Η, 2What 
γά μοι "καὶ! τοὺς ἔξω κρίνειν ; οὐχὶ τοὺς ἔσω ὑμεῖς 
for [1510] ὕο me also those outside tojudge, ‘not ‘those "within ‘ye 
κρίνετε; 18 τοὺς δὲ ἔξω ὁ θεὸς Σκρίνει.ὶ Σκαὶ ἐξαρεῖτε" 
*do γα *judge? But those outside God judges. And ye shall put ont 
τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶγ. 
the wicked person ΣΓΟΠ1 among ywurselves, 
~ ς ~ ~ εἰ 
ϐ Τολμᾷ τις ὑμῶν, πρᾶγμα ἔχων πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον, 
Dare anyone of you, amatter having against the other, 
κρίνεσθαι ἐπὶ τῶν ἀδίκων, καὶ οὐχὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἁγίων; 2* οὐκ 
gotolaw before the unrighteous, and not before the saints? ΞΝοῦ 
οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ ἅγιοι τὸν κόσμον κρινοῦσιν; καὶ εἰ ἐν ὑμῖν 
‘know “yethat the saints *the *world ‘will*judge? and if by you 
κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος, ἀνάξιοί ἐστε κριτηρίων ἐλαχίστων; 8 οὐκ 
is judged the world, “unworthy ‘are *ye of judgments the smallest? =Not 
οἴδατε ὅτι ἀγγέλους κρινοῦμεν; "μήτι.γεῖ βιωτικά; 
1know 3γο ἰπαῦ angels we shall judge? much more then things of this life 2 
4 βιωτικὰ ἐν οὖν κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τρὺς 
®Things 5οξ }°this 11116 *then ‘judgment [45 700] “if 3γο *have, who 
3 , 5) ~ 5) / ,ὔ , ‘ 
ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους Ὀκαθίζετε.ὶ 5 πρὸς 


are least esteemed in the assembly, *those ‘set “ye *up. For 
ἐντροπὴν ὑμῖν “λέγω." οὕτως odKSéoTW" ἐν ὑμῖν “σοφὸς 
shame to you Ispeak. Thus istherenot among τοι a wise[man] 


οὐδὲ εἴς," ὃς δυνήσεται διακρῖναι ἀνὰ.μέσον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 
ποῦ evenone, who shallbeable ἴο decide between *brother 


αὐτοῦ; 6 ἀλλὰ ἀδελφὸς μετὰ ἀδελφοῦ κρίνεται, καὶ 
this [and brother]? But brother with brother goestolaw, and 
τοῦτο ἐπὶ ἀπίστων; 7 ἤδη μὲν ἰοὖν! ὅλως ἥττημα 


this before unbelievers ! Already indeed therefore altogether a default 
θέν! ὑμῖν ἐστιν, ὅτι κρίματα ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν. "διατί! οὐχὶ 
among you is, that law-suits ye have among yourselves. Why not 
μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθε; "διατί! οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἀποστερεῖσθε; 8 ἀλλὰ 
rather βου σου why not rather be defrauded ? But 
« - ~ 3 ~ " Η ~ 

ὑμεῖς ἀδικεῖτε καὶ ἀποστερεῖτε, καὶ Ἱταῦτα" ἀδελφούς. 

ye do wrong and defraud, and these things [to your] brethren, 


n . ” τι ” ? τὸ 
9 ἢ οὐκ.οἴδατε OTL ἄδικοι Κβασιλείαν θεοῦ" οὐ κληρονο- 
Or know ye not that unjust οηος [86] kingdom of God*not ‘shall in. 


µήσουσιν; Μἡ πλανᾶσθε' οὔτε πόρνοι, «οὔτε εἰδωλολάτραι, 


herit 2 Be not misled; neither fornicators, nor idolaters, 
” ’ ” , 2, 
ουτε µοιχοι, οὔτε μαλακοί, οὔτε ἁρσενο- 


nor adulterers, 


KOLTaL, 
selves with men, 


nor abusers of themselves as women, nor abusers of {5 9}}» 


” , ” ’ ᾿»᾿ / 
10 οὔτε κλέπται, οὔτε πλεονέκται, Ιοὔτε" µέθυσοι, 
ΠΟΙ __ thieves, nor covetous, ΠΟΙ͂ drunkards, 
᾽ Ἆν ᾽ ev , ~ 
οὐ λοίξοροι, οὐχ ἅρπαγες, βασιλείαν θεοῦ “od κληρονο- 
nor railers, nor rapacious, [the], kingdom of God shall 





_ ® ὠφείλετε LITrA. 
judge Gtr. 


f — οὖν T[ Tr}. 


y ἐξάρατε put ye out GLTTrAw. 
(read do ye set up those, &c.) crw. 
i _ ὃ — ἐν (read ὑμῖν with you) GLTTraw. 
K θεοῦ βασιλείαν GLTTraw. 


χ κρινεῖ (; LTr) will 
ἃ µήτιγεατ. ὃ καθίζετε; 
4 ἔνι GLTTrAw. δὅ οὐδεὶς σοφός LTTrA. 
Ἀ διὰ τί LTrA. + τοῦτο this LTTrAW, 


ὑ νῦν ττὰ, Υ ἢ Ὀο EGLTTrAW.  --- καὶ LTTYA. 
2. + 7 ΟΥ̓ GLITrAW. 


ο λαλῶ L. 


lov ΤΑ. Γκ oy LITrA. 


VI, ΙΙ. 


μήσουσιν. 
inherit. 


B SCOR TNT HPA NS: 
"ἀλλὰ" 


but 
οἀλλ᾽" ἐδικαιώθητε, ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι 
but γ8 were justified, in the name 

~ ’ ? ~ ~ , ~ ~ { ~ 
του κυριου Ῥ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ .θεοῦ ἡμῶν. 
ofthe Lord Jesus, and by the = Spirit of our God. 

4 ” ’ ’ 
12 ἸΙᾶντα μοι ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει: πάντα 
‘All things {0 me are lawful, but not allthings ἆοσ ρτοβί; all things 

μοι ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐγὼ ἐξουσιασθήσομαι ὕὑπό τινος. 


ἀπελού- 
ye were 


1] καὶ ταῦτά τινες ἦτε: 
And these things some of you were; 

σασθε, ἀλλὰ ἡγιάσθητε, 

washed, but ye were sanctified, 


tome are lawful, but “not +I will be brought under the power of any. 
13 Ta βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν" 
Meats for the belly, and the belly for meats; 


ὁ. δὲ θεὸς καὶ ταύτην καὶ ταῦτα ΄ καταργήσει. τὸ.δὲ σῶμα 
but God both this and these will bring to nought: but the body [15] 
οὐ τῇ πορνείᾳ, ἀλλὰ τῷ κυρίῳ, καὶ ὁ κύριος τῷ σώματι" 
not . forfornication, but for the Lord, andthe Lord forthe body. 
14 ὁ δὲ θεὺς καὶ τὸν κύριον ἤγειρεν, καὶ τἡμᾶς" Séeyeoet" διὰ 
And God: both the Lord ταὶδεᾶ πρ, and us will raise out by 
τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ. 15 οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι τὰ σώματα.ὑμῶν μέλη 


his power, Know ye not that your bodies members 
χριστοῦ ἐστιν; ἄρας οὖν τὰ µέλη τοῦ χριστοῦ, ποιήσω 
of Christ are? Having taken then the members οὗ the Christ, shall I make 


πόρνης µέλη; μὴ γένοιτο. 16 i) οὐκοῖδατε ὅτι ὁ 
[them] 2οξ °a*harlot'members? May it ποῦ be! ΟΥ knowye not that he that 


HON ’ ~ , τι ~ wy | . Ὧι ΤῊ vA t , Π 
κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ, ἕν σῶμά εστιν; Ἐσονται.γαρ, φησιν, 


isjoined tothe harlot, ἔοπο *body (is? For shall be, he says, 
ot δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 17 ὁ. δὲ κολλώμενος τῷ κυρίῳ, ἕν 
the two for “flesh ‘one. But hethat is joined tothe Lord, ?one 
πνεῦμά ἐστιν. 18 Φεύγετε τὴν πορνείαν. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα ὃ 
Ξβρισγὶῦ ἘΠῚ Flee fornication. Every sin which 
ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος, ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν' 6.08 
35may ‘practise 4a *man, without the body is, but he that 
πορνεύων, εἰς τὸ ἴδιον σῶμα ἁμαρτάνει. 19 ἢ οὐκ 
commits fornication, against his own body sins, Or *not 


οἴδατε ὅτι τὸ σῶμα.ὑμῶν ναὸς τοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν ἁγίου πνεύματός 
1know ἦγ that your body atemple of the 7in *you ’7Holy *Spirit 
ἐστιν, οὗ ἔχετε ἀπὸ θεοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἑαυτῶν; 20 ἠγορά- 
is, which ye have from God; and “ποὺ *are ‘ye your own? “ye *were 
σθητε yao τιμῆς" δοξάσατε δὴ τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ σώματι 
*pought ‘for withaprice; glorify indeed 1God in “body 
ὑμῶν, "καὶ ἐν τῷ. πνεύματι. ὑμῶν, ἅτινά ἐστιν τοῦ θεοῦ." 
4your, - and in your spirit, which are God’s. 
7 Ἱτερὶ δὲ ὧν  ἐγράψατέ "μοι! καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ 
But concerning whatthings yewrote tome: [It 15] good for aman 
ἢ ‘4 th 5 9 A A AJ ’ a 
υναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι 2 διὰ δὲ τὰς πορνείας ἕκαστος 
πι 5woman ‘not “to%touch; but on account of fornication 7each 
τὴν ἑαυτοῦ. γυναῖκα ἐχέτω, καὶ ἑκάστη τὸν ἴδιον ἄνδρα ἐχέτω. 
-*his °own Swife 1et*have,and 7each *her °own °husband ‘let *have. 
3 τῷ γυναικὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ τὴν "ὀφειλομένην ἀπο- 
To the wife “the *husband Sdue ‘Net 
΄ 7 ‘ ~ ‘ ~ as 
διδότω" ὁμοίως." δὲ" καὶ ἡ γυνὴ τῷ ἀνδρί. 4 ἡ γυνὴ τοῦ ἰδίου 
“render, and likewise also the wife tothe husband. The wife ΠΟΙ ΟΠ 
΄ ᾽ « > / « , ‘ « 
σώματος οὐκ.ἐξουσιάζει, ἀλλ" ὁ ἀνήρ' ὁμοίως.δὲ καὶ ὁ 


εὔνοιαν" 
8ρεποτο]εποῬ 





body has‘not authority over, but the husband; and likewise also the 

π ἀλλ᾽ L. ο ἀλλὰ TTrA. P+ [ἡμῶν] (read our Lord) L. 
τ ὑμᾶς you E. 8 ἐξεγείρει raises out L. t [φησιν] L. : 
QLTTraW. π — μοι T[Tr]A, Σ ὀφειλὴν [her] due GiitTraw. [δὲ] 1. 





445 


ate, nor abusers of 
themselves with man- 
kind, 10 nor thieves, 
nor covetous, nor 
drunkards, nor re- 
vilers, nor extortion- 
ers, shall inherit the 
kingdom of God. 
11 And such were 
some of you: but ye 
are washed, but ye are 
sanctified, but ye are 
justified in the name 
of the Lord Jesus, 
and by the Spirit of 
our God. { 

12 All things are 
lawful unto me, but! 
all things are not éx- 
pedient: all things 
are lawful for me, 
put I will not be 
brought under the 
power of any. 13 Meats 
for the. belly, and the 
belly for meats: but 
God shall destroy 
both it and them. 
Now the body 15 not 
for fornication, but 
for the Lord; and 
the Lord for the body. 
14 And God hath both 
raised up the Lord, 
and will also raise up 
us by his own power. 
15 Know ye not that 
your* bodies are the 
members of Christ? 
shall I then take the 
members of Christ, 
and make them the 
members of.an har- 
lot? God _ forbid. 
16 What? know ye 
not that: he which is 
joined to an harlot is 
one body? for two, 
saith he, shall be one 
flesh. 17 But he that 
is joined unto the 
Lord is one spirit. 
18 Flee fornication. 
Every sin that a man 
doeth is without the 
body; but he that 
committe ἢ fornica- 
tion siuneth against 
his own body. 19What! 
know ye not that your 
body is the temple of 
the Holy Ghost: which 
is in you, which ye 
have of God, and ye 
are not your own? 
20 For ye are bought 
with a price: there- 
fore glorify God in 
your body, and in your 
spirit, which are God’s. 

VII. Now concern- 
ing the things where- 
of ye wrote unto me: 
It is good for a man 
not to touch a wo- 
man. 2 Nevertheless, 
to avoid fornication, 
let every man have 


4 + χριστοῦ Christ τττν. 
νυ — καὶ ἐν to end of verse 


: ἀλλὰ LTTraA. 


446 


his own wife, and let 
every woman have her 
own husband. 3 Let 
the husband render 
unto the wife due be- 
nevalence: and like- 
wise also the wife un- 
to the husband, 4 The 
wife hath not power 
of her own body, but 
the husband: and like- 
wise also the husband 
hath ‘ot power of his 
own body, but the wife. 
5 Defraud ye not one 
the other, except ἐξ 
be with consent for a 


time, that ye may give. 


yourselves to fasting 
and prayer; and come 
together again, that 
Satan tempt you not 
for your incontinency. 
6 But I speak this by 
permission, and not of 
commandment. 7 For 
I would that all men 
were even as I myself. 
But every man hath 
his proper gift of God, 
one after this manner, 
and another after that. 
8 I say therefore to 
the - unmarried and 
widows, It is good for 
them«if they abide 
even/as I. 9 But if 
they ‘cannot contain, 
let them marry: for 
it is better to marry 
than to burn. 10 And 
unto the married I 
command, yet not I, 
but the Lord, Let not 
the wife depart from 
her husband: 11 but 
and if she depart, let 
her remain unmar- 
ried, or be reconciled 
to her husband: and 
let not the husband 
put away Ais wife. 
12 But to the rest speak 
I, not the Lord: If 
any brother hath a 
wife that believeth 
not, and she be pleased 
to dwell with him, let 
him not put her away. 
13 And the woman 
which hath an hus- 
band that believeth 
not, and if he 


egg to dwell.with are, 


er, let her not leave 
him. 14 For the un- 
believing husband is 
sanctified by the wife, 
and the unbelieving 
wife is sanctified by 
the husband: else 
were your children 
unclean ; but now are 
they holy. 15But if 
the unbelieving de- 


5 ἀλλὰ LTTrA. 





- κρειττον 1 τής, 
Ῥ αυτη LTAW. 


8 σχολάσητε GLTTrAW. 
συνέρχεσθε E; ἐπὶ τὸ αὑτὸ ἦτε together may be GLTTraw. 
Εχει χάρισμα GLTTrAW. 
1— €or W. 
a 4 et τις if any τ. 
5 ἀδελφῷ brother tTtraw. 


WPOS KOPINGIOYS A. VII. 
οὐκ. ἐξουσιάζει, τἀλλ᾽" ἡ γυνή. 5 μὴ 
has not authority over, but the wife. : “Not 


εἰ μή τι ἂν ἐκ συμφώνου πρὸς καιρόν, 
by consent for a season, 


ἀνὴρ τοῦ. ἰδίου σώματος 
husband his own body 
ἀποστερεῖτε ἀλλήλους, 
1defraud one another, unless 
4 ~ ‘A ~ “Ὁ Α / 
ἵνα "σχολάζητεϊ ὕτῇ νηστείᾳ καὶ" τῇ προσευχῇ, και πάλιν 
that ye may be at leisure for fasting and for prayer, and again 
‘ ; ‘ , ε ~ « ~ 
εἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ,συνέρχησθε,' iva μὴ πειράζῃ ὑμᾶς ὁ σατανᾶς 
into one place come together, that Snot *may *tempt ‘you Satan 


διὰ τὴν.ἀκρασίαν ὑμῶν. 6 τοῦτο.δὲ λέγω κατὰ “ovy- 
because of your incontinence. But this Isay by way of per- 
, Π ? ? ? , θ / λ 6 | ’ > θ , 
vouny,' οὐ Kar ἐπιταγὴν. 7 θελω "γαρ" πᾶντας ἀνῦρω- 
mission, not by wayof command. 51 Swish *but all men 


ε - Vala ο Ζάλλ᾽} ε/ δ τα 
πους εἶναι ως.και EMAUTOV a ἑἕκαστος LOLoYV χάρισμα 
“ tobe evenas myself: but each his own gift 
ἔχει! ἐκ θεοῦ, Soc" μὲν οὕτως, ΞὺςΙ.δὲ οὕτως. 8. Λέγω. δὲ 
has from God; one sd, and another ~- s0. _ ButI say 
τοῖς ἀγάμοις καὶ ταῖς χήραις, καλὸν αὐτοῖς Ἀἐστινὶ ἐὰν ἦὦ 
to the unmarried and tothe widows, good for them it is if 

είνωσιν ὡς κἀγώ. 9 εἰ-δὲ οὐκ.ἐγκρατεύονται, γαμησά- 
they should remain as even I. But if they have not self-control, let them 


h 


τωσαν' Κκρεῖσσον' γάρ ᾿ἐστινὶ " ™yapijoa' ἢ πυροῦσθαι. 

marry ; for better it is tomarry than to burn. 

10 Τοῖς. δὲ γεγαµηκόσιν παραγγέλλω, οὐκ ἐγώ, "ἀλλ" ὁ 
But to the married I charge, not 1 but the 


κύριος, γυναῖκα ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς μὴ "χωρισθῆναι" 11 éay.dé καὶ 
Lord, wife from husband ποῦ to be separated; (butif also 
χωρισθῇ, μενέτω ἄγαμος, ἢ τῷ ἀνδρὶ καταλλαγήτω" 

she be séparated, let her remain unmarried, or to the ‘husband be reconciled ;) 

ὶ dvd ica μὴ ἀφιέναι. 19 Τοῖς. δὲ λοιποῖς yw λέγω 
καὶ ἄνδρα γυναῖκα μὴ ἀφιέναι. 12 Τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς "ἔγω λέγω, 
and husband ‘wife ‘not "το ‘leave. But tothe rest I say, 
οὐχ ὁ κύριος, εἴ τις ἀδελφὸς γυναῖκα ἔχει ἄπιστον, καὶ 


not the Lord, If δ brother *wife thas ?an -unbelieving, and 
Ραὐτὴϊ συνευδοκεῖ οἰκεῖν per αὐτοῦ, μὴ.ἀφιέω αὐτήν" 
she consents to dwell with him, let him not leave her. 


19 καὶ γυνὴ “ἥτις" ἔχει ἄνδρα ἄπιστον, καὶ ‘avroc! 
And Αα woman who has “husband ?an “unbelieving, and he 
συνευδοκεῖ οἰκεῖν μετ᾽ αὐτῆς, μὴ ἀφιέτω "αὐτόν." 14 ἡγίασται 
consents -todwell with! her, let hernotleave him. 215 “sanctified 
dp ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ ἄπιστος ἐν τῇ γυναικί, καὶ ἡγίασται ἡ γυνὴ 
for the "husband ‘unbelieving in the wife, © and is sanctified the *wifd 
ἡ ἄπιστος ἐν τῷ 'ἀνδρί"" ἐπεὶ ἄρα τὰ. τέκνα ὑμῶν ἀκάθαρτά 
*unbelieving in the husband; else then your children unclean 


3 - \ - \ ε » / 
be ἐστιν, νῦν δὲ ἅγιά ἐστιν. 15 εἰ δὲ ὁ ἄπιστος χωρίζεται, 


but now “holy ‘are. 
χωριζέσθω. οὐ δεδούλωται ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐν 
let him separate himself; isnot under bondage the brother orthe sister in 
~ / - > δὲ aye ὦ , κ νυν," ἘΔ ς , , 
τοῖς τοιούτοις ἐν δὲ εἰρήνῃ κέκληκεν ἡμᾶς" ὁ θεός. 16 τί 
such [68565], butim peace has %called “*us 1God. What 

γὰρ οἶδας, γύναι, εἰ τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις; ἢ τί οἶδας, 
for knowest thou, Owife, if the husband thou shalt save? or what knowest thon, 


But if the unbeliever separates himself, 


ς ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτο 
‘ede but LrTraw, 
i + [οὕτως L. 

ο λέγω ἐγώ LTTraW. 
5 τὸν ἄνδρα the husband LITraw., 


b — τῇ νηστεία καὶ GLTTrAW. 

4 συν- Τ. 

h — ἐστιν (read [it is]) GLrTraw. 

m γαμεῖν Τ. Ὦ χωρίζεσθαι L. 
τ οὗτος LTTrAW. 

τ ὑμᾶς you 5. 


6 ὁ LTTrAW. 


Vil. ἀν C@ORINTHALA NS. 


ἄνερ, εἰ τὴν -γυναῖκα 
Ὁ husband, if the wife 
"ἐμέρισεν! Σὺ θεός," ἕκαστον ὡς κέκληκεν τὸ κύριος," οὕτως 

“divided *God, each as “has*ealled ‘the “Lord, so 


περιπατείτω᾽ καὶ οὕτως ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις πάσαις διατάσ- 


σώσεις ; 


‘ e ’ 
17 εἰ μὴ. ἑκάστῳ ὡς 
thou shalt save ? 


Only to euch as 


€ 


let him walk ; and thus in "πο “assemblies Ἐ211 I order. 
σοµαι. -18 Περιτετμημένος τις ἐκλήθη: μὴ) ἐπι- 

Having been circumcised 7any “one ‘twas called? let him not be 
σπάσθω. ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ ὅτι ἐκλήθη" μὴ περι- 


let him not be 
/ « ε ‘ 5 ΝΗ͂ 3 ‘ c ? , > ar 

τεμνέσθω. 19 ἡ περιτομὴ οὐδὲν ἐστιν, καὶ ἡ ἀκροβυστία οὐδέν 

circumcised. Circumcision “nothing ‘is, and  uncircumcision 7nothing 


ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τήρησις ἐντολῶν θεοῦ. 20 ἕκαστος ἐν τῇ κλήσει 


uncircumcised: in uncircumcision *any *one “was called? 


sis: but keeping ?commandments ’God’s, Each in the calling 

) ἐκλήθη, ἐν ratty μενέτω. 9] δοῦλος ἐκλή- 

in which he was called, in this let him abide. Bondman [being] wast 

One; μή σοι μελέτω ἀλλ᾽ εἰκαὶ δύνασαι ἐλεύθερος 
thou called, not to thee let it be acare; but andif thou art able °free 
γενέσθαι, μᾶλλον χρῆσαι. 22 ὁ. γὰρ ἐν κυρίῳ κληθεὶς 

‘to*become, ‘rather “use [516]. For he *in [*the] *Lord ‘being ?called 

δοῦλος, ἀπελεύθερος κυρίου ἐστίν" ὁμοίως *kai' ὁ 


a freedman likewise 
ἐλεύθερος κληθείς. 


free 


[being] a bondinan, of [the} Lord also he 
δοῦλός ἐστιν χριστοῦ. 23 τιμῆς ἠγορά- 
being called, a bondman is of Christ. With a price ye were 


σθητε’ μὴ.γίνεσθε δοῦλοι ἀνθρώπων. 24 ἕκαστος tv. ἐκλή- 


is ; 


bought; become not bondmen of men, Each wherein he was 
θη, ἀδελφοί, ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω παρὰ ὅτῳ" θεῷ. 
called, brethren, in that let himabide with God. 
25 Περὶ δὲ τῶν παρθέγων ἐπιταγὴν κυρίου οὐκ. ἔχω" 
But concerning virgins, commandment of [the] Lord I have not; 
γνώμην δὲ δίδωμι, ὡς ἠλεημένος ὑπὸ κυρίου πιστὸς 


*faithful 
τὴν ἐν- 


but judgment TIgive, as having received mercy from [the] Lord 


εἶναι. 26 νομίζω οὖν τοῦτο καλὸν ὑπάρχειν διὰ 


to *be. Ithink then this 7good aks because of the  pre- 

εστῶσαν ἀνάγκην, ὅτι καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ τὸ οὕτως εἶναι. 

sent necessity, that [itis] good for ἃ man so to be. 
27 δέδεται γυναικί ; μὴ ζήτει λύσιν. λέλυσαι ἀπὸ 


seek not to be loosed. Hast thou been loosed from 
γυναικός; μὴ ζήτει γυναῖκα. 28 ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ϑγήμῳῃς," 
a wife? seek not a wife, But if also thou mayest have married, 
οὐχ.ἥμαρτες' καὶ ἐὰν γήμῃ ἡ} παρθένος, οὐχ 
thou didst notsin; and if ὅπιαγ *have *married ‘the “virgin, Snot 
er 5 θλ , ὃ \ ~ \ els Ὶ ~ σ ? \ ὃ \ 
Ί]μαρτεν ίψιν.δὲ τῇ σαρκὶ ἕξουσιν οἱ τοιοῦτοι" ἐγὼ δὲ 
®she 7did sin: but tribulation ἴῃ {πὸ flesh ?shall πα τὸ ‘such ; but I 


ὑμῶν φείδομαι. 29 Τοῦτο.δέ φημι, ἀδελφοί, ἃ ὁ καιρὸς συν- 


Hast thou been bound to a wife 2 


“you 1spare, But this Isay, brethren, the season  strait- 
ev \ « » - 

εσταλμένος" “τὸ λοιπόν ἐστιν," ἵνα καὶ fot" ἔχοντες γυναῖκας, 

ened {is]. For the rest 15, that even those having wives, 


ὡς μὴ ἔχοντες ὦσιν" 90 καὶ οἱ κλαίοντες, ὡς μὴ κλαίοντες" καὶ 
"as “not *having ‘be; and those wecping, as not weeping; and 
οἱ χαίροντες, ὡς µη χαίροντες" καὶ οἱ ἀγοράζοντες, ὡς μὴ 
those rejoicing, as not rejoicing; and those buying, as not 





* µεμέρικεν has divided Trr. 


τις has any one been called LTTraw. 2 — καὶ LTTrAW. 


1 1ΤτΑ. ¢ [ἢ] LTra. 44 ὅτι E, 
the vost joined to straitened) ΕΊτΑΝ ; ἐστίν' τὸ λοιπὸν LP, ὅ -- οἱ Ε, 


τ ὁ θεός and ὃ κύριος transposed αΙΤΤΤΑΝ. 
a — τῷ GLITrAW. 


447 


part, let him depart. 
A brother or a sister 
is not under bondage 
in such cases: but 
God hath called us to 
peace. 16 For what 
knowest thou, O wife, 
whether thou shalt 
save thy husband ? or 
how knowest thou, O 
man, whether thou 
shalt save thy wife? 
17 But as God hath 
distributed to every 
‘man, as the Lord hath 
called .every one, so 


let him walk. And 
so ordain I in all 
churches. 18 Is any 


man called being cir- 
cumcised? let him 
not become uncircum- 
cised. Is any called 
in uncircumcision ὃ 
let him not be cir- 
cumcised, 19 Circum- 
cision is nothing, and 
uncircumcision is no- 
thing, but the keep- 
ing of the command- 
ments of God. 20 Let 
every man abide in 
the same ealling 
wherein he was called, 
21 Art thou called be- 
ing a servant? care 
not for it: but if thou 
mayest be made free, 
use it rather. 22 For 
he that is called in the 
Lord, being a servant, 
is the Lord’s freeman: 
likewise also he that is 
called. being free, is 
Christ’s servant. 23Ye 
are bought with a 
price ; be not ye the 
servants of men, 
24 Brethren, let every 
man, wherein he is 
called, thercin abide 
with God. 

25 Now concerning 
virgius I have no 
commandment of the 
Lord: yet I give my 
judgment, as one that 
hath obtained mercy 
of the Lord to be 
faithful. 26 I suppose 
therefore that this is 


‘good for the preset 


distress, 7 say, that 
it is good for a man 
soto be. 27 Art thou 
bound unto a wife? 
seek not to be loosed. 
Art thou loosed from 
a wife? seck not a 
wife. 28 But and if 
thou marry, thou hast 
not sinned; and if a 
virgin marry, she 
hath not sinned. Ne- 
vertheless such shall 
have trouble in-:-the 
flesh: but I spareyou. 
20. But this) lin save 


} κέκληταί 
> γαμήσῃς 


ε ἐστὶν τὸ λοιπόν, (τὸ λοιπόν ἐστιν Ε) (read is for 


448 


brethren. the time ts 


shert: it remaineth, 
that both they that 
have wives be as 


though thy had none; 
30 and they that weep, 
as though they wept 
not; and they that re- 
joice, as though they 
rejoiced not ; and they 
that buy, as though 
they possessed not; 
31 and they that use 
this world, as not a- 
busing tw: for the 
fashion of this world 
assecth away. 32 But 
would have you 
without carefulness. 
He that is unmarried 
eareth for the things 
that belong to the 
Lord, how he may 
please the Lord: 33 but 
he that is married 
eareth for the things 
that are of the world, 
how he may please his 
wife. 34 Thereis dif- 
ference also between a 
wife and a virgin. The 
unmarried woman car- 
eth for the things of 
the Lord, that slice may 
be holy both in body 
and in spirit: but she 
that is married careth 
for the things of the 
world, how she may 
pléase her husband. 
35 And this I speak 
for your own profit ; 
not that I may cast 
a snare upon you, but 
for that which is 
comely, and that ye 
may attend upon the 
Lord without distrac- 
tion. 36 But if any 
man think that he 
behaveth himself un- 
comely toward his vir- 
gin, if she pass the 
flower of her age, and 
need so require, let 
him do what he will, 
he sinneth not: let 
them marry. 37 Ne- 
vertheless he that 
standcth stedfast in 
his heart, having no 
necessity, but hath 
power over his own 
will, and hath so de- 
erecd in his heart that 
he will keep his virgin, 
docth well. 38 Sothen 
he that giveth her in 
marriage doeth well; 
but he that giveth her 


& τὸν κόσμον the world 1Τ1:Α. 
kat and has become divided. 
divided are also Taw. 
(ead the virgin cares for) Tr. 


Ρρισται. 


please Lttra. 
° — τοῦ LTTrA. 


GLITraw. 
LTTra, 


P σύμφορον LTTrA, 
(in his heart) ἑδραῖος Lrtra. 
* ποιήσει he shall do trrra. 
παρθένον T) marries his own virginity LTTr; 
* γαμίζων Marries GLITr ; 


KOPIN OTOY > A. 
91 καὶ οἱ χρώμενοι 
and those using 


παράγει.γὰρ τὸ 
for Ῥιιδ5ο5 away the 


ΠΡΟΣ 


κατεγχο,τες 
Possessing ; 


καταχρώμµενοι. 


Vii. 
στῷ.κόσιιῳ τούτῳ," we μὴ 
τῳ-κοσμῳ.τοῦύτῳ, ως μὴ 
this world, 5. not 
σχῆμα τοῦ.κήσµου.τούτου. 
using (it) as their own ; fashion of this world. 
32 θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους εἶναι. ὁ ἄγαμος µεριμνᾷ τὰ" 
But I wish you withoutcare tobe, The unmarried cares for the things 
~ ΄ ~ ’ ~ / - Π « A 
τοῦ κυρίου, πῶς Mdapéce’ τῷ κυρίῳ' 33 ὁδὲ γαμήῆσας 
ofthe Lord, how heshallplease the Lord; but he that is marricd 
~ ~ , ~ ᾽ ᾿ ~ ΄ 
μεριινᾷ τὰ τοῦ κόσμου, πως Βάρέσει! τῇ γυναικί. 
cares for the things of the world, how he shall please the wife. 
F Ὡ , « ‘ _ ay ye , 1.« » Π ἃ 
94 'μεμερισται" ἢ γυνή! καὶ ἡ παρθένος. η ἄγαμος" μεριμτᾷ 
Divided are the wife andthe ταση. The unmarried cares for 


~ ΄ η « ΄, ‘ 
τὰ τοῦ κυρίου, ἵνα ὦ ἁγία "καὶ" copare καὶ" 
the things of the Lord, that she may be holy both inbedy and 
πν:ύµατι noe γαμήσασα μεριμυᾷ τὰ Tov κόσμου, 
spirit ; but she that is marricd cares for the things of the world, 


πῶς ἀρέσει" τῷ ἀνδρί. 35 τοῦτο-δὲ πρὸς το.ὐμῶν.αὐτῶν 
how she shall please the husband. But this for your own 
Ῥσυμφέρον" λέγω" οὐχ ἵνα βρόχον ὑμῖν  ἐπιβάλω, ἀλλὰ 


profit I say ; not that anovose οι ‘I *may “cast *before. but 
πρὸς TO εὔσχημον καὶ Ἱεὐπρόσεδρον" τῷ κυρίῳ ἀπερι- 
for what[is] see-ly, and waiting onthe Lord without 
σπάστως. 80 εἰ. δέ. τις ἀσχημονεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν παςϑένον 
distraction. But if anyone [Πα] *behaves *un-cemly *to 7vir trinity 
᾽ ~ ΄ Zz \ e , , 
αὐτοῦ νομίζει, ἐὰν ἢ ὑὕὑπέρακμος, καὶ οὕτως ὀφείλει γίνε- 
Ἢ ‘thinks, if he be beyond [115]ρτίπαο, and so it ought ‘to 


σθαι. ὃ θέλει ποιείτω, οὐχ.ἁμαρτάνει' yapeitwoar. 37 ὃς. δὲ 

be, what hewills let himdo, he does not sin: let them marry. But he who 
ἕστηκεν Ἱἑδραῖος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ," μὴ ἔχων ἀνάγκην, ἐξουσιαν. δὲ 
stands firm in heart, not having necessity, but authority 
ἔχει περὶ τοῦ ἰδίου θελήματος, καὶ τοῦτο κέκρικεν ἐν τῇ ὃ 


has over his own will, and this has judged in 
καρδίςι "αὐτοῦ" Ἱτοῦἳ τηρεῖν τὴν.ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον, καλῶς 
his heart to keep his own virginity, well 
Ὑποιεῖ.' 88 ὥστε καὶ ὁ "ἐκγαμίζων καλῶς ποιεῖ; Υὸ δὲ" 
he does. So that also he that givesinmarriage “well ‘does; and he that 


μὴ ᾿ἐκγαμίζων" κρεῖσσον "ποιεῖ.' 99 Γυνὴ δέδεται νόμῳ!" 
“ποὺ 1ρΐνες ἵη marriage *better 14065, Α wife 15 bound Dy law’ 


> > eo , ~ ᾽ ι - Σι \ 

ἐφ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ ὁ ἀνὴρ.αὐτῆς' ἐὰν δὲ κοι- 

for aslong’as ‘time ‘may “Ἰἷνθ “her *husband; but if may hare fallen 
θ gut ᾽ εἰ b ? ~ | ἐλ θέ 3 \ / 

μηθῇ ὁ ἀνὴρ "αὑτῆς," ἔλευθερα ἐστὶν θελει γαμη- 

asleep the husband of her, free she is towhom she wills ἔο be 


~ [ή > , 
θῆναι, µόνον ἐν κυρίῳ. 40 μακαριωτέρα δέ ἐστιν ἐὰν οὕτως 
married, only in([the] Lord, But happier she 15 if so 
’ A ‘ 1 A ΄ ~ 
μείνῃ. κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην" δοκῶ.δὲ κἀγὼ 
she should remain, according to my judgment; and I think I also 
πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἔχειν. 
“Spirit °*God’s thuve. 
4 ἀρέσῃ be should please tTTra. 1, καὶ µεμέ- 
: ided. Also Ltr; καὶ (— καὶ w) μεμέρισται καὶ And 
γυνὴ ἡ ἄγαμος UnMarried woman LTr. 1— ἡ ἄγαμος 
"ἢ [καὶ] Ltr. "+7othe LTtra, ὁ ἀρέσῃ she shouid 
__ ἃ εὐπάρεδρον GLITAW. τ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 
3. + ἰδίᾳ (read his own) TTrA. τ — αὐτοῦ LTTra. 
: 2X Ὑαμίζων τὴν παρθένον ἑαυτοῦ (ἑαυτοῦ 
1 [εκ]γαμίζων [τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον]Α. κ᾽ καὶ ὃ 
[ἐκ]γαμίζων Α. *— νόμῳ ΕΙ ΤΊΓΑΥΝ. » — αὐτῆς 


ΨΙΠ. 
8 Περὶ δὲ 


But coucerning things sacrificed to idols, we know, (for 


I CORINTHIANS. 


τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων, οἴδαμεν, ὅτι πάντες γνῶσιν 
3411 *knowledge 


ἔχομεν. ἡ γνῶσις φυσιοῖ, ἡ δὲ ἀγάπη οἰκοδομεῖ. 2. εἰ δει 


απο Ὥατε: knowledge puffs up, but love builds up. But if 
δοκεῖ ας δω ΘΟ» δὲ δὲ ᾿ ll 

τις OKEL εἰδέναι Tl, OVOETTW.OUOEV EYVWKEV 
anyone thinks to have known anything, nothing yet he has known 
καθὼς δεῖ γνῶναι. 8 εἰ-δε τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν θεόν, 
according as it is necessary to know. But if anyone love God, 
οὗτος ἔγνωσται ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 4 περὶ τῆς βρώσεως οὖν τῶν 

he, is known by: him:) concerning the eating then 

εἰδωλοθύτων, οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ, 


of things sacrificed to idols, w¢ know that nothing an idol [is] in [the] world, 


καὶ ὅτι οὐδεὶς θεὸς ἕτερος" εἰ μὴ εἷς. ὅ καὶ γὰρ εἴπερ 
and that [there is] no 2Ged ‘other except one. For evén if indeed 
εἰσὶν λεγόμενοι θεοί, εἴτε ἐν οὐρανῷ εἴτε ἐπὶ ἔτῆο! 


there are [those] called heaven or on the 


γῆς" ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί" 6 badd’! 
earth, as there are gods many and lords many, but 
ἡμῖν εἷς θεὸς ὁ πατήρ, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα, καὶ ἡμεῖς 
to us [there is] one God the Father, of whom [are] allthings~» and we 
εἰς αὐτόν" καὶ εἷς κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός, δι οὗ τὰ.πάντα, 


gods, whether in 


for him; andone Lord Jesus’ Christ, by whom [are] all things, 

καὶ ἡμεῖς δι αὐτοῦ. 7 ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐν πᾶσιν ἡ γνῶσις" τινὲς 

and we by him. But not ἵπ all _ [15] the knowledge: *some 
k 


τοῦ εἰδώλου ἕως ἄρτι" ὡς εἰδωλό- 
ofthe idol, until now 3983083 ‘thing ®sacrificed 


θυτον ἐσθίουσιν, καὶ ἡ.συνείδησις αὐτῶν ἀσθενὴς οὖσα 
7to ®an 140] leat, and their conscience, 2weak 1heing, 


µολύνεται. 8 βρῶμα δὲ ἡμᾶς οὐ.ἱπαρίστησινὶ τῷ θεῷ: οὔτε 
is defiled. But meat us does not commend to God; ?neither 

Ν A ” [4 
πιγὰρ" ἐὰν "φάγωμεν µπερισσεύοµεν οὔτε ἐὰν μὴ φάγωμεν 


δὲ τῇ Ἰσυνειδήσει! 
‘but with conscience 


κου”. olf weeat have wean advantage; neither if we eat not 

t , a" / \ ΄ ἜΣ / « ~ er 
ὑστερούμεθα.ὶ 9. βλέπετε.δὲ μήπως ἡ ἐξουσία ὑμῶν αὕτη 
do we come short. But take heed lest - Spower your ‘this 
“πρόσκομμα γένηται Ἑστοὶς ἀσθενοῦσιν." 10 ἐὰν.γάρ 


to those For if 


τό ἴδῃ Poe," τὸν ἔχοντα γνῶσιν, ἐν Ἱείδωλείῳ" κατακείμενον, 
anyone see thee, who hast knowledge, in an idol-temple reclining 


z ~ ~ > 
οὐχὶ ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ ἀσθενοῦς ὄντος οἰκοδο- 


an occasion of stumbling become being weak. 


[at table], μοῦ *the “conscience ‘of ®him Sweak Theing 1will be 
μηθήσεται εἰς. τὸ τὰ εἰδωλόθυτα ἐσθίειν ; 11 "καὶ ἀπο- 
uilt up soas “things *sacrificed Sto Sidols *to *eat? and will 


λεῖται! ὁ ἀσθενῶν "ἀδελφὸς ἐπὶ τῇ .σῇ.γνώσει,' δι ὃν χριστὸς 
perish the weak brother on thy knowledge, forwhom Christ 
ἀπέθανεν. " 12 οὕτως δὲ ἁμαρτάνοντες εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφούς, 

died. 


Now thus sinning against the brethren, 
= ~ ΄ ~ > ‘ 

καὶ TUTTOYTEC αὐτῶν τὴν συνείδησιν ἀσθενοῦσαν, εἰς χριστὸν 
and wounding their conscience \ tweak,, against Christ 


ἁμαρτάνετε. 13 Σδιόπερὶ εἰ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει τὸν ἀδελφόν 
ye sin. Wherefore if meat cause *to *offend ?prother 

¢ — δὲ but urtraw. ἆ ἐγνωκέναι LTTrAW. 
f — ἕτερος ΙΤΤτΑ. & — τῆς GLITrAw. h [ἀλλ᾽ L. 
respect to the idol) 1τττ. κ ἕως ἄρτι Tov εἰδώλου LTTrAW. 
commend 1/ΤΊτΑ.΄ m — γὰρ for LTTrA. 
οὔτε ἐὰν φάγωμεν περισσεύοµεν (ὑστερούμεθα L περισσευύµεθα Tr) ΗΤΤΑ. 
to the weak Lrtraw. Ρ [σὲ] L. 9 εἰδωλίῳ T. 
ἀπόλλυται AW. 8 ἐν τῇ σῇ γνώσει, ὃ ἀδελφὸς LTTrAW. 
Σδιό περ ‘tr. 


449 
not in marriage doeth 
better. 39 The wife 


is bound by the law 
as long as her hus- 
band liveth; but if 
her husband be dead, 
she is at liberty to be 
married to whom she 
will; only in the 
Lord. 40 But she is 
happier if she so abide, 
after my judgment: 
and I think also that I 
have the Spirit of God. 


VIII. Now astoucn- 
ing things offered un- 
to idols, we know that 
we all have know- 
ledge. Knowledge 
puffeth up, but cha- 
rity edifieth. 2 And 
if any mah think that 
he knoweth any thing, 
he knoweth nothing 
yet as he ought to 
know. 3 But if any 
man love God, the 
same is known of him, 
4 Asconcerning there- 
fore the eating of 
those things that are 
offered in _ sacrifice 
unto idols, we know 
that an idol zs nothing 
in the world, and 
that there is none other 
God but one. 5 For 
though there be that 
are called gods, whe- 
ther in heaven or in 
earth, (as there be 
gods many, and lords 
many,) 6 but to us 
there is but one God, 
the Father, of whom 
are all things, and we 
in him; and one Lord 
Jesus Christ, by whom 
are all things, nnd we 
by him. 7 Howbeit 
there is not in every 
man that knowledge : 
for some with con- 
science of the idol un- 
to this hour eat it as 
a thing offered unto 
an idol ; and their con- 
science being weak is 
defiled. 8 But meat 
commendeth us not to 
God: for neither, if 
we eat, are We the bet- 
ter ; neither, if we eat 
not, are we the worse. 
9 But take heed lest 
by any means this li- 
berty of yours become 
a stumblingblock to 
them that are weak. 
10 For if any man see 
thee which hast know- 
ledge sit at meat in 


ε οὔπω ἔγνω not yet did he know Lrtra. 
i συνηθεία from custom (with 
! παραστήσει Shall not 
n μὴ φάγωμεν ὑστερούμεθα (περισσεύοµεν 1)" 


ο τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν 


τ ἀπόλλυται γὰρ for perishes LrTr; καὶ 
ες (read verse 11 as a question) a. 


GG 


450 
she idol’s temple, shall 
not the conscience of 


him which is weak be . 


emboldened to eat 
those things which 
are offcred to idols ; 
11 and through thy 
knowledge shall the 
wenk brother perish, 
for whom Christ died ? 
12 ut when ye sin 
so against the breth- 
ren. and wound their 
weak conscience, ye 
sin against Christ. 
13 Wherefore, if meat 
make my brother to 
offend, I will eat no 
flesh while the world 
stundeth, lest I make 
my brother to offend. 

1X. Am [I not an 
apostle? am I not 
fre? have I not seen 
Jesus Christ our Lord? 
are not ye my work in 
the Lord? 2 If I be 
not an apostle unto 
others, yet doubtless Τ 
am to you: for the 
seal of mine apostle- 
ship are yein the Lord. 
3 Mine auswer tothem 
that do examine me is 
this, 4 have we not 
power to eat and to 
driuk? 5 have we not 
power to lead about a 
sister, a wife, as well 
as other apostles, and 
as the brethren of the 
Lord, and Cephas ?6 or 
I only and Barnahas, 
have not we power 
to forbear working 2 
7 Whe goctha warfare 
any time at his own 
charges? whoplanteth 
a vineyard, and eateth 
not of th: fruit there- 
of? or who feedeth a 
flock, and cateth not 
of the milk of the 
flock ? 8 Say I these 
things as a man? or 
saith not the law the 
same also? 9 for it is 
written in the law of 
Moses, Thou shalt not 
muzzle the mouth of 
the ox that treadeth 
out the corn. Doth 
God take care for 
oxen? 10 or saith he 
it altogether for our 
sakes? For our sakes, 
no doubt, this is writ- 
ten: that he that 
ploweth should plow 
in hope; and that he 
that thresheth in hope 
should be partaker of 
his hope. 11 If we have 
s0wn unto you spi- 
ritual things, is it a 
great thing if we 


ΚΥΡΙΟΣ oe τας Ὁ 


, , ΔΝ I~ ev tin a? τ 
φάγω κρεα εἰς τὸν.αἰῶνα. ἵνα μὴ τὸν ἀδελφόν. 
for ever, that “not ®brother 


ThP Os 
µου, οὐ. μὴ 
my, not αὖ 411] shouldI eat flesh 
µου σκανδαλίσω. 

“my ‘I *may *cause to offend. 
? > " > , 7 + , ~ 

9 Οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος"; οὐκ.εἰμὶ Σἐλεύθερος!; οὐχὶ Ἰησοῦν 

Απι Ι πού δ αροβί]ο 2 am I not free Ὁ. Snot Jesus ΄ 
σχριστὺν" τὸν. κύριον.ἡμῶν “ἑώρακα!; ov τὸ.ἔργον.µου ὑμεῖς 


©Christ “our *Lord ‘have “I *seen? '°not ‘my ‘?work Nye 
ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ; 2 εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ.είμὶ ἀπόστολος,. ἀλλά 
are in [the] Lord? If toothers Lam not an apostle, yet 
~ ‘ ~ ~ ? ~ « ~ 
ye ὑμῖν εἰμι ἡ-γὰρ σφραγὶς ατῆς ἐμῆς. ἀποστολῆς" ὑμεῖς 
at any rate to you Iain; for the seal of my apostleship ye 
ἐστε EV κυρίῳ. 8 ἡ ἐμὴ.ἀπολογία τοῖς ἐμὲ ἀνακρίνουσιν 


in Γ1πε] Lord. 1who “examine 
bairy goriv," 4 Μὴ οὐκ.ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ “πιεῖν" 5 
>this Have we not authority toeat and to drink? 

-- » ΄ 4 ~ , τ 
5 μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν ἀδελφὴν γυναῖκα περιάγειν, ὡς καὶ 
have wenot authority a sister, a wife, to take about, as also 


οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπόστολοι, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ Κηφᾶς; 


are Mv defence to those *me 


ΑΔΕ 


the other apostles, and the brethren of the Lord, and Cephas? 

6) μόνος ἐγὼ καὶ Βαρνάβας οὐκέχομεν ἐξουσίαν ἀτοῦ' μὴ 
ος only 1 and” Barnabas have we ποῦ authority not 

ἐργάζεσθαι; 7 Tic στρατεύεται ἰδίοις ὀψωνίοις ποτε: 
to work 2 Who serves as ἃ soldier at hisown charges atany_timc? 


τοῦ καρποῦ" αὐτοῦ οὐκ. ἐσθίει ; 
the — fruit of it does not eat ὃ 


ἐκ τοῦ γάλακτος τῆς ποίμνης 


τίς φυτεύει ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ “ἐκ 
who plants a vineyard, and of 


a , ΄ , 4 
[ἢ" τίς ποιμαίνει ποίμνην, καὶ 


or ΠΟ shepherds a flock, and of the milk of the flock 
οὐκ. ἐσθίει; 8 μὴ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον ταῦτα λαλῶ; ἢ Σοὐχὶ 
does not cat? according to aman these things do I speak, or “not 


τῷ "Μωσέως" νόμῳ 
3also *the Sthese “things 'says 2 Forin the 7of “Moses Naw 
γέγραπται, Οὐ 'φιμώσει!" βοῦν ἀλοῶντα. μὴ τῶν 
it has been written, Thou shalt not muzzle an ox treading out corn. 4For *the 
βοῶν μέλει τῷ θεῷ; 10) δι ἡμᾶς πάντως λέγει: 
Soxen tis “there °care τὶ God? orbecauseof 15 altogethersays he [it]? 
»ε ~ A Ἴ , ε/ : 7 ͵ » ᾿ς 
δι ἡμᾶς γὰρ ἐγράφη, ὅτι ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι ὀφείλει; ὁ ἀροτριῶν 
For because of us it was written, that in hope ought hethat ploughs 
? ~ ‘ « ’ ~ ~ ΄ - 
ἀροτριᾷν, καὶ ὁ ἀλοῶν τῆς ἐλπίδος. αὐτοῦ μετέχειν 
to plough, and he that treads out corn, Sof Shis 7hope Sto *partake 
> ΚΔ) /. ll Σ΄ Ae ~ « ~ \ ? , 
ἐπ ἐλπίδι." 11 Εἰ ἡμεῖς ὑμῖν τὰ πνευματικὰ ἐσπείραμεν, 
tin, “hope. If we toyou spiritual things did sow, [is it] 
͵ Chg ἃ ο τὸ τὰ \ τς = 
µεγα εἰ ἡμεῖς ὑμῶν τὰ σαρκικὰ θερίσοµεν; 12 εἰ ἄλλοι 
a great thing if We your fleshly things shall reap? If others 
~ * 12 - , « ~ , ~ ~ 
«τῆς εξουσίας ὑμῶν" μετέχουσιν, οὐ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς; 
of *the *authority ‘over ὅγοα ‘partake, ᾖ{[αποι]ᾶ]ποῦ rather we? 
? ” ? τὰ us ~ 3 ’ / ? 
ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ. ἐχρησάμεθα τῇ. ἐξουσίᾳ. ταύτῃ: ἀλλὰ πάντα στέ- 
But we did not use this authority ; but all things ~ we 
e ‘ , / ~ ~ / -. 
γομεν, ινα μὴ '"ἐγκοπῆν twa! δῶμεν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ 
bear, that not “hindrance ‘any we should give’ tothe glad tidings of the 
χριστοῦ. 13 οὐκ.οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐργαζόμενοι, ® 
Christ. Know ye not that those [at] °sacred*things ‘labouring, [the 


ς ΄ ~ I! , ? \ 
ὁ νόμος ταῦτα! λεγει; 9 ἐν.γὰρ 


Slaw 


Kal 





ee 2 ? ΄ 5 
απόστολος and ελεύθερος transposed GLTTrAW, 
μον της αποστολής LITrA. 
καρπὸν the fruit LTTraAw. 


GLITrAW. 


Vv pep 





ς Υ — χριστὸν LTTrA. * ἑόρακα T. 
εστιν αὕτη LTTrA. ὃ πεῖν ΤΑ. 4 .— τοῦ LTTr[A]. © τὸν 

eee L[Tr]AW. 5 καὶ ὁ νόμος ταῦτα οὐ LTTrAW. h Mwiccws 
J ὀφειλει ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι LITrA. Κ ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι τοῦ μετέχειν GLI: ΑΝ. 
™ τινα, εγκοπὴν (εκκ- 1) LITTAW. . ® + τὰ the things 1r.[a]. 


tis φῇ Γιο ντ PANS, 
1 “ε΄ “ } θί 3 « ~ θ , ο ὃ 
εκ του ιερου εσσιουσι οι τι υσιαστΏηριῳ προσε = 
things}of the temPpte eat ; those 7at “the *altar tattend- 
ρεύοντες,ὶ τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ συµµερίζονται; 14 οὕτως Kai ὃ 
ing, with the altar partake ? So also the 


κύριος διέταξεν τοῖς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον καταγγέλλουσιν, ἐκ τοῦ 
Lord did order tothosethe glad tidings announcing, of the 


εὐαγγελίου ζῇν. 15 ἐγὼ.δὲ Poddert ἐχρησάμην" τούτων" 


glad tidings to live. But I none ‘used of these things. 
οὐκ.ἔγραψα.δὲ ταῦτα ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί" 
Now 1 didnot write thesethings that thus ἰὐ εποα]άᾷ be with me; [18 *were] 


καλὸν γάρ μοι μᾶλλον ἀποθανεῖν, ἢ τὸ καὐχημά.μου “ἵνα 
*good ‘for forme rather to die, than 3mv *boasting that 
τις ‘"kerwoy.' 16 ἐὰν γὰρ εὐαγγελίζωμαι,  οὖὐκ.στιν 
?anyone should make void. For if Iannounce the glad tidings, there is not 
μοι καύχημα' ἀνάγκη.γάρ μοι ἐπίκειται: οὐαὶ. “δέ" μοι 
*to “me ‘boasting ; for necessity *me Vis *laid *upon; Swoe *but tome 
? Ν 3. νε.” ἘΝ ἃ Il ? \ eS ~ 
εστιν ἐὰν μὴ εὐαγγελίζωμαι. 17 εἰ γὰρ ἑκὼν τοῦτο 
Atis if I should not announce the glad tidings. For if willingly this. 
πράσσω, μισθὸν ἔχω" εἰδὲ ἄκων οἰκονομίαν πεπί- 
I do, areward I have; but if unwillingly an administration I am en- 


στευµαι. 18 τίς οὖν ‘pou ἐστὶν ὁ μισθός; ἵ ὑαγ- 
μαι. τίς οὖν “pou! ἐστὶν ὁ μισθός ; ἵνα εὐαγ 


trusted with. What then *my tis reward? That in announcing 
λ , ? / / ῃ .. / w ~ 
γελιζόµενος ἀδάπανον θήσω τὸ εὔαγγελιον: “τοῦ 


the glad tidings *without *expense ®I should *make °the '°glad '*tidings ‘of *the 


χριστοῦ," εἰς τὸ μὴ καταχρήσασθαι τῇ.ἐξουσίᾳ.μου ἐν τῷ 


“Christ, so as not using as my own my authority in the 
εὐαγγελίῳ. 19 ᾿Ἐλεύθερος.γὰρ ὧν ἐκ πάντων, πᾶσιν ἐμαυτὸν 
glad tidings. For free being from all, to all myself 


ἐδούλωσα, ἵνα τοὺς πλείονας κερδήσω᾽ 20 καὶ ἐγενόμην 
I became bondman, that the more I might gain. And I became 
τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις we Ιουδαῖος, ἵνα Ιουδαίους κερδήσω τοῖς 
to the Jews as a Jew, that Jews I might gain: to those 
ὑπὸ νόμον ὡς ὑπὸ νόμον," ἵνα τοὺς ὑπὸ νόμον κερδήσω" 
under law as under law, that those under- law 1 might gain: 
21 τοῖς ἀνόμοις ὡς ἄνομος, μὴ ὧν ἄνομος Yew," ἀλλ᾽ 
to those without law as without law, (mot being without law toGod, but 
ἔννομος Ἔχριστῷ,' ἵνα *kepdnow' ἀνόμους. 22 ἐγενόμην 
within law toChrist,) that I might gain those without law. I became 
τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν Ywe' ἀσθενής, ἵνα τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς κερδήσω. 
to the weak as weak, that the weak 61 might gain. 
τοῖς πᾶσιν γέγονα “τὰ! πάντα, ἵνα πάντως τινὰς σώσω. 
Το xllthese Ihave become allthings, that by 841}" 185 some 1 might save. 
23'rovro! δὲ ποιῶ διὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἵνα «συγκοινωνὸςὴ 
*This ‘and Ido onaccountofthe gladtidings, that a fellow-partaker 
αὐτοῦ γένωμαι. 
with it I might be. 
24 Οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ 
Know ye not that those who in a-race-course 
, - \ ye αν” cy ~ oe , σ 
ἀρέχουσιν, εἷο δὲ λαμβάνει τὸ βραβεῖον ; οὕτως τρέχετε, (να 
run, but one receives the prize ? Thus run, ‘that 
, ~ A « > , , > 
καταλάβητε. 25 πᾶς δὲ ὁ ἀγωνιζόμενος, πάντα ἐἔγκρα- 
ye may obtain. But everyone that istrives, in all things controls 


ἐν σταδίῳ τρέχοντες πάντες μὲν 
run all 


451 
shall reap your carnx 
things? 12 If others 
be partakers of this 
power over you, are 
not we rather 2 Never- 
theless we have not 
used this power ; but 
suffer all things, lest 
we should hinder the 
gospel of Christ. 13 Do 
ye not know that they 
which minister about 
holy things live of the 
things of the temple? 
and they which wait 
at the altar are par- 
tukers with the altar? 
14 Even so hath the 
Lord ordained that 
they which preach the 
gospel should live of 
the gospel. 15 But I 
have used none of these. 
things : neither have I 
written these things, 
that it should ‘be so 
done unto me: for it 
were better for me to 
die, than that’ any 
man should make my 
glorying void. 16 For 
though I preach the 
gospel, I have nothing 
to glory of: for ne- 
cessity is laid upon me; 
yea, woe is unto me, if 
I preach not the gos- 
pel! 17 For if I do this 
thing willingly, I have 
a reward: but if a- 
gainst my will, a dis- 
pensation of the gospel 
is committed unto me. 
18 What is my reward 
then? Verily that, 
when I preach the gos- 
pel, I may make the 
gospel of Christ with- 
out charge, that I a- 
buse not my power in 
the gospel. 19 For 
though I be free from 
all men, yet have I 
made myself servant 
unto all, that I might 
gain the more. 20 And 
untorthe Jews I he- 
came as ἃ Jew, that I 
might gain the Jews; 
to them that are under 
the law. as under the 
law, that I might gain 
them that are under 
the law; 21 to them 
that are without law, 
as without law, (being 
not without law to 
God, but under the 
law to Christ,) that I 
might gain them that 
are without law. 22 To 
the weak became [ as 
weak, that I might 
gain the weak: I am 
made all things to all 
men, that I might by 


el 


ο παρεδρεύοντες LTTrAW. 
LTtr. τ κενώσει Shall make vain LTtra. 
"µου TTrA. W — τοῦ χριστοῦ LTTrAW. 
under law GLTTraw. Υ θεοῦ of God LTTraw. 
τοὺς LIWAW. ὃ — ὡς [L)ITraw. 


5 yap for GLTTrAW. 


P ov κέχρημαι οὐδενὶ have not used any GLTTrAWw. 
τ εὐαγγελίσωμαι LTraAW. 
Χ μὴ dv αὐτὸς ὑπὸ νόμον not being’ mysclf 
2 χριστοῦ Of Christ LTTraw. 
¢—7a&LTTrAW. -4 πάντα all things LTTraw. 


4 οὐδεὶς 


8 κερδάνω 
© gur- τὸ 


452 


all means save some. 
23 And this I do for 
the gospel’s sake, that 
I might be partaker 
thereof with you. 

24 Know ye not that 
they which run in a 
race run all, but one 
receiveth the prize? 
So run, that ye may 
obtain. 25 And every 
man that striveth for 
the mastery is temper- 
ate in allthings. Now 
they do it to obtain 
a corruptible crown ; 
but we an incorrupti- 
ble. 26 I therefore so 
run, not as uncertain- 
ly; so fight I, not as 
one that beateth the 
air: 27 but I keep 
under my body, and 
bring it into subjec- 
tion : lest that by any 
means, when I have 
preached to others, I 
myself should be a 
castaway. 

X. Moreover, breth- 
ren, I would not that 
ye should be ignorant, 
how that-all our fa- 
thers were under the 
cloud, and all passed 
through the sea; 2 and 
were all baptized unto 
Moses in the cloud and 
in the sea; 3 and did 
all eat the same spi- 
ritual meat ; 4and did 
all drink the same spi- 
ritual drink: for they 
dfank of that spiritual 
Rock that followed 
them: and that Rock 
was Christ. 5 But with 
many of them God 
was not well pleased : 
for they were over- 
thrown in the wilder- 
ness. 6 Now these 
things were our ex- 
amples, to the intent 
we should not lust 
after evil things, as 
they alsolusted. 7 Nei- 
ther be ye idolaters, as 
were some of them; 
as it is written, The 
people sat down to eat 
and drink, and rose up 
to play. 8 Neither let 
us commit fornication, 
88 some of them com- 
mitted, and fell in one 
day three and twenty 
thousand. 9 Neither 
let us tempt Christ, as 
some of them also 
tempted, and were de- 
stroyed of serpents. 
10 Neither murmur ye, 
as some of them also 
murmured, and were 


& ἀλλὰ Tr. 


Ὁ πέτρα δὲ LTTrA, 
8 —- ἐν LTTr[A}. 
λυντο TTr. 

ὃ συνέβαινεν TTr, 


h γὰρ for @LTTrAW. 
ματικὸν ἔφαγον βρῶμα (βρῶμα ἔφαγον Tir) LITr. 

ο ηυδόκησεν LTrAW. 
t κύριον Lord LTTra. 
7 καθάπερ TTr. 


MPOS ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ A. 1X, & 


, Ἴ ~ ι ο 4 7 ντ ἃ 
τεύεται" ἐκεῖνοι μὲν οὖν ἵνα φθαρτὸν στέφανον λάβωσιν, 


himself : they indeed then that a corruptible crown they may receive, 

ε - εἶ » Γ Pi / [72 ἰ Py 

ἡμεῖς δὲ ἄφθαρτον.: 26 ἐγὼ τοίνυν οὕτως τρέχω, ὡς ᾿οὐκ 
but we an incorruptible. 1 therefore 80 run, as not 
, e ? a? , Ξ 

ἀδήλως: οὕτως πυκτεύω, ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων' 27 Sadr’! 

uncertainly; so Icombat, as not [the] air beating. But 

ὑπωπιάζω µου τὸ σῶμα, καὶ  δουλαγωγῶ, μήπως ἄλλοις 
I buffet my body, and bring [it]intoservitude, lest to others 
κηρύξας αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι. 


having preached *myself ‘rejected 31 *might *be. 
10 Οὐ.θέλω "δὲ! ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι οἱ πατέρες 
2] 3wish*not πο you {οτε ignorant, brethren, that *fathers 
ἡμῶν πάντες ὑπὸ τὴν νεφέλην ἦσαν, καὶ πάντες διὰ τῆς 
Jour all under the cloud were, and all through the 
θαλάσσης διῆλθον, 2 καὶ πάντες εἰς τὸν ὶΜωσῆν! Σἐβαπτίσαντοϊ 
568, “ passed, διὰ all to Moses were baptized 

? ~ / i ~ θ λ , 3 ‘ ’ 5 ? A ] ~ 
ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῳ, 3 καὶ πάντες τὸ αὐτὸ 'Bowpa 
in the cloud and in the sea, and all the same ?meat 
πνευματικὸν ἔφαγον," 4 καὶ πάντες τὸ αὐτὸ “πόμα πνευ- 
1spiritual ate, and all the same drink tspi- 
ματικὸν Emov'" ἔπινον γὰρ ἐκ πνευματικῆς ἀκολουθούσης 
ritual drank ; for they drank of a spiritual *following “ 
’ Rs « n A , " ἡ ε , ᾽ ᾽ > Ἵ - 
πέτρας ἡ. "δὲ πέτρα" ἦν ὁ χριστός. 5 ἀλλ οὐκ ἐν τοῖς 
rock, and the rock was the Christ: yet not with the 
πλείοσιν αὐτῶν “εὐδόκησεν" ὁ θεός" κατεστρώθησαν.γὰρ ἔν 
most of them was ?well*pleased ‘God; for they were strewed in 
τῇ ἐρήμῳ. 6 ταῦτα.δὲ τύποι ἡμῶν ἐγενήθησαν, εἰς τὸ μὴ 
the desert. But these things types forus became, for “not 
εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἐπιθυμητὰς κακῶν, καθὼς κἀκεῖνοι ἐπεθύμη- 
3to*be ‘us desirers of evil things, according as they also desired, 
δὲ εἰδωλολά (νεσθ θά τῶν" Pwe'l 

σαν. 7 μηδὲ εἰδωλολάτραι γίνεσθε, καθως τινες αὑτῶν" Pwo 
Neither idolaters be ye, according assome ofthem; as 
γέγραπται, ᾿Ἐκάθισεν ὁ λαὸς φαγεῖν καὶ Imei," καὶ av- 
it has been written, *Sat*down ‘the *people toeat and todrink, and. tose 
έστησαν παίζειν. 8 μηδὲ πορνεύωµεν, καθώς τινες 
up toplay. Neither should wecommit fornication, according 88 some 
αὐτῶν ἐπόρνευσαν, καὶ "ἔπεσον" Sév" μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ εἰκοσιτρεῖς 
of them committedfornication,and fell in one day twenty-three 
δ 10 Ἂ 9 δὲ Fie 12 A t , Ι θὰ τ “ 
χιλιάδες. 9 μηδὲ ἐκπειράξωμεν τὸν ἵχριστον," καθως: "και 
thousand. Neither should we tempt the' Christ, according as also 
τινες αὐτῶν "ἐπείρασαν," καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ὄφεων “ἀπώλοντο. 
of them 


someé tempted, . and by the serpents perished. 
10 μηδὲ γογγύζετε, Σκαθὼςὶ καί" τινες αὐτῶν ἐγόγγυσαν, 
Neither murmur ye, accordingas also~ some of them murmured, | 

καὶ ἀπώλοντο ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀλοθρευτοῦ. 11 ταῦτα.δὲ Ἀπάνταὶ 
and perished by the destroyer, Now these things all [as] 

, , ΄ ΄ 8 ‘ ΄ 
ατύποι! Ὀσυνέβαινονὶ ἐκείνοις ἐγράφη.δὲ πρὸς νουθεσίαν 
types happened tothem, andwere written for admonition 


€ ~ ? ΠῚ ’ ~ , / 
ἡμῶν εἰς οὓς τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων «κατήντησεν.ὶ 12 ὥστε 
Your on whom the ends ofthe ages are arrived, _So that 





i Μωῦσῆν GLTTrAW. κ ἐβαπτίσθησανΙπ. | mvev- 
/ τ πνευματικὸν ἔπιον πόμα LTTrAW, 
Ρ ὥσπερ ΙΤΊΤΑ. 4 πεῖν TA. τ ἔπεσαν LTTrAW. 
Υ — καὶ LTTraw. π ἐξεπείρασαν T. x ἀπώλ- 
I * — πάντα [L]tTr[A]. ® τυπικῶς typically LiTraw. 
© κατήντηκεν have come LTIraw, 


Χ. ΕΣ ΙΘΟοΕΡΙΝΤΗΙΑΝΕ, 


« ~ e , , A [ή 4 

ὁ δοκῶν ἑστάναι, βλεπέτω μὴ πεσῃ. 19 Πειρασμὸς 
hethat thinks tostand, let him take heed lest he fall. Temptation 
ὑμᾶς οὐκ.εἴληφεν εἰ μὴ ἀνθρώπινος: πιστὸς δὲ ὁ θεός, ὃς 


τοι has ποῦ taken except what belongs to man; and faithful [15] God, who 
οὐκ.ἐάσει ὑμᾶς πειρασθῆναι ὑπὲρ ὃ δύνασθε, ἀλλὰ ποιήσει 
will not suffer you to be tempted above what yeareable, but will make 
σὺν τῷ πειρασμῷ καὶ THY ἔκβασιν, τοῦ.δύνασθαι «ὑμᾶς" 
with the temptation αἱο the issue, for *to *be “4018 1you 


ὑπενεγκεῖν. 14 Διόπερ, ἀγαπητοί.μου, φεύγετε ἀπὸ τῆς 


to bear [10]. Wherefore, + my beloved, flee from 
εἰδωλολατρείας. lb ὡς φρονίμοις λέγω" κρίνατε ὑμεῖς ὅ 
idolatry. As to intelligent ones Ispeak: judge ye what 
φημι. 16 τὸ ποτήριον τῆς εὐλογίας ὃ εὐλογοῦμεν, οὐχὶ 
1 say. The cup of blessing which we bless, Snot 
Koivwvia ἱτοῦ αἵματος τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐστιν;' τὸν ἄρτον ὃν 


*fellowship Sof Sthe “blood %of °the ?°Christ 115 7it? The bread which 


κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία τοῦ σώματος τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐστιν; 
we break, *not ‘fellowship δοῖ 6 "body ‘of *the *°Christ is *it? 


17 ὅτι εἷς ἄρτος, ἕν σῶμα οἱ πολλοί ἐσμεν" οἱ γὰρ πάντες 
Because *one ‘loaf, 7one ®body *the ὅπιαπγ ‘we ‘are; for all 


ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἄρτου µετέχοµεν. 18 βλέπετε τὸν Ἰσραὴλ. κατὰ 


Sof *the one ‘loaf ‘we partake. See Israel according to 
σάρκα Bovyi! οἱ ἐσθίοντες τὰς θυσίας, κοινωνοὶ 
flesh : 3ποῦ “those “eating 5the sacrifices, 7fellow-partakers 


=~ θ - ΄ ΝΕ, é 1 / Ἐπ Ps ε h 10 VS Π / 
τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου εἰσίν; 19 τί οὖν φημι; ὅτι "εἴδωλον" τί 
*with “tHe Δ] ΑΓ Tare? What then say 12 that anidol anything 


ἐστιν; ἢ ὅτι δείδωλόθυτον" τί ἐστιν; 20 ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι 


is, - or that what is sacrificed to‘an idol anything is? but that 
ἃ ἰθύει' "τὰ ἔθνη," δαιμονίοις Ove," Kai οὐ θεφ": 


What “sacrifice ‘the *nations, todemons they sacrifice, and not to God. 


οὔὐ-θέλω.δὲ ὑμᾶς κοινωνοὺς τῶν δαιµονίων γίνεσθαι. 
ButIdonot wish you _ fellow-partakers with demons to be. 
21 οὐ δύνασθε ποτήριον κυρίου πίνειν,. καὶ ποτήριον 
Yecannot [the] cup of [the] Lord drink, and[the] cup 


δαιμονίων" οὐ.δύνασθε :Tpamélnc ᾿ κυρίου μετέχειν καὶ 
of temons: ye cannot of [the] table of [the] Lord partake and 


τραπέζης δαιμονίων... 227). παραζηλοῦμεν τὸν κύριον; 


of [the] table of demons. Or, do we provoke to jealousy the Lord? 
μὴ ἰσχυρότεροι αὐτοῦ «ἐσμεν; 
‘stronger thanhe are we? 

΄ νά , 5 

29 Πάντα "por! ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει 


All things for me are lawful, but ‘not ‘all *things 
πάντα "μοι! ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πάντα οἰκοδομεῖ. 24 μηδεὶς 
all things forme are lawful,, but “not ‘all 34ο build up. “No one 


‘ 2 ~ ΄ ᾷ κ᾿ - « « 
τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ζητείτω, ἀλλὰ τὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου ἕκαστος." 
®that Sof 7himself ‘let *secek, ’΄ but ‘that “οὗ πο Δδοίπετ ‘each “one. 
~ ‘4 / A ? 
25 Πᾶν τὸ ἐν μακέλλῳ πωλούμενον ἐσθίετε, μηδὲν ava- 
Everything that in’ a market is sold eat, nothing in- 
κρίνοντες διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν' 26 Tov-Pyap. κυρίου" 
quiring on account of conscience. For *the SLord’s [315] 
« ~ ‘ A ιό ᾽ - > αδεῖ Ὰ - { ~ 
ἢ γῆ καὶ τὸ πληρωμα αὐτῆς, 27 εἰ “δε τις καλεῖ UMA 


‘the “earth and the fulness of it. But if anyone *invite “°you 


Sare profitable ;- 


453 
destroyed of the de- 
stroyer. 11 Now all 


these things happened 
unto them for en- 
samples: and they are 
written for our ad- 
monition, upon whom 
the ends of the world 
are come. 12 Where- 
fore let him that think- 
eth he standeth take 
heed lest he fall, 
15 There hath no 
temptation taken you 
but such as is com- 
mon to man: but God 
8 faithful, who. will 
not suffer you to be 
tempted above that ye 
are able ; but will with 
the temptation also 
make a way to escape, 
that ye may. be able to 
bear ἐξ. 14 Wherefore, 
my dearly beloved, flee 
from idolatry. 15 I 
speak as to wise men ; 
judge ye what I say. 
16 The cup of blessing 
which we bless, isit not 
the communion of the 
blood of Christ ? The 
bread which we break, 
isit not the communion 
of the body of Christ ? 
17 For we being many 
are one bread, and one 
body: for we are all 
partakers of that one 
bread. 18 Behold Israel 
after the flesh: are 
not they which eat of 
the sacrifices parta- 
kers of the altar? 
19 What say I then? 
that the idol is any 
thing, or that which is 
offered in sacrifice to 
idols is any thing? 
20 But J say, that the 
things which the Gen- 
tiles sacrifice, they 
sacrifice to devils, and 
not to God: and I 
would not that ye 
should have fellow- 
ship with devils. 21 Ye 
cannot drink the cup 
of the Lord, and the 
cup of devils: ye can- 
not be partakers of 
the Lord’s table, and 
of the table of devils. 
22 Do we provoke the 
Lord to jealousy ? are 
we stronger than he ? 
23 <All things are 
lawful for me, but all 
things are not cxpe- 
dient: all things are 
lawful for me, but all 
things edify not. 24 Let 
no man seek his own, 
but every man ai.o- 
ther’s wealth. 25 What- 
soever is sold in the 





ε — ὑμᾶς (read [you]) GLTTrAw. 
Β εἴδωλον and εἰδωλόθυτον trdnsposed LITrAW. 
ἔθνη LTA. 1.— θύει LITrA. ™ + θύουσιν they sacrifice LTTra, 
4 — ἕκαστος GLITrAW. P κνρίον γὰρ LTTrAW, ᾳ — δὲ but LrTraw, 


Γἐστὶν τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ χριστοῦ Tr. 
i θύουσιν they sacrifice LTTrAw. 


& ovx LTAW. 
k— τα 
a— μοι αιτ1τὸ 


454 


shambles, that eat, 
asking πο question 
for conscience sake: 
26 for the -earth 18 the 
Lord’s, and the ful- 
ness thercof. 27 If any 
of them that believe 
not bid you toa feast, 
and ye be disposed to 
go; whatsoever is set 
before you, eat, asking 
no question for con- 
science sake. 28 But 
if any man say unto 
you, This is offered in 
sacrifice unto idols, eat 
not for his sake that 
shewed it, and for 
conscience sake: for 
the earth is the Lord’s, 
andthe fulness there- 
of: 29 conscience, I 
say, not thine own, but 
of the other: for why 
is my liberty judged 
of another man’s con- 
science ? 30 For if I by 
grace be a partaker, 
why am 1 evil’ spoken 
of for that for which 
1 give thanks 2 9] Whe- 
ther therefore ye eat, 
or drink, or whatso- 
ever ye do, do all to 
the glory of God, 
32 Give none offence, 
neither to the Jews, 
nor to the Gentiles, 
nor to the church of 
God: 33 even as I 
please all men in all 
things, not seeking 
niine own profit, but 
the proft/ of many, that 
they may be saved. 
ΧΙ. Be ye followers 
of me, even as 1 also 
ea of Christ. 

2 Now I praise you, 
brethren, that ye re- 
member me in all 
things, and keep the 
ordinances, as 1 de- 
livered them to you, 
3 But I would have 

ou know, that the 

ead of every man is 
Christ ; and the head 
of the woman is the 
nian ; and the head of 
Christ zs God. 4 Every 
man praying or pro- 
phesying, having his 
head covered, dis- 
honoureth his head. 
5 But every woman 
that prayeth or pro- 
phesieth with her head 
uncovered dishonour- 
eth her head : for that 
is even all one as if 
she were shaven. 6 For 
if the woman be not 
covered, let her also 
be shorn: but if it be 
a shame for a woman 
to be shorn or shaven, 
let her be covered, 


τ ἱερόθυτόν offered in sacrifice trtra. 


but GuUrtraw. 


¥ καὶ Ἰουδαίοις γίνεσθε LTTVA. 
} + τοῦ (vead of the Christ) [Ljrtra. 


ΠΡ ΟΣ AE O-P eee Σι A: Χ κι 


‘ ‘ , ~ 4 4 [ 
τῶν ἀπίστων, καὶ θέλετε πορεύεσθαι, πᾶν τὸ παρατιθεµενο» 
‘of “the ΠΡΟ] θυ ὶπρ, and ye wish to go, 411 that is set before 
’ " ΄ x ‘ A ΄ 
ὑμῖν ἐσθίετε. μηδὲν ἀνακρίνοντες διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν. 
you eat, nothing inquiring on account of conscience. 
ε ~ » ~ ᾽ Φ ’ 2 -- ες 
28 ἐὰν.δὲ τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, Τοῦτο "εἰδωλόθυτόν" ἐστιν" “μὴ 
Butif anyone toyou say, This “offered *to "απ *idol 15, ™ot 
ἐσθίετε. δι ἐκεῖνον τὸν μηνύσαντ καὶ τὴν συνείδησιν" 
®doeat, on accountof δῖ that shewed [it],and the conscience; 
~ 3 , - \ ‘ / δι κῶ Ι ve 
ἡτοῦ.γὰρ κυρίου ἡ ἢ καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς.' 29 συνεί- 
for*the *Lord’s [15] 1116 earth and the α fulness of it. *Con- 
, A ‘ « ~ ‘ ~ ε , 
Onow δὲ λέγω, οὐχὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλὰ THY τοῦ: ἑτέρου. 
science “but, 158, not that of thyself, but that of the other ; 
’ { ? ’ ’ « ‘ ” ΄ ὦ 
ἵνα.τί γὰρ ἡ.ἐλευθερία.μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως ; 


for why “my “freedom tisjudged by another’s conscience 2 
90 εἰ δὲ! ἐγὼ χάριτι µετέχω, τί βλασφημοῦμαι ὑπὲρ οὗ 
But if 1  withthanks partake, why amTLevilspokenof for what 


ἐσθίετε, εἴτε πίνετε, εἴτε. 


ἐγὼ εὐχαριστῶ; 31 Εἴτε οὖν 
or yedrink or 


i give thanks ? Whether therefore ye eat, 
τι ποιεῖτε, πάντα εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ ποιεῖτε. 32 ἀπρόσκοποι 
anything yedo, allthings to *glory *God’s do. Without offence 
Yyivesde καὶ ᾿Ιουδαίοις" καὶ Ἑλλησιν καὶ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ 
be ye both to Jews and Grecks and tothe assembly 
θεοῦ: 88 καθὼς κἀγὼ πάντα πᾶσιν ἀρέσκω. μὴ ζητῶν 
of God. According as I also all in all things please ; not seeking 
η ὃ ~ 3 ~ ev 5 κ᾿ 
τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ συμφέρον," ἀλλὰ τὸ τῶν πολλῶν, ἵνὰ σωθῶ- 
the 5095 *myself ‘profit, but that ofthe many, that they may 
΄ , \ ‘ ~ ᾿ 
σιν. 1] μιμηταί μου γίνεσθε, καθὼς κἀγὼ χριστοῦ.. 
be saved. Imitators of me be, according as I also [am] of Christ. 
? ὦ δὲ € ο Χάἀδελ τέῳ ἢ e as , 
2 Επαινῶ-δὲ ὑμᾶς, Σάδελφοί, Ότι πάντα µου µμέ- 
Nowl praise τοι, brethren, that inallthings me ye have 
µνησθε, καὶ καθὼς παρέδωκα ὑμῖν, τὰς παραδόσεις κατ- 
remembered ; and according as I delivered to you, the traditions ye 
ἔχετε. 3 θέλω.δὲ ὑμᾶς εἰδέναι, ὅτι παντὸς ἀνδρὸς ἡ κεφαλὴ 
keep, But I wish you toknow, that of every man "πε "Ποιά 
ὁ Χριστός ἐστιν' κεφαλὴ.δὲ γυναικὸς ὁ ἀνήρ' κεφαλὴ. δὲ 
"πρ Christ) 5 "1; but head of (the) woman [15] Π6 man, and head 
Σχριστοῦ, ὁ θεός. 4 πᾶς ἀνὴρ προσευχόμενος ἢ προφητεύων, 
of Christ, God, Every man praying ος prophesying, 
κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων, καταισχύνει τὴν.κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 
{anything] on [his] head having, puts to shame his head. 
5 πᾶσα. δὲ γυνὴ προσευχομένη ἢ προφητεύουσα ἀκατακαλύπτῳ 
But every woman praying or prophesying “uncovered 
τῇ κεφαλῇ, καταισχύνει τὴν.κεφαλὴν. Ξέαυτῆς"" ἓν γάρ 
Awith “the head, puts to shame her head ; for one 
ἐστιν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ τῇ. ἐξυρημένῃ. Θ εἰγὰρ οὐ.κατακαλύπ- 
itis and the same with having been shaven. For if be not covered 
τεται γυνή, Kai κειράσθω εἰ δὲ αἰσχρὸν γυναικὶ τὸ 
a woman, also let her be 5ῃοσθ, But if [it be] shymeful to a woman 
κείρασθαι ἢ ἕυρᾶσθαι, κατακαλυπτέσθω. ἢ ἀνὴρ. μὲν. γὰρ οὐκ 
to be shorn or tobe shaven, let her be covered. For man indeed *not 
ὀφείλει κατακαλύπτεσθαι τὴν κεφαλήν, εἰκὼν καὶ δόξα θεοῦ 


Fought to have *covered ithe “head, image and glory of God 
« ΄ =~ a 7 9 ὃ A > ’ 2 ὃ ’ ? ῶ 2 / ν 2 ‘4 
υπαρχωγ yu). ε δόξα αν poc ἑστιν 8 ου γαρ ἑστιν avijp 

, being ; Lut woman glory of man is: For not is man 








Ss — τοῦ γὰρ to end of verse GLTTrAW. t— δὲ 
Α. ΟΝ σύμφορον LiTra. x -- ἀδελφοί CI'TraW, 
* αὐτῆς LTTrA, 9 ἢ the (wonmal) LITraw, 


ΧΙ τΤ οσο LEN ατα NS. 


> , ᾽ ) \ ? ΘῈ , ‘ 4 ? ? , 
ἐκ γυναικός, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ ἐξ ἀνδρός" 9 καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἐκτίσθη 
of woman, but woman of man, For also not was created 
ἀνὴρ διὰ τὴν γυναῖκα, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα" 
man on account of the_ woman, but, woman on account of the man. 
10 διὰ τοῦτο ὀφείλει ἡ γυνὴ ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς KE- 
Because of this ought the woman authority tohave on the 
φαλῆς, διὰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους. 11 πλὴν οὔτε ὕάνὴρ 
head, onaccount of the angels. However neither [is] man 
\ , ” ο 
χωρὶς γυναικός, οὔτε γυνὴ χωρὶς ἀνδρός," ἐν κυρίῳ 
apart from woman, nor woman apartfrom man, in [the] Lord. 
12 ὥσπερ.γὰρ ἡ γυνὴ ἐκ-τοῦ ἀνδρός, οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ 
For as the woman of the man fis], 50 also the man 
διὰ τῆς γυναικός, τὰ.δὲ πάντα ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ. 19 ἐν ὑμῖν .αὐτοῖς 
by the woman [is]; butallthings of God. In yourselves 
κρίνατξ' πρέπον ἐστὶν γυναῖκα ἀκατακάλυπτον τῷ θεῷ 
judge : becoming isit for a woman uncovered to God 


προσεύχεσθαι; 14 “ἢ! οὐδὲ αὐτὴ ἡ φύσις! διδάσκει ὑμᾶς, 


to pray? Or *not *even “itself *nature ‘does teach you, 

Ore ἀνὴρ μὲν ἐὰν κομᾷ. ἀτιμία αὐτῷ ἐστιν' 15 γυνὴ 
that 56 *man 11 have long hair a dishonour to him itis? 7A “woman 
δὲ ἐὰν κομᾷ, δόξα αὐτῇ ἐστιν; ὅτι ἡ «κόμη ἀντὶ 
4hut 7if havelonghair; glory toher itis; for the long hair instead 
περιβολαίου δέδοται αὐτῇ" 16 εἰδὲ τις δοκεῖ φιλόνεικος 
of a covering is given to her. But if anyonéthinks “contentious 


εἶναι, ἡμεῖς τοιαύτην συνήθειαν οὐκ.ἔχομεν, οὐδὲ αἱ ἐκκλησίαι 
"to "be, we ?such *custom *have “πού, nor the assemblies 
τοῦ θεοῦ. 
of God. 
17 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἱπαραγγέλλων οὐκ. ἐπαινῶ," ὅτι οὐκ 
But [fas *to] *this ‘charging [τοι] I do not praise [you], that not 

εἰς τὸ Εκρεῖττον,! Βάλλ᾽" εἰς τὸ ἱἥττον' συνέρχεσθε. 18 πρῶτον 
for the batter, . but for the worse ye come together. “First 
μὲν γὰρ συνερχομένων ὑμῶν ἐν ἔτῇ". ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἀκούω σχίσ- 
3indeed ‘for comingtogether ye in the assembiy, I hear di- 
para ἐν ὑμῖν ὑπάρχειν, καὶ μέρος.τι πιστεύω" 19 δεῖ. γὰρ 
visions among you to be, | and partly I believe [it]. For there must 
καὶ αἱρέσεις ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι, iva! οἱ δόκιμοι φανεροὶ γένωνται 
also sects among you. be, that the approved manifest may become 

ἐν ὑμῖν. 20 συνεργοµένων οὖν ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ. τὸ αὐτό, οὐκ 

μ μ 

among yon. Coming together therefore ye into one place, *not 
ἔστιν κυριακὸν δεῖπνον φαγεῖν" 21 ἕκαστος.γὰρ τὸ ἴδιον 
it 7is [the] Lord’s supper to eat. For each one his own 
δεῖπνον προλαμβάνει ἐν τῷ φαγεῖν, καὶ ὃς μὲν πεινᾷ ὃς δὲ 
supper takes first in eating, and one ishungry and another 
µεθύει. 22 μὴ ἘΠ οἰκίας οὐκ ἔχετε εἰς τὸ ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν ; 
is drunken. or houses have ye not for eating and drinking? 
ἢ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ καταφρονεῖτε, Kai καταισχύνετε 


or the assembly of God doye despise, and put to shame 
τοὺς μὴ ἔχοντας; τί "ὑμῖν εἴπω": "ἐπαινέσω" ὑμᾶς οἐν 
them that have not ? What to you should I say ? shall 1 praise you in 


τούτῳ; 
this? 


eS ......-... -Ὀς.ς.ςς.ςαἑ»ς-ς- -[.-----------΄- Ὁ 


οὐκ' ἐπαινῶ. 38 Ἐγὼ.γὰρ παρέλαβον ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου, 
I do not praise. Fort received from the Lord 


Ὁ γυνὴ χωρὶς ἀνδρὸς οὔτε ἀνὴρ χωρὶς γυναικὸς GLTTrAW. . 
αὐτὴ LTTrAW. ε [αὐτῇ] a. f παραγγέλλω οὐκ ἐπαινῶν LTrAW. | 
Β ἀλλὰ TTrA. { ἧσσον LTTra. * — τῇ GLITrAW. 
Litraw.  AénawwpraiseIy. °; 


ο — ἣ LTTrAW. 


7 1 + καὶ also [L]Tr[A]. - 
εν τούτῳ οὐκ (read In this I do not praise) er, 


455 


7 For a man indeed 
ought not to cover his 
head, forasmuch as 
he is the image and 
glory of God: but the 
woman is the glory of 
the man. 8 For the 
man is not of the wo- 
man; but the woman 
of the man. 9 Neither 
was the man created 
for the woman; but 
the woman for the 
man. 10 For this cause 
ought the woman to 
have power or ἦ or head 
because of the angels. 
11 Nevertheless nei- 
ther is the man with- 
out the woman, nei- 
therthe woman with- 
out the man, in the 
Lord. 12 For as the 
woman is of the man, 
even so is the man al- 
ΒΟ by the woman; but 
all things of God. 
13 Judge in yourselves: 
is if comely that a wo- 
man pray unto God 
uncovered? 14 Doth 
not even nature itself 
teach you, that, if a 
man have long hair, it 
is ashame unto him ? 
15 But if a woman 
have long hair, it is a 
glory to her: for her 
hair is given her fora 
covering, 16 Butif any 
man seem to be con- 
tentious, we have no 
such custom, neither 
the churches of God. 
17 Now in this that 
I declare unio you I 
praise you not, that ye 
come together not for 
the better, but for the 
worse. 18 For first of 
all, when. ye come to- 
gether in the church, 
1 hear that there. he 
divisions among you ; 
and I partly believeit. 
19 For there must be 
also heresies among 
you, that they which 
are appreved may be 
made manifest among 
you. 20 When yecome 
together therefore in- 
to one place, this is 
not to eat the Lord’s 
supper. 21 For in eat- 
ing every one taketh 
before other his own 
sapper: and one is 
hungry, and another 
is drunken: 22 What? 
haye ye not houses to 
eat and to drink in? 
or despise ye the church 
of God, and shame 
them that have not? 
What shall I say to 





_ δὴ φύσις 
& κρεισσον ΤΤΤ.Δ, 
™ εἴπω ὑμῖν 


456. 


Ὁ ἢ shall I praise you 

this? I praise you 
not. 23 For 1 have re- 
ceived of the Lord that 
which also I delivered 
unto you, That the 
Lord Jesus tho same 
night in which he was 
betrayed took bread : 
24 and when he had 
given thanks. he brake 
at, andsaid, Take, eat: 
this is my body, which 
is broken for you : this 
do in remembrance of 
me, 25 After the same 
manner also he took 
the cup, when he had 
supped, saying, This 
cup is the new testa- 
ment in my blood: this 
do ye, as oft as ye drink 
at, in remembrartce of 
me, 26 For as often as 
ye eat this bread, and 
drink this cup, ye do 
shew the Lord’s death 
till he come. 27 Where- 
fore whosoever shall 


αν this bread, and’ 


drink this cup of the 
Lord, unworthily, 
shall be guilty of the 
body and blood of the 
Lord. 28 But let a man 
examine himself, and 
so let him eat of that 
bread, and drink of 
that cup. 29 For he 
that eateth and drink- 
eth unworthily, eateth 
and drinkethn damna- 
tion to himself, not 
discerning the Lord’s 
body. 30 For this cause 
many are weak and 
sickly among you, and 
many sleep. 31 For if 
we would judge our- 
selves, we should not 
tbe judged. 32 But when 
we are judged, we are 
chastened of the Lord, 
that we should not be 
condemned with the 
world. 33 Wherefore, 
my brethren, when ye 
come together to eat, 
tarry one for another. 
34 And if any man 
hunger, let him eat at 
home; that ye come 
not together unto con- 
demnation. And the 
rest will I set in order 
when I come, 

XII. Now concern- 
ing spiritual gifts, 
brethren, I would not 
have τοι ignorant, 
2 Ye know that ye 
were Gentiles, carried 
away unto these dumb 
idols, even as ye were 
led. 3 Wherefore I give 
you tounderstand,that 


P παοεδίδετο LTTrA. 
t — τοῦτο (read the cup) LTTraw. 


bread) GLTTraw. 


Υ + τοῦ of the GLTTraW. 
Ὁ — τοῦ κυρίου LTTrA. 


ΡΟ BOP TW Se EOYs. |.A. XI, XII. 
ὃ καὶ παρέδωκα ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὁ κύριος ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐν TH νυκτὶ 
that which also I delivered toyou,thatthe Lord’ Jesus in the night 


Ρπαρεδίδοτο,! ἔλαβεν ἄρτον, 24 καὶ εὐχαριστήσας 
in which he was delivered up took bread, and having given thanks 


” \ = , / ell “Ὁ , ? ‘ ‘ 
ἔκλασεν, καὶ εἶπεν, IAaBere, φάγετε'ὶ τοῦτό µου ἐστὶν TO 
he broke [it], and said, Take, eat, ‘this ofme - is the 
σῶμα τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν τκλώμενον". τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν 
body which ‘for you [is] being broken: this do in 


‘ ΄ \ as , ε 
ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν. 25 Ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ ποτήριον, μετὰ τὸ 
remembrance of me. > Inlike manner also the cup, after 
δειπνῆσαι, λἐγών, Τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐστὶν. 
having supped, saying, This “cup the new covenant is 
ἐν τῷ.ἐμφ αἵματι τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, ὁσάκις “ἂν! “πίνητε, 
in my blood: this do, as often as ye may drink [it}, 
εἰς τὴν. ἐμὴν. ἀνάμνησιν. 26 Ὁσάκις γὰρ "ἂν! ἐσθίητε τὸν 
in remembrance of me. _For as often as ye may eat 
” ~ 9 4 , Ὁ κα ~ τῇ ΑΝ 
ἄρτον τοῦτον, καὶ τὸ.ποτήριον. τοῦτοἳ πίνητε, τὸν θάνατον 


this bread, and this cup may drink, the death 
τοῦ κυρίου καταγγέλλετε, “ἄχρις! οὗ “ἂν ἔλθῃ. 327 “Ὥστε 
of the Lord ye announce, until he may come. So that 
ὃς ἂν ἐσθίῃ τὸν. ἄρτον “τοῦτον! ἢ πίνῃ τὸ ποτήριον 
whosoever should eat this bread or should drink the cup 


~ [ή ~ , ε 
τοῦ κυρίου ἀναξίως, ἔνοχος ἔσται τοῦ σώματος καὶΣ αἵματος 


ofthe Lord unworthily, guilty shall be of the body aud blood 
τοῦ κυρίου. 28 δοκιμαζέτω.δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἑαυτόν." καὶ οὕτως 
of the Lord. But let *prove 2a *man himself, and thus 


ἐκ τοῦ ἄρτου ἐσθιέτω, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ποτηρίου πινέτω" 29 ὁ.γὰ 
of the bread let him eat, and of the cup let him drink. Forhe that 
ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων "ἀναξίως,ὶ κρίμα ἑαυτῷ ἐσθίει καὶ πίνει, 
eats and drinks unworthily, judgment tohimself eats and drinks, 
μὴ διακρίνων τὸ σῶμα ὑτοῦ κυρίου." 90 διὰ τοῦτο ἐν ὑμῖν 
not discerning the body ofthe Lord. Because of ‘this among you 
πολλοὶ ἀσθενεῖς καὶ ἄῤῥωστοι, Kai κοιμῶνται tKavot. 
many [are] weak and infirm, and are fallen asleep many. 
91 εἰ «γὰρ! ἑαυσοὺς διεκρίνοµεν, οὐκ.ἂν ἐκρινόμεθα: 82 κρινό- 
“If ‘for ourselves. we scrutinized, we should not be judged. *Being 
ῃ «ε vd , , w ἐ A ES 
μενοι δε. ὑπὸ κυρίου παιδευόµεθα, ἵνα μὴ σὺν τῷ 
Sjudged *but, by [the] Lord wearedisciplined, that not with the 
κόσμῳ κατακριθῶμεν. 88 Ὥστε, ἀδελφοί.μου, συνερχόµενοι 
world .we should be condemned. Sothat, my brethren, coming together 
εἰς τὸ φαγεῖν, ἀλλήλους ἐκδέχεσθε' 94 εἰ «δεῖ τις πεινᾷ, 
for to eat, one another wait for. But if anyone be hungry, 
ἐν οἴκῳ ἐσθιέτω" ἵνα μὴ εἰς κρίμα συνέρχησθε. τὰ.δὲ 
athome lethimeat, that not for judgment ye may come together ; and the 
λοιπά, ὡςἂν ἔλθω,  διατάξοµαι. 
other things whenever I may come, I will set in order, 
19 Περὶ δὲ τῶν. πνευματικῶν, ἀδελφοί, οὐ. θέλω ὑμᾶς 
But concerning spirituals, . brethren, Idonot wish you 
2 - » ε/ f » = 4 SS ὧν cea 
ἀγνοεῖν. 2 οἴδατε ore’ ἔθνη Fre, πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ ἄφωνα 
to be ignorant. Ye know that Gentiles ye were, “to 514918 “dumb 
ὡς ἂν.ήγεσθε ἀπαγόμενοι 8 διὸ γνωρίζω ἡμῖν, ὅτι 
Sas Ἴγο ®might *be 19163, ‘led 38πνΒΥ. Therefore I give *to *knew “you, that 





ᾳ — Λάβετε, φάγετε GLTTTAW. τ --κλώμενον LTTrA. 5 ἐὰν LTTrA. 
7 ἄχρι T. ν — ἂν GLTTrA. x — τοῦτον (read the 
Σ ἑαυτὸν ἄνθρωπος W. 8 -- ἀναξίως LTTrA. 


εδὲ but LTTraw. ἃ + τοῦ the rrr[a]w, e — δὲ but GLTTrAW. 


f+ ὅτε when [LJrTra. 


1, CORINTHIANS: 


πνεύματι θεοῦ λαλῶν λέγει ἀνάθεμα Ἀ]ησοῦν" 
nooné ἴῃ [{Π6] Spirit of Godspeaking says _ accursed [is] Jesus ; 
καὶ οὐδεὶς δύναται εἰπεῖν ἹΚύριον ᾿Ιησοῦν," εἰ μὴ ἐν  πνεύ- 
and noone can gay Lord Jesus, except in([the] *Spirit 
ματι ἁγίῳ. 4 διαιρέσεις-δὲ χαρισμάτων εἰσίν. τὸ. δὲ αὐτὸ 
1Holy. But diversities of gifts there are, but the same 
πνεῦμα" 5 καὶ διαιρέσεις διακονιῶν εἰσίν, Kai ὁ αὐτὸς κύριος" 
Spirit ; and diversities of services there are,andthe same Lord; 
ὃ καὶ διαιρέσεις ἐνεργημάτων εἰσίν, *6.6é' αὐτός Ιἐέστιν' θεός, 
and diversitics of operations thereare, butthe same “it *is ‘God, 
ὁ ἐνεργῶν τὰ. πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν. 7 ἑκάστῳ.δὲ δίδοται ἡ φανέ- 
who operates αἱ] ΠΗ͂ΡΕ in all. But to each 15 sive the mani- 
ρωσις τοῦ πνεύματος πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον. ὃ φ.μὲν.γὰρ διὰ 
festation of the Spirit for profit. For to one by 
τοῦ πνεύματος δίδοται λόγος σοφίας, ἄλλῳ δὲ λόγος 
the Spirit is given ‘A ποτᾶ of wisdom; and to another a word 
γνώσεως, κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα" πίστις,, 
of knowledge, according tothe same _ Spirit ; faith, 
ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι" ἄλλῳ.δὲ χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων, ἐν τῷ 
in the same Spirit ; and to another gifts of healing, in the 
παὐτῷ' πνεύματι: 10 ἄλλῳ.δὲ ἐνεργήματα δυνάμεων, 
same Spirit ; and to another operations of works of power ; 
ἄλλῳ δὲ" προφητεία, ἄλλῳ.Ῥδὲ" Αδιακρίσειοὶ πνευμάτων, 
and to another prophecy ; and to another’ discerning of spirits ; 
wey r gil = / » ~ ἄλλ σελ st Le | Ν 
τερῳ.'ὁε γένη γλωσσῶν, ἄλλῳ.δε δερμηνεία" γλωσ- 
aud to ἃ different one kinds of tongues; and to another interpretation of 
σῶν" 11 πάντα.δὲ ταῦτα ἐνεργεῖ τὸ ἐν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦ- 
tongues, But all these i 7opcrates ‘the *one *and *the *same “Spirit, 
μα, διαιροῦν ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστῳ καθὼς βούλεται. 12 Καθάπερ 
dividing άνω to each arene! as he wills. νου “as 


γὰρ τὸ σῶμα ἕν ἐστιν καὶ µέλη [ἔχει πολλά," πάντα.δὲ τὰ 
‘for the body 3οπο ‘is and ‘members ‘has “*many, but all the 


’ » / ~ 
µέλη τοῦ σώματος Yrov ἑνός," πολλὰ ὄντα, ἕν ἐστιν σῶμα" 
membersofthe “body Jone, ‘many “being, Sone ‘are body: 


οὕτως Kai. ὁ Χριστός. 19 καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι ἡμεῖς 
5ο also [15] the Christ. Foralso by one Spirit we 
νυ ἐς 2 εν ~ ? / ” 
πάντες εἰς tv σῶμα ἐβαπτίσθημεν, εἴτε ᾿Ιουδαῖοι εἴτε EX- 
all into one body were baptized, whether Jews or 
ληνες, εἴτε - δοῦλοι εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι καὶ πάντες “εἰς ἕν πνεῦμα 
Greeks, whether bondmen or free and ail into one Spirit 
? , ay 4 A » > » εν , , 4 
ἑποτίσθημεν. 14 Καὶ γὰρ τὸ σῶμα οὔκ.έστιν ἐν µέλος, ἀλλὰ 
were made to drink, For also the body isnot one member, but 
, 3 ” « ΄ “ ? αν ΄ > mee 
πολλά. 16 ἐὰν εἴπῃ ὁ πούς, Ὅτι οὐκ εἰμὶ χείρ, οὐκ.εἰμὶ 
many. If should say the foot, Because 1am not a hand, I am not 


ἐκ τοῦ σώματος οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστιν EK τοῦ σώματος»; 
of the pale on account of this isitnot of the body? 


16 καὶ ἐὰν εἴπῃ τὸ οὖς, “Ore οὐκ.εἰμὶ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ 
And if should say the Mg Because Iam not an eye Iam not of 


τοῦ σώματος οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο οὐκ.έστιν ἐκ τοῦ σώματος; 


ΣΙ. 


οὐδεὶς ἐν 


9 ο. 


and to ἃ different one 


the body: on account of this isitnot of the body 2 
17 εἰ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα ὀφθαλμός, ποῦ ἡ akon; εἰ ὕλον 


If *whole*the body [were] aneye, where the hearing? if [the] whole 


Spirit ; 


45? 
no man speaking by 
the Spirit of God call- 
eth Jesus accursed: 
and that no man can 
say that Jesus is the 
Lord, but by the Holy 
Ghost. 4 Now there 
are diversities of gifts, 
but the same Spirit. 
5 And there are differ- 
ences of administra- 
tions, but the same 
Lord. 6 And there are 
diversities of opera- 
tions, but it is the 
same God which work- 
eth all in all. 7 But the 
manifestation of the 
Spirit is given toevery 
man to profit withal. 
8 For to one is given 
by the Spirit the word 
of wisdom ; to another 
the word of knowledge 
by the same Spirit; 
9to another faith by 
the same Spirit; to 
another the gifts of 
healing by the same 
10 to another 
the working of mira- 
cles; to another Ργο- 
phecy ; to another dis- 
cerning of spirits ; to 
another divers kinds 
of tongues ; to another 
the interpretation of 
tongues: 11 but all 
these worketh that one 
and the selfsame Spi- 
rit, dividing to every 
man severally as he 
will. 12 For as the body 
is one, and hath many 
members, and all the 
members of that one 
body, being many, are 
one body: 5ο also is 
Christ. 13 For by one 
Spirit are we all bap- 
tized into one body, 
whether we be Jews or 
Gentiles, whether we 
be bond or free ; and 
have been all made to 
drink into one Spirit. 
14 For the body is not 
one member,but many. 
15 If the foot shall 
say, Because I am not 
the hand, I am not of 
the body; is it there- 
fore not of the body 2 
16 And if the ear shall 
say, Because I am not 
the eye, I am not of 
the body ; is it there- 
fore not ot the body? 
17 If the whole body 
were an eye, where 
were the hearing? If 
the whole were hear- 





Ὁ Ἰησοῦς LTTraw. . ἷ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς LrTraw. Κ καὶ ὃ and the a. 


1 ἐστιν GLTTrAW. 


τῷ — δὲ and [L]tTr[a]. 0 ἑνὶ ONE LTTrA. ο — §€and Ltr. nee δὲ and Ltr. 8 διά- 
κρισις 1. Γ--- δὲ and LTTr. Ξ διερμηνεία 1. t πολλὰ ἔχει LTTrA. — του ενός 
LITTAW, Υ --- εἰς ΗΤΤΙΑΥ. * —;(7cad it is not on account of this not of τι body.) Lr. 


408 


ing, where were. the 
smelling? 18 But now 
hath God set the mem- 
bers every one of them 
in the body, as it hath 
pleasedhim. 19 Andif 
they were all one mem- 
ber, where were the 
body ? 20 But now are 
they many members, 
yet but one body. 
21 And the eye can- 
not say unto the 
hand, I have no need 
of thee: nor again 
the head to the feet, 
I have no need of 
you. 22 Nay, much 
more those members 
of the body, which 
seem to be more feeble, 
are necessary : 23 and 
those members of the 
body, which we think 
to be less honourable, 
upon these we bestow 
more abundant hon- 
our; and our uncome- 
ly paris have more 
abundant comeliness. 
24 For our comely parts 
have no need : but God 
hath tempered the 
body together, having 
given more abundant 
honour to that part 
which lacked: 25 that 
there should be no 
schism in the body; 
but that the members 
should have the same 
care one for another. 
26 And whether one 
member suffer, all the 
members suffer with 
it ; or one member be 
honoured, all the mem- 
bers rejoice with it. 
27 Now ye are the body 
of Christ, and mem- 
bers η particular. 
28 And God hath set 
some in the church, 
first apostles, second- 
arily prophets, thirdly 


teachers, aiter that 
miracles, then gifts of 
healings, helps, go- 


vernments, diversities 
of tongues, 29 Are all 
apostles ? are all pro- 
phets? are all teach- 
ers? are all workers 
of, miracles? 30 have 
811 the gifts of heal- 
ing? doall speak with 
tongues ? do all inter- 
pret? 31 But. covet 
earnestly the best 
gifts: and yet shew I 
unto you a more ex- 
cellent way. 


XIII. ThoughI speak 
with the tcngues of 





Σ νῦν LTra, 
ἆ ἀτιλώτερα Ἐ. 


Β εἴ τι if anything rr. 


B® ἔπειτα Lira. 


Σ [τὰ] τὰ. 


Ὁ ἀντιλήμψεις τττὰ. 


ΠΡΌΣ ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ A. αν 0}: 
ἀκοή, ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις; 18 Σνυνὶ! δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη, 
hearing, wherethe smelling? But now God set the members, 


τι .« > τη ty ~ , θ A > θελ : 19 > mt 
ἕν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ σωµατι, κασως σελῆσεν. εἰ δὲ 
Zone each of them in the body, according as he would. But if 


ἦν, ττὰ! πάντα ἕν µέλος, ποῦ τὸ σῶμα; 20 νῦν.δὲ πολλὰ 


Ξ ΤΟΥ͂Θ tall one member, where the body? But now many 
ev" έλη, ἓν δὲ σῶμα. 21 οὐ. δύναται.' δὲ ο Ὁ ὀφ- 
{are the] members, but one body. And is not able (the) 


4 2 ~ » / / ᾽ 2 Pa n ΄ « 
θαλμὸς εἰπεῖν. τῇ χειρί, Χρειαν σου οὐκ-ἔχω" ἢ πάλιν ἡ 
eye tosay tothe hand, Need of thee [have not; or again the 

~ ῃ - 7 x ~ 
κεφαλὴ τοῖς ποσίν, Χρείαν ὑμῶν οὐκ.ἔχω. 22 ἀλλὰ πολλῷ 

head {ο the feet, Need of you I have not. But much 

~ ~ / ~ , , « ΄ 
βᾶλλον τὰ δοκοῦντα µέλη τοῦ σώματος ἀσθενέστερα ὑπάρ- 
rather the®which*scem!members”of*the *body ®weaker to 

“ὦ ἢ’ ‘ τ εὐ... > 

χειν, ἀναγκαῖά ἐστιν 23 καὶ ἃ δοκοῦμεν ἀἀάτιμότερα" 
be, necessary are; and those which we think more void of honour 
εἶναι τοῦ σώματος, τούτοις τιμὴν περισσοτέραν περιτίθεµεν' 
tobe ofthe body, *these “honour *more Sabundant ‘we *put “δου; 
καὶ τὰ ἀσχήμονα ἡμῶν εὐσχημοσύνην περισσοτέραν ἔχει" 
and the tuncomely [parts] of us comeliness more abuudant haye; 


24 τὰ δὲ εὐσχήμονα ἡμῶν οὐ χρείαν ἔχει. “ἀλλ᾽! ὁ θεὸς 


but the comely {[parts]ofus "πο Sneed “*have, But God 
συνεκέρασεν τὸ σῶμα, τῷ ἰὑστεροῦντι! περισσοτέραν 
tempered together the body, to that being deficient more abundant 
πα. ΄ - 
δοὺς τιμήν, 25 ἵνα μή. ἐσχίσμα" ἐν τῷ 
Ἅλανίηρ “given ‘honour, ‘that there might not be division in the 
? , Noes ία ἴα νον A ? ΄, =: ‘ 
σώματι, ἀλλὰ τὸ αὐτὸ ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων μεριμνῶσιν τὰ 
body, but ‘the-‘same for "οπο ‘another *might *have 7concern ‘the 
aN . ν η Π / 4 τι ἐλ i ώ Il / 
µέλη" 26 καὶ etre" πάσχει ἕν μέλος, "συμπασχει πάντα 
*members. And if suffers one member, suffers with [10] all 


τὰ μέλη" etre δοξάζεται *éy" µέλος, Ἰσυγχαίρει' πάντα τὰ 


the members; if beglorified one member, rejoice with [it] “all the 
µέλη. 27 sist ἐστὲ σῶμα Χριστοῦ, καὶ μέλη ἐκ 
members, ow ye are [the] body of Christ, and members in 


/ ᾿ τι A a” € ΔΝ ? ~ 2 / ~ 
μέρους. 28 Καὶ οὓς μὲν ἔθετο ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ πρῶ- 
particular. And ‘certain 3414 *set ‘4God in the assembly: first, 
τον ἀποστόλους, δεύτερον προφήτας, τρίτον διδασκάλους, 

apostles ; secondly, prophets ; thirdly, teachers ; 
» ὃ ᾽’ m,7 i] / ? ΄ η} ΄ Π 
ἔπειτα δυνάμεις, "εἶτα! χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων, "ἀντιλήψεις, 
then works ΟΕ power; then gifts of healings ; helps ; 
κυβερνήσεις, γένη γλωσσῶν. 29 μὴ πάντες ἀπόστολοι; μὴ 


governments; kinds of tongues, [Are] all apostles ? 
πάντες προφῆται; μὴ πάντες διδάσκαλοι; μὴ πάντες δυνά- 
all prophets ? all teachers? [have] 811 works of 


μεις: 90 μὴ πάντες χαρίσματα ἔχουσιν ἰαμάτων ; μὴ πάντες 
power 2 381 gifts *have of healings? 3411 
γλώσσαις λαλοῦσιν ; μὴ πάντες διερμηνεύουσιν ; 81 Ζηλοῦτε 
14ο speak with tongues? all ?do interpret? ?Be *emulous *of 
δὲ τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ °Kpsirrova’' καὶ ἔτι καθ ὑπερβολὴν 
put the *cifts ‘better, and yet more %surpassing 
ὁδὸν ὑμῖν δείκνυμι. 

8, *way toyou Ishew. 





8 [μὲν] LTr. b — δὲ and GfL]. ο + 6 the GLTTraW. 
Γὑστερουμένω LTTrA. 8 σχίσματα divisions T. 
k — ἕν (read a member) ττι[Α]. 1 συν- τ, 

9 μείζονα greater LTTrA, 


ε ἀλλὰ ΙΤΤιΙΑ. 
loupe TA. 


XIII, XIV. { CORINTHIANS. 


19 ᾿Εὰν ταῖς γλώσσαις τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαλῶ καὶ τῶν 
If withthe tongues of men I speak and 
? , 3 ΄ ” \ ~ 
ἀγγέλων, ἀγάπην. δὲ μὴ ἔχω, γέγονα χαλκὸς ἠχῶν ἢ 
οἵ angels, but love have not, Ihave become “brass ‘sounding or 
΄ ’ἅ ‘ 2) ΄ ΄ Δ ~ 
κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον. 3 Ῥκαὶ ἐὰν! ἔχω προφήτείαν, καὶ εἰδῶ 
a “cymbal Ielanging. And if TI have prophecy, and know 
- Α ΄ Δ ~ oY ~ ‘ , 
τὰ μυστήρια πάντα καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γνῶσιν, “καὶ ἐὰν" ἔχω 
“mysteries tall and all knowledge, and if I have 
πᾶσαν τὴν πίστιν, ὥστε ὄρη τμεθιστάνειν,! ἀγάπην δὲ 
ail faith, so as mountains to remove, but love 
μὴ έχω, "οὐθέν" εἰμι. 8 καὶ ἐὰν! ψωμίσω" πάντα τὰ 
ave not, nothing Iam. And if. Igiveawayinfood αἱ] 


ὑπάρχοντά.μου, “kai ἐὰν! παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου iva Ἰκαυθή- 
my goods, and if I deliver up my body that I may be 
σωμαι," ἀγάπην δὲ μὴ .ἔχω, Yovdiv' ὠφελοῦμαι: 4 Ἢ ἀγάπη 
burned, butlove ΄ havenot, nothing Iam profited. Love 
μακροθυμεῖ, χρηστεύεται' ἡ ἀγάπη οὐ.ζηλοῖ: τὴ ἀγάπη! ov 
has patience, is kind; love is not envious; love not 
περπερεύεται, οὐ .φυσιοῦται, 5 οὐκ ἀσχημονεῖϊ, οὐ ζητεῖ τὰ 
‘is vain-glorious, is not puffed up, acts not unseemly, seeks not the things 
ἑαυτῆς, οὐ.παροξύνεται, οὐ.λογίζεται τὸ κακόν, 6 οὐ.χαίρει 
οὗ 108 own, is not quickly provoked, reckons not evil, rejoices not 
ἐπὶ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ, 3Ἀσυγχαίρει' δὲ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, 7 πάντα στέγει, 
at unrighteousness, but rejoices with the truth; allthings covers, 
πάντα πιστεύει, πάντα ἐλπίζει, πάντα ὑπομένει. 8 Ἡ ἀγάπη 
allthings believes, allthings hopes, allthings endures. Love 
οὐδέποτε Ὀἐκπίπτει.! . εἴτε. “δὲ! προφητεῖαί, καταργηθήσονται’ 
never fails; but whether prophecies, they shall be done away ; 
εἴτε γλῶσσαι, παύσονται" " εἴτε γνῶσις, καταργηθήσεται. 
whether tongues, ~ they shallcease ; whether knowledge it shall be done away. 
9 ἐκ μέρους γὰρ γινώσκομεν, καὶ ἐκ μέρους προφητεύομεν' 
Forin part ~ ‘we know, and in part we prophesy ; 
10 ὅταν. δὲ’ ἔλθῃ τὸ τέλειον, Ἱτότε' τὸ ἐκ μέρους ᾿ κατ- 
but when may come that which is perfect, “then that in part 5881] be 
. ev ” Ξ = ΄ ΄ ΄ ε 
αργηθήσεται. 11 ὅτε ἤμην νηπιος, “ὡς νήπιος ἐλάλουν," ὡς 
done away. When Iwas aninfant, as aninfant I spoke, as 
νήπιος ἐφρόνουν, ὡς “νήπιος ἐλογιζόμην Ἡ OreSde! γέγονα 
an infant I thought, as aninfant I reasoned; but when I became 
, f * 4 ~ , , 9 “νὴ 
ἀνήρ, κατήῤγηκα τὰ τοῦ νηπίου. 12 βλέπομεν.γὰρ 
aman, 1 αῑά away with thethings ofthe infant. ‘For we see 
» ἣ , ο ’ " ΄ A 
ἄρτι Ot ἐσόπτρου ἐν αἰνίγματι, τότεδὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς 
now through  aglass obscufely, ‘but then face to 
πρόσωπον" ἄρτι γινώσκω ἐκ μέρους, τότε.δὲ ἐπιγνώσομαι 
face ; now I know in φασί, butthen Ishall know 
Ἡ \ ? ΄ ἕ wee , ΄ ν΄ 
καθὼς καὶ ἐπεγνώσθην. 18 νυνὶ δὲ μένει πίστις, ἐλπίς, 
according as also I have been known. And now abides faith, hope, 
ἀγάπη, τὰ.τρίἰα.ταῦτα' μείζων δὲ τούτων - ἡ ἀγάπη. 


love ; these three things; but the greater of these [is] love. 
14 Διώκετε τὴν ἀγάπην. ἔζηλοῦτε δὲ τὰ πνευματικά, 
Pursue love, , and be emulous of spirituals, 


~ ae , <5 A ~ ἊΣ ᾽ 
μᾶλλον. δὲ ἵνα προφητεύητε. ὁ. γὰρ λαλῶν γλώσσῃ, οὐκ 
but rather that yemay prophesy. Forhethat speaks witha tongue, ποῦ 


459 


men and of angels, and 
have not charity, lam 
become as sounding 
brass, or a tinkling 
cymbal, 2 And though 
I have the gift of pro- 
phecy, and understand 
all mysteries, and 
all knowledge; and 
though I have all 
faith, so that I could 
remove mountains, 
and have not cha- 
rity, I am nothing. 
3 And though I be- 
stow all my goods to 
feed the poor, and 
though I give my body 
to be burned, and have 
not charity, it profiteth 
me nothing. 4 Charity 
suffereth long, and is 


‘kind ; charity envieth 


not ; charity vaunteth 
not itself, is not puff- 
ed up, 5 doth not be- 
have itself unseemly, 
seeketh not her own, 
is not easily provoked, 
thinketh no evil; 6 re- 
joiceth not in iniquity, 
but rejoiceth in the 
truth ; 7 beareth all 
things, believeth all 
things, hopeth all 
things, endureth all 
things, 8 Charity never 
faileth: but whether 
there be prophecies, 
they shall fail; whe- 
ther there be tongues, 
they shall cease ; whe- 
ther there be know- 
ledge, it shall vanish 
away. 9 For we know 
in part, and we pro- 
phesy in part. 10 But 
when that which is 
perfect is come, then 
that which is in part 
shall be done away. 
11 When I was achild, 
I spake as a child, I 
understood as a child, 
I thought as a child’: 
but when I became a 
man, I put away child- 
ish things. 12 Fornow 
we see through a glass, 
darkly ; but then face 
to face: now I know 
in part ; but then shall 
I know even as also l 
am known. 13 And 
now abideth faith, 
hope, charity, these 
three ; but the great- 
est of these ts charity. 


XIV. Follow after 
charity, and desire 
spiritual ~ gifts, but 
rather that ye may 
prophesy. 2 For he that 
speaketh in an wun- 
known tongue speak- 
eth not unto men, but 





P Kay LA. 4 Kay ΤτΑ. τ μεθιστάναι τῦττ. 5 οὐδέν EGW. ὃ κἂν LTrA. σψωµίζω Ε. 
Ὑ κἂν LA. ακαυθήσοµαι I shall be\burned T. Υ οὐθὲν T. [ἢ ἀγάπη] LTra. ἐμ συν- Τ. 
Ὁ πίπτει τττὰ. ο[δὲ] tr, ἃ --Ο τότε Lrtraw. 5 ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος ΙΤΤΓΑΥ. ἐφρόνουν 


ὡς νήπιος, ἐλογιζόμην ὡς νήπιος LTTra, δ -- δὲ but LTTra, 


460 


unto God: for noman 
understandeth him; 
howbeit in the spirit 
she speaketh mysteries. 
3 But he that pro- 


phesieth speaketh un-. 


to men to edification, 
and exhortation, and 
comfort. 4 He that 
speaketh in an wn- 
known tongue edifieth 
himself ; but he that 
prophesieth _edifieth 
the church. 5 I would 
that ye allspake with 
tongues, but rather 
that ye prophesied : 
for greater is he that 
prophesieth than he 
that speaketh with 
tongues, except he 
interpret, that the 
church may receive 
edifying. 6 Now, bre- 
thren, if I come unto 
you speaking with 
tongues, what shall I 
profit you, except I 
shall speak to you 
either by revelation, or 
by knowledge, or by 
prophesying, or by 
doctrine? 7 Andeven 
things -without life 
giving sound, whether 
pipe or harp, except 
they give a distinction 
in the sounds, how 
shall it be known what 
is piped or harped? 
8 For if the trumpet 
give an uncertain 
sound, who shall pre- 
pare himself to the 
battle ? 9 So likewise 
ye, except ye utter by 
the tongue words easy 
to be understood, how 
shallit be known what 
is spoken? for ye shall 
speak into the air. 
10 There are, it may 
be, so many kinds of 
voices in the world, 
and none of them is 
without signification. 
11 Therefore if I know 
not the meaning of the 
yoice, I shall be unto 
him that speaketh a 
barbarian, and he that 
speaketh shall be a 
barbarian unto me. 
12 Even so ye, foras- 
much as ye are zealous 
of spiritual gifts, seek 
that ye may excel to 
the edifying of the 
church. 13 Wherefore 
let him that speaketh 
in an unknown tongue 
pray that he may in- 
terpret. 14 For if I 
pray in an unknown 


harped ? 


MPOS ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ A. XIV. 
ἀνθρώποις λαλεῖ, ἀλλὰ Ἀτῷ' θεῷ" οὐδεὶς, γὰρ ἀκούει, πνεύματι 
to men speaks, but toGod: fornoone hears; “ἴῃ ‘spirit 
δὲ λαλεῖ μυστήρια" 3 6.6 προφητεύων, ἀνθρώποις λαλεῖ 
‘but he speaks mysteries. Buthethat prophesies, to men speaks 
οἰκοδομὴν καὶ παράκλησιν καὶ παραμυθίαν. 4 ὁ λαλῶν 
[4ος] building up and encouragement gnd . consolation. He that speaks 
Ὑλώσσῃ, ἑαυτὸν οἰκοδομεῖ; 6.68 προφητεύων, ἐκκλησίαν 
with a tongue, himself “builds αρ; but hethat prophesies, {the] assembly 
οἰκοδομεῖ. 5 θέλω.δὲ πάντας ὑμᾶς λαλεῖν γλώσσαις, μᾶλλον 


builds up. Now I desire all you tospeak withtongues, “rather 
δὲ ἵνα προφητεύητε' μείζων γὰρ" ὁ προφητεύων ἢ 
‘but that ye should prophesy: "greater ‘for [is] hethat prophesies than 


ὁ λαλῶν γλώσσαις, ἐκτὸς εἰ μὴ διερμηνεύῃ, ἵνα ἡ ἐκ- 
he that speaks with tongues, ‘unless he should interpret, that the - 98- 


Κλησία οἰκοδομὴν λάβῃ: 6 "Νυνὶ" δέ, ἀδελφοί, ἐὰν ἔλθω 


sembly building up may receive. And now, brethren, if Icomeé 
πρὸς ὑμᾶς γλώσσαις λαλῶν, τί ὑμᾶς, ὠφελήσω, ἐὰν μὴ 
to you withtongues speaking, what σοι shall I profit, unless 


ἀποιαλύψει, ἢ ἐν γνώσει, ἢ ἐν προ- 
revelation, or in knowledge, or in pro- 
φητείᾳ, ἢ ᾿ὲν" διδαχῇ; 7 ὅμως τὰ ἄψυχα φωνὴν διδόντα, 
phecy, or in teaching? Even lifeless things a sound giving, 
εἴτε αὐλὸς εἴτε κιθάρα, ἐὰν διαστολὴν ™roic φϑόγγοις" 
whether pipe or harp, if distinction to the sounds ° 
μὴ .δῷ, πῶς γνωσθήσεται τὸ αὐλούμενον ἢ τὸ κιθαρὶ- 
they give not, ΒΟ 5881] ΡῈ known that being piped or being 
ζόμενον; Sxai-yap ἐὰν ἄδηλον "φωνὴν σάλπιγξ' δῷ, τίς 
For also if anuncertain sound atrumpet’ give, who 
διὰ τῆς 


by means of the 


ὑμῖν λαλήσω ἢ ἐν 
to you I shall speak either in 


παρασκευάσεται εἰς πόλεμον ; 9 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς 
shall prepare himself for war? So also. ye, 
γλώσσης ἐὰν.μὴ εὔδημον λόγον δῶτε, πῶς γνωσθήσεται τὸ 
. tongue unless an intelligible speech ye give, how shall be known that 
λαλούμενον; ἔσεσθε γὰρ εἰς ἀέρα λαλοῦντες. 10 Τοσαῦτα, 
being spoken? for ye will be*into[*the]*air ‘speaking. So many, 
εἰ τύχοι, γένη φωνῶν ἐστιν ἐν κόσμῳ, καὶ οὐδὲν Ῥαὺ- 
it may be, kinds of sounds there are in[the] world, and none of 
Troy" ἄφωνον" 11 ἐὰν οὖν μὴ. εἰδῶ τὴν δύναμιν 
them without [distinct] sound. If therefore I know not the power 
τῆς φωνῆς, ἔσομαι τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβαρος" καὶ ὃ 
of the sound, I shall be tohimthat speaks abarbarian; and he that 
λαλῶν, ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος" 12 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, ἐπεὶ ζηλωταί 
speaks, ΟΣ *me ‘a *barbarian. ‘ So also ye, since -emulous 
3 / A ‘ ~ [ή 
ἐστε πνευμάτων, πρὸς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν τῆς ἐκκλησίας ζητεῖτε 
706406 of spirits, for the buildingup ofthe assembly — séek 
t ΄, / « ~ η , 
ἵνα περισσεύητε. 19 “Διόπερ' ὁ λαλῶν γλώσσῃ, προσευ- 
that ye may abound. Wherefore he that speaks withatongue, let him 
/ ev , ι ν᾽ 
χέσθω ἵνα διερμηνεύφ. 14 ἐὰν. "γὰρ' προσεύχωμαι γλώσσῃ, 
τι 


pray that he may interpret. For if pray with a tongue, 
A ~ / , ~ 
τὸ πνεῦμά μου προσεύχεται, ὁ. δὲ νοῦς. μου ἄκαρπός ἐστιν. 
my spirit prays, but my understanding unfruitful is. 


/ κα Ἵ ΓΞ U ~ ¥ 
15 τί οὖν ἐστιν; προσεύξομαι τῷ πνεύματι, προσεύξομαι 





tongue, my spirit pray- What then is it i i iri i 
τά cre Gade ns os it? τ ae pray ἘΠΕ the ες ἡ 11311 “pray 
standing isunfruitful, δὲ καὶ τῷ vot" ψαλῶ τῷ πνεύματι, ψαλῶ 
15 What isitthen? I *but also with the understanding. Iwill praise withthe Spirit, 31 "11 ‘praise 
bh = SAR Ea τς Ὁ ης τ το 7 ae 
— τῷ LTTr[A]. i δὲ and LTtra κ νῦν LTTrAW 1— ἐν τ[ττ] πι τοῦ φθό 
ἃ ἷ ΤΊΤΑ, νι : ς τοῦ φθόγγου οὗ 
the sound 1, Ὁ σάλπιγξ φωνὴν ΤΣ. ° εἰσὶν LTTrAW. Ῥ-- αὐτῶν LTTrAW, 4 διὸ ΗΤΤΑ. 


* [yap] Ltr. 


ΧΙΥ. 1. CORIN.THIA NS. 

δὲ" καὶ τῷ!" vot. 16 ἐπεὶ ἐὰν “εὐλογήσῃς" Yre" 

"hut also with the understanding. Else if thou bless with the 

πνεύματι, ὁ ἀναπληρῶν τὸν τόπον τοῦ ἰδιώτου πῶς 
spirit, he that fills the place of the uninstructed how 
ἐρεῖ τὸ ἀμὴν ἐπὶ τῇ.σῃ.εὐχαριστίᾳ, ἐπειδὴ τί λέγεις 


shallhesay the Amen at 


οὐκ.οἶδεν; 17 σὺ μὲν. γὰρ καλῶς εὐχαριστεῖς, *adX"" ὁ ἕτερος 
he knows πού ? For thou indeed well  givest thanks, but the other 
οὐκ.οἰκοδομεῖται. 18 εὐχαριστῶ τῷ θεῷ ὕμου," πάντων ὑμῶν 
is not built up. I thank "God "my, ~ “than! πα ος νου 
μᾶλλον *yAwooatc λαλῶν" 19 "ἀλλ᾽" ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ θέλω πέντε 
more Άη °tongues “speaking ; but in [the] assembly I desire five 
λόγους Sia τοῦ νοός! ου λαλῆσαι, ἵνα καὶ ἄλλους 
words with understanding ‘my tospeak, that also others 
κατηχήσω, ἢ μυρίους λόγους ἐν γλώσσῃ. 20 ᾿Αδελφοί, μὴ 


I may-instruct, than ten thousand words in a tongue. Brethren, *not 


thy giving of thanks, since what thou sayest 


παιδία γίνεσθε ταῖς φρεσίν ἀλλὰ τῇ κακίᾳ νηπιάζετε, 
3children "be in (your) minds, but in malice be babes ; 

ταῖς. δὲ φρεσὶν τέλειοι γίνεσθε. 21 ἐν τῷ νύμῳ γέγρα- 
but in [your] minds 7full “grown "be. In the law it has been 


a ? « ’ 3 3 ὯΝ i cs , Il λ 
πται, Ότι ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις, καὶ ἐν χείλεσιν “ἑτέροις. α- 
written, By other tongues, and by *lips ‘other I will 
λήσω τῷ-λαφ.τούτῳ, καὶ οὐδ᾽ οὕτως εἰσακούσονταί µου, 


speak to this people, and noteven thus will they hear 


λέγει κύριος. 92 Ὥστε ai γλῶσσαι εἰς σημεῖόν εἰσιν, ov 
saith [the] Lord. Sothat the tongues for a sign are, not 
τοῖς πιστεύουσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀπίστοις" ἡ δὲ. προφητεία, 
to those that believe, but to the unbelievers; but prophecy, 
οὐ τοῖς ᾿ἀπίστοις, ἀλλὰ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν. 23 ἐὰν οὖν 
not tothe unbelievers, but to those that believe. Tf therefore 
ἀσυνέλθῃ! ἡ ἐκκλησία ὕλη ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, καὶ πάντες “γλώσ- 


me, 


*come ®together 'the 7assembly ?wholé inone place, and all with 
λ λ ~ 1 2 ἐλθ ὃ 4 ἰδ ~ n ” 

σαις αλώσιγ., ELOE WOLY 0οε ιοιωται 1 απιστοι, 

tongues should speak, and come in uninstructed ones or unbelievers, 


οὐκ.ἐροῦσιν ὅτι µαίνεσθε; 24 ἐὰν δὲ πάντες προφητεύωσιν, 


will they not say that ye are mad? But if all prophesy, 
? / Ν ” ’ “ 4 A ’ 

εἰσέλθῃ.δὲ τις ἄπίστος ἢ ἰδιώτης, ἐλέγχεται ὑπὸ πάν- 
and should come ih some unbeliever or uninstructed, he is convicted by all, 
? , ‘ ἣν ‘ e ‘ 

των, ἀνακρίνεται ὑπὸ πάντων, 25 [καὶ οὕτως" τὰ κρυπτὰ 
he is examined by all; and thus the secrets 

~ , ~ ° , ‘ ‘ ? ‘ 
τῆς.καρδίας.αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γίνεται καὶ οὕτως πεσὼν ἐπὶ 
of his heart manifest become; and thus,s falling upon 


, ΄ ~ θ » ᾽ ἐλλ τ σὴ θ 4 δ 
προσωπον, προσκυνήσει τῷ θεῴ, ἀπαγγελλων οτι 850 θεὸς 


{his] face, he will do homage to God, declaring that God 
ὄντως" ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. 
indeed amongst you is. 

26 Ti οὖν ἐστιν, ἀδελφοί; ὅταν συνέρχησθε, ἕκαστος 


What then brethren ? each 

\ ‘ ἢ - “ / 
Βὑμῶν" ψαλμὸν ἔχει, διδαχὴν ἔχει, Ἰγλῶσσαν ἔχει, ἀποκά- 
of you apsaim has, a teaching has, atongue . has, a reve- 


λυψιν ἔχει," ἑρμηνείαν ἔχει πάντα πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν *ye- 


is it, when ye may come together, 


461 


will pray with the spi« 
rit,and I willpray with 
the understanding al- 
so: I will sing with 
the spirit, and I will 
sing with the under- 
standing also. 16 Else 
when thou shalt bless 
with the spirit, how 
shall he that occupieth 
the room of the un- 
learned say Amen at 
thy giving of thanks, 
seeing he understand- 
eth not what thousay- 
est ? 17 For thou verily 
givest thanks well, but 
the other is not edified. 
18 I thank my God, I 
speak with tongues 
more than ye all: 
19 yet in the church I 
had rather speak five 
words with my under- 
standing, that by my 
voice I might teach 
others also, than ten 
thousand words in 
an unknown tongue. 
20 Brethren, be not 
children in  under- 
standing : howbeit in 
malice be ye children, 
but in understanding 
be men, 21 In the law 
it is written, With 
men of other tongues 
and other lips will I 
speak unto this Ῥοο- 
ple; and yet for all 
that will they not hear 
me, saith the Lord, 
22 Wherefore tongues 
are for a sign, not to 
them that believe, but 
to them that believe 
not : but prophesying 
serveth not for them 
that believe not, but 
for them which be-~ 
lieve. 23 If therefore 
the whole church be 
come together into one 
place, and all speak 
with tongues, and 
there come in those 
that are unlearned, or 
unbelievers, will they 
not say that ye are 
mad? 24 But if all 
prophesy, and there 
come in one that be- 
lieveth not, or one un- 
learned, he is convinc- 
ed of all, he is judged 
of. all: 25 and thus 
are the secrets of his 
heart made manifest ; 
and so falling down 
on his face he' will 
worship God, and re- 
port that Godisin you 
of a truth. 

26 How is it then, 
brethren? when ye 





lation has, aninterpretation has. Allthings for buildingup let be ong together, every 
s— δὲ τ[πτ]. ὅ - τῷ [ῃ6 Ee. ¥% εὐλογῇς LTTrA. w — τῷ (read πνευ. with [the] Spirit) 
LTTrA. χα ἀλλὰ Tr. Y—pmovGLTTrAW. 2 γλώσσῃ λαλῶ I speak with a tongue ΙΤΤΓΑ. 


®qad\AaLTtraA. Ὁ τῷ vOLLTTrAW. δ ἑτέρων ‘others’ LTTra, 
γλώσσαις LTTrA. ' - Kal οὕτως GLTTrAW. 


Lrrr[a]. 1 ἀποκάλυψιν ἔχει, γλῶσσαν ἔχει LTTrAW. 


ἃ ἔλθῃ Come L, 
Β ὄντως ὁ (— ὁ T) θεὸς LTTrAW, 
Χ γινέσθω ΟΙΤΊΤΑΥ. 


ε λαλῶσιν 
b — ὑμῶν 


402 


one of you hath a 
Μο hath a doctrine, 

ath a tongue, hatha 
revelation, hath an in- 
terpretation. - Let all 
things be done unto 
edifying. 27 If any 
man speak in an ur- 
known tongue, let tt be 
by two, or at the most 
by three, and that by 
course; and let one 
interpret. 28 But if 
there be no interpreter, 
let him keep silence in 
the church; and let 
him speak to himself, 
and to God. 29 Let 
the prophets speak two 
or three, and let the 
other judge. 30 If any 
thing be revealed to 
another that sitteth 
by; let the first hold 
his peace. 31 For ye 
may all prophesy one 
by one, that all may 
learn, and all may be 
comforted. 32 And the 
spirits of the prophets 
are subject to the pro- 
phets. 33 For God is 
not the author of con- 
fusion, but of peace, as 
in all churches of the 
saints. 

34 Let your women 
keep silence in the 
ehurches : for it is not 
permitted unto them 
to speak ; but they are 
commanded to be un- 
der obedience, as also 
saiththe law. 35 And 
if they will learn any 
thing, let them ask 
their husbands at 
home : for it is ashame 
for women to speak 
in the church. 

36 What? came the 
word of God out from 
you 2 or came it unto 
you only? 37 If any 
man think himself to 
be a prophet, or spi- 
ritual, let him ac- 
knowledge that the 
things that I write un- 
to you are the com- 
mandments of the 
Lord. 38 But if any 
man be ignorant, let 
him be _ ignorant. 
39 Wherefore, breth- 
ren, covet to prophesy, 
and forbid not to speak 
with tongues. 40 Lot 
all things be done de- 
omy and in order, 

XV. Moreover, bre- 
thren, I declare unto 
ο the gospel which 

preached unto you, 


ΠΡΟ ορια, XIV, XV. 
νέσθω." 27 sire γλώσσῃ τις λαλεῖ, κατὰ δύο ἢ τὸ 
done. If withatongue anyone speak, [letit be] by two or the 
πλεῖστον τρεῖς, καὶ ἀνὰ μέρος, καὶ εἷς διερµηνευέτω. 28 ἐὰν δὲ 

most three, and insuccession, and7one ‘let interpret; and if 
μὴ. duppnvevtyjc," σιγάτω ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ. ἑαυτῷ. δὲ 
there be not aninterpreter, let him be silent in an assembly; and to himself 


λαλείτω καὶ τῷ θεῷ. 29 προφῆται.δὲ δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλεί- 


let him speak and to God. And prophets two or *three let 
τωσαν,΄ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι διακρινέτωσαν' 90 ἐὰν δὲ ἄλλῳ 
speak, and the “others Met discern. But if to another 
ἀποκαλυφθῇ καθημένῳ, O° πρῶτος σιγάτω. 31 δύ- 
3should “ηο 54 γρτο]αθῖοη ‘sitting *by, *the *first "let. be silent. “Ye 


νασθε γὰρ καθ ἕνα πάντες προφητεύειν, ἵνα πάντες µαν- 


Scan ‘for one by one all prophesy, that all may 
θάνωσιν, καὶ πάντες παρακαλῶνται 32 καὶ πνεύματα 
learn, and all may be exhorted. And spirits 


~ / ε ΄ ει / ? ? 
προφητῶν προφήταις ὑποτάσσεται" 33 οὐ γὰρ ἐστιν ἄκατα- 


of prophets to prophets are subject. For “not *he7ig ‘of 7dis- 
στασίας ὁ θεός, ἀλλ᾽" εἰρήνης, ὡς ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις 
order “the °>God, but of peace, as in all the assemblies 


τῶν "ἁγίων. 
of the saints. 
34 Αἱ! γυναῖκες υὑμῶν' ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις σιγάτωσαν' 
7Women your in_ the assemblies let them be silent, 
οὐ.γὰρ.Ῥέπιτέτραπται' αὐταῖς λαλεῖν, ἀλλ᾽} αὑποτάσσεσθαι,! 
for it is not allowed to them to speak; but to be in subjection, 
καθὼς Kai ὁ νόμος λέγει. 8ὅ εἰδὲ τι μαθεῖν θέλουσιν, 
according as alsothe law says. But if anything to learn they wish, 
ἐν οἴκῳ τοὺς.ἰδίους ἄνδρας ἐπερωτάτωσαν' αἰσχρὸν.γάρ ἐστιν 
athome theirown husbands. let them ask; forashame itis 
τγυγναιξὶν ἐν ἐκκλησία λαλεῖν. 
γ Ἰσίᾳ λαλεῖν. 
for women in assembly to speak. 
n ” ~ ε ΄ ~ ~ ~ ~ 
96 Ἢ ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν; ἢ εἰς ὑμᾶς 
Or *from “you *the °word Τοῦ °God ‘went *out, or to you 
μόνους κατήντησεν; 37 εἴ τις δοκεῖ προφήτης εἶναι ἢ 
only did it arrive ? If anyone thinks a prophet tobe or 
πνευματικός, ἐπίγινωσκέτω ἃ άφω ὑμῖν, ὅτι "τοῦ" 
spiritual, let him recognize the things I write toyou, that of the 
κυρίου ‘eiaiy" "ἐντολαί" 38 εἰ δὲ τις ἀγνοεῖ, Yayvoeirw." 
Lord they are commands, But if any be ignorant, let him be ignorant. 
/ ? : ρω Δ \ Δ - 
99 Ὥστε, ἀδελφοίξ, ζηλοῦτε τὸ προφητεύειν, καὶ τὸ λαλεῖν 


“., 


Sothat, brethren, be emulous to prophesy, and to speak 
Σγλώσσαις μὴ.κωλύετε.' 40 πάντα ” εὐσχημόνως καὶ κατὰ 
with tongues donot forbid. All things becomingly and with 


τάξιν γινέσθω. 
order let be done. 
/ ‘ χ ~. » 4 
15 Γνωρίζω. δὲ υμῖν, ἀδελφοί, τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ὃ εὐηγ- 
But 1 make known toyou, brethren, the gladtidings which I an- 
γελισάµην ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ παρελάβετε, ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἑστήκατε, 
nounced to you; which also ye received, in which also yestand, 





1 ἑρμηνευτής Ltr. 


τὰ ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. 2 ἁγίων, αἱ (read verse 83 joined to verse 34) GLT. 


°— ὑμῶν LITrA. 3 ἐπιτρέπεται LTTrAW. ἃ ὑποτασσέσθωσαν]αί them be in subjection LTTr. 


Σ γυναικὶ (@ woman) λαλεῖν ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ LTTrA. 


18 LTTrAW. 


Υ ἐντολή 8. command LTr[A]W ; — ἐντολαί T. 
* + µου my (brethren) [1|πττιτ|Α]. 


[ 1). ; t ἐστὶν it 
| ; ae Ἢ ἀγνοεῖται he is ignored LT. 
Σ μὴ κωλύετε (+ ἐν [L]A) γλώσσαις LTYrA. : -ΞἮ δὰ 


8 — τοῦ (read of [the]) GLTTraw. 


But (all things) crrtraw. 


ον, ΠΙΟ ισα πο, 


Η > ΘΝ ’ ’ ~ 
260 οὗ καὶ σώζεσθε, τίνι λόγῳ δεύηγγελισάμην' ὑμῖν 
by which also ye are being saved, °what Sword ΤΙ Sannounced BLOM σοι 
> ’ A ᾽ ~ ’ , 
εἰ κατέχετε, ἐκτὸς εἰ μὴ εἰκὴ ἐπιστεύσατε. 3 Παρέδωκα γὰρ 
4if ye “hold *fast, unless in vain ye believed. For I delivered 
e ~ εν \ / ΄ 
ὑμῖν ἐν ποώτοις, ὃ καὶ παοέλαβον, ὅτι χοιστὸς ἀπέθανεν 
to you in the first place, what also I recvived, that Christ dicd 
κατὰ Tac γραφάς' 4 καὶ ὅτι 


ὑπὲρ τῶν.ἁμαρτιὼν ἡμῶν, | 


for our sins, accordiug to the scriptures ; and that 
? ΄ , oe Ζ ΄ , ο , ς “ ΗΠ \ \ 
εταφη, και οτι EyIyEOTAL TH “TPITH Ί]μεοα, κατα τας 


he was buried; and that he was raised the 


γοαφάς" 5 καὶ ὅτι «ὤφθη 


third 
Κηφᾷ, “εἶτα" τοῖς δώδεκα. 6 ἔπειτα 
rer.ptures; απά that he appeared to Cuphas, then tothe twelve. Then 
ὠφθὴ ἐπάνω πεντακοσίοις ἀδελφοῖς ἐφάπαξ, ἐξ wy οἱ 
he appeared toabove five hundred brethren at once, of whom the 
αν ef ” η \ ‘ ᾽ / 
“πλείους" μένουσιν ἕως ἄρτι, τινὲς. δὲ ἱκαὶ" ἐκοιμήθησαν. 
greater part remain until now, but some also are fallen usleep. 
” ” , ~ - ᾽ , ~ 
ἔπειτα ὠφθη ᾿Ιακώβῳ, *eira' τοῖς ἀποστύλοις πᾶσιν. 
Then he appeared to James ; then to “the “apostles tall; 
8 ἔσχατον.δὲ πάντων, ὡσπερεὶ τῷ.ἐκτρώµματ.. ώφθη Kapol. 
and last of all, as to an abortion, he appeared also to me. 
9 ἐγὼ.γάρ εἰμι ὃ ἐλάχιστος τῶν ἀποστόλων, ὃς οὐκ εἰμὶ 
For I am the least of the apostles, who am not 
ἱκανὸς “καλεῖσθαι ἀπόστολος, διότι ἐδίωξα τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 
fit to be called apostle, because I persecuted the assembly 
τοῦ θεοῦ. 10 χάριτιδὲ θεοῦ εἰμι ὃ εἰμι, καὶ ἡ χάρις. αὐτοῦ 
of God. But by grace of God Lam what Iam, and his grace 
ἢ εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ κενὴ ἐγενήθη, ἀλλὰ περισσότερον αὐ- 
which [was]towards me not void has been, but more abundantly than 
τῶν πάντων ἐκοπίασα οὐκ.ἐγὼ.δε, FUAX'" ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ 
them all I laboured, but not I, but the gruce of God 
hy σὺν ἐμοί. 11 εἴτε οὖν ἐγὼ εἴτε ἐκεῖνοι, οὕτως κηρύσ- 
with me. Whether therefore I or they, so we 
‘ er Ἵ ΄ κ δι ‘ re 
σοµεν, καὶ οὕτως ἐπιστεύσατε. 12 Ει.δὲ χριστὸς κηρυσσεται, 


day, according to the 


preach, and SU ye believed. Now if Christ is preached, 
οτι ἐκ νεκρῶν' ἐγήγερται, πῶς λέγουσίν ἔτινες 
that from among [ίπο] dead he has been raised, how say some 


3 ~ . er . ά ~ ᾽ » ? A > ιά 
ἐν ὑμῖν" ὅτι ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ.εστιν; 19 εἰ δὲ ἀνα- 
among you thata resurrection of [the] dead thcre is ποῖ ὃ But if aresur- 
στασις νεκρῶν οὐκ.στιν, οὐδὲ χριστὸς ἐγήγερται' 14 ει δὲ 
rection οἱ [ίπο] dead there is not, neither Christ has been raised: but if 
χριστὸς οὐκ .ἐγήγερται, KEvov.dpa! τὺ.κηρυγμα.ἡμῶν, κενὴ 
Christ has ποῖ becn raised, thenvoid [15] our proclamation, “void 

at a « , ~ ~ ε ’ ‘ . ‘ πε , 

πρὲῖ καὶ ἡ. πίστις. ὑμῶν. 1d εὑρισκόμεθα.δὲ Καὶ ψευδομάρτυρες 

land also your faith. And we are found also false witnesses 


τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτι ἐμαρτυρήσαμεν κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτι ἤγειρεν 

of God; for we witnessed concerning God that he raised up 
τὸν Χριστόν, ὃν οὐκιἤγειρεν εἴπερ ἄρα νεκροὶ οὐκ 
the Christ, whom he raised not if then [the] dead 2not 


ἐγείρονται" 16 εἰγὰρ νεκροὶ οὐκ.ἐγείρονται, οὐδὲ χριστὸς 

‘are raised. For if [86] dead are not raised, neither Christ 

ἐγήγερται' 17 εἰ.δὲ χριστὸς οὐκ.ἐγήγερται, ματαία ἡ πίστις 

has been raised: butif Christ has not beenraised, vain "faith 
/ 


‘we 


463 


which also ye have re- 
ceived, and wherein ye 
stand; 2 by which al- 
so ye are saved, if ye 
kecp in memory what 
I preached unto you, 
unless ye have believed 
in vain. 3 For I[ de- 
livered unto you first 
of all that which 1 
also received, how that 
Christ died for our 
sins according to the 
scriptures ; 4 and that 
he was buried, and 
that he rose again the 
third day according to 
the scriptures : 5 and 
that he was seen of 
Cephas, then of. the 
twelve: 6 after that, 
he was seen of above 
five hundred brethren 
at once; of whom 
the greater part re- 
main unto this pre- 
sent, but some are 
fallen asleep. 7 After 
that, he was seen of 
James ; then of allthe 
apostles. 8 And last of 
all he was seen of me 
also, as of one born 
out of due time. 9 Tor 
Iam the least of the 
apostles, that am not 
meet to be called an 
apostle, because I per- 
secuted the church of 
God. 10 But by the 
grace of God [I am 
what I am: and his 
grace which was ὑρ- 
stowed upon me was 
not in vain; but I 
laboured more abun- 
dautly than they all: 
yet not Τὶ but the grace 
of God which was with 
me. 11 Therefore whe- 
ther zt were 1 or they, 
so we preach, and so 
ye believed. 12 Now if 
Christ be preached thst 
he rose from the dead, 
how say some among 
you that there is no 
resurrection of the 
dead? 13 But if there 
be no resurrection of 
the dead, then is 
Christ not risen:14 and 
if Chri-t be not risen, 
then 8 our preaching 
vain, and your faith zs 
also vain. 15 Yea, and 
are fuund false 
witnesses of God; be- 
cause we have testified 
of God that he rai-ed 
up Christ: whom ke 
raised not up, if so be 
that the dead rise ποῦ, 
16 For if the dead rise 
not, then is not Christ 
raised: 17 and if Christ 





ὃ σὐαγγελισάμην L. ο ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ LTTrAW. 
LTTrAW. £— καὶ LITr[A]. * ἔπειτα TA 
γεκρὼν OTL A, κ ἐν ὑμῖν τινὲς LITrAW. 


8 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. 
14 καὶ also [L]vaw. 


ἆ ἔπειτα τ. 
h — y LTTrA. 
m — δὲ LYTIAW- 


© πλείονες 
i ἐκ 


464 


be not raised, your 
faith is vain; ye are 
yet im your = sins. 
18 Then they also 
which are fallen asleep 
in Christ are perished, 
19 If in this life only 
we have hope in Christ, 
we are of all men most 
miserable, 


20 But now is Christ 
risen from the dead, 
and become the first- 
fruits of them that 
slept. 21 For since by 
man came death, by 
man came also the re- 
surrection of the dead. 
22 For asin Adam all 
die, even so in Christ 
shall all be made a- 
live. 23 But every man 
in his own order: 
Christ the firstfruits ; 
afterward they that 
are Christ’s at his 
coming. 24 Then com- 
eth the end, when he 
shall have delivered 
up the kingdom to 
God, even the Father ; 
when he shall have put 
down all rule and all 
authority and power, 
25 For he must reign, 
till he hath put all 
enemies under his feet. 
26 The last enemy that 
shall be destroyed is 
death, 27 For he hath 
all things under 

is feet. But when he 
saith,all things are put 
under him, it is mani- 
fest that he is except- 
ed, which did put all 
thidgs under him. 
28 And when all things 
shall be subdued unto 
him, then shall the 
Son also himself be 
subject unto him that 
pe all things under 

im, that God may be 
all in all. 


29 Else what shall 
they do which are 
baptized for the dead, 
if the dead rise not 
at all? why are they 
then baptized for the 
dead? 30 and why 
stand we in jeopardy 
every hour? 31 I pro- 
test by your rejoicing 
wnhichI have in Christ 
Jesus our Lord, I die 
daily. 32 If after the 
manner of men I have 





9 + [ἐστίν] is 1,. 
τ.- o LTTr[A]w. 
LTTrA. 
® — καὶ [17ττ ΑἹ. 


ἡ ἄχρι ΤΑ. 
ς 8.-- ¢a LTA, 
@+ ἀδελφοί brethren trtra, 


ΤΡ πο ETN Se OY ΣΣ ᾱ, XV. 
ἔτι ἐστὲ ἐν ταῖς.ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν" 19 ἄρα.καὶ οἱ 
your sins. And then those that 
κοιµηθέντες ἐν χριστῷ ἀπώλοντο. 19 εἰ ἐν τῇ.ζωῇ.ταύτῃ 
fell asleep in Christ perished. ΤΕ ise this life 
, \ ? ay Ὁ ) , ΄ ᾽ 
Ρηλπικότες ἐσμὲν ἐν χριστῷ" μόνον, ἐλεεινότεροι πάντων ἀν- 
2we Shave *hope Sin Christ. ‘only, more miserable than all 
θρώπων ἐσμέν. 
nen we are. 
‘ ‘ 9 ~ ᾽ 
20 Νυνὶ δὲ χριστὸς ἐγήγερται ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἀπαρχὴ 
ο Ῥαέπουν Christ has been raised fromamong[the] dead, first-fruit 
/ ᾽ ‘ 4 ? ? ιά 
τῶν κεκοιμημένων 3ἐγένετο.ὶ 91 ἐπειδὴ .γὰρ δι ἀνθρώπου 


ὑμῶν" * 
tyour [is]; still ye’are in 


of those fallen asleep he became, For since by man [15] 
τὸ" θάνατος, καὶ δι ἀνθρώπου ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν. 22 ὥσπερ 
death, also by man resurrection of [the] dead. “As 


γαρ ἐν τῷ ᾿Αδὰμ πᾶντες ἀποθνήσκουσιν, οὕτως καὶ ἐν τῷ 
‘for in -Adam all die, 80 aiso in the 
~ ’ θη 98 er OL δὲ 9 ~ ἰδί 
χριστῷ πάντες ζωοποιηθήσονται. 28. ἕκαστος δὲ ἐν τῷ. ἰδίῳ 
Christ αἱ shall be made alive. But each in his own 
τάγµατι’ ἀπαρχὴ Χριστός, ἔπειτα οἱ ὃ χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ 
rauk : (?the] *first-frnit Christ, then those of Christ «at 
παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ" 24 εἶτα τὸ τέλος, ὅταν ἐπαραδφὶ τὴν 
his coming, Then the end, when he shall have given up the 
βασιλείαν τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί, ὅταν καταργήσῃ 
kingdom tohimwho[is] God and Father; when he shall have annulled 
πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν καὶ δύναμιν" ‘25 δεῖ.γὰρ 


all rule and all authority and power, For it behoves 
᾽ ᾿ γἢ ’ τ » " < wi ΙΙ θ ~ [4 , A 
αὐτὸν βασιλεύειν, ἄχρις" οὗ “ἂν . πάντας τους 
him to reign, until he shall have put all 
? θ 4 x € A 4 0 ? ~ 296 ” ᾽ θ . 
ἔχσρους” υπὸ τους.ποδας.αύτου. έσχατος ἐχθρὸς καταρ- 
enemies under his feet. {The} last enemy an- 
~ = x / , A e , Me « 4 4 
γεῖται 0 θάνατος. 27 ilavra.yao ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς 
nulled [is] death. For all things he put in subjection under 
πόδας. αὐτοῦ" ὅταν δὲ εἴπῃ Yoru πάντα ὑποτέτακται, 


his feet, But when it be said that all things have been put in subjection, 
δῆλον ὅτι ἐκτὸς τοῦ ὑποτάξαντος αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα" 

(it is] manifest that [it is]except him who put in subjection to Ἠϊπι 81] things, 
28 ὅταν δὲ ὑποταγῇ αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα, τότε 
But when shall have been put in subjection to him all things, then 


Ἰκαὶὶ αὐτὸς ὃ υἱὸς ὑποταγήσεται τῷ i 


isa: αντι 
also “himself ‘the ΄Βοπ will be put in subjection to him who put in subjection 


~ , Π / ᾿ - 
αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα, ἵνα ὁ θεὸς ὅτὰ" πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν. 
tohim allthings, that 7may*be ‘God all in all. 


? ‘ 2 , ε ’ \ ~ -»" 
29 Ἐπεὶ τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν 
Since what shallthey do who ατα baptized for the dead 
> / A > ’ ΄ ‘ ad A 
εἰ ὅλως νεκροὶ οὐκ ἐγείρονται; τί καὶ βαπτίζονται ὑπὲρ 
if *at ‘all (‘the] *dead “not areraised? why also are they baptized for 
ὑτῶν νεκρῶν" ; 90 τί καὶ ἡμεῖς κινδυνεύομεν πᾶσαν ὥραν: 
the +dead? 


Why also‘ “we are in danger every hour? 
31 καθ. ἡμέραν ἀποθνήσκω, νὴ τὴν “ἡμετέραν" καύχησιν, ἃ 
Daily I die, by our boasting, 
a » ? ~? ~ ~ , ε ~ 
ην ἔχω ev χριστῳ Ἰησοῦ τῷ. κυρίῳ.ἡμῶν. 82 εἰ κατὰ 


which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord. 


If according to 











Ρ ἐν χριστῷ ἠλπικότες ἐσμὲν LTTrAW. 
5. + του (read of the Christ) GLTTraw. 
w — ἂν LTTraw. 


4 — ἐγένετο GLTTrAW. 
ἕ παραδιδοί he may give up 
* + [αὐτοῦ] his (enemies) 1, Υ [ὅτι] L. 
" αὐτῶν them GLITraw. © ὑμετέραν your EGLTTraW. 


2h δ ΕΟ ΕΝ ΙΑ ΝΕ, 

» θρα 20 ’ Le Τρ Hi / A e” λ 
ἀνσρωπον εθηριομαχησα εν Ἐφέσῳ,. Ti μοι τὸ “οφελος; 
man I fought with beasts in Ephesus, what tome the profit, 

εἰ νεκροὶ οὐκ.ἐγείρονται 3" φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν. 
if [the] dead are not raised ? We may eat and we may drink; 


αὔριον.γὰρ ἀποθνήσκομεν. 33 μὴ-πλανᾶσθε' φθείρουσιν ἤθη 


for to-morrow we die. Be not misled: Scorrupt *manners 
/ / , ΄ . Yee \ A 
fyono@! ᾿ ὁμιλίαι κακαί. 34 ἐκνήψατε δικαίως, καὶ μὴ 
“σοοᾶ ?companiouships ‘evil. Awake up righteously, and *not 


ἁμαρτᾶνετε' ἀγνωσίαν γὰρ θεοῦ τινες ἔχουσιν' πρὸς ἐντροπὴν 
151} ; forignorance of God some have: to “shame 
ὑμῖν ἕλέγω.! 
tyour 1 speak, 
35 MAAN! ἐρεῖ τις, 


Πῶς ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί; ποίῳ 
But willsay some one, How 


areraised the dead? *with *what 
a. , ” Ἔ 1 » Il 4 εν ’ > 
δὲ σώματι ἔρχονται; 36 Ἰάφρον, σὺ ὃ σπείρες, OU 
lund body do they come 2 Fool; thou what sowest, not 
ζωοποιεῖται ἐὰν.μὴ ἀποθάνῃ" 97 καὶ ὃ σπείρεις, οὐ τὸ σῶμα 
lis quickened unless it die. And what thou sowest, notthe body 


TO γενησόμενον σπείρες, ἀλλὰ γυμνὸν κόκκον, εἰ τύχοι, 
that " shall be thou sowest, but a bare grain, it may be 
σίτου ἤ τινος τῶν λοιπῶν' 38 ὁ.δὲθεὸς Ἰαὐτῷ δίδωσιν!" 


and God to it 
~ ‘ ? / τε , ~ , k wed 
σῶμα καθὼς ἠθέλησεν, καὶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν σπερμάτων "τὸ" ἴδιον 
a body according as he willed, and toeach of the seeds its own 
σῶμα. 39 οὐ πᾶσα σὰρξ ἡ αὐτὴ σάρξ: ἀλλὰ ἄλλη μὲν 
body. Not every flesh [15] the same flesh, but one 
Ἰσὰρξ' ἀνθρώπων, ἄλλη.δὲ σὰρξ κτηνῶν, ἄλλη. δὲ ™ πἰχθύων, 
flesh of men, and another flesh of beasts, and another οἷ fishes, 
ἄλλη. δὲ πτηνῶν." 40 καὶ σώματα ἐπουράνια, καὶ 
and another of birds. And bodies heavenly, and 
σώματα ἐπίγεια" ἀλλ" ἑτέρα μὲν ἡ τῶν ἐπουρανίων 
hodies earthly : but different [is] the *of #the *heavenly 
δόξα, ἑτέρα.δὲ ἡ τῶν ἐπιγείων. 41 ἄλλη δόξα ἡλίου, 
*glory, and different that of the earthly: one glory of [the] sun, 
καὶ ἄλλη δόξα σελήνης, καὶ ἄλλη δόξα ἀστέρων ἀστὴρ 
and another glory οὗ [the] moon, and another glory of [the] stars; *star 
γὰρ ἀστέρος διαφέρει ἐν δόξῃ. 42 οὕτως καὶ ἡ ἀνάστασις 
for “τοπ °star ‘differs in glory. So also [is] the resurrection 
τῶν νεκρῶν. σπείρεται ἐν φθορᾷ. ἐγείρεται ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ᾽ 
ofthe dead. Itissown in corruption, it is raised in incorruptibility. 
43 σπείρεται ἐν ἀτιμίᾳ, ἐγείρεται ἐν δόξῃ" σπείρεται ἐν ἀ- 
Itissown in dishonour, itisraised in glory. It issown in weak- 
σθενείᾳ, ἐγείρεται ἐν δυνάμει: 44 σπείρεται σῶμα ψυχικόν, 
ness, itisraised in power. Itissown 8. Ροᾶγ απαϊατα], 
ἐγείρεται σῶμα πνευματικόν. Ῥἔστιν σῶμα ψυχικόν, “καὶ 


of wheat or of some one of the χοβῦ ; gives 


{there are] 


it israised a “body spiritual : there is a*body ‘natural, and 
~ " ’ , x 
ἔστιν! τσῶμα᾽ πνευματικόν. 45 οὕτως καὶ γέγραπται, 


thereis a βοὰν So 


᾿Εγένετο ὁ πρῶτος "ἄνθρωπος" ᾿Αδὰμ εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν" ὁ 


‘spiritual. also it has been written, 


>Became “the “first eman *Adam a’soul ‘living; the 
ἔσχατος ᾿Αδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζωοποιοῦν. 46 ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πρῶτον 
last Adam a spirit ‘quickening. But not first [was] 


τε ὄφελος ; .... ἐγείρονται, (end the question at profit) GLTTrA. 
LTTrA,. bh ἄλλα TTr. i ἄφρων LITrA. 
1 — σὰρξ GLTT. aw. m + σὰρξ flesh [L]TTra. 
© ἀλλὰ LIT AW. P+ εἰ if LoTraw. 
LTiraw. 5 |άνθρωπος] 1.. 


f χρηστὰ GTTrAW. 
) δίδωσιν αὐτῷ LTTrAW. 


465 


fought with beasts at 
Ephesus, what ad- 
vantageth it me, if 
the dead rise not ; ‘let 
us eatand drimk ; for 
to morrow we die. 
33 Be not deceived : 
evil communications 
corrupt good manners. 
34 Awake to righteous- 
ness, and sin not ; for 
some have not the 
knowledge of God: I 
speak this to your 
shame, 


35 But some man 
will say, How are the 
dead raised up? and 
with what body do 
they come? 36 Thou 
fool, that which thou 
sowest is not quicken- 
ed, except it dic: 37 and 
that which thou sow- 
est, thou sowest not 
that body that shall 
be, but bare grain, it 
may chance of wheat, 
or of some other grain: 
38 but God giveth it a 
body as it hath pleas- 
ed him,’ and’ to every 
seed his own body. 
39 All flesh is not the 
same flesh: but there 


‘ais one kind of flesh 


of men, another flesh 
of beasts, another of 
fishes, and another of 
birds. 40 Thereareal- 
so celestial bodies, and 
bodies terrestrial: but 
the glory of the celes- 
tial 7s one, and the 
glory of the terrestrial 
15 another. 41 Zhere 
is one glory ofthe sun, 
and another glory of 
the moon, and another 
glory of the stars: for 


-one star differeth from 


another star in glory. 
42 So 4130 8 the resur- 
rection of the dead. It 
is sownin corruption ; 
it is raised in incor- 
ruption : 43 itis sown 
in dishonour; it is 
raised in glory: itis 
sown in weakness ; it 
is raised in power: 44it 
is sown a natural 
body ; it is raised a 
spiritual body. There 
is a natural body, and 
there is a spiritual 
body. 45 And so it is 
written, The first man 
Adam was made a liy- 
ing soul; the last A- 
dam was madeéa quick= 
ening spirit. 46 How- 
beit that was not. first 
which 1 spiritual, 





6 λαλῶ 
k — τὸ LTTrA. 


2 πτηνῶν, ἄλλη δὲ ἰχθύων LITYAW, 
ᾳ ἔστιν καὶ there is also LTTraWw. 


Σ-- σῶμα 


Εἰ Ἡ 


4060 


but that which is na- 
tural: and afterward 
that which is spiritual. 
47 The first man is of 
the earth, earthy : the 
second man is the Lord 
frow heaven. 48 As ὦ 
the earthy, such are 
they also that are 
ear:hy : and as is the 
heavenly, such are 
th:y also that are 
heavenly. 49 And as we 
hare borue the image 
of the carthy, we shall 
also bear the image of 
the heavenly. 50 Now 
this I say, brethren, 
that ficsh and blood 
cannot inherit the 
kingdom of God; nei- 
thr doth corruption 
inhcrit' incorruption, 


51 Behold, I shew 
you a mystery; We 
shall not all sleep, but 
we shall all be chang- 
ed, 52 in a moment, in 
the twinkling of an 
eye, at the last trump: 
for the trumpet shall 
sound, and the dead 
shall be raised incor- 
ruptible, aud we shall 
bechanged, 53 For this 
eorruptible must put 
en inecorruption, and 
this mortal must put 
on immortality. 54 So 
wheu this corruptible 
shall have put on in- 
corruption, and this 
mortal shall have put 
on immortality, then 
shall be brought to 
pass the saying that 
is written, Death is 
swallowed up in vic- 
tory. 550 death, where 
ts thy sting ? O grave, 
where is thy victory ? 
56 The sting of death 
issin; and thestrength 
of sin is the law. 
57 But thanks be to 
God, which giveth us 
the victory through 
our Lord Jesus Christ, 
58 Therefore, ny be- 
loved’ brethren, be ye 
stedfast, unmoveable, 
always abounding in 
the work of the Lord, 
forasmuch as ye know 
that your labour is 
not in vain in the 
Lord. 


XVI. Now concern- 
ine the collection for 
the saints, as I have 


Pas hi Ew GO Σ Ά XV, XVI. 


Ψυγικόν, ἔπειτα τὸ πνευµατικόν. 
the spiritual, but the natural, then the spiritual : 
τῆς ” ~ sat SRS « , “ 
47 ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος ἐκ γῆς. χοϊκος" oO δεύτερος ἄν- 
the first nian out of earth, made of dust; the second 
ε , ~ τ ἜΝΙΑ «κ SS ~ 
θρωπος, ‘bo κύριος" ἐξ οὐρανοῦ. 48 οἷος ὁ χοίκος, τοιοῦτοι 
man, the Lord outof heaven. Such as he made of dust, such 
Kat οἱ γοϊκοί καὶ οἷος ὁ ἐπουράνιος, τοιοῦτοι καὶ οἱ 
also[are] those made of dust; and such asthe heavenly (one), such also the 
΄ " ? » , ~ 
ἐπουράνιοι: 49 καὶ καθως ἐφορέσαμεν τὴν εἰκόγα TOU 
heavenly [ones]. Απά according as we bore the image of the [one] 
χοϊκοῦ, "φοβέσομενὶ καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου. 
made of dust, weshallbear also the image οὗ ὑπὸ [5068] “heavenly. 
50 Τοῦτο.δέ φημι, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αμα βασιλείαν 
But this Isay, brethren, that flesh and Ὀ]οοά [[Π0] kingdom 
~ ~ ᾽ - 4 ε 
θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ-“ρύνανται," οὐδὲ ἡ φθορὰ τὴν ἀ- 
of God “inherit 2eunnot, nor ?corruption *incor- 
Φθαρσίαν Ἀκληρονομεῖ." 
ruptibility ‘does *inherit. 
51 ᾿Ιδοὺ μυστήριον ὑμῖν λέγω" Πάντες Σμὲν' οὐ κοιµηθη- 
Lo amystery toyou [I tell: All Snot ‘we “shall 
σόμεθα" πάντες δὲ ἀλλαγησόμεθα, 52 ἐν ἀτόμῳ, ἐν 
fall asleep, but all we shall be changed, in an instant, in [the] 
ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ, ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι' σαλπίσει.γάρ, 
twiukling of an eye, at the last trumpet ; for a trumpet shall sound, 
‘ e ‘ ’ ΄ ” ay ς ~ Ψ 
καὶ οἱ νεκοοὶ “ἐγερθήσονται! ἄφθαρτοι, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀλλαγησό- 
andthe dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be 


μεθα. 53 δεῖ.γὰρ τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσασθαι ἀφθαρσίαν, 


‘ , ᾽ A ‘ 
τὸ πνευματικόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ 


changed. For it behoves this corruption to put on incorruptibility, 
‘ . ‘ ~ 3 ΄ ᾽ ’ er \ A 

καὶ τὺ.θνητὸν.τοῦτο ἐνδύσασθαι ἀθανασίαν. 54 drav.dé τὸ 

and this mortal to put on immortality. But when 


> 9 , ry ‘ ~ 
ἀφθαρσίαν, καὶ τὸ θνητὸν.τοῦτο 
this mortal 


> a7 
ενὀυσηται 


φθαρτὸν τοῦτο 
shall haye put on incorruptibility, and 


this corruptible 


ἐνδύσηται ἀθανασιαν, τότε γενήσεται ὁ λόγος ὃ γε- 
shall have puton immortality, then 5Π8]}] ουπιθ Το pass the word that has 
γραμμένος. Κατεπόθη ὁθάνατος εἰς νῖκος. 55 Ποῦ σου, 


been written: *Was *swallowed *up *death Where of thee, 
θάνατε. τὸ KevTpov"; ποῦ σου, Sadn," τὸ ὕνῖκος" ; 56 Τὸ δὲ 
Odeath, {6 sting? where of thee, O hades, the victory? Now the 
κέντρον τοῦ θανάτου ἡ ἁμαρτία: ᾖ.δὲ δύναμις τῆς ἆμαρ- 
_sting of death [is] sin, and the power of sin 
τίας ὁ νόμος" 57 τῷ δὲ θεῷ χάρις τῷ διδόντι ἡμῖν TO νῖκος 
the law; but to God{be]thanks, πο gives 8 the victory 
A ~ ‘ ε ~ ? ~ ~ / > ry 
διὰ τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 58 Ὥστε, ἀδελφοί.μου 
by our Lord Jesus Christ. Sothat, my trethren 
ἀγαπητοί, ἑδραῖοι γίνεσθε, ἀμετακίνητοι, περισσεύοντες ἐν τῷ 
beloved, * firm ‘be, immovable, abounding in the 
ἔργῳ τοῦ κυρίου πάντοτε, εἰδότες ὅτι ὁ. κόπος ὑμῶν οὐκ.έστιν 
work ofthe Lord always, knowing that your toil is not 
KEVOC EV κυρίῳ. 
void in(the] Lord. 
16 Περὶ. δὲ τῆς λογίας τῆς 


Now conccrning the collection which [is] tor 


in victory. 


εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, ὥσπερ 
the saints, Cg a 


rr SS 


‘hens ὃ κύριος LTTrA, 
νοµήσει shall inherit 1, 
sleep, but not all &€.) τὶ. 


π δύναται Την. /* KAnpo- 
2 κοιμηθησόµεθα. ov (vead we shall all 
Ὁ νίκος und κέντλον transposed LITr. 


Υ φορέσωμεν we should bear trvr. 
} — μὲν [1,]ΤΤνΑ. 
ἃ ἀναστήσονται L. 


οθανατε Ο death 1 ΤΊτΑ. 


Bey I: ΓΟ RN LEA NS 
διέταξα Taig ἐκκλησίπις τῆς Γαλατίας, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς 
1 ἀἰγθοιδᾶά the assemblies of Galatia, so also ye 


/ ΄ ’ wv ς ~ ? 
ποιήσατε. 2 κατὰ.μίαν σαββάτων" ἕκαστος ὑμῶν παρ 
4ο. Every tirst [day] ofthe week “each of “you Si y 
ἑαυτῷ τιθέτω, θησαυρίζων ὅτι ἂν  εὐοδῶται' ἵνα μὴ 
Thim ἰοῦ *put, treasuring up whatever he may be prospered in, that not 
ὅταν ἔλθω τότε λογίαι γίνωνται. 3 ὅταν. δὲ παραγένω- 


when I may come then collections there should be, And when = [ shall have 


μαι, fav" δοκιμµάσητε δι ἐπιστολῶν τούτους πέμψω 


οὓς ἐὰν 
arrived, whomsoever yemay approve by epistles these I will send 


> ~ 4 ΄ ε - > τ ’ A A τ 
ἀπενεγκεῖν τὴν. χάριν ὑμῶν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ' 4 ἐὰν. δὲ 5 
to carry your bounty to Jerusalem: andif it be 
ἄξιον" τοῦ κἀμὲ πορεύεσθαι. σὺν ἐμοὶ πορεύσονται. 5 Ἐλεύ- 
suitable for me also- to go, with me they shall go. 51 3will 
σοµαι δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς Όταν Μακεδονίαν διέλθω" 
‘come ‘but to you when Macedonia 1 shall have gone through ; 


Μακεδονίαι’.γὰρ διέρχοµαι. 6 πρὸς ὑμᾶς δὲ τυχὸν παραμενῶ, 
for Macedonia I do go through. And with you it may be I shall stay, 

ἢ καὶ παραχειµάσω, ἵνα ὑμεῖς µε προπέµψητε οὗ.ἐὰν 

or even I shall winter, that ye me mayset forward wheresoever 


πορεύωµαι. 7 οὐ.θέλω. γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἄρτι ἐν παρόδῳ ἰδεῖν" ἐλπίζω 
Ι ΠΙΔΥῪ go. Έοχ Ι 11 ποῦ “you “μον Sin ας Ρο ee ST *hope 


ΝδὲΙ χρόνον τινὰ ἐπιμεῖναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν ὁ κύριος Ἰέπι- 


7but atime ‘certain toremain with you, if the Lord per- 
μ -" A ? ? , / ~ = 

τρέπῃ.! 8 ἐπιμενῶ.δὲ ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ ἕως τῆς πεντηκοστῆς" 

mit. But I shall remain in Ephesus till, Pentecost. 

Y θύρα.γάρ por ἀνέῳγεν µεγάλη καὶ ἐγεργής, καὶ ἀντι- 
Έοχ α door tome has been ορεποᾶᾷ great and = efficient, and op- 


πολλοί. 


«κείμενοι 
[αντε] many. 


posers 


10 ᾿Εὰν δὲ ἔλθῃ Τιμόθεος, βλέπετε ἵνα ἀφόβως γένηται 


Nowif come 'Timotheus, see that without a he nay, Ἢ 
ποὺς ὑμᾶς" τὸ γὰρ ἔργον κυρίου ἐργάζεται, ὡς "καὶ ἐγώ." 
ΟΝ you; forthe work of{(the] Lord Ίο ΝΟΚ. 4 even 1. 
11 μή τις οὖν αὐτὸν ἐξουθενήῆσῃ" προπέμψατε.δὲ αὐτὸν 

*Not tanyone ‘therefore him should despise ; but -et forward him 
ἐν stony, ἵνα ἔλθῃ πρός we" ἐκδέχομαι.γὰρ αὐτὸν μετὰ 


in peace, that hemay come to me; for L await him with 
τῶν ἀδελφῶν. 12 Περὶ δὲ ᾿Απολλὼ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, πολλὰ 
the brethren, Andconcerning Apoljs the brother, much 
παρεκάλεσα αὐτὸν ἵνα ἔλθῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς μετὰ τῶν 
1 exhorted him that he should go to you with the 
ἀδελφῶν" καὶ πάντως οὐκ ἦν θέλημα ἵνα νῦν ἔλθῃ, 


was [his] will that now he should come ; 
13 Γρηγορεῖτε, στήκετε 
Watch τε; stand fast 
14 πάντα 
“All *things 


brethren; and not at all 
ἐλεύσεται δὲ ὅταν εὐκαιρήσῃ. 
but he will come when he shall have opportunity. 
ἐν τῷ πίστει, ἀνδρίζεσθε, 3 κραταιοῦσθε. 
in the faith, quit yourselves like men, be strong. 
ὑμῶν ἐν ἀγάπῃ γινέσθω. 
your ἐπ “love ‘es be done. 
15 Παρακαλῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί: οἴδατε την οἰκίαν Στεφανᾶ, 
But 1 exhort you, brethren, (ye know the house of Stcphanas, 
ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀπαρχὴ τῆς ᾿Αχαΐας, καὶ εἰς διακονίαν τοῖς ἁγίοις 
that itis “first-fruit tAchaia’s, and ‘for ®service *to *the “s..ints 


467 


given order to the 
churches of Gaiatia. 
even so do ye. 2 Upon 
the first day of the 
weck iet every one of 
you lay by him in 
store, as God hath 
prospered him, that 
there be no _ gather- 
ings when I come. 
3 And when I come, 
whomsoever ye shall 
approve by οι" let- 
ters, them will I send 
to bring your liberal- 
ity unto Jerusalem. 
4 And if it be meet 
that I go also, they 
one go with me. 
5 Now I will come un- 
to you, when TI shall 
pass through Mace- 
σπα. ος 42 tide 
pass through Mace- 
donia, 6 And it may 
be that I will abide, 
yea, and winter with 
you, that ye may bring 
me on my journey 
whithersoever I go. 
7 For I will not see 
you now by the way ; 
but I trust to tarry a 
while with you, if the 
Lord permit. 8 But I 
will tarry at Ephesus 
until Pentecost. 9 For 
a great door and ef- 
fectual is opened unto 
me, and there are 
many adversaries, 


10 Now if Timo- 
theus come, see that 
he may be with you 
without fear: for he 
worketh the work of 
the Lord, as I also do. 
11 Let no man thervc- 
fore despise him: but 
conduct him forth in 
peace, that he may 
come unto me: for Τ 
look for him with the 
brethren. 12 As touch- 
ing our brother Apoi- 
los, I greatly desired 
him,to come unto you 
with the brethren: but 
his will was not at ail 
to come at this time; 
but he will come wh.n 
he shall have conveni- 
ent time. 13 Watch 
ye, stand fast in the 
faith, quit you like 
men, be strong. 14 Let 
all your things be 
done with charity. 


15 I beseech you, 
brethren, (ye know the 
house of Stephanas, 
that it is the first- 
fruits of Achaia, and 
that they have α- 
auicted themselves το 
the ministry of the 





ἔ ἂν LTr. Ε ἄξιον ἢ LTrA. 


| ἐμὲ LTr. 


ε ἐὰν Tr. 
Κκαγώ Ι1ΊτΑ. 


ἆ σαββάτου 1. ΤΤΤΑΥΥ, 
1 ἐπιτρέψῃ εὐ νΑ. 


h γὰρ for GLTTraw. 


m + [καὶ] and 1, 


468 


saints,) 16 that ye sub- 
mit yourselves unto 
such, and to every one 
that helpeth with us, 
and laboureth. 17 I 
am glad of the coming 
of Stephanas and For- 
tunatus and Achai- 
cus: for that which 
was lacking on your 
part they have sup- 
plied. 8 For they 
have refreshed my 
spirit and yours: 
therefore acknowledge 
ye them that are such: 
19 The churches of 
Asia salute you. A- 
quila and Priscilla 
salute you much in 
the Lord, with the 
church that is in their 
house. 20 All the breth- 
ren greet you. Greet 
ye one another with 
an holy kiss. 


21 The salutation of 
me Paul with mine 
own hand. 22 If any 
man love not the Lord 
Jesus Christ, let him 
be Anathema Maran- 
atha, 23 The grace of 
our Lord Jesus Christ 
be with you. 24 My 
love le with you all in 
Christ Jesus, Amen, 


ΠΡΟΣ ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ 8. ὰ 


{ ‘ ~ 4 ~ 
ἔταξαν ἑαυτούς" 16 ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ὑποτάσσησθε τοῖς 
11ου “appointed *themselves,) that also ye bed subject 
τοιούτοις, καὶ παντὶ τῷ συνεργοῦντι καὶ κοπιῶντι. 17 Χαίρω 
tosuch, andtoeveryone working with [5] Δ! ἃ labouring. 31 *rejoice 
δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ παρουσίᾳ Στεφανᾶ καὶ "Φουρτουνάτου" καὶ ᾿Αχαϊκοῦ, 
1butat the coming οὗ Stephanas and Fortunatus and Achaicus ; 
ὅτι τὸ οὑμῶν" ὑστέρημα Ροῦτοι! ἀνεπλήρωσαν' 18 ἀνέπαυ- 
your deficiency these filled up. ?They *re- 
σαν γὰρ τὸ ἐμὸν πνεῦμα καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν, ἐπιγινώσκετε οὖν 
freshed ‘for my spirit and yours ; » recognize therefore 
‘ ’ ? ΡΞ , Be « ~ Ag λ / ~ ο ΄ cs 
τοὺς τοιούτους. 19 Ασπιάζονται ὑμᾶς at ἐκκλησίαι τῆς Ασίας 
such. : *Salute τοι ‘the ?assemblies Sof *Asia, 
αἀσπάζονται! ὑμᾶς ἐν κυρίῳ πολλὰ ᾿Ακύλας καὶ "Πρίσ- 
οδα]πίο Nyou ‘in [the] **Lord **much ~-7Aquila ‘and *Pris- 
Π 4 ~ ? ? ~ ? / . > , 
κιλλα,! σὺν τῇ κατ᾽ οἶκον.αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίᾳ 20 ἀσπάζονται 
cilla, with the 7in Stheir *house ‘assembly. “Salute 
ὑμᾶς οἱ ἀδελφοὶ πάντες. .ἀσπάσασθε ἀλλήλους ἐν φιλήματι 
τοι 2.89 “brethren ‘all. Salute ye oneanother with a *kiss 
ἁγίῳ. 
holy. 
21‘O ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ 
The salutation *by *my [5ου] “hand ‘of ?Paul. 
τὸν κύριον "Ἰησοῦν χριστόν ἤτω ἀνάθεμα" μαρὰν ἀθά. 
the Lord Jesus Christ, let him be accursed: Maran atha. 
ε ΄ \ ~ , ? ~ ε “ἢ Ἂ ες ~ € 
23 ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ 'χριστοῦ. μεθ ὑμῶν. 24 ἡ 
The grace ofthe Lord Jesus Christ [be] with you. 
ἀγάπη-μου μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. "ἀμήν." 
Mylove [6] with Yall tyou in Christ Jesus. Amen. 
"Πρὸς Κορινθίους πρώτη ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Φιλίππων, διὰ 
2To [3086] *Corinthians ‘first written from Philippi, by 
Στεφανᾶ καὶ Φουρτουνάτου καὶ ᾿Αχαϊκοῦ καὶ Τιμοθέου." 
Stephanas and Fortunatus and <Achaicus and Timotheus, 


because 


χειρὶ Παύλου" 22 εἴ τις οὐ.φιλεῖ 


If anyone love not 





Ἢ ΠΡΟΣ TOYS ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ AEYTEPA.' 


ἜΈΓΝ ο 


PAUL, an apostle of 
Jesus Christ by the 
will of God, and Ti- 
mothy our brother, 
unto the church of 
God which is at Co- 
rinth, with all the 
saints which are in 
all Achaia: 2 Grace be 
to you and peace from 
God our Father, and 
from the Lord Jesus 
Christ. 


3 Blessed be God, 
even the Father of our 
Lord Jesus Christ, the 





α Φορτουνάτου LTTrAW. 
τ Πρίσκα Prisca TTr. 
w — the subscription GLTTrw ; Πρὸς Κορινθίους ά a. 


[τ]ττι[α]. 


ΤΗΕ SCORINTHIANS 2EPISTLE *SECOND. 


ΠΑΥΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος ὈΤήσοῦ χριστοῦ! διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ, 
Paul, apostle of Jesus Christ by will of God, 
4 , ε 2 , ~ > [ή ~ ~ ~ ” 3 
καὶ Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφός, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν 
and Timotheus the brother, tothe assembly of Godwhich 18 in 
Κορίνθῳ, σὺν τοῖς ἁγίοις πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν ὅλῃ τῷ ᾿Α- 
Corinth, with *the “saints all who are_ in ?whole "the [of] A- 
χαϊᾳ' 3 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ “θεοῦ" πατρὸς. ἡμῶν καὶ 


chaia. Grace toyou and peace from God our Father and 
κυρίου ‘Incov χριστοῦ. 
{the] Lord Jesus Christ. 
8 Εὐλογητὸξ ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ 
Blessed [be] the God and Father of our Lord Jesus 





Ρ αὐτοὶ they Law. 
t — χριστοῦ TTrA. 


ᾳ ἀσπάζεται ΤΑ. 


ο ὑμέτερον LTTrAW. 
¥ — ἀμήν 


Β----᾿Ιησοῦν χριστόν LTTrA. 


5. Παύλου τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of Paul the Apostle Ε; + Παύλου of Paulu; -- τοὺς Ρα; 


Πρὸς Κορινθίους β΄ LYTraw. 


Ὁ χριστοῦ ᾿]ησοῦ τΊτΑ. © — θεοῦ 
xp no ΤΑ. — θεοῦ w. 


1. πρ σος κ Bl es: 


ριστοῦ, ὃ πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ θεὸς πάσης παρακλή- 
Christ, the Father of parE sions, and God of all SeeetP AES: 


σεως, 4 ὁ παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ TH θλίψει ἡμῶν, εἰς 
ment ; who encourages us in all our tribulation, for 


τὸ δύνασθαι ἡμᾶς παρακαλεῖν τοὺς ἐν πάσῃ θλίψει, διὰ 
"to *be “able ‘us toencourage those in every tribulation, through 


τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς  παρακαλούµεθα αὐτοὶ . ὑπὸ “τοῦ 
the encovragement with which we are nigerian ourselves by 


θεοῦ" 5 ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ χριστοῦ 
God. Because ΘΟΘΟΞΕΠΗΒΗΝΙ abound the sop aad of the Christ 


εἰς ἡμᾶς, οὕτως διὰ ὁ χριστοῦ περισσεύει καὶ ἡ “παράκλησις 
toward us, 80 through Christ abounds also encouragement 


ἡμῶν. θεἴτεδὲ θλιβόμεθα, ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν. παρακλήσεως 


Jour. But whether we are troubled, [it is] for your encouragement 
καὶ σωτηρίας, “τῆς ἐνεργουμένης ἐν ὑπομονῇ τῶν αὐτῶν 
and salvation, τς μας in [the] endurance of the same 


παθημάτων ὧν καὶ ἡμεῖς πάσχομεν" feire παρακαλούµεθα, 
sufferings which also ‘we suffer, whether we are encouraged, 


ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν .παρακλήσεωςξ Exar σωτηρίας"Ἡ καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς 


{it is] for your encouragement and salvation; (and *hope 
ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν". εἰδότες ὅτι "ὥσπερ" κοινωνοί 
‘cur [is] sure for you ;) knowing that as partners 


ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως. 8 Οὐ γὰρ 

yeare of the suffcrings, so also of the encouragement. For *not 
θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, Ἰὑπὲρ" τῆς θλίψεως ἡμῶν 

34ο ‘we wish you ο: be ον. brethren, as to our tribulation 


τῆς γενομένης ἡμῖν" ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ, ὅτι καθ ὑπερβολὴν ἰἐβαρή- 


which ποια tous in Asia, that eeeereely. we were 
θηµεν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν," ὥστε ἐξαπορηθὴναὶι. ἡμᾶς καὶ τοῦ. ζῇν" 
burdened ay sien four] oe νά, s0 as for us to despair even of pens 


9 ™adra" αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς TO ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχή- 
But ourselves in ourselves the sentence of death we have 
καµεν, ἵνα μὴ.πεποιθότες ὦμεν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τῷ 
had, that we shduld not have trust in ourselves, but in 
θεῷ τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς" 10 ὃς ἐκ τηλικούτου θανάτου 
God who χϑίβθθ the dead ; who from _ so great a death 
τν ας ο) ae I  εἰα ὃ “Ar ί μμ ΤΡῚΣ 
ἐρρυσατο μας και ρυεται, ες ον ἢ πικαµε} οτι και 
delivered us and does lade in whom we have noe that also 


ἔτι ῥύσεται, 11 συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 
still he will deliver ; labouring όν 38199 tye for us 


τῇ δεήσει, ἵνα ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς a se 
by supplication, that by _many persons the *towards *us gift 


διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστηθῇ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. 12 Ἢ 
*through *°*many ‘might *be “subject ’of thanksgiving for us. 
γὰρ κανχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν, τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως 
For our re this is;. the testimony of “conscience 


ἡμῶν, ὅτι ἐν ἁπλότητι! καὶ τεἰλικρινείᾳ! 5 θεοῦ, οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ 
tour, that in- ο όνᾳ and sincerity of God, (not in *wisdom 


σαρκικῇ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ, ἀνεστράφημεν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, 
fleshly, but in grace ofGod,) we had ourconduct in the world, 
περισσοτέρως. δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 13 οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν 


end more abundantly towards you, For not other things do we write 





+ τοῦ the GLTTraw. © τῆς ἐνεργουμένης .. 
f are παρακαλούµεθα .... σωτηρίας placed after ὑ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν LTrAW. 
Ἀ ὡς LTTraW. ' περὶ LTTr. --ἡμῖν LITrAW. 
τὸ ἀλλ᾽ L π ἐρύσατο Tr. 
4 ἁγιότητι holiness LTTra. 


ςτεἰλικριγίίατ. 5 + τοῦ LTTraw. 


409 
Father of mercies, and 
the God of all come- 
fort; 4 who comfort- 
eth us in all our tri- 
bulation, that we may 
be able to comfort 
them which are in any 
trouble, by the com- 
fort wherewith we 
ourselves are comfort- 
ed of ‘God. 5 For as the 
sufferings of Christ 
‘abound in us, so our 
consolation also a- 
boundeth by Christ. 
6 And whether we be 
afflicted, it is for your 
consolation and sal- 
vation, which is ef- 
fectual in‘the endur- 
ing of the same suffer- 
ings which we also 
suffer : or whether we 
be comforted, ἐξ 18 for 
your consolation and 
salvation. 7 And our 
hope of you {5 sted- 
fast, knowing, that as 
ye are partakers of 
the sufferings, so 
shall ye be also of the 
consolation. 8 For we 
would not, brethren, 
haye you ignorant of 
our trouble which 
came to us in Asia, 
that we were pressed 
out of measure, above 
strength, insomuch 
that we despaired even 
of life: 9 but we had 
the sentence of death 
in ourselves, that we 
should not trust in 
ourselves, but in God 
which raiseth the dead: 
10 who delivered us 
from so great a death, 
and doth deliver: in 
whom we trust that 
he will yet deliver us ; 
11 ye also helping to- 
gether by prayer for 
us, that for the gift 
bestowed upon us by 
the meats of many 
persons thanks may 
be given by many on 
our behalf. 12 For 
our rejoicing is this, 
the testimony of our 
conscience, that in 
simplicity and godly 
sincerity, not with 
fleshly wisdom, but by 
the grace of God, we 
have had our conver- 
sation in the world, 
and more abundantly 
te you-ward. 13 For 
we write none other 
things unto you, than 





:»πάσχοµεν placed after πα ακλήσεως GT. 
& — καὶ σωτηρίας GT. 
lumép δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν LT Tra. 
ο καὶ ῥύσεται and will deliver [L]rTra, 


P [ὅτι] εὖτε 


ή” 

470 

what ye read or ac- 
Kknuowledge: and IT trust 


ye shall acknowlidge 
even to the end; l4as 
also ye have acknow- 
ledyed us in part, that 
we ure your rejoicing, 
even as ye also are 
ours in the day of the 
Lord Jesus. 15 And 
in this confidence I 
wis minded to come 
unto you before, that 
ye might have a se- 
cond benefit; 16 and 
to pass by you into 
Macedonia, and to 
come again out of 
Macedonia unto you, 
and of you to be 
brought on my way to- 
ward Juda. 17 When 
I therefore was thus 
minded, did 1 use 
lightness ? or the 
things that I purpose, 
do 1 purpose accord- 
ing to the flesh, that 
with me there should 
be yea yea, and nay 
nay? 18 But as God 
ts true, our word to- 
ward you was not yea 


and nay. 19 For the 
Son of God, Jesus 
Christ, who was 


preached among you 
by us, even by me and 
Silvanus and Timo- 
theus, was not yea 
and nay, but in him 
was yea. 20 For all the 
promises ef God in 
him are yea, and in 
him Amen, unto the 
giory of God by us. 
21 Now he which sta- 
biisheth us with you 
in Christ, and hath 
anointed us, ὦ God; 
22 who hath also seal- 
ed us, and given the 
earnest of the Spirit 
in our hearts, 


_23 Moreover I call 


God for a record upon 
my soul, that to spare 
you I came not as yet 
unto Corinth. 24 Not 
for that we have do- 
minion over your 
faith, but are helpers 
of your joy: for by 
faith ye stand, II. But 
I determined this with 
myself, that I would 
not come again to you 
in heaviness. 2 For if 
lt make you sorry,who 
is he thenthat maketh 
dae glad, but the same 








t [ἀλλ᾽ τ, ; ἀλλὰ Ww. 
πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλθεῖν LTTrA ; πρό. ἐλθ. πρὸς ὑμᾶς W. 
5 βουλόμενος LTTrAW. 


᾿Ιησοῦς τ. 





ἡσοῦς ο ὃ διὸ καὶ δι αὐτοῦ wherefore also through him Lrt:aw. 
ὃ ev λύπῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλθεῖν GLTTrAW. 


ENCE Oe ΚΟ σα ος 0, ᾿ν {th 


ὑμῖν ἀλλ" ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε, ἢ καὶ ἐπιγιωώσκετε, ἐλπίζω. δὲ 


to you but what ye read, or eyen recognize ; and 1 hope 
Π , , τ ‘ . , 
ὅτι καὶ Ewe τέλους ἐπιγνώσεσθε, 14 καθὼς καὶ ἐπέ- 
that even to [the] end ye will recognize, according as also τα did 


ε ~ ᾽ ‘ , ε ~ , 
YVWTE ἡμᾶς απὸ μέρους, ὅτι καύχημα. ὑμῶν ἐσμεν, καθάπερ 


recognize us in part, that “your*boasting ἵνα ἔσθ, evcenas 

‘ ~ ~ ~ ε , ~ ΄ > ~ 
καὶ ὑμεῖς ἡμῶν ἐν TY ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ κυρίου" Ἰησοῦ. 16 Καὶ 
also. ye [are] ours in the day ofthe Lord Jesus. And 


ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει ἐβουλόμην “πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλθεῖν πρότερον," 


with this confidence I purposed to *you *to7come previously, 
, ” ‘ ? « ~ ~ 

ἵνα δευτέραν χάριν γἔχητε"" 16 καὶ δι ὑμῶν ᾖ᾿διελθειν" _ 

that asecond favour ye might have ; and by you to pass through 


“ἢ a , ‘ , ? A / ? ~ ‘ ε ~ ο 
εἰς Μακεδονίαν, καὶ πάλιν ἀπὸ Μακεδονίας ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, 
to Macedonia, and again from Macedonia tocome Το you, 

κε Aves ~ ~ ᾽ \ ? / d ~ > 
καὶ ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν. 17 τοῦτο.οὖν 
and by you tobeset forward to Judza. This therefore 


*Bouevomevoc,' μή τι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην; ἢ ἃ 


purposing, 7indeed ‘lightness ‘did*I*use? or what 
βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα παρ 
I purpose, according to flesh dol purpose, that there should be with 


᾽ η ‘ νι ; ν ny n » ‘ x « , e « 
ἐμοὶ TO ναὶ val, Kat τὸ OV οὔ; 18 πιστὸς. δὲ ὁ θεύο. ὕτι ὃ 

me yea yea, and may nay ? Now faithful God [is], that 
λόγος ἡμῶν ὁ πρὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἐγένετο" vai καὶ οὔ 19 ὁ. “γὰρ 
γος-Ι! His γαι 
our word to you not lwas yea and nay. For the 

~ “4 ει Γι ~ ‘ Π « 1 « - ? « ~ 

τοῦ θεοῦ" υἱὸς ΦΙησοῦς χριστὸς" ὁ ἐν, ὑμῖν δι ἡμῶν κη- 
*of 3ᾳοὰ ‘Son, Jesus Christ, whoamongyou by us was 
, 8 - ‘ ~ ‘ / ᾽ | , ν 
ρυχθείς, δι ἐμοῦ καὶ Σιλουανοῦ καὶ Τιμοθέου, οὐκ. ἐγένετο ναὶ 
proclaimed, (by me and Silvanus and Timotheus,) . was not yea 
καὶ οὔ, ἀλλὰ vai ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν" 20 ὕσαι γὰρ ἐπαγγελίαι 


and nay, but yea in him has been. For whatever prolnises 
θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ.ναί, “καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ! τὸ ἀμην, 
of God {there are], in him [is] ὑπ yea, and in him the Amen, 


τῷ θεῷ πρὸς δόξαν δι ἡμῶν. 21 ὁ. δὲ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν 


8ο “4οᾶᾷ ‘for *glory by us. Now he who eonfirms us with 
ὑμῖν εἰς χριστόν, καὶ χρίσας ἡμᾶς, θεός" 22 ὁ καὶ σφραγι- 
you unto Christ, and anointed us, [is] God, who also sealed 
σάμενος ἡμᾶς, καὶ δοὺς τὸν Ἰάῤῥαβῶνα" τοῦ πνεύματος ἐν 


us, and gave the earnest of the Spirit in 
ταῖς.καρδίαις ἡμῶν. | 
our hearts. 


23 ᾿Εγὼ.δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν 
ButI as *witness *God reall upon my 

ψυχήν, ὅτι φειδόμενος υμῶν οὐκέτι ἦλθον εἰς Κόρινθον" 
soul, that sparing you notyet didIcome to Corinth. 
24 οὐχ ὅτι κυριεύοµεν ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως, ἀλλὰ συνεργοί 

Not that weruleover your faith, but fellow-workers 
ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶο ὑμῶν, τῇ.γὰρ.πίστει ἑστήκατε. ἔκρινα δὲ 

’ ’ 1) ρ 

are of your joy: for by faith ye stand. But I judged 

ἐμαυτῷ τοῦτο, TO μὴ πάλιν ξἐλθεῖν ἐν λύπῳ πρὸς ὑμᾶς." 
with myself this, not again tocome in. grief to you. : 

2 εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, καὶ τίς orw' ὁ εὐφραίνων µε, εἰ μὴ 

Forif I grieve you, 7also’who isit that gladdens me, except 

* + ἡμῶν (read our Lord) [1]ΤΑ. 5 πρότερον 

Y σχῆτε TTra. 2 ἀπελθεῖν tO pass On L. 

© τοῦ θεοῦ yap LTTrAW. 4 χριστὸς 

f ἀραβῶνα LT. 





ν- καὶ LTTrA. 
Ὁ ἔστιν iS LTTrAW. 


Ἀ — ἐστιν LITIAW, 


If. Il CORINTHIANS. 


« λ / ’ :} we ¢ ες » 1." 2-11 ~ ? , 
ὃ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ; 3 καὶ ἔγραψα Vipin" τοῦτο αὐτό. 
hewho is grieved by me? And Iwrote to you this same, 
ἵνα μὴ ἐλθὼν λύπην Χξχω" a ὧν ἔδει με 
lest havingcome grief Ι might have from [those] of whom it behoves me 
χαίρειν. πεποιθὼς ἐπὶ πάντας ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ἡ ἐμὴ.χαρὰ 
to rejoice ; trusting in 3411} ΟΠ). - ἐπε my joy (?that] 
LW, ΄-. 4A ~ 4 ἢ ο 
πάντων ὑμῶν ἐστιν. 4 ἐκγὰρ πολλῆς θλίψεως καὶ συνοχῆς 
Sof ®all ‘*tyou 119, For out of much tribulation and distress 
καρδίας ἔγραψα ὑμῖν διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων, οὐχ ἵνα λυπη- 
ofheart Iwrote toyou through many tears ; not that ye might 
θῆτε, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα νῶτε ἣν ἔχω περισ- 
be grieved, but πο Slove ‘that ye might know which I have more 
σοτέρως εἰς ὑμᾶς. ὅ Είδε τις λελύπηκεν, οὐκ ἐμὲ 
abundantly towards you. But if anyone has grieved, Snot me 
λελύπηκεν, .'add’" ἀπὸ.μέρους, ἵνα μὴ ἐπιβαρῶ, πάντας 
"he *has*grieved, but in‘part (that I may not overcharge) all 
ὑμᾶς. 6 ἱκανὸν τῷ.τοιούτῳ ἡ.ὀπιτιμία αὕτη ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν 
tyou. Sufficient tosuchaone [is] this rebuke which [is] by the 
πλειόνων" 7 ὥστε τοὐναντίον μᾶλλον"! ὑμᾶς χαρίσασθαι 


greater part ; so that on the contrary rather ye should forgive 
καὶ παρακαλέσαι, μήπως τῇ.περισσοτέρᾳ iT κατα- 
and encourage, lest with more abundant grief should be swal- 
ποθῇ ὁ.τοιοῦτος. 8 διὸ παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς κυρῶσαι εἰς 

lowed up such a one, Wherefore 1 exhort you toconfirm *towards 


αὐτὸν ἀγάπην. 9 εἰς.τοῦτο.γὰρ καὶ ἔγραψα, ἵνα νῶ 
Shim love. For, for this also did I write, that I-might know 
τὴν δοκιμὴν ὑμῶν, εἰ εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε. 10 ᾧ δὲ 
the proof of you, if to everything obedient ye are. But to whom 


τι χαρίζεσθε, "καὶ ἐγώ"" καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ δεῖ κεχάρισ- 
for also 1 


anything ye forgive, also... Ts 
pa, ᾧ κεχάρισμαι," δι ὑμᾶς, ἐν προσώπῳ χριστοῦ, 
given, of whom 1 have forgiven, [is]forsakeof you, in[the] person of Christ ; 
11 ἵνα µμὴ.πλεονεκτηθῶμεν ὑπὸ τοῦ σατανᾶ" οὐ.γὰρ αὐτοῦ 
that we should not be overreached by Satan, for not of his 
τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν. 
thoughts are we ignorant, 
A ‘ 4 
12 ᾿ἘΕλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν PTowada" εἰς τὸ 
Now having come to Troas for .the | 


' ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν 


χριστοῦ, καὶ Kes μοι 
Christ, also. adoor to me having been opened in [the] Lord, 


τι 


εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ 
glad tidings, of the 
΄ ? 
κυρίῳ, 19 οὐκ 
5ποῦ 


ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πνεύματί.μου τῷ. μὴ.εὑρεῖν.με Τίτον τὸν 
δι 


had Titus 
ἀδελφόν. μου; ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς, ἐξῆλθον εἰς Μακε- 
my brother ; but having taken leave of them, I went out to Mace- 
δονίαν. 14 Τῷ.δεθεῷ άρις τῷ πάντοτε θριαμβεύοντι 
donia. But to God [be] thanks, who always leads in triumph 
ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ χριστῷ, Kai THY ὀσμὴν τῆς γνώσεως αὐτοῦ 
us in the Christ, and the odour of the knowledge of him 
φανεροῦντι δι ἡμῶν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ. 15 ὅτι χριστοῦ 
makes manifest through us in every place. For of Christ 
εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ θεῷ ἐν τοῖς σωζομένοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀπολ- 
δ, sweet perfume we are toGodin those being saved and in those perish- 
λυμένοις" 16 οἷς. μέν. ὀσμὴ 1θανάτου εἰς θάνατον’ οἷς δέ, 
ing; tothe ones, anodour of death - to death, but to the others, 


ease in my spirit at my not finding 


if anything I have for-. 


471 


which is made sorry 
by me? 3 And I wrote 
this same unto you, 
lest, when I came, I 
should have sorrow 
from them of whom I 
ought to rejoice; hav- 
ing confidence in you 
all, that my joy is the 
joy of you all. 4 For 
out of much affliction 
and anguish of heart 
I wrote unto you with 
many tears ; not that 
ye should be grieved, 
but that ye might 
know the love which 
I have more abundant- 
ly unto you. 5 Butif 
aay have caused grief, 
he hath not grieved 
me, but in part: that 
I may not overcharge 
you all. 6 Sufficient to 
such 8. man 18 this 
punishment which 
was inflicted of many. 
7 So that contrariwise 


«πο ought rather to for- 


ive him, and comfort 

im, lest perhapssucha 
oneshould be swallow- 
ed up with overmuch 
sorrow. 8 Wherefore I 
beseech you that ye 
would confirm your 
love toward him. 
9 For to this end als6 
did I write, that I 
might know the proof 
of you, whether ye be 
obedient in ail things. 
10 To whom ye forgive 
any thing, I forgive 
also: for if I forgave 
any thing, to whom I 
forgave it, for your 
sakes forgave J it in 
the person of Christ ; 
11 lest Satan -should 
get an advantage of 
us: for we are not ig- 
norant of his devices. 


12 Furthermore,when 
I came to Troas to 
preach Christ’s gospel, 
and a door was opened 
unto me of the Lord, 
13 I had no rest inmy 
spirit, because Τ found 
not Titus my brother: 
but taking my leave 
of them, I went from 
thence into Macedo- 
nia. 14 Now thanks 
be unto God, which 
always causeth us to 
triumph in Christ, and 
maketh manifest the 
savour of his know- 
ledge by us in every 
place. 15 For we are 
unto God a sweet ΒΑ- 
vour of Christ, in 
them that are saved, 
and in them that pe- 
rish: 16 to the one we 





i — ὑμῖν LTTrAW. ὰ σχῶ TTrA. 1 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. 
LTTraw. 9 ὃ κεχάρισµαι, εἴ τι κεχάρισµαι GLTTrAW. 
from death) trtra, 


m Γμᾶλλον] Tra. 
P Τρῳάδα LT, 


2 κἀγώ 
9 + ἔκ (read 


472 


αγ πο savour of death 
unto death; and to 
the other the savour 
of life unto life. And 
who ὦ sufficient for 
these things ? 17 For 
we are not as many, 
which corrupt the 
word of God: but as 
of sincerity, but as of 
God, in the sight of 
God speak we in 
Christ. 


III, Do we begin 
again to commend 
ourselves ? or need we, 
as some others, epis- 
tles of commendation 
to you, or letters of 
commendation from 
your 2 Ye are our 
epistle written in our 
hearts, known and 
read of all men: 3/for- 
asmuch as ye are man- 
ifestly declared to be 
the epistle of Christ 
ministered by us, 
written not with ink, 
but with the Spirit of 
the living God; not 
in tables of stone, but 
in fleshy tables of the 
heart. 4 And such 
trust have we through 
Christ to God-ward : 
5 not that we are 
sufficient of  our- 
selves to think any 
thing as of ourselves; 
but our sufficiency zs 
of God; 6 who also 
hath made us able 
ministers of the new 
testament ; not of tim 
letter, but of the spi- 
rit: for the letter kill- 


eth, but the spirit 
giveth life. 7 But if 
the ministration of 


death, written and en- 
graven in stones, was 
glorious, so that the 
children of  Israci 
could ποῦ stedfastly 
behold the face of Mo- 
ses for the glory of his 
eountenance ; which 
glory was to be done 
away: 8how shall not 
the ministration of 
the spirit be rather 
glorious? 9 For if 
the ministration of 
condemnation be glo- 
ry, much more doth 
the ministration of 
righteousness exceed 
in glory. 10 For even 
that which was made 
glorious had no glory 


iPod) KerpineToy >: 8. II, Πι. 


‘ ~ ΄ ‘ A .. ο, / « 3 ᾿ ste 

ὀσμὴ ἃ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν. καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα τις κανοῦς 
anodour oflife to life ; and for  thcse things who [is] competent ? 
17 οὐ.γάρ ἔσμεν we οἱ πολλοί, καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον 
For not we 2are as the many, meking gain by corrupting the word 


τοῦ θεοῦ, TAAN! ὡς ἐξ "εἰλικρινείας," ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐκ θεοῦ, ἵκατ- 


of God, but ‘as οὗ sincerity, but as of God. be- 
ενώπιον! τοῦ" θεοῦ, ἐν χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν. 
fore God, ἴῃ Christ we speak, 


, ΄ « ’ , 
3 ᾿Αρχόμεθα πάλιν ἑαυτοὺς συνιστάνειν" ; Wet" μὴ χρῄή- 


Do we begin again ourselves to commend 2 unless we 
~ ~ A € ~ n ? 
ζομεν, We* τινες, Υσυστατικῶν'. ἐπιστολῶν πρὸς υμᾶς, ἢ ἐξ 
need, as some, commendatory epistles to you, or *from 


c ~ ~ € A « ~ « ~ ? ? 
ὑμῶν Σσυστατικῶν!; 2 ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἡμῶν υμεῖς ἔστε, "ἐγγεγραμ- 


ἄγου ‘commendatory (?ones}? Our epistle ye are, having been 
/ ᾿ bd ~ / ~ , Δ 
μένη! ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις ἡμῶν, γινωσκοµένη καὶ ἀναγινω- 
inscribed in our hearts, being known and being 
σκοµένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων' 3 φανερούμενοι ὅτι ἐστὲ 
read by all men, being manifested that ye are 
3 ~ ~ her ΠΗ. τὰ , 
ἐπιστολὴ χριστοῦ διακονηθεῖσα ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν, 3"ἐγγεγραμμένη" 
Σορί»ι]ο 1Christ’s, ministered by us; having been inscribed, 
ov μέλανι, ἀλλὰ πνεύματι θεοῦ ζῶντος, οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν 
not withink, but with[the] Spirit of *God[*the] *living; not on tablets 
λιθίναις, PAN" ἐν πλαξὶν «καρδίας! σαρκίναις. 4 Πεποί- 
of stone, but on “tablets 308 (*the)°heart ‘fleshy. 7Confi- 
Anow δὲ τοιαύτην ἔχομεν διὰ τοῦ χριστοῦ πρὸς τὸν θεόν" 


dence “and such have we through the Christ towards God: 
> er da‘ = , 1 > ? ε ~ XN / θ ΄ Ι e .μ 

ὃ οὐχ οτι “ικανοι ἐσμεν ap εαυτῶν λογίσασθαι τι «ως εξ 
not that competent we are frem ourselves toreckon anythingas of 

e ε ~ Π ? > Ε ΝΕ. , « ~ ? ~ τς wn ‘4 
ἑαυτῶν," ἀλλ᾽ ηἱκανότης ἡμῶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ" 6 ὃς καὶ 
ourselves, but our competency [15] of God ; who also 
ἱκάνωσεν ἡμῖῶς διακόνους καινῆς διαθήκης, οὐ γράμ- 
made “competent ‘us [5] servants of anew covenant; not οἵ Iet- 


ματος, ἀλλὰ πνεύματος" τὺ.γὰρ γράμμα famoxreiver,"” τὺ.δὲ 


ter, but of Spirit ; for the letter kills, but the 
πνεῦμα ζωοποιεῖ. ἢ Εἰ.δὲ ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου ἐν ἐγράμ- 
Spirit quickens. But if the service of death in let- 


il ? , h2 ΠῚ λίθ . , 
μασιν, ἔντετυπωμενη Dev" λίθοις, ἐγενήθη 
ters, having been engraven in so as 
μὴ.ἐύνασθαι ἀτενίσαι τοὺς υἱοὺς ᾿Ισραὴλ εἰς τὸ πρόσω- 
Snot Sto 706 Sable 51ο 19]οο]ς ''intently ‘the *children 508 *Isracl into the face 
πον Ἱλωσέως, διὰ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ. προσὠπου.αὐτοῦ, τὴν 

of Moses, on account of the’ glory of his face, which 
καταργουμένην" ὃ πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἡ διακονία τοῦ πνεύµα- 
is being annulled ; how not rather the _ service ofthe Spirit 
τος ἔσται ἐν δόξῃ; 9 εἰ.γὰρ *) διακονία! τῆς κατακρίσεως 
shall be in glory 2 Forif the — service of condemnation [be] 
n7 ~ ~ ’ « a ’ ~ /΄ 
δόξα, πολλῷ μᾶλλον περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης 


3 , .“ 
ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε 


stones, was produced with glory, 


glory, much rather abounds the — service of righteousness 
lev" δόξῃ. 10 καὶ γὰρ "οὐδὲ!" δεδόξασται τὸ 
in glory. Foreven neither "Πας ®been *made }°glorious ‘that *which 





4+ ἐκ (read from life) 1 ΤτιΑ. 
Υ συνιστᾶν LTr. 
% — συστατικων LTTrAwWw. 


=" — τοῦ 117 [4]. 


τ ἀλλὰ Tr. 5 εἰλικρινίας Τ. 
"ἡ (vead or need we) GLiTra. 
Ὁ ἀλλὰ EGW. 


t κατέναντι LTTrA. 
Χ +[mép|L. Y cuvo- Tr. 


2 ἐν- Τ. © καρδίαις hearts Lrtra. 4 txavot 


ἐσμεν λογίξεσθαί (λογίσασθαί AW) τι ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν LAW; ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἱκανοί ἐσμεν λογίσασθαί 


πι ας 
ἢ 


Service LTTr. 


© αὐτῶν them LTr. f 
— εν (vead λίθοις OM Stones) LYTraW. 
1 — ἐν (xeud δόξῃ in glory) Lira. 


> ΄ . ΄ 
αποκταινει L 5 αποκτεννει TTrA. 


ἔ γράμματι ΝΥ λυ" ΗΤΤΑ. 
1 Μωυσέως ΑΙΊΤΙΑΝΜ, 


; Κ cy διακονίᾳ with the 
ov Not GLTTraw. . 


Ill, Iv. PMErveORIN THT A 


, ~ ’ 
δεδοξασμένον ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει. 
Shas*heen “inade “glorious in this 
βαλλούσης δόξης. 11 εἰ γὰρ 
pissing glory. 


δόξης, πολλῷ μᾶλλον 


glory, nich rather 


NS. 


Mevexey'! τῆς ὑπερ- 
respect, on account of the sur- 

TO καταργούµενον διὰ 

For if that igen is being annulled [was] through 


TO évov ἐν δόξῃ. 
that which remains Cis) in glory. 


12 Ἔχοντες 
Having 
13 καὶ 
and 
οὐ καθάπερ “Μωσῆς" ἐτίθει κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσωπον Ρέαυ- 


οὖν τοιαύτην ἐλπίδα, πολλῇ παῤῥησίᾳ χρώμεθα" 


therefore such hope, much boldness we use: 


not according as Moses put a veil on the face of him- 
τοῦ," πρὸς TO μὴ ἀτενίσαι τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραὴλ εἰς τὸ τέλος 
sclf, for “not Sto 7look “intently ‘the sons of *Israel to the end 


τοῦ καταργουµέγου 14 Πάλλ”' ἐπωρώθη τὰ νοήματα αὐτῶν. 
ofthat being annulled. But were hardencd their thoughts, 


ἄχρι.γἀρ τῆς σήμερον "τὸ αὐτὸ κάλυμμα ἐπὶ TH ἀναγνώσει 
for unto the prescot the -same veil αὖ the reading 


τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης μένει, μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, 
of the old covenant remains, rot uncovered, 


ἐν χριστῷ καταργεῖται" 15 ἀλλ᾽ ἕως σήμερον, ἴάνα- 
in Christ 15 being annulled. But unto this day, is 


" κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν.καρδίαν.αὐτῶν κεῖται" 


δῦ τι! 
which 
ἡνίκα 
when 
γινώσκεται! OMwaie,! 


read Moses, aveil upon their heart lies, 
160 ἡνίκα." δ᾽ ἂν" ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς κύριον, περιαιρεῖται τὸ 
But when it shail have turned to [the] Lord, is taken away the 


κάλυμμα. 17 Ὁ.δὲ κύριος TO πνεῦμά ἐστιν" 


οὗ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα 
veil, Now the Lord the _ Spirit is; 


and where the Spirit 


κυρίου, Wixet! ἐλευθερία. 19 ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες ἀνακεκα- 
of (the] Lord [is], there [is] freedom. But we all with un- 
λυμμέγῳ προσώπῳ τὴν δόξαν κυρίου κατοπτριζόµενοι. 


covered Tace the glory of [the] Lord beholding as ina mirror, [to} 


τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν, 
the same image are being transtormed from glory to — glory, 
καθάπερ ἀπὺ κυρίου πνεύματος. 
ΘΟ 45 from{[the] Lord [the] Spirit. 
4 Διὰ τοῦτο ἔχοντες τὴν.διακονίαν.ταύτην, καθὼς ἠλεή- 
Therefore, having this service, according as we re- 
οὐκ. Σἐκκακοῦμεν"" 2 Σάλλ" θ t 
3 μεν a ἀπειπάμεθα τὰ κρυπτὰ 
we faint not. But we renounced the hidden things 


τῆς αἰσχύνης. μὴ περιπατοῦντες ἐν πανουργίᾳ μηδὲ δολοῦν- 
of shame, ποῦ walking ἴῃ craftiness, nor falsify- 
~ 4 ~ ~ ? 
τες τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τῇ φανερώσει τῆς ἀληθείας 
ing the word of God, but by manifestation of the truth 
Ἴσυνιστῶντεοὶ ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων 
commending “ourselves to every conscience of men 
3 , ~ ~ > A A ” , A ? 
EVWTLOYV του θεοῦ. 9 ἘΠ.δὲ και εστιν κεκαλυμμένον το ευαγ- 
hefore God, But if also is covered Σριπᾶ 


γέλιον ἡμῶν, ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον" 4 ἐν 
tidings ‘our, in those Bee AES it is covered ; in 


θημεν, 


evived τῆμοναν 


᾿οχοε]]αί]ι, 


473 


in this respect, by rea- 
son of the glory that 
11 For if 
that which is done a- 
way was _ glorious, 
much more that which 
remaincth zs glorious, 
12 Secing then that we 
have such hope, we 
use great plainness of 
sp ech: 13and not as 
Moses, which put a vail 
over his face, that 
the children of Israel 
could not stedfastly 
look to the end of that 
which is abolished: 

14 but their minds 
were blinded: for un- 
tilthis day remaineth 


the same vail untaken' 


away in the reading 
of the old testament; 
which vail is done a- 
way in Christ. 15 Buf 
even unto this day, 
when Moses is read, 
the vail is upon their 
heart. 16 Nevertheless 
when it shall turn to 
the Lord,the vail shall 
be taken away. 17 Now 
the Lord is that Spirit: 
and where the Spirit of 
the Lord zs, there is 
liberty. 18 But we all, 
with open face behold- 
ing 1s in a glass the 
glory of the Lord, are 
changed into the same 
image from glory to 
glory, even as by the 
Spirit of the Lord. 


TV. Therefore see- 
ing we have this min- 
istry, as we have re- 
ceived mercy,we faint 
not; 2 but ‘have re- 
nounced the hidden 
things of dishonesty, 
not walking in crafti- 
ness, vor handling the 
word of God deccit- 
fully; but by mani- 
festation of the truth 
commending ourselves 
to every man’s con- 
science in the sight of 
God. 3 But if our gos- 
pel be hid, it is hid to 
them that are lost: 4in 
whom the god of this 
world nath blinded the 





, ~ minds. of them which 

οἷς ὁ θεὸς τοῦ.αἰῶνος τούτου ἐτύφλωσεν τὰ νοήματα τῶν Yelicve not, let the 
whom the god of this age biiuded the thoughts. of the light of the glorious 
. , - > 4 " ᾽ , 1 > “ἢ a ‘ ~ gospel of Chr ist, who 
απιστω», εἰς τὸ μὴ) αυγασαι “avroicg' TOY φωτισμὸν του Ἱ “the image of 
unbelieving, soas ποῦ to beam forth {ο them the radiancy of the God, should shine 
η εἵνεκεν LITA, ο Μωῦσῆς GLTTrAW. a αὐτοῦ (read his face) Lrraw. 4 ἀλλὰ Tr. 


Sore that lit] GLTTraW, 
Wo — ἐκεῖ LITrAW. 
4— αὐτοῖς GLI Tra w, 


Fo ημερας day ΙΤΤΙΑΥ. 
5 δὲ ἂν Tr; δὲ ἐὰν Τ. 
LTITrAW. 


* ἐγκ- LTITraAw. 


‘av ἀναγινώσκηται may be reid ΤΟΥ. 
} ἀλλὰ LTTra. 


Σσννγισταντες 


474 NPOS ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ 8. IV; 


unto them. 5 For εὐαγγελίου «τῆς! δόξης τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὃς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ 


bs tne Chives aa glad tidings ofthe glory of the Christ, who is [the] image 


sus the Lord; andour- θερῦ, 5 οὐ.γὰρ ἑαυτοὺς κηρύσσομεν, ἀλλα “χριστὸν “In- 


ne Ελ μην ο. of God. For not ourselves do we proclaim, but Christ Je- 
Ξ Ἶ a Σ xb ? ~ 
God, who commanded σοῦγὶ κύριον ἑαυτοὺς.δὲ δούλους ὑμῶν διὰ Ιησοῦν. 
the light to shine out κῃ Lord, and ourselves your bondmen for the sake of Jesus. 


of darkness, hath 8 Σ ἈΝ ΤᾺΣ δι ἅ ε Μη λα 
shined in our hearts, 6 ὅτι , 6 θεὸς ὁ εἰπὼν ἐκ σκότους φῶς “λάμψαι,' ὃς 
to give thelight of the Because [it is] God who spoke ὁπῖ οὗ darkness light toshine, who 
knowledge of theglory , a δὴ Ἀ Ses ᾿ 3 ας A 
of God in the face of ἔλαμψεν ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις ἡμῶν, πρὸς φωτισμὸν της γνω- 
Jesus Christ. 7 But ghone in our hearts, for [the] radiancy ofthe know- 
we have this treasure - , ε- το ~ 3 ee δ᾽ ΟἹ ns 
in earthen vessels, σεως της δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ" εν “προσώπῳ Ιησου χριστοῦ. 
μύρῳ the ο πο a! ledge of the glory _ of God in [the] face of Jesus Christ. 
w 8 εο % ῃ ‘ ~ 3 η , , 
ανα. σι mae 2 Εχομεν.δὲ τὸν. θησαυρὸν-τοῦτον ἐν ὀστρακίνοις" σκεύεσιν, 
8 We are troubled on But we have this treasure in earthen vessels, 


every side, yet not dis- υ hse \ ~ /͵ τ ~ ~ : \ 2 
tressed; we are per- (να 1) ὑπερβολὴ τῆς δυνάμεως gy τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ μὴ εξ 
plexed, but ποῦ in de- that the surpassingness of the power may be of God, and not from 
spair;, 9 persecuted, « ~ , 2 ι ἢ ᾽ ? ᾽ , ος 
αστοί forsaken; cast. POY’: Θ.ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι, ἀλλ οὐ στενοχωρούµετοι 
down, but ποὺ de- ws: in every [way] oppressed, but not straitened ; 


ο νο always ἀπορούμενοι, ἄλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐξαπορούμενοι' .9 διωκόμενοι, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ 
body the dying of . perplexed, but not. utterly at a loss; persecuted, but not 


the Lord Jesus, that ἐγκαταλειπόμενοι καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι" 
sus might be made forsaken ; cast down, but not destroyed ; 


manifest in our body. 10 πάντοτε τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἀκυρίου! Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι 
are alway jiclivered ao oe cyan ον. a ae in the αν 

unto death for Jesus ᾿ ns ~ SS Fare ve ~ 
ato ἄραι lige cles περιφέροντες, ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν 'τῷ σώµατι ἡμῶν 


of Jesus might be bearing Sy ae that “μα. ἈΠῸ : "με Je in ὃ f *body Four 

ο ee φανερωθῇ. 11 ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες εἰς θάνατον παρα- 
Sect ο ΓῬ may be manifested ; for always we who live to death are de- 
us, but life in you. διδόμεθα διὰ Ἰησοῦν, ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ιησοῦ φανε- 
19 We having thesame Jivered onaccount of Jesus, that also the life of Jesus may be 


spirit of faith, accord- δ: ᾿ ὃν ἣν μα κ᾿ + A ἕ ᾿ 

ing as it is written,I ρωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν. 12 Ὥστε ὁ Ἐμὲν" θάνατος 
believed, and there- manifested in mortal “flesh ‘our; so that aor death 
fore Ὠβτο Τ spoken;we , εἐ ~ = = eink να Ὁ ον " , «κ ων 
9]θο Ὀο]]ετο, andthere- ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνεργεῖται, ἡ). δὲ. ζωὴ ἐν ὑμῖν 19 ἔχοντες.δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ 
forespeak;14knowing in us works, andlife in you. And having the same 
that he which raised = SE A 4 , παν 

up the Lord Jesus πγεῦμα τῆς πίστεως, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον. Ἐπίστευσα, 
shall raise up us also spirit of faith, according to what has been written, I believed, 
by Jesus, and shall ὃ \ Ι ἐλ aN κε ~ , ‘ ‘ ~ 
present «19 with you. ιὸ ἐλάλησα, καὶ ἡμεῖς πιστεύομεν, διὸ καὶ λαλοῦμεν" 
15 For all things are therefore Ispoke; also ‘we believe, therefore also we speak ; 
for your sakes, that 11 ελος ε/ EAST ΑΠ, a πας "’ ~ + wee 
ἘΠῚ οπασκαι απ εἰδότες OTL ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν Πκύριονὶ ᾿Ιησοῦν, καὶ ἡμᾶς 


etc through the knowing that he whoraised up the Lord Jesus, also 8 
thanksgiving of man ν 2 ον τὺ ᾿ . ΄ ~ 
redound to the glory διὰ Ἰησοῦ ἐγερεῖ, Kai παραστήσει σὺν ὑμῖν. 15 τὰ 
of God, through Jesus wWillraiseup, and will present. with τοι, 
4 / ? { ~ ῃ ΄ 
γὰρ πάντα δι ὑμᾶς, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα 
or all things [are] for the sake of you, that the grace, abounding 
διὰ τῶν πλειόνων τὴν εὐχαριστίαν περισσεύσῃ εἰς τὴν 
‘through the most, *thanksgiving ‘may “cause toexceed to the 
δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 
glory of God. 


16 For which cause 


we faint not; but 16 Διὸ ovdk.°&xkaxovpev*" 


> ~ 
ἀλλ᾽ εἰ καὶ ὁ ἔξω ἡμῶν ἄν- 











though our outward Wherefore we faint not; but if indeed *outward ‘our 

man perish, yet the’ θ ἢ θεία αν. τς ¥ ἼΣΩΣ a 

inward man isrenew- θρωπος  ὀιαφθείρεται, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ Ῥέσωθενὶ ἀνακαινοῦται 

ed day by day. 17 For man is being brought to decay, yet the inward is being renewed 
© τὸν the Ε. d Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1,. © λάμψει shall shine Lrtra. { αὐτοῦ (read 

his glory) x. & — Ἰησοῦ Litra. ® — κυρίου GLITraw. ἀποῖς σώμασιν bodies τ. 

’ — μὲν GLTTrAW. 14 καὶ also τ, τι [κύριον] Tra. Ὦ σὺν with LITrAW, 9 εγκ- 


LITrAW, P ἔσω ἡμῶν (read our inward [man]) LrTr ; ἔσω[θεν] ἡμῶν a, 


iv, Υ. II CORINTHIANS, 


ε / ‘ ’ κ ‘ ~ ΄ 
ἡμέρᾳ. καὶ ἡμέρᾳ. 17 τὸ. γὰρ παραυτίκα ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως 
day by day. Forthe momentary lightness of *tribulation 
ἡμῶν καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς. ὑπερ]βολὴν αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης 
Your *excessively *surpassing San eternal weight of glory 
, Rina \ G Chany ae ‘ / 
κατεργάζεται ἡμῖν, 18 μὴ σκοπούντων ἡμῶν τὰ βλεπό- 


works out for us ; “not *considering we thethings  .seen, 
2 4 i) ᾿ , Β Ν 4 , 
μενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα τὰ γὰρ βλεπόμενα 
but the things not seen ; for the things seen [ατα] 


πρόσκαιρα" ' τὰ δὲ μὴ βλεπόμενα αἰώνια. 5 οἴδαμεν.γὰρ 
temporary, but the things not seen eternal. For we know 
ὅτι ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ, οἶκο- 
that “if “earthly ‘our house of the tabernacle ,be destroyed, a build- 
δομὴν ἐκ θεοῦ ἔχομεν, οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον, αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς 
-ing from God wehave, ahouse not made with hands, eternal in the 
᾿οὐραγοῖς. 2 καὶ.γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ στενάζοµεν, τὸ.οἰκητήριον. ἡμῶν 
heaveus.. For indeed in this we groan, our dwelling 
x ? ? ρω ? » 9 ~ 5 ” iH} 
TO ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπενδύσασθαι ἐπιποθοῦντες" 3 Δεῖγε 
which [15] from heayen to 309 *clothed °with ‘longing; if indeed 
καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι, οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα. 4 καὶ γὰρ οἱ 
also beingclothed, not naked we shall be found. For indeed who 
ὄντες, ἐν τῷ σκήνει στενάζοµεν βαρούμενοι τἐπειδὴ! οὐ 
Sore ‘in ‘the ‘tabernacle ἵνα groan being burdened ; since *not 
θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι, "ἀλλ᾽" ἐπενδύσασθαι, ἵνα καταπὸθῇ 
1πνο "40 wishtobeunclothed, but io be clothed upon, that may be swallowed up 
τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς. 5 ὁ- δὲ κατεργασάμενος ἡμᾶς εἰς 
the mortal by life. Now he who wrought out us for 
αὐτὸ τοῦτο θεός, ὁ ἵκαὶὶ δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸν YappaBdva" τοῦ 
this same thing [is] God, who also gave ἴοῦβ the earnest of the 
πνεύματος. 6 θαῤῥοῦντες οὖν πάντοτε, καὶ εἰδότες ὅτι 
Spirit. Being “confident *therefore ‘always, and knowing that 
ἐνδημοῦντες ἐν τῷ σώματι ἐκδημοῦμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου 
being αὖ home in the body wearefrom home away from the Lord, 
7 διὰ. πίστεως. γὰρ περιπατοῦμεν, οὐ διὰ εἴδους" 8 θαῤῥοῦμεν δέ, 
(for by faith we walk, not by sight;) wearaconfident, 
καὶ εὐδοκοῦμεν μᾶλλον ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος Kai 
διὰ are pleased rather tobe from home out of the body and 
ἐνδημῆσαι πρὸς τὸν κύριον. 9 Διὸ καὶ φιλοτιμούμεθα, 
tobe athome with the Lord. Wherefore also we are ambitious, 
εἴτε ἐνδημοῦντες εἴτε ἐκδημοῦντες, εὐάρεστοι αὐτῷ εἶναι. 
whether being athome or being from home, well-pleasing to him {ο be. 
10 τοὺς.γὰρ.πάντας ἡμᾶς φανερωθῆναι δεῖ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ 
For all “we *be *manifested “must before the 
βήματος τοῦ χριστοῦ, ἵνα κομίσηται ἕκαστος τὰ 
judgment seat of the Christ, that *may “receive ‘each the things [done] 
Ιδιὰ τοῦ σώματος, πρὸς ἃ ἔπραξεν, εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε 
in the body, according to what he did, whether good or 
κακόν." 11 Εἰδότες οὖν τὸν φόβον τοῦ κυρίου, ἀνθρώπους 
evil. Knowing therefore the terror ofthe Lord, Smen 
πείθομεν, θεῷ.δὲ πεφανερώμεθα: ἐλπίζω.δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς 
Awe “persuade, but {ο God we have been manifested, andIhope also in 
συνειδήσεσιν.ὑμῶν πεφανερῶσθαι. 19 οὐ.“ γὰρ' πάλιν ἑαυτοὺς 
your consciences. to have been manifested. For not ᾿ again ourselves 
συνιστάνοµεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀφορμὴν διδόντες ὑμῖν καυχήματος 
4ο 6 οοπιωιθηᾶ toyou, but occasion 816 giving ἴοτοα ΟἿ boasting 





τ ἐφ᾽ ᾧ for that EGLITraW. 5 ἀλλὰ Tre 


ᾳ εἴ περ LTr. : : 
Ἢ φαῦλον Tir. Σ--- γὰρ for LTTraw, 


5 ἀραβῶνα Τι. 


470 


our light affliction, 
which is but for a 
moment, werketh for 
us afar more exceed- 
ing and eternal weight 
of glory; 18 while we 
look not at the things 
which are seen, but at 
the things which are 
not seen: for the things 
which are seen ase 
temporal; but the 
things which are not 
seen are eternal. 
V. For we know that 
if our earthly house 
of this tabernacle 
were dissolved, we 
have a building of 
God, an house not 
made with hands, e- 
ternal in the heavens. 
2 For in this we groan, 
earnestly desiring to 
be clothed upon with 
our house which is 
from heaven: 3 if so 
be that being clothed 
we shall not be found 
naked. 4 For we that 
are in this tabernacle 
do groan, being bur- 
dened : not for that we 
would be unclothed, 
but clothed upon, that 
mortality might be 
swallowed up of life. 
5 Now he that hath 
wrought us for the 
selfsame thing 7 
God, who also hath 
given unto us_ the 
earnest of the Spirit. 
6 Therefore we are al- 
ways confident, know- 
ing that, whilst we 
are at home in the bo- 
dy, we areabsent from 
the Lord: 7 (for we 
walk by faith, not by 
sight |) 8 we are con- 
fident, say, and will- 
ing rather to be absent 
from the body, and to 
be present with the 
Lord. 9 Wherefore we 
labour, that, whether 
present or absent, we 
may be accepted of 
him. 10 For we must 
all ‘appear before the 
judgment seat of 
Christ; that -every 
one may receive the 
things done in his bo- 
dy, according to that 
he hath done, whether 
at be good or bad, 
11 Knowing therefore, 
the terror of the Lord, 
we persuade men; but 
we are made manifest 
unto God; and I trust 
also are made mani- 


fest .In your con- 
sciences, 12 For we 
commend not oure 


selves again unto you, 





1..- καὶ LTTraW, 


470 


but give you occasion 
to glory on our be- 
half, that ye may have 
somewhat to answer 
them which glory in 
appearance, and not in 
heart. 13 For whe- 
ther we be beside our- 
selves, tt is to God: 
or whether we be so- 
ber, it ts for your 
eause. 14 For the love 
of Christ constrainecth 
us; because we thus 
judge, that if one died 
for all, then were all 
dead: 15 and that he 
died for all, that they 
which live should 
not henceforth live 
unto themselves, but 
unto him which died 
for them, and rose a- 
gain. 16 Wherefore 
henceforth know we 
no mau after the flesh: 
yea, though we have 
known Christ after 
the fiesh, yet now 
henceforth know we 
him vo more, 17 There- 
fore if any man ὧς in 
Christ, leis a new crea- 
ture: old things are 
passed away; behold, 
ali things are become 
hew. 18 Andall things 
are of God, who hath 
recoueciled us to him- 
self by Jesus Christ, 
aud hath given to us 
the ministry of recon- 
ciliation; 19 to wit, 
that God was in 
Christ, reconciling the 
world unto himsclf, 
not imputing their 
trespasses unto them ; 
and hath committed 
unto us the word of 
reconciliation. 20 Now 
then we are ambassa- 
dors for Christ, as 
though God did beseech 
you by us: we pray you 
in Christ’s stead, be 
ye reconciled to God. 
21 For he hath made 
him to be sin for us, 
who knew no sin; that 
we might be made the 
righteousness of God 
in him, 

VE. We then, as 
Workers together with 
him, ‘wseech you al-o 
that νο reeeive not the 
grace of God in vain. 
2 (For he saith, I have 
heard thee in a time 
accepted, and in the 
day of salvation have 
I suecoured thee: be- 
hold. now is the πο- 
cepted time; behold, 
low és the day of sal- 
Vaiion.) 3 Giving no 
οπου in anything, 
that the ministry be 


a Ss oie ea ie er 


:- εἰ LTT:AW. 
d γὰρ for LTrraw. 


Σ μὴ ἐν LTTr. 
LITraw, 


ΠΡΟ TOP NOLO. YS Ἡ. Vow 
‘ ~~ ev ” 4 ‘ 5 4 
ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, ἵνα ἔχητε προς τοὺς ἐν προσωπῳ 
in behalf of us, that ye may have [such] towards those “in *appcarance 
, A ? » Α ? , 
καυχωµένους καὶ Σοὐϊ καρδιᾳ. 19 εἴτε.γὰρ ἐξέστημεν, 


*boasting For whether we were beside ourselves, 
~ » - e ~ c ale ’ ΄ tai 2 
θεῷ" εἴτε σωφρονοῦμεν, ὑμῖν. 14 ἡ-.γὰρ ἀγάπὴ 
{it was} toGod; or are sober-minded [it is] for you. For the love 
~ ~ , « - , ~ e ? 3 ς . 
τοῦ χριστοῦ συνεχει NMAC, κριναγτας τούτο; OTL 7el gig ὑπὲρ 
of the Christ constrains 8, having judged this, that if one “for 


? ” ε ΄ , - =~ et). « " 
πάντων ἀπέθανεν, ἄρα οἱ πάντες ἀπεθανον' 15 καὶ ὑπὲρ 


and not in heart. 


Sal] died, then all dic:l; aud for 

 - > , tr Be ~ is ΕΞ, « ~ 2 ~ 
πάντων ἀπέθανεν, ἵνα οἱ. ζῶντες μηκέτι EAUTOIC ζῶ- 
4}} he died, that they who live uno longer to themselves should 


ow, ἀλλὰ τῷ. ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀποθανόντι καὶ ἐγερθέντι. 


live, , but to him who for them died and was raised again, 
Ff ε ~ ᾽ ‘ ~ ~ ar / ΄ A 

16 Wore ἡμεῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν οὐδένα οἴδαμεν κατὰ σάρκα 
Sothat τὸ from now noone know according to flesh ; 

εἰ “δὲ! καὶ ἐγιώκαμεν κατὰ σάρκα Χριστόν, ἀλλὰ νῦν 

but if even we have known according to  ficsh Christ, yet now 

οὐκέτι γινώσκομεν 17 ὥστε εἴ Tic ἐν χοιστῷ, 

no longer we know [him]. Sothat if anyone [beJin Chri-t [there is” 


καινὴ κτίσις τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν, ἰδοὺ γέγονεν καινὰ 


anew creation: the old things passed away; lo, have become new 
υτὰ πάντα." 18 τὰ δὲ πάντα ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦ καταλλάξαν- 
all things: and all things [are] of God, who ἃ \ reconciled 


τος ἡμᾶς ἑαυτῷ διὰ ΦΙησοῦ! χοιστοῦ, καὶ δύντος ἡμῖν την 

us tohimself by Jesus Christ, and gave tous the 
διακονίαν τῆς καταλλαγῆς" 19 we ὅτι θεὺς ἦν ἐν χριστῷ 

service of reconciliation : how that God was in Christ. (the) 


κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ, μὴ λογιζόμενος αὐτοῖς τὰ 


world reconciling -to himself, not reckoning to them 
παραπτώματα αὐτῶν, καὶ θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς 
their offences, and having put in us the word 
~ ἐξ ‘ ~ , 
καταλλαγὴς. 20 ὑπὲρ χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν, ὡς 


of reconciliation, For Christ therefore we are anbassadors, as it were 


τοῦ θεοῦ παρακαλοῦντος δι ἡμῶν: δεόμεθα ὑπὲρ χριστοῦ, 


God exhorting by us, We beseech for Chrisc, 
καταλλάγητε τῷ θεῷ" 21 τὸν γὰρ' μὴ.γνόντα ἁἅμαρτιαν 
Be reconciled to God. For him who | knew not sin 
€ Δ « ~ € , 3 ΄ | ΄ ~ ΄ x 
υπερ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν, Ὁ α΄ ἡμεῖς «γινώμεβα" ὃι- 
“for 5115 δια "he “made, that we wight become right- 

’ - . ~ ἔν 
καιοσύνη θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ. 
eousness of God in him. 


6 Συνεργοῦντες δὲ καὶ 
But working together “also 

, ~ = hex 
χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ δέξασθαι 
®erace τοῦ "God °to !°reccive 


> . 
εἰς κενὸν τὴν 
“ins Avain πο 
Καιρῷ δεκτῷ 
In atime accepted 
’ , ΄ ‘ ? ε , ’ , η , ~ 
ἐπ]]κουσα σου. καὶ ἐν MENA σωτηρίας ἐβοήθησά oor ἰδοὺ νῦν 
Tlistened to, thee, and in aday οὗ saivation IThelped thee: Jo, new 

. ᾽ , ’ 4 ~ « ’ ΄ , 
καιρὸς εὐπρύσδεκτος, ἰδοὺ νῦν ἡμέρα σωτηρίας 3 μηδεμίαν 
{the] time well-accepted ; behold, now [thelday ΟΕ salvation ἢ) uot one 


ἐν μηδενὶ διδύντες προσκυπήν, ἵνα μὴ μωμηθῇ ἡ διακονία" 


παρακαλοῦμεν μὴ 
twe exhort “not 

« ~ ’ , 

υμᾶς' 2 λέγει γάρ, 


1,- . ᾿ Ξ = 
you: (for he says, 


Sin “anything “giving otlence, that be not blamed the service; 
(lit. nothing) / 
> ? ? τ ~ ῃ ΄ - 

4 ἀλλ ἐν παντὶ 'συνιστῶντες" ἑαυτοὺς ὡς θεοῦ διάκονοι, 
but in everything commending ourselves as God's servants, 





a --- δὲ but LTTra. 


‘ Ὁ —tanmavraLttra. 53 -- Ἰησοῦ 
ὁ γειώμεθα LITrAW, ; 


Γσυνισταντες LITrAWs 


Vi. Il CORINTHIANS. 


? « ~ ~ 3 ΄ ? > ’ 3 

ἐν ὑπομονῇ πολλῇ, ἐν θλίψεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν στενο- 

in endurance ‘much, in tribulations, in necessities, in straits, 

, ~ ~ @ ’ 

χωρίαις, ὃ ἐν πληγαῖς, ἐν φυλακαῖς, ἐν ἀκαταστασίαις, ἐν 

in stripes, in imprisonments, in commotions, in 
δ . , ε , 
κόποις, ἐν ἀγωυπνίαις, ἐν νηστείαις, 6 ἐν ἁγνότητι, ἐν γνώσει, 
labours, ἴθ Ὑγα οἰ ηρ8, in fastings, in pureness, in knowledge, 


ἐν μακροθυμίᾳ. ἐν χρηστότητι, ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, ἐν ἀγάπῃ 


in long-suffering, in kindness, in[the] “Spirit Holy, ἵπ love 

. / ᾽ / ? , ? / - 

ἀνυποκρίτῳ, 7 ἐν δΔλόγῳ ἀληθείας, ἐν. δυνάμει θεοῦ, 
unfeigned, in [the] word of truth, in [the] power of God; 


διὰ τῶν ὕπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν, 
through the arms of righteousness og the right hand and left, 
8 διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀτιμίας, διὰ δυσφημίας καὶ εὐφημίας" ὡς 
through glory and dishonour, through evilreport and good report: as 
πλάνοι, καὶ ἀληθεῖς' 9 ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι, καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι! 


deceivers, and true; as being unknown, and well-known ; 
ὡς ἀποθνήσκοντες, καὶ ἰδοὺ ζῶμεν ὡς παιδευόμενοι, καὶ 
as dying, and lo welive; as disciplined, and 


μὴ θανατούμενοι' 10 we λυπούμενοι, ἀεὶ. δὲ χαίροντες" ὡς 
ποῦ puttodeath; as sorrowful, butalways rejoicing; as 
πτωχοί, πολλοὺς.δὲ πλουτίζοντες ὡς μηδὲν ἔχοντες, καὶ 
Ῥοος, but many enriching ; as nothing having, and 
πάντα κατέχοντες. 
allthings possessing. | : 
1] Τὸ στόμαἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, Κορίνθιοι, ἡ 
Our mouth has keen opened to you, Corinthians, 
καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται' 12 οὐ.στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν, 
our heart. has been expanded. Ye are not straitened in us, 
στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν. 13 τὴν.δὲ αὐτὴν 
but γε are straitened in your bowels ; but the same 
ἀντιμισθίαν, ὡς τέκνοις λέγω, πλατύνθητε καὶ ὑμεῖς. 
[45] recompense, (as tochildren Ispeak,) beexpanded also ye. 
14 Μὴ.γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες ἀπίστοις τίς. γὰρ µε- 
e not diversely yoked with unbelievers; for what par- 
TOXN δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ; Ῥτίς δὲ" κοινωνία φωτὶ 
ticipation [has] righteousness and lawlessness? and what fellowship light 


πρὸς σκότος; 15 τίς δὲ συμφώνησις χριστῷ" πρὸς ΧΒελίαρ!; 


With darkness 2 and what concord Christ with Deliar, 
ἢ τίς μερὶς. πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου; 16 τίς.δὲ Ἰσυγκατά- 
or what part toabeliever with an unbelicver? and what agrce- 


θεσιοὶ ναῷ θεοῦ μετὰ εἰδώλων; πιὑμεῖς" γὰρ. ναὸς θεοῦ 
ment atemple of God with idols? 3γ9 ‘for atemple of *God 
Nore! ζῶντος, Καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ θεός, Ὅτι ἐνοικήσω ἐν 
“are ['the] “living, according as ?said 1God, I will dwell among 
αὐτοῖς, καὶ δἐμπεριπατήσω" καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτῶν' θεός, καὶ 


them, and walk among [them]; and Iwilibe their God, and 
αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί Ῥμοι" λαός. 17 διὸ WEENOETE" ἐκ μέσου 
they shallbe tome apeople. Wherefore comeout from the midst 
αὐτῶν Kai ἀφορίσθητε, λέγει κύριος, καὶ ἀκαθάρτου 
ofthem απᾶ 6 separated, says [the] Lord, and [the] unclean 


εἰσδέξομαι ὑμᾶς, 18 καὶ ἔσομαι ὑμῖν εἰς 
willreceive you; and I willbe to you for 
» 4 , , 

ἔσεσθέ μοι εἰς υἱοὺς καὶ θυγατέρας, λέγει 
shallbetome for sons and daughters, says 


κἀγὼ 
and I 
ὑμεῖς 
and ye 


μὴ -ἅπτεσθε΄ 
, touch not, 

πατέρα, καὶ 
a father, 


i χριστοῦ οἱ Christ LTTrA. 


Ὁ ἢ τίς or what LTTrAw. 
οἐν-Ἱ. Ρ μον of me LTTr. 


πι ἡμεῖς We LITr. Ὁ ἐσμὲν LIT, 


κ Βελίαλ Belial Ex. 
4 ἐξέλθατε LTTrA, 


477 
not blamed : 4 but in 
all things approving 


ourselves as the minis- 
ters of God, in much 
patience, in afflictions, 
in -necessities, in dis- 
tresses, 5 in stripes, in 
imprisonments, in tu- 
mults, in labours, in 
watchings, in  fast- 
ings; 6 by pureness, 
by knowledge, by long- 
suffering, by kindness, 
by the Holy Ghost, by 
love unfeigned, 7 by 
the word of truth, by 
the power of God, by 
the armour of right- 
eousness on the right 
hand and on the left, 
8 by honour and dis- 
honour, by evil report 
and good report: as 
deceivers, and yet 
true ; 9 as unknown, 
and yet well known; 
as dying, and, behold, 
we live; as chastened, 
and not killed; 10 as 
sorrowful, yet alway 
rejoicing; as poor, yet 
making many rich ; 2s 
havivg nothing, and 
yet possessing all 
things. 

11 O ye Corinthians, 
our mouth is open unto 

ou, our heart is en- 

arged. 12 Ye are not 

straitened in us, but 
ye are straitened in 
your own bowels, 
13 Now for a recom- 
pence in the same, (I 
speak as unto my chil- 
dren,) be ye also en- 
larged. 

14 Be ye’not un- 
equally yoked toge- 
ther with unbelievers ; 
for what fellowship 
hath righteousness 
with unrighteousness ὃ 
and what communion 
hath light with dark- 
ness? 15 and what 
concord hath Christ 
with Belial? or what 
part hath he that be- 
lieveth with an infi- 
del? 16 and what a- 
greement hath the 
temple of God with 
idols? for ye are the 
temple of the living 
God; as God hath 
said, I will dwell in 
them, and walk ἫΝ 
them; and I will be 
their God, and they 
shall be my people. 
17 Wherefore come out 
from among them, and 
be ye separate, saith 
the Lord, and touch 
not the unclean thing ; 
and I will receive 
you, 18 and willbe a 





1συν- τι 


478 


Father unto you, and 
ye shall be my sons 
and daughters, saith 
the Lord Almighty. 
VII. Having therefore 
these promises, dearly 
beloved, let us cleanse 
ourselves from all fil- 
thiness of the flesh 
and spirit, perfecting 
holiness in the fear of 
God. 


2 Receive us; we 
have wronged noman, 
we have corrupted no 
man, we have defraud- 
ednoman, 3] speak not 
this to condemn 1/Ο1έ 5 
for I have said before, 
that ye are in our 
hearts to die and live 
with you. 4 Great ts 
my boldness of speech 
toward you, great {5 
my glorying of you: I 
am filled with com- 
fort, I am exceeding 
joyful in all our tri- 
bulation. 5For, when 
we were come into Ma- 
cedonia, our flesh had 
no rest, but we were 
troubled on = every 
side; without were 
fightings, within were 
fears. 6 Nevertheless 
God, that comforteth 
those τπαῦ τε cast 
down, comforted us 
by the cominy of Ti- 
tus; Zand ng: by his 
coming only, but by 
the consolation where- 
with he was comfort- 
ed in you, when he 
told us your earnest 
desire, your mourn- 
ing, your fervent mind 
toward me; so that I 
rejoiced the more. 
8 For though I made 
you sorry with a let- 
ter, I do not repent, 
though I did repent: 
for I perccive that the 
same ¢pistle hath made 
you sorry, though it 
were but for a season. 
9 Now I rejoice, not 
that ye were made 
sorry, but that ye sor- 
rowed to repentance: 
for ye were made sor- 
ry after a godly man- 
ner, that ye might re- 
ceive damage by us in 
nothing. 10 For godly 
sorrow worketh τος 
pentance to salvation 
not to be repented of : 
but the sorrow of the 
world worketh death. 
1] For behold this 
selfsame thing, that 
ye sorrowed after a 
godly sort, what care- 
fulness it wrought in 
you, yea, what clear- 


Vit: 
οὖν ἔχοντες rite 


*therefore ‘having 


προς HOPING TOYS: "Ὁ. 


κύριο; παντοκράτωρ. YF Ταύτας 
{the] Lord Almighty. °These 


ἐπαγγελίας, ἀγαπητοί, καθαρίσωµεν ἑαυτοὺς ἀπὸ παντὸς 


pronuises, beloved, we should cleanse ourselves from every 
~ 4 ‘ , ? ~ ε 
μολυσμοῦ σαρκὸς και π}ευµατος; ἐπιτελοῦντες ἁγιωσύνην ἐν 
defilement offlesh and spirit, perfecting holiness ia 


φόβῳ θεοῦ. 

fear of God. 
9 Χωρήσατε ἡμᾶς' ovdéva ἠδικήσαμεν, οὐδένα ἐφθείραμεν, 
Receive ἯΙ noone ἀϊᾶ wewrong, noone did wecorrupt, 
οὐδένα ἐπλεονεκτήσαμεν. 8. τοὺ πρὸς Karakorow" λέγω" 
no one did we overreach, Not for condemnation I speak, 
προείρηκα γὰρ ὅτι ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις ἡμῶν ἐστε εἰς τὸ συν-- 


for I have before said that in our hearts ye are, for to die 
~ ‘ ~ ;» ε ΄, 
αποθανεῖν καὶ "συζῇν" 4 πολλή μοι παῤῥησία πρὸς 
together and to live together. Great [is] tome boldness towards 
ὑμᾶς, πολλή μοι κσύχησις ὑπὶρ ὑμῶν πεπλήρωμαι 


tome boasting I have been filled 
τῇ παρακλήσει, ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ ἐπὶ πάσῃ TY 
with encouragement ; I overabound with joy at all 
θλιΨει ἡμῶν. 5 Kai.yap ἐλθύντων ἡμῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, 
our tribulation. For indeed, “having “come ‘we into. Macedonia, 


οὐδεμίαν ἔσχηκεν" ἄνεσιν ἡ.σὰρξ ἡμῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ 
ts = pes /μω ν] Τ 


τοι, great in respect of you; 


“not “any “had Sease tour *flesh, but in every [way] 
θλιβόμενοι: ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι. 6 ἀλλ ὁ 
beiug oppressed ; without contentions, within fears. But he who 


παρακαλῶν τοὺς ταπεινοὺς παρεκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ 
encourages * those brought low encouraged us— God— by the 


παρουσιᾳ Τίτου" 7 οὐ-μόνον.δὲ ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ 


coming of Titus ; and notonly by his coming, bus 
καὶ ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει 4 παρεκλήθη ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν, 
also by the encouragement with which he wasencouraged asto you; 


ἀναγγέλλων ἡμῖν τὴν. ὑμῶν. ἐπιπόθησιν, τὸν .ὑμῶν.ὀξυρμόν, 
relating to us your longing, your mourning, 
‘ € ~ ~ « A ’ ne eer ~ ~ «“ 
τὸν. ὑμῶν. ζῆλον ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ, ὥστε.με μᾶλλο» χαρῆναι. ὃ Ὅτι 
your zeal for me; 80 48 forme the more to be rejoiced. For | 
? , > , € ~ ~ 2 κα 8 
εἰ καὶ ἐλύπησα ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ, οὐ.μεταμέλομαι, εἰ καὶ 
if also Igrieved you in the  epistle, Ido not regret [it], if even 
/ / ε ο ο ‘ vr , ν᾿ 
ετεμελόμην᾽ βλέπω. γὰρ! ὅτι ἡ. ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη εἰ καὶ πρὸς 
Pos 
I did regret ; for Isec that that epistle, if even for 
er 1 4, « ~ ~ e . ΄ 
ὥραν ἐλύπησεν ὑμᾶς. 9 νῦν χαίρω, οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε, ἀλλ᾽ 
anhour, grieved you, Now 1 το]οίσθ, not that ye were grieved, but 
er ? , > , , ‘ , 
ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε εἰς μετάνοιαν" ἐλυπήθητε.γὰρ κατὰ θεύν, 
that ye were grieved {ο repentance; for ye were grieved according to God, 
e ? Ό ‘ ~ ~ 
wa ἐν pncevi ζημιωθῆτε ἐξ ἡμῶν. 10 ἡ γὰρ Kara 
that in nothin; ye might suffer loss by us. For the “according *to 
θεὸν λύπη μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἀμεταμέλητον Ἱκατερ- 
"αοᾶ ‘gricf repentance to salvation not to be regretted werks 
΄ οἱ « ‘ ~ , ΄ ΄ ; 
γάζεται"' ἡ. δὲ τοῦ κόσμου λύπη θάνατον κατεργάζεται. 
OUL ; but the 7of *the “world grief death works out. 
1] ἰδοὺ-γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ κατὰ θεὸν λυπηθῆναι κὑμᾶς," 
Ῥων lo, this same thing, according to God *to *have *been ®grieved you, 
πόσην Ἱκατειργάσατο" 5 ὑμῖν σπουδήν, ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν; 
how much *it“worked*out ‘in “you ‘diligence, but [what] defence, 


OS EEE ES 


Γ πρὸς κατάκρισιν οὐ LTTrA, 
Ὑ ςργάζεται Works LTTraw. 


5 συνζην LTTrA. 


συ t ἔσχεν LTr. 
ᾱ-- Όμας LIT:[A], 


v¥ — γὰρ for (L}Tr. 
7 κατηργασατο T. 


t+ [ἐν] 1, 


CORINTHIANS. 


φύβον, ἀλλὰ ἐπιπόθησιν, ἀλλὰ 


VII, VITTI. It 


ἀλλὰ ἀγανάκτησιν, ἀλλὰ 


but indignation, but fear, but longing, but 
Cnr a tA’! ? ot a ? ‘ , e 4 
ζῆλον, *a EKOLKIOLY 5 ἐν παντι συνεστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς 
zeal, but vengeanve! in every Cway] ye proved yourselves 
« = ᾽ Ἡ » ΄ 
ἀγνοὺς εἶναι δὲν" τῷ πράγματι. 12 ἄρα εἰ καὶ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, 
Spure "to*be in the matter. Then if also I wrote to you, 
΄ ~ ’ ss 
οὐχ «εἴγεκενὶ τοῦ ἀδικήσαντος. οὐδὲ “εἵνεκεν τοῦ 
not for the sake of him who did wrong, nor for the sake of him who 
ῃ ry ε/ ~ ~ ‘ \ 
ἀδικηθέντος" ἀλλ᾿" Setvexer" τοῦ day ρωθῆναι τὴν σπουδὴν 
suffcred wrong, but for the sake of ΗΕ manifested “diligence 
« ~ 4 « \ « ~ ~ ~ 
ὑμῶν! τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμὼνὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. 
tyour which [15] ος ®us to you before God. 
13 Διὰ τοῦτο  παρακεκλήµεθα ἐπὶ ὅ τῷ παρακλήσει 
On account of this we have been encouraged in encouragement 


περισσοτέρως ᾿δὲϊ 


and the more abundantly 
OTL ἀγαπέπαυται 
because has been refreshed 
14 οτι εἴ τι αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ 
Because if anything to Πα about 
ἀλλ᾽ ὡς πάντα 
but as ail things 
ἡ καύχησις ἡμῶν! 
the boasting of us 
15 καὶ τὰ σπλάγχνα.αὐτοῦ περισσοτέρως 
and his bowels more abundantly 

εἰ ὑμᾶς ἐστιν, ἀναμιμνήσκομένου τὴν πάντων ὑμῶν 
towards you are, remcmbering the Zo£ sally 7ot Py ot 

« , e 4 ΄ ‘ , “δ΄ ? , 
ὑπακοήν, ὡς μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν. 

obedience, how with. fear and trembling ye received him, 

, ! a ” ‘ ~ ~ 
16 χαίρὼ αὶ ὅτι ἐν παντὶ θαῤῥῶ ἐν ὑμῖν. 
Trejoice that in everything LTamconfident in τοι. 

8 Γνωρίζομεν.δὲ ὑμῖν, ἀδελφοί. τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν 
But we make known toyou, brethren, the grace of God which 
δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας" 2 ἱ ὅτι ἐν πολλῇ 
has been given in the assemblies of Macedonia τ thatin much 


Σοκιμῇ θλίψεως ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς.αὐτῶν Kai ἡ κατὰ 


πὑμῶν 
your, 
Τίτου. 
of Titus, 
ὑμῶν" 
ot you. 
«κατῃσχύνθην" 
‘Te “Was Bue to‘shame ; 
ὑμῖν, οὕτως καὶ 
to you, so also 
ἀλήθεια ἐγε}'ήθη: 


truth hecame ; 


μᾶλλον ἐχάρημεν ἐπὶ τῇ χαρᾷ 


rather We rejoiced at the joy 
τὸ πνεῦμα.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων 
his spirit by all 
€ ~ 
ὑμῶν κεκαύχηµαι. 
σοι [I have bo:.sted, 


οὐ 
not 
ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ἐλαλήσαμεν 
in truth we spoke 

1)! ἐπὶ Τίτου 


1) 
which [was] to Titus 


proof of tribuJation the abundance of their joy and 
βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς "τὸν πλοῖτον" τῆς 
*deep Spoverty Itheir abounded to the riches 
ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν. 8 ὅτι κατὰ δύναμιν, μαρτυρῶ, 


I bear witness, 


4 μετὰ πολ- 
with much 


of their liberality. For according to[their] power, 
καὶ οὑπὲρ! δύναμιν αὐθαίρετοι, 
and beyond [their] power [they bhi willing of ος ον 
λῆς παρακλήσεως δεόμενοι ἡμῶν τὴν χάριν καὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν 
entreaty beseeching of us, *the pce 7and *the *fellowship 
τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους Ρδεζασθαι ἡμᾶς" ἳ 
of the service 13τυμίοἩ [1 τ 85] 154ουΥ 1911ο ἀαΤραϊπίς ‘for 7us “to *receive. 
ὃ καὶ οὐ καθὼς ἠλπίσαμεν, αλλ" ἑαυτοὺς ἔδωκαν πρῶ- 
And not Conly] seamen as we hoped, but themselves they gave first 
τον τῷ κυρίῳ, καὶ ἡμῖν διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ 6 εἰς τὸ παρα- 
tothe Lord, and tous. by [the] will of God. So that *ex- 
4 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. 
< παν our EG, 
ημων our LITrAW. 
m + οὖν .beretore ΒΕ. 
GLTIraw, 4 ἀλλὰ TTr. 


b — ἐν (vead τῷ in the) [L]TTraw. 
ὑμῶν you EG 
i — δὲ and Lrtraw, 


η τὸ πλοῦτος ΙΤΤΙΑ. ο παρὰ LITrAW, 


ο ἕνεκεν LTTrA. 
& + δὲ and (in) commencing a sentence at ἐπὶ LTTraw. 
κ ὑμῶν of you La. 


479 


ing of yourselves, yea, 
what indignation, yea, 
what fear, yea, what 
vehement "desire, yea, 
what zeal, yea, what 
revenge! Inall things 
ye have approved your- 
selves to be clear in 
this matter. 12 Where- 
fore, though I wivcte 
unto you, { did it not 
for his cause that had 
done the wrong, nor 
for his cause that suf- 
fered wrong, but thet 
our care for you in the 
sight of God might 
appear unto you. 
13 Therefore we were 
comforted in τοις 
comfort : yea, and ex- 
ceedingly the more 
joyed we for the joy of 
Titus, because his spi- 
rit was refreshed by 
you all, 14 Forif [ 
have boasted anything 
to him of you, I am 
not ashamed; but as 
we spike all things to 
you in truth, even so 
our boasting, which Γ 
made before Titus, is 
found atruth. 15 And 
his inward affection is 
more abundant toward 
you, whilst he remem- 
bereth the obedience 
of you all, how with 
fear anc trembling ye 
received nim. 16 1 re- 
joice th ‘fore that I 
have co: fidence in you 
in all things. 


VITt; Moreover, 
brethren, we do you to 
wit of the grace of 
God bestowed on the 
churches of Macedo- 
nia; 2 how that in a 
great trial of affliction 
the abundanceof their 
joy and their deep po- 
verty abounded unto 
the riches of their li- 
berality. 3 For to 
their power, I bear re- 
cord, yea, and beyond 
their power they were 
willing of themselve-; 
4 praying us with much 
intreaty that we would 
receive the gift, and 
take wpon us the fel- 
lowship of the minis- 
tering to the saints. 
5 And this they did, 
not as we hoped, but 
first gave their own 
selves to the Lord, and 
unto us by the will of 
God. 6 Insomuch that 
we desired ‘Titus, that 


ἆ ἀλλὰ Tr. 


-- ἡ ΤΙΤ 1. 
Ρ --- seal ἡμᾶς 


480 


as he had begun, so he 
would also finish in 
you the same grace 
also. 7 Therefore, as 
ye abound in every 
thing, in faith, and ut- 
terance, and know- 
ledge, and in all dili- 
gence, and in your love 
to us, sce that ye a- 
bound in this grace 
also. 8 I speak not by 
commandment, but by 
occasion of the for- 
wardness of others, 
and,to prove the sin- 
cerity of your love. 
9 For ye know the 
grace of our Lord Je- 
sus Christ,that,though 
he was rich, yet for 
your sakes he became 

or, that ye through 

is poverty might be 
rich. 10 And herein I 
give my advice: for 
this is expedient for 
79: who have begun 

efore, not only to do. 
but also to be forward 
ἃ year ago. 11 Now 
therefore perform the 
doing of it; that as 
there was a readiness 
to will, so there may 
be a performauce also 
out of that which ye 
have. 12 For if there 
be first α willing 
mind, it is accepted ac- 
cording to that a man 
hath, and not accord- 
ing to that he hath 
not. 13 For 7 mean 
not that other men be 
eased, and ye be bur- 
dened: 14 but by an 
equality, that now at 
this time your abun- 


dance may be a supply: 


for their want, that 
their abundance also 
may be a supply for 
your want: that there 
may be equality : 15 as 
itis written, He that 
had gathered much 
had nothing over ; and 
he that had gathered 
little had no lack. 


16 But thanks be to 
God, which put the 
Bume earnest care into 
the heart of Titus for 

ou. 17 For indeed 

e accepted the exhor- 
tation; but being 
more forward, of his 
own accord he went 
unto you. 18And we 
have sent with him the 
brother, whose praise 
ts in the _— gospel 
throughout 
churches; 19 and not 
that’ only, but who 
was alsochosen of the 





τ ἡμετέρας Of our Β, 
Ν δόντι gave τῇ, 


but τα τε ΑἹ]. 


NEOs ΟΝ οσο δα. ὙΠ. 


καλέσαι ἡμᾶς Τίτον, ἵνα καθὼς προενήοξατο, οὕτως καὶ 
horted lwe Titus, that according as he before began, ΄ so also 
? U ? ε ~ ‘ ‘ / / 7 ώρα 
ἐπιτελέσῃ εἰς ὑμᾶς καὶ τὴν.χάριν.ταύτην. 7 AN ὥσπερ 
he might complete with you also this grace. But even as 
ἐν παντὶ περισσεύετε, πίστει, καὶ λόγῳ, καὶ γνώσει, καὶ 
in every [way] yeabound, infaith, and word, and knowledge, and 
/ ~ ‘ ~ { - « ~ ‘ . 
πάσῃ σπουδῇ,. καὶ τῇ ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐν ἡμῖν ἀγάπῃ, ἵνα καὶ ἐν 
all diligence, andinthe?from *you ‘to 58 “love, that also in 
ταύτῃ τῇ χάριτι περισσεύητε' Bod κατ᾽ ἐπιταγὴν λέγω, 
this grace yeshould abound. Not according to acommand do I speak, 
ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς ἑτέρων σπουδῆς καὶ TO τῆς "ὑμετέρας" ἀγάπης 
but through the *of*others ‘diligence and the “of *your ΠῚ 
γνήσιον δοκιμάζων" 9 γινώσκετε.γὰρ' τὴν χάριν τοῦ κυρίου 


1eenuineness proving. For ye know the grace of *Lord 
ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ὅτι δι ὑμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν 
tour Jesus Christ, that *for ‘the ‘sake Sof 7you “he *becime *°poor 


πλούσιος ὦν, ἵνα ὑμεῖς ᾿ τῇ ἐκείνου.πτωχείᾳ πλουτήσητε. 
*rich ‘being; that ye by his poverty might be enriched, 
10 καὶ γνώμην ἐν τούτῳ δίδωμι" τοῦτο.γὰρ ὑμῖν συμφέρει, 
And ajudgment in this I give, for this for you is proi.able, 
οἵτινες οὐ µόνον τὸ ποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ θέλειν προενήρ- 
who not only the doing, but also the being willing began 
ἕασθε ἀπὺ.πέρυσι 11 νυνὶ δὲ καὶ τὸ ποιῆσαι ἐπιτελέσατε, 


before a year ago. But now also?the doing *complrie; 
ὅπως καθάπερ ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν, οὕτως καὶ 
sothat evenas [there was]the readiness ofthe being willing, so, also 


τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν. 12 Ἐί γὰρ ἡ προθυμία πρό- 
the completing out of that [ye] have. For if the readiness is pre- 
κειται, καθὸ "ἐὰν"! ἔχῃ ‘ric’ εὐπρόσδεκτος, οὐ καθὸ 
sent, - according as 2may “have ‘anyone (he 15] accepted, not according as 
οὐκ ἔχει. 18 οὐ γὰρ ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν." δὲ" 
he has not. For [it is] not that to others [there may be] .case, but for you 
θλίψις" ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἰσότητος, ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ τὸ ὑμῶν περίσ- 
pressure, but of equality, in the present time your abun- 
σευµα εἰς τὸ.ἐκείνων.ὑστέρημα, 14 ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἐκείνων περίσ- 
dance for their deficiency, 4 that also their abun- 
σευµα γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμών.ὑστέρημα ὅπως γένηται 
dance may be for your deficiency, so that there should be 
Ie . ‘ 4 « x 4 ? 
ἰσότης" 15 καθως . yeyoarrat, ο τὸ πολὺ οὐκ 
equality. According as it has been written, He that [gathered] much “not 
ἐπλεόνασεν καὶ ὁ τὸ ὀλίγον οὐκ.ήλαττόνησεν. 
had over, and he that [gathered] little did not lack. 
16 Χάρις.δὲ τῷ θεῷ, τῷ VOdvrTe' τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν ὑπὲρ 
But thanks to God, who gives the same diligence for 
ε ~ 3 ~ ΄ , A er κ᾿ " ’ὔ ? 
ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Τίτου" 17 ὅτι τὴν μὲν παράκλησιν é- 
you in the heart οἱ Titus. For the “indeed ‘exhortation he 
δέξατο, σπουδαιότερος.δὲ ὑπάρχων, αὐθαίρετος 
received, but more diligent being, 
πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 18 συνεπέμψαμεν.δὲ Σμετ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀδελφόν" 
ἴο you. But we sent with him the brother 
οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκ- 
of whomthe praise [is]in the gladtidings through all the as- 
κλησιῶν' 19 οὐ.μόνον.δέ, ἀλλὰ καὶ χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν 
semblies ;_ and not only [so], but alsohaving been chosen by the 


ἐξῆλθεν 


of his own accord he went out. 





8 ἂν T. t — τις (read ἔχῃ he may have) LTTrAW. Υ͂ -- δὲ 


- Tov ἀδελφὸν μετ΄ αὐτοῦ T, 


VIII, ΙΧ. πι σοΕ ατα Αα Νε, 


ἐκκλησιῶν συνέκδημος.ἡμῶν σὺν" τῇ.χάριτιταύτῃ τῇ 
assemblies [is] our fellow-traveller with this grace, which [is] 
διακονουμένῃ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν πρὸς THY ταὐτοῦ" τοῦ κυρίου δόξαν 
μεν ] ς ΤΗΝ, ( 
served by us to the himself 7of*the *Lord ‘glory 
προθυμίαν "ὑμῶν. 20 στελλόμενοι τοῦτο, μή 
readiness tyour; avoiding this, lest 
τις ἡμᾶς µωμήσηται ἐν τῇ.ἁδρότητι.ταύτῃ τῇ διακονου- 
anyone 8 shouldblame in this abundance which [is] served 
μένῃ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν' 21 ὑπρονοούμενοιὶ καλὰ οὐ µόνον ἐνώπιον 
by us; providing things right not only before 
κυρίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπων. 22 Συνεπέμψαμεν. δὲ 
[πε] Lord, but also before men, And we sent with 
? ~ Α > A « ~ a 3 κ > ~ 
αὐτοῖς τὸν. ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν ὃν ἐδοκιμάσαμεν ἐν πολλοῖς πολ- 
them our brother whom we proved in many things often 
λάκις σπουδαῖον ὄντα, νυνὶ. δὲ πολὺ σπουδαιότερον  πεποι- 


καὶ 
aod (a witness of] 


diligent tobe, andnow much more diligent by the 7con- 
θήσει πολλῇ τῇ εἰς ὑμᾶς. 25 εἴτε ὑπὲρ Τίτου, 
fidence ‘great which[is] towards you. Whether asregards Titus, 


κοινωνὸς ἐμὸς 
{he is] partner my 
ἡμῶν, 
four, 


καὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς 


συνεργός" εἴτε ἀδελφοὶ 
and for 


you afellow-worker; vor brethren 
ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν, δόξα. χριστοῦ. 24 Τὴν 
{they are] messengers ofassemblies, “glory ‘Christ’s. The 


οὖν 


ἔνδειξιν τῆς ἀγάπης ὑμῶν, καὶ ἡμῶν καυχήσεως ὑπὲρ 
*therefore 


αρτοοξ of your love, and of our boasting about 
[4 ~ ? ? Nia 1 ὃ / θ ld ‘tla? ή ? >t ~ 
ὑμῶν, εἰς αὐτοὺς ᾿ἐνδείξασθε' “καὶ εἰς πρόσωπον τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν. 
you, “to #them 1shew 7ye and in face of the assemblies. 
Ὁ Περὶ μὲν γὰρ τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 
For concerning the service which [is] for the saints 
περισσόχγ μοι ἐστὶν τὸ γράφειν ὑμῖν. 2 οἶδα.γὰρ τὴν προθυ- 
superfluous for me itis writing toyou. For I know *readi- 
μίαν ὑμῶν ἣν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καυχῶμαι Μακεδόσιν, ὅτι 
ness *your which concerning you I boast of to Macedonians ; that 
? te » ? A ’ Ξ s ef Ε.νι -« τὴ 
Αχαΐα παρεσκεύασται ἀπὸ πέρυσι" καὶ “ὁ! [ἐξὶ ὑμῶν ζῆλος 
Achaia has been prepared 8 year ago, and the *of syou ‘zeal 
Ψ ‘ {2 
ἠρέθισεν τοὺς πλείονας. 8 ἔπεμψα. δὲ τοὺς ἀδελφούς, ἵνα μὴ 
provoke the greater number, But I sent the brethren, lest 
τὸ καύχημα. ἡμῶν τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κενωθῇ ἐν τῷ 
our boasting which [is] about you should be made void in 
μέρει τούτῳ" ἵνα καθὼς ἔλεγον, παρεσκευασμένοι ἦτε, 
this respect, that according as I said, prepared ye may be; 
4 μήπως ἐὰν ἔλθωσιν σὺν ἐμοὶ Μακεδόνες, καὶ εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς 
lest perhaps if should come with me Macedonians, and find you 
, ~ ~ “ A [ή 
ἁπαρασκευάστους, καταισχυνθῶμεν ἡμεῖς, ἵνα μὴ λέγωμεν 
unprepared, ?should *be *put *to®shame ‘we, (that wemay notsay 
ὑμεῖς, ἐν τῇ.ὑποστάσει ταύτῃ ἔτῆς καυχήσεως." 5 ἀναγκαῖον 
πο) in this confidence of boasting. Necessary 
- ec , ; « 10 λ , a EX 
ουν ηγησαμην παρακαλεσαι τους ACE φους ινα προελ”- 
therefore 1 esteemed [it] to exhort the brethren that they should 
θωσιν sic! ὑμᾶς, καὶ προκαταρτίσωσιν τὴν 'προκατηγ- 
gobefore to you, and should complete beforehand ’fore- 
γελμένην! εὐλογίαν ὑμῶν ταύτην ἑτοίμην εἶναι οὕτως ὡς 
announced ‘blessing "τουσ this Tready 5to®be thus as 
? 


481 
churches {ο travel 
with us _ with this 
grace, which is ad- 
ministered by us to 
the glory of the same 
Lord, and declaration 
of your ready mind: 
20 avoiding this, that 
no man should blame 
us in this abundance 
which is administered 
by us: 21 providing 
for honest things, not 
only in the sight of 
the Lord, but also in 
the sight of men. 
22 And we have sent 
with them our bro- 
ther, whom we have 
oftentimes proved di- 
ligent in many things, 
but now much more di- 
ligent, upon the great 
confidence which J 
have inyou. 23 Whe- 
ther any do inquire of 
Titus, he is my part- 
ner and fellowhelper 
concerning you: or 
our brethren be in- 
quired of, they are the 
messengers of the 
churches, and the glo- 
ry of Christ. 24 Where- 
fore shew ye to them, 
and before the church- 
es, the proof of your 
love, and of our boast- 
ing on your behalf, 


IX. For as touching 
the ministering to the 
saints, it is superfluous 
for me to write to 
you: 2 for I know the 
forwardness of your 
mind, for which [I 
boast of you to them 
of Macedonia, that 
Achaia was ready a 
year ago; and your 
zeal hath provoked 
very many. 3 Yet 
have I sent the breth- 
ren, lest our boasting 
of you should be in 
vain in this behalf; 
that, as I said, ye 
may be ready: 4 lest 
haply if they of Ma- 
cedonia come with 
me, and find you un- 
prepared, we (that we 
say not, ye) should he 
ashamed in this same 
confident boasting. 
5 Therefore I thought 
it necessary to exhort 
the brethren, that 
they would go before 
unto you, and make 
up beforehand your 
bounty, whereof ye 
had notice before,that 
the same might be 
ready, as ἃ matter of 





5 ἐν in LTraw. = — αὐτοῦ LTrAW. 
Wwe provide LTTrA ; προνοούµενοι yap G. 
GLTTrAW. ο τὸ TTr. {-- ἐξ (read ὑμῶν ος you) LTTr[A]. 
Ὁ πρὸς LTrW. i προεπηγγελµένην before promised LTTraw. 


5 ἡμῶν ΟΥ GLTTrAW. 


Ὁ προνοοῦμεν γὰρ for 
ο ἐνδεικνύμενοι ShEWING LTTrA. 
& -- της καυχήσεως GLTTréW, 


a — καὶ 


If 


482 


bounty, and not as of 
covetousness. 6 But 
this 7 say, He which 
soweth sparingly shall 
renp also sparingly; 


and he which soweth .- 


bountifully shall reap 
aisu bountifully. 7 E- 
very man according as 
he purposeth in _ his 
heart, so let him give ; 
not grudgingly, or of 
necessity: for God 
loveth ἃ cheerful 
giver. 8 And God zs 
able to make’all grace 
abound toward you ; 
that ye, always having 
all sufficiency in a 
things, may abound to 
every good work: 9 (as 
it is written, He hath 
dispersed abroad ; he 
hath given to the poor: 
his righteousness re- 
maineth for ever. 
10 Now he that mi- 
nistereth seed to the 
sower both minister 
bread for your food, 
‘and multiply your 
seed sown, and in- 
crease the fruits of 
your righteousness ;) 
11 being enriched in 
every thmg to all 
bountifulness, which 
causeth through us 
thanksgiving to God. 
12 For the administra- 
tion of this service not 
only supplieth the 
want of the saints, but 
is abundant also by 
many thanksgivings 
unto God; 13 whiles by 
the experiment of this 
ministration they glo- 
rify God for your pro- 
fessed subjection unto 
the gospel of Christ, 
and for your libe- 
ral distribution pinto 
them, and unto all 
men ; 14 and by their 
ayer for you, which 
ong after you for the 
exceeding. grace of 
God in you. 15 Thanks 
be unto God for his 
unspeakable gift. 


xX Now .I Paul 
myself beseech you 
by the meekness and 
gentleness of Christ, 
who in presence am 
base among you, but 
being absent am bold 
toward you: 2 but I 
beseech you, that I 
may not be bold when 
I am present with that 
confidence, wherewith 
I think to be bold a- 
gainst some, which 


li αὐτάρκειαν ἔχοντες, περισσεύητε εἰς πᾶν 


ΠΡΟΣ ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ B. 1 Κι 


/ ‘ ‘ ” ! oe’ eA “ < 
εὐλογίαν, καὶ! μὴ Ἰώσπερ' πλεονεξίαν. 6 Τοῦτο-δε, ὁ 
ablessing, and ποῦ as [of] coyctousness. But this [I say], he that 


σπείρων φειδομένως, φειδομένως καὶ θερίσει: καὶ ὁ σπείρων 


SOWS sparingly, sparingly also shallreap; and he that sows 
ἐπ᾽ εὐλογίαις, ἐπ᾽ εὐλογίαις καὶ θερίσει. 7 ἕκαστος καθὼς 
on blessings, on blessings also shallreap: each according as 


τι γροαιρεῖται" τῇ καρδίᾳ' μὴ ἐκλύπης ἢ ἐξ ἀνάγκης" ἱλαρὸν 
6 purposes inthe heart; ποῦ grievingly, or of necessity ; *a “cheerful 
γὰρ δότην ἀγαπᾷ ὁ θεός. 8 "δυνατὸς.δὲ' ὁ θεὸς πᾶσαν χάριν 
for giver loves 1God. Forable [ς[15] God every grace 
“ ~ 3 ~ of hd ~ 
περισσεῦσαι εἰς ὑμᾶς, ἵνα iv παντὶ πάντοτε πᾶσαν 
to make abound towards you, that in every [way] always all 
ἔργον ἀγαθόν" 


sufficiency having, to every work good: 


9 καθὼς γέγραπται, Ἑσκόρπισεν, ἔδωκεν τοῖς πένησιν" 
according as it has been written, He scattered abroad, he gave tothe poor, 
ἡ δικαιοσύνη αὐτοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν.αἰῶνα. 10 Ὁ.δὲ ἐπιχορηγῶν 
his righteousness abides for ever. Now he that. supplies 
οσπέρμα! τῷ σπείροντι καὶ ἄρτον εἰς βρῶσιν Ῥχορηγήσαι! 
seed to him that sows and bread for eating may he supply 
καὶ απληθύναι' τὸν σπόρον ὑμῶν, καὶ "αὐξήσαι' τὰ γεννή- 
and may he multiply your sowing, and may he increase the fruits 


para" τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν. 11 ἐν παντὶ πλουτιζόµενοι 
of your righteousness : in every [way] being enriched 


2 ~ e ᾿ « / ? « ~ ? 
εἰς πᾶσαν ἁπλότητα, ἥτις κατεργάζεται δι ἡμῶν εὐχαρισ- 


ye may abound 


to all liberality," which works out through us thanks- 
τίαν ‘rp! θεῷ' 12 ὅτι ἡ διακονία. τῆς.λειτουργίας.ταύτης 
giving ᾿ to God. Because the service of this ministration 


ov µόνον ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν ἁγίων, 
ποῦ only 18 completely fillingup the deficiencies ofthe saints, 


ἀλλὰ Kai περισσεύουσα διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστιῶν τῷ θεῷ" 
but also abounding through many thanksgivings to God ; 


13 διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς. διακονίας.ταύτης δοξάζοντες τὸν 
_ through, the _— proof of this service {they} glorifying 

θεὸν ἐπὶ TH ὑποταγῇ τῆς.ὁμολογίας.ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 

.God at the subjection, by your confession, to the glad tidings 

τοῦ χριστοῦ, καὶ ἁπλότητι τῆς κοινωνίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ 

ofthe Christ, and liberality of thecommunication towards them and 
sic πάντας, 14 καὶ αὐτῶν.δεήσει ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἐπιποθούν- 


towards all; and in theirsupplication for you, a longing 
ε ~ x ’ ~ ~ 

των ὑμᾶς διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐφ᾽ 
for you, on account of the _ surpassing grace of God upon 


δ΄ ise ἃ ΄ x ~ ~ eh ~ 3 ~ ~ 
ὑμῖν. 16 χάρις."δὲ" τῷ θεῷ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ αὐτοῦ δωρεᾷ. 
you. Now thanksf{be] to God for ?indescribable. this free gift. 
A \ ? Ἃ ~ - ~ ~ ‘ ~ as 
10 Αὐτὸς δὲ ἐγὼ Παῦλος παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς διὰ τῆς Ἱπρᾳό- 
Now “myself *I Paul exhort you - by the meek- 
τητος" καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ χριστοῦ. ὃς κατὰ πρόσωπον μὲν 
ness and gentleness ofthe Christ, who asto appearance [am] 
wy ~ ? A εν ~ Η͂ 
ταπεινὸς ἐν ὑμῖν, ἀπὼν δὲ θαῤῥῶ εἰς ὑμᾶς" 2 δέομαι. δὲ 
mean among you, butabsent ambold towards you; but I beseech 


4 A ‘ δε, “ 
τὸ μὴ παρὼν θαῤῥῆσαι τῇ - πεποιθήσει 
confidence 


PP 
that δποῦ *being “present *I *should be bold with the wi 





k ---ττ καὶ τη. 
For is able irra. 


will multiply GLTAW ; πληθύνει multiplies Tr. 
* [τῷ] 1» 


Mata GLITrAW, 


1 ὡς GLTTrAW. 


Ὁ δυνατεῖ δὲ 

4 πληθυνεῖ 

"αυξήσει wiil tucrease GLITrAW, 5 γενή- 
ἡ πραὔτητος LITrAW. 


™ προῄρηται he has purposed LTtraw. 


ο σπόρον LTr. Ρ χορηγήσει Will supply GLTtTraw. 


vy — δὲ now LiTTra. 


» it ' CORINTHIANS. 
λογίζομαι τολμῆσαι ἐπί τινας τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς 


I reckon te be daring towards some who reckon of us as 


κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας. 9 ἐν.σαρκὶ.γὰρ περιπατοῦντες, 
4according °to *flesh walking. For in flesh walking, 


οὐ κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόµεθα’ 4 τὰ. γὰρ ὅπλα τῆς *oTpa- 
not according to flesh do we war. Forthe arms of “war- 
τείας". ἡμῶν - οὐ σαρκικά, ἀλλὰ δυνατὰ τῷ θεῷ πρὸς 
fare 7our [are] not fleshly, but powerful through God to [the] 
καθαίρεσιν ὀχυρωμάτων" 5 λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες καὶ πᾶν 
overthrow ofstrong-holds; — *reasonings overthrowing and every 
ὕψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai αἰχμα- 
high thing liftingitself up against the knowledge of God, and leading 
λωτίζοντες πᾶν νόημα εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ χριστοῦ, 6 καὶ 
captive every thought into the obedience ofthe Christ; and 
ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχοντες ἐκδικῆσαι πᾶσαν παρακοήν, ὅταν πλη- 


3in “readiness *having to avenge all disobedience, when may have 
ωθῇ ὑμῶν ἡ ὑπακοή. 7 Τὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον 

mtulfilled your obedience. The things according to appearance 
βλέπετε; εἴ τις πέποιθεν ἑαυτῷ χριστοῦ εἶναι, τοῦτο 


do ye look at? If anyone is persuaded in himself of Christ to be, this 
λογιζέσθω πάλιν Σάφ᾽' ἑαυτοῦ, ὅτι καθὼς αὐτὸς χριστοῦ, 


let him reckon again of himself, that accordingas he [15] of Christ, 

οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς Ζχριστοῦ.' 8 ἐάν. ὅτε" γὰρ καὶ" περισ-: 
80 also [are] we of Christ. For and if even more a- 

σότερον τι “καυχήσωμαι περὶ τῆς.ἐξουσίας ἡμῶν, ἧς 


bundantly somewhat I should boast concerning our authority, which 


ἔδωκεν ὁ κύριος Ἰὴἡμῖν" εἰς οἰκοδομὴν καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν 
Sgave ‘the *Lord tous for buildingup and not for overthrowing 
¢ ον ᾽ ? , } eo ι ΄ ε ΤΙ ~ 
ὑμῶν, οὐκ.αἰσχυιθήσομαι Diva μὴ.δόξω we ἂν ἐκφοβεῖν 
you, Ishallnot be puttoshame; that I may not seem 88 if frightening 
ὑμᾶς διὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν. 10 ὅτι αἱ “μὲν ἐπιστολαί, 
you by means of epistles : because the epistles, 
φησίν! µβαρεῖαι καὶ ἰσχυραί: ἡ.δὲ παρουσία τοῦ΄ σώματος 
sdys he, [are] weighty and strong, butthe presence ofthe ~~ body 
ἀσθενής, καὶ ὁ λόγος [ἐξουθενημένος.ὶ 11 τοῦτο λογιζέσθω 
weak, and the speech naught. This let *reckon 
ὁ τοιοῦτος, ὅτι οἷοί ἐσμεν τῷ λόγῳ δι ἐπιστολῶν ἀπόντες, 
*suck 7a Sone, that such as we are in word by epistles being absent, 
τοιοῦτοι καὶ παρόντες τῷ ἔργῳ. 12 Οὐ.γὰρ τολμῶμεν 
such f[weare] also being present in deed. For *not dare ‘we 
εἐγκρῖναι! ἢ YovyKpivat' ἑαυτούς τισιν τῶν ἑαυτοὺς συν- 
rank among or compare ?with ‘ourselves some who themselves com- 
ιστανόντων, ἀλλὰ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς μετροῦντες, καὶ 
mend ; but these by themselves themselves measuring, and 
Ἀσυγκρίνοντες! ἑαυτοὺς ἑαυτοῖς, οὐ 'συνιοῦσιν." 13 ἡμεῖς 
*We 


comparing themselves with themselves, do not understand. 
δὲ Konyi" εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα καυχησόµεθα, ἀλλὰ κατὰ 
‘now not to the things beyond measure will boast,’ but according to 


~ - “ « ~ ε A ’ 
τὸ μέτρον τοῦ κανόνος οὗ ἐμέρισεν ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς μέτρου 
the measure ofthe rule which divided ‘to 7us *the "God “of *measure 
9 , ” ἢ ἢ ~ 1 ? 4 et Il ας , ᾽ 
ἐφικέσθαι ἄχρι καὶ ὑμῶν. 14 “οὐ γὰρ ὡς" μὴ ἐφικνουμεγοι εἰς 
to reach to ‘also you. 2Not 4ος as not reaching to 


483 


think of us as if we 
walked according to 
the flesh, 3 For though 
we walk in the flesh, 
we do not war after 
the flesh: 4 (for the 
weapons of our war- 
fare are not carnal, 
but mighty through 
God to the pulling 
down of strong holds;) 
5 casting down imagi- 
nations, and every 
high thing that exalt- 
eth itself against the 
knowledge of God, and 
bringing into captivi- 
ty every thought to the 
obedience of Christ ; 
6 and having in a 
Teadiness to revenge 
all disobedience, when 
your obedience is ful- 
filled. 7 Do ye look 
on things after the 
outward appearance ? 
If any man trust to 
himself that he is 
Christ’s, let him of 
himself think this a- 
gain, that, as he {8 
Christ’s, even so are 
we.Christ’s. 8 For 
though I should boast 
somewhat more of our 
authority, which the 
Lord hath given us for 
edification, and not for 
your destruction, 1 
should not be asham- 
ed: 9 that I may not 
seem as if I would 
terrify you by letters. 
10 For his letters, say 
they, are weighty and 
powerful ; but his bo- 
dily presence is weak, 
and his speech con- 
temptible..11 Let such 
an one think this, that, 
such as we are in word 
by letters when we are 
absent, such “will we 
be also in deed when 
we are present. 12 For 
we dare not makeour- 
selves of the number, 
or compare ourselves 
with some that com- 
mend themselves: but 
they measuring them- 
selves by themselves, 
and comparing them- 
selves among them- 
selves, are not wise. 
13 But we will not 
boast of things with- 
out our measure, but 
according to the mea- 
sure of the rule which 
God hath distributed 
to us, ἃ measure to 
reach even .unto you. 
14 For we stretch not 
ourselves beyond dur 
measure, as though we 


ο. ἱἱ--ἅὑἅµ-ύἅµὐἅὔ-ὕἥἧιίιἒυἧἥώἒιώἧἥἒώὖῦυΨὅῬῬἘὐῆθθ ο -------------------------- 


¥ στρατιᾶς T. Σ ἐφ᾽ TTr. Σ--- χριστοῦ GLTTrAW. 
LTTra. © καυχήσομαι I shall boast τ. ἆ — ἡμῖν LTTrA. 
(φασιν say they L) LTT-. { ἐξουδενηµένος L. 8 ἐν- T. h συγ- T. 


κ οὐκ LTIraw. 1 ὡς γὰρ (reading the sentence as α question) 1, 


8 — τε and [τ]τι[α]. 
ε ἐπιστολαὶ μέν φησιν 


b — καὶ 


i συνιᾶσιν LTTra, 


484 
reached not unto you: 
for we are come as 
far as to you also 
in preaching the gos- 
pel of Christ: 15 not 
boasting of things 
without our measure, 
that is, of other men’s 
labours; but having 
hope, when your faith 
js increased, that we 
shall be enlarged by 
you according to our 
rnle abundantly, 16 to 
preach the gospel in 
the regions beyond 
ou, and not to boast 
in another man’s line 
of things made ready 
to our hand, 17 But 
he that gYorieth, let 
him glory in the 
Lord. 18 For not he 
that commendeth him- 
self is approved, but 
whom the Lord com- 
mendeth. 


XI. Would to God 
ye could bear with me 
a little in my folly: 
and indeed bear with 
me. 2 For I am jea- 
lous over you yith 
godly jealousy: for I 
have espoused you to 
one husband, that 1. 
may present you as 
a chaste virgin to 
Christ. 3 But 1 fear, 
lest by any means, as 
the serpent beguiled 
Eve through his sub- 
tilty, so your minds 
should be corrupted 
from the simplicity 
that is in Christ. 4 For 
if he that cometh 
preacheth another Je- 
sus, whom we have 
not preached, or 7 ye 
receive another spirit, 
which ye have not re- 
ceived, or another gos- 
pel, which ye have 
not accepted, ye 
might well bear with 
him. 5 For I suppose 
I was not a whit be- 
hind the very chiefest 
apostles. 6 But though 
1 be rude in speech, 
yet not in knowledge ; 
but .we have been 
throughly made mani- 
fest among you in all 
things. 7 Have I com- 
mitted an offence in 
akasing myself that 
ye might be exalted, 
because [have preach- 
ed to you the gospel of 
God freely ἢ 8Lrobbed 
other churches, taking 
wages of them, to do. 
you service. 9 And 


ΠΡΟΣ KOPINOIOY®S OB. x, ο 
~ « , ΄ » ‘ e ~ ΄ 
ὑμᾶς ὑπερεκτείνομεν ἑαυτούς" ἄχρι.γὰρ καὶ ὑμῶν ἐφθάσαμεν 
you do we overstretch ourselves, (forto also “you we came 
ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ χριστοῦ" 1ὅ οὐκ εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα 
in the glad tidings of the Christ ἢ not *to *the *things "beyond *measure 
καυχώμενοι ἐν ἀλλοτρίοις κόποις, ἐλπίδα.δὲ ἔχοντες, αὐξανο- 
αροαδίίης in others’ labours, but hope having, Sincreas- 


μένης τῆς.πίστεως ὑμῶν; ἐν ὑμῖν μεγαλυνθῆναι κατὰ 
to beenlarged according to 


ing lyour *faith, among you 
τὸν.κανόνα ἡμῶν εἰς περισσείαν, 16 εἰς τὰ ὑπερέκεινα ὑμῶν 
our rule to abundance, to that beyond you 
> , ? 3 2 , , η Π 
εὐαγγελίσασθαι, οὐκ ἐν ἀλλοτρίῳ κανόνι εἰ τὰ 
to announce the glad tidings, not ‘in ‘*another’s 5Srule as 7to ®things 
ἕτοιμα καυχήσασθαι. 17 Ὁ δὲ καυχώμενος, ἐν  κυρί 
Στομᾶάγ ‘to "boast. But he that boasts, in [the] Lord 
καυχάσθω: 18 οὐ γὰρ 6 ἑαυτὸν "συνιστῶν," ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν 
let him boast, For not he that himself commends, this [one] is 


δόκιμος, °aAX'! ὃν ὁ κύριος συνίστησιν. 
approved, but whom the Lord commends. 
11 Ὄφελον Ῥάνείχεσθε! μου μικρὸν 4 Ἱτῇ ἀφροσύνῃ" 
- Iwould ye were bearing with τὴθ 8 little in folly ; 
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνέχεσθέ µου. 3 ζηλῶ.γὰρ ὑμᾶς θεοῦ ζή- 
but indeed bear with me. For] am 1881015 85 to you “οὗ °God'with [*the] 
Aw" ἠἡρμοσάμην.γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἑνὶ ἀνδρὶ παρθένον ἁγνὴν 
3jealousy, for I have espoused you towne man *aSvirgin ‘chaste 
παραστῆσαι τῷ χριστῷ" 8 φοβοῦμαι δὲ μήπως ὡς ὃ 
1to “present [*you] tothe Christ, But I fear lest by any means as the 
ὄφις "Εὔαν ἐξηπατησενὶ ἐν τῇ.πανουργίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, 'οὕτως" 
serpent 7Eve 1deceived ΕἸ his craftiness, 5ο 


φθαρῇ 
should be corrupted 


τὰ.νοήµατα ὑμε ν ἀπὸ τῆς ἁπλότητος τῆς 

your thoughts from simplicity which [is] 

εἰς ὑτὸν" χριστόν. 4 εἰ μὲν. γὰρ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἄλλον Ἰησοῦν 

asto the Christ. For if indeed he that comes another Jesus 

κηρύσσει ὃν οὐκ.ἐκηρύξαμεν, ἢ πνεῦμα ἕτερον λαμβάνετε 

proclaims whom πε ἀῑά ποῦ proclaim, or a’spirit ‘different ye receive 
τὰ > aN / n ? , er “a > γ΄) 

ὃ οὐκ ἐλάβετε, ἢ εὐαγγέλιον ἕτερον ὃ οὐκ ἐδέξασθε, 
which ye did not receive, or “glad *tidings ‘different which ye did not accept, 
καλῶς *nvetyecbe." 5 Λογίζομαι γὰρ! μηδὲν ὕστερη- 

well were ye bearing with [it]. 31 “reckon for in nothing to have been 

’ ne « « ΄, , 3 ‘ 
κέναι τῶν τ᾿ὑπὲριλίαν! ἀποστόλων. 6 εἰ δὲ καὶ ἰδιώτης 
behind those ἴπ ἃ surpassing degree _— apostles. But if even unpolished 
τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ TH γνώσει ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ ἅφανε- 

in speech(Iam], yet ποῦ in knowledge; but in every [way] made 

, ? ~ 2 e ~ ’ 4A 
ρωθέντες! ἐν πᾶσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς. 7 ἢ ἁμαρτίαν.ἐποίησα, ἐμαυτὸν 
manifest in allthings to you. Or did I commit sin, myself 
ταπεινῶν ἵνα ὑμεῖς ὑψωθῆτε, Ore δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ 
lhumbling that ye might be exalted, because gratuitously the 30 *God 
? , ΄ « ~ » > ΄ 
εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν; 8 ἄλλας ἐκκλησίας ἐσύλησα, 
τρΙβὰ “tidings I announced to you? Other assemblies I despoiled, 
|) ΄ ~ ΄ 

λαβὼν ὀψώνιον πρὸς τὴν ὑμῶν διακονίαν" 9 καὶ 

having received wages for “towards “you ‘service. And 
‘ A « ~ A ε / 

παρων προς ὑμᾶς και ὑστερηθείο, οὐ κατενάρκησα 

being present with τοι and having been deficient, 33 did lazily burden 





2 συνιστάνων LTTrAW. 
Fs E; ἀφροσύνης ELTTrAW. 
τῆς ἁγνότητος and the purity LTraw. 
y δὲ but 1, 


bear with La. 
manilest Lira, 


9 ἀλλὰ LTr. Ρ ἠνείχεσθέ Ε. 
5 ἐξηπάτησεν Εὔαν LTTraAw. 
~ -- τὸν Τ. 


: ὑπερλίαν GLTAW, 


4 + τι some (little) ELTTraW. 
t— οὕτως LTTrA. *% + καὶ 

Σ ἀνείχεσθε GTTrW ; ἀνέχεσθε ye 
3 φανερώσαντες having made [it] 


ΧΙ. πμ Οσο τα I A ννς, 


δούὐδενόε Ἱ τὸ γὰρ ὑστέρημά µου προσαγεπλήρωσαν οἱ ἀδελ- 
no one, (forthe deficiency of me *completely *filled °up ‘the *breth- 
got ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Μακεδονίας" καὶ ἐν παντὶ ἀβαρῆ 

ren whocame from Ἰποθᾷοπί8,) and in everything not burdensome 
εὐμῖν ἐμαυτὸν! ἐτήρησα ᾿καὶ τηρήσω. 10 ἔστιν ἀλήθεια 
to you mmysels na and will keep. Pige) . [the]! = +trath 


χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ OTL ἡ. καύχησις. αὕτη Δοὐ.σφραγίσεται" εἰς ἐμὲ 
οἱ *Christ in me that this boasting shall not be sealed up as to me 


ἐν τοῖς κλίμασιν τῆς Αχαΐας. 11 διατί"; ὅτι οὐκ ἀγαπῶ 


in 6 regions of Achaia. Why? because I do.not love 
ἡμᾶς; ὁ θεὸς οἶδεν: 12 662 ποιῶ, καὶ ποιήσω, ἵνα ἐκ- 
you? God knows. But what Ido, also I wt do, that I may 


κόψω τὴν ἀφορμὴν τῶν θελόντων ἀφορμήν, ἵνα ἐν. ᾧ καυ- 


cut off the occasion ‘of those wishing an occasion, that wherein they 
χῶνται εὑρεθῶσιν καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς. 19 οἱ γὰρ.τοιοῦτοι 
boast they may be found accordingasalso we. For such [are] 


ψευδαπόστολοι, ἐ ἐργάται δόλιοι, μετασχηματιζόµενοι εἰς ἀπο- 
false apostles, *workers ‘deceitful, transforming themselves into apo- 


στόλους χριστοῦ" 14 καὶ fod θαυμαστόν" αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ 


stles of Christ. And not wonderful ([isit], for *himself 
σατανᾶς μετασχηματίζεται εἰς ἄγγελον φωτός" 15 οὐ 
1Satan transforms himself into an angel of light. [It is] not 
éya οὖν εἰ καὶ οἱ διάκονοι.αὐτοῦ µετασχηµατίζον- 


8 great thing therefore if also 


ται ὡς διάκονοι δικαιοσύνης, 
as 


his servants transform themselves 


ὧν τὸ τέλος ἔσται κατὰ 
servants of righteousness; οἳ whomthe end εΏα]] be according to 


τὰ ἔργα.αὐτῶν. : 
their works. 
16 Πάλιν λέγω, μή τίς µε ἄφρονα εἶναι" εἰ δὲ 
eens I Ns hink afool tobe; but " 


μήγε, κἂν ὡς ἄφρονα δέξασθέ με, ἵνα Εμικρόν τι κἀγὼ" 
otherwise, even as afool . receive me, that “little ‘some 1 aiso 


καυχήσωμαι. 17 ὃ λαλῶ, οὐ "λαλῶ κατὰ. κύριον ,} 
may boast. What I Teak, %not *do ‘I speak according to [the] Lord, 


ἀλλ᾽ we ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ, ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ὑποστάσει τῆς καυχήσεως. 
this 


δόξῃ 


Not anyone *me ‘should 


but as in. folly, in confidence of boasting. 
18 ἐπεὶ πολλοὶ καυχῶνται κατὰ irny' σάρκα, κἀγὼ καυ- 
Since many boast according to flesh, 1 also will 


χἠσόμαι. 19 ἡδέως.γὰρ ἀνέχεσθε τῶν ἀφρόνων, φρόνιμοι 
boast. _ For “gladly σα Spear Swith 7fools ‘intelligent 
ὄντες' 20 ἀνέχεσθε γὰρ εἴ τις ὑμᾶς καγαδουλοῖ, εἴ τις 

*being. For ye bear [it] if anyone “you ‘bring into bondage, if anyone 
κατεσθίει, εἴ τις λαμβάνει, ἐΐ τις ἐπαίρεται, 
- devour Hee if auyeue take {from you], if ae exalt himself, 
εἴ τις ‘ypc εἰς πρόσωπον" δέρει. 21 κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω, 
if anyone “you ὅοηπη “the *face aap As to dishonour ο μα 
ὡς ὅτι ἡμεῖς Ἰἠσθενήσαμεν'' ἐν.ῷ.δ ἄν τις τολμᾷ, ἐν 
as that we were weak ; but wherein anyone may be daring, (in 


ἀφροσύνῃ λέγω, τολμῶ κἀγώ. 22 Ἑβραϊοί εἰσιν; κἀγώ" 


. folly I speak,) 7am roaring 1 also. Hebrews are ‘hey? Ἴ also! 


™TopanXirai! εἰσιν; κἀγώ" σπέρμα ᾿Αβραάμ εἰσιν; κἀγώ" 
Israelites’ are ‘they ? Lalso, of Abraham are ‘hey ? 1 α]εο, 





Ὁ οὐθενός LTTrA. 
EGLTTrAW. ¢ διὰ τί Ι.ΤτΑ. 
η κατὰ κύριον λαλῶ LITrAW. 
καµεν have been’ weak Lrtr. 


5 ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν oLETrA, 
f ov θαῦμα no wonder LITraW. 
i— την Τ τ: 
m ᾿Ισραηλεῖται τν 


485 


when I was present 
with you, und wanted, 
I was chargeable to no 
man: for that which 
was lacking tome the 
brethren which came 
from Macedonia sup- 
plied: and inall things 
I have kept myself 
from being burden- 
some unto you, and so 
will I keep myself. 
10 As the truth of 
Christ is in me, no 
man shall stop me of 
this boasting in the 
regions of Achaia, 
11 Wherefore ? because 
I love you not ? God 
knoweth. 12 But what 
I do, that I will do, 
that I may cut off ocea- 
sion from them which 
desire occasion; that 
wherein they glory, 
they may be found 
even as we. 13 For 
such are false apos- 
tles, deceitful workers, 
transforming them- 
selves into the apostles 
of Christ. 14 And no 
marvel; for Satan him- 
self is transformed 
into an angel of light. 
15 Therefore τὸ is no 
great thing if his min- 
isters also be trans- 
formed as the minis- 
ters of righteousness ; 
whose end shall be ac- 
cording to their works, 


161 say again, Let 
no man think mea 
fool; if otherwise, yet 
as a fool receive me, 
that I may boast my- 
self a little. 17 That 
which I speak, I speak 
zt not after the Lord, 
but as it were foolish- 
ly, in thisconfidence of 
boasting. 18 Seeing 
that many glory after 
the flesh, I will glory 
also. 19 For ‘ye suffer 
fools gladly, seeing ye 
yourselves are wise. 
20 For ye suffer, if a 
man bring you into 
bondage, if a man de- 
vour you, if a man 
take of you, if a man 
exalt himself, if aman 
smite you on the face. 
21 I speak as concern- 
ing reproach,as though 
we had been weak. 
Howbeit whereinso- 
ever any is bold, (I 
speak foolishly,) I am 
boldalso. 22 Are they 
Hebrews?soamiI. Are 
they Israelites ? so am 
I, Are they the seed of 





4 ov φραγήσεται͵ shall not be stopped 
ἕξ κἀγὼ μικρόν τι ΟΙ ΤΊΤΑΥΥ. 
κ εἰς πρόσωπον ὑμᾶς LTTrAW. 


1 ἠσθενή- 


486 


Avraham? so am I, 
23 Are they mini-ters 
of Christ? (I speak as 
a fool) I am more; 
in labours more abun- 
dunt, in stripes above 
Measure, in prisons 
more frequent, in 
deaths oft. 24 Of the 
Jews five times re- 
ecived I forty stripes 
save one. 25 Thrice 
was I beaten with 
rods,once was I stoned, 
thrice I suffered ship- 
wreck, a night and 
a day I have been 
in the deep; 26 in 
journeyings often, in 
perils of waters, in 
perils of robbers, in 
perils by mine own 
countrymen, in perils 
by the heathen, zm pe- 
rils in the city, 2 pe- 
rils in the wilderness, 
in perils in’ the sea, in 
perils among false 
brethren ; 27 in weari- 
ness and painfulness, 
in watchings often, in 
hunger and thirst, in 
fastings often, in cold 
and nakedness. 28 Be- 
sidethose things that 
are without, that 
which cometh upon 
me daily, the care 
of all the churches. 
29 Who is weak, and I 
am not weak? who is 
offended, and I burn 
not? 30 If I must 
needs glory, I will 
glory of the things 
which concern mine 
infirmities, 31 The God 
and Father of our 
Lord Jesus Christ, 
which is blessed for 
evermore, knoweth 
that I lie not. 32In 
Damascus the govern- 
or under Aretas the 
king kept the city of 
the Damascenes with 
& garrison, desirous to 
apprehend me: 33 and 
through a windowina 
basket was I let down 
by the wall, and escap- 
ed his hands, ΄ 


XII. It is not expe- 
pedient for me doubt- 
less to glory. I will 
come to visions and 
revelations of the 
Lord. 21 knew aman 
in Christ above four- 
teen years ago, (whe- 
ther in the body, I can- 
not tell; or whether 
out of the body, I can- 
not tell: God know- 
eth;) such'‘an one 


προ PEON hoy  Ἡ, XI, Se 


23 διάκονοι χριστοῦ εἰσιν; παραφρονῶν λαλῶ, "ὑπὲ 
Servants of Christ are they? (as beiug beside myself Ispeak,) above 
ἐγώ"" ἐν κόποις περισσοτέρως, ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερ- 
[π'οπςαχο] I [too];‘in labours πιοτο θα Πα ΠΥ, ἷἰπ stripes above 
βαλλόντως, ἐν φυλακαῖς περισσοτέρως," ἐν θανάτοις πολ- 
“measure, in imprisonments more abundantly, in deaths often. 
λάκιο. 24 ὑπὸ Ιουδαίων πεντάκις Ῥτεσσαράκονταὶ 
From Jews five times forty {stripes} 
2, Α « , [74 ᾽ ’ aa 
παρὰ μίαν ἔλαβον, 25 τρὶς “ἐῤῥαβδίσθην." ἅπαξ ἐλιθάσθην, 
except one I received. Thrice I was beaten with rods, once I was stoned, 
τρὶς  ἐναυάγησα, νυχθήμερον ἐν τῷ βυθῷ πεποίηκα" 
three times I was shipwrecked, a night andadayin the deep I have passed : 
26 ὁδοιπορίαις πολλάκις κινδύνοις ποταμῶν, κινδύνοις 
in journcyings often, in perils of rivers, in perils 
λῃστῶν, κινδύνοις ἐκ ΄ γένους, κινδύνοις ἐξ ἐθνῶν, 
ΟΥ robbers, inperils from[my own] race, in perils from [the] nations, 
, εἶ ΄ ’, ᾽ ? ΄ , 3 
κινδύνοις ἐν πόλει, κινδύνοις ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, κινδύνοις ἐν 
in perils in [the] city, in perils in [the] desert, in perils on 
θαλάσσῃ, κινδύνοις ἐν ψευδαδέλφοις' 27 "ἐν" κόπῳ καὶ 
[6] sea, in perils among false brethren ; in labour and 
μόχθῳ, ἐν ἀγρυπνίαις πολλάκις, ἐν λιμῷ καὶ δίψει, ἐν νη- 
toil, in watchings - often, in hunger απᾶ thirst, in fast- 
στείαις πολλάκις, ἐν ψύχει καὶ γυμνότητι. 2B χωρὶς τῶν 
ings . often, in cold and nakedness, Besides the things 
? / « 8 , ς ’ 
παρεκτός, "ἡ ἐπισύστασίς μου ἡ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, ἡ μέριμνα 
without, the crowding on me daily, the scare 
πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν. 99 τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ.ἀσθενῶ: τίς 
concerning allthe assemblies.’ Who is weak, and Iam not weak? who 
σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ. ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι; 30 εἰ καυχᾶσθαι 
is offended, and “not ‘I *do burn ? ‘If to *boast 
δεῖ, τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας-μου καυχήσομαι. 81 Ὁ 
“lit *behoves, [in] the things coneerning my infirmity I will boast. The 
θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ.κυρίου "ἡμῶν" Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" οἶδεν, ὁ 
God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ knows, he who 
ὧν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, ὅτι οὐ.ψεύδοµαι. 82 ἐν Aa- 
is blessed to . the ages, that Ido not lie. In Da- 
~ « 2 ΄ ση age ν ~ / η , ῃ 
µασκῷ ὁ ἐθνάρχης ᾿Αρέτα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐφρούρει τὴν 
mascus the ethnarch of Aretas " the king was guarding the 
πΔαμασκηνῶν πόλιν," πιάσαι µε Σθέλων"" 99 καὶ διὰ 
308 the *Damascenes_ ‘city, Sto 7take “me ‘wishing. And through 
θυρίδος ἐν σαργάνη ἐχαλάσθην διὰ τοῦ τείχους, καὶ 
a window ἢ a basket I was let down through the ‘wall, and 
ἐξέφυγον τὰς.χεῖρας.αὐτοῦ. 
escaped his hands. | 
12 Καυχᾶσθαι 1δὴ οὐ.συμφέρει por ἐλεύσομαι.γὰρ' 3 εἰς 
Το Ῥο8βξῦύ indeed is not profitable tome; 12ος 1 will come to 
ὀπτασίας Kai ἀποκαλύψεις κυρίου 2 olda ἄνθρωπον ἐν 
visions and revelations of (the) Lord. I know 8 man in 
χριστῷ πρὸ ἐτῶν δεκατεσσάρων, εἴτε ἐν σώματι ovK.olda, 
Christ “years *ago *fourteen, . (whetherin[the] body 1 know not, 
» η ~ Do a e078 . η έ 
εἴτε ἐκτὸς "τοῦ" σώματος οὐκ οἶδα" ὁ θεὸς οἶδεν' ἁρπαγέντα 
or ουὐὔοξ ἐῃ8 body I know not, God knows,) *caught ‘away 


τ 





ἃ ὑπερεγώ L. 9 ἐν φυλακαῖς περισσοτέρως, ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερβαλλόντως LTrA ; ἐν πλη.περισ. 


ἐν φυλ. ὑπερβ. τ. 


Ρ τεσσεράκοντα LTTrA. 4 ἐραβδίσθην LTTra. τ -- ἐν LTTrAW. 5 ἡ ἐπί- 


στασίς μοι my anxiety LTTraw.  -- ἡμῶν (read the Lord) trtraw. % — χριστοῦ LETrA. 
* πόλιν Δαμασκηνῶν LTTrA. * — θέλων LTT:[ A]W. y δεῖ, ov συμφέρον μέν, eAevco;zat δὲ 
it behoves [me], not profitable [is it], but I will come Litr, ++ καιθίδοῖ, 8 -- τοῦς 


AIT. 


τὸν. τοιοῦτον ἕως 


PE? CORINTHIANS. 


τρίτου οὐρανοῦ. 3 καὶ οἶδα τὸν τοιοῦτον 


‘such *a Ἴοπθ to [the] third heaven. Απά I know such 
ἄνθρωπον, εἴτε ἐν ασσώματι εἴτε ἐκτὸς" τοῦ σώματος “οὐκ 
aman, (whether in[the] body or outof the body Snot 
_olda’" ὁ θλὸς οἶδεν' 4 ὅτι ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν παράδεισον, 
11 που, Gdd knows:) that he was caught away to Paradise, 
καὶ ἤκουσεν ἄῤῥητα ῥήματα, ἃ οὐκιἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ 
and heard unutterable sayings, Which itis not permitted to man 


λαλῆσαι. 5 ὑπὲρ τοῦ.τοιούτου καυχήσομαι: ὑπὲρ.δὲ ἐμαυτοῦ 
tospeak. Concerning sucha one I will boast, but concerning. myself 
οὐ καυχήσοµαι, εἰ.μὴ ἐν ταῖς.ἀσθενείαις μου" 6 ἐὰν γὰρ 
I will not boast, unless in my weaknesses. For if 
θελήσω καυχήσασθαι, οὐκ.ἔσομαι ἄφρων" ἀλήθειαν.γὰρ 
I should desire to boast, Ishall not be a fool; for truth 
ἐρῶ" µφείδοµαι.δὲ, μή τις εἰς ἐμὲ λογίσηται ὑπὲρ ὃ 
1 willsay;- ῬαΌΓῚΙ ΈοτΌθας, lest anyone asto me should reckon above what 
βλέπει µε, ἢ 'ἀκούει “τι! ἐξ ἐμοῦ. 7 Καὶ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ 
hesees me, or hears anything of me. And by the surpassingness 
~ ? λύ ευ “πὰς , ? ή / 
τῶν ἀποκαλύψεων Siva μὴ .ὑπεραίρωμαι, ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ 
ofthe revelations that I might not be exalted, was given to me a thorn 
τῇ σαρκί, ἄγγελος Εσατᾶν' ἵνα µε κολαφίζῃ, "ἵνα μὴ 
for the flesh, amessenger ofSatan, that me je might buffet, that *not 
ε ΄ 3 4 ΄ ’ 
ὑπεραίρωμαι." 8 ἷ ὑπὲρ τούτου τρὶς τὸν κύριον παρεκάλεσα, 
11 *might be exalted. For this thrice the Lord I besought 
ε . ~ ~ ~ 
iva ἀποστῇ ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ" 9 καὶ εἴρηκέν μοι, ᾿Αρκεῖ σοι ἡ 
that it might depart from me, And hesaid tome, Suffices thee 
χάρις-µου' ἡ.γὰρ δύναμίς ἔμου! ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ Ἰτελειοῦται.! 


my grace ; for the power of me in weakness is perfected. 
ἥδιστα οὖν μᾶλλον καυχήσομαι ἐν ταῖς. ἀσθενείαις μου" 


Most gladly therefofe rather willI boast in 


e ᾽ ΄ . ? ? ? A € , -- oe A 
ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ χριστοῦ. 10 διὸ 


my weaknesses 


that may dwell upon me the power of the Christ. Wherefore 
εὐδοκῶ ἐν ἀσθενείαις, ἐν ὕβρεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν διωγ- 
I take pleasure in weaknesses, in insults, im necessities, in _perse- 


μοῖς, ™év'" στενοχωρίαις, ὑπὲρ χριστοῦ" ὅταν.γὰρ ἀσθενῶ, 
cutions, in straits, for Christ : for when I may be weak, 
τότε. δυνατός εἰμι. 
then powerful Iam. 

11 Γέγονα ἄφρων Οκαυχώμενος Ἱ ὑμεῖς µε ἠναγκάσατε. 


I have become a fool boasting ; ye me compelled : 

> ‘ \ ” ε 3 « ~ , η 7 Or A 
ἐγω.γὰρ ὤφειλον vd ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι οὐδὲν. γὰρ 
for 1 ought ορ you tohave beencommended; for nothing 
ὑστέρησα τῶν Ῥὺπὲρ.λίαν! ἀποστόλων, εἰ καὶ οὐδὲν εἰμι. 


I was behind those in a surpassing degree if also nothing I am. 
12 Τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου Ἀκατειργάσθη" ἐν ὑμῖν 

The *indeed ‘signs of the apostle were workedout among you 
ἐν πάσῃ ὑπομονῇ, "ἐν" σημείοις "καὶ" τέρασιν καὶ δυνάμεσιν. 
in all endurance, in signs and wonders and works of power. 

‘ 3 

19 τί.γάρ ἐστιν ὃ ἱἡττήθητε! ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκ- 

Forin what isit that yo were inferior beyond the rest [of the] as- 
κλησίας, εἰ μὴ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ.κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν; χαρί- 
cemblies, unless that *myself +I did notJazilyburden you? Ῥοτ- 


ooo 


apostles, 








‘ utter. 


d— µου my LTr[A]. 


487 


caught up to the third 
heaven. 3 And I knew 
such a man, (whether 
in the body, or ont of 
the body, I cannot tell: 
God knoweth;:) 4 how 
thathe was caught u 
into paradise, an 
heard unspeakable 
words, which it is not 
lawful for 4 man to 
5 Of such an 
one will I glory: yet 
of myself I will not 
glory, but in mine in- 
firmities. 6 For though 
I would desire to glo- 
ry, 1 shall not bea 
fool ; forI willsay the 
truth: but now I for- 
bear, lest any man 
should think of me 
above that which he 
seeth me {ο be, or,that 
he heareth: of me. 
7 And lest I should be 
exalted above mea- 
sure through the a- 
bundance of the re- 
velations, there was 
given to mea thorn in 
the flesh, the messen- 
ger of Satan to buffet 
me, lest I should be 
exalted above mea- 
sure, 8 For this thing 
I besought the Lord 
thrice, that ἐξ might 
depart from me, 
9 And he said untoime, 
My grace is sufficient 
for thee: for my 
strength is made per- 
fect in weakness, 
Most gladly therefore 
willl rather glory in 
my infirmities, . that 
the power of Christ 
may rest upon me. 
10 Therefore 1 take 
pleasure in infirmities, 
in reproaches, in ne- 
cessities, in persecu- 
tions, in distresses for 
Christ’s snke: for when 
I anf weak, then am 1 
strong. 


11 I am become a 
fool in glorying; ye 
have compelled me: 
for I ought to have 
been commended of 
you: for in nothing 
am 1 behind the 
very chiefest apostles, 
though I be nothing, 
12 Truly the signs 
of an apostle were 
wrought among you 
in all patience, in 
signs, and wondcrs, 
aud mighty deeds. 
13 For what is it 
wherein τὸ were infe- 
rior to otherchurches, 





6 — τι LTTr[A]. 


Ὁ χωρὶς apart from ΤΤΤΙΑ. © — οὐκ οἶδα L. ὦ ; 1. 
f4 ἂν therefore LT[A]. 8 σατανᾶ ΙΤΤΙΛ. h — ἵνα μὴ ὑπεραίρωμαι [τ]τι[α]. | -- [καὶ ] 
and L. k — µου LTTrA. 1 τελεῖται LTTrA. Ὦ [μον] τι. 5 καὶ δ) τ. 09 -- καυχώ- 
μενος GLTTrAW. P ὑπερλίαν GLTAW. 4 κατήργασθη T, Γ --- ἐν LTTrAW, 5 Τε καὶ 
and also Ta, τ ἡσσώθητε LITrA, 


4 


. 


88 


except tt be that I 
myself was not bur- 
densome to you? for- 
give me this wrong. 
14 Behold, the third 
time I am vready to 
come to you; and 1 
will not be burden- 
some to you: for I 
seek not yours, but 
you: for the children 
ought not to lay up - 
for the pareuts, but 
the parents .for the 
ebildren. 15 And Iwill, 
very gladly spend and 
be spent for you; 
though the moreabun- 
dantly I love you, the 
less [be loved. 16 But 
be it so, I did not bur- 
den you: neverthe- 
less, being crafty, I 
caught you with guile. 
17 Did I make a gain 
of you by any of them 
whom I sent unto you? 
181 desired Titus, and 
with him I sent a 
brother. Did Titus 
make a gain of you? 
walked we not in the 
same spirit? walked 
we not in the same 
steps ? 

19 Again, think ye 
that we excuse our- 
selves unto you? we 
speak before God in 
Christ : but we do all 
things, dearly beloved, 
for your edifying. 
20 For I fear, lest, when 
I come,!I shall not find 
you such as I would, 
and that I shail be 
found unto you such 
as ye would not: lest 
there be debaies, en- 
vyings, wraths, strifes, 
backbitings, whisper- 
ings, swellings, tu- 
mults : 21 and lest, 
when I come again, 
my God will humble 
me among you, and 
that I ‘shall bewail 
many which have sin- 
ned already, and have 
not repented of the 
uncleanness and for- 
nication and lascivi- 
ousness which they 
have committed. 


XIII. This is the 
third time I ατα com- 
ing to you. In the 
mouth oftwoor three 
witnesses shall every 
word be established. 
2 I told you before, 
and foretell you, as if 
I were present, the se- 
cond time; and being 
absent now I write 


u + τοῦτο this (thi 
5 — καὶ ταῦτα. 
and —; (read Long 
LITraW. 
LITraw. 


1 ἀγαπῶ I love v. 


f ἔρις strife LT. 
i τΤαπεινώσει Shall humble itrrra, 


προς ΘΙ ΝΘ ΘΟ ΣΙ SB: ΧΙ]. ΧΙΠ. 


σασθε μοι τὴν. ἀδικίαν. ταύτην. 14 ἰδοὺ τρίτον “ ἑτοίμως ἔχω 
give. 10 this injustice. Lo, athirdtime ready Iam 
ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ οὐ καταναρκήσω ᾿ὑμῶν"" οὐ.γὰρ-ζητῶ 
tocome <0 σοι, andIwillnot lazily burden you; for I do not secz 
τὰ ὑμῶν, "ἀλλ᾽" ὑμᾶς. οὐ.γὰρ ὀφείλει τὰ τέκνα τοῖς 
the things of yon, but you ; for*not “ought ‘the *children for the 
γονεῦσιν θησαυρίζειν, *adX’" οἱ γονεῖς τοῖς τέκνοις. 16 ἐγὼ δὲ 
parents to treasure up, but the parents for the children. Now I 
«ἤδιστα δαπανήσω καὶ ἐκδαπανηθήσομαι ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν 
most gladly willspend and_ will be utterly spent for “souls 
ὑμῶν' εἰ Σκαὶ" περισσοτέρως ὑμᾶς *ayar Gy," Hrrov' θἀγαπῶ- 
1your, if even moreabundantly “you loving, ‘less I am loved. 
μαι." 16 Ἔστω. δέ, ἐγὼ οὐ.κατεβάρησα ὑμᾶς" ἀλλ ὑπάρχων 
But Ῥοϊσδεο, I did not burden you; but being 
~ a7 ε ~ ¥ 7 , - > 
πανοῦργος δόλῳ ὑμᾶς ἔλαβον. 17 pn Twa ὧν ἀπέσταλκα 
. cratty with guile you 1 took. Any of whom 1 have sent 
‘ εν πω ; ~ , ~ ) 
πρὸς ὑμᾶς, δι αὐτοῦ ἐπλεονέκτησα ὑμᾶς ; 18 παρεκάλεσα 


to you, by him did I overreach you? ° I besought 
Τίτον, καὶ συναπέστειλα τὸν ἀδελφόν" μή τι ἐπλεονέκτησεν 
Titus, and sent with (him) the . brother: Did 7overreach 


ὑμᾶς Τίτος: οὐ τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι περιεπατήσαµεν; οὐ 

Syou ‘Titus? Not by the same spirit walked we? Not 
τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἴχνεσιν ; 

inthe same steps ? 

19 “Πάλιν" δοκεῖτε Ore ὑμῖν ἀπολογούμεθα 3° Ἱκατενώ- 

Again do ye think that to you we are making a defence? be- 

ή 6 ~ II ~ ? ~ ~ 3 A \ / > ’ 

πιον" “τοῦ" θεοῦ ἐν χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν' τὰ δὲ πάντα, ἀγαπητοί, 


fore God in Christ wespeak; and all things, beloved, 
ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν. οἰκοδομῆς. 20 φοβοῦμαι.γάρ, μήπως ἐλθὼν 
for your building up. ForI fear, lest perhaps having come 
, ev ~ ? ᾿ « ~ ε ~ - 
οὐχ οἵους θέλω εὕρω ὑμᾶς, κἀγὼ εὑρεθῶ ὑμῖν οἷον 
not such as Iwish 1 επου]ὰ ἅμ you,  andI_ be found by you such as 


οὐ θελετε’ μήπως Γέρεις,! ἔζηλοι, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, 
ye do not wish: lest perhaps [there be]strifes, jealousies, indignations, contentions, 


καταλαλιαί, ψιθυρισµοί, φυσιώσεις, ἀκαταστασίαι 21 μὴ 


evil speakings, whisperings, puffings up, commotions ; lest 
πάλιν Ἀἐλθόντα pe" ἱταπεινώσῃ" " ὃ θεός µου πρὸς ὑμᾶς, 
again. having come *me “should *humble 7God ‘my asto you, 
καὶ πενθήσω  πολλοὺο τῶν προημαρτηκότων, καὶ 


and 
μὴ. µετανοησάντων ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ καὶ πορνείᾳ Kai ἀσελ- 


and Ishouldmournover many ofthose who have before sinned, 


have not repented upon the uncleanness and fornication and licen- 
γείᾳ ἢ ἔπραξαν. 
tiousness which they practised. 

13 Τρίτον.τοῦτο ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ἐπὶ στόματος 


This third time Iam coming τὸ you. In [the] mouth 


δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα. 2 προεί- 
of two witnesses or of three shall be established every matter. I have be- 
ρηκα καὶ προλέγω, ὡς παρὼν τὸ δεύτερο», καὶ 


fore declared and Isay beforehand, as 
ἀπὼν ‘viv Ἰγράφω" τοῖς 
being absent now Iwrite to those who 


ee 


rd time) GLTTr[A]W. Y% — ὑμῶν LTTrA. 


being present the second time, and 


προηµαρτηκόσιν, καὶ τοῖς 
have before sinned, and to *the 


π ἀλλὰ LTTrTAW. Χ ἀλλὰ TTr. 
ἃ ἧσσον Ι1ΤνΑ. ὃ ἀγαπῶμαι; απ. 1 ]οτεᾶ ὃ τ. ¢ Πάλαι 
ago ye are thinking, &c.) ΙΤΤΤΑ. 4 κατέναντι LTTrAW. €— τοῦ 
Ε ζῆλος Jealousy LTTrAW. h ἐλθόντος μον 1 having come 


k + με “Me LTTraWw. | — γράφω GLYTraWw. 


XIII. ir CORINTHIANS. 
λοιποῖς πᾶσιν, ὅτι ἐὰν ἔλθω εἰς τὸ πάλιν οὐ.φείσομαι. 8 ἐπεὶ 
Srest tall, that if Icome ‘again JIwillnotspare. Since 
δοκιμὴν ζητεῖτε τοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ λαλοῦντος χριστοῦ, ὃς εἰς 
a proof ye seek 4in, ὅπως “speaking tof ?Christ, (who towards 
ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἀσθενεῖ, ἀλλὰ δυνατεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν' 4 καὶ γὰρ ™et' 


you is not weak, but is powerful in you, for indeed if 
ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας, ἀλλὰ CH ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ" 
no τὴ crucified in weakness, yet he lives by ᾿ power 1God’s; 


eai.yap™ ἡμεῖς ἀσθενοῦμεν ἐν αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ “ζησόμεθα! σὺν 


for indeed we | are weak in = him, but we shall live with 
αὐτῷ ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ Ῥεὶς ὑμᾶς'' “5 ἑαυτοὺς πειράζετε 
him by 2power *God’s towards you,) yourselves try ye 


εἰ ἐστὲ ἐν TH πίστει, ἑαυτοὺς δοκιμάζετε. ἢ οὐκ.ἐπιγινώσκετε 
i? yeare in the faith; yourselves prove: or do ye not recognize 
ἑαυτούς, ὅτι VInoove χριστὸς! ἐν ὑμῖν τέστιν! ; εἰ μή τι ἀδό- 
yourselves, that Jesus hrist in you is, unless re- 
(AME ? ΄ τὴν εἴ , « een ᾽ ? A 
πιμοί ἐστε. 6 ἐλπίζω-δὲ ὅτι γνώσεσθε ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἐσμὲν 


jected ye are? Νου 1 hope that ye will know that we are not 
ἀδόκιμοι. ἢ "εὔχομαι" δὲ πρὸς τὸν θεὺν μὴ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς 
rejected, But 1 pray to God [that] 2may 34ο ye 


ον / ᾽ τ « ~ , ~ ? au « - 
κακὸν μηδέν, οὐχ ἵνα ἡμεῖς δόκιμοι φανῶμεν. GAN ἵνα ὑμεῖς 


Sevil ‘nothing; not that we approved mayappear, but that ye 
TO καλὸν ποιῆτε, ἡμεῖς. δὲ ὡς ἀδόκιμοι ὦμεν. 8 οὐ.γὰρ 
what [is] right -.may do, and we as _ rejected be. For not 


δυνάµεθά τι κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας, ‘adr ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας. 
have we “power ‘any against the truth, but for the truth, 
9 χαίρομεν.γὰρ ὅταν ἡμεῖς ἀσθενῶμεν, ὑμεῖς δὲ δυνατοὶ ἧἦτε' 
For πετο]οῖοσ when we may be weak, andye powerful may be. 
τοῦτο." δὲ" καὶ εὐχόμεθα, τὴν ὑμῶν.κατάρτισιν. 10 διὰ τοῦτο 
But this also we pray for, your perfecting. On this account 
ταῦτα ἀπὼν Ὑγράφω, ἵνα παρὼν μὴ ἀποτόμως χρή- 
these things being absent [ write, that bejng present not with severity I may 
σωµαι, «κατὰ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἣν “ἔδωκέν μοι ὁ κύριος" εἰς 
treat [σοι], according tothe authority which ‘“%gave ‘me ‘the *Lord for 
οἰκοδομὴν καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν. 
building up and not for overthrowing. 
11 Λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί, χαίρετε, καταρτίζεσθε, παρακαλεῖσθε, 
For the rest, ‘brethren, rejoice; be perfected ; «ρε encouraged ; 
τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖτε, εἰρηνεύετε' καὶ ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἀγάπης καὶ 
Sthe °same*thing ‘mind; beatpeace; and the God oflove and 
εἰρήνης ἔσται μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 12 ᾿Ασπάσασθε ἀλλήλους ἐν ἁγίῳ 
peace shall be with , you. Salute one another with a holy 
͵΄ ? , ᾿ cow ει eres , ε ΄ 
φιλήματι. ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς οἱ ἅγιοι πάντες. 18 Ἢ χάρις 
kiss. *Salute Syou the “saints 141], The prace 
τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ- χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεου, Kai ἡ 
ofthe Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and the 
/ ~ , , e ~ ? , , 
κοινωνία ToU'ayiov πνεύματος μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. *apny.! 
fellowship of the Holy Spirit [be] with “all you. Amen, 
σῃΠρὸς Κορινθίους δευτέρα ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Φιλίππων τῆς 
ato [5868] *Corinthians ‘second written from Philippi 


Μακεδονίας, διὰ Τίτου καὶ Λουκᾶ." 
of Macedonia, by Titus and Lucas, 


485 


to them which hereto- 
fore have sinned, and 
to all other, that, if I 
come again, I will not 
spare: 3 since ye seek 
a proof of Christ 
speaking in me, which 
to you-ward is not 
weak, but is mighty 
in you. 4 For though he 
was crucified through 
weakness, yet he liveth 
by the power of God. 
For we also are weak 
in him, but we shall 
live with him by the 
power of God toward 
you. 5 Examine your- 


-selves, whether ye be 


in the faith; prove 
your own selves, Know 
ye not your own selves, 
how that Jesus Christ 
is in you, except ye be 
reprobates’ 6 But I 
trust that ge shall - 
know that we are not 
reprobates. ’ Now I 
pray to God that ye do 
no evil; not that we 
should appear approv- 
ed, but that ye should 
do that which is ho- 
nest, though we be as 
reprobates. 8 For we 
can do nothing against 
the truth, but for the 
truth. 9 For we are 
glad, when we are 
weak, and ye are 
strong: and this also 
we wish, even your 
perfection. 10 There- 
fore I write these 
things being absent, 
lest being present I 
should use sharpuess, 
according to the power 


‘which the Lord hath 


given me to edifica- 
tion, and not to de- 
struction. 


11 Finally, brethren, 
farewell. Be perfect, 
be of good comfort, 
be of one mind, live 
in peace ; and the God 
of love and peace shall 
be with you. 12 Greet 
oné another with an 
holy kiss. 13 All the 
saints salute you. 
14 The grace of the 
Lord Jesus Christ, and 
the love οὗ God; and 
the communion of the 
Holy Ghost, be with 
you all, Amen, 





m — εἰ [L]TTrA. h+-aialsO Ε. ° ζήσομεν LTTrAW. 
Ἰησοῦς την. τ.--- ἐστιν (read [is]) (L}rt[a]. 
v — δὲ but LTTrAW. * ὁ κύριος ἔδωκέν μοι ΤΤΊΤΤΑ. 
subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Κορινθίους β΄ ΤιΑ. 


Ρ [εἰς ὑμᾶς] Α. 
5 εὐχόμεθα We pray LTTraW. 
Σ — ἀμήν GLITrAW. 


4 χριστὸς 
τ ἀλλὰ TTrA. 
y— the 


Ἡ ΠΡΟΣ 


ΤΗΕ “Το 


PAUL, Απ΄ apostle, 
(not of men, neither 
by raan, but by Jesus 
Christ, and God the 
Father, who raised 
him from the dead ;) 
2 and all the brethren 
which are with me, 
unto the churches of 
Galatia: 3 Grace be to 
you and peace from 
God the Father, and 
from our Lord Jesus 
Christ, 4 who gave 
himself for our sins, 
that he might deliver 
us from this present 
evil world, according 
to the will of God and 
our Father: 5to whom 
be glory for ever and 
ever. Amen. 


6 I marvel that ye 
are so soon removed 
from him that called 
you into the grace of 
Christ unto another 
gospel : 7 which is not 
another ; but there be 
some that trouble you, 
and would pervert the 
gospel of Christ. 8 But 
though we, or an angel 
from heaven, preach 
any other gospel unto 
you than that which 
we have preached unto 
you, let him be ac- 
cursed. 9 As we said 
before, so say I now 
again, If any man 
preach any other gos- 
pel unto you than 
that ye have received, 
let him be accursed. 
10 For do I now per- 
suade men, or God? or 
do I seek to please 
men? for if I yet 
pleased men, I should 
not be the servant of 
Christ. 


TAAATAS ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΠΑΥΛΟΥ. 


ΤΗΕ] *GALATIANS *HPISTLE 30Ε “PAUL. 





ov 


through 


ΠΑΥΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος, οὐκ an ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲ ἀν- 


Paul apostle, not from men nor 
θρώπου, ἀλλὰ διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, καὶ θεοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ 
man, but through Jesus Christ, and God [the] Father, who 
ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, 2 καὶ οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ 

raised him from among([the] dead, and ‘*the*with ὅπιθ 
πάντες ἀδελφοί, ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Γαλατίας" 3 χάρις ὑμῖν 

tall °brethren, tothe assemblies " of Galatia. Grace. to you 
καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿]ησοῦ χρισ- 


and peace from God [the] Father and “Lord ‘our Jesus Christ, 
τοῦ, 4 τοῦ δόντος ἑαυτὸν drip" τῶν. ἁμαρτιῶν. ἡμῶν, ὕπως 
who gave himself for our sins, so that 
der ε - Ἢ ὲ ~ . ~ ~ ~ 
ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ ‘Tov “ἐνεστῶτος αἰῶνος" πονηροῦ, 
he might deliver us out of the present "age ατα, 
κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, ὅ ᾧ 
according to the will of °God?and *Father ‘our; to whom [be] 
ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 
the glory to the ages ofthe -ages. Amen. 
/ er er ’ ΄ 
6 Θαυμάζω ὅτι οὕτως ταχέως μετατίθεσθε ἀπὸ τοῦ 
I-wonder that thus quickly ye are being changed from him who 
, € ~ ᾽ , ~ 
καλέσαντος ὑμᾶς ἔν χάριτι, χριστοῦ, εἰς ἕτερον evay- 
called you in “grace *Christ’s, to a different glad 


yéduov? 7 0° οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλο, εἰμή τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσ- 
tidings, which is not another; but “some ‘there 7are who trou- 
a] ε ~ ‘ U , ‘ 
σοντες ὑμᾶς, Kai θέλοντες µεταστρέψαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ 
ble you, and desire to pervert the glad tidings of the 
~ ? ‘ ‘ αν «ς ~ n ” 
χριστοῦ. 8 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐὰν ἡμεῖς ἢ ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ “εὐαγ- 
Christ : but even if we or anangel outof heaven should an- 
’ Ἱ 6.- ~ sll ᾽ εν / κ ~ 4 fi 
yerignra'  "ὑμῖν' παρ ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα ὑμῖν, ἀνάθεμα 
nounce glad tidings to youcontrary towhat weannounced ογοι, accursed 
ἔστω. 9 ὡς προειρήκαμεν, καὶ ἄρτι πάλιν λέ ἴ 
i : εγω, ει τις 
let him be. As we have said before, *also ‘now again 1 pe 1 anyone 


« ~ > ‘ ? εν 
ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελίζεται παρ ὃ παρελάβετε, ἀνάθέμα 
[to],you announces glad tidings contrary to what ye received, accursed 
ἔστω. 10 ἄρτι.γὰρ ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν θεόν; ἢ 
let him be. For now men do [ persuade or God?’ or 


~ ? ’ ESL A 2 . » 
ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν ; εἰ γὰρ" ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἢ 
( Ἴρεσκον, 
do I --- oe to Bye ? For if yet men I were pleasing, 
χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ.ἂν ἤμην. 





Christ’s bondman I should not be. 
11 But Icertify you, 11 Γνωρίζω de" ὑμῖν ἀδελφοί, τὸ εὐ 3 ὸ εὖ 
: ης τὸ εὔαγγελι - 

brethren, that the gos- 3] °make *known ‘but to you, ee ; the bed: ise τῷ εν ο. 
me ee was ea γελισθὲν ae ἐμοῦ ε/ Pipe ΣῈ : ϱ ἘΞ ΤΩ 
ed of me is ποῖ Αξίες UV, OTL οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον' δὲ 
wnan. 12 For I nei- announced by me, that itisnot according to a Ἂ δεν 

5» + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle Ε; Πρὸς Γαλάτας ΙΤΤΤΑΥΓ. Ὁ περὶ GLTTrAW. δ αἰῶνος 


τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος LTTrA. 


Ε yap for Tra. 


4 εὐαγγελίσηται T. 9 --- ὑμῖν Τ.- f — γὰρ for LTTraw. 


FAL GALATIANS. 


yap γὼ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου παρέλαβον αὐτό, "οὔτε" ἐδιδάχθην, 
for from man received it, nor was I taught [it], 


ἀλλὰ δι ἀποκαλύψεως ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 19 Ἡκούσατε.γὰρ τὴν 
but by a revelation of Jesus Christ. For ye heard of 
? ‘ ? ’ γ᾽ ~? .. ~ e re 5} 
ἐμὴν. ἀναστροφήν ποτε ἐν τῷ Ιουδαϊσμῷ, ore καθ ὑπερβολὴν 
myconduct ᾿ once in Judaism, that excessively 
ἐδίωκον τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐπόρθουν αὐτήν' 
I was ο σας the assembly se and was ravaging it: 
14 καὶ προέκοπτον ἐν τῷ ᾿Ιουδαϊσμῷ ὑπὲρ πολλοὺς τ λιν 
nnd was advancing πι" Judaism beyond many contemporaries 
ἐν τῷ.γένει.μου, περισσοτέρως ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τῶν πατρι- 
in myfown]race, more abundantly zealous being *of fathers 


κῶν µου παραδόσεων. 15 ὅτεδὲ εὐδόκησεν ἰὁ θεὸς" ὁ 
ταν ‘for [5 thes *traditions, But when “was “pleased 1God, who 
ἀφορίσας µε ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου, καὶ καλέσας διὰ τῆς 


selected mefrom “womb: ‘my “mother’s, and called [me] OF 


χάριτος.αὐτοῦ, 16 ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν. αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί, ἵνα 
his grace, to reveal his Son in me, that 


εὐαγγελίζωμαι.αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν' εὐθέως 
1 should announce hini as the glad ασ among the nations, emg 


οὐ.προσανεθέµην σαρκὶ καὶ αἵματι, 17 οὐδὲ "ἀνῆλθον! εἰς 


I conferred not with flesh and blood, nor wentIup_ to 

Ἵ ix A 4 ‘ ‘ ’ ~ ? ᾽ν, ΄ 1 aN »ι 
εροσόλυµα πρὸς τοὺς πρὸ ἐμοῦ ἀποστόλους, ἀλλ 
Jerusalem to those [who were] *before “me μες but 


ἀπῆλθον εἰς ᾿Αραβίαν, καὶ πάλιν ὑπέστρεψα εἰς Δαμασκόν.' 


Zwentaway into Arabia, gnd again returned to Damascus, 


18 Ἔπειτα μετὰ "έτη τρία! ἀνῆλθον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἱσ- 

Then after years ‘three Iwentup to Jerusalem to make 
τορῆσαι "Πέτρον," καὶ ἐπέμεινα πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡμέρας 
acquaintance with ᾿ Peter, and I remained with him μμ. 
δεκαπέντε 19 ἕτερον.δὲ τῶν ἀποστύλων οὐκεῖδον, εἰ μὴ 
fifteen ; but other " of the apostles " Isaw not, except 


ΣῊ τὸν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ κυρίου. 20 ἃ δὲ άφω ὑμῖν, 
James the brother of the -Lord. Now what [things] I write to you, 


ἰδοὺ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτι οὐ ψεύδοµαι. 21 Ἔπειτα ἦλθον εἰς 
1ο, before’ God, 1 lie not. Then I came into 


τὰ κλίματα τῆς Συρίας καὶ τῆς Κιλικίας 3935. ἤμην δὲ a- 


Ῥιΐ 1 was un- 


the megions of Syria and Cilicia ; 
pipeneN ac τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας ταῖς 
by face to the assemblies of Judza which 
. χριστῷ" 23 μόνον.δὲ ἀκούοντες ἦσαν, Ὅτι ὁ 
[ατα] in Christ, only Shearing ‘they *were, That he who 
διώκων ἡμᾶς ποτε, νῦν εὐαγγελίζεται τὴν. πίστιν 
persecuted 7us 101086, now announces the glad ee the faith, 
la 8 διῶ , ‘ σος ΄ 
ἥν ποτε ἐπόρθει. 34 καὶ ἐδόξαζον οἱ τὸν θεόν. 
which once - he ravaged: and they were glorifying * in *me “God. 


Q "Ἔπειτα διὰ δεκατεσσάρων ἐτῶν πάλιν ἀνέβην εἰς Ἱε- 
Je- 


Then _ after fourteen years again LIwentup to 
ροσόλυμα μετὰ Βαρνάβα, συμπαραλαβὼν" καὶ Τίτον" 
rusalem with Barnabas, taking with (mejalso Titus ; 


2 ἀνέβην δὲ «κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν, καὶ ἀνεθέμην αὐτοῖς τὸ 

but I went up according to | revelation, and laidbefore them _ the 
εὐαγγέλιον. ὃ κηρύσσω ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, κατ’ ἰδίαν.δὲ τοῖς 
glad tidings whichI proclaim among the nations, but privately to those 


491 


ther reccived it of 
Man, neither was 1 
taught it, but by the 
revelation of Jesus 
Christ. 13 For ye have 
heard of my conver- 
sation in time past in 
the Jews’ religion, how 
that beyond measure 
I persecuted the church 
of God, anil wasted it: 
14 and profited in the 
Jews’ religion above 
many my equals in 
mine own nation, be- 
ing more exceedingly 
zealous of the tradi- 
tions of my fathers. 
15 But when it pleased 
God, who separated 
me from my mother’s 
womb, and called me 
by his grace, 16to re- 
veal his Son in me, 
that I might preach 
him among the hea- 
then; immediately I 
conferred not with 
flesh and blood: 17 nei- 
ther went I up to Je- 
rusalem tothem which 
were apostles before 
me; bus I went into 
Arabia, and returned 
again unto Damascus. 
18 Then -after three 
years I went up to Je- 
rusalem to see Peter, 
and abode with him 
fifteen days. 19 But 
other of the apostles 
saw [none, save James 
the Lord’s brother. 
20 Now the’ things 
which I write unto 
you, behold, before 
God, Ilie not. 21 Af- 
terwards I came into 
the regions of Syria 
and Cilicia; 22 and 
was unknown by face 
unto the churches of 
Judza which were in 
Christ: 23 but they 
had heard only, That 
he which persecuted 
us in times past now 
préacheth the faith 
which once he de- 
stroyed, 24 And they 
glorified God in me, 


II. Then fourteen 
years after T went up 
again to Jerusalem 
with Barnabas, and 
took Titus with me 
also. 2 And I went 
up by revelation, and 
communicated unto 
them that gospel 
which I preach among 
the Gentiles, but pri- 
vately to them which 
were of reputation, 
lest by any means I 
should run, or had 
run, in vain. 3 But 
neither Titus, who 





b οὐδὲ LTr, 
ἀλλὰ LTTra. 


i— ὃ θεὸς (read he was pleased) [L]Ta. 
™ τρία ἔτη T. 5 ηφαν Cephas LrTraw. 


κ ἀπῆλθον went I away La, 
° guy- ΤΑ. 


492 


was with me, being ἃ 
Greek, was compelled 
to be circumcised: 
4 and that because of 
false brethren una- 
wares brought in, 
who came in privily to 
spy out our liberty 
which we have in 
Christ Jesus, that they 
might bring us into 
bondage: 5 to whom 
we gave place by sub- 
jection, no, not for an 

our; that the truth 
of the gospel might 
continue with you. 
6 But of these who 
seemed to be some- 
what, (whatsoever 
they were, it maketh 
no matter to me : God 
accepteth no man’s 
person::) for they who 
seemed to be somewhat 
in conference added 
nothing to me: 7 but 
contrariwise, when 
they saw that the gos- 
pel of the uncircumci- 
sion was committed 
unto me; as the gospel 
of the circumcision 
was unto Peter ; 8 (for 
he that wrought ef- 
fectually in Peter to 
the apostleship of the 
circumcision, the same 
Was mighty in me to- 
ward the Gentiles :) 
9 and when James, 
Cephas, and John,who 
seeined to be pillars, 
perceived the grace 
that was given unto 
me, they gave to me 
and Barnabas the 
right hands of fellow- 
ship; that we should 
go unto the ‘heathen 
and they unto the cir- 
cumeision. 10 Only 
they would that we 
should remember the 
poor ; the same which I 
also was forward to do. 


11 But when Peter 
was come to Antioch, 
I withstood him to 
the face, because he 
was to be blamed. 
12 For before that cer- 
tain came from James, 
he did eat with the 
Gentiles: but when 
they were come, he 
withdrew and _ sepa- 
rated himself, fear- 
ing them which were 
of the circumcision. 
12 And the other Jews 
.dissembled likewise 
with him; insomuch 
that Barnabas also 
Was carried away 
with their dissimula- 
tion. 





. 4 3 
τοὺς ἐκ 





προ PAA ATA S. IT. 


δοκοῦσιν, μήπως εἰς κενὸν τρέχω ἢ ἔδραμον" 3 ἀλλ’ 
of repute, lest somehow in vain I should be running or had run; (but 


οὐδὲ Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί, Ἕλλην: ὦν, ἠναγκάσθη περι- 


noteven Titus who[was]with me, 78 “Greek 1Ρ6ἱΠ6, was compelled tobe 
τμηθῆναι. 4 διὰ δὲ τοὺς παρεισάκτους - Ψευὸ- 
circumcised ;) and [this] on account of the -*brought ‘in *stealthily (false 


αδέλφους, οἵτινες παρεισῆλθον κατασκοπῆσαι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν 
2brethren, who came in by stealth to spy out *freedom 


ἡμῶν ἣν ἔχομεν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἵνα ἡμᾶς νλκακαδουλώ- 
Your which wehave in Christ Jesus, thas us they might bring 
σωνται ὄὅ οἷς οὐδὲ πρὸς ὥραν εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ, 
into bondage; towhomnoteven for 81} ΠΟῸΪΣ did we yield in subjection, 
iva ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ εὐαγγελίου διαμείνῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 6 ᾿Απὸ 


thatthe truth ofthe gladtidings might continue with you. *From 

δὲ τῶν δοκούντων εἶναί τι,  ῥὁποϊῖοίποτε ἦσαν οὐδέν 

‘but those reputed πο be sqgmething, whatsoever they were “no 
ot διαφέρει" πρόσωπον “θεὸς ἀνθρώπου οὐ λαμ- 


“to ὅΠ16 'makes difference : [the] >God lof*man ‘not *does 
βάνει: ἐμοὶγὰρ ot δοκοῦντες οὐδὲν προσανέθεντο, 7 ἀλλὰ 
accept ; fortome those ofrepute nothing conferred ; but 
τοὐναντίον, ἰδόντες ὅτι πεπίστευµαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 
on the contrary, having seen that I have been entrusted with the glad tidings 
τῆς ἀκροβυστίας, καθὼς Πέτρος τῆς περιτομῆς ὃ ὁ 
of the uncircumcision, according as Pcter [that] of the circumcision, (πο *who 
’ / > > \ ~ ~ ΄ 
γὰρ ἐνεργήσας Πέτρῳ εἰς ἀποστολὴν τῆς περιτομῆς, ἐνήργη- 
"for wrought in Peter for apvostleship of the circumcision, wrought 
σεν Ἱκαὶ ἐμοὶ! εἰς τὰ ἔθνη" 9 καὶ γνόντες τὴν χάριν τὴν 
also in me towards the nations,) and having known the’ grace which 
δοθεῖσάν pot, Ιάκωβος καὶ Κηφᾶς καὶ “Ιωάννης," ot do- 
was given to me, James and Cephas and John, those re- 
κοῦντες στῦλοι εἶναι, δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν ἐμοὶ καὶ Βαρνάβ 
puted Spillars ‘to *be,(the]right hands *they *gave *to *me Ἰαπᾶ *Barnabas 
’ e ε ~ ᾽ ‘ ” a7 s 
κοινωνίας, ἵνα ἡμεῖς " εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν 
tof *fellowship, that we {should go] to the nations, andthey to the 
mepirounyv’ 10 µόνον τῶν πτωχῶν ἵνα μνημονεύωμεν, ὃ 
circumcision : only the poor that we should remember, which 
καὶ ἐσπούδασα αὐτὸ. τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. 


person 


Salso Ἵ ὅπας *diligent ‘very “thing todo, 
11 Ὅτε δὲ ἦλθεν Πέτρος" εἰς ᾿᾽Αντιόχειαν, κατὰ. πρόσωπον 
But when “*came 1Peter tB Antiach, to [the] face 
αὐτῷ ἀντέστην, ὅτι κατεγνωσµένος ἦν. 12 πρὸ.τοῦ.γὰρ 


for before that 
? ~ ? A , 4 ~ ~ ’ er 4 
ἐλθεῖν τινας ἀπὸ Ιακώβου, μετὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν συνήσθιεν’ ὅτε-δὲ 
“came ‘some from James, with the nations he waseating ; but when 
"ἠλθον ὑπέστελλεν καὶ ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν, φοβούμενος 
they came, he was drawing back and was separating himself, being afraid of 
περιτομῆς' 13 καὶ συνυπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ 
those of [the] circumcision ; and conjointly dissembled with him also the 
‘ ? ~ ¢. ‘ , ~ 
λοιποὶ Ιουδαῖοι, ὥστε καὶ Βαρνάβας συναπήχθη αὐτῶν 


him I withstood, because ,to becondeianed he was: 


rest of {the] Jews, sothat even Barnabas wascarried away “their 
τῇ ὑποκρίσει. 14 ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅτε Eidow- ὅτι οὐκ ὀρθοποδοῦσιν 


‘by dissimulation.’ But when I saw that they walk ποῦ uprightly 


4 ‘ ? ΄ ~ , ~ ~ ΄ 
14 But whenI πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, εἶπον τῷ "Πέτρῳ! 
saw that they walked according to the truth of the glad tidings, 1 said to Peter 
P καταδουλώσουσιν they shall bring into bondage Lrtraw. 4 - 0T. τ κἀμοὶ Τη Ww. 


«᾿]ωάνης Tr. 


t+ μὲν G[L]. 


τ Κηφᾶς Cephas LTTraw. * ἦλθεν he came LTr, 


Σ Kn¢g Cephas LtTtraw. 


1, Il. GALATIANS. 


ἔμπροσθεν πάντων, Ei ov, ᾿Ιουδαῖος ὑπάρχων, ἐθνικῶς 
before all, If thou,  *a‘Jew 1peing, nation-like 
σζῆς καὶ οὐκ ᾿Ιουδαϊκῶς," ττί! τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἴου- 
livest and not Jewishly, why the nations dost thou compel to ju- 
δαΐζειν; 15 Ἣμεϊς φύσει ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν 
daize ? We, *by “nature ‘Jews, and not “of [*the]*naticns 
ε Ἂ , ? ΄ at ᾽ ~ ” τσ» » 
ἁμαρτωλοί, 16 εἰδότες "" ὅτι οὔ δικαιοῦται ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ἔργων 
‘sinners, knowing that “is “πού *justified 4a?man by works 
γόμου, ἐὰν. μὴ διὰ πίστεως Ὁ [ησοῦ χριστοῦ," καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς 
of law, but through faith of Jesus Christ, also we on 
χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἐπιστεύσαμεν, ἵνα δικαιωθῶμεν ἐκ πίστεως 
Christ Jesus believed, that we might be justified by faith 
χριστοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων νόµου’ “διότι! “οὐ.δικαιωθήσεται 
of Christ, and not by works of law; because Shall not be justified 
ἐξ ” ΄ ΙΙ ~ ΄ 14 ? δὲ mare ὃ θῇ 
ἐξ έργων νόμου! πᾶσα σάρξ. εἰ.δὲ ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι 


by works of law ; aah flesh, Nowif seeking to be justified 
(lit. al 


ἐν χριστῷ εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμάρτωλοί, “ἄρα! χριστὸς 
in Christ we*were *found “also ‘ourselves sinners, [18] then Christ 
ἁμαρτίας διάκονος» μὴ.γένοιτο. 18 εἰγὰρ ἃ  κατέλυσα 
"908 δ3βῖτι 1minister ? May it not be! For if what I threw down 
ταῦτα πάλιν οἰκοδομῶ, παραβάτην ἐμαυτὸν ϑσυνίστημι." 
these things again I build, a transgressor myself I constitute. 
19 ᾿Εγὼ.γὰρ διὰ νόµου νόμῳ ᾿ἀπέθανον, ἵνα θεῷ ζήσω. 
ΕΟ through law to law died, that to God I may live. 
~ * , ἐν τ; 3 ~ Oi 
20 χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι" ζῶ.δέ, οὐκέτι ἐγώ, ζῃ.δὲ 
. ®Christ ‘I *have ‘been “crucified *with, yet I live, nolonger I, but “lives 
ἐμοὶ χριστός" ὃδὲ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί, ἐν πίστει 
“me ‘Christ; but that which now I live in flesh, in faith 
ζῶ τῇ “Tov υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ," τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντός µε καὶ παρα- 
T live, that of the Son of God, who loved me and gave 
δόντος ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ. 21 οὐκ. ἀθετῶ τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ" 
up himself for me, I do not set aside the grace of God ; 
εἰ γὰρ διὰ νόµου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν 
for if through law righteousness [is], then Christ “for “nought 
ἀπέθανεν. 
Mdied. 
3. Ὦ ἀνόητοι Γαλάται, τίς ὑμᾶς ἑβάσκανεν ‘ry ἀληθεί 
Ο senseless Galatians, who you bewitched, “the ‘truth 
μὴ πείθεσθαι ;} οἷς κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμοὺς ᾿Ιησοῦς χριστὺς προε- 
not 39ο 30Ρ6Υ 2 whose ®before eyes Jesus Christ was openly 
γράφη ἐν ὑμῖν" ἐσταυρωμένος; 2 τοῦτο µόνον θέλω μαθεῖν 
set forth among you— crucified ὃ This only Iwish to learn 
ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν, ἐξ ἔργων νόµου τὸ πνεῦμα ἐλάβετε, ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς 
from you, by works oflaw the Spirit receive ye, ΟΥ̓ by_ report 
πίστεως; ὃ οὕτως ἀνόητοί ἐστε; ἐναρξάμενοι πνεύματι, νῦν 
of faith? So senseless are ye? *Having begun inSpirit, low 
σαρκὶ ἐπιτελεῖσθε; 4 τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῆ; εἴγε 
in flesh are ye being perfected? So many things did ye suffer in vain? if indeed 
καὶ εἰκῆ. 5 ὁ οὖν ἐπιχορηγῶν ὑμῖν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ 
also in vain. He who therefore supplies to you the Spirit, and 
ἐνεργῶν δυνάμεις ἐν ὑμῖν, ἐξ ἔργων νόµου ἣ ἐξ ἀκοῆς 
works works of power among you, [15 15] υγ works oflaw or by report 


2 
εν 
511 


Υ καὶ οὐχ (οὐκ TrA) Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς LTTrA. 25 πῶς how GLTTraw. 


498 


not uprightly accord-, 
ing.to the truth of the 
gospel, I said unto Pe- 
ter before them all, If 
thou, being a Jew, 
livest after the man- 
ner of Gentiles, and 
not. as do the Jews, 
why compellest thou 
the Gentiles to live as 
do the Jews? 15 We 
who are Jews by na- 
ture, and not sinners 
of the Gentiles, 
16 knowing that. a 
man is not justified by 
the works of the laws 
but by the faith of 
Jesus Christ, even we 
have believed in Jesus 
Christ, that we might 
be justified by the 
faith of Christ, and 
not by the works of 
the law: for by the 
works of ‘the law shall 
no flesh “be justified. 
17 But if, while we 
seek to be justified by 
Christ, we ourselves 
also are found sinners, 
18 therefore Christ the 
minister of sin? God 
forbid. 18 For if I 
build again the things 
which I destroyed, I 
make myself a trans- 
gressor. 19 For I 
through the law am 
dead to the law, that 
I might live unto God. 
20 I am crucified with 
Christ : nevertheless I 
live; yet not I, but 
Christ liveth in me: 
and the life which I 
now live in the flesh I 
live by the faith of 
the Son of God, who 
loved me, and gave 
himself for me. 21 I 
do not frustrate the 
grace of God: for if 
righteousness come by 


ᾧ the law, then Christ is 


dead in vain. 

III. O foolish Gala- 
tians, who hath be- 
witched you, that ye 
should not obey the 
truth, before whose 
eyes Jesus Christ hath 
been evidently set 
forth, crucified among 
you? 2 This only 
would I learn of you, 
Received ye the Spirit 
by the works of the 
law, or by the hearing 
of faith? 3 Are yeso 
foolish ? having be- 
gun in the Spirit, are 
ye now made perfect 
by the flesh. 4 Have 
ye suffered so many 
things in vain? if 2 


a + δὲ but (knowing) 


GLTTraw. Ὁ χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τττ. ο ὅτι LTTrA. a ἐξ ἔργων νόμου οὐ δικαιωθήσεται 
GLTTrAW, ἐἄρατ. ἴ--; (read Christ [is] then ἆτο.) 1. Εσυνιστάνω GLTTrAW. h τοῦ 
θεοῦ καὶ χριστοῦ of God and Christ Ltr, ἰ — τῇ ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι GLTTIAW, = 


ὑμῖν LITA, . 


494 


be yet in vain. -5 Ha 
- therefore that minis- 
tereth to you the Spi- 
rit, and worketh mira- 
cles among you, doeth 
he it by the works of 
the law, or by the 
hearing of faith? 
6 Even as Abraham 
believed God, and. it 
was accounted to 
him for righteousness, 
7 Know ye therefore 
that they which are 
of faith, the same are 
the children of-Abra- 
ham. 8 And the scrip- 
ture, foreseeing that 
God would justify the 
heathen through faith, 
preached -before the 
gospel unto Abraham, 
suying, In thee shall 
all nations be blessed. 
9 So then they which 
be of faith are blessed 
with faithful Abra- 
ham. 10 For as many 
as are of the works of 
the law are under the 
curse: for it is writ- 
ten, Cursed is every 
one that continueth 
not in all things which 
are written in the book 
of the law to do them. 
11 Butthat no man is 
justified by the law 
in the sight of God, it 
ws evident: for, : The 
just shall live by faith. 
12 And the law is not 
of faith: but, The man 
that doeth them shall 
live in them. 13Christ 
hath redeemed us from 
the curse of the law, 
being made a curse for 
us: for it is written, 
Cursed is every one 
that hangeth on a 
tree: 14 that the 
blessing of Abraham 
might come on the 
Gentiles through Je- 
sus Christ ; that we 
might receive the pro- 
mise of the- Spirit 
through faith. 

15 Brethren, I speak 
after the manner of 
men; Though it be 
but 4 man’s covenant, 
yet if it be confirmed, 
no man disannulleth, 
or addeth thereto. 
16 Now to Abraham 
and his seed were the 
promises made. He 
saith τοῦ, And to seeds, 
as of many; but as 
of one, And to thy 
seed, which is Christ. 
17 And thisI say, that 
the covenant, that was 
confirmed before of 
God in Christ, the law, 
which was four hun- 


Χ υἱοί εἰσιν LTTr. 


πᾶσιν in all things) rrr. 


GLT?Iraw. 
ξαλλὰ Tr. 


VYOMOC οὐκ.ἀκυροῖ, εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 


4 ὅτι γέγραπται LTTrAW. 
¥ — εἰς χριστον LITrA, 


TESS, ol Aa ΤΑ 2. τα, 
‘ 4 ? , ~ ~ 3 3 , 

πίστεως; 6 καθὼς ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐπίστευσεν τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη 

of faith? Evenas Abraham believed God, and it was reckoned 
~ ? , ” “ ε ? ΄ 

αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 7 γινώσκετε ἄρα ὅτι οἱ ἐκ πίστεως, 

tohim for righteousness. Know then that they that of faith 
- , k > es i{ ? / 16 ~ δὲ ς ‘ 
οὗτοί Νείσιν υἱοὶ ᾿Αβραάμ. 8 προϊἰδοῦσα.δὲ ἢ γραφὴ 
{are], these are sons of Abraham; and *foreseeing ‘the *scripture 
ὅτι ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοῖ τὰ ἔθνη ὁ θεός, προευηγγελί- 
that by faith 2justifies ὅθ *nations *God, before announced glad 
σατο τῷ ABoadp, “Ore ἐνευλογηθήσονται" ἐν σοὶ πάντα τὰ 
tidings to Abraham : Shall be blessed in thee 41 the 

ἔθνη. 9 ὥστε οἱ ἐβ πίστεως εὐλογοῦνται σὺν τῷ πιστῷ 
nations, So that those of faith are being blessed with the believing 

, e 4 y ” , > « ᾿ ’ 

᾿Αβραάμ. 10 ὅσοι.γὰρ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἰσίν, ὑπὸ κατάραν 

Abraham. For asmany as of works ο law are, under a curse 

΄ , tse a , ~ εν ? ? 

εἰσίν' γέγραπται.γάρ."' Ἐπικατάρατο πᾶς ὃς οὐκ ἐμ-. 
are. For it has been written, Cursed [15] everyone who “ποῦ ‘does 
μένει "ἐν" πᾶσιν τοῖς γεγραμμένοις ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τοῦ νόµου, 

continue in all things which have been written ‘in the book ofthe law 


~ ~ ᾽ , er X ? / ? ‘ ~ 
τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά. 11 “Οτιδὲ ἐν νόμῳ οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται 
{ο ο them. But that ἴῃ virtue οἱ Ίαν no one is being justified 


παρὰ τῷ θεῷ δῆλον. ὅτι ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται" 
with God [is] manifest ; because the just by faith shall live ; 
12 ὁ δὲ νόμος οὐκ έστιν ἐκ πίστεως, ἀλλ" ὁ ᾿ποιήσας 
but the law is not of faith ; but, the who “did 
αὐτὰ Ῥᾶνθρωπος! ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς. 19 χριστὸς ἡμᾶς 
*these *things Iman shall live in virtne of them. Christ us 
ἐξηγόρασεν ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόµου, γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 
ransomed from the curse ofthe law, having become for ᾽ us 
κατάρα αγέγραπται.γάρ,' ᾿Ἐπικατάρατς πᾶς ὁ κρεµά- 
acurse, (for it has been written, Cursed {is] everyone who hangs 
μένος ἐπὶ ξύλου" 14 ἵνα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ Αβραὰμ 
ΟἹ a tree,) that to the nations the blessing of Abraham 
γένηται ἐν Τχριστῷ "Inood," ἵνα τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πνεύµα- 


mightcome ἢ Christ Jesus, that the promise -of the Spirit 
τος λάβωμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως. 
we might receive through . faith. 
15 Αδελφοί, κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω, ὅμως ἀνθρώπου 


Brethren, (according {ο man of man 


κεκυρωµένην διαθήκην οὐδεὶς 
a confirmed covenant no one 


I am speaking,) even 
~ na ΄ ' 
ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται. 

sets aside, or adds thereto, 
16 τῷ δὲ  Αβραὰμ "ἐῤῥήθησαν". αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, καὶ τῷ σπέρματι 
But to Abraham werespoken the promises, and to *seed 
αὐτοῦ' οὐ.λέγει, Kai τοῖς σπέρµασιν, ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’! 
"his: 6 does ποῦ say, And to seeds, as of many; but 
e ? 48 ‘ ~ , ε/ - 
ὡς ἐφ᾽ ἑνός, Καὶ τῷ. σπέρματί, σου, ὅς ἐστιν χριστός. 17 τοῦτο 
as of one, And to thy seed ; ‘which is Christ. “This 
4 , , Π « 4 ~ ~ 
δὲ λέγω, διαθήκην προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ Τείς χρισ- 
1now I say, [the] covenant confirmed beforehand by God to Christ, 
τὸν! ὁ μετὰ “érn τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα! γεγονὼς 
the ‘after '°years *four “hundred ®and *thirty “which *took *place 


τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν. 18 εἰ 


‘law doesnotannul soas to make of πο effect the promise. aE 


1 εὐλογηθήσονται EB. 
ο ἀλλὰ TTr. 


m+ ὅτι that GLTTrAaW. n — ἐν (read 
P — ἄνθρωπος (read ὃ ποιήσας he who ἃ...) 
> - - ..) ΄ 
* Ἰησοῦ χριστῷ Tr. 5 ἐρῥέθησαν ΙΊΊΤΑ. 
Y τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη GLITrAW. 


ΤΠ. ΤΥ, GALATIANS. 


γὰρ ἐκ νόµου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας" 
for by law [be]the inheritance, [it is] no longer by promise ; 
τῷ-δὲ Αβραὰμ δι ἐπαγγελίας κεχάρισται ὁ θεός. 19 Τί 
but to Abraham through  proniise “granted [511 “God. Why 
οὖν ὁ νόμος; τῶν παραβάσεων χάριν Σπροσετεέθη ,"} 
then the law? ‘transgressions ‘for *the “sake *of it was added, 
ἄχρις ov ἔλθῃ τὸ σπέρμα Ww ἐπήγγελται, 
until should have come the seed to whom promise has been made, 
διαταγεὶς δι ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ µεσίτου. 20 ὁ δὲ 


having been ordained through in “hand 'a*mediator’s, But the 


µεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ έστιν, ὁ δὲ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν. 


angels 


mediator *of*one ‘is “not, but God one fis. 
οἱ Ὁ οὖν. νόμος κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν Yrov θεοῦ" ; 
Thelawthen [1510] against the promises of God? 


‘ ’ 2 \ ? , , ε / ~ 
μή.γενοιτο᾽ εἰ γαρ ἐδόθη νομος ο δυνάμενος ζωοποιῆσαι, 


was given alaw which was able to quicken, 


ὄντως *av ἐκ νόµου ἢν" ἡ δικαιοσύνη" 22 ἀλλὰ συνέ- 
indeed by law would havebeen righteousness ; but Sshut 
κλεισεν ἡ γραφὴ τὰ πάντα "ὑπὸ" ἁμαρτίαν, ἵνα ἡ ἐπαγγελία 
*up ‘the *scripture allthings under sin, that the promise 


ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν. 
by faith of Jesus. Christ might ve given tothose that believe. 


23 Πρὸ τοῦ.δὲ ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν, ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, 
But before came 1faith, under law we were guarded, 


Ὀσυγκεκλεισμένοι" εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι" 
having been shut up to the, *being tabout ‘faith to be revealed. 


24 ὥστε ὁ νόμος παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῶν γέγονεν εἰς χριστόν, ἵνα 


May it ποῦ be! Forif 


Sothat the law “tutor Jour hasbeen({up]to Christ, that 
2 / ~ 7 , ‘ ~ , 
ἐκ πίστεως δικαιωθῶμεν' 25 ἐλθούσης.δὲ τῆς πίστεως, 
by faith we might be justified. But “huving *come ‘faith, 


οὐκέτι ὑπὸ παιδαγωγόν ἐσμεν. 26 πάντες. γὰρ υἱοὶ θεοῦ 
no longer under a tutor we are; for all sons of God 
nN 4 ~ , “" ~. / 4 ? 
ἐστε διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐν χριστῷ “Inoov’ 27 ὕσοι γὰρ εἰς 
ye are through faith in Christ Jesus. For as many as to 


Ξ 2 
χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε, χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε. 28 οὐκένι Ἴου- 
Christ were baptized, Christ ‘ye did *put *on. Thereisnot Jew 


~ ~ ἈΔΝῚ - » 
δαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην' οὐκ.ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος" οὐκ ἔνι 
nor Greek; there ἰβ ποῦ bondman nor free ; there is not 


ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ᾽ «πάντες! .γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν χοιστῷ Ἰησοῦ" 


male and female; for all ye one are in Christ Jesus: 
\ See | ~ ” ~ ? A , ? , 
29 εἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς χριστοῦ, apa τοῦ ᾽᾿Αβραὰμ σπέρμα tore, 
butif ye [210] Christ’s, then Abraham’s seed ye are, 
ἀκαὶὶ "kar ἐπαγγελίαν κληρὀνόμοι. 
and according to promise heirs. 
, 3 er , “ , δ , , ᾽ 
4 Λέγω.δέ, ἐφ’ ὕσον χρόνον ὁ κληρονόμος νηπιὸς ἔστιν, 
NowlIsay, for aslong’as ‘time the heir aninfant is, 


/ πα, ΄ ν > ἢ 
οὐδὲν διαφέρει δούλου, κύριος πάντων wy 2 ἀλλὰ 


495 


dred and thirty years 
after,cannot disannul, 
that it should make 
the promise of none 
effect. 18 For if the 
inheritance be of the 
law, ii is no more of 
promise: but God 
gaveit to Abraham by 
promise. 19 Wherefore 
then serveth the law? 
It was added because 
of transgressions, till 
the seed should come 
to whom the promise 
was made; and it was 
ordained by angels ia 
the hand of a media- 
tor. 20 Now a media- 
tor is not α mediator 
of one, but God is one. 

21 Js the law then 
against the promises 
of God? God forbid: 
for if there had been 
a law given which 
could have given life, 
verily righteousness 
should have been by 
the law. 22 But the 
scripture hath con- 
cluded all under sin, 
that the promise by 
faith of Jesus Christ 
might be given to 
them that believe. 
23 But before faith 
came, we were kept 


“under the law, shut 


up unto the faith 
which should after- 
wards be revealed. 
24 Wherefore the law 
was our schoolmaster 
to bring us unto 
Christ, that we might 
be justified by faith. 
25 But after that faith 
is come,:we are no 
longer under a school- 
master, 26 For ye are 
all the children of God 
by faith in Christ Je-' 
sus. 27 For as many 
of you as have been 
baptized into Christ 
have put on Christ 
28 There is neither 
Jcw nor Greek, there 
is neither bond nor 
free, there is neither 
male nor female: for 
ye are all one in Christ 
Jesus, 29 And if ye 
be Christ’s, then are 
ye Abraham’s _ seed, 
and heirs according to 
the promise. 


IV. NowI say, That 





nothing he differs trout = ομαδα, ο η ee C3 4411 *being ; ; but the heir, as long 88. he 

ὑπὸ ἐπιτρόπους ἐστὶν και οἰκονόμους ἄχρι τῆς προθεσμίας ΤΕ μι κα ος 
i i i i i ling from a 

under Guandlans he is and ος ΠΡΌ the ο before ο μμ, though he be lord oF 

του πατρὸς. 3 οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς, OTE μὲν νήπιοι, VTO Τὰ all; 2 but is under 

of the father. So also we, | when we were infants, under the ear uuiiea oe 

ot 7 « " ια Ν until i ἣν 

στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου μεν! δεδουλωμένοι" 4 ὅτε.δὲ ἦλθεν τὸ ed οὐ the father. 

elements ofthe world were held in bondage ; but when came the 3 Even so we, when 

3 ΄ ” > > ” a ς > L 

. 2 ἐκ νόμον av ἦν (ἦν ἂν Τ) LTTrA. vd L. 


κ ἐτέθη iu was appointed G. 7 [τοῦ θεοῦ] 1, 
υ συγίσυν- Τ)κλειόµενοι being Shut up LTTra. 
© κατὰ 1. ἔημεθα 1. 


ο ἅπαντες TTra. 


4 --- καὶ LTTrA. 


496 


we were children, 
were in bondage under 
the elements of the 
world: 4 but when the 
fulness of the time 
Was come, God sent 
forth his Son, made of 
δι Woman, made under 
the law, 5 to redeem 
them that were under 
the law,that we might 
receive the adoption 
of sons. 6 And because 
yeare sons, God hath 
seut forth the Spirit 
of his Son into your 
hearts, crying, Abba, 
Futher. 7 Wherefore 
thou art no more a 
servant, but a son; 
andif a son, then an 
heir of God through 
Christ. 8 Howbeit 
then, when ye knew 
not God, ye did ser- 
vice unto them which 
by nature are no 
gods. 9 But now, after 
that ye have known 
God, or rather are 
known of God, how 
turn ye again to the 
weak and beggarly 
elements, whereunto 
ye desire again to be 
in bondage? 10 Ye 
observe days, and 
months, and times, and 
years. 111 am afraid 
of you, lest I have be- 
stowed upon you la- 
bour in vain. : 

12 Bréthren, 1 be- 
geech you, be asl am; 
for Iam as ye are: 
ye have not injured 
me atall. 13 Ye know 
how through infirmity 
of the fleshI preached 
the gospel unto you 
at the first. 14 And my 
temptation which was 
in my flesh ye despised 
not, nor rejected ; but 
received me as an an- 

el of God, even as 

hrist Jesus. 15 Where 
is then the blessed- 
ness ye spake of? for 
I bear you record, 
that, if τὸ had been 
ieee ye would 

ave plucked out your 
own eyes, and have 
given them to me, 
16 Am I therefore be- 
come your eneny, be- 
cause I tell you the 
truth? 17 They zeal- 
ously affect you, but 
not well; yea, they 
would exclude you, 
that ye might affect 
them. 18 But it is 
good to be zealously 
affected always ina 
good thing, and not 
only when I am pre- 





& ἡμῶν our GLTTrAw. 
μὴ (read are nut &c.) GLTTraw. 
Ὁ ὑμῶν your LTTrA ; ὑμῶν τὸν W.. 


had giveny ΙΤΤΙΑΥΓ. 





LPO ΣΝ AAA AA A ΤΣ, IV. 
΄ - , Σο , ε 3 ‘ εν ? ~ 
πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου, ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν.υἱὸν.αὐτοῦ, 
fulness of the time, sent *forth *God his Son, 
γενόμενον ἐκ γυναικός, γενόμενον ὑπὸ νόμον, 5 wa τοὺς 
come of woman, come under law, that those 
ὑπὸ νόμον ἐξαγοράσῃ, ἵνα τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν. 
under law hemight ransom, that adoption we might receive. 
G ὅτιδέ ἐστε υἱοί, ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ 
But because ye are sons, “sent *forth *God the Spirit 
« ~ ᾽ ~ ᾽ 4 δί αι ~ 1] ’ ? Με ΄ 
υἱοῦ. αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς καρδίας δὑμῶν," κράζον, ᾿Αββᾶ ὁ πατήρ. 


of hisSon into “hearts tyour, crying, Abba, Father. 
7 ὥστε οὐκέτ, εἶ δοῦλος, "ἀλλ᾽" υἱός" εἰ. δὲ υἱός, καὶ 
So no longer thouart bondman, but son; andif son, also 


κληρονόμος Ἰθεοῦ διὰ χριστοῦ." 8 ᾿Αλλὰ τότε μὲν οὐκ 


heir of God through Christ. But then indeed not 
ar , ΓΟ , “ - k τ , sh ᾿ 
εἰδότες θεόν, ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς μὴ φύσει" οὖσιν 
knowing God, ye were in bondage to those who not by nature are 
~ ~ , fe , ~ A / 
θεοῖς" 9 νῦν.δέ γνόντες θεόν, μᾶλλον.δὲ γῬωσθέντες 


gods ; but rather having been known 
ὑπὸ θεοῦ, πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ 
by God, how do ye turn again to the weak and beygarly 
στοιχεῖα οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν ἰδουλεύειν" θέλετε; 10 ἡμέρας 
elements to which again anew τὸ be in bondage ye desire ὃ Days 
παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιρούς, καὶ eviavrove.™ 11 φο- 
ye observe, and months, and times, and years.. lam 
βοῦμαι ὑμᾶς, μήπως εἰκῆ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς. 
afraid of you, lest somehow in vain 1 have laboured asto you. 
12 Γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὕτικἀγὼ we ὑμεῖς, ἀδελφοί, δέο- 


but now, having known God, 


Be as I fam], for I also [am] as ye, brethren, Lbe- 

ε ~ / a , ” by € 
μαι ὑμῶν: οὐδέν µε ἠδικήσατε. 18 οἴδατεδὲ ὅτι δι 
seech you: in nothing me το wronged. But ye know that in 
ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς εὐηγγελισάμην ἡμῖν τὸ.πρότερον, 


weakness of the at the first ; 


14 καὶ τὸν πειρασμόν "μου τὸν! ἐν τῇ-σαρκί-μου οὐκ ἔξου- 


flesh I announced the glad tidings to you 


and 2temptation ‘my in my flesh Snot ‘ye 7de- 
θενήσατε οὐδὲ ἐξεπτύσατε, add’ ὡς ἄγγελον θεοῦ ἐ- 
spised nor rejected with contempt; but as anangel of God ye 


δέξασθέ µε, ὡς χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν. 15 ric" οὖν Ρήν! ὁ μακαρισμὸς 
received me, as Christ Jesus, What then was “blessedness 
ὑμῶν; μαρτυρῶ.γὰρ ὑμῖν ὅτι, εἰ δυνατόν, τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 


tyour? «Ίοχ 1 bear ?witness ‘you that, if possible, 30798 

ς ~ ΄ n 3 , [ή 4 
ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες Iav' ἐδώκατέ μοι. 16 ὥστε ἐχθρὸς 
‘your having plucked out yewouldhave given [them] to me. So 7enemy 
ε ~ / , « - - « ~ 
ὑμῶν γέγονα ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν; 17 Ζηλοῦσιν υμᾶς 


‘your Ίατε 1 Ῥεσοπιθ speaking truth toyou? They are zealous after 
᾽ ~ ? ~ € ~ , 

ov καλῶς, ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι τὑμᾶς" θέλουσιν, ἵνα αὐτοὺς 

not rightly, but  toexclude you [from us] they desire, that them 
ζηλοῦτε. 18 καλὺν.δὲ "τὸ" ζηλοῦσθαι ἐν καλῷ 

ye may be zealous after. But right [it is] to be zealous in aright [thing] 

πάντοτε, καὶ μὴ μόνον ἐν τῷ.παρεϊῖναί.µε πρὸς ὑμᾶς, 19 ἵτεκ- 

atalltimes, andnot only in my being present with you— τ little 

via" ov, οὓς πάλιν ὠδίνω "ἄχριςὶ οὗ ορφωθῇ 

Schildren ‘my, of whom again Itravail until ave been formed 


you 


shall 


ἃ ἀλλὰ urtra. ἈἜἠἰΞδιὰ θεοῦ through God titra. 
1 δουλεῦσαι TTr. 
ο ποὺ Where LItraw. 


Ρ-- TO LITrA, 


κ φύσει 
m; (read Do ye observe ὥς.) Gut. 
P— ἦν LTTrAW. 4 -- ἂν (read ye 


τ ἡμᾶς US Ε. ‘ τέκνα Couldren LTTr τ μέχρις ΤΤει 


GALATIANS. 
A 3. ε ως » x ~ 4 ε ~ ” 4 
χοιστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν" 20 ἤθελον. δὲ παρεῖναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἄρτι, καὶ 
Christ in you: andI was wishing tobe present with you now, and 
ἀλλάξαι τὴν φωνήν.μου, ὅτι ἀποροῦμαι ἐν ὑμῖν. 
to change my voice, for Iam perplexed asto you. 
21 Λέγετέ μοι, οἱ ὑπὸ νόμον θέλοντες εἶναι, τὸν νόμον 


IV, V. 


Tell me, yewho under law wish tobe, the law 
x ? , , / ev ? \ ἧς « ‘ 
οὐκ. ἀκούετε; 22 γεγραπται.γάρ, ὅτι ᾿Αβραὰμ δύο υἱοὺς 
do ye rot hear? For it has been written, that Abraham two _ sons 
” , ” ~ / Νε ~ ? , 
ἔσχεν" ἕνα ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης, καὶ ἕνα ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας" 
had ; one of the maid-servant, and one of the free (woman). 
23 Yard" ὁ Σμὲν' ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης. "κατὰ σάρκα 7γε- 
But he of the maid-servant, according to flesh has 


γέννηται"" ὁ δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας, διὰ τῆς! ἐπαγγελίας. 
been born, andheof the free [woman], through the promise. 
24 ἅτινά ἐστιν ἀλληγορούμενα᾽ αὗται.γάρ εἰσιν "αὶ! δύο 


Which things are allegorized ; for these are the two 
διαθῆκαι" µία μὲν ἀπὸ ὄρους Σινᾶ, εἰς "δουλείαν" γεννῶσα, 
covenants; one from mount Sina, to bondage bringing forth, 


, ‘ ν - ‘ ‘ ” ~ ” ? ‘ ~ 
ἥτις ἐστὶν Ayap. 25 τὸ γὰρ © Ayap" Σινᾶ ὄρος ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ 
which is Agar, For Agar SSina mount lis 
᾿Αραβία, ἀσυστοιχεῖ δὲ τῇ νῦν Ἱ λή 
ραβιᾳ, τοιχει .0& _TY νυν Ἱερουσαλημ, 
Arabia, and correspgqnds to the now Jerusalem, 


in 
δουλεύει 
*she 5315 *in *bondage 
εδε' μετὰ τῶν. τέκνων αὐτῆς. 26 ἡ δὲ ἄνω Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἐλευ- 
‘and with her children ; but the 2above = 4Serusalem, *free 
θέρα ἐστίν, ἥτις ἐστὶν μήτηρ ἱπάντων" ἡμῶν" 97 γέγραπται 
Sis, which is mother of ali ofus. 7It Shas *been *written 
γάρ, Ἐὐφράνθητι στεῖρα ἡ οὐ.τίκτουσα ῥῆξον καὶ βόησον 
ΤΟΥ, Rejoice, Obarren that bearest not; break forth and cry, 

ἃ 2 8’ ο, 4 Ka δῶν ~ ιν ~ Ἂ 
1) οὐκ. ὠδίνουσα ὅτι πολλὰ τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐρῆμον μᾶλλον ἢ 
that travailest not; because many the childrea of the desolate more than 

τῆς ἐχούσης τὸν ἄνδρα. 28 Ἡμεῖς". δέ, ἀδελφοί, κατὰ Ἰσαάκ, 


ofherthat has the husband, But we,, brethren, like Isaac, 

? , , h2 λα ? δ} ερ , ε Η͂ 
ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα "έσμεν'' 29 ἀλλ΄ ὥσπερ τότε. ὁ κατὰ 
Sof *promise “children ‘are. But as then he who according to 
σάρκα γεννηθεὶς ἐδίωκε» τὸν κατὰ πγεῦμα, οὕτως καὶ 


flesh was born persecutea him [born] accordingto Spirit, also 


νῦν. 90 ἀλλὰ τέ λέγει ἡ γραφή; Ἔκβαλε τὴν παιδίσκην 
now. But what says the scripture? Cast out the maid+servant 
καὶ τὸν.υἱὸν.αὐτῆς, οὐ.γὰρ.μὴ ἸἹκληρονομήση! ὁ υἱὸς τῆς 
and her son, for in no wise may “inherit ithe *son “of *the 
παιδίσκης μετὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς ἐλευθέρας. 91 *”Aoa," ἀδελ- 
Smaid-servant with the son ofthe free [woman]. So then, breth- 
pol, οὐκ.ἐσμὲν παιδίσκης τέκνα, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐλευθέρας. 


50 


ren, weare not *of*a*maid-servant *children, but of the free [woman]. 
Τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ Ἰοῦνὶ πὴ! πγριστὸς ἡμᾶς! ἠλευθέοω- 

Ώ ρις Ώ Χριστός ἡμᾶς : 
Inthe freedom therefore wherewith Christ us made free, 


σεν, ϑστήκετε," Ῥ καὶ μὴ πάλιν ζυγῷ Ἀδουλείας" ἐνέχεσθε. 2 ide 

stand fast, and ποῦ again inayoke of bondage be held. Lo, 

ἐγὼ Παῦλος λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐὰν περιτέμνησθε, χριστὸς ὑμᾶς 

τ Ῥ ΔΙ say toyou,that ξ yebecircumcised, Christ *you 

οὐδὲν ὠφελήσει' 3 μαρτύρομαι.δὲ πάλιν παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ 
*nothing ‘shall *profit. And I testify again to every man 


3 ‘ 





π ἀλλὰ Tr. Σ [μὲν] L. Υ γεγένηται W. : δι᾿ Tr. 


ο. ἼΑγαρ τπ|1τ|. ἆ συνσ-τ. 8 γὰρ for GLTTraw. ἴ --- πάντων Θ[ΤΙ͂ΤΤΤΑ. 
i k διό wherefore Lrtra. 
2 ἡμᾶς χρνστὸς GLTTIAW. 9. 


b ἐστέ τττὰ. i κληρονομήσει Shall inherit LTTr. 
GLTtraw. ™— 7 (read With treedom ο.) trtra. 
(commencing ᾧ sentence a Stand fast) Lrtra, 


8 — αἱ GLTTrAW. 


P + οὖν therefore UrTraW. 


497 


sent with you. 19 My 
little children, of 
whom I travail in 
birth again until 
Christ be formed in 
you, 20 I desire to be 
present with you now, 
and to change my 
voice ; for I stand in 
doubt of you. 

21 Tell me, ye that 
desire to be under the 
law, do ye not hear 
the law ? 22 For it is 
written, that Abra- 
ham had two sons, the 
one by a bondmaid, the 
other by a freewoman, 
23 But he who wus οἱ 
the bondwoman was 
born after the flesh ; 
but he of the fréewo- 
man was by promise. 
24 Which things are 
an allegory : for these 
are the two covenants; 
the one from the mount 
Sinai, which gender- 
eth to bondage, which 
is Agar. 25 For this 
Agar is mount Sinai 
in Arabia, and answer- 
eth to Jerusalem which 
now is, and is in bon- 
dage with her child- 
ren. 26 But Jerusalem 
which is above is free, 
which is the mother 
of usall. 27 For it is 
written, Rejoice, thou 
barren that bearest 
not; break forth and 
ery, thou that travail- 
est not: for the deso- 
late hath many more 
children than _ she 
which hath an hus- 
band. 28 Now we, bre- 
thren, as Isaac was, 
are the children of 
promise. 29¢But as 
then he that was born 
after the flesh perse- 
cuted him that was 
born after the Spirit, 
even so 72 it now, 
30 Nevertheless what 
saith the scripture? 
Cast out the bond- 
woman and her son: 
for the son of the 
bondwoman shall not 
be heir with the son 
of the freewonan. 
31 So then, brethren, 
we are not children of 
the bondwoman, but 
of the free. 


V. Stand fast there- 
fore in the liberty 
wherewith Christ hath 
made us free, and be 
not entangled again 
with the yoke of bon- 
dage. 2 Behold, I Paul 





b δουλίαν T. 
& ὑμεῖς YOU LTTrA. 
1 _ οὖν 
στήκετε 
ᾳ δουλίας τ΄ 


KK 


498 
say unto you, that if 
ye. be circumcised, 


Christ shall profit you 
nothing. 3 For I tes- 
tify again to every 
man that is circum- 
cised, that he is a 
debtor to dothe whole 
law. 4 Christ is be- 
come of no effect un- 
to you, whosoever of 
you are justified by 
the law ; ye are-fallen 
from grace. 5 For we 
through the Spirit 
wait for the hope of. 
righteousness by taith, 
6 For in Jesus Christ 
neither circumcision 
availeth any thing, 
nor ‘wncircumcision ; 
but faith which work- 
eth by love. 7 Ye did 
run well; who did 
hinder you that ye 
should not obey the 
truth? 8 This per- 
suasion cometh not of 
him that calleth you. 
9 <A little leaven 
leaveneth the whole 
lump. 10 I have con- 
fidence in you through 
the Lord, that ye will 
be none otherwise 
minded: byt he that, 
troubleth you. shall 
bear his- judgment, 
whosoever he be. 


11 And I, brethren, 
if I yet preach cir- 
eumcision, why do I 
yet suffer persecution? 
then is the offence of 
the cross ceased. 12 I 
would they were even 
cut off which trouble 
you. 13 For, bréthren, 
ye have been called 
unto liberty ; only use. 
not liberty for an oc- 
casion.to the flesh, but 
by love serve one an- 
other. 14 For all the 
law is fulfilled in one 
word, even in this; 
Thou shalt love thy 
neighbour as thyself. 
15 But if ye bite and 
devour one another, 
take heed that ye be 
not consumed one of 
another. 16 This I say 
then, Walk in the Spi- 
rit, and ye shall not 
fulfil the lust of the 
flesh. 17 For the flesh 
lusteth against the 
Spirit, and the Spirit 
against the flesh : and 
these are contrary the 
one to the other: so 
that ye cannot do the 
things that ye would. 
18 But if ye be led of 
the Spirit, ye are not 


under thelaw. 19 Now . 





¥ — τοῦ LTTr[A}.! 


* πεπλήρωται has been fuifilled nrtraw. ’ 
Ὁ αλλήλοις ἀντίκειται GLTTrAW. 


LITraw. 


ΠΡΟΣ ΓΑΛΑΤΑΣ. Τ. 


ὅτι ὀφειλέτης ἐστὶν ὅλον τὸν νόμον ποιῆσαι. 
a debtor heis *wholo “the law to do 
΄ > ‘ ~ “me e ? , 

4 κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Στοῦ! χριστοῦ, οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ ὃι- 
Ye are deprived of δὴ οβεσῦ from the Christ, whosoever in law are 
~ ~ , , « ~ AJ , 
καιοῦσθε, . τῆς χάριτος. ἐξεπέσατε' ὅ ἡμεῖς.γὰρ πνεύματι 
being justified ; grace ye fell from. For we, by [the] Spirit 

΄ ᾿ αν 18 =e 
ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα. 6 ἐν.γὰρ 
by faith [the] hope of righteousness await. For in 
χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ οὔτε περιτομή τι ἰσχύει, οὔτε ἀκροβυστία, 
Christ Jesus neither circumcision *any ‘is*offorce, nor uncircuméision ; 
? ‘ res ? 2 , Ϊ᾽ / 2 πο ~ 
ἀλλὰ πίστις δι ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμενη. 7 ΄Έτρεχετε καλῶς 


but faith “by Slove ' Iworking. Ye were running well: 


ric ὑμᾶς "ἀνέκοψενὶ trp" ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι; 8 ἡ πεισ- 
svho Bae thindered ®the 7truth “not “Το obey? The persua- 
ἊΝ, ἢ ? 2 μι ω ᾿ ~ : ὃν a , ε 
μονὴ οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς. Ὁ Μικρὰ ζύμη ὅλον 
sion [is] not of him who calls you. A little leaven *whole 
τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ. 10 ἐγὼ πέποιθα εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν κυρίῳ, 
3.86 ἀρ  ‘ileavens. I ampersuaded asto you in [the] Lord, 
ὅτι οὐδὲν. ἄλλο φρονήσετε, ὁ δὲ ταράσσων ὑμᾶς βαστάσει τὸ 
that -yo will Ώατο no other mind, andhe troubling you  shallbear the 
κρίμα, ὕστις “ἂν' 4. 
judgment, whosoever he may be. 
11 ᾿Εγὼ. δέ, ἀδελφοί, εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώ- 


περιτεμνομένῳ, 
being circumcised, that 


ButI, brethren, if circumcision yet I proclaim, why yet amI 
κοµαι; ἄρα κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ. 
persecuted? Then has been done away’ the offence of the cTOss, 
12 ὄφελον καὶ ἀποκόψονται οἱ ἀναστατοῦντες 


I would ἔσθ ‘they would cut themselves off who throw *into *confusion 
ε ~ ? / ’ 
ὑμᾶς. 19 Ὑμεῖς γὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε, ἀδελφα μόνον 
*you. For ye for freedom were called, brethren; only 
μὴ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν εἰς ἀφορμὴν τῷ σαρκί, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς 
[ase] not the freedom for .an occasion tothe flesh, but by 
7 , 2 « - ὦ 
ἀγάπης δουλεύετε ἀλλήλοις. 14 .ὁ.γὰρ.πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ 
love serve ye one another. For the whole law in one 
λόγῳ "πληροῦται," ἐν τῷ, ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν. πλησίον. σου ὡς 
word is fulfilled, in Thou shalt love thy neighbour as 
«ς ’ al 2 / ἵ 
γέαυτόν." 15 εἰ δὲ ἀλλήλους δάκνετε καὶ κατεσθίετε, βλέπετε 
thyself ; but if oneanother yebite and devour, take heed 
‘ 6 ο Ἀ 3 ΄ ~ 
μὴ ὑπὸ" ἀλλήλων ἀναλωθῆτε. 
not ‘by ‘one ‘another ‘ye *be *eénsumed. 
16 Λεγω.δε, Πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε, καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 
Βυῦ1 580, ΒΥ [{86] Spirit walkye, ~*~ and *desire ‘flesh’s 
2 \ / a ~ ~ 
οὐ μὴ τελέσητε. 17 ἡ γὰρ, σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύ- 
in no wise should ye fulfil. Fortho flesh desires against the Spirit, 
ματος, τὺ.δὲ πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σαρκός: ταῦτα δὲ! δἀντί- 
andthe Spirit against the ἍΛΏθβΏ; “these *things 7and are op- 
2 ΄ ev \ ~ 2 ~ 
κειται ἀλλήλοις," iva μὴ ἃ «ἂνὶ θέλητε ταῦτα ποιῆτε. 
posed to one another, that not whatsoever ye may wish those things yeshould do; 
> \ = » τς « ἮΝ ji 
18 εἰ δὲ “πνεύματι ἄγεσθε, οὐκ.ἐστὲ ὑπὸ νόμον. 19 φανερὰ 
but if by [the] Spirit yeareled, γα are*no‘under law. *Manifest 
(sme) ὌΡΗ ρω , 4 ΄ 
δέ ἐστιν τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός, ἅτινά ἐστιν ἁμοιχεία," πορνεία, 
now are the works of the flesh, which are adultery, fornication, 
? γ / 2 ’ 4 ’ ’ ” 
ἀκαθαρσία, ἀσέλγεια, 20 εἰδωλολατρεία, φαρμακεία, ἔχθραι, 
uucleanness, licentiousness, idolatry, sorcery, enmities, 
‘—7y Tifa}. γ' + [δὲ] but τ, π ἐὰν ΊΤτΑ. 
) σεαυτόν GLITrAW. «ὑπ LTTr. ὃ γὰρ for 
ο ἐαν [L|tTra.. ἃ — μοιχεία GLTTrAW. 





5 ἐνέκοψεν GLTTrAW, 


ον. 


εέρεις, 
strifes, 


GALATIANS. 


~ , , 
ἐριθεῖαι, διχοστασίαι, αἱρέσεις, 
contentions, divisions, sects, 


ζῆλοι," 
jealousies, 


θυμοί, 
indignations, 
21 φθόνοι, ‘povor," μέθαι, κῶμοι, καὶ τὰ ὅμοια τούτοις" 

envylugs, murders, drunkennesses, revels, and things like these ; 

a προλέγω ὑμῖν, καθὼς Skat" προεῖπον, ὅτι οἱ 
as to which I tell “Ρε{οτεπααᾶ 'you, evenas also I said before, that they who 


τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντες βασιλείαν θεοῦ οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν. 
such things do “kingdom ‘'God’s shall not inherit. 


22 ὁ δὲ καρπὸς τοῦ πγεύµατός ἐστιν ἀγάπη, χαρά, εἰρήνη. 
But ἴπε fruit of the Spirit is love, - joy, peace, 

, ΄ ᾽ ’ / , 
Ἱ.συμία, χρηστότης, ἀγαθωσύνη, πίστις, 23 Ἀπραότης,! 
ong-suffering, kindness, goodness, faith, meekness, 
> ΄ - ΄ » ’ « A 
ἐγκράτεια" κατὰ τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος. 94 οἱ δὲ 
self-control: against such things thereisno law. But they that [are] 


~ να ‘ , γ᾽ [4 - , Ν 
τοῦ χριστοῦ τὴν σάρκα ἑσταύρωσαν σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ 


of the Christ "the “flesh ‘crucified with the passions and 
ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις. 25 εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ 
the desires. If welive by [the] Spirit, by [the] Spirit also 


στοιχῶμεν. 26 μὴ.γινώμεθα µκενόδοξοι, ἀλλήλους προκα- 
we should walk. Weshould not become vain-glorious, one another provok- 


λούμεγοι, ξἀλλήλοις" φθονοῦντες. 


ing, one another envying. 
> / ‘ ‘ ~ » 
6 ᾿Αδελφοί, ἐὰν καὶ ἱπροληφθῇ" ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παρα- 
Brethren, if even be taken aman in some of- 


πτώματι, ὑμεῖς οἱ πνευματικοὶ καταορτίζετε τὸν τοιοῦτον ἐν 


fence, ye, the spiritual [ones], restore such a one in 
πνεύματι ™rpaorntoc,' σκοπῶν σεαυτὸν μὴ καὶ σὺ πει- 
a spirit of meekness, considering thyself lest also thou be 
ῥρασθῇς. ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε, καὶ οὕτως “ava- 
tempted. One auother’s burdens bear ye, and thus ful- 
πληρώσατε! τὸν νόμον τοῦ χριστοῦ. 3 εἰ γὰρ δοκεῖ τις 
fil the law of the Christ. Forif “thinks ‘anyone 
εἶναί τι, μηδὲν ὦν, δἑαυτὸν φρεναπατᾷ"" 4 τὸ. δὲ ἔργον 


to be something, *nothing*being, himself he deceives: but the work 


ἑαυτοῦ δοκιµαζέτω ἕκαστος: καὶ τότε εἰς ἑαυτὸν µόνον TO 


of himself let τοτε ‘each, and then asto himself alone the 
καύχημα ἕξει, καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 5 ἕκαστος. γὰρ τὸ 


boasting hewillhave, and not as to 


” , ’ 
ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει. 
hisown load shall bear. 

6 Κοινωγνείτω.-δὲ ὁ κατηχούµενος τὸν λόγον τῷ 

Let ’share ‘him “being “taught*in ‘Sthe ‘word with him that 

κατηχοῦντι ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς. 7 μὴ πλανᾶσθε, θεὸς ov µυκ- 

teaches in all good things. Be not misled ; God “not tis 
τήρίζεται Ὁ.γὰρΡἐὰνὶ σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερί- 
niockee ς for whatsoever *may *sow ‘a *man, that also he shall 
oa’ 8 ὅτι ὁ 
reap. For he that sows 
θερίσει φθοράν: ὁἁ.δὲ 


shallreap corruption; but he that 


another, For each 


to from the flesh 


σπείρων εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα, ἐκ τοῦ 
sows to the Spirit, from the 
, ΄ κ 1 ‘ ‘ ‘ ο 
πνεύματος θερίσει ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 9 τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες 
Spirit shall reap 116 eternal : but (in) well doing 


his own flesh, 


σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ, ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς 


409 


the works of the flesh 
are manifest, which 
are these; Adultery, 
fornication, unclean- 
ness,  laseciviousuess, 
20 idolatry, witchcraft, 
hatred, variance, emu- 
lations, wrath, strife, 
seditions, heresies, 
21 envyings, murders, 
drunkenness, τθτο]- 
lings, and such like: 
of the which I tell 
you before, as I have 
also told you in time 
past, that they which 
do such things shall 
not inherit the king- 
dom of God. 22 But 
the fruit of the Spirit 
is love, joy, peace, 
longsuffering, gentte- 
ness, goodness, faith, 
23 meekness, temper- 
ance: against such 
thereis no law. 24 And 
they that are Christ’s 
have crucified the flesh 
withthe affections and 
lusts. 25 If we live in 
the Spirit, let us also 
walk in the Spirit. 
26 Let us nos be de- 
sirous of vain glory, 
provceking one another, 
euvying one another. 


VI. Brethreo if 8 
man be overtaken ina 
fault, ye which are 
spiritual, restore such 
an one in the spirit of 
meekness ; considering 
thyself, lest thou also 
be tempted. 2 Bear ye 
one another’s hurdctis, 
and so fulfil the law of 
Christ. 3 For if a man 
think himself to he 
somcthing. when he is 
nothing, he deceiveth 
himself. 4 But let 
every man prove his 
own work, and theu 
shall he have rejoicing 
in himself alone, and 
not in another. 5 For 
every man shall bear 
his own burden. 


6 Let him that is 
taught in the word 
communicate πυτο 
him that teacheth in 
all good things. 7 Be 
not deccived; God is 
not mocked: for whai- 
soever 8. man soweth, 
that shall he also reap. 
8 For he that soweth 
to his flesh shall of the 
flesh reap corruption ; 
but he that soweth 
tothe Spirit shall of the 
Spirit reap life evcr- 
lasting. 9 And let us 


i -- -φθθθ- 


© ἔρις, ζῆλος strife, jealousy utTtraw.  -- φόνοι [L]T[TrA]. 
LTTrAW. i + Ἰησοῦ Jesus [L]1Tra. * ἀλλήλους 1, 
πι πραύτητος ΤΤΤΑΥΓ. η ἀναπληρώσετε ye Shull fulfil Lr. 
LYTrA. P av LTr, 


Ε — καὶ [L]TTr. 


h πραύτης 
1 rpoAnudhOy ii a. 
© φρενόπατᾳ ἑαυτον 


δ00 


not be weary in well 
doing : fér in due sea- 
son we-shall reap, if 
we faint not. 10 As 
we have therefore op- 
portunity, let us do 
good unto all men, es- 
pecially unto them 
who are of the house- 
hold of faith. 


11 Ye see how large 
a letter I have written 
unto you with mine 
own hand. 12 As many 


- as desire to make afair 


shew. in the flesh, they 
constrain you to be 
circumcised ; only lest 
they should suffer per- 
secution for the cross 
of Christ. 13 For nei- 
ther they themselves 
who are circumcised 
keep the law; but de- 
sire to have you cir- 
cumcised, that they 
may glory in your 
flesh. 14 But God for- 
bid that Ishould glory, 
save in the cross of 
our Lord Jesus Christ, 
by whom the world is 
crucified unto me, and 
I unto the world. 
15 For in Christ Jesus 
neither circumcision 
availethany thing, nor 
uncircumcision, but a 
new creature. 16 And 
as many as walk ac- 
cording to this rule, 
peace be on them, and 
mercy, and upon the 
Israel οὐ God. 


17 From henceforth 
let no man trouble 
me: for I bear in my 

ody the marks of the 

ord Jesus. 18 Bre- 
thren, the grace of our 
Lerd Jesus Christ be 
with your spirit. A- 
men, 


ΠΡΟΣ 
‘TO 


PAUL, an apostle of 
Jesus Christ by the 
will of God, to the 
saints which are at 
Ephesus, and to the 


4 ἐγ- LTrAW ; ἐν- T. 
ὃ διώκονται are being persecuted τ 
(read to (the}) τι. 


¥ — κυρίου LTTraw. 


® + τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of the Apostle BE; Πρὸς Ἐφεσίους Litraw, 


5 [ἐν Ἐφέσφ] ta, 


ΠΡΟΣ ΓΡΑΛΑΤΑΣ, VI. 


μὴ Δἐκκακῶμεν"" καιρῷ γὰρ ἰδίῳ θερίσοµεν, μὴ ἐκλυόμενοι. 
we should not lose heart; for in *time ‘due Swe "εμα]] Ίτοαρ *not “fainting. 


10 dpa οὖν we καιρὸν Τἔχομεν' ἐργαζώμεθα τὸ ἀγαθὸν πρὸς 


So then as otcasion wehave ὙὙ6 should work good towards 
πάντας, μάλιστα.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς πίστεως. 
all, πᾶ ερεοἰα!]γ towards those of the household of faith. 


11 Ἴδετε πηλίκοις ὑμῖν γράμμασιν ἔγραψα τῇ ἐμῇ. χειρι. 


See ἴῃ how large*to*you ‘letters 51 -wrote with my [own] hand. 
19 ὕσοι θέλουσιν εὐπροσωπῆσαι ἐν σαρκί, οὗτοι 
ΑΘΙΙΑΠΥ 45 wish to have a fair appearance in [the] flesh, these 


ἀναγκάζουσιν ὑμᾶς περιτέµνεσθαι, μόνον wa Spy τῷ 
conipel you to be circumeised, only that not for the 
σταυρῷ τοῦ χριστοῦ" "διώκωνται." 19 οὐδὲ γάρ οἱ 
cross of the Christ they may be persecuted. . For neither they who 
απεριτεμνόμενοι! αὐτοὶ νόμον φυλάσσουσιν ἀλλὰ θέ- 
are being circumcised themselves [the] law keep ; but they 
λουσιν ὑμᾶς περιτέµνεσθαι, ἵνα ἐν τῇ-ὑμετέρᾳ.σαρκὶ καυ- 
wish you tobecircumcised, that in your flesh they 
χήσωνται. 14 ἐμοὶ δὲ μὴ.γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι εἰ μὴ. ἐν τῷ 
might boast. But for me may it not be to boast except in the 
σταυρῷ τοῦ κυρίου-ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" δι οὗ ἐμοὶ 
cross of our Lord Jesus Christ; through whom to me [the] 


κόσμος ἐσταύρωται, κἀγὼ τῷ" κόσμῳ. 15 τὲν γὰρ χριστῷ 


world has been crucified, andI tothe world. “In’ *for (Christ 
” - : , 
]ησοῦ ovre' περιτομή Fre ἰσχύει! οὔτε ἀκροβυστία, 
Jesus neither circumcision “%any ‘is *of force, nor wuncircumcision ; 
ἀλλὰ καινὴ κτίσις. 16 καὶ ὅσοι τῷ.κανόνι.τούτῳ στοι- 


but 
χήσουσιν, εἰρήνη 
walk, peace [06] upon them 


τοῦ θεοῦ. 
of God. 


17 Τοῦ λοιποῦ, κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω" ἐγὼ.γὰρ τὰ 
For the rest, “troubles Sto 7me*no%one ‘let *give, forI the 
στίγματα τοῦ Yeupiov" Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ.σώματί.μου βαστάζω. 
_ brands of the Lord Jesus in my body bear. 
« , ~ ΄ 4 ~ ? ~ ~ ~ 
18 Ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ πνεύ- 


And as many as shall 


ay > \ ΒΞ. «ioe sigs Se ᾽ ΙΝ 
ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ισραὴλ 
and mercy, and upon the Israel 


anew creation. by this rule 


The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ [be] with *spi- 
ματος ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί. ἀμήν. 
rit “your, brethren, Amen. 
7IIodc Γαλάτας ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης." 
To {the} Galatians written from Rome. 





ΕΦΕΣΙΟΥΣ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΠΑΥΛΟΥ. 
[ΤΗΕ] «ΕΡΗΕΡΙΑΝΕ ‘EPISTLE 20Ε *PAUL. 
ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος Ὁ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ, 
Paul, apostle of Jesus Christ by will of God, 
τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῖς οὖσιν «ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ" καὶ πιστοῖς. ἐν χριστῷ 
tothe saints who are’ at Ephesus and faithful in Christ 


: 5 μὴ placed after χριστοῦ LTTrA. 

ἃ περιτετμημένοι have been circumcised L. κ' -- τῷ 
5 οὔτε yap For neither Tra. Στι ἐστὶν is anything GLTTraw. 

t — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Ταλάτας Tra. F 

Ὁ χριστοῦ Ingoy LITrA, 


τ ἔχωμεν We May have Tf. 


ον EPHESIANS. 


? ~ ΄ ε ~ \ SEP > 4 ~ κ «- ~ 4 
[ησοῦ: 2 χάρις υμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς. ἡμῶν καὶ 


Jesus. Grace toyou and peace from God our Father and 
κυρίου Inoov χριστοῦ. 
{the] Lord Jesus Christ. 


3 Ἐὐλογητὺς ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿ησοῦ 
Biessed [πα] the God and Father of our Lord Jesus 
χριστοῦ, ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς ἐν πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ ἐν 
Christ, who. blessed us with every “blessing spiritual in 
- ~ ? ΄ d ~ ‘ ? , « ~ ᾽ ᾽ ~ 
τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις © χριστῷ, 4 καθως ἐξελέξατο ἡμᾶς ἐν αὐτῷ 
the heavenlies with Christ; according as he chose us in him 
πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώ- 
before (the] foundation οἵ [πε] world, for us to be holy and blame- 
ihe κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ «ἐν ἀγάπῃ." 5 προορίσας ἡμᾶς εἰς 
655 before him in?” ‘love’; having predestinated us for 
υἱοθεσίαν διὰ ᾿Τησοῦ χριστοῦ εἰς αὐτόν, κατὰ τὴν εὐδο- 
adoption through Jesus Christ to himself, according to the good 
κίαν τοῦ.θελήµατος αὐτοῦ, Ο εἰς ἔπαινον δόξης τῆς χάρι- 
pleasure of his will, to [the] praise of[the} glory of *grace 
τος σὐτοῦ, fv." ἐχαρίτωσεν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ" 
‘his, wherein he made “cbjects °of *grace ‘us in the Beloved : 
7 ἐν ᾧ ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν διὰ τοῦ αἱματος.αὐτοῦ, 
in whom we have redemption through his blood, 
THY ἄφεσιν τῶν παραπτωµάτω», κατὰ ἔΣτὸν πλοῦτον' 
the remission of offences, according to the riches 


χάριτος αὐτοῦ" 8 ἧς ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐν πάσῃ 


τῆς 


of his grace ; which he caused to abound toward us in all 
σοφιᾳ καὶ φρονήσει, Ὁ γνωρίσας ἡμῖν TO μυστήριον τοῦ 
wisdom and intelligence, having made known tous the mystery 


Ν ᾽ ’ - τι , 
τὴν εὐδοκίαν. αὐτοῦ, ἣν προέθετο 
his good pleasure, which he purposed 


θεληµατος αὐτοῦ, κατὰ 

of his will, according to 
ἐν αὐτῷ 10 εἰς οἰκονομίαν τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν καιρῶν, 
in himself for [the] administration of the fulness of times ; 


ἀμακεφαλαιώσασθαι τὰ. πάντα ἐν τῷ χριστῷ, : 


rare! itp 


to head up allthings in the Christ, both the things in 
τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς" 11 ἐν αὐτῷ, ἐν ᾧ 
the heavens and the things upon the earth; in hin, in whom 
και ἐκληρώθημεν, " προορισθέντες κατὰ πρό- 


also we obtained an inheritance, being predestinated according to [the] 
θεν τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐνεργοῦντος κατὰ τὴν βουλὴν 
pose of him who 2411 *things _ works according to the counsel 
~ , ~ 3 > ~ ” 
τοῦ. θελήματος αὐτοῦ, 12 εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς εἰς ἔπαινον 
of his will, for 2to*be  ‘*us to [the] praise 

ρω Ὁ ~ ~ =a , 

τῆς! δόξης αὐτοῦ, τοὺς προηλπικότας ἐν τῷ χριστῷ' 13 ἐν 
of his glory; who have fore-trusted in the Christ: in 
= ‘ ~ ‘ ~ , " ? 

ᾧ καὶ ὑμεῖς, ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας, TO εὔαγ- 
whomalso_ ye, having heard the word ofthe truth, the glad 
γέλιον τῆς σωτηρίας ὑμῶν, ἐν ᾧ καὶ πιστεύσαντες ἐσφρα- 
tidings of your salvation— in whom also, having believed, ye were 

΄ ~ ~ ΄, ~ ¢ ΄ τη ᾽ 
γίσθητε τῷ πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τῷ ἁγίῳ, 14 ''Ός" ἐστιν 
sealed with the Spirit of promise the Holy, who is 

~ ΄ ~ ΄ - 
ἀῤῥαβὼν τῆς.κληρονομίας. ἡμῶν, ες ἀπολύτρωσιν τῆς 
earnest of our inheritance, to [the] redemption of the 


pur- 


(the] 
td 2 ” ~ ὃ , μὰ ? ~ 
περιπο:ησεως, εἰς ETALVOV τ]ς-ὀοξης-αυτου. 
acquired possession, to praice of his glory. 
ἃ + ἐν in (Christ) =GLTTrAW. 
ἧς which (read ἐχα. he freely bestowed on) LiTra. 
sLTTrAW. ἵ ἐπὶ Upon ΕΤΤΙΑ. 


501 


faithful in Christ Je- 
sus : 2 Grace be to you, 
and peace, from God 
our Father, and from 
the Lord Jesus Christ. 


3 Blessed be the God 
and Father of our 
Lord Jesus Christ, who 
hath blessed us with 
all spiritual blessings 
in heavenly places in 
Christ : 4according as 
he hath chosen us in 
him beforethe founda- 
tion of the world, that 
we should be holy and 
without blame before 
him in love : 5 haying 
predestinated us unto 
the adoption of chil- 
dren by Jesus Christ 
to himself, according 
to the good pleasure of 
his will, 6 to the praise 
of the glory of his 
grace, wherein he hath 
made us accepted in 
the beloved. 7 ln whom 
we have redemption 
through his blood, the 
forgiveness of sins, ac- 
cording to the riches 
of his grace; 8 where- 
in he hath abounded 
toward us in all wis- 
dom and prudence; 
9 having made known 
unto us the mystery 
of his will, according 
to his good pleasure 
which he hath purpos- 
ed in himself: 10 that 
in the dispensation of 
the fulness of times 
he might gather to- 
gether in one all things 
in Christ, both which 
are in heaven, and 
which are on earth; 
éven in. him: 11 τα 
whom also we have 
obtained an _ inherit- 
ance, being predesti- 
nated according to the 
purpose of him who 
worketh 411] things 
after the connsel of 
his own will: 12 that 
we should be to the 
praise of his glory, who 
first trusted in Christ. 
13 In whom ye also 
trusted, after that ye 
heard the word of 
truth, the gospel of 
your salvation: in 
whom also after that 
ye believed, ye were 
sealed with that holy 
Spirit of promise, 
14 which is the earnest 
of our inheritance un- 
til the redemption of 
the purchased posses- 
sion, unto the praise 
of his glory. 


ε, ἐν ἀγάπῃ (read in love having predestinated us) GLT. 
Ε τὸ πλοῦτος LTTrAW. 
κ ἐκλήθημεν we were called L. '— της LITrAW. 3 ὅ Which La, 


h — ze both 


502 


15 Wherefore T also, 
after I heard of your 
faith in the Lord Je- 
sus, and love unto all 
the saints, 16 cease not 
to give thanks for you, 
making mention of 
you in my _ prayers ; 
17 that the God of our 
Lord Jesus Christ, the 
Father of glory, may 
give unto you the spi- 
rit of wisdom and re- 
velation in the know- 
ledge of him: 18 the 
eyes .of your under- 
stunding being en- 
lightened; that ye 
may know what is the 
hop: of his calling, 
and what the riches of 
the glory of his in- 
heritance in the saints, 
19 and what 2s the ex- 
ceeding greatness of 
his power to us-ward 
who believe, accord- 
ing to the working of 
his mighty power, 
20 which he wrought 
in Christ, when he 
raised him from the 
dead, and set him at 
his own right hand in 
the heavenly places, 
21 far above all princi- 
pality, and ‘power, and 
might, aud dominion, 
aud every name that 
is named, not only in 
this world, but also 
in that which is to 
come: 22 and hath 
put all things under 
his feet, aud gave him 
to be the head over all 
things to the church, 
23 which is his body, 
the fulness of him that 
fillethallin all. II. And 
you hath he quicken- 
ed, who were dead 
in trespasses and sins; 
2 wherein in time past 
ye walked according 
to the course of this 
world, according to 
the priuce of the 
power of the air, the 
spirit that now work- 
eth in the children of 
disobedience : 3 among 
whom also we all had 
our conversation in 
times past in the 
lusts of our flesh, ful- 
filling the desires of 
the flesh and of the 
mind; and were by 
nature the children of 





2 — την ἀγάπην LA]. 


τ ἐνήργη 
7 + αὐτὸν him Τ, 


(read yuur offences and sins) LtT:[4], 





κεν he has wrought ΙΑ. 


EOE IO 7 &. T, ΤΙΣ 
“: ? \ ? , 4 δ: - ’ 7 
15 Διὰ τοῦτο κἀγὼ ἀκούσας " τὴν καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς πίστιν ἐν 
Because σὲ υμί Ialso having heard οἳ the 7among *you ‘faith in 
<= , ? ~ , ’ ᾽ ΄ ‘ ? eset 4 
τῷ κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην" τὴν εἰς πάντας τοὺς 
the Lord Jesus, and_ the love -᾿ which[is} toward all the 
é 7 / ΄ ~ 4 ε ~ , ε ne) «αν 
ἁγίους, 16 οὐ.παύοµαι εὐχαριστῶν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, μνείαν "υμὸν 
saints, donot cease giving thanks for you, mention of you 
‘ ~ ~ ” « 4 ὃ - ΄ 
ποιούμενος ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν. μου" 17 ἵνα ὁ θεὸς τοῦ κυρίου 
making in my prayers, that the God of “Lord 
~ ~ ~ « ‘ ~ , / e ~ ~ 
ἡμῶν Inood χριστοῦ, ὁ πατὴρ τῆς δόξης, δῴη ὑμῖν πνεῦμα 
τοι} Jesus Christ, the Father cf glory, may give to you [the] spirit 
᾿σοφίας Kai ἀποκαλύψεως ἐν ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ, 18 πεφω- 
of wisdom and revelation in [the] knowledge of him, ®being 
/ ‘ ? gh ~ ΄ Bion: ὃ V. ome 
τισµένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς Ῥδιανοίας" ὑμῶν, εἰς τὸ εἰδέναι 
7enlightened ‘the “eyes >mind Sof*your, for to *know 
ὑμᾶς Tic ἐστιν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς.κλήσεως αὐτοῦ, βκαὶ" Tic ὁ πλοῦ- 
tyou what is the hope of his calling, and what the riches 
τος τῆς δόξης τῆς κληρονομίας.αὐτοῦ΄ ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις, 19 καὶ 
ofthe glory of his inheritance in the _ saints, _ and 
τί τὸ ὑπερβάλλον μέγεθος τῆς δυνάµεως.αὐτοῦ εἰς «ἡμᾶς 


HP Ore 


what the surpassing greatness of his power towards us 
τοὺς πιστεύοντας κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ κράτους τῆς 
who believe according to the working ofthe might 


ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ, 20 ἣν 1ἐνήργησεν' ἐν τῷ χριστῷ ἐγείρας 
of his strength, which he wrought in the Christ, having raised 
αὐτὸν ἐκ 5 νεκρῶν, καὶ Ἰἐκάθισεν' % ἐν δεξιᾷ 
him from απιοης [86] dead, and  heset {him]at right *hane 
αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς .Yérovpavioc," 21 ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς ‘ 
κ απ ἴπθ heaveulies, above every principality 
καὶ ἐξουσίας καὶ δυνάμεως καὶ κυριότητος, καὶ παντὸς ὀνό- 
and authority and power and lordship, and every name 
ματος ὀνομαζομένου οὐ µόνον ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι.τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ 
named, not only in this age, but also 
ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι" 22 καὶ πάντα ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας 
in the coming [one]; and allthings he put under “feet 
αὐτοῦ" καὶ αὐτὸν ἔδωκεν κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα τῇ ἐκ- 
this, and “him - ‘gave [tobe] head over all things to the as 

κλησίᾳ, 23 ἥτις ἐστὶν τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ 
sembly, which is his body, the fulness of him who 
Yravraivy πᾶσιν πληρουμένου Q καὶ ὑμᾶς ὄντας νεκροὺς 
all things in all fills— and you being dead 
τοῖς παραπτώµασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαισ 9 ἐν αἷς ποτε 
in offences and sins, in which once 

περιεπατήσατε κατὰ TOY αἰῶνα τοῦ κόσµου.τούτου, κατὰ 
ye walked according to the age of this world, ~ according to 
τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος, τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ νῦν 
the ruler ofthe authority of the air, the spirit that now 
ἐνεργοῦντος ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς τῆς ἀπειθείας: 8 ἐν οἷς καὶ ἡμεῖς 
works in the sons of disobedience: among whom also we 

’ > , ή 9 ~ ᾽ , ~ 4 
TAVTEC ἀνεστράφημεν ποτε ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῆς σαρκὸς 
all had our conduct once in the f(lesires of “flesh 

« ~~ ~ id ~ a Αν 
ἡμῶν, ποιοῦντες τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς Kai THY διανοιῶν, 
tour, doing the things willed of the flesh and ofthe thotghts, 





4 — καὶ LTTrA. 
Γκαθίσας having set L1Tra. | 
¥ + τὰ GLTTIAW. 2+ ὑμῶν 


P καρδίας heart GLaTraw. 
T 3 + τῶν the w. 
Ν οὐρανοῖς heavens L, Σ τ τὰ Ἡ. 


© — ὑμῶν LTTrA. 


ΤΙ. τι σα ANS: 


καὶ yer" Ὀτέκνα φύσει! ὀργῆς. ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποί" 4 ὁ.δὲ θεός, 
and were children, by nature, of wrath, as even the rest: but God, 
πλούσιος ὧν ἐν ἐλέει, διὰ THY πολλὴν ἀγίπην αὐτοῦ 
“rich *being in mercy, because of *ereat Slove his 
ἣν ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς, 5 καὶ ὄντας ἡμᾶς νεκροὺς τοῖς 
wherewith’ he loved wees Zalso *being 1we dead 
παραπτώµμασιν, συγεζωοποίησεν τῷ χριστῷ" χάριτί ἔστε 
in offences, quickened [us] with; the Christ, (by grace ye are 
σεσωσµενοι" 6 καὶ  συγήγειρν, καὶ συνεκάθισεν Ev τοῖς 
saved,) and raised [us] up together, and seated [5] together in the 
ἐπουρανίοις ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. 7 ἵνα ἐνδείξηται ἐν τοῖς 
heavenlies in Christ Jesus, that he might shew in the 
αἰώσιν τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις τὸν" ὑπερβάλλοντα πλοῦτον" 
ages that [are]: coming the surpassing * riches 
~ ᾽ ~ , ? < ~ ~ » ~~. 
τῆς.χάριτος.αὐτοῦ ἐν χοηστότητι ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 
of his grace in kindness toward us in Christ Jesus, 
8 τῇ γὰρ -χάριτί ἐστε σεσωσμένοι διὰ ἑτῆς' πίστεως" καὶ 
For by grace Υθ 8Τθ saved through faith ; and 
~ ~ ~ 4 ~ ” , 
τοῦτο οὐκ ἐξ ὑμῶν, θεοῦ τὸ δῶρον" 9 οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων, ἵνα 
this ποῦ of yourselves; [it is] God’s gift : not of works, that 
μή τις καυχήσηται. 10 αὐτοῦ.γάρ ἐσμεν ποίημα, κτισθέν- 
not anyoné might boast. For his ?we *are 'workmanship, created 
τες ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐπὶ ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς, οἷς προητοίµασεν ὁ 
in Christ Jesus for *works 'good, which *before “prepared 
θεὸς ἵνα ἐν αὐτοῖς περιπατήσωμεν. 
*God that in them we should walk. 
11 Δεὸ μνημονεύετε ὅτι [ὑμεῖς wore" τὰ ἔθνη ἐν 
Wherefore remember that ye once the nations in [the] 
σαρκί, οἱ λεγόμενοι ἀκρυβυστία ὑπὸ τῆς λεγομένης περιτο- 
flesh, who arecalled uncircamcision by that called circum- 
μῆς ἐν σαρκὶ χειροποιήτου, 12 dre Ίτε δὲν" τῷ.καιρῷ.ἐκείνῳ 
cisionin [the] flesh made by hand— that ye were at that time 
χωρὶς χριστοῦ, ἀπιλλοτριωμένοιτῆς πολιτείας τοῦ Ισραήλ, 
apart from Christ, alienated from the commonwealth of Israel, 
καὶ ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ἐλπίδα μὴ ἔχον- 
and strangers from the covenants of promise, hope not,  hav- 


τες, καὶ ἄθεοι ἐν τῷ κόσμφ' 13 νυγὶ δὲ ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, 
ing, and without God in the world: but now in Christ Jesus, 


ὑμεῖς οἱ ποτὲ ὄντες μακρὰν ἐγγὺς ἐγενήθητε" ἐν τῷ αἵματι 
ye who once were afar off pear are become by the _ blood 
τοῦ χριστοῦ. 14 αὐτὸς. γάρ ἐστιν ἡ.εἰρήνη.ἡμῶν, ὁ ποιήσας 
ofthe Christ. For he is our peace, who made 
τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν, καὶ τὸ µεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ λύσας" 
both one, and the middle wall ofthe fence broke down, 
15 τὴν ἔχθραν ἐν τῇ.σαρκὶ.αὐτοῦ, τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν 
the 7enmity *in *his °flesh, , Sthe law 1908 74commandments 
ἐν δόγμασιν καταργήσας" ἵνα τοὺς δύο  Kriog ἐν Ἱέαυ- 
331 4Sdecrees ‘having “annulled, that the twohemightcreatein him- 
τῷ" εἰς ἕνα καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, ποιῶν εἰρήνην" 16 καὶ ἀπο- 
self into one new man, making . peace; and might 
καταλλάξῃ τοὺς ἀμφοτέρρυς ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι τῷ θεῷ διὰ τοῦ 
reconcile both in .one body to God through the 
σταυροῦ, ἀποκτείνας τὴν ἔχθραν ἐν αὐτῷ 17 καὶ ἐλθὼν 
the and having come 


. from the 
“wealth of Israel, and 


503 


wrath, even as others, 
4 But God, whois rich 
in mercy, for his great 
love wherewith he 
loved us, 5 even when 
we were dead in sins, 
hath quickened us to- 
gether with Christ, (by 
grace Ye are saved ;) 
6 and hath raised us 
up together, and made 
us sit together in hea- 
venly places in Christ 
Jesus: 7 that in the 
ages to come he might 
shew the . exceeding 
riches of his grace in 
his kindness toward 
us throuch Christ Je- 
sus. 8 For by grace 
are ye saved through 
faith; and that not 
of yourselves : it is the 
gift of God: 9 not of 
works, lest any man 
should boast. 10 For 
we are his workman- 
ship, created in Christ 
Jesus unto good works, 
which God hath be- 
fore ordained that we 
should walk in them, 


11 Wherefore re- 
member, that ye being 
in time past Gentiles 
in the flesh, who are 
called Uncircumcision 
by that whichis called 
the Circumcision in 
the flesh made by 


-hands ; 12 that at that 


time ye were without 
Christ, being alicns 
common- 


strangers from the co- 
venants of promise, 
having no hope, and 
without God in the 
world: 13 but howin 
Christ Jesus ye who 
sometimes were far 
off are made nigh by 
the blood of Christ. 
14 For he is our peace, 
who hath made both 
one, and hath broken 
down the middle wall 
of partition between 
us ; 15 having’abolish= 
ed in his flesh the en- 
mity, even the law of 
commandments con- 
tained in ordinances ; 
for to make in himself 
of twain onenew man, 
so making peace; 16and 
that he might recon- 
cile both unto God in 
one body by the cross, 
having slain the en- 
mity thereby: 17 and 
came and preached 





cross, having slain eumity by it; 
3 ἥμεθα TTrA. Ὁ φύσει τέκνα L. ο + [ἐν] L. 4 τὸ ὑπερβάλλον πλοῦτος LTTrAW. 


f ποτὲ ὑμεῖς LTTrA. 


© — τῆς LTT:[A]. με 
1 αντῳ LITra, 


5 ἐγενήθητε ἐγγὺς LTTrA, 


ὃ --- ἐν (read τῷ κ. ἐκ. at that time) LTTraw. 


δ04 


peace to you which 
were afar off, and to 
them that were nigh. 
18 For through him 
we both have access hy 
one Spirit unto the Fa- 
ther. 19 Now there- 
fore ye are no more 
strangers and foreign- 
ers, but fellowcitizens 
with the saints, and 
of the household of 
God; 20 and are built 
upon the foundation 
of the apostles and 
prophets, Jesus Christ 
himself being the 
chief corner sfone; 
21 in whom all the 
building fitly framed 
together groweth unto 
an holy temple in the 
Lord : 22 in whom ye 
also are builded toge- 
ther for an habitation 
of God through the 
Spirit. 


III. For this cause 
I Paul, the prisoner 
of Jesus Christ for you 
Gentiles, ‘2 if ye have 
heard of the dispensa- 
tion of the grace of 
God which is given me 
to you-ward: 3 how 
that by revelation he 
made known unto me 
the mystery; (as I 
wrote afore in few 
words, 4 whereby, 
when ye read, ye may 
understand my know- 
ledge in the mystery 
of Christ) 5 which in 
other ages was ποῦ 
made known unto the 
sons of men, as it is 
now revealed unto his 
holy apostles and pro- 
phets by the Spirit ; 
6 that the Gentiles 
should be fellowheirs, 
and of the same body, 
and partakers of his 
promise in Christ by 


the gospel : 7 whereof: 


I was made a minister, 
according to the gift 
of the grace of God 
given unto me bythe 
effectual working of 
his power. 8 Unto me, 
who am less than the 
least of all saints, is 


E®ESIOYS. ΤΊ, ΠῈ 
εἰρήνην ὑμῖν τος μακρὰν" καὶ Ἑ 
he announced the glad tidings— peace to you who [were] afar off and 
/ ~ » ΝΥ 
τοῖς ἐγγύς, 18 ὅτι.δι αὐτοῦ ἔχομεν τὴν προσαγωγὴν οἱ 
to those néar. For through him we have access 
‘ 4 A 7 » 
ἀμφότεροι ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα. 19 ἄρα οὖν 
both by one Spirit to the Father. So then 
ει Sete ‘ : Ὶ - Ιἀλλὰ" πι η λῖ Kee 
οὐκέτι ἐστὲ ἕενοί καὶ πάροικοι, ᾽ἄλλα συμπολῖται" τῶν 
no longer are ye strangers amd sojourners, but fellow-citizens of the 


ιο. 
εὐηγγελίσατο 


ἁγίων καὶ οἰκεῖοι τοῦ θεοῦ, 20 ἐποικοδομηθέντες ἐπὶ τῷ 

saints and of the household of God, being built up on -the 
/ ~ ΄ ‘ ~ ” 

θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ προφητῶν, ὀντος ἄκρο- 


foundation of the apostles and prophets, *being (*the] *corner- 


΄ ~ ~ ~ - ~ € ? 
γωνιαίου αὐτοῦ “Ἰησοῦ χοιστοῦ," 21 ἐν ᾧ πᾶσα Ῥὴ" οἰκοδομὴ 


stone Shimself ‘Jesus “Christ, in whom all the building 
συναρμολογουμένη αὔξει εἰς ναὸν ἅγιον ἐν κυρίῳ, 22 ἐν 


fitted together increases to a*temple “holy in[the] Lard; Ui 


καὶ ὑμεῖς συνοικοδομεῖσθε εἰς κατοικητήριον τοῦ θεοῦ 
whom also το 8416 being-built together for a habitation of God 
ἐν πνεύματι. 
in [the] Spirit. 
3 Τούτου χάριν ἐγὼ Παῦλος ὁ δέσμιος τοῦ χριστοῦ VIn- 
For this cause 1. Paul prisoner of the Christ Je- 
σοῦ! ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν τῶν ἐθνῶν" 2 εἴγε ἠκούσατε THY οἰκονομίαν 
sus for you nations, if indeed ye heard of the administration 
τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς, 8. ὅτι" 
ofthe grace of God which was given to me towards you, that 
κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν "ἐγνώρισένὶ μοι τὸ μυστήριον, καθὼς 
by revelation he made known to me the mystery, (according as 
mootyoawa ἐν.ὀλίγῳ, 4 πρὸς ὃ δύνασθε ἀναγινώσκοντες 
I wrote before briefly, by which ye are able, reading [10], 
“νοῆσαι τὴν. σὐνεσίν.μου ἐν τῷ μυστηρίῳ τοῦ. χριστοῦ" ὃ ὃ 
to perceive my understanding in the mystery ofthe Christ,) which 
tty" ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ.ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώ- 
in other generations was not made known’'to the sons of men,. 
πων. ὡς νῦν ἀπεκαλύφθη τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀποστόλοις αὐτοῦ καὶ 


as now it was revealed to “holy Sapostles this and 
ἡ 2 / ο A » Vv λ , " 
προφήταις ἐν πνεύματι" 6 εἶναι τὰ ἔθνη ᾿συγκληρονόμα 
prophets ἴῃ [86] Spirit, 5to “Ρο ‘the *nations joint-heirs 


καὶ "σύσσωμαὶ καὶ Ἱσυμμέτοχα" τῆς ἐπαγγελίας. "αὐτοῦ"! ἐν 
and ajoint-body and joint-partakers of his promise in 
τῷ" χριστφ", διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 7-00 3Ἀἐγενόμην! διάκονος 
the Christ throughthe glad tidings; of which I became servant 
κατὰ τὴν δωρεὰν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ ὑτὴν δοθεῖσάν" 
according to the gift ofthe grace of God given 
μοι κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τῆς.δυνάμεως. αὐτοῦ: 8 ἐμοὶ 
to me, according to the working . of his power. To me, 
~ , ~ / , Ω 
τῷ ἐλαχιστοτέρῳ πάντων “τῶν! ἁγίων ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις. αὕτη, 





\this grace given, that the lessthan the least οὗ all the saints, was given this grace, 
Ishould preachamong 4. ἢ Seer > ͵ Series. / 

the Gentiles the un- “ev τοῖς ἔθνεσιν εὐαγγελίσασθαι ἐτὸν" ἀνεξιχνίαστον 
searchable riches of among the nations {ο announce the gladtidings— the unsearchable 
ος εἰρήνην peace LtTraw. ἀλλ᾽. ™ - ἐστὲ ye are LTTrA, ovv- ΤΑ. 5 χριστοῦ 
Ἰησοῦ LITrA,  --- ἡ (read [the]) Lotraw. 4ᾳ --- Ἰησοῦ π[α]. τὸ [Ere] 1, 5 ἐγνωρίσθη 
was made known GLTTraw. ὃ -- ἐν (read ἑτέραις to other) GLTTrAW. συν Ἱ. δ σύν- 


ΙΤ ΤΤΓΑ., 
5 ἐγενήθην LTTrAW. 
to the) LTTra, 


* --- αὐτοῦ (read of the promise) LTTra, 


Υ — τῷ LTTrA. 
© — τῶν GLTTrAW.. 


« + Ἰησοῦ Jesus LTTra. 


Ὁ τῆς δοθείσης GLTTrA, d — ἐν (read τοῖς 


ε τὸ LITrAW, 


III, IV. EPHESIANS. 


frrovrov' τοῦ χριστοῦ, 9 καὶ φωτίσαι ἔπάντας" τίς 
riches of the Christ, and to enlighten 411 {as to) what [15] 
« a ~ , 3 ~ ? ‘ ~ 
ἡ "κοινωνία! τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν 
the fellowship ofthe mystery which has been hidden from the 
αἰώνων ἐν τῷ θεῷ, τῷ τὰ.πάντα κτίσαντι 'διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ ,' 
ages ‘in God, who all things created by Jesus Christ, 
/ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ‘ ~ 9. ΄ 
10 ἵνα γγνωρισθῇ νῦν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ἐν 
that might be known now tothe principalities and the authorities in 
τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις διὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία 
the heavenlies through the assembly the multifarious wisdom 
τοῦ θεοῦ, 11 κατὰ πρόθεσιν τῶν αἰώνων, ἣν ἐποίησεν 
of God, according {ο [{ρθ] purpose ofthe ages, which he made 
3 ~ ~ ~ ΄ « ~ 
ἐν " χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ.κυρίφῳ.ἡμῶν, 12 ἐν ἔχομεν τὴν παῤ- 


ῳ 


in Christ Jesus our Lord, in whom we have bold- 
ῥησίαν καὶ Ιτὴν' προσαγωγὴν ἐν πεποιθήσει διὰ τῆς πίστεως 
ness and access ‘ in confidence by the fafth 

αὐτοῦ. 13 διὸ αἰτοῦμαι μὴ éxxaxeiv" ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσίν 
of him Wherefore I beseech [you] not to faint at “tribulations 
pou ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἥτις ἐστὶν δόξα ὑμῶν. 14 τούτου.χάριν 
my for you, which is your glory. For this cause 
κάµπτω τὰ.γόνατά.μου πρὸς τὸν πατέρα "τοῦ.κφῳρίου. ἡμῶν 

I bow my knees to the Father f our Lord 


? ~ σ ἢ 1 ive - δ γ ᾽ ~ ‘ 
Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ," 15 ἐξ οὗ πᾶσα πατριὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς και 


Jesus Christ, of whom every family in([the] heavens and 
> ‘ ~ >? , ev ο ’ Π « ~ A Ῥ κ᾿ 

επι γης ὀνομάζεται, 16 wa δῴη υμιν κατα τὸν 
on earth is named, that he may give you according to the 


πλοῦτον" τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ, δυνάμει κραταιωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ 
riches of his glory, with power tobestrengthened by 


πνεύματος.αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον, 17 κατοικῆσαι. τὸν 
his Spirit in the inner man ; [for] *to*dwell ‘the 
ριστὸν διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις.ὑμῶν' 18 ἐν ἀγάπῃ 
“Christ, through © faith, in your hearts, in love 
ey Μὰ 1 “ ‘ / “ ? ’ 
ἐῤῥιζωμένοι καὶ τεθεμελιωμένοι ἵνα ἐξισχύσητε 
being rooted and founded, that ye may be fully able 
λαβέσθαι σὺν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις τί τὸ πλάτος καὶ μῆκος 
prehend with all the saints what{[is] the breadth and length 
καὶ «βάθος καὶ ὕψος," 19 γνῶναί τε τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν 
and depth and height ; and to know the surpassing \ 
τῆς γνώσεως ἀγάπην τοῦ χριστοῦ, ἵνα. πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν 
knowledge love of the Christ; that ye may be filled unto all 
τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ θεοῦ. 20 τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ ὑπὲρ πάντα 
the fulness of God. Buttohim who [15 able above all things 
ποιῆσαι τὑπὲρ. ἐκ. περισσοῦ" ὧν αἰτούμεθα ἢ νοοῦμεν,. κατὰ 


κατα- 
to ap- 


to do excvedingly above what weask or think, according to 
τὴν δύναμιν τὴν ἐνεργουμένην ἐν ἡμῖν, 21 αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 
the power which works in us, to him [ρε] glory 


ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ" ἐν χριστῷ Inoov, εἰς πάσας τὰς γενεὰς τοῦ 
in the assembly in Christ Jesus, to all the generations of the 


I~ ~ γ Ὁ ? , ~ > c ~ , 1 
αἰῶνος τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 4 Παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς εγω 


age of the ages. Amen. Iexhort therefore you, I 
ὁ δέσμιος ἐν κυρίῳ, ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσεως 
the prisoner ἰπ [πε] Lord, “worthily 1to “walk of the calling 





—— 


€ πλοῦτος LITrAW. & — πάντας [LI]T. 
a ets - -- a 
1 — διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ GLTTrAW. k + τῷ LTTrA. 
ἐν- Τ. 5 — τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστου LTTrAW. 


LITrAW. 3 ὕψος και βάθος LTrA, τ ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ GLTTrAW, 





δ0ὅ 


Christ ; 9 and tomake 
all men see what its 
the fellowship of the 
mystery, Which from 
the beginning of the 
world hath been hid in 
,Ged, who created all 
things by Jesus Christ: 
10 to the intent that 
now unto the princi- 
palities and powers in 
heavenly places might 
be known by _ the 
church the manitold 
wisdom of God, 11 ac- 
cording to the eternal 
purpose which he pur- 
posed in Christ Je- 
sus our Lord: 12 in 
whom we have bold- 
ness and access with 
confidence by the faith 
of him. 13 Wherefore 
I desire that ye faint 
not at my tribulations 
for you, which is your 
glory. 14 For this cause 
I bow my knees unto 
the ‘Father of our Lord 
Jesus Christ, 15 of 
whom the whole fa- 
mily in heaven and 
earth 15 named, 16 that 
he would grant you, 
according to the riches 
of his glory, to be 
strengthened with 
might by his Spirit in 
the inner man 317 that 
Christ may dwell in 
your hearts by faith; 
that ye, being rooted 
and grounded in love, 
18 may be abletocom- 
prehend withall saints 
what is the breadth, 
and length, and depth, 
and height; 19 and 
to know the love of 
Christ, which passeth 
knowledge, that ye 
might be filled with 
all the fulness of God, 
20 Now unto him that 
is ableto do exceeding 
abundantly above all 
that we ask or think, 
according to the power 
that worketh in us, 
21 unto him be glory 
in the church by Christ 
Jesus throughout all 
ages, world without 
end, -Απαθα ΠΕ 
therefore, the prisoner 
of the Lord, beseech 
youthat ye walk wor- ' 
thy of the vocation 
wherewith ye are call- 





h οἰκονομία administration GLTTraw. 
1 — τὴν LTTr[A]. 

ο δῷ LITra. 
5 + καὶ and Ιπτι[Α]. 


πὶ ἐγ- LTrAW$ 
Ρ τὸ πλοῦτος 


506 


ed, 2 with all lowli- 
ness and meckness, 
with lovgsuffering, 
forbearing one an- 
other in love; 3 en- 
deavouring to keep 
the unity of the Spirit 
in the bond of peace. 
4 There is one body, 
and one Spirit, even as 
ye are called in one 
hope of your calling ; 
5 one Lord, one faith, 
one baptism, 6 one 
God and Father of all, 
who is above all, and 
throughall, and inyou 
all. 7 But unto every 
one of us is given grace 
according to the mea- 
sure of the gift of 
Christ. 8 Wherefore 
he saith, When he as- 
ceended up on high, he 
led captivity captive, 
and gave gifts unto 
men. 9 (Now that he 
ascended, what is it 
but that he also de- 
scended first into the 
lower parts of the 
earth? 10 He that de- 
scended is the same 
also that ascended up 
far above all heavens, 
that he might fill all 
things.) 11 And he 
gave some, apostles; 
and some, prophets ; 
and some, evangelists; 
and some, pastors and 
teachers; 12 for the per- 
fecting of the saints, 
for the work of the 
ministry, for the edi- 
fying of the body of 
Christ: 13 till we all 
come in the unity of 
the faith, and of the 
knowledge of the*Son 
of God, unto a perfect 
man, unto the mea- 
sure of the stature of 
the fulness of Christ : 
14 that we henceforth 
be no more children, 
tossed to and fro, and 
earried about with 
every wind of doctrine, 
by the sleight of men, 
and cunning crafti- 
ness, whereby they lie 
in wait to deceive; 
15 but speaking the 
truth in love, may 
grow up into him in 
all things, which is 
the head, even Christ : 
16 from whom the 
whole body fitly join- 
ed together and com- 
pacted by that which 
every joint supplieth, 
according to the ef- 
fectual working inthe 
measure of every part, 





t πραύτητος ΤΤΤΑ, 


Σ — πρῶτον GLTTrAW. 
4 συν- 1}, 


© — ὃ LTTraw, 


ΠΡΟΣ E@ESIOYS. 1¥; 
ἐκλήθητε, 2 μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ 'πρᾳό- 
with αἱ humility and  meek- 
? , ν ly ’ ’ / 
ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων ἐν ἀγάπῃ, 
bearing with one another in love ; 


ωΐ 

ης 
wherewith ye were called, 
τητος," μετὰ μακροθυμίας, 
ness, with longsuffering, 
3 σπουδάζοντες τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ πνεύματος ἐν τῷ 
being diligent to keep the unity of the Spirit in the 
συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης. 4 Ev σῶμα καὶ ἕν πνεῦμα, καθὼς καὶ 
bond of peace. One body and one Spirit, evenas also 
ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς. κλήδεως ὑμῶν" 5 εἷς κύριος, µία 


ye were cailed in one hope of your calling ; one Lord, one 
πίστις, tv βάπτισμα" 6 εἷς θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ πάντων, ὁ, 
faith, one baptism; one God and Father ofall, tho [is] 
ἐπὶ πάντων, καὶ διὰ πάντων, καὶ ἐκ πᾶσιν VYupiv.! 
over all, and through all, and in Fall you, 

« ‘ κος / € ~ 1 ΄ cy ’ 4 
7 ἑνὶ δὲ ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη “ἡ χάρις κατὰ τὸ μέτρον 


grace according to the measure 
λέγε, ᾿Αναβὰςο εἰς 


Wherefore he says, Having ascended up on 


But to cach one of us was given 
τῆς δωρεᾶς τοῦ χριστοῦ. 8 διὸ 
of the gift of the Christ. 
ὕψ ᾽ λ , . λ , > Oe | a) ΄ ~ 
ὕψος Ίχμαλώτευσεν αιχµαλωσιαν, "και εὀωκεν δόµατα τοῖς 
high he led “captive leaptivity, and gave gifts 
ἀνθρώποις. 9 Τὸ δὲ ἀνέβη, τί ἐστιν εἰ μὴ ὅτι καὶ κατέβη 
to men. But that he ascended, what isit but that also he descended 
Σπρῶτον' εἰς τὰ κατώτερα Σμέρη" τῆς γῆς; 10 ὁ KaraBag 
first into the lower parts of the earth? Hethat descended 
αὐτός ἐστιν καὶ ὁ ἀναβὰς ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν, 
*the%same ‘is also who ascended above all the heavens, 
ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ.πάντα. 11 καὶ αὐτὸς ἔδωκεν τοὺς μὲν ἀπο- 
that he might fill all things; and he gave some apo- 
στόλους, τοὺς.δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς.δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς, τοὺς δὲ 
stles, and some prophets, and some evangelists, and some 
ποιμένας καὶ διδασκάλους, 12 πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὺν τῶν 
shepherds and teachers, with a view to the perfecting of the 
ε ’ » ΄ 3 ᾽ - ~ ΄ ~ 
ἁγίων, εἰς ἔργον διακονίας, εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ σώματος TOU 
saints; for work of(the]service, for buildingup of the body ofthe 
χριστοῦ" 19 μέχρι καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα 
Christ ; until we *may “arrive tall at the unity 


τῆς πίστεως καὶ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰς ἄνδρα 


of the faith andofthe knowledge ofthe Son of God, at a 7man 
τέλειον, εἰς μέτρον ἡλικίας τοῦ πληρώματος τοῦ 
‘full-grown, at [the] measure ΟΕ [[Π6] stature of the fulness of the 


~ id ’ κ. ΄ ΄ 
χριστοῦ" 14 ἵνα μηκέτι ὦμεν νήπιοι, κλυδωνιζόµενοι καὶ 
Christ ; that no longer we may be infants, being tossed and 


περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας ἐν τῇ "κυβείᾳ" 


curried about by every wind ofthe teaching in the sleight 
τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐν πανουργίᾳ πρὸς τὴν ὁὉμεθοδείαν' τῆς 
of men, in craftiness withaviewto the systematizing 


λ ’; Ὁ 15 ir θ ᾽ὔ τ: δὲ ᾽ ᾽ 4 ᾽ ΄ > > 4 
πλαγνης ἀληθεύοντες.δὲ ἐν ἀγάπῃ αὐξήσωμεν εἰς αὑτὸν 
of error ; but holding the truth in love wemaygrowup into him 
τὰ πάντα, ὃς ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλή, 6d" χριστός, 16 ἐξ οὗ πᾶν 
in allthings, who ᾗἹ the _ head, the Christ: from whom all 
τὸ σῶμα συναρμολογούμενον καὶ Ἰσυμβιβαζόμενον!ϊ διὰ πάσης 
the body, fitted together and compacted by every 
ε ~ ~ η) / ᾽ » 

ἁφῆς τῆς ἐπιχορηγίας κατ ἐνέργειαν ἐν μέτρῳ 
joint of supply according to [the] working in [its] measure 





x — Kal LTW. 
b µεθοδίαν T, 


¥— ὑμῖν LTTrA 3 ἡμῖν US GW. 


- w — ἢ LTr[a]. 
2 — µέρη (read [parts]) w. 


ἃ κυβίᾳ 1, 


1Υ. EPHESIANS. 


x te ~ ΄ »- 2 
ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους, τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ σώματος ποιεῖται εἰς 
of exch one part, the increase of the body makes for itself to 
_ οἰκοδομὴν «ἑαυτοῦ! ἐν ἀγάπῃ. 
{the] building up ofitself in ἴοτο, 
~ ; ‘ / “ 
17 Τοῦτο οὖν λέγω καὶ μαρτύρομαι ἐν κυρίῳ, μῆκετι 
This therefore I say, and testify in [the] Lord, πο *longer 
ὑμᾶς. περιπατεῖν. καθὼς καὶ τὰ ford ἔθνη περιπατεῖ ἐν 
Ithat 7ye walk evenas also the’ rest, [the] nations, are walking in 


ματαιότητι τοῦ νοὺς αὐτῶν, 18 Βἐσκοτισµένοι" τῇ δια- 
{the} vanity of their mind, being darkened in the under- 

νοίᾳ, ὄντες ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ θεοῦ, «διὰ 
standing, keing aliénated from the life of God, on account of 
τὴν ἄγνοιαν τὴν οὖσαν ἐν αὐτοῖς, διὰ τὴν πώρωσιν 
the ignorance which is in them, onaccount of the hardness 
'τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 19 οἵτινες ἀπηλγηκότες ἑαυτοὺς 
of their heart, who having cast off all feeling, themselves 


παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελγείᾳ εἰς ἐργασίαν ἀκαθαρσίας πάσης 
gave up to licentiousness, for [the] working of 7uncleanness tall 
ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ" 20 ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐμάθετε TOY Χριστόν, 
with craving. Butye *not “thus ‘learned the Christ, 
21 εἴγε αὐτὸν ἠκούσατε καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε, καθώς 
ifindeed him ye heard and in him were taught, according as 
yes ? ne, 4 “ἋΣ - ) / et ~ η 
ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ 22 ἀποθέσθαιὑμᾶς κατὰ 
is the}. truth in Jesus ; for you to have put off according to 
τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφήν τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὸν 
the former conduct the old man, which 
te = 
φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίὰς τῆς ἀπάτης" 23 ava- 
is corrupt according to the desires of deceit; ‘ *to *be *re- 
νεοῦσθαι "δὲ" τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ.νοὸς ὑμῶν' 24 καὶ ἐνδύσασθαι 


newed tand inthe spirit of your mind ; and to have put on 
τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὸν κατὰ θεὸν κτισθέντα ἐν δι- 
the new man, which according to God was created in right- 


καιοσύνῃ καὶ ὁσιότητι τῆς ἀληθείας. 25 Διὸ ἀποθέμενοι τὸ 
vousness and holiness of truth. Wherefore having put off 
ψεῦδος, λαλεῖτε ἀλήθειαν ἕκαστος μετὰ τοῦ-πλησίον αὐτοῦ" 
falsehood, speak truth each with his neighbour, 
ὅτι ἐσμὲν ἀλλήλων µέλη. 26 ᾿Οργίζεσθε καὶ μὴ ἁἆμαρ- 
because we are of one another members, Beangry, . and “ποῦ ‘sin; 
τάνετε' ὁ ἥλιος μὴ-ἐπιδυέτω ἐπὶ τῷ". παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν, 
56 ‘sun 31οὺ *not set upon your provocation, 
27 Κμήτε! δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ. 28 ὁ κλέπτων μηκέτι 
neither give place tothe devil. He that steals “πο *moro 
, ~ A ’ ? , ] A ? 4 
κλεπτέτω, μᾶλλον δὲ κοπιάτω, ἐργαζόμενος τὸ ἀγαθὸν 
Net *him “steal, but rather let him labour, working what [is] good 
'ταῖς χερσίν, ἵνα ἔχῃ μεταδιδόναι τῷ χρείαν ἔχοντι. 
with(his]hands,that Ὦθ τὺ have toimpart tohimthat “need has. 
29 πᾶς λόγος σαπρὸς ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος ὑμῶν μὴ ἐκ- 
- 5Any ‘word ‘corrupt ?°out lof 12vour ‘Smouth *not “let 
(lit. every) 

, 3 ᾽ ? ‘ ? \ ρω / 
πορευέσθω, adr εἴ τις ἀγαθὸς πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς χρείας, 
®go °forth, but if any good for building up in respect of need, 
wa ὃῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν. 30 Kai μὴ.λυπεῖτε τὸ 
that it may give grace to them that hear. And grieve not the 
πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητεεί ἡμέραν 

Spirit the Holy of God, by which ye were sealed ffor(the] day 





ο αὐτοῦ τ. { --- λοιπὰ Ι/ΤΊτΤΑ. 8 ἐσκοτωμένοι LTTrA. Β [δὲ] τι. 


Ettraw. - }ταῖς ἰδίαις with his own (— ἰδίαις A) χερσὶν τὸ ἀγαθόν LTTraw, 


i — τῷ LTTr[A]. 


667 


maketh increase of the 
body unto the edifying 
of itself in love, 


17 This Τ say theree 
fore, and testify in the 
Lord, that ye hence- 
forth walk vot as other 
Gentiles walk, in the 
vanity of their mind, 
18 having the under- 
standing darkened, 
being alienated from 
the lifeof God through 
the ignorance that is 
in them, because of 
the blindness of their 
heart: 19 who being 
past feeling have given 
themselves over unto 
lasciviousness,to work 
all uncleanness with 
greediness. 20 But ye 
have not 5ο learned 
Christ; 21 if so be that 
ye have heard him, and 
have been taught by 
him, as the truth is in 
Jesus: 22 that το put 
off concerning the 
former conversation 
the old man, which is 
corrupt according to 
the deceitful lusts; 
23 and be renewed in 
the spirit of your 
mind ; 24 and that ye 
put onthe new man, 
which after God is 
created in righteous- 
ness and true holiness. 
20 Wherefore putting 
away lying, speak 
every man truth with 
his neighbour : for we 
are members one of 
another. 26 Be ye an- 


‘gry, and sin not: let 
‘not the sun go down 


upon your wrath: 
27 neither give place 
to the devil. 28 Let 
him that stole steal no 
more: but rather let 
him labour, working 


-with Ais hands the 


thing which is good, 
that he may have to 
give to him that need- 
eth. 29 Let no corrupt 
communication ‘pro- 
ceed out of our 
mouth, but that which 
is good to the use of 
edifying, that it may 
Minister grace unto 
the hearers. 30 And 
grieve not the holy 
Spirit of God, where~ 

ye are sealed unta 


by 
the day of redemptian, 


fal. μαι 
αι αλλά LiTr, 


508 


31 Let all bitterness, 
and wrath, and anger, 
and clamour, and evil 
speaking, be put away 
from you, with all ma- 
lice : 32 and beye kind 
one to another, ten- 
der-hearted, forgiving 
one another, even as 
God for Christ’s sake 
hath forgiven you. 
V. Be yetherefore fol- 
lowers of God, as dear 
children ; 2 and walk 
in love, as Christ also 
hath loved us,and hath 
given himself for us 
an offering and a 88- 
crifice to God for a 
sweetsmelling savour, 


3 But fornication, 
and all uncleanness, 
or covetousness, let it 
not be once named a- 
mong you, as becom- 
eth saints; 4 neither 
filthiness, nor foolish 
talking, nor jesting, 
which dre not conve- 
nient: but rather giv- 
ing of thanks. 5 For 
this ye know, that'no 
whoremonger, nor un- 
clean person, nor cove- 
tous man, who is an 
idolater, hath any in- 
heritance in the king- 
dom of Christ and of 
God. 6 Let no man 
deceive you with vain 
words: for because of 


these things cometh. 


the wrath of God upon 
the children of disobe- 
dience. 7 Be not ye 
therefore partakers 
with them. 8 For ye 
were sometimes dark- 
ness, but now are ye 
light in the Lord: 
walk as children of 
light: 9 (for the fruit 
of the Spirit zs in all 
goodness and right- 
eousness and truth ;) 
10 proving what is 
acceptable unto the 
Lord. 11 And have no 
fellowship with the 
unfruitful works of 
darkness, but rather 
reprove them: 12 For 
it is a shame even to 
speak of those things 
which are done of 
them.in secret. 13 But 
all things that are re- 
μέν are made mani- 
est by the light: for 
whatsoever doth make 
manifest 1 light, 
14 Wherefore he saith, 
Awake thou that sleep- 
est, and arise from the 
dead, and Christ shall 


E®ESIOYS. IV, V. 
ἀπολυτρώσεως. 81 πᾶσα πικρία καὶ θυμὸς καὶ ὀργὴ καὶ 
of redemption. All bitterness, and indignation, and wrath, and 
/ ᾽ ’ 3 ~ , 
κραυγὴ καὶ βλασφημία ἀρθήτω ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν, σὺν πάσῃ 
clamour, and evilspeaking let be removed from you, with all 


κακίᾳ" 82 γίνεσθε."δὲ! εἰς ἀλλήλους χρηστοί, εὔσπλαγχνοι, 


ΠΡΟΣ 


malice ; and be to one another kind, tender-hearted, 
, ~ ε ~ ΄ 

χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς; καθὼς καὶ ὃ θεὸς ἐν χριστῷ ἐχαρί- 

forgiving each other, according as also God in Christ for- 
caro οὑμῖν.ὶ ϐ Γίνεσθε οὖν μιμηταὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς τέκνα 
gave you. Beye therefore imitators of God, as thildren 
ἀγαπητά" 2 και περιπατεῖτε ἐν ἀγάπῃ, καθὼς καὶ ὁ χριστὸς 

beloved, and walk in love, evenas alsorthe Christ 
ἠγάπησεν Ρὴμᾶς,! καὶ παρέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ “ἡμῶν! προσ- 

loved us, and gave up himself for us, an of- 
φορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ θεῷ εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας. 


fering and ἃ sacrifice to God for an odour of a sweet smell, 


3 Πορνεία.δὲ καὶ ᾿πᾶσα ἀκαθαρσία! ἢ πλεονεξία μηδὲ 
But fornication and all uncleanness or covetousness not even 
ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν, καθὼς πρέπει ἁγίοις" 4 "καὶ! αἰσχρό- 
let it be named among you, cven as is becoming to saints ; and filthi- 
της ‘kai μωρολογία ἢ εὐτραπελία, τὰ οὐκ ἀνήκοντα,' ἀλλὰ 


ness and foolish talking ΟΥ̓ jesting, which are not becoming; but 
μᾶλλον εὐχαριστία. 5 τοῦτο.γάρ Σἐστε.γινώσκοντες! ὅτι πᾶς 
rather thanksgiving. For this ye know that any 


» a aed Ἅ / εκ Ι 5 > (lit. erery) 
πόρνος, ἢ ἀκάθαρτος, ἢ πλεονέκτης, *oc' ἐστιν εἰδωλολά- 
fornicator, or unclean person, ος . covetous, who is an idolater, 

7 » / ~ / ~ ὑ - 4 
τρης, οὐκ. ἔχει κληρονομίαν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ χριστοῦ καὶ 
has not inheritance in the kingdom ofthe Christ and 
θεοῦ. 6 μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς ἀπατάτω κενοῖς λόγοις" διὰ 
of God. *No Sone you ‘let *deceive withempty words; 7on account ‘of 
ταῦτα γὰρ ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς TIE 
5these διΠίησς ‘for comes the wrath of God upon the sons 

) θ , 7 η x , θ y , Wl ae 
ἀπειθείας. 7 μὴ οὖν γίνεσθε συμμέτοχοι" αὐτῶν. 8 ἦτε 
of disobedience. *Not *therefore ‘be  joint-partakers with them; 379 Swere 
γάρ ποτε σκότος, νῦν.δὲ φῶς ἐν κυρίῳ" we τέκνα φωτὸς 
‘for once darkness, but now light in [the] Lord; as children of light 
περιπατεῖτε: 9 ὁ γὰρ καρπὸς τοῦ “πνεύματος" ἐν πάσῃ 

walk, (for the fruit of the Spirit - [is] in all 
? / . / / , 
ἀγαθωσύνῃ καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ" 10 δοκιμάζοντες τί 
goodness and righteousness and _ truth,) proving what 
? 4 ~ / 
ἐστιν εὐάρεστον τῷ κυρίῳ. 11 καὶ μὴ: συγκοινωνεῖτεϊ τοῖς 
18 well-pleasing to the Lord; and have no fellowship with the 
” ~ ? / . ~ ~ 4 
ἔργοις τοῖς ἀκάρποις τοῦ σκότους, μᾶλλον.δὲ καὶ ἐλέγχετε" 
*works lunfruitful of darkness, - butrather also  reprove; 
4 4 Β “Η" LAP Ss « ~ ᾽ , \ 
12 τὰ γὰρ ὕὑκρυφῆ" γινόμενα ὑπ’ αὐτῶν αἰσχρόν ἐστιν καὶ 
for the things in secret being done by them shameful ‘itis even 
λέγειν. 19 τὰ.δὲ πάντα ἐλεγχόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς φανεροῦ- 
to say. But allofthem being reproved by the light aremade mani- 

é ~ A 4 , ~ 
ται πᾶν γὰ τὸ φανερούμενον φῶς ἐστιν' 14 διὸ 
fest ; for *everything ‘that which *makes*manifest “light ‘is, Wherefore 

͵ » « ,ὔ 4 / ~ 
λέγει, © Εγειραιϊ ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν 
he says, Arouse,, [thou] that sleepest, and riseup from among the 


Ώου ος SSE 


n— δὲ ΔΑ 1, 


« “ A“ - 
ο ἡμῖν US L. Ρ ὑμᾶς yOu TTrA. 4 ὑμῶν you a. τ ἀκαθαρσία 


πασα ΤΤΤτΑ, 8% Or L. τη or LT  ἃ οὐκ ἀνῆκεν LTTrA wt ύ 

“s : με Ξὸ . ιστε γινωσκοντες 
ye are aware of, knowing GLTTraw, x 6 that LTTra. 7 συν- ΤΑ. ο ο hi ht 
G.TTraw. 8 συν- T. Ὁ κρυφῃ L. « Ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. | " 


V. EPHESIANS. 


~ 4 4 ’ « ΄ ΄ τ 
νεκρῶν, καὶ ἐπιφαύσει σοι ὁ χριστός. 15 Βλέπετε οὖν 
dead, and shall shine upon thee the’ Christ. Take heed therefore 


πῶς ἀκριβῶς" περιπᾶτεῖτε, μὴ ὡς ἄσοφοι, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς σοφοί, 
how accurately ye walk, not as unwise, but as_ wise, 
16 εξαγοραζόµενοι τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι at ἡμέραι πονηραί εἰσιν. 
ransoming the time, because the days Zevil 139, 
17 διὰ τοῦτο μὴ.γίνεσθε ἄφρογες, ἀλλὰ «συνιέντεοὶ τί τὸ 
On this account be not foolish, but understanding what the 
θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου. 18 καὶ μὴ .μεθύσκεσθε οἴνῳ, ἐν ᾧ 


d 


~ 


will of the Lord [is]. And be not drunk with wine, in which 
ῃ 2 , ? ι id ~ ? , 
ἐστιν ἀσωτια ἀλλὰ πληροῦσθε ἐν πνεύματι, 19 λα- 
15 dissoluteness; but be filled with [the] Spirit, speak- 


λοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς f ψαλμοῖς καὶ ὕμνοις καὶ φδαῖς ἔπνευματι- 
ing to each other inpsalms and hymns and “songs 'spiritual, 
~ eZ \ , ἕ ? α κα κε. ἢ «ἢ ~ ~ ΄ 
καῖς, GCOVTEC Kal ψάλλοντες μέν! ing καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν τῷ κυρίῳ, 
singing ayd praising with “heart ‘your tothe Lord; 
20 εὐχαριστοῦντες πάντοτε ὑπὲρ πάντων ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ 
giving thanks atalltimes for allthings in [the] name 
κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί" 21 ὑπο- 
of our Lord Jesus Christ to him who [is] God and Father, subinit- 
Τασσόµενοι ἀλλήλοις ἐν φόβῳ "θεοῦ." 
ting yourselves to one another ἴῃ [the] fear of God, 
22 At γυναῖκες, τοῖς.ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν Ἰὑποτάπσεσθε,' ὡς τῷ 
Wives, toyourown husbands. submut yourselves, as to the 
Le Φ « m € Il > , 1 A ~ (4 e ‘ 
κυρίῳ" 23 Ότι οὶ ἀνὴρ ἐστιν κεφαλὴ τῆς γυναικός, ὡς καὶ 
Lord, for the husband is head of the wife, 48 also 
ὁ χριστὸς κεφαλὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, "καὶ! αὐτός ἐστιν! σωτὴρ 
the Christ fis] head ofthe assembly, and he is Saviour 
~ ’ a D4 Parr’! αὦ are ἐκκὰ , « / ~ 
Tov σώματος 24 Pa WOTED 1) εκκλησια ὑποτάσσεται τῷ 
of the body, But evenas the assembly is subjected tothe 
χριστῷ, οὕτως καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες τοῖς "ἰδίοις" ἀνδράσιν ἐν παντί. 
Christ, so also wives totheirown husbands in everything. 
25 Οἱ ἄνδρες, ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς .γυναϊκας ἑαυτῶν,! καθὼς καὶ ὁ 
Husbands, love your own wives, even as also the 
χριστὸς ἠγάπησεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν ὑπὲρ 


Christ loved the assembly, and himself gave up for 
αὐτῆς 20 ἵνα αὐτὴν ἁγιάσῃ, καθαρίσας τῷ λουτρῷ 
ΑΝ that it he mightsanctify, having cleansed [it] by the washing 


τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι, 27 ἵνα παραστήσῃ 'αὐτὴν" ἑαυτῷ 
of water by [πε] word, that he might present it to himself 
ἔνδοξον τὴν ἐκκλησίαν μὴ ἔχουσαν σπῖλον ἢ ῥυτίδα ἤ τι 
3e¢lorious ‘the assembly, ποῦ having spot, or wrinkle, or any 
τῶν.τοιούτων, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἁγία καὶ ἄμωμος. 38 οὕτως 
of such things ; but that itmight be holy’ and blameless, So 
τὀφείλουσιν Ὁ οἱ ἄνδῥες" ἀγαπᾷν τὰς ἑαυτῶν. γυναῖκας we 


ought husbands to love their own wives as 
τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα ἑαυτὸν 
their own bodies: hethat loves: bis own wife “himself 


ἀγαπᾷ' 29 οὐδεὶς γάρ ποτε τὴν.ἑαυτοῦ σάρκα ἐμίσησεν, 
"loves. For noone at any time his own flesh hated, 


{ 


509 


give thee light. 15 See 
theu that ye walk cir- 


cumspectly, not as 
fools, but 5 wise, 
16 redeeming the 


time, because the days 
are evil, 17 Wherefore 
be ye not unwise, but 
understanding what 
the will of the Lord 
is. 18 And be not 
drunk with wine, 
wherein is excess; but 
be filled with the Spi- 
rit; 19 speaking to 
yourselves in psalms 
and hymns and spiri- 
tualsongs, singing and 
making melody in 
your heart to the Lord; 
20 giving thanks al- 
ways for all things 
unto God and the Fa- 
ther in the name of 
our Lord Jesus Christ; 
21 submitting your- 
selves one to another 
in the fear of God. 


22 Wives, -submit 
yourselves unto your 
own husbands, as unto 
the Lord. . 23 For the 
husband is the head 
of the wife, even as» 
Christ is the head of 
the church: and he is 
the saviour of the bo- 
dy. 24 Therefore as 
the church is subject 
unto Christ, so let the 
wives be tu their own 
husbands in every 
thing. 25 Husbands, 
love your wives, even 
as Christ also loved the 
church, and gave him- 
self for it; 26 that he 
might sanctify and 
cleanse it with the 
washing of water by 
the word, 27 that he 
might present it to 
bimself ἃ glorious 
church, not having 
spot, or wrinkle, or 
any such thing; but 
that it should be holy 
and without blemish, 
28 So ought men to 
love their wives as 
their own bodies. He 
that loveth his wite 
loveth himself. 29 For 
no man ever yet hated 
his own flesh; but 





f + [ἐν] LA. 


ἃ ἀκριβῶς πῶς τ. © συνίετε understand LTTrA. 
i ταῖς καρδίαις hearts L, 


h — ἐν (read with your heart) 7[Tra]. 
GLTTraw. 
- submit themselves) urr. 
© — ἐστιν LITrAW. Ρ ἀλλὰ LTTrA. | 
LTTra. 5 — ἑαυτῶν (read the wives) LTTrA. 
GLITrAW. τ καὶ (also) οἱ ἄνδρες ὀφείλουσιν LW. 


m -— ὁ (vead a husband) GLTTraw. 
4 ὡς 38 LITrA. 


8 [πνευματικαῖς] LA. 


k χριστοῦ of Christ 


1 — . ὑποτάσσεσθε ΤΑ; ὑποτασσέσθωσαν (iead to their own husbands let them 


2 — καὶ GLTTrAW. 


® — ἰδίοις, (γεαα to the husbands) 
t αὐτὸς (read he might himself present) 
WwW + καὶ also Tra, 


510 


nourisheth and che- 
rishcth it, even as the 
Lord the church: 30 for 
we are members of 
his beady, of his flesh, 
and of his’ bones, 
31 For this cause shall 
aman leave his father 
and mother, and shall 
be joined unto his 
wife, and they two 
shall be one flesh. 
32 This is agreat mys- 
tery : but I speak con- 
cerning Christ and the 
church, 33 Neverthe- 
less let every one of 
es in particular so 
ove his wife even as 
himself; and the wife 
see that she reverence 
her husband, 


VI. Children, obey 
your parenis in the 
Lord: for this is 
right. 2 Honour thy 
father and mother ; 
which is the first 
commandment with 
promise; 3 that it 
may be well with thee, 
and thou maycst live 
long on the earth. 
4 And, ye fathers, pro- 
yoke not your chil- 
dren to wrath: but 
bring them up in the 
nurture and admoni- 
tion of the Lord, 


5 Servants, be obedi- 
ent to them that are 
your masters accord- 
ing to the flesh, with 
fear and trembling, 
in singleness of your 
heart, as unto Christ; 
6 not with eyeservice, 
as menpleasers; but 
as the servants of 
Christ, doing the will 
of God from the 
heart; 7 with good 
will doing service, as 
to the Lord, and not 
to men: 8 knowing 
that whatsoever good 
thing any man doeth, 
the same shall he re- 
ceive of the Lord,whe- 
ther he be bond or 
free. 9 And, ye mas- 
ters, do the same 


προς οφ, ΕΗ 


, ’ ‘ ΄ ΄ A 
ἀλλ’! ἐκτρέφει καὶ θάλπει αὐτήν, καθὼς καὶ ὁ Σκύριος' τὴν 
but nourishes and cherishes it, even as also the Lord the 
Π od , \ ~ ΄ μα ; ἢ 
ἐκκλησίαν. 80 ὅτι μέλη ἐσμὲν τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, Τεκ τῆς 
assembly : for members we are of his body, of 
σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν. ὀστέων. αὐποῦ.! 81 ᾿Αντὶ τούτου 
his tiesh, and of his bones. Beeause of this 
λεί 7νθ Ae asl : ba—ov!! ete x 
καταλειψει AVUPWTOC TOV πατερα αυτου" και “THY µητερα, 


Sshall *leave απ, “man ®father Shis and mother 

Η 7 ‘ ~ τ - ᾽ 
καὶ προσκολληθήσεται πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα! “αὐτοῦ," "καὶ ἔσον- 
and shall be joined to 2wife this, “ and “shall 


ε -α / ᾽ ΄ [ή 4 ~ 
ται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν. 82 Τὸ μυστήριον. τοῦτο μέγα ἐστίν" 
406. 1the?two for flesh ‘one. ' This mystery ' 2great 25, 


ἐγὼ.δὲ λέγω εἰς χριστὸν καὶ feic' τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. 88 πλὴν 


but I speak asto Christ and as to the assembly. However 
‘ « ~ ε »Σε/ f A ~ ~ 

καὶ ὑμεῖς οἱ καθ ἕνα, ἕκαστος τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγα- 

also ye everyone, “each *his °own’ Swife 7390 Net 


πάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν: ἡ. δὲ γυνὴ ἵνα φοβῆται τὸν ἄνδρα. 
3love as himself; andthe wife that she may fear the husband, 
’ « ’ ~ ων ~ 
ϐ Ta τέκνα, ὑπακούετε τοῖς γονεῦσιν.ὑμῶν Fev κυρίῳ" 
Children, obey your parents in {the} Lord, 


τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν δίκαιον. 2 Τίμα τὸν. πατέρα.σου καὶ τὴν 
for this is just. Honour thy father and 


/ Ὁ er ? \ ? \ , / 2 
μητέρα" ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ" 8 ἵνα 

mother, which is *commandment 'the *first with a promise, that 

<r / . » 

εὖ σοι γενηται, και ἔσῃ μακροχρόνιος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆ 

. . Ce 

well with thee it may be, and thou mayest be long-lived on Ho a 

4 Kai οἱ πατέρες, μὴ.παροργίζετε τὰ. τέκνα ὑμῶν, *aXX" ἐκ- 


And fathers, do not provoke your children, but bring 
/ ? ? ΄ μ / , 
τρέφετε αὐτὰ ἐν παιδείᾳ καὶ νουθεσίᾳ. κυρίου. 
up them in([the] discipline and admonition of [16] Lord. 
« ~ € ~ / 
5 Οἱ δοῦλοι, ὑπακούετε τοῖς "κυρίοις κατὰ σάρκα" 


Bondmen, obey [your] masters according ο: fiesh 


4 , τ , ? c 2 > ~ ΄ ~ ΄ 
μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου, ἐν ἁπλότητι τῆς" καρδίας. ὑμῶν, ὡς 
with fear and trembling, in simplicity of your heart, as 
~ ~, \ ? ? 9 , 5 ὲ 
τῷ χριστῷ" 6 μὴ κατ Κὐφθαλμοδουλείαν! ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι, 
tothe Christ; not with eye-service as men-pleasers ; 
? ay ε ~ 1 σαὶ ~ ~ ‘ ~ ~ 
ἀλλ᾽ ὡς δοῦλοι ἱτοῦ" χριστοῦ, ποιοῦντες τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ 
but as bondmen ofthe Christ, doing the will of God 
a] ~ ? ? / - Γ a7 
ἐκ ψυχῆς, 7 per εὐνοίας δουλεύοντες ' τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ 
from [the] soul, with goodwill doing service tothe Lord and 
? 2 , ΣΟ. εν , 
οὐκ ἀνθρώποις" 8 εἰδότες ὅτι "ὃ. ἐάν.τι ἕκαστος) ποιήσῃ 
ποῦ to men ; knowing that whatsoever “each ?may *have *done 
? , ~ ~ A ~ ot ” ~ 
ἀγαθόν, τοῦτο “κομιεῖται! παρὰ Prov' κυρίου, εἴτε δοῦλος 


“good, this he shall receive from the Lord, whether bondman 
» ? / \ ε , 
εἴτε ἐλεύθερος. 9 Kai οἱ κύριοι, τὰ.αὐτὰ ποιεῖτε πρὸς 
or free, And masters, the same things do towards 


> / > [ή A / 
αὐτούς, ἀνιέντες τὴν ἀπειλήν" εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ «ὑμῶν αὐτῶν 


things unto them,for- them ivi i i 
nee ο ος ΝΣ Silas up κ gi ώς ποσα that also your own 
knowing that. your 0 κυριός ἐστιν εν οὐρανοῖς, καὶ Ιπροσωποληψίαϊ οὐκ.έστιν 
aster also is in hea- master is i h ave 5 i 
en ος is thet ae n [the] heavens, and respect of persons there is not 
respect of persons with παρ GUT@. 
him. | ! with him, 
χ ἀλλὰ Se κ᾿ χριστὸς Christ GLITrAW. ὅ — ἐκ τῆς to end of verse LTTr[A}]. 3 — τὸν 
Lr. — αὐτοῦ LTTrA. ¢ — τὴν LTvA. ἃ τῇ γυναικὶ to the wife trtr. “ — αὐτοῦ T. 
[εις] La. ἢ - ἐν κυρίῳ L[TrA]. ἃ κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις LTTr. ἱ- τῆς τ. * ὀφθαλμο- 
δουλίαν Τ. — τοῦ the LTTraw. τι + ὡς aS GLITrAW. η ἕκαστος ὃ (— ὃ (read if any- 


thing) TA) ἐάν (ἂν Tr) τι (--- τι 1} LTTraw. 


GLITrAW. 


ᾳ αὐτῶν καὶ ὑμῶν ὃ οἵ them and of you the LiTraw, 


ο κοµίσεται LTTrA. Ρ --- τοῦ (red [the]) 


Σ προσωπολημψία LITrA, 


VI. EPHESIANS. 


10 "Τὸ λοιπόν," "ἀδελφοί μου," ἐνδυναμοῦσθε ἐν 
For the rest, my brethren, be empowered 


καὶ ἐν τῷ κράτει τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ. 
and in the might of his strength. 


οπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ, πρὸς τὸ δύνασθαι ὑμᾶς στῆναι πρὸς τὰς 
oply of God, for 2to *be table oes ε to stand egainst the 


μεθοδείας" τοῦ διαβόλου’ 12 ὅτι οὐκ έστιν τἡμῖν" ἡ πάλη 
artifices ofthe devil: because “is “πού Sto°us ‘the ?wrestling 
πρὸς αἷμα καὶ σάρκα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰς ἀρχάς, πρὸς τὰς 

against blood απᾶ flesh, but against prnaipaliven against 


ἐξουσίας, πρὸς τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας τοῦ σκότους ὕτοῦ αἰῶνος" 


authorities, against the world-rulers of the darkness of “age 
Στούτευ,' πρὸς τὰ πνευματικὰ 


κυρίῳ, 
in [{Π6] Lord, 
11 ἐνδύσασθε τὴν παν- 

Put on the pan- 


this, against the spiritual [powers] of wickednessin the hea- 
ρανίοις. 13 διὰ τοῦτο ἀναλάβετε τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ, 
τρ Because of this take ae the panoply of God, 


ἵνα δυνηθῆτε ἀντιστῆναι ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ Τῇ πονηρᾷ. καὶ ἅπαντα 
that ye many be able to withstand in the evil, and allthings 


κατεργασάμενοι στῆναι. 14 στῆτε οὖν περιζωσάμεγοι τὴν 
having worked out to stand. Stand-thercfore, having girt about 


ὀσφὺν ὑμῶν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι τὸν θώρακα τῆς 
your loins with truth, and having puton the _ breastplate 


δικαιοσύνης, 15 καὶ ὑποδηαάμενοι τοὺς πόδας ἐν éTOL- 
of righteousness, and having shod the feet with([the] pre- 
µασίᾳ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς εἰρήνης' 16 5ἐπὶ! πᾶσιν ἀναλα- 
paration of the glad tidings of peace: besides all having 
βόντες τὸν θυρεὸν τῆς πίστεως, ἐν δυνήσεσθε πάντα, 
takenup the shield of faith, - with which ye will be able all 

τὰ βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ ὑτὰϊ πεπυρωμένα σβέσαι: 17 καὶ 
the *darts “of *the *wicked Sone *burning to μας Also 
τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου δέξασθε, καὶ τὴν μάχαιραν 
the helmet of saivation receive, and the sword 


τοῦ πνεύματος, Ὁ ἐστιν ῥῆμα θεοῦ" 18 διὰ πάσης προσευχῆς 
of the . Spirit, which is ?word 'God’s; by all prayer 


καὶ δεήσεως προσευχόμενοι ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἐν πνεύματι, 
and supplication praying in every season inf[the) Spirit, 

καὶ εἰς αὐτὸ “τοῦτο" ἀγρυπνοῦντες ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει 
and unto this very thing watching with all perseveran?ée 

καὶ δεήσει περὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων, 19 Kai ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ. ἵνα 
and supplication for all saints ; and for me _ that 
μοι ἀδοθείη λόγος ἐν ἀνοίξει τοῦ.στόματός.μου ἐν 
tome may be given utterance in [the] opening of my mouth’ ‘with 
παῤῥησίᾳ, γνωρίσαι τὸ μυστήριον “τοῦ εὐαγγελίου," 90 ὑ ὑπὲρ 
boldness tomake known the maestery of the gla σε, 


οὗ πρεσβεύω ἐν ἁλύσει, ἵνα ἐν αὐτῷ παῤῥησιάσωμαι 
which Iam anambassador in achain, that in it I may be bold 


ὡς δεῖ ε λαλῆσαι. 
as it behoves me_ tospeak. 
21 Ἵνα.δὲ [εἰδῆτε καὶ ὑμεῖς" 
But ὑμαῦ, ὅπιαγ *know also tye the things coneemning me, 
΄ J. 
πρασσω, πάντα Εὐμῖν yvwpice' Tuy 
lam doing, all things toyou willmake known Tyc 


τί 
what 
Koc ὁ ἀγαπητὸς 
isus the beloved 


‘ ? LA 
Td, κατ ἔμε, 


δι 


10 Finally, my bre- 
thren, be strong in 
the Lord, and in the 
power of his might. 
11 Put on the whole 
armour of God, that 
ye may be ablé to 
stand against the 
wiles of the devil. 
12 For we _ wrestle 
not against flesh and 
blood, but against 
principalities, against 
powers, against the 
rulers of the dark- 
ness of this world, a- 
gainst spiritual wick- 
edness in high places. 


τῆς πονηρίας ἐν τοῖς ἐπου- Ν18 Wherefore take un- 


to you the whole ar- 
mour of God, that ye 
may be able to with- 
stand in the evil day, 
and having done all, 
to stand. 14 Stand 
therefore, having your 
lgins girt about with 
truth, and having on 
the breastplate of 
righteousness; 15 and 
your feet shod with 
the preparation of the 
gospel of peace; 16 a- 
bove all, taking the 
shield of faith, where- 
with ye shall be able 
to quench all the fiery 
darts of the wicked. 
17 And take the helmet 
of salvation, and the 
sword of the Spirit, 
which is the word of 
God: 18 praying al- 
ways with all prayer 
and supplication in 
the Spirit, and watch- 
ing thereunto with 
all perseverance and 
supplication for all 
saints ; 19 and for me, 
that utterance may 
be given unto me, 
that I may open my 
mouth boldly, tomake 
known the mystery of 
the gospel, 20 for 
which I am an ambas- 
sador in bonds: that 
therein I may speak 
boldly, as I ought to 
speak, 


Rel But that ye also 
y know my affairs, 
roe how I do, Tychi- 
cus, 8 beloved brother 





t τοῦ λοιποῦ LTTrA. — ἀδελφοί µου LTTrA. 
¥ — τοῦ αἰῶνος (read of this darkness) GLTTraAW. 
fn LYTr, > — τὰ L[Tra]. 
γελίου] Le 


ν᾿ µεθοδίας T. 


— τοῦτο very thing LTTrA. 
{ καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰδῆτε LTTr, 8&8 γνωρίσει ὑμῖν LTTr. 


* — τούτου (eud of darkness) w. 
4 δοθῇ GLITrAW. 


x ὑμῖν to you Ik 
8 ἐν 
6 [τοῦ εὔαγ. 


512 


and faithful minister 
in the Lord. shall make 


known to you all 
things: 22 whom [I 
have sent unto yoy 


for the same purpose, 
that ye might know 
our affairs, and that 
1ο might comfort 
ycur hearts, 


23 Peace be to the 
brethren, and _ love 
with faith, from God 
the Father and the 
Lord Jesus. Christ. 
24 Grace be with all 
them that love our 
Lord Jesus Christ in 
sincerity. Amen, 


Προς @TAIT WAST OY &. 1, 


νι 4 5) / ᾽ / > « 
ἀδελφὸς καὶ πιστὸς διάκονος ἐν κυρίῳ, 22 ὃν ἔπεμψα 
brother and faithful servant in [the] Lord; whom Isent 
‘ ~ ’ ‘ ~ { ~ 
πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ἵνα γνῶτε τὰ περὶ 


to for this very thing, that ye might know the things concerning 


you 
ἡμῶν καὶ παρακαλέσῃ τὰς.καρδίας ὑμῶν. 
us and he might encourage your hearts. 
23 Εἰρήνη τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς καὶ ἀγάπη μετὰ πίστεως ἀπὸ 
Peace tothe brethren, and love with faith from 
θεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 24 Ἡ. χάρις μετὰ 
God [the] Father and Lord Jesus Christ. Grace with 
πάντων τῶν ἀγαπώντων τὸν.κύριον.ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν χριστὸν 
811 those that love our Lord | Jesus Christ 
3 7 / ἢ > / ᾿ 
ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ.. "ἀμὴν. 
in incorruption. Amen, 
ΠΠρὺς Ἐφεσίους ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης, διὰ Τυχικοῦ." 


To [the] Ephesians written from Rome, by Tychicus, 


ΚῊ ΠΡΟΣ ΤΟΥΣ ΦΙΛΙΠΠΗΣΙΟΥΣ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ.Ι 


ΤΗΕ 


PAUL απᾶ Timotheus, 
the servants of Jesus 
Christ, to all the saints 
in Christ Jesus which 
are at Philippi, with 
the bishops and dea- 
cons: 2 Grace be unto 
you, and peace, from 
God our Father, and 
Jrom the Lord Jesus 
Christ. 


3 I thank my God 
upon every remem- 
brance of you, 4al- 
ways in every prayer 
of mine for you all 
making request with 
joy, 5 for your fellow- 
ship in the gospel from 
the first day until 
now; 6 being confident 
of this very thing, 
that he which hath be- 
gun a good work in 
you: will perform it 
until the day of Jesus 
Christ : 7 even as it is 
Meet for me to think 
this of you all, be- 
cause 1 have you inmy 
heart; inasmuch as 
both in my bonds, and 
in the defence and 
confirmation of the 
gospel, ye all are par- 
takers of my grace,, 
8 For God is my re- 


“πο 


ΞΤΗΕ *PHILIPPIANS *EPISTLE. 


ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ καὶ Τιμόθεος δοῦλοι Ι]ησοῦ χριστοῦ," πᾶσιν τοῖς 


~ Paul and Timotheus, bondmen of Jesus Christ, toall the 
ἁγίοις ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῖς αὖσιν ἐν Φιλίπποις, σὺν 
saints in Christ Jesus who are in Philippi, with (the] 


ἐπισκόποις καὶ διακόνοις 2 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ- εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ 


overseers and those wkoserve. ‘ Grace toyou and peace from God 
πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ κυρίου ™ Inoov χριστοῦ." 
our Father and ({the] Lord Jesus Christ. 
9 Εὐχαριστῶ τῷ-θεῷ.-μου ἐπὶ πάσῃ.τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν, 
[ thank my God on the whole remembrance of you, 
4 πάντοτε ἐν πάσῃ δεήσει µου ὑπὲρ πάντων ὑμῶν μετὰ 
always in every “supplication ‘my for “all τοι with 
χαρᾶς τὴν δέησιν ποιούμενος, 5 ἐπὶ τῇ.κοινωνίᾳ.ὑμῶν εἰς 
joy “supplication ‘making, for your fellowship in 


τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἀπὸλ πρώτης ἡμέρας ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν" 6 πε- 
the gladtidings, from [the] first day until now ; being 
ποιθὼς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ὅτι ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον 
persuaded of this very thing, that he who began in you a “work 
ἀγαθόν ἐπιτελέσει °axprc' ἡμέρας ]ησοῦ χριστοῦ" 
1σοοᾶ will complete [1] until [the] day of Jesus Christ :. 
7 καθώς ἐστιν δίκαιον ἐμοὶ τοῦτο φρονεῖν ὑπὲρ πάντων ὑμῶν, 
_ as itis righteous forme this tothink as to “all you, 
διὰ τὸ ἔχειν µε ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς, ἔν.τε τοῖς δεσμοῖς-μου 
because *have “me 4in *the Sheart tye, both in my bonds 
καὶ Ῥ τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ καὶ βεβαιώσει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, «συγ- 
and inthe defence and confirmation of the glad tidings, felluw- 
κοινωνούς" µου.τῆς.χάριτος πάντας ὑμᾶς ὄντας. 8 µάρτυς.γάρ 
partakers of my grace a ye are, For *witness. 





h— ἀμήν GLTTrA. 


i — the subscription GLTW; Πρὸς Ἐφεσίους TrA. 


K + Παύλου τοῦ ᾽᾿Αποστόλου of Paul the Apostle E; + Παύλου G; --τοὺς FA* Πρὺς 


Φιλιππησίους LTTrAW. 
ο ἄχρι LTA, 


the ΕΤΤΙΑ. 


Ι χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTraw. ο χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ WwW. 


ἢ AW. We “των 
P + ev in (read τῇ the) [Π]τΊγανν. 4 συν- T. 


Ἰ PAA LIP PT ANS, 


~ ς , ~ 3 
µου Σἐστὶν! ὁ θεός, ὡς ἐπιποθῶ πάντας ὑμᾶς ἐν - σπλάγ- 


‘my 7is 1God, how I long after all tyou in([the] bowels 
~ ~ A ~ ’ / « 
χνοις "Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ." 9 καὶ τοῦτο προσεύχομαι, ἵνα ἡ ἀγάπη 
of Jesus Christ, And this I pray, that “love 

« ~ ” ~ 4 ~ t / tl ae 3 ’ ‘ 

ὑμῶν ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον ἱπερισσεύῃ" ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ 

Ίγοιτ yet more and more may abound in knowledge and 
[ή ? ΄ ? κ᾿ , « ~ ἌΝ 

πάσῃ αἰσθήσει, 10 εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ δια- 
all intelligence, for *to Sapprove tyou thethingsthat are 


~ ‘ , 
εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι εἰς 


ἡμέραν 
pure and without offence for [the] 


day 
χοιστοῦ, 11 πεπληρωμένοι καρπῶν" δικαιοσύνης ὕτῶν" 
of Christ, being filled with fruits of righteousness which [are] 
διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον θεοῦ. 
by Jesus Christ, to “glory and ‘praise 14983, 
12 Γινώσκειν.δὲ ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι 
But*to°*know you ἾἿ 3ψϊ5α, 


ἦτε 
that ye may be 


φέροντα, ἵνα 
excellent, 


τὰ κατ᾽ 
brethren, that the (Πίπας concerning 


3 ‘ ~ ᾿ 4 er > , > / ὦ 

ἐμὲ μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐλήλυθεν 

me rather to [the] advancement of the glad tidings have turned out, 
{4 4 bY , Ξ 4 5 ~ / 

13 ὥστε τοὺς δεσµούς.µου φανεροὺς ἐν χριστῷ γενέσθαι 


so as ®Christ ‘to “have *become 


ὅλῳ τῷ πραιτωρίῳ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν' 14 Kai τοὺς 


my bonds *manifest in 


? 
εν 


in *whole ‘the pretorium and ἕο 89 rest all; and the 
πλείονας τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐν κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς 
most of the brethren in [the] *Lord trusting by *bonds 


µου περισσοτέρως τολμᾷν ἀφόβως τὸν λόγον “λαλεῖν. 15 Τινὲς 
‘my *more*abundautiy “dare fearlessly *the ®°word δἱο speak. Some 


μὲν καὶ διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἔριν, τινὲς.δὲ καὶ δι εὐδοκίαν τὸν 
indeed even from envy and strife, but some also from good-will the 


χριστὸν κηρύσσουσιν. 16 οἱ μὲν Y2E ἐριθείας *rdv' χριστὸν 


Christ are proclaiming, Those indced out of contention the Christ 
’ ? ς ~ »/ ΄ a? [ή | 
καταγγέλλουσιν οὐχ ἁγνῶς, οἰόμενοι θλίψιν ἐπιφέρειν 
are announcing, not purely, supposing tribulation — to add 


Toic.ceopoicuou"" 17 οἱ δὲ Σἐξ ἀγάπης, εἰδότες ὅτι εἰς ἀπο- 

to my bonds, but these out of love, knowing that for de- 
λογίαν rou εὐαγγελίου κεῖμαι." 13 τί, γάρ; πλὴν © παντὶ 
fence of the gladtidings I am set. What then? nevertheless in every 
τρόπῳ, εἴτε προφάσει εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ, χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται’ 

way, whether in pretext ον in truth, Christ is announced ; 

καὶ ἐν τούτῳ χαίρω, ἀλλὰ καὶ χαρήσοµαι. 19 οἶδα.γὰρ ὅτι 
and in this’ Irejoice, yea, also I will rejoice: for lknow that 
τοῦτό μοι ἀποβήσεται εἰς σωτηρίαν διὰ τῆς ὑμῶν δεήσεως, 


this for me shallturnout ἴο salvation through your supplication, 
καὶ  ἐπιχόρηγίας τοῦ πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, 20 κατὰ 
and [the] supply of the Spirit of Jesus ‘Christ: according to 


τὴν ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα 


µου, ὅτι ἐν οὐδενὶ αἰσχυνθή- 
3ρατηεςῦ “expectation *and ‘hope 


my, that in nothing I shall be 
σοµαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν πάσῃ παῤῥησίᾳ, ὡς πάντοτε, καὶ νῦν µεγα- 
ashamed, but in all boldness, as always, also néw_ shall be 
λυνθήσεται χριστὸς ἐν τῷ σώματί.μου εἴτε διὰ ζωῆς εἴτε διὰ 


magnified Christ in my body whether by life or by 
θανάτου. 21 Ἐμοὶ.γὰρ τὸ ζῆν χριστός, καὶ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν 
death. For to me to live [is] Christ, and to die 





r ἐστὶν (read [is]) [τι]τττΑ. 5 χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ GLTTraw. 
mov (with) fruit αΙΤΊΤΑΥΥ. ™ tov (read which {is]) G[ujrtraw. 
Υ verses 16 and 17 transposed, except οἱ μὲν and ot δὲ GLITraw. 
to arouse LTTrAW. b + ὅτι that (read πλὴν except) LETrA. 


. body, 


Γπερισσεύσῃ 1. 
Χ + τοῦ θεοῦ of God ΙΤτΤιΑ. 
[τὸν] Lire. 


618 


cord, bow greatly I 
long after you all in 
the bowels of Jesus 
Christ. 9 And this I 
pray, that your love 
may abound yet more 
and more in know- 
ledge and in all judg- 
ment; 10 that ye may 
approve things that 
are excellent ; that ye 
may be sincere and 
without offence till 
the day of Christ; 
11 being filled with 
the fruits of right- 
eousness, which are by 
Jesus Christ, unto the 
glory and praise of 
God. 


12 But I would ye 
should understand, 
brethren, that the 
things which happencd 
unto me have fallen 
out rather unto the 
furtherance of the gos- 
pel; 13 so that my 
bonds in Christ are 
manifest in all the pa- 
lace, and in all other 
places; 14 and many 
of the brethren in the 
Lord, waxing confi- 
dent by my bonds, are 
much more bold to 
speak the word without 
fear. 15 Some indeed 
preach Christ even of 
envy and strife; and 
some also of good will: 
16 the one preach 
Christ of contention, 
not sincerely, suppos- 
ing to add affliction to 
my bonds: 17 but the 
other of love, knowing 
that I am set for the 
defence of the go-vel. 
18 What then? not- 
withstanding, every 
way, whether in pre- 
tence, or in truth, 
Christ is preached ; 
and I therein do re- 
joice, yea, and will re- 
joice. 19 For I know 
that this shall turn to 
my salvation through 
your prayer, and the 
supply of the Spirit of 
Jesus Christ, 20 ac- 
cording to my carnest 
expectation and my 
hope, that in nothing 
I shall be ashamed, 
but thatwith all bold- 
ness, as always, 80 
now also Christ shall 
be magnified in my 
whether it .be 
by life,»or by death. 
21 For to me to live #3 
Christ, and to die is 





* Kap- 
> ΄ 
8 εγειρειν 


LL 


514 


gain. 22 But if I live 
in the flesh, this 15 the 
frnit of my labour: 
yet what'I shall choose 
Ἷ wot not. 23 Forlam 
in a strait betwixt 
two, having a desire 
to depart, and to be 
with Christ ; which is 
far better: 24 never- 
theless to abide in the 
flesh is more needful 
for you. 25And hay- 
ing this confidence, I 
know that I shall a- 
bide απᾶ continue 
with you all for your 
furtherance and joy 
of faith; 26 that your 
rejoicing may be more 
abundant in Jesus 
Christ for me by my 
coming to you again. 
27 Only Jet your con- 
versation be as it. be- 
cometh the gospel of 
Christ : that whether 
I come and see you, 
or else be absent, I 
may hear of your af- 
fairs. that ye stand 
fast in one spirit, with 
one mind striving to- 
gether for the faith of 
the gospel; 28 and 
in nothing terrified 
by your adversaries, 
which is to thew an 
evident token of per- 
dition, but to you of 
salvation, and that 
of God. 29 For unto 
you itis given in the 
behalf of Christ, not 
only’ to helicve on 
him, but also to suffer 
for his sake; 30 hav- 
ing the same conflict 
which ye saw in me, 
and now hear to ve in 
me, 


ΤΙ. If there be there- 
fore any consolation 
in Christ, if any com- 
fort of love, if any 
fellowship of the Spi- 
rit, if anyxbowels and 
mercies, 2 fulfil ye my 
joy, that ye be like- 
minded, having the 
same love, being of one 
accord, of one mind, 
3 Let nothing be done 
through strife or vain- 


MTlPOS ΦΙΛΙΠΠΗΣΙΟΥΣ. 1, 
κέρδος. 22 εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῇν ἐν σαρκί, τοῦτό por καρπὸς ἔργου" 
gain ; butif ° tolive in flesh, this for me[is] fryit of labours: 
καὶ «τί αἱρήσομαι οὐ.γνωρίζω" 39 συνέχομαι “γὰρ' ἐκ τῶν 
and what Τ ελα]] «Ἀοοδο I know not. 31 5am ‘pressed ‘for ‘by’ the 


δύο, τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχων εἰς τὸ ἀναλῦσαι, καὶ σὺν χριστῷ 
two, “the 3desire ‘having for to depart, and with Christ 
εἶναι, πολλφα μᾶλλον κρεῖσσον" 24 τὸ. δὲ ἐπιμένειν Pv! 


to be, [for it is] very much better ; but toremain, in 

τῇ σαρκὶ ἀναγκαϊότερον δι ὑμᾶς' 396 καὶ τοῦτο 

the flesh [is] more necessary forthesakeof you; and this 
᾽πεποιθὼς οἶδα ὅτι μενῶ καὶ Ἰσυμπαραμενῶὶ πᾶσιν 


3411 
ὑμῖν εἰς τὴν. ὑμῶν προκόπὴν καὶ χαρὰν τῆς πίστεως, 26 ἵνα 
ππους. ΟΣ your advancement and joy of faith ; that 
~ ~ ? ~ 

τὸ καύχημα. ὑμῶν περισσεύῃ ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ διὰ 
your boasting may abound in Christ Jesus in me through 
τῆς ἐμῆο παρουσίας πάλιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 27 Μόνον ἀξίως τοῦ 
my presence again with you. Only worthily of the 
᾽ / ~ ~ , - ” 3 ‘ 4 
εὐαγγελίου τοῦ χριστοῦ πολιτεύεσθε, ἵνα εἴτε ἐλθὼν καὶ 
glad tidings of the Christ conduct yourselves, that whether having come and 
ἰδὼν ὑμᾶς, εἴτε ἀπὼν B8aKxotow' τὰ περὶ ὑμῶν, 
having 6οση you, or being absent I might hear the things concerning τοι, 
ὅτι στήκετε ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ συναθλοῦντες 
that ye stand fast in one spirit, with one soul striving together 
“τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 28 καὶ μὴ πτυρόµενοι "ἐν µη- 
with the faith of the glad {ἱάΐπρς; and being frightenedin no- 
devi ὑπὸ τῶν ἀντικειμένων" ἥτις Mabroic μέν ἐστιν' ἔν- 
thing by those who Oppose ; which tothem is a demon- 
Gakic ἀπωλείας, ἰὑμῖν"! δὲ σωτηρίας, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ θεοῦ" 


being persuaded of, I know that I shall abide and continue with 


stration of destruction, Στο *tyou ‘but of salvation, aud this from God; 
ια ε - 3 ΄ ‘ \ ~ eee 

29 ὅτι. ὑμῖν ἐχαοίσθη τὸ ὑπὲρ χοιστοῦ, οὐ μόνον τὸ 
because to you it was granted concerning Christ, not only 

εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πάσχειν" 

ὅρω ‘*him ‘to “believe, but 8150 ’ concerning him to sutfer, 


80 τὸν αὖ \ 2 » y ” = , kid fie 2 ? , ‘ ~ 
TOV αγωνα EXOVTEC O10) LOETE EV EMOL, και νυν 


the same conflict having suchas yesaw in me, and now 
7 / 
ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί. 
hearof in me. 


” ᾿ ~ 

Q Ei τις οὖν παράκλησις ἐν χριστῷ, εἴ τι παρα- 
If *any ‘then encouragement [there be] in Christ, if any conso- 

/ > ig ” / , id 
µύθιον ἀγάπης, εἴ τις κοινωνία πνεύματος, εἴ Ίτινα" σπλάγ- 
lation otlove, if any fellowship of [the] Spirit, if any bowels 

Ν Φ.Α ΄ , 3 

χνα Kai οἰκτιρμοί, 2 πληρώσατέ µου τὴν χαράν, ἵνα 
and compassions, fulfil my joy, that 
τὸ. αὐτὸ φρονῆτε, τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγάπην ἔχοντες, σύμψυχοι," 
ye may beof thesame mind, ΤΠ same love having, joined in soul, 
τὸ ἕν φρονοῦντες" 3 μηδὲν "xara" ἐριθείαν °F" κενο- 
the one thing minding— nothing according to contention or vain- 








glory; but in low- ι ᾽ 5 ἐν : Ά i 

lines’ of mind let δοξίαν, ἀλλὰ τῇ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ ἀλλήλους ἡγούμενοι ὑπερ- 

each esteem other bet- glory, but in humility one another esteeming ae 

ter fhan themselves. Ἅ τὰ Ἶ 5 Ἐ ᾿ 

4 Look not every man EXOVTAC EAUTWY, 4 μὴ τα ἑαυτῶν Ρξκαστος! 

on hisown things, but bove themselves, “not ‘the ‘things ‘of 7themselves Seach 
ο δὲ but GuTTraw. 4 + γὰρ for EGLTTrAW. © — ἐν (read τῇ in the) T. f mapa- 


μενῶ oontinue (read πᾶσιν with all) LrTra. 
i ὑμῶν (read but of your salvation) LITT: AW. 


5 κατ᾽ ΤΤΙΑΥΥ, 


ό μηδὲ κατὰ ΠΟΥ uccording to Lira, 


3 ΄ 
.Ἑ ακουω LTTr. 


ΠΕΣ ἃ ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς GLTTrAW. 
εἴδετε LTTrAW. 


᾿ Στις GLTTra. ἴω συν- Τ. 
P εκαστοι LTTrA, 


If. PHILIPPIANS. 


ασκοπεῖτε,! ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ 
4consider, but “also *the “things δ5οξ °others 
γὰρ φρονείσθω! ἐν ὑμῖν ὃ καὶ ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ, 
“for ‘let πιϊπᾶ be in you whichalso in Christ Jesus [was]; 
ἐν μορφῃ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων, οὐχ ἁρπαγμὺν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι 
in [the} form ofGod subsisting, “not *rapine ‘esteemed 7it to be 
εἶσα" θεῷ, 7 "ἀλλ᾽" ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν, μορφὴν δούλου 
equal with God; but “himself ‘emptied, "form Sa Sbondman’s 
λαβών, ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων γενόμενος" ὃ Kai σχή- 
Shaving *taken, in [the] likeness of men having become; and in 
ματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος, ἐταπείνωσεν ἑαυτόν, γενό- 
figure having been found as aman, he humbled b'mself, having 


μενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου.δὲ σταυροῦ. 9 διὸ 
become obedient unto death, even death of [thej cross. Wherefore 


καὶ ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸν ὑπερύψωσεν Kai ἐχαρίσατο αὐτῷ ἡ ὄνομα 
also God him highly exalted and granted ‘tohim aname 
τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα" 10 ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ πᾶν 
which [is] above every’ name, that at the name of Jesus every 
γόνυ Kappy ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων" 
knee should bow of [beings] in heaven and onearth and under the earth, 
1] καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα Σἐξομολογήσηται! ore κύριος Ἰησοῦς 


ἑτέρων τἕκαστος." 5 Τοῦτο 
teach. *This 
6 ὃς 


who, 


and every tongue should confess that [315] *Lord 1Jesus 
χριστὸς εἰς. δόξαν θεοῦ πατρός. 
2Christ to [the] glory of God [the] Father. 


12 “Qore, ἀγαπητοί μου, καθὼς πάντοτε ὑπηκούσατε, μὴ 
So that, my beloved, evenas always ye obeyed, not 
2, ~ aes) ΄ 2 4 ~ ~ ~ 3 
ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ.µου µόνον, ἀλλὰ νῦν πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐν 
in my presence only, but now much rather in 
τῇ.ἀπουσίᾳ.µου, μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου τὴν ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν 
my ΘΌΞΘΠΟΒ,' with fear .and trembling your own ἡ salvation 
κατεργάζεσθε' 13 Υὁ".θεὸς. γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἐνεργῶν ἐν ὑμῖν καὶ τὸ 
work out, for God itis who works in you both 
θέλειν καὶ τὸ ἐνεργεῖν ὑπὲρ. τῆς εὐδοκίας. 14 πάντα 
το will and to work according to [his] good pleasure. 2411 %things 
ποιεῖτε χωρὶς γογγυσμῶν καὶ διαλογισμῶν, 15 ἵνα "γένησθεϊ 
14ο apart from murmurings and reasonings, *that ye may be, 
ἄμεμπτοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι, τέκνα θεοῦ *aywpunra' ivy μέσῳ!" 
faultless and simple, children of God unblamable_ in [the] midst 
γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραµµένης, ἐν οἷς φαίνεσθε ὡς 
οὗ ageneration crooked and perverted ; among whom yeappear as 
φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ, 16 λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες, εἰς καύχημα 
luminaries in [the] world, [πε] word οἵ 149 holding forth, for a boast 
ἐμοὶ εἰς ἡμέραν χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον οὐδὲ εἰς 
tome in *day *Christ’s, that not in vain Iran, nor in 
κενὸν ἐκοπίασα. 17 ἀλλ” εἰ καὶ σπένδοµαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ 
vain laboured. But if also Iam poured out on. the sacrifice and 
λειτουργίᾳ τῆς. πίστεως ὑμῶν, χαίρω καὶ ἀσυγχαίρω" πᾶσιν 
ministration of your faith, Irejoice, and rejoice with all 
ὑμῖν' 18 τὸ.«δ αὐτὸ καὶ ὑμεῖς χαίρετε καὶ “ovyyaioeré" μοι. 


ὡς 
85 


you. And iu the Same also “ye ‘rejoice and rejoice with me. 
19 Ἐλπίζω.δὲ ἐν κυρίῳ! ᾿Ιηαοῦ Τιμόθεον ταχέως πέμψαι 
ButIhope in([the] Lord Jesus *Timotheus 4s00n ‘to “send 


515 
every man also on the 
things of others. 5 Let 
this mind be in yon, 
which was also in 
Christ Jesus: 6 who, 
being in the form of 
God, thought it not 
robbery to be equal 
with God: 7 but made 
himself of no repnta- 
tion, and took upon 
him the form of ¢a 
servant,and wasmade 
in the likeness of men: 
8 and being found in 
fashion as a man, he 
humbled himself, and 
became obedient unto 
death, even the death 
of the cross. 9 Where- 
fore God also hath 
highly exalted him, 
and given him a name 
which is above every 
name: 10 that at the 
name of Jesus every 
knee should bow, of 
things in heaven, and 
things in earth, and 
things under the earth; 
ll .and that every 
tongue should confess 
that Jesus Christ is 
Lord, to the glory of 
God the Father. 


12 Wherefore, my 
beloved, as ye have 
always obeyed, not as 
in my presence only, 
but now much more in 
my absence, work out 
your own salvation 
with fear and, trem- 
bling. 13 For it is God 
which worketh in you 
both to will and to do 
of his good pleasure. 
14 Do all things with- 
out murmurings and 
disputings : 15 that ye 
may be blameless and 
harmless, the sons of 
God, without rebuke, 
in the midst of a 
crooked and perverse 
nation, among whom 
ye shine ‘as lights in 
the world ; 16 holding 
forth the word of life ; 
that I may rejoice in 


‘the day of Christ, that 


I have not run in vain, 
neither laboured in 
vain. 17 Yea, and if I 
be offered upon the 
sacrifice and service of 
your faith, I joy, and 
rejoice with you all. 
18 For the same cause 
also do ye joy, and re- 
joice with me, 19 But 
I trust in. the Lord 
Jesus to send Timo- 
theus shortly unto 





τ ἕκαστοι GLTTrAW. 

w + τὸ the (name) LTTr[A]w. 
1 ῆτε L, 4 ἄμωμα LTTrA. 
a συν- νι e δὲ ΤΊΣ. 


4 σκοποῦντες considering GLTTraw. 
tiga LTAW. ν ἀλλὰ LITrAW. 
shall confess TAW. Σ — ὃ LTTraw. 
midst LTTraw. © ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. 


Γ χριστῷ 


5 φρονεῖτε (omit for) UTTra. 


κ ἐξομολογήσεται 
"Ὁ μέσον [in the] 
Christ 1, 


116 

rou, that T also may 
ve of .good comfort, 
when 1 know your 
state, 20 For I have 
no man likeminded, 
who will naturally 
care for your state. 
21 For all seck their 
own, not the things 
which are Jesus 
Christ’s. 22 But ye 
know the proof of hin, 
thai, as a son withthe 
father, he hath served 
with me in the gospel. 
23 Him therefore I 
hope to send presently, 
so soon as 1 shall see 
how it will go with 
me, 24 But Τ trust in 
the Lord that I also 
myself shall come 
shortly. 25 Yet I sup- 
poscd it necessary to 
send to you Epaphro- 
ditus, my brother, and 
companion in labour, 
and fellowsoldicr, but 
your messenger, and 
he that ministered to 
my wants. 26 For ho 
longed after you all, 
and was full of heavi- 
ness. because that ye 
had heard that he had 
been sick, 27 For in- 
decd he was sick nigh 
unto death: but God 
had mercy on him ; 
and not on him only, 
but on me also, lest I 
should have sorrow up- 
on sorrow. 23 I scent 
him therefore the more 
ecurefully, that, when 
ye see him again, ye 
may rejoice, andthat I 
may be the less sorrow- 
ful. 29 Receive him 
therefore in the Lord 
with allgladness ; and 
hold such in reputa- 
tion: 30 because for 
the work of Christ he 
Was nigh ἀπο death, 
not regarding his life, 
to supply rour lack of 
service toward me, 


Hi.) Binally;. my 
brethren, rejoice in 
the Lord. To write the 
same things to you, to 
mie indee:l 8 not griev- 
ous, but for you it 
is safe. 2 Beware of 
dogs, beware of evil 
workers, beware of the 
concision. 3 For weare 
the circumcision, which 
Worship Goi in the 
spirit, and rejoice in 
Christ Jesus. and have 
no confidence in the 
fiesh. 4 Though I might 
also have confidence in 


προ StATHOHStOY S. I], 1f. 


~ , 3 ~ τὰ ‘ 
ὑμῖν, ἵνα κἀγὼ εὐψυχῶ, γνοὺς τὰ περὶ 
to you, that 1 85ο may be of good courage, having known the things concerning 


ὑμῶν" 20 οὐδξένα.γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον, ὅστις γνησίως τὰ 
you, For noone have 1 like-minded, who genuinely the things 
περὶ ὑμῶν μεριμνήσει" 21 οἱ πάντες γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτῶν 
relative to τοι will care for. For all the things of themsclres 
ζητοῦσιν, οὐ τὰ τοῦ" Ἰχοιστοῦ Ἰησοῦ" 22 τὴν. δὲ δοκιμὴν 
are seeking, not the things of Christ Jesus, But the proof 
᾽ ~ , e e [ 3 ᾽ , 
αὐτοῦ γινώσκετε, ότι ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν 


that, as 3to *a *father ‘a “child, with me he served 
εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον. 23 τοῦτον μὲν οὖν ἐλπίζω πέμψαι ὡς 


ofhim το know, 


for the glad tidings, Him therefore I hope tosend *when 
n ᾽ mn BY \ , ᾿ ος Π 
ἂν *arricw" τὰ περὶ ἐμέ, ἐξαυτῆς: 3 πέ- 
41 5shall Shave seen ®the *things }°concerning 119196 ‘at *once: 15] '4am 
ποιθα δὲ ἐν κυρίῳ ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι. 


15persuaded ‘*but in [the] Lord *soon 
25 ᾿Αναγκαῖον. δὲ. ἡγησάμην ᾿Ἐπαφρόδιτον τὸν ἀδελφὸν καὶ 
but necessary Iesteemed [it] *Epaphroditus, "brother ®and 
συνεργὸν καὶ, Ισυστρατιώτην! µου, ὑμῶν.δὲ ἀπόστολον καὶ 
*fellow-worker *°and }1){ε]]οιγ-εο]άϊετ ‘my, “but ‘your ‘*messenger **and 
‘ ~ ΄ [ή ‘ ~ 
λειτουργὺν τῆς. χρείας.µου, πέμψαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς" 396 ἐπειδὴ 
16minister Mof '®my **need, 1to*send to “you, since 
ἐπιποθῶν ἣν πάντας ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἀδημονῶν διότι 
ϑ]οηρίηρ *after *he *was ®all ὅσοι, and [was] deeply depressed because 
ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἠσθένησεν" 27 καὶ γὰρ ἠσθένησεν παραπλήσιον 
ye heard that he was sick; for indeed he was sick like 
θανάτῳ" αλλ"! ὁ θεὸς δαὐτὸν ἠλέησεν," οὐκ.αὐτὸν. δὲ µόνον, 


that also *myself 11 Sshall come: 


to death, but God hjm hadmereyon, andnothim alone, 
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμέ, ἵνα μὴ λύπην ἐπὶ λύπῃ σχῶ. 98 σπυυ- 
but also me, that not sorrow upon sorrow I might have. The more 
δαιοτέρως οὖν ἔπεμψα αὐτόν, twa ἰδόντες αὐτὸν πάλιν 
diligently therefore Isent him, that seeing him again 
χαρῆτε, κἀγὼ ἀλυπότερος ὦ. 29 προσδέχεσθε οὖν 
ye might rejoice, andI the less sorrowful might be. Receive therefore 
αὐτὸν ἐν κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης χαρᾶς, καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους 
him in{the) Lord with al joy, and such 


ἐντίμους ἔχετε" 30 ὅτι διὰ τὸ ἔργον “τοῦ" Σχριστοῦϊ 


inhonour hold; because for the sake of the work of the Christ 
µέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν, "παραβουλευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ, 
unto death he went near, having disregarded is] life, 


ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα τῆς πρός µε λειτουργίας. 
that he might fill up yourdeficiency ‘ofthe *towards*me ‘ministration, 
‘ ᾽ ΤΣ , ; 3 ν 7 
3 Τὸ λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί.μου, χαίρετε ἐν κυρίῳ' τὰ αὐτὰ 
For the rest, my brethren, rejoice in([the] Lord: thesame things 


γράφειν ὑμῖν, ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐκ ὀκνηρόν, ὑμῖν δὲ ἀσφαλές. 

towrite to you, to me [15] not irksome, and for you safe. 

2 βλέπετε τοὺς κύνας, βλέπετε τοὺς κακοὺς ἐργάτας, βλέπετε 
See to ogs, see to evil workers, see to 


τὴν κατατομήν’ 3 ἡμεῖςο γάρ ἐσμεν ἡ περιτομή, οἱ πνεύματ 
the concision, For we are the circumeision, who 311 *spirit 
ἴθεῷὶ λατρεύοντες, καὶ καυχώμενοι ἐν χριστῷ Ιησοῦ, καὶ οὐκ 
“God 1serve, and boast in Christ Jesus, and not 





bh — τοῦ GLTTrAW. 


m + [ἰδεῖν to see L. 


9 — τοῦ the LTTra. 


i Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ GLTrAw. 
π ἀλλὰ LTITrAW. 
¥ — χριστοῦ A. 


κ ἀφίδω LTTrA. 1σννσ- LTTrA. 
© Ἰλέησεν αὐτον LTTrAW. Ρ λυπην GLITrAW,. 
5 παραβολευσάμενος Naving hazarded GLITraw. 


© θεοῦ (7eud serve in [the] Spirit of God) Lrtraw. 


IIT, Pant LPP PANS. 


? ‘ , γ᾿ 5) ” ’ 
ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες,.Ὀ 4 καίπερ ἐγὼ ἔχων πεποίθησιν καὶ ἐν 
in flesh trust. Though I have trust even in 
a τ » nx ~ MH , 4 , ? A ~ = 
σαρκι' "εἴ τις δοκεῖ ἄλλος πεποιθέναι ἐν σαρκί, ἐγὼ μᾶλλον 
flesh ; if any *thinks ‘other to trust in flesh, I rather : 
Ww τη ? ΄ ? ΄ ? ΄ - 
Oo “περιτομὴ ὀκταήμερος, ἐκ γένους Ἰσραήλ, φυλῆς 
{as to] circumcision. on [the] eighth day; of [the] race of Israel, of [the]tribe 
"Βενιαμίν," Ἕβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων, κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος, 
of Benjamin, Hebrew of Hebrers; accordingto[the]law a Pharisee; 
6 κατὰ Υζῆλον" διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ δικαιοσύ- 


according {ο zeal, persecuting the assembly; according to righteous- 
νην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος. 7 7a\X’" -ἄτινα 


ness which [is] in[the] law, having become blameless; but what things 


av μοι" κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν χριστὸν 
were tome. gain, these Ihave esteemed, on account of Christ, 
ζημίαν" 8 ἀλλὰ Puevotyyel καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν 
ο loss. But yearather, also ITamesteeming all things loss 
εἶναι διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως “ χριστοῦ ᾿]ησοῦ 
to be on account of the . excellency of the knowledge ofChrist Jesus 
τοῦ.κυρίου.µου, δι ὃν τὰ-πάντα ἐζημιώθην, καὶ ἡγοῦ- 
my Lord, eon account of whom all things I suffered loss of, and esteem 
μαι σκύβαλα ἀεΐναι ἵνα χριστὸν κερξήσω, 9 καὶ εὑρεθῶ 
{them] refuse tobe, that Christ I may gain; and be found 
ἐν αὐτῷ, μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν.ξικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόµου, ἀλλὰ 


in him, not having my righteousness which [is] of law, but 
τὴν διὰ πίστεως χριστοῦ, τὴν EK θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ 
that which by faith of Christ [is], the *of “God ‘righteousness on 


τῇ πίστει, 10 τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἄνα- 
faith, to know him and the power of *resur- 
στάσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ “τὴν" κοινωνίαν frdv".rabnuarwr_adrou, 
rection his, and the _ fellowship of his sufferings, 
Εσυμμορφούμενος! τῷ.θανάτῳ.αὐτοῦ, 11 εἴπως καταντήσω 
being conformed to his death, if by any means I may arrive 
εἰς τὴν ἐξανάστασιν τῶν" νεκρῶν. 12 οὐχ ὅτι ἤξη ἔχλαβον, 
at the resurrection of the dead. Not that ?already 'I received, 
ἢ ἤδη τετελείωμαι" διώκω. δὲεὲ εἰ καὶ" καταλάβω 
or already have been perfected; Ὀπὺ 1 δὴ pursuing, if also I may lay hold, 
ἐφ᾽ ᾧ καὶ Χκατελήφθην" ὑπὸ ἱτοῦ' χριστοῦ ™ Πησοῦ." 19 «δελ- 
for that also Iwas laid holdof by the Christ Jesus, Bre- 


poi, ἐγὼ ἐμαυτὸν "οὐ" λογίζομαι κατειληφέναι" év.cé, 


thren, I myself “not ‘doreckon to have laid hold; but one thing— 
τὰ μὲν ὀπίσω ἐπιλανθανόμενος, τοῖς. δὲ ἔμπροσθεν 
the things behind forgetting, and to the things betore 


σκοπὸν διώκω “ἐπὶ; τὸ βραβεῖον 


ἐπεκτεινόμενος, 14 κατὰ 
I pursue for the prize 


stretching out, towards([the] goal 


ἧς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. 15 Ὅσοι 
of the °on “high ‘calling of God ἵπ Christ Jesus. AS many as 
οὖν τέλειοι τοῦτο.φρονῶμεν' καὶ εἴ τι ἑτέρως 


therefore [are] perfect should be of this mind ; and if [in] amything differently 


φρονεῖτε, καὶ τοῦτο ὁ θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποκαλύψει. 16 πλὴν εἰς.ὃ 
ye are minded, also ‘this God toyou__ will reveul. But whercto 


΄ 





617 


the flesh. If any other 
man thinketh that he 
hath whereof he might 
trust in the flesh, I 
more: 5 circumcised 
the eighth day, of the 
stock of Israel, of the 
tribe of Benjamin, an 
Hebrew of the He- 
brews; as . touching 
the law, a Phari-ee ; 
6 concerning zeal, per- 
secuting the church ; 
touching the right- 
eousness Which isin the 
law, blameless. 7 But 
what things were gain 
to me, those I counted 
loss for Christ. 8 Yea 
doubtless, and I count 
all things Jut loss for 
the exceliency of the 
knowledge of Christ 
Jesus my Lord: for 
whom I have suffered 
the loss of all things, 
and do count them 
but dung, that I may 
win Christ. 9 and be 
found in him, not Πατ- 
ing mine own right- 
eousness, which is of 
the law, but that which 
is through the faith of 
Christ, the righteous- 
ness which is of God 
by faith: 10 that I 
may know him, and 
the power of his resur- 
rection, and the fel- 
lowship of his suf- 
ferings, being made 
contormable unto his 
death ; ll if by any 
meaus [ might attain 
unto the resurrection 
of the dead. 12 Not 
as though I had al- 
ready attained, either 
were already per- 
fect: but I follow 
after, if that I may 
apprehend that for 
wlich also I am ap- 
prehended of Christ 
Jesus, 13 Brethren, I 
count not myseif to 
have apprehended: but 
this one thing J do, 
forgettiug those things 
which are behind, and 
reaching forth unto 
those things which are 
before, 14 I press to- 
ward the mark for the 
prize of the high call- 
ing of God in Christ 
Jesus, 15 Let us there- 
tore, as many as be 
perfect, be thus mind- 
ed: and if in any 
thing ye be otherwise 





ν To read as pointed in the Greek joen though I have &c. to what precedes, commencing a 


sentence at εἴ τις. Ψ περιτομῇ GLITAW. κ Βενιαμείν LiTr. 
[ujtrLA]; το ἀλλ τ.  2yorny L. ὃ μὲν οὖν then indeed GLTraw. 

Christ) L. d — εἶναι LTT. e€ — τὴν LIT: [a]. f — τῶν TTr. 
(συν- T) LTTrAW. h την ex from among [the] ..TTraw. 
LTTra. i— τοῦ GLTTraw. mw — Ἴησου GLT:AW, 


Υ ζηλος LTTraW. 
ο + τοῦ (read of the 


1— καὶ T. 
ο οὕπω not yet 1, 


- 2 ἀλλὸ. 


Ε συμμορφιζόμενος 
κκατελήμφθην 
ο εἰς Ι1ΤΑ, 


518 


minded, God shall re- 
veal even this unto 
you. 16 Nevertheless, 
whereto we have al- 
ready attained, let us 
walk by the samerule, 
let us mind the same 
thing. 17 Brethren, be 
followers together of 
me, and mark them 
which walk so as ye 
have us for an en- 
sample. 18 (For many 
walk, of whom I have 
told you often, and 
now tell you even 
weeping, that they are 
the enemies of the cross 
oi Christ: 19 whose end 
is destruction, whose 
God ὦ their belly, and 
whose glory is in their 
shame, who mind 


earthly things.) 20 For . 


our conversation is in 
heaven ; from whence 
also we look for the 
Saviour, the Lord Je- 
sus Christ: 21 who 
shall change our vile 
body, that it may be 
fashioned like unto his 
glorious body, accord- 
ing to the workirfg 
whereby he is ableeven 
to subdue all things 
unto himself, 


IV. Therefore, my 
brethren dearly be- 
loved and longed for, 
my joy and crown, so 
stand fast in the Lord, 
my dearly beloved. 2 1 
beseech Euodias, and 
beseech Syntyche, that 
they be of the same 
mind in the Lord. 
3 And I entreat thee 
also, true yokefellow, 
help , those women 


‘which laboured with~ 


me in the gospel, with 
Clement also, and with 
other my fellowla- 
bourers, whose names 
are in the book of life. 


4 Rejoice in the Lord : 


alway: and again I 
say, Rejoice. 5 Let 
your moderation be 
known unto all men, 
The Lord is at hand. 
€ Be careful for no- 
thing ; but in every 
thing by prayer and 
supplication with 
thanksgiving let your 
requests be made 
known unto God. 
7 And the peace of 
God, which passeth all 
understanding, shall 
keep your hearté and 
minds through Christ 
Jesus. 8 Finally, breth- 
ren, whatsoever things 


P — κανόνι, τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν GLTTrA. 
* Ενοδίαν ΕΟΙΤΤΤΑΥΓ, 


5 αὐτῷ LITrA, 
Σσνυν- ΤΤΙΑ, 


Til: ee 


ὸ αὐτὸ iy." 
“πο. αὐτο. φρονεῖν. 


ΠΡΟΣ ΦΙΛΙΠΠΗΣΙΟΥ ἋΣ 


ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ: στοιχεῖν Ῥκανόνι, 


we attained, by the same 2to -walk trule,_—- to be of the same mind, 
17 ISvppynrai' μου γίνεσθε, ἀδελφοί, καὶ σκοπεῖτε Γοὺς 
“Imitators “together *of *me lbe, brethren, and consider ‘ those 

τ - ” € '~ 
οὕτως περιπατοῦντας καθὼς ἔχετε τύπον ἡμᾶς. 18 πολ- 
thus walking as ye have [*for]*a*pattern *us; ®many 
‘ ~ a x = wy ε - ~ . 
Aoi γὰρ περιπατοῦσιν οὓς πολλάκις ἔλεγον ὑμῖν, νῦν. δὲ 
®for are walking [of] whom often I told you, and now 


τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ 
χοῦ, they are] the enemies ofthe cross 
~ - ᾿ / ? Se ᾿ Ok ᾿ « , 
χριστοῦ" 19 ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια, wy ὁ θεὶς ἡ κοιλία, 
of Christ: whose end Gis] destruction, whose God [is] the belly, 
καὶ ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ. αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν, οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες. 
and the glory in their shame, who earthly things mind : 
20 ἡμῶν γὰρ τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει, ἐξ οὗ 
forofus the commonwealth in [the] heavens exists, from which 
καὶ σωτῆρα ἀπεκδεχόμεθα κύριον ᾿Ιησοῦν χριστόν, 21 ὃς 
also [as] Saviour we are awaiting [the] Lord’ Jesus Christ, who 
μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα. τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν, Teg τὸ γε- 
. Will transform 2body 308 *humiliation ‘our, for *to 
[ή θ > " il q / ll , ~ ὃ jE ? ~ 4 
γέσθαι αὐτὸ" ἀσύμμορφονὶ τῷ σώματι τῆς.δόξης αὐτοῦ, κατὰ 


4 ’ [ή 
καὶ κλαίων λέγω, 
even weeping I tell 


Sbpecome ἰδ conformed to *body 398 this *glory, according to 
τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ.δύνασθαι αὐτὸν Kai ὑποτάξαι "ἑαυτῷ" 
the working of his power even tosubdue_ to himself 
τὰ πάντα. 

all things, 


4 Ὥστε, ἀδελφοί.μου ἀγαπητοὶ καὶ ἐπιπόθητοι, χαρὰ καὶ 


So ὑμαῦ, my brethren beloved and longed for, joy *and 
στἐφανός μου, οὕτως στήκετε ἐν κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί. ῶ ᾿Εὐω- 
beloved. 


*crown my, thus standfast in [the] Lord, 
δίαν' παρακαλῶ, καὶ Συντύχην παρακαλῶ, τὸ.αὐτὸ φρονεῖν 
dia I exhort, and Syntyche Iexhort,, to be of the same mind 
᾽ ΤΩΣ, - sy 2 , σι,» ΄ ll x 
ἐν κυρίῳ’ 3 "καὶ! ἐρωτῶ Kai σε, "σύζυγε γνήσιε! *ovA- 
in [the] Lord. And fask also thee, *yoke-fellow ‘true, as: 
λαμβάνου! adraic, ‘ αἵτινες ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ συνήθλησάν 
sist these [women}, who in the glad tidings strove together. 

μοι, μετὰ καὶ Κλήμεντος, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν συνεργῶν.µου, 


Euo- 


With me; with also Clement, and the _ rest of my fellow-workers, 
wy τὰ ὀνόματα ὧν βίβλῳ ζωῆς. 
whose mames f[are]in [the] book of life. — 
4 Χαίρετε ἐν κυρίῳ πάντοτε πάλιν ἐρῶ, χαίρετε. 
Rejoice in [{86] Lord always: again I will say, rejoice, 


5 τὸ ἐπιεικὲς ὑμῶν γνωσθήτω πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις. ὁ κύριος 
*Your ‘gentleness ‘let be known toall men. The Lord [is] 
ἐγγύς. 6 Μηδὲν μεριμνᾶτε, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ τῇ.προσευχῇ 
near. Nothing becareful about, but in everything by prayer 
καὶ τῷ-δεῆσει μετὰ εὐχαριστίας τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωρι- 
and by supplication with thanksgiving “your requests ‘let be made 
ζεσθω πρὸς τὸν θεόν" 7 καὶ ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ ὑπερέχουσα 


known to God ; and the peace of God which — surpasses 
πάντα νοῦν φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα 
every understanding shall guard your hearts and *thoughts 
ὑμῶν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. 8 Τὸ λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί, ὅσα 
‘your in Christ Jesus. For the rest, brethrén, whatsoever [things]. 
4 συν- T. τ — εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸ GLTTrAW. 


7 vat yea ΟΙΤΊΤΑΥΓ. ἢ γνήσιε σύνζυγς LTTrA. 


IV. 
ἐστὶν ἀληθῆ, 
are true, 
όσα 
whatsoever 


Pit 1 oP PEAS: 

ὅσα σεμνά, ὅὕσα 
whatsoever venerable, whatsoever whatsoever pure, 
προσφιλῆ, ὕσα εὔφημα, εἴ τις ἀρετὴ καὶ εἴ τις 
lovely, whatsoever of good report; if any virtue and if any 


ἔπαινος, ταῦτα λογίζεσθε" 9 ἃ καὶ ἐμάθετε καὶ παρελάβετε 
praise, these things consider. What also ye learned and received 
καὶ ἠκούσατε καὶ εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοί, ταῦτα πράσσετε" καὶ ὁ θεὸς 
and heard and saw in me, these things do; and the God 
τῆς εἰρήνης ἔσται μεθ’ ὑμῶν. 10 ᾿Εχάρην.δὲ ἐν κυρίῳ 
of peace shall be with you, But 1 rejoiced in [86] Lord 
μεγάλως, ὅτι Ίδη ποτὲ ἀνεθάλετε τὸ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ φρονεῖν" 


δίκαια. 


ef { 4, 
οσα αγνα, 
just, 


greatly, that now at length ye revived [your] “of  “me’ ‘thinking ; 

? , ie ‘ ~ ~ , ev 

ἐφ᾿ ᾧ καὶ ἐφρονεῖτε, ἠκαιρεῖσθε. δε. 11 οὐχ ὅτι 
although also ye were thinking, but ye were lacking opportunity. Not that 


2 ε , Πῃ " " - 
καθ᾽ ὑστέρησιν λέγω" ἐγὼ. γὰρ ἔμαθον ἐν οἷς εἰμι, 
ἃ5 ἴο destitution I speak; for I learned in what [circumstances] I am, 
αὐτάρκης εἶναι. 12 οἶδα." δὲ" ταπεινοῦσθαι, οἶδα. καὶ 


content to be, ‘And I know (how] to be brought low, and I know [how] 


περισσεύειν" ἐν παντὶ καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν μεμύημαι καὶ χορτά- 
to abound, In everything and in all things I am initiated both to be 


ζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾷν, καὶ περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι' 13 πάντα 


full and tohunger, both toabound and tobedeficient. ‘*All®*things 
ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί µε ᾿χριστῷ. 14 πλὴν 
ΣΙ "am “strong *for in the *who*%empowers “πιο ᾖ}ΟΠτί56. But 


λῶς ἐποιή a ἡσαντές! ) θλίψει. 16 οἵδ 
καλῶς ἐποιήσατε, "συγκοινωγησαντες" µου TY θλίψει. οἰδατε 
well ye did, ‘having fellowshipin my tribulation. =Know 


δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς, Φιλιππήσιοι, ὅτι ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 
‘and αἶδα ye, O Philippians, that in [the] beginning of the glad tidings, 
e 2 ~ 2 4 Φ / ᾽ / ? , ? 

Ore ἐξῆλθον ἀπὸ Μακεδονίας, οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἔκοι- 
when Icame out from Maccdonia, not any *with*me ‘assembly had 
νώνησεν εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ ὕλήψεως," εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς 
3Εο]]ονν5Πῖρ with regard to an account of giving and receiving, except ye 
μόνοι; 16 ὅτι καὶ ἐν θεσσαλὀνίκῃ καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς gic! τὴν 


alone ; because also in Thessalonica both once and twice for 
, ? « τὸ ~ ‘ 7 ? 
χρείαν.-µοι ἐπέμψατε. 17 οὐχ ὅτι ἐπιζητῶ τὸ δόμα, “ἀλλ᾽ 
my need ye sent. Not that I seek after gift, but 


ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν" 
1 seck after fruit that abounds to your account. 
18 ἀπέχω.δὲ πάντα καὶ περισσεύω- πεπλήρωμαι, δεξάμενος 
But I have ali things and abound; -Lam full, having received 
παρὰ ἙἘπαφροδίτου τὰ παρ ὑμῶν, ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, 
from Epaphroditus thethings from you, au odour of a sweet smell, 
θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ θεῷ. 19 ὁ δὲ θεός µου πληρώσει 
a sacrifice acceptable, well-pleasing to God. But my God will fill up 
πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν κατὰ “τὸν. πλοῦτον! αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν 
all your need according to his riches in glory in 
~ ? ~ ~ A ~ ‘ A c ~ « ;»»ς, > 
χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. 20 τῷ δὲ θεῷ καὶ πατρὶ ἡμῶν ἡ δόξα εἰς 
Christ Jesus, But tothe God and Father of us [be] glory to 
τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 
‘the ages ofthe ages. Amen. 
21 ᾿Ασπάσασθε πάντα ἅγιον ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. ἀσπάξζον- 


are true, whatsoever 
things are  houest, 
whatsoever things 


are just, whatsoever 
things are pure, what- 
soever things are 
lovely, whatsoever 
things are of good re- 
port; if there be ΠΥ 
virtue, and if there be 
any praise, think on 
these things. 9-Those 
things, which ye have 
both learned, and re- 
ceived, and heard, and 
seen in me, do: and 
the God of peace shall 
be with you. 10 But 
I rejoiced in the Lord 
greatly, that now at 
the last your care of 
me hath flotirished 
again; wherein ye were 
also careful, but ye 
lacked opportunity. 
11 Not that I spak in 
respect of want: Του Τ 
have learned, in what- 
soever state [I am, 
therewith to be con- 
tent. 12 I know both 
how to be abased, and 
I know how {ο abound: 
every where and in all 
things I aim instructed 
both to be full and ta 
be hungry, both to 
abound and to suffer 
need, 13 I can do all 
things through Chrisu 
which strengthem th 
me. 14 Notwithstand- 
ing ye have well done, 
that ye did commu- 
nicate with my aftlic- 
tion. 15 Now ye Phil- 
ippians know also, that 
in the beginning of 
the gospel, when I ve- 
parted from Muacc- 
donia, no church coni- 
miunicated with meas 
concerning giving aud 
receiving, but ye vuly. 
16 For even in Thes- 
salonica ye scent once 
and again unto my 
necessity. 17 Not be- 
cause I desire a gift: 
but I desire fruit that 
may abound to your 
account. 18 But [have 
all, and abound: Iam 
full, having received 
of Epaphroditus the 
things which were sent 
from you, an odourof a 
sweet smell, a sacrifice 
acceptable, wellpleas- 
ing to God. 19 But my 
God shall supply all 
your need according to 
his riches in glory by 
Christ Jesus, 20 Now 
unto God and our Fa- 





ΕΝ : να. Te 
sty Sature every saint οι ΑΕ Σ Jesus. is ἘΞ ther be glory for ever 
ται ὑμᾶς οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί. 22 ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς πάν- and ever. Amen. 
lute ‘you ‘the *with “me “brethren. 1°Salute 11γοα. 1.1 21 Salute every saint 
Υ καὶ GLTTrAW. - -- χριστῷ (read τῷ him) GLTtraAW. Άσυν- Te ὃ λήμψεως Ι1ΤιΑ. 


ε[είσ]τ. ἀλλὰ ΙΤΤΤΑΝ. © τὺ πλοῦτος ΗΤΤΤΑΥΓ. 


= 
520 

in Christ Jesus. The 
brethren which are 
With me greeb you. 


©» All the saints salute 
you, chiefly they that 
are of Cresar’s house- 
hold. 23 The grace of 
our Lord Jesus Christ 
be with you all, A- 
men, 


‘Hn ΠΡΟΣ 


THE *TO 


PAUL, an apostle of 
Jesus Christ by the 
will of God, and Ti- 
motheus ou brother, 
2 to the saints and 
faithful brethren in 
Christ which ,are at 
Colosse: Grace be un- 
to you, «nd _ peace, 
from God our Father 
and the Lord Jesus 
Christ. 


3 We give thanks to 
God and the Father of 
our Lord Jesus Christ, 
praying always for 
you, 4 since we heard 
of your faith in Christ 
Jesus, and of the love 
which ye have to all 
the saints, 5 for the 
hope which is laid up 
fur you in heaven, 
whereof ye heard be- 
fore in the word of 
the truth of the gos- 
pel; 6 which is come 
unto you, as it isin all 
the world; and bring- 
eth forth fruit, as it 
doth also in you, since 
the day ye heard of itt, 
and knew the grace of 
God jn truth : 7 as ye 
also learned of Epa- 
phras our dear fellow- 
servant, who is foryou 
a faithful minister of 
Christ ; 8 who also 
declarcd unto us your 
love in the Spirit. 


1. 


οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας. ῶ8 Ἡ 


προς ΚΟΛΑΣΣΑΕΙ ΑΣ, 


τες οἱ ἅγιοι, μάλιστα.0ὲ 


Sthe ϑεαϊηῦβ, απᾶ especially those of the “of Ὅσραν "household, The 
ΐ ῦ ίου ἡμῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ ῦ ιετὰ ἘἙπάντων 
ἄρις τοῦ.κυρίου. ἡμῶν 1ησοῦ ἆχριστου μει 
ee of our Lord Jesus i Christ [be] with 2411} 
ὑμῶν." Ῥάμήν." 
1γοι. Amen. = ἔξω 
1 \ ῃ ? , ? x ‘p , ὃ ᾽ ἜἘ 
Προς Φιλιππησίους ἐγράφη απὸ Ῥώμης, ov Ἔπα- 
To [the] Philippians written from Rome, by Epa- 
φροδίτου." 
phroditus, 
Η 
KOAASSAEIS ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΠΑΥΛΟΥ. 
[ΤΗΕ] SCOLOSSIANS EPISTLE Ξ20Ε *PAUL, 


ΠΑΥΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ". διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ, καὶ 

Paul apostle of Jesus Christ by 2will *God’s, and 
Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφός, 2 τοῖς ἐν ™KoXaocaic" ἁγίοις καὶ πισ- 
Timotheus the brother, to the 7in ®Colosse ‘saints “and “faith- 
τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἐν χριστῷ" χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ 


ful *brethren “in “Christ. Grace toyou and‘ peace from God 
πατρὸς ἡμῶν Kal κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χοιστοῦ.! 
our Father and [the] Lord Jesus Christ. 


3 Εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ θεῷ Pai πατρὶ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ‘In- 
We givethanks tothe God and Father of our Lord Je- 
σοῦ χριστοῦ, πάντοτε Ἀπερὶ' ὑμῶν προσευχόμενοι: 4 ακού- 
sus Christ, continually “for “you tpraying, haying 
σαντες τὴν.πίστιν.ὑμῶν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην 
heard of your faith in Christ Jesus, and _ the love 
τ ‘ η] ? , 4 « / 5 ὃ a! io ‘ ἐλ (ὃ 
THY εἰς πάντας τους aylove, ια τὴν έλπιδα 
which [ye have] towards all the saints, onaccount of the hope 
τὴν ἀποκειμένην ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ἣν προηκούσατε 
which [is] laid up foryou in the heavens; which ye heard of before 
ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 6 τοῦ παρόντος εἰς 
in the word ofthe truth ofthe glad tidings, which are come to 
ὑμᾶς, καθὼς καὶ ἐν παντὶ τῷ κύσμῳ, "καὶ" ἔστιν καρποφορού- 
τοι, evenas also in all the world,. and are bringing forth 
μενονῖ, καθὼς Kai ἐν ὑμῖν, ἀφ’ ἧς ἡμέρας ἠκούσατε καὶ 
fruit, evenas alsoamong you, from the day in which Ὑτο heard and 
ἐπέγνωτε τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ: 7 καθὼς “Kai! 
knew the grace of God in truth : evel as also 
‘ ? ~ ~ ? ~ % - « ~ ε 
ἐμάθετε ἀπὸ ᾿Επαφρᾶ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν, ὃς 
ye learned from ΕΡρΙΡΗΓΗΡ “beloved °fellow-bondman ‘our, who 


‘ « " € ~ ~ ~ 
ἐστιν πιστὸς ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν" διάκονος τοῦ χριστοῦ, 8 ὁ καὶ 


is “faithful for 7you ta “servant “of *Christ, who also 
δηλώσας ἡμῖν τὴν. ὑμῶν. ἀγάπην ἐν  πγεύµατι. 
signified tous your love in [the] Spirit. 





f — ἡμῶν (read of the Lord) LtrTraw. 


bh — ἀμήν [L]ri{a]. 


| 8 τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν your spirit LTTrAW. 
i — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Φιλιππησίους TrA. 


k + τοῦ ᾽᾿Αποστόλου of the Apostle Ε; Πρὸς Κολοσσαεῖς ET; Παὔλου ἐπιστολὴ πρὸς 


Ἐολοσσαεῖς G ; Πρὸς Κολασσαεῖς LTrAW. 
Ὁ Ἰησοῦ Jesus 1. 
to God [the] Father) La. 


Ἐπ ο: 


LTTrAaw, 
us LTra, 


t+ καὶ αὐξανόμενον and growing GLTTraw. 


1 χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LiTraw. 
ο — καὶ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ G[L]ITraw. 
4 ὑπὲρ LTr. 


™ Ίκολοσσα:ς 
Ρ --- καὶ (vead 
την ἔχετε Which ye have LtTtraw. 3-- καὶ 
Bm καὶ LTTTAW. τ ἡμῶν 


COLOSSIANS. 


τοῦτο καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀφ᾽ ἧς. ἡμέρας ἠκούσαμεν, 
this also we from the day in which we heard (of it], 
οὐ παυόμεθα ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν προσευχόμενοι καὶ αἰτούμενοι ἵνα 
do not cease “for Syou ‘praying and asking that 
πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ.θελήµατος.αὐτοῦ ἐν πάσῃ 
ye may be filled with the knowledge of his will in) alt 
σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ, 10 περιπατῆσαι ὑμᾶς!" 
wisdom and 7understanding ‘spiritual, >to Swalk (Sfor] *you 
ἀξιως τοῦ κυρίου εἰς πᾶσαν Σἀρέσκειαν"" ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ 
worthily of the Lord to all pleasing, in every “work ‘good 
καρποφοροῦντες καὶ αὐξανόμενοι Yeic τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν" τοῦ 
bringing forth fruit and growing into the knowledge 
θεοῦ" 11 ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει δυναμούμενοι κατὰ τὸ κράτος 
ef God; with all power being strengthened according tothe might 
τῆς.δόξης. αὐτοῦ εἰς πᾶσαν ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν μετὰ 
of his glory to all endurance and longsuffcring with 
χαρᾶς" 12 εὐχαριστοῦντες τῷ πατρί, τῷ” ἱκανώσαντι "ἡμᾶς! 
Joy; giving thanks to the Father, who made *compctcnt tus 
εἰς τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων ἐν τῷ φωτί, 13 ὃς 
for the share oftheinheritanceofthe saints in the light, who 
᾽ « ~ ~ © ΄ ~ , 
ὑυεῤῥύσατοϊ ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους, καὶ µετέστη- 


1. 
9 Ata 


On account of 


ell 


delivered us- from the authority of darkness, and traus- 
σεν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ, 14 ἐν 
lated [usJinto ἴπο' kingdom οὗ ἴπο Son of his love: in 


THY 


the 


ᾧ ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν «διὰ τοῦ.αἵματος. αὐτοῦ," 
whom we have redemption through his blood, 
ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν' 15 ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ 
reniission of sins ; who is_ [the] image of God the 
ἀοράτου, πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως" 16 ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐ- 
invisible, firstborn of all creation ; because by him were 
κτίσθη τὰ πάντα, “τὰ" ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ “τὰ! ἐπὶ τῆς 
created allthings, the thingsin the heavens and thethings upon the 
γῆς, τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα, εἴτε θρόνοι εἴτε κυριότητες 
earth, the visible and the invisible, whether thrones, or lordships, 
εἴτε ἀρχαὶ εἴτε ἐξουσίαι' τὰ. πάντα ov αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν 
or principalities, or authorities: allthings by him andfor him 
ἔκτισται: 17 καὶ αὐτός ἐστιν πρὸ πάντων, καὶ τὰ πάντα 
have been created. And he is before all, and all things 
ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν' 18 Kai αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ σώμα- 
in him subsist. And he is the head ofthe body, 
~ , ? 
τος τῆς ἐκκλησίας" ὃς ἐστιν ἀρχή, πρωτότοκος ἐκ 
the assembly; who is_ [the] beginning, firstborn from among 
τῶν νεκρῶν, ἵνα γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὺς πρωτεύων" 
the dead, that “might *be *in 5811 ®things ‘he holding the first place; 
19 ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι, 
because in him ‘was *pleased ‘all 2.886 3fulness to dwell, 
A ~ > , > 
20 καὶ Ov αὐτοῦ ἀποκαταλλάξαι τὰ. πάντα εἰς αὐτόν, εἰρη- 
and by him to reconcile all things to itself, having 
~ ~ ~ ~ ? ~ 
ψοποιήσας διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ.σταυροῦ.αὐτοῦ, ἴδι αὐτοῦ," 


made peace by the blood of his cross, by him, 
εἴτε Ta ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 2] καὶ 
whether thethingson the earth, or thethingsin the heavens. And 


ὑμᾶς ποτε ὄντας ἀπηλλοτριωμένους Kai ἐχθροὺς τῷ διανοίᾳ 
you once being alienated and enemies in mind 





χ ἀρεσκίαν T. 
8 ὑμᾶς You T. 
e — τὰ [LJT[Tr]. 


W — ὑμᾶς ΟΙΤΤΤΑ. 
Z + καλέσαντι καὶ called and L. 
αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. ἆ — τὰ LITr, 


Ὁ ἐρύσατο TTr. 


ἂν 

521 
9 For this cause we 
also, since the day we 
heard it, do not cease 
to pray for you, and 
to desire that ye might 
be filled with the 
knowledge of his will 
in all wisdom and 
spiritual understand- 
ing ; 10 thatye might 
walk worthy of the 
Lord unto all pleas- 
ing, being fruitful in 
every good work, and 
increasing in _ the 
knowledge of God; 
11 strengthened with 
all might, according 
to his glorious power, 
unto all patience and 
longsuffering with 
joyfulness; 12 giving 
thanks unto the Fa- 
ther, which hath made 
us meet to be par 
takers of the inherit- 
ance of the saints in 
light : 13 who hath ἆθ- 
livered us from the 
power of darkness, 
and hath translated 
us into the kingdom of 
his dear Son: 14 in 
whom we have re- 
demption.tkrough his 
blood, even the for- 
giveness ofsins:15 who 
is the image of the in- 
visible God, the first- 
born of every crea- 
ture: 16 for by him 
were all things cre- 
ated, that are in hea- 
ven, and that are 
in earth, visible and 
invisible, whether 
they δὲ thrones, or 
dominions, or princi- 
palities, or powers: 
all things were cre- 
ated by him, and for 
him: 17 and he is be- 
fore all things, and by 
him all things con- 
sist. 18 And he is 
the head of the body, 
the church: who is 
the beginning, the 
firstborn from the 
dead; thatin all things 
he might have the pre- 
eminence. 19 For it 
pleased the Father 
that in him should all 
fulness dwell; 20 and, 
having made peace 
through the blood of 
his cross, by him to Τε- 
concile all things unto 
himself; by him, 7 
say, whether they be 
things in earth, or 
things in heaven. 
21 And you, that were 
sometime alienated 
and enemies in your 
mind by wicked works, 


Υ τῇ ἐπιγνώσει by the knowledge cLrtraw. 


ς — διὰ τοῦ αἵματος 


{.- δι αὐτοῦ LTr. © 


» 


692 


yet now hath he re- 
conciled 22 11 the body 
of his fleh through 
death, to present you 
holy and unblameable 
and unreproveable in 
his sight : 23 if ye con- 
tinue in the faith 
grounded and settled, 
and le not moved a- 
way from the hope of 
the gospel, which ye 
have beard, and which 
was preached to every 
creature which is uns 
der heaven; whereof 
I Paul am made a 
minister ; 


24 who now rejoice 
in my sufferings for 
you, and fill up that 
which is behind of the 
afflictions of Christ in 
my fiesh for his body’s 
sake, which is the 
church : 25 whereof I 
am made a minister, 
aécording to the dis- 
pensation of God 
which is given to me 
for you, to fulfil the 
word of God; 26 even 
the mystery which 
hath been hid from 
ages aud from gene- 
rations, but now is 
made manifest to his 
saints: 27 to whom God 
would make known 
what is the riches of 
the glory of this mys- 
tery among the Gen- 
tiles ; which is Christ 
in you, the hope of 
glory: 28 whom we 
preach, warning every 
man, and teaching 
every man in all 
wisdom; that we 
may ,present every 
man perfect in Christ 
Jesus; 29 whereunto 
I also labour, striv- 
ing according to his 
working, which work- 
eth in me mightily. 


ΤΙ, For I would that 
ye knew what great 
conflict I have for you, 
and for them at ,Lao- 
dicea, and for as many 
as have not seen my 
face in the flesh; 2 that 
their hearts might be 
comforted, being knit 


Προς ACO LAS SALE. S. i, Tk 
” ~ ~ ‘ . ᾽ ΄ τω es ον 
ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς πονηοοις. νυνὶ δὲ ξἀποκατήλλαξεν' 92 ἐν 
υγ “works ‘wicked, yet now he reconciled in 
τῷ σώματι τῆς.σαρκὺς αὐτοῦ διὰ τοῦ θανάτοῦν, παρα- 
the body of his flesh through death, to pre- 
ς ~ , . \ ? ’ A ? ΄ Ws ΄ 
στῆσαι ὑμᾶς ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους και ἀνεγκλήτους κατενώ- 
sent you holy and unblamable and unimpeachable befere 


ἐπιμένετε τῇ πίστει τεθεμελιωμένοι 


πιον αὐτοῦ" 23 εἴγε 
in the faith: founded 


him, if indeed ye continue 

~ ‘ \ τ 5 ~ 3 / “ 

καὶ ἑδραῖοι, καὶ μὴ μετακινούμενοι ἀπὸ τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ 
and firm, and not being moved away from _ the hope of the 
΄ - > , ~ / 1 , 1 ~ 
εὐαγγελίου οὗ ἠκούσατε, TOU κηρυχθέντος ἐν πάσῃ τῇ" 
glad tidings, which ye heard, which were proclaimed in all the 


~ 4 -*% , , ‘ ~ 

κτίσει TH ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν, . οὗ ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ Παῦλος 

creation which [is] under heaven, of which *became τ Σραι] 

διάκονος. 
servant, 

ώ ~ / ῃ - ἜΑ Τα ΠΡ Ὁ κ 
94 Νῦν χαίρω ἐν τοῖς παθήμασίν-ἔμου" ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, καὶ 
Now, I am rejoicing in my sufferings for you, and 
~ A ¢ ΄ ~ A ~ ~ 
ἀνταναπληρῶ τὰ ὕστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ χριστοῦ 


of the tribulations of the Christ 
ἐστιν ἡ ἐκ- 
is -the as- 


τὴν οἰκονο- 
adminis- 


Iam fillingup that which is behind 
ἐν τῇ σαρκίµου ὑπὲρ τοῦ.σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ 
> . - 
in my flesh for his body, which 
κλησία' 25 ἧς ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος - κατὰ 
sembly ; of which *became ἘἘΠ servant, according to the 
μίαν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δοθεῖσάν por εἰς ὑμᾶς πληρῶσαι τὸν 
tration of God which [18] given me towards you tocomplete the 
λόγον τοῦ θεαῦ, 267d μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἀπὸ 


word of God, the mystery which has been hidden from 
τῶν αἰώνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν, ἱνυμὶ". δὲ ἐφανερώθη 
ages and from generations, but now was madé manifest 


τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ" 27 οἷς ἠθέλησεν ὁ θεὸς γνωρίσαι Ἀτίς 

to his saints ; to whom did *will ‘God to make known what 
6" πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ.μυστηρίου.τούτου ἐν τοῖς ἔ- 
the riches ofthe glory of this mystery {are]Jamong the na- 
θνεσιν, "ὅς" ἐστιν χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης" 28 ὃν 
tions, which is Christ in you the hope of glory: whom 


ἡμεῖς καταγγέλλομεν, νουθετοῦντες πάντα ἄνθρωποκ, καὶ 
we announce, ᾿ admonishing every man, and 


διδάσκοντες πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ, ἵνα παρα- 
teaching every ‘man in all wisdom, that we may 


στήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπον τέλειον ἐν χριστῷ “᾿Ἰησοῦ." 


present every man perfect in Christ Jesus. 
29 εἰς ὃ Kai κοπιῶ, ἀγωνιζόμενος κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαι 
Whereunto also Ilabour, ¢ οεἰγίνίης according to 2working 


αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐνεργουμένην ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐν δυνάμει. 
"his which works in me in_ power. 
Θέλ A ε ~ ἰδὲ ὁλί > ~ ” p ‘II « ~ 
2 Θέλω.γὰρ ὑμᾶς εἰδέναι ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω Prepi! ὑμῶν 
For I wish you toknow how great conflict I have for you, 
καὶ τῶν ἐν ἁλαοδικείᾳ,' καὶ ὅσοι οὐχ. ἑωράκασιν! τὸ πρόσω- 
and those in’ ° Laodicea, and asmanyas have not seen 35409 
πόν µου ἐν σαρκί, 3 ἵνα παρακληθῶσιν αἱ.καρδίαι.αὐτῶνη 
my in flesh; that may be encouraged their hearts, 





6 ἀποκατηλλάγητε were ye reconciled L. 


LTTraw. 
Ὁ δ LTrA, 
eer 5 
εορακαν τ. ᾿ 
τά 


κ — μου (read the sufferings) GLTTraw, 
© — Ἰησοῦ GLTTraw. 


h + Γαὐτοῦ] (read hi’ death) L. 1 -- τῇ 
| νῦν τὐττὰ. ™ τί τὸ LTTrAW. 


Ρ ὑπὲρ ΙΤΤΙΑ. 4 Λαοδικίᾳ 1. τ ἑώρακαν LTrAWj 


iL. COLOSSIANS. 


8 θε ῃ 9 > ; nd ‘ ᾽ { ’ x ~ { ~ 
συμβιβασ εγτων' ἐν ἀγαπῃ, και εἰς πάντα πλουτο» της 
being knit together in ove, and to all riches of the 

πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως; εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου 
full yssurance of understanding; to [the] knowledge of the mystery 

τοῦ θεοῦ ‘kai πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ" χριστοῦ," ὃ ἐν ᾧ εἰσιν 
of God and of [the] Father and of the Christ ; in which are 
πάντες ot θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ τῆς! γνώσεως ἀπόκρυ- 
all the treasures of wisdom and 4 of knowledge hid, 
got. 4 τοῦτο." δὲ" λέγω, ἵνα ἡμὴ τις" ὑμᾶς παραλογίζηται ἐν 


And this Isay, that not anyone you may beguile by 
πιθανολογίᾳ' 5 εἰγὰρ καὶ Ty σαρκὶ ἄπειμι, ἀλλὰ τῷ 
per-uasive speech, For if indeed inthe flesh Iam absent, yet 


πνεύματι σὺν ὑμῖν εἰμί, χαίρων καὶ βλέπων ὑμῶν τὴν τάξιν, 
in spirit with you Iam, rejoicing and seeing your order, 

καὶ τὸ στερέωμα τῆς εἰς χριστὸν πίστεως ὑμῶν. ϐ ὡς οὖν 
and the firmness 4in = °Christ of “your “faith. As therefore 
παρελάβετε τὸν χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν τὸν κύριον, ἐν αὐτῷ περιπα- 
ye received the Christ, Jesus the Lord,. in® him walk, 
τεῖτε, 57 ἐῤῥιζωμένοι καὶ ἐπρικοδρμούμενοι ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ 
having been rooted sand being built up in him, and 


βεβαιούμενοι *év" τῇ πίστει, καθὼς ἐδιδάχθητε, περισσεύοντες 


being confirmed in the faith, evenas ye were taught, abounding 
δὲν αὐτῇ' ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ. 
in it with thanksgiving. 

8 Βλέπετε μή τις “ὑμᾶς ἔσται! 0 συλαγωγῶν 


Take ‘heed lest tanyone ‘°you *there *shall 506 5who Smakes 7a ®prey %of 
διὰ τῆς φιλοσοφίας καὶ κενῆς ἀπάτης, κατὰ τὴν παρά- 


through philosophy and empty deceit, according to the tra- 

~ , . - - \ 4 
δοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατὰ» τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ 
dition of men, according to the elements of the world, and 
οὐ κατὰ Χριστόν’ 9 ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα 


not accordingto Christ. For in him dwells all the fulness 


τῆς θεότητος σωματικῶς,' 10 καί ἐστε ἐν αὐτῷ πεπληρωμένοι" 
of the Godhead bodily ; and yeare 7in *him λοοπαρ]είο, 
ate tl 2 « Ν 7 2 “ ΑΔ... ΄ ἑ > σ 
ὅς! ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας" 11 ἐν ᾧ 
who is’ the head of all principality and authority, in whom 
καὶ περιετµήθητε περιτομῇ ἀχειροποιήτῳ, ἐν TY ἀπ- 
also ye were circumcised with circumcision not made by hand, in the put- 
εκδύσει τοῦ σώματος «τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν! τῆς σαρκός, ἐν τῇ περι- 
ting off of the body of the sins ofthe flesh, in the circum- 
τομῇ τοῦ χριστοῦ, 12 συνταφέντες αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ βαπτίσματι" 
cision of the Christ; having been buried with him in baptism, 
ἐν καὶ συνηγέρθητε διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐνερ- 
in which also ye were raised with [him] through the faith ofthe work- 
γείας τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ Srey" νεκρῶν. 
ing of God who raised him from among the dead. 
19 καὶ ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας δὲν" τοῖς παραπτώµασιν καὶ τῇ 
And you, *dead ‘being in offences and in the 
ἀκροβυστίᾳ rie.capkoc.upay, Ἰσυνεζωποίησεν" * σὺν αὐτῷ, 
uncircumcision of your flesh, he quickened together with him, 


523 


together in love, and 
unto all riches of the 
full assurance of uns 
derstanding, to the 
acknowledgement of 
the mystery of God 
and of the Father, an 

of Christ ; 3 in whom 
are hid all the trea- 
sures of wisdom and 
knowledge. 4 And this 
I say, lest any man 
should begnile you 
with enticing words, 
5 For ‘though I be 
absent,in the flesh, yet 
am I with you in the 


“spirit, joying and be- 


holding your order, 
and the stedfastness 
of your faith in Christ, 
6 As ye have there- 
fore received Christ 
Jesus the Lord, so walk 
e in him: 7 rooted 
and built up in him, 
and stablished in the 
faith, as ye have been 
taught, abounding 
therein with thanks- 
giving. 


8 Beware lest,an 
man spoil you σόι, 
philosophy and vain 
ieceit, after the tra- 
dition of men, af- 
ter the rudiments of 
the world, and not 
after Christ. 9 Forin 
him dwelleth ali the 
fulness of the God- 
head bodily. 10 And 
ye are complete in 
him, which is the head 
of all principaiity and 
power : 11 in whom al- 
so ye are circumcised 
with the circumcision 
made without hands, 
in putting off the body 
of the sins of the flesh 
by the circumcision of 
Christ : 12 buried with 
him in baptism, where- 
in also ye are risen 
with him through the 
faith of the operation 
of God, who hath rais- 
ed him from the dead. 
13 And you, being dead 
in your sins and 
the uncircunicision of 
your flesh, hath he 
quickened _ together 
‘with him, having for- 





® συμβιβασθέντες GLTTrAW. Ἱ 
καὶ τοῦ (read [even] Christ) GLTTraw. Ὁ--- χριστοῦ Ga. 
T[T: A]. 2 μηδεὶς LTTrAW. a — ἐν (read τῇ in the) urtrfa}. 
© ἔσται ὑμᾶς L.. ἃ ὅ Γ. 9 — τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν GLTTrAW. 

(vead [1116 |) Gr[A]w. h — ἔν (read παραπ. in offences) rrr. 
Κ ὑμᾶς you LIT:AW. 


t πᾶν (+ τὸ the 1[Tr]W) πλοῦτος LTTrAW. 
x — τῆς LTTrA. 


ἔ βαπτισμῷ TrA. 
i συνεζωοποίησεν ΟἸΤΊΤΑ W, 


5 — καὶ πατρὸς 

y -- δὲ διὰ 
b — ἐν αὐτῇ tTr[a]. 
5-- τῶν 


524 ΡΟΣ ΚΟΛΑΣΣΑΕΙ Σ. Th 


τὸ μὴν δε ἢ δ οὐρα χαρισάμενος ἡμῖν! πάντα τὰ παραπτώματα" 14 ἐξαλείψας 
“SSeS : Ὰ ae ἄ Β 

out the handwriting τρόμος μα us : 81 the τ ἀρ τὸ Rear: hous out 
of ordinances thatwas τὸ καθ ἡμῶν χειρογραφον τοις δόγμασιν, ὃ ἣν ὑπεναν- 
ee bs άρα, be the against °us handwriting *in*the ‘decrees, which was adverse 
took itout oftheway, τίον ἡμῖν, καὶ αὐτὸ ἦρκεν ἐκ τοῦ μέσου, προσηλώσας 
nae - ας ἜΡΙΣ tous, also it hehastaken outof the midst, having nailed 
σα a = = gs , 

ed principalities and αὐτὸ τῷ σταυρῷ, 15 ἀπεκδυσάμενος τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς 


powers, he made Α΄’ τ tothe cross; having stripped the principalities and the 
shew of them openly, , 3 5 , ᾽ γε ͵ , 
triumphing over them ἐξουσίας ἐδειγμάτισεν ἐν.παῤῥησίᾳ, θριαμβεύσας 
in it. authorities, he made a show [of them] publicly, leading in triamph 


αὐτοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ. 
them in it. 
16Letnomanthere- 16 Mo) οὖν τις ὑμᾶς κρινέτω ἐν βρώσει "ἢ" ἐν πόσει, 


ΑΗ ο. ατα, ο 2Not *therefore anyone ‘you “let *judge in meat or in drink, 
pg a oe en Holy ἢ ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς ἢ "νουμηνίας" ἢ σαββάτων' 17 dd" ἐστιν 
ΟΡ Leger the sab- ΟΥ̓ in respect of feast, or new moon, or sabbaths, which are 

; £2 


bath days: 17 which σκιὰ τῶν µελλόντων, TO.0& σῶμα τοῦ" χριστοῦ. 18 µη- 
3Νο 


ο ου ας ροᾶν a shadow οὗ thingstocome; but the body [18] ofthe Christ. 


is of Christ. 18 Letno δεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσύνῃ καὶ 
caus shay aon ae Sone ὅγοι Ict*defraud of the prize, doing [his] will in humility and 
luntary humility and “θρῃσκείᾳ! τῶν ἀγγέλων, ἃ * δἑώρακεν!" ἐμβατεύων, 


worshipping ofangels,  Ἱποχαμὶρ, of the angels, *things*which 
intruding into those , | Ee εἰ τς ~ Rte ὼ ᾽ ο πῶ ery 
things which he hath δἰ 1) φυσιούμενος υπο του VOLE της-σαρκος-αυτου; 19 καὶ ov 
not seen, vainly puffed ypinty puffedup “ by the mind of his flesh, and not 
up by his fleshly mind, Po ‘ ΄ dy - -_~ 4 ~ ὃ A ~. ε ~ 

19 and hot holdingthe κρατῶν τὴν κεφαλήν. ἐξ οὗ πᾶν TO σῶμα dla τῶν αφῶν 
Head, from which all holding fast the head, from whom all the body, by the joints 


the body by joints and ; ᾿ 
bands having nourish- καὶ συνδέσμων ἐπιχορηγούμενον καὶ ἱσυμβιβαζόμενον," αὔξει 


not he Shas ®seen ‘intruding ?into, 


ment ministered, and and _ bands being supplied and knit together, increases 
knit together, increas- ἢ » + Dent 
eth with the increase τὴν αὔξησιν Tov θεοῦ. 
of God, ‘[with] the increase of God. 
20 Ei τοῦν" ἀπεθά yy τῷ! χριστῷ ἀπὸ τῶ είϊ 
20 Wherefore if ye t ovr" ἀπεθαάνετε σὺ ᾧ" χριστῷ ἀπὸ τῶν στοιχείων 
be ,dead with Christ 1 then ye died with the Christ from the elements 
i ~ , , ε ~ ? , , 
ο σόοι ες τοῦ κόσμου, τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμε δογματί- 


though living in the ofthe world, why asif alive in [the] world do ye subject yourselves 
1d, bj ; eH ὲ γεύ ἐ.θίγης' 
world, areyesubjectto Ζεσβε.χ 9] Μὴ ἅψῃ, μηδὲ.γεύσῃ, μηδὲ.θίγης 


' ἘΦ ΤΟΙ 
αμα αμα τας to decrees 2 Thou mayest not handle, Thou mayest not taste, Thou mayest πού touch, 
ο πέν κο]. 32 ἅ ἐστιν πάντα εἰς φθορὰν τῇ ἀποχρήσει" κατὰ 


using ἢ) after the com- oe Sane are aw unto aa tecaines πας ; using,) μας 
mandments and doc τὰ ἐγτάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων" * 23 ἅτινά 
things have indeed a Bue A and peaenes of λεν, μα 
Se on a tor ..: λόχον piv ἔχοντα σοφίας ἐν Υἐθελοθρησκείᾳϊ 
ο ας are 7anSappearance “indeed “having of wisdom in * voluntary worship 
’ ot / 
ο δι τιοῦ ἀπ καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ και δδἀφειδίᾳ! σώματος, οὐκ ἐν 
any honour ‘the 111 ΕΣ : i 
siitelying of the flech. and humility and unsparing treatment of[the] body, not in 


~ a © λ ~ , 
τιμῇ τινε πρὸς πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός.Σ 
III. ΤΕ ye then beythonour 'a*certain for satisfaction ofthe flesh. 
risen with Christ, seek Ἱ. " ἐξ - ο . 4 BS . 
those thingswhichare @ Εἰ οὖν συνηγέρθητε τῷ χριστῷ, τὰ ἄνω ζητεῖτε, 





above, where Christ If therefore ye were raised with Christ, *the*things‘*above ‘seek, 
sitteth on the right x , ἢ η τ ~ = WW 
hand of God. 2 Set οὗ ὁ χριστὀς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ καθήμενος" 
your aiiection on where’ the Christ is 2at (Sthe]*right *hand ‘of 7God sitting: 
things above, not on ᾿ » - ι 4 eee ee ~ ᾽ ΄ 
Mason τ ths earth, τῶ ἄνω φρονεῖτε, μὴ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 3 ἀπεθάνετε 
3 For ye are dead, and *the*°things 114Ώογο ®*mind, notthethings on the earth;- 37ο “died 

1 ὑμῖν you Ε. τι καὶ ἃ A. Ἡ νεομηνίας Ltr. 9ὅ ΤΑ. Ρ --- τοῦ (read of Christ) ow. 
1 θρησκίᾳ Τ. τ--- μὴ (read ἐμβ. ‘standing *on) [L]TTra. 5 ἑόρακεν TA. τσυν- ΤΑ. 
¥ — οὗν GLTTrAW. Ὁ — τῷ GLTTrAW. x Continue question to end of verse 21 GW; to end 


of verse 221,10; to end of verse 23 a, } ἐθελοθρησκίᾳτ. *[kar]L. 8 ἀφειδείᾳ L. 


-- 


ΠῚ. COLOSSIANS. 


γάρ, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ χριστῷ ἐν τῷ θεῷ" 


for, and your life has beeh hid with the Christ in God. 
4 ὅταν ὁ χριστὸς φανερωθῇ ἡ.ζωὴ ἡμῶν," τότε καὶ 
When the Christ ‘may *be *manifested our “life, then also 


« ~ 4 3 ~ ’ ? ’ 
ὑμεῖς σὺν αὐτῷ φανερωθήσεσθε ἐν δόξῃ. 
ye with him‘ shall be manifested in glory. 
5 Νεκρώσατε οὖν τὰ µέλη «ὑμῶν' τὰ ἐπὶ 
Put to death therefore 2members ‘your which [are] on 


τῆς γῆς, 
the earth, 


πορνείαν, ἀκαθαρσίαν, πάθος, ἐπιθυμίαν κακήν, καὶ τὴν 
fornication, uncleanness, passion, *desire evil, and 
πλεονεξίαν, ἥτις ἐστὶν εἰδωλολατρεία, 6 δι ont 
covetousness, which igs idolatry. On account of which things 


ἔρχεται “ἡ" ὀργὴ τοῦ θεοῦ [ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς ἀπειθείας" 
comes the wrath of God upon the sons of disobedience. 
7 ἐν οἷς καὶ ὑμεῖς περιεπατήσατέ ποτε Bre ἐζῆτε ἐν 
Among whom also ye walked once when ye were living in 
Badroic’’ 8 νυνὶ δὲ ἀπόθεσθε καὶ ὑμεῖς τὰ πάντα, ὀργήν, 
these things, But now, put off also ye, 8} [{11656] things, wrath, 
θυμόν, κακίαν, βλασφημίαν, αἰσχρολογίαν ἐκ τοῦ στόµα- 
indignation, malice, blasphemy, foul language - out of 2mouth 
τος ὑμῶν. 9 Μὴ ψεύδεσθε εἰς ἀλλήλους, ἀπεκδυσάμενοι τὸν 
1your. “Do not he to one another, having put off the 
παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον σὺν ταῖς πράξεσιν. αὐτοῦ, 10 καὶ ἔνδυσά- 
old man with his deeds, and having 


μενοι τὸν νέον τὸν ἀνακαινούμενον εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν κατ᾽ 
puton the new that[is] being renewed into knowledge according to 


εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος αὐτόν' 11 ὅπου οὐκ ἔνι 
(the] image of him who created him ; where there is not 


Ἕλλην καὶ Ἰουδαῖος, περιτομὴ καὶ ἀκροβυστία, βάρβαρος, 


Greek and Jew, circumcision and uncircumcision, barbarian, 
Σκύθης, δοῦλος, ὃ" ἐλεύθερος' ἀλλὰ Ἱτὰ' πάντα καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν 
Scythian, bondman, free ; but Sall*things ‘and Sin ‘all 

ριστός. 


[318] ‘Christ. 


12 Ἐνδύσασθε οὖν, ὡς ἐκλεκτοὶ ἔτοῦ" θεοῦ, ἅγιοι καὶ 
Put on therefore, as elect of God, holy and 
ἠγαπημένοι, σπλάγχνα Ἰοἰκτιρμῶν.! χρηστότητα, ταπεινο- 


beloved, bowels ~humi- 


φροσύνην, “πρᾳότητα, μακροθυμίαν' 13 ἄνεχόμενοι ἆλ- 
lity, meekness, long-suffering ; bearing with one 
λήλων, καὶ χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς, ἐάν τις πρός τινα’. ἔχῃ 
another, and forgiving each other, if any against any should have 
μομφήν᾽ καθὼς καὶ ὁ "χριστὸς" ἐχαρίσατο ὑμῖν, οὕτως καὶ 


of compassions, kindness, | 


acomplaint;evenas alsothe Christ forgave you, so 8150 [40] 
ὑμεῖς" 14 ἐπὶ πᾶσιν.δὲ τούτοις τὴν ἀγάπην, οἥτις" ἐστὶν 
ye. And to all these [add] love, which is [the] 


σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος" 15 καὶ ἡ εἰρήνη Prov θεοῦ" βρα- 
bond of perfectness. And the peace of God let 
βευέτω ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις ὑμῶν, εἰς ἣν καὶ ἐκλήθητε ἐν ἑνὶ σώ- 
preside in your hearts, to which also ye were called in one 
pare’ καὶ εὐχάριστοι γίνεσθε. 16 ὁ λόγος τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω 
body, and thankful be. The word ofthe Christ let dwell 





Ὁ ὑμῶν (read your life) την, 


e [ἡ] x. f — ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς ἀπειθείας (read ἐν ols In which things) [L]r7ra. 
τοις LTTrAW. Ὦ + καὶ and L. i — τὰ τ. r—— τοῦ 1, 
GLITrAW. τὰ πραύτητα LTTrAW. Ὁ κύριος Lord ira, ° 6 LTTrAW. 


of the Christ GLTTraWw. 


- tion, 


ο — ὑμῶν (read thé members) ΤΤτΑ. 


525 


your life is hid with 
Christ in God. 4 When 
Christ, whe is our 
life, shall appear, then 
shall ye also appear 
With him in glory. 


5 Mortify therefore 
your members which 
are upon the earth; 
fornication, unclean- 
ness, inordinate affec- 
evil concupis- 
cence, and covetous- 
ness, which 18 idola- 
try: 6 for ‘which 
things’ sake the wrath 
of God cometh on the 
children of disobedi- 
ence: 7in the which 
ye also walked some 
time, when ye lived in 
them. 8 But now ye 
also put off all these ; 
anger, wrath, malice, 
blasphemy, filthy com- 
munication out of 
your mouth. 9 Lie not 
one to another, secing 
that ye have put off 
the old man with his 
deeds; 10 and have 
put on the new moan, 
which is renewed in 
knowledge after the 
image of him that 
created him. 11 where 
there is neither Greek 
nor Jew, circumcision 
nor uncircunicision, 
Barbarian, Scythian, 
bond nor free: but 
Christ is all, and in all. 


12 Put on therefore, 


“as the elect of God, 


holy and_ beloved, 
bowels of mercies, 
Kindness, humbleness 
of mind, ,meekness, 
longsuffering ; 13 for- 
bearing one another, 
and forgiving one 
another, if any man 
have a quarrel against 
any: even as Christ 
forgave you, so also 
do ye. 14 And above 
all these things put on, 


charity, which is the ~ 


bond of perfectness. 
15 And let the peace 
of God rule in your 
hearts, to the which 
also ye are called in 
one body; and be ye 
thankful. 16 Let the 
word of Christ dwell 
in you richly in all 


46 which a. 
δ τού- 


1 οἰκτιρμοῦ of compassion 


Ρ τοῦ χριστοῦ 


526 


wisdom ; teaching and 
adinonishiig one an- 
other in ypsalins and 
hymns and_ spiritual 
songs, singing with 
grace in your hearts 
to the Lord. 17 And 
whatsoever ye do in 
word or deed, do-all in 
the name of the Lord 
Jesus, giving thanks 
to God and the Father 
by him, 


18 Wives, submit 
yourselves unto your 
own husbands, as it is 
fit in the Lord, 19 Hus- 
bands, love your 
wives, and be not 
bitter against them. 
20 Children, obey 
your parents in all 
things: for this is well 
pleasing unto the Lord, 
21 Fathers, provoke 
not your children {ο 
anger, lest they be 
discouraged. 22 Ser- 
vants, obey in all 
things your masters 
according to the flesh; 
not with eyeservice, 
as menpleasers; but 
in singleness of heart, 
fearing God: 23 and 
whatsoever ye do, do 
a. heartily, as to the 
Lord, and not unto 
men ; 24 knowing that 
of the Lord ye shall 
receive the reward of 
the inheritance : for ye 
serve the Lord Christ. 
25 But he that doeth 
wrong shall receive 
for the wrong which 
he hath done: and 
there is no respect of 
persons. IV. Masters, 
give unto your ser- 
vants that which is 
just and equal; knqw- 
ing that ye also have 
a Master in heayen, 


2 Continue in prayer, 
nnd watch in the same 
with thanksgiving ; 
3 withal praying also 
for us, that God would 
Dpen unto us adoor of 
utterance, to speak 
the mystery of Christ, 
for which I am also 
in bonds: 4 that I 
may make it manifest, 


4 — καὶ LTTrAW. 
GLTTrAw. 
Σ — καὶ LTTrAW. 
Wives) L. 


Lord GLtTTraw. 
LTTraAW. 


ἡ τῷ θεῷ to God GLTTraw. 


Ὁ εὐάρεστόν ἐστιν LTTrA. 
© ὀφθαλμοδουλείᾳ eye-Service LW 3 ὀφθαλμοδουλίαις Τ.- 
h ὃ (read whatever) LrTraw 
1 yap (read for he that) LTrraw. 

ο οὐρανῷ heaven LTTraw, 


προς LONE SARIS III, Iv. 


ος. / , ‘ ‘ 
ἐν ὑμῖν πλουσίως, ἐν πάσῃ cogia’ διδάσκοντες καὶ νουθε- 
in you richly, in all wisdom; teaching and admon- 
τοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ψαλμοῖς καὶ! ὕμνοις kai" woaic, πνευµατι- 
ishing each other inpsalms and hymns ant “songs spiritual 
καῖς ἐν " χάριτι ἄδοντες ἐν ἱτῇ καρδίᾳ! ὑμῶν τῷ κυρίῳ" 
With grace singing in *heart tyour tothe Lord. 
17 καὶ πᾶν ὅτιπᾶνὶ ποιῆτε ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ, πάντα 
And everything, whatsoever ye may do in word or in work, [do] all 
’ , / > ~ . δω ~ ~ 
ἐν ὀνόματι Χκυρίου Ἰησοῦ, εὐχαριστοῦντες τῷ θεῷ’ Frat" 
in[{the] name οὗ [16] Τιοτᾶ Jesus, giving thanks to God and 
πατρὶ «δι αὐτοῦ. 
{the] Father Ὁ him. 
« --” μ᾿ = « ϑ' θ ~ 7704 "| " ᾽ ὃ Φ « 
18 Αἱ γυναῖκες, ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς.Τιδιοις" avdpacw, ὡς 


Wives, subject yourselves to your own’ husbands, as 
ἀνῆκεν ἐν κυρίῳ. 19 Οἱ ἄνδρες, ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναΐκας 
is becoming in [the] Lord. Husbands,, love the wives, 


‘ ‘ ͵ 4 > / 3 7 « 7 
καὶ μὴ.πικραίνεσθε πρὸς αὐτάς. 20 Τὰ τέκνα, ὑπακούετε 
and be not bitter against them, Children, obey 
τοῖς γονεῦσιν κατὰ.πάντα' τοῦτο.γάρ Ῥέστιν εὐάρεστον" ral 
the parents ‘in all things; for this is well-pleasing to the 

, ε / \ a? θί 3 , « ~ ε 
κυρίῳ. 21 Οἱ πατέρες, μὴ. ερεθίζετεῖ τὰ τέκνα. ὑμῶν, ἵνα μὴ 
Lord. ‘Fathers, do not provoke your children, that *not 

ἀθυμῶσιν. 22 Οἱ δοῦλοι, ὑπακούετε. κατὰ πάντα τοῖς 
1they *be disheartened. Bondmen, obey inallthings the 

A , / oe e2 θ λ ὃ ͵ “ell ε ? 

κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις, μὴ ἐν "ὀφθαλμοδουλείαις' ὡς ἀν- 
“according *to *fiesh ‘masters, ποῦ with eye-services, as 
θρωπάρεσκοι, fadX'! ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας, φοβούμενοι ἔτὸν 
men-pleasers, but in simplicity of heart, fearing 

, 1 ‘ ~~ er ΜΑ] ~ ? ~ ? / 
θεόν." 23 "kai πᾶν. ὅ.τι! ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐκ ψυχῆς ἐργά 
God. And whatsoever ye may do; “heartily ‘Ww 
τῷ- κυρίῳ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώποις" 24 εἰδότες ὅτι απὸ κυρίου 
tothe Lord and ποῦ tomen; knowing that from [the] Lord 
12 λ ᾽, θ Ι \ 7 . ὃ ~ 9 λ / > ~ k ᾿ ll 
ἀαποληψεσύυε" THY ἀγταποδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας" τῳ."γὰρ 


« 
εσθε, ὡς 
ΓΚ, 88 


ye shall receive the reconipense ofthe inheritance, for the 
‘ ~ ὃ δ UJ 95 « 1δ λῃ > ὃ ~ m ‘ ~ .. 
κυρίῳ χριστῳ OUVAEUVETE. -0O-0€ QAOtKWY κοµιειται 5 
Lord = Christ ye serve. But he that does wrong shall receive [for] 


ὃ ἠδίκησεν, καὶ οὐκ.ἔστιν "προσωποληψία." 4 Οἱ κύριοι, 
what he did wrong, -and there is no respect of persons. Masters, 
TO δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα τοῖς δούλοις 
that which [is] just and that which [is] equal to bondnien 
παρέχεσρε, εἰδότες ὅτι και ὑμεῖς ἔχετε Κύριον ἐν 9οὐρανοῖς.! 
give, knowing that also ye have a Master in [the] eavens. 
2 Ty προσευχῇ προσκαρτερεῖτε, γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῷ ἐν 
In prayer _ stedfastly continue, watching in it with 
εὐχαριστίᾳ' 8 προσευχόμενοι ἅμα «καὶ περὶ ἡμῶν, ἵνα ὁ θεὸς 
thanksgiving ; praying withal also for us, that God 
? ‘ € ~ , ~ ~ “ 
ἀνοίξῃ ἡμῖν θύραν τοῦ λόγου λαλῆσαι τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ 
may open tous adoor ofthe word tospeak the wystery of the 
> .. a? 5" 
χριστοῦ, δι Pol καὶ  δέδµαι 4 ἵνα ανε- 
Christ, οἱ account οἳ which also I have been bound, that I may make 
τ τς KOULTIrAW. 5 + τῇ LTTrAW. t ταῖς καρδίαις hearts 
A 5 ἐὰν LTr. 5 Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ of Jesus Christ Lw. 
z — ἰδίοις (read to the husbands) αι Έτ Αγ, a+ ὑμῶν (read your 
¢ ἐν in [the] G.TTraw. ἃ παροργίζετε L. 
ης 1 ἀλλὰ Tr. ‘8 τὸν κύριον the 
1 απολήµψεσθε LTTrA, ' k — γὰρ tor 


i ™ κομίσεται L. 2 προσωπολημψία LITra, 
P ov whom) L, 


ἵν. 


ρώσω αὐτὸ ὡς 


COLOSSIANS, 


µε χαλῆσαι. ὃ Ἔν σοφίᾳ περιπατεῖτε 


δεῖ 


manifest it as it behoves me_ to speak, In wisdom Ὁ -~walk 
πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω, τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι 6 ὁ λόγος 
towards those without, *the ‘time transoming. [6 7word 


ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι, ἅλατι 


ἠρτυμένος, εἰδέναι πῶς 
1τουσ [be} always with grace, 2with 5861 


seasoned, to know how 


δε ὑμᾶς ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ ἀποκρίνεσθαι. 
it Ώσποτος you 7each *one *to *answer. 
7 Ta κατ ἐμὲ πάντα γνωρίσει ὑμῖν Τυχικὸς 


?The *things *concerning 6 ‘all 7will make “known !°to '!you ®Tychicus 


ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἀδελφὸς καὶ πιστὸς διάκονος καὶ “σύνδουλος 


the beloved «brother and faithful servant and fellow-bondman 
ἐν κυρίῳ, 8 ὃν ἔπεμψα πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ἵνα 
in [the] Lord; whom Isent to you for this very thing, that 


dy" τὰ περὶ ὑμῶν" καὶ παρακαλέσῃ τὰς 


ι 
he might know the things concerning you, and might encourage 
καρδίας ὑμῶν, 9 σὺν Ὀνησίμῳ, τῷ πιστῷ καὶ ἀγαπητῷ 


your hearts ; with Oncsimus, the faithful and beloved 
ἀδελφῷ, ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν: πάντα :ὑμῖν Σγνωριοῦσιν! 
brother, who is of you. ΑΙ things *to*you ‘they *wili *make 7known 
τὰ ὦδε. 
"here. 


10 ᾿Ασπάζεται ὑμᾶς ᾿Αρίσταρχος ὁ.συναιχµάλωτός µου, καὶ 
*Salutes *you ‘Aristarchus 2my *fellow-prisoner, and 
Μάρκος ὁ ἀνεψιὸς Βαρνάβα, περὶ οὗ ἐλάβετε ἐντολάς" 
Mark, the cousin of Barnabas, coricerning whom ye received orders, 
ἐὰν ἔλθῃ "πρὸς ὑμᾶς, δέξασθε αὐτόν' 11 καὶ Ἰησοῦς ὁ λεγό- 


(if hecome to you, reccive him,) and Jesus called 
μενος Ἰοῦστος, οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς" * οὗτοι μόνοι 
Justus, who απο of [the] circumcision. These [are the] enly 


συνεργοὶ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, οἵτινες ἐγενήθησάν 
fellow-workers for the kingdom of God, who were 
μοι παρηγορία. 12 ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς Ἐπαφρᾶς ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν 
to me ἃ consolation. "Salutes *you ‘*Kpaphras who [is] of you, 
δοῦλος χριστοῦ, πάντοτε ἀγωνιζόμενος ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν ταῖς 


απ bondman of Christ, always striving for you in 
προσευχαῖς, iva VYorijre" τέλειοι καὶ “πεπληρωμένοι! ἐν 
prayers, that ye may stand perfect and complete in 


παντὶ θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ. 13 μαρτυρῶ.γὰρ αὐτῷ ὅτι ἔχει 


every will of God. For I bear witness to him that he has 
Σζῆλον πολὺν! ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν Kai τῶν ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ! καὶ τῶν 
3τεα] much for you and them in Laodicea and them 


2 < , ? / « ~ ~ « ‘ « ? 
ἐν Ἱεραπόλει. 14 ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς Λουκᾶς ὁ ἰατρὸς ὁ aya- 
in Hierapolis. *Salutes ®you 1Luke *the *physician *be- 
πητός, καὶ Δημᾶς. 15 ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἐν YAaoduccia' ἀδελ- 
loved, and Demas, _ Salute the *in *Laodicea *breth- 
φούς, καὶ 3Νυμφᾶν" καὶ τὴν κατ᾽ οἶκον. Ξαὐτοῦ! ἐκκλησίαν" 
ren, and: Nymphas, and _ the *in “his *house lassembly. 
16 καὶ ὅταν ἀναγνωσθῇ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν ἡ ἐπιστολή, ποιήσατε 
And when may beread among you, the _ epistle, cause 
ἵνα καὶ ἐν ty Λαοδικων ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀναγνωσθῇ, καὶ 
that also in the 7of [*the] *Laodiceans ‘assembly it may be read, and 


027 


as I onght to speak, 
5 Walk in wisdom to- 
ward them that are 
without, © redeeming 
the time. 6 Let your 
speech be alway with 
grace, seasoned with 
salt, that ye may know 
how ye ought to an- 
swer every man, 


7 All my state shall 
Tychicus declare unto 
you, who js a beloved 
brother, and a faith- 
ful minister and fel- 
lowservant in the 
Lord : 8 whom I have 
sent unto you for the 
same purpose, that he 
might know your es- 
tate, and comfort 
your hearts; 9 with 
Onesimus, a faithful 
and beloved brother, 
who is ome of you. 
They shall make 
known unto you all 
things which aye done 
here, 


10 Aristarchus my 
fellowprisoner salut- 
eth you, and Marcus, 
sister’s son to Barna- 
bas, (touching whom 
ye received command- 
ments :-if he come un- 
to you, receive him ;) 
11 and Jesus, which is 
called Justus, who are 
of the circumcision, 
These only are my 
fellowworkers unto 
the kingdom of God, 
which have been a 
comfort unto me, 12 E- 
paphras, who is one 
of you, a servant of 
Christ, saluteth you, 
always labouring fer- 
vently for you in 
prayers, that ye may 
stand perfect and com- 
plete in all the will of 
God. 13 For 1 bear 
him record, that he 
hatha great zeal for 
you, and them that are 
in Laodicea, and them 
in Hierapolis. 14 Luke, 
the beloved physician, 
and Demas, greet you. 
15 Salute the brethren 
which are in Laodicea, 
and Nymphas, an¢@the 
church which is in his 
house. 16 And when 
this epistle is read a- 
mong you, cause that 
it be read also in the 
church of the Laodi-- 
ceans; and that ye 





4 γνῶτε ye might know Lrtr. Τὸ ἡμῶν USLTTr. 5 γνωρίσουσιν 1, 
read These only who are of the circumcision [are the] &c. ura. 
¥ σταθῆτε ΤΊτ. “ πεπληροφορημένοι fully assured LTTraw. 
GLTTra ; πόνον πολὺν W. ¥ Λαοδικίᾳ.τ. : Νύμφαν Nympha 1, 
house) Lg αὐτῶν (read their house) Trra. 


t Punctuate so as to 
Ὁ + Ἰησοῦ Jesus LTTra. 
χ πολὺν πότον Much labour 


4 αὐτῆς (γειά her 


528 
likewise read tha 6” 
mistle from Laodicea, 
17 And say to Archip- 
pus, Take heed to the 
ministry which thou 
hast received in the 
Lord, that thou fulfil 


ΠΡΟΣ ΘΒΕΒΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΕΙΣ A. 1. 
\ "πὰ Iba .- , We ny) Ὲ-: ~ 3 A ~ + 17 ‘ ” 
THY ἐκ Ααοῤικειας (να και υμεις ανα γνὼτε και ειπατε 
that from Laodicea that also ye may read. And say 
ῃ ‘ / e [ή 3 
᾿Αρχίππῳ, Βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν 


ν᾽ service which thou didst receive in [the] 


€ ? A ane ied 3 
Ο ἀσπασμὸς τῇῃ-έμῃ-χειρι 


to Archippus, Take heed to the 
κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς. 18 





it. 18 The salutation Τιοχᾶ, “that it thou fulfil. The salutation *by *my [Sown] Shand 
by the hand of me pe Agar mae ἢ “τ ‘ , θ᾽ 
Paul. Remember my Παύλου. μνημονεύετε µου τῶν ὀεσμων. 1) χαρις με 
bonds. Grace be with 1ος *Paul, Remember my bonds. Grace [be] with 
you. Amen, Pinned eae π ἢ 
υμῶν. “ἀμὴν. 
you, Amen. 
~ , ” 4 ~ 
ἀΠρὸς  Κολασσαεῖς ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης, διὰ Τυχικοῦ καὶ 
To [the] Colossians written from Rome, by ‘ Tychicus and 
᾿Ονηδίμου." 
Onesimus, 
eH ΠΡΟΣ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΗΙΣ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΠΑΥΛΟΥ 
ΕΓ πο ΤΗΕ] TTHESSALONIANS 7EPISTLE 50Ε *PAUL 
ΗΡΩΤΗ.' 
*FIRST. 


PAUL, and Silvanus, 
and Timotheus, unto 
the church of the 
Thessalonians which is 
in God the Father and 
in the Lord Jesus 
Christ: Grace be unto 
you, and peace, from 
God our Father, and 
the Lord Jesus Christ. 


2 We give thanks to 
God always for you 
all, making mention 
of you in our prayers ; 
3 remembering with- 
out ceasing your work 
of faith, and labour of 
love, and patience of 
hope in our Lord Je- 
sus Christ, in the sight 
of God and our Fa- 
ther ; 4 knowing, bre- 
thren beloved, your 
election of God. 5 For 
our gospel came not 
unto you in word only, 
but also in power, and 
in the Holy Ghost, and 
in much assurance; as 
ye know what manner 
of men we were a- 
mong you for your 
sake. 6 And ye be- 
vame followcrs of us, 


ΠΑΥΛΟΣ καὶ Σιλουανὸς καὶ Τιμόθεος, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ Θεσ- 


Paul and Silvanus and Timotheus, tothe assembly of Thes- 
σαλονικέων ἐν θεῷ πατρὶ καὶ κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ χριστῷ" 
salonians in God {the] Father and([the] Lord Jesus Christ. 


χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη fad θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ 
Grace toyou and peace from God our Father 
Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ." 
Jesus Christ. 
2 ~ ~ ~ a7 4 ’ ε ~ 
2 Ἐὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν, 
We give thanks toGod always concerning αἱ] you, 
~ ΚΕΑ ~ ~ ~ 
νείαν ξὑμῶν' ποιούμενοι ἐπὶ TOY_TPOTEVYOV.yUaY, 8 ἀδια- 
“mention ὅο στοὰ ‘making at our prayers, un- 
λείπτως μνημονεύοντες ὑμῶν τοῦ ἔργου τῆς πίστεως καὶ TOU 
eeasingly remembering your work of faith and 
κόπου τῆς ἀγάπης καὶ τῆς ὑπομονῆς τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ κυρίου 
labour oflove and endurance of hope of “Lord 
ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς ἡμῶν" 
tour Jesus Christ, before *God Sand *Father our ; 
4 εἰδότες, ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ " θεοῦ, τὴν ἐκλογὴν. ὑμῶν. 
Knowing, brethren beloved by God, your election. 


5 ὅτι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον-ἡμῶν οὐκ. ἐγενήθη isic' ὑμᾶς ἐν λόγῳ 


κυρίου 
and [the] Lord 


Because our glad tidings came not to you η word 
µόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει καὶ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, καὶ Σέν’ 
only, but also in. power and in[the) Spirit ‘Holy, and in 


πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ, καθὼς οἴδατε οἷοι ἐγενήθημεν Ἰὲν! 


“full “assurance -*much, even as ye know what we were among 
« - ? ς ~ ~ ~ 

ὑμῖν δι ὑμᾶς. ϐ καὶ ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ ἡμῶν ἐγενήθητε 
you forthe sake οὗ you: an ye imitators of us became 


πα μις ια πμ μονο ο συμμοριών νο. 


Ὁ Λαοδικίας τ. 


GLTw ; Πρὸς Κολασσαεῖς Tra. 
. © + του Αποστόλου the apostle E; Πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεις α΄ LTTrAW. 


of verse [L]rtra. 
1 Γεν Tr. 


ς — ἀμήν GLTTrAW. ἃ Πρὸς Κολοσσαεῖς &c. Ε; — the subscription 


f — ἀπὸ θεοῦ to end 


Ε -- ὑμῶν LTTr[{A]. 1 πρὸς 1,. k — ἐν τ[τε], 


bh + τοῦ τ. 


i, Il. I THESSALONIANS. 


καὶ τοῦ κυρίου, δεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον ἐν θλίψει πολλῇ 
and of the Lord, having accepted the word im tribulation ‘much 
μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου, 7 ὥστε γενέσθαι ὑμᾶς Ὀτύπους! 
with joy of [the] *Spirit “Holy, sothat "became ‘ye patterns 
πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐμ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ καὶ " τῇ ᾿Αχαΐᾳ. 
toall those believing Macedonia and Achaia: 
? ως ~ ? [4 / ’ 
5 ἀφ. ὑμῶν.γὰρ ἐξήχηται ὁ λόγος τοῦ κυρίου οὐ μόνον ἐν 
forfrom you hassoundedout the word of the Lord not only in 


in 


τῷ Μακεδονίᾳ Kai°’Ayaig, Padda" «καὶ! ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ ἡ 
Macedonia and Achaia, but also in every place 
πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἐξελήλυθεν, ὥστε μὴ 

your faith which [is] towards God has gone abroad, soas ΠΟ 


τε 
anything ; 


χρείαν Ἱἡμᾶς ἔχειν"! λαλεῖν 


9 αὐτοὶ γὰρῥ περὶ 
need ‘for “us *to thave {ο 580 


for themselves concerning 
ἡμῶν ἀπαγγέλλουσιν ὁποίαν εἴσοδον "ἔχομεν" "πρὸς ὑμᾶς, 


us relate what entrancein we have to you, 
‘ ~ ? / « A A > 4 ~ ? ιά 

καὶ πῶς ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δου- 

and how ye turned to God from idols, to 


λεύειν θεῷ ζῶντι και ἀληθινῷ, 10 καὶ ἀναμένειν τὸν υἱὸν 
4 JULY, 4 
serve’ 2 *God Vliving 7and ‘true, and to await 7Son 
αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν, ὃν ἤγειρεν οἐκ Σνεκρῶν, Ἱη- 
"his from the heavens, whom he raised from among [the] dead— Je- 
σοῦν τὸν ῥυόμενον ἡμᾶς "ἀπὸ" τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς ἐρχομένης. 
sus, who delivers us from the *wrath Xcoming, 
2 Αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε, ἀδελφοί, τὴν. εἴσοδον-ημῶν τὴν 
For *yourselves 'ye know, brethren, ourentrancein which[wehad] 
πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὅτι οὐ κενὴ γέγονεν. 2 ἀλλὰ “καὶ προπαθόν- 
το you, that not void it has been; but also having before suf- 
Δ ε, / 1 ΒΩ ? / Ξ ᾽ > 
τες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες, καθὼς οἴδατε, ἐν Φιλίπποις, ἔπαρ- 
fered and having been insulted,evenas yeknow, at Philippi, we 
΄ 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ * Α ~ A ’ 
ῥησιασάμεθα ἐν τῷ.θεῷ.ἡμῶν λαλῆσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 
were bold in our God tospeak to you the glad tidings 
~ ~ ὦ ~ ο ~ « 4 ’ e ~ ? 
τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι. ὃ Ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ 
of Godin much _ conflict. For exhortation ‘our [was] not 
ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, Ξοὔτε! ἐν δόλῳ, 4 ἀλλὰ καθὼς 
ου error; nor of wuncleanness, nor in guile; but evenas 
ΤᾺ ΄ « A ~ ~ ~ [ή 5 
δεδοκιµάσµεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πιστευθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, 
we have been approved by God tobe entrusted with the glad tidings, 
οὕτως λαλοῦμεν, οὐχ ὡς ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκοντες, ἀλλὰ Στφ! 
5ο we speak ; not as *men ‘pleasing, but 
θεῷ, τῷ δοκιµάζοντι τὰς καρδίας "ἡμῶν." 5 Οὔτεγάρ ποτε 
God, who proves the _ hearts of us. For neither at any time 
ἐν λόγῳ *xodaxeiac" ἐγενήθημεν, καθὼς οἴδατε, οὔτε 
with word of flattery were we {with you], evenas yeknow, nor 
ἐν προφάσει πλεονεξίας, θεὸς μάρτυς, 6 οὔτε ζητοῦντες 
with apretext of covetousness, God [is] witness; nor seeking 
> , ΄ ~ ” > » 
ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν οὔτε ἀπ᾽ ἄλλων, 
from men glory, neitherfrom you nor from others, [though]. 
. ΄ e ~ ? a > > 
δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι ὡς χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι; 7 δάλλ" 
having power “burdensome 110396 as  Christ’s apostles ; but 
ἐγενήθημεν “ἤπιοι" ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν, ὡς ἂν" τροφὸς θάλπφ 
we were gentle in yourmidst, as a nurse would cherish 


before," 


529 


and of the Lord, hev- 
lag received the werd 
in much affliction, 
with joy of the Holy 
Ghost: 7 so that ye 
were ensamples toall 
that believe in Mace- 
donia and Achaia, 
8 For from you sound- 
ed out the word of the 
Lord not only in Ma- 
cedonia and Achaia, 
but also in every place 
your faith to God- 
ward is spread abroad; 
so that we need not 
to speak any thing. 
9 For they themssives 
shew of us what man- 
ner of entering in we 
had unto you, and how 
ye turned to God from 
idols to serve the liv- 
ing and true God; 
10 and to wait for 
his Son from heaven, 
whom he raised from 
the dead, even Jesus, 
which delivered us 


' from the wrath to 


come, 
It. For ο i> 
brethren, ow our 


‘entrance in unto you, 


that it was not in 
vain: 2 but even after 
that we had suffered 
and were 
shamefully entreated, 
‘as ye know, at Phi- 
lippi, we were bold in 
our God to speak unto 
you the gospel of God 
with muchcontention. 


‘3 For our exhortation 


was not of deceit, nor 
of uncleanness, nor in 
guile: 4 but as we 
were allowed of God 
to be put in trust with 
the gospel, even so we 
speak ; not aspleasing 
men, but God, which 
trieth our hearts. 5 For 
neither at any time 
used we flattering 
words, as ye know, 
nor a cloke of:,covet- 
ousness; God is wit- 
ness: 6 nor of men 
sought we glory, nei- 
ther of you, nor yet of 
others, when we might 

ave been burden- 
some, as the apostles 
of Christ. 7 But we 
were gentle among 

ou, even as 8 nurse 
cherisheth her chil- ~ 





τι τύπον a pattern LTTrAW. n+ éyin LITraw. 
. » c a 

9 — και LTTraWw, T exety ημας ΤΤΤΓΑΥΥ, 

αΤ,ΤΤΙΑ. "ἐκ out of τιν. π ---καὶ GLTTrAW. 


ὑμῶν of you w. ® κολακίας T. Ὁ ἀλλὰ TTr. 


x οὐδὲ LITrAW, 
© νήπιοι Simple 1. 


ο + ἐν (in) τῇ 11. 
5 ἔσχομεν we had GLTTrAW. 


P ἀλλ᾽ LA. 
t + τῶν the 
Σ — τῷ [L}rTra. 
ἃ ἐὰν LTTIA. 
M ut 


630 


dren: 8 s0 being af- 
fectionately desirous 
of you, we were will- 
ing to have imparted 
unto you, not the gos- 
pel of God only, but 
also our own souls, 
because ye were dear 
unto us. 9 For ye re- 
member, brethren, our 
labour and travail: 
for labouring night 
and day, because we 
would not be charge- 
able uwuto any of you, 
we preached unto you 
the gospel, of God. 
10 Ye are witnesses, 
and God also, bow 
holily and justly and 
unblameably we be- 
haved ourselves a- 
mong you that be- 
lieve : 11 as ye know 
how we exhorted and 
comforted and charged 
every one of you, as a 
father doth his chil- 
dren, 12 that ye would 
walk worthy of God, 
who hath called you 
unto his kingdom and 
glory. 13 For this 
cause also thank we 
God without ceasing, 
because, when ye re- 
ceived the word of 
God which ye heard 
of us, ye received it 
not as the word of 
men, but as it is in 
truth, the word of 
God, which effectually 
worketh also in you 
that believe. 14 For 
ye, brethren, became 
followers of the 
churches of God which 
in Judza are in Christ 
Jesus: for ye also 
have suffered like 
things of your own 
countrymen, even as 
they have of the Jews: 
15 who both killed the 
Lord .Jesus, and their 
own prophets, and 
have persecuted us; 
and they please. τν 
God, and are con- 
trary ΄ {ο all ‘men: 
16 forbidding us to 
speak to the Gentiles 
that they might be 
saved, to fill up their 
sins alway: for the 
wrath is come upon 
them to the utter- 
most, 


17 But we, brethren, 
bey:g taken from you 
for a short time in 


6 ὁμειρόμενοι GLTTrAW. 
Ὦ μαρτυρόμενος TIrAW. 


αὐτὰ GLITIAW. 
ο έφθακεν has come 


ΠΡΟΣ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΕΙΣ A. IL 
τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα. 8 οὕτως “ἱμειρόμενοι" ὑμῶν, εὐδοκοῦμεν 
herown children. Thus yearning over you, we were. picased 


μεταδοῦναι ὑμῖν οὐ µόνον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ 
to have imparted toyou not only the glad tidings of God, but 
καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς, διότι ἀγαπητοὶ ἡμῖν fyeyévnoOe." 
‘also our own lives, because beloved tous ye have become, 
9 μνημονεύετε.γάρ, ἀδελφοί, τὸν.κόπον-ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον" 


For yeremember, brethren, our labour and the ‘ toil, 
νυκτὸς. γὰρ" καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι, πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί 
for night and day working, for not to burden 


τινα ὑμῶν, ἐκηρύξαμεν εἰς ὑμᾶς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ. 
anyone of you, we proclaimed to you {πθ glad tidings of God. 
10 ὑμεῖς µάρτυρες καὶ ὁ θεός, ὡς ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως καὶ 
Ye [816] witnesses, and God, how holily and righteously and 
αμέμπτως ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐγενήθημεν, 11 καθάπερ. 
blamelessly with you that believe we were: even as 
οἴδατε, we ἕνα. ἕκαστον ὑμῶν, ὡς πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ, παρα- 
ye know, ΒΟ eath one of you, as a father *children *his 7own, ex- 
καλοῦντες ὑμᾶς καὶ παραμυθούμενοι 12 καὶ "μαρτυρούμενοι," 
horting you and consoling ‘and testifying, 
εἰς τὸ Ἱπεριπατῆσαιὶ ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ καλοῦντος 
for 2to *have *walked 1γοαι worthily of God, who ealls 
ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν.ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν. 18 Ἐ Διὰ τοῦτο 
τοι to his own kingdom aand_ glory. Because of this 
καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως, OTL παραλα- 


also we give thanks toGod unceasingly, that, having re- 
βόντε λόγον ἀκοῆς παρ ἡμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐδέξασθε ov 
ceived [the] word of [the] report *by *us of “God, ye accepted not 


λόγον ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ καθώς ἐστιν ἀληθῶς, λόγον θεοῦ, ὃς 
2word men’s, but evenas itis truly, 2word *God’s, which 

καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν. 14 ὑμεῖς γὰρ μιμηταὶ 

also works in you who believe. For ye imitators 

ἐγενήθητε, ἀδελφοί, THY ἐκκλησιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν οὐσῶν ἐν τῇ 
became, brethren, of the assemblies of God which are in 

? , ~? ~ { , - 
Ιουδαίᾳ ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ὅτι ἱταὐτὰ! ἐπάθετε καὶ ὑμεὶς 
Judza in Christ Jesus ; because the same things *suffered "also ‘ye 

€ 4 ~ , ~ ‘ x ~ 

ὑπὸ πῶν ἰδίων συμφυλετῶν καθὼς καὶ αὐτοὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἴου- 

from yourown countrymen 88 also they from the Jews, 


δαίων, 15 τῶν καὶ τὸν κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων ᾿Ιησοῦν καὶ 
who *both *the *Lord ‘killed Jesus and 


τοὺς "ἰδίους" ἷ i πὑμᾶς" ἐκδιωξά i θεῷ 
6: γυς" προφήτας, καὶ "ὑμᾶς" ἐκδιωξάντων, καὶ θεῷ 
their own prophets, and ου drove out, and *God 


μὴ.ἀρεσκόντων, καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων, 16 κω- 


14ο “not “please, and “all 3t0°men [8416] ?contrary, | for- 
λυόντων ἡμᾶς τοῖς ἔθνεσιν λαλῆσαι ἵνα σωθῶσιν, εἰς 
bidding us tothe nations to speak that they may besaved, for 


τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε 9ἐφθάσεν' δὲ 
to fill up their Bins always: but-is come 
ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς.τέλος. 
upon them the wrath to the uttermost. 
17 Ἡμεῖς.δέ, ἀδελφοί, ἀπορφανισθέντες ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν πρὸς 


But we, brethren, having been bereaved of you for 





8 — γὰρ for GLTTraw. 
Κ + καὶ and LTT:A. ι τὰ 
* B ἡμᾶς US EGLITrAW. 


f ἐγενήθητε ye became LTTraw. 
1 περιπατεῖν “to “walk LTTraw. 
m — ἔδιους (read the prophets) GLTTraW 
L. 
9 


I THESSALONIANS. 


καιρὸν ὥρας προσώπῳ ov καρδίᾳ, περισσοτέρως ἐἔσπου- 
time of anhour in face, not inheart, more abundantly were 
δάσαμεν τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ" 18 διὸ" 

diligent your face to see with much desire ; wherefore 
ἠθέλήσαμεν ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐγὼ μὲν Παῦλος καὶ ἅπαξ 
_ we wished tocome to you, 1 indeed Paul, koth once 
καὶ δίς, καὶ ἐνέκοψεν ἡμᾶς ὁ σατανᾶς. 19 τίς γὰρ ἡμῶν 
and twice, and “hindered “8 ‘Satan ; for what [is] our 

ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἣ στέφανος καυχήσεως; ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς 


hope or joy ΟΥ̓ crown of boasting? orf[are] not even ye 
ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ *xpicrov" ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ 
before our Lord Jesus Christ at his 
ος , ς - , ? « 4 ε x « / 
παρουσίᾳ ; 20 ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν και ἡ χαρά. 
coming? for ye are our glory’ and joy. 
Ὁ Διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες, ᾿εὐδοκήσαμενὶ καταλειφθῆναι 


Wherefore πιο longer enduring, we thought good to be left 


a / ‘ v4 A 4 
ἐν ᾿Αθήναις μόνοι, 2 καὶ ἐπέμψαμεν Τιμόθεον τὸν ἀδελφὸν 
in Athens alone, and sent Timotheus ?prother 
ς ~ " ~ ~ 4 ‘ 6 ~ ? ~ 
ἡμῶν καὶ ἴδιάκονον" τοῦ θεοῦ Ἱκαὶ συνεργὸν ἡμῶν" ἐν τῷ 
κου” and servant of God and *fellow-worker ‘our in the 
εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλέσαι 
glad tidings ofthe Christ, for toestablish you and _ to encourage 
ὑμᾶς" Ἀπερὶ' τῆς.πίστεως ὑμῶν 8 Στῷὶ Ἰμηδένα σαίνεσθαι! 
you concerning your faith that no one be moved 
ἐν ταῖς.θλίψεσιν ταύταις" αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε ὅτι εἰς τοῦτο 
by these tribulations. (For yourselves know that for this 
κείμεθα" 4 αν OTE πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἦμεν, προελέγομεν ὑμῖν 
weareset;  foralso, when with you wewere, wetold “Ρεξοτεπαπᾶά ‘you 
ὅτι μέλλομεν θλίβεσθαι, καθὼς καὶ ἐγένετο καὶ οἵ- 

we are about tosuffer tribulation, evenas also itcametopass and ye 
dare. 5 διὰ τοῦτο κἀγὼ μηκέτι στέγων, ἔπεμψα εἰς τὸ 
know.) Because of this. ITalso nolonger enduring, sent for 
γνῶναι τὴν. πἰδτιν. ὑμῶν, . μήπως ἐπείρασει ὑμᾶς ὁ 
to know your faith, lest perhaps *did°tempt ‘you ‘he *who 
πειράζων, καὶ εἰς κενὸν γένηται ὁκόπος ἡμῶν. 6 ἄρτι.δὲ 
tempts, and void should become our labour. But now 
? γ / A ε ~ aes ae he eae 3 ᾽ 
ἐλθόντος Τιμοθέου πρὸς ἡμᾶς ad’ ὑμῶν, καὶ εὐαγγελισα- 
“having "come *Timotheus to us from you, and having announced 
μένου ἡμῖν τὴν πίστιν kai τὴν ἀγάπην ὑμῶν, καὶ ὅτι 
giad tidings to us [of] "faith 7and *love tyour, and that 
ἔχετε μνείαν ἡμῶν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε, ἐπιποθοῦντες ἡμᾶς 
ye nave “remembrance *of*us “good lalways, longing Sus 
ἰδεῖν, καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς, 7 διὰ τοῦτο παρεκλή- 
ἦϊο “see, evenas also we you: becauseof this we were encou- 
θηµεν, ἀδελφοί, ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ “θλίψει Kai ἀνάγκῃ" 
raged, brethren, asto you, in all 2tribulation “and *necessity 
ἡμῶν, διὰ τῆς ὑμῶν. πίστεως 8 ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν ἐὰν ὑμεῖς 
tour, through your faith, because now weiive if ye 

ὑστήκητε' ἐν κυρίῳ. 9 τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα 
should stand fast in [the] Lord. For what thanksgiving are we able 
τῷ θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ TH χαρᾷ 
3to*God = 4to “render concerning you, for 41 _—itthe joy 


531 


presence, not in heart, 
endeavoured the more 
abundantly tosee yous 
face with great desire. 
18 Wherefore we would 
have come unto you, 
even I Paul, once 
and again ; but Satan 
hindered us. 19 For 
what zs our hope, or 
joy, or crown of re- 
joicing ? Are noteven 
ye in the presence of 
our Lord Jesus Christ 
at his coming ? 20 for 
ye are our glory and 
joy. 


111. Wherefore when 
we could no longer 
forbear, we thought 
it good to be left at 
Athens alone; 2 and 
sent Timotheus, our 
brother, and minister 
of God, and our fellow- 
labourer in the gospel 
of Christ, to establish 
you, and to comfort 
you concerning your 
faith: 3that no man 
should be moved by 
these afflictions: for 
yourselves know that 
we are appointed there- 
unto. 4 For verily, 
when we. were with 
you, we told you be- 
fore that we should 
suffer tribulation ; 
even as it came to pass, 
and ye know. 5 For 
this cause, when 1 
could no longer for- 
bear, I sent to know 
your faith, lest by 
some means the temp- 
ter have tempted you, 
and our labour be in 
vain. 6 But now when 
Timotheus came from 
you unto*us, and 
brought us good tid- 
ings of your faithand 
charity, and that ye 
have good remem- 
brance of us always, 
desiring greatly to see 
us, as we also to seé 
you. 7 therefore, bre- 
thren, we were com- 
forted over you in all 
our affliction and dis- 
tress by your faith: 
8 for now we live, if 
ye stand fast in the 
Lord. 9 For what 
thanks can we render 
to God again for you, 
for all the joy where- 


————— eee το} - 


α διότι because LTTrAW. ¥ — χριστοῦ LTTrA. 
fellow-worker (read τοῦ θεοῦ under God) GLaw. 
δ — ὑμᾶς LITrAW. x ὑπὲρ GLTTrAW, Υ τὸ LTTrAW. 
θαι 1. 5 ἀνάγκῃ nat θλίψει LTTraw. Ὁ στήκετε Stand fast ΤΤΓΑ. 


5 ηὐδοκήσαμεν TTr. 
¥ — καὶ συνεργὸν ἡμῶν GLTTrAW. 
2 μηδὲν (nothing [ye]) ἀσαίνεσ- 


t συνεργὸν 


632 


with we joy for your 
sakes before our God; 
10 night and day pray- 
ing excecdingly that 
we might see your 
face, and might per- 
fect that which is 
lacking in your faith? 
11 Now God himself 
and our Father, and 
our Lord Jesus Christ, 
direct our way unto 
you. 12 And the Lord 
make you to increase 
and abound in love 
one toward another, 
and toward 411 men, 
even as we do toward 
you : 13 to the end he 
may stablish your 
hearts unblameable in 
holiness before God, 
even our Father, at the 
coming of our Lord 
Jesus Christ with all 
his saints. 


IV. Furthermorethen 
we beseech you, bre- 
thren, and exhort you 
by the Lord Jesus, that 
as ye have received of 
us how ye ought to 
walk and to please 
God, so ye would a- 
bound more and more, 
2 For ye know what 
commandments we 
gave you by the Lord 
Jesus, 3 For this is 
the will of God, even 
τς sanctification, 

hat ye should abstain 
from fornication : 
4 thatevery one of you 
should know how to 
possess his vessel in 
sanctification and ho- 
nour ; 5 not inthe lust 
of conetpiscence, even 
as the Gentiles which 
know not God: 6 that 
no man go beyond and 
defraud his brother in 
any matter: because 
that the Lord its the 
avenger of all such, as 
we also have fore- 
warned you and testi- 
fied. 7 For God hath 
τοῦ called us unto un- 
cleanness, but unto 
holiness. 8 He there- 
fore that despiseth, de- 
Spiseth not man, but 
God, who hath also 
given unto us his holy 
Spirit. 


᾿Ξ ΞΞ ΞΘ οἱ ee ee ee ee 
55 (ending the question at ἡμῶν) Ga. 
f — χριστοῦ LTTraw. 
K + καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε even as also ye are walking LrTraw. 
m — ὃ (read [(the]) LTTra. 
ἃ διδόντα gives LTTr, 


of God) t. 


MPOS ΘΕΣΣΑΛΔΟΝΜΙΓΚΕΙΣ A. 
, ? 

χαίρομεν δι 
wherewith we rejoice on account of you 
10 νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἀὑπὲρ.ἐκπερισσοῦ" δεόμενοι εἰς τὸ ἰδεῖν 
night and day exceedingly beseeching for to see 
ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον, καὶ καταρτίσαι τὰ ὑστερήματα τῆς πίστεως 
your face, and toperfect the things Jacking in *faith 
ὑμῶν; 11 Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ ἡμῶν καὶ ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν 


Ill, 17. 


ὑμᾶς ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.θεοῦ ἡμῶν," 
before our God, 


1your ὃ But himself 3ᾳοᾶ “and our °Father ‘and Sonr *Lord 

~ ‘ ᾿ ε ‘ ~ 4 « ~ 
Ἰησοῦς “χριστὸς! κατευθύναι τὴν.ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 
toFesus 1 Christ may direct our way ο τοι. 


πλεονάσαι 


12 ὑμᾶς. δὲ ὁ κύριος καὶ περισσεύσαι τῇ 
lmay *make to exceed and 


But °you *the *Lord to abound 
ἀγάπῃ εἰς ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰς πάντας, καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς 
in love toward one another and toward all, evenas also we 

εἰς ὑμᾶς, 18 εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας ἀμέμπτους 
toward you, for toestablish your hearts biameless 


ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, ἐν τῇ 
in holiness before 7God °and *Father- ‘our, at the 
παρουσίᾳ τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ ἰχριστοῦ" μετὰ πάντων τῶν 
coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with © all 
ἁγίων.αὐτοῦ. 5 
his saints. 


4 Τὸ! λοιπὸν οὖν, ἀδελφοί, ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρα- 
Fortherest then, brethren, we beseech you and we 
καλοῦμεν ἐν κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ,ὶ καθὼς παρελάβετε παρ᾽ ἡμῶν 
exhort in {the] Lord Jesus, evenas yereceived from us 
τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀρέσκειν θεῷ, * ἵνα περισ- 
how it behoves you to walk and please God, that yeshould 
σεύητε μᾶλλον. 2 οἴδατε.γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν. 
abound more. For yeknow what injunctions we gave 
ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ. 3 τοῦτο.γάρ éoriy! θέλημα τοῦ 
you through the Lord Jesus, For this is *will 


θεοῦ, ὁ. ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν, ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας, 


*God’s, yoursanctification, *to*abstain ['for]“you from fornication, 
29/ ͵ ε ~ ~ ~ ~ 
4 εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος κτᾶσθαι ἐν 
*to "know *each of “you [how] *his*own ‘vessel to “possess in 
« ~ ‘ ~ ΄ , ’ 
ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ, ὃ μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας καθάπερ καὶ 


sanctification and honour, (mot in passion of lust even as 8150 


τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν θεύν' 6 τὸ μὴ ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ 
the nations who know not God,) not togo beyond and 
πλεονεκτεῖν ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, διότι ἔκ- 
to overreach in the , matter his brother ; because [the] a- 
« , Z ‘ ‘ « 
δικος __™o" κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων, καθὼς καὶ 
venger [is] the Lord concerning all these things, even as_ also 
, e ~ 4 , , 
"προείπαμεν! ὑμῖν καὶ διεµαρτυράµεθα. 7 οὐ. γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν 
we told “before ‘you and fully testified. For *not cailed 
« ~ « A ? \ ? / , ~ ~ 
ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, οἀλλ'" ἐν ἁγιασμῷ. 8 τοιγαροῦν 
*us God to  uncleanness, but in sanctification. So then 
« 3 ~ ᾽ » a ~ ‘ / Ν 
0 ἀθετῶν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν θεόν, τὸν 
he that sets aside, “ποὺ ο Sman 1sets aside, but God, who 
Ρκαὶ" Wovra" στὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ" τὸ ἅγιον εἰς ἡμᾶς." 
also gave his “Spirit *Holy to us. 








ἆ ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ GLTTrAW. 


ιῶν , © — χριστὸς LTTrA. 
Ε + ἀμήν Amen [τ]τ. bh — Τὸ GLTTraw. 


i+ ἵνα that LTTra. 
1 + [τὸ] (read the will 
πομ ο ἀλλὰ TTr. Ρ — καὶ LT:[A]. 
δυμας you LT?Traw. 


the. Ὁ προείπομεν 6. 
F αντου τὸ πνεῦμα 1. 


I THESSALONIANS. 
τῆς φιλαδελφίας ob χρείαν ἴἔχετε" 


brotherly love “no ‘need ye “have [for me] 


IV, V. 
9 Περὶ.δὲ 


Now concerning 
c ~ > A A « ~ , 7ὔ 7 > ‘ ? ἐδ 
φειν ὑμῖν, αὐτοὶ. γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε εἰς τὸ ἀγαπᾷν 
write toyou, for*yourselves ‘ye ‘*taught *of °God “are for to love 
> ἢ ἊΝ ‘ A ~ 7 4 > / 4 ? 
ἀλλήλους" 10 καὶ γὰρ ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἀδελ- 
one another. For also ye do this towards all the bre- 
A τ 4 all ? « ~ ὃ ͵ ~ ἈΝ ~ 
φοὺς ‘Tove ἐν ὕλῃ.τῇῃ. Μακεδονίᾳ. παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, 
thren who [are] in the whole of Macedonia ; but we exhort you, 
29 s [2 ~ ‘ ~ < , 
ἀδελφοί, περισσεύειν μᾶλλον, 11 καὶ φιλοτιμεῖσθαι ἡσυχάζειν 


γρά- 
το 


brethren, to abound more, and endeavour earnestly to be cuiet 
καὶ πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια, Kat ἐργάζεσθαι ταῖς "ἰδίαις" χερσὶν 
and to do your own things, and to work with *own *hands 


ὑμῶν, καθὼς ὑμῖν παρηγγείλαµεν, 12 ἵνα περιπατῆτε εὖ- 
your, evenas on you we enjoined, that yemaywaik  be- 
σχηµόνως πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω, καὶ μηδενὸς χρείαν ἔχητε. 
comingly towards those without, and ofnoone need ‘may “have. 
13 Οὐ θελω" δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, περὶ 
*Not *I%do‘wish *but you’ to be ignorant, brethren, concerning 
«τῶν Σκεκοιμημένων, ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε, καθὼς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ 
those who have fallen asleep, that ye be not grieved, even as also the rest 
οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα. 14 εἰ γὰρ. πιστεύομεν ὅτι ᾿Ιησοῦς ἀπέ- 
who have no hope. Forif webelieve that Jesus died 
θανεν. καὶ ἀνέστη, οὕτως Kai ὃ θεὸς τοῦς κοιμηθέντας᾽ 
and rose again, 80 also God those who are fallen asleep 
διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἄξει σὺν αὐτῷ. 15 τοῦτο.γὰρ ὑμῖν λέ- 


through Jesus willbring with him. For this to you we 
γοµεν ἐν λό κυρίου, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες, οἱ περι- 
Bay in [the] word of[the] Lord, that we the living who re- 


λειπόμενοι εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ κυρίου, οὐ μὴ φθάσωμεν 
main to the coming ofthe Lord, in no wise may anticipate 
τοὺς κοιµηθέντας' 16 ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος ἐν. κελεύσ- 
those who are fallen asleep; because “himself *the *Lord with a shout of com- 
ματι, ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχπαγγέλου Kai ἐν σάλπιγγι θεοῦ κατα- 
mand, with γοῖσος ‘archangel’s and with trumpet of God shall 
βήσεται ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται. 
descend from heaven, and the dead in Christ shall rise 
πρῶτον" 17 ἔπειτα ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες οἱ περιλειπόμενοι, ἅμα 
first ; then we the. living who ἶ remain, together 
σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν 
with them shall be caught away in[the] clouds’ for [the} meeting . 
τοῦ κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα, καὶ οὕτως πάντοτε σὺν + κυρίῳ ἐσό- 
ofthe Lord in{the] air; and thus always with [the] Lord we shall 


µεθα. 18 ὥστε παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους ἐν τοῖς λόγοιε τούτοις. 
be. So encourage one another with these words, 


5 Περὶ δὲ τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν, ἀδελφοί, οὐ χρείαν 
But concerning the times and the seasons, brethren, *no ‘need 
ἔχετε ὑμῖν γράφεσθαι 2 αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἀκριβῶς οἴδατε ὅτι 
απο “have for you to be written [to], for *yourselves “accurately tye *know that 
τὴ" ἡμέρα κυρίου we κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως ἔρχεται" 


the day οἱ [Πε] Lord δα. κα thief by night 80 comes, 
3 ὅταν. "γὰρ" «λέγωσιν, Ἑἰρήνη καὶ ἀσφάλεια, τότε αἰφνί- 
For when they maysay, Peace απᾶ ρεουτίόγ, then sud- 
διος αὐτοῖς Ῥέφίσταται! ὄλεθρος, ὥσπερ ἡ.ὠδν τῇ 
den “upon *them 2comes ldestruction, as travail to her 


533 
9 But as touching 


brotherly love ye need 
not that I write unto 


you: for yeyourselves . 


are taught of God’ 


to love one another. 
10 And indeed ye do 
it toward all the bre- 
thren which arein all 
Macedonia: but we 
beseech you, brethren, 
that ye increase more 
and more; ll and that 
yestudy to be quiet,and 
to do your own busi- 
ness, and to work with 
your own hands, ag 
we commanded you; 
12 that ye may walk 
honestly toward them 
that are without, and 
that ye may have lack 
of nothing, 


13 But I would not 
have you to be igno- 
rant, brethren, con- 
cerning them which 
are asleep, that ye sor- 
Tow not, even as others 
which have no hope. 
14 For if we believe 
that Jesus died and 
rose again, even so 
them also which sleep 


_in Jesus will God bring 


with him. 15 For this 
we say unto you by 
the word of the Lord, 
that we which are a- 
live and remain unto 
the coming of the Lord 
shall not prevent them 
which are _ asleep. 
16 For the Lord him- 
self shall descend from 
heaven with a shout, 
with the voice of the 
archangel, and with 
the trump of , God: 
and the dead in Christ 
shall rise first : 17 then 
we which are alive and 
remain shall be caught 
up together with them 
in the clouds, to meet 
the Lord in the air: 
and so shall we ever 
he with the Lord. 
18 Wherefore comfort 
one arfother with these 
words, 


V. But of the times 
and the seasons, bre- 
thren, ye have no need 
that I write unto you. 
2 For yourselves know 
perfectly that the day 
of the Lord so com- 
eth as a thief in the 
night. 3' or when 
they shall say, Peace 
and safety; then sud- 
den destruction com- 
eth upon them, as 
travail upon a woman 





v — τοὺς LI[Tr]. 
Υ κοιμωμένων are falling asleep LTTra. 
Ὁ ἐπίσταται TTr. 


t €xous we have L. 
3do °wish GLITraWw. 
8 — yap for ezira ; [δὲ] but L. 


w— ἰδίαις OWN LTTrAW. 
2 — ἡ (read [the]) trt:[a]w. 


x θέλομεν 3νυθ 


534 


with child; and they 
shall notescape. 4 But 
ye, brethren, are not 
in darkness, that that 
day should overtake 
you as a thief. 5 Ye 
are all the children of 
light, and the child- 
ren of the day: we are 
not of the night, nor of 
darkness. 6 Therefore 
let us not sleep, as do 
others; but let us 
watch and be sober. 
7 For they that sleep 
sleep in the night; 
and they that be 
drunken are drunken 
in the night. 8 But 
let us, who are of the 
day, be sober, putting 
on the breastplate of 
faith and love; and for 
an helmet, the hope 
of salvation. 9 For 
God hath not appoint- 
Βα us to wrath, but to 
obtain salvation by 
our Lord Jesus Christ, 
10 who died for us, 
that, whether we wake 
or sleep, we should live 
together with him. 
11 Wherefore comfort 
yourselves. together, 
and edify one another, 
even as also ye do. 


12 And we beseech 
you, brethren, to know 
them which labour a- 
mong you, and are over 
you in the Lord, and 
admonish τοι; 13 and 
to esteem them very 
highly in love for 
their ποτ] sake. 
And be at peace 
among yourselves, 
14 Now we exhort you, 
brethren, warn them 
that are unruly, com- 
fort the feebleminded, 
support the weak, be 
patient toward all men. 
15 See that none render 
evil for evil unto any 
man ; but ever follow 
that which is good, 
both amcng your- 
selves, and to all men. 
16 Rejoice evermore, 
17 Pray without ceas- 
ing. 18 In every thing 
give thanks: for this 
is the will of God 
in Christ Jesus con- 
cerning you. 19 Quench 
not the Spirit. 20 De- 


προς ESS ANON TRE TS A. hig 
ἐν γαστρτ. ἐχούσῃ, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν. 4 ὑμεῖς-δε, ἀδελ- 
that is with child; and in no:wise shall they escape. But ye, bre- 
poi, οὐκ.ἐστὲ ἐν σκότει, ἵνα “ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς" ὡς ἀκλεπτηςὶ 
thren, are not in darkness, that the day you as a thief 
καταλάβῃ" 5 πάντες " ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας" 
should overtake: ail ye sons oflight are and sons of day ; 
οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους. 6 dpa οὖν μὴ καθεύδωµεν 
wearenot ofnight nor of darkness, So then we should not sleep 
Γκαὶὶ οἱ λοιποί, ἀλλὰ γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν. 
also the _ rest, but we should watch and we should be sober ; 
7 οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες νυκτὸς καθέύδουσιν, καὶ οἱ εθυ- 
for they that sleep *by *night sleep, and they that are 
σκόµενοι νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν' ὃ ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες νήφω- 
drunken “by *night ‘get 7drunk; but we ’of*day ‘being should be 
μεν, "ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ 
sober, having put on [the] breastplate of faith and love, and [as] 
περικεφαλαίαν ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας 9 ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς 
helmet “hope 4salvation’s ; because not *has *set ‘us 
ὁ θεὸς εἰς ὀργήν, SaXX'! εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας διὰ τοῦ 
1God for wrath, but for obtaining salvation through 
κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, 10 τοῦ ἀποθανόντος Νὑπὲρ' ἡμῶν, 
our Lord Jesus Christ, who died for us, 
ἵνα εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωµεν, ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ 
that whether we may watch or wemay sleep, together with him 


ζήσωμεν. 11 διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς 
we may live. Wherefore encourage one another, and build up one 
τὸν ἕνα, καθὼς καὶ ποιεῖτε. 
the other, evenas also ye are doing. 
12 ᾿Ερωτῶμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, εἰδέναι τοὺς κοπιῶντας 
But we beseech you, brethren, to know thosewho labour 
ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ προϊσταμένους ὑμῶν iv κυρίῳ, καὶ νουθε- 
among you, ‘and take the lead of you in{the} Lord, and admo- 
τοῦντας ὑμᾶς, 13 καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς Ιὑπὲρ.ἐκπερισσοῦ! ἐν 


ὡς 
85 


nish you, and toesteem them exceedingly in 
ἀγάπῃ διὰ τὸ ἔργον.αὐτῶν. εἰρηνεύετε ἐν "ἑαυτοῖς." 
love οἱ δοοοπῃῦ of their work. Be at peace among yourselves. 


14 παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, νουθετεῖτε τοὺς ἀτάκτους, 
But weexhort , you, brethren, admonish the disorderly, 
~ ‘ ? /΄ ? / ~ ? ~ 
παραμυθεῖσθε τοὺς ὀλιγοψύχους, ἀντέχεσθε τῶν ἀσθενῶν, µα- 
console ‘the faint-hearted, sustain the weak, be 
κροθυμεῖτε πρὸς πάντας. 15 ὁρᾶτε μή τις κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ. 
patient towards all. See that not’anyone evil for 6011 
τινὶ . ἀποδῷ Ἱ ἀλλὰ πάντοτε τὸ ἀγαθὸν διώκετε ™eai" εἰς 
to anyone render, but always the good pursue both towards 
? , Ν aes , ; , / ? 
ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰς πάντας. 16 πάντοτε χαίρετε. 17 ἀδια- 
one another andtowards all; always rejoice ; unceas- 
λείπτως προσεύχεσθε. 18 ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε: τοῦτο.γὰρ" 
ingly pray ; in everything give thanks, for this 
, ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 
θέλημα θεοῦ ἔν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς. 19 τὸ πνεῦμα 
{isthe} will’ of God in Christ Jesus towards you; the Spirit 





spise not prophesy- \ , τ 

ings. 31 Ps ee μὴ. “σβέννυτε." 20 προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε. 21 πάντα 

things; hold fastthat do not quench ; prophecies do not set at naught; all thingy 
© ὑμᾶς ἡ ἡμέρα Lw. 4 κλέπτας thieves L. 5 + γὰρ for (all) GLTTrAw. f— καὶ 


LTTr[A]. 


wUTE @. 


8 ἀλλὰ ΤΤτΑ. 
κ αὐτοῖς (read With them) Tr 
Ρ + δὲ but (all things) @urtraw, 


h περὶ TTr. 


ες ΠΝ - - 
1 υπερεκπερισσώς LTTrA 3 ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ GW. 
! ἀποδοι T, 


m — καὶ LTTr, X+eoTwisL, 9 ζβέν- 


I, II THESSALONIANS. 
δοκιμάζετε. τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε. 22 ἀπὸ παντὸς εἴδους πονη- 
prove, the right hold fast ; from every form of wicked- 


~ ᾽ / ᾽ A SA y \ ~ ae « A 
pov ἀπέχεσθε. 23 Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἁγιάσαι 
ness abstain, Now ‘himself ?the *God *of °peace tmay sanctify 
ε ~ « ~ A « 7 « ~ A ~ ‘ 
ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς' καὶ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ 
you wholly ; and Sentire ?your ‘spirit Sand ‘soul 
‘ 4 ~ ? [ή ? ~ , ~ ’ ε ~ 
και TO σωµα ἀμέμπτως εν TH παρουσίᾳ του.κυρίου ημῶν 
7and ®body ‘blameless ‘at the pane +o f Sour ma 
? ~ ~ , 4 ~ / ~ 
]ησοῦ χριστοῦ τηρηθείη. 24 πιστὸς 0 καλῶν ὑμᾶς, 
Jesus ‘*Christ ‘may °be ᾿ϑργϑβοσνοᾶ, [He 15] faithful who calls you, 
ὃς καὶ ποιήσει. 25 ᾿Αδελφοί, προσεύχεσθε περὶ ἡμῶν. 
who. also will perform [it]. Brethren, pray for us, 
26 ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς πάντας ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ. 
Salute “the . *brethren 1411 with 2 7kiss holy. 
« / ε ~ ‘ ~ 
27 "ὁρκίζω" ὑμᾶς τὸν κύριον ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἔπιστο- 
Tadjure you [by] the Lord [that] be read the epistle 
Any πᾶσιν τοῖς "ἁγίοις" ἀδελφοῖς. “28 ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν 
toall the holy brethren. The grace of our Lord 
Inoov χριστοῦ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 'ἀμήν." 
Jesus Christ [be] with τοι, Amen, 
7 Πρὸς θεσσαλονικεῖς πρώτη ἐγράφη ἀπὸ ᾿Αθηνῶν." 
"Το [519] “Thessalonians ‘first written from Athens, 





Ἢ ΠΡΟΣ 


ΠΠ το 


ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΕΙΣ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ 


[ΞΕ] STHESSALONIANS *EPISTLE 


ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ καὶ Σιλουανὸς καὶ Τιμόθεος, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ Θεσ- 
Paul and Silvanus and Timotheus, to the assembly of Thes- 
σαλονικέων ἐν θεῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ κυρίῳ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστῷ" 
salonians in God Father ‘our and _ Lord Jesus Christ. 
2 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς Ῥήμῶν" καὶ κυρίου 


Grace toyou and peace from God "Βαΐπεσ tour and Lord 
᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 
Jesus Christ. 

3 Εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, 

3ο *thank we 7ought God always concerning ‘you, 

᾽ , ι » , ? ε « , « / 
ἀδελφοί, καθὼς ἄξιόν ἐστιν, ὅτι ὑπεραυξάνει ἡ πίστις 
brethren, evenas meet itis, ,because increases exceedingly *faith 
ὑμῶν, καὶ πλεονάζει 1) ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου πάντων ὑμῶν 
your, and abotnds the’ love of 7one leach of 5811 you 


" ἐν 


εἰς ἀλλήλους" 4 ὥστε «ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς" ἐν ὑμῖν καυχᾶσθαι 
in 


to oneanother; soasfor us _ ourselves 3in *you 14ο “boast 
ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑπομονῆς ὑμῶν καὶ πίστεως 
the assemblies of God for your endurance and = faith 
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ΓΝ. , 
ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν καὶ ταῖς θλίψεσιν αἷς ave- 
in all your persecutions and the tribulations which ye are 
χεσθε, 5 ἔνδειγμα τῆς δικαίας κρίσεως τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ 
bearing; a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God, for 


635 
which is good, 22 Ab- 
stain from all appear- 
ance of evil. 23 And the 
very God of peace 
sanctify you wholly ; 
and I pray God your 
whole spirit and soul 
and body be preserved 
blameless unto the 
coming of our Lord 
Jesus Christ. 24 Faith- 
fulis he that calleth 
you, who aiso will da 
at, 25 Brethren, pray 
for us. 26 Greet allthe 
brethren with an holy 
kiss. 27 I charge you 
by the Lord that this 
epistle be read unto al] 
the holy brethren. 
28 The grace of our 
Lord Jesus Christ be 
with you. Amen, 


ΔΕΥΤΕΡΑ.' 


ΣΦΗΕΟΟΝΡΟ, 


PAUL, and Silvanns, 
and Timotheus, unto 
the. church of the 
Thessalonians in God 
our Father and the 
Lord Jesus Christ: 
2 Grace unto you, and 

ace, from God our 

ather and the Lord 
Jesus Christ, 


3 We are bound to 
thank God always for 
you, brethren, as itis 
meet, because that 
your faith groweth 
exceedingly, and the 
charity of every one 
of you all toward each 
other aboundeth ; 4 so 
that we ourselves glory 
in you in .the churches 
of God for your pa- 
tience and faith in all 
your persecutions and 
tribulations that ye 
endure: 5 which 4s a 
manifest token of the 
righteous judgment of 
God, that ye may bé 





4 + [καὶ] also τ΄. ¥ ἐνορκίζω LTTrAW. 8 — ἁγίοις LTTrA. 
. ΄ SS = ’ 
ν--- the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεις α ττὰ. 


t — ἀμήν GLITrAW. 


® + Παύλου τοῦ Αποστόλου of the Apostle Paul Ε; + Παύλου 6; Πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεῖς β΄ 


LTTraw. b — ἡμῶν (read [the]) [LtrJa ο αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς TIrA. 


(ἐν- 1) LTTra, 


ἃ ἐγκανχᾶσθαν 


536 


counted worthy of the 
kingdom of God, for 
which ye also suffer: 
6 seeing it isa right- 
eous thing with God 
to recompense tribu- 
lation to them that 
trouble you; 7 and 
to you who are trou- 
bled rest with us, 
when the Lord Je- 
sus shall be revealed 
from heaven with his 
mighty angels, 8 in 
fiaming fire taking 
vengeance on them 
that know not God, 
and that obey not the 
gospel of our Lord Je- 
sus Christ: 9 who shall 
be punished with ever- 
lasting destruction 
from the presence of 
the Lord, and from 
the glory of his power; 
10 when he shall come 
to- be glorified in his 
saints, and to be ad- 
mired in all them that 
believe (because our 
testimony among you 
was believed) in that 
day. 11 Wherefore al- 
so we pray always 
for you, that our 
God would count you 
worthy of this calling, 
and fulfil all the good 
pleasure of his good- 
ness, and the work of 
faith with power: 
12 that the name of 
our Lord Jesus Christ 
may be glorified in 
you, and ye in him, 
according to the grace 
of our God and the 
Lord Jesus Christ, 


II. Now we beseech 
you, brethren, by the 
coming of our. Lord 
Jesus Christ, and by 
our gathering together 
unto him, 2 that τε be 
not soon shaken in 
mind, or be troubled, 
neither by spirit, nor 
by word, nor by Ictter’ 
as from us, as that the 
day of Christ is at 
hand. 3 Let no man 
deceive you by any 
means: for that day 
shall not come, except 
there come a falli 
away first, and that 
man of sin be reveal- 
ed, the son of perdi- 
tion ; 4 who opposeth 
and exaltceth himself 
above 41} that is called 


* φλογὶ πυρὸς a flame of tire Ltrw. 


eternal) 1. 


ΠΡΟΣ OESSAAONIKEIS ΜΒ. 


: ] 4 πιστεύσασιν believed GLTTraw. 
* κυρίου Lord ΟΙΤΤΤΑΥΥ. 


1, πὶ. 


ὑμᾶς τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ, ὑπὲρ ἧς 


καταξιωθῆναι 
kingdom of God, for which 


2to *be *accounted Sworthy ‘you of the 
καὶ πάσχετε' 6 εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι 
also ye suffer ; if at least righteous [itis] with God to recompense 
τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλίψιν, 7 καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς θλιβο- 
to those who oppress you tribulation, and to you that are ΟΡ- 
μένοις ἄνεσιν μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 
pressed repose with 8, at the revelation of the Lord Jesus 
ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ per ἀγγέλων δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, 8 ἐν “πυρὶ φλογός, 
from heaven ‘with(the] angels of his power, in afire of flame, 
διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσιν θεόν, καὶ τοῖς μὴ 
awarding vengeance ΟΠ ἔλοςε that “not *know God, and those that *not 
ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ.κυρίου-ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" 
10Ώογ the glad tidings of our Lord Jesus Christ, 
9 οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν. Εὔλεθρονὶ αἰώνιον, ἀπὸ 
who [the] penalty shall suffer, 7destruction ‘eternal, from [the] 
προσώπου τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τῆς ἰσχύος.αὐτοῦ, 
presence of the Lord, and from πο glory of his strength, 
10 ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς. ἁγίοις. αὐτοῦ καὶ 
when heshallhavecome ἴο ΡῈ ϱ]οτίβοαᾶά in his saints and 
θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς "πιστεύουσιν," ὅτι ἐπιστεύθη 
to be wondered at in all them that believe, (because *was Shelieved 
τὸ. μαρτύριον ἡμῶν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, ἐν τῇ. ἡμέρᾳ. ἐκείνῃ. 11 εἰς ὃ 
1017 ?testimony 51ο του) + in that day. For which 
καὶ προσευχόµεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, ἵνα ὑμᾶς ἀξιώσῃ 
also we pray always for you, that *you *may ‘count *worthy 
τῆς κλήσεως ὁ.θεὸς ἡμῶν, καὶ πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν 
708 ®the "ορβ]]ΐηπς *our *God, and may fulfil every good pleasure 
? ’ » ή a id ue 
ἀγαθωσύνης καὶ ἔργον πίστεως ἐν δυνάµει' 12 ὅπως ἐν- 
of goodness and work of faith with power, so that may 


δοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Ἰχριστοῦ" ἐν ὑμῖν, 


be glorified the name of our Lord Jesus Christ in you, 
‘ « ~ > ~ 4 ’ ~ ~ ε ~ ‘ 

καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ, κατὰ THY χάριν τοῦ.θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ 

and ye in him, accordingto 8 9 grace of our God and 
κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 


οὗ [1πε] Lord Jesus Christ. 
2 Ἐρωτῶμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοι, ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ 
Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming 
/ « » ? ~ ~ ‘ «- ~ ~ 
κυριου.ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ᾽ 
of our Lord Jesus Christ and our gathering together to 
? , ᾽ x μ ~ ~ ~ ΄ 
αὐτόν, 3 εἰς τὸ μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ νούς, 
hin, for Ξποῦ ‘*quickly “*to*be®shaken Ίτοα in mind, 
μήτε" θροεῖσθαι, μήτε διὰ πνεύματος, μήτε διὰ λόγου, μήτε 
nor ἴο Ὀ6 ἰτοιαρ]εᾶ, neither by spirit, nor by word, nor 
? , ~ ε > ε ~ e ev ~ 
δι᾿ ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δι ἡμῶν, ὡς ὅτι ἐνέστηκεν ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ 
by‘ epistle, as if by us, as that ispresent the day ofthe 
1 - ~ , « ~ ᾿ - / 4 , 
χριστοῦ." 3 Mn τις ὑμᾶς ἐξἀπατήσῃ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον’ 


Christ. Not, anyone *you ‘shonld *deceive in any way, 
᾿ 5 ; a γι (Ut. no) 
ieee . ἐὰν. μὴ ἔλθῃ Ἢ ἀποστασία πρῶτον 
ng because [it will not be] unless shall have cgme the apostasy first, 
‘ ? see » ~ , ‘ 
καὶ ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἁμαρτίας," ὁ υἱὸς 
and shall have been revealed the man of sin, ‘the son 


τῆς ἀπωλείας, 4 ὁ ἀντικείμενος καὶ ὑπεραιρόμενος ἐπὶ πάντα 
of perdition, he who opposes and exaltshimself above all 

f — χριστοῦ (L]7Tra, 8 ὀλέθριον», (read fatal, 

λ *— xptorvov,(L]tTraw. Καὶ μηδὲ LTTrAW. 

™ ἀνομίας Of lawlessness TTr, 


11. 
λεγόμενον θεὸν ἢ ὥστε.αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν ναὸν 
called God in the temple 
τοῦ θεοῦ "ὡς θεὸν" καθίσαι, ἀποδεικνύγτα ἑαυτὸν ὅτι ἐστὶν 
οἱ God as God tositdown, setting forth himself that he is 
θεός. 5 οὐ μνημονεύετε ὅτι ἔτι ὧν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ταῦτα 
God. Do ye not remember that, yet being with you, these things 
ἔλεγον ὑμῖν: Θ καὶ viv τὸ κατέχον οἴδατε, εἰς τὸ ἀπο- 
Isaid to you? And now that which restrains ye know, for 2to *be 
καλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ" καιρῷ. 7 τὸ γὰρ μυστήριον 
‘revealed *him in his own timie, For the mystery 
ἤδη ἐνεργεῖται τῆς ἀνομίας, µόνον ὁ κατέχων 
‘already “15 °working lof *lawlessness; only [there is] he who restrains 
ἄρτι ἕως ἐκ μέσου γένηται" ὃ καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυ- 
at present until out of [the] midst he be [gone], and then will be re- 
Φθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος, ὃν ὁ κύριος" “ἀναλώσει! τῷ 
vealed the lawless [onc], wkom the Lord will consume with*the 
πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος. αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ 
breath of his mouth, and annul by the appearing 
τῆς.παρουσίας αὐτοῦ" 9 οὗ ἐστιν ἡ παρουσία κατ 
of his coming ; whose ?is ‘coming according to [the] 
ἐνέργειαν τοῦ σατανᾶ ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει καὶ σημείοις καὶ τέρασιν 
working of Satan in every power and_ signs and wonders 
tA ‘ ? ἦν > ’ τ ~ iT] ” ΄ 5} ll ~ 
ψεύδους, 10 καὶ ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ττῆς" ἀδικίας ἐν" τοῖς 
of falsehood, and in every deceit of unrighteousness in them that 
ἀπολλυμένοις, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν τὴν ἀγάπην τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ. ἐδέξαντο 
perish, because the. love ofthe truth _ they received not 
? A An 2 ρε ‘ 4 - t , il 
εἰς. τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτοὺς" 11 καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἵπέμψει 
for “to *be *saved ‘them. And on account of this 2will *send 
αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς 
*to *them 1God a working oferror, for 2to *believe 1them 
~ 8 ὃ 5 τ θῷ τ “2 ll e ‘ , 
τῷ φψεύδει' 12 ἵνα κριθῶσιν πάντες!" οἱ μὴ.πιστεύσαντες 
what [15] false, that may be judged all who believed not 
τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλ᾽" εὐδοκήσαντες *év' τῇ ἀδικίᾳ. 
the truth, but delighted in unrighteousness, 
13 Ἡμεῖς δὲ ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν τῷ θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ 


II THESSALONIANS. 


σέβασμα, 
or object of reneration: so as for him 


But we ought togive thanks toGod always concerning 
ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ κυρίου, ὅτι Υεϊλετοὶ ὑμᾶς 
you, « brethren beloved by [the] Lord, that chose syou 
ὁ θεὸς Zar’ ἀρχῆς" εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 


1God from [the] beginning to 
καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας. 


salvation in sanctification of [the] Spirit 


14 εἰς ὃ 3 ἐκάλεσεν Ὀὑμᾶς' διὰ τοῦ 


and belief of [the] truth; whereto he called you by 
εὐαγγελίου. ἡμῶν, εἰς περιποίησιν δόξης τοῦ κυρίου 
our glad tidings, to [the] obtaining of [the] glory ὁ of *Lord 


ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. 15 dpa οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε, καὶ 


‘our Jesus Christ. So then, brethren, stand firm, and 
κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις ἃς ἐδιδάχθητε, εἴτε διὰ λόγου 
hold fast the traditions which ye were taught, whether by word 


εἴτε δι ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν. 16 αὐτὸς.δὲ ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς 


or ὃν our epistle. But *himself 7Lord ‘our sJesus 
© χριστός, καὶ 40! θεὸς ai" πατὴρ ἡμῶν, ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς 
*Christ, and *God ὅδ Father our, who loved us, 


537 


God, or that is wor- 
shipped; so that he 
as God sitteth in the 
temple of God, shew- 
ing himself that he is 
God. 5 Remember ye 
not, that, when I was 
yet with you, I told 
you these thidgs? 
6 and now ye know 
what withholdeth that 
he might be revealed 
in his time. 7 For the 
mystery of iniquity 
doth already work: 
only he who now let- 
teth will let, until he 
be taken out of the 


-way. 8 And then shall 


that Wicked be reveal- 
ed, whom the Lord 
shall consume with 
the spirit of bis mouth, 
and shall destroy with 
the brightness of his 
coming: 9 even him, 
whose coming is after 
the working of Satan 
with all power. and 
signs and lying won- 
ders, 10 and with all 
deceivableness of un- 
righteousness in them 
that perish; because 
they reccived not the 
love of the truth, that 
they might be saved. 
11 And for this cause 
God shall send them 
strong delusion, that 
they should believe a 
lie : 12 that they all 
might be damned whe 
believed not the truth, 
but had pleasure in 
unrighteousness, 


13 But we are bound 
to give thanks alway 
to God for you, bre- 
thren beloved of the 
Lord, because God 
hath from the begin- 
ning chosen you to sal- 
yation through sanc- 
tification of the Spirit 
and belief of the 
truth: 14 whereunto 
he called you by our 
gospel, to the obtain- 
ing of the glory of our 
Lord Jesus Christ. 
15 Therefore, brethren, 
stand fast, and hold 
the traditions which 
ye have been taught, 
whether by word,,or 
our epistle. 16 Now 
our Lord Jesus Christ 
himself, and God, even 
our Father, which hath 
Ίοτοὰ us, and hath 





Ὁ — ὡς θεὸν GLTTrAW. 
8 ἀνελεῖ Will slay LTTra. 
ὃ πέμπει 581145 LTTrAW. 
iteousness) |L]TTr[A]. 
ἐς US L. ο + othe L. 


ο αὐτοῦ (read his time) Trr. 
© — τῆς LTTrAW. 
ν ἅπαντες ΤΤτΑ. 
Σ εἵλατο GLTTrAW. 
8 — ὁ [L}tr, εὁ LITrA, 


5 ἀλλὰ Tir. 
1 ἀπαρχὴν 1, 


Ρ + Ἰησοῦς Jesus GLTTraw. 
8 — ἐν (read τοῖς to them that) Lrtraw. 
x — ἐν (read ἀδικίᾳ in 


5. -ἰ xavaulso T, 


538 


given us everlasting 
consolation and good 
hope through grace, 
17 comfort your hearts, 
and stablish you in 
every good word and 
work. 


ΤΙΙ. Finally, bre- 
thren, pray for us, that 
the word of the Lord 
may have free course, 
and be glorified, even 
as it is with you :2and 
that we may be de- 
liyered from unreason- 
ableand wicked men: 
for all men have not 
faith. 3 But the Lord 
is faithful, who shal! 
stablish you, and 
keep you from evil. 
4 And we have confi- 
dence in the Lord 
touching you, that ye 
both do and will do 
the things which we 
command you. 5 And 
the Lord direct your 
hearts into the love 
of God, and into the 
patient waiting for 
Christ. 


6 Now we command 
you, brethren, in the 
name of our Lord Je- 
sus Christ, that ye 
withdraw yourselves 
from every brother 
that walketh disorder- 
ly, and not after the 
tradition which he re- 
ceived of us. 7 For 
yourselyes know how 
ye ought to follow us: 
for we behaved not 
ourselves disorderly 
. among you; 8 neither 
did we eat any man’s 
bread for nought; but 
wrought with labour 
and travail night and 
day, that we might 
not be chargeable to 
any of you: 9. not 
because we have not 
power, but to make 
ourselves an ensample 
unto you to follow us, 
10 For even when we 
were with you, this 
we commanded you, 
that if any would 
not work, neither 
should he eat. 11 For 
we hear that there 
are some which walk 
among you disorderly, 
working not at all, 


MPOS ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΕΙΣ B. 


1, HE 


καὶ δοὺς παράκλησιν αἰωνίαν καὶ.ἐλπίδα ἀγαθὴν ἐν χάριτι, 
and ρατο [1.5] "encouragement ‘eternal and “*hope ασοοά Ὁγ σταοθ, 
17 παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι ᾿ὑμᾶςὶ 


may he encourage hearts, and may heestablish you 


8 ‘ , ‘ » iH] 2 ~ 
ἐν παντὶ ϑλόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ" ἀγαθῷ. 
in every “word “and *work ‘good. 
3 Τὸλοιπόν, προσεύχεσθε, ἀδελφοί, περὶ ἡμῶν, ἵνα ὃ 
For the rest, pray, brethren, for us, that the 
λόγος τοῦ κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς 
word ofthe Lord may run and may-be glorified, even as also with 
ὑμᾶς, 3 καὶ ἵνα ῥυσθῶμεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀτόπων καὶ πονηρῶν 
you;> and that we may be delivered from perverse and wicked 
ἀνθρώπων' οὐ.γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις. 9 πιστὸς 
men, for*not ‘ofall [11] ‘faith ([*the Sportian]. °Faithfui 
δὲ ἐστιν 6 κύριος, ὃς στηρίξει ὑμᾶς καὶ φυλάξει 
Shut as the Lord, who Will establish you and _ will keep [you] 
ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ. 4 πεποίθαμεν.δὲ ἐν κυρίῳ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, 


your 


from evil. But we trust in [the] Lord asto τοι, 

ὅτι ἃ παραγγέλλομεν ἰὑμῖν," Ε Ἰκαὶὶ ποιεῖτε καὶ 

that the things which we charge you, both ye are doing and 

ποιήσετε. 5 ὁ δὲ ᾿ κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας εἰς 
will do. But the *Lord *may direct your hearts into 

τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai εἰς ™ ὑπομονὴν τοῦ χριστοῦ. 

the love of God, «πᾶ into [the] endurance ofthe Christ. 


6 Παραγγέλλομεν-δὲ ὑμῖν, ἀδελφοί, ἐν 
Now we charge you, brethren, 


κυρίου "ἡμῶν! Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, 


ὀνόματι τοῦ 
in [the] name 


στέλλεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ παν- 


of our Lord Jesus Christ, [that] ?withdraw tye from every 
TOC ἀδελφοῦ ἀτάκτως περιπατοῦντος, καὶ μὴ κατὰ τὴν 
brother disorderly walking, and not according to the 


παράδοσιν ἣν “παρέλαβεν! παρ ἡμῶν. 7 αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε 
tradition which he received from ius. For “yourselves 'ye know 
~ ~ ~ e ~ ε , 

πῶς δεῖ μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς" ὅτι οὐκ-ἠτακτήσαμεν 

how it behoves[you] to imitate us, because we behaved not disorderly 
? « ~ νι ‘ » , ’ ? 
ἐν ὑμῖν, 8 οὐδὲ δωρεὰν ἄρτον ἐφάγομεν παρά τινος, Padr" 

among you; nor for nought bread did weeat from anyone; but 

> , ‘ ΄ ΄ ἘΝ ΕΣ , ΄ \ 

ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ, “νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν" ἐργαζόμενοι, πρὸς TO 

in labour and _ toil, night and day working, for 

μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν' 9 οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ.ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν, 

not to be burdensome to anyone of you. Not that wehave not authority, 

> ἐν « 4 ΄ - { ~ A ~ ~ 

ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἑαυτοὺς τύπον δῶμεν ἡμῖν εἰς τὸ μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς. 

but that ourselves a pattern we might give to you for to imitate us. 

10 καὶ γὰρ ὅτε ἦμεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς τοῦτο παρηγγέλλομεν ὑμῖν, 

For also when we were with τοι this we charged you, 

.“ » 3 / ? ΄ Η͂ " 

ὅτι εἴ τις οὖ-θελει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω. 11 ἀκούομεν 

that if anyone doesnot wish to work, neither let him eat, *We “hear 
id ΄ ? e ~ ? , ‘ 4 

γὰρ τινας περιπατουντας ἐν ὑμῖν ἀτάκτως, μηδὲν ἐργαζο- 
for some are walking among you _ disorderly, not at ail work- 


μένους, ἀλλὰ περιεργαζοµένους. 12 τοῖς δὲ.τοιούτοις παραγ- 





but are busybodies. in but bei : 

ee Wala dapsone δ, ! eing busy ee Now such we 

such we commandand Ύέλλομεν καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν "did τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 

exhort by our LordJe- charge and exhort by our Lord Jesus 
f — ὑμᾶς (read [you]) LTTraw. Ε ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ LTTrAW. 1 6 θεός God L. i — ὑμῖν 


[τ]ττια. 


received Ltr. 


κ + [καὶ ἐποιήσατε] ye did 1, 
5.--- ἡμῶν (read the Lord) [1)]Α. 
Ρ ἀλλὰ Tr. 
Lord Jesus Christ Litra, 


= — καὶ [τ]1{ττ].᾿ m + τὴν the GLTTraw. 
_ ° παρελάβοσαν they received, caTw ; παρελάβετε ye 
I γυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας LTTr, * ἐν κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ χριστῷ in [the] 


a I TIMOTHY. 


χριστοῦ," ἵνα μετὰ ἡσυχίας ἐργαζόμενοι, τὸν.ἑαυτῶν ἄρτον 
Christ, that with quictness working, their own bread 
ἐσθίωσιν. 13 ὑμεῖς δὲ, ἀδελφοὶ, μὴ. ἐκκακήσητεϊ καλοποιοῦν- 
they may eat. But ye, brethren, donot lose heart [in] well-doing. 
τες. 14 εἰδε τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ.λόγῳ ἡμῶν διὰ τῆς ἐπι- 
But if anyone obey not our word by the epis- 
στολῆς, τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε ἱκαὶ" Yun .συναναμίγνυσθε' αὐτῷ, 
tle, “that (Sman) ‘mark and associate not with him, 
or ? ᾿ ~ \ \ ε ? A ς - 7 : 
ινα ἐντραπῇ᾽ 15 καὶ μὴ ὡς ἐχθρὸν ἡγεῖσθε, ἀλλὰ 
that he may be ashamed ; and not as an enemy esteem [him], but 
νουθετεῖτε ὡς ἀδελφόν. 16 αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης 
admonish [him]as a brother. But Shimself “the *Lord *of *peace 


δῴη ὑμῖν τὴν εἰρήνην διὰ. παντὸς ἐν παντὶ τρόπῳ." ὁ 
ΑΥ͂ give you peace continually in _ every way. The 
ἱκύριος μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. 


Lord [be] with all 

17 Ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ-ἐμῇ.χειρὶ Παύλου, 6 ἐστιν σημεῖον 
The salutation *by*my(Sown]°hand 'of*Paul, which is [the] sign 

ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ' οὕτως γράφω. 18 ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν 


you. 


in every epistle ; 50 I write. The grace of our Lord 
᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. "ἀμήν." 
Jesus Christ [be] with 3411 *you. Amen, 

Πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεῖς δευτέρα ἐγράφη ἀπὸ ᾿Αθηνῶν." 


3Το [Pthe] *Thessalonians ‘second written from Athens. 





539 


sus Christ, that, with 
quietness they work, 
and eat their own 
bread. 13 But ye, bre- 
thren, be not ‘weary in 
well doing. 14 And if 
any man obey not our 
word by this epistle, 
note that man, and 
have no company with 
him, that he may be 
ashamed. 15 Yet count 
him not as ap enemy, 
but admonishhim as a 
brother. 16 Now the 
Lord of peace himself 
give you peace always 
by all means. The 
Lord δε with you all, 


17 The salutation of 
Paul with mine own 
hand, which is the to- 
ken in every epistle: 
so I write. 18 The 
grace of our Lord Je- 
sus Christ be with you 
all. Amen. 


Ἢ ΠΡΟΣ TIMOOEON ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΠΡΩΤΗ. 


THE 3TO “TIMOTHY 2HPISTLE 


κατ᾽ ἐπιταγὴν 
according to [the] command 


ΠΑΥΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος " Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" 
Paul, apostle “of Jesus Christ 
θεοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, καὶ "κυρίου" Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ! τῆς 

of God our Saviour, and of [the] Lord Jesus Christ 


ἐλπίδος. ἡμῶν, 2 Τιμοθέ νησίῳ τέκνῳ ἐν πίστει χάρις 
το ἡμῶν, ος να κω in faith; ος 


our hope, to Timotheus, [my] true grace, 
/ A ~ Ν « ~ Ν ~ 2 - 
ἔλεος, εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς "ἡμῶν" καὶ χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 
mercy, peace, from God our Father and Christ Jesus 
τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν. 
our Lord. 


~ ? , 
8 Καθὼς παρεκάλεσά σε προσμεῖναι ἐν . Ἐφέσῳ, 
Even as I besought thee toremain in Ephesus, [when I was] 
% , ; τ ν ’ A ‘ \ 
πορευόμενος εἰς Μακεδονίαν, ἵνα παραγγείλῃς τισὶν μὴ 
going to Macedonia, that thou mightest charge some not 


~ ‘ / Δ ’ 
ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖν, 4 μηδὲ προσέχειν μύθοις καὶ γεγεαλογίαις 
to teach other doctrines, nor togive heed tofables and 2c7enealogies 


7 , ~ n ? 
ἀπεράντοις, αἵτινες 'Cnrnsec' παρέχουσιν μᾶλλον ἢ Εοίκονο- 


‘interminable, which “questionings ‘bring rather than *adminis- 
\ / Py \ A , ~ / 

μίαν! θεοῦ τὴν ἐν πίστει 5 τὸ.δὲ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας 

tration 'God’s which [15] in faith. But the end of the charge 


t — καὶ LTTrA. 


5 éy- LTTrAW. a 
xX — apyv ΤΤΓΑ. 


with LTra. ν τόπῳ place L. 
σαλονικεῖς β΄ TrA. 

8 + Παύλου τοῦ ᾿Αποστό 
Ὁ χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ TTrAW. 
(read [1}}6]} Lrtraw, 


© — κυρίου GLTTrAW. 
f ἐκζητήσεις ττς. 


‘FIRST. 


PAQYL, an apostle of 
Jesus Christ by the 
commandment of God 
our Saviour, and 
Lord Jesus Christ, 
which ts our hope; 
2 unto Timothy, my 
own son in the faith: 
Grace, mercy, and 
peace, from God our 
Father and Jesus 
Christ our Lord. 


3 AsT besought thee 
to abide still at Ephe- 
sus, when I went into 
Macedonia, that thou 
mightest charge some 
that they teach no 
other doctrine, 4 nei- 
ther give heed to fables 
and endless genealo- 
gies, which minister 
questions, rather than 
godly edifying which 
is in faith: 9ο do. 
5 Now the end of the 
commandment is cha- 


v μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι not to associate yourselves 
y — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Θεσ- 


λου of the Apostle Paul 5; + Παύλου G; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον α΄ LITrAW. 
4 χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ GLTTraW, 


€ οἰκοδομίαν building up Ε, 


9 -- ἡμῶν 


540 


rity ovt of a pure 
heart, and of a good 
conscience, 
faith unfeigned:6 from 
which some having 
swerved have turned 
aside unto vain jang- 
ling ; 7 desiring to be 
teachers of the law; 
understanding neither 
what they say, nor 
whereof they affirm. 
8 But we know that 
the law is good, ifa 
man use it lawfully; 
9 knowing this, that 
the law is not made 
for a. righteous man, 
but for the lawicss 
and disobedient, for 
the ungod!y and for 
sinners, for unholy 
and profane, for mur- 
derers of fathers and 
murderers of mothers, 
for manslayers, 10 for 
whoremongers, for 
them that defile them- 
selves with mankind, 
for menstealers, for 
liars, for  perjured 
persons, and if there 
be any other thing 
tHat is contrary 
to ,sound doctrine ; 


11 according to the~ 


glorious gospel of the 
blessed God, which 
was committed to my 
trust. 12 And I thank 
Christ Jesus our Lord, 
who hath enabied me, 
for that he counted 
me faithful, putting 
me into the ministry ; 
13 who was before a 
blasphemer, and a per- 
secutor, and injurious: 
but I obtained mercy, 
because I did ἐξ igno- 
rantly in unbelief. 
14 And the grace of 
our Lord was exceed- 
ing abundant with 
faith and love which 
is in Christ Jesus. 
15 This is a faithful 
saying, and worthy of 
all acceptation, that 
Christ Jesus came into 
the world to save sin- 
ners; of whom I am 
chief. 16 Howbeit for 
this cause I obtained 
mercy, that in me first 
Jesus Christ might 
shew forth all long- 
suffering, for a pat- 
tern to them which 
should hereafter be- 
lieve on him to life 
everlasting. 17. Now 
untothe King eternal, 
immortal, invisible, 
the only wise God, be 
honour and glory for 
ever and ever. Amen. 
18 This charge I com- 





Β χρήσηται L. 
LTTrA. 


LTTraw, 


and of 


i πατρολῴαις LTTrA. 
n+ µε me (being) 1». 
*— σοφῷ GLITrAW, 


A. 


καὶ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς 
and a “conscience good 


ΠΡΟΣ TIMGGEON i. 
ἐστὶν ἀγάπη ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 
is love outof “pure ta heart 
καὶ πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου' 6 ὧν τινες ἀστοχήσαντες, 
and faith unfeigned ; from which some, having missed the mark, 
ἐξετράπησαν εἰς µαταιολογίαν, 7 θέλοντες εἶναι νοµοδιδάσ- 
turned aside to vain talking, wishing to be law-teachers, 
‘ ~ , ’ ‘ ek’! 
καλοι, μὴ νοοῦντες [NTE ἃ λέγουσιν, μήτε περὶ τίνων 
understanding neither what they say, nor concerning what 


~ wn Qi e ‘ ες , 3 yf 
διαβεβαιοῦνται. ὃ οἴδαμεν.δὲ ὅτι καλὸς ὁ νόμος, ἐάν τις 


they strongly affirm. Now we know that good [is]the law, if anyone 
αὐτῷ νομίμως χρῆται," 9 εἰδὼς τοῦτο, OTe δικαίῳ 
315 lawfully 1156, knowing this, that for a righteous [one] 
νόμος οὐ κεῖται, ἀνόμοις.δὲ καὶ ἀνυποτάκτοις, ἀσεβέσιν 
law is not enacted, but for lawless and insubordinate [ones], for [the] ungodly 
καὶ ἁμιαοτωλοῖς, ἀνοσίοις καὶ βεβήλοις, Ἱπατραλφαις! 
απᾶ ἐπ ἔα], for [the] unholy απᾶ profane, _ .for smiters of fathers 


καὶ "πητραλῴαις," ἀνδροφόνοις, 10 πόρνοις, ἀρσενο- 
and smiters of mothers; forslayers of man, fornicators, abusers of them- 
ἀνδραποδισταῖς, ψεύσταις, ἐπιόρκοις, καὶ εἴ 

men-stealers, liars, perjurers,, and if 


κοίταις, 
selves with men, 


τι ἕτερον τῇ ὑγιαινούσφ διδασκαλίᾳ ἀντίκειται, 11 κατὰ 
any *thing ‘other to sound teaching is opposed, according to 
τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δόξης τοῦ μακαρίου θεοῦ, ὃ ἐπιστεύ- 
the glad tidings οὗ τΏο glory ofthe blessed God, which *was*entrusted 
θην ἐγώ. 12 ἱκαὶ" χάριν ἔχω τῷ ἐνδυναμώσαντί µε χριστῷ 
*with ΤΙ. And Ithank him who strengthened me, Christ 
᾿]ησοῦ τῷ. κυρίῳ. ἡμῶν, ὅτι πιστόν µε ἡγήσατο, θέμενος εἰς 
Jesus our Lord, that faithful me he esteemed, appointing [me] to 
διακονίαν, 19 ™rov" πρότερον dvra™ βλάσφημον καὶ διώκτην 


service, “previously *being ablasphemer and persecutor 
Δ 3 , ee AX’! ar 70 ε/ 7 ~ ? , 
και ὑβριστὴν" Ca ἠλεησην, Οτι ἀγνοῶν εποίησα 
διὰ insolent ; but Iwas shéwn mercy, because beingignorant I did 


ἐν ἀπιστίᾳ" 14 ὑπερεπλεόνασεν.δὲ ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν 

[it] in unbelief. But superabounded the grace of our Lord 
μετὰ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης τῆς ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. 16 πιστὸς 
with faith and love which [is],in Christ Jesus. Faithful 
ὁ λόγος καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος, ὅτι χριστὸς ᾿]ησοῦς 


[15] the word, and ofall acceptation worthy, that Christ Jesus 
ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἁμαρτωλοὺς σῶσαι, ὧν πρῶτός 
came into the world sinners to save, of whom [the] first 
εἰμι ἐγώ. 16 ἀλλὰ διὰ τοῦτο ἠλεήθην, ἕνα ἐν ἐμοὶ 
Fam (20, But for this reason I was shewn mercy, that in me, (the) 
πρώτῳ ἐνδείξηται PF Inoove χριστὸς!" τὴν πᾶσαν" µακρο- 
first, *might *shew *forth 1 Jesus “Christ the whole long- 


θυµίαν, πρὸς ὑποτύπωσιν τῶν μελλόντων πιστεύειν ἐπ᾽ 


suffering, for adelineation of those being about tc believe on 
~ ᾽ . ., “ ‘ ἐς ~ ~ ΄ 

αὐτῷ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 17 τῷ. δὲ βασιλεῖ τῶν αἰώνων, | 

him to life eternal. Nowtothe King of the ages, [the] 


ἀφθάρτῳ, ἀοράτῳ, μόνῳ 'σοφφ' θεῷ, τιμὴ καὶ δόξα εἰς τοὺς 
incorruptible, invisible, only wise God, honour and glory to the 
αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 18 ταύτην τὴν παραγγελίαν 
ages of the ages, Amen. This charge 
παρατίθεµαί σοι, τέκνον Τιμόθεε, κατὰ τὰς προ- 
I commit to thee, [my] child Timotheus, according to the ‘going 


πι Τὸ 
4 απασαν 


1 — καὶ LTTrA, 


Κ µητρολωαις LTTrA. 
Ρ χριστὸς ᾿]ησοῦς LTra, 


ο ἀλλὰ LTTrAW, 


ἘΞ ΕΜ ΟΣ ¥. 


= -- ΄ ͵ 3 ? ~ 4 
σε προφητείας, ἵνα στρατεύῃ' ἐν αὐταῖς τὴν 
545 *to *thee ‘prophecies, that thou mightest war by them the 
καλὴν στρατείαν, 19 ἔχων πίστιν καὶ ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν, 
good warfare, holding faith and “good 2a conscience; 
ἥ τινες ἀπωσάμενοι, περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν' 


ἥν 
which [conscience] some, having cast away, as to faith made shipwreck ; 


20 ὧν ἐστιν Ὑμέναιος καὶ ᾿Αλέξανδρος, οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ 
of whom are Hynorenzus and Alexander, whom I delivered up 


σατανᾷ, ἵνα παιδευθῶσιν μὴ βλασφημεῖν. 
to Satan, that they may be disciplined not to blaspheme. 


2 Παρακαλῶ οὖν πρῶτον πάντων .ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, 
1 exhort therefore, first of all, to be made supplications, 


ΤΕ. 


αγούσας ἐπί 
©before 


προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας, ὑπὲρ πάντων avOpw- 


prayers, intercessions, thunksgivings, for all men ; 
πων, 3 ὑπὲρ βασιλέων καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐν ὑπεροχῇ ὄντων, 
for kings and all that in dignity are, 


ἵνα ἤρεμον καὶ ἡσύχιον βίον διάγωµεν ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ 
that atranquil and quiet life wemaylead in all ‘ piety and 
σεµνότητι' ὃ τοῦτο.'γὰρὶ καλὸν καὶ ἀποδεκτὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ 
gravity ; for this [15] good and _ acceptable before 
σωτῆρος ἡμῶν θεοῦ, 4 ὃς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι 
our Saviour God, who all smen 2wishes to be saved 
' ‘ > ? ? ΄ > ~ ἡ η] ΄ - ‘ 
καὶ εἰς ἐπιγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν. ὃ εἷς γὰρ θεός, εἷς. καὶ 
and ‘to “knowledge Sof [586] 7truth ‘to “come. 
μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, 
[the] mediater of God and men, 


ἄνθρωπος χριστὸς “In- 


{the] man Christ Je- 


-σοῦς, 6 ὁ δοὺς ἑαυτὸν ἀντίλυτρον ὑπὲρ πάντων, ‘TO µαρ- 
sus, who gave himself 8 ransom for all, the tes- 

, Π ~ > “ > a > 44) > ‘ 
τύριον καιροῖς ἰδίοις, 7 εἰς ὃ ἐτέθην ἐγὼ 


timony [to be rendered] in “times ‘its *own, to which ?was “appointed ‘I 


κήρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος" ἀλήθειαν λέγω δὲν χριστῷ," οὐ 


a herald and apostle, ({the] truth I speak in Christ, «ποῦ 
ψεύδοµαι' διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν, ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ. 
ΣΤ 54ο lie,) ateacher of[the] nations, in faith and truth. 


8 Βούλομαι οὖν προσεύχεσθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ, τιν 


I will therefore 5το *pray the 7men in every place, 


ἐπαίροντας ὁσίους χεῖρας χωρὶς ὀργῆς καὶ διαλογισμοῦ' 
lifting up holy | hands apart from wrath and reusoning. 
9 ὡσαύτως "καὶ" Yrac' γυναῖκας ἐν καταστολῃ κοσμίῳ μετὰ 
In like manner also the wonien in "guise Iseomly with 
αἰδοῦς Kai σωφροσύνης κοσμεῖν ἑαυτάς, μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν, 
modesty and discreetness toadorn themselves, not with plaitings, 


7m *ypvow,' ἢ µαργαρίταις, ἢ ἱματισμῷ πολυτελεῖ, 10 barn’! 


or gold, or pearls, or “clothing costly, but 
a / λ 2 λλ ὭΣ θ εβ ὃ 7 
ὃ πρέπει γυναιξὶν ἐπαγγελλομέγαις εοσεβειαν, δι 

what is becoming to women professing {the] fear of God, by 


, U ? / 
ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ µανθανέτω ἐν πάσῃ 
2works good, - 3Α °woman 7in Squietness “let “learn in all 

~ ‘ ‘ ΄ 4 , > Or ᾽ 
ὑποταγῇ" 19 “γυναικὶ δὲ διδάσκειν" οὐκ. ἐπιτρέπω, οὐδὲ αὐ- 
subjection ; but a woman to teach Idonotallow, nor toexercise 
~ , γἉ αν 2 - 7 ς ΄ ? ‘ \ 
θεντεῖν ἀνδρός, “ἀλλ᾽! εἶναι ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ. 19 ᾿Αδὰμ.γὰρ 
authority over man, but tobe in quietness ; for Adam 
~ ᾽ 4.2 " ? ? , ate X 
πρῶτος ἐπλάσθη, εἶτα Eva. 14 καὶ -Αδὰμ οὐκ.ἠπατήθη 1-08 
first was formed, then Hve: and Adam was not deceived ; but the 


ἔργων ἀγαθῶν. 11 Γυνὴ 


For “one ‘God 318], and one- 


541 


mit unto thee, son Ti- 
mothy, according to 
the prophecies which 
went before on thee, 
that thou by them 
mightest war a good 
warfare; 19 holding 
faith, and a good con- 
science; which some 
having put away con- 
cerning faith have 
made shipwreck : 20 of 
whom is Hymenzus 
and Alexander ; whom 
I have dclivered unto 
Satan, that they may 
learn not to blas- 
pheme. 


II. I exhort there- 
fore, that, first of all, 
supplications, prayers, 
intercessions, and giv- 
ing of thanks, be made 
for all men; 2 for 
kings, and for all that 
are in authority ; that 
we may lead a quiet 
and peaceable life in 
all godliness and ho- 
nesty. 3 For this {8 
good and acceptable in 
the sight of God our 
Saviour; 4 who will 
have all men to be 
saved, and to come 
unto the knowledge 
of the truth. 5 For 
there 73 one God, and 
one mediator between 
God and men, theman 
Christ Jesus; 6 who 
gave himself a ransom 
for all, to be testified 
in due time. 7 Where- 
unto I am ordained a 
preacher, and an apo- 
stle, (I speak the truth 
in Christ, and lie not ;) 
a teacher of the Gen- 
tiles in faith and ve- 


Υ. 

% I will therefore 
that men pray every 
where, lifting up holy 
hands, without wrath 
and doubting. 9 In 
like manner also, that 
Women adorn them- 
selves in modest ap- 
parel, with shamefac- 
edness and sobriety ; 
not with broided hair, 
or gold, or pearls, or 
costly array; 10 but 
(which becometh wo- 
men professing godli- 
ness) with good works, 
11 Let the woman 
learn in silence with 
all subjection. 12 But 
I suffer not @ woman 
to teach, nor to usurp 
authority over the 
man, but to be in si- 
lence. 13 For Adam 
was first formed, then 
Eve. 14 And Adam 
was not deceived, but 





t— γὰρ for LTTr. τ  -- τὸ μαρτύριον 1. 
JI — τὰς LIV: AW. 2 καὶ aud LTTrA, 
4 ἀλλὰ Lir. 


5 στρατεύσῃ ΤΊτ. 
Σ -- καὶ τπ[ττ]. 
© διδάσκειν δὲ γυναικὶ ΤΎΤΑ, 


Σ--- ἐν χριστῷ GLITrAW, 
8 χρυσίῳ 1.. 


Ὁ ἀλλὰ Μ΄. 


542 


the woman being de- 
ceived. was in the 
transgression. 15 Not- 
withstanding she shall 
be saved in childbear- 
ing, if they continue 
in faith and charity 
and holiness with so- 
briety. 

III. This 8 a true 
saying, If a man de- 
sire the office of a 
bishop, he desireth a 
good work. 2 A bishop 
then must be blame- 
less, the husband of 
one wife, vigilant, so- 
ber, of good behaviour, 
given to hospitality, 
apt to teach; 3 not 
given to wine, no 
striker, not greedy of 
filthy lucre; but pa- 
tient, not a brawler, 
not covetous; 4 one 
that ruleth well his 
own house, having 
his children in sub- 
jection with all gra- 
vity ; 5 (for if a man 
know not how torule 
his own house, how 
shall he take care of 
the church of God?) 
6 not a novice, lest 
being lifted up with 
pride he fall into the 
condemnation of the 
devil. 7 Moreover he 
must have a good re- 
port of them which 
are without; Icst he 
fall into reproach and 
the snare of the devil. 
8 Likewise must the 
deacons be grave, not 
doubletongued, not 
given to much wine, 
not greedy of filthy 
lucre; 9 holding the 
mystery of the faith 
in a pure conscience. 
10 And let these also 
first be proved ; then 
Jet them use the of- 
fice of a deacon, be= 
ing found blameless. 
11 Even so must their 
wives be grave, not 
slanderers,sober,faith- 
ful in all things. 12 Let 
the deacons be the 
husbands of one wife, 
ruling their children 
and their own houses 
well. 13 For they that 
have used the office of 
a deacon well pur- 
chase to themsclves a 
good degree, and great 
boldness in the faith 
which is in Christ Je- 
sus. 

14 These things write 
I unto thee, hoping to 
come unto thee short- 
ly : 15 but if I tarry 
long, that thou mayest 


ΠΡΟΣ ΤΙΜΟΘΕΟΝ A. [I, 111, 
γυνὴ «ἀπατηθεῖσαὶ ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν" 15 σωθήσεται. δὲ 
woman, having been deceived, in transgression has become. But she shall be saved 

διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας, ἐὰν μείνωσιν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ 
through the childbearing, if theyabide in faith and love 
καὶ ἁγιασμῷ μετὰ σωφροσύνης. 
and sanctification with discreetness. 


. ‘ , ~ µ , 
3 Πιστὸς ὁ λόγος εἴ τις ἐπισκοπῆς ὀρέγεται, 
Faithful [is]the word: if any “*overseership 1stretches "forward *to 
καλοῦ ἔργου ἐπιθυμεῖ. 2 δε οὖν τὸν ἐπίσκοπον 'ἀνεπί- 
of “good 19 work he is desirous, It behoves then the overseer irreproach- 


ληπτον' εἶναι, μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρα, Σνηφάλεον,' σώφρονα, 
able tobe, 20f 3οπο6 “*wife ‘husband, sober, discreet, ΄ 


κόσμιον, φιλόξενον, διδακτικόν᾽ 3 μὴ πάροινον, μὴ πλήκτην, 
decorous, hospitable, apt to teach; not given to wine, not a striker, 
πι αν dn" ἀλλ 2 etek Oud . 
μὴ αἰσχροκερόήι' ᾱ ἐπιεικῆ, ἄμαχον, αφιλαάργυρον 
not greedy of base gain, but gentle, not contentious, not loving money; 
4 τοῦ ἰδίου. οἴκου καλῶς προϊστάμενον, τέκνα ἔχοντα ἐν 
his own house well ruling, Πας] children having in 
ὑποταγῇ μετὰ πάσης σεμνότητος" ὅ εἰδε τις τοῦ. ἰδίου.οἴκου 
subjection with all gravity ; (but if one his own house 
προστῆναι οὐκ.οἶδεν, πῶς ἐκκλησίας θεοῦ ἐπιμελήσεται : 
{how] torule knows not, how(the]assembly of God shall he take care of ?) 
6 μὴ. νεόφυτον, ἵνα.μὴ τυφωθεὶς εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέσῃ, 


ποῦ a novice, lest being puffed up, into [the] crime -*he *may “fall 
τοῦ διαβόλου. 7 δεῖ. δὲ αὐτὸν" καὶ μαρτυρίαν καλὴν 
lof 386  3άεν]]. But it behoves ‘him also a testimony ‘good 


ἔχειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν, ἵνα μὴ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ καὶ 
to have from those without, lest into reproach he may fall and [the] 
παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου. 8 Διακόνουυ ὡσαύτως σεμνούς, μὴ 
snare ofthe devil ‘Those who serve, in like manner, grave, not 
, ~ / ~ 
διλόγους, μὴ οἴνῳ πολλῷ προσέχοντας, μὴ αἰσχροκερδεῖς, 
double-tongued, not to*wine ‘much given, not greedy of base gain, 
9 ἔχοντας τὸ μυστήριον τῆς πίστεως ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει. 
holding - the mystery ofthe faith in *pure 1a conscience. 
10 καὶ οὗτοι.δὲ δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον, εἶτα διακονείτωσαν, 
Απά these also let them be proved first, then let them serve, 
ἀνέγκλητοι ὄντες. 11 γυναῖκας ὡσαύτως σεµνάς, μὴ δια- 
2unimpeachable *being. Women inlike manner grave, not slan- 
aN 1 x: 1 Ra? ~ Came ” 
βόλους, 'νηφαλέους," πιστὰς ἐν πᾶσιν. 12 διάκονοι ἔστω- 
derers, sober, faithful in allthings. ?Those *who “serve let 
σαν μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄμδρες, τέκνων καλῶς προϊστάμενοι 
5pe 7of one νθ ‘husbands, [their] }%children *4well °ruling 
καὶ τῶν ἰδίων οἴκων. 13 οἱ γὰρ καλῶς διακονήσαντες, βαθμὸν 
and theirown houses. Forthose well having served, a *degree 
ἑαυτοῖς καλὸν περιποιοῦνται, καὶ πολλὴν παῤῥησίαν ἐν 
“for *themselves *good - acquire, and much boldness ‘in 
πίστει TH ἐν χριστῷ Inoov. 
faith which{[isJin Christ Jesus. 
14 Ταῦτά σοι γράφω, ἐλπίζων ἐλθεῖν πρός σε Bray" 
These thingstothee 1 write, hoping tocome to thee more quickly; 
15 ἐὰν δὲ βραδύνω, wa εἰδῇς πῶς δεῖ ἐν 
but if I should delay, that thou mayest know how it behoves [one] in [the] 
οἴκῳ θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία θεοῦ 
house of God to conduct oneself, whieh is [the] assembly of *God [the] 





© ἐξαπατηθεῖσα LTTrAW. 
αἰσχροκερδὴ GLTTrAW. 
Ἰνηφαλίους EGLITrAW. 


__ f ἀνεπίλημπτον LTTrA. 
i ἀλλὰ LTTr. 
τὰ ἐν τάχει quickly Ltr. 


8 νηφάλιον EGLTTrAW.. h— μὴ 
* — αὐτὸν (read δεῖ it is necessary) LTTra. 


ΠῚ, IV. Ee re Paro: ης, 


~ νε , ~ ? / τε 
ζῶντος, στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας. 16 καὶ ὅμολο- 
living, pillar and base of the truth. Απά confes- 
‘ » ~ ’ ’ ‘ 
γουμένως μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον" "θεὸς" 
sedly great is the 398 Spiety ‘mystery: God 
? ο ? , > , ’ ΄ ” ? 
ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί, ἐδικαιώθη ἐν πνεύματι, ὠφθη ἀγ- 
Was manifested in flesh, wasjustified in [the] Spirit, Was seen by 
, ᾽ ΄ > 3” ? ” > , 
γέλοις,. ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν, ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσ 
angels, was proclaimed among [the] nations, was believed on in [the] world, 
οἀνελήφθη! ἐν δόξῃ. 
Wasreceivedup in glory. 
4 Τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα ῥητῶς λέγει, ὅτι ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς ἀπο- 
Butthe Spirit expressly speaks, that in latter times “shall 


στήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως, προσέχοντες πνεύμασιν πλάνοις 
Sdepart *from ‘some the faith, giving heed to *spirits ‘deceiving 


καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων 2 ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων, 
and teachings of demons in hypocrisy of speakers of lies, 
Ῥκεκαυτηριασμένων' τὴν.ἰδίαν συνείδησιν, 3 κωλυόντων 
being cauterized {as to] their own conscience, forbidding 
γαμεῖν, ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων, ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἔκτίσεν εἰς 
to marry, [bidding] to abstain from meats, Which God created ' for 
αμετάληψιν' μετὰ εὐχαριστίας τοῖς πιστοῖς καὶ ἐπεγνωκόσιν 
reception with thanksgiving forthe faithful and who know 
τὴν ἀλήθειαν. 4 ὅτι πᾶν κτίσμα θεοῦ 
the truth, Because every creature of God [15] good, 
> , Ἶ τ ? ή , ο « , 
ἀπόβλητον, μετὰ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον" 5 ἁγιάζεται 
to be rejected, with thanksgiving being received ; “it *is *sanctified 
γὰρ διὰ λόγου θεοῦ καὶ ἐντεύξεως. 6 Ταῦτα ὑποτι- 
‘for by "γοτᾶ ‘God’s and intercourse [with Ἠϊτα], These things laying 
θέμενος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, καλὸς ἔσ διάκονος ἵ]ησοῦ 
before the, brethren, Ξροοά “ποὺ *wilt ο *a*servant of Jesus 
χριστοῦ, ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς 
hrist, being nourished with the words ofthe faith, and of the 
καλῆς διδασκαλίας ἢ παρηκολούθηκας. 7 Τοὺς.δὲ βεβήλους 
good teaching which thou hast closelyfollowed. Butthe profane 
καὶ «γραώδεις μύθους παραιτοῦ" γύμναζεδὲ σεαυτὸν πρὸς 
and οἱὰ wives’ fables refuse, but exercise thyself to 
εὐσέβειαν'- 8 ἡ γὰρ.σωματικὴ γυμνασία πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶν 
piety ; for bodily exercise for: a little is 


ὠφέλιμος" ἡ δὲ εὐσέβεια πρὸς πάντα ὠφέλιμός ἐστιν, ἔπαγγε- 


1 


, ‘ > κ᾿ 
καλόν, καὶ οὐδὲν 
and nothing 


profitable, but piety for everything “profitable is, pro- 
λίαν ἔχουσα ζωῆς τῆς «νῦν καὶ τῆς μελλούσης. 
mise having of life, of that which [is]now and of that which [is] coming. 


ὁ λόγος καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος. 10 εἰς τοῦτο.γὰρ 


ϱ πιστὸς 
acceptation worthy ; for, for this 


Faithful [is]the word and of all 

Ν ~ ‘ > ΄ 5 ? ‘ ~ 
Scai! κοπιῶμεν καὶ ᾿ὀνειδιζόμεθα,"' ὅτι ἠλπίκαμεν ἐπὶ θεῷ 
both welabour and  arereproached, because we have hope in ἃ "αοᾶ 
ζῶντι, ὃς ἐστιν σωτὴρ πάντων ἀνθρώπων, μάλιστα πιστῶν. 


MNiving, who is  Preserver ofall men, specially of believers. 
4 ~ ‘ , ο ΄ ~ 
11 Παράγγελλε ταῦτα καὶ δίδασκε 12 μηδείς σου τῆς 
Charge these things and teach. “No one ‘thy 


, ᾽ 4 / ΄ - ~ ~ ? 
Ψεότητος καταφρονείτω, ἀλλὰ τύπος γίνου τῶν πιστῶν ἐν 
be of the believers in 


Syouth let *despise, but a pattern 
. - = - , \ 9 β 
λόγῳ, ἐν ἀναότροφῇ, ἐν ἀγάπῃ, ἔν πφγεύματι," ἐν πίστει, 
word, in conduct, in love, in[the) Spirit, in faith, 





ο ἀνελήμφθη LTTrA. 


2 ὃς ὙΠῸ GLTTrAW. ‘ 
8 — καὶ LTT: [4]. 


LTTrA. τ χριστοῦ ᾿]ησοῦ LTTraW. 
Vv — ἐν πνεύματι GLITrAW. 


P κεκαυστηριασµένων TTr. 
τ ἀγωνιζόμεθα We Combat Litr, 


543 


know how thou ought- 
est to behave thyself 
in the house of God, 
which is the church of 
the living God, the 
pillar and ground of 
the truth. 16 And with- 
out controversy great 
is the mystery of gqd- 
liness : God was mani- 
fest in the flesh, jus- 
tified in the Spirit, 
seen of angels, preach- 
ed unto the Gentiles, 
believed on in the 
world, received up in- 
to glory. 


IV. Now the Spirit 
speaketh expressly, 
that ia the latter times 
some shall depart from 
the faith, giving heed 
to seducing spirits, and 
doctrines of devils; 
2 speaking lies in hy- 
pocrisy ; having their 
conscience seared with 
a hot iron; 3 for- 
bidding to marry, and 
commanding to abstain 
from meats, which 
God hath created to be 
received with thanks- 
giving of them which 
believe and know the 
truth. 4 For ever 
creature of God ὦ good, 
and nothing to be re- 
fused, if it be received 
with thanksgiving : 
5 for it is sanctified by 
the word of God and 
prayer. 6 If thou put 
the brethren in re- 
membrance of these 
things, thou shalt bea 
good minister of Jesus 
Christ, nourished up 
in the words of faith 
and of good doctrine, 
whereunto thou hast 
attained. 7 But re- 
fuse profane and old 
wives’ fables, and ex- 
ercise thyself rather 
unto godliness. 8 For 
bodily exercise profit- 
eth little: but godliness 
is profitable unto all 
things, having promise 
of the life that now 
is, and of that which 
is to come. 9 This is a 
faithful saying and 
worthy of all accepta- 
tion. 10 For therefore 
we both labour and 
suffer reproach, he- 
cause we trust in the 
living God, who is the 
Saviour of all men, 
specially of, those that 
believe. 11 These things 
command and teach. 
12 Let no man despise 
thy youth; but be thou 
an example of the be- 
lievers, in word, in 





α µετάλημψιν 


544 


conversation, in cha- 
rity, in spirit, in faith, 
in purity. 13 ΤΙ I 
come, give attendance 
to reading, to exhor- 
tation, to doctrin& 
14 Neglect not the gift 
that is in thee, which 
was given thee by pro- 
phecy, with the laying 
on of the hands of the 
presbytery. 15 Medi- 
tate upon these things; 
give thyself wholly to 
them ; that thy profit- 
ing may appear to all. 
16 “Take heed unto 
thyself, and unto the 
doctrine; continue in 
them: for in doing 
this thou shalt both 
save thyself, and them 
that hear thee. 

V. Rebuke not an 
elder, but intreat him 
as a father; and the 
younger men as bre- 
thren; 2 the elder 
women as mothers; 
the younger 85 sis- 
ters, with all purity. 
3 Honour widows that 
are widows indeed. 
4 But if any widow 
. have children or ne- 
phews, let them learn 
first to shew piety at 
home, and to requite 
their parents : for that 
is good and acceptable 
before God. 5 Now 
she that is a widow 
indeed, and dasolate, 
trusteth in God, and 
continueth in suppli- 
cations and prayers 
night and day. 6 But 
she that liveth in 
pleasure is dead while 
she liveth. 7 And these 
things give in charge, 
that they may be 
blameless. 8 But if 
any provide not for 
his own, and specially 
for those of his own 
house, he hath denied 
the faith, and is worse 
than an infidel. 9 Let 
not a widow be taken 
into the number under 
threescore years old, 
having been the wife 
οἵ one man, 10 well 
reported of for good 


works; if she have 
brought παρ child-- 
ren, if she have 


lodged ~strangers, if 
she have washed the 
saints’ fect. if she have 
relieved the. afflicted, 
if she have diligently 
followed every good 
work. 1] But the 
younger widows re- 
fuse: for when they 
have »vegun to wax 


MPOS TIMOOEON A. IV, V. 


’ or Μ ΄ ~ , ~ 
ἐν ἁγνείᾳ. 18 ἕως ἔρχομαι. πρόσεχε TY ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρα- 
in purity. Till Icome, give heed to reading, to exhor- 
, ~ 9 , ἣν καν \ 
κλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ. 14 μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος, 
tation, to teaching. Be not negligent of the 7in “thee 1eift, 
, μ ' / ‘ , ~ 
ὃ ἐδόθη σοι διὰ προφητείας μετὰ ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χει- 
which was givento thee through prophecy with laying on of the hands 
ρῶν τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου. 15 ταῦτα μελέτα, ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι" 
of the elderhood, These things meditate on,in them be, 
ἵνα σου ἡ.προκοπὴ φανερὰ ἢ “ev! πᾶσιν. 16 ἔπεχε 
that thy advancement manifest may be among all. Give heed 
σεαυτῷ καὶ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ" ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς" τοῦτο.γὰρ 
to thyself and tothe teaching; continue in them ; for this 
ποιῶν, καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις Kai τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου. 
doing, both thyself thoushalt save and those that hear thee. 
5 ἹΠρεσβυτέ ). ἐπιπλήξ ἀλλὰ παρακάλε 5 
ρεσβυτερῳ µμή.ἐεπιπληξῃς, ρακάλει ὡς 
An elder do not sharply rebuke, but exhort [him] as 
πατέρα’ νεωτέρους ὡς ἀδελφούς" 2 πρεσβυτέρας ὡς 
a father; younger [men]as_ brethren; elder [women] as 
μητέρας" νεωτέρας ὡς ἀδελφάς, ἐν πάσῃ ἁγνείᾳ. 3 χήρας 
mothers; younger as sisters, with all purity. “Widows 
τίµα τὰς ὄντως χήρας. 4 εἰ.δέ τις χήρα τέκνα ἢ ἔκγονα 
*honour that [are] 2indeéd *widows; but if any widow *children *or*descvendants 
ἔχει, µανθανέτωσαν πρῶτον τὸν.ἴδιον οἶκον εὐσεβιῖν, καὶ 
"have, let them learn first [ς85 01 theirown house tobe pious, and 
ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς.προγόνοις' τοῦτο.γάρ ἐστιν “καλὸν 
3ΥΕΦΟΠΙΡΟΠΞΟΘ ‘to7render ᾖ{ο[ύβείσ]ρατεηίς; for this is good ΄ 
καὶ" ἀποδεκτὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. 5 ἡ δὲ ὄντως χήρα 
and acceptable before God. Now she who [is] “indeed ‘a *widow, 
καὶ μεμονωμένη ἤλπικεν ἐπὶ Yrov' θεόν, καὶ προσμένει ταῖς 
and left alone, has [her] hope in God, and continues 
δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας" 6 ἡ.δὲ 
in supplications and prayers * night and day. But she that 
σπαταλῶσα, ζῶσα τέθνηκεν. 7 καὶ ταῦτα παράγγελλε, 
lives in self-gratification, living is dead. And these things charge, 
ἵνα ᾽ἀνεπίληπτοι' ὦσιν. ὃ εἰ δὲ τις τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μάλιστα 
that irreproachable they maybe. Butifanyone hisown and specially 
τῶν! οἰκίων οὐ Ὀπρονοεῖι τὴν πίστιν ἠρνηται, καὶ 
[115] household does not provide for, the faith he has denied, and 
ἔστιν ἀπίστου χείρων. 9 Χήρα καταλεγέσθω μὴ 
is *than San *unbeliever *worse. 5Α 7widow *let be put on the list “not 
ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα γεγονυῖα, ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή, 10 ἐν 
31655 *than *years Ssixty being, ofone man wife, in 
ἔργοιὸ καλοῖς µαρτυρουµένη, εἰ ἐτεκνοτρόφησεν, εἰ ἐξενο- 
2works: 'good being borne witness to, if she brought up children, if she enter- 
δόχησεν, εἰ ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν, εἰ θλιβομένοις ἐπήρ- 
tained, strangers, if saints’ feet she washed, if to the oppressed she inapart- 
κεσεν, εἰ παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ ἐπηκολούθησεν. 11 Νεωτέρας.δὲ 
edrelief, if every “work ‘good she followed after. But younger 


χήρας παραιτοῦ' ύταν.γὰ εκαταστρηγιάσωσιν' τοῦ 
widows refuse ; for when they may have grown wanton against 
χριστοῦ, γαμεῖν θέλουσιν, 12 ἔχουσαι κρίμα ὅτι τὴν 
Christ, to marry they wish, having judgment because [their] 
πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν. 19 ἅμα δὲ καὶ ἀργαὶ µανθά- 
first faith they cast off. And withal also [to be] idle they 





a - ἐν (read πᾶσιν to all) LTTraw. 
Σ ανεπιληµπτοι LTTrA. 
they shuil grow wanton against a, “ 


- 


Σ — τὸν (LIT. 
© καταστρηνιασουσιν 


X — καλὺν Kal GLTTrAW. 


4 — τῶν ΙΤΤΙ{Α]. Ὁ προνοεῖται Tir. 


V, Vi. I TIMOTHY. 


νουσι», περιερχόµεναι τὰς οἰκίας" οὐ.μόνον.δὲ ἀργαί, ἀλλὰ 


learn, going about to the houses; and not only idle, but 
καὶ φλύαροι καὶ περίεργοι, λαλοῦσαι Ta  µμὴ.δέοντα. 14 βού- 
also tattlers and busy-bodies, speaking things [they] ought not. I 


λομαι οὖν. νεωτέρας γαμεῖν, τεκνογονεῖν, οἰκοδεσποτεῖν, 


will, therefore younger [ones] {ο marry, tobearchildren, {ο rule the house, 
μηδεμίαν ἀφορμὴν διδόναι τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ λοιδορίας χάριν. 
3πο *occasion: 1{07μρϊΐνο tothe adversary “of *reproach 'on “account, 


15 ἤδη.γάρ τινες ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ σατανᾶ. 16 Εἴ τις 
For already some areturnedaside after Satan. If any 

ἀπιατὸς ἢ" πιστὴ ἔχει χήρας, “ἐπαρκείτω! αὐ- 

believing [Δ ΟΡ believing [woman] have widows, let him impart relief to 

ταῖς. καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία, ἵνα ταῖς ὄντως χήραις 

them, and not let be burdened the assembly, that tothe *indeed widows 
ἐπαρκέσῃ. 

it may impart relief, 
17 Οἱ καλῶς 

+ The well 

ἀζιούσθωσαν., 


πρεσβύτεροι διπλῆς τιμῆς 


προεστῶτες 
αρ]ᾷ6γβ of double honour 


‘*who “take *the °lead 
’ 5 ~ 3 , ‘ 
μάλιστα οἱ κοπιῶντες ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασ- 
let be counted worthy, specially those labouring in word and _ teach- 
καλίᾳ. 18 λέγει γὰρ ἡ γραφή, 'Βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ Φι- 
ing ; for says the scripture, An ox treading out corn “ποὺ ‘thou 
, ell fh. σ 9 , ~ θ - > ~ ‘ 
μώσεις kat, Άξιος ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ. αὐτοῦ. 19 Κατὰ 
shalt muzzle, and, Worthy [is]the workman of his hire, Against 
πρεσβυτέρου κατηγορίαν μὴ.παραδέχου, ἐκτὸς εἰ μὴ ἐπὶ 
an elder an accusation reccive not, unless on [the testi- 
δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων. 20 Τοὺς Κ ἁμαρτάνοντας ἐνώπιον 
mony of] two or three witnesses. Those that sin *before 
πάντων ἔλεγχε, ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν. 21 Διαμαρ- 
3411 αροπνἰοῦ, that also the rest “fear ‘may *have. I earnestly 
τύροµαι ἐνώπιον Tov θεοῦ καὶ ΛὈκυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" καὶ 
testify before God and{the] Lord Jesus Christ and 
τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων, ἵνα ταῦτα φυλάξῃς χωρὶς 
the elect angels, that these things thou shouldest keep, apart from 
προκρίµατος, μηδὲν ποιῶν κατὰ Ιπρόσκλισιν.' 
prejudice, nothing doing by partiality. 
22 Χεῖρας ταχέως μηδενὶ ἐπιτίθει, μηδὲ κοινώνει ἁμαρτίαις 
Hands quickly on no one lay, nor share in sins 
/ ‘ , ’ / « > >: 
ἀλλοτρίαις. σεαυτὸν ἁγνὸν τήρει. 98 μηκέτι ὑδροπότει. Kadd'! 
of others. Thyself pure keep. No longer drink water, but 
οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ χοῶ διὰ τὸν στόμαχόν ἰ σου" καὶ τὰς πυκνάς 
*wine 38 “110016 ‘use on account of thy stomach and “frequent 
σου ἀσθενείας. 24 Τινῶν ἀνθρώπων αἱ ἁμαρτίαι πρόδηλοί 
‘thy infirmities. Of some men the sins manifest 
εἰσιν, προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν" τισὶν.δὲ καὶ ἐπακολουθοῦσιγ. 
are, going before to judgment; andsome also _ they follow after. 
25 ὡσαύτως 3 καὶ τὰ "καλὰ ἔργα! πρόδηλά “ἐστιν! καὶ τὰ 
In like manner algo good works manifest are, and those that 
ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι ob-Pduvvarat.' 
otherwise are, ρο “hid “Ieannot. 
‘ πον - ar / 
ϐ Ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι, τοὺς ἰδίους δεσπότας 
Ας many 85 τὸ *under ‘yoke ‘*bondmen, their own masters 


her impart relief) LTTr[A]. 
g + δὲ but (those that) L[a]. Ἀ yp 
κ ἀλλὰ LTTrA. 
0 ἔργα τὰ καλὰ LTTrAW. 


d - πιστὸς ἣ (read ἐπαρ. let 
σεις βοῦν ἀλοῶντα 1. 
πρόσκλησιν advocacy L. 
but (in like manner) LW- 
Ρ δύνανται LITrAW. 


ε ἐπαρκείσθω LTTr. 
ιστοῦ Ἰησοῦ ΙΤΊΤΑΥ. 
1 — σοῦ (read [thy]) LTTra. 3 
© — ἐστιν LTTrA4 εἰσιν Ἡ. 


545 
wanton against Christ, 
they will marry; 


12 having damnation, 
because they have cast 
off their first faith. 
13 And withal they 
learn to be idle, wan- 
dering about from 
house to house; and 
not onl idie, but 
tattlers also and busy- 
bodies,speaking things 
which they ought not. 
14 I will therefore 
that the younger wo- 
men marry, bear chil- 
dren, guide the house, 
give none occasion to 
the adversary to speak 
reproachfully. 15 For 
some are already turn- 
ed aside after Satan. 
16 If any man or wo- 
man that believeth 
have widows,.let them 
relieve them, and Jet 
not the church be 
charged ; that it may 
relieve them that are 
widows indeed. 


17 Let tHe elders 
that rule well 
counted worthy of 
double honour, espe- 
cially they who labour 
in the word and doc- 
trine. 18 For the scrip- 
ture saith, Thou shalt 
not muzzle the ox that 
treadeth out thacorn. 
And, The labourer is 
worthy of his reward. 
19 Against an elder 
receive not an accusa- 
tion,. but before two 
or three witnesses. 
20 Them that sin re- 
buke before all, that 
others also may fear. 
21 T charge thee before 
God, and the Lord Je- 
sus Christ, and the 
elect angels, that thou 
observe these things 
without preferring one 
before another, doing 
nothing by partiality. 


22 Lay hands sud- 
denly on no man, nei- 
ther be partaker of 
other men’s sins ; keep 
thyself pure. 23 Drink 
no longer water, but 
use a, little wine for 
thy stomach’s sake 
and thine often infir- 
mities. 24 Some men’s 
sins are open before- 
hand, going before to 
judgment ; and some 
men they follow after. 
25, Likewise also the 
good works of some 
are manifest before- 


{οὐ 


m + δὲ 


NN 


546 

liand; and they that 
are otherwise cannot 
be hid. : 

VI. Let as many 
servants as are under 
the yoke count their 
own masters worthy 
of all hdnour, that the 
name of God and his 


doctrine be not blas- µ 


phemed, 39 Απᾶ they 
that have believing 
masters, let them not 
despise them, because 
they are brethren ; but 
rather do thém ser- 
vice, because they are 
faithful and beloved, 
partakers of the bene- 
fit. These things teach 
and exhort. 3 If any 
man teach otherwise, 
and consent not to 
wholesome words, even 
the words of our Lord 
Jesus Christ, and to 
the doctrine which is 
according to godliness; 
4 he isproud, knowing 
nothing, but doting 
about questions and 
strifes of words, 
whereof cometh envy, 
strife, railings, evil 
surmisings, 5 perverse 
disputings of men 
of corrupt minds, 
and destitute of the 
truth, supposing that 
gainis godliness: from 
such withdraw thy- 
self. 6 But godliness 


with contentment is 


great gain. 7 For we 
brought nothing into 
this world, and it is 
certain we can carry 
nothing out. 8 And 
having food and: rai- 
ment let us be there- 
with content. 9 But 
they that will be rich 
fall into temptation 
and asnare, and into 
many foolish and hurt- 
ful lusts, which drown 
men in destruction and 
perdition. 10 For the 
love “f money is the 
root of all evil: which 
while some -coveted 
after, they have erred 
from the faith, and 
pierced themselves 
through with many 
sorrows. 11 But thou, 
O man of God, flee 
these things ; and fol- 
low after righteous- 
ness, godliness, faith, 
love, patience, meek- 
ness, 12 Fight the good 
fight of faith, lay hold 
on eternal life, where- 
unto thou art also call- 
ed, and hast professed a 
good profession before 
many witnesses. 13 I 


4 μὴ προσέχεῖαι Cleavesnot T. 
5 --- ἀφίστασο ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων LTTrAW. 


LTTr[A]. 





7 πραὔπάθειαν mevkness of spirit LTraw ; πραὐπαθίαν T. 


TIMOOEON A. Vi. 


# ~ ~ 
ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ 
worthy let themesteem, that not the name of God 
2 οἱ δὲ πιστοὺς ἔχοντες 


προ» 
πάσης τιμῆς 


of all honour 


καὶ 1) διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται. Το: 
and the’ teaching be blasphemed. And they that *believing ‘have 


δεσπότας, μὴ.καταφρονείτωσαν, ὅτι ἀδελφοί εἰσιν' ἀλλὰ 
masters, let them not despise [them], because brethren they are; but 


“Ὁ ’ , ͵ , > >? 
ἄλλον δουλευέτωσα»ν, OTL πιστοὶ lol. καὶ ἀγα- 
rather let them serve [them], because believing fones] they are and be- 


πητοὶ οἱ τῆς εὐεργεσίας ἀντιλαμβανόμενοι. ταῦτα δίδασκε 
loved who ‘the 5ροοᾶ ‘service ‘are *being “helped *by. Thesethings teach 


καὶ παρακάλει. 3 Εἴ τις ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖ, καὶ Ἱμὴ.προσέρχεταε" 
and exhort. If anyone teaches other doctrine,and draws not near 


« , , ~ ~ / ε ~ 2 ~ ~ 
ὑγιαίνουσιν λόγοις τοῖς TOV.KUPLOV.1) MWY Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, καὶ 
sound 1to words, those of our Lord Jesus Christ, and 


TQ. κατ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλίᾳ, 4 τετύφωται, μηδὲν 
the ?according *to “piety iteaching, he is puffed up, nothing 
ἐπιστάμενος, ἀλλὰ νοσῶν περὶ ζητήσεις καὶ λογομαχίας, 
knowing, but sick about questions and disputes of words, 
ἐξ ὧν γίνεται φθόνος, ἔρις, βλασφημίαι, ὑπόνοιαι πονηραί, 
out of which come envy, strife, evilspeakings, “suspicions ‘wicked, 
5 Ἱπαραδιατριβαὶ" διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν, καὶ 
vain argumentations 3corrupted tof *men in mind, and 
ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας, νομιζόντων πορισμὸν εἶναι τὴν 
destitute ofthe truth, holding *cain 2to *be 
? / ία ᾽ , > A ~ ΄ I! 3 γι κι x 
εὐσέβειαν" "ἀφίστασο ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων." Θ΄ Eorty.dé πορισμὸς 
piety ; withdraw from such. But *is ®gain 
έγας ἡ εὐσέβεια μετὰ αὐταρκείας. 7 οὐδὲν.γὰρ εἰσηνέγκαμεν 
great ‘piety with *contentment. For nothing we brought 
εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἰδήλον!" ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐξενεγκεῖν τι δυνά- 
into the world, [itis] manifest that neither to carry out anything are we 
μεθα’ 8 ἔχοντες.δὲ διατροφὰς καὶ σκεπάσματα; τούτοις ἀρ- 
able, But having ‘sustenance and coverings, with these we shall 


κεσθησόµεθα. 9 Οἱ δὲ βουλόμενοι πλουτεῖν, ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς 
be satisfied. Butthose desiring to be rich, fall into 


πειρασμὸν καὶ παγίδα Kai ἐπιθυμίας πολλὰς ἀνοήτους καὶ 
temptation and asnare- and 5desires 4many Sunwise “δᾶ 
βλαβεράς, ἁἵτινες βυθίζουσιν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰς ὄλεθρον 
*hurtful, which sink men into destruction 
καὶ ἀπώλειαν. 10 ῥίζα.γὰρ πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ Φιλ- 
διὰ  perdition. For ἃ root of all evils is the love 
apyuoia’ ἧς τινες ὀρεγύμενοι ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς 
of money; which some stretching after were seduced from the 
πίστεως, καὶ ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς. 11 Σὺ 


ἀξίους ἡγείσθωσαν. 


faith, and themselves pierced with "sorrows ‘many. *Thou 
δε, ὦ ἄνθρωπε "τοῦ" θεοῦ, ταῦτα. φεῦγε" δίωκε.δὲ δικαιο- 
Σνυας, Ὁ man of God, these things flee, and pursue__—iright- 


μα Pas pmo 2 , , ἕ 
σύνην, εὐσέβειαν, πίστιν, ἀγάπην, ὑπομονήν, "πρᾳότητα" " 
eousness, piety, faith, love, “endurance, meekness, 
12 ἀγωνίζου τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς πίστεως" ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς 


Combat the good .comba. of the faith. Lay hold 
2 / nw ? τὰ Δ κ. \ e 
αἰωνίου ζωῆς, εἰς ἣν kat". ἐκλήθης, καὶ ὡμολόγησας 


of eternal life, to which didst confess 


τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν ἐνώπιον πολλῶν μαρτύρων..18 Παραγ- 
the good confession before many witnesses. I 


also thou wast called, and 


τ᾿ διαπαρατριβαὶ constant quarrellings QLTTrAW, 
ἵ — δῆλον (read ὅτι so that) LITra. u— τοῦ 
W — «at GLITrAW, 


VI. τ ΤΥ ΟΗ 


“ - - ~ , 
γέλλω “σοι! ἐνώπιον ὑτοῦ! θεοῦ τοῦ Τζωοποιοῦντος" τὰ πάντα, 


charge thee before God who quickens all things, 
καὶ Χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ μαρτυρήσαντος ἐπὶ Ποντίου “Πι- 
and Christ .Jesus who witnessed before Pontius Pi- 


λάτουϊ τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν, 14 τηρῆσαί.σε τὴν ἐντολὴν 
late the good confession, that thou keep the commandment 


ἄσπιλον, θἀνεπίληπτον,! μέχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ κυρίου 


spotless, irreproachable, until the _ appearing of *Lord 
ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, 15 ἣν καιροῖς. ἰδίοις δείξει ὁ 
Jour Jesus Christ ; which initsowntimes ‘shall 7shew ‘the 


μακάριος και μόνος δυνάστης, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν βασιλευόν- 
“blessed “and ‘only 5Ruler, the King of those being kings 


των και κύριος τῶν κυριευόντων, 16 ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἆθα- 


and Lord of those _ being lords; who alone has im- 
νασίαν, ῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον, ὃν εἶδεν οὐδεὶς 
nortality, ?in *light ‘dwelling “unapproachable, whom ‘did ‘see ‘no ?one 


2 ’ 7 9. Iv ~ / τ ‘ ‘ ’ 
ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲ ἰδεῖν δύναται, ᾧ τιμὴ καὶ κράτος 


Sof *men ΠΟΥ to see is able; to whom honour, and might 
αἰώνιον. ἀμήν. 
eternal. Amen, 


17 Τοῖς πλουσίοις ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι παράγγελλε, μὴ 
To the rich in the present age eharge, not 
εὐψηλοφρονεῖν,! μηδὲ ἠλπικέναι ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀδηλότητι, 
tobe high-minded, nor tohavehope in “of *riches ['the] *uncertainty ; 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀεν' ετῴ!ὶ θεῷ frp ζῶντι,ὶ τῷ παρέχοντι ἡμῖν ὃ ἔπλου- 
but in 3God ‘the living, who gives us richly 
σίως πάντα" εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν. 18 ἀγαθοεργεῖν, πλουτεῖν ἐν 
all things for enjoyment ; to do good, toberich in 

ἔργοις καλοῖς, εὐμεταδότους εἶναι, κοινωνικούς, 19 ἀπο- 
2works ‘4good, liberal in distributing to be, ready to communicate, trea- 
θησαυρίζοντας ἑαυτοῖς θεμέλιον καλὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον, ἵνα 
suring up ἢ for themselves a “foundation ‘good for the future, that 
ἐπιλάβωνται τῆς]αἰωνίονῦ ζωῆς. 
they may lay hold of eternal life. 

20 Ὦ Τιμόθεε τὴν παρακαταθήκην" φύλαξον, 

O ‘Timotheus, the deposit committed [to thee] keep, 

ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους  κενοφωνίας, καὶ ἀντιθέσεις τῆς 

avoiding profane « empty babblings, and oppositions 
ψευδωνύµου.γνώσεως' 21 ἥν τινες ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, περὶ. 
of falsely-named knowledge, which some professing, in reference to 


τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν. Ἡ χάρις μετὰ σοῦ." "ἀμήν." 


the ᾿ faith missed the mark. Grace [be] with thee. Amen, 
"Mode Τιμόθεον πρώτη ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Λαοδικείας, ἥτις 
"Το ΣΤ ταοῦἩγ *first written from Laodicea, _ which 


ἐστιν μητρόπολις Φρυγίας τῆς Πακατιανῆς.' 


547 


give thee charge in 
the sight of God, who 
quickeneth all things, 
and before Christ Je- 
sus, who before Pon- 
tius Pilate witness- 
ed a good confession: 
14 that thou keep this 
commandment with- 
out spot, unrebuke- 
able, until the appear- 
ing of our Lord Jesus 
Christ : 15 which in 
his times he _ shall 
shew, who is the bless- 
ed and only Potentate, 
the King of kings, and 
Lord of lords ; 16 who 
only hath immortality, 
dwelling in the light 
which no man can ap- 
proach unto; whom 
no man hath seen, nor 
can see: to whom be 
honour and power 
everlasting. Amen, 


17 Charge them that 
are rich in this world, 
that they be not high- 
minded, nor trust in 
uncertain riches, but 
in the living God, who 
giveth us richly all 
things to enjoy; 18 that 
they do good, that 
they be rich in good 
works, ready to dis- 
tribute, willing to com- 
municate; 19 laying up 
in store for them- 
selves a good founda- 
tion against the time 
to come, that they may 
lay hold on eternal 
life. 


20 O Timothy, keep 
that which is com- 
mitted to thy trust 
avoiding profane an 
vain babblings, ‘and 
oppositions of science 
falsely 850 called: 
21 which some profess- 
ing have erred con- 
cerning the faith. 
Grace be with thee. 
Amen, 


is the chief city of Phrygia Pacatiana. 
a RN ye ee OF Se τρυν δ ae ee eee rm LE ΈΞΞΕΘΘΘ. 
τ — σοι (read [thee}) τ΄. Σ-- τοῦ τ. 3 ζωογονοῦντος preserves alive LTTrA. 3 Tlec- 
λάτου T. ὮὉ ἀνεπίλημπτον LTTrA. ε ὑψηλὰ φρονεῖν to mind high things Τ. ἃ ἐπὶ LTTr.! 
€ — τῷ TTr. £ — τῷ ζῶντι LTTrA. 85. -- τὰ τ΄. h πάντα πλουσίως GLTTrAW. i ὄντως 


(read of that which [is] truly life) aurtraw. 


Κ παραθήκην GLTTrAW. 
you LTTr, mM —  ἁμήν GLTTrAW. ’ 


1 μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν With 


n — the subscription GLTW}; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον a TrA. 


Δ ΠΡΟΣ ΡΙΜΟΘΕΟΝ, ΕΠΙΣΤΟΑΗ ΔΕΎΤΕΡΑ. 


THE *TO 


PAUL, an apostle of 
Jesus Christ by the 
will-of God, according 
to the promise of life 
which is in Christ Je- 
sus, 2 to Timothy, my 
dearly beloved son: 
Grace, mercy, and 
ace, from God the 
ather and Christ Je- 
sus our Lord. 
31 thank God, whom 
I serve from my fore- 
fathers with pure con- 
science, that without 
ceasing I have remem- 
brance of thee in my 
prayers night and day; 
4 greatly desiring to 
see thee, being mind- 
ful of thy tears, that 
I may be filled with 
joy : 5 when I call to 
remembrance the un- 
feigned faith that is 
in thee, which dwelt 
first in thy grandmo- 
ther Lois, and thy mo- 
ther Eunice; and I 
am persuaded that in 
thee also. 6 Where- 
fore I put thee in re- 
membrance that thou 
stir up the gift of 
aod, which is in thee 
by theputting on of my 
hands. 7 For God hath 
not given us the spirit 
of fear ; but of power, 
and of love, and of a 
scund mind. 8 Be not 
thou therefore asham- 
ed of the testimony of 
our Lord, nor of me 
his prisoner: but be 
thou partaker of the 
afflictions of the, gos- 
pel according to the 
pee of God: 9 who 
ath saved us, and 
called us with an holy 
calling, not according 
to our works, but ac- 
cording to his own 
purpose απά grace, 
which was given us in 
Christ Jesus before the 
world began, 10 but 
is now made manifest- 
by the appearing of 
our Saviour Jesus 
Christ, who hath abo- 
lished death, and hath 
brought life and 
immortality to light 
through the gospel: 
11 whereunto I am 





5 + Παύλου τοῦ ᾽᾿Αποστόλου of the Apostle Paul E; 
Ὁ χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ Trraw. 


LTTrAW. 
&c. Ltr. ἆ Aa Boor 
Lilia. Ἀ χριστοῦ 


*TIMOTHY 2EPISTLE *SECOND 





ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος Ῥ᾿ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ 


Paul, apostle of Jesus Christ by [the] will of God 
/ ~ ~ ~ 2 ~ 
kar ἐπαγγελίαν ζωῆς τῆς ἐν χριστῷ Inoov, 2 Τι- 
according to promise of life which [isJin Christ Jesus, to Ti- 
μοθέῳ ἀγαπητῷ τέκνῳ" χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ 


motheus [my] beloved child : peace from God [the] 
πατρὸς καὶ χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν. 


Grace, mercy, 


Father and Christ Jesus our Lord. 
8 Χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ, ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων ἐν' 
I am thankful to God, whom Iserve from[my] forefathers with 


καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει, ὡς ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχω τὴν περὶ σοῦ μνείαν 
pure conscience, how unceasingly Ihave the of *thee 'remembranee 
ἐν ταῖς δεησεσίν.µου “νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας,! 4 ἐπιποθῶν σε 
in my supplications night and day, longing “thee 
ἰδεῖν, μεμνημένος σου τῶν δακρύων, ἵνα χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ' 
1403566, remembering thy tears, that with joy I may be filled; 
5 ὑπόμνησιν λαμβάνων" τῆς “ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως, 
“remembrance ‘taking of the *in που ‘unfeigned *faith, 
ἥτις ἔνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ. μάμμῃισου Λωΐδι καὶ τῇ μητρί 
which dwelt first in thy grandmother Lois and in *mother 
eR; / Π / δὲ ε/ Oe.) ; 6 δι εν 4. Ὃν 
σου υγεικΏ) πεπεισµαι. € οτι και ἐΨ σοι. ι Ὧν αιτιαν 
thy Eunice, and I am persuaded that .also in thee, For which cause 
ἀναμιμνήσκω σε ἀναζωπυρεῖν τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅ “ἐστιν 
I remind thee tokindleup the gift of God which is 
ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν.χειρῶν.μου᾽ 7 οὐ-γὰρ ἔδωκεν 


in thee by the ἍἸαγίηρ on of my hands. For*not gave 

« ~ « ‘ ~ / 2 b) , ‘ 3 ls 
ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας. ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης 
Sus 'God aspirit ‘of cowardice, , but of power, and _ of love, 
Kai σωφρογνισμοῦ. ὃ μὴ οὖν ἐπαισχυνθῇς τὸ 


*Not *therefore *thou *shouldest be ashamed of the 
μαρτύριον τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν, μηδὲ ἐμὲ τὸν. δέσμιον.αὐτοῦ' ἀλλὰ 
testimony of our Lord, nor me his prisoner ; but 
ff be θ I ke λ ς \ ὃ , θ » - 
συγκακοπάθησον" τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ κατὰ δύναμιν θεοῦ, 9 τοῦ 
suffer evils along with the glad tidings according {ο *power *God’s; who 
σώσαντος ἡμᾶς Kai καλέσαντος κλήσει ἁγίᾳ, οὐ κατὰ 


and of wise diserction. 


saved us and called [us] with a *calling "holy, not according to 
Ta.toyanuay, ἀλλὰ §k8kar" ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν" τὴν 
our works, but according to his own purpose and grace, which 


δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ πρὸ χρόνων.αἰωνίων, 
{was} given us in Christ Jesus before the ages of time, 
10 φανερωθεῖσαν.δὲ νῦν διὰ τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 
but made manifest now by the appearing of our Saviour 
? ~ ~ wu / ‘ Ν ΄ ,ὔ 
Ὀ᾽Τῃσοῦ χριστοῦ," καταργήσαντος μὲν τὸν θάνατον, φωτίσαν- 
Jesus Christ, who annulled death, brought *to 
τος δὲ ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 11 εἰς ὃ 
‘light ᾽απᾶ life and incorruptibility by the glad tidings; to which 


aul E; + Παύλου G; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον β’ 

© νυκτὸς και ἡμέρας (read night and day longing 

‘having taken ΗΤΤΑ. ε Ἐυνίκῃ EGLYTrAW. {συν- Τ. 8 κατὰ 
Ίησου LITr, 





11]. ΤΠ EEM Ot? Bey 
ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κήρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος καὶ διδάσκαλος 
Ἅγας Sappointed ‘I a herald and apostle and teacher 
ἐθνῶν" 12 δι «ἣν αἰτίαν καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω" ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ 


of [the] nations. 


For which cause Snot 


ἐπαισχύνομαι, οἶδα.γὰρ 
1Τ *am ashamed ; 


but 
ᾧ πεπίστευκα, καὶ πέπεισμαι ὅτι 
for I know whom Ihave believed, and am persuaded that 
δυνατός ἐστιν τὴν παραθήκην µου φυλάξαι εἰς ἐκείνην 
able heis the deposit committed [tohim] ofme tokeep for that 

τὴν ἡμέραν. 19 ὑποτύπωσιν ἔχε ὑγιαινόντων λόγων, ὧν 

: εὐ πανὶ 7A Sdelineation *have of sound words, which [words] 
ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ 
me thoudidst hear, in faith απᾶ love 
᾿Ιησοῦ. 14 τὴν καλὴν παρακαταθήκην" φύλαξον διὰ 
Jesus, The good deposit committed [to thee] keep by [the] 
πνεύματος ἁγίου τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος ἐν ἡμῖν. 15 Οἶδας τοῦτο, 


also these things I ΒΟΥ ; 


παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἤκουσας, 


ἐν χριστῷ 
from 


which [are]in Christ 


*Spirit *Holy which dwells in ‘us: ‘Thou knowest this, 
ὅτι ἀπεστράφησάν µε πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ασία, ὧν ἐστιν 
that turned away from me all who [are] in Asia, of whom is 


Εφύγελλος" καὶ Ἑρμογένης.! 16 Δῴη ἔλεος 6 κύριος τῷ 


Phygellus and Hermogenes, May “grant *mercy 'the *7Lord to the 
? ΄ eet d « ΄ Tee ‘ \ 
Ονησιφόρου οἴκῳ' ὅτι πολλάκις µε ἀνέψυξεν, καὶ τὴν 
?of “Onesiphorus "house, because oft me herefreshed, and 


ἅλυσίν.μου οὐκ. "ἐπῃσχύνθη, 17 ἀλλὰ γενόμενος ἐν Ῥώμῃ, 
_my chain / was not ashamed of ; but having been in Rome, 
πσπουδαιότερον! ἐζήτησέν µε καὶ εὗρεν' 18 δῴη αὐτῷ 
more diligently he sought out me and found [ππο]-- may “grant *to Shim 
ὁ κύριος εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ κυρίου ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ" καὶ 
‘the "]οτᾶ tofind mercy from [the] Lord ἴθ that day— and 
ὅσα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις. 
Βοτν muchinEphesus heserved  ‘“better[*than *I®need’say]*thou ?knowest, 
2 Σὺ οὖν, τέκνον.-µου, ἐνδυναμοῦ ἐν τῇ χάριτι τῇ 
Thou therefore, my child, be strong in {8 6 grace which [15] 
~ ~ ΔΝ e 2 ᾽ - 
ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 2 καὶ ἃ Ίκουσας παρ ἐμοῦ 
in Christ Jesus, And the things which thou didst hear of me 
διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων, ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις, 
with sanany witnesses, these commit to faithful men, 
οἵτινες ἱκανοὶ ἔσονται καὶ ἑτέρους διδάξαι. 3 Ὁσὺ οὖν 
suchas competent shallbe also others to teach, Thou therefore 
, e ΄ ? ~ ~ ‘ 
κακοπάθησον! we καλὸς στρατιώτης P Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ." 4 οὐδεὶς 
[ suffer hardship as “good ‘a soldier of Jesus Christ. No one 
στρατευόμενος ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου ἀπραγµατείαις,' 
serving as ἃ soldier entangles himself with the “of “life ‘affairs, 
ἵνα τῷ  στρατολογήσαντ ἀρέσῃ. 5 ἐὰν.δὲ καὶ ἀθλῇ 
that him who enrolled him as a soldier he may please. And if also *contend 
TIC, οὐ.στεφανοῦται ἐὰν. μὴ νομίμως ἀ- 
(in *the 5games] ‘anyone, he is not crowned unless lawfully he shall 
θλήσῃ. 6 τὸν κοπιῶντα γεωργὸν δεῖ πρῶτον τῶν 
have contended. The labour ‘thusbandman ?must before of the 
καρπῶν μεταλαμβάνειν. 


fruits partaking. 
7 Noe τὰ! λέγω" yn" γάρ΄σοι ὁ κύριο σύνεσιν 


Consider the things 1 say, ?may °give ‘for thee *the *Lord understanding 


549 


appointed a preacher, 
and an apostle, and a 
teicher of the Gen- 
tiles. 12 For the which 
cause I also suffer 
these things: never- 
theless I am not a- 
shamed: for I know 
whon I have believed, 
and «um persuaded that 
he is able to keep that 
which [ have commit- 
ted unto him against 
that day. 13 Hold fast 
the form of sound, 
words, which thou hast 
heard οἵ me, in faith, 
and love which is in 
Christ Jesus. 14 That’ 
good thing which was 
committed unto thee 
keep by the Holy 
Ghost which dwelleth 
in us. 15 This thou 
knowest, that all they 
which are in Asia be 
turned away from me; 
of whom are Phygel- 
lus and Hermove- 
nes. 16 The Lord give 
mercy unto the house 
of Onesiphorus ; for 
he oft refreshed me, 
and was not ashamed 
of my chain: 17 but, 
when he was in Rome, 
he sought me out very 
diligently, and found 
me. 18 The Lord grant 
unto him that he may 
find merey of the Lord 
in that day: and in 
how many things he 
ministered unto me 
at Ephesus,thou know- 
est very well. 


ΤΙ. Thou therefore, 
my.son, be strong in 
the grace that is in 
Christ Jesus. 2 And 
the things that thou 
hast heard of me a- 
mong many witnesses, 
the same committhou 
to faithful men, who 
shall be able to teach 
others also. 3 Thou 
thereforeendure hard- 
ness, as a good soldier 
of Jesus Christ. 4 No 
man that warreth en- 
tangleth himself with 
the affairs of this life ; 
that he may please him 
who hath chosen him 
to be a soldier. 5 And 
if a man also strive 
for masteries, vet is 
he not crowned, ex- 
cept he strive lawfully. 
6 The husbandman 
that laboureth must 
be first partaker of the 
fruits. 

7 Consider what I 


Deanne eee ee ee ee θθθθθθθθβ” 


1— ἐθνῶν T. } παραθήκην GLTTraw., of 
Ermogenes?. πὸ ἐπαισχύνθη LITA. δ σπουδαίως diligently LTTr. 
(συνκ- T) suffer hardship with [me] trrraw. 

ἃ ἃ what LrTraw, 5 δώσει will give LiTraw, 


κ Φύγελος Phygelus LTTrAW. 


Ρ χριστοῦ Ἴησου LITrAW, 


1 Ἔρι.ονενης 
ο συγκακο»;’.όησον 
ἃ πραγκαάτιαις T, 


550 


ay; and the Lord give 
thee understanding in 
all things. 8 iiemem- 
ber that Jesus Christ 
of the seed of David 
was raised from the 
dead according to my 
gospel; 9 wherein I 
suiler trouble, as an 
evildoer, even unto 
bonds ; but the word 
of God is not bound. 
10 Therefore I endure 
all things for the 
elcct’s sakes, that they 
may also obtain the 
salvation which is in 
Christ Jesus with eter- 
nalglory. 11 Jt isa 
faithful saying: For 
if we be dead with 
him, we shallalso live 
with him: 12 if we 
suffer, we shall also 
reign with him: if we 
deny him, he also will 
deny us: 13 if we 
believe not, yet he a- 
bideth faithful: he 
cannot deny himself. 
14 Of these things put 
them inremembrauce, 
eharging them before 
the Lord that they 
strive not about words 
to no profit, but to 
the subverting of the 
hearers, 15 Study to 
shew thyself approved 
unto God, a workman 
that needeth not to be 
ashamed, rightly di- 
viding the word of 
truth. 16 But shun pro- 
fane and vain bab- 
blings ; for they will 
increase unto more un- 
godliness. 17 And their 
word will eat as doth 
a canker : of whom is 
Hynmenzus and Phile- 
tus; 18 who concern- 
ing the truth have 
erred, saying that the 
resurrection is past al- 
ready ; and overthrow 
the faith of some. 
19 Nevertheless the 
foundation of God 
standeth sure, having 
this seal, The Lord 
knowcth them that are 
his. And, Let every 
one that nameth the 
name of Christ depart 
from iniquity. 20 But 
in a great house there 
are not only vessels of 
gold andof silver, but 
also of wood and of 
earth; and some to 
honour, and some to 
dishonour, 21 If ἃ man 
therefore purge him- 
self from these, he 


I Posy PLO Ss EOIN 8. 


~ , ? ~ ‘ ? ῃ 
ἐν πᾶσιν. ὃ Mynuoveve Ἰησοῦν χριστὸν ἐγηγερµενον 
in all things. Remember Jesus Christ raised 
νεκρῶν, ἐκ σπέρματος "Δαβίδ," τὸ εὐαγγελιόν 
{the] dead, of [the] seed of David, Ξσ]αᾷ *tidings 
µου: Div ᾧ  κακοπαθῶ μέχρι δεσμῶν ὡς κακοῦργος" "ἀλλ" 
bonds as amnevildoer: but 


*my, in which I suffer hardship unto 
« , ~ ~ ᾽ / \ ~ ΄ « 
ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ.δέδεται. 10 διὰ τοῦτο πάντα ὑπο- 
Because of this allthings Ien- 


the word of God is not bound. 
διὰ σωτηρίας τύ- 


, Ἢ ? , / \ \ 
μένω τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ 
dure forsakeof the elect, that also they [the] salvation ‘may 
χωσιν τῆς ἐν χριστῷ: Ιησοῦ μετὰ δόξης αἰωνίου. 11 πιστὸς 
obtain which [is] in Christ Jesus with “glory ‘eternal. Faithful 
ὁ λόγος" εἰ γὰρ συναπεθάγομεν, καὶ "συζήσομεν"' 
[15] the word ; for if νε died together with [him], also we shall live together; 
“Me ΝΕ , \ x / x / ell ? y > , θ Π 
12 εἰ ὑπομένομεν, καὶ συμβασιλεύσομεν"' εἰ Yaovovpeba, 
if ὅπ endure, also weshallreigntogether; if we deny 
κἀκεῖνος ἀρνήσεται ἡμᾶς" 19 εἰ ἀπιστοῦμεν, ἐκεῖνος 
{him], he also will deny Us ; if we are unfaithful, he 
πιστὸς péver’ ἀρνήσασθαι ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται. 
faithful abides ; to deny himself he is not able. 
14 Tavra ὑπομίμνησκε, διαμαρτυρόμενος ἐνώπιον 
?These *things *put Sin Sremembrance 108, testifying earnestly before 
τοῦ κυρίου" Ὁμὴ  λογομαχεῖν' “εἰς! οὐδὲν χρήσιμον, ἐπὶ 
the Lord not to dispute about words *for *nothing ‘profitable, to 
καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων. 15 σπούδασον σεαυτὸν 
subversion of those who hear. Be diligent Sthyself 
δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ θεῷ, ἐργάτην ἀνεπαίσχυντον, ὀρθο- 
*approved ‘to *present to God, a workman not ashamed, _-— straight- 
τομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας" 16 τὰς δὲ. βεβήλους κενο- 
ly cutting the word of truth ; but profane empty 
φωνίας περιϊστασο' ἐπὶ πλεῖον γὰρ προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας, 
babblings stand aloof from, *to *more for they will advance of ungodliness, 
17 καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ὡς γάγγραινα νομὴν ἕξει ὧν ἐστιν 
and their word as agangrene pasture will have; of whom is 
ina , \ , ev A ‘ ? ΄ 
Ὑμέναιος καὶ Φιλητός, 18 οἵτινες περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν 
Ἡσπιειθας and  Philetus; who concerning the truth 
ἠστόχησαν, λέγοντες τὴν" ἀνάστασιν ἤδη γεγονέναι, 
missed the nark, asserting the resurrection already to have taken place ; 


? , ’ ‘ « » Η͂ 
καὶ ἀνατρέπουσιν τήν τινων πίστιν. 19 ὁ Ξμέντοι". στερεὸς 
and areoverthrowing the of*some ‘faith. Nevertheless firm 


θεμέλιος τοῦ θεοῦ ἕστηκεν, ἔχων τὴν.σφραγῖδα.ταύτην, Ἔγνω 
foundation 1God’s stands, having this seal, *Knows 
κύριος τοὺς ὄντας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ᾿Αποστήτω ἀπὸ ἀδι- 
[‘the] *Lord thosethat are his, and Let depart from unright- 
κίας πᾶς ὁ ὀνομάζων τὸ ὄνομα ΙἸχριστοῦ.! 90 ἐν μεγάλῃ 
eousness everyone who names the name οἵ Christ. 7In ‘great 
4 
δὲ οἰκίᾳ οὐκ.έσιν μόνον σκεύη χρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ, ἀλλὰ 
αχραῦ *ahouse therearenot only vessels golden and silver, but 
καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα, καὶ ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμήν, ἃ δὲ εἰς 
also wooden and earthen, and some to honour, dthers to 
ἀτιμίαν. 21 ἐὰν οὖν τις ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων, 
dishonour, If therefore one shallhave purged himself from these, 


IT. 
3 
εκ 
from among 
κατὰ 
according to 





Ὁ Δανείδ LTTrA; AaviéGw. YadAGLTTrAW. Wovuy-LTTrA. ἃ συν- τ. Y ἀρνησόμεθα 


we shall deny titra. 
λογοµάχει Dispute thou not about words L. 
Γκυρίον of [the] Lord eirrraw, 


© μεν τοι Tr. 


z + yap for (to deny) LTTrAW. 
© ἐπ᾿ LTTrA, 


b x. 


8 τοῦ θεοῦ God ττ;, μη 
ΤΙ, 


a — τὴν (read [the]) 


BES EMO πω, 


ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμὴν; ἡγιασμένον, 
he shall be ἃ vessel to honour, having been sanctified, 
τῷ δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον. 
to the τσηδλβίου, for every *work *good having been prepared. 
22 τὰς .δὲ.νεωτερικὰς ἐπιθυμίας φεῦγε" δίωκε.δὲ δικαιοσύνην, 
But youthful lusts flee, and pursue righteousness, 
πίστιν, ἀγάπην, εἰρήνην pera® τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων τὸν 


πι ΠΠ. 


Εκαὶ! εὔχρηστον 
and serviceable 


faith, love, peace with those that call on the 
κύριον ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας. 23 τὰς.δὲμωρὰς καὶ ἀπαι- 
Lord outof 2pure δῷ heart. But foolish and  undis- 
δεύτους ζητήσεις παραιτοῦ, εἰδὼς ὅτι γεννῶσιν μάχας" 
ciplined questionings refuse, knowing that they beget contentions, 
24 δοῦλον" δὲ κυρίου οὐ δε μάχεσθαι, Ἰάλλ᾽" ἤπιον 


And 958. *bondman *of [516] ΤΤιοτᾶ 115 3Ῥεποτες ποῦ tocontend, but gentle 


εἶναι πρὸ 1 διὸ ἦν, ἀνεξί 25. ἐν * ) " 
ρὸς πάντας, διδακτικόν, ἀνεξίκακον, 25 ἐν "πρᾳότητι 


to be towards all; apt toteach; forbearing; in meekness 
παιδεύοντα τοὺς ἀντιδιατιθεμένους, μήποτε ἰδῷϊ! αὐτοῖς 
disciplining those that oppose, if perhaps *may “give *them 
ὁ θεὸς μετάνοιαν εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας, 26 καὶ ava- 

‘God repentance to acknowledgment of [the] truth, and they may 
νήψωσιν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος, ἐζωγρημένοι UT 
Απνακο αρ outcf the *of*the ‘devil tsnare, having been taken by 
αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἐκείνου θέλημα. 

him for his will. 


9 Τοῦτο.δὲ γίνωσκε," ὅτι ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις ἐνστή- 
But this know thou, that in [the] last days Swill *be 


σονται καιροὶ χαλεποί. 2 ἔσονται.γὰρ οἱ ἄνθρωποι φίλαυτοι, 
Spresent "times ‘difficult; for will “be men lovers of self, 


φιλάργυροι, ἀλαζόνες, ὑπερήφανοι, βλάσφημοι, γονεῦσιν 
lovers of money, vaunting, proud, evil speakers. to parents 
ἀπειθεῖς. ἀχάριστοι, ἀνόσιοι, 3 ἄστοργοι, ἄσπονδοι, 
disobedient, unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, implacable, 
διάβολοι, ἀκρατεῖς, ἀνήμεροι ἀφιλάγαθοι, 4 προδόται, 
slanderers,. incontinent, savage, not lovers of good, betrayers, 
προπετεῖς, τετυφωμένοι, φιλήδονοι μᾶλλον ἢ φιλόθεοι, 
headlong, puffed up, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of Ged ; 
5 ἔχοντες μόρφωσιν εὐσεβείας, τὴν.δὲ δύναμιν αὐτῆς Ίρνη- 
having a form of piety, but the power of it deny- 


μένοι. καὶ τούτους ἀποτρέπου. Ὁ ἐκ. τούτων.γάρ εἰσιν οἱ 
ing: and these turn away from. For of these are those who 


ἐνδύνοντες εἰς τὰς οἰκίας καὶ "αἰχμαλωτεύοντες τὰ! γυναικάρια 
[ατα] entering into houses and leading captive silly women 


σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις, ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις, 7 πάν- 


laden with sins, led away by 7lusts 1various, al- 
τοτε μανθάνοντα καὶ μηδέποτε εἰ ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας 
ways learning and never to [the] knowledge of [the] truth 


? ~ ἂν» εν , ae J ~ κι Ὁ ~ 2 ’ 
ἐλθεῖν δυνάµενα. 8 ὃν.τρόπον.δὲ Ἰαννῆς καὶ ᾿Ιαμβρῆς ἀντέ- 
2to*come ‘able, Nowintheway Jannes and Jambres with- 


.. ~ cu \ = 22? θί ~ aN θ / 
στήσαν Mwvosi, οὕτως και οὗτοι ᾽ανριστανται Ty ἄλησειᾳ, 


stood Moses, = thus. also these withstand the truth, 
ἄνθρωποι κατεφθαρμένοι τὸν. νοῦν, ἀδόκιμοι περὶ 
men utterly corrupted in mind, found worthless as regards 


τὴν πίστιν. 9 ἀλλ᾽ οὐ προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ πλεῖον" ἡ γὰρ ἄνοια 
the faith. But they shall not advance farther, ‘for *folly 
a ώἔ ο 


h + πάντων 811] τ. 1 ἀλλὰ LTTrA. 
D αἰχμολκυτίζοντες GLTTrAW, 


& — καὶ LTTrA, 
B γινώσκετε KUOW Ye ἂν 


k πραὔτητι LTTrAW, 


551 
Shall be a vessel unto 
honour, sanctified, and 
meet for the master’s 
use, and prepared un- 
to every good work. 
22 Flea also youth- 
ful lusts: but follow 
righteousness, faith, 
charity, peace, with 
them that call on the 
Lord ont of a pure 
heart. 23 But foolish 
and unlearned ques- 
tions avoid, knowing 
that they do gender 
strifes. 24 And the 
servant of the Lord 
must not strive; but 
be gentle unto allmen, 
apt to teach, patient, 
25 in meekness in- 
structing those that 
oppose themselves ; if 
God peradventure will 
give them repentance 
to the acknowledging 
of the truth; 26 and 
that they may recover 
themselves out of the 
snare of the devil, who 
are taken captive by 
him at his will. 


III. This know α]- 
so, that in the last 
days perilous times 
shall come. 2 For 
men shall be lovers 
of their own selves, 
eovetous, boasters, 
proud, blasphemers, 
disobedient to parents, 
unthankful, unholy, 
3 without natural at« 
fection, trucebreakers, 
false accusers, incon- 
tinent, fierce, despisers 
of those that are good, 
4traitors, heady, high- 
minded, lovers of plea- 
sures more than lovers 
of God; 5 having a 
form of godliness, but 
denying the power 
thereof: from such 
turn away. 6 For of 
this sort are they 
which creep into 
houses, and lead cap- 
tive silly women laden 
with sins, led away 
with divers lusts,7 ever 
learning, and never 
able to come to the 
knowledge of the 
truth. 8 Now as Jan- 
nes and Jambres with- 
stood Moses, so do 
these also resist the 
truth : men of corrupt 
minds, reprobate con- 
cerning the faith. 9But 
they shall proceed no 
further: for their folly 


I διύη ΚΤΤΓΑΥ 


552 


shall be manifest unto 
all men, as theirs also 
was. 10 Butthou hast 
fully known my doc- 
trine, manner of life, 
purpose, faith, long- 
suffering, charity, pa- 
tience, 11 per=ecutions, 
afflictions, which came 
unto meat Antioch, at 
Iconium, at Lystra; 
what persecutions I 
endured: bus out of 
them all the Lord de- 
livered me. 12 Yea, 
and all that will live 
godly in Christ Jesus 
shall suffer persecu- 
tion. 13 But evilmen 
and seducers shall wax 
Worse and worse, de= 
ceiving, and being ἆθ- 
ceived. 14 But con- 
tinue thou in the 
things which thou hast 
learned and hast been 
assured of, knowing of 


whom thou hasilearn- μα 


ed them; 15 and that 
from achild thou hast 
Known the holy scrip- 
tures, which are able 
to make thee wise un- 
to salvation through 
faith whichis in Christ 
Jesus. 16 All scrip- 
ture is given by inspi- 
ration of God, and ὦ 
profitable for doctrine, 
for reproof, for correc- 
tion, forinstructionin 
righteousness : 17 that 
the man of God may 
be perfect, throughly 
furnished unto all 
good works, 


IV. 1 charge thee 
therefore before God, 
and the Lord Jcsus 
Christ, whoshalljudge 
the quick and the dead 
at his appearing and 
his kingdom; 2 preach 
the word; be instant 
in season, out of 
season; reprove, re- 
buke, exhort with all 
longsuffering and doc- 
trine. 3 For the time 
will come when they 
will not endure sound 
doctrine; but after 
their own lusts shall 
they heap to them- 
selves teachers, having 
itching ears; 4 and 
they shall turn away 
their ears from the 
truth, and shall be 


PANO O.8 ON 8: IIT, IV. 


~ A. ” ~ ‘ ε 7 
αὐτῶν ἔκδηλος ἔσται πᾶσιν, ὡς Kai ἡ ἐκείνων ἐγένετο. 
αιΏοῖγ fully manifest shall be toall, as also that of those: became, 


10 σὺ δὲ παρηκολούθηκάς" µου τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ, τῇ ἀγωγῇ, 


προ» 


But thou hast closely followed my teaching, conduct, 

~ ’ ~ , ~ ἢ ’ ~ > 7 ~ ε “ἅ 
τῇ προθέσει, τῇ πιστει, Τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ, TY ἀγάπῃ; τῇ ὑπομονῇ, 
purpose, faith, patience, love, endurance, 


11 τοῖς διωγμοῖς, τοῖς παθήμασιν, οἷά μοι ἐγένετο ἐν ᾿Αν- 
persecutions, sufferings: suchastome happened in Ans 

[ή ? ΄ , / 
τιοχείᾳ, ἐν Ἱκονίῳ, ἐν Λύστροις" οἵους διωγμοὺς wire 
tioch, in Iconium, in Lystra ; what manner of persecutions I en- 
ἤνεγκα, Kai ἐκ πάντων µε Ῥὲῤρύσατο" ὁ κύριος. 12 καὶ 


dured ; and out of all *me “delivered” “the Lord. , And 
’ ᾿ tf , q ᾽ ~ ~ ll ? eed ~ 
πάντες δὲ οἱ θέλοντες “εὐσεβῶς ζῇν" ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 
all indeed who wish piously tolive in . Christ Jesus 


διωχθήσονται' 19 πονηροὶ δὲ ἄνθρωποι καὶ γόητες προ- 
will be persecuted. But wicked men and impostors shall 


κόψουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον; πλανῶντες καὶ πλανώμενοι. 14 σὺ δὲ 


advance to worse, misleading and _ being misled. But thou 
éve ἐν οἷς ἔμαθες . καὶ ἐπιστώθης, εἰδὼς παρὰ 


abide in the things thou didst learn, and wast assured of, having known from 
r δὰ Il ” θ 15 ‘ Lee 2 Ν ’ 5 ‘ Il τ 3 
τινος έµασες, και Οτι ATO ῥρεφους ἵτα" ερα 
whom thou didst learn [them]; and that from a babe the sacred 
γράμματα οἶδας, τὰ δυνάμενά σε σοφίσαι εἰς 
letters thou hast known, which [are] able Sthee ‘to *make wise to 
σωτηρίαν, διὰ πίστεως τῆς ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. 16 πᾶσα 
salvation, through faith which [15] 1 Christ Jesus, Every 
γραφὴ θεόπνευστος καὶ ὠφέλιμος πρὸς διδασκαλίαν, πρὸς 
scripture [is] God-inspired απᾶ φῳγοβύδο]θ for teaching, for 
ttheyxov,' πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν, πρὸς “παιδείαν! τὴν ἐν 
conviction, for correction, for discipline which [is] in 
δικαιοσύνῃ" 17 ἵνα ἄρτιος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος, πρὺς 
righteousness ; that complete may be the of °God ‘man, to 
πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἐξηρτισμένος. 
every *work ‘good fully fitted. 
4 Διαμαρτύρομαι “οὖν ἐγὼ" ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ 
ΞΕαγποςί]γ “testify *therefore (+I before God and the 
κυρίου" YInoov χριστοῦ," τοῦ μέλλοντος κρίνειν ζῶντας καὶ 


Lord Jesus Christ, who is about to judge living and 
νεκροὺς “kara! τὴν.ἐπιφάνειαν.αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν 
dead according to his appearing and “kingdom 


αὐτοῦ, κήρυξον τὸν λόγον, ἐπίστηθι εὐκαίρως ἀκαίρως, 
this, proclaim the word; be urgent inseason, out of season, 
ἔλεγξον, “ἐπιτίμησον, παρακάλεσον," ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ 
convict, rebuke, _ * encourage, with all patience 

καὶ διδαχῇ. 8 ἔσται.γὰρ καιρὸς ὅτε τῆς ὑγιαινούσης ὃι- 


and teaching. For there willbe atime when sound teach- 
δασκαλίας οὐκ.ἀνέζονται. ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὰς Ὀἐπιθυμίας 
ing they will not bear ; but according to 3desires 


ἐπισωρεύσουσιν διδασκάλους, κνηθό- 


τὰς ἰδίας" ἑαυτοῖς 
will heap up teachers, : 


ltheir 70wn to themselves 
μενοι.τὴν. ἀκοήν" 4 καὶ ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀπο- 
having anitchingear; and from the truth the ear they will 





ο παρηκολούθησάς didst closely follow LTTra. 
¥ τίνων What. [persons] -LTTrA. 
* — οὖν ἐγὼ GLTTrAw. 


and [by] Girtraw, 


P ἐρύσατο LTTr. α ζῇν εὐσεβῶς TTr. 
t ἐλεγμόν LTTrA, ¥ παιδίαν τ. 
Υ χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTraw. : καὶ 

Ὁ ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας GLTTraw, 


s — τὰ [L]}t[TrA]. 
χα — τοῦ κυρίου GLTTrAWw. 
3 παρακάλεσον, επιτίµησον T. 


ΙΤ. fi: TEM Ore BY: 


, ‘ \ , 
στρέψουσιν, ἐπὶ δὲ τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται. 
turn away, and to fables will be turned aside, 

νῆφε ἐν πᾶσιν, κακοπάθησον, 
be sober in allthings, suffer hardships, 


ὅ σὺ δὲ 
But thou, 
ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγ- 
{the] work do of an 
γελιστοῦ, τὴν διακονίαν.σου πληροφόρησον. Θ Ἐγὼ γὰρ ἤδη 
evangelist, thy service fully carry out. ForI already 
, ‘ x ~ ~ 2 

σπένδομαι, καὶ ὁ καιρὸς τῆς."ἐμῆς.ἀναλύσεως!" ἐφ- 
am being poured out, and the time of my release is 
ἑστηκεν. 7 τὸν ἀγῶνα τὸν καλὸν"! ἠγώνισμαι, τὸν «δρόμον 
come. The combat *good = Ihavecombated, the course 


/ / - ’ A ? Ld , 
τετέλεκα, τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα' 8 λοιπὸν ἀπόκειταί μοι 
Ihave finished, the faith Ihave kept. Henceforth islaid up for me 


t ~ , , ελ » 
ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος, ὃν ἀποδώσει μοι ὁ κύριος 


the οί “righteousness ‘crown, which °will’render το *me ‘the *Lord 
2 ? / μὴ ῃ « , Ἐ ΄ ry 

ὧν εκεινη τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ὁ δίκαιος κριτής" οὐ-μόνον-δὲ ἐμοί, 
°in ἰδὲ day 35ίπο *righteous 


Sjudge ; and not only to me, 
7 4 ‘ ~ ~ , sy , ᾽ “ 
ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἠγαπηκόσιν τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν. αὐτοῦ. 
but also toall who * love his appearing. 
9 Ὑπούδασον ἐλθεῖν πρός µε ταχέως. 10 Δημᾶς.γάρ µε 
Be diligent tocome ἴο me quickly ; for Demas *me 
, 7 a ‘ ~ I~ ‘ / 
ἐγκατέλιπεν, ἀγαπήσας τὸν νῦν αἰῶνα, καὶ ἐπορεύθη εἰς 
forsook, having loved the present age, and is. gone to 
Θεσσαλονίκην" Ἐρήσκης εἰς Γαλατίαν," Τίτος εἰς Δαλματίαν" 
Thessalonica ; Crescens to Galatia, Titus to Dalmatia, 
1] Λουκᾶς ἐστιν μόνος per’ ἐμοῦ. Μάρκον ἀναλαβὼν ἄγε 
Luke ig talone with me. Mark having taken bring 
ETA σεαυτοῦ" ἔστιν.γάρ μοι εὔχρηστος εἰς διακονίαν. 12 Τυ- 
with thyself, forheis *to*me ‘useful for service. 2Ty- 
χικὸν δὲ ἀπέστειλα εἰς "Ἔφεσον. 19 Τὸν ἔφαιλόνηνὶ ὃν 
chicus ‘but Isent to ‘Ephesus. The cloak which 
? ἐλ 3 h 10 Ι BY ΄ ? ’ Ω ‘ ‘ 
ἀπελιπον εν "Towadt' παρα Καρπῳ, ἐρχόμενος φέρε, και τα 
1 left in Troas with Carpus, [when]coming bring, and the 
βιβλία, μάλιστα τὰς μεμβράνας. 14 Αλέξανδρος ὁ χαλκεὺς 
books, especially the  parchments. Alexander the smith 


πολλά 


μοι κακὰ ἐνεδείξατο' Ἰάποδφη" αὐτῷ ὁ 
“many ‘against °me “evil *things idid. May “render *to *him ‘the 
κύριος κατὰ τὰ ἔργα.αὐτοῦ' 15 ὃν καὶ σὺ φυλάσσου, 
2Lord according to his works, Whom also thou _ be ware of, 
λίαν.γὰρ Κάνθέστηκενὶ τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις. 16 Ἐν τῷ 
for exceedingly he has withstood our words. In 


πρώτῃ.μου ἀπολογίᾳ οὐδείς μοι ἰσυμπαρεγένετο," ἀλλὰ πάντες 
my first defence no one *me stood *with, but all 


µε ἐγκατέλιπον' μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 17 6.0 κύριός 
me forsook, Not tothem may it be reckoned. But the Lord 

oe παρέστη, καὶ ἐνεδυνάμωσέν με, ἵνα Ov ἐμοῦ τὸ κή- 

e ‘stood*by, and strengthened me, that through me_ the .pro- 

ρυγμα πληροφορηθῇ, καὶ “ἀκούσῃ' πάντα τὰ ἔθνη" καὶ 

clamation might be fully made, and “should *hear ‘all 
, cer ΄ 

πἐῤῥύσθην" ἐκ στόματος λέοντος. 18 “καὶ ῥύσεταί µε 

I was delivered out of [the] “’mouth lion’s. And *will*deliver *me 
ν᾽ ᾽ \ 

6 κύριος ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔ εἰς τὴν 


ἔργου πονηροῦ, καὶ σώσει 
lthe “Lord from every “work ‘wicked, and will preserve[me)] for 


2the *nations; and. 


503 
turned -unto fables. 
5 But watch thou in 
all things, endure af- 
flictions, do the work 
of an evangelist, make 
full proof of thy mi- 
nistry. 6 For I am 
now ready to be of- 
fered, and the time of 
my departure is at 
hand. 7 I have fought 
a good fight, I have 
finished my course, I 
have kept the faith: 
8 henceforth there is 
laid up for me a crown 
of righteousness, which 
the Lord, the righteous 
judge, shall give’me 
at that day: and not 
to me only, but unto 
all them also that love 
his appearing. 


3 


9 Do thy diligence 
to come shortly unto 
me: 10 for Demas hath 
forsaken me, having 
loved this present 
world, and is depart- 
ed unto Thessalonica ; 
Crescens to Galatia, 
Titus unto Dalmatia. 
11 Only Luke is with 
me. Take Mark, and 
bring him with thee: 
for he is profitable to 
me for the ministry. 
12 And Tychicus have 
I sent to Ephesus. 
13 The cloke that I left 
at Troas with Carpus, 
when thou _ comest, 
bring with thee, and 
the books, but especi- 
ally the parchments, 
14 Alexander the cop- 
persmith did me much 
evil: the Lord reward 
him according to his 
works: 15 of whom be 
thou ware also; for 
he hath greatly with- 
stood our woids. 1% At 
ny firstanswe numan 
stood with me, but all 
men forsook me: ᾖ 
pray God that it may 
not be laid to their 
charge. 17 Notwith- 
standing the Lord 
stood with me, and 
strengthened me; that 
by πιο the preaching 
might be fully known, 
and that all the Gen- 
tiles might hear : and 
I was delivered out of 
the mouth of the lion. 
18 And theLord shall 
deliver me from every 
evil work, and will 
preserve me unto his 


πιω μμ EERE 


ο ἀναλύσεώς µου LTTr. ἃ καλὸν ἀγῶνα LTTr. 
Ε φελόνην EULTTrAW. h Ἔρϑαδι LT. : 
he withstood Lrtraw. | συν- A; παρεγένετο stood by LTTr.- 
B ἐρύσθην LTTrA. ο — καὶ LITrA. 


ε Ταλλίαν Gallia τ. 
i ἀποδώσει Shall render LITrAW. 
τ ἀκούσωσιν LITrAW, 


f Δελματίαν L. 
κ αντέστη 


rr 
vu 


heavenly kingdom: 
to whom be glory for 
ever and ever. Amen. 


19 Salute Prisca and 
Aquila, and the house- 
hold of Onesiphorus. 
20 Erastus. abode at 
Corinth: but Trophi- 
mus have I left at Mi- 
Iectum sick. 21 Do thy 
diligence to come be- 
fore winter. Eubulus 
greeteth thee, and Pu- 
dens, and Linus, and 
Claudia, and all the 
brethren. 22 The Lord 
Jesus Christ be with 
thy spirit. Grace be 
with you. Amen, 


1 


ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς 


ΤΡ ΘΟ ΟἿ: 


βασιλείαν.αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπουράνιον" 


his kingdom the heavenly ; to whom [be] glory unto the 
αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἁμήν. 
ages of the ages. Amen. 


19 "Ασπασαι Πρίσκαν καὶ ᾿Ακύλαν, καὶ τὸν ᾿Ονησιφόρου 
Salute Prisca and Aquila, and the of *Onesiphorus 
9 » ” 2 / = ΄ 5) pale 
οἶκον. 90 Ἔραστος ἔμεινεν ἐν Κορίνθῳ" Τρόφιμον.δὲ ἀπέλιπον 
*house, Erastus remained in Corinth, but Trophimus “T left 


ἐν Μιλήτῳ ἀσθενοῦντα. 21 Ὑπούδασον πρὸ χειμῶνος ἐλθεῖν. 
in Miletus sick. Be diligent before winter to come. 


/ , »» ᾿ / 4 ~ ‘ 
᾿Ασπάζεταί σε Εὔβουλος, καὶ Πούδης, καὶ «Λῖνος," καὶ 
*Salutes thee *Eubulus, and Pudens, and Linus, and 


Κλαυδία, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ πάντες. 22 Ὁ κύριος τ᾿ Ἰησοῦς"! 


Claudia, and “the *brethren 1411, The Lord Jesus 
‘ ~ , c / ᾽ ~ 
χριστὸς" μετὰ τοῦ.πνεύματός.σου. ἡ χάρις μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 
Christ [be] with thy spirit. Grace [be] with you. 
tauny." 
Amen, 
Πρὸς Τιμόθεον δευτέρα, τῆς Ἐφεσίων ἐκκλη- 
2To %Timotheus ‘second, 3508 *the *of[?*the]'*Ephesians *°assem- 
σίας πρῶτον ἐπίσκοπον χειροτονηθέντα, ἐγράφη ἀπὸ 
bly Ἅᾖ[δίπε] ‘first 7overseer *chosen, written from 
Ῥώμης, ὅτε ἐκ.δευτέρου παρέστη Παῦλος τῷ Καίσαρι 
Rome, when asecondtime *was*placed*before δὰ] Cesar 
Νέρωνι." 
Nero. 





Ἡ ΠΡΟΣ TITON ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ IIAYAOY.!' 


THER 


PAUL, a servant of 
God, and an apostle of 
Jesus Christ, accord- 
ing to the faith of 
God’s elect, and the 
acknowledging of the 
truth which is after 
godliness; 2 in hope 
of eternal life, which 
God, that cannot lie, 
promised before the 
world began; 3 but 
hath in due times 
manifested his word 
through preaching, 
which is committed 
unto me accordiug to 
the commandment of 
God our Saviour ; 4 to 
Titus, mine own son 
after the common 
faith: Grace, mercy, 
and peace, from God 
the Father and tHe 
Lord Jesus Christ our 
Saviour, 


5 For this cause left 
I thee in Crete, that 





4 Λίνος LTW. 


v— the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον B’ (— β΄ A) Tra. 
* + τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου the apostle E ; Πρὸς Τίτον LTTraw. 
ἆ ἀπέλιπόν LTTrAW, 


, - 
Ιησοῦ LTTrA, 


“το STITUS 7EPISTLE 30Ε *PAUL. 


ΠΑΥΛΟΣ δοῦλος θεοῦ, ἀπόστολος.δὲ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ κατὰ 
Paul bondman of God, and apostle of Jesus Christ according to 


πίστιν ἐκλεκτῶν θεοῦ Kai ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας τῆς 
(the) faith Select ‘of*God’sand knowledge of [the] truth which [is] 


κατ εὐσέβειαν, 3 ἐπ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου, ἣν ἐπηγ- 


according to piety; in{the] hope oflife eternal, which ‘pro- 
/ « A 4 , , 
γείλατο. ὁ ἀψευδὴς θεὸς πρὸ χρόνων.αἰωνίων, 8 é- 
mised 1the *who *cannot 5116 *God before the ages of time, 
[ή \ ~ ΄ , ~ 
Φανέρωσεν.δὲ καιροῖς.ἰδίοις τὸν.λόγον.αὐτοῦ, ἐν κηρύγματι 


but manifested in its own seasons © ‘his word in [the] proclamation 
a ? , 4 ~ ~ 
ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ κατ᾽ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος 
which ὄντα επίταξίεα “with *I according to[the] commandment of ?Saviour 
ἡμῶν θεοῦ, 4 Τίτῳ γνησίῳ τέκνῳ κατὰ κοινὴν 
our God ; to Titus [my] true child according to [our] common 
; , ” ? /. 9 ~ la ‘ 
πίστιν, χάρις, Edeog," εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατοός, καὶ 
faith: Grace, mercy peace. from God [the] Father, and [the} 
, ? ~ ~~. ~ ~ « ~ 
“κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" τοῦ. σωτῆρος.ἡμῶν 
Lord Jesus’ ΄ Christ our Saviour. 
, , , , 
5 Τούτου.χάριν ἁκατέλιπόν" σε ἐν Κρήτῃ, ἵνα τὰ.λείποντα 
For this cause I left thee in Crete, thatthe things lacking 





τ — Ἰησοῦς τττὶ ΑἹ. 8 — χριστὸς LTTr[A]. t — ἀμήν GLTTrAW. 


Ὁ καὶ διὰ TTraw. ‘© χριστοῦ 


ἘΠῚ, ἘΠ Cs: 

ἐεἐπιδιορθώσῃ ." καὶ καταστήσῃς κατὰ.πόλιν πρεσ- 

thou mightest go on to set right, and mightest appoint in every city 

βυτέρους, ὡς ἐγώ σοι διεταξάµην' 6 εἴ τις ἐστὶν ἀνέγ- 

elders, as I thee ‘ordered : if anyone [158 unim- 
~ A Bi Gh » 2 η 

κλητος, μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ. τέκνα ἔχων πιστά, μὴ ἐν 


peachable, 70f*o0ne ‘wife *husband, “children Shaving *believing, not under 
κατηγορίᾳ ἀσωτίας ἢ ἀνυπότακτα. 7 δεῖ γὰρ τὸν ἐπί- 
accusation of dissoluteness or insubordinate. For it behoves the over- 


σκοπον ἀνέγκλητον εἶναι, ὡς θεοῦ οἰκονόμον: μὴ αὐθάδη, 
seer unimpeachable tobe, as God’s steward ; ne: selfwilled, 
μὴ ὀργίλον, μὴ πάροινον, μὴ πλήκτην, μὴ αἰσχροκερδῆ, 
not passionate, not giventowine, not astriker, ποῦ greedy of base gain, 
8 ἀλλὰ φιλόξενον, φιλάγαθον, σώφρονα, δίκαιον, ὅσιον, ἐγ- 
but hospitable, a lover of good, discreet, just, holy, tem- 
κρατῇ, 9 ἀντεχόμενον τοῦ κατὰ τὴν διδαχὴν πιστοῦ 
perate, holding to the *according *to ‘the ‘teaching ‘faithful 
λόγου, iva δυνατὸς καὶ παρακαλεῖν ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 
2word, that 8016 he may be both toencourage with *teaching 
τῷ ὑγιαινούσφ, καὶ τοὺς ἀντιλέγοντας ἐλέγχειν. 10 εἰσὶν. γὰρ 
ρου, and those who gainsay to convict. For there are 
πολλοὶ ‘kai! ἀνυπότακτοι µαταιολόγοι καὶ φρεναπάται, µά- 
many and  insubordinate vain talkers and mind-deceivers, espe- 
λιστα ξ οἱ ἐκ ἃ περιτομῆς, 11 οὓς δεῖ ἐπιστο- 
cially those of [the] circumcision, whom itis necessary to stop the 
pigew* οἵτινες ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν, διδάσκοντες 
mouths of, who whole houses overthrow, teaching 
a μὴ. δεῖ, αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν 19 εἶπεν 
things which [they] ought not, “0456 gain ‘for sake 308, 4Said 
τις ἐξ αὐτῶν ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης, Κρῆτες ἀεὶ 
Sone Ἰοξ 3ἴΠεπιςο]γοβ 1108 "their ‘*own °a ?°prophet, Cretans always [are] 
ψεῦσται, κακὰ θηρία, γαστέρες ἀργαί. 18 ἡ μαρτυρία. αὕτη 
liars, evil wild beasts, *gluttons ‘lazy. This testimony 


ἐστὶν ἀληθής' δι ἣν αἰτίαν ἔλεγχε αὐτοὺς ἀποτόμως, ἵνα 


18 true ; for which canse convict them with severity, that 
ὑγιαίνωσιν ἐν τῇ πίστει, 14 μὴ προσέχοντες ᾿Ιουδαϊκοῖς 
they may Ὀ6 «οαπᾶ in the faith, not’ giving heed to Jewish 


μύθοις καὶ ἐντολαῖς ἀνθρώπων ἀποστρεφομένων τὴν ἀλή- 
fables and commandments of men, turning away from the truth. 

΄ 3 4 ~ ΩΝ a \ 

θειαν. 15 πάντα Ιμὲνὶ καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς" τοῖς δὲ 
All things [are] pure tothe pure; _ but to those who 
Κμεμιασμένοις' καὶ ἀπίστοις οὐδὲν καθαρόν, ἀλλὰ μεμίαν- 
are defiled and unbelieving nothing [is] pure; but are de- 
ται αὐτῶν καὶ ὁ νοῦς καὶ ἡ.συνείδησις. 16 θεὸν ὁμολογοῦσιν 

filed their *both mind and _ [their] conscience. God ___ they profess 


~ ~ ” ‘ 
εἰδέναι, τοῖς δὲ ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται, βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες καὶ 


{ο know, but in works deny {him], ?abominablé ‘being and 
? ~ 3 4 ~ 3 ᾽ A > , 
ἀπειθεῖς, καὶ πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἀδόκιμοι. 
disobedient, and asto every “work *g00d found worthless, 
ϱ Σὺ δὲ λάλει ἃ πρέπει τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασ- 
But *thou *speak the things that become sound teach- 
΄ , , , ’ 
καλίᾳ" ο) πρεσβύτας νηφαλίους εἶναι, σεμνούς, σω- 
ing: [the] aged {men] Ssober 1to *be, grave, dis- 
φρονας, ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει. TH ἀγάπῃ, TH ὑπομονῇ" 
creet, sound in faith, in love, in endurance ; 


555 


thou shouldest set in 
order the things that 
are wanting, and or- 
dain elders in eve 

city, as [had appointed 
thee: 6 if any be 
blameless,the husbaird 
of one wife, having 
faithful children not 
accused of riot or un- 
ruly. 7 For a bishop 
must be blameless, as 
the steward of God; 
not selfwilled, not 
soon angry, not given 
to wine, no striker, 
not given to filthy 
lucre ; 8 but a lover 
of hospitality, a lover 
of good men, sober, 
just. holy, temperate ; 
9 holding fast the 
faithful word as ha 
hath been taught, that 
he may be able by 
sound doctrine both te 
exhort and to con- 
vince the gainsayers. 
10 For there are 
many unruly and vain 
talkers and deceivers, 
specially they of the 
circumcision : 11 whose 
mouths must be stop- 
ped, who subvert whole 
houses,teaching things 
which they ought not, 
for filthy lucre’s sake. 
12 One of themselves, 
even a prophet of their 
own, said, The Cre- 
tians are alway liars, 
evil beasts, slow bel- 
lies. 13 This witness is 
true. Wherefore re- 
buke them sharply, 
that they may be sound 
in the faith; 14 not 
giving heed to Jewish 
fables, and command- 
ments of men, that 
turn from the truth. 
15 Unto the pure all 
things are pure: but 
unto them that are de- 
filed and unbelieving 
is nothing pure; but 
even their mind and 
conscience is defiled. 
16 They profess that 
they know God; but 
in works they deny 
him,being abominable, 
and disobedient, and 
unto every good work 
reprobate. II. But 
speak thou the thiags 
which become sound 
doctrine: 2 that the 
aged men be 8ο» 
ber, grave, temperate, 
sound in faith, in cha- 
rity, in patience. 3The 


qe μου μμ μμ  Ἱ...)ΐΐ.-----------καύς 


{--- καὶ τπτ Αα]. g + [δὲ] but (especially) 1. 


ὃ ἐπιδιορθώσῃς L. : : 
ξ μεμιαμμένοις LITr; μεμμαμένοις A, 


§— μὲν LITraw. 


h + τῆς the IT, 


556 


aged women likewise, 
that they δά in be- 
haviour as becometh 
holiness, not false ac- 
cusers, not given to 
much wine, teachers 
of good things ; 4 that 
they may teach the 
young women to be 
sober, to love their 
husbands, to love their 
children, 5 to be dis- 
creet, chaste, keepers 
at home. good, obe- 
dient to their own hus- 
bands, that the word 
of God be not blas- 
phemed. 6 Young men 
likewise exhort to be 
sober minded. 7 Inall 
things shewing thy- 
self a pattern of good 
works: in doctrine 
shewing uncorrupt- 
ness, gravity, since- 
rity, 8 sound speech, 
that cannot be con- 
demned ; that he that 
is of thecontrary part 
may be ashamed, hav- 
ing no evil thing to 
say of you. 9 Exhort 
servants to be obe- 
dient unto their own 
masters, avd to please 
them wellin all things; 
not answering again ; 
10 not purloining, but 
shewing all good fide- 
lity ; that they may 
adorn the doctrine of 
God our Saviour in 
all things. 11 For 
the grace of God 
that bringeth salva- 
tion hath appeared to 
all men, 12 teaching 
us that, denying un- 
godlintss and worldly 
jiusts, we should live 
soberly, righteously, 
and godly, in this pre- 
sent world ; 13 looking 
for that blessed hope, 
and the glorious ap- 
pearing of the great 
God and our Saviour 
Jesus Christ; 14 who 
gave himself for us, 
that he might redeem 
us from alP iniquity, 
and purify unto him- 
self a peculiar people, 
zealous of good works, 
15 These things speak, 
and exhort, and re- 
buke with all autho- 
rity. Let no man de- 
Bpise thee. 


TII. Put them in 
mind to be subject 
to principalities and 


ΠΡΟ TITON. 


ὡσαύτως ἐν καταστήματι 
[πποπαθπ] in like manner in deportment 


II, 1]. 


i€00- 
as becomes 


3 πρεσβύτιδας 
{the] aged 
πρεπεῖο, μὴ διαβόλους, ἱμὴ οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωµένας, 
sacred ones, ποῦ  slanderers, not *to *wine *much *enslaved, 

/ [ή ΄ i [ή 
καλοδιδασκάλους, 4 ἵνα "σωφρογίζωσινἩ τὰς νέας 
teachers of what is right ; that they may school tae young [women] 
φιλάνδρους εἶναι, φιλοτέκνους, 5 σώφρονας, 
lovers of [their] husbands to be, lovers of [their] children, discreet, 
ἁγνάς, "οἰκουρούς! ἀγαθάς, ὑποτασσομένας τοῖς.ἰδίοις ἀν- 
chaste, keepersat home, good, subject to theirown hus- 


δράσιν, ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται. 6 Τοὺς 


bands, that not the word of God may be evil spoken of. The 
νεωτέρους ὡσαύτως παρακάλει σωφρονεῖν, 5 7 περὶ 
younger [men] in like manner exhort to be discreet ; in 


πάντα σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος τύπον καλῶν ἔργων," ἐν τῷ 
all things thyself holding forth a pattern of good works; in 
διδασκαλίᾳ Σἀδιαφθορίαν, σεμνότητα, "ἀφθαρσίαν," 8 λόγον 
teaching uncorruptness, gravity, incorruption, 2speech 
ὑγιῆ, ἀκατάγνωστον, ἵνα ὁ. ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ. μηδὲν 
1sound, not to be condemned ; that he who is opposed may be ashamed, *nothing 
ἔχων ‘rept ὑμῶν λέγειν"! φαῦλον. 9 Δούλους "ἰδίσις 
thaying Sconcerning 7you Το *say Sevil. Bondmen to their own 
δεσπόταις" ὑποτάσσεσθαι, ἐν πᾶσιν εὐαρέσταυς εἶναι, μὴ 
masters to be subject, in everything well-pleasing tobe, not 


ἀντιλέγοντας, 10 μὴ νοσφιζοµένους, ἀλλὰ ‘rior πᾶσαν" 


9 contradicting ; not purloining, but *fidelity 3241} 
ἐνδεικνυμένους ἀγαθήν᾽ ἵνα τὴν διδασκαλίαν τοῦ σωτῆρος 
1shewing Sood, that the teaching sSaviour 
σὑμῶνὶ θεοῦ κοσμῶσιν ἐν πᾶσιν. 11 ᾿Ἐπεφάνη.γὰρ ἡ 
lof Ἴγοις God they mayadorn in all things. For ttappeared ‘the 
χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ χ σωτήριος πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, 
Ἄρταοθ Sof *God ‘which ‘brings ’salvation ®for 5.11 10men, 


12 παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς ἵνα ἀρνησάμενοι τὴν ἀσέβειαν καὶ τὰς 
instructing us that, having denied ungodliness and 


κοσμικὰς.ἐπιθυµίας, σωφρόνως καὶ δικαίως καὶ εὐσεβῶς ζή- 
worldly desires, discreetly and rigiteously and piously σε 


σωµεν ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι, 19 προσδεχόμενοι τὴν μακαρίαν 


should live in the present age, awaiting the’ blessed 

? ‘ Aes. ‘4 ~ , ~ bd ~ ‘ ~ 

ἐλπίδα καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆ- 
hope and appearing of the glory Sereat “Ἂἀοᾶ Sand °Sae 


~ ᾽ ~ ~ a 4 ‘ ~ 

ρος ἡμῶν Σ]ησοῦ χοιστοῦ," 14 ὃς ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, 
viour*of7our Jesus Christ ; who gave himself for us, 
{ , ~ ? ΄ ἮΝ ΄ 
ἵνα λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας, καὶ καθαρίσγ 
that he mightredeem us from all lawlessness, .and might purify 

ἑαυτῷ λαὸν περιούσιον, ζηλωτὴν καλῶν ἔργων. 15 Ταῦτα 
to himself a people peculiar, zealous of good works, These things 


λάλει, καὶ παρακάλει, καὶ ἔλεγχε μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς. 
speak, and exhort, and convict with all command, , 
μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω. 

"Noone ‘thee ‘let *despise. 


ε ’ ~ ‘ 
3 Ὑπομίμνησκε αὐτοὺς ἀρχαῖς Ἱκαὶὶ ἐξουσίαις ὑποτάσ- 
Put *in *remembranee ‘them torulers and _ to authorities to be 





1 μηδὲ or TTrA. 
home LTtTra. 


Tats ἰδίοις L. 


ο Read to be discreet in all things, τ. 
4 -- ἀφθαρσίαν EGLITrAW. τ λέγειν περὶ ἡμῶν (US) LTTrA ; περὶ ἡμῶν λέγειν GW. 

᾿ πᾶσαν πίστιν LTTrA. 
*— ἡ (vead σωτή. bringing salvation) ΙΤΊτΑ. 


™ σωφρονίζουσιν they school ΤΊτΑ. Ὁ οἰκουργούς workers at 


P ἀφθορίαν incorruption LTTPraw. 
5 δεσπό- 
T “ ἡμῶν of our EGLTT. aw, 
7 χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ Tir, 5 -- καὶ ΗΤΤΑ. 


¥ + την which [is] LTTraw. 


111. ere s&s 


σεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν, πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἑτοίμους εἶναι, 


subject, tobe obedient, ‘*to Severy ‘work ®zood Sready ‘to 7be, 
2 μηδένα βλασφημεῖν, ἀμάχους εἶναι, ἐπιεικεῖς, 
noone’ to speak evil of, not *contentious Σο *be, [tobe] gentle, 


πᾶσαν ἐνδεικνυμένους πρᾳότητα" πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους. 
3411 ᾽αεΏοινίης meekness towards all mien, 
9 ἦμεν.γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀνόητοι, ἀπειθεῖς, πλανώ- 
For *were “once *also ‘we without intelligence, disobedient, led 
μενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις, ἐν κακίᾳ 
astray, serving *lusts Sand *pleasures ‘various, in malice 
καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες, στυγητοί, μισοῦντες ἀλλήλους" 4 ὅτε. δὲ 
and envy living, hateful, hating one another. But when 
ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ.σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 
the kindness and the love to man Sappeared tof "οι “Saviour 
θεοῦ, 5 οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων τῶν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ δῶν" ἐποιήσαμεν 
*God, not by works which[were]in righteousness which “practised 
« ~ 4 . . ‘ > ~ ἢ ” « ~ ‘ 
ἡμεῖς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ “τὸν αὐτοῦ. ἔλεον" ἔσωσεν ἡμᾶς, διὰ 
Ίπνο, but according to his mercy he’saved us, tarough [the] 
λουτροῦ παλιγγενεσίας" καὶ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου, 
washing of regeneration and renewing of [the] *Spirit ?*Holy, 
er ? c ~ ΄ > ~ ~ ~ 
6 οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ 
which he poured out on us richly through Jesus Christ 
~ ~ , / ~? , Go: 
σωτῆρος.ἡμῶν' ἢ ἵνα δικαιωθέντες TH-EKElvoU-XapLTL, κληρο- 
our Saviour ; that having been justified by his grace, heirs 
, ΄ ~ > [ή 
νόμοι “γενώμεθα! ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου. 


ΚΑΤ 
we should become according to [the] hope of life eternal, 


8 Πιστὸς ὁ λόγος, καὶ περὶ τούτων βούλομαί σε δια- 
Faithful [15] the word, and concerning these'things Idesire thee to 
βεβαιοῦσθαι, ἵνα φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων προΐστασθαι 
affrm strongly, that “may “take Scare 13ροοᾶ ‘*works *to "ρε **forward **in 
ol πεπιστευκότες fre θεῷ. ταῦτά ἐστιν Sra" καλὰ καὶ 
πο 2who “have *believed 5God. These things are good and 
ὠφέλιμα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις" 9 μωρὰς.δὲ ζητήσεις καὶ γενεαλο- 
profitable to men ; but foolish questions and genealo- 
γίας καὶ Βέρεις' καὶ μάχὰς νομικὰς περιΐστασο' εἰσὶν 
gies and strifes and contentions about [the] law stand aloof from; *they 818 
‘ ~ ‘ / « ‘ ” . 4 
γὰρ ἀνωφελεῖς καὶ μάταιοι. 10 Αἱρετικὸν ἄνθρωπον μετὰ 
for unprofitable and vain, A sectarian man after 
’ 4 ‘ , η ~ 3 ‘ e ? , 
μίαν Kai δευτέραν νουθεσίαν παραιτοῦ, 11 εἰδὼς ore ἐξέ- 
| one and a second admonition reject, knowing that is 
στραπται ὁ τοιοῦτος, καὶ ἁμαρτάνει, 
perverted such a one, .and sins, 
a , ~ ’ “a £ 7 
19 Ὅταν πέμψω ᾿Αρτεμᾶν πρός σε ἢ Τυχικόν, σπούδα- 
When Ishallsend Artemas to thee, or Tychicus, be dili- 
, ~ ‘ A 
σον ἐλθεῖν πρός µε εἰς Νικόπολιν' ἐκεῖ.γὰρ κέκρικα 
gent to come το. me’ {ο Nicopolis ; for there -I have decided 
παραχειμάσαι. 18 Ζηνᾶν τὸν νομικὸν καὶ " Απολλω" σπου- 


ὢν αὐτοκατάκριτος. 
being self-condemned, 


to winter. Ζεηπα5 the lawyer and Apollos dili- 
δαίως πρόπεµψον, ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς "λείπῃ." 14 pa 
et 


gently that nothing tothem may be lacking; 
θανέτωσαν δὲ καὶ οἱ ἡμέτεροι καλῶν ἔργων προΐστασθαι 


set forward, 


Slearn 4and also Sours ιοσροᾷ 434 works ‘to “be “forward *in 
x ΄ 4 »” ? 
εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας, ἵνα μὴ.ὧσιν ἄκαρποι. 15 Ao- 


for necessary wants, that they may not be unfruitful. 5Sa- 


ο τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος LTTrAW. 
§— 7a LITrAW, 


Ὁ @LTTra. 


ἃ πραύτητα LITrA, L 
ἴ τα τῷ LITAW, 


ε γενηθῶμεν LTTrAW, 
λὼντι ὅ λύπῃ Τὶ 


Β ἔριν strife T, 


557 


powers, to obey magis- 
trates, to be ready to 
every good work, 2 to 
speak evil of no man, 
to be no brawlers, but 
gentle, shewing all 
meekness untoallmen. 
3 For we ourselves al-. 
sO were sometimes 
foolish, disobedient, 
deceived, serving di- 
vers lusts and plea- 
sures, living in malice 
and envy, hateful, and 
hating one another. 
4 But after that the 
kindness and love of 
God cur Saviour to- 
ward man appeared, 
5 not by works of 
righteousness which 
we have done, but ac- 
cording to his mercy 
he saved us, by the 
washing of regenera- 
tion, and renewing 
of the Holy Ghost; 
6 which he shedon us 
abundantly through 
Jesus Christ our Sa- 
viour; 7 that being 
justified by his grace, 
we should be made 
heirs according to the 
hope of eternal life, 
8 This is a faithful say- 
ing, and these things 
I will that thou affirm 
constantly, that they 
which hare believed 
in God might be care- 
ful to maiutain good 
works. These things 
are good and profitable 
unto men. 9 But a- 
void foolish questions, 
and gencalogies, and 
contentions, and striv- 
ings about the law; 
for they are un- 
profitable and vain. 
10 A man that is an 
heretick after the first 
and second admonition 
reject; 11 knowing 
that he that is such is 
subverted, and sin- 
neth, being condemned 
of himself, 


12 When I shallsend 
Artemas unto thee, or 
Tychicus, be diligent 
to come unto me to 
Nicopolis: for I have 
determined there to 
winter. 13.Bring Ze- 
nas the lawyer and 
Apollos on their jour- 
ney diligently, that 
nothing be wanting 
unto them. 14 And 
let ours also learn to 
maintain good works 
for necessary uses.that 
they be not unfruitful, 
15 All that Are with 


4 παλινγενεσίας Τ. 


| Απολε 


-ὦ 


508 


me salute thee. Greet 
them that love us in 
the faith. Grace -be 
with youall. Amen, 


ΠΡΟΣ ΦΙΛΗΜΟΝΑ. 


’ ~ / » 4 
οἱ per ἐμοῦ πάντες. ἄσπασαι τοὺς Φι- 


ey , 
παζονταί σε 


lute Sthee “those *with *moe tall. Salute those who 

΄ ς ’ 4 , « ~ 
λοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει. ἡ χάρις μετὰ παντων ὑμῶν. 
love ae in [the] faith. Grace [be] with 7all you. 
launy." 
Amen, 


ἐκκλησίας πρῶτον ἐπί- 
*first . Ύογετ- 


πἹτρὸφ Τίτο», τῆς Κρητῶν 


Το Titus “08 5ἱπο9 708 [%the] °Cretans ‘assembly 
[ή τ , > 4 ’ ~ a 
σκοπον χειροτονηθέντα, ἐγραφη ἀπὸ Νικοπόλεως τῆς Μακε- 
seer 1chosen. written from Nicopolis of Mace- 
doviac." 
donia. 





Ἢ ΠΡΟΣ ®IAHMONA ΕΠΙΣΤΟΔΗ ΠΑΥΛΟΥ. 


THE 


PAUL, a prisoner of 


Jesus Christ, and Ti- . 


mothy* our brother, 
unto Philemon our 
dearly beloved, and 
fellowlabourer, 2 and 
to our beloved Apphia, 
and Archippus our 
fellowsoldier, and to 
the church’ in thy 
house : 3 Grace to you, 
and peace, froma God 
our Father and the 
Lord Jesus Christ. 


4 1 thank my God, 
making mention of 
thee always in my 
prayers, 5 hearing of 
thy love and faith, 
which thou hast to- 
ward the Lord Je- 
sus, and toward all 
saints; 6 that the 
communication of thy 
faith may become ef- 
fectual by the ac- 
knowledging of every 
good thing which is in 
you in Christ Jesus. 
7 For we have great 
joy and consolation in 
thy love, because the 
bowels of the saints 
are refreshed by thee, 
brother. 


8 Wherefore, though 
1 might be much 
bold in Christ to en- 
join thee that which 
16 convenient, 9 yet 
for love’s sakeI rather 
beseech thee, being such 
an one as Paul the 
aged, and now also 
8 prisoner of Jesus 
Christ. 10 I beseech 
thee for my son One- 


πο 


ΣΕΗΙΤΕΜΟΝ *EPISTLE 70OF “PAUL, 


" - ~ . , 

ΠΑΥΛΟΣ δέσμιος χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφός, 
Paul, prisoner of Christ Jesus, and Timotheus the brother, 

, ~ 7 = ~ ‘ ane ~ ‘ ” , τι 
Φιλήμονι τῷ ἀγαπητῷ καὶ συνεργῷ. ἡμῶν, 2 καὶ Απφίᾳ τῇ 
to Philemon the beloved and our fellow-worker, and to Apphia the 
᾽ ~ ‘ “ ~ , « ~ a ~ 
δάγαπητῷῥ,! καὶ ᾿Αρχίππῳ τῷ. συστρατιώτη" ἡμῶν, καὶ τῇ 
‘beloved, and to Archippus our fellow-soldier, and to the 
κατ᾽ οἶκόν.σου ἐκκλησίᾳ' 8 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ 


235 ‘thy *house ‘assembly: Grace to you and peace from God 
πατρὸς. ἡμῶν καὶ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. 
our Father and [the] Lord. Jesus Christ. 


~ ~ ~ = 4: , 2 
4 Εὐχαριστῶ τῷ.θεῷ.μου, πάντοτε μνείαν σου ποιούμενος 
1 thank my God, always mention of thee making 
ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν.μου, 5 ἀκούων σου THY ἀγάπην καὶ τὴν 
at my prayers, . hearing of thy love and 
/ a a” ΔΝ A ΄ ~ ‘ ’ 
πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις “πρὸς" τὸν κύριον ᾿Ιησοῦν καὶ εἰς πάν- 
faith which thou hast towards the Lord Jesus, andtowards all 
τας τοὺς ἁγίους, 6 ὅπως ἡ κοινωνία τῆς.πίστεώς:σου ἐνεργὴς 
the _ saints, so that the fellowship of thy faith efficient 
γένηται ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ ετοῦ! ᾿ ἐν 
may become in [the] acknowledgment of every good (thing) which [is] in 
fupiv' εἰς χριστὸν 5]ησοῦν.! 7 "χάριν" γὰρ ᾿ἰἔέχομεν πολλὴν" 
you towards Christ Jesus, *’Thankfulness ‘for ?we*°have “great 
καὶ παράκλησιν ἐπὶ τῇ ἀγάπῃςσου, ὅτι τὰ σπλάγχνα 
and encouragement by occasion of thy love, because the bowels 
τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται " διὰ σοῦ, ἀδελφέ. 
ofthe saints have been refreshed by thee, brother. 


8 Διὸ πολλὴν ἐν χριστῷ παῤῥησίαν, ἔχων ἐπιτάσσειν σοι 

Wherefore much, in “Christ ‘boldness having toorder thee 
τὸ ἀνῆκον, 9 διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην μᾶλλον. παρακαλῶ" 
what [is] becoming, for the sake of love rather I exhort, 
τοιοῦτος ὧν ὡς Παῦλος πρεσβύτης, νυνὶ.δὲ καὶ δέσμιος 
such 3 ο0πο6 being as Paul [the] aged, and now also prisoner 
ΝἹησοῦ χριστοῦ" 10 παρακαλῶ σε περὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ τέκνου, ὃν 
of Jesus Christ, Iexhort thee for my child, whom 


1 --ἁμήν G[L]TTrAw. 
5 4- τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου the Apostle E; Πρὸς Φιλήμονα LTTraw. 
4 εἰς LTrA. U 
Ὁ χαρὰν joy EGLTTrAW. 


6 συνσ- LTTrA. 


m — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Τίτον Tra. 

Ὁ ἀδελφῇ sister LTTrA 
& ---Ἰησοῦν ittr[a] 
* χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTra, 


© — τοῦ Ltr. f ἡμῖν US GLTTAW. 
* πολλὴν ἔσχον I had great LrTraw. 


PHILEMON. 


? , ~ ~ Ἢ , 
ἐγέννησα ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς sou," ᾿Ονήσιμον, 11 τόν ποτέ σοι 
I begot in “bonds ‘my, Oncsimus, once to thee 
ἄχρηστον. vuvi.dé ™ σοι καὶ ἐμοὶ εὔχρηστον, ὃν ἀνέπεμ- 
unserviceable, but πον tothee and tome _ serviceable: whom 1 sent 
wa 12 ὑσὺ δὲ! αὐτόν, Ῥτουτεστιν! τὰ ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα, 
back [to thee]: but thou him, (that is, my bowels,) 
ἡπροσλαβοῦ"" 18 ὃν ἐγὼ ἐβουλόμην πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν κατέχειν, 
receive : whom [ was desiring with myself to keep, 
ἵνα ὑπὲρ σοῦ τδιακονῇ μοι! ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου" 
that for thee hemightserve me in the bonds of the glad tidings; 
‘ ‘ ~ ~ , >? ‘ > ΄ ~ ev 
14 χωρὶς.δὲ ric.cij¢e.yrwpne οὐδὲν ἠθέλησα ποιῆσαι, ἵνα μὴ 


but apart from thy mind nothing I wished to do, that not 


> ’ ᾿ ΄ τ ᾽ ὌΝ x 
ὡς κατὰ.ἀνάγκην τὸ ἀγαθόν.σου ἢ, ἀλλὰ κατὰ. ἑκούσιον. 


as of necessity thy good might be, but of willingness: 
15 τάχα.γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο ἐχωρίσθη πρὸς ὥραν, 
for perhaps because of ‘this he wasseparated[from thee] for atime, 


e ψ ᾽ Ν , 
tva αἰωνιον αὐτὸν ἀπέχῃς' 
that eternally him thou mightest possess ; 
Sa\X'' ὑπὲρ δοῦλον, ἀδελφὸν ἀγαπητόν, μάλιστα ἐμοί, 
but above a bondman, a brother beloved, specially to me, 
πόσῳ.δὲ μᾶλλόν σοι καὶ ἐν σαρκὶ καὶ ἐν κυρίῳ; 
and how much rather to thee both in [the] flesh and in[the] Lord? 
17 εἰ οὖν ᾿ἐμὲὶ ἔχεις κοινωνόν, προσλαβοῦ αὐτὸν ὡς 
If therefore me thou holdest a partner, receive him as 
ee’ 18 εἰδὲ τι ἠδίκησέν σε 7 ὀφείλει, τοῦτο ἐμοὶ. ἐλλόγει.' 
me ; but if anything he wronged thee, or _ owes, this put tomy account. 
€ ? ‘ ~ ” ὋΣ ~ , ? ‘ ? / ώ /“ 
19 ἐγὼ Παῦλος ἔγραψα τῇ-ἐμῃ χειρί, ἐγὼ ἀποτίσω᾽ Wa 
1 Paul wrote [10] withmy[own]hand; Ζ willrepay; that 
μὴ. λέγω σοι OTL καὶ σεαυτόν μοι προσοφείλεις. 20 Ναί, 
1 may not say totheethat even thyself to me thou owest also. Yea, 
’ ᾽ Sy ,ὔ / 4 , 
ἀδελφε, ἐγώ σου ὀναίμην ἐν κυρίῳ: ἀνάπαυσόν µου 
brother, ΞΊ 3of *thee ’may have profit in [the] Lord: refresh my 
72 ? / ι ~ ¢ ~ 
τὰ σπλάγχνα ἐν κυρίῳ." 2] πεποιθὼς τῇ-υπακοῃ-σου 


16 οὐκέτι ὡς δοῦλον, 
no longer as ἃ bondman, 


bowels in [the] Lord. Being persuaded of thy obedience 
ἔγραψά σοι, εἰδὼς ὅτι καὶ ὑπὲρ 3δ' λέγω ποιήσεις. 
Iwrote to thee, knowing that even above what I may say thou wilt do, 


A ‘ ΄ , , ᾽ , / 
90 “Αμα.δὲ καὶ ἑτοίμαζε μοι ξενίαν" ἐλπίζω. γὰρ ὅτι διὰ 
But withal also prepare me alodging; forlhope’ that through 
τῶν προσευχῶν.ὑμῶν χαρισθήσοµαι ὑμῖν. 23 7 Ασπάζονταί' 


your prayers I shall be granted to you. 13Salute 
~ ε ’ , ᾽ ~ > ~ 
σε ᾿Ἐπαφρᾶς ὁ συναιχµάλωτός µου ἕν χριστῷ ἴησου, 
Mthee ‘4Epaphras *fellow-prisoner amy, πα "Christ ®Jesus ; 


24 Μάρκος, ᾿Αρίσταρχος, Δημᾶς, Λουκᾶς, οἱ συνεργοί.µου. 


7Mark, ®Aristarchus, *Demas, Tuke, my '*fellow-workers. 

΄ ~ η ~ ~ ~ 4 ~ 

25 ἡ χάρις τοῦ.-κυρίου ἡμῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ 
The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ [be] with 


πνεύματος. ὑμῶν. *auny." 
your spirit. 
ὑΠρὸς Φιλήμονα ἐγράφη ἀπὸ 
Το 


Philemon written from 


Ῥώμης, διὰ ᾿Ονησίμου 


Rome, by Onesimus 


> [ή i 
οικετου. 
ἃ servant, 


559 


simus, whom I hare 
begotten in my bonds: 
11 which in time past 
was to thee unprofit- 
able, but now profit- 
able to thee and tome: 
12 whom I have sent 
again: thou therefora 
receive him, that is, 
mine own bowels: 
13 whom I would have 
retained with me, 
that in thy stead he 
might have ministered 
unto me in the bonds 
of the gospel: 14 but 
without thy mind 
would I do nothing; 


that thy benefit should 


not be as it were of 
necessity, but willing- 
ly. 15 For perhaps he 
therefore departed for 
a season, that thou 
shouldest receive him 
for ever; 16 not now 
as ὃ servant, but a- 
bove a servant, a bro- 
ther beloved, specially 
to me, but how much 
more unto thee, both 
in the flesh, andin the 
Lord? 17 If thou count 
me thereforea partner, 
receive him as myself, 
18 If he’ hath wronged 
thee, or oweth thee 
ought, put that on 
mine account; 19 I 
Paul have written it 
with mine own hand, 
I will repay zt: albeit 
I do not say to thee 
how thou owest unto 
me even thine own 
self besides. 20 Yea, 
brother, let me have 
joy of thee in the 
Lord: refresh my bow= 
elsin the Lord. 21 Hav- 
ing confidence in thy 
obedience I wrote un- 
to thee, knowing that 
thou wilt also do more 
than I say. 22 But 
withal prepare me al- 
so a lodging: for I 
trust that through 
your prayers I shall 
be given unto you. 
23 There salute thee 
Epaphras, my fellow- 
prisoner in Christ Je- 
sus; 24 Marcus, Aris- 
tarchus, Demas, Lucas, 
my  fellowlabourers. 
25 The grace of our 
Lord Jesus Christ be 
with your spirit. Ae 
men. 


2 a a A a al 


m+ καὶ also T. n + σοι to thee LTTraw. 
4 — προσλαβοῦ LTTrA. 


ν ἐλλόγα LTIrA. “ χριστῷ Christ GLTTra w. 


1 — µου ΤΤΤΤΑ. 
Ρ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. 
t we GLTTrAW. 


¥ ἀσπάζεταί (read Epaphras my fellow-prisoner salutes thee) GLTTrAW. Ὁ : 
i b — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Φιλήμονα Tra. 


of the Lord) +, ® — ἀμήν GLTTrAW. 


τ μοι διακονῇ GLITrAW. 
x ἃ the things which Lrtra. 


9 — σὺ δὲ LITrA, 
5 ἀλλὰ TTr. 


1 --- ἡμῶν (read 


ην ΡΟΣ 


PEELE το 


GOD, who at sundry 
times and in divers 
manners spake in time 
past unto the fathers 
by the prophets, 2 hath 
in these last days 
spoken unto us by his 
Son, whom he hath 
appointed heir of all 
things, by whom also 
he made the worilds ; 
3 who being the bright- 
ness of his glory, and 
the expressimage of his 
person, and upholding 
all things by the word 
of his power, when he 
had by himself purged 
our sins, sat down on 
the right hand of 
the Majesty on high ; 
4 being madesomuch 
better than the angels, 
as he hath by inherit- 
ance obtained a more 
excellent name than 
they. 5 For unto which 
of the angels said he 
at any time, Thou art 
my Son. this day have 
I begotten thee? And 
again, I will be to him 
a Father, and he shall 
be to me a Son? 6 And 
again, when he bring- 
eth iu the firstbegotten 
into the world, he 
saith, And let all the 
angels of God worship 
him. 7 And of the 
angels he saith, Who 
maketh his angels spi- 
rits, and ‘his minis- 
ters a flame of fire. 
8 But unto the Son 
he saith, Thy throne, 
O God, is for ever and 
ever: a sceptre of 
righteousness 7s the 
sceptre of thy king- 
dom. 9 Thou hast lov- 
ed righteousness, and 
hated iniquity ; there- 
fore God, even thy 
God, hath anointed‘ 
thee with the oil of 
gladness abeve thy 
fellows. 10 And, Thou, 
Lord, in the beginning 
hast laid the founda- 
tion of the earth; and 
the heavens are the 
works of thine hands: 
11 they shall perish ; 


ΕΠΙΣΤΟΔΗ TWAYAOY.s 


*EPISTLE 308 *PAUL. 


ΕΒΡΑΙΟΥΣ 


ΤΗΕ] ‘HEBREWS 





ΠΟΛΥΜΕΡΩΣ καὶ πολυτρόπως πάλαι ὁ θεὸς λαλήσας 


In many parts and inmany ways οἱ old God having spoken 
~ , > ~ / py ? , ~ e ~ 
τοῖς πατράσιν ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, ἐπ᾽ “ecydrwy" τῶν ἡμερῶν 


to the fathers in the prophets, in “last Sdays 
/ ? , He τα ? εν εν » δ Es , 
τούτων ἐλάλησεν ἡμῖν evvig, 2 ὃν ἔθηκεν κληρονό-. 
these spoke tous inSon, whom he appointed heir 


> - ᾿ 4 I~ bal 
ον πάντων, Ol οὗ Kai “τοὺς αἰῶνας ἐποίησεν," ὃ ὃς ὧν 
of allthings, by whom also the worlds he made: who being 
΄ ~ , ‘ \ ~ € ’ 
ἀπαύγασμα τῆς.δόξης καὶ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως 


{the] effulgence of [his] glory and(the] exact expression of “substance 


~ , ~ er ~ ΄ ~ 
αὐτοῦ, φέρων,τε τὰ.πάντα τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, 


this, andupholding allthings by the word of his power, 
ἀδι ἑαυτοῦ" καθαρισμὸν “ποιησάμενος τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν" 
by himself [{Π6] purification having made ,Ot “sins 


{ ε ~ ΤΙ / 2 ὃ - ~ ~ λ ; Ψ Ἐν λ ~ 
ἡμῶν," ἐκάθισεν ἐν εξιᾷ τῆς μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψι,λοῖς, 
tour, sat down on([the]right hand ofthe greatness on i 
4 τοσούτῳ κρείττων γενόμενος τῶν ἀγγέλων, vow 
by so much better having become than the angels, as much as 
διαφορώτερον παρ᾽ αὐτοὺς κεκληρονόµηκεν ὄνομα. ὃ Τίνι.γὰρ 
3more *excellent *beyond *them “he *has inherited ‘a *name, For to which 
εἶπεν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, Ὑἱός µου εἶ ov, ἐγὼ σήμερον 


ieee 


*said *he Sever ‘of 7the “angels, *Son my art thou: I to-day 
γεγέννηκά σε; καὶ πάλιν, Ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς πατέρα, 
have begotten thee? and again, E -Will be tohim for Father, 


καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς υἱόν; 6 ὅταν δὲ πάλιν εἰσαγάγῃ 
and he shall be tome ἔδυ Son? and *when ‘again he brings in 


τὸν πρωτότοκον εἰς τὴν οἰκουμένην, λέγει, Καὶ προσκυνη- 


the first-born into the habitable world, he says, And let wor- 
σάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ. 7 Καὶ πρὸς μὲν 
ship him all {the] angels of God. And asto 


τοὺς ἀγγέλους λέγει, Ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύ- 
the angels he says, Who wakes his angels spi- 
ματα, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα" 8 πρὸς δὲ 
rits, and ‘ his ninisters 304 *tire ἃ “flame ; but as to 
τὸν υἱόν, Ὁ.θρόνος-σου, ὁ θεός. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος" 
the Son, Thy throne, O God, [is] to the age ofthe age. 
ε > / Η ς ~ / ᾽ ΄ 
& ῥάβδος " εὐθύτητος ἰὴ" ῥάβδος τῆς. βασιλείας.σου. 9 ἠγά- 
asceptre of uprightness [is] the sceptre of thy kingdom. Thou 
πησας δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἐμίσησας Ἑἀνομίαν. διὰ τοῦτο 
didst love righteousness and didst hate lawlessness; because of this 
, « 4 » > 4 
ἔχρισεν σε ὁ θεὸς ὁ.θεός σου ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς 
“anointed *thee ‘God “thy *God with[the]oil οὗ exultation above 
µετόχους.σου. 10 Kai, Σὺ κατ’ ἀρχάς, κύριε, τὴν γῆν ἔθε- 
thy companions. And, Thou in the beginning, Lord, the earth didst 
, , ” ~ Vibe : « . / ‘ 
µελίωσας, καὶ ἔργα τῶν. χειρῶν.σου εἰσὶν οἱ οὐρανοί" 11 αὐτοὶ 
found, and works of thy hands are the heavens, They 





8 — Παύλου EG; Πρὸς Ἑβραίους LTTrAw. 
6 ἐποίησεν τοὺς αἰῶνας LTTrAW. 


GLTTraw. 
ποιησάμενος LTTrA, 


B. + τῆς LTTr, 


i= ἡ (read [the]) τπτ. 





Ὁ ἐσχάτου (read at the end of these days) 
4 —. δι ἑαυτοῦ LTTrA. ε τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν 
6 - καὶ διὰ 1,; + καὶ ἡ aid the (sceptre) TTra, 

k ἀδικίαν unrighteousness τ. yey 


f — ἡμῶν LTTrAW. 


ΤΠ. HEBREWS. 


ἀπολοῦνται, σὺ δὲ διαμένεις᾽ καὶ πάντες ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιω- 
shall perish, butthou continuest; απᾶά [{Π6Υ} all as a garment shall grow 


θήσονται, 12 καὶ ὡσεὶ περιβύλαιον ἰἑλίξεις! αὐτοὺς, καὶ 


old, and as acovering thou shalt rollup them, and 
? [ή κ A A « ; ‘ ΄ ae Ag ah ? γ᾽ 4 
ἀλλαγήσονται σὺ.δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς εἶ, καὶ TA-ETN.COU οὐκ ἐκλεί- 


they shall be changed; but thou the same art, and not ‘shall 


Ψουσιν. 13 Πρὸς τίνα δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε, Κάθου ἐκ 
fail. But as to which of the angels said Ἡθ ever, Sit at 
δεξιῶν.μου, ἕως.ἂν. θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούςσου ὑποπόδιον τῶν 
my right hgud until I place thine enemies [45] a footstool for 
“ποδῶν σου; 14 οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα, εἰς 
"feet thy? ®Not Tall +are*they ministering spirits, for 
διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονο- 
service being sent forth onaccount ofthose being about to inherit 
μεῖν σωτηρίαν; 
salvation ὃ 
ϱ διὰ τοῦτο δεῖ 
On account of this it behoves more abundantly 
τος ἀκουσθεῖσιν, μήποτε οπαραῤῥυῶμεν." 2 εἰ γὰρ 
to the things heard, lest at anytime we should slip away. For if 
ὁ δι ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος ἐγένετο βέβαιος, καὶ πᾶσα 
the *by “angels 2spoken lword , was confirmed, and every 
΄ ‘ . ” ” - ΄ ~ 
“παράβασις Kai παρακοὴ ἔλαβεν ἔνδικον μισθαποδοσίαν, 3 πῶς 
transgression and disobedience received just recompense, how 
~ , , [ή / 
ἡμεῖς ἐκφευξόμεθα τηλικαύτης ἀμελήσαντες σωτηρίας; ἥτις 


thy years 


4 ιν. : 4 " 
περισσοτερως "μας ' προσέχειν 
us to give heed 


*we Ishall escape 5so creat [118 wel “have *neglected a salvation ? which 
? A ~ ~ be | ~ , ε Γ 
ἀρχὴν λαβοῦσα λαλεῖσθαι διὰ τοῦ κυρίου, ὑπὸ: 


3a “commencement *haying “received tobe spoken[of] by the Lord, ‘by 

τῶν ἀκουσάντων εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐβεβαιώθη, 4 συνεπιµαρτυ- 
®those 7that Sheard Sto 8 twas “confirmed; bearing ‘witness 
ροῦντος' τοῦ θεοῦ σημείοις τε καὶ τέρασιν, καὶ ποικίλαις 
? with [**them] °God 1507 ‘signs *both and wonders, and various 
δυνάμεσιν, καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου μερισμοῖς, κατὰ τὴν 
acts of power, and of [ὍΠ0] ϑρισιὺ ἪΟΙΥ ‘distributions, according to 
αὐτοῦ θέλησιν. 

his will. 

- iY 4 ? , [ή 

ὅ Οὐ.γὰρ ἀγγέλοις ὑπέταξεν τὴν οἰκουμένην τὴν μελ- 

Fornot toangels did hesubject the habitable world which isto 

λουσαν, περὶ ἧς λαλοῦμεν' 6 διεμαρτύρατο.δξ που τὶς 
cone, of which we speak; but “fully ‘testified *somewhere ‘one 
λέγων, Ti ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνήσκῃ αὐτοῦ" ἢ υἱὸς 
saying, What is man, that thou art mindful of him, or son 
ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ Pairoy;' 7 ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν 

of man, that thou visitest him? Thou didst make*lower ‘him 
βραχύ τι παρ ἀγγέλους" δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφάνωσας 
3little "some than[the] angels; with glory and honour thou didst crown 
(or for a little) ; 


/ ας. ~ ~ ol 
αὐτόν, «καὶ κατέστησας αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὰ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν.σου 


him, and didst set him over the works of thy hands ; 
[ή ~ ~ ~ ? A 
8 πάντα ὑπέταξας ὑποκάτω τῶν.ποδῶν.αὐτοῦ. Ἐν. γάρ 
all things thou didst subject under his feet. For in 


~ t ~ ~ » [ή 
τῷ" ὑποτάξαι ᾽αὐτῷ' τὰ πάντα, οὐδὲν ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ ἀνυπότακ- 
subjecting tohim allthings, nothing he left to him unsubject. 
i ~ ~ - / , τ 
τον: νῦν δὲ οὔπω ὁρῶμεν αὐτῷ τὰ.πάντα ὑποτεταγμένα 
But now ποὺ τοῦ dowesee tohim all things ‘snbjected ; 
1 ἀλλάξεις thou shalt change Τ. 
ἡμᾶς LITraW. 9 παραρνῶμεν LTTrA. 
@[L]t[Tr]a. Σ τῷ yap LTTrAW, 


P αὐτοῦ W, 
9 [αὐτῷ] ἴω 


m+ ὡς ἱμάτιον as a garment {{0 Ἱ. ; 
4 — καὶ κατέστησας to end Of νει 96 


561 


but thou remainest ; 
and they all shall wax 
old as doth a garment; 
12 and as 8 vesture 
shalt thou:fold them 
up, and they shall be 
changed: but thou art 
the same, and thy years 
shall not fail. 13 But 
to which of the angels 
said he at any time, 
Sit on my right hand, 
until I make thine 
enemies thy footstool? 
14 Are they not all 
ministering spirits, 
sent forth to minister 
for them who shall be 
heirs of salvation ? 


II. Therefore, we 
ought to give the more 
earnest hecd to the 
things which we have 
heard, lest at any time 
we shotild let them 


-slip. 2 For if the word 


spoken by angels was 
stedfast, aud every 
transgression and dis- 
obedience received a 
just recompence of re- 
ward; 3 howshall we 
escape, if we neglect 
so great salvation ; 
which at the first be- 
gan to be spoken by 
the Lord, and was con- 
firmed unto us by 
them that heard him; 
4 God also bearing 
them witness, both 
with signs and won- 
ders, and with divers 
miracles, and gifts of 
the Holy Ghost, ac- 
cording to his own 
will? 


5 For unto the angels 
hath he not put in 
subjection the world 
to come, whereof we 
speak, 6 But one in a 
certain place testified, 
saying, What is man, 
that thou art mindful 
of him 2 or the son of 
man, that thou visit- 
est him? 7 Thou mad- 
ext him a little lower 
than the angels ; thou 
crownedst him with 
glory and honour, and 
didst set him over the 
works of thy hands: 
8 thou hast put all 
things in subjection 
under his feet. For in 
that he put all in sub- 
jection under him, he 
left nothing that is 
not put undcr him. 
But now we: see not 
yet all thing~ put un- 


η προσέχειν 


Q0 


562 


der him. 9 But we see 
Jesus, who was made 
a little lower than the 
angels for thesuffering 
of death, crowned with 
glory and honour; 
that he by the grace 
of God should taste 
death for every Man. 
10 For it became him, 
for 
things, and by whom 
are all things, in 
bringing many sons 
unto glory, to make 
the captain of their sal- 
vation perfect through 
sufferings. 11 For both 
he that sanctifieth and 
they who are saneti- 


fied are all of one: for _ 


which cause he is not 
ashamed to call them 
brethren, 12 saying, I 
will declare thy name 
unto my brethren, in 
the midst of the church 
will I sing praise unto 
thee. 13 And again, I 
will put my trust in 
him, And again, Be- 
hold I and the chil- 
dren which God hath 
given me. 14 Foras- 
much then as the 
children are partakers 
of flesh and blood, he 
also himself likewise 


took part of the same; , 


that through death 
he might destroy him 
that had the power of 
death, that is, the 
devil; 15 and deliver 
them who through 
fear of death were all 
their lifetime subject 
to bondage. 16 For 
verily he took not on 
him the nature of an- 
els; but he took on 
hin the seed of Abra- 
ham. 17 Wherefore in 
all things it behoved 
him to be made like 
unto Ais brethren, that 
he might be a merci- 
ful and faithful hign 
priest in things ger- 
taining to God, to 
make reconciliation 
for the sins of the peo- 
ple. 18 For in that he 
himself hath suffered 
being tempted, he is 
able to succour them 
that are tempted. 


111. Wherefore, holy 
brethren, partakers of 
the heavenly calling, 
consider the Apostle 
and High Priest of our 
profession, Christ Je- 
sus ; 2 who was faith- 
ful to him that ap- 
pointed him, as also 
Moses was faithful in 
all his house, 3 For 


7 αἵματος καὶ σαρκός LTTrAW. 


5 λζωὺσῆς GLTYraw.- 


whom are all. 


. ing, 


ΕΒΡΑΙΟΥΣ. “π΄. 
ἠλαττωμένον βλέπομεν 


ΤΟΣ 
9 τὸν.δὲ βραχύ τι παρ᾽ 


. ἀγγέλους 


but *who διιυϊῖο 7some "ία [1 80] ‘angels [*was]®made *lower ‘we see 
τ (or for a little) ὴ : : 
~ \ 4 { ~ ~ 
]ησοῦν διὰ τὸ πάθημα τοῦ θανάτου δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ 


5769818 onaccountof the suffcring of death with glory and with honour 
ἐστεφανωμένον, ὕπως χάριτι θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς γεύσηται 
crowned ; so that by [the] grace qf God for everyone he might taste 
(or every thing) 
~ > τι Ay / 
θανάτου. 10 Ἔπρεπεν.γὰρ αὐτῷ, δι ὃν τὰ.πάντα καὶ δι 
death, For it was becoming tohim, for whom [are] allthings and by 
ov τὰ πάντα, πολλοὺς υἱοὺς εἰς δόξαν ἀγαγόντα, τὸν 
whom [are] all things, many sons to glory bringing, the 
ἀρχηγὸν τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν διὰ παθημάτων τελειῶσαι. 
leader of their salvation through sufferings | to make perfect, 
11 ὅτεγὰρ ἁγιάζων καὶ οἱ ἁγιαζόμενοι, ἐξ ἑνὸς πάντες" 
For both he who sanctifies and those sanctified of one [are] all; 
Ou ἣν αἰτίαν οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοὺς καλεῖν, 12 λέ- 
for which cause ο 5 not ashamed “brethren ‘them “to 7call, say- 
you, ᾿Απαγγελῶ τὸ.ὄνομά.σου τοῖς. ἀδελφοῖς µου,. ἓν ἐσ 
I will declare thy name to my brethren ; in (the] midst 
ἐκκλησίας ὑμνήσω.σε. 19 Καὶ πάλιν, Ἐγὼ ἔσομαι 
‘of[the]assembly I willsing praise {ο thee. And again, I will be 
πεποιθὼς ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ. Καὶ πάλιν, Ιδοὺ ἐγὼ καὶ τὰ παιδία ἅ 
trusting in him. And again, Behold I and the children which 
» « , ᾽ " η A ὔ , 
μοι ἔδωκεν ὁ θεός. 14 ᾿Ἐπεὶ οὖν τὰ παιδία κεκοινώνηκεν 
3πιθ “gave 1God. Since therefore the children have partaken 
Υσαρκὸς καὶ αἵματος," καὶ αὐτὸς παραπλησίως péréc yer 
of flesh and blood, also he in like manner took part in 
τῶν αὐτῶν, ἵνα διὰ τοῦ θανάτου καταργήσῃ τὸν τὸ κράτος 
the same, that through death he might annul him who “the *might 


ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου; Ἱτουτέστιν' τὸν διάβολον, 15 καὶ ἀπαλ- 


‘has of death, that is, the devil; and might set 
λάξῃ rovtove ὅσοι φόβῳ θανάτου διὰ παντὸς τοῦ.ζῇν 
free those whosoever by fear of death through all their lifetime 


ἔνοχόι ἦσαν *dovdsiac.' 16 οὐ γὰρ δήπου ἀγγέλων ἐἔπιλαμ- 
2subject ‘were to bondage. For not indeed of angels takes he 
βάνεται, ἀλλὰ σπέρματος Αβραὰμ ἐπιλαμβάνεται. 17 ὅθεν 
hold, but of[the]seed of Abraham he takes hold. Wherefors 
” A / ~ ~ ~ ΄- 
ώφειλεν κατὰ πάντα τοῖς. ἀδελφοῖς ὁμοιωθῆναι, ἵνα ἐλεή- 
it behoved [him] in all things to [his] brethren to be made like, that a merci- 
, A ? ‘ ἧς 
µων γένηται καὶ πιστὸς ἀρχιερεὺς τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 
ful ®he Smight 708 ‘and "faithful *high *priest [in] things relating to God, 


εἰς τὸ ἱλάσκεσθαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας τοῦ λαοῦ. 18 ἐν ᾧ.γὰρ 
for tomake propitiation for the sins of the people; for in that 

πέπονθεν αὐτὸς Ἠπειρασθείο, δύναται τοῖς πειραζομένοις 
he *has “suffered "himself having been ἑοπιρθοᾶ, πο 15 8016 those being tempted 
βοηθῆσαι. 

to help. 

a ? a 6 , ? 
3 Ὅθεν, ἀδελφοὶ ἅγιοι, κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου μέτοχοι, 


Wherefore, *brethren ‘holy,. of [the] “calling 


κατανοήσατε τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ ἀρχιερέα 


theavenly partakers, 


τῆς ὁμολογίας ἡμῶν 


consider the apostle and high priest of our confession, 
8 i? ~ 7 A ~ , 
Σχριστον ἴησοῦν" 2 πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν, we 
Christ - Jesus, *faithful ‘being to him who appointed him, as 


Ἁ 7 ~ οἱ ? « - _~ ΄ } 
καὶ "Μωσῆς" ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ. οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ. 8 πλείονος. γὰρ «δόξης 
also Moses μα 5481] his house, For *of 3πιοτθ “glory 

Ἢ τοῦτ' ἔστιν GT, ATCAW, 


r . ἃ δουλίας τ. 
5 οὗτος δόξης GLIGraw. 


¥ — χριστὸν ΑΙΤΤΓΑΥΗΥ, 


111. 


οὔὗτοθἳ παρὰ Μωσῆν" 


HEBREWS. 


ἠξίωται, καθ᾽ ὅσον πλείονα τιμὴν 
the than Moses hasbeencounted worthy, by how much more honour 
3 ~ ws ~ ‘ ~ 
ἔχει τοῦ οἴκου ὁὃ κατασκευάσας αὐτόν" 4 πᾶς. γὰρ οἶκος 
has *than Sthe “house *he who Spuilt “it: For every house 


ts , « A , ’ 
κατασκευάζεται ὑπό τινος ὁ δὲ “γὰ! πάντα κατασκευᾶσας 
is built by someone; buthewho all things built [is] 


θεός. ὃ καὶ Μωσῆς" μὲν πιστὸς ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ.οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ ὡς 
God. And Moses’ indeed[was] faithful in all his house as 

θεράπων, εἰσ μαρτύριον τῶν λαληθησομένων' 
8. ministering servant, for atestimony of the things going to be spoken ; 
6 χριστὸς.δὲ we υἱὸς ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον. αὐτοῦ, οὗ οἶκός ἐσμεν 


but Christ as Son over his house, whose house are 
ἡμεῖς, «ἐάνπερ' τὴν παῤῥησίαν καὶ τὸ καύχημα τῆς ἐλπίδος 
we, ifindeed the boldness and the boasting of the hope 
ἱμέχρι τέλους βεβαίαν" κατάσχωμεν. 


unto [the] end firm we should hold. 
7 Διό, καθὼς λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον, Σήμερον ἐὰν τῆς 
Wherefore, even as _ Says. the Spirit the Holy, To-day if 
φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε, 8 μὴ σκληρύνητε τὰς.καρδίας ὑμῶν, 
his voice ye willhear, harden not your hearts, 
ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ, κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ ἐν 
as in the provocation, in the day of temptation, in 
τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 9 οὗ ἐπείρασάν Sue" οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν, Νἐδοκίμασάν 
the wilderness, where “tempted ‘*me ‘your “fathers, proved 


με." καὶ εἶδον τὰ.έργα-μου Ἱτεσσαράκοντα' ἔτη: 10 διὸ προσ- 


me, and saw my works forty years. Wherefore Iwas 
ώχθισα Ty γενεᾷ Jéxeivy," καὶ Νεῖπον,' ᾿Αεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ 
indignant . with “generation "that, and said, Always they err 


,΄ Δ ‘ ” A ε " » 
καρδίᾳ". αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐκ.ἔγνωσαν τὰς. ὁδούς. μου" 11 ὡς ὦμοσα ἐν 
inheart; andthey did not know my ways; so Iswore in 
τῷ.ὀργῦ-μου, Ei εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν.κατάπαυσίν.µου. 12 Βλέ- 

my wrath, If they shallenter into my rest.. Take 
πετε, ἀδελφοί, μήποτε ἔσται ἔν τινι ὑμῶν καρδία πονηρὰ 
heed, brethren, lest perhaps 5Ώα]1] ο in anyone of τοι a“heart ‘wicked 
ἀπιστίας ἐν τῷ ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ θεοῦ: ζῶντος" 13 ἀλλὰ 
of unbelief in , departing from *God(['the] “living. But 
παρακαλεῖτε ἑαυτοὺς καθ ἑκάστην. ἡμέραν, ἄχρις.οὗ τὸ σήμερον 
encourage yourselves every day as long as “to-day 

~ \ ~ ? « ~ ? / ~ 
καλεῖται, ἵνα μὴ σκληρυνθῇ. Ἶτις ἐξ ὑμῶν" ἀπάτῃ τῆς 

it 515 Scalled, that not may be hardened any of τοι by([the] deceittulness 

, / ΄ ~ ~ μμ» | 
ἁμαρτίας" 14 μέτοχοι. γὰρ ™yeyovapev τοῦ χριστοῦ," "ἐάνπερ" 
if indeed 


of sin. For companions we have become of the Christ, 
1 Δ ~ / / ΄ [2 
τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ὑπσστάσεως μέχρι τέλους βεβαίαν κατά- 
the beginning of the assurance . unto [the] end firm we 


σχωµεν' 15 ἐν τῷ λέγεσθαι, Σήμερον ἐὰν τῆςφωνῆς.αὐτοῦ 
should hold 3 ‘in "τες being said, To-day ip”) his voice 
? aN 9 ρ ΡΥ ΄, € ~ « 3 ~ ° 
ἀκούσητε, μὴ .σκληρύνητε Τὰς.καρδίας.ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπι- 
ye will hear, harden not your hearts, as in the proyoca- 
~ 4 : / 3 ? ? 
κρασµφ. 16 “τινὲς. γὰρ ἀκούσαντες παρεπίκραναν," ἀλλ ov 
tion. For some having heard provoked, but not 
πάντες ot ἐξελθύντες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου διὰ ῬΜωσέως." 17 τίσιν. δὲ" 
all who cameout from Egypt by Moses. And with whom 
Ὁ Μωὐσὴν GLITrAW. ©—TaLTTrAW. 4% Μωύσῆς GLIT:AW. 
f — µέχρι τέλους βεβαίαν A. Ε — pe LITrAW. 
LTTraw. i τεσσεράκοντα TTrA. ji ταύτῃ this Lrtraw. 
GLAW. ™ τοῦ χριστοῦ γεγόναμεν GLTTIAW. Ὁ ἐάν περ LTr. 
κράὔαν; For who, having heard, provoked? GLTTraw. 
as ἃ question bue[was it] not all, ὅσο. 3) GLuTraw, 


P Μωῦσέως GLTTrAW. 
t+ [at] also L, 


563 


this man was counted 
worthy of more glory 
than Moses, inasmuch 
as he who hath build- 
ed the house hath more 
honour than the house. 
4 For every house is 
builded by some man; 
but he that built all 
things 5 God. 5 And 
Moses verily was faith- 
ful in all his house, as 
aservant, for a testi- 
mony of those things 
which were to be 
spoken after; 6 but 
Christ as a son over 
his own house ; whose 
house are we, if we 
hold fast the confi- 
dence and the rejoic- 
ing of the hope firm 
unto the end, 


7 Wherefore (as the 
Holy Ghost saith, To 
day if.ye will hear his 
voice, 8 harden not 
your hearts, as in the 
provocation, in the 
day of temptation in 
the wilderness: 9 when 
your fathers tempted 
me, proved me, and 
saw my works forty 
years, 10 Whercfore I 
was grieved with that 
generation, and said, 
They do alway err in 
their heart ; and they 
have “not known my 
ways. 11 So Iswarein 
my wrath, They shall 
not enter intomy rest.) 
12 Take heed, brethren, 
lest there be in any of 
you an evil heart of 
unbelief, in departing 
from the living God, 
13 Rut exhort ong an- 
other daily, while itis 
called To day ; lestany 
of you be hardened 
through the deceitful- 
ness. of sin. 14 For we 
are nade partakers of 
Christ. if we hold the 
beginning of our con- 
fidence. stedfast unto 
the end; 15 whileit is 
said, To day'if ye will 
hear his voice, harden 
not your -hearts, as in 
the provocation. 16 For 
some, when they had 
heard, did provoke: 
howbeit not all that 
came out of Egypt by 
Moses. 17 But with 


ε ἐάν[περ] L; ἐὰν if TTra. 
ἃ ἐν δοκιμασίᾳ by proving [me] 
k εἶπα 1, : ῶ 

© τίνες γὰρ ἀκού. παρεπί- 


ἐξ ὑμῶν τις 


95 (read 


564 


whom was he grieved 
forty years? was it not 
with them that had 
sinned, whose carcases 
fell in the wilderness? 
18 And to whom sware 
he that they should 
not enter into his rest, 
but- to them that be- 
lieved not? 19 So we 
see that they could not 
enter in because of 
unbelief. IV. Let us 
therefore fear, lest, a 
promise being left us 
of entcring into his 
rest, any of youshould 
seem to come short of 
it. 2 For unto us was 
the gospel preached, as 
well as unto them: but 
the word preached did 
not profit them, not 
being mixed with faith 
in them that heard ἐξ, 
3 For we which have 
believed do enter into 
rest, as he said, As I 
have sworn in my 
wrath, if they shall 
enter into my rest: 
althougn the werks 
were finished from 
the foundation of the 
world, 4 For he spake 
in a certain place of 
theseventh day on this 
wise, And God did rest 
the seventh day from 
all his works. 5 And 
in this place again, If 
they shall enter into 
my rest. 6 Seeing 
therefore it remaineth 
that some must enter 
therein, and they to 
whom it was first 
preached, entered not 
in becausg of unbc- 
lief: 7 again, he li- 
miteth a certain day, 
saying in David, To 
day, after so long a 
time; as it is said, Το 
day if ye will hear his 
voice, harden not your 
hearts. 8 For if Jesus 
had given them rest, 
then would he not 
afterward have spok- 
en of another day. 
9 There remaineth 
therefore a rest to the 
people of God. 10 For 
he that is entered into 
his rest, he also hath 
ceased from his own 
works, as God did 
from his. 11 Let us 
labour therefore to en- 
ter into that rest, lest 
any man fall after the 
same example of un- 


8 τεσσεράκοντα TTrA,. 
united in faith with those, &c.); cuvKexepacpeévos:T. 


Litra ; Δαυὶδ Gy, 


ΠΡῸΣ ΕΒΡΑΙΟΥΣ. Ill, IV. 
ἔτη 5 οὐχὶ τοῖς ἁἅμαρ- 


προσώχθισεν "τεσσαράκοντα" 
years ἢ [Was it] not with those who 


was he indignant forty 
’ haz! 4 ~ ” ? Ae PP γα ΄ 4 
τήσασιν, ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ; 18 τίσιν. δὲ 
sinned, of whom the carcases__ fell in the wilderness? And to whom 
ὤμοσεν ἡ εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰς τὴν.κατάπαυσιν. αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ 
swore he [that they] 5181] ποῦ enter into his rest, except 
- ᾽ , Ν , e ᾽ ᾽ ΄ 

τοῖς ἀπειθήσασιν; 19 καὶ βλέπομεν ὅτι οὐκ.ἠδυνήθησαν 
tothose who disobeyed? And  wesee that they were not able 
εἰσελθεῖν δι ἀπιστίαν. 4 Φοβηθῶμεν οὖν μήποτε 
to enter in on account of unbelief. We should fear therefore lest perhaps 


΄ 3 ~ \ Ud : 
καταλειπομένης ἐπαγγελίας εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν. κατάπαυσιν. αὖ- 
ϑθοϊηρ *left Ja *promise to enter into his rest, 


~ ~ € ~ ε μ ‘ , 3 
τοῦ, δοκῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ὑστερηκεναι. 2 καὶ γάρ ἐσμεν.εὐηγ- 
4might *seem any 70f ὅγοα to come short. For indeed we have had 
γελισµέναι, καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι" ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ὠφέλησεν ὁ 


not ἀαϊᾶ profit *the 


τῇ πίστει 


also they; but 
ἱσυγκεκραμένος" 


glad tidings announced (to us] even as 
λόγος τῆς ἀκοῆς ἐκείνους, μὴ 


Sword *of*the ‘report ‘them, ποῦ having been mixed with faith 
τοῖς ἀκούσασιν. 8 εἰσερχόμεθα. γὰρ εἰς τὴν" κατάπαυσιν 
inthose who heard. For we enter into the rest, 


, ‘ ” ~ re 
οἱ πιστεύσαντες; καθὼς εἴρηκεν, Ὡς ὤμοσα ἐν τῷ.ὀργῇ-μου, 


who believed ; as hehassaid, So Iswore in my wrath, 
Εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν.κατάπαυσίν.µου᾽ καίτοι τῶν ἔργων 


If they shall enter into works 


ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου γενηθέντων. 4 Ἐϊρηκεν.γάρ που 
from [the] foundation of [the] world were done. * For he has said somewhere 
περὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης οὕτως, Kai κατέπαυσεν ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ 
concerning the seventh [day] thus, And “rested 4God onthe 
ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν.ἔργων. αὐτοῦ 5 καὶ ἐν τού- 
*day *seventh from all his works : and in this 
, > , / 3 4 ΄ , ? ci 
τῳ πάλιν, Εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν.καταπαύυσιγ. μοῦ. 6 ΕἘπεὶ 
[Ρ1466] again, If they shall enter into my rest. Since 
οὖν ἀπολείπεταί τινας εἰσελθεῖν εἰς αὐτήν, καὶ οἱ πρό- 
therefore it remains [for] some toenter into it, and those who 
? ᾿ λ θε > ? Πλθ : σ "} ᾽ ΄ ΄ 
τερον εὐαγγελισθέντες οὐκ.εἰσῆλθον de" ἀπείθειαν, 7 πά- 
formerly heard glad tidings did not enter in onaccountof disobedience, again 
4 ε ͵ « , , 3 Η 
λιν τινὰ ὁρίζει ἡμέραν, Σήμερον, ἐν ΣΔαβὶδ' λέγων, μετὰ 
8 certain 3:6 Ξ4εἴογιαῖπος ‘day, To-day, in David saying, after 
τοσοῦτον χρόνον, καθὼς Yeionrat," Σήμερον ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς 
solong atime, (according as ithas beensaid,) To-day, if 2voice 
αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε, μὴ-σκληρύνητε τὰς.καρδίας ὑμῶν. 8 Εἰ γὰρ 
“his ye will hear, harden not your hearts. For if 
αὐτοὺς Ἰησοῦς κατέπαυσεν, οὐκ ἂν περὶ ἄλλης ἐλά- 


‘them ᾿δοβὰβ *gave*rest, not concerning another ?would “he *have 
(t.e. Joshua) 


my rest ; though verily the 


~ c , , ~ 
λει μετὰ.ταῦτα ἡμέρας" 9 doa ἀπολείπεται σαββατισμὸς τῷ 
5spoken Safterwards day. Then yemains asabbatism to the 
λαῷ τοῦ.θεοῦ. 10 ὁ.γὰρ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν.κατάπαυσιν.αὐτοῦ, 


people of God. For hethat entered into his rest, 


‘ ’ \ / ~ ~ 
καὶ αὐτὸς κατέπαυσεν ἀπὸ τῶν.ἔργων. αὐτοῦ, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ 


also he rested from ’ his works, as Sfrom 
τῶν ἰδίων ὁθεόο. 11 Σπουδάσωμεν οὖν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς 
shis δον ἢ 1God [2414]. Ὑ͵6 βΒῃου]ᾶ be diligent therefore toenter into 


ἐκείνην τὴν κατάπαυσιν, ἵνα μὴ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τις ὑποδείγ- 

that Ao al ReSh lest ‘after Sthe °same tanyone ‘example 
t συγκεκερασµέγόυς ΙΑ, συγκεκραµένους W, (read them not 
: : ἡ [τὴν] τὸ, wdaa, * Δανεὶδ 
ἡ) προείρηται it has-been said before Lrtraw, | 


HEBREWS. 


ματι πέσῃ τῆς ἀπειθείας. 12 ζῶν γὰρ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ 
2may “fall of disobedience. For living [is] the word of God and 


, ‘ ’ € ~ ΄ ’ Π 
ἐνεργής; καὶ τομώτερος ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν δίστομον, καὶ 


IV, V. 


efficient, and sharper than every sword 1two-edged, even 
διϊκνούμενος ἄχρι μερισμοῦ Wryijc.2re" καὶ πνεύματος, ἁρ- 
penetrating to [the] division bothofsoul and spirit, "of 


κριτικὸς ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ ἐννοιῶν 


μῶν τε καὶ μυελῶν, καὶ 
j intents 


Joints *both and marrows, and(is] a discerner of [the] thoughts and 
καρδίας" 13 καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν κτίσις ἀφανὴς ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ" 
of [the] heart, And there is not acreatedthing unapparent before him; 
πάντα δὲ γυμνὰ καὶ τετραχηλισμένα τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ, 
but all things [are] naked and laid bare to the eyes of him, 
πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος. 
with whom [is] our account, 
. , 4 
14 "Eyovrec.oty ἀρχιερέὰ μέγαν διεληλυθότα τοὺς 
Having therefore a*high*priest ‘great [who] has passed through the 
’ ~ A ~ ~ ~ ~ e 
οὐρανούς, ᾿Ιησοῦν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, κρατῶμεν τῆς ὁμο- 
heavens, Jesus the Son of God, weshould hold fast the con- 
λογίας. 15 οὐ-γὰρ ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα μὴ δυνάμενον Άσυμπα- 
108510Ἠ, For not have we a ΠΙΡῊ priest not able to sym- 
θῆσαι! ταῖς. ἀσθενείαις ἡμῶν, Ὀπεπειραμένον' δὲ κατὰ πάντα 
pathise with our infirmities, but [who] has been tempted in all things 
καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας. 10 προσερχώμεθα «οὖν 
according to(our] likeness, apartfrom sin. We should come therefore 
/ ~ , ~ ere Ὑἱ / ὰ ” Π 
μετὰ παῤῥησίας τῷ θρόνῳ τῆς χάριτος, ἵνα λάβωμεν “ἔλεον, 


with boldness tothe throne of grace, that wemay receive mercy, 
καὶ χάριν εὕρωμεν εἰς εὔκαιρον βοήθειαν. 


and “grace ‘may “find for opportune help. 
~ « A 
5 Πᾶς γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος, ὑπὲρ 
For every high priest from among ᾿ men being taken for 


πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ἵνα προσφέρῃ 
God, that he may offer 


2 μετριοπαθεῖν δυνά- 
300 *exercise *forbearance being 


ἀνθρώπων καθίσταται τὰ 
men is constituted in things relating to 
~ ‘ / € ε ~ 
δῶρά ἅτε! καὶ θυσίας ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν, 
both gifts, andsacrifices for sins ; 


a od . ῃ ? \ ‘ re 
μένος τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσιν Kai πλανωμένοις, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς 
able with those being ignorant and erring, since also himself 

, κ 2 / wnt ‘ e> i / Il ? ὮΝ 
περίκειται ἀσθένειαν" 8 καὶ διὰ ταύτην ὀφείλει, 


is encompassed with infirmity ; and on account of this [infirmity] he ought, 


΄ - ϱ) ~ ‘ ε 1 , 
καθὼς περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ, οὕτως καὶ περὶ Ιἑαυτοῦ" προσφέρειν 
even as for the wpeople, 80 also for himself - to offer 


~ ‘ Ὁ / ‘ / 
εὑπὲρ! ἁμαρτιῶν. 4 Καὶ οὐχ ἑαυτῷ τις λαμβάνει τὴν τιμήν, 
takes the honour, 


for sins, And not to himself anyone 
2 ~ ~ 4 ‘ ε ᾽ ’ 
ἀλλὰ "ὁ" καλούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἱκαθάπερ" καὶ "ὁ" ᾽ Λαρών. 
but ‘he being called by God, even as also Aaron, 


ῃ 4 , ~ 2 
δ οὕτως καὶ ὁ χριστὸς οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἐδόξασεν. γενηθῆναι ἀρχ- 


Thus alsothe Christ not himself didglorify tobecome 8 ΠἱρΙ 

ο ΄ ce / ? \ ΄ 
ιερέα, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ λαλήδας πρὸς αὐτόν, Yidc- μου εἶ -σύ, ἐγὼ σή- 
priest; but he πο 8814 to him, “Son ‘my ertthou, Ι ἴο- 


‘ ‘ , * , 4 
μερον γεγέννηκά σε. θ καθὼς καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει, Σὺ 


day have begotten thee. Evenas also in another [place] he says, Thou [art] 
a , ΄ ; an, > 

ἱερεὺς εἰς.τὸν αἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ. 7 Ὃς ἐν 

a priest - for ever according to the order of Melchisedec, Who in 


Deena arTEETEEEEEEEIEEEEEEREERRnERnEEE γῆ ,. τἘττρ-ῆ-, ΕΟ 


ἃ συν- ΤΑ. Ὁ πεπειρασμένον EGLTTrAW. 
ε δι αὐτὴν on account of it LrTraw. 
i καθὼς L; καθώσπερ TA; Καθώς περ Tr. 


t — τε both LTTrAw. 
4 — re both [Tr]. 
h — ὃ GLTTrAW. 


f avrov L. 


565 


belief. 12 For the word 
of God is quick, and 
powerful, and sharper 
than any twoedged 
sword, piercing even to 
the dividing asunder 
of soul and spirit, and 
of the joints and mar- 
row,and is a discerner 
of the thoughts and 
intehts ‘of the heart. 
13 Neither is there any 
ereature that is not 
manifest in his sight: 
but all things are na- 
ked and opened unto 
the eyes of him with 


- whom we have to do. 


14 Seeing then that 
we have a great high 
priest, that is passed 
into the heavens, Je- 
sus the Son of God, let 
us hold fast our pro- 
fession, 15 For we 
have not an high 
priest which cannot 
be touched with the 
feeling of our infirm- 
ities ; but was in all 
points tempted like 
as we are, yet without 
sin. 16 Let us there- 
fore come boldly unto 
the throne of grace, 
that we may obtain 
mercy, and find grace 
to help in time of need, 


V. For every high 
priest taken from a- 
mong men is ordained 
for men in things per- 
taining to God, that 
he may offer both gifts 
and sacrifices for sins: 
2 who can have com- 
passion on the igno- 
rant, and on them that 
are out of the way; 
for that he himself al- 
Ρο is compassed with 
infirmity. 3 And by 
reason hereof he ought, 
as for the people, so 
also for himself, to of- 
fer for sins. 4 And no 
man taketh this ho- 
nour unto himself, but 
he that is called of 
God, as was Ahron. 
5 So also Christ glori- 
fied not himself to be 
made an high priest ; 
but he that said unto 
him, Thou art my Son, 
to day hayeI begotten 
thee. 6 As he saith al- 
so in another place, 
Thou art a priest tor 
ever after the order of 
Melchisedec. 7 Who in 





© ἔλεος LYTrAW. 
& περὶ LTTrAW, 


566 


the days of his flesh, 
when he had offered up 
prayers and supplica- 
tions with strong cry- 
ing and tears unto him 
that was able to save 
him from death, and 
was heard in that he 
feared ; 8 though he 
were a Son, yet learn- 
ed he obedience by the 
things which he suf- 
fered; 9 and being 
made perfect, he be- 
came the author of 
eternal salvation unto 
all them that obey 
him ; 10 called of God 
an high priest after 
the order of Melchise- 
dec. 11 ‘Of whom we 
have many things to 
say, and hard to be 
attered, seeing ye are 
dull of hearing. 12 For 
when for the time ye 
ought to be teachers, 
ye have need that one 
teach you again which 
be the first principles 
of the oracles of God; 
and are becoma such 
as have need of milk, 
and not of strong meat. 
13 For every one that 
useth milk és unskil- 
fui in the word ‘of 
righteousness: for he 
is a babe. 14 But strong 


meat belongethtothem ' 


that are of full age, 
even those who by rea- 
son of use have their 
senses exercised to dis- 
cern both good and 
evil. 


VI. Therefore leay- 
ing: the principles of 
the doctrine of Christ, 
let us go on unto per- 
_ fection ; not laying a- 

gain the foundation 
of repentance from 
dead works, and of 
faith toward God, 2 of 
the doctrine of bap- 
tisms, and of laying on 
of hands, and of resur- 
rection of the dead, 
and of-eternal judg- 
ment. 3 And this will 
we do, if God permit. 
4 For tt is impossible 
for those who were 
once enlightened, and 
have tasted of the hea- 
venly gift, and were 
made partakers of the 
Holy Ghost, 5and have 
tasted the good word 
of God. and the powers 
of the world to come, 
6 if they shall fall a- 
way, to renew them 
again untorepentance; 


ντ τε 


καὶ ἱκετηρίας πρὺς 


προς οτε νου», 


ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ δεῆσεις.τε 


the days of his flesh both supplications and entreaties “to 
, ‘ 7 ‘ 
TOV δυνάμενον σώζειν αὐτὸν ἐκ θανάτου, μετὰ κραυ- 
“him ‘who [*was] ‘able ὅΐο βαυθ ᾖἨίπι ‘from ‘*death, ‘*with 150ΥΥ- 


γῆς ἰσχυρᾶς καὶ δακρύων προσενέγκας, καὶ εἰσακουσθεὶς ἀπὸ 
ing “strong “and tears ‘having “offered, and having been heard in 

ὦ i: , Ν 2 > Ὁ» 
τῆς εὐλαβείας, 8 καίπερ ὧν υἱός, ἔμαθεν ad ὧν ὦ 
that [he] feared ; though being a son, he learned, from the things which 


’ A ‘ Sen 8 ~ 
ἔπαθεν τὴν ὑπακοήν, 9 καὶ τελειωθεὶς ἐγένετο "τοῖς. 
he suffered, obedience ; and having been perfected became to *those *that 


> ~ -- » / 7 / ο 
ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ πᾶσιν! αἴτιος σωτηρίας αἰωνίου" 10 προσ- 


*obey Shim 1411, author of *salvation ‘eternal ; having 

‘ 4 - - 2 ‘ τ 3 ον 
αγορευθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀρχιερεὺς κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελ- 
been saluted ~ by God [as] high priest according to the order of Mel- 


xicedéx. 11 Περὶ οὗ ᾿ πολὺς ἡμῖν.ὑ.λόγος καὶ  δυσερµή- 


chisedec. Concerning whom [315] *much ‘our “discourse and difficult in inter- 
‘ ἐν , ~ ? ~ - ‘ 4 
νευτος λέγειν, ἐπεὶ νωθροὶ γεγόνατε ταῖς. ἀκοαῖς. 12 καὶ. γὰρ 


pretation to speak, since sluggish yehave become ἴῃ hearing. For truly 
, 4 , 4 
ιὀφείλοντες εἶναι διδάσκαλοι διὰ τὸν χρόνο», πάλιν 
[when ye] gught to be teachers becauseof the time, , again 


” - ῤ « ~ { A ~ ~ 
χρείαν ἔχετε τοῦ.διδάσκειν ὑμᾶς τίνα τὰ στοιχεῖα THC 
need ye have of [one] to teach you what [are]the elements of the 
ἀρχῆς τῶν λογίων τοῦ θεοῦ" καὶ γεγόνατε χρείαν ἔχοντες 
béginning of the oracles of God, and haye become “need . “*having 
/ 3 ΄ ~ ~ 4 « ΞΕ 
γάλακτος, ἱκαὲ" οὐ στερεάς τροφῆς. 19 πᾶς.γὰρ ὃ μετέχων 
ef milk, ‘and not of solid food ; for everyone that -partakes 
άλακτος ἄπειρος λόγου : δικαιοσύνης" νήπιος γάρ ἐστιν" 
of milk [is] unskilled in [the] word of righteousness, for an infant he is; 
7 . ree ~ A ‘ 
14 τελείων. δέ ἐστιν ἡ στερεὰ τροφή, τῶν διὰ τὴν 
but ‘for [Sthe] *fully "grown “is αβο]ᾶ © *food, who on account of 
ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα ἐχόντων πρὸς διάκρισιν 


habit *the 3senses *exercised *have for distinguishing 
καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ. 
Ἄσοοᾶ ‘bothand evil. 
A ῃ ~ ~ an ~ ’ Η δι 
ϐ Διὸ ἀφέντες τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ cova ob λόγον, ἐπὶ 


Wherefore, having left the “of *the “beginning Sof *the “Christ ‘discourse, . to 
τὴν τελειότητα φερώμεθα" μὴ πάλιν θεμέλιον καταβαλλόμενοι 
the ‘full growth we shouldgoon; not again a foundation laying 

μετανοίας ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων, καὶ πίστεως ἐπὶ θεόν, 2 βαπ- 
of repentance from dead works, and _ faith in God, *of*wash- 


= . ~ ra ~ ? , , 
τισμῶν πδιδαχῆς," ἐπιθέσεώς.τε χειρῶν, ἀναστάσεώς."τεὶ νε- 


ings ‘of(*the)*doctrine, and of laying on of hands, and of resurrection of [the] 
κρῶν, καὶ κρίµατος αἰωνίου. 3 καὶ τοῦτο Φαιώσομεμ, ρἐάνπερ" 
dead, andof?judgment ‘eternal; °* and this will we do, if indeed 


? , ς κ. > ΄ A ‘ δ’ Ξ θε ie 
ἐπιτρέπῃ .ὁ θεός. 4 ἀδύνατον.γὰρ τοὺς ἅπαξ φωτισθέντας, 
“permit 1God. For [it is] impossible, those once enlightened, 
γευσαµένους.τε τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς ἐπουρανίου, καὶ μετόχους 
απᾶ [νο] tasted of the gift ‘heavenly, .and:  partakers 
γενηθέντας πνεύματος ἁγίου, 5 καὶ καλὸν γενσαµένους 


became of [the] Spirit -*Holy, and [πε] 3ροοᾶ tasted 
θεοῦ ῥῆμα δυνάμεις.τε μέλλοντος αἰῶνος, 6 καὶ 
Sof °God *word and [the] works of power of [the] 35ο 3οοτηθ lage, and 


παραπεσόντας, πάλιν ἀνακαινίζειν εἰς μετάνοιαν, ἀνασταυ- 
{who] fell away, again to renew to repentance, crucify- 





κ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ LTTrA 
ο ἐάν περ LIrW. 3 


® [τε] Tr. 


} — καὶ τἴττ]. τὸ διδαχήν [the] ducirine La 


HEBREWS. 


ἑαυτοῖς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ παραδειγ- 
for themselves [as they do] the Son of God, and exposing 
µατίζοντας. 7 γῆ-γὰρ ἡ πιοῦσα τὸν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς Ῥπολλάκις 
chim] publicly. For ground which drank the *upon “it Soften 
ἐρχόμενονὶ ὑετόν, Kai τίκτουσα βοτάνην εὔθετον ἐκείνοις 
“coming ~ train, and produces “herbage fit for those 
δι οὓς καὶ γεωργεῖται, μεταλαμβάνει εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τοῦ 
for sake of whom also it is tilled, partakes of blessing from 
θεοῦ: 8 ἐκφέρουσα.ξὲ ἀκάνθας καὶ τριβόλους, ἀδόκιμος καὶ 
God ; but [that]bringing forth thorns and thistles [is] rejected and 
κατάρας ἐγγύς, ἧς τὸ τέλος εἰς καῦσιν. 9. Πεπείσμεθα δὲ 
ἃ *curse ‘near ἦτο, of which the end{[is]for burning. Βιυύννο ἅτ persuaded 
περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀγαπητοί, τὰ.Ἱκρείττογνα" καὶ ἐχόμενα 
concerning you, beloved, better things, and [things] connected with 
σωτηρίας, εἰ καὶ οὕτως λαλοῦμεν. 10 οὐ.γὰρ ἄδικος ὁ θεὸς 
Salvation, "ΙΓ even thus we speak, For not unrighteous [15] God 
ἐπιλαθέσθαι τοῦ.ἔργου.ὑμῶν καὶ τοῦ κόπου" τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς 
to forget your work and the labour of love which 
ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ.ὄνομα.αὐτοῦ, διακονήσαντες τοῖς ἁγίοις καὶ 
πο ἀῑᾶ shew to his name, having served tothe saints and 
διακο}οὔντες. 11 ἐπιθυμοῦμεν δὲ ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὴν αὐτὴν 
[5011] serving. But we desire s each of you the same 
ἐνδείκνυσθαι σπουδὴν πρὸς τὴν πληροφορίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος ἄχρι 
“to “shew ‘diligence to the fullassurance ofthe hope unto 
, τ/ A \ / \ η A 
τέλους" 12 ἵνα μὴ νωθροὶ γένησθε, μιμηταὶ. δὲ τῶν διὰ 
{the] end; that“uot*sluggish ‘ye*be, but imitators of those who through 
πίστεως καὶ μακροθυμίας κληρονομούντων τὰς ἐπαγγελίας. 
faith and lony patience inherit , the promises, 
19 Ἰφ.γὰρ. Αβραὰμ ἐπαγγειλάμενος ὁ θεός, ἐπεὶ κατ᾽ οὐδενὸς 
For *to *Abraham “having *promised God, since by no one 
? ΄ ” ος - λέ ΤΗ! \ 
εἶχεν µειζονος ὀμόσαι, ὤμοσεν καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, 14 λέγων, μὴν 
he had greater toswear, swore by himself, saying, Surely 
’ ~ ? ΄ ᾿ , ~ a ‘ 
εὐλογῶν εὐλογήσω σε, καὶ πληθύνων πληθυνῶ Ge 15 καὶ 
blessing I will bless thee, and multiplying I will multiply thee; and 
οὕτως µμακροθυµήσας ἐπέτυχεν τῆς ἐπαγγελιας. 16 ἄνθρω- 
thus having had long patience he obtained the promise. “Men 
ποι 'μὲν' γὰρ κατὰ τοῦ µειζονος ὀμνύουσιν, καὶ πάσης αὐτοῖς 
Sindced ‘for “by ‘the “greater “swear, and ofall *to *them 
, ΄ ε/ τ , 
ἀντιλογίας πέρας εἰς βεβαίωσιν ὁ ὄρκος' 17 ἐν.ᾧ περισσό- 
‘painsajing. anend for confirmation [is] the oath, Wherein “more *a- 
, « be) ? ~ ~ / ~ ? 
tepov βουλόμενος ὁ θεὸς ἐπιδεῖξαι τοῖς κληρονόμοις τῆς ἐπαγ- 
bundantly “desiring ‘God toshew tothe heirs of pro- 
, A > / ~ ~ ~ > / e 
γελίας τὸ ἀμετάθετον τῆς. βουλῆς αὐτοῦ, ἐμεσίτευσεν ὄρκῳ, 
of his counsel, interposed by an oath, 


VE 


ροῦντας 
ing 


mise the unchangeableness 
18 ἵνα διὰ δύο πραγμάτων ἀμεταθέτων, ἐν οἷς ἀδύνατον 
that by two *things tunchangeable, in which [it was] impossible 


εὔσασθαι τ θεόν, ἰσχυρὰν παράκλησιν ἔχωμεν οἱ κατα- 

“to 4116 [207] 7God, strong encouragement we might have who fled 
φυγόντες κρατῆσαι τῆς προκειμένης ἐλπίδος" 19 ἣν ὡς 
for refuge tolay holdon the 2set “before ([*us] "hope, which as 
ἄγκυραν ἔχομεν τῆς ψυχῆς "ἀσφαλῆ". τε καὶ βεβαίαν, καὶ εἰσ- 
ananchor webhave ofthe soul both certain and firm, and en- 
ἐρχομένην εἰς τὸ ἐσώτερον τοῦ καταπετάσματος, 20 ὅπου 
tering into that within the veil ; where 


‘could 


567 


seeing they crucify to 
themselves the Son of 
God afresh, and put 
Aim to an open shame, 
7 For the earth which 
drinketh in the rain 
that cometh oft upon 
it, and bringeth forth 
herbs meet for them b 

whom it is dressei, 1 
ceiveth blessing fro 

God : 8 but that whith 
beareth thorns and 
briers ts rejected, and 
18 nigh unto cursing; 
whose end 8. to be 
burned. 9 But, belov- 
ed, we are persuaded 


- better things of you, 


and things that ac- 
company = salvation, 
though we thus spent. 
10 For God is not un- 
righteous to forget 
your work and labour 
of love, which ye have 
shewed toward his 
nanie, in that ye have 
ministered to the 
saints, and do mini- 
ster. 11 And we desire 
that every one of you 
do shew the same dili- 
gence to the full as- 
surance of hope unto 
the end: 12 that ye be 
not slothful, but fol- 
lowers of them who 
through faith aiid’ pa- 
tience inherit the pro- 
mises. 13 For when 
God made promise to 
Abraham, because he 
sware by no 
greater, he sware by 
himself, 14 saying, 
Surely blessing I will 
bless thee, and multi- 
plying I will multiply 
thee. 15 And so, after 
he had patiently en- 
dured, he obtained the 
promise. 16 For men 
verily swear by the 
greater : and an oath 
for confirmation 18 to 
them an end of all 
strife. 17 Wherein God, 
willing more abun- 
dantly to shew unto 
the heirs of promise 
the immutability of 
his counsel, confirmed 
it by an oath : 18 that 
by two immutable 
things, in which it 
was impossible for God 
to lie, we might have 
a strong consolation, 
who have fled for re- 
fuge to lay hold upon 
the hope set before us: 
19 which hope we have 
as an anchor of the 
soul, both sure and 
stedfast,and which en- 
tereth into that with- 
in the veil; 20 whi- 





4 κρείσσονα LTTrAW. 


P ἐρχόμενον πολλάκις LTTrAW. 
t — μὲν υΤΤΙ[Α]. 


the love) cirtraw. 8 Ei LITra, σ + τὸν Τὶ 


¥— τοῦ κόπον (read τῆς ay. 


πὶ ἀσφαλην Ltr, 


568 


ther the forerunner js 
for us entered, even 
Jesus, made an high 
priest for ever after 
the order of Melchise- 


ec. 

VII. For this Mel- 
chisedec, king of Sa- 
lem, priest of the most 
high God, who met 
Abraham 1 turning 
from the slaughter of 
the kings, and blessed 
him ; 2 to whom also 
Abraham gave atenth 
αι of all; first being 

y interpretation King 
of rightcousnéss, and 
after that also King 
of Salem, which is, 
King of peace ;3 with- 
out father, without 
mother, without de- 
scent, having neither 
beginning of days, nor 
end of life; but made 
like unto the Son of 
God ; abideth a priest 
continually. 4 Now 
consider how great 
this man was, unto 
whom even the patri- 
arch Abraham gave 


the tenth of the spoils.. 


5 And verily they that 
are of the sons of Levi, 
who receive the office 
of the priesthood, have 
a commandment to 
take tithes of the peo- 
le according to the 
aw, that is, of their 
brethren, though they 
come out of the loins 
of Abraham: 6 but 
he whose descent is 
not counted from them 
received tithes of A- 
braham, and blessed 
him that had the pro- 


mises. 7 And without Ύ 


all contradietion the 
less is blessed of the 
better. 8 And here men 
that die receive tithes; 
but there he receivet 

them, of whom it is 
witnessed that he liy- 
eth. 9 And as I may 
60 say, Levi also, who 
recciveth tithes, payed 
tithes in Abraham. 
10 For he was yet in 
the loins of his father, 
when Melchisedec met 
him., 11 If therefore 
perfection were by the 
Levitical priesthood, 
(for under it the peo- 
ple received the law,) 
what further need was 
there that another 
priest should rise after 
the order of Melchise- 
dec, and not be called 


δυϊῶν" Ὀλευϊ' τὴν ἱερατείαν 


Vi, Vite 


κατὰ τὴν τάξιν 
according to the order 


προς “ESP AP ΟΣ 


πρόδρομος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν εἰσῆλθεν ᾿Ιησοῦς, 
[45] forerunner for us Zentered 1Jcsus, 
‘ ’ ᾿ 9 I~ 
Μελχισεδὲκ ἀρχιερεὺς γενόμενος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. 
of Μοϊομίβθαθς a high priest having become for ever. 
ἢ Οὗτος. γὰρ ὁ Μελχισεδέκ, βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, ἱερεὺς τοῦ θεοῦ 
For this Melchisedec, king of Salem, priest of God 
x ~ II - Ω Σρι / Α ᾿ « σ “ 2 a ~ 
τοῦ! ὑψίστου, 70" συναντήσας Αβραάμ υποστρεφοντι ἀπὸ τῆς 
the most high, who met Abraham returning from the 
κοπῆς τῶν βασιλέων, καὶ εὐλογήσας αὐτόν" 2 w καὶ δεκάτην 
smiting of the kings, and having blessed him; to whom also *a *tenth 
ἀπὸ πάντων ἐμέρισεν ᾿Αβραάμ’ πρῶτον μὲν ἑρμηνευόμενος 
Sof 5411 divided ‘Abraham; first being interpreted 


βασιλεὺς δικαιοσύνης, ἔπειτα.δὲ καὶ βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, 0. ἐστιν 


king of righteousness, and then . also king of Salem, which is 
aE ΄ , - ae, / τ 

βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης. 3 ἀπάτωρ, ἀμήτωρ, ἀγενεαλόγητος 
king of peace ; without father, without mother, without genealogy ; 


μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν, μήτε ζωῆς τέλος ἔχων" ἀφωμοιωμένος.δὲ 
neither beginning of days nor *of*life ‘end having, but assimilated 
τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ, μένει ἱερεὺς εἰς. τὸ διηνεκές. 4 Θεωρεῖτε. δὲ 
to the Son of God, abides apriest in perpetuity. Now consider 
΄ - 8 Lg 4 4 x ” 
πηλίκος οὗτος, Ἰκαὶ! δεκάτην Αβραάμ ἔδωκεν ἐκ 
how great this [ome was], to whom Seven *a “tenth ‘Abraham ‘gave *out %of 
τῶν ἀκροθινίων ὁ΄ πατριάρχης. ὃ καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐκ τῶν 
°the Mspoils 7the *patriarch. And they indeed from among the 
λαμβανοντες, ἐντολὴν ἔχουσιν 
.sons of Levi, *the “priesthood (*who] “receive, commandment have 
2 ~ Ἵ μ 4 s 4 ‘ ΄ 

εἀποδεκατοῦν! τὸν λαὸν κατὰ τὸν νόμον, ἀτουτέστιν.! 

{ο take tithes from the peopleaccording tothe law, thatis (from) 
‘ > ‘ > ~ . / ? La μὴ ~ ? ΄ 
τοὺς.ἀδελφοὺς.αὐτῶν,. καίπερ ἐξεληλυθότας ἐκ τῆς ὀσφύος 

their brethren - though having come out of the loins 
᾿Αβραάμ' 6 ὁ.δὲ μὴ γενεαλογούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν δεδεκάτω- 
of Abraham ; but he [who] -réckons πο genealogy from them has tithed 
kev’*rov' ᾿Αβραάμ, καὶ τὸν ἔχοντα τὰς ἐπαγγελίας ᾿εὐλό- 
Abraham, and *him*who °had ‘the 7promises, thas 
ηκεν' 7 χωρὶς-δὲ πάσης ἀντιλογίας τὸ ἔλαττον. ὑπὸ τοῦ 
“blessed. But apart from all gainsaying _the inferior ΙΙ by the 
κρείττονος εὐλογεῖται. 8 καὶ ὧδε μὲν δεκάτας ἀποθνήσκοντες 

superior is blessed. And here 5tithes [*that] 3419 

ἄνθρωποι λαμβάνουσιν᾽ ἐκεῖ.δ, μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ. 

men *receive ; ‘but there [one] witnessed of that he lives; 


‘9 καί, ὡς ἔπος.εἰπεῖν; Σδιὰϊ ᾿Αβράάμ- καὶ *Aevi" ὁ δεκάτας 


and, through Abraham, also who “tithes 


λαμβάνων δεδεκάτωται' 10 ἔτι γὰρ ἐν τῇ ὀσφύϊ τοῦ.πατρὸς 
receives, has been tithed. For yet in the loins of (his) father 
ἦν, ὅτε συνἠντήσεν αὐτῷ ὁ Μελχισεδέκ. 11 Ei μὲν οὖν 
he was when met shim *Melchisedec. If indeed then 
τελείωσις διὰ τῆς Κλευϊτικῆς! ἱερωσύνης ἦν, ὁ.λαὸς. γὰ 
perfection by the  Levitical priesthood were, for the people ([*based] 
ἐπ ἰαὐτῇ! πινενομοθέτητο," τίς ἔτι χρεία κατὰ 
Supon ‘it 3λΠαᾶ *received (*the]*law, what.still need [was there] according to 
τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδὲκ ἕτερον ἀνίστασθαι ἱερέα. καὶ οὐ 
the order of Melchisedec [for] another *to *arise *priest; and not 


so to speak, Levi, 





z— TOU E. 
[sons }) L. 
{ηὐλόγηκεν L. 


¥ ὃς (read who, having met) LTra. 
Ὁ Λευεὶ TTra. 

Ε δι LITra. | 
1 αὐτῆς (ead on the ground of it) trraw. 


& — νἱῶν (read 
ἃ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT, ε--- τὸν LTTrA, 

i—oumttra. Κ λευειτικῆς ΤΑ. 
™ νενομοθέτηται has received [the]law LTTraw. 


2 — καὶ LTr. 
© αποδεκατοῖν TTrA. 
Β Aevis UL; Λευεὶς TTrA. 


wil. HEBREWS. 


κατὰ τὴν τάξιν ’Aapwy λεγεσθαὶ; 19 μετατιθεμένης. γὰρ 


according to the order of Aaron tobe παπιοά | For *being *changced 
τῆς ἱερωσύνης, ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ νόµου μετάθεσις γίνεται. 
*the *pricsthood, from necessity also of law achange takes place. 


13 ἐφ᾽ ὃν γὰρ λέγεται ταῦτα, φυλῆς ἑτέρας µετέσχηκεν, AG ἧς 


For he of whom are said these things, a?tribe ‘different haspartin, of which 


οὐδεὶς προσέσχηκεν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ' 14 πρόδηλον.γὰρ ὅτι 


πο one has given attendance at the altar. For [it is] manifest that 
3 ? ΄ 9 ᾽ ἀν" « ~ \ 2 Or 
ἐξ ᾿Τούδα ἀνατέταλκεν ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν, εἰς ἣν φυλὴν "οὐδὲν 

out οὗ Juda has sprung our Lerd, astowhich tribe *nothing 


περὶ ἱερωσύνης" οΜωσῆς" ἐλάλησεν. 15 Kai περισσότερον 
*concerning °pricsthood 1Moses “spoke. And more abundantly 
ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν, εἰ κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα Μελχισεδὲκς 
yet quite manifest itis, since according to the  similitude of Melchiscdec 
ἀνίσταται ἱερεὺς ἕτερος, 16 ὃς οὐ κατὰ νόμον ἐντο- 
arises a “priest ‘different, who not according to law of*command- 
λῆς Ῥσαρκικῆο" Eyovey, ἀλλὰ κατὰ δύναμιν ζωῆ 
jae ) μιν ζω; 
nk ot *fleshly has been constituted, but according to power of “life 
ἀκαταλύτου' 17 Ἀμαρτυρεῖ'.γάρ, Ὅτι σὺ ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν 
4indi-soluble, For he testifies, Thou [art] a priest for 
αἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ. 18 ᾿Αθέτησις μὲν γὰρ 
ever αἴ the order of Melchisedec. *A δρυ ης *away for 
᾿ ΄ 3 ~ ‘ ᾽ ~ ᾽ ‘ 
γίνεται προαγούσης ἐντολῆς, διὰ τὺ.αὐτῆς.ἀσθενὲς 
there is of the “going ‘before leommandment, because of its weakness 
καὶ ἀνωφελές, 19 οὐδὲν.γὰρ ἐτελείωσεν ὁ νόμος. ἐπεισ- 
and unprofitabk ness, (for *nothing perfected ‘the 7law,) (°the] 7intro- 
. ‘ . ~ ? ry > ΄ - fa ~ 6 r ‘ 
αγωγὴ δὲ κρείττονος ἐλπίδος, δι ἧς ἐγγίζομεν τῷ θεῷ. 20 Και 
duction -and of ἃ better hope by which we draw near to God. And 
καθ ύσον οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας οἱ μὲν γάρ, 
by how much [it was] not apart from (the) swearing of an oath, (*they ‘for 
‘ . > A ε ~ , ή 
χωρις ὀρκωμοσιας εἰσιν ἱερεῖς γεγονοτες, 21 ὑεδε, 
without [the] swearing of anoath are *priests become, but he 
τμετὰ" ὁρκωμοσίας, διὰ τοῦ λέγοντος πρὸς αὐτόν, 
with [the] swearing of anoath, by him who says, as to him, 
"Quocev κύριος καὶ οὐ-μεταμεληθήσεται, Σὺ ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν 
‘swore [186] "]μοτὰ, and will not repent, Thou [art] a priest for 
as : ; Ε ἈΝ 
αἰῶνα "κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ᾽" 22 κατὰ "τοσοῦτον" " 
ever according ἰο the order of Melchiscdec,) by so much 
΄ ’ , » ? ~ ‘ « 
κρείττονος διαθήκης γέγονεν ἔγγυος Ἰησοῦς. 238 Kat οἱ 
of a bettcr covenant *has~“become ‘surety 1 Jesus. And they 
μὲν πλειογές εἰσιν." γεγονότες ἱερεῖς" διὰ τὸ θανάτῳ κω- 
*many Tare priests on account of by death being 
’ ‘ , 8 ‘ 2 
λύεσθαι παραμένειν: 24 0.08, διὰ - τὺμενειν.αὐτὸν εἰς 
hindered from continuing ; but he, because of his abiding for 
‘ I~ ? ΄ , 3 - ΄ 9 
τὸν αἰῶνα, ἀπαράβατον ἔχει τὴν ἱερωσύνην' 25 ὅθεν καὶ 
ever, *intransmissible ‘has *the ~priesthood. Whence also 
> ‘ ‘ [ή ᾽ 
σώζειν εἰς τὸ παντελὲς δύναται τοὺς προσερχομέτους δὶ 
to save completely heis able those who approach by 
~ ~ Ἂν ~ ‘ , « ‘4 > ~ 
αὐτοῦ τῷ θεῷ, παντοτε ζῶν εἰς.τὸ ἐντυγχάνειν ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν. 
him toGod, always living to intercede for them. 
~ e ~ > , e » 
90 τοιοῦτος.γὰρ ἡμῖν © ἔπρεπεν ἀρχιερεὺς, Όσιος, ἄκακος, 
For such sus 4pecame a“high “priest, holy, harmless, 


569 


after the orderof Aar- 
on? 12 For the priest- 
hood being changed, 
there is made of ne- 
cessity a change also 
of the law. 13 For 
he of whom these 
things are spoken per- 
taineth to another 
tribe, of which no man 
gave attendance at the 
altar. 14 For it 7s evi- 
dent that our Lord 
sprang out of Juda; 
of which tribe Moses 


spake nothing con-! 
cerning | priesthood. | 
15 And it is yet far| 


more cyident : for that 
after the similitude of 
Melchisedee there a- 
riseth another priest, 
16 who is made, not 
after thelaw of a car- 
nal commandment, 
but after the power of 
an endless life, 17 For 
"6 testifieth, Thou 
art a priest for ever 
after the order of 
Melchisedec. 18 For 
there is verily a dis- 
annulling of the com- 
mandment going be-~ 
fore for the weakness 
and unprofitableness 
thereof. 19 For the law 
made nothing perfect, 
but the bringing in of 
a better hope did; by 
the which we draw 
nigh unto Got 20 And 
inasmuch as not with- 
out an oath he was 
made priest: 21 (for 
those priests were 
made without an oath; 
but this with an oath 
by him that said unto 
him, The Lord sware 
and will not repent, 
Thou art a priest for 
ever after the order 
of Melchisedec :) 22 by 
so much was Jesus 
made a surety of a het- 
ter testament. 23 And 
they truly were many 
priests, because they 
were not suffered to 
continue by reason of 
death: 24 but this 
man, because he con- 
tinueth ever, hath an 
unchangeable, priest- 
hood. 25 Whercfore he 
is able also to save 
them to the uttermost 
that come unto God 
by him, seeing he ever 
liveth to make in- 
tercession for them. 
26 For such an high 
priest became us, wha 


a “-----ρ-- 


2 περὶ ἱερέων (priests) οὐδὲν LTTraw. ο Μωῦσῆς GLTTrAW. Ρ σαρκίνης fleshy LITrAWw. 
4 μαρτυρεῖται (read for he is testified of) LTTraw. Σµεθτ. § - KaTa THY T αξιν Μελ- 
χισεδέκ TTrA. ὑ τοσοῦτο ΥΤΤΙΑΝ, ἢ + και 85ο ΤΑ.  ἱερες γεγονότες LAW. ™ ++ καὶ 


~ also [L]rTraw, 


\ 


570 


ws holy, harmless, un- 
defiled, separate frum 
sinners, and made 
higher than the hea- 
vens ; 27 who needeth 
not daily, as those high 
priests, to ος up 8α- 
crifice, first for hisown 
sins, and then for the 
people’s: for this he 
did ounce, when he 
offered up himself. 
28 For the law maketh 
men high priests which 
have infirmity; but 
the word of the oath, 
which was since the 
law, maketh the Son, 
who is consecrated for 
evermore, 


VIII. Now of the 
things which we have 
spoken this 7s the sum: 
We have such an high 
priest, who is set on 
the right hand of the 
throne of the Majesty 
in the heavens; 2 4 
minister of the sanctu- 
ary, and of the true 
tabernacle, which the 
Lord pitched, and not 
man, 


3 For every high 
priest is ordained to 
offer gifts and sacri- 
fices: whereforé it is 
of necessity that this 
man have somewhat 
also to offer. 4 For if 
he were on earth, he 
should not be a priest, 
seeing that there are 
priests that offer gifts 
according to the law: 
5 who serve unto the 
example and shadow 
of heavenly things, 
as Moses was admo- 
nished of God when 
he was about to make 
the tabernacle: for, 
See, saith he, that 
thou make all things 
according to the pat- 
tern shewed to thee in 
the mount. 6 But now 
hath he obtained a 
more excellent mini- 
stry, by how much al- 
so he is the mediator 
of a better covenant, 
which was established 
upon better promises, 
7 Forif that first co- 
venant had been fault- 
less, then-should no 
place have been sought 
for the second. 8 For 
finding fault with 





* ἐφ᾽ ἅπαξ Tr. 


if then indeed) LTtraw. 
ἆ Μωῦσης GLTTrAW. / 
αὐτοὺς (vead finding fault with them) 17 


προς LE PALO YT &. VII, VIIT. 

ἀμίαντος, κεχωρισμένος ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν, καὶ ὑψηλότερος 
undefiled, separated from sinners, and “higher 

τῶν οὐρανῶν γενόμενος" 27 ὃς οὐκ.ἔχει καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀνάγ- 

β ἤδη *the *heavens ‘become : who has not day by day neces- 

κην, ὥσπερ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, πρότερον ὑπὲρ τῶν.ἰδίων ἁμαρτιῶν 


sity, as the high priests, rst for his own sins 
θυσίας ἀναφέρειν, ἔπειτα τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ' τοῦτο.γὰρ 
*sacrifices ‘to “offer *up, then for those of the people; for this 


28 ὁ.νόμος.γὰρ ἀν- 


’ / Ν , 
ἐποίησεν Σἐφάπαξ,' ἑαυτὸν Τἀνενέγκας." 
For the law 


.he did once for all, *himself ‘having “offered *up. 
θρώπους καθίστησιν ἀρχιερεῖς, ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν' ὁ.λόγος. δὲ 


“men leonstitutes high priests, [who] have infirmity; but the word 
THC ὁρκωμοσίας THC μετὰ τὸν νόμον, υἱὸν εἰς τὸν 
of the swearing of the oath, which [is] after the law, aSon for 
αἰῶνα τετελειωμένογ. 
ever has perfected. 

8 Κεφάλαιον.δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις, τοιοῦτον 

Now a summary of the things being spoken of [is], 3such 

ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα, ὃς ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς 


lwe “have a high priest, who sat down on([thejright hand ofthe throne of the 
μεγαλωσύνης ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, 2 τῶν ἁγίων λειτουργός, καὶ 

greatness in the heavens; 304 “the *holies Aminister, and 
τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ κύριος, Ἕκαὶ' οὐκ 
of the “tabernacle 1true which *pitched ‘the *Lord and not 
ἄνθρωπος. 

man. 

3 Πᾶς. γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰς τὸ προσφέρειν δῶρά.τε καὶ θυσίας 

Forevery high priest for to offer both gifts and sacrifices 

καθίσταται" ὅθεν ἀναγκαῖον ἔχειν τυ “kee τοῦ- 
is constituted ; whence [it is] necessary “to *have ‘something 7also [*for] *this 
τον ὃ προσενέγκῃ. 4 εἰμὲν "Ὑὰρὶ ἦν ἐπὶ γῆς, οὐδ᾽ 


3019 which he niay otter. *Ifsindeed ‘for he were ΟΠ earth, noteven 
ἂν ἦν ἱερεύς, ὄντων ray ἱερέων! τῶν προσφερόντων 
would he be apriest, there being the priests who offer 
κατὰ “τὸν" νόμον τὰ δῶρα, 5 οἵτινες ὑποδείγματι καὶ 
according {ο the law the gitts, Avho [088] representation and 


σκιᾷ λατρεύουσιν τῶν ἐπουρανίων, καθῶς κεχρηµάτισ- 


shadow serve ofthe heaveniies, according as *was “uivinely *in- 
d creel || έλλ ? — ~ ‘ ΄ « ᾿ 

ται Μωσῆς" μελλων ἐπιτελεῖν τὴν σκηνὴν, Όρα,.γάρ 

structed ?Moses being about to construct the tabernacle ; for, see, 


φησιν, “ποιήσῃς, πάντα κατὰ τὸν τύπον τὸν δειχθέντα 
says he, thoumake 81] things according to the pattern which was shewn 


σοι ἐν τῷ dpe. 6 ἵνυνὶ δὲ διαφορωτέρας δτέτευχεν" 


thee in the mountain, But now amoreexcellent he *has *obtained 
λειτουργίας, ow καὶ κρείττονός ἐστιν διαθήκης μεσίτης; 
Iministry by somuchasalso of abetter “*he*is ‘covenant mediator, 


ἥτις ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν ἐπαγγελίαις νενομοθέτηται. 7 Εἰ.γὰρ 
which upon better promises has been established. For if 
ἡ πρώτη.ἐκείνη ἦν ἄμεμπτος, οὐκ ἂν δευτέρας ἐζητεῖτο 
that first [one]were faultless, not for a second would “pe “sought 
8 μεμφόμενος. γὰρ "αὐτοῖς" λέγει, ᾿Ιδού, ἡμέραι ἔρ- 
For finding fault, *to*them ‘he ’says, Lo, days 810 


τόπος. 
place. 





Σ προσενέγκας having offered 7. 5. οὖν (read 
¢ — τὸν LITrA. 


g TETUXEV LTAW, 


ς ha * — καὶ LTTrAW. 
> — τῶν ἱερέων (read τῶν those who) LTTraw. 
€ ποιήσεις thou shalt make tr7rew, f pov 1. 


HEB RE W-S8: 


συντελέσω 
L wiil ratify 


VIII, IX. 


χονται, λέγει 
coming, saitn {the' Lord, and 
? \ ‘ = ‘ \ 

Ισραήλ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον 
of [srael and asregards the house 


τὸν" οἶκον 
the house 
Ιούδα διαθήκην καινήν" 9 οὐ 
of Juda a "οοτοηαιιῦ Mew ; not 
κατὰ τὴν διαθήκην ἣν ἐποίησα τοῖς-πατράσιν.αὐτῶν, 
according to the ccvenant which I made with their fathers, 
ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπιλαβομένου Ίμου] τῆς.χειρὸς αὐτῶν ἐξαγαγεῖν 
ἴῃ [the] day of my taking hold of their hand to lead 
αὐτοὺς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου" ὅτι αὐτοὶ οὐκ.ἐνέμειναν ἐν 
them out of[the]land of σγρῦ; because they did not continue’ in 
TH-OvaInKY-pwovV, κἀγὼ ἠμέλησα αὐτῶν, λέγει κύριος. 10 ὅτι 
my covenant, and I disregarded them, saith [086] Lord. Because 
αὕτη ἢ διαθήκη" ἣν διαθήσομαι τῷ οἴκῳ ᾿Ισραὴλ 
this [is] the covenant which I will covenant with the house of Israel 
τὰς. ἡμέρας. ἐκείνας, λέγει 
those days, says 


’ A 
επι 
as regards 


κύοιος, καὶ 


μετὰ 
after 
κύριος, διδοὺς νόμους. µου εἰς 
{the] Lord, giving my laws into 
τὴν. διάνοιαν αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπὶ ἱκαρδίας" αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς" 
their mind, alsoupon “hearts ‘their I willinscribe them; 
καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτοῖς εἰς θεόν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μοι εἰς λαόν. 
and ΤΙ willbe tothem for God, and they shall be to me for people. 
11 καὶ οὐ.μὴ διδάξωσιν ἕκαστος τὸν ™rAnoiov' αὐτοῦ, καὶ 
And ποῦ atallshall they teach each 2neighbour this, and 
ἕκαστος τὸν. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, λέγων, Γνῶθι τὸν κύριον’ ὅτι 
each his brother, saying, Know the Lord; because 
, , 4 ~ ~ / 

πάντες εἰδήσουσίν µε, ἀπὸ ικρῦ "αὐτῶν" ἕως 

811 shall know me, from (the] little [one] of them to [the] 

μεγάλου αὐτῶν 12 ὅτι ἵλεως ἔσομαι ταῖς. ἀδικίαις. αὐτῶν, 
great [one] of them. Because merciful I will be to their unrighteousnesses, 
καὶ τῶν .ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν “καὶ τῶν.ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν! οὐ.μὴ 
and their sins and their lawlessnesses in no wise 
μνησθῶ ἔτι. 19 Ἐν τῷ λέγειν καινήν, πεπαλαίωκεν 
willl remember more.. In the saying New, he has made old 
τὴν πρώτην τὸ δὲ παλαιούμενον καὶ γηράσκον ἐγγὺς 
the first; but that which grows old and aged near 
ἀφανισμοῦ. 
disappearing. : 

9 PEiyev" μὲν οὖν “καὶ ἡ πρώτη σκηνὴ" δικαιώματα 
*Had 7indeed Stherefore δα]5ο ‘the “first “tabernacle ordinances 
΄ ΄ ’ , \ ‘ 

λατρείας, τότε ἅγιον κοσµικόν. 2 σκηνη.γαρ κατε- 
of service, and the sanctuary, a worldly [onc]. For a tabernacle was 
, , τ e , ο « ’ 
σκευάσθη ἡ πρώτη, ἐν _ ντε λυχνία καὶ ἡ τρά- 
prepared, the first, in which [were] both the lampstand and the ta- 
, ~ ” e / ς , ‘ 

πεζα καὶ ἡ πρόθεσις τῶν ἄρτων, ἥτις λέγεται "ἁγία." 3 μετὰ 


[15] 


ble and the presentation of the loaves, which iscalled holy; “after 
δὲ τὸ δεύτερον καταπέτασμα σκηνὴ ἡ λεγομένη "ἅγια" 
αραῦ the second veil a tabernacle which [is] called holy 


ἁγίων, 4 χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα θυμιατήριον, καὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν τῆς 
of hoiies, - 4a 3golden “having censer, and the ark of the 
, ’ ’ ΄ ? <i 
διαθήκης περικεκαλυμμένην πάντοθεν χρυσίῳ, ἐν 
covenant, having been covered round “1 *every *part ‘with “gold, in which 
~~ ὃν ‘ ‘ c Led ? ‘ 
στάμνος χρυσῆ ἔχουσα τὸ μάννα, καὶ ἡ ῥαβδος ᾿Ααρὼν 
[πας the] “pot golden having the manna, and the rod of Aaron 


571 
them, he saith, Be- 
hold, the days come, 
saith the Lord, when I 
will make a new cove- 
nant with the house of 
Israel and with the 
house of Judah:9 not 
according to the cove- 
nant that Imade with 
their fathers in the 
day when I took them 
by the hand to lead 
them out of the land of 
Egypt; because they 
continued not in my 
covenant, and [ re- 
garded them not, saith 
the Lord. 10 For this 
is the covenant that I 
will make with the 
house of Israel after 
those days, saith the 
Lord; I will put my 
laws into their mind, 
and write them in 
their hearts: and I 
will be tothem a God, 
and they shall be to me 
a people: 11 and they 
shall not teach every 
man his neighbour, 
and every man _ his 
brother, saying, Know 
the Lord: for allshall 
know me, from the 
least to the greatest. 
12 For I will be merci- 
ful to their unright- 
eousness, and their 
sins and their iniqui- 
ties will I remember 
no more. 13 In that he 
saith, A new covenant, 
he hath made the first 
old. Now that which 
decayeth and waxeth 


‘old 7s ready to vanish 


away. 


IX. Then verily the 
first covenant had also 
ordinances of divine 
service, and a worldly 
sanctuary. 2 For there 
was a tabernacle made; 
the first, wherein was 
the candlestick, and 
the table, and the 
shewbread ; which is 
called the sanctuary. 
3 And after the second 
veil, the tabernacle 
which is called the Ho- 
liest of all; 4 which 
had the golden censer, 
and the ark of the cove- 
nant overlaid round a- 
bout with gold, where- 
in was the golden pot 
that had manna, and 





i — μου my E. k + [μου] (read my covenant) L. 
(read his [fellow] citizen) GLTTraw. 2 — αὐτῶν LTTrA.’ 
TTrA. P Εἶχε 1. 4 [καὶ] Tr. ¥ — σκηνὴ GLTTrAW. 


1 καρδίαν heart T. 
ο — καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν 
5 ἅγια holy place EGTTraw ; 


™ πολίτην 


ἅγια ἁγίων holy of holiest, τὰ ἅγια τῶν (read the holy of holies) tr, 


572 


Aaron’s rod that bud- 
ded, and the tabies of 
the covenant; 5 and 
over it the cherubims 
of glory shadowing the 
merecyseat ; of which 
we cannot now speak 
particularly. 

6 Now when these 
things were thus or- 
iained, the _ priests 
went always into the 
first tabernacle, ac- 
complishing the ser- 
vice of God. 7 But 
into the second went 
the high priest alone 
once every year, not 
without blood, which 
he offered for himself, 
and for the errors of 
the people: 8 the 
Holy Ghost this signi- 
fying, that the way in- 
to the holiest of all 
Was not yet made 
manifest, while as the 
first tabernacle was 
yet standing : 9 which 
was a figure for the 
time then present, in 
Which were otfered 
both gifts and sacsi- 
fices, that could not 
make hiin that did the 
service perfect, as per- 
taining to the con- 


science ; 10 which stood 
ouly in meats and 
drinks, and _ divers 


washings, and carnal 
ordinances, imposed on 
them until the time of 
reformation. 11 But 
Christ being come an 
high priest of good 
things to come, by a 
greater and more per- 
fect Tabernacle, not 
miade with hands, that 
is to say, not of this 
building ; 12 neither 
by the blood of goats 
and calves, but by his 
own blood he entered 
in once into the holy 
place, having obtained 
eternal redemption 70)" 
us. 13 For if the blood 
of bulls and of goats, 
and the ashes of 
an heifer sprinkling 
the unclean, sancti- 
fieth to the ‘purifying 
of the flesh: 14 how 
much more shall the 
blood of Christ, who 
through the eternal 
Spirit offered himself 
without spot to God, 
‘purge your conscience 
from dead works to 
serve the living God ? 
15 And for this cause 
he is the mediator of 


-not 


2living ! 


1X. 


ε κ᾿ τὰ “An 
ὑπεραγω.οὲ 


προ ΒΑ ΘΟ 2. 


ἡ βλαστήσασα, καὶ αἱ πλάκες τῆς διαθήκης" 5 


that sprouted, and the tablets cf the covenant ; and abeve 
αὐτῆς ἴχερουβὶμὶ δόξης κατασκιάζοντα τὸ ἱλαστήριον" 
it [the] cherubim of glory evershadowing the mercy seat ; 
᾿ ” > » - , μις , 
«περι WY ουκ.εστιν νυν λέγειν κατά.µερος. 
concerning which it is not now [the time] to speak in detail 


΄ ‘ ad , 2 \ ‘ ΄ 
6 Τούτων. δὲ οὕτως κατεσκευασμένων, εἰς μὲν THY πρώτην 
Now these things thus having been prepared, into the first 
‘ α ‘ ’ ο] ~ [ή 3 ~ 
σκηνὴν διαπαντὸς" εἰσίασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς τὰς λατρείας ἐπιτελουν- 
tabernacle at all times enter the priests, the services accomplish- 


‘ , “ μα 9 ~ ΄ « > 
rec’ 7 εἰς δὲ τὴν δευτέραν ἅπαξ τοῦ.ἐνιαυτοῦ μόνος ὁ ἀρχιε- 


ing; butinto ἴπθ second once in the year alone the high 

’ Α ev " [ή ε ‘ € ~ 9 
ρεύς, οὐ χωρὶς αιµατος, ὁ προσφξοει υπέρ ἑαυτοῦ και 
priest, not apart from blood, which he offers for himseif and 


τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοημάτων' 8 τοῦτο δηλοῦντος τοῦ πνεύ- 
the “οξ *the δροεοΡ]ο ‘sins “of “ignorance: Uthis ‘signifying ‘the “Spirit 
~ « ‘ ΄ ν / Δ ~ ε ΄ 
ματος τοῦ ἁγίου, μήπω πεφανερῶσθαι τὴν τῶν ἁγίων 
*the 19ῇο]γ, [that] not yet has been made manifest the “of *the *holies 
ὁδὸν ἔτι τῆς πρώτης σκηνῆς ἐχούσης στάσιν. 9 ἥτις 
lway, 35.111 5086 ®first 7tabernacle “having a standing; which [is] 
παραβολὴ εἰς TOY καιρὸν τὸν ἐνεστηκότα, καθ τὸν" δῶρά.τε 
ὦ simile for the “time present, in’ which both gifts 
καὶ θυσίαι προσφέρονται, μὴ δυνάμεναι κατὰ συνείδησιν τε- 


and sacrifices are offered, ποῦ being able as to conscience to 
λειῶσαι τὸν λατρεύοντα, 10 µόνον ἐπὶ βοώμασιν καὶ 
perfect him who serves, {consisting} _ only in nicats and 
πόµασιν καὶ διαφόροις βαπτισμοῖς, "καὶ" ἡδικαιώμασιν" σαρκός, 
drinks and_ divers washings, and ordinances of flesh, 
, ~ ’ ’ μι ‘ \ 
EY pL καιροῦ διορθώσεως ἐπικείμενα. 11 Χριστὸς.δὲ 
2until [the] *time ‘of ®setting things fright ‘imposed. But Christ 


παραγενόμενος ἀρχιερεὺς τῶν μελλόντων" ἀγαθῶν, διὰ τῆς 
being come high priest of the coming good things, by the 
μείζονος καὶ τελειοτέρας σκηνῆς; οὐ χειροποιήτου, "τουτέστιν 
greater and ΊΠοτε perfect tabernacle, not made by hand, (that is, 
ov ταύτης τῆς κτίσεως, 12 οὐδὲ δι αἵματος τράγων Kai 
of this creation,) nor by blood of goats” and 
μόσχων, διὰ.δὲ τοῦ.ἰδίου.αἵματος εἰσῆλθεν ΛῬἐφάπαξὶ εἰς 
calves, but by his own blood, entered once for all into 
τὰ ἅγια, αἰωνίαν λύτρωσιν “εὑράμενος." 19 εἰ. γὰρ τὸ αἷμα 
the holies, eternal redemption having found. For it the blood 
ἀταύρων καὶ τράγων', καὶ σποδὸς δαμάλεως ῥαντιζουσα τοὺς 
of bulls and οἵ goats, and _ ashes of a heifer sprinkling the 
κεκοινωµένους, ἁγιάζει πρὸς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρότητα, 
defiled, sanctifies for the *of*the “flesh purity, 
14 πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ αἷμα τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὃς διὰ πνεύματος 
how much rather the blood οὗ the Christ who through(the] *Spirit 
αἰωνίου ἑαυτὸν προσήνεγκεν ἄμωμον τῷ θεῷ, καθαριεῖ τὴν 
teternal  "ἨίπηςθιΕ 3οβετοὰ spotless to God, shall purify 
συνείδησιν ὑμῶν" ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων, εἰς τὸ λατρεύειν θεῷ 
*conscience your from dead works for to serve *God ['the] 
ζῶντι; 15 Kai διὰ.τοῦτο διαθήκης καινῆς μεσίτης ἐστίν, 
And for this reason of ἃ "covenant ‘new mediator *he “18, 





t χερουβεὶν LTTr; χερουβὶν A. 


{simile]) LrTraw. 
8 τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν GT. 
ἡμῶν our Law. 


7 διὰ παντὸς LTrA. π ἣν (read according to which 

x — καὶ GLT[Tr]aw. Y δικαιώµατα LTTrAW. 2 γενομένων L. 
Ὁ ἐφ᾽ ἅπαξ Tr. © εὑρόμενος E. 4 τράγων καὶ ταύρων Ι.ΤΤΙΑΝ, 
{ + Kai ἀληθινῷ and true L, re 


IX. HEBREWS. 


’ β [ή > ~ ~ 
ὅπως θανάτου γενομένου, εἰς ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν ἐπὶ τ 
so That, death having taken place for réedeinption οἱ the ποτ *the 
πρώτῳ διαθήκῃ παραβάσεων, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν λάβωσιν 
*first Scovenant transgressions, the promise 1°mient receive 
οἱ κεκλημένοι τῆς αἰωνίου κληρονομίας. 16 ὕπου γὰρ 


®*hey “who ΊΠατο ®been “called 'of*the “eternal *imheritance. (For where 


διαθήκη. θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ 
(there is] ἃ testament, [*for the] Sdeath [it “is] “necessary 1960 11σοπιθ !“in 7of *the 
9 , ΄ 4 ? Ν ~ , > Δ 
διαθεμένου" 17 διαθήκη.γὰρ ἐπὶ νεκροῖς βεβαία, ἐπεὶ 
®testator. For a testament in the case of [the] dead [is] affirmed, since 

’ ~ , e > 
μήποτε ἰσχύει ὅτε ζῇ ὁ διαθέμενος.ξ 18 ὅθεν odd’! 
in no way it is of ferce when “is*living ‘the testator.) Whence neither 

ἡ πρώτη χωρὶς αἵματος Ἰἐγκεκαίνισται.' 19 λαληθείσης 
the first apartfrom blood has been inaugurated. *Having ‘been ®spoken 
γὰρ πάσης ἐντολῆς κατὰ Ἐ νόμον ὑπὸ Μωῦσέως παντὶ 
for "Ἔεπετγ *commandment according to law by Moses to all 
τῷ λαῷ, λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα τῶν μόσχων καὶ Ἱτράγων, μετὰ 
the pvopie, having taken the blood of calves and οἱ goats, with 
ὕδατος καὶ ἐρίου κοκκίνου και υσσώπου, αὐτό.τε τὸ βιβλίον 


] 


water and “wool *searlet and hyssop, both *itself'the *book 
‘ , x ‘ τὰ Ἔν i / πι “ ‘ 
καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν πέῤράντισεν," 3209 λέγων, Τοῦτο τὸ 
and all the people he sprinkled, saying, This [is] the 


αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης ἧς ἐνετείλατο πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὁθεός. 21 καὶ 
blood of the covenant which “enjoined 5το "τοι ἰᾷοα. And 
τὴν σκηνὴν δὲ καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη τῆς λειτουργίας τῷ 


the tabernacle too and all the vessels of the ministration with 
e ΄ 5 ᾿ / 
αἵματι ὁμοίως "ἐῤῥάντισενἸ 22 καὶ σχεδὸν ἐν αἵματι 

‘ plood inlike manner he sprinkled ; and almost “with “*biood 


πάντα καθαρίζεται 


κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ χωρὶς αἵματ- 
1411 "τ]ήησς5 are purified 


according to the law, and apartfrom blood- 


εκχυσιας οὐ-γίνεται ἄφεσις. 23 ᾿Ανάγκη οὖν τὰ μὲν 
shedding there is no remission. [It was] necessary then [for] the 
ὑποδέιγματ τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς τούτοις καθαρίζεσθαι, 


representations of tke thingsin the heavens with these 


αὐτὰ δὲ τὰ ἐπουράνια κρείττοσιν θυσιαις παρὰ ταύτας. 

but “themselves ‘the “heavenlies with better sacrifices than these. 
24 οὐ.γὰρ εἰς χειροποίητα Maya εἰσῆλθεν" °d' χριστός, ἀντί- 
For not into *made *by *hands ‘holies entered the Christ, fi- 
τυπα τῶν ἀληθινῶν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν οὐρανόμ, νῦν ἐμφα- 
gures of the true [ones], but into “itself heaven, now to 

~ ~ , ~ ~ η a ν = ες 

νισβῆναι τῷ.προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. 395 οὐδ᾽ ἵνα 
appear before the face of God for us: ΠΟΙ͂ that 
πολλάκις προσφέρῃ ἑαυτόν, ὥσπερ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰσέρχεται εἰς 
often he should offer himself, evenasthe highpriest enters into 

ο κα >» Δ 2 δα > x ἈΝ ο ο 3 ” 
Ta ἅγια κατ ἐνιαυτὸν ἐν αἱματι ἀλλοτρίῳ' 26 ἐπεὶ é- 
the holies year by year with “blood ‘another's; since it was neces- 

δει αὐτὸν πολλάκις παθεῖν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου" 
sary for him often tohavesufferdd from [the] foundation of[the] world. 
Ῥνὺν «δὲ ἅπαξ ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ τῶν αἰώνων, εἰς ἀθέτη- 
Butnow once {π [the] consummation of the ages, for ({the] putting 
σινὰ ἁμαρτίας, διὰ τῆς.θυσίας αὐτοῦ πεφανέρωται. 27 καὶ 
away of sin by his sacrifice he has been manifested. And 
καθ ύσον ἀπόκειται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἅπαξ ἀποθανεῖν, μετὰ 
for as muchas it is apportioned to men once to die, “after 


to be purified, 


578 


the new testament, 
that by means of death, 
for the redemption of 
the transgressions that 
were under the first 
testament, they which 
are called might re- 
ceive the promise of 
eternal inheritance. 
16 For where a testa- 
ment is, there must al- 
so of necessity be the 
death of the testator. 
17 For a testament 18 
of force after men are 
dead otherwise it is 
of πο strength at 
all while the testator 
liveth. 18 Whereupon 
neither the first testa- 
ment was dedicated 
without blood. 19 For 
when Moses had spok-. 
en every precept to 
all the people ac- 
cording to the law, 
he took the blood of 
calves and of goats, 
with water, and 5οατ- 


_let wool, and hyssop, 


and sprinkled both the 
book, and all the peo- 
ple, 20 saying, This is © 
the blood of the tes- 
tament which God 
hath enjoined unto 
you. 21 Moreover he 
sprinkled with blood 
both the tabernacle, 
and all the vessels of 
the ministry. 22 And 
almost all things are 
by the law purged with 
blood ; and without 
shedding of blood isno 
remission. 23 Jt was 
therefore necessary 
that the patterns of 
things in the heavens 
should be purified with 
these; but the hea- 
venly things them- 
selves with better sac- 
rifices than _ these. 
24 For Christ is not 
entered into the holy 
places made with 
hands, which are the 
figures of the true; 
but into heaven itself, 
now to appear in the 
presence of God for 
us: 25nor yet that he 
should offer himself 
often, as the high 
priest entereth into 
the holy place every 
year with blood of 
others; 26°for then 
must he often have 
suffered since the foun- 
dation of the world: 
but now once in the 
end of the world hath 
he appeared to put a- 
way sin by the sacri- 
fice of himself. 27 And 
as it is appointed unto 





Ὁ οὐδὲ LTrAW. i ἐν- Τ. 


& Read the sentence as a question L. AW. 1 
Ὁ εἰσῆλθεν ἅγια ΤΊτΑ. 


1 4 τῶν LTTrAW. Ὁ ἐράντισεν LITrA. 
Ῥ νυνὶ LTTrA, 4 + τῆς LTTr. 


k + τὸν the LTraw, 
9 — ὃ LTTraw. 


574. 


ν 
men once to die, but 
after this the judg- 
ment: 28 so Christ 
Was once offered to 
bear the sins of many; 
and unto them that 
look for him shall he 
appear the second time 
without sin unto sal- 
vation, 


X. For the law hay- 
ing a shadow of good 
things to come, and 
not the very image of 
the things, can never 
with those sacrifices 
which they offered year 
by year continually 
make the comers there- 
unto perfect. 2 For 
then would they not 
have ceased to be of- 
fered? because that 
the worshippers once 
purged should have 
had no morecouscience 
of sins. 3 But inthuse 
Saerijices there is a 
remembrance again 
made of sins cvery 
year. 4 For it is not 
possible that the blood 
of buils and of goats 
should take away sins, 
5 Wherefore when he 
cometh intothe world, 
he saith, Sacrifice and 
offering thou wouldest 
not, but a body hast 
thou prepared me: 6 in 
burnt offerings and 
Sacrifices tor sin thou 
hast had no pleasure. 
7 Then ‘said 1, Lo, I 
come (in the volume 
of the book it is writ- 
ten of me,) to do thy 
will, O God. 8 Above 
when he said, Sacrifice 
_ and offering and burnt 
offerings and offering 
for sin thou wouldest 
not, neither hadst plea- 
sure therein; which 
are offered by the law; 
9 then said he, Lo, I 
eome to do thy will, 
OGod. He taketh a- 
way the first, that he 
may establish the se- 
cond, 10 By the which 
will we are sanctified 
through the offering of 
the body, of Jesus 
Christ once for ail. 
11 And-every priest 
standeth daily mini- 
stering and offering 
oftentimes the same 
sacrifices, which can 
ΠΟΥ. take away sins: 


T+ καὶ 4150 GLTTrAW. 
the sentence not as a question) Ε. 
* προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν W. 

5 προσφορὰς Offerings LTTrAW. 
€ — οἱ EGLTTrAW, 


GLTTrawW. 
high priest La, ~ 


ΠΡΟΣ EBPAIOYS. ie 


δὲ τοῦτο κρίσις 28 οὕτως} ὁ χριστὸς ἅπαξ προσενεχθεὶς 
1απᾷ this, judgment ; thus the Christ, once having been offered 


? ‘ » ~ ΄ ῃ 4 
εἰς τὸ πολλῶν ἀνενεγκεῖν ἁμαρτίας, ἐκ.δευτέρου χωρὶς 


for Sof many 1to*bear [Sthe] 4sins, asecond time *apart “from 
{ ’ ’ ~ ‘ [ή 
ἁμαρτίας ὀφθήσεται τοῖς αὐτὸν ἀπεκδεχομένοις εἰς 
in Ishall “appear °*to *those *that “him Sawait for 
σωτηοίαν. 
salvation. 


10 Σκιὰν.γὰρ ἔχων ὁ νόμος τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν, οὐκ 

For *a 5 shadow “having *the 7law of the coming govod things, not 

> , ~ / ᾽ ‘ ~ - 

αὐτὴν τὴν εἰκόνα τῶν πραγμάτων, κατ’ ἐνιαυτὸν ταῖς. αὐταῖς 

‘itself “the “image of the things, year by year with the same 

θυσίαις Sac" προσφέρουσιν εἰς.τὸ. διηνεκὲς οὐδέποτε ‘dvvarat! 
sacrifices which they offer in perpetuity never is able 

τοὺς προσερχομένους τελειῶσαι. 3 ἐπεὶ Τοὺκ'.ἂν.ἐπαύσαντο 

Ξ.Ποβϑ *who Sxpproach 1to *pertect. Since would they not have ceased 

προσφερόµεναι, διὰ τὸ µηδεµίαν ἔχειν “ἔτι συνείδησιν 

to be offered, on account of ™mo*any ‘having longer ?°conscience 

~ t , ᾽ 

ἁμαρτιῶν τοὺς λατρεύοντας, ἅπαξ "κεκαθαρμενους!; 3 ἀλλ 


Mof 13ρ]ης ‘those “who “serve *once Spurged ? But 
~ > , ~ ? 

ἐν αὐταῖς ἀνάμνησις ἁμαρτιῶν κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτόν. 4 ἀδύ- 

in these aremembrance οὗ sins year by year ([thereis]. ‘*Impos- 


αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων ἀφαιρεῖν apap- 


vaTov γὰρ 
of goats to takeaway sins, 


sible [315 315] ‘for [for the] blood of bulls and 
τίας. 5 Διὸ εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον λέγει, Θυσίαν καὶ 
Wherefore coming into the world hesays, Sacrifice and 
προσφορὰν" οὐκ.ἠθέλησας, σῶμα.δὲ κατηρτίσω μοι" Ὁ ὁλο- 
offering thou willedst not, but a body thou didst prepare me. Burnt 
καυτώµατα΄ καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας οὐκ. εὐδόκησας." 
offerings and [sacrifices] for sin thou delightedst not in, 
7 τότε εἶπον, ᾿Ιδοὺ ἥκω. ἐν κεφαλίδι βιβλίού γέγραπται 
Then I said, Lo, Icome, (in [the] roll of [086] book it is written 
περὶ ἐμοῦ, τοῦ ποιῆσαι, ὁ θεός, τὺὸ.θέλημά.σου. 8 ᾿Ανώτερον 
ot me,) to do, O God, thy will. Above 
λέγων, Ὅτι Σθυσίαν' καὶ “προσφορὰν, καὶ ὁλοκαυτώματα 


saying, Sacrifice and ofiering and burnt offerings 

καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας οὐκ.ἠθέλησας, οὐδὲ Ὀεὐδόκησας,! 
and [sacrifices] for sin thou willedst not, nor delightedst in, 
αἵτινες κατὰ ‘rov' νόμον προσφέρονται, 9 τύτε εἴρηκεν, 
(which according to the law are offered) ; then he said,. 
? η « ~ ~ as , Π A r / 2 - ᾿ 
Ιδοὺ ἥκω τοῦ ποιῆσαι, “ὁ θεός." τὸ.θέληµά.σου. ἀναιρεῖ τὸ 
Lo, 1 σοπ1ο, to do, O God, thy will. He takes away the 
πρῶτον, iva τὸ δεύτερον στήσῃ᾽ 10 ἐν ᾧ θελήματι 


first, that the by which 
ἡγιασμένοι ἐσμὲν “οἱ διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος frovl 


second he may establish; wall, 


“sanctified ‘we “are through -the offering of the body 
? ~ ~ 5 ΄ » | a ἦν κ᾿ ἢ“ αν. | π ο 
]ησοῦ χοιστούυ Σἐφάπαξ.' 11 Και πᾶς μὲν Νιεῥεὺς' ἕστηκεν 
of Jesus Christ once for all. And every priest stands 
Kal’ ἡμέραν λειτουργῶν, καὶ τὰς αὐτὰς πολλάκις προσφέρων 
day by day ministering, and the same *ofren Soffering 
θυσίας, αἵτινες οὐδέποτε δύνανται περιελεῖν ἁμαρτιας' 
tsacrifices, which never areable to take away SINS)4 ως 
6 αἷς TA. t δύνανται they are able trr. ¥ -- οὐκ not (read 


ἡ κεκαθερισµένους L; κεκαθαρισµένους TTrAW. 

7 ηὐδόκησας LTTra. 2 θυσίας sacrifices LTT: AW. 
Ὁ ηὐδόκησας LTTr. © — ror ΙΤ ΑΙ. d — ὁ θεός 
f—. τοῦ GLTTrAW. & ed’ ἅπαξ Tr. 4 ἀρχιερεὺς 


-- 


xe 


3 


But he, one 


τὸ διηνεκὲς ἐκάθισεν ἐν 
at [the] right hand 
1 / ev ~ ε 3 A ? ο 
ἐκδεχόμενος ἕως τεθῶσιν οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ 
his enemies 


perpetuity sat do 


awniting until 
ποδῶν αὐτοῦ. 
for *feet ‘this. 


‘for 


wn 


be placed 


For by 


HEBREWS. 


ς i frees, Ἡ { / έ A ε ~ ; ’ ᾽ 
12 Ἰαὐτὸς' δὲ μίαν ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν προσενέγκας θυσίαν, εἰς 
58115 


one oft 


δε 


τς 
δι 


ering 


*having 7offered *sacrifice, in 
τοῦ θεοῦ, 13 τὺλοιπὸν 
of God, henceforth 


he has perfected 


ὑποπόδιον τῶν 
[45] a footstool 


14 μιᾷ.γὰρ προσφορᾷ τετελείωκεν εἰς τὸ διη- 


in perpe- 


νεκὲς τοὺς ἁγιαζομένους. 16 Μαοτυρεῖ.δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα 
And bears witness to us also the 


tuity the sane 


tified. 


i$ ef = ‘ Ἁ ‘ k , Il er 
ΤΟ uylov’ µετα.γαο το “προειρηκεναι, 16 Αὔτη 


the Holy; for aft 


er 


the haying said before, 


This [is] 


Spirit 
ἡ δια- 
the cove- 


θήκη ἣν διαθήσομαι πρὸς αὐτοὺς μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας, 


nant 


λέγει κύριο 
says [the] Lord: 
1 


“minds 


1their 
18 ὅπου δὲ 


and 


my laws 


ἄφεσις τούτων, 
But where remission of these [is], no longer [is there] an offering 


which I will covenant towurds them 


into 


after 
their hearts, 


and 


τ νη σθῶ" 


those days, 


ο, διδοὺς νόµους.µου ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ 
giving 


also into 


~ Ὁ ! ~ ‘ ~ ~ 
τῶν διανοιῶν" αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς" 17 καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν 
*their Iwillinscribe them; 

> ~ ΔΝ ~ ~ "ν |) 
αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν οὐ μὴ 
their lawlessnesses 


2sins 


ἔτι. 


in ΠΟ wise will [remember any more. 


5 ἘΣ 
ουκετι 


προσφορὰ περὶ 


for 


ἀδελφοί, παῤῥησίαν εἰς τὴν εἴσοδον 


boldness for 


entrance into 


~ e ’ ? ~ ε/ ? ~ ς ελ oy ΄ ς ον 
τῶν αγιων ἐν τῷ αιµατι Ἰησοῦ, 20 ἣν ἐνεκαίνισεν Ἰμῖν 


ἁμαρτίας. 
sin. 
19 Ἔχοντες οὖν, 
Having therefore, brethren, 
the holies by the blood of Jesus, 


7which ®he “dedicated 


10for tus 


ὁδὸν ποόσφατο»ν καὶ ζῶσαν διὰ τοῦ καταπετάσµατος, “TOUT- 


1a 2way ΘΙ *made °and ‘living through the 


veil, 


that 


ἐστιν' τῆς. σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ, 21 καὶ ἱερέα μέγαν ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον 


15, 
τοῦ θεοῦ, 
of God [having], 


9 


~ 


πληροφορίᾳ πίστεως, δἐῤῥαντισμένοι" 
full assurance of faith, having beensprinkled [as to} the 


ειδήσεως πονηρᾶς 


science twicked, 


his flesh ; 


and a *priest 


αστυαῦ 


over the 


house 


, A » ~ Ὁ’ ? 
2 προσερχώµεθα μετὰ ἀληθινῆς καρδίας ἐν 
we should approach 


) καὶ 


Ῥλελουμένοι) 


with a true 


hearts 


τὸ σῶμα 


heart, 


in 


τὰς καρδίας ἀπὸ συν- 
from a7con- 


ὕδατι 


and having been washed [as to] the body with *water 


καθαρῷ" 23 κατέχωµεν τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος ἀκλινῆ, 


1 pure. 


πιστὸς.γὰρ ὁ 
for [is] faithful he who 


We should hold fast the 
ἐπαγγειλάμενος" 24 καὶ 


promised ; 


confession of the 
κατανοῶμεν ἆλ- 


hope unwavoring, 


and weshould consider one 


λήλους εἰς παροξυσμὸν ἀγάπης Kai καλῶν ἔργων, 2 μὴ 


another for 


ἐγκαταλείποντες 
forsaking 
” ΄ 
ἔθος τισίν, 
custom [is] with some; 


prov 


μᾶλλον vow βλέπετε ἐγγίζουσαν 
drawing near 


{the] more as 


΄ A « , - ~ \ x ~ Ν 2 
σίως yap se A η ἡμῶν μετὰ τὸ.λαθεῖν τὴν ἓ 
51 


ingly ‘for 


oking 
THY 
the 


ἀλλὰ παρακαλοῦντες" 
encouraging 


but 


ye see 


to love 


ἐπισυναγωγὴν 


and to good 


works ; 


ἑαυτῶν, 


not 


καθὼς 


assembling together of ourselves, cven as [the] 


“we 


after 


τὴν ἡμέραν. 26 
the day. 


receiving the 


καὶ τοσούτῳ 
{one another], and Ὦσ 5ο πας 


έκου- 


(* Where] *will- 


πίγνωσιν 
knowledge 


τῆς ἀληθείας, οὐκέτι περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν ἀπολείπεται θυσία" 


of the truth, 


no longer “for 


*sins 


i 


®remains a 


“sacrifice, 


575 


12 but this man, after 
he had offered one sac- 
rifice for sins for ever, 
sat down on the right 
hand-of God; 13 from 
heneeforth expecting 
till his enemies be 
made his footstool. 
14 For by one offcring 
he hath perfected for 
ever them that are 
sanctified. 15 Whereof 
the Holy Ghost also is 
a witness to us: for 
after that he had snid 
before, 16 This 18 the 
covenant that I will 
make with them after 
those days, saith the 
Lord, I will put my 
laws into their hearts, 
and in their minds 
will I write them; 
17 and their sins and 
iniquities will I re- 
member no more. 
18 Now where remis- 
sion of these is, there 
7s DO more Offering for 
sin, 


19 Having therefore, 
brethren, boldness to 
enter into the holiest 
by the blood of Jesus, 
20 by a new and liv- 
ing way, which he 
hath conseerated for 
us, through the veil, 
that is to say, his flesh; 
21 and having au high 
priest over the house 
of God; 22 let us draw 
near with atrue heart 
in full assurance of 
faith, having our 
hearts sprinkled from 
anevil conscience, and 
our bodies washed 
with pure water. 
23 Let us hold fast 
the profession of our 
faith without wav-r- 
ing; (for he {8 faith- 
ful that promised ;) 
24 and let us consider 
one another to pro- 
yoke unto love and to 
good works: 25 not 
forsaking the assem- 
bling of ourselves to- 
gether, as the manner 
of some ws; but ex- 
horting one another: 
aud so much the more, 
as ye see the day ap- 
proaching. 26 For if 
we sin wilfully after 
that we have received 
the knowledge of the 
truth, there remaineth 
no more xacrifice for 
sins, 27 but a certain 
fearful looking tor of 





‘i οὗτος (read But this one LTTraw. 


mind LTTraw. 
P λελουσμένου τ. 


m μνησθήσομαι LTTrA. 


κ εἰρηκέναι having said LTTrAW. 
Ὦ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. 


ο 


1 τὴν διάνοιαν 


ῥεραντισμένοι LTTYA. 


a Punctuate so as to join we should hold fast with what precedes GLTIr, 


576 

judgment and fiery 
indignation, which 
shall devour the ad- 
versaries. 28 He that 
de-pised Moses’ law 
diel without mercy 
under two or three 
witnesses: 29 of how 
much v<orer punish- 
ment, suppose ye, shall 
he be thought worthy, 
who hath trodden un- 
der fuot the Sou of God, 
and hath counted the 
blood of the covenant, 
wh rewith he was 
sanctificd, an unholy 
thing, and hath done 
despite unto the Spirit 
of grace? 30 For we 
know him that hath 
said, Vengeance be- 
longeth unto me, 1 will 
recompense, saith the 
Lord. And again, The 
Lord shall judge his 
people. 31 J¢ is a fear- 
ful thing to fall into 
the handsof the living 
God. 


32 But call to re- 
membrance the former 
days, in which, after 
ye were illuminated, 
ye endured a great 
fight of afflictions; 
33 partly, whilst ye 
were made a gazing- 
stock both by τε- 
proaches and afflic- 
tions; and partly, 
whilst ye became com- 
panions of them that 
were so used. 34 For 
ye had compassion of 
me in my bonds, and 
took joyfully the 
spoiling of your goods, 
Knowing in yourselres 
that ye have in hea- 
ven a better and an 
enduring substance. 
35 Cast not away 
therefore your confi- 
dence, which hath 
freat recompeuce of 
reward, 36 For ye have 
need of patience, that, 
after ye have doue the 
will of God, ye might 
receive the promise, 
37 For yet a little 
while, and he that 
shall come will come, 
and will- not tarry. 
38 Now the just shall 
live by faith: but if 
any man draw back, 
my soul shall have no 
pleasure in him. 39 But 
we are not of them who 
draw back unto per- 
dition; but of them 
that believe to the 
Baving of the soul, 








x. 


κρίσεως, καὶ πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσ- 
but a “fearful ‘certain expectation of judfment, and "οξ ἢτθ “fervour ‘to 
3 , « , ? ; 
θίειν μέλλοντος τοὺς ὑπεναντίους. 328 ἀθετήσας τις 
devour *about the adversaries. *Having “set *aside *any 7one 
ἢ 4 ~ ? ‘ ‘ 
νόμον Μωσέως" χωρὶς οἰκτιρμῶν ἐπὶ δυσὶν 
[16] law of Moses, without Ξοοιηραββίοηβ *on [*the Stestimony 706] *two 
ἢ τρισὶν μάρτυσιν ἀποθνήσκει: 29 πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος 
30. three witnesses ‘dies : how much *think*ye “worse 
, € ~ ~ 
ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας ὁ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ 
55}}811 he 706 counted °worthy *°of *punishment who the Son of God 
, ‘ ~ 9). fiz ε 
καταπατήσας, καὶ τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησά- 


ΡΟ EBPAIOYS 
27 φοβεοὰ.δὲ τις ἐκδοχὴ 


trampled upon, and “the *blood *of “the “covenant _*common ‘esteem- 
μενος ἐνφ ἡγιάσθη, καὶ TO πνεῦμα τῇ” χάριτος 
ed wherewith hewas sanctified, and the Spirit of grace 


΄ » A ‘ > , ? 3 ΄ 
ἐνυβοίσας; 80 οἴδαμεν.γὰρ τὸν εἰπόντα, ᾿Εμοὶ ἐκδίκησις, 


insulted! For we know him who = said, To me *vengeance | 
ἐγὼ ἀνταποξώσω, “λέγει κύριος" Kadi πάλιν, 
[{belongs]; I will reccmpense, says [the] Lord: and again, [The] 
Κύριος κρινεῖ! τὸν λαὸν. αὐτοῦ. 31 Φοβερὸν τὸ ἐμτεσεῖν 
Lord will judge his people. [10 is] a fearful thing tu fall 
εἰς χεῖρας θεοῦ ζῶντος. 


into the] hands of *God [᾿{86] Αντίς. 
93 ᾿᾽Αναμιμνήσκεσθε δὲ τὰς πρότερον ἡμέρας, ἐν αἷς φυτισ- 
But call to remembrance the former days inwhich, having 


θέντες πολλὴν ἄθλησιν ὑπεμείνατε παθημάτων" 89 τοῦτο 
been enlightened,*much ‘conflict ‘ye “endured of sutferings; partly, 


μέν, ὀνειδισμοῖς. τε καὶ θλίψεσιν θεατριζύµενοι' τοῦτο. δέ, 
both in reproaches and tribulations being made a spectacle; and partly, 
κοινωνοὶ τῶν οὕτως ἀναστρεφομένων γενηθέντες" 
Sparmers “Οὗ *those ‘thus 7passing Sthrough ([°them] *having *become, 
94 καὶ. γὰρ τοῖς. Ἱδεσμοῖς-μου' συνεπαβήσατε, καὶ THY ἁρπαγὴν 
For both with my bonds ye sympathized, and the plunder 
τῶν ὑπαρχόντων.ὑμῶν μετὰ χαρᾶς προσεδέξασθε, γινώσκοντες 


of your possessions with joy ye received, knowing 
ἔ Ww ? 1x ς ~ " ε/ Zz y ? > ~ il α 
χει’ εν EAUTOLC κρειττονα υπαρσιν. εν ουραγνοις και 
to have in yourselves a better “possession “ἴῃ [5086] Sheavens ‘and 
μένουσαν. 85 μὴ.ἀποβάλητε οὖν τὴν.παῤῥησίαν. ὑμῶν, 
?abiding. Cast not away therefore your boldness 


ἥτις ἔχει μισθαποδοσίαν μεγάλην." 36 υπομονῆς γὰρ ἔχετε 
which has “recompense αστοαῦ. For of endurance ye have 
χρείαν, ἵνα τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ ποιήσαντες κοµίσησθε τὴν 
need, thatthe will of God having done yemayreceive the 
ἐπαγγελίαν. 37 ἔτι γὰρ "μικρὸν.ὕσον ὕσον, ὁ ἐρχόμενος 
promise. For yet avery little while, he,who comes 
ἥξει, καὶ οὐ. χρονιεῖ.ὶ 38 ὁ δὲ Ὀδίκαιοσϊ ἐκ πίστεως ζήσε- 
willcome, and will not delay. But the just by faith shall 
ται’ καὶ ἐὰν ὑποστείληται, οὐκ εὐδοκεῖ ἡ Ψυχή.μου ἐν αὐτῷ. 





live; and if he draw back, “delights *not *my. 7soul in him. 
39 ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐκ. ἐσμὲν ὑποστολῆς εἰς ἀπώλειαν, ἀλλὰ 

But we are not of [those] drawing back to destruction, but 

πίστεως εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς. 
of faith to saving {the soul, 

τ Μωύσέως GLTTrAW. ® — λέγει κύριος TTr. t κρινεῖ κύριος LTTrAW. 7 δεσ- 
µίοις (ead with prisoners) GLTTraw. 5 — ἐν GLTIraw. χα ἑαυτοὺς κρείσσονα 
LTT: ; ἑαυτοῖς (for yourselves) κρείσσονα Α. Υ — ἐν οὐρανοῖς LTTraw. : μεγάλην 


μιαθαποδοσίαν Ι.ΤΤτΑΥΓ. 


3 χρονίσει TTr. Ὁ δίκαιός µου (read my just [one]) LTTra. 


ΧΙ. HEBREW 5. 


11 Ἔστιν δὲ πίστις ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμά- 
Now 215 faith of [things] hoped for [the] assurance, of things 
των ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων. 2 ἐν.ταύτῃ.γὰρ ἐἔμαρτυ- 
[the] *conviction ‘not ?seen. For by this *were *borne 
ρήθησαν οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. 8 Πίστει νοοῦμεν κατηρτίσθαι 
witness ὅῖο ‘the “elders. By faith we apprehend to have been framed 
τοὺς αἰῶνας ῥήματι θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐκ φαινομένων 
the worlds by([the] word of God, so that "ποὺ 7from [Sthings]) *appearing 
“τὰ λεπό Ἰ γεγονέναι. 4 Πί λείου θυσί 
τα εποµενα Ύξεγονεναι. ίστει TAELOVEA υσιαν 
‘the *things sseen *have “being. By faith 7a “more *excellent *sacrifice 
’ 4 fee , ΄ ~ ~ ? τ ? 
Αβελ παρὰ Κάῑν προσήνεγκεν τῷ θεῷ, Ov ἧς έμαρτυ- 
1ΑΏθἱ than Cain offered to God, by which he was borne wit- 
ρήθη εἶναι δίκαιος, μαρτυροῦντος ἐπὶ τοῖς δώροις.αὐτοῦ “τοῦ 
ness to as being righteous, “bearing “witness *to Shis ®gifts 
θεοῦ" καὶ δι αὐτῆς ἀποθανὼν ἔτι «λαλεῖται.! 5 Πίστει Ἐνὼχ 
1ᾳοᾶ, andthrough it, having died, yet speaks. By faith Ἐποςη 
μετετέθη τοῦ μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον, καὶ obyfeioioxero," διότι 
was translated not tosee death, and was not found, because 
μετέθηκεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεύς" πρὺ.γὰρ τῆς. μεταθέσεως ξαὐτοῦ! µε- 
“translated Shim God; for before his translation he has 
µαρτύρηται θεὐηρεστηκέναι! τῷ θεῷ. 6 χωρὶς δὲ πίστεως 
been borne witness to to have well pleased God. But apart from faith 
ἀδύνατον εὐαρεστῆσαι πιστεῦσαι γὰρ δεῖ τὸν 
{it is] impossible to well please [him]. For *to "ρε]ετο ‘it *behoves *him *who 
mpocepyouevoy'ry' θεῷ. ὅτι ἐστίν, καὶ τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν 
Sapproaches ®to’God, that heis, and({that]forthose who seek 7out 
αὐτὸν µισθαποδότης γίνεται. 7 Πίστει χρηµατισ- 
*him a rewarder he becomes. By faith "having *been *divinely 51π- 
θες Νῶε περὶ τῶν μηδέπω βλεπομένων, εὐλαβη- 
structed ‘Noah concerning thethings not yet seen, having been moved 
θεὶς κατεσκεύασεν κιβωτὸν εἰς σωτηρίαν τοῦ οἴκου 
with fear, prepared anark for [the] salvation of *house 


αὐτοῦ: Ov ἧς κατέκρινεν TOY κόσμον, καὶ τῆς κατὰ πίστιν 


"his; by whichhecondemned the world, and ofthe “according *to *faith 
δικαιοσύνης ἐγένετο κληρονόμος. 8 Πίστει * καλούμενος ᾿Α- 
trighteousness became heir. By faith being called A- 


: ε ΄ 29 λθ ~ ο | ee | , εν τι λλ ll 
βραὰμ ὑπήκουσεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς Ἱτὺνὶ τόπον ὃν "ἤμελλεν 
braham obeyed togoout into the place which he was about 
λαμβάνειν εἰς κληρονομίαν, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν, μὴ ἐπιστάμενος ποῦ 


to receive for aninheritance, and went out, not knowing where 
ἔρχεται. 9 Πίστει παρῴκησεν εἰς "τὴν" γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, 
he is going. By faith hesojourned in the land of the promise, 


ώς ἀλλοτρίαν, ἐν σκηναῖς κατοικήσας μετὰ ᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ 
as (in) astrange [country], in tents having dwelt with Isaac and 
᾿Ιακὼβ τῶν οσυγκληρονόμων" τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τῆς αὐτῆς" 
Jacob, the joint-heirs of the *proniise 1same ; 
10 ἐξεδέχετο.γὰρ τὴν τοὺς θεμελίους ἔχουσαν πόλιν, ἧς 
for he was waiting for the foundations “having ‘city, of which [the] 
τεχνίτης καὶ δημιουργὸς ὃὁθεός. 11 Πίστει καὶ αὐτὴ Σάῤῥα 
artificer and constructor [is] God. By faith also “herself ‘Sarah 
δύναμιν εἰς καταβολὴν σπέρματος ἔλαβεν, καὶ παρὰ καιρὸν 
- power for[the] conception of seed received, and beyond age 


577 

XI. Now faithis the 
sub-tince of things 
hoped for, the evi- 
dence of things not 
seen. 2 For by it the - 
elders obtained a good 
report. 3 Through 
faith we understand 
that the worlds were 
framed by the word of 
God, so that things 
which are seen were 
not made of things 
which do appear, 4 By 
faith Abel offered un- 
to Goda more cxcel- 
lent sacrifice than 
Cain, by which he ob- 
tained witness that he 
was righteous, God 
testifying of his gifts: 
and by it he being dead 
yet speaketh. 5 By 
faith Enoch was trans- 
lated that he should 
not see death; and 
was not found, be- 
cause God had trans- 
lated him : for before 
his translation he had 
this testimony, that 
he pleased God. 6 But 
without faith it 7s im- 
possible to please him: 
for he that cometh to 
God must believe that 
he is, and that heisa 
rewarder of them that 
diligently seek him. 
7 By faith Noah, be- 
ing warned of God of 
things not seen as yet, 
moved with fear, pre- 
pared an ark to tbe 
saving of his houses 
by the which he con- 
demned the world, and 
became heir of the 
righteousness which is 
by faith. 8 By faith 
Abraham,wheun he was 
called to go outintoa 
place which he should 
after receive for an in- 
heritance, obcyed; and 
he went out, not know- 
ing whither he went. 
9 By faith he sojourn- 
ed in the land of pro- 
mise, as im a strange 
country, dwelling in 
tabernacles with Isaac 
and Jacob, the heirs 
with him of the same 
promise: 10 for he 
looked for a_ city 
which hath founda- 
tions, whose builder 
aud maker is God. 
11 Through faith also 
Sara herself received 
strength to conccive 
seed,and was delivered 
of a child when she 





9 τὸ βλεπόμενον that seen (read yey. *has *being) LTTra. 
ness by his gifts to God) utr. © AaAec GLTTraw. 
the translation) Lrtra. ἃ εὐαρεστηκέναι LA, 

1 ---τὸν (read a place) LTTraA. Ὦ ἔμελλεν LA. 


i -. τώ τ[ττ]. 


Γηύρισκετο LTTrAW. 
i κ + ὃ the [one] L{tr]. 
a — τὴν (read [the]) Lrtra. 


ἆ τῷ θεῷ (read bearing wit- 


ξ — αὐτοῦ (read 


° συν- T. 
BP 


578 


WAS past age, because 
bhe jaxiged him faith- 
ful who had promised. 
12 Therefore sprang 
there even of one, and 
him as good as dead, 
so many as the stars 
of the sky in multi- 
tude. and as the sand 
which is by the sea 
shore innumerable, 


13 These all died in 
faith, not having re- 
ceived the promises, 
but having seen them 
afar off, and were per- 
suaded of them, and 
embraced them, and 
confessed that they 
were strangers and 
pilgrims on the earth. 
14 For they that say 
such things declare 
plainly that they seek 
@ country. 15 And 
truly, if they had been 
mindful of that coun- 
try from whence they 
came out, they might 
have had opportunity 
to have returned. 
16 But now they desire 
a better country, that 
is, an heavenly: where- 
fore God is not a- 
shamed to be calied 
their God: for he hath 
prepared for them a 
city. 


17 By faith Abra- 
bam, when he was 
tried, offered up Isaac: 
and he that had re- 
ceived the promises of- 
fered up his only be- 
gotten son, 18 of whom 
it was said, That in 
Isnac shall thy seed 
be called : 19 account- 
ing that God was 
able to raise him up, 
even from the dead ; 
from whence also he 
received him in a 
figure. 20 By faith 
Isanc blessed Jacob 
and Esau concerning 
things to come. 21 By 
faith Jncob, when he 
was a dying, blessed 
both the sons of Jo- 
seph ; and worshipped, 
leaning upon the top 
of his staff. 22 By 
faith Jo=eph. when he 
died, made mention of 
the departing of the 
children of Israel ;and 
gave commandment 
concerniug his bones. 

23 By faith Moses, 
when he was born, was 


προς EBPAITIOY &. ἜΣ, 


, 3 ‘ ε , ‘ 4 ’ 
ἡλικίας Ῥέτεκεν,! ἐπεὶ πιστὸν ἡγήσατο τὸν ἐπαγγειλάμενον. 
Iseasonable gave birth; since faithful she cstccmed him who promised, 

12 διὸ καὶ ad’ ἑνὸς “ἐγεννήθησαν," καὶ ταῦτα νενεκρω- 
Wherefore also from one were born, and that too of [one] having 
A ” ~ ᾽ ~ ~ / 9 A 
μένου, καθὼς τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ πλήθει, Kai τὡσεὶ! 
become dead, evenas the stars ofthe heaven in multitude, and ps 
ἄμμος παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ ἀναρίθμητος. 
Ssand *which [515] °by “the ἔββοσγα °of '°the sea the countless. 
13 Κατὰ πίστιν ἀπέθανον οὗτοι πάντες, μὴ "λαβόντες" τὰς 
ΤᾺ faith ?died 2these tall, not having received the 
? η > ο roe θ ᾽ . 6 , t ‘ P θε 
ἐπαγγελίας, ἀλλὰ πόρρωθεν αὐτὰς LOOYTEC, “καὶ πεισθεν- 
promises, but from afar them having seen, and having been per- 
τες,! καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι, καὶ ὁμολογήσαντες ὅτι ἕένοι καὶ 
suaded, and having embraced [them],and having-confessed that strangers and 
η , ? ᾽ η ~ ~ 4 - ; 
παρεπίδηµοί εἰσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 14 ot-yap τοιαῦτα λε- 
sojourners they are on the earth. For they who such things 
γοντες, ἐμφανίζουσιν ὅτι πατρίδα ἐπιζητοῦσιν. 15 καὶ εἰ 
say, m#ke manifest that [their] own country they are seeking. And if 
η ΄ ? , ATE. = 2 - 
μὲν ἐκείνης “ἐμνημόνευον! ἀφ᾽ ἧς "ἐξήλθον," εἷ- 
indeed “that ‘they were remembering from whence they came out, they might 
χον ἂν καιρὸν ἀνακάμψαι" 16 Χνυνὶ' δὲ κρείττονος ὀρέ- 
have had opportunity to have returned ; but now a better they stretch 
yovrat, Yrouréorw,' ἐπουρανίου: διὸ οὐκ. ἐπαισχύνεται 
forward to, that is, aheavenly; wherefore “is “ποῦ *ashamed *of 
αὐτοὺς ὁ θεός, θεὸς ἐπικαλεῖσθαι αὐτῶν ἠτοίμασεν.γὰρ αὐτοῖς 
them 1God.''God “to®be°called ?°their; for he prepared for them 
πόλιν. 
a city. 
17 Πίστει προσενήνοχεν ᾿Αβοαὰμ τὸν Ἰσαὰκ πειραζόμενος, 
By faith “9889 ®offered°up *Abraham 7Tsaac *peing “tried, 
καὶ τὸν.μονογενῆ προσέφερεν ὁ τὰς ἐπαγγελίας ava- 
δια ([°his] !°only-begotten “was ‘offering ®up the *who “the Spromises Face 
δεξάμενος, 18 πρὸς ὃν ἐλαλήθη, Ὅτι ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί 


cepted, as to whom it was said, In Isaac _ shall be called 
σοι σπέρμα 19 λογισάμενος ὅτι καὶ ἐις γεκρῶν 
thy seed ; reckoning that even fromamong([the] dead 


Ζἐγείρειν δυνατὸς" 


« ΄ er > ‘ ‘A ? ~ 
ὁθεός, ὅθεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν παραβολῇ 
*to Ταΐβθ able ([*was] 


God, whence him also in a simile 
ἐκομίσατο. 20 Πίστει * περὶ μελλόντων δεὐλόγησενὶ Ἰσαὰκ 
he received. By faith concerning things coming “blessed ‘Isaac 
τὸν Ἰακὼβ καὶ τὸν ᾿Ἡσαῦ. 21 Πίστει ᾿Ιακὼβ ἀποθνήσκων 
Jacob and Esau, By faith Jacob dving 
ἕκαστον τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ιωσὴφ εὐλόγησεν! καὶ προσεκύνησεν 
7each 46 Sof *the ὅοπς “Sof 7Joseph "blessed and worshipped 
, ‘ ‘ »” ~ er Da > ~ , ? ‘ ~ 
ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον τῆς. ῥάβδου.αὐτοῦ. 22 Πίστει ᾿Ιωσὴφ τελευτῶν 
on the top of his staff, By faith Joseph, dyiny, 
περὶ τῆς ἐξόδου τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ισραὴλ ἐμνημόνευσεν, καὶ 
concerning the goingforth of the sons ΟΕ Israel made meution, and 


περὶ τῶν.ὀστέων.αὐτοῦ ἐνετείλατο. 

concerning his bones gave command, 
23 Πίστει “Μωσῆς γεννηθεὶς ἐκρύβη τοίµηνον ὑπὸ 
By faith Moses, having been born, was Bid three montns by 





P — ἔτεκεν (read and [that] beyond a seasonable age) GLTTrA. 


τ ws ἡ GLTTrAW. 


7 μνημονεύουσιν they are mindful Trr. 
Υ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. 
b ηὐλόνησεν LAx 


GLYTrAW. 
1[trjaw. 


4 ἐγενήθησαν LA, 
5 προσδεξάμενοι τ,; κομισάμενοι TTr. t — καὶ πειοθέντες GLTTraw. 
w ἐξέβησαν they went out Lrtraw. x pop 

2 ἐγεῖραι δύναται is able to raise 1. 3 + καὶ also 
5 Μωύσης GLTTrAW. 


XI. 


τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ διότι 


HEBREWS. 


εἶδον ἀστεῖον τὸ παιδίον" καὶ 


his parents because they saw *beautiful ‘the “little “child; and 
οὐκ.ἐφοβήθησαν τὸ ἁδιάταγμαὶ τοῦ βασιλέως. 24 Πίστει 
did not fear the injunction of the king. By faith 


«Μωσῆς! μέγας γενόμενος ἠρνήσατο λέγεσθαι υἱὸς θυγατρὸς 


Moses, ‘great having become, refused tobecalled son of *daughter 
Papaw, 55 μᾶλλον ἑλόμενος ᾿συγκακουχεῖσθαιὶ τῷ λαῷ 
1Ῥβαταοἳ)8 5Srather “having *chosen to suffer affliction with the people 
TOU θεοῦ, ἢ πρόσκαιρον ἔχειν ἁμαρτίας ἀπόλαυσιν" 

of God, than [31πΠε] ope 1to *have ‘of ’sin Senjoymeut ; 


26 μείζονα πλοῦτον ἡγησάμενος 


τῶν ϑὲν" Αἰγύπτῳ" θη- 
greater riches 


having esteemed Sthan 786 *%in “Egypt ®trea- 


σαυρῶν τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν τοῦ χριστοῦ" ἀπέβλεπεν.γὰρ εἰς τὴν 
sures 1the ?reproach %of*the *Christ; for he had πα to the 


μισθαποδοσίαν. 27 Πίστει κατέλιπεν Αἴγυπτον, μὴ φοβηθεὶς 
recompense, By faith he left Egypt, not having feared 
τὸν θυμὸν τοῦ βασιλέως" τὸν. γὰρ ἀόρατον ὡς ὁρῶν 
the indignation ofthe king ; for *the *invisible [Sone] ‘as oe 
ἐκαρτέρησεν. 28 Πίστει πεποίηκεν τὸ πάσχα Kai τὴν πρόσ- 
he persevered. By faith _hehaskept the passover and the affu- 


χυσιν τοῦ αἵματος, ἵνα.μὴ ὁ ἱὀλοθρεύωνὶ τὰ πρωτότοκα θί- 
sion of the blood, lest the destroyer of the firstborr [ones] might 


yp αὐτῶν. 29 Πίστει διέβησαν τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν 
touch them. By faith they passed through the Red Sea 

ὡς διὰ Enpac* ἧς πεῖραν.λαβόντες οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι 
as through dry Παπᾶ]; οἳ which ὁπατίηρ *made ‘trial ‘the 7Egyptitans 


κατεπόθησαν. 30 Πίστει τὰ τείχη "Ἰεριχὼ" ™érecev", κυ- 
were swallowed up. By faith the walls of Jericho fell, having 


κλωθέντα ἐπὶ ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας. 31 Πίστει Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐ 


been encircled for seven days. By faith Rahab the harlot ?not 
συναπώλετο τοῖς ἀπειθήσασιν, δεξαμένη τοὺς κατασκό- 
1414 *perish *with thosewho disobeyed, having received the spies 


πους μετ᾽ εἰρήνης. 


with ping 


32 Kai τί ἔτι λέγω; ἐπιλείψει. "γάο pel διηγούμενον ὁ 
And what: more do I say? For *will ae >me frelating ‘the 


χρόνος περὶ Γεδεών, “Βαράκ Pre καὶ! Σαμψὼν “καὶ Ἰεφθάε, 
ἀξίτηθ of Gedeon, Barak also and Sampson and cs 


εΔαβίδ' τε καὶ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν προφητῶν" 33 οἱ διὰ πίστεως 
David also and Samuel and of the prophets : who by faith 


κατηγωνίσαντο βασιλείας, "εἰργάσαντο" δικαιοσύνην, ἐπέτυχον 
overcame kingdoms, wrought righteousness, obtained 
ἐπαγγελιῶν, ἔφραξαν στόματα λεόντων, 34 ἔσβεσαν δύναμιν 
promises, stopped mouths of ons, quenched [the] power 
“πυρός, ἔφυγον στόματα ἱμαχαίρας," ἐνεδυναμώθησαν! ἀπὸ 
of fire, escaped [the] mouths of([the]sword, acquired strength outof 
ἀσθενείας, ἐγενήθησαν ἰσχυροὶ ἐν πολέμῳ, ως. 


weakness, became mighty in war, Sarmies 


ἔκλιναν ἀλλοτρίων" 35 ἔλαβον ἔνε, «τὸ ἐξ ἀνα- 
α1τηαᾶε “ἴο "give ®*way ‘of Baginsky °Received °women by resur- 


στάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν" ἄλλοι δὲ ἐτυμπανίσθησαν, ov 
rection their dead ; and others were tortured, 
4 δόγμα decree L. 5 Μωῦσῆς GLTTraw. =f συν- τι 
of Egypt GLTTraw. 1 OAcOperviwy LA. 
τι ἔπεσαν LTTrA. Ὦ µε γὰρ LITrA. 
τ Δανείδ LTTrA ; Aaviéd Gw. 
strengthened LITr. 
their dead L. 


not 





ο -τ καὶ and τν. 


5 ἠργάσαντο TTr. + µαχαίρης LTTrA. 


& — ἐν GTTrawW. 
κ + γῆς land trtraw. 
P — τε καὶ LTTrW. 


579 


hid three months of his 
parents, because they 
saw he was a proper 
child ; and they were 
not afraid of the king’s 
commandment. 24 By 
faith Moses, when he 
was come to years, re- 
fused to be called 
the son of Pharaoh’s 

daughter ; 25 choosing 
rather to suffer afflic- 
tion with the people of 
God, than toenjoy the 
pleasures of sin fora 
season; 26 estecming 
the reproach of Christ 
greater riches than the 
treasures in Egrpt:for 
he had respect unto 
the recompence df the 
reward. 27 By faith 
he forsook Egypt, not 
fearing the wrath of 
the king: for he en- 
dured, as seeing 
him who is invisible. 
28 Through faith he 
kept the passover, and 
the sprinkling of blood, 
lest he that destroyed 
the firstborn should 
touch them, 29 By faith 
they passed through 
the Red sea as by dry 
land : which the Egyp- 
tians assaying to do 
were drowned. 30 By 
faith the walls of Je- 
richo fell down, after 
they were compassed 
about seven days. 
31 By faith the harlot 
Rahab perished not 
with them that believ- 
einot, when she had 
received the spies with 
peace, 


32 And what shall I 
more say ? for the time 
would fail me to tell 
of Gedeon, and of Ba- 
rak, and οὗ Samson, 
and of Jephthae; of 
David also, and Sam- 
uel, and of the pro- 
phets : 33 who through 
faith subdued king- 
doms, wrought right- 
eousness, obtained 
promises, stopped the 
mouths’ of lions, 
34 quenched the vio- 
lence of fire, escaped 
the edge of the sword, 
out of weakness were 
made strong, waxed 
valiant in fight, turn- 
ed to flight the armies 
of the aliens. 35 Wo- 
men received their 
dead raised to life a- 





Ἀ Αιγύπτου 
1 Ἱερειχὼ τν 
4 — και LITr. 
7 εδυναμώθησαν were 


π γυναίκας (read they received by resurrection women [that is] 


580 


gain: and others were 
tortured, not ‘accept- 
ing deliverance ; ; that 
they might obtain a 
better resurrection : 
36 and others had trial 
of «cruel mockings 
and scourgings, yea, 
moreover of bonds 
and imprisonment : 
37 they were stoned, 
they were sawn asun- 
der, were tempted, 
were slain with’ the 
sword: they wander- 
ed about in sheepskins 
and goatskins ; being 
destitute, afflicted, tor- 
mented ; 38 (of whom 
the world was not 
worthy:) they wander- 
ed in deserts, and in 
mountains, and in 
dens and caves of the 
earth. 39 And these 
all, having obtained a 
good report through 
faith, received not the 
promise : 40 God hayv- 
ing provided some bet- 
ter thing for us, that 
they without us should 
not be made perfect. 


XII. Wherefore see- 
ing we also are com- 
passed about with so 
great a cloud of wit- 
nesses, let us lay aside 
every weight, and the 
sin which doth soeasily 
beset us, and let us run 
with patience the race 
that is set before us, 
2 looking unto Jesus 
the author and finish- 


er of our faith; who µ 


for the joy that was 
set. before him επ- 
dured the cross, de- 
spising the shame, and 
is set down at’ the 
right hand of the 
throne of God. 3 For 
consider him that en- 
dured such contradic- 
tion of sinners against 
himself, lest ye be 
wearied and faint in 
your minds, 4 Ye have 
not yet resisted unto 
blood, striving against 
sin. 5 Andye have for- 
gotten the exhortation 
which speaketh unto 
ou as unto children, 

y son, despise not 
thou the chastening of 
the Lord, nor faint 
when thou art rebuk- 
ed of him: 6 for 
whom the Lord loveth 
he chasteneth, and 
Scourgeth every son 
whom he receiveth. 
7 If ye endure chas- 
tening, God dealeth 








x ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν π. 


promises 1, 
Gs a question 1, 


Ὁ κεκάθικεν has sat down GLTTraw. 
© παιδίας T. - f εἰς (read ye endure for discipline) Lttra. 


ΠΡΟΣ ΕΒΡΑΙΟΥΣ. XI, ΧΙΙ. 


προσδεξάµενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν, ἵνα κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 
having accepted redemption, that a better resurrection 


τύχωσιν 86 ἕτεροι. δὲ ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν 
they ‘might dbtain ; and others οὗ *mockings *and ‘of ®scourgings “trial 
ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς' 37 ἐλιθάσθησαν, 


received, yea,-moreover, of bonds and of imprfsonment, 

κ: ρίσθ αν eit) “U2 ή γ ΄ ή ? έθα- 
ἐεπρισθησαν, ἐπειρασθησαν, εν Φον µαχαιρας" αἄπεσα 

were sawn asynder, - were tempted, τα ρα of [the] sword ΝΥ 


voy’ περιῆλθον ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγείοὶς δέρμασιν, ὑστερού- 
died; they wandered in sheep- σπα in goats’ ο being des- 


μενοι, θλιβόμενοι, κακουχούµενοι, 88 ὧν οὐκιἦν ἄξιος ὁ 
titute, being = being evil treated, (of whom *was “ποὺ >worthy ‘the 


κόσμος" *év" ἐρημίαις πλανώμενοι καὶ ὄρεσιν καὶ σπηλαίοις 
2world,) in deserts wandering and in mountains and in caves 


καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς. 39 Καὶ οὗτοι πάντες µαρτυρή- 
and in the . holes of the earth. And these all, having been borne 


θέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ.ἐκομίσαντο "τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν," 


They were stoned, 


witness to through faith, did not receive the = 

40 τοῦ θεοῦ περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι προβλεψαμένου, ἵνα μὴ 
God for us ?better “something having foreseén, that not 

χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν. 


apartfrom ἃ8 they should be made perfect, 


19 Τοιγαροῦν καὶ ἡμεῖς τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον 
Therefore also we 38ο ®great *having “once 


ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων, ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ 
508, “4 δοϊομᾶ Sof ‘witnesses, **weight 19Ἠανίης *'laid?aside βουνοῦ -and 
τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν, δι ὑπομονῆς τρέχωμεν τὸν 
the easily- Burecnnding sin, with _ endurance weshouldrun the 
προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα, 2 ἀφορῶντες εἰς τὸν τῆς πίστεως 
“lying *before *us ‘race, looking awey to “the Sof "faith 
ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν Ἰησοῦν, ὃς ἀντὶ τῆς προκει- 
“leader *and ‘completer Jesus: ‘who inviewof the . *ly- 
μένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς ὑπέμεινεν σταυρύν, αἰσχύνης 
ing *before *him 11ο endured [the] cross, {the} shame 


καταφρονήσας, ἐν.δεξιᾷτε τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ θεοῦ Ὀἐκάθι- 
having despised, andat([the]righthand οὗ ἴπο throne - of God sat 


σεν." 3 ἀναλογίσασθεγὰρ τὸν τοιαύτην ὑπομεμενηκότα 
down. For consider well him who %s0 *great — “endured 


ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν. εἰς εαὐτὸν' ἀντιλογίαν, . ἵνα μὴ κά- 
®from 7ginners ®acainst *himself , Sgainsaying, that ‘not 'ye “be 


pyre, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑ υμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι. 4 Οὔπω μέχρις αἵμασας 
*wearied, Sin “your ®souls ee. Not yet unto blood . 


ἀντικατέστητε πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι, ὅ καὶ 
resisted ye "against aR and 


ἐκλέλησθε τῆς αμα ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέ-- 
ye have quite forgotten the exhortation, which to you, as tosons, he ad- 
γεται ἃ Yiépov, μὴ .ὀλιγώρει παιδείας" κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκ- 
dresses : Μγ a despise not [the] discipline of[the] Lord, nor 


λύου ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος. 6 ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ κύριος 
faint, by him’. being πας, for whom ‘loves [11σ] αρα 


παιδεύει: μαστιγοῖ δξ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται: 7 ‘Ei! 
he disciplines, and ἘΘΡΕΙΧΕΈΝ every 805 whom he receives, 1 
ὡς 
Sas 


Επαιδείανὶ ὑπομένετε, 


υἱοῖς 
discipline ye endure, 


ε - 
υ μι Vv 
-Twith ®sons 


*with *you: 


προσφέρεται 
215 Sdealing 








3 τὰς ἐπαγγελίας the 
ἆ Read the sentence 
ε παιδίᾳν 1. 


Ypaxatpns LITrA. 5 ἐπὶ LTTrA. 


© ἑαυτὸν LTTrA. 


HEBREWS. 


υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ; 
{the] son whom disciplines *not ['the] 7Father? 
8 εἰ δὲ χωρίς ἐστε Ἱπαιδείας, ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασιν πάν- 
But if *witheut *ye*are discipline, of which *partakers “have *become ‘all, 
τες, doa νόθοι diaré καὶ οὐχ υἱοί." 9 εἶτα τοὺς μὲν τῆς σαρκὸς 
then bastards yeare and not sons. Moreover the *flesh 
ἡμῶν πατέρας εἴχομεν παιδευτάς͵, καὶ’ Κένετρε- 
7of Sour fathers we have had [as] those who discipline [us], and we respected 
πόμεθα"" οὐ Ιπολλῷ! μᾶλλον ὑπυταγησόμεθα τῷ πατρὶ 
{them];*not *much Srather ‘shall Swe be in subjection to the Father 
τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν; - 10 οἱ. μὲν.γὰρ πρὸς ὀλίγας 
of spirits, and = shall live? For they indeed _ for a few 
ἡμέρας κατὰ τὸ δοκοῦν αὐτοῖς ἐπαίδευον' ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ 
days according to that which seemed good tothem disciplined; but he for 
τὸ συμφέρον, εἰς τὸ μεταλαβεῖν τῆς. ἁγιότητος. αὐτοῦ. 11 πᾶσα 
protit, for{us] ! to partake of his holiness. τ Ay: 
(lit. every) 
αρας εἶναι, 


ΧΙΙ. 


ε } e , , h ’ 1 
ὁ θεὸς" τίς.γάρ "ἐστιν 
1God; ‘for who is 


τι δὲ παιδεία" πρὸς μὲν τὸ παρὸν οὐ.δοκεῖ 


*but discipline for the present scems ποὺ (*matter] *of *joy *to “be, 
ἀλλὰ λύπης" ὕστερον.δὲ καρπὸν εἰρηνικὺμ τοῖς OL αὐτῆς 


but “fruit “peaceable Sto ’those **by ?7it 


γεγυμνασμένοις ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης. 
Shaving *been !’exercised ‘renders *of Srighteousness. 
2 Ν ~ Δ ‘ [ή 
12 Διὸ τὰς παρειµέγας χεῖρας καὶ τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 
Wherefore the “hanging “down *hands and the enfeebled knees 
΄ ‘ , ~ ‘ « ~ 
ἀνορθώσατε 18 καὶ τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς Ἀποι]σατε' τοῖς.ποσὶν ὑμῶν, 


of grief; but afterwards 


lift up; and paths ‘straight make for your feet, 
ἵναμὴ τὸ ωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ» ἰαθῃ.δὲ 
lest . that which [is] lame be turned aside; but that 7it “may *be *Healed 


~ η , , 5) ΄ \ ‘ ς , 
μᾶλλον. 14 εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων, καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμὸν, 
rather. Peace pursue with all, and sanctification, 
οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν κύριον’ 15 ἐπισκοποῦντες μή 
3which ‘apart from noone shallsee the Lord; looking diligently lest 
« ~ ? ‘ ~ ’ ~ παν ΄ cs / ο 
τις ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ" μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας 
any lack the grate of God; lest any root of bitterness 
” ’ ~ Δ Se / ~ 
ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῷ. καὶ Οδιὰ ταύτης" μιανθῶσιν P 
“up ‘springing, should trouble [you],and by this be defiled 
/ ΄ ΄ na μ «ς 7 2 | 
«πολλοί: 16 μὴ τις πόρνος ἢ βέβηλος, ὡς Ἡσαῦ, ὃς 
many ; lest [there be] any fornicator or profane person, as Esau, who 
ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς IarrédoTo" τὰ πρωτοτόκια "αὐτοῦ." 17 ἴστε 
for 2meal lone sold *pirthright this ; Άγο *know 
γὰρ ὅτι καὶ μετέπειτα θέλων κληρονομῆσαι τὴν εὐλογίαν ἀπε- 
for that also afterwards, wishing to inherit the blessing, he was 
τὰ / A / Ψ Ψ . ‘ 
δοκιμάσθη" µετανοίας.γὰρ τόπον οὐχ.εὗρεν, καίπερ μετὰ δακ- 
rejected, for 298 *repentance ‘place he found not, although with 
ρύων  ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν. 
tears having earnestly sought it. 


,ὔ [ή ν ‘ 

18 Οὐ γὰρ προσεληλύθατε ψηλαφωμενφ βύρει,! καὶ 
For “ποῦ 1γο “have come to “being ‘touched ['the] *mount and 
κεκαυμένῳ πυρί, καὶ γνόφῳ, καὶ 'σκότῳ,' καὶ θυέλλῃ, 


having been kindled with fire, and to obscurity, and to darkness, and totempest, 


19 καὶ σάλπιγγος ἤχῳ, καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ 


and 7trumpet’s ‘to sound, and to voice of words; which [voice]they that 


e8i 
with you as with sous: 
for what son is he 


whom the father chas- 
teneth not? 8 But if 
ye be without chastise- 
ment, whereof all are 
partakers, then are ye 
bastards, and notsons, 
9 Furthermore we have 
had fathers of our 
flesh which correc.ied 
us, and we gave them 
reverence: shall we 
not much rather be in 
subjoction unto the 
Father of spirits, and 
live? 10 For they ve- 
rily for a few days 
chastened wus after 
their own pleasure; 
but he for our profit, 
that we might be par- 
takers of his holiness, 
11 Now no chastening 
for the present scem- 
eth to be joyous, but 
grievous : nevertheless 
afterward it yieldeth 
the peaceable fruit of 
righteousness unto 
them which are ex- 
ercised thereby. 


12 Wherefore lift up 
the hands which hang 
down, and the fecble 
knecs; 13 and muke 
straight paths for your 
feet, lest that which is 
lame be turned out 
of the way; but let 
it rather be healed. 
14 Follow peace with 
all men, and holiness, 
without which no man 
shall see the Lord: 
15: looking diligently 
lest any man fail of 
the grace of God ; lest 
any root of bitterness 
springing up trouble. 
you, and thereby many 
be defiled ; 16 lest there 
be any fornicator, or 
profane person, as E- 
sau, who for one mor- 
sel of meat sold his 
birthright. 17 For ye 
know how that after- 
ward, when he would 
have inherited the 
blessing, he was re- 
jected: for he found 
no place of repentance, 
though he sought it 
carefully with tears. 


18 For ye are not 
come unto the mount 
that might be touched, 
and that burned with 
fire, nor unto black- 
ness, and darkness, 
and tempest, 19 and 
the sound ofatrumpet, 
and the voice of words; 


er tea ana i ETE ELLA A EL A ππανπαπες 


εἶ παιδίας T. j καὶ οὐχ υἱοί ἐστε LTTrA. 
m μὲν παιδία discipline incecd 1, 

4 απέδετο LA. 
τ ζόφῳ LITraw, 


Β.-- ἐστιν ΙΤτι[Α]. 
respect E. 1 πολὺ LITrA. 
αὐτῆς through it 1., P + οἱ the LI'TraAw. 
5. — ὄρει (read [that] being touched) Lira, 


η ποιεῖτε TTr. 
τ ἑαυτοῦ his own ΓΑ, 


κ ἐντρεπόμεθα We 
ο δι 


582 


which voice they that 
heard intreated that 
the word should not 
be spoken to them any 
more: 20 (for they 
could not endure that 
which was command- 
ed, Andif somuchasa 
beast touch the moun- 
tain, it shall bestoned, 
or thrust through with 
a dart: 21 and so ter- 
rible was the sight, 
that Moses said, I ex- 
oedingly fear and 
quake :) 22 but ye are 
come unto mount 
Sion, and unto the 
city of the living God, 
the heavenly Jerusa- 
lem, and to an in- 
numerable company 
of angels, 23 to the 
general assembly and 
enurch of the first- 
born, which are writ- 
ten in heaven, and to 
God the Judge of all, 
and to the spirits of 
just men made per- 
fect, 24 and to Jesus 
the mediator of the 
new covenant, and to 
the blood of sprink- 
ling, that speaketh 
better things than ‘hat 
of Abel. 25 See that ye 
refuse not him that 
speaketh. For if they 
escaped not who re- 
fused him that spake 
on earth, much more 
shall not we escape, if 
we turn away from 
him that speaketh from 
heaven : 26 whose voice 
then shook the earth: 
but now he hath pro- 
mised, saying, Yet once 
more I shake not the 
earth only, but also 
heaven. 27 And this 
word, Yet once more, 
signifieth the remov- 
ing of those things 
that are shaken, as 
of things that are 
made, that those 
things whichcannot be 
shaken may remain. 
28 Wherefore we re- 
ceiving a kingdom 
whichcannot be mov- 
ed, let us have grace, 
whereby we may serve 
God acceptably with 
reverence and godly 
fear : 29 for our God 
15 a consuming fire, 
XIII. Let brotherly 
love continue. 2 Be 
not forgetful to enter- 
tain strangers: for 
thereby some have en- 
tertained angels una- 


προς BBPAHOY =. ΧΙ, τις, 


ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς 
heard excused themselves [asking] *not *to *be ®addressed “to *them [the] 
λόγον" 20 οὐκ ἔφερον.γὰρ τὸ  διαστελλόμενο», Κἂν θηρίον 
2word ; (for they could not bear that [which] was commanded: And if a beast 
θίγῃ τοῦ ὄρους λιθοβοληθήσεται, “yp βολίδι κατατοξευ- 


should touch the mountain, it shall be stoned, or with a dart shot 
θήσεται" 21 καί, οὕτως φοβερὸν ἦν τὸ φανταζόμενον, 
through ; and, so fearful was the spectacle {that] 
Μωσῆς" εἶπεν, ᾿Εκφοβός εἰμι καὶ ἔντρομος" 22 ἀλλὰ προσ- 
Moses said, “greatly *afraid 1 ΄απι and trembling:) but ye have 
εληλύθατε Σιὼν ὄρει, καὶ πόλει θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἱερου- 
come to “Sion ‘mount; and [the] city of *God ['the] “living, Jerus 
σαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ, καὶ μυριάσιν “ἀγγέλων 23 πανηγύρει, 
salem *heavenly; and tomyriads ofangels, [the] universal gathering; 
καὶ ἐκκλησίᾳ. πρωτοτόκων *éy οὐρανοῖς ἀπογεγραμ- 
and to[the]assembly of [the] firstborn [ones] in [the] heavens regis- 
μένων," καὶ κριτῇ θεῷ πάντων, καὶ πνεύμασιν δικαίων 
tered ; and to[*the]*judge'God ofall; and to([the] spirits of [the] jus+ 
τετελειωμένων, 24 καὶ διαθήκης νέας µεσίτῃ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ 
[who] have been perfected; and *of°a7’covenant °fresh “mediator ‘to “Jesus; and 
αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ ὑκρείττονα" λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Αβελ 
{ο [the] blood of sprinkling, *better*things ‘speaking than Abel. 
25 Βλέπετε μὴ.παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα. εἰ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι 


Take heed yerefuse not him who _ speaks, Forif they 
ovK7éguyov," Ἀτὸν! ἐπὶ Ὀτῆς" γῆς παραιτησᾶμενοι" νρη- 
escaped not, “him*that*on ‘the ‘earth [80] ?refused divine- 

, c “Ἱ ~ € ~ « A ? ? > ~ 
ο σα πολλφῷ' μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ οὐρανῶν 


who *him *from (*the) “heavens 
τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν τότε, 


y instructed [them], much more we 


ἀποστρεφόμενοι, 26 οὗ ἡ φωνὴ 


1turn ?away “from ! whose voice *the “earth *shook then ; 

~ ‘ ῃ ΄ , » er ? ‘ da , ἤ ’ ΄ 
γῦν. δὲ ἐπήγγελται, λέγων, Ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ “σείω! οὐ μόνον 
but now hehas promised, saying, Yet once I shake not only 


τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν. 27 Τὸ.δὲ Ἔτι ἅπαξ, δηλοῖ 
the earth, but also the heaven. ο Butthe Yet once, signifies 


ετῶν σαλευοµένων τὴν" μετάθεσιν, ὡς πεποιημένων, 
30 *the [Sthings] ®shaken ‘the ?removing, as having been made, 


ἵνα μείνῃ τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα. 28 διὸ βασιλείαν 
that ‘may Sremain 'the [(*things] Snot *shaken. Wherefore akingdom 


ee ΄ » ΄ ἃ πτ 
ἀσάλευτον παραλαμβάνοντες, ἔχωμεν χάριν, δι ἧς 


not to be shaken receiving, may we have ~~ grace, by which 
λατρεύωμεν εὐαρέστως τῷ θεῷ μετὰ faidove Kai εὐλαβείας." 
we may serve “well *pleasingly iGod with reverence and fear, 
29 καὶ.γὰρ ὁ.θεὸς ἡμῶν πῦρ καταναλίσκον. 
For also our God [15] a *fire *consuming. 
13 Ἡ Φιλαδελφία μενέτω. 2 τῆς φιλοξενίας μὴ ἔπιλαν- 


*Brotherly “love ‘let abide ; of hospitality ποῦ ‘be fore 
θάνεσθε᾽ διὰ.ταύτης.γὰρ ἔλαθόν τινες ζενίσαντες ἀγγέλους. 
getful ; for by this unawares some _ entertained angels, 
3 µιμνήσκεσθε τῶν δεσμίων, ὡς συνδεδεμένοι" τῶν κακου- 

Be mindful of prisoners, as bound with [them]; those being 
χὀυµένων, ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ ὄντες ἐν σώματι. 4 τίμιος 
evil-treated, as also yourselves being in [the] body. Honourable [let] 





a — ἢ βολίδι κατατοξευθήσεται GLTTrAW. 
of angels by @ comma GLTrA. 
better thing GLTTraw. 


Ὁ —- τῆς GLTTrAW. 
µενων LITrA, 


Γ ἡ Μωῦσῆς GLTTraw. Separate myriads from 
᾿ς ἦ ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐραναῖς GLTTrAW. _Y κρεῖττον 8, 
: ἐξέφυγον LTTrA. 4 τὸν placed aster παραιτησάμενοι LTTrA, 


ο πολὺ LTTrA. ἃ σείσω will shake ἱτττγὰ, © τὴν τῶν σαλενρ- 


{ εὐλαβείας καὶ δέους fear and awe LTTrA, 


ΕΤ. 


0 γάμος ἐν πᾶσιν, 
marriage (be held) in 


HEBREWS. 


καὶ ἡ κοίτη ἀμίαντος" πὀρ- 
every [way], and the bed [be] undefiled; *for- 
νους %0é' καὶ μοιχοὺς κρινεῖ ὁ θεός. 5 ἀφιλάργυρος 
nicators ‘but and adulterers *will*judge ‘+God. Without love of money [let 
ὁ τρόπος" ἀρκούμενοι τοῖς παροῦσιν" αὐτὸς 
your] manner of life [be], satisfied with present [circumstances]; "πο 
γὰρ εἴρηκεν, Οὐ.μή σε avd, οὐδ᾽ οὐ.μή σε λἐγκαταλίπω.ὶ 
*for” has said, In no wise thee will I leave, norinany wise thee will I forsake. 
6 ὥστε θαῤῥοῦντας ἡμᾶς.λέγειν, Κύριο ἐμοὶ βοηθός, 
So that we may boldly say, [Τπε] Lord fis] tome a helper, 
ἱκαὶ" ob .goBnOjncopar* τί ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος: 
and Iwillnotbe afraid: what shall *do *to *me 1man ? 
7 Μνημονεύετε τῶν.ἡγουμένων ὑμῶν, οἵτινες ἐλάλησαν 
Remember your leaders, who spoke 
ὑμῖν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ὧν ἀναθεωροῦντες THY ἔκβασιν 
to you the word of God; of whom, considering the issue 
τῆς. ἀναστροφῆς, μιμεῖσθε τὴν.πίστιν. 8 ᾿Ιησοῦς χριστὸς 
of [their] conduct, imitate [their] faith. Jesus Christ 
Ἰχθὲςὶ καὶ σήμερον ὁ αὐτός, καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶναο.. 9 διδα- 
yesterday and to-day [15] the same, and {ο the ages. With 
χαῖς ποικίλαις καὶ Eévarc μὴ. περιφέρεσθε'" καλὸν.γὰρ 
“tenchings ‘various ?and “strange be ποῦ carried about; for [it is] good [for] 
χάριτι βεβαιοῦσθαι τὴν καρδίαν, οὐ βρώμασιν, ἐν οἷς οὐκ 
Swith "grace *to*be °confirmed ‘the "πεατίῦ, . not meats; in which “ποῦ 
/ ’ ” 
ὠφελήθησαν οἱ Ἀπεριπατήσαντες.' 10 Ἔχομεν θυσια- 
‘were profited those who walked {therein}. We have an al- 
é ‘oz ~ » , ~ 
στήριον ἐξ - οὗ φαγεῖν οὐκ.ἔχουσιν ἐξουσίαν οἱ τῇ 
tar of which toeat they havenot authority who the tabernacle 
λατρεύοντες. 11 ὧν.γὰρ εἰσφέρεται ζώων τὸ αἷμα 
serve ; for of those *whose ‘is *brought ‘animals 5ρ]οοᾶ [as sacri- 
οπερὶ ἁμαρτίας" εἰς τὰ ἅγια διὰ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, τούτων 
8οοξ] for sin into the holies by the highpriest, of these 
τὰ σώματα κατακαίεται ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς" 12 διὸ καὶ 


σκηνῇ 


the bodies are burned outside the camp. Wherefore also 
Ἰησοῦς, ἵνα ἁγιάσ διὰ τοῦ. ἰδίου αἵματος τὸν λαόν, 
Jesus, that he might sanctify by his own blood the people, 


ἔξω τῆς πύλης ἔπαθεν. 18 τοίνυν ἐξερχώμεθα πρὸς αὐτὸν 
outside the gate suffered: therefore we should goforth to him 
ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς, τὸν.ὀνειδισμὸν.αὐτοῦ φέροντες" 14 οὐ 
outside the camp, his reproach bearing ; *not 
γὰρ ἔχομεν ὧδε μένουσαν πόλιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν μέλλουσαν ἔπι- 
‘for *we°have here an abiding city, but the comingone weare 
ζητοῦ 15 Δι αὐτοῦ «οὖν! ἀναφέ θυσί [νέσεω 
ητουμεγ. ι αυτου τουν ἀναφερωμεν νσιαν αιγὲ G 
seeking for. By him _ therefore we should offer [the] sacrifice of praise 
εδιαπαντὸς! τῷ θεῷ, "τουτέστιν," καρπὸν χειλέων ὁμολογούν- 
continually to God, that is, fruit of [the] lips confess- 
των τῷ ὀνόματι.αὐτοῦ. 16 τῆς.δὲ εὐποιῖας καὶ κοινωνίας 
ing to his name, But of doing good and of communicating 
μὴ.ἐπιλανθάνεσθε' τοιαύταις γὰρ θυσίαις εὐαρεστεῖται ὁ θεός. 
be not forgetful, for with such sacrifices is *well*pleased ‘God. 
17 Πείθεσθε τοῖς ἡγουμένοις.ὑμῶν, καὶ ὑπείκετε' αὐτοὶ.γὰρ 
Obey your leaders, and besubmissive: for they 





h ἐγκαταλείπω do I forsake ΤΑ. 


Ε γὰρ for LTTrA. TA. 
1 ἐχθὲς LTTrAW. 


Receptus is punctuated as in Authorized version. 
away GLTTrAW. 2 περιπατοῦντες wall LTTr. 
ἁμαρτίας for sin 1. 4 [οὖν] tr, © διὰ παντὸς ΙΤΑ, 





i — καὶ [{]1{ττΑ]. 


δ89 


wares; 3 Remember 
them that are in bonds, 
as bound with thein ; 
and them which suffer 
adversity, as being 
yourselyts also in the 
body. 4 Marriage is 
honourable in all, and 
the bed undefiled : but 
whoremongers and a- 
dulterers God _ will 
judge. 5 Let your con- 
versation be without 
covetousness ; and be 
content with such 
things as ye have: for 
he hath said, I will 
never leave thee, nor 
forsake thee. 6So that 
we may boldly say, 
The Lord is my helper, 
and I will not fear 
what man shall do un- 
to me. 

7 Remember them 
which have the rule 
over you, who have 
spoken unto you the 
word of God: whose 
faith follow, consider- 
ing the end of their 
conversation. 8 Jesus 
Christ the same yester- 
day, and to day, and 
for ever. 9 Be not 
carried about with di- 
vers and strange doc- 
trines, For τί ts agood 
thing that the heart 
be established, with 
grace ; not with meats, 
which have not profit- 
ed them that have been 
occupied therein. 10We 
have am altar, where- 
of they have no riglit 
to eat which serve the 
tabernacle. 11 For the 
bodies of those beasts, 
whose blood is brought 
into the sanctuary by 
the high priest for sin, 
are burned without 
the camp. 12 Where- 
fore Jesus also, that he 
might sanctify the 
people with his own 
blood, suffered with- 
out the gate. 13 Let 
us go forth therefore 
unto him without the 
camp, bearing his re- 
proach. 14 For here 
have we no continuing 
city, but we seek one 
to come. 15 By him 
therefore let us offer 
the sacrifice of praise 
to God continually, 
that is, the fruit of our 
lips giving thanks to 
his name. 16 But to 
do good and to com- 
municate forget not: 
for with such sacrifices 





κ Textus 


™ παραφέρεσθε carried 
ο.-- περὶ ἁμαρτίας LA. 
5 Τοντ εστιν ΟἹ, 


P + περὶ 


o8t 


God is well pleased. 
17 Obey them that have 
the rule over you, and 
submit yourselves: 
for they watch for 
your souls, as they 
that must give ac- 
count, that they may 
do it with joy, and not 
with grief: for that zs 
unprofitable for you. 
18 Pray for us: for 
we trust we have a 
good conscience, in all 
things willing to live 
honestly. 19 But I be- 
seech you the rather to 
do this, that I may be 
restored to you the 
sooner. 20 Now the God 
of peace, that brought 
again from the dead 
our Lord Jesus, that 


great Shepherd of 
the sheep, through 
the blood of the 


everlasting covenant, 
21 make you perfect in 
every good work to do 
his will, working in 
you that which is well- 
pleasing in his sight, 
through Jesus Christ ; 
to whom be glory for 
ever and ever. Amen, 
22 And I beseech you, 
brethren, suffer the 
word of exhortation : 
for I haye written a 
letter unto you infew 
words. 


23 Know ye that our 
brother Timothy is set 
at liberty; with whom, 
if he come shortly, I 
will see you. 24 Salute 
allthem that havethe 
rule over you, and all 
the saints. They of 
Italy salute you. 
25 Grace be with you 
all, Amen, 


ΣΙΑΚΩΒΟΥ 


*OF 50ΑΜΕΣ ['THE] 


JAMES, a servant of 
God and of the Lord 
Jesus Christ, to the 
twelve tribes which 
are scattered abroad, 
greeting. 


t πειθόµεθα We persuade ourselves LTTrAW. 
Υ ἀνέχεσθαι to bear L. 


4 ἡμῖν US T. 


XIII. 


« λ , ᾽ ΄ 

ὡς λόγον ἀποδώσον- 

as *account ‘about "το *ren- 
καὶ μὴ στενάζοντες' 
and ποῦ groaning,’ 


τοῦτο. 18 Προσεύχεσθε περὶ 
Pray for 


ΠΡΟΣ ΒΗ ΡΑ ΤΟΥΣ, 


ἀγρυπνοῦσιν ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν, 
watch for your souls, 

τες ἵνα μετὰ χαρᾶς τοῦτο ποιῶσιν, 

der; that with joy this they may do, 

ἀλυσιτελὲς. γὰρ ὑ | 
for unprofitable for you [would|be], this. 
« » ΄ , τ ᾿ ΄ » 

ἡμῶν: Ιπεποίθαμεν!.γάρ, ὅτι καλὴν συνείδησιν ἔχομεν, ἐν 
us: for we are persuaded, that, a good conscience wehave, in 


~ ~ , ? / [ή 3 
πᾶσιν καλῶς θέλοντες ἀναστρέφεσθαι 19 περισσοτέρως.δὲ 
allthings *well lwishing *to *conduct *ourselves, But more abundantly 


παρακαλῶ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, ἵνα τάχιον ἀποκατασταθῷ 
Iexhort [you] this to do, that more quickly I may be restored 
ὑμῖν. 20 Ὁ δὲ θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης, ὁ ἀναγαγὼν ἐκ 
to you. And the God of peace, who brought again from among [the] 
νεκρῶν τὸν ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων τὸν μέγαν ἐν 
dead the Shepherd of the sheep the great [one] in [the power of 
{ , . > / ‘ € ~ ~ 
αἵματι διαθήκης αἰωνίου, τὸν.κύριον-ἡμῶν ᾿Ἰησοῦν, 
the] blood of[the]*covenant ‘eternal, our Lord Jesus, 
, ς ~ ? ‘ ” 2 ~ > ~ 
21 καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς ἐν παντὶ "ἔργῳ" ἀγαθῷ, εἰς τὸ ποιῆσαϊ 
perfect you η every *work *good, for to do 
τὺ.θέληµα αὐτοῦ, “ποιῶν ἐν ὑμῖν! τὸ εὐάρεστον ἐνώ- 
his will, doing in you _ that which[is] wellpleasing  be- 
πιον αὐτοῦ, διὰ ‘Inoov χριστοῦ w ή δόξα εἰς τοὺς 
fore him, through Jesus Christ ; to whom [be] glory to the 
I~ ~ >” ’ ~ ~ 
αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 22 Παρακαλῶ-δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελ- 
ages ofthe 8688. Amen. But I exhort you, breth- 
/ By oF ~ , ~ , “it 
φοί, 7ἀνἐχεσθεϊ τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως" καὶ γὰρ διὰ 
ren, bear the word of exhortation, for also in 
, ~ 
βραχέων ἐπέστειλα ὑμῖν. 
few words 1 wrote toyou. 
23 Γινώσκετε τὸν ἀδελφὸν 5 Τιμόθεον ἀπολελυμένον, μεθ᾽ 
Know το the brother Timotheus has been released; with 
2A , ” ~ . 
οὗ, ἐὰν τάχιον ἔρχηται, ᾿ ὄψομαι ὑμᾶς. 24 ᾿Ασπάσασθε 
whom, if sooner heshould come, I willsee τοι, Salute 
/ 4 « / ~ ‘ / ΄ 
πάντας τοὺς. ἡγουμένους. ὑμῶν, καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους. 
all your leaders, and all the saints, 


ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς ot ἀπὸ τῆς Ιταλίας. 25 ἡ χάρις pera 


*Salute Syou ‘they *from SItaly. Grace [be] with 
πάντων ὑμῶν. "ἀμήν."" 
341} 1γοι. Amen, 
b Δ ε / ? , 4 ~ , 
Πρὸς Ἑβραίους ἐγράφη ἀπὸ τῆς Ἱταλίας, διὰ Τιμοθέου." 


To [the] Hebrews written from Italy, by Timotheus, 


ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΚΑΘΟΛΙΚΗ.' 


SEPISTLE 2GENERAL. 


? ~ \ ΄ 2 ~ ~ ~ 

ΙΑΚΩΒΟΣ θεοῦ καὶ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ταῖς 
James of *God *and ‘of [(*the] "Lord °Jesus  *Christ *bondman, to the 

δύδεκα φυλαῖς ταῖς ἐν τῇ διασπορᾷ χαίρειν. 

twelve tribes which{are] in the dispersion, greeting. 





ο λος Τα π + αὐτῷ to himself L, 
2 + ἡμῶν (read our brother) Lrtraw. 5 — ἀμήν T. 


b — the subscription GLTW; Πρὸς Ἑβραίους Tra. 
ς + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the Apostle E; ᾿Επιστολαὶ ( —’Emor. L) καθολικαί. "lake ἐ 
: Εν αν . ικαί. Ἰ - 
στολή General Epistles, Epistle of James Ghw; Ἰακώβου ἐπιστολή ΤΊτΑ, ‘a 


JAMES. 


ἀδελφοί.μου, ὅταν πειρασμοῖς 
my brethren, when ‘temptations 


I. 


2 Πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγήσασθε, 

All joy esteem [{1{]7, 
περιπέσητε. ποικίλοις, 8 γινώσκοντες ὅτι τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν 
4ye *may “falitinto ‘various, knowing that the proving of your 
τῆς πίστεως κατεργάζεται ὑπομονήν" 4 ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ ἔργον 
faith works out endurance. But 7endurance [*its] Swork 
τέλειον ἐχέτω, ἵνα ἦτε τέλειοι καὶ ὁλόκληροι, ἐν μηδενὶ λει- 
®perfect ‘let ‘have, that ye may Le perfect and complete, in nothing lack- 
πόµενοι. ὃ εἰ.δὲ τις ὑμῶν λείπεται σοφίας, αἰτείτω παρὰ τοῦ 
ing. But if anyone of you lack wisdom, let him ask from πο 
διδόντος θεοῦ πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς, καὶ μὴ ὀνειδίζοντος, καὶ δοθήσε- 
Ξρῖνοβὀ ‘God toall freely, and reproaches not, and it shall be 
ται αὐτῷ. 6 αἰτείτω.δὲ ἐν πίστει, μηδὲν διακρινόµενος' ὁ.γὰρ 
given tohim: butlethimaskin faith, nothing doubting, For he that 
διακρινόµενος ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης «ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ 
doubts is like awave of [the] sea being driven by the wind and 

τ ’ ‘ > ” Ἵ ~ τ , 
ῥιπιζομένῳ. 7 μὴ.γὰρ οἰέσθω ὁ.ἄνθρωπος.ἐκεῖνος, ὅτι ἁλή- 


being tossed ; for *not *let “suppose Sthat *man that he 
ψεταίὶ τι παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου" 8 ἀνὴρ ῥδίψυχος, 
shallreceive anything from the Lord; fheis] a?man *double-minded, 


? ιά > 7 ~ « ~ ? Lead ΄ A 
ἀκατάστατος ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ. 9 Καυχάσθω δὲ 
unstable in all his ways. But let Sboast 
ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὁ ταπεινὸς ἐν τῷ ὕψει.αὐτοῦ" 10 ὁ δὲ πλούσιος 

1the “brother 5ο “low *degree in his elevation, andthe rich 
ἐν τῷ.ταπειγώσει.αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου παρελεύ- 
in his humiliation, because as “flower ['the] “grass’s he will pass 
σεται. 11 ἀνέτειλεν. γὰρ ὁ ἥλιος σὺν τῷ-καύσωνι, καὶ ἐξή- 
away. For *rose ‘the sun with [its] burning heat, and dried 
ρανεν τὸν χόρτον, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος αὐτοῦ ἐξέπεσεν, καὶ ἡ εὖὐ- 
up the grass, and the flower ofit fell, and the 
πρεπεια τοῦ. προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἀπώλετο" οὕτως καὶ ὁ πλούσιος 
comeliness of its appearance perished : thus. also the rich 
ἐν ταῖς πορείαις. αὐτοῦ µαρανθήσεται. 12 Μακάριος ἀνὴρ 
in his goings shall wither. Blessed [isthe] man 
ὃς ὑπομένει πειρασµόν' ὅτι δόκιμος γενόμενος “λήψεται" 
who endures temptation; because “proved "having “been he shall receive 
τὺν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς, ὃν ἐπηγγείλατο Εὸ κύριος" τοῖς 
the crown of life, which *promised 1the *Lord tothose that 
ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν. 
love him. 
Ll 9 ~ ~ 
13 Μηδεὶς πειραζόμενος λεγέτω, Ὅτι ἀπὸ βτοῦ" θεοῦ πειρά- 
ΣΝο 3οπο *being *tempted ᾿ἰθῦ say, From God Tam 
ζομαι' ὁ γὰρ.θεὺς ἀπείραστός ἐστιν κακῶν, πειράζει δὲ αὐτὸς 
tempted. ΈἘοχ God *not*io*be*tempted ‘is by evils, and “tempts ‘himself 
, , « A ’ « Ν ll ~ >a . ,ὔ 
οὐδένα. 14 ἕκαστος.δὲ πειράζεται, "ὑπὸ! τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας 
no one. But each one is tempted, by his own lust 
ἐζελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόµενος' 15 εἶτα ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβοῦσα 
being drawnawayand being allured; then lust having conceived 
τίκτει ἁμαρτίαν" ἡ.δὲ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεσα ἀποκύει 
gives birth to sin ; but sin having been completed brings forth 


θάνατον. 16 Μὴ πλανᾶσθε, ἀδελφοί µου ἀγαπητοί: 17 πᾶσα 


h 


death, Be not misled, %prethren 'my “beloved. Every 
δόσις ἀγαθὴ καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον ἄνωθέν ἐστιν 
Sact%oftgiving ‘good and every “gift tperfect from 7above Sig 





ε λήµψεται LTTrA. 


ἆ λήμψεταί LTTrA. 
Ἀ ἀπὸ A. 


§— τοῦ GLTTrAW. 





585 


2 My brethren, count 
it all joy when ye fall 
into divers tempta- 
tions ; 3 knowing ths, 
that the trying of 
your faith worketh pa- 
tience. 4 But let pa- 
tience- have her perfect 
work, that ye may be 
perfect and _ entire, 
wanting nothing. 5 If 
any of you lack wis- 
dom, let him ask of 
God, that giveth to all 
men liberally, and up= 
braideth not; and it 
shall be given him. 
6 But let him ask in 
faith, nothing waver- 
ing. For he that wa- 
vereth is like a wave 
of the sea driven with 
the wind and tossed, 
7 For let not that man 
think that heshall re- 
ceive any thing of the 
Lord. 8 A double mind- 
ed man 8 unstable in 
all his ways. 9 Let the 
brother of low degree 
rejoice in that he is 
exalted: 10 but the 
rich, in that he is made 
low: because as the 
flower of the grass he 
shall pass away. 11 For 
the sun is no sooner 
risen with a burning 
heat, but it withereth 
the grass, and the 
flower thereof falleth, 
and the grace of the 
fashion of it perisheth: 


‘so also shall the rich 


man fade away in his 
ways. 12 Blessed 7s the 
man that endureth 
temptation : for when 
he is tried, he shall 
receive the crown of 
life, which the Lord 
hath promised tothem ~ 
that love him. 


13 Let no man say 
when he is tempted, I 
am tempted of God: 
for God cannot be 
tempted with evil, nei- 
ther tempteth he any 
man: 14° but every 
man is tempted, when 
he is drawn away of 
his own lust, and en- 
ticed. 15 Then when 
lust hath conceived, it 
bringeth forth sin: 
and sin, when it is fi. 
nished, bringeth forth 
death. 16 Do not err, 
my beloved brethren, 
17 Every good gift and 
every perfect gift is 
from above, and com- 
eth down from the Fa- 
ther of lights, with 





f — ὁ κύριος (read ἐπηγ. he promised) trtra, 


586 


whom is no variable- 
ness, neither shadow of 
turning. 18 Of his own 
will begat he us with 
the word of truth, that 
we should be a kind of 
firstfruits of his crea- 
tures, 


19 Wherefore, my be- 
loved brethren, let 
every man be swift to 
hear, slow to speak, 
slow to wrath: 20 for 
the wrath of man 
worketh not the 
righteousness of God. 
21 Wherefore lay a- 
part all filthiness and 
superfluity of naughti- 
ness, and receive with 
meekness the engraft- 
ed word, which is able 
to save your souls, 
22 But be ye doers of 
the word, and not 
hearers only, deceiving 
your own selves. 23 For 
if any be a hearer of 
the word, and not a 
doer, he is like untoa 
man _ beholding his 
natural face inaglass: 
24 for he beholdeth 
himself, and goeth his 
way, and straightway 
forgetteth what man- 
ner of man he was. 
25 But whoso looketh 
into the perfect law of 
πλῷ and continu- 
eth therein, he being 
not a forgetful hearer, 
but a doer of the work, 
this nian shall be bless- 
ed in his deed. 26 If 
any man among you 
seem to be religious, 
and bridleth not his 
tongue, but deceiveth 
his own heart, this 
man’s religion zs vain. 
27 Pure ‘religion and 
undefiled before God 
and the Father is this, 
To visit the father- 
less and widows in 
their affliction, and to 
keep himself unspot- 
ted from the world. 


ΤΙ. My brethren, have 
not the faith of our 
Lord Jesus Christ, the 
Lord of glory, with 
respect of persons, 
2 For if there come un- 





{ Ἴστε Ye know [it] titra. 
™ ἀκροαταὶ µόνον LTrAW. 
4 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. 
7 προσωποληµψίαις LTTrA, 


GLTTraw. 
t — τῷ TW. 


ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ' 24 κατενόησεν.γὰρ ἑαυτὸν 


mapa ‘ry θεῷ καὶ 


ΙΑΚΩΒΡΟΣ. I; 


~ ‘ ~ ‘ ~ , 3 ἊΝ 
καταβαῖνον ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς τῶν φώτων, παρ ῳ οὐκ ἔνι 
*coming*down from the Father of lights, with whom there is rot 


παραλλαγή, ἢ τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα. 18 βουληθεὶς ἀπε- 


variation, or of *turning 1 shadow. Having willed [it] he be- 
, « ~ , ? / c ~ 
κύησεν ἡμᾶς λόγῳ ἀληθείας, εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἀπαρχήν 
gat us by([the] word oftruth, for *to*be ‘us  ‘first-fruits 


τινα τῶν.αὐτοῦ.κτισμάτωγ. 
*a δβογύϑοῖ of his creatures. 


19 Ὥστε," ἀδελφοί µου ἀγαπητοί, ἔστω ὃ πᾶς ἄνθρωπος 
So that, *brethren ‘my “beloved, let *be ‘every 2man 
ταχὺς εἰς τὸ ἀκοῦσαι, βραδὺς εἰς τὸ λαλῆσαι, βραδὺς εἰς ὀργήν. 
swift to hear, slow to speak, slow to wrath; 
20 . ὀργὴ.γὰρ ἀνδρὸς δικαιοσύνην θεοῦ Ἰοὐ.κατεργάζεται.! 
for 7wrath 1man’s Trighteousness ®God’s 3works *not Sout. 
21 Aw ἀποθέμενοι πᾶσαν ῥυπαρίαν καὶ περισσείαν κα- 


Wherefore, having laid aside all filthiness and abounding of wicks 
κίας, ἐν πρᾳὔτητι δέξασθε τὸν ἔμφυτον λόγον, τὸν δυνά- 
edness, in meellness accept the implanted word, which [is] 
μενον σῶσαι πὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν. 22 γίνεσθε.δὲ ποιηταὶ λόγου, 


able to save your souls, But be ye doers of [thej word, 
καὶ μὴ μόνον ἀκροαταί," παραλογιζόµενοι ἑαυτούς. 23 ὅτι 

and not only hearers, beguiling yourselves, Because 
εἴ τις ἀκροατὴς λόγου ἐστὶν καὶ οὐ ποιητής, οὗτος 
if any man ahearer of [the] word is and not a docr, this one 


ἔοικεν, ἀνδρὶ κατανοοῦντι τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ 
is like toaman_ considering 3face “natural his 
καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ 


in amirror: for he considered himself and has goneaway, and 


εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν. 25 ὁ.δὲ παρακύψας εἰς 
immediately forgot what “like *he*was. Buthethat looked into 
νόμον τέλειον τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας, Kai παραμείνας, 
[086] απ *perfect, that of freedom, and continued in [it], 
"ρὕτος" οὐκ ἀκροατὴς ἐπιλησμονῆς γενόμενος, ἀλλὰ ποιητὴς 
thisone not a *hearer ‘forgetful having been, but a doer 
ἔργου, οὗτος μακάριος ἐν τῷ.ποιήσει.αὐτοῦ ἔσται. 26 ἘΠ 
of [the] work, thisone blessed in his doing shall be. If 
οτις δοκεῖ θρῆσκος εἶναι Ῥὲν ὑμῖν, μὴ χαλιναγωγῶν 
anyone “seems religious *to*be ‘among “yeu, not bridling 
γλῶσσαν. αὐτοῦ, “ἀλλ᾽! ἀπατῶν καρδίαν Ταὐτοῦ,ὶ τούτου 
his tongue, but deceiving his heart,- of this one 
΄ « 50 , 9 50 ΄ i] 4 ‘ 2 , 4 
μάταιος ἢ Ἱθρησκεία. 27 “θρησκεία! καθαρὰ καὶ ἀμίαντος 
vain [is] the religion, Religion pure and undefiled 
πατρὶ αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι ὀρ- 
before God and [the] Father “this ais’: to visit or- 
φανοὺς καὶ χήρας ἐν τῇ.θλίψει.αὐτῶν, ἄσπιλον ἑαυτὸν τηρεῖν 
phans and widows in their tribulation, unspotted “oneself *to *keep 
ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου. 
from the world. 
? ΄ 
Q ᾿Αδελφοί. μου, 
My brethren, 
τοῦ. κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ 
of our Lord Jesus Christ, [Lord] 


4 ᾽ , ‘ ’ 
μὴ ἐν Ἱπροσωποληψίαις! ἔχετε τὴν πίστιν 
“not *with ‘respect 508 7persons 'do*have the faith 
~. , ry’ s 
τῆς δόξης" 2 ἐὰν γὰρ 
of glory ; for if 








κ + δὲ but (let) ΙΤΤτΑ. ἰἸούὺκ ἐργάζεται works not LTTrA. 
Ὁ — οὗτος LTTrA. ο + δὲ but (101. Ρ --- ἐν ὑμῖν 
τ ἑαυτοῦ (read his own heart) L. 5 6pynoKia T. 


JAMES. 


εἰς στὴν συναγωγὴν ὑμῶν ἀνὴρ χρυσοδακτύλιος 
may have come into your synagogue aman with gold rings 
ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, εἰσέλθῃ.δὲ καὶ πτωχὺς ἐν ῥυπαρᾷ 
in *apparel “splendid, anidmay have comeinalso ἃ poor [πια] 1η vile. 

? »ῳ x ‘4 > z | ’ Wi εἰ ‘ s ~ ‘4 ? ~ 
ἐσθῆτι, 8 Ξκαὶ ἐἔπιῶβλεψητε ἐπὶ τὸν φοροῦντα τὴν ἐσθῆτα 
apparel, and ye may have looked upon him who weurs the apparel 
τὴν λαμπράν, καὶ εἴπητε αὐτῷ," Σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς, καὶ 


ΠΠ. 
εἰσέλθῃ 


‘splendid, and mayhavesaid tohim, Thousitthou here well, and 
τῷ πτωχῷ εἴπητε, Σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ, ἢ κάθου *wdE" ὑπὸ 
tothe poor may have said, Thou stand thou there, or sitthou here under 


διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, 
my footstool: *also “πού *did*ye mzke a difference among yourselves, 
καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν ; ὅ ᾿Ακούσατε, 
and became judges (having) 7reasonings evil? Hear, 
‘9 ΄ ? ‘ > ε " ? μ Ἁ ‘ 
ἀδελφοί µου ἀγαπητοί, οὐχ 0 θεὸς ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πτωχοὺς 
Sbrethren ‘my “beloved: ποῦ ®God *did choose the poor 
ὑτοῦ κόσμου" ετούτου,' πλουσίους ἐν πίστει, καὶ κληρονόμους 
world of *this, rich in faith, and heirs 


τῆς βασιλείας ἧς ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς 


τὸ ὑποπόδιόν. μου" 43καὶ οὐ 


ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν ; 


of the kingdom which hepromised ἐγ those that love him? 
6 ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠτιμάσατε τὸν πτωχόν. ἀρὐχἹ οἱ πλούσιοι 
But ye dishonoured the poor [man}j. "Νου “the “rich 


καταδυναστεύουσιν «ὑμῶν,ὶ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς 
14ο oppress τοι, and [που] *they *do drag you 
εἰς κριτήρια: Ἶ οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν. τὸ καλὸν 
before [the] tribunals 2 “not *they 1do blaspheme the good 
ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς; 8 Ei μέντοι νόμον τελεῖτε 
mame which wascalled upon you? If indeed [the] "Ίαν 3γε “keep 
βασιλικόν, κατὰ τὴν γραφήν, Αγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον.σου 
troyal _ according {ο the scripture, Thou shalt love thy neighbour 
ὡς σεαυτόν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε" 9 εἰ δὲ ἔπροσωποληπτεῖτε,! ἆμαρ- 
as thyself, ~*weil tye 7do. But if ye have respect of persons, 3531} 
τίαν ἐργάζεσθε, ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται. 
tye*work, beingconvicted by the law 85 transgressors. 
10 ὅστις γὰρ ὅλον τὸν νόμον Ἐτηρήσει, πταίσειὶ δὲ ἐν ἑνί, 
For whosoever “whole 'the law shall keep, *shall *stumble ‘but in one 
γέγονεν πάντων ἔνοχος. 11 ὁ γὰρ εἰπών, Μὴ µοι- 
Γροί or = leu * For he who said, ὁποὺ ?Thou 
[point], he hasbecome 7of “all guilty. or he said, 
χεύσῃς, εἶπεν καί, Μὴ φονεύσῃς' εἰ δὲ 
*mayest commit adultery, said also, Thou mayest not commit murder, Now if 
οὐ Ἀμοιχεύσεις, φονεύσεις! δέ, γέγονας 
thou shalt not commit adultery, *shalt “commit *murder *but, thou hast become 
παραβάτης νόµου. 12 Οὕτως λαλεῖτε καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε, ὡς 
atransgressor of [the] law. So speak ye and so ο ‘as 
΄ / / ο ε ‘ / 
διὰ νόμου ἐλευθερίας μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι" 19 1].γὰρ.κρίσις 
by [the] law οἵ freedom being about to be judged; for judgment 
lavirewc" τῷ ἡ ποιήσαντι ἔλεος" ἕκαὶ! κατα- 
[will be] without mercy tohimthat wroughtnot mercy. And .. “boasts 
καυχᾶται ἔλεος κρίσεως. 
Sover lmercy judgment. 
A , , , 
14 Ti ἰτὸ! ὄφελος, ἀδελφοί μου, ἐὰν πίστιν λέγῃ τις" 
What [is]the profit, my brethren, if ‘faith say ‘anyone 
-- τὴν ΙΤΊτΑ. αἐπιβλέψητε δὲ A. 
b τῷ κόσμῳ (as regards the world) LTTraw. 
{ προσωπολημπτεῖτε LTTrA. 
bled) Lrtra wy. 
murder) LTT-a. 


π -- αὐτῷ GLTTrA. 


“¢ τούτου GLTTrAW. 


1 aveAcos pitiless LTTrAW. * — xatGLTTraw. 


587 


to your assembly a 
man with a gold ring, 
in gaodly apparel, and 
there come in also a 
poor man in vile rai- 
ment; 3and ye have 
respect to him that 
weareth the gay cloth- 
in’, and say unto him, 
Sit thou here in a good 
place ; and say to the 
poor, Stand thou there, 
or sit here under my 
footstool: 4 are ye not 
then partial in your- 
selves, and are be- 
come judges of evil 
thoughts? 5 Hearken, 
my beloved brethren, 
Hath not God chosen 
the » poor of this 
world rich in faith, 
and heirs of the king- 
dom which he hath 
promised to them that 
love him? 6 But ye 
have despised the poor. 
Do hot rich men op- 
press you, and draw 
you before the judg- 
ment seats 2 7 Do not 
they blaspheme that 
worthy name by the 
which ye are call- 
ed? 8 If ye fulfil the 
royal law according to 
the scripture, Thou 
shalt love thy neigh- 
bour as thyself, ye do 
well: 9 but if ye have 
respect to persons, ye 
commit sin, and are 
convinced of the law 
as transgressors. 10 For 
whosoever shall keep 
the whole law, and yet 
offend in one point, he 
is guilty of all. 11 For 
he that said, Do not 
commit adultery, said 
also, Do not kill. Now 
if thou commit no 
adultery, yet if thou 
kill, thou art becomea 
transgressor of the law. 
12 So speak ye, and so 
do, as they that shall 
be judged by the law 
of liberty. 13 For he 
shall have judgment 
without mercy, that 
hath shewed no mercy; 
and mercy rejoiceth 
against judgment, 


14 What doth tt 
profit, my brethren, 





t*— ὧδε LTTrA. %— καὶ LTTrA, 
4 οὐχὶ LW. 
& τηρήσῃ; πταίσῃ (read shall have kept, but shall have stum- 
h µοιχεύεις, Povevers (vead if thou committest not ο ὰ but committest 

— TOL. 


© ὑμᾶς τ΄ 


™ Tus λέγῃ in 


. 


588 


TARO OS. II, II. 


though a man say he ἔχειν, ἔργα δὲ μὴ ἔχω; μὴ δύναται ἡ πίστις σῶσαι αὐτόν; 


hath faith, and have 
not works? can faith 


[πο] *has, but works have not? is “able ‘faith tosave him? 


save him? 15 If a 15 ἐὰν "δὲ" ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἀδελφὴ γυμνοὶ ὑπάρχωσιν, καὶ λειπό- 
1 
b 


brother or sister be : 
naked, and destitute Now if 


abrother or asister “naked 6, and desti- 


of daily food, 16 and µεγοι Wow" τῆς ἐφημέρου τροφῆς, 16 εἴπῃ.δὲ τις αὐτοῖς 


one of you say unto 
them, Depart in peace, 


tute may be of daily food, and *say ‘anyone ὅτο 7them 


be ye warmed and fill- ἐξ ὑμῶν, Ὑπάγετε ἐν εἰρη»; θερμαίνεσθε καὶ χορτά- 
ed; notwithstanding 2from Samongst “you, Go in peace; bewarmed and be fill- 
ye give them not those ες. ο ote) ας “5 5 : Σ 
things which are ποοᾶ- ζεσθε, μὴ-.δῶτε.δὲ αὐτοῖς τὰ ἐπιτηδεια TOV σώματος, τί 


ful το the body ; what eq 
doth it profit? 17 Even 


but give not tothem the needful thingsforthe body, what [15] 


3 


so faith, if ithathnot Prd! ὄφελος ; 17 οὕτως καὶ ἡ πίστις ἐὰν μὴ “ἔργα ἔχῃ! νεκρά 

works, is αν being the profit? So also _— faith, if ὅπου *works ‘it *have, dead 

lone. 18 Yea, a man , ᾽ = , 

may say, Thou hast ἐστιν καθ ἑαυτήν. 18 ἀλλ᾽ ἐρεῖ τις Σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις, 
5; t 


faith, and I have is by itself, 


But *will*say 'some*one, Thou “faith ‘hast 


works: shew me thy 


faith without 


? A » » . - , ‘ / r2 1: ~ ” 
‘thy κάγω έργα εχω δεῖξόν μοι την-πιστινισου "εκ' τῶν ἔργων, 


works, ΔΙ willshew andI “works ‘have. Shew me thy faith from “works 


thee my faith by my 5 Ι DENG αν, " 2 ν. » \ . κα u 
works. 19 Thon be. σου! κἀγὼ 'δείξω σοι' ἐκ τῶν-ἔργωγ.μου THY πίστιν "μου. 


lievest that there is ‘thy, and I will shew thee from my works "faith ‘my. 
ins a eee 19 σὺ πιστεύεις ὅτι “ὁ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν." καλῶς ποιεῖς" καὶ τὰ 
believe, and tremble. Thou believest that God “one 8. *Well *thou *doest; even the 


20Butwiltthouknow, δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν, καὶ φρίσσουσιν. 20 θέλεις δὲ γνῶναι, 


O vain man, that faith 
without works is dead? 


demons believe, and shudder. But wilt thon know, 


21 Was not Abraham ὦ ἄνθρωπε KEVE, ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν έργων “vEKpa" ἐστιν; 


our father justified by ο 
works, when he had 


“man ‘empty, that faith apart from works dead is? 


offered Isaac his son 2] ᾿Αθραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ-ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνε- 


upon the 


altar ? 
22 Seest thou how faith 


SA braham *our *father “not “by ‘works *was ‘justified, having 


wrought with ‘his γέγκας Ισαὰκ τὸνιυἱὸν.αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον; 22 βλέ- 


works, and by works offered Isaac his son upon the altar ? Thou 
was faith made per- 


fect? 23 And 


the πεις ὅτι ἡ πίστις συνήργει" τοῖς.ἔργοις. αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν 


scripture was fulfilled seest that faith was working with his works, and by 
which saith, Abraham , ἄρ ὦ ᾿ ΄ 9 Nits ‘ - ; . 
believed God, and it ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη :7 23 καὶ ἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ ἡ 
was imputed untohint works faith was perfected. And was fulfilled the scripture which 
for righteousness:and , , ? , ae Us λ ἣν ~ ᾿ ἢ ἜΡΙΝ 

he was called the λέγουσα, ᾿Ἐπίστευσεν.δὲ ᾿Αβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη. 


Friend of God. 


24 Ye says, Now “believed Abraham God, and it was reckoned 


see then how that b stn) SD , , ~: = , - 
works a man is justi. αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην, καὶ φίλος θεοῦ ἐκλήθη. 24 Ὁρᾶτε 
fied, and not by faith to him for righteousness, and friend of God he was ealled. Ye see 


ouly. 25 Likewi: ls ΄ ? ” ~ ” η , 
y mew nse 3Ο στρίνυν' ὅτι ἐξ ἔργων δικαιοῦται ἄνθρωπος, καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεω 
was not Rahab the ᾽ 


harlot justified by then that by works is justified aman, and not by = faith 


works, when she had 


” 


received the messen- μόνον." 25 ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ 'Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔ γων 
gts, and had sent them only. But in like manner also *Rahab *the ‘harlot ?not "by works 


Ou; another way? 2 ΄ « ΓΑΕ ΛΜΝ . ee eo ο ΤΕ Cyn 
96 For as the boy ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ 


without the spirit is lwas ‘justified, having received the messengers, and by another way 


dcad, so faith without ἐ Υ . ς Ως \ Ne oan ἢ , 
αμα ἐκβαλοῦσα; 26 ὥσπερ.γὰρ τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πνεύματος 


Til. My brethren, be 


not many 


masters, 


having put [them] forth ? Foras the body apart from spirit 
νεκρόν ἐστιν, οὕτως καὶ ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν" ἔργων νεκρά 
*dead 115. 5ο also faith .apart from works dead 


ἐστι». 
lig, 


knowing thatwe shali @ Μὴ πολλοὶ διδάσκαλοι γίνεσθε, ἀδελφοί. μου, εἰδότες ὅτι 


Teceive the 


greater 


condemnation.’ 2:For 
in many things we of- 
fend all. If any man 


"Not “many, *teachers *be, my brethren, knowing that 


μεῖζον κρίµα "ληψόμεθα”' 2 πολλὰ γὰρ πταίοµεν ἅπαντες. 
greater judgment we shall receive. For*otten ‘we*stumble ull 





n — δὲ now TTr. 
from GLTTraAW. 


© θεός LTTr3 εἷς ὁ θεός ἐστιν AW. π ἀργή idle Lrtra. 
Σ Read verse 22 interrogativilu, as pointed in the Greek, EGLTrw. 


ο -— ὦσιν TTA, Ρ -- τὸ 1. 4 ἔχῃ ἔργα GLTTrAW. τ χωρὶς apart 

8 — σου LTTrAW. t σοι δείξω TTr. u— μου TTrAW. ν εἷς ἐστὶν 
* συνεργεῖ works with Trr. 
* --- τοίνυν GLITrAW. 


ο Read, verse 24 as a question Gir. Ὁ — τῶν T[Tr]. © λημψόμεθα LTTra, 


τὸ ὁ ἡ JAMES. 


» / ” ” 4 
εἴ τις τέλειος ἀνήρ, δυνατὸς 
If anyone in word man, able - 
~ Ν ε/ \ ~ ? - ~ τε 
χαλιναγωγῆσαι καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα. 8 “᾿Ιδοὺ! τῶν ἵππων 
to bridle also ?whole ‘the body. Lo, Sof "the horses 
τοὺς χαλινοὺς εἰς τὰ στόματα βάλλομεν “πρὸς! τὸ πείθεσθαι 
1the “bits δν *the ‘mouths we put, for 2to obey 
αὐτοὺς ἡμῖν," καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα αὐτῶν µετάγοµεν. 4 ᾿Ιδοὺ 
1them us, and *whole ‘their body we turn about. Lo, 
καὶ τὰ πλοῖα τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἔσκληρῶν ἀνέμων" 
also the ships, “so °ercat Ipeing, and by violent winds 
ἐλαυνόμενα, µετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου, ὅπου 
being driven, areturned about by a very small rudder, wherever 
hoy! i ε A ~ Od j DN {| 5 τ νι 
) ορμ του εὐθύυνοντος 'βούληται. οὕτως καὶ 
the impulse of him who steers may will. Thus 8150 
e λῶ = \ ἐλ ? , ‘ k λ ~ | ? ὃ ή, 
7) vA ωσσα μικρον pes ος ἐστιν, και μέγα; αυχει. J OU, 
the tongue alittle member is, and boasts great things, Lo, 
ἰὀλίγον' πῦρ ἡλίκην ὕλην ἀνάπτει: 6 "καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα 
a little fire how large a wood it kindles; and the tongue [15] 
πῦρ, ὁ κόσμος τῆς ἀδικίας. "οὕτως" ἡ γλῶσσα καθίσταται 
fire, the world ofunrighteousness. Thus the tongue -is set 
ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν. ἡμῶν, οἡ" σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα, καὶ φλο- 
in our members, the defiler [of] *whole*the body, and setting 
γίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως, καὶ φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς 


ἐν λόγῳ οὖ.πταίει. οὗτος 
stumble not, this one [is] a perfect 


on fire the course ofnature, and beingsetonfire by 

γεέννης 7 πᾶσᾶ.γὰρ φύσις θηρίων.τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἑρπε- 
gehennua, For every species both of beasts and of birds, 3ο °creeping 
τῶν τε καὶ évariwy, δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάµασται τῇ 


*things ‘both and things of the sea, ᾿ issubdued and has been subdued by 


φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ ὃ τὴν.δὲ γλῶσσαν οὐδεὶς Ῥδύναται 


species 1116 2human ; but the tongue no one “is *able 
ἀνθρώπων δαμάσαι"" Iakaracyeroyv' κακόν, μεστὴ ἰοῦ 
tof ?men tosubdue; [it 15] an unrestrainable evil, full of *poison 
θανατηφόρου. 9 ἐν.αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν ‘TOY θεὸν! καὶ πατέρα, 
1death-bringing. Therewith we bless God and [the] Father, 
καὶ ἐν.αὐτῇ καταρώµεθα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς καθ᾽ 
and therewith we curse “men who according to [the] 
ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ γεγονότας 10 ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ στόματος ἐξέρ- 
likeness of God are made. * Out of the same mouth goes 
χεται εὐλογία καὶ κατάρα. οὐ χρή, ἀδελφοί-μου, ταῦτα 


forth ®Not °ought, ‘my “brethren, *these *things 
οὕτως γινεσθαι. 11 μήτι ἡ πηγὴ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ὀπῆς 
thus to be. The *fountain Sout Sof 7the “same *%opening 

βρύει τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ τὸ πικρόν; 12 μὴ δύναται, ἀδελφοί 
αρουτς *forth sweet and bitter ? Is able, *brethren 
μου, συκῆ ἐλαίας ποιῆσαι, ἢ ἄμπελος σῦκα ; Σοὕτωςἢὶ Ἰούδεμία 
my, afig-tree olives toproduce, or 8 vine figs? Thus no 
ἁλυκὸν καὶ! γλυκὺ ποιῆσαι ὕδωρ. 


blessing and cursing. 


πηγὴ 
fountain [15 8016] salt and sweet *to *produce ‘water. 
13 Τίς σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων ἐν ὑμῖν; δειξάτω ἐκ τῆς 


Who [is] wise and understanding among you; let himshewout of 


589 


offend not in word, the 
same 7s a perfect man, 
and able also to bridle 
the whole body. 3 Be- 
hold, we put bits in 
the horses’ mouths, 
that they may obey us ; 
and we turn about 
their whole body. 4 Be- 
hold also the ships, 
which though they be 
so great, and are dri- 
ven of fierce winds, yet 
are they turned about 
with a very small 
helm, whithersoever 
the governor listeth. 
5 Even so the tongue 
is a little member, and 
boastcth great things, 
Behold, how great a 
matter a little fire 
kindJeth! 6 And the 
tongue is a fire, a 
world of iniquity : so 
is the tongue among 
our members, that it 
defileth the whcle 
body, and setteth on 
fire the course of na- 
ture ; and it is seton 
fire of hell. 7 For every 
kind of beasts; and of 
birds, and of serpents, 
and of things in the 
sea, is tamed, and 
hath been tamed of 
mankind: 8 but the 
tongue can no man 
tame ; 7¢ is an unruly 
evil, full of deadly poi- 
son. 9 Therewith bless 
we God, even the Fa= 
ther; and therewith 
curse wexmen, whicu 
are made after the si- 
militude of God. 10 Qut 
of the same mouth pro- 
ceedeth blessing and 
cursing. My brethren, 
these things ought not 
so to be. 1] Doth a 
fountain send forth at 
the same place sweet 
water and bitter? 
12 Can the fig tree, 
my brethren, bear 
olive berries? either a 
vine, figs? αο’ can’ 
fountain both 
salt water and fresh, 


ες 


13 Who is 84 wise 
man and endued with 
knowledge among you? 





dide G@; εἰ δὲ but if (read καὶ also) trtraw. © εἰς LTTrA,. 
& ἀνέμων σκληρῶν LTTrAWw. h — ἄν (read where) TTr. 
κ μεγάλα αὖχει LTTIA, 
τὰ --- καὶ (read the tongue kindles. A fire, &c.) Τ. 
(read both defiling) τ. Ρ δαµάσαι δύναται ἀνθρώπων LTrA. 
LTTraw. τ τὸν κύριον the Lord LiTra. 5 — οὕτως LTTrAW. 
salt [water is able] GLTTraw. 


f ἡμῖν αὐτούς A. 


i βούλεται wills TTr. 
1 ἡλίκον literally how great (some translate how small) Lrtraw. 
2 — οὕτως LTTrAW. 
4 ἀκατάστατον an unsettled 
t οὔτε ἁλυκὸν Deither 


ο καὶ 


590 IAKQBOS. - 


let him shew out of @ καλῆς ἀναστροφῆς τὰ ἔργα. αὐτοῦ ἐν πρᾳὕτητι σοφίας. 14 εἰ. δὲ 
good conversation his . . i a 2 Fi 
works with meekness good οπου i file Works 1m ον Of weston : but if 
of wisdom. 14 But if ζῆλον πικρὸν ἔχετε καὶ ἐριθείαν ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν. μὴ κατα- 
ο ος “emulation ‘bitter ye have and contention in your heart, “not *do 
hearts, glory not,and καυχᾶσθε “καὶ ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας." 15 Οὐκ ἔστιν 
lie not against the yoast against and lie against the truth. SNot -7is 
truth. 15 This wisdom ᾿ς, : Z ὡς ας a Gs 

descendeth not from αὕτη ἡ σοφία ἄνωθεν κατερχοµένη, “ἀλλ᾽! ἐπίγειος, ψυ- 


above, but ts earth- ithis the wisdom from above coming down, but earthly, - na- 
ly, sensual, devilish. ; A τ ο = ΤΣ Fs anes 
16 For where envying χική, δαιμονιώδης. 16 Όπου.γὰρ ζῆλος καὶ ἐριθεία, ἐκεῖ 
and strife is, there 15 tural, devilish. For where emulation and contention [are]; there 


confusion and every Ε é Ὁ τ fe Ces = 
evil work, 17 Butthe ἀκαταστασία καὶ πᾶν φαῦλον πρᾶγμα. 17 ἡ.δὲ ἄνωθεν 


wisdom that is from [js] commotion and cvery evil thing. But the from ?above 
above is first pure, δ κῃ : 3 piel Β ἐς ο ης , 
then peaceable, gentle, σοφία πρωτον μεν αγνη εστιν’, ἔπειτα ειρηνική, ETTLELKNC, 
and easy 4 be ος 1wisdom Sfirst Spure tis, then peaceful, gentle, 

r an , , \ ~ ? ~ ? ΄, αὶ 
reeset an Without εὐπειθής, μεστὴ ἐλέους καὶ καρπῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἀδιάκριτος “Kal! 
partiality, and with- yielding, full of mercy and of *fruits ‘good, impartial and 


i . 18 Α΄ ᾱ , A A ~ ΓΔ > , ΄ 
Be ce iehicous. ἀνυπόκριτος. 18 καρπὸς δὲ "τῆς" δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρήνῃ σπεί- 


ness.is sown in peace of unfcigned. But [the] fruit of righteousness in peace 18 


them that makepeace. ρεται τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην. 4 Πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ Y 


wars and fightings a- sown for.those that make peace, Whence [come] wars and 
’ ec a= ᾽ ~ ω ε ~ ~ 

ο ου ractsac μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν; οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν, ἐκ τῶν.ἡδονῶν.ὑμῶν 
ists that war in your fightings among you? [Is it] not thence, from your pleasures, 

᾿ ~ [ ᾽ ~ , « ~ 3 - Η͂ 
members? 2 Xe lust, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν. ὑμῶν; 2 ἐπιθυμεῖτε, καὶ 
end πανε tohave, nad "ο war ‘ ant ας ας ne μα Ye deste, is 
ιο λα or yok YS οὐκ.ἔχετε' φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε, καὶ οὐ-.δύνασθε ἐπιτυχεῖν. 
have not, ΠΕ ΤΙΝ γα have not ; : ye kill 3 and + omnes, 686 αμ. ane to ola 
eo Se ος μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε, Ζοὐκ.ἔχετε 706," διὰ τὸ μὴ αἰτεῖσθαι 
ecelve not, ause 2 3 4 1 2 
ask amiss, that ye may δε παν ane Ἢ war, ae chi not *but αμα ἡμῶν ᾿ δεῖς 
consume ἐξ upon your ὑμᾶς" 3 αἰτεῖτε, καὶ οὐλαμβθάνετε, διότι κακῶς αἰτεῖσθε ἵνα 
lusts. 4 Ύο adulterers ὕσρῃ, Yeask, and receive not, because evilly yeask. that 
andadulteresses,know , ate πι ον ξ b Ἢ 
Σο ποῦ thatthe friend- ἐν ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ὑμῶν δαπανήσητε 4 ’Moryoi καὶ" µοιχα- 
Bayo Bet oe a? in your pleasures ye may spend [it]. Adulterers and  aduite- 
eamity Ww ο ῇ a ; = ᾿ 8 
Whosoever therefore λίδες, οὐκ.οἴδατε ὅτι ἡ Φιλία τοῦ κόσμου, ἔχθρα ετυῦ 


will be a friend of resses, know γε ποὺ that the friendship of the world enmity [with] 
the world is. the age. lS ἆλ ἢ aah ΕΞ ΟΣ: 
enemy of God. 5 Do θεοῦ ἐστιν »' ὃς ἂν! οὖν βουληθῇ φίλος εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου, 
ye think that the God is? Whosoever therefore be minded afriend tobe of the world, 
scripturesaithinvain, , ι ~ ~ , n Ἐν ε/ fo ε 
The spirit that dwell. ἐχθρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ καθίσταται. 5 ἢ δοκεῖτε ὅτι κενῶς ἡ γρα- 
eth in us lusteth to an enemy of God is constituted. Or think ye that in vain the scrip- 
envy? 6 But he giveth η / .6 x / 2 nin οὖν ~ τὰ f , ἢ 
more grace. Wherefore 97) λέγει; προς φθόνον ἐπιποθεῖ τὸ πνευμα ὁ “KATWKHOEYV' 
he saith, God resisteth ture speaks? with envy does*long *the 7Spirit which tookup [his] abode 
d ή i ~ / A / / Δ ‘ 
ο ο eH ie ἐν ἡμῖν 8 6 μείζονα.δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν’ διὸ λέγει, Ὁ θεὸς 
7 Submit yourselves in us? But “greater *he gives grace. Wherefore he says, God 


ο cad ce ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς. δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν. 


will flee from you. [086] Sproud ‘sets “himself *against, but to[the] lowly he gives grace. 
ree πο Ἑποτάγητε  οὔν.τῷθεφ. ἀντίστητε ἢ τῷ διαβόλῳ, καὶ 
to you. Cleanse your Subject yourselves therefore toGod. Resist the devil, and 


hands, ye sinners ; and ΐ ΤΥ ΣΝ» 2 / ~ ~ \ ἢ ἘΞ eS 
ας ο αι ae φεύξεται ad ὑμῶν 8 ἐγγίσατε τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐγγιεῖ υμιν. 





double minded. 9 Be be Willfiee from you. Draw near ἴο God, and he will draw near to you. 
Sk orn, κἀθαρίσασε χεῖρας, ἁμαρτωλοί, καὶ ἁγνίσατε καρδίας, 
Sud weep: ἰθὺ YOUr pave cleansed [your] hands, sinners, and have purified [your] hearts, 
δίψυχοι. 9 ταλαιπωρήσατε καὶ πενθήσατε ἱκαὶ! κλαύσατε. 
νο double minded. Be wretched, and mourn, and weep. 

ἃ τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ ψεύδεσθε 1. 5 ἀλλὰ TTr. W — καὶ LTTrA. α — τῆς GLTTraw. 

7 + πόθεν whence Lrtraw. 7+ καὶ and T. 5. — δέ @LTTrA. b — Μοιχοὶ καὶ 
LITrAW ; join adulteresses to what precedes T. ε ἐστὶν τῷ θεῷ is with God τ΄ 4 ἐὰν LT. 


© —; Text. Rec.andts. κατῴκισεν he made to dwell trrra, ὃ --- 9 τ. h + δὲ but, 
(resist) Lira. i— καὶ Ἑ. 


FY, ¥; JAMES. 


ὁ.γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος µεταστραφήτω, καὶ ἡ;:χαρὰ εἰς 
2Your ‘laughter *to *mourning ‘et be turned, and [your] joy to 


κατήφειαν. 10 ταπεινώθητε ἐνώπιον *rov' κυρίου, καὶ ὑψώ- 


heaviness. Humble yourselves before the Lord, and he will 
σει ὑμᾶς. 
exalt you. 

11 Μἠ.καταλαλεῖτε ἀλλήλων, ἀδελφοί ὃ καταλαλῶν 


Speak not against brethren. He that speaks against 
ἀδελφσῦ, ἱκαὶ!" κρίνων τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, καταλαλεῖ 
[his] brother, and judges kis brother, speaks against [the] 
νόμου, καὶ κρίνει νόμον" εἰδὲ νόμον κρίνεις, οὐκ 
law, and judges [the] law. But if [the] law thou judgest, *not 
εἶ ποιητὴς νόµου, ἀλλὰ κριτής. 12 εἷς ἐστιν ὃ νοµο- 
‘thou “art adoer of [theJlaw, but a judge. One is the w= 
Oérnc™, ὁ δυνάμενος σῶσαι Kai ἀπολέσαι" od" τίς εἴ οὓς 
giver, who [18 8016 tosave and todestroy: *thou*who “art that 
κρίνεις! τὸν Ῥξτερονϊ- 
judgest the other? 
13 “Aye νῦν οἱ λέγοντες, Σήμερον “καὶ" αὔριον Ίπορευ- 
Go to now, ye who say, To-day and to-morrow we may 
σώμεθα" εἰς τήνδε τὴν.πόλιν, καὶ "ποιῆσωμεν! ἐκεῖ ἐνιαυτὸν 
go into such a city e and may spend there year 
το ll τν. ΄ θ i Ww on ell 14 ἐν > 
ενα” και ἐμπορευσωμε a, και κερ NOW MEV OLTLVEC OUK 
tone and may traffic, and may make gain, ye who ?not 
ἐπίστασθε Στὸϊ τῆς αὔριον" ποίαΣγὰρὶ η. ζωὴ ὑμῶν; 


one another, 


‘know what on the morrow [will be], (for what [is] your life? 
ἀτμὶς γάρ! Δἐστινὶ ἡ πρὸς ὀλίγον φαινομένη, ἔπειτα 
A vapour eren it is, which for alittle [while] appears, "then 


Ὀδὲ; ἀφανιζομένη" 15 ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγειν.ὑμᾶς, Bay ὁ κύριος 
Jand disappears,) instead of your saying, Ié the Lord 
θελήσῃ, καὶ “ζήσωμεν," καὶ ποιήσωμενὶ τοῦτο ἢ ἐκεῖνο. 
should will and weshouldlive, also we may do this or that. 
16 νῦν δὲ καυχᾶσθε ἐν ταῖς ἀλαζονείαις" ὑμῶν" πᾶσα καύχη- 
But now yeboast in your vauntings : all boasting 
, id ? 3 , A ~ 
σις τοιαύτη πονηρά ἐστιν. 17 εἰδότι οὖν καλὸν ποιεῖν, 


βίῃ evil is. To [him] knowing therefore good to do, 
καὶ μὴ ποιοῦντι, ἁμαρτία αὐτῷ ἐστιν. 
and not doing [it], sin tohim itis. 


5 "Aye νῦν οἱ πλούσιοι, κλαύσατε ὀλολύζαντες ἐπὶ ταῖς 


Goto now, [ye] rich, weep, howling over 
6 ιά ~ ~~ ~ 
ταλαιπωρίαις ὑμῶν ταῖς  ἔἐπερχομέναι. 3 ὁ πλοῦτος 
?miserics ᾿ tyour that [are] coming upon [you]. *Riches 


ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν" 
ΟΣ haverotted, and your garments moth-eaten have become. 
3 ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται, καὶ ὁ.ἰὸς αὐτῶν 
Your gold and silver has been eaten away, and their canker 
εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται, καὶ φάγεται τὰς.σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς 
for atestimony against you shall be, and shall eat your fiesh as 
πῦρ' ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις. 4 ἰδού, ὁ μισθὸς 
fire. Yetreasuredup in{[the] last days. Tio, the hire 





κ. τοῦ (read [the]) LrTra. ΟΥ̓ LTTrA. | 
n+ 6ébut(who)GLtTtTra. 5 ὃ κρίνων LTTrA. 
4 OY ELTTr. - πορευσόμεθα We will go ELTTrAW. 
t — ἕνα (read a year) LTTr. 7 ἐμπορευσόμεθα will traffic ELTTrAW. 
make gain ELTTraw. ΣΧ τὰ 1, Υ [γὰρ] Tr. 2 - γάρ L. 
Ὁ καὶ LTTrA ; — δὲ W. ο ζήσομεν We shall live LTTraw. 
ELTTrAW. 6 ἀλαζονιαις τ΄ 


591 


laughter be turned to 
mourning, and your 
joy to heaviness. 
10 Humble yourselves 
in the sight of ,the 
Lord, and he shall lift 
you up. 


11 Speak not evil one 
of another, brethren. 
He*that speaketh evil 
of Azz brother, and 
judgeth his brother, 
speaketh evil of the 
law, and judgeth tha 
law : but if thou judge 
the law, thou art not 
8 doer of the law, but 
a judge. 12 There is 
one lawgiver, who is 
able to save and to 
destroy: who art thou 
that judgest another? 


13 Go to now, ye that 
say, To day or to mor- 
row we will go into 
such a city, and con- 
tinue there a year, and 
buy and sell, and 
get gain: 14 whereas 
ye know 'not what 
shall be on the mor- 
row. For what 18 your 
life? It is even a va- 
pour, that appeareth 
for a little time, and 
then vanisheth away. 
15 For that ye ought 
to say, If the Lord 
will, we shalllive, and 
do this, or that. 16 But 
now ye rejoice in your 
boastings: all such re- 
joicing is evil.17 There- 
fore to him that know- 
eth to do good, and 


-doeth ἐΐ not, to him it 


is 51, 


V. Go to now, ye 
rich men, weep and 
howl for your miseries 
that shall come upon 
you. 2 Your riches are 
corrupted, and your 
garments are moth- 
eaten. 3 Your gold 
and silver iscankered ; 
and the rust of them 
shall be a witness a- 
gainst you, and shall 
eat your flesh as it 
were fire. Ye have 


-heaped treasure to- 


gether for the last 
days. 4 Behold, the 





m+ καὶ κριτής and judge, GLTTrA. 
ἢ Ρ πλησίον (read [thy] neighbour) LTTra. 
5 ποιήσομεν Will spend ELTAW. 


* κερδήσοµεν will 


8 ἐστε ye are LTT:AW. 
ἃ ποιήσομεν We shall do 


5S2 IAKQBOS. Vv. 


hire of the labourers τῶν ἐργατῶν τῶν ἀμησάντων τὰς-χώρας ὑμῶν, ὁ ᾿άπεστερη- 
eae Rolie hee jg Of the workmen who harvested your fields, which has been 
a ate ta ΤΑ μένος" ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν κράζει, καὶ αἱ Boat τῶν θερισάντων εἰς 
val πο, kept back by you, cries out, and the cries of those who reaped, into 
have reaped are en- τὰ ὦτα κυρίου Σαβαὼθ ξεἰσεληλύθασιν.ὶ 5 ἐτρυφήσατε 

tered into the ears of. the ears of [the] Lord of Hosts have entered. Ye lived in indulgence 


the Lord of sabaoth. τ ὁ i ie ok sere P p ag 
5 Yo have lived in ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐσπαταλήσατε. ἐθρέψατε τὰς.καρδίας ὑμῶν 
pleasure on the earth, yyon the earth, and lived in self-gratification; ye nourished your hearts 

and been wanton; ye ΤΈΣ τὴν sf Ἔ a ἡ 2 ση 
have nourished your "ως εν Ί]μερᾳ σφαγῆς. 6 κατεδικάσατε, ἐφονευσατε τον Ol= 
hearts,asin adayof as in ἃ day of slaughter ; ye condemned, ye killed, the 
slaughter. 6 Ye have rs , ie 

condemned and killed καιον' οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται υμιν. 


the arent and hedoth just; he does not resist you. 
not resist you, ε μὲ 
ο. ΑΦ ο Υ Μακροθυμήσατε οὖν, ἀδελφοί, ἕὼς τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ 
e - Ε : 8 ὩΣ ον 
fore, Brctned, unto Be patjent therefore, brethren, till the coming of the 


thecomingoftheLord. Κυρίου. ἰδού, ὁ γεωργὸς ἐκδέχεται τὸν τίμιον καρπὸν τῆς" 
Behold, the husband- τ γᾷ, Lo, the husbandman awaits the precious frit of the 
man waiteth for the | μα ἢ on 4 Ε κ ye 2 

precious fruit of the γῆς, μακροθυμῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ἕως 'av" λάβῃ ἡυετὰν" "πρώ- 
earth, and hath long garth, being patient ‘for it until it receive [the] ‘rain “ear- 

atience for it, until , ᾿ ar , ες , 

e receive the early ἐμονὶ καὶ ὄψιμον 8 μακροθυμήσατε καὶ ὑμεῖς, στηρίξατε 
and latter rain.’8 Be jy Zand = “latter. Be patient also ye: esta lish 
ye also patient; sta- Ν ; wan ε/ ε , ~ , » 
blish your hearts: for τὰς. καρδίας ὑμῶν, ὅτι 'ἡ παρουσία τοῦ κυρίου ἤγγικεν. 
ea eae ἕ a se your hearts, because the coming of the Lord hasdrawu near, 

or rawe nigh. , , rye 
9 Grudge not one ἃ. 9 Μἡ.στενάζετε ‘kar’ ἀλλήλων, ἀδελφοί," ἵνα μὴ κατακρι- 
gainst another, bre- Groan not against one another, brethren, that*not ‘ye *be con- 
thren, lest ye be con- Gaye Are , n \ ᾿ » ~ ε’ ε , 
denmecds.nohuld. the ΤΕ ἰδου, κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν. 10 Ὑπό- 
judge standeth before demned. Lo, [the] judge before the door stands. [As] an ex- 


the door. 10 Take, m , τὸ > PS 
ο. ο Shocrophets, δειγµα λάβετε στῆς κακοπαθείας, ἀδελφοί.μου,' καὶ τῆς 


who have spoken in .ample 98 ΚΘ of suffering “evils, 7my “brethren, “and 

ο. ὉΠ ΞΟ Ἀβεμδν μακροθυμίας, τοὺς προφήτας οἱ ἐλάλησαν Ῥ τῷ ὀνόματι κυ- 
fering affliction, and ‘of patience, the prophets who spoke inthe name of[the] 
δὲ patlence, nti, βίου. 11 ἰδού, μακαρίζομεν τοὺς «ὑπομένοντας." τὴν ὑπο- 
happy which endure, ,Lord. Lo, wecailblessed those who endure, The en- 


ο heard of the μονὴν “Iw ἠκούσατε, καὶ τὸ τέλος κυρίου τεῖδετειὶ ὅτι 
have seen the end of durance of Job ye have heard of, and the end of [the] Lord yesaw; that 


the Lord; that the πολύσπλαγχνός ἐστιν ὁ κύριος καὶ οἰκτίρμων. 12 Πρὸ 


ο ΜΕΡΑ ae full of tender pity is the Lord and compassionate, *Before 


- [4 [ή 4 ’ ‘ / 

ο ο ent things, πάντων δὲ, ἀδελφοί μου, μὴ.ὀμνύετε, μήτε τὸν οὐρανόν, 
᾽ ἔ 3 44h; 1 ὦ Ξ 
not, neither by hea- ae things bot ἀεὶ ρε ΕΥ̓ΕΑΣ not, eign!” [by] Ω προ. 
ven, neither by the μήτε τὴν γῆν, μήτε ἄλλον.τινὰ ὅρκον ἠτω.δὲ ὑμῶν τὸ Val, 
he engl “les a. nor the earth; nor any other oath; but let be of you the yea, 
by / Η ” 3 e η ? ε , , 

your yea be yea; val, καὶ TO οὔ, οὔ" ἵνα μὴ “εἰς ὑπόκρισιν! πέσητε. "18 κακο- 
and your nay, DAY; yea, aiid the nay, nay, that not into hypocrisy ye may fall, Dots,suf- 
lest ye fall into con- Ἔ : Cae 3 4 5 
demnation. 13 Is any παθεῖ τι ἐν ὑμῖν; προσευχεσθω' εὐθυμεῖ τις; 
among you afflicted? fer hardships ‘anyone “among “you? jet him pray: is *cheerful ‘anyone? 
let him pray. Is any ᾿ κ Ε ελ , 
merry? let him sing Ψαλλέτω. 14 ἀσθενεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν; προσκαλεσάσθω 
psalms. 14 Is any sick let him praise ; is*sick ‘anyone among you? let him callto him) 
among you? let him ‘ , λος: \ , 5 
call for the elders of τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ προσευξάσθωσαν ἐπ' 
the church; and let the elders of the assembly, and let them pray over 
them pray over him, ae ἊΝ - ἐσ πῇ 2 , > ror OR ἐν v ~ II , ς 
anointing him with αὐτόν, ἀλειψαντες αὐτὸν! ἐλαίῳ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἱτοῦ! κυρίου 
Oilinthe name of the him, having anointed him withoilin the name of the Lord; 





f ἀφυστερημένος TTr. & εἰσελήλυθαν LTTrAW. h—@oLTTrAW. ' i— ἂν TTrA. 
ὃ — ὑετὸν (read [rain]) LTTra. Κ πρόϊμον TTr. 1 ἀδελφοί, kar’ ἀλλήλων LTrA. m κρι- 
θῆτε ‘ye *be judged GLTTraw. n + ὃ the GLTTrAW. ο, ἀδελφοί µου, τῆς κακοπαθείας 
(-— µου My LTTraw) GLTTrAW. P + ἐν in (the) irr. 4 ὑπομείναντας endured LTTrA. 
Fiéeresee ye A.  * ὑπὸ κρίσιν under judgment ECLrTraw. Ὁ — αὐτὸν (read [him]) T. 
Υ͂ .- τοῦ (vead of [the]) uf[tr]a. 


I. Γ PETER: 


15 καὶ ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει ᾿τὸν κάμνοντα, καὶ ἐγε- 
and the prayer of faith shallsave the exhausted one, and will 
pet αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος' κἂν ἁμαρτίας ᾖ. πεποιηκώς. 
raise*up ‘him "the *Lord; andif "sins *he*be([%one*who]*has committed, 
ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ. 16 ἐξομολογεῖσθε ἡ ἀλλήλοις 
it shall be forgiven him. Confess to one another [your] 
"τὰ παραπτώματα," καὶ γεὔχεσθε! ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων, ὅπωό ἰαθῆ- 
offences, and pray for oneanother, that yemaybe 
τε. πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη. 
healed. "ΜαοἩ ®prevails ['the] supplication ‘of °a*righteous[’man] “operative. 
17 "Ἡλίαςὶ ἄνθρωπος «ἦν ὁμοιοπαθὴς ἡμῖν, καὶ προσευχῇ 
Elias 7a Sman *was oflike feelings tous, and with prayer 
/ ον A [ή ‘ > » ? 4 ~ ~ 
προσηύξατο τοῦ μὴ βρέξαι" καὶ οὐκ. ἔβρεξεν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 
he prayed [for it] not torain; and itdidnotrain upon the earth 
ἐνιαυτοὺς τρεῖς καὶ μῆνας ἕξ. 18 καὶ πάλιν προσηύξατο, καὶ 
3γθβτ8 ‘three and *months 'six; and again he prayed, and 
ὁ οὐρανὸς “ὑετὸν ἔδωκεν,ὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐβλάστησεν τὸν 


the heaven 7rain gave, and the earth caused *to ‘sprout 
καρπὸν αὐτῆς. 
*fruit 1108. 
19. ᾿Αδελφοὶ, ἢ ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀλη- 
Brethren, if anyone among you err from the truth, 


θ [ή ‘ ? / ᾽ , c / It er e 
είας, καὶ ἐπιστρέψῃ τις αὐτόν, 90 “γινωσκέτω! ὅτι ὁ 
and Ρρτίπρ *back ‘anyone him, let him know that he who 

ἐπιστρέψας. ἁμαρτωλὸν ἐκ πλάνης ὁδοῦ. αὐτοῦ, σώσει 
brings back & sinner from [the] error of his way, shall save 
ψυχὴν ἃ ἐκ θανάτου, καὶ καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν. 

᾿ 
8 οι] from death, and shall cover a multitude of sins, 

ε]ακώβου ἐπιστολή." 

70f5James epistle. 





593 


Lord: 15 and the 
prayer of faith shall 
save the sick,. and 
the Lord shall raise 
him up; and if he 
have committed sins, 
they shall be for- 
given him. 16 Con- 
fess your faults one 
to another, and pray 
one for another, that 
ye may be healed. 
The effectual fervent 
prayer of a righteous 
man availeth much. 
17 Elias was a man 
subject to like pas- 
sions as we are, and he 
prayed earnestly that 
it might not rain: and 
it rained not on the 
earth by the space of 
three years and six 
months. 18 And he 
prayed again, and the 
heaven gave rain, and 
the earth brought 
forth her fruit. ’ 


19 Brethren, if any 
of you do err from the 
truth, and one convert 
him ; 20 let him know, 
that he which con- 
verteth the sinner from 
the error of his way 
shall save a soul from 
death, and shall hidea 
multitude of sins, 


‘TIETPOY ΚΑΘΟΛΙΚΗ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΔΗ ΠΡΩΤΗ.' 


*OF °PETER *GENERAL sHPISTLE 


ΠΕΤΡΟΣ ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήµοις 


Peter, apostle of Jesus Christ, to [the] elect sojourners 


διασπορᾶς Ἰ[όντου, Γαλατίας, Καππαδοκίας, ᾿Ασίας, καὶ 
of [the] dispersion of Pontus, of Galatia, of Cappadocia, of Asia, and 


Βιθυνίας, 2 κατὰ πρόγνωσιν θεοῦ πατρός, ἐν ἁγιασ- 
Bithynia, according to [the] foreknowledge of God [the] Father, by sanctifi- 
‘ e 4 iif 
πνεύματος, εἰ ὀ ὑπακοὴν Kai ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος 
cation of [the] Spirit, unto[the] obedience and sprinkling of [the] blood 
Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη. 
of Jesus Christ: Grace toyou and peace _ be multiplied. 
4 £ cy 4 ~ , € ~ ? ~ 
3 Ἐὐλογητὸὺς ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 
Blessed [be]the God and Father of our Lord Jesus 
~ « A ~ 3” , τς ~ 
ριστοῦ, ὁ κατὰ τὺ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήῆσας δὴ μᾶς" 
Christ, who according to his great mercy begat again us 


*FIRST. 


PETER, an apostle of 
Jesus Christ, to the 
strangers scattered 
throughout Pontus, 
Galatia, Cappadocia, 
Asia, and Bithynia, 
2 elect according to 
the foreknowledge 
of God the Father, 
through sanctification 
of the Spirit, unto o- 
bedience and sprink- 
ling of the blood of 
Jesus Christ: Grace 
unto you, and peace, 
be multiplied. 

3 Blessed be the 
God and Father of 
our Lord Jesus Christ, 
which according to 





w + οὖν therefore LrTra, 
8 ἔδωκεν ὑετὸν LTTr, 
4 + αὐτοῦ (read his soul) LT. 


* τὰς ἁμαρτίας Sins LTTr. 
Ὁ + µου my (brethren) LTTrA. 


¥ προσεύχεσθε L. 
ο γινώσκετε know ye A. 


e — the subscription EGLTW ; Ἰακώβου Tra. 


2 Ἡλείας Ὑ, 


{ 4+. τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle E; — καθολικὴ Ο ; Πέτρου ἐπιστολὴ α΄ Tr; Πέτρου α LTaw. 


6 ὑμᾶς you Ε. 


ο 


594 


his abundant mer- 
cy hath begotten us 
again unto a lively 
hope by the resurrec- 
tion of Jesus Christ 
from the dead, 4to an 
inheritance incorrup- 
tible, and undefiled, 
and that fadeth not 
away, reserved in hea- 
του for you, 5 whoare 
kept by the power of 
God through faith un- 
to salvation ready to 
be revealed in the last 
time. 6 Wherein ye 
greatly rejoice, though 
now for a season, if 
need ‘be, ye are in 
heaviness through ma- 
nifold temptations: 
7 that the trial of your 
faith, being much 
more precious than of 
gold that perisheth, 
though itbe tried with 
fire, might be found 
uuto praise and ho- 
nour and glory at the 
appearing of Jesus 
Christ: 8 whom hav- 
ing not seen, ye love; 
in whom, though now 
e see him not, yet be- 
ieving, ye rejoice with 
joy unspeakable and 
full of glory: 9 re- 
ceiving the end ofyour 
faith, even the salva- 
tion of your souls. 
10 Of which salvation 
the prophets have in- 
quired and searched 
diligently, who pro- 
phesied of the grace 
that should come unto 
you: llsearching what, 
or what manner of 


time the Spirit of 
Christ which was in 
them did _ signify, 


when it testified be- 
forehand the suffer- 
ings of Christ, and the 
glory that should fol- 
low. 12 Unto whom it 
was revealed, that not 
unto themselves, but 
unto us they did mini- 
ster the things, which 
are now reported unto 
you by them that have 
preached the gospel 
unto you with the 
Holy Ghost sent down 
from heaven; which 
things the angels de- 
sire to look into. 

15 Wherefore gird 
up the loins of your 
mind, be sober, and 
hope to the end for the 
grace that is to be 
brought unto you at 
the revelation of Je- 


sus Christ ; 14 as obe-* 


dient children, not fa- 
shioning yourselves 


h ὑμᾶς you GLTTraWw. 


τιμήν LTTrAW, 


P ὑμῖν to you GLTTraw. 


MNETPOY 


, ~ > oe ~ 3 
εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν Ov ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ ἐκ 
to a*hope ‘living through [116] resurrection of J esus Christ from among 


~ ΄ » ‘ ? 4 4 
νεκρῶν, 4 εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον καὶ αµιαντον και 


Α. I. 


[080] dead, to  aninheritance incorruptible and undefiled and 
, ~ > « ~ ΕἾ ᾽ 

ἀμάραντον, τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς "ἡμᾶς," 5 τοὺς ἔν 

unfading, reserved in ({the] heavens for ue, who by 


, ~ , > δ 
δυνάμει θεοῦ φρουρουμένους διὰ πίστεως, εἰς σωτηρίαν 
[86] power of God[are] being guarded through faith, for salvation 


ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι ἐν καιρῷ ἐσχάτῳ" 6 ἐνφ ἀγαλ- 


ready to be revealed in [the] 7time last. Whercin ye ex- 
λιᾶσθε, ὀλίγον ἄρτι, εἰ δέον «ἐστίνιὶ λυπηθεντες — 
ult, for a little while at present, if necessary itis, having been put to grief 


/ ‘ , € ~ ~ ΄ 
ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασµόϊς, ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιὸν ὑμῶν τῆς πιστεως 
in various trials, that the proving of your faith, 
πολὺ τιμιώτερον" χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ 
(much more precious than gold that perishes,) *by “fire though 
~ > » ‘ , 3 
δοκιμαζομένου, εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον καὶ Ἰτιμὴν καὶ δόξαν," ἔν 
being proved, be found to praise and honour απᾶ glory, in 
? , ? ~ πό εἰ > m ἰδό i] 2 oy 
ἀποκαλύψει ᾿Τησοῦ χριστοῦ" ὃ ὃν οὐκ "εἰδότες! ἀγαπᾶτε, 
{the] revelation of Jesus Christ, whom not having seen ye love; 
εἰς ὃν ἄρτι μὴ ὁρῶντες, πιστεύοντες. δέ, ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 
on whom now [though] not looking, but believing, ye exult 
χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ, 9 κομιζόμενοι τὸ τέλος 
with joy unspeakable and glorified, receiving the end. 
τῆς.πίστεως ὑμῶν, σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν: 10 περὶ ἧς 
of your faith, {the] salvation of [your] souls ; concerning which 
σωτηρίας ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ "sEnoevrvnoay" προφῆται οἱ περὶ 
salvation *sought}°out ‘and searched *%out ‘prophets, *who ‘of 
τῆς εἰς ὑμᾶς χάριτος προφητεύσαντες, 11 ϑἐρευνῶντες! εἰς 
5the “towards ὅγοα ‘grace sprophesied ; searching to 
τίνα ἢ ποῖον καιρὸν ἐδήλου τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πνεῦμα 
what or what mannerof time ‘was ‘signifying "119 Sin “ὑπο 2Spirit 
χριστοῦ, προμαρτυρόμενον τὰ εἰς χριστὸν παθήματα, καὶ 
Sof *Christ, testifying beforehand of the{*helonging]*to *Christ ‘sufferings, and 
τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δόξας" 12 οἷς ἀπεκαλύφθη ὅτι οὐχ ἑαυτοῖς, 
the "αξίετ “these ‘glories; Το whom it was revealed, that not to themselves 
Ρημῖν' δὲ διηκόνουν αὐτά, ἃ νῦν ἀνηγγέλη ὑμῖν διὰ 
50ο Sus *but were serving those things, which now were announced to you by 
TOY εὐαγγελισαμένων ὑμᾶς “ἐν'Ὶ πνεύματι ἁγίῳ ἀπο- 


those who announced the gladtidingsto you in [the] Spirit 1Πο]γ 

, ? ~ ? ~ » 
σταλέντι ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ, εἰς ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄγγελοι παρακύψαι. 
sent from heaven, intowhich “desire angels to look, 


19 Aw ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς.διανοίας ὑμῶν, νή- 
Wherefore having girded up the loins of your mind, ἡ be- 
Φοντες, τελείως ἐλπίσατε ἐπὶ THY φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν ἐν 
ing sober, perfectly hope in the "being *brought *to you ‘grace at 
’ by ? ~ ~ ’ ε - 
ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. 14 ὡς τέκνα ὑπακοῆς, μὴ 
revelation of Jesus Christ ; as children of obedience, not 
'"συσχηματιζόµενοι ταῖς πρότερον ἐν τῇ.ἀγνοίᾳ ὑμῶν ἐπιθυ- 
fashioning yourselves tothe former in “your ignorance *de- 
µίαις, 15 ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν καλέσαντα ὑμᾶς ἅγιον Kai 
sires ; but according as he who called you [is] holy, also 


? ‘ er γ᾽ , ~ 
αὐτοὶ ἅγιοι ἐν πάσῃ ἀναστροφῇ γενήθητε' 16 διότι 
Ἀγουχεε]νος “holy ‘in fall ("your] *conduct ‘be “ye; because 


{the} 


Ὁ >, 
i — ἐστίν ΤΥ. 


ye K πολυτιµότερον GLTTrA. 
Ὦ (δόντες LTTrAW. 


; ο ἢ ἐξηραύνησαν ΤΤιΑ. 
4 — ἐν (read ἁγίῳ by Πε] Holy) irra. 


1 δόξαν καὶ 
° εραυνωντες ΤΊΤΑ. 
Σσυνσ- Tra, ‘ 


ETT, Ἑ ΕΒΕ ΕΝ ΕΣ 

γέγραπται, Άγιοι γένεσθε," tore" ἐγὼ ἅγιός "εἰμι." 17 Καὶ 
10 has been written, “Holy "be “ye, because 1 “holy ‘am, And 
εἰ πατέρα ἐπικαλεῖσθε τὸν "ἀπροσωπολήπτως! κρίνοντα 


if [851] Father 
κατὰ τὸ ἑκάστου ἔργον, ἐν φόβῳ τὸν τῆς παροικίας ὑμῶν 
according tothe “of*vach ‘work, in’ fexr the 7of “your *sojourn 
χρόνον ἀναστράφητε' 18 εἰδότες ὅτι οὐ φθαρτοῖς, ἀρ- 
‘time pass ye, knowing that not by¢orruptible things, by 
γυρίῳ ἢ χρυσίῳ, ἐλυτρώθητε ἐκ τῆς. ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς 
silver or by gold, yc wereredeemed from your vain manuer of life 
πατροπαραδύτου, 19 ἀλλὰ τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ 
handed down from [your] fathers, but by precious blood as ofa lamb 
ἁμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου χοιστοῦ᾽ 0 προεγγωσ- 
without blemish and without spot [the blood] of Christ: having been fore- 
4 Δ ‘ ~ , , να ᾽ 
μένου μὲν πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, φανεριυθέντος.δὲ ἐπ 
known iudecd before [the] foundation of [the] world, but manifested at 
7 ΜΝ ' ~ ΄ ε ~ ‘ » - 
Σεσχάτων' τῶν χρόνων δι ὑμᾶς, 21 τοὺς δι αὐτοῦ 
(the] last times forthe sake of you, who by him 
Yriorevovrac! εἰς θεόν, τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, 
believe ἡ in God, who raised up him fromamong([the] dead, 
καὶ δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα, ὥστε τὴν.πίστιν ὑμῶν καὶ ἐλπίδα εἶναι 
and glory tohim gave, 85ο 88 for your faith and hope to be 
Α 5) ~ ΄ ἘΠῚ ¢ ~ ~ 
εἰς θεόν. 22 Τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς 
in God. Your souls having purified by obedience to the 
7 : 16 ) if ή x ὃ λῴφί ᾽ 1. 2... 
ἀληθείας διὰ πνεύματος" εἰς φιλαδελφίαν ἀνυπόκριτον, ἐκ 
truth ὉὮτοιβ] Πποε] Spirit to brotherly love unfeigned, outof 
~ . ΄ ΄, τ μας ? 
Ἀκαθαρᾶς' καρδίας ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς" 23 ἀναγε- 
“pare ta heart one another love ye fervently. Having been 
~ ~ ? > , A 
γεννηµένοι οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς, ἀλλὰ ἀφθάρτου, διὰ 
begotten again, not of seed ‘corruptible, but ofincorruptible, by 
τὶ ~ ~ A ‘ I~ SF 
λόγου ζῶντος θεοῦ καὶ μένοντος ὕεἰς. τὸν αἰῶνα." 94 διότι 
{the] word “living ‘of “God and abiding for ever. Because 
~ , ΄ ‘ ~ ο ᾽ , "Π , 
πᾶσα σὰρξ «ὡς' χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα δόξα ἀνθρώπου" ὡς 
ali flesh [fis] as grass, and all [the] glory of nan as [the] 
ἄνθος ᾿χόρτου. ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος "αὐτοῦ" 
flower uf grass. SWithered ‘the “grass, and the flower «ο it 
- - . \ cw , ᾽ ‘ I~ ~ , 
ἐξέπεσεν" 25 τὸ δὲ ῥῆμα κυρίου μένει εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα. Tovro.dé 
fell away ; but the word of [the} Lord abides for ever. But this 
‘ ~ A A > ε ~ 
ἐστιν τὸ ῥῆμα TO εὐαγγελισθὲν εἰς ὑμᾶς. 
is the word whiclf was announced to you. 
/ ~ ‘ ‘ / ιά A 
Q ᾿Αποθέμενοι οὖν πᾶσαν κακίαν καὶ πάντα δόλον καὶ 
Having laid aside therefore all malice and all guile and 
Ν , ‘ ’ ’ Φ , , 
ὑποκρίσεις καὶ φθόνους καὶ πάσας καταλαλιᾶς, 2 ὡς ἀρτιγεν- 
hypocrisies and envyings and all evil speakings, as new- 
\ ΔΝ ” , ? / ε ? 
νητα βρέφη, τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε, Wa ἐν 
born babes, the ?mental ‘genuine milk long ye after, that by 
” / ε/ ‘ « “ἢ 
αὐτῷ αὐξηθῆτει 8 ξεΐπερ' ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κύριος. 
it ye may grow, if indeed ye did taste that [015] *good ‘the *Lord. 
, , ~ ε ‘ ? ’ ‘ 
4 πρὸς ὃν προσερχόµενοι, λίθον ζῶντα, ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν 
Το whom coming, a-stone ‘living, by men indeed 
. mi 49. ΄ ” - κ Ν ΔῈΝ 
ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον, παρὰ.δὲ θεῷ ἐκλεκτόν, ἔντιμον, ὃ καὶ αὖ 
rejected, but with God chosen, precious, also your- 
νον γῶν ἀν Gd RE es συ 
5 ἔσεσθε ye Shall be LTTraw. t διότι T. 
ωπολήμπτως LTTrA. χ ἐσχάτου (μεάά end of the times) L1T:aw. 
lievers LTTrA. t— διὰ πνεύματος LTTrAW. 
Ὁ — εἰς τον αἰῶνα GLTTrAW. 


ο -- ὡς 1. 
τοῦ LTT:[A]W. 


yecallon him who without regard of persons judges 


2 + εἰς σωτηρίαν unto salvation GLTTraWw. 


v — εἰμι (vead [am]) LTTraw. 


595 


according to the form- 
er lusts in your ignor- 
ance: 15 but as he 
which hath called you 
is hoiy, so be ye holy 
in all manner of con- 
versation ; 16 because 
it is written, Be ye 
holy ; for I am holy. 
17 Aud if ye call on 
the Father, who with- 
out respect of persons 
jJudgeth according Lo 
every man’s work pass 
the time of your so- 
journing here in fear: 
18 forasmuch as το 
know thatye were hot 
redeemed with cor- 
ruptible things, «5 
silver and gold, from 
your vain conversi- 
tion received by tradi- 
tion from your fathers; 
19 but with the pre- 
cious blood of Christ, 
as of a lamb without 
blemish and without 
spot: 20 who verily 
was foreordained be- 
fore the foundation of 
the world, but was 
manifest in these last 
times for you, 21 who 
by him do believe in 
God, that raised him 
up from the dead, and 
gave him glory; th:.t 
your faith and hope 
might be in God. 
22 Seeing ye have puri- 
fied your souls in 
obcying the truth 
through the Spirit un- 
to unfeigned love of 
the brethren, see that 
ye love one another 
with a pure heart fer- 
vently : 23 being born 
again, not of corrupti- 
ble seed, but of incor- 
ruptible, by the word 
of God, which liveth 
and abideth for ever. 
21 For all flesh is as 
grass, and all the 
glory of man as the 
flower of grass. The 
grass withereth, and 
the flower thereof 
falleth away: 25 but 
the word of the Lord 
endureth forever. And 
this is the word which 
by the gospelis preach- 
ed unto you. 

11. Wherefore lay- 
ing aside all malice, 
and all guile. and hy- 
pocrisies, and envies, 
and all evil speakings, 
2 as new born babes, 
desire thesincere milk 
of the word, that ye 
may grow therchy : 





¥ άπροσ- 
Υ πιστοὺς [are] be- 


a - καθαρᾶς (read from [the] heart) titra. 
ἆ αὐτῆς (read its glory) GLTTrAW. 
δ «tif LTT. 


© — aus 


596 


3 if so be ye have 
tasted that the Lord 
is gracious. 4 Το whom 
coming, as unto a liv- 
ing stone, disallowed 
indeed of men, but 
chosen of God, and 
recious, 5 ye also, as 
ively stones, are built 
up a spiritual house, 
an holy priesthood, to 
offer up spiritual sac- 
rifices, acceptable to 
God by Jesus Christ. 
6 Wherefore also it is 
contained in the scrip- 
ture, Behold, I lay in 
Sion a chief corner 
stone, clect, precious : 
and he that believeth 
on him shall not be 
coufounded. 7 Unto 
you therefore which 
believe he is precious: 
but unto them which 
be disobedient, the 
stone which the build- 
ers disallowed, the 
Same is made the head 
of the corner, 8 and a 
stone of stumbling, 
and a rock of offence, 
even to them which 
stumble at the word, 
being disobedient : 
whereunto also they 
were appointed. 9 But 
ye are ichosen gene- 
. ration, a royal priest- 
hood, an holy nation, 
8 peculiar people ; that 
ye should shew forth 
the praises of him who 
hath called you out of 
darkness into his mar- 
vellous light: 10 which 
in time past were not 
a people, but are now 
the people of God: 
which had not ob- 
tained mercy, but now 
have obtained mercy. 

11 Dearly beloved, I 
beseech you as strang- 
ers and pilgrims, ab- 
stain from fleshly lusts, 
which war against the 
soul ; 12 having your 
conversation honest a- 
mong the Gentiles: 
that, whereas they 
speak against you 
as evildoers, they 
may by your good 
works, which they 
shall behold, glorify 
God in the day of visi- 
tation. 

13 Submit yourselves 
to every ordinance of 
man for the Lord’s 
sake : whether it be to 
the king, as supreme ; 
14 or unto governors, 
as unto trem that are 





1 ἐποικοδομεῖσθε τ. 
= — τῇ TTrA ; ἢ γραφή (read the scripture contains) L. 


unbelieving) rrr. 


ovres Witnessing LTTraw. 


ΠΕΤΡΟΥ A.. τ 


τοὶ ὧς λίθοι ζῶντες ᾿οἰκοδομεῖσθε,) οἶκος πνευματικός, * 
selves, as stones ‘living, are being built up, a “house spiritual, 

, , [ή A κά ? [ή 
ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον, ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας εὐπροσδέκτους 
a priesthood ‘*holy to offer spiritual sacrifices acceptable 

~ ~ A ~ ~ ‘ ‘ [ή ~ 
Ιτῷ' θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. Ὁ "Διὸ καὶ περιέχει "ἐν τῇ 
toGod by Jesus Christ, Wherefore also it is contained in the 
γραφῇ," ᾿Ιδοὺ τίθημι ἐν Σιὼν λίθον ἀκρογωνιαῖον, ἐκλεκτόν, 
scripture: Behold, Iplace in Sion a *stone ?corner, chosen, 
ἔντιμον" καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ οὐ μὴ καταισχυνθῇ. 
precious: and hethat believes on him inno wise should be put toshame, 
7 Ὑμῖν οὖν ἡ τιμὴ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν" οἀπειξ 
To you therefore [15] *the ‘preciousness *who *believe; 7to[®those] 34 15: 
θοῦσινὶ δέ, λίθον! ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν' οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, 
obeying ‘but, [the] stone which Srejected those 7building, ΄ 
οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας, 8 καὶ λίθος προσκὸμ- 


this became head of [the] corner, and astone of stum- 
ματος καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου οἱ προσκόπτουσιν τῷ λόγῳ 
bling and arock of offence ; who stumble at the word, 
? ~ ? εν . ἐν τῷ: Ξ .“.ε - A ae: 
ἀπειθοῦντες, εἰς ὃ καὶ ἐτέθησάν' 9 ὑμεῖς δὲ γένος ἐκ- 


being disobedient, to which also they were appointed. But γα [876] 8 *ryce 
λεκτόν, βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, ἔθνος ἅγιον, λαὸς εἰς]περι- 
?chosen, a kingly priesthood, a*nation ‘holy, a people for* a pos- 
ποίησιν, ὅπως τὰς ἀρετὰς ἐξαγγείλητ τοῦ ἐκ σκότους 
session, that the virtues yemight set forth of him who out of darkness 
ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος εἰς τὺ.θαυμαστὸν.αὐτοῦ φῶς" 10 οἱ ποτὲ 
ΐγοι lealled to his wonderful light ; who , ouce 

᾽ ΄ - ῃ Δ αν ε ᾽ ? / 3 

οὐ λαός, νῦν.δὲ λαὸς θεοῦ" οἱ οὐκ.ἠλεημένοι, 
[were] not a people, but now [are] *people 'God’s; who had not received mercy, 

νῦν δὲ ἐλεηθεντες. 
but now received mercy 
? , ~ , [ή ‘ , 

11 Αγαπητοί, παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδή- 
Beloved, Iexhort [you] ‘as strangers and sojourners, 

~ ~ ~ 7 , 
μους, ἀπέχεσθαι! τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν, αἵτινες στρατεύον- 
to abstain from  fieshly desires, which war 
ται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς" 19 τὴν.ἀναστροφὴν.ὑμῶν τοῖς 
against the soul; 2your *manner ‘of 5116 5.88 
ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν, ἵνα ἐν.ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν ὑμῶν ὡς 
®nations *having fright that wherein they speak against you as 


κακοποιῶν, ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων Τἐποπτεύσαντες'! δοξά- 
evil doers, through [your] good works haying witnessed they 


σωσιν τὸν θεὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς. 
may glorify God in[the] day of visitation. 
13 Ὑποτάγητε Σοῦνὶ πάσῃ ἀνθρωπίνῃ κτίσει, διὰ 

Be in subjection therefore toevery human _ institution for thesake of 
τὸν κύριον εἴτε βασιλεῖ, ὡς ὑπερέχοντι" 14 εἴτε ἡγεμόσιν, 
the Lord; whether to[the] king as supreme, or to governors 
ὡς δι αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις εἰς ἐκδίκησιν μὲν" κακοποιῶν, 
as by him sent, for vengeance [on] evil doers, 
» " ᾽ - ο « ef ? Ν Ν , 
ἔπαινον. δὲ ἀγαθοποιῶν 16 ὅτι οὕτως ἐστὶν τὸ θέλημα 


ἐν 
Tamong 


and praise [to] well doers ; (because so is the will 
τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων 
of God, [by] well doing to put tosilence the 304 “senseless 





τα διότι because GLTTrAW. 
ο ἀπιστοῦσιν (read but to [those] 
4 + ὑμᾶς (read that ye abstain) L. τ ἐποπτεύ- 
5.-- οὖν LITrA, t — μὲν GLTTrAW. 


_k + ets for LTTra. 1 — τῷ LTTrA. 


Ρ λίθος LTrA. 


PETER. 


16 we ἐλεύθεροι, καὶ μὴ ὡς ἐπικά- 
88 free, and not *as 3, 
λυμμα ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, ἀλλ’ ὡς "δοῦλοι 
®cloak *having Sof 7malice *freedom, but as bondmen 
θεοῦ." 17. πάντας τιμήσατε, τὴν ἀδελφότητα ἀγαπᾶτε, τὸν 
of God. *All ‘+shew “honour 36ο, the “brotherhood love, 
θεὸν φοβεῖσθε, τὸν βασιλέα τιμᾶτε. 
Σαοά fear, “the ‘king ?°honour. 
18 Οἱ οἰκέται, ὑποτασσόμενοι ἐν παντὶ φόβῳ τοῖς δεσ- 
Servants, being subject with all fear to [your] 
πόταις, οὐ µόνον τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ 
masters, not only tothe good and gentle; but 8150 
τοῖς σκολιοῖς. 19 rovro yap yapic, εἰ διὰ συνείδησιν 
tothe crooked. For this [15] acceptable if for sake of conscience 
θεοῦ ὑποφέρει τις λύπας, πάσχων ἀδίκως. 20 ποῖον.γὰρ 
towardsGod “endures ‘anyone griefs, ϱαΏετίης unjustly. For what 
κλέος, εἰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόµενοι ὑπομενεῖτε; 
glory [is it], if sinning and being buffeted ye endure it ? 
ἀλλ᾽ εἰ ἀγαθοποιοῦντες καὶ πάσχοντες ὑπομενεῖτε, τοῦτο ¥ 
but if doing good and suffering yeendure [it], this [15] 
χάρις παρὰ θεῷ. 21 εἰς τοῦτο.γὰρ ἐκλήθητε, ὅτι καὶ 
acceptable with God. For to this ye were called; because also 
χριστὸς ἔπαθεν ὑπὲρ Σἡμῶν,! ἡμῖν! ὑπολιμπάνων ὑπογραμ- 
Christ , suffered for us,. “us leaving a model 
μόν, ἵνα ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς: ἴχνεσιν.αὐτοῦ" 22 ὃς ἁμαρτίαν 
that ye should follow after in his steps ; who $sin 
οὐκ.ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ-στόματι.αὐτοῦ' 23 ὃς 
did "πο, neither was “found ‘guile in his mouth ; who, 
’ ? / , ᾽ ᾽ , 
λοιδορούμενος οὐκ.ἀντελοιδόρει, πάσχων οὐκ.ἠπείλει, 


II, Π1. I 


ἀνθρώπων 
*men 


’ ΄ 
ἀγνωσιαν" 
*ignorance ;) 


being railed at, railed notinreturn; [when] suffering threatened not; 
παρεδίδου. δὲ τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως" 24 ὃς τὰς 
but gave (himself) over tohim who judges righteously ; who 


Υ̓͂ ~ ‘ ? , ~ , ? ~ ? ‘ 4A 
ἁμαρτίας.ἡμῶν αὐτὸς ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν τῷ-σώματι.αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ 


our sins himself bore in his body on the 

~ , ’ ~ . , ΄ 
ξύλον, ἵνα ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἀπογενόμενοι, τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ζή- 
tree, that, to sins [πε] being dead, to righteousness we 


25 ἦτε.γὰρ ὡς πρό- 


σωμεν᾽ οὗ τῷ .µώλωπι. αὐτοῦϊὶ ἰάθητε. 
For ye were as 


may live; by whose bruise ye were healed. 
ιά / ~ ‘4 ‘ ’ 
Bara "πλανώμενα"" ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεστράφητε νῦν ἐπὶ τὸν ποιμένα 
sheep going astray, but arereturned now to the shepherd 
τν , ~ 3 ~ « -Ὁ 
καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν. 
and overseer of your souls, 
΄ ~ ΄ ~ 29/ > 
3 Ὁμοίως, Yai" γυναῖκες, ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς.ἰδίοις ἀν- 
Likewise, wives, being subject to yourown hus- 
δράσιν, ἵνα καὶ εἴ τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ, διὰ τῆς τῶν 
bands, that, evenif any are disobedient tothe word, by the “of *the 
γυναικῶν ἀναστροφῆς ἄνευ λόγου “κερδηθήσωνται," 2 ἔπο- 
*wives Xconduct without [the] word they may be gained, 
Γ] ή Ἁ ? ‘4 4 ~ 4 
πτεύσαντες τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν 
ine witnessed [‘carried Sout] Sin "fear chaste Sconduct your ; 
8 ὧν ἔστωοὐχ 6 ἔξωθεν ἐμπλοκῆς “τριχῶν," «καὶ! 
whose “let 315 “πού *be ®the “outward [5016] “of °braiding “of **hair, and 
περιθέσεως χρυσίων, ἢ ἐνδύσεως ἱματίων κόσμος" 
44putting ‘Saround ‘of 11ρο]ᾶ, "5ος *°putting *°on *of **garments ‘adorning ; 


5 θεοῦ δοῦλοι ΤΊΤΑ. 5 + γὰρ for (this) La. 
EGLTTrAW. * — αὐτοῦ LTr[A]. 


b—oiLtT:[A]. © κερδηθήσονται they will be gained Lrtra, 


hav-. 


x ὑμῶν you EGLTTrA. 
3 πλανώμενοι (read ye were going astray as sheep) LTTrA, 
4 --τριχῶν 1» 


597 


sent by him for the 
punishment of evil- 
doers, and for the 
praise of them that do 
well, 15 For so is the 
will of God, that with 
well doing ye may put 
to silence the ignor- 
ance of foolish men: 
16 as free, and not 
using your liberty for 
a cloke of malicious- 
ness, but as the ser- 
vants of God. 17 Ho- 
nour all men. Love 
the brotherhood. Fear 
God. Honour the king, 

18 Servants, be sub- 
ject to your masters 
with all fear; not 
ouly to the good and 
gentle, but also to the 
froward. 19 For this 
as thankworthy, if a 
man for conscience to- 
ward God endure grief, 
suffering wrongfully. 
20 For what glory is zt, 
if, when ye be buffeted 
for your faults, ye 
shall take it patiently? 
but if, when ye do 
well, and suffer for it, 
ye take it patient- 
ly, this is acceptable 
with God. 21 For 
even hereunto were 
ye called: because 
Christ also suffered for 
us, leaving us an ex- 
ample, that ye should 
follow his steps: 22 who 
did no sin, neither was 
guile found in his 
mouth: 23 who, when 
he was reviled, reviled 
not again; when he 
suffered, he threatened 
not; but committed 
himself to him that 
judgeth righteously : 
24 who his own self 
bare our sins in his 
own body on the tree, 
that we, being dead to 
sins, should live un- 
to righteousness: by 
wuidse stripes ye were 
healed. 25 For ye were 


-as sheep going astray ; 


but are now returned 
unto the Shepherd and 
Bishop of your souls, 
11. Likewise, ye 
wives, be in subjection 
to your own husbands; 
that, if any obey not 
the word, they also 
may without the word 
be won by the conver- 
sation of the Wives; 
2 while they behold 
your chaste conversa~ 
tion coupled with fear. 
3 Whose adorning let 
it not be that outward 
adorning of plaiting 
the hair, and of wear- 


Σ ὑμῖν you 


e7 orl, 


098 
ing of gold, or οὗ put- 
ting on of apparel ; 


4 but let it be the hid- 
den man of the heart, 
in that which is not 
corruptible, even the 
ornament of a meek 
and quiet spirit, which 
is in the sight of God 
of great price. 5 For 
after this manner in 
the old time the holy 
women also, whotrust- 
ed in God, adorned 
themselves, being in 
subjection unto their 
own husbands: 6 even 
as Sara obeyed Abra- 
ham, calling him lord: 
whose duughters ye 
are, as long as ye do 
well, and are not a- 
fraid with any amaze- 
ment. 7 Likewise, ye 
huskinds, dweli with 
them according to 


hunowledge, giving ho-- 


nour unto the wife, as 
unto the weaker ves- 
sel, and as being hcirs 
tegether of the grace 
of life; that your 
prayers be not hin- 
dered. 


8 Finally, be ye all 
of one mind, having 
compassion oneof an- 
other, loveas brethren, 
be pitiful, be court- 
eous: 9 not rendering 
evil for evil, or railing 
for railing : but con- 
trariwise blessing ; 
kuowrmg that ye are 
thereunto called, that 
ye should inherit a 
blessing. 10 For he 
that will love life,and 
see good days, let him 
refrain his tongues 
from evil, and his lips 
that they speak no 
guile: 11 let him es- 
chew evil, and do good; 
let him seek peace, and 
ensue it. 12 For the 
eyes of the Lord are 
over the righteous, and 
his ears are open unto 
their prayers : but the 
face of the Lord is a- 
gainst them that do 
evil. 13 And whozs he 
that will harm you, 
Σε ye be followers of 
that which is good? 
14 But and if ye suf- 
fer for righteousness’ 
sake, happy are ye: 
and he not afraid of 
their terror, neither 
be troubled; 15 but 
sanctify the Lord God 
in your hearts : and be 





{ ἠσυχίου kat πραέος 1, ; πραέως (πραέος A) καὶ ἡσυχίου TTrA. 
“ συγκληρονύµοις Τ; 


GLTraWw ; ἐν- T. 
because) 111τΑ, 


P —oi (read [the] Lord’scyes),LTTrA, 4 ζηλωταὶ zealous LTTrAW. 


ΠΕ ΡΟ ας, Tit. 

e ‘ ~ . ” ᾽ ~ > ΄ 
4 ἀλλ᾽ ὁ κουπτὸς τῆς καρδιας ἄνθρωπος, ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ 
but the hidden “of *the *heart ‘man, in the incorruptible 

~ \ , { ? , 
τοῦ ἱπρᾳέος καὶ ἡσυχίου" πνεύματος, ὕ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον 
{ornament]ofthe meek απᾶ quiet spirit, which is before 
τοῦ θεοῦ πολυτελές. 5 οὕτως.γάρ ποτε καὶ αἱ ἅγιαι γυναῖκες 


God of great price. For thus formerly also the holy women 
αἱ ἐλπίζουσαι %imi τὸν" θεὸν ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς, ὑποτασσό-. 
those hoping in God adorned themselves, being sub- 


μεναι τοῖς. ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν' 6 we Σάῤῥα ὑπήκουσεν' τῷ 


ject to their own husbands ; as Sarah obeyed 
᾽Αβραάμ, κύριον αὐτὸν καλοῦσα, ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα" ἀγα- 
Abraham, “lord *7him ‘calling; of whom ye became children, do- 


μηδεμίαν πτόησιν. ἢ Οἱ 
_any consternation. 

(lit. no) 
ἄνδρες ὁμοίως, συνοικοῦντες κατὰ 
Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge, as 
νεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν, ὡς 
weaker «[even] *vessel*with*the “female, rendering [them] honour, as 
Ἰσνγκληρογόμοι" χάριτος ζωῆς, εἰς τὸ μὴ Κἐκκύπτεσ- 
joint-heirs of [the] grace of life, so as Snot *to *be Scut 


θοποιοῦσαι καὶ μὴ φοβούμεναι 


ing good and not fearing {with} 


γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθε- 
witha 


καὶ 

also [being] 

θαι! τὰς. προσευχὰς ὑμῶν. 
Toff your *prayers. 


8 Τὸ δὲ. τέλος, πάντες ὁμόφρονες, συμπαθεῖς, Φιλ- 
Finally, all {being] of one mind, sympathizing, loving 

10 y » λ } 6 , sell 9 ‘ ? ὃ ὃ ΄ 
αὐελφοι, ευσπλαγχγνοι, ᾿Φιλοφρονες µη αποὀιὀθοντες 


the brethren, tender hearted, friendly, not rendering 


κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας" τοὐναντίον δὲ 
evil for evil, or railing for railing; but on the conirary, 
rv ~ m ἰδ , νἢ « > ~ ’ / “ > ΄ 
εὐλογοῦντες, "εἰδότες" ὅτι εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα εὐλογίαν 
blessing, knowing that to this 3ο werecalled, that blessing 
κληρονομήσητε. 10 ὁὃ.γὰρ θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾷν, καὶ ἰδεῖν 
ye should inherit. For he that wills 91406  4to7love, and ἴο 860 
ἡμέρας ἀγαθάς, παυσάτω τὴν. γλῶσσαν."αὐτοῦ! ἀπὸ 
34878 good, let him cause to cease his tongue from 
κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη "αὐτοῦ" τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον. 11 ἐκκλι- 
evil, and “lips *his not tospeak guile, Let him turn 
νάτω 5 ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ ποιησάτω ἀγαθόν" ζητησάτω εἰρήνην, 
aside from’ evil, and _ let him do geod. Let him seek peace 
καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν. 12 ὅτι Pou! ὀφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ἐπὶ 
and let him pursue it: because the eyes of [the] Lord [are] ‘on 
δικαίους, καὶ ὦτα.αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν.αὐτῶν' πρόσωπον.δὲ 
[086] righteous, and hisears towards their supplication. But [the] face 
κυρίου ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακά. 19 καὶ τίς ὁ κακώ- 
of [the) Lord [is] against those doing οτί]. And who [is] he that shall in- 
σων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ Ἀμιμηταὶ' γένησθε; 
jure you, if of *that *which [515] ‘good Ximitators ye shoul1 be? 
14 ἀλλ εἰ καὶ πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην, μακάριοι. 
But if also ye should suffer on account of righteousness, __ blessed [are ye]; 
A x 4 ? ~ A ~ \ τ 
τὸν δὲ φόβον. αὐτῶν μὴ-φοβηθῆτε, μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε" 
but their fear yeshould not be afraid of, neither should ye be troubled ; 
15 κύριον.δὲ τὸν "θεὸν' ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις ὑμῶν" 
but *Lord the *God ‘sanctify in your hearts, 








5 Ε εἰς LTTrAW. Ὦ ὑπήκουεν L. 
συγκληρονόµοις to joint-heirs tra. κ ἐγκόπτεσθαι to be hindered 
1 ταπεινόφρονες humble minded GLrTraw. m — εἰδότες (read ὅτι 
8 — αὐτοῦ (read [his]) LTTra. 9 + δὲ and (let him turn aside) Ltra, 
Σχριστον Christ Lrvraw, 


ba, IV. Ε = ay St al a 


er , ‘ ~ ~ ε 9 
ἕτοιμοι. “δὲ! ἀεὶ πρὸς ἀπολογίαν παντὶ τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς 
and ready [be]always for adcfeuce to everyone that asks you 
η ~ ~ , κα Δ 
λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος, ' μετὰ πρᾳῦὔτητος καὶ 
8} account coucerning the 7in *you thope, with mevkness and 
, ΄ , τη ~ 
φόβου: 16 συνείδησιν ἔχοντες ἀγαθήν, ἵνα ἐν.ᾧ "καταλαλῶ- 
fear ; *a*conscience ‘having “good, that whereas they may speak 


ow" “judy ὡς κακοποιῶν," καταισχυνθῶσιν οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες 
against you as evil doers, they may be ashamed who calumniate 


ε ~ ‘ ~ , ~ 
ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν. 17 κρεῖττον. γὰρ 
your good ‘in °*Christ *manner ’of “life. For [it is] better, 
Ψ θ ~ > xO; Il Α θέ ~ θ ~ , 
ἀγαθοποιοῦντας, εἰ θέλει τὸ θεληµα τοῦ θεοῦ, πάσχειν, 
(®fon®you]!°doing''good, ‘if ‘wills (7it]*the ὅψ1}} tof 5ᾳοᾶ, to suffer, 
ἢ κακοποιοῦντας" 18 ὅτι καὶ. 
thar doing evil; because 7indeed ‘+Christ 
τιῶν ἔπαθεν. δίκαιος ὑπὲρ ἀδίκων, ἵνα ἡμᾶς προσαγάγῃ 
suffered, [the] just for [the] unjust, that us he might bring 
Ζτῷ' θεῷ θανατωθεὶ ἐν σαρκί, ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ ὅτῳ" 
ο τα, ς μ OKL, ησεις. ῳ 
to God; having been put to death in flesh, but made alive by the 
πνεύματι, 19 ἐν καὶ τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς 
Spirit, in which also tothe *in “prison spirits having gone 
” ane - 9 ? , , er b . 9 ο. / ἢ « 
ἐκήρυξεν, 20 ἀπειθήσασίν ποτε, ore drag ἐξεδέχετο! ἡ 
he preached, [who] disobeyed sometime, when once was waiting the 
τοῦ θεοῦ µακροθυµία ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευα- 
*of3God ‘longsuffering in{the] days of Noe, [while was] being pre- 
ζομένης κιβωτοῦ, εἰς ἣν “ὀλίγαι," Ἱτουτέστιν' ὀκτώ, ψυχαὶ 
pared  ᾖ{[ἴπε] ark, into which few, that is eight souls, 
διεσώθησαν δι’ ὕδατος, 21 “ὃ! καὶ ἡμᾶς" ἀντί ῦ 
5 ἡμᾶς" ἀντιτυπον νυν 


once for sins 


were saved through water, which ?also Sus figure “now 
σώζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ 
“saves [even] baptism, not of flush a putting away of {the] filth, but 
συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς ἐπερώτημα εἰς θεόν, δι ἀνα- 
Sof ®a.®conscience 7g00d ['the] “demand “towards *God, by([the]  re- 
στάσεως ᾿]ησοῦ χριστοῦ, 22 ὃς ἐστι» ἐν δεξιᾷ Frou" θεοῦ, 
surrection of Jesus Christ, who is. at([the] right hand of God, 
πορευθεὶς εἰς οὐρανόν, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων καὶ 
gone into heaven, Shaving 7been ®subjected °to'°him ‘angels “and 


“ἐξουσιῶν καὶ δυνάμεων. 
Sauthorities “απά ΄ρονναις, 
ad 7 3 A ~ , ον 1 ~ 
4 Χριστοῦ οὖν παθόντος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν" σαρκί, καὶ ὑμεῖς τὴν 


Christ ποια havingsuffered for us in{(the]flesh,also ye “the 
αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν  ὑπλίσασθε ὅτι ὁ παθὼν ev" σαρκί, 
Ssame Smind ‘arm “yourselves “with; for he that suffered in [the] flesh 


πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας" 2 εἰς τὸ μηκέτι ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις, 

has done with sin ; no longer 1°men’s Στο | lusts, 
Ιἀλλὰ θελήματι θεοῦ τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ βιῶσαι χρόνον. 

᾿ϑηαῦ 13ο ‘will '*God’s*the *remaining “in [7080] ®fiesh ‘to “live time. 
8 ἀρκετὸς.γὰρ Κἡμῖν' ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος ἱτοῦ βίου, τὸ 
For [15] sufficient for us the past time of life the 

/ ῃ ; ~ 3 ~ / , ? 
πιθέλημα" τῶν ἐθνῶν "κατεργάσασθαι, πεπορευµενους ἐν 
will of the nations to have worked out, having walked in 


Se EE ee τπεππος 


ν καταλαλοῦσιν they speak against 
ν — ὑμῶν ws κακοποιων ΤΑ. 
ἃ — τῷ (read [10 the]) GLTTraw. 


5-- δὲ and ττττ[α]. t + ἀλλὰ but LTTrAW. 
Lirw; καταλαλεῖσθε ye are spoken against Ta. 
may willeitTtraw. Y ἀπέθανεν died ittr. 2 -- τῷ W. 
Ὁ ἀπεξεδέχετο (omit OnCe) GLTTr.W. 
εῴ to which E. [ὑμᾶς YOU LTTrA, 

i — ἐν (vead [in]) LTTrA. k — ἡμῖν LTA. 
2 κατειργάσθαι LTTrAW. 


6 — τοῦ ΤῊ ΓΑ]. 
1— τοῦ βίου LITrAW. 


χριστὸς ἅπαξ περὶ ἁμαο-. 


ο ὀλίγοι few [persons] ΤΡ ΡΡΑΥΝ. 


~ 

599 
ready always to give 
an answer to every 
man that asketh you 
a reason of the hope 
that is in you with 
meekness and fear: 
16 having a good con- 
science; that, where- 
as they speak evil of 
you, as of evildoers, 
they may be ashamed 
that falsely accuse 
your good convarsa- 
tion inChrist. 17 For 
tt is better, if the will 
of God be so, that ye 
suffer for well doing, 
than for evil doing. 
18 For Christ alsohath 
once suffered for sins, 
the just for the un- 
just, that he might 
bring us to God, being 
put to death in the 
flesh, but quickened by 
the Spirit : 19 by which 
also he went and 
preached unto the spi- 
rits in prison; 20 which 
sometime were disobe- 
dient, when once the 
longsuffering of God 
Waited in the days 
of Noah, while the 
ark was a preparing, 
wherein few, that, is, 
eight souls were saved 
by water. 21 The like 
figure whereunto cven 
baptism doth alsonow 
save us (not the put- 
ting away of the filth 
of the flesh, but the 
answer of a good con- 
science toward God,) 
by the resurrection of 
Jesus Christ: 22 who is 
gone into heaven, and 
is on the right hand of 
God; angels and au- 
thorities and powers 
being made-subject un- 
to him. 


IV. Forasmuch then 
as Christ hath suffered 
for us in the flesh, arin 
yourselves likewise 
with the same mind; 
for he thet hath suf- 
fered in the flesh hath 
ceased fro-n sin; 2 that 
he no lenger should 
live the re-t of his time 
in the fle,h to the lusts 
of men, but to. the will 
of God. 3 For the time 
past of our ο may 
suffice us to have 
wrought the will of 
the Gentiles, when we 





κ θέλοι 


d τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. 


α.- ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ΗΤΤΑ. 


5 βουληµα ΙΤ ΤΤΑΛΥ͂, 


600 


walked in lascivious- 
ness, lusts, ‘excess of 
wine, revellings, bin- 
quétings, and abo- 
minable _ idolatries : 
4 wherein the: -hink it 
strange that yerunnot 
with them to the same 
excess of riot, speak- 
ing evil of you: 5 who 
shall give account to 
him that is ready to 
judge the quick and 
the dead. 6 For for 
this cause was the 
gospel preached also to 
them that are dead, 
that they might be 
judged according to 
men in the fiesh, but 
live according to God 
in the spirit. 

7 But the end of all 
things is at hand: be 
ye therefore sober, and 
watch unto prayer. 
8 And above all things 
have fervent charity 
among yourselves : for 
charity shall cover 
the multitude of sins. 
9 Use hospitality one 
to another without 
grudging. 10 As every 
man hath received the 
gift, even so minister 
the same one to an- 
other, as good stewards 
of the manifold grace 
of God. 11 Ifany man 
speak, let him speak 
as the oracles of God ; 
if any man minister, 
let him doit as of the 
ability which God giv- 
eth: that God in all 
things may be glorified 
through Jesus Christ, 
to whom be praise and 
dominion for ever and 
ever. Amen, 

12 Beloved, think it 
not strange concern- 
ing the fiery trial 
which is to try you, as 
though some strange 
thing happened unto 
you: 13 but rejoice, 
inasmuch as ye are par- 
takers of Christ’s suf- 
ferings; that, when his 
glory shall be revealed, 
ye may be glad also 
with exceeding joy. 
14 If yebe reproached 
for the name of Christ, 
happy are ye; for the 
spirit of glory and of 
God resteth upon you: 
on their part he is evil 
spoken of, but on your 
‘part he is glorified. 
15 But let none of you 
suffer as a murderer, 
or as a thief, or as an 
evildoer, or as a busy- 
body in other men’s 
miatters. 16 Yet if any 


° — τὰς LTTrAW. 


γυσμοῦ murmuring LTTraw. 
μεν to end of verse LTTra. 





ieee, Orr, “Ἂς IV. 


΄ η ’ ? ΄ ¢ , . 
ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κωμοις, πότοις, καὶ 


licentiousness, lusts, wine-drinking, revels, drinkings, and 
ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρείαις' 4 ev. Eevifovrar, μὴ συν- 
unhallowed idolatries. Wherein th¢y thinkitstrange “not *run- 
, € ~ > ‘ ~ ’ ’ 
τρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν, 
ning *with(*them] ‘your to the same 308 *dissoluteness ‘overflow, 
βλασφημοῦντες" ὅ οἱ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον τῷ ἑτοίμως 
speaking evil [ofyou]; who shall render account to him ready 
ἔχοντι κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς. ϐ εἰς.τοῦτο.γὰρ καὶ 
ἀν ῆο “is {ο Ἰαᾶρο [88] living and([the] dead. For-to this [end] also 
νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη, ἵνα  κριθῶσιν μὲν 


to [the] dead were the glad tidings announced, that they might be judged indeed 
κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκί, ζῶσιν. δὲ κατὰ θεὸν πνεύματι. 
as regards men, in[the] flesh; but might live as regards God in [the] Spirit. 


7 Πάντων.δὲ τὸ τέλος Ίγγικεν σωφρονήσατε οὖν 
Butofallthings the end has drawn uear: be sober-minded therefore, 


καὶ νήψατε εἰς στὰς" προσευχάς" 8 πρὸ πάντων Pde" τὴν 
and be watchful unto prayers ; “before “411 *things ‘but 

εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀγάπην ἐκτενῆ ἔχοντες, ὅτι ἀγάπη "kahve 
among yourselves Slove fervent ‘having, because love will cover 

πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν. 9 φιλόξενοι εἰς ἀλλήλους ἄνευ "γογγυσ- 
Α multitude of sins; hospitable -to oneanother, without murmur- 
μῶν" 10 ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα, εἰς ἑαυτοὺς 
ings ; exch according as he received 8 gift, to each other 
αὐτὸ διακονοῦντες, ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος 

it Iserving, as good stewards of [the] various grace 
θεοῦ" 11 εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια θεοῦ" εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς 
of God. If anyone speaks— as oracles ofGod;if anyone serves— as 
ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ θεός" ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοζάζηται ὁ 
of strength which “supplies ‘God; that in all things may be glorified 
θεὸς διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χοιστοῦ, ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 
God through Jesus Christ, towhom is’ the glory and the might 
εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 
to the. ages ofthe ages. Amen. 

12 Αγαπητοί, μὴ-ζενίζεσθε τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 

« loved, take ποῦ as strange the ‘amongst °you ‘fire ("of *persecution] 

πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινοµένῃ, ὡς ἕένου ὑμῖν 
for trial to you [which is] taking place, asif a strange thing to you 

συμβαίνοντος" 13 ἀλλὰ ἱκαθὸ) κοινωνεῖτε τοῖς τοῦ χρισ- 
[15] happening; but according as ye haveshare inthe 20f 
τοῦ παθήμασιν, χαίρετε, ἵνα καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης 


3Christ ‘sufferings, rejoice, thatalso in the revelation of “glory 
αὐτοῦ χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι. 14 εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν 

*his ye mayrejoice exulting. If yeare reproached in [the] 
? , ~ , ‘ ~ A 
ὀνόματι χριστοῦ, μακάριοι" ὅτι τὸ τῆς δόξης" καὶ 


name of Christ, blessed [are ye]; because the [spirit] of glory and 


τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται" “κατὰ μὲν αὐτοὺς 
the 70f SGod ‘Spirit upon you rests; on their part 
~ \ i ο ~ / - 

βλασφημεῖται, κατὰ δὲ ὑμᾶς δοξάζεται.ὶ 15 μὴ. γαρ τις 
he is blasphemed, but on your part he is glorified. Assuredly *not 7anyone 
c ~ [ή ε ΄ an / 

ὑμῶν πασχετω ὡς φονεύς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιός, ἢ ὡς 
*of σοι ‘let suffer as 8 murderer, or thief, or evil doer, or a3 


*a\Xorpioetioxoroc.' 16 εἰ δὲ ὡς χριστιανός, μὴ αἰσχυ- 
overlooker of other people’s matters; butif as achristian, ποῦ ‘let *him 


ο πια ἡ EG. ος Υ καλύπτει Covers ΙΤΤΓΑΤΥ. 
οὗ καθὼς ξ. ᾗἹ + καὶ δυνάμεως and of power 1. 
Σ αλλοτριεπίσκοπος LTTr, 





Ρ --- δὲ Tira. - yoy- 
π -- κατὰ 


IV, V. I PETER. 
νέσθω, δοξαζέτω.δὲ τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ Σμέρειι τούτῳ. 17 ὅτι 
be ashamed, but let him glorify God in 2respect this. Because 


ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ θεοῦ" 
the ‘time([for] ἴο Βαυθ Ῥθριῃ ὑπ judgment from the house of God 
εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ ἡμῶν, Ti τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 
[is come]; but if first from us, whatthe end ofthose disobeying 
τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ ; 18 καὶ εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σώζεται, 
the 308 *God ‘glad “tidings? And if therighteous with difficulty is saved, 
ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ 5 ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται; 19 ὥστε καὶ 
Sthe *ungodly δαμᾷ ®sinner twhere *shall appear ὃ Wherefore also 
/ 4 , ~ ~ e ~ 
οἱ πάσχοντες κατὰ το θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ, *we' πιστῷ 
they who suffer accordingtothe will of God 8685 toa faithful 
κτίστῃ παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς. ψυχὰς. ἑαυτῶν" ἐν “ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ." 
Creator let them commit their souls in well doing. 
5 Πρεσβυτέρους ἃ τοὺς! ἐν ὑμῖν παρακαλῶ ὁ ἴσυμ- 
Elders who [are] among you 


Iexhort who[am] a 
πρεσβύτερος" καὶ µάρτυς τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παθηµάτων, ὁ 


fellow elder and witness ofthe *of*the *Christ 1sufferings, who 
καὶ τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης κοινωνός; 2 ποι- 
also of the about “to *be revealed tglory [am] partaker: shep- 


µάνατε τὸ ἐν ὑμῖν ποίμνιον τοῦ θεοῦ, Εἐπισκοποῦντες! μὴ 
herd the *among *you flock *of *God, exercising oversight not 
ava ὥς, Ῥάλλ᾽" ἑ ἰωςἶἷ" μηδὲ ai δῶς, ἀλλὰ - 
γκαστῶς; "ἃ ἐκουσίιως µηὸε αἰσχροκερόωώς, ἀλλὰ προ 
by constraint, but willingly ; rot for base gain, but. readi- 
Ovuwe' 3 pnd ὡς κατακυριεύοντες τῶν κλήρων, — 
vt 


ly; not as exercising lordship over [your] possessions, 
τύποι γινόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου. 4 καὶ φανερωθέντος 
patterns being of the fiock. And *having *been “manifested 


τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος, κομιεῖσθε τὸν ἁἀμαράντινον τῆς δόξης 
*the Ἅσομιεε “shepherd, 9 5881] τεοεῖτο the unfading 301 “glory 
στέφανον. 

*crown. 

5 Ὁμοίως, νεώτεροι, ὑποτάγητε πρεσβυτέροις" πάντες 

Likewise, [ye] younger [ones], besubject to[theJelder[ones], all 

δὲ ἀλλήλοις ὑποτασσόμενοι" τὴν ταπεεοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώ- 
Jandonetoanother being subject *humility *pind 
σασθε' ὅτι ὁ θεὸς 
7on; because God [the] 


δὲ didwow χάριν. 6 ταπεινώθητε 
Be humbled 


ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς 
proud sets himself against, *to[*the]*humble 
οὖν ὑπὸ THY κραταιὰν 

therefore under the mighty 


“but gives grace. 

Ἰχεῖρα! τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα ὑμᾶς ὑψώσῃ ἐν Kapy™ 7 πᾶσαν 
hand of God, that you he may exalt in [due] time; all 
τὴν.μέριμναν ὑμῶν "ἐπιῤῥίψαντες" ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, ὅτι αὐτῷ 


your care having cast upon hin, because with him 


μέλει περὶ ὑμῶν. 8 νήψατε, γρηγορήσατε, Ort" ὁ ἀντίδικος 
thereiscare about you, Be sober, watch, because “adversary 
ε ~ ὃ ’ λ e λέ 2 , ΄ ~ 74 ~ Ῥ ΄ li 
υμων ιάβο OC, ως AEWV ωρυοµεγος, περιπατει, ητων τινα 
4your [the] « devil, as a "lion lroaring, goes about, seeking whom 

ακαταπίῃ 9 ᾧ ἀντίστητε στερεοὶ τῇ πίστει, εἰδότες τὰ 
he may swallow up, Whom resist, firm in faith, knowing the 
αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων τῷ ἐν ἢ κόσμῳ ὑμῶν ἀδελφότητι 
same sufferings 7which [515] °in [?°the] 1 world *in 5your *brotherhood 

Σ ὀνόματι Name LTTrAw. 7+ other. ® — ὡς LTTrA. 
ο ἀγαθοποιῖαις LW. d + οὖν then Lrtra. 9 — τοὺς LTrA. 
σκοποῦντες TIA]. » ἀλλὰ TTra. 
μενοι LTTrAW. 1 χείραν τ. 
ψαντες ΙΤΤΤΑ. ©— ὅτι GLTTrAW. 
καταπίειν Tre Σε τῷ the Trr, 


Ρ τινὰ some One L, 


i+ κατὰ θεόν according to God LTtTr. 
τὰ - ἐπισκοπῆς (read in time of visitation) L. 
4 καταπιεῖν to swallcw up LTa; 


601 


man suffer as a Chris- 
tian, let him .not be 
ashamed ; but let him 

glorify God on this 
behalf. 17 For the time 
is come that judgment 
must begin at the 
house of God: and if 
it first begin at us, what 
shall the end be of 
them that obey not the 
gospel of God? 18 And 
if the righteousscarce- 
ly be saved, where 
shall the ungodly and 
the sinner appear? 
19 Wherefore let them 
that suffer according 
to the will of God 
commit the keeping of 
their souls to him in, 
well doing, as unto a 
faithful Creator, 

VY. The elders which 
are among you I ex- 
hort, who am also an 
elder, and a witness 
of the sufferings of 
Christ, and also a par- 
taker of the glory that 
shall Ῥο revealed: 
2 Feed the flock of 
God which is among 
you, taking the over- 
sight thereof, not by 
constraint, but wil- 
lingly ; not for filthy 
lucre, but of a ready 
mind; 3 neither as 
being lords over God's 
heritage, but being en- 
samples to the flock. 
4 And when the chief 
Shepherd shall appear, 
ye shall receive a 
crown of glory that 
fadeth not away. 

5 Likewise, ye young- 
er, submit yourselves 
unto the elder. Yea, 
all of you be subject 
one to another, and be 
clothed with humility: 
for God resisteth the 
proud, and_ giveth 
grace to the humble, 
6 Humble yourselves 
therefore under the 
mighty hand of God, 
that he may exalt you 
in due time: 7 casting 
allyour care upon him; 
for he careth for you, 
8 Be sober, be vigilant; 
because your adver- 
sary the devil, as a 
roaring lion, walketh 
about, seeking whom 
hemay devour: Jwhom 
resist stedfast in the 
faith, knowing that 
the same afflictions are 


Ρ αὐτῶν LTTrAW. 


ἔσυν- τ. ὃ --- ἀπι- 
« ΄ 

k — ὑποτασσό- 

η ἐπιρί- 


ους 

accomplished in your 
brethren that are in 
the world. 10 But the 
God of all grace, who 
hath called us unto his 
eternal glory by Christ 
Jesus, after that ye 
have suffered a while, 
make you perfect, sta- 
blish, strengthen, set- 
tle you. 11 Το him be 
glory and dominion 
for ever andever, A- 
men, 


12 By Silvanus, a 
faithful brother unto 
you, as I suppose, I 
have written briefly, 
exhorting, and testify- 
ing that this is the true 
grace of God wherein 
ye stand.13 ‘Lhe church 
that ts at Babylon, 
elected together with 
you, saluteth you ; and 
so doth Marcus my son, 
14 Greet ye one an- 
other with a kiss of 
charity. Peace be with 
you all that are in 
Christ Jesus. Amen, 


πΕΤΡΟΥ 8. 1. 


~ « 4 ‘ 2 ΄ « , 
ἐπιτελεῖσθαι. 10 ὁ δὲ θεὸς πάσης χάριτος, ὁ καλέσας 
1ργο 2being “accomplished. Butthe ἀοά ofall grace, who. called 


ὃ ¢ ~ \ η, ~ ὃς ? ~ ? ~ i] . ‘ 
ἡμᾶς. εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δύξαν ἐν χριστῷ "Ἰησοῦ," ολίγον 


us to “eternal ‘this glosy in Christ Jesus, alittle while 
παθόντας, αὐτὸς "καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς." στηρίξαι, σθενώ- 
[σε] having suffered, *himsclf *may perfect you, mayheestablish, may he 


ν.« ΄ Vi 4 , ᾽ 
51 δόξα καὶ" τὸ κράτος εἰς 
to 


11 αὐτῷ 


σαι. Ἀθεμελιώσαι"' 
to him [be] the glory and the might, 


strengthen, may he found [you]: 
τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 


the ages ofthe ages. Amen, 
12 Διὰ Σιλουανοῦ ὑμῖν Ττοῦ" πιστοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, ὡς λογίζο- 
By Silvanus, *to*you ‘the “faithful “brother, as Ireckon, 
pat, δι. ὀλίγων ἔγραψα, παρακαλῶν καὶ ἐπιμαρτυρῶν ταύτην 
briefly 1 wrote, exhorting and testifying this 


ἀληθῆ χάριν Tov θεοῦ, εἰς ἣν δέἑστήκατε." 13 ᾿Ασπά- 

grace of God, in which ye stand, 7Sa- 

ζεται ὑμᾶς ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι συνεκλεκτή, καὶ Μάρκος 

lutes Syou ‘she %in ®Babylon Zelected *with [*you], and Mark 

« cr > , ? , ? , ’ / 3 

ὁ υἱόςρ.μου. 14 ἀσπάσασθε ἀλλήλους ἐν φιλήματι ἀγάπης. 
my son. Salute one :nother with a kiss of love. 

εἰρήνη ὑμῖν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν χριστῷ "ἢ Ἰησοῦ." “ἀμήν." 

Peace [06] withyou all who [areJin Christ Jesus, Amen, 

ἁΠέτρου ἐπιστολὴ καθολικὴ πρώτη." 

*Of°Peter “Epistle *General First. 


εἶναι 
το be [the] true 





«ΕΠΙΣΤΟΔΗ ΠΕΤΡΟΥ ΚΑΘΟΔΙΚΗ ΔΕΥΤΕΡΑ.' 


sEPISTLE 


x 

SIMON Peter, a ser- 
vant and an apostle of 
Jesus Christ, to them 
that have obtained like 
precious faith with us 
through the righteous- 
ness of God and our 
Saviour Jesus Christ: 
2 Grace and peace be 
multiplied unto you 
through the know- 
ledge of God, and of 
Jesus our Lord, 


3 According as his 
divine power hath giv- 
en unto us all things 
that pertain unto life 
and godliness, through 
the knowledge of him 
that hath called us 
to glory and virtue: 
4 whereby are given 
unto us _ exceeding 
great and precious 
promises: that by these 
ye might be partakers 
of the divine nature, 
having escaped the 


4Α0Ε SPETER *GENERAL ‘SECOND. 

ΣΥΜΕΩΝ" Πέτρος δοῦλος καὶ ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, 
Simeon Peter, bondman and apostie of Jesus Christ, 
τος ἰσότιμον ἡμῖν λαχοῦσιν πίστιν ἐν δικαιο- 

to those who “like *precious °with ὰ8 ‘obtained “faith through([the] right- 


σύνῃ τοῦ.θεοῦ.ἡμῶν Kai σωτῆροςξ ᾿]ησοῦ χριστοῦ" 2 χάρις 


epusness of our God and Saviour Jesuy Christ : Grace 
ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ 
toyou and peace bemultiplied in{[the] knowledge of God, and 


Ἰησοῦ τοῦ .κυρίου.ἡ μῶν. 
of Jesus our Lord. 

3 ‘Qc πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ τὰ 

As 5211 things 510 7us *divine Spower this !°which ["'pertain] 

πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν δεδωρηµένης., διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως 
14109 2 life ατα 15piety *has *given, through the knowledge 

τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς ἰἸδιὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς," 4 δι ὧν 
οὗ him who galled us by glory and _ virtue, through which 

: φ ~ ‘ , , 

τὰ Ἐμξγιστα ἡμῖν καὶ τίμια"! ἐπαγγέλματα δεδώρηται, ἵνα 
Sthe ‘greatest “το δας *and *precious 2°promises "he “has given, that 
διὰ τούτων γένησθε θείας κοινωνοὶ φύσεως, ἀπο- 
through these ye may begome 308 [the] *divine *partakers nature, hav- 





5 ὑμᾶς you LTTrAw. 
Ὑ στηρίξει. σθενώσει Will establish, will strengthen cLrrraw. 
GTAW; — θεμελιώσαι LTr. 


ye LITrA. b— 


1]έτρου a’ Tra. 


Ἰησοῦ LTTra. 


Ὁ — Ἰησοῦ T[Tr].» Υ καταρτίσει Will perfect [you] LTrraw. 
χ θεμελιώσει Will found 
2— τοῦ L. ἃ στῆτε stand 

4d — the subscription EGLTW ; 


7 — ἡ δόξα καὶ LTTrA. 
© — ἀμήν GLTTrA. 


© + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle F; — καθολική 6; Πέτρου β΄ ΗΤΑΝ; Πέτρου ἐπιστολὴ β’ τε. 


1 Σίμων Simon i. 


_ ὃ + ἡμῶν our (Saviour) Ε. 
own glory and virtue LTrraw. 


7 _ Ἔ τα τ. 1 ἰδίᾳ δόξῃ καὶ ἀρετῇ by [his] 
᾿ μέγιστα καὶ τίμια ἡμῖν LITA; τίμια ἡμῖν καὶ μέγιστα T, 


8 ΠΤ τομ ΝΣ 
φυγόντες τῆς ἐν 1 κόσ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ φθορᾶς. ὅ καὶ 


ingescaped the in [6] ‘world *through “lust 1391989 


πιαὐτὸ. τοῦτο" έ, σπουδὴν πᾶσαν 
®for *this }°very 'treason “but, ‘®diligence, τα] 
τες. ἐπιχορηγήσατε ἐν τὴ). πίστει. ὑμῶν τὴν ἀρετήν, 
sides, supply ye in your faith virtue, 
‘ ~ ~ ΄ \ ° ‘ ~? 
τὴν γνῶσιν, 6 ἐν.δὲ τῇ γνώσει τὴν ἐγκράτειαν, ἐν.δὲ τῇ ἐγκρα- 


λοοντιιρβίοη. 
παφρεισενέγκαν- 
“having **brought ‘in 18Ρε- 
ἐν δὲτῃ ἀρετῇ 
and in virtue 


knowledge, andin knowledge self-control, andin 5 self-con- 
TEA τὴν ὑπομονήν, ἐν. δὲ τῇ ὑπομονῇ τὴν εὐσέβειαν, 7 ἐν-δὲ 
trol endurance, and in endurance piety, and in 


» 7 , ‘ ᾿ ᾿ - ‘ ? / 
τῇ εὔσεβείᾳ τὴν φιλαδελφίαν, ἐν δὲ τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ τὴν ἀγαπην. 
piety brotherly love, and in brotherly love love : 
~ 4 « ~ η « / ή A ο ᾽ 
8 ταυτα.γαρ υμῖν "υπάρχοντα και πλεονάζοντα, οὐκ 
for these things *in *you *being and abounding [*to *be] *neither 
ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν εἰς τὴν τοῦ.κυρίου-ἡμῶν 
51416 ‘nor ®unfruitful Imake ([*you] as to the 308 “our *Lord 
9 ~ ~ / τ ᾿ ‘ , ~ 
[ησοῦ χριστοῦ ἐπίγνωσιν' 9 ᾧ γὰρ µμὴ.-πάρεστιν ταῦτα 
5Jesus °Christ knowledge ; 


τυφλός ἐστιν, µυωπάζων, λήθην.λαβὼν τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν 


blind - heis, short sighted, Ἠανίηςσ forgotten the purification 
πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν." 10° Διὸ μᾶλλον, ἀδελφοί, σπου- 
‘fof 5ο]ᾶ ‘of his Ssins, Wherefore rather, brethren, be dili- 
Ὁ 7 p , « - . κ 3 λ η 4 ~ θ ο 
δάσατε Ρ βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν “ποιεῖσθαι 
gent 7sure Syour *calling °and ‘election 1to “make, 
ταῦτα γὰρ ποιοῦντες οὐμὴ πταίσητε ποτε. 11 οὕτως 


for these things Thus 


yap πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς THY αἰώ- 
for Syichly %shall “ο supplied to you the entrance into πο eter- 


viov βασιλείαν τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν καὶ δωτῆρος ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 
nal kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. 
1» Διὸ Ἱ"οὐκάἀμελήσωϊ ὑμᾶς ἀεὶ" ὑπομιμνήσκειν 
Wherefore I willnot neglect “you “always το Ῥαῦ in remembrance 
περὶ τούτων, καίπερ εἰδότας, καὶ ἐστηριγμένους ἐν 
concerning these things, although knowing [them] and having been established in 
~ > η ΄ a ~ Pw Ls ν᾿ 
τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ. 18 δίκαιον.δὲ ἡγοῦμαι, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον εἰμὶ ἐν 


doing inno wise shall ye stumble at any time. 


the present truth, But right LTesteemit, aslongas Iam in 
τούτῳ τῷ σκηνώματι, διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει" 
this tabernacle, tostirup you by putting[you]inremembrance, 


14 εἰδὼς ὅτι ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ.σκηνώματός.µου, 
kmowing that speedily is the putting off of my tabernacle 
καθὼς καὶ ὁ.κύριος ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦς χριστὸς ἐδήλωσέν μοι. 
[to be], 88 also our Lord Jesus Christ signified to me; 
16 σπουδάσω.δὲ καὶ ἑκάστοτε ἔχειν. ὑμᾶς μετὰ 
but I will be diligent also at every time for you to have [it in your power] after 
τὴν ἐμὴν ἔξοδον τὴν τούτων μνήμην.ποιεῖσθαι. 16 οὐ.γὰρ 
my departure Sthese things ‘to have *in *remembrance, For not 
σεσοφισµένοις μύθοις ἐξακολουθήσαντες ἐγνωρίσαμεν ὑμῖν THY 
“cleverly-imagined “fables *having *followed *out we made known to you the 
τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν, ἀλλ᾽ 
“of >our “Lord 7Jesus *Christ ‘power and Scoming, but 
ἐπόπται γενηθέντες τῆς ἐκείνου µεγαλειότητος. 17 λαβὼν 
eye-witnesses having been of his majesty. ΣΠανίηρ “received 
γὰρ παρὰ θεοῦ πατρὸς τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν, φωνῆς  ἔνεχθεί- 
for from God[the] Father honour and glory, 7a 3γοΐορ *having “been 


for with whom are not present these things | 


603 


corruption that is in 
the world through 1196, 
5 And beside this, giv- 
ing all diligence, add 
to your faith virtue ; 
and to virtue know- 
ledge ; 6and to know=- 
ledge temperance ; and 
to temperance pati- 
ence ; and to patience 
godliness; 7 and to 
godliness —_ brotherly 
kindness; and to bro- 
therly kindness cha- 
rity. 8 For if these 
things be in you, and 
abound, they make 
you that ye shall nei- 
ther be barren nor un- 
fruitful in the know- 
ledge of our Lord Je- 
sus Christ. 9 But he 
that lacketh these 
things is blind, and 
cannot see afar off, 
and hath forgotten 
that he was purged 
from his old _ sins, 
10 Wherefore the ra- 
ther, brethren, give 
diligence to make your 
calling and election 
sure: for if ye do these 
things, ye shall never 
fall: 1] for so anen- 
trance shall be mini- 
stered unto you abun- 
dantly into the ever- 
lasting kingdom of our 
Lord and Saviour Je- 
sus Christ. 


12 Wherefore I will 
not be negligent to put 
you always in remein- 
brance of these things, 
though ye know them, 
and be established in 
the present truth, 
13 Yea, J think it meet, 
as long asI amin this 
tabernacle, to stir you 
up byputting youinre- 
membrance; 14 know- 
ing that shortly I 
musi put’ off this my 
tabernacle, even as our 
Lord Jesus Christ hath 
shewed me, Τὸ More- 
over I will endeavour 
that ye may be able 
after my decease to 
have these things al- 
Ways in remembrauce, 
16 For we have not 
followed cunningly 
devised fables, when 
we made known unto 
you the power and 
coming of our Lord 
Jesus Christ, but were 
eyewitnesses of his 
majesty. 17 For he re- 
ceived from God the 
Father honour and 
glory. when therecame 
such a voice to him 
from the _ excollent 
glory; This is my Ὅσα 





1 + τῷ the LTTr. τω αὐτοὶ (read but ye also) 1, 
ο ἁμαρτημάτων GTTr. 


4 ποιεῖσθε ye make 1,» Σ μελλήσω I will take care LTTrAW. 


η παρόντο being present L. 
P + ἵνα διὰ τῶν καλῶν ὑμῶν ἔργων that by your good works L, 
® gel υμας GTTrTAW, 


604 

loved Son, in whom I 
am wellpleased. 18And 
this voice which came 
from heaven we heard, 
when we were with 
himin the holy mount. 
19 We have also a more 
sure word of prophecy; 
whereunto ye do well 
that ye take heed, as 
unto a light that 
shinethina dark place, 
until the day dawn, 
and the day star a- 
rise in your hearts: 
20 knowing this first, 
that no prophecy of 
the scripture is of any 
private interpretation, 
21 For the prophecy 
came not in old time 
by the will of man: 
but holy men of God 
spake as they were 
moved by the Holy 
Ghost. 


II. But there were 
false prophets also a- 
mong the people, even 
as there shall be false 
teachers among you, 
who privily shall bring 
in damnable heresies, 
even denying the Lord 
that bought them, 
and bring upon them- 
selves swift destruc- 
tion. 2 And many shall 
follow their pernicious 
ways; by reason of 
whom the way of truth 
shall be evil spoken 
of. 3 Aud through co- 
vetousness shall they 
with feigned words 
muke merchandise of 
you : whose judgment 
now of a long time 
lingereth not, and 
their damnation slum- 
bereth not. 4 For if 
God spared not the 
angels that sinned, 
but cast them down to 
hell, and _ delivered 
them into chains of 
darkness, to be reserv- 
ed uuto judgment ; 
5 and spared not the 
old world, but saved 
Noah the eighth per- 
gon, a preacher of 
righteousness, bring- 
ing in the flood upon 
the world of the un- 
godly; 6 and turning 
the cities of Sodom and 
Gomorrha into ashes 
condemned them with 
an overthrow, making 
them an ensample unto 
those that after should 
live ungodly; 7 and 
Gelivered just Lot, 
vexed with the filthy 
conversation of the 


SARS SEIS νεο ἃ ο Ia EE σσ 
τ Ὁ vids µου ὁ ἀγαπητός μον οὗτός ἐστιν My Son my beloved thisis a. 


ὄρει ΤΥΑ. 


(read 11εη from God) τὰ. 
to deus Lt ; σειροῖς to dens Tra. 
Ίο keep, to be punished 1, 


ΠΕΤΡΟΥ. B. τα, 
~ ~ a « 4 ~ ~ , ΄ 
σης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς μεγαλοπρεποῦς δόξης, ἸΟῦτός 
Sprought 7to*him ‘such by the very excellent glory: This 
« ερ « , ελ 2 \ , 
ἐστιν ὁιυἱός. μου ὁ ἀγαπητός," εἰς ὃν ἐγὼ εὐδόκησα. 18 καὶ 
is my Son the beloved, in whom I have found delight. And 


‘ \ ~ τ ? ig ? ~ 
ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐνεχθεῖσαν, 
this voice we heard “from “heaven ‘brought, 

~ ή ~ ~ / να Ὁ 
σὺν αὐτῷ ὄντες ἐν τῷ Τδρει τῷ ἁγίῳ." 19 καὶ ἔχομεν βεβαι- 
Swith Shim ‘being on the 7mount holy. and we hare more 
΄ ‘ ΄ - » ~ , 
ότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον, ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτεπροσεχοντες, 
sure the prophetic word, towhich *well ‘ye do taking heed, 


ε , - , « ολλ. , ΄ 
ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ, ἕως.οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ. 
as toalamp shining in anobscure place, until day should dawn, 


/ - / « ~ ~ 
καὶ φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις.ὑμῶν' 20 τοῦτο 
and [the] morning star should arise in your hearts ; this, 

~ ΄ ε - ΄ ~ 8. 
πρῶτον γινώσκοντες, ὅτι πᾶσα προφητεία γραφῆς ἰδίας 


that’ any “prophecy “of *scripture 7of 5115 9own 


(lit. every) 

, ᾽ ΄ ‘ ’ , , 
ἐπιλύσεως οὐ.γίνεται. 21 οὐ γὰρ θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη 
αλο]η{ογρτοϊπτίοη Sis ‘not, for not by [the] will of man was*brought 

Ὑποτὲ προφητεία," Χάλλ’' ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερό- 
δαῦ”πΏΥ "6 ‘prophecy, but, Sby [*the] *Spirit ‘Holy ‘being 
μενοι ἐλάλησᾶν Yo." *dytor'! ἃ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι. 

“borne, spoke 7the ‘holy '°of *God ‘*%men. 
9 Ἐγένοντο.δὲ καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται ἐν τῷ aw, we καὶ 
But there were also false prophets among the people, as also 
ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσονται ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι, οἵτινες παρεισάξουσιν 
among τοι will be false teachers, who will bring in stealthily 
αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας, καὶ τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς δεσπότην ap- 

“sects ‘destructive, and *the *who°bought ‘them SMaster , 148- 
VOUMEVOL, ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν" 2 καὶ πολλοὶ 
nying, bringing upon themselves swift destruction ; and many 
ΠῚ θ , ᾽ ~ ~ b ? x , Ι ὃ » εν « ὁδὸ 
ἐξακολουθήσουσιν αὐτῶν ταῖς δἀπωλείαις, ι οὓς 7) 000g 

will follow out their destructive ways, through whom the way 
τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται' 8 καὶ ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ πλασ- 
ofthe truth will be evil spoken of, And through covetousness with 
τοῖς λόγοις ὑμᾶς ἐμπορεύσονται οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι 
well-turned words you they willmakegainof:forwhom judgment of old 
οὐκ. ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἠ.ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει. 4 Εἰγὰρ ὁ θεὸς 
15 ποῦ 1416, and their destruction slumbers not. For if God 
. ἀγγέλων ἁμαρτησάντων οὐκ ἐφείσατο, ἀλλὰ Coepaic" 
[πε] angels who sinned spared not, but Sto °chains 

ζόφου ταρταρώσας παρέδωκεν 
1908 1 ἀδχκηεςς *having cast [Sthem] *to *the 5ἄθεροςί 7abyss delivered [them] 
εἰς κρίσιν Ἀτετηρημένους" 5 καὶ ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ 
for judgment having been kept ; and [the] ancient world “sot 
U / ο aN bal} " n ~ , ΄ > Φ 
ἐφείσατο, “ἀλλ ὄγδοον Νῶε δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα ἐφύ- 

Σαρατεᾶ, but [*the]*cighth *Noe 7of*righteousness δα θἨρτα]ά “pre- 
λαξεν, κατακλυσμὸν Koo ἀσεβῶν ἐπάξας" 6 καὶ 
served, [the] floodupon [{Π6] world of [the] ungodly having brought in; and 

πόλεις Σοξόμων καὶ Toudppac | τεφρώσας κατα- 
[πε] cities of Sodom and Gomorrha having reduced Το ashes with an 
στροφῃ κατέκρινεν, ὑπόδειγμα ελλόντων ἀσε- 
overthrow condemned [them], *an *example [Sto 5έΠος9] 7being®about το !live 


first knowing, 


v ἁγίῳ 
“ προφητεία ποτέ TrA. * ἀλλὰ TTrAW. ἡ — οἱ GLTTrAW. 2 ἀπὸ 
4+ 7TovL. Ὁ ἀσελγείαις licentiousnesses GLTTrAW. © σιροῖς 


,. 1 τηρουµένους te be kept Grtraw; κολαζομένους τηρεῖν. 
© ἀλλὰ ΤΤΤΑ. ih 


TT. PSPs ος. 


. , ’ , ~ 
ev Ἅµτεθεικώς' 7 καὶ δίκαιον Λώτ, καταπονούµενον ὑπὸ τῆς 
"ungodly ‘having *set; and righteous Lot, oppressed by the 
~ 10s Ἂ , > ’ ? ~ 62 > 52 ell , 
τῶν ἄθεσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς, Ιἐῤῥύσατο”ἳ ὃ βλέμ- 
*of *the “lawless 7in *licentiousness leonduct he delivered, (through 


4 ‘ 3 ~ { nr ? ~ ~ 
art yap καὶ ἀκοῇ 5ὁ" δίκαιος, Ῥέγκατοικῶν! ἐν αὐτοῖς, 


seeing ‘for and hearing, the righteous [man], dwelling among them, 

ε ᾽ [ή A ’ > 7 » 

ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας ψυχὴν δικαίαν ἀνόμοις ἔργοις 
day by day [Phis] “soul 


Srighteous Swith “Stheir] 7lawless ®*works 

κύριος εὐσεβεῖς ἐκ Ἰπειρασμοῦ! 

*tormented,) 1tknows [°the]*°Lord [how the] pious outof temptation 

ev ’ A ? ey ΄ 

βύεσθαι. ἀδίκους.δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους 

to deliver, and [the] unrighteous to aday ofjudgment “to *be *punished 

τηρεῖν" 10 µάλιστα.δὲ τοὺς ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ 

"to “keep; and specially those who after [the] flesh in [the] lust 

μιασμοῦ πορευομένους, καὶ κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας. 

of pollution walk, and lordship despise. They 
Τολμηταί, αὐθάδεις, δόξας οὐ.τρέμουσιν βλασφημοῦντες" 


are] daring, self-willed; “glories ‘they *tremble*not “speaking ‘evil Sof; 


ἐβασάνιζεν' 9 οἶδεν 


11 Όπου ἄγγελοι ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες, οὐ φέ- 

where angels *in*strength°and ‘power 2greater ‘being, ®not 7do 
ρουσιν κατ αὐτῶν "παρὰ κυρίῳ"! βλάσφημον κρίσιν. 
bring against them, before [the] Lord, a railing charge. 
12 οὗτοι.δε, ὡς ἄλογα ζῶα Ἰφυσικὰ γεγενημένα" εἰς ἅλω- 

But these, as “irrational %animals ‘natural born for cap- 
ow καὶ φθοράν, ἐν oi¢ ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες, ἐν 


ture and corruption, *in *what >they °are 7ignorant °of in 
τῇ-φθορᾷ.αὐτῶν ᾿καταφθαρήσονται," 18 
their corruption shall utterly perish, being about to receive [the] 
μισθὸν ἀδικίας, ἡδονὴν ἡγούμενοι τὴν ἐν-ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν, 
reward of unrighteousness;*pleasure ‘esteeming ephemeral 7indulgence ; 
σπῖλοι καὶ μῶμοι, ἐντρυφῶντες ἐν ταῖς "ἀπάταις" αὐτῶν, συν- 
spots andblemishes, ἹἸαχκιτίαθίηςσ in 2deceits ‘their, feast- 
, ε - 2 4 » ‘ { 
ευωχούµενοι ὑμῖν, 14 ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος 
ing with you; eyes having full of an adulteress, 
καὶ °dkararavorouc" ἁμαρτίας, δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκ- 
and that cease not from sin, alluring souls unestablish- 
τους, καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην Ῥπλεονεξίαις" ἔχοντες, κατάρας 
ed ; 2a sheart *exercised 5in Scraving "having, *of.%curse 
᾿ τέκνα, 15 ἀκαταλιπόντες! στὴν" εὐθεῖαν ὁδόν, ἐπλανήθησαν, 


ispeaking “evil, 
κομιούμενοι᾽ 


children ; having left the straight way, they went astray, 
ἐξακολονθήσαντες TH ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Boodp, ὃς 
having followed inthe way of Balaam, [son] of Bosor, who[the] 
ισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν, 16 ἔλεγξιν.δὲ ἔσχεν ἰδίας 
reward of unrighteousness loved ; but reproof had of his own 
παρανομίας" ὑποζύγιον ἄφωνον, ἐν ἀνθρώπου "φωνῇ 
wickedness, [86] θοαβὺ “of *burden dumb, in man’s voice 
φθεγξάμενον, ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν. 
speaking, forbade the 7of *the *prophet madness. 


17 οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, "νεφέλαι" ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυ- 
These are fountains withoutwater, clouds by storm being 

νόµεναι, οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους ‘sic. αἰῶνα! τετήρηται. 
driven, to whom the gloom of darkness for ever is kept. 

f ἐρύσατο TrA. 6 — ὃ (read [the]) L. Ἀ ἐν- τ. 
κ — παρὰ κυρίῳ L[Tr]. : 
tional animals, born naturally) LTTraw. ™ καὶ 
ἢ ἀνάπαις Zlove “feasts Ltr. 9 ἀκαταπάστους insatiable (for sin) L. 
ἢ Καταλείποντες leaving T. τ — την (read [the]) GLTTraw. 
Q@LITrAW, t — εἰς αἰῶνα LITrA. 


605 


wicked: 8 (for that 
righteous man dwell- 
ing among them, in 
secing and hearing, 
vexed his righteous 
soul from day to day 
with their unlawful 
deeds ;) 9 the Lord 
knoweth how to de- 
liver the godly out of 
temptations, and to 
reserve the unjust un- 
tothe day of judgment 
to be punished : 10 but 
chiefly them that walk 
after the flesh in the 
lust of uncleanness, 
and despise govern- 
ment. Presumptuous 
are they, selfwilled, 
they are not afraid to 
speak evil of dignities, 
11 Whereas’ angels, 
which are greater in 
power and might 
bring not railing ac 
cusation against them 
before the Lord. 12 But 
these, as natural 
brute beasts, made to 
be taken and destroy- 
ed, speak evil of the 
things that they un- 
derstand not; and 
shall utterly perish in 
their own corruption ; 
13 and shall receive the 
reward of unright- 
eousness, as they that 
count it pleasure to 
riot in the daytime. 
Spots they are and 
blemishes, sporting 
themselves with their 
own deceivings while 
they feast with you ; 
14 having eyes full of 
adultery, and that 
cannot cease from 
sin ; beguiling unsta- 
ble souls: an heart 
they have exercised 
with covetous practi- 
ces; cursed children : 
15 which have forsaken 
the right way, and are 
gone astray, following 
the way of Balaam the 
son of Bosor, who lov- 
ed the wages of un- 
righteousness; 16 but 
was rebuked for hisin- 
iquity : the dumb ass 
speaking with man’s 
voice forbad the mad- 
ness of the prophet, 
17 These are wells 
without water, clouds 
that are carried with 
a tempest; to whom 
the mist of darkness 
is reserved for ever. 
18 For when they 
speak great swelling 
words of vanity, they 


i πειρασμῶν temptations T. 
1 φυσικὰ γεγεννηµένα ΕΞ; γεγεννημ. (γεγενημ. T) φυσικὰ (read irra- 
Φθαρήσονται shall even perish LTTraw. 

P πλεονεξίας GLTTrAW. 
5 καὶ ὀμίχλαι and mists 


606 


allure through the 
lusts of the flesh, 
through much wanton- 
ness, those that were 
clean escaped from 
them who live in error. 
19 While they promise 
them liberty, they 
themselves are the ser- 
vents of corruption: 
for of whom a man is 
overcome, of the same 
is he brought in bon- 
dage. 20 For if after 
they have escaped the 
pollutions of the world 
through the know- 
ledge of the Lord and 
Saviour Jesus Christ, 
they are again en- 
tangled therein, and 
overcome, the latter 
end is worse with them 
than the beginning. 
21 For it had been bet- 
ter for them not to 
have known the wey of 
righteousness, than, 
after they have known 
zt, to turn from the 
holy commandment 
delivered unto them. 
22 But it is happened 
unto them according 
to the true proverb, 
The dog is turned to 
his own vomit again; 
and the sow that was 
washed to her wallow- 
ing in the mire. 

111. This second e- 
pistle, beloved, I now 
write unto you; in 
both which I stir up 
your pure minds by 
way of remembrance: 
2 that ye may be mind- 
ful of the words which 
were spoken before by 
the holy prophets, and 
of the commandment 
of us the apostles of 
the Lord,and Saviour: 
3 knowing this first, 
that there shall come 
in the last days scof- 
fers, walking after 
their own lusts, 4and 
saying, Where is the 
rage of his coming? 

or since the fathers 
fell asleep, all things 
continue as they were 
from the beginning of 
the creation. 5 For 
this they willingly are 
ignorant of, that by 
the word of God the 
heavens were of old, 
and the earth standing 
out of the water and 
in the water : 6 where- 
by the world that then 
was. being overflowed 
with water, perished : 


5 + ἐν E. 
7 — καὶ T[Tr]. 
[things] behind t. 
LTTrA. 


GLYTrAW. 


® ὀλίγως scarcely GLTTraW. 
2 + ἡμῶν (read our Lord) LT. 


_ ἢ κυλισμὺν rolling τττΑ. 
(readin the last days) Lri-aw. 
κ ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν SLTrA, 


ΤΥΡΟΥ͂ § B. ff. Iff. 


18 ὑπέρογκα γὰρ ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι, δελεάζαυσιν 


For great swelling [words] of vanity speaking, they allure 
ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκός, δ ἀσελγείαις, τοὺς YovTwe! 
with [the] desires of [the] flesh, by licentiousnesses, those who indeed 


τά όντας! τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ a εφομένους, 19 ἔλευ- 
ἀποφυγοντας' τοὺς ἐν πλανῃ ἄναστρ φοµενους, έλευ 
escaped from those who 7in “error walk, ®free- 


θερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες 

dom Sthem *promising, themselves *bondmen *being 

τῆς φθορᾶς w.yap TIC ἥττηται, τούτῳ Υκαὶ" δε- 
of corruption; for by whom anyone has been subdued, by him also he is 


δούλωται. 20 εἰγὰρ ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 

held in bondage. For if having escaped the pollutions of the world 
ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ κυρίου καὶ σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, 

through [the] knowledge of the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, 


‘ / , € ~ / 
τούτοις. δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες γττῶνται, γέγονεν 
but ®by *these ‘tagain “having *bcen ‘entangled *thcy Sare “subdued, has hecome 


αὐτοῖς Ta ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. 21 κρεῖττον)" 


tothem the last [state] worse than the first. Better 
πας ᾽ ~ \ , η 4 ~ , 
γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῖς μὴ ἐπεγνωκεναι τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης, 
‘for it were for them not to have known the way of righteousness, 
ἢ. ἐπιγνοῦσιν ὃ ἐξπιστρέψαι" 4x" τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐ- 
than having known [it] to have turned from the sdelivered *to 
~ € / 7 x ~ 99 3 / εξ AI] ? ~ 4 ~ 
τοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς. συμβεβηκεν.“δὲ" αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς 


But has happened to them the[word] of the 


Κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα' 


‘them ‘holy *commandment. 


ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας. 


true proverb: [The] dog having returned to hisown vomit; 
kai, “Yc λουσαμένη, εἰς Γεύλισμαὶ βοοβόρου. 
and,{The]?sow ‘washed, to [ber] rolling place in [the] mire. 


8. Ταύτην ἤδη, ἀγαπητοί, δευτέραν ὑμῖν γράφω ἐπιστολήν, 


This now, beloved, asccond *to*you *I°write ‘epistle, 
ἐν αἷς διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομλ'ήσει τὴν εἰλικρι- 


in [both] which Istirup your *in*putting [°you] °in 7remembrance *pure 


νῆ διάνοιαν, 2 μνησθῆναι τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων ὑπὸ τῶν 
?mind, to be mindful of the “spoken *before ‘words by the 
ἁγίων προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων Σξἡμῶνὶ ἐντολῆς, 
holy prophets, and of the *%the 2°apostles “by ®us ‘commandment 
τοῦ κυρίου καὶ σωτῆρος" ὃ τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες, ὅτι 
οἱ “16 “Τιοχᾶ ‘and ‘Saviour ; this first knowing, that 
ἐλεύσονται ἐπ᾽ "ἐσχάτου" τῶν ἡμερῶν i ἐμπαῖκται, κατὰ 
will come at the close of the days mockers, according to 
τὰς.ἰδίας "αὐτῶν ἐπιθυμίας" πορευόμενοι, 4 καὶ λέγοντες, Ποῦ 
their own lusts walking, and saying, Where 
ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς. παρουσίας αὐτοῦ ; ἀφ᾽ ἧς. γὰρ οἱ πατέ- 
is the promise of his coming ὃ for since the : fa- 
ρες ἐκοιμήθησαν, πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς κκτί- 
thers fell asleep, allthings thus continue from [the] beginning of[the] 
σεως. ὃ λανθάνειγὰρ αὐτοὺς τοῦτο θέλοντας, Ort 
creation. For 515 *hidden *from ‘them this, [they] willing [it], that 
? ‘ “Ἢ » 4 ~ ? [72 ‘ > ee 
οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι, καὶ γῆ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι ὕδατος 
heavens were of old, and anearth out of water and in water . 
συνεστῶσα, τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγῳ 6 δι ὧν ὁ τότε 
subsisting, bythe , "of °God ‘word, through which [waters] the then 
* ἀποφεύγοντας are escaping from LTTraw. 
; ἷ 8 κρεῖσσον τ. ὃ + εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω tothe 
© ὑποστρέψαι to have turned-back urtra. ἃ ἀπὸ L. e — δὲ but 
5 ὑμῶν (read by your apostles) LrTraW. Β ἐσχάτων 
* 4: ev εμπαιγµονῇ (read mockers, with mecking) 


ΠῚ. ΙΕ 


κόσμος ὕδατι κατακλύσθεὶς ἀπώλετο" 7 οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ 
world with water having been deluged perished. But the now heavens 

καὶ ἡ γῆ Ιαὐτοῦἳ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσίν, πυρὶ τηρού- 

and the earth ὮὉὮΥ Πϊ word “treasured *up tare, for fire 

μενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως καὶ ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων. 

Κορὺ to aday ofjudgment and destruction of ungodly men. 

8 ἓν.δὲ τοῦτο µμὴ-λανθανέτω ὑμᾶς, ἀγαπητοί, ὅτι µία ἡμέρα 


But this one thing let not be hidden from you, beloved, that one day 
παρὰ κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη, καὶ χίλια ἔτη ὡς ἡμέρα 
with (the) Lord [15] 85 athousand years, and a thousand years as “day 


‘ ? , m « Ἱ , ~ ? / “ 
μία. 9 οὐ.βοαδύνει Πὸ" κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ὥς τινες βρα- 
1018. 5Does δποῦ 7delay *the *Lord the promise, as some 2de- 


δυτῆτα ἡγοῦνται" ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ "είς" οἡμᾶς,' μὴ βουλό- 


lay esteem, but is longsuffering towards us, not will- 
µενός τινας ἀπολέσθαι, ἀλλὰ παντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆ- 
ing {for] any to perish, but all to repentance to 
σαι. 10 ἥξει δὲ Px" ἡμέρα «κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης “ἔν νυκτί," 


come. Butshallcomethe day οἑ [πε] Lord as .a thief in (the) night, 


ἐν y τοὶ" οὐρανοὶ ῥοιζηδὸν παρελεύσονται, --στοιχεῖα. δὲ 
in which the heavens with rushing noise shall passaway, and [the] elements 


καυσούµενα λυθήσονται,' Kat. καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ έργα 


burning with heat shall be dissolved, and[theJearth and the “in Ὁ ‘works 
ἱκατακαήσεται.ὶ 
shall be burnt up. 

11 Τούτων Τοῦνὶ πάντων λυομένων, ποταποὺς 


These things then all __ being to be dissolved, what kind of [persons] 
δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ἁγίαις ἀναστροφαῖς καὶ εὐσεβείαις, 


ought to “be ye in holy conduct and piety, 
12 προσδοκῶντας καὶ σπεύδοντας τὴν παρουσίαν τῆς τοῦ 
expecting and hastening the coming of the 
θεοῦ ἡμέρας δι ἣν οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι λυθή- 
05 Ξ6οὦ ‘day by reason of which [the] heavens, . being on fire, shall be dis- 
σονται, καὶ. στοιχεῖα καυσούµενα τήκεται»! 13 καινοὺς 
solved, and [the] elements burning with heat shall melt? 2New 


δὲ οὐρανοὺς καὶ “γῆν καινὴν" Yeara' “τὸ ἐπάγγελμα! αὐτοῦ 
“but heavens and %earth ‘a *new according to “promise this, 
~ - ~ ? ? 
προσδοκῶμεν, ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ. 14 διό, ἀγαπη- 
we expect, in which righteousness dwells. Wherefore, Ῥε]οτ- 
~ ~ ή ’ὕ » a ? ” 
τοί, ταῦτα προσδοκῶντες, σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι και ἅμω- 
ed, these things expecting be diligent withoutspot and unblam- 
µητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι ἐν εἰρήνῃ, 15 καὶ τὴν τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν 
able by him {ο δε 2οαπᾶ ir-~- peace; and the 308 our *Lord 
. ΄ « ~ ’ Ἷ ‘ ς ? ‘ 
µακροθυµιαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε καθως καὶ ὁ ἀγαπητὸς 
‘longsuffering, salvation ‘esteem ὟΘ ; according as also 2peloved 
ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος κατὰ τὴν "αὐτῷ δοθεῖσαν" σοφίαν 
‘our brother Paul accordingto the *to *him ?given wisdom 
ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν, 16 ὡς καὶ ἐν πάσαις braic! ἐπιστολαῖς, λαλῶν 
wrote toyou, as also in all [815] epistles, speaking 
ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων ἐν “οἷς" ἐστιν δυσνόητά 
in them concerning these things, among which are *hard *to*be Sunderstood 


being: 


602 


7 but the heavens and 
the earth, which are 
now, by the same word 
are kept in store, τε- 
served unto fire a- 
gainst the day of judg- 
ment and perdition of 
ungodly -men. 8 “But, 
beloved, be not igno- 
rant ofthis one thing, 
that one day is with the 
Lord as a. thousard 
years, and a thousand 
years as one day. 9 The 
Lord is not slack con- 
cerning his promise, as 
some men count slack- 
ness; but is long- 
suffering to us-ward, 
not willing that any 
should perish, but that 
all should come to re- 
pentance. 10 But the 
day of the Lord will 
come as a thicf in the 
night; in the which 
the heavens shail pass 
away with a great 
noise, and the ele- 
ments shall melt with 
fervent heat, the earth 
also and the works 
that are therein shall 
be burned up. 


li Seeing then that 
all these things shall 
be dissolved, what 
manner of , persons 
ought ye to be in all 
holy conversation and 
godliness, 12 looking 
for and hasting unto 
the coming of the day 
of God, wherein the 
heavens being on fire 
shall be dissolved, and 
the elements shall melt 
with fervent heat? 
19 Nevertheless we, 
according to his pro- 
mise, look for new hea- 
vens and a new earth, 
wherein dwelleth righ- 
teousness. 14 Where- 
fore, beloved, seeing 
that ye look for such 
things, be diligent that 
ye may be foundof him 
in peace, without spot, 
and blameless. 15 And 
account that the long- 
suffering of our Lord 
is salvation; even as 
our beloved brother 
Paul also according to 
the wisdom given unto 
him hath written unto 
you; 16 as also in all 
his epistles, speaking 
in them of these things; 
in which are some 
things hard to be 


πο eS SS eee 


1 τῷ αὐτῷ (read by the same word) ELT ; τῷ αὐτοῦ GTrAW. 
LTTrAW. n § because of LT. ., © ὑμᾶς you ΙΤΤΤΑ. 
q — ἐν νυκτί GLTTrAW. τ — οἱ (read |the]) Ta. 
θήσεται shall be detected Tr. ¥ οὕτως thus A. 

Υ καὶ Δα 1, 2 τὰ ἐπαγγέλματα promises LT. 
LTraw. ς αἷς 111; ΑΥ̓͂. 


π τακήσεται L. 


8 δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ LTTrAW. 


“τὰ — 9 (read [the]) 


Ρ — ἡ (read [the]) LTT:aw. 
5.λυθήσεται LTTr. 


t evpe- 
ne 

"= καινὴν γην Ὁ. 

b— ταις 


ο08 


understood, whichthey 
that are unlearned and 
unstable wrest, as they 
do also the other scrip- 
tures, unto their own 
destruction. 

17 Ye therefore, be- 
loved, sceing ye know 
these things before, be- 
ware lest ye also, being 
led away with the er- 
ror of the wicked, fall 
from your own sted- 
fastness. 18 But grow 
in grace, and in the 
knowledge of our Lord 
and Saviour Jesus 
Christ. To him be glory 
both now and for ever. 
Amen, 


Ιω ΑΘ BAe: 1. 


.“" « ’ ~ ‘ ? ” = - ~ ere 
ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν, ὡς 
unestablished wrest, “as 


τινα, 
4some *things, which the untaught and 


‘ ’ ‘ ‘ ον ~ ᾽ 
καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς γραφάς, πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν. αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν. 


also the other scriptures, to their own destruction, 
17 Ὑμεῖς οὖν, ἀγαπητοί, προγινώσκοντες φυλάσσεσθε, 
Ye therefore, beloved, knowing beforehand, beware, 


πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες, ἐκπέ- 


ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων 
terror having been led away, ye should 


lest with the 2of *the*lawless [Pones] 


σητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 18 αὐξάνετεδὲ ἐν χάριτι καὶ 
fallfrom yourown steadfastness: but grow in grace, and 
’ ~ ΄ « ~ ‘ ~ ? ~ ~ 
VWOEL TOUV.KUOLOU.1) LWV Kat σωτ]]ορος 1ησοῦ χριστρυ. 


Christ, 
ἡμέραν αἰῶνος. Scapuny." ε 
μερ ς. “μην. 

day of eternity. Amen, 


in [the] knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus 


αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ νῦν καὶ εἰς 
Tohim [be] glory both now and Το [{Π0] 


ΕΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ KAOOAIKH ΠΡΩΤΗ. 


sEPISTLE 


THAT which was from 
the beginning, which 
we have heard, which 
we have seen with our 
eyes, which we have 
looked upon, and our 
hands have handled, of 
the Word of life; 2 (for 
the life was manifest- 
ed, and we have seen 
tt, and bear witness, 
and shew unto you 
that eternal life,which 
‘was with the Father, 
‘and was manifested 
unto us;) 3 that which 
we have seen and heard 
declare we unto you, 
that ye also may have 
fellowship with us: 
and truly our fellow- 
ship is with the Fa- 
ther, and with his Son 
Jesus Christ. 4 And 
these things write we 
unto you, that your 
joy may be full. 


5 This then is the 
message which we 
have heard of him, 
and declare unto you, 
that God is light, and 
in him is no darkness 
atall. 6 If we say that 
we have fellowship 
with him, and walkin 
darkness, we lie, and 
do not the truth: 7 but 
if we walkin the light, 


as he is in the light, we φ 


have fellowship one 





@ — ἁμήν π[ττα]. 


30Ε *JOHN "GENERAL ‘FIRST. 
τι τ > ? , ~ a > , a ε 
ο ην απ ἀρχῆς, 0 ἀκηκόαμεν, oO εω- 
That’ which was from [the] beginning, that which we have heard, that which we 
ράκαμεν τοῖς. ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα καὶ αἱ χεῖρες 
haye seen with our eyes, that which we gazed upon and “hands 
ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 2 καὶ ἡ ζωὴ 
tour handled concerning the Word of life; (and the life 
ἐφανερώθη, καὶ ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ μαρτυροῦμεν, καὶ ἀπαγγέλ- 
Was manifested, and wehaveseen, and bear witness, and re- 
λοµεν ὑμῖν τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον, ἥτις ἦν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, 
port toyou the “life eternal, whichwas with the Father, 
A 3 , ~ ελ « ΄ ‘ > ’ 
καὶ ἐφανερώθη ἡμῖν 8 ὃ ἑωράκαμεν καὶ ἀκηκόαµεν, 
and was manifested tous :) that which we have seen and have heard 
ἀπαγγέλλομενξ ὑμῖν, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθ᾽ 
we réport toyou, that also ye fellowship may have with 
ἡμῶν' καὶ ἡ κοινωνία δὲ ἡ ἡμετέρα μετὰ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ 


Us ; and *fellowship “indeed Jour [is] with the Father, and 
μετὰ τοῦ.υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" 4 καὶ ταῦτα ἸἈγράφο- 
with his Son Jesus Christ. And these things we 
μεν ὑμῖν," ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν! ἢ πεπληρωμένη. 
write toyou that *joy our may be full, 

5 Kai Βαὕτη ἐστὶν" ἡ ἐπαγγελία! ἣν ἀκηκόαμεν ἀπ᾽ 
And this is the message which we have heard from 


αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναγγέλλομεν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν, καὶ 
him, and announce to you, that God ?light tis, and 
σκοτία πέν αὐτῷ ovK.éoriv'.ovdenia. 6 ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι 
darkness in him is not any at all, If weshould say that 
κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν per αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν, 
fellowship wehave with him, and in darkness should walk, 

ψευδόµεθα, καὶ οὐ.ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν. 7 ἐὰν.δὲ ἐν τῷ 


we lie, and donot practise the truth, Butif in the 
wri περιπατῶμεν, ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί, κοινωνίαν 
light weshould walk, as he is in the light, fellowship 


aca 








- e + Πέτρου β' 2 Peter Tra. 


# + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle E; — καθολικὴ α; Ἰωάννου a LTAW; ᾿Ἰωάνου ἐπιστολὴ 


΄ 
α Tr. 
Κ εστιν αὕτη TIrAW, 


ξ + καὶ also LTTraW. 


h γράφομεν ἡμεῖς We Write ΤΤΙΑ. 


8 ἱ ὑμῶν ‘your EGW. 
1 ἀγγελια GLTTraAW. 


τὰ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ Tr. 


. # 
I, ΤΠ. I JOHN. 
ἔχομεν μετ᾽ ἀλλήλων, καὶ τὸ αἷμα ᾿Ιησοῦ "χριστοῦ" τοῦ υἱοῦ 
We have with one another, and the blood of Jesus Christ “Son 
~ ΄ © ~ ‘ ve { ΄ 8 , 
αὐτοῦ καθαρίζει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας. 8 ἐὰν εἴπωμεν 
‘his cleanses us from every sin. If we should say 
OTe ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ.ἔχομεν, ἑαυτοὺς πλανῶμεν καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια 
that sin we have not, ourselves wedeceive, andthe truth 
, - Dis « ~ 4 ε / « ~ 
υοὐκ.ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν." 9 ἐὰν ὑμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας. ἡμῶν, 


15 ποῦ in us. If we should confess our sins, 
΄ Η ΄ ev ᾽ ~ ΓΑ tas € / 
πιστός ἐστιν καὶ δίκαιος, (γα apy Ρὴμϊν" τὰς ἁμαρτίας, 
faithful heis and rightcous, that he mayforgive us the sins, 


καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας. 10 ἐὰν εἴπωμεν 
and maycleanse us from all unrighteousness, If we should say 
ὅτι οὐχ.ἡμιαρτήκαμεν, ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ὁ λόγος 


that wehave uot sinned, a liar we make him, and “7word 
αὐτοῦ οὐκ.έστιν ἐν ἡμῖν. 
"his iz uot αι Serie, 
4 , » , € ν tr ε , 5 
2 Vexvia pov, ταῦτα γράφω ὑμῖν, ἵνα μὴ -ἁμάρτητε 


“Little “children ‘my, these things lwrite toyou, that ye may ποῦ sin; 
καὶ ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς TOY πατέρα, 
nud if anyone shouldsin, a Paraclete wehave with the Father, 
δίκαιον’ 2 καὶ αὐτὸς  Ἀἱλασμός ἐστιν" 
Christ [the] righteous; and he [the] propitiation is 


περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν οὐ περὶ τῶν.ἡμετέρων δὲ µόνον 
Ιμ ( 2 


᾿Ιησοῦν χριστὸν 
Jesus 


for our sins ; *not “for Sours *but only, 
ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου. 
but also for 7whole ‘the world. 


3 Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν 
And by this we know that we have known him, if 
Τὰς.ἐντολὰς. αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν. 4 ὁ λέγων," Ἔγνωκα αὐτόν, 
his commandments we keep. He that says, Ihave known him, 
καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς. αὐτοῦ μὴ.τηρῶν, ψεύστης ἐστίν, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ 
apd hiscommandments isnot keeping, a liar is, and in kim 
ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ.έστιν' ὃ O¢.0.av τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον, 
the truth is not ; but whoever may keep his word, 
ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ τετελείωται. ἐν τούτῳ 


truly in him the _ love of God has been perfected. By this 
γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν. ὁ ὁ λέγων ἐν αὐτῷ 
we know that in him we are. He that says in him fhe] 


μένειν, ὀφείλει, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησε», Fai αὐτὸς "οὕτως! 
abides, ought, evenas he walked, also himself 80 


περιπατεῖν. 7 ᾿ἀδελφοί," οὐκ ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν, 


to walk. Brethren, nota“commandment ‘new 1 write to you, 
ἀλλ᾿ ἐντολὴν παλαιάν, ἣν εἴχετε ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς ἡ 
but %commandment ἴδῃ “ο1Ϊἅ, which yehad ἔγομι [{Π6] beginning: the 

ἐντολὴ ἡ παλαιά ἐστιν ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε aT’ 
2commandment told is the word which yeheard from([the] 
ἀρχῆς." 8 πάλιν ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν, ὕ ἐστιν 
beginning, Again a7commandment ‘new 1 write to you, which is 
ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ σκοτία παράγεται, 

true in him and in you, because the darkness is passing away, 


καὶ τὸ φῶς TO ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει. 9 ὁ λέγων ἐν τῷ 

and the “light ‘true already shines, Hethat says in the 
wri εἶναι, καὶ τὸν.ἀδελφὸν.αὐτοῦ μισῶν, ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν 
light [πε] is, and *his *brother "hates, inthe darkness _ is 





% — χριστοῦ LTTrA. ο ἐν ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔστιν LTrW. 
ἑλασμὸς 1.. r+ ὅτι (L]TTra. 8 — οὕτως LTr[A]. 
Veramt ἀρχῆς LTTrAs 


Ρ ἡμῶν our (sins) W. 
t ἀγαπητοί beloved GLTTraW 


609 
with another, and the 
blood ot Jesus Christ ~ 
his Son cleanseth us 
from all sin. 8 If we 
say that we have no 
sin, we deceive our- 
selves, and the truth 
is not in us. 9 If we 
confess our 8115, he is 
faithful and just to 
forgive us ou? sins, 
and to cleanse us from 
all unrighteousness. 
10 ΤΕ we say that we 
have not sinned, we 
make him a liar, and 
his word is not in us. 


II. My little chil- 
dren, these’ things 
write] unto you. that 
ye sin not. And if any 
man 511, we have an 
advocate with the Fa- 
ther, Jesus Christ the 
righteous: 2 and he is 
the propitiation for 
our sins: and not for 
ours only, but also for 
the sins of the whole 
world. 


3 And hereby we do 
know that we know 
him, if we keep his 
commandments, 4 He 
that saith, 1 know him, 
and keepeth not his 
commandments, is a 
liar, and the truth is 
not inhim, 5 But who- 
so keepeth his word, in 
him verily is the love 
of God perfected : 
hereby know we that 
we are inhim. 6 He 
that saith he abideth 
in him ought himself 
also so to walk, even 
as he walked. 7 Bre- 
thren, I write no new . 
commandment unto 
you, but an old come 
mandment which ye 
had from the begin- 
ning. The old com- 
mandment is the word 
which ye have heard 
from the beginning. 
8 Again, a new com- 
mandment I write un- 
to you, which thing is 
true in him and iu you: 
because the darkness 
is past, and the true 
light now _ shineth. 
9 He that saith he 
is in the light, and 
hateth his brother, is 
in darkress even until 


4 ἐστιν 


RR 


610 


now. 10 He that lov- 
eth his brother abideth 
in the light, and there 
is none occasion of 
stumbling ia him. 
11 But he that hateth 
his brother is in dark- 
ness, and walketh in 
darkness, and know- 
eth not whither he 
goeth, because that 
darkness hath blinded 
his eyes. 


12 I write unto you, 
little children, because 
your sins are forgiven 
you for his namte’s 
sake, 


13 I write unto you, 
fathers, because ye 


’ have known him that 


is from the beginning. 
I write unto you, 
young men, because ye 
have overcome the 
wicked one. I write 
unto you, little chil- 
Gren, because ye have 
known the Father. 

14 I have written 
unto you, fathers, be- 
cause ye have known 
him thaé zis from the 
beginning. I have 
written unto you, 
young men, because 
ye are strong, and the 
word of God abideth 
in you, and ye have 
overcome the wicked 
one. 15 Love ‘not the 
world, neither the 
things that are in the 
world. [f any man 
love the world, the 
love of the Father is 
notin him. 16 ¥orall 
that zs in the wold, 
the lust of the flesh, 
and the lust of the 
eyes, and the pride of 
life, is not of the Fa- 
ther, but is of the 
world. 17 And the 
world passeth away, 
and the lust thereot : 
but he that doeth the 
will of God abideth 
for ever. 18 Little 
children, it is the last 
time: and as ye have 
heard that antichrist 
shall come, even now 
are there many anti- 
christs; whereby we 
know that it is the 
last time. 19 Theywent 
out from us, but they 
were not of us; for if 
they had been of us, 
they would no doubt 
have continued with 
us: but they went out, 
that they might be 


ITQANNOY A. iI. 


ἕως dort. 10 ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἔν τῷ φωτι 
until now. He that loves his brother, in the light 
μένει, καὶ σκάνδαλον δὲν αὐτῷ οὐκ.ἔστιν.' 11 ὁ. δὲ 

abides, and *cause %of offence, 7in ‘him ‘there “15 “πού, But he that 


μισῶν τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστίν, καὶ ἐν TY σκοτίᾳ 
hates his brother, in the darkuess 15, and in the darkness 
περιπατεῖ, καὶ οὐκ.οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει, OTL ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφ- 

walks, and knowsnot where hegoes, because the darkness blind- 
λωσεν τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς. αὐτοῦ. 


ed his eyes. 
12 Τράφω ὑμῖν, recvia, ὅτι ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν 
Τ write ἕο you, little children, because have been forgiven you [your] 
αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὀνομα.αὐτοῦ. 


sins for the sake of his name, 


53 ~ 2 
19 Τράφω ὑμῖν, πατέρες, ὅτι 
Iwrite to you, fathers, 


ἐγνώκατε τὸν an 
because ye have known him who [is] from 
ἀρχῆς. Γράφω ὑμῖν, νεανίσκοι, ὅτι νενικήκατε τὸν 
[the] beginning. Iwrite toyou, youngmen, because ye have overcome the 
πονηρόν. Γράφω! ἡμῖν, παιδία, ore ἐγνώκατε τὸν 
wicked [one]. Iwrite to you, little children, because ye have known the 
πατέρα. 
Father. 
3 - [ή , 4 
14 Ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, πατέρες, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν 
Iwrote toyou, fathers, because ye have known him who [is] 
ΩΜΟ] - ν ο, Sa ͵ 5 
ἀπ ἀρχῆς. Ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, νεανίσκοι, ὅτι ἰσχυροί ἔστε, 
from [the] beginning. Iwrote toyou, young men, because strong yeare 


καὶ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν μένει, καὶ νενικήκατε τὸν 


and the word of Goi in you _ abides, and yehaveovercome the 
πονηρόν. 15 μὴ.ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον, μηδὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ 
wicked [one]. Love not the world, nor the things in the 
κόσμῳ' ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον, οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη 
world. If anyone shouldluve the world, not is ‘the #love 
τοῦ πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ' 16 ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, 


30f*the *Father in him; because all that which [is] in the world; 
ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκός, καὶ ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν, καὶ 
the desire ofthe flesh, andthe desire of the eyes, and 
ἡ σἀλαζονεία" τοῦ τῶ οὐκ.έστιν ἐκ τοῦ πατρός, ταλλ᾽" ἐκ 
the vaunting of life, is not of the Father, but of 
τοῦ κύσμου ἐστίν. 17 καὶ ὁ κόσμος παράγεται, Kai ἡ ἔπι- 
the world Sis and the world is passing away, and the 
/ ? ~ { A ~ οὐ ’ ~ ~ > 

θυµία αὐτοῦ ὁ.δὲ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν 
lust of it, buthethat does the will of Ged abides for 
18 Παιδία, ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν' καὶ καθὼς 

Little children, [the] last hour itis, and according as 
? / e Lan 99 , ‘ ~ . 
ἠκούσατε OTL "ὁ'. ἀντίχριστος ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἀντιχοιστοι 


αἰῶνα. 
ever, 


ye heard that the antichrist iscoming, even now  ‘“antichrists 
πολλοὶ ο μες ὅθεν γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν 
Imany ave arisen, whence we know that [the] last hour itis. 
>? « ~ ᾽ ~ > ~ 
19 ἐξ ἡμῶν ὑἐξηλθον," ἀλλ᾽ οὐκῆσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν' εἰ. γὰρ 


From among ἃ8 they wentout, but they werenot of us; for if 


= ? ς ~ a ? ~ » , 
“ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν," μεμενήκεισαν. ἂν μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν' ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα φανε- 
they wereof us, they wouldhaveremained with us, but that they 








~ ε/ δι , ~ ~ 
made manifest that ρωθῶσιν OTL οὐκ.εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν. 20 καὶ ὑμεῖς 
they were not all of might be made manifest that “are *not tall of us. And ye 
5 οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ LTA. x ἔγραψα I wrote LTTraw. Y ἀλαζονία T. : ἀλλὰ TIrW. 


®&— ὁ LTTrAW. 


Ὁ ἐξῆλθαν LTTrAW, 


ς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν τι. 


ΠΠ. 1 


οἴσμα 
[the] anointing 


JOHN. 


3 10. = ἃ ? fl 
και OLOATE “παῦτα. 
holy [one], and ye know all things. 
21 οὐκ. ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι 

I wrote not toyou because ye know not the truth, but because 
οἴδατε αὐτήν, καὶ ὅτι, πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν. 
ye know it, and that 7any | “lie ‘of the 7truth *not” *is. 

(lit. every) 


22 Τίς ἐστιν ὁ ψεύστης εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ 


ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου, 
have from the 


Who is’ the liar but he that nies that Jesus 
ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός; οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀντίχοιστος ὁ ἀρνούμενος 
is the Christ? He is the antichrist who denies 
τὸν πατέρα Kai TOY υἱόν. 23 πᾶς ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν υἱόν, 
the Father and the _ Son. Everyone that denies the. Son, 
οὐδὲ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει. 24 Ὑμεῖς fodv" ὃ ἠκούσατε ἀπ᾽ 


neither *the *Father ‘has “he, Ye therefore what yeheard from 
ἀρχῆς, ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω. ἐὰν ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ ὃ ἀπ 
[{Π6] beginning,in you letitabide: if in you should abide what from 
ἀρχὴς ἠκούσατε, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ δεν! τῷ πατρὶ 


[the] beginning yeheard, also ye in the Son and in the Father 
eveire. 95 καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐπαγγελία, ἣν αὐτὸς ἐπηγ- 
shall abide. And this is the promise which he pro- 


γειλατο ἡμῖν, τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον. 26 ταῦτα ἔγραψα ὑμῖν 
mised us, life eternal. These things I wrote to you 


περὶ τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς. 27 καὶ ὑμεῖς τὸ χρῖσμα 
concerning those who lead ?astray tyou: and you the anointing 
ὃ ἐλάβετε ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, "ὲν ὑμῖν μένει," καὶ οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε 
which ye received from him, in you. abides, andnot need ye have 


ἵνα τις διδάσκῃ ὑμᾶς" ἀλλ᾽ ὡς τὸ Ἰαὐτὸ" χρῖσμα διδάσκει 


that anyone shouldteach you; but as the same anointing teaches 
= ‘ / ‘ , Δ ” ? ~ 

ὑμᾶς περὶ πάντων, καὶ ἀληθές ἐστιν, καὶ οὐκ έστιν ψεῦ- 

you concerning allthings. and true is, and is not a 


doc’ καὶ καθὼς ἐδίδαξεν ὑμᾶς, Jpevetre! ἐν αὐτῷ. 
lie; and evenas ittaught you, yeshallabide in him. 
Ν - ΄ , ~ e er Π 
28 Καὶ νῦν, rexvia, μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ" ἵνα ὅταν" φανερω- 
And now, little children, abide in him, that when he be mani- 
θῇ, ΛἸέχωμεν' παῤῥησίαν, καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, 
fested we may have oldness, and not be put toshame from before him 
ἐν τῇ-παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ. 
at his coming. 
> ~ , ~ c 
29 ᾿Εὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν, γινώσκετε ὅτι ἃ πᾶς ὁ 
If ye know that righteous” he is, ye know that everyone who 
ἘΣ - ῃ χιὉ 
ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ἐξ αὐτοῦ, "γεγέννηται." 8. Ίδετεπο- 
practises righteousness of him _ has been begotten. See 


ταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ πατήρ, ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ 
that children of God 


what love “has *given *to®us ‘the 7Father, 
~ , ΄ ε ~ 
κληθῶμεν"" διὰ τοῦτο ὁ κόσμος οὐ.γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, 
we should be called. On account of this the world knows not us, 
” Φ 2 , ~ , ~ 3 
ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν. 2 ἀγαπητοί, νῦν τέκνα θεοῦ ἐσμεν, 
because it knew ποῦ him. Beloved, now children of God are we, 
- fi ” 3 ΄ θ , γ ’ θ - 10 POs tl « ο 
καὶ οὕπω  ἐφανερωση τι εσομεῦα᾽ οιὀαµεν-'ὁε OTL εαν 
and ποῦ yet wasit manifested what weshallbe; but weknow that if 
~ « pul ed ΄ ε Ld ᾽ ‘ ’ 
φανερωθῇ, ὅμοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, ὅτι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς 
he be manifested, like him weshall be, for weshallsee him as 
d πάντες (read ye all know) τ. 
confesses the Son has tie Father also GLtTraw. 
ἐν ὑμῖν ΙΤΤΙΑ. i αὐτοῦ (read as his anointing) ΤΤΤΑ. 
16 LTTra. Ι σχῶμεν LTTrA. τὸ + καὶ also ΤΤΓΑ. 
ἐσμέν aud we are(such] ΗΤΤΑ, ο P— δὲ but LTTraw. 


f — οὖν LTTrA. 


611 
us. 20 But ye havean 
unction from the Holy 
One, and ye know all 
things. 21 I have not 
written unto you be- 
cause ye know not the 
truth, but because ye 
know it, and that nolie 
is of the truth. 22 Who 
is a liar but he that 
denieth that Jesus is 
the Christ? He is an- 
tichrist, that denieth 
the Father and the 
Son. 23 Whosoever de- 
nieth the Son, the same 
hath not the Father: 
[but] he that acknow- 
ledgeth the Son hath 
the Father also, 24 Let 
that therefore abide 
in you, which ye have 
heard from the begin- 
ning. If that which 
ye have heard from 
the beginning shall 
remain in you, ye 
also shall continue 
in the Son, and in 
the Father. 25 And 
this is the promise 
that he hath promised 
us, even eternal life. 
26 These things have I 
written unto you con- 
cerning them that se- 
duce you. 27 But the 
anointing which ye 
have received of him 
abideth in you, and ye 
need notthat any man 
teach you : but as the 
same anointing teach- 
eth you of all things, 
and is truth, andis no 
lie, and even asit hath 
taught you, ye shall 
abide in him. 

$8 And now, little 
children, abide in him; 
that, wher he shal) 
appear, we may have 
confidence, and nos’ be 
ashamed before him at 
his coming. : 

29 If ye know that 
he is rightcons, ye 
know that every one 
that doeth rightcous- 
ness is born of him, 
111. Behold, what :uan- 
ner of love the Father 
hath bestowed upon 
us, that we should be 
called the sons of God: 
therefore the world 
knoweth us not, be- 
cause it knew him not. 
2 Beloved, now are 
we the sons of God,’ 
and it. doth not yet 
appear what we shall 
be: but we know that, 
when he shall appear, 
we shall be like him ; 
for we shall see him 


€ + 6 ὁμολογῶν τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει he that 
ξ--ενι. 

j-wévere abide LTTraW. 
η γεγένηται in Stephens. 


b μένει 
κ ἐὰν 
9 + και 


612 


ns Πο is. 3 And every 
man that hath this 
hope in him purifieth 
himself, even as he is 
pure. 


4 Whosoever com- 
mitteth sin transgres- 
seth also the law : for 
sin is the transgres- 
sion of the law. 5And 
ye know that he was 
mauifested to take a- 
Way our sins; and in 
him is no sin. 6 Who- 
soever abideth in him 
sinneth not: whoso- 
ever sinneth hath not 
seen him, neither 
known him. 


7 Littlechildren, let 
no man deceive you: 
he that doeth right- 
eousness is righteous, 
even as heis righteous. 
8 He that committcth 
sin is of the devil ; for 
the devilsinneth from 
the beginning. For 
this purpose the Son 
of God was manifest- 
ed, that he might de- 
stroy the works of the 
devil. 9 Whosoever is 
born of God doth not 
commif sin; for his 
seed remaineth in him: 
and he cannot sin, be= 
cause he is born of God. 
10 In this the children 
of God are manifest, 
aud the children of the 
devil: whosoever do- 
eth not righteousness 
is not of God. neither 
he that loveth not his 
brother. 11 For this 
is the message that ye 
heard from the begin- 
ning, that we should 
love one _ another. 
12 Not as Cain, who 
was of that wicked 
one, and slew his bro- 
ther. And wherefore 
slew he him 2 Because 
his own works were 
evil, and his brother’s 
righteous. 


13 Marvel not, my 
brethren, if the world 
hate you. 14 We know 
that we have passed 
from death unto life, 
because we love the 
brethren. He that 
loveth not Ais bro- 
ther nhideth in death. 
15 Whosoever hateth 


4 — ἢ τ, (misinformed as to codex 8). 
t+ καὶ And τ. 


righteous) 1. 


TQANNOY A. ΠΠ. 


ΒΕ ~ 4 , / 7 - 
ἐστιν. Ὁ καὶ πᾶς 6 ἔχων τὴν.ἐλπίδα.ταύτην ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ, 
he is. And everyone that has this hope in him, 
ἁγνίζει ἑ ἑαυτόν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος ἁγνός ἐστι». 
purifies himself, evenas he pure ας, 

4 Πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ; 


sin, also lawlessness practises ; ; 


5 καὶ οἴδατε ὅτι ἐκεῖνος 


Everyone that ως, 
καὶ 4n' ἁμαρτία αν. ἡ ἀνομία. 


and sin lawlessness. And yeknow that he 
ἐφανερώθη, ἵνα τὰς ἁμαρτίας τὴ μῶν!" ἄρῃ" καὶ 


he ei take ον Os ; and 
= αὐτῷ μένων οὐχ 


2sins Jour 


ϐ πᾶς 0 


was a that 
ἁμαρτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ. ἔστιν. 


sin in him is not. 2Anyone *that °in Shim ‘abides 'not 
(lit. everyone) 
ἁμαρτάνει: πᾶς ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ εώρακεν αὐτόν, οὐδὲ 
sins: 3ππγοηπο *that *sins "not has seen him, nor 
(lit. everyone) 
3 ? ΄ 
ἔγνωκεν αὑτὸν. 
has known him. 
ε ” ~ 
7 = Texvia, μηδεὶς πλανάτω ὑμᾶς" ὁ ποιῶν τὴν 


Little children, ο Sone ‘let *lead σεν ὅγοα; he that practises 


δικαιοσύνην, δίκαιός ἐστιν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος δίκαιός ἐστιν. 8 ὁ 
righteousness, righteous τ evenas he maces is. He that 
ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν; ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν' ὅτι ἀπ’ 
practises sin, of the devil is; because from ἘΠ 
ἀρχῆς ὁ διάβολος ἁμαρτάνει. εἰς τοῦτο ἐφανερώθη ὁ υἱὸς 
beginning the devil sins. For this was manifested the Son 
τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα λύσῃ Ta ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου. 9 πᾶς ὁ 


of God, that he might undo the works ofthe devil. ?Anyone “that 
(it. everyone) 


γεγεννηµένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ, ὅτι σπέρμα 
*ha» *been οσο Τοῦ ξαοᾶ, 1ος! αποῦ ὃ ο because seed 


sin 
αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει" καὶ οὐ δύναται ἁμαρτάνειν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ 


this in him abides, and heis not able to sin, because of 
θεοῦ γεγέννηται. 10 ἐν τούτῳ φανερά ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ 
God _ he has been begotten. In_ this manifest are the children 
θεοῦ καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου. πᾶς ὁ μὴ "ποιῶν 


of God and the children of the devil, ?Anyone *that Snot “practises 


(lit. every one) 
? ~ A 
δικαιοσύνην" οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ὁ μὴ.ἀγαπῶν τὸν 


Srighteousness ‘not is of God, a he that loves not 
ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ. 11 ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγγελία ἣν ἠκούσατε 
2brother this, Because this is the message Which ve heard 
an ἀρχῆς. wa ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους" 12 οὐ καθὼς 
from [86] beginning; that weshould love one another: not as 
Κάῑν ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν, καὶ ἔσφαξεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν 
Cain [who] of the wicked [one] was, and slew *brother 
αὐτοῦ" καὶ χάριν τίνος ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν; ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 
this; andonaccountof what’ slew he him? because his works 


πονηρὰ ἦν, τὰ.δὲ τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ δίκαια. 
2wieked ‘were, and those of his brother ap σα 
19 'Μὴ θαυμάζετε, ἀδελφοί pou," εἰ μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος. 
Wonder not, brethren ‘my, if *hates *you ‘the ?world. 
14 Tass οἴδαμεν ὅτι µεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς THY 
We know that wehavepassed from death to 
ζωήν, ὕτι ἀγαπῶμεν τοὺς ἀδελφούς: ὁ μὴ. ἀγαπῶν 
life, because we love the brethren. Hethat loves not 
στὸν ἀδελφόν," μένει ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ. 15 πᾶς 
brother, —_ in death. 
— ημών LITA, 
v— µου LITrAW, 


Chis] 
ὁ μισῶν τὸν 
Everyone that hates 


8 ὧν δίκαιος (read.that is nat 
πο ποιος LITraAw. 


ΜΠ ΤΥ. το ΘΗΝ. 


ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἀνθρωποκτόνος εστίν, καὶ οἴδατε ὅτι πᾶς 


?brother *his a niurderer 15, and yeknow that ?any 
(lit. every) 
/ 
ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἐν ταὐτῷ" μένουσαν. 
smurderer not has 1176 eternal “in “him labiding. 


16 Ἐν τούτῳ ἐγνώκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην, ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ὑπὲρ 
ΒΥ this we have known love, because he for 


πο τὴν. ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ ἔθηκεν" καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ὑπὲρ τῶν 
his life laid down; and we ought for the 


ἀδελφῶν τὰς ψυχὰς ἌΝ ΠΡΟ 17 δὲ παν ἔχῃ τὸν 
brethren [our] lives to lay down. But whoever may have 


βίον τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ θεωρῇ τὸν. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ χρείαν 
βγ64}}5 *of “16 ‘the 7world’s, and may see his brother “need 


ἔχοντα, καὶ κλείσῃ τὰ.σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, πῶς ἡ 


*having, and may shut up : his bowels from him, how ’the 
ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ; 
Slove *of °God'tabidesin him? 

18 Texvia pov," μὴ. ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ μηδὲ γλώσσῃ, 


“Little °children ‘my, 
δάλλ᾽" «ἔργῳ Kai ἀληθείᾳ. 19 ἀκαὶ" ἐν τούτῳ «γινώσκομεν! 


we should not love inword, nor with tongue, 


but inwork and _ in truth. And by _ this we know 
ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν, καὶ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πείσομεν 
that of the truth we are, and before him shall persuade 


τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν' 20 fort" ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία, 
our hearts, that if %should*condemn ‘our “heart, 


ὅτι μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ ος τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν καὶ γινώσκει πάντα. 
that greater is God than our heart and knows all μμ. 


21 ἀγαπητοί, ἐὰν Ἰ καρδία ἡμῶν" μὴ.καταγιγώσκῃ ἡμῶν, 
Beloved, if “heart Your should not condemn us, 
παῤῥησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 23 καὶ Otay αἰτῶμεν, 


boldness we have towards God, 


ὅτι τὰς ἐντολὰς. αὐτοῦ τηροῦμεν, 
his commandments we keep, 


and whatsoever we may ask, 


λαμβάνομεν παρ”) αὐτοῦ, 
we receive from him, because 


καὶ τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ποιοῦμεν. 23 καὶ αὕτη 
and the things pleasing before him we practise. And _ this 


ἐστὶν ᾖ.ἐντολὴ. αὐτοῦ, ἵνα Ἱπιστεύσωμενὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ 
is hiscommandment, that weshould believe onthe name 
ε ~ ~ ~ ~ ‘ ~ / ι 
υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, καὶ ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους, καθὼς 
of his Son Jesus Christ, and should love oneanother, even as 


ἔδωκεν ἐντολὴν ἡμῖν. 24 καὶ ὁ τηρῶν τὰς ἐντολὰς. αὐτοῦ, 
he gave commandment to us. ‘And he that Eo his commandments, 


ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν αὐτῷ" καὶ ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν 
in him’ = and he in* him: and by this we know 


ὅτι μενει ἐν ἡμῖν, ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος οὗ ἡμῖν ἔδωκεν. 


that he abides in us, by the νο, which tous he gave. 
4 ᾿᾽Αγαπητοί, μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε, ἀλλὰ δοκιμά- 
Beloved, “ποῦ τι *spirit *believe, but prove 


ζετε τὰ πνεύματα, εἰ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὅτι πολλοὶ ψΨευδο- 
the spirits, if of God they are; because many false 


προφῆται ἐξεληλύθασιν εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 2 ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκετε 
ντα have gone out into πὸ world. By this ye know 


τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ" πᾶν πνεῦμα ὃ ὁμολογεῖ Ἰησοῦν χριστὸν 
the Spirit of God: every spirit which confesses Jesus Christ 





x ἑαυτῷ himself ae, Υ θεῖναι LTTrAW 2 — μου LTTrAW. 
tongue) GLTTrAW. ὃ ἀλλὰ τν. 5 + ἐν in (work) GLTTraw. 
μεθα we shall know LTTrAW. Γὅ τι (read whatever our heart) 1, 
the heart) utr[a]. ban’ LITrA, 


613 


his brother is a‘ mur- 
derer: and ye know 
that no murderer hath 
eternal life abiding in 
him, 


16 Hereby perceive 
we the love of God, 
because he laid down 
his life for us: and 
we ought to lay down 
our lives for the Ὦις- 
thren. 17 But whoso 
hath this world’s good, 
and seeth his brother’ 
have need, and shur- 
teth up his bowels of 
compassion from him, 
how dwelleth the love 
of God in him ὃ 


18 My little chil- 
dren, let us not love 
in word, neither in 
tongue; but in decd 
and in truth. 19 And 
hereby we know that 
we are of the truth, 
and shall assure our 
hearts before him, 
20 For if our heart 
condemn us, God is 
greater than our heart, 
and knoweth all 
things. 21 Beloved, if 
our heart condemn us 
not, then have we con- 
ge toward God. 

2 And whatsoever we 
as we receive of him, 
because we keep his 
commandments, and 
do those things that 
are pleasivg in his 
sight. 23 And this is 
his commandment, 
That we should be- 
lieve on the name of 
his Son Jesus Christ, 
and love one another, 
as he gave us com- 
mandment. 24 And he 
that keepeth his com- 
mandmeunts dwelleth 
in him, and heinhim, 
Aud hereby we know 
that he abideth in us, 
by the Spirit which he 
hath given us, 


IV. Beloved, believe 
not every spirit, but 
try the spirits whe- 
ther they are of God: 
because many false 
prophets are gone out 
into the world. 2 Here- 
by know ye the Spirit 
of God: Every spirit 
that confesseth that 
Jesus Christ is come 





a+ τῇ (read pe the 
ἃ — καὶ L[TrA]. 


© γνωσό- 
8 — ἡμῶν (read 


i πιστεύωμεν We believe LTIr; πιστεύ[σ]ωμεν a, 


614 

in the flesh is of God: 
3 and every spirit that 
tonfesseth not that 
Jesus Christ is come in 
the ficsh is not of God: 
and this is that spirit 
of antichrist, where- 
of ye have heard that 
it should come; and 
even now already is it 
in the world. 4 Ye are 
of God, little children, 
and have overcome 
them: because preater 
is he that is in you, 
than he that is in the 
world. 5 They are of 
the world: therefore 
speak they of the 
world, and the world 
heareth them. 6 We 
are of God: he that 
knoweth God heareth 
us; he that is not of 
God heareth not us. 
Hereby know we the 
spirit of truth, and the 
spirit of error. 


7 Beloved, let us 
love one another: for 
love is of God; and 
every one that loveth 
is born of God, and 
knoweth God. 8 He 
that !oveth not know- 
eth not God; for God 
is love. 9 In this was 
manifested the love 
of Gou toward us, be- 
cause that God sent 
his only begotten Son 
into the world, that we 
might live through 
him. 10 Hercin is love, 
not that we loved God, 
but that he loved us, 
and sent his Son to 
be the propitiation for 
our sins. 11 Beloved, 
if God so loved us, we 
ought also to love one 
another. 12 No man 
hath seen God at 
any time. If we love 
one another, God 
dwelleth in us, andhis 
love is perfected in us. 
13 Hereby know we 
that we dwell in him, 
and he in us, because 
he hath given us of 
his Spirit. 14 And we 
have secn and do testi- 
fy that the Father sent 
the Son fo be the Sa- 
viour of the world, 


IQANNOYT A. ΤΥ: 


? ΔΝ , ΑΣ 4 "κ ~ ~ ᾽ 9 4 ~ ~ 
ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ εστιν. καὶ πᾶν πνεῦμα 
31η “flesh lcome, of God isis and ’any “spirit 
(lit. every) 
\ ~ ‘ ~ ὡς η ? κ 3 / ? 
ὃ μὴ .ὁμολογεῖ τὸν Ἰησοῦν Σχριστὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα,. ἐκ 


*which °confesses “ποῦ 7 Jesus ®Christ }°in '*flesh ®come, 130f 
~ ~ ” ‘ ~ , ‘ ~ ? ΄ 
τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν" καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ τοῦ ἀντιχρίστοι, 
144God ‘not 1316: απᾶ {815 is that[power]ofthe antichrist, 


- » ‘ ~ ~ v4 1 ‘ 2” 
ὃ ἀκηκόατε ὅτι ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐστὶν ἤδη. 
[08] which ye heard that it comes, and now in the world isit already. 
~ ~ ~ , ΔΝ / ᾽ [4 
4 Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστε, τεκνία, καὶ νενικήκατε αὐτοὺς" 
Ye of God are, little children, and have overcome them, 
/ ‘ « - n « ᾽ - , 
Ore μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν ἢ ὁ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ. 
because greater is hewho[is]in you than he who([is]in the world. 


ὃ αὐτοὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου εἰσίν, διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου λα- 
They of the “world are; because of this of the world they 
λοῦσιν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει. 6 ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 
talk, and the world *them thears. We of God 
éopev’ ὁ γινώσκων τὸν θεόν, ἀκούει ἡμῶν' ὃς οὐκ.ἔστιν 
are; ο ἰπαῦ knows God, hears us; hethat is not 
ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐκ.ἀκούει ἡμῶν. ἐκ τούτου γινώσκομεν TO πνεῦμα 
of God, hears not us, By this weknow the spirit 
τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης. 
οἵ σα ἢ andthe - spirit of error. 


> 2 ΄, ? ~ > , = « « ) , 1 oo 
7 Αγαπητοί, ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους Ότι ἢ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ 
Beloved, weshouldlove one another; because love 30Ε 
θεοῦ ἐστιν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται, 
Ξβᾳοα matt and everyone that loves, of God has been begotten, 
καὶ γινώσκει τὸν θεόν. 8 ὁ μὴ.ἀγαπῶν, οὐκ.ἔγνω τὸν θεόν" 
and knows God. He that loves not, knew not God; 
ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν. 9 ἐν τούτῳ ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη 
because God love it} In _ this ws manifested the love 
τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅτι τὸν.υἱὸν αὐτιῦ τὸν μονογενῆ ἀπέ- 


of Godasto us, that his Son the only-begotten *has 
σταλκεν ὁ θεὸς εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα ζήσωμεν de αὐτοῦ. 
Ssent *God into the world, that we might live through him. 


10 ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη, οὐχ ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠγαπήσαμεν τὸν 


Ίπ this is love, not that we loved 
θεόν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν τὸν υἱὸν 
God, but that he loved us, and sent 3501 


αὐτοῦ ἱλασμὸν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν. ἡμῶν. 11 ἀγαπητοί, εἰ 
this apropitiation for our sins, Beloved, if 
οὕτως ὁ θεὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ἀλλήλους. 
36ο ‘God loved us, also we ought one another 
ἀγαπᾷν. 12 θεὸν οὐδες πώποτε τεθέαται' ἐὰν ἀγαπῶμεν 
to love. °God ‘no “one fat “any *time *has*seen; if we should love 
ἀλλήλους, ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν μένει, καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη. αὐτοῦ Ίτετελειω- 
one another, God in us abides, and his love *perfect- 


, ? Δ 3 ἘΣ δὰ ? ΄ ’, ~ 
μένη ἐστὶν ἐν ἡμῖν." 13 ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ 


ed Ct pas be} us. By this weknow that in him 
4 ‘ ~ - - 
μένομεν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐκ τοὔ.πνεύματος αὐτοῦ 
we abide, and he in us, because of his Spirit 


δέδωκεν ἡμῖν. 14 καὶ ἡμεῖς τεθεάμεθα καὶ μαρτυροῦμεν ὅτι 
he has given to us, And we have seen and  bearwitness that 
ὁ πατὴρ ἀπέσταλκεν τὸν υἱὸν σωτῆρα τοῦ κόσμου. 

the Father has sent the Son [as] Saviour of the world. 


a ας ο οσο ος --ο--υ----Ἡ- 


k — χριστὸν Ὑ ; — χριστὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα (read the Jesus) ΘΟἸΤΎΤΑ, 
Τετελειωμένχ ἐστίν L, τετελ, εν ἡμὶν ἐστίν ΤΊΓΑ, 


1 ἐν ἡμῖν 


/ 


ον. DSO NN: 
15 Ὃς ἂν ὁμολογήσῃ ore Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. ὁ 


Whosoever rage confess that Jesus is the Son of God, 
θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ θεῷ. 16 καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐγνώ- 
God in him abides, and he in God. And we have 


καµεν καὶ πεπιστεύκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχει ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν. 
known and have believed the love which *has ‘God asto us. 


ὁ τὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν, καὶ ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἐν τῷ θεῷ 
Gd 2love 115, and hethat abides in love, in God 


μένει, καὶ 6 θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ, 17 ἐν τούτῳ τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη 
abides, and God in him. π ἐπὶ has been perfected love 


μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, ἵνα παῤῥησίαν ἔχωμεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως, 
With us, that boldness να πῶς have in the day of judgment, 


ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμὲν ἐν τῷ. κόσμῳ. τούτῳ. 
that even as he a; also we are in this world. 


18 φόβος οὐκ.έστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, "ἀλλ᾽" ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω 


*Fear ‘there “is *not in love, but perfect love out 

, « ΄ , ” ε \ ) 
βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει ὁ. δὲ φοβού- 
Teasts fear; because fear torment saa andhethat fears 
μενος οὔ.τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ. 19 ο ἀγαπῶμεν 


has not been made perfect in love. 


᾽ ε 
Ραὐτὸν' ort 


love 


ααὐτὸς' πρῶτος ο ἐν ἡμᾶς. 
him because he on t loved us. 
20 Ἐάν τις εἴπῃ, Ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν θεόν, καὶ τὸν ἀδελ- 
If anyone should say, Τ love God, and *bro- 
gov αὐτοῦ μισῇ, ψεύστης ἐστίν' ὁ γὰρ μὴ. ἀγαπῶν τὸν 
ther Shis ‘should *hate, a liar he is. For he that loves not 
ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν θεὸν ὃν οὐχ.ἑώρακεν, 


his brother 7God *whom "Πο ?°has ?'not **seen, 


"rac" we ΟΣ ἀγαπᾷν; 21 καὶ ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔχο- 
Thow sche*able ‘to Slove? And this commandment we 
μεν am αὐτοῦ, ἵνα ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν θεὺν ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τὸν 
have from him, that he that loves God should love also 

ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ. § Πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ 
“brother ‘his. reer one that believes that Jesus is the 


χριστὸς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται Kai πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν 
Christ, of God has bcen begotten; and ος that loves him that 


γεννήσαντα ἀγαπᾷ "καὶ; τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ. 2 ἐν 
ig ees) loves also him that has been begotten of him. By 


τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἀγαπῶμεν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅταν τὸν 
ταῖς we know that we love the children of God, when 


θεὸν ἃ ἀγαπῶμεν καὶ τὰς. ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ἵἹτηρῶμεν.' 3 αὕτη. γάρ 
God welove and his ο ενας keep. For this 


ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα τὰς. ἐντολὰς.αὐτοῦ τὴρῶμεν' 
is the love of God, that his commandments we should keep; 


καὶ αἱ ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῦ βαρεῖαι οὐκ.εσίν. 4 Ore πᾶν τὸ γε- 
and hiscommandments burdensome are not. Because all that has 


γεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ νικᾷ τὸν κόσμον" καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν 
been begotten of God overcomes the world; and _ this is 


ἢ νίκη ἡ νικήσασα τὸν κόσμον, ἡ.πίστιο ἡμῶν" 5 tic’ 
the Victory which overcame the world, our faith, Who 


{ 
ἐστιν ὁ νικῶν τὸν κόσμον, εἰ μὴ ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς 
is hethat overcomes the world, but hethat believes that Jesus 
ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ; 
is the Son of God? 


whom he has seen, 


αἱ + μένει abides [nJra. Ὦ ἀλλὰ Tr. 9 + οὖν therefore I. 
96 θεὸς God L. τ οὐ (readheis notable) LTTra, 5 [και] LTr, 
¥ + [δέ] but (who) τε, 


615 


15 Whosocver shall 
confess that Jesus is 
the Son of God, God 
dwelleth,in him, and 
he in God. 16 And we 
have known and be- 
lieved the love that 
God hath to us. God 
is love; and he that 
dwelleth in love dwell- 
eth in God, and God 
in him. 17 Herein is 
our love made perfect, 
that we may have 
boldness in the day of 
judgment : because as 
he is, so are we in this 
world. 18 Thcre is no 
fear in love ; but per- 
fect love casteth out 
fear: because fear hath 
torment. He that fear- 
ethis not made per- 
fect in love. 19 We 
love him, because he 
first loved us, 


20 If a man say, I 
love God, and hateth 
his brother, he is 8 
liar: for he that loveth 
not his brother whom 
he hath seen, how can 
he love God whom he 
hath not seen? 21 And 
this commandment 
have we from him, 
hat he who loveth 
God love his brother 
also. V. Whosoever be- 
lieveth thatJesusis the 
Christ is born of Gods 
and every one that lov- 
eth him that begat 
loveth him also that is 
begotten of him. 2 By 
this we know that we 
love the children of 
God,, when we love 
God, and keep his com- 
mandments. 3 For 
this is the love of God, 
that we keep his com- 
mandments: and his 
commandments are 
not gricvous. 4 For 
whatsoever is born of 
God overcometh the 
world: and this is the 
victory that overcom- 
eth the world, even 
our faith. 5 Who is he 
that overcometh the 
world, but he that be- 
lieveth that Jesus ig 
the Son of God? 


P — αὐτὸν LTTrAW. 


+ ποιῶμεν May do LITrAW. 


616 


6 This is he that came 
by water and blood, 
even Jesus Christ ; not 
by water only, but by 
water and blood, And 
it is the Spirit that 
beareth witness, be- 
cause the Spirit is 
truth. 7 For thcre are 
three that bear record 
in heaven, the Father, 
the Word, and the 
Holy Ghost : and these 
three are one. 8 And 
there are three that 
bear witness in earth, 
the Spirit, and the 
. water, andthe blood: 
and these three agree 
in one. 9 ΤΕ we receive 
the witness of men, 
the witness of God is 
greater: for thisis the 
witness of God which 
he hath testified of his 
Son. 10 He that be- 
lieveth on the Son 
of God hath the wit- 
ness in himself: he 
that believeth not God 
hath made him a, liar ; 
because he believeth 
not the record that 
God gave of his Son. 
11 And this is the re- 
cord, that God hath 
given to us eternal 
life, and this life 
is in his Son. 12 He 
that hath the Son hath 
life ; and he that hath 
not the Son of God 
hath not life, 


13 These things 
have I written un- 
to you that believe 
on the name of the 
Son of God; that ye 
may know that ye 
have eternal life, and 
that ye may believe 
on the name of the 
Son of God. 14 And 
this is the confidence 
that we have in him, 
that, if we ask any 
thing according to his 
will, he heareth us: 
‘6 and if we know 
chat he hear us, what- 
soever we ask, we 
know that we have the 
petitions that we de- 
sired of him. 


16 If any man see 
his brother sin a 
sin which is not unto 
death, he shall ask, 
and he shall give 


ΓΟ ΝΘ. ΤΑ, Vv. 


- ’ Ἵ ” "4 τ ᾽ - 
6 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐλθὼν δι ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος, Ἰησοῦς 


This is hewho came by water and blood, Jesus 
wil , - > . -ἢ vO , x 1AN’!! > ~ fn ες ἊΨ 
ο΄ χριστος οὐκ EV τῳυ ατι μονον, α ἐν Tw υόατι και 
the Christ ; not by water only, but by water and 


~ ‘ ‘ ~ δ i A [εν er ‘ ~ , 
τῷ αἵματι" και TO πνεῦμα ἐστιν το µαρτυρουν OTt TO πνευμα 
blood. Andthe Spirit it is that bears witness, because the Spirit 
ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια. ἢ ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες”Ζὲν τῷ 
is the truth, Because three there are who bear witness in 
οὐρανῷ, ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος, Kai τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα" καὶ οὗτοι 
heaven, the Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghost; and these 
οἱ τρεῖς ἕν εἰσιν. ὃ καὶ τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες ἐν τῇ 
three one are. And three thereare who’ bear witness oon 
γῇ," τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ τὸ αἷμα, καὶ οἱ τρεῖς εἰς τὸ 
earth, the Spirit, and the water, andthe blood; and the three to the 
ἕν εἰσιν. 9 εἰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνο- 
one [point] are. If the witness of men we re- 
μεν, ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ θεοῦ μείζων ἔἐστίν' ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν 
ceive, the witness of God *greater 18, Because this is 
ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ θεοῦ, "ἣν" μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ τοῦ.υἱοῦ. αὐτοῦ. 
the witness of God which he has witnessed concerning his Son. 
10 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν " ἐν 
Hethat believes on the Son of God has the witness in 
εἑαυτῷ''. ὁ μὴ πιστεύων “τῷ θεῷ! ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν, 
himself; he that believes not God τα ας *has?made “him, 
OTL οὐ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν, ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ 
because he has not believed in the witness which "πας “witnessed 
4 A ~ ε - ~ Ν [72 A « ΄ 
θεὸς περὶ τοῦ.υἱοῦ.αὐτοῦ. 11 καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία 
‘God concerning his Son, And this is the witness, 
’ » - ε , A ε/ ‘ ~ 
ὅτι ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ θεός" καὶ αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ 
that life eternal "gave ΟΞ *God; and this life ?in 
υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. 12 ὁ ἔχων τὸν υἱόν, ἔχει τὴν ζωήν" ὁ 
4305 “his ος hethat has the Son, has 1119: he that 
μὴ-ἔχων τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, THY ζωὴν οὐκ. ἔχει. 
hasnot the Son of God, life has not. 
13 Ταῦτα ἔγραψα ὑμῖν "τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ “ὄνομα 
These things Iwrote toyou. who believe on the name 
τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ," ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὅτι ζωὴν [έχετε αἰώνιον," καὶ 
of the Son of God, that yemay know that *life "ye “have ‘eternal, and 
ἵνα πιστεύητεϊ εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ. 14 καὶ αὕτη 
that ye may believe on the name ofthe Son of God. And this 
ἐστὶν ἡ παῤῥησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν, ore ἐάν τι" 


is the boldness which we have towards him, that if anything 
αἰτώμεθα κατὰ τὸ.θέλημα.αὐτοῦ, ἀκούει ἡμῶν' 15 καὶ 
we may ask according to his will, he hears us. And 


‘dy οἴδαμεν Ore ἀκούει ἡμῶν, ὃ. Κἂν" αἰτώμεθα, οἴδαμεν ὅτι 
RPE we know tnat hehears us, whatsoever we may ask, we know that 
ἔχομεν τὰ αἰτήματα ἃ ἠτήκαμεν ‘rag’! αὐτοῦ. 
we have the requests which we have asked from him, 

10. Ἐάν rig toy! τὸν.ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντα 

If anyone should see his brother sinning 

ε , η \ ’ , ΔΝ ’ ~ , 
ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον, αἰτήσει, καὶ δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν, 





him life for them that a sin not to death, heshall ask, and he shall give him life 
ν — 6 TTraw. x ἀλλὰ Tr Υ + ἐν by LTTraw. t— ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ... .. τῇ γῇ 


verse 8 GLTTrAW. 
viw the Son 1.. 
EXETE G. 


® ore that LTTraAW. 
e 


Ὁ - τοῦ θεοῦ οἵ God 1. «αὐτῷ himitra. 470 
~ . » Ν » - « - - col ? 
— τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTraAW. [ἔαἰώνιον 


ETE G 8 οἱ πιστεύοντες [ye] believers GLW ; τοῖς πιστεύουσιν to [you] who believe tTra, 
Ἀ ότι ἂν whatever L. 


tay 1, κ ἐὰν T, | ἀπ᾿ LYTr. τὰ ϱ(δῇ L, 


απ ο ἘΝ: 


μὴ πρὺς θάνατον. ἔστιν ἁμαρτία 
for those that sin not to death. There is a sin 
πρὸς θάνατον’ ov περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ" 
το death ; not concerning that doIsay that he should beseech. 
17 πᾶσα ἀδικία ἁμαρτία ἐστίν, καὶ ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ πρὸς 
Every unrighteousness *sin lis; and thereis asin not 
θάνατον. 18 οἴδαμεν ὅτι πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 
death. We know that ?anyone 3that “has *been ®begotten 7of God 
(lit. everyone) 
? ᾽ € ‘ ? ~ ~ ~ ε 
πἀλλ ὁ γεννηθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τηρεῖ “εαυ- 
but hethat was begotten of God keeps him- 
Tov," καὶ ὁ. πονηρὸς οὐχ. ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ. 19 οἴδαμεν ὅτι 


- ἐ ΄ 
τοις αμαρτανονυσιν 


« ’ 
οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει" 
*not sius, 


self, and the wicked [one] does not touch him. Weknow that 
ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐσμεν, καὶ ὃ κόσμος ὅλος ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται. 
of God weare, andthe *world *whole in the wicked [one] 1165. 


20 Ροΐδαμεν δὲ! ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἥκει, καὶ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν 
And we know that the Son of God iscome, and hasgiven us 
διάνοιαν ἵνα Ἁγινώσκωμενὶ τὸν ἀληθινόν" καί ἐσμεν 
an understanding that wemight know him that [15] true ; and weare 
ἐν τῷ ἀληθινῷ, ἐν τῷιυἱῷ αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστῷ. οὗτός 
in him that [15] true, in his Son Jesus Christ. He 
3 - 2 A , ΔΝ τ ε " A Ld 
ἐστιν ὁ ἀληθινὸς θεός, Kai τὴ" ζωὴ αἰώνιος. 
is the true God, and life eternal. 
ϱ] Texvia, φυλάξατε δἑαυτοὺς" ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων. tapnry." 
Little children, keep yourselves from idols, Amen, 


Ἰωάννου ἐπιστολὴ καθολικὴ πρώτη." 
ωαννου ἔπιστολ)) κασο κ πρωτη. 
408 5John “epistle “general first. 





617 
sin not unto death. 
There is a sin unto 
death: I do not suy 
that he shall pray for 
it. 17 All unright- 
eousness is sin: and 
there is a sin not 
unto death. 18 We 
know that whosoever 
is born of God sinneth 
not ; but hethat is be- 
gotten of God keepeth 
himself, and that wic- 
ked one toucheth him 
not. 19 And we know 
that we are of God 
and the whole world 
lieth in wickedness,’ 
20 And we know that 
the Son of God is come, 
and hath given us an 
understanding, that 
we may know him that 
is true, and we are in 
him that is true, even 
in his Son Jesus Christ. 
This is the true God, 
and eternal life. 


21 Little children, 
keep yourselves from 
idols. Amen. 


aEDIZSTOAH ΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ AEYTEPA." 


2EPISTLE ΔΟΕ *JOHN 1SECOND. 
Ὃ πρεσβύτερος Ῥέκλεκτῃ εκυρίᾳὶ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς, 
The elder to (the] elect lady and her children, 
οὓς ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ μόνος, ἀλλὰ καὶ 
whom I love in truth, and not I only, but also 
, ε ᾽ , ‘ ? / 4 ‘ ? id 
πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν, 2 διὰ τὴν ἁλή- 
811 those who have known’ the truth, for sake of the 


καὶ ped’ ἡμῶν ἔσται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα" 
and with us_ shallbe for ever. 
εἰρήνη παρὰ θεοῦ πατρὸς 
peace, from God [the] Father, 
Ἰησοῦ χοιστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ πατρός, ἐν 
Jesus Christ, the Son of the Father, in 


θειαν τὴν μένουσαγ ἐν ἡμῖν, 
truth which abides in us, 
8 ἔσται μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν! χάρις, ἔλεος, 

2Shall 06 *with Sus Ἄρταςθ, mercy, 
καὶ παρὰ "κυρίου" 
and from [116] Lord 
2 ή ‘ , 
ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπφ. 

truth and _ love. 

, / ~ , 
4 ᾿Ἐχάρην λίαν ὅτι εὕρηκα ἐκ τῶν.τέκνων.σου περιπα- 
I rejoiced exceedingly that I have found of thy children walk- 

~ ? ’ ‘ α κ ? 4 nt 
rovvrac ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρα 
ing in truth, as commandment we received from 


τοῦ 
the 


P καὶ οἴδαμεν GL. 
t — ἀμήν GLITrAW. 


ο αὐτόν him TTrA. 
5 ἑαυτὰ LTTr. 
Ἰωάννου α΄ Α. 
the apostle EB; + καθολικὴ general E ; 
Ὁ Stephens puts ὦ capital Ἔ, reading the 


0 ἀλλὰ Tr. 
= — ἡ LITrA. 
Ἰωάνου a Tr} 
9 + τοῦ ἀποστόλου 
ἐπιστολὴ β΄ Tr. 
ο Κυρίᾳ Cyria (reading the word as a proper name) GLT. 
ρίου LITrAW., 


THE elder unto the 
elect lady and her 
children, whom I love 
in the truth ; and not 
I only, but also all 
they that have known 
the truth; 2 for the 
truth’s sake, which 
dwelleth in us, and 
shall be with us for 
ever. 3 Grace be with 
you, merey, and peace, 
from God the Father, 
and from the Lord Je- 
sus Christ, the Son of 
the Father, in truth 
and love. 


41 rejoiced greatly 
that I found of thy 
ehildren walking in 
truth, as we have re- 
ceived a command- 
ment from the Father. 


ᾳ γινώσκομεν We know TTra. 
v — the subseription EGLTW ; 


Ἰωάννου β΄ LTAW; ᾿Ἰωάνου 
word as ἃ proper name, 
4 ὑμῶν you EGLW. 


oaks 


618 
5 And now I beseech 
thee, lady, not as 


though I wrote a new 
commandment unto 
thee, but that which 
we had from the be- 
ginning, that we love 
one another. 6 And 
this is ilove, that we 
walk after his com- 
muandmeuts. This is 
the commandment, 
That, as ye have heard 
from the beginning, 

ο should walk in it. 
} For many deceivers 
are entered into the 
world, who confess 
not that Jesus Christ 
is come in the flesh. 
This is a deceiver and 
an antichrist. 8 Look 
to yourselves, that 
we lose not those 
things which we have 
wrought, but that we 
receive a full reward. 
9 Whosoever trans- 
gresseth, and abideth 
not in the doctrine of 
Christ, hath not God. 
He that abideth in the 
doctrine of Christ, he 
hath both the Father 
and the Son. 10 If 
there come any unto 
you, and bring not 
this doctrine, reteive 
him not into your 
house, neither bid him 
God speed: 11 for he 
that biddeth him God 
speed is partaker of 
his evil deeds, 


12 Having many 
things, to write unto 
you, I would not write 
with paper and ink: 
but I trust to come 
unto you, and speak 
face to face, that our 
joy may be full. 13 The 
children of thy elect 
sister greet thee, A- 
men. 


LOA SN ONY. ἘΣ 


πατρός. ὃ καὶ νῦν ἐρωτῶ σε, ‘eupia," οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν 
Father. And now LIbeseech thee, lady, not as ἃ “commandment 
εγράφω σοι καινὴν," ἀλλὰ ἣν πεῖχομεν' ἀπ᾽ ἀρ- 


31 +write δΐο thee ‘new, but that which we werc having from [1168] begin- 
χῆς, wa ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους. 6 καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη; 
ning, that weshould love one another. And this is * love, 

ἵνα περιπατῶμεν κατὰ τὰς.ἐντολὰς.αὐτοῦ. αὕτη Ιἐστὶν ἡ 
that weshould walk according to his commandments. This is the 


᾽ ΑΥ̓ΑΝ ἢ ι ? , ae ᾽ ~ / ? ᾽ - 
ἐντολὴ. καθὼς ἠκούσατε. ἀπ ἀρχῆς, ινα ἐν αὐτῷ 


commandment, even as yeheard from([the] beginning, that in it 
περιπατῆτε 7 ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι Ιεἰσῆλθον! εἰς τὸν 
ye might walk. Because many deceivers entered into the 


κόσµο», οἱ μὴ.ὁμολογοῦντες Ἰησοῦν χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν 
world, thosewho donot confess Jesus Christ coming in 
σαρκί: οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος. 8 βλέπετε 
flesh— this is the deceiver andthe antichrist. See to 

ἑαυτούς, ἵνα μὴ ἀπολέσωμεν ἃ πεἰργασάμεθα," ἀλλὰ 
yourselves, that "ποῦ lwe?may lose whatthings we wrought, but 
μισθὸν πλήρη ἀπολάβωμεν." 9 πᾶς ᾿ὁ Ῥπαραβαίνων,' καὶ 
a "reward ‘full we may receive. “Anyone*who ‘“transgresses, ‘and 

(lit. everyone) 


FA ~ 5 ᾽ ε 
τοῦ χριστοῦ, θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει ὁ 


μὴ.-µένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ 
15ᾳοἆ ‘not ‘has. He that 


Sabides 7not ®in *the *°teaching tof ?*the ‘*Christ, 

μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῃ “τοῦ χριστοῦ,' οὗτος καὶ τὸν πατέρα 

abides in the teaching of the Christ, this [ene] both the Father 

καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἔχει. 10 εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ ταύτην 

and the Son has, If anyone comes to you, and this 

\ ἂν ‘ ’ ‘ “ \ φ ὃς 

τὴν διδαχὴν οὐ-φέρει, μὴ λαμβάνετε αὐτὸν εἰς οἰκιαν, 

teaching doe, not bring, do not receive him into [the] house, 


καὶ χαίρειν αὐτῷ μὴ.λέγετε' 11 ὁ "γὰρ λέγων" αὐτῷ χαίρειν, 


and “Hail! *to*him ‘say ?not; for he who says tohim ἘΠ 
κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς. 
partakes ie ο Εις “evil. 


12 Πολλὰ ἔχων ὑμῖν γράφειν, οὐκ.Σἠβουλήθην" διὰ χάρ- 


Many things having *to *you ‘to “write, I would not with pa- 
του καὶ μέλανος" ἀλλὰ έλπιζω" "ἐλθεῖν! πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ στόμα 


per and ink; but hope to come to you, and mouth 
πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ "ἡμῶν" 1/.πεπληρωμένη." 
to mouth tospeak, that ον our may be full. 
13 ἀσπάζεταί σε τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς YékEK- 
"Salute Sthee ‘the *children Ssister “°of *thine elect. 
Tic." Ζάμῆην.! 
Amen. 


a’ Φ 3 [ή HH] 
Ιωάννου ἐπιστολὴ δευτέρα. 
305 *John “epistle 1second. 





[Κυρία Cyria (see verse 1) GLT. 
εἴχαμεν TTr. 
θαν (-θον TAW) Went forth Ltr, 


σοι LTTr. 


ye wrought LIT w. 
LTTrAW. 


t ἐλπίζω yap for I hope Gt. 
ἢ y See note Ὁ verse 1. 


ὠμένη ἢ 0. 


4 --- τοῦ χριστοῦ LTTrAW. 


ος 8 γράφων (writing) σοι καινὴν EGAW; καινὴν γράφων 
in ἐντολή ἐστιν ΙΤΤιΑΥΝ. κ + ἵνα that τ. | ἐξηλ- 
πι ἀπολέσητε ye may lose LTTraw. η εἰργάσασθε 

P προάγων goes forward 
τ λέγων γὰρ LTTrA. 5 ἐβουλήθην LITrAW. 
ἡ ὑμῶν your LTrA. χ πεπλη- 
8. — the subscription EGLTW ; 


ο ἀπολάβητε ye May receive LTTraw. 


" γενέσθαι LTTrAW. 
:-- ἀμήν ΟΙ/ΓΊΤΑΥΓ. 


Ἰωάνου β΄ Tr; Ἰωάννου β΄ A. 


ΡΕΠΙΣΡΟΛΗΠ {ΙΟΑΝΝΟΥ ΤΡΙΤΗ! 





“EPIsSt Lk “OF *JOLLN *THLRD. 
‘O εσβύτε Γαΐῳ τῷ ἀγαπητῷ, ὃν ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν 
πρεσβύτερος ἵῳ τῷ ἀγαπητῷ, ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ & 
The elder to Gaius the beloved, whom [ love in 
ἀληθείᾳ. 
truth. 
” 


, » a ~ 
πάντων εὔχομαί σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ 
all things Iwi-h thee toprosper and 


ς ’ ᾽ ~ ’ « ΄ ’ ν» 
ὐγιαίνειν, καθὼς εὐοδοῦταί σου ἡ ψυχή. 8. ἐχάρην “γὰρ" 


‘ 
περι 
eoncerning 


2 ᾿Αγαπητέε. 
Beloved. 


be in health, even as prospers thy soul. For L rejoiced 
λίαν ἐρχομένων ἀδελφῶν καὶ μαρτυρούντων σου τῇ 
exceedingly, ~coming (‘the] *brethren πὰ bearing witness of thy 


ἀληθείᾳ, κἀθὼς σὺ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ περιπατεῖς. 4 µειζοτέραν τού- 
truth, even as thou in truth walkest. Greater ®than 
των οὐκ.έχω χαράν, ἵνα ἀκούω τὰ ἐμὰ τέκνα ἐν ἃ 
"these Sthings 11 παγνο ‘not ‘joy, that Ishould hearof mychildren in 
i ΄ - > / Δ - « 
ἀληθείᾳ περιπατοῦντα. ὃ ᾿Αγαπητέ, πιστὸν ποιεῖς ὃ ἐὰν 
truth walking, Beloved, faithfully thou doest whatever 
εἐργάσμ' εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ feic τοὺς! 
thou mayést have wrought towards the brethren and towards 
ξένους, 6 ot ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον 
straugers, (who witnessed of thy love 
κλήσιας' οὓς καλῶς ποιήσεις προπεµψας 
sembly) whom °well ®thou ’wilt *do ‘setting *forward *worthily 


ἐκ- 
before [the] as- 
ἀξίως τοῦ θεοῦ" 
_ tof °God; 
7 ὑπὲρ. γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος 5 Λἐξηλθον!' μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες 
for, tor the name they went forth, “nothing taking 
ἀπὸ τῶν Over." 8 ἡμεῖς οὖν ὀφείλομεν Κάπολαμβάνειν] 
from the _ nations, Ίο therefore ought to receive 
‘ , e «να ΄ ~ ? ‘ ” 
τοὺς τοιούτους, ινα συνεργοὶ ΄ γινώμεθα τῷ ἀληθείᾳ. 9 Ἔ- 


such, that fellow-workers we may be withthe truth. I 
yoala! τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ' ἀλλ᾿ ὁ Φφιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν 


wrote but 
πι Διητοεφὴς" οὐκ.ἐπιδέχεται ἡμᾶς. 10 διὰ" 

*Diotrephes, receives not us. On account of this, if I come, 

ὑπομνήσω αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔογα ἃ ποιεῖ, λόγοις 
I wili bring to remembrance of him the works which he does, with “words 
~ ν ~ ‘ oY ’ 2 ‘ / 
πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς" καὶ μὴ ἀρκούμενος. ἐπὶ τούτοις, 
ο πη prating against us; and not satisfied with these, 

” 7 A . al 4 Στ oN ιά ‘ ‘ λ , 
οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐπιδέχεται τοὺς ἀδελφούς, καὶ τοὺς βουλομεέ- 
neither himsclf receives the brethren, and those who would 

ν ~ ’ ΄ >? 
νους κωλύει, καὶ "ἐκὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβάλλει. 11 “Aya- 
he forbids, and from the assembly casts [them] out. Be- 
‘ ~ ‘ , ‘ 9 , « 
πητέ, μὴ-.μιμοῦ τὸ κακόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν. ὁ 
loved, do notimitate that which [is] evil, but what{[is] good. He that 
~ ~ σαφή "3, ς εἰ ~ <7 
ἀγαθοποιῶν, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὁ9δὲ' κακοποιῶν οὐχ ἑώ- 
does good, of God isis but he that does evil “not 


tothe. assembly ; *who “loves *to *be ®first 7among *them 


τοῦτο, ἐὰν ἔλθω, 


thas 


. , ΄ , c ‘ , \ 
ρακεν τὸν θεόν. 12 Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων, καὶ 
secn God. To Demetrius witnessis borne by all, and 


Ὁ + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle E; + καθολικὴ general E; Ἰωάννου γ΄ 
ε ἐργάζῃ thou workest τ᾿. 

h ἐξῆλθαν LYTr. ἱ 
κ ὑπολαμβάνειν to sustain LYTraw. 


¢ — γὰρ 1[Tr]. d + τῇ the LTTraw. 


ἐπιστολὴ γ΄ Tr. hee ; 
& + αυτοῦ (read his name) E. 


f τοῦτο that LYTrAW. 
(read those of the nations) LTTraw. 


somewhat LTrraw. πι ΑΔιοτρέφης LA. n — ἐκ (read [from]) τ. 


THE elder unto the 
wellbeloved Gaius, 
whoin I love in the 
truth. 


2 Beloved, I wish a- 
bove all things that 
thou mayest prosper 
and be in health, even 
as thy soul prospereth. 
3 For I rejoiced great. 
ly, when the brethren 
came and testified of 
the truth that is in 
thee, even as thon 
wulkest in the truth. 
4 I have no greater 
joy than to hear that 
my children walk in 
truth. 5 Beloved, thou 
doest faithfully what- 
soever thou doest to 
the brethren, and to 
strangers; 6 which 
have borne witness of 
thy .charity before the 
church : whom if thou 
bring forw.ird on their 
journey after a godly 
sort. thou shalt do 
well: 7 because that 
for his name's sake 
they went forth, tak- 
ing nothing of the 
Gentiles. 8 We there- 
fore ought to receive 
such, that we might 
be fellowhelpers to 
the truth. 9 I wrote 
unto the church: but 
Diotrephes, who loy- 
eth to have the 
preeminence ‘among 
them. receiveth us not. 
10 Wherefore, if I 
come, I will remember 
his deeds which he do- 
eth, prating against 
us with munalicious 
words: and not con- 
tent therewith, nei- 
ther doth he himself 
receive the brethren, 
and forbiddeth them 
that would, and cast- 
eth them out of the 
ehurch, 11 Beloved, 
follow not that which 
is evil, but that which 
is good. He that doeth 
good is of God: but 
he that docth evil hath 
not seen God. 12 De- 
metrius hath good 
report of all men, 


LTAW; ᾿Ἰωάνου 


i ἐθνικῶν 
ἐς σε 


9 — δὲ but GLTrraw, 


620 


and of the truth it- 
self: yea, and we also 
bear record; and ye 
know that our record 
is true. 


131 had many things 
to write, but I will 
not with ink and pen 
write untothee: 16 but 
T trust I shall shortly 
see thee. and we shall 
speak face to face. 
Peace δα ἕο thee. Our 
friends salute thee. 
Greet the friends by 
uame 


IOYAAS. 
~ ~ ? , « - ‘ » ~ 4 
Pir’! αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας" καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ μαρτυροῦμεν, καὶ 
by Sitself ‘the "truth; and we also _ bear wituess, and 
v " τή} , « ~ / ᾽ 
αοἴδατε] ὅτι ἡ.μαρτυρία.ἡμῶν ἀληθῆς ἐστιν. 
ye know that our witness *true pie 


19 Πολλὰ εἶχον 'γράφειν,! ἀλλ᾽ οὐ-θελω διὰ μέλανος καὶ 


Many things Ihad towrite, but Iwill not with ink and 
καλάμου ὅσοι γράψαι" 14 ἐλπίζω-δὲ εὐθέως "ἰδεῖν σε, 
pen 3to *thee ‘to *write ; but Lhope immediately tosce the®@, 


΄ ‘ , ? ’ ᾽ ss 
καὶ στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλήσομεν. 15 Ἐιρήνη σοι. ἄσπα- 
and mouth to mouth we shall speak. Peace to thee, *Sa- 
4 ε / ᾽ / ‘ /' 3 - 
ζονταί σε οἱ Φίλοι. ἀσπάζου τοὺς φίλους κατ ὄνομα. 
lute 4thee 'the *friends. Salute the friends by mame, 
VIwavvovu ἐπιστολὴ καθολικὴ τρίτη." 
30Ε57ομιπ  epistle *general ολ, 








«ΏΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ TOY ΙΟΥΔΑ ΚΑΘΟΛΙΚΗ.' 


JUDE, the servant of 
Jesus Christ, and bro- 
therof James, to them 
that are sanctified by 
God the Father, and 
preserved in Jesus 
Christ, and called: 
2 Mercy unto you, and 
peace, and love, be 
multiplied. 


3 Beloveé, when I 
gave all diligence to 
write unto you of the 
common salvation, it 
was needful for me to 
write unto you, and 
exhort you that ye 
should earnestly con- 
tend for ‘the faith 
which was once deliv- 
ered unto the saints. 
4 For there are cer- 
tain men crept in una- 
wares, who were be- 
fore of old ordained 
to this condemnation, 
ungodly men, turning 
the grace of our God 
into _lasciviousness, 
and denying the only 
Lord God, and our 
Lord Jesus Christ. 


5 I will therefore 
pak you in remem- 
rance, though ye 
once knew this, how 
that the Lord, having 
saved the people out 
of the land of Egypt, 
afterward destroyed 
them that believed 


2EPISTLE 


30Ε *JUDE 1GENERAL, 


"IOYAAS ᾿Γησοῦ χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς.δὲ Ιακώβου, τοῖς 


Jude, of Jesus Christ bondman, and brother of James, tothe 
ἐν θεῷ πατρὶ ἡγιασμένοις! καὶ ᾿Ιησοῦ χοιστῷ τετηρη- 
41η God [5186] 7Father “sanctified Sand }°%in ''Jesus +*-Christ °*kept 
μένοις κλητοῖς' 2 ἔλεος ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ ἀγάπη 


‘ealled {[οπθ5]. Mercy 


πληθυνθείη. 
be multiplied. 
? / ~ 4 , ’ ε - 
9 ᾿Αγαπητοί, πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος γράφειν ὑμῖν 
Beloved, 2all -diligence lusing to write to you 
περὶ τῆς κοινῆς “ σωτηρίας, ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι ὑμῖν, 
concerning the cominon salvation, necessity Ihad towrite to you, 


to you and peace, and love 


παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς 
exhorting [you] tocontendcatnestly forthe “once 7delivered ‘*to°the 
ἁγίοις πίστει. 4 παρεισέδυσαν.γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι, οἱ 
Ssaints ‘faith. For came in stealthily certain men, they wha 
πάλαι προγεγραμµένοι εἰς τοῦτο TO κρίμα, ἀσεβεῖς 


of old have been before marked out to _ this sentence, ungodly [persons] 


τὴν τοῦ. θεοῦ. ἡμῶν ἀχάριν! μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν καὶ TOY 
“the *of Sour God “grace changing into licentiousnessand “the 
µόνον δεσπότην “θεὸν καὶ κύριον ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦν χριστὸν 
Zonly *master— δᾳοᾶ ‘and ‘our Lord *Jesus *°Christ 
ἀρνούμενοι. 
‘denying. 


5 Ὑπομνῆσαιδὲ ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, εἰδότας ὑμᾶς" ἅπαξ 


But *put *in®remembrance *you ‘I ?would, ®knowing ‘you once 
Erovro," ὅτι "δ᾽ ἱκύριος" λαὸν ἐκ ἧς Αἰγύπτου σώ- 
this, that the Lord apeople out of [the] land of Egypt having 


σας, τὸ δεύτερον τοὺς μὴ.πιστεύσαντας ἀπώλεσεν. 6 ἀγ- 
saved, in the second place those who believed not he destroyed. 





Ρ ὑπὸ T. 


LTTraw. 
{.- ὑμᾶς LTTraw. 


4 οἶδας thou knowest LTTra. 
Ἀ γράφειν σοι lL; σοι γράφειν TIraw. ‘ 
iwavov γ΄ Tr; ᾿Ιωάννου γ΄ A. 

3 αποστόλου apostle E ; Ιούδα ἐπιστολὴ GLTrW ; Ιούδα ΤΑ. 
6 + ἡμῶν (γεαά our common) LTTra, 








¢ τ γράψαι σοι to write to thee LTTraw. 
t σε ἰδεῖν LTTrAW. v — the stbscription EGLTW; 


> ἠγαπημένοις beloved 
© — θεὸν GLTIrAW. 
1 ]ησοῦς Jesus ΤΑ. 


4 χάριτα LTTrAW. 


Β πάντα all things Lrrraw, bh — ὃ ΤΤΙΑ. 


ΠΤ Dik. 


γέλους τε τοὺς μὴ.τηρήσαντας τὴν. ἑαυτῶν ἀρχήν, ἀλλὰ 


Angels ‘and who kept not their own first-state, but 
ἀπολιπόντας τὸ ἴδιον οἰκητήριον; εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης 
left their own dwelling, unto[the] judgment of [the] great 


ἡμέρας δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν' 7 ὡς Σόδομα 


day in *bonds ‘eternal under darkness he keeps; as Sodom 

\ , ε 4 , [ή , 
καὶ Τόμοῤῥα, καὶ αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις, τὸν ύμοιον ἱτού- 
and Gomorrha, and the ?around *them 1018165, inlike ?with 
τοις τρόπον" ἐκπορνεύσασαι. καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι 


Jmanner 


%them having given themselves to fornication and 


ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας, πρόκεινται δεῖγμα, 
after flesh tother, aresetforthas an example, 
δίκην ὑπέχουσαι. ὃ ὁμοίως. μέντοι καὶ 
(?the] 3ρεπα]ίσ ‘undergoing. Yet in like manner also 


ζόμενοι, 
ers 


having gone 
πυρὸς αἰωνίου 
*of °fire eternal 
οὗτοι ἐνυπνια- 
these dream- 
σάρκα μὲν µιαίνουσιν, κυριότητα.δὲ ἀθετοῦσιν, 
[2086] *flesh defile, _ and “lordship set 7aside, 
δόξας. δὲ βλασφημοῦσιν. 9 Ἀπὸ δὲ Μιχαὴλ ὁ ἀρχάγγελος, 
απᾶ "ρ]οτίες ‘speak evil “οἵ. But Michael the archangel, 
Nore" τῷ διαβόλῳ διακρινόµενος διελέγετο περὶ τοῦ ὑΜω- 
when withthe devil disputing he reasoned about the 20f 
σέως" σώματος, οὐκ.ἐτόλμησεν κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασ- 
Moses *body, did not dare ‘a 7charge 7to*bring *against [*him] ‘rail- 
/ p 1AX'!! 5 ἪΝ ΄ / 10 oe δὲ 
φημίας, Τά εἶπεν, Ἐπιτιμησαι σοι κύριος. οὗτοι. δὲ 
ing, but said, 3Rebuke ‘thee [‘the] "Τιοτᾶ, But these, 


ee A ? ” “Ὁ er ‘ 

ὅσα μὲν οὐκ.οἴδασιν βλασφημοῦσιν" ὅσα. δὲ 
whatever things they know not theyspeakevilof; but whatever things 
φυσικῶς, ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῶα, ἐπίστανται, ἐν τούτοις 


naturally, the 


Φθείρονται. 
they corrupt themselves. 


as irrational animals, they understand, in these things 


11 οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς ὅτι τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάῑν 
Woe tothem! because in the way of Cain 
ἐπορεύθησαν, καὶ τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ ἐξεχύθησαν, 
they went, | and tothe error of Balaam for reward rushed, 
καὶ "τῇ ἀντιλογίᾳ τοῦ Κορὲ ἀπώλοντο. 12 οὗτοί εἰσιν ἐν 
and inthe gainsaying of Korah perished. These are in 
ταῖς. AyaTalc-ULWV σπιλάδες, συνευωχούμενοι ἀφόβως," 
your love feasts sunkenrocks, feastingtogether [with you] fearlessly, 
e , , » « 4 ? / 
ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι, ὑπὸ ἀνέμων 
themselves *pasturing; clouds without water, by winds 
, ” " 2 
Ξπεριφερόμεναι"" δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα δὶς ἀποθα- 
being carried about, trees lautumnal, without fruit, twice 
, 3 / Δ ΄ » θ λ / 3 ιζ 
γνόντα ἐκριζωθέντα" 19 κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης ἑπαφριζοντα 
rooted up ; 2waves ‘wild of{[the]sea, foaming out 
~ , ὃ ’ πον “- « ~ 
τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας" ἀστέρες πλανῆται, οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ 


their own shames ; 2stars lwandering, to whom the gloom 
σκότους εἰς τὸν! αἰῶνα τετήρηται. 14 προεφήτευσεν" δὲ καὶ 
of darkness for ever has been Ἐερξ, And prophesied ‘also 
4 , , 
τούτοις ἕβδομος ἀπὸ ᾿Αδὰμ ᾿Ενώχ, λέγων, Ιδού, 
Sas °to these [2.86] ‘seventh ‘from "Αάαπι, ‘Enoch, , saying, Behold, 
ἦλθεν κύριος ἐν "μυριάσιν ἁγίαις" αὐτοῦ, 15 ποιῆσαι 
Scame ['the] *Lord amidst πιστ]αᾶς “holy this, to execute 


κρίσιν κατὰ πάντων, καὶ "ἐξελέγξαι" πάντας τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς 
judgment against all, and toconvict all the ungodly 





1 τρόπον τούτοις LTTrAW. πι ὅτε when L. 
LTTraw. P ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. 
tr place the comma after συνευ- 


GLITrAW. "ἐπροφήτευσεν Τη. ἁγίαις μυριάσιν GLTTrAW, 


dead, 


‘dam, 


n τότε at that time L. 
4 + οἱ (read the sunken rocks) LTTra, 

6 παραφερόµεναι being carried along GLTTraw. 
 ἐλέγξαι LTTrA,. 


621 


not. 6 And the angels 
which kept not their 
first estate, but left 
their own habitation, 
he hath reserved in 
everlasting chains un- 
der darkness unto the 
judgment of the great 
day. 7 Even as Sodom 
and Gomorrha, and 
the cities about them 
in like manner, giving 
themselves over to 
fornication, and going 
after strange flesh, are 
set forth for an ex- 
ample, suffering the 
vengeance of eternal 
fire. 8 Likewise also 
these filthy dreamers 
defile the flesh, despise 
dominion, and speak 
evil of dignities.9 Yet 
Michael thearchangel, 
when contending with 
the devil he disputed 
about the body of Mo- 
ses, durst not bring a- 
gainst him a railing 
accusation, but said, 
The Lord rebuke thee. 
10 But these speak evil 
of those things which 
they know not: but 
what they know na- 
turally, as brute 
beasts, in those things 
they corrupt them- 
selves. 11 Woe unto 
them ! for they have 
gone in the way of 
Cain, and ran greedily 
after the error of 
Balaam for reward, 
and perished in the 
gainsaying of Core. 
12 These are spots in 
your feasts of charity, 
when they feast with 
you, feeding them- 
selves without fear: 
clouds they are with- 
out water, carried a- 
bout of winds; trees 
whose fruit withereth, 
without fruit, twice 
dead, plucked up by 
the roots; 13 raging 
waves of the sea, foam- 
ing out their own 
shame ; wandering 
stars, to whom is re- 
served the blackness 
of darkness for ever. 
14 And Enoch also, 
the seventh from A- 
prophesied of 
these, saying, Behold, 
the Lord cometh with 
ten thousands cf his 
saints, 15 to execute 
judgment upon all, 
and to convince all 


LN eee en L———L—— 


ο Μωύσέως 
τ Text. Rec. and 
τω» τὸν 


622 


that are ungodly a- 
mong them of all 
their ungodly deeds 
which they have un- 
godly committed, and 
of all their hard 
speeches which ungod- 
ly sinners have spoken 
against him, 16 These 
are murmurers, coni- 
plainers, walking af- 
ter their own lusts ; 
and their mouth speak- 
eth great swelling 
words, haying men’s 
ersons in admiration 
ecause of advantage. 
17 But, beloved, re- 
member ye the words 
which were spoken be- 
fore of the apostles 
of our Lord Jesus 
Christ; 18 how that 
they told you there 
should be mockers 
in the last time, who 
should walk after 
their own ungodly 
lusts, 19 These be they 
who separate them- 
selves, sensual, hay- 
ing not the Spirit. 
20 But ye, beloved, 
building up yourselves 
on your most holy 
faith, praying in the 
Holy Ghost, 21 keep 
yourselves in the love 
of God, looking for the 
mercy of our Lord Je- 
sus Christ unto eternal 
life. 22 And of some 
havecompassion, mak- 
ing a difference: 23 and 
others save with fear, 
pulling them out of 
the fire; hating even 
the garment spotted 
by the flesh. 


24 Now unto him 
thatis able tokeep you 
from falling, and to 
.-- you faultless 

fore the presence of 
his glory with exceed- 
ing joy, 25 to the only 
wise God our Saviour, 
be glory and majesty, 
dominion and power, 
both now andever. A- 
men, 





7 — αὐτῶν LTTrA. 


μάτων words having been spoken before t. 

Tr[a]W) χρόνου at the end of the time Lrtraw. 
κοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει LTTrAW. 
dispute, convict LTTraw. 


IOYAAZ. 
Yairév" περὶ πάντων τῶν ἔργων ἸΤἀσεβείαςὶ αὐτῶν ὧν 
of them concerning all 2works 70f *ungodliness ‘their which 
ἠσέβησαν, καὶ περὶ πάντων τῶν σκληρῶν ὃ ὧν 


they did ungodlily, and concerning all the hard [things] which 
? / ? ? ~ ς ‘ 7 ~ <= ΄ ? 
ἐλάλησαν Kar αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀσεβεῖς. 16 οὗτοί εἰσιν 
3spoke *against ‘him 2sinners lungodly. These are 
γογγυσταί, μεμψίμοιροι, κατὰ τὰς.ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευό- 


murmurers, complainers, 7after stheir #lusts twalk- 
μενοι" καὶ τὸ στόµα.αὐτῶν λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα, θαυμάζοντες 
ing; and their mouth speaks greatswelling[words], admiring 
πρόσωπα ὠφελείας χάριν. 17 ὑμεῖς. δέ, ἀγαπητοί, µνή- 
persons Sprofit ‘for *the 3sake 503. But ye, beloved, re- 
σθητε τῶν ὑῥημάτων τῶν προειρημένων! ὑπὸ τῶν ἀπο- 
member the words which have been spoken before by the apo- 


στόλων τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν Inoov χριστοῦ" 18 ὅτι ἔλεγον ὑμῖν, 
stles of our Lord Jesus Christ, that they said toyou, 
Core! dey ἐσχάτῳ χρόνῳ" ΄ ἔσονται ἐμπαῖκται, κατὰ τὰς 
that 10 [86] last time there will be mockers, ?after 
ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν. 19 οὗτοί εἰσιν 
3their*own desires lwalking of ungodlinesses, These are 
οἱ ἀποδιορίζοντες, | ψυχικοί, πνεῦμα μὴ 
they who set apart {themselves}, natural (men], (Sthe] *Spirit “not 
ἔχοντες. 90 ὑμεῖςδέ, ἀγαπητοί, ΙἹτῇ-ἁγιωτάτῃ.ὑμῶν πίστει 


“having. t But ye, beloved, on your most holy faith 
ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτούς," ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ προσευχό- 

building up yourselves, in [the] Spirit 1Holy pray- 
µενοι, 21 ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ θεοῦ τηρήσατε, προσδεχό- 
ing, 2yourselves in [tthe] “love ‘Sof 7God 1keep, await- 


μενοι TO ἔλεος τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν 
ing the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto life 


αἰώνιον. 22 καὶ οὓς μὲν Εἐλεεῖτε διακρινόμενοιἳ 23 Βοὺς. δὲ 


eternal. And some ‘pity, making a dsference. but others 
“ἐν φόβῳ σώζετε, ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες," μισοῦντες 
with fear save, outof the fire snatching [them]; hating 


καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα. 

even the “by “006 ‘flesh 2spotted ‘garment, 
24 Τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι αὐτοὺς! ἁπταίστους, καὶ 
But to him who is able to keep them without stumbling, and 
στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς. δόξης. αὐτοῦ ἀμώμους ἐν ἀγαλ- 
to set [them] before his glory blameless with exul- 
λιάσει, 25 μόνῳ ἔσοφῷ" θεῷ σωτῆριἡμῶν,ὶ δόξα ™cat'! 
tation, to [the] only wise God our Saviour, [be] glory and 
μεγαλωσύνη, κράτος καὶ "ἐξουσία, " καὶ νῦν καὶ εἰς πάντας 


greatness, might and authority, .both now, and to all 
τοὺς αἰῶνας. .apny. 
the ages. Amen, 
«'Ἠπιστολὴ Ἰούδα καθολική." 
“Epistle *of*Jude ‘general. 











3 + λόγων speeches Τ. Ὁ προειρημένων ῥη- 
ς — ὅτι αὐτί Tr]. ἃ ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτου τοῦ (— τοῦ 

e - ἑαυτοὺς themselves EG f ἐποι- 
ι Ἐ ἐλέγχετε διακρινομένους [who] 
Ἀ οὓς δὲ σώζετε ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες, οὓς δὲ ἐλεᾶτε (ἐλεεῖτε W) 


{ [ἀσεβείας] Tr. 


ἐν φόβῳ but others save, from [the] fire snatching [them], and others pity in fear 


LTTrAw. 


LTTrAw. 


Σὑμᾶς you (and read set [you] before) EGLTTrw. 
1+ διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν through Jesus Christ our Lord Gittraw. 

Ὁ + πρὸ παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος before the whole age (read καὶ and) LTTraw. 
eubscriptian EGLTW ; 


k — σοφῷ GLTTraw. 
m— καὶ 
o— the 
Ἴουδα Tra, 


᾽ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΨΙΣ ΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΘΕΟΛΟΓΟΥ.’ 


REVELATION OF JOHN THE 








ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΨΙΣ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἣν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, 


Revelation of Jesus Christ, which gave “to*him ‘God, 
δεῖξαι τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν.τάχει, καὶ 
to shew to his bondmen * what things must take place shortly: and 


ἐσήμανεν ἀποστείλας διὰ τοῦ.ἀγγέλου.αὐτοῦ τῷ. δούλῳ αὐτοῦ 
he signified [it], having sent by his angel to his bondman 


db’ ᾿ὔ ἢ εν ? , ‘ , ~ ~ \ ‘ 
Iwavyy," 2 ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ THY 


John, who testified the word of God and the 
μαρτυρίαν Inoov χριστοῦ, doa ετεῖ ἀεῖδεν." 8 µακά- 
testimony of Jesus Christ, *whatsoever*things4and he saw. Bless- 
ριος ὁ ἀναγινώσκων, καὶ οἱ ἀκούοντες «τοὺς λόγους" 
ed [is] he that reads, and they that hear the words 
τῆς προφητείας, καὶ τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα" 
of the prophecy, and keep the things ἢ it written ; 
ὁ.γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς. 
forthe time [is] near. : 

4 Ἰωάννης" ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ' 


John. to the 
χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ 
Grace toyou and peace from 


seven assemblies Asia: 
Srov' 6 ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν kai ὃ 
him who is and who was and who(is] 
ἐρχόμενος" καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων Ἀἅ 


i’ Ιἐστιν' ἐνώπιον 
to come ; and from the seven Spirits which are before 


τοῦ.θρόνου αὐτοῦ" 5 καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὁ μάρτυς ὁ 
his throue ; and from Jesus Christ, the *witness 
πιστός. ὁ πρωτότοκος ἔἐκ' τῶν νεκρῶν. καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν 
1faithful, the firstborn from among the dead. and the ruler of the 
βασιλέων τῆς γῆς τῷ ἰἀγαπήσαντι" ἡμᾶς, καὶ Πλού- 

kings loved us, and wash- 


which [are] in 


of the earth, To him who 
σαντι ἡμᾶς "ἀπὸ" τῶν .ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν" ἐν τῷ αἵματι.αὐτοῦ' 
ed us from our sins in his blood, 

6 καὶ ἐποίησεν Ρὴμᾶς' “βασιλεῖς καὶ" ἱερεῖς τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρὶ 


and made us kings and priests to7God *“and*Father 
αὐτοῦ" αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν 
‘This: ἴο Ηἷτῃ [067 {Πε glory and the might ἰὸ the ages ofthe 


αἰώνων." ἀμήν. 

ages. Amen, 
7 Ιδού, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς 
Behold, hecomes with the clouds, and shallsee him _ every 
ὀφθαλμός, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν" καὶ κόψονται 





DIVINE 


THE Revelation of Je- 
sus Christ, which God 
gave unto him, toshew 
unto his servants 
things which must 
shortly come to pass ; 
and he sent and signi- 
fied ἐξ by his angel un- 
to his servant John: 
2 who bare record of 
the word of God, and 
of the testimony of 
Jesus Christ, and of 
all things that he saw. 
3 Blessed {5 he that 
readeth, and they that 
hear the words of this 
prophecy, and keep 
those things which are 
written therein: for 
the time is at hand. 


4 JOHN tothe seven 
churches which are in 
Asia: Grace be unto 
you, and peace, from 
him which is, and 
which was, and which 
is to come ; and from 
the seven Spiritswhich 
are before his throne ; 
5 and from Jesus 
Christ, who is the 
faithful witness, and 
the firstbegotten of 
the dead, and the 
prince of the kings of 
the earth. Unto him 
that loved us, and 
washed us from our 
sins in his own blood, 
6 and hath made us 
kings and priests unto 
God and his Father; 
to him beglory and do- 
minion .for ever and 
ever. Amen. 


7 Behold, he cometh 
with clouds;andevery 
eye shall see him, and 
they also which pierc- 





eye,” and they which “him " βοᾶ Τα wall th Σῖς, 
ἐπ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς. vat, ἀμὴν. — wail because of him. 

on °account*of **him all the “tribes tof *the Searth. Yea, amen. Even so, Amen. 
8 Ἔγώ εἰμι τὸ "Α' καὶ τὸ 'Q," "ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος" λέγει θε Μο 
I am the A and the Q, beginning and ending, says and the ending, saith 
α᾿᾽Αποκάλυψις α; ᾽Αποκάλυψις Ἰωάννου (Ἰωάνου Tr) LTTrAw. Ὁ Ἰωάνῃ Tr. ςε--- τε 
GLTTrAWw. 4 ἴδεν Τ. ε τὸν λόγον the word Ὁ. { Ἰωάνης Tr. 8 — τοῦ (read [him]) 
GLITrAW, Β τῶν Tr. i — ἐστιν (read [are]) LTtTraw. k — ἐκ (read τῶν of the) 
GLTTrAw. | ἀγαπῶντι loves GLTTraw. τὰ λύσαντι freed Ἱττν; λ[ο]ύσαντιΑ. 5 ἐκ LTTrA. 
ο [ἡμῶν] A. Ρ ἡμῶν τι; ἡμῖν for us Tr. 4 βασιλείαν, a kingdom, GLTTrAW. *— τῶν 

αἰώνων A, 5 ἄλφα Alpha LiTraw. Oia, ¥ — ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος GLTTrAW,. 


624 


the Lord, which is, 
and which was, and 
which is to come, the 
Almighty. 


9 I John, who also 
am your brother, and 
companion in tribula- 
tion, and in the king- 
dom and patience of 
Jesus Christ, was in 
the isle that is called 
Patmos, for the word 
of God, and for the 
testimony ,of Jesus 
Christ. 10 I was in the 
Spirit on the Lord’s 
day, and heard behind 
me a great voice, as of 
a trumpet, 11 saying, 
Iam Alpha and Ome- 
ga, the first and the 
last: and, What thou 
seest, write in a book; 
and send it unto the 
seven churches which 
are in Asia; unto Eph- 
esus, and unto Smyr- 
na, and unto Perga- 
mos, and unto Thya- 
tira, and unto Sardis, 
and unto Philadelphia, 
and unto Laodicea, 
12 And I turned tosee 
the voice that spake 
with me. And being 
turned, I saw seven 
golden candlesticks ; 
13 and in the midst of 
the seven candlesticks 
one like unto the Son 
of man, clothed with 
a garment down to 
the foot, and girt a- 
bout the paps witha 
golden girdle. 14 His 
head and ἠῶ hairs 
were white like wool, 
as white as snow; and 
his eyes were as a 
flame of fire ; 15 and 
his feet like unto fine 
brass, as if they burn- 
ed in a furnace; and 
his voice as the sound 
of many waters.16 And 
he had in his right 
hand seven stars: and 
out of his mouth went 
a sharp two-edged 
sword : and his coun- 
tenance was as_ the 
sun shineth in his 
strength, 17 And when 
I saw him, 1 fell at his 
feet as dead. And he 


ΑΤΜ ΠΟ ΟΛΑ OY TS. Ι. 


« ᾿ « - ‘ sea 
πὸ κύριος" ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ο  ερχύμενος, ὁ παντο- 


the Lord, who is and whowas andwho[is] tocome, the Al- 
κοάτωρ. 
mighty. 
9 ᾿Εγὼ *Iwavyne,' ὁ Σκαὶ" ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν καὶ 7συγκοινωνοσὶ 
i John, also “brother ‘your and fcellow-partaker 


ἐν τῇ θλίψει καὶ δὲν τῇ βασιλείᾳ καὶ ὑπομονῇ b ΦΙῃσοῦ χρισ- 
in the tribulation απᾶ in the kingdom and endurance of Jesus Christ, 
τοῦ,! ἐγενόμην ἐν τῇ νήσῳ τῇ καλουμένῃ Πάτμῳ, διὰ 
was in the island which [is] called Patmos, because of 
τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἀδιὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ᾿Ιησοῦ “χρισ- 


the word of God and because of the testimony of Jesus Christ. 
ουδ 10 ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι ἐν τῇ κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ" καὶ 
became in([the] Spirit on the Lord’s day, and 


ἤκουσα ὀπίσω µου φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος, 11 λεγού-' 
Iheard behind: me a voice *loud as. of a trumpet, say- 
σης, Ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ A καὶ τὸ Q, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος" Kai," 
ing, Ι am the A and the Ω, the first and the last ; and, 
τι / > / , ‘ / - ? , 

O βλέπεις γράψον εἰς βιβλίον, καὶ πέμψον ταῖς 8 ἐκκλησίαις 


What thou seest write in abook, and send tothe 8.55.1 1165 
~ ? ’ A ? j 4 
Βγαῖς ἐν ᾿Ασίᾳ," εἰς Ἔφεσον, καὶ εἰς ᾿Σμύρναν," καὶ εἰς 
which [are] in Asia: to Ephesus, and to Smyrna, und to 


Πέργαμον, καὶ εἰς Σθυάτειρα,! καὶ sic Σάρδεις, καὶ εἰς ἰφιλα- 
Pergamos, and to Thyatira, and to Sardis, and to Phila- 
δέλφειαν,! καὶ εἰς Λαοδίκειαν." 12 καὶ ἐπέστρεψα βλέπειν 
delphia, and to Laodicea. And I turned to see 
τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις "ἐλάλησεν" per’ ἐμοῦ" καὶ ἐπιστρέψας εἶδον 
the voice which spoke with me, and havingturned I saw 
« ΄ ~ ‘ ~ F 
ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς, 13 καὶ ἐν έσῳ τῶν “ἑπτὰ! λυχ- 
seven 7lampstands ‘golden, and in[the] midst ofthe seven lamp- 
~ eo Δ ΕΣ} ιά ’ 
νιῶν  "ὅμοιον Ρυϊῷ! ἀνθρώπου, ἐνδεδυμένον 
stands [056] like [the] Son of man, elothcd in [a garment] 
ποδήρη, καὶ περιεζωσμένον προς τοῖς ἁμαστοῖς' ζώνην 
reaching to the feet, and *girt δαῦοαῦ ὅν ‘at the Spreasts 7a *girdle 
Red Z « ‘ ? ~ \ / e ‘ 
χρυσῆν" 14 ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ.αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ "ὡσεὶ" 
®golden : and his head and hair white as if 
” , e , r \ 8 ~ 4 , 
ἔριον λευκόν, ὡς χιών" καὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ.αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός' 
2wool ‘white, as snow; and his eyes as aflame of fire; 
15 καὶ οἱ πόδες:αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν Kapiv 


and his feet like fine brass, asif in *a°furnace[*they] 
, “2 ‘ ~ « 4 « 4 
ἱπεπυρωμένοι"" καὶ ἡ-φωνὴ.αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν" 
Ἄσ]ονγες ; απᾶ his voice as [the] voice of “waters ‘many, 


Ry ? ~  - Ἢ , ε ΄ 
16 καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῷ δεξιᾷ "αὐτοῦ χειρὶ" ἀστέρας ἑπτά" καὶ ἐκ 
and having in "right ‘his hand stars seven, and out of 
~ , >? ~ e , , ~ 
τοῦ στόματος. αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη" καὶ 
9 his mouth ‘asword *two-edged ‘sharp going forth, and 
3” > ~ e c ev / α ~ , ~ Ἢ 
ἡ. ὄψις αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ.δυνάµει.αὐτοῦ. 17 καὶ 
his countenance as the sun shines in its power. And 
ef = ? , » ‘ ar. 
ὅτε εἶδον αὐτόν, ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ὡς νεκρός" καὶ 
when Isaw him, Ifell at his feet as dead: and 


——— OO ———— ''.οοο' .. 


* κυριος ὃ θεός [the] Lord God Girtraw. 


&® — ἐν τῇ GLITrAW. 
LTTrA, 
GLTTrAw. 
κ Θνάτειραν LAW. 
ο — ἑπτὰ ΙΤ[ΤτΑ]. 
8.3 GLITraW. 


-@— διὰ τττ[Α]. 
& + ἑπτὰ seven GLTTrAW. 


* πεπυρωµένης (-ένῳ T) [it] glowed της. 


Υ -- καὶ ΙΤΊΤΑΥ. συν T. 
© χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ W; — χριστοῦ 
᾿ κ ον, ὅτ Ἐγώ εἰμι.... ἔσχατος" καὶ 
— ταῖς ev Ασία GLITrAW. 1 Ζμύρναν τ. 

™ Λαοδικίαν T. 2 ἐλάλει Was speaking LrTraw. 
4 μαζοῖς L; μασθοῖς Τ. τ᾿ χρυσᾶν LTTrA. 5 ὡς 
Vv χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ΙΤΤΙΑ. 


ΟἹ = ᾿]ωάνης Tre 
b + ἐν in (Jesus) LTTrAW. 
6 - χριστοῦ LITrA. 


1 Φιλαδελφίαν π. 
Ρ υἱὸν T. 


aie REVELATION. 


. ~ ~ 1 3 7 . [ή [ή i) 
πἐπέθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν. αὐτοῦ *yeipa' ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ, λέγων ὕμοι, 


he laid his right hand upon me, saying tome, 
~ , > ~ « » ‘ « 
ΔΙ) φοβοῦ" ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, 18 καὶ ὁ 
Fear not ; f am the first and the last, and the 
? , , ‘ > A ~ ? ᾽ = ‘ 
ζῶν, καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρός, καὶ ἰδοὺ ζῶν εἰμι εἰς «τοὺς 


living Γοπο]: απᾶ I became dead, and behold 4alive 11 “am to the 


.~ ~ ? , xt ο ¥ \ ~ ~ 2 fa κι 
αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων" Τάἀμήν"" καὶ ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ *adoU καὶ 


[4 
ages οὗ the ages, Amen; and haye the keys of hades and 
τοῦ θανάτου." 19 γράψον" ἃ εἶδες. καὶ alt 
of death. Write the things which thou sawest and the things 
εἰσιν, καὶ ἃ Ede “γίνεσθαι! μετὰ ταῦτα" 20 τὸ 


which are, and thethings which are about totake place after these. The 
. Αν} ΄ Ξ “Ὁ >? ‘ ~ ο 
μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων “ὧν! εἶδες “ἐπὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς 
mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest on ?right *hand 
{ ‘ ο A bad c € ‘A > / 
µου. καὶ τὰς ἑπτὰ λυχνίας τὰς χρυσᾶς. οἱ επτὰ ἁστερες 
‘my. and the seven *lampstands ‘golden, The seven stars 
” ~ ‘ ~ ᾽) ο A ε 1 ε J "η 
ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν εἰσιν" καὶ fai! ξἑπτὰ λυχνιαι 
?angels 7of*the ὄδοτοη Sasscmblies tare; and the seven lampstands 
“" an 3 η Πρ 
Mic εἶδες! ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαι εἰσίν. 
which thou sawest “seven *assemblies ‘are. 
~ 4 ’ η ~ ῃ ? ΄ ? , ia , 
2 Τῷ ἀγγέλῳ Ἱτῆς' * Ἐφεσίνης! ἐκκλησίας γράψον, Τάδε 
Tothe angel ofthe Ephesian assembly write: Thesethings 
, € ~ AY ? , ? ~ a ? how 4 
λέγει ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ 
says he who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who 
περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν Ιχρυσῶν'" 
walks in [the] midst of the seven *lampstands ‘golden. 
5” ‘ > \ \ ΄ ‘ ‘ «- , 
2 Οἶδα τὰ.έργα.σου, και TOV κοπον πσρουμι και τὴν υπομονην 
T know thy works, and “labour ‘thy, and "endurance 
‘ er as 7 /΄ Ἁ ᾽ 7 
σου, καὶ ὅτι οὐ.δύνῃ βαστάσαι κακούς., καὶ επειράσωϊ 
‘thy. and that thou canst not bear evil (ones]; and thou didst try 
΄ (τα ’ ‘ ? ΄ 
τοὺς φάσκοντας εἶναι ἀποστόλους" καὶ οὐκ. εἰσίν: 
those who declare [themselves] to be apostles and are not, 


. = ᾽ " δ΄ Ν Pp? , \ ε Ν 
καὶ εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς, 3 καὶ Ῥέβάστασας Kai ὑπομονὴν 


and didstfind them liars ; and didst bear and endurance 
ἔχεις, καὶ διὰ  τὸ.ὄνομά.-μου Ἱκεκοπίακας καὶ οὐ.κέκμηκας.! 


thast, and forthesake of my name hast laboured and hast not wearied: 


4 'aXXN" ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι τὴν.ἀγάπην-σου τὴν πρώτην 
but Ihave against thee, that thy “love first 

ἀφῆκας." 5 μνημόνευε οὖν πόθεν Ιἐκπέπτωκας,' καὶ 

thou didst leave. Remember therefore whence thou hast fallen from, and 

, ‘ ‘ ~ ” ΄ Ε ? ‘ ‘ » 

μετανοῆσον; και τα πρωτα εργα ποιησον εἰ δὲ μ᾽)» ερχοµαι 

repent, and the first works do: but if not, lam coming 

σοι τάχει, καὶ κινήσω τηνιλυχνίαν.σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου 

tothee quickly, and I will remove thy lampstand out of ?place 

, ? \ ~ ” 

αὐτῆς, ἐὰν. μὴ μετανοήσῃς. 6 ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις, 

ο except thou shouldest repent. But this 

‘ ” ~ .. ~ > ‘ 

μισεῖς τὰ ἔργα τῶν Νικολαϊιτῶν, ἃ κἀγὼ 

thou hatest the works ofthe Nicolaitanes, which I also 


ὅτι 
thou hast, that 
μισῶ. 7 ὁ 

hate. He that 


625 


laid his right hand up- 
on me, saying unto 
me, Fear not; I am 
the first and the last : 
18 J amhe that liveth, 
and was dead; and, 
behold, 1 am alive for 
evermore, Amen ; and 
have the keys of hell 
and of death. 19 Write 
the things which thou 
hast seen, and the 
things which are, and 
the things which shall 
be hereafter; 20 the 
mystery of the seven 
stars which thon saw- 
est in my right hand. 
and the seven golden 
candlesticks, The se- 
ven stars are the an- 
gels of the seven 
churches : and the se- 
ven candlesticks which 
thou sawest are the 
seven churches, 


II. Unto the angel of 
the church of Ephesus 
write; These things 
saith he that holdeth 
the seven stars in his 
right hand, who walk- 
eth in the midst of the 
seven golden candle- 
sticks ; 2 know thy 
works, and thy labour, 
and thy patience, and 
how thou canss not 
bear them which are 
evil: and thow hast 
tried them whi:h say 
they are apostles, and 
are not, and hast feund 
them liars : 3 and hast 
borne, and hast pa- 
tience, and for my 
name’s sake hast la- 
boured, and hast not 
fainted. 4 Neverthe- 
less I have somewhat 
against thee, because 
thou hast left thy first 
love. 5 Remember 
therefore frem whence 
thou art fallen, and 
repent, and do the first 
works; or else I will 
come untc thee quick- 
ly, and will remove 
thy candlestick out of 
his place. except thou 
repent. 6 But thisthou 
hast, that thou hatest 
the deeds of the Nico- 
laitanes, which I also 
hate. 7 ‘He that hath 


————————————$—$$$ LLL -------------- 


* ἔθηκεν GLTTrAW. 


= — χεῖρα (read δεξιὰν right hand) GLTTraw. 
: — ἀμήν GLTTraw. 


® θανάτου καὶ τοῦ adov GLTTrAW 
ο γενέσθαι TA. 4 οὓς ΤΎΤΑ. ε ἐν (in) τῇ δεξιᾷ L. 

GLTTraWw. h — ἃς εἶδες GLTTrAW. 
Ἐφέσω in Ephesus GLItraw. 


f— αἱ w. 


1 χρυσέων LTra. ἢ — σου LTTrA 


1 τῷ (read ἐκκλ. of the assembly) itr. 


y — por GLTTrAW, 


Ὁ + οὖν therefore GLTTrA Ww. 


6 λυχνίαι αἱ ἑπτὰ 
K ἐν 


Ὁ ἐπείρασας GLTTrAW. 


* λέγοντας ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστόλους εἶναι declare themselves to be apostles (— εἶναι LTTrA) 


GLTTrAw. P ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις καὶ ἑβάστασας ΟΙΤΤΤΑΤΓ. 
wearied LTTrA ; καὶ οὐκ ἐκοπίασας aid didst not weary Gw. 
επέπτωκας thou hast fallen GLTrAW; πέπτωκες Τ. 


4 καὶ ov κεκοπίακες and hast not 
τ ἀλλὰ ΤΤΕΥΝ. 
Υ ταχὺ EGW ; — τάχει LTTra, 


5 ἀφῆκες της. 


85 


626 


an ear, let him hear 
what the Spirit saith 
unto the churches ; Το 
him that overcometh 
will I give to eat of 
the tree of life, which 
is in the midst of the 
paradise of God. 


8 And unto the an- 
gcl of the church in 
Smyrna write ; These 
things saith the first 
and the last, which 
was dead, and is a- 
live; 9 1 know thy 
works, and tribula- 
tion, and poverty, (but 
thou art rich) and J 
know the blasphemy of 
them which say they 
are Jews, and are not, 
but are the synagogue 
of Satan. 10 Fear none 
of those things which 
thou shalt suffer : be- 
hold, the devil shall 
cast some of you into 
prixon, that ye may be 
trid ; and ye shall 
have tribulation ten 
days: be thou faithful 
unto death, and I will 
give thee a crown of 
life. 11 He that hath 
an ear, Iet him hear 
what the Spirit saith 
unto the churches ; 
He that overcometh 
shall not be hurt of 
the second death. 


12 And to the angel 
of the church in Per- 
gamos write; These 
things saith he wHich 
hath the sharp sword 
with two edges; 13 I 
know thy works, and 
where thou dwellest, 
even where Satan’s 
seat 7s: and thou hold- 
est fast my name, and 
hast not denied my 
faith, even in those 
days wherein Antipas 
was my faithful mar- 
tyr, who was slain a- 
mong you, where Sa- 
tan dwelleth. 14 But I 
have a few things a- 
gainst thee, because 
thou hast there them 
that hold the doctrine 
of Balaam, who taught 
Balac to cast a stum- 
blingblock before the 
children of Israel, to 
eat things sacrificed 
unto idols, and to com- 
mit fornication. 15 So 


* + ἑπτὰ seven 1, 
(read of my God) c{a]w. 
T.) ἐκκλησίας assembly in Smyrna GLTTraw. 
6 + ἐκ of (those who) GLTTraw. 


GLTTraw. 
Ἀ βάλλειν LTrA. 
ἔργα σου καὶ LTTrA. 


[was] Antipas) Lrtr[a]. 
τ ὃ σατανᾶς κατοικεῖ GLTTrAW. 


ΑΠΟΚΑΑΥΨΙΣ. τί. 
ει ΄ πι ο tre. ’ - 3 , ‘ 
ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ νεῦμα λέγει ταῖς" ἐκκλησίαις 
has anear, let him hear whatthe Spirit says tothe assemblies, 
τῷ “νικῶντι' δώσω αὐτῷ φαγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς 
Tohim that overcomes, Iwillgivetohim toeat οὗ the tree of life 
ὁ ἐστιν ἐν Σµέσῳ τοῦ παραδείσου" τοῦ θεοῦ”. 
which is in {the] midst of the paradise of God. 
ι ~ ? ῃ ~ | ’ , , , 
8 Καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ Ἀτῆς) δἐκκλησίας Σμυργαίων" γράψον, 
And tothe angel of the assembly of Smyrnveans write: 
ΓΝ, ’ - Α «ε ” .. , ’ . 
Ίαδε λέγει ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ EGXATOC, OC ἐγένετο γεκρος 
These things says the first and the last, who became dead 
‘ , Ge , . ἌΝ ‘ a} ΄ . 
καὶ ἔζησεν Ὁ Οἶδά σου «τὰ ἔργα καὶ" τὴν θλίψιν καὶ τὴν 
and © lived. I know thy works and tribulation and 
πτωχείαν" ἱπλούσιος.δὲ" εἶ καὶ τὴν βλασφημίαν 5 τῶν. 
poverty ; but rich thou art;and the calumny of those who 
λεγόντων Ιουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς. καὶ οὐκ.είσίν, ἀλλὰ συν- 
declare 4Jews to *be 'themselves, and are not, but asyn- 
αγωγὴ τοῦ σατανᾶ. 10 fundév" φοβοῦ ἃ μέλλεις 
agoguc of Satan. 2Not “at tall ‘tear the things which thou art about 


πάσχειν. ἰξού,δ μέλλει "βαλεῖν" εξ ὑμῶν ὁ διάβολος! 


to suffer. Lo, 3istabout °to°cast [7some]®of “you *the devil 
we eee Dare: ὶ kezere! θλίψ « ~ 
εἰς φυλακην, wa πειρασθητε' καὶ "εξετε ACU ἡμερῶν 


into that ye may be tried; and yeshall have tribulation 


δέκα. 


prison, 7days 
γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου, καὶ δώσω σοι τὸν στέ- 
1ten. ο ἰποα faithful unto death, and I will give to thee the 
φανὸν τῆς ζωῆς. 11 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα 
crown of life. He that has anear, let him hear what the Spirit 
λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ὁ νικῶν οὐ-.μὴ ἀδικηθῃ ἐκ 
says tothe assemblies, Hethat overcomes innowise shallbeinjured of 
τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου. 
the “death *second, 
A ~ ~ , PI , 
19 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Περγάμῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον, 
And tothe angel of the 7in *Pergainos tassembly write : 
Τάδε λέγει ὁ ἔχων τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν δίστομον τὴν 
These things says he ΠΟ has the ssword *two-edged 
? ~ ο = 1 . ΧΗ ~ ~ σ « 
ὀξεῖαν. 18 Οἶδα ἱτὰ.ἔογα.σου καὶ! ποῦ κατοικεῖς, ὅπου ὁ 
‘sharp, I know thy works and where thou dwellest, yhere the 
θρόνος τοῦ σατανᾶ, Kai κρατεῖς τὸ.ὄνομά.μου, καὶ οὐκ 
throne of Satan [is]; and thou holdest fast my ngme, and *not 
ἠρνήσω τὴν.πίστιν.µου ™Kat" ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις "ἐν!" οαἷς" ΡΑν- 
ldidst “deny wy faith even in the days in which An- 
τίπας' ὁ µάρτυς.µου ὁ πιστός, ὃς ἀπεκτάνθη παρ᾽ ὑμῖν, 
tipas my “witness ‘faithful [was], who waskilled among you, 
e r ae ε ~ ῄ 5 ? 2. » 4 ~ ? ΄ 
Όπου κατοικεῖ ὁ σατανᾶς. 14 "ἀλλ΄" ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὀλίγα, 
where dwells Satan. But Ihave against thee afew things; 
tore! Ἔχεις ἐκεῖ κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν Βαλαάμ, ὃς 
because thou hast there [those] holding the teaching of Balaam, who 


ἐδίδασκεν Yév' δάσο! Βαλὰκ βαλεῖν σκάνδαλον ἐνώπιον τῶν 


taught Balak to cast 8 snare before the 
εν ” , ~ ? , κ ~ 
υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, φαγεῖν  εἰδωλόθυτα Kat πορνεῦσαι. 
sons of Israel, toeat things sacrificed toidols and to commit fornication. 


τ γικοῦντι L. Υ τῷ παραδείσῳ the paradise GLTTrAW. 
8 τῷ (read ἐκκλ. of the assembly) x. 
© — τὰ ἔργα καὶ LTTrA. 
f μη Not Ltraw. 
10 διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν GLTTrAW. 
m — καὶ T[TrA}. 

Ρ᾽Αγτείπας Τ. 
5 ἀλλὰ We 


ΞΕ µου 
> εν Σμύρνῃ (Ζμύρνῃ 
ἆ ἀλλὰ πλούσιος 
6 + δὴ indeed [a]w. 
k ἔχητε ye may have 1,.' l— τὰ 
π — ἐν LTTrAW. ο — ais (read in those days 
4 + wgu (εαά my faithful [one]) Lt[Tra]w. 
t—rnL. ¥—é¢«yEGLTTrAW. "8 τὸν E, 


II. 


15 οὕτως ἔχεις καὶ σὺ 


REVELATION. 


κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν Στῶνὶ 


So hast also thou[those] holding _the teaching of the 
Νικολαϊτῶν YO μισῶ." 16 μετανόησον Τ᾽ εἰ.δὲ μή, ἔρχομαί 


Nicolaitanes, which thing I hate. Repent ! but if not, Iam coming 


σοι ταχύ, Kai πολεμήσω μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ 
to thee quickly, and willmake war with them with the sword 
στόµατός.µου. 17 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα 

of my mouth, Hethat has anear, Iet him hear what. the Spirit 

[ή - ᾽ ΄, ~ ~ ~ ~ 
λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαι" τῷ νικῶντι" δώσω αὐτῷ ὑφαγεῖν 


says tothe assemblies. Το him that overcomes, Iwillgivetohim tocat 
> f Vf ~ , ~ 2 ‘ ’, ? ~ ~ 
ἀπὸ" τοῦ μάννα τοῦ κεκρυμμένου, καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ ψῆφον 


of the manna "hidden ; 


and I will give to him a “pebble 
λευκήν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ψῆφον ὄνομα καινὸν γεγραμμένον, ὃ 


Awhite,. and on the pebble ἃ. δθθ ‘new written, which 
οὐδεὶς “ἔγνω! εἰμὴ ὁ λαμβάνων. 
no one knew except he who receives [it]. 
18 Καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ ἀτῆς" ἐν Θυατείροις ἐκκλησίας γράψον, 
Andtothe angel ofthe ἢ *Thyatira ‘assembly write : 
Τάδε λέγει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 
These things says. the Son of God, he who has 36708 


ἑαὐτοῦ! ὡς Ιφλόγαϊ πυρός, καὶ οἱ.πόδες. αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολι- 


‘his as aflame of fire, and his feet like fine 
βάνῳ' 19 Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα καὶ τὴν ξἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν δια- 
brass. I know thy works, and love, and ser- 
κονίαν, καὶ τὴν πίστιν! καὶ τὴν" ὑπομονὴν σου," καὶ τὰ ἔργα 
Vice, and faith, and “endurance ‘thy, and “works 
σου, ‘kai τὰ ἔσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων. 20 λάλλ” 
‘thy, and the last [tobe] more than the first. But 

ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ “dXiya,! ὅτι édc’ τὴν γυναῖκα ΡΊ]εζα- 
I have against thee afew things that thou sufferest the woman Jeze- 


Bnd," «τὴν λέγουσαν" τἑαυτὴν" προφῆτιν, "διδάσκειν καὶ πλα- 


bel, her who ealls herself aprophetess, to teach and to 
γνᾶσθαι! ἐμοὺς δούλους,  πορνεῦσαι καὶ ἱείδωλό- 
mislead my bondmen tocommniit fornication and *things «sacrificed Sto 
θυτα φαγεῖν." 21 καὶ ἔδωκα αὐτῇ χρόνον ἵνα µετανοήσῃ YéK 
Sidols ‘to eat. And Igave_ her time thatshe might repent of 


τῆς. πορνείας. αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐ.µετενόησεν.! 22 ἰδού, "ἐγώ" βάλλω 
her fornication ; and she repented ποῦ. Lo, I cast 
αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην, καὶ τοὺς μοιχεύοντας μετ᾽ αὐτῆς εἰς 
her into abed, and those who commitadultery with her into 
θλίψιν μεγάλην, ἐὰν.μὴ pEeravonowow" ἐκ τῶν ἔργων 
3tribulation ‘great, except they should repent of “works 
σεαὐτῶν.' 23 καὶ τὰ.τέκνα.αὐτῆς ἀποκτενῶ ἐν θανάτῳ' καὶ 
ἀξ ποτ, And her children Iwillkill with death; and 
νώσονται πᾶσαι ai ἐκκλησίαι ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ᾿Δἐρευνῶν" 
shall®know all the “assemblies that I am he who _ searches 


627 


hast thou also them 
that hold the doctrine 
of the Nicolaitancs, 
which thing I hate. 
16 Repent; or else I 
will come unto thee 
quickly, and will fight 
against them with the 
sword of my mouth. 
17 He that hath anear, 
let him hear what the 
Spirit saith unto the 
churches; To him that 
overcomcth willl give 
to eat of the hidden 
manna, and will give 
him a white stone, and 
in the stone a new 
name written, which 
no man knoweth sav- 
ΠΕ he that receiveth 
τί. 


18 And unto the an- 
gel of the church in 
Thyatira wrife ; These 
things saith the Son 
of God, who hath his 
eyes like unto a flame 
of fire, and his feet ave 
like fine brass; 19 I 
know thy works, and 
charity, and service, 
and faith, and thy pa- 
tience, and thy works; 
and the last to be more 
than the first. 20 Not- 
withstanding I havea 
few things against 
thee, because thou 
sufferest that woman 
Jezebel, which calleth 
herself a prophetess, 
to teach and to seduce 
my servants to commit 
fornication, and toeat 
things sacrificed unto 
idols. 21 And I gave 
her space to repent of 
her fornication; and 
she repented not. 22Be- 
hold, I will cast her’ 
into a bed, and them 
that commit adultery 
with her into great 
tribulation, except 
they repent of their 
deeds. 23 And I will 
kill her children 
with death; and all 
the churches. shall 
know that I am ke 
which searcheth the 





¥ — τῶν the L[Tr JAW. Σ ὁμοίως in like manner GLTTrAwW. 
GQLTr[A]w. 8 νικοῦντι LTTr, Ὁ -- φαγεῖν ἀπὸ ΟΥΤΎΓΑΥ. 
ἃ τῷ (read ἐκκλ. of the assembly) L.  ὀ[Ι[Ἑ}ε᾿ὃῖἌ-- αὐτοῦ 1. f φλὸξ τ. 


πίστιν καὶ τὴν διακονίαν GLTA; πίστιν καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην καὶ τὴν διακονίαν Tr. h 

1 ἀλλὰ TraAW. 
ο + σου (read thy wife) GL[a]w. 
4 ἡ λέγουσα she who calls GLTTraw. 
5 καὶ διδάσκει καὶ πλανᾷ τοὺς and she teaches and misleads GLTTraw. 
σ καὶ οὐ θέλει μετανοῆσαι ἐκ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς and she 
* — ἐγὼ (read βάλλω I cast) GLTTraw. 
28 ἐραυνῶν LTIr, 


i— gov Τ. k — καὶ (read thy last works) GLTTraw. 
GLTTrsW. 2 ἀφεῖς thou lettest alone GLTTrAw. 
ρ τὴν Ἱεζάβελ 1; Ἰεζάβελ GT; ᾿Ιεζαβὲλ TrAW. 

τ αὐτὴν Τ. 
t φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα GLTTrAW. 
wills not to repent of her fornication GLTTraw. 


12 µετανοήσουσιν they shallrepent Trra. 58 αὐτῆς her GLTTrAW. 


z 4- οὖν therefore 


ο οἶδεν knOWS GLTTraw. 


> ΄ ‘ Ν 
ξ ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν 


. 


628 


reins and hearts : and 
1 will give unto every 
one of you according 
to your works. 24 But 
unto you I say, and 
unto the rest in Thya- 
tira, as many as have 
not this doctrine, and 
which have not known 
the depths of Satan, 
as they speak; I will 
put upon you none 
other burden. 25 But 
that which ye have 
already hold fast till 
I come. 26 And he that 
overcometh, and keep- 
eth my works untothe 
end, to him will I give 
power over the na- 
tions : 27 and he shall 
rule them with a rod of 
iron ; as the vessels of 
a potter shall they be 
broken to. shivers: 
even as I received of 
my Father. 28 And I 
will give him _ the 
morning 'star. 29 He 
that hath an ear, let 
him hear what the 
Spirit saith unto the 
churches. 


III. And unto the 
angel of the church in 
Sardis write; These 
things saith he that 
hath the seven Spirits 
of God, and _ the 
seven stars; I know 
thy works, that thou 
hast a name _ that 
thou livest, and art 
dead. 2 Be watch- 
ful, and strengthen 
the things which re- 
main, that are ready 
to die: for I have not 
found thy works per- 
fect beforeGod. 3 Re- 
member therefore how 
thou hast received and 
heard, and hold fast, 
and repent. If there- 
fore thou shalt not 
watch, I will comeon 
thee as a thief, and 
thou shalt not know 
what hour I will come 
upon thee. 4 Thou 
hast a few names even 
in Sardis which have 
not defiled their gar- 


_Inents; and they shall 


walk with me in 
white: for they are 
worthy. 5. He that 
overcometh, the same 
shall be clothed in 


white raiment; and I 


ATIOKAAY WISE: 
«δώσω ὑμῖν ἑκάστῳ κατὰ 
each according to 


λοιποῖς τοῖς ἐν 
το [the] τοῦ who [8416] in 


οὐκ.ἔχουσιν τὴν.διδαχὴν.ταύτην, Kai" 
have not this teaching, and 


οἵτινες οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰ “βάθη! τοῦ σατανᾶ, ὡς λέγουσιν, Οὐ 
who knew not the depths of Satan, as they say; “not 


ἀβαλῶ" ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος" 25 πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε κρατή- 


II, III. : 
τὰ 


νεφροὺς καὶ καρδίας" καὶ 
reins and hearts; and I will give to you 
ἔργα ὑμῶν. 24 ὑμῖν.δὲ λέγω καὶ" 
?works 'your. But to you” I say, and 
Θυατείροις, ὕσοι 
Thyatira, as many as 


1J “will *cast upon you any other burden ; but whatyehave ‘hold 
care, “ἄχρις! οὗ ἂν ἥξω. 26 καὶ ὁ νικῶν καὶ ὃ 
fast till I shall come. And he that overcomes, and he that 


τηρῶν ἄχοι 

keeps until [the] 
ἐπὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν" 
over the nations, 


τέλους τὰ.ἔργα.μου, δώσω αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν 


end my works, Iwillgive tohim authority 
9) ᾿ - 2 A ? ef ὃ 
97 καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σι- 
and heshallshepherd them with rod lan 
δηρᾷ ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ.κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται, ὡς κἀγὼ 
7iron, as vessels of pottery " are. broken in pieces; as Jalso 
εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ.πατρός.μου 28 καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ τὸν 
have received from my Father ; and Iwillgive tohim the 


ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν. 29 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ 
*star imorning, Hethat has anear, let him hear what the 
πνεῦμα λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. 
Spirit says tothe assemblies, 
9 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον, 
Andtothe angel of the 7in ’Sardis tassembly write : 
Τάδε λέγει ὁ ἔχων raf πνεύματα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοὺς 
These things says he who has_ the Spirits of God and the 


ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας" Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι ὅτὸ" ὄνομα ἔχεις ὅτι 
seven stars. ITknow thy works, that *the *name ‘thou *hast that 


ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ. 2 γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ Ἀστήριξονϊ 
thou livest,and dead ‘art. Be watchful, and _ strengthen 
τὰ.λοιπὰ ἃ μέλλει! ἀποθανεῖν. οὐ.γὰρ.εὕρηκά 


the things that remain, which are about to dfe, for I have net found 


σου Ira! ἔργα πεπληρωμένα ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦξ. 3 μνημόνευε 
thy works 


complete before God. Remember 
Ἰοῦνί πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας, καὶ τήρει. καὶ 
therefore how thou hast received and heard, and- keep [it] and 
μετανόησον᾽ ἐὰν οὖν μὴ.γρηγορήσης, ἥξω ᾿ξπὶ σὲϊ 
repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch. I willcome upon thee 
e / A 4 ~ / { 
ὡς κλέπτης, καὶ οὐ.μὴὰ "γνῷς" ποίαν ὥραν ἥξω 


88 8 thief, and inno wise shaltthouknow what hour Ishall come 


3 Ld ” ΄ , A 

ἐπὶ σε. 4 95 Ῥέχεις ὀλίγα" ὀνόματα “καὶ! ἐν Σάρδεσιν, ἃ οὐκ 
upon thee, Thou hast afew names also in ‘Sardis which “ποῦ 
ἐμόλυναν τὰ.ἱμάτια.αὐτῶν᾽ καὶ περιπατήσουσιν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐν 


1defiled their garments, and they shall walk with me in 
λευκοῖς, Orv ἄξιοί εἰσιν. 5 ὁ νικῶν, τοῦτος" περι- 
white, because worthy they are. He that overcomes, he shall 


βαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς" καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα 





will not blot out his beclothed in “garments ‘white; and in no wise willI blot out 2name 

5 τοῖς to the (rest) GLTTrAW. b — καὶ GLTTrAW. © βαθέα GLTTrAW. ἆ βάλλω 
I cast (not) LTTraw. © ἄχρι LTTr. f+ ἑπτὰ seven EGLTTrAW. Ε — τὸ (read a 
name) GLTTraw. Ἀ στήρισον GLTTrAW. i ἔμελλον were about GLTTrAw. ) - τὰ 
L{Tra]. k + µου (read my God) Guittraw. [οὖν] a. τι — ἐπὶ σὲ LTTrA. π γνώσῃ 
TTr. ο + ἀλλὰ (ἀλλ᾽ ο) But LrTraw. Ρ ὀλίγα ἔχεις τ. 4.— καὶ GLTTraw. τ οὕτως 


thus τπτ, 


ΤΠ. REVELATION, 


᾽ πον 8 ” , ~ ~ A . , ‘ 
αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῆς βίβλου τῆς ζωῆς, καὶ "ἐξομολογήσομαι! τὸ ὄνομα 
4his from'the book of life, and will confess 2name 


9 ~ ~ , : ΄ ~ , 
αὐτοῦ ἐνώπιον τοῦ.πατρός-µου καὶ ἐνώπιον THY ἀγγέλων 


1818 before my Father and before “angels 
αὐτοῦ. 6 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω Ti τὸ πνεῦμα λέγει 
this, Hethat has anear, let himhear what the Spirit says 


ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. 
to the assemblies, 


7 Καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν ἴΦιλαδελφείᾳ 


" 


ἐκκλησίας γράψον, 


Andtothe angel ofthe*in *Philadelphia Jassembly write: 
Τάδε λέγει Τὸ ἅγιος, ὁ ἀληθινός, ὁ ἔχων τὴν “κλεῖδα! 
These things says the. Holy, the True; he who has_ the key 


τοῦ! YAaBid," ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς Ζκλείει,! καὶ" Ὀκλείει! καὶ 
of David, who opens and* noone — shuts, and shuts. and 
οὐδεὶς «ἀνοίγειὶ 8 Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα" ἰδού, δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν 
no one opens. , } know thy works. Lo, I have set before 
σου θύραν ἀνεῳγμένην," ai" οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν' 


thee “door δι ?opened, and noone _ is able to shut it, 
ort μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν, καὶ «ἐτήρησάς µου τὸν λόγον; 
because “a *little ‘thou *hast power, and didstkeep my word, 


καὶ οὐκ.ἠρνήσω τὺ.ὄνομά.μου. 9 ἰδού, fdidwyu" ἐκ τῆς συνα- 
and didst not deny my name, Lo, Igive of the syna- 
γωγῆς τοῦ σατανᾶ τῶν λεγόντων ἑαυτοὺς Ἰουδαίους εἶναι, 
gogue of Satan thosethat declare themselves 2Jews 11ο *be, 
‘ ᾽ δ..." ἢ ᾽ \ , ? , ͵ 2 4 e 
καὶ οὐκ.είσίν, ἀλλὰ ψεύδονται" ἰδού, ποιήσω αὐτοὺς ἵνα 
and are not, but do lie; lo, I will cause them that 


εῄξωσινὶ καὶ Ἀπροσκυνήσωσινὶ ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν.σου, 
they should come and  αποι]ά do homage before thy feet, 


καὶ γνῶσιν ὅτι ἐγὼ ἠγάπησά σε. 10 ὅτι ἐτήρησας τὸν 
and should know that I loved _ thee. Because thou didst keep the 
λόγον τῆς ὑπομογῆς.μου, κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ 
word of my endurance, ITalso thee willkeep outof the hour 
πειρασμοῦ τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης 
of trial ‘which [is] about tocome upon the *habitable “world 
ὕλης, πειράσαι τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 11? Iéod," 
4whole, totry themthat dwell upon the earth. Behold, 
ἔρχομαι rayv' κράτει ὃ ἔχεις, ἵνα μηδεὶς λάβῃ τὸν 
come quickly: hold fast what thou hast, that no one take 
στέφανόν σου. 12 ὁ νικῶν, ποιήσω αὐτὸν στύλον ἐν τῷ 


7ecrown =e ' thy. He that overcomes, Ι willmake him  apillar in the 
ναῷ τοῦ.θεοῦ.µου, καὶ ἔξω οὐ.μὴ ἐξέλθῃ ἔτι, καὶ γράψω 
temple of my God, and out not at all shall he go more; and I will write 


ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ.θἐοῦ.µου, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς πόλεως 

upon him the name of my God, andthe name ofthe city 

τοῦ.θεοῦ-μου, τῆς καινῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ, "ὴ KaraBaivovea' 
of my God, the . new Jerusalem, which comes down 
ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ.θεοῦ.μου, καὶ τὺ.ὄνομά.μου τὸ 


out of heaven from my God, and my “name 
καινόν. 13 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα λέγει 
‘new. He that has an ear, let him hear what the Spirit says 


ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. 
tothe assemblies. 










5 ὁμολογήσω G ν Ὁ Φιλαδελφίᾳ τ. 
«.- τοῦ LTr[A.] Δαυείδ ΙΤΊτΑ; Aavid aw. 
Ὁ κλείων shutting Lrrr. ο ἀνοίξει Shall open ΤΊΓΑΥ͂.. 
which GLTTraw,. (διδῶ I will give LTA; δίδω Tr. 

2 προσκυνήσουσιν shall do homage LrTra, 


¥ ὁ ἀληθινός, ὃ ἅγιος A. 


i -- Ἰδού .GLTTraw, 


2 κλείσει Shall shut LTTraw. 

4 ηνεωγμένην T. 
& ἥξουσιν they shall come Lrtra, 
Κὴ καταβαίνει B, 


629 


name out of the book 
of life, but I will con- 
fess his name before 
my Father, and before 
his angels. 6 He that 
hath an ear, let him 
hear what the Spi- 
rit saith unto the 
churches, 


7 And to the angel 
of the church in Phil- 
adelphia write ; These 
things saith he that is 
holy, he that is true, 
he that hath the key 
of David, he that 
openeth, and no man 
shutteth; and shut- 
teth, and no man 
openeth ; 8I know thy 
works : behold, I have 
set before thee an open 
door, andno man can 
shut it: for thou hast 
a little strength, and 
hast kept my word, 
and hast not denied 
my name. 9 Behold, Τ 
will make them of the 
synagogue of Satan, 
which say they are 
Jews, and are not, but 
do lie ; behold, I will 
make them to come 
and worship before 
thy feet, and to know 
that I have loved thee. 
10 Because thou hast 
kept the word of my 
patience, I also will 
keep thee from the 
hour of temptation; 
which shall come upon 
all the world, to try 
them that dwell upon 
the earth. 11 Behold, 
I come quickly : hold 
that fast which thou 
hast, that no man take 
thy crown. 12 Him 
that overcometh will 
I make a pillar in the 
temple of my God, and 
he shall go no more 
out: and I will write 
upon him the name of 
my God, and the name 
of the city of my God, 
which is new Jcrusa- 
lem, which cometh 
down out of heaven 
from my God: and J 
will write upon him 
my new name. 13 He 
that hath an ear, let 
him hear what the 
Spirit saith unto the 
churches, 





W κλεῖν GLTTrAW. 
® [kat] L. 
ε ἣν 


630 

14 And untothe an- 
el of the church of 
he Laodiceans write; 
These things saith the 
Amen, the faithful 
and true witness, the 
beginning of the crea- 
tion of God; 151 know 
thy works, that thou 
art neither cold nor 
hot: [would thou wert 
cold or hot, 16 So then 
because thou art luke- 
Warm,and neither cold 
nor hot, I will spue 
thee out of my mouth. 
17 Because thou say- 
est, I am rich, and 
increased with goods, 
and have need of no- 
thing; and knowest 
not that thou art 
wretched, and miser- 


able, and poor, and. 


blind, and naked: 15 I 
counsel thee to buy of 
me goid tried in the 
fire, that thou πὶ ayest 
ve rich; ana white rai- 
ment, that thou may- 
est be clothed, and 
that the shame of thy 
uakedness do not. ap- 
ear; and anoint thine 
yes with eyesalve, 
that thou mayest see. 
19 As many as 1 love, 
1 rebuke and chasten: 
be zealous therefore, 
and repent. 20 Behold, 
I stand at the door, 
and knock: if any man 
hear my voice, and 
open the door, I will 
come in to him, and 
will sup with him, and 
he with me. 21 To him 
that overcometh will 
I grant to sit with me 
in my throne, even as 
I also overcame, and 
am set down with my 
Father in his throne. 
22 He that hathan ear, 
let him hear what the 
Spirit saith unto the 
churches. 


Iv. After this I 
looked, and, behold, a 
door was opened in 
heaven: and the first 
yuice which I heard 
was as it were of a 
trumpet talking with 
me; which said, Come 
up hither, and I 
will shew thee things 
which must be here- 
after. 2 And imme- 





Ι ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ (Λαοδικίᾳ T) ἐκκλησίας assembly in Laodicea GLTTraw 
η ζεστὸς οὔτε ψυχρός GTTrAW. 
τ ἐλεινος A. 
ἔγχρισαι αλοιιιῦ with rrr. 
Υ ἀνεῳγμένη GLY. 
whatsoever things L, 


GL{[a]. 
x ἴδον T. 


a — καὶ LITrAW. 


ἌΠΟ RY 1. 11 τους 
. ~ ᾽ , ~ . , “ , 1 ο 
14 Καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς Ἰἐκκλησίας _ Λαοθικέω»' γρᾶψυν, 
And tothe angel of the assembly of [the] Laodiceans write: 
Τάδε λέγει ὁ ἀμήν, ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστὸς καὶ ἀληθινός, ἡ 
These things says the Amen, the witness faithful and truc, the 
ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ θεοῦ: 15 Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα. ὅτι οὔτε 
beginning o the creation of God. I know thy works, that neither 
ψυχρὸς εἶ, οὔτε ζεστός' ὄφελον ψυχρὸς Meine,’ ἢ ζεστός) 
cold thou art, nor hot ; I would cold thou wert or hot. 
16 οὕτως ὅτι χλιαρὸς εἶ, καὶ οὔτε "ψυχρὸς οὔτε ζεστός," 
Thus because lukewarm thou art, and neither cold nor hot, 
μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ.στόματός-μου. 17 ὅτι λέγεις, 
I απι about *thee ‘to Ἔ-ραε out of my mouth. Because thou say est, 
"Ore πλούσιός εἰμι καὶ πεπλούτηκα καὶ Ῥοὐδενὸς" χρειαν έχω, 
Rich Iam, and have grown rich and “of *nothing 7need ‘have, 


καὶ οὐκ.οἶδας ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος καὶ 4 Σἐλεεινός,' καὶ 


and knowest not that thou art the wretched, and miserable, and 
πτωχὸς καὶ τυφλὸς καὶ γυμνός 18 συμβουλεύω σοι ἀγοράσαι 
poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy 


παρ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρός, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς, 


from ime gold purified by fire, that thoumayest be rich; 
καὶ ἱμάτια λευκά, ἵνα περιβάλῃ καὶ μὴς φανερωθῇ 


and “garments }white, that thou mayest be clothed, and may not be made manifest 
ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου" καὶ ᾿κολλούριον!' "έγχρισον" 

the shame ot thy nakeduess ; and *eye-sulve ‘anoint -thou*with 
τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς.σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς. 19 ἐγὼ ὕσους ἐὰν φιλῶ, 


thine eyes, that thou mayest see. 1 as many as I love 
ἐλέγχω καὶ παιξζεύω: "ζήλωσον' οὖν καὶ µετανόησον. 
I rebuke and discipline; bethou zealous therefore and repent. 


20 ἰδού, ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν καὶ κρούω' ἐάν τις ἀκούσῃ 
Behold, Istand at the door and knock; if anyone hear 
τῆς φωνῆςμου, καὶ ἀνοιξῃ τὴν θύῤαν, Ὁ εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς 

my voice and open the door, I will come in to 
αὐτόν, καὶ δειπνήσω per αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς per ἐμοῦ. 21 ὁ 
him, and willsup with him, and he with me. He that 
~ Φ ο ~ , , ~ ~ ’ ιά 
νικῶν, δώσω αὐτῷ καθίσαι μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ.θρόνῳ.µου, ὡς 
overcomes, I willgivetohim tosit with me in my throne, as 


κἀγὼ ἐνίκησα, καὶ ἐκάθισα μετὰ τοῦ.πατρός.µου ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ 


Ialso overcame, and satdown with my Father in *throne 
αὐτοῦ. 22 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα λέγεὶ 
this. He that has anear, let him hear what the Spirit says 


ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. 
to the assemblies. 
ι ~ A > 1 ~ 
4 Μετὰ ταῦτα "εἶδον," καὶ ἰδοὺ θύρα Σήνεφγμένη" ἐν τῷ 
After these things Isaw, and behold ἃ door opened in 
οὐρανῷ, Kai ἡ φωνὴ ἡ πρώτη ἣν ἤκουσα ὡς σάλπιγγος 
heayen, andthe “voice ‘first which Iheard [was] ἃ8 of a trumpet 
λαλούσης μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, λέγουσα," *AvaBa' ὧδε, καὶ δείξω 
speaking with me, saying, Come αρ hither, and I will shew 
σοι ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα." 2 ἀκαὶ" εὐθέως 


b 
a 
to thee what things must take place aftcr these things. And immediately 





: Tra’ πι ἧς GLTTrAW. 
_ P οὐδὲν “in 0 *wi ΓΑ. 4+ othe 
5 κολλύριον TTrA. * ἐγχρίσαι GW ; ἐγχρῖ ο anoint with La; 

v ζήλευε LTTrAW.” Υ + καὶ (7ead 1 will both come in) T[A]w. 
: λέγων GLTTrAW. 8 Ανάβηθι L. υ ὅσα 
ο Punctuate 80.α8 to read Immediately after these things L. 


© — ὅτι [A]w. 


[V. Rak τ ΕΙ ΑΕΡΙΟ Ν. 

Δ . Ωω) » ᾽ ye 
ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἰδού, θρόνος ἔκειτ ἐν τῷ 
I became in [the]. Spirit; and behold, athrone wasset in the 
οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ «τοῦ θούνου καθήμενος" 8 καὶ ὁ καθη- 


throne [one] sitting, 


λίθῳ 


Γι ΕΞ 
heaven, and he who[was] sit 


st ς A 
μενος fv’ ὅμοιος ὁράσει 


and upon the 
ἰάσπιδι καὶ ἔσαρδινῳ"' καὶ 


ting was like in appearsnce toa “stone ‘jasper and asardius; and 
, ~ , [22 « , 

Ἶρις κυκλόθεν τοῦ θρύνου ὅμοιος" ὁράσει σµαραγ- 

&@ rainbow [was] around the throne like in appearance to an eme- 


Keai' ἱτέσ- 


=and 


δίνῳ. 4 καὶ κυκλόθεν τοῦ θρόνου Ἰθρόνοι" εἴκοσι 
rald. And around the throne “thrones ‘twenty 
‘ ‘ , ne ” 3 [2 1 
σαρες,' καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἀθρύνους εἶδον τοὺς εἴκοσι καὶ τέσσαρας 
"four, and on the thrones Isaw twenty and four 
, , ’ὔ τὰ ' ιό . 
πρεσβυτέρους καθημένους, περιβεβλημένους "ἐνὶ ἱματίοις 
elders sitting, clothed in *yarmenis 
λευκοῖς' Kai oxo! ἐπὶ τὰς. κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν στεφάνους Ῥχρυσ- 
‘white; and they had on their heads “crowns *zold- 
ν η . ~ , , ? ‘ ‘ 
ouc.' ὃ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου ἐκπορεύονται ἀστραπαὶ καὶ 
en. And out of the throne go forth lightnings and 
βρονταὶ καὶ φωναί" καὶ ἑπτὰ λαμπάδες πυοὺς καιόμεναι 


thunders and τνοῖοες : and seven lamps of fire burning 

᾿ , ~ \ > ‘ { ‘ , ~ 

ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνουΣ, Sat! "είσιν" Ἱτὰ! ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ 
before the throne, which are the seven Spirits 


’ ~ , ’ « , κ 
θεοῦ: 6 καὶ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου * θάλασσα ὑαλίνη, ὁμοῖα 
of God; and before the throne a *sea 1σ]ιιςς, like 
κρυστάλλῳ. καὶ ἐν ἐσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ κύκλῳ τοῦ θρόνου 

erystal. And in [the] midst of the throne and around the throne 
ατέσσαραλ ζῶα γέμοντα ὀφθαλμῶν Σἔμπροσθεν" καὶ 
four living creatures, full of eyes before and 
ὄπισθεν. 7 καὶ τὸ ζῶον τὸπρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, 
behind ; and the “living “creature ᾽ ‘first [was] like a lion, 
καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῶον ὕμοιον μύσχῳ, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ζῶ- 
and the second ἹΠτίηςσ οτοεαῦατο like acalf, and the third living 
ov ZEyov" τὸ πρόσωπον *we' θάνθρωπος," καὶ τὸ τέταρτον 

creature having the face as a man, and the fourth 
ζῶον ὕμοιον ἀετῷ “πετωμένῳ.ὶ 8 καὶ 4 «τέσσαραὶ 

living creature like Zeagle ta *flying. And [the] four 
ζῶα, ἕν καθ ἑαυτό," Εεϊχονὶ ἀνὰ πτέρυγας ἕξ. 
living creatures, each for itself had respectively “wings I sixis 
κυκλόθεν καὶ ἔσωθεν ᾿λγέμοντα" ὀφθαλμῶν, καὶ ἀνάπαυσιν οὐκ 
around and _ within full of eyes ; and ‘cessation ποὺ 

‘ , 1 Ud “ er , 

ἔχουσιν ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, λέγοντα," Ἅγιος, ἅγιος, ἅγιος 
1they “have day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy, 


4 ΄ 5 ‘ « n Ν « 
κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ, ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ 
Lord God Almighty, who was, and who is, and who[is] 
; ‘ , aul ~ , 
ἐρχόμενος. 9 καὶ ὅταν δώσουσιν τὰ ζῶα δόξαν καὶ 
to come, And when ‘shall *give ‘the “living *creatures glory and 
τιμὴν καὶ εὐχαριστίαν τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου," τῷ 
honour and thanksgiving to him who sits upon the throne, who 


681 


diately I was in the 
Spirit; and. behold, a 
throuc was set in hea- 
yen, and one sat en 
the throne, 3 And he 
that sat. was to look 
upon like a jasper and 
a sardine stone: and 
there was a rain- 
bow round about the 
throne, in sight like 
unto 4η emerald. 
4 Androundabout the 
throne were four and 
twenty seats: and up- 
on the seats I saw four 
and twenty elders sit- 
ting, clothed in white 
raiment; aud they had 
on their heads crowns 
of gold. 5 And out of 
the throne proceeded 
lightnings and thun- 
derings and voices: 
and there were seven 
lamps of fire burning 
before the throne, 
which are the seven 
Spirits of God. 6 And 
before the throne there 
was a sea of glass like 
unto crystal: and in 
the midst of the 
throne, and round a- 
bout the throne, were 
four beasts full of eyes 
before and behind. 
7 And the first beast 
was like a lion, and 
the second beast iike a 
ealf, and the third 
beast had a face asa 
man, and the fourth 
beast was like a fiying 
eagle. 8 And the four 
beasts had each of 
them six wings about 
him; and they were 
full of eyes within: 
and they rest not day 
and night. saying, 
Holy, holy, holy, Lord 
God Almighty, which 
Was, and is, and is to 
come. 9 And when 
those beasts give glory 
and honourand thanks 
to him that sat on the 


eer I SS 


© τὸν θρόνον LITrAW. £— ἦν GLTTrAW. δ8 σαρδίῳ GLTTrAw. 
“ — καὶ GLTTrAW. 1 τέσσερας τι; τέσσαρας 1. 
-"ἔσσαρας GTTrw ; εἴκοσι τέσσερας (τέσσαρας A) θρόνους LA. 
sarments) L. 9 — ἔσχον GLTTrAW. Ρ ᾶχρυσέους Tr. 
τ + [αὐτοῦ] (read his throne) a. ἢ Sa LT. ἢ ἐστιν L. 
GLTTraw. χ τεσσερα LTTr. } ενπροσθεν T. 2 ἔχων TTrA. 
που Of @ Man GLTTraw. © πετοµένω GLTTrAW. 
της. ἢ 
TTra) having ΟΙ, 
θρόνῳ LITra. 


ha γέμουσιν are lull @LTTraw. 


4 ὁμοία E. 
τὰ θρόνους τοὺς (— τοὺς GTT ) εἴκοσι 
1 — ἐν (vead ἱματίοις with 
4 φωναὶ καὶ βρονταί GLTTraw. 
νυ [τὰ] A. 
3 -- ὡς G[A]w. 
ἆ + τὰ the GLTTraw. 
fa καθ’ ἕν αὐτῶν (ἕκαστον αὐτῶν Tr) (read each of them) GLTa. 
ἰδ λέγοντες GLTTrAW,. 


i θρόνους LT. 


* + ὡς as 

Ὁ ἀνθρώ- 
ε τέσσερα 
8 ἔχον (ἔχων 
ka τῷ 


632 

throne, who liveth for 
ever and ever, 10 the 
four an:i twenty elders 
fall down before him 
that sat on the throne, 
and worship him 
that liveth for ever 
and ever, and cast 
their crowns before 
the throne, saying, 
11 Thou art worthy, 
O Lord, to receive 
glory and honour and 
power: for thou hast 
created allthings, and 
for thy pleasure they 
are and were created. 


V. And I saw in the 
right hand of him that 
sat on the throne a 
book written within 
and on the backside, 
sealed with seven 
seals. 2 And I sawa 
strong angel proclaim- 
ing with a loud voice, 
Who is worthy to open 
the book, and to loose 
the se: ls. thereof ὃ 
3 And no man in hea- 
ven, nor in earth, nei- 
ther under the earth, 
was able to open the 
book, neither to look 
thereon. 4 And I wept 
much, because no man 
was found worthy to 
open and to read the 
book, neither to look 
thereon. 5 And one of 
the elders saith unto 
me, Weep not: behold, 
the Lion of the tribe 
of Juda, the Root of 
David, hath prevailed 
to open the book, and 
to loose the seven 
seals thereof, 6 And 
I beheld, and, lo, in 
the midst of "the 
throne and of the 
four beasts, and inthe 
midst of the elders, 
stood a Lambasit had 
been slain, having 
seven horns and seven 
eyes, which are the 
seven Spirits of God 
sent forth into all the 
earth. 7 And he came 
and took the book out 
of the right hand of 


WOK κ», IVY: 


ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, 10 πεσοῦνται ot εἴκοσι ‘kai! 
lives (ο the ages ofthe ages, shall fall the twenty and 


~ Ls τ, " ~ 
τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι ἐνώπιον τοῦ καθημένου, ἐπὶ τοῦ 
four elders before him who sits upon the 


θρόνου, καὶ προσκυνοῦσιν! τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν 
throne, and they worsnip him who lives {ο the ages of the 


pL 2 ‘ , , ~ 3 , ~ 
αἰώνων, καὶ "βάλλουσιν" τοὺς.στεφάνους.αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ 


ages; and cast their crowns before the 
θρόνου, λέγοντες, 11 Άξιος ei, οκύριε,! λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν 
throne, saying, Worthy art thou, O Lord, to receive glory 
καὶ τὴν τιμὴν Kai Prov" δύναμιν' ὅτι σὺ ἔκτισας τὸ 
and honour and power: because thou didst create 

πάντα, καὶ διὰ τὸ. θἐληµά.σου Yelciv" καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν. 

allthings, and for thy will they are, and were created. 
5 Καὶ εἶδον ἐπὶ τὴν δεξιὰν τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ 
And Isaw on the righthand of him who sits upon the 


θρόνου βιβλίον γεγραμμένον ἔσωθεν καὶ ὄπισθεν, κατεσφρα- 
throne a book, written within and on([the] back, having been, 


γισμένον σφραγῖσιν ἑπτά. 2 καὶ εἶδον ἄγγελον ἰσχυρὸν κη- 


sealed With “seals ‘seven. And I saw “angel la “strong pro- 
ρύσσοντα "5 φωνῇ μας Tic Σἐστιν! ἄξιος. ἀνοῖξαι τὸ 
claiming with a “voice *loud, Who is Worthy toopen the 
βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ; 8 καὶ οὐδεὶς ᾿ηδύ- 
book, and toloose the seals ~ of it? And: no one was 
varo' ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, "οὐδὲ" ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, “οὐδὲ! ὑποκάτω τῆς 
able in the heaven, nor upon the earth, nor under the 
~ 7 ~ A / \ , Δι \ 
γῆς, ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον, Yovde" βλέπειν αὐτό. 4 καὶ Σἐγωϊ 
earth, 3ἵοορεαπ the book, nor to look at it. And 1 


ἔκλαιον πολλά," ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἄξιος εὑρέθη ἀνοῖξαι “καὶ ἀνα- 
Wasweeping much because noone worthy wasfound toopen and to 
~ Π] A ΄ λ / Wine « λ Ll ἢ ? , 5 " = ? a ~ 
γνωγναι To ι tOV, ουτε επειν αυτο. και εις EK των» 
read the book, nor to look at it. And one of the 
πρεσβυτέρων λέγει pot, Μὴ.κλαῖε' ἰδού, ἐνίκησεν ὁ λέων 
ἜΗΝ says tome, Do ποῦ is Behold, “overcame ‘the ?Lion 
ὁ "ὧν! ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα, ἡ ῥίζα Δαβίδ," ἀνοῖξαι 
which is of the tribe of Juda, the root of David, [soas] to open 


τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ "λῦσαι' τὰς ἑπτὰ σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ. 6 καὶ 
the book, , and toloose the seven seals of it. And 


εἶδον ‘kai! εἰδού,! ἐν éow τοῦ θρόνου καὶ τῶν τεσσάρων 

Isaw, and behold, in([the] midst ofthe throne and of the ον 
ζώων, καὶ ἐν éow τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀρνίον !ἑστη- 

φας creatures, and in [the] midst of the λαο aLamb κσιαηπ- 


κὸς' ὡς ἐσφαγμένον, Séyov' κέρατα ἑπτὰ καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς 
ing as having beenslain, having "horns ‘seven and "eyes 


ἑπτά, Pot" εἰσιν τὰ Ἱἑπτὰ! τοῦ θεοῦ πνεύματα! ra παάπε- 
seven, which are the seven 2of “God 1Spirits which have 


σταλμένα! εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν. 7 Kai ἦλθεν, καὶ εἴληφεν ™7d 
been sent into all the earth: and he came and took the 





1— καὶ GLTTrAW. 
EGLTTrAW. 
they were GLTTraw. 
t ἐδύνατο T. 

Σ πολύ LTTrAW. 
1ΤΊτΑ: Δαυὶδ Gwe 
{ ἑστηκὼς Τττ. 

la τὰ (read ἀπεστ. 
being sent w. 


9 ὃ κύριος καὶ ὃ θεὸς ἡμῶν O Lord and our God ον 


LA 
Y ουτε Τ. 
:--- καὶ ἀναγνῶναι GLTTrAW. 


Ε ἔχων TTra. 


a βαλοῦσιν shall cast 
Ρ--τὴντ. ἃ ἦσαν 

r 4 ἐν ἰὴ (ἃ loud ο. GLTTraw. — ἐστιν (read [is]) LTTraw. 
* οὔτε LTTr. es (read ελλ I was weeping) τ[ττ]. 

- ὢν (read [is]) ο. Ὁ Δανείδ 

_ &— καὶ GTTraw. — ἰδού GLITrAW. 
i— ἑπτὰ L. ee τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTrA, 
πα ἀπεσταλμένοι LTr ; ἀποστελλόμενα fare] 


τι προσκυνήσουσιν shall worship EGLTTraw. 


© — λῦσαι GLTTrAW. 
baw. 
having been sent) LTTra. 


na — Τὸ βιβλίον (2 ead [it]) LTTra. 


Wi VI. REV ELA TION. 
βιβλίον"! ἐκ τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ καθημένου επὶ τοῦ θρόνου. 
book outof the right hand of him who sits on the throne. 

8 καὶ ὅτε ἔλαβεν τὸ βιβλίον τὰ °ricoapa" ζῶα καὶ οἱ 
And when hetook the book the four living creatures and the 
Ρεἰκοσιτέσσαρες" πρεσβύτεροι Ίέπεσον' ἐνώπιον τοῦ ἀρνίου, 


four-and-twenty elders fell before the Lamb, 
ἔχοντες ἕκαστος Τκιθάρας! Kai φιάλας Σχρυσᾶςὶ γεμούσας θυ- 
having each harps and *bowls *solden full of 


ev ε ‘ ~ , » 
μιαμάτων, αἵ εἰσιν αἱ προσευχαὶ τῶν ἁγίων" 9 καὶ ἄδουσιν 
incenses, which 


are the prayers ofthe saints, And they sing 
ῳδὴν καινήν, λέγοντες, Αξιος εἶ λαβεῖν τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ 
a “song Mew, saying, Worthy art thou totake the book, and 


ἀνοῖξαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ" ὅτι 
to open its seals ; 


ἐσφάγης καὶ ἠγόρασας 
because thou wast slain, and didst purchase 
τῷ θεῷ ἡμᾶς) ἐν τῷ-αἵματί.σου, ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς καὶ γλώσ- 
7to°"God ‘us by thy blood, out of every tribe and tongue 
σης καὶ λαοῦ καὶ ἔθνους, 10 καὶ ἐποίησας τἡμᾶς" πτῷ.θεφ.ἡμῶνὶ 
and people and nation, and didst make us to our God 

Σβασιλεῖο! καὶ ἱερεῖς" καὶ Σβασιλεύσομεν' ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 11 Kai 
kings and priests; and weshall reign over the earth. And 
εἶδον, καὶ ἤκουσαξ φωνὴν ἀγγέλων πολλῶν *kuKdObEv" τοῦ 


Isaw, and L[heard [the] τοῖς of “angels 1many around the 
θρόνου καὶ τῶν ζώων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων" καὶ χιλι- 
throne and of the living creatures and of the elders ; and thou- 
άδες χιλιάδων, 12 λέγοντες φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, :᾿Αξιόνὶ ἐστιν 
sands of thousands ;_ saying witha voice ‘loud, Worthy is 


τὸ ἀρνίον τὸ ἐσφαγμένον λαβεῖν τὴν δύναμιν καὶ ἃ πλοῦτον 
the Lamb that hasbeenslain to receive power, and riches, 
A ΄ ‘A “ ‘4 ‘ A , ‘ 
καὶ σοφίαν καὶ ἰσχὺν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ δύξαν καὶ εὐλογίαν. 
and wisdom, and strength, and honour, and glory, and blessing. 
13 Kai πᾶν κτίσμα 6 Sori" ἐν τῷ οὐραγῷ, Kai fév τῇ yg," 
And every creature which is in the heaven and in theearth 
καὶ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης 8a" ory," 
διὰ under the earth,and ‘on *the Ssea "those *that are, 
καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς Ἱπάντα,' " ἤκουσα λέγοντας! Τῷ 
and *the *things*in °them tall, heard I saying, 
καθημένῳ ἐπὶ ™rov θρόνου! καὶ τῷ aoviw ἡ εὐλογία καὶ ἡ 
sits on the throne, and tothe Lamb, Blessing, and 
τιμὴ καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ TO κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. 
honour,and glory, and might, to the ages of the ages, 
‘ ΜΕΝ “ Π ~ έλ oa’ A ‘ ‘ € pa > 
14 Kai ra "τεσσαρα ζῶα ἔλεγον, μην’ καὶ οἱ Ῥδείκοσι- 


And the four living creatures said, Amen; andthe four-and- 
τέσσαρες" πρεσβύτεροι ἔπεσαν, καὶ προσεκύνησαν 
twenty elders felldown and worshipped {him who) 
SZovre εἰς rove αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων." 
' lives to the ages ofthe ages. 


ϐ Καὶ ™eidov' ὅτε ἤνοιξεν τὸ ἀρνίον μίαν ἐκ τῶν 55 opoa- 
And tIsaw. when “opened "the “Lamb one of _ the seals, 


To him who P 


633 
him that sat upon the 
throne. 8 And when 


he had taken the book, 
the four beasts and 
four and twenty el- 
ders fell down before 
the Lamb, having 
every one of them 
harps, απᾶ golden 
vials full of odours, 
which are the prayers 
of saints. 9 And they 
sung a new song, say- 
ing, Thou art worthy 
to take the book, and 
to open the seals there- 
of: for thou wast slain, 
and hast redeemed us 
to God by thy blood 
out of every kindred, 


and tongue, and peo-; 


ple, and nation; 10 απᾶ 
hast made us unto our 
God kings and priests: 
and we shall reign on 
the earth. 11 And I 
beheld, and I heard 
the voice of many an- 
gels round about the 
throne and the beasts 
and the elders: and 
the number of them 
was ten thousand 
times ten thousand, 
and thousandsoft thou- 
sands; 12 saying with 
a loud voice, Worthy 
is the Lamb that was 
slain to receive power, 
and riches, and wis- 
dom, and strength 
and honour, and glory, 
and blessing. 13 And 
every creature which 
is in heaven, and on 
the earth, and under 
the earth, and such as 
are in the sea, and all 
that are in them, heard 


iIsaying, Blessing, and 


honour, and glory, and 
ower, be unto him 
that sitteth upon the 
throne, and unto the 
Lamb for ever and 
ever. 14 And the four 
beasts said, Amen. 
And the four and 
twenty elders tell 
down and worshipped 
him that liveth for 
ever and ever, 


VI. And I saw when 
the Lamb opened one 





4 ἔπεσαν LTTrAW. 


ο τέσσερα LTTr. Ρ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες LTA. 
Y αὐτοὺς them GLTTraw. 


5 χρυσέας Tr. t — ἡμᾶς LTAW. 
« βασιλείαν a kingdom ΗΤΤΑ. 


shall reign er. 2 + ὡς as ΤΤΙ[Α]. ἃ κύκλῳ GLTTrAW. 


ἆ + τὸν w. ε --- ἐστιν (read [15]) Lem AW. 
ε — ἅτιτττα. h — ἐστιν TTr. 1, πάντας (read I heard all) w. 
1 λέγοντα L. πι τῷ θρόνῳ LTA. π τέσσερα LTTr. ος 4 τὸ W. 


τέσσαρες GLTTrAW, 
seven GLTTrAW. 


48 — ζῶντι to end of verse GLTTrAW, 


Ta<idoy Te 


τ κιθάραν a harp LTT: aw. 

“ — τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν A. 
Υ βασιλενουσιν they reign L1raW; βασιλεύσουσιν they 
b+ καὶ ἦν ὁ ἀριθμὸς αὐτῶν μυ- 
ριάδες μυριάδων and the number of them was myriads of myriads EGLTTraw. 


© ᾿Αξιός T. 


ἴ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς On the earth GLTTraw. 


k + καὶ also T, 
P2 — εικοσι- 


85. εἰ ἑπτὸ 


634 


of the seals, and I 
heard, as it were the 
noise of thunder, one 
of the four beasts say- 
ing, Come and sce. 
2 And I saw, and be- 
hold a white horse: 
and he thatsat on him 
had a bow; and a 
crown was given unto 
him: and he went 
forth conquering, and 
to conquer. 


3 And when he had 
opened the second seal, 
I heard the second 
beast say, Come and 
see. 4 And there went 
out another horse that 
was red: and power 
was given to him that 
sat thereon to take 
peace from the earth, 
and that they should 
kill one another: and 
there was given unto 
him a great sword. 


5 And when he had 
opened the third seal, 
I heard the third beast 
say, Come and see. 
And I beheld, and lo 
a black horse; and he 
that sat on him had a 

air of balances in his 

and. 6 And I heard 
a voice in the midst of 
the four beasts say, 
A measure of wheat 
for a penny, and three 
measures of barley for 
a penuy; and see thou 
hurt not the oil and 
the wine, 


7 And when he had 
opened the fourth seal, 
I heard the voice of 
the fourth beast say, 
Come and see. 8 AndlL 
looked, and behold a 
pale horse: and his 
name that sat on him 
was Death, and Hell 
followed with him. 
And power was given 
unto them over the 
fourth payt of the 
earth, to aN with 
sword, and with hun- 
ger, and with death, 
and with the beasts of 
the earth, 


9 And when he had 
opened the fifth seal, 


ATO RIAACY W103. VI. 

γίδων. καὶ ἤκουσα ἑνὺς ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ζώων λέγον- 

and I beard %one Τοῦ, 3119 *four living ‘*creatures ‘says 

τος, ὡς ἵφωνῆς' βοοντῆς, Ἔρχου ‘kai βλέπε." 2 Kai “εῖδον," 
ing, 15 “a*voice *of*thunder, Come and see, And tne 

‘ > , τ/ κά , τ « θ ’ ᾽ > x . ~|l ” 

καὶ ἰδού, ἵππος λευκός, καὶ ὁ καθήµενος ἐπ Σαὐτῳ'! ἔχων 

and behold, a“horse ‘white, and he sitting ou it having 

τόξον" καὶ ἐδύθη αὐτῷ στέφανος, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν νικῶν, καὶ 


abow; and was giventehim acrown, 
ἵνα νικήσῃ. 
that he might overcome, 

3 Καὶ ὅτε ἤνοιξεν τὴν δευτέραν σφραγῖδα" ἤκουσα τοῦ 


and he went forth overcoming and 


And when he opened the second seal Iheard ithe 
δευτέρου ζώου λέγοντος, Ἔρχου καὶ βλέπε." 4 Καὶ 
second living cr eure saying, Come and see, And 


ἐξῆλθεν ἄλλος ἵππος πυῤῥός' καὶ τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ᾽ ἜΣ 


went forth another horse red; ,and to iG sitting on 


ἐδόθη Δαὐτῷ" λαβεῖν τὴν εἰρήνην Yard" τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἵνα 
was given {ο him to take peace from the earth, and that 


ἀλλήλους “σφάξωσιν"" καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη. 


one another they should slay ; and was given to him a “sword loveat, 


5 Kai ὅτε ἤνοιξεν τὴν Ἱτρίτην σφραγῖδα" ἤκουσα τοῦ τρίτου 


And when he opened the third seal Iheard the third. 
ζώου λέγοντος, Ἔρχου "καὶ βλέπε." Kai Veidor," καὶ 
living creature saying, Come and eee a I saw, and 


ἰδού, ἵππος μέλας, καὶ ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ᾽ Σαὐτφ' ἔχων ζυγὸν 
behold, a “horse ‘black, and he sitting on) it πο a balance 


ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ. 6 Kai ἤκουσα © φωνὴν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν 

in his hand. And Iheard avoice in([the] midst of the 

τεσσάρων λέγουσαν, Χοῖνιξ σίτου δηναρίου, 
four sayiug, Achcenix of wheat for a denarius, 


καὶ τρεῖς χοίνικες ἱκριθῆς! δηναρίου' καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν 
and three chonixes of barley fora ἀεματ]αδ: and the oil and the 


οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς. 
wine thou mayest uot injure. 


7 Καὶ ὅτε Ίνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην, ἤκουσα 


ζώων 
living creatures, 


And when he opened the “seal 1fourth, Iheard [the] 
βφωνὴν" τοῦ τετάρτου ζώου  Ἀλέγουσαν, Ἔρχου ‘kai 
voice οἵ the fourth living creature saying, Come and 


βλέπε." 8 Καὶ πεἶδον,! καὶ ἰδού, ἵππος χλωρός, καὶ ὁ καθήµενος 
see, And Isaw, and behold, a *horse tpale, and he mo 

ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ, ὄνομα αὐτῷ Ιῥ' Θάνατος, και ὁ done Νάκο- 
on it, 9 “his [was] Death, and hades fol- 


Aovet" per αὐτοῦ" καὶ ἐξόθη Ιαὐτοῖς' ἐξουσία ™amoxreivat 
lows with him; and was given to them αν to kill 


ἐπὶ τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς" ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ καὶ ἐν λιμῷ καὶ ἐν 
over the fourth of the earth with sword and with famine and with 
θανάτῳ, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς. 

death, and by the beasts of the earth, 


9 Kai ore ἤνοιξεν τὴν παρ σφραγῖδα Σεῖδον" ὑποκάτω 
And when he opened the fifth seal 1 saw under 





t φωνὴ (read without the numerals) GLTTrAW. 


LTTrA. W ἴδον T. 
Erte GLTTraw. 


4 σφραγίδα τὴν τρίτην GLTTraW. 
(vead I heard the fourth) c[tr]w. 


ζώου) GLTTraW. 


7 καὶ ἴδε and behold ew; — καὶ βλέπε 

7 σφραγίδα τὴν δευτέραν GLITrAW. — καὶ 
> ἐκ GLTTrAW. 5 σφάξουσιν they shall ies LTTrA. 

© + ὡς as LTTrA. ἔ κριθῶν LTTrAW. & --- φωνὴν 
h λέγοντος (connect λέγουσαν with φωνὴν ; λέγοντος with 
κ ἠκολούθει followed GLITrAW. 1 αὐτῷ to him G, 


Σ αὐτὸν a 
8 [αὐτῷ] 1, 


i_ ὃ τίΑ]. 


Ὦ ἐπὶ τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς, ἀποκτεῖναι GLTTraw, 


σι. REVELATION. 


τοῦ θυσιαστηρἰου-τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν 
the altar the souls 
λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ta τὴν µαρτυρίαν ἣν 
word of God, and becauseof the testimony which they held; and 
” = ‘ ΄ / . ΄ 
Ῥέκραζον" φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, λέγοντες, Ἕως πότε, ὁ' δεσ- 
they were crying with α “voice ‘loud, saying, Until when, O Mas- 
΄ t . \ « > ’ φ ~ 
πύτης ὁ ἅγιος Kai 46" ἀληθινός, οὐ.κρίνειο καὶ ἐκδικεῖς 
ter, the holy and the true, dost thou not judge and = avenge 
τὸ. αἷμα ἡμῶν τἀπὸ" τῶν κατοικούντων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆος 11 Καὶ 
our blood on those who dwell οι the earth? And 
"ἐδόθησαν" * Yéxdoroty' “στολαὶ λευκαί,' καὶ ἐῤῥέθη αὐτοῖς ἵνα 
were given to each ?robes *white; and it was said το them that 


ἐσφαγμένων διὰ τὸν 
of those having been slain because of the’ 


elyov, 10 καὶ 


ἀναπαύσωνται Χέτι χρόνον! ὑμικρόν," ἕως τοῦ! "πληοώσονται' 
they should rest yet ἃ “time 0016, until shali be fulfilled 

‘ ε / Φ ν᾽ ~ ‘ ε ? Ν ᾽ ~ € , 
καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες 
both their fellow-bondmen and their brethren, those being about 


Ῥάποκτείνεσθάι! ὡς καὶ αὐτοί. 
to be killed as also. they. 
Δ - ῃ - ‘ ’ - " 
12 Kai «εἶδονὶ ὅτε ἤνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην" καὶ 
And 19581 when he opened the “seal ‘sixth, .and 
d 


29 , Ἱ . ΄ 7 [ή A « HA Σ e2 ’ aN il 
ἰοου. σεισμὸς µεγας ἐγένετο, και ὁ HALOg “εγένετο µελας 


Ῥε]λο]ᾶ, Searthquake *a *great ‘there πας, andthe sun became black 

4, ΄ ‘ , , e - © ’ 
ὡς σάκκος τρίχινος, Kai ἡ σελήνη ἷ ἐγένετο ὡς αἷμα, 13 καὶ 
as sackcloth "hair, and the moon became as_ blood, and 


3 , ~ ᾽ --» > \ ~ . ~ , 

οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔπεσαν εἰς τὴν γῆν, ὡς συκὴ 5βάλλει' 

the stars of the heaven fell unto the earth, as a fig-trce casts 
A ? [ή ᾽ ~ « A h aN > / il [ή Η 14 A 
τοὺς ὀλύνθους. αὐτῆς, υπο μέγα; ου ανεµμου σειομενῇ και 
its untimely figs, by a great wind being shaken, And 

i ? δα 2 , θ 6-: Xi k ὃν , Π \ ~ 
οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον “εἱλισσόμενον," καὶ πᾶν 
heaven departed as a book being rolled up, and every 
ὄρος Kai νῆσος ἐκ τῶν.τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν" 15 καὶ 
mountain and island out of their places were moved, And 
t ~ ~ ~ - ~ ε ’ A 
οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ οἱ μεγιστᾶνες, καὶ οἱ Ιπλούσιοι, καὶ 
the kings of the earth, and the great, and the rich, and 

΄ " ~ ~ A ~ 
οἱ χιλίαρχοι," καὶ οἱ ™duvarot," καὶ πᾶς δοῦλος καὶ "πᾶς" 
the chief captains, and the powerful, and every bondman, and every’ 
, > , ? ‘ 
ἐλεύθερος ἔκρυψαν ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὰ σπήλαια καὶ εἰς τὰς 
free (man) hid themselves in the caves and in the 

~ - , . ~ ή ~ 
πέτρας τῶν ὀρέων, 16 Kai λέγουσιν τοῖς ὄρεσιν καὶ ταῖς 


rocks of the mountains ; and theysay tothe mountains and tothe 
[ή / ? ~ A / « ~ 7 x 

πέτραις, “Ilécere' ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς, καὶ κρύψατε ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ προσ- 
rocks, all on us, and hide us from [the] face 

~ [ A ~ , ‘ > 4 ~ ? ~ 
ώπου τοῦ “καθημένου ἐπὶ Ρτοῦ θρόνου," καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς 
of him who sits on the throne, and from the wrath 

~ > , ε/ ” « « ΄ ε tr ~ ? ~ 
τοῦ ἀρνίου" 17 ore ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἢ µεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς 
of the Lamb ; because iscome the «αγ tereat wrath 


αααὐτοῦ,! καὶ τίς δύναται σταθῆναι ; 
30Ε *his, and who is able to stand? 


6556 


I saw under the altar 
the souls of them that 


‘were slain for the word 


of God, and for the 
testimony which they 


held: 10 and they 
cried with a loud 
voice, saying, How 
long, O Lord, holy 
and true, dost thou 


not judge and avenge 
our blood on them 
that dwell on the 
earth? 11 And white 
robes wefe given unto 
every one of them; 
aud it was said unto 
them, that they should 
rest yet for a little 
season, until their fel- 
lowservants also and 
their brethren, that 
should be killed as 
they were, should be 
fulfilled, 


12 And I beheld 
when he had opened 
the sixth seal, and, lo, 
there was a gréat 
earthquake; and the 
sun became black as 
sackcloth of hair, and 
the moon became as 
blood; 13 and the 
stars of heaven fell 
unto the earth, even 
as a fig tree casteth 
her untimely _ figs, 
when she is shaken 
of a mighty wind. 
14 And the heaven de- 
parted as. ἃ scroll 
when it is rolled to- 
gether; απᾶ every 
mountain and island 
Were moved out of 
their places. 15 And 
the kings of the earth, 
and the great men, 
and the rich men, and 
the chief captains, and 
the mighty men, and 
every bondman, and 
every free man, hid 
themselves in the deus 
and in the rocks of 
the mountains; 16 and 
said to the mountains 
and rocks, Fall on us, 
and hide us from the 
face of-him that sit- 
teth on the throne, 
and from the wrath of 
the Lamb: 17 for the 
great day of his wrath 
is cf#me; and who shall 


‘be able to stand ? 


ns 


ο --- διὰ 1{41. P ἔκραξαν they cried ΟἸΤΎΤΑΎ. ᾳ — ὃ GLTTrAW. 
8 ἐδόθη Was given GLTTrAw. t + αὐτοῖς to them GLTTraw. 
each LTT: [A]. Ν στολὴ λευκή a White robe GLTTraw. 
Kpov G. 2 — οὗ GLITrAW. 5 πληρωθῶσιν should be fulfilled Lw ; 
fulfil [it] ατΈτΑ. Ὁ ἀποκτέννεσθαι GLTTrA. ο ἴδον T. 
Ἐ μέλας ἐγένετο GT. f + ὅλη whole (moon) GLTTraw. 
Ὁ ἀνέμου μεγάλου GLTTrAW. i + ὁ the GLTTrAw. 
καὶ οἱ πλούσιοι GLTTrAW. τὸ ἰσχυροὶ strong GLTTrAW. 
Law. φΡδτῷ θρόνῳ ΤΑ, 45 αὐτῶν "οἱ “their TTr, 


τ ἐκ from LTTrAW. 


v — ἑκάστοις GW ; ἑκάστῳ 
Σ χρόνον ἔτι L. 


y¥— μι- 
πληρώσωσιν should 
4 — ἰδού @LTTrAW. 


8 βάλλουσα casting T. 
κ ἑλισσόμενον LITrAW. 
2 — πᾶς LITrAW, 


1 χιλίαρχοι, 
o@ Tlegare 


636 


VII. And after these 
things I saw four an- 
gels standing on the 
four corners of the 
earth, holding the four 
winds of the earth, 


that the wind should 


not blow on the earth, 
nor on the sea, nor on 
any tree. 2 And I saw 
auother angel ascend- 
ing from the east, hav- 
ing the seal of the 
living God: and he 
cried with a loud voice 
to the four angels, to 
whom it was given to 
hurt the earth and the 
sea, 3 saying, Hurt 
not the earth, neither 
the sea, nor the trees, 
till we have sealed the 
servants of our God 
in their foreheads. 
4 And-I heard the 
number of them which 
were sealed: and there 
were sealed an hun- 
dred and forty and 
four thousand of all 
the tribes of the chil- 
dren of Israel. 5 Of 
the tribe of Juda 
were sealed twelve 
thousand. Of the 


tribe of Reuben were . 


sealed twelve thou- 
sand. Of the tribe of 
Gad weresealedtwelve 
thousand. 6 Of the 
tribe of Aser were 
sealed twelve thou- 
sand. Of the tribe of 
Nepthalim were sealed 
twelve thousand. Of 
the tribe of Manasses 
were seale twelve 
thousand. 7 Of the 
tribe of Simeon were 
sealed twelve thou- 
sand. Of the tribe 
of Levi were sealed 
twelve thousand. Of 
the tribe of Issachar 
were sealed twelve 
thousand... § Of the 
tribe of Zabulon were 
sealed twelve. thou- 
sand. Of the tribe of 
Joseph were sealed 
twelve thousand. Of 
the tribe of Benjamin 
were sealed twelve 
thousand, 


9 After this I be- 
held, and, lo, a great 
multitude, which no 
man could number, 
of all nations, and 


ATE OE A ATES. Vil. 


a 4 5 - ΠῚ t 1δ iT] ΄ > ἐλ -“ε - 
µετα “ταυτα εἰοον τεσσαρας αγγέλους ἕστωτας 
after these things I saw four angels standing 


γι τζαι! 
And 
ἐπὶ τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς, κρατοῦντας τοὺς τέσσαρας 
upon the four corners of the earth, holding the four 
/ : ~ ~ \ / » pee, | ~ ~ 
ἀνέμους τῆς γῆς, ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, μήτε 
winds ofthe earth, that πο ?might*blow ‘wind on the earth, nor 
ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, μήτε ἐπὶ "πᾶν" δένδρον. 2 Kai ‘eidov" ἄλ- 
on the sea, nor upon any tree. And Isaw  an- 
᾿ (lit. every) 


Σἀνατολῆς" ἡλίου, ἔχοντα 
rising of{the] sun, having 


φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 


λον ἄγγελον “ἀναβάντα" ἀπὸ 
other angel having ascended from [the} 
σφραγῖδα θεοῦ ζῶντος: καὶ ἔκραξεν 
{the] seal of 3ᾳοᾱ ['the] “living; and hecried witha’voice~ "loud 
τοῖς τέσσαρσιν ἀγγέλοις, οἷς ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἀδικῆσαι τὴν 
to the four angels towhom itwasgiven tothem toinjure the 
γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν, 3 λέγων, Μὴ. ἀδικήσητε τὴν γῆν, 
earth and ὑπὸ sea, saying, Injure not the earth, 
μήτε τὴν θάλασσαν, μήτε τὰ δένδρα, Yaxorc" "οὗ" "σφραγίζω- 
nor the sea, nor the _ trees, until we 
μεν! τοὺς δούλους τοῦ.θεοῦ. ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τῶν. μετώπων αὐτῶν. 
seal the bondmen of our God on their foreleads. 
4 Καὶ ἤκουσα τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων' "ond"! χιλιάδες, 
And 1 Πεατᾶ the number of the _ sealed, 114 ~— thousand, 
ΕΣ [ή ? / ~ tw~ ? , - > 
ἐσφραγισμένοι ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς υἱῶν Topanrt' 5 ἐκ 
sealed outof every tribe of [the] sons of Israel; « out of [the] 


φυλῆς Ἰούδα, “ιβ΄1 χιλιάδες ἐσφραγισμένοι' ἐκ φυλῆς 


tribe of Judah, 12 thousand sealed; out of [the] tribe 
Ῥουβήν, “ιβ΄" χιλιάδες δἐσφραγισμένοι"" ἐκ φυλῆς Tad, 
of Reuben, 12 thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Gad, 
ει’! χιλιάδες ἀἐσφραγισμένοι" 6 ἐκ φυλῆς ᾿Ασήρ, ιβ 
12 thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Aser, 12 
χιλιάδες “ἐσφραγισμένοι"" ἐκ φυλῆς “Νεφθαλείμ," ιβ 
thousand séaled ; out of [the] tribe of Nepthalim, 12 
χιλιάδες ἐσφραγισμένοι ἐκ vine Μανασσῆ," ειβ’ 

thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Manasses, 12 
χιλιάδες ἀἐσφραγισμένοι" 7 ἐκ φυλῆς Συμεών, “ιβ! χιλι- 
thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Simeon, 12 thou- 
άδες téodoayiopévor" ἐκ φυλῆς δλευΐ," «ιβ΄. χιλιάδες 
sand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Levi, 12 thousand 
ἀξσφραγισμένοι" ἐκ φυλῆς *Ioaydo," “ιβ΄ " χιλιάδες Ἰέσφρα- 
sealed ; outof[the]tribe of Issachar, 12 thousand seal. 


γισμένοι"" 8 ἐκ φυλῆς Ζαβουλών, 5ιβ’! χιλιάδες ἀἐσφρα- 
ed ; out of [the] tribe of Zabulon, 12 thousand seal- 
γισμένοι"" ἐκ φυλῆς Ιωσήφ, «ιβ’' χιλιάδες Φἐσφραγισμένοι" 
ed; outof [the] tribe ofJoseph, 12 thousand sealed ; 

: ary λα ΠῚ} wpe 2 , 

ἐκ φυλῆς Βενιαμίν." ιβ’! χιλιάδες ἐσφραγισμένοι. 
out οὗ [the] tribe of Benjamin, 12 thousand sealed. 

9 Mera ταῦτα teldor,! Ἐκαὶ" Ιδού," πιόχλοο πολύς," ὃν 

After these things I saw, and bchold, a*ecrowd ‘great, which 

ἀριθμῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐδεὶς "ἠδύνατο," ἐκ παντὸς ἔθνους καὶ 
5to “number τ πο ὍΘ 4was*able, outof every nation and 





r— καὶ Lf tra]. 


vovra ascending GLTTrAw. 
γίσωµεν We may have sealed EGLTTraw. 
a hundred and forty-four GLTTraw. 

© Νεφθαλὶμ a. 


LTTraW. 
Tra ; Ἰσσάχαρ T. 
® ἐδύνατο LTT<AW, 


τ ἴδον T. στι ΔῺΥ LT:[A]w. * ἀναβαί-, 
} ἄχρι LTA. 2 — of LITrA. ἃ σφρα- 
Ὁ ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα (τεσσαρ- GW) τέσσαρες: 
ο δώδεκα twelve LTTraw. 4d — ἐεσφραγισµένν. 
ὃ Aevet TTr. Ἀ Ἴσασχαρ Ε; Ἰσσαχὰρ 
1— ἰδού L. ™ ὄχλον πολὺν L, 


5 τοῦτο this LTTrAW. 
αχ ἀνατολῶν L. 


f Μαννασση Tr. 


1 Ἐενιαμεὶν LTTr, k— καὶ 1, 


ΥΠ. REVELATION. 


φυλῶν καὶ λαῶν καὶ γλωσσῶν, Οἑστωτες ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου 
tribes, and peoples, and tongues. standing before the throne 
καὶ ἐνώπιον τοῦ ἀρνίου, Επεριβεβλημένοι! στολὰς λευκάς. καὶ 
and before the Lamb, clothed with 7robes ‘white, and 
Idounkec’ ἐν Taic.xepoiv.avTwy 10 καὶ τκράζοντεςὶ φωνῇ 
palms in _ their hands; and crying With a *voice 
re ’ , ~ ‘ ~ 
μεγάλῃ, λέγοντες, Ἢ σωτηρία sry καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τοῦ 
*loud, saying, Salvation to him who sits οη the 
θρόνου τοῦ.θεοῦ ἡμῶν," καὶ. τῷ ἀρνίῳ. 11 Καὶ πάντες οἱ ἄγ- 
throne of our God, and tothe Lamb. And all the an- 
‘ t , ~ ΄ ‘ ~ ‘ 
γζλοι ἱἑστήκεσαν" κύκλῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ 


gels stood around the throne and _ the elders and 
τῶν τεσσάρων ζώων, καὶ "ἔπεσον" ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου 
th) four living creatures, and feil before the throne 


ἐπὶ Ἱπρόσωπον! αὐτῶν, καὶ προσεκύνησαν τῷ θεῷ, 12 λέγον- 
προ ἢ "face ‘their, and worshipped God, say- 
? ΄ A ε ᾽ ΄ ι £ , 4 ΤΕ / ‘ « > / 
Τεν Ἀμήν" ἡ εὐλογία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ἡ σοφία καὶ ἡ εὐχαριστία 
ing, Amen Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, 
καὶ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς τῷ.θεῴ. ἡμῶν εἰς τοὺς 
and honour,.and power, and _ strength, to our God to the 
αἰῶνας τῶν αἴωνων. Χάμήν." 
ages ofthe . 8668. Amen, 
13 Καὶ ἀπεκρίθη εἷς ἐκ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, λέγων μοι, Οὗτοι 
And” Sanswered ‘one 208 *the *elders, saying to me, These 
‘ot περιβεβλημένοι τὰς στολὰς τὰς λευκάς, τίνες εἰσίν, καὶ 
who areclothed with the robes ‘white, who are they, and 
πόθεν ἦλθον; 14 Καὶ εἴρηκα αὐτῷ, Κύριε», σὺ οἶδας. Καὶ 
whence came they? And Isaid tohim,[My] lord, thou knowest. And 
τ / re / ? ε ? , 2 ~ θλι ~ Π 
εἶπεν μοι, Οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐρχόμενοι Τὲκ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς 
hé saidtome, These are they who come out of the “tribulation 
μεγάλης, καὶ ἔπλυναν τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐλεύκαναν 
_ great, and they washed their robes, ahd made white 
ἑστολὰς' δαὐτῶγ) ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ ἀρνίου. 15 διὰ τοῦτό 
robes ‘their “ in the blood ofthe Lamb. Because of this 
εἰσιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai λατρεύουσιν αὐτῷ 
are they before the throne of God, and serve him 
\ ‘ ~ ~ ~ 4 ε / ? \ 
ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς ἐν τῷ.ναφ-αὐτοῦ' καὶ ὃ καθήµενος ἐπὶ 
day and night in his temple ; and he who sits on 
“τοῦ θρόνου" σκηνώσει ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς. 16 οὐ.πεινάσουσιν 
the throne shalltabernacle over them. They shall not hunger 
? \ ΄ » ‘ ‘ ΄ ? ? ? 
ἔτι, οὐδὲ διψήσουσιν ἔτι, “οὐδὲ μὴ πέσῃ ἐπ αὐ- 
any more, neither shall they thirst any more, ΠΟΙ͂ at ali shall fall upon 
τοὺς ὁ ἥλιος, οὐδὲ πᾶν καῦμα 17 ὕτι TO ἀρνίον TO _ 
them the sun, nor any heat ; because the Lamb which [is] 
[ἀνάμεσον' τοῦ θρόνου ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς, καὶ ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς 
in [the] midst of the throne willshepherd them, απά _ will lead them 
? ΔΝ , Π A « ΄ ‘ > x , ε θ A ~ 
ἐπὶ Σζώσας' πηγὰς ὑδάτων, καὶ ἐξα είψει ὁ θεὸς πᾶν 
το living fountains of waters, and *will*wipe‘away ‘God every 
δάκρυον "ἀπὸ" τῶν .ὀφθαλμῶν «αὐτῶν. 
tear from their eyes. 


637 


kindreds, and peo- 
ple, and toagues, stvod 
before the throne, and 
before the Lamb, 
clothed with white 
robes, and palms in 
their hands; 10 and 
cried with a loud voice, 
saying, Salvation to 
our God which sitteth 
upon the throne, and 
unto the Lamb. 11 And 
all the angels stood 
round , about the 
throne, and about the 
elders and the four 
beasts, and fell before 
the throne on their 
faces, and worshipped 
God, 12 saying, Amen: 
Blessing, and glory, 
and wisdom, and 
thanksgiving, and 
honour, and power, 
and might, be unto 
our God for ever and 
ever, Amen, 


13 And one of the 
elders answered, day- 
ing unto me, What 
are these which are 
arrayed inwhite robes? 
and whence came 
they? 14 And I said 
unto him, Sir, thou 
kuowest. And he 
said to me, These are 
they which came out 
of great tribulation, 
and have washed their 
robes, and made them 
white in the blood of 
the Lamb. 15 There- 
fore are they be- 
fore the throne of God, 
and serve him day and 
night in his temple: 
and he that sitteth on 
the throne shall dwell 
among them. 16 They 
shall hunger no more, 
neither thirst any 
more; neither shall 
the sun light onthem, 
nor any heat. 17 For 
the Lamb which is in 
the midst of the 
throne shall feed them, 
and shall lead them 
unto living fountains 
of waters: and God 
‘shall wipe away all 
tears from their eyes, 


Ge 


υ ἑστῶτας AW. ΄α φοίνικας T. 
GLTTrAW. 
on the throne EGLTTrAW. 

* τὰ πρόσωπα faces GLTTrAW. 
θλίψεως from “tribulation L. 
θρόνῳ T. d+ μὴ (read neither at all) L. 


6 ζωῆς (read to fountains of waters of life) euTTraw. 


P περιβεβλημένους GLTTrAW. 


t εἱστήκεισαν LTTrA ; ἐστήκεισαν W. 

Σ--- ἀμήν L. 
& — στολὰς GLITrAW. 
ε οὐδ᾽ ov A. 


5 τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ (τοῦ θρόνου EG) to 


Σ + µου my (lord) G[LJrtraw. 

Ὁ αὐτὰς them GLTTr[A]W. 
f ava μέσον EGLTAW. 
h ἐκ GLTTrAW. 


τ κράζουσιν they cry 


our God who sits 
ν ἔπεσαν LITrAW. 
Σ ἀπὸ 
ο τῷ 


638 


VIII. And when he 
had opened theseventh 
seal, there was silence 
in heaven about the 
space of half an hour. 
2 And I saw the seven 
angels which stood be- 
fore God; and to them 
Were given = seven 
trumpets. 3 And ano- 
ther angel came and 
stood at the altar, hav- 
ing a golden censer ; 
and there was given 
unto him much in- 
cense, that he should 
offer τ with the 
prayers of all saints 
upon the golden altar 
which was before the 
throne. 4 And the 
smoke of the incense, 
which came with the 
prayers of the saints, 
ascended up before 
God out of the angel’s 
band. 5 And the an- 
gel took the censer, 
and filled it with fire 
of the altar, and cast 
ἐξ into the earth: and 
there were voices, 
and thunderings, and 
lightnings, and an 
earthquake. 


6 And the seven an- 
gels which had the 
peven truimpets pre- 
pared themselves to 
sound. 


7 The first angel 
sounded, and there 
followed hail and fire 
mingled with blood, 
and they were cast up- 
on the earth: and the 
third part of trees 
was burnt up, and all 
green grass was burnt 
up. 


8 And the second 
angel sounded, and as 
it were a great moun- 
tain burning with fire 
was cast into the sea: 
and the third part of 
the sea became blood; 
9 and the third part 
of the creatures which 
were in the sea, and 
had life, died; and the 
third part of the ships 
were destroyed. 


10 And the third an- 
gel sounded, and there 


---------- --------------.-.---: -------.ἘἠἘἤ -.---.--- 


i ὅταν LTTrA,. 


@LTTraw. 


burnt up ΘΙ ΤΥ 


k ἡμίωρον LTTrA. 
σει he shall give LTTrA, 
ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ 1; βρονταὶ καὶ ai καὶ ἀστραπαὶ ΤΤτΑ. 
Ξ αὐτοὺς LTTr. 
with (blood) exttraw. 


Απο σσ Vill 
8 Kai Ἰύτε' ἤνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην, ἐγένετες 


And when he opened the 2seal tseventh, *was 
σιγὴ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ we Ἑἡμιώριον.' 2 Kai εἶδον"' τοὺς ἑπτὰ 
3silence in the heaven about half-an-hour. And Isaw the _ seven 


~ ε ΄ A ? , 
ἀγγέλους, ot ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ἑστήκασιν, και ἐδόθησαν 


angels, who before *God *stand, and were giveb 
αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες. 8 Kai ἄλλος ἄγγελος ἦλθεν, καὶ 
tothem seven trumpcts. Aud another angel came and 
ἐστάθη ἐπὶ "τὸ θυσιαστήριον,! ἔχων λαο χρυσοῦν" καὶ 
stood «οὖ the altar, having a *censer ος and 
ἐδόθη αὐτῷ θυμιάματα πολλά, ἵνα *dwog' ταῖς 
3was ‘given ὅΐο Shim “incense 1much, that he might give [it]to the 


προσευχαῖς τῶν ἁγίων πάντων ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ 
prayers _ of 6 “saints lall upon the Σα]ίατ 


χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου. 4 καὶ ἀνέβη ὁ καπνὸς 
‘golden which [was] before the throne. And went up the smoke 


τῶν θυμιαμάτων ταῖς προσευχαῖς τῶν ἁγίων, ἐκ ειρὸς 


of the incense with the prayers of the saints, outof[the] hand 
τοῦ ἀγγέλου, ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. 5 καὶ εἴληφεν ὁ ἄγγελος οτὺ" 
ofthe angel, before God. And “took ‘the “angel υπο 
λιβανωτόν, καὶ ἐγέμισεν Ῥαὐτὸ! ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς τοῦ θυσιαστη- 
censer, and filled it from the fire of the altar, 
ριου, καὶ ἔβαλεν εἰς τὴν γῆν καὶ ἐγένοντο “φωναὶ καὶ 
and east. [it] into the earth: and _ there were voices, and 


βρονταὶ καὶ ἀστραπαὶ καὶ σεισμός. 
thunders, and _ lightnings, and an earthquake. 
6 Kai ot ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι ἔχοντες τὰς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγας ἡτοί- 
And the seven angels having the seven trumpets pre= 
’ , 
µασαν Σἑαυτοὺς! ἵνα σαλπίσωσιν. 


pared themselves that they might sound [their] trumpets@ 
7 Kai ὁ πρῶτος άγγελος! ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἐγένετο 
And the first angel μον εκ trumpet; and there was 


χάλαζα καὶ πῦρ μεμιγμένα" αἵματι. καὶ ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν 
fire 


hail and minyled with blood, and it was cast προ the 


γῆν" 5 καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν δένδρων κατεκάη, καὶ πᾶς χόρτος 
earth: andthe third ofthe trees Wwasburntup, and all *grass 


χλωρὸς κατεκάη. 
lgreen was burnt πρ. 
ὃ Kai ὁ δεύτερος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, Kai ὡς 
And 11ο second angel sounded [his] le gid and as [it were} 


ὕρος μέγα πυρὶ καιόμενον ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν' καὶ 
a?mountain πρ αμ” fire *burning wascast into the sea, and 


ἐγένετο τὸ τρίτον τῆς θαλάσσης αἷμα. 9 καὶ ἀπέθανεν τὸ 
®became ‘the “third “of *the sea lood ; and “died ‘the 


τρίτον τῶν κτισμάτων τῶν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰ ἔχοντα 
“third *of*the ‘creatures Swhich[’were] 31η ΠΣ 1°sen which ‘have 


ψυχάς, καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν πλοίων }διεφθάρη." 


1316; andthe third ofthe ships, was-destroyed, 
10 Kai ὁ τρίτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἔπεσεν ἐκ 
And the third angel sounded [his] trumpet;and ‘“feil Sout Sot 








1 ἴδον T. 
ο τὸν EGUTTrAW. 


πι τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου TTra. 2 δώ- 
Ρ' αὐτὸν EGLTTrAW. 4 βρονταὶ καὶ 
ς + οἱ (read who have) 
-- “ἄγγελος GLITrAW. Υ μεμιγμένον T. w+ ἐν 
x + καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῆς γῆς κατεκάη, and the third of the earth was 
Σ διεφθάρησαν were destroyed LrTra, 


VIII, IX. REVELATION. 


τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀστὴρ μέγας καιόμενος ὡς λαμπάς, καὶ ἔπεσεν 
7the ®hcaven ‘a%star “great, burning as alamp, and it fell 
ἐπὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν ποταμῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τ ὑδάτων. 
uponthe third of the rivers, and upon the fountains of waters. 
11 καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται Αψινθος' καὶ ὃ τ 

Andthe name ofthe star iscalled Wormwood; and “becomes 
τὸ τρίτον 5 εἰς ἄψινθον, καὶ πολλοὶ ἃ ἀνθρώπων ἀπέθανον 


‘the “third into wormwood, and “many 10 “men died 
ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων, ὅτι  ἐπικράνθησαν. 
of the waters, because they were made bitter. 
12 Kai ὁ τέταρτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἐπλήγη 


And the fourth angel sounded [his] trumpet; and was smitten 


TO τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῆς σελήνης καὶ τὸ τρίτον 
the third ofthe sun, and the third ofthe moon, and the third 
τῶν ἀστέρων, ἵνα σκοτισθῃ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡ 
of the stars ; that should be darkened the _ third of them, and the 
ἡμέρα μὴ "φαίνῃ" τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως. 
day “not 'should appear [for]the third of it, and the night likewise. 
13 Καὶ feidov," καὶ ἤκουσα ἑνὸς «Σἀγγέλου πετωμένου" ἐν 
And Isaw, and heard 


one \ angel flying in 
µεσουρανήµατι, λέγοντος φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, Οὐαί, ovat, οὐαί, 
mid-heaven, saying witha voice ‘loud, Woe, Woe, woe, 


Ἀτοῖς κατοικοῦσιν" ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν 


to those who dwell on the earth,from the remaining voices 
τῆς σάλπιγγος τῶν τριῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν μελλόντων σαλ- 
ofthe trumpet of the three angels who [are] about tosound 
πίζειν. 
[their] trumpets. 
‘ « » - ἕῳ 
9 Καὶ ὁ πέμπτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ Ἰεϊδονὶ 


Απά {86 fifth angel sounded (his] trumpet; and Isaw 
ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐδό- 
ἃ star outof the heaven fallen to’ the earth, and there was 
θη αὐτῷ ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς ἀβύσσου. 2 Kai ἤνοιξεν 
given toit the key ofthe pit of the abyss. And it opened 
τὸ φρέαρ τῆς ἀβύσσου. καὶ ἀνέβη καπνὸς ἐκ τοῦ φρέατος 
the pit ofthe abyss; andthere went up smoke out of the pit 
ὡς καπνὸς καμίνου μεγάλης, καὶ Κἐσκοτίσθη! ὁ ἥλιος 
as [the] smoke ofa“*furnace ‘great; and *was ‘darkened ‘the *sun 
Kai ὁ ἀὴρ EK TOU καπνοῦ τοῦ φρέατος. 8 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ καπνοῦ 
andthe air by the smoke ofthe pit. And out of the smoke 
ἐξῆλθον ἀκρίδες εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐδόθη Ιαὐταῖςοὶ ἐξουσία, 
came forth locusts unto the earth, and was given tothem power, 
ὡς ἔχουσιν ἐξουσίαν ot σκορπίοι τῆς γῆς" 4 καὶ ἐῤῥέθη 
88 Shave 7power *the scorpions %of *the ‘earth; and it was said 
Ἰαὐταῖςὶ ἵνα μὴ ™adunowow" τὸν χόρτον τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲ πᾶν 
Το ἔπεπι, that “ποῦ “they *shouldinjure the grass of theearth, nor any 


χλωρόν, οὐδὲ πᾶν δένδρον, εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους "μόνου". 

green thing, nor any tree, but the men only 

οἵτινες οὐκ.ἔχουσιν τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ. τῶν μετώπων 
who have not the seal of God on "foreheads 


οαὐτῶν." 5 καὶ ἐδόθη Padraic" ἵνα μὴ.ἀποκτείνωσιν αὐτούς, 
, 1πεῖν, Anditwasgiven tothem that they should not kill them, 
5. + τῶν of the (waters) GLTTraw. 5 + ὁ GLTAW. 


639 


fell a great star from 

eaven, burning as it 
were a lamp, and it 
fell upon the third 
part of the rivers, and 
upon the fountains of 
waters; 11 and the 
name of the star is 
called Wormwoo:l: 
and the third part of 
the waters became 
wormwood; and many 
men died of the wa- 
ters, because they were 
made bitter. 

12 And the fourth 
angel sounded, and the 
third part of the sun 
was smitten, and the 
third part of the moon, 
and the third part 
of the stars; so as the 
third part of them was 
darkened, and the day 
shone not-for a third 
part of it, and the 
night likewise. 

13 And I beheld, and 
heard an angel flying 
through the midst of 
heaven, saying with a 
loud voice, Woe, woe, 
woe, to the inhabiters 
of the earth by reason 
of the other voices of 
the trumpet of the 
three angels which are 
yet to sound! 


TX. And the fifth an- 
gel sounded, and Isaw 
a star fall from hea- 
ven unto the earth: 
and to him was given 
the key of the bottom> 
less pit. 2 And he 
opened the bottomless 
pit; and there arouse 
a smoke out of the pit, 
as thesmoke of a great 
furnace ; and the sun 
and the air were dark- 
ened by reason of the 
smoke of the pit. 
3 And thtre came out 
of the smoke locusts 
upon the earth: and 
unto them was given 
power, as the scorpions 
of the earth have 
power. 4 And it was 
commanded them that 
they should. not hurt 
the grass of the earth, 
neither any green 
thing, neither any 
tree ; but only those 
men which have not 
the seal of God in 
their foreheads, 5 And 
to them it was given 


> ἐγένετο became LTTraW. 


9 + τῶν ὑδάτων of the waters EGLTTrAw. ἀ - τῶν of the (men) GLTTraw. εφάνῃ 
LTW 3; φανῇ ΊτΑ. {ἴδον τ. ; ἀετοῦ πετομένου eagle flying GLTTrAW. — ‘h tous 
κατοικοῦντας ΤΤΤΑ. Σἴδον Τ. κ ἐσκοτώθη LTA. 1 αὐτοῖς T. ™ ἀδικήσουσιν 'ἴηθν 


*shall injure 1ΤΑ. n—- μόνους GLTTrAW. 


Ῥ αὐτοῖς LT. 


ο — αὐτῶν (read on the foreheads) Lrtrf, 


640 


that they should not 
kill them, but that 
they should be tor- 
mented five months 
and their torment was 
as the torment of a 


scorpion, when he 
striketh a mau. 6 And 
in those days shall 


men seek death, and 
shall not find it; and 
shall desire to die,and 
death shall flee from 
them. 7 And _ the 
shapes of the locusts 
were like unto horses 
prepared unto battle ; 
and on thcir heads 
were as it were crowns 
like gold, and their 
faces were as the faces 
of men. 8 And they 
had hair as the hair of 
women, and _ their 
teeth were as the tecth 
of lions. 9 And they 
had breastplates, as it 
were breastplates of 
iron; and the sound 
of their wings was as 
the sound of chariots 
of many horses run- 
ning to battle. 10 And 
they had tails like 
unto scorpions, and 
there were stings in 
their tails: and their 
power was to hurt 
men five months. 
11 And they had 'a 
king over them, which 
is the angel of the 
bottomless pit, whose 
name in the Hebrew 
tongues Abaddon, but 
in the Greek tongue 
hath his name Apol- 
lyon. 


12 One woe is past ; 
and, behold, there 
come two woes more 
hereafter. 


13 And the sixth an- 
gel sounded, and 
heard a voice from the 
four horns of the gold- 
en altar which is be- 
fore God, 14 saying to 
the sixth angel which 
had the trumpet, 


Loose the four angels. 


which are bound in 
the great river Eu- 

15 And the 
angels were 
loosed, which were 
prepared for an hour, 


= ΔΙ 
- αυτων 


who had the 


ATIOKAAY VI 2. 1x, 


~ ~ 2 ‘ « ο 
αΔασανισθῶσιν" μῆνας πέντε" Kai ὁ βασανισμὸς 
that they should be tormented *months ‘five; and “torment 

ὡς ββασανισμὸς σκορπίου, ὅταν παίσῃ ἄν- 
{was] as [the] torment of ascorpion, when it may strike a 
θρωπον᾽ 6 καὶ ἐν ταῖς. ἡμέραις.ἐκείναις ζητήσουσιν οἱ ἄνθρω- 


ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα 
- but 


Atheir 


man. And in those days “shall #seck ‘men 
ποι τὸν θάνατον, καὶ "οὐχ "εὑρήσουσιν" αὐτόν' καὶ ἐπιθυμή- 
death, and που ‘shall find it ; and shall 
? 6 ~ ‘ t δι 6 {| Vv € θ , > ᾽ > ~ il 

σουσιν ἀποθανεῖν, καὶ ἱφεύξεται" Yo θάνατος am αὑτῶν. 

desire to die, and  -εἨπΗ "Πορ: ‘death from «οτι, 

7 καὶ τὰ ὁμοιώματα τῶν ἀκρίδων σόµοια" ἵππὸις ἡτοι- 
And the likenesses ofthe locusts [were] like to horses pre- 


/ ’ κ νὰ ‘ A ‘ > ~ , ’ 
µασμένοις εἰς πόλεμον, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς. κεφαλάς. αὐτῶν ως στεφάνοι 
pared’ ! for war, and upon their heads as crowns 
ὅμοιοι Σχουσῷ," καὶ τὰ. πρύσωπα.αὐτῶν ὡς πρόσωπα ἀνθρώ- 

like gold; and their faces as faces of 
πων" 8 καὶ Yelyor' τρίχας we τρίχας γυναικῶν' καὶ οἱ ὀδόντες 
men ; and they had haw as “hair women’s; and “teeth 
αὐτῶν we λεόντων ἦσαν" 9 καὶ εἶχον θώρακας ὡς θώρακας 
"(πο πας “of Clions . “were; and they had breastplates as "ντους: plates 
σιδηροῦς" Kai ἡ φωνὴ τῶν.πτερύγων.αὐτῶν ὡς ὀὀωνὴ 

τσ τεῦς and the sound of their wings {was] as (the! sound 

ε 4 εἰ » ; 
ἁρμάτων ἵππων πολλῶν τρεχύντων εἰς πόλεμον. 10 καὶ 
of chariots of “horses many running to war: and 
ἔχουσιν οὐρὰς Ἰὐμοίας" σκορπίοις, καὶ κέντρα”. jv! ἐν ταῖς 
they have tails like scorpions, and stings; 2 *was ‘in 


? ~ ? ~ CG Ma e ἐξ ’ ᾽ ~ 10 a Η >? , 
οὐραῖς αὐτῶν «καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία.αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 


"tails Stheir and 2their *power to injure men 
Hvac πέντε. 11 “Rei ἔχουσιν %d αὑτῶν" βασιλέα frov" 
“months ‘five. And they have over them aking, the 
ἄγγελον τῆς ἀβύσσου" ξ ὄνομα αὐτῷ Εβραϊστὶ ᾿Αβαδδών, καὶ 
angel ofthe abyss: his name in Hebrew Abaddon, and 
ἐν τῇ Ἑλληνικῇ ὄὔνομα ἔχει ᾿Απολλύωγ. 
in the Greek {for] name he has Apollyon. 


e ᾽ ‘ ε ΄ ? ~ ? ” 
12 Ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ µία ἀπῆλθεν" ἰδού, Νέρχονται! ἔτι δύο οὐαὶ 
3Woe ‘the *first [18 past. Lo, *come tyet *two *woes 
era ταῦτα. 
after these things. 


13 Kai ὁ ἕκτος ἄγγελος 


ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν 
And the sixth angel 


sounded [his] trumpet;and Iheard voice 


[ή ? ~ 1 ΄ ΄ ~ , ~ ” 
I μίαν ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων" κεράτων τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ χρυσοῦ 


four horns 


one from the of the “altar *golden 
τοῦ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ, 14 Κλέγουσαν' τῷ ἕκτῳ ἀγγέλῳ 
which Cis] before God, saying tothe sixth angel 
ἰὸς εἶχε! τὴν σάλπιγγα, Λῦσον τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους τοὺς 
' trumpet, Loose the four angels who 
, 4 ~ ~ ~ ΄ ᾽ ’ ‘A 
δεδεμένους ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ τῷ μεγάλῳ Εὐφράτῃ. 15 Καὶ ἑλύ- 
are bound at the “river lereat Euphrates. And were 
θησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς τὴν ὥραν καὶ 
loosed the four angels whohad been preparedfor the hour and 





4 βασανισθήσονται they shall be tormented trtra. 
3 εὕρωσιν should find 1. 


Σ χρυσοῖ golden α. 


stings were in their tails Text. Rec. and α. 


ἆ — καὶ GLTTrAW. 
whom T. 
who has GLTTraAW. - 


., , . οὗ μὴ in no wise GLTTrAW. 

A. Yan’ αὐτῶν ὁ θάνατος 6. π ὅμοιοι Τ. 
2 ὁμοίοις Tr. 5 Puxctuate so as to read and 
Ὁ καὶ and LTTraw. 5 ---- καὶ LITrAW. 


t φεύγει “flees LTTrA. 
y εἶχαν LITrA. 


τ 6 ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν ΗΤΊΤΑ. f — τὸν (read an angel) a. &+ ᾧρα 
b ἔρχεται LTTrA. --τεσσάρων LIr[A]. k λέγοντα LTTrAW. 16 ἔχων 


X; ΣΧ, REY £ LATION. 


ἡμέραν καὶ μῆνα καὶ ἐνιαυτόν, ἵνα ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸ τρίτον 
day ‘and month and | year, that they might kill , the third 
τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 16 Kai ὁ ἀριθμὸς ἃ στρατευμάτων τοῦ ἵππι- 
of men; and the number . of [the] armies ofthe caval- 
κοῦ οδύο μυριάδες" μυριάδων" Pweet! ἤκουσα τὸν ἀριθμὸν 
ry [πας] ἴπο . myriads of myriads, and MJIheard the number - 
αὐτῶν. 17 καὶ οὕτως Δεῖδονὶ τοὺς ἵππους ἐν τῷ ὁράσει, καὶ 
of them, And thus \Isaw the horses in the Vision, and 
τοὺς καθημένους ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν, ἔχοντας θώρακας πυρίνους καὶ 
those ἡ sitting on them, having breastplates fiery, and 
ε 8 4 4 5 ‘ « . ‘ '~ ev 
ὑακινθίνους καὶ Oewdec*’ καὶ; at κεφαλαὶ. τῶν ἵππων 
hyaciuthine, and brimstone-like; and the heads ofthe horses [were] 
« 3 LN ve ‘ ~ ΄ > εν ? : /, 
ὡς κεφαλαὶ λεόντων, καὶ ἐκ τῶν.στομάτων. αὐτῶν ἐκπορεύε- 
as heads of lions, ‘and out of their mouths 
~ i A ς ‘ Y δῶν Ἐν « Ν ~ ~ 4 , 
ται πῦρ καὶ καπνὸς καὶ θεῖον. 18 τὑπὸ" τῶν τριῶν τούτων 
out fire and smoke and brimstone. : By *three\— ‘these 
ν 7 A / ~ ’ ? ον 4 ‘ 
ἀπεκτάνθησαν τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ 
were killed the . third ofthe men, by the fire .and 
~ ~ ‘ ~ ἢ aed ν , ᾽ 
τέκ' τοῦ καπνοῦ καὶ ttc" τοῦ θείου, τοῦ ἐκπορευομένου ἐκ 


by the smoke and. by: ‘the brimstone, which goes forth out of 
~ ~ Viz , > ~ > pe! 
τῶν.στοµάτων.αὐτῶν, 19 Yai-yap ἐξουσίαι αὐτῶν ἐν τῳ 
theirmouths.. , - For the powers ofthem 7in 
~ ἢ ε ‘ ~ « 3” 
στόματι αὐτῶν εἰσιν'' αἱ γὰρ.οὐραὶ. αὐτῶν ὅὕμοιαι ὄφεσιν, 
*mouth 3their are; for their tails {are] like ~ serpents, 


a ι - ᾽ ~ δι \ \ 
ἔχουσαι κεφαλάς, καὶ ἐν αὐταῖς ἀδικοῦσιν. 20 καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ 
having heads, and with them they injure. And the rest 

2 ΄ τι / ~ ~ , 
τῶν ἀνθρώπων ot οὐκ.ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαϊῖς.ταύταις, 
ofthe men ‘who were not killed by these plagues, 


~ ~ ~ 7 ~ er ‘ 

ποῦτε" μετενόησαν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ 
*not seven ‘repented of the ‘works _of their hands, that "ποὺ 
3 ~ ‘ 

Σπρρσκυνήσωσιν! τὰ δαιμόνια, καὶ εἴδωλα τὰ χρυσᾶ καὶ 


4they *should do homage to the -demons, and “idols ‘the golden and‘ 


τὰ ἀργυρᾶ καὶ τὰ χαλκᾶ καὶ τὰ λίθινα καὶ τὰ ξύλινα, 
silver and brazen and stone and wooden, 
ἃ οὔτε βλέπειν Ἰδύναται, οὔτε ἀκούειν, οὔτε περιπατεῖν" 
which neither *to *see 4are*able, nor tohear, nor to walk. 
~ ~ 3” > ~ 
21 καὶ οὐ.μετενόησαν ἐκ τῶν.φόνων.αὐτῶν, οὔτε ἐκ τῶν 
And they repentednot of _their murders, ; nor of 
. ως oe “ ~ / ᾽ ~ » ? 
εφαρμακειῶν! αὐτῶν, οὔτε ἐκ τῆς.πορνείας.αὐτῶν, οὔτε ἐκ 
*sorceries 1their, nor . of their fornications, ποτ of 
τῶν.κλεμμάτων.αὐτῶν. 
their thefts. 

10 Καὶ εἶδον ἄλλον ἄγγελον ἰσχυρὸν καταβαίνοντα ἐκ τοῦ 
And Isaw another *angel strong coming down out of the 
~ ; [ή x ? Ν C= pe 

οὐρανοῦ, περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην, καὶ ἢ Ἶρις ἐπὶ "τῆς κεφ 
heaven, clothed with acloud, and arainbow ΟΠ the < 

Η ΄ -.ε ‘ « , ᾿ ? ~ 
αλῆς" Δ, καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος; καὶ οἱ πόδες. αὐτοῦ 
head, and his face .as the sun, and. his feet 

j te ~ ‘ > ~ , 
ὡς στῦλοι πυρός" 2 καὶ εἶχεν' ἐν τῇιχειρὶ αὐτοῦ βιβλαρίδιον 
as pillars οὗ fire, and hehad in” his hand a little book 
pit ee SS Se --- 
= + τῶν of the (armies) ΟἸΤΊΓΑΥ. © δισμυριάδες LTA. 

ᾳ ἴδον T. ς ἀπὸ from ΟΙ/ΓΤΕΑΥΓ. 
GLTTraw. ap ἐξο ν᾿ 
W) ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν ἐστιν καὶ ἐν ται 
GLTTraW. ν ov not αν; οὐδὲ ΤΑ. 
7 + τὰ GLITrAW. * δύνανται LITrA. 
(rainbow) GLTTraW. ο τὴν κεφαλὴν LITrAW. ΄ 
4 ἔχων having GLTTrAW. 


ἆ + αὐτου (read 


goes” 


5. + πληγῶν “plagues GLTTraW. ste 
¥ ἡ γὰρ ἐξουσία τῶν ἵππων For the power of the horses (αὐτῶν for τῶν ἵππων 
ς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν' is in their mouth and in their tails 
x προσκυνήσουσιν they shall do homage to LTTraw. 

4 φαρμακιῶν T; φαρμάκων A. 


641 


and a day, and a 
month, and a year, for 
to slay the third part 
of men. 16 And the 
number of the army 
of the horsemen were 
two hundred tkou- 
sand thousand: and 
I heard the number 
of them. 17 And thus 
I saw the horses in 
the vision, and them 
that sat on them, hav- 
ing breastplatesof fire, 
and of jacinth, and 
brimstone: and the 
heads of the horses 
were as the heads of 
lions ; and out of their 
mouths issued fire and 
smoke and brimstone, 
18 By these three was 
the third part of men 
killed, by the fire, and 
by the smoke, and by 
the brimstone, which 
issued out of their 
mouths. 19 For their 
power is in their 
mouth, and in their 
tails: for their tails 
were like unto ser- 
pents, and had heads, 
and with them they 
do hurt. 20° And the 
rest of the men 
which were not killed 
by these plagues yet 
repented not of the 
works of their hands, 
that they should not 
worship devils, and 
idols of gold, and sil- 
ver, and brass, and 
stone, and of wood: 
which neither can see, 
nor hear, nor walk: 
21 neither repented 
they of their murders, 
nor of their sorccries, 
nor of their fornica- 
tion, nor of their 
theft 


xX. AndI saw an- 
other mighty angel 
come down from heéa- 
ven, clothed with a 
cloud: and a rainbow 
was upon his head, 
and his face was as it 
were the’sun, and his 
feet as pillars of fire: 
2 and he had in his 
hand a little book 


‘P — καὶ GLTTrAW. 
t— ἐκ 


> + ἡ the 
118 head) GLrTraw 


ἜΝ 


642 


open: and he set his 
right foot upon the 
sea, and his left foot 
on the earth, 3 and 
cried witha loud voice, 
as when a lion roar- 
eth: and when he had 
cried, seven thunders 
uttered their voices. 
4 And when the seven 
thundcrs had uttered 
their voices, I was 
about to write: and I 
heard a voice from hea- 
ven saying unto me, 
Seal up those things 
which the seven thun- 
ders uttered, and write 
them not. 5 And the 
angel which I saw 
stand upon the sea 
and upon the earth 
lifted up his hand to 
heaycn, 6 and sware 
by him that liveth for 
ever and ever, who 
created heayen, and 
the things that thercin 
are, and the earth, and 
the rhings that there- 
in are, and the sea, and 
the things which are 
therein, that there 
should be time no 
longer: 7 but in the 


days of the voice of " 


the scventh angel, 
when he shall begin 
to sound, the mystery 
of God should be 
finished, as he hath 
declared to his ser- 
vants the prophets. 


8 And the _ voice 
which I heard from 
hcayen spake unto me 
again, and said, Go 
and take the little 
book which is open 
in the hand of the 
angel which standeth 
upon the sea and upon 
the earth, 9 And I 
went unto the angel, 
and said unto him, 
Give me the little 
book. And he said 
unto me, Take τέ, and 
eat it up; and it shall 
make thy belly bitter, 
but it ~hall bein thy 
mouth sweet as honey. 
10 And I took the 
little book out of the 
angel’s hand, and ate 
it up; and it was in 
my mouth swees as 
honey: and as soon 


ATTORA AT Mf 5. ae 
Γἀνεῳγμένον"" καὶ ἔθηκεν τὸν.πόδα.αὐτοῦ τὸν δεξιὸν ἐπὶ ἐτὴν 
open. And he placed his “foot *right upon the 
θάλασσαν," τὸν δὲ εὐώνυμον ἐπὶ Ὁτὴν γῆν." 8 καὶ ἔκραξεν 
sea, and the left upon the earth, and cried 
φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ὥσπερ λέων μυκᾶται' καὶ ὅτε ἔκραξεν, 
with a “voice ‘loud as a lion roars. And when hecried, 


3 , « { A " A « ~ ’ ‘ e 

ἐλάλησαν at ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ τὰς.ἑαυτῶν φωνας" 4 καὶ ὅτε 
4spoke the “seven “thunders their voices. And whea 

ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ ἱτὰς φωνὰς ἑαυτῶν," Σἔμελλον" 
*spoke 1the "seven *thunders their voices, I was about 


γράφειν" καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, λέγουσάν ἱμοι," 


{ο write: And Iheard avoice out οἵ the heaven, saying to me, 
, " ? ΄ e ε , ‘ ~ 
Σφράγισον ἃ ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταί, καὶ μὴ ταῦτα!" 

Seal what (things] *spoke ‘the “seven “thunders, and *not them 


γράψῃο. 5 Kai ὁ ἄγγελος. ὃν εἶδον ἑστῶτα ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης 


Iwrite. And the angel whom Isaw standing on the sea 
καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, moeEY τὴν.χεῖρα.αὐτοῦ " εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, 
and on the earth, lifted up his hand to the heaven, 

ve ᾽ ~ ~ ~ ~ . 
6 καὶ ὤμοσεν ἐν τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, ὃς 
and sware by him who lives ἵο the ages ofthe ages, who 
ἔκτισεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ THY γῆν καὶ 
created {πα heaven and the things in it, and the earth and 

“τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ, “καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὰ ἐν aury," 
the things in it, and the sea and the things in it, 


/ με ΄ p . ” ” ell 7 4 tAX ‘ ή] > ~ € Ud ~ 
τι χρόνος PouK έσται ETL αλλα” ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τὴς 
Delay *no ‘shall *be longer ; but in the days of the 
~ wk a7 ? tf er , . 
φωνῆς τοῦ ἑβδόμου ἀγγέλου, ὅταν μέλλῃ σαλπίζειν, 
voice ofthe seventh angel, when he is about to sound [186] trumpet, 
Kat στελεσθῃ" τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς εὐηγ- 
also should be completed the mystery of God, as he did announce 
έλισεν στοῖς ἑαυτοῦ.δούλοις τοῖς προφήταις." 
the glad tidings to his bondmen the prophets, 
8 Kai ἡ φωνὴ. ἣν ἤκουσα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, πάλιν 
And the vaice which Iheard outof the heaven [was] again 
ἱλαλοῦσα" per’ ἐμοῦ, καὶ "λέγουσα,' Ὕπαγε λάβε τὸ Σβιῤλα- 
speaking with me, and saying, Go, take the little 
ρίδιον' τὸ ἠνεῳγμέγον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ Σ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ἑστῶτος 
book which is open in the hand of {the] angel who is standing 
5] ‘ ~ θ λ / αν ο ‘ ~ ~ 9 Ν y > ~ Π ι Η͂ 
ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 9 Καὶ Σάπῆλθόν'" πρὸς τὸν 
on the sea and on the earth. And I went to the 
ἄγγελον, λέγων αὐτῷ, *Adc' μοι τὸ βιβλαρίδιον. Καὶ λέγει 
angel, saying tohim, Give me the little book, And he says 
μοι, Λάβε καὶ κατάφαγε αὐτό" καὶ πικραμε σου τὴν 
tome, Take απᾶ eat *up tit: and it shall make bitter thy 
κοιλίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ.στόµατι.σου ἔσται γλυκὺ ὡς μέλι. 10 Kai 
belly, but in thy mouth it shall be sweet as honey. And 
ἔλαβον τὸ βιβλαρίξιον ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ ἀγγέλου, καὶ κατέ- 
Itook the little book outof the hand ofthe angel, and ate 
Φαγον αὐτό: καὶ ἦν ἐν τῷ.στόματί-µου ὡς μέλι γλυκύ" καὶ 
“up ‘it; and it was in my ΠΙΟΣ ἢ "as Ποπεγ ‘sweet; and 


i .΄΄“Ἕ“ ΄ “ ἿἝ ΖΎῪὙΓἝὙἿ΄΄ ΄ ΄““Ἕ“͵ ͵ ͵ -ἝἕὮὃςῖΞἝἷἝ΄-ς-.--- τ--- -΄΄π“ τ΄ ἃ.ν΄΄΄ο “ο΄ ὖῦ6ῦ69ὲ0Οὅὃ0 ῦΤ“΄“΄΄. τ“ ΄  Ἐ ΓΡΤ ῆΡῆὙῆῆ  ͵ -- 


f ἠνεωγμένον LTTrA. 
φωνὰς ἑαυτῶι GLTTrAW. 
= + τὴν δεξιὰν the right GLTTraw. 
4 ἀλλ᾽ LTTrA. 
δούλους τοὺς προφήτας GLTTrAW. 


ἔσται αΙ,ΤΤι ΑΥΓ. 


λίον book 1. ΤιΑ. 


8 τῆς θαλάσσης GLTTrAW. : 
k ήμελλον LTraw. 


Ὁ τῆς γῆς GLTTrAW. i— τὰς 
1— pou GLTTraW. τὸ αὐτὰ LTTrAW. 
ο [καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῃ] L. Ρ οὐκέτι 

τ ἐτελέσθη Was completed GLTTraw. 5 τοὺς Ear TOU 
t λαλοῦσαν LITrAW. | ἡ λέγουσαν LTTrAWw. 8. βιβ- 


* τοῦ of the GLIT AW. Σ ἀπῄλθα LT, : Sevva: (vead telling 


him to give) GLTTraw, 


- 


X, ΧΙ. 


e $32 
οτε εφαγον auUTO, 
when I did eat it, 
~ / . - ? ‘ ~ id ἔθ " 
μοι, Δεῖ.σε πάλιν προφητεῦσαι ἐπὶ λαοῖς καὶ “ ἔθνεσιν καὶ 
to me, Thou musi again prophesy as to peoples, and nations, and 
γλώσσαις καὶ βασιλεῦσιν πολλοῖς. 
tongues, and *kings ‘many. 
11 Kai ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος ὅμοιος ῥάβδῳ, © λέγων, : Ἔγει- 
And was given to me .a reed like a stafi, saying, Rise, 
pat," καὶ µέτρησον τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, 
and measure the temple of God, and the- altar, 
καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ἐν αὐτῷ" 2 Kai. τὴν αὐλὴν τὴν 
and those who worship in it. And the court which 
” | ~ ~ Bae μμ» | ‘ \ ᾽ | ἐδ 
βέσωθεν! τοῦ ναοῦ ἔκβαλε "ἔξω," καὶ μὴ αὐτὴν μετρήσῃς, 


REVELATION. 


ἡ κοιλία. μου. 11 καὶ “λέγει! 


ἐπικοάνθη 
γὴν “belly. And . he says 


Swas *made *bitter 


[15] within the temple cast out, and “not *it tmeasure ; 
ὅτι ἐδόθη τοῖς ἔθνεσιν καὶ τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἁγίαν 
because it was given [up] tothe nations, and the city tholy 


Hvac ἱτεσσαράκοντα! Κ δύο. 8 καὶ δώσω 
μῆνας 
forty 2two. And I will give 


πατήσουσιν 
shall they trample upon “months 


τοῖς.δυσὶν.µάρτυσίν.µου, καὶ προφητεύσουσιν ἡμέρας 


[power] to my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy 7Tdays 
λ ΄ ὃ - , ε ἐξ , ψὰ 1 Ὰ [ή Π] , 2s 

χιλίας ιακοσίας ἑξήκοντα, περιβεβλημένοι' oak 
ἢ *thousand "πο “Παπάχθα [Sand] ‘sixty, clothed in sack- 
κους. 4 οὗτοί εἰσιν αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι, καὶ ™ δύο λυχνίαι 


cloth. These 
αἱ ἐνώπιον τοῦ" 9θεοῦ" τῆς γῆς Ῥέστῶσαι." 5 καὶ εἴ τις 


are ‘the two olivetrees,. and [the] two lampstands 


which “before 3the *God Sof °the “earth ‘stand. And if anyone 
αὐτοὺς 3θελῃ" ἀδικῆσαι, πῦρ ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 
5ίπεπι ‘should *will *to*injure, fire goes out of “mouth 


αὐτῶν, καὶ κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς.αὐτῶν' καὶ εἴ τις "αὐτοὺς 


‘their, and devours their enemies. And ifanyone *them 
θέλῃ! ἀδικῆσαι, οὕτως δεῖ αὐτὸν ἀποκτανθῆναι. 6 οὗτοι 

%should “will *to*injure, thus must he be killed. These 

΄ - A , MY 

ἔχουσιν" ᾿ἰξουσίαν κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν," ἵνα μὴ “βρέχῃ 
have authority toshut - the heaven, that no ?may “fall 

ὑετὸς ἐν ἡμέοαις αὐτῶν τῆς προφητείας"! καὶ ἐξουσίαν 

train in [the] days of their prophecy ; ant =e thority 


ἔχουσιν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων, στρέφειν αὐτὰ εἰς αἷμα. καὶ τατά- 


they have over the waters, to turn them into blood, and to 
Eau τὴν γῆν Ἑπάσῃ πληγῇ, ὁσάκις ἐὰν θελήσωσιν." 7 καὶ 


smite the earth withevery plague, as often as they may will. And 
ὅταν τελέσωσιν τὴν. μαρτυρίαν. αὐτῶν, τὸ θηρίον τὸ 
when they shall have completed their testimony, the beast who 


ts , , ᾽ ~ 
ἀναβαῖνον ἐκ τῆς ἀβύσσου ποιήσει Σπύλεμον μετ᾽ αὐτῶν," 


comesup outof the abyss will make war with them, 
καὶ νικήσει αὐτούς, καὶ ἀποκτενεῖ αὐτούς. ὃ καὶ *ra 
and’ will overcome them, απᾶ νι} kill them : and 


ἐπὶ τῆς πλατείας ** πόλεως τῆς µε- 


πτώματα! αὐτῶν 
{will be] on the street of *city ‘the 


bodies ‘their 


α λέγουσίν they say LTTrA. 

the aigel stood E. _ [Ἔγειρε LTTrAW. 
outside LTTr, 1 τεσσεράκοντα LTTrA. 
m + ai the GLTTrAW: 2 — τοῦ L. 
4 θέλει wills GLTTrAW- 
should have willed them T} αὐτοὺς θελήσῃ Tr. 
ἐξουσίαν κλεῖσαι α. 
(read [during] the days) Οὐττταν. ΟΠ + 
σωσιν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ GW. } μετ᾽ αὐτῶν πόλεμον GLTTraW. 
45. + τῆς LTTrAW. 


ἀ ἐπὶ ἃ5 to T. 


κ + καὶ Δηα LAw. 
9 κυρίου Lord G@LTTraw. 


w + ἐν with (every) LTTrA. 


& ἔξωθεν outside EGLTTrAw. 
| περιβεβλημένους Tr. 


645 


as I had eaten it, my 
belly was _ bitter. 
11 And he said unto 
me, Thou must pro- 
phesy again before 
many peoples, and na- 
tions, and tongues, 
and kings, 


ΧΙ. And there was 
given me a reed like 
unto ὦ rod: and the 
angel stood, saying, 
Rise, and measure the 
temple of God, and the 
altar, and them that 
worship therein. 2 But 
the court which is 
without the temple 
leave out, and measure 
it not ; for it is given 
unto the Gentiles: and 
the holy city shall 
they tread under foot 
forty and two months. 
3 And I will give 
power unto my two 
Witnesses, and they 
shall prophesy a thou- 
sand two hundred and 
threescore days, cloth- 
ed insackcloth. 4Thesa 
are the two olivetrees, 
and the two candle- 
sticks standing before 
the God of the earth. 
5 And if any man 
will hurt them, fire 
proceedeth out of their 
mouth, and devourcth 
their enemies : and if 
any man will hurt 
them, he must in this 
manner be . killed. 
6 These have power to 
shut heaven, that it 
rain not in the days 
of their prophecy :and 
have power over wa- 
ters to turn them ta 
blood, and to smite 
the earth with all 
plagues, as often as 
they will. 7 And when 
they shall have finish- 
ed their testimony, tha 
beast that ascend- 
eth out of the bottom- 
less pit shall make 
war against them, and 
shall overcome them, 
and killthem. 8 And 
their dead bodies shall 
lie in the street of 
the great city, which 


ε + καὶ ὁ ἄγγελος εἱστήκει aud 


η ἔξωθεν 


Ρ ἑστῶτες GLTTrAW. 


τ αὐτοὺς θέλει them wills ᾳ ; θέλει αὐτοὺς LAW ; θελήσῃ αὐτοὺς 
5 -- τὴν the LT:[a]}w. Ray. 
νυ ὑετὸς βρέχῃ τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς προφητείας αὐτῶν (αὐτῶν τῆς προφ. ΑΝ) 


ἔτον οὐρανὸν 


* ὁσάκις ἐαν θελη- 


: τὸ πτῶμα body GLTTraw,. 


644 
spiritually is called 
Sodom and Egypt, 


where: also our Lord 
Was crucified. 9 And 
they of the people and 
kindreds and tongues 
and nations shall see 
their dead bodies three 
days and an half, and 
shall not suffer their 
dead bodies to be put 
in graves. 10 And they 
that dwell upon the 
eatth shall rejoice o- 
ver them, and make 
merry, and'shall send 
gifts one to another ; 
because these two pro- 
phets tormented them 
that dwelt the 


on 
éarth. 11 And after 
three days and an 


half the Spirit of life 
from God entered into 
them, and they stood 
upon their feet ; and 
great fear fell upon 
them which saw them. 
12 And they heard a 
great voice from hea-. 
ven saying unto them, 
Come up hither. And 
they ascended up to 
heaven in acloud; and 
their enemies beheld 
them. 13 And the 
same hour was there a 
great earthquake, and 
the tenth part of the 
city fell, and in the 
earthquake were slain 
of men seven thou- 
sand: and the rem- 


nant were aftrighted, . 


and gave glory to the 
God of heaven. 


14 The second woe! 


is past; and, behold, 
the third woe cometh 
quickly. 


15 And the seventh 
angel sounded; and 
there were great voices 
in heaven, saying, The 
kingdoms’ οὗ this 
world are become the 
kingdoms of our Lord, 
and of his Christ; and 
he shall reign for ever 
andever. 16 And the 
four and twenty el- 
ders, which sat before 


ATE OR AA Yo FS: ΧΙ, 
γάλης, ἥτις καλεῖται πνευματικῶς Σόδομα καὶ Αἴγυπτος, 
great, «which is called spiritually Sodom and -Egypt,. . 
ὅπου καὶ ὁ κύριος ἐσταυρώθη. 9 καὶ “βλέψουσινὶ 
where also ?Lord was crucified. Απά ?'shall??see ['some] 
? ~ ~ ‘ ~ ‘ η ‘ 20 ~ dA ΄ 
ἐκ τῶν λαῶν καὶ φυλῶν καὶ γλωσσῶν καὶ ἐθνῶν “τὰ πτώ- 
308 *the *peoplesSand ‘tribes “and “tongues απᾶ ‘nations “bodies 
ματα"! αὐτῶν ἡμέρας τρεῖς “καὶ" ἥμισυ, καὶ τὰ πτώματα. αὐτῶν. 

13their ‘Sdays ‘three and ahalf, and their bodies 
᾽ f ἂν , ll An 2 [η ΄ It 10 . ἊΣ ε 
οὐκ ᾿ἀφησουσινὶ τεθῆναι εἰς ἄμνηματα." καὶ. οἱ κατ- 
βηοῦ ‘they *willsuffer tobe put into tombs. And they that 
οικοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς *yapovaw" ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς, καὶ Ἱεὐφρανθή- 
dwell on the earth willrejoice over them, and will make 
σονται" καὶ δῶρα πέμψουσιν! ἀλλήλοις, ὅτι οὗτοι οἱ δύο 
merry, and gifts will send to one another, because these, the two 
προφῆται ἐβασάνισαν τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 
prophets, tormented them that dwell upon the earth.\ 
11 καὶ μετὰ τὰς τρεῖς ἡμέρας Καὶ ἥμισυ, πνεῦμα ζωῆς 
And after .the three days, and ahalf, [the] | spirit of life 
ee | ~ ώ 73 > ~ 12 ” 2 , I A ” 7 ‘ 4 
ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν “ex αὐτούς, καὶ ἔστησαν ἐπὶ τοὺς 
from ἡ God did enter into them, and they stood upon 
πόδας αὐτῶν, καὶ φόβος μέγας "ἔπεσεν" ἐπὶ τοὺς θεωροῦντας 


DS ρον 
ἡμῶν 
να 


_ *feet ‘their; and “fear ‘great fell upon those beholding 
£. \ : , a. i. 
αὐτούς. 132 καὶ ἤκουσαν "φωνὴν μεγάλην" ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ) 
them: and they heard a *yoice great outof the heaven, — 


ολέγουσαν! αὐτοῖς, PAvaSnre" ὧδε. Καὶ ἀνέβησαν εἰς “τὸν 
saying to them, Come up hither. And they wentup to ‘tha 
οὐρανὸν ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ, Kai ἐθεώρησαν αὐτοὺς οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτῶν. 


heaven -in the cloud; and Sbeheld *them 1their “enemies. 
13 Kai ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐγένετο σειόμὸςξ μέγας, καὶ τὸ 
And in . that hour there was “earthquake ‘a *great, and the 


«δέκατον τῆς πόλεως ἔπεσεν, καὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῷ σεισμῷ 
tenth ofthe city fell, and there werekilled in the earthquake 
? ΄ ? , zs £ ’ \ « ‘ » 
ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων χιλιάδες ἑπτά". καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἔμφοβοι 
Snames *of *men “thousand ‘seven. And the _ rest *afraid 
ἐγένοντο; καὶ ἔδωκαν δόξαν τῷ θεῷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 


4pDecame, and gave glory tothe God ofthe heaven. 

‘14 Ἡ οὐαὶ «ἡ! δευτέρα ἀπῆλθεν" ἰδού, ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ τρίτη 
cae SWoe “the second is past : lo, the *woe third 
ἔρχεται ταχύ. 

comes quickly. 

15 Kai ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἐγένσντο 


And 86 seventh angel sounded (his]trumpet; and “*were— 


᾿ . ο so οἱ 
φωναὶ μεγάλαι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, τλέγουσαι," "Ἐγένοντο at 
3νοῖοθς lereat in the ᾿ heaven, saying, SAre 7become *the 
βασιλεῖαι"! τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν, καὶ τοῦ.χριστοῦ. αὐτοῦ, 
“kingdoms *of *the *world our Lord’s, an his Christ’s, 
καὶ βασιλεύσει" εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. 16 Kai tot! 
and heshallreign Το ἵἴπθ ages of the ages. And the’ 
εἴκοσι "καὶ" τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι “οὶ! ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Σκαθή- 
twenty and four elders, who before God sit 





ο αὐτῶν their GLTTraW. 


ε [καὶ] A. 


youons Tra. 


f ἀφίουσιν they suffer LTTrA ; ἀφιοῦσιν W. 
Ἀ χαίρουσιν rejoice GLTTrAW. 
1 ἐν ( — ἐν Ττ[Α]) αὐτοῖς GLTTrAW. 

P’AvaBare LTTrAW. 
Βασιλεία “is "become 'the “kingdom GLTTraw. 
¥ -- οἱ (read καθή. sitting) 14]. 


ς βλέπουσιν see GLTTrAW. ἃ τὸ πτῶμα body GLTTraW. 
ξ 8 μνῆμα a tomb @LTTraw. 
Ι εὐφραίνονται Make merry LTTrAW. Κ πέμπουσιν send T. 
τὰ ἐπέπεσεν 1 ΤΑ. 2 φωνῆς μεγάλης Tra. ο λε- 

qa -- ἡ Ww. τ: λέγοντες GLTAW. ἔδκ᾿Εγένετο ἡ 
τ-- οἱ 1[4]. ¥ — καὶ GLTTrAW, 
* of κάθηνται (read who [are] bsfore God who sit) TTnf 


ΧΙ, ΧΙΙ. REVELATION. 


μενοι! ἐπὶ τοὺς θρόνους αὐτῶν, ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ τὰ. πρόσωπα αὐτῶν, 


on their thrones, fell upon their faces, 

καὶ προσεκύνησαν τῷ θεῷ, 17 λέγοντες, Ἐὐχαριστοῦμέν σοι, 
eand worshipped God, saying, We give thanks to thee, 
κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ, ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν Υκαὶ ὃ 
Lord God Almighty, [Η 6] who is, and whowas, and who [15] 
ἐρχόμενος," 5 ὅτι εἴληφας τὴν δύναμίν σου τὴν μεγάλην. 

coning, that thou hast taken Spower 1thy Ἄστοφῦ, 
καὶ ἐβασίλευσας. 18 καὶ τὰ ἔθνη ὠργίσθησαν, καὶ ἦλθεν ἡ 
and reigned. And the nations were angry, and is come 


ὀργή σου, Kai 6 καιρὸς τῶν νεκρῶν, κριθῆναι, καὶ δοῦναι τὸν 
*wrath ‘thy, andthe time οἳ the dead tobe judged, and togive the 
μισθὸν τοῖς.δούλοις.σου τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ τοῖς ἁγίοις καὶ 
reward to thy bondmen the prophets, and tothe saints, and 
τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ.ὄνομά.σου, “τοῖς μικροῖς καὶ τοῖς 
to those who fear thy name, the small and the 
‘oe, καὶ  διαφθεῖ ie υδιαφθεί " τὴν γῆ 
μεγάλοις," και ιαφθεῖραι τοὺς "διαφθειροντας" τὴν γην. 
great; and to bring tocorruption those who corrupt the earth. 
19 K ‘ ᾽ ΄ « " ~ θ ος ~ ᾽ ~ νο 
at ἡνοίγη ὁ ναὸς του θεου © ἐν TH ουρανῳ, και ὠωφ- 
And was opened the temple of God in the heaven, and was 
θη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς.διαθήκης. αὐτοῦ" ἐν τῷ.ναφ-αὐτοῦ' καὶ 
seen the ark of his covenant in his temple: and 
ἐγένοντο ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ βρονταὶ καὶ σεισμὸς καὶ 


there were lightnings and voices and thunders and an earthquake and 
χάλαζα µεγάλη. 
“hail great. 


‘ ~ ” ~ ~ ‘ 
19 Καὶ σημεῖον μέγα ὤφθη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, γυνὴ περι- 
And a/’sign ‘great wasseen in the heaven; a woman cloth- 
βεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ὑποκάτω TOY.TQOWY.AUTIC, 
ed with the sun, andthe moon under her feet, 

‘ ’ ‘ ~ ~ ᾽ ~ , > [ή ΄ A ‘ 
καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς.αὐτῆς στέφανος ἀστέρων δώδεκα’ 2 καὶ 
and on her head a crown of “stars twelve; and 
? \ ” e f / ll 2 , 4 , 
ἐν. γαστρὶ ἔχουσα, ὃ ἱκράζει ὠδίνουσα καὶ βασανιζομένη 

being with child she cries being in travail, and being in pain 

τεκεῖν. 
‘to bring forth. 
3 Καὶ ὤφθη ἄλλο σημεῖον ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, Kai ἰδού, δρά- 
And was seen another sign in the heaven, and behold, a *dra- 
κων ϑμέγας πυῤῥός," ἔχων κεφαλὰς ἑπτὰ καὶ κέρατα δέκα" καὶ 
gon ‘great “red, having “heads ‘seven and “horns ‘ten, and 
1 “ A 4 η ~ hg δὴ ε , ell ‘ « bs ‘ ’ ~ 
ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς.αὐτοῦ "διαδήματα ἑπτὰ" 4 καὶ η.οὐρα αὐτοῦ 
upon his heads *diadems seven ; and his tail 
σύρει τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀστέρων τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἔβαλεν αὐτοὺς 
drags the third ofthe stars ofthe heaven, and ο cast them 
εἰς τὴν γῆν. Kal ὁ δράκων ἕστηκεν ἐνώπιον τῆς γυναικὸς τῆς 
to the earth. Απᾶ {πο dragon stands before the woman who 
μελλούσης ᾿τεκεῖν, ἵνα ὅταν τέκῃ» τὸ τέκνον. αὐτῆς 
is about to bring forth, that when she should bring forth, her child 
καταφάγῃ. 5 καὶ ἔτεκεν υἱὸν ἱἄῤῥενα," ὃς μέλλει ποι- 
he might devour. Andshe brought fortha*son ‘male, who is about. to 
΄ , A ” ’ =. ‘ « oe 
µαίνειν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ καὶ ἡρπάσθη 
shepherd all the nations with “rod lan *iron: and was caught away 


645 


God on their seats, 
fell upon their fares, 
and worshipped God, 
17 saying, We give 
thee thanks, O Lord 
God Almighty, which 
art, and wast, and art 
to come; because thou 
hast taken to thee thy 
great power, and h:st 


reigned, 18 And the na- 


tions were angry, and 
thy wrath iscotue, aud 
tne time of the dead, 
that they should be 
judged, and that thou 
shouldest give reward 
unto thy servants the 
prophets, and to the 
saints, and them that 
fear thy name, small 
and great; and should- 


est destroy them 
which destroy the 
earth. 


19 And the temple 
of God was opened in 
heaven, and there was 
seen in his temple the 
ark of his testament: 
and there were light- 
nings, and voices, and 
thunderings, and an 
earthquake, and great 
hail, 


XII. And there ap- 
peared a great-wonder 
in heaven ; a woman 
clothed with the sun, 
and the moon under . 
her feet, and upon her 
head a crown of 
twelve stars: 2 and 
she being with child 
cried, travailing in 
birth, and pained to 
be delivered. 


3 And there ap- 
peared another won- 
der in heaven; and 
behold a great red 
dragon, having seven 
headg and ten horns, 
and seven crowns upon 
his heads. 4 And his 
tail drew the third 
part of the stars of 
heaven,. and did cast 
them to the earth: 
and the dragon stood 
before the woman 
which was ready to be 
delivered, for to de- 
vour her child as soon 
as it was born. 5 And 
she brought forth a 
man child, who was to 
rule all nations with 
a rod of iron: and her 


i OO 


Υ --- καὶ ὃ ἐρχόμενος GLTTrAW. :--- καὶ πα τσ. ο. 
LTrA. Ὁ διαφθείραντας corrupted L. ο + 6 which [is] LTTr. 
the covenant of the Lord) G. ε 4+ καὶ ἃπὰ 1104]. ή 
μέγας LITrA, b ἑπτὰ διαδήματα GLITYAW, 1 ἄρσεν LITTAW, 


t ἔκραζεν was crying L, 


ἃ τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ TOUS μεγάλους 


4 τοῦ κυρίου (read 
8 πυβῥος 


646 


child was caught up 
unto God, and {ο his 
throne. 6 And the wo- 
man fled into the wil- 
-crness, where she 
«ath a place prepared 
«of God, that they 
should feed her there a 
thousand two hundred 
and threescore days. 


7 And there was 
war in heaven: Mi- 
ολο] and his angels 
fought against the 
dragon ; and the dra- 
gon fought and his 
xngels, 8 and pre- 
vailed not; neither 
Was their place found 
auy more in heaven. 
9 And the great dra- 
gon was cast out, that 
old serpent, called the 
Devil, and = Satan, 
Which deceiveth the 
Whole world: he was 
cast out into the 


earth, and his angels: 


were cast out with 
him, 10 And 1 heard 
a loud voice saying 
in heaven, Now is 
come salvation, and 
strength, and_ the 
kingdom of our God, 
and the power of his 
Christ: for. the ac- 
cuser of our brethren 
is cast down, which 
accused them before 
our God day and 
night. 11] And they 
overcame him by the 
blood of the Lamb, 
and by the word of 
their testimony ; and 
they loved not their 
lives unto the death. 
12 -Therefore rejoice, 
ye heavens, and ye 
that dwell in them. 
Woe to the inhabiters 
of the earth and of 
the sea! for the devil 
is come down unto 
you, having great 
wrath, because he 
kuoweth that he hath 
but a short time. 


13 And when the 
dragon saw that he 
Was cast unto the 
earth, he persecuted 
the woman which 
brovght forth the 
mau child, 14 And to 


k + πρὸς to GLTTrAW. 


ἐκτρεφωσιν W. 
ΟΙ ΤΤΓΑΥΓ. 
GLYTrAW. 
* οὐχ L. 


P ἴσχυσεν he prevailed α. 
5 εβλήθη is cast [out] LTTra. 
α — οἱ TTrA. 


ATO ΓΑ TS. XII, 


τὸ τέκνον. αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ Χ τὸν.θρόνον.αὐτοῦ. 6 καὶ 
her child to God and his throne. And 


ἡ γυνὴ ἔφυγεν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον, ὅπου ἔχει] τόπον ἧτοιμασ- 
the woman 6] into the wilderness, where she has a place pré- 


k 


μένον ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα ἐκεῖ ™rpépwow' αὐτὴν ἡμέρας 

pared of God, that there they should nourish her Tdays . 
χιλίας διακοσίας ἑξήκοντα. 

4a *thousand “two *hundred [Sand] “sixty. 


7 Kai ἐγένετο πόλεμος ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ" "πὸ" Μιχαὴλ καὶ 
And there was war in the heaven: Michael and 
οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ “ἐπολέμησαν Kara" τοῦ δράκοντος, Kai ὁ 
his angeis warred against the dragon, and the 
, > , . <1 oe. > ~ ‘ ” ι 
δράκων ἐπολέμησεν, καὶ οἱ. ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ 8 καὶ οὐκ Ῥἴσχυ- 
dragon warred, and his angels ; and μοῦ ‘they *pre- 
σαν," Δοῦτε' τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. 9 καὶ 
vailed, nor Splace ‘was *found *their any morein the heaven. And 
ἐβλήθη ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλού- 
was cast [out] the *dragon 1ereat, the “serpent ancient, who is 
μενος διάβολος, Kai ὁ σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην 
called Devil, and the Satan, who misleads {86 “habitable 
ε/ 3 , ? ‘ ~ μὰ ε > ~ 
ὅλην, ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι. αὐτοῦ 
(Sworld] 'whole, he wascast into the earth, and his angels 
per αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν. 10 Kai ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην τλέ- 
Swith *him *were “cast. And Iheard a “voice ‘great 
γουσαν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ," "Apri ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία Kai ἡ δύνα- 
saying in the heaven, Now iscome the salvation and the - power 
µις καὶ ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ.θεοῦ ἡμῶν, Kai ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ χριστοῦ 
and the kingdom of our God, and the authority $Christ 

1 τραβᾷ e s , θ ή ε t , " ~ 10 λ ~ « ~ 
αὐτοῦ" ὅτι κατεβλήηθηὶἳ ὁ ἱκατήγορος" τῶν. ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν, 
lof 7his; because iscast down the accuser of our brethren, 

ὁ κατηγορῶν “αὐτῶν! ἐνώπιον τοῦ.θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἡμέρας Kai 
who ' accuses them before our God day and 
νυκτός. 11 καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐνίκησαν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ αἷμα τοῦ 

night. And they overcame him by reason of the blood of the 
ἀρνίου, καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς.μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν, καὶ 

Lamb, and by reasonof the word of their testimony, and 
σ ᾽ ll ? , ‘ \ > ~ » , ὃ ‘ 

οὐκὶ ἠγάπησαν τὴν.ψυχὴν.αὐτῶν ἄχρι θανάτου. 12 ιὰ 

3ποῦ α1]ογεά their life unto death. Because of 
τοῦτο εὐφραίνεσθε "οὶ" οὐρανοὶ καὶ οἱ ἐν αὐτοῖς σκηνοῦντες. 
this rejoice ye heavens and[ye]whoin them tabernacle, 
οὐαὶ Yroic κατοικοῦσιν! τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν," ὅτι 
Woe tothose who inhabit the earth and the sea, because 

κατέβη ὁ διάβολος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔχων θυμὸν μέγαν, εἰ- 
ig come down the devil to you having “fury ‘great, know- 
δὼς ὅτι ὀλίγον καιρὸν ἔχει. 
ing that ashort time he has, 


19 Kai ὅτε εἶδεν ὁ δράκων ὅτι ἐβλήθη εἰς THY γῆν," 


And when “saw 'the “dragon that he wascast into the earth, 
ἐδίωξεν τὴν γυναῖκα ἥτις ἔτεκεν τὸν "ἄῤῥενα." 14 καὶ 
he persecuted - 86 woman which brought forth the male [child]. And 


1+ ἐκεῖ there GTAW. πι τρέφονσιν they nourish TTr ; 
η ὅ τε both x. ο τοῦ ( — τοῦ T[A]) πολεμῆσαι μετὰ Warred with 
4 οὐδὲ GLTTrAW. τ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαν 

τ κατήγωρ GLTA. ν αὐτοὺς LTA, 
} -- τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ΑΙ.ΤΤΤΑΥΥ, : τῇ γῇ καὶ τῇ θαλάσσῃ GW, 


8 ἄρσεναν L; ἄρσενα TIrA, 


ΧΙ, XIII. REVELATTLO:N. 


? , ~ 4 ΄ - ~ ~ , 
ἐδόθησαν τῇ γυναικὶ" δύο πτέρυγες τοῦ ἀετοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου, 
were given tothe woman two wings of the “eagle great, 


e ‘ ᾿ , ~ { , “ 
ἵνα πέτηται εἰς τὴν ἔρημον εἰς τὸν. τόπον αὐτῆς, Ὁπου΄ τρὲ- 


that she might fly into the wilderness into her place, where sheis 
φεται ἐκεῖ καιρόν, καὶ καιρούς, καὶ ἥμισυ καιροῦ, ἀπὸ 
nourished there 8, ὑϊπηθ, - and πιο απᾶ half atime, from [the] 


΄ ~ ” ‘A » 5 « 2 αλ ΄ ~ 
προσώπου τοῦ ὄφεως. 15 καὶ ἔβαλεν ὁ ὄφις “ὀπίσω τῆς 
face of the serpent. And cast ‘the serpent ®after °the 
γυναικὸς ἐκ Tov.crdmaroc.avrou' ὕδωρ ὡς ποταμόν, ἵνα 
woman ‘out Sof Shis 7mouth ~ water as ariver, that 
ταύτην". ποταμοφόρητον᾽ ποιήσῃ. «16 καὶ 
*her [545 Sone] "carried ®away *by '°a triver *he *might *make. And 
3 ΄ c ~ ~ , A ~ 4 , 
ἐβοήθησεν ἡ γῆ τῷ γυναικί, καὶ ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα 
Shelped ‘the ὅϑασίῃ [ῈῪ woman, and. *opencd ‘the *earth Smouth 
αὐτῆς, καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμὸν ὃν ἔβαλεν ὁ δράκων 
4105, and swallowed πρ the river which cast ‘the *dragon 
ἐκ τοῦ .στόµατος.αὐτοῦ. 17 καὶ ὠργίσθη ὃ δράκων “ἐπὶ! 
out of his mouth. And *was‘*angry ‘the “dragon with 
Ty γυναικί, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ποιῆσαι πόλεμον μετὰ THY λοιπῶν 
the woman, and went to make war , with the rest 
τοῦ.σπέρµατος.αὐτῆς, τῶν τηρούντων τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ 
of: her seed, who keep the commandments 


d 


θεοῦ, καὶ ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν frov" ᾿Ιησοῦ δχριστοῦ." 
οἵ God,and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. 
18 Καὶ "ἐστάθην" ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον τῆς θαλάσσης 13 καὶ 
And Istood upon the sand ofthe sea ; and 
εἶδον ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης θηρίον ἀναβαϊνον, ἔχον Ἰκεφαλὰς 
isaw outof the sea a beast rising, having “heads 
ἑπτὰ καὶ κέρατα δέκα"" καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κεράτων αὐτοῦ δέκα δια- 


‘seven and “horns ‘ten, and on its horns ten dia- 
δήµατα, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτοῦ  ἈΧθνομαἳ βλασφημίας. 
ἄοιηβ, aud upon its heads {the] name of blasphemy. 


2 καὶ τὸ θηρίον ὃ εἶδον ἦν ὅμοιον παρδάλει, καὶ οἱ πόδες 
- And the beast ΦΙΠΙσΠ 1 547 was like to a leopard, and *feet 
αὐτοῦ ὡς Ἰάρκτου," καὶ τὸ.στόμα.αὐτοῦ ὡς στύμα Ἀλέοντος." 
‘its as ofabear, and its mouth 8.5 [88] mouth of alion; 
καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν.δύναμιν.αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸν θρόνον 
and “gave “ἴο 5180 'the 7dragon his power, and *throne 
αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην. 8 καὶ "eidov" μίαν 5 τῶν κεφα- 
‘his, and “authority ‘great. And Isaw one Sheads 
~ ~ ιά ή / ε ~ 
λῶν αὐτοῦ ὡς ἐσφαγμένην εἰς θάνατον’ καὶ ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ 
195 its as slain to death ; and the -wound 
θανάτου αὐτοῦ ΄ἐθεραπεύθη, καὶ Ῥἐθαυμάσθη" “ἐνὶ τόλῃ τῷ 


3death 1083118 was healed: and there was wonder in whole ‘the 
γῇ" ὀπίσω τοῦ θηρίου. 4 καὶ προσεκύνησαν “τὸν δράκοντα" 


earth after the beast. And they did homage to the 


toc! ἔδωκεν “ἐξουσίαν τῷ θηρίῳ, Kai προσεκύνησαν “TO 
who gave authority tothe beast; and they didhomageto the 


θηρίον," λέγοντες, Tic ὅὕμοιος τῷ θηρίῳ; Στίς δύναται 
beast, saying, Who([is] like tothe beast? who [15 able 


dragon, 


4 








Ὁ + ai the LTT:[A]w. σ 
f — τοῦ GLIT: AW. 


ο ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ὀπίσω τῆς γυναικὸς GLTTrAW. 


647 


the woman were given 
two wings of a great 
eavle, that she might 
fly intothe wilderness, 
into her place, where 
she is nourished for a 
time, and times, and 
half atime, from the 
face of the serpent. 
15, And the serpent 
east out of his mouth 
water as a flood after 
the woman, that he 
might cause her to be 
earried away of the 
flood. 16 And the 
earth helped the wo- 
man, and the earth 
opened her mouth, and 
swallowed up the flood 
which the dragon cast 
out of his mouth. 
17 And the dragon was 
wroth with the wo- 
min, and went to 
make war with the 
remnant of her seed, 
which keep the com- 
mandments of God, 
and have the testi- 
mony of Jesus Christ. 


XIII. And I stood 
upon the sand of the 
sea, and saw a 
beast rise up out of 
the sea, having seven 
heads and ten horns, 
and upon his horns 
ten crowns, and upon 
his heads the name of 
blasphemy. 2 And the 
beast which I saw was 
like unto a leopard, 
and his feet were as 
the feet of a bear, and 
his mouth as the 
mouth ofa lion: and 
the dragon gave him 


his power, and his 
seat, and great au- 
thority. 3 And 1 


saw one of his heads 
as it were wounded to 
death ; and his deadly 
wound was healed: 
and all the world won- 
dered after the beast. 
4 And they worship- 
ped the dragon which 
gave power unto the 
beast: and they wor- 
shipped the beast, say- 
ing, Who ὦ like unto 
the beast? who is able 


4 αὐτὴν 


GLTTrAW. e — ἐπὶ (read τῇ with the) L. ὃ — χριστοῦ GLTTrAW. 

h ἐστάθη it stood LTra. i κέρατα δέκα καὶ κεφαλὰς ἑπτά GLTTrAW. ΚὈνόματα names 
GLTTrw. 1 ἄρκου GLTTrAW. m λεόντων of lions Τὶ are εἶδον GLTTrAW. ο -- ἐκ 
of (105) GLTTrAW» Ρ ἐθαύμασεν (read the whole earth wondered) EGTAW. 4 -- ἐν " 
EGLTAW. F ὅλη ἢ γῆ EGLTAW. " τῷ δράκοντι GLITrAW. tore (read because he gave) 
GLTTrAW. v + την the GLTT:AW. ἡ τῷ θηρίῳ GLITrAW, 5. + kat aud GLTTraw 


648 


«ο make war with 
him ? 5 And there was 
given unto him a 
mouth speaking great 
things and  blasphe- 
mies ; and power was 
given unto-him to 
coutinue forty and 
two months. 6 And he 
opened his mouth in 
blasphemy against 


God, to blaspheme his - 


mame, and his taber- 
Nacie, and tiem that 
dwellin heaven. 7 And 
it Was given unto him 
to make war with 
the saints, and to 
overcome them: and 
power was given him 
over all kindreds, and 
tongues, and nations, 
8 And all that dwell 
upon the earth shall 
worship him, whose 
Dames are not writ- 
ten in the book of 
life of the Lamb slain 
from the foundation 
of the world. 9 If any 
man have an ear, let 
him hear. 10 He that 
leadeth into captivity 
shall gointo captivity: 
he that killeth with 
the sword must be 
killed with the sword. 
Here is the patience 
and the faith of the 
saints, 


11 And TI beheld an- 
other beast coming up 
out of the earth; and 
he had two horns like 
a lamb, and he spake 
as adragon. 12 Andhe 
exerciseth all the pow- 
er of the first beast 
before him, and caus- 
eth the earth and 
them which dwell 
therein to worship the 
first beast, whose 
deadly wound was 
healed. 13 And he do- 
eth great wonders, so 
that he maketh fire 
come down from hea- 
ven on the earth in 
the sight of men, 
14 and deceiveththem 
that dwell on the 
earth by the means of 
those miracles which 


} βλάσφημα blasphemous [things] ba. 
σαρακονταδύο E; τεσσεράκοντα δύο LTTrA. 
ε — καὶ ἐδόθη.. 
λαὸν and people @LTTraw. 
not been written) LrTra. 


ἆ — καὶ LTTraW. 


ATITIOKAAY VIS. XIIT, 
πολεμῆσαι per’ αὐτοῦ; 5 καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στόμα λαλοῦν 
to make war with it? And was given toit a mouth. speaking 
μεγάλα καὶ Σβλασφημίας". καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία τ᾽ ποιῆ- 
great things. and ~ BEER OTs : and was given to it ας te 


σαι μῆνας Ἀτεσσαράκοντα © δύο ἳ 6 καὶ ἤνοιξεν τὸ. στόμα. αὐτοῦ 
act *months forty 2~wo. And it opened its mouth 
εἰς βλασφημίαν" ὦ ὃν θεόν, βλασφημῆσ ὸ ὃν 
ς “βλασφημίαν! πρὸς τὸν , βλασφημῆσαι τὸ ὄνομα 
ΤΟΥ blasphemy against God, to blaspheme “name 
αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν.σκηνὴν. αὐτοῦ, deci! τοὺς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 
this, and his tabernacle, those who *in “the *heaven 


and 
σκηνοῦντας. 7 “καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἱπόλεμον ποιῆσαι' μετὰ τῶν 
‘tabernacle. And was given to it 3war 1to*make with the 


‘aylwy, καὶ νικῆσαι αὐτούς" καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία ἐπὶ 


saints, and ἴο ΟΥΤ6ΥΟΟΠΙΘ them; and was given toit author over 


πᾶσαν φυλὴν 8 καὶ γλῶσσαν καὶ ἔθνος. ὃ καὶ προσκυνήσου- 
every tribo, and tongue, and nation; and shall do homage 
ow Ῥαὐτῳ! πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Ἰών' ov 
to it all who esas on the earth of whom ‘not 


γέγραπται *ra ὀνόματα! ἐν ἱτῇ βίβλῳ! τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ 


"have becn written the Names 7in το, “book 190Ε ‘life 1304 13119 
ἀρνίου ™ ἐσφαγμένου ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. 9 Εἰ 
15Lamb Mslain ‘from [286] “founding ‘of [*the] world. τε 
τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω. 10 Ei τις ™  «δαϊχμαλωσίανὶ 
anyone has anear, let him hear. If anyone [into] *captivity 
Ῥσυνάγει, " εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν ὑπάγει" εἴ τις ἐν «μαχαίρᾳ! 
1gathers, into captivity he goes. If anyone with [the] sword 


σάποκτενεῖ,! δεῖ" αὐτὸν ἐν αμαχαίρᾳ! ἀποκτανθῆναι' ὧδέ 
will kill, “must ‘he with[the] sword be killed, Here 
ἐστιν ἡ ὑπομονὴ Kai ἡ πίστις τῶν ἁγίων. 
is the endurance and the faith ofthe saints. 
11 Καὶ εἶδον ἄλλο θηρίον avaBaivoy ἐκ τῆς γῆς, 
And Isaw another beast rising out of the earth, 
* μ / « ? , Δ᾽ Ὁ ΄ e , 
εἶχεν κέρατα δύο Όμοια ἀρνίῳ, καὶ ἐλάλει ὡς δράκων. 12 
ithad horns ‘two liketo alamb, and spoke as ἃ dragon; 


τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πρώτου θηρίου πᾶσαν ποιεῖ ἐνώπιον 
2895 “authority *of *the Sirst Zbeast tall itexercises before 


αὐτοῦ" καὶ ποιεῖ τὴν γῆν καὶ τοὺς Ἱκατοικοῦντας ἐν αὐτῃ' 
it, and causes the earth and those who dwell in it 
ἵνα Ἱπροσκυνήσωσιν' τὸ θηρίον τὸ πρῶτον, οὗ ἐθερα- 
that they should do pornge to the beast ‘first, of whom παν 
πεύθη ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ-θανάτου.αὐτοῦ' 19 καὶ ποιεῖ σημεῖα 
healed the wound of its death. And it works “signs 
μεγάλα, “iva καὶ πῦο ποιῃ" χκαταβαίνειν :ἐκ τοῦ οὐ- 
1ereat, that even fire itshouldcause tocome down out of the hea- 


ρανοῦ" εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 14 καὶ πλανᾷ 
ven to the earth before mea. And it misleads 


τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, διὰ τὰ σημµεῖα ἃ 
those who dwell on the earth, by reasonof the signs which 


Kat 
and 
καὶ 
and 





2 + πόλεμον war (read moun. to make) Ε. 
b η [καὶ] and τ.. 


3 TEG- 
ς βλασφημίας LTTrAW. 
νικῆσαι αὐτούς, ἃ ποιῆσαι πόλεμον ΤΤΙΑ.Σ Ε - καὶ 
ss αὐτὸν GLTTrAW. i οὗ (read [everyone] of whom has 
K τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ his name LTTra ; τὸ ὄνομα the name Gw. 


‘Tw βιβλίῳ ο ο m + τοῦ (read which was slain) GLTTrAW. D + εἰς Lis] 
for LTAW. -- αἰχμαλωσίαν (vead εἰς for) Tr. P — συνάγει LTTrAW. 4 μαχαίρῃ 
LTTra. τ᾿ ἀποκταίνει kills τὶ ; ἀποκτανθῆναι. το be killed a. 5 — deta. τ ἐν ᾿ αὐτῇ 


ος QTTrA. 
ον. 


ἡ προσκυνήσουσιν they shall do homage ΤΤΤτΑ. π καὶ πῦρ ἵνα 


Σ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνειν (καταβῇ 8; καταβαίνῃ should come down W) GLTraw 


mill, XIV. REVELATION, 


ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ποιῆσαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ θηριου, λέγων τοῖς 
itwas given toit towork μοίοιθ the beast, saying to those who 
κατοικοῦσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ποιῆσαι εικόνα" τῷ θηρίῳ δ" 
dwell on the earth, to make an.image to the beast, which 
ἔχει τὴν πληγὴν τῆς ὑμαχαίρας" καὶ ἔζησεν. 15 καὶ ἐδόθη 
has , the wound of the sword, and lived. And if Was given 


μην a ο - ἢ ~ ΓΝ ie ~ eo 
ἑαὐτῳ' ἀδοῦναι πνεῦμα! τῇ εἰκόνι του θηρίου, ἵνα καὶ λα- 
ἰοῦ , togive breath tothe image of the beast, thit7also®should 
λήσῃ ἡ εἰκὼν τοῦ θηρίου, καὶ ποιήσῃ,  ὅσοι fav" μὴ 
®speak tthe *imuge %o0t*the “beast, and should cause as many as “not 


ι \ > ’ " ~ : 4 ᾽ ~ 
"τὴν εἰκόνα" τοῦ θηρίου ‘iva ἀποκτανθῶσιν. 


the image ofthe beast that they should be kilied. 
16 καὶ ποιεῖ πάντας, τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους, καὶ 

And it causes all, the suiall and the great, and 
τοὺς πλουσίους καὶ τοὺς πτωχούς, καὶ τοὺς ἐλευθέρους καὶ 


ἔπροσκυγήσωσιν 
twould do homage to 


the rich and the poor, and the free and 
τοὺς δούλους, ἵνα ἔἘδώσῃ! αὐτοῖς χάραγμα ἐπὶ τῆς χειρὸς 
the  bondmen, that itshoulu give them a mark on "hand 
αὐτῶν τὴς δεξιᾶς, 1) ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων" αὐτῶν, 17 "καὶ" ἵνα 
‘their *yight, or on “foreheads ‘their ; and that 
, ΄, ? ΄ . ~ ? ‘ ε ” Δ 
μὴ.τις δύνηται ἀγοράσαι ἢ πωλῆσαι, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἔχων TO 
no one shonid be able το buy or to sell, except he who has the 
χάραγμα "ὴ' “τὸ ὄνομαὶ τοῦ θηριου, ἢ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ 
mark or the Dame’ of the beust, or the number 
οῬόματος ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 18 ‘Qce ἡ copia ἐστιν. ὁ ἔχων τὸν" 
flume τος its, Here “Wisdom ‘is. He who nas 
~ , : ? ν - ? ‘ ‘ 
νοῦν, ψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηριου" ἀριθμὸς. γὰρ 


understanding let him count the of the beast: lor “number 


ἀνθρώπου ἐστιν, καὶ ὁ-ἀριθμὸς. αὐτοῦ 4 τχξς΄." 


μι" 


*a “man’s itis; and its number [15] υθθ, 
14 Καὶ "εἶδον," καὶ ἰδού, * ἀρνίον “ἑστηκὺς! ἐπὶ τὸ ὑρος 
Aud Isaw, and beliold, (the) Lamb stanuing upon mount 
Σιών, Kai per αὐτοῦ ἑκατὸν Ῥτεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρες" 
Sion, and with him a hundred [and] forty tour 


χιλιάδες, ἔχουσαὶ TO dvopa* τοῦ.πατρὸς.αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένον 
Lhousand, having the name of his Father written 

ἐπὶ «τῶν.µετώπων αὐτῶν. 2 καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐ- 
on their foreheads. And Iheard avoice outof the hea- 
ρανοῦ ὡς φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῆς 


ven as avoice of “waters ‘many, and as avoice ot “thunder 
μεγάλης" καὶ Yowvijy ἤκουσα" 7" κιθαρῳδῶν κιθαριζόντων ἐν 
*great : aud a voice 1 heard of harpers harping with 


~ , ? ~ ‘ 10 aa,’ Ι 0 ‘ ‘ ? ΄ 
ταῖς.κιθάραις. αὐτῶν. ὃ καὶ ᾳδουσιν "ως" φὸην καινὴν ενώ- 
their harps, And they sing as a7song ‘new be- 
πιον τοῦ θρόνου, Kai ἐνώπιον τῶν τεσσάρων ζώων καὶ 
fore the throne, and _ betore the four living creatures and 
τῶν πρεσβυτέρων" καὶ οὐδεὶς Ῥδἠδύνατο! μαθεῖν THY φδήν, 
the elders. And noone was able tolearn the song 


649 
he had power to da 
in the sight of the 
beast ; saying to them 
that dwell on the 
earth, that they 
should make an image 
to the beast, which 
had the wound by a 
sword, and did live. 
15 And he had power 
to give life unto the 
image of the beast, 
that the image of the 
beast should both 
speak, and cause that 
as Inany as would not 
worship the image of 
the beast should be 
Rilled. 16 And he caus- 
eth all, bothsmall and 
great, rich and poor, 
tree und bond, to re- 
cclve a mark in their 
right hand, or in taoeir 
torecheads : 17 and 
that no man might 
buy or sell, save he 
that had the mark, or 
the name of the beast, 
or the number of his 
name. 18 Here is wis- 
dom, Let him that 
hath understanding 
count the number of 
the beast: tor itis the 
number of ἃ Man ; 
and his number is 31x 
hundred —_ threescore 
and 31x. 


XIV. And 1 looked, 
and, lo, a Lamb stood 
on the mount Sion, 
and with him an hun- 
dred forty and four 
thousand, having his 
Father’s name written 
in their foreheads, 
2 And 1 heard a voice 
from heaven, as the 
voice of many waters, 
and as the voice ot a 
great thunder: and I 
heard the voice of 
harpers harping with 
their harps: 3 and 
they sung as it were 
8 new song betore the 
throne, and before the 
four beasts, and the 
elders: and no man 
could learn that song’ 
but the hundred and 





2 ὃς who LTTraw. > µαχαίρης LTTrA. 
e+ ἵνα that LTr[A]w. { ἐὰν 1 ΤΤτΑ. 

1 — ἵνα (omit that they) LTTraw. 
m— καὶ LILA]. 

4 + ἐστιν 15 Tr. 


« εἰκόναν L. 

ἁ πνεῦμα δοῦναι w. 
homage 1, Β τῇ εἰκόνι GITrw. 
give GLITraw. 170 μέτωπον furehead GLTlraw. 
ο τοῦ ὀνόματος Of the name L. +? — τὸν GLTIrAW. 
ἕξ six buudred [and] sixty-six LA. 5 ἴδον 1. 

ν τεσσαρακοντατέσσαρες EGW ; τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες LTTrA. 
(read his uame and ihe name) ΟΠ ΤΡΙΑ ΥΝ. 


[was] GLItraw. τῷ + ὡς uS GLITrAW. 82 — ὡς 11 Tra]. 


t + τὸ the @LTTraw. 


© αὐτῇ (that is, the image) 1,. 
Ε προσκυνήσουσιν shall do 
4 δῶσιν tuey should 


3 — ἢ GLITraAW, 


τ ἑξακόσιοι ἑξήκοντα 


Υ ἑστὸς ΧἹῬΟΛΎ. 


χα + αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ὄνομα 
} ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα the voice which 1 heud 
ba ἐδύνατο 111.Α. 


650 | 

forty and four thou- 
gand, which were re- 
deemed from the earth. 
4 These are they which 
were not defiled with 
women; for they are 
virgins. These are they 
which follow the Lamb 
whithersoever he go- 
eth. These were re- 
deemed from among 
men, Leing the first- 
fruits unto God and 
to the Lamb. 5 And 
in their mouth was 
found no guile: for 
they are without fault 
before the throne of 
God. 


6 And Isawanother 
angel fly in the midst 


of heaven, having the. 


everlasting gospel to 
preach unto them that 
dwell on theearth, and 
to every nation, and 
kindred, and tongue, 
and people,. 7 saying 
with a ,loud voice, 
Fear God, and give 
glory to him; for the 


our of his judgment‘ 


is come : and worship 
him that thade hea- 
ven, and earth, ‘and 
the sea, and the foun- 
tains of waters. 


8 And there followed 
another angel, saying, 
Babylon is fallen, is 
fallen, that great city, 
because she made all 
nations drink of the 
wine of the wrath of 
her fornication, 


9 And the third angel 
followed them, saying 
with a loud voice, If 
apy man worship the 
beast and his image, 
and receive Ais mark 
in his forehead, or in 
his hand, 10 the same 
shall drink of the wine 
of the wrath of God, 
which is poured out 
without mixture into 
the cup of his indig- 
nation ; and he shall 
be tormented with fire 
and brimstone in the 
presence of the holy 
uugels, aud in the pre- 
sence of the Lamb: 


ATF OR AA Yo 1%. ΧΙΥ, 
ετεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρες!. χιλιάδες, - οἱ 
forty four thousand, who 

ot μετὰ 
they who with 


εἰ μὴ αἱ ἑκατὸν 
except the hundred [and] 

ἠγορασμένοι ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς. 4 οὗτοί εἰσιν 
have been purchased from the earth. These are 
γυναικῶν οὐκ.ἐμολύνθησαν' παρθἐνοι.γάρ εἰσιν" οὗτοί “siow" 
women were not defiled, for virgins they are: these are 

οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ ἀρνίῳ ὅπου ἂν curayy.' οὗτοι 
they who follow the Lamb wheresoever he may go. These 
ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀπαρχὴ τῷ θεῷ καὶ 
were purchased from among men [845] firstfruits to God and 
τῷ ἀρνίῳ. 5 καὶ ἐν τῷ.στόματι.αὐτῶν οὐχ-εὑρέθη ᾿δόλος"" 
tothe Lamb: and in their mouth was notfound guile; 
ἅμωμοι ἔγάρ'!΄ εἰσιν Ἀἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ θεοῦ.! 

for blameless they are before. the throne of God. 

6 Kai εἶδον Ἰἄλλον' ἄγγελον ὑπετώμενονὶ ἐν µεσου- 

And I saw another angel flying in mid- 

ρανήματι, ἔχοντα εὐαγγέλιον αἰώνιον εὐαγγελίσαι 
heaven, having [the] *glad “tidings ‘everlasting to announce [to] 

τοὺς Ἱκατοικοῦντας' ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ' πᾶν έθνος καὶ φυλὴν 


those who dwell on the earth, and ‘every nation and tribe 
καὶ γλῶσσαν καὶ λαόν, 7 "λέγοντα! “ἐν! φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, 
and tongue and people, saying with a “voice loud, 


Φοβήθητε τὸν θεόν, καὶ δότε αὐτῷ δόξαν, ὅτι ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα 
Fear God, and give tohim glory, because is come the hour 
τῆς κρίσεως.αὐτοῦ' καὶ προσκυνήσατε τῷ ποιήσαντι τὸν 
οὗ hisjudgment; ΄ and dohomageto him who made the 
οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν Kai? θάλασσαν καὶ πηγὰς ὑδάτων. 
heaven and the earth and sea and fountains of waters. 
8 Καὶ ἄλλος Iayyedoc" ἠκολούθησεν, λέγων, Ἔπεσεν Τέπε- 
And another angel ~ followed, saying, Is fallen, ‘is 
σεν" "Βαβυλὼν" ᾿ὴ πόλις" ἡ µεγάλη: ὅτι" ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ 
fallen Babylon Scity ‘the “great, because of the wine of the 
θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς Ἠπεπότικε πάντα" ἔθνη. 
fury of her fornication she has given “to *drink ‘all “nations. 
9 Καὶ * Ἱτριτος ἄγγελος" ἠκολούθησεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων ἐν 
And a third angel followed them, saying, with 
φωνῇ µμεγάλφ,' Et τις 770 θηρίον προσκυνεῖ! καὶ τὴν 
a “voice ‘loud, If anyone ‘the ΄ *beast ‘dées “homage *to and 
“ἔν ᾽ - 4 , 9 ~ ΄ ~ 
εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ, Kai λαμβάνει χάραγμα ἐπὶ τοῦ.µετώπου.αὐτοῦ, 
*image ‘its, and receives 8 mark on hus torehead 
Ἅ ? ‘ ‘ ~ ~ ‘ 4 ΄ ~ » 
ἢ ἐπὶ τὴν.χεῖρα.αὐτοῦ, 10 καὶ αὐτὸς πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου 
or upon his hand, also he shalldrink of the wine 
τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦ κεκερασµένου ἀκράτου ἐν τῷ 
of the fury of God .which is mixed undiluted in the 
~ 3 ~ ? ~ \ ΄ . ᾽ \ 
ποτηριῳ τῆς.ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ βασανισθήσετὰι ἐν πυρὶ καὶ 
cup of his wrath, — and heshallbetormented in fire and 
ἃ ’ , “- ε ΄ . ᾽ ͵“ ‘ , ~ 
θείῳ, ἐνώπιον "τῶν" ἁγίων ἀγγέλων," καὶ ἐνώπιον τοῦ 
brimstune, before the holy angels, and _ before the 





© τεσσαρακοντατέσσαρες EGW ; τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες LITrA. 
© ὑπάγει he goes LTrA. 

bh — ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTrAW. 
κ + ἐπὶ uNLO LITraW. 


LTTrA. 


SLTTraw, 


πόλις GLTTrAW. 
LITraw. 
τὸ θηρίον GLTTraw. 


3 ο — ἐν (read φωνῇ With a voice) L. 
ἄγγελος ἃ Second angel LTrawW.; ay. dev. τ΄ 


* + ἄλλος another GLTTraw. 


4 — εἰσιν (read [are]) 
. & --- yap for La, 
J πετόμενον GLTTrAW. 
m + ἐπὶ untO @LTTraW. 4 λέγων 
9 Ρ + τὴν the ατνν. 4 δευτερος 
ὑπ ᾿ τ [ἔπεσεν] a. 5 Βαβουλὼν Ε. ‘ty 
9 Which (read wer. has given to drink) trtraw. ' + τὰ the 

, 5 ἄγγελος τρίτος GLTTraw. * προσκυνε; 
> ἀγγέλων ἁγιων LITr; — ἁγίων A, 


Γψεῦδος falsehood GLrtraw. 
1 [ἄλλον] A. 
! καθημένους Sit GLTTrAW. 


8 — τῶν LTTr. 


ΧΙΥ. πΕτΕΕΑ TION. 


᾽ \ ~ ~ ᾽ ~ ey 2 
ἀρνιου" 11 καὶ ὁ καπνὸς τοῦ. βασανισμοῦ.αὐτῶν “ἀναβαίνει 
Lanib. And the smoke of their torment goes up 
, sem ΄ ‘ ” . ΄ « / ‘ 
εἰς αἰῶνας αἰώνων'' καὶ οὐκ.ἔχουσιν ἀνάπαυσιν ἡμέρας και 
to ages of ages, and _they have no respite day and 
. « ~ Ν \ ‘ η > , ~ ‘ 
νυκτὸς οἱ προσκυνοῦντες τὸ θηριον καὶ τὴν-εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ, καὶ 
night who ἆο homage to the beast and its image, and 
εἴ τι; λαμβάνει τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ.ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ. 13 Ὧδε 4 
ifanyone receives’ the mark of its Dame. Here [?the] 
ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστιν' “ὦδε! οἱ τηροῦντες τὰς ἐν- 
Sendurance “of *the ®saints ‘is, here they who keep the command- 
τολὰς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὴν πιστιν ᾿Ιησοῦ. 
ments of God and the- faith of Jesus. 
13 Kai ἤκουσα φωνῆς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, λεγούσης μοι, 
And 1 Ἱεατᾶ avoice outof the heaven, saying to me, 
Upawoy, Μακάριοι οἱ νεκροὶ οἱ ἐν κυρίῳ ἀποθνήσκοντες 
rite, Blessed the dead who in[the] Lord Φε, 
ψἀπάρτι.ὶ Nai, λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα, ἵνα Νάναπαύσωνται! ἐκ 
from henceforth. Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from 
τῶν.κόπων αὐτῶν τὰ ἰδὲ" ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ᾽ αὐτῶν. 
their labours ; ~ and ?works ‘their follow with <them, 
14 Kai *eldov," καὶ ἰδού, νεφέλη λευκή, καὶ ἐπὶ THY νεφέλην 


And Isaw, andbehold, a*cloud *white, and upon the cloud 

Ἰκαθήµενος ὕμοιο; "vig! ἀνθρώπου, ἔχων ἐπὶ "τῆς 
fone] “ sitting like [the] Son of man, having on 
κεφαλῆς" αὐτοῦ στέφανον χρυσοῦν, καὶ ἐν τῷῇ.χειρὶ αὐτοῦ δρέ- 
“head *his a *crown ‘golden; and i his hand 
πανον ὀξύ. 15 καὶ ἄλλος ἄγγελος ἐξῆλθεν. ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ, 
“sickle ‘sharp. And another angel came out of the, temple, 
κράζων ἐν ομεγάλῳ' φωνῇ" τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῆς νεφέλης; 
crying with loud voice to him sitting ο the cloud, 


Πέμψον τὸ δρέπανόν.σου,. καὶ θέρισον, ὅτι ἦλθέν Poot" ἡ. 


Send thy sickle and reap; because iscome tothee the 
ὥρα “τοῦ! θερίσαι, ὅτι ἐξηράνθη ὁ θερισμὸς τῆς γῆς. 16 Kai 
hour toreap, because isdried the harvest of the earth. And 


ἔβαλεν ὁ καθήμενος ἐπὶ τὴν νεφέλην" τὸ.δρέπανον.αὐτοῦ 
Sput “forth *he "sitting ‘upon *the Scloud his sickle 
ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐθερίσθη ἡ γῆ. 
upon the earth, and. was reaped the earth. 
ν᾿ » » σον - ~ ~ ? ~ 
17 Καὶ ἄλλος ἄγγελος ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ του ἐν τῷ 
And another angel came out of the temple which [is] in the 
οὐρανῷ, ἔχων καὶ αὐτὸς δρέπανον ὀξύ. 18 καὶ ἄλλος ay- 
heaven, “having 8158 0 ‘*he a*sickle ‘sharp. And another an- 
~ ~ ΄ » 3 / J ‘ ~ 
γελος "ἐξῆλθεν" ἐκ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, " ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ 
gel came out of the altar, having authority over 
πυρός, καὶ ἐφώνησεν ᾿κραυγῇ" μεγάλῃ τῷ ἔχοντι τὸ δρέπανον 
fire, and hecalled witha*“cry ‘loud {Το him having Ssickle 
‘ [ή a a / . ᾽ , ‘ , 
τὸ ὀξύ, λέγων, Πέμψον σου τὸ δρέπανον τὸ ὀξὺ, και τρυγη- 
4the “sharp, saying, Send thy *sickle Isharp, and gather 
σον τοὺς βότρυας τῆς γῆς, ὅτι ἤκμασαν " αἱ σταφυλαὶ 
the bunches of the earth; because are fully ripe “grapes 


G51 


11 and the smoke of 
their torment ascend- 
eth up,for ever and 
ever: and they have 
no rest day nor night, 
who worship the beast 
and his image, and 
whosoever receiveth 
the mark of his name, 
12 Here is the patience 
of the saints : hereare 
they that keep the 
commandments of 
God, and the faith of 
Jesus, 


13 And I heard a 
voice from heaven 
suying unto me, Write, 
Blessed are the dead 
which die in the Lord 
from henceforth: Yea, 
saith the Spirit, that 
they may rest from 
their labours; and 
their works do follow 
them. 


14 And I looked, 
and behold a white 
cloud, and upon the 
cloud one sat like 
unto the Son of man, 
having on his head 8. 
golden crown, and in 


4 luis hand a sharp sic- 


kle. 15 And another 
angel came out of the 
temple, crying with a 
loud voice to him that 
sat on the cloud, 
Thrust in thy sickle, 
and reap: for the time 
is come ‘for thee to 
reap ; tor the harvest 
of the earth is ripe. 
16 And he that sat 
on the cloud thrust in 
his sickle on theearth; 
and the earth was 
reaped, ; 


17 And another an- 
gel came out of the 
temple which is in 
heaven, he also hav- 
ing a sharp sickle, 
18 And another angel 
came out from the al- 
tar, which had power 
over fire; and cried 
with a loudery to him 
that had the sharp 
sickle, saying, Thrust 
in thy sharp sickle, 
and gather the clusters 
of the vine of the 
earth ; for her grapes 


--ύὐ-ἔ στ θθθθθθθθθηη.ΆὮἼὭοπ 


ς εἰς αἰῶνας αἰώνων ἀναβαίνει GLTTrAW. ἃ + ἡ the LTTraw. 
—MOLGLTTrAW. 8 am ἄρτι GLA. 


they shall rest w. i γὰρ for LTTra. k ἴδον T. 


αυ υἱὸν Τ. Ὁ τὴν κεφαλὴν LT. ο φωνῇ μεγάλῃ GLTTrAW. ? 
4 — τοῦ LTTrAW. ; τῆς νεφέλης LTTrA. 5. — ἐξῆλθεν L. Ὁ ὁ who (read 
has) Law. ¥ φωνῇ With ὦ “voice LT Ir W + τῆς ἀμπέλου of the vine EGLTTrAW 


ε — ὧδε GLTTrAW. 


b ἀναπαήσονται they shall rest LTTrA ; ἀναπαύσονται 
1 καθήμενον ὅμοιον GLTTIAW. 


P — σοι GLTTrAW. 
ἔχων 


652 
are fully ripe. 19 And 


the anget thrust in 
his sickle into the 
earth, and gathered 


the vine of the earth, 
and cast 7 into the 
great ywinepress of 
the wrath of Gor. 
20 And the winepress 
was trodden without 
the city, and blood 
came out of the wine- 
press, even unto the 
horse bridles, by the 
space of ἃ thousand 
and six bundred fur- 
lougs. 

XV. And T saw an- 
other sign in heaven, 
great and marvellous, 
seven angels having 
the seven last plagues; 
for in them is filled up 
the wrath of God: 


2 And I saw as it 
were a sea of glass 
mingled with fire: 
and them that had 
gotten the victory over 
the beast, and over his 
image, and over his 
mark, aud over the 
mumber of his name, 
stand on the sea of 
glass, having the harps 
ot God. ὃ And they 
sing the song of Mo- 
ses the servant of God, 
and the song of the 
Lamb, saying, Great 
and marvellous «re 
thy works, Lord God 
Almighty; just and 
true «ave thy ways, 
thou King of siints. 
4 Who shall not fear 
thee, O Lord, and 
glorify thy name? for 
thou only urt holy : for 
all nations shall come 
and worship, before 
thee; for thy judg- 
ments are made mani- 
fest. 


5 And after that I 
looked, and, behold, 
the templesof the ta- 
bernacle of the testi- 
mony in heaven was 
opened: 6 and the se- 
ven angels came out 
of the temple, having 
the seven plagues, 
clothed in pure and 
white linen, and hav- 
ing their breasts gird- 
ed with golden gird-, 
les. 7 And one ot the 


HOR SREY PS. αν το 


~ r ‘ ” « » , ~ 4 
αὐτῆς. 19 Καὶ ἔλαλεν ὁ ἄγγελος τὸὺ.δρέπανον. αὐτοῦ εἰς 
*her. And #put*forth *the “angel his sickle to 
~ ‘ , ‘ ” ~ ~ . . Ὕ 
τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐτρύγησεν τὴμ ἄμπελον τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐβαλεν 
the earth, and gathered — the vine of theeurth, and cust (the fruit) 
εἰς τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ. θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ “τὴν μεγάλην." 20 καὶ 
into ‘Swinepress *of *the “fury Τοῦ °God ‘the “great : aud 
΄ A rt ~ ΄ 4 ὦ - - 
ἐπατήθη ἡ ληγὸς γέἔξω" τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν αἷμα 
was trodden the winepress outside the city, and came “forth *blood 
ἐκ τῆς ληνοῦ ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ιππωγν, ἀπὸ 
out of the winepress as 149 48 the bits of the horses, to the uistance of 
σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων. 
5furlonugs 'a “thousand “six *hundred. 
‘ τή ” » "» ~ ~ , a 
15 Καὶ 3εἶδον' ἄλλο σημεῖον ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ μέγα καὶ θαυ- 
And J δα another sign in the heaven, great aud won- 
, 7 ” ‘ { ‘ 7 ΄ 
μαστόν, ἀγγέλους ἑπτά, ἔχοντας πληγὰς ἑπτὰ τὰς ἐσχάτας, 
derful: -angels 4seven, huving “plagues ‘seven, the last; 
Ore ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. 
because in them wascompleted the fury ot God. 
2 Καὶ *sidov' ὡς θάλασσαν ὑαλίνην μεμιγμένην πυρὶ, 


And I saw as a “seu ‘class mingled With fire, 
\ ~ ~ ΄ ον] - ἡ Τὰ ᾽ τῷ 

καὶ τοὺς νικῶντας ἐκ τοῦ θηρίου καὶ ἐκ τῆς.εἰκύνος. αὐτοῦ 
and the overcomcrs ot the beast, and of its image, 
καὶ Ὀὲκ τοῦ.χαράγµατος.αὐτοῦ,! ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος 
and of its mark, ot the number “Dame 

~ - ᾽ \ , ν᾿ « / » 
αὐτοῦ, ἑστῶτας ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν τὴν υαλίνην, ἔχοντας 
163155, standing upon the "sea elass, having 


΄ ~ ~ Ἢ » \ ? A ΄ ν᾿ , 
κιθάρας τοῦ θεοῦ. 8 καὶ ἄδουσιν τὴν φδὴν “Μωσέως" 4 δού- 
harps of God. And they sing the song οὗ Moses, bond- 
λου τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τὴν φδὴν τοῦ ἀρνίου, λέγοντες, Μεγάλα καὶ 
man of God, and the song ofthe Lamb, saying, Great and 
θαυμαστὰ τὰ .ἔργα.σου, κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ δι- 
wonderful thy works, Lord God Almighty ; right- 
αἱ ὑδοί.σου, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν «ἁγιων." 
thy ways, [μοι] King ot saints. 
΄ ? ? A ~ if ll / ‘ Ὁ ,ὔ ΠῚ 4, ἐῶν ΄ a 
4 τίς ov μὴ φοβηθῇ oe," κύνιε, καὶ ἔδοξάσφ" τὺ.ὄνομά.σου; 
Who “not ‘should tear thee, O Lord, «πὰ glorify thy name ? 
OTL όνος ὕσιοὸ OTL πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἥξουσιν και 
for [thou] only [3410] holy; for all the nations shallcome and 
προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιόν σου" ὅτι τὰ.δικαιώματά.-σου 


[ατα] 


καιαι καὶ αληθιναὶ 


eous and true [are] 


do homage before thee; for thy righteous {acts] 
, lit. righteousnesses 
ἐφανερώθησαν. νε. ἡ : 
were manifested, 
5 Kai μετὰ ταῦτα ϑεῖδον," καὶ dod," ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς 


And after thesethings Isaw, and _ bebold; was opened the temple 


τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ µαρτυριου ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ" 6 καὶ ἐξῆλθον οἱ 


ofthe tabernacle of the testimony in the heaven; and c:me forth the 
ε A ” ; ” ᾿ © \ ΄ - - 

ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοιὶ ἔχοντες τὰς ἑπτὰ πληγᾶς; ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ, 
seven angels “having ®the “seven ‘plagues ‘out “of *the *temple, 


ἐνδεδυμένοι "λίνον" καθαρὸν ἱκαὶ" λαμπρόν, καὶ περιεζωσμένοι 
clothed in linen pure and bright, and girt with 

περὶ τὰ στήθη ζώνας χρυσᾶς. 7 καὶ ἕν ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων 

Sabout *the *breasts *girdles *golden. And one of the four 





x τὸν μέγαν GLTTrAW. 


αὐτοῦ GLTTraw. 
GLTTraw, 


f — ge LTTra. 
i + οἱ those GLTT:[A]w. 


Υ ἔξωθεν GLTTraAWw. 8 ἴδον π. 
ο Μωύσέως ΑΙ Τι ΑΝ. ἆ + τοῦ the LTTra,. 
& δοξάσει shall glonity LTrraw. 
k λίθον stone LTr, 1 — και GLTT:AW. 


Ὁ — ἐκ τοῦ χαράγµατος 
ε ἐθνὼν of nations 
h — ἰδού GLTTraW. 


XV, XVI. 


ζώων 
living creatures 
γεμούσας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 


REVELATION. 


3 ~ e ‘ > , « A , ~ 
ἔδωκεν τοῖς ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλοις ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς, 
gave tothe seven angels seven “bowls ‘golden, 


full of tke fury of God, who lives to the ages 
τῶν αἰώνων. 8 καὶ ἐγεμίσθη ὁ ναὸς καπνοῦ ἐκ τῆς δόξης 
ofthe ages. And *was.*filled ‘the *temple with smoke from the glory 


τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῆς δυνάµεως.αὐτοῦ' καὶ οὐδεὶς "“ἠδύνατοϊ 
of God, and from his power : and noone was able 

εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν ναόν, ἄχρι τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ τῶν 
, toenter into the temple until were completed the seven plagues of the 
ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων. 
seven angels. τα 

16 Καὶ ἤκουσα "φωνῆς μεγάλης! ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ, λεγούσης 

‘And Iheard 8, *voice loud . outof the temple, saying 

~ ε CN Ss ἔπ Σ « , + 92 / Ι rp Sy ~ 
τοῖς ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλοις, Ὕπαγετε, καὶ °Exyeare' τὰς Ῥ φιάλας τοῦ 
to the seven angels, ‘Go, and pourout the bowls of the 
θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὴν γῆν. 

fury of God into the earth. 

2 Καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ πρῶτος, καὶ ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην. αὐτοῦ 

And ‘departed “the “first, and poured out his bowl 
eri" τὴν γῆν" καὶ ἐγένετο ἕλκος κακὸν Kai πονηρὸν Tic" τοὺς 
onto the éarth;and came asore, evil and grievous, upon the 
ἀνθρώπους τοὺς ἔχοντας τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου, καὶ τοὺς 
men who had the mark ofthe beast, and those 

τῇ εἰκόνι.αὐτοῦ προσκυνοῦντας." 

Sto this °image 1doing *homage. 

3 Kai ὁ δεύτερος ᾿ἄγγελος" ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην.αὐτοῦ εἰς 


And the second angel poured out his bowl into 
τὴν θάλασσαν" καὶ ἐγένετο αἷμα ὡς νεκροῦ, Kai πᾶσα ψυχὴ 
the sea ; and it became blood, as of [one]dead; and every soul 
ζῶσα" ἀπέθανεν Σ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ. 

{living died in the sea. 
4 Kai ὁ τρίτος “ἄγγελος! ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην αὐτοῦ εἰς 

And the third angel poured out his bowl into 


τοὺς ποταμοὺς καὶ Yeic' τὰς: πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων' καὶ Ξἐγένετο" 


the rivers, and into the fountains of waters; and they became 
αἷμα. ὃ καὶ ἤκουσα τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων λέγοντος, 
blood. And T'heard the angel of the waters saying, 
Δίκαιος, “κύριε, εἶ, ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν Kai ὁ! ὅσιος, ὅτι 
Righteous, O Lord, ατὸ ἴποι, whoart andwhowast and the holy one, that 
ταῦτα ἔκρινα.  ϐ ὅτι οαἶἷμαὶ ἁγίων καὶ προ- 
these things thou didst judge; because {the} blood ofsaints and of pro- 
φητῶν ἐξέχεαν, καὶ αἷμα αὐτοῖς Ἀέδωκας" “πιεῖν"" ἄξιοι 
phets they poured out, ἀπ blood {ο {ποτὰ thou αἰαδὺ give to drink ; *worthy 


fyao' εἰσιν. 7 Kai ἤκουσα Εἄλλου ἐκὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λέ- 
for they are. And Iheard another outof the altar Bay- 
jovToc, Nai, κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ, ἀληθιναὶ καὶ δίκαιαι 
ing, Yea, Lord God Almighty, true and righteous 
αἱ κρίσεις.σου. 
{are] thy judgments. 
‘4 « ‘ ’ , ~ 3 ‘4 
8 Kai ὁ τέταρτος Σᾶγγελος! ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην. αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ 
Andthe fourth angel poured out his bowl upon 


653 
four beasts gave unto 
the seven angels seven 
golden vials full of the 
wrath of God, who 
liveth for ever and 
ever. 8 And the tem- 
ple was filled with 
smoke from the glory 
of God, and from nis 
power; and no msn 
was able to enter into 
the temple, till the se- 
ven plagues of the se- 
ven angels were ful- 
filled. 


XVI. And Iheard a 
great voice out of the 
temple saying to the 
seven angels, Go your 
Ways, and pour out the 
vials of the wrath of 
God upon the earth. 


2 And the first went, 
and poured out his 
vial upon the earth; 
and there fell a noi- 
some. and grievous 
sore upen the men 
which had the mark of 
the beast, and upon 
them which worship- 
ped his image. 


3 And the second 
angel poured out his 
vial upon the sea ; and 
it became as theblood 
of a dead man: and 
every living soul died 
in the sea, 


.4 And the third an- 
gel poured out his vial 
upon the rivers and 
fountains of waters ; 
and they beeame 
blood. 5 And I heard 


‘the angel of the waters 


say, Thou art right- 
eous, O Lord, which 
art, and wast, and 
shalt be, because thou 
hast judged thus. 6 For 
they have shed the 
blood of saints and 
prophets, and thou 
hast given them blood 
to drink ; forthey are 
worthy. 7AndI heard 
another out of the al- 
tar say, Even so, Lord, 
God Almighty, true 
and righteous are thy 
judgments. 


8 And the fourth 
angel poured out his 





πι ἐδύνατο LTTrA. 2 μεγάλης φωνῆς LTAW. ο ἐκχέετε LTA. 
GLTTrAW. 4 εἰς into LTTrAW. τ ἐπὶ UpON LTTrAW. 
GLT1raAW. ὅ- ἄγγελος LTITTAW. Υ ζωῆς (read soul of life) aurtra, 
LITrAW. 5 -- GyyeAosGLTtraW, Y— εἰς LITra. ὃ ἐγένοντο L. 
Ὁ — καὶ GT; — καὶ ὁ (read ὅσιος holy) LTraw. ο αἵματα bloods τ. 


given τὰ: ΑΥ̓͂, STL; Tey 1, [Φ{π-- γάρ GLITFAW, 


Ρ + ἑπτὰ Seven 


5 προσκυνοῦντας τῇ εἰκόνι αὐτοῦ 


* + τὰ the [things] 


® — κύριε GLTTrAW. 


4 δέδωκας thou hast 
6 --ὄλλου ἐκ ΦΗΤΤΙΑΜΙ 


654 

vial upon thé sun; 
and powér was given 
unto him to scorch 
men with fire. 9 And 
men were scorched 
with great heat, and 
blasphemed the name 
of God, which hath 
power over. these 
plagues: and they 
repented not to give 
him glory. 

10 And the fifth an- 
gel poured out his 
vial upon the seat of 
the beast; and his 
kingdom was full of 
darkness; and they 
gnawed their tongues 
for pain, 11 and blas- 
phemed the God of 
heaven because of 
their pains and their 
sores, and repented 
not of their deeds. 


_ 12 Andthe sixth an- 
gel poured out his 
vial upon the great 
river Euphrates ; and 
the water thereof was 
dried up, that the way 
of the kings of the 
east might be prepar- 
ed. 13 AndI sawthree 
unclean svirits like 
frogs come out of the 
mouth of the dragon, 
and out of the mouth 
ofthe beast, and out 
of the mouth of the 
false prophet. 14 For 
they are the spirits of 
devils, working mi- 
racles, which go forth 
unto the kings of the 
earth and of the 
whole world, to ga- 
ther them to the bat- 
tle of that great day 
of God Almighty. 
15 Behold, I come as 
a thief: Blessed is he 
that watcheth, and 
Keepeth his garments, 
lest he walk naked, 
and they see his 
shame. 16 And he ga- 
thered them together 
into a place called in 
the Hebrew tongue 
Armageddon, 


17 And the seventh 
angel poured out his 


ΑΠΟΚΑΛΟΥΨΙΣ. τς 
τὸν ἥλιον" καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ καυµατίσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐν 
the sun; and it was given to it to scorch men wi: 

f ‘ ’ ε » - [ή 
πυρί 9 καὶ ἐκαυματίσθησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι καῦμα μέγα, Ke 
fire. And were *scotched 1 men with *heat ‘great, ar 


ἐβλασφήμησαν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ.ἔχοντος ἢ ἐξουσίαν ἐπ' 
they blasphemed the name of God, who has authority over 


τὰς.πληγὰς ταύτας, καὶ οὐ.µετενόησαν δοῦναι αὐτῷ δόξαν. 


these plagues, and did not repent togive him glory. 
10 Kai ὁ πέμπτος idyyedoc' ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην.αὐτοῦ ἐπι 
And the fifth angel poured out his bowl upon 


τὸν θρόνον τοῦ θηρίου" καὶ ἐγένετο ἡ.βασιλεία.αὐτοῦ ἔσκοτω- 
the throne ofthe beast; and “became tits *kingdom dark- 
μένη" καὶ *tuacowyro! τὰς γλώσσας. αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ πόνου, 
ened; and they were gnawing their tongues for the distress, 
1] καὶ ἐβλασφήμησαν τὸν θεὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐκ τῶν πόνων 

απᾶ blasphemed the God ofthe heaven for ?distresses 
αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἑλκῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ οὐ.μετενόησαν ἐκ τῶν 


‘their and for their sores, and did not repent of 
ἔργων αὐτῶν. 
works ‘their. 
12 Kai ὁ ἕκτος Ἰᾶγγελος! ἐξέχεεν τὴν-φιάλην αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν 
And the sixth angel poured out his bowl upon the 
ποταμὸν τὸν μέγαν ἱτὸν" Ἐὐφράτην' καὶ ἐξηράνθη τὸ ὕδωρ 
"river ‘great, ¢ the Euphrates; and was dried up *water 
αὐτοῦ. ἵνα ἑτοιμασθῇ ἡ ὁδὸς τῶν: βασιλέων τῶν ἀπε 
lits, that might be prepared the way of the kings "the ‘from 
™avarodwy' ἡλίου. 19 Kai "εἶδον" ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ 
rising of [the] sun, And Isaw outof the mouth of the 


δράκοντος, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ θηρίου, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ 
dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the 
στόματος τοῦ ψευδοπροφήτου, πνεύματα τρία ἀκάθαρτα 
mouth of the false prophet, Sspirits “three “unclean 
ούμοια βατράχοις" 14 εἰσὶν.γὰρ πνεύματα, Ῥδαιμόνων! ποι- 
like frogs ; for they are spirits of demons do- 
οὔντα “σημεῖα ἐκπορεύεσθαι" ἐπὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς Ἱτῆς γῆς καὶ 
ing signs, to go forth to the kings of the earth and 
τῆς οἰκουμένης ὕλης, συναγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς" πόλεμον 
ofthe “habitable [*world] ‘whole to gather together them unto battle 
τῆς μέρας ἐκείνης τῆς μεγάλης" τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ παντοκράτορος. 
of “day that *great of God the Almighty. 
15 Ιδού, ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης. μακάριος ὁ γρηγορῶν, 
Behold, Icome 885 a thief. Blessed [is] he that watches, 
καὶ τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ γυμνὸς περιπατῇ, καὶ 


and keeps his garments, that not naked he may walk, and 
βλέπωσιν τὴν.ἀσχημοσύνην.αὐτοῦ. 16 καὶ συνήγαγεν 
they see his shame, And he gathered together 
> a > x , ᾿ , ε .. x ? 
αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν καλούμενον Ἑβραϊστὶ Ἱ Άρμα- 
them to the place which is culled in’ Hebrew Arma- 
γεδδών." 
geddon. 
17 Kai ὁ ἕβδομος “ἄγγελος! ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην.αὐτοῦ 
And the seventh angel poured out his bowl 





h + τὴν LITrw. 
τὸ ἀνατολῆς TTrA. 


i — ἄγγελος GLTTraw. k ἐμασῶντο LTTrAW. 
2 ἴδον Τ. ο ὡς (as) βάτραχοι GLTTrAW. 


1— τὸν ατ[τι] 
Ρ δαιμονίων GLTTrAW 


4 σημεῖα ἃ ἐκπορεύεται Signs which go forth EGTTrAW; σημεῖα" ἐκπορεύεται Sigus: they καὶ 


forth L. 


: ᾿ τ — τῆς γῆς καὶ GLITrAW. 
ἡμέρας τῆς μεγάλης Tira, 


8 + τὸν the ΟΙΤΤΤΑΤΓ. 


: τ μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1. 
v Αρμαγεδών GLTITraw, 


5 — ἄγγελος GLTTrAW. 


XVI, XVII. REVELATION. 


“εἰς! τὸν ἀέρα" καὶ ἐξῆλθεν φωνὴ Υμεγάλη! τἀπὸ" τοῦ ναοῦ 
into the air; and cameout a “voice ‘loud from the temple 
*rov οὐρανοῦ, ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου, λέγουσα, Γέγονεν. 18 Kai 
of the heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done. And 
ἐγένοντο φωναὶ καὶ βρονταὶ καὶ ἀστραπαί," καὶ σεισμὸς 
there were voices and thunders and lightnings; and Searthquake 
ἐγένετο μέγας, οἷος οὐκ ἐγένετο ἀφ᾽ οὗ “οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐγέ- 
*there *was “a *great, such as was not since men 
νοντο' ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, τηλικοῦτος σεισμὸς οὕτως μέγας. 19 καὶ 
were on the earth somighty anearthquake, so great. And 
ἐγένετο ἡ πόλις ἡ µεγάλη εἰς τρία µέρη, καὶ αἱ πόλεις τῶν 
“became ‘the “city "great into three parts; and the cities ofthe 
0 ~ a” ell \ A « , ? , 9 ? , 
ἐθνῶν "επεσον"' καὶ Βαβυλὼν ἡ µεγάλη ἐμνήσθη ἐνώπιον 
nations fell ; and Babylon the great wasremembered before 
τοῦ θεοῦ, δοῦναι αὐτῇ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς 
God, togive her the cup ofthe wine ofthe fury 
ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ. 20 καὶ πᾶσα νῆσος ἔφυγεν, καὶ don οὐχ 
Swrath ‘of “his. And every island fled ; and ?mountains "πο 
εὑρέθησαν. 21 καὶ χάλαζα µεγάλη ὡς ταλαντιαία καταβαίνει 
were found; and a *hail ‘creat asofatalent weight comes down 
~ ~ ‘ ΄ αν ΄ ε 
ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους" καὶ ἐβλασφήμησαν οἱ 
ontof the heaven upon men ; and *blasphemed 
” A , = ~ - ~ , ore 
ἄνθρωποι τὸν θεόν, ἐκ τῆς πληγῆς τῆς χαλάζης' ὅτι µε- 
men God, because of the plague of the hail, for 
> 2 \ ε ‘ » ὦ ’ 
yarn εστιν ἡ-πληγὴ. αὐτῆς σφόδρα. 
“great is *its >plague ‘exceeding. 
\ ~ ? ~ ? , J 
17 Kai ἦλθεν εἷς ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων τῶν ἐχόντων τὰς 
And came one or the seven angels ofthose having’ the 
, ‘ , ~ , ~ 
ἑπτὰ φιάλας, καὶ ἐλάλησεν per ἐμοῦ, λέγων uot," Δεῦρο, 
seven bowls, and spoke with me, saying tome, Come here, 
δείξω σοι TO κοίµα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης, τῆς καθη- 
Iwill shew thee the sentence of the "Πατ]οῦ great, who j sits 
ΔΝ ~ , ~ ~ . 2 τ ᾽ , 
μένης ἐπὶ τῶν" ὑδάτων frev" πολλῶν" 2 μεθ ἧς ἐπόρνευ- 
upon the “waters many ; with whom ®°committed 7for- 


σαν οἱ βασιλες τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐμεθύσθησαν ξὲκ τοῦ οἴνου 


nication 'the-*kings 390 *the Searth; and were made drunk with the wine 
τῆο πορνείας αὐτῆς οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν." 3 Kai 
of her fornication those that dwell on the earth. And 


ἀπήνεγκέν µε εἰς ἔρημον ἐν πνεύματι' καὶ Νεῖδον! γυναῖκα 

he carried away me “00 *a®wilderness *in[*the] *Spirit; and Isaw awoman 
/ , Η , ? , | ΄ 

καθημένην ἐπὶ θηρίον κόκκινον, Ἰγέμον ὀνομάτων" βλασφημίας, 

sitting upon a“beast ‘scarlet, full of names, of blasphemy, 


s ‘ ae ‘ « ‘ « 
μἔχονὶ κεφαλὰς ἑπτὰ καὶ κέρατα δέκα. 4 καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἰὴ! 


having “heads ‘seven and “horns _ ‘ten. And the woman 
“ m ή iH} ΚΣ ἕ πο 1]! εγρυσω έν 
περιβεβλημένη "πορφύρᾳ" καὶ "κοκκίνῳ," "καὶ" κεχρ n 
ο βεβ) a ον. and scarlet, and docket 


(lit. gilded) 
/ ‘ . ») i ~ 
Ῥχρυσφ" καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ Kai μαργαρίταις, ἔχουσα “χρυσοῦν 
with gold and *stone*precious and pearls, having a golden 
‘ ~ x / ‘ ? 
ποτήριον" ἐν τῇ. χειρὶ. αὐτῆς, "γέμον" βδελυγμάτων καὶ "ἀκαθ- 
cup in her hand, ful of abominations and of unclean- 


x ἐπὶ UPON GLTTraw. y— μεγάλη LA. | z ἐκ out of LTtra. 
LTTrAW. Ὁ ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ βρονταί GLTTrAW. 
LTTrAw. ἆ ἔπεσαν LTTrAW. © — μοι GLTTrAW. 
κοῦντες τὴν γῆν ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς GLTTrA W. 
LTA: γέμον τὰ (-- τα W) ὀνόματα T:W. " ἔχοντα TA. 
φυροῦν GLTTrAW. Ὁ κόκκινον GLTTrAW. [καὶ] Α. 
ploy χρυσοῦν LTTrAW. - γέμων 1. 





h εἶδα L. 


ἣν was GLTTraw. 
P χρυσίῳ GLAW. 
5 τὰ ἀκάθαρτα τῆς the unclean things GLITraw. 


655 


vial into the air; and 
there came a great 


voice out of the 
temple of heaven, 
from the _ throne, 


saying, It is done. 
18 And there were 
voices, and thunders, 
and lightnings; and 
there was a, great 
earthquake, such as 
was not since men 
were upon the earth, 
so mighty an earth- 
quake, and so great. 
19 And the great city 
was divided into three 
parts, and thecities of 
the nations fell: and 
great Babylon came 
in remembrance be- 
fore God, to give unto 
her the cup of the wine 
of the fierceness of his 
wrath. 20 And every 
island fled away, and 
the mountains were 
not found. 21 And 
there fell upon mena 
great hail out of hea- 
ven, every stone about 
the weight of a talent: 
and men blasphemed 
God because of the 
plague of the hail; 
for the plague thereof 
was exceeding great. 


XVII. And there 
came one of the seven 
angels which had the 
seven Vials, and talked 
with me, saying unto 
me, Come hither; 1 
willshewunto thee the 


, judgment of the great 


whore that sitteth 
upon many waters: 
2 with whom the kings 
of theearth have com- 
mitted fornication, 
and the inhabitants 
of the earth have been 
made drunk with the 
wine of her fornica- 
tion. 8.50 he carried 
me away in the spirit 
into the wilderness: 
and I saw a womAn 
sit upon a scarlet 
coloured beast, full of 
names of blasphemy, 
having seven heads 
and ten horns. 4 And 
the woman was array- 
ed in purple and sear- 
let colour, and decked 
with gold and pre- 
cious stones and 
pearls, having a gold- 
en cupin her hand fu!1 
of abominations and 





3.- τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 


© ἄνθρωπος ἐγένετο Man was 
{- τῶν LTT:[A]. 


6 οἱ κατοι- 
i γέμοντα ὀνόματα 
m πορ- 
4 ποτή- 


656 
filthiness of her forni- 
ention: 5 and upon 
her forehead was a 
name written, MYS- 
TERY, BABYLON 
THE GREAT, THE 
MOTHER OF HAR- 
LOTS AND ABOMI- 
NATIONS OF THE 
EARTH. 6 AndI saw 
the woman drunken 
with the blood of the 
saints, and with the 
blood of the mar- 
tyrs of Jesus: and 
when I saw her, 1 
wondered with great 
admiration. 7 And the 
angel said unto me, 
Wherefore didst thon 
marvel? I will tell 
thee the mystery of 
the woman, and of the 
beast that carrieth 
her, which hath the 
seven heads and ten 
horns. 8 The beast 
that thou sawest was, 
and is not; and shall 
ascend out of the bot- 
tomless pit, and go 
into perdition: and 
they that dwell on the 
earth shall wonder, 
whose names were 
not written in the 
book of life from the 
foundation of the 
world, when they be- 
hold the beast that 
was, and is not, and 
yet is. 9 And here 18 
the mind which hath 
wisdom. The seven 
heads are seven moun- 
tains, on which the 
woman sitteth. 10 And 
there are seven kings; 
five are fallen, and 
one is, and the other 
is not yet come; and 
when he cometh, he 
must continue a short 
space. 11 And the 
beast that was, and is 
not, even he is the 
eighth, and is of the 
Beven, and goeth into 
perdition. 12 And the 
ten horns whfch thou 
sawest are ten kings, 
which have received 
no kingdom as yet; 
but receive power as 
kings one hour with 
‘the beast. 





ATL OUR ANAC ARTS. XVII. 


Ἷ ΄ - - ‘ κι , Σ ~ 
ἄρτητος" πορνείας αὐτῆς, ὃ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ µετωπον-αὐτῆς 
ness of her fornication ; and upon her forehead 
” [ή ” 2 4 ε {λ ε 
ὄνομα γεγραμμένον, Μυστήοιον, BaGviwy ἢ μεγάλη, ἢ 
8 name written, Mystery, Babylon the Great, the 


/ ~ ~ ‘ ~ , ~- ~ ee 
μήτηρ τῶν πορνῶν καὶ τῶν βδελυγμάτων τῆς γῆς. 6 Kat 
mo-her ofthe harlots and of the abominations of the earth. And 
ἱεἶδον" τὴν γυναῖκα μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος τῶν AYLWY, και 

1 ει the woman drunk with the blood ofthe saints, and 
> ~ er ~ , ~ ΜΥ͂Σ 3» ? ‘ 
ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος τῶν μαρτύρων ᾿Ιησοῦ' καὶ ἐθαύμασα, ἰδὼν 
withthe blood ofthe witnesses of Jesus. And I wondered, having sesn 

ΕΣ ’ὔ ~ , ‘ 4 « » ry 
αὐτήν, θαῦμα μέγα. 7 Kai εἶπέν μοι ὃ ἄγγελος, Διατί" 

her, with “wonder ‘great, And 3said *to*me'the angel, Why 

ἐθαύμασας; ἐγώ “oot ἐρῶ" τὸ μυστήριον τῆς γυναικός, 
didst thou wonder 2 I thee will tell the mystery ofthe woman, 

‘4 ~ ’ ~ 7 ’ ~ »ν ‘ 
καὶ τοῦ θηρίου τοῦ βαστάζοντος αὐτήν, τοῦ ἔχοντος τὰς 
and ofthe beast which carries her, which has the 
ἑπτὰ κεφαλὰς καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα. 8 * θηρίον ὃ. εἶδες, 
seven heads and the ten horns. [ΤῈ] beast which thon sawest 
ἦν, καὶ οὐκ.ἔστιν, καὶ μέλλει ἀναβαίνειν ἐκ τῆς ἀβύσσου, 


was, and is not, and is about tocome up outof the abyss, 
καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν Σὐπάγειν'' καὶ Ζθαυμάσονται οἱ κατοι- 
and into destruction to go; and shall wonder they who dwell 


κοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὧν δοὐ.γέγραπται! ὑτὰ ὀνόματα! ἐπὶ 


on the earth,ofwhom are ποῦ written the namcs in 

τὸ βιβλίον τῆς ζωῆς ἀπὸ καταθολῆς κόσμου, “βλέ- 

the book “of life from [the] foundation of [the] world, see- 

ποντες' τὸ θηρίον “Ὅ τι! ἦν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν, “καίπερ ἐστίν." 
ing the beast which was and not lis, and yet is. 
9 ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν. at ἑπτὰ κεφαλαί, ὄρη. 

Here [is] the mind which has wisdom: The seven heads - *mountaing 


oN Ye ΄ - ‘ 
εἰσὶν ἑπτά," ὅπου ἡ γυνὴ κάθηται ἐπ αὐτῶν. 10 καὶ Ba- 


‘are seven, where the woman sits on them. _And 

~ ε , ‘ 
σιλεῖς ἑπτά εἰσιν’ οἱ πέντε ἔπεσαν, ϑκαὶ! 6 εἷς ἔστιν, ο 
*kings 3βθτθη ‘there “are: the five are fallen, and the one is, the 


ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν" καὶ ὅταν ἔλθῃ, ὀλίγον αὐτὸν δεῖ 
other “ποὺ *yet 35 οοπ1θ: and when héeshallhavecome, alittle while he must 


μεῖναι. 11 καὶ τὸ θηρίον ὃ ἦν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν, καὶ adroc" 
remain. And the beast which was, and ποὺ is, ‘also 386 


μὲ , 3 ‘ 3 - « ’ ? ‘ > > , 
ὄγδοός ἐστιν, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά ἐστιν, καὶ εἰς' ἀπώλειά 


®an “eighth Sis, and of the seven is,, and into destruction 

« Ψ ; / e / ~ 

ὑπάγει. 12 καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα ἃ εἶδες, δέκα βασιλεῖς 
goes. And the ten horns which thou sawest ten kings 


> er , - » » iam ΄ . 
εἰσιν, οἵτινες βασιλείαν ἰοὔπω" ἔλαβον, Κάλλ᾽ὶ ἐξουσίαν ὡς 
are, which ‘a ‘kingdom “ποὺ yet ‘received, but authority as 


βασιλεῖς μίαν ὥραν λαμβάνουσιν μετὰ τοῦ θηρίου. 13 οὗτοι 





t εἶδα LTTrA. 


13 These : Ε 

have one mind, and Kings one hour receive with the _ beast. These 

shall give their ἘΠῚ ] f = a ᾽ . η 4 
and strength unto the μίαν "γνώμην ἔχουσιν," καὶ τὴν δύναμιν καὶ ™rnv" ἐξουσίαν 
feast. 14 These shall 988 mind have, and _ the power and _ the authority 
ε ~ ~ ΄ <= ~ 
"ἑαυτῶν. τῷ θηρίῳ 9διαδιδώσουσιν.' 14 οὗτοι μετὰ τοῦ 
of themselves tothe beast they shail give up. These ‘with the 
7 Ava τί LTrA. π ἐρῶ σοι LTrAT Σ + τὸ The GLTTraw. Υ ὑπάγει 


goes LAW. : 
Was) GLTTraw. e 
& — καὶ GLTTrAW. 
ἴὰ — χὴν LTrA, 
GLTITraAwW, 


* θαυμασθήσονται L. 
(read the name is not written) ΕΤΤΤΑ. 


3 οὐκ ἐγέγραπτο Was not written x. Ὁ τὸ ὄνομα 
6 βλεπόντων GLTTrAW. Α ὅτι (read that it 

καὶ παρέσται and shall be present GLTTraw. f ἑπτὰ ὄρη εἰσίν GLTTrA, 
ἢ οὗτος [15 στ 1 οὐκ ποῦ 1. Κ ἀλλὰ LItTraw. | ἔχόυσιν γνώμην G. 
3 αὐτῶν (read their authority) LTTraw. ο διδόασιν they give 


XVII, XVIII. REVELATION. 


ἀρνίου πολεμήσουσιν, καὶ TO ἀρνίον νικήσει αὐτούς, ὅτι 
Lamh warwillmake, and the Lamb willovercome them; _ because 


κύριος κυρίων ἐστὶν καὶ βασιλεὺς βασιλέων’ καὶ οἱ 
Lord oflords heis and King of kings: and those that [are] 


μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, κλητοὶ καὶ ἐκλεκτοὶ καὶ πιστοί. 15 Καὶ Ἀλεγειὶ 


with him, called, and chosen, and faithful. And hesays 
μοι, Τὰ ὕδατα ἃ εἶδες, οὗ ἡ πόρνη κάθηται, λαοὶ καὶ 
το Rs The waters which thou sawest, where the harlot sits, ἜΞΕΙΕ Sand 


ὄχλοι εἰσίν, καὶ ἔθνη καὶ γλῶσσαι. 16 καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα 
ο ας tare, and nationsand tongues. And the ten horns 


ἃ εἶδες ri" τὸ θηρίον, οὗτοι μισήσουσιν τὴν πόρνην, 
‘which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the harlot, 


καὶ ἠρημωμένην ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ γυμνήν, 
and desolate shall make her and naked, 


σάρκας αὐτῆς φάγονται, καὶ αὐτὴν κατακαύσουσιν τέἐγν" πυρί. 
*flesh Sher *shall 7eat, and “her Ishall “burn with fire; 


17 ὁ γὰρ.θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς.καρδίας. αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν 


καὶ τὰς 
and 


for God gave to their hearts to do 
γνώμην αὐτοῦ, "καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην," καὶ δοῦναι τὴν 
2mind kare and to do one mind, and togive 
βασιλείαν αὐτῶν τῷ θηρίῳ, ἄχρι  ΊἹτελεσθῇ τὰ ῥήματα! 
?kingdom ‘their tothe beast, until should be fulfilled the sayings 
τοῦ θεοῦ. 18 καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἣν εἶδες, ἔστιν ἡ πόλις ἡ 
of God. Andthe woman whom thousawest is the “city 


µεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν ἐπὶ τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς. 
*great, which has kingship over the kings of the earth, 


18 "Καὶ! μετὰ ταῦτα εἶδον ¥ ἄγγελον καταβαίνοντα" ἐκ 
And after these things I saw an angel descending 


τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην' καὶ ἡ γῆ Edw .' 
the heaven ‘ having authority *great: and the earth was enlight- 
τίσθη ἐκ τῆς.δόξης.αὐτοῦ. 2 καὶ ἔκραξεν Σὲν ἰσχύϊ, φωνῇ 
ened with his glory. And hecried mightily with a *yoice 


μεγάλῳ," λέγων, Ἔπεσεν Σἔπεσενὶ Βαβυλὼν ἡ µεγάλη, καὶ 
1Joud, sa acl Isfallen, is fallen eee be great, and 


ἐγένετο κατοικητήριον Ζδαιμόνων,! καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς πνεύ- 
is become a habitation of demons, and ahold  ofevery fess 


ματος ἀκαθάρτου", καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς ὀρνέου ἀκαθάρτου καὶ 
rit 7unclean, and ahold ofevery “bird Aunclean: "Επᾶ 


μεμισημένου' 3 ὅτι ἐκ rod οἴνου" τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορ- 
Shated: because of the wine ofthe fury *forni- 


vEiac αὐτῆς επέπωκενὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς 
cation ‘of*her “have *drunk “all the nations; and the kings 


τῆς γῆς μετ᾽ ἁὐτῆς ἐπόρνευσαν, καὶ οἳ ἔμποροι τῆς 
of the earth with her did commit ο τα and the merchanis of the 


γῆς ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ.στρήνους.αὐτῆς ἐπλούτησαγ. 
earth one the power ‘of her luxury were enriched, 


4 Kai ἤκουσα ἄλλην φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, λέγουσαν, 





out ai 


657 
make war with the 
Lamb, and the Lamb 
shall overcome them : 
for he is Lord of lords, 
and King of kings: 
and they that are with 
him are called, and 
chosen, and faithful. 
15 And he saith unto 
me, The waters which 
thou sawest, whero 
the whore § sitteth, 
are peoples, and mul- 
titudes, and nations, 
and tongues. 16 And 
the ten horns which 
thou sawest upon the 
beast, these shall hate 
the whore, and shall 
make her desolateand 
naked, and shall eat 
el fiesh, and burn 

er with fire. 17 For 
God hath put in their 
hearts to fulfil his 
will, and to agree, 
and give their king- 
dom unto the beast, 
until the words of 
God shall be fulfilled. 
18 And the woman 
which thou sawest is 
that great city, which 
reigneth over the 
kings of the earth, 


XVIII. And after 


- these things I saw 


another angel come 
down from heaven, 
having great power; 
and the earth was 
lightened with his 
glory. 2 And he cried 
mightily witha strong 
Voice, saying, Babylon 
the great is fallen, is 
fallen, and is become 
the habitation of de- 
vils, and the hold 
of every foul spirit, 
and a cage of every 
unclean and hateful 
bird. 3 For all na- 
tions have drunk of 
the wine of thd wrath 
of her fornication, 
and the kings of the 
earth have committed 
fornication with her, 
and the merchants of 
the earth are waxed 
rich through the a- 

bundance of her deli- 





And fIheard another voice outof the are, saying, cacies. 4 And I heard 
a’ ll_e "“ f another voice from 
Εξέλθετε' «ἐξ αὐτῆς 0.Nadc_pov," ἵνα μὴ. συγκοινωνήσητε! heaven, saying, Come 
Come ye outof her, my people, that ye may not have fellowship out of her, my peopie, 

Ρ εἶπεν 1, 4 καὶ and GLTTrAw. ¥ — ἐν (read πυρί with fire) τα]. 


ῆσαι μίαν γνώμην 1,; καὶ ποιῆσαι γνώμην μίαν α[α]. 
οἱ “λόγοι GLTTraw. ¥ — καὶ LTTrAW. 
κ ἐν ([ἐν] A) ὁ ἰσχυρᾷ φωνῇ with a strong voice GLTTraw. 
LTTrA. &+ καὶ μεμισημένου and hated (spirit) L. 

καν LIW; πέπτωκαν have fallen (read ἐκ by) τε; 
Ἔξελθε Come thou L, 


πέπ[τ]ωκαν A, 
5 ὁ λαός μον ἐξ αὐτῆς πι συγ». T, 


® — καὶ ποι- 


t τελεσθήσονται (shall be fulfilled) 
w + ἄλλον (read another angel) GLTTraw. 
7 — ἔπεσεν Tr[A}. 

b — τοῦ οἴνου L[Tr]A. 


: δαιμονίων 
Ι ς πέπω- 
4 Ἐξέλθατε TIrAW 5 


UU 


658 


that ye be not par- 
takers of her sins, and 
that ye receive not of 
her plagues. 5 For her 
sins have reached un- 
to heaven, and God 
hath remembered "ΠΟΥ 
iniquities. 6 Reward 
her even as she re- 
warded you, and ἆοτ- 
ble uuto her double 
according to her 
works: in the cup 
which she hath filled 
fill to her double, 
7 How much she hath 
lorified herself, and 
ived deliciously, so 
much torment and 
sorrow give her: 
for she saith in her 
heart, I sit a queen 
and am no widow, 
and shall see no sor- 


row. 8 Therefore 
shall her plagues 
come in one day, 


death, and mourning, 
and famine; and she 
shall be utterly burn- 
ed with fire: for 
strong is the Lord 
God who judgeth her, 
9 And the kings of 
the earth, who have 
committed fornication 
and lived deliciously 
with her, shall bewail 
her, and lament for 
her, when they shall 
see the smoke of her 
burning, 10 standing 
afar off for the fear of 
her torment, saying, 
Alas, alas that great 
city Babylon, that 
mighty city! forin one 
hour is thy judgment 
come. 1] And the 
merchants of the 
earth shall weep and 
mourn over her; for 
no man buyeth their 
merchandise any 
more: 12 the merchan- 
dise of gold, and sil- 
ver, and _ precious 
stones, and of pearls, 
and fine linen, and 
purple, and silk, and 
scarlet, and all thyine 
wood, and all man- 
ner vessels of 
ivory, and all man- 
ner vessels of most 
precious wood, and of 
brass, and iron, and 
marble, 13 and cinna- 
mon, and odours, and 
Ointments, and frank- 
incense, and wine, 
and ou.and fine flour, 


ATOKA AY SL. . XVIII. 


ταῖς .ἁμαρτίαις αὐτῆς, καὶ Siva μὴ λάβητε ἐκ τῶν πληγῶν 
in her sins, and that ye may not receive of 2plagues 
αὐτῆς" ὅ ὅτι Ἀήκολούθησαν!ὶ αὐτῆς αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τοῦ 
ther: for %followed *her , Sins  asfaras the 
οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἐμνημόνευσεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ. ἀδικήματα.αὐτῆς. 6 ἀπό- 
heaven, and “remembered 1God her unrighteousnesses, Ren- 
δοτε αὐτῇ ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν ἱὑμῖν,! καὶ διπλώσατε ξαὐτῃ" 
der toher as also she rendered toyou; and doubleye ᾿ toher 
ον. By Now) Ps, ich Od ~ ͵ - 
ἰδιπλά κατὰ τὰ έργα.αὐτῆς' ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ ἐκέρασεν, 
double, according to her works. In the cup wich she mixed, 
κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν. 7 doa ἐδόξασεν “eauryny'" καὶ 
mix ye to her double, So much as she glorified herself and 
ἐστρηνίασεν, τοσοῦτον δότε αὐτῇ βασανισμὸν καὶ πένθος" 
lived luxuriously, so much give to her torment and mourning. 
« ? ~ / > ~ λ , n K 10 Ιλ 9 
ὅτι ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ.αὐτῆς λέγει, άθηµαι βασίλισσα, καὶ 
Because in her heart she says, 1 sit a queen, and 
χήρα οὐκ.είμί, καὶ πένθος οὐμὴ tow. 8 Διὰ τοῦτο 
a widow Iam ποῦ: and mourning inno wisemayIsee. Onaccountof this 
ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ἥξουσιν αἱ πληγαὶ.αὐτῆς, θάνατος καὶ πένθος 
in one day 8881] come her plagues, death and mourning 
καὶ λιμός" καὶ ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται" ὅτι ἰσχυρὸς «κύριος! 
and famine, θπᾶ with fire sheshallbeburnt; for strong [isthe] Lord 
ὁ θεὸς ὁ Ῥκρίνωνὶ αὐτήν. 9 Kai Ἱκλαύσονται' ταὐτήν," καὶ 
God who judges her. And — shall weep for her, and 
κόψονται im "αὐτῇ" ot βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτῆς πορ- 
shall bewail for her, the kings ofthe earth,whowith her commit- 
, ‘ ΄ / ῃ | αμα 
νεύσαντες καὶ στρηνιάσαντες, ὅταν βλέπωσιν τὸν καπνὸν 
ted fornication and lived luxuriously, when they see the smoke 
τῆς πυρώσεως αὐτῆς, 10 ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἑστηκότες διὰ 
of her burning, ?from Safar ‘standing on account of 
A , ~ ~ ? ~ , > [ή > ’ « 
τὸν φόβον τοῦ.βασανισμοῦ.αὐτῆς, λέγοντες, Οὐαί, οὐαί, ἡ 
the fear of her torment, saying, Woe, woe, the 
΄ « ’ , € , ε 2 ΄ .« t2 " ΄-ὈἈ [ἢ 
πόλις ἡ μεγάλη Βαβυλών, ἡ πόλις ἡ ἰσχυρά, ὅτι 'ἔν' μιᾷ ὥρᾳ 
“city ‘great, Babylon, the “city 1strong! for in one hour 
ἦλθεν Μ.κρίσις.σου. 11 Kai οἱ ἔμποροι τῆς γῆς κλαίουσιν καὶ 
iscome thy judgment. And the merchants of the earth weep and 
πενθοῦσιν ἐπ᾿ Ἰαὐτῷ,ὶ ὅτι τὸν.γόμον.αὐτῶν οὐδεὶς ἀγοράζει 
mourn for her, because their lading no one buys 
οὐκέτι 12 γόμον χρυσοῦ, καὶ ἀργύρου, καὶ λίθου τιμίου, 
any more; lading of gold, and  ofsilver, and of *stone ‘precious, 
(at, no more) 


καὶ “μαργαρίτου," καὶ βύσσου," καὶ πορφύρας, καὶ Σσηρικοῦ,! 


and of pearl, andoffinelinen, and ofpurple, and of silk, 
καὶ κοκκίνου" καὶ πᾶν ξύλον θύΐνον, καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάν- 
and ofscarlet, and all “wood ‘thyine, and every article of 


τινον, καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιµιωτάτου, καὶ χαλκοῦ, καὶ 


ivory, andevery article of *wood ‘most precious, and ofbrass, and 
σιδήρου, καὶ μαρμάρου, 13 καὶ Σκινάµωμο»ν,' ἃ καὶ θυμιάματα 
of iron, and οἱ marble, and cinnamon, and incense, 


καὶ μύρον, καὶ λίβανον; καὶ οἶνον, καὶ ἔλαιον, καὶ σεμίδαλιν, 
and ointment, and frankincense,and wine, and oil, and finest flour, 





8 ἐκ τῶν πληγῶν αὐτῆς ἵνα μὴ λάβητε GLTTraw. 

1 — ὑμῖν GLTTrAW. 
D+ ὅτι LTTrA. 

¥ — αὐτήν GLTTrAW. 

Ἢ μαργαρίτας pearls L; μαργαριτῶν of pearls TTrA. 

5 κιννάμωμον LITrA. 


GLTTraw. 
LTTrAW. 

σιν TIraw. 

Ψ aveny TTrA. 
¥ σιρικοὺ LT, 


h ἐκολλήθησαν were joined together 

k — αὐτῇ LTTrAW. 1+ τὰ the TTr[A]. τ αὐτὴν 
ο [κύριος] Α. P κρίνας judged GLTTraw. 4 κλαύσου- 
8 αὐτὴν TTrAW. t — ἐν (read [in]) GLYTraw. 
Σβυσσινου GLTTrAW. 
3. + καὶ ἄμωμον and amomum GLITraw. 


ΧΥΙΙΙ. REVELATION. 


καὶ σῖτον, καὶ κτήνη, καὶ πρόβατα, καὶ ἵππων, καὶ ῥεδῶν, 
amd wheat, and cattle, and sheep, and of horses, and of chariots, 
καὶ σωμάτων, καὶ ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων. 14 καὶ ἡ ὀπώρα “τῆς 
and of slaves, and _ souls of men. And the ripe fruits of the 
(lit. of bodies) 
> θ / ~ ~ Ἱ ἃ ? ῆλθ Π ’ Ν ~ 4 / 4 
ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς.σουϊ ἁάπῆλθεν" ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ πάντα τὰ 
desire of thy soul are departed from thee, and all the 
λιπαρὰ καὶ *ra" λαμπρὰ | ἀπῆλθενὶ ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ ξοὐκέτι" 
fat things and the bright things are departed from thee, and *any *more 
. (lit. no more) 
h TOUTWYV 


οὐ μὴ εὑρῆσῃς αὐτά." 15 οἱ ἔμποροι οἱ 
‘in 7no “wise shouldst thou find them. The merchants of thesethings, who 
πλουτήσαντες ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν στήσονται διὰ 


were enriched from her, from afar shall stand because of 


τὸν φόβον τοῦ.βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς, κλαίοντες καὶ πενθοῦντες, 

the fear of her torment, weeping and mourning, 
16 ἱκαὶ! λέγοντες, Οὐαί, οὐαί, ἡ πόλις ἡ µεγάλη, ἡ περι- 
and saying, Woe, woe, the “οἱ αρτοαί, which[was] cloth- 
βεβλημένη "βύσσινον! καὶ πορφυροῦν καὶ "κόκκινον," καὶ 
ed with fine linen and purple and scarlet, and 
κεχρυσωµένη lv! χρυσῷ" καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ καὶ "μαργαρί- 
decked with gold* and stone ‘precious and pearls | 
(lit. gilded) ; Ἷ : 

ἢ ~ ϱ/ , ~ ~ 

ταις" 17 ὅτι μιᾷ ὥρᾳ ἠρημώθη ὁ τοσοῦτος πλοῦτος. Καὶ 
for in one hour was made desolate so great wealth. And 
πᾶς κυβερνήτης, καὶ °rac ἐπὶ τῶν πλοίων ὁ ὅμιλος,' καὶ 


κ 


every  steersman, Ἅπα ‘all? πι ‘ships “the 3ΟΟΠΙΡΑἨΠΣ, and 
ναῦται, καὶ boot τὴν.θάλασσαν.ἐργάζονται, ἀπὸ-μακρόθεν 
sailors, and asSmany as trade by sea, afar off 
A » ~ 4 4 ~ 5 ΄ 
ἔστησαν, 18 καὶ Ῥἔκραζον,"! ὁρῶντες" τὸν καπνὸν τῆς πυρώ- 
stood, and cried, seeing the smoke Spurn- 
σεως αὐτῆς, λέγοντες, Tic ὁμοία τῇ πόλει" τῷ μεγάλῃ; 
ing of “her, saying, What(cityis] like tothe “city great ? 


19 Kai "ἔβαλον" χοῦν ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς.αὐτῶν, καὶ 'ἔκραζον" 
And they cast dust upon their heads, and cried, 

΄ ‘ ~ , / ε / ε 

κλαίοντες καὶ πενθοῦντες, λέγοντες, Οὐαί, οὐαί, ἡ πόλις ἡ 
weeping and mourning, saying, Woe, woe, the city 

µεγάλη, ἐν ἢ ἐπλούτησαν πάντες οἱ ἔχοντες " πλοῖα ἐν τῇ 

1ργθαῦ, in which were enriched all who had ships in the 


θαλάσσῃ ἐκ τῆς.τιμιότητος.αὐτῆς, ὅτι μιᾷ ὥρᾳ ἠρημώ- 


sea through her costliness ! for inone hour she was made 


‘ ε ϱ/ , 
θη. 20 Εὐφραίνου ἐπ᾽ "αὐτήν," οὐρανέ, καὶ οἱ ἅγιοι Σ ἀπό- 


desolate. Rejoice over her, O heaven, and [σε] holy apo- 
στολοι καὶ οἱ προφῆται, ὅτι ἔκρινεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ.κρίμα.ὑμῶν ἐξ 
stles and [ye] prophets; for *did*judge ‘God your judgment upon 


αὐτῆς. 21 Kai ἦρεν εἷς ἄγγελος ἰσχυρὸς λίθον ὡς Σμύλον' 

her. And *took*up'‘one “angel “strong astone, as a “millstone 
μέγαν, καὶ ἔβαλεν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, λέγων, Οὕτως ὁρμή- 
‘great, and cast [10] into the sea, saying, Thus with 
ματι ᾖβληθήσεται Βαβυλὼν ἡ µεγάλη πόλις, καὶ οὐ.μὴ 
violence shall be cast down Babylon the great city, and not at all 





© σου τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς LTTrAW. ) ar 
f ἀπώλετο (-λοντο T) are destroyed GLTTrAW. |= ὃ — οὐκέτι Tr. 
σουσιν (shall they find) (εὕρῃς W) Law ; οὐ μὴ αὐτὰ εὑρήσουσιν TTr. 
κ βύσσινον and κας transposed L. — εν (read|with]) υττ[Α]. 
5 αρί earl LTTra. 
ος A Ρ ἔκραξαν LTrA. 4 βλέποντες GLTTrAW. 
city) L. 8 ἔβαλαν 1, ; [ἐπ]έβαλον A. ν ἔκραξαν LA. 
ς + καὶ οἱ (read [ye] saints aud [ye] apostles) GLITraw. 


4 ἀπώλετο are destroyed w. 


659 


and wheat, and beasts; 
and sheep, and horses, 


and chariots, and 
slaves, and souls of 
men. 14 And the 
fruits that thy 


soul lusted after are 
departed from thee, 
and all things which 
were dainty and goud- 
ly are departed from 
thee, .and thou shalt 
find them no more at 
all. 15 The merchants 
of these things, which 
were made rich by 
her, shall stand afar 
off for the fear of her 
torment, weeping and 
wailing, 16 and say- 
ing, Alas, alas that 
great city, that was 
clothed in fine linen, 
and purple, and scar- 
let, and decked with 
gold, and_ precious 
stones, and pearls! 
17 for in one hour 80 
great riches is come to 
nought. And every 
shipmaster, and all 
the company in ships, 
and sailors, and as 
many as trade by sea, 
stood afar off, 18 and 
cried when they saw 
the smoke of her burn- 
ing, saying, What city 
{8 like unto this great 
city! 19 And they 
cast dust on their 
heads, and cried, 
weeping and wailing, 
saying, Alas, alas that 
great city, wherein 
were maderich all that 
had ships in the sea by 
reason of her costli- 
ness ! for in one hour 
is she made desolate; 
20 Rejoice over her, 
thou heaven, and ye 
holy apostles and 
prophets; for God hath 
avenged you on her, 
21 And a mighty an- 
gel took up a stone 
like a great millstone, 
and cast ἐξ into the 
sea, saying, Thus with 
violence shall that 
great city Babylon 
be thrown down, and 
shall be found no more 





ε [τὰ] a. 
4 αὐτὰ οὐ μὴ εὑρη- 

i — καὶ LITrAW. 
τὰ χρυσίῳ GLTrAW. 


ο πᾶς ὁ ἐπὶ τόπον πλέων every One who sails to [any] place 

τ + ταύτῃ (read this great 

¥+ τὰ LTTrAW. 
Υ µύλινον LA. 


Ν αὐτῇ GLITraAW 


060 

αὖ all. 22 And the 
voiceof harpers, and 
musicians, and of pi- 
pers, and trumpeters, 
shall be heard no 
more at all in thee; 
and no craftsman, of 
whatsoever craft he be, 
shall be found any 
more in thee; and 
the sound of a mill- 
stone shall be heard 
no more at all in 
thee ; 23 and the light 
of a candle shall shine 
no more atallin thee ; 
and the voice of the 
bridegroom and of 
the bride shall be 
heard no more at all 
in thee: for thy mer- 
chants were the great 
men of the earth ; for 
by thy sorceries were 
all nations deceived. 
24 And in her was 
found the blood of 
prophets, and of 
saints, and of all that 
were slain upon the 
earth, 


XIX. Απᾶ after 
these things I heard a 
great voice of much 
people in heaven, say- 
ing, Alleluia; Salva- 
tion, and glory, and 
honour,and power,un- 
to the Lord our God : 
2 for true and right- 
eous are his judg- 
ments: for he hath 
judged τ 6 great 
whore, which did cor- 
rupt the earth with 
her fornication, and 
hath avenged the 
blood of his servants 
at her hand. 3 And 
again they said, Al- 
leluia. And her smoke 
rose up for ever and 
ever. 4 Ard the four 
and twenty elders 
and the four beasts 
fell down and wor- 
shipped God that sat 
on the throne, say- 
ing, Amen; Alleluia, 
5 And a voice came 
out of the throne, 
saying, Praise our 
God, all ye his ser- 
vants, and ye that 
fear him, both small 
and great. 6 And I 
heard as it were the 
voice of a great mul- 
titude, and as the 
voice of many waters, 


ATIOKAAY VIS. XVII) Se, 


εὑρεθῇ ἔτι. 22 καὶ φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν καὶ μουσικῶν καὶ 
may be found longer: and voice ofharpers and musicians and 
αὐλητῶν καὶ σαλπιστῶν οὐ.μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι, καὶ 


flute-players and trumpeters ποὺ αἲ 811 may be heard in thee longer, and 


πᾶς τεχνίτης πάσης τέχνης od-.un εὑρεθῇ ἐν Goi ἔτι, καὶ 
any artificer ofany art not at all may be found in thee longer, and 
(lit. every) (lit. of every) 
‘ / ? \ 2 “Ὁ Ν ~ 
φωνὴ μύλου ov.un ἀκουσθῇ 23 καὶ φῶς 
and light 


sound of millstone not at all may be heard 

λύχνου οὐ μὴ Ζφανβ' δὲν" σοὶ ἔτι, καὶ φωνὴ νυμφίου καὶ 
οἳ lamp notatallmayshine in thee longer, and voice of bridegroom and 
νύμφης οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι ὅτι δοὶ'.ἐἔμποροί.σου 
of bride ποῦ αὖ 411] may beheard in thee longer ; for thy merchants 
ἦσαν οἱ μεγιστᾶνες τῆς γῆς, ὅτι ἐν τῇ- φαρμακείᾳ'.σου ἔπλα- 


ἐν σοὶ ἔτι, 
in thee longer, 


were the greatones ofthe earth, for by thy sorcery wers 
νήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. 24 καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ “αἷμα! προφη- 
misled all the nations. And in her [the] blood of pro- 


τῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς 


phets and saints was found, and ofall the slain on the 
γῆς. 
earth. 

«19 «Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἤκουσα ἡ φωνὴν  Εὔχλοι 


Απᾶ 1 heard a*voice ‘of *a “multitude 
πολλοῦ μεγάλην! ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, "λέγοντος," ᾽Αλληλούϊα' ἡ 
Ssreat loud in the heaven, saying, Hallelujah: the 
σωτηρία καὶ ἡ δόξα Ἱκαὶ ἡ τιμὴ" καὶ ἡ δύναμις Ῥκυρίῳ 
salvation andthe glory and the honour andthe power to the Lord 
τῷ θεφ.ἡμῶν'' 9. ὅτι ἀληθιναὶ καὶ δίκαιαι  αἱ.κρίσεις αὐτοῦ" 
our God: for true and righteous[are] his judgments; 
ὅτι ἔκρινεν τὴν πόρνην τὴν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔφθειρεν τὴν γῆν 
for hejudged the “harlot great, who corrupted the earth 
ἐν τῇ.πορνείᾳ.αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐξεδίκησεν τὸ αἷμα τῶν δούλων 
with her fornication, and hedidavenge the blood spondmen 
αὐτοῦ ἐκ Ἰτῆς! χειρὸς.αὐτῆς. 3 Καὶ δεύτερον εἴρηκαν, Αλλη- 
108 his at her hand. Anda second time they said, Halle- 
λούϊα' Kai ὁ καπνὸς.αὐτῆς ἀναβαίνει εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν 
lujah, And her smoke goes up to the ages of the 
αἰώνων. 4 Kai "ἔπεσαν" οἱ "πρεσβύτεροι οἱ εἴκοσι καὶ τέσ- 
ages, And felldown the *elders ‘twenty 7and 
capec," καὶ τὰ 9τέσσαραὶ ζῶα, καὶ προσεκύνησαν τῷ 
%four, and the four living creatures and worshipped 
θεῷ τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ Prov θρόνου," λέγοντες, Αμήν" ᾿Αλλη- 
God who sits on the throne, saying, Amen, Halle- 
Novia. 5 Καὶ φωνὴ “ἐκ! τοῦ θρόνου ἐξῆλθεν λέγουσα, Αἰνεῖτε 
lujah. Anda voice out of the throne cameforth, saying, Praise 
στὸν θεὸν! ἡμῶν πάντες οἱ .δοῦλοι.αὐτοῦ, "καὶ" οἱ φοβούμενοι 
our God all [ye] his bondmen, and [ye] who fear 
αὐτὸν ‘kai! ai μικροὶ καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι. 6 Kai ἤκουσα ὡς φωνὴν 
him, both the small andthe µρτεεῦ, And Iheard as avoice 
ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ ὡς" φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς 


after these things 





and as the voice of ofa*multitude ‘great, and as avoice of waters ‘many, and as 
:φάνῃ LT. 8 -- ἐν (γεαα cocuponthee) 14]. %—otL. Cgappacia ΤΑ. ἃ αἵματα 
bloods erw. €—xalGLTTraw. {+ ὡς 88 EGLTTrAW. δ᾽ μεγάλην ὄχλου πολλοῦ GLTTrA. 


Β λεγόντων GLTTrAW. 


1 — τῆς GLTTrAW. 
© τέσσερα LTTrA. 
Bem καὶ [ΤΑ]. 


t— καὶ GLTTrAW, 


i— καὶ ἢ τιμὴ GLTTrAW. 
™ ἔπεσον EG. 
P τῷ θρόνῳ LTTrAW. 


ας τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν of our God GLTTraw. 
2 — καὶ GTTrAW ; εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι Τιο 

4 ἀπὸ from LTraw, τ τῴ θεῷ LITIAWas 
ως ὡς " ὃ 8 


XIX. REVELATION. 


A Ἂν ἕω - ? 7.5 Ξ , 
φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν, λέγοντας," ᾿Αλληλούϊα" ὅτι ἐβασί- 


a2voice of “thunders ‘strong, saying, Hallelujah, for has 
λευσεν κύριος ὁ θεὸς 5 ὁ παντοκράτωρ- 7 χαίρωμεν καὶ 
reigned [the] Lord God the Almighty. We should rejoice and 
Σάἀγαλλιώμεθα,' καὶ δῶμεν! τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ" ὅτι ἦλθεν ὁ 


is come the 
΄ ~ ? , ‘ > ~ « / ς / ‘ 
γαμος του apviou, και ἡ.γυνὴ. αὐτοῦ ητοιμασεν εαυτην. ὃ Καὶ 


should exult ; and should give glory tohim; for 


Inarriage of the Lamb, and his wife didmake “ready *herself, And 
7 ΄ ? ~ oF ir ’ a θ \ ‘ 
ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον *kabapdy καὶ 

it was given to her that she should be clothed in fine linen, pure and 

λαμπρόν." τὸ γὰρ βύσσινον "τὰ δικαιώματά ϑέστιν τῶν 
bright ; for the fine linen *the “righteousnesses 18 of the 
, ‘ , 4 . ᾽ 

ἁγίων." 9 Καὶ λέγει μοι, Τράψον, Μακάριοι οἱ εἰς τὸ 


saints, Andhesaystome, Write, Blessed [are]they who to the 


~ ~ ΄ ~ ΄ , / 
δεῖπνον τοῦ γάμου τοῦ ἁρνίου κεκλημένοι. Καὶ λέγει μοι, 


supper ofthe marriage ofthe Lamb are called. And he says to me 
Οὗτοι οἱ Adyou® ἀληθινοί Δείσιν τοῦ θεοῦ." 10 Kai Ξέπεσον' 
These *the “πνογαβ Strue are of God. And I fell 


~ ~ Lead σι, > 5" s [ή 
ἔμπροσθεν τῶν. ποδῶν αὐτοῦ προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ" καὶ λέγει 


before his feet todohomage tohim, And he says 
μοι, Ὅρα μή" σὐνδουλός σου εἰμὶ καὶ τῶν ἀδελ- 
tome, See [thou ἄο 10] not. Fellow-bondman of thee I am and *breth- 


~ ~ , ‘ δι ὧν 2 we ~ ~ 
φῶν σου τῶν ἐχόντων THY μαρτυρίαν frou’ Ἰησοῦ" τῷ θεῷ 
ren ‘of *thy who have the testimony of Jesus. Το God 
προσκύνησον᾽ ἡ.γὰρ μαρτυρία 'τοῦ" Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν τὸ πνεῦμα 
do homage. For *the “testimony Sof Jesus ‘is ‘the “spirit 
τῆς προφητείας. 
Sof *prophecy. ὠ 
wey - ’ 4 2 ; 
11 Καὶ εἶδον τὸν οὐρανὸν Σάνεφγμενον,' καὶ ἰδού, ἵππος 
And Isaw the heaven opened, and behold, a “horse 
[ή ΔΝ c 7, ? ΄ / ‘ " 
λευκός, καὶ ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, "καλούμενος πιστὸς 
white, and “he who sits upon it, called Faithful 
καὶ ἀληθινός, καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνει καὶ πολεμεῖ" 12 οἱ 


and True, and in rightcousness he judges and makes war. 
δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ Ἰὼς" φλὸξ πυρός, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν 
Απά 36768 ‘his [were] as aflame of fire, and upon head 


αὐτοῦ διαδήματα πολλά, ἔχων ὄνομα γεγραμμένον ὃ οὐδεὶς 

this “diadems smany, having a name written which no one 

3 ‘ , \ [4 « / ] ‘ = 

oldsy εἰ μὴ αὐτός" 13 καὶ περιβεβλημένος ἱμάτιον ᾿βεβαμ 

knows but himself, and clothed with a garment dip- 

/ 4, ~ a ? fn ε / - 

μένον" αἵματι" καὶ "καλεῖται! τὸ ὄνομα. αὐτοῦ, Ὁ λόγος τοῦ 
ped in blood; and “15 *called this 7name, The Word 

ied ? one? , ? ~ 

θεοῦ. 14 Kai τὰ στρατεύματα" ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 

of God. And the armies in the heaven were following him 


΄ ‘ νη , 
ἐφ᾽ ἵπποις λευκοῖς, ἐνδεδυμένοι βύσσινον λευκὸν “καὶ" καθαρόν. 


upon “horses ‘white, clothed in fine linen, white and lop 
, > ~ ? Ψ' / ~ 
15 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος-αὐτοῦ ἐκπορεύεται ρομφαια ὀξεῖα, 
And out of his mouth goes forth a*sword ‘sharp, 


ra ἔθνη" καὶ αὐτὸς ποιμανεῖ 


ew ’ μι ΙΒ α άσσ ll 
wa εν avuTy “"πατ Ώ he 5881] shepherd 


that with it hemightsmite the nations ; and 


© λεγόντων ELTTrw ; λέγοντες GA. 
LTTra. t δώσομεν Shall give LA. 
b ζῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν LITrA. "© + οὗ LAW, 
f «τοῦ LTTrAW. Ε ἠνεωγμένον LTTrA. 
i—ws TT:[A]. k + [ὀνόματα γεγραμμένα, 
μένον sprinkled round τ. 3 κέκληται LITrAW, 
arnaw Ρ πατάξῃ GLITrTAW. 


ἆ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσιν LTTrA. 


x + ἡμῶν (read our God) ertrw. y 
ἃ λαμπρὸν καὶ (— καὶ LTTrA) καθαρόν GLITrA. 


661 


mighty thunderings, 
saying, Alleluia: for 
the Lord God omnipo- 
tent reigneth. 7 Let 
us be glad and re- 
joice, and give honour 
to him: for the mar- 
riage of the Lamb is 
come, and his wife 
hath made her&clf 
ready. 8 And to her 
Was granted that she 
should be arrayed in 
fine linen, cleau and 


White: for the fine 


linen is the righteous- 
ness of saints, 9 And 
he saith unto me, 
Write, Blessed «are 
they which are called 
unto the marriagesup- 
per of the Lamb, 
And he saith unto 
me, These are the 
true sayings of God, 
10 And I fell at his 
feet to worship him, 
And he said unto me; 
See thou do it not: I 
am thy fellowservant, 
and of thy brethren 
that have the testi- 
mony of Jesus: wor- 
ship God: for the tes- 
timony of Jesus ig 
the spirit of prophecy. 


11 And I saw hea- 
ven opened, and be- 
hold a white horse ; 
and he that sat upon 
him was called Faith- 
ful and True, and in 
righteousness he doth 
judge and make war, 
12 His eyes were asa 
flame of fire, and.on 
his head were many 
crowns; and he hada 
name written, that no 
man knew,but he him- 
self. 13 And he was 
clothed with a _ ves- 
ture dipped in blood: 
and his name is called 
The Word of God. 
14 And the armies 
which were in heaven 
followed him upon 
white horses, clothed 
in fine linen, white 
and clean. 15 And 
out of his mouth go- 
eth a sharp sword, 
that with it he should 


} ἀγαλλιῶμεν 


ε ἔπεσα LTTrAW. 


h πιστὸς καλούμενος Tr; [καλούμενος] πιστὸς A. 
καὶ] names written and a. 
n + τὰ which [are] EGL[A]w. 


Ιπεριρεραμ- 
ο -- καὶ 


662 
smite the nations : 
and he _ shall rule 


them with a rod of 
iron: and he treadeth 
the winepress of the 
fierceness and wrathof 
Almighty God. 16And 
he hath on his ves- 
ture and on his thigh 
a name written, KING 
OF KINGS, AND 
LORD OF LORDS, 


17 AndI saw an an- 
gel standing in the 
sun;and he cried with 
aloud voice, saying to 
all the fowls that fly 
in the midst of hea- 
ven, Come and gather 
yourselves together 
unto the supper of 
the great God ; 18 that 
ye may eat the flesh 
of kings, and the flesh 
of captains, and the 
flesh of mighty men, 
and the flesh of horses, 
and of them that sit 
on them, and the flesh 
of all men, both free 
and bond, both small 
and great. 


19 And I saw the 
beast, and the kings 
of the earth, and their 
arnuies, gathered to- 
gether to make war 
against him that sat 
on the horse, and 
against his army. 
- 20 And the beast was 
taken, and with him 
the false prophet that 
wrought miracles be- 
tore him, with which 
he deceived them that 
had received the mark 
of the beast, and them 
that worshipped his 
image. These both 
were cast alive into a 
lake of fire burning 
with brimstone, 2lAnd 
the remnant were 
slain with the sword 
of him that sat upon 
the horse, which 
sword proceeded out 
of his mouth : and all 
the fowls were filled 
with their flesh. 


αὐτοῦ, ἐν οἷς ἐπλάνησεν 


ATTOKAAY WIS. ΧΙ 
αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ" καὶ αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ 
them with δὴ *iron; and he treads the press of the 


οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ ακαὶὶ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ παντοκρά- 
wine ofthe fury and ofthe wrath of God the Almighty. 


τορος. 16 καὶ έχει ἐπὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν. μηρὸν. αὐτοῦ 


And ρα [815] garment and upon his baa 

‘Tro! ὄνομα γεγραμμένον, Βασιλεὺς βασιλέων καὶ κύριος 

the name written, King of kings and Lord 
κυρίων. 
of lords. 

17 Kai εἶδον ἕνα ἄγγελον ἑστῶτα ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ" καὶ 

And 1580 one angel standing in the sun; and 

ἔκραξεν " φωνῇ μεγάλῃ λέγων πᾶσιν τοῖς “ὀρνέοις τοῖς 

hecried witha“voice ‘loud, saying toall the‘ birds which 


earapeyane’ ἐν µεσουρανήµατι, Δεῦτε “kai συνἀγεσθε' εἰς 
fly in mid-heaven, Come and gather youre to 


τὸ δεῖπνον “τοῦ μεγάλου" θεοῦ, 18 ἵνα φάγητε σάρκας βα- 
the supper ofthe great God, that ye may eat flesh of 


σιλέων, καὶ σάρκας χιλιάρχων, καὶ σάρκας ἰσχυρῶν, 
kings, and flesh of chief captains, and flesh of strong [men], 


καὶ σάρκας ἵππων καὶ τῶν καθημένων ἐπ᾽ Σαὐτῶν,! καὶ 


and fiesh of horses and of those who sit on them, and 
σάρκας πάντων, ἐλευθέρων 7 καὶ δούλων, καὶ μικρῶν 3 καὶ 
flesh of all, free and bond, and small and 
μεγάλων. 
great. 


19 Kai *eidov" τὸ θηρίον, καὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, 
And Isaw _ the beast, and the kings ofthe earth, 


καὶ τὰ στρατεύματα αὐτῶν" συνηγμένα ποιῆσαι © πόλε- 


and “armies 1their gathered together to make 
μον μετὰ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ 
war with him who sits on the horse, and with 


στρατεύματος αὐτοῦ. 20 καὶ ἐπιάσθη τὸ θηρίον, καὶ ἃ «μετὰ 
ΞΑΤΏΙΥ 119, And wastaken the ΄ beast, and with 


τούτου ὁ! ψευδοπροφήτης ὁ ποιήσας τὰ σημεῖα ἐνώπιον 
Ἠϊπι [88 false prophet who wrought the signs before 


τοὺς λαβόντας τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ 


him, bywhich hemisled those who received the mark ofthe 
θηρίου, καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας τῇ.εἰκόνιαὐτοῦ' ζῶντες 
beast, and those who do homage to his i ος Alive 


ἐβλήθησαν οἱ δύο εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς fray καιομένην" 


werecast the ὕγγο Ιπίο the lake of fire which burns 
ἐν Ετῷ' θείῳ. 21 καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῷ 
with brimstone ; and the nee were killed with the 
ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, τῷ Ἀέκπο». 
sword of him who sits on the horse, πι sword] which goes 
- 
ρευομένῃ" ἐκ τοῦ. στ τόµατος. αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντα τὰ ὄρνεα ἐχορ- 
forth out of his mouth ; and all the birds were 
τάσθησαν ἐκ τῶν σαρκῶν αὐτῶν. 
filled with their flesh. 


eee 


4 — καὶ GLTTrA. 


t πετοµένοις GLTTraw. 


of) GLTTrAW. 
® ἴδον T. 


ae αὐτούς LTra, 
Ὁ αὐτοῦ its L, 
. . > - 
LTTrA 5 0 µετ αὐτοῦ GW. 


*— τὸ (read a name) GLTTrAW. 5 + ἐν in (a loud voice) τ[Α]. 
7 συνάχθητε GLTTrAW. ¥ τὸ μέγα" τοῦ (read the great supper 
KA both (free) GLTTraw. 2 + τε both (smal!) w. 

¢ + τὸν LTTraW. ἆ + [οἱ] those a. € μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὃ 
{ τῆς καιομένης LTTrA. § — τῷ GLTTrAW, δ ἐξελθούσῃ 


came forth GLTTraw, 


απ. REVELATION. 


20 Kai Ιεῖδον' ἄγγελον καταβαίνοντα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, 


And 1 ὃν an angel descending out of the heaven, 
” ) j Χ τὸ Ἡ ὌΝ ᾽ ’ \ ϱ/ ἢ Ὁ ? ‘ 
ἔχοντα τὴν ἠκλεῖδα" τῆς ἀβύσσου, καὶ ἅλυσιν μεγάλην ἐπὶ 
having the key of the abyss, and a “chain ‘great in 


τὴν.χεῖρα.αὐτοῦ. 2 Kai ἐκράτησεν τὸν δράκοντα, τὸν ὄφιν 


his hand. And he laid hold of the dragon, the *serpent 
TOV ἀρχαῖον," ἰός ἐστιν διάβολος καὶ Ἡ σατανᾶς, καὶ ἔδησεν 
ancient, who ἰβΒ [the] devil and Satan, and bound 


? ‘ ΄ ‘ 
αὐτὸν χίλια ἔτη, 8 καὶ ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον, καὶ 


him a thousand years, and cast him into the abyss, and 
”/ ᾽ ΄ ‘ ΄ Z ΄ - 
ἔκλεισεν Ῥαὐτόν,ι καὶ ἐσφράγισεν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ 
shut him _ [up], and sealed over him, that “not 
΄ : ” ~ / 
οπλανήσμ' Pra ἔθνη ἔτι, ἄχρι τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια 


*he ?should mislead the nations longer, until were completed the thousand 


ἔτη' “καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα δεῖ "αὐτὸν λυθῆναι! μικρὸν 
years; and after these things he must be loosed 8 little 
χρόνον. 

time. 


4 Kai 'eidov" θρόνους, καὶ ἐκάθισαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, καὶ κρίμα 

And 1858 _ thrones; and theysat upon them, andjudgment 
3 , ~ ~ [ή 
ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς" καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν πεπελεκισµένων διὰ 
was given tothem;and the _ souls of those beheaded on account of 
τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ 
the testimony ofJesus, andonaccount Οὗ the word of God, and 
οἵτινες οὐ.προσεκύνησαν "τῷ θηρίῳ," οὔτε" Ἱτὴν.εἰκόνα" αὐτοῦ, 
those who did not do homage to the beast, nor his image, 

καὶ οὐκ.ἔλαβον τὸ χάραγμα ἐπὶ τὸ.μέτωπον. “αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ 
and did not receive the mark upon their forehead, and upon 
τὴν.χεῖρα.αὐτῶν' καὶ ἔζησαν, καὶ ἐβασίλευσαν μετὰ * χριστοῦ 

their hand ; and they lived and reigned with Christ 
τὰ" χίλια ἔτη" 5 3 οἱ. “δὲ! λοιποὶ τῶν νεκρῶν οὐκ δάνέζησαν 


the thousand years: but the rest ofthe dead “not ‘lived again 
Ewc! τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη. αὕτη 1) ἀνάστασις 
till may have been completed the thousand years, This [is] the resurrection 


ἡ πρώτη. 6 μακάριος καὶ ἅγιος ὁ ἔχων µέρος ἐν τῇ ἀνα- 
‘first. Blessed. and holy he who has part in the ?resur- 


στάσει THY πρώτῃ' ἐπὶ τούτων ὁ «θάνατος ὁ δεύτερος" οὐκ. ἔχει 


rection first: over these the death *second has no 
ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ᾽] ἔσονται ἱερεῖς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ χριστοῦ, 
authority ; but they shall be priests of God and ofthe Christ, 


. 6 , {I ’ ? ΞΡ ͵ ” Ne ee 
καὶ «βασιλεύσουσιν' per avrov* χίλια ἔτη. 7 Καὶ Όταν τε- 
and shall reign with him a thousand years, And when may 


λεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη, λυθήσεται ὁ σατανᾶς ἐκ τῆς 
have beencompleted the thousand years, will be loosed Satan outof 
φυλακῆς αὐτοῦ, 8 καὶ ἐξελεύσεται πλανῆσαι τὰ ἔθνη τὰ 
*prison this, and will go out to mislead the nations which [are] 
ἐν ταῖς τέσσαρσιν γωνίαις τῆς γῆς, τὸν wy καὶ ἔτὸνι Maywy, 





in the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, 

1 ἴδον Τ. } κλεῖν GLTTrAW. Κ 6 ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος ΗΤΤΑ. 
αν 4+ ὃ LTTrAW. 2 — αὐτὸν GLTTrAW. ο πλανᾷ G. Ρ ἔτι τὰ ἔθνη GLITrA. 
LTTTAW. λυθῆναι αὐτὸν ΙΑ. 3 τὸ θηρίον GLTTrAW. * οὐδὲ LTTraw. 


* — αὐτῶν (read [their]) GLTTraw. x + τοῦ the EGLTTrAW. 
sand) LTTraW. 2 + καὶ (read and the rest) Tr., 
‘lived till GLTTraw. ς δεύτερος θάνατος GLITrA. 


{ + τὰ the (thousand) Trr[4], 6 — τὸν LT[Tr]A. 


ἆ ἀλλὰ TTrw. 


069 
XX. And I saw an 
angel come down 


from heaven, having 
the key of the bot- 
tomless pit and a 
great chain in his 
hand, 2 And he laid 
hold on the dragon, 
that old serpent, 
which is the Devil, 
and Satan, and bound 
him a thousand years, 
3 and cast him 
into the bottomless 
pit, and shut him up, 
and set a seal upon 
him, that he should 
deceive the nations no 
more, till the thou- 
sand years should be 
fulfilled: and after 
that he must be loosed 
@ little season. 


4 AndI saw thrones, 
and they sat upon 
them, and judgment 
was given unto them : 
and J saw the souls of 
them that were be- 
headed for the wit- 
ness of Jesus, and 
for the word of God, 
and which had not 
worshipped the beast, 
neither his image 
neither had received 
his mark upon their 
foreheads, or in their 
hands ; and they lived 
and reigned with 
Christ a thousand 
years. 5 But the 
rest of the dead 
lived not again until 
the thousand years 
were finished. This 
is the first resurrec- 
tion. 6 Blessed and 
holy zs he that hath 
part in the first re- 
surrection: on such 
the second death hath 
no power, but they 
shall be priests of 
God and of Christ, 
and shall reign with 
him a thousand years. 
7 And when the thous 
sand years are ex- 
pired, Satan shall be 
loosed out of his pri- 
son, 8 and shall go out 
to deceive the nations 
which are in the four 
quarters of the earth, 
Gog and Magog, to 





16 ἐστιν ὃ Which is the τ΄ 


ᾳ — καὶ 
- ? ΄ 
YT εικονι EG, 


Υ — τὰ (read a thou- 
a — δὲ but LTTraw. 
6 βασιλεύ[σ]ουσιν Δ 


b ἔζησαν ἄχρι 


064 


gather them together 
to battle: the num- 
ber of whom 7 as 
the sand of the sea. 
9 And they went up 
on the breadth of the 
earth, and compassed 
the camp of the saints 
about, and the beloved 
city : and fire came 
down from God out of 
heaven, and devoured 
them. 10 Andthe de- 
vil that deceived them 
was cast into the lake 
of fire and brimstone, 
where the beast and 
the false prophet are, 
and shall be torment- 
ed day and night for 
ever and ever. 


11 AndIsaw agreat 
white throne, and 
him that sat on it, 
from whose face the 
earth and the heaven 
fled away; and there 
was found no place 
for them. 12 And I 
saw the dead, small 
and great, stand be- 
fore God; and the 
books were opened : 
and another book was 
opened, which is the 
book of life: and 
the dead were judged 
out of those things 
which were written 
in the books, accord- 
ing to their works. 
13 And the sea gaveup 
the dead which were 
in it ; and death and 
hell delivered up the 
dead which were in 
them : and they were 
judged every man 
according {ο their 
works. 14 And death 
and hell were cast 


XX, XE 


ὧν ὁ ἀριθμὸςὶ ὡς 
of πΊοπα ἴπε number [15] as 


AT ο ΚΑ ΛΙ Ψο 
- 3 > , 
συναγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς ἢ πόλεμον, 
to gather together them unto war, 
« ” ~ / ‘ > ’ ? Ν Δ , -“ 
ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης. 9 καὶ ἀνέβησαν ἐπὶ τὸ πλάτος τῆς 
the sand of the sea, And they went upupon the breadth ofthe 
γῆς, καὶ *tkicXwoav" τὴν παρεμβολὴν τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ τὴν 
earth, and encircled the camp ofthe saints, and the 
πόλιν τὴν ἠγαπημένην' καὶ κατέβη πῦρ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκ 
2city ‘beloved : and “came “down fire from God out of 
~ ? ~ | ‘ , - ’ / = Α « ’ ε 
τοῦ οὐρανοῦ," καὶ κατεφᾶγεν αὐτοὺς" 10 και ὁ διάβολος ὁ 
the heaven and devoured them : and the devil who 
~ > ‘4 ? ’ y 2 ‘ [ή ~ A ‘ m 
πλανῶν αὐτοὺς ἐβλήθη εἰς THY λίμνην τοῦ πυρος καὶ 
misleads them was cast into the lake of fire and 
θείου, ὅπου 8 τὸ θηρίον καὶ ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης" καὶ 
of brimstone, where [are] the beast and the false prophet ; and 
βασανισθήσονται ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν 
they shall be tormented day and night for the ages of the 
αἰώνων. 
ages. 
11 Kai εἶδον θρόνον “λευκὸν μέγαν," καὶ τὸν καθήμενον 
And Isaw a‘“*throne ?white loerent and him who sits 
Piz’! Gavrov," οὗ ἀπὸ προσώπου ἔφυγεν ἡ γῆ καὶ ὁ οὐ- 
on it, 2whose from face ~ fied the earth and the hea- 
ρανός, καὶ τόπος οὐχ-εύρεθη αὐτοῖς. 12 καὶ εἶδον τοὺς 


ven, and place wasnotfound for them. And Isaw the 
νεκρούς, "μικροὺς καὶ μεγάλους." ἑστῶτας ἐνώπιον trov θεοῦ," 
dead, small and great, standing before God, 


καὶ βιβλία τἠνεῴχθησαν"" και βιβλίον ἄλλο! *yvewyOn," 


and books were opened ; and “pook Zanother was opened, 
ὁ ἐστιν τῆς ζωῆς" καὶ ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ ἐκ τῶν 
which 1 [that] of life. And werejudgedthe dead out of the things 
γεγραμμένων ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις, κατὰ τὰ.ἔργα.αὐτῶν. 
written in the books according to their works. 


13 καὶ ἔδωκεν ἡ θάλασσα τοὺς Yév αὐτῇ νεκρούς," Kai ὁ 


And ®gave *up ‘the "sea the 7in 310 *dead, and 
θάνατος καὶ ὁ dine 3ἔδωκαν' τοὺς "ἐν αὐτοῖς νεκρούς" καὶ ἐ- 
death and hades gaveup the Δπ “them dead; and they 


κρίθησαν ἕκαστος κατὰ τὰ ἔργα. αὐτῶν. 14 καὶ ὁ θάνατος 
were judged each according to their works: and death 


καὶ ὁ 





© μέγαν λευκόν GLITIAW. 


of whom) LTTraw. 


t τοῦ θρόνου the throne GLTTraw. 


= Ίνοίχθη LTTrAW. 
Kev 1. 


of fire r-Trraw. 


4 γερκοὺς τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς dead which [were] in them GuTTraw. 
δεύτερος ἐστιν GLTAW ; ὃ δεύτερος θάνατός ἐστιν Tr. 


a ᾽ ΄ 2 4 ΄ ~ [ή τ , 

ο nike fot gone ἐβλήθησαν εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός" οὗτός δὲστιν 
fire. This is the se- 224 ades were cast into the lake of fire. This is 
cond death, 1 And ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος." 5 15 καὶ εἴ τις οὐχ-εὺρέθη ἐν τῇ 
whosoever was not 5 : 
found written in the *D¢ second death. And if anyone wasnotfound in the 
book of life was cast βίβλῳ τῆς ζωῆς γεγραμμένος ἐβλή 0. H λί 7) 
t : ἤθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ 
into the lake of fire. book of life written, he was cast into the lake 

πυρός. 

of fire. 

XXI. And I sawa 4 1 ᾽ a ‘ 4 ~ , ε Η͂ 
τὸν heavenandanew Οἱ Καὶ εἶδον οὐρανὸν καινὸν καὶ γῆν καινήν ὃ. γὰρ 
earth: for the first And Isaw ‘a *heaven ‘new and earth ‘a*new; for the 

h + τὸν LTTraw. i+ αὐτῶν of them GLITrAW. κ ἐκύκλευσαν LTAW. 1 ἐκ τοῦ 
οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ G3; — ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ LTAW. m - τοῦ T. 2 + καὶ both GLTTraw. 


P ἐπάνω Tr. α αὐτόν GT. τ + τοῦ (read from the face 
5 τοὺς μεγάλους καὶ τοὺς μικρούς the great and the small Lrrraw. 
ae ἠνδίχθησαν GLTTrAW. * ἄλλο βιβλίον GLTTrAW. 
Υ νεκροὺς τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ dead which [were] in it GLTTraw. 2 ἔδω- 
Ὁ θάνατος ἃ 
© + , ἡ λίμνη τοῦ πυρός the lake 


κ, 


πρῶτος οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ πρώτη γῆ 


REVELATION. 


ἀπαρῆλθεν,ὶ καὶ ἡ θά- 


first heaven andthe first earth were passedaway, and the 
λασσα οὐκ ἔστιν ἔτι. 
Bea 2no tis longer. 
2 Kai «ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης! εἶδον! τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἁγίανί, Ἱερ- 
νᾶ, ἃ John saw the city "holy, *Jer- 


A. ‘ 7 f ’ὔ 8 > ‘ ~ θ ~ 1 - ᾽ 
ουσαλµ Καινὴν, καταβαίνουσαν απο του σεου εκ του ου» 


usalem Snew, coming down from God out of hea- 
ρανοῦ,! ἡτοιμασμένην ὡς νύμφην κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ 
ven, prepared as a bride adorned for husband 
αὐτῆς. 8 καὶ ἤκουσα φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ "οὐρανοῦ," 
ther. And Iheard a voice 1ereat outof the heaven, 


λεγούσης, “Ido, ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ θεοῦ 
saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God [is] with men, 

καὶ σκηνώσει μετ᾽ αὐτῶν' καὶ αὐτοὶ ‘Aaoi' αὐτοῦ ἔσονται, 

and he shall tabernacle with them, and they ‘peoples “his ‘shall *be, 

A ? \ « θ ‘ 19 - ? ᾽ | ] A ᾽ ~ Ι ᾿ a 
και αυτος ο θεος "εσται MET αὑτῶν θεὸς. αὐτῶν." 4 καὶ ἐξα- 
and “himself ‘God shallbe with them their God. And ?shall 
λείψει πιὸ θεὸς" πᾶν δάκρυον "ἀπὸ" τῶν.ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν, 
swipe *away 1God every tear from their eyes ; 

‘ ο ᾽ὔ 3 ” Ww ὃ » , » ’ 
καὶ °6" θάνατος οὐκ.έσται ἔτι' οὔτε πένθος, οὔτε κραυγή; 
and death shallbe no longer, nor mourning, nor crying, 

3 , > ” » ο ps Π ‘ ~ q 2 Πλθ ll 
OUTE πόνος ουκ εσται ετι οτι τα πρωτα απ] ΟΥ. 


nor distress ΕΣ 1shall “be longer, because the former things are passed away. 
(lit. not) 


5 Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ καθήμενος ἐπὶ "τοῦ θρόνου, Ιδού, καινὰ 
And said he who sits on. the throne, Lo, new 
πάντα ποιῶ." Καὶ λέγει ‘por, Τράψον' ὅτι οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι 
allthings 1 πιακό, And hesays tome, Write, because these words 
τἀληθινοὶ καὶ πιστοί" εἰσιν. 6 Καὶ εἶπέν μοι, "Τέγονεν.' ἐγώ 
true and faithful are, And hesaid tome, It is done. 1 
Σεἰμι! τὸ YA" καὶ τὸ Ώ,' ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος, ἐγὼ τῷ 
am the A andthe Ω, the beginning andthe end, I to him that 
διψῶντι δώσω 3 ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς TOV ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς δωρεάν. 
thirsts τῷ} give of the fountain of the water of life gratuitously. 
’ ~ 
7 6 νικῶν κληρονομήσει ὑπάντα,' καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ θεός, 
He that overcomes shall inherit allthings, and Iwillbe tohim God, 
καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι “δ' υἱός. 8 “"δειλοῖς. δὲ! καὶ ἀπίστοις © 


μετὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, 


and he _ shall be tome son: but to [the] fearful, and unbelieving, 
καὶ ἐβδελυγμένοις καὶ φονεῦσιν καὶ πόρνοις καὶ [πόαρμακεῦσιν" 
and abominable, and murderers, and fornicators, and sorcerers, 

4 ΄ Ἢ ~ ~ -᾿ ‘ / ~ 
καὶ εἰδωλολάτραις, καὶ πᾶσιν τοις βεψευδέσιν," τὸ.μέρος.αὐτῶν 
and idolaters, διὰ all liars, their part 

~ ~ ‘ ‘ [ή > 
ἐν τῇ λίμνῃ τῇ καιομένῃ πυρὶ καὶ θείῳ, 0 ἐστιν 
{is} in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone; which is (the) 
Βαδεύτερος θάνατος." 
second death. 


ἆ ἀπῆλθον GW; ἀπῆλθαν LTTrA. © — ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης GLTTrAW. 
καινήν GLTTrw ; after ἁγίαν A. 
throne LTA. i λαὸς people Gw. 
ταν; αὐτῶν θεός LAW- 
5 ἐκ LTTrA. 0. --Ο OT. Ρ --- ὅτι L{TrA]. 
θρύνῳ GLTTrAW. 5 ποιῶ πάντα LTTrAW.- ; 
GLiitraw. 3 Γέγοναν They are done Lrtrw; Τέγονα[ν] 
x — εἰμι (read [am] τὸ! Αα]. y ἄλφα Alpha LTTraw. 

b ταῦτα these things GLTTrAW. | ¢ — oLTTraw. 

ε8 + καὶ ἁμαρτωλοῖς and sinners W, fa φαρμακοῖς GLTTrAW, 
θάνατος ὃ δεύτερος GLITrAW. 


k μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ἔσται GLTrAW. 


t — woe LT[TrJAw. 


f εἶδον 1 saw placed after 
& ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTrAW. 


60δ 


heaven and the first 
earth were passed a- 
way; and there was 
mo more 868. 


2 And I John saw 
the holy city, new 
Jerusalem, coming 
down from God out 
of heaven, prepared as 
a bride adorned for 
her husband. 3 And I 
heard a great voice 
out of heaven saying, 
Behold, the tabernacle 
of God is with men, 
and he will dwell with 
them, and they shall 
be his people, and God 
himself shall be with, 
them, and be their 
God, 4 And God shall 
wipe away all tears 
from their eyes; and 
there shall be no more 
death, neither sorrow, 
nor crying, neither 
shall there be any 
more pain: for the 
former things are 
passed away. 5 And 
he that sat upon the 
throne said, Behold, I 
make all things new. 
And he said unto me, 
Write: for these words 
are true and faithful. 
6 And he said unto me, 
It is done, I am Alpha 
and Omega, the be- 
ginning and the end, 
I will give unto him 
that is athirst of the 
fountain of the water 
of life freely. 7 He 
that overcometh shall 
inherit all things ;and 
I will be his God, and 
he shall be my son. 
8 But the fearful, and 
unbelieving, and the 
abominable, and mur- 
derers, and whore- 
mongers, and sorcer- 
ers, and idolaters, and 
all liars, shall have 
their part in the lake 
which burneth with 
fire and brimstone: 
which is the second 
death, 


1: 
Ἀ θρόνου 
1... θεος αὐτῶν 


m — § θεὺς (read ἐξαλείψει he shall wipe away) @tt:[a]w. 
4 ἀπῆλθαν LITrA ; ἀπῆλθεν W. ά 
ν πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί 
(read Teyova ἐγώ I am become) a. 
: ὦ τ΄. 5. + αὐτῷ to him T[A]w. 

da τοῖς (the) δὲ δειλοῖς GLTTraW. 
Ε» ψεύσταις L, bare 


' Tw 


666 

9 And there came 
unto me one of the 
Beven angels which 
had the seven vials 
full of the seven last 
plagues, and talked 
with me, saying, Come 
hither, I will shew 
thee the bride, the 
Lamb’s wife. 10 And 
he carried me away 
in the spirit to a great 
and high mountain, 
and shewed me that 
great city, the holy Je- 
rusalem, descending 
out of heaven from 
God, 11 having the 
glory of God: and her 
light was like unto a 
stone most precious, 
even like a jasper 
stone, clear as crystal; 
12 and had a wall 
great and high, and 
had twelve gates, and 
at the gates twelve 
angels, and names 
written thereon,which 
are the names of the 
twelve tribes of the 
children of Israel: 
13 on the east three 
gates; on the north 
three gates; on the 
south three gates; and 
on the west three 
gates, 14 And the wall 
of the city had twelve 
foundations, and in 
them the names of the 
twelve apostles of the 
Lamb. 15 And he that 
talked with me hada 
golden reed to measure 
the city, and the gates 
thereof, and the wall 
thereof. 16 And the 
city lieth foursquare, 
and the length is as 
large us the breadth: 
and he measured the 
city with the reed, 
twelve thousand fur- 
longs. The length and 
the breadth and the 
height of it are equal. 
17 And he measured 
the wall thereof, an 
hundred and forty and 
four cubits, according 
to the measure of a 
man, that is, of the an- 





i — πρός µε GLTTrAW. 
{angels] were full LTTra. 
μεγάλην (read the holy city) GLTTraw. 


also) GLTTraw. 
t τοὺς πυλῶνας Tr. 
= ἀπὸ GLTTrAW. 


αὐτῶν δώδεκα on them twelve GLTTraWw. 
τόν ἐστιν (read [15]) GLTTrAW. 


ΑΠΟ ΚΑΛΑΥ VI Σ, po & 


9 Kai ἦλθεν Ἱπρός pe" εἷς " τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων τῶν ἐχόν- 
And came to me one ofthe seven angels which had 
4 ‘ 4 , ~ ε A ~ οι, 
των τὰς ἑπτὰ φιάλας ἱτὰς γεμούσας" τῶν ἑπτὰ πληγῶν τῶν 
the seven bowls full of the seven “*plagues 
A ie ~ , ~ re 
ἐσχάτων, καὶ ἐλάλησεν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, λέγων, Δεῦρο, δείξω 
last, and spoke with me, saying, Come hither, I will shew 
σοι τὴν νύμφην "τοῦ ἀρνίου τὴν γυναῖκα." 10 Καὶ ἀπήνεγκέν 


thee the bride 7Lamb’s ‘the wife. And he carried away 
᾽ , η) ο] ” , Neck λ , \ ἔδ ot 
με ἐν πνεύματι "επ" ορος µεγα και ὑψηλόν, καὶ ἔδειξέν 
me Ἰπ[ίπε] Spirit to amountain great and high, and shewed 
\ , ‘ ΄ ‘ «- ΄ 
μοι τὴν πόλιν στὴν μεγάλην," τὴν ἁγίαν Ἱερουσαλήμ, κατα- 
me the *city great, the holy Jerusalem, de- 
βαίνουσαν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, 11 ἔχουσαν τὴν 
scending out of the heaven from God, having the 


ὅμοιος λίθῳ τιµιω- 


δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ" Ῥκαὶ! ὁ. φωστὴρ.αὐτῆς 
like astone most pre 


glory of God, and her radiance [was] 
(lit. her luminary) . 
, e , ,ὔ ο » 
τάτῳ, ὡς λίθῳ ἰάσπιδι κρυσταλλίζοντι 12 “ἔχουσάν re" 
having also 


cious, as aSstone jasper lerystal-like ; 
τεῖχος μέγα καὶ ὑψηλόν, τἔέχουσαν" πυλῶνας δώδεκα, "καὶ ἐπὶ 
awall great and high; having 2gates ‘twelve, and at 
[τοῖς πυλῶσιν] ἀγγέλους δώδεκα, καὶ ὀνόματα ἐἔπιγεγραμ- 
the . gates ~ 7angels twelve, and names _ inserib- 
μένα, ἅ ἐστιν Ἱ τῶν δώδεκα φυλῶν τῶν!" υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ. 
ed, which are [those]ofthe twelve tribes ofthe sons of Israel, 
13 τάπ'"' γἀνατολῆς" πυλῶνες τρεῖς" * ἀπὸ βοῤῥᾶ 
Οπ _ [the] east 3rates ‘three ; on (the). north 
πυλῶνες τρεῖς" * ἀπὸ νότου πυλῶνες τρεῖς" 3 ἀπὸ 
Σραίθβ 11ΏτεῬ; on [the] south *cates 4three, on [the] 
δυσμῶν πυλῶνες τρεῖς. 14 καὶ τὸ τεῖχος τῆς πόλεως 3ἔχονὶ 
west 2eates three, And the wall ofthe city having 
θεμελίους δώδεκα, καὶ δὲν αὐτοῖς" ὀνόματα τῶν δώδεκα 
7foundations ‘twelve, and in them names ofthe twelve 


? , ~ > ΄ - \ ς ~ ? ? ~ τὸ c 
αποστόλων τοῦ apviov. 15 καὶ ὁ λαλῶν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ εἶχεν 


apostles ofthe Lamb. And he speaking with me had 
κάλαμον χρυσοῦν, ἵνα μετρήσῃ τὴν πόλιν, Kai τοὺς πυ- 
a 7reed *golden, that he might measure the city, and 


λῶνας αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸ.τεῖχος.αὐτῆς. 16 Kai ἡ πόλις τετράγωνος 


*gates its, and its wall. ‘Andthe city 7four-square 
κεῖται, καὶ τὺ.μῆκος.αὐτῆς ἀτοσοῦτόν ἐστιν! ὅσον “καὶ! τὸ 
11165, and its length so much is as also the 


πλάτος. καὶ ἐμέτρησεν THY πόλιν τῷ καλάμῳ ἐπὶ foradiwy! 
breadth, And hemeasured the city withthe reed— sfurlongs 
δώδεκα χιλιάδων’ τὸ μῆκος καὶ τὸ πλάτος καὶ τὸ ὕψος αὐτῆς 
*twelve *thousand; the length and the breadth and {πο height of it 
toa ἐστίν. 17 καὶ ἐμέτρησεν τὸ.τεῖχος αὐτῆς ἑκατὸν 

5οᾳιϱ] ‘are. And he measured its wall, a hundred [and] 
Ετεσσαράκοντα τεσσάρων! πηχῶν μέτρον ἀνθρώπου, ὅ ἐστιν 

forty four cubits, “measure ‘a *man’s, which is, 





1— τὰς W; τῶν γεμόντων Which 
πι τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀρνίου LTTrAW. Ὁ ἐπὶ LITrAW. 9 — τὴν 

Ρ — καὶ GLTTrAW. - 4 ἔχουσα (omit 
5 — καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς πυλῶσιν ἀγγέλους δώδεκα 1.. 
w — τῶν (read of [the]) LTTraw. 


κ + ἐκ of (the) LrTra. 


τ ἔχουσα GLTTrA. 
7 + τὰ ὀνόματα the names {{ττλ]. 


Υ ἀνατολῶν ΟΥ̓. + καὶ and LTTrAw. 3 ἔχων TTrA. Ὁ ἐπ' 
¢ + μέτρον a Measure GLTTrA, 4d — τοσοῦ- 
8 — καὶ TTr[A]. Γσταδίους EGLTrA, ὃ τεσσερά- 


κοντα τεσσάρων LT; Ίθσσαρακοντατεσσάρων (τεσσε- A) EAW, 


eX XI. REVELATION. 


? ’ “τ ig , = "ἡ ~ 
ἀγγέλου. 18 καὶ ἰὴν" -ἡ Κἐνδόμησιςϊ τοῦ. τείχους. αὐτῆς 
[the] angel’s. And ‘was 'the structure Sof *its Swall 
ν 5 ε , ΄ ΄ , , r ~ 
ἰασπιξ᾽ καὶ ἡ πόλις χρυσίον καθαρόν, ἰὁμοία" ὑάλῳ καθαρῷ. 
jasper ; -/ απᾶ the city 3ρο]ᾶ ‘pure, like *elass ᾿Ῥυχθ: 
19 πικαὶ! οἱ θεμέλιοι τοῦ τείχους τῆς πόλεως παντὶ λίθῳ 
and the foundations ofthe wall ofthe city withevery “stone 
τιμίῳ κεκοσμημένοι. ὁ θεμέλιος ὁ πρῶτος ἴασπις" ὁ 
‘precious [were] adorned: the ?foundation ‘first, jasper; the 
, ῤ « ’ , « , ΄ 
δεύτερος σάπφειρος' ὁ τρίτος "χαλκηδών"" ὁ τέταρτος σµά- 
second, sapphire; the third, ‘chalcedony; the fourth, eme- 
ραγδος' 20 ὁ πέμπτος “σαρδόνυξ'"Β ὁ ἕκτος Ῥσάρδιος"" ὁ 
rald ; the fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, sardius; the 
e , « ΄, > « ” , 
ἕβδομος χρυσόλιθος' ὁ ὄγδοος βήρυλλος' ὁ Ἱένατος' τοπά- 
seventa, chrysclite; the eighth, beryl ; the ninth, to- 
ζιον' ὁ δέκατος 'χρυσόπρασος"' ὁ ἑνδέκατος ὑάκινθος' ὁ 
paz; the tenth, chrysoprasus ; the eleventh, jacinth ; the 
δωδέκατος ἀμέθυστος.. 21 καὶ οἱ δώδεκα πυλῶνες, δώδεκα 
twelfth, amethyst. And the twelve gates, 
μαργαρίται ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν πυλώνων ἦν ἐξ ἑνὸς 
pearls ; Srespectively "οπθ ‘each of the gates was of one 
μαργαρίτου" καὶ ἡ πλατεῖα τῆς πόλεως, χρυσίον καθαρόν, ὡς 
pearl; andthe street ofthe city Σσο]ὰ pure, as 
ὕαλος "διαφανής." 22 Kai ναὸν οὐκ εἶδον ἐν αὐτῇ' ὁ γὰρ 
?glass ‘transparent. And “temple °‘no “I’saw in it; for the 
κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ * ναὸς. αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ 
Lord God Almighty its temple is, and .the 
> / " « , ? / » - « , >? ‘ ~ 
ἀρνίον. 23 καὶ ἡ πόλις οὐ χρείαν ἔχει τοῦ ἡλίου, οὐδὲ τῆς 
Lamb, Andthe city "πο “need ‘thas ofthe sun, nor ofthe 
, wv ’ v2 Π ? or « . , ~ ~ 9 ΄ 
σελήνης, ἵνα φαίνωσιν Viv" αὐτῇ" ἡ.γὰρ δόξα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐφώ- 
moon, ὑδαῦ they should shine in it; forthe glory of ἄοἆ en- 
τισεν αὐτήν, καὶ ὁ λύχνος αὐτῆς τὸ ἀρνίον. 24 καὶ “τὰ 
lightened it, and the lamp of it [is] the Lamb. And the 
ἔθνη τῶν σωζομένων ἐν τῷ.φωτὶ αὐτῆς περιπατήσουσιν" καὶ 
nations of the saved in its light shall walk; ὁ and 
οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς φέρουσιν τὴν δόξαν “καὶ τὴν τιμὴν" αὐτῶν 
the kings + oftheearth bring 2elory “and *honour ‘their 
, A « ~ ~ ‘ ~ « ’ 3 
εἰς αὐτήν. 25 καὶ οἱ πυλῶνες.αὐτῆς οὐ. μὴ κλεισθῶσιν ἡμέρας 
unto it. And its gates not at all shallbeshut by day; 
‘ 3 ᾽ Mm 3 ~ ‘ » ‘ , al 
νὺξ γὰρ οὐκ ἔσται εκει. 26 καὶ οἴσουσιν τὴν δόξαν καὶ 
ϑηϊρῃὺ ‘for πο εΏα]] Ρ6 there, Απᾶ {ποτ επα]] Ῥτίηρ the glory and 
‘ ty ~ 3 ~ 2 ᾽ / 3 7 Α ν ᾽ EXO ϑ 
τὴν τιμὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰς αὐτὴν. 27 καὶ οὐ-μη εἰσελθῃ εἰς 
the honour of the nations unto it. And in no wise may enter into 
αὐτὴν πᾶν Yeowovr," καὶ Ἀποιοῦν' βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦ- 
it anything defiling, and practising abomination and a 
(lit. everything) 
δος εἰ μὴ οἱ 
lie ; but those who 
ἁρνίου. 
Lamb. 
92 Kai ἔδειξεν μοι 


And he shewed me 


γεγραμμένοι ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ 


arewritten in the book of life of the 


a ‘ 1] ‘ vO ~ 
καθαρὸν" ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς, 
2pure 4a river of water of life, 


twelve | 


667 


gel. 18 And the build- 
ing of the wall of it 
was of jasper : and the 
city was pure gold, 
like unto clear glass, 
19 And the founda- 
tions of the wall of the 
city were garnished 
with all manner of 
precious stones. The 
first foundation was 
jasper; the second, 
sapphire ; the third, 
a chalcedony; the 
fourth, an emerald; 
20 the fifth, sardonyx; 
the sixth, sardius ; the 
seventh  chrysolite ; 
the eighth, beryl; the 
ninth, a topaz; the 
tenth, a chrysoprasus; 
the eleventh,a jacinth; 
the twelfth, an ame- 
thyst. 21 And the 
twelve gates were 
twelve pearls; every 
several gate was of 
one pearl: and the 
street of the city was 
pure gold, as it were 
transparent ‘ glass. 
22 And I saw no tem- 

le therein: for the 

ord God Almighty 
and the Lamb are the 
temple of it: 23 And 
the city had no need 
of the sun, neither of 
the moon, to shine in 
it: for the glory of 
God did lighten it, 
and the Lamb is the 
light thereof. 24 And 
the nations of them 
which are saved shall 
walk in the light of 
it: and the kings of the 
earth do bring their 
glory and honour into 
it. 25 And the gates 
of it shall not be shut 
at all by day: for 
there shall be nonight 
there. 26 And they 
shall bring the glory 
and honour of the na- 
tions into it. 27 ind 
there shall in no wise 
enter into it any 
thing that defileth, 
neither whatsoever 
worketh abomination, 
or maketh a lie: but 
they which are written 
in the Lamb’s book of 
life, 


XXII. And heshew- 
ed me a pure river of 
water of life, clear as 


a a eT ce in Ta 


1 ὅμοιον LTTrAW. 


k ἐνδώμησις TTr. 1 
4 εννατος EGW. 


i — ἣν (read [was]) LTA. 
P σάρδιον LTTrAW. 


κεδών T. ο σαρδιόννὲ L. 
ὃ διαυγής ΑἸΤΊΤΑΥ. σις 6 L[a]w. 
πατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη διὰ τοῦ φωτὸς ' 
(:LTTrAW. 2 — τὴν W3 — καὶ την τιμὴν LTTrA. 

he who TTr) ποιῶν ([he who) Law) practises LTTrAW, 


v — ἐν (read αὐτῇ for it) GLTTrAW. 
φωτὸς αὐτῆς the nations shall walk by means of its light 
Υ κοινὸν Common GLTTraWw. 

«8 —- καθαρὸν GLTTrAW, 


m—kKalLTA. ® xaA- 
τ χρυσόπρασον L. 
W περι- 


"(τὸ 


668 


crystal, proceeding 
out of the throne of 
God and of the Lamb. 
2 In the midst of the 
street of it, and on 
either side of the ri- 
ver, was there the 
tree of life, which bare 
twelve manner of 
fruits, and yielded her 
fruitevery month; and 
the leaves of the tree 
were for the healing 
of the nations. 3 And 
there shall be no more 
curse : but the throne 
of God and of the 
Lamb shall be in it ; 
and his servants shall 
serve him: 4and they 
shall see his face ; and 
his name shall be in 
their forcheads. 5 And 
there shall be no 
nightthere; and they 
need no candle, nei- 
ther light of the sun; 
for the Lord God giv- 
eth them light: and 
they shall reign for 
ever and ever, 


6 And he said unto 
me, These sayings are 
faithful and true: and 
the Lord God of the 
holy prophets sent his 
angel to shew unto 
his servants the things 
which must shortly 
be done. 7 Behold, Τ 
come quickly : blessed 
is he that keepeth the 
sayings of the prophe- 
cy of this book. 8 AndI 

ohn saw these things, 
and heard them. And 
when I had heard and 
seen, I fell down to 
worship before’ the 
feet of the angel 
which shewed me these 
things. 9 Then saith 
he unto mé, See thou 
do i not: for I am 
thy fellowservant, 
and of thy brethren 
the prophets, and of 
them which keep the 


ATIOKAAY WIS. ΧΧΙΠ. 
a ΄ ~ 
λαμπρὸν we κρύσταλλον, ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ 
bright as crystal, going forth outof the throne 
θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἀρνίου. 2 ἐν μέσῳ τῆς.πλατείας αὐτῆς, καὶ τοῦ 
of God andofthe Lamb. In the midst of its street, and of the 
~ > vO ‘ b2 v0 I ξύλ rs ~ ς ~ il 
ποταμοῦ, ἐντεῦθεν καὶ "ἐντεῦθεν, ὕλον ζωῆς, “ποιοῦν 
river, on this side and onthatside, [the] tree of life, producing 
καρποὺς δώδεκα, κατὰ μῆνα" «ἕνα" ἕκαστον ἰἀποδιδοῦν" τὸν 
“fruits ‘twelve, *month Seach yielding 
καρπὸν αὐτοῦ" καὶ τὰ φύλλα τοῦ ξύλου εἰς θεραπείαν τῶν 


7fruit- its; and the leaves ofthe tree for healing of the 
᾽ ~ ‘ ~ ΄ η] ? ” 2 ο 4 € , 
ἐθνῶν. ὃ Kai πᾶν ἕκαταναάθεµα' οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι" καὶ ὁ θρόνος 
nations. And 7any 5curse ?not shallbe longer; and the throne 
(lit. every) 


τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἀρνίου ἐν αὐτῇ ἔσται' καὶ οἱ δοῦλοι.αὐτοῦ 
ofGod and ofthe Lamb in it shall be; and his bondmen 


λατρεύσουσιν αὐτῷ" 4 κἀὶ ὄψονται τὸ. πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ, καὶ 
shall serve him, and they shall see his face; and 


τὸ ὄνομα. αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῶν.µετώπων αὐτῶν. 5 Kai νὺξ οὐκ ἔσται 
his name on their foreheads [15]. And ?night “no shallbe 
Bee at vei ΠΝ I Ky ; νο λα 
χρείαν οὐκ ἔχουσιν ύχνου καὶ φωτὸς ἰἡλίου, 
there, and μοῦ ‘no *they*have ofalamp and of light of[the]sun, 
ὅτι κύριος ὁ θεὸς πιἰφωτίζει" αὐτούς" καὶ βασιλεύσουσιν 
because [the] Lord God enlightens them, and they shall reign 
εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνωγ. 
to the ages ofthe ages. 
6 Καὶ εἶπέν μοι, Οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί" 
And hesaid tome, These words [are] faithful and true; 
καὶ ™ κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν δἁγίωνὶ προφητῶν ἀπέστειλεν τὸν 
and [the] Lord God ofthe holy prophets sent 
” ? ~ ~ ~ 7, ? ~ εν ~ 
ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ δεῖξαι τοῖς.δούλοις. αὐτοῦ ἃ δεῖ γε- 
4angel this toshew his bondmen the things which must come 
νέσθαι ἔν.τάχει. 7? Ἴδού, ἔρχομαι ταχύ. μακάριος ὁ 
to pass soon, Behold, Iam coming quickly. Blessed [is] he who 
τηρῶν τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ.βιβλίου.τούτου. 8 IKai 


keeps the words ofthe prophecy of this book, And 
? 1 ll ? , < τ / ~ Να ee 2 , oll 
ἐγω" Ιωάννης 0 βλέπων ταῦτα καὶ ἀκούων 
ac John [πας] he who [was] seeing *these “things ‘and "hearing. 


ae » \ 57) Wt” Π ~ ” 
καὶ ὅτε ἤκουσα καὶ "ἔβλεψαὶ ἴἔπεσα" προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν 
And when [heard and saw I fell down to do homage before 


τῶν ποδῶν τοῦ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ἸἈδεικνύοντός! μοι ταῦτα. 9 καὶ 
the feet ofthe angel who[was] shewing me these things. And 


λέγει μοι, Ὅρα μή" σὐνδουλός σου Υγάρ' εἰμι, καὶ 
he says tome, See [thou doit] not: *fellowbondman Sof*thee ‘for *I*am, and 


τῶν. ἀδελφῶν. σου τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ τῶν τηρούντων τοὺς 
of thy brethren the prophets, and of those who keep the 


λόγους τοῦ.βιβλίου.τούτου' τῷ θεῷ προσκύνησον. 10 Kai 





sayings of this book: words of this book: to God do homage. And 
worship God. 10 And , \ ΄, 4 , ~ , __ 
he saith unto me, Seal λέγει. μοί; Μὴ.σφραγίσῃς τοὺς λόγους της προφητείας του 
not the sayings of the he says to me, Seal not the words ofthe prophecy 
prophecy of this book: γ , κὰν ΑΗ . x? r 3 « 2s 
forthe timeisathand. βιβλίου τούτου" Wort ὁ καιρὸς Σ ἐγγύς ἐστιν. 11 ὁ ἀδι- 
1] He that is unjust, *book tof *this; becausethe time ?near lis. He that is un- 
Ὁ ἐκεῖθεν LTTrAW. ο ποιῶν T. ἀμῆναν 1. 8 -- ἕνα GLTTrAW. f ἀποδιδοὺς TTrA- 


& κατάθεµα ΟΙΤΤΙΑΥ. 
ἔχουσιν TTr) χρείαν LTTrAW ; οὐ χρεία α. 
m φωτιεῖ (φωτίσει L) ἐπ᾽ shall enlighten GLTtTraw. 
Spirits of the GLTTraw. 
ταῦτα GLTrAW ; βλέπων καὶ ἀκούων ταῦτα T. 
¥— γάρ GLITrAw, 


τος T, 


4 ἔτι longer @LTTraw. i οὐχ ἔξουσιν they shall have no (οὐκ 
k + φωτὸς of light Lrrra. 1 — yAlov'w. 
n + othe ΙΤΤΤΑ, ο πνευμάτων τῶν 
4 κἀγὼ LITrAW. ἀκούων καὶ βλέπων 
Ι 5 ἔβλεπον W. t ἔπεσον FG. ἃ δεικνύν» 
Wm ὅτι GLITIAW * + γὰρ for (the time) LTTraw, 


P + Kaiand:-GLTTraw. 


XXII. REVELATION. 

~ 10 , ης x ε « ~ 21 , I! 
κων ἀὐικησατω ἔτι και Yo ρυπῶν' τρυπωσάτω 
righteous let him be unrighteous still; and Ίο that is filthy let him be filthy 
ἔτι καὶ ὁ δίκαιος Ἀδικαιωθήτωϊ ἔτι καὶ ὁ ἅγιος 
stilf; and he that [is] righteous let him be righteous still; and he that [is] holy 


ε θη ” b ΜΠ ἰδ ’ » / ατα 

αγιασθητω ert. 12 "Καὶ ἰδού, ἔρχομαι ταχύ, καὶ ὁ 
let him be sanctified still. And, behold, Iam coming quickly, and 

ae pou per ἐμοῦ, ἀποδοῦναι: ἑκάστῳ ὡς τὸ ἔργον "αὐτοῦ 
eward ‘my with me, to render toeach as “work *his 


ἔσται." 13 ἐγώ Seine! τὸ «Α' καὶ τὸ Ὦ,! ξἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος, 
shall be. I am the A andthe Ω, [the] beginning and end, 
ὁ πρῶτος Kai ὁ ἔσχατος." 14 Μακάριοι οἱ Ῥποιοῦν- 
the first and the last, Blessed [are] they that do 
τες τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ," ἵνα ἔσται ἡ.ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ 
his commandments, that “shall *be their “authority to the 
ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς, καὶ τοῖς πυλῶσιν εἰσέλθωσιν εἰς τὴν πόλιν. 
tree of life, andbythe gates they should goin to the city. 
1ὅ ἔξω δὲν οἱ κύνες καὶ οἱ φαρμακοὶ καὶ οἱ πόρνοι καὶ 
But without [are] the. ἄορβ, andthe sorcerers, and the fornicators, and 


οἱ φονεῖς καὶ οἱ εἰδωλολάτραι, Kai πᾶς *6" Ιφιλῶν καὶ 
the murderers, and the idolaters, and everyone that loves and 
ποιῶν" ᾿ψεῦδος, 
practises a lie. 

16 ᾿Εγὼ Ἰησοῦς ἔπεμψα τὸν .ἄγγελόν.μου μαρτυρῆσαι 

BT Jesus sent mine angel to testify 

~ ~ ‘ “΄7 ,) / ΄ ? c es ‘ 

ὑμῖν ταῦτα "πὶ! ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις" ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ pila καὶ 


am the root and 


“όρθρι- 


morn- 


to you these things in the assemblies. δ 
τὸ γένος "τοῦ! οΔαβίδ,ὶι ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρὸς Ρκαὶ" 
the offspring of David, the “star *bright 7and 
νὰ ~ A / ᾽ .. 
voc." 17 Καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ νύμφη λέγουσιν, :Έλθε" 
ing. And the _ Spirit and the bride say, Come, 
' τ ‘ « ~ N ’ 
Καὶ ὁ ἀκούων εἰπάτω, EXO." καὶ ὁ διψῶν ἐλθέτω," 
Andhethat hears lethimsay, Come. Andhe that thirsts let him come; 
‘ / , x ~ , 
"καὶ" ὁ θέλων “λαμβανέτω τὸ" ὕδωρ ζωῆς δωρεάν. 
and hethat wills, lethimtake the water of life gratuitously. 
18 "Συμμαρτυροῦμαι.γὰρὶ παντὶ 5 ἀκούοντι τοὺς λόγους 
For I jointly testify toeveryone hearing the words 
ΡΞ , ~ , 7 = 1. ya? 09 κ 
τῆς προφητείας τοῦ.βιβλίου.τούτου' ἐᾶν τις Σ"ἐπιτιθῇ πρὸς 
ofthe prophecy of this book, If anyone shouldadd to 
, A 4 εἶ ‘ ‘ 
ταῦτα," ἐπιθήσει 0 θεὸς ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν" τὰς πληγὰς τὰς γε- 
these things, 7shall *add 1God unto him the plagues which are 
γραμμένας ἐν "" BiBriw.rodrw' 19 καὶ ἐάν τις apaipy" 
written in this book. And if anyone should take 


ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων ““βίβλου! τῆς προφητείας.ταύτής, “apaipy- 


669 


let him be unjust still: 
and he which is filthy, 
let him be filthy still: 
and he that is right- 
eous, let him be right- 
eous still: ‘and he 
that is holy, let him 
be holy still, 12 And, 
behold, I come quick- 
ly ; and my reward'‘is 
with me, to give every 
man according as hig 
work shall be. 13 I 
am Alpha and Omega, 
the beginning and the 
end, the first and the 
last. 14 Blessed are 
they that do his com- 
mandments, that they 
may have right to the 
tree of life, and may 
enter in through the 
gates into the city. 
15 For without ave 
dogs, and _ sorcerers, 
and whoremongers, 
and murderers, and 
idolaters, and whoso- 
ever loveth and mak- 
eth a lie. 


16 I Jesus have sent 
mine angel to testify 
unto you these things 
in the churches. Iam 
the root and the off- 
spring of David, and 
the bright and morn- 
ing star. 17 And the 
Spirit And the bride 
say, Come, And let 
him that heareth say, 
Come. And let him 
that is athirst come, 
And whosoever will, 
let him take the water 
of life freely. 


18 For I testify un- 
to every man that 
heareth the words of 
the prophecy of this 
book, If any manshall 
add unto these things, 
God shall add unto 
him the plagues that 
are written in this 
book: 19 and if any 
man shall take a- 
way from the words 


of this prophecy,’ "shall *take of the book of this 
from ira κ bis ὅος ot [the] Leap Dee 3 ἘΣ τὴ εν ll ee ~, κ. prophecy, God shall 
cet" ὁ θεὸς τὸςμέρος. αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ ΄ ““βίβλουϊ τῆς ζωῆς, Καὶ take away his pi 
“away 1God his part from[the] book’ of life, and out of the book of 
ἶ Υ ὁ ῥυπαρὸς the filthy [one] GLTTraw. 5ῥυπανθήτω LTTrA 5 ῥυπαρευθήτω απ. 3 δικαιο- 
σύνην ποιησάτω let him practise righteousness GLTTraW. > -— καὶ GLTTrAW. 5 ἐστὶν 


αὐτοῦ (read his work is) LTTra. ἅ -- εἰμι (read [am))GLTTraw. 
tO. & ὃ (— ὁ L[A]) πρῶτος καὶ ὁ (— ὁ 1[4]} ἔ 
GLTA) τέλος GLTTrA. 
but GLTTraw. 

τὰ — ἐπὶ (read ταῖς to 
P—koalGTTrAW. — 
GLTTraw. t — καὶ GLTTrAW. 
2 + τῷ who (hears) GLITrAW. 
85 0 GLITrAW. ὠ ὃδ ἀφέλῃ GLTTrAW. 
«» τοῦ ξύλον the tree GLITrAW. 


k — ὁ (read loving and practising) LTtraw. 

the) W; ev L. 2 — τοῦ GLTTrAW, 

4 ὁ πρωϊνός the Morning GLTTraw. 

v λαβέτω GLTTrAW. 
¥8 ἐπιθῇ ἐπ᾽ αὐτά GLITraW. 

“8 τοῦ βιβλίον GLITrAW, 


ν 


Ἀ πλύνοντες τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν Wash their robes 1ΤΤτΑ. 
1 ποιῶν καὶ φιλῶν τ΄ 

ο Δανείδ LTTrA; Δαυὶδ ανν. 
τ Ἔρχου GLITrAW. 

τ Μαρτυρῶ ἐγὼ I testify GLTtraw. 
το 38 ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς Ἐς 


ε ἄλφα Alpha ἹτττΑανν. 
ατος, (+ ἡ the GLTA) ἀρχὴ καὶ (+ τὸ the 


i δὲ 
5 ἐρχέσθω 


ἀκ ἀφελεῖ GLITIAW,, 


670 ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΨΙΣ. ΧΧΙΙ. 


and out of the hol fio Ὁ , ΕΙ MI ~ : 
αν al σον ον ἘΚ της πόλεως τῆς ἁγίας, Feat τῶν γεγραμμένων 
things which are writ- Outof the city holy, and of those who are written 
ten in this book, ἐν " βιβλίῳ τούτῳ. 

in book *this, 


20 He which testifi- 90 A; ῦ ῦ Ναὶ ἔ J 
: : γει ο µαρτυρωγ ταῦτα, αι ερχοµαι ταχυ. 
oth these things saith, ®Says ‘he ?who re ἐν “these things, Yea, lam coming quickly. 





να ντο quickly, A : 
ee τς Ρο, come, ᾿Αμήν, ‘Nai,' ἔρχου, κύριε Ἰησοῦ. 
Lord Jesus. Amen; yea, come, Lord Jesus, 

21 The grace ofour 21 Ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου. "ἡμῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ Ἰχριστοῦὶ μετὰ 
Lord Jesus Christ be : - : ας: 
with you all, Amen. . The ep βε ae ye Jesus Christ be’ with 

πάντων" "ὑμῶν." οΡ Αμήν." 4 
34}} you. Amen, 

f—éx tra]. | & -- και (read τῶν which) GLTTrAW. ; :Β + τῷ GLTTrAW. i— Na 
GLITrawW ; (join Amen with quickly FTr). k — ἡμῶν (read of the Lord) GLTTrAw. 
1— χριστοῦ LTTrA. ™ — πάντων ΤτΑ. 2 — ὑμῶν GLTTrAW. ο + τῶν ἁγίων the 


saints GTrAW.  -- Ἀμήν GLTTrA. 4 + ἀποκάλυψις Ἰωάννου Revelation of John a, 


a BAO. 











Princeton Theological Seminary-Speer Library 





Ei 


